S^M^Vv1 \V.V:,'.•.'.,.•;•;',■. ' NO.1-''..'.■'7.'' N. .VA'AV, .V : . '■;':' .- ■„'.':,/ -■-» >■■• M lifssii UNITED STATES OF AMERICA * • . FOUNDED 1836 WASHINGTON, D. C. Bl9574 UMinfiL MUJBWMI INDEX-CATALOGUE OF THE LIBEARY OF THE SURGEON GENERAL'S OFFICE, UNITED STATES AHMY. AUTHORS AND SUBJECTS. SE0O3STX3 SEEIES. Vol. Will. TETAMORE- TZSCHIRNER. WASHINGTON 1913 ArcL 2- Ser, 2 v. 1% 1913 C. Z War Department, Office of the Surgeon-General, Army Medical Museum and Library, WasJiington, November 3, 1913. Gen. George H. Torney, Surgeon-General, U. S. Army. General: I have the honor to present herewith the eighteenth volume of the second series of the Index-Catalogue of the Library of this Office. This volume includes 3,865 author titles, representing 4,117 volumes and 2,693 pamphlets. It also contains 5,223 subject-titles of separate books and pamphlets and 45,525 titles of articles in periodicals. The Librar\T now contains 182,984 bound volumes and 320,343 pamphlets. The following table shows the number of titles in the Index-Catalogue as far as published: AUTHOR-TITLES. Titles. Volumes. Pamphlets. SUBJECT-TITLES. Book titles. Journal ar- ticles. Portraits. Total in first series....... Second series, Vol. I...... Vol. II..... Vol. III.... Vol. IV.... Vol. V..... Vol. VI.... Vol. VII... Vol. VIII.. Vol. IX.... Vol. X..... Vol. XI.... Vol. XII... Vol. XIII.. Vol. XIV.. Vol. XV... Vol. XVI.. Vol. XVII. Vol. XVIII Total to date....... 176,364 6,346 15,732 11,112 9,628 6,825 15,589 6,225 10,704 8,706 10,122 8,023 5,476 5,566 10,019 8,804 9,890 2,357 3,865 85,663 6,127 6,383 4,873 4,133 2,695 5,865 2,692 5,330 2,599 4,690 4,063 2,355 3,250 5,281 4,688 4,670 3,850 4,117 151,504 6,327 14,802 10,690 8,523 5,957 14,296 8,157 9,897 S,291 10,750 9,311 5,195 4,851 8,058 7,460 10,786 8,490 2,693 168,557 7,884 5,774 10,636 8,828 7,645 5,962 13,179 5,731 5,322 10,856 5,634 10,996 7,678 4,065 3,616 3,892 3,571 5,223 511,112 30,384 21,725 34,314 28,316 40,045 30,561 32,522 29,684 31,481 22,622 34,211 35,324 40,221 31,370 28,328 24,135 36,898 45,525 4,335 677 120 331,353 163,324 306,038 295,049 1,088,778 5,132 Very respectfully, C. C. McCULLOCH, Jr., Lieutenant-Colonel, Medical Corp*, U. S. A., Librarian, S. G. O. HI XIXTII ADDITIOX TO THE ALPHABETICAL LIST ABBREVIATIONS OF TITLES MEDICAL PERIODICALS, PUBLISHED 1^ THE XINTH VOI/LTME, SECOND SERIES, OF THE INDEX-CATALOG} IE. JSiPTor explanations, see the Alphabetical List of Abbreviations of Titles, etc., in Vol. IX, 2. s. A. Am J. Trop. Dis. [etc.], M. Orl. Am. Red Cross Bull., Wash. Ann. di oncol. speriment., To- rino. Antiseptic, Edinb. & Madras. Arb. a. d. bakteriol. Lab. d. stadt. Sohlachthofes in Berl., Leipz. Arch. f. exper. u. klin. Phonet., Berl. Academie roumaine. [See Bull. sect, scient. de l'Acad. roumaine, Bucarest.] American (The) Journal of Tropical Diseases and Preventive Medi- cine. Official organ of the American Society of Tropical Medi- cine. New Orleans, v. 1, 1913. 8°. American Medical Association. Section on Ophthalmology. [See Papers Sect. Ophth. Am. Med. Ass., Chicago.] American Public Health Association. [See Am. J. Pub. Health, N. Y.] American (The) Red Cross Bulletin. Founded to aid in the pre- vention and alleviation of human suffering in times of peace and of war. Washington, v. 7, 1912. 8°. American Roentgen Ray Society. [See Tr. Am. Roentg. Ray Soc, Pittsb.] American Society of Tropical Medicine. [See Am. J. Trop. Dis. [etc.], N. Orl.] Annali di oncologia sperimentale. Torino, v. 1, 1912. 4°. Antiseptic (The). A monthly medical journal. Edinburgh & Madras, v. 9, 1912. 8°. Arbeiten aus dem bakteriologischen Laboratorium des stadtischen Schlachthofes in Berlin. Leipzig. Heft 3-4, 1911-12. 8°. Archiv fiir experimentelle und klinische Phonetik. Berlin, v. 1, 1913. 8°. [1] [2] Arch, di farmacog. [etc.], Roma. Arch. sc. di med. vet., Torino. Arizona M. J., Phoenix. Atti d. Cong, pellagrol. ital., Udine. Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di neurol., Roma. Atti d. Soc. lomb. di sc. med. e biol., Milano. Archivio di farmacognosia e scienze affini. Roma. Anno 1, 1912. 8°. Archivio scientifico di medicina veterinaria. Torino. [Continua- tion of: Archivio scientifico della reale Societa ed Accademia veterinaria italiana.] No. 1, January, 1913. 8°. Arizona Medical Journal. - Phoenix, v. 1, 1912. 8°. Association francaise pour I'etude du cancer. [See Rev. du cancer, Par.] Associazione romana per la cura medico-pedagogica dei fanciulli anormali e deficienti poveri. [See Infanzia anormale, Milano.] Atti del Congresso pellagrologico italiano. Udine. v. 5,1912. 8°. Atti del iii. Congresso della Societa italiana di neurologia, 1911. Roma. 1912. 8°. Atti della Societa lombarda di scienze mediche e biologiche. Milano. v. 1, 1912. 8°. B. Bact. Therap., Detroit. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Infektionskr., Wurzb. Brit. J. Surg., Bristol. Bull. Comm. Study Spec. Dis., Edinb. & Lond. Bull. Mich. Assoc. Prev. & Re- lief Tuberc, Ann Arbor. Bull. sect, scient. de l'Acad. roumaine, Bucarest. Bull. Soc. med.-chir. de l'lndo- Chine, Hanoi & Haiphong. Bacterial (The) Therapist; a journal of vaccine therapy. Detroit. v. 1-2, 1912. 8°. Beitrage zur Klinik der Infektionskrankheiten und zur Immuni- tatsforschung (mit Ausschluss der Tuberkulose). "Wurzburg. v. 1, 1912. 8°. British (The) Journal of Surgery. Bristol, England, v. 1,1913. 4°. Bulletin of the Committee for the Studv of Special Diseases. Edin- burgh & London, v. 3, 1909. 8°. Bulletin of the Michigan Association for the Prevention and Relief of Tuberculosis. Ann Arbor, v. 2, 1913. 8°. Bulletin de la section scientifique de VAcademie roumaine. Bu- carest. v. 1, 1912-13. 8°. Bulletin de la Societe medico-chirurgicale de l'lndo-Chine. & Haiphong, v. 3, 1912. 8°. Hanoi c. Child Labor Bull., N. Y. California State Nurses' Association. [See Pacific Coast J. Nurs., San Fran.] Canal Zone Medical Association. [See Proc. Canal Zone M. Assoc] Carnegie Institution. [See Papers Tortugas Lab. Carnegie Inst., Wash.] Child (The) Labor Bulletin. New York. v. 1, 1912-13. 8°. Committee on Mental Hygiene. [See Proc. Ment. Hyg. Conf., N. Y.] Committee for the Study of Special Diseases. [See Bull. Comm. Study Spec. Dis., Edinb. & Lond.] Congresso pellagrologico italiano. [See Atti d. Cong, pellagrol. ital., Udine.] Congresso della Societa italiana di neurologia. [See Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di neurol., Roma.] D. Delaware State M. J., Wilming- ton. Delaware State Medical Journal. The official organ of the Dela- ware State Medical Society. Wilmington, Del. v. 3, 1911- 12. 8°. Delaware State Medical Society. [See Delaware State M. J., Wilmington.] [3] Denver M. Times [etc.]. Dermatologiya, S.-Peterb. Denver Medical Times, Utah Medical Journal and Nevada Medi- cine. Denver, v. 32, 1912-13. 8°. Dermatologiya; vezhemiesyachniy zhurnal, posvyashtshonniy kozhnim i venericheskim zabolievaniyam. [Dermatology; monthlv journal, devoted to skin and venereal diseases.] S.-IVterburg. v. 1, 1913. 8°. E. Enfance anorm., Par. Enfance (L') anormale, revue mensuelle des questions de medecine, de pedagogie et d'assistance, relatives aux enfants anormaux. Pans. 1912. 8°. Episcopal Hospital. [See Med. & Surg. Rep. Episc. Hosp., Phila.] F. Festschr. z. lOOj. Stiftungs- feier d. med.-chir. Fried.- Wilh. Inst., Berl. Festschr. d. 70. Versamml. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, Diisseldorf. Festschr. d. 84. Versamml. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, Munster. Facultad de letras y ciencias. [See Rev. de la Fac. de letras y cien.] Festschrift zur lOOjahrigen Stiftungsfeier des medizinisch-chirurgi- schen Friedrich-Wilhelms Instituts. Berlin, 1895. 4°. Festschrift der 70. Yersammlung der deutschen Naturforscher und Aerzte dargeboten von den wissenschaftlichen Yereinen Diissel- dorfs. Diisseldorf, 1898. 4°. Festschrift gewidmet den Teilnehmern der 84. Yersammlung deutscher Naturforscher und Aerzte in Munster i. Westf. von der Medizinisch-naturwissenschaftlichen Gesellschaft in Munster. Munster, 1912. 4°. Friedrich-Wilhelms Institut. [See Festschr. z. lOOj. Stiftungsfeier d. med.-chir. Fried.-Wilh. Inst., Berl.] G. Gaz. d. hosp. do Porto. Gior. di med. vet., Torino. Gazeta dos hospitais do Porto. Porto. [See Anno 7, 1913. 8 Yeroffentl. a. d. Geb. d. Germany. Reichs-Marine-Amt. Marine-Sanitatswes.] Giornale di medicina veterinaria gia della R. Scuola Yeterinaria di Torino, e della r. Societa naz. ed Accademia vet. italiana. [Con- tinuation of: Giornale della reale Societa nazionale veterinaria.] Torino, v. 62, 1913. 8°. H. Handb. d. allg. Path., Leipz. Handb. d. Psychiat., Leipz. u. Wien. Hosp. News, Wash. Handbuch der allgemeinen Pathologic Leipzig, v. 1-2, 1908- 13. 8°. Handbuch der Psychiatrie. Hrsg. von G. Aschaffenburg. Leipzig u. Wien, 1912. 8°. Hospital News; a magazine for hospital workers. Washington, D. C. v. 1, 1912-13. 4°. Hospital of the Protestant Episcopal Church in Philadelphia. [See Med. & Surg. Rep. Episc. Hosp., Phila.] [4] I. HI. Rep. Pellagra Com., Springfield. Imago, Leipz. & Wien. Imp. Voyenno-Med. Akad. Ra- boti Proped. Khirurg. Klin. . . . Oppel, S.-Peterb. Infanzia anormale, Milano. Internat. (ix.) Otol. Cong. Tr., Bost. Internat. Ztschr. f. arztl. Psy- choanal., Leipz. & Wien. Illinois. Report of the Pellagra Commission. November, 1911. Springfield, 1912. 8°. Imago. Zeitschrift fiir Anwendung der Psychoanalyse auf die Geisteswissenschaften. Leipzig & Wien. v. 1, 1912. 8°. Imperatorskaya Yoyenno-Meditsinskaya Akademiya. Raboti Pro- pedevticheskoi Khirurgichewkoi Kliniki prof. Y. A. Oppel. [Imperial Armv Medical Academy. Papers of the Propedeutic Surgical Clinic of V. A. Oppel.] S.-Peterburg. 3 v. 1910; 1912. 8°. Infanzia (L') anormale. Bollettino dell' Associazione romana per la cura medico-pedagogica dei fanciulli anormali e deficienti poveri. Milano. Anno 5, Nos. 23-24. 1911. 8°. Institution of Municipal and County Engineers. [See Proc. Inst. Municip. & County Engin., Lond.] International Congress on Hygiene and Demography. [See Sweden. State Med. Inst. Investig. Epid. Inf. Paral., Upsala.] International (ix.) Otological Congress, Boston, August 12-17,1912. Transactions. Baltimore, 1912. 8°. [See, also, Papers ix. Inter- nat. Otol. Cong., Bost.] Internationale Zeitschrift fiir arztliche Psychoanalyse. [Continua- tion of: Zentralblatt fiir Psychoanalyse.] Leipzig & Wien. v. 1, 1913. 8°. Istituto di chimica farmaceutica della regia Universita di Pisa. [See Pubb. d. 1st. di chim. farm. d. r. Univ. di Pisa.] J. J. Prev. M. & Sociol., Toronto. Johns Hopkins Alumni Mag., Bait. Journal (The) of Preventive Medicine and Sociology (incorporating Dental Practice). A monthly digest of preventive medicine and health conservation. Toronto, Canada, v. 14, 1913. 8°. Johns Hopkins (The) Alumni Magazine. Published in the interests of the university and the alumni. Baltimore, v. 1,1912-13. 8°. K. Kala Azar Bull., Lond. Kolloid-Ztschr., Dresd. & Leipz. Kala Azar Bulletin. Issued under the direction of the Honorary Managing Committee of the Sleeping Sickness Bureau. London. v. 1, 1911-12. 8°. Kassowitz (M.). [See M. Kassowitz . . . Festschr., Berl.] Keibel (Franz). [See Man. Human Embryol. (Keibel & Mall). Phila. & Lond.] Kolloid-Zeitschrift. Zeitschrift fiir wissenschaftliche und techni- sche Kolloidchemie (fruher Zeitschrift fiir Chemie und Industrie der Kolloide). Dresden & Leipzig, v. 13, 1913. 4°. L. Lab. batteriol. d. san. pubb. Studi [etc.]. Lek. WilensM. Laboratorio batteriologico della sanita pubblica; diretto dal Prof. B. Gosio. Studi sui rapporti fra tubercolosi umana e bovina v. 1. Roma, 1912. 4°. Lekarz Wilefiski; miesi^cznik poswiecony medycynie og61nej. [The Wilno Physician; monthly devoted to general medicine 1 Wilno. v. 1, 1913. 4°. 'J [5] M. Kassowitz . . . Festschr., Berl. Man. Human Embryol. (Keibel & Mall), Phila. & Lond. Med. Rev., Lond. Med. Rev., St. Louis. Med. & Surg. Rep. Episc. Hosp., Phila. Metal Worker [etc.], N. Y. Mikrokosmos, Stuttg. Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien. Mod. Hosp., St. Louis. Mod. Tr. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., Phila. & N. Y. Monatsbl. f. Gsndhtspflg., Brnschwg. Monatschr. f. Schul- u. soz. Hyg., Hamm. Monde med., Par. Mosk. Obsh. Borbi s DIetsk. Smertn. Publ. lekts. Mouvement m6d., Par. M. M. Kassowitz zur Feier seines 70. Geburtstages von Schiilern, Freunden und Verehrern gewidmete P'estschrift. Berlin. 1912. 8°. Mall (Franklin P.) [See Man. Human Embryol. (Keibel & Mall), Phila. & Lond.] Manual of human embryology. Edited by Franz Keibel and Franklin P. Mall. Philadelphia & London. 2 v. 1910-12. roy. 8°. Medical (The) Review. London, v. 16, 1913. 8°. Medical (The) Review. Incorporating the Medical Era. [Continua- tion of: St. Louis Medical Review.] St. Louis, v. 62, 1913. 8°. Medical and Surgical Reports of the Episcopal Hospital. Phila- delphia, v. 1, 1913. 8°. Medizinisch-chirurgisches Friedrich-Wilhelms Institut. [See Fest- schr. z. lOOj. Stiftungsfeier d. med.-chir. Fried.-Wilh. Inst., Berl.] Medizinisch-naturwissenschaftliche Gesellschaft in Munster. [See Festschr. d. 84. Yersamml. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, Munster.] Mental Hygiene Conference. [See Proc. Ment. Hyg. Conf., N. Y.] Metal Worker, Plumber and Steam Fitter; with which is combined Engineering Review. New York. v. 78, 1912-13. 4°. Michigan Association for the Prevention and Relief of Tuberculosis. [See Bull. Mich. Assoc. Prev. & Relief Tuberc, Ann Arbor.] Mikrokosmos-. Zeitschrift fiir praktische Arbeit auf dem Gebiete der Naturwissenschaften. Stuttgart, v. 6, 1912-13. 8°. Missouri University. [See Univ. Missouri Bull., Med. Ser., Columbia.] Mitteilungen der Gesellschaft fiir innere Medizin und Kinderheil- kunde in Wien. v. 1-12, 1902-13. 8°. Modern Hospital (The). A monthly journal devoted to the build- ing, equipment and administration of hospitals, sanatoriums, and allied institutions, and to their medical, surgical and nurs- ing services. St. Louis, Mo. v. 1, 1913-14. 4°. Modern (The) treatment of nervous and mental diseases, by American and British authors. Philadelphia & New York. v. 1, 1913. 8°. Monatsblatt fiir Gesundheitspflege. [Formerly: Monatsblatt fiir offentliche Gesundheitspflege] Braunschweig, v. 35,1912. 8°. Monatsschrift fiir Schul- und soziale Hygiene. Hamm (Westf.). v. 11, 1913. 8°. Monde (Le) medical (English edition). International Review of Medkine and Therapeutics. Paris, v. 22, 1912. 8°. Moskovskoye Obshtshestvo Borbi s DIetskoi Smertnostyu. [Mos- cow Society for the Struggle with the Mortality of Children.] Publichniya lektsii. Moskva, 1911. 8°. Mouvement (Le) medical. Revue mensuelle des actualites medi- cales et chirurgicales. Paris, v. 1, 1913. 4°. Mtinchener Gesellschaft fiir Kinderheilkunde. [See Verhandl. d. Miinchen. Gesellsch. f. Kinderh.] N. Nat. Child Labor Com. Proc, N. Y. Naturwissenschaften, Berl. Nourrisson, Par. National Child Labor Committee. Proceedings of the third annual meeting. New York. 1907. 8°. Naturwissenschaften (Die). (Fortsetzung der von W. Slarek be- grundeten Naturwissenschaftlichen Rundschau.) Berlin, v. 1, 1913. roy. 8°. Nourrisson (Le). Revue d'hygiene et de la pathologie de la premiere enfance. Paris, v. 1, 1913. 8°. [6] O. Osp. maggiore, Milano. Oto-rhino-laryngoL internat., Lyon. Oesterreichisches Zentralkomitee zur Bekampfung der Tuberku- lose. [See Veroffentl. d. osterr. Zentralkom. z. Bekampf. d. Tuberk., Wien.] Ospedale maggiore. Rivista mensile illustrata di storia. [Ospedale maggiore di Milano. \ [Continuation of: Osp. magg. Riv. scient. prat. d. . . . Milano.] Milano. Serie ii, anno 1, 1913. 8°. Otological Congress. [See Internat. (ix.) Otol. Cong. Tr., Bost.] Also: Papers ix. Internat. Otol. Cong.] Oto-rhino-laryngologie (L')internationale. Lyon. v. 1,1913. 8°. P. Pacific Coast J. Nurs., San Fran. Papers ix. Internat. Otol. Cong., Bost. Papers Sect. Ophth. Am. Med. Ass., Chicago. Papers Tortugas Lab. Carnegie Inst., Wash. Pathologica, Genova. Pediatriya, S.-Peterb. Petersb. med. Ztschr., St. Petersb. Prakt. Ergebn. a. d. Geb. d. Haut- u. Geschlechtskr., Wiesb. Proc. Canal Zone M. Assoc, Mount Hope. Proc. Inst. Municip. & County Engin., Lond. Proc. Ment. Hyg. Conf., N. Y. Propaganda anti-malar., Na- poli. Psiche, Firenze. Pacific (The) Coast Journal of Nursing. A monthly magazine pub- lished by the California State Nurses' Association, Inc. Con- tinued from: Nurses J. Pacific Coast. San Francisco, Cal. v. 8, No. 8, 1912. 8°. Pan Russian Oto-Laryngological Congress. [See Trudi Vseross. Oto-Laringol. Syezda v S.-Peterb.] Papers to be presented before the Ninth International Otological Congress, Boston, August 12-17,1912. Boston. 1912. 8°. [See, also, Internat. (ix.) Otol. Cong. Tr., Bost.] Papers to be presented before the Section on Ophthalmology of the American Medical Association, Minneapolis, June 17-20, 1913. Chicago. 1913. 8°. Papers from the Tortugas Laboratory of the Carnegie Institution of Washington. Washington, v. 1, 1908. 8°. Pathologica; rivista quindicinale. Genova. v. 5, 1912-13. 4°. Pediatriya; zhurnal higieni, dietetiki i zabolievaniy dietskavo vozrasta. [Pediatrics; journal of hygiene, dietetics, and diseases of childhood.] S.-Peterburg. v. 4, 1913. 8°. Pellagra Commission. [See 111. Rep. Pellagra Com., Springfield.] Petersburger medizinische Zeitschrift. [Formerly: St. Peters- burger medizinischeWochenschrift.] St. Petersburg, v. 38,1913. fol. Pilcher Hospital. [See Year-Book Pilcher Hosp., Brooklyn & Praktische Ergebnisse auf dem Gebiete der Haut- und Geschlechts- krankheiten. Wiesbaden, v. 1, 1910. 8°. Proceedings of the Canal Zone Medical Association. C. Z. v. 1, 1909-10. 8°. Mount Hope, Proceedings of the Institution of Municipal and County Engineers. [Continuation of: Proc. Incorp. Ass. Municip. & Co. Engin., Lond. & N. Y.] London, v. 37, 1910-11. 8°. Proceedings of the Mental Hygiene Conference and Exhibit. At the College of the city of New York. Published by the Com- mittee on Mental Hygiene of the State Charities Aid Association New York. 1912. 8°. Propaganda (La) anti-malarica; rivista d'igiene antimalarica e bol- lettino della stazione educativo-antimalarica di Napoli e Capua Napoli. Anno 6, 1913. 8°. Protestant Episcopal Hospital. [See Med. & Surg. Rep. Episc. Hosp., Phila.] Psiche; rivista di studi psicologici. Firenze. Anno 1, 1912. 8°. [7] Psikho-Nevrol. Inst. Vestnik Psikhol. [etc.], S.-Peterb. Pub. Health Rep., Wash. Pubb. d. 1st. di chim. farm. d. r. Univ. di Pisa. Psikho-Nevrologicheskiy Institut. Vestnik Psikhologii, Kriminal- noi Antropologii i Pedologii. [Psycho-Neurological Institute. Messenger of Psychology, Criminal Anthropology, and Pedology.] [Continuation of: Vestnik Psikhol., Krim. Antrop.] S.-Peter- burg, v. 8, 1912. 8°. Public Health Reports, United States Public Health Service. Washington. 1913. 8°. Pubblicazione dell' Istituto di chimica farmaceutica della regia University, di Pisa. Pisa. 1909. 8°. R. Ref. Handb. Med. Sc, N. Y. Rev. du cancer, Par. Rev. de chir., Bucuresti. Rev. espanol. de electrol. y radiol. med., Valencia. Rev. de la Fac de letras y cien., Habana. Rev. Filipina de med. y farm., Manila. Rev. mod. de the rap. et de biol., Par. Red Cross. [See Am. Red Cross Bull., Wash.] Reference (A) Handbook of the Medical Sciences. New York. v. 1, 1913. 4°. Regia Universita di Pisa. [See Pubb. d. 1st. di chim. farm. d. r. Univ. di Pisa.] Revue (La) du cancer; publiee sous les auspices de l'Association francaise pour 1'etude du cancer. Paris, v. 1, 1910. 8°. Revista de chirurgie. Bucuresti. v. 1, 1913. 8°. Re vista espafiola de electrologia y radiologia medicas. Valencia. v. 1, 1912. 8°. Revista de la Facultad de letras y ciencias. Habana. v. 15, No. 2, 1912. 8°. Revista Filipina demedicinay farmacia. Manila, v. 4,1913. 8°. Revue moderne de therapeutique et de biologie a l'usage des praticiens; clinique et laboratoire. Paris, v. 1, 1912. 8°. Russia. Imperial Army Medical Academy. [See Imp. Voyenno- Med. Akad. RabotiProped. Khirurg. Klin. ... oppel, S.-Peterb.] S. Sborn. rabot v pam. I. M. Sadovskavo, S.-Peterb. Southwest. J. M. & S., El Reno, Okla. Strahlentherapie, Berl. u. Wien. Sweden. State Med. Inst. In- vestig. Epid. Inf. Paral., Up- sala. Sbornik rabot v pamyat Ivana Mikhailovicha Sadovskavo i vospo- minaniy o nyom. Izdan pod redaktsiyeyu N. P. Savvaitova. [Collection of works in memory of I. N. Sadovski and of memoirs about him. Edited by N. P. Savvaitoff.] S.-Peterburg. 1 v. 1912. 8°. Sleeping Sickness Bureau. [See Kala Azar Bull., Lond.] Societa italiana di neurologia. [See Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di neurol., Roma.l [See Atti d. [See Bull. Soc. med.- Societa lombarda di scienze mediche e biologiche Soc. lomb. di sc. mod. e biol., Milano.] Societe medico-chirurgicale del'Indo-Chine. chir. de l'lndo-Chine, Hanoi & Haiphong.] Society of Anaesthetists. [See Tr. Soc. Ansesth., Lond.] Southwest (The) Journal of Medicine and Surgery, El Reno, Okla. [Continuing: The Oklahoma Medical News Journal.] El Reno, Okla. v. 21, 1913. 8°. State Charities Aid Association. Committee on Mental Hygiene. [See Proc. Ment. Hyg. Conf., N. Y.] Strahlentherapie. Mitteilungen aus dem Gebiete der Behandlung mit Rontgenstrahlen, Licht und radioaktiven Substanzen [etc.]. Berlin u. Wien. v. 1, 1912. 8°. Sweden. State Medical Institute. Investigations on epidemic infantile paralysis. Report from the State Medical Institute to the xv. International Congress on Hygiene and Demography. Upsala. 1912. 8°. [8] T. Tr. Soc. Aneesth., Lond. Trop. Dis. Bull., Lond. Trudi Vseross. Oto-Laringol. Syezda v S.-Peterb. Tortugas Laboratory. Wash.l [See Papers Tortugas Lab. Carnegie Inst., Transactions of the Society of Anaesthetists. London, v. 8-9, 1905-6, 1906-7. 8°. Tropical Diseases Bulletin. Issued under the direction of the Honorary Managing Committee of the Tropical Diseases Bureau. London, v. 1, 1912. 8°. Trudi Vserossiyskavo Oto-Laringolicheskavo Syezda v S.-Peter- burgle (26-30 dekabrya 1908 g.) [Papers of the Pan-Russian Oto-Laryngological Congress in St. Petersburg (December 26-30).] S.-Peterburg. 1 v. 1909. 8°. u. U.S. WarDept. S.G.O. Bull., Wash. Univ. Missouri Bull., Med. Ser., Columbia. Urol. & Cutan. Rev., St. Louis. United States Public Health Service. [See Pub. Health Rep. Wash.] United States. War Department. Office of the Surgeon General. Bulletin. Washington. Nos. 1-3, 1912-13. 8°. Universita di Pisa. [See Pubb. d. 1st. di chim. farm. d. r. Univ. di Pisa.] University (The) of Missouri Bulletin, Medical Series, Columbia. v. 1, 1913. 8°. Urologic and Cutaneous (The) Review. [Formerly: The American Journal of Dermatology and Genito-Urinary Diseases.] A monthly magazine devoted to the consideration of cutaneous, venereal and genito-urinary diseases, etc. St. Louis, Mo. v. 17, 1913. 4°. V. Verhandl. d. Miinchen. Ge- sellsch. f. Kinderh., Berl. Veroffentl. a. d. Geb. d. Marine- Sanitatswes., Berl. Veroffentl. d. osterr. Zentral- kom. z. Bekampf. d. Tuberk., Wien. Vie internat. Brux. Vopr. Nauchn. Med., Mosk. Vox, Berl. Verhandlungen der Miinchener Gesellschaft fiir Kinderheilkunde, 1911. Berlin. 1912. 8°. Yeroffentlichungen aus dem Gebiete des Marine-Sanitatswesens. Hrsg. von der Medizinal-Abteilung des Reichs-Marine-Amts. Berlin. Heft 1-4, 1910-13. 8°. Veroffentlichungen des osterreichischen Zentralkomitees zur Be- kampf ung der Tuberkulose. Wien. Heft 1, 1911. 8°. Versammlung deutscher Naturforscher und Aerzte. [See Festschr. d. 70. Yersamml. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, Diisseldorf. Also: Festschr. d. 84. Yersamml. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, Munster.] Vie internationale (La); revue mensuelle des idees, des faits et des organismes internationaux. Bruxelles. v. 1, 1912. roy. 8°. Voprosi Nauchnoi Meditsini. [Questions of Scientific Medicine 1 Moskva, v. 1, 1913. 8°. Vox. Internationales Zentralblatt fiir experimentelle Phonetik. [Formerly: Medizinisch-padagogische Monatsschrift fur Sprach- heilkundc] Berlin. Heft 1, 1913. 8°. Vserossiyskiy Oto-Laringolicheskiy Syezd. [See Trudi Yseross. Oto-Laringol. Syezda v S.-Peterb.] w. Wien. Arb. a. d. Geb. d. soz. Wiener Arbeiten aus dem Gebiete der sozialen Medizin Wien & Med., Wien u. Leipz. Leipzig. 1. Folge, 1910. 8°. [91 Y. Year - Book Pilcher Hosp., Brooklyn & N. Y. Year-Book of the Pilcher Hospital, Brooklyn & New York. 1912. z. Ztschr. f. ang. Anat. [etc.], Berl. Ztschr. f. d. ges. exper. Med., Berl. Ztschr. f. Mihtararzte, Tokyo. Ztschr. f. off. Gsndhtspflg., Wien & Berl. Ztschr. f. urol. Chir., Berl. Zeitschrift ftir angewandte Anatomie und Konstitutionslehre. Berlin, v. 1, 1913. 8°. Zeitschrift fiir die gesamte experimentelle Medizin. Berlin, v. 1, 1913. 8°. Zeitschrift fiir Militararzte. Hrsg. vom Sanitatskorps. Tokyo. Nos. 1-50, 1909-13. 8°. Zeitschrift fiir offentliche Gesundheitspflege. (Neue Folge der Oesterreichischen Yierteljahrsschrift fiir Gesundheitspflege.) Wien & Berlin. 1. (xxxi.) Jahrg. 1913. 8°. Zeitschrift fiir urologische Chirurgie. Berlin, v. 1, 1913. 8°. CATALOGUE. TETAMORE. TETANUS. Tetaiiiore (Frank L. R.) Deformities of the face and orthopedics. Treatment of spinal curvatures with new aluminum shell jackets, artificial devices for deformities of the face, new appliances for treating flat foot, also report of operations on children under three years of age for angular deformities of the legs. 11 1. 12°. Brooklyn, Y. Y., 1894. Tetanilla. See Tetany (Intermittent). Tetanine. See, also, Tetanus (Toxins [e The u-e of tetanin. Vet. Rec, Lond., 1904-5, xvii, 89.— Bighi .1.) Note sull' albuminuria ar- tiflciale come mezzo di studio della natura chimica della tetanina, e sull' albuminuria sperimentale da urea. Ri- forma med., Napoli, 1895, xi, pt. 3, 747; 760. Tetanolysin. 3Iadseii iT.) Ueber Tetanolysin. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Iniectionskrankh., Leipz., 1899, xxxii, 214-238. Also, transl.: Overs, o. d. k. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. Forh., K0- benh., 1899, 427-457. -----. Ueber Heilversuche im Rea- gensglas. Ztschr. f. Hvg. u. Infektionskrankh., Leipz., 1899, xxxii, 239-245.— 7Iadsen iT.i & Walbum (L.) La tetanolvsine et la peptone de Witte. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.],l.Abt., Jena, 19"o-6. xl,409-414.—OTtlller (P. T.) Geht das Tetanolysin mit dm Proteiden des Se- rums und des Eiklars eine ungiftige Verbindung ein? Ibid., 1903, xxxiv, 667-573.—Nognclii (H.) On the influence of tissues, cholesterin, and cholesterin esters upon the production of tetano-spasmin and tetano-lysin in fluid cultures. Proc. N. York Path. Soc, 1907-8, vii, 87-90—Ricketts (H. T.) The effect of tetano- lysin on sensitized erythrocytes. [Abstr.] Tr. Chi- cago Path. Soc., 1903-5, vi, 288.—Sachs (H.) Ueber die Constitution des Tetanolysins. Berl. klin. Wchn- schr., 1904, xli, 412-116.—Tizzont (G.) & Centanni (E.) Sulla produzione della tetanolisina. Riforma Med., Palermo, 1900, xvi, pta. 2-3, 15; 27. Also: Mem. r. Accad. d. sc. d. 1st. di Bologna, 1899-1900, 6. s., viii, 295-308. Tetanus. See. also, Ankle-joint (Dislocations of, Com- pound); Cramp; Diphtheria (Complications, etc., of); Electrophysiology; Embolism; Eye (Wounds of, Complications of); Femur (Frac- ture of, Complications, etc., of); Uterus (Tumors of, Complications, etc., of). Arnolds (A.) * Zur Lehre vom Tetanus. 8°. Bonn, 1894. Benjamin ( B. ) *De tetano. [Marburg.] 8°. Hanovix, 1836. Binot(J.j * Etude expeximentale sur le t£- tanos. 4°. Paris, 1899. -----. The same. 8°. Paris, 1899. Botazzi (P. F.) *De tetano. 4°. Genuse, 1813. Courmoxt (J.) & Doyon (M.) Le tetanos; etiologie, pathogenie, diagnostic, pronostic, traitement. 12°. Paris, 1899. VOL XVIII, 2d series----1 Tetanus. Frohlich (W. G.) * Ueber Tetanus, Tetanie und Tetanoid. Illustriert mit den im Ziircher Kinderspital vorgekommenen Fallen. 8°. Zu- rich, 1906. Gantkowski (P.) *Beitrage zur Lehre vom Tetanus. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1895. Gazert (H.) *t)ber Tetanus. 8°. Miin- chen, 1896. Gessner (W.) * Ueber Tetanus. 8°. Halle a. S., 1899. Kennedy (G. A.) *De tetano. 8°. Edin- burgi, 1820. von Leyden (E.) & Blumenthal (F.) Der Tetanus. 8°. Wien, 1900. Loane (G.) *Disp. med. quaedam de tetano complectens. 8°. Edinburgi, 1822. Martial (L.) Contribution a I'etude de la pathogenie et du traitement du tetanos. 8°. Paris, 1893. -----. The same. 8°. Paris, 1893. de Pplugl (A.) *De tetano. 8°. Vindo- bonse, 1838. Richelot (L. G.) Pathogenie, marche, ter- minaisons du tetanos. 8°. Paris, 1875. de la Rosa (J. J.) * Contribution a I'etude du tetanos. 4°. Pans, 1892. Rose (E.) Der Starrkrampf beim Menschen. 8°. Stuttgart, 1897. Ruoff (F.) * Beitrag zur Lehre vom Teta- nus. 8°. Erlangen, 1898. Scfiultz (J.) * Ueber Tetanus. 8°. Greifs- vald, 1899. Sztrazsnitzky (J.) *Detetano. 12°. Vin- dobanie, 1829. Vercellino (D. F.) II tetano. Etiologia, patogenia, diagnostico, pronostico e trattamento fagocytosfilo. 8°. Frascati, 1904. Abbott (F. C.) Tetanus. St. Thomas's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1894, n. s., xxii, 239. -----. Tetanus. Milwaukee M. J.. 1911, xix, 33-35.—Anders (J. M.) Tetanus. In: Mod. Mod. (Osier), 8°, Phila. & N. Y., 1907, iii, 76-87.— Archibald (E. W.) Recent work upon tetanus. Montreal M. J., 1905, xxxiv, 874-889.—Barber (C. F.) Tetanus. Med. Times, N. Y., 1910, xxxviii, 143.— Kazy. Sur le tfitanos. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1904, n. s., xxx, 246-249.—Blackford (C. M.), jr. Tetanus. Tr. M. Soc. Virg., Richmond, 1892, 25-37. Also, Reprint.—Bredoft" (K.) O raspoznavanii i llechenii stolbnyaka. [On the diagnosis and treatment of tetanus.] Voyenno-med. J., St. Petersb., 1842, xl, 1; 161. Also, Reprint.— Blidinger (K.) Ein Beitrag zur Lehre vom Tetanus. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1893, vi, 287-290.— Buschke & Oergel. Beitrag zur Kenntniss des Teta- nus. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1893, xix, 149-151.—<'amara Pestana. Contribuicao para o estudo da etiologia. pathogenia e tratamento do tetano. J. Soc. <1. sc med. de Lisb., 1892, lvi, 166; 193.— Chauffard. Tetanos. Med. mod., Par., 1908, xix, 322.— Ooan (E. S.) Tetanus; its pathology, etiology and treat- ment. Tr. Maine M. Ass., Portland, 1892, xi, 78-86.— Coss 1 TETANUS. 2 TETANUS. Tetanus. iK. M.) Tetanus. Buffalo M. J., 1905-6, Ixi, 341-347.— < oston (H. R.) Tetanus. Nashville J. M. & S., 1895, lxxviii. 125-129.—Craig (T. C.) Tetanus. Gaillard's M. J., N. Y., 1901, lxxiv, 181-190. Also: Med. Exam., N. Y., 1901, xi, 151-155.—2.—Pean. Sur le tetanos. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1*93, 3. s., xxx, 194-198. Also: Gaz. med. de Par., 1893, 8. s., ii. 390-392.—Pereira Gui- maracs. Tratamento e etiologia do tetano. Rev. da Soc de ined. e cirurg., Rio de Jan., 1897, i, 365-371 — Pliimbe (E. O.) Tetanus. Railway Surg., Chicago, 1898-9, v, 467-474.—Poch hammer. Zur Tetanusfrage. Tetanus. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 1906, xxxv, 267-281.—Potherat(E.) Tetanos. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1899, n. s., xxv, 926-928. -----. A propos du tetanos. Ibid., 1907, n. s., xxxiii, 424-438.— Purviance (J. F. ) Diagnosis and treatment of tetanus. Cleveland M. Gaz., 1898-9, xiv, 81-93.—Range. Quelques considerations sur le tetanos. Arch, de med. nav., Par., 1893, lix, 377-387. — Bevesz (V. ) A teta- nusrol. Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1907, Ii, 585; 598.— Beynier(P.) Contribution a I'etude du tetanos. Bull. etmeui. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1901, n. s., xxvii, 647-657.— Roberts (W. O.) Tetanus. Louisville Month. J. M. & S., 1903-4, x, 406-412. -----. Tetanus. Ibid.. 1909, xvi, 13- 15.—Bochard. Sur le tetanos. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1901, n. s., xxvii, 733-735.—Rodman (W. L.) Tetanus. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1902, 12. s., i, 158- 162.—Boss (A. S.) Tetanus. J. Med. Soc. N. Jersey, Orange, 1906-7, iii, 250-255.—Buata (C.) II tetano. Sa- lute pubb., Perugia, 1905, xviii, 353-357.—Salter (A. G.) Tetanus. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1908, xxvii, 341- 344.—Salus(G.) Ueber Tetanus; Sammelreferat. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1899,xxiv,7; 18; 30; 41; 54.—Schwartz. De la pathogenie et du traitement du tetanos. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1893, n. s., xix, 234-242.—Sel- zer(M.) Przyczynek do nauki o tezcu. [On tetanus.] Lwow. tygodn. lek., 1909, iv, 369-372.—Sheldon (S. E.) Tetanus. Kansas M. J., Topeka, 1895, vii, 017-620. — Smith wick (J. W. P.) Symptoms and treatment of te- tanus. N. Eng. M. Month., Danbury, Conn., 1905, xxiv, 1-3.—Sormani (G.) Ulteriori studi ed osservazioni sul tetanos. R. 1st. Lomb. disc, elett. Rendic, Milano, 1893, 2.s., xxvi, 210-214.—St.Clair (F. P.) Tetanus. Chicago M. Recorder, 1903, xxv, 168-173.—Stewart (J.) Tetanus. Svst. Pract. M. (Loomis). N. Y. & Phila., 1897, i, 935-944.— Stubbins (S. G.) Tetanus. Alabama M. J., Birmingh., 190S-9,xxi,635-640.— StuckyfT.H.) Tetanus. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1898,8.8.,iii,155-163.—Sweeney (E. A.) Te- tanus. Tr.Luzerne Co.M.Soc.,Wilkesbarre,1897,163-172.— Tanber (S.) Ein Beitrag zur Kenntniss des Tetanus des Menschen. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1898, xi, 747-753.— Taylor (F. L) Some remarks on tetanus. N. YorkM. J., 1901, lxxiv, 105-109.—Thiriar. Du tetanos. Gaz. hebd. de med., Par., 1894, xli, 465-472. Also, transl: Rev. med. de Sevilla, 1896, xxvi, 105; 137.—Trevisan (A.) Nuovo contributo alio studio del tetano. Riv. veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 1894, xx, 157-172.—Trimble (I. R.) Tetanus. Am. Med., Phila., 1903, v, 538. Also: J. Alumni Ass. Coll. Phvs. & Surg., Bait., 1903-4, vi, 109-114.—Vail- lard (L.) A propos du tetanos. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1909, lxxxii. 75; 227; 672.—Velich (A. V.) O tetanu. Sbirka, pfednasek a rozpr. z oboru 16kafsk., v Praze, [1899], no. 32, 17-43.—Vennat (H.) & Micheleaii (E.) A propos du tetanos. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1909, lxxxii, 299-301.—Vin- cent. Contribution k I'etude du tetanos dit medical ou spontanea influence de la chaleur. [Rap. de Kelsch.] Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1906, 3. s., Iv, 34-42.—Wagner (P.) Neuere Arbeiten uber den Tetanus. Schmidt's Jahrb., Leipz., 1908, ccxciii, 225-235. -----. Neuere Ar- beiten uber Tetanus. Iftid.,1910, cccvii, 113-120.—Web- ber (W.E.) Tetanus. Tr. Maine M. Ass., Portland, 1905, 315-328.—Wilcox (A. E.) Tetanus. J. Minn. M. Ass. [etc.], Minneap., 1910, xxx, 241-247.—Zaggl. Ueber Te- tanus; aus der Landpraxis. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1895, xlii, 160-162. Tetanus (Antitoxin of). See Tetanus (Toxins, etc., of); Tetanus (Treatment of) with serum. Tetanus {Bacteriology of). Bisserie (F.) * Etude des differents modes de propagation du bacille tetanique. 4°. Paris, 1894. Bruckner (G.) *Die Agglutination der Te- tanusbacillen. [Bern.] 12°. Griiningen, 1901. Forest (M.) *Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Vorkommens von Tetanuskeimen auf der be- wohnten Erdoberflache. 8°. Strassburg i. E.t 1901. Jullien (L.) *Recherches experimentales sur Fagglutination du bacille de Nicolaier par le sang des animaux normaux et tetaniques et par le serum antitetanique. 8°. Lyon, 1898. Rabinowitsch (M.) * Experimentelle Un- tersuchungen uber die Wirkung der Tetanus- bazillen und ihrer Gifte vom Magendarmtraktus aus. 8°. Berlin, [1907]. Also, in: Arch. f. Hyg., Munchen u. Berl., 1907. Ixi. 103-150. TETANUS. 3 TETANUS. Tetanus (Bacteriology of). Schneider (G.) * Die Lebensdauer entgifte- ter Tetanussporen im Kaninchenkorper, und ihr Verhalten nach Inoculationen des Nekrose- bacillus. [Giessen.] 8°. Kelsterbach a. M., 1910. Zakharyan (T. A.) *0 rasprostrannyonnosti bakteriy stolbnyaka v pochvie; bakteriologiche- skoye izsliedovaniye. [On the distribution of the bacteria of tetanus in the soil; bacteriolog- ical research.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1898. de Almeida (D.) A proposito do bacillo da Nico- laier. Brazil-med., Riode Jan., 1904, xviii. 447.—Augier & Lemiere. Sur un cas de tetanos, etude microbiolo- gique et experimentale avec preparations. Bull. Soc. d. sc. med. de Lille (1892), 1894, 80-82.—Babes (V.) & Leoneanu. Un microbe du groupe du bacille teta- nique determinant une infection Itemorrhagique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1910, lxix, 94-96.—Bain (J. B.) A pseudo-tetanus bacillus. J. Bost. Soc. M. Sc, 1900-1901, v, 506-510, 2 pi.—Belfanti (S.) Sulla morfologia del bacillo del tetano. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1S92, Milano, [1893], v, 391-393. Also: Arch, per le sc. med., Torino e Palermo, 1892, xvi, 373-387, 1 pi.—Biological peculiarities of the tetanus bacillus. Medicine, Detroit, 1902, viii, 313-317.—Bombes de Villiers. Tetanos spontanea, & frigcre d'origine pneumococcique. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1905, lxxviii, 1097-1100. Also: Ann. de la Poli- clin.de Par., 1906, xvi, 59-66.— Bonardi (E.) Gli in- segnamenti di una disgrazia a proposito della biologia del bacillo del tetano (B. di Nicolaier). Clin, mod., Pisa, 1901, vii, 34-36.—Bonome (A.) Sulla formazione dei tossoidi nelle colture di bacillo del tetano. Riforma med., Roma, 1902, xviii, pt. 3, 616-619. Also, transl.: Cen- tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1902, xxxi, 777- 781.—Bushnell (F. F.) A bacillus liable to be mis- taken, morphologically, for the bacillus of tetanus. Am. Vet. Rev., N. Y., 1902-3, xxvi, 405-410.—Coggi (C.) Con- tribute alio studio dell' azionedel sicro antidifterico sul bacillus tetani. Riv. d' ig. e san. pubb., Torino, 1903, xiv, 201-272.—Cordier (J.-A.) Histoire bacteriologi- que du tetano-. Union med. du nord-est, Reims, 1896, xix, 424; 44r>: 1>96. xx, 9.—(ourmont (J.) Essai d'ag- glutination du baciile de Nicolaier par le sang des teta- niques et le serum antitetanique. Assoc, franc, pour l'a- vance. d. sc. C.-r 1898, Par., 1899, xxvii, 202. -----. Deuxieme note sur l'agglutination du bacille de Nico- laier. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1899, 10. s., vi, 163.— Creite. Zum Nachweis von Tetanusbacillen in Organen des Menschen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1904, xxxvii, 312-314.—Crookshank (E. M.) Morphology of tetanus and tubercle bacilli. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1897, i, 175. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1897, i, 207.—Bebrand (L.) Sur un nouveau proced6 de cul- ture du bacille du tetanos. Ann. de l'lnst. Pasteur, Par., 1900, xiv, 757-768. -----. Sur un nouveau procede de culture du tetanos. Ibid., 1902, xvi, 427-432. — De-GrandilS.j Osservazioniintornoallecigliadel ba- cillo del tetano. Riv. d' ig. e san. pubb., Torino, 1902, xiii, 949-962, 1 pi. Also, transl.: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1903, xxxiv, 97-108.—Ercoll (O.) Sulla mobilita e sulla cigliatura del bacillo del tetano con alcune note di tecnica batteriologica. Gior. d. r. Soc. ital. d' ig., Milano, 1906, xxviii, 501-520.—Falcioni (D.) Intorno alia sterilizzazione della gelatina per uso ipoder- mico; contribute) alia sterilizzazione delle spore del te- tano. Ann. d' ig. sper., Roma, 1904, n. s., xiv, 319-325.— Ferran (J.) Ueber das aerobische Verhalten des Teta- nusbacillus. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1898, xxiv, 28. -----. Nota sobre la vida aerobia del ba- cillo del tetanos. Gac. med. catal., Barcel., 1899, xxii, 217.—Frothingham (L.) The cultivation of the te- tanus bacillus. Am J. M. Sc, Phila., 1894, n. s., cvii, 555-561.—Gradwolil (R. B. H.) Bacteriologic findings in a fatal case of tetanus complicating vaccination. St. Louis M. Rev., 1902, xlvi, 128-131. [Discussion], 134-136.— Grixoni (G.) Ricerche sperimentalisul bacillodel Nico- laier. Riforma med., Napoli, 1894, x, pt. 3, 698-701. -----. II bacillo del tetano e aerobico e atossico nel terreno; nuova teoria patogenetica. Riforma med., Napoli, 1895, xi, pt. 3. 518; 531; 542. -----. Sulla aerobiosi e sulla pa- togenesi del bacillo del tetano. Gior. med. d. r. esercito, Roma, 1899, xlvii, 44-56. Also [Abstr.]: Gazz. d. osp., Mi- lano, 1899, xx,39-41.—Hahicht(K.) Nowy spos6b odo- sobniania lasecznik6w tezca. [New method of isolating tetanus bacilli.] Przegl. lek., Krak6w, 1903, xlii, 629- 531.—Hewlett (R. T.) Notes on the cultivation of the tetanus bacillus and other bacteriological methods. Lancet, Lond., 1894, ii, 73— Hoffmann (A.) Ueber das Vorkommen des Tctatmserregers in den Faces von Tieren. Hvg. Rundschau, Berl., 1905, xv, 1233- 1239. — Hohlbeck (O.) Ein Beitrag zum Vorkom- men des Tetanusbacillus ausserhalb des Bereiches der Infektionsstelle beim Menschen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1903, xxix, 172.—laboulay. Bacille tetanique et tetragene. Lvon med., 1903, ci, 205— Kantliack (A. A.) & < onnell (T. W.) The Tetanus (Bacteriology of). flagella of the tetanus bacillus and other contribu- tions to the morphology of the tetanus bacillus. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1896-7, xlviii, 271-279, 1 pi. Also: J. Path. & Bacterid., Edinb. & Lond., 1896-7, iv, 452-459, 3 pi.—Kawamnra (R ) [The culture of the bacillus of traumatic tetanus.] Saitake Gaku Zasshi, Tokyo, 1902, 679-681.—Klipstein (E.) Uebei die Wirkung giftfreier Tetanuskulturen. Hyg. Rundschau, Berl., 1893, iii, 1- 10.—Lichtenstcin (E.) Zur Frage, ob in Gelatinepra- paraten Tetanuskeime enthalten sind. Ztschr. f. diatet. u. physik. Therap., Leipz., 1902, vi, 119. — JlcCamp- bell (E. F.) The adjuvant action of quinin liydrochlo- rate in infections by the bacillus of tetanus. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlviii, 919-922.—JTIarenghi (G.) Azione del siero antidifterico sul bacillus tetani. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1902,1-8.—JUolinarl (M.) Sulla provenienza dei germi del tetano. Gior. d. r. Soc. ital. d' ig., Milano, 1898, xx, 36-42.—von Oettingen (W.) & Zumpe (C.) Ueber den Nachweis von Tetanus- bacillen in Organen von Versuchsthieren. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med.,Leipz., 1899, lxiv, 478-489.—Orloff (L. V.) Omikrobakhstolbnyaka; polucheniyechistikhrazvo- dok ikh v visokikh sloyakh agara i proch. [Microbes of tetanus; pure cultures obtained in high strata of agar, etc.] Vrach, St. Petersb., 1893, xiv, 937; 973; 1003.—Pizzini (L.) II bacillo de tetano nelle feci dell' uomo. Riv. d' ig. e san. pubb., Torino, 1898, ix, 170-173.—Porter (C. A.) & Richardson (O.) Two cases of "rusty nail" te- tanus, with tetanus bacilli in the inguinal glands. Bos- ton M. &S. J., 1909,clxi,927-930,1 pi.—Beinhardt (A.) & Assim (A.) Ueber den Nachweis und die Verbrei- tung des Tetanusbacillus in den Organen des Menschen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1909, xlix, Orig., 583-592.—Bight (I.) Sulla biologia del bacillo del tetano. Riforma med., Napoli, 1894, x, pt. 3, 651; 662. -----. Contribute alio studio delle varieta batteriche per le differenze fra il bacillo del tetano di Tizzoni e quello di Behring. Gazz. internat. di med. prat., Napoli, 1901, iv, 173; 184; 195: 207. — Rosenthal (G.) Men- suration de l'anaSrobiose et aerobisation du bacille du tetanos. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1907, lxii, 438- 440. -----. Les trois Stapes de. la vie: a^robie du bacille du tetanos; sa culture aerobie sur ge4oseinclinee; bacille et bacillogene du tetanos. Ibid., 678-580. -----. L'ag- glutinabilite du bacillogene du tetanos, dernier vestige de sa parente avec le bacille du tetanos. Ibid., 784.— Bosenthal (G.) & Marcorelles (A.-P.) Aerobisa- tion d'emblee du bacille du tetanos rapidement isote d'une plaie tetanique. Ibid. 1908, lxiv, 795.—Sa brazes (J.) & Bivifere (P.) Reaction agglutinante du s6rum de l'hommeetde l'animal tetaniques sur le bacille de Nicolaier. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1897,10. s., iv, 618-620.— Schmiedicke Weiteres iiber Tetanus- keime in der kauflichen Gelatine. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1902, xxviii, 191.—Sick (K.) Kli- nische und bakteriologische Beobachtungen bei Tetanus. Med. Cor.-Bl. d. wurttemb. arztl. Landesver., Stuttg., 1909, lxxix, 256-262.—Smith (T.) Some neglected facts in the biology of the tetanus bacillus; their bearing on the safety of the so-called biologic products. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1908, 1, 929-934.— Tarozzi (G.) Sulla la- tenza delle spore di tetano nell'organismo animate e sulla Possibility che esse risveglino un processo tetanico sotto influenza di cause traumatiche e necrotizzanti. Atti d. r. Accad. d. fisiocrit. in Siena, 1905, 4. s., xvii, 259-294. Also, transl.: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1905-6, xl, 305; 451.—Tantz (K.) Ueber die Latenz der Tetanussporen im tierischen Organismus. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1907, xiv, Orig., 495-501.— Tavel ( E.) Ueber den Pseudotetanusbacillus des Darmes. Ibid., 1898, xxiii, 638-541, 1 pi—Tuck (G. L.) The occurrence of tetanus spores in gelatin and its bear- ings on clinical medicine. J. Path. & Bacterid., Edinb. & Lond., 1903-1, ix, 38-41.—Valagussa (F.) Ricerche sulla aerobiosi del bacillo del tetano. Ann. d'ig. sper.-, Roma, 1898, n. s., viii, 396-419, 1 pi.—Van Cott (J. M.) The tetanus bacillus. Brooklyn M. J., 1896, x, 341; 401. -----. The bacteriologv of tetanus. Long Island M. J., Brooklyn, 1907, 1,174.—Vincent (H.) Le bacille du te- tanos se multiplie-t-il dans le tube digestif des animaux? Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1908, lxv, 12-14. -----. Le "phenomene d'appel" dans l'etiologie du tetanos; contribution a l'Stude du microbisme latent. J. de phvsiol. et de path, gen., Par., 1908, x, 664-070.—Vin- cehzi(L.) Sulla morfologia del bacillo del tetano. Ri- forma med., Napoli, 1893, ix, pt. 1, 111.—Vlayeflf(G. M.) Iz chirurgicheskol kliniki prof. V. A. Ratimova. Bak- teriologicheskiy analiz sluchaya stolbnyaka. [From the surgical clinic of Prof. V. A. Ratimoff. Bacteriologi- cal examination of a case of tetanus.] Russk. chir. arch., S.-Peterb., 1895, i, 555-559. Also, in: Protok. i trudi Russk. Chir. Obsh. Pirogova, S.-Peterb., 1894-5, xiii, pt. 2,65-69.— Wesbrook (F. F.) Some of the effects of sunlight on tetanus cultures. J. Path. & Bacteriol., Edinb. & Lond., 1894-5, iii, 70-77.—Kaiilrognini (A.) Contribute- alle simbiosi aerobiche del bacillo del tetano in rapporto con la produzione di tossina. Boll. d. r. Accad. med. di Ge- nova, 1904, xix, 333-342. TETANUS. 4 TETANUS. * Ein Beitrag zur Kasuistik des Kiel, 1903. Fiinf Falle von Tetanus. 8°. Tetanus (Blood in). Zargaroff (X. D.) *Krovyanaya reaktsiya pri eksperimentalnom stolbnyakie. [Blood reaction in experimental tetanus.] 8°. S.-Pe- terburg, 1899. Bennecke (H.) Ueber die Leukocytose bei Tetanus. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1911-12, xxiv, 319-338.—Tabusso (E.) Osservazioni sul sangue di ca- vallo tetanico. Arch, scient. d. r. Soc. ed Accad. vet. ital., Torino, 1905, iii, 66-72. Tetanus (Bulbar). Janin (J.) Du tetanos bulbaire. 8°. Paris, 1892. Kavalf r (O.) Tetanus bulbaris. Rev. neurol., psy- chiat., fys. a diaetet therap., v Praze, 1907, iv, 72.—Kron (I. M.) Sluchal bulbarnavo stolbnyaka s autopsiyel. [Bulbar tetanus with autopsy.] J. nevropat. i psikhiat. . . . Korsakova, Mosk., 1906, vi, 74-81, 1 pi.—Preobra- zhenski (P. A.) Sluchal bulbarnavo stolbnyaka s av- topsiyel. [Bulbar tetanus with autopsv.] Med.Obozr., Mosk., 1901, lvi, 141-146. Also [Abstr.]: J. nevropat. i psikhiat. . . . Korsakova, Mosk., 1901, i, pt. 2, 62. Tetanus (Cases and statistics of). Bartsch (P.) * Vier und zwanzig Tetanus- falle mit einem Ueberblick iiber unser heutiges Wissen von dieser Kranhkeit. 8°. Leipzig, 1907. Einhorn (R.) * Bericht iiber 30 Tetanus- falle. [Strassburg.] 8°. Freiberg i. B., 1910. Holzmann (M.) * Ueber Tetanus. Nach Erfahrungen aus der chirurgischen Klinik zu Zurich 1881-1891. 8°. Zurich, [1891]. Lippe (A.) Drei Falle von Tetanus. 8°. Kiel, 1901. Matzen (J.) Tetanus. 8°. Stahel (H.) Wiirzburg, 1896. Wilhelmy (E.) *Fin Fall von schwerem Tetanus mit Ausgang in Heilung. 8°. Erian- gen. 1892. Abbott (A. C.) The outbreak of tetanus in St. Louis. Phila. M. J., 1901, viii, 824.—Abbott (E. J.) A case of tetanus. St. Paul M. J., St. Paul, Minn., 1904, vi, 621.— Abbott (F. C.) Tetanus. St. Thomas's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1894. n. s., xxii, 365.—Acute tetanus. Ibid., 1899,135.—Ajkay (Z.) A tetanus es a katonai szolgalat. [Tetanus and militarv service.] Honvedorvos, Budapest, 1911, xxiv, 41; 49. —"Aleksieyeir" (N.) Tri sluchaya stolbnyaka. [Three cases of tetanus.] Dietsk. med., Mosk., 1897, ii, 201-204.— Anacker. Eine kleine Teta- nus-Epidemie. Arch. f. off. Gsndhtspflg., Strassb., 1896, xvii, 19-21.—Anders (J. M.) & Morgan (A. C.) Te- tanus: a preliminary report of a statistical study. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1905, xiv, 314-322. — Archer (R. S.) Note on a case of tetanus. Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 1894, xiv, 455-^58.—Arnozan (X.) Une petite epidemie de tetanos dans une salle de medecine a l'Hopital Saint-An- dre. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1902, xxxii, 133-135—Ba- con (R. A. E.) Notes of a case of tetanus; recovery. Lancet, Lond., 1896, ii, 815.—Barbar (I.) Yedin tezhok sluchal na tetanus idiopaticus s ozdrovyanie. Severe case of . .. with recovery.] Spis. naSofiysk. Med.Druzh., 1901-2, ii, 18-33. Sre, also, infra, Georgieff. — Barber (C. F.) A contribution to the investigation of tetanus on Long Island. Long Island M. J., Brooklyn, 1908, ii, 53-55. rDiscussion]/77-79.—Becker. Zur Kasuistik uckett. Tliree cases of tetanus. J. Med. & Sc., Portland, 1903, ix, 158.—JlcOaw i \V. J.) A case of tetanus; with recovery. Tr. Rhode Island M. Soc. 1897, Providence, 1S98. v, 441-443. Also: Atlantic M. Weeklv, Providence, 1897, viii, 376-378. — HcKinley (W. W.) A case of tetanus. Queen's M. Quart., Kingston, Canada, 1905-6,x, 109—Magula (M. M.) Kstatistikie, predupre- zhdeniyu i llecheniyu stolbnyaka. [Statistics, preven- tion, arid treatment of tetanus.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1910, ix, 1746-1750— "Tlaliomcd (I. J.) Notes of a case of tetanus. Tr. Grant Coll. M. Soc. Bombav, (1893), 1894, 29-33. Also Indian M.-Chir. Rev.,Bombay,1893,i, 599-604 — .Tlalaniuk (J.) Zur Tetanuskasuistik. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1912, Ixii, 2359.—.TIarehoux. Le tetanos a la c6te occidentale d'Afrique. Cong, internat. de med. C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de med. et chir. mil. col., 74-77.— .Tllehon & Bondet. Observation de tetanos. Mem. et compt.-rend. Soc. d. sc. med. de Lyon (1891), 1892, xxxi, pt. 2, 229-231.—Mill le (R.) Un caso de tetanos. Inde- pend med., Barcel., 1902, xxxii, 424-427—Wloriarta (D. C.) Report of a case of tetanus. Albany M. Ann., 1903, xxiv, 598-602. -----. A case of tetanus. Ibid., 1905, xxvi, 321-325.—Mo-rison (J. R.) Notes on a case of tetanus. Annual rep. trans. S. Durham & Cleveland M. Soc, Har- tlepool, 1878-9, vi, 2s-30.—^lorris (H.) A case of tetanus; recovery. Lancet, Lond., 1894, i, 206.—Rlozharovski (L. I.) Sluchal stolbnyaka s blagopriyatnim iskhodom. [Tetanus with happy termination,] Feldscher, St. Pe- tersb., 1899, ix, 102-106.—Nichols (F. P.) Two cases of tetanus. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1894, xxix, 299.—Nor- rls (G. W.) Tetanus; a study of fifty-seven cases from the records of the Pennsylvania Hospital. Phila. M. J., 1903, ix, 835-838.—No wlin (J. B.) Tetanus; recoverv af- ter thirty-six days. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1902, Ixi, 535.— Overtoil iF.) tetanus on eastern Long Island. Long Island M. J., Brooklyn, 1907, i, 170.— O'Zoux. Le teta- nos a Saint-Denis de la Reunion. Caducee, Par., 1910, x, 229.—.Packard (F. A.) A case of tetanus followed bv recovery. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1898, xv, 110-115.—Pa- rodl (S. D.) Un caso de tetano subagudo. Cr6n. med., Lima. 1896, xiii, 261-263.— Pasquier (F.) Le tetanos dans les ctepartements du centre; deux cas. Ann. med.- chir. du centre, Tours, 1904, iv, 492-494.—Pelaez (L.) Un caso de tetanos y algunas reflexiones. Rev. med. salmantina, Salamanca, 1909, v, 113-117.—Peres Bo- driune*. Un caso de tetano. Med.contemp.,Lisb.,1903, xxi, 417-119.—Pervu.sn.in (V. P.) Tri sluchaya stolb- nyaka. [Three cases of tetanus] Nevrol. Vestnik, Ka- zan, 1908, xv. 94-136.—Phipps (W. P.) Tetanus as I have found it in Chester County. J. Corhp. M. & Vet. Arch., Phila., 18 W, xix, 256-259.—Pllzer(F.) Ein Fall von Tetanus. St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr., 1902, n. F., xix, 39-41— Porter (W. D.) Reportof acaseof tetanus. St. Louis Cour. Med., 1894, n. s., x, 93-95.—Potlekhin (V.) 81uchal stolbnyaka. [Case.] DIetsk. med., Mosk., 1898, iii, 277-279.—Proegler (C.) Acaseof tetanus (tris- mus), with recovery. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1895, xlviii, 494.— Beagor(F. B.) tetanus, with reportof case. Alabama M. J., Birmingham, 1903, xv, 131-136.—Beynier (P. i Cas de tetanos. Bull, et m<5m. Soc. de med. et chir. prat. de Par., 1894, 40-43.—Bickman (J. B.) Tetanus idio- pathic Memphis M. Month., 1893, xiii, 493-497.—Bigot (H.) Notes sur un cas de tetanos a debut rapide, suivi de guerison. Loire med., St.-Etienne, 1899, xviii, 93-99.— Tetanus (Cases and statistics of). del Bio (N.) Tetanus in military surgerv. Proc. Ass. Mil. Surg. U. S. 1900, Chicago, 1901, ix, 181-189 .— Boberts (J. L.) Case of tetanus. Med. Press & Circ, Lond.,1910,n. s.,lxxxix,12.—Boberts(L.E.) Acaseof tetanus; recovery. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, i, 241.—Bob- erts (W. O.) A case of tetanus. Louisville Month. J. M. & S., 1902-3, ix, 257-259.—de Bothschild (H.) Ob- servation d'un cas de tetanos (guerison). Progres nted., Par., 1898, 3. s., viii, 437.—Bottenstein (S.) Ein schwerer Fall von Tetanus. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1905, li, 121.—Bubbcns (E.) Observation d'un cas de tetanos. Bull. Soc. de med. de Gaud, 1901, lxviii, 396-401. Rap. deDe Buck. 402.]— Budis-Jacinsky(.L) A ease of tetanus. N. York M. J., 1897, lxvi, 661—Saint-Mar- tin (J.) A propos d'un cas de tetanos. Rev. med. de la Franche-Comte, Besancon, 1908, xvi, 155.—Salvetat (C.) Due casi di tet mo grave; guarigione. Morgagni, Milano, 1893, xxxv, 0*1-692.—Saunders(L. D.) Acaseof acute tetanus with certain points of interest. Lancet, Lond., 1903, i, 654.—Schuster. Demonstration einesgeheilten Tetanusfalles. Berl. klin. W< hnschr., 1899, xxxvi, 1039.— Shikare (P. V.) A case of tetanus. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1902, xxxvii, 486.—Short (A. R.) Report on twenty-six cases of tetanus at the Bristol Royal Infirmary. Stethoscope, Bristol, 1911. xiv 13-15.—Simpson (J. P.) A case cf tetanus; recovery. Quart. Bull. M. Dept. Wash. Univ., St. Louis, 1904-5, iii, 153-156.—Skinner (B. D.) Comments and conclusions as to tetanus on eastern Long Island. Long Island M. J., Brooklyn, 1907, i, 177-184.— Smyth (J.) Six cases of tetanus. Indian M. Gaz., Cal- cutta, 1904, xxxix, 137.—Sormani (G.) Due casi di te- tano meritevolidi nota. R. 1st. Lomb. di sc. elett. Ren- dic, Milano, 1892, 2. s., xxv, 942-949.—Stockman (R.) Case of tetanus. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc, Glasgow, 1909-10, ix, 64.—Stucky (T. H.) Tetanus; report of cases. Am. Pract. <& News, Louisville, 1900, xxix, 441^443. [Discus- sion] , 458-461.—Swindells (E.) Notes on two cases of tetanus; recovery. Lancet, Lond., 1896, i, 289.—Syinon de Villeneuve. Sept observations de tetanos. Anjou med., Angers, 1898, v, 213-219.—Talayrach. Le teta- nos dans l'arntee allemande. Arch, de med. et pharm. mil., Par., 1904, xliii, 229-233.—Tetanus. Rep. Bd. Health Minn. 1899-1900, St. Paul, 1901, xviii, 481.— Thomas (R. S.) A case of tetanus. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, ii, 1751.—Thomayer (J.) Pfipad tetanu. [Case of tetanus.] L6k. rozhledy, Praha, 1903, xi, 2.—Thurs- tield (T. W.) Two cases of tetanus; with observations. Birmingham M. Rev., 1896, xxxix, 101-105.— Tidswe 11 (H.H ) Amildcaseof tetanus; recovery in four days. Brit. J., Lond., 1900, i. 1592.—Torneau. Drei Falle von Te- tanus. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1904, xxx,347.—Trevelyan (E. F.) Acaseof tetanus. Med. Chron., Manchester, 1892-3, xvii, 369-371.—Verneuil. Sur un casde tetanos, par le Dr. Dieterlen. [Rap.] Bull. et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1893, n. s., xix, 195-198.— Vieira (S.) A proposito d'um caso de tetano. Med. mod., Porto, 1909, xvi.pt. 6, 90. — Vincenzi. Ueber einen Fall von Tetanus. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1900xi. 305-308.—Vlayeff(G. M.) Tetanus. Russk. Med., St. Petersb., 1895, xx, 28.—Wallace (A. McG.) Clinical case of tetanus. Virginia M. Semi- Month., Richmond, 1904-5, ix, 564.—Wallace (C. S.) Tetanus. St. Thomas's Hosp. Rep. 1894, Lond., 1896, n.s., xxiii. 323.—Waters (D.) A case of tetanus; recoverv. Wisconsin M. J., Milwaukee, 1905-6, iv, 703-705.—West (F. W.) A case of tetanus; recoverv. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1907, xxvi, 72-74.—Whitridge (A. H.) Re- port of a ease of tetanus with recovery. Phila. M. J., 1900, vi, 756-75*.—Wield (D.) A case of acute tetanus. Aus- tralas. M.Qaz., Sydney, 1904, xxiii, 573.—Wilgus (S. D.) A case of tetanus, state Hosp. Bull., Utica, 1896, i, 228- 230.—Wilkinson (G.) Notes of two cases of tetanus, with remarks on the etiology and recent methods of treat- ment. Sheffield M. J., 1892-3, i, 203-210—Williams (M.) Two cases of tetanus. Austral. M. J., Melbourne, 1911, n. s., i, 138.—Wright (J. A.) Tetanus; with report of a ease. Am. M. Compend, Toledo, 1895, xi, 594-599.— Wylic (T.) A case of tetanus. Canada Lancet, To- ronto, 1901-2, xxxv, 807.—/upnik (L.) Ueber einen Fall von Tetanus. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1902. xvi, 635. Tetanus (Causes and pathology of). See also, Abortion (Complications, etc., of); Blisters (Accidentt from); Bubo (Complica- tions, (tc, of); Burns (Complications, etc., of); Cholera (Complications, etc., of); Circumcision ritual (Accidents, etc.); Cold (Effects of); Fe- mur (Fracture of, Compound, et^.); Frost-bite; Hernia (Treatment of, Operative); Tetanus (Bacteriology of); Tetanus (Blood,in); Tetanus (Experimental); Tetanus (Post-operative); Te- tanus (Post-vaccinal); Tetanus (Toxins of); Tetanus (Traumatic). TETANUS. TETANUS. Tetanus (Causes and pathology of). Chaiixous (M.) * Etude sur le tetanos a frigore. 8°. Paris, 1899. -----. The same. 8°. Paris, 1899. Erbse (F.) *Ein Fall von Tetanus mit in- teressantem Riickenmarksbefunde nebst Dar- stellung der neueren Ergebnis^e der Tetanus- forschung. 8°. Wilrzburg, 1902. (joehler (L.) * Ueber die Genese der Teta- nuskriimpfe. [Bern.] 8°. Karlsruhe, 1901. Klipsteix (E.) * Ueber die Aetiologie des Wundstarrkrampfs mit besonderer Beriicksich- tigung der Abhandlung von Vaillant und Vin- cent: Contribution a I'etude de 1'Etiologie du tetanos. 8°. Marburg, 1892. Merian (L.) *Ein Beitrag zur pathologi- schen Anatomie des Tetanus beim Menschen. [Zurich.] 8°. Griiningen, 1909. Pechoutre (F.) * Lesions medullaires dans le tetanos et m^canisme des contractures. 8°. Paris, 1898. Abadie (C.) Etiologie du tetanos. Bull. Soc. de med.de Par. (1888), 1889, xxiii, 153-158.— Achard (C.) Note sur les tesionsdes nerfs dans le tetanos. Arch, de med. exper. et d'anat. path., Par., 1892, iv, 836-840.— Aievoli (E.) Studi sulla clinica e la fisiopatologia del tetano. Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 1912, n. s., xxxiv 289-314. — Armand-Delille (P.) & Gen€- vrler. Un cas de tetanos consecutif a des engelures ulcerees. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1906, viii, 401-405. Also [Abstr.]: Rev. mens. d. mal. del'enf., Par., 1906, xxiv, 562. — d'Arsonval & Charrin. La thermog6nese dans le tetanos. Arch, de physiol. norm et path., Par., 1898, 5. s., x, 740. Also: Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1898, cxxvii, 213.—Baer. (A. B.) "Lockjaw" caused by spasm of the internal pterygoid muscle. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1911, ix, 485.—Bandisch. Ein Fall von Wundstarrkrampf aus seltener Ursache. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1898, xxxv, 682.—von Bchrlng (E.) Aetio- logie und aetiologische Therapie des Tetanus. Beitr. z. exper. Therap., Berl., 1904, Hft. vii, 1-72.—Bissauge (R.) Note pour servir a I'etude de la pathogenie du teta- nos. Rec. de med. vet., Par., 1894, 8.s., i, 273-278.—Bol- ton (R. M.), Fisch (C.) imentales sur les lesions du foie et du rein dans cette affection. 4°. Toulouse, 1894. Pehu (M.) *De la temperature dans le te- tanos experimental. 8°. Lyon, 1900. Rinzmann (0.) *Ueber den Einfluss erhohter Aussentemperatur auf den Verlauf der experi- mentellen Tetanus- und Streptokokkeninfek- tion. [Zurich.] 8°. Munchen, 1907. Babonneix (M.-L.) Reactions electriques du teta- nos experimental. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1909, lxvii, 289-291.—Bardier (E.) & Truchot (C.) Trou- bles cardiaques du lapin pendant la tetanisation. Ibid., 1897, 10. s., iv, 768.—Beck (C.) Ueber die Veranderun- gen der Nervenzellen bei experimentellem Tetanus, nebsteinigen Bemerkungen iiber die normale Struktur der Nervenzellen. Ungar. Arch. f. Med., Wiesb., 1893-4, ii, 345-362, 2 pi.—Beck (M.) Experimentelle Unter- suchungen iiber den Tetanus. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infec- TETANUS. 10 TETANUS. Tetanus (Experimented). tionskrankh., Leipz., 1895, xix, 427-449.—Blumenthal (F ) Klinische und experimentelle Beitrage zurKennt- niss des Tetanus. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1896, xxx, 538-549 —Breccia (G.) II reticolo neurofibrillaredelle cellule motrici del nevrasse nella infezione tetanica speri- mentale. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1908, Roma, 1909, xviii, 390.—Brunner (C.) Die bisherigen Resultate ex- perimenteller Untersuchungen iiber die Art der Wirkung des Tetanusgiftes auf das Nervensystem. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1894, xx, 100-103.—Camus (J.) Traitement du tetanos experimental a la periode de contracture. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1910, lxviii, 460; 612. -----. Lesions macroscopiques tardives du te- tanos experimental gueri. Ibid., lxix, 70. -----. Con- tribution a I'etude du traitement du tetanus experimen- tal. Ibid., 1911, lxx, 633-635. -----. Traitement du te- . tanos experimental par les injections bulbaires et para- bulbaires de serum antitetanique. Ibid., 689-693. — Carvallo (J.) & Weiss (G.) Inriuence de la tempera- ture sur la hauteur du tetanos experimental. Ibid., 1899, 11. s., i, 686.—Ciuca. De Paction favorisante du froid sur le tetanos experimental. Ibid., 1907, lxii, 858,— Claude (H.) Myelite experimentale subaigue , par intoxication tetanique. Presse med., Par., 1897, p. cclxxviii.— Collina (M.) Ricerche sul tetano nella rana. Terap. clin., Napoli, 1898, vii, 471-473.—Cour- mont(J.)& Doyon. Marche des contractures dans le tetanos experimental chez les solipedes. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1892, 9. s., iv, 1003-1006. Also: Province med., Lyon, 1892, vi, 617.-----------. De la produc- tion du tetanos chez la poule et de la creation artiflcielle de l'immunite chez cet animal. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1893. 9. a., v, 841-844. ----- -----. Du tetanos de la grenouille et des condi- i tions de temperature ambiante necessaires a son appari- tion. Ibid., 618-620.-----------. Du tetanos de la ' grenouille; influence de la temperature ambiante; sort ' de la toxine tetanique chez la grenouille refractaire. ' Ibid., 1898, 10. s., v, 344-346.-----------. Marche des contractures dans le tetanos experimental des solipedes. Ibid., 1899, 11. s., i, 325.----------. Traitement du te- tanos experimental par la methode de Bacelli. Ibid., 364-366.— Courmont (J.), Doyon (M.) & Paviot (J.) Des pretendues lesions cellulaires de la moelle dans le 1 tetanos experimental du cobaye et du chien. Ibid., 1897, ■ 10. s., iv, 819-822. Also: Province med., Lyon, 1897, xi, 398. ----- ----- -----. Etude histologique fine des cellules nerveuses medullaires dans le tetanos experi- mental. Arch, de physiol. norm, et path., Par., 1898, 6. s., x, 472-483. Also: Province med., Lyon, 1898, xii, 337- 342.----------------. Examen des cellules nerveuses medullaires dans le tetanos experimental du cobaye, du lapin et du chien. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1898, 10. s., v, 604.----------------. Lesions nerveuses dans le tetanos experimental du cheval. J. de physiol. et de path, gen., Par., 1901, iii, 587-591, 1 pi. Also: Province med., Lyon, 1901, xv, 450-452.— Courmont (J.) & P«;hu (M.) La temperature rectale dans le te- tanos experimental. Cong, internat. de med. C. r., Par., 1900. Sect, de bactlriol. et parasitol., 33. ----- -----. Variabilite de la temperature rectale dans le te- tanos experimental suivant Vespece et Page de Pani- mal. J. de physiol.etdepath.gen.,Par,1901,iii,266-276.— De Buck (D.) & De Moor (L.) Lesions des cellules nerveuses dans le tetanosexperimental du cobaye. Bull. Acad. rov. de med. de Belg., Brux., 1899, 4. s., xiii, 175- 190. [Rap. de Vanlair], 123-126.—Goldberg (S. I.) O vidlelenii mochel stolbnyachnavo toksina pri eksperi- mentalnom stolbnyakle. [On the elimination by the urine of tetanic toxine in experimental tetanus.] Bol- nitsch. gaz. Botkina, St. Petersb., 1899, x, 903; 963.—Klee- t'eld (A.) & Pinchart (J.) Della temperatura rettale nel tetano sperimentale. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1902, xxiii, 1560-1562.—Kohnstaium (O.) Experimentelle Untersuchungen zur Analvse des Tetanus. Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1893, 125-156, 4 diag., 2 pi.—Maragli- ano (D.) Precipitazione e deviazione del complemento in rapporto all' intossicazione tetanica sperimentale. Path. riv. quindicin., Genova, 1908-9, i, 183.—Martini (G.) Sulle alterazioni dei tessuti nel tetano sperimentale. 1°. Tessuto muscolarestriate. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1902, xxiii, 1494-1497.—iVlitra (A.) Some experiments on te- tanus. Indian M. Rec, Calcutta, 1895, viii, 247.—Mor- genroth (J.) Zur Kenntniss des Tetanus des Frosches. Arch, internat. de pharmacod., Brux. et Par., 1900, vii, 265-272.— P^choutre. Des lesions medullaires dans le tetanos experimental. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1898, 10. s., v, 674.—Pes (O.) Sulle alterazioni del sistema nervoso nel tetano sperimentale. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1893, 3. s., xii, 492-500, 1 pi. -----. Sullealterazioni del sistema nervoso nel tetanospe- rimenuUe. Progressomed., Torino, 1903, ii, 157-160. See, also, infra, Zinno.—Pitlia (V.) Tetanus. Studie experi- mentalni, biologicka a klinicka. Rozpr. ceske Akad. cis. Frantiska Josefa [etcJ, v Praze, 1899-1900, 2. t., ix, no. 10, 1-89.—Pla (E. F.) Demonstraci6n experimental de la virulencia del tetanos. Arch, de la Soc. estud. clin de la Tetanus (Experimental). Habana (1890-2), 1895, v, 113-118.—Pochhammer (K.) Experimentelle Berichtigungen zur Pathogenese des lokalen Tetanus. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1908, xxxiv, 1425— Roger. Action de la strych- nine et du chloral sur les animaux tetaniques. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1899, 11. s., i, 392-395.—Ro- hardt (W.) Ueber die Nachweisbarkeit von Tetanus- keimen in faulenden Kadavern an Impftetanus verende- ter Thiere. Hyg. Rundschau, Berl., 1900, x, 376-381.— Roncali (D. B.) Coutributo alio studio dell' infezione tetanica sperimentale negli animali. Riforma med., Napoli, 1893, ix, pt. 3, 169-176.—Salomonsen (C. J.) & rtladsen (T.) Sur la reproduction de la substance anti- toxique apres de fortes saignees. Ann. de ITnst. Pasteur, Par., 1898, xii, 763-773.—Savini Lojani (L.) Osserva- zioni ematologiche sul tetano sperimentale. Arch, per lesc. med., Torino, 1908, xxxii, 180-196.—Tessier. Du te- tanos; etude experimentale, clinique et therapeutique. Semaine med., Par., 1893, xiii, 133-140.—Tiberti (N.) Ancora sul reticoloneurofibrillaredellecellule motrici del midollo spinale nella intossicazione tetanica sperimen- tale. Riv. dipatol. nerv., Firenze, 1907, xii, 407-412.-----. La degenerazione primaria delle fibre nervose del midollo spinale nella intossicazione tetanica sperimentale. Atti d. Soc. ital. di patol., Pavia, 1906, iv, 168-170.—Tonzig (C.) Sul lavaggio dell' organismo nella infezione tetanica sperimentale. Riforma med., Roma, 1901, xvii, pt. 2, 398-403.—Vincenzi (L.) Bicerche sperimentali sul tetano. Arch, per le sc. med., Torino e Palermo, 1892, xvi, 341-344. -----. Ricerche esperimentali sul tetano. Riforma med., Napoli, 1895, xi, pt. 3, 316; 328. -----. Sulle fine alterazioni morfologiche delle cellule ner- vose nel tetano sperimentale. Arch, per le sc. med., Torino, 1897, xxi, 109-119, 1 pi.—Vulpius (O.) Ue- ber einen Fall von Wundstarrkrampf mit Thierver- suchen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1893, xix, 992-995.—Wells (H. G.) An experimental study of the origin of the epidemic of tetanus following July 4, 1899; report of a case with recovery. Phila. M. J., 1900, v, 1377.—Zinno (A.) Le lesioni del sistema nervoso centrale nella intossicazione tetanica sperimentale. Gior. d. Ass. napol. di med. e nat., Napoli, 1901, xi, 349-377. -----. A proposito di un lavoro del Dr. O. Pes sulle al- terazioni del sistema nervoso nel tetano sperimentale. Progresso med., Torino, 1903, ii, 222-224.—Zupnik (L.) Ueber experimentellen Tetanus descendens. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1900, xxvi, 837-841. Tetanus (Fatal cases of). See, also, Tetanus (Treatment of) [and sub- divisions'] ; Tetanus (Treatment of, Accidents, etc., from) with serum. d'Azevedo e Moura (E.) Nota sobre um caso de tetano agudo seguido de morte, Coimbra med., 1901, xxi, 4; 21! 36 — Buckell (A.E.) Case of idiopnthic teta- nus; death in thirtv-six hours from onset of symptoms. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1900, ii, 223.—Dartigolles. Tetanos et endocardite; mort du malade au huitieme jour. J. de nted. de Bordeaux, 1893, xxiii, 69; 84.—Death from teta- nus. Med. News, N. Y., 1900, lxxvii, 341.—Death from tetanus. Phila. M. J., 1899, iv, 1052.—Death from teta- nus or fright. Boston M. & S. J., 1906, civ, 726.—Dobson (A.) A case of acute tetanus; death. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, i, 1191.—Garrow (A. E.) Tetanus followed by death. Montreal M. J. ,1906,xxxv. 797-799.— Goldbaum (L.) Przypadek teiyezki, zakohczony naglq §miercia.. [Tetanus ending in sudden death.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1897, 2. s., xvii, 153.—Le-Roy y Cassa (J.) Mortalidad por tetanos. An. Acad, de cien. nted. . . . de la Habana, 1904-5, xii, 409^114. -----. Contribuci6n al estudio de la mortalidad producida por el tetanos en la Repiiblica de Cuba. Actas y trab. d. 1« Cong. nted. nac, Habana, 1905, i, 384-396,1 ch.— lUusser (J. H.) Diaphragmatic pleu- risy; death from tetanus. Tr. Path. Soc. Phila., 1885-7, xiii, 118-120.—Neuliaus (F. H.) A fatal case of idio- pathic tetanus. Med. News, N. Y., 1900, lxxvii, 269.— No rd mail. Trois cas de tetanus mortels sans tempera- ture. Loire nted., St.-Etienne, 1910, xxix, 327.— Her. Ein Fall von Panophthalmie mit Tetanus und todlichem Ausgange. Arch. f. Augenh., iesb., 1904, li, 121-140, 3 pi.—Poulton. A fatal case of tetanus. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1905, xxiv, 24.—Shaw. A [fatal] case of tetanus. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1894, n. s., viii, 288,— Tetanus; death fourth day. Rep. Cincin. Hosp. (1895), 1896, xxxv, 152.—Verstraete. Tetanos aigu suivi de mort, ayantevolu6apres36heuresd'incubation. Ann.de med. et chir. inf., Par., 1903, vii, 541-545. Also: J. d. sc. nted. de Lille, 1903, ii, 74-80. Tetanus (Gynecological). See Tetanus ( Uterine). Tetanus (Hysterical). See Tetanus (Diagnosis of); Trismus. TETANUS. 11 TETANUS. Tetanus (Immunity from). See, also, Tetanus {Preventive inoculations against). Kostovski (V. S.) *K voprosu o predokhra- nyayushtshem dlelstvii protiv stolbnyachnavo yada, nlekotorikh organov normalnikh zhivot- nikh. [Protective action of various organs of normal animals against the poisons of tetanus.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1899. Stetskevich (M. I.) *K voprosu ob immu- nitetle pri stolbnyakle; prodolzhitelnost immu- niteta pri vpriskivanii protivostolbnyachnol si- vorovki v mozgovoye veshtshestvo (po metodu Roux i Borel'ya). [Immunity in tetanus; dura- tion of the immunity on injecting antitetanic serum in the brain by the method of Roux and Borel.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1900. Asagawa i S.) [Contribution on the origin of natu- ral immunity in tetanus of the domestic fowl.] Sai- take Gaku Zasshi. Tokvo. 1898, 63-91. Also, transl.: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1898, xxiv, 166; 234. — Dionis du Sejour. Sur la dutee de l'immunite donnee par une injection de serum anti- tetanique; tetanos a forme dysphagique survenu 22 jours apres l'injection preventive. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1906, lxxviii, 606. —Dmitrievsky ( K.) Recherches sur les proprtetes antitetaniques des centres nerveux de l'animal immunise. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1903, xvii, 148-160.—Ehrlich (P.) & Httbener (Wr.) Ueber die Vererbung der Immunitat bei Tetanus. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infectionskrankh., Leipz., 1894, xviii, 51-64 — Le Fort & Gontier de la Roche. Experiences sur les proprtetes immunisantes du serum d'un.maiade ayant eu recemment une attaque de tetanos. Echo nted. du nord, Lille, 1903, vii, 247. — von liingelsheim. Im- munitat bei Tetanus. Handb. d. path. Mikroorg., Jena, 1904, 983-1000. — Marie (A.) Recherches sur les pro- prtetes antitetaniques des centres nerveux de l'animal sain. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1898, xii, 91-95.— JIarx (E.) Ueber dietetanusgiftneutralisirendeEigen- schait des Gehirns. Ztschr. f. Hvg. u. Infectionskrankh., Leipz., 1902, xl, 231-238.—Nogrichi (H.) Local immu- nity to tetanus in inoculated rats treated with eosin. J. Exper. M., N. Y., 1907, ix, 291-297. — Ricketts (H. T.) Concerning the possibility of an antibody for the tetano- phile receptor of erythrocvtes; a receptor studv. In: Ricketts (H. T.) Contrib. to Med. Sc, Chicago,1911, 254- 265.—Riglii (I.) L' immunita al tetano in conigli smilzati. Riforma med., Napoli, 1894, x, pt. 4, 327-329.— Roux (E.) & Borrel (A.) Tetanos cerebral et immu- nite contre le tetanos. Actas v mem. d. ix. Cong, inter- nac de hyg. y demog. 1895, Madrid, 1900, i, 136-147.— Rnediirer (E. H.) The duration of passive immunitv against tetanus. Bull. Manila M. Soc, 1911, iii, 98-101.— Tasso (G.) La chemotassi nel tetano e nella immunita contro il tetano. Policlin., Roma, 1895, ii, C, 26-32.— Tizzoni (G.) L'immunita contro il tetano conferita col vancino dello pneumococco. Mem. r. Accad. d. sc. d. 1st. di Bologna, 1897-8, 5. s., vii, 195-203. Also: Gazz. d. osp, Milano, 1898, xix, 289-292.—Tizzoni (G.) & Cat- tani (G.) Alcune questioni relative all'immunita pel tetano.- Riforma med., Napoli, 1892, viii. pt. 3, 495; 505.— ----------. Ulteriori ricerche sperimentali sulla immu- nita contrail tetano. Ibid., 1X93. ix, pt. 4, 289: 301; 313; 325. Also, transl.: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1893, xxx, 1185; 1215; 1245; 1265: 1894, xxxi, 64— Warbasse (J. P.) Im- munity against tetanus. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1894, xix, 699-704.—Wassermann (A.) & Takaki (T.) Ueber tetanusantitoxische Eigenschaften des normalen Cen- tralnervensystems. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1898, xxxv, 5. — WladimirofF (A.) Ueber die antitoxinerzeu- gende und immunisirendc Wirkung des Tetanusgiftes bei Thieren. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infectionskrankh.,Leipz., 1893, xv, 405-122. Tetanus (Jurisprudence of). FerrS (G.), Sabrazes (J.) & Faisuet (C.) Con- sultation medico-iegale sur un cas de tetanos; dutee d'incubation; rapport des experts; jugement. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. nted. de Bordeaux, 1905, xxvi, 210-212. — Focke. Ueber den Tod durch Tetanus in gerichtlich-medici- nischer Beziehung. Vrtljschr. f. gerichtl. Med., Berl., 1899, 3. F., xvii, Suppl.-Hft., 81-110.—Hammerschlag (R.) Ein Fall von Tetanus vor Gericht. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1901, li, 859; 932.—Kuhn (E.) Gerichtsarzt- liche Beurteilung des Wundstarrkrampfes. Vrtljschr. f. gerichtl. Med., Berl., 1907, 3. F., xxxiii, 70; 277.—Leone (A. B.) Giudizio medico-iegale sopra un caso di tetano. Corriere san. Settim., Milano, 1897, viii, no. 36, 6. Tetanus (Localized). Sec, also, Tetanus (Cephalic); Trismus. Kruger (M.) * Ueber Tetanus mit lokali- sierten Spasmen. 8°. Kiel, 1911. Walthard (H.) * Ueber den lokalen Teta- nus beim Menschen. 8°. Bern, 1910. Axhauscn. Ueber lokalen Tetanus beim Menschen. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1905, lxxviii, 266-285.— Esau. Ein Fall von lokalem Tetanus der Hand. Deut- sche med. Wchnschr.,Leipz. u. Berl., 1910,xxxvi,706-709.— Periiandc%(F. K.) Un caso de tetanos localizado. Cron. med.-quir. de la Habana, 1907,xxxiii, 18-20.—Mackie (F. P.) A case of intra-ocular infection by tetanus in a foal. J. Trop. Vet. Sc, Calcutta, 1906, i, 208-210.—Iflitra (N. C.) A case of tetanus affecting the muscles of jaws onlv. Atlanta M. & S. J., 1895-6, n. s., xii, 400-402.—Poeli- hammer (C.) Der lokale Tetanus und seine Entste- hung, eine kritisch-experimentelle Studic Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1908, xxxiv, 685-690.— Schmerz (H.) Lokaler Tetanus. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1912, lxxxi, 609-633. — Ulbrich (H.) Die Te- tanusinfektion des Auges. Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch. 1905, Wiesb., 1906, 256-260. — Zupnik (L.) Bemerkungen zu Pochhammers Aufsatz: Der lo- kale Tetanus und seine Entstehung. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1908, xxxiv, 1144. Tetanus (Jfixed infection in). &£ Tetanus (Complications, etc., of). Tetanus (Paralytic). See Tetanus (Cephalic). Tetanus (Physiological). See Muscle (Contractions of). Tetanus (Post-abortive). Commandeur. Tetanos post-abortif. Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par., 1908, xi, 399^02.—Gache (S.) A propos d'un cas de tetanos post-abortum. Rev. prat, d'obst. et de paediat., Par., 1909, xxii, 174-185. Also, transl.: Semana med., Buenos Aires, 1906, xiii, 53-56.—Galtier. Sur un cas de tetanos consecutif & un avortement. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. . . . de Bordeaux, 1901, xxii, 192-195. Also: J. dented, de Bordeaux, 1902, xxxii, 199.—Haines W. D.) Tetanus following abortion. Cincin. Lancet- Clinic, 1904, n. s., Iii, 48-50.—Kraus (J.) Tetanus mit letalem Ausgang infolge von Fruchtabtreibung. Amts- arzt, Leipz. u. Wien, 1910, ii, 314.—Itletall (H.) Teta- nus infolge von kriminellem Abortus. Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1910, lv, 287.—Scherb. Avortement provoque par la tige du petroselinum sativum; tetanos mortel. Bull. nted. de l'Algerie, Alger, 1908, xix, 276-278. Tetanus (Post-hypodermic). See Tetanus (Traumatic). Tetanus (Post-operative). See Tetanus (Traumatic). Tetanus (Post-vaccinal). Allen (L.) Two cases of tetanus following vaccina- tion. Boston M. & S. J., 1902, cxlvi, 544.—Chase (F. E.) A case of tetanus following vaccination. Med. Rev., St. Louis, 1899, xxxix, 380-382. [Discussion], 887-389.— Churchill (A. H.) Tetanus following vaccination. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvi, 1111.—Cooke (W. S.) Report of a case of tetanus following vaccination. N. York M. J., 1903, lxxvii, 61.—Findlay (W.) & Findlay (J. W.) Tetanus following revaccination on the leg; re- covery after prolonged administration of chloral hydrate. Lancet, Lond., 1902, i, 506-510.—Harte (R.) Tetanus after vaccination. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1902, xxxv, 520- 524.—Huddleston (J. H.) Tetanusand vaccine virus. Pediatrics, N. Y., 1904, xvi, 65-71.—IHcFarland (J.) Tetanusand vaccination; an analytical study of ninety- five cases of this rare complication. Proc. Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila., 1902-3, xxiii, 166-178. Also: J. Med. Research, Bost., 1902, vii, 474-493, 1 pi. Also: Medicine, Detroit, 1902, viii, 441-456.—Patek (A.J.) Tetanus following vaccination. Am. Med., Phila., 1902, iii, 770.—Scott (C. D.) Reportof two cases of tetanus following vacci- nation. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1910, lxxviii, 811-813.—Will- son (R. N.) Tetanus appearing in the course of vac- cinia; report of a case. Proc. Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila., 1901-2, xxii, 353-372. Also: Am. Med., Phila., 1901, ii, 903-907. Also: St. Louis M. & S. J., 1902, lxxxii, 177-192. -----. Abstract of an analysis of fifty-two cases of teta- nus following vaccinia; with reference to the source of infection. Proc. Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila., 1902-3, xxiii, 149-166. TETANUS. 12 TETANUS. Tetanus (Prevention of). Bain (J. B.) Blank-cartridge wound infected with tetanus bacilli; prompt excision: no tetanus. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1903, xxxvii, 399-401. Ms,,, Reprint.—Benjamin (D.) The elimination of lockjaw. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1912, lxxxi, 1229.—Berghausen (O.) cfc Howard (C. E.) The treatment of wounds, with reference to tetanus prophvlaxis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lviii, 104 — Bocchio (I.) Controllo della sterilita del catgut per uso chirurgico in rapporto al bacillo tetanico. Boll. d. Soc. med. di Parma, 1909, 2. s., ii, 255-261.—Calmette. La prophylaxie du tetanos dans les pays chauds. Cong, in- ternat. de med. C.-r., Par., 1900. Sect.dented.etchir.mil. col., 71-74. Also: Echo nted. du nord, Lille, 1900, iv, 443.— Bandois. De l'immunisation contre le tetanos. Rev. med. de Louvain, 1906, 273-281— Eisendrath (D. N.) The prevention of tetanus. J.Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1904, xlii, 1276-1278. — Federici (X.) .Contribute alia cura preventiva del tetano. Arch, ed atti d. Soc. ital. di chir. 1908, Roma, 1909, ii, 55-57.—Fourth of July tetanus; the effect of publicity and prophylaxis in reducing the mor- tality. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1904, xliii, 667-673.— Fukuda (M.) [Prophylaxis in traumatic tetanus of a horse.] SaikingakuZasshi,Tokyo,1904,209-212— Garcia Kijo(R.) El tetanos y la junta de sanidad. An. Acad. de cien. med.de la Habana, 1910-11,xlvii,434-448.—Hoch (K.) Wie kann man dem Tetanus und der Lyssa vorbeu- gen? Zentralbl. f. d. ges. Therap., Wien u. Berl., 1909, xxvii. 337-339. Also: Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1909, xiv, 44S. — J'oly (E.) Plaie dupied; injection pre- ventive de serum an titetanique. Normandie med., Rouen, 1898, xiii, 23-27. Also: Gaz. d. h6p. de Toulouse, 1898, xii. 170.—Jones (H.) The prevention of tetanus. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1912, lxxxii. 256.—Kamita (M.l [The pre- vention of fatal tetanus of the horse.] Saitake Gaku Zasshi, Tokyo, 1902, 375-378.—Kinyoun (.1. J.) Dried tetanus antitoxin as a dressing for wounds. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1906, lxx, 613.— Kuorr (A.) Die Tetanuserkran- kung und ihre Bekiimpfung. Monatsh. f. prakt. Thierh., Stuttg., 1898-9, x, 241-256.—Krafl't (C.) Utilite des in- jections preventives de s6rum antitetanique. Assoc. franc de chir. Proc-verb. [etc.], Par., 1906, xix, 821- 838.— Liiicas-Championnifere. La prophylaxie du tetanos par le serum antitetanique. J. d. med. et chir. prat., Par., 1908, Ixxix, 449-456.—Ludewig. Zur Pro- phylaxe des Tetanus. Ztschr. f. Veteriniirk., Berl., 1900, xii, 437-413—McFarland (J.) Tetanus prophylaxis and suspected wounds. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1903, xii, 34.— .Tlagula (M.) Ueber die Vorbeugung und Be- handlung des Wundstarrkrampfes. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1911, lxxvi, 688-599.—Jttedd (H.) The effect of tetanus antitoxine on wounds. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1903, lxxviii, 248.—Simmons (T. W.) The preventive treat- ment of tetanus. Med. News, Phila., 1892, Ixi, 735. Also, Reprint.—Smith (P. A.) Fatal accident from toy pistol; means of securing sane Fourth ordinance. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, lvi, 1345.—Stanton (S. C.) The pro- phylaxis of tetanus. Ibid., 1904, xlii, 1555-1557.—Tiz- zoni (G.) L' immunita contro il tetano conferita col vaccino dello pneumococeo. Rendic r. Accad. d. sc. d. 1st. di Bologna, 1896-7, n. s., i, 190. —---. Sul modo di determinare il valore immunizzante del siero antite- tanieo col metodo della mescolanza in vetro. Ibid., 1898-9, n. s., iii, 155.— Treuibur (H.) Hygienische Betrachtungen iiber den Wundstarrkrampf. Vrtljschr. f. gerichtl. Med., Berl., 1911, 3. F., xlii, 149-172.— Vaccination, antitoxin and tetanus; official report of the Camden Board of Health concerning the cases of tetanus which occurred in patients who had been vacci- nated. Sanitarian, N. Y., 1902, xlviii, 82-38— Vaillard (M.) Sobre las inyecciones preventivas de suero anti- tetanico en la profilaxis del tetano. Bol. de san mil Buenos Aires., 1908, vii, 419-433.—Verneuil. Sur le traitement prophylactique du tetanos. Gaz. med. de Par., 1893, 8. s., ii, 361; 375: 385.—Weber. Serotherapie preventive du tetanos. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1897 3. s., xxxviii, 193-195. Tetanus (Preventive inoculation against). Lang (\V.) * Ueber Praeventiv-Impfung bei Tetanus. [Bern.] 8°. Langnau, 1908. Peters (A. O. J.) * Ueber Immunisierungs- und Heilversuche von Tetanus bei weissen Mitusen. 12°. Berlin, 1895. Remertz (O. H.) * Ueber prophylaktische Injektion von Tetanusantitoxin. 8°. Berlin. 1911. Tizzoni (G.) Yaccinazione e sieroterapia contro il tetano. Contribuzione alio studio del meccanismo della immunita. 8°. Milano, [1897]. Also [Abstr.] in: Mem. r. Accad. d. sc. d. 1st. di Bologna, 1896-7, 5. s., vi, 158-1K0. de Alum. Beitrag zur Frage der prophvlaktischen Serumtherapie des Tetanus. Med. klin., Berl., 1907, iii, Tetanus inoculeition (Preventive against). 1426-1428. —Alexander (E. S.) Prophylactic use of antitetanus serum; two cases. Med. & Surg. Monitor, Indianap., 1904, vii, 406.—Bar (E.) Zur Praventivimpf- ung bei Tetanus. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1906, xxxvi, 737-749. -----. Zur Priiventivimpfung bei Teta- nus. Ibid., 1910, xl, 321-327. — Bid lot (F.) Les injec- tions prophylactiques de serum antitetanique. Scalpel, Liege, 1906-7, lix, 3,—Broca. Traitement preventif du tetanos par la serotherapie. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1896, n. s., xxii, 193.—Busch (M.) Beitrag zur Tetanusfrage, besonders zur Frage der pruventiven Anti- toxinbehandlung. Arch.f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1907, lxxxii, 27-80.—Buschke. Ueber die Immunisirungeines Men- schen gegen Tetanus. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1893, xix, 1329-1332. — Canonne. A propos de Ja serotherapie preventive antitetanique. Anjou med., Angers, 1009, xvi, 1-5.—Ceri" (L.) La serotherapie pre- ventive du tetanos des nouveau-nes. ,Anjou med., An- gers, 1905, xii, 142-148.— Chapellier. A propos du traite- ment preventif du tetanos. Rec. de med. v6t., Par., 1909, lxxxvi, 437.—Bandois. A propos de la serotherapie preventive du tetanos. Rev. med. de Louvain, 1908, 189- 182.—Descos (A.) & Barthelemy (H.) Influence de la voie d'introduction sur le developpement des effets pteventifs du serum antitetanique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1902, 11. s., iv, 1055-1057.—Dieudonne (T.) Sur l'efficacite des inoculations preventives anti- tetaniques enveterinaire; uneseule estsuffisante; pas une n'a failli; plus de mille observations. Rec. de med. vet., Par., 1909, lxxxvi, 433-437.—Fayet. De la valeur preven- tive du serum antitetanique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par.,1909, lxvi, 547.—Federici (N.) Contributo alia cura preventiva del tetano. Riv. internaz. di clin. e terap., Napoli, 1908, iii, 229.—Gallier (A.) Le non-emploi du s6rum antitetanique, a titre preventif, dans le cas de cas- tration, est-il une cause generatrice de responsabilite si le tetanos survient dans un deiai de un mois a 5 semaines? Rec. de med. vet., Par., 1910, lxxxvii, 582: 652; 726; 786.— Hitchens (A. P.) The preventive dose of tetanus an- titoxin for the horse: its relation to the American unit. Am. Vet. Rev., N. Y., 1910, xxxvii, 597-610.—d'Hotel (G.) Tetanos attenue 16 jours apr£s injection preventive; injections lombaires, guerison. deiire consecutif. Union med. du nord-est, Reims, 1909, xxxiii, 251-254.—Hu- gnier. Doit-on faire une ou deux injections preven- tives de s6rum antitetanique? Bull. Soc. centr. de med. vet., Par., 1909, lxiii, 357-360.—Jacob. Sur la valeur preventive du serum antitetanique dans les arntees en campagne. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1912, n. s., xxxviii, 492-495.—Kratft (C.) Tetanos traumatique et serotherapie preventive. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1904, xxiv, 699-710. -----. Utilite des injections preventives du serum antitetanique. Ibid., 1906, xxvi, 647-649.—Lang. Tetanos; vaccinations preventives; cas de tetanos sur un homme et une jument giteris au moyen du serum de Nocard. Rec. de med. vet., Par., 1898, 8. s., v, 609-616.—lietulie (M.) Prophylaxie du tetanos par l'emploi du s6rum antitetanique sec et pulverise. Presse med., Par.,. 1904, ii, 452.—Loewenstein (E.) Ueber aktive Schutzimpfung bei Tetanus durch Toxoide. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infektionskrankh., Leipz., 1904, lxii, 491-508.—Lop. T6tanos' suraigu consecutif a l'emploi pteventif de s6rum antitetanique. [Rap. de P. Revnier.] Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1906, n. s., xxxii, 184- 190.—liOtheissen. Ueber prophvlaktische Injektionen von Tetanusantitoxin. Wien, klin. Wchnschr., 1906, xix, 727-731 —JWauclaire. Morsure de cheval avant necessite la desarticulation de ltepaule; injection preven- tive de serum antitetanique; tetanos attenue traite par le chloral et les saignees; guerison. [Rap. de Bazy.] Bull. et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1903, n. s., xxix, 397-400. Also: Med. mod., Par., 1903, xiv, 203.—Moroni (G.) Nuovo contributo all' uso preventivo del siero antite- tanico. Corriere san., Milano, 1908, xix, 772.—Nocard (E.) Sur la serotherapie du tetanos; essais de traitement preventif. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1895, 3. s., xxxiv, 407-418. Also: Bull, med., Par., 1895, ix, 963-965. Also: J. d. conn. med. prat., Par., 1895, 347; 355. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Med. Week, Par., 1895, iii, 510.—Noguchi (H.) The nature of the antitetanic action of eosin. J Exper. M., N. Y., 1907, ix, 281-291. -----. Local immunity to te- tanus in inoculated rats treated with eosin. J Exper Med., N. Y., 1907. ix, 291-297. Also, Reprint.— Per- rucci (P.) Ueber die preventive Anwendung des Anti- tetanusserums Tizzoni beim Pferde. Centralbl. f. Bakte- riol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1911, lx, Orig.. 152-154.—Poch- hammer. Prophylaktische Behandlung des Tetanus. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Ber.l, 1906 xxxii' 1181.—Remertz (O.) Ueber prophylaktische Injektion von Tetanusantitoxin. Samml. klin. Vortr Leipz 1911 n. F., no. 635-636 (Chir. No. 176-177), 433-479.—Bohr (E ) Du tetanos traumatique; faits de contagion et injections preventives de s6rum antitetanique. Assoc, franc pour l'avance. d. sc C.-r., Par., 1901, xxx, pt. 1 201 —Roux (E.) & Borrel (A.) Cerebral tetanus and immunitv against tetanus J. Comp. Path. & Therap. Edinb & Lond., 1898, xi, 121-130.-Rowan (C. J.) The prophv- lactic use of tetanus antitoxin. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, TETANUS. 13 TETANUS. Tetanus (Preventive inoculation against). 1910, liv, 533.—Scherck (H. J.) Antitetanic serum in fourth of July injuries; a record of 291 injuries caused by toy pistols, etc., immunized by the antitetanic serum without a single case of tetanus. J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- cago, 1906, xlvii, 500-502.—SeneVhal (M.) Injection preventive; tetanos; guerison. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1907, lxxx, 891-893.—So lie ri (S.) Sulla profilassi antite- tanica a mezzo della iniezione preventiva di siero antitossico. Atti d. r. Accad. d. fisiocrit. in Siena, 1909, 5. s., i, 797-815. Also, transl.: Centralbl. f. Bakte- riol. [etcl, 1. Abt., Jena, 1910, lv, Orig., 141-154.— Sorel (E.) Des injections preventives de serum antite- tanique dans le traitement des blesses par accident du travail. Arch. med. de Toulouse, 1910, xvii, 110; 129.— Taylor (F. L.) Prophylactic injections of tetanus anti- toxine in cases of wounds from toy pistols. N. York M. J., 1903, lxxvii, 1170.—Terrier (F.) & Itlercade (S.) Tetanos; note k propos de deux cas d'insucces du serum antitetanique en injection preventive. Rev. de chir., Par., 1907, xxxv, 78-86.—Tizzoni (G.) Sull' efficacia dell' antitossina nel trattamento preventivo contro il tetano dopo avvenuta 1' infezione. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1897, xviii, 1215-1223.—Tizzoni (G.) & Cat- tani (G.) Esperienze sulla vaccinazione del cavallo contro il tetano. Riforma med., Napoli, 1893, ix, pt. 2, 661-665.— VaiHard ( L.) Sur les injections preven- tives de serum antitoxique dans la prophylaxie du tetanos de l'homme. Bull. Acad, de mid., Par., 1908, 3. s., lix, 567; 584. [Discussion], 617; 724; 768. Also: Rev. de therap. med.-chir., Par., 1908, lxxv, 505; 541. Also: Bull, med.. Par., 1908, xxii, 509-515.—Vennat (H.) & JMlcheleau (E.) A propos de deux cas de tetanos, de- veloppes malgrg. l'emploi preventif du serum. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1908, lxxxi, 1719-1723.—Verneuil. Sur le traitement prophylactique du tetanos. Bull. Acad, de med.,Par., 1893,3. s., xxix,775: xxx, 16.—Viscontini (C.) Consideraziorii su un caso di tetano sviluppatosi mal- grado P iniezione preventiva di antitossina. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1908, xxix, 496. -----. Nota a proposito delle iniezioni di antitossina nel trattamento preventivo contro il tetano. Ibid., 1910, xxxi, 1161-1163. Tetanus (Relapses in). Fink (L. G. i Notes on a caSe of tetanus with two se- vere relapses at long intervals. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1911, xlvi, 338-340. Also: J. Trop. M. [etc.], Lond., 1911, xiv, 161-163. Tetanus (Rheumatic). Biagini(P) Intorno ad un tetano reumatico. Gazz. tosc. d. sc. med.-fis., Firenze, 1847, v, 213-217.—Bussi (A.) Per un caso acuto di tetano reumatico. Gazz. d. osp., Mi- lano, 1903, xxiv, 595-597.— Carbone (T.) & Perrero (E.) Sull' eziologia del tetano reumatico. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1895, 3. s., xliii, 593-602. Also, transl.: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. u. Parasitenk., 1. Abt., Jena, 1895, xviii, 193-201.—Ciom (E.) Tetano reumatico e metodo Baccelli. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1901, Roma, 1902, 465. — IHostardini (G.) Opistotono con trismo per causa reumatica; sue esacerbazioni sotto tipo terzanario senza evidenti sintomi febrili; esito fausto di esso per opera della china unita all' oppio. Gazz. toscd. sc. med.-fis.. Firenze, 1851, ix. 68-70—Racine (H.) & Bruns < H. i Zur Aetiologie des sogenannten rheumati- schen Tetanus. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1903. xxix, 782-785.—Tarozzi (G.) Un caso di cosidetto tetano reumatico, a localizzazione tonsillare. Atti d. r. Accad. d. fisiocrit. in Siena, 1906, 4. s., xviii, 269-271. Tetanus (Rose's). See Tetanus (Cephalic). Tetanus (Toxins and Antitoxins of). See, also, Tetanolysins; Tetanus (Treatment of) with serum; Toxins, etc. Kartulis (S.) * Untersuchungen iiber daa Verhalten des Tetanusgiftes im Korper. 8°. Berlin, [1892]. Rosexau (M. J.) & Anderson (J. F.) The standardization of tetanus antitoxin. 8°. Wash- ington, 1908. Stric-k (F.) *Die Tetanusinfection bei Ka- ninchen von Schusswunden und Hiimatomen ausgehend, mit Beriicksichtigung der Serum- Prophvlaxis und Therapie. [Bern.] 8°. Koln, 1899. " Zaionchkovski (A. G.) *0 vliyanii posto- yannavo toka na toksini stolbnyaka. [On the Tetanus (Toxins and Antitoxins of). effect of the constant current upon the toxins of tetanus.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1895. Almagia (M.) Sui rapporti tra sostanza nervosa centrale e tossina del tetano. Atti d. Soc. ital. di patol., Pa via, 1906, iv, 411-414. Also: Sperimentale. Arch, di biol., Firenze, 1906, lx, 654-660.—Anderson (J. F.). The influence of concentration (Gibson's method) on the presence of tetanus toxin in blood serum. J. Exper. M., Lancaster, Pa., & N. Y., 1909, xi, 656-658. -----. The com- mercial preparations of tetanusantitoxin. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, liv, 253-255.—Asagawa (S.) [The ac- tion of pure tetanus virus on the brain substance.] Sai- take Gaku Zasshi, Tokyo, 1898, 133-145.—Baroni (V.) Sur la filtrabilite de la toxine tetanique a travers les mem- branes en collodion et en viscose. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, lxx, 312-314.—Baylac&Rouma. Note sur la toxicite du serum sanguin d'un cheval atteint de tetanos. Compt. rend. Soc de biol.. Par., 1898, 10. s., v, 637. Also: Arch. med. de Toulouse, 1898, iv, 463—Beh- ring (E.) Ueber Tetanusgiftmodificationen, nach ge- meinschaftlich mit Dr. Ransom und Dr. Kitashima aus- gefuhrten Versuchen. Fortschr.d. Med., Berl., 1899, xvii, 501-605^ -----. Leber die quantitativen Bindungsver- haltnisse zwischen Tetanusgift und Tetanusantitoxin im lebenden Meerschweinkorper (nach Versuchen von Dr. Ransom und Dr. Kitashima). Ibid., 521-534.—Behring & Ransom. Ueber Tetanusgift und Tetanusantitoxin. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1898, xxiv, 181- 185.— Belfanti (S.) Sulla sostanza tossica del bacillo del tetano. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1892, Milano, [1893], v, 394-396.—van den Bergli (C.) Etude sur le conflit entre la toxine du tetanos et les agents bacterici- des. Ann. Soc med.-chir. d'Anvers, 1897, 7-33.—Bes- redka. De la fixation de la toxine tetanique par le cerveau. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1903, xvii, 138- 147.—Blunienthal (F.) Klinische und experimen- telle Beitrage zur Kenntnis des Tetanus. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1896, xxx, 538-549. See, also, infra, Brunner. -----. Ueber die Veriinderung des Teta- nusgiftes im Thierkorper und seine Beziehung zum Anti- toxin. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1898, xxiv, 185-188. [Discussion], Ver.Beil., 43. Also [Abstr.]: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1898, xxxv, 362. -----. Weiterer Beitrag zur Kenntniss des Tetanusgiftes. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1897, xxxii, 325-334. -----. Ueber das an die Organe gebundene Tetanusgift und seine Beziehung zum Antitoxin. Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1904, 217-220.—Bol- ton (B. M.) & Fisch (C.) An estimate of the amount of toxin in the blood of horses infected with tetanus. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1902, xvii, 462-467—Breton & Petit (G.) Passage de la toxine et de l'antitoxine te- taniques a travers du gros intestin. ,Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1908, Ixiv, 160. Also: Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1908, xii, 62.—Brieger (L.) & Conn (G.) Unter- suchungen iiber das Tetanusgift. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. In- fectionskrankh., Leipz., 1893, xv, 1-10. Also, transl.: J. med. chim. i farm., St. Petersb., 1893, i, 450-462.----- -----. Beitrage zur Concentrirung der gegen Wundstarr- krampf schiitzenden Substanz aus der Milch. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infectionskrankh., Leipz., 1893, xv, 439-453.— Brunner (C.) Zur Kenntniss des Tetanusgiftes; Be- merkungen zu dem Aufsatze von Ferdinand Blumenthal: Klinische und experimentelle Beitrage zur Kenntniss des Tetanus. (Diese Zeitschrift xxx. Hefte5und6.) Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1896, xxxi, 367-379. -----. Zur Kennt- niss des Tetanusgiftes; ErwiderunganHerrnDr. Blumen- thal. Ibid., 1897, xxxii, 207-214.—Rruschettini (A.) Recherches pteliminaires sur la diffusion du poison du tetanos dans l'organisme. Ann. de microg., Par., 1890-91, iii, 83-87. -----. Tossina tetanica e sistema nervoso cen- trale. Ann. d.Ist. Maragliano p. la curad. tuberc [etc.], Genova, 1910-11, v, 1. Also: Boll. d. r. Accad. med. di Genova, 1911, xxvi, 85—Calmette (A.) Sur l'absorp- tion de l'antitoxine tetanique par les plaies; action im- munisante du serum antitetanique sec employe au panse- ment des plaies tetanigenes. Ann. d'hyg. et de med. colon..Par., 1903,vi,559-561.— Carriere (G.) Dusortdela toxine tetanique introduite dans le tube digestif des ani- maux. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1899,10. s., vi, 179.— Carta-Mulas (L.) Sull'azione dellalecitinaecoleste- rina sulla tossina tetanica. Riforma med , Napoli, 1908, xxiv,533-537.— Caussade (G.)& Joltrain. Durolede lamuqueuseintestinale dans la neutralisation des toxines tetaniques. Compt. rend. Soc.de biol., Par.,1906, Ixi,104.— Centanni (E.) Sulla produzione deila tetano-lisina. Rendic Accad. d. sc. d. 1st. di Bologna, 1899-1900, iv, 41.— Cernovodeanu (Mile. P.) & Henri (V.) Recherches sur la toxine et l'antitoxine tetaniques. I. Etudede Pac- tion de l'extrait etrtere du serum antitetanique. Cpmpt. rend.Soc.de biol., Par., 1907, lxii, 392.-----------. Etude des proprtetes colloidales de la toxine tetanique. Ibid., 669-671.-----------. Etude sur le mode d'absorption de la toxine tetanique. Ibid., 812-815.-----------. Action de la lumiere ultra-violette sur la toxine tetanique. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1909, cxlix,365-368.—Cerri TETANUS. 14 TETANUS. Tetanus (Toxins and Antitoxins of). (G. G.) Azionedegli alcali .sullatossinatetaniea'. Speri- mentale. Arch, di biol., Firenze, 1905, lix, 143-147.—Ce- sar! (L.) Action de l'epilepsie experimentale sur l'em- poisonnement par la toxine tetanique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1906, lx, 397-399.—Col Una (M.) Ricerche sugli enzimi contenuti nelle culture filtrate di tetano. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1902, xxiii. 307-310. Also [ Abstr. ]: Soc. med.-chir. di Bologna. Resoc. (1901), 1902,84.—Cor- radl (A.) L' azione biologica delle tossine del tetano. Morgagni, Milano, 1898, xl, 48; 81; 4ch.—Costantini (<;.) & Busclii (G.) Gli effetti della tossina tetanica (sola e combinata col digiuno) sugli elementi nervosi. Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1912, li, 496-509.—Courmont (J.) & Doyon (M.) La substance toxiquequi engendrele teta- nos tesulte de Paction sur l'organisme recepteurd'un fer- ment soluble fabriquepar le bacille de Nicolaier. Compt. rend.Soc.ile biol.,Par.,1893, 9. s., v, 294-298. Also: Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1893, cxvi, 593-595.----------. La substance toxique qui engendre le tetanos resulte de Paction sur l'organisme tecepteur d'un ferment soluble fabriquepar le bacille de Nicolaier (deuxieme note); du tetanos de la grenouille. Province nted., Lyon, 1893, vii, 267.----------. La substance toxique qui engendrele tetanos tesulte de Paction sur l'organisme tecepteur d'un ferment soluble fabriqu6 par le bacille de Nicolaier (troi- sieme note); del'existenced'unesubstancestrychnisante dans les muscles des animaux tetaniques. Ibid., 315. ----------. Influence compareedu poison tetanique sur l'excitabilite des systemes nerveux moteur et sensitif. Arch, de physiol. riorm. etpath., Par., 1894, 5. s., vi, 391- 396.----------. Sur l'origine de la toxine tetanique. Arch, de physiol. norm, etpath., Par., 1897, 5. s., ix, 716- 723. Also: Province med., Lyon, 1897, xi, 400-403. ----- -----. Le tissu des centres nerveux de la grenouille ne neutralise pas les effets de la toxine tetanique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., ]89s, 10. s., v, 602-604. Also: Pro- vince m6d., Lyon, 1898, xii, 331-333.----------. Sur le mode d'action de la toxine tetanique. Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1898, 10. s., v, 750-752.----------. Du sort de la toxine tetanique chez la grenouille froide ou chauf- tee. Ibid., 937-939. Also: J. de phvsiol. et de path. gen.. Par., 1899, i, 11-21. —--------. Influence de la tempe- rature ambiante; sort de la toxine tetanique chez la grenouille tefractaire. Province med., Lyon, 1898, xii, 219.— Courmont (J.) & IVogier ( T. ) Action de la lampe en quartz a vapeurs de mercure sur la toxine tetanique. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1909, cxlviii, 655.—Uanysz (J.) Contribution a I'etude de Taction de la toxine tetanique sur la subslancenerveu.se. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1899, xiii, 156-168.—Detre (L.) & Sellei (J.) A tetanus-mereg (tetanustoxin) v6- rold6 hatasa. [The blood-disintegrating power of teta- nustoxin.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1905, xlix, 327; 348. Also, transl.: Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1905, xviii, 451-459.— Diez (S.) Sulle modificazioni della virulenza della tos- sina tetanica in soluzione alcalina. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1906,4. s., xii,214-218.—Donitz (W.) Le- ber das Antitoxin des Tetanus. Deutsche med. Wchnschr. Leipz.u.Berl., 1897,xxiii,428-430— vonEisler(M.) Teta- nus-Toxin und Antitoxin. Handb.d.Techn.u.Methodik d. Immunitiitsforsch., Jena., 1911, Ergnzngsbd. i, 27-41.— von Fisler (M.) & Lftwenstein (E.) Ueber For- malinwirkung auf Tetanustoxin und andere Bakterien- toxine. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1911 Ixi, Orig., 271-288.—von Fisler (M.) & Pribram (E.) Tetanustoxin. Handb. d. Techn. u Methodik d. Immu- nitatsforsch., Jena, 1907, i, 103-136. —Elbogen (K.) Ueber die Notwendigkeit prophylaktischer Injektionen von Tetanusantitoxin bei Verwundungen durch Exer- zierschiisse. Militararzt, Wien, 1907, xii, 65; 86.—von Fedorow (S. P.) & lkoiinikow (P. C.) Zur Frage des Tetanotoxins und des Tetanoantitoxins. Centralbl f^ Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1910, liv, 352-355.— Fermi (C.) & Celli (F.) Tetanusgiftes. Centralbl. f. Jena, 1892, xii, 617-619. — studio del veleno del tetano. Xiv, 1357-1360. Beitrag zur Kenntniss des Bakteriol. u. Parasitenk., — -----. Contributo alio Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1893, Sul veleno del tetano. Ann. d. 1st. d' ig. sper. d. Univ. di Roma, 1894, n. s., iv, 1-57, 1 tab.----------. Ueber das Tetanusgift; vergleichende Studien mit Berucksichtigung anderer Gifte und der Enzyme. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. u. Parasitenk., Jena 1894, xv, 303; 385.—Fletcher (W. M.) Tetanus doloro- sus, and the relation of tetanus toxin to the sensory nerves and the spinal ganglia. Brain. Lond., 1903, xxvi 382-399.—Flexner (S.) & Nosuchi (H.) The action of eosin upon tetanustoxin and tetanus. Proc. Soc Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1905-6, iii, 29. Also: Science X. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1906, n. s., xxiii, 334. Also Am. Med., Phila., 1906, xi, 105.-----------. The effect of eosin upon tetanus toxin and upon tetanus toxin m rats and guinea-pigs. J. Exper. M., X. Y., 1906 viii, 1-7. Also, Reprint.—Foulerton (A. G. R.) & Thomson (H. C.) An investigation into the nature of the changes produced in the nerve-cells of the cere- bral cortex by the action of tetanus toxin. Med.-Chir. Tr., Lond., 1899-1900, lxxxiii, 105-124, 1 pi., 1 1. Also [Abstr.]: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1900, i, 76. Also [Abstr.]' Tetanus (Toxins and Antitoxins of). Lancet, Lond., 1900, i, 98.—Fronin (A.) Variations du pouvoir hemolytique du serum et production de l'anti- toxine tetanique chez les animaux ethvteoides. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1910, lxix, 237-239.—Gamier (M.) & Sabareanu (G.) Action de la bacteiidie char- bonneuse sur la toxine tetanique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1904, lvii, 203.—Gibier (P.) Toxin and anti- toxin of tetanus. N. York Therap. Rev., 1895, iii, 57-66. Also: Am. Therapist, N. Y., 1895-6, iv, 104-112.—Gold- berg (S. J.) Ueber Ausscheidung des Tetanusgiftes durch Nierensekretion bei Experimentaltetanus. Cen- tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1899, xxvi, 547 — Goldscheider (A.) Wiewirkt das Tetanusgift auf das Nervensystem? Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1894, xxvi, 175-189. -----. Bemerkung zu der Kritik der neueren Arbeiten iiber die physiologischen Wirkungen des 4'eta- nusgiftesvon PrivatdocentDr. Gumprechtin Jena. Deut- schemed. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl. ,1895, xxi. 735.—Gum- precht (F.) Versuche iiber die physiologischen Wirkun- gen des Tetanusgiftes im Organismus. Arch. f. d. ges. Phy- siol., Bonn,1894,lix,105-152,1 pi. -----. Kritikderneueren Arbeiten iiber die physiologischen Wirkungen des Teta- nusgiftes. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1895, xxi, 693. »S'ee,aJ.so,Goldscheider.-----. Der Angriffspunkt des Tetanusgiftes im Nervensystem. Kor.-Bl. d. allg. arztl. Ver. v. Thuringen, Jena, 1904, xxxiii, 47-^9.—Har- nack (E.) & Hoehheim (W.) Ueber die Wirkungen des Brieger'schen Tetanusgiftes. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1894, xxv, 46-63.—Hayashi (H.) Leber die che- mische Eigenschaft des Tetanusgiftes. [Japanese text.] Mitt. d. med. Gesellsch. zu Tokvo, 1901, xv, 2. Hft., 1-19. Also, transl.: Mitth. a. d. med. Fac d. k. jap. Univ., Tokio, 1900, iv, 341-362. Also, transl.: Sei-i-Kwai M. J., T6ky6, 1901, xx, 145; 159-171. -----. Weitere Forschungen iiber die chemische Natur des Tetanustoxins. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1901, xlvii, 9-18.-----. Bei- trage zur Kenntniss des Tetanusgiftes. [Japanese text.] Mitt. d. med. Gesellsch. zu Tokyo, 1902, xvi,«Hf 1.1, 20-29.— 11 eymans (J.F.)& Ronsse(L) Einflussder Aniimie und der Plethora auf die Wirkung des Tetanusgiftes. Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1899, Suppl.-Bd., 281-288.— Hnatek (J.) O ufiinku tetanotoxinu na ustroje cevo- hybne. [Action of tetanotoxin on the vasomotors.] Casop. tek. cesk., v Praze, 1908, xlvii, 1465. Also, transl.: Rev. de med. tcheque, Prague, 1909, i, 113-115.—lgna- towsky ( A.) Zur Frage vom Verhalten verschiedener Gewebedestierischen Organismus gegen das Tetanusgift. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1903, xxxv, 4; 158.—Joseph (K.) Ueber das Vorkommen von Teta- nusvirus im Darminhalt der Kinder. Ztschr. f. Infek- tionskr. . . . d. Haustiere, Berl., 1910, vii, 97-104.—Jou- kowsky (M.) De l'influence de la toxine tetanique sur le systeme nerveux central. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1900, xiv, 464-478, 1 pi.—Kneass (S. S.) The anti- toxin of tetanus. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1896, xxvii, 134-138.—Knorr (A.) Die Entstehung des Tetanusanti- toxins im Thierkorper und seine Beziehung zum Tetanus- gift. Fortschr. d. Med., Berl., 1897, xv, 657-669. -----. Das Tetanusgift und seine Beziehung zum thierischen Organismus; eine experimentelle Studie iiber Krankheit und Heilung. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1898, xiv, 321; 362.-----. Neuere Anschauungen iiber die Herkunft das Antitoxins und das Zustandekommen der Tetanuser- krankung. Sitzungsb. d. Gesellsch. f. Morphol. u. Phy- siol, in Munchen, 1898, xiv, 71-81.— Landsteiner (K.) & Botteri (A.) Ueber Verbindungen von Tetanustoxin mit Lipoiden. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1906, xlii, 562-566.— Laroche (G.) & Grigaut (A.) Role des proteines dans l'adsorption et la neutrali- sation de la toxine tetanique par la substance nerveuse. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, lxx, 657.—Leslie (E.) & Breyius (L.) Action de la toxine tetanique, de la toxine diphterique et de leurs serums immunisants chez les animaux chauffes. J. de pharm. et chim., Par 1908, 6. s., xxvii, 489.—Limoncelli (G.) Sul mezzo phi adatto ad ottenere facilmente una tossina tetanica molto attiva. Policlin., Roma, 1902, ix, sez. med., 50-58.— L,oe\ve (g.) Ueber die Bindung des Tetanustoxins. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1911, xxxiii, 225: xxxiv, 495.— Loewi (O.) & ITleyer (H.) Ueber Tetanusgift-Em- pfindlichkeit und Ueberempflndlichkeit. Arch. f. exper. Path, u Pharmakol., Leipz., 1908. Suppl.-Bd., 355-365.— Lumiere (A), Luniiere (L.) & Chevrottier (J.) Action des oxydases artificielles sur la toxine tetanique. Oompt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1904, exxxviii. 652-654.— McFarland (J.) Eine einfache Methode zur Berei- tungvonTetanustoxinen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol [etc 1 1. Abt., Jena, 1896, xix, 550. -----. Tetanus toxin and antitoxin. J. Compt. M. & Vet. Arch., Phila., 1899 xx 639; 694. — Uladsen (T.) Tetanusgift im Serum eines diphtherieimmunisierten Pferdes, 5 Tage vor dem Aus- bruch von Tetanus. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol fete 1 1 Abt., Jena, 1908, xlvi, Orig., 276-278.—Marie (A.) Re- cherches sur la toxine tetanique. Ann. de l'Inst Pas- teur, Par., 1897, xi, 591-599. -----. L'absorption de la toxine tetanique chez les mammiteres. Bull de l'Inst Pasteur, Par., 1903, i, 633-640. -----. Sensibilite des cel- lules cetebrales a la toxine tetanique. Compt. rend. Soc. TETANUS. 15 TETANUS. Tetanus (Toxins and Antitoxins of). de biol.. Par., 1907, lxii,1164-1166.—Marie (A.)AMorax (V.) Recherches sur l'absorption de la toxine tetanique. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1902, xvi, 818-832.—marie (A.) & TiflFeneau (M.) Mise en liberte, par la papa'ine, de la toxine tetanique fixee par la substance nerveuse. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1907, lxii, 1187. ----- -----. A propos de la neutralisation de la toxine teta- nique par la substance cerebrate. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1912, xxvi, 318-320.— Marinesco (G.) Lesions des neuro-fibrilles produites par la toxine tetanique. Compt. rend.Soc.de biol., Par., 1904, lvii, 62.—Marx (E.) Leber die tetanusgiftneutralisirende Eigenschaft des Gehirns. Ztschr. f. Hyg., Leipz., 1902, xl, 231-238. Also: Ges. Arb. z. Immunitiitsforsch., Berl., 1904, 505-514. -----. Teta- nustesttoxin und Tetanustestantitoxin. Festschr. z. 60. Geburtst. v. Robert Koch, Jena, 1903, 451-157.— Meyer (H.) Die Entstehung der Muskelstarre bei der Tetanus- vergiftung. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1902, xv, 237.— rtlilchner (R.) Nachweis der chemischen Bindung von Tetanusgift durch Nervensubstanz. Berl. klin. Wchn- schr., 1898, xxxv, 369-371.—Miyamoto (S.) Beitrage zur Tetanusvergiftung. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1900, xxvi, 479—Miillers (B.) Beitrag zur Frage iiber den Werth des Tetanusantitoxins. Ibid., 1901, xxvii, 814-816.— Mo rax (V.) & Loiseau (G.) &ur le passage de l'antitoxine diphterique et tetanique dans l'humeur aqueuse. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1911, xxv, 647-660.—Mo rax (V.) & Marie (A.) Action de la chaleur seche sur les spores et la toxine tetanique. Ibid.. 1902, xvi, 418-426.-----------. Recherches sur l'absorption de la toxine tetanique. Ibid., 1903, xvii, 335-342.—Nicolle & Mouton. Note sur la toxine et l'antitoxine tetanique. Ibid., 1910, xxiv, 924-927.— Noon (L.) On the occurrence of toxic compounds of tetanus toxin and antitoxin, tetanus toxin and brain emulsions. J. Hyg., Cambridge, 1907, vii, 101- 114. — Odier (R.) Lesions produites par la toxine te- tanique dans les nerfs et dans lesterminaisons motrices. Arch, de nted. exper. et d'anat. path., Par., 1904, xvi, 451- 461,lpl.—Paderi (C.) Selamilzacontengaqualcheprin- cipio capace di neutralizzare la tossina tetanica. Arch. di farm, e terap., Palermo, 1898, vi, 546-549. Also: Boll. d. Soc med.-chir. diPavia, 1898,180-183. -----. Sopral'azio- ne di qualche sostanza ossidante sulla tossina tetanica. Arch, farmacol. sper., Roma, 1905, iv, 3-22. -----. Sull' influenza dell' ossigeno nell' avvelenamento per tossina tetanica. Sperimentale. Arch, di biol., Firenze, 1905, lix, 27-32.—Fasquini (P.) Sulla presenza del veleno tetanico negli organi degli animali morti per tetano. Ri- forma med., Roma, 1902, xviii pt. 2, 255; 266.—Pesci (G.) Einfluss des Tetanustoxins und des Tuberkulins auf die Autjlvse. Verhalten der Lipoide. Centralbl. f. Bakte- riol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1911, lix, Orig., 186-188.—Pet- tersson (M. A) Etudes sur la fixation de la toxine te- tanique par les leucocytes. Ztschr. f. Immunitiitsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1910-11, Orig. viii, 498-507.—Pit- field (R. L.) Note on the local action of tetanus toxin; with a suggestion as to its therapeutic employment. Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1897, 3. s., xiii, 145.—Poehham- mer (C.) Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Entstehung des Starrkrampfs und die Wirkung des Te- tanustoxins im menschlichen und tierischen Organismus. Samml. klin. Vortr., Leipz., 1909, n. F., No. 520-522 (Chir., No. 149-151), 599-690.—Quadu (D.) Sulla presenza del veleno tetanico nel sangue. Riforma med., Napoli, 1894, x, pt. 4,182-187.—Ransom (F.) Das Schicksal des Te- tanusgiftes nach seiner intestinalen Einverleibung in denMeerschweinorganismus. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1898, xxiv, 117. -----. Die Verbreitungs- wege des Tetanusgiftes und des Tetanusantitoxins im Thierkorper. Sitzungsb. d. Gesellsch. z. Beford. d. ges. Naturw. zu Marb. (1900), 1901, 76. -----. Die Injection von Tetanustoxin bezw. Antitoxin in den subarachnoida- len Raum. Ztschr. 1. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1900, xxxi, 282-304. -----. Die Lymphe nach intravenoser Injection von Tetanustoxin und Tetanusantitoxin. Ibid., xxix, 349-372. -----. Weiteres fiber die Lymphe nach Injection von Tetanusgift. Ibid., 653-567. -----. Die Vertheilung von Tetanusgift und Tetanusantitoxin im lebenden thierischen Korper. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1901, xxxviii, 337; 373.—Rehns (J.) Tetanotoxine, carmin, betaine (faits et commentaires). Compt. rend. Soc.debiol., Par., 1904, lvi, 692.—Reims (J.) & Terrien (F.) Action de la toxine tetanique injectee dans le corps vitte. H>id., 1902, 11. s., iv, 444— Ricketts (H.T.) & Kirk (E.J.) The adjuvant action of serum, egg-albumin, and broth on tetanus intoxication. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1900, iii. 116-127.—Rigiii (I.) La tossina del tetano nel sangue e negli organi di animali recettiviaquestamalattia. Gazz. internaz. di med. prat., Napoli, 1900, iii, 269-276. -----. II veleno del tetano nelle secrezioni. Ibid., 306-310. -----. Sulla tossicita del sistema nervoso degli animali tetaniz- zati. Gazz. d.osp.,Milano,1900,xxi,1027-1034.—Roaf(H. E.) & Sherrington (C.S.) The mechanism of 'locked- jaw"produced by tetanustoxin. Brit. M.J.,Lond.,1906,ii, lg05. -----. Experiments in examination of the "locked- jaw" induced by tetanus toxin. J. Physiol., Lond., 1906, Tetanus (Toxins and Antitoxins of). xxxiv, 315-331.—Riinier (P. H.) Ueber die Einwirkung des galvanischen Stroms auf Tetanus-Gift, Tetanus-Anti- toxin und Toxin-Antitoxin-Gemische; nebst einem Nach- wort von E. von Behring. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1904, xii, 209-213. -----. Ueber das Vorkommen von Tetanus- antitoxin im Blute normaler Rinder. Ztschr. f. Immu- nitiitsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1908-9, i, 363-386.— Roger (H.) & Josue (O.) Action neutralisante de la n6vrine sur la toxine tetanique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par. 1898,10. s.,v, 312.-----------. Action neutrali- sante du chlorhydrate de betaine sur la toxine tetanique. Ibid., 1081-1083.—RuppeI (W. G.) & Ransom (F.) Ueber Molekularverhiiltnisse von Tetanusgiftlosungen. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem.. Strassb., 1899, xxvii, 109-113.— Schiltze (A.) Ueber das Zusammenwirken von Te- tanusgift mit normalen und gefaulten Organsaften. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1898-9, xxxvi, 417-443.— Segale (M.) Tossina tetanica e paratiroidi. Atti d. Soc. ital. di patol., Pavia, 1906, iv, 267-272.—Sewaki (H.) A further report on the action of urea on tetanus toxin [the urea has an antitoxic action]. Sei-i-Kwai M. J., T6ky6, 1910, no. 8, Aug. 31. -----. The action of urea on the tetanus toxin. Ibid., 1911, xxx, 33-40. -----. The effect of phenyl urea upon tetanus toxin and tetanus in laboratory animals. Ibid., 1912, xxxi, 131; 157.—Smith (T.) The toxin and antitoxin of tetanus. Boston M. & S. J., 1898, cxxxviii, 292-295. [Discussion], 303-305.— Symanski. Eine Beobachtung iiber die Moglichkeit des Nachweises von Tetanusgift in dem Blute beerdigter und fauler Leichen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1901, xxx, 976-978. Also: Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1901, xxvii, Ver.-Beil., 318.— Tabusso (M. E.) Beobachtungen iiber das Blut des tetanuskranken Pferdes; Haemolyse; Agglutination; Kry- oskopie. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1905-6, xl, 311-317.—Takaki (K.) Ueber Tetanusgift bindende Bestandteile des Gehirns. Beitr. z. chem. Phys. u. Path., Brnschwg., 1908, xi, 288-303.— Tiberti (N.) Ueber den Transport des Tetanusgiftes zu den Ruckenmarkszentren durch die Nervenfasern. Cen- tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1905, xxxviii, 2,81; 413; 499; 625, 1 pi.—Tiffeneau & Marie (A.) Etude du mode de neutralisation de la toxine tetanique par di verses substances. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1907, lxiii, 683.—Tizzoni (G.) Sulle differenze nell' azione patogena fra la mia tossina del tetano e quella del Behring. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1900, xxi, 404; 436.—Tizzoni (G.) cfc Cattani (G.) Risposta all' ar- ticolodel Dr. Huebener sulla nostra antitossina del tetano. Gazz. (1. osp., Milano, 1894, xv, 1165-1167. Also: Riforma med., Napoli, 1894, x, pt. 3, 733-735.-Tizzoni (G.) & Collina (M.) Sugli effetti della tossina del tetano in rapporto alia sede della iniezione. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1901, xxii, 1444-1447. also: Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1901, Roma, 1902, 112-123—Tome (E.) Un altro caso di tetano guauto con la antitossina Tizzoni. Riforma med., Napoli, 1896, xii, pt. 4, 458-461.—Troisier (J.) & Roux (G.) Sur la localisation de la toxine tetanique dans la region bulbo-protuberantielle. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par.,1909, 3. s., xxviii, 510-512.—Trouin (A.) Ex- traction de l'antitoxine du serum antitetanique coagute. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par.,1908,lxv,592.-Uschin- sky. Ueber eine ei weissfreie Niihrlosung fiir pathogene Bakterien, nebst einigen Bemerkungen fiber Tetanusgift. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. u. Parasitenk., Jena, 1893, xiv, 316- 319.—Vail lard (L.) De Paction deshumeurs d'un ani- mal immunise contre le tetanos sur le virus de cette ma- ladie. Ann. de PTnst. Pasteur, Par., 1892, vi, 676-682.— Vincent (H.) Etude exp6rimeniale sur le sort de la toxine tetanique dans le tube digestif. Ibid., 1908, xxii, 341-352. -----. Sur les proprtetes des melanges de toxine et d'antitoxine tetaniques. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1907, lxii, 158-160. -----. Action de la bile sur la toxine tetanique. Ibid., lxiii, 623-625. -----. Mode de destruction de la toxine tetanique dans l'iutestin; action antitoxique du sue pancteatique active. Ibid., 1908, lxiv, 797-799. -----. Action du gros intestin sur la toxine tetanique. Ibid., 162. -----. Sur le mode de des- truction de la toxine tetanique dans l'estomac Ibid., 729-731. — Vineenzi (L.) Sul signiflcato clinico della presenza del veleno tetanico nel sangue dei tetanici. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1892, Milano, [1893], v, 405- 408. -----. Tritt im menschlichen Blute nach tiber- standenem Tetanus Antitoxin auf? Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1898, xxiv, 247-249. -----. Esiste antitossina nel siero dei tetanici guariti spontaneamente? Riforma med., Napoli, 1898, xiv, pt. 1, 435-438. Also, transl.: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1899, xlvi, 1197- 1199. — Wolff- Eisner (A.) Ueber Komponenten des Tetanustoxin bei Anwendung von wasserfreiem Salzsauregas bei der Temperatur der fliissigen Luft. .Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1906, liii, 2145-2147.—Z.apel- loni (L. C.) La parabiosi e le vie aperte alia tossina tetanica nell' organismo animate. Path. riv. quindicin., Genova, 1909-10, ii, 417.—Zupnik (L.) Ueber den An- griffspunkt des Tetanusgiftes. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1902, xv, 89-92. TETANUS. 16 TETANUS. Tetanus (Transmission of). Abele (F.) An attendant contracts tetanus from a horse. Am. Vet. Rev., N. Y., 1899-1900, xxiii, 799.—Fa- mechon (H.) Deux cas de tetanos humain et un cas de tetanos equin en deux mois dans le meme etablisse- ment. Arch, de med. et pharm. mil., Par., 1893. xxi, 122- Hi'..— .Tacques (P.) & Perrin (M.) Tetanos a porte d entree auriculaire. Rev. med. de Pest, Nancy, 1906, xxxviii, 150. Also: Soc. de nted. de Nancy. C.-r. . . ., 1905-6, pt. 2, 30. — Laubenheimer (K.)<& Caan (A.) Ueber eine Tetanusinfektion nach subkutaner Einver- leibung von Radiolkarbenzvm. Munchen. med. Wchn- schr., 1911, lviii, 904-907.—Loveland (E. K.) A case of tetanus in which the mouth was the probable source of in- fection. Med. Rec, N.Y., 1900, lvii, 363.—Motzfeldt (K.) Tetanusinfection durch einen Lungenabszess. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1912, lxv, Orig., 60-62 — Place (F. E.) Intra-ocular infection by tetanus. J. Trop. Vet. Sc, Calcutta, 1906, i, 417.—Tashiro (Y.) [A case of infection of tetanus.] Saitake Gaku Zasshi, To- kyo, 1898. 145-151.—Teyssandier (C.) Transmissibi- lite du tetanos par les voies digestives. Rec. de med. vet., Par., 1894, 8. s., i, 404-^07. Tetanus (Traumatic and post-operative) See, also, Head injuries (Complications, etc., of); Head injuries, with fracture (Complications, etc., of); Tetanus (Treatment of) [and subdivi- sions]; Tetanus (Cephalic); Tetanus in ani- mals; Tetanus in pregnancy [etc.]. Chevalier (A.) *Du tetanos consecutif aux traumatismes de l'ceil et de ses annexes. 4°. Bordeaux, 1894. Deixinger (H.) *Ein Fall von Tetanus traumaticus. 8°. Erlangen, 1894. Elsasser (A.) * Beitrage zur Kenntniss des Tetanus traumaticus. [Bern.l 8°. Leipziq, 1903. F Also, in: Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1903, lxix, 236-301. Fackenheim (S.) *Zur Kasuistik des Teta- nus traumaticus. 8°. Jena, 1899. Kuehn (J. E.) *Nonnulla de nervorum sec- tione ad tetanum traumaticum senandum in- stituta. 8°. Lipsise, 1854. Michael (G. F. C.) * Beitrag zum Tetanus traumaticus nach Schussverletzungen. 8°. Leipzig, 1905. Reuscher (T.) Observationes quasdam ad ortum, naturam et curationem tetani traumatici. 8°. Halse, 1814. Schumann (F. A. W.) *Zehn Falle von Tetanus traumaticus aus der chirurgischen Klinik in Freiburg i. Br. [Freiburg i. Br.] 8° Weimar, 1903. Adams (H. M.) Successful case of traumatic tetanus. Regular M. Visitor, St. Louis, 1901, ii, 291.—Akhvledi- ani (D. F.) K kazuistikle travmaticheskavo stolbny- aka. [Traumatic tetanus.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb 1909, xv, 340.—Albis y Rennasar (J.) Tetanos pro- ducido por una ligera picadura; extrema gravedad; cu- racten rapida. Rev. balear de cien. med,. Palma de Ma- llorca. 1901, xx, 25-28.—A ldrich (J. M.) A case of trau- matic tetanus. Mass. M. J., Bost., 1895, xv, 107.—Ander- son (B. A.) Tetanus following a burn. Australas. M Gaz.. Sydney, 1907, xxvi, 123.—Atkinson (J. M.) Com- pound fracture of the femur; amputation; death from te- tanus. Select. Colon. M. Rep. 1901-2, Lond., 1904 154 — Baccelli (G.) Tetano traumatico. Gazz. med di Roma, 1901, xxvii. 589-593.—Barling (G.) Tetanus oc- curring after surgical operations. Brit. M. J. Lond 1909, l, 1209.—Barney (J. N.) Acute traumatic tetanus'- Chqparts operation; death. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1895 xlviii, 382.—Batut. Tetanos consecutif aux operations de hemic Soc. de med. mil. franc. Bull., Par., 1911 v 60s—Bauer (e.) Tetanus traumaticus; Heilung Zt- schr. f. Wundarzte u. Geburtsh., Fellbach, 1895, xlvi 236- 241. -----. Tetanus traumaticus mit todlichem Ausgang Ibid 1904, lv, 3-13.-Beutz (C.) Traumatic tetanus. Buffalo M. J., 1904-5, n. s., xliv, 633-643.—Bigg (E ) Traumatic tetanus, beginning with clonic spasms. Brit M. J., Lond., 1908, i, I108.-Bissell (J. B.) Tetanus fol- lowing clean operation wounds. Tr. M Soc N Y 1901 368-376. Also: Phila. M. J., 1901, vii, 352-355.—Blair (j' • L~ase °f traumatic tetanus. Chicago M. Obs., 1898 l, 33-3o.—Bonalonte (M.) Algunas consideraciones acerca de un caso de tetanos traumatico. Clin, mod Za- ragoza, 1903, ii, 554-558-Brettauer (J.) Postoperative tetanus. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1912, lxv, 304-311 — Brti- nauer(A.) Eingeheilter Fall von Tetanus traumati- Tetanus (Traumatic and post-operative). cus. Ungar.med. Presse, Budapest, 1902, vii, 588.—Bulla (A.) Intorno a due rare forme cliniche di tetano trau- matico. Rassegna san. di Roma, 1908, vi, 490; 501.— Cali- neseu. Patruobservat;iunI de tetanos chirurgical (doua vindecate). [Four cases . , . (two recoveries).] Spitalul, Bucuresci, 1905, xxv, 10-16.—Cameron (J. C.) Case of traumatic tetanus; recovery. Montreal M. J., 1894-5, xxiii, 881-887.—Campbell (R.) Tetanus following op- eration for radical cure of hernia. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, i, 132.—Cane (L.) Case of acute traumatic tetanus; rapid and fatal termination. Ibid., 1899, ii, 1010.— Can- tier! (A.) Tetano traumatico in tubercoloso. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1893, xiv, 490-492.— Carothers (R.) Trau- matic tetanus. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 3905, n. s., liv. 451^454. [Discussion], 469-474.—Carreras (J.) Tetanos causadopor la picadura de sanguijuelas (?). Gac med. catal., Barcel., 1910, xxxvi, 361.— Carrington (P. M.) A case of traumatic tetanus; recovery. Rep. Superv.Surg.- Gen. Mar. Hosp. 1891-2, Wash., 1893, 119.—Cartaz (A.) Notes et observations sur le tetanos traumatique. Pro- gres m6d., Par., 1875, •iii, 369; 385; 404. Also, Reprint.— Castle (H. A.) Tetanus traumaticus; a case report and review of subject. Med Sentinel, Portland, Oreg., 1903, xi, 77-84.—Catgutand tetanus. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1909, i, 967.—Cawley (J. I.) Traumatic tetanus. Lehigh Valley M. Mag., Easton, Pa., 1892-3, iv, 89-99— Chauvel. Sur un cas de tetanos traumatique par le Dr. Forraton. [Rap.] Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1893, n. s., xix, 215-221.—Coe (H. C.) Tetanus following aseptic ce- liotomy. Tr. Am. Gyncc. Soc. Phila., 1901, xxvi, 369-379. Also: Am. Gynsec & Obst. J., N. Y., 1901, xix, 500-508.— Collinson (H.) A case of traumatic tetanus; recovery. Lancet, Lond., 1904, ii, 23, — Cook (J. W.) A case of traumatic tetanus; recovery. Ibid., 1903, ii, 1094.—Cor- dero y tiomez (M.) Un caso raro de itetano trau- matico? Gac. med., Mexico, 1892, xxviii, 393-397.— Croly(H. G.) Clinical lecture on traumatic tetanus. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1898, n. s., lxv, 25-28.—Crow- ell (J. A.) A case of tetanus. Railway Surg., Chicago 1903^1, x, 319. — Cuff (R.) A case of traumatic tetanus. Quart. M. J., Sheffield, 1894-5, iii, 129-132.—Dabney (T. S.) Traumatic tetanus in a boy twelve years old. Proc Orleans Parish M. Soc. 1897, N. Orl., 1898, 41-42. — Ba- rter. Mort par tetanos consecutif a une plaie contuse de la pauptere interieure. Rec. d'opht., Par., 1897, 3 s. xix, 402-404. — Davis (M. B.) A case of acute trauma- tic tetanus, with complete recovery. Brooklyn M J 1904, xviii, 13-15.—Be Bidder (P.) & Danis (M.) Un cas de tetanos par blessure de l'ceil; guerison. Clinique Brux., 1911, xxv, 897-900. — Dolgoff (V.N.) Sluchal travmaticheskavo stolbnyaka. [Traumatic tetanus.] Ne- vrol. Vestnik, Kazan, 1900, viii, no. 2, 99-110. — Dome- chini (G.) Caso di tetano traumatico guarito col me- todo Baccelli. Cirillo, Aversa, 1902, x, 166-168. — Dor- sett (W. B.) Two fatal cases of tetanus following abdo- minal section, due to infected ligatures, with a plea for the angiotribe in abdominal surgery. Tr. Am. Ass Obst & Gynec. 1902, N. Y., 1903, xv, 65-68. Also: Am. J. Obst! N. Y., 1902, xlvi, 620-631.— Dubar. Brulures et tetanos. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1900, iv, 323-327. — Dunham (J. B.) Traumatic tetanus. Med. Century, N. Y. & Chi- cago, 1904, xii, 10. — Dupaquier (E. M.) A case of traumatic tetanus. N. Orl. M. nn. Ein gunstig verlaufener Fall von Tetanus traumaticus. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1899, xlvi, 447.— Hori. [Traumatic tetanus.] Hokuetsu Ikwai Kwaiho, Shinto, 1905, 20-24.— Hovorka (J.) Vzacny pfipad te- tanu postoperativniho, vznikteho po operaci volne k£l^ tfiselne. [Rare case of post-operative tetanus developed by operation for a free inguinal hernia.] Casop. lek. cesk., v Praze, 1907, xlvi, 368; 408; 431.—Hughes (D. E.) Two cases of traumatic tetanus. Phila. Hosp. Rep. 1900, 1901, iv, 235-287.—lcilio (I.) Della presenza del bacillo del tetano nel catgut greggio. Riv. d' ig. e san. pubb., Torino, 1910, xxi, 7-13.—JaliTe (J. I.) Tetanus following surgical operations. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1909, i, 1481.—Jay (M.) Traumatic tetanus. Railway Surg., Chicago, 1899- 1900, vi, 277-279.—Jeanbrau. Le tetanos et les acci- dents du travail. Montpel. nted., 1906, xxiii, 34-43.— Johnson (A. E.) Tetanus occurring after surgical op- eration. Brit. M. J., Lond.,1909, i, 1268.—Johnson (C.) A case of acute traumatic tetanus. Ibid., 1904, i, 782.— Jones (J. G.) Tetanus resulting from fracture of thumb. Indiana M. J., Indianap., 1904-5, xxiii, 137-143.—Jones (W. H.) A case of traumatic tetanus. Cincin. Lancet- Clinic, 1895, n. s., xxxv, 551. Also: Med. Brief, St. Louis, 1896, xxiv, 396.—Kadyi (J.) Przypadek tezca urazo- wego. [Traumatic tetanus.] Przegl. lek., Krak6w, 1899, xxxviii, 436.—Kalchevski (K. D.) Sluchal travmati- cheskavo stolbnyaka u bolnovoarteritom, razvivshimsya, kak oslozhneniye bryushnovo tifa. [Traumatic tetanus in an arteritic "patient developed as a complication of typhoid fever.] Voyenno-med. J., St. Petersb., 1900, lxxviii, med.-spec pt., 2241-2255.—Kaposi (H.) Ein Fall von Tetanus 5£ Jahre nach einer Schussverletzung. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1900, xxvii, 514-524.— Kleinertz i R.) Tetanus durch Catgut (Steril-Catgut). Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1909, xlvi, 1654-1656.—Koch (E.) Zur Aufklarung der Fiille von Tetanus nach Bauchope- rationen. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1898, xlviii, 417-423. — Kovlelashviii (A.) Sluchal stolbnyaka, kak poslledstviyeprostol ukushennol rani. [Tetanus fol- lowing a dog's bite.] Feldscher, St. Petersb., 1899, ix, 268.—Krey & Sarauw. Tetanus traumaticus compl. durch Darmverschluss (Laparotomie; Heilung ohne Se- ruminjeetioii;. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1900, xlvii, 1210.—K u Im i F.) Die postoperativen Tetanusfiille von Zacharia*. Fille von Katguttetanus; Bemerkungen zur Arbeit von Zacharias. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1908, lv, 628. — Kiihn IF.) & Bossier (M.) Tetanus und Katgut. Deutsche klin.-therap. Wchnschr., Leipz., 1906, xiii, 1153; 1189. Also: Wien. klin.-therap. Wchnschr., 1906, xiii, 1153; 1189.—Lambert (A.) A study of tetanus and its treatment. N.York M.J. ,l897,lxv,754-763.—Lewis (J. A.) Traumatic tetanus. Am. Pract. & News, Louis- ville, 1899, xxviii, 169-176. [Discussion], 183-187. Also: Tr. Kentucky M. Soc. 1899, Louisville, 1900, xliv, 281-293.— Limet. Tetanos traumatique; dec6s. Scalpel, Liege, 1904-5, lvii, 261. -----. Observation d'un cas de tetanos traumatique; mort. Ibid., 275.—Luclis (R.) Zur Ca- suistik des Tetanus traumaticus Med. Cor.-Bl. d. wiirt- temb. arztl. Ver., Stuttg., 1901, lxxi, 662-664.—Lucid (M. M.) Post-operative tetanus, with reportof a case. Buf- falo M. J., 1909-10, lxv, 305-311.—Lupb (P.) Un caso di tetano traumatico; guarigione. Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 1898, n. s., xx, 298-301.—M'Daniel (R.) Acute traumatic tetanus. Texas M. News, Austin, 1902- VOL XVIII, 2d series---2 Tetanus (Traumatic and post-operative). 3, xii, 490-494.— Mackay ( W. B.) An interesting case of traumatic tetanus. Caledon. M. J., Glasg., 1899-1901, iv, 368-370.—McNish (J.) A case of trau- matic tetanus in an aboriginal; recovery. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1893, xii, 399-401.—Matter (J.) Tetanus (traumaticus?); Tetanusbaeillen nicht naehweisbar; Hei- lung. Jahrb. d. Wien. k. k. Krankenanst. 1894, Wien u. Leipz., 1896, iii, 837— Maffre (P.) Plate penetrante de poitrine par coup de carabine a blanc; mort par tetanos. Arch, de med. et pharm. mil., Par., 1906, xlvi, 430-433 — Mann (E. B.) Traumatic tetanus; report of a case. Louisville M. Month,, 1894-5, i, 70.—Martin (A.) Teta- nos traumatique d'origine reiiexe ayant succcde a des spasmessecoudaires a la suite d'une amputation decuisse. Bull. Soc. de med. prat, de Par., 1887, 378-384.—Martin (E.) Postoperativer Tetanus. Zentralbl. f. Gyniik., Leipz., 1906, xxx, 395.—Martin (S.) Preliminary report on the chemical pathology of acute traumatic tetanus. Rep. Med. Off. Local Gov. Bd., Lond., 1893-4. 497-510.— Matas (R.) The fecal origin of some forms of postoper- ative tetanus (anorectal, intestinal, puerperal, genital, and lower pelvic operations) and its prophylaxis by proper dietetic or culinary measures. (A preliminary com- munication.) Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., Phila., 1909, xxxvii, 40- 65. Also: Ann. Surg., Phila., 1909, i, 338-344.— Mayer (],. E.) A case of traumatic tetanus; recovery. N. Orl.M. & S. J., 1894-5, n. s., xxii, 100.— May weg (W.) Tetanus im Anschluss an eine Bulbusverletzung. Klin. Monatsbl. f, Augenh., Stuttg. 1907, xiv, 204-211.—Mend 1 (J.) Bei- trag zur Kenntnis des Stoffwechsels bei Tetanus traumati- cus. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1908, lxv, 141-160.— Menger (R.) A case of traumatic tetanus with trismus; recovery. Med. Recorder, Shreveport, La., 1905, ii, 163- 165.—Messerstichverletzung des linken Auges, Tetanus traumaticus. Biirgerspit. Basel. Jahresb. (1899), 1900, 121. Also: Jahresb. ii. d. chir. Abt. d. Spit, in Basel (1899), 1900, 36.— Michelsson (F.) Zwei Falle von Tetanus im Anschluss an Verbrennungen. St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr., 1910, xxxv, 243-246.— Molle. Ery- tlteme polymorphe et itemorragie intestinale; au cours du tetanos chirurgical subaigu. Loire med., St.-Etienne, 1895, xiv, 271-275.—Montgomery (C. J.) History and treatment of a case of traumatic tetanus and sequelae. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1894, xlvi, 44.—Moschcowitz. Tet- anus following a compound fracture of the skull. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1911, liii, 548— Mttller (R.) Mittheilung von zwei Fallen von Tetanus traumaticus. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1900, xlvii, 318.—Neely (E. A.) Acase of traumatic tetanus. Memphis M. Month.,1897, xvii, 357- 360.—Newberger (C.) Tetanus as a complication of burns. Am. J. Child. Dis., Chicago, 1912, vi, 36-42.— Nicholson (P. A.) Acute traumatic tetanus. Charlotte [N. C], M. J., 1903,xxiii, 88-90.—Nissen (V. V.) Sluchal travmaticheskavo stolbnyaka u 9-ti lletnyavo malchika. [Traumatic tetanus in a 9-vear old bov.] Bolnitsch. gaz. Botkina, St. Petersb., 1897, viii, 1675.—Ortega (A.) Tetano traumatico. Gac. med., M6xico, 1901, 2. s., i, 161: 1903, 2. s., iii, 118.—Orton (J. G.) Unique case of trau- matic tetanus with generalisation and recovery. Tr. N. York M. Ass., N. Y., 1893, x, 281-283. Also: Med. News, Phila., 1894, lxiii, 606.—Ott. Cure radicate de hernie suivie de tetanos. Soc. de nted. mil. franc. Bull., Par., 1911, v, 477-479.— Fatal (P. C. H.) Traumatic tetanus. Calif. M. & S. Reporter, Los Angeles, 1906, ii, 1145-1147. Also: Toledo M. & S. Reporter, 1906, xxxii, 665-667.— Pant (H. D.) Notes of a case of traumatic tetanus; re- coverv. Indian Lancet, Calcutta, 1899. xiii, 230. Also: Indian M. Re 3., Calcutta, 1899, xvi, 333.—Patherat. Tetanos traumatique; guerison. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir., de Par., 1904, n. s., xxx, 235-239.—Perkins (S.B.) Traumatic tetanus; recovery. Cincin. M. J., 1896, xi, 155.—Pes (O.) Sopra un caso di tetano consecutivo a traumatismo dell'orbita. Ann. diottal., Pavia, 1902,xxxi, 701. -----. Sul tetano daferitadell' occhia e dell' orbita. Ophthalmologica, Torino, 1909, i, 1-39, 1 pi.—Peterson (R.) Tetanus following a dilatation and curettage of the uterus and shortening of the round ligaments. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1909, lix, 658. [Discussion], 660-662.— -----. Tetanus developing twelve days after shortening of the round ligaments; recoverv. J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- cago, 1910, liv, 108-116.— Peyri I (V.) Tetanus traumati- cus. Casop. 16k esk., v Praze, 1864, iii, 103.—Pincus (W.) Tetanus nach perforierender Augapfel-Verletzung mit Zuriickbleiben eines Fremdkorpers. Centralbl. i. prakt. Augenh., Leipz., 1911, xxxv, 353-356.—Pistes (N. A.) Auo irepi7rTu>9-292.-jBeed (K. P.) Un caso agudo de tetanos traumatico; muerte. Rev. nted. de Chile, Sant.de Chile. 1905, xxxiii, 120-122.—Ben vers. Zur Ae- tiologie des Wundstarrkrampfes. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1890, xvi, 719-722. Also: Verhandl. d. Ver. f. innere Med. zu Berl., 1890-91, x, 72-84.—Bey- nier (P.) Accidents tetaniques chez une laparotomisee; diffieultes du diagnostic. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1900, n. s., xxvi, 860-866.—Bichardson (O.) The bacteriological basisof the surgical technique in wounds associated with tetanus. Boston M. & S. J., 1905, clii, 493.—Bichardson (W. G.) Tetanus occurring after surgical operations: Is the infection introduced by cat- gut ligature? Brit. M. J., Lond., 1909, i, 948-951.— Bicharz (A.) Heilung eines Falles von Tetanus trau- maticus. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1906. liii, 909.—de Bidder (P.) & Danis (M.) Un cas de tetanos par blessure de l'ceil; giterison. Clin, opht., Par., 1912, xviii, 76-80.— Bistori (D.) II tetano traumatico e la guari- gione spontanea. N. Ercolani, Pisa, 1907, xii, 84; 100.— Bohr (E.-M.) Tetanos traumatique. Assoc, franc. pour 1 avanee. d. sc. C.-r. 1901, Par., 1902, xxx, pt. 2, 890- 895.—Sa (Y.) [A curious case of tetanus from ruptured intestine.] Snikingaku Zasshi, Tokyo, 1905, 734-740 — Santos Fernandez (J.) Tetanos consecutif a l'enu- cteation de l'ceil. [Transl.] Rev. g6n. d'opht., Par., 1896, xv, 68-61.—Schlmniel (W. C.) & van der Veen (J.) Opcratie van een scrotaal-netbreuk met botryomy- comen bij een ruin; dood door tetanus. Tijdschr. v. veeartsenijk. Maandbl., Utrecht, 1906-7, xxxiv, 552- 654. — Schmidt (G.) Schrotschuss und Wundstarr- krampf. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1904, xxx, 307.—Schweizer (K.) Zur Prognose und Thera- pie des Tetanus traumaticus. Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1903, xxiv, 157; 165.—Segala Estalella (M.) Un caso de tetanos traumatico. Independ. med., Barcel., 1892-3, xxiv, 331-334.—Shabad. Tipichniy sluchal travmati- cheskavo stolbnyaka. [Typical case of traumatic teta- nus.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1896, xiv, 801-807.—Shaw (C. K.) A rapidly fatal case of tetanus following an operation for haemorrhoids. Month. Homoeop. Rev., Lond., 1899, xliii, 149-153.—Shmukler (I.) Sluchal travmaticheskavo stolbnyaka s khronicheskim teche- niem. [Chronic traumatic tetanus.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1895, xliv, 816— Smith (A.) Notes of some cases of traumatic tetanus. Northumberland & Dur- ham M. J., Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 1895, iii, 156-161.— Smith (J. B.) Tetanus occurring after surgical opera- tions. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, i, 1050.—Sotos (J. M.) Cinco casos de tetanos traumatico. Rev. de med. y cirug pract., Madrid, 1901, liii, 361-368.—Stintzing. Wesen und Behandlung des Tetanus traumaticus. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch.deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1898, Leipz., 1899, lxx pt. 2, 2. Hlft., 58-61. Also: Munchen. med. Wchnschr. 1898, xiv, 1265-1269.—Stokes (C. F.) Case of tetanus, with recovery following operation. J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- cago, 1905, xliv, 1930.—Stretton (J. L.) Tetanus occur- ring after surgical operations. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1909 i 1330— Stump (W.) Tetanus and infected cartridges' N. York M. J., 1899, lxx, 170—Switzer (G. O.) Report of case of tetanus, result of infected gunshot wound in foot. Clin. Rev., Chicago, 1907-8, xxv,65.—Tanaka(B ) [Remarks on traumatic tetanus.] Saitake Gaku Zasshi Tokyo, 1903, 262-265.—Taylor (H.) Tetanus caused bv a thorn; death [in the horse]. Vet. Rec, Lond., 1906-7" xix, 167.—Tetanus from pistol wound. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1898, n. s., lxvi, 630.—Thieme. Ein Fall von Tetanus nach Verletzung der Orbita. Ztschr. f prakt Aerzte, Frankf. a. M., 1899, viii, 213.—Thompson (F D.) Acaseof tetanus following a surgical operation Tr South. Surg. & Gynec. Ass. 1897, Phila., 1898, x, 148-152 — Thompson ( H. ) Tetanus following nephropexv Lancet, Lond., 1900, i, 157.—Thompson (R. L.) Ue»ber die Glandulse parathyreoideffi beim Tetanus traumati- cus. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1909 xx, 916-919. Also, transl.: St. Louis M. Rev., 1909 n s iii 385-390.—Thornton (J. F.) Report of a case of trau- matic tetanus. Southwest. M. Rec, Houston, 1897 ii 82- 84— Tretho wan (w.) A case of tetanus following in- jury to face, without spasms of limbs or trunk muscles Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1907, xxvi,348— Trunnion" (M. M.) Tra ymaticheskiy stolon yak s rlezko viyrazhon- nlm porazheniyem sosudistol sistemi. [Traumatic tetanus with affection of the blood-vessels sharplvdefined 1 Chir Laitop. Mosk., 1895, v, 242-255.—Tsucliigawa. TFive ?Qi^o°/ntrr;\lmatic„te/tam?s:i H1 Shinbun, Tokio, 1907, 1318-1340-Tyrrell (J. B.) A fatal case of tetanus oc- curring within seventy-two hours of injury. J.Am M Ass., Chicago, 1905, xiv, 853.-Valle (V.) Su di un caso di tetano per ferita d' arma da fuoco. Ann. dimed nav Roma, 1910, xvi, 168-164.-Van Camp (L. B.) Report of recovery from traumatic tetanus. J Am. M. Ass CM- Tetanus (Traumatic andpost-operative). cago, 1900, xxxiv, 280. Also: Med. Rev., St. Louis, 1900, xii, 141.—Volintseflf(A.) Dva sluchaya travmatiche- skavo stolbnyaka (k voprosu ob etiologii stolbnyaka). [Two cases of traumatic tetanus; etiology of tetanus.] Chir. Laitop., Mosk., 1891, i, 160-169.—Wad ham (F. J.) A case of traumatic tetanus; recovery. Lancet, Lond., 1902, i, 303.—Wangelln (H. E.) Case of traumatic te- tanus with urethral spasm. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1895, xlviii, 381.—Webber (H. W.) Tetanus occurring after surgi- cal operations. Brit.M. J.,Lond.,1909,i,1092.—Werner. Erfahrungen fiber Tetanus traumaticus. Memorabilien, Heilbr., 1896, n. F., xv, 321-334. Also: Ztschr. f. Wund- iirzte u. Geburtsh., Fellbach, 1897, xlviii, 34-48. — Wharton (H. R.) Tetanus after amputation for gun- shot wound of forearm. Tr. Phila. Acad. Surg., 1906, ix, 47. Also: Ann. Surg., Phila., 1906, xliv, 131.—Wheeler (A. S.) The influence of fever on a case of traumatic te- tanus in a mule. Proc. Orleans Parish M. Soc, 1895, N. Orl., 1896, iii, p. xl.—White (G.) Treatment of traumatic tetanus [in the horse]. Am. Vet. Rev., N. Y., 1907-8, xxxii, 521-523.—Whitmore (A.) A caxe of tetanus infection from an operation wound. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1912, xlvii, 106.—Wicherkiewicz (B.) O tezcu wy- wolanym zranieniem narzadu wzrokowego. [Tetanus caused by wound of the eye.] Post okul., Krak6w, 1907, ix, 33-38.—Willelt (G.) Traumatic tetanus; recovery. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1898, i, 19.—Williams (E. G. H.) Tetanus and the motor car. Ibid., 1910, ii, 51.—Wolf. Ein Fall von Tetanus traumaticus. Allg. med. Centr.- Ztg., Berl.. 1903, lxxii, 1.—Wood (H. C.) Cerebral teta- nus following operation for hemorrhoids; failure of anti- toxin. Univ. M. Mag., Phila., 1897-8, x, 608.—Wright (T. R.) Amputation of the breast; death from tetanus on the tenth day. Tr. M. Ass. Georgia, Atlanta, 1896, 301- 302.—Yahoub. Un casde tetanos chirurgical. Gaz. med d'Orient, Constant., 1906-7, li, 201-205.—Zaeharias(P.) Zwei Falle von Tetanus nach gynakologischen Opera- tionen; Erwiderung auf die Bemerkungen von F. Kuhn. Munchen med. Wchnschr., 1908, lv, 1185. Tetanus (Traumatic) following hypo- dermic injections and vaccinations. Abry (R.) *Les serums gelatines dans Petio logie du tetanos. 8°. Montpellier, 1810. Semple (Sir D.) The relation of tetanus to the hypodermic or intramuscular injection of quinine, fol. Calcutta, 1911. See, also, infra, Smith. AkhmetyefF (M. V.) Sluchal stolbnyaka, razviv- Mosk., 1901, vi, 362-364.—Baros. Deux cas de tetanos, a portes d'enttee rares; Pun a la suite de plaies vaccinates avec mort du malade; l'autre a la suite d'otite suppuree' avec guerison. Rev. med. de Pest, Nancv, 1906. xxxviii 573-577.—Beecher (C. H.) Some remarks relative to two cases of tetanus following vaccination at Burlington Vermont. Vermont M. Month., Burlington, 1902, viii. 16— Bivona. Un caso di tetano per iniezione di gela- tina. Pohclin., Roma, 1902-3, ix, sez. prat., 1623-1625 — Broadbent (W.) On the nature of the so-called teta- nus following gelatine injections. Brit. M. J., Lond 1901, n, 741.—Carini. Die Uebertragung von Tetanus und Tuberkulose durch Vaccine. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz Aerzte, Basel, 1904, xxxiv, 609.—Debayle (H.) Tetanos et quinine. Rev. de nted. et d'hyg. trop., Par., 1910, vii, 277-281.—Delor (J.) Un cas de tetanos consecutif a'une injection de serum. Limousin med., Limoges, 1905 xxix 113— Dieulaloy (G.) Un cas de tetanos consecutif a une injection de serum gelatine. Bull. Acad.de med., Par.. 1903, 3. s., xlix, 630-641. Also: Presse med., Par., 1903, i, 365- 367.—Eigenbrodt. Tetanusnach subkutaner Gelatine- mjektion. Mitt.a.d.Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir.,Jena, 1902, x, 595-602. Also: Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1902,xxviii,Ver.-Beil.,283.—Emery-Desbrous- ses. Tetanos et injections hypodermiques de quinine. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1901, cxli, 647-660.— England (F. R.) Tetanus following vaccination. Mon- treal M. J., 1906, xxxv, 791-794.—Faelii (G.) Steriliz- zazione della gelatina per uso ipodermico. Corriere san., Milano, 1907, xviii, 295.—Gerulanos. Ein Fall yon Tetanus nach Gelatineinjection. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1901, Ixi, 427-430. —Oradenwitz (R.) Tetanus nach Gelatineinjektion. Centralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1902, xxvi, 966-969. —Grixoni (G.) Tetano ed iniezioni ipodermiche di chinina. Gazz d osp., Milano, 1905, xxvi, 1565-1568.—Harte (R.) Tet- anus after vaccination. Tr. Acad. Surg., Phila., 1902 iv 210-213. —Heddaeus (A.) Tetanus nach subkutaner Gelatineinjektion, nebst Bemerkungen fiber die Anwen- dung der Gelatine bei Blutungen. Munchen. med Wchnschr., 1908, lv, 231-235.—Hoclihalt (K.) & Her- czel (M.) Gelatina befecskendezes utan fellepett tetanus Banti-tele betegseg operalt eseteben. fTetanus developing TETANUS. 19 TETANUS. Tetanus (Traumatic) followeng hypo- dermic injections and vaccinations. aftergelatine'injectionsin an operated caseof Banti'sdis- ease.l Orvosi heti szemle, Budapest, 1902, xxxii, 296-301.— lluddleston (J. H.) Tetanus and vaccine virus. Medi- cine,Detroit, 1903,ix,900-903.—Kuhii (F.) Tetanus nach subcutanerGelatineeinspritzung. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1901, Leipz., 1902, Ixxiii, pt. 2, med. Abth., 150-152. Also: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1901, xlviii, 1923.—Krause (P.) Ueber die Gefahr der Tetanusinfection bei subcutaner Anwendung der Gela- tine zu therapeutischen Zwecken und ihre Vermeidung. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1902, xxxix, 673-675. — Krug. Tetanus nach Gelatineinjectionen. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1902, xvi, 282-284. -Laborde (J.-V.) Le tetanos et les injections de quinine; le choix de la meilleure pre- paration quinique pour injections sous-cutanees; le chlor- hydro-sulfate de quinine (de Grimaux). Tribune med., Par., 1903, 2. s., xxxv, 88: 107.—Le Hj re. Quelques cas de tetanos observes a Tamatave: injections hyp.odermi- ques de quinine. [Abstr.] Bull. Soc. nted. de "rile Mau- rice, Port Louis, 1895, v, 418-421.—Levy (K.) n cas de tetanos gueri. Montpel. nted., 1911, xxxiii, 85-87.—Beates (H.), jr., & Thomas (B. A.) The successful treatment of a case of tetanus. Month. Cycl. & M. Bull., Phila., 1911, iv, 326- TETANUS. 20 TETANUS. Tetanus ( Treatment of). 332.—Bell t A. i A c;i-e of severe tetanus, with recovery. Dominion M. Month., Toronto, 1910, xxxiv, 7-15.— Beorchia-N'iii'ris i A.) Su di un caso di tetano trau- matico grave curato col riposo e coll' isolamento assoluto dell' infermo; guarigione. Boll. d. clin., Milano, 1892, ix, 535-542. AU«: Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1892, xiii, 1126- 1129.—Berger i I'.) Sur des memoires concernant le traitement du tetanos. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1893, 3. s., xxix, 595-613.—Bieilel. Traitement du tetanos. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1907, n. s., xxxiii, 502- 507.—Binge I. Zwei Falle von geheiltem Tetanus. Med. Klin., Berl., 1911, vii, 153.—Bivings(W.T.) Lum- bar puncture a direct method for the treatment of teta- nus; with the report of nine successful cases so treated. Atlanta J.-Kec. Med., 1904-5, vi, 577-586.—Bloodgood (.1. 0.) & McGlannan (A.) Tetanus. Handb. Pract. Treat. [Musser & Kelly], Phila. & Loud., 1911, ii, 601-605.— Blunientlial (F.) Zur Therapie des Tetanus. Ver- handl. d. Cong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1899, xvii, 549. Also, transl.: Cong, internat. de med. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, de therap., 180-186— Bockenheimer. Ueber die Behandlung des Tetanus auf Grund klinischer und experimenteller Studien. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 1907, xxxvi, 164-168.—Boehm (J. C.) Two cases of tetanus which recovered. St. Paul M. J., 1903, v, 684-687.—Bongioannini (G.) Lo stato odierno della terapia nel tetano. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1910, xxxi, 633-636.—Bonniot (E.) Reactions elec- triques dans le tetanos gueri; comparaison avec la te- tanie. Rev. neurol., Par., 1907, xv, 87.—Brancaccio (F.) Contributo alia terapia del tetano. Incurabili, Napoli, 1893, viii, 209-21 .">.—Brown (T. R.) On the treatment of tetanus, with report of a case that recov- ered under symptomatic treatment alone. J. Alumni Ass. Coll. Phys. & Surg., Bait., 1901-2, iv, 35-43.—Briin- aner (A.) Tetanus traumaticus gyogyuli esete. [A cured case of traumatic tetanus.] Gyogyaszat, Budapest, 1902, xlii, 600.—Burke (J.) Physostigmine in tetanus. Chicago M. Times, 1908, xii, 472.—Burstal (E.) Case of tetanus; recovery. St. Barth. Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1907, xlii, 88.—C. (P.) La cura del tetano. Policlin., Roma, 1911, xviii, sez. prat.. 363-365.— Caillaud. Un cas de tetanos gueri par le lavage du sang (saignees et injec- tions sous-eutantSes de s£rum artiriciel). Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1899, lxxii, 730-732.—Camus (J.) Traitement du tetanos par le sulfate de magnesie, par l'acide pttenique, par le s<5rum antitetanique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1912, lxxii, 109-112.—Cattani (Giuseppina). An- cora sull' ematoterapia nel tetano. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1892, xiii, 1118-1121.—Cavarzerani (A.) Contributo alia cura del tetano. Riv. veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 1901, xxxv, 418; 455.—Cavina (I.) & Venturoli (A.) Due casi di tetano curati con 1' antipirina e seguiti da guarigione. Boll. d. clin., Milano, 1892, ix, 509-512.— < liarrin & Vitry. A propos de notre note intitulee: Anciens proc&tes tfterapeutiques et domtees experi- mentales actuelles. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1904, lvii, 157.— Chive (A.) Un cas de guerison de tetanos. Normandie nted., Rouen, 1900, xv, 30-32. — Clark (W. J.) Tetanus and its treatment. Canada Lancet, Toronto, 1907-8, xii, 510-517. — Clarke (Mary A. ) Nursing in tetanus. Trained Nurse [etc.], N. Y., 1907, xxxviii, 294-298.—Colaneri (X.) Le tetanos, 6tude clinique et tfterapeutique. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1912, lxxxv, 543; 591.—Constantinescu (I. B.) & ITIoldoveaim (V.) Asupra valoarel curative a diverse- lor tratamente contra tetanusulul. [The curative value of the different kinds of treatment in tetanus.] Rev. san. mil., Bucuresci, 1901-2, v, 107; 152— Cooley (T. B.) The treatment of tetanus. Detroit M. J., 1906, vi, 187-196.— Courmont (J.) Le traitement du tetanos. Province med., Lyon, 1899, xiii, 109; 121.—Crane (W. W.) Cold air in the treatment of tetanus and yellow fever; a sug- gestion. St. Louis M. Rev., 1906, liv, 5.— Ciinon (J.) Du traitement curatjf du tetanos, J. de med. vet. et zootech., Lyon, 1905, a. s., ix, 598-601.—Cumming (A.) Tetanus followed by recovery. Moutreal M. J. 1906 xxxv, 795-797.—Band ridge (N. P.) The recent out- break of tetanus, with considerations on the treatment Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1903, n. s., Ii, 213-216.—D'Cruz (J. E.) Notes of a case of tetanus cured by sedatives Indian M. Rec, Calcutta, 1900, xviii, 342— Dehler (A.) Beitrag zur Behandlung des Tetanus traumaticus Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1901, xlviii, 1417.—Deletrez (A.) A propos d'un cas de guerison de tetanos. Ann. de l'Inst. chir. de Brux., 1900, vii, 47-51.—Delladezimas ^K. D.) IIepi7rTuj(7is TeTavias iaOeliro. fiia Trjs Xp7)creios Tijs avTinvpivr)';. 'IarpiKJ) jrpoofios, 'Ev 2upu>, 1902, vii, 342.__ Denuulcr. Le choix d'un traitement dans le tetanos Progres med.. Par., 1907, 3. s., xxiii, 901-905.—Bennis (F. S.) The treatment of tetanus. Ann. Surg., Phila 1897. xxvi, 657-665.—Desoubry. Traitement du te- tanos. Bull. Soc. centr. de med. vet., Par., 1906, lx, 271- 27v—Dieulal'oy. Letraitementdutetanos. Rev'g6n de clin. etde therap., Par., 1910, xxiv, 277.—Biscussion sur le tetanos et son traitement. Bull. Acad de med Par., 1x92, 3. s., xxviii, 771-792.—Do land (C. M.) The treatment of tetanus. Northwest Med., Seattle, 1909 Tetanus (Treatment of). vii, 168-174.—Dopter (C.) Le tetanos; etude clinique et tfterapeutique. Caz. d. hop., Par., 1900, Ixxiii, 493-502.— Drac (J.) W sprawie nowoczesnego leczenia tezca. [On the modern treatment of tetanus] Przegl. chir. i ginek., Warszawa, 1911, v, 194^-208.—Flirenfreund (F.) Ein Fall von geheiltem Tetanus. Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1904, lix, 783-787.—Elting (A. W.) The pathology and treatment of tetanus, with a report of three cases. Albany M. Ann., 1904. xxv, 105-132.—Falcone (C.) Con- tributo alia terapia del tetano ed alio studio sulla tossi- cita delle urine tetaniche. Progresso med., Napoli, 1892, vi, 507-515—Fedoroff(S. P.) Tetanus i ego lteche- niye podkozh. vprisk. krovianoi syvorotki immunis zhivotnikh. [Tetanus and its treatment by subcuta- neous injections.] Chir. Laitop., Mosk., 1893, iii, 726- 738.—Fenner. A case of tetanus with recoverv. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1908-9, Ixi, 467.—Feuillade (H.) Te- tanos chronique; action du persulfate de soude sur les contractures. Lyon nted., 1901, xcvii, 908-914.— Fiegenbaum (E. W.) One case of tetanus. Tr. Illinois M. Soc, Chicago, 1896, 318-320. — Folet (H.) Sur le traitement local du tetanos. Bull. nted. du nord, Lille, 1893, xxxii, 257-260. -----. Le tetanos et son traitement. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1898, ii, 339-344.— Fox (C. D.) Report of five cases of tetanus, and re- marks on the treatment of the disease. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1910, lxxviii, 262-269. —Frledlander (J.) Zur Behandlung des traumatischen Tetanus. Deutsche klin.-therap. Wchnschr., Leipz., 1906, xiii, 790-793. Also: Wien. klin.-therap. Wchnschr., 1906, xiii, 790-793.— Gange (F. W.) The treatment of tetanus. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1907, i, 78.—Garcia Jtton (R.) Otro caso de tetanos curado por el ntetodo intensivo. An. Acad, de cien. nted. . . . de la Habana, 1908-9, xiv, 376-384. Also: Rev. de med. y cirug. de la Habana, 1908, xiii, 541- 549. — Gasparini (A.) Contributo alia cura del te- tano. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1907, xxviii, 1547-1549.— Gaup. Ein Fall von Tetanus traumaticus, mit Anti- toxin ohne Erfolg behandelt. Med. Cor.-Bl. d. wiirt- temb. arztl. Ver., Stuttg., 1899, lxx, 463.—Gedgowd (W.) Przyczynek do leczenia te/.ca. [Treatment of tetanus.] Kron. lek., Warszawa, 1900, xxi, 165-174.— Gelibert (A.) De Paction du persulfate de soude sur les contractures dans le tetanos. Lyon med., 1901, xcvii, 829-835.—Giannelli (A.) Sulla cura del tetano. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1905, xxvi, 266-268—Giovannoli (G.) Sopra la cura del tetano. N. Ercolani, Pisa, 1907, xii, 403; 417; 433; 449.—Girard&Malle. Traitement du tetanos par les injections intra-veineuses de tallianine; guerison.-- Bull. Soc. centr. de med. v.. Lect. & Essays. 8°, Lond., 1S87, 331. — K. (S.) [The va- "... lue of drugs in tetanus.] Sei-i-Kwai M. J., Tokvo, ,"'V 1904, xxiii, no. 271,18-25. — Kadyi (J.) Dalsze don'ie- '^.' sieniao leczeniu tezca. [More on the treatment of tet- ^ anus.] Przegl. lek., Krakow, 1899, xxxviii, 641.—Kelly .„ (M. F.) The treatment of tetanus. St. Marv's Hosp. " 'Gaz., Lond., 1902, viii, 137-141. — Kita»ato (S.) Teta- nus no kenin oyobi yeboshirioho. [Cause of tetanus and its treatment.] Ijishimpo, Tokio, 1893, no. 5, 97-106.— Kocher. Ueber Tetanusbehandlung. Cor. - Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1907, xxxvii.381.—Kras. Ueber ein neues Tetanusheilveri'ahren. Wien. klin.Wchnschr., 1912, xxv, 88. — Kratzer. Tallianine bei Wundstarr- krampf, Wchnschr. f. Tierh. u. Viehzucht, Munchen, 1906, 1, 845— Kraus (E.) Zur Therapie des Tetanus. Therap.d.Gegenw., Berl.-Wien, 1899, n.F.,i, 200-202.-----. Beitrag zur Klinik und Therapie des Tetanus. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1899, xxxvii, 256-281. -----. Ein wei- terer Beitrag zur Klinik und Therapie des Tetanus. Ztschr. f. Heilk., Wien u. Leipz., 1900, xxi, 96-103,—Kro- kiewiez (A.) Zwei Falle von Tetanus traumaticus, von denen einer mit Gehirnemulsion-, der andere mit Tetanusantitoxininjectionen behandelt wurde. Wien. Wchnschr., 1898, xi, 793-796. Also, transl.: Bull. gen. de therap.,[etc.], Par., 1898, cxxxvi, 864-876. — Kunimer (E.) A propos du traitement du tetanos. Clinique, Brux., 1907, xxi, 704-712. Also: Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1907, xxvii, 614-621. — Labadie-La- grave& Laubry (C.) Considerationspathogeniqueset therapeutiques sur un cas de tetanos chronique. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1904, 3. s., xxi, 417-425.— Ladanyi (M. \ Tetanus gy6gyult esete. [A cured case of tetanus.] Gy6gyaszat, Budapest, 1902, xlii, 647. Also, transl.: Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1902, xxxviii, 1197-1201. Also, transl.: Ungar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1902, vii, 619-621. -----. Tetanus gy6gyult esetei. [Cured cases of tetanus.] Gydgyaszat, Budapest, 1908, xlviii, 85- 87. Also, transl.: Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1908, xliv, 1065-1068.—Lambert (A.) A study of tetanus and its treatment. Tr. Soc Alumni Bellevue Hosp., N. Y., 1896-7, 143-170. Also: X. York M. J., 1897, lxv, 754-763. [Discussion], lxvi, 264. Also, Reprint. -----. The treat- ment of tetanus. Med. News, N. Y., 1900, lxxvii, 12-16.— Lanphear(E) The new treatment of tetanus. Am. J. Surg. & Gynec, St. Louis, 1899, xiii, 4-8.—Leavitt (W. W.) A' case of tetanus and its treatment. Med. Bull., Phila., 1906, xxxiii, 403.-L.ee (G. H.) The treatment Of tetanus. Tr. Texas M. Ass.. Galveston, 1893, xxv, 256-265. Also: N. Orl. M. &S. J., 1893-4, n. s., xxi, 1-14.—Lejzero- wicz(S.) Kilka uwag wsprawie tezcaijegouleczalnosci. [On tetanus and its curabilitv.l Medycvna. Warszawa, 1901, xxix, 768; 793.— Lie Play & Dourj. Un cas de te- tanos aigu suivi de guerison; discussion du traitement. Bull, med., Par., 1910, xxiv, 685. —Levison (L. A.) Treatment of tetanus; with report of a case. Toledo M. & S. Reporter, 1904, xxx, 475-481.—Lexer (E.) Zur Te- tanusbehandlung. Therap. d. (Jegenw., Berl.-Wien, 1901, n. F., iii, 245-247.— von Leyden (E.) Ein geheilter Fall von Tetanus. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1901, xxvii, 477.—Ldpez (G.) Poder del medico en el tetanos. Arch, de la. Soc. estud. clin. de la Habana (1890-92), 1895, v. 119-132. -----. Un caso de tetano; cu- rado. Cron. med.-quir de la Habana, 1904, xxx, 253-255. -----. Acerca de la curabilidad del tetanos. Rev. freno- pat. espan., Barcel., 1909, vii. 38-44. Also: Rev. nted. cu- bana, Habana, 1908, xiii, 322-328.—Luna I L.) La tera- pia del tetano. Gazz.sicil.di med. e chir. [etc.],Palermo, 1908, vii,85-87.—Lupi (P.) Tre casi di tetano guariti con atropina. Boll.d.Socmed.prov.diBergamo,1894,v,64-71.— McCleave (T. C.) The pathologv and treatment of te- tanus. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1906, iv, 128-130.— JMcCranii (W. J.) [A severe case of tetanus; cold air treatment.] J. Med. & Sc, Portland, 1903-4, x, 410.— Mc< rann (W.J.) & Allison (C. C.) Cold-air treat- ment in tetanus. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1904, xliii, 1551.—JWaidlow (W. H.) On three cases of tetanustreat- ed at the Taunton and Somerset Hospital. St. Barth.Hosp. J., Lond., 1895-6, iii, 188.— UaJaniiik (J.) Kilka uwag w sprawie leczenia tezca. [On the treatment of tetanus.] Lwow. tvgodn. lek.,1909, iv, 35: 49. AlsoJrmis/.: Wien. Med. Wchnschr., 1909, lix, 1550-1557— Tlaiuiinger (V.) A tetanus prophylaxisa es gy6gyitasa. [The prophylaxis and treatment of tetanus.]" Budapesti orv. uisa. clin., Napoli, 1896, v, 122.—Scandaliato (S.) Tetano e cura Baccelli. Gior. d. r. Soc. ed Accad. vet. ital., Torino, 1906, lv, 77- 87.—Simon ini (R.) Tetano traumatico guarito col me- todo Baccelli. Gazz. d. osp., Milano. 1900, xxi, 88-90.— Smart (D.) Tetanus successfully treated with hypoder- mic injections of carbolic acid. Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 1901, xxi, 399-402.—Stivanin (D.) Un caso di tetano curato col metodo Baccelli (iniezioni difenolo). Corriere san., Milano, 1908, xix, 771.—Strati (D.) Sopra un caso di tetano guarito colla cura del Baccelli. Gior. med. d. r. esercito [etc.], Roma, 1898, xlvi, 225-238. Also: Boll. d. clin., Milano, 1898, xv, 247-254.—Sy miners (D.) Treat- ment of tetanus by means of subcutaneous injections of carbolic acid, Baccelli's method; with a review of 75 cases from the literature. Am. Med., Phila., 1903, vi, 276- 280.—Talamon (C.) Un cas de tetanos traite par la methode de Baccelli. Med. mod., Par., 1906, xvii. 341- 343.—Tomaselli (E.) Un caso di tetano traumatico curato col metodo Baccelli; guarigione. Bull. med. Tren- tino, Trento, 1900, xix, 161-163.—Traitement (Du) du tetanos et specialement par les injections plteniqitees, methode de Baccelli. Gaz. d. hdp. de Lyon, 1902, iii, 283- 290.—Varisco (E.) Tetano e metodo Baccelli. Poli- clin., Roma, 1904, xi, sez. prat.,308.—Vittorangeli (S.) Un caso di tetano guarito con le iniezioni ipodermiche di acido fenico. Raccoglitore med., Forli, 1898, 6. s., ii, 357- 362.—Weir (H. H.) Case of tetanus treated with car- bolic acid; recovery. China M. J., Shanghai, 1911, xxv, 236. — Wood ( H. C.), jr. Carbolic acid in tetanus. Merck's Arch., N. Y., 1899, i, 191.—Woods (D. F.) A case of tetanus treated with carbolic acid. N. York M. J , 1899, lxx. 377. Also, Reprint.—Zanoni (G.) Unainter- pretazione dell' azione terapeuticapositiva del fenolo nel tetano. Cron. de clin. med. di Genova, 1901, vii, 221-224 Also, transl.: Med. mod.. Par., 1901, xii, 329.—Zeri (A.) Ulteriore contributo alia cura del tetano col metodo Bac- celli. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int., Roma, 1896, vii, 267- 270.—Ziengo (G.) Caso di tetano guarito col metodo Baccelli. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1898, xix, 1282. Tetanus (Treatment of) with cerebral em ulsions. Bleichroder (F.) *Ein Fall von Tetanus traumaticus, behandelt mit Injectionen von Hirnemulsion. 8°. Kiel, 1900. Brancaccio(F.) Un caso di tetano curato con emul- sione di cervello. Incurabili, Napoli, 1901, xvi, 257-266 — De Bened etti (E.) Guarigione di un caso di tetano con sostanza cerebrate. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1904, xxv, 493. Also, transl.: Semana nted., Buenos Aires, 1904, xi 155- 157. — Brozdoivski ( A. ) Przypadek tezca urazo- wego (tetanus traumaticus); zastosowanie wstrzykiwah podsk6rnych zawiesiny m6zgu kr6!ika. [...; hypodermic Tetanus (Treatment of) with cerebral emulsions. injections of emulsion of rabbit's brain.] Gaz. lek., War- szawa, 1900,2. s., xx, 1139— Fiebiger (J.) DieResultate der Tetanusbehandlung mittelst Einspritzung von Ge- hirnemulsion. Ztschr. I. Thiermed., Jena, 1902, vi., 161- 170—Heger (M.) Un cas de tetanos traite par les injec- tions d'emulsion de substance cerebrate; mort. Clinique, Brux., 1901, xv, 673-679.— Ilolobut (T.) Osm przypad- k6w tezca leczonych wstrzykiwaniami zawiesiny ntezgo- wej. [Eight casesof tetanus treated by injection of brain emulsion.] Przegl.lek.,Krak6w,1904,xliii,143; 164.-----. Dalsze dwa przypadki teica, w kterych stosowano wstrzki- wania zawiesiny ntezgowej. [Two additional casesof teta- nus, treated by injection of brain emulsion.] Ibid., 721- 724.—Kartseff*(V. P.) K llecheniyu stolbnyaka vpris- kivaniyem mozgovol emulsii. [Treatment of tetanus by injection of brain emulsion.] Prakt. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1905, iv, 353-355.—Kramarzyiiski (A.) W sprawie leczenia tezca urazowego wstrzykiwaniami podskOrnemi zawiesiny mozgowej. [Treatment of traumatic tetanus by hypodermic injections of brain emulsion.] Przegl. lek:, Krak6w, 1911, li, 61-63.— Krokiewicz (A.) Sur deux cas de tetanos traumatique dont l'un a 6te traite avec des injections d'une Emulsion cerebrate et l'autre par les injections de l'antitoxine du tetanos. [Transl. from: Now. Lek., Poznah, 1898, x.] Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1898, cxxxvi, 864-876. -----. Trzeci przypadek tezca ura- zowego(tetanus traumaticus) wyleczonyzapomoc^ wstrzy- kiwah podsksk6rnych zawiesiny mozgowej. [Third case of ... cured by subcutaneous injection of cerebral emul- sion.] Przegl.lek.,Krak6w,1899,xxxviii,339. Also,transl.: Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1899, xii, 744-746. -----. Dalsze przypadki tezca urazowego (tetanus traumaticus), leczone wstrzykiwaniami podsk6rnemi zawiesiny ntezgowej. [Further cases of ... treated by hypodermic injections of brain emulsion.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1900,2. s., xx, 772- 776. Also, transl: Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1900, xiii, 727- 729. -----. Stosowanie wstrzykiwan podsk6rnych zawie- siny ntezgowej w przypadkach tezca urazowego (tetanus traumaticus.) [Subcutaneous injection of brain emul- sion in ...] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1903, 2. s,, xxiii, 70-75. Also, transl.: Klin.-therap. Wchnschr., Wien, 1903, x, 161- 165.—JUogilnicki (W.) Ein Fall von Tetanus trauma- ticus, behandelt mit Injectionen von frisch bereiteter Ge- hirnemulsion. Med.-chir. Centralbl., Wien, 1902, xxxvii. 537.—Mori (C.) & Salvolini (U.) Cura del tetano colle iniezioni di sostanza cerebrate emulsionata. Rac- coglitore med., Forli, 1899, 6. s., iii, 73-94. Also [Abstr.]: Sieroterapia, Roma, 1899,iii, 63-65. Also [Abstr.]: Suppl. al Policlin., Roma, 1899-1900, vi. 938-940.—Pavloff( A.N.) Sluchal stolbnyaka, Itechonniy vpriskivaniyami mozgo- volemulsii. [Tetanus treated by injectionsof brainemul- sion.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1903, x, therap. pt., 115.— Schramm (H.) W sprawie leczenia te.zca zapomoca wstrzykiwan zawiesiny ntezgowej. [On the treatmentoi tetanus by injections of brain emulsions.] Przegl. lek., Krak6w, 1899, xxxviii, 29. —Tikanadze (I. E.) K llecheniyu stolbnyaka vpriskivaniyami mozgovol emul- sii. [Treatment of tetanus by injections of brain emul- sions.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1902, i, 1250.—Virsa- ladze (S. S.) Llecheniye stolbnyaka vpriskivaniyami emulsii iz veshtshestva mozga zdorovikh zhivotnikh. [Treatment of tetanus by injections of an emulsion from the brain substance of healthy animals.] Ibid., 1903, ii, 1097-1100. Tetanus (Treatment of) with curare. Bergell (P.) & Levy (F.) Ueber den Einfluss des Curare bei Tetanus. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1904, xiv, 396-412.—Brodie. Emploi du curare dans le teta- nos. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1859, xlix, 603-506.— Gintrae (H.) Cas de tetanos traumatique traite sans succes par le curare. Ibid., 817-825.—Kasaviah (B. V.) Tetanus cured by curare. Indian M. Rec, Calcutta, 1892, iii, 433.—Laborde (J.-V.) L'action preventive et cura- tive du curare vrai dans le tetanos strychnique ou toxi- que; la question de l'immunisation ou vaccination the- rapeutiaues. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1896, 10. s., iii;-86. Also: Tribune med., Par., 1896, 2. s., xxviii, 88.— Lawen (A.) Experimentelle Untersuchungen uberdie Mdglichkeit den Tetanus mit Curarin zu behandeln. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1906, xvi, 802-826.—Lyubenetski (G. A.) & Sinakevich (N. A.) K voprosu o primfenenii kurare pri stolbnvakle. [Cu- rare in tetanus.] Prakt. Vrach, S.-Peterb., i908, vii, 600; 516.—Manec. Tetanos traumatique traite sans succes par le curare. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1859, xlix, 393. -----. Observation de tetanos traumatique; emploi du curare sans effet sensible; mort trente heures apres l'invasion de la maladie. Ibid., 405-408.—s<-liarlau (B.) Curare in the treatment of tetanus. Internat. con- trib. med. lit. Festschr. . . . Abraham .Tacobi, N. Y., 1890, 62-64.—Symes (W.J.) A case of traumatic tetanus' which recovered under treatment by hypodermic injec- tions of curare. Lancet, Lond., 1904, ii, 831— Vella (L.) Emploi du curare dans le traitement du tetanos. Compc. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1859, xlix, 330-337. TETANUS. 25 TETANUS. Tetanus (Treatment of) tvithe*erin. Heitzmann (C. W.) Sulphate of eserine. X. Orl. M. & S. J.. 1894-5, n. s., xxii, 569.—Laughlin (C. B.) A case of tetanus successfully treated with c-erin. Occi- dental M Times, san Fran.. 1902, xvi. 331.—.Tlaiiioura (R.J.) Recovery from traumatic tetanus under e ciin. Proc Orleans Parish M. Soc 1895. N. Orl., 1896, iii, pp. clix-clxv.—Horel (C.) Un cas de tetanos traite par des injections d eserine. Languedoc med.-chir., Toulouse, 1905, xiii, 26. TetanilS (Treatment of) with hypnotics and sedatives. Babinski (.1.) De Paction du chlorhydrate de mor- phine sur le tetanos. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1897, 10. s., iv. 600-602.—Barascud. Tetanos, injections intraveineuses d'hydratede chloral; phlebite double con- secutive et perte des deux jugulaires. Rec. de mein. et ob-. s. l'hyg. et la med. vet. mil., Par., 1898, 2. s., xix, 666- 670.—Bernard. Tetanos; chloral 4 hautes doses; gue- rison. Gaz. d. hop. de Toulouse, 1894, viii, 395.—Bli icaj i (H.) A case of traumatic tetanus successfully treated with chloral hvdrate and bromide of potassium. Indian M. Rec, Calcutta, 1894, vi. 335. -1/so: Indian M.-Chir. Rev., Bombay, 1894, ii, 309 — Bilining (A.) A case of tetanus treated bv chloral hvdrate; recovery. Brit. M. J., Loud., 1904, ii, 1460.—t'roce (S.) Due casi di tetano curati con cloralio e seguiti da guarigione. Risveglio med., Pescara, 1906, i, 31: 43.—Croley (V.St. J.) A case of tetanus treated bv chloretone. Indian M. Gaz., Cal- cutta, 1911, xlvi, 336.—Bebierre (E.) Cas de tetanos traite parte chloral a haute do-e. Gaz.m6d.de Picardie, Amiens, 1894, xii. 2o ',-206.—Del Genovese (P.) Un caso di tetanoguarito col cloraio. Clin, mod., Pisa, 1904, x, 201-201—Fischer (T.) Om behandlingen af tetanus med stor i doser kloral. [The treatment of tetanus by large doses of chloral.] Hvgiea, Stockholm, 1904, 2. f", iv, 1043-1049. — de la Guartlia (V.) Un caso de tetanos traumatico tratado por el hidrato de cloral y la morfina. Rev. de cien. med., Habana, 1894, ix, 257— Hobbs (R. A.) A case of tetanus treated by chloretone. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, ii, 1402.— Hutchings (W. H.) The treatment of tetanus bv chlo- retone. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., Phila., 1909, xxvii, 279-297. Also: Ann. Snrg., Phila., 1909,1, 52-58. Also: Surg., Gvnee. & Obst., Chicago, 1909, ix, 11-15 Leon (A. I.) Un caso de tetano crdnico tratado con exito por fuertes dosis de hidrato de cloral. Cr6n. med., Lima, 1896, xiii, 78-100.— Ligget (J. J.) Treatment cf tetanus by opium. Med. News, N. Y., 1899, lxxv, 152— Maberly (J.) A case of tetanus treated with large doses of chloral hydrate; re- coverv. South African M. Rec . Cape Town, 1905, iii, 92. Also: Lancet, Lond.. 1905, i, 1192: ii, 111.—Meier (H.) Versuche ubrdie Behandlung des Tetanus mit Brom, zugleich ein Beitrag zur Frage fiber die Todesursache des Tetanus. Med. Klin., Berl., 1901-5, i, 1317-1319. ——. Versuche iiber Behandlung des Tetanus mit Brom. Wei- tere Mitteilung. Ibid.. 1906. ii. 306.— Mukerji (A. C.) Idiopathic tetanus: sedative treatment: recovery. Indian M. Rec, Calcutta, 1*99. xvi. 522.—Natta (J.) Three cases of tetanus succes-fullv treated with ammonium bromide. Ibid., 1894, vi, 47.—Byazheff (A.) K llecheniyu stol- bnyaka bromistim natriyem s khloralhidratom. [Treat- ment of tetanus by sodium bromide and chloral hydrate.] Arch. vet. nauk, St Petersb., 1898, xxviii, 2. sect., 561- 568.—Shirlaw (J. T.) Case of tetanus; recovery under chloral. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901, ii, 475.—Tintareanu (C. T.) Idratul de cloral in cazuri de tetanos. [Chloral hydrate in cases of tetanus.] Rev. san. mil., Bucuresci, 1899-1900, iii, 234-240. Tetanus (Treatment of) with magne- sium sulphate injections [Meltzer's method]. Martignon (L.) *Traitement du tetanos par les injections intra-rachidiennes de sulfate de magnesie. 8°. Paris, 1908. Paoli (A.-J.-F.) *Les injections intra-rachi- diennes de sulfate de magnesie dans le traitement du tetanoH confirme. 8°. Paris, 1909. Aubry (P.)&Lerat (F.) Tetanos traite par le chlo- ral et les injections intra-rachidiennes de sulfate de mag- nesie; guerison. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1909, 2. s., xxvii, 350-357.—Bertucat. Traitement du tetanos par les in- jections intra-rachidiennes de sulfate de magnesie; un cas de tetanos qigu traite et gueri par cette methode. Loire med., St.-Etienne, 1911, xxx, 115-125.—Blake (J. A.) A case of acute tetanus treated by intraspinal injec- tions of magnesium sulphate. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1906, xliii, 440-444. -----. The treatmentof tetanus by magne- sium sulphate. Ibid., xliv, 367-373. -----. The use of magnesium sulphate in the production of anaesthesia and in the treatment of tetanus. Surg. Gvnec. & Obst., Chi- cns-r 1906 ii, 541-550.—Cm vei Ihler (L.) Rdsultats ex- perirnentaux coucernant l'emploi du sulfate de magnesie Tetanus (Treatment of) with magne- sium sulphate injections \jMeltzers method]. dans le traitement du tetanos. Compt. rend. Soc.de biol., Par., 1908, lxiv, 111-113.—Batvson (\V. O.) Treatment of tetanus in the horse by subcutaneous injections of magnesium sulphate; recovery-. J. Comp. Path. & The- rap., Edinb. & Loud., 1911, xxiv, 72-74.—Bebre (R.) Tetanos aigu chez une enfant de huit ans traite par une injection intra-rachidienne de sulfate de magnesie; mort rapide apres une accalmie de trente ans. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par.. 1909. 3. s., xxvi, 139-141.—By- kius i \V. A.) Tetanus successfully treated with magne- sium sulphate. Vet. Rec, Lond., 1911-12, xxiv, 218 — Prankc (M.) Przypadek tezca, w kterym stosowano srodrdzeniowe wstrz> kiwania siarkanu magnowego. [Tetanus tieated by intraspinal injections of magnesium sulphate.] Lwow. tvgodn. lek., 1906, i, 595. Also, transl.: Zentralbl. f. ii mere" Med., Leipz., 1907, xxviii, 345-319.— Gardner M. c.) Case of tetanus treated with intra- spinal injections of magnesium sulphate. Austral. M. J., Melbourne, 1911, xvi, 265-270. [Discussion], 276.—Gree- ley (H.) Magnesium sulphate successful in two cases of tetanus. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlix, 940.—Grif- fon (V.) & Lian (C.) Traitement du tetanos par les in- jeetionsintra-rachidiennesdesulfatede magnesie. Bull. et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1908,3. s., xxv, 190-199.— Guibe (M.) Les Injections intrarachidiennesde sulfate de magnesium dans le traitemont du tetanos confirnte. Clinique. Par.,1907, ii,708-712.—Heineck(A. P.) Acute traumatic tetanus treated by magnesium sulphate; with report of a case in the treatment of which injections of an aqueous 25 per cent, solution of magnesium sulphate were made in the spinal subarachnoid space, with re- covery. Am. Pract. & News, Louisville, 1909, xliii, 63-81. Also: Denver M. Times & Utah M. J., Denver, 1909-10, xxix, 480-493. Also: Med. Fortnightly, St. Louis, 1909, xxxv, 129-136. Also: Surg., Gvnec. & Obst, Chicago, 1909, viii, 76-83. Also: Therap. Med., N. Y., 1909, iii, 81-95. ---—. Acute traumatic tetanus; cases of tetanus in the treatment of which subarachnoid injectionsof an aqueous solution of magnesium sulphate have been employed. Vermont M. Month., Burlington, 1909, xv, 194-196.— Hen r y (J.N.) The treatment of tetanus by intraspinal injections of magnesium sulphate, with report of four cases. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1907, 17. s.,iv, 1-8. Also, Reprint.—Holman (C. J.) Magnesium sulphate in te- tanus. J. Minn. M. Ass. [etc.], Minneap.,1911, xxxi, 103- 106. -----• Tetanus; with special reference to the use of magnesium sulphate. Merck's Arch., N. Y., 1911, xiii, 176-180. Also: St. Paul M. J., St. Paul, Minn., 1911, xiii, 268-275.—Johnson (E.) Treatmentof tetanus by intra- spinal injections of magnesium sulphate. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, ii, 457.—Logan (S.) A case of tetanus treated by the intraspinal injection of 25 % solution of magnesium sulphate. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1905-6, lviii, 884-887. -----. The treatment of tetanus by intraspinal injections of magnesium sulphate for the control of con- vulsions; report of two cases, with a discussion of the method. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvi, 1502-1506.— Lyon (M.) Tetanus treated with magnesium sulphate by hypodermoclysis. Ibid., 1908, 1, 1688.—Marktvell (X.) Notes on a case of tetanus treated by magnesium sulphate. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1911, xxx, 511- 513.—Meltzer (S. J.) Inhibitory and anesthetic prop- erties of magnesium salts. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1905, lxviii, 965-967. [Discussion],998. Also: Indiana M.J..Indianap., 1905-6, xxiv, 259-264. Also, transl.: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1906, xliii, 73-76.—Jleltzer (S. J.) & Auer (J.) The ef- fects of intraspinal injection of magnesium salts upon te- tanus. J. Exper. M„ N. Y., 1906, viii, 692-706. Also, Re- print.—ITIiller (R. T.) Treatment of tetanus with sub- arachnoid injections of magnesium snlphate. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y.. 1908, n.s., cxxxvi, 781-794.—Pallasse (E.) Tetanos traite par injection intrarachidienne de sulfate de magnesie; guerison. Province med., Par.,1912, xxiii, 375 — Parker (G.) Treatment of tetanus with magnesium sulphate, with report of three cases. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lviii, 1746 —Paterson (P.) A case of tetanus treated with subcutaneous injections of magnesium sulphate; recovery. Lancet, Lond., 1910, i, 922.—Phillips (L.) On the treatment of tetanus by the intraspinal injection of a solution of magnesium sulphate, with cases. Proc. Rov. Soc. Med., Lond., 1909-10, iii, Med. Sect.,39-54. Also [Abstr.]: Brit, M. J., Lond., 1910, i, 263.— Popeseo (A.) & Prototopesco. Un casde tetanos giteri par le sulfate de magnesie en injections intra-ra- chidiennes. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1909, 3. s., xxvi, 774-776.—Powers (W. H.) Tetanus; with a report of a case treated by intraspinal injections of magnesium sulphate. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1908, lxxiv, 146. Also: South. Clinic, Richmond, 1908, xxxi, 257-261.— Bamoud (F.) & Boury. Traitement du tetanos par l'injection intra-rachidienne de sulphate de magnesie, Bull, et ntem. Soc. nted. d. h6p. de Par.. 1908, 3. s.. xxv. 350-354.—Rivet (L.) Les injections intra-rachidiennes de sulfate dc magnesie dans le traitement du tetanos. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1910, clx, 113; 176.— TETANUS. 26 TETANUS. Tetanus (Treatment of) with magne- sium svlp/iate injections [MeltzePs method]. Robinson (G. C.) Treatment of tetanus by intraspinal injections of magnesium sulphate, with report of a suc- cessful case. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago. 1907, xlix, 493-496.— Rosier & Rives. Traitement du tetanos par les injec- tions sou.s-arachnoi'diennes de sulfate de magnesie. J. med. franc., Par., 1909, iii, 344-346. Also: Prov. med.. Par., 1909, xx, 235 — Sicard & Brevet. Tetanos morte] malgte l'injection intrarachidienne de sulfate de magne- sie. Bull, et mem. soc med. d. h6p. de Par., 1909, 3. s., xxvi, 189.—Sin i t li son (O.) Two cases of tetanus treated by subdural injections of magnesium sulphate, Brit M, J., Lond., 1912, i, 181 — Tan Ion (J.) Tetanos et sulfate de magnesie. Progres med., Par., 1909, 3. s., xxv, 35-37.— Willetts (E. W.) The treatment of tetanus with sub- arachnoid injections of magnesium sulphate. Penn. M. J.. Athens, 1909-10, xiii, 863-865.—Winthrop (G. J.) Treatment of tetanus with special reference to use of magnesium sulphate; report of a case. South. M. J., Nashville, 1909, ii, 916-922. Tetanus (Treatment of) with normal blood-serum and normal salt solution. Beldiman (G.) & Korn (H.) Un cas de tetanus traumatic tratat cu ser de sange imunisat; vindecat; ob- serva(ie cu reflexiunl asupra etiologicl si tratamcntulul tetanusulul. Spitalul, Bucuresci, 1892, xii, 638-644—Ca- safiet (M.) Un caso de tetanos traumatico curado por el suero normal. Rev. espec nted. La oto-rino-laringol. espafl., Madrid, 1901, iv, 137-139. Also: Cr6n. med.-quir. de la Habana, 1901, xxvii, 304-307.—Hod son (V. S.) The treatmentof tetanus by intravenous saline infusions. Lancet, Lond., 1904, ii, 831.—Jakowski (M.) Upusty krwi i wlewania fizyologicznego roztworu soli kuchon- nej wtezcu. ^Venesection and injection of physiological salt solution in tetanus.] Medvcyna i Kron. lek., War- szawa, 190*, xliii, 1176; 1205. — M< Oscar (E. J.) Vene- section and injection of normal saline solution in trau- matic tetanus. Am. Med., Phila., 1901, ii, 400. Tetanus (Treatment of) with pilocar- pine. Abogado (E. L.) El tratamiento del tetanos por la pilocarpina. Cr6n. med. mexicana, Mexico, 1903, vi, 4- 6.—Buzoianu (V.) Un caz de tetanos vindecat prin injectlunl subcutanate de pilocarpina. [A case of teta- nus cured by subcutaneous injections of pilocarpine.] Spitalul, Bucuresci, 1901, xxi, 430. — Coiistantincscu (I.) Asupra unul caz de tetanos vindecat prin pilocar- na. Ibid., 139-142.— Garcia (D.) Un caso de tetanos traumatico, curado por la pilocarpina. Cr6n. med. mexicana, Mexico, 1903, vi, 1-4. Tetanus (Treatment of) with serum,. See, also, Tetanus, in infants. de Arruda Sampaio (A.) *Le tetanos trau- matique, sa serotherapie. 8°. Paris, 1899. {Behring (E.)] Das Tetanusheilserum und seine Anwendung auf Tetanuskranke Menschen. 8°. Leipzig, 1892. ^ Bonitsch (K.) * Beitrage zur Frage iiber den Wert der Serumtherapie bei Tetanus. 8°. Munchen, 1905. BoruAur (A.) *Le tetanos et la serum- therapie. 4°. Paris, 1896. Cailleret (A.) *Des injections de serum antitoxique dans le traitement du tetanos. Ex- pose theorique, experimental et clinique. 4° Paris, 1893. Caspar (M.) * Beitrage zur Behandlung des Starrkrampfes der Pferde mit Behring's Teta- nus-Antitoxin. [Freiburg i. Br.] 8°. Wiesba- den, 1897. Chattot (J.) *Serotherapie antitetanique. S°. Lyon, 1909. H Dreger(M.) * Ueber die Antitoxinbehand- lung des Tetanus. 8°. Berlin, 1910. Ebstein (E.) * Beitrag zur Lehre von der Behandlung des Tetanus traumaticus mit dem Behnng'schen Serum. 8°. Giessen, 1903 Pabian (R. ) * Beitrag zur Wirkung des letanus-Antitoxins beim Tetanus des Menschen [Freiburg i. Br.] 8°. Berlin, 1906. Fraxchin (J.) *Du traitement du tetanos declare^ par 1 injection intraventriculaire de se- rum antitetanique. 8°. I^yon, 1909. Tetanus (Treatment of) with serum. Fricker (E.) * Beitrage zur Kenntnie d~r therapeutischen Resultate, speziell der Resul- tate der Serumtherapie bei Tetanus. [Basel.] 8°. Leipzig, 1907. Also, in: Deutsche. Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1907,lxxxviii, 429-481. Fries (F.) * Beitrag zur Frage iiber den Wert der Serumtherapie bei Tetanus. 8°. Munchen, 1902. Galli (F.) *Die Serumtherapie beim me- dulliiren und splanchnischen Intoxikations- und Infektions-Tetanus. 8°. Bern, 1902. Galmard (G.) * Contribution a I'etude du traitemei.t du tetanos traumatique particuliere- ment par la methode de Tizzoni. 4°. Paris, 1893. Garnin (L.) * Beitrage zu den klinischen Erscheinungen des Tetanus mit spezieller Be- riicksichtigung des Tetanusantitoxin (Heilse- rum)-Therapie. 8°. Zurich, 1903. Gilliard (D.) * Contribution a I'etude de la serotherapie antitetanique. 8°. Lausanne, 1908. Jully (R.) *De la serotherapie antitetani- que et en particulier de la serotherapie preven- tive. 8°. Paris, 1899. Knorr (A.) Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Grenzen der Heilungsmoglichkeit dea Tetanus durch Tetanusheilserum. 8°. Mar- burg, 1895. Kohn (B.) * Ueber Tetanus facialis im Anschluss an einen unter Serumtherapie geheil- ten Fall. 8°. Breslau, 1905. New York (City). Health Department. Te- tanus antitoxin (tetanus antitoxic serum) pre- pared in the bacteriological laboratory. 8°. \Xeiv York, 1896.] Rosenberg (J.) *Die Bewertung des Teta- nusserums im Mischungs- und Heilversuch. [Marburg.] 8°. Jena, 1910. Also, in: Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1910, Orig., viii, 379-396. Scherz (H.) * Ueber die therapeutische und prophylaktische Anwendung des Antitetanus- Serums am Genfer Kantonsspital. [Genf.] 8°. Chur, U03. Schneider (R.) * Beitrag zur Serumtherapie des Tetanus. [Giessen.] 8°. Berlin, 1907. Schonberg ([F.] E. H.) *Ueber Tetanus und seine Behandlung mit Tetanusantitoxin. [Halle-Wittenberg.] 8°. Berlin, 1910. Schotte (A.) *Die Tetanustherapie mit Behring'schem Antitoxin in der Veterinarme- dizin. 8°. Gera, 1907. Schroetter (W.) * Zur Antitoxin-Behand- lung des Tetanus traumaticus. 8°. Greifswald, 1900. Tsuzuki (J.) * Beitrag zur Tetanusantitoxin- therapie bei Thieren und beim Menschen. 8°. Marburg, 1900. Also, in: Arch, internat. de pharmacod., Brux. et Par., 1901, viii, 19-44, 5 tab. Ullrich (C.) *Neun Falle von Tetanus; ein Beitrag zur Antitoxinbehandlung dieser Krank- heit. [Breslau.] 8°. Jena, 1902. Violette (A.) * Contribution a I'etude criti- que du traitement du tetanos per les antitoxines. 8°. Paris, 1899. Achard (C.) Tetanos gueri par la serotherapie in- traveineuse. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. Itep. de Par., 1912, 3. s., xxxiii, 184-187. — Adams (E. B.) A case of tetanus successfully treated with antitetanic serum, Phila. M. J., 1899, iv, 1286. —de Anda (M.) Tetano; applicacten de las inyecciones de suero antitetanico; curacidn. Cr6n. med. mexicana, Mexico, 1905, viii, 297.— Anderson (W. S.) Tetanus cured by antitetanic se- rum. Gaillard's South. Med., Savannah, 1907, lxxxvii, 59.—Andre (E.-L.) Deux observationsconcernant Pac- tion curative et Paction preventive du serum antiteta- nique. Rev. med. de Pest, Nancy, 1900, xxxii, 321-327.— TETANUS. 27 TETANUS. Tetanus (Treatment of) with serum. Antitoxin cures lockjaw. [Case.] Med. News, N. Y., 1900, lxxvii, 104. — Arcliinard (P. E.) Antitetanic se- rum. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1896-7, xlix, 385-390. — A rd in - Belteil, Baynaud & Coudray. Tetanos et para- toxine; guerison. Progres med., Par., 1911, 3. s., xxvii, 392-394. — Arndt. Die bisherigen Ergebnisse der An- wendung des Behringschen Tetanusantitoxins in der Veterinarmedicin. Deutsche med. Wcbnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1898, xxiv, 61.—Arneill (J. R.) A case of tetanus treated with antitoxin; a case of tetany; a case of phar- yngeal ebsess diagnosed as tetanus. Med. News, N. Y,, 1899, lxxiv, 491.—Arrou. Sur les injections de serum antitetanique. Bull, et ntem. Soc. de chir. de Par.. 1912, n. s., xxxviii, 495-504.—A sain (W.) Ein Fall von Wund- starrkrampf unter Anwendung von Antitoxin geheilt. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1897, xliv, 886.—Austin (H. W.) A case of tetanus; speedy recovery after treatment with tetanus antitoxic serum. Boston M. & S. J., 1896, cxxxv, 289. -----. A case of acute tetanus successfully treated with antitetanic serum. J. Ass. Mil. Surg. U. S., Carlisle, 1905, xvii, 99-101.—Babes (V.) Tratamentul specific al tetanosulul. Romania med., Bucuresci, 1898, vi, 305; 359.— Baker (O.) A case of tetanus treated with antitoxin, followed by recovery. Brit. M. J., Lond., 18%, ii, 1569. Also: Indian M. Rec, Calcutta, 1897, xii, 53.—Barachini (V.) Caso di tetano traumatico curato coll' antitossina Tizzoni. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1900, xxi, 20-22. Also: Sieroterapia, Roma, 1900, iv, 13-15.—Bar- gellesi (G.) Due casi di tetano traumatico curati con 1'antitossina Tizzoni. Gazz. d. osp.,'Milano, 1897, xviii, 493; 495.—Barker, Hennessey [etal.]. [Cases of te- tanus.] Albany M. Ann.. 1903, xxiv, 663-666.—Barrow (B.) Tetanus; treated by antitoxin; recoverv. Brit. M. J., Lond., 189S, ii, 718. — Bartli & Mayet (H.) Sur un cas de tetanos grave traite avec succes par les injec- tions d'antitoxine. Bull, et ntem. Soc. med. d. hdp.de Par., 1893, 3. s., x, 178-182. — Bates (J. E.) A case of te- tanus successfully treated with antitoxin. Lancet, Lond., 1902, i, 227. — Battaglia (M. I.) Tratamiento suerote- rapico intensivo del tetano. Semana med.,Buenos Aires, 1904, xi, 429-432.—Bazy. De la serotherapie dans le te- tanos. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1896, n. s., xxii, 186-191.—Bazzocclil (G.) Sulla sieroterapia an- titetanica preventiva. Med. nuova, Roma, 1912, iii, 57; 65.—Beaniisli (B.) A case of traumatic tetanus treated by antitoxin; recovery. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1897, ii, 907. Beck (R.J.) Ein Fall von Tetanus traumaticus; Hei- lung nach viermaliger Serum-Injektion. Aerztl. Sach- verst.- Ztg., Berl., 1904, x, 475.—Begic (M.) Slucaj teta- nusa lijecen antitoxinom "Hoechst." [Tetanus treated with antitoxin.] Lijec. vijestnik, u Zagrebu,1908, xxx, 165-169. — Behring (E.) Ueber die Heilung tetanus- kranker Mkuse. In his: Ges. Abhandl. [etc.], 8°, Leipz., 1893, pt.2, 294-296.---—.Die Werthbestimmung des Teta- nusantitoxins und seine Verwendung in der menschen- arztlichen und thierarztlichen Praxis. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1900, xxvi,29-32.-----. Zur an- titoxischen Tetanustherapie. Ibid., 1903, xxix, 617-621.— Bell ring (E.) & Knorr (A.) Ueber den Immunisi- rungswerth und Heilwerth des Tetanusheilserums bei weissen Mausen. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infectionskrankh., Leipz., 1893, xiii, 407-426.-----------. Tetanusantitoxin fiir die Anwendung in der PraxR Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1896, xxi, 687.—Belin (J.) Un cas de tetanos traite par le chloral et le serum antitetanique en injectionssous-cutanees; guerison. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p.de Par., 1903, 3. s., xx, 1033-1036.—Bello (A. L.) Caso interesante de tetanos curado por las in- yecciones de suero antitetanico. Rev. med. cubana, Ha- bana, 1909, xiv, 145-117.— Bernliard (E ) Te.zec u trzvletniegodziecka, wyleczony surowiea^ przeciwtezeava. oraz kilka uwag o jej dzialaniu. [Tetanus in a 3-year- old child cured bv antitetanic serum; also remarks on its action.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1899. 2. s., xix, 244; 282.— Beuthner (W.) Ein Fall von Tetanus traumaticus, behandelt mit Antitoxin. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1><98, xxiv, Therap. Beil.,76.—Blelousoff (A.) Sluchal stolbnyaka; llecheniye sivorotkol. [Te- tanus treated by serum.] Dletsk. med., Mosk., 1899-1900, v, 123; 205— Bi Ilia lit (M.) Tetanos traumatique; ob- servation d'injections de serum anti-tetanique dans les centres nerveux. Ann. de chir. et d'orthop., Par., 1898, xi, 234-238.—Black (H. C.) Two cases of traumatic te- tanus; treatment by antitetanic serum; recovery. Am. Med., Phila., 1904, viii, 586.-Blaker (N. P.) A case of tetanus following punctured wound of the hand treated by biniodide of mercury bath and antitoxin; recovery. Lancet, Lond.. 1897, i, 1024— Blum (J.) Tetanus trau- matikusnak Behring-Knorr-fele serummal gy6gykezelt esete. [A case of traumatic tetanus treated by the serum of Behring-KnorrJ Gy6gyaszat, Budapest, 1903, xliii, 310. — Blumentnal (F.) Ueber die theoretischen Grundlagen der Serumtherapie beim Tetanus des Men- schen. Veroffentl. d. Hufeland.Gesellsch. in Berl. (1899), 1901, pt. 1, 6-9. -----. Die Serumtherapie des Tetanus. Berl klin.-therap. Wchnschr., 1904, i, 37-43. Also. Wien. klin.-therap. Wchnschr., 1904, xi, 37-43.— Bliiinentlial Tetanus (Treatment of) with serum. (F.) & Jacob (P.) Zur Serumtherapie des Tetanus. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1898, xxxv, 1079. —Bocken- heimer (P.) Ueber die Behandlung des Tetanus auf Grund experimenteller und klinischer Studien, insbe- sondere fiber die Attraction des Tetanustoxins zu lipoi- den Substanzen. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1908, lxxxvi, 277-317.—Bolln. Tetanos; guerison par les injections de serum. Union nted. du nord-est, Reims, 1898, xxii, 181-186.—Boinet (E.) Guerison d'un cas de tetanus traite par dix injections de serum anti-tetanique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1897, 10. s., iv, 974-976. Also: Bull.gen.de ttterap. [etc.], Par., 1897, cxxxiii, 433-437. Also: Gaz. hebd. de med., Par., 1897, n. s., ii, 1119. Also: Gaz. de h6p., Par., 1897, lxx, 1281.—Boinet (E.) & Vie. Giterison d'un cas de tetanos traumatique traite par des injections repetees de s6rum antitetanique. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.), Par., 1898, cxxxv, 607-615. Also: Gaz. de h6p., Par., 1898, lxxi, 349-351. Also: Marseille med., 1898, xxxv, 462-471.—Bootli (C. C.) Three cases of te- tanus successfully treated. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1905, xiv, 42.—Borrow man (P. G.) Note of a case of trau- matic tetanus treated by injections of antitoxin serum. Scot. M. & S. J., Edinb., 1898, ii, 244-246.—Boyd (J. C.) A case of tetanus; treated by Bacelli's method in con- junction with antitetanic serum. Indian M. Gaz., Cal- cutta, 1911, xlvi, 137.—Bradford (J. R.) A case of te- tanus treated with antitetanic serum; recovery. Lan- cet, Lond., 1904, i, 934.—Brandenstein. Zur Frage der Antitoxin-Behandlung beim Wundstarrkrampf. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1908, xcii, 96-119.— Braulis. Zwei Falle von Tetanus-Heilung mit Ben- rings Tetanus-Heilserum. Kor.-Bl. d. allg. arztl. Ver. v. Thuringen, Jena, 1907, xxxvi, 281. — Bristow (A. T.) Tetanus cured by antitoxin. Brooklyn M. J., 1906, xx, 239.—Broglio (O.) Un caso di tetano traumatico guarito colla cura del siero Tizzoni. Corriere san., Milano, 1903, xiv, 473-475. — Brooks (W. T.) A case of tetanus successfully treated with antitoxin. Lancet, Lond., 1898, i, 98.—Brunner (A.) Contributo alio studio della sieroterapia nel tetano. Boll. d. Ass. san. milanese, Milano, 1899, i, 198-201.— Bruns (C.) Ueber drei mit Antitoxin behandelte Falle von Tetanus. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1898, xxiv, 218-220— Bullara (L.) Due casi di tetano traumatico curati col siero antitetanico dell' Istituto Pas- teur. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1901, xxii, 1101. Also, Re- print.—Busquet (J.) Gu6rison de tetanos grave par les injections sous-cutandesde serum antitetanique et d'hy- drate de chloral a hautes doses. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. nted. de Bordeaux, 1911, xxxii, 497-199.—C. (F. H.) Two more cases of tetanus treated by Gibier's tetanus antitoxine. N. York Therap. Rev., 1895, iii, 91.— Cadenaule (E.) Sur un cas de tetanos aigu gueri par les injections sous- cutanttes de serum antitetanique de PInstitut Pasteur. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1904, xxv, 148-150.— Caffrey (A. J.) Tetanus successfully treated with large quantities of antitoxin. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, IV, 1643. Also: Milwaukee M. J., 1910, xviii, 333-335.— Calmette (A.) Sur l'absorption de l'antitoxine teta- nique par les plaies; action immunisante du serum anti- tetanique sec, employe au pansement de plaies tetani- jtenes. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1903, cxxxvi, 1150- 1152.—Campbell (W. S.) Tetanus successfully treated with antitoxin. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, i, 183.—Cap- pelll (U.) Caso di tetano curato coll' antitossina Tiz- zoni; guarigione. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1898, xix, 813- 815.—Carbognin (A.) Un caso di tetano curato con il siero Tizzoni. /bid.,1382. Also: Sieroterapia, Roma, 1899,iii, 110.—Care (J. R.) Tetanus cured apparently by antite- tanic serum. Am. Med., Phila., 1903, v, 488.—Caretti (G.) Un caso di tetano cefalico curato con P antitossina Tizzoni-Cattani; guarigione. Riforma med., Napoli. 1895, xi, pt. 1, 159-161.—Casall (G.) Caso di tetano guarito coll' antitossina Tizzoi:i. Ibid., 1896, xii, pt. 4, 602-605. Also: Terap. clin., Napoli, 1896, v, 500-569.—Cassaet (E.) & de Baquine. Troiscas de guerison de tetanos grave par le s6rum antitetanique. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. nted. de Bordeaux, 1911, xxxii, 481-486.—Cassidy (J. J.) The modern treatmentof tetanus. Canad. J. M.& S., Toronto, 1899, v, 73-77.—Caudrois (C.) Deux observations d'ac- cidents graves, mais non mortels, cons6cutifs & l'injec- tion prophvlactique de serum antitetanique. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir.de Par.,1912, n. s., xx xviii, 826-830.—Ca- vandoli(S.) Caso di tetano traumatico guarito coll' an- titossina Tizzoni. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1897, xviii, 779- 781.—Cenet (P.) Caso di tetano traumatico guarito con la antitossina Tizzoni. Riforma med., Napoli, 1896, xii, pt. 4, 844. Also: Terap. clin., Napoli, 1896, v, 616.—Cer- cignani (G.) Caso di tetano curato e guarito con la antitossina Tizzoni. Riforma med., Napoli, 1896, xii, pt. 4, 26-28. Also: Terap. clin., Napoli, 1896, v, 470-472.— Chalmers (A. J.) A case of traumatic tetanus treated successfully bv antitoxin. Lancet, Lond., 1897, i, 1539.— t'haroeiitier (A.) A case of tetanus treated by the in- jection of antitoxin. Ibid., 1904, i, 1722— Cliattot (J.) Tetanos et serum antitetanique. Prov. med., Par., 1910, xxi, 82-81.—Clietoni (L.) Caso di tetano traumatico TETANUS. 28 TETANUS. Tetanus (Treatment of) with serum. KuaritocolsieroantitetanicoTizzoni. Gazz.d osp.,Milano, 1901, xxii,311.-<'Uiuot. Sur le traitement du tetanos par les injections intra veineuses d'eau ox\ genee. Bull. Soc.centr dented, vet., Par.,1900. lx, 46iM73.-Clarke (J. F) Acaseof tetanus treated with antitetanic serum. N. YorkM J ,1900,lxxi,951.-, 1902, vii, 93-95.— Sozzi ( L.) Un caso di tetano guarito coll' antitos- sina Tizzoni. Clin, mod., Pisa, 1900, vi, 138-140. Also: Sieroterapia, Roma, 1900, iv. 61. —Spleshiloflf* ( P. V.) Sluchal travmaticheskavo stolbnyaka, izllechon- niy vpriskivaniyem protivostolbnyachnoT sivorotki. [Traumatic tetanus cured by antitetanic serum injec- tions.] Novoye v Med., S.-Peterb., 1911, v, 187-192.— Spillmann (L.) &Nilus. Un cas de tetanos traite par les injections de serum antitetanique etparle chloral; guerison. Soc. de nted. de Nancv. C.-r. . . ., 1905-6, pt. 2, 21-25. Also: Ann. de med. et chir. inf., Par., 1906, x, 193-166. Also: Rev. med. de Pest, Nancy, 1906, xxxviii, 119-122.—Stanislawski (S.)) Przypadek tgzca przy- rannego, leczony surowic^. [Case of traumatic tetanus treated by serum.1 Medycyna, Warszawa, 1903, xxxi, 464-467.—Steer (W.) A case of tetanus treated by anti- toxin. Brit M. J., Lond., 1896, i, 400.—Steiner (F.) Zur Frage des rheumatischen Tetanus und der Tetanus- Antitoxinbehandlung. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1897, x, 803-808.—Steuer (F.) Die subkutane und intravenose Serumbehandlung des Tetanus. Centralbl. f.d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1900, iii, 176; 214; 261; 319; 349; 395; 445— Stimson (C. M.) Case of tetanus with recovery following injection of antitetanic serum into the sciatic nerve. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1909, xc, 592.—Stoney (B. A.) Two cases of tetanus treated by antitetanic serum. Lancet, Lond., 1905, i, 1133.—Stor'ie (J.) Antitoxin treatment of tetanus. Vet. J., Lond., 1901, n. s.. iii, 201- 205.—Strock (D.) Tetanus and the antitetanic treat- ment. J. Med Soc. N. Jersey, Orange, 1907-8, iv, 196- 199. Also: J. Camden Co. M. Soc, Camden, N. J., 1907-8, i, 3-7.—Suter (F. A.) Drei mit Heilserum behandelte Fiille von Tetanus. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1897, xxvii, 621-526.-----. Zur Serumbehandlung des Starrkrampfes inshesoudere fiber Tetanuserkrankungen trotz prophylaktischer Serumtherapie. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1904-5, lxxv, 113-150. -----. Locale subku- tane und subdurale Serumapplikation bei Tetanus, nebst Bemerkungen iiber die Tetanus-Prophylaxe. Beitr. z. TETANUS. 33 TETANUS. Tetanus (Treatment of) with serum. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1907, Iii, 671-701— Sympson (E. M.) Note ona case of tetanus successfully treated by anti-tetanic serum. Lancet, Lond., 1901, ii, 729.— Tanaka (N.) [A case of tetanus treated with anti- toxin.] Chiugai Iji Shinpo, Tokio, 1896, xvii, no. 380, 5- 9.—Tavel (E.) Klinisches und Experimentelles fiber Tetanusantitoxin. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1899, xxix, 193; 235.—Taylor (L. S.) Serum treatment of tetanus; report of a case. Chicago M. Times, 1899, xxxii, 132.—Taylor (J. E.) Tetanus treated by anti- tetanus serum, with report of a case. Tr. Colorado M. Soc, Denver, 1899, 342-344. Also: Med. News, N. Y.. 1899, lxxv, 42— Tett"t (0. B.) The successful treatment of a case of tetanus resulting from a gunshot wound. N. Eng. M. Month., Danbury, Conn., 1903, xxii, 473. — Tejj;t- uieier (E. H.) Report of a case of tetanus successfully treated with antitetanic serum. St. Louis M. & S. J., 1905, lxxxviii, 246. — Teichmann. Tetanus traumaticus durch Tetanusantitoxin geheilt. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1^97, xxiii, therap. Beil., 37.—Te- tanus; injection of s rum into spinal theca; recovery. St. Thomas's Hosp. Rep., 1904, Loud., 1905, n. s., xxxiii, 179.—Thiery(P.) Sur le serum antitetanique. Bull.et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1912, n. s., xxxviii, 516-519.— Thompson (E. R.) Tetanusfrom self-inflicted wound; recovery. Brit. M. J., Lond. ,1907, i, 1054— Thompson (J. E.) The present status of the serum treatment! f tetanus. Indian Lancet, Calcutta. 1901, xvii, 705-707.—Thomp- son (W. G.) A case of tetanus, with demonstration of the bacilli; treated with inoculations. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1895, xlvii, 5-7.—Tim in i H.) Tetanus partialis im Be- reiche des v. und ix. Gehirnnerven und der Cervikalner- ven beim Rinde und Erfahrungen mit der Tetanusanti- toxintherapie in der Pferdepraxis. Monatsh. f. prakt. Tierh., Stuttg., 1911-12, xxiii, 95-105.—Titton (F.) Ulti- mas investigaciones sobre el tetanos e indicacion de la antitoxina. Arch, de terap. de 1. enferm. nerv. y ment, Barcel., 1903, i, 17- W.—Tlminerman (C. F.) A case of tetanus cured with antitoxin. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1895, xlviii, 273.—Tirard (N. I. C.) A case of traumatic tet- anus treated with tetanus antitoxin; recoverv. Lancet, Lond., 1895, ii, 1101-1103.—Tiwary (L. N.) Traumatic tetanus successfully treated bv anti-tetanic serum. In- dian M. Rec, Calcutta, 1899, xvii, 580.—Tizzoni (G.) Alcuneosservazionibatteriologiche e sperimentali a pro- posito di un cavallo tetanico curato colla mia antitossina. Rendic. r. Accad. d. sc. d. 1st. di Bologna, 1897-8, n. s., ii, 149-162. Also: Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1898, xix, 769-772. -----. Sul mododideterminare la potenza del siero an- titetanico col metodo della mescolanza in vitro. Riforma med., Palermo, 1899, xv, pt. 4, 195; 208; 219; 231: 242. Also: Mem. r. Accad. d. sc. d. 1st. di Bologna, 1899-1900, 5. s., viii, 99-130. -----. Ueber das Tetanusheilserum. Deut- sche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1900, xxvi, 155. .See, also, supra, Behring.-----. Ricerche sperimentali sulla sieroterapia nel tetano. Mem. r. Accad. d. sc. d. 1st. di Bologna, 1900-1902, 5. s., ix, 77; 103. Also: Riforma med., Roma, 1901, xvii, pt. 1, 387; 398; 410; 422; 699; 712; 723; 735: 746: 759. Also [Abstr.]: Rendic. Accad. d. sc. d. 1st. di Bnlosnia, 1900-1901, n. s., v, 51. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Policlin Brux., 1901, x, 217-228.—Tizzoni (G.) & Cat- lani (G.) Neue Untersuchungen iiber die Vaccination des Pferdesgegen Tetanus. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1894, xxxi, 732-735.-----------. Erwiderung auf die Arbeit von Hiibener iiber das Tizzonische Tetanusantitoxin. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1894, xx, 772.-----------. The treatment of tetanus by anti- toxin; new experiments, with case and instructions for use. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1894, n. s., lviii, 155-157. — Tome (E. ) Un altro caso di tetano gua- rito con la antitossina Tizzoni. Terap. clin., Napoli, 1896, v, 512-545.—Toussaint (H.) Sur les injections du serum anti-tetanique. Bull, et mem. Soc.de chir.de Par., 1912, n. s., xxx viii. 55 4-563.— Tracy i II.E.) Case of chronic tetanustreatedbv Tizzoni's antitoxin; recovery. Lancet, Lond., 1896, i, 287.—Trevelyan (E. F.) On the treat- ment of tetanus, with a report of a case of cephalic teta- nus treated by injections of antitoxic serum. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1896, I, 321-323.—Tucker (E. F. G.) A case of tetanus, treated with antitoxine; recoverv. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1903, xxxviii, 336-338.— Turner (A.) & Cheatle t .—Varkonyi (J.) Adatokatetanusantitoxinos kezelesenekeredmenyehez. [< ontributionsontheresults of the antitoxin treatment of tetanus.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1904, xlviii, 402-194. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Un- gar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1904, ix, 43/.—Ventricelll (V.) Caso di tetano del cavallo curato mediante 1' anti- tossina Tizzoni. Mod. zooiatio, Torino, 1902, xiii, 33d.— Vetlesen (H. J.) El tilfaelde af tranmatisk tetanus be- handletmed antitoksin. [Un casde tetanos traumatique traite par l'antitoxine. Res., 995.] Norsk Mag. f. Laege- vidensk., Kristiania, 1898, 4. R., xiii, 944-947.—Villiger (E.) Zur Casuistik des Tetanus traumaticus; Seruin-Be- haiidlung. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1900, xxx, 771-775.—Vincent (H.) Contribution a I'etude de l'anti- toxine tetani.|ue. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1907, lxii, 1193-1195.—Vinoku roll" (N. Y.) Sluchal stolbnya- ka udievochki odinnadtsati llet travmaticheskavo pro- iskhozhdeniya, polzovanniy protivustolbnyachnol sivo- rotkol s vizdorovleniyem. [Tetanus of traumatic origin in a girl 11 months old, treated by antitetanic serum. with recovery.] Dletsk. med., Mosk., 1903, viii,281-285.— \"otteler. Ein weiterer mit Serum behandelter Fall von Tetanus. Med. Cor.-Bl. d. wiirttemb. iirztl. Ver., Stuttg., 1902, lxxii, 897. Also: Ztschr. f. Wundiirzte u. Geburtsh., Fellbach, 1903, liv, £9-42— Vouzelle. Un cas de tetanos gueri par le serum antitetanique. Limou- sin med., Limoges, 1905, xxix, 106.—Wagner (P.) Die Fortschritte in der Serumbehandlung des Tetanus. Berl. Klinik, 1908, xx, 1-32.—Wagoner (G. W.) A case of tetanus treated with tetanus antitoxin and carbolic acid. Phila. M. J., 1899, iv, 883.—Wall (R. T.) Two cases of tetanus: serum treatment. Veterinarian, Lond., 1898, lxxi, 449-455.—"Wallstabe (K.) Ein Beitrag zur Serum- behandlung des Tetanus. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1904, xxx, 22.—Watson (F. V.) Re- port of a case of tetanos treated by antitetanic serum and carbolic acid. Milwaukee M. J., 1903, xi, 291.— Weiseher (T.) Ueber zwei mit Behring'schem Serum behandelte Falle von Trismus und Tetanus, nebst einer kurzen Uebersicht iiber die vom Jahre 1881 bis heute an der med. Abtheilung des Biirgerhospitals beobachteten Tetanusfiille. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1897, xliv, 1284-1286.—Wendling. Ein Fall von Tetanus, erfolg- reich behandelt mittelst Tetanusantitoxin-Injection. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1897, x, 266.—Werner (P.) Ueber einen letal verlaufenen Fall von Tetanus behan- delt mit Behrings Antitoxin. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1899, xlvi, 286.—Wernicke. Behrings Serumtherapie bei Tetanus. Deutsche mil.-iirztl. Ztschr., Berl., 1893, xxii, 154-165.—White (J. M.) A case of tetanus in a child four years old cured bv the use of antitetanic serum. Louisville Month. J. M. eft"(M. V. ) Sluchal travmaticheskavo stolbnyaka; iiecheniye antitetanicheskol sivorotkol; smert. [Trau- matic tetanus treated by antitetanic serum, death.] IMct-k. med., Mosk., 1899, iv, 275-278.—Baker (G. H.) Case of tra uma tictetanus treated with antitoxinunsuccess- fullv. Brit. M.J.,Lond.,1.890.ii,1828. Also: Indian M. Rec, Calcutta, 1897, xii, lso.—Baker (O.) A case of tetanus treated with tetanusantitoxin; death. Brit. M. J., Lond., ls'.iti, i, 211.—Bauer (B.) Tetanus traumaticus; Antito- xinbehandlung (nach Tizzoni); Tod. Wien. klin. Wchn- schr., 1894, vii,846-848.—Bergeon. Tetanos chez la vache; essai de serotherapie; mort. J. de med. v6t et zootech., Lyon, 1903, 5. s., vii, 280-282.—Berry (J.) A case of acute tetanus treated by serum; necropsy. Lancet, Lond., 1899, i, 1156.—Bessou (A.) Tetanos suraigu traite par le se- rum antitetanique; mort en quarante heures. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1899, i, 82-84. —Blake (H.) A case of tetanus antitoxin; death. Lancet, Lond., 1897, ii, 1114.— Broca. Tetanos chronique; hydrate de chloral; injec- tionde.serumautitetauique: exantlteme; guerison. Bull. et m6m. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1896, n. s., xxii, 454-457.— Burns (N. O'D.) Tetanus treated with antitetanus se- rum and morphine; death. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1902, i, 654.— Clark (A.) Acute tetanus treated with antitoxin; death on the fourth day. Ibid., 1899, i, 17.—Collier (W.J Notes on a caseof tetanus; administration of antitoxin- death. Ibid., 1897, i, 332. — Comby (J.) Tetanos trau- matique chez une fllle deonze ans; injection sous-cutanee d'antitoxine; injection intracerebrale; mort. Arch, de nted. d. enf., Par., 1899, ii, 475-477. —Courmont (J.) & t'ordier (V.) Deux tetanos chez le memesujet a cinq ans de distance; tetanos cephalique avec paralysie et contracture consecutives des mernes muscles; anapby- laxie grave par deux cures serotlterapiques a cinq ans d'intervalle. Bull. Soc. med. d. hop. de Lyon, 1910, ix, 363-377. — Curnow (J.) A case of traumatic tetanus treated by antitoxin on the seventh day after injurv; death. Lancet, Lond., 189s, i, 1185.—Farrant (S.) A case of tetanus treated with tetanus antitoxin; death on the fifteenth day after onset of symptoms. Ibid., 1895, ii, 1432.—Foges (A.) Tetanus; Antitoxinbehand- lung (nach Tizzoni); Oesophagotomie; Tod. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1895, xiv, 1057; 1100. Also [Abstr.]: Wien. med. Presse, 1895, xxxvi, 386. — Gangolphe. N6vrite au cours d'un cas de tetanos traite par la serum- therapie. Bull. Soc. de chir. de Lvon, 1908, xi, 27-30. Also: Lyon med., 1908, ex, 497-499— Ouillain (G.) Sur un cas de tetanos mortel traite par 1'injection de serum antitetanique dans les tronos nerveux. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. ltep. de Par., 1909, 3. s., xxvi, 465. —Hayes (E. C.) A fatal caseof traumatic tetanus treated with anti-tetanus serum. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1900, ii, 1779.— Hay ward (J. W.) A fatal case of tetanus treated with antitetanic serum. N. Eng. M. Gaz., Bost, 1904, xxxix, 121-124.—Hobbs& Cruchet. Tetanos avec fievre 16- gere traite par des injections isotoniques de chloral par la voie sous-cutanee et le serum antitetanique; mort rapide; inoculations negatives sur le cobaye. Bull. Soc. d'anat et physiol. . . . de Bordeaux, 1900, xxi, 184-189.— Homans (J.) Two cases of tetanus, both treated with anti-tetanic serum, both fatal. Boston M. & S. J., 1898 cxxxvili,519.—LeMeignen (H.) <&Lequyer (J.) Uri casde tetanos traite sans succes par les injections mas- sives de serum et les injections pheniqitees. Gaz. nted de Nantes, l<)09, 2. s., xxvii, 364-368. — Lenormant (C.j .—Biche (P.) Un cas de mort rapide k la suite dune injection de s6rum antitetanique. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1912, n. s., xxxviii, 476-486.— Bijo (R. G.) Tetanos y septicemia; muerte a pesar del suero. Cr6n. med.-quir. de la Habana, 1909, xxxv, 4 15-450.—Roger & Itlar- garot. Accidents tardifs apres une injection de serum antitetanique. Montpel. med, 1909, xxix, 159 172. Also [Abstr.]: Rev. g6n. de clin. etde therap., Par., 1909, xxiii, 424.—Savariaud. Les accidents de la serotherapie an- titetanique. Tribune med., Par., 1908, n. s, xl, 357.— Scholz (F.) Tetanus; Behandlung mit Behring'schem Tetanusantitoxin; Tod. Jahrb. d. Wien. k. k. Kranken- anst 1897, Wien u. Leipz., 1899, vi, pt. 2, 53.—Scott (T. G.) Case of tetanus; use of antitetanus serum; death. Brit, M. J., Lond., 1901, ii, 1529. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1901, ii, 1040— Stonham (C.) A case of compound sep- aration of the lower epiphysis of both radius and ulna, followed by acute tetanus, treated with tetanusantitoxin and irrigation of the wound with oxygen gas without re- lief. Lancet, Lond., 1898, ii, 1326.—Tetanus; spasm commencing at site of inoculation; antitetanic serum; death. St Thomas's Hosp. Rep. 1903, Lond., 1904, n. s., xxxii, 68.—Tirard (N.) A case of traumatic tetanus treated with tetanus antitoxin; recovery. Lancet, Lond., 1895, ii, 1101-1103.-----. Sequel toacaseof traumaticteta- nustreated with tetanusantitoxin. Ibid., ii, 1535.—Tre- vithick (E.) A case of so-called idiopathic tetanus; antitetanus serum; death. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1898, ii, 1337.—Vanliavre (W.) Tetanos mortel malgte une in- jection sous-cutanee preventive de 20 centimetres cubes de serum antitetanique 3 heures apres le traumatisme; valeur des serums antitetaniques actuels. J. de chir. et ann. Soc. beige de chir., Brux., 1910, x, 15-28.—Wace (C.) A case of tetanus treated by tetanus antitoxin; death. Lancet, Lond., 1899, i, 1291.—Williamson (W. H.) Another serum failure in tetanus. Vet. Rec, Lond., 1904-5, xvii, 17. Tetanus (Treatment of) with serum [Anti diphtheritic]. Holsti(H.) Tva fall af tetanus behandlade med antitoxin-injektioner samt om resultaten af denna be- handlingsmethod. [Deux cas de tetanos, traites par l'antitoxine Behring et en general les resultats de cette methode. Re.s., pp. xlix-lii.] Finska liik.-siillsk. handl., Helsingfors, 1899, xii, 615-653.—Paterka (.1.) Tfi pfi- pady tetanupovstfiknuti antidiftherickeho sera. [Three cases of tetanus after injections of antidiphtheritic se- rum.] Casop. tek ce.sk, v Praze, 1901, xl, 161-163.—Possa (S.) Un cas de tetanos, vindecat prin injecriunl de se- rum antidifteric forte. Spitalul, Bucuresci, 1899. xix, 80- 87— Shtsherbakoflf* (A. S.) K llechenivu travmati- cheskavo stolbnyaka protivodifteriynol sivorotkol. [Treatment-of traumatic tetanus with antidiphtheritic serum.] Prakt. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1908, vii, 62. Tetanus (Treatment of) with serum [Intra-cerebral, intraspinal, and intra- neural injections]. Delvincourt (V.) * Contributions ii I'etude du traitement du tetanos par les injections intra- cer£brales d'antitoxine, methode de Roux et Borel. 8°. Paris, 1898. Endrjeevsk y (Mile.) * Contribution ii I'etude du traitement du tetanos par les injections intra- cer^brales du serum anti-tetanique. 8°. Mont- pellier, 1901. Franchin (J.) *Du traitement du tetanos declare par 1'injection intraventricuaire de se- rum antitetanique. 8°. Lyon, 1909. Vallet (P.) *De la serotherapie curative antitetanique, voie sous-arachnoidienne. 8°. Paris, 1909. Weiss (P.) * Ueber den Wert der Serum- therapie bei Tetanus mit specieller Beriicksich- tigung der Duralinfusion. S°. Munchen, 1904. Abadie. Deux cas de tetanos traites par 1'injection intra-rachidienne de scrum antitetaniciue Montpel. med., 1903, xvi, 265-267.—Abbe (K.) Effects of intra- cerebral and subcutaneous administration of tetanic antitoxin in tetanus as observed in nine cases. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1900, xxxi, 273-285. [Discussion], 360-371 — Adam (J.) Tetanus in two brothers; subdural and sub. cutaneous injections of serum; recovery. Brit M. J., TETANUS. 35 TETANUS. Tetanus (Treatment of) with serum [Intra-cerebral, intraspinal, and intra- neural injections]. Lond., 1906, ii, 1200.—Amat (C.) Les injections intra- cerebrales de serum antitetanique dans le traitement du tetanos. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., cxlii, 38-49.— Aiischittz (W.) Ueber endoneurale Antitoxininjek- tionen bei Tetanus. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1907, Leipz., 1908, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte, 146-149 — Apert (E.) & lihermitte. Tetanos par infection d'un ulcere de jambe; injections epidurales (pararadiculaires) de serum antitetanique; guerison. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1904, 3. s., xxi, 482-486. —Baea- loglu (C.) Un cas de tetanos traite par des injections intra-cetebrales de serum antitetanique. Gaz. d. h6p., Par.. 1898, lxxi, 659.—Barker (A. E.) A case of tetanus; subdural injection of antitetanic serum; recoverv. Lan- cet, Lond., 1900, ii, 1420.— Bidwell. Intra-cerebral in- jection for tetanus. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1899, n. s., lxvii, 434— Bouhoiiime (P.) & Causeret (P.) Note sur un cas de tetanos traite avec succes par des injections intra-rachidiennes ptecoces et massives de serum anti- tetanique. Arch, de med. et pharm. mil.. Par., 1911, lviii, 119-122.—Bousquet. Tetanos traumatique avete, injections intra-cetebrales de serum antitetanique; mort. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1898, n. s., xxiv, 1028- 1031.—Brunner (A.) & ICscher. Di un caso di tetano traumatico curato coll' iniezione intracerebrale di siero antitetanico. Riv. veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 1899, xxxi, 518: 1900, xxxii, 42: 86— Buflfagni (A.) Contri- buto alia cura del tetano con iniezioni intrarachidiane di siero antitetanico. Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1910, xlix, 299-314.—Campbell (W. F.) Tetanus cured by the spinal injection of anti-tetanic serum. Brooklvn M. J., 1904, xviii, 285.—Chauflfard (A.) & Quenti. Tetanos traumatique traite et gueri par injection intra- cerebrale d'antitoxine, methode de E" Roux et A. Borrel. Presse med.. Par., 1898, i, 325-327.—Choupin. Un cas de tetanos grave, traite et gueri par la serotherapie intra- ventriculaire. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1909, clviii, 774.—Church (C. A.) Tetanus treatment by trephining and the intracerebral injection of anti- tetanic serum. N. York M. J., 1898, lxviii, 888-890.— Clairmont (P.) Zur endoneuralen Injektion des Tetanusheilserums. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1905, xviii, 1300-1303.—Cole (C. S.) Acaseof tetanus treated with intraspinous injections; death. Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1905, xx, 161-165.—Collier (H. S.) A case of tetanus treated by the injection of Roux's antitetanic serum into the subdural space; recovery. Lancet, Lond., 1899, i, 1290—Cooley (H. S.) A case of tetanus treated by intracranial injections of antitoxin serum. Med. Times, N. Y., 1899, xxvii, 300-302.—Cuthbert (C F.) The treatment of tetanus by the intracerebral injection of antitoxin; with notes of a fatal case treated by this method. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1899, ii, 1413— D'Ancona (N.) Due casi di tetano curati con le iniezioni di siero antitetanico nella cavite, cefalo-rachidiana; guarigione. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1901, xxii, 1480-1482.—Debene- dettl (E.) Un caso di tetano curato con iniezioni di sostanza cerebrate e con le iniezioni di acido fenico. Ibid., 1902, xxiii, 736.-----. Le iniezioni cerebrali nel te- tano. Ibid., 1904, xxv, 2025. Also, transl.: Semana med., Buenos Aires, 1904, xi, 534.— Delmas (L.) Un cas de tetanos traite par 1'injection intra-cetebrale d'antitoxine; mort. Pre-se med., Par., 1898, ii, 163. —Detot (E.) & Grenet (H.) Tetanos traumatique; injections intra- rachidiennes de serum antitetanique: mort. Gaz. hebd. de med., Par., 1902, n. s., vii, 1057-105'.). — Dronin & Langevin. Un cas de tetanos traite par les injections intra-rachidiennes et para-nerveuses de serum aiiti-teta- nique. Ann. med.-chir. du centre, Tours, 1904, iv, 95-97.— Fonseca (A.) Les inoculations cerebrates dans le traite- ment du tetanos etle tetanos cerebral. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1898, 10. s., v, 779-781. Also, transl.: Coim- bra med., 1899, xix, 152.—Forgne (E.) & Roger. Un cas de tetanos traite par 1'injection intracerebrale d'anti- toxine; guerison. Bull, et ntem. Roc. de chir. de Par., 1898, n. s., xxiv, 1128-1132. Also: N. Montpel. med., 1899, viii, 225-230. Also: J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1899, xxix, 415.—Garnier. Un cas de tetanos traite par 1'injection intra-c6rebraled'antitoxine; guerison. Presse med., Par., 1898, ii, 109.—Garwood (A.) Intraspinal injection of antitetanic serum in tetanus. Texas M. News, Austin, 1902-3, xii, 611.—Gessner (H. B.) A case of tetanus successfully treated by the intraneural and subarachnoid injection of tetanus antitoxin. Proc. Orleans Parish M. Soc. 1905, N. Orl., 1906, 29-35. Also: N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1904-5, lvii, 736-743.—Gibb (W. F.) A case of acute tetanus treated by intracerebral injections of antitoxin; recovery. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1899, i, 895. -----. Sequel to a case of acute tetanus treated by intracerebral injec- tions of antitoxin. Ibid.,ii,9. Also: IndianM.Rec,Cal- cutta, 1900, xviii, 369.— Gimlette (T. D.) A case of tet- anus treated by intra-cerebral injection of anti-tetanic serum. Lancet, Lond., 1899, ii, 89.— Goblet (J.) Ein schwerer Fall von traumatischem Tetanus, geheilt durch Tetanus (Treatment of) with serum [Intra-cerebral, intraspinal, and intra- neural injections], Duralinfusion von Behring'schemTetanusserum. WTien, klin. Wchnschr., 1904, xvii, 1256. —Godinho (V.) & Fansto (O.) Traitement du tetanos par les injections intra-rachidiennes de serum antitetanique. Presse med., Par., 1902, ii, 907.—Meckel & BeynCs. Un cas de te- tanos traite par 1'injection intra-cerebrale d'antitoxine. Ibid., 1898, ii, 140-142.—flolub (A.) Ein Fall von Kopf- tetanus mit Hypoglossusparese, geheilt nach Duralinfu- sionen von Behringschem Antitoxin. Wien. klin. Wchn- schr., 1903, xvi, 500-506.—Hopkins (S. D.) Intracere- bral injections of antitetanic serum in traumatic tetanus. Denver M. Times, 1904-5, xxiv, 575-580. Also: Med. News, N. Y.,1904, lxxxv, 1125-1127.—Hue (F.) Tetanos con- firnte; injection intra-cetebrale de serum antitetanique; insuccds. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1898, n. s., xxiv, 1014-1021.—Intracerebral injections of anti- toxine in the treatment of traumatic tetanus. N.York M. J., 1898, lxviii, 57.—Jacob ( P. ) Llecheniye stol- bnyaka posredstvom vlivaniya v sninnomo^govol kanal antitoksicheskol sivorotki. [Treatment of tetanus by in- jectionsof antitoxic serum into the spinal canal.] Russk. Vrach, S. Peterb., 1902, i, 135-137.—Johnson (A. B.) Tetanus treated by intracerebral and intravenous injec- tions of antitetanic serum. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1900, xxxi, 300-303.—Milliard (G.) Uncas de tetanos traumatique traite par les injections intracerebrales de serum antite- tanique; mort. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1899, xix, 279-281.—Kremers (E. D.) A case of tetanus treated by intraspinal and intraneural injections of anti- toxin. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvi, 724.—Kilster (E.) Ein Fall von ortlichem Tetanus; Antitoxin-Ein- spritzungen in die Nervenstiimme; Heilung. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1905, lxxvii, 326-332. -----. Ueber die Antitoxin-Behandlung des Tetanus, zumal mit intraneu- ralen Injektionen. Therap. d.Gegenw.,Berl.,1907, xlviii, 49-52.—Laplace (E.) A case of tetanus treated by sub- dural in jectiousof antitoxin,and hypodermicinjectionsof carbolicacid. Proc.Phila. Co.M.Soc,Phila.,1900, n. s.. ii, 32-37. Also: Med. Bull., Phila., 1900, xxii,93-95— Law- rence (J.) & Hartley (J.) Caseof tetanus treated by in- tracerebral injection of antitoxin; recovery. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1899,i, 1333. Also:IndianM.Rec,Calcutta,1900,xviii, 265.—Lereboullet (P.) Traitement du tetanos par les injectionsintra-cerebralesd'antitoxine(rrtetnodedeRoux et Borrel). Gaz. hebd. de med., Par., 1899, n. s., iv, 145- 150.—lietoux. T6tanos; injections intra-cerebrales (dix centimetres cubes dans chaque lobe c6tebral); injections sous-cutanees; chloral et morphine k ttes petites doses; amputation de la jambe; guerison. Anjounted., Angers, 1899, vi, 177-184. -----. Un cas de tetanos traite des le debut par les injections intracerebrales d'antitoxine a haute dose; arret des accidents; giterison. [Rap. de Tuf- fier.] Bull, et mem. Soc. dechir.de Par., 1901, n.s., xxvii, 748. -----. Injection de s6rum antitetanique dans le cer- veau; quatre casde guerison. Assoc, franc,', dechir. Proc- verb. [etc.]. Par., 1901, xiv, 302-316.—von Loyden (E.) Ueber die Antitoxinbehandlung des Tetanus und die Duralinfusion. Therap.d.Gegenw.,Berl.-Wien, 1901,n.F., iii,337-340.—l.iddell (F.) Acaseof acute tetanus treat- ed by intra-cerebral injections of antitoxin; recovery. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1900, xix, 152.—Liiickett (\V. H.) The rational treatment of tetanus; a reportof suc- cessful treatment by spinal subarachnoid injections of antitetanic serum. Med. News, N. Y., 1903, lxxxii, 730- 733.—Machard (A.) Un cas de tetanos traumatique traite par injection intracerebrale d'antitoxine; mort. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Gen6ve, 1899, xix, 139-144.— von Mangoldt (F.) Traumatischer Tetanus; subku- tane und endoneurale Injektionen vonTizzonis Tetanus- antitoxin; Heilung. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1906, liii, 1379. Also: Jahresb.d.Gesellsch.f. Nat.-u. HeilkinDresd. 190.5-6, Munchen, 1907,127-129.—Mi I lard (R.J.) A case of tetanus treated by subdural injection of antitoxin; re- covery. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1911, xxx, 326.— MongourA Bothamel. Cerveau de tetanique; in- jection intra-cerebrale d'antitoxine. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux, 1898, xix, 240-243. Also: J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1898, xxviii, 547— Monsarrat (K. W.) A case of tetanus treated successfully by intra-cranial in- jections ef antitetanic serum. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, ii, 1695.—Miiller (W.) Heilung eines Falles von Tetanus nach Duralinfusion von Tetanusantitoxin. Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg., Berl., 1902, 409-412.—Neugebauer (F.) Ein Beitrag zur Behandlung des Wundstarrkrampfes mit Du- ralinfusion. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1906, xviii,449-451.— Nicholson (F.) Tetanus; subdural injections of anti- tetanicserum; recovery. Brit. M.J.,Lond.,1911,i, 1464.— Oinbredanne ( L.) Un cas de tetanos traite par 1'in- jection intra-cerebrale d'antitoxine; guerison. Presse med., Par., 1898, ii, 132.—Perkins (I. B.) Tetanuscured by injecting antitetanic serum into the brain. Colorado Med., Denver, 1903-4, i, 87-89.— Peruzzi (F.) Iniezioni intrarachidee di siero antitetanico a forti dosi in una se- duta in ammalati di tetano. Pediatria, Napoli, 1908, 2. s., TETANTS. 36 TETANUS. Tetanus (Treatment of) with serum I Intra-cerebral, intraspinal, and intra- neural in'/eetions\. vi, 507-518.—Pickrell (G.) A case of acute tetanus treated with anti-tetanic serum injected into the right laieimI \entriclc. Rep.Surg.-Gen.Navy, Wash.,1906,184 — Pi Icher ( L. S. i The treatment of tetanus by means of intraeerehralinjectionsof anti-toxin. Ann. Surg., Phila , 1899. xxix, 516-522.—Quicke (W. H.) Acute tetanus treated by intra-cerebral injection of tetanus antitoxin. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1899, xxxiv, 406—Bambaud (G. G.) The treatment of tetanus by means of intracere- bral injections of antitoxine, with a resume of reports of cases, and a few remarks on the technique of the injec- tion. N. York M. J., 1898, lxviii, 884-888. AIso, Reprint — Bi*pal A Samiac. Sur un cas de tetanos traite par I' in lection sous-arachnoi'dienne de serum antitetanique. Toulouse nted., 1905, 2.S., vii, 76-78.—Bivet. Des injec- tions intracerebrales de serum antitetanique. Gaz. med. de N'antes, 1899-1900,xviii, 310-312.—Robert. Un casde tetanos traite par 1'injection intni-c6rebraled'antitoxine. Presse med., Par., 1898, ii, 125.—Kodrigues da Fon- seea (A.) As inoculacoes cerebraes no tratamento do tetano e o tetano cerebral. Coimbra med., 1898, xviii, 343; 366.—Rogers (J.), jr. Tetanus treated by intraneu- ral injection of antitoxin. Med.Rec.,X.Y.,1904,1xv,8l3-815. -----. Acute tetanus cured by intraneural injections of antitoxin. Ibid., lxvi, 12. Also: Ann. Surg., Phila., 1901, xl, 759-761. -----. The treatment of tetanus by intraneu- ral and intraspinal in iections of antitoxin. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1905, xiv, 12-18.— Rollin (M.) Sur le traite- ment du tetanos par les injections intra-rachidiennes de serum antitetanique. Bull, med., Par., 1904, xviii, 189- 192.—Hon tier. Injections antitetaniques intra-cete- brales. Bull, etntem. Soc de chir. de Par., 1898, n. s., xxiv, 1057.—Bou x & Borrel. Tetanos cerebral et im- munite contre le tetanos. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1898, xii,225-239.—Schley (W. S.) Acute tetanus cured by intraneural injections of antitoxin. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1904, lxvi, 616-618.—Schultze (F.) Spinalpunktion und Einspritzung von Antitoxinserum in dieSpinalflussigkeit bei Tetanus traumaticus. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. ii. Chir., Jena, 1899, v, 169-174. — Semple (D.) The treatment of tetanus bv the intra-cerebral injection of antitoxin. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1899, i, 10-12.—Sendrail &4'uille. Traitement du tetanos par injections intra- cetebrales et intra-rachidiennes de serum antitetanique. Languedoc med.-chir., Toulouse, 1905, xiii, 83-85. Also: Toulouse med., 1905,2. s.,vii,89-94.—Slcard (J.-A.) To- xineet antitoxine tetanique par injections sous-arachno'f- diennes. Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1898,10. s., v, 1057. -----. Trois cas de tetanos traites par 1'injection rachidienne d'antitoxine tetanique; guerison; les in- jections para-nerveuses periprteriques. Bull, etntem. Soc. med. d. ltep. de Par., 1903,3. s., xx, 1021-1026.— Storrs (Iv. S.) A case of acute tetanus treated with in- tracerebral injections of antitoxin. Lancet, Lond., 1905, ii. 880.—Vezard. 'iuatre cas de tetanos traites par in- jection de scrum antitetanique dans le canal rachidien, et suivis de guerison. Clinique, Par., 1910, v, 153.—Wal- lace (C. S.) & Sargent (P. W. G.) Four cases of teta- nus treated bv injections of antitoxin into the spinal theca. Lancet, Lond., 1904, i, 642.—Walther. Tetanos traumatique traite par des injections lombaires intra- arachnoidiennesdes6rum antitetanique; guerison. B.ull. et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1903, xxix, 883-888.—Ze- lenski (T.) Przyczynek do leczenia tezca surowica. (wstrzykiwaniapodskorne i podoponowe). [Treatment of tetanus with serum; hvpodermic and subdural injec- tions.] Przegl. lek., Kra'kOw 1903, xlii, 527-529.—Zup- nik (L.) Ueber subcutane Gehirninjectionen bei Teta- nus. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1899, xxiv, 319; 332. Tetanus (Umbilical). See Tetanus in infants. Tetanus (Urine in). Aveston (J. J.) Peculiar case of hemoglobinuria following tetanus. Vet. Rec, Lond., 1905-6, xviii, 185.— Baylac (.!.) Note sur la toxicite des urines dans un cas de tetanos, determinee comparativement par injections intra-veineuses et par injections sous-cutanees. Tou- louse med.. 1906, 2. s., viii, 224-228— Vannini (G.) Sulle particolarita delle urine e del ricambio materiale nel te- tano. Bull. d. sc. med di Bologna. 1906, 8. s., vi, 511-528. Tetanus (Uterine). See, also, Labor (Complicated) from spasmodic action of the uterus', Tetanus in pregnancy, etc. Mauimel (J.-L.) Du tetanos gynecolosrique. S3. Bordeaux, 1902. Hrault(A.) A-Faroy fG.) Tetanos d'origine ute- rine. Presse m. d , Par., 1908, xvi, 79">.— Jacob. Zur Behandlung d.s Tetanus uteri. Munchen. med. Wchn- schr., 1900, xlvii, 1209.—Johnson (F. W.) Tetanus' Tetanus (Uterine). seat of infection in the uterus. Boston M. & S. J., 1910, clxii, 461— Pichevin (R.) Tetanos et affections gyn6- cologiques. Semaine gynec, Par., 1907, xii, 153. -----. Le tetanos en gynecologic Ibid., 1911, xvi, 209.—Piche- vin (R.) & Cincin. Tetanos ct gynecologic. Ibid., 1901, vi, 161; 169.—School's (L.) Un cas de tetanos ute- rin. Ann. de PInst.chir.de Brux., 1900, vii, 232-234.— Tiirenne (A.) Tetanos d'origine uterine. Ann. de gynec. et d'obst., Par., 1899, li, 396b-399. Tetanus in animals. See, also, Tetanus (Experimental); Tetanus (Treatment of) with serum. Agostinelli (G.) Un caso di tetano guarito nel- 1' infermeria cavalli del regg. Cavalleggeri Alessan- dria. Gior. d. r. Soc. ed Accad. vet. ital., Torino, 1906, lv, 740-742. — Bahnsen (P. F.) Tetanus. Am. Vet. Rev., N. Y.. 1910-11, xxxviii, 502-510. — Barnes ( R.) Historv of a case of tetanus. J. Comp. M. & Vet. Arch., Phila., 19(13, xxiv, 110-112.— Bassi (R.) Caso di tetano in una cavalla gravida che partorl durante la malattia un puledro robusto e sopravvisse al male. Gior. di med. vet., Torino, 1894, xliii. 137-140.—Cadiot. Sur le tetanos. Rec. de med. vet., Par., 1906, lxxxiii, 289- 302.—Diuiock (W. W.) Tetanos equino; diagn6stico, profilaxis y tratamiento; instrucciones populares. San. vbeneiic. Bol.opic, Habana, 1909, i, 283-286. Also, transl.: Ibid., 287-289. — Duncan (A. C.) Tetanus in a dog. Vet. J., Lond., 1907, 89— Dupas (L.) Curieux casde te- tanos chronique chez un cheval. Rec. de nted. vet., Par., 1908, lxxxv, 490-496. — ftuschanek (J. O.) Tetanus beim Hunde. Thierarztl. Centralbl., Wien, 1899, xxii, 653-657.—Eberhard. Tetanus beim Kalbe. Berl. tier- arztl. Wchnschr., 1905, 215.—Forbes (J.) Tetanus in a pig. Vet. Rec, Lond., 1910, xxiii, 155.—Frank. Ei- niges iiber Starrkrampf. Munchen. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1910, liv, 205-208.—Proliner. Erfolglose Schweifam- putation beim Tetanus eines kupierten Pferdes. Mo- natsh. f. prakt. Tierh., Stuttg., 1906, xviii, 134.—Gallier (A.) Jurisprudence commerciale; le non-emploi du se- rum antitetanique, k titre preventif, dans le cas de castra- tion, est-il une cause gen6ratrice de responsibilite si le te- tanos survient dans un d61ai de un mois a cinq semaines. Rec. de med. vet., Par., 1910, lxxxvii, 785-792—Gibson (H.) Tetanus in cows after calving. Vet, J., Lond., 1907, n. s., xiv, 272 — Gould (J. N.) A case of tetanus. Am. Vet. Rev.,N. Y., 1905-6, xxix,33-36.— Harris (P. J.) Tet- anus in the horse. Vet. J., Lond..1905,n. s.,xi,267.—van Heusden (A.) lets over tetanus. Tijdschr. v. veeart- senijk. enveeteelt.Amst.,1895,xxii, 186-196.—Howe (N.) Tetanus. Vet. Rec, Lond., 1901, xiii, 47.—Hughes(T.) Acaseof tetanusina dog. Vet. J.,Lond., 1905, n. s.,lxii, 701.—Humann. Zwei Falle von Tetanus beim Pferde. Munchen. tieriirztl. Wchnschr., 1911, lv, 26.—Jones (W. L.) Tetanus in foals. Vet. Rec., Lond., 1904-5, xvii, 158.—Koda (M.) [The prophylaxis of fatal traumatic tetanus in injuries of the horse. Saitake Gaku Zasshi, Tokyo, 1902, 375-378.—Krasness (T. A.) Two cases of tetanus. Am. Vet. Rev., N. Y., 1902-3, xxvi, 1060-1062 — ITIathews (E.) Tetanus. J. Comp. M. & Vet. Arch., Phila., 1900, xxi, 741-743.—Mayr (L.) Zur Therapie des Tetanus traumaticus beim Pferd. Berl. tierarztl. Wchn- schr., 1907, 931.—Messner (H.) Ein Beitrag zur Beur- teilung des Fleisches und der Milch von an Tetanus er- krankten Tieren. Ztschr. f. Fleiseh- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1910, xx, 197-199.—Peiper. Zur Aetiologie des Trismus und Tetanus neonatorum. Centralbl. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1887, viii, 777-780. Also: Verhandl. d. med. Ver. zu Greifswald 1888-9, Leipz., 1890, 88.—Schiel. Tetanus bei einem 12 Tage alten Fohlen. Berl. tierarztl. Wchn- schr., 1906, 436— Schimmel (W. C.) & van der Veen (J.) Operatie van een scrotaalnetbreuk met botryomy- comen bij een ruin; dood door tetanus. Tijdschr. v. vee- artsenijk. Maandbl., Utrecht, 1906-7, xxxiv, 552-654.— Schumacher (W.) A peculiar case of tetanus. Am. Vet. Rev., N. Y., 1902, xxvi, 435.—Sivieri (G.) Un caso di tetano in una mucca. N. Ercolani, Pisa, 1908, xiii, 65- 68.—Storch (A.) Tetanus einer Kuh als Folge der Re- tentio seeundinarum. Berl. thierarztl. Wchnschr., 1894, x, 352.—Taylor (H.) A case of tetanus in the pig. Vet. J., Lond.,1906, n. s., xiii, 203.—Tizzoni (G.)& Cat- tani(G.) Nuoveesperienze sulla vaccinazione del cavallo contro il tetano; relazione2»alMinistrodiagrieoltura, in- dustria e commercio. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1894, xv, 605- 507. — Townsend (C. W.) A case of tetanus after par- turient apoplexy in a cow. Vet. J., Lond., 1906, n. s., xiii, 663. — Tuttle (L. E.) Tetanus in a dog. Am. Vet. Rev., N. Y., 1904-5, xxviii, 273.—Tyvaert (C.) Contri- tribution au traitement du tetanos chez la bete bovine. Ann. de med. vet., Brux., 1909, lviii, 9-11.—Varga (S.) Tetanus esete szarvasmarhan. [A case of tetanus in horned cattle.] Allatorvosi lapok, Budapest, 1906, xxix, 157.—Whipple(F.R.) Amild case of tetanus(?). Am. Vet. Rev., 1902-3, xxvi, 242.—Whitehead (J. D.) Te- tanus. Vet. J., Lond., 1909, n. s., xvi, 327-331.—Wiss- mann (E.) Tetanus bei einer Ziege im Anschluss an TETANUS. 37 TETANUS. Tetanus in animals. Retentio placentarum. Wchnschr. f. Tierh. u. Viehzucht, Munchen, 1904, xlviii, 453-455.—Wood (J. S.) Tetanus in a dog. Vet. J., Lond., 1910, n. s., xvii, 349.—Wool- dridge (G. H.) Tetanus in a dog. Ibid., 1908, Ixiv, 33.—Zticchit A.) Un caso di tetano in unavacca. Clin. vet., Milano, 1907, xxx, sez. prat., 266. Tetanus in children. See, also, Tetanus (Traumatic) from hypoder- mici'.injedions [etc.]; Tetanus (Treatment of) with^erum; Tetanus in infants. Escherich (T.) Die Tetanic der Kinder. S°. Wien &• Leipzig, 1909. Kiesgen (A.) * Ueber Tetanus* bei Kindern. 8°. Freiburg i. B., 1899. Davezac. Tetanos chez un enfant. Mem. et bull. Soc. de med. et chir. de Bordeaux (1895), 1896, 422.— Dean (T. J.) Tetanus, trismus, or lock-jaw, with report of ca-e. Mobile M. & S. J., 1906, ix, 144-150.—Fronz (E.) Ueber Tetanus im Kindesalter. Verhandl. d. Versamml. d. Gesellsch. f. Kinderh. . . . deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1894, Wiesb., 1895, xi, 252-265. Also: Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Leipz., 1895, n. F.,xl, 133-143.—Oalceran Gasper (A.) Tetanos generalizado a frisore. Med. de los nifios, Bar- cel., 1910, xi, 359-361.— Garcia Bijo (R.) Liga contra el tetanos infantil; informe. Cr6u. nted.-quir. de la Ha- bana, 1911, xxxvii, 182; 230. Also [Abstr.]: Actas y trab. d. ii. Cong. med. nac, Habana, 1911, 79-93. -----. Liga contra el tetanos infantil; proyecto de reglamento; ob- servaciones clinicas; mocidn v conclusiones. Rev. med. cubana, Habana, 1911, xviii, 269-2^2.—Grande Rossi (F.) Tetanos infantil; curacidn. Abeja)iied.,Habana,1892! l, 29-31.—K.isel (A. A.) Sluchal stolbnyaka u dlevochki trvokh llet; liecheniye po sposobu Yerneuil'ya; smert. [Tetanus in a girl three vears old; treatment by Verneuil's method: death.] Diets'k. med., Mosk., 1898, iii, 121-123. -----. Sluchal stolbnyaka u malchika 61., okonchivshiy- sya vizdorovleniyem. [Tetanus in a boy 6 years old, ending in recovery.] Sibirsk. Vrach. Gaz., Irkutsk, 1910, iii, 572.-L.ee (A. E.) A severe case of tetanus in a na- tive child; cured. U. States Nav. M. Bull., Wash., 1908, ii, 44-46.—Plaundler (M.) Ueber den Pseudo-Tetanus der Kinder und seine Beziehung zum Tetanus traumati- cus. Monatschr. f. Kinderh., Leipz. & Wien, 1904, iii, 198-205— Potlekhin (V.) Sluchal stolbnyaka u mal- chika 4 llet; liechenive khloral-hidratom po Verneuil'yu; vizdorovlenive. [Tetanus in a boy 4 years old, treated bv chloral hvdrate; recoverv.] Dietsk. med., Mosk., 1899. iv, 414-146.— RakhinaninofT (I. M.) Sluchal stolbnvaka u rebvonka. [Tetanus in a child.] Med. Obozr.", Mosk., 1905, lxiii, 467-472—Keimer (K. K.) Sluchal stolbniaka u trvoch-lietniago rebenka. [Case of trismus in a child of three vears.] Trudi Obsh. S.-Pe- terb. dietsk. vrach., 1893, ii, 26-38.—Rheiner (G.) Ein Fall von Tetanus im Kindesalter. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1897, xxvii, 684-687.—Schlesinger (H.) Drei Jahre dauernder Trismus. Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1905, iv, 263-265.—Son- tolongo y l«ynch. Tetanos infantil; curacten; efec- tos beneficiosos del salicilato de sosa. Abeja med., Ha- bana, 1894, iii, 9.— Swilt (H.) Tetanus in children. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1905, xxiv, 251-253.—Ward (S. M.) Notes on a rapidlv fatal case of tetanus. Pedi- atrics, N. Y. & Lond., 1899, viii, 22. Tetanus following hyjjodermie injec- tions. See Tetanus (Traumatic) following hypoder- mic injections [ete.]. Tetanus in infants [Tetanus neonato- rum]. See, also, Saint Kilda. Marcus (H.) *Vom Tetanus neonatorum und seine Behandlung mit Serumeinspritzun- gen. 8°. Kiel, 1903. Aldrich (C. J.) A caseof tetanus neonatorum with an unique etiology. Internat. M. Mag.. Phila., 1898, vii, 8. Also, Reprint.—Anders (J. M.) & Morgan (A. C.) Tetanus; a preliminary report of a statistical study. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1905, xiv, 314-322.-----------. Tetanus neonatorum; a second report of a statistical studv. Ibid., 1906, xlvii, 2083-2087. — Anderson (A. V. M.) Tetanus neonatorum. Intercolon. M. J., Mel- bourne, 1898, iii, 611— Arrighi (F.) Tratamiento del tetano por la seroterapia; un caso de tetano infantilgra- visimocurado por el suero antitetanico del Instituto Pas- teur del Doctor Roux. Rev.d.centroestud. de med., Bue- nos Aires, 1905, iv, 177.—Atwood (H. A.) Tetanus inan infant four days old. Pacific Coast J. Homoeop., San Fran., 1908, xix, 19.—Bernhard (K.) Przypadek tezca noworodk6w(tetanusneonatorum)zpomyslnemzejsciem Tetanus in infants [Tetanus neonato- rum]. oraz kilka uwag odnosnie do etyologii i istoty tego cierpie- nia. [. .. with i appy termination; also remarks on the etiology and nature of the disease.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1899, 2. s., xix, 198-204.—Brunet. T6tanos chez le nou- veau-ne. Poitou med., Poitiers, 1910, xxv, 8-10.—Burke (C. V.) A case of tetanus neonatorum treated with anti- toxic serum; death. Pediatries, N. Y. & Loud., 1897, iv, 545.— Carberry (A. 1>.) Tetanus neonatorum. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1898, ii, 628.—Carpenter (G.) Two cases of tetanus neonatorum. Rep. Soc. Study Dis. Child., Lond., 1907-8, viii, 323-327. Also: Brit. J. Child. Dis., Lond.. 1909, vi, 15-17.—Carr (W. L.) A case of tetanus neonatorum. Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc, N. Y., 1895,vii, 153.— Cerl"(L.) Une observation de tetanos du nouveau-n6. Anjou med., Angers, 1905, xii, 15-20. — Chapin (H. D.) Tetanos neonatorum. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1894, 4. s., i, 139-142.—Clock (R. O.) Tetanus neonatorum compli- cated by pneumonia. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1908, xxv, 25-30.—Davis (F. H.) Tetanus neonatorum. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1898, i, 1452.—Dewey (E. L.) & Putnam W. E.) A case of tetanus neonatorum with recovery. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvii, 583.—Borland (W.A. N.) Tetanus neonatorum. Phila. Polyclin., 1895, iv, 345. Also, Reprint.—Eccles (W. McA.) A case of tetanus neonatorum. Lancet, Lond., 1901, ii, 1491— Escherich (T.) Vier mit Tizzoni's Antitoxin behandelte Falle von Trismus et Tetanus neonatorum. Wien. klin. Wchn- schr., 1893, vi, 586-588. -----. Le affezioni tetanoididella prima infanzia. Pediatria, Napoli, 1904, 2. s.,ii, 233-244.— Faber (K.) Havad skal Jordemoderen g j0re for at und- gaa Stivkrampen (Mundklemmen) hos de nyf0dte B0rn? LWhat ought the midwife do to avoid tetanus in the new- born child?] Tidsskr. f. Jordomgdre, Kjobenh., 1891-2, ii, 1-6.—Falk (J. C.) Tetanus neonatorum; report of a case that recovered. St. Louis Cour. Med., 1901, xxv, 116- 118. [Discussion], 132-136. Also: Scient. Tr. M. Soc. City Hosp. Alumni 1901, St. Louis, 1902,115-122.—Fedele (N.) Su di un caso di tetano dei neonati, curato colle iniezioni sottocutanee di acido fenico (metodo del Bacelli). Atti d. Cong.pediat.ital. 1905, Roma, 1906, v,250-259.—Flesch (A.) A trismus-tetanus neonatorum es infantum k6rjoslata, tekintettel a serotherapiara. [The prognosis of .. . with a view to serum therapy.] Gyermekgy6gyaszat, Buda- pest, 1904, 100-111. Also, transl.: Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1905, xxxi, 177; 223.—Friedman (J.) Two cases of trismus nascentium successfully treated by tetanus antitoxin. Bull. Pasteur Inst., Dan- bury, Conn., 1897, v, 83. Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1897, xxix, 727. Also: Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1897, n. s., xxxiii, 454.—Gallo (G.) Su di un caso di tetano dei neonati. Arch, internat. di med. e chir., Napoli, 1904, xx, 140-146. — Gilbert (R. B.) Tetanus in newborn in- fants. Am. Pract. & News, Louisville, 1903, xxxvi, 288- 291.—Gilford (H.) Acaseof tetanusneonatorum. Lan- cet, Lond., 1893, i, 297.— Goeth (R. A.) Chronic tetanus neonatorum. Texas M. News, Austin, 1899-1900, ix, 16.— Guida (T.) Di alcune forme tetanoidi non infrequenti ad osservarsi in neonati. Corriere san., Milano, 1896, vii, no. 29, 5. Also: Pediatria, Napoli, 1896, iv, 26-29.— Guillemot & Lequeux. Un cas de tetanisation per- sistante chez le nouveau-ite. Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par., 1903 vi, 334-338.—Henbner. Fall von Tetanus neona- torum. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1904, xii, 1207-1209.— Hubschmann (A.) Et Tilfaelde af Tetanus neonato- rum behandlet med Antitoxin. [A case of . . . treated by . . .] Hosp.-Tid., K0benh., 1906, 4. R., xiv, 331-336.— Jordan (W. H.) Tetanus neonatorum; with reportof case. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1912, lxv. 1076-1079—Kishen- ski (D. P.) K etiologii stolbnyaka i oh yevo otnoshenii kseptitsemiinovorozhdennikh. [Ktiology of tetanus and its relationship to septicaemia of the new born.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1889, xxxii, 5(3-551.—Le Benl (L. G.) Two casesof trismus nascentium cured by eserin hypo- dermaticallv. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1904-5, lvii, 822-826. Also: Proc. Orleans Parish M. Soc. 1905, N. Orl., 1906, 74- 78 —Led ward (H. D.) A case of tetanus neonatorum. St. Barth. Hosp. J., Lond., 1905-6, xiii, 8.—Leuret (E.) & Biiiird (G.) Tetanos du nouveau-ne. Bull, et mem, Soc. de med. et chir. de Bordeaux (1910), 1911, 120-121. Also: Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med.de Bordeaux, 1910, xxxi, 200- 202.— Liszt ( N. ) Az ujszulottek trismustetanusarol. [Trismus-tetanus of the new born.] Gy6gyaszat, Budi^ pest, 1904, x 1 i v, 374-377. Also, transl.: Ungar. med. Presse,V Budapest, 1904, ix, 356,— ItlcCaw (J.) A case of tetanus* neonatorum successfnilv treated with antitetanus serum. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901, i, 763-765. Also: Rep. Soc. Study Dis. Child., Lond., 1900-1901, i, 102-109.—Malinowski (A.) Tezecu noworodka; sinicaogdlna; Smierc. [Teta- nus in a new born; general cyanosis; death.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1900, 2. s., xx, 951.—Marcy (J. W.) Solanum carolinense in trismus nascentium. Pediatrics, N. Y., 1900, x, 215. — Meczkowski ( W. ) Przypadek te.zca noworodkdw, leazonego surowica. przeciwteicowa.. [Tet- anus of the new born treated by antitetanic serum.] Gaz. lek.,Warszawa,1898,2.s., xviii, 877-881.—Miron (G.) Tetanos des nouveau-nes et son traitement. Presse med.. TETANUS. 38 TKTANUS. Tetanus in infants [Tetanus neonato- rum]. Par., 1905, 708. Also: J. nted. de Brux., 1906. xi, 113. Also transl: Allg. Wien. med. Ztg.,1906, li,118.—lUitter (R. C.) Trismus nascentium cured by chloral hydrate. Homceop. Recorder, Lancaster, 1902, xvii, 327— Itlolina (M.) Un caso de tetanos del recien nacido. An. de obst., gineco- pat. y pediat., Madrid, 1894, xiv, 129-131.—OTonnier (U.) A propos du proces-verbal; note sur le tetanos du nouveau- ne Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1903, 2. s., xxi, 1010-1013.- Uontel (R.) La surveillance de la natalite indigene; .le la prophylaxie du tetanos ombilical a Saigon (Cochin- chine), 1905,1906, 1907. Ann. d'hyg. et de med. colon., Par 1908, xi, 72-85.—Morquio (L.) Tetanos en un re- cien nacido, tratado por el suero antitetanico; curacion. Rev med. d. Uruguav, Montevideo, 1903, vi, 383-386, 1 tab — lUorrissey (J. 1.) A case of tetanus neonatorum. Atlantic M. Weekly, Providence, 1895, iv, 374—Moules (N ) HeptTTTOO-tS rerdvov veoyvov. 'IaTpiicbs fLrjVVTuyp.'ASr)- vai, 1908, viii, 6— Parkinson (J. P.) A case of teta- nus neonatorum, with some remarks as to cause. Rep. Soc. Study Dis. Child., Lond., 1907-8, viii, 321-323.— Paiilin (J.) Om Tetanus neonatorum. Ugesk. f. Lae- eer, Kobenh., 1906, 5. R., xiii, 673; 697. Also: Tidsskr. f. Jordemodre, Kjobenh., 1905-6, xvi, 153-160.—Ferrin (M.) Tetanos des nouveau-Des. Ann. de nted. et chir. inf., Par., 1902, vi, 469-478.—Peters (R. A.) K klinikle i patologicheskol anatomii stolbnyaka novorozhdennlkh (tetanus neonatorum). [On the clinic and pathological anatomy of . . .] Obshtshestvo Russk. Vrach. v pam. Pi- rnt,'ova. Trudi. . . Svezdal904, S.-Peterb., 1905, iii, 183- lsb.-Pexa (W.) Heilung eines traumatischen Tetanus bei einem Kinde durch Serumbehandlung und infandler Pseudotetanus. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1907, lvii, 1554; 1603.—Pin miner (J. W. V. B.) Tetanus neonatorum and hot moist climates. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1900, xxxv, 570.—Polikier (B.) Przypadek tezca nowo- rodk6w, zakohczony wyzdrowiehiem. [Trismus neona- torum terminating in recovery.] Kron. lek., Warszawa, 1898,xix,807-814.—Reilingh (H.) Eengeval van tetanus neonatorum, behandeld med serum antitetanicum. Med. Weekbl., Amst., 1897-8, iv, 577-580—Kocaz (C.) Un cas de tetanos des nouveau-ites traite par le serum antitetani- que J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1899, xxix, 17. Also, transl.: Sieroterapia, Roma, 1899, iii, 80. -----. Un cas de pseudo-tetanos des nouveau-n6s. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1905, xxvi, 55; 81. Also: J. de med. de Bor- deaux, 1905, xxxv, 61.—Rosenthal (E.) Trismus neo- natorum. Codex med. Phila., 1894-5, i, 330-334.—Rudolf (R. D.) A case of tetanus neonatorum. Lancet, Lond., 1891. i, 531.—Scourge (The) of St. Kilda. Nursing Rec, Lond , 1895, xv, 294.—Shapiro (L.) Umbilical tetanus. Bull. Manila M. Soc, 1910, ii 245-247.—Siegmund (A.) Heilt Behrings Starrkranipf- Serum den Starrkrampf der Neugeborenen? Al Ig. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1910, lxxix, 197-199.—Smith (.1. L.) Tetanus neonatorum. Tr. N. York M. Ass., 1894, xi. 566-576. Also: Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc, N. Y., 1895, vii, 192-204. Also: Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1895, xii 905-917. -----. The etiology of tetanus neonatorum. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1894, xi, 876-881. Also: Tr. Am. Pe- diat. Soc, N. Y., 1894, vi, 143-148— Snowman (J.) A case of tetanus neonatorum. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1895, ii, 132.—Stevenson (L. E.) A case of tetanus neonatorum. Lancet, Lond., 1896, ii, 240.—Style (M.) A case of te- tanus neonatorum. Brit. M. L, Lond., 1896, ii, 124.— Sz.alardi (M.) Tetanus neonatorum gy6gyult esete. [Caseof . . . cured.] Gy6gyaszat, Budapest, 1904, xliv,292. Also, transl.: Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1005, lxii, 225-228.— Taylor (G. C.) A case of tetanus neonatorum. Lan- cet, Lond., 1896, ii, 1752. —Thornton (F. E.) Tetanus neonatorum. Chicago M. Times, 1896, xxix, 441.—Tur- ner (G. A.) The successful preventive treatment of the scourge of St. Kilda (tetanus neonatorum), with some considerations regarding the management of the cord in the new-born infant. Glasgow M. J., 1895, xliii, 161-174. Also: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1896, ii, 1191-1193. — del Valle y Aldabalde (R.) Pseudotetanos infantil. Rev. de med. y cirug. ptect., Madrid. 1909, lxxxiii, 169-180.—Vas (J.) Adatok a gybgysavdval kezelt cseesemo- es gyer- mekkori trismus-tetanus korjoscat&hoz. [Serum diag- nosis of trismus-tetanus in infants and children.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1910, liv, 423. —Voyer (A.) Note sur un cas de guerison de tetanos des nouveau-nes. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1903, 2. s., xxi, 996-998. — Ware (A. M.) A case of tetanus neonatorum. St. Barth. Hosp. Rep. 1900, bond., 19(il, xxxvi, 195-197.—AVoil' (H.) & Friedjung i.I. K.) Tetanus neonatorum. Med. Bl., Wien, 1902, xxv, 525.—WoJyi'iski (J.) Przypadek te.zea u noworodka; vvyzdrowieiiie. [Case of tetanus neonatorum; recovery.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1899, 2. s., xix, 816.—Wood (A. J.) Tetanus neonatorum. Austral. M. J., Melbourne, 1894, n. s., xvi, 289.— Zargaryants (A. A.) Sluchal "Tris- mus et tetanus neonatorum," llechonniy sivorotkol. [Case of . . . treated by serum.] Protok. zasaid. Kav- kazsk. med. Obsh., Tiflis, 1898-9, xxxv, 518-534,1 diag.— /.elenski (G.) Stolbuyak novorozhdennikh (trismus et t eta in is neonatorum). Akusherka, Odessa, 1894, v, 208- 211 — Zhukovski (V. P.) Stolbnyak novorozhdennikh i sluchal izlecheniya yevo sivorotkol po Behring'u. JTe- tanus of the new born, cured with serum by Beh- ring's method.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1906, xiii, 25-28. Tetanus in pregnancy and jruerperal state. See, also, Tetanus ( Uterine). Balint (R.) Ein geheilter Fall von puerperalem Te- tanus. Verhandl. d. Budapest, k. Gesellsch. d. Aerzte 1907, Budapest, 1908, 9-11.—Chatou. Sur un ens de te- tanos traumatique chez une femme enceinte de 7 mois. Rev. med. de la Franche-Comte,Besancon,1909, xvii, 142- 147 — Freund (H.) Tetanus puerperalis. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1912, xxxviii, 1813.— Garcia Rijo(R.) Tetanos puerperal curado por el suero. An. Acad.de cien. med. . . . de la Habana, 1910-11, xlvii, 753-756. Also: Cr6n. med.-quir. de la Habana, 1911, xxxvii, 12-15. -----. Tetanos y prenez; seroterapia in- tensiva, salvacten de madre y feto. An. Acad, de cien. med. . . . de la Habana, 1912-13, xlix, 62-57.—Hael- brecht. Tetanos chez une multipare, quelques jours apres une fausse-couche: mort rapide. J. d'accouch., Liege, 1899, xx, 19.—Heyse. Ueber Tetanuspuerperalis. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1893, xix, 318- 323.—Hourdet. Un cas de tetanos puerperal gtteri par le serum antitetanique. Scalpel, Liege, 1909-10, lxii, 67.— JTIascagni. Tetano in donna gravida all' 8° mese circa. Ginecologia, Firenze, 1907, iv, 721-723. — Maxwell (A.) Tetanus puerperarum. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1894, xxiii, 224-227. Tetanuslieilserum (Das) und seine Anwen- dung auf tetanuskranke Menschen. [Von Beh- ring, Hotter und Casper.] 122 pp. 8°. Leip- zig, G. Thieme, 1892. Tetany. See, also, Epilepsy (Complications, etc., of); Glottis (Spasm of); Goitre (Exophthalmic, Complications, etc., of); Goitre (Treatment of, Operative, Sequelae of j; Hysteria (Manifestations of) by disorders of nervous system; Hysteria in the pregnant; Hystero-epilepsy; Influenza (Complications of, Cerebrospinal, etc.); Lead (Poisoning by, Complications of); Parathyroid glands (Diseases of); Spasm. Cervesato (D.) Nuova contribuzione alio studio della tetania infantile. 8°. Padova, 1896. Domnauer (N.) * Ueber Tetanie bei Kin- dern. [Leipzig.] 8°. Berlin, 1895. Grabow (C.) * Ueber acht Fiille von Tetanie im Kindesalter. 8°. Kiel, 1910. James (G.-J.-L.) * A propos de quelques cas de tetanie. 8°. Bordeaux, 1906. Nolen (W.) Klinische voordrachten. II. Tetanie. 8°. Leiden, 1901. Adams (S. S.) Tetany in infants. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1898, xxxvii, 772-786. [Discussion], 808.—Arullani (P. F.) La tetania. Gazz. med. di Torino, 1896, xlvii, 1026-1032.—Ast (F.) Ueber zwei Falle von Tetanie. Deutsches Arch, f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1899, lxiii, 193-208.— Baboiineix(L) Sur un casde tetanie infantile. Gaz. d. hop., Far., 1909, lxxxii, 1755—Ball (C. R.) Tetanie. St. Paul M. J., St. Paul, Minn., 1906, viii, 468-473.—Bar- boza (J. P.) A case of tetanv? Indian M. Rec, Cal- cutta, 1895, ix, 124-126.—Barshy (J.) Case of tetany. Med. News, N. Y., 1904, lxxxiv, 350— Beck (C.) Ein Beitrag zur Tetanie im Kindesalter. Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1904, lix, 277-292, 1 pi.—Bekhtereff (V. M.) Te- taniya. Nevrol. Vestnik, Kazan, 1894, ii, 133-166. Also, transl.: Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1891-5, vi, 457-485.—Bendix (B.) Beitrage zur Tetanie der Kin- der. Charite-Ann., Berl., 1897, xxii, 325-333.—Berghinz (G.) Tetania. Riv. veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 1903, xxxviii, 457.—Bernhardt (M.) Idiopathische Tetanie. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1899, xlix, 1950.— Bertazzoli (C.) Sopra un caso di tetania. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1902, xxiii, 1437.—BondirefT( A.) Dva sluchaya tetanii u dletel. [Two cases of tetanv in children.] Russk. Med., St. Petersb., 1895, xx, 103; 119.—Boral (IT.) Stu- dien iiber Kindertetanie. Beitr. z. Kinderh. a. d. I. off. Kinderkr.-Inst. in Wien, 1893, n. F., iv, 1-14.—Brown (S.) Tetany. Med. News, N. Y, 1902, lxxxi, 7-13. — Bundy (Elizabeth R.) Cases of tetany. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1899, xxvi, 39; 607.—Burckhardt (L.) Tetanie im Kindesalter. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1893, xxiii, 17-23.—Calcaterra (E.) Sulla te- tania. Riv. sper. di freniat., Reggio-Emilia, 1910, xxxvi, 550-574.—Casalini (G.) Tetania generalizzata in lat- tante. Gior. d. Osp. Maria Vittoria, Torino, 1908, vni, 107-113.—Cautley (E.) Tetany. Hospital, Lond., 1908, xliv, 279-282.—Ciaglihski (K.) Pare, stew o te_zyczce. [On tetany.! Czasopismo lek., L6dZ, 1903, v, 108-110.— Combe. Tetanie aigite. Rev. nted. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1903, xxiii, 524.-CrandaIl (F. M.) Two cases of tetany. Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc, N. V, 1895 vii,208- 213. Alio: Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 189a, xn, 920-926. - TETANY. 39 TETANY. Tetany. Cross (E. S.) Some observations on tetanv. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1910, xvii, 177-184.—Davis (E. V.) A report of three cases of tetany, with presentation of one patient. Chicago M. Recorder, 1898, xiv, 499-501.— Belcourt(A.) Un casde tetanie essentielle. Clinique, Brux., 1902, xvi, 327-330.—Dioog (E. A. M.) lets over tetanie. Med. Rev., Haarlem, 1909, ix, 555-578.—El te- ricli (T. J.) Report of a case of tetany. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1903, xx, 189.—Emerson. Tetany. Johns Hop- kins Hosp. Rep., Bait., 1906, xvii, 238.—Erben. Drei Fiille von Tetanie. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 1160.—Ernberg (H.) spasmofili. Hygiea, Stockholm, 1911, Ixxiii, 1185-119S.—F*ohorisch (T.) Ueber Te- tanie im Kindesalter. t'ompt.-rend. Cong, internat. de med. 1897, Mosc, 1898, iii, sect. 6, 19-21, 1 diag. Also: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1897, xxxiv, 861-866.—Estrada (H. D.) Da tetania. Arch, brnsil. de psvchiat. [etc.], Rio de Jan., 1905, i, 196-204.—Evans (D. j.) Report of two cases of tetanv occurring in infanev. Montreal M. J., 1893-4, xxii, 183-186.—Ewald. Leber Tetanie. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1893, lxii, 489.—Fawcett. Te- tany. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1900, xiv, 309-316.—Fe- reiiczi(S.) Tetaniaesetek. [Casesof...] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1904, xlviii, 138. Also: Budapest! k. orvosegy. 1904-ikevievkonyve,Budapest, 1904,43. Also.transl.: Pest. med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1904,xl.654.—Ferirnson i F. U.) Two casesof tetany. Pediatries, N. Y. A: Lond., 1896, ii, 157.—Filia i A.) La tetaniechezlesenfants. Rev. d'hvg. et dented, inf. [etc.], Par., 1903, ii, 505-537,4 pi.—Foss (E. E.) K uehenivu o tetanii. [Tetanv.] Russk. Vrach. S.-1'eterb., 1904, iii, 1657-1659.—vori Frankl- Hochwart (L.) Die Tetanie. Spec. Path. u. Therap. . . . Nothnagel, Wien, 1897, xi, pt. 2, 4. Abth., 79-207.— Fraser (A. S.) A case of tetanv. Canad. Pract., To- ronto, 1893, xviii, 500-502.—Freund (H.) Zwei seltene Falle von Tetanie. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1899, xlix, 1788-1795.—Fussell (M. H.) Tetanv. Univ. M. Mag., Phila., 1893-4, vi, 229-234.-isl.[Xbstr.]: Allg. Wien.med. Ztg., 1897,xlii, 72; 84; 95; 106.— Packard (F. A.) A case of tetanus followed by recovery. Ann. Gynec. & Pediat., Bost., 1897-8, xi, 385-387.—Palmer (F. S.) Tetanv. Univ. Durham Coll. Med. Gaz.. Newcastle, 1902-3,iii,37-41.—Park (F.E.) Acaseof tetany. N.York M. J., 1896, lxiii, 742-744.—Parsons (A. R.) Tetany. Tr. Roy. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl., 1894, xii, 93-98. — Also: Dublin J. M. Sc, 1894, 3. s., cclxxiii, 201-205.—van Pee (P.) & Laruelle (L.) A propos d'un cas de teta- nic Rev. d'hyg. et de med. inf. [etc.], Par., 1906, v, 447- 453.—Pirie (J.) A series of cases of tetany, occurring in the out-patient department of the Royal Hospital for Sick Children, Edinburgh. Edinb. Hosp. Rep., 1893, i, 400- 411.—Pratt (R.) A verv acute case of tetany. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1908, ii, 1680.—Preston (G. J.) Tetany; with the report of a typical case. N. Y. Med. J., 1875, Ixi, 718. Also, Reprint.—B. (J. J.) Tetany. Maritime M. News, Halifax, 1899,xi,83.—Beilly (D.)&Borke (R. F.) Re- port of a case of tetanv in a child. West. Canada M. J., Winnipeg, 1910, iv, 435-441.—Bichardiere (H.) La tetanie. Bull, nted., Par., 1902, xvi, 629.—Biss (R.) Deux cas de tetanie infantile. Marseille med., 1900, xxxvii, 357-363.—Komme (R.) La tetanie Ciez les en- fants. Rev. mens. d. mal. de l'enf., Par., 1896, xiv, 526- 512— Russell (J. S. R.) Tetany. Syst Med. (Allbutt), Lond., 1899, viii, 47-73.—Saiz (<;.) Considerazioni in- torno ad alcuni casi di tetania osservati a Trieste. Riv. veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 1908, xlix, 161-180.—Sarbrt (A.) Tetania k6t esete. [Two cases of tetany.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1*97, xii, 183. -----. Tetania harom esete. [Three cases of tetany.] Budapesti k. orvosegy. 1904-ik evi evkonyve, Budapest, 1904, 90. Also: Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1904, xlviii, 217. Also, transl.: Pest. med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1904, xl, 1014.—Schelber (S.) Ein Fall von Tetanie. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1903, xxxix, 652. Also: Ungar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1903, viii, 138. Also, transl.: Budapesti k. or- vosegy. evkonyve, 1903, 22,—Schultze (F.) Weiterer Beitrag zur Lelire von der Tetanie. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1895, vii. 392-406.—Schumann. Ein TETANY. 40 TETANY. Tetany. Fall vn Tetanie. Deutsche mil.-arztl. Ztschr., Berl., 1905, xxxiv. 382-3*4.—Scdjt'Wick (J. P.) Spasmophilia in children, with illustrative cases. St. Paul M. J., St. Paul, Minn., 1912, xiv, 497-519.—Shannon (W.) Tet- any in a child eleven mouths old. Am. .1. Obst., N. Y., 1910, Ixi, 816 — Sliattuck (F. C.) & Locke (E. A.) A case of tetanv in an adult. Boston M. & S. J., 1902, cxlvi, 487-lsy.—Smith ( II. F.) A case of tetany. Med. Coun- cil, Phila., 1899, iv, :;)•>.—Smith (W. H.) A caseof tet- any. Phila. M. J., 1899, iii, 6*7.—Soden (W.N.) Two cases of tetanv. St. Barth. H.>sp. J., Lond., 1900-1901, viii, 10.—Stein ^J.) Drei seltenere Fiille von Tetanie. Jahrb. d. Wien. k. k. Krankenanst. 1897, Wien u. Leipz., 1*99, vi, pt. 2, 61-65,—Taylor (C. G. A case of tetany, .7. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., Lancaster, Pa., 1910, xxxvii, 322- 324.—Tetanie. Kindersp. in Basel. Jahresb. (1902), 1903, xl, 64; 74.—Tetanie; Spasmus glottidis; 3 Falle; 2 ungeheilt, 1 geheilt. Ibid., (1900), 1902, xxxviii, tit;.—Tordeus (E.) De la tetanie. Clinique, Brux., 1897, xi, 633-640. Also: J. de clin. et de therap. inf., Par., 1897, v, 784-789. -----. De la tetanie chez les enfants. J. de med. de Par., 1897, 2. s., ix, 558-560. Ms,,: M6d. inf., 1897, 285-291.—Tresilian (F.) Tetany. Lancet, Lond., 1901, ii, 21. — Valvassori.Peroni. I.a tetania dei bambini (note di patogenesi e cura). Trilnina med., Milano, 1897, iii, 125-127. — Vauahan ( B. lv) Report of seven cases of tetany. N. York M. J., 1893, lviii, 757-759. Also, Reprint.—Verier & de (ardeiial. Tetanie. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1906, xxxvi, 192. — Viewig (G.L.) Tetany; report of a case. J. Alumni Ass. Coll. Phys. & Surg. Bait., 1903-4, vi, 21 — Warfvlnge (V. W.) Fall af tetani. Forh. v. Svens. Liik.-Sallsk. Sammank., Stockholm, 1893, 56-62. — Wei- Sjert. fFa 11 von Tetanie im Kindesalter. 1 Berl. klin. WchiHcfir.. 1904, xii, 178— Weil (A.), Babonneix (L.) & Harvier (P.) Note sur les reactions eiectriques dans la tetanie des nourrissons. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1909, xi, 9-13— Westphal (A.) Ueber Te- tanie. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1900, xxvi, Ver.-Beil., 2*9. Also [Abstr.J: Centralbl. f. Ner- venh. u. psychiat.. Coblenz & Leipz., 1900, n. F., xi, 362. -----. Weiterer Beitrag znr Lehre von der Teta- nie. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1901, xxxviii, 849-854.— Whitton (T. H.) Tetanv. Australas. M. Gaz., Syd- nev, 1893, xii, 35-38.—Wick (L.) Ein Fall von Tetanie. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1895, viii, 655.— If agile ( R. L.) Un caso de tetania. Rev. de med. v cirug. pte.ct., Ma- drid, 1905, lxvii, 107-109.—Varros (Rachelle S.) A case of tetany in a child. Chicago M. Recorder, 1898, xiv, 40- 43.— Zahiiijer (T.) Ein Fall von Tetanie im Kindesal- ter. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1896, xxvi, 413-445. Tetany (Cataract in). Qitiutz (W.) *Die Entwicklung und der heutige Stand der Lehre von der Tetaniekata- rakt. 8°. Rostock, 1908. Bartels (B.) Ein Beitrag zur Tetaniekatarakt. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg,, 1906. iv, 374-381.— Freund (H.) Tetanie als Ursaehe der Starbildung. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1904, liv, 405; 456. — Fyodoroflf" (T.I.) O kataraktle vsvyazi s tetaniyei. [Cataract in connection with tetany.] Vestnik oftalmol., Kiev, 1900, xvii, 473-479.—Hanke (V.) Cataract, Neuritis optica, Degeneration des Pigmcntepithels der Irishinterflache bei Tetanie. Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. Ophth. Gesellsch. 1907, Wiesb., 1908, xxxiv, 329-334. — Kobozetif* (I. A.) O kataraktle v svyazi s tetaniyei. [Cataract in connec- tion with tetanv.] Vestnik oftalmol., Mosk., 1910, xxvii, 691-698. — Lisitsfn (I. V.) Sluchal katarakt! v svyazi s tetanivel. [Cataract combined with tetany.] Vestnik oftalmol., Kiev, 1901, xviii, 176-179. — Lozhechnikoflf (S. N.) Katarakta v svyazi s tetaniyei. [Cataract com- bined with tetany.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1899, Hi, 475- 487. Also [Abstr.]: Vestnik oftalmol., Kiev, 1900, xvii, 416. — Osterroth. Katarakt bei Tetanie. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1905, xxxi, 1254. Also: Ber. d. oberhess. Gesellsch. f. Nat,- u. Heilk., Giessen, 1906, med. Abt., 41. — Papiewski (W.) Ueber den Starrkrampf der Neugeborenen. Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Leipz., 1893-4, n. F., xxxvii, 39-60. — Peters (R. A.) Weiteres iiber Tetanie und Staarbildung. Ztschr. f. Au- genh., Berl, 1901, v, 89-100. -----. Semdesyat odin slu- chal dletskol tetanii s sbestyupatologo-anatomicheskimi izsliedovaniyaroi. [Seventy-one casesof infantile tetanv, with six pathological investigations.] Russk. Vrach, S.- Peterb., 1902, i, 1358; 1403; 1482; 1565. Also [Abstr.]: J.ne- vropat. i psikhiat. . . . Korsakova, Mosk.. 1902, ii,279-282. -----. Zur pathologischen Anatomie der Tetanie (auf Grund von 7 Obductionsbefunden); Theoretisches und Experimentelles fiber die Genese der tetanischen Symp- tome. Deutsche* Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1903,lxxvii 69-95, 2 pi.—sperber (E.) Zur Tetanie-Cataract. Arch. f. Augenh., Wiesb., 1906, liv, 386-391. — Uhtlioft'. Eine 30iahrige Frau mit dem ausgesprochenen Krankheits- bilde der Tetanie, die beiderseits von Katarakt befallen ist. Jahresb. d. schles. Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Cult. 1901 Tetany (Cataract in). Bresl., 1902, Ixxix, med. Sect., 3. — Vogt (A.) Tetanie- katarakt nach Strumektomie. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1911, xii, 695. — Xlrm (E.) Zur Tetanie-Cataract. Arch. f. A.ugenh., Wiesb., 1905, Iii, 183-200. Also, transl.: Arch. Ophth., N. Y., 1905, xxxiv, 637-653. Tetany (Causes and pathology of). See, also, Tetany ((fastrir. ami intestinal); Tetany (Parathyroid); Parathyroid glands (Diseases of). de Alberti (C.) * Contribution ii I'etude de la tetanie idiopathique. 8°. Mont pettier, 1904. Bassal (L.) *Tetanie infantile et nourrices goitreuses. 8°. Toulouse, 1901. Dufour (R.) * Contribution A, I'etude de la tetanie (tetanie des individus sains ou tt'tanie essentielle. 4°. Paris, 1892. Etter (J.) *Ein Fall von Tetanie bei Ver- brennung. 8°. Zurich, 1906. Millet (G.-M.-.T.) *La tetanie. (Interpre- tation pathogenique.) 8°. Bordeaux, 1905. Seeligmdller (S. A. S.) *Zur Aetiologie der Tetanie im Kindesalter. 8°. Bonn, 1895. Albert. Sur un cas de tetanie survenu du cours d'ac- ces graves de paludisme. Arch, de nted. et pharm. mil., Par., 1902, xxxix, 335-338.—Ascenzi (O.) Sulla tetania ereditaria. Riv. sper. di freniat., Reggio-Emilia, 1909, xxxv, 40-51.—Aschenheim (E). Ueber den Aschege- halt in den Gehirnen Spasmophiler. Verhandl. d. Ver- samml. d. Gesellsch. f. Kinderh. . . . deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1910, Wiesb., 1911, xxviii, 62-66. Also: Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, Kbnigsb. 1910, Leipz., 1911, lxxxii, pt. 2, 243.—Babonneix (L.) Diph- terie et tetanie. Rev. mens. d. mal. de l'enf., Par., 1905, xxiii, 8-24.—Babonneix (L.) & Tixier (L.) Menin- gite eSrebro-spinale et tetanie chez le nourrisson. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1908, x, 111-120. Also: Ann. de med. et chir. inf., Par., 1908, xii, 361-365.-----------. Examen de la moelle d'un chat mort de tetanie aigue. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1909, lxvi, 505-507. ----- -----. Lesions eneephaliques dans la tetanie experimen- tale. Ibid., 684-686—Berber (H.) Ueber einen Fall von Tetanie mit Obduktionsbefund. Med. Klin., Berl., 1908, iv, 1604.—Blauner (S. A.) Spasmophilia diathesis. Med. Times, N. Y., 1911, xxxix, 138-140.—Boiisson (S.) Tetanie en rachitis. Med. Weekbl., Amst., 1898-9, v, 601- 603.—Bonome (A.) & Cervesato (D.) Sulla tetania idiopatica degl' infanti. Pediatria, Firenze, 1895, iii, 144; 171, 1 pi.—Bradshaw (T. R.) Case of so-called idio- pathic tetanus. Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 1893, xiii, 421.— Brandenberg (F.) Zur Aetiologie der Tetanie. The- rap. Monatsh., Berl., 1901, xv, 558-561.—Breccia (G.) Sul reticolo neurofibrillare delle cellule motrici nella in- fezione tetanica sperimentale. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1908, xxix, 1538.— Bnndy (E. R.) Acaseof tetany, with notes concerning the etiology. Phila. M. J., 1899, iii, 508- 510.—Carpenter (J. T.) The pathology of tetany. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1894, xxiii, 182-185.—Carter (T. R.) Acaseof idiopathic tetanus. Manhattan Eye & Ear ' Hosp. Rep., N.Y., 1896, iii, 104-107.—Chvostek (F.) Be- merkungen zur Aetiologie der Tetanie. Wien. klin. Wchn- schr.,1905,xviii,969-974. -----. Beitrage zur Lehre von der Tetanie. 2. Das kausaleund die auslosenden Momente; der akute Anfall von Tetanie nach Tuberkulininjektion. Ibid., 1907, xx, 625-632. ■-----. Beitrage zur Lehre von der Tetanie. 3. DieelektriseheUebererregbarkcitdcrmotori- schenNerven. Ibid., 787-792.—Coler. Ueberfamiliares Auftreten der Tetanie. Med. Klin., B rl., 1910, vi, 1101- 1105— von Cybulski (T.) Ueber den Kalkstoffwechsel des tetaniekranken Siiuglings. Monatschr. f. Kinderh., Leipz. u. Wien, 1906, v, 409-413—Dammer (F.) Mit- theilung iib-r einen Fall von Tetanie nach Intoxication. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1900, xlvii, 1587.—De Al- berti (C.) Sur la tetanie idiopathique. Centremed. et pharm. Gannat, 1904-5, x, 31.—Durante (D.) La spas- mofllia nell' infanzia; etiologia e patogenesi. Atti di Cong, pediat. ital. 1911, Palermo, 1912, vii, 238-249.— Elliott (G.) A case of tetany following measles. Do- minion M. Month., Toronto, 1903, xx, 210— Erben (S.) Drei Kranke mit Tetanie. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xxv, 727. — Eulenberg (A.) Tetanie? nach elektri- schem Trauma. Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl., 1912, xviii, 1-6.—Falta (W.) & Kahn (F.) Klinische Studien fiber Tetanie mit besondererBerueksichtigungdesvegetativen Nervensvstems. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1911, lxxiv, 108-177,1 pi.—Falta (W.) & Rudinger (C.) Klinische und experimentelle Studien fiber Tetanie. Verhandl d. Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1909, 40,5-409—Fede (N.) Spasmofilia nella infanzia; etiogenesi e patogenesi. Atti d. Cong, pediat. ital. 1911, Palermo, 1912, vii, 468-472.— Ferrata (A.) Sulla base anatomica della tetania in- TETANY. 41 TETANY. Tetany (Causes and pathology of). fantile. * Pediatria, Napoli,1905, 2. s.. iii. >37-544.—Fischl (R.) Tetanie, Laryngospasmus und ihre Beziehungen zur Rachitis. Deutsche mod. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1S97, xxiii, 150: 109. — Fleiscliinaiui. [Beziehungen zwischen der Tetanie und der Entwicklung von Defekt- bilduiuen des Zahnschmelzcs.] Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1908, vii, 182-184.—Fox (H.) Acaseof te.anv due to exposure to the sun. Brit. M. J., Lond.. 1899, ii, 1474.—Freund (E.) Ueber die Be- ziehungen der Tetanie zur EpilepMe und Hysterie, nebst . Mittheilung eines Falles von Tetanie bei Osteomalacic Deutsche* Arch. f. klin. Med.. Leipz., 1903, lxxvi, 10-23 — Fuchs (A.) Zur Aetiologie der epideinischen Tetanie. Zentralbl. f. d.ges. Phvsiol. u. Path. d. Sioffwechs., Berl. u. Wien, 1911, n. F.. vi, 411-444.—tiiese henii sluchal tyazbolol tetanii u vzroslavo. [Enigmatic case, from an etiological point of view, of severe tetany in an adult ] Protok. zasaid. Obsh. Morsk. vrach. v Kronstadte, l!>01-2, xl, no. 2, 81-93.—Guleke. Experimentelle Untersuchungen Qber Tetanie. Arch. f. klin. Chir.. Berl.. 1911, xciv. 496- 532.— Haskins (H. D.) & Gerstenberger (H.J.) Calcium metai"3isrn in a ea-e of infantile tetany. J. Exper. M., Lancaster. Pa.. A. N. Y., 1911, xiii. 311-318.— Hirsehleld(Hanna) & llirschfeld (L.) Ueber vaso- konstringierende Substanzen im Serum bei Rachitis, Te- tanie und exsudativer Diathese. Miinehen. med. Wchn- schr., 1911, lviii, 1660; 1971. — Jacobson (Clara). The concentration of ammonia in the blood of dogs and cats necessary to produce ammonia tetanv. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y.. 1909-10, vii, 124-126. Also: Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1910, xxvi, 407-112.—Kashida (K.) Ue- ber Tetanie, nebst einer Bemerkung zur Erregbarkeit der motorischen Nerven durch den thermischen Reiz. Mitt. a. d. med. Fae. d. k.-jap. Univ. Tokio, 1904. v, 177- 219, 3 pi,—Kassowitz (M.) Tetanie und Autointoxi- cation im Kindesalter. Wien. med. Presse. 1897, xxxviii, 97; 139.—Kirehgasser iG.) Beitrage zur Kinderteta- nie und den Beziehungen derselben zur Rachitis und zum Laryngospasmus. nebst anatomischen Untersuchun- gen iiber Wurzelveriinderungen im kindlichen Riieken- mark. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1900, xvi. 356- 398. —Koster (H.) Ein Fall von Tetanie mit eigen- thumlichern Sectionsbefund. Ibid., 1896, ix, 207-216.— Kovacz (O.) A spa»inophil diathesisrbl. Gv6gv&szat, Budapest, 1911, li, S5U-352.—Klihn. Ein Fail vbn Te- tanie bei Scharlach im Kindesalter. Berl. klin. Wchn- schr., 1899, xxxvi. 855-K57. — Liegeois (C.) Un cas de tetanie par nevrite p'.piitee externe. Progres med., Par., 1^94, 2. s., xix. 145. — lioebl i H.) Tetanie und Autoin- toxication. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1903, xvi, 943-947.— Longo (A.) Calcio e spa-mnfilia infantile (a proposito della ipotesi di Stoltzner sulla patogenesi della tetania dei bambini). Policlin., Roma, 1910, xvii, sez. med., 495- 514. -----. A proposito di un caso di tetania infantile; contributo all' anatomia patologica ed alia patogenesi di tale affezione. Ibid., 1911, xviii, sez. med.. 496-506.— .11 act'a 11 u in (W. G.) The pathology of tetanv. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1905, xvi, 148. — JIarek (R.l Leber einen Fall von Tt mienach Adrenalininjektionen bei Osteomalazie. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xxiv, 633- 636. — .Tlichnik-Elriisi (E.) Dletskaya tetaniya iii spazmofilniy diatez. [Tetany of children and spasmophi- lic diathesis.] Med. Obozr., Mosk , 1912, lxxvii, 40-52.— IWogilnitski (B. N.) K vpraiu ob etiologii tetanii. [Etiologv of tetanv.] J. nevropat. i psikhiat. . . . Korsa kova, Mosk., 1910, x, 1270-1279—-Moizard cfc Grcnct (H.) Tetanie chez un enfant rachiti^m-; licjin'de cephalo- racnidien normal. Ann. de med. et chir. inf., Par., 1904, viii, 372.—Nathan (H.) Ueber einen Fall von Tetanie mit trophisch' n St<">rungen im Bereiche des Nervus me- dianus. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1902, xxvii, 14-16.— Neter (E.) Zur Pathogenese und Therapie des Laryngo- spasmus, der Tetanie und Eklainpsie. Berl. klin.-therap. Wchnschr., 1904, 84-90. -Pcchoc (K.) Tetanie zen kojicich a diabetes lactantimn. [Tetanie et diabete des nourrices. R6s.] Rev. v neurol., psychiat., fys. a diatet. therap., v Praze, 1907, iv, .545-547.—Pennato (P.) Ittero grave e tetania. Tommasi, Napoli, 1908, iii, 381-383.— Pexa (W.) Die Kindertetanie (Spasmophilic) und ihre Pathogenese; eine Uebersicht fiber die gegenwiirtigen Ansihunungen und neuenForschungsergebnisse. Klin.; therap. Wrchnschr., Wien, 1908, xv, 1012; 1053; 1078; 1141- 1178; 1209; 1236.-----. O puvodu tetanie det«ke. [Re- cherches experimentales sur ltetiologie de la tetanie chez les enfant*.] Shorn, lek.. v Praze. 1909-10, x, 125-172. Also, transl.: Arch. f. Kinderh., Stuttg.. 1910, liv, 1-57.— Pleitter (R.) Das Vorkommen und die Aetiologie der Tetany (Causes and pathology of). Tetanic, zusammenfassendes Referat. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1896, vii, 225-238.—Pick (A.) Vorlaurige Mittheilung zur Pathologic der Tetanie. Neu- rol. Centralbl.. Leipz., 1902, xxi, 578. -----. Weiterer Bei- trag zur Path('lo-ie der Tetanie, nebst einer Bemerkung zur Chemie verkalkter Hirngefiisse. Ibid., 1903, xxii, 754-756.— Pineles i 1 i Zur Pathogenese der Tetanie. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1905-6, lxxiv. 491- 524. ■-----. Zur Pathogenese der Kindertetanie. Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1907, lxvi, 66.5-693. —Prandt (A.) Elmintiasi e tetania. Clin, mod., Pisa, 1904, x, 463-465.— Quest (R.) Badania nad etyologia. tezyczki u dzieci. [Etiology of tetanv in children.] Lwow. tvgodn. lek., 1910, v, 213; 227.—Rinny. Tetanie consecutive a une angine diphterique chez une fillette de 4 ans h. Gaz. nted. dePieardie, Amiens, 1903. xxi, 198-207.—I* isel(H.) Die Pathogenese der Kinder-Tetanie; Entgegnung auf die Arbeit Stbltzner's. Monatschr. f. Psvchiat. u. Neurol., Berl., 1909, xxvi, 112-115. -----. Spasmophilic und Er- niihrung im Kindesalter. Therap.d.iirztl. Praxis, Leipz., 1910, i, 274-282.—Bist & Simon (L.-G.) Trois cas de tetanie avec examen de liquide cephalo-rachidien. Ann. de med. et chir. inf., Par., 1904, viii, 308-372.—Bonime (R.) Etiologie de la tetanie chez les eniants. Gaz. hebd. de med., Par., 1897, n. s., ii, 73-76.—Rossolimo (G. I.) K patologicheskol anatomii tetanii zhelndoehnavo proi- skhozhdeniya. [Pathoanatomy of tetany of gastric ori- gin.] J. nevropat. i psikhiat. . . . Korsakova, Mosk., 1901, i, 727-732.—Kudinger it.) Zur Aetiologie und Patho- genese der Tetanie. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1908, v, 205-214.—Sacknr. Ueber die todtliche Nachwirkung der durch Kaffein erzeugten Muskelstarre. Arcb.f.path. Anat. [etc.],Berl.,1895.exli.479-4*4.—Sarbd i A.) Die Tetanie; eineatiologisch-pathol, igisehe Studie. Deutsche Ztschr. f.Nervenh., Leipz.. l*y5-6, viii. 242-258.— Scliiiller A.) Rachitis tarda und Tetanie. Wien. med. Wchnschr.. 1909, lix, 2237-2244.—Schwarz (H.) A Bass I.M. H.) The calcium metabolism in infantile tetany, with reportof a case. Am. J. Dis. Child., Chicago, 1912, iii, 15-22.—Shabad (I. A.) Obmlen izvesti pri dlet- skol tetanii. [ Metabolism of calcium in children's tetany.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1911,xviii.969; 992. Also, transl.: Monatschr. f. Kinderh., Leipz. u. Wien, 1910-11, ix, 25-35.—Smith (A. H.) A case of tetanv dependent on autoinfection. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1900, lviii, 910.— Sternberg (M.) & Grossmann (E.) Zwei bemer- kenswerte Falle von Arbeitertetanie. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1910, xxxix, 403-420.—Stoeltzner W.| Die Kinder Tetanie (Spasmophilie) als Calcium- vergiftung. Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1906, lxiii, 661- 683.-----. Die Pathogenese der Kinder-Tetanie (Spasmo- ' philie). Monatschr. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol. Berl., 1909, xxv, 324-348.—Valdameri (A.) Di un nuovo momento etiopatogenetico della tetania nell' infanzia. Gazz. med. lomb., Milano, 1911, lxx, 411-413. Also [Abstr.]: Atti d. Cong, pediat. ital. 1911, Palermo, 1912, vii, 495 — Vetlesen (H. I.) Spasmofll diatese. Tidsskr. f. d. norske Lagefor., Kristiania, 1910, xxx, 1057.—Vincent (H.) Contribution a I'etude du tetanos dit medical ou spontane: influence de la chaleur. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1904, xviii, 450-464.—von Voss (G.) Be- merkungen zur Genese der Tetanie. Psvchiat.-neurol. Wchnschr., Halle a. S., 1902-3, iv. 549-551.—White (F. W.) A case of tetanv. Boston M. A S. J.. 1899, cxli, 439. Also. Reprint.—Wick (L.) Ein Fall von Tetanie mit Schrumpfniere. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1894, xliv, 787; 838; 898; 943.—Wirth (K.) [Phosphorvergiftung und Tetanie.] Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1908, vii, 111-113. Als,,: Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xxi, 1325-1327— Zagari (G.) Tetania e malaria. Gazz. internaz. di med., Napoli, 1908, xi, 209-211.—Zap- pert (J.) Ruckenmarksuntersuehungen bei Tetanie. Monatschr. f. Kinderh., Leipz. u. Wien, 1911, x, Orig., 261-265. Tetany (Chronic). Luttwig (G.) * Ein Fall von thronischer Tetanie. 8°. Munchen, 1903. Fschcrich (T.) Ein Fall von chronischer Tetanie im ersten Kindesalter. Beibl. z. d. Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1908, vii. 217-222. Also: Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1908, lviii. 2673-2070.—.TIery. La tetanie permanente. Rev. g6n. de clin. et de therap.. Par., 1904, xviii, 119.—Jlonnler (A.) In casde tetanie chronique recidivante chez un vieillard: tetanie renale. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1906, 2. s., xxiv, 541-549.—Pineles (F.) Ein Fall von chronischer, seit 20 Jahren recidivi- render Tetanie. Wien. med. Presse, 1898, xxxix, 231.— Schiller (F.) Ueber familiare chronische Tetanie. Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1911, n. F., Ixxiii, 601-610.— Sutherland ((J. A.) Chronic tetanv. Proc. Rov. Soc. Med., Lond., 1910-11, iv. Sect. Stud.* Dis. Child'., 17.— Toyofuhu (T.) Klinische und pathologisch-anato- mische Untersnchung eines Falles von chronischer Te- tanie im ersten Kindesalter. Jahrb. f. Psvchiat. u. Neurol., Leipz. u. Wien, 1909, xxx, 113-124. TKTANY. 42 TETANY. Tetany (Complications and sequel.r of). See, also, Epilepsy (Complications, etc., of); Tetany (Cataract in). Fraisseix (J.) * Goitre exophtalmique et tetanie. 8°. Paris, 1900. Benedict (C. C.) Tetany and laryngismus stridulus accompun\ing malnutrition in an infant. J. Am. M. Ass , Chicago, 1905, xliv, 3s — Brissaud (E.) & Londe (P ) Acroparesthfeie, tetanie, fluxion goutteuse. Rev.. de med., Par., 1901, xxi, 545-556.— tiioseffi (M.) Cardio- patia e tetania. Riv. di clin. pediat., Firenze, 1910,. via, 815-819. Also [Abstr.]: Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1910, xxxi, 825. Also, transl: Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1910, lv, 523.— Iloehliaiis (H.) Ein Fall von Tetanie und Psychose mit u'idlichem Ausgang bei einem Kranken mit Syringo- myelic Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh.,Leipz., 1895, vii. 102- 112.—K u n n (< .) l" eber Augenmuskelkrampfe bei Teta- nie. la utschemed. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl.,1897,xxiii, 413 — Lapinski (M. N.) Sluchalpovtornol tranzitornol gal h u tsinatornolsputannosti pri tetanii. [Repeated tran- sitory hallucinatoryinsanitvintetany.] Russk.med.Vest- nik S -l'cteib.,1903,v, no. 2,1-15. Also.transl: Neurol. Cen- tralbl., Leipz., 1907, xxvi, 146-154.—Luger (A.) Ein Fall von Tetanieepilepsie. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xxiv, 604-606.—Luther. Tetanie und Psychose. Allg. Ztschr. f. Psychiat. [etc.],Berl., 1901,lviii,254-268.—Pastore (S.) Tetania, malaria e allattamento. Policlin., Roma, 1908, xv, sez. prat., 1305.—Pineles (F.) Tetanie und Epi- lepsie. Wien. klin Rundschau, 1909, xxiii, 760-762.— Keel licit (W.) Tetanie und Epilepsie. Monatschr. f. Psvchiat. u. Neurol., Berl., 1911. xxx, 439-475.—Saiz (G.) Tetanic mit epileptiformen An fallen und Psychose. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xlviii, 245-247.—Scheiber (S. H.) teber einen schweren und abnormen Fall von Tetanie. Ungar. med. Presse, Budapest. 1902, vii, 391.—Sclmltze (F.) Tetanie und Psvchu-e. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1897, xxxiv, 177-179.—Nm'illi (W. B ) Pericarditis with tet- anv. Annual rep. trans. S. Durham & Cleveland M. Soc., Hartlepool, 1878-9, vi, 4L-45.—Vidal (L.) Tetanie, hvstero-epileptique; hemi, puis paraplegiforme. Lan- giiedoc med.-chir., Toulouse, 1903, xi, 183-190. Tetany (Diagnosis and semeiology of). See, also, Tetany (Chronic); Tetany (Hys- terical). Feldman (Soura). *Les tetanies symptoma- tiques. 8°. Paris, 1908. Pons (F.) * Sur quelques points de la tetanie infantile; 6tude; diagnostic. 8°. Toulouse, 1903. Saixt-Ange-Roger (E.-L.) *Les formes rares de la tetanie infantile. 8°. Paris, 1902. Also LAbstr.], in: Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1902, lxxv, 981-983. Zardel (A.) *Du diagnostic de la tetanie cho/. le nourrisson. s°. Paris, 1909. Alexander (W.) Leber das Beinpbiinomen bei Te- tanie. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1910, xxxvi, 1030.—Bass (M. H.) Chvostek's sign and its sig- nificance in older children. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., & N. Y., 1912, cxliv, 64-71—Blazieck (J.) Ueber einige sel- tene Formen der Tetanie. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1894, vii, 826; 869; 908— Brown (S.) Clinical lecture on tet- any. N. Am. Pract., Chicago, 1893, v, 66-70.—Buett- ner (W.) Ein dem Beinphanomen der echten Tetanie in seinem klinischen Aussehen gleichendes vielleieht richtiger als Pseudo-Beinphanomen zu bezeb'hnendes Symptom in einem Falle von Pseudotetania hysterica. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xxiv, 162-167.—da Costa Ferreira (A. A.) Tetania symptomatica. Med. mod., Porto, 1909, xvi, pt. 6, 11— Cruchet (R.) Considera- tions cliniques sur le tetanos et la tetanie, speeialement chez l'enfant. Progres med., Par., 1912, 3. s., xxviii, 161- 165.—< iirschmann (H.) Ueber Pseudotetanie und Uebergangsformen zwischen genuiner und hysteriseher Tetanie. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1904, xii, 997; 1031. Also: Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1904, xxvii, 239- 268.—Durante (D.) Forme cliniche di tetania infan- tile; il tremore nei bambini. Pediatria, Napoli, 1902, x, 609-621.—Ebstein (E.) Ungewohnliches Syndrom von Tetanie beim Erwacbsenen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1912, xxxviii, 197. Also: Med. Klin., Berl., 1911, vii, 1496-1499.—Fseherieh (T.) Die tetanoiden Erkrankungen des ersten Kindcsalters. Wien. med. Presse, 1903, xliv, 2357-2365. -----. Demonstration eines typisehen Falles von Kindertetanie. Wien klin. Wchn- schr., 1906, xix, 1427. -----. Zur Kenntnis der teta- noiden Zustande des Kindesalters. Verhandl. d. Ver- samml. d. Gesellsch. f. Kinderh. . . . deutsch. Naturf. n. Aerzte, Wiesb., 1907, xxiv, 19-25. Also: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1907, liv, 2073. -----. [Infantile Tetanie mit exzessiver mechanischer und elektrischer Erregbar- keit] Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1907, vi, 51-55.—Finkelstein (H.) Zur Kennt- Tetany (Diagnosis and semeiology of). niss der Tetanie und der tetanoiden Zustande der Kin- der. Fortschr. d. Med., Berl., 1902, xx, 665- 671.— Fischl (R.) SeUenere Erscheinungsformen der infantilen Te- tanie. Therap. d. arztl. Praxis, Leipz., 1910, i, 283-291 — Foss (E. E.) Tetaniva s miotonicheskimi yavleniyami. [Tetanv, with myotonic phenomena.) obozr. psichiat., ne- vrol. fete], S.-Peterb.. 1904, ix, 481-4*4— von Frankl- Hochwart (L.) Die Prognose der Tetanie der Er- wach.senen. Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1906, xxv, 642; 694. -----. Die Schicksale der Tetaniekranken. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1906, Ivi, 309-317. Also [Abstr.]: Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1906, v, Beil. 1, 1-3.—Freund (E.) Tetanieahnliche Kriimpfe bei anamisehen Zustiinden. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1910, xxxv, 510—Freund (H.) Tetanie und Krampfneuro- sen. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1902, Iii, 2176; 2235.—Fuchs (A.) Analogien im Krankheitsbilde des Ergotismus und der Tetanie. Ibid., 1911, Ixi, 1853; 1920; 1974—Funke(R.) Ueber Pseudotetanie. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1903, xxviii, 233: 1904, xxix, 257; 273; 286; 299; 309; 355; 370; 379; 432; 442 — tiangliol'ner (F.) Ueber Spasmus glottidis bei Teta- nie der Kinder. Verhandl. d. Versamml. d. Gesellsch. f. Kinderh. . . . deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1899, Wiesb., 1900, xvi, 91-106. -----. Zur Diagnose der Tetanie im ersten Kindesalter. Ztschr. f. Heilk., Wien u. Leipz., 1902, xxiii, Abth. f. int. Med., 244-278. Also [Abstr.]: Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1901, Leipz., 1902, Ixxiii, pt. 2,med. Abth.,233-235. Also [Abstr.]: Verhandl. d. Versamml. d. Gesellsch. f. Kinderh. . . . deutsch. Na- turf. u. Aerzte 1901, Wiesb., 1902, xviii, 23-27.—diersten- beryer (H. J.) Clinical and experimental observations in a case of prolonged infantile tetany. Cleveland M. J., 1909, viii, 671-675, 1 ch.—Giarratana (G.) Su di un nuovo segno diagnostics nella tetania infantile. Atti d. Cong, pediat. ital. 1911, Palermo, 1912, vii, 476.—Guinon (L.) Sur la tetanie k forme de pseudo-tetanos (contrac- ture g^neralisee intermittente). Bull. Soc. de pddiat. de Par., 1899, i, 150-154.-----. Frequence et formes rares de la tetanie infantile. Compt. rend. Soc. d'obst., de gynec. et de psediat. de Par., 1899, i, 278-291. -----. Tetanie avec arthropathies. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1901, iii, 212- 215. -----. Les formes rares de la tetanie. Semainented., Par., 1901, xxi, 345. Also, transl.: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1903, n. s., lxxv. 395-397.—Haj6s (L.) Tetania typusos esete. [Typical case.] Orvosi hetil.. Budapest, 1898, xlii, 134.—Hochsinger (C.) Ueber Tetanie und tetanieahnliche Zustande bei Kindern der ersten Le- bensmonate. Verhandl. d. Versamml. d. Gesellsch. f. Kinderh. . . . deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1899, Wiesb., 1900, xvi, 107-115.—Ibrahim (J.) Ueber Tetanie der Sphink- teren, der glatten Muskeln und des Herzens bei Siiuglin- gen. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1911, xii, 436- 463.—von Jakscli (R.) Tetanie, ein Initialsymptom akuter Erkrankungen. Wien. med.Wchnschr.,1908, lviii, 715.—Kaliseher (S.) Ueber Gangstorungen bei Teta- nie. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1903, xl, 823-825.—Kasso- witz (M.) Ueber Stimmritzenkrampf und Tetanie im Kindesalter. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1893, xliii, 645; 596; 647; 694; 747; 792; 828; 875; 910— Keiper. Ueber Pseu- dotetanie im Kindesalter. Vereinsbl. d. pfiilz. Aerzte, Frankenthal, 1908, xxiv, 68-71.—Koelzer (W.) Latente Tetanie. Charite-Ann., Berl., 1905, xxix, 267.—Kose (O.) O pseudotetanii. Casop. lek desk., v Praze, 1900, xxxix, 1039-1046.—von K latt't-Ebiiiii (R.) Ueber Pseudote- tanie. Beitr. z. inn. Med. Festschr. d. Cong. f. . .. in Karlsbad 1899, Wien, 1900, 21-31. Also: Prag. med. Wchn- schr., 1899, xxiv, 164-167.—Rranshar (M.) Te.zyczka jawnaiutajonaudzieci. [Tetaniamanifestaet larvata.l Medycyna, Warszawa, 1900, xxviii, 605; 626.—Loon (J.) Fall von Laryngospasmus und Tetanie. Mitth. d. Ver. d. Aerzte in Steiermark 1891, Graz,1892, xxviii, 107. -----. Die Tetanie der Kinder und ihre Beziehungen zum La- ryngospasmus. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1892,1,169-212.—Liiist (F.) Das Peroneuspbiinomen; ein Beitrag zur Diagnose der Spasmophilic (Tetanie) im Kindesalter. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr.. 1911, lviii, 1709- 1713.—Ulace de Lepinay. Diagnostic de la tetanie chez le nourrisson. Clinique, Par., 1910, v, 597.—Ma- li ara. Tetania permanente e pseudotetano di Esche- rich. Pensiero med , Milano, 1911, i, 525-530. Also: Rassegna di pediat., Parma, 1911, no. 8, ii, 25-32.—Maim (L.) Untersuchungen iiber die electrische Erregbarkeit im friihen Kindesalter, mit besonderer Beziehung auf die Tetanie. Monatschr. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol., Berl., 1900.vi, 14-38.—Marian (A.-B.) Spasmedelaglotte.tetanie.cata- lepsieetrachitisme. J .dented.int., Par.,1909. xiii,305-310.— rtliiller (H. F.) Ueber das electrische Verhalten des Herzens bei Tetanie. Deutsches Arch, f. klin. Med.. Leipz., 1898, Ixi, 632-636.— Neumann (H.) Die Bedeutung des Fazialisphanomens jenseits des Saufflingsalters. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u.Berl., 1912, xxxviii, 813.—New (A) svmptom in tetanv. [Edit.] Lancet, Lond., 1904, i, 885— Oddo (C.) & Sarles. Caracteres des urines dans la tetanie infantile. Med. inf., Par., 1894, i, 483-591. Also: Marseille med., 1895, xxxii, 257-266.— von Orzechowski (K.) Die Tetanie mit myotoni- schen Symptomen. Jahrb. f. Psychiat., Leipz. u. Wien, TETANY. 43 TETANY. Tetany (Diagnosis and semeiology of ). 1909, xxi'x, 283-328.'—Passerinl (D.) Intornodi un caso di pseudotetania. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1898, xix, 648- 650.—Peters (R. A.) Dva novlkh i odin stariy priznak tetanii; ikh primleneniye k raspoznavaniyu nervnikh bolleznel u dletey i k voprosuoskrltol tetanii. [Two new and one old sign of tetany; their application to the diag- nosis of nervous diseases in children and in masked tet- any.] Russk.Vrach,S.-Peterb.,1903,ii,1497; 1540.—Fiery. Sur un cas de tetanie a forme de rhumatisme musculaire. Lyon med., 1905, cv, 160-164.—von Pirquet (C.) [Zwei Kinder mitlatenter Tetanie.] Mitt, d Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1906, v, 121-123.—Pool (E. H.) The leg and arm phenomena in tetany. Am. J. M. Sc., Phila.&N.Y.,1910,cxl,696-698. Also, Reprint. Also.transl.: Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1911, xxx, 131.—Popper (K.) Dyspnoe bei Tetanie. (Casuistische Skizze.) Arch. f. Kinderh., Stuttg., 1894-5.xviii. 198-205.—Preston [O. J.) Tetany; with the report of a typical case. N. York M. J., 1895, Ixi, 718.—Bamaccl (A.) Ln caso di pseudotetano di Escherich. Pediatria, Napoli, 1909, 2. s., vii, 529-536.— Raymond(F.) Tetanieund Pseudotetanie. Med.Klin., Berl., 1905, i, 1105-1109.—Reed (K. H.) An unusual type of tetany? J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1907, ix, 522-524.—Keiss (E.) Zur Erklaruug der elektrischen Reaktion bei Spasmophilic Ztschr. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1911, Orig., iii, l-ll.—Samelson (S.) Ueber vasokon- stringierende Substanzen im Serum bei Rachitis, Tetanie und exsudativer Diathese. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1911, lviii, 1826— Scheiber(S. H.) Ein schweren Fall von Tetanie im Anschlusse an eine lang andauernde tetanoide Periode. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1903, liii, 219-224. -----. Ein Fall von atypischer Tetanie mit anfanglichemGesichtskrampf. Ibid., 1904, liv, 1205; 1269. Also: Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1904, xl, 843- 845— Schlesinger (H.) Ein bisher unbekanntesPhii- nomen bei Tetanie (das Beinphanomen). Mitt. d. Ge- sellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1910, ix, 42-44. Also: Wien. klin. Wchnschr.. 1910, xxiii, 315-317. -----. Weitere Mitteilungen iiber das Beinphanomen bei Teta- nie. Mitt.d.Gesellsch.f.inn.Med.u. Kinderh.inWien,1910, ix, 60. Also: Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1910, xxix, 626- 629.—Schoenborn(S.) LeberatypischeBeobachtungen bei der menschlichen Tetanie. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Ner- venh., Leipz., 1910, xxxviii, 285. -----. Klinisches zur menschlichen Tetanie im Anschluss an 41 Fiille. Ibid.,x\, 319-344,1 pi.—Schultze (F.) Das Verhalten der Zunge bei Tetanie. Arch. f. Psychiat., Berl., 1902, xxxvi, 329. -----. Ueber das Verhalten dermecbanischen Muskeler- regbarkeit bei der Tetanie und das Zungenphanomen (nebst Bemerkungen fiber die Wirkung der Epithelkor- persubstanzt. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1911, lviii, 2313-2315— Sieber fE.) Novy priznak pfi tetanii. [A new symptom of tetany.] Casop. lek. cesk., v Praze, 1910, xlix, 1151-1155,1 pi.—Solovyeir (A. I.) Noviy priznak pri tetanii; sokrashtsheniya grudobryushnol pregradi s udarami serdtsa: Phrenicus-phiinomen. [New sign in tetany; contraction of the diaphragm with cardiac beats . . .] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1902, i, 764-767. Also [Abstr.]: Bolnitsch. gaz. Botkina, St. Petersb., 1902, xiii, 1226. Also, transl.: Rev. clin. d'androl. et de gynec., Par., 1903, ix, 76-87.— Sperk (B.) Zur klinischen Bedeutung des Facialisphiina(B.) Tetaniagiistrica. Siglomed.,Madrid, 1896, xliii, 326; 342; 357.—Goilart-Danhieux. A pro- pos d'un cas de tetanie d'origine gastrique. Ann. de la Policlin. de Par., 1896, vi, 140-147.—Goodrich (C. H.) Appendicitis and tetany. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1908, xlviii, 859-861.—Gordon (G. A.) A fatal case of gastric tetanv. Lancet, Lond., 1910, i, 1618—Greenfield (D. G.) A fatal caseof tetanv in association with dilatation of the small intestine, ibid., 1903. ii, 1019.—GruziiiolT(F. A.I Sluchal tetanii pri rasshirenii zheludka. [Tetany in dila- tation of the stomach.] Klin. J., Mosk., 1900, iii, 132- 153.—Guerra-Coppioli (L.) Di un caso di tetania di origine gastro-intestinale. Riforma med., Napoli, 1908, xxiv, 570-572.— Guinon (L.) Tetanie a forme de tetanos au d6butde larievre typho'fde. Rev. mens. d. mal. de l'enf., Par., 1906, xxiv, 409-413.—Gumprecht. Magen- tetanieund Autointoxikation. Centralbl. f. innere Med., Leipz., 1897, xviii, 569-593.—Halliburton (W. D.) & McKendrick (J. S.) An experimental inquiry into the pathology of gastric tetany. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901, i, 1607-1610.—Hautefeuille. Tetanie gastrique. Arch. de mal. de l'appar. digest, [etc.], Par., 1907, i, 729-736.— Hayes (J. B.) Tetany; its association with chronic af- fections of the stomach. Dublin J. M. Sc, 1904, ex vii 272-275.—How aril. Gastric tetanv. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1905, xvi, 148.— Hunter (W. K.) A case of gastric tetany, with an account of the microscopic appearances found in the medulla and spinal cord. tilasg. Hosp. Rep., 1900, ii, 81-90, 1 pi.— lonescu (T.) & Grossinami (I.) Pilorospasm cu ipersecretie si tetanie. Rev. de chir., Bucuresti, 1904, viii, 289-302.— Also, traml.: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1905, lb, 1920- 1923. —.lonnesco ( T.) & Grossiuann ( J.) Pylo- ruskrampf nut Hypersekretion und Tetanie; klinische und experimentelle studie. Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl 1905, xxvi, 357-359. Also, transl.: Presse med., Par., 1905' l, 409-411.—Kashida. [Remarks on a case of entero- gastnc tetany.] Nippon Shokwaki RvogakuKwaiZasshi, Tokyo, 1904-.>, in, 125-182.—Kiiinicutt (F. P.) A clini- cal study of the therapeutic value of the calcium salts in gastric tetany, with an anatomical report on the para- thyroid bodies. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1909, n s cxxxvni, 1-10. Also: Tr. Ass. Am. Phvsicians. Phila.. 1909, xxiv, 475-186.—Kuckein (R.) ysicians, Phila. Ein Fall von la- Tetany (Gastric and intestinal). tenter Tetanie bei hochgradiger Erweiterungdes Magens in Folge careinoir.atbser Pylorusstenose. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1898, xxxv, 989-993— Laiiccreaux.. Con- tribution a I'etude de la tetanie d'origine gastri(|iie. Med. mod., Par., 1905, xvi, 65-67. — L,aii!iinead (F.) On a case of relapsing tetany associated with dilatation of the sigmoid flexure. Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1905-6, xxxix, 48-52, 11., 1 pi. -----. On tetany associated with dilatation of the large intestine in children. Ibid., 1907. xl, 67-71,1 L, 1 pi. Also: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1907, i, 141, -----. Facial irritability of-fifteen months' duration suc- ceeding tetany in association with dilatation of the large intestine. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1908-9, ii, Sect. Stud. Dis. Child., 218-221. -----. Tetany and dilatation of the colon. Clin. J., Lond., 1911, xxxviii, 262-272.— Larkin. A caseof gastric tetany. Proc. N. York Path. Soc, 1911-12, n. s., xi, 18.—Larrabee (R. C.) A case of gastric tetany. Boston M. & S. J., 1899, cxli, 440. [Dis- cussion], 448.—Leroux (C.) Tetanie au cours d'une entero-colite aigue. Bull. Soc de pediat. de Par., 1900, ii, 238-241. Also: Arch, de nted. d. enf., Par., 1901, iv, 97.— de Luna. Maladiede Reichmann; tetanic; mort. Mar- seille med., 1893, xxx, 666-671. —McCaskey (G. W.) Transient paraplegia and tetany of gastric origin. Chi- cago M. Recorder, 1899, xvi, 379-384. Also: West. Clin. Recorder, Chicago, 1899, i, 142-145— Mackay (W. A.) & JTIacdonald (I.) A case of gastric tetany; gastro- enterostomy; recovery. Lancet, Lond., 1905, ii, 1470. Also, transl.: Rev. med. de Sevilla, 1908, xxvii, 5-10.— McKendrick (J. S.) Case of tetany with dilatation of the stomach; death. Lancet, Lond., 1898, ii, 796-798.— Want (H. T.) & Shaiv (II. B.) Tetany of seven months' duration associated with gastro-intestinal dis- order in a girl set. 9 years, apparently cured by the use of thyroid substance. Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1905-6, xxxix, 229.—Itlinoliara. [A case of tetany of the stomach.] I-Cho-byo Kenkyu Kwai Kwaiho, Tokyo, 1900-1901, ii, 250-272. -----. [Remarks on tetanus of the stomach.] Kyo-rin-no Shiori, Tokyo [?], 1900, xii, 292-309.—Mol- davski(Y. V.) K voprosu o tetanicheskikh sudorogakh pri rasshirenii zheludka. [Tetanic convulsions in dila- tation of the stomach.] Prakt. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1904, iii, 382-384. — Moorhead (T. G.) A case of gastro- tetany. Practitioner, Lond., 1904, Ixxiii, 160-175.— Moreno y Ldpez (M.) Dos casos notables de tetania de origen g&strico. Siglo med., Madrid, 1896, xliii, 258- 260.— Morgan (W. G.) Gastric tetanv, with report of cases. Phila. M. J., 1901, vii, 970-972.—Moynihan (B. G. A.) On gastric tetany. Boston M. & S. J., 1903, cxlix, 501-504. Also: Practitioner, Lond., 1903, lxx, 354-356.— Nazari (A.) Alterazioni renali nella tetania gastrica. Sperimentale. Arch, di biol., Firenze, 1903, lvii, 721-723. Also: Clin. mod.,Pisa,1903,ix.504. Also: Policlin., Roma, 1904, xi, sez. med., 146-148.—Nordmann. [Fall af te- tani vid ventrikeldilatation.] Finskalak.-sallsk. handl., Helsingfors, 1898, xl, 998-100.—O'Day (J. C.) Gastric tetany. Northwest Med., Seattle, 1911, n. s., iii, 168-171.— Palmarini (O.) Tetania nella defervescenza dell' in- fezione tinea. Gazz. med. d. Marche, Porto Civitanova, 1904, xi, 2-4.-Pauby. Tetanie et microgastrie. Lyon med., 1910,cxiv, 341-345— Ponomareff(N G.) K vop- rosu o tetanii pri khronicheskom rasshirenii zheludka. [Tetany in chronic dilatation of the stomach.] Khirurg. Arkh. Velyaminova, S.-Peterb., 1911, xxvii, 371.—Freble (R. B.) Gastrectasis, with a tetanoid condition and the so-called pulmonary hypertrophic osteoarthritis of Marie. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1898, xxx, 217-219. Also: Medi- cine, Detroit, 1898, iv, 1-8.—Quosig (K.) Zur Kenntnis der Tetanie intestinalen Ursprungs. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1906, liii, 457.—Bobertsou (R.) Caseof gastric disease with tetany. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1904, xxxix, 380.—Bobson ( A. W. M.) Tetany and te- tanoid spasms associated with gastric dilatation treated surgically. Lancet, Lond., 1898, ii, 1392.—Bossolimo (G. I.) K klinikle i patologicheskol*anatomii zhelu- dochnol tetanii. [Clinic and patho-anatomy of gastric tetany.] J. nevropat. i psikhiat. . . Korsakova, Mosk., 1901, i, pt. 2, 66. Also, transl. [with additions]: Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1902, xxi, 194-198.—Budinger (C.) & Jonas (S.) Ueber das Verhiiltnis der Tetanie zur Di- latatio ventriculi. Berl. klin.-therap. Wchnschr., Berl., 1904, 8-16. Also: Wien. klin.-therap. Wchnschr., 1904, 8- 16.—Sailer (J.) Tetany as a complication of gastric dis- ease. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis , N. Y., 1904, xxxi, 324.— Schwartz (E.) Contribution a I'etude de la tetanie et des contractures d'origine gastrique et intestinale; ulceresdu duodenum; tetanie des musclesanterienrsde l'abdomen; gastro-enterostomie posterieure avec entero- anastomose; arret des accidents de tetanie; mortdepneu- monie lpbaire le 12° jour. Assoc, franc;, de chir. Proc- verb. [etc], Par., 1907, 290-298. Also [Abstr.]: Rev. gen. de clin. etde therap., Par., 1907, xxi, 825.—Sender (W.) A case of tetany complicating gastric dilatation with hy- perchlorhydria, gastric ulcer, and hour-glass contraction. Denver M. Times [etc], 1909, xxix, 47-49.—Sievers (R.) Om tetani vid dilatation af magsacken. [Tetanie dans les casde dilatation del'estomac. Res.,pp.i-iv.] Finska lak.-siillsk. handl., Helsingfors, 1898, xl, 18-39. Also, Re TETANY. 45 TETANY. Tetany (Gastric and intestinal). print _!---. Tetani vid ventrikelaffektion. Finskalkk.- sallsk. handl., Helsingfors. 1904, xlvi, pt. 2, 52-56.—Sini- brlger (F.) Ein Fall von Magentetanie. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1899, xxiv, 489; 515; 550.—Simpson (J. C.) Notes on aci~c of ga-tric tetany. Caledon. M. J.,Glasg., 1899-1900,n. s. iv.2i"-24S Also: Practitioner. Lond.. 1900, lxv, 2.SJ-291.—siveii i Y. O.) Om orsaken till tetanin vid pvlorusstenos. [The cause* of tetany in pyloric stenosis.] Finska lak.-sallsk. handl., Helsingfors, 1904, xlvi, 181- 191.—Stary (A.) Tetanie v prubehu ialudecni choroby a brisniho tvtu. v [Tetanv in experimental gastric disease and tvphoid.] Casop. lek. cesk., v Praze, 1905, xiv. 268; 293: 3-'7: 8>5. Atso, transl.: Wien.med. Pre^e, 1906. xlvii, 1237; 1301; 1373; 1415; 1465; 1508; 1550.—Strong iL. W.) Tetanv in gastric disorders. Boston M. & S. J , 1902, Cxi viii 551; 591— Taylor (F.) Acaseof dilated stomach complicated bv telany. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1907, xxi, 14S.—Thomson (H. H.) Tetany associated with muco-raembranous colitis and phthisis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, i, 597.—Thorspecken ((.).) Magenunter- suchungen bei kindlicher Tetanie. Monatschr. f. Kin- derh., Leipz. u. Wien, 1911, x,Orig., 429-434.—Trevelj an (E. F.) Gastric tetany. Lancet, Lond., 1898, ii, 791-794.— Trimble (A.) Tetany asacomplication of pa-trie dila- tation, with notes of a case. Brit. M.J., Lond., lyo5,i.986.— Tsuehiya (I.) [Gastric tetanv]. Nippon Shokwaki Byoyaku Kwai Zasshi, Tokyo, 1905-6, iv, 183-202,1 pi.— Fry iH.) Casuistische Beitrage zur Tetanie und den anilereii tonischen Krampfformen bei Magendilatation. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1900, xxvi, 471: 4s].—Vallejo Lobdn i, M. 1 Tetania grave en un enfermo gastro-ecta-ico. Clin, mod., Zaragoza, 1903, ii, 278: 335.—Vallette (P.) Ln cas de tetanie, d'origine I gsstrique. chez un adulte. Marseille med.. 1904, xii, 111- 114. [Discussion], 117—Valyashko iG. A.) Material! k ucheniyuo tetania gastrica. Kharkov. M. J., 1908, v, 215-234.— Vandamme (G.) Uncas de tetanie d'ori- gine gastrique. Policlin., Brux., 1909, xviii, 65-69.— Vaiiiihan (G. T.) Appendicitis as a cause of tetany. Wash. M. Ann., 1906,v, 176-178. Also [Abstr.]: Gaillard's South. Med., Savannah, 1906, Ixxxiv, 216. — Wal- jasehko (G. A.) Material zum Studium der Tetania gastrica. Ru-s. med. Rund-chau, Berl., 1908, vi, 261- 277.—Warbasse .1. 1'. > Tetany, and foreign bodies in the stomach: tetany caused by amass in the stomach, composed of fortv metallic articles, weighing one pound; gastrotomy; cured. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1904, xi, 909-915, 2 pi. Also, Reprint. Tetany (Hysterical). Coiidiilnier (P. > Tetania isterica. Riv. med., Mi- lano, 1911, xix, 141-143— Cristeanu (C.) Tetanie hys- terica in hehuzie. [Hy-t.-ric tetany in parturient.] Rev. de chir., Bucuresti, 1901, v, 117-122.—Gordon (A.) A case of hysteric tetany, with remarks on the pathogen- esis of the disease. Am. Med., Phila., 1903, vi, 904.— Kleissel. [Tetanie und Hvsteric] Militaerarzt.Wien, 1903, xxxvii, 60. — liebedett'd. P.) Tetaniya kak sin- drom isterii. [Tetany as a symptom of hysteria. Yoyen- no-med. J., St. Petersb.. 1905, ii, med.-spec, pt., 255-270 — Nikolajevic (D.) Ueber die Beziehungen der Teta- nia zur Hvsterie. Wien. klin. Wchnschr.,l>93.vi, 526-528.— Orzechowski (K.) Histerya z pozorami tezyczki. [Hvsteria with phenomena of tetany.] Przegl. lek., Krakow. 1903, xlii, 743-746. —Preston (G. J.) Hysteri- cal lockiavv. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1894, xxii, 121.— Westphal (A.) Ueber einen durch Hvsterie compli- cirt.-n Fail von Tetanie. Charite-Ann., Berl., 1x98, xxiii, 7:>fi-7: s. ------. Komplikation von Tetanie mit Hvsterie oder hvsterische Pseudotetanie? Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1912, xxxviii, 1809. Tetany (Intermittent). Fiske (W. C.) Essential, or idiopathic spasm. [In- termittent tetanv or tetanilla.] N. York M.J. [et. ],1903, lxxviii, 647. — Hanna (J. W.) Tetanilla. M»l. Fort- nightlv, St. Louis. 1902, xxii, 454-457. — ShefnVId (H. B.) Tetani-m. Arch. Pediat., N. Y.. 19lo. xxvii. 622. ------. Pediatric memoranda; tetanism. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1912, lxxxi, 846. Tetany (Parathyroid). See, also, Parathyroid glands (Excision of, Effects of); Thyro-parathyroidectomy. "Auerbach (J. P.) *Epithelkorperchenblu- tungen und ihre Beziehungen zur Tetanie der Kinder. [Leipzig.] 8°. Berlin, 1910. Also, in: Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1911, n. F., Ixxiii, Ergnzngshft., 193-221. Geiss (K. R. V. ) *Ueb°r Tetanie nach partieller Struraektomie. [ Gbttingen. ] 8°. Naamburg a. S., 1902. Tetany (Parathyroid). Gottsiein (G.) * Versuche zur Heilung der Tetanie mittelst Implantation von Schilddrtise und Darreichung von Schilddriisenextract, nebst Bemerkungen iiber Blutbel'unde bei Tetanie. 8°. Breslan, 189"i. Also, in: Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1894-5, vi, 177-209, 1 pi. Harvier (P.) *Recherches sur la tetanie et les glandes parathyroi'des. 8°. Paris, 1U09. Krabbel (M.) *Zur Behandlung der Teta- nia parathyreopriva mit Ueberpflanzung von Epithelkorperchen. [Bonn.] 8°. Tubingen, 1911. Minkiewitsch (M ) *Tetania parathyreo- priva und Hyperparathyreosis. (Experimen- tale Studie aus der chirurgischen Klinik in Basel.) 8°. Basel, 1908. Sttckenberg (8.) * Ueber einen Fall von chronischer Tetanie mit Epithelkorperchenbe- fund. 8°. Berlin, 1911. Babonneix (L.) & Harvier (P.) Note sur les mo- difications histologiques des parathyroi'des dans le teta- nos. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1909, lxvi, 584-586.— Beebe (S. P.) The inhibition of tetany parathyreopriva. bv extracts of the parathvroid gland. Proc Am. Physiol' Soc. Bost.,1907,p. xiii. Also: J.Biol. Chem.,N. Y., 1907-8! iii, p. xxxi.-----. Further experiments on tetany para. thyreopriva. Proc. Am. Soc. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1908, p' xiv.—Biedl (A.) Zur Aetiologie der parathvreogenen Tetanie. Zentralbl. f. d. ges. Physiol, u. Path. d. Stoff- wechs., Berl. u. Wien, 1911, n. F., vi, 444.—Bing (R.) Tetanie und Parathyreoid-Dnisen. Ibid., 1908, n. F., iii, 11; 52.—Bireher (E.) Die Organotherapie der postope- rativen parathvreopriven Tetanie. Med. Klin., Berl., 1910, vi, 1741-1743.—Bliss (R. W.) A study of the para- thvroid glands, with especial reference to infantile tetanv. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1911, xxviii, 892-904. Also, transl.: Ztschr. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1911, ii, Orig., 53.8-5-18.—Boese (J.) & Lorenz (H.) Kropf, Kropfoperation und Teta- nie; ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Tetania parathyreo- priva. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1909, lix, 2225; 2321.— Bramwell (B.) A case of tetanv treated bv thvroid extract. Brit..M.J., bond..lS95,i,1196-1198.—Branham (J. H.) Tetany following thyroidectomy cured by the subcutaneous injection of parathyroid emulsion. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1908. xlviii, 161-164.—Brown (W. H.) Parathyroid implantation in the treatment of tetania parathyreopriva. Ibid., 1911. 305-317. -----. Tetania parathyreopriva. Austral. M. J., Melbourne, 1910, xv, 636-648. -----. A case of tetania parathvroideopriva. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1910, xxix, 618.—Carlson (A. J.) The conditions of the digestive tract in parathy- roid tetany in cats and dogs. Am. J. PhvsioL, Bost., 1912-13, xxx, 309-340.—Carlson (A. J.) & Jaeobson (Clara). Further studies on parathvroid tetanv. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1909-11, viii, 200^202. Also: Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1911, xxviii, 133-160.—Cattaneo. La paratiroidina Vassale nella tetania infantile. Rendic. d. Ass. med.-chir. di Parma, 1905, vi, 55— Christens (S.) Om Aarsagen til Tetania strumipriva. [The causes of . . .] Ho-p.-Tid., K0benh., 1904, 5. R., xii, 969-980.— Chvostek (F.) Beitrage zur Lehre von der Tetanie. 1. Die meclianische Uebererregbarkeit der motorischen Nerven bei Tetanie und ihre Beziehung zu den Epithel- korpern. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1907, xx, 487-493.— Corrado (C.) Contributo al trattamento della tetania paratireopriva mediante ipodermoclisi con sali di mag- nesio. Pol clin., Roma, 1910, xvii, sez. med., 124-135.— Danielsen (W.) Erfolgreiche Epithelkorperchen- transplantation bei Tetania parathvreopriva. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1910, lxvi, 85-100.—Delore (X.) & Alamartine (H.) La tetanie parathyteoprive post- operatoire et la technique des thyroidectomies, principa- lement dans la maladie de Basedo\v(technique de la thy- ro'fdectomie sous-capsulaire po>terieure). Rev. de chir., Par., 1910, xxx, 5in-576.—I)iedott'(V. P.) K kazuisti- kle tetanise strumiprivte. Yrach. Caz., S.-Peterb., 1909, xvi, 1353. Also, trun.-i.: Soc. de med. mil. franc. Bull. Par.. 1910, iv, 437-441.—von Fiselsberg (A.) Ueber Yorkommen und Behandlung der Tetania parathy- reopriva beim Menschen. Beitr. z. Physiol, u. Path. Festschr. . . . L. Hermann, Stuttg., 1908,1-21. -----. [Te- tania parathvreopriva nach Kropfoperation.] Mitt. d. (iesellseh. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1909, viii, 36- 38—Frdheini (J.) Tetania parathvreopriva. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb.d. Med.n.Chir., Jena, 1906, xvi, 632-744,1 pi. Also: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1907, exxxiv, 91-93.— FerenezI(S.) Szoptatastel kivaltottthyreogen tetania. [... cured by lactation.] Budapesti k. orvosegy. evko- TETANY. 46 TETANY. Tetany (Parathyroid). nyve, 1903,131. Also: Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1903, xlvii, 803. Also, transl.: Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1904, xl, 315. Also, transl.: Ungar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1904, ix, 27.—Giorgi (E.) Tetania e struma tiroidea. Riv. venetadi sc. med., Venezia, 1894, xx, 389-399.—Glaser- feld (B.) Die Epithelkorperchen und ihre Beziehun- gen zur Pathogenese der Tetanie. Berl. klin. Wchn- schr., 1909, Xlvi, 112.—Grosser (P.) Epithelkbrperchen- Untersuchungen bei Kindern. Verhandl. d. Versamml. d. Gesellsch. f. Kinderh. . . . deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1910, Wiesb., 1911, xxviii, 140-149.—Grosser (P.) & Betke (R.) Epithelkorperchen-Untersuchungen mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Tetania infantum. Zt- schr. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1910-11, i, 458-486, 1 pi— Grulee (C. G.) The relation of the parathvroid gland to infant tetany. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lix, 938— Halter- t'eld (W.) Die Epithelkorperchen bei Tetanie und bei einigen anderen Erkrankungen. Beibl. z. d. Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1910, ix, 185- 194. Also: Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1910, lx, 2691-2698. Also: Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1911, cciii, 282-318.—Halsted (W. S.) Hypoparathyreosis, status parathyreoprivus and transplantation of the para- thyroid glands. Am. J. M. Sc, 1907, cxxxiv, 1-12. Also, Reprint. -----. Transplantation of the parathyroid glands. Proc Path. Soc. Phila., 1908, n. s., xi, 109-114. -----. The transplantation of parathyroid glands in dogs. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1908, v, 74- 77— Heile. Sehvvere Tetania strumipriva. Jahresb. d. schles. Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Cult. 1902, Bresl., 1903, lxxx, med. Sect., 145-147.—Iselin (H.) Tetanie jugendlicher Ratten nach Parathyreoidektomie; Steigerung der teta- nischen Reaktionsfahigkeit jugendlicher Ratten bei Nachkommenparathyreoidektomierter Ratten. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1908, xciii, 397-401.—Jaeobi (J.) Struma und Tetanie. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1904, xvii, 768-771.-----. Zur Aetiologie der Tetanie mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Schilddrtise. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1907, xliii, 133; 157; 181; 205; 237.— Jaeobson (Clara). The effects of blood transfusion in parathyroid tetany. Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1912-13, xxx, 47-55.—Jiirgensen (G.) Om betydningen af pato- logisk-anatomiske forandringer i glandulae parathyreoi- deae for den infantile tetanis patogenese. Ugesk. f. Laeger, Kj0benh , 1910, lxxii, 1641-1648. Also, transl.: Monatschr. f. Kinderh., Leipz. u. Wien, 1911, x, Orig., 154-161.—Jovane (A.) Emorragia delle paratiroidi e tetania infantile. Pediatria, Napoli, 1911, 2. s., xix, 561.— Jlovane (A.) & Vaglio (R.) Tetania e insuffi- cienza paratiroidea; ricerche sperimentali. Ibid., 1910, 2. s., viii, 816-831.-----------. Tetania e paratiroidi. Atti d. Cong, pediat. ital. 1911, Palermo, 1912, vii, 478- 482.—Koenigstein (R.) [Priiparate von Epithelkor- perchen von zwei Fallen. (1. Tetanie. 2. Akute Ente- ritis und Pneumonic)] Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1906, v, 191-193.—Krabbel (M.) Zur Behandlung der Tetania parathyreopriva mit Ueber- pflanzung von Epithelkorperchen, Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1911, lxxii, 505-531.—Lanz. Cachexia und Te- tania thyreopriva. Zentralbl.f. Chir.,Leipz., 1905,xxxii, 339.—Latlirop (W.) Tetany following thyroidectomy. N.York M. J. [etc.], 1912, xcvi, 693.— Lelschner. [Fall von chronischer Tetania strumipriva.] Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1906, v, 68- 70.—Levy-Born (M.) Heilung einer Tetanie nach Be- handlung mit Schilddriisenextract. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1896, x, 63-66. — Loewenthal & Wiebrecht. Ueber Behandlung der Tetanie mittelst Nebenschild- driisenpraparaten. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1906, xxxi, 415-435. Also [Abstr.]: Med. Klin , Berl., 1907, iii, 1012.—Lnndborg (H.) Ueber die Folgen fast tota- ler Strumektomien; ein Beitrag zur Lehre von der Teta- nie. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1901-2, xxi, 227-234.—Lnsena (G.) Gli effetti dell' allacciatura dei vasi tiroidei sul decorso della tetania paratireopriva. Boll. d. r. Accad. med. di Genova, 1899, xiv, 76. -----. Gli effetti dell'abolizione della funzione tiroidea sul decorso della tetania paratireopriva. Riforma med., Palermo, 1899, xv, pt. 2, 471-473— MacCallum (W. G.) Die Be- ziehung der Parathyroiddriisen zu Tetanie. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1905, xvi, 38-5-387.-----. The seat of action in tetany after parathyroidectomy. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1911, ix, 23 — MacCallnm (W. G.), Thomson (H. S.) & Murphy (J. B.) Tetany after parathyroidectomy in herbivora. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1907, xviii. 333-335.— MacCallum (W. G.) & Voegtlin (C.) On the rela- tion of tetany to the parathvroid glands and to calcium metabolism. J. Exper. M., Lancaster, Pa., 1909, xi, 118- 151. Also [Abstr.]: Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1908, xxiii, 416-422. Also [Abstr.]: Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., Bait., 1908, xix, 91. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Centralbl. f. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1908, xi, 209-211.— Maestro (L.) Latiroidoterapianellatetaniaidiopatica dell' eta infantile. Riforma med., Napoli, 1896, xii," pt. 2, 468; 480—Marineseo (G.) Tetanie d'origine para- thyroidienne. Semaine med., Par., 1905, xxv, 289-291.— Marschner (J.) Casuistische Beitrage zur Lehre von der Tetany (Parathyroid). chronisehen reeidivirendeu Tetanie, mit Beobachtungen iiherdie Schilddrusenfutterung beiderselben. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1895-6, lvi, 501-508.—Mayo (C. H.) The parathyroid question. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1909, 1,79-83. [Discussion], 345.—Morel (L.) Parathyroides, tetanieettraurnatismeosseux. Compt.rend.Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, lxx, 719-751. -----. L'acidose parathyroprive. J. de physiol. et de path, gen., Par., 1911, xiii, 542-552.— Musser (J. H.) & Goodman (E. H.) Metabolic stud- ies in a case of post-operative tetanv. Univ. Penn. M. Bull., Phila., 1909-10, xxii, 85-92,1 ch— Mustard (H.J.) A study of certain tonic and reflex nervous impulses as factors in parathyroid tetany. Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1911-12, xxix, 311-316.—Niermeyer. De aetiologie van tetanie; depreeparatenderschildkliertherapie. Geneesk. Courant, Tiel, 1897, li, no. 10.—Oppenheimer (B. S.) The pathological findings in the parathyroids in a case of infantile tetany. Am. J. M. Sc, Phiia. & N. Y., 1911, cxli, 558-570. Also, Reprint.—Ott (I.) & Scott (J. C.) The effect of mammalian pituitary on tetany after para- thyroidectomy and upon the pupil. N. York M. J. [etc], 1908, lxxxviii, 1180. Also, Reprint.-----------. The action of glandular extracts upon tetany after parathy- roidectomy. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1909, xc, 359-361.— Parhon (C.) Asupra unul caz de tetanie de natura tiroidiana. Spitalul, Bucuresci, 1905, xxv, 299-306.— Petrone (G. A ) & Vitale (C.) Spasmofilia infantile e glandole paratiroidi. Pediatria, Napoli, 1912, 2. s., xx, 16-29.—Petro vie (G.) Paratiroidne zlezde i neobidni tetanteki grcevi. [Parathyroid gland and unusual te- tanic convulsions.] Srpski arb. za celok. lek., Beograd, 1906, xii, 62-64.— Pieift'er (H.) Die neueren Forschungs- ergebnisse fiber den Bauunddie Funktion der Epithel- korperchen. Mitt. d. Ver. d. Aerzte in Steiermark, Graz, 1909. xlvi, 61; 97— Pineles (F.) Zur Behandlung der Tetanie mit Epithelkorperpriiparaten. Arb. a. d. neurol. Inst. a. d. Wien. Univ., Leipz. u. Wien, 1907, xvi, pt. 2, 437-451. -----. Ueber die Funktion der Epithelkorper- chen. 2. Mitteilung. Sitzungsb. d. k. Akad. d. Wissen- sch. Math.-naturw. Kl., Wien, 1908, cxvii, 3. Abt, 3-8.— Piradon? (R. B.) Tetania et psychosis strumipriva. Trudi i Protok. Imp. Kavkazsk. Med. Obsh., Tiflis, 1910- 11, xlvii, 298-301.—Pollini (L.) Ricerche sui rapporti fra tetania infantile e le ghiandole paratiroidi. Riv. di clin. pediat., Firenze, 1911, ix,43-433,2 pi.—Pool (E. H.) Tetany parathyreopriva; a case report, with a brief discus- sion of the disease and of the parathyroid glands. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1907, xiv, 507-540, 11 pi. Also, Reprint- Pool (E.H.) & Til rnure (P. R.) Post-operative tetany; parathyroid transplantation. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1912, lvi, 804-807.—Preisach (I.) Die Wirkung der Schilddriise auf die Tetanie. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1895, xxxi, 761; 785.—Proescher (F.) & Oilier (T.) A fatal case of tetany, with autopsy findings showing hemorrhages in the parathyroid glands. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1912, clxiii, 696-708.—Pureseff (S.) Te- taniya kak zaboltevaniye paratireo'idnikh zhelyoz. [Tetany as a disease of the parathyroid glands.] Prakt. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1911, x, 574-576—Bonxean (A.) Re- sultatsde l'extirpationisolee des glandules parathyroi'des chez le lapin. Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1877,10. s., iv, 17.—Bozenblat (Y. O.) Prichina smerti zhivot- nikh poslle tireo'idektomii s tochki zrfeniya eksperimen- talnol patologii. [Cause of the death of animals after thyroidectomy from the viewpoint of experimental pa- thology.] Russk. Med., St. Petersb., 1893, xviii,737; 757.— Schilling. Ueber Tetanie nach partieller Strumek- tomie. Sitz.-Protok. d. arztl. Ver. Niirnb. 1898, Miin- ehen, 1899, 4S-53.—Shepard (F.J.) Tetany following extirpation of the thyroid; with report of a case. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1912, lvi, 665-674.—Skene (G. W. R.) Tet- any following an accidental overdose of thyroid extract. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, ii, 1523. —Stoeltzner (W.) Kinder-Tetanie (Spasmophilic) und Epithelkorperchen. Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1906, Ixiv, 482-488.—Strada (F.) Tetania infantile e paratiroidi. Riv. di clin. pediat., Firenze, 1909, vii, 889-1006.—Tauberg (A.) Glandula para thyreoid ea og dens forhold til akut og kronisk tetani. Forh. med. Selsk. i Kristiania, 1910, 34. — Thiemlch (M.) Anatomische Untersuchungen der Glandulae parathvroidese bei der Tetanie der Kinder. Monatschr. f. Kinderh., Leipz. u. Wien, 1906, v, 165-169.— Thompson (R. L.), Leighton (W. E.) & Swarts (J. L.) Transplantation of the parathyroid glandules, with special reference to the result of bone operation on tetany parathyreopriva. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1909, xxi, 135-148,1 pi.—Traina (R.) Ein Fall von Tetania thyreopriva des Menschen, und weitere Untersuchungen iiber die peripherischen Nerven bei experimenteller Te- tania thyreopriva. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1902, xiii, 381-393.—Vassale (G.) & Gene- ral! (F.) Sugli effetti dell' estirpazione delle ghiandole paratiroidee. Riv. di patol. nerv., Firenze, 1896, i, 95; 249. Also, transl.: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1896-7, xxvi, 61-65.—von A'ereb^ly (T.) Die postoperative Tetanie. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1910, xlvi, 305; 314. Also: Wien. med. Wchnschr.. 1910. lx. 2089; 2163.—Voegt- lln (C.) & MaeCallum (W. G.) On the influence of TETANY. 47 TETANY. Tetany (Parathyroid). various salts upon tetanv following parathyroidectomy. J. Pharmacol. & Exper. Therap., Bait., 1911, ii, 421-454. Also, Reprint.—Wiiiternitz (M. C.) Tuberculosis of the parathyroid gland and its relation to the occurrence of tetany in tuberculous meningitis. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1909, xx, 269.—Wirth (K.) Die Te- tanie und ihre Bedeutung fiir die Chirurgie. Centralbl. f. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1910, xiii, 769; 801.— Wrede. Tetanie nach Strumaoperation. Kor.-Bl. d. allg. arztl. Ver. v. Thiiringen, Jena, 1911, xl, 518. Tetany (Treatment of). Gowroxkky (Rosa). * Ein Fall von spasmo- philer Diathese mit Heilung durch Frauenmilch. [Freiburg i. B.] 8°. Emmendingen, 190S. Borinan (S.) Opit primleneniya substitutnavo me- toda pri llechenii "tetaniathyreopriva" tireodektomiro- vannikh sobak. [Experiments of the application of the substitute method in treating tetanyin dogs in whom the thyroid gland was excised.] Meditsina, St. Petersb., 1895, vii, 547-550.—Chvostek (F.) Diagnose und Therapie der Tetanie. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1909,xxxv,825; 873. Also: Vortr. u.prakt.Therap., Leipz., 1909, 3. s., 157-189.— 4'iirschmaiui (H.) Leber einige ungewohnliche I'rsachcnund Syndrome derTetanie der Erwachsenen, nebst Yorschlagen zu ihrer Behandlung. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1910, xxxix, 36-80.— Dalche (T.) Tetaniedela menopause; opotherapie ova- rieune. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1909. clvii, 728- 730.—Eve (F. C.) Cerebral hypercemia asa factorin the therapeutic action of lumbar puncture, illustrated by a caseof tetany. Lancet.Lond.,1907,ii.229.—vonFrankl- Hochwart (L.) Physikalische Therapie der Tetanie. Handb. d. physikal. Therap., Leipz.. 1902, pt. 2, ii, 459.— Garzia (G.) Bromuro di sodio e spasmohlia. Riv. di clin. pediat., Firenze. 1912, x, 139-143.—Grulee (C. G.) The dietetic treatment of infantile tetany. Arch. Pe- diat., N. Y., 1912, xxix, 24-15.—Hoehe (A.) Versuche mit Curarin (Bohm) bei Tetanie. Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1894, xiii, 289-296. —MacCallum (W. G.) & Voegtlin (C.) On the relation of calcium metabolism to tetany and the cure of tetany bv administration of cal- cium. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1908, v, 84.— Monteuuis. Observation de tetanie; traitement par l'antipyrine. Bull. Soc. anat.-clin. de Lille, 1889, iv, 180- 183 — Narbut (F.) Sluchal tetanii, izlleehonniy poyas- nichnimprokolom. [Tetany cured by lumbar puncture.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1907, vi, 926. — Netter (A.) Bonseffets de Padministration du chlorure de calcium dans la tetanie, les spasmes de la glotte, la laryngite stri- duleuse, les convulsions; intervention de Paction motte- ratrice du calcium; inconvenientsd'un exces de calcium. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1907, lxii, 376-379. -----. Le chlorure de calcium dans la tetanie, les spasmes de la glotte, la larvngite striduleuse, les convulsions. Clinique, Brnx., 1907, xxi, 361-364.—Ott (I.) & Scott (J. C.) Which preparation of the pituitary is the best to use in tetany? Month.Cycl.&M.Bull., Phila., 1910,iii, 99. Also, Reprint.— Peruzzi(F.) Laspasmofilianell' infanzia; clinicae te- rapia. Attid.Cong.pediat.ital.l911,Palermo,1912, vii,250- 2*6.—Peters(R. A.) Noviysposobltecheniyatetanii, te- tanicheskikh i istericheskikh sudorog. [New method of the treatment of tetany, tetanoid and hysterical convul- sions.] Obshtshestvo Russk. Vrach. v. pam. Pirogova. Trudi . . . Syezda 1901, S.-Peterb., 1905, iii, 218-221.— Phelps. Spatverlauf der Tetanie und Versuche einer rationellen Behandlung dieser Erkrankung. Mitt. d. Ver. d. Aerzte in Steiermark, Graz, 1911_, xlviii, 216.— Phiiippson (Paula). Ueber die Beeinflussung der elektrischen Erregbarkeit bei tetaniekranken Kindern durch den galvanischen Strom. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1907, xliv, 1505-1507.—Pre vost (J.-L.) & Mern (Mile. L.) Modification de la tetanie par l'application d'un courant alternatif de la bouche a la nuque. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1906, lx. 18. Also: Trav. du lab. d. physiol. Univ.de Geneve 1905-6, Geneve, 1907, vi.pt. 18,2.—Raabe (W.) Ueber die Durchfuhrung einer milchlosen Kost bei Spasmophilic (Krampfbereitschaft). Therap. Mo- natsh., Berl., 1912, xxvi, 338-350.—Saiz (G.) Beitrag zum Vorkommen und zur Behandlung der Tetanic. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xxi, 1322-1325.—Schnei- der. BeitragzurOrgantherapleder postoperativen aku- ten Tetanie. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1910, civ, 403-407.—Stone (H. B.) A case of tetany treated by calcium salts. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1909, Iii, 1103.— Thompson (J.) A case of infantile tetany treated by thyroid extract. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1896, xiii, 192.— I rcangeli (U.) Cura della tetania col clorurodi cal- cio. Boll. d. Soc. Lancisiana d. osp. di Roma, 1910, xxx, 27-38.—Vassale (G.) Tetania da allattamento in una cagna parzialmente paratiroidectomizzata. Riv. sper. di freniat., Reggio-Emilia, 1897, xxiii, 915-224, 2 pi. Also, transl.: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1898-9, xxx, 49-59.— de Villa (s.) V intolleranza per il lattedi vacca nella spasmofilia infantile. Gazz. internaz. di med., Napoli, 1912, xv, 892-897.—Vlzioli (R.) La franklinizzazione o bagno elettro-statico nella cura della tetania. Lavori d. Tetany (Treatment of). Cong, di med. int. 1912, Milano [1893], v, 408-412. Also: Ann. di nevrol., Torino, 1893, n. s , xi, 280-284.—Zybell. Beitrage zur Behandlung der Spasmophilic. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1911, lviii, 2357. Also: Verhandl. d. Versamml. d. Gesellsch. f. Kinderh. . . . deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1911, Wiesb., 1912, xxviii, 159-170, 2 pi. Tetany (Treatment of) with thyroid or parathyroid extract. See Tetany (Parathyroid). Tetany (Urine in). See Tetany (Diagnosis, etc., of). Tetany in adults. yon Frankl-Hochwart (L.) Die Tetanie der Erwachsenen. 2. Aufl. 8°. Wien & Leip- zig, 1907. von Frankl-Hochwart (L.) Die Tetanie der Erwachsenen. Deutsche Klinik, Berl. u. Wien, 1905, vi, 933-948.—Gibb (J. A.) Tetany in the adult. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1908, ii, 77.—Kleisscl. [Ein Infanterist mit Tetanie und Hvsterie behaftet.] Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1903, xvi, 960.—Levi (E.) Sopra alcuni nuovi casi di te- tania degli adulti. Riv. crit. di clin. med.,Firenze, 1906, vii, 538; 549; 568. Also, Reprint.—Locke (E. A.) A case of tetany in an adult. Boston M. & S. J., 1902, cxlvi, 487- 489. Also, Reprint.— Mann (A.) Einiges zur Frage der Tetanie. Militarar/.t, Wien, 1910, xliv, s3-«8.—Mattan- seliek (E.) Die Verbreitung der Tetanie im k. u.'k. Heere. Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1907, vi. Beil., 41-43. Also: Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1907, lvii, 534— Mofiit (H. C.) Tetany in adults. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, lvii, 452-458.—Peritz. Spas- mophilic der Erwachsenen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1912, xxxviii, 2050.— Tinel & Caille. Un cas de tetanie chez l'adulte. Rev. neurol., Par., 1912, xxi, 468-170.—Wirth (K.) Tetanie im hdheren Alter. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1910, xxiii, 1029-1034. Tetany after excision of parathyroid glands. See Parathyroid glands (Excision of, Effects of); Tetany (Parathyroid). Tetan y in pregnan cy an dpuerperal state. Archambaud ( R. ) *Tetanos pendant la grosses.se. 8°. Paris, 1896. Klein (Sophie). *De la tetanie dans l'etat puerperal. 8°. Paris, 1911. Wolter ( O. ) * Tetania gravidarum mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung des Facialis bei Schwangern iiberhaupt. 8°. Bonn, 1896. ArnHani (P. F.) Sopra un caso interessante di te- tania in donna gravida. Gazz. med. ital., Torino, 1903, liv, 251-253.—Aiiiiiistin (I.) Tetanus gravidic (in a 7-a luna de graviditate) cu o durata de mal mult de 4 septa- m&nl; vindecare; nastere la termen a unul fetus viu. Spitalul, Bucuresci, 1894, xiv, 689-699.—Caro (L.) Schild- driisenresek.ionen und Schwangerschaft in ihren Bezie- hungen zur Tetanie und Nephritis; experimentelle und kritische Beitrage zur Frage der Epithelkorperfunktion. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1907, xvii, 447^68.—Charles (N.) Tetanos survenant sans cause connue chez une multipare enceinte apparemment de trois mois environ. J. d'accouch., Ltege, 1898, xix, 458.— Coniiiiaiideur & Fssard. Deux casde tetanie des suites de couches. Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par., 1908, xi, 110- 117.—e text.l Ztschr. d. med. Gesellsch. zu Tokyo, 1894, viii, 14. Hft." 1-10. Tetrodotoxin. Sewaki (H.) On thestudy of the comparative action of aniline urea and tetrodotoxin. Sei-i-Kwai M. J., Tokyo, 1912, xxxi, no. 2. Tetronal. See, also, Sulphonal. Egasse. Trional et tetronal. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1894, cxxvii,266;309;367.—°, Lausanne, 1896, iii, 442- 463. — Sellier (J.) & Verger (H.) Recherches sur la physiologie de la couche optique. Arch, de physiol. norm, et path., Par., 189S, 5. s., x, 707-713.-----------. Lesions experimentales de la couche optique et du noyau caude chez le chien. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1898, 10. s., v, 522-524. — Tarasewitsck (J.) Zum Stu- dium der mit dem Thalamus opticus und Nucleus lenti- cularis im Zusammenhang stenenden Faserzuge. Arb. a. d. neurol. Inst. a. d. Wien. Univ., Leipz. u. Wien, 1902, ix, 251-273, 2 pi.—Tkiele (F. H.) On the efferent rela- tionship of the optic thalamus and Deiter's nucleus to the spinal cord, with special reference to the cerebellar in- flux theory (Hughlings Jackson) and the genesis of dece- rebrate rigidity (Sherrington). Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1905, s. B, lxxvi, 360-365.—Vogt (A.) Sur un faisceau septothalamique. Compt. rend Soc. de biol., Par., 1898, 10. s., v, 206. -----. La myeloarchitecture du thalamus du cercopitheque. J. f. Psychol, u. Neurol., Leipz., 1909, xii, 285-324, 1 tab., 16 pi. —Wallenberg (A.) Secun- dare sensible Bahnen im Gehirnstamme des Kaninchens, ihre gegenseitige Lage und ihre Bedeutung fiir den Auf- bau des Thalamus. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1900, xviii, 31-105. Thalamus opticus (Diseases of). See, also, Brain (Diseases of); Brain (Tuber- culosis of); Brain (Tumors of). Beijerman (T.) *Een haard in de ventrale thalamus kern. 8°. Rotterdam, 1911. Colin (A.) *Solitairtuberkel des Thalamus opticus. Beitrag zur Diagnostik der Erkran- kung des Sehhiigels. 8°. Munchen, 1904. Linget (G.) * Contribution a I'etude du diagnostic clinique des tubercules de la couche optique. 8°. Paris, 1900. Poly (F.) *Die Bechterew'schen psychore- flectorischen Facialisbahnen unter Zugrundle- gung eines Falles von metastatischem Tumor im Bereich des Thalamus opticus. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1900. Rohde (G. H.) *Zur Symptomatologie der Hirnstamm-Tumoren, inbesondere des Thala- mus opticus. Ein Beitrag zur diagnostischen Bedeutung der mimischen Facialisliihmung. 8°. Greifswald, 1910. Roussy (G.) *La couche optique (£tude anatomique, physiologique et clinique), le syn- drome thalamique. 8°. Paris, 1907. Schreiner (M.) *Ein Fall von Tumor des Thalamus opticus. [Jena.] 8°. Weimar, 1897. Storbeck (O.) * Ueber einen Fall von Tumor des linken Thalamus opticus. 8°. Kiel, 1908. d'Abundo (G.) La fisiopatologia del talamo ottico. Riv. ital. di neuropat. [etc.], Catania, 1908-9, ii, 481: 1909- 10, iii, 208—Avtokratoir (P. M.) Sluchal opukholi, zanimayushtshel podushku zritelnavo bugra, lleviy pe- redniy bugor chetverokholmiya, zadnyuyu polovinu zadnel nozhki vuutrennel kapsuli i chechevichnoye yadro. [A tumor occupying the cushion of the optic thalamus, left anterior tubercle of the quadrigemina, posterior half of the posterior pedicle of the capsule, and thelenticularnueleus.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1906, v, 894-896.—Bablnskl. Le syndrome thalamique. Rev. gen. declin. et de therap.. Par., 1910, xxiv, 340.—Bayer- tlial. Zur Diagnose der Thalamus- und Stirnhirntu- moren. Arch. f. Psvchiat., Berl., 1902, xxxvi, 323-326. Also: Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1903, xxii, 572; 615.— Beanvy & Oppert. Sur un casde sarcome a myedo- plaxes de la couche optique droite. Rev. neurol., Par., 1906, xiii, 780-7S2 — Beyermann (T.) Zur Casuistik der Thdlamusherde. Folia neuro-biol., Leipz., 1912, vi, 209-218.—Bo rst ( M.) Die psycho-reflectorischeFacialis- bahn (Bechterew) unter Zugrundeleguog eines Falles von Tumor im Bereich des Thalamus opticus. Neurol. Centralbl , Leipz., 1901, xx, 155-159.—Bury (J.) & Bee- vor (C. E.) Lesion (? new growth) of corpora quadrige- mina and right optic thalamus. Proc. Rov. Soc. Med., Lond., 1908-9, ii, Neurol. Sect., 29.—Buszard i F.) A case of localised disease in the optic thalamus; softening and haemorrhage; necropsy. Lancet, Lond., 1902, i, 1396.— THALAMUS. 54 THALASSINE. Thalamus opticus (Diseases of). (almette. Syndrome thalamique. J. de med. de Bor- deaux, 1910, xl, 56b—C'kannlng (W.) A case of tumor of the thalamus, with remarks on the mental symptoms. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1896, n. s., xxi, 530-538, 2 pi. Also, Reprint.—Ckauvet. Gliosarcome occupant la partie posterieure de la couche optique droite, une partie du lobe occipital et l'6tage inferieur du p6doncule cer6- bral; pas de degeneration descendantede la protuberance etde la moelle; symptomesepileptiqueset hemiplegiques avec contracture; examen anatomique fait par J.-L. Pre- vost et A. Eternod. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Ge- neve, 1883, iii, 86-93.—Clarke (J. M.) On some symp- toms produced by tumours of the optic thalamus, with a case. Brit, M. J., Loud., 1901, ii, 1406.—Claude (H.) & Rose (F.) Neoplasme c£reLral; dfibut par hemianopsie suivi 6 mois apres par un svndrome thalamique avec he- miplegie. Rev. neurol., Par., 1907, xv, 183 -185.—Da Fano (C.) Studien iiber die Veranderungen im Thala- mus opticus bei Defektpsychosen. Monatschr. f. Psy- chiat. u. Neurol., Berl., 1909, xxvi, 4-36, 10 pi.—Dana (C. L.) The symptomatology and functions of the optic thalamus. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1909, liii, 2047-2057.— Dauvergne. Gros tubercule de la couche optique. Lyon med., 1903, c, 49-51.—(lonos (B.) Un cas de syn- drome thalamique de Dejerine avec hemianopsie et trou- bles cCrebelleux legers. EnccSphale, Par., 1909, i, 468- 472.—Dejerine (J.) & Koussy (G.) Le syndrome thalamique. Rev. neurol., Par., 1906, xiv, 521-532. [Dis- cussion], 555. Also: Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1907, lxxx, 999- 1002.—Demange (J.) & Spillmann (L.) Tubercule de la couche optique. Presse m6d., Par., 1899, i, 65.— Dide (M.) ADurocker (A.) Un cas de syndrome tha- lamique avec autopsie. Rev. neurol., Par., 1904, xii,802- 804.—Duelick (V.) Sclerosis, partialis atrophia cerebri, hydrocephal. chron., apoplexia gravis in corpore striato, nucleo lenticulari et thalamo optico sin. subsequ. per- foratione in ventriculum tertium, endarteritis chronica, bronchitis, hypereemia pulm. utriusque hypostatica, atro- phia renis ex morbo Brighti. Casop. 16k. desk., v Praze, 1873, xii, 184-186.—Edel (M.) Herd im Thalamus opti- cus. Centralbl. f. Nervenh. u. Psvchiat., Berl. u. Leipz., 1904 xxvii, 577-579.—Erik son (E. V.) K diagnostikie opukholel zritelnikh bugrov. [Diagnosis of tumors of the optic thalami.] Obozr. psichiat., nevrol. [etc.], S.-Pe- terb.,1908,xiii,95-108.—Fernandez Sanz(E.) Uncaso de sindrometalamo-capsular. Rev. clin. de Madrid, 1911, v, 131-138. Also: Siglo med., Madrid, 1911, lviii, 771-773.— Fraenkel (J.) A tumor of the optic thalamus. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1901, xxxviii, 464.—Fumarola (G.) La sindrome talamica (o lesioni del talamo). Mor- gagni, Milano, 1912, lxxx, pt. 11, 145; 204.—fcardin (C.) & Borel (P.) Paralysie assoeieedu grand dentele et du trapeze chez un malade porteur d'un syndrome thalami- que. Rev. neurol., Par., 1912, xx, i, 715-717.—Harten- berg(P.) Le syndrome thalamique. Presse med., Par., 1908, xvi, 33.—Ilaskovec (L.) Note sur le syndrome thalamique (syndrome de Dejerine) et sur ses formes be- nignes. Rev. neurol., Par., 1904, xii, 1148. -----. Pfispe- vek k poznani poruch lQzka zrakoveho. [Contribution a la connaissance des lesions de la couche optique.] Rev. v neurol., psychiat., fys. a diaetet. therap., v Praze, 1909, v, 113; 163; 221. -----. A propos de l'article: "Deuxnou- veaux cas de lesions de la couche optique suivis d'au- topsie; syndrome thalamique pur et syndrome mixte," par G. Roussy. Rev. neurol., Par., 1910, xviii, 16-20. -----. Ein Beitrag zur Erkenntnis der Storungen des Thalamus opticus. Med. Bl., Wien, 1911, xxxiii, 277. -----. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Liisionen des Thalamus opticus. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1912, lxii, 2353; 2420; 2490; 2553.—Hedinger. Symmetrisch in beiden Tha- lami optici gelegene grosse Solitartuberkel. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1904, xxxiv,4si).—llerz (A.) Zur Frage der Athetose bei Thalamuserkrankungen. Arb. a. d. neurol. Inst. a. d. Wien. Univ., Leipz. u. Wien, 1910 xviii, 316-360.—Holmes (G.) & Head (H.) A case of lesion of the optic thalamus, with autopsv. Brain, Lond., 1911-12, xxxiv, 255-271.—Hunt (J. R.) Congenital cysts of the fourth ventricle; a report of two cases associated with tumor of the optic thalamus and crus cerebri. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1904, n. s., cxxvii, 504-516. Also, Reprint.—Jelliffe (S. E.) The thalamic svndrome. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1910, lxvii, 305-310.—Jones (A.) Sin- drome talamico. Rev. frenopat. espan., Barcel., 1912, x, 65-70.—Lewkowiez(K.) Dwa przypadki guza mdzgo- wia. I. Guz wzgorka wzrokowego i czepca szvpulki m6z- gowej z zbiorem objaw6w Benedikta. II. Guz czwartej komory. [Two cases of tuberculosis of the brain. I. Tu- berculosis of the optic thalamus and cerebral peduncle with Benedict's symptoms. II. Tuberculosis of the fourth ventricle.] Przegl. lek., Krak6w, 1903, xlii, 677-680.— Long (E.) Syndrome thalamique. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1908, xxviii, 60. -----. Deux obser- vations anatomo-cliniques de svndrome thalamique. Rev. neurol., Par., 1910. xviii, 197-204. [Discussion], 236- 2^y.—Long (E.) iuill'oyle (W. F.) Tumour destroying most of one optic thalamus and causing central pains, vasomotor and trophic disturbances, involuntary howling and deviation of the body to the opposite side. Rev. Neurol. & Psychiat., Edinb., 1910, viii, 325-344, 2 pi—Williams (T. A.) Thalamic tumor in the ventricles with frontal symp- toms. Wash. M. Ann., 1912-13, xi, 15-19.—Winkler (C.) A tumour in the pulvinar thalami optici; a contribution to the knowledge of the vision of forms. K. Akad. v. Wetensch. te Amst. Proc. sec. sc, 1910-11, xiii, 928-939, 1 pi. Also: Folia neuro-biol., Leipz., 1911, v, 708-717, 3 pl.-Zannoni (T.) Tubercolo solitario del talamo ot- tico in un caso di emicorea. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1908- xxix, 1166. Thalassema. Torrey (J. C.) The cell-lineage of the mesoblast- bands and mesenchyme in Thalassema. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1902, n. s., xv, 576. Thalassicola. Ludwig (K. F. H.) *Zur Kenntnis der Tha- lassicolliden. [Kiel.] 8°. Berlin, 1908. Moroff(T.) Ueber vegetative und reproduktive Er- scheinungen bei Thalassicolla. Festschr. z. 60. Geburts- tag Richard Hertwigs, Jena, 1910, i, 73-122. Also [Abstr.]: Biol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1910, xxx, 210-216. Thalassine. Richet (C.) Des poisons contenus dans les tentacu- les des actinies (congestine et thalassine). Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1903, iv, 246-248. -----. De la thalas- sine, toxinecristalliseepruritogene. Ibid., 707-710. ----- De la thalassine, considered comme antitoxine cristalli- see. Ibid., 1071-1073.-----. Deseffetsprophylactiquesde la thalassine et anaphylactiques de la congestine dans le virus des actinies. Ibid., 1904, lvi, 302. -----. Notizen iiber Thalassin; ein in den Fiihlfaden der Seenesseln be- findliches, Jucken hervorrufendes Gift. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1905, cviii, 369-388. THALASSOPTERUS. 55 THALMANN. Thalassopterus. Kwietnlewrskl (C.) Ueber die Larve mit Segel- lappen eines gymnosomen Pteropoden (Thalassopterus Zancleus). Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1912, xxxix, 589-602. Thalassotherapy. See Sea-baths (Therapeutic effects of); Sea- side resorts (Climatology and therapeutic use of); Sea-water (Therapeutic use of). Tlialbitzer (Sophus). Den manio-depressive psykose (stemningssindssygdom). Et forseig til bestemmelse af dens pathogenese anatomiske grundlag med s;erligt henblik paa de manio- depressive blandingsformer. 131 pp. 8°. Kj0- benharn, Gyldendal, 1902. Thaler (Alexander) [1878- ]. *Zur Ca- suistik der Abrisse der Sehne des Biceps femo- ris vom Capitulum fibulae. 60 pp., 2 1. 8°. Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1904. Thaler (Fritz) [1881- ]. * Die diffuse Re- flexion des Lichtes an matten Oberflachen. [Kiel.] 50 pp., 1 pi., 2 tab., 1 1. 8°. Voorde, O. Krohn, 1903. Thaler (Konrad) [1877- ]. *Ueber Go- nokokken im Blut bei septischer gonorrhoischer Endocarditis. 27 pp. 8°. Rostock, Adlers Er- ben, 1906. Thaler (Otto). *Ueberdie in der Heidelber- ger chirurgischen Klinik 1889-99 behandelten Fiille von Carcinoma penis. [Heidelberg.] 31 pp. 8°. Salzungen, O. Witzmann, 1901. Thailieiill (Gustav) [1883- ]. *Die Ei- weisskorper der glatten Muskeln. 28 pp., 11. 8°. Gottingen, W. F. Kaestner, 1908. Thalictrum aquilegifolium. Vanltallie (L.) Surl'existence, dans le Thalictrum aquilegifolium, d'un compose fournissantde l'acidecyan- hydrique. J. de pharm. et chim., Par., 1905, 6. s., xxii, 337. -----. Thali'-trum aquilegifolium, a hydrogen-cya- nide-yielding plant. K. Akad. v. Wetensch. te Arrist. Proc. sect, sc, 1905, viii, pt. 1, 337-339. -----. Die Blau- saure in der Gattung Thalictrum. Arch. d. Pharm., Berl., 1910, ccxlvlii, 251-257. Thalleioquine. Duliere (W.) A propos de la reaction de la thalleio- quine. Rev. pharm., Gand, 1907, n, s., xxiii, 65. Thalline. Ehrlich & Laquer. On continuous treat- ment with thalline and its action in cases of typhoid fever. 8°. [n. p., n. rf.] Llvierato (P.) Influenza della tallina sulla elimina- zione dell' urea e dell' acido carbonico. Bendic. somm. d. r. Accad. d. sc. med. di Genova, 1885, i, 78.—Lusinl (V.) Sul potere antisettico di alcuni nuovi composti della tallina. Atti d. r. Accad. d. fisiocrit. in Siena, ]>9K, 4. s., x, 47-54.—Predazzl (P.) Sul modo di portarsi dei vasi cutanei sotto 1' azione della tallina. Bendic. somm. d. r. Accad. d. sc. med. di Genova, 1885, i, 70-72. Thallium [and salts]. Benzian (R.) *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Thalliumdoppelcyanide. 8°. Berlin, 1900.^ Curci (A.) Ricerche sperimentali sull' azione biologica del tallio. 4°. [Catania, 1895.] Repr.from: Atti di Accad. Gioenia di sc. nat. in Catania, [1895], 4. s.,ix. Also, in: Ann. di chim. e di farm., Milano, 1895, 4. s., xxii, 395; 441; 481. Goldschmidt (C.) *Beitriige zur Kenntnis des dreiwertigen Thalliums. 8°. Berlin, 1903. Vassaux (S.) *L'ac6tate de thallium en therapeutique. 8°. Paris, 1898. Rray (W. C.) & Winningkolr" (W. J.) The effect of salts on the solubility of other salts. III. Solubility of thallous chloride in solutions of potassium nitrate, po- tassium sulfate, and thallous sulfate at25°. J. Am. Chem. Soc, Easton, Pa., 1911, xxxiii, 1663-1672.— Busckke (A.) Weitere Beobachtungen fiber die physiologischen Wir- kungen des Thallium. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1911, xxxvii, 161-163.—Farrell (F. S.) B. Sol- ubility of thallous chlorate and thallous sulfate in the presence of each other. J. Am. Chem. Soc, Easton, Pa., Thallium [and salts]. 1911, xxxiii, 1654-1658.—JUUller (W. J.) Ueber das elek- tromotorische Verhalten des Thalliums als Anode. I. Ztschr. f. phvs. Chemie, Leipz., 1909, lxix, 460-481.— Noyes (A. A.) & flapgood (C. W.) Sind Diphenyl- jodonium una Thalliumnitrat isomorph? Ibid., 1897, xxii, 464.—Paulet. Experiences sur Paction physiolo- gique des sels de thallium. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1863, lvii, 494.—Pollock (J. H.) On the spectro- graph^ analysis of a specimen of commercial thallium. Seient. Proc. Roy. Dubl. Soc, 1905-9, n. s., xi, 338-344, 1 pi.—Spences (J. F.) Ueber eine Elektrode dritter Art zur Messung der Potentiale des Thalliumions. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1911, lxxvi, 360-366.—Stewart (M. A.) C. Solubility of thallous sulfate in the presence of thallous nitrate, sodium sulfate, and sulfuric acid. J. Am. Chem. Soc, Easton, Pa., 1911, xxxiii, 1658-1663.— Thonias(V.) Recherches sur le thallium. l.m6moire. Trav. seient. Univ. de Rennes, 1902, i, 1-33. Thallium (Acetate of Alopecia from use of). Bettmann. Ueber experimentellen Haarausfall durch Thallium aceticum. Dermat. Centralbl., Berl., 1901, v, 2-6.—O-ubreuilli (W.) Aiopecie due a l'acetate thallium. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1898, xxviii, 316. Also: Gaz. d. h6p. de Toulouse, 1899, xiii, 36. Also: Bull. Soc d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux, 1898, xix, 150.— Glovannini (S.) Zwei Fiille von Alopecie nach dem Gebrauch von Thalliumacetat. Dermat. Ztschr., Berl., 1899, vi, 695-703.— [Guinard]( A.) L'acetatede thallium et sesdangers. J. de med. de Par., 1898, 2. s., x, 572.-----. Lettre ouverte a H. Huchard; sur les dangersde l'acetate de thallium. Rev. gen. de clin. et de th6rap., Par., 1898, xii, 759.—Jeanselme (E.) Sur le mecanisme de l'alo- pecie produite par l'acetate de thallium. Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1898, 3. s., ix, 999-1002. Also: Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1898, ix, 374-377—VI- gnolo-Lutati (K.) Osservazionisullealopecietalliche. Gior. ital. d. mal. ver.., Milano, 1908, xlix, 217-219. -----. Neuer kasuistischer Beitrag zu den experimentellen und therapeutischen Thalliumalopecien. Monatschr. f. prakt. Dermat., Hamb., 1908, xlvi, 373-380. Thallium (Acetate of Toxicology of). See, also, Thallium (Acetate of, Alopecia from use of). ©liner (D.) & Tian (A..) Intoxication par l'acetate de thallium; presence du thallium dans le liquide cephalorachidien. Compt. rend. Soc debiol., Par., 1908, lxv, 742.—Poisoning by thallium acetate. Lancet, Loud., 1911, i, 1461.—Quldet. Ln cas d'intoxication subaigue par l'acetate de thallium. J. de med. de Par., 1911, 2. s., xxiii, 773. Also: Rev. de med. leg., Par., 1911, xviii, 245. Thallium (Toxicology of). See, also, Thallium (Acetate of, Toxicology of). Castex (H.) * Contribution a I'etude toxi- cologique des sels de thallium et en particulier du sulfate. 8°. Toulouse, 1900. Bullard (W. N.) A case of poisoning by thallium. Boston M. & S. J., 1902, cxlvii, 589-591. Also: Med. 8, xii. 5V.-587 (A. Matthewson). Also: Tr. X. "York M. Ass.. X. Y.. 1898. xv, 673-676 (R. M. Wyckoff). ■-----& Baker (J. E.) Report on cholera to the Medical Societv of the Countv of Kings. 28 pp. 12°. New York, 1885. Repr.from: X. York M. J., 1885, xii. Thayer (William Sidney) [1864- .]. A case of hemorrhagic pancreatitis. 6 1., typewritten copv. 8°. [Boston, 1889.] Repr.from: Boston M. A S. J., 1889, cxxl. In his: Collect, repr.. Bait., 1899, i, no. 1. ■-----. Collected reprints of medical communi- cations. Series 1-3,1889-1911. 8°. Baltimore, 1889-1911. -----. Remarks on the blood in leukaemia. 8 1., typewritten copy. 8°. [Baltimore, 1891.] Repr.from: Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1891, il In his: Collect, repr., Bait., 1899, i, no. 2. -----. Cancer of the pvlorus. 5 1., typewritten 'copy. 8°. [Baltimore, 1891.] Repr.from: Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait.,1891, ii. In his: Collect, repr., Bait., 1899, i, no. 3. -----. On the value of methylene blue in mala- rial fever. 131., typewritten copy. 8°. [Balti- more, 1892.] Repr. from: Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1892, iii. In his: Collect, repr., Bait., 1899, i, no. 4. -----. A case of super-secretion of the gastric juice. 61. 8°. Baltimore, 1892. Repr.from: Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1892, iii. In his: Collect, repr., Bait., 1899, i, no. 5. -----. Remarks on the clinical value of Ehrlich's methods of examination of the blood. 31 pp. 12°. Boston, 1893. Repr.from: Boston M. elaqn ys (G.) La maladie au theatre. Corresp.med., Par., 1906, xii, no. 272,17-19.— Matliot. La medecine et les medecins au theatre. Chron. med., Par., 1898, v, 386; 662.—Netri (F.) La multitud en el teatro (contribucidn al estudio de las multitudes). Arch. depsi'iuiat. v crimi- nol., Buenos Aires, 1903, ii, 727-730.—S< luiinan (M.) Water drinking in theatres. N. York M. J. [etc.l, 1910, xii, 516.—Tkomas (Mrs. W. I.) The five-cent theatre. Proc Nat. Confer. Char., Fort Wayne, 1910, xxxvii, 145- 119— Vej rae (S.) La maladie et la mort au theatre. Chron. med., Par., 1897, iii, 616-618. Theatres (Anatomical). See, also, Anatomy (Institutes, etc., of). Bardeen (C. R.) Outline record charts used in the anatomical laboratory of the Johns Hop- kins University. 8°. Baltimore, 1900. Kornilovich (N.) O nlekotorikh anatomi- cheskikh institutakh Germanii. [Certain Ger- man anatomical institutes.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1909. Rcckert (J.) Die neue anatomische Anstalt in Munchen. roy. 8°. Wiesbaden, 1910. Sucquet. Memoire sur l'assainissement des amphitheatres d'anatomie et de la morgue de Paris, et sur un nouveau mode d'embaumement. 8°. Paris, 1844. See, also, infra. Vvedenski (A. A.) Opisaniye nlekotorikh anatomicheskikh institutov Rossii, Germanii i Shveltsarii, i nieskolko slov o prakticheskom izuchenii anatotnii i operativnoi khirurgii v za- granichnikh universitetakh. [Description of THEATRES. 60 THEBEN. Theatres (Anatomical.) several anatomical institutes of Russia, Ger- many, and Switzerland; also the practical study of anatomy and operative surgery in foreign universities.] 8°. Tomsk, 1901. Boennin<> (H. C.) The disposal of dissecting-room offal. Tr. ix. Internat. M. Cong., Wash., 1887, iii, 178-181.— Duval (L.) Un amphitheatre de dissection a Alencon en 1660. France med., Par., 1902, xlix, 18.—F. (C. H.) Anatomy and the dissecting room. Guv's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1900, xiv, 428-432.—Flint (J. M.) The anatomical laboratory of the University of California. Johns Hop- kins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1905, xvi, 32-37, 4 pi.—Holmes (E. W.) The dissecting room. Tr. Pan-Am. M. Cong. 1893, Wash., 1895, pt. 2, 1152-1154.—Mall (F. P.) The anatomical course and laboratory of the Johns Hopkins University. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1896, vii, 85-100, 4 pi. Also, Reprint.—Mickelson U. (C.) Los anfiteatros de San Juan de Dios. Rev. m6d. de Bogota, 1898-9, xxi, 100-112—New (The) anatomical buildings at Oxford. Lancet, Lond., 1893, ii, 1025-1029.—Stras- ser (H.) Das neue anatomische Institut in Bern. Anat. Hefte, Wiesb., 1899, xiii, 203-248, 3 pi. Also, Re- print.— Sucquet. Sur l'assainissement des amphi- theatres d'anatomie; supplement a un precedent me- moire. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1847, xxv, 963. See, also, supra.—Suzuki. Das anatomische Institut zu Kyoto. [Japanese text with German abstract.) Mitt. d. med. Gesellsch. zu Tokyo, 1903, xvii, 1-20, 1 pi.—Witt- mer. Vorschlag einiger Mittel zur allgemeimen Ein- fiihrung der Leichenhallen. Ver. deutsehe Ztschr. f. d. Staats-Arznk., Freiburg, i. Br., 1847, n. F., i, 286-290. Theatres (Fires in). Freeman (J. R.) On the safeguarding of life in theatres, being from the standpoint of an engineer. 8°. [New York, 1906.] Repr. from: Tr. Am. Soc. Mechan.-Engin.,N. Y., 1906. Gerhard (W. P.) Theatre fires and panics; their cause and prevention. 8°. New York & London, 1896. Blaekall (C. H.) Theater fires. Sanitarian, N. Y., 1904, Iii, 340-347.—Freeman (J. R.) The safeguarding of life in theaters. Seient. Am. Suppl., N. Y., 1906, Ixi, 25218.—Glrard (C.) Proc£des permettant de combattre l'inflammabilit6 des materiaux et decors employes dans les theatres. Ann. d'hyg., Par., 1901, 3. s., xiv, 38-46.— Goujon. Sur les incendies dans les theatres. Bull. Soc. d'hyg. publ. de Bordeaux (1881), 1882, i, 76-82.— Harder. Das Wiener Modelltheater fur Brand versuche und die darin vorgenommenen Brandproben. Gesundh.- Ingenieur, Munchen, 1905, xxviii, 565-569.—Marx (A.) Heizung und Liiftung in Bezug auf die Feuersicherheit der Theater. Gesundheit, Leipz., 1910, xxxv, 385; 417.— Test of fireproof stage properties in London. Seient. Am., Lond., 1904, xci, 7. Theatres (Hygiene, heating, and venti- lation of). See, also, Theatres (Fires in). Fichet (P.-M.) *Le theatre, hygiene et se- curity. 8°. Bordeaux, 1899. Gerhard (W. P.) Theatres, their safety from fire and panic, their comfort and health- fulness. 8°. Boston, 1900. Arckambaud (P.) Le service medical et l'hvgiene dans les theatres. Rev. med., Par., 1908, xviii, 335-339.— Bertkod. Sur l'hygiene dans les theatres. Cong, in- ternat. d'assain. . . . de 1'habitat. C. r. 1904, Par., 1905, 139-142. Also: J. de med. de Par., 1904, 2. s., xvi, 412; 422.— Bini. La ventilazione nei teatri. Riv. di ingegner. san., Torino, 1906, ii, 72-74.—Bonnafunt. Sur quelques modifications a introduire dans les salles de spectacle au point de vue de l'hygiene des artistes et de l'6clairage de la scene. Compt. rend. Aead. d. sc, Par., 1861, Iii, 35.— Breltun: 373. — Ckarpentler. Les vols patholo- giques. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1910, xxiv, 133.—Dubuisson (P.) Les voleuses des grands maga- sins: etude clinique et medico-iegale. Arch, d'anthrop. crim., Lyon «fe Par., 1901, xvi, 1-20. — Falco (G.) II riconoscimento di un ladro da una imprenta digitale. Atti d. Soc. med. leg. in Roma, 1910, iii, 217.—Felletar (E.) Merges novenyek altal eldidezett b6dulatban veg- hezvitt rablas esetei. [Cases of theft carried out by means of narcosis with poisonous herbs.] Gydgyaszat, Buda- pest, 1904, xliv, 356; 389; 485: 501; 518— Gudden (H.) Die Zurechnungsfahigkeit bei Warenhausdiebstiihlen. Vrtljsehr. f. gerichtl. Med., Berl., 1907, xxxiii, Suppl.- Hft., 64-69. -----. Diebstahle infolge von Zwangsvor- stellungen. Friedreich's Bl. f. gerichtl. Med., Numb., 1909, lx, 321; 411: 1911, lxii, 417.—Gutermann. Dieb- stahl wegen Befangenheit. Arch. f. Krim.-Anthrop. u. Kriminalist., Leipz., 1906, xxv, 378. —Harster (T.) Kriminalteehnisches. (Der Fall Sch.) Ibid., 1912, xlviii, 101-123.—Hellwig (A.) Der Grumus merdse der Ein- Theft. brecher; eine Lmfrage. Anthropophyteia, Leipz., 1905. ii, 44J-444. -----. Diebstahl aus Aberglauben. Arch, f, Krim.-Anthrop. u. Kriminalist., Leipz., 1905, xix, 286: 1906-7, xxvi, 37. -----. Diebstahl verhindernder Aber- glaube. /bid., 1909, xxxiii, 11-18 — Hospital i P.) Klep- tomanes et vols aux etalages. Ann. med.-psveliol., Par., 1909, 9. s., x, 419-430. — Imlira (C.) Ueber die Bege- hung der Diebstahle bei den Psychosen. [Japanese text.] Shinkeigaku Zasshi, Tokyo, 1904-5, iii, 1; 53.— Kundt (E.) Diebstahl im Diimmerzustand. Fried- reich's Bl. f. gerichtl. Med., Numb., 1902, liii, 179; 278.— Laquer (L. ) Der Warenbaus-Diebstahl. Samml. zwiuiirl. Abhandl. a. d. Geb. d. Nerven- u. Geisteskr., Halle a. S.. 1907, vii, 5. Hft., 1-43. — Lentz (F.) Vol a l'^talage; rapport medico-legal. Bull. Soc. de m6d. ment. de Belg., Brux., 1911, 211-229. —Leppmann. Ueber Ladendiebinnen. Centralbl. f. Nervenh. u. Psvchiat., Coblenz & Leipz., 1901, n. F., xii, 68-71. — lieroy"(E.-B.) Escroqueries prolongees pendant plusieurs mois a la fa- veur de manoeuvres hypnotiques pratiquees sur une des victimes. Bull, med.,'Par., 1907, xxi, 712. — Loksing (E.) Reflexionen fiber den Fall eines Jugendlichen. Arch. f. Krim.-Anthrop. u. Kriminalist., Leipz., 1904-5, xviii, 63-87.—Pagan! (P.) II tentativo nel delitto di furto. Scuola positiva, Roma, 1902, xii, 157; 221; 281; 336. -----. L' estremo del profitto nel delitto di furto. Ibid., 1906, 2. s.. iv, 513-526. —Peri (A.) Relazione pe- ritale sulle condizioni mentali del tredicenne E . . . P . . ., di T . . ., affetto daimmoralitacostituzionale. Ce- ralpino. Arezzo, 1908, iv, 12: 40; 61; 102; 147.—Pinker- ton (W. A.) Amerikanische Bankrauber. Arch. f. Krim.-Anthrop. u. Kriminalist., Leipz., 1905, xviii, 223- 234.—Kuvizza (Alexandrine). Mes petits voleurs; re- cit des tias-ionds milanais. Rev.,philanthrop.,Par.,1906- 7, xx, 593-024.—Reiss (R.-A.) Etude sur l'escroquerie au tresor. Arch, d'anthrop. crim., Lyon & Par., 1907, xxii, 521-564. —de Boos (J. R. B.) Quelques recher- ches sur les causes de l'augmentation des vols pendant l'hiver et des coups et blessures pendant l'6t6. Arch, di psichiat. [etc.], Torino, 1906, xxvii, 388-398. Also: Compt. rend. Cong, internat. d'anthrop. crim. 1906, Turin, 1908, vi, 30-40.—Rorsekaek (H.) Pferdediebstahl im Dam- merzustand. Arch. f. Krim.-Anthrop. u. Kriminalist., Leipz., 1912, xlix, 175-180.—Sarda (G.) Assassinat, vol et incendie. Ann. d'hyg., Par., 1910, 4. s., xiii, 130-147.— Slavik (V.) Zlocin kradeze; simulace. dusevni cho- roby. [Theft; simulation of insanitv.] Casop lek.6esk., v Praze, 1905, 738-741.—Steklsuckt (Die); ein Beitrag zur gerichtlicnen .fsyciiopathologie. Cor.-Bl. d. Ver. deutsch. Aerzte in Reichenberg, 1909, xxii, No. 5,1-6.— Vol avec escalade et effraction; simulation d'altenation mentale. [Rap.] Bull. Soc. de med. ment. de Belg., Brux. etGand. 1902,277-314.—Wagner von Jauregg. Gewohnheitsdiebstahl; wiederholt erfolgreich dureh- gefiibrte Simulation von Geistesstorung. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1907, xx, 853-857.—Woltr. Juvvelendieb- stahl. Arch. f. Krim.-Anthrop. u. Kriminalist., Leipz., 1910, xxxix, 314-345. — Wu Iff en. Verurteilung eines Unschuldigen. Ibid., 1905, xix, 94-130. Theile (Paul). *Zur Kenntniss der fibroepi- thelialen Verimderungen der Brustdriise unter Beriicksichtigung des klinischen Verhaltens. [Bern.] 44 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Berlin, L. Schuma- cher, 1908. Theile (Walther) [1877- ]. * Ueber ein Aneurysma spurium der Aorta ascendens und des Herzens hervorgerufen durch Endocarditis. 16 pp., 2 1. 8°. Kiel, P. Peters, 1901. Theilemann ([Otto Emil] Richard) [1878- ]. *Fin Fall von Kohlenduustvergiftung. 23 pp., 1 1. 8°. Halle a S., Wischan & Wetten- gel, 1903. Theiler (Arnold). *Die Malaria des Pferdes. [Bern.] 32 pp., 1 pi., 2 1. 12°. Zurich, 0. Fiissli, 1901. Theileria. Betteneourt (A.) & Borges (I.) Sur une Thei- leria parasite du Cepbalophus grimmi (L.) Arch, do r. Inst, bacieriol. Camara Pestana, Lisb., 1909-10, iii, 19.— Guilder (R.) Die Entwicklung von Theileria parva, dem Krreurer des Kustenfiebers der Rinder in Afrika. Arch. t. Pi-otistenk., Jena, 1910-11,xxi, 143-164,5 pi. Also, transl.: J. Comp. Path & Therap., Edinb. &Lond.. 1910, xxiii, 328-335. -----. Theileria parva und Babesia mutans Kusteurieberparasit und ■ Pseudokustenfieberparasit. I. Arch. f. Protistenk., Jena, 1910-11, xxi, 222-231, 4 pi. -----. Die Entwicklung von Theileria parva, dem Er- regerdes Kustenfiebers der Rinder in Afrika? Ibid., 1911, xxii, 170-178, 2 pi. -----. Der Zeugungskreis von Thei- leria parva, dem Erreger des Kustenfiebers der Rinder in Afrika. Ztschr. f. Imektionskr.. .. d. Haustiere, Berl., THEILERIA. 62 THEM MEN. Theileria. 1910, viii, 406-416,1 pi—ISuttall (G. H. F.) &Fantkam (H. B.) Theileria parva, the parasite of East Coast fever in cattle; observations on stained preparations. Parasi- tology, Cambridge, 1910, iii, 119-129, 1 pi— Nuttall (G. H. F.), Fantkaui (H. B.) & Porter (Annie). Ob- servations on Theileria parva, the parasite of East Coast fever of cattle. Jhid.. 1>.mi9, ii, 325-340.—Nuttall (G. H. F.) & Grakani-Siniili iG. S.) Theileria parva; at- tempts at cultivation. Ibid., 208-210. Theile's glands. Robinson (B.) Glands of the cvstic dust (glands of Theile). Med. Age, Detroit, 1904, xxii, 721-726. Theilhaber (A[dolf]) [1854- ]. Der Zu- sammenhang von NervenerkrankungenmitSto- rungen in den weiblichen Geschlechtsorganen. 22 pp. 83. Halle a. S., 1902. Forms 6. Hft., v. 4, of Samml. zvvangl. Abhandl. a. d. Geb. d. Frauenh. u. Geburtsh. For Portrait, see Surg. Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1907, iv, port [facing p. 345]. Theilhaber (Felix) [1884- ]. * Zur Lehre von dem Zusammenhang der sozialen Stellung und der Rasse mit der Entstehung der Uterus- carcinome. 24 pp. 8°. Miinehen, [1910]. Tlieilkuhl (Paul). * Casuistischer Beitrag zur Lehre von der acuten gelben Leberatrophie. 21 pp. 8°. Gottingen, Dieterich, 1892. Theille (Ernest) [1862- ]. *La nephrite svphilitique secondaire. 94 pp. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 598. Theilmann (Paul Albert Otto) [1880- ]. * Ueber einen Fall von Chylurie und den Nachweis des Nahrungsfettes im Harn mittelst Jodipin. 20 pp., 2 1. 8°. Halle a. S., Wischau & Burkhardt, 1906. Theilung (Die) der Praxis. 11. 12°. [n. p., 1865?] A burlesque poem. Theine. Katsuyama (K.), Kuwakara (T.) & Seno (K.) Ueber den Einfluss des Theins auf die Ausscheidung von Alkalien im Harne. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1899, xxviii, 587-594.—Nestler (A.) Ein einfaches Ver- fahren des Nachweises von The'in und seine praktische Anwendung. Ztschr. f. Untersuch. d. Nahrungs-u. Ge- nussmittel, Berl., 1901., 289-295.—Spencer (G. L.) A new method for the estimation of theine in teas. J. Anal. Chem., Easton, Pa., 1890, iv, 158. Theis (August[Andreas Jakob]). * Ueber den Nachweis von Cyankaliumspuren in tierischen Organen. 27 pp. 8°. Giessen, 0. Kindt, 1909. Theisen (Clement F[rank]) [1871- ]. Anew powder for acute coryza. 2 1. 24°. Albany, 1897. Repr.from: Albany M. Ann., 1897, xviii. -----. Nasal obstruction. With particular ref- erence to deviations of the nasal septum and hypertrophic rhinitis, and a reportof three hun- dred and fifty operations. 16 pp. 8°. Albany, 1897. Repr.from: Albany M. Ann., 1897, xviii. -----. Angina epiglottidea anterior. Report of three cases. 11 pp., 2 pi. 8°. [Albany, 1900.] Repr.from: Albany M. Ann., 1900, xxi. Tlieiss (Lewis Edwin). How undertakers bur- den the grief-stricken, pp. 354-364. 8°. New York, 1910. Cutting from: Pearson's Mag., N. Y., 1910, xxiv. -----. Bad water vs. good health, pp. 748-752. 8°. New York, 1911. Cutting from: Pearson's Mag., N. Y., 1911, xxv. -----. Every day foods that injure health, pp. 247-255. 8°. New York, 1911. Cutting from: Pearson's Mag., N. Y., 1911, xxv. -----. Sealed houses, pp. 28-34. 8°. New York, 1912. Cutting from: Pearson's Mag., N. Y., 1912, xxvii. See, also, Tlieiss (Mary) & Tlieiss (Lewis). Fake sweets [etc.]. 8C. New 1 ork, 1911. Tlieiss (Mary) & Tlieiss (Lewis). Fake sweets and soft drinks to be dodged, pp. 79-86. 8°. New Jori, 1911. Cutting from: Pearson's Mag., N. Y., 1911, xxvi. Theissing (Heinrich) [1868- ]. *Perichon- dritis und serine Cvsten der Nasenscheidewand. 34 pp., 1 1. 8°. Brest,iu, 1897. Thel (Johannes) [1852- ]. Grundsiitze fiir den Bau von Krankenhtiusern. viii, 124 pp., 11 plan?. 8°. Berlin, A. Hirschwald, 1905. Tlielfoerg (Elizabeth B.) Instruction of col- lege students in regard to reproduction and ma- ternity. 6 pp. 8°. New ) ork, 1912. Repr.from: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1912, xcv. Thelemann (Otto August) [1874- ]. * Ue- ber Narkosenlahmungen. 29pp., 11. 8°. Ber- lin, A. Eberiug, 1899. Tlielfeme (Michel - Joseph - Jean - Baptiste- Georges) [1877- ]. * Contribution a I'etude hematolojrique du rhumatisme articulaire aigu du rhumatisme chronique et de la choree de Sy- denham. 70 p . 8°. Bordeaux, 1903, No. 88. Thelen ([Franz]Conrad) [1883- ]. * Kli- nische Erfahrungen iiber das amerikanische Wurmsamenol als Antiascaridiacum bei Kin- dern. 56 pp. 8°. Rostock, Adler's Erben, 1907. Thelen (Gottfried). * Ueber den Natriumge- halt der Blutkdrperchen. 20 pp. 8°. Wiirz- burg, 1897. Thelen (Karl) [1877- ]. *Die Rindvieh- zucht im Grossherzogtum Hessen wiihrend des neunzehnten Jahrhunderts. [Giessen.] 112 pp. 8°; Odenkirchen, W. Breitenbach, 1903. Thelin (Charles). *Du diagnostic de la gros- sesse extrauterine, etude de 24 cas operes a la Maternite de Lausanne du ler decembre 1903 au 23 aout 1906. 144 pp., 1 1., 1 tab., 4 pi. 8°. Lausanne, A. Jaunin, 1908. Thellier (Edmond) [1881- ]. *Le melsena des nouveaux-nes. 64 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1905, No. 69. Thelliez (Bertin-Henri-Joseph) [1865- ]. * Etudes et observations sur 1:. serodiagnostic de la fievre typhoide. 77 pp. 8°. Paris, 1896, No. 110. Thelliez (E[douard-Amedee]) [1866- ]. * Considerations sur le traitement de l'ost£o- myelite des os longs. 79 pp. 4°. Paris, 1894, No. 364. The I lung (Fritz). * Experimenteller Beitrag zur Frage der Agglutination der Tuberkelbacil- len und zur Behandlung der Tuberkulose mit Neu - Tuberkulin Koch (Bacillenemulsion). [Zurich.] 1 p. 1., 20 pp. 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 1902. Thelohania. Dunkerly (J. S.) On the occurrence of Thelohania and Prowazekia in anthomyid flies. Centralbl.f. Bakte- riol. [etc.l, 1. Abt., Jena, 1912, lxii, Orig., 136-140,1 pi.— ITIercIer (L ) Sur le d^veloppement et la structure des spores de Thelohania Giardi Henneguy. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1908, cxlvi, 34-38— SekrBder (O.) Thelohania cheetogastris, eine neue in Chaetogaster dia- phanus Gruithschmarotzende Mikrosporidienart. Arch. f. Protisteuk., Jena, 1909, xiv, 119-133, 1 pi. Thelohania msenadis. See Ovary (Parasites in). Thelyphonus caudatus. Seklnikewltsck (W.) Ueber die Entwicklung von Thelyphonus caudatus (L.), verglichen mit derjenigen andr'er Arachniden. Ztschr. f. wissensch. Zool., Leipz., 1906, lxxxi, 1-95, 1 pi. Theinmen (Cornelius Joannes). *Diss. histo- riam epidemise morbillosse Groningfe anno 1816 observatse, exhibens. 1 p. 1., 114 pp., 5 1. 8°. Groningx, I. Oomkens, [1817]. [P., v. 2075.] THENAR. 63 THEOBALD. Thenar muscles (Atrophy of). Donley (J. E.) Peripheral neural atrophy of the thenar muscles. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, lvi, 1256. Thenard (Louis-Jacques) [1777-1857]. Seed'Arcet (Jean-Pierre) & Tkenard (L.-J.) De l'emploi des corps gras, [etc.]. 8°. Paris, 1828.— Gon- dret (Louis-Francois). Considerations sur l'emploi du feu en medecine [etc.]. 8°. Paris, 1819. —Le Canu (Louis-Rene). Souvenirs [etc.]. 8°. Paris, 1857.-----. Allocution, [etc.]. 8°. Paris, 1861. Theobald (Fred Y.) The parasitic diseases of poultry. 120 pp. 8°. Ix>ndon, Gurney & Jack- son, 1896. ------. First report on economic zoology, xxxiv, 192 pp. 8°. London, Longmans & Co., 1903. ------. Report on a collection of mosquitoes or Culicidse, etc., from Gambia, and descriptions of new species, xi pp., 2 pi. 4°. London, Longmans, Green & Co., 1903. Bound with: Dvtton (J. E.) Report of the malaria ex- pedition to the Gambia, 1902, [etc.]. 4°. London, 1903. ------. Diptera; fam. Culicidfe. 50 pp., 2 pi. fol. Bruxelles, M. P. Wytsman, 1905. Forms fasc. 26 of: Genera insectorum, pub. par P. Wytsman. ------. Mosquitoes, or Culicidse. In: Syst. Med. (Allbutt), Lond., 1907, ii, pt. 2,122-168. ------. A monograph of the Culicidse, or mos- quitoes Mainly compiled from the collections received at the British Museum from all parts of the world in connection with the investiga- tion into the cause of malaria conducted by the Colonial Office and the Royal Society. 4 v. & atlas. 8°. London, Longmans & Co., 1901-1910. Theobald (J.) De I'enseignement des sourds- muets par la parole. Memoire presente a l'Acadetnie nationale de Savoie. 22 pp. 12°. Paris, 1874. Theobald (Max) [1882- ]. *Zum Alveo- larechinococcus der Leber. 23 pp., 11. 8°. Munchen, Kastner & Callwey, 1906. Theobald (R[obert] M[asters]). See Mattel (Cesar). Electro-homoeopathic medicine, [etc.]. 8°. London, 1888. -----. The same. 8°. London, 1891. Theobald (Samuel) [1846- ]. Tinnitus aurium; a consideration of the causes upon which it depends, arid an attempt to explain its production in accordance with physical princi- ples. 13 pp. 8°. Baltimore, Irenes & Co., 1875. Repr.from: Tr. M. & Chir. Fac. Maryland, Bait., 1875. -----. Some recent theories regarding the pa- thogeny of sympathetic ophthalmia, viewed from a macroscopic standpoint, pp. 62-82. 8°. [New York, 1884.] Repr.from: Arch. Ophth., N. Y., 1884, xiii. ------. An unpleasant experience with the new local anaesthetic, hydrochlorate of erythro- phleine. 4 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, 1888. Repr.from: Med. News, Phila., 1888, Hi. >-----. The employment of oleate of veratria to facilitate the determination of errors of refrac- tion. 7 pp. 8°. Hartford, Conn., Case, Lock- wood & Brainard Co., 1889. Repr.from: Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Hartford, 1888-90, v. ------. Some partially successful attempts to promote the healing of old perforations of the tympanal membrane. 9 pp. 8°. [Hartford, Conn.], 1891. Repr.from: Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, Washington & New Lon- don, 1891-3, v. ------. Subnormal accommodative power in young persons a not infrequent cause of asthe- nopia. 9 pp. 8°. [Hartford, Conn.], 1891. Repr.from: Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Hartford, 1891-3, vi. Theobald (Samuel)—continued. ------. Marked impairment of central vision fol- lowing prolonged use of the affected eye. 5 pp. 8°. [Hartford, Conn.], 1897. Repr. from: Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Hartford, 1897-9, viii. ------. Two cases of vernal catarrh in which the roller forceps was employed with good effect. 3 pp. 8°. [Hartford, Conn., 1897.] Repr.from: Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Hartford, 1897-9, viii. ------. Diseases of the lacrymal apparatus. 39 pp., 3 pi. 8°. Philadelphia, 1898. In: Syst. Dis. Eye (Norris & Oliver), Phila., 1898, iii. ------. Remarks upon the treatment of otomy- cosis by the insufflation of boracic acid and oxide of zinc. 4 pp. 8°. Washington, 1898. Repr.from: Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, Wash., 1898-1901, vii. ------. The treatment of entropion of the lower lid with caustic potash. 3 pp. 8°. St. Louis, 1898. Repr.from: Am. J. Ophth., St. Louis, 1898, xv. ------. A case of atrophy of the optic nerves fol- lowing hemorrhage from the stomach, with a consideration of the causes of post-hemorrhagic blindness. 8 pp., 1 diag. 8°. Baltimore, 1899. Repr.from: Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1899, x. -----. Report of one hundred consecutive cases of cataract extraction. 23 pp. 8°. New York, 1899. Repr.from: Am. J. Ophth., St. Louis, 1899, xvi. ------. A case of extensive detachment of the retina in myopic eye in which complete recovery followed rest in bed and the administration of pilocarpine. 3 pp. 8°. New York, 1900. Repr.from: Arch. Ophth., N. Y., 1900, xxix. ------. The evolution of the ophthalmoscope and what it has done for medicine. 26 pp. 12°. New York, A. R. Elliott Pub. Co., 1901. Repr.from: N. York M. J., 1901, Ixxiii. ------. Two new instruments. 4 pp. 8°. [Hartford, Conn.], 1901. Repr.from: Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Hartford, 1900-1902, ix. ------. The ideal result to be kept in view in the operative treatmentof convergent strabismus in children. 3 pp. 8°. Baltimore, 1902. Repr.from: Maryland M. J., Bait., 1902, xiv. ------. Inflammation of the mastoid cells. 13 pp. 12°. New York, 1902. Repr.from: N. York M. J., 1902, lxxvi. -----. Observations upon recent methods of treating corneal ulcers, with especial reference to the use of carbolic acid as a not infrequent substitute for the actual cautery. 4 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, 1902. Repr.from: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1902, cxxiii. -----. The importance of testing the ocular muscle balance for near as well as for distant vision. 6 pp. 8°. [Hartford, Conn., 1904.] Repr.from: Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Hartford, 1904. ------. The same. 3 pp. 8°. Baltimore, 1905. Repr.from: Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1905, xvi. ------. The genesis of sympathetic ophthalmia. 11 pp. 8°. Chicago, 1905. Repr.from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1905, xlvi. ------. The success which at the present day attends the operation of cataract extraction and the causes that contribute to it. 3 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, 1906. Repr.from: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1906, cxxxi. ------. A striking illustration of the efficacy of constitutional measures in controlling inflam- mation of the mastoid cells. 4 pp. 8°. [New Bedford], 1906. Repr.from: Tr.Am.Otol. Soc,New Bedford,190.5-7, ix-x. THEOBALD. 64 THEOBROMINE. Theobald (Samuel)—continued. -----. Prevalent diseases of the eye. A refer- ence handbook, especially adapted to the needs of the general practitioner and the medical student, iv, 551 pp., 11 pi. 8°. Philadelphia & London, W. B. Saunders Co., 1906. ------. The conservative treatment of chronic suppuration of the middle-ear. 4 pp. 8°. Chicago, 1907. -----. Indications for the employment of ad- renalin chlorid, in conjunction with cocain, in operations on the eye. 3 pp. 8°. Chicago, 1907. -----. A simplification of de Grandmont's oper- ation for ptosis. 4 pp. 8°. Baltimore, 1908. Repr.from: Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1908, xix. -----& MacCallum (W. G.) A case of in- traocular tuberculosis with closely simulated glioma of the retina. 4 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Nash- ville, Tenn., 1907. Repr.from: Ophth. Rec, Nashville. 1907, xvi. Theobalds (John Robert) [1823-1902]. Obituary. Lancet, Lond., 1902, i, 856. Theobalt (Eugene-Francois) [1886- ]. Epi- demiologic de la meningite cerebro-spinale £pi- demique. 106 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1908, No. 46. Theoboldin. Pelleechia (A.) La teoboldina ed il suo impiego in terapia. Incurabili, Napoli, 1908, xxiii, 610; 674. Theobroma cacao. Appel (O.) & Strunk (H. F.) Ueber einige in Kamerun auf Tbeobroma cacao beobachtete Pilze. Cen- tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1903^1, xi, 551; 632.—Fritzweiler (R.) Ueber das Vorkommen des Oleodistearins in dem Fette der Samen von Theobroma- Cacao. Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, Berl., 1901-2, xviii, 371-377. Theobromine and compounds. See, also, Diuretics. Amar (M.) * Recherches physiologiques sur l'emploi de la digitaline et de la theobromine chez l'enl'ant. 8°. Paris, 1909. Barrier (T.) * Contribution a I'etude de la theobromine et de son pouvoir diuretique. 8°. Toulouse, 1898. Holle (A.) * Klinische Beobachtungen iiber das Theobrominum-natrio-aceticum, Agurin. 8°. Munchen, 1902. Hutier (R.-P.-J.) ^Theobromine et perme- ability renale. 8°. Bordeaux, 1903. Jakob (H.) * Experimentelle Untersuchun- gen iiber die diuretische Wirkung des Theobro- minum natrio-aceticum (Agurin) und dessen praktische Verwertung in der Tiermedizin. [Bern.] 8°. Munchen, 1902. Joris (C.) *Sur quelques derives de la theo- bromine. 8°. Lyon, 1902. Lemoyne de Yernon (B.) theobromine et digitale, 4tude clinique comparative. 8°. Lyon, 1899. J ' Levexson (Sophie). * Quelques observations sur Paction de la theobromine. 8°. Geneve, 1898. ' Serr (G.) Etude experimentale et clinique sur la diureseprovoqu6e et contribution a I'etude des effets de la theobromine. 8°. Montauban, 1906. Topp (E.) *Kaffolid-Abbau der 7.9-Dia- thyl-Harnsiiure und des Theobromins. [Kiel.] 8°. Hamburg, 1911. Alvarez (C.) La teobromina y sus derivados en el tratamiento de la asistolia. Rev. Soc. med. argent., Buenos Aires, 1907, xv, 281-303.—An ten (H.) Recher- ches sur Taction diuretique de la cafeine et de la theo- bromine. Arch, internat. de pharmacod., Brux. et Par., 1901, viii, 455-497,1 pi— Audry (C.) Utilite de la theo- bromine contre l'intoxication mercurielle. Ann. de der- Theobromine and comjwmds. mat. etsyph., Par., 1911, 6. s., ii, 2sti.—Brunner (H.) & Leins (H.) Sur la separation et la determination quan- titative de la cafeine et de la the'obromine. Schweiz. Wchnschr. f. Chem. u. Pharm.. Zurich, 1898, xxxvi, 301- 303.—Calvet. Notes sur Paction bypnagogue de la theobromine chez les cardiaques. Bull. Soc. med.-chir. de la Drome [etc.], Valence & Par., 1904, v, 31-38.—('amis (M.) Sul rapporto fra azione cardiaca e dissociazione elettrolitica della caffeina e della teobromina. Arch, di farm, e terap., Palermo, 1909, xv, 31-43. Also, transl.: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1809-10, Iii, 469-480.— 6er- vvlnka (H.) Ueber Agurin, ein neues Theobrominpra- parat. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1902, xxvii, 600.—Colin- stein (W.) Ueber die diuretische Wirkung des Theo- bromins. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1893, xxx, 91-93.—Da- lous (E.) & Serr (G.) Etude des variations morpho- iogiques de l'epitheiium du tube contourne sous l'influ- ence de la theobromine. J. de phvsiol. et de path. gen., Par., 1907, ix, 102-111, 1 pi.—De Buck (D.) The diuretic action of theobromine derivatives. Merck's Arch., N. Y., 1902, iv, 348-351.—Oumesnil (E.) Sur un derive solu- ble de la theobromine lithique. (theobromose, nom de- pose). Bull, d, sc. Pharmacol., Par., 1906, xiii, 143. Also: J. dej>harm. et chim., Par., 1906, 6. s., xxiii, 326-328.— Fere (C.) Note sur l'influence de la theobromine sur le travail. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1901, 11. s., iii, 593-596.— Gallavardin (L.) & Pelm (M.) De la theo- bromine comme hypnagogue au cours de certaines car- diopathies arterielles. Lyon med., 1903, ci, 695-697.— Gerard (G.) Reaction de la theobromine. J. de pharm etchim., Par., 1906, 6. s., xxiii, 476.—Huchard (H.) Ac tion diuretique de la theobromine dans les maladies car. diaques et renales. Bull, et mem. Soc. de therap., Par. 1896, 45-64. Also: Rev. de therap. med.-chir., Par., 1896' lxiii, 67-77. -----. Digitale et theobromine; diurtjtiques, Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1900, exxxix, 765-782. Also. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap.. Par., 1900, xiv, 273-278.— Huchard (H.) & Fiessinger (C.) La theobromine. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1909, xxiii, 634-638.— Impens (E.) Contributions a I'etude des preparations solubles de la theobromine. Arch, internat. de phar- macod., Brux. et Par., 1901, ix, 1-62, 1 ch.—Jaglc (N.) Ueber kombinierte Theobromin- und Jodbehandlung. Med. Klin., Berl., 1908, iv, 498.— Kreutz (A.) Ueber deu Theobromingehalt des Kakaos und eine neue quan- titative Bestimmung desselben. Ztschr. f. Untersuch. d. Nahrungs- u. Genussmittel, Berl., 1908, xvi, 679-584. -----. Ueber den Theobromingehalt einiger Kakao- bohnen. Ibid., 1909, xvii, 526-528. —Kriiger (M.) & Schmidt (J.) Das Verhalten von Theobromin im Or- ganismus des Menschen. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Phar- makol., Leipz., 1900-1901, xiv, 259-261.—L. Action diu- retique de la theobromine dans les maladies cardiaques et renales. Rev. med., Louvain, 1895-6, xiv, 318-321.— lioria (G.) Ricerche viscosimetriche sul sangue sotto 1' influenza dei vari diuretici, con speciale riguardo al meccanismo di azione della teobromina nei suoi benefici effetti nella cardiosclerosi e stati affini. Riv. crit. di clin. med.. Firenze, 1911, xii, 65; 81; 97.—Michael!* (L.) Klinicheskiya nablyudeniya nad agurinom (novim pre- paratom teobromina). [Clinical observations on agurin (a new preparation of theobromin).] Vrach. gaz., S.-Peterb., 1901, viii, therap. pt., 26-28. Also, transl.: Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg., Berl., 1901, 557-560.—Nobeeourt (P.) Digitaline et theobromine chez l'enfant. J. de med. de Par., 1911, 2. s., xxiii, 971-973. Also: Med. inf., Par., 1912, ix, 1-7.—Nobeeourt (P.) & Amar. Re- cherches sur l'emp'oi de la digitaline et de la theobro- mine chez l'enfant. Arch, de med. d. enf., Par., 1910, xiii, 36-43.—Nobeeourt (P.) & Paisseau (G.) Etude de Paction diuretique de la digitaline et de la theobro- mine chez l'enfant. Ibid., 1912, xv, 81-94.—Patta (A.) Nota intorno a campioni salicilato di teobromina e sodio di varia provenienza. Arch, di farmacol. sper., Roma, 1909, viii, 202-205. Also, Reprint. —Paul (T.) Unter- suchungen iiber Theobromin und Koffein und ihre Salzbildung. Arch. d. Pharm., Berl., ccxxxix, 48-90.— Paiviuski (J.) O moczopednem dzialaniudyjuretyny (Theobrominum natriosahcylicum diuretinum). Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1893, xiii, 3; 35; 6S; 95.—Plavee (V.) O diureteckem udinku preparatfi theobrominovych. [L'effet diuretique de la theobromine et ses composes. Res., 115-117.1 Sborn. klin., v Praze, 1902-3, iv, 91-118. -----. Zur Lehre von der diureti chen Wirkung des Theobromins. Arch, internat. de pharmacod., Brux. et Par., 1904-5, xiii, 275-294. -----. Ueber den klinischen Wert der Theobrominpraparate. Berl. klin.-therap. Wchnschr., 1904, 169-179. Also: Wien. klin.-therap. Wchnschr., 1904, 171-180.—Pominerekne (H.) Ueber Pseudotheobromin und die damit isomeren Verbindun- gen, das Theobromin, Theophyllin und Paraxanthin. Arch. d. Pharm., Berl., 1898, cexxxvi. 105-122. —Sa- basknikofr (J. M.) K farmakologii teobromina. Trudi russk. med. Obsh. p. imp. Varshav. Univ., 1892, iii, pt. 2., 68-76.—Salant (W.) & Phelps (I. K.) Demethylation of caffeine and theobromin under patho- logical conditions. J. Pharmacol. & Exper. Therap., THEOBROMINE. 65 THEOCIN. Theobromine and compounds. Bait., 1911-12, iii, 469.—Sievers (R.) & Tallqvlst (T. W.) Kliniska observationer rdrande verkan af theo- brominum natrio-salicylicum. [Clinical observations on the action of theobrominum natrio-salicylicum.J Finska lak.-sallsk. handl., Helsingfors, 1896, xxxviii, 538-565. Also, Reprint.—Solaeolu (T.) Etude clini- que sur un sel soluble de theobromine. J. de med. int.. Par., 1902, vi, 145; 155.—Sterling (S.) O dzialaniu na- mocznem teobrominy (theobrominum pnrum). [Diu- retic action of ... ] Czasopismo lek., L6d£, 1902, iv, 20-25.—Thomas. Action de la theobromine sur la ten- sion arterielle. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1899, cxxxvii, 492-501.— Welmans (P.) Zur Theobromin- bestimmung im Kakao. Pharm. Ztg., Berl., 1902, xlvii, 858— Zernlk (P.) Ueber minderwertige Theobromin- priiparate. Arb. a. d. pharmazeut. Inst. d. Univ. Berl. (1908), 1909, vi, 82-84. Theobromine (Toxicology of). Intoxication par la theobromine.' Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.]. Soc de therap. . . ., Par., 1897, ii, 628-635.— Veley (V. H.) & Waller (A. D.) On the comparative toxicity of theobromine and caffeine, as measured by their direct effect upon the contractilitv of isolated mus- cle. Proc Roy. Soc. Lond., 1910, s. B., lxxxii, 568-674. Theocin [Theophyllin]. Devars (A.) *Essai d'etude physiologique et therapeutique sur la theophylline (ou theo- cine). 8°. Lyon, 1903. Ferrier (J.) * Contribution a I'etude de la theophylline ou theocine. 8°. Montpellier, 1904. Gautherin (A.) * La cafeine et la theocine, leur action elective sur le syteme musculaire, leur.s inconvenients, leurs dangers. 8°. Paris, 19U5. Rattner. *Practische Versuche am Kran- kenbett iiber die diuretische und antihydropi- sche Wirkung des Theocin (Theophylin). 8°. Wiirzburg, 1903. Ajello (S.) Studio sperimentale e clinico sulla teo- fillina Boehringer. Gazz. med. sicil., Catania, 1903, vi, 317; 333; 349; 365. — Alkan (L.) & Arnkeim (J.) Er- fahrungen iiber Theocin (Theophyllin). Therap. Mo- natsh., Berl., 1904, xviii, 20-26.—Allyn (H. B.) On the use of theocin (theophyllin) and theocin sodium-acetate as diuretics. Phila. Hosp. Rep., 1905, vi, 138-151.—Ani- simoff (A. F.) Material! k ucheniyu o teotsinle. LOn theocin.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1905, iv, 1151-1155.— Apostolides (A.) jun. Klinische Beobachtungen iiber die diuretische Wirksamkeit des Theocin-Natrium aceticum. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., 1907, lxxvi,663.—Beco (L.) & Gllkinet (G.) Notes cliniques sur deux diure- tiques nouveaux (agurine, theocine). Gaz. m6d. beige, Liege. 1904-5, xvii, 94-97.—Bigg (E.) Theocine sodium acetate. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1907, ii, 1196.—von Bolten- stern (O.) Ueber Theophyllin (Theocin). Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1904, Ixxiii, 45-48. —Caraceiolo (S.) Alcune osservazioni cliniche sulla teocina. Gazz. med. di Roma, 1903, xxix, 679-685.—Carbonell y Soles (F.) La teocina, un nuevo diuretico. Arch, de ginecop., Bar- cel., 1903, xvi, 109-112. —t'fcevalier (J.) La theocine. Rev. de therap. med.-chir., Par., 1903, lxx, 73-78.—C'lerlci (E.) Ricerchecliniche comparative sulle propriety diure- tiche e cardiocinetiche della teocina e caffeina. Riv. crit. di clin. med.. Firenze, 1905, vi, 21-28— C'ombemale & Vasseur. Reflexions cliniques sur le nouveau diure- tique, la the'•nciin'. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1903, vii, 373-378.—De JIarchis ( F. i Azione fisiologicaeterapeu- tica della tecina tteofillina sintetica). Arch, farmacol, sper., Roma, 1903, ii,218: 207, Also: Bull. d. r. Accad. med. di Roma.1903, xxix,312-347.—I>e*plats( H.) Action diu- retique de la theocine. J. d.sc. med. de Lille,1906, n,5-10.— DiballoflnS.) Iz nablyudeniy nad teotsinom [On theocin.] Prakt. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1904, iii, 941.—Doer- Ing (C.) Theocin (Theophyllin), ein neuesDiureticum. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1903, 1, 366-368.—Ilreser (H ) Versuche iiber die Theocindiurese am gesunden Menschen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1903, xl, 953-956. Also, transl.: Edinb. M. J., 1904, n. s., xv, 137-145. — Dvuzhil- niy (A. Y.) K mochegonnomu dlelstviyu teotsina. [Diuretic action of theosin.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1904, iii, 399-404.—15rede (L.) Sopra un nuovo diure- tico, la teocina. Cazz. med. lomb., Milano, 1904, lxiii, 202-205.—Farr (C. B.) & Welker (VV. H.) The influ- ence of theophyllin on nitrogenous excretion and parti- tion. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1912, x, 23-30.—Fiore. Valore terapeutico della teocina. Corriere san., Milano, 1904, xv, 4-7.—Foa (M.) Sulla azione diuretica e de- clorurante della teocina. Riformamed.,Palermo-Napoli, 1904, xx, 505-512.—Gamier (C.) A propos de la th6o- VOL XVIII, 2d series----5 Theocin [Theophyllin]. cine et de son action diuretique. Soc. de med. de Nancy. C.-r____Mem., 1902-3, 175-186. Also: Rev. m6d. de Test, Nancy, 1903, xxxv, 563-573.—Grande (E.) La teocina ed il massaggio addominale come diuretici. Med. prat., Nicastro, 1904, ii, no. 12, 4; no. 13, 4.—Grodzenski (M. M.) Theocin, kak diureticum. [ ... as a diuretic] Terapiva, S.-Peterb., 1904, i, 273-277. Also, transl.: Med. Woche, Berl., 1905, vi, 313-316.—Griiter (R.) Ueber leichtlosliche Verbindungen des Theophyllins. Therap. Monat>h., Berl., 1910, xxiv, 613-616.—Gutmann (B.) Ueber Theocin als Diureticum im Kindesalter. Arch. f. Kindesh., Stuttg., 1904, xxxviii, 195-202.—Hewlett (A. W.) Theophyllin as a diuretic. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1907, v, 221-224.—Hundt. Ein Beitrag zur diu- retischen Wirkung des Theocins, speziell bei akuter Ne- phritis. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1904, xviii, 191-193.— Jakob (H.) Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die diuretische Wirkung von Theocin und dessen therapeu- tische Verwendung. Deutsche tierarztl. Wchnschr., Hannov., 1903, xi, 333; 343.—Jassnlger (K.) A theocin diuretikus hatasar61. [The diuretic effect of .. .J Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1903, xlvii, 441. Also: Orvosi heti szemle, Budapest, 1903, xxxiv, 576. Also, transl.: Med. BL, Wien, 1904, xxvi, 47.—K6tiy (L.) A theocinnal (theophyllin) mint diureticummal tett klinikai tapasztalatok. [. . . as a diuretic, from clinical experiences.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1903, xlvii, 283; 302.—Kramer (H.) Ueber die diuretische Wirkung des Theocins. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1903, 1, 547-549.—Kriiger (M.) v. In: Ermerins (F. G.) Anecdota med. Grseca. 8°. Lugd. Bat, 1840, 1-77. ------. Hepl diaxooprfpdzoov. De excrementis libellus. E membranis Oxoniensibus, nunc primum editus, et latio donatus. In his: nepi o{.pwi>/Si|3Ai'ov. 16°. Lugd. Bat., 1703, 237- 271. Theophilus (Christian). De sanguine vetito disquisitio uberior, pro Th. Bartholino. Accessit ejusdem Bartholini De sanguinis abusu dispu- tatio. 2 p. 1., 150 pp. 12°. Francofurti, ex off. Hafniensi P. Hauboldi, typ. J. G. Drulmanni, 1676. Bound with: Bartholintjs (Thomas). De morbis bi- blicis [etc.]. 2. ed. 12°. Francofurti, [1672], Theophorin. Cohn(L.) Versuche mit Theophorin. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1907, xxxiii, 1413.—Wlaass (T. A.) Bemerkungen zu dem Artikel: Einige Erfahrun- gen iiber die Wirkung des Theophorins, von Thomas. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1907, xxi, 289. — Thomas. Einige Erfahrungen iiber die Wirkungen des Theopho- rins Ibid., 286-288.—Xernik (F.) Theophorin. Arb. a. d. phamazeut. Inst. d. Univ. Berl. 1906, Berl. u. Wien, 1907, iv, 72-76. THEOPHRASTUS. 67 THERAPEUTICS. Theophrastus Eresius. De historia planta- rum libri decern, grace et latine, in quibus tex- tum grcecum variis lectionibus, emendationibus, hiulcorum supplementis, latinam Gaz;e versio- nem nova interpretatione ad margines: totum opus absolutissimis cum notis: turn commenta- riis, item plantarum iconibus illustravit Joannes Bocheus a iStapel. Accesserunt .lulii Gesaris Scaligeri in eosdem libros animadversiones et Roberti Constantini annotationes cum indice lo- cupletissimo. 9 p. 1., 1187 pp., 44 1. fol. Ams- telodami, cipud H. Laurenlium, 1644. See, also, Phillppson (Ludovicus). 'YAij iv8pu>irivri, [etc.]. 8°. Berolini, 1831. Theophrastus Paraeelsus. See Paracel- sus. Theophyllin. See Theocin. Theopold (Johannes) [1881- ]. *Ein Bei- trag zur Lehre von der Arhythmia perpetua. [Jena.] 24 Dp. 8°. Naumburga. S., Lippert & Co., 1907. Theopold (Johannes). * Untersuchungen iiber die Entwickelung der Leberliippchen des Schweines. [Bern.] 31 pp. 8°. Giistrow, C. Michael, 1910. Theopold (Rudolf) [1880- ]. *Statistische Erhebungen iiber die von 1901-7 in der Univer- sitats-Augenklinik zu Gottingen behandelten perforierenden Augenverletzungen. 21 pp. 8°. Gottingen, W. F. Kastner, 1907. Theopold (Wilhelm) [1SS0- ]. *Die Re- sultate der vaginalen Totalexstirpation bei Ute- ruscarcinom in den letzten zehn Jahren. 41 pp. 8°. Gottingen, W. F. Kastner, 1905. Theorosot. Liebert (W. [M.]) *Chemische und toxi- kologische Untersuchungen fiber Theorosot. [Bern.] 8°. Leipzig, 1909. Theory and practice of chirurgical pharmacy; comprehending a complete dispensatory for the surgeons; with explanatory and critical notes on each composition [etc.]. xvi (2 1.), 380 pp. 8°. Dublin, G. el- A. Ewing, 1761. Theory (The) and practice of medicine, v. 1, 1893. 158 pp. 8°. Chicago, Medical Advance Co., 1893. Theosalin. Hollaender (H.) Theosalin; adatok a veselobok k6r- es gy6gytanahoz. [Theosalin; nephritis and its treatment.] Gy6gyaszat, Budapest, 1911, li, 23-25. Theosophy. Sixnett (A. P.) The occult world. 7. Am. from the 4. English ed., with the author's cor- rections and a new preface. 12°. Boston, 1895. Freiniark (H.) H. P. Blavatsky und ihre Theoso- phie. Ztschr. f. Religionspsychol., Halle a. S., 1911, v, 109-124.—Part (J. S.) A few notes on occultism, in West Africa. Proc. Soc. Psych. Research., Lond., 1898-9, xiv, 343-347. Thephorin. Liinke. Thephorin. Therap.Neuheiten,Leipz., 1907, ii, 29. — JHaass ( T. A.) Pharmakologische Untersu- chungen fiber ein neues Diureticum "Thephorin." The- rap. Monatsh., Berl., 1906, xx, 187-194.—Zernlk (F.) Thephorin. Apoth.-Ztg., Berl., 1906, xxi, 898. Thephrosia toxicaria. Dexks (H. [G. R.]) * Ueber das in der The- phrosia toxicaria enthaltene Gift. 8°. Heidel- berg, 1904. Therapeutes. See Brodie (David). Therapeulie (The) applications of protargol in the treatment of specific urethritis. 8 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, [n. d.]. Therapeulie classification of American health resorts. 2 1. 8°. [Detroit], 1901. Repr.from: Polk's Med. Reg. & Dir. of the United States and Canada, 1906. Therapeutic Digest and Formulary. A monthly review of current medical literature. v. 1, Nos. 1-6, 1898-9. 8°. Kansas City. Therapeulie Gazette. 3. s., v. 1-29, 1885- 1913. 8°. Detroit. Therapeulie Institute of Philadelphia. An- nual catalogue of the students composing the class of the annual curriculum of lectures for the year 1835-6 (5.). William P. C. Barton, lecturer. 8 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, J. Thomp- son, 1836. Therapeulie Medicine. International thera- peutic review, v. 1-5, 1907-11. 8°. New York. Therapeulie Monthly. A journal of reliable, practical, and advance information for the phy- sician, v. 1-2, 1901-1902. 4°. Philadelphia. Therapeutic News. v. 1-3, 1900-1902. 8°. New York. Therapeutic Notes, v. 1-19, 1894-1912. 8°. Detroit, Mich. Therapeutic Progress, v. 1-8,1896-1903. 8°. New York. Therapeutic Record. A monthly record of the advances of therapeutics, v. 1-8, 1905-6 to 1912-13. 8°. Louisville. Therapeutic Review, v. 1,1904. 8°. Phila- delphia. Therapeutic specialties, including a number of new and important products, mostly syn- thetic; manufactured by the Chemische Fabrik auf Actien, Berlin, Gy. 77 pp. 8°. New York, [n. d.]. Therapeutic (The) value of diuretin-Knoll (sodium-theobromine salicylate). 48 pp. 8°. [n. p., n. d.] Therapeutical progress, containing medical reports on the new synthetical remedies of the Farbwerke vorm. Meister Lucius & Bruening, Hoechst-on-Main, Germany. 48 pp. 16°. Lon- don, 1894. Therapeutics. See, also, Air as a remedy; Balneology; Chemotherapy; Electrotherapy; Extracts (Animal, Therapeutic use of); Lactation (In- fluence of drugs upon); Massage; Materia medica; Medicine (Practice of); Medicines (Administration of); Pain (Treatment of); Phar- macology; Phototherapy; Physiotherapy; Radiumtherapy; Rest; Rontgen rays (Therapeutic use of); Serotherapy. Abrams (A.) Man and his poisons. A prac- tical exposition of the causes, symptoms and treatment of self-poisoning. 8°. New York, 1906. , Brief practical notes on certain important modern therapeutical agents. Indications, ad- ministration, doses. 16°. Paris, 1893. Brunton (SirT. L.) Index of diseases and remedies. Reprinted from the "Pharmacology, Therapeutics and Materia Medica of. . ." With a supplement referring to the medicinal agents mentioned in the index and detailing the phar- maceutical preparations of those that are listed by Parke, Davis & Co. 8°. Detroit, Mich., 1890. Buc'hoz (J.-P.) Avantages qu'on peut tirer des plantes meme les plus suspectes, pourvu qu'on les emploie avec precaution, pour guerir les maladies les plus incurables. 12°. Paris, 1806. THERAPEUTICS. 68 THERAPEUTICS. Therapeutics. Cabot (R. C.) Social service and the art of healing. 12°. New York, 1909. Campbell (H.) On treatment. 12°. New York, 1907. Cigliano (T.) La critica nella terapia, ovvero il curare ragionevole. Discorso di prolusione nella regia Universita di Napoli. Anno scolas- tico 1896. 8°. Napoli, 1896. Cohn (P.) Die Verwendung von Chemika- lien als Heilmittel; nach Vorlesungen. 8°. Stuttgart, 1906. Repr.from: Samml. chem. u. chem.-technischer Vortr. Ciffe (R.) A paper read before the section on therapeutics, at the British Medical Congress, held in London, Aug. 2, 1895. 16°. Lincoln, 1895. Dalmas (A.) *An species et genera mor- borum indicationibus therapeuticis inserviunt? 4°. Parisiis, 1826. Daniel (C.) Memorial therapeutique. 24°. Paris, 1902. Dukand (H.) Tableaux synoptiques de the- rapeutique descriptive et clinique. 8°. Paris, 1899. Field (H. M.) Two or three strong, practi- cal therapeutic points of every-day application. 8°. Detroit, 1890. Fontaines (P.-J.) * Observations cliniques suivies de quelques reflexions sur l'effet de I'opium et du quinquina sur les maladies qui en font le sujet. 8°. Montpellier, an NIT, 1804. Froehlich (J.) Das natiirliche Zweckmiis- sigkeitsprincip in der Pathologie und Therapie. (Grundlage und Ziel der Therapie vom teleo- logischen Standpunkt.) 8°. Berlin & Leipzig, 1892. Golfin (H.) De 1' occasion ou de 1' opportunity en matiere de therapeutique. 8°. Montpellier, 1836. Guermonprez (F.) De la prudence en thera- peutique, lecon donnee a la Faculte catholique de medecine de Lille. Recueillie par Monestie et Souville. 8°. Lille & Paris, 1893. Harvey & Reynolds. Notes on new reme- dies, etc. Collated from recent medical and pharmaceutical periodicals, British and foreign. 12°. Gloucester, [1872]. Hegewald. Rede: Ueber die Zweckmiissig- keit der Arzneimittel in der Behandlung der Krankheiten. 8°. Leipzig, 1894. • Hensel (J.) Physiological bread [etc.]. A contribution to the simplification of therapeu- tics. 8°. Philadelphia, 1894. Hooker (J. S.) The higher medicine. 12°. London, 1907. Hoxie (G. H.) Symptomatic and regional therapeutics. 8°. Neiv York & London, 1910. Huchard (H.) Consultations medicales. 8°. Paris, 1901. Jolin (S.) Nyare liikemedel ur farmaceu- tiskt-kemisk synpunkt. [Modern remedies from a pharmaceutico-chemical point of view.] 8°. Stockholm, [1892]. Jorritsma (T. A.) Beantwoording der vraag: Kan men op goede gronden de herstelling der lijders van den geneesheer alle6n verwachten? 8°. Te Hoorn, 1841. Jousset (P.) Constitution de la therapeu- tique. 8°. Paris, 1902. -----. The same. 8°. Paris, 1903. Lange (V.) Kliniske og terapeutiske Med- delelser. 8°. Kj0benhavn, 1894. Lare (H. S. P.) Rational therapeutics in practice, obi. 8°. St. Louis, [n. d.~\. Therapeutics. Le Cavelier (D.-E.) La therapeutique eclec- tique, physiologique et philosophique. 8°. Paris, 1909. Mariani y Larrion (J. M.) & de Corteja- rena y Aldebo (F.) Discursos lefdos en la real Academia de medicina. [La indicaeion tera- peutica en estado actual de los conocimientos medicos, discurso de Juan Manuel Mariani y Larrion. Discurso de Francisco de Cortejarena y Aldebo, en contestation al anterior. 4°. Ma- drid, 1892. Mementos (Les) therapeutiques des. prati- ciens publies sous la direction de Henri Huchard et avec la collaboration de Barie, Brocq, d' Heilly, Guigeot, Ch. Mauriac, A. Renault, Schwartz, Baretti, Bar et Demelin. Charles Eloy, redac- teur. 4v. 12°. [Paris], 1891-4. v. 3, 2. ed. -----. The same. Mementos therapeuti- ques, publics par le Journal des praticiens. Sous la direction de Huchard et Deguy. 8°. Paris, 1902. Miccoli (G.) Saggio di osservazioni su la forza medica di alcuni rimedj nostrali. 24°. [Napoli], 1787. Michaelis (A. A.) Erfahrungen auf dem Gebiete der Heilkunde. Therapeutische Winke undRatschliige. 8°. Hildburghausen, [n. d.]. Moglie (G.) La moderna terapia nei far- maci e nei metodi di cura. 12°. Roma, 1908. Murray (W.) Rough notes on remedies. 3. ed. 8°. London, 1899. ------. The same. 4. ed. 12°. London, 1901. Orozco (C.) *Comparacion de la terapeutica y la higiene bajo el punto de vista social; estu- dio de filosoffa medica. 8°. Mi'xico, 1880. Osler(W. ) The treatment of disease. 8°. London, 1909. Parsons (C. W.) An essay on the question, Vis medicatrix, how far is it to be relied on in the treatment of diseases? 8°. Boston, 1849. Also, in: Boston M. & S. J., 1849, xl, 189-201. Pecholier (G.) Illusions et realites de la therapeutique. 8°. Paris, 1862. Periphanakes (E.) UpaKriKT} hyxeipi6- tikt). 8°. 'Ev 2vpcp, 1899. Ponfick (E.) Ueber das Wesen der Krank- heit und die Wege der Heilung. Rede beim Antritt des Rectorats an der Kongl. Universi- tat zu Breslau, gehalten am 15. October 1892. 8°. Berlin, 1892. Presch ( B. ) Die physikalisch-diatetische Therapie in der arztlichen Praxis. 8°. Wiirz- burg, 1902-3. Ramseyer (A. A.) Systematic therapy, be- ing an essay to place therapy on scientific and practical ground. 8°. [n. p., 1898.] Reddingius (R. A.) De betrekking tusschen theorie en therapie in de geneeskunde. 8°. Groningen, 1911. Reinhold (A. F.) Nature vs. drugs. A chal- lenge to the drugging fraternity. 8°. New York, [1898]. Repertoire de therapeutique medieo-chirur- gicale; resume des travaux francais et etrangers publie sous la direction du Dr. Bergeron. 8°. Paris, 1907. Sharp (W.) The anatomical basis of thera- peutics; an essay. 8°. London, 1868. -----. Essay LVI. Reply to a French re- view of Essay LI1. [Therapeutics ought to be- come a science. ] 8°. London, 1889. Stens ( W. ) Die Therapie unserer Zeit in Briefen. 8°. Sondershausen, 1854. THERAPEUTICS. 69 THERAPEUTICS. Therapeutics. -----. The same. Therapeutics of the day; in a series of letters translated from the German, by Henry St. Clair Massiah. S°. London, I860. Sundenregister (Das) der Medicinheilkunde, alien Freunden der Gesundheit und eines Gott wohlgefalligen Lebens gewidmet von einem Arzte. 16°. Leipzig, 1851. Teijeiro (D. M.) La terapeutica que se im- pone. 12°. Santiago, 1899. Trall (R. T.) The true healing art; or hy- gienic vs. drug medications. 12°. New York, [1861']. Viniegra (C.) * Ensayo sobre un problema terapeutico. 8°. Mexico, 1874. Virchow (R.) Ueber die Heilkriifte des Or- ganismus. 8°. Berlin, 1875. Viviani (H. J. L.) *De vi medicatrice. 8°. Genux, 1815. Vri.jexs (M.) De therapie, hare wording, haar wezen en hare werlyng. 8°. Amsterdam, 1902. Wat is geneeskunde? De drie behande- lingswijzen van ziekten getoetst en onderzocht door drie geneesheeren alsmede drie opgeloste vraatrstukken. 8°. Amsterdam, [1853?]. Abbott (W. C.) A plea for a truer therapy; real treatmentof the sick. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1904, lxxix, 1238-1240. Also: Alkaloid. Clin.. Chicago, 1904, xi, 919- 922. -----. Medical evolution; the need for a more exact therapy. Am. J. Clin. M., Chicago, 1906, xiii, 12*5-1293.— Aeheson (G.) A plea for rational therapeutics. Ca- nad. Pract. & Rev., Toronto, 1908, xxxiii, 611-620.— Adams (J. H.) What should the patient know about his disease and treatment? Med. Age, Detroit, 1902, xx, 373-376.—Allen (I. O.) The treatment of disease. Lan- cet-Clinic, Cincin., 1911, cv, 414. — Anders (E.) Ueber Entlastung und Ruhestellung erkrankter Korpertheile. St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr., 1896, n. F., xiii, 71-73.— Anderson (L. B.) Philosophy of therapeutics. Tr. Pan-Am. M. Cong. 1>93. Wash., 1895, pt. 1, 434-438. —An. derson (W. W.) The use of drugs in the treatmentof disease. Kentucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1908-9, vii, 717- 728.—Arkharotfn.) Ob osnovakh vnutrennel lekar- stvennoi terapii. [Principles of internal medicinal ther- apv-.1 Vovennc-med. .!.. St. Petersb.. 1900, lxxviii, med.- spec. pt., 2413-2471. —Atkinson (I.E.) Modern thera- peutics Am. Med., Phila., 1905, x, 367-369. — Ayles- worth (G. M.) Internal medication for direct reme- dial effects. Canad. J. M. & S., Toronto, 1904, xv, S3-88 — JBabeoek (R. H.) The limitation of drug therapy. TP, Am. Climat. Ass., Phila., 1901, xvii, 1-13. Also: N. York M. J., 1901, lxxiv, 6-10. — Bailey (B. F.) Patho- genic treatment for pathologic conditions. X. Am. J. Homceop., X. Y., 1902, 3. s., xvii, 758-765—Balo gli (T.) A therapia alaptorvenyei. [The fundamental laws of therapeutics.] Gy6gvaszat, Budapest. 1904, xliv, 301; 303; 314; 346; 362. — Hampton (A. H.'i Abstract of a presidential address on scepticism in therapeutics. Lan- cet. Lond.. 1907, i. 142-144. — Banks ((_'.) Drugs and diseases. Indian M. Gaz4 Calcutta. 1896, xxxi, 319- 321. — Barlow (.S7/T.) The study of the natural historv iif disease the basis of all advance in its treatment. Lancet, Lond., 1902, ii, 267-274. Also: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1902, n. s., lxxiv, 129-132.— Barnes (A. C.) & Ilille (H.) Contributions to practi- cal therapeutics. Am. Med., Phila., 1902. iii, 871-873.— Bartli ( H.) De la recherche des indications et du choix des agents therapeutiques. Presse med., Par., 1894, 349- 351.—Baster (J.) Verhandeling over de bereiding, werking en nuttigheid van sommige medicynen, hier te lande nog ivHiii'k in gebruik zynde. Verhandel. uitgeg. d. de Holland. Maatsch.d. Weetensch. te Haarlem. 2. ed., 1758, ii, 13-52.—Bateson (J. C.) The philosophy of healing, with methods of promoting the same. Med. Council, Phila., 1912, xvii, 96-99.—Bath (T. W.) Study of diagnosis and pathology should not lessen our confi- dence in the intelligent use of drugs. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1908, xiv, 332-335.—Baumgarten (E.) Sur quelques experiences dans le domaine de la therapeu- tique. [Transl.] Arch, internat. de larvngol. [etc.], Par., 1905, xx, )33; 472; 820.—Beale (L.S.) The curable stage of some incurable maladies. Kind's Coll. Hosp. Rep. 1893-4, Lond., 1895, i, 17-29.—Beard i R. O.) Nihil- ism in therapeutics in its relation to pharmacy. North- west. Lancet, Minneap., l'.<03. xxiii, 343-346.—Beecher (C.H.) The trouble with therapv. Vermont M. Month., Burlington, 1910, xvi, 130— Bell (J. W.) The need of a more rational therapy. Northwest. Lancet, Minneap., 1905, xxv, 292-297. Also: St. Paul M. J., 1905, vii, 553-562.— Therapeutics. Belt (A. L.) Therapeutic accuracy. Iowa M. J. [etc.], Des Moines, 1906, xiii, 193-202.—Biberleld (J.) Ueber neuere und neueste Arzneimittel. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. u. Berl.. 1910, xxxvi, 1209-1212.—Bigg (G. S.) The cure of disease. Treatment, Lond., 1905-6, ix, 711-746.— Billing* i F. > The limitations of medical therapeutics. Med. News. N. Y., 1902, lxxx, 298-300.— Bishop (L. F.i A plea for greater simplicity in thera- peutics. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1900, xxxv, 1332.-----. A plea for specific plans for treatment other than by single drugs. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1902, Ixi, 451. Also, Reprint. — Bjorknian (G.) An index of diseases alphabetically arranged, with their modern treatment. Merck's Arch., N. Y., 1901-6, iii-viii,pas.61 a szervezetlen anyagcsere tbrvenyeinek, gy6gyszereink hatasm6djanak tiizetesebb felismeresere. [The new method of observation by colored picture analysis and, particulars relating to it; the value of this as to the laws of inorganic metabolism and especially in the recognition of the mode of action of drugs.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1897, xii, 155. —Hildebrandt (H.) Zur Kenntnis kombinirter Arzneiwirkungen. Centralbl. f. innere Med., Leipz., 1895, xvi, 33-41. -----. Ueber neuere medikamentos - therapeutische Bestrebungen. Apoth.-Ztg., Berl., 1905, xx, 149-152.—His (W.) Allge- meine Therapie. Jahresb. ii. d. Leistung. . . . d. ges. Med., Berl., 1910, xliv, 722-734. -----. Allgemeine The- rapie. Ibid., 1911, Berl., 1912, xlvi, pt. 1, 748-761.— Hlava(J.) O hojenisenemoci. [The cure of disease.] Zdravi, v Praze, 1900, vi, 97-102— Hockaul (J.) Was soil der praktische Arzt beziiglich der verschiedenen Heilmittel wissen? Cor.-Bl. d. Ver. deutsch. Aerzte in Reichenberg, 1907, xx, No. 1, 1; No. 2, 1.—Hooe (A. B.) Rational versus empirical therapeutics. Wash. M. Ann., 1905-6, iv, 200-205.—Hoole (L. P.) A plea for simpler medication. Long Island M. J., Brooklyn, 1909. iii, 96.— Hovius (J.) Anmerkingen over de geneesmiddelen. Verhandel. uitgeg. d. de Holland. Maatsch. d. Weetensch. te Haarlem, 1762, vi, pt. 2, 78.8-865.—Huehard (H.) La therapeutique; ce qu'ellc doit etre. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1902. xvi, 242-247. -----. A reforma da therapeuthica. Rev. med.-cirurg. do Brazil, Rio de Jan., 1908, xvi, 273-275— Hiigiienin (P.) Le sangfroid en clinique et en therapeutique. Gaz. de gynec, Par., 1906, xxi, no. 488, 321-328.—Huizinga (J. M.) De ge- neeskunst in de samenleving. Oeneesk. Bl. u. Klin, en Lab. v. de prakt., Haarlem, 1896, iii, 1-39.—Hunter (C. O.) Remedies. Am. Acad. Railway Surg. Tr. 1900, Chicago, 1901, vii, 9-44.—Irwin (.1. W.) A preliminary report on tetra-ethyl-ammonium-hydrate and solution of chloride of platinum. Mississippi M. Rec, Vicksburg, 1903, vii, 23-27.— Jaeobi (A.) Nihilism and drugs. THERAPEUTICS. 71 THERAPEUTICS. Therapeutics. N. York State J. M., N. Y., 1908, viii, 57-65.— Jacobs. Nog eens een geneesmiddel uit de keuken. Tijdschr. v. phys. therap. en hyg., Amst., 1905, 60.— Jauiieson (J.) On the significance of the term cure in medicine. Intercolon. M. Cong. Australas. Tr. 1902, Hobart, 1903, 115-123. Also: Intercolon. M. J. Australas., Melbourne, 1902, vii, 97-111. Also [Abstr.]: Australas. M. Gaz, Sydney, 1902, xxi, 109-112.—Janusehke (H.) Wie kdnnen wir therapeutische Versager mancher Arz- neimittel verhiiten? Beibl. z.d. Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1912, xi, 107-111— Jenkins (J. F.) Some of our late therapeutic resources. J.Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1896, xxvi, 25-27.—Johnson (W. L.) Some therapeutic measures other than medicaments. Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1899, 3. s.. xv, 730-732.—.1 ones (G. S.) Contributions to therapeutics. Med. limes & Hosp. Gaz., Loud., 1896, xxiv, 370-372.—Jousset (P.) De Paction des medicaments sur l'homme sain dans ses rapports avec la loi de similitude. Art mM., Par., 1895, lxxxi, 321-327.—Kaliselier (S.) Medikarnentbse The- rapie. Handb. d. Neurol., Berl., 1910, i, 1481-1515.— Kalloeh (P. C.) Disease; a conservative instrument of nature. Mil. Surgeon, Wash., D. C, 1909, xxv, 441-445 — Kemper (W. G.) Some exceptions to the rules in the administration of certain drugs. Wisconsin M. J., Mil- waukee, 1908-9, vii, 580-588.—King (A. F. A.) On func- tional reversion and its import in medical practice. In- ternat. Clin., Phila., 1903, 13. s.. i, 187-198. Also, Re- print.—Knapp (C. P.) Is our therapeusis up-to-date? Tr. Lehigh Valley M. Ass., Easton, Pa., 1902, 2. s., i, 31- 35— Kobler (F.) Probleme und Ziele. Ztschr. f. phvs. u. diatet. Therap., Leipz.. 1910, xiv, 476; 540.— Kraft (H.) Ueber das Wesen der Stoffwirkungen. Arch. f. phys. Med. u. med. Tech., Leipz., 1910, v, 109- 112.—Kraiiss (J.) Some imperative problems of medi- cine. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1911, cvi, 469-472.—Lana- ras (K.) 'Eirl rf/s Oepatreias rutv ofero inoculatione argumento. Dissertatio episto- aris. 8°. Vratislaviiv, 1761. Treyling (J. J.) Alteratio microcosmi thera- peutica, seu tractatus medico-therapeuticus de remediorum et medicamentorum alterantium, operandi et adhibendi modo, materia, formulis indicantibus, et regulis practicis. Liber II. Disp. inaug. F. G. J. G. Molitor. sm. 4°. Jngolstadiiun, 1726. Valescus de Taranta. Epitome operis per- quam utilis morbis curandis Valesci de Taranta in septem congesta libros. Autore Guidone De- siderio Delphinate. 16°. JMgduni, 1560. de Valles (F.) Tratado de las aguas des- tiladas, pesos, y medidas de que los boticarios deven uear, por nueva ordenanca, y mandate de su magestad y su real consejo. 16°. Madrid, 1592. ------. Methodus medendi in quatuor libros divisa, quorum I. Continet victumaegrotantium. II. Rationem curandi perindicationes simplices. III. Per compositas, et cum aliquid eorum, quae indicare possunt nos latet. IV. Occasiones cu- randi, et abstinendi a curationibus. 16°. Lo- vanii, 1647. Vogter (B.) Wie man alle Gebresten und kranckhaiten des menschlichen leibs, ausswen- dig und ynwendig von dem haupt an biss auff THERAPEUTICS. Therapeutics (Ancient authors on). [Prior to the year 1800.] die fuss artzneyen und vertreiben soil, mit aussgepranten Wassern [etc.]. sm. 4°. Augs- purg, 1531. Voulonxe. Memoire qui a remporte" le prix, au jugement de 1'Academie de Dijon le 18 aout 1776, sur la question proposee en ces ter- mes: Determiner quelles sont les maladies dans lesquelles la medecine agissante est preferable a l'expectante, et celle-ci a l'agissante; et a quels signes le medecin reconnoit qu'il doit agir, ou rester dans 1'inaction en attendant le moment favorable pour placer les remedes? 16°. Paris, 1792. -----. The same. Nouvelle ed. 8°. Paris, an FT/[1799]. Wendelstadt (J. G.) *De vitae robore, tono et vitalitate, nee non de medicamentis roboran- tibus, seu vitae balsamicis, confortantibus, toni- cis veris et polychrestis praesidiis dissertatio secunda. sm. 4°. Marlmrgi, 1771. See, also, supra, Marschall (H. G.). Werlhop (P. G.) Actorum medico rum Edinburgensium specimina duo de medicamento alterante ex mercurio et de aurigine ex Anglico sermone Latino reddidit. Accedit epistola ad virum illustrem Joannem Samuelem Nob. Dom. de Berger. De iisdem argmentis, et Came- rariano auriginis remedio; ubi simul disputa- tioni corollarium additur. 12°. Venetiis, 1759. iEgritudiiium (De) curatione tractatus. In: Col- lect. Salernitana, Napoli, 1853, ii, 81-386.—Capivaeeio (G.) De methodo medendi, lectio prima. In his: Med. pract., 8°, Venetiis, 1598, ii, Kl-180.-Hee.quet (P.) An potus segris interdicenduS? In his: MGd. th^ologique [etc.], 12°, Par., 1722, ii, 520-548. -----. An morbi a serosa colluire? Ibid., 1723, ii, 444^165. -----. An remediorum curta supellex? Ibid., 466-490.—Plempius & Dorlix. Sur les principales (Evacuations du corps, la sai^nee et la purgation. Louvain, 1662. In: Physique (Lai d'uzage; [etc.J. 16°, Paris, 1664, [pt. 2], 59-73.—tie Sancto Araando (J.) Deidoneoauxiliorum usu quredam. In: Hevl (C.) [Hoc in volumine . . .], sm. 4°, [Moguntise, 1534J, pt, 2, 245-287. Therapeutics (Apparatus employed in). [Patent speciilcations. ] Bell (H.) Caustic-homer. No, 314,420; March 24, 1885.—Catlin(DeE.B.) Therapeutic oven. No.859,198; July 9,1907.—Ferren (Q. E.) Holder for stick-caustic. No. 421,070; Feb. 11, 1890.—Gillette (L. F.) Therapeu- tic bottle. No. 991,844; May 9, 1911.—Powell (T.) Therapeutic apparatus. No. 889,964; June 9, 1908. — Shoemaker (A. H.) Therapeutical apparatus. No. 911,528; Feb. 2, 1909. Therapeutics (Bio-chemical) [Chemo- therapy], See, also, Sleeping sickness (Prevention, etc., of); Spirilloses (Treatment of); Syphilis ( Treatmentof) with salvarsan; Trypanosomiasis (Treatment of). Bakody (T.) Die Karyomitosis und das Princip der biologisch-medicinischen Therapie. 8°. Berlin, 1884. ------. The same. A karyomitosis es a biologiai gyogytan alapelve. 8°. Budapest, 18S4. Carey (G. W.) The biochemic system of medicine, comprising the theory, pathological action, therapeutical application, materia me- dica, and repertory of Schuessler's twelve tissue remedies. 3. ed. S°. 87. Louis, 1896. Ehrlich (P.) Grundlagen und Erfolge der Chemotherapie. roy. 8°. Stuttgart, 1911. Hegewald. Die biochemische Heilmethode. Eine deutsche Errungenschaft, 8°. Oldenburg, [1903]. THERAPEUTICS. 77 THERAPEUTICS. Therapeutics (Bio-chemical) [Chemo- therapy]. Orth (F. J.) Biochemische Behandlung der Krankheiten. Mit Symptomenangabe darge- stellt in alphabetischer Ordnung nach der 3. Auflage des franzosischen Werkes "Descrip- tion et emploi des douze medicaments biochi- miques," mit vielen Zusiitzen. Durchgesehen und mit Vorwort von . . . H. Goullon. 16°. Leipzig, 1890. Schussler (W. H.) Eine abgekiirzte Thera- pie, gegriindet auf Histologic und Cellular-Pa- thologie. 8°. Oldenburg, 1874. -----. The same. Anleitung zur Behand- lung der Krankheiten auf biochemischem Wege. Mit einem Anhange, Krankengeschichten ent- haltend. 7. Aufl. 8°. Oldenburg, 1881. -----. The same. 12. Aufl. 16°. Olden- burg, 1886. -----. The same. 14. Aufl. 8°. Olden- burg, 1887. -----. The same. 15. Aufl. 8°. Olden- burg, 1888. -----. The same. 16. Aufl. Mit einem Anhange, Krankengeschichten enthaltend. 8°. Oldenburg, 1889. ------. The same. 18. Aufl. 8°. Olden- burg, 1891. -----. The same. 23. Aufl. 12°. Olden- burg & Leipzig, 1896. -----. The same. 31. Aufl. 8°. Olden- burg, 1904. -----. The same. Abridged therapeutics founded upon histology and cellular pathology; with an appendix, giving special directions for the application of the inorganic cell salts, and indications of the underlying condition of mor- bid states of tissue. Biochemie method of suc- cessfully treating disease. Authorized transla- tion bv" M. Docetti Walker. 9. ed. 8°. New York, "[1884]. -----. The same. An abbreviated therapy; the biochemical treatment of disease. 12. ed. 12°. Philadelphia, 1885. -----. The same. 13. ed. 8°. New York, [1886]. -----. The same. 15. ed. 8°. New York, [1888]. -----. The same. Tratamiento bioquimico de las enfermedades. Con un apendice que contiene casos clinicos. Vertida del aleman al ingles, con adicion de un repertorio por J. T. O'Connor, y del ingles al espanol, con adicion de un prologo por J. F. Con vers. 12. ed. 16°. Bogota, 1886. -----. Dr. med. von Viller's Beleuchtung der biochemischen Therapie. 8°. Oldenburg & Leipzig, 1888. Thornton ( W. ) Rationalism in medical treatment, or the restoration of chemism. The system of the future. 12°. Boston, 1885. Zahn & Seeger. Inhalts-Verzeichniss und kurzes Repertorium zu Dr. Schussler's "Abge- kiirzter Therapie." 11. Aufl. 8°. Stuttgurt, 1884. Andreyeflf"(N. F.) Patologo-anatomicheskiyaizmle- neniya nlekotorlkh organov pri otravlenii khimeotera- pevticheskimi sredstvami. [Pathological changes in certain organs in poisoning with chemo-therapeutic remedies.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1911, x, 789. Also, transl.: Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1911, ccv, 263-267.—Arnozan & Carles (J.) Du rdle des leucocytes dans l'absorption et l'61imination des medi- caments. Rev. de therap. med-chir., Par., 1909, lxxvi, 541-554, 1 pi.—Aulde(J.) Cellular therapy; aconsidera- tion of its claims for recognition as the basis of scientific therapeutics. Am. Therapist, N. Y., 1892-3, i, 179-183. Therapeutics (Bio-chemical) [Chemo- therapy]. -----. Cellular therapy; its practical adaptation in the rational treatment of disease. N. York M. J., 1893, lviii, 403-406.—Baglioni (S.) Beziehungen zwischen phy- siologischer Wirkung und chemischer Konstitution. Zt- schr. f. allg. Physiol., Jena, 1903, iii, 313-358.—Bass (R.) Zur Theorie der spezirischen Arzneivvirkungen. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1912, xxxvii, 143-145.—Blake (J.) On the connection between the physiological action of sub- stances and certain physical properties of their molecules. Verhandl. d. x. internat. med. Cong. 1890, Berl., 1891, ii, 2. Abth., 31-35.—Brown (A. C.) & Fraser (T. R.) On the connection between chemical constitution and phy- siological action, Part I. On the physiological action of the salts of the ammonium bases, derived from strychnia, brucia, thebaia, codeia, morphia, and nicotia; . . . (the paper for which the Makdougall-Brisbane prize was awarded; biennial period 1866-68). Tr. Row Soc. Edinb., 1867-9, xxv, 151-203. Also, Reprint.—Brunton (T. L.) Croonian lectures on the relationship between chemical structure and physiological action. Illust. M. News, Lond., 1889, iv, 269; 288; 310: 1890, v, 81; 108; 131, 1 diag. Also: Phil. Tr. 1891, Lond., 1892, clxxxii (B.), 547-632. Also [Abstr.]: Lancet, Lond., 1889, i, 1180; 1289: ii, 57; 203.—Burgi (E.) Die experimentellen Grundlagen der Chemotherapie. Ergebn. d. wissensch. Med., Leipz., 1910, i, 279-298.—Clements (J.) The r61e of drugs in therapeusis; a study in biologic medicine. Am. J. Clin. M., Chicago, 1906, xiii, 1407; 1427; 1508.—Coblentz (V.) Recent developments in the study of the relationship be- tween chemical constitution and physiological action of organic compounds. J. Med. & Sc, Portland, 1902-3, ix, 111-122.—De Castro (S. V.) La flsica molecular en el actual concepto de la acci6n medicamentosa. Gac. m6d. d. Sur de Espafla, Granada, 1909, xxvii, 289; 329; 354; 372; 394; 411; 446; 495. — Elirlicn (P.) Ueber die Bezie- hungen von chemischer Constitution, Vertheilung und pharmakologischer Wirkung. Internat. Beitr. z. inn. Med. (Levden),Berl.,1902,i,644-678. Also: Ges. Arb.z. Immuni- tatsforsch., Berl., 1904, 573-628. -----. The Harben lec- tures, 1907. Experimental researches on specific therapeu- tics. J. Roy. Inst. Pub. Health, Lond., 1907, xv, 321; 385. -----. Ueber mod erne Chemotherapie. Verhandl.d.deut- sch. dermat. Gesellsch., Berl.,1908, x, 62-70. Also [Abstr.]: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1908, lv, 2211. -----. Allge- meines iiber Chemotherapie. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1910, xxvii, 226-234. -----. Ueber Chemotherapie. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.],l. Abt., Jena, 1911,1, Ref., Beiheft, 94-108. Also: Heilkunde, Berl. u. Wien, 1910, 41-43. Also, transl.: Sleeping Sick. Bureau. Bull., Lond., 1908-9, no. 4, 129-134. -----. Aus chemottrerapeutischem Gebiet. Deutsche Rev., Stuttg. u. Leipz,, 1911, ii, 149-163.—Escli ( W. G.) Beitrage zu einer biologischen Heillehre. Med. Klin., Berl., 1906, ii, 899-901. -----. Zur biologischen Therapie. Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1909, xix, 589.—Piquet (E.) Relations entre la constitution chimique d'un medicament et ses propriety thSrapeutiques. Cong, in- ternat. demed. C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de therap., 162-166.— Frankenliauser (F.) Ueber die Bedeutung der physikalischen Chemie fiir einige therapeutische Pro- bleme. Fortschr. d. Med., Berl., 1901, xix, 693; 733.— Garcia del Real (E.) La quimioterapia de Ehrlich. Rev. de med. y cirug. piact., Madrid, 1910, lxxxix, 5-17.— Garriga Rivero i M.j Las afinidades cromaticas de las celulas como base fundamental de la quimioterapia. Ibid., 1911, xc, 249-256—Garsed (W.) The relation be- tween chemical constitution and physiological action, illustrated by familiar drugs. [Abstr.] Pharm. J., Lond., 1903, 4. s., xvi, 614-617—Gaule (J.) Beziehun- gen zwischen Moleculargewicht, Molecularstructur und physiologischer Wirkung. (Bemerkung zu der Arbeit des Hrn. Giirber.) Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1890,478-481.- Gerster. Ueber biologische Therapie und ihr Verhalt- nis zu therapeutischen Svstemen. Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1910, xx, 5K9-5'.)i.—Gibbs (W.) & Hare (H. A.) A systematic study of the action of definitely re- lated chemical compounds upon animals. Am. Chem. J.,Bait., 1889, xi, 435-418. Also, Reprint.—Giirber (A.) Untersuchungen iiber diephysiologischen Wirkungen der Lupetidine und verwandterKorper undderen Beziehun- gen zu ihrer chemischen Constitution. Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1890, 401-477. See, also, supra, Gaule.—Hawley (J.R.) Direct cell tonic therapy. Am. J. Progr. Therap., Chicago, 1906, xvi, 91-96.—lacoby (M.) Die Ergeb- nisse der experimentellen Chemotherapie. Therap. Mo- natsh., Berl., 1911, xxv, 645-651.—Kendall (A. I.) The biology and biochemistry of bacteria and their relation to therapeutics. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1911, xxiv, 411- 424.—fiowalevsky (Olga). Relations de la chimio- taxie et de la leucocytose avec Paction antiphlogistique de diverses substances. Ann. de microg., Par., 1896, viii, 185-226.—KUliner (A.) Allgemeine Therapie auf biologischer Grundlage. Reichs-Med.-Anz., Leipz., 1907, xxxii, 403; 426. ■---—. Das neue biologische Heilver- fahren. Prakt. Arzt, Leipz., 1908, xlviii, 49-58.—Lud- wig (E.) Ueber die Beziehungen der chemischen THERAPEUTICS. 78 THERAPEUTICS. Therapeutics (Bio-chemical) [Chemo- therapy]. Konstitution zur physiologischen Wirkung der Arznei- priiparate. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1894, xliv, 1956; 2003; 2049. Also: Wien. med. Bl., 1894, xvii, 655; 670.— JVlurks (L. H.) Ehrlich's biochemical theory, its con- ception and application. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, lv, 1974-1978.—Pennington (J. R.) The animal cell and its therapeutic applications. Med. Standard, Chi- cago, 1901, xxiv, 551-553.—Perez Noguera (E.) Rela- ciones entre la composici6n quimica de los medica- mentos y su accidn risiol6gica. Med. mil. espaii., Madrid, 1902-5, ix-xi, passim.—Peset y Cervera (V.) La pato- logia quimica base de la terapeutica. Gac. m6d. d. Sur de Espafia, Granada, 1910, xxviii, 385; 416— Peyser (M. W.) Cellular therapy. Tr. M. Soc. Virg., Richmond, 1898, 78-83. Also: Bi-Month. Bull. Univ. Coll. Med., Rich- mond, 1*98, iii, 467-471. Also: N. Am. M. Rev., Frede- rick, Md., 1S99, vii, 304-307.—Poulsson (E.) Om Re- lationer mellem Legemers kemiske Bygnir.g og fysio- logiske Virkning. [on the relations of chemical com- position and physiological action of remedies.] Norsk Mag. f. Lrtaevidensk., christiania, 1892, 4. R., vii, 613-627.- Bowlette ( R. J.) Biology and therapeutics. Dublin ,!. M. Sc. 1907, cxxiv, 425-44*2.-Sainsbury (H.) On the connexion between chemical constitution and therapeutic action. Lancet, Lond.,. 1891, i, 252-257.— Schweitzer (H.) Ehrlich's chemotherapy; a new science. 'Science, N. Y., & Lancaster, Pa., 1910, n. s., xxxii, 809-823.—Senta (S.) Action des antipyretiques etdes alcaloides sur la respiration des tissus "in vitro." Arch, internat. de pharmacod., Brux. et Par., 1908, xviii, 217-235.—Sewall (H.) Some biological modes of cure in disease. Denver M. Times, 1895-6, xv, 104-113.— Shoemaker (J. V.) The chemical relations of reme- dies in scientific therapeutics. Am. Med. Surg. Bull., N. Y., 1898, xii, llls-i IJI. Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, IK'.ik, xxxi, 679-681.—Stiiubli (C.) Ueber die neueren Forscliiingsresulta'e auf dem Gebiete der "Chemo- therapie." (.'or.-HI. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1909, xxxix, 730-732.—Thomson (W. H.) Modern experi- mental medicine. N. York M. J., 1894, lix, 289; 321. Also, Reprint.—Unna (P.) Das Verhaltnis zwischen Histologic und Therapie. Compt.-rend. Cong, internat. de med. 1897, Mosc, 1899, iv, sect. 8, 34-36.—Verbitski (F. V.) Osnovl khemioterapii i yeya prakticheskoye znacheniye. [Principles of chemotherapy and its prac- tical value.] Izvlest. Imp. Vovenno-Med. Akad., S.- Peterb., 1910, xx, 477-602. — Wainwright (J. W.) Synthetic chemistry, its contributions to modern thera- peutics. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1899, xxxiii, 1399- 1403. -----. Theories on the action of organic medical substances and the relation of chemical constitution to action. Therap. Month., Phila., 1901, i, 231-239.— Wakefield (H.) The importance of understanding the phvsiological-chemical actions of specific remedies. Year Bk. M. Ass. Gr. N. York, 1902, 124-127.—Waugh (W. F.) Vasomotor conditions; selection by the cell. St. Louis Clinique, 1906, xix, 14-19. Therapeutics (Chemical). See Therapeutics (Bio-chemical). Therapeutics (Cutaneous and exter- nal). See Counter-irritants; Inunction; and un- der treatment of various diseases; Therapeutics (Local). Therapeutics (Emergency). Hirtz (E.) & Simon (C.) Therapeutique medicale d'urgence. 12°. Paris, 1909. Lemoine (G.) Les interventions medicales d'urgence. 8°. Paris, 1911. Huchard (H.) & Fiessinger (C.) Medication d'urgence par la reduction des liquides. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1908, 3. s., lix, 168-171. Also: Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1908, xxii, 103. Therapeutics (Errors and failures in). Martics. Wahre und falsche Heilkunst. Vortrag gehalten am 3. Februar 1902 in der Aula der Universitat Rostock. 8°. Leipzia, 1902. "" Bea les (H.), jr. Some of the causes defeating the proper progress of therapeutics. Proc. Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila., 1897, xviii, 185-188.—Blondel VR ) Surquelqueserreurs therapeutiquescontrelesloisdelapesanteur. J.demed.de Par.,1910.2.S.,xxii,708. Also: Rev. de therap. med.-chir., Par..1910.lxxvii, 145-147.—Breiiiond(F) Triperiemedi- cinale. Dauphine med., Grenoble. 1904, xxviii, 239-242.— Brown (Hi The use and abuse of medicines. Tr. Kentucky M. Soc., Louisville, 1892, n. s., i,27-34.—Brun- ton {Sir T. L.) & Cash (J. T.) Why do medicines some- Therapeutics (Errors and failures in). times fail to act? St. Barth. Hosp. Rep'.. Lond., 1884, xx, 213-224. Also, Reprint.—Butler (G. F.) Untoward ef- fects of drugs. Medicine, Detroit, lv.»8, iv, 793-800. -----. The personal elements of error in therapeutics. Am. Med., Phila., 1902, iii, 21-23 — Caldwell (\V. S.) Vaga- ries in therapeutics, or the contents of my waste basket at the end of six months. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1901-2, n. s., iii, 51-53.—Chace (A. E.) Fallacies of modern therapeutics. Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1909, xxiv, 697; 811.— Davis I.N. S.) Need of much more accurate knowledge concerning both the immediate and remote effects of the remedial agents in general use; and the exercise of more care to avoid the coincident administration of antagonis- tic remedies in acute diseases. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1902, xxxviii, 1415-1418.—Didama (H. D.) Experientia fallax. Phila. M. J., 1898, i, 109-114.—Bieupart (L.) Les insucces en therapeutique; une des causes les plus habituelles de l'inefficacite des traitements; intolerance des voiesdigestives (moyensd'yremedier). Med. orient., Par., 1909, xiii, 515-520.—Dixon (W. E.) Drug fallacies. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, ii, 1469.— Eceles (R. G.) The ponsasinorum of therapeutics. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1898, xxxi, 692-697. Also: Am. Med.-Surg. Bull., N. Y., 1898, xii, 910-918.—Fonts. Fe de erratas de la terapeu- tica corriente. Rev de espec. m6d., Madrid, 1907, x, 585.— Graham (J. T.) The abuse of drugs. Practice, Rich- mond, 1896, x, 319-322.—Gripat (H.) La faillite de la therapeutique. Arch. med. d'Angers, 1903, vii, 220-229.— Heubner (W.) Allerlei Heilmittel-Unheil. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1912, xxvi, 185-192.—Houssay. De la persistance de l'erreur en therapeutique a travers les ages. Progres med., Par., 1900, 3. s., xii, 480-482.— Janusehke (H.) Wie konnen wir therapeutische Versager mancher Arzneimittel verhiiten? Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1912, lxii, 1947-1950.—Lambert (A.) In- discriminate drug taking. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1912, xcv, 313-316. Al>o, Reprint.—Leredde. Des causes d'erreur et de la m6thode en therapeutique. Arch. gen. de med., Par., 1905, i, 668-681. Also: Rev. prat. d. mal. cutan. [etc.], Par., 1905, iv, 120-135.—Lozinski (A.) Psikhologiya samollecheniya i sharlatanstvo v meditsi- nle. [The psychology of self-treatment and charlatanry in medicine.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1911, xviii, 1280; 1317; 1342; 1380.—Montgomery (D. W.) Mishaps in treatment. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1912, x, 283- 285.—Nichols (J. T. G.) The misuse of drugs in modern practice. Med. Communicat. Mass. M. Soc, Bost., 1893, xvi, 3-46. Also: Boston M. & S. J., 1893, exxix, 239; 261; 292.—Peabody (G. L.) Some fallacies of therapeutics. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1900, lix, 481-4S5. [Discussion], 511- 513.—Purjesz (Z.) Therapeutikus csal6d&sok 6s ezek okai. [Therapeutic delusions and their cause.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1897, xii, 574; 586; 598; 622. Also, transl.: Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1898, xxxiv, 121; 151.— Queralt6(J.) Examen critico de la medicaci6n activa y de la espectacidn en el ejercicio clinico. Gac. m6d. catal., Barcel , 1894, xvii, 198; 225; 263; 296; 368; 395; 428; 463; 495.—Belssig (C.) Ueber Missstande im Heilge- werbe. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1910, xlvii, 2173; 2220; 2267.—Rosenbaeh (O.) Warum sind wissenschaft- liche Schlussfolgerungen auf dem Gebiete der Heilkunde so schwierig, und in welchem Umfange konnen wesent- liche Fehlerquellen durch die betriebstechnische (ener- getische) Betrachtungsweise vermindert Oder beseitigt werden? Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1903, 1. 1-26.—San- tee (G. O. O.) The abuse of drugs. Penn. M. J., Pitts- burg, 1902-3, vi, 462-465.—Steinbaeh (J.) Ueber irrige Verwerthung therapeutischer Factoren. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1897, xi, 416-418.—Wilcox (R. W.) The causes of the failure of drug therapeutics. Post-Gradu- ate, N. Y., 1896, xi, 514-525. [Discussion], 543-551. Therapeutics (Expectant). BtiNGER (F.) * De vera exspectandi methodo. 4°. Marburgi, 1839. Lagasquie (M. P.) *De la methode ex pec- tan te en therapeutique (historique; expose thco- rique, applications et critique). 4°. Toulouse, 1893. Bakewell (R. H.) The expectant treatment. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1901, lx, 884-886.—Jaeobi (A.) Expectant treatment. Tr. M. Soc. N. Y., 1901. 270-280. Also: Am. Med., Phila., 1901, ii, 209; 247. Therapeutics (Experimental). See, also, Medicines (Physiological action of); Pharmacology. Cigliano (T.) II metodo sperimentale e le dosi minime. S°. Napoli, 1895. Coronedi (G.) Esperimento farmacologico ed esperimento terapeutico; loro origine e natura e rapporto reciproco. 4°. Parma, 1910. THERAPEUTICS. 79 THERAPEUTICS. Therapeutics (Experimental). Fraser (T. R.) The action of remedies and the experimental method. 8°. London, 1SS2. Gallavardin (J.) Les vrais caracteres de la therapeutique experimentale. 2e fascicule. Reponse a M. C. l)r. Pierre Jousset. 8°. Paris & Lyon, 1910. Jacoby (M. J.) Einfiihrung in die experi- mentelle Therapie. 8°. Berlin, 1910. Queirolo (G. B.) L' esperimento nella tera- pia. 8°. Pisa, 1896. Also [Abstr.], in: Riforma med., Napoli, 1896, xii, pt. 1, 386; 399; 410. Thornhill (M.) Experiments on hospital patients 2. ed. 16°. Loudon, 1894. Tocheff (N. D.) * Memoires: 1° de l'in- fluence des preparations de cascara sagrada sur le peristaltisme intestinal (etude experimen- tale); 2° documents pour scrvir a I'etude ex- perimentale des effets des preparations organi- ques du poumon sur la tuberculose provoquee des rongeurs. 8°. Geneee, 1899. Behring(E.) Ueber experimented begriindeteatiolo- gische Therapie. Verhandl. d. Cong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 18y7, xv, 262-276. -----. Mittheilungen aus dem Institut fiir experimentelle Therapie von E. Behring in Marburg. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1898, xxiv, 293 - 29S. — Bishop (8. S.) Clinical tests of new remedies. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1848, iv, 42-46 —Broadbent (W.) On chemical consti- tution and phvsiological therapeutical action. In- ternat. Beitr. z. inn. Med. (Leyden), Berl., 1902, i, 619- 626.—Gates (E.) Experimental researches into the cause and cure of disease along new lines and bv new methods. Med. Times, N. Y., 1897, xxv, 353-365.—Gott- lieb (R.) Pharmakologie und experimentelle Therapie. Therap. Monatsh., Berl.. 1909, xxiii, 40-45.—Laborde (J.-V.). L'experimentation et la methode experimentale en therapeutique. Cinquanten. de la Soc. de biol., Par., 1899, 161-176.—May or (A.) Ueber intraarterielle und intravenose Injectionen im Tierexperiment. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1908, xxii, 123-132.—Mays (T. J.) The phvsiological basis of therapeutic action; an experi- mental inquiry. Tr. Pan-Am. M. Cong. 1893, Wash., 1895, pt. 2,1191-1196, 7 diag.—Pavlov. Therapie experimen- tale comme methode nouvelle et extremement feconde pour les recherches physiologiques. Cong, internat. de med. Organ. . . . enonc6 d. trav. [etc.], Par., 1901, 55- 61.—Biehet (C ) La therapeutique experimentale; therapeutique metatrophique. Ricerche di fisiol. e sc. affinided. al Prof. L. Luciani . . ..Milano, 1900, 5-11.— Bo bin son (B.) Practical therapeutic points; experi- ment and experience in the practice of medicine. Med- Pharm. Critic, N. Y., 1911, xiv, 337-339.—Salant (W.) The action of drugs in pathologic conditions. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lviii, 244-249.—Sollmann (T.) Ex- perimental therapeutics. Ibid., 242-244.—Striekler (O. C.) Experimental therapeutics. Northwest. Lancet, St. Paul, 1897, xvii, 81-83. Therapeutics (General and systematic treatises on). See, also, Materia medica (Systems, etc., of); Medicine (Practiceof, etc.); Medicine (Practice, Systematic treatises on); Therapeutics (Ancient authors on). Adam (C.) Manual de terapeutica de las en- fermedades de los ojos. 8°. La Coruna, 1910. Alibert (J.-L.) Nouveaux elements de the- rapeutique et de matiere medicale, suivis d'un nouvel essai sur l'art de formuler. 2 v. 8°. Paris, an XU-an XLII [1804-51. Allinson (T. R.) Medecine hygienique, ou la seule methode rationnelle de traiter les mala- dies. Traduit par F. Baltar. 12°. Dux, 1904. American (An) text-book of applied thera- peutics for the use of practitioners and students. Edited by J. C. \Vilson, assisted by Augustus A. Eshner. 8°. Philadel'phia, 1896. Aret^us C'appadox. IJepi dirioov dvpeioov [etc.]. De causis et signis acutorum et diutur- norum morborum libri quatuor. De curatione acutorum [etc.]. fol. Oxouiw, 1723. Therapeutics (General and systematic treatises on). -----. The same. On the causes and signs of acute and chronic disease [etc.]. 8°. Lon- don, 18:57. -----. The same. Delle cause, dei segni, e della cura delle malattie acute e croniche. Libri otto volgarizzati da Francesco Puccinotti. 8°. Firenze, 1836. Arnozant (X.) Precis de therapeutique. Tome I. Gencralites therapeutiques des maladies infectieuses et des maladies de la nutrition. Tome II. Medicaments a action elective, revul- sion, agents physiques et mecaniques. 2 v. 12°. Paris, 1900-1901. ------. The same. 2. ed., revue et corrig^e. 2 v. 12°. Paris, 1903. ------. The same. 3. ed., revue et corrigee. 2 v. 12°. Paris, 1907. ------. Precis de therapeutique. Par X. Arnozan et Ch. Mongour. 4. ed. 2 v. 8°. Paris, 1912. Aud'hoii (V.) Traits de therapeutique et de matiere medicale. 2. ed. roy. 8°. Paris, 1902. Auvard (A.) Indications therapeutiques. 16°. Paris, 1894. Azuero (M. P.) Tratado de terapeutica apli- cada, general y especial; con el arte de recetar y el de formular la materia medica, la terapia infantil, y la clmica terapeutica aplicable espe- cialmente a los climas tropicales conjunto de lecciones dictadas en laUniversidad nacional de los Estados de Colombia. Tomo I. 8°. Bogotd, 1888. Balliet (T. M.) Manual on therapeutics. 8°. Philadelphia, 1899. Bartholow (R.) A practical treatise on ma- teria medica and therapeutics. 11. ed. 8°. New York, 1904. Battistini (F.) Terapia medica. Lezioni tenute alia Clinica generale di Torino, roy. 4°. Torino, 1905-7. Beck (J. B.) Lectures on materia medica and therapeutics, delivered in the College of Physicians and Burgeons of the University of the State of New York. Prepared for the press by his friend, C. R. Gilman. 8°. New York, 1856. Bergstrand (A.) Grunddragen af den in- terna terapien efter tyska och skandinaviska klinikforestandare for praktiserande liikare och studerande. [Characteristics of internal ther- apy alter German and Scandinavian clinicians for practicing physicians and students.] 12°. Stockholm, [1899]. Berlioz (F.) Manuel de therapeutique. In- troduction par Ch. Bouchard. 4. ed. 12°. Paris, 1901. Biddle (J. B.) Materia medica for the use of students. 5. ed. 8°. Philadelphia, 1873. ------. The same. 8. ed. 8°. Philadel- phia, 1878. The same. 10. ed. 8°. Philadel- The same. 11. ed. 8°. Philadel- The same. 12. ed. 8°. Philadel- The same. 13. ed. 8°. Philadel- phia, 1895. Binz (C.) Grundziige der Arzneimittellehre. Ein klinisches Lehrbuch. 12. gemass den phia, 1886. phia, 1889. phia, 1892. THERAPEUTICS. 80 THERAPEUTICS. Therapeutics (General and systematic treatises on). neuesten Zusiitzen und Yerbesserungen des deutschen Arzneibuches bearbeitete und durch eine Yerordnungslehre vermehrte Aufl. 8°. Berlin, 1894. ------. The same. The elements of thera- peutics; a clinical guide to the action of medi- cines. Transl. from the 5. German ed., and edited, with additions, in conformity with the British and American pharmacopoeias by Ed- ward I. Sparks. 12°. New York, 1878. Blair (T. S.) Blair's pocket therapeutics. 12°. Philadelphia, 1911. Boas (I.) Grundlinien der therapeutischen Methodik in der iuneren Medizin. Fiir Aerzte und Studierende. 8°. Leipzig, 1909. Boeri (G.) Sommario di terapia clinica medico-chirurgica e delle principali specialita. v. v-vii. 12°. Napoli, 1905-6. Bouchard (C), Roger (H.) [et al.]. Medi- cation generales. 8°. Paris, 1911. Bouchardat (A.) Nouveau formulaire ma- gistral, precede d'une notice sur les hopitaux de Paris, de generalites sur l'art de formuler, suivi d'un precis sur les eaux minerales naturelles et artificielles, d'un memorial therapeutique, de notions sur l'emploi des contre-poisons et sur les secours a donner aux empoisonnes et aux asphyxies. 32°. Paris, 1840. ------. The same. 6. ed. 16°. Paris, 1853. -----. The same. 7. ed. 16°. Paris, 1854. -----. The same. 10. ed. 16°. Paris, 1861. ------. The same. 15. ed. 16°. Paris, 1868. -----. The same. 17. ed. 16°. Paris, 1872. -----. The same. 23. 6d. 16°. Paris, 1881. Brandt (J. F.) & Ratzebdrg (J. T. C.) Ge- treue Darstellung und Beschreibung der Thiere, die in der Arzneiniittellehre in Betracht kom- men, in svstematischer Folge hrsg. 2 v. 4°. Berlin, 1829-33. Bruce (J. M.) Materia medica and thera- peutics; an introduction to the rational treat- ment of disease. 3. ed. 12°. London, 1886. ------. The same. 12°. Philadelphia, 1884. ------. The same. 8. ed. 16°. London, 1907. ------. The principles of treatment, and their applications in practical medicine. 8°. Edinburgh & London, 1899. ------. The same. Adapted to the United States pharmacopoeia by E. Q. Thornton. 8°. Philadelphia tfc New York, 1900. Bruning (H.) Therapeutisches Yademecum fiir die Kinderpraxis. 12°. Leipzig, 1904. Brunton (T. L.) Rukovodstvo farmakologii i terapevtiki. Perev. s 3. angl. izd. Mikhail Lion. [Textbook of pharmacology and thera- peutics. Transl. from 3. English ed. by . . .] 8°. Moskva, 1895. ------. Lectures on the action of medicines, being the course of lectures on pharmacology and therapeutics delivered at St. Bartholomew's Hospital during the summer session of 1896. 8°. New York & London, 1897. Bufalini (G.) Trattato pratico di farmaco- terapia per medici e studenti. 8°. Firenze, 1896. Therapeutics (General and systematic treatises on). Bum (A.) Therapeutisches Lexicon fiir prak- tische Aerzte, unter Mit wirkung der . . . Dr. L. Braun, Dr. C. Breus [et al.]. 8°. Berlin & Wien, 1899. Burnet (J.) Handbook of medical treat- ment; a guide to therapeutics. 12°. Edin- burgh, 1911. Butler (G. F.) A text-book of materia medica, therapeutics and pharmacology. 8°. Philadelphia, 1896. ------. The same. 2. ed. 8°. Philadel- phia, 1898. -----. The same. Adapted to the 8. revi- sion (1905) of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia by S. E. Gelliffe. 5. ed. 8°. Philadelphia, 1906. -----, Favill (H. B.) & Bridge (N.) Ma- teria medica and therapeutics; preventive medi- cine; climatology. 8°. Chicago, 1911. Buttersack. Nichtarzneiliche Therapie in- nerer Krankheiten. Skizzen fiir physiologisch denkende Aerzte. 8°. Berlin, 1901. Campbell (\V. B.) Hand-book of modern treatment and medical formulary; a condensed and comprehensive manual of practical formulas and general remedial measures. 8°. Philadel- phia, 1908. Cathelin, Delherm [et al.']. Manuel de clinique et de therapeutique speciales. 2. s. 8°. Paris, 1906. de Champeaux (P.) Guide clinique et the- rapeutique du praticien. 8°. Paris, 1909. Chudnovski (I. [G. T.]) Lektsii po obshtshei terapii. [Lectures on general therapeutics.] Pts. 1-3. 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1893-6. ------. The same. Pts. 1 & 2. 2. ed. 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1895. Clevenger (S. V.) Therapeutics, materia medica and the practice of medicine. Arranged alphabetically by topics for convenient refer- ence, affording in condensed but sufficiently descriptive form, the latest and best scientific summary, for practical purposes of general medi- cal information from standard chemical, phar- maceutical and therapeutical sources. 8°. At- lantic City, 1905. Coli (G.) Guida pratica di terapeutica razionale ad uso degli studenti e dei medici pratici. 12°. Milano & Torino, [1896 or 1897]. Coster (D. J ) Bijzondere geneesmiddelleer. Naar de nieuwste bronnen bewerkt. 8°. Am- sterdam & Utrecht, 1872-6. Courtois-Suffit (M.) & Tremolieres (F.) La pratique therapeutique. Avec une preface de M. Albert Robin. 8°. Paris, [1908] 1909. Croftan (A. C.) Clinical therapeutics. A handbook on the special treatment of internal disease. 8°. Chicago, 1906. -----. The same. 4. ed. roy. 8°. Chicago, 1912. Croner (W.) Grundriss der internen Thera- pie fiir Aerzte und Studierende. 12°. Leipzig, 1898. -----. Die Therapie an den Berliner Uni- versitats-Kliniken. [4 v.] 2.-5. Aufl. 8°. Ber- lin, 1903-11. Cushny (A. R.) A textbook of pharma- cology and therapeutics, or the action of drugs in health and disease. 8°. Philadelphia & New York, 1899. -----. The same. 2. ed. 8°. Philadelphia, 1901. THERAPEUTICS. 81 THERAPEUTICS. Therapeutics (General and systematic treatises on). ------. The same. 5. ed. 8°. Philadelphia 1- New York, 1910. -----. The same. 5. ed. London, 1910. Darier(A.) Therapeutics. Transl. by Syd- ney Stephenson. 8°. Philadelphia, 1910. Debove (G.-M.) & Achard (C.) Manuel de therapeutique medicale. 2 v. 8°. Paris, 1901. ----- & Gourix (E.) Formulaire de the- rapeutique et pharmacoiogie. 16°. Paris, 1898. ------------. The same. 2. ed. 16°. Paris, 1912. -----, Pouchet (G.) & Sallard (A.) Aide- memoire de therapeutique. 8°. Paris, 1908. ----- ----- ------. The same. 2. ed., conforme au Codex de 1908. 8°. Paris, 1910. De Buck (D.) Traite de therapeutique et phvsiologique. Avec preface de Mr. le docteur Lepine. 2. ed. 8°. Paris, 1896. De Luca (G.) Compendio di terapia clinica. Parte prima. Malattie del sistema nervoso, se- guito da un formulario dei rimedii nuovi, pub- blicati nele' anno 1887. 16°. Napoli, 1888. -----. The same. Parte seconda. Malattie infettive, seguito dal formulario dei rimedii nuovi pubblicati negli anni 1888 e 1889. 16°. Napoli, 1890. -----. The same. Parte terza. Malattie dell' apparecchio digerente. A. Malattie del- lo stomaco, seiruito dal formulario dei rimedii nuovi pubblicati negli anni 1890, 1891 e 1892. 16°. Napoli, 1892. -----. The same. Parte quarta. Malattie dell' apparecchio digerente ed annessi. B. Malattie dell' intestine C. Malattie del fegato. D. Malattie del peritoneo; seguito dal formu- lario dei rimedii nuovi pubblicati nell' anno 1893. 24°. Nrpnli, 1893. -----. The same. Parte quinta. Malattie dell' apparecchio respiratorio. 16°. Napoli, 1894. -----. The same. Parte sesta. Malattie dell' apparecchio cardio-vascolare e malattie della nutrizione. 24°. Napoli, 1895. -----. The same. Parte settima. Malat- tie dei reni e delle capsule surrenali. 24°. Napoli, 1896. -----. The same. Parte ottava. Malattie degli organi del movimento, malattie del sangue, intossicazioni seguito dal formulario dei rimedii nuovi pubblicati dall 1894 al 1897. 16°. Napoli, 1897. —;---& Reale (E.) Sommario di terapia, medico-chirurgica e delle principali specialita. v. 1, 2, 4, 9, 10. 16°. Napoli, 1901-2. Diagnostisch-therapeuttsches Vedemecum fur Studierende und Aerzte zusammengestellt von Heinrich Schmidt, L. Friedheim, A. Lamho- fer und J. Donat. 12°. Leipzig, 1906 Dorxbluth (O.) Moderne Therapie. Ein Kompendium fiir den praktischen Arzt. 8°. Leipzig, 1906. Dowse (T. S.) The pocket therapist; a con- cise manual of modern treatment for students and junior practitioners; arranged alphabetically for ready reference. 16°. Bristol, 1897. ------. The same. 2. ed. 16°. New York, [1898]. ------. The same. 3. ed., revised and en- larged. 12°. Bristol, 1903. vol xvin, 2d series---6 Therapeutics (General and systematic treatises on). Dujardix-Beaumetz. Dictionnaire de thera- peutique, de matiere medicale, de pharmacolo- gic, de toxicologic et des eaux minerales. 4 v. roy. 8°. Paris, 1883-9. ------. Supplement au Dictionnaire de thera- peutique, de matiere medicale, de pharmacoio- gie, de toxicologie et des eaux minerales, avec la collaboration de MM. Debierre, Egasse, Mac- quaire, Main, Dr. G. Bardet. roy. 8°. Paris, 1895. Duncan (A.) Elements of therapeutics. 8°. Edinburgh, 1770. Dunglison (R.) General therapeutics and materia medica; adapted for a medical text-book in two volumes. 5. ed. 8°. Philadelphia, 18n3. Dupuis (G.) Precis de therapeutique gene- rale. 8°. Bruxelles, 1906. Duraxd (E.) Cuadros sinopticos de terapeu- tica descriptiva y clinica; version castellana de Gustavo Rebolesy Campos. 8°. Madrid, 1899. Edes (R. T.) Therapeutic handbook of the United States Pharmacopoeia, being a condensed statement of the physiological and toxic action, medicinal value, methods of administration, and doses of the drugs and preparations in the latest edition of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia. 8°. New York, 1888. Edgrex (J. G.) & Jolix (S.) Liikemedlens anviindning och dosering, kortfattad samman- stallning for praktiserande liikare. [Applica- tion of remedies and doses of medicines, concise presentation for practical physicians.] 24°. Stockholm, [1893]. Encyklopadie der Therapie. Hrsg. von Oscar Liebreich, unter Mitwirkung von Martin Mendelsohn und Arthur Wiirzburg. 3 v. 8°. Berlin, 1896-9. Espixa y Capo (A.) Medicacion y medica- mentos cardio-motores. 2. ed. 12°. Maelrid, 1893. Ewald (C. A.) Handbuch der allgemeinen und speziellen. Arzneiverordnungslehre. 11. Aufl. 8°. Berlin, 1887. -----. The same. 12. Aufl. 8°. Berlin, 1891. -----. The same. 13. Aufl. 8°. Berlin, 1897-8. -----. The same. Ergiinzungsheft 1901 zur 13. Aufl. 8°. Berlin, 1901. -----& Hefter (A.) Handbuch der allge- meinen und speciellen Arzneiverordnungslehre. 14. Aufl. 8°. Berlin, 1911. Falck (C. P.) Handboek van de geheele leer der geneesmiddelen en der toxikologie. Vertaald door G. H. Meijer. Frste Aflevering. 8°. Groningen, 1849. Fen wick (S.) & Fexwick (W. S.) Outlines of medical treatment. 4. ed. 8°. London, 1894. Forget (C.-P.) Principes de therapeutique generate et speciale, ou nouveaux elements de l'art de guerir. 8°. Paris, 1860. Fortescue-Brickdale (J. M.) A practical guide to the newer remedies. 8°. New York, 1910. Fothergill (J. M.) A brief treatise on thera- peutics. Edited for the TJ. S. Pharmacopoeia by W. H. Rouse, with the addition of chapters on diet for the sick, by Mrs. Emma Drant. 12°. Detroit, Mich., [1897?]. THERAPEUTICS. 82 THERAPEUTICS. Therapeutics (General and systematic treatises on). -----. The practitioner's handbook of treat- ment, or the principles of therapeutics. 4. ed., edited and in great part rewritten by William Murrell. 8°. London & New York, 1897. Foy (F.) Memorial de therapeutique a l'usage des medecins praticiens. 2. pt. 8°. Paris, Londres -----. Thesame. 2. ed. 8°. Paris, 1908. ------------. The same. 3. ed. 8°. Paris, 1912. ------------. La therapeutique en vingt medicaments. 12°. Paris, 1910. Hyvert (R.) Description, emploi et valeur en clientele des traitements nouveaux. 8°. Paris, [1912]. Iacob^eus (H.) Forelsesninger over moderne Terapi. [Lectures on modern therapy.] 8°. Kj0benhavn, 1900. Ide. Traite de therapeutique, comprenant la pharmacodynamique et les elements de phar- macologic roy. 8°. Louvain & Paris, 1905. Therapeutics (General and systematic treatises on). Index (An) of treatment by various writers. Edited by Robert Hutchison and H. Stanrield Collier. 8°. Bristol, 1907. -----. The same. 2. ed. 8°. Bristol, Lon- don cC- New York, 1908. -----. The same. 3. ed. 8°. London, 1908. -----. The same. 6. ed. 8°. Bristol, 1911. ------. The same. Revised to conform with American usage, by Warren Coleman. 8°. New York, 1908. Jadelot (J.- F.- N.) De Fart d'employer lea medicamens, ou du choix des preparations et de la redaction des formules dans le traitement des maladies. 16°. Paris, an NHL (1805). Jahn (E.) Die Arznei-Therapie der Gegen- wart. 3. vollig^ umgearbeitete Aufl. 12°. Stuttgart, 1896. von Jurgensen (T.) Lehrbuch der speziellen Pathologie und Therapie mit besonderer Be- riicksichtigung der Therapie. Fiir Studierende und Aerzte. 3. Aufl. 8°. Leipzig, 1894. Kahanc (M.) Die Arzneitherapie der Ge- genwart. Die neuesten Arzneimittel und ihre Anwendung in der iirztlichen Praxis. ap. [etc.], Par., 1910, clix, 881-885.—Glikman (S.I.) Klassifikatsiyaterapev- ticheskikh mler i evolyutsiya terapii. [Classification of therapeutic measures and evolution of therapy.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1906, xiii, 941-946. Also, transl: Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1907, Iii, 365; 375; 394.—Grant (Mrs. K. W.) Old Highland therapy. Caledon.M. J..Glasg., 1902-4, v, 356-3,s.—Grasset (H.) Le renouveau medical: se- cretions internes et organotherapie. Janus, Amst., 1900, v, 325; 381. ------. Commentairescientifiquesurl'organo- therapie des anciens. Ibid., 571; 605.—Grinnell (A. P.) The use and abuse of drugs in Vermont. Tr. Vermont M. Soc. 1900, Burlington, 1901, 61-68— Griswold (R. W.) Somewhat about the materia medica and therapeutics of a hundred vear« ago. Proc. Connect. M. Soc, Bridgeport, 1892, 726-741.—Guthrie (L.) On some ancient remedies and on Gideon Harvev, a seventeenth-eenturv phvsician. Med. Mag., Lond., 1903, xii, 451; 670.—Hadra ( F.) Mod- ern therapeutics and pharmacv. Texas M. J., Austin, 1904-5, xx, 345-357.—Hiare (H. A.) A brief review of some of the recent practical advances in medicine and therapeutics. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1893, xx, 651-656. -----. Progress in therapeutics and allied branches. Ibid., 1899, xxxii, 1226. — Hay ward (W. T.) Some phases in the evolution of treatment or disease. Aus- tralas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1911, xxx, 547-552.—HefFron (J. L.) A century's progress in therapeutics. Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1906, 3. s., xxii, 649-657.—Heizer (W. L.) The present status of therapeutics and some of its agents. Kentucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1908-9, vii, 720-722.— Higier (H.) Die Grundlagen der Organotherapie und der antitoxischen Heilmethoden bei den aiten Griechen. DeutscheAerzte-Ztg.,1904,318-322.—Hill(W.B.) Modern therapeutics. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1900, xxxiv, 28.— Hille (H.) Facts of modern science and their value in the prevention and cure of disease. Med. Rec. ,N.Y.,1912, lxxxi, 1128-1132.—Hilsman (J. R.) Some thoughts on the advances and declines of therapeutics. Memphis M. Month., 1894, xiv, 289-2'.t7.— Ilollister (J. H.) New de- partures in therapeutics. N. Am. Pract., Chicago, 1895, vii, 491-497.—Hopf (L.) Weiteres zur Cesehichte der Organotherapie. Med. Cor.-Bl. d. wurttcmb. arztl. Ver., Stuttg., 1902, lxxii, 521; 538.—Howell (E. V.) Supersti- tious remedies. Bull. Pharm., Detroit, 1899, xiii, 56.— Huchard (H.) La therapeutique d'hier et de demain. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1907, xxi, 738-744.— Hunt (H. L.) Epochs in the history of therapeutics. Am. J. Dermat. & Genito-Urin. Dis., St. Louis, 1911, xv, 21.—Hutinel. Credulite et scepticisme en therapeu- tique. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1910, lxxxiii, 1107-1111.—Iirna- tovski (A. O.) Puti sovremennol terapii. [Paths of contemporary therapy.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1911, xviii, 1559; 1602.—Ingals (E.) Some observations on modern therapeutics. Tr. Illinois M. Soc, Chicago, 1895, 212-220.—Inglis (D ) The future of therapeutics. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1885, v, 589-597. Also, Reprint— Ingraham (Eleanor R.) Oriental therapeutics. Calif. Therapeutics (History and condition of). M. J., San Fran., 1896, xvii, 367: 1897, xviii, 35.—Jaeobi (A.) Phasesin the development of therapy. Med.News, N. Y., 1905, lxxxvii, 817; 870. Also, Reprint. Also: Yale M. J., N. Haven, 1905-6, xii, 481-511.— James (F. L.) The r61e of superstition in therapeutics and the formation of the materia medica. St. Louis M. &S. J., 1894, lxvi, 201-217.—Jansen. Einige Geheim- mittel der Vergangenheit. Gesundh. in Wort u. Bild, Berl., 1906, iii, 225-238. — Johnsson (J. W. S.) Rensei- gnements sur les moyens therapeutiques des bourreaux au xvii6 si£cle. Janus, Amst., 1909, xiv,533-541. —Jooss. Arzneimittel alter Zeiten. Med. Woche, Berl., 1902,512. Keane (C. A.) Hurter memorial lecture: Modern iatro- chemistry; some services of chemistry to pharmaco-ther- apeutics. J. Soc. Chem. Indust., Lond., 1910, xxix, 383- 395.—Klemperer (G.) E. von Levden und die innere Therapie. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl.-Wien, 1902, n. F., iv, 145-147.—KUIiner (A.) Die Heilkunde sonst und jetzt. Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1905, xv, 205-209.— Kurloff(M. G.) Sovremenniye uspiekhi lleeheniya vnutrennikh bolleznel. [Modern advance in the treat- ment of internal diseases.1 Izvlest. Imp. Tomsk. Univ., 1896, ix, no. 3, 1-33.—Lakntin (M.) K istorii terapii v xvii stolletii. [History of therapy of the Seventeenth century.] Terap. vestnik, S.-Peterb., 1902, v, 409-411. Also, transl.: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1902, xlix, 1659.— Lazarus (P.) Ernst von Leyden (1832-1910) als the- rapeutiseher Forscher und Arzt. Munchen. med. Wchn- schr., 1910, lvii, 2588-2593.—Lieecli (D.J.) Presidential address: Past and present views as to the actions of medicines. Brit. M.Ass. Daily J..Montreal, 1897, Tpt.8] ,25- 28. -----. The progress of therapeutics in the Victorian period. Practitioner, Lond., 1897, lviii, 689-703. — Le Gendre (P.) La position du probleme therapeutique. Medecin prat., Par., 1905, 5-8. — Leonhardi (F.) Die Wandlungen der medicinischen Therapie in unserm Jahrhundert. Samml. klin. Vortr., n. F., Leipz., 1895, No. 127 (Innere Med., No. 37, 289-312). — von Leyden (E.) Fiinfzig Jahre innerer Therapie. Therap. d. Ge- genw., Berl., 1909, 1,1-10.—Lezard (Le), la vipere con- tre la lepre et le cancer. Janus, Amst., 1897, ii. 306-308.— Liebreicli (O.) On the relation of therapeutics to other sciences in the nineteenth century. Lancet, Lond., 1904, ii, 1066-1071. Also: Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1904, 3. s., xx, 656; 738.— Lipinska (Mile.) Histoire de la therapeu- tique; le medecin primitif. Rev. internat. de therap, et Pharmacol., Par., 1899, vii, 244; 287.—Long (E. H.) From pharmacological science to therapeutic art. Med. News, N.Y., 1903, lxxxiii, 674-677.— M. Eine bistorische Illustration zur Fernbehandlung von Krankheiten. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1911, xxxvii, 894.—Man's place in the London Dispensatory. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1900, i, 974. — Maragliano (E.) I nuovi orizzonti della terapia. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1893, xiv, 873-877.— Melvin (J- T.) Therapeutic progress. J.Am.M. Ass., Chicago, 1900, xxxv, 1333-1336.—Mich aut. L'opo- therapie en Chine; le sang et la chair humaine employes comme remede. Chron. med., Par., 1900, vii, 430-433.— Milk, saliva, and blood from the horse used as medecine more than a thousand years ago. Dietet. & Hyg. Gaz., N. Y., 1902, xviii. 581-583. Also: Med. Age, Detroit, 1902, xx, 407-410.— Mitchell (D.) Popular therapeutics at the beginning of the eighteenth century. Glasgow M. J., 1895, xliv, 30-34. — Moodie (Mrs. R.) Highland therapy. Caledon. M. J., Glasg., 1902-3, v, 320-341.— Moore (W. G.) The present status of therapeutics. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvi, 113-115.—Morel La- vailee (A.) Coup d'ceil sur la therapeutique en 1673; hydropisies, pneumonie, albuminuriegravidique, opiaces, drastiques, saignee, etc. Rev. de therap. med.-chir., Par., 1900, lxvii, 836-841.—Morgan (E. L.) Superstition and gem therapeutics of the ancients. Virginia M. Semi- Month., Richmond, 1909, xiv, 25-29.—JTIoyer (S. R.) A glimpse into the past, present and future of therapeutics. Wisconsin M. J., Milwaukee, 1904-5, iii, 507-517.—Mu- satti (C.) L' antica origine degli ambulatori a Venezia. Atti d. Soc. ital. di storia crit. d. sc. med. e nat., Venezia, 1909, 90.— Mz. Die Heilmittel unserer Vorfahren. Med. Klin., Berl., 1905, i, 993.— Naegeli-Akerblom (H.) Vor hundert Jahren! Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1907, xxi, 417.—Nauss (E.) Therapeutische Gesichtspunkte fiir die Pathologie der Zukunft. Aerztl. Rundschau, Miin- ehen, 1901, xi, 49; 61.—Neuburger (M.) Die thieri- schen Heilstoffe des Papyrus Ebers. Wien. med. Wchn- schr., 1899, xlix, 1905; 1957— Orj.ano-therapy in an- tiquity. Practitioner, Lond., 1901, lxvi, 420^27.— Or- gano-therapy in the middle ages. Ibid., 555-561.— Ortlieb. Der Korper des Menschen als Heilmittel. Pharm. Ztg., Berl., 1902, xlvii, 249.—Pagel. Ueber dia- tetisch-physikalische Therapie nach Galen. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1898, Leipz., 1899, lxx, pt. 2, 2. Hlftc, 444. -----. Zur Geschichte der Arz- neimittel. Hyg. Volksbl., Berl. u. Leipz., 1902, iii, 133; 145.—Park (R.) Historv of opo-or organo-therapv. St. Louis Cour. Med., 1899, xxi, 32-44.—Parsons (A. R.) Modern tendencies in the treatment of disease. Dublin THERAPEUTICS. 92 THERAPEUTICS. Therapeutics (History and condition f). J. M. Sc, 1896, ci, 22S; 318—Petersen (J.) Ernserings- terapiens historiske t'dviklingsgang. [The historical course of development of nutrition therapy.] Ugeskr. f. L;uger, Kobenh., 1898, 5. R., v, 313; 337.—Petren (T.) Nagra drag ur terapiens historia i nittonde arhundradet. [Sketches of the history of therapy in the nineteenth century.] Eira, Stockholm, 1898, xxii, 379; 411— Phil- brick (I.e.) The passing of materia medica and thera- peutics. West. M. Rev., Lincoln, Neb., 1902, vii, 270-272.— Pruszyiiski (.1.) Rozw6j i przyszlosc terapii. [Evo- lution and future of therapy.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1909, 2. s., xxix,595-604.—Reban (M.) Gold und Juwelen in der Heilkunde der Vergangenheit. Gesundheit, Berl., 1909, vi, 22S-230.—Beilly (T. F.) A summary of the therapeutic tield for the past year. J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- cago, 1906, xlvii. 618-651.—RIva (A.) Nuovi orizzonti di terapia clinica. Ateneo med. parmense, Parma, 1888, ii, 217-251—Robertson (W. G. A.) Therapeutics of the sixteenth century. Edinb. M. J., 1895-6, xii, 542-548.— Roebuck (J. P.) Present day therapy. Penn. M. J., Athens, 1908-9, xii, 552-554.—Roger (J.) La therapeu- tique de Gui Patin. Gaz. d. eaux, Par., 1900, xliii, 177; 217; 233; 353; 369; 385; 401.—Rubino (A.) I progressi della terapia nel 1904. Gior. internaz. d. sc med., Napoli, 1904, n s., xxvi, 1025; 1073; 1122. Also: Lavori d. Cong. di med. int. 1904, Roma, 1905, xiv, 385-457.—Satter- thwaite (T. E.) Some recent advances in medical therapeutics. Med. News, N. Y., 1903, lxxxii, 931-938. Also, Reprint.—Schaer (E.) Zur Frage der Auffindung ' von Heilstoffen, (iil'ten und Genussmitteln durch Natur- volker. Schweiz. Wchnschr. f. Chem. u. Pharm., Zu- rich, 1899, xxxvii, 493-497.—Schmitt. Therapeutique d'hier et d'aujourd'hui. Rev. med. de l'est, Nancy, 1897, xxix, 671-690.—Schneider (A.) Some ancient thera- peutics. Merck's Arch., N. Y., 1901, iii, 255-259.—Schon (T.) Ueber Fiilschungen von Medicamenten im 16. Jahrhundert. Med. Cor.-Bl. d. wiirttemb. arztl. Ver., Stuttg., 1900, lxx, 328.—Sehoppler (H.) Die Niirn- berger Immanuelspillen; ein ergiinzender Nachtrag. Arch. f. Gesch. d. Med., Leipz., 1912-13, vi, 232. — Schulz (H.) Historische Notizen zur Organo- und Immunisirungstherapie. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1900, xxvi, therap. Beil., 17-19. — Sellden (H. ) Om den Hippokratiska lakekons- ten. [The Hippocratic art of treatment.] Halsoviin- nen, Stockholm, 1906, xxi, 84; 95. —Senl'elder ( L.) Die hippokratische Psvchro- u. Thermotherapie. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1897", xi, 158; 173; 191; 205; 222; 240; 275; 291; 311; 332. — Mitnioyaiiia (J.) [The value of the Japano - Chinese remedies.] Rinsho Yakuseki Shimpo, Tokyo, 1905-6, i, 481-504.—Simmons (G. H.) Address: The commercial domination of therapeutics, and movement for reform. Maryland M. J., Bait., 1907, 1, 402-417.—Stavros (S) Analyse du travail de M. le Dr. N.Lambadarios: De la serotherapie et organotherapie et du traitement contre la rage et la lepre chez les an- ciens medecins hellenes. Gaz. med. d'Orient, Constant., 1899-1900, xlii, 76-80.—Steuart (A. F.) Old Scottish medicaments; the Erskine of Alva books of remedies. Scot. M. & S. J., Edinb., 1905, xvi, 305-211.—Strunz (F.) Die Mineralienkunde des Johann Amos Comenius (1592- 1670) und ihre Grundlagen. Janus, Amst., 1902, vii, 71; 194. -----. Zur Therapie des Joh. Bapt. van Helmont. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1901, li, 1729; 1789; 1833.—Sud- hoff (K.) Zwei deutsche Reklamezettel zur Empfeh- lung von Arzneimitteln, Petroleum und Eichenmistel, gedrucktum 1500. Arch. f. Gesch. d. Med., Leipz., 1909- 10, iii. 397-102—Summers (T. O.) The trend of mod- ern therapy. Med.Rev.,St. Louis, 1896, xxxiii, 199-202 — Syersi II. W.) Old methods of treatment which are not necessarijy obsolete. Treatment, Lond., 1902-3, vi, 881- 898.—Szanto (.!.) Babona a gy6gyitas teren. [Super- stition in therapv.] Gv6gvaszat, Budapest, 1900, xl, 298; 313.—Therapeutics in 1820. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1906, xx, 136-138.—Therapeutique (La) et les medi- caments du xvii« siecle. Mois therap., Par., 1900, i, 40- 43.—TolsonfG.T.) History of healing in the Reforma- tion period. Psychotherapy, N. Y., 1909, iii, no. 3, 64; no. 4, 56.— Itz (F.) (leschiehtliches iiber Tabulettae com- pressee. Therap. Rathgeber, Wien, 1902, 137.—Vaught (C. H.) Whither are we drifting in therapeutics? J.Am. M. Ass., Chicago, i;i()6, xlvi, 1159-1161.—Vintilescu (I.) Istoricul medicamentelor formice si cateva considera- tiuni asupra unul nou formiat. [The formation of his- torical medicaments, and some considerations on a new form.] Spitalul, Bucuresci, 1905, xxv,335; 404.—Walsh (J. J.) The progress of medicine during the past twenty years. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1910, 20. s., ii, 74-89. -----. [The wisdom of our grandfathers.] N. York State J. M., N. Y.,1907, 55-59. Also, Reprint.—Waugh (W. F.) The renaissance of therapeutics. Denver M. Times, 1905-6, xxv. 121-126. Also: Milwaukee M. J., 1905, xiii, 197-199.— Welch (G. T.) Therapeutical superstition. Tr. M. Soc N. Jersey, Newark, 1893, 73-99. Also, Reprint, Also: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1893, xliv, 33-38.—Why te (H.) Old Highland therapy. Caledon. M. J., Glasg., 1902-4, v, 400- Therapeutics (Instruction in). Astruc (A.) Therapeutique; nouvelle me- thode pour l'£tudier et la retenir. 8°. Paris, 1902. Ocherk razvitiya priyomov vrachevaniya za posliedniya 50 llet. [Sketch of the develop- ment of methods of treatment for the last fifty years.] 24°. S.-Peterburg, 1893. State board examination series. Questions in therapeutics, practice, and materia medica asked at the examinations held by the New York State board of medical examiners, com- plete, with references and answers to every question, compiled and edited by R. J. E. Scott. 12°. New York & Philadelphia, [1903]. Therapie (Die) an den Berliner Universitiits- Kliniken. Unter Mitarbeit von Blumenthal, [etal.], hrsg. von W. Croner. 1.-5. Aufl. 8°. Berlin & Wien, 1902-11. Allbutt(S£r T.C.) A discussion on the teaching of thera- peuticsin the hospital wards. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med.,Lond., 1909-10,iii, Therap. & Pharmacol. Sect., 1-16.—Bracken (H. M.) The studv of materia medica and therapeutics. N. York M. J., 1896; lxiii,'576-578.—Brase. Die Ausbil- dung des angehenden Arztes in der Arzneimittel- und Arzneiverordnungslehre. Prakt. Arzt,Wetzlar, 1903, xliii, 265-268. — Brower (D. R.) The teaching of materia medica and therapeutics in Rush Medical College. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1896, xxvii, 124.—Brunton (T. L.) The study of therapeutics. Brit. Phys., Lond., 1899, i, 1-3.—Butler (G. F.) The proper teaching of thera- peutics in medical schools. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1909, lxxv, 699-601.—Cushny (A. R.) A plea for the study of thera- peutics. Proc Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1910-11, iv, Therap. & Pharmacol. Sect., 1-12.—Dickey (W. A.) The neces- sity of added emphasis in the teaching of therapeutics and pharmacology. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1908, c, 88- 91.— Kllinjiwood (F.) A plea for thorough and sys- tematic study of the materia medica and therapeutics. Dominion M. Month., Toronto, 1912, xxxviii, 124-128.— Forrest (J.) The teaching and the text-books of ma- teria medica and therapeutics. Merck's Arch., N. Y., 1904, vi, 239-242.—Cirasset. Prelecons de clinique the- rapeutique generale. Montpel. med., 1902, xiv, 891-901.— Hare (H. A.) The place and importance in the college curriculum of therapeutics. J.Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1902, xxxix. 548-551.—Landouzy (L.) Cours de therapeu- tique; lecon-programme. Presse med.,Par.,1897,ii,301-305.— de Larra y €erezo (A.) Metodizaci6n en la ense- fianza de la terapeutica experimental. Rev. de cien. med. de Barcel., 1902, xxviii, 291-293. — Long (E. H.) The teaching of therapeutics to undergraduates. Tr. M. Soc N Y., Phila., 1900, 270-272. Also: Therap. Gaz., De- THERAPEUTICS. 93 THERAPEUTICS. Therapeutics (Instruction in.) troit, 1900, 3. s., xvi. 444. —Marfan. La chaire de the- rapeutique a la Faculte de medecine de Paris. Presse med., Par., 1910, xviii, 849-854. — Mongour (C.) Cours complementaire de therapeutique. J. de med. de Bor- deaux, 1910. xl, 769-771.—von IVoorden (C.) Ueber den Unterricht in der Therapie. Bl. f. klin. Hydrother., Wien, 1906, xvi, 189-194.— Peixoto (A.) O methodo perante o estudo da therapeutica. J. de med. de Pernam- buco,1905,i,3; 12; 42; 47; 54; 62; 102:1906, ii, 9; 21;—Bobin (A.) Die therapeutische Klinik an der Pariser Fakultat. Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1906, li, 235; 249; 259; 271.—Boteh (T. M.) The teaching of therapeutics. St. Louis Cour. Med., 1901, xxv, 22-24—Sollmann (T.) The teaching of therapeutics and pharmacology from the experimental standpoint. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1902, xxxix, 639- 546. Also, Reprint.— Tu re k (F. B.) Necessity of a prac- tical knowledge of dietetics, hydrotherapy and physico- mechanical therapeutics; the need of establishing courses of instruction in these subjects in our medical schools. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1901, xxxvii, 735-741.— Tyrode (M. V.) Modern ideas on the teaching of therapeutics and pharmacodynamics. Boston M. & S. J., 1909, clx. 412.—Vinrace(D.) A plea for the thorough study of therapeutics. Med. Press&Circ, Lond., 1904, n. s., lxxvii, 5.— Waugh (W. F.) The teaching of therapeutics. Bull. Am. Aead. M., Easton, Pa., 1910. xi, 591-594.—Wil- cox (R. W.) Post-graduate instruction in therapeutics. Tr. M. Soc. N. Y., Phila., 1900, 273-276. Also: Albany M. Ann., 1900, xxi, 454-457. Also: Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1900, 3. s., xvi, 44S-147. -----. The teaching of therapeutics. Med. News, N. Y., 1903, lxxxiii, 673.—Wild (W. B.) The proper scope of the teaching of materia medica, pharma- cology and therapeutics in the medical curriculum. Med. Mag., Lond., 1907, xvi, 93-97—Wood (H. C.) Re- flections upon the teaching of therapeutics, based upon forty years' experience. Therap. Gaz. [etc.], Detroit, 1911, 3. s., 88-92. Also: Tr. Coll. Phvs. Phila., 1911, 3. s., xxxiii, 101-110. Therapeutics (Local). Geley (G.) * Des applications peripheriques de certains alcaloides ou glucosides; nouveau procede de regulation de la thermogenese; nou- veau traitement des maladies aigues a determi- nation cutanee; nouvel agent d'anesthesie locale. 4°. Lyon, 1894. Jackson (H.) *On the efficacy of certain external applications. 8°. Philadelphia, 1802. de Kervilly. Medication locale. 16°. Pa- ris, 1894. Legras (R.) * Essai d'une nouvelle methode de therapeutique locale. 8°. Paris, 1909. Baldwin (J. F.) The value of local treatments. Tr. Ohio M. Soc, Toledo, 1895,1,222-228.—Bonnier (P.) Les centres organostatiques et la derivation cutanee. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, lxx, 835-838.—Bouchard (C.) Des tendances nouvellesde la therapeutique; impor- tance du traitement local. Clin, opht., Par., 1903, ix, 17-21. Also: Gaz.med.de Par., 1903, lxxiv, 1; 9. Also: Tribune med., Par., 1903,2. s., xxxvi, 26-30. Also, transl.: Internat. Clin., Phila., 1903, 13. s.. ii, 130-137. Also, transl.: Lancet, Lond., 1903, i, 388.—< harrin (A.) La therapeutique locale dans les maladies infectieuses; les therapeutiques locales. Rev. de therap. med.-chir., Par., 1906, Ixxiii, 325- 361. Also, transl.: Berl. klin.-therap. Wchnschr., 1905, xiii, 389; 422. Also, transl.: Wien. klin.-therap. Wchn- schr., 1905, xiii, 389; 422. Also, transl.: Deutsche klin.- therap. Wchnschr., Leipz., 1906, iii, 389; 422.—Ilarland (W. G. B.) Reportof a case in which disagreeable symp- toms followed the local use of cocaine, adrenalin chlo- ride, and argyrol. Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1906, 3. s., xxii, 675.—Hueber (W.) Theoretisches iiber einige lokale Arzneiwirkungen. Ztschr. f. Balneol., Klimat. [etc.], Beri., 1909, ii, 535-538.—.landoui (A.) Zvlastnosti nfekterych aromatickyeh sloucenin ve smiseninach k upo- tfebeni zevnimu ureenyeh. [The peculiarities of some aromatic compounds in mixtures for external use] Ca- sop. lek. cesk., v Praze, 1888, xxvii. 403.—Kenner (R. C.) Local applications in the treatment of disease. Denver M. Times, 1896, xvi, 90-93.—Lexer (E.) Ueber die ort- liche Behandlung der chirnrgixh wichtigen Infec- tionen. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl. u. Wien, 1903, xliv, 9-14.—Ortega (R.) Algo sobre curaciones topicas. Gac. med., Mexico, 1899, xxxvi, 384-389.—SchUHer (M.) Zur lokalen Behandlung interner Affektionen. Klin.- therap. Wchnschr., Wien, 1903, x, 185-187.—Wieder (H. S.) Treatment of local infections. Therap. Gaz. [etc.], Detroit, 1907, 3. s., xxiii, 324-329.—Winternitz (R.) Ueber Allgemeinwirkungen tirtlich reizender Stoffe. Arch f. exper. Path. u. Pnarmakol., Leipz., 1894, xxxv, 77-96. Therapeutics (Manuals of). See Therapeutics (General and systematic treatises on). Therapeutics (Methods in). See, also, Air as a remedy; Diet; Electrothe- rapy; Heat as a remedy; Hydrotherapy; In- jections (Hypodermic); Injections (Spinal, etc.) in therapeutics; Massage; Mechanothe- rapy; Phototherapy; Physiotherapy; Ba- diumtherapy; Rontgen rays (Therapeutic use of); Serotherapy; Therapeutics (Biochem- ical). Ackkrmann (O.) Natur- und Kunstheilung. 8Q. Halle a. S., 1905. Addison. Le livre des maladies abandonnees, leur guerison par une medication nouvelle, sim- ple et facile. 8°. Paris, [1872?]. Bachmann (F.) Was ist Krankheit und wie heilen wir? Ein Versuch, unsere empirischen Heilmethoden wissenschaftlich zu begrtinden. 8°. Berlin, 1894. Baillon (A.) Notes therapeutiques. roy. 8°. Paris, 1910. Bane and antidote. The best six remedies for the six worst disorders. 1. Gout. 2. Rheu- matism. 3. Indigestion. 4. Biliousness. 5. Headache. 6. Toothache. With their condi- ments. 16°. London, [n. d.]. Bechu [H.[-H.]) *Du role et de l'impor- tance des sels mineraux dans l'organisme (the- rapeutique minerale). 4°. Paris, 1896. Bernheim (S.) L'administration intestinale des medicaments. (Etude experimentale et clinique.) 8°. Paris, [n. d.]. Bowman (W. H.) New method for the cure of organic diseases. 8°. Boston, 1892. van den Broeck (J.) Le probleme de la vie et le traitement hygienique des malades. 12°. Brecht, 1907. Bruck (A.) Arzneilose Kuren. 12°. Ber- lin, [1906]. Burggraeve (A.) Manuel pratique de me- decine dosimetrique. 8°. Paris, 1873. ------. The same. The new handbook of dosi- metric therapeutics, or the treatment of diseases by simple remedies. A work particularly de- signed for practitioners. Transl. from the French, and edited by Henry Arthur Allbutt. 2. ed. 12°. London & Leeds, 1884. Cerna (D.) Notes on the newer remedies, their therapeutic applications and modes of ad- ministration. 12°. Philadelphia, 1893. Chanteaid (G.) * Considerations sur les agents et les medications therapeutiques. 8°. Paris, 1902. Chardox. Traitement rationnel des maladies chroniques au moyen d'une nouvelle methode derivative. 8°. Lyon, 1854. Clinical excerpts. 3 v. 8°. New York, 1895-7. Conklin (A. B.) The value of elimination in the treatment of disease. 8°. Ambler, Pa., 1907. Costa (R.) Ricerche sperimentali sulla me- dicazione asettica. 8°. Pavia, 1899. Dods(A.) The physician's guide, being a popular dissertation on fevers, inflammations, and all diseases connected with them; compris- ing observations on thj use and abuse of blood- letting, mercury, cathartics, stimulants, diet, etc. 8°. Worcester, 1821. Dominguez (M.) *Medicacion evacuante. Ensayo terapeutico. 8°. Mexico, 1890. THERAPEUTICS. Therapeutics (Methods in). van Dort Kroon (D. W. C) Een waardee- rend woord aan den J. C Bouman, sehrijver van het hamersysteem van Dr. Mezger. 8°. Zalt-Bommele, [n. d.]. Dudart (V.) Notice sur l'appareil de trans- mission vitale et son application au traitement des maladies. 12°. Bruxelles, [n. d.]. Eichwald (E. E.) Dvle lektsii o spetsificb.es- kom sposoble hecheniya. (Prigotovleno k pe- chati i redaktirovano M. I. Afanasyevim.) [Two lectures on the specific method of treatment. (Prepared for the press and edited by Afana- syeff.)] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1891. Ferrannini (L.) Manuale di organoterapia, batterioterapia, vaccinoterapia e sieroterapia. Con prefazione del Prof. G. Rummo. 8°. Palermo, 1902. Flynn (W. E.) & Eaves (L.) The Flynn system of health-culture. Diet and exercise. 8°. Lincoln, 1911. Frachia (C.) *Snr les remedes atoniques. 4°. Genes, 1809. Garibaldi (G. A.) Lettera ai suoi scolari sui rimedj detti controstimolanti, con alcuni cenni sulla dottrinadel fu Professore N. Olivari. 8°. Geneva, 1826. Geyser (A. C.) The treatment of chronic diseases by physical therapeutics through the sympathetic nervous system, with explanation of the author"s method of electrical localization of disease via the spinal column. [Abstr.] 8°. [New York, 1903.] Gleich. Was ist das Naturheilverfahren oder gibt es eine Wasser- und Semmelkur? 12°. Munchen, 1853. Gozzi (F.) Delle azioni generali de' rimedj ed in particolare dell' irritativa. Prolusione alle lezioni di terapeutica e di materia medica nella r. Universita di Bologna per 1' annoscolas- tico 1821-2. 12°. Bologna, 1822. Grasset(J.) Therapeutique appliquee. Con- sultations medicales sur quelques maladies frequentes. 12°. Montpellier *-40.—Horovitz i ( M. ) Therapeutische Kleinigkeiten. Centralbl. f. d. I ges. Therap.. Wien, 1903, xxi, 76-83.—Houghton (E. M.) How can we increase the therapeutic reliability of medicinal agents? J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1897, xxviii, 634-636. Also, Reprint.—von Hovorka (O.) Ueber | das Bediirfnis nach einer modernen Systematik der allge- meinen und physikalischen Therapie. Wien. med. Wchn- schr., 1912, lxii, 267n-2683— Hoyt (D. M.) Some sugges- tions to the phvsieian who dispenses. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1912,22. s!,i. 63-70.—Huchard (H.) La methode en therapeutique. Gaz. hebd. de med.. Par., 1894, xii, 181- 185.-----. Medication par la quinine, l'ergotine, la bry- one. Rev. de therap. med.-chir., Par., 1909, lxxvi, 109- 121.—Hughes (C. H.) The suicidal folly of self-drug- ging. Med. Herald, St. Joseph, 1902, n. s., xxi, 339-342.— Jones(E.G.) Drugless healing vs.medicine in the United States. Med. Standard, Chicago, 1910, xxxiii, 278-2*0.— Jones (H. E.) Germ diseases: analogy of, nature's means of cure, bacteriology, etc.; specific treatment; i cases reported. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, | 1911-12, xvi, 165-174.—Jilrgensen (C.) Om hygiejnisk Terapi, sserligt Disetetik. [Hygienic therapv, especially dietetics.] Hosp.-Tid., K0benh., 1900, 4. R., viii, 485-497. -----. NogleFragmenter til den hygiejniske, sarligt den diaetetiske Terapis Praxis. [Notes on the practice of hy- gienic therapy, especially the dietetic part.] J bid.. 1902, 4. R., x, 169; 201: 231.—Juliusburger (O. > Allge- meinbetrachtungen fiber Entziehungskuren. Deutsche Krankenpflg.-Ztg., Berl., 1900, 209; 229—Kaiserllnu; (O.) Ueber einige wichtige, in der allgemeinen Praxis wenig angewandte physikalische Heilmethoden und deren Stellung in der allgemeinen Therapie. Aerztl. Prax., Berl., 1907, xx, 61-65.—Kelloirii (J. H.) The cure of incurables. Tr. Mich. M. Soc., Grand Ra- pids, 18%, xx, 476-520. Also: Mod. Med. & Bacte- rid. Rev., Battle Creek, Mich.. 1897, vi, 31; 57; 82: 108.— Kermott (C. H.) The pantherapist and neotherapeu- tics. Med. News, N. Y., 1901, lxxix, 449-451.—King (J. C.) A new discovery in the treatmentof chronic diseases dependent upon cell changes. Tr. M. Ass. Georgia, At- lanta, 1901, 368-372— Kinniciitt (F. P.) The thera- peutics of the internal secretions. Tr. Cong. Am. Phvs. & Surg., N. Haven, 1897, iv. 141-16*. Also: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1897, n. s., cxiv, 1-23.—Kisch (E. H.) Die Ver- bindung derBewegungstherapie mit der Balneotherapie. Wien. klin. Rundschau. 1897. xi. 270.—Klebs (E.'i Kau- sale und svmptomatische Therapie. Kau>ale Therap., Hannov., 1903-4. i. 27-33.—Knight (F. I.) Remark- on sending patients away from home. Boston M. & S. J., 1893, cxxix. 609. Also. Reprint— Konk le (W. B. i The managementof self-limited di-ease. X. York M. .1. [etc.], 1908, lxxxvii, 1019-1021. Aho. Reprint.—Kretz (R.) Aetiologische Therapie. Ztschr. I. Krankenptl., Berl., VOL XVIII, 2d series---7 THERAPEUTICS. Therapeutics (Methods in). 1903, xxv, 289; 329.—Krone (F.) Liegekuren am Gra- dierwerk. Reichs-Med.-Anz., Leipz., 1911, xxxvi, 549- 553.—K Uhner (A.) Die wahre neue Heilkunde. Prakt. Arzt. Wetzlar, 1902, xlii, 194; 217. -----. Mein System der Behandlung internerchronischer Erkrankungen. Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1906, xvi,349-353.—Kunkle (H.) The various methods of therapeutics. Tr. Luzerne Co. M. Soc 1901, Wilkesbarre, 1902, ix,lC0-163.—Kunz-Krause (H.) Ueber durch Dialyse gewonnene Pflanzenaus/.iige (Dialvsata); ein neuer Typus vegetabilischer Arzneimit- trl. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1898. xii, 553-556.—La- eouri . <>., Broutilles therapeutiques. Progres med. heUe. Binx.. 1908, x, 161-164.—de Lada Noskowski. Snlfhydrotherapie antimicrobienne. Progres med.. Par., lsy.», b. s., ix. 333.—Lauoiv. Osservazioni sul pericolo di tagliare i capelli in alcuni casi di malattie acute. Mem. di med., Milano, 1800, i, 106-114.—liedne (S.) La therapeutique des vaeanees. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1901-2, xx, 293-296.—Le Gendre. Moyens et doctrines thera- peutiques. Rev. internat. de med. et de chir., Par., 1909, xx, 243-245.—Le Gendre (P.) & Keaitssenat. Les bains froids dans le traitement de l'erysipele; le sulfate de cmehonamine comme antithermique; les injections sous-cutanees d'acide lactique comme antiseptique local. Bull, et niem. Soc med. d. h6p. de Par., 1893, 3. s., x, 490- 497.—LeiiiliiS.) The treatment of desperate cases. Char- lotte [N. CV] M. J., 1904, xxiv. 75-77.—Lejar* (F.) La the- rapeutique in extremis. Semaine med., Par., 1903, xxiii, 237-240.—Lepine (R.) Des avantages de la voie rectale pour 1 absorption de certains medicaments. Ibid., 1893, xiii. 105. Also, transl.: Med. Week, Par., 1893, i. 253.— Les- lie. R.M.) Hygienic versus medicinal therapeutics. J. Roy."Inst. Pub. Health. Lond., 1908, xvi, &57-361.—Licht- witz (L.) Die Bedeutung der Adsorption fiir die Thera- pie. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1908, lix, 542-546.— Liebreich (O.) On the aims of modern medicinal treatment. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1897, ii, 885-889.—Lie- geois. Fortes doses, traitements d'assaut. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1898, xii, 260; 277.— Lipow- ski. Ueber neuere Arzneimittel und deren Bedeu- tunsr fiir die moderne Therapie. Miinehen. med. Wchn- siihr.. 1911. lviii. 35s~36i>.—Loomis (B. W.) Rational therapeutics. Phila. M. .1., 1902, ix. 719-721.—Lovitski Ya. A. i Sravnitelnaya otslenka niekotorikh serdechno- inoehegoiinikh sredsiv. [Comparative estimation of certain eardiac-diuretie remedies.] Suorn. klin. rabot iz terap. ota\ Imp. Klin. Inst, [etc.], S.-Peterb., 1908, i, 1-91, 2 diag.—Lowe (R. W.) Some problems solved. Texas M. J., Galveston, 1898-9, xiv, 80-86. Also, Re- print.—Lugo-ViHa (N.) La idioterapia en patologia y terapeutica. Rev. de med. y cirug. de la Habana, 1912, xvii, 575-578 —Macalister (C. J.) The treatment of chronic diseases. Med. Press & Circ. Lond., 1903, n. s., lxxvii. 711-714.—.McAllister (A.) Is the therapy of antitoxin serum, nuclein solution, and thyroid ex- tracts so fully established as to receive the endorsement of the profession? Tr. M. Soc. N. Jersey, Newark, 1S96, 205-223.— McCalluni (H. A.) Excretion in the treat- mentof acute infectious diseases. Phila. M. J., 1900, v, 114-116.—Macfaskey (G. W.) Physical therapeutics; electricity; hydro-therapeutics; massage: Scbott treat- ment of heart di-ease. Fort Wayne M. Mag.. 1>97, xvii, 450-458. Also, Reprint.—MeKee ( E. S.) Therapeutic tips. N. Eng. M. Month.. 1907, xxvi. 55-57.—Magnus- Levy. Karellkur. Oertelkur. Widalkur, ihre Prinzipien und ihre Anwendung. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1911, lviii, 114.—Maneini (P.) Base clinica e sperimentale per un metodo di intensificazione terapeutica. Riv. crit. di clin. med., Firenze, 1912. xiii, 7-9.—Mareuse (J.) Die Bedeutung der physikalisch-diatetischen Heilmetho- den fiir Klini k und Therapie. Wien. med. BL, 1900, xxiii, 231—Mei Here (G.) Les nouvellesmethodes therapeu- tiques. Tribune med., Par., 1906, n. s., xxxviii, 630; 662; 727— Meitner (W.) Therapeutische Skizzen aus der Alltasr-praxis. Reichs-Med.-Anz., Leipz., 1906, xxxi, 223; 246.—Meltzer (S.J.) The therapeutics of self-repair. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1908, xxiii. 44L448. Also: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila.,1908. cxxxvi, 26-31—Mendelsohn (M.) Krankenpflege und specifische Therapie. Miin- ehen. med. Wchnschr., 1895, xlii, 195-197. Also: Med.- chir. Centralbl., Wien, 1895, xxx, 122; 137. -----. Ueber die Hvpurgie und ihre therapeutische Leistung. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1898, xiv, 751; 777. -----. Kran- kenpOege und spezifische Therapie. Ztschr. f. Kran- kenpfl , Berl., 1895, xvii, 87-97. Also, Reprint. -----. Esoterisehe und exoterische Therapie. Heilkunde, Wien [etc.l, 1898-9, iii, 192-196.—Mercier (R.) Les voies rec- tale et genito-urinaire pour l'administration des medica- ments. Presse med., Par., 1897,145.—Michelazzi (A.) Opoterapia tiroidea: opoterapia paratiroidea; chirurgia medica; cura chirurgica della cirosi epatica, dell' anemia splenica e del morbo di Banti; nuovi metodi chirurgici nella cura di alcune paralisi; stasi alia Bier. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1906, xxvii, 1445-1448. -----. Terapia flsica; radiumterapia; elettroterapia: terapia della luce. Ibid., 1479.—Mitchell (S. W.) Precision in the treatment of chronic diseases. Med. Rec. N. Y., 1892, xlii, 721-726.— Modlinski (P. I.) K voprosu o llechenil pod vlazh- THERAPEUTICS. Therapeutics (Methods in). nim strupom. [Treatment under moist scab.] Med. Obozr., Mosk.. 1892, xxxvii, 105-117.—M»ller (S.) Me- thodik, Technik und Indikationen der Schrothkur. Mo- natschr. f. d. phys.-diatet. Heilmeth. [etc.], Munchen, 1909, i, 578-591.—Moraczewski (W. D.) O donioslosci znaczeniasoli mineralnych dla ustroju. [On the value of mineral salts forthe organism.] Przegl. lek., Krak6w, 1896, xxxv, 659-661.— Morrice (G. G.) Special uses of old-fashioned remedies. Med. Mag., Lond., 1910, xix, 709.— Mliller (F. C.) Jahresbericht iiber die Fortschritte auf dem Gebiete der Hydro-. Balneo-, Klimato- und Pho- totherapie. Schmidt's Jahrb., Leipz., 1906, cclxxxx, 1-8. -----. Jahresbericht fiber die neueren Leistungen auf dem Gebiete der Hydro-, Balneo-, Klimato-, Photo- und Radiotherapie. Ibid., 1909, cccv, 13; 113.—Miiller(G. P.) Miscellaneous therapeutic measures. Handb. Pract. Treat. [Musser & Kelly], Phila. & Lond., 1911, i, 671-700.— Mutilu (C.) Artificial and natural methods of treating disease. Health Record, Lond., 1908, vii, 61-64.—Nae- geli (H.) & Vernier (P.) Beitrag zur Therapie gewis- ser Herz- und Brightseher Krankheiten. Therap. d. Ge- genw., Berl., 1909,1, 327-332.—Nauss (E.) Zur kausalen Behandlung septischer Erkrankungen. Aerztl. Rund- schau, Munchen, 1899, ix, 257; 273; 291.—Neel (W. D.) Under-oxidation of the blood, and what it stands for. J. Advance. Therap., N, Y., 1907, xxv, 93-97.—Niles (G. M.) Optimistic therapeutics. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, lvi, 268.—Novack (H. J.) Microscopic crystallization and its application to chemistry and therapeutics. Month. Cycl. & M. Bull., Phila., 1910, iii, 263-272.—O'Gorman (P. W.) The new therapeutics; rational therapeutics v. empiricism and quackery. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1901, xxxvi, 404-408.—Osborne (O. T.) Therapeutic in- dications suggested by the condition of the blood. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1901, xxxvii, 1652-1656.— Panyrek (D.) Substitucni therapie. [Substitutiontherapy.] Sbirka pfednasek a rozpr. z oboru lekarsk., v Praze, [1899], no. 36, 119-112.—Park (W. H.) Contributions of bacteri- ology to therapeutics. Tr. N. York Acad. M. (1896-1901), 1903, 156-191.—Parker (W. T.) Sun-heated sand as a therapeutic measure. Med. Times, N. Y., 1897, xxv, 268.—Parrish (J. E.) Some thoughts on therapeutics. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1899, lv, 387— Pavlinott" (K.) K voprosu o terapevticheskom znachenii zharopovishayu- shtshavo metoda pri khronieheskikh infektsionnikh bo- lieznyakh. ^Therapeutic action of the heat>raising method of chronic infectious diseases.]_ Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1891, xxxv, 287-289.—Peri (A.) Di un nuovo metodo di tera- pia inalatoria (inalatore a secco Koerting). Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1909, xx, 304-319.—Pinbo (S.) Systemas de curar. J. de med. de Pernambuco, 1908, iv, 91-95.—von Poehl (A.) Die therapeutische Beeinflus- sung der Ursachen gutartiger oder bosartiger Leukocy- ten, welche den Ausgang der Krankheiten bedingen. St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr., 1908, xxxiii, 57; 67.—Pope (C.) Some observations upon the treatment of chronic dis- eases. Am. Med., Phila., 1905, ix, 530-533.—Powell (C. H.) The value of reconstructive therapy in modern medicine. Med. Fortnightly, St. Louis, 1902, xxii, 833- 835.—Prieto de Castro (P.) Breves consideraciones sobre la terapeutica cardio-pulmonar. Rev. espec. med., Madrid,1907, x,97-99.—Pusinelli. Aus der Praxis fiir die Praxis. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1895, ix, 658-661.—Pyle (E. W.) Simplicity in therapeutics. Am. Med., Phila., 1901, i, 396-398.—Quesada y Agius (B.) Antitermicos, antisepticos y anodinos. Rev. de clin., terap. y farm., Madrid, 1894-5, viii, 82; 337.—Hallo Colandrea (T.) La terapeutica de las infecciones agudas. Clin, y lab., Rev. quincen. de espec med., Zaragoza, 1911, viii, 49-51.— Rathenau. Einiges fiber Wortzeichenschutz fiir Arz- neimittel. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1912, xxvi, 177-185.— Raudnitz (R. W.) Therapeutische Versuche und Vorschlage. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1908, xxxiii, 255- 258.—Reading (G. E.) Therapeutic agents of animal origin. J. Med. Soc. N. Jersey, Newark, 1905-6, ii, 80-84.— Reagan (O.) Some therapeutic observations. J.Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1908, li, 1490.—Reinhart(J. C.) Spe- cifics in medicine. Toledo M. & S. Reporter, 1897, x, 163- 166.—Renaut (J.) Reflexions sur quelques principes essentiels d'une therapeutique moderne. Bull. m6d., Par., 1911, xxv, 85-89.—Renon (L.) Des indications the- rapeutiques. Rev. g6n. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1907, xxi, 481-484. -----. Du pragmatisme en medecine; la therapeutique pragmatique. Gaz. m6d. de Par., 1908, no. 20, 5.—Richardiere (H.) Les enveloppements humides dans les maladiesaigues. Med. mod., Par., 1894, v, 673-675. Also: Nice-med., 1893-4, xviii, 161-168. — Ritter (M.) & Freudenberg. Die neuro-dynamisehe Therapeutik. Frauenarzt, Leipz., 1903, xviii, 105; 161; 212; 258; 304; 342; 385; 538.—Riviere (J. A.) On the abortive and curative treatment of acute diseases, and particularly enteric fever and appendicitis, by a judicious use of calomel, water, heat, and quinine. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901, ii, 1054-1056.—Robert (B.) El oportunismo en terapeutica. Rev. de cien. med. de Barcel., 1899, xxv, 1-6. Also: Rev. de med. contemp., Madrid, 1899, xxi, 65- 69.—Robin (A.) La saignee, les vomitifs et le vesica- toire. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1898, 3. s., xxxix, 92- THERAPEUTICS. Therapeutics (Methods in). 110. Also: Bull, med., Par., 1898, xii, 81-84. Also: Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1898, lxxi, 93-96. -----. Les principes de la remineralisation organique. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1910, clix, 81-90. -----. General principles under- lying modern therapeutics. J. Delaware State M. Soc, Wilmington, 1909-10, i, 2-9.—Robinson (B.) Treat- ment of symptoms in hospitals. N. York M. J. [etc], 1910, xcii, 1068. Also, Reprint. -----. Physical examination and treatment of symptoms. Med. Rec., N. Y., 1912, lxxxi, 1001.—Roch (M.) Des synergies medicamen- teuses et de leur utilisation systematique en clinique. Semaine med., Par., 1909, xxix, 409-414.—Rogers (L. L.) Earlv or abortive treatment of disease. Tr. Luzerne Co. M. Soc., Wilkesbarre, 1895, 109-117.—Roseneau (B. S.) Antipyrine and calomel. N. York M. J., 1897, lxv, 126.—S. Can a man who uses only twenty remedies be a competent physician? Boston M. & S. J., 1910, clxii, 406.— Safranek (J.) Az inhalati6s therapia mai allasa. [Present state of inhalation therapy.] Budapesti orv. ujsag, 1911, ix, 371; 387.—Sagretti (0.) Una nuova cura razionale e naturale delle malattie. Gazz. med. di Roma, 1898, xxiv, 1-15.— Sajous (C. E. deM.) The auto-pro- tective resources of the body; a new foundation for scien- tific therapeutics. Med. Standard, Chicago, 1908, xxxi, 342-352. Also: Month. Cvcl. & M. Bull., Phila., 1908, i, 201-218. Also: Texas M. J., Austin, 1908-9, xxiv, 137-159.— Sanquirieo & Scofone. Lavatura medicata dell' organismo. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1902, 4. s., viii, 124-132.—Schaufller (W. G.) Clinical values of modern therapeutic methods. J. Phys. Therapv, Chi- cago, 1906-7, ii, 200-203.—Scheffler. Les medicaments en clinique. J. de med. de Par., 1911, 2. s., xxiii, 991- 994: 1912, 2. s., xxiv, 233-237— Scherk (C.) Das thera- peutische Deckungsprincip. Reichs-Med.-Anz., Leipz., 1902, xxvii, 283-286.—Schilling. Die neuere Richtung unserer Therapie. Aerztl. Monatschr., Leipz., 1899, 97- 102.—Sears (J. H.) The new therapy. Texas Sanita- rian, Austin, 1894-5, iv, 405-411.—Seilert (C.) The im- portance of specific gravity of liquids for topical medica- tion. Med. & Surg. Reporter, Phila., 1896, lxxiv, 648-660. [Discussion], 663.—Seybert (F. T.) Is mental effort of therapeutic value? Iowa M. J. [etc], Des Moines, 1906-7, xiii, 441-451.—Sheffield (H. B.) Palatable medication. N. YorkM. J. [etc], 1906,lxxxiv,523-525.—Shoemaker (J. V.) The practical value of old remedies. N. Eng. M. Month., Danbury, Conn., 1905, xxiv, 169-176.—Sietter- ■nunn. Considerations generales sur la therapeutique; ses transformations successives; ses bases nouvelles dues a la d6couverte des microbes et des corps radiants; la physicotherapie et specialement la phototh'erapie. Gaz. med. deStrasb., 1904, lxiii, 33.—Simon. Lekarstpha w osobliwyeh niemoczach. Wydal Adam Wrzosek. [Medi- caments in special diseases. Edited by . . A [1535.] In: Kryt. lek., Warszawa, 1904, viii, 189-236.—Smith (A. H.) Specific medication. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1902, Ixi, 401^05. [Discussion], 438. Also, Reprint.—Smith (R.J.) A ra- tional treatment of the communicable diseases. Med. Sentinel, Portland, Oreg., 1906, xiv, 213-215.—Smith (S. J.) Therapeutic hints. Eclect. M. J., Cincin., 1896, lvi, 447-452.—Smith (W. G.) Remarks upon some thera- peutical traditions. Dublin J. M. Sc, 1895, xcix, 1-6.— Soulier (H.) Des medicaments d'epargne. Cong. franc, de med. Rap., Par., 1902, i, 1-24. [Discussion], C. r., ii, 363-369.—Spicer (R. H. S.) A clinical lecture on a new cardinal principle in the treatment of disease, and its application in disorders of the nose, throat, voice and speech. Med. Press&Circ, Lond., 1910, n, s..lxxxix, 134-137.—Stadelmann (H.) Zur Therapie der durch Vorstellung entstandenen Krankheiten. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1896, x, 736-738— Stern (H.) Abwartsstei- gen als therapeutischer Faktor. Ztschr. f. phvs. u. diiitet. Therap., Leipz., 1910, xiv, 146-152.—Strebe'l (H.) Die therapeutische Wirksamkeit der Behandlung mittelst Hochfrequenzstromen, Licht- und Rontgenstrahlen. Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1902, xii, 607-612.—Sul- livan (J. J.) Analgesia and sedation; an essential ad- junct to treatment. Gaillard's M. J., N. Y., 1895, Ixi, 317.—Sufle y Molist (L.) Tendencias terapeuticas. Rev. de cien. med. de Barcel., 1902, xxviii, 357-360.— Tabuteau (G.) Action therapeutique des plantes fraiches sterilisees. Arch. med. d'Angers, 1909, xiii, 267- 272.—Taylor (J. M.) Remarks on the treatment of chronic disease, with special reference to simple, effica- cious remedial measures readily applied, but often neg- lected. Month. Cycl. & M. Bull., Phila., 1912, v, 82-91.— Taylor (L. H.) Non-medical therapeutics. Tr. Lu- zerne Co. M. Soc, Wilkesbarre, 1901, ix, 135-146. Also, Reprint.—Thomayer (J.) Poznamky o dspechu le- 6ebnem. [Remarks on successful therapy.] Zdravi v Praze, 1901, vii, 129-133. —Tornai (J.) A verke- ringesnek mesterseges megkisehbitese mint orvoslo m6dszer. [Artificial reduction of the circulation as a method of treatment.] Budapesti orv. ujsag, 1910, viii, 964-967. — Torras y Pascual. Terapeutica palia- tiva. Rev. de cien. med. de Barcel. 1897, xxiii, 287-290.— Treupel (G.) Ueber die Komblnation von Arznei- mitteln. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl 1909, xxxv, 2014.—Tyson (J.), jr. Specific systemic THERAPEUTICS. 99 THERAPEUTICS. Therapeutics (Methods in). manifestations of disease and specific drug applica- tion. Chicago M. Times, 1901, xxxiv, 560-564.—Tyson (W. ja Some passing thoughts on broad lines of treat- ment. Clin. J., Lond., 1902, xx, 46-48.—II rich (C. F.) Air and water as therapeutic agents. Tr. M. Soc. W. Virg., Wheeling, 1897, 75-80. —Vires (.).) De la me- thode en therapeutique. Rev. seient., Par., 1902, 4. s., xvii, 775-781. -----. Les orientations actuelles de la therapeutique et l'analyse clinique montpellieraine. Ann. de med. et. chir. inf., Par., 1912, xvi, 161-182. Also: Montpel. med., 1912, xxxiv, 265; 302; 313; 352. Also: Pro- vince med., Par, 1912, xxiii. 85-93.—'italMan (S. S.) The undulatory theory in therapeutics. Med. Brief, St. Louis, 1905, xxxiii, 479.—Wauconiont (R.) Faibles doses en therapeutique et resume de principes de posolo- gie. Scalpel, Liege, 1910-11, lxiv, 251-254.— Way (O. F.) A few drugless remedies in the treatment of disease. J. Minn. M. Ass. [etc.], Minneap., 1907, xxvii, 122-128.— "Welsz (E.) Ueber Injektions-und Infusionstherapie. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1892, xxviii, 1041- 1043.—Welander (E.) Einige Untersuchungen fiber Jod und Quecksilber. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1897, xi, 484; 502; 533; 547.— Wbittaker (J.T.) The analeptics: Heat, electricity, caffeine, nitroglycerin, amyl nitrite, morphine, atropine, cocaine, and camphor. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1896, 6. s., ii. 23-30 — Wisjiit i 1 S.) Some therapeutic notes on the treatment of suppuration, tuber- culosis, la grippe, sarcoma, and cancer. N.York M. J., 1894, lx, 331.—Wilcox (R. W.) The modern use of syn- thetics. Med. Fortnightly, St. Louis, 1899, xvi, 451-^57. Also, Reprint.—Williams i,L.) The therapeutics of some common ailments. Clin. J., Lond., 1904-5, xxv, 151- 157.—Williamson (A. R.J The value of various new forms of treatment. Med. Times, N. Y., 1906, xxxiv, 110; 139.—Wood (H. C.) How do physicians cure diseases? Med. Mirror, St. Louis. 1899, x, 274-277.—Wyliter (W. E.) Some simple therapeutic expedients. Treatment, Lond., 1903-4, vii, 481-491.—Yanovski (F. G.) Opit klassifi- katsii vrachebnikh mleropriyatiy pri Hechenii vnut- rennikh bolleznel. [Classification of medical measures taken in the treatment of internal diseases.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1906, v, 885-889.—Yarkho (I. L.) Rezultati Hecheniya dletel v sukhol inhalyatoriiposiste- mle Kertinga. [Results of treating children in the dry inhalatorium, bv Kerting's system.] Novoye v Med., S.-Peterb., 1911, v, 367-370.—Y von. Sur les medicaments hero'iques. [Rap.] Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1903, 3. s., xlix, 801.—Zagari (G.) A proposito della seconda nota dell dott. Manfredi; sulla batterioterapia. Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 1889, n. s., xi, 277-279. Also, Re- print— Zander (G.) Einige Bemerkungen zu der von Privatdocent Max Herz verfassten Arbeit: Neue Prin- cipien und Apparate der Widerstandstherapie. Wien. med. Presse, 1898, xxxix, 1577-1583.— von Ziemssen. Ueber einige neuere Heilmittel und Heilmethoden. Miin- ehen. med. Wchnschr., 1894, xii, 1004. Therapeutics (Obstetrical). See Obstetrics (Therapeutics in). Therapeutics (Open air). See Phototherapy; Sunlight (Tlierapeutic use of); Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of, Open-air). Therapeutics (Periodicals relating to). Agenda medico-quirurgica de bolsillo o me- morandum terapeutico, formulario moderno y diario de visita. Red: G. Reboles y Campos. 1898; 1900. 12°. Madrid. Agenda therapeutica. Neuere Medicamente und Arzneiverordnungen zusammengestellt von H. Paschkis. 1898; 1899. Wien. American (The) Journal of Physiologic Ther- apeutics; a practical journal of progress in phy- siologic medicine. Edited bv Henry Robert Harrower. v. 1-2,1910-11. 8*c. Chicago. American (The) Journal of Progressive Ther- apeutics. Edited by T. Proctor Hall [et al.]. [Monthly.] v. 16-18, 1905-6. 8°. Chicago. Axnali di elettricita medica e terapia fisica. Periodico mensile diretto dai dot tori F. Picci- ninoe A. di Luzenberger. v. 1 -12,1902-13. 8°. Napoli. Current. Arbeiten aus dem koniglichen Institut fiir experimentelle Therapie zu Frankfurt a. M. Hft. 1-4. 8°. Jena, 1906-8. Therapeutics (Periodicals relating to). Archiv fiir physikalisch-diatetische Therapie in der arztlichen Praxis. Hrsg. von Dr. Med. Ziegelroth. [Monthly.] v. 1-15, 1899-1913. 8°. Berlin. Current. Archives (The) of Physiological Therapy. Edited by C. E. Skinner [etal.]. [Monthly.] v. 1-4, 1905-6. sm. 4°. Boston. Bacterial (The) Therapist; a journal of vac- cine therapy, v. 2-3. 8°. Detroit, 1912-13. Beitrage zur experimentellen Therapie. Hrsg. von E. Behring. Hft. 1-11. 8°. Berlin & Wien, 1899-1906. Berliner klinisch-therapeutische Wochen- schrift. Hrsg. von M. T. Schnirer und Alfred Wolff, v. 1-2, 1904-5. fol. Berlin. Biochimica e terapia sperimentale; rivista pubblicata da A. Ascoli [etal.]. v. 1-4, [190y]- 1912. 8°. Milano. Irregular; current. Bladen voor liygienische therapie. Maand- schrift onder redactie van G. W. S. Lingbeek [et al.]. v. 1-3, 1899-1902. 8°. Amsterdam. Bollettixo farmacologico e terapeutico del Giornale internazionale delle scienze mediche. Edited by Luigi Maramaldi. 8°. Napoli, 1910. Bollettixo medico-chirurgico dell' Istituto politerapeutico. [Bimonthly.] v. 1, 1897. 8°. Milano. Bulletin general de therapeutique medicale et chirurgicale. Recueil pratique, v. 118-166, 1890-1913. Bulletin officiel de la Societe francaise d'elec- trotherapie. v. 7-20, 1900-1912. 8°. Paris. Bulletins et memoires de la Societe therapeu- tique. 2. s., V. 14-24, 1887-97. 8°. Paris. _ Compendio (El) internacional. Periodico mensual de materia medica y terapeutica. [Homoeopathic] Edited by E. Fornias [et al.]. Nos. 1-4, v. 1, February to May, 1895. 8°. Mexico. Deutsche klinisch-therapeutische Wochen- schrift. Hrsg. von O. von Boltenstern und M. T. Schnirer. 1906. fol. Leipzig. Ellingwood's Therapeutist, v. 4-7, 1910-13. 8°. Chicago. Farmacoterapia ( La ). Rivista mensile. Direttore: G. Siboni. v. 6-13, 1906-13. 8°. Lodi. Current. Ferroterapia (La). Periodico trimestrale di medicina [etc.]. Direttore: G. Siboni. v. 1-5, July, 1901, to 1905. 8°. Lodi. Folia therapeutica. A periodical journal relating to modern therapeutics and pharma- cology for medical practitioners. Edited by A. Baginsky and J. Snowman. [Quarterly.] v. 1-5, 1907-11. 4°. London. Want Nos. 1 and 2, v. 1. French-American ( The) Therapist. J. Fresne, editor. [Quarterly.] No. 1, v. 3, De- cember, 1902. 8°. New York. Gorbersdorfer Veroffentlichungen. Hrsg. von R. Robert. 2 pts. in 1 vol. 8°. Stuttgart, 1898. International (The) Brief. A monthly journal of materia medica and therapeutics, de- voted to the advancement of homoeopathy [etc.]. Edited by E. Fornias [et al.]. Nos. 1-6, v. 1, January to June, 1895. 8°. Phila- delphia. International (The) Journal of Therapy. [Monthly.] v. 1-2,1906-7. 8°. Cincinnati. THERAPEUTICS. 100 THERAPEUTICS. Therapeutics (Periodicals relating to). International Therapeutics. Edited by C. A. W. Prevost. [Monthly.] v. 1-2, 1905-6. New York. Jahrruch der Therapie. [Edited by Fr. C. Midler and F. Siebert.] [Quarterly.] v. 1-3, 1904-6. 8° & 4°. Munchen. Joornal (The) of Advanced Therapeutics. Edited by W. B. Snow. [Monthly.], v. 20-31, 1902-13. 8°. New York. Current. Journal (The) of Physical Therapeutics. [Monthly.] v. 1-3, October, 1900, to 1902. 8°. London. Journal (The) of Practical Dietetics and Bacterio-therapeutics. A monthly review of dietetic and bacteriological treatment of gastro- intestinal affections. Edited bv Alfred S. Gubb. v. 1-3, December, 1908-9, to 1910-11. 8°. London. Journal of Therapeutics and Dietetics. P. E. Howes, editor. [Monthly.] v. 1-7, October, 1906, to 1912-13. 8°. Boston. Current. Journal of Treatment. Edited by S. H. Monell. [Quarterly.] No. 2, v. 2, October, 1904. fol. New York. Kausale (Die ) Therapie. Zeitschrift fiir kausale Behandlung der Tuberkulose und anderer Infektionskrankheiten. Redaktion: Prof. Dr. Klebs. [Monthly.] v. 1, October, 1903, to September, 1904. 8°. Bremerhaven. Kli nisch-therapeutische Wochenschrif t. v. 2-20, 1895-1913. 8° & fol. Wien s. Am. Phys.. Phila., 1906, xxi, 208-227. Also: Aril. J. M. Sc, I'hila. & N. Y., 1906, exxxii, 663-679. Also, Re- print—Kelloeiiive. De- scription d'un nouveau thermo-cautere a aiguille. Bull. Acad, roy. de med. de Belg., Brux., 1*%, 1. s., x, 214- 218.—Delbet (P.) Thermo-cautere a manche carbura- teur du Dr. Granel. Paris chirurg., 1909, i, 1139.—Des- f'osses (P.) & Martinet (A.) La cauterisation ignee; mecanisme et action. Presse med., Par., 1907, xv, 92.— Goldendacli (J. O.) Die Anwendung des Gluheisens in der Therapie. Compt.-rend. Cong, internat. de med. 1897, Mosc, 1898, ii, sect. 4a, 54-59.—Granel. Carbura- teur pour thermocauteres. J. de med. de Par., 1900; 2. s., xviii, 159.—Guilloz. Presentation d'un appareil pour la thermocauterisation tres limitee par les courants a haute frequence. Rev med. de l'est, Nancy, 1903, xxxv, 121-123.—Hollander (E.) Die Heissluftkauterisation und ihre Anwendung in der Chirurgie. Ztschr. f. iirztl. Fortbild., Jena, 1907, iv, 70-76— Lamb ret (O.) Le thermocautere du docteur Beaugrand (suppression du THERMOCAUTERY. Thermocautery. flacon d'essenee et de la lampe a alcooll. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1904, viii, 477^80.—Leelere. Pu remplace- ment de la soufflerie en caoutchouc du thermo-cautere par la pompe a air des bicyclettes. caducee, Par., 1906, vi, 317.—Louis. Le feu ou cautere actuel n'a-t-il pas et6 trop employe par les anciens, et trop neglig6 par les modernes? Kn quels cas ce moyen doit-il etre prefere aux autres pour la cure des maladies ehirurgicales, et quels sont les raisons de preference? Rec. d. pieces . . . p. le prix de l'Aead. roy. dechir., Par., 1759, iii, 413-443.— Itlazellier. Au sujet de la suppression de la souttierie en caoutchouc du thermo-cautere dans le materiel du service de sant£. Caducee, Par., 1906, vi, 335._— New (A) thermo-cautery. Lancet, Lond., 19u4, ii, 172S.—Kou- tier. Carburateur Granel pour thermocautere. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1906, n. s., xxxii, 42s — Trous- seau I A.) La cauterisation ignee des hernies, de l'iris et l'opntalmie sympathique. Arch, d'opht., Par., 1909, xxix, 684-687. Thermocautery (Patent specifications for). Beach (W. H.) Thermo-cauter. No. 420,672; Feb. 4, 1890.—Deehery (J. B.) Thermocauterizer. No.634,613; Oct. 10, 1S99.—Dewitt (C. F.) Thermocauter. No. 606,380; June 28. 1S9S.—Drumin (F.I Thermocauter. No. 574.719: Jan. 5, 1897—tiraet'e (C.) Gas-cauterv. No. 319,698: June 9, 1885.—Lee (J. E. i Thermocauter. No. 490,969; Jan. 31, 1893. -----. Thermocauter. No. 541,441; June 18. 1895. -----. Thermocauter. No. 546,894; Sept. 24, 1895.—Paquelin (C. A.) Thermo-cauter. No. 454,524; June 23, 1>91— Beieliardt (F. A.) Thermo- cauter. No. 538,282; April 30, 1895. -----. Carburetor for thermocauter. No. 538,791: Mav 7, 1*95.—Boy (F. M. St. 0.) Thermocauter. No. 488,454: Dee. 20.1>92.—Wil- son i H. i Thermocauter. No. 517.180; March 27, 1*94.— Wirsching (L.) Thermocauter. No. 648.689; Oct. 29, 1895. -----. Thermocauter. No. 706,482; Aug. 5, 1902. -----. Thermocauter. No. 731.004; June 16,1903.—Zom (J.) & Lueliesi (F. G.1 Packing compound for thermo- cauter?. No. 529,056; Nov. 13, 1894. Thermochemistry. See Thermodynamics (Chemical). Thermocolpeurysis. .H.irtl (C.) Die Thermocolpeuryse, ihre Anwendung und therapeutischen Erfolge. Wien. med. Presse, 1900, xii, 29s; 345. Thermodine. Becermaxx (J. A.) * Klinische Untersu- chungen iiber die Wirkung des Thermodin. 8°. Zurich, [1894]. Boxxeyille (P.) Contribution a I'etude de la thermodine. 4°. Nancy, 1894. So.mmer (S.) * Ueber die Wirkung des Thermodin als Antipyreticum. 8°. Wurzburg, 1894. Schmitt. Contribution a I'etude de la thermodine. Bull, etmem. Soc. de therap., Par., 1894, '205-214.—Spi- neanu (G. D.) Recherches experimentales sur ractiou dynamiquede la thermodine. Arch, internat. de phar- macod., Brux. et Par., 1905, xiv, 181-196. Thermodynamics (Chemical). See, also, Colloids; Crystals; Electrolysis; Heat; Osmosis; Photochemistry; Soil; So- lutions (Physico-chemical theory of); Surface- tension. Bakhuis Roozeboom (H. W.) Die Bedeutung der Phasenlehre. 8°. Leipzig, 1900. -----. Die heterogenen Gleichgewichte vom Standpunkte der Phasenlehre. 1. Hft. Svsteme aus einer Komponente. 8°. Braun- schweig, 1901. -----. The same. 2. Hft. Systeme aus zwei Komponenten. 1. Teil. 8°. Braun- schweig, 1904. Baxcroft (W. D.) The phase rule. 8°. Ithaca, N. Y., 1897. Baris (C.) The chemical equilibrium of solids, in its relation to pressure and to tempera- ture. 8°. [London, 1891.] Cutting from: Phil. Mag., Lond., 1891. THERMODYNAMICS." Thermodynamics (Chemical). Bashforth (F.) An attempt to test the the- ories of capillary action by comparing the theo- retical and measured forms of drops of fluids, with an explanation of the method of integra- tion employed in constructing the tables which give the theoretical forms of such drops, by J. C. Adams. 4°. Cambridge, 1883. Boltzmanx (L.) Populare Schriften. 8°. Leipzig, 1910. Bkyax (G. H.) Thermodynamics. An in- troductory treatise dealing mainly with first principles and their direct applications. 8°. Leipzig, 1907. Fecstel (R.) Ueber Kapillaritiitskonstanten und ihre Bestimmung nach der Methode des Maximaldruckes kleiner Blasen. [Strassburg.] 8°. Leipzig, 1903. Findlay (A.) The phase rule and its appli- cations. With an introduction to the study of physical chemistry, bv Sir William Ramsay. 2. ed. 12°. London, 1906. Furstenau (R. [H. R.]) * Ueber das Ver- hiiltnis der spezifischen Warme der Gase und seine Abhiingigkeit von der Temperatur. [Giessen.] 8°. Berlin, 1908. Golbliji (M. H.) ^Contribution a I'etude de l'affinite chimique. (Systemes reversibles.) 8°. Geneve, 1909. Guldberg (C. Al.) Thermodynamische Ab- handlungen iiber Molekulartheorie und che- mische Gleichgewichte. Drei Abhandlungen aus den Jahren 1867, 1868, 1870,1872. Aus dem Norwegischen iibersetzt und hrsg. von R Abegg. 12°. Leipzig, 1903. Haber (F.) Thermodynamics of technical gas reactions. Seven lectures. Transl. by Arthur B. Lamb. 8°. London, 1908. Helmholtz (H.) Abhandlungen zur Ther- modynamik. Hrsg. von Max Planck. 12°. Leipzig, 1902. van't Hoff (J. H.) Die Gesetze des che- mischen Gleichgewichtes fiir den verdiinnten, gasformigen oder gelosten Zustand. Uebersetzt und hrsg. von Georg Bredig. 12°. Leipzig, 1900. Horstmanx (A.) Abhandlungen zur Ther- modynamik chemischer Vorgange. Hrsg. von J. H. van't Hoff. 12°. Leipzig, 1903. van Laar (J. J.) Sechs Vortriige iiber das thermodynamische Potential und seine Anwen- dungen auf chemische und physikalische Gleich- gewichtprobleme; eingeleitet durch zwei Vor- triige iiber nichtverdiinnte Losungen und iiber den osmotischen Druck. 8°. Braunschweig, 1906. Lloyd (J. U.) & Waldbott (S.) References to capillarity to the end of 1900. 4°. Cincin- nati, 1902. Mayer (R.) Ueber die Erhaltung der Kraft. Vier Abhandlungen hrsg. von A. Neuburger. 8°. Leipzig, [1912]. Mellor (J. W.) Chemical statics and dy- namics, including the theories of chemical change, catalysis, and explosions. 8°. London, 1904. Michaelis (L.) Dynamik der Oberfliichen. Eine Einfiihrung in biologische Oberflachen- Studien. 8°. Dresden, 1909. Moosbrugger (L. W.) *Spektrochemische und thermochemische Untersuchungen an un- gesiittigten organischen Verbindungen. 8°. Greifswald, 1911. THERMODYNAMICS. 106 THERMODYNAMICS. Thermodynamics (Chemical). X er.vst (\V.) Theoretical chemistry from the standpoint of Avogadro's rule and thermody- namics. 8°. New York, 1904. -----. Experimental and theoretical appli- cation of thermodynamics to chemistry. 8°. New York, 1907. Ostwald (VV.) Ueber Katalyse. 8°. Leipzig, 1902. Also, in: Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1901, Leipz., 1902, Ixxiii, 184-202. Reyciiler (A.) Les theories physico-chimi- ques. Revue completed par des elements de thermodynamique. 2. ed. 8°. Bruxelles, 1901. Second (The) law of thermodynamics; me- moirs by Carnot, Clausius and Thomson. Transl. and edited by W. F. Magie. 8°. New York & London, 1899. Thomson (J. J.) Application of dynamics to physics and chemistry. 12°. London, 1888. Unverdorben (O.) * Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Additionsfiihigkeit ungesiittigter Systeme. 8°. Greifswald, 1909. Andreae (J. L.) Die Methode des Schwebens zur Diehtebestimmung homogener fester Korper. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1911, lxxvi, 491^96.—Arrlienius (S.) Bemerkungen zu E. Wiedemanns Aufsatz: Ueber Neutralisationswarmen. Ibid., 1891, viii, 419-424.—Aten (A. H. W.) Untersuchungen iiber das .System: Schwefel; Chlor. Ibid., 1905-6, liv, 55-97.— Bac-li (It.) Thermo- chemie des Hydrazins, nebst einer Bemerkung iiber die Molekularrefraktion einiger Stickstoffverbindungen. Ibid., 1892, ix, 241-263.—Bakker (G.) Thermodyna- mische Betrachtungen iiber Molekulardruck. Ibid., 1894, xiii, 145-151. -----. Bemerkung zur " Thermodynami- schen Theorie der Kapillaritat." Ibid., 1899, xxviii, 708: 1900, xxxiv, 168. -----. Zur Theorie der Kapillaritat. Ibid., 1900, xxxiii, 477: 1901, xxxvi, 681; 1904, xlviii, 1. -----. Theorie der Kapillarschicht zwischen den homo- genen Phasen der Fliissigkeit und des Dampfes. Ibid., xxxv, 598-603. -----. Dicke und Spannung der Kapillar- schicht. Ibid., 1905, li, 344-367. -----. Zur Thermodyna- mik der Kapillarschicht. Ibid. 1910,lxviii, 684-692.-----. Zur Thermodynamik der Kapillarschicht des reinen Kor- pers zwischen den homogenen Phasen der Fliissigkeit und des Dampfes. Ibid., Ixxiii, 641-666. -----. Zur Theorie der gekriimmten Kapillarschicht. Ibid., 1912, lxxx, 129-147.—Balld (R.) Ueber Erstarrungserschei- nungen biniirer Gemenge der gesattigten, einwertigen Fettsauren und des Wassers. Ibid., 1910, lxxii, 439-450.— Banc roll (W. D.) The equilibria of stereoisomers. J. Phys. Chem., Ithaca, 1898, ii, 143; 245: 1899, iii, 144. -----. Analvtical chemistry and the phase rule classifi- cation. Ibid., 1902, vi, 106-117. -----. Synthetic analy- sis of solid phases. Ibid., 178-184.—Barker (J. T.) Experimentelle Bestimmung und thermodynamische Berechnung der Dampdrucke von Toluol, Naphtha- lin und Benzol. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1910, lxxi, 235-253.—Bein (W.) Ueber die von Dolezalek in seiner Abhandlung: Ueber das Gleichgewicht biniirer Gemische in Losungen und in Dampf, aufgestellten Beziehungen; eine rechnerische Untersuchung. Ibid., 1909, lx, 257-274.—Bell (J. M.) Free energy and heat capacity. J. Phys. Chem., Ithaca, 1905, ix, 381-391.— Bell (J. M.) & Cameron (F. K.) The flow of liquids through capillary spaces. Ibid., 1906, x, 658-674.—Bene- dicks (C.) Eine neue Methode, grosse Mischungs- und Reaktionsgeschwindigkeiten zu messen. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1910, lxx, 12-27.—Bergius (F.) Die Dissoziationstheorie. Ztschr. f. Balueol., Klimat. [etc.], Berl., 1908-9, i, 53-56.—Berthoud (A.) Theorie cine- tique des gaz et thermodvnamique. J. de chim. phys., Geneve & Par., 1911, ix, 352-381 —Bigelovv (S. L.) & Hunter (F. W.) The function of the walls in capillary phenomena. J. Phys. Chem., Ithaca, 1911, xv, 367-380.— Blackmail (P.) The thermodynamics of compressi- bility and expansion. Ibid., 874-876.— Bltimcke (A.) Einiges iiber die labilen Gleichgewichtszustande bei Gemengen zweier Stoffe unterhalb der Schmelztempera- tur beider. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1892, ix, 323- 326. — Bodenstein (M.) Gasreaktionen in der che- mischen Kinetik. I. Reaktionsgeschwindigkeit und "falsche Gleichgewichte." Ibid., 1899, xxix, 147-158. -----. Die "falschen Gleichgewichte." Antwort an P. Duhem. Ibid., xxx,567-569.—BodlSinder (G.) Ueber Beziehungen zwischen Loslichkeit und Bildungswarme von Elektrolyten. Ibid., 1898, xxvii,55-74.—Bogojaw- lensky (A.) & Tainmann (G.) Ueber den Einfluss des Drueks auf die Reaktionsgeschwindigkeit in homo- genen fliissigen Systemen. Ibid., 1897, xxiii, 13-23.— Bonner (W. D.) Experimental determination of bi- ThermodynamicH (Chemical). nodal curves, plait points, and tie lines, in fifty systems, each consisting of water and two organic liquids. J. Phys. Cliem , Ithaca, 1910, xiv, 738-789.— Bose (E.) Zur Thermodynamik der binaren Fliissigkeitsgemische. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1909, lxv, 458-485. — BoMelli (J.) Vitesscs de reactions dans les systemes heierogOnes a plusieurs phases. J. de chim. phys., Ge- neve A Par., 1911, ix, 689: 1912, x, 3.—Boulouch (R.) Loi des phases. Ibid., 1910, viii, 113-118.—Bredig (G.) Ueber Warmeleitung und Ionenbewegung. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1896, xix, 228:1897, xxiii, 545. -----. Ueber heterogene Katalyse und ein neues Quecksilber- oxyd. Ztschr. f. Eleetrochem. [etc.], Halle a. S., 1906, xii,581-589.—Briinsted (J. N.l Studien zur chemischen Affinitat. III. Mischungsaffinitat biniirer Systeme. I. Theoretischer Teil. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1908, xliv, 641-656. -----. Studien zur chemischen Affinitat. III. Mischungsamnitat binaxer Systeme. II. Das System Schwefelsaure-Wasser. Ibid., 1910, lxviii, 693-725.— Brunner (E.) ZumThema: Reaktion.sgeschwindigkeit und freie Energie. Ibid., 1905, li, 106.—de Bruyn (B. R.) Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Gleichgewichte mit zwei fliissigen Phasen in Systemen von einem Alkalisalz, Wasser und Alkohol. Ibid., 1900, xxxii, 63-115.—Bryan (G. H.) The entropy of radiation. [Vorlesungen iiber die Theorie der Warmestrahlung. By Max Planck.] Nature [Suppl.], Lond. ,1906-7, lxxiv, pp.iii-v.—Bugarsz- ky ( S.) Studien iiber chemische Gleichgewichtszu- stande. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1893, xi, 668: xii, 223. -----. Einfluss des Mediums auf die Reaktionsge- schwindigkeit und den chemischen Gleichgewichtszu- stand. Ibid., 1910, lxxi, 705-759.—Burke (Miss K. A.) & Donnan (F. G.) Chemical dynamics of the alkyl iodides. II. Ibid., 1909, lxix, 148-168.—Byk (A.) Zu den Ableitungen der Phasenregel. Ibid , 1906, lv, 250- 256.—Cameron (F. K.) & Briggs (L. J.) Equilibrium between carbonates and bicarbonates in aqueous solu- tion. J. Phys. Chem., Ithaca, 1901, v, 537-555.—Carlson (T.) Sur la vites>e de dissolution dans le systeme gaz- fluide. J. de chim. phys., Geneve & Par., 1911, ix, 228- 244.—Colien (E.) Zur Thermodynamik der Normalele- mente. Ztschr.f.phys.Chemie,Leipz.,1900,xxxiv,62: xxxv, 612: 1907, lx, 706: 1910, lxxii, 84: 1911, lxxvi, 75.—Cohen (E.) [et al.]. Piezochemische Studien. Ibid., 1909,lxvii, 1; 432; 513: lxix,102: 1910,lxviii,214:1910-11,lxxv,219; 257 — Crommelin (C. A.) Isotherms of monatomic gases and of their binary mix cures. VI. Coexisting liquid and va- pour densities of argon; calculation of the critical density of argon. Konink. Akad. v. Wetensch. Proc. Sec. Sc, Amst., 1910-11, xiii, 607-625, 3pl.—D'Ans (J.) & Schrei- ner(0.) Die terniiren Systeme Alkali; Phosphorsiiure; Wasser. Ztschr.f.phys.Chemie, Leipz., 1910, lxxv, 95- 107.—Davis (O. C. M.) Sterischer Einfluss, statiseh und dvnamisch. I. Gleichgewichte bei der Bildungvon Ani- liden. Ibid., 1911, lxxviii, 353-368.—Deeombe (L.) La thermodynamique experimentale. Rev. seient., Par., 1910,5. s., xiii, 619-624.—Desehamps (J.) Calorimetrie et thermodynamique des gaz. Bull. Soc. philomat. de Par., 1911, n. s., iii, 29-60.—van Deventer (C. M.) Ein- fache Herleitung einiger fiir die Chemie wichtiger ther- modynamischer Beziehungen. I. Ztschr.f.phys.Chemie, Leipz., 1888, ii, 92-97.—Dolezalek (F.) Zur Theorie der binaren Gemische und konzentrierten Losungen. Ibid., 1910, lxxi, 191-213.—Donnan (F. G.) & Barker (J. T.) An experimental investigation of Gibbs's ther- modynamical theory of interfacial concentration in the case of an air-water interface. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1911-12, s. A., lxxxv, 557-573.—van Dorp (G. C. A.) Gleichgewicht im System Schwefelsaure, Ammonium- sulfat und Wasser bei 30°. Ztschr. f. pins. Chemie, Leipz., 1910, Ixxiii, 284-288. -----. Gleichgewichte im System Schwefelsaure, Lithiumsulfat und Wasser bei 30°. Ibid., 289.—Drucker ( K.) Grundlagen einer allsremeinen Zustandsgleiehung. Ibid., lxviii, 616-636.— Drucker (K.) & Kassel (R.) Fluiditiit von binaren Gemisehen. Ibid., 1911, lxxvi, 367-381.—Duhem (P.) Die dauern- den Aenderungen und die Thermodynamik. I. Ibid.. 1897, xxii, 645: xxiii, 193; 497: xxiv, (;67: 1899, xxviii, 577: 1900, xxxiii, 641: xxxiv, 312: 6*'': 1901, xxxvii, 91: 1903, xliii, 695. -----. Ueber ein Theorem von J. Willard Gibbs. Ibid., 1891, viii, 337-339. -----. Zur Frage von den "falschen Gleichgewichten." Ibid., 1899,, xxix, 711-714. -----. On the general problem of chemical statics. J. Phys. Chem., Ithaca, 1898, ii, 1; 91.—Euler (H.) Dis- sociationsgleichgewicht starker Elektrolvte. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1899, xxix, 603-612. -----. Ue- ber das Gleichgewicht zwischen Ester, Wasser, Saure und Alkohol Ibid., 1901, xxxvi, 405-412.—Faust (O.) & Tammann (G.) Ueber Vers-miebungselasti- zitiit und ihren Zusammenhang mit der innern Rei- bung. Ibid., 1910, lxxi, 51-58.—Fedotielr" (P. P.) Der Ammoniaksodaprozess vom Standpunkte der Phasen- lehre. Ibid., 1904, xlix, 162-1*8.—Flic-mer (A.) Zur Thermodynamik der vollkommenen G:i c Vrtljschr. d. naturf. Gesellsch. in Zurich, 1908, liii. 113-128.—Fontein (F.) Gleichgewichte in terniiren und quaternaren Sys- temen, wobei zwei fliissige Schichten auftreten konnen. THERMODYNAMICS. 107 THERMODYNAMICS. Thermodynamics (Chemical). Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1910, Ixxiii, 212-251.— Franklin ^\V. S.) Thesecond law of thermodynamics; its basis in intuition and common sense. Pop. Sc. Month., N. Y., 1910, lxxvi, 227: 245.—Friedenthal ^H.) Ueber die Giiltigkeit des Massenwirkungsgesetzes fiir den Ener- gieumsatz der lebendigen Substanz. Arb. a. d. Geb. d. exper. Physiol. 1909-10, Jena, 1911, pt. 2, 182-191. Gale- otti (G.) Gilt die Phasenregel auch fiir Kolloide? Zt- schr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1905-6, liv, 727-730.—Gar- rison (F. H.) Josiah Willard Gibbs and his relation to modern science. Pop. Sc. Month., X. Y., 1909, lxxiv, 469; 551: lxxv, 41; 191. Also, Reprint.—Garver ( M. M.) On the laws of energy and the physical significance of entropy. J. Phys. Chem., Ithaca, 1911, xv, 613-638. — Gay~(L.) Sur l'equilibre osmotique de deux phases fluides. Compt. rend. Aead. d. sc, Par., 1910, cli, 754- 756.—Geer (W. C.) Crystallization in three component systems. J. Phys. Chem., Ithaca, 1904, viii, 257-287. — Gibbs (J.W.) Graphical methods in the thermodynamics of fluids. Tr. Connect. Acad. ArtsA Sc., X. Haven, 1871-3, ii, 309-342. -----. A method of geometrical representation of the thermodynamic properties of substances by means of surfaces. lb id., 382-404. -----. On the equilibrium of he- terogeneous substances. Ibid.. 1874-8,iii, 108;343. Also [Ab- str.]: Am. J. Sc.X. Haven, 1877, n. s..xiii, 380-383. -----. Zurelektrochemischen Thermodynamik. Ztschr. f.phys. Chemie, Leipz., 18s9, iii,159-163.—Goldhaiuiuer (D. A.) Studien fiber die Theorie der iibereinstimmenden Zu- stande. Ibid., 1910, lxxi, 577-621.—Goldsehmidt (H.) Ueber die Beziehung zwischen Losungswarme, Loslich- keitund Dissociationsgrad. Ibid., 1898, xxv,91-99. -----. Die Reaktionsgeschwindigkeit in heterogenen Systemen. Ibid., 1899, xxxi, 235-249. — Gruiuell (E. S.) Observa- tions comparees entre la vite>se des reactions et la flui- dity du milieu. J. de chim. phys., Geneve & Par., 1911, ix, 143-159. —Gruner (P.) Zur Energetik. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1897, xxiii, 636-648. — Halm (O.) Beitrage zur Thermodynamik des Wassergases. Das Gleichgewicht: C02+H2=CO+H20. Ibid., 1903, xliv, 513- 547. -----. Xaehtrag zu der Untersuchung des Gleichge- wichtes CO + HjO=COj+Hj. Ibid., 1911, xlviii, 735- 738.—Heise (G. W.) Equilibrium in systems consist- ingof lead halides and pyridine. J. Phys. Chem., Ithaca, 1912, xvi, 373-381.—Henderson (P.) Zur Thermo- dynamik der Fliissigkeitsketten. Ztschr. f. phvs. Che- mie, Leipz., 1907, lix, 118: lxiii, 325.—Heymaiin (H.) Beitrage zur Kenntnis heterogener Reaktiouen. Ibid., 1912, lxxxi, 204-222—van't Hoff (J. H.j & van De- venter (CM.) Die Umwandlungstemperatur bei che- mischer Zersetzung. Ibid., 1W. i, 165-18.~>.—van't Hoff (J. H.i, Cohen (E.) & Bredig iG.) Zur Theorie des Cmwaiidlungselements ohne metastabile Phase. Ibid., 1895, xvi, 453-457.-van't Hoff (J. H.), Kenriek(F. B.) & Dawson (H. M.i Die Bildung von Tachhydrit Ibid., 1901-2, xxxix, 27-63. — van't Hoff (J. H. ) & Meyerhoffer(VV.) Ueber Anwendungen der Gleichge- wichtslehre auf die Bildung oceanischer Salzablagerun- gen, mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung des Stassfurter Salzlagers. Ibid., 1898, xxvii, 75-93.—Horstmaiin (A.) Ueber die Beteiligung fester Korper an dem chemischen Gleichgewicht. Ibid., 1890, vi, 1-4. —Hubbard (J. C.) Physikalische Eigenschaften biniirer Flussigkeitsgemi- sche. Ibid., 1910, lxxiv,207-232.—Hyndmau(F.) The absolute zero of temperature; what it means to the physi- cist. Seient. Am. Suppl., N. Y., 1908, lxvi, 266.— JaM- czynski (K.) Zur Kenntnis der Katalyse in hetero- genen Systemen. Die Zersetzung des Chromochloriirs an Platinblech. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1908, lxiv, 748-758.—JabJezj risk i (K.) &. Jablonski (S.) Reak- tionen in heterogenen Systemen. Einfluss von Alkohol. Ibid., 1910, lxxv, 503-509. — Jaeger (F. M.) On sub- stances which form three different liquid phases. Rep. Brit. Ass. Adv. Sc, Lond., 1907, 486— J aim (H.) Ueber den Dissociationsgrad und das Dissociationsgleichgewicht stark dissociierter Elektrolyte. Ztschr. f. ph\ s. Chemie, Leipz., 1900, xxxiii, 545: 1901, xxxvii, 490.-—lalm (H.) & Schonroek ( O. ) Beitrage zur Thermodynamik der galvanisehen Polarisation. Ibid., 1895, xvi, 45-71.— Joly (J.) The thermodynamics of the earth; radio- activity and geology. [A review.] Nature, Lond., 1909- 10, lxxxi, 152.—.1 ones (H. C.) Ueber die Bestimmung des Gefrierpunktes vori verdiinnten Losungen einiger Siiuren, Alkalien, Salze und organischen Verbindungen. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1893, xii, 623-656. -----. Ueber die Gefrierpunktserniedrigung verdiinnter was- seriger Losungen von Nichtelektrolyten. Ibid., 1895, xviii, 283-293.—.Fonker (W. P. A.) Notiz fiber Schmelz- und Siedekurven in einem binaren System. IUid., 1909, lxvi, 300-306.—Jorissen (W. P.) Etwas iiber die Hy- dratationswarme. Ibid., 1910, lxxiv, 308-324—.Flittner (F.) Ueber die chemischen Vorgange in dem System: Aether; Wasser; Chlorwasserstoff. Ibid., 1901, xxxviii, 56-75.—Ketner (C. H.) Gleichgewichte im System: Natriumkarbonat, Aethvlalkohol und Wasser. Ibid., 1901-2, xxxix, 641-690.— Knott (J.) Heat; "sensible," "latent" and pathological. Med. PressACirc, Lond.,1910, n. s., lxxxix, 384—KnUpffer (('.) Chemisches Gleich- gewicht und elektromotorische Kraft. Ztschr. f. phys. I Thermodynamics (Chemical). Chemie, Leipz., 1898, xxvi, 255-284.— Kohnstamm (P.) On osmotic temperatures and the kinetic signification of the thermodynamic potential. Konink. Akad. v. Wetensch. Proc. Sec. Sc, Amst., 1910-11, xiii, 778-788.— Kriiger (F.) Das Massenwirkungsgesetz und seine Anwendungen. Med.-naturw. Arch., Berl. & Wien, 1907, i, 367-388.—KrullaiK.) Diequantitativen Verhaltnisse bei der Teilung eines Korpers zwischen zwei Phasen; Adsorption. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1911, lxxvi, 497-508.—Kuenen. Simple proof of Gibbs' phase-rule Proc. Roy. Soc Edinb., 1899-1901, xxiii, 317.—Kullgren (C.) Einige Bemerkungen iiber die Reaktionsgeschwin- digkeit bei katalytischen Reaktionen; eine Erwiderung an Herrn Euler. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1905, li, 108-116.—Ku riloff (B.) Anwendung der Phasenregel zur Untersuchung der organischen Additionsprodukte. Ibid., 1897, xxiii, 547; 673. -----. Ueber Gleichgewichte von Losungen dreier Komponenten. Anwendung der Phasenregel auf das System: /3-Xaphthol, Pikrinsaure und Benzol. Ibid., xxiv, 441-467. -----. Gleichzeitige Anwendung des Massenwirkungsgesetzes und der Phasen- regel; Beteiligung des Losungsmittels in der chemischen Reaktion. Ibid., 1898, xxv, 419-410.—van Laar (J. J.) Zur Thermodynamik der elektrolytischen Dissociation. Ibid., 1892, x, 242-254. -----. Nochmals die Losungs- wiirme, letztes Wort zur Erwiderung des Aufsatzes von Herrn Noyes. Ibid., 1899, xxix, 159-161. -----. Ueber die Ableitungendesthermodynamischen Potentials nach T und p bei zusammengesetzten Komponenten. Ibid., 1901, xxxvi, 216-224. -----. Ueber die Dampftension von fliissigen Gemischen, z. B. von Brom und Jod, bei An- nahme einer teilweisen (im Grenzfall nicht- oder total-) dissoziierten Verbindung. Ibid., 1904, xlvii, 129-145. -----. Ueber den Verlauf der Sehmelzkurven bei festen Losungen (oder isomorphen Gemischen) in einem spe- ziellen Fall. Ibid., 1906, lv, 435-441. -----. Ueber endo- therme Dissociationsprozesse. Ibid., 1906-7, lvii, 633-639. -----. Ueber Mischungswarmen von Wasser und Alko- hol; Bemerkung aus Anlass einer Aeusserung von Prof. Bose. Ibid., 1907-8, Ixi, 255. -----. Die Schmelz- oder Erstarrungskurven bei binaren Systemen, wenn die feste Phase ein Gemisch (amorphe feste Losung oder Misch- kristalle) der beidenKomponenten ist. Ibid., 1908, lxiii, 216: lxiv, 257. -----. Die Schmelz- oder Erstarrungs- kurven bei binaren Systemen, wenn die feste Phase ein Gemisch der beiden Komponenten ist, und eine Verbin- dung auftritt. Ibid., 1909, lxvi, 197-237. -----. Ueber einfache und nicht-einfache Systeme der thermodynami- schen Chemie. Ibid., 1911, lxxvi, 67-74. Also, Re- print.— Lachs ( C.-H.) Adiabatische und simultane Reaktionskinetik des Diazoessigesters. Verhandl. d. naturh.-med. Ver. zu Heidelb., 1910-11, n. F., xi. 46-114.— Larmor (Sir J.) Energetics. In: Encvcl. Brit., 10. ed., Lond. & Edinb., 1902, xxviii, 164-172. -----. Josiah Willard Gibbs. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1905, lxxv, 280-296, port. — Le Chatelier (H.) Ueber das Gleichgewicht chemischer Systeme bei ungleichformi- gem Druek. [Mit Bemerkung von W. Spring.] Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1892, ix, 335; 744.-----. Demons- tration de la regie de phases. Rev. gen. des sc, Par., 1899, 759. -----. La loi des tensions fixes de dissociation. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1909, lxix, 90-95. — Leh- 1'eldt (R. A.) Zur Thermodynamik des Kadmiumele- ments. Ibid., 1903, xliii, 745. — Lehmann (O.) Di- morphie sowie Misehkristalle bei flussig-kristallinischen Stoffen und Phasenlehre. (Bemerkungen zu den Ab- handlungen von Ada Prins und R. Sehenek.) Ibid., 1910, Ixxiii, 598-623. — Leopold (G. H.) Das Dreipha- sengleichgewicht mit einem Druckminimum einer disso- ciablen Verbindung zweier Komponenten. I. Jbtd.,1909, lxv, 428: lxvi, 359: 1910, lxxi, 59. — Lewis (G. N.) The •law of physico-chemical change. Proc. Am. Acad. Arts &Sc, Bost., 1901-2, xxxvii, 49-69. -----. Outlines of a new system of thermodynamic chemistry. Ibid., Cam- bridge, 1907-8, xliii, 259-293. Also, transl.: Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1907-8, Ixi, 129-165. — Lewis (W. C. McC.) Die Adsorption in ihrer Beziehung zur Gibbschen Theorie. III. Die absorbierende Quecksilberoberflache. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1910, Ixxiii, 129-147.— Lichly (D. M.) The chemical kineticsof the decompo- sition of oxalic acid in concentrated sulphuric acid. J. Phys. Chem., Ithaca, 1907, xi, 225-272.—Loew (O.) Ca- talysis and chemical energy. Ibid., 1900, iv, 657-659.— Lorenz (R.) & Fox(M.G.) Zur Thermodynamik von Ketten in geschmolzenen Elektrolyten. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1908, lxiii, 121-125. — Lorenz (R.) & Katayama (M.) Zur Thermodynamik von Ketten mit fe-ten Stoffen. Ibid., lxii, 119-128. — Lotka (A.) Zur Theorie der periodischen Reaktionen. Ibid., 1910, lxxii, 508-511. — Luther (R.) & Weigert (F.) Ueber umkehrbare photochemische Reaktionen im homogenen System. Anthracen und Dianthracen. I. Ibid. 1905, li, 297-328.—JTIeBain (J.W.) & Davis (0. C. M.)' Eine mogliche allgemeine Beziehung zwischen der Struktur organischer Verbindungen und deren Gleichgewichten. Ibid., 1911, lxxviii, 369-373. — McBride ( n. S.) Equili- brium in the svstem, mercuric chloride-pyndine. J. Phys. Chem., Ithaca, 1910, xiv, 189-200. — Mad sen (T.) THERMODYNAMICS. THERMODYNAMICS. Thermodynamics (Chemical). Versuche uber*die Abhangigheit der Hydrolyse von der Temperatur. Ztzchr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1901, xxxvi, 290-304.—Mansier. Etude sur quelques faits ayant pour cause la < apillarite; indice de mouillage et indice de tension; ascension dans les tubes ne se laissant pas mouiller par Peau, des liquides a. faible tension superfi- cielle. Centre med. et pharm., Gannat, 1905-6, xi, 410; 445; 469; 498. — Marcelin (R.) Mecanique des pheno- menes irreversibles a partir des donnees thermodyna- miques. J. de chim. phys., Geneve & Par., 1911, ix, 399- 415.—biasing (H.) Ueber die Verdampfungswarme von Gemischen. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1912, lxxxi, 223-245. — Matignon (C.) Variation de la cha- leur de reaction dans les systemes monovariants formes par un gaz et des solides. Bull. Soc. philomat. de Par., 1908, 9. s., xi, 171-175. -----. Determination ex- perimentale de la chaleur de dissolution, limite qui in- tervient dans la loi du deplacement de l'equilibre avec la temperature. Ibid., 176-183. — Mayer (HA Ueber eine elektrische Methode zur Messung der durch Belich- tung in Chromatgelatineschichten verursachten Veran- derungen. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1909, lxvi, 33- 70. — Meerburg (P. A.) Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Gleichgewichte in Systemen dreier Komponenten, wobei zwei fliissige Schichten auftreten konnen. Ibid., 1902, xl, 641-688. — Mensehutkin (B. N.) Etude du sys- teme: Propyl-benzene-trichlorure d'antimoine. J. de chim. phys., Geneve & Par., 1911, ix, 314-322. -----. Sur les syste.mes binaires dont un composant est un corps organique et l'autre un sel mineral. Ibid., 538-658. -----. Index des systemes binaires etudies par l'analyse thermique dont un composant au moins est un corps organique. Ibid., 641-652.—Meyer (J.) Zur Kenntnis der umkehrbaren Reaktionen erster Ordnung. Ztschr. f. Elektrochem.. Halle a. S., 1907, xiii, 494-506. -----. Die Schmelzwarme der Essigsaure, des' Benzols und des Nitrobenzols. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1910, lxxii, 225-254.—Meyer (Kirstine). Ueber korrespondierende Zustande der Stoffe. Ibid., lxxi, 325-336.—Meyerhoffer (W.) Der Energieinhalt und seine Rolle in Chemie und Physik. Ibid., 1891, vii, 544-585.—Michael (A.) Stereoisomerism and the law of entropy. Am. Chem. J., Bait., 1908, xxxix, 1-16.— Mohr (E. C. J.) Gleichgewichtsstudien fiber das Sys- tem: Wasser, Salmiak, Eisenchlorid. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1898, xxvii, 193-221.—MuIler (J.-A.) Sur une demonstration de la regie des phases de Gibbs. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1908, cxlvi, 866-868.-----. Sur la regie des phases. Ibid., 1909, cxlix, 1079.—Natan- son (L.) Ueber das Gesetz der thermodynamischen Ue- bereinstimmung und die Anwendung desselben auf die Theorie der Losungen. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1892, ix, 26-42. -----. Ueber thermodynamische Poten- tiale. Ibid., x, 733-747. -----. Thermodynamische Deu- tung des Maxwellschen Gesetzes. Ibid., 1894, xiv, 151- 154. -----. Ueber thermokinetische Eigenschaften ther- modynamischer Potentiale. Ibid., 1897, xxiv, 302-314.— Nernst (W.) ZumBeweisederGibbsschen Phasenregel. Ibid., 1903, xliii, 113. -----. Theorie der Reaktionsge- schwindigkeit in heterogenen Systemen. Ibid., 1904, xlvii, 52-55. -----. Sur la determination de l'affinit6 chi- mique a partir des donnees thermiques. J. de chim. phys., Geneve & Par., 1910, viii, 228-267. -----. Neuere Entwicklung der Thermodynamik. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1912, xxxviii, 1953.—Noyes (A. A.) Die thermodynamischen Ausdriicke fiir die L6- sungs- und die Dissociationswarme von Elektrolyten. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1899, xxviii, 431-438.— Noyes (A. A.) & Blanchard (A. A.) Vorlesungsver- suche zur Veranschaulichung der elektrolytischen Dis- sociation, der Gesetze des Gleichgewichtes und der Ge- schwindigkeit chemischer Vorgange. Ibid., 1901, xxxvi, 1-27.—Noyes (A. A.) & Sainmet (G. V.) Experimen- telle Priifung der thermodynamischen Beziehung zwi- schen der Losungswarme und der Aenderungder Loslich- keit mit der Temperatur im Fall dissoziierterSubstanzen. Ibid., 1903, xliii, 513-538.—Oden (S.) Fraktionierte Ko- agulation; Beziehungen zwischen Teilchengrosse und Stabilitiit disperser Systeme. Ibid., 1911-12, lxxviii, 682- 707.—Ornstein (L. S.) On Nernst's theorem of heat. Konink. Akad. v. Wetensch. Proc. Sec. Sc, Amst., 1910- 11, xiii, 700-715. -----. Some remarks on the mechanical foundation of thermodynamics. Ibid., 804-817.—Ost- wald (W.) Studien zur Energetik. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1892, ix, 563: x, 363. -----. Die Thermo- ehemiederlonen. i7wi,1893, xi, 501-514. -----. Studien iiber die Bildung und Umwandlung fester Korper. I. Ue- bersattigung und Ueberkaltung. 1 bid., 1897, x xii, 289-330. -----. Electrolysis and catalysis. Am. X-Rav J. .Chicago, 1904, xv, 338-344. -----. Ueber das Zeitgesetz des kapilla- ren Aufstiegs von Flfissigkeiten und fiber die Beziehungen desselben zur chemischen Konstitution der letzteren. Ztschr. f. Chemie u. Indust. d. Kolloide, Dresd., 1907-8, ii, 8. Hft., Suppl., pp. xx-xxxix.-----. Catalytic action; a discussion in the light of modern chemistry. Scfent. Am. Suppl., N. Y., 1908, lxv, 59.—Pawlow (P.) Ueber den Einfluss der Oberflache einer festen Phase auf die latente Thermodynamics (Chemical). Warme und die Temperatur des Schmelzens. Ztschr. f. Chemie u. Indust. d. Kolloide, Dresd., 1910, vi, 37-39 -----. Ueber die Bildung, das Gleichgewicht und die Veriinderungen des Kristalles im isothermen Medium. Ztschr. f. phvs. Chemie, Leipz., 1910, lxxii, 385-410. -----. Die Beg'rundungdes allgemeinen Phasentheorems ffirdie Adsorptionssysteme. Ibid., lxxv, 552-554. -----. Ueber die Anwendung der thermodynamischen Theorie der dispersen Systeme auf Hydrometeore. Ztschr. f. Chemie u. Indust. d. Kolloide, Dresd., 1911, viii, 18-24. -----. Zur Thermodynamik der kondensierten dispersen Systeme. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1911, lxxvi, 450-468.— Ferrin (J.) Mouvement brownien et mole- cules. J. de clin. phys., Geneve & Par., 1910, viii, 67-91.— Fissarjewsky (L.) & Leincke (N.) Der Einfluss des Losungsmittels auf die Gleichgewichtskonstante und die Beziehung zwischen dem elektrisehen Leitvermogen und der innern Reibung. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1905, Hi, 479-493.—Plotnikow (J.) Ueber eine Gesetz- massigkeit in der chemischen Dynamik. Ibid., li, 603- 608— Pollitzer (F.) Zur Thermodynamik des Clark- elements. Ibid., 1911, lxxviii, 374-383.—Prins (Ada). Mischkristalle bei flfissigkristallinischen Stoffen und die Phasenlehre. Entgegnung an O. Lehmann. Ibid., 1910- 11, lxxv, 681-684.—Prytz (K.) Gefriertemperaturen von Losungen als konstant verbleibende Temperaturen. Ibid., 1904, xlvii, 729-732.—Baveau (C.) Demonstration eiementaire de la regie des phases. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1904, cxxxviii, 621-623.—Bedgrove (H. S.) On the calculation of thermo-chemical constants. Chem. News, Lond., 1908, xcvii, 253: 266.—Bieeke (E.) Spe- zielle Fiille von Gleichgewichtserscheinungen eines aus mehreren Phasen zusammengesetzten Systemes. [Mit Nachtrag.] Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1890, vi, 411: 1891, vii, 115.—van Bijn van Alkemade (A. C.) Graphische Behandlung einiger thermodynamischen Probleme fiber Gleichgewichtszustande von Salzlosungen mit festen Phasen. Ibid., 1893, xi, 289-327 —Bodewald (H.) Thermodynamik der Quellungmit spezieller An- wendung auf die Starke und deren Molekulargewichts- bestimmung. Ibid., 1897, xxiv, 193-218.—BOder (F.) Ueber die Verschiebung des chemischen Gleichgewichtes durch Bevvegungsenergie. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1912, xl, 348-352.—Boozeboom (H. W. B.) Graphische Dar- stellung der heterogenen Systeme aus ein bis vier Stoffen, mit Einschluss der chemischen Umsetzung. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1894, xv, 145-158.—Boozeboom (H. W. B.) & Aten (A. H. W.) Gleichgewichte zwischen festen und fliissigen Phasen in ternareri Systemen, welche pseudobiniir sind, mit Anwendung zur Erklarung ano- maler Schmelz- und Losungserscheinungen. Ibid., 1905, liii, 449-501.—Boozeboom (H. W. B.) & Schreine- makers (F. A. H.) Gleichgewichte zwischen fliissigen und festen Phasen im System: Wasser, Chlorwasserstoff, Eisenchlorid. Ibid., 1894, xv, 588-637.—Bosanoff(M. A.), Lamb (A. B.) & Breithut (F. E.) Eine neue Methode zur Messung der Partialdrucke biniirer Ge- mische. Ibid., 1909, lxvi, 349-358— Bothmund (V.) Elektromotorische Kraft und chemisches Gleichgewicht. Ibid., 1899, xxxi, 69-78.—Buer (R.) Ueber die Dissocia- tion einer im Gleichgewichte befindlichen Verbindung und fiber eine fiir die Giiltigkeit des Gesetzes der kon- stanten Proportionen notwendige thermodynamische Beziehung. Ibid., 1908, lxiv, 357-373. -----. Ueber die Dissociation einer im Gleichgewichte befindlichen Ver- bindung. (Entgegnung an J. J. van Laar.) Ibid., 1909, lxvi, 633-636. -----. Ueber die unfiberschreitbare Linie im Dreistoffsystem und ihre Beziehung zum Gesetze der Verbindungsgewichte. Ibid., 1910, lxviii, 1-31.—Bus- senberger (J. H.) Sur l'extension des lois de la capil- larity aux cas oil les elements du systeme capillaire sont mobiles les uns par rapport aux autres. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, lxx, 1026.—Saekur (O.) Les bases cineliques du principe de Nernst. Radium, Par., 1911, viii, 206-208.—Sahmen (R.) & von Vegesaek (A.) Ueber die Anwendung der thermischen Analyse auf Dreistoffsvsteme. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1907, lix, 257-283.—Sand (H. J. S.) Thermodynamische Bemerkungen im Anschluss an die Arbeit des Herrn R. A. Lehfeldt: "Elektromotorische Kraft" u. s. w. und die Arbeit des Herrn Jahn: "Ueber den Dissociationsgrad" u. s. w. Ibid., 1901, xxxvi, 499-507.—Saurel (P.) A demonstration of the phase rule. J. Phys. Chem., Ithaca, 1899, iii, 137-143. -----. On the equilibrium of chemical systems. Ibid., 1901, v, 21-65.—Seheffer (F. E. C.) Heterogene Gleichgewichte bei dissociierenden Verbindungen. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1910, lxxi, 214; 671: 1911, lxxvi, 161.—Scheuer (O.) Physiko- chemische Studien an binaren Gemischen mit einer op- tisch aktiven Komponente. Ibid., lxxii, 613-608. — Seheye. Ueber die Ableitung des Intensitatsgesetzes der Energetik aus dem zweiten Haupt^atz der Thermo- dynamik. Ift/d., 1903,xliv,495-497.-S<-hiller (N.) Die Bedeutung der Unstetigkeit der ersten Derivierten des Druckes nach der Temperatur bei der Feststellung der Phasenregel. Ibid., 1906, liv, 451-454— Schottky (H.) Studien zur Thermodynamik der kristallwasserhaltigen THERMODYNAMICS. 109 THERMODYNAMICS. Thermodynamics (Chemical). Salze. Ibid., 1908, lxiv, 415-448.—Sehreinemakers (F. A. H.) Theoretische und experimentelle Untersu- chung fiber kryohydratische Temperaturen bei Systemen von zwei Salzen, mit oder ohne Doppelsalzbildung. Ibid., 1893, xii, 73-93.-----. Gleichgewicht bei Systemen von drei Komponenten, wobeizwei fliissige Phasen auf- treten konnen. Ibid., 1897, xxii, 93-113. -----. Gleich- gewichte im System: Wasser, Natriumchlorfir und Bern- steinsaurenitril. Ibid., xxiii, 417-441.-----. Ueber einige Gleichgewichte in Systemen dreier Korper, wobei zwei fliissige Phasen auftreten. Ibid.t 649-666. -----. Gleich- gewichte i:i Systemen von drei Komponenten, wobei zwei fliissige Phasen auftreten konnen. Ibid., 1898, xxv, 305-331. -----. Gleichgewichte im System: Wasser, Aether und Bernsteinsaurenitril. Ibid., 543-567. -----. Gleichgewichte im System: Wasser, Benzoesaure und Bernsteinsaurenitril. Ibid.,xxvi,237-254. -----. Gleich- gewichte im System: Wasser, Phenol und Anilin. Ibid., 1899, xxix, 577: xxx, 460.-----. Ueber einige Gleichge- wichte im System: Wasser, Phenol und d-Weinsaure oder Traubensaure. Ibid., 1900, xxxiii, 74-77. -----. Gleich- gewichte im System: Wasser, Phenol und Aceton. Ibid., 78-98. -----. Dampfdrucke terniirer Gemische. Theo- retischer Teil. Ibid., 1901, xxxvi, 257; 413; 710: xxxvii, 129. -----. Einige Bemerkungen fiber Dampfdrucke ternarer Gemische. Ibid., 1903, xliii, 671-685. -----. Dampfdrucke im System: Benzol, Tetrachlorkolenstoff und Aethylalkohol.' I. 1 bid., 1904, xlvii, 445-470. -----. Dampfdrucke im System: Benzol, Tetrachlorkohlenstoff und Aethylalkohol. II. Ibid., xlviii, 257-288. -----. Mischkristalle in Systemen dreier Stoffe. Ibid., 1904-5,1, 169: 1905, li, 547. -----. Gleichgewichte in quaternaren Svstemen. Ibid., 1907, lix, 641: 1909, lxv, 553: lxvi, 687: lxvii, 551: 1910, lxviii, 83: lxxi, 109. -----. Gleich- gewichte im System: Kupfersulfat, Kupferchlorid, Am- moniumsulfat, Ammoniumchlorid und Wasser. Ibid., 1909, lxix, 657-568. -----. Equilibres dans les systemes quaternaires. Arch, neerl. d. sc exactes [etc.], La Haye, 1909, 2. s., xiv, 478-504. -----. Equilibria in the system: Water, sodium sulphate, sodium chloride, copper sul- phate, cupric chloride. Konink. Akad. v. Wetensch. Proc. Sec. Sc, Amst., 1910-11,xiii, 1163-1177.—Sehreine- makers (F.-A.-H.) & de Baat (Mile. W.-O.) Equi- libres dans les systemes quaternaires. Arch, neerl. d. sc. exactes [etc.], La Have, 1909, 2. s., xiv, 478: 1910, 2. s., xv, 80.—Sehreinemakers (F. A. H.) & Deuss (J. J. B.) Das System: Wasser-AlkoholmanganosuUat. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1912, lxxix, 554-564.—Sehreine- makers (F. A. H.) & van der Horn van den Bos (J. L. M. ) Das System: Wasser-Phenol- Salzsaure bei 12°. Ibid., 551-553.—von SehrOn (0.) Sulla trasformazione della materia e sulla autogenesi dei cosidetti elementi chimici. Gazz. internaz. di med., Napoli, 1908, xi, 235; 261; 284.—Seddig. Ueber die Abhangigkeit der Brown'schen Molekularbewegung von der Temperatur. Sitzungsb. d. Gesellsch. z. Be- ford. d. ges. Naturw. zu Maib. (1907), 1908, 182-191 — Shepherd (E. S.) Thermometric analysis of solid phases. J. Phys. Chem.. Ithaca, 1904, viii, 92-115.—Sill (H. F.) Ueber das Gleichgewicht zwischen einer Stick- stoffbase und organischen Sauren in verschiedenen Lo- sungsmitteln. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1905,li, 577- 602. — Smith (G. McP.) Ueber heterogene Gleichge- wichte zwischen metallischen und wasserigen Losungen: Die Einwirkungen von fliissigen Amalgamen auf ge- mischte Salzlosungen. I. Die Reaktion KHgm+Na'^z* K+NaHgn+(m-n) Hg. Ibid., 1910, Ixxiii, 424-428.— Smits (A.) Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Verlaufs der Dampfspannungserniedrigung bei wasserigen Losungen. Ibid., 1905, li, 33-44. -----. Die P, T, x-Raumdarstellung vom System Aether-Anthrachinon. Ibid., 1911, lxxvi, 445-449. -----. De P. T. x-ruimte-figuur voor een stelsel van twee komponenten, die in den vasten of vloeiend- kristallijnen toestand in alle verhoudingen mengbaar zijn. K. Akad. v. Wetensch. te Amst. Versl., 1909, xvii, i, 116-119, lch.—von Staekelberg (E.) Ueber L6- sungs- und Verdunnungswarmen. Ztschr. f. phys. Che- mie, Leipz., 1898, xxvi, 523-563.—Story (W. E.) Partial- drucke von fliissigen Gemischen. Ibid., 1910, lxxi, 129- 151— Suchodski (W. A.) Ueber die Kompressibilitats- koeffizienten von Flfissigkeiten. Ibid., lxxiv, 257-274.— Sutherland (W.) Bemerkungen fiber die thermody- namische Theorie der Kapillaritat von van der Waals. Ibid., 1895, xvii, 536-538.—Svedberg (T.) Ueber die Bedeutung der Eigenbewegung der Teiichen in kolloida- len Losungen fiir die BeurteilungderGfiltigkeitsgrenzen deszweitenHauptsatzesderThermodynamik. Ibid.,1907, lix, 451-458. -----. Diffusionsgeschwindigkeit und Teil- chengrosse disper>er:Systeme. Ibid., 1909, lxvii, 105-111.— Swientoslawski ( W.l Thermochemische Untersu- chungen der organischen Verbindungen. Ibid., lxv, 513: lxvii, 78: 1910, lxxii, 19.—von Szyszkowski (B.) Ex- perimentelle und thermodynamische Studien fiber Neu- tralsalzwirkung. Ibid. A 90s, lxiii. 121-410.—Tain man n I (G.) Ueber die Lage der thermodynamischen Flachen eines Scoffes im festen und fliissigen Zustande. Ibid., 1896-7, xxi, 17-34. -----. Ueber den Warmeinhalt von I Thermodynamics (Chemical). Zweistoffsystemen. Ibid., 1908, lxiii, 129-110. -----. Die Methode der Bestimmung vou p-T-Linien zur Feststel- lung von Zustandsdiagrammen. Ibid., 1912, lxxx, 743- 764. -----. Die Bestimmung der Schmelzkurven einiger bei tiefen Temperaturen schmelzender Stoffe. Ibid., lxxxi, 187-203.—Thomlinson (J. P.) Thermo-chemi- cal equivalence and the thermo-chemistry of nitrogen. Chem. News, Lond., 1908, xcviii, 226.—Thomsen (J.) Zur Thermochemie des Hvdrazins und des Hydroxyla- mins. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1892, ix, 633-635. -----. F. W. Clarke's "neues thermochemische Gesetz." Ibid., 1903, xliii, 487-493.— Treitsehke (W.) Die ther- mische Analyse. Med.-naturw. Arch., Berl. u. Wien, 1908, i, 587-594.—Trevor (J. E.) The nomenclature of vari- ance. J. Phys. Chem., Ithaca, 1902, vi, 136. -----. The dependence of free energy upon temperature. Ibid., 1905, ix, 299-310. -----. A commentary on the first law of thermo-dynamies. Ibid., 1908, xii, 297-317. -----. Note on thermodynamic equilibrium and stability. Ibid.,1909, xiii, 154-156.-----. The logic of the first law of thermody- namics. Ibid., 355-382. — Tsakalotos (D. E.) Die in- nere Reibung in der kritischen Zone. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1910, lxviii, 32-38.—Tsakalotos (D.-E.) & Guye (P.-A.) Application de l'analyse thermique a quelquessvstemesorganiquesbinaires. J. dechim. phys.. Geneve &'Par., 1910, viii, 340-357.—Tschugaeff (L.) & Ogorodnikoff(A.) Ueber anomale Rotationsdisper- sion. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1910, xxiv,503:1911, lxxvi, 469.—Urbain (G.) & Seal (C.) Sur les systemes monovariants qui admettent une phase gazeuse. J. de chim. phys., Geneve & Par., 1911, ix, 756-768.—Visser (A. W.) ReaktionsgesehwindigkeitundchemischesGleichge- wicht in homogenen Substanzen und deren Anwendung auf Enzymwirkungen. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1905, Iii, 257-309.—Vogel (G.) Zur Thermodynamik des Isopentans. Ibid., 1910, Ixxiii, 429-480.—van der Waals (J. D.) Thermodynamische Theorie der Kapil- laritat unter Voraussetzung stetiger Dichteanderung. Ibid., 1894, xiii, 657-725. -----. Ueber die Beziehung zwischen den Veranderungen, denen die spezifischen Volume des gesattigten Dampfes und der koexistieren- den Fliissigkeit bei Veranderung der Temperatur unter- liegen. Ibid., 1901, xxxvi, 461-468. -----. De gedaante der doorsneden van het saturatievlak, loodrecht op de x-as, ingeval er tusschen twee temperaturen driephasen- druk bestaat. K. Akad. v. Wetensch. te Amst. Versl., 1905-6, xiv, pt. 1, 176-185, 4 pi. -----. De T, (x)-evem- vichten van vaste en fluide phasen bij veranderlijke waarden van den druk. Ibid., 185-187, 1 pi.-----. Con- tributions a la theorie des melanges binaires. Arcn. neerl. d. sc. exactes [etc.], La Have, 1909, 2. s., xiv, 221; 389; 465: 1910, 2. s., xv, 126.—Wald (F.) Ueber den zweiten Hauptsatz der mechanischen Warmetheorie. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 18S7, i, 408-415. -----. Ueber den zweiten Hauptsatz der mechanichen Warme- theorie. II. Ibid., 1888, ii, 523-530. -----. Der Ener- gieinhalt und seine Rolle in Chemie und Physik. Ibid., 1891, viii, 272-277.—Washburn (E. W.) Ein einfaches System der thermodynamischen Chemie, beruhend auf einer Modifikation der Carnotschen Methode. Ibid., 1910, lxxiv, 385-427.—Wegscheider (R.) Ueber die allgemeinste Form der Gesetze der chemischen Kinetik homogener Systeme. Ibid., 1900, xxxv, 513-587. -----. Ueber simultane Gleichgewichte und die Beziehungen zwischen Thermodynamik und Reaktionskinetik homo- gener Systeme. Ibid., 1901-2, xxxix, 257-303. -----. Zur Kenntnis der Phasenregel. Ibid., 1903, xliii, 93-103. -----. Zur Kenntnis der Phasenregel. (Zweite Erwide- rung an A. Byk.) Ibid., 1904-5, 1, 357-363. -----. Die katalytische Gleichgewichtsverschiebung bei der Sal- miakverdampfung und die Thermodynamik. Ibid., 1909, lxv, 97-110.-----. Ueber Gleichgewichtskonstanten in heterogenen Svstemen bei ungleichformigem Druck. Ibid., 1912, lxxix, 239-244.—Weigert (F.) Zur thermo- dynamischen Behandlung photochemischer Prozesse. Ibid., 1908, lxiii, 458-466. —von Weimarn (P. P.) rebersiittigung und Unterkuhlung als grundlegende L'rsaehen des dispersen Zustandes der Materie. Kolloid- chem. Beihefte, Dresd., 1910, i, 331-374. -----. Ueber die Existenz des kritischen Punktes "festflussig" von Standpunkten der Lehre von den dispersen Systemen. Ztschr. f. Chem. u. Indust. d. Kolloide, Dresd., 1910, vi, 307-311.—Wesendonek (K.) Ueber den kritischen Zustand. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1894, xv, 262- 266. -----. Wiirmestoff, Energie, Entropie. Ibid., 1899, xxix, 27-50.—Wildermann (M.) Ueber cyklische Gleichgewichte. Ibid., 1893, xi, 407-426. -----. Ue- ber die chemische Dynamik und fiber das chemische Gleichgewicht unter dem Einflusse von Licht. Ibid., 1902, xii, 87-95. ——. Ueber die Geschwindigkeit molekularer und chemischer Reaktionen in heterogenen Systemen. Ibid., 1909, lxvi, 445-495. -----. Galvanische, durch Lichtwirkung erzeugte Ketten; die chemische Statik und Dynamik von reversiblen und irreversiblen Svstemen unter dem Einflusse des Lichtes. Ubid., 1907, lix, 703-755.—Wind (C. H.) Zur Gibbsschen Phasenregel. Ibid., 1899, xxxi, 390-397.— Wroezynski (A.) & Guye THERMODYNAMICS. HO THERMOMASSAGE. Thermodynamics (Physiological). anime. I6t' i in-I )ina ires. .I. de chim. phys., Geneve & Par..1910,viii, 189-227. — Wuite i.l.P.) P-T-Durchschnitte. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1911, lxxviii, 71-85.— ZaitKcliek (A.) Ueber das chemische Gleichgewicht zwischen Aethylalkohol und Schwefelsaure. Ibid., 1898, xxv, 1-12. Thermodynamics (Physiological). See, also, Surface-tension; Temperature- coefficients. Henry (C.) Psvcho-biologie et energetique. 4°. Paris, 1909. Hirtii ((t. ) Entropie der Keimsysteme und erbliche Entartung. 8°. Munchen, 1900. Lekevrb (J.) Chaleur animale et bioenerge- tique. roy. 8°. Paris, 1911. Luderitz (C.) Gedanken zur allgemeinen Energetik der Organismen. 8°. Berlin, 1910. Macallvm (A. B.) Surface tension and vital phenomena. 8°. [Toronto, 1912.] Repr. from: Univ. Toronto Studies. Physiol. Ser., No. 8. d'Agostino (E.) De l'equilibre entre les bases et les aeidesde l'organisme. Arch, internat. dephvsiol., Liege & Par., 1911-12, xi, 38-72.— van Amstel (Miss) & van Itcrxon (G.),jr. The temperature-optimum of physio- logical processes. K. Akad. v. Wetensch. te Amst. Proc. sect, sc, 1910-11, xiii, 598-607. — Bancroft (W. D.) A universal law. J. Am. Chem. Soc, Easton, Pa., 1911, xxxiii, 91-120. Also: Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1911, n. s., xxxiii, 159-179. Also, transl.: Rev. seient.,Par., 1912, ii, 385-394. — Bllrker (K.) Zur Thermodynamik des Muskels. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1907, liv, 59- 62.— Collingwood (B. J.) Reversed activity of tissue extract manufactured at high temperatures. Proc Phys- iol. Soc. Lond., 1909-10, p. xiv. — Cordeiro (F. J.B.) Thermics and thermo-dynamicsof the body. Sanitarian, N. Y.,1897, xxxix, 1-16. -Demoll (R.) & Strohl (J.) L'influence de la temperature sur le developpement des organismes et la duree de la vie. Compt.-rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1909, lxvi, 855-857.—Briesmans (H.) En- tropie des Geistes. Natur, Leipz., 1910, i, 192-191.— Eschle (C. R.) Die Dynamik des organischen Betriebes. Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1911, xxi, 229-232.—Gar- rison (F. H.) Phvsiologv and the second law of ther- modynamics. N. York M. J., 1909, xc, 492; 551; 594. Also, Reprint.—Garver (M. M.) A supplementary note on a thermodynamic measure of polymerization. J. Phys. Chem., Ithaca, 1912, xvi, 679-681. — Hardy (W. B.) A preliminary investigation of the conditions which deter- mine the stability of irreversible hydrosols. Ibid., 1900, iv, 235-253. -----. On the mechanism of gelatin in rever- sible colloidal systems. Ibid., 254-273.—Harris (D. F.) Animal heat; living chemical engines. Seient. Am. Suppl., N. Y., 1910, lxx, 274. — Helly (K.) Funktions- begriff, Energetik und Biotik. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1910, xxiii, 1-5.—Henderson (L. J.) On the neutral- ity- equilibrium in blood and protoplasm. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1909-10, vii, 29-35. -----. Das Gleichgewicht zwi- schen Basen und Siiuren im tierischen Organismus. Ergebn. d. Physiol., Wiesb., 1909, viii, 254-325.—Hen- derson (L. J.) & Ryder (C. T.) A method for the di- rect determination of heats of reaction. J. Biol. Chem., N. Y., 1907-8, iii, p. xvii.—Xacoby (M.) Der Stoflwech- sel und Energiewecbsel der Zelle und der Einzelligen. Handb. d. Biochem. [etc.], Jena, 1910, ii, pt. 1, 142-192.— Jensen (P.) Ueber die Guitigkeit des 2. Hauptsatzes der Thermodynamik in der Phvsiologie. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1908, lxxvii, 61. Also: Jahresb. d. schles. Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Cult. 1908, Bresl., 1909, 12-16.— Kanitz (A.) Das Energieprinzip in der Biologie in der neuesten Literatur. Biol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1910, xxx, 158-160. -----. Sollte der zweite Hauptsatz der Energetik fiir Lebewesen nicht immer gelten? Zentralbl f. Phy- Biol., Leipz., 1907, xx, 837. -----. Die Allgiltigkeit des zweiten Hauptsatzes. Ibid., xxi, 179-182. — La Ferla (G. W.) Tensione superficiale e reazioni immunitarie. Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1911, 1, 758-763.—Langelaan (J. W.) Het entropie principe in de physiologie. K. Akad. v. Wetensch. te Amst. Versl., 1901-2, x, 840-855. [English transl.], Proc. sect, sc, 1901-2, iv, 698; 706.—Le Dantec (F.) La degradation de l'energie et le pointde viie humain. Rev. phil., Par., 1909, lxviii, 441-486.—Le- fevre(G.) Quelques observations de principe sur la thermodynamique musculaire, reponse a la recente note de G. Weiss. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol , Par., 1911, lxx 802-804.—Lefevre (J.) Sur l'interpretation thermodv- namique des faits relatifs a la contraction, et sur la na- ture speciale des grandeurs qui s'v presentent. Ibid., 850-853. -----. Labioenergetiquegenerale Rev. gen. d. sc. pures et appliq., Par., 1912, xxiii, 187-198. -----. La bioenergetique musculaire, thermodynamique du moteur Thermo-insufflator. Scliineltz. Thermo-insufflation et thermo-insuffla- teur a air comprime. Cong, franc, de med. Rap., Par., 1899, v, 951-957. Therm ol. Felton (H. B.) The use of thermol in influenza and distemper in the dog and cat. J. Comp. M. & Vet. Arch., Phila., 1901, xxii, 556-560.—Miller (G. B.) The use of thermol in typhoid fever. Phila. M. J., 1899, iv, 618-622. Also, Reprint.—Miller (0. L.) Thermol in typhoid fever. Internat. M. Mag., Phila., 1901, x, 70-74. Also, Reprint.—Rosenthal (E.) The therapeutic value of thermol. Pediatrics, N. Y., 1901, xi, 407-110.—BudoIf (R. D.) Thermol in the treatment of enteric fever. Phila. M. J., 1901, vii, 264.—Shinier (A. B.) The clini- cal use of thermol in typhoid fever at the Atlantic City Hospital, Atlantic City", N. J. Phila. M. J., 1901, vii, 121- 124. Also, Reprint. Thermo-massage. Friedlaender(R.) Ueber Thermomassage. Ztschr. f. phys. u. diatet. Therap., Leipz., 1912, xvi, 533.—Fuji- gawa. [Thermomassage.] Geibi Iji, Tokyo, 1905, 259- 262.—Kitaj (J.) Ein Thermomassageapparat fiir den praktischen Arzt Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1908, lviii, 2683-2687.—Stein (A. E.) Thermo-Massage und Thermo- Vibrationsmassage. [Mit Erwiderung von R. Friedlaen- der.] Ztschr. f. phys. u. diatet. Therap., Leipz., 1912, xvi, 680-682. THERMOMETERS. Ill THERMOMETRY. Thermometers [and Thermometry]. Draper's yelt-reeording thermometer. De- scription of the instrument and directions for its use. 24°. New York, [n. d.]. Gerland(E.) Das Thermometer. 8°. Ber- lin, 1885. Grotzmacher (F.) * Untersuchung von Ther- mometern aus iilteren Glassorten und Nach- priifung von Hauptnormalthermometern der physikalisch-technischen Keichsan^talt. roy. 8°. Berlin, 1900. Kapp (A. W.) * Ueber vollstiindige Gefrier- punktskurven biniirer Metalllegierungen mit einer Einleitung; IStudien iiber das Luftther- mometer. 8°. Konigsberg, 1901. Barille (A.) Thermometre electrique avertisseur pour etuves de laboratoire. Arch, de med. et pharm. mil., Par., 1894. xxiii, 27-30.—Beck man n (E.) Modi- ficationen des Thermometers fiir die Bestimmung von Mo- lekulargewichten und kleinen Temperaturdifferenzen. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1905, li, 329-313.—Ed- wards (H.j A manometer device for air thermome- ters. Proc. Am. Aead. Arts & Sc, Bost,, 1904-5, xl, 541-545.—Force (J. N.) A home-made antiseptic ther- mometer case. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lix, 797.— Holnian (S. W.) Simple method for calibrating ther- mometers. Proc. Am. Acad. Arts & Sc, Bost., 1881-2, n.s.,ix, 157-162. -----. Method for calibration on a ther- mometer at many points. Teehnol. Quart., Bost., 1887-8, i, 16-23.—Lamotte (M.) Thermometrie et calorimetrie aux temperatures tres basses. Rev. gen. d. sc. pures et appliq.. Par., 1909, xx, 873-876.—Marehis (L.) Ueber die Prazisionsthermometrie. Ztschr. f. phvs. Chemie, Leipz., 1901, xxxvii, 604-612.—Meyerhott'er (W.) & Saunders (A. P.) Ein neuer Fixpunkt fiir Thermome- ter; Vorschlag fiir eine Normalzimmertemperatur. Ibid., 189S.xxvii,367.—Bicbards (T. W.) & Wrede (F.) The transition temperature of manganous chloride; a new fixed point in thermometry. Proc Am. Aead. Arts & Sc, Cambridge, 1907-8, xliii, 343-350.—Taguehi (B.) Ueber einen neuen Korrigierapparat fiir Thermometer. Ztschr. f.Mil.-Aerzte,Tokyo,1912,No.30,58.—Thermo-needle (The) or skewer thermometer. Lancet, Lond., 1908, ii, 1451.—Velez (D. M.) Ligeros apuntes sobre la aplica- ci6n del term6metro a la fisiologia. Mem. Soc. cient. "Antonio Alzate." Mexico, 1887-8, i, 123-129.— Weyl (T.) Ein neues Klingelthermometer fiir Desinfektions- zwecke. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1898, xxiii, 791.— Wrede (F.) Ueber die Bestimmung von Verbrennungswiirmen mittelsder kalorimetrischen Bombe unter Benutzung des Platinwiderstandsther- mometers. Ztschr. f. phvs. Chemie, Leipz., 1910, lxxv, 81-94. Thermometers (Clinical). Arnozan & Bergonie. Thermometre arme pour prendre les temperatures profondes. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. . . . de Bordeaux, 1891, xii, 143-146.— d'Ar- sonval (A.) Perfectionnements nouveaux apportes a la calorimetrie animale; thermometre differentiel en- registreur. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1894,9. s., vi, 155-157.—Aseptic (An) thermometer case. N. York M. J., 1902, lxxv, 791. —Auto-sterilizing (The) ther- mometer case. Med. Rec, N. Y.,1895, xlviii,497.—Bald- win (F. A.) A tropical clinical thermometer. Lancet, Lond., 1904, i, 308— Barlord (J. L.) A thermometer retainer. Ibid., 1911, ii, 201.—Beasley (E. B.) The clinical thermometer as a possible disseminator of some communicable diseases. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, lvii, 1357-1359.—Beeo (E.) Verification des mesures en verre et des thermometres medicaux. Bull, du serv. en sant6 [etc.], Brux., 1904, 145-154.—Bergonie. Nou- veau thermometre medical. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et phy- siol. . . . de Bordeaux, 1891, xii, 151.—Conklin (W. L.) The clinical thermometer as a germ carrier. Tr. M. Ass. Central N. Y. 1899, Buffalo, 1900, vi, 29-34. Also: Buffalo M. J., 1899-1900, n. s., xxxix, 479-485.—Denny (F. P.) Disinfection of the clinical thermometer. Boston M. & S. J., 1904, cl, 585.—Devine (W. H.) Antisepsis of the clinical thermometer. Ibid., 1903,cxlviii, 178.—Faeken- heini (S.) Glashiilsezur Verhutung der Uebertragung ansteekender Krankheiten beim Gebrauch des Fieber- thermometers. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1908, xxxiv, 114. — Fayet. Cuti-thermometre. Marseille med., 1911, xlviii, 357. — Franz. Ein registrierendes Thermometer fiir Korpertemperatur. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1904, li. 1155. — Fried- berger (E.) Ein Thermometer fiir genaue ver- gleichende Temperaturmessungen, speziell fiir Tierver- suche zur Messung der Temperatur im Rectum. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1911, Orig., xi, 392.—Graziani (A.) Di un nuovo astuccio da ter- mometii clinici alio scopo di evitare la possibilita di tras- missione dei contagi per mezzo di essi. Gior. d. r. Soc. Thermometers (Clinical). ital. d' ig., Milano, 1906, xxviii, 91-107.-Also, transl.: Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1906, xx, 667.—GrSsche & Koch. A new clinical thermometerand case. Lancet, Lond., 1906, i, 914.—Ingerslev (F.) Nogle Bemaerk- ninger om Termometrien i Privatpraksis. [Some obser- vations on the thermometers in private practice.] Ugeskr. f. Lseger, K0benh., 1904, 5. R., xi, 25-27.—Jans- sen (H. A.) Beschrijving van eenen nieuwen koorts- thermometer. Mil.-geneesk.Tijdschr.,Haarlem, 1909,xiii, 79-81.—Kantorowicz. Ein auskochbares Thermo- meter. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1904, xxx, 466-469.—Kjer-Petersen (R.) & Giese (H.) Een Metode til Kontrollering af Laegetermometre. [A method of controlling medical thermometers.] Hosp.- Tid., K0benh., 1907, 4. R., xv, 604-607.—Leduc (S.) & Baty (E.) Etude sur la calorimetrie clinique. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1901-2, xx, 395: 1902-3, xxi. 1; 17.— Mayo (C. A.) Inaccuracy in clinical thermometers. Proc. Am. Pharm. Ass., Bait., 1904, Iii, 393-402. Also:~S. York M.J. [etc.], 1904, lxxx, 772-775.—Mufioz Sanchez (A.) Thermometriayterm6metroselinieos. Rev.demed. y eirug. pract. Madrid, 1896, xxxix, 286-293.—Palmer (F. W. M.) A new thermometer case. Lancet, Lond., 1911, i, 109.—Pa pin. Trousse thermometrique du Dr. Tetau. Arch. me'd. d'Angers, 1902, vi, 274-276.—Parry (T. W.) A new design of clinical thermometer. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, i, 1137. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1912, i, 1207.—Persson (G. A.) A device for sterilization of clinical thermometers. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1912, cvii, 470— Proetor (B. S.) Note on the use of clinical thermometers and their indications. Pharm. J., Lond., 1898, vii, 265.—Biehter (U.) Ueber Bedeutung und Anwendung des Thermometers. Allg. deutsche Hebam.- Ztg., Berl., 1897, xii, 301-306.—Komary. Thermometre medical pour pays chauds. Caducee, Par., 1907, vii, 176.—Kosenberjier (R. C.) The bacteriologic ex- amination of clinical thermometers. Proc. Path. Soc. Phila., 1900-1901, n.s.,iv, 153-158. Also: Am. Med., Phila., 1901, i, 553-555. Also, Reprint— Bosner (K.) Zur Priifung und Auswahl der Thermometer. Med. Cor.-Bl. d. Wurttemb. iirztl. Landesver., Stuttg., 1909, lxxix, 360.— Boss (R.) The platinum thermometer and Callendar electric recorder for obtaining continuous clinical tem- perature charts. Lancet, Lond., 1904, i, 585.—S. (J.) Fieberthermometer. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1907, xxxiii. 2187.—Sheldon (J. W.) A ques- tion of sanitation in the use of the clinical thermometer. Tr. Homoeop. M. Soc. N. Y., 1894, xxix, 74-78.—Somers (N. L. U.) A new pattern of clinical thermometer. Lancet, Lond., 1908, i, 726— Wade (H. T.) How clinical thermometers are standardized and tested. Seient. Am., N. Y., 1905, xciii, 296; 298. Thermometers (Ma:rim,al). FeoktistoiF (A.) Meditsinskiye maksimaliye ter- mometri, ikh svoistva, pogrieshnosti i povlerka. [Medi- cal maximal thermometers, their properties, errors, and verification.] Vrach. Vestnik, S.-Peterb., 1904, vii, 53; 69.—Luxardo (E.) II termometro medico massimale. N. raccoglitoremed.,Imola,1904,iii, 483-494.—Sch walbe (J.) Neues Maximalthermometer. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1906, xxxii, 308.—Stich (K.) Maxi- malthermometer fiir Sterilisationen. Wien. klin. Wchn- schr., 1901, xiv, 676. -----. Maximalthermometer fiir die Sterilisation von Verbandstoffen. Munchen. med. Wchn- schr., 1901, xlviii, 1134. Thermometry (History of). Bolton (H. C.) Evolution of the thermome- ter, 1592-1743. 12°. Easton, Pa., 1900. Burckhardt (F.) Zur Geschichte des Ther- mometers. Berichtigungen und Ergiinzungen. fol. Basel, 1902. Fahrenheit, Reaumur, Celsius. Abhandlun- gen iiber Thermometrie. Hrsg. von A. J. von Oettingen. 12°. Leipzig, 1894. Mitchell (S. W.) The early history of in- strumental precision in medicine. 8°. New Haven, 1892. Allbutt (T. C.) Medical thermometry. Brit. & For. Med. Rev., Lond., 1870, xiv, 429: xlvi, 144.—Anderson (I.) & M i 1 ler (A. G.) The history of clinical thermome- try. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, i, 998.—Baignan (G.) Un inventeur de la thermometrie clinique. Caducee, Par., 1907, vii, 75.—Daniels (C. E.) De thermometrie aan hetziekbed; historischeaanteekingen. Nederl.Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1900, 2. R., xxxvi, d. 2,952-983. Also, transl.: Ztschr. f. diatet. u. physik. Therap., Leipz., 1901, x, 388^103.—First use of the thermometer. [Edit.] J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lix, 1473.—Meyer (K.) Ole Romer and the thermometer. Nature, Lond., 1909-10, lxxxii, 296-298.—P. (A.) L'inventeur de la thermome- trie clinique. France med., Par., 1907, liv, 161-163.— Propos (A) de l'inventionde la thermometrie clinique; 12 THERMOPHOR. THERMOMETRY. Thermometry (History of). un document de 1632. Ibid.. 227.—Why is the boiling point marked 212 deg.? Seient. Am. (Suppl.), N.Y.,1904, lviii, 23971.—Wilks (S.) The scale of Fahrenheit'sther- mometer. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1900, ii, 1212. Also: Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1900, xiv, 511. -----. The early history of clinical thermometry. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, i, 1058.— Wohlwill (E.) Neue Beitrage zur Vorgeschichte des Thermometers. Mitt. z. Gesch. d. Med. u. d. Naturw., Hamb.& Leipz., 1902. i, 5; 57; 143; 282.—Wright (R.T.) On the milligrade thermometer of Galileo. Indian M. Rec, Calcutta, 1893, v, 31-35. Thermo-palpation. Fritz (M.) * Ueber Thermopalpation und ihre praktische Verwerthbarkeit. [ Wiirtz- burg.] 8°. Leipzig, 1891. Herz(M.) Eine neue Methode der Thermopalpation. Fortschr. d. Hydroth. Festschr. W. Winternitz, Wien u. Leipz., 1897, 145-149. Also: Wien. med. Presse, 1897, xxxviii, 197-200.—JHerz (M.) A Hiebel (T.) Ueber Thermopalpation. Wien. med. Presse, 1897, xxxviii, 200; 233. Thermopenetration (Electric) [Elec- trodiathermy]. Albert-Weil (E.) Les electrodes pour la diather- mic J.dephysiotherap., Par., 1911,ix, 299-302.—Albert- Weil (E.) & Uerard (L.) Les effets thermiques des courants de haute frequence; technique et mode d'ap- plication de la diathermie. Ibid., 1910, viii, 627-633. Also, trans!.: Ann. di elett. med. [etc.], Napoli, 1911 x, 15-20.—Aseoli (A.) Die Thermoprazipitinreaktion als iillgemeine serodiagnostische Methode; ihre Anwendung bei r Diagnose des Schweinerotlaufs; das Thennopni- zipitin-Diagnosticum. Berl. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1912, xxviii, 165-167.—Beketoll (A. V.) Diatermiya i yeya llechebnoye primleneniye. [Diathermy and its the- rapeutic use.] Terap. Obozr., Odessa, 1911, iv, 79- 84. — Bergonie ( J. ) Les thermophiles electriques de Herrgott. Arch, d'electric. med., Bordeaux, 1910, xviii, 723-727. — Bergonig ( J. ) & Bechou ( G. ) La diathermie, applications medieales et chirurgicales. Ibid., 1911, xix, 71-81.—von Bernd (E. R.) Ueber Thermopenetration. Ztschr. f. phys. u. diatet. Therap., Leipz., 1909, xiii, 167-171.—Bles (C.) Over thermopene- tratie. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst, 1911, i, 1638- 1647.—Bordier. Presentation d'un appareil de diather- mie. Lyon med., 1911, cxvi, 9-13.—Chlumsky (V.) O elektriekem prohfivani (Diathermia, Transthermia). Casop. 16k. cesk., v Praze, 1912, li, 285-287.—de Cour- nielles (F.) Sulla transtermia o termopenetrazione. Ann. di elett. med. [etc.], Napoli, 1909, viii, 321-325.— Daminaiin (E.) "Penetrotherm," der neueste Appa- rat zur Diathermie. Klin.-therap. Wchnschr., Berl., 1912, xix, 1195-1198.—Bausset (HA Les divers precedes de thermotherapie en medecine (air, lumiere, diathermie). J. de med. de Par., 1912, 2. s., xxiv, 115-118—Boyen. Realisation de la transthermie sans alteration des tissus normaux par le bain thermo-e4ectrique. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1910, cli, 167. [Discussion], 169.—Ehr- lieh. Der gegenwiirtige Stand der Thermopenetra- tion. Deutsche mil.-arztl. Ztschr., Berl., 1911, xl, 602- 613.— Eitner (E.) Ueber Thermopenetration. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1909, xxii, 1524-1526. -----. Weitere Mitteilungen iiber Thermopenetration. Ibid., 1910, xxiii, 1263-1266.—Flirstenberg (A.) & Schcmel (K.) Das Verhalten der Korper- und Gewebetemperatur des Men- schen bei der Thermopenetration. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1912, xxxviii, 1780-1782—tiara (S.) Ueber Diathermie. Arch. f. phvs. Med. u. med. Tech Leipz., 1910, v, 196-199.—Ciazteiu (T.) Algunas consi- deraciones sobre los efectos de la "termopenetraci6n" en el organismo. Rev. Ibero-Am. de cien. med., Madrid 1910, xxiv, 358-369.—Gunzburg (I.) Action physiolo- gique de la termopSnetration. Ann. de med. phys. An- vers, 1911, ix, 85-90.—Herzer (G.) Die therapeutische Verwendung von Hochfrequenz-Stromen in Form der Diathermie. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1912, xlii 1027-1032.—Hiiiiipliris(F.H) Diathermy. J.Advanc Therap ,N. Y.,1912,xxx, 195-199—Jacobi-Siesmayer (E.) Die Diathermie, ein neues elektrisches Heilver- fahren. Klin.-therap. Wchnschr., Berl., 1912, xix, 873- 876.—Kalker (E.) Ueber Diathermiebehandlung bei Herz-, Lungen- und Nierenkranken. Berl. klin. Wchn- schr., 1912, xlix, 1716— Klingmtiller (V.) & Bering (F.) Zur Verwendung der Warmedurchstrahlung (Ther- mopenetration). Ibid., 1909, xlvi, 1759— Kotovich (I. F.) Metod llecheniva diatermivel (elektricheskim pro- grlevaniyem) ot slabozatukhayushtshikh kolebatelnikh tokov nizkavo napryazheniya; ustanovki dlya poluche- niya takikh tokov. [Method of treating by diathermy (electrical heating), intermittent currents of low tension that become faintly extinguished; arrangement for ob- taining such currents.] Voyenno-med. J., St. Petersb., Thermopenetration (Electric) [Elec- trodiathermy]. 1911, ccxxxii, med.-spec.pt, 31-45.—Lab be & Blanche (M.) La diathermie. Presse med., Par., 1911, 333-336.— Laqnerrlere (A.) La thermopenetration (nouvelles applications des courants de haute frequence). Bull. med.. Par., 1910, xxiv, 805-807.—Laqueur (A.) Beitrage zur Wirkung der Thermopenetration. Ztschr. f. physik. u. diatet. Therap., Leipz., 1909, xiii, 277-287. -----. L'ap- plication de la thermopenetration Arch, d'eleetric. med., Bordeaux, 1910, xviii, 745-750, -----. I'eber Thermopenetration. Veroffentl. d. balneol. Gesellsch. in Berl., Berl. u. Wien, 1912, xxxiii, pt. 2, 268-272. Also, transl.: Cong, internat. de phvsiotherap. Compt. rend. 1910, Par., 1911, iii, 556. — Mueris. Resultats directs et comparatifs de la diathermie et des courants de haute frequence. Ann. de med. phys., Anvers, 1911, ix, 90-93.—Morlet. Technique de la diathermie. Ibid., 80-84.—Nagelsehmidt(F.) Ueber Diathermie (Trans- thermie, Thermopenetration). Munchen. med. Wchn- schr., 1909, lvi, 2575. -----. Erganzung zur Geschichte der Diathermie. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1910, xxiii, 253. -----. Diathermie und Hochfrequenzstrome. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, Konigsb. 1910, Leipz., 1911, lxxxii, pt. 2,53. Also, transl.: Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1910-11, iv, Electro-Therap. Sect., 1-12. -----. Ueber die klinische Bedeutung der Diathermie. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz., 1911, xxxvii, 21-25. de Notele (J.) La diathermie. Belgique med., Gaud, 1910, xvii, 363-365.—von Preyss (W.) & Badonicic (0.) Ueber Thermopenetration (ein Verfahren zur Erwarmung so- wohl oberflachlich als auch tief liegenderTeiledes leben- den Organismus) und die bisher mit Thermopenetration an der med. Klinik Ortners gemachten Erfahrungen. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xxi, 517-520.—Bauten- berg. Die kiinstliche Durehwarmung innerer Organe. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1911, xxviii, 463-^66.—Romanoff (M. A.) Ob elektriches- kom progrlevanii. [On electric heating.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1912, lxxvii, 266-277.—Schmincke (R.) Die Thermopenetrationsbehandlung. Veroffentl. d. balneol. Gesellsch. in Berl., Berl. u. Wien, 1910, 271-283. Also: Med. Rlin., Berl., 1910, vi, 1372-1374.—Schnee (A.) Hoehfrequenz und Thermopenetration im Vierzellen- bade. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, Konigsb. 1910, Leipz., 1911, lxxxii, pt. 2, 53-55. Also: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1910, lvii, 2355.—Scholtz (W.) Ueber Thermopenetration. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, Konigsb. 1910, Leipz., 1911, lxxxii, pt. 2, 441.—Schucking (A.) Die elektrother- mische Sonde. Zentralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1911, xxxv, 788.—Simon (H.) Die Theorie des Thermopenetrations- verfahrens. Ztschr. 1. phys. u. diatet. Therap., Leipz., 1910, xiv, 10-13.—Stein (A. E.) Zur Diathermiebehand- lung. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1911, lviii, 1302-1304.— Stephan (E.) Histologische Untersuchungen iiber die Wirkung der Thermopenetration auf normale Gewebe und Carcinom. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1912, lxxvii, 382-392.—I llmanii (K.) Experimentelle Beitrage zur Lehre von der Thermopenetration. Ztschr. f. med. Elek- trol., Leipz., 1910, xii, 143-145.—Van Pee. La diather- mie. Scalpel, Liege, 1911, lxiii, 637-643.—Vinaj (G. S.) Sulla termopenetrazione; osservazioni ed esperienze. Gior. di elett. med., Napoli, 1910, xi, 308-316. Also: Idrol. eclimat, Firenze, 1910, xxi,614-624. —Wertheim Salo- monson (J. K. A.) Diathermie en haute frequence. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1912, ii, 1732-1734 — Wildermuth (F.) Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber den speziflschen Leitungswiderstand und fiber die speziflsche Wiirme der Gewebe des menschlichen Korpers als Grundlage fiir die Beurteilung des Wegesvon warme- erregenden Hochfrequenzstromen. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1910-11, xxii, 511-527—von Zeynek (R.) Zur Geschichte der Thermopenetration. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1910, xxiii, 97-99. Thermophone. Warren (H. E.) & Whipple (G. C.) The thermophone. 8°. [Boston, 1895.] 'Warren (H. E.) & Whipple (G. C.) The thermo- phone, a new instrument for determining temperature. Technol. Quart., Bost, 1895, viii, 125-152, 2 pi. Thermophor. See, also, Milk (Examinationof, Apparatus,etc.). Knapp (L.) Ueber Thermophorapparate in der ge- burtshilflichen Praxis. Centralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1899, xxiii, 807-809. — Longard. Ueber Verwendung des Thermophors bei der Wagner-Longard'schen Aetherma- ske. Centralbl. f. Chir.. Leipz., 1900, xxvii, 857—Menko (M.L.H.S.l Overthermophoren. Nosok6mos.Tijdschr. d. Nederl. Vereen. .. v. Verpleeg., Amst, 1900, i, 7-11.— Poleck. Uebereinen japanischen Apparat zum Warm- halten begrenzter Korpertheile und iiber sogenannte Thermophore. Jahresb.d.schles.Gesellsch. f.vaterl.Cult. 1900, Bresl., 1901, lxxviii, 2. Abt., naturw. Sect, 12. THERMOPILE. 113 THEROIGNE DE MERICOURT. Thermopile. Biirker (K.) Eine historische Notiz, meine Ther- mosaulen zu myothermischen Untersuchungen betref- fend. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1900, lxxxi, 103. Thermo-precipitins. Ascoli (A.) La reaction de la thermo-pr^cipitine comme methode generale de sero-diagnostie; application au rouget du pore; technique. Ann. de med. vet., Brux., 1912, Ixi, 269-274. -----. La termo-precipitina e le sue ap- plicazioni. Attualita med., Milano, 1912, i, 55. Thermopsychrophor. Grosglik (A.) Termnpsyehrofor. Gaz. lek., War- szawa, 1908, 2. s., xxviii, 300-308. Thermopylae. Sec Waters (Mineral), by localities. Thermo-radiotherapy. Bainbridge (W. 8.) The De Keating-Hart method ; of thermo-radiotherapy. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1912, lxxxii, 96-100. Tliermo-regulated waterbaths for the bacte- riological laboratory. 11. 8°. Rochester, 1898. [P., v. 2212.] Repr.from: J. Applied Micr., Rochester, 1898, i. Thermos bottles. k Stern (M.) Ueber warm und kalthaltende Thermos- Gefasse. Hlust. Monatschr. d. iirztl. Polytech., Berl., 1909, xxxi, 118-151. Thermostats. See, also, Bacteriology (Apparatus, etc., in); Infants (Premature, etc.. Care of). Polikovski (E. F.) Termostat dlya prakti- cheskikh vrach el. [Thermostat for practicing phvsicians.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1899. Altinann ( P.) Thermoregulator neuer Konstruk- tion. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. u. Parasitenk., Jena, 1891, ix. 791. —d'Arsonval (A.) Nouvelle etuve auto-regu- latrice entierement metallique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., lsss. 8. s., v, 530-533. Also: Compt.rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1888, cvii, 194-197. -----. Appareils& tempera- ture fixe pour embrvologie et cultures microbiennes. Areh. dephvsiol. norm, etpath.. Par., 1890, 5.s.,ii, 83-88.— Baculo (B.) Cune-termostate o sale-termostate? Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, l'.'H4, n. s., xxvi, 97-114.— Banii S i En gl099. i. 30-32.—Bayer. Der Hydrothermoregu- lator(Sy-t. Doe. l>r. Carl rilmann). Ztschr. f. Thiermed., Jena, 1903, vii, 3-">s-376.—Bradley (W. P.) & Browne (A. W.) A thermostat sensitive to a thousandth of a de- gree. J. Phvs. Chem., Ithaca, 1902, vi, 118-135.— De*- peiirnes (V.) Nouveau regulatcur pour etuve chauflee au n.'trole. Lyon med., 1890, lxiv, 332-333. l pi—Bony- lleiiault (O.i Sur le reglage rigoureux de la tempera- ture. So . roy d. m\ med. et nat. de Brux. Bull., 1904, lxii. 188-196.—Fiirst (L.) Die Thermophor-Gouveu-.v Deutsche Mel. - Ztir.. Berl., 1899, xx, 669. — <>abrit- scheivsky G. i Ein neues Thermastatsystem. Cen- tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt, Jena, 1902, xxxi, 814-816. — t.eer t W. C.) Thermostats and thermoregu- lators. .'. Phvs. Chern.. Ithaca, 1902, vi, 85-105.—tier- tier i N.i 0 nowej eieplarce do podreeznego uzytku. [New thermostat] Przegl. lek., Krakow, 1900, xxxix, 749-751. Also, transl.: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt, Jena, 1901, xxix, 6i,x-672. Also, transl.: Klin.-the- rap. Wchnschr., Wien, 1901, viii, 577-581.— — llippius (A. E.i Termostat Mignon g. V. Mentselva. [Mintsel'sMignonthermostat] Med.Obozr., Mo-k.. 1896,xlv, 1067-1070.—Jackson (C. M.) A simple electric heater and thermo-regulator for paraffin ovens, incubators, etc. Anat. Record, Phila., 1910, iv, 139-142.— Kanriu ( E.) Lampethermostater. [Les etuves a lampe. Res., 762.] Norsk Mag. f. Lsegevidensk., Kris- tiania, 1900, 4. R., xv, 720-722.—Klasaen (N. A.) Noviy regulyator k termostatu s vodyanim otopleniyem Ye. A. Shepilevskavo. [A new regulator to Shepilevski's ther- mostat with water heating.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1909, xvi, 15S6-15S8.—Kuntze (W.) Ein Thermostatfiir niedrige Temperatur. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt, Jena, 1906, xvi, 684-688.—Kurchinski (V. P.) VOL XVIII, 2d series----8 Thermostats. Elektricheskiy termostat. [An electric thermostat] Vrach, St. Petersb., 1892, xiii, 744-746. — Lendvai (J.) Wie kann man die Thermostaten mit Alkohol einfach heizen? Ztschr. f. wissensch. Mikr., Leipz., 1908, xxv, 303-306.—IHacNeal (W.J.) An improved thermo-regu- lator. [Abstr.] Anat. Record, Bait, 1908-9, ii, 205-207.— JTIacuinber(R. H.) & Wolf (C. G. L.) An electrically heated and controlled thermostat. J. Path. & Bacterid., Edinb. & Lond., 1904-5, x, 105-110. - Marenghi (G.) Una opportuna modificazione al termoregolatore di H. Rohrbeck. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1902, 9- 15.— Ulentsel (G. V.) Termostat i avtoklav s kerosi- novol topkol. [Thermostats and autoclave heated by kerosene.] Chir. Laitop., Mosk., 1894, iv, 693-697.— flyers (J. J.) An electric thermostat. J. Applied Micr., Rochester,1903,vi.2446-2448.—Nitskevich(A.) Termo- stat s regulatorem sistemiN. Didenko.prisposoblenniy k kerosinnollample. [Thermostat with Didenko's regula- tor applied to a kerosene lamp] Vestnik obsh. vet, St. Petersb., 1896, viii, 564-567.—O*born ( F. A.) A simple electrical thermostat. J. Phys. (hem., Ithaca, 1905.ix, 297.— Perez Canto. Unnuevotermostatoelinico. Rev.med. de Chile, Sant de Chile, 1904, xxxii, 337-340.—Bo bin (A.) An accurate and reliable thermo-regulator. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvii, 1563. Also: Science, N. Y. & Lancaster,Pa., 1905,n.s.,xxi,494.—Roux. Surunregula- teurde temperature applicable aux etuves. Ann.del'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1891, v, 158-162.—Sail li (H.) Ueber einen automatischen Regulator furBriitofen mit Petroleumhei- zung. Ztschr. f. wissensch. Mikr.,Brnschwg., 1886,iii, 165- 173.—Segesvary (E.) Ein neues Temperaturreglersys- tem. Gesundh.-Ingenieur, Munchen, 1908, xxxi, 699.— Serafiui (A.) EinneuerdkonomischerThermostat von einfacherund leichter Konstruktion. Centralbl.!'. Bakte- riol. [etc.], 2. Abt,Jena, 1903,x,531-534.—Shepilevski (E.A.) Regulyatorktermostatu vvodyanimotopleniyem. [ Regulator for the thermostat with water heating.] Russk. Med., St. Petersb., 1892, xvii, 676; 694. Also, transl.: Cen- tralbl. f. Bacteriol. u. Parasitenk.,Jena,1893,xiv,131-138.— Sineff(A. I.) Uproshtshenniy termostat. [Simplified thermostat.] Kharkov. M. J., 1907, iv, 45. Also, transl.: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1907, xiv, Orig., 121.—Stick (C.) Thermostat, Trocken- und Dampfsterilisator zugleich. Pharm. Ztg., Berl., 1902, xlvii, 676.—Tanzig (C.) Un nuovo termostato eco- nomico di semplice e facile costruzione. Kiforma med., Palermo, 1900, xvi, pt. 1, 591-593.—Tedeschi (A.) & Itosselli ( A.) Der selbstregulierende elektrische Thermostat. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt, Jena, 1901, xxx, 969-976.—I llinaim (K.) Demonstration des Hydrothermoregulators, eines Pracisionsapparates zur Application von Wiirme beliebiger constanter Tem- peraturen. Veroffentl. d. Centralverb. d. Balneolog. Oest 1902, Wien, 1903. iii, pt. 10,1-7.—Villiers (A.) Sur le reglage preeis des temperatures peu superieures a la temperature ordinaire. Bull. d. sc. Pharmacol., Par., 1907, xiv, 62-65. Thermosterilizers. Lentz (O.) Der Thermosterilisator (System Bickel- Roeder). Desinfektion. Berl.. 1910, iii, 603-616.—Po- lignani (L.) La sterilizzatrice elettrica e sua applica- zione come termostato elettrico. Ann. di elett. med. [etc.], Napoli, 1902, i, 279-289. Thermotaxis. Mendelssohn (M.) * Recherches sur la ther- motaxie des organismes unicellulaires. 8°. Paris, 1902. Also, in: J. de physiol. et de path, gen., Par., 1902, iv, 393-409. Jacquemin (T. J.) Thermotaxis and nervous in- fluences in the production of fever. Med. Times, N. Y., 1905, xxxiii, 33-36.—ITIendelssohn (M.) Recherches sur l'interference de la thermotaxie avec d'autres tac- tismes et sur le mecanisme du mouvement thermotac- tique. J. de physiol. et de path, gen., Par., 1902, iv, 475- 18S. -----. Quelques considerations sur la nature et le r61e biologique de la thermotaxie. Ibid., 489-496.—Ott (I.) Thermotaxis in birds. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1893, xx, 1-6. Thermotherapy. See Baths (Hot-air, etc.); Heat as remedy; Thermopenetration (Electric). Thermo-tropism. See Tropisms. Theroigne de Mericonrt (Anne- Joseph) [1762-1817]. See, also, Insanity (Political). Causes (Les) de la folie de Theroigne de Mericour* Chron. med., Par., 1903, x, 2. TREKOX. 114 THESES Theron (Andre) [1877- ]. *Phototherapie et lupus. 89 pp., 1 1. 8°. Montpellier, 1902, No. 28. Theron (Paul) [1882- ]. * Organisation des diagnostics bacteriologiques pour les services publics (hopitaux, ecoles, dispensaires, service des epidemies), prelevement et envoi des pro- duits pathologiques. 74 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1906, No. 40. Theroude (Fernand) [1883- ]. *Menin- gite cerebro-spinale epidemique et serothera- pie anthneningococcique. 151 pp. 8°. Paris', Jouve& Cie., 1910, No. 17. Therre (Aime). Contribution a I'etude des abces non tuberculeux de la prostate. 72 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1907, No. 112. Tlierstappen (Franz Joseph) [1882- ]. *Haben wir nach den Ergebnissen der bisheri- gen spontanen Geburten und der geburtshilrli- chen Operationen bei engem Becken das Be- durfnis nach einer neuen fiir Mutter und Kind giinstigeren Operation? 35 pp., 1 1. 8°. Hei- delberg, J. Horning, 1908. Tliery (Andre) [1884- ]. *De la psychiatrie d'urgence. 78 pp. 8°. Paris, G. Steinheil, 1911, No. 251. Tliery (Louis) [1865- ]. *Statistique de la mortalite par variole en Angleterre de 1871 a 1892; bienfaits de la vaccine; les ligues anti- vaccinatrices. 83 pp. 4°. Paris, 1894, No. 1T9. ------. The same. 83 pp. 8°. Paris, G. Steinheil, 1894. Thesaurus inedicaminum [etc.]. See [Pear- son (Richard)]. Thesaurus medicus Edinburgensisnovus: sive, dissertationum in Academia Edinensi ad rem medicam pertinentium, ab anno 1759 ad annum 1785 delectus, ab illustri Societate Regia Medica Edinensi habitus. 4 v. 8°. Edinburgi & Lon- dini, C. Elliot & G. Robinson, 1785. Thesee ( Victor - Julien - Marie ) [1872- ]. * Contribution a I'etude du decubitus acutus. Complications possible de l'hysterectomie vagi- nale. 74 pp. 8°. Paris, 1897, No. 446. Theses (Medical). Ad an (E. J.) *Spec, sistens positiones me- dicas. 4°. Lugd. Bat., 1802. /Enee (\V. S.) *Theses medicae. [Frane- querae.] 8°.' Leovardix, 1799. Aixsiae (W.) *Theses medicae inaugurates. 4°. Lugd. Bat., 1787. Arnouts (J.) *Disp. med. inaug. positiones varias continens. 4°. Lugd. Bat., 1670. Assink (H. J.) *Meletemata inauguralia physiologici, chemici et therapeutici argumenti. 4°. Harder rid, [1798]. Baert (J.) ^Specimen inaug. continens positiones medicas. 4°. Lugd. Bat, 1802. Bernard (J. C. B.) * Specimen inaug. sistens quaestiones medici argumenti. 8°. Lugd. Bat., 1796. Bibliotheql'es universitaires. Catalogue mensuel des theses soutenues devant les universites francaises. v. 1. 1898-1901. 8°. Montpellier, 1902. Bo (A.) * Theses, ex anatome physiologica, de ^ensibus externis. Ex medicina theoretica, de sanguinis conditione in morbis praesertim phlogisticis. Ex praxi, de confectione et natura puris. Ex institutionibu«, de mor- borum differentiis. Ex physici, de aqua. Ex botanica, de aeris, aqu;e, lucis et caloris influxu in vegetantia. 12°. Genuse, 1827. Theses (Medical). Boelman (H. J.) * Specimen continens animadversiones aliquot physiologici et patho- logici argumenti. 8°. Groningie, 1818. Boerhaven (M.) * Disp. continens medicinae miscellanea themata. 4°. Harderovici, 1695. Braxdsma (A. II.) *Theses medicie. 8°. Groningie, 1814. Brouwer (S.) *Spec. continens varii argu- menti quaestiones. 4°. Lugd. Bat., 1816. Burgersdicius (M. F.) Collegium physicum, disputationibus xxxii, absolutum; totam natu- ralem philosophiam compendiose proponens. Ed. secunda. 24°. Lugd. Bat., 1642. Cailler des BArrALiEREs (P.) Medicinae theses. 4°. Rupellx [n. d.]. Cartheuser (J. F.) Dissertationes physico- chymico-medicje annis nuperis de quibusdam materiae medicae subjectis exaratae ac publice habitae. Nunc iterum recusae. 12°. Francof. ad liadr., 1774. ------. Dissertationes nonnullee selectiores physico-chymicae ac medicae varii argumenti post novam lustrationem ad prelum revocatae. 12°. Francof. ad Viadr., 1775. Catalogue complet des theses de doctorat de la Faculte de medecine de Bordeaux depuis sa fondation (1878) jusqu'en juillet 1902, par ordre alphabetique de sujets traites, suivi d'une table alphabetique des noras d'auteurs et de la liste complete des theses de pharmacie. 8°. Bor- deaux, [1902]. De Man (J. W. E.) * Positiones medicae. 8°. Groningse, 1815. van Deventer (J. C.) *Theses medicae inaugurales. 8°. Ludg. Bat., 1812. van Doeveren (J. A.) *Spec. continens collectanea quuedam medica varii argumenti. 4°. Lugd. Bat., 1796. van den Eckhout (J. J.) *Theses medicae. 4°. Gissx, 1801. Eekma (B.) *Thesee medicse. 8°. Gro- ningw, 1814. van Eldik (C.) * Quaestiones medicae inau- gurales. 4°. Harderovici, 1812. Escher(R. J.) * Theses medicae. 8°. Gro- ningse, 1814. Ettmtjller (M.) Dissertationes xiix medicae. 4°. Francofurti & Lipsiir, 1685. van der Feen (G. B. C.) *Observationes medico-practicae. 8°. Lugd. Bat., 1837. van der Feen (Z. H.) * Spec, inaug. conti- nens positiones medici argumenti. 4°. Ludg. Bat., 1815. Fokkek (J. P.) * Positiones medicae in- augurales. 4°. Lugd. Bat., 1790. \mn Geuns (S. J.) * Quaestiones academicae medici argumenti. 4°. Hardervici, 1790. Haakman (H.) *Thesesmedicae inaugurales. 4°. Lugd. Bat., 1799. Hecht (L.) Rapport sur les theses de docto- rat soutenues devant la Faculte de medecine de Nancy pendant l'annee scolaire 1881-2. 8°. Nancy, 1883. Heydenryck (A. B. J.) * Dissertatio medica inauguralis, varii argumenti. 8°. Lugd. Bat., 1825. Heyligers (P. F.) * Quaestiones medicae in- augurales. 4°. Traj. ad Rhenum, 1802. Hird (B.) *Theses medL ae inaugurales. 4°. Lugd. Bat., 1787. Hoevenaar (H. P.) *Positiones medicae in- augurales. 4°. Lugd. Bat., 1808. THESES. 115 THEUVENY. Theses (Medical). van der Houven (J. F.) *Spec. nonnullas positiones medicas continens. 4°. Lugd. Bat., 1801. Jorritsma (T. A.) * Specimen continens varii argumenti positiones. 4°. Lugd. Bat., 1816. Kamxi (J. J.) Quaestiones medicas varii ar- gumenti. 4°. Argeutorati,[l~9o]. Kools (C.) *Annotationes anatomicte et theses medicae. 8°. Groningse, 1810. Lacle (G. J.) * Theses medicae inaugurales. 4°. Franckerie, 1801. toe Laer (J. C.) *Spec. sistens quaestiones varii argumenti. 4°. Harderovici, [1797]. Lambrechts (J. F. H.) *Theses medicae in- augurales. 4°. Lugd. Bat., 1798. van Loon (VV.) *Spec. nonnullas positiones medicas continens. 4°. Lugd. Bat., 1801. Mensing (T. H.) * Theses medicw inaugu- rales. 12°. Harderovici, 1810. Mergell (C. E. G.) * Positiones medica1 in- augurales. 4°. Lugd. Bat., 1810. Michell (J.) *Spec. med. exhibens aliquot animadversiones medicas. 4°. Lugd. Bat., 1810. Muller (R. L.) *Theses medicte. 8°. Groningse, 1815. Mintinghe (B. I. K.) * Theses mediae. 8°. Groningse, 1814. O'Kane (N.) *Theses medicae inaugurales. 8°. Lugd. Bat., 1784. • [Petroff (N. P.)] Katalog russkikh disser- tatsiy po meditsinle i veterinarii. (Catalogue des theses russes concernant la medecine et l'art veterinaire, presenter a 1'Academie de medecine et aux universites russes.) 1860-88. 8°. S.- Peterburg, 1888. Piccaluga (C.) Selectas ex medicis institu- tionibus, theses, quas publice vindicandas pro- ponit. fol. Genux, 1781. Prael (F. J.) * Theses medicae. sm. 4°. Tubingx, 1807. Pravaz (J.-C.-T.) * Theses presentees a la Faculte des sciences a Lyon, etc. 8°. Lyon, 1875. Pruissen (P. E.) *Annotationes chirurgicae et theses medicae. 8°. Groningx, 1810. Reibelt (F. J. J.) *Theses selectae physico- medicae. 4°. Heidelbergx, 1807. Reitz (H.) *Theses medicae. 4°. Traj. ad Rhenum, 1757. Ripping (H.) *Spec. med., exhibens posi- tiones quasdam medico-practicas. 4°. Liu/d. Bat., 1810. Rouwenhoff (X. G.) * Theses medicse inau- gurales. 4°. Lugd. Bat., 1790. Sartorius (F. H.) * Theses medicae inaugu- rales. [Franequerae.] 4°. Leovardix, 1800. van Schaeck (P.) *Spec., continens collecta- nea medica varii argumenti. 4°. Lurid. Bat., 1802. Schwarz (F. G.) * Theses ex universa medi- cina. 4°. Heidelbergx, 1807. Siemens (P. G. C.) * Theses medicae. 8°. Groningx, 1814. Simon (J. E.) * Specimen continens posi- tiones medicas. 4°. Lugd. Bat., 1811. Swaying (C.) *Diss. positiones physiologi- cas et pathologicas exhibens. 4°. Harderovici, [1808]. Temmink(G. ) * Theses medicae inaugurales. 4°. Groningx, [1814]. Tourdes (G.) Revue des theses de la Faculte de medicine de Strasbourg pendant l'annee sco- laire 1866-7. 8°. Strasbourg, 1868. Theses (Medical). Troll (J.) *Theses inaugurales medicae. 4°. Argentorati, [1779]. Verkritgge (G.) *Spec. exhibens proposita aliquot medica. 4°. Lugd. Bat., 1800. Yerollot (M. P.) * Propositions generales sur la physiologie, la pathologie, et la therapeu- tique. 8°. Montpellier, 1835. Verschuir (G.) * Specimen exhibens obser- vationes varii argumenti. 8°. Groningx, 1819. de Vries Hofman (J.) * Spec, exhibens col- lectanea varia medici, chirurgici, obstetricii ar- gumenti. 4°. Hurderviei, [1794]. van de Wall (W. G.) * Theses medicae inau- gurales. 4°. Lugd. Bat., 1804. de Wind (B. D.) * Specimen exhibens pro- posita aliquot ex diversis medicinae parti bus. 4°. Lugd. Bat., 1799. Wittwer (P. L.) Delectus dissertationum medicarum argentoratensium. 2 v. in 1. - ]. * Ueber die straf- reehtliche Verantwortung des Arztes. 52 pp., 1 1. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., O. KiXmmel, 1904. Theyolip. Linke. Theyolip. Therap. Neuheiten, Leipz., 1906, i. 327-329.—Ramshorn (K.) Ueber Unguentum sulfu- ratum mite ( Theyolip ). Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1906, xxxii, 1500. Theze (Julien-Francois) [1876- ]. Contri- bution a I'etude de la pathogenie de la paralysie rabiqueexperimentale. 50pp., 6 pi. 8° Bor- deaux, 1903, No. 79. Tliezee (Henri-Eugene-Charles-Louis) [1862- ]. Contribution a, I'etude de la morpho- logie des bacteriacees. [Bordeaux.] 58 dd 8°. Angers, 1898, No. 89. Thialion. Practical (A) treatise on thialion, a laxative salt of lithia; with complete bibliography 2 ed. 8°. Danbury, Conn., 1898. .-----• The same. [Uric acid excess; its literature and therapeutics. ] 13. ed. 8° Dan- bury, 1904. Canan (C. W.) Thialion; its therapeutical indica- tions, with clinical reports. N. Eng. Month., Danburv Conn., 1901, xx, 353-357.-Ely (J. D.) Thialion. Ibid 1902 xxi, 463.—Lotton (L.) Clinical experience with thialion. Med. Herald, St. Joseph, 1899, n. s., xviii 596- 600.—Lowe(R. W.) Some problems solved. Texas M J., Galveston. 189S-9. xiv, 80-86. Also, Reprint.— Tleatli (R. A.) Does thialion take the place of calomel' Chi- cago Clinic, 1900. xiii, 625.—Smith (E. M.) The proper dosage of thialion. .1. Med. & Sc., Portland, 1898-9 v 192- 194. Also, Reprint. Also: N. Eng. M. Month., Danbury Conn., 1899, xviii, 213-215. J; Tliiaull (Odile) [1881- ]. *De la ponction de la vaginale dans le traitement de 1'epididymo- vaginalite blennorragique. 80 pp. 8°. Paris 1911, No. 235. Thibaud (Eugene) [1861- ]. *Les alienea devant la justice. 52 pp., 2 1. 4°. Pan's, 1896, No. 220. -----. The same. 52 pp., 2 1. 8°. Paris, G. Steinheil, 1896. Thibaud (Luc.) [1868- ]. * Des malforma- tions uterines au point de vue clinique. (E ude faite a l'aide des cas qui ont ete publies dans la litterature medicale pendant ces dix dernieres annees.) 50 pp. 4°. Paris, 1893, No. 265. Thibaudeau (Alphee) [1878- ]. *De l'em- ploi de la sonde a demeure apres l'uretrotomie interne dans les cas d'infections anciennes et graves de l'appareil urinaire. 56 pp., 11. 8°. Paris, 1902, No. 250. Thibandet (Emile) [1883- ]. *La ble- pharoplastie par la methode italienne modifiee. 51 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1906, No. 37. Thibaudet (Jean) [1876- ]. Contribution a I'etude des blessuresaccidentelles de la vessie; penetration au niveau de la region perineo-anale. 60 pp., 1 1. 8°. Li/on, 1901, No. 180. Thibaudet (Joseph) [1866- ]. *Desabces sous-tricipitaux consecutifs aux arthrites puru- lentesdu genou. [Lyon.] 58 pp. 4°. Bourg, 1895, No. 1041. Thibault (Andre). * Histoire chirurgicale du phimosis. 92 pp. 8°. Paris, 1908, No. 317. Thibault (Emmanuel-Jean-Auguste-Joseph) [1875- ]. * Etude de psychologie morbide; essai psychologique et clinique sur la sensation du deja vu. 132 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1899, No. 52. Thibault (Louis). * Tabes a debut par ophtal- moplegie (facies d'Hutchinson). 64 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Paris, 1907, No. 26. Thibault (M.) [1871- ]. *De i'epidemicite de l'appendicite. 58 pp. 8°. Paris, 1900, No. 187. THIBAULT. 1 Thibault (Paul). *Sur les combinaisons de l'oxyde de bismuth avec quelques acides de la seriebenzoique. 67 pp. 8°. Paris, 1905, No. 5. Ecole de pharmacie. Thibault (Paul) [1883- ]. *De la demor- phinisation brusque. 96 pp. 8°. Paris, 1910, No. 400. Thibaut (Albert-Jules-Joseph) [1868- ]. * Essai sur l'effacement du col de l'uterus. 76 pp. 4°. Lille, 1894, 4. s., No. 80. Thibaut (Alphonse). Le fleau de Cupidon. 178 pp. 8°. Chdtelet, chez I'auteur, 1907. Thibaut (Xicolas). [Biography.] Annuaire de la Haute-Marne, Chau- mont, 1811,173. Thibert affair. Helot (R.) Le medecin a la corde. Rev.m6d.de Normandie, Rouen, 1908,176-180,1 pi. Thibet. Barot (J.) Anthropologic du Tibet; les populations du Tibet sud-oriental. Bull, et m6m. Soc. d'anthrop. de Par., 1908, 5. s., ix, 462-473,1 map, 7 pi.—Bertenson (L. B.) Orusskikhbuddistakh iot. naz.tibetskolmeditsinle. [Russian Buddhists and so-called Thibetan medicine.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1906, v, 418-421. Also, transl.: St.Petersb. med. Wchnschr..1906,xxxi,253-257.—Delisle (F.) Sur lescararteres physiques des populations du Tibet sud-oriental. Bull, et mem. Soc. d'anthrop. de Par., 1908, 6. s., ix,473-486.—Uainprise (C. W.) With the Sikkim Tibet Mis-ion force. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1904, iii, 535-538. — Tibet (The) Mission force, 1903-4. Ibid., 1906, vi, 67-90.—Waddell (L. A.) The Tibetan house-demon. J. Anthrop. Inst., Lond., 1894-5, xxiv, 39- 41.-----. Some ancient Indian charms, from the Tibetan. Ibid., 41-14,1 pi.-----. Ancient anatomical drawings in Tibet. [Edit.] Brit. M. J., Lond.,1910,ii,1361.—VVriglit (A. R.) Tibetan charms. Folk-Lore, Lond., 1904, xv, 95, lpl.-----. Tibetan prayer-wheels. Ibid.,332,1 pi.-----. Tibetan drum and trumpet. Ibid., 333,1 pi. Thibierge (Ad.). SeLarocque i Antoine)&Thihierge(Ad.) Etudes toxicologiques. 8°. [Paris, n. d.] Thibierge (Georges) [1856- ]. Therapeu- tique des maladies de la peau. 2 v. iv, 417 pp.; 374 pp. 12°. Paris, O. Doin, 1895. -----. Le myxcedeme. 32 pp. 8°. Paris, Masson & Cie., 1*98. CEuvEEmed. chir., Par., 1898, no. 12. -----. Syphilis et deontologie. Secret medical; responsabilite civile; enonce du diagnostic; jeunes gens syphilitiques; la syphilis avant et pendant le mariage; divorce; nourrissons syphi- litiques; nourrices syphilitiques; domestiques et ouvriers syphilitiques; syphilitiques dans les hopitaux; transmission de la syphilis par les ins- truments; medecins syphilitiques; sages-femmes et svphilis. xi, 296 pp. 8°. Paris, Masson & Cie.", 1903. See, also. Reunions cliniques de l'Hdpital Saint- Louis pendant l'annee scolaire 1888-9, [etc.]. 8°. Paris, 1889. Thibonneau (Maxime). Contribution a I'e- tude des paralysies radiculaires superieures du plexus brachial et en particulier de leur diag- nostic. 75 pp. 8°. Paris, 1906, No. 7. Thibout (Ernest-Auguste) [1860-/ ]. *Con- tribution a I'etude des tumeurs benignes du la- rynx chez l'adulte et de leur traitement chirur- gical par la voie endo-laryngee. 70 pp. 8°. Lille, 1898, 5. s., No. 85. Thibout (Georges) [1878- ]. *La question de l'opium a l'epoque contemporaine. 344 pp., 8 pi. 8°. Paris, 1912, No. 175. [Thiebault-SiKMOn.] Les revelations de la main. pp. 782-801. 8°. Paris, 1890. Cutting from: Nouvelle rev., aout, 1890. Thiebaut (Henri) [1871- ]. * Revue critique des antiseptiques iodes; contribution a I'etude de l'airol. 128 pp. 8°. Nancy, 1896, No. 2. THIELE. Thiebaut—continued. ------. The same. 128 pp. 8°. Nancy, A. Ni colle, 1896. Thiehaul-de-Berneaud (Arsene) [1777- 1850]. Manuels-Roret. Nouveau manuel com- plet de la laiterie, ou traite analytique et criti- que de toutes les methodes adoptees ou propo- sees pour le gouvernement de la laiterie; avec 1'indication des moyens les plus simples et les plus certains de tirer parti du lait des animaux domestiques, de faire le beurre, de confectionner les fromages, et d'assurer la longue prosperity de cette branche importante de l'economie ru- rale. xii, 255 pp., 1 pi. 24°. Paris, Roret, 1842. Thiebaux (.Marie-Georges) [1879- ]. *Etude sur 346 cas de fievre typhoide infantile. 106 pp., 1 1., 1 ch. 8°. Nancy, 1904, No. 28. Thiebout (J.) Luchtverversching in zalen en vertrekken. 35 pp., 1 diag. 8°. Zwolle, erven J. J. Tijl, 1899. Thiede (Adolf Walter) [1885- ]. *Ein Fall von Perforation der steinhaltigen Gallenblase in die freie Bauchhohle. 38 pp. 8°. Greifs- v-ald, H. Adler, 1910. Thiedu (Daniel-Jacques-Louis) [1886- ]. * Contribution a I'etude du corset platre et de ses moyens de renforcement. 42 pp. 8°. Bor- deaux, 1910, No. 2. Thieke (Rudolf Willi Arthur) [1885- ]. *Die Hippomanes des Pferdes. [Giessen.] 38 pp., 4 pi. 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 1911. Thiol (Albert). *Beitrag zur Lehre von der Entwicklung der Sarcome. 28 pp. 8°. Wiirz- burg, Becker, 1894. Thiel (A[lfred]). Chemisches Praktikum fiir Mediziner. Kurzer Leitfaden fiir die prak- tische Einfiihrung in de Grnndlehren der Che- mie nach neuerer Anschauung, nebst analyti- schen Anwendungen. xii, 124 pp. 12°. Mun- ster i. W., H. Schbningh, [1907]. Thiel (Ceorg) [1869- ]. * Ueber Vaginal- stenose. 65 pp. 8°. Bonn, C. Georgi, 1805. c. Thiel (Peter Johannes). Deutsche Heilodung statt'schwedischer Heil-Massage. Zehn Heil- Briefe fiir Aerzte, Heilbeflissene (Masseure, Mas- seusen, Magnetopathen, Krankenprleger) und alle Eltern. xix, 84 pp., 4 pi. 8°. Elberfeld, Baedeker, 1903. Thiel (Pierre-Henri). *Le quartier des tuber- culeux adultes de Brevannes; historique; des- cription; climatologie. 145 pp., 10 pi. 8°. Paris, 1909, No. 412. Thiel (Ulrich) [1870- ]. * Ueber die Aetio- logie der Ophthalmoplegia totalis. 32 pp., 1 1. 8°. Berlin, E. Ebering, [1893]. Thiele (Adalbert). *Ueber die Liingen- und Dickenunterschiede an den Extremitiiten rech- ter- und linkerseits. 15 pp. 8°. Wiirzburg, Becker, 1893. Thiele (Adolf) [1867- ]. Blutenziehungen, insbesondere der Aderlass. Ihre Technik und Anwendung in der modernen Therapie. viii, 105 pp. 12°. Leipzig, C. G. Naumann, 1896. Med. Biblioth., 90-92. Thiele (Carl Heinrich Werner) [1864- ]. *Statistische Erhebungen iiber die Haufigkeit, Complicationen und Aetiologie der Endocardi- tis. 14 pp., 11. 8°. Kiel, Schmidt & Klaunig, 1888 Thiele (F[elix]) [1877- ]. * Ueber Fer- mente im Urin, insbesondere iiber vermehrte Pepsinausscheidung beim Diabetes mellitus und einigen anderen Krankheiten. 33 pp., 11. 8°. Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1907. 18 THIEMICH. THIELE. Thiele (Friedrich Adolf Ferdinand) [1875- ]. *Ein Fall von Fibromvom der hinteren Mutter- mundslippe. 25 pp.,'l 1. 8°. Greifsuuld, H. Adler, 181*8. Thiele (Friedrich Karl) [1880- ]. *Rechts- seitige iiussere Leistenbriiche mit Colon ascen- dent, Ctt'cum, Processus vermiformis als Bruch- inhalt. 39 pp. 8°. Rerlin, E. Ebering, 1912. Thiele (Johannes [Karl]) [1880- ]. *Ueber die Ursaehen der Spontangangn'in der Extremi- taten. 58 pp., 11. 8°. Greifswald, H. Adler, 1904. Thiele ([Ludwig] Friedrich Johannes]) [1885- ]. * Ueber Sehstorungen durch Autosug- gestion, insbesondere bei Schulkindern. 31 pp. 8°. Rostock, Adlers Erben, 1910. Thiele (Martin) [1884- ]. * Ueber die allo- tropen Modifikationen des Ar-ens. [Konigs- bergi.Pr.] 58 pp. 8°. Berlin. E. Ebering, 1910. Thiele [Otto] [1863- ]. Ueber Verbren- nung des Mundes, Schlundes, der Speiserohre und des Magens; Behandlung der Verbrennung und ihrer Folgezustiinde. 2 p. 1., 59 pp. 8°, Berlin, [L. Schuhmacher], 1893. Forms 6. Hft. of: Veroffentl. a. d. Mil.-San.-Wes., Berl., 1893. Thiele (P[aul]). * Diagnose und Behandlung der Speichelsteine. 26 pp., 1 1. 8°. Jena, A. Kiimpfe, 1893. Thiele (Wilhelm). * Ueber den Zusammen- hang von Herzschwielen mit Veriinderungen der Coronararterien. 51 pp. 8°. Gottingen, Diettnch, 1892. Thiele (Wilhelm Ludwig Walter) [1873- ]. * Ueber Wendung und Extraktion mit beson- derer Beriicksichtigung der zeitlichen Trennung beider. 29 pp. 8°. Halle a. S., C. A. Kaem- merer & Co., 1899. Thiele (Willy). * Ueber einen Fall von Gliom und Sarkom des Riickenmarks mit Hohlenbil- dung une sekundiiren Strangdegenerationen. [Erlangen.] 19 pp., 1 1. 8°. Leipzig, C. Grurn- bach, 1902. Thieleeke (Otto) [1876- ]. * Ueber die Lo- kalisation der Knochentuberkulose. (Beitrag zur doppelseitigen Tuberculose der Patella.) 35 pp. 8°. Freiburg i. Br., lT. Hochreuther, 1907. Thielemann (Rudolf) [1872- ]. *Diephy- siologische AVirkung des Piperidin. 64 pp., 1 1. 8°. Marburg, C. L. Pfeil, 1896. Thielemann's tincture. nelpliin (T.) Tinetura Thielemanni. Svensk far- maceut. tidskr., Stockholm, 1912, xvi, 117-120. Thielemann (J[oseph] -Yves- [Marie]) [1868- ]. * Contribution a I'etude des manifesta- tions parotidiennes du saturnisme. 80 pp. 4°. Paris, 1895, No. 180. Thielen (Adam) [1861- ]. * Ueber Leber- kirrhose bei Kindern durch congenitale Syfilis. 14 pp., 1 1. 8°. Kiel, C. Donath, 1894. Thielen (Hanspeter) [1881- ]. * Ueber die Sterblichkeit friih- und rechtzeitig geborener Kinder in den ersten neun Wochenbettstagen. 38 pp., 1 1. 8°. Freiburg i. Br., Speyer & Kaer- ner, 1905. Thielepape (Julius) [1875- ]. *Zur Aetio- logie und Symptomatologie des Korsakowschen Syinptomen-Komplexes. 72 pp., 21. 8°. Jena, A. Kiimpfe, 1907. Thielert (Arthur Ludwig Konstantin) [1873- ]. * Ueber einen Fall von Darmruptur durch Selbsttaxis bei incarcerierter Schenkel- hernie, nebst Bemerkungen iiber Repos tion eingeklemmter Briiehe und Herniotomie im Allgemeinen. 23 pp. 8°. Greifswald, J. Abel, Thiele§ (Adolf). Vorbeugungs- und Verhal- tungsmassregeln bei Diphtheritic zur Verteilung in Familien. 65 1. 12°. Miinehen, Seitz tfc Schauer, 1898. Thielke (Friedrich) [1883- ]. *UeberLues ventriculi. 60 pp. 8°. Rostock, A. Erben, 1910. Tliiellement (C.) *Des injections extra-du- rales de cocaine et de serum dans le traitement de la sciatique et du lumbago. 43 pp. 8°. Paris, 1901, No. 633. Thielmann (Heinrich). * Ammoniak und Chlornatrium im Speichel Gesunder und Krank- ker. [Giessen.] 14pp. 8°. L'nnburg, 1897. Thiem (Carl) [1850- ]. Beitrag ziir Entste- hung von Ruckenmarkserkrankungen nach pe- ripheren Verletzungen. In: Samml. klin. Vortr., n. F., Leipz., 1896, No. 149 (Chir., No. 43, 467-482). ------. Handbuch der Unfallerkrankungen auf Grund arztlicher Erfahrungen. Nebst einer Abhandlung iiber die Unfallerkrankungen auf dem Gebiet der Augenheilkunde von Ehrenfried Cramer, xlii, 924 pp. 8°. Stuttgart, F. Enke, 1898. Thiemann (Bernhard) [1876- ]. *Beitrag zur Theorie der Gehirnerschutterung. 30 pp., 2 1. 8°. Greifswald, J. Abel, 1903. Thiemann (Hans). *Ueber Darmverschluss und Darmparalyse, einschliesslich Peritonitis. [Jena.] 119 pp. 8°. Berlin, L. Schumacher, 1910. Thiemann (Johannes) [1878- ]. *Beitrage zur Diagnostik des Lungenabscesses und der Lungengangran. [Leipzig.] 62pp., 11. 8°. Berlin, P. Stankiewicz, 1902. Thieme (Carl) [1881- ]. * Ueber die Ein- wirkung des Ozons auf Siiuren der Oelsiiurereihe und Stearolsiiure. 29 pp., 1 1. 8°. Kiel, Ludthed: Martens, 1906. Thieme (Karl) [1877- ]. *Beitrag zur Lehre von der Encephalopathia saturnina. 30 pp., 11. 8°. Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1906. Thieme (Oskar) [1880- ]. *Ein Fall von Meningoencepholocele. 21 pp. 8°. Munchen, B. Heller, 1904. Thieme (Richard Otto) [1872- ]. * Die Be- handlung der Prostatahypertrophie durch die Castration. 24 pp., 11. 8°. Halle a. S., C. A. Kaemmerer & Co., 1895. Thieme-Preu§§er. Dictionary of the En- glish and German languages. New ed., entirely rewritten and greatl v enlarged, by I. E. Wessely. Parts I-II. xix, 840; 763 pp. 8°. Hamburg, Haendcke & Lehmkuhl, 1898. Thiemieh (Martin) [1869- ]. *Klinisch- bacteriologische Blutuntersuchungen beim Ab- dominaltyphus. 1 p. 1., 36 pp., 1 1. 8°. Bres- lau, 1894. ------. Uber die Entscheidungder Stillfahigkeit und die teilweise Muttermilchernahrung. 16 pp. 12°. Breslau, A. Jiinger, 1904. ------. Funktionelle Erkrankungen des Nerven- systems. In: Handb. d. Kinderh. (Pfaundler& Schlossmann). 8°. Leipzig, 1906, ii, 753-831. ------. The same. Functional diseases of the nervous system. In: Dis. Child. (Pfaundler & Schlossmann). Eng. transl. roy. 8°. Philadelphia & London, 1908, iv, 285-375. ------. P>krankungen der Meningen. In: Handb. d. Kinderh. (Pfaundler & Schlossmann). 8°. Leipzig, 1906, ii, 832-870. ------. The same. Diseases of the meninges. In: Dis. Child. (Pfaundler A Schlossmann). Eng. transl. roy. 8°. Philadelphia & London, 1908, iv, 376-417. THI.EM1CH. 119 THIERMANN. Thiemieh (Martin)—continued. ----- & Zappert (Julius). Die Krankheiten des Nervensystems im Kindesalter, von M.Thie- mieh und J. Zappert, mit Beitriigen von W. Knopfelmacher und H. Pfister. Korrigierter Sonderabdruck aus dem Handbuch der Kinder- heilkunde. 2. Aufl. Hrsg. von M. Pfaundler und A. Schlossmann. 4 p. 1., 315 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Leipzig, F. C. 11'. Vogel, 1910. Thiemieh (Seth Vi talis Alfred) [1873- ]. * Ueber Heilung nach Nervennaht. 27 pp., 2 1. 8°. Berlin, E. Ebering, 1897. Thiene (Domenico) [1767-1844]. Rapporto sulla febbre epidemico-contagiosa che regno nella citta e provincia di Vicenza al principio dell' anno 1806. 54 pp. 8°. Vicenza, B. Pa- roni, 1801. -----. Storia del tifo contagioso che regno en- demico nelle carceri di Vicenza al fine del 1811 e principio del 1812. 102 pp. 4°. Vicenza, ti- pog. Paroni, 1812. Bound with his: Rapporto sulla febbre [etc.] 8°. 17- cenza, 1807. -----. Bilancio medico del tifo contagioso che regno epidemico sulla Provincia vicentina nell' anno 1817, con alcune riflessioni. 66 pp., 1 tab. 8°. Vicenza, tipog., Paroni, 1818. [Also in: P., v. 1350. Bound with his: Rapporto sulla febbre [etc.]. 8°. 17- cenza, 1807. Thienel (Alwin) [1863- ]. * Ein Fall von schwimmhosenartigem Na?vus pigmentodes pi- losus mit Carcinoma melanodes. 25 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Greifsu-ald, J Abel, 1892. Thienel (Max). *Vergleichende Untersuchun- gen iiber den mikroskopischen Bau der Blutge- fasse der Schultergliedmasse von Pferd, Esel, Rind, Kalb, Schaf, Schwein und Hund. [Bern.] 46 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Langensalza, Beyer & Siiline, 1902. Thienemann (August). * Biologie der Tri- chopteren-Puppe. [Greifswald.] 86 pp., 5 pi. 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 1905. Thienemann ( Johannes Wilhelm ) [1863- ]. * Untersuchungen iiber Taenia tenuicol- lis Rud. mit Beriicksichtigung der iibrigen Mus- teliden-Taenien. [Konigsberg i. Pr.] 28pp., 1 pi. 8°. Berlin, R. Shicker, 1906. Repr.from: Arch. d. Naturgeschichte, Berl., 1906. Thienen (Henr. Theod. Georg.) *Dis. med.- practica inauguralis de squillse radicis virtuti- bus. 36 pp. sm. 4°. Duisburgi ad Rhenum, J. Sas [174U]. [P., v. 2120.] Thienes (Carl). * Ueber eine neue Methode zum qualitativen Nachweis sowie zur quantita- tiven Trennung der alkalischen Erden durch dunkles Schwefelammonium. 31 pp. 8°. Er- lo,n/tn, A. Vollrath, 1893. Thieiitfer (Karl) [1874- ]. *Die myeli- tischen Affektionen des Riickenmarks speziell bei Infektionskrankheiten, nebst Anfiihrung eines Falles von disseininierter Myelitis nach Influenza. 71 pp., 1 1. 8°. Wiirzburg, A. Borst, 1901. Thienhaus (Carl Otto) [1868- ]. * Ueber Compressionsstenosen der Trachea verursacht durch Aneurysmen der Aorta und des Truncus anonymus. 33 pp., 1 1. 8°. Berlin, G. Schade, 1894. Thienot (Joseph-Charles-Marie-Felix) [1868- ]. * Des lavages de la plevre par simple ponction au moyen d'une aiguille a double cou- rant et par une technique speciale. 176 pp. 4°. Paris, 1896, No. 233. Thicnsius van de Wynpersse (Jacobus). See Henson (William). Disquisitio experimentalis de sanguinis natura [etc.] 8°. Luejd. Bat., 1785. -----. Opus posthumum, [etc.]. 8°. Lug. Bat, 1785. Thierarzllieher Central-Anzeiger. v. 3-8, 1897-1902. fol. Berlin. Thierarztliehe§ Centralblatt. Hrsg. vom Vereine der Thierarzte in Oesterreich. v. 22- 25, 1889-1902. 8°. Wien. Thierarzneisehule in Zurich. See I'VMtKclirift zur Feier des fiinfzigjahrigen Doc- tor-Jubiliiums Herrn Prof. Dr. Karl Wilhelm von Niigeli in Munchen [etc.]. fol. Zurich, 1891. Thierbaeh (Bruno) [1863- ]. Ueber die Ver wend barkeit der Thermoelemente zur Be- stimmung von Erdtemperaturen. 40 pp., 1 1., 1 pi. 8°. Konigsberg, Hartung, [18921. Thiercelin (Emile). *De l'infection gastro- intestinale chez l'enfant nouveau-ne (pathogenie et traitement). 154 pp. 8°. Paris, 1894, No. 387. Thiercelin (Jules) [1872- ]. ^Contribu- tion it I'etude de Popotherapie ovarienne. 57 pp., 1 1. 8°. Pan's. 1898, No. 94. Tliierfelder (Albert) [1842-1908]. Atlas der pathologischen Histologie; mit erkliirendem Text. Lieferung 1. Pathologische Histologie der Luftwege und der Lunge. 6 1., 6 pi. fol. Leipzig, Fues, 1872. a. l. a. For Biography, see Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1908, xxxiv, 429 (Zabel). Tliierfelder ([Benjamin] Theodor) [1824- See Beitrage zur wissenschaftlichen Medizin [etc.]. 8°. Leipzig, 1895.—Scliatz (Christian Friedrich). Die Acardii [etc.]. 8C. Berlin, 1898. For Biography, see Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1895, xlii, 34, port. (F. von Winckel). Tliierfelder (H[ans]) [1858- ]. See Hoppe-Seyler (Ernst Felix). Handbuch der physiologisch- und pathologisch-chemischen Analvse [etc.l. 6. Aufl. 8°. Berlin, 1S93.—Nuttall (George Henry Falkiner) & Tlilerlelder (H.) Thierisches Leben oline Bakterien im Verdauungskanal, [etc.]. 8°. Slrassburg, 1895-7. Tliierfelder (Max). * Beitrage zur Lehre vom Trachom. I. Das Trachom in Mecklenburg von 1902 bis 1907 inkl. II. Untersuchungen iiber das Vorkommen der sog. Korperchenzellen bei Trachom. 45 pp. 8°. Rostock, Adlers Erben, 1909. Tliierfelder (MaxUlrieh) [1885- ]. *Ue- | ber einen Fall von Phakokele bei Hornhauttu- berculose, nebst anatomischem Befund. [Ros- tock.] 18 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Hamburg, L. Voss, 1910. Tliierfelder (Ulrich) [1883- ]. * Ueber Dunndarmsarkome im Kindesalter. 16 pp., 11. 8°. Leipzig, Univ.-Buchdr., 1909. Thiergardt (Adolf). * Ueber Aufnahme und Ansammlung von Arsen und Blei im Korper derFische. 18 pp. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1S97. Thiergen (J[ohannes]) [1883- ]. *Die lautliche und begrirfiiche Entwickelung der antikmythologischenNameninderfranzosischen Sprache. [Kiel.] 154 pp., 1 1. 8°. Pulsnitz, E. L. Winters Erben, 1907. Thiermann [Otto] [1861- ]. Die Reform der Kneipp'schen Wasserheilmethode. Eine Wechsel- und Reformbadekur, nebst specieller Anweisung zur Erkennung und Heilung der hiiufigsten und wichtigsten Krankheiten und Beschwerden des Menschen. iv, 240 pp., 21. 8 °. Strassburg i.E., II. Bermiihler, [ 1898]. THIEHMEDIZIMSCHE. 120 THIESIMJ. Thicrmedizinitiehe Vortrage, unter Mitwir- kung von Albrecht, Azary [et al.] hrsg. von Georg Schneidemiihl. 3 v. 8°. Halle, 18SS-92. CONTEXTS. Vol. S. Hft. 1-2. Zelle und Zellkern, von Bernhard Solger. Hft. 3. Ueber Geburtshilfe beim Schwein, von A. Tapken. Hft. 4. Ueber die Grundzuge fiir die Beurtheilung der Pferde auf Leistungsfahigkeit, von F. von Chelchowski. Hft. 5. Ueber Hundswuth vom sanitatspolizeilichen Staudpunkte, von Georg Boenninghaus. Hft. 6. Die Blutseruinimpfungen und die bisherigen Erfolge ihrer Anwendung- zum Schutze und zur Heilung von Thierseuchen, von Georg Schneidemiihl. Hft. 7. Ueber die Verbreitung von Krankheiten durch Milch und deren Produkte sowie iiber die Massregeln gegen die Verbreitung vom sanitatspolizeilichen Stand- punkt, von A. Stiihlen. Hft. 8-10. Die Tuberkulose der Menschen und der Thiere vom sanitiits- und veterinarpolizeilichen Staud- punkte erortert, von Georg Schneidemiihl. Hft. 11. Ueber Sarkosporidien, von Georg Schneide- miihl. For eontents of v. 1 and 2, see First Series. Thicrnesse ([Theodore-] A[uguste]) [1812- 83]. See Gluge (G.) & Thiernesse (A.) Nouvelles ex- periences sur la reunion [etc.]. 8°. Bruxelles, 1862.-----. Sur la reunion [etc.]. 8°. Bruxelles, [1864]. Thierry (Auguste-li mile-Luc i en) [1839- 1907J. " Roche (L.) Notice biographique sur £mile Thierry. Bull. Soc. med. de l'Yonne, Auxerre, 1907, xlviii, 37^18. Thierry (finite) [1836-95]. [Biography.] Normandie med., Rouen, 1895, x, 65. Thierry (Henry). La police sanitaire mari- time d'apres le reglement du 4 Janvier 1896. Coinmentaire medical et j ridique, pratique de la disinfection; prophylaxie. 315 pp. 12°. Paris, G. Steinheil, 1896.' Thierry (P. B.) tils. Notice sur M. Chibourg. 32 pp. 12°. Caen, F. Poissin, 1807. Thierry de Ilery. See de Hery (Thierrv). Thierry-Mies;. Note sur l'emploi du retro- ceps. 4 pp. 8°. Paris, E. Briere, 1868. Repr.from: J. d. conn. med. prat., Par., 1868, xxxv. Thiers (Ernest-Camille) [1876- ]. * Etude comparative de la tenotomie a ciel ouvert et de l'extirpation partielle du sterno-cleido-mastoi- dien dans le traitement du torticolis congenital. 82 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1904, Xo. 1. Thiers (Joseph) [1873- ]. *Des resultats fonctionnels eloignes de la pylorectomie dans les stenose- cancereuses du pylore. 67 pp. 8° Paris, 18!>8, Xo. 594. Thiers (Louis) [1877- ]. * Contribution a 1 etude du traitement des fistules vesico- vaginal par la voie transvesical ou operation de Trendenlenburg. 67 pp. 8°. Luon, 1904 Xo. 161. Thiers (Louis-Adolphe) [1797-1877]. Tnaire (P.) MonsieurThierset ledocteur Recamier. Chron. med., Par., 1899, vi, 161-167. Thiersch (Carl) [1822-95]. Medicinische (jlossen zum Hamlet. Cutting from: Nord und Slid, Berl., 1878, vi, 231-254. Se,-, also Overtoeek (Johannes) & Thiersch (Carl) RedengehalteninderAulafetc.]. 4°. Leipzig, [18761 For Biography, see Helferich (H.) Carl Thiersch Rede gehalten bei der Feier zur Eroffnungdes neuen Insti- tutsgeoaudes der chirgischen Klinik zu Leipzig am 26 Januar 1900. 8°. Leipzig, 1900. See, also: Brit. M J Lond. 1895 i, 1360. Also: Centralbl. f. Chir., Leipz 895 xxi, 621-024 (H Helferich). Also: Deutsche Ztschr f Chir., Leipz 1895 xli,617-633 (H. Helferich). Also: Inte£ ^^^P^- Monatschr., LeiPz- 1895 ii 176, port (Landerer). Also: Lancet, Lond., 1895, i 1156 AlZ- Munchen. med. Wchnschr.. 1895, xlii AT>-41b(k Ian' ?weHis)^fe0; P0P' SC- M°nth- N' Y- '1897"-8> li 83W68 Thiersch (Justus). Die Schiidigung des weib- lichen Korpers durch fehlerhafte Kleidung, nebst Bemerkungen iiber die Verbesserung der Frauenkleidung. viii, 45 pp. 8°. Berlin, H. Walther, 1901. Thiersch's method. &e Lupus (Treatment of) by grafting; Penis (Amputation of); Penis (Tumors of, Malignant, Treatment of, Operative); Skin-grafting (Meth- ods of). Thiersch's operation. See Neuralgia (Facial, Treatment of, Opera- tive) . Thiery (Emile). *Du role- des consultations gratuites avec dispensaires dans la prophylaxie de la syphilis. 68 pp. 8°. Montpellier,' 1904, No. 16. Thiery (Georges-Marie-Lucien) [1881- ]. Contribution a I'etude des cardiopathies au cours de la grossesse et du travail d'apres les cas observes depuis 20 annees a la Maternite de Nancy. 93 pp. 8°. Nancy, 1908, No. 35. Thiery (Paul) [1863- ]. See Tillaux (P.) Lecons de clinique chirurgicale 8°. Paris, 1895. 6 Thiery de Cieves. Dourif. Sur le chirurgien Thiery de Cieves. TActe de 1485.] France med., Par., 1904, li, 385. Thies (Anton). * Studie iiber die Infusion physiologischer Salzlosungen. [Giessen.] 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 1909. Thies (Anton Enno) [1878- ]. * Wirkung der Radiumstrahlen auf verschiedene Gewebe und Organe. 34 pp. 8°. Leipzig, B. Georqi, 1905. y Thies (Friedrich). * Beitrage zur Aetiologie, pathologischen Anatomie und Therapie des Em- physema subcutaneum im Auschluss an neuere Veroffentlichungen und einen eigenen Fall von allgemeinem Emphysem nach katarrhalischer Pneumonie. 33 pp. 8°. Golligen, Dieterich, 1895. Thies ([Heinrich] Friedrich) [1883- ]. *Das physiologische Verhalten von 1-, d- und dl- Su- prarenin. [Bern.] 21 pp., 1 1. 8°. Berlin, Otto & E. Klett, 1909. Thies (Johann) [1880- ]. * Erfahrungen bei der Verwendung des Adrenalins zur Unter- stiitzung der lokalen Anaesthesie. 56 pp. 8°. Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1903. Thies (Oskar) [1878- ]. * Die in den Jahren 1899-1902 in der konigl. chirurgischen Klinik zu Kiel zur Behandlung gekommenen Fiille von Hernia epigastrica. 24 pp. 8°. Kiel, H. Fiencke, 1903. Thiesen (M[ax Ferdinand]) [1849- ]. Zur Theorie 39.—Bosliouwers (H.1 Thigenol. Therap Neu- heiten, Leipz., 1908, iii, 29.— Brings (J.) Thigenol "Roche" in der Praxis. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1904, xviii, 324-326.—Bueri (P.) II thigenol Roche. Ras- M'LMia d' ostet. e ginec., Napoli, 1906, xv, 151-159.— €o- laMiionno (S.) II thigenol in oftalmoiatria; nuova ap- plicazione. Rassagna med., Bologna, 1903, xi, no. 11, 1-3. — Delaunay (V.) De Taction du thigenol en gynecologie. Presse m£d., Par., 1906, xiv, 164.—Del Monte (A.) II thigenol Roche in terapia oculare. Arch, di ottal., Napoli, 1905-6, xiii, 206-212.—DI 01.—.TlcDanfel (E. B.) Osteomyelitis necessitating hip jointamputation. Med. Sentinel, Port- land, Oreg., 1905, xiii. 666-671.—Sinclair (T.) Anthrax of the thigh treated by operation; recovery. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1900, i, 757.—Tixier. Botryomycome de la face interne de la cuisse. Lyon med., 1906, cvi, 1134. Thigh (Foreign bodies in). Falkin & Orehier de Cardenal. Histoire d'un corps Stranger de la cuisse chez une nerropathe. Gaz. hebd. dsc med. de Bordeaux, 1910, xxxi, 290-292.—Geor- liA'clF (Y.) Chuzhdi tlela, tri drenazha, namlereni v dlesncito bedro. [Foreign bodies, three drains, in the right thigh.] Med. napried., Sofiya, 1902, iii, 162-168.- GrifHth (F.) Deep penetration of the thigh by a crochet needle. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1912, xcv, 77. Also, Griffith (F.) crocheti Reprint. Thigh (Fracture of). See Femur (Fracture of). Thigh (Hydatids of). Ccslan (io.) Kyste hydatique de la cuisse; extirpa- tion. Toulouse med., 1904, 2. s., vi, 261.—Cholmeley (\V. F.) Hydatid of femur; amputation through hip- joint. Brit. M. .1.. Lond., 1904, i, 546.—Costa (G.) Cisti da echinococeo della radice della coscia; contributo alia diagnosi di sede dei tumori di detta regione ed al tratta- mento operativo delle cisti idutidee sorte nei muscoli. (liizz. internaz. di med., Napoli, 1907, x, 325-327.—Cum- mins (S. L.) Case of hvdatid disease of the femur. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1907, ix, 69-71.—Dudon. Cysticcrques de la cuisse. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. . . . de Bordeaux, 1891, xii, 147.—Parascandolo (C.) Cisti da echinococco della regione posteriore della coscia destra. Ineurabili, Napoli. 1893, viii. 433; 465.—Venues. t n cas de kyste hydatin ue du femur droit. Montpel. med 1907, xxiv, 209-211.—AVittop Koning (J.) Een geval van echinococeuscyste van het bovenbeen. Nederl. Tijd- schr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1907, i, 365-367. Thigh (Neuralgia of). See Meralgia; Sciatica. Thigh (Transplantation of). Ca rrel (A.) Transplantation de la cuisse d'un chien sur un autre chien. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par 1907, lxii 1035. Also, transl.: Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & JJ^'x^Y-?906"^ iv' 120--Ci»M"el (A.) & Guthrie (O.-C.) RSsultats d'une replantation de cuisse. Compt. ifn$- Sw.debiol, Par., 1906, lx, 378. Also, transl.: Science, N.\.& Lancaster, Pa., 1906, n.s., xxiii, 383. Thigh (Tuberculosis of). ., BuSorolM,.tka Metchatki bedra. [Tuberculosis of the cellular tissue of the thigh.] Otehot o dlevateln. khirurg klin. [etc.] vMosk. (1899-1900), 1901,382.-John- son. Tuberculous bursitis of the thigh and groin. Ann Surg. Phila ,1911, liii, 566-ITIassabuau. Tuberculose m™,lt,^ede9 muscles de la region externede la cuisse. Monti.el. med., 1907, xxiv, 253-257—1 hler (H. L.) Tu- ^'"nit0?^1 lh? V11**' Phila- M- J-. 1901, viii, p^'«7 m ,llard (De F ) Hip-joint amputation for tuber! cular disease of the femur. Ann. Surg., Phila. 1903 Wood f rf *°k Tr' ^?'a- ^Cad' SnrgVl903, v 149- h?ko i( CJ AmPutation of the hip-joint for diffuse iiSK'JKSS"of the femur- phila-Hosp-Rep- Thigh (Tumors of). See, also, Amputation of hipjoint; Femur (lumors of); Muscles (Ossification in). Thigh (Tumors of). Clekc (L.) * Quelques considerations sur le myxonie lipomateux de la cuisse. 8°. Li/on, 1897. Gottschalk (E.) *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Knochen- und Knorpelgeschwulste mit beson- derer Beriicksichtigung eine- Falles von En- chondrom des Femur. 8°. Leipzig, 15/05. Schultes (A.) * Ueber diffuse Lymphan- giorn bildung am Oberschenkel. 8°. Freiburg i. B., 1894. Aguinet. Ostedme de la cuisse. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1900, lxxv, 932.—Anderson (G. E. C.) Case of symmetrical bursal tumour of thighs. South Af- rican M. J., Cape Town, 1893-4, i, 106-108.—Battle (W. H.) Bony tumour of thiirh. Tr. M. Soc, Lond., 1901-2 xxv, 327, 1 pi.—Battle (W. H.) & Shattock (S. C.) A remarkable case of diffuse cancellous osteoma of the femur following a fracture in which similar growths af- terwards developed in connection with other bones. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1907-8, i, Path. Sect., 83-115.— Beale (P. T. B.) Extensive heematoma of thigh and leg. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1907, n. s., lxxxiii, 422.— Benard (H.) & Lainy (L.) Angiome profond doulou- reux de la cuisse gauche. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat.de Par., 1910, lxxxv, 247-250.—Berard. Fibro-lipomede la cuisse. Lyon, med., 1904, cii, 889.— Bllliaut (M.) Tu- meur fluctuante de la cuisse gauche c6te interne; suppu- ration; incision; issue d'hydatides. Ann. de chir. et d'orthop., Par., 1903, xvi, 161-165. -----. Molluscum volu- mineux de la cuisse; operation; guerison. Ibid., 193- 198.—Bindl (F.) Peritelioma della coscia; contributo istogenetieo e clinico alio studio dei tumori vascolari. Riforma med,, Palermo-Napoli, 1904, xx, 1351-1357.— Blanc & Weinberg. Myome dermique de la cuisse. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1895, lxx, 597-599.—Brem (V.) Sluchal enehondrosis ossificans bedra u molodovo soldata i nleskolko zamiechaniy onovlelshem sposoble profzvod- stvaiskusstvennikhopukholel. [Enehondrosis ossificans of the femur in a young soldier, and remarks on the new method of producing artificial tumors.] Protok. i Trudi Obsh. Kaluzhsk. Vrach.(1907-8),1909,77-30.—Buchanan (G. B.) Pedunculated osteochondroma, which was re- moved from the lower end of the shaft of the femur. Tr. Glasg.^Path. & Clin. Soc, 1899-1900, viii, 25.—Cabanne- Telle. Volumineux molluscum de la cuisse droite Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1901, lxxvi, 100.—Car- vallo. Enorme tumor del muslo. Rev. med. de Chile, thigh. Sant. deChile,1896, xxiv,471.—Case of angiomaof Charing CrossHosp. Gaz., Blandford, 1902-3, iv,78.—rath- cart (C. W.) [A solid simple epithelial tumour removed fromayoungwoman.] Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc.,Edinb.,1897-8, n.s.,xvii,64.—Caubet &Blanchard (A.) Fibromede lacuisse. Bull.etmem. Soc.Anat.dePar.,1902,lxxvii,452.— Chauvel & Lecene (P.) Angiome intramusculaire de la cuisse. Ibid., 1911, lxxxvi, 289— Chislett (H. R.) Osteoma of the femur. Clinique, Chicago, 1903, xxiv, 337- 339.—< la j land (J. M.) Fibrous tumor of thigh, with calcareous degeneration. Brookland M. J., 1905, xix, 282.—Costantini (B.) Su di un lipoma nel triangolo di Scarpa in rapporto con la safena magna. Pratico, Fi- renze, 1899-1900, v, 456-458.—Czerny. Ueber Tumoren undPseudotumoreninderAddukrorengegend. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1903.xxix,397—Da bout (E.) Osteome traumatique du vaste externe de la cuisse. Rev. de m6d. leg., Par., 1910, xvii, 257-264—Decloux (L.) Note histologique sur un cas d'adeno-lvmphocele de la cuisse. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat.de Par.,"l900, lxxv, 66.—De (iaetano (L.) Deunlinfangioma enorme della coseia. Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 1903, xxv, 777- 787.—Delbet (P.) Lipome osteo-periostiquedelaracine de la cuisse. Bull, etmem. Soc. anat. dePar.,1907, lxxxii, 216-218.—Derveau. Tumeurspolymorphesdelacuisse. J. med. de Brux., 1905, x, 703.—Doziinneau. Lipome delacuisse. Arch.med.d'Angers, 1897,i, 31-33.—Dudon. Fibromyxome de la cuisse. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. . . . de Bordeaux, 1889, x, 17.—Famechon (H.) Hema- t6me aneurysmal diffus delacuisse par suite d'ulceration de l'artere poplitee, au cours de 1'evolution latente d'une osteomyelite chronique d'emblee du femur, avec produc- tion de sequestre; ligature de l'artere femorale au-dessus del'anneau: Evacuation d'une grandequantitedecaillots contenus dans la poche anevrysmatique; infection de cette cavite; sphacele limits des trois premiers orteils; guerison. Echo med. du nord, Lille,1906,x, 13-18.—Far- ganel. Osteome volumineux du droit anterieur de la cuisse, developpe. au milieu d'un hematome musculaire. Arch, de med. et pharm.mil., Par., 1902, xxxix, 515-517.— Faucon (V.) Note sur un pseudo-kvste sacculaire d'origine crurale. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1894, i, 193-200.— Fourmeaux (L.) Enorme fibrome paraostal de la cuisse gauche; enucleation. Ibid., 63:3-637. — Fowler (J. F. S.) Perforating granuloma of thigh. Brit. Guiana 23 THIGH. THIGH. Thigh (Tumors of). M. Aim., Demerara, 1899, xi, 22.—Fulton (A. LA Tumor of thigh. Kansas City M. Rec, 1898, xv, 4—Hayashi (Y.) [A case of dermoid cyst of the femur.] Tokyo Iji- Shinshi, 1899, 3090-3094.—Hustln. Angiome du droit anterieur de la cuisse; origine traumatique. J. de chir. et ami. Soc. beige de chir., Brux., 1911, xi, 307-313,1 pi.— IllyesiG.) Nagvobb kiterjedesu osteochondroma hu- meri. [Widely diffused ...] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1907, li, 36.— Jaboulaj. Mvxome de la cuisse. Clinique, Par., 1908, iii, 40-12."—Jalaguier. Lipome intra-muscu- laire de la cuisse a marche rapide; forme et limites de la tumeur nettement revelees par la radiographic; extirpa- tion; guerison. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1899, n. s., xxv, 235— Khvorostanski (M. A.) Perevyazka bedrenikh arterii i veni pri vilushtshenii krupnavo zhi- rovika bedra. [Tving the femoral artery and vein in ex- cision of a large lipomaof the thigh.] Khirurg'ia, Mosk., 1902, xii, 563-570. — Ku miner. Kyste du femur. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, i903, xxiii, 519-622.— liabrevoit (L.) Osteomes volumineux developpes dans les deux enisles chez un jeune cavalier; regression par- tielle d'une de ces tumeurssous 1'influence de lasuppura- tion. Arch, de med. et pharm. mil., Par., 1892, xx, 447- 450.—Lane (\V. A.) Operation for removal of a bony mass from the upper part of the thigh. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1903, n. s., lxxvi, 344.—Legg (T. P.) Tu- mour in the thigh of uncertain nature. Ibid., 1906, n. s., lxxxii, 243.—lientaigne (J.) Large cartilaginous tu- mour of thigh removed by morcellement. Tr. Rov. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl., 1898-9, xvii, 447, 1 pi.—Mai- herbe. Myxomedelacuisse. Bull.Soc.anat.deNantes 1SS2, Par., 1884, vi, 30-32. — Ulartens. Demonstra- tion von einem Tumor des Femur. Berl. klin. Wchn- schr., 1908, xiv,420.—Jttartin (M. A.) Observation d'os- teome du vaste interne de la cuisse gauche, suivie de quelques considerations sur les osteomes musculaires en general. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1897, lxx, 1114-1117.—lleyer (W.) Submuscular lipoma of thigh simulating perio- steal sarcoma. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1897, xxvi, 230-232.— Michel (L.) Osteome des adducteurs de la cuisse. J. de med. de Par., 1910, 2. s., xxii, 151. Also: Rev. med. de Test, Nancy, 1909, xii, 74ii-748. Also: Rev. de med. leg., Par., 1910, xvii, 46.—Michells (A.) Przypadek novvo- tworu uda. [Tumor of the femur.] Czasopismo lek., Lodz, 1901, iii, 207-210.—Jlolin. Enorme kystedu creux poplite et de la face posterieure de la cuisse d'origine osteomvelitique. Lyon med.,1912, cxviii, 424-427.—II on- nier (L.) Angiome veineux de la cuisse; ablation; gue- rison. Paris chirurg., 1909, i, 985.—Montinl (A.) Sul- 1' asportazione di un voluminoso lipoflbroma sotto ed in- tramuscolare della coscia. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1899, xx, 1446-1448.— :»Ioulongnet(A.) Enorme myxome de la cuis«e. Gaz. med. de Picardie, Amiens, 1894, xii, 6-9.— Nonevich ( F.) Fibromata mollusca cum sarcoma cruris dextri. Protok. med. Obsh. v g. Suvalk. (1894), 1895, 58.—Nordmann (A.) Zur Casuistik der Lymph- cysten des Oberschenkels. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1901,lx,572-570.—Pascale(G.) Enormemixoma della regione interna della coscia; amputazione; guari- gione. In his: Oss. di patol. e clin. chir., 8°, Napoli, 1889, 162 ir,st.—Picqiie (L.) Osteome de la cuisse. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1903, n. s., xxix, 384.—Pion. Mvxome de la cuisse; ablation. Poitou m6d., Poitiers, 1887, ii, 229-232.—Poncet. Mvxo-lipome de la cuisse. Lyon med., 1896, lxxxii, 581. —Poper (P. G.) K kazu'i- stikie limfaticheskikh kist bedra. [Lymphatic cysts of the femur.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1906, v, 1085.— Potherat. Enormemyxome de la cuisse gauche; abla- tion; guerison. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1905, n. s.. xxxi, 472-475.—Rassieur (L.) Presentation of a specimen of fibro-lipoma. Weekly Bull. St. Louis M. Soc. 1910, iv, 439. — Reynier (P.) Angiome lympha- tique. Bull, et mem. Soc de chir. de Par., 1900, n. s., xxvi, 37. — Rledinger (F.) Ein Fall von Tumorbil- dungam Oberschenkel nach einer Fraktur. Sitzungsb. d. phys.-med. Gesellsch. zu Wiirzb., 1907, 97-101. —Rol- leston ( H. D.) Large myxoma from the thigh. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1898-9, 1, 229.—de Rouville (G.) Volumineux lipome kystique de la cuisse. Bull. Soc. anat.de Par., 1896, lxxi, 533.—Rowntree (C.) Tumour in thigh. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1907-8, i, Clin. Sect., 20. — Sawicki (B.) [Haemangioma; na zewne,- trznej powierzehni prawego uda i goleni.] [Hemangioma on the external surface of the right thigh ana leg.] Przegl. chir. i ginek., Warszawa, 1911, iv, 204. — Schmit (A.) De losteome des muscles de la cuisse chez les cava- liers. Rev. de chir., Par., 1890, x, 731-748. —Shattock (S. G.) Saponifvin^necrosisinalipomaof thethigh; card specimen. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1895-6, xlvii, 246-248.— Souli£oux & i.ecene. Lipome intra-musculaire de lacuis-e. Bull, etmem. Soc. anat.de Par., 1901, lxxvi, 327.-----------. Tumeur sous-cutanee de la cuisse. Ibid., 1902, lxxvii,407.—Sourdi lie (G.) &Ertaud(M.) Lipome de la cuisse. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1912, 2. s., xxx, 689-691.—Steele (E. A. T.) Angioma of the qua- driceps extensor of the thigh. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1898, i, 432. — Tapie (J.) Myxome recidivant de la cuisse. Thigh (Tumors of). Prov. med., Par., 1909, xx, 295. — Tlievenet. Tumeur bizarre siegeant k la partie antero-interne de la cuisse gauche [enlevee par Leriehe]. Lyon med., 1908, ex, 256.—Thevenot (L.) & Patel (M.) Les myxolipomes de la cuisse. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1901, lxxiv, 685-692.— Tillaux. Un cas de tumeur de la cuisse. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1903, xvii, 599.—Vaccari (A.) Osteoma voluminoso nei muscoli della coscia; contributo alia patogenesi delle neoformazioni ossee dei tessuti. Ann. di med. nav., Roma, 1897, iii, 1359-1370, 1 pi — Viannay (C.) Un cas d'angome du vaste interne de la cuisse. Province med., Lyon, 1902, xvi, 409-411.— Vlllard. Myxo-lipome de la cuisse. Mem. et compt.- rend. Soc. d. sc. med. de Lyon (1896), 1897, xxxvi, pt. 2, 138-140. -----. Volumineux myxo-lipome de la cuisse; extirpation; guerison rapide. Lyon med., 1908, ex, 775- 777.—WettendortK Tumeur sanguine de la face pos- terieure de la cuisse. Policlin., Brux., 1912, xxi, 28.— Wlart. Disarticulation de la hanche pour un sarcome recidive1 des parties molles de la cuisse; hemostase par le precede de Momburg. [Rap. de Auvray.] Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1910, n. s., xxxvi, 338-344. Thigh (Tumors of Cancerous and malig- nant). See, also, Amputation at hip-joint; Femur (Tumors of, Malignant). Busse (M. J. K. W.) * Exarticulatio coxae wegen Sarkom des Oberschenkels, nebst epikri- tischen Bemerkungen. 8°. Greifswald, 1897. Fahndrich (F. O.) *Ueber einen Fall von Exarticulation des Oberschenkels wegen perios- talen Sarkoms des Femur. 8°. Miinehen, 1903. Hermans (C. A.) * Beitrag zur Lehre von den lymphadenoiden Sarkomen des Oberschen- kels die nicht von den Lymphdrusen ausgehen. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1890. Hilaire (0.) *Du sarcome sous periostique de l'extremiteinferieure du femur. 8°. Paris, 1904. Lebel (A.) * La desarticulation de la hanche comparee a l'amputation de la cuisse dans les tumeurs malignes du femur et des tissus envi- ronnants. 8°. Paris, 1901. Lohmann (J.) *Drei Fiille von Sarkom des Oberschenkels. 8°. Erlangen, 1895. Luttig (J. A.) * Ueber Exarticulation im Hiiftgelenk wegen maligner Neubildungen am Femur. 8°. Marburg, 1891. Merlat (H.) *De quelques tumeurs mali- gnes des parties molles de la cuisse. De leur traitement conservateur. 8°. Lyon, 1908. Miessdorfer (G.) * Ein Fall von Chondro- Myxo-Sarkom am Oberschenkel infolge von Trauma. 8°. Erlangen, 1909. Pigors (J. C. W.) *Ein Chondro-Osteoid- Sarkom des Oberschenkels. 8°. Greifswald, 1905. Rodari (P.) * Ueber einen Fall von myelo- genem Riesenzellensarkom des Femur. 8°. Zurich, 1897. Schmid (M.) * Ueber einen Fall von Myxo- liposarkom des Oberschenkels. 8°. Munchen, 1904. Schultz (Marie). * Verhalten der Metasta- sen zum primiiren Tumor in einem Fall von Chondrosarkom des Femur. (Weiterer Bei- trag zur Kenntnis des Polymorphismus der Knorpelgeschwulste.) 8°. Zurich, 1907. Hchwenke (G.) *Ueber ein Sarkom des Oberschenkels. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1892. Alezais & Peyron. Sarcome du femur a stroma plasmazellaire. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1910, lxviii, 379.—Aljjlave (P.) Sarcome musculaire secon- dare de la cuisse apres amputation pour osteo-sarcome; desarticulation de la hanche avec ablation des muscles aubasde I'osiliaque; guerison persistante 15 mois apres l'operation. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1908,1 xxxiii 371-378.—Andrews (F. W.) Sections from two differ- ent cases of endosteal sarcoma of the femur, showing syncytial structures. Tr. Obst. Soc. Lond. (1903), 1904, THIGH. 124 THIGH. Thigh (Tumors of Cancerous and malig- nant). xiv 237— AnsriiN. Periosteal sarcoma of the femur, for which amputation at the hip-joint had been successfully performed. Northumberland cv Durham M. J., Isewcastle- upon-Tvne, 1910, xviii, 25.-Audan. Volumineux sar- come de la cuisse traite avec succes par les rayonsii. Dauphine med., Grenoble, 1909, xxxiii, lv.t-l'l -Bailey (F R.) Round-cell sarcoma of the thigh. I'roc. N.York Path.Soc. i' 1S99-1900), 1901,271.—Bataillei('.) Sarcome de la cuisse et disarticulation coxofemorale. Rev. med. de Normandie, Rouen, 1903,165-170.-Beck (C.) On the difficulty of differentiating between femoral aneurysm and osteosarcoma. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1900, 9. s., iv, 255-258, 2 pi. Also, Reprint.—Begouin & Couraud. Fibro-sarcome de la cui-se gauche; extirpation; gueri- son. Bull, et mem. Soc. de med. et chir. de Bordeaux (1910), 1911, 537-539. Also: Gaz. hebd. d sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1911, xxxii, 31. —Berard. Resultat dune operation conservatrice pour fibrosarcome periostique de l'extremiteinferieure delacuisse. Lyonchirurg.,r.»i9-K>, ii 108— Bern ex. Un cas d'osteo-sarcome du lemur. j'de med.de Bordeaux, 1904, xxxiv, 2«0.— Bickle (L. W ) Angiosarcoma of thigh, simulating hip disease. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1903, xxii, 17.—Bourgine (P ) Osteo-ehondro-sarcome de l'extremite inferieure du femur. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1904, i, 438-411.—Brown (G. S.) Reportof a case of hip-jointamputation tor osteo- sarcoma of femur, bv Wyeth's method. Tr. Arkansas M. Soc 1903, Little Roek, 1904, xxviii, 237-246.—Brush (F. L.) Very rapidly developing sarcoma of femur in child of eleven years; amputation at the hip joint by Wyeth's bloodless method. Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1897, xii, 615.— Budire (R. F.) Osteosarcoma del femur derecho; des- articulaeiOn de laeadera; curacion. Rev. med.de Chile, Sant. de Chile, 1905,xxxiii, 49— Butler (T. L.) Sarcoma of the thigh. Am. Pract. & News, Louisville, 1900, xxx, His.—Cameron (H. C.) Sarcoma of the femur, in which fracture had occurred at the seat of the tumour. Tr. Ula-g. Hath. & Clin. Soc, 1899-1900, viii, 91-93. Also [Ab- str.]: Glasgow M. J., 1900, liv, ti.s-7u.—Carless. Ampu- tation through the hip-ioint for sarcoma of the femur. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1910, n. s., Ixxxix, 38.—(as- tets. Osteosarcome de l'extremite inferieure du femur; amputation de cuisse. Toulouse med., 1907, 2. s., ix, 265- 267.—Cestan. Deux cas de sarcomes siegeant l'un au mollet, 1 autre au sein. Ibid., 1901, 2. s., iii, 299. -----. Osteosarcome du plateau tibial; desarticulation du genou; amputation secondaire de la cuisse. Ibid., 1903, 2. s., v, 271. — Clianiaymi. Un cas de desarticulation coxo- femorale pouro^tiM■sarcome (proced^de Ravaton-Weitch); guerison. Arch. med. de Toulouse, 1898, iv, 113-123.— de Chuniniard & Boucbereau. Osteosarcome de rextntnite inferieure du femur. Centre med. et pharm., Gannat, 1902-3, viii, 121-124. —Cliavasse (T. F.) A clinical lecture on a ease of sarcoma of the femur. Bir- mingh. M. Rev., 190:!, liii, 178-182—Chevallier. Sur un cas d'osteosircome du femur. J. d. se. med. de Lille, 1902,ii,82.— Clievassu. Osteo-sareomeducol dufemur; desarticulation de la hanche. Bull, et m6m. Soc. anat. de Par., 1910, Ixxxv, 478-481— Cliilds (S. B.) X-ray find- ings in a caseof sarcoma of the femur. Denver M. Times, 1907, xxvi, 298-300.—<'leghorn (G.) A case of sarcoma of the femur. Intercolon. M. Cong. Australas. Tr. 1896, Dunedin, 1897, iv, 213— Clement. Sarcome de l'extre- miteiiiierieuredu femur. Marseille med.,1909,xlvi,79-81.— Coley (W.B.) Amputation of the hip for a sarcoma of femur in a child eleven years of age. Ann. Surg., Phila., 189.\ xxvii, 91. -----. Cases of hip-joint amputation for sarcoma of femur. J&id.,lS99,xxix,110.-----. Amputation at the hip-joint for sarcoma, with a report of seven cases without mortality. Tr. South. Surg. & Gynec. Ass. 1903, Phila.,1904,xvi,77-96. Also: Am.Med.,Phila., 1904,vii.51-54. -----. Sarcoma of the femur. Ann. Surg. Phila., 1905, xii, 771-773.—< o 11 i e r (S.) Case of amputation at the hip-joint forsarcemafii the femur. Med. Press& Circ, Lond., 1902, n. s., Ixxiii,601.—Colle (G.) Resultat eioigne d'une des- articulation de la hanche poursarcome dufemur. Lyon med., 1911,exvii.491.—Cotterill (J.M.) Caseofhypertro- phic< >steopa thy of hands and foot following amputation at the hip joint for sarcoma. Scot. M. &S. J., Edinb.,1901, viii, 47, 1 pi— Cullen (T. S.) A very rapidly growing squa- mous-eelled carcinoma of the inner side of the thigh. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1906, xvii, 151.—Da Costa (J. C.) A ease of sarcoma of the thigh, for which disarticulation was performed through the hip-joint, with the formation of a posterior flap. Am. J. M. Sc Phila., 1901, n. s., exxi, 299-304.— Dartignes. Tres vo- lumineux osteosarcome du f6mur; desarticulation de la hanche; guerison. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1897, lxxii 252-2.54.—Beaver (J. B.) Hip-joint amputations by W yeth's method for recurrent sarcoma. Internat. Clin Phila., 1901, 11. s., ii, 216.—Delageniere (H.) Osteo- sarcome du femur traite par la desarticulation de la hanche. Arch. med. d'Angers, 1903, vii, 63-66—Dela- housse. Sarcome encephaloide ulcere de la cuisse avec degenerescence neoplasique des ganglions inguinaux. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1899, ii, 107-109.—Belassus. Sur Thigh (Tumors <>f Cancerous and malig- nant). un cas de desarticulation de la hanche pour osteosarc6me recidive au femur. Ibid., 1908, i, 256-258— ■>< lepine (I ) A Augler (D.) Endotheliome de la cui-se; opera- tion; guerison. Ibid., 1903, ii, 31-36— Demons. Sar- come primitif du muscle droit anterieur de la cuisse. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. . . . de Bordeaux, 1890, xi, 273.—Depage (A.) Sarc6me de la cuisse; desarticula- tion avec hemostase, au moyen de la bande d'K-march; guerison. Compt. rend. . . . serv. de chir. a l'hup. St.- Jeande Bruxelles (1900), 1901, 117.— Depierris. Sar- come a mveioplaxes developpe aux depens du condyle interne du femur. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1903, xxxiii, 451.—Desplats (R.) A propos d'un cas d'osteosarcome dufemur traite par les rayons X. Bull. off. Soc. franc. d'eiectrother., Par., 1907, xv, 9-14.— Dfeve. Sarcome de la cuisse traite et gueri par la radiotherapie. Rev med. de la Franche-Comte, Besancon, 1908, xvi, 162-166.—Dlez Tortosa (J.) Sarcoma recidivado del muslo; decola- cion del femur; cieatrizaci6n inmediata alta por cura- cion. Gac. med. d. Sur de Espana, Granada, 1907, xxv, 147-152.—Draghlescu & Cristcano (C.) Sarcome de la cuisse et de la moitie droite du bassin; grossesse. Bull. et mem. Soc. de. chir. de Bucarest, 1900-1901, iii, 129-135.— Drucbert. Osteosarcomes du femur. Bull. Soc. centr. de med. du nord, Lille, 1902, 174.—Duret. Volu- mineux sarc6me de la cuisse. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1903, i, 283.—Duret & Augler. Osteome spongieux periostique et musculaire du femur chez un hom- me. Ibid., 1904, i, 391-394.—Embolic (An) aneu- rysm simulating sarcoma of femur. St. Thomas's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1906, n. s., xxxiv, 75.—Fagge (C. H.) A case in which, for recurrent sarcoma, parts of the femoral artery and vein were excised. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1907-8, i, Clin. Sect., 231.— Falrbank (H. A. T.) Sarcoma of thigh. Ibid., 109.— Ferrier. Lipo-sarcome de la face externe de la cuisse. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. . . . de Bordeaux, 1*84, v, 181.—Flbro-sarcoma della coscia sinistra; estirpa- zione; guarigione. Clin. chir. (Mazzoni), Roma, 1884, viii-x, 280.—Fortin (F.) Sarcome de la cuisse. Nor- mandie med., Rouen, 1906, xxi, 116. Also: Rev. med. de Normandie, Rouen, 1906, 137.—Frank (J.) A spindle- celled sarcoma of thigh. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1899, xxxii, 1155.—Freeman (L.) Hip-joint amputation for osteo-sarcoma, recurrent osteomyelitis of eight years' standing. Denver M. Times, 1896-7, xvi, 292-294. -----. Periosteal osteo-sarcoma of upper extremity of femur; ligation of common iliac artery, with amputation at hip-joint and removal of portion of pelvis, etc.; re- covery. West. M. Rev., Lincoln, Neb., 1903, viii, 62- 64.—Gallozzi (C.) Disarticolazione della coscia per vasto mixo-sarcoma ossifico seguita da completa guarigione. Morgagni, Napoli, 1872, xiv, 697-714, 2 pi. Also, Reprint. — Galtier. Osteo-sareome du femur chez un enfant de huit ans. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1903, xxxiii, 401. -----. Osteo-sarcome du femur traite par les rayons X. Ibid., 496.—Gervals. Osteosar- come de la cuisse. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. . . . de Bordeaux, 1892, xiii, 176-178.—Goebel (C.) Ueber congenitales Femursarkom, geheilt durch operative und Rontgen-Behandlung, nebst Bemerkungen iiber con- genitale maligne Tumoren. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Ge- sellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 1908, xxxvii, pt. 2, 312-345. Also: Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1908, lxxxvii, 191-224.—Grant (H.H.) Sarcoma of humerus; report of case. Louisville Month. J. M. & S., 1907-8, xiv, 31.—Griffith (J. D.) & Pearse (H. R.) [Osteo-sarcoma.] Kansas Citv M. In- dex, 1897, xviii, 120-124.—Griffiths (C. A.) Case of sar- coma of the femur, with description of a recent method of amputation at the hip-joint. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, ii, 1583.—Guinard. Osteosarcome periostique de l'ex- tremite inferieure du femur traite par la resection. Loire med., St.-Etienne, 1910, xxix, 476— Halstead (A.E.) Report of a case of disarticulation of the hip for sarcoma of the femur, with remarks upon the diagnosis and prog- nosis in sarcoma of the femur. Texas M. J., Austin, 1902-3, xviii, 313-322. Also: Medicine^Detroit, 1903, ix, 194-200.—Haiuand & Worms. Epithelioma pavi- menteuxkv*ti'iuede la partie supero-internede la cuisse. Bull, et me'm. Soc. anat. de Par., 1910, lxxxv, 938.—liar- grave (E. T.) Small-celled osteo-sarcoma of lemur; amputation; recovery. Virginia M. Semi-Month . Kich- mond, 190.5-6, x, 413.— Hawley (D. C.) Case of osteo- sarcoma of femur; Wyeth's bloodless amputation at the hip joint, with recoverv. Am. Med.-Surg. Bull., N. Y., 1896, x, 759.—Heath (('.) A clinical lecture on two cases of sarcoma of the thigh. Clin. J., Lond., 1894-5, v, 169-175.—Hellmann (L.) Mikroskopiseher Befund eines Myxosarcoms der Fascia lata. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1888,cxiv,375-378,1 pi.—Herrenschniidt (A.) Osteome traumatique du f6mur (hypertrophic irri- tative ou tumeur?). Bull, et mem.Soc.anat.de Par., 1906, lxxxi, 493-497.—Huchet & Gruget. Sarcome volumineux de la cuisse. Ibid., 1907, lxxxii, 2*9. — Huguier (A.) Resection de l'humerus pour osteo- sarcome globo-cellulaire suivie de transplantation THIGH. 125 THIGH. Thigh (Tumors of Cancerous and malig- nant). restauratrice du perone. Paris chirurg., 1912, iv, 630-632.—Hurtado. [Un osteosarcoma.] Gac. med., Mexico, 1902, 2. s., ii, 233-235. — Imbert (A.) Effets de la radio-th6rapie dans un cas de sarcome du femur chez un enfant. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1906, cxlii, 1356-1358. — Jenckel. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Knochensarkome des Oberschenkels. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1902, lxiv, 66-95.— Johnson (A. B.) Cystosarcoma of the thigh. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1899, xxix, 624.—Jouon. Osteo-sarcome de l'extremite inferieure du femur; desarticulation de la hanche. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1909, 2. s., xxvii, 1082- 1084.—Laft'arelle. Un cas de tumeur maligne osseuse. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1901, xxii, 170-173.— Le Bee. Tumeur flbreuse de l'arcade femorale. Bull. et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1903, 6. s., v, 537.—Le Conte (R. G.) Presentation of a specimen of osteosarcoma of the left femur removed by a hip-joint amputation. Tr. Coll. Phys. Phila., 1900, 129-130.—Le Fllliatre. Osteo- sarcome du femur; desarticulation de la hanche, anes- thesieparrachicoeainisation; guerison. Rev. med., Par., 1907, xvi, 843.—Le Filliatre & Lolas. Osteosarcome du femur; desarticulation de la hanche; anesthgsie par rachioca'ine suivant notre technique; guerison; pre- sentation et etude histologiques de la tumeur. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1908, lxxxiii, 297-300. —Le Fort. Sarcome des parties molles de la cuisse. Bull. Soc. centr. de med. du nord, Lille, 1902, 63.—Leplat. Osteosarcome de l'epiphyse superieure du femur; des- articulation de la hanche; mort par broncho-pneumonie au 15e jour. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1896, i, 345-349.—Le Boy (C.) Osteo-sarcome de la cuisse avec propagation ganglionnaire dans l'abdomen chez un enfant de 5 ans. Ibid., 1898, ii, 138-140.—Lett (H.) Chondroma of the fe- mur. Proc. Row Soc. Med., Lond., 1908-9, ii, Sect. Stud. Dis. Child., 192— Lezhueff (N. F.) Demonstratsiya bolnovo s opukholyu bedra. [Demonstration of patient with tumor of the femur.] Russk. Khirurg. Obozr. Mosk., 1903, i, 585. —Lilienthal (H.) Ossifying sarcoma of the thigh; treatment by incision, radium and extirpa- tion. Am. J. Surg., N. Y., 1904-5, xviii, 195. Also: Ann. Surg., Phila., 1905, xlii, 268-271— Lindenstein. Myxo- sarkom des Oberschenkels. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1907, xxxiii, 830. — LindstrOm (E.) Osteosarcoma femoris; exarticulatio coxae. Hvgiea, Stockholm, 18%, lviii, pt. 2, 322.—Lorthloir. Osteo- sarcome de la cuisse avant neccssite la desarticulation. Ann. Soc. beige de chir., Brux., 1*97-8, v, 270-274.— Loumeau ( E.) Sarcome volumineux de la face in- terne de la cuisse. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et phvsiol. . . . de Bordeaux, 1882. iii, 23-38.— .TlrBurnry (('.) Amputa- tion at the hip-joint for recurrent sarcoma. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1898, xxviii, 129-131.—McGregor (A. N.) & Scott (J.) Sarcoma of lower end of the femur; ampu- tation; recoverv. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc, Glasgow, 1905-7, vi, 197-203.—McYVilliams (C. A.) Disarticulation at hip for sarcoma. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1906, xliii, 623.— Magnanini (N.) Osteosarcoma febril del femur (his- toria clinica). Rev. Soc. med. argent., Buenos Aires, 1904, xii, 415-440— Markoe (F. H.) Sarcoma develop- ing twenty years after injury. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1899, xxx, 643.—Masson (T.) Sarcome des parties molles de la cuisse. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1909, lxxxiv, 112.—.Tiencifere (L.) Un cas d'osteosarcome du femur gueri par la phenopuncture. Union med. du nord-est, Reims, 1904, xxviii, 227. — McrniPt (P.) Enorme dermato-mvome de la cuisse; degenerescence sarcoma- teuse. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1896, lxxi, 653-660.— Merrill. Sarcome de la cuisse. Union med. du Canada, Montreal, 1899, xxviii, 478. — Morestin ( H.) Sarcome des parties molles de la cuisse; desarticulation de la hanche k lambeau posterieur. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1907, lxxxii, 731-735. -----. Cancer de la cuisse et de la fesse developpe sur une cicatrice de brtilure; extirpation; autoplastic Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1908, n. s., xxxiv, 1184-1186. -----. Sarcome des teguments de la cuisse; autoplastic par la methode italienne a l'aide d'une greffe preiev6e sur la paroi abdominale. Lbid., 1911, n. s., xxxvii, 1127-1131 — Morton (J.) Ulcerating sarcoma of thigh. Tr. Med.- Chir. Soc, Glasg., 1908-9, viii, 165. Also: Glasgow M. J., 1909, lxxii, 51.—Moses (O. S.) Sarcoma of the femur. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1909, xliv, 259.— Naismith (J. W.) & Young (A.) Three cases of sarcoma of thefemur. Lancet, Lond., 1906, i, 443.—Nicholson (C. M.) Report of a caseof growing sarcoma of the femur; disarticulation of the hip-joint; recoverv. Tr. Missouri M. Ass., St. Louis, 1903, 331-338. Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1904, xlii,34.—Ninni (G.) Disarticolazionedellacosciadestra per mixo-sareoma telangettasico del femore a decorso febbrile rapidissimo. Atti d. r. Accad. med.-chir. di Na- poli, 1904, n. 8., lviii, 221-232, 2 pi. Also: Gior. internaz. d. sc. med.. Napoli, 1904, n.s., xxvi, 1105-1113.—Ochsner (A.J.) Sarcoma of thigh. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1906, xliv, 629.—Parker (C. B.) Amputation at the hip-joint for myxocysto sarcoma of the thigh; recovery from opera- Thigh (Tumors of Cancerous and malig- nant.) tion. Cleveland M. Gaz., 1896-7, xii, 137-140,1 pi.— Pas- teau (O.) Sarcome musculaire primitif de la cuisse. Bull. Soe. anat. de Par., 1895, lxx, 672-675.—Pearson (C. Y.) Notes on a case of osteoid chondro-sarcoma of the femur, treated by disarticulation of the hip-joint; with exhibition of specimen, photographs, and microscopic specimens. Med. Press venn. hosp., Varshava, 1899, xii, pt. 1, no. 2, 1-5.— llrairo (S.) & Motta-t'oeo (A.) Ricerche cliniche- sperimentali sull' azione del tioeolo Roche e della siro- lina. Clin, mod., Pisa, 1901, vii, 331-330.—Hatch (J. L.) Thiocol. Med. News., N. Y., 1903, lxxxiii, 209-212.— LiUbowski (M ) Ueber Thiocol und dessen therapeu- tische Bedeutung; zusammenfassende Uebersicht der Litteratur der Jahre 1898 bis Mitte 1904. Allg. med. CYntr.-Ztg., Berl., 1905, lxxiv, 337; 356; 396.—Meitner (W.) Kalium sulfo-guajacoium contra Thiocol; eine therapeutisch, rein praktisch-materielle Betrachtung. Reichs-Med.-Anz., Leipz., 1905, xxx, 283; 305.—Morin. De l'emploi systematique du thiocol dans les affections de l'appareil pulmonaire. Med. orient., Par., 1902, vi, 209-214.—Noe (I.) Le thiocol; creosote et ses succedanes. Arch.gen.de med.,Par., 1903,ii,2650-2663.—Nothreiann. Thiocol als Antidiarrhoikum. Zentralbl. f. d. ges. The- rap., Wien u. Berl., 1907, xxv, 286.—Ott (A.) Ueber die Wirkung des Thiokols. Deutsche Aerzte-Zt^., Berl., 1903, 481-484. Also, transl.: Therapist, Lond., 1903, xiii, 181- 184—Preinlnger (V.) O thiokolu. [Thiocol.] Lek. rozhledy, Praha, 1900, viii, 321-326.—Rampagni (C.) II tioeolo nella cura delle infezioni intestinali. Pensiero med., Milano, 1912, ii, 621.— Rossbat-h (G.) Unter- suchungen fiber Thiocol. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1899, xiii. 96-99.—Rossi (A.) Sul valore terapeutico del tioeolo Roc^e. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1899, xx, 1027- KVj'.i.—Sanisregorlo (A.) Sull' azione del tioeolo e della sirolina. Gazz. med. lomb., Milano, 1899, lviii, 411- 41-V—Schaerses. Ueber Thiocol und Thiocolserum. Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg., Berl., 1901,197. Thiocumazon. Commekell (0.) * Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Thiocumazons und iiber seine Umwandlung in Thiochinazoline sowie iiber Synthese von Cumothiazonderivaten. 8°. Erlangen, 1895. Thioeyanates. Foote (H. VV.) On the thioeyanates of silver and potassium and their solubilitv. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie Leipz., 1903, xlvi, 79-86,— Johnson (T. B.) & Guest (H. H.) Researcheson thioeyanates and isothiocyanates; Thioeyanates. anew class of isothiocvanates; isothiocyan ethers. Am. Chem. J., Bait., 1909, x'li, 337-344.-L,e Roy (B. R.) The thiacyanates in solution, the natural physiological sol- vents of the body; a clinical study. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1909, xc, 802-806. Thiodine. Brik (J. H.) Die Anwendung von Tiodine in der Urologie. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1911, Ixi, 3069-3072.— Douris (R.) Sur la tiodine. Bull. d. sc. Pharmacol., Par., 1908, xv, 629-631.—Knopf ( L.) Therapeutische Versuche mit Tiodine. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1907, xx, 1078-1080.—Parchevski (K. K.) K voprosu o llecheb- nomprimleneniitiodinapn nlekotorikh vnutrennikh za- bollevaniyakh. [Therapeutic use of tiodine in internal diseases.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1909, viii, 941-946.— Weiss (M.) Ueber eine neue or^anische Jodverbind- ung: Tiodine. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1907, lvii, 317-321. Thioestrin. Pi'eifer (K.) Zur ausserlichen Behandlung der gichtischen, rheumatischen und einfach entzundlichen chronisehen Gelenkleiden mit einem neuen Schwefel- praparat "Thioestrin." Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1911, lxxx, 311. Thioform. Klu mm. Ein neues Antisepticum. [Thioform.] Deutsche Monatschr. f. Zahnh., Leipz., 1894, xii, 293-299.— Be Buck (D.) La valeur du thioforme en chirurgie et en dermatologie. Belgique med., Gand-Haarlem, 1895, ii, 745-748.—Fromm (E.) Ueber Thioform. Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1894, xv, 445. — Kopytowski (VV.) Kilka s!6w o stosowaniu thioformu w leczeniu chor6b wenerycznych i skornych. [Thioform in the therapy of venereal and skin diseases.] Kron. lek., Warszawa, 1900, xxi, 97-102. Also, transl.: Dermat. Centralbl., Berl., 1900, iii, 101-106.—Schmidt (J. J.) Ueber Anwendung des Thioform. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1894, viii, 164-166.— Steuer (A.) Ueber Thioform. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1894, xliv, 1701-1703. Thiohydantoine. Stelzner (R.) * Beitrage Zur Kenntnis der Thiohydantoine. 8°. Berlin, 1892. Thiol. See, also, Skin (Diseases of, Treatment of) with thiol, etc. Burg el ( W.) * Beitrage zur arzneilichen Wirkung des Thiols. 8°. Greifswald, 1891. Ridel (I. D.) NovMshaya literatura o tiolTe. [Recent literature on thiol. ] 24°. Moskva, 1899. Tiol; russkaya i inostrannaya novlelshaya literatura. [Thiol; Russian and foreign recent literature.] 8°. Moskva, 1900. Beyer(A.) Thiol. Therap. Neuheiten, Leipz., 1906, i, 229-232.—Buzzi(F.) ZurKenntnisdesThiols. Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat., Hamb. u.Leipz.,1889, viii,300-304. Also, transl.: Notesonnewremedies,N.Y.,1889,ii,3.—FUrst(L.) Zur Verwendung desThiol in der PaediatrieundGynaeko logic Aerztl.Prax.,Wurzb.,1898,xi,19-22— Ivanott*(S.I.) Iz nablyudeniy nad dlelstviyem tiola. [Action of thiol.] Vovenno-med. J., St. Petersb., 1901, lxxix, med.-snec. pt., 2179-2185. Also, transl.: Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1903, xxiv, 612-614. Also, transl.: N. medic,Brux.,1903,iii,no.20, 8; no.15,10. Also, transl.: N.medic,Brux.,1904,iv.no.5,5-7.— Kozlenko ( M. F.) O primlenenii tiolaprinlekotorikh zabollevaniyakhzhenskolpolovolsferl. [Thiolindiseases of the female sexual sphere] Prakt. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1902, i, 967; 997.— Kretznier (M.) Neue Indikationen fiir Thiol, liquid. Riedel. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1909, lxxviii, 147.—Nikulin (V. V.) Thiolum liquidum purum; yevo prakticheskoye primleneniye. [. . .; its practical use.] Bolnitseh. gaz. Botkina, St. Petersb., 1899, x, 281-286.—Riedel (J. D.) Thiol und seine Anwen- dung. Therap. Ratgeber, Wien, 1902, 53; 57; 61; 65.— Wells (W. A.) The value of thiol in nose and throat practice. Phila. M. J., 1899, iii, 845-847. Also, Reprint. Also, transl: Wien. med. Presse, 1900, xii, 1860-1863.— '/lander (G.) Ueber die Anwendung des Thiols bei Frauenkrankheiten. Frauenarzt, Leipz., 1899,xiv,434-437. Thiolan. Vomer (H.) Ueber Unguentum sulfuratum mite; Thiolan. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1905, Iii, 751-753. -----. Sulfurierung und Thiolan (Schwefelapplikatio- nen). Ibid., 1912, lix, 1909. Thiollier (Maurice). * Quelques considerations sur la marche normale et les causes du retard de la marche chez l'enfant. 171 pp. 8°. Pa- ris, 1901, No. 371. THIOLY. 129 THIOSLNAMIN. Tliioly (F.) Des accidents qui accompagnent la sortie de la derniere molaire dite dent de sa- gesse. 15 pp. 8°. Geneve, P.-A. Bonnant, 1S57. Thionol. Dohi (K.) [Thionol, a new odorless iehthyol prepa- ration of Prof. Shimovama.] Hifubyog. kiu Hiniokibyog. Zasshi, Tokyo, 1906, vi, 46-52. Thionyl. Barger (G.) & Ewins (A. J.) The action of thionyl chloride on the mithylene ethers of catechol derivatives. l'art II. Piperonyloin, piperil, and hydropiperoin. 8°. London, 1908. Cutting from: Tr. Chem. Soc, 1908, xciii. Spinelli (P.) *B.echerches sur Taction des chlorures de thionyle et de sulfuryle sur le bro- mure de phenylmagnesium. 8°. Geneve, 1909. Thiophen. Levy(H.) * Ueber das Verhalten einiger Thiophenderivate, insbesondere der a-Thio- phensiiure, im thierischen IStoffwechsel. 8°. Konigsberg, [1889], Thiophenol. Winter (W. P.) A new reducing agent for the prep- aration of thiophenol. Am. Chem. J., Bait., 1904, xxxi, 572-576. Thiophenoq uinones. Lipski (J. S.) * Ueber Thiophenochinone. Ein Beitrag zur Konstitution derPhenochinone. 8°. Greifswald, 1904. Thiopinol. Thiro (R.) * Untersuchungen iiber ein neues Schwelpraparat, das Thiopinol, in bac- tericider, desodorierender, toxicologischer und innerlich-therapeutischer Hinsicht. 8°. Hil- desheim, 1910. Baunier (E.) Thiopinol-Matzka, ein nemes, losliches Schwefelpraparat, und die damit erzielten Heilerfolge. Zentralbl. f. d. ses. Therap., Wien u. Berl., 1909, xxvii, 393; 451.—Beyer (A.) Thiopinol. Therap. Neu- heiten, Leipz., 1906, i, 36.—Brulin (F.; Thiopinol- Matzka. Ibid., 1908, iii, 151.—Biesing. Die Indika- tionen des Thiopinolbades. Med. Klin., Berl., 1908, iv, 1193-1195.—Diesselhorst i'iI.) Ueber Schwefelaus- scheidungdurch den Urin nach dem Gebrauch von Thio- pinolbadern. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1909, xlvi, 397.— Goliner. Ueber Thiopinol-Schwefelbiider. Reichs- Med.-Anz., Leipz., 1905, xxx, 307.—Heubach (P.) Be- nefit iiber Thiopinol-Matzka. Med. Klin., Berl., 1907, iii, 1490.—Horn (A.) Thiopinol (Matzka), ein neues los- liches Schwefelpraparat, seine Anwendungsformen und Indikationen in der Gyniikologie. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1907, xlviii, 549-559.—Jaeobi (H.) The action of balsam sulphur baths, thiopinol Matzka (syn., piutinol). Therapist, Lond., 1908, xviii, 109-112. Thioploca ingrica. Visloukh is, M.) Noviy vid slernikhmikroorganiz- mov iz Nevi: Thioploca ingrica Wish [A new variety of Sulphuric microorganisms from the Neva: Thioploca ingrica Wish] Ku^k. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1911, x, 2102-2104. Thiopolypeptides. Johnson (T. B.) & Burnhani (G.) Sulphur in proteins; thiopolypeptides. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1911, ix, 331. Thiosemicarhazide. Colloseus (H.) * Ueber die Einwirkung von Aldehyden und Ketonen auf Thiosemicar- bazide und Thioharnstoffe. 8°. Erlangen, 1899. Illgen (H.) * Beitrag zur Kenntniss ste- reoisomerer Thiosemicarbazide. 12°. Berlin, 1S94. Meixeckje (C) * Ueber Thiosemiearbazid und einige Kondensationsprodukte desselben. 8°. Berlin, 1896. VOL XVIII, 2d series----9 Thiosinamin. See, also, Lupus (Treatment of); CEsophagus (Stricture of, Treatment of). Linda (P.) La tiosinamina; azione farmaco- logica e applicazioni terapeutiche con speciale riguardo alia cura delle aderenze pleuriche. 8°. Pavia, 1912. Colat (C.-E.-L.) * La thiosinamine dans le traitement de la surdite. 8°. Bordeaux, 1909. Falke (F. [H. A.]) * Beitrage zur Kenntnis des Thiosinamins. 8°. Marburg, 1893. Hartmann (K. A.) * Das Thiosinamin und seine therapeutische Anwendung. 8°. Bonn, 1908. Marmoiton (J.-E.) *La thiosinamine, s"on action sur les tissus de cicatrice, son emploi en oculistique. 8°. Nancg, 1908. Abalo (M. A.) Acerca'de la tiosinamina. Rev.de med. y cirug. de la Habana, 1908, xiii, 162-164.—An- derssen (J.) Thiosinamin. Nord. Tidsskr. f. Terapi, K0benh., 1910-11, ix, 18-22— Austerlitz. Anwendung des Thiosinamins in der Ohrenheilkunde. Internat. Zentralbl. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1908, vi, 603-510— An verny (G. A.) Azione della tiosinamina e tibrolisina sui tessuti nbrosi cicatriziali; risultato benefico ottenuio in un caso di artrite cronica con anchilosi. Med. ital., Napoli, 1906, iv, 561; 583.—Baratoux (J.-B.) De l'emploi de la thiosi- namine en otologie. Pratique med., Par., 1907, xxi, 17-21. Also: Progres med., Par., 1907, 3. s., xxiii, 35.—Baum- stark (R.) Ueber Thiosinamin wirkung bei Erkran- kungen der Verdauungswege. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1904, xii, 640-642.—Beck (J. C.) Thiosinamin in ear diseases. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1902, xii, 435-442.— Bellu Forteleoni (N.) Sull'azione biologica della tiosinamina. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1901, xxii, 758.— Billaud (C.) De certains effets de la thiosinamine. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1907, 2. s., xxv, 1017-1024.—Bo tey (R.) La thiosinamina en las otitis adhesivas y en las estenosis cicatriciales del es6fago. Arch, de rinol., larin- gol., otol., Barcel., 1907, xviii, 361; 460: 1908, xix, 5; 78.— Braga (A.) Intorno all' azione della tiosinamina sul decorso delle epatiti interstiziali croniche. Boll. d. Soc. med. di Parma, 1910, 2. s., iii, 38-45. — Brinitzer (E.) Temperatursteigerung nach Thiosinamingebrauch. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1906, xliii, 104.—Bruno (D.) La iodotiosinamina. Riv. internaz. di clin. e terap., Napoli, 1910, v, 217-219.— Charteris (F.) The action of thio- sinamine. Glasgow M. J., 1910, lxxiv, 165-175. Also [Abstr.]: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1909, ii, 541.—Billon (Ya. G.) K voprosu o tiozinaminle resp. fibrolizinie. Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1909, viii, 1462-1466.—Bivavin (L. A.) O primienenii tiozinamina i fibrolizina v povsednevnol praktikie. [Thiosinamin and flbrolvsin in daily prac- tice.] Med. Obozr., Mosk.,1909,lxxii,63-68.—Bol»anoff (V. N.) & Levitskaya (Olga P.) O dlelstvii tiozina- mina pri niekotorikh glaznikh zaboltevaniyakh. [Action of thiosinamin in various diseases of the eyes.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1907, vi, 1369; 1406; 1443.—Oominici (L.) Azione della tiosinamina e della tibrolisina sulle cicatriei, sui batteri, sul sangue. Policlin., Roma, 1907, xiv, sez. chir., 371; 402; 466.—Fabri (E.) Sull' azione della iodo-tiosinamina sopra cicatriei esuberanti delle cavita nasali postume ad un infortunio. Boll. d. mal. d. orecchio, d. gola e d. naso, Firenze, 1911, xxix, 80-85.— Fernandez (F. M.) Contribution to the study of thio- sinamine in otology. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1909, lxxv, 1103. Also, Reprint. — Frank (E.-R.-W.) Sur l'application intraveineuse d'une combinaison nouvelle de thiosina- mine et son influence sur les tissus cicatriciels. Ass. franc, d'urol. Proc-verb. 1906, Par., 1907, x, 310-321.— Gallardo (E.) Resultados obtenidos con la thiosina- mina en los procesos adhesivos no esclerosos. Bol. de laringol., otol. y rinol., Madrid., 1909, ix, 71-76.—Gott- lieb (J. A.) Thiosinamine and keloid; with report of a case treated successfully by . . . J. Med. & Sc, Portland, 1897-8, iv, 112. Also, Reprint.—Grunert. Das Thiosin- amin in der Augenheilkunde. Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch. 1906, Wiesb., 1907, 164-172.—Hard (A. D.) Thiosinamine in senility. Med. Times, N. Y., 1911, xxxix, 80.—Hastings (8.) Two cases treated by thio- sinamin. Middlesex Hosp. J., 1907, xi, 136-140.—t on Hebra CH.) Vorlaufige Mittheilungen iiber die Wir- kung des Allylsulfocarbamids (Thiosinamins) bei sub- cutaner Einverleibung. Internat. dermat. Cong. Ber. ii. d. Verhandl. 1892, Wien u. Leipz., 1893,412-421. Also: In- ternat. klin. Rundschau, Wien, 1892, vi, 1497-1503. Also, transl.: Therapist, Lond., 1892, ii, 89-93. — fiirsch- land (L.) Ueber die VerwendungdesThiosinamins und Fibrolysins in der Otologie und Rhinologie. Arch. f. THIOSINAMIN. 130 THIRION. Thiosinaiiiiii. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1905, lxiv, 107-117.—van Hoorn. Klinische und bacteriologische Erfahrungen iiber Thio- sinamin. Verhandl. d. deutsch. dermat. Gesellsch., Wien u. Leipz., 1*94, iv, 236-239. Also: Monatsbl. f. prakt. Der- mat., Hamb., 1894, xviii, 605-607.—Huitl'eldt (H. L. C.) K liniske erfaringermed thiosinamin og fibrolysin. Norsk Mag. f. Lsegevidensk., Kristiania, 1911,5. R., ix, 105-144.— Irsai (A.) A thiosinaminnak g\*6gyert6kerdl, esetek kapcsiin. [The curative value of thiosinamin, after cases.] Budapesti orv. ujsag. 1907, v, 875-879—Judin (K. A.) Ueber die Anwendung des Thiosinamin bei einigen Erkrankungen des (Sehnerven und der Netzhaut. Ztschr. f. Augenh., Berl.. 1909, xxii, 204-211.—Julius- be rjs (F.) Ueber Wirkung, Anwendungsweise und Nebenwirkungen des Thiosinamins. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1901, xxvii, 591-593. -----. Thiosinamintherapie. Verhandl. d. deutsch. dermat, Gesellsch., Wien u. Leipz., 1901, vii, 265— Keitel. Ein Kail von Hautaniisthesie nach subcutaner Injection von Thiosinamin. Charite-Ann., Berl., 1893, xviii, 639-641 — Lance (M.) La thyosinamine (fibrolysine) est-ce un medicament inactif et dangereux? Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1910, lxxxiii, 1919; 1996. L.aiijieinak. Zur Thiosina- minbehandlungder Dupuytrenschen Faszienkontraktur. Munchen.med. Wchnschr., 1907, liv, 1380— Latzku (W.) Vorliiufige Mittheilung fiber die Wirkung subcutaner Thiosinamininjectionen bei gvnakolojjisehen Krank- heiten. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1893, vi, lo:!.—Lavrand (H.) Deux cas de guerison par la thiosinamine. [Syno- tenosite plastique du genou gauche.] J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1909, i, 457-465.—Lewandowski (A.) Ueber Thiosinamin und seine Anwendung. Therap. d. Ge- genw., Berl. & Wien, 1903, n. F., v, 441-448— JUainini (C.) Sob re el empleo de la tiosinamina en las enferme- dades interims. K-cuela de med., Mexico, 1910, xxv, 363; :sns.—.Man pel il li.) & Colat (C.) La thiosinamine dans letiaitement de la surdity. Rev. hebd.de laryn- gol. [etc.J, Par., 1909, i, 513-627— Hazzitelli (P.) Sul valore terapeutico della tiosinamina. Boll. d. Soe. Lan- cisiana d. osp. di Roma, 1905, xxv, fasc. 4, 63-70.—JTIears (J. E.) The use of ihiosinamininthetreatmentol ci( atri- cial formations following burns. Med. Rec, N. Y . 1910, lxxviii, 902.— Tie I lin. Thiosinamin bei Narbenkontrak- turen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1905, xxxi, 175.—iTIoiidcl (F.) Thiosinamin compound. [Pat. spec] No. 868,204; Oct. 15.1907.—J?Iohr(K. A.) Ueberdie Einwirkung des Thiosinamins, Thioharnstoffs und Harn- stoffs auf Eiweisskorper. Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg., Berl., 1906. 217-222.— .Tlonti. Fibrolisinao tiosinamina natrio- salicilica. Ga/.z. med. sieil., Catania, 1910, xiii, 346-348.— Porrin (M.) Essaid'interpietationmeihodiquedessuc- ceset insucci'sde la thiosinamine. Presse mexl., Par., 1909, xvii,587.—Pol la k (A.) UeberThiosinamin. Wien.med. Wchnschr..l.'os, lviii,343.—Rem be. Ueber Thiosinamin- behandlungderDupuytren'sehen Kontraktur. Vereinsbl. d. pfalz. Aerzte, Frankenthal, 1904, xx, 93.—Kenon (L.) Action de la thiosinamine sur les fibroses cardio-vascu- laires. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1907, cliv, 184- 189. -----. Valeur therapeutique medicale de l'allyl- sulfo-uree (thiosinamine). Gaz. med.dePar.,1911, lxxxii, 217.—Rlehter (M.) Ueber die Wirkungen der Injek- tionen von Thiosinamin auf das Blut. Wien. med. Wchn- schr., 1893, xliii, 1212; 1257.—Rosenberg (E.) Ueber die Bestimmung der in den Faces vorhandenen Nah- rungseiweiss-Reste mittels Thiosinamins. Arch. f. Ver- dauungskr., Berl., 1905, xi, 321-323.—Saint-Ange. Un remade des cicatrices (thiosinamine et fibrolysine). Arch. med. de Toulouse, 1905, xi, 277-288.—Slitem (M. A.) O tiozinaminle i fibrolizinle. Vrach. Gaz., .S.-Peterb. 1908 xv. 1411-1416— Silverskiold (P.) Om thiosinamin. Goteborgs Liik.-sallsk. F6rh., 1895,28-33—Somers (L. S.) Thiixinainiue in chronic otitis media, accompanied by impaired hearing. Merck's Arch., N. Y., 1902, iv, 423- 426.—Starkenstein (E.) Ueber eine chemiseh nach- weisbare Ursache der klinischbeobachteten Thiosinamin- wirkung. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1910, xxiv, 67-75 — Suker (G. F.) Thiosinamin, clinical and experi- mental observations with reference to corneal opacities and other ocular lesions. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1902 xxxix, 299-302. Also, Reprint. -----. Thiosinamine; a clinical contribution to its study. Ophth. Rec, Chicago 1898, vii, 228-234. Also, Reprint.—Szubinski. Thiosil namin und Fibrolysin in ihren Beziehungen zu Gelenk- erkrankungen. Charite-Ann., Berl., 1909, xxxiii, 468- 481.—Tapia. Resultats de la thiosinamine dans le traitement de l'otite sclereuse. Rev. hebd. de laryngol [etc.], Par., 1906, ii, 701-707. Also: Rev. Ibero-Aiin de Cien. med., Madrid, 1906, xvi, 25-30.—Teleky (L ) Die narbenerweichende Wirkung des Thiosinamins. Cen- oo o kdle Gren3f?eb- d- Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1901, iv 32-38— Tousey (£) Thiosinamine; a treatment for in- operable tumors and cicatricial contractures. N York M. J., 1896, lxiii, 579-582. Also, Reprint. -----. Thiosin- amine; a further study of its use in the treatment of keloid, inoperable tumors" and cicatricial conditions including deafness. N. York M. J., 1897, lxvi, 624-628.- umia : Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1912, 3.S., lxvii, 159-166.—Reij>nier( A.) Un casd'oligopotisme. Centre med. et pharm., Gannat, 1911-12, xvii, 324.—Schmidt (R.) Ueber Oligodypsie. Med. Klin., Berl., 1911. vii, 1883-1885.— Sollaud. Deux nouveaux cas d'adipsie. Centre med. et pharm., Gannat, 1907-8, xiii, 231-233. Thirst (Recessive). See, also, Diabetes insipidus; Syphilis (Com- plications, etc., of). Zabaver (Dora). * La mort par la soif. 8°. Lyon, 1904. Hoi bauer (L.) [Fall von sehr starkem Durst und Polvurie.] Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1904, iii, 93.—Me«iee (W. J.) Thirst in the desert. Atlantic Month., Bost., 1898, lxxxi, 483-488. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Globus, Brnschwg., 1898, lxxiv, 66.-----. Desert thirst as disease. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1906, xiii, 279-300. -----. A case of thirst. J.Missouri M. Ass., St. Louis, 1905-6, ii, 827-842.—OTlllon (R.) Les acci- dents nerveux de la polydipsie habituelle des enfants. J. de med. de Par., 1906, 2. s., xviii, 287. Also: Med. inf., Par., 1906, iv, 115-120. —Peril (The) of the desert. [Edit.] Dietet. & Hyg. Gaz., N. Y., 1910, xxvi, 611. Thirst-cure. See, also, Obesity (Treatment of, Dietetic). Ferret. La cura de Karell. An. de med. Butll. mens, de l'Acad. . . . de Catalunya, Barcel., 1910, iv, 21-25. Thirteen years a lunatic. Poems and essays written by a paranoeic lunatic while confined in the Nevada Hospital for Mental Diseases. Edited by Asa. B. Wilson. With illustrations by the author. 3p. 1., 171pp. 12°. Reno, Nee, Wilson Co., 1907. Thiry (Charles) [1870- ]. * De la paralysie generate progressive dans le jeune age (avant 20 ans). viii, 130 pp., 6 pi. 8°. Nancy, 1898, No. 5. Thiry (Friderieus Franciscus). *De hydrope pectoris. 9 1. sm. 4°. Moguntise, J. J. Alef, 1776. Thiry (Georges-Antoine-Nicolas) [1870- ]. *Bacille polychrome et actinomyces mordore. Recherches biologiques sur les bacteries bleues etviolettes. Polychromisme. Corps bacteriens et cristaux colores. Matiere colorante cristal- lisee. 4 p. 1., viii, 152 pp., 1 1. 8°. Nancy, 1900, No. 46. ------. The same, viii, 152 pp., 7 pi., 2 p. 1. 1 1. 8°. Paris, J.-B. Ilailliere & fils, 1900. Thiry (J[ean]-H[ubert]) [1817-96]. Des retre- cissements du canal de l'urethre. Lecons don- nees a la Faculte de medecine de l'Universitc de Bruxelles par . . ., et recueillies par MM. les docteurs 0. Boulengier [etal.]. 8°. Bruxelles, 1889. ------. De la dilatation forcee de la matrice dans la pelvi-peritonite et du curettage de l'uterus. Reponse a M21. Soupart, Titeca, van Cauvtu- Til IKY 132 THOLOZAN. Tliiry (J[ean]-H[ubert])— continued. bergheet Hicguet. Discours prononce dans la seance du 26 mars 1892. 18 pp. 8°. Bruxelles, F. Hayes, 1892. Repr.from: Bull. Acad. roy. de med. de Belg., Brux., 1*92. 4. s., vi. For Biography, see Policlin., Brux., 1897, vi, 16. Also: Presse m.'-d. beige, Brux., 1897, xlix, 6-8 (Boulengier). Thlry'sfstala. ■ roiiin (A.) & Pozerska (Mme.) Sur l'occlusion spontanee des hstules de Thiry. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1910, lxviii, 801. Thissen (J[oseph]). See Aaclien als Kurort, [etc ]. 8°. Aachen, 1889. Thiuret. Blum (F.) Thiuret, ein schwefelhaltiges Antisepti- cum. Deutschemed. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1893, xix, 177. Tliivel [Michel]. Cours pratique de bandages. 8 pp. 12°. [Paris, Maulde & Renon, n. d.] Tliivol (Marcel) [1880- ]. *Criminalite juve- nile. 60 pp. 8°. Lvon, 1904, No. 47. Thivrier (Leon) [1871- ]. * Contribution a I'etude des complications para-urethrales de la blennorrhagie; folliculite simple, folliculite enkystee, absccs peri-urethraux Cowperite et peri-Cowperite. 59 pp., 1 1. 8°. Pans, 1898, No. 10. Thlaspi [Bursa pastor is], Foy(G.) Shepherd's purse. Med.Press&Circ,Lond., 1889, n. s., xlviii. 228. Wagner (K. E.) Nieskolko nablyudeniy nad krovoostonavlivayushtshim dlestviem pastushyei sumki (capsella; bnrsse pastoris). [Observa- tions on the haemostatic action of. . .] Vrach, St. Pe- tersb., 1889, x, 371; 398. Tlioboi* (A.) ^Contribution a I'etude du trai- tement de l'exstrophie de la vessie par le pro- cede de Mavdl. 73 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1904, No. 4.'!1. Thoric (Johannes) [1879- ]. * Allgemeine Erurterung und neue Untersuchungen iiber das Zustandekommen der febrilen Albuminuric und die Art der wiihrend ihres Bestehens ausge- schiedenen Eiweisskorper. [Wurtzburg.] 38 pp., 11. 8°. Altona, 1904. Thoden van Vclzen (Syo Cornelis). Psy- choencephale Studien. 4. Aufl. 171 pp. 4°. Berlin, W. Buxenstein], 1911. Thole [Friedrich Wilhelm Heinrich] [1869- ]. * Ueber die Behandlung der Pseudarthrosen. 32 pp. 8°. Berlin, C. Vogt, [1892.] Title-page reads: Fritz. -----. Das vitalistisch-teleologische Denken in der heutigen Medizin; mit besonderer Beriick- sichtigung von Bier's wissenschaftlichen Erklii- rungen. viii, 346 pp. 8°. Stuttgart, F. Enke, 1909. See, Abo. Selijerning (Otto), Thoele & Voss. Schns.sverletzungen (Die), fol. Hamburg, 1902. Tlioenimes (Eugen) [1878- ]. *Zwei Fiille von akuter Verriicktheit. 59 pp., 2 1. 8°. Bonn, J. F. Carthaus, 1907. Thonen (Ernst Ferdinand) [1873- ]. * Ueber einige Fiille von Calcaneussporn. 30 pp., 7 pi. 8°. Berlin, E. Ebering, 1911. Thoencs (Carl Wilhelm Theodor Adalbert) [1873- ]. *fAn Fall von Abbindung beider 1 reteren bei Totalexstirpation des myomatosen Uterus. 28 pp. 8°. Bonn, C. Georgi, 1896. Thoni (Joh.) *Bakteriologische Studien iiber Labmagen und Lab. (Ein Beitrag zur Kennt- niss der Bereitung des Kiisereilabes.) 64 pp., 2 tab. 8°. Bern, K. J. Wyss, 1906. Thoenistcn (Constantin) [1871- ]. *Dieme- chanische Behandlung der Magen- und Darm- affektionen der Siiuglinge. 59 pp., 1 ] 8° Bonn, A. Henry, 1896. c" Thonnessen (Josef) [1874- ] *Darstellung des Anthrakaseimmunproteidin und dessen im- munisierende Wirkung gegen Milzbrand. 8 pp. S°. Jena, G. Fischer, 1902. Thoemiesxeii (Peter [Joseph] Friedrich Philipp) [1877- ]. *Zur Behandlung von Augenkrankheiten niitDeutschinann'schein Se- rum. 31 pp. 8°. Giessen, Heppeler t0 Metier, 1909. Thorner (Walter) [1886- ]. *Die Ermu- dung des markhaltigen Nerven. pp. 530-562, 1 pi. 8°. Gbttingen, L. Hofer, 1911. Thoinot (L[eon-Henri]) [1858- ]. Attentats aux moours et perversions du sens genital. Le- cons professees a, la Faculte de medecine. Re- cueillies par E. Dupre, revues et publiees par l'auteur. 1 p. 1., 517 pp. 8°. Paris, 0. Doin, 1898. ------. The same. Medico-legal aspects of moral offenses. Transl. from the original French and enlarged by Arthur W. Weysse. (Only author- ized translation into English.) xv, 487 pp., 4 diag. 8°. Philadelphia, F. A. Davis Company, 1911. ------. Les accidents du travail et les affections medicales d'origine traumatique; lecons profes- sees a la Faculte de medecine. iii, 596 pp. 8°. Paris, 0. Doin, 1904. ------. L'autopsie medico-iegale. 101 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, J.-B. Bailliere 8. Thoni (Waldemar Julius Edward) [1S76- ]. * Untersuchungen iiber die normale und patho- logische Hypofysis des Menschen. [Kiel. ] 25 pp. 8°. Bonn, F. Cohen, 1901. Thoma (George H.) [1.S43-1907]. In memoriam. Albany M. Ann., 1907, xxviii, 395. Thoma (Philipp) [1884- ]. *Nebenverle- tzungen beiHebosteotomie. 31pp. n°. Miin- ehen, Kastner & Callvey, 1909. Thoma (Richard) [1847- ]. DieFeberwan- derung farbloser Blutkorper von dem Blut- in das Lymphgeiiisssystem. Experimentelle Un- tersuchungen. 48 pp., 4 pi. 8°. Heidelberg, F. Bassermann, 1873. [P., v. 2285.] -----. Untersuchungen iiber die Histogenese und HistomechanikdesGefasssvstems. iv(l 1.), 91 pp. 8°. Stuttgart, F. Enke, 1893. -----. Lehrbuch der pathologischen Anatomie. 1. Theil. Allgemeine pathologische Anatomie, mit Beriicksichtigung der allgemeinen Patholo- gie. xvi, 742 pp., 4 pi. 8°. Stuttgart, F. Enke, 1894. -----. The same. Text-book of general pathol- ogy and pathological anatomy. Transl. by Alex- ander Bruce, xiv, 620 pp., 4 pi. roy. 8°. Lon- don, A. & C. Black, 1896. Thoma (Rudolf) [1875- ]. *Ein Fall von Lupus vulgaris unter dem Bilde des Lupus ery- thematosus. 18 pp., 1 1. 8°. Miinehen, C. WolfeiSohn, 1902. Thoma (Wilhelm R.) [1885- ]. *Mitzwei- facher Zapfenbildung verbundene Deformation und Dislocation des Kleinhirns und der Medulla oblongata. 20 pp., 2pi. 8°. Heidelberg, 1911. Thomae (Anton Christian Karl) [1869- ]. * Ueber m-p-Diamidotriphenylmethan. 36 pp., 1 1. 8°. Erlangen, F. Junge, 1896. Thomsi (Friedrich) [1881- ]. * Ein Beitrag zur Missbildung der weiblichenGenitalien. Ein genau beobachteter Fall von Uterus bicornis cum vagina septa. 58 pp., 2 pi., 21. 8°. Leip- zig, B. Georgi, 1904. Thoniai (Tommaso). Discorso del vero modo di preservare gli huomini dalla peste. 15 pp. sm. 4°. Bologna, presso C. Ferroni, 1630. [P., v 2098 1 Thoniaike (Paul) & Ogden (J. Bergen). A case of cystin calculus in the male bladder. Re- marks on cystinuria; examination of the urine and calculus. 12 pp. 12°. Boston, Dam veil dt Upham, 1898. Repr.from: Boston M. & S. J., 1898, exxxviii. Thomaius Ravennas (Camillus). Rationalis methodus atque compendiosa ad omnes fere cu- randos morbos internarum partium humani cor- poris. 45 1. 24°. Yenetm, apud Aldi filios, 1549. Another copy bound with Galen (Claudius). De rations' curandi ad Glauconem libre duo. 16°. Parisiis, 1549. Thomalla (Robert) [1860- ]. Ueber die Behandlung erkrankterKassenmitglieder. Fiir Aerzte, Krankenkassen-Vorstande, Arbeitgeber u. Arbeitnehmer. 41 pp. 8°. Berlin, L. J lea- ser, 1894. -----. Ueber Beseitigung der Dyspepsie bei con- stitutionellen, chronisehen und acuten Krank- heiten. 11. 8°. Berlin, 1899. Repr.from: Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1899, xiii. Tliomann (G.) Liquor laws of the United States; their spirit and effect. 4. ed. 1 p. 1., 256 pp., 1 tab. 8°. New York, U. S. Brewers' Ass., 1885. Tliomann (Max). *Beitrag zur Behandlung chronischer Erkrankungen der Gaumenman- deln. 46 pp., 1 1., 3 pi. 8°. Freiburg i. B., C. Lehmann, 1895. Tliomann (Oskar). * Untersuchungen iiber das Ziircher Grundwasser mit besonderer Be- riicksichtigung seines Bakteriengehaltes. ,41 pp., 1 map. 8°. Zurich, Ziircher & Furrer, 1902. Tliomas Brabantinus [or Cantimprcdensis'] [circa 1201-1270]. Die Gynaekologie des Thomas von Brabant. Ausgewiihlte Kapitel aus Buch I, De naturis^ rerum, beendet um 1240. Zum ersten Male hrsg. von Christ. Ferckel. 3 p. 1., 82 pp., 1 1., 21 pi. roy. 4°. Munchen, C. Kuhn, 1912. Thomas (Alfred) [ -1899]. [Biography.] Bull. Soc. mecl. de Reims, 1S99, n. s., v, 304-306. Thomas (A[mos R[ussell]) [1826-92]. Evolu- tion of the earth and man. A lecture before the Hahnemannian Institute of the students of the Hahnemannian Medical College of Philadel- phia, February 2, 1892. 30 pp. 8°. Philadel- phia, 1892.. -----. History of anatomy. Introductory ad- dress delivered at the opening of the 45th ses- sion of the Hahnemann Medical College of Phila- delphia, October 3, 1893. 25 pp. 8°. Phila- delphia, D. J. Gallagher & Co., [1893]. -----. In memoriam James Kitchen, Philadel- phia. 8 pp., port. 8°. Philadelphia, 1894. Repr.from: Ha.hneman. Month., Phila., 1894, xxix.. See, also. Diseases (The) of the pancreas and their homoeopathic treatment. 8°. Chicago, 1882. Thomas (Andre) [1867- ]. *Le cervelet; etude anatomique, clinique et physiologique. 353 pp. 8°. Paris, 1897 No. 396. ------. The same, x, 356 pp. 8°. Paris, , 1903. Thomas (Calvin). Culture and service. Ad- dress delivered at the 16th annual commence- ment of the University of Michigan. 15 pp. 8°. [n.p.,n.d] Thomas (Charles Hermon) [1839- ]. An operation for the radical cure of the stricture of the lachrymal duct, with description of a stric- turotome. 7 pp. 8°. [Philadelphia, 1892.] .Repr.from: Ophthal. Rev., Lond., 1892, x. ------. Lachrymal ol >struction and its treatment. 10 pp. 8°. Detroit, Mich., G. S. Davis, 1893. Ripr. from: Therap. Gaz., Detroit, lh93, xvii. -------■■ Three cases of strabismus with anoma- lous diplopia; an original and acquired fixation- spot in the same eye. 6 pp. 8°. [Hartford], 1894. Repr.from: Tr. Am. Ophth. ^oc. 1S94-6, Hartford, 1897, vii. ------. Muscular asthenopia and its treatment by graduated tenotomy, pp. 173-180. 8°. Philadelphia, 1894. Repr.from: Tr. M. Soc. Penn., Phila., 1894, xxv. Thomas (C[harles]-J[ules-Franc;ois] J [1866- ]. * Contribution a, I'etude des injections li_v podermiques dans le traitement de la tuber- culose pulmonaire; medication ethero-opiacee. 84 pp. 4°. Paris, 1894, No. 396. Thomas (Charles M.) On the importance of correcting optical defects in the eye, in the treatment of certain neuralgic pains in the head, with other sympathetic affections. 14 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, 1876. Repr. from: Am. J. Homoeop. Mat. M., Phila., 1876, ix. ------. Laceration of the female perineum. 11 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, 1x77. Ripr.from: Hahneman. Month., Phila., 1877-8, xiii. ------. Rapid lithotrity, with a report of two cases. 7 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, Sherman & Co., 1880. Rejn.from: Hahneman. Month., Phila., 1880, n. s., ii. Thomas (C[harles] P[reston]) [1864- ]. Anti-streptococcus serum. 1 pp. 12°. Chi- cago, 1897. Repr.from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1897, xxix. Thomas (Clement). * Contribution a I'etude des tumeurs tuberculeuses primitives des fosses nasales. 94 pp. 8°. Paris, 1902, No. 387. Thomas (Cyrus) [1825- ]. The Maya year. 64 pp. 8°. Washington, Govt. Print. Office, 1894. Repr. from: Rep. Smithson. Inst., Wash., 1894. -------. Introduction to the study of North American archaeology, xiv, 391 pp. 8°. Cin- cinnati, The Robert Clarke Co., 1898. -------. Mayan time systems and time symbols. pp. 53-62." 8°. Washington, D. C, 1900. Cutting [cover with printed title] from: Am. Anthrop., Wash., 1900, ii. Thomas (David Jones). Merthyr Tydfil Urban District Council. Annual reports of the medi- cal officer of health for the years 1901-3. 8°. Merthyr Tydfil, 1902-4. Thomas (Eb. W.) [1858- ]. Rotators of the femur and their other functions. 40 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, 1899. Repr. from: Phila. M. J., 1899, iii. Thomas (Edward). A manual of the first principles and practice of medicine; with a few notes and observations on mind and matter. 3. ed. xii, 160 pp. 8°. London, Tai/lor & Co., 1870. Thomas (Emile). * De l'atrophie musculaire progressive consecutive a la paralysie infantile; etude clinique. 74 pp., 1 1. 8°. Geneve, 1886. Thomas (Erich) [1886- ]. *Das leukocy- tare Blutbild diphteriekranker Kinder uud des- sen Beziehungen zur Prognose. 47 pp. 8°. Leipzig (Bnrna), R. Noske, 1911. Thomas (Erwin) [1881- ]. * Ueber erwor- bene Hamatometra. 21 pp. 8°. Miinehen, 1908. Thomas (F. Wblferstan) [1834-1900]. Obituary. Montreal M. J., 1900, xxix, 396. Thomas (Flavel S.) A dictionary of university degrees. 109 pp., port. 16°. Syracuse, N. Y., C. W. Barden, 1898. Thomas (Frederick] R.) Manual of the dis- cover), manufacture, and administration of nitrous oxide, or laughing gas, in its relations to dental or minor surgical operations, and particularly for the painless extraction of teeth. 122 pp. 16°. Philadelphia, S. S. White, 1870. Thomas (FritzCarl) [1887- ]. *Gesehichte der Therapie des Spates der Pferde. 71 pp. 8°. Boma-Letpzig, R. Noske, 1912. Thomas ([Georg Friedrich] Ludwig) [1838- 1907]. .See Neulmiier (Carl) & Vogel (Julius). Anleitung y.ur oualitativen und quantitativen Analyse des Hams, [etc.]". 8°. Wiesbaden. 1890. For Biography, see Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1907, xxxiii, 517 (Roos). Also: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1901, xlviii, 1754 (R.). Thomas ( G[eorge] Danford ). An address upon burial and funeral reform, pp. 84-96. 12°. London, T. Poulter & Sons, 1891. No. 77. Ass. Pub. San. Inspectors Great Britain, 1891. Thomas (Gilbert). *La serotherapie intensive dans le traitement des angines diphteriques graves et paralysies. 104 pp. 8°. Paris, 1909, No. 298. Thomas (Gulielmus). *De apoplexia. 1 p. 1., 29 pp. 8°. Edinburgi, Abernethy & Walker, 1820. Thomas (H. G.) The palliative treatment of hemorrhoids. 2 pp. 4°. [n. p., n. d.] Thomas (Hans) [1875- ]. * Ueber die the: rapeutische Bedeutung der Probepunction bei Pleuraexsudaten. 31 pp. 8°. Berlin, 0. Francke, 1899. Thomas (Hans) [1877- ]. *Zur Indica- tionsstellung und Technik des Kaiserschnittes. 60 pp., 1). 8°. Breslau, 1902. THOMAS. 135 THOMAS. Thomas (Harold Wolferstan). See Johnston (Wvatt) & Thomas (Harold Wolfer- stan). A quantitative method [etc.]. 8°. London, 1898. Thomas (Henry) [1872- ]. *Rcsultats eloignes du traitement de la tuberculose testicu- laire par la castration. 72 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1900, No. 19. Thomas (Henry M.) [1861- ]. An electric apparatus used in the diagnosis of diseases of the nervous system. 2 1. 8°. Baltimore, [1889]. Repr. from: Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1889-90, i. -----. Obstetrical paralysis, infantile and ma- ternal, pp. 278-287. 8°. Baltimore, 1900. Cutting [cover with printed title] from: Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1900, xi. -----. The anatomical basis of the Argyll- Robertson pupil. 18 pp. 8°. Philadelphia & New York, 1903. Repr.from: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & X. Y., 1903, cxxvi. ■-----. A case of generalized lead paralysis, with a review of the cases of lead palsy seen in the hospital, pp. 209-212. 8°. Baltimore, 1904. Cutting [cover with printed title] from: Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1904, xv. -----. Diseases of the cerebral blood-vessels. In: Modern' Med. (Osier). 8°. Philadelphia & New York, 1910, vii, 327-417. -----. Decussation of the pyramids; an his- torical inquiry. 29 pp. 8°. Baltimore, 1910. Repr.from: Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1910, xxi. ■-----& Cushing (Harvey W.) Exhibition of two cases of radicular paralysis of the brachial plexus, one from the pressure of a cervical rib with operation, the other of uncertain origin. 12 pp. 8°. Baltimore, 1903. Repr.from: Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1903, xiv. ------------. Removal of a subcortical cystic tumor at a second-stage operation without anes- thesia. 28 pp. 8°. Chicago, 1908. Repr.from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1908,1. -----& Flexner (Simon). Alveolar sarcoma of the cerebellum. 14 pp. 8°. Baltimore, 1896. Repr.from: Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1896 vii. In: Barker (L. F.) Papers and addresses. 8°. Balti- more, 1894-1900, i. ----- & Grecnbauni (Harry S.) Multiple neuritis (nondiphtheritic) in children. 10 pp., 1 ch. 8°. Chicago, 1907. Repr.from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlviii. -----& Keen (William W.) A successful case of removal of a arge brain-tumor from the left frontal region; opening and packing of the lateral ventrical with iodoform-gauze. 20 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, 1896. Repr.from: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1896, cxii. Thomas (Tlippolyte) [1837-99]. Grasset(P.) Necrologie. Arch. prov. de m6d., Par., 1899, i, 437. Thomas (H[onoratus] Leigh) [1769-1846]. The Hunterian oration, delivered before the Royal College of Surgeons in London, February 14, 1827. 1 p. 1., 28 pp. 4°. London, W Nicol, 1827. For Biography, see Brit. M. J., Lond., 1909, i, 1369. Also: Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond , 1888, lvi, 182 (J. B. Bailey). Thomas (Hugh Owen) [1834-91]. On the treatment of fractures of the patella. 8 pp., 1 pi. 8°. London, 1882. Repr.from: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1882, xxxiv. Thomas (J. W.) The ventilation, heating and management of churches and public buildings. vi (1 1.), 140 pp. 12°. London, New York & Bombay, Longmans, Green & Co., 1903. Thomas (Jacques). * Essai sur le pronostic du glaucome primitif. 95 pp. 8°. Paris, 1897, No. 344. Thomas (Jacques) [1875- ]. Contribution a, I'etude du rythme urinaire chez les hepatiques. L'isurie. 65 pp. 8°. Paris, 1910, No. 413. Thomas (James Carey). A brief review of the ten years' work of the Johns Hopkins Univer- sity. An address delivered at the tenth anni- versary of the university, Apr. 26, 1886. 15 pp. 8°. Baltimore, 1886. Thomas (J[ames] W.) [1868- ]. Gonor- rheal peritonitis in the male. 4 pp. 8°. Seat- tle, 1907. Repr.from: Northwest Med., Seattle, 1907, v. Thomas (Jean-Louis) [1874- ]. * Contribu- tion a I'etude des fractures de la voute palatine. 54 pp. 8°. Paris, 1897, No. 355. Thomas (Jerome Beers) [1867- ]. A book of detachable diet lists for albuminuria, an;emia and debility, constipation, diabetes, diarrhoea, dyspepsia, fevers, gout or uric acid diathesis, obesitv, tuberculosis, and a sick-room dietary. obi. 85. Philadelphia, W. B. Saunders, 1895. -----. Thesame. 2. ed., rev. obi. 16°. Phila- delphia, W. B. Saunders, 1900. Thomas (J[erome] B[eers]), jr. The action of various chemical substances upon cultures of amoebae, pp. 17-29. 8°. Manila, Bureau Pub. Print., 1905. Forms No. 32 of: Dep. Interior. Bureau Gov. Lab. Biol. Lab., Manila, 1905. Thomas (John D.) Wisdom teeth. 12 pp. 16°. Philadelphia, S. Loag, [1886]. -----. Nitrous oxide gas viewed from a practi- cal standpoint. 20 pp. 8°. [Philadelphia, 1891.] Repr.from: Dental Cosmos, Phila., 1891, xxxi. -----. The anesthetic zone in nitrous-oxid anes- thesia. 5 pp. 8°. [Philadelphia, 1893.] Repr.from: Dental Cosmos, Phila., 1893, xxxv. -----. Extracting teeth, and conditions war- ranting such procedure. 10 pp. 8°. Philadel- phia, 1893. Repr.from: Dental Cosmos, Phila., 1893, xxxv. Thomas (John D.) [1868- ]. Cold baths; their use and abuse. 19 pp. 8°. Chicago, 1896. Repr.from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1896, xxvii. -----. Abdominal signs of pulmonary disease in children. 11 pp. 8°. New York, W. Wood d- Co., 1907. Repr.from: Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1907, lvi. Thomas (J[ohn] Davies). Echinococcus of the brain; hydatids of the brain. 35 pp. 8°. Ade- laide, 1887. Repr. from: Tr. Intercolon. M. Cong. Australas, Ade- laide, 18x7. -----. Hydatid disease. Vol. II. A collection of papers on hydatid disease. Edited and ar- ranged by Alfred Austin Lendon. xii, 166 pp. 8°. Si/dnei/, L. Bruck; London, Bailliire, Tin- dull&Cox, 1894. Thomas (John Jenks) [1861- ]. Two cases of tumor of the spinal cord. 20 pp. 8°. New York, 1895. Repr.from: J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1895, xxii. -----. Diphtheritic hemiplegia. 20 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, 1896. Repr.from: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1896, n. s., cxi. -----. Nephritis in infantile scurvy. 15 pp. 12°. Boston, Damrell& Upham, 1896. Repr.from.: Boston M. & S. J., 1896, cxxxv. -----. Two cases of acute ascending paralysis, with autopsy. 28 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, 1898. Repr.from: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1898, n. s., cxvi. -----. Acute degeneration of the nervous sys- tem in diphtheria. 37 pp. 12°. Boston, Dam- rell & Ppham,, 1898. Repr. from: Boston. M. & S. J., 1898, exxxviii. THOMAS. 136 THOMAS. Thomas (John Jenks)—continued. -----. A case of bone formation in the human brain, due to the presence of coccidia oviformia. [Abstr.] 3 pp. 8°. Boston, 1899. Repr.from: J. Bost. Soc. M. Sc, 1899, iii. -----. Two cases of injury in the cord resulting from fracture of the spine. 25 pp. 12°. Bos- ton, 1899. Repr.from: Boston M.& S. J., 1899, cxli. Five cases of injury of the cord resulting from fracture of the spine. 7 pp., 3 pi. 8°. Boston, 1900. Repr.from: J. Bost. Soc. M. Sc, 1900, iv. ----. A case of myeloma of the spine with compression of the cord. 21 pp. 8°. Boston, 1901. Repr.from: Boston M. & S. J., 1901, cxlv. Cholesteatomata of the brain, pp. 220- 240, 1 pi. 8°. Boston, 1901. Cutting [cover with printed title] from: J. Med. Re- search, Bost., 1901, n. s., i. See, also, Knapp (PhilipCoombs) & Thomas (John Jenks). Landry's paralysis. 8°. [New York, 1900.] & \m-IioIs (Edward Hall). Report of a case of resection of dorsal spinal nerve roots for gastric crises of tabes, pp. 593-605. 4°. Lan- caster, Pa., 1910. Repr.from: J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., Lancaster, Pa., 1910, xxxviii. Thomas (Joseph) [1811- ]. A complete pronouncing medical dictionary, embracing the terminology of medicine and the kindred sci- ences, with their signfication, etymology, and pronunciation. With an appendix, comprising an explanation of the Latin terms and phrases occurring in medicine, anatomy, pharmacy, etc.; together with the necessary directions for writing Latin prescriptions, etc. On the basis of Thomas's comprehensive pronouncing medi- cal dictionary. 814 pp. 8°. Philadelphia & London, J. B. Lippincott Co., 1886. Thomas (Joseph) [1867- ]. *De la pen- daison; etude des lesions du cou; leur valeur diagnostique. 44 pp., 1 1. 4°. Paris, 1893, No. 424. -----. The same. 44 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, G. Steinheil, 1893. Thomas (Joseph). * Contribution a I'etude du traitement des metrites par le protargol et Pacidepicrique. 93 pp. 8°. Paris, 1889, No. 429. -----. Le cancer, viii, 545 pp. 8°. Paris, A. Muluine, 1906. -----. Thesame. 2. ed. Preface du Prof. Al- bert Robin. 736 pp. 8°. Paris, A. Maloine, 1910. Thomas (Joseph) [1876- ]. *DieGlandula vestibularis major (Bartolini) beim Menschen 30 pp., 1 1. 8°. Gottingen, W. F. Kaestner, 1905. Thomas (J[oseph] D.) How long is syphilis contagious? 4 pp. 12°. Chicago, 1894. Repr.from: J.Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1894, xxiii. -----. The management of filiform structure of the urethra, with some observations on struc- ture. 7 pp. 8°. New York, 1896. Repr.from: J.Cutan. &Genito-Urin. Dis., N.Y.,1896 xiv Thomas (J[oseph] P[otts] [1830-94]. The annual or inaugural address of the president of the Kentucky State Medical Societv, June 23 1886. 21pp. 8°. Pembroke, Ki,., 1886. w^ g-P^^% Tr' Kentucky M.' Soc, Louisville, Thomas (Karl). Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Structur der Krystalllinse in den Augen der Wirbelthiere. 24 pp., 4 pi. 8°. [A™?, 1859.] Forms Beil. to v. 61 of: Vrtljschr. f. d. prakt. Heilk Prag Thomas (Karl) [1883- ]. * Urobilinogen, seine klinische Bedeutung, seine chemischen Eigenschaiten und seine Farbenreaktionen ("Ehrlichsche Aldehyd" und "eigelbe Diazo- reaktion"). 49 pp. 8°. Freiburg i. />'/., Speyer ek Kaerner, 1907. Thomas (Kurt) [1880- ]. *Zur Lehre von den grosszelligen Leukamien. 48 pp. 8°. Leipzig-Borna, R. Noske, 1911. Thomas (Leon). *L'eau potable au Creusot; etude chimique, micrographique et microbio- logique. 92 pp., 3 pi. 8°. Paris, 1905, No. 3. ficole de pharmacie. Thomas (Louis) [1860- ]. *Du gonflement mammaire dans la tuberculose pulmonaire. 46 pp., 1 1. 4°. Paris, H. Jouve, 1893, No. 440. Thomas (Louis-Auguste) [1887- ]. * Essai sur la coloration des pieces anatomiques f raiches. 52 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1911, No. 55. Thomas (Ludwig) [1838- ] Der Curort Tatzmannsdorf (Tarcsa). Balneologische Skiz- ze. vi, 68 pp. 12°. Wien, W. Braumiiller, 1870. -----. Ueber das Klima und die Einrichtungen. fiir offentliche Gesundheitspflege von Freiburg im Breisgau. 71 pp. 12°. Freiburg i. Br., F. P. Lorenz, 1904. See, also, Oeffinger (Hermann). Die Kurorte und Heilquellen [etc.]. 12°. Baden-Baden, 1900. ----- The same. 8°. Baden-Baden, 1903. -----. The same. 8°. Baden-Baden, 1905. Thomas (Marcel). *L'origine congenitale des grenouillettes. 64 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1903, No. 6. Thomas (Marcel) [1885- ]. *De la me- trite hemorragique chez les vierges; a l'epoque de la puberte. 47 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1912, No. 136. Thomas (Hoses) [1830-1911]. Obituary. Glasgow M. J., 1911, lxxvi, 27. Thomas (Sir Noah) [1720-92]. Woore (N.) Biography. Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1898, lvi, 188. Thomas (N[orthcote] W.) Bibliography of folk-lore, 19U5. xxxvi pp. 8°. London, D. Nutt, [1906]. ------. The native races of the British Empire. Natives of Australia, xii, 256 pp., 32 pi., 1 map. 8°. London, A. Constable & Co., 1906. Thomas (Paul). *De la detroncation par ar- rachement. 42 pp., 1 1. 8°. Toulouse, 1896. No. 171. Thomas (Paul) [1874- ]. * Des indications de l'hysterectomie dans le traitement de l'in- fection puerperale aigue. 74 pp. 8°. Paris, 1904, No. 90. Thomas (Paul-Louis-Desire) [1852- [Biography.] Univ. de Brux. Notice hist....., 1834-84, 199. Thomas (Pierre) [1878- ]. * Essai sur lea alterations du cortex dans les meningites aigues. 89 pp , 1 1. 8°. Lyon, 1902, No. 168. ------. Thesame. 1 p. 1., 89 pp., 11., 7 pi. 8°. Paris, J.-B. Bailliere & fits. 1903. Thomas (Pierre-Frederic) [1791-1858].^ Re- cherches sur le cholera asiatique observee en Amerique et en Europe, xi, 13-135 pp. 8°. Paris, J.-B. Baillttre & fits, 1857. [Also, in: P., v. 180.] Thomas (Pierre-Marie-Dieudonne) [1871- ]. * Contribution ii I'etude de la fievre bilieuse hematurique et de son traitement. 128 pp. 4°. Bordeaux, 1896, No. 57. THOMAS. 137 THOMAS. Thomas (Rene-Victor) [1881- ]. *L'exa- men medico-legal des poumons des nouvenu- nes. La docimasie pulmonaire histologique. 230 pp. 8°. Paris, 1909, No. 372. .-----. The same. 230 pp., 9 pi. 8°. Paris, G. steinheil, 1909. Thomas (Richard Henry). A contribution on the influence of season and weather on the death-rate from diphtheria in Baltimore (1861-82). 17 pp., 6 diag. 8°. [Baltimore, 1883.] a. L. A. Repr.from: Tr. M. & Chir. Fac, Maryland, Bait., 1883. -----. Report of a case of so-called hay fever, treated by the galvano-cautery. 8 pp. 16°. [Philadelphia, 1885.] A. L. a. Repr.from: Med. News. Phila.. 1S>5, xlvi. Thomas (Robert) [1753-1835]. The modern practice of physic, exhibiting the characters, causes, symptoms, prognostic, morbid appear- ances and improved method of treating the diseases of all climates. 3. ed. x, 667 pp. 8°. London, J. Murray, 1810. -----. The same. 7. Am. ed. xv, 1058 pp. 8°. New York, S. B. Collins & Co., 1824. -----. The same. 8. Am. ed. xiv, 1072 pp. 8°. New York, S. B. Collins A Co., 1825. -----. Trattato delle malattie della gravidanza e del puerperio. 80 pp. 12°. Pisa, S. Ni*tri, 1827. [P., v. 2238.] Thomas [Robert]. Beitrag zur Differential- diagnose zwischen Verschluss der Pfortader und der unteren Hohlader. 12 pp., 2 1., 14 pi. rov. 8°. Cassel, T. G. Fisher & Co., 1895. Forms 2. Hft., Abtheil. Di, of: Biblioth. Med., Cassel, 1895. Thomas (T[heodore] Gaillard) [1832-1903]. A practical treatise on the diseases of women. 4. ed. xix, 801 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, H. C. Lea, 1875. -----. A clinical contribution to the treatment of tubal pregnancy. 11 pp. 8°. New York, D. Appleton «fc Co.,*1875. [P., v. 2195.] -----. Double ovariotomy performed for the removal of solid ovarian tumours. Transfusion of milk four days after operation. 8 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, Collins, 1876. Repr.from: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1876, n. s., lxxi -----. The influences which are elevating medicine to the position of a science. An anniversary discourse delivered before the New York Academy of Medicine, November 15,1877. 24 pp. 8°. New York, 1877. [P., v. 2190.] -----. The most effectual method for control- ling the high temperature occurring after ova- riotomy. 21 pp. 8°. New York, D. Appleton & Co., 1878. [P., v. 2190.] Repr.from: N. York M. J., 1878, xxviii. -----. Annual address by the president. The gynecology of the future, and its relations to surgery. 20 pp. 8°. [Philadelphia, 1880.] Repr.from: Tr. Am. Gynec. Soc, 1879, Phila., 1880,iv. -----. Extra uterine gestation. In: Syst. Gvnec. (Mann)". 8°. Philadelphia, 1888, ii, 175- 196. -----. Abortion and its treatment, from the stand-point of practical experience; a special course of lectures delivered at the College of Physicians and Surgeons, New York, session of 1889-90. From notes by P. Brynberg Porter, revised bv the author. 112 pp. 12°. New York, D. Appleton & Co., 1890. ■-----. The same. 112 pp. 12°. New York, D. Appleton & Co., 1898. Thomas (T[heodore] Gaillard)—continued. -----. The possibilities of medicine. An ad- dress. 16 pp. 8°. New York, J. J. O'Brien A Son, 1891. Repr.from: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1891, xxxix. ------. A successful case of Cesarean section. 8 pp. 16°. New York, Trow <(• Co., 1892. Repr.from: Med. Rec, N. York. 1892, xii. -----. In memoriam John Thomas Metcalfe, United States Army. 14 pp. 8°. [n. p.], 1902. Repr. from: Annual Proc. Ass. Graduates U. S. Mil. Acad., 1902. See. also. Barker (Benjamin Fordyce). Biographical tribute [to Edmund Randolph Peaslee], [etc.]. 12°. New York. l^S— Bui'km aster i A. H.) A review of twenty- two cottage cases [etc.]. s°. Brooklyn, 1887. For Biography, see Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1903. xlvii, 502- 507, port. Also: .1. Obst. A Gvnec. Brit. Emp., Lond.. 1903, iii, 588. port. Also: Med. News. N. Y.. 1901. lxxix, 841-843. Also: Med. Rec. N. Y., 1903, lxiii. 1015-1017 (H. D. Nieoll). Also: Proc. Connect. M. Soc, Bridgeport, 1903, 395, port. Also: Rev. de chir.. Par., 1903, xxiii, 549-551. Also: Tr. Am. Gvnec. Soc. Phila., 1903, xxviii, 327-334, port. (C. Cleveland). Also: Year Bk. M. Ass. Gr. N. York, 1903, 51-64. -----. See, also: Addresses at the dinner given to T. G. Thomas on his seventieth birthday. 8°. New York, 1901. Thomas (Thomas Henry). The excursion of members of the British Association from Mon- treal to the Rocky Mountains, September, 1884. 14 pp. 8°. Cardif, 1887. Thomas (T[homas] Turner) [1866- ]. Pseud- arthrosis. In: Am. Pract. Surg. [Brvant & Buck], N. Y., 1907, iii, 212-251. Thomas (Walter Duncan) [1856-11*10]. Obituary. Lancet, Lond., 1910, ii. 11,7. Thomas (Walters.). Ner Simon (Charles E.) & Thomas (W. S.) On com- plement fixation in malignant disease. 8°. yew York, 1909. Thomas (Wilhelm). * Beitrag zur Lehre von der Cataracta diabetica. 47 pp. 8°. Strassburg i. E., C. Muh & Cie., 1896. Thomas (William). The surgical treatmentof congenital abnormalities of the rectum. 20 pp. 8°. Birmingham, Hall & English, 1884. Repr.from: Birmingh. M. Rev., 1884. xv. ------. Some points in the operative treatment of severe hare-lip. 8 pp. 8°. Birmingham, 1893. Repr.from: Birmingh. M. Rev., 1893, xxxiv. Thomas (William I.) The medicine-man and the professional occupations. 18 pp. 4°. Chi- cago, I'niv. of Chicago Press, 1903. Repr.from: Univ. Chicago. Decenn. Public, Chicago, 1903, iv. -----. Sex and society. Studies in the social psychology of sex. vi (2 l.),225 pp. 12°. Chi- cago, I'niv. of Chicago Press, 1907. -----. The psychology of the yellow journal. pp. 491-496. 8°. New York, 1908. Cutting from: Am. Mag., N. Y., 1908, lxv. -----. The adventitious character of woman. pp. 523-530. 8°. New York, 1908. Cutting from: Am. Mag.. N. Y., 1908, lxvi. ------. The psychology of woman's dress, pp. 66-72. 8°. New York, 1908. Cutting from: Am. Mag , N. Y., 1908, lxvii. -----. Source book of social origins. Ethnolog- ical materials, psychological standpoint, classi- fied and annotated bibliographies for the inter- pretation of savage society, xvi, 932 pp. 8°. Chicago & London, Univ. of Chicago Press, 1909. THOMAS. 138 TIIOMAYER. Thomas ( Wfilliam] R[obert]). On the climatic treatment of phthisis. Abstract of a clinical lecture on the localization of a cerebral clot. On some cases of lead poisoning from drinking- water. Read before the Sheffield Medical-Chi- rurgical Society. 19 pp. 8°. London, J. Bale & Sons, 1889. Thomas-t'aramaii (Charles). Les eaux fer- rugineuscs de Forges, la Spa franeaise (Seine- Inferieure). x, 11-82 pp. 12°. Paris, A. Du- qursne, 1872. See, also, Larouvifere (Jean). Nouveau systeme des eaux mineraks de Forges [etc.]. 12°. Paris, 1886. Thomas de Closmadeuc. See de Closma- deuc. Thomas-Dercvotfe (Ernest-Cecilius-Joseph) [1874- ]. ^Contribution a. I'etude du begaie- ment et de son traitement pratique. 48 pp., 1 1. 8°. Bordeaux, 1898, No. 67. Thomas-Latour (J.) *Cinq annees du ser- vice des diarrhees d'cte a la clinique infantile de la Faculte de Toulouse. 65 pp., 1 1. 8°. Toulouse, 1902, No. 479. Thomas Morgan Rotch Jr. Memorial Hospital for Infants, Boston, formerly West End Nursery and Infants' Hospital. Annual reports lor 1904 (22.); 1905 (23.). 8°. Boston, [n. d.]. Thomas Philologicus [pseud.]. See Ran- goni (Tommaso). Thomas de la Pintiere (Henri) [1881- ]. * Contribution a I'etude des abces du poumon consecutifs a, la pneumonie et a la broncho- pneumonie; abces ne se terminant pas par vo- mique et abces juxta-scissuraires. 80 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1907, No. 105. Thomas-Thomesco (J.) [1863- ]. "^Con- siderations sur l'etiologie generale des derma- toses, avec une etude speciale sur le role du sys- teme nerveux dans la pathogenie de quelques affections cutanees. 113 pp. 4°. Paris, 1895, No. 13. ■-----. Thesame. 113pp. 8°. Paris, G. Stein- heil, 1895. Thomashoff (Fritz). * Beitrag zur Casuistik der sarkomatosen Geschwiilste des Kniegelenks. 22 pp., 1 1. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1896. Thomasius (Christianus). De jure circa som- num et somnia; vom Rechtdes Schlaffs und der Triiume. 50 1. sm. 4°. Regiomonti & Lipsiw, imp. J. M. Burgmanni, 1712. Thomasius (Franciscus). Dignitates apho- risticae in re medica, ex doctissimorum virorum, cum veterum, turn nostratium collectione se- lecta?. 305 pp., 1 1. 24°. Romse, apud B. Donangelum, 1589. Bound with: Strobelberger (Jan Stephan). Recens necanteasicvisaGallisepolitico-medicadescriptio, fete 1 24°. Jenx, 1620. ^ ' L J Thomason (Henry D.) [1858- ]. Personal experience with spinal analgesia and its applica- tion to military surgery. 27 pp. 8°. Carlisle, Pa., 1906. Repr.from: J. Ass. Mil. Surg. U. S., Carlisle, 1906, xix. -----. Napoleon, the first Emperor of France; from St. Helena to Santiago de Cuba; being a summary of facts concerning the latter days of Dr. Francois Antomarchi, the last physician to his imperial majesty. 1 p. ]., 5-33 pp., 17 pi., [1 front ]. 8°. Kansas City, Mo., F. Hudson Publishing Co., 1910. Thomas* (Ludwig Reinhard Willi) [1876- ]. * Ueber die Histologie der menschlichen Na- belschnur mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Allantois und des Dotterganges. 31 pp 8° Berlin, G. Schade, 1900. Thomassi'ii (Marie Hubert Joseph Constant). * Ueber den Einfluss des Druekes auf die Re- sorption von Fliissigkeiten im Unterhautbinde- gewebe. [Berne.] 54 pp. 8°. Mastricht, Leiter-Nypels, 1906. Thomassen a Thuessink (P>erardus Joan- nes) [1762-1832]. Verhandeling over eene con- ceptio tubaria, waargenomen in het Nosocomium Clinicum van de Akademie te Groningen, met eenige aanmerkingen, vooral de onderscheiding en de behandeling der conceptiones extra-ute- rinse betreffende. 55 pp., 2 pi. 4°. [Gronin- gen? n. d.] Tliomasset (Francois) [1885- ]. *Des ul- cerations et des perforations intestinales dans le cancer du rectum. 76 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1911. Thomassian (Thomas). *Parotiditesuppuree chez le nouveau-ne. 26 pp. 8°. Geniee, A. Kundig, 1911, No. 305. Thomassin (Jean-Francois) [1750-1828?]. Dis- sertation sur 1'extraction des corps etrangers des plaies, et specialement de celles faites par armes a, feu. Avec la description et les figures de plusieurs instruments nouvellement ima- gines, pour rendre cette operation plus facile et plus sure, xiv, 114pp., 2pl. 12°. Strasbourg, J.-G. Treuttel, 1788. See, also, Covillard (Jos.) Observations iatrochi- rurgiques, [etc.]. 8°. Strasbourg, 1791. — Durande (Jean-Francois). Memoire sur Tabus de l'ensevelisse- ment, [etc.]. 8°. Strasbourg, 1789. Thomassin (Pol-Leon-Marie-Laurent) [1887- ]. *De l'irreductibilite des luxations con- genitales de la hanche dans le jeune age. [Nancy.] 77 pp. 8°. Saint-Nicolas, 1911, No. 3. Thouiasson (Richard) [1829-1906]. Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, ii, 896. Thomayer (Josef). Bezvgdomi a jeho diag- nosticky vyznam. [Loss of consciousness and its diagnostic significance.] 1 p. 1., 83 pp. 8°. v Praze, Bursik & Kohout, 1889. ------. The same. 2. ed. 98 pp., 1 1. 8°. v Praze, Bursik & Kohout, 1904. ------. Pathologie e therapie nemoci vnitfnfch. [Pathology and therapv of internal diseases.] 2. ed. 1 p. 1., 822 pp. 8°. v Praze, Bursik & Kohout, 1897. ------. Opfieinachomyludiagnostick^ch. [The causes of errors in diagnosis.] pp. 139-148. 8°. v Praze, [1899]. Forms no. 7 of: Sbirka pfednasek a rozpr. z oboru le.kafsk., v Praze, [1899]. ----. O nekterych vzdalenejsfch nasledcfch retence moCove. [Remote sequela? of retention oftheurine.] pp. 151-166. 8°. v Praze, [1899]. Forms no. 19 of: Sbirka pfednasek z oboru lekafsk., v Praze, [1899]. ----. Pozn&mky o zlucnich kamencfch. [On gallstones.] 16 pp. 8°. v Praze, [1899?]. Forms no. 1 of: Sbirka pfednasek z oboru lekafsk., v praze, [1899?]. ----. O paralysach kofenovych. [Root para- lyses.] 16 pp. 8°. v Praze [1899?]. Forms no. 8 of: Sbirka pfednaSek z oboru lekafsk., v Praze, [18997]. ----. Uvod do drobne praxe lekafske. [In- troduction to minute medical practice ] 2. ed. 322 pp., 11. 8°. v Praze, Bursik & Kohout, 1900. Endothelioma pleurae, pp. 127-146. 8°. v Praze, Bursik & Kohout, 1900. Forms no. 5 of: Sbirka pfednaSek a rozpr. z oboru le- kafsk., v Praze, 1900. O studiu vnitfnfch nemoci. [The study of internal diseases.] pp. 207-217. 8°. v Praze, Bursik & Kohout, 1902. THOMAYER. 139 THOMPSON. Thomayer (Josef)—continued. -----. Theorie neuronova a nove nahledy o skladbe listrednf soustavy nervove. [The neu- ron theory and new views of the structure of the central nervous system.] pp. 139-182. 8°. v Praze, Bursik & Kohout, 1902. ----- Ziizeni stfevni. [Intestinal stricture.] 15 pp. 8°. v Praze, Bursik A Kohout, 1903. Forms no. 1 of: Sbirka pfednasek a rozpr. z oboru lekafsk., v Prage, 1903-4, xi. -----. O pfetizeni praci zvlaste ve skolach. [Overwork, especially in schools.] 17 pp. 8°. v Praze, Bursik & Kohout, [n. d.]. Thomaz (Francisco) [ -1596]. Viterbo (S.) [Biographv.] J. Soc. d. sc. med. de Lisb., 1897, Ixi, 92-100. Thomhansen (Conrad Ludwig Franz Xaver) [1875- ]. * Zur Kasuistik der Prostatahy- pertrophie. 35 pp. 8°. Miinehen, C. Wolf & Sohn, 1902. Thome ([Ferdinand Wilhelm]Richard) [1873- ]. *Die Behandlung des Plattfusses. 23 pp., 1 1. 8°. Halle a. S., C. A. Kaemmerer & Co., 1896. Thome (Otto Wilhelm) [1840- ]. Schul- gesundheitspflege. Grundriss der Gesundheits- pflege in den Schulen fur alle Diejenigen, welche zur Schule in irgend einer Beziehung stehen, insbesondere fiir Unterrichtsbehorden, Schul- vorstiinde, Lehrer, Eltern, Baumeister und Aerzte. 2. Aufl. 103 pp. 12°. Coin & Leipzig, E. H. Mayer, 1871. -----. Text-book of structural and physio- logical botany. Transl. and edited by A. W. Bennett. 8. ed. 501 pp., 1 map. 12°. New York, Longmans, Green & Co., 1897. Thomee (Lendert Adrianus). * Die Behand- lung der Inversio uteri chronica puerperaiis. [Freiburg i. B.] 2 p. 1., 66 pp. 8°. Leiden, E. Ijdo, 1894. Thomet (Peter) [1874- J. *Entsprechen die in Wiirzburg auf den Markt gebrachten Ge- schirre den strengen Anforderungen des deut- schen Reichsgesetzes fiber die Bleiabgabe von Glasuren? 20 pp., 1 1. 8°. Wiirzburg, Mem- minger, 1901. Thomin (Fernand). * Traitement prophylac- tique des ophtalmies purulentes des nouveau- m'spar Paniodol. 72 pp. 8°. Paris, 1901, No. 48. Thomlinson (H. A.) Some of the problems of professional life and their relation to success in practice. 10 pp. 12°. St. Paul, Minn., 1899. Repr.from: St. Paul M. J., 1899, i. Thomopoulos (Jacques). La presence d'infu- soires dans le sang des palustres. La vraie na- ture des protozoaires malariques decrits jusqu'ici et les idees des anciens medecins grecs sur le paludisme. 34 pp., 1 1. 12°. Athenes, 1894. Thompson (Allen R.) [1858-1903]. [Biography.] Albany M. Ann., 1903, xxiv, 499. Thompson (Alton Howard). Facial expres- sion, and its psychology. 7 pp. 8°. [n. p.., 1890.] -----. A manual of comparative dental anatomy for dental students; prepared by request of the National Association of Dental Faculties and adopted as a text-book for colleges August 27, 1898. 176 pp. 12°. Philadelphia, S. S. White Dented Mfg. Co., 1899. Thompson (Sir Benjamin) [Count Rumford] [1753-1814]. Essays, political, economical, and philosophical. v. 2. 4 p. 1., 310 pp. 8°. [Boston, D. West, 1798.] I Thompson (Sir Benjamin)—continued. -----. Precis de divers etablissemens d'utilite' publique, formes en Baviere. Traduit de l'alle- mand. 21 pp. 8°. Paris, II. Agasse, an VII [1799]. In v. 1 of: Rec. d. mem. s. 1. 6tab. d'humanite. ------. Details sur un etablissement forme a Munich en faveur des pauvres. Traduit de l'al- lemand. 127 pp. 8°. Paris, H. Agasse, an VII [1799]. In v. 1 of: Rec. de mem. s. 1. etab. d'humanite, -----. Des alimens en general, et en particulier de la nourriture des pauvres. Traduit de l'al- lemand. 115 pp. 8°. Paris, II. Agasse, an VII [1799]. In v. 1 of: Rec. d. ntem. s. 1. etab. d'humanite. -----. Principes generaux sur lesquels doivent etre fondes en tout pays les etablissemens pour toes pauvres. Traduit de Pallemand. 84 pp. 8°. Paris, II. Agasse, an VII [1799]. In v. 1 of: Rec. d.'mem. s. 1. etab. d'humanite. For Biography, see Cuvier (G.-L.) Rec. d. eloges hist. 8°. Strassburg & Paris, 1819, ii, 190-231. See, also: Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1898, lvi, 205-208 (F. Rae). Also: Pop. Sc. Month., N. Y., 1908, Ixxiii, 32-51 (J. C. Dean). Also: Leading Am. Men. Sc. (Jordan), N. Y., 1910, 9-50, port. (E. E. Slosson). Thompson (C. J. S.) The chemist's compen- dium. For pharmacists, chemists and students. viii, 230 pp., 8 blank 1. 16°. London & New York, Whiltaker & Co., 1896. -----. The same. 2. ed. viii, 313 pp. 24°. London & New York, Whiltaker & Co., 1898. -----. The same. The compendium of medi- cine and pharmacy; a handy pocket book of reference for medical practitioners and phar- macists. 3. ed. 336 pp. 16°. London, J. Bale, Sons & Danielsson, [1911]. -----. The mystery and romance of alchemy and pharmacy, xv, 335 pp. 8°. London, Scientific Press, 1897. -----. Poison romance and poison mysteries. viii, 255 pp. sm. 4°. London, Scientific Press 1899. -----. Aids to practical dispensing. 3. ed. viii, 92 pp. 12°. London, Ballierc, Tindafl & Cox, 1902. Thompson (Charles Em ill us) [1868-94]. Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1894, ii, 1022. Thompson (C[harles]0.) [1862- ]. Horse- hair in minor surgery. 9 pp. 16°. Boston, W. S. Best A Co., 1893. Repr.from: Boston M. & S. J., 1893, exxix. Thompson (Charles O.) Effect of sewage on iron. 6 pp. 8°. [n. p., n. d.] Repr.from: Tr. Am. Inst. Mining Engin. Thompson (D'Arcy Wentworth) [1860- ]. A bibliography of protozoa, sponges, ccelen- terata, and worms, including also the polyzoa, brachiopoda and tunicata, for the years 1861-83. viii, 284 pp. 8°. Cambridge, University Press, 1885. Thompson (David) [1831-1908]. Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1908, ii, 181. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1908, i, 1731. Thompson (E[dmund] Symes) [1837-1906]. Observations on indigestion in early phthisis. 12 pp. 8°. London, II. K. Lewis, 1864. [P., v. 2193.] Repr. from: Med. Mirror, Lond., 1864, i. -----. Notes on cases of tumour in the medi- astinum. 14 pp. 8°. London, McGowan & Danks, 1865. [P., v. 2193.] Repr.from: Med. Mirror, Lond., 1865, ii. THOMPSON. 140 THOMPSON. Thompson (E[dmund] Symes^—continued. -----. South Africa as a health resort. 47 pp. 8°. London, 1888. Repr.from: Proc. Roy.Colon. Inst., Lond., 1888. -----. On the winter health resorts of the Alps. 2. ed. 27 pp. 12°. London, J. Davis & Co., 1888 For Biography, see Med.-Chir. Tr., Lond., 1907, xc.p.cxiii. Also: Med. Press & Cir., Lond., 1906, n s., lxxxii, 591. Thompson (Edward H.) Cave of Loltun, Yu- catan. Report of explorations bv the Museum, 1888-9 and 1890-91. 24 pp., 8 pi. 4°. Cam- bridge, 1897. Forms no. 2, v. 1, of: Mem. Peabody Mus. Am. Archseol. AEthnol. -----. The Chultunes of Labna, Yucatan: Re- port of explorations bv the museum, 1888-9 and 1890-91. 20 pp., 13 pi. 4°. Cambridge, 1897. Forms no. 8, v. 1, of: Mem. Peabody Mus. Am. Archaeol. & Ethnol. Thompson (Edward M[iddleton]. Some evils of medical practice, pp. 9-13. 8°. [Geneva, N. Y., 1901.] Cutting from: Omega Upsilon Phi. Quart., 1901, i, 9-13. Thompson (Edward P.) Roentgen rays and phenomena of the anode and cathode. Princi- ples, applications and theories. Concluding chapter by Prof. William A. Anthony, xiv, 190 pp., port. 8°. New York, D. Van Noslrand Co., [1896]. Thompson (Elizabeth). Appeal of Mrs. . . . to the American people. [Enclosing speech of Henry W. Blair on manufacture and sale of intoxicating liquor.] 1 p. 1., 14 pp. 4°. New York City, 1882. Thompson (Ernest Evan). See Seton (Ernest Thompson). Thompson (Francis) [1859-1907]. Francis Thompson; poet and medical student. Hospital, Lond., 1909-10, xlvii, 361-363. Thompson (George) 'Aiparicttii*;, [etc.] See Thomson (George). Thompson (George Fayette). Information concerning the Angora goat. 94 pp., front., 17 pi. 8°. Washington, Gov. Print. Office, 1901. Forms Bull. no. 27 of: U. S. Dep. Agric. Bureau animal indust., Wash. -----. Information concerning the milch goats. V pp., 16 pi. 8°. Washington, Gov. Print. Office, 1905. Forms Bull. no. 68 of: U. S. Dep. Agric animal indust., Wash. Bureau Thompson (George Howard). The treatment of obesity and fatty degeneration. 4 1. obi. 16°. [St. Louis, 1893.] ■-----. Some remarks on catarrh. 1 sheet. 4°. Kansas City, 1897. Repr. from: Am. J. Surg. & Gynaec, Kansas City, 1897, ix. " -----. Uterine inflammations successfully treat- ed without curettement. 2 1. 8°. St. Louis, 1898. Repr.from: St. Louis M. & S. J., 1898, lxxiv. Thompson (Gilbert) [1728-1803]. \Vebb(W.W.) [Biography.] Dict.Nat.Biog.,Lond., 1898, lvi, 211. Thoni pson (H [arry ] Perci val Carr). Typhoid fever. 3 pp. 8°. New York, [1893]. Repr.from: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1893, xliii. Thompson (Helen Bradford). The mental traits of sex; an experimental investigation of the normal mind in men and women, vii, 188 pp. 16°. Chicago, Univ. Press, 1903. ■-----. The same. 2. ed. vii, 188 pp. 8°. Chicago, Univ. Press, 1905. Thompson (Henry) [1815-97]. I'oupland (S.) In memoriam. Middlesex Hosp. J., Lond., 1897, i, 156-164. Thompson (Sir Henry) [1820-1904]. The diseases of the prostate, their pathology and treatment; comprising the second edition of the enlarged prostate and a dissertation on the healthy and morbid anatomy of the prostate gland, to which the Jacksonian prize for the year 1860 was awarded by the Royal College of Surgeons of England, viii, 364 pp., 7 1., 13 pi. 8°. London, J. Churchill, 1861. -----. The pathology and treatment of stricture of the urethra and urinary fistula. 3. ed. xvi, 336 pp., 3 pi. 8°. London, J. Churchill & Son, 1869. -----. The natural bitter water of Friedrichs- hall, one of the most popular of the numerous mineral waters of Germany. 8 pp. 8°. [London], 1872. Repr. from: Lancet, Lond., 1872, i. L. B. Collection, xi. -----. The preventive treatment of calculous disease and the use of solvent remedies. 72 pp. 12°. Philadelphia, Lindsay cfc Blakiston, 1873. -----. Ligbraending eller det affjselede legemes behandling eiter d0den. Efter den engelske originals 2. udgave. [Cremation or disposal of dead bodies.] 34 pp. 12°. Kjohenhavn, D. H. Delbanco, 1874. -----. Clinical lectures on diseases of the urinary organs, delivered at University College Hospital. 5. ed. xii, 355 pp. 8°. London, J. & A. Churchill, 1879. ------. Clinical lectures and cases, with com- mentaries, x, 197 pp., 7 pi. 8°. London, J.& A. Churchill, 1880. -----. Recent advances in the methods of ex- tracting stone from the bladder. 24 pp. 8°. London, Spottiswoode & Co., 1881. The same. Derniers perfectionnements apportes a la methode d'extraction des pierres vesicales. [Section de chirurgie du Congres medical international, Londres, 1881.] 23 pp. 8°. Paris, A. Drenne, 1881. ----. Diet in relation to age and activity, vi, 94 pp. 12°. London, Kegan Paul, Trench, Trub- ner & Co., 1886. ----. The same. With hints concerning hab- its conducive to longevity. Rev. and enlarged ed., with appendix. 134 pp. 12°. London & New York, F. Warne & Co., 1901. The same. 134 pp. 1 1., port. 12°. London, F. Warne & Co:, 1903. Catalogue to the collection of calculi of the bladder upwards of one thousand in num- ber [besides foreign bodies] removed by oper- ation, xix, 99 pp. 4°. London, Spottiswoode . 8°. K0benhavn, W. Prior, 1899. Thomsen's disease [Myotonia con- genita]. Alsberg (G.) * Ueber Myotonia congenita (Thomsen'sche Krankheit). 8°. Gottingen, 1898. Berg (H.) * Ueber Muskelatrophie bei Thomsen'scher Krankheit. 8°. Bonn, 1904. Bornand (E.) * Observations histologiques sur un cas d'hypertrophie musculaire unilate- ral e ou maladie de Thomsen. 8°. Lausanne, 1891. Braun (W.) * Ueber Thomsen'sche Krank- heit (Myotonia congenita). 8°. Leipzig, 1902. Brinckmann (J. [J.]) * Zur Kenntniss der Thomsen'schen Krankheit. 8° Kiel, 1902. Haass (F. L.) * Ein neuer Fall von Myoto- nia c#ngenita. 8°. Bonn, 1897. Jacquemart ( A. - P. ) * De la myotome acquise. 8°. Paris, 1908. Koch (H.) * Ueber Thomsen'sche Krank- heit. 8°. Leipzig, 1904. Kornhold (A.) * La maladie de Thomsen. 8°. Paris, 1897. Manuel (E.) * Ein Fall von Myotonia con- genita (Thomsen'sche Krankheit) verbunden mit progressiver Muskeldystrophie. 8°. Kiel, 1905. Niedendarp (F.) *Ein neuer Fall von Thom- sen'scher Krankheit (Myotonia congenita). 12°. Berlin, 1895. Nikonoff (S.) Contribution a I'etude de la maladie de Thomsen. 8°. Paris, 1897. Pansini ( S. ) Sulla malattia di Thomsen (myotonia congenita). 8°. Napoli, 1907. Rosenthal (M.) * Vier Briider mit Thom- senscher Krankheit (Myotonia congenita). 8°. Berlin, 1902. Schroeder (H.) * Beitrag zur Lehre von der Thomsen'schen Krankheit. 8°. Kiel, 1903. van der Stok (J. A.) De ziekte van Thom- sen beschouwd uit het oogpunt van geschikt- heid of ongeschiktheid voor den militairen dienst en van de gerechtelijke geneeskunde. 8°. s'- Gravenhage, 1893. Susskand (A.) *Zur Kenntnis der Thom- sen'schen Frankheit. 8°. Breslau, 1893. Allbutt (T.C.) Thomsen's disease. Brit. M.J., Lond., 1903, ii, 836; 937.— d'Amato (L.) Sulla natura della malattia di Thomsen. Riv. crit. di clin. med., Firenze, 1899-1900, 694; 710; 726.—Andersson (J. A.) Ein Fall von Myotonia congenita. Wien. med. Presse, 1904, xiv, 1541-1516.—AndropoflffP. V.) K voprosu o vrozhden- nol miotonii iii bellezniThomsen'a. [Congenital myoto- nia, or Thomsen's disease.] Voyenno-med. J., St. Petersb., 1903, ii, med. pt., 15-19.—Ascenzi (O.) Ueber Thom- sensche Krankheit und Muskelatrophie. Monatschr. f. THOMSEN'S. 144 THOMSEN'S. Thomsen's disease {Myotonia con- qenita\. . , _ fsychiat. u. Neurol., Berl., 1912. xxxi, 201-235^Asl.by IHT) \ case of congenital myotonia. Arch. Pediat., N Y 1910, xxvii, 3ti3.-At\vood (C. E.) A case ot con- genital myotonia (Thomsen's disease) associated with ophthalmic migraine. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N.Y., 1907 xxxiv 598-600-Babonneix (L.) & Leinaire (J.) Un cas de maladie deThomsenchez une fillette de 10ans. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1910, xii, 537-o41. Also: Ann de med et chir. inf., Par., 1911, xv, 164-167.-Ballet (G.) La maladie de Thomsen. Progresmed., Par 1902 3. «-.xvi, I7_2i _____ sur un svndrome caractense par des trou- bles mvoton'iques de la musculature des yeux, de la lan- eue et des membres superieure, survenu accidentellement chez deux malades ages l'un de 54 ans, l'autre de 40 ans Rev neurol., Par., 1907, xv, 308-312.—Batten (P. E.) A clinical lecture on myotonia atrophica. Lancet, bona., 1909 ii 1486-1 488.— Beevor (C. E.) Case of myotonia congenita. Pme. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1907:8, i, Neurol. Sect 1.-Be k lite reft" (V. M.) O miotonii l yeya He- chen'ii Tun myotonia and its treatment.] Nevrol. Vest> nik, Kazan, 1896, iv, no. 4, 107-130. -----. O llechenu miotonii. [On the treatment of myotonia.] Obozr. psi- chiat , nevrol. [etc.], S.-Peterb., 1897, ii, 321-324. Also, transl.: Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1897, xvi. 990-993. ——-. Eine nervose Erkrankungsform mit den ausseren Merk- malen der M votonie. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh.,Leipz., 1905 xxix 3:',i-3:;ii.—Benoit(F.-L.-G.) Un casde maladie de Tho'nisen' Arch, demed.etpharm.mil., Par., 1892, xx, 334- 341 —Bernhardt (MA Ein atypischer Fall von Thom- sen'scher Krankheit. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u Berl., 1899, xxv, 169-171.-----. Zur Kenntnis der sogen. angeborenen Muskelschlaflheit, Muskelschwiiche (Myo- hypotonia, Myotonia congenita). Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1907, xxvi, 2-14— Bettmann (S.) Ein Fall von Thomsen'scher Krankheit mit Tetanie und einsei- tieem Fehlen des M. supra- und infraspinatus. Deut- sche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1896-7, ix, 331-340.— Beyer. [Zwei Fiille von Myotonia congenita.] Deut- sche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1906, xxxii, 166.— Birt (A ) A study of Thomsen's disease (congenital myotonia) by a sufferer from it. Montreal M. J., 1908, xxxvii, 771-784, 2 pi.—Blum (P.) Un cas d'amotilite generate intermittente d'origine psychique simulant la maladie die Thomsen. Union med. du nord-est, Reims, 1908 xxxii, 149-151.—Bramwell (B. ) Severe spas- modic contractions of the muscles of the lower limbs and abdomen, thought to be due to Thomsen's disease, of six months' duration; rapid recovery under psycho-thera- peutics (isolation, massage, etc.). Clin. Stud., Edinb., 1909-10 viii, 171-177. -----. Case of Thomsen's disease. Ibid., 178.—Bramwell (E.) & Addis (W. R.) Myo- tonia atrophica. Edinb. M. J., 1913, n. s. xi, 24-44, 3 pi— Brissaiid & Bauer. Sur les troubles de la motilite dans la maladie de Thomsen. Rev. neurol., Par.. 1909, xvii, 600-603. Also: J. de neurol., Par., 1909, xiv, 253.—Brissaud, Bauer & Gy. Maladie de Thom- sen. Rev. neurol., Par., 1909, xvii, 364. —Cardoso Fonte. Mal de Thomsen. Rev. da Soc. de med. e cirurg., Rio de Jan., 1903, vii, 97-100. Also: Bra- zil-med., Rio de Jan., 1903, xvii, 147. -----. Mal de Thomsen. Brazil-med., Rio de Jan., 1905, xix, 186.— Carneross (H.) A case of Thomsen's disease, associ- ated with pseudo-muscular hypertrophy. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1903, xxx, 490— Carriere. Macro- glossie congenitale et syndrome de Thomsen. (Rap. de Variot.] Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1906, viii, 140.— Clivostek. [Mvotonie mit Muskelatrophie und My- asthenic.] Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh in Wien, 1909, viii, 68-74.—Olemeslia (J. C.) Thomsen's disease; a family history. Buffalo M. J., 1897-8, xxxvii, 16-19. Also [Abstr.]: Lancet, Lond., 1897, ii, 1039.—Coe (H. W.) Thomsen's disease; Friedreich's ataxia; acro- megaly. Med. Sentinel, Portland, Oreg., 1896, iv, 415- 423— Cursclimann (H.) Ueber Partielle Myotome unter dem Bilde einer Beschaftigungsneurose und -lah- mung. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1905, xlii, 1175-1180. -----. [Fall von Thomsen'scher Krankheit mit ausgedehnten Muskelatrophien. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1906, liii, 1281.—Dana (C. L) Thomsen's disease. N. York M.J., 1888, xlvii. 355.—Dejerine. Maladie de Thomsen. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1912, xxvi, 580-582.— Dejerine (J.) & Sottas (J.) Sur un cas de maladie de Thomsen suivi d'autopsie. Compt. rend. Soe. de biol., Par., 1893, 9. s., v, 669-672. Also: Rev. de med., Par., 1895, xv, 241-267—Deligny (L.) Observation d'un cas de maladie de Thomsen. Bull. Soc. de med. de Par. (1884), 188'i. xix, 79.—Delogu (G.) Un caso genuino di malat- tia del Thomsen. Gazz. osp., Milano, 1897, xviii, 935.— Delprat (C. C.) Thomsen'sche Krankheit in einer paramyotonischen Familie. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1892, xviii, 158-161. Also, Reprint.— DoclievKki (I. I.) K ucheniyu o bollezni Thomsen'a, [On Thomsen's disease.] Ejened. jour. " Prakt. med.," St. Petersb., 1900, vii, 825-831.—Donskoff(N. A.) Slu- chal myotonia congenita. Neurol. Vestnik, Kazan,1909, xvi, 11&-131.—Down (E. A.) Report of a case of myo- Thomsen's disease [Myotonia con- genita]. tohia. Boston M. & S. J., 1908, clix, 173 - Dreschleld (J ) [Four members of one family aileeted with Thom- sen's disease.] Lancet, Lond., 1905, :i. 11:;6.—Elsell (R.) Atypicky pfipad Thomsenovy nemoci. lAn atypical caseof Thomsen's disease.] Casop, lek. cesk., v Praze, 1907, xlvi, 515-520.—Erikson (E. V.) Sluchal Tom- senovskoi boliezni. [Thomsen's disease.] Protok. za- said. Kavkazsk. med. Obsh., Tiflis, 1902-3, xxxix, 563- oG9. —Eulenburg (A.) Ueber Thomsen'sche Krank- heit. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1895, xxi, 691-693.—Fiedler. Vorstellung eines Falles von Myotonia congenita. Jahresb. d. Gesellsch. f. Nat.- u. Heilk. in Dresd.. 1896-7, 24.—Findlay (L.) A case of Thomsen's disease. Quart. J. Med., Oxford, 1912-13, v, 495-502, 5 pi—von Frankl-Hoclnvart (L.) Die Thomsen'sche Krankheit. Deutsche Klinik, Berl., 1904, vi 764-776.—FUrstner. Myotonia aequisita. Arch. f. Psychiat., Berl., 1895, xxvii, 600-607.—Funoke. Ein Fall von Myotonia bezw. Paramyotonia congenita. Deutsche; mil.-arztl. Ztschr., Berl., 1898, xxvii, 114-125.— GadzyatKki (F. K.) Miotoniya u soldata. [Myotonia in a soldier.] Vovenno-med. J., St. Petersb., 1898, exeii, med.-spec. pt., 823-829.—Gardiner (C. F.) A case of myotonia congenita. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1901, xviii, 925-928.—Gaupp (R.) Ein Fall von partieller Myoto- nia congenita. Centralbl. f. Nervenh. u. Psychiat., Co- blenz & Leipz., 1900, n. F., xi, 65-68— Gessler (H.) Ein Fall von Thomsen'scher Krankheit (Myotonia con- genita). Med. Cor.-Bl. d. wiirttemb. iirztl. Ver., Stuttg., 1898 lxviii, 425; 433. -----. Nervendehnung bei Thom- sen'scher Krankheit. Ibid., 1899, lxix. 282-284. Also: Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1899, ix, 721. -----. Eine neue Behandlung der Thomsen'schen Krankheit. Deut- sches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1899, lxvi, 259-269.— Golovkoft* (A. I.) K voprosu o patologicheskom iz- mlenerdi mishts pri bollezni Tomsena (myotonia con- genita). [Pathological changes in the muscles in Thom- sen's disease (myotonia congenita).] Trudi i Protok. Imp. Kavkazsk. Med. Obsh., Tiflis, 1909-10, xlvi, 260-267, 2 pi— Gottardi (L.) Miotonia congenita (crampi tonici, miotonia atassica, atassia miotonica congenita). Gior. med. d. r. esercito [etc.], Roma, 1896, xliv, 132- 134.—Greenfield (J. G.) Notes on a family of "myo- tonia atrophica" and early cataract, with a report of an additional case of "myotonia atrophica." Rev. Neurol. & Psychiat., Edinb., 1911, ix, 169-181, 1 pi.—Grixoni (G.) Sopra un caso di malattia di Thomsen. Morgagni, Milano, 1901, xliii, 728-748. Also: Soc. med.-chir. di Bologna. Resoc. (1901), 1902, 53-55.— Gromfko (M. I.) Sluchal Tomsenovol bollezni iii miotonii. [Case ot Thomsen's disease.] Voyenno-med. J., St. Petersb., 1904, iii, med.-spec, pt., 50-55.—Grund (G.) Zur Frage des Vorkommens erworbener Myotome. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1911, xlii, 110-127. Also [Abstr.]: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1911, lviii, 820.—Guthrie (L. G.) Case of myotonia congenita (Thomsen's disease). Tr. M. Soc. Lond., 1899-1900, xxiii, 345. -----. Myotonia congenita (Thomsen's dis- ease?). Med. Press & Circ., Lond., 1900, n. s., lxix, 397 — Haynes (W. H.) A case of myotonia congenita. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1897, xxiv, 413^17 — Herz (M.) Ueber die Auskultation des normalen und pathologischen Muskelschalles; Verhalten desselben beim Morbus Thomsen. Centralbl. f. innere Med., Leipz., 1901, xxii, 11-16.—Hirscliield (R.) Myotonia atrophica. Ztschr. f. d. ges. Neurol, u. Psvchiat., Berl. u. Leipz., 1911, v, Orig., 682-689.—Hlawaezek. Ein Fall von Myotonia congenita combinirt mit Para- myotonia. Jahrb. f. Psychiat., Leipz. u. Wien, 1895, xiv, 92-113.—Hochsinger (C.) La Myotome des nourrissons et la tetanie. Rev. mens. d. mal. de l'enf., Par., 1902, xx, 241-246.—Hott'mann (J.) Ein Fall von Thomsen'scher Krankheit, complicirt durch Neuritis multiplex. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1896, ix, 272-278. -----. Zur Lehre von der Thomsen'schen Krankheit mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung des dabei vorkommenden Muskelschwundes. Ibid., 1900, xviii, 198-216. -----. Ein Fall von Thomsen'scher Krankheit. Vereinsbl. d. pfalz. Aerzte, Frankenthal, 1903, xix, 98-103 -----. Zur Lehre von der Thomsen'schen Krankheit. Arch. f. Psvchiat., Berl., 1903, xxxvii, 668. Also: Centralbl. f. Nervenh. u. Psychiat., Berl. u. Leipz., 1903, xxvi, 488.—Hol'mann (F. B.) Ergo- graphische Versuche an einem Falle von Myotonia congenita (Thomsen) . Med. Klin., Berl., 1913, ix, 990— Holemans. Note sur un cas de maladie de Thomsen. Arch. med. beiges, Brux., 1905, 4. s., xxvi, 239-244— Hoi I m a nn (O.) Ein Fall von Thomsen- scher Krankheit (Mvotonia congenita). Fiinfz. Beitr. a d. Geb. d. ges. Med. Festschr. . . . d. Ver. d. \erzte d. Rgrngsbz. Diisseld., Wiesb., 1894, 362-376.— Hunt (D. J. R.) Mvotonia atrophica. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1908. xxxv, 269-272.-I\vasaki. [A case of Thomsen's disease.] Tokyo Iji-Shinshi. 1904, 2221-2224.—Jaeoby (G. W.) Thomsen's disease. Bos- ton M. & S. J., 1897, exxxvii, 656. Also: 3. Nerv. & THOMSEN'S. 145 THOMSEN'S Thomsen's disease [Myotonia con- genita]. Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1898, xxv, 53. -----. On myotonia. J. Nerv. A Ment. Dis., N. Y., l^.'S. xxv, 508-528. Also, Reprint. A'-., transl.: N. Yorker med. Monatschr., 1*98, x, 385-40J— Jan. Relation d'un cas de maladie de Thomsen, observee sur un soldat d'infanterie de marine. Arch, de med. nav., Par., 1895, lxiv, 307-311.— .laquet (A.) Les troubles de la motilite dans la maladie de Thomsen. Semaine med., Par., 1903, xxiii, ] 381-38;.—Jensen (P.) Zum Verhalten der Mus- keln bei der Tiiomsen'schen Krankheit. Jahresb. d. i schles. Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Cult. 1902, Bresl., 1903, lxxx, med. Sect., 227-229. -----. Zur Analyse der Muskel- I stdrung bei der Thomsen'schen Krankheit. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1903, lxxvii, 246-276.— Jones (J. T.) Two cases of myotonia or Thomsen's disease oc- j curringin the same family. Occidental M. Times, San Fran., 1900, xiv, 316-318. 'Also [Abstr.]: N. Albany M. | Herald, 1901-2, xxi, 965.— te Kamp. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Myotonia congenita, sog. Thomsenschen Krankheit. Deutsche med. Wchnschr.. Leipz. u. Berl., 1907, xxxiii, 1005.— Khovrin (A.N.) Sluchal Tomsen- ovskol bollezni (myotonia congenita). [Case.] Vopr. nerv.-psikh. med , Kiev, 1899, iv, 431-436.—Knoblaueh ( A.) Demonstration eines Falles von Thomsen'scher Krankheit. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1908, xiv, 1903.— Koeli iJ.) Znr Histologie des myotoniseh hypertro- phischen Muskels der Thomsen'schen Krankheit (Myo- tonia congenita). Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1901, clxiii, 38O-403, 2 pi.—von Kralt't-Ebing. Thomsen's disease and paramyotonia. Med. Press & Circ., Lond., 1893, n. s., lvi, 79. — Kron (H.) Yorstellung Thom- sen'scher Krankheitsialle. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1898, xxxv, 447.—Kumagai (T.) Leber die Thomsen'sche Krankheit. Mitt. a. d. med. Fakult. d. k. Univ. zu Tokyo, 1911, x. 17—17.—Lannois. Myotome avec atro- pine musculaire. Cong, d. med.alieiiistesetneurol.de France 1904, Par., 1905, ii, 495-504, 2 pi. — Lieelere. Fausse maladie de Thomsen de nature hysterique. Lyon med., 1902, xcviii, 369.—Leopold-Levi. A propos" du syndrome myotonique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1905, lix, 53.—Leporini (F.) Un caso di male di Thomsen. Tommasi, Napoli, 1908, iii, 66s.—Levi (L.) Le syndrome myotonique. Semaine med., Par., 1905, xxv. 541-547. -----. Maladie de Thomsen et sareo- plasmi. Rev. neurol., Par., 1905, xiii, 789-795.—Levi (L.i de Bonniot (E.) Un cas de myospasme cloni.jue et tonique > myoelonotonie acquise). ltiid., 557-560.— Lord iS. A.; Two casesof Thomsen's disease, and one ! of transient mvotone, occurring in one family. Boston M. A: S. J.. 1900. cxlii, 249-252. Also. Reprint.—IWac- gregor .1. F.) Thomsen's disease. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, ii. 1112.—.Tlaggiore iS.) Oservazioni cliniche ed istnliigiehe Mjpraun caso di malattia di Thomsen. Pedia- tria. Napoli, 1912. 2. s., xx, 1-15.—.flakier (J.) Fall von Thomsen'scher Krankheit (Mvotonia congenita). 1 Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1900, xiii, 105*1.—Mahler (J.) & Beck (R.) Beitrage zur Thomsen'schen Krankheit. Ibid., 1219-1224.—Jlarotta (G.) II morbo di Thomsen. Gazz. internaz. di med., Napoli. 190s, xi, 1.—Marscli. Zur Kasuistik der Thomsen'-ehen Krankheit. Deutsche mil.-arztl. Ztschr., Berl., 1903, xxxii, 155-160.— Ueara i, F. S.) Myotonia congenita or Thomsen's disease; a case. Arch. Pediat.. N. Y . 1905, xxii, 812-816. [Discussion], s59.—Jleeus ( F.) Un cas de maladie de Thomsen. J. de neurol.. Par., 1905, x, 269-275. Also: Arch, neurol., Par., 1906, 2. s., xxi, 108-112.—.Tiele (A.) Un caso di malattia di Thomsen. Gior. med. d. r. esercito, Roma, 1898, xlvi, 1173-1179. Also: Boll. d. clin., Milano, 1899, xvi. 117-121. — .TIessarosh i P. I.) Sluchal Thom- sen'ovskol bollezni v sochetanii s lozhnomishechnol hipertrofiyel. [Thomsen's disease combined with pseudo- muscularhypertrophy.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1903, lix, 167-173. Also, transl.: Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1904, Ixxiii, 217-219.—JIills (C. K.) Mvotonia, or Thomsen's disease. Am.Text-Bk.Dis.Child. (Starr),2.ed.,Phila.,1898, 687-689—Jlingazzini (G.) & Perusini (G.) La sin- drome miotonica; miotonia congenita,miotoniaacquisita estatiaffini. Riv.dipatol.nerv.,Firenze, 1904,ix, 153-191.— Modena (G.) A Siceardi (P. D.) Sopra un caso di miotonia; considerazioni su la sindrome miotonica. Riv. sper. di freniat., Reggio-Emilia, 1905, xxxi, 238. ----- -----. Su di un caso di miotonia; considernzioni su la sindrome miotonica. Ibid., fasc. 2, 151-168.— Holcha- noiriM. I.) Sluchal Thomsen'ovol bollezni. [Thom- sen's disease.] Protok. zasled. Obsh. Nelropat. i Psikhiat. pri Imp. Moskov. Univ., 1895-6, .5-7— \al baud oll'is.s.) Thomsen'ovskaya bollezn vsochetanii s sukhotkoyu: slu- chal semelnol miotonii. [Thomsen'sdisease in combina- tion with tabes; caseof hereditary myotonia. [Vrach. St. Petersb., 1899, xx, 1474; 1506.—Nogues (E.) & Sirol (J.) Maladie de Thomsen a forme fruste avec atrophic musculaire. N. iconog. de la Salpetriere, Par., 1891*. xii, 15-21,1 pi.—Oppenheim. Ueber einen Fall von Myo- tonia congenita. Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. 1904, I VOL XVIII, 2d series---10 ^homsen's disease [Myotonia con- genita] Berl., 1905, xxxv, 64-66. Also: Med. Bl., Wien, 1904^ xxvi, 627. Also: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1904, xii, 255.—Otani (S.) A case of Thomsen's disease. Sei-i-Kwai M. J., Tokyo, 1899, xviii, no. 6, 1-12. Also: Chiugai 1 ji Shinpo, Tokio, 1899, xx, 577-586. Also, transl.: Ztschr. d. med. Gesellsch. zu Tokyo, 1899, xiii, 213-223.—Pan sin i (S.) La malattia di Thomsen; diagnostica diilerenziale. Cor- riere san., Milano, 1907, xviii, 619-521. —Pechin (A.) Troubles oculaires dans la maladie de Thom-en. Rev. d'hyg. et de med. inf. [etc.], Par., 1910, ix, 113-116—Pe- lizacu*. Ein Fall von Thomsen'scher Krankheit. Cen- tralbl. f. Nervenh. u. Psychiat., Coblenz & Leipz., 1897, n. F., viii, 128. Alsi>: Arch. f. Psychiat., Berl., l-sys, xxx, 1010-1013.— Pel z (A.) Ueber atypische Formen der rhomsen'schen Krankheit (Myotoniacongenita). Arch. f. Psychiat., Berl., 1906-7, xlii, 704-751.—Pernberton (R.) A metabolic study of myotonia atrophica; with the report of two cases. Am. J. M. Sc. Phila. & N. Y., 1911, cxli, 253-267.—Pesme. Maladie de Thomsen. Arch.de med. et pharm. mil., Par., 1911, lviii, 113-119.—Pitres (A.) A Abadie (J.) Un cas de maladie de Thomsen. Gaz. hebd. d. se. med. de Bordeaux, 1906, xxvi, 39-41.— Preston (G. J.) Myotonia congenita (Thomsen's dis- ease); report of a typical case. Med. News, N. Y., 1898, Ixxiii, 863.—Quis (V.) Pfipad nemoci Thomsenovy. [Case of Thomsen's disease.] Casop. lek. cesk., v Praze, 1887. xxvi, 713; 729.—von Had. [Ein Fall von Thom- sen'scher Krankheit.] Sitzungsb. d. arztl. Ver. Niirnb. 1902,Miinchen,1903,47.—Raymond. Maladie de Thom- sen. J.de med. int., Par., 1902, vi, 198.—Reano (M.) Sulla miotonia dei neonati e sui riflessi tendinei ecuta- nei della prima infanzia. Pediatria, Napoli, 1907, 2. s., v, 321-335.—Reus (G.) A caseof myotonia congenita treat- ed by voltaic alternations, massage, and suggestion. Arch. Roentg. Ray, Lond., 1905-6, x, 183.—Rfbalkin (J.) O simptomatologii miotonii; miotoniya i miotonicheskaya astma. [Symptomatology of myotonia.] Bolnitseh. gaz. Botkina, St. Petersb., 1892, iii, 1034; 1068.—Rizzuti (G.) Sudiun caso di malattia di Thomsen da lesione cerebrate. Gior. med. d. r. esercito, Roma, 1902,1,817-825. Also: Boll. d. clin., Milano, 1903, xx, 79-83.—Rossolimo (G. I.) Atroficheskaya forma Tomsenovol bollezni. ^Atrophic form of Thomsen's disease.] J. nevropat. i psikhiat.... Korsakova,Mosk.,1901,i,pt. 2,63.—Rouget. Maladiede Thomsen. Soc.demed.mil.franr;. Bull..Par., 1912,vi,344- 348.—Rudolf (R. D.) Thompsen's disease [congenital myotonia]. Canada Lancet, 1910-11, xliv, 679-688.— Rzetkowski (K.) Kilka uwag o chorobie Thomsen'a (myotonia congenita) na zasadzie dw6eh spostrzeganych przypadkdw. [On Thomsen's disease, based on two cases.] Medycyna, Warszawa, 1900, xxviii, 286: 310.—Sand (R.) Un cas de myotome fruste et intermittente (maladie de Thomsenl. Clinique. Brux., 1906, xix, 343-346.—Schiei- ierdeeker (P.) A Sohultze ( F.) Beitrage zur Kennt- nis der Myotonia congenita, der Tetanie mit myotoni- schen Symptomen, der Paralysis agitans und einiger an- derer Muskelkrankheiten, zur Kenntnis der Aktivitats- Hvpertrophie des normalen Muskelbaues. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1903, xxv, 1-345, 14 pi., *1 diag.—Sell mid t. Fall von Thomsenscher Krankheit. Jahresb. d. schles. Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Cult. 1902, Bresl., 1903, lxxx, med. Sect., 115.—Selioen born (S.) Ein casuistischer Beitrag zur Lehre von der Thomsen'schen Krankheit. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1899, xv, 274-285.—Sedgwick (J. P.) Von Graefe's sign in myotonia congenita (Thomsen's disease). Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1910, cxl, 80-86.—Seiffer (W.) Ueber Nervendehnung bei der Thomsen'schen Krankheit. Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1900, xix, 648-650.— Skvortsoff. Sluchal miotonii (bollezni Thomsen'a). Med. Sbornik varshav. Uvazd. voyenn. hosp., Varshava, 1894, vii, 51-55.—Smith (A. J.) A case of myotonia (Thomsen's disease) apparently arising from the effects of a fall. Internat. M. Mag., Phila., 1891-5, iii, 129-135.— Spiller (W. G.) General or localized hypotonia of the muscles in childhood, mvotonia congenita. Univ. Penn. M. Bull., Phila., 1904-5, xvii, 342-316.—Steiner (W. R.) Thomsen's disease, myotonia congenita. In: Mod. Med. (Osier), 8°, Phila. & N. Y., 1909, vi, 595-605.—Steinert (H.) Ueber das klinische und anatomische Bild des Muskelschwundes der Mvotoniker. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1909-10, xxxvii, 58-104. -----. Ein neuer Fall von atrophischer Myotome; ein Nachtrag zu meiner Arbeit in Bd. 37 d. Ztschr. Ibid., 1910, xxxix, 168-173. -----. Ein Fall von Thomsen'scher Krankheit. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xlviii, 691.—Stewart (Sir T. G.) [A case of peculiar nervous atTection, showing some analogy with Thomsen's disease] Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Edinb., 1897-8, n. s., xvii, 17 > —Siisskand (A.) Zur Kenntniss der Thomsen'schen Krankheit (Myotonia congenita [ineimte iiiotul j. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1-894, xxv, 91-122 —Suirimoto (K.) [A case of Thom- sen's disease] <;uti I gaku Kwai Zasshi, Tokyo, 1902, 778- 785.—Sulakoft" (A. I.) Myotonia congenita (bollezn THOMSEN'S. 146 THOMSON". Thomsen's disease [Myotonia con- genita]. Thomsen'a). Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1909, xvi, 486-489.— Tada (K.) [A case of Thomsen's disease.] Shinkei- gaku Zasshi, Tokyo, 1903, ii, 236-241.—Takaliaski (B.) [A case of Thomsen's disease.] Geibi Iji, Tokyo, 1902, 49; 85.—Takeoka (M.) [A case of Thomsen's disease.] tJun Igaku Kwai Zasshi, Tokyo, 1898, 1082-1088, 1 pi.— I rbat li (JA Ein Fall von Thomsen'scher Krankheit. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1899, xlix, 118-120.—Verzilolf (N. M.) K ucheniyu o Thomsen'ovskol bollezni. [A study of Thomsen's disease.] Vopr. nerv.-psikh. med., Kiev. 1897. ii, 295-326, 4 diag., 1 pi. Also [Abstr.]: Protok. zasled. obsh. Nevropat. i Psikhiat. pri Imp. Moskov. Univ., ls%-7, 42-14.—Vvedenski (I. N.) & Zakltar- ckenko (M. A.) K voprosu o dushevnikh razstrolst- vakh pri Thomsen'ovol bollezni. [Mental disturbances in Thomsen's disease.] J. nevropat. i psikhiat. . . . Kor- sakova, Mosk., 1906, vi, 324-338.—Wichniann. Ein Fall von der Thomsen'schen ahnlichen Krankheit. Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1897, xvi, 41-43.—Wintre- bert (P.) Sur le dfiveloppementde la contractilite mus- culaire dans les myotones encore depourvus de liaison nerveuse reflexe. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1905, lix, 60.—X,;iliorsky. Myotonia congenita. Am. J. Obst. N. V., 1910, lxii, 1132.—Zambler (A.) Sopra un caso di malattia del Thomsen. Gior. med. d. r. esercito [etc.], Roma, 1896, xliv, 614-623. Also: Boll. d. clin., Mi- lano, 1896, xiii, 454-459.—Zuelzer. Demonstration einer der Thomsen'schen ahnlichen Muskelerkrankung. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1901, xxvii, Ver.-Beil., 285. Thomson (Adam) [ -1767]. Smitli (H. L.) Dr. Adam Thomson, the originator of the American method of inoculation for small-pox. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1909, xx, 49-52. Thomson (Alexander). C. (F. H.) Obituary. Glasgow M. J., 1903, lix, 189- 191.—Obituary. Lancet, Lond., 1903, i, 408. Thomson (Alexis) [1863- ] & Miles (Alex- ander). Manuel of surgery. 2 v. Vol. I. General surgery. Vol II. Regional surgery. xvii, 763 pp.; xiii (1 1.), 723 pp. 12°. Edin- burgh & London, Y. J. Pentland, 1904. •-----------. The same. 3. ed. 2 v. xx, 886 pp.; xiv, 861 pp. 12°. Edinburgh, Glasgow & London, H. Frowde, [etc.], 1909. -----------. The same. 4. ed. 3 v. Vol. I. General surgery. Vol. II. Eegional surgery. Vol. III. Operative surgery. 8°. Edinburgh, Glasgow & London, H. Frowde [etc.], 1911-12. -----------. The same. 2 v. 808 pp.; 816 pp. 8°. Philadelphia & London, J. B. Lippincott 'Co., 1906. r Thomson (Allen) [1809-84J. Outlines of phys- iology for the use of students. Parts I and II. 308 pp. 12°. Edinburgh, Maclachan & Stewart, [1848]. -----. Address delivered at the Plymouth meet- ing of the British Association for the Advance- ment of Science. 33 pp. 8°. London, Taylor & Francis, 1878. See, also, Quain (Jones). Elements of anatomy [etc.]. 8°. London, 1876. F°r Biography, see Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1898, lvi, 233 (D'A. Power). Thomson (Anthony Todd) [1778-1849]. The London dispensatory, containing: I. The ele- ments of pharmacy. II. The botanical descrip- tion, natural history, chemical analysis, and me- dicinal properties of the substances of the mate- ria medica. III. The pharmaceutical prepara- tions and compositions of the pharmacopoeias of the London, Edinburgh, and Dublin colleges of physicians. The whole forming a practical synopsis of materia medica, pharmacy, and therapeutics:. 2. ed. exxviii, 820 pp., 7 pi. 8° London, Longman, Hurst [etal.], 1818. —-—. The same. 6. ed. xvi, 1096 pp. 8°. London, Longman, Bees [et al.]. 1831. Thomson (Anthony Todd)—continued. -----. A conspectus of the pharmacopoeias of the London, Edinburgh, and Dublin colleges of physicians; being a practical compendium of materia medica and pharmacy. 11. ed. xxiii, 193 pp., 2 1. 16°. London, Longman, Orme [et al.], 1838. -----. The same. 12. ed. xxiii, 193 pp. 16°. London, Longman, Orme [etal.], 1840. -----. The same. 15. ed. xxiv, 204 pp. 16°. London, Longman, Orme [etal.], 1845. -----. The same. ]. Am. from 5. Lond. ed. xxv, 229 pp., 2 1. 16°. New York, E. Bliss & E. White, 1£25. See, also, Bate man (Thomas). Praktische Darstel- lung der Hautkrankheiten [etc.]. 8°. Leipzig, 1835. -----. The same. 8°. Leipzig, 1841. -----. The same. Praktisk afhandling om hudens siukdomar, etc. 8° Stockholm, 1838. For Biography, see Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1898, lvi, 235 (D'A. Power). Thomson (Archibald] G.) A case of acci- dental sponge-grafting of the conjunctiva of eighteen months' duration; with some sugges- tions upon sponge-grafting in eye-surgery. 6 pp. 16°. Philadelphia, 1895. Repr.from: Med. News, Phila., 1895, lxvi. See, also, de Schweinitz (Georg Edmund) & Thom- son (Archibald G.) A second attack of papillitis fete.I. 8°. New York, 1895. J Thomson (Arthur) [1858- ]. A hand book of anatomy for art students, xvii, 413 pp., 29 xviii, 415 pp., 43 pi. pi. 8°. Oxford, 1896. -----. The same. 2. ed. 8°. Oxford, 1899. -----. The same. 3. ed. xx, 459 pp., 59 pi. 8°. Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1906. -----. The anatomy of the human eye, as illus- trated by enlarged stereoscopic photographs. 61 pp., 37 1., 67 pi. 4°. Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1912. Thomson (Benjamin). ^Thompson (SirBen- jamin). Thomson (Daniel Gibson Pearce) 11860- 1905]. Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, i, 225. Thomson (Edgar S[tiener]) [1871- ]. See Webster (David) & Thomson (Edgar S.) A case of acute glaucoma [etc.]. 8°. New York, 1900.—Wil- son (F. M.) & Thomson (Edgar S.) Case of glioma retinae and brain metastases, [etc.]. 8°. New York, 1900. Thomson (Elihu). The past century; its prog- ress in great subjects. Electricity. Cutting from: Sun, N. Y., Feb. 10, 1901. Thomson (F[rancis] H[ay]) [1814-70]. Facial neuralgia. 8 pp. 8°. Glasgow, 1860. [P., v. 2199.] Repr.from: Glasgow M. J., 1860, viii. Thomson (George) [16207-79]. 'Aipariadir, or, the true way of preserving the blood in the integ- rity, and rectifying it, if at any time polluted and degenerate; wherein Dr. Willis his errour of bleeding is reprehended and offered to be confuted by practice and frequent experiments; and certain opinions of Dr. Betts in physick rejected and proved dangerously false; phle- botomy also, which he stands up for, declared by just trials to be destructive; whereunto are added a stomachical spirit commended to the world, diaetetical instructions; the nature and cure of the griping of the guts. 7 p. 1., 180 pp., 2 1., 1 pi. 12°. [London], N. Crouch, 1670. -----. Epilogismi chymici observationes nee non remedia hermetica longa in arte hia- trica exercitatione constabilita, item essentise THOMSON. 147 THOMSON. Thomson (George)—continued. nostrse stomachics vires insignes medicte expli- cantur, ejusque materia, modus ac methodus pneparationis ad Galeno-Chymicorum elenchum rideliter describuntur. 3 p. 1., 87 pp. 24°. Lugd, Bat., A. Doude & A. Severinus, 1673. -----. OpSo-piSoSos iazpo-xvpiKrp, or the di- rect method of curing chymically. Wherein is conteined the original matter and principal agent of all natural bodies. Also the efficient and material cause of diseases in general. Their therapeutick way and means. I. Diaetetical, by rectifying eating, drinking, etc. II. Phar- maceutick. 1. By encreasing and supporting the vital spirits. 2. By pacifying and indulging them. 3. By defacing or blotting out the idea of diseases by proper specifics. Lastly by re- moving the extimulating or occasional cause of maladies. To which is added the art of mid- wifery chymically afferred. The character of an ortho-chymist and pseudo-chymist. A de- scription of the sanative virtues of our stomach- essence. Also rerAvvd-inepipis; or a just com- plaint of the method of the Galenists. 7 p. 1., 192, 33-40 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Cornhill, B. Billingslei/, 1675. For Biography, see Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1898. lvi, 420 (E. I. Carlyle). Thomson (Sir George) [1843-1003]. Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, "i, 53. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1904, i, 131. Thomson (George) [1844-1906]. Obituary. Lancet, Lond., 1906, ii, 1316. Thomson (George S[loane]) & Thomson (John). A treatise on plague; the conditions for its causation, prevalence, incidence, immu- nity, prevention, and treatment, xiv (1 1.), 299* pp. 12°. London, S. Sonnenschein', Reprint.—Wendel(W.) Ueber die Verletznntr des Ductus thoracicus am Halse und ihre Heilungsmoglichkeit. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1898, xlviii, 437-456—Zesas (D. G.) Die operativ ent- standenen Verletzungen des Ductus thoracicus; ihre Be- deutung: ihre Behandlung. Ibid., 1911-12, cxiii, 197-218. -----. Die nicht operativ entstandenen Verletzungen des Ductus thoracicus. Ibid., 1912, cxv, 49-62. Thoracic glands (Diseases of). Manjres I M.) The diagnostic value of lateral thora- cic glands. X. YorkM.,1. [etc.1.1911. xciv.1163-1165. Also. Reprint.—Sansom i A. E.) A Tresilian (F.) Acaseof malignant di-case of the thoracic mediastinal glands; dilatation of the descending aorta, marked cardiac inter- mission and bradycardia. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1895, i, 912. Thoracic sinus. Dowd (C. N.) Lung decortication and thoracoplasty for persistent thoracic sinus. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1909, xlix, 866-869. Thoraeodynamometer. Fries (J.) * Versuche mit dem Thorako- dynamometer nach Sticker. [Wurtzburg.] 8°. Leipzig, 1903. Also, in: Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1904, v, 251-260. Thoracograph. Bang (F. i En torakograf. • [Thoracograph.] Nord. Tids-^kr, f. Terapi, Kgbenh.. 1911-12, x, 245-250.—Lope (D. V.) Torac6grafo presentado ante la Academia na- cional demedicina. Gac. m York, 190*. Tliorndike (Paul) [1863- ]. Remarks on the disturbances that may follow instrumenta- tion upon the male urethra and bladder. 16 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, 1891. Repr.from: Med. News, Phila., 1891. lix. -----. A case of nephro-lithotomy, with re- marks on the operation. 8 pp. 12°. Boston, Damrell& Upham, 1892. Repr.from: Boston M. & S. J., 1892, cxxvii. -----. Long-continued bladder drainage. 7 pp. 12°. Boston, Damrell & Upham, 1893. Repr.from: Boston M. & S. J., 1893, cxxix. -----. Remarks on pre-vesical inflammation. 8 pp. 8°. [New York, 1893.] Repr.from: J. Cutan. & Genito-Urin. Dis., N. Y., 1893, xi. -----. Notes on phosphaturia. 11 pp. 12°. Boston, Damrell & Upham, 1894. Repr.from: Boston M. & S. J., 1894, ex. -----. Urine-analysis, and a consideration of the urine in surgical diseases of the urinary tract. In: Am. text-book gen.-urin. dis. [etc.] (Bangs&Hard- away). 8°. Philadelphia, 1898,17-45. ■-----. A case of cystin calculus in the male bladder. [Also:] Remarks on cystinuria; ex- amination of the urine and calculus. By J. Bergen Ogden. 12 pp. 8°. Boston, Damrell & Upham, 1898. Repr.from: Boston M. & S. J., 1898, exxxviii. -----. A few remarks on the diagnosis and treatment of rupture of the bladder. 8 pp. 8°. New York, 1899. Repr.from: J. Cutan. & Genito-Urin. Dis., N. Y., 1899, xvii. -----. Clinical reports of cases of infection due to the bacillus aerogenes capsulatus of Welch. 24 pp. 12°. Boston, 1900. Repr.from: Boston M. &S. J., 1900, cxlii. ---:—. When and how shall we operate for ob- structing hypertrophy of the prostate gland? 8 pp. 12°. New York, 1904. Repr.from: Med. News, N. Y., 1904, lxxxiv. -----. Notes on operations for renal and ure- teral stone. 5 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Boston, 1905. Repr.from: Boston M. & S. J., 1905, clii. -----. Surgical treatment of nephritis; a r6sume\ 10 pp. 8°. Boston, 1905. Repr.from: Boston M. & S. J., 1905, clii. -----& Crandon (L. R. G.). Results of sur- gical treatment of movable kidney at the Bos- ton City Hospital. 9 pp. 12°. Boston, 1905. Repr.from: Boston M. &. S. J., 1905, clii. -----& Cunningham (John H.) Hyperne- phroma. 14 pp., 6 pi. 8°. Boston, 1903. Repr.from: Boston M. & S. J., 1903, cxlix. Tliorndike (William) [1870- ]. See Warren (Ira). Warren's household physician, enlarged and revised; description, [etc.]. 8°. Boston,1898. Thorne (Brose S.) Prescriptions and advice, pertaining to the methods now in use and have been for the past centurv, preventing and curing diseases . . . 202 pp., 2 1. 8°. Marion, Ind., Tr aster & Smith, [1912]. Thorne (Isabel) [ -1910]. Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, ii, 1198. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1910, ii, 1151. Thorne (John Sullivan) [1807-80]. Seliroeder (W.) John Sullivan Thorne. Brooklvn M. J., 1898, xii, 24.V247, port. Thorne (Leslie Thorne). A practical guide to the administration of the Nauheim treatment of chronic disease* of the heart in England. 53 pp. 8°. London, Bailliere, Tindall & Cox, 1904. -----. Thesame. 2. ed. vi, 75pp., 2 1. 12°. London, Baillilre, Tindall & Cox, 1906. -----. Thesame. The "Nauheim" treatment of diseases of the heart and circulation. 3. ed. viii, 82 pp. 12°. London, Bailliere, Tindall & Cox, 1909. Tliorne (Sir Richard Thorne) [1841-99]. The dwelling house in relation to tuberculous con- sumption. 14 pp. 8°. London, R. Clay & Sons, 1891. Repr.from: Practitioner, Lond., 1891, xlvi. -----. The administrative control of tubercu- losis; being the Harben lectures delivered in 1898 before the Royal Institute of Public Health. 73 pp. 8°. London, Bailliere, Tindall & Cox, 1899. For Biography, see Brit. M. J., Lond., 1899, ii, 1771-1773. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1899, ii, 1762-1766. Also: Ibid., Lan- cet, Lond., 1901, i, 343. Also: Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1901 suppl., iii, 382 (D'A. Power). Also: Proc. Rov. Soc. Lond., 1905, lxxv, 110-112 (W. H. P.). Also: Pub. Health, Lond. 1899-1900, xii, 245 (A. Newsholme). Also: St. Barth. Hosp. J., Lond., 1899-1900, vii, 53, port. (F. W. Andrewes). Also: Ibid., 1900, Lond., 1901, xxxvi, 27-30. Thorne (Samuel S.) [1831- ]. [Biography.] Med.-Leg. Stud., N. Y., 1898, iv, 372. Thorne (William Bezly). The open air treat- ment of phthisis as practised at Falkenstein in the Taunus Mountains, Germany. A sessional lecture of the Royal British Nurses' Association, delivered on November 17, 1893. 31 pp. 16°. London, J. & A. Churchill, 1894. -----. A treatment of chronic diseases of the heart by baths and exercises according to the method of the Drs. Schott. 24 pp. 12°. Lon- don, J. & A. Churchill, 1894. -----. The same. The Schott methods of the treatment of chronic diseases of the heart, with an account of the Nauheim baths, and of the therapeutic exercises. 83 pp., 9 pi. 2. ed. 8°. London, J. & A. Churchill, 1896. -----. The same. 3. ed. 8°. London, J. & A. Churchill, 1899. -----. Thesame. 4. ed. 138 pp., 4 pi., 8 diag. 8°. London, J. & A. Churchill, 1902. -----. The same. 5. ed. 140 pp., 3 pi. 8°. London, J. & A. Churchill, 1906. -----. The same. 132 pp., 15 pi. 8°. Phila- delphia, P. Blakiston's Son & Co., 1899. -----. Thesame. 4. ed. 138 pp , 4 pi., 8 diag. 8°. Philadelphia, P. Blakiston's Son & Co., 1902. -----. The same. 5. ed. 140 pp., 9 pi. 8°. Philadelphia, P. Blakiston's Son & Co., 1906. Thorner (E[duard Sigismund]) [1842- ]. Zur Behandlung der Lungentuberculose mittels Koch'scher Injectionen. 36 pp. 12°. Berlin, S. Karger, 1894. Thorner (Max) [1859-99]. *Ein Fall von Pneumonia crouposa congenita. 28 pp. 8°. Munchen, J. Kramer, 1884. a. l. a. -----. Report of a case of partial laryngectomy for carcinoma of the larynx. 7 pp. 12°. Chi- cago, 1890. Repr.from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago,. 1890, xiv. -----. Un cas d'atrophie d'une tumeur larvngee chez une enfant. 4 pp. 8°. Paris, [1892]. Repr.from: Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1892, v. THORNER. Thorner (Max)—continued. -----. Intubation in an adult followed by a fatal oedema of the larynx after extraction of the tube. 11. 8°. [St. Louis, 1893.] Repr.from: Ann. Ophth. & Otol., St. Louis, 1893, ii. -----. The management of foreign bodies in the air-passages. 7 pp. 16°. New York, 1893. Repr.from: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1893, xliv. -----. Acute pharyngitis, pp. 249-273. 8°. [Philadelphia, 1893.] Cutting [cover with printed title] from: Burnett's Sys- tem of diseases of the ear, nose, and throat. 8°. Phila- delphia, 1893, ii. -----. Pathological conditions following pierc- ing of the lobules of the ear. 7 pp. 12°. Chi- cago, Office Am. M. Ass., 1894. Repr.from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1894, xxii. -----. Multiple papillomata of the larynx. 3 pp. 8°. Cincinnati, 1S94. Repr.from: Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1894, xxxiii. -----. A new mastoid retractor. 4 pp. 12°. New York, Trow, 1895. Repr.from: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1895, xlviii. -----. Syphilis of the nose. 7 pp. 8°. Cin- cinnati, 1896. Repr.from: Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1896, xxxvii. -----. Serious complications of suppuration of themiddleear. 6 pp. 12°. [Cincinnati,,1896.] Repr.from: Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1896, xxxvii. -----. Uncommon accidents following opera- tions in the nose and throat. 4 pp. 12°. Chi- t-ago, 189f>. Ripr.from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xxvi. -----. Autoscopy of the larynx and of the trachea. 8 pp. 12°. Chicago, Am. M. Ass. Press, 1896. Repr.from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1896, xxvii. -----. Primary syphilis of the tonsil; report of a rase. 4 pp. 8°." St. Louis, 1897. Repr.from: Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1897, iii. -----. Practical experience with autoscopy. Examination of the air-passages without mirror. 4 pp. 8°. St. Louis, 1897. Repr.from: Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1897, ii. -----. Intubation with improved instruments. 3 pp. 8°. Cincinnati, 1898. Repr.from: Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1898, xl. See, also, Eichherg (Joseph). Some experiments with modified tuberculin [etc.]. 12°. Philadelphia, 1*93.—Kirstein (Alfred). Autoscopy of the larynx and the trachea, [etc.]. 12°. Philadelphia. 1897. For Biography, see Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1899, n. s., xliii, 233. Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1899, xxxiii, 620. Thorner (Walther) [1874- ]. * Ueber die Photographie des Augenhintergrundes. 31 pp. 1 pi., 1 1. 8°. Berlin, G. Vogt, 1896. -----. Die Theorie des Augenspiegels und die Photographie des Augenhintergrundes. iv (11.), 134 pp., 3 pi. 8°. Berlin, A. Hirschwedd, 1903. Tliornhill (Mark). The case against vivisec- tion, being a re-issue for general circulation of "The clergy and vivisection." 1 p. 1., 145 pp. 12°. London, Halchards, 1889. -----. Experiments on hospital patients. 2. ed. 63 pp. 16°. Loudon, 1894. Tliornhill ( William) [ -1755]. [Biography.] Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1898, lvi, 297 (D'A. Power). Thornton (Arthur). The X rays. 63 pp., 1 photo. 12°. Bradford, 1896. Thornton (Bertram). Operative versus thera- peutic treatment of strumous cervical glands. 16 pp. 8°. London, H. K. Lewis, 1890. Thornton (E[dward] Q[uin]) [1866- ]. Clinical study of syrup of hydriodic acid. 7 pp. 16C. [Philadelphia, 1892?] THORNTON. Thornton (E[dward] Q[uin])—continued. ------. Dose-book and manual of prescription- writing; with a list of the official drugs and preparations, and also many of the newer reme- dits now frequently used, with their doses. 334 pp., 2 pi. 12°. Philadelphia, W. B. Saun- ders, 1895. ------. The same. 2. ed. 362 pp., 2 pi. 12°. Philadelplda & London, W. B. Saunders & Co., 1901. ------. The same. 3. ed. 392 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Philadelphia, W. B. Saunders & Co., 1905. -----. Thesame. 4. ed. 410pp. 12°. Phila- delphia & London, W. B. Saunders Co., 1909. ------. A manual of materia medica for medical students, x, 17-525 pp. 8°. Philadelphia & New York, Lea & Fehiger, 1911. -----. A pocket formulary. 10. ed., rev. xx, 17-288 pp. 12°. Philadelphia, Lea & Fehiger, [1912]. See, also, Hare (Hobart Amory) & Thornton (Ed- ward Quin). A study of the influenceof chloroform [etc.]. roy. 8°. Detroit, 1893. Thornton (G[ustavus]B.) [1835- ]. Diph- theria; pseudo-membranous croup. 8 pp. 8°. [Memphis, 1895.] Repr.from: Memphis M. Month., 1895, xv. -----. Annual address of the president of the Association of Medical Officers of the Army and Navy of the Confederacy. 6 pp. 8°. Memphis, 1910. Repr.from: Memphis M. Month., 1910, xxx. Thornton (H. Belcher). How to analyse simple salts, solids and solutions. 45 pp. 8°. London, H. Silverlock, 1889. Thornton (James Howard) [1834- ]. Mem- ories of seven campaigns. A record of thirty- five years' service in the Indian Medical De- partment in India, China, Egypt, and the Sudan; with an introduction by A. Egmont Hake. Illustrated by Edward Thornton and {Catherine Margaret Thornton, xxviii, 359 pp., port. 8°. Westminster, A. Constable & Co., 1895. Thornton (James Parsons) [1849-1906]. Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, i, 898. Thornton (J[ohn] Knowsley) [1845-1904]. Twenty-five cases of ovariotomy, with some re- marks on the causes and treatment of the fever so frequently following the operation. 16 pp. 8°. London, J. E. Adlard, 1877. Repr.from: Med.-Chir. Tr., Lond., 1876-7, lx. ------. Peritoneal cysts, with blood cyst of left ovary. 5 pp. 8°. London, 1878. Repr.from: Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1877-8, xxix. -----. [1.] Fifty additional casesof complete ovariotomy, with brief notes of six other cases of abdominal section. [2] Removal of hyda- tids of the omentum and from the pelvis during seventh month of pregnancy; recoverv. 23 pp. 12°. London, IL K. Lewis, 1879. Repr.from,: Brit, M. J., Lond., 1878, ii, and Med. Times & Gaz., Lond., 1878, ii. ------. Removal of large fibro-cystic tumour of the uterus; recovery. 7 pp. 16°. London, Pardon & Sous, [1879]. Repr.from: Med. Times & Gaz., Lond., 1879, ii. ------. The antiseptic method in relation to drainage of the peritoneum in abdominal sur- gery. 23 pp. 8°. London, H. K. Lewis, 1879. ------. Uterine outgrowth removed during preg- nancy; premature labour; death from obstruc- tion of intestine. 6 pp. 12°. London, J. E. Adlard, 1879. Repr.from: Tr. Obst. Soc. Lond., 1878-9, xxi. THORNTON. 158 DE THOU. Thornton (J[ohn] Knowsley)—continued. -----. Various methods of dealing with pedicle in ovariotomy. 20 pp. 16°. London, Pardon & Sins, 1880. Repr.from: Med. Times & Gaz., Lond., 1880, ii. Removal of uterine fibroids by laparot- omy. 11 pp. 12°. London, J. E. Adlard, 1881. Repr.from: Tr. Obst. Soc. Lond., 1880-81, xxii. One hundred and seventy-two antiseptic abdominal sections, with remarks on the causes of death in the fatal cases. 27 pp. 8°. Lon- don, 1881. Repr.from: Med.-Chir. Tr., Lond., 1880-81, lxiv. ----. Clinical lecture on nephrotomy and nephrectomy. 8 pp. 12°. London, Pardon & Sons, 1882. Repr.from: Med. Times & Gaz., Lond., i, 1882. ----. Clinical lecture on the surgical treatment of fibro-mvoma of the uterus. Delivered at Samaritan Hospital, Jan. 24, 1883. 8 pp. 12°. London, Pardon d- Sons, 1883. Repr.from: Med. Times & Gaz., Lond., 1883, ii. Alveolar sarcoma of the capsule of the right-kidnev. 3 pp. 12°. London, J. E. Ad- lard, 1883. * Repr.from: Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1882-3, xxxiv. On the operative treatment of uterine fibro-myomata; introduction to a discussion in the section of obstetric medicine. 6 pp. 12° London, 1883. Repr.from: Brit. Med. J., Lond., 1883, ii. Cases of hysterectomy, with remarks on the value of the carbolic acid spray in this operation. 11 pp. 8°. London, J. Bale & Sons, 1885. Treatment of uterine fibro-myoma. Read before Cambridge Medical Society, June 5,1886. 15 pp. 12°. London, J. Bale & Sons, 1886. Tables of three hundred additional com- plete ovariotomies and of twenty incomplete or exploratory operations. 12 1. 12°. London, J. Bale & Sons, 1886. ----. A case of removal of both ovaries during pregnancy. 8 pp. 12°. London, J. E. Adlard, 1886. Repr.from: Tr. Obst. Soc. Lond., 1885-6, xxviii. ----. Two cases of splenectomy. 11 pp. 8°. London, J. E. Adlard, 1886. Repr.from: Med.-Chir. Tr., Lond., 1885-6, lxix. ----. Abdominal surgery, past and present. Opening address before the Medical Society of London, October 20, 1890. 35 pp. 12°. Lon- don, Harrison & Sons, 1890. Twenty-five cases of nephrectomy by ab- dominal section, pp. 289-315, 1 pi. 8°. Lon- don, Adlard & Son, 1890. Cutting [cover with printed title] from: Med.-Chir. Tr. Lond., 1889-90, lxxii. The lines of advance in abdominal sur- gery. 30 pp., typewritten, roy. 8°. [n.p.,n.d.] See, also: Testimonials in favour of John Knowsley Thornton, late resident house surgeon in the University clinical wards, Royal Infirmary Edinburgh, candidate for the office of house surgeon to the Infirmary, Worcester. 12° [Edinburgh, 1872.] For Biography, see Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, i, 109. Also- J. Obst. & Gynsec. Brit. Emp., Lond., 1904, v, 198-203, port. Also: Med.-Chir. Tr., Lond., 1904, lxxxvii, pp. cxlvii- mX1^ {JLTfm^- Al'"o: Tr'Am- Ass- 0b9t-& Gynec 1904. N. Y., 1905, xvm, 259-262, port. (VV. W. Potter). Thornton (John P.) Training for health, strength, speed and agility; for the instruction of amateurs and others. 260 pp., port 12° New York, [1890]. F Thornton (Matthen<) [1714-1803]. Packard (P. R.) Dr. Matthew Thornton, signer of the Declaration of Independence and President of the Provisional Congress of New Hampshire. Univ. Penn.M. Bull., Phila., 1901, xiv, 92. Thornton (Robert John) [1768?-1837]. JBoulger (G. S.) [Biography.] Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1898, lvi, 304-306. For Portrait, see Collection of Portr. (Libr.). Thornton (William). Rationalism in medical treatment, or the restoration of chemism, the system of the future. 46 ff. 12°. Boston, 1S85. -----. The cause and cure of malignancy; an im- portant announcement to the medical profession. 26 pp. 8°. [Boston, 1894.] Thorough room disinfection by means of Scher- ing's formalin lamp andSchering's formalin dis- infector. 47 pp. 8°. New York, 1898. Tliorowgood (John C[harles]) [1833- ]. Notes on asthma; its nature, forms and treat- ment. 2. ed. 166 pp. 12°. Loudon, J. & A. Churchill, 3 873. -----. Aids to diagnosis. Part II. Physical. 61 pp. 24°. New York, G. P. Putnam's Sons, 1881. Thorp (Henri) [1870- ]. *Des accidents observes pendant et apres 1'Etherisation. 77 pp. 8°. Paris, 1897, No. 506. Thorp (William) [1846-1900]. See Chemical technology [etc.]. 8°. Philadelphia, 1889-95. For Biography, see J. Chem. Soc, Lond., 1900 lxxvii- lxxviii, 599 (F. C). Thorpe (Francis Newton). A remarkable American, William Pepper. Cutting from: Century, N. Y., 1901, Ixi, 579-581, port. -----. William Pepper, M. D., L. L. D., 1843- 1898. 555 pp., port., 10 pi. 8°. Philadelphia & London, J. B. Lippincott Co., 1904. Thorpe (Sir Thomas Edward) [1845- ]. A dictionary of applied chemistry. 3 v. 8°. London, Longmans, Green & Co., 1890-93. ------. Essays in historical chemistry. 582 pp. 8°. London, Macmillan id., 1895, v, 193- 199.—Binet-Sanji'le ( C.) Experiences sur la trans- mission directe de la pensee. Ibid., 1902, xii, 121-143.— Blech (M/le. A.-J.) Reves telepathiques experimenta- lement provoques par le Dr. G.-B. Ermacora. Ibid., 1895, v, 321: 1896, vi, 151.—Cheekley (E.) Telepathy; psv- chometry. Med.-Leg. J., N. Y., 1896, xiv, 30-34.—Ill ris- tian (J.) Que faut-il penser de la telepathie? Arch, de neurol.,Par., 1894, xxvii, 252-269.—Dariex (D.) De lame- thode dans les observations de telepathie. Ann. d. sc. psych., Par., 1891, i, 9-SO.—Denis (A.) Quelques pheno- mfenes de telepathie. Ibid., 1895, v, 1-14.—Deux cas re- marquables de clairvoyance; experiences de M. K. Funk avec Mme. Pepper. [Transl. from: Light, Lond., ler avril 1905.] Ibid., 1905, xv, 251.—Dotto iG.) La lettura del pensiero. Sieilia med., Palermo, 1890, ii, 683-687.—Kr- macora (G. B.) II Prof. E. Morselli e la telepatia. Ci- rillo, Aversa, 1897, v, 33; 49; 65: 81.—Ferrari (G. C.) Della divinazione del pensiero. Riv. di sc. biol., Torino, 1899, i,392-405.—Pinch (Laura I.) An impromptu visit to some professional "thought-readers.'' Ann. Psych. Sc, Ljnd., 1908, vii, 630-532.—Finizio (G.) Appunti sulla lettura del pensiero. Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 1901, n. s., xxiii, 7-16.—Flower (B. O.) Psvchographv; remarkable cases. Psych. Rev., Bost., 1892-3, i, 28-32.— G • •. (A.) Notes sur une serie d'experiences relatives 4 la telepathie poursuivies en 1888. Ann. d. sc. psych., Par., 1892, ii, 253; 317.— Giacchi (O.) Casi di strane telepatie. Arch, di psichiat. [etc.], Torino, 1896, xvii, 572-575.—Go- dard (A.) L'historique de la telepathie. Ann. d. sc. psych., Par., 1899, ix, 1-9. — Goodell ( C. E. ) Some interesting points relating to the psychic powers of man, hypno-telepathicallv demonstrated. Med. Brief, St. Louis, 1906, xxxiii, 580-587.— Goupil (A.) Expe- riences de transmissions mentales avec M. Lauriol (Lauri-AliL Ann. d. sc. psych., Par., 1897, vii, 129-138.— Guicciardi (G.) & Ferrari (G. C.) II lettore del pen- siero John Dalton; contributo alia psieologia delle pic- cole pereezioni e dei movimenti minimi. Riv. sper. di freniat.,Reggio-Emilia,1898, xxiv, 185-238,1 pi.—Hallu- cinations telepathiques experimentales. Ann. d. sc. psych., Par., 1891, i, 101-110.—Hervouet. Sur les phe- nomenes surnormaux et en particulier sur la telepathie. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1899-1900, xviii, 37-43. Also: Echo med.,Toulouse, 1900, 2. s., xiv, 248; 269; 296.—Henrtault. T616pathie; casde Buenos-Avres. Ann.d. se. psvch., Par., 1898, viii, 193-195.—Hodjisbn (R.) On some objections to the theory of telepathy. Proc. Ann. Soc. Psvch. Re- search., Bost., 1885-9, l, 528-546.—Houston (E. j!) Cere- bral radiation. Psyeh. Rev., Bost., 1892-3, i, 150-157.— Hudson (T. J.) How I became convinced of the truth of telepathy. Hypnot. Mag., Chicago, 1896, i, 197-206.— Izambard (G.) La telepathie et sa demonstration par l'image. Chron. med., Par., 1897, iii, 460-467.—Klinger (J.) De divers cas de telepathie. [AbstrJ Ann. d. sc. psych.. Par , 1897, vii, 123; 189.—Lacoste (E.) Note rela- tive a divers phenomenes de telepathie et de lucidite pen- dant le deiire. Ibid., 1899, ix, 257-261,—Laskaridos (L. D.) 'Epp-Tjyei'a tijs TTjAeTra^etas. 'Iarpt/cij irpooSo?, 'Kv Supcu, 1900, v, 300-302.—Laupts. Etude sur un cas du phenomene dit d e transmission de la pensee; expose d'une methode de recherches. Rev. de l'hvpnot. et psychol. physiol., Par., 1894-5, ix, 321-330.—Laurent (L.) Les procedesdesliseursdepensees; cumberlandisme sans con- tact. J. de psychol. norm, etpath.. Par., 1905. ii, 481-495.— Leunliardt (J. S.) Experiments with a psyohic, and observations on thesame. Psych. Rev., Bost., 189:1, ii, 65- 72.—Lodjre (O. J.) Some recent thought-transference experiments. Proc. Soc. Psych. Research, Lond., 1891-2, vii, 374-381, 5 pi.—Lombroso (C.) Pickman e la tras- missione del pensiero. Arch, di psichiat. [etc.]., Torino. 1890, xi, 207-218. -----. Inchiesta sulla trasmissione del pensiero. Ibid ,1891, xii, 58-108— Luys( J.) Delatrans- mission a distance des emotions d'un sujet hypnotise a un autre. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1888, 8. s., v, 562-564—.11 iles (Clarissa) & Kamsden (Hermione). Experiments in thought-transference. Proc. Soc. I'sych. Research, Glasg., 1907-8, xxi, 60-93, 11 pi. Also, tnaisl.: Ann. d. sc. psvch., Par., 1908, xviii, 160; IM—iMinot (C.S.) Openlettercoucerningtelepathy. Proc.Am.Soc. Psvch. Research, Bost., 1885-9, i, 547—Ottolenghi (S.) La lettura del pensiero e 1' automatismo psichico. Arch. di psichiat. [etc.], Torino, 1898, xix. 607-622.—F. (J. H.) Experiences sur la transmission mentale. Ann. d. sc. psych., Par., 1893, iii, 129: 1894, iv, 69—Pagllani (G.) THOUGHT-TRANSFERENCE. 161 THREE-DAY. Thought-Transference. Trasmissione del pensiero in una isterica. Arch, di psi- chiat. [etc.], Torino, 1890, xi, 218.—Pedley (C. H.) Un true devoile. Ann. d. se. psych., Par., 1899, ix, 176-180.— Phillips (L. A.) Some cases of psychical diagnosis. Psych. Rev., Bost., 1892-3, i, 106-110. — Preyer (W.) Telepathie und Geisterseherei in England. Deutsche Rundschau, Berl., 1886, xii, 30-51.—Psychical diag- nosis of disease and its scientific value. Psych. Rev., Bost., 1893-4, ii, 118-123.— Quintard. La lecture des pensees; observation de double vue chez un enfant. Ann. d. sc. psych., Par., 1894, iv, 321-328. Also: Ann. de psvchiat. et d'hypnol., Par., 1895, n. s., v, 246-250.— Baivson (H.G.) Experimentsinthought-transference. Proc.Soc.Psych.Research,Lond.,1895-6,xi,2-17.—Richet (C.) La voyante de la rue Paradis. Rev. seient., Par., 1896, 4. s., v, 586-591.-----. Notes sur un cas particulier de lucidite. Ann. d. sc. psych., Par., 1906, xv, 161-166.— Savage (M.J.) Some assured resultsin psychical science and the present outlook. Psych. Rev., Bost., 1892-3, i, 1- 6.—Schmoll (A.) & Mabire (J. E.) Experiments in thought-transference. [Transl.from the original French.] Proc. Soc. Psych. Research, Lond., 1888, v, 169-215.—von Schrenck Notzing. Les recents travauxsur latele- pathie et la clairvovance. Ann. d. sc. psych., Par., 1891, i, 65-97. Also, transl: Proc. Soc. Psych. Research, Lond., 1890-91, vii, 8-22, 8 pi— Serrigny (R.) Un cas de tele- pathie. Ann. d. sc. psych., Par., 1897, vii, 339.—Sidg- wick {Mrs. H.) & Johnson (Alicel. Experiments in thought-transference. Proc. Soc. Psych. Research, Lond., 1892, viii, 636-596.—Sidgwick (H.), Sidgwick (Mrs. H.) & Smith (G. A.) Experiments in thought-transfer- ence. Ibid., 1889-90, vi, 128-170. [Discussion], 209-215.— Soinmer. Untersuchung eines Gedankenlesers. Klin. f. psych, u. nerv., Krsnkh., Halle a. S., 1911, vi, 339-349.— Sudduth (W. X.) Some thoughts on telepathy. Med.- Leg. J., N. Y., 1896-7, xiv, 328-330.—Thaw (A. B.) Some experiments in thought-transference. Proc. Soc. Psych. Research, Lond., 1892, viii, 422^35.—Thoni assy (L.) Deux casde telepathie. Ann.d.sc. psych., Par., 1897, vii, 115-117.—Uebertragung (Ueber die) des "Transfert" auf eine zweite Person. (Prof. Charcot's Klinik, Paris). Wien. med. BL, 1886, ix, 1576-1578— V. (L.) Telepathie; cas de Bordeaux. Ann. d. sc. psych., Par., 1897, vii, 114.— Venzano (J.) Des ph6nomenes de transmission de la pensee en rapport avec la m6dianite. Ibid., 1905, xv, 672- 70i.—de Vesme. Experiences pour 6claircir le meca- nisme de la transmission de la pens6e. Ibid., 1910, xx, 153-156. — Weigert (C.) Ueber das Gedankenlesen; Mind-reading. 1884. Inhis: Ges.Abhand.,8°,Berl.,1906, ii, 735-739.—Word (R. C.) Duality of the brain; a theory of mind-reading and slate-writing. Tr. M. Ass. Georgia, Atlanta, 1887,149-161.—Wright (D.) More professional "thought-readers." Ann. Psych. Sc,Lond., 1908, vii, 532. Thoulet (J.) Guide d'oceanographie pratique- 224 pp. 12°. Paris, G. Masson, [1895]. Thonlouze [Pierre- Zacharie] [1824- Helme (F.) Le docteur Thoulouze, de Montigny-le- Roi; simple histoire d'un medecin de campagne. Rev. mod. de med. et de chir., Par., 1907, v, 192; -229. Tiioumire (Ernest). * Considerations ana- tomiques sur le sinus maxillaire; diagnostic et traitement de Pempyeme latent par l'orifice naturelle. 64 pp. 8°. Paris, 1901, No. 609. Thouret (Michel-Augustin) [1748-;1810]. *An post longas defatigationes, subito instituta vita deses, periculosa? Natali-Maria de Gevigland preside. 4 pp. 8°. Parisiis, typis Quillau, 1775. See, also, Andry (Charles-Louis-Francois) & Thou ret (Michel-Augustin). Rapport sur les aimans, [etc.]. 4°. [Paris, 1783.] Thouret-Noroy. See Clairat (L.) Reflexions sur la responsabilitS me- dicale [etc.]. 8°. [Paris, n. d.] Thousand and One Wights. Girardeau (M.) *Le foie, la bile dans le livre des '' Mille nuits et une nuit." 8°. Paris, 1910. [Thouvenel (PierreS.)] [1782-1837].] Traite- sur le climat de l'ltalie, consid^re" sous ses rap- ports physiques m6t6orologiques et medicaux. 4 v. in 2. 8°. Verone, Giulari, 1797-8. Thouvenet (Andre) [1825-1905]. JBouehart (A.) Necrologie. Limousin med., Limo- ges, 1905, xxix, 249-253. VOL XVIII, 2d series----11 Thouvenet (Prosper) [1872- ]. * Con- siderations sur les recidives 61oign6es dans l'6pi- lepsie jacksonienne traitee par la trepanation. 82 pp. 8°. Paris, 1896, No. 116. Tliouvenin (Alphonse-Eugene-Andr£) [1883- ]. *Retrecissements inflammatoires de Furethre posterieur. 52 pp., 41. 8°. Nancy, 1909, No. 11. Tliouvenin (Auguste) [1869- ]. *De la voie vagino-perineale dans la resection du rec- tum ou diacolpoproctectomie. 51 pp., 3 1. 4°. Nancy, 1896, No. 9. Tliouvenin (Jules) [1869- ]. *Contribu- tion a I'etude des r6trecissements infranchis- sables de l'urethre et de leur traitement par l'urethrectomie. 56 pp. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 189. Tliouvenin (L[ouis-Adolphe]) )1866- ]. * Contribution a I'etude du pyopneumothorax sous-phrenique (d'origine tuberculeuse). 55 pp. 4°. Paris, 1896, No. .391. Thouvenot (Andre). * Etude sur le chancre des gencives. 62 pp. 8°. Paris, 1907, No. 30. Thouzellier (Louis) [1871- ]. *Du rythme couple du cceur dans les maladies aigues. 96 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1898, No. 32. Thoyer-Rozat (J[oseph-Guillaume]). * Ab- ces r£tropharyngiens idiopathiques des enfants (ad£nite retropharyngienne aigue suppuree); leur frequence, leur terminaison par la mort subite; leur traitement. 117 pp. 4°. Paris, 1896, No. 354. -----. Thesame. 117 pp. 8°. [Lille, Le Bigot frhes, 1896.] Thran (Jiirgen Heinrich) [1870- ]. * Ueber einen Fall von Lebervenenthrombose. 28 pp., 1 1. 8°. Kiel, 1899. Thrasher (A[llen] Bfenton]) [1851- ]. The effect of intra-nasal obstruction of the voice. 24 pp. 16°. Cincinnati, 1892. Repr.from: Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1892, xxix. Three Counties Asylum, Arlesey, Hitchin. See Lunatic Asylum for the Counties of Bedford, Hertford and Huntingdon, Arlesey, Hitchin. Three-day fever [Pappataci fever; Phlebotomus or Sand-fly fever]. Doerr (R.), Franz (K.) & Taussig (S.) Pappatacifleber, ein endemisches Drei-Tage-Fie- ber im adriatischen Kiistengebiete Oesterreich- Ungarns. 8°. Leipzig & Wien, 1909. Bernatski (A.) Febris pappataci. Med. pribav. k morsk. sborniku, St. Petersb., 1910, pt. 2, 214. —Birt (C.) Phlebotomus or sandfly fever. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, ii 875-878.-----. Phlebotomus fever in Malta and Crete. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1910, xiv, 236-258.— Blaiichard (R.) Quelques mots sur les Phlebotomus. Arch, de parasitol., Par., 1908-9, xiii, 303-310.—De Gae- tani Giunta (G.) Febbre dei tre giorni in Catania. Gazz. d.osp., Milano, 1911, xxxii, 1099.—De Napoli (F.) Sulle febbri estive o dei tre giorni dominanti in Bologna. Gior. di med. mil., Roma, 1911. lix, 81-106.—Doerr (R.), Franz (K.) & Taussig (S.) Das Pappatacifleber, ein epidemisches Drei-Tage-Fieber im adriatischen Kiisten- gebiete Oesterreich - Ungarns. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1909, xxii, 609.—Doerr (R.) & Buss (V. K.) Weitere Untersuchungen iiber das Pappatacifleber. Arch. f. Schiffs- u. Tropen-Hyg., Leipz., 1909, xiu, 693-706.—Dop- ter (C.) La tlevre de trois jours, ou fievre a pappatacis. Paris med., 1911, 499-603. — Francaviglia (M. C.) Primo caso di "febbre da pappataci" in Catania e nella Sicilia orientale. Policlin., Roma, 1912, xix, sez. med., 132-140. —Franz (K.) & Kolar (HA Zur Pathologie und Therapie des Pappataciflebers. Beihefte z. Arch. f. Schiffs- u. Tropenhvg., Leipz., 1910, xiv, 2.Beihft., 1-26.— Gabbi (TJ.) Una epidemia di " febbre dei tre giomi" a Messina e sulla costa Calabra. Malaria [etc.], Roma, 1910, . i, 97-100. Also: Path. Riv. quindicin, Genova, 1909-10, ii, 427-429 -----. Febbre dei tre giorni o febbre da pap- pataci. Malaria [etc.], Roma, 1910,1,145-160. Also: Path. Riv. quindicin., Genova, 1909-10, ii, 546-550.-----. Nuova THREE-DAY. 162 THROAT. Three-day fever [Pappataci fever; Phlebotomus or Sand-fly fever]. epidemia a febbre dei tre giorni nella Sicilia orientale a nella Calabria inferiore. Malaria [etc.], Roma, 1911, ii, 268. Also: Path. Riv. quindicin., Genova, 1910-11, iii, 449. -----. Su di una nuova epidemia di febbre dei tre giorni comparsa a Messina e provincia. Path. Riv. quin- dicin., Genova. 1910-11, iii, 703.—Galli-Valerio (B.) & Bochaz de'Jongh (J.) Beobachtungen fiber Culi- ciden und Mitteilung iiber das Vorkommen vonPhlebo- tomus papatasi Scop, im Kanton Waadt (Schweiz). Cen- tralbl. f Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1912, lxiii, Orig., 222-227. —filasl'cld (I.) Iz viedomosti o bolnikh na kanonerskol lodkie "Khivinets" zaiyun mlesyatsl909g. [Diseases on the torpedo boat "Khivinets" for June, 1909. (Pappataci).J Mid. pi ibav.kmorsksborniku,St. Petersb., 1910. 120-122.—Gonzalez del Valle (J. G.) Una en- fermedml nueva. Rev. de med. y cirug. pract., Madrid, 1911, xci, 440-44;;. — Hale (C. H.) Pappataci fever at Kamptee, C. P. J."Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1912, xviii, 505-512.—Langeron (M.) Localites nouvelles de phlebotomes. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1912, lxxii, 97:;.—JIarett (P. J.) Preliminary report on the investi- gation into the breeding places of the sand-fly in Malta. J, Roy. Armv Med. Corps, Lond., 1910, xv, 286-291.-----. The life history of the Phlebotomus. i&j'd., 1911, xvii, 13- 29, lpl.—;»lclcliiorre(N.)it A Ido (T.) Ricerche speri- mentali sul hi etiologia della febbre estiva. Policlin.,Roma, 1910,xvii,sez.prat, 1059-1061.—Newstead (R.) ThePapa- taci flies (Phlebotomus! of the Maltese Islands. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond. ,1912, xviii, 613: xix, 28; 162,3 pi.— 0%\ i midge (The) and Mediterranean three day fever. Brit.M.J.,Lond.,1909,ii,100.—Phil lips (L.) Sandfly fever (Phlebotomus fever or "pappatacifleber" in Cairo. Ibid., 1910, ii,963. Also [Abstr.]: J.Trop. M., Lond., 1910,xih,246.— PlevnitMki (A. A.) Likhorodka" Papatacci" (novaya raznovist parazitarnikh likhoradok yuga. ["Papa- tacci" fever; a new variety of parasitic fever of the South] Voyenno-med J., St. Petersb., 1909, ccxxvi, med. spec, pt., 429-433.—Buss (V. K.) Das Pappataci, oder Phlebotomusfieber (Doerr). Oesterr. San.-Wes., Wien, 1912, xxiv, 201-216—Sandfly fever. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, ii, 1173.—Sand with (F. M.) A lecture on Phlebotomus fever. Clin. J., Lond., 1911-12, xxxix, 139- 143.—Siiiiicr (M.) Complicanza di nefrite acuta in un caso di febbre da pappataci. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1910, Roma, 1911, xx, 466. Also: Malaria [etc.], Roma, 1911, ii, 73.— Tedeschl (A.) & Napolitani (M.) Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Aetio- logie des Sommerfiebers. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1911, Ixi, Orig., 502-529.—Ubaldi (A.) La febbre da pappataci nelle Marche. Gazz. med. d. Marche, Ancona, 1910, xviii, No. 4, 1.—Vigano (L.) La febbre dei pappataci, o febbre dei tre giorni. Bio- chim. e terap. sper., Milano, 1911-12, iii, 179.—Visen- tlni (A.) Ancora intorno alle cosi delle febbre estive a carattere epidemico (febbre dei tre giorni). Malaria [etc.], Roma, 1910, i, 166-169—Wakeling (T. G.) On fever caused by the bite of the sandfly (Phlebotomus papatasiij. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, ii, 1115.—Wall (F.) Sandfly fever in Chitral. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1911, xlvi, 41-44,1 ch. Three-day sickness. See Stiff-sickness. Three hundred additional cases of ovariotomy. [By T.Spencer-Wells.] 17 pp. 12°. London, Spottiswoode & Co., [1876]. Repr.from: Med.-Chir. Tr., Lond., 1878-9, lx. Three thousand questions on medical subjects* arranged for self-examination; with the proper references to standard works in which the cor- rect replies will be found. 2. ed. 189 pp. 24°. Philadelphia, P. Blakiston's Son & Co , 1899. Three weeks in wet sheets; being the diary and doings of a moist visitor in Malvern, with illus- trations on wood by H. Smith, ix, 125 pp. 12°. London, Hamilton, Adams, & Co.; Bristol, I. Ridler, 1851. Three years in field hospitals. See Ilolstein (AnnaM.). Thresh (John C[lough]). Buxton as a health esort. A description of the town, its position, sanitary condition, water supply, etc., together with a full account of its celebrated thermal waters. 1 p. 1. 74 pp. 12°. Bwcbon, C. F. Wardley, 1883. Thresh (John C[lough])—Continued. -----. Annual report of the medical officer of health for the Chelmsford rural sanitary au- thority for the year 1891. 48 pp. 8°. Chelms- ford, 1892. -----. Water and water supplies. 2. ed. xv, 438 pp. 12°. London, Rebman Pub. Co., 1896. ------. The same. 3. ed. xv, 527 pp. 12°. Loudon, Rebman Publ. Co., 1901. -----. The same, xv, 438 pp. 12°. Philadel- phia, W. B. Saunders, 1896. -----. The same. 2. ed. xv, 438 pp. 12°. Philadelphia, P. Blakiston's San & Co., 1900. -----. The same. 3. ed. xv, 527 pp. 12°. Philadelphia, P. Blakiston's Son & Co., 1901. -----. Summary of the reports of the district medical officers of health in the administrative county of Essex, for the year 1898. Prepared for the county council. " 168 pp., 1 1. 8°. Chelmsford, J. Button, 1899. -----. A simple method of water analysis, es- pecially designed for the use of medical officers of health. 3. ed. 57 pp. 12°. London, J. & Wright (A. E.) Caseof inoperablecaneerof the fauces, the pharynx, the tongue, and the cervicalglands thathasshownmarkedameliora- tion after treatment for ten weeks with a bacterial vac- ' cine of neoformans .7. Laryngol., Lond., 1906, xxi. 265- 269. Also: Laryngoscope.sr'.Louis, 1906,xvi,736.—Stew- j art(F.J') Malignant disease of the pharynx and larynx: clinical lecture. Guy's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1910, xxiv, 335- 339.—Wals!i (D.i The applicability of radium in the treatment of a cancerous throat. Med. Press & Circ.,Lond., 1904, n. s., lxxvii, 163-165.—Weiss (T.) Quelques con- siderations sur le cancer de l'arrii're-gorge. Rev. m6d. de l'est, Nancy, 1894, xxvi, 1-13.—Wright (D.) Epithe- lioma of the tonsil, tongue, and palate; parts affected re- moved after ligature of the common carotid artery. Med. Century, N. Y. & Chicago, 1899. vii, 65. Throat (Diseases of). See, also, Ear, eye, nose, throat and larynx; "Ear and tIn-oat; Fauces (Diseases of); Larynx (Diseases of); Nose and throat (Diseases of); Pharynx (Diseases of); Scarlatina (Complica- tions of, Anginose, etc.); Throat (Abscess of); Throat (Diseases of. Manuals of); Throat (Dis- eases of) in children; Throat (Diseases of) in soldiers; Throat (Inflammations of) [and subdi- visions]; Throat (Lupus of); Throat (Mycosis of); Throat (Neuroses of); Throat (Scleroses of); Throat (Si/ philis of); Throat ( Tuberculosis of); Throat (Tumors of); Throat (Ulceration of); Tongue (Diseases of); Tonsils (Diseases of); Uvula (Diseases of'). Massei (F.) Clinica privata; statistics de- gF infermi di malattie di gola avuti in cura dal 1° gennajo al 31 dicembre 1872. 8°. Napoli, 1873. Ma ver (E.) Clinical memoranda from the throat department. With remarks. 8°. New York, 1899. Repr.from: N. York Eye & Ear Infirm. Rep., 1899. Moure (E. J.) Traite" eiementaire et prati- que des maladies de la gorge, du pharynx et du larynx. 8°. Paris, 1904. -------. The same. Elementary practical treatise on diseases of the pharynx and larynx. Transl. and adapted by J. Malcolm Farquhar- son. 8°. London, 1909. Nuvoli (G.) Letture cliniche sulle malattie della gola. roy. 8°. Roma, 1893. Ash (M.J.) Report of eases in throat department, service of M. J. Ash. Reported by Emil Maver. N.York Eye & Ear Infirm. Rep., 1893, i, pt. 1, 98-108, 1 pi.—A vel- lis (G) Ueber einige ohne Untersuchung zu stellende Wahrseheinlichkeitsdiagnosen bei Hals- und Nasen- krankheiten Aerztl. Prakt, Hamb., 1891, iv, 585. Also: Med -chir. Centralbl , Wien, 1892, xxvii, 166-169.—Barn- hill (J. F ) Diseases of the glosso-epiglottic spaces. Ann Otol.;.Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1897. vi. 162- 165—Bur-ier (H ) & Campagne (H. C A ) Jaar- ver-lag der Ceineenteli]ke-( Universiteits-)-I'oliklimek voor kcelziekten te Amsterdam 16 Sept. 18%—15 Sept. 1897. Geneesk Courant, Tiel, 1898, Iii, no, 17 — < assel- berry (W. E ) Disease of the throat and nose in rela- tion to life expectancy. Med. Exam., N. Y , 1900, x 133- 135. [Discussion], 142-145— Chauveau (C ) Un livre chinois sur les maladies de la gorge. Areh. internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1904, xvii, 193-202— Cones (VV P ) Statistics regarding increased number of throat infec- tions in Boston, February, 1912. Am. J. Pub. Health N Throat (Disease of). Y, 1912, ii, 419-430.— Far low (.1. W.I A case of myxoe- dema of the throat. Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass., N. Y., 1897, 130-132.—Fitzgerald i W. II.) The resistant breathing tract. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1908. lxxxviii, 939.—Frais- sant (L.) Cancroide primitif de la region sus-hyoi- dienne; fulguration; mort. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1909, ii, 200-207.—Gib b (J. S.) Acute urticaria of the fauces. Phila. Polyclin., lsy.'i, iv, 314.—Hamilton (T. K.) Exu- dative erythema of the mouth and throat. J. Larvngol., Lond., 1904, xix, 617-622.—Howarth (W. G.) Report of the throat department for 1909. St. Thomas's Hosp. Rep. 1909, Lond., 1911, n. s., xxxviii, 157-160.—ItudMHi- Makuen (G.) The voice as an index to diseases of the throat, nose, and ear. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1908,lxxrvii, 47. Also, Reprint.—Hard (L. M.) Pemphigus of the throat: report of a case. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1909, xix,689.—Joachim (O.) Non-svphilitic mucous patches of the throat. Tr. Louisiana M. Soc., N. Orl., 1900, 121- 125. Also: Ann. Otol., Rhinol. Vr////,1910. Sigogne (A.) * Contribution a, I'etude de la nephrite au cours et dans la convalescence des angines aigues non specifiques. 8°. Paris, 1902. Aschofr^L.) Ueber Angina und Appendicitis. Ver- handl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch. 1907, Jena, 1908, xi, 313-318.—Bezy. Angine avec accidents laryngiens (stri- dulisme et dyspnees). Clin, de la Fac. de med. de Tou- louse, 1896, ii, 131-136.—Bichelonne (H.) Zona occi- pito-cervieal bilateral precede d'une angine aigue. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc], Par., 1906, i, 194-200. —von Bomhard (H.) Periarteriitis nodosa als Folge einer Staphylokokkensepsis nach Angina. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1908, xix, 305-324, 1 pi.—Bus- quet. Des troubles cardiaques tardifs conseeutifs aux angines. Bull, med., Par., 1901, xv, 673-676. -----. Des Throat (Diseases of Complications and sequclx of). troubles cardiaques tardifs consecutifs aux angines. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1904, xxv, 297.—(oen (R.) De l'influence des affections chroniques de la gorge sur certains troubles de la parole, en particulier le begaie- ment. Rev. Internat. de rhinol., otol. et laryngol., Par., 1897, vii, 46-48.—Custis (J. B. G.) The relation oi some throat lesions to ovarian diseases. Homceop. Eve, Ear & Throat J., N. Y., 1898, iv, 369-374.—Czajkowski (J.) O niektorych powiklaniach ostrego samoistnego niezytu gardzielii ich stosunku do tegoz cierpienia. [Certain com- plications of acute idiopathic catarrhal angina and their relation to this disease.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1891, 2. s., xi, 360-368.—Dehio (K.) Septisches, maeulo-papulosesEry- them im Anschluss an eine folliculare Angina. St. Petersb. med. \Vchnschr.,1900,n. F.,xvii,77-81,lpl.—Delavan(D. B.) The influence of chronic diseases of the throat upon certaindefectsof speech, especially stammering. Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass. 1895,N. Y.,1890. xvii, 43-45.—Greig (W. J.) Pseudomembranous anginee with scarlet rashes. Domin- ionM.Month.,Toronto,1894,ii,95-98.— Harri«(R.A.) Re- flex neuroses due to morbid throat conditions. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlix, 418. — Hippius (A. E.) K voprosu ob etiologicheskom znachenii angin dlya zabo- llevaniya otdalyonnikh organov. [On the etiological value of anginae in disease of distant organs.] Trudi Obsh. dietsk. vrach. 1895-6, Mosk., 1897, iv, 63-69.— Hollick (J. O. ) Acute tonsillo-glossitis followed by tuberculosis meningitis simulating hysteria. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1897, i, 912. — Kusaka (S.) [Acute inflam- mation of the throat with paralysis.] Sei-i-Kwai M. J., Tokyo, 1905, xxiv, no. 278, pt. 2, l-8.-Laan (H. A.) Gangraen van een voet en een onderbeen bij een kind in aansluiting aan een angina. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1908, 2. R., xliv, 1. Afd., 241-250. — Lemifere ( G. ) Les angines herpetiques; une complication rare. J. d. sc med. de Lille, 1900, ii, 193-205. — Lomnitz (H.) Ueber die Angina als Aus- gangspunkt schwerer Erkrankungen. Med. Klin., Berl., 1907,iii,37-39.—Lublinski (W.) Anginaund Erythem. Ibid., 1906, ii, 487-490.—Lustverk (E. Yu.) Septiches- kayapyatnisto-pasulyoznayaeritemaposliefollikulyarnol angini. [Septic maculo-papular erythema following fol- licular angina.] Russk. J. Kozhn. i Ven. Bollezn., Khar- kov, 1908, xv, 200-203.—Newcomb (J.-E.) Hemorragie consecutive a une esquinancie; ligature de la carotide primitive; guerison. Reflexions sur 51 cas d'hemorragie survenue au cours d'une suppuration pharyngee. Arch. internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1908, xxvi, 476-490.— Pennell (W. W.) Cervical glandular infection from diseases of the throat. Ohio M. J., Columbus, 1911, vii, 394-396.—Bouget. Nevralgie occipitale au cours d'une angine catarrhale vulgaire. Bull, et m<5m. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1904, 3. s., xxi, 405,-Kouyer (E.) Zona du cou avec glycosurie passagcre a la suite d'une angine. Bull, med., Par., 1903, xvi, 655—Schmidt (A.) Ueber Angina als Ausgangspunkt schwerer Krankheiten. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1907, xxxiii, 287.—Stuart-Low (W.) Mouth and throat sepsis keep- ing up ear sepsis. Polyclin., Lond., 1908, xii, 91.—Tre- trdp. L'angine benigne, point de depart d'infeetion grave. Rev. hebd.de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1907, ii, 36- 39. — Vincent (H.) La nevralgie occipitale dans les angines vulgaires. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1904, 3. s., xxi, 394-398.—Zilgicn (II.) Une com- plication non encore signalee de la fievre angineuse. Rev. med. de l'est, Nancy, 1897, xxix, 613-619. Throat (Diseases of Diagnosis and semeiology of). See, also, Larynx (Exploration of); Pharynx (Exploration of); Throat (Exploration of); Throat (Inflammation of). Llorente (V.) Del diagnostico, pronostico y tratamiento de la difteria y el croup 6 garrotilo. 8°. Madrid, 1899. Burgess (J.) Two cases in which uncommon symp- toms were present in cases of throat disease. Tr. Rov. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl., 1896, xiv, 37-44. Also: Dublin J. M. Sc, 1896, 3. s., ci, 101-107. —Campbell (R. R.) Differential diagnosis between pseudomembranous an- gina of syphilis and diphtheritic angina. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1904, xliii, 1549. — Dominick (G. C. ) Pseudo-angina, with report of a case. Tr. Homceop. M. Soc, N. Y., 1908, Iii. 245-247.—Kscherieh (T.) Ueber diphtheroide Rachenerkrankungen. Mitth. d. Ver. d. Aerzte in Steiermark, Graz, 1893, xxx, 21-33.—Lasamia (F.) La reazione del fermento proteolitico per lading nosi di angina. Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1911, xxii, 1-4. —Petges (G.-M.) Considerations sur les difficultes du diagnostic entre les angines pseudo- membraneuses de la syphilis et l'angine diphterique. Arch, de med. et pharm. mil., Par., 1902, xxxix, 313-325.— Quay (G. H.) Differential diagnosis between tuber- culosis, syphilis, and cancer of the pharynx and larynx. THROAT. 166 THROAT. Throat (Diseases of Diagnosis and semeiology of). Homceop. Eve, Ear & Throat J., N. Y., 1897, iii, 401-408.— Itaven (T.'F.) Diphtheria or tonsillitis? Practitioner, bond., 1892. xlix, 81-92.—Saliiiuer (S.) The clinical diagnosis of diphtheria and follicular tonsillitis. Dietet. & Hvg., N. Y., 1909, xxv, 601.—Somers (L. S.) The differential diagnosis of pharyngeal syphilitic lesions and diphtheria. Phila. M. J., 1899, iii, 225-227.—Swain (H. L.) Throat symptoms in general diseases; throat svmptoms of syphilis. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1910, xcii, 101-106.—Sj mens (L.) On the symptoms or phenomena formerly known as croup; the diseases which produce them; and the clinical significance of the various allied affections embraced by the term. Dublin J. M. Sc, 1900, ex, 24-32— Villy (F.) A form of faucial inflammation resembling diphtheria. Med. Chron., Manchester, 1900, 3. s., iii, 397-412.—White (G. B.) Pseudo-diphtheria, or false membrane of the throat. J. Laryngol., Lond., 1893, vii, 579. Throat (Diseases of Epidemic, conta- gious or malignant). See, also, Pharynx (Inflammation of, Gan- grenous, etc. ); Throat (Diseases of) in soldiers; Throat (Inflammation of, Bacteriology of); Tonsils (Gangrene of). De Cot iky (J. O.) Malignant sore throat and its treatment. 12°. East St. Louis, III., [1895]. Repr. from: Courier of Med., 1895. Foglia (J. A.) De anginosa passione, crus- tosis malignisque tonsillarum, et faucium ulceribus, per inclytain hanc Neapolis civita- tem, multaque regni loca vagantibus. sm. 4°. Neapoli, 1620. Mair ( L. W. D. ) Report to the Local Government Board upon the prevalence of throat-illness in and near the Ditcham Park Estate in the Catherington and Petersfield rural districts, Hampshire. fol. London, 1902. ------. Report to the Local Government Board, upon an outbreak of throat illness at Lincoln. Oct. 29, 1903. fol. London, 1903. Also, in: Rep. Med. Off. Local Gov. Bd. 1902-3, Lond., 1904, 190-226. Sgambatus ( J. A.) De pestilent© faucium affectu Neapoli sseviente. Opusculum. sm. 4°. Neupnli, 1620. And reives (F. VV.) Some remarks on " hospital sore throat." St. Barth. Hosp. J., Lond., 1895-6, iii, 145-147.— Axe (J. W.) The relation of udder disease in cows to an epidemic of sore throat in the districts of Woking and Horsell. Vet. Rec, Lond., 1903-4, xvi, 575-577. —Bard (S.) An enquiry into the nature, cause, and cure of the angina suffocativa. or sore throat distemper, as it is com- monly called by the inhabitants of the city and colony of New York. Tr. Am. Phil. Soc., Phila., 1771, i, 322-338.— Blumenaii (M. B.) O perichnoi gangrenie zleva. [On primary gangrene of the throat] Med. Obozr., Mosk.,1893, xxxix, 1163-1170. — Calger (F. F.) The diagnosis and treatment of infective throat disease. Clin. J., Lond., 1902-3, xxi, 161; 183. —Chalmers (A. K.) An outbreak of (? septic) sore throat among the staff at Belvidere Hos- pital, which coincided with the occurrence of a teat eruptionin the herd suppl\ ingmilk. Pub. Health, Lond., 1903-4, xvi, 769-772.—Ch a vane & Planchon. A pro- pos des cas d'infection survenus a la Clinique Tarnier, pendant les quatre premiers mois de 1899. Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par., 1900, iii, 77-93. —Cole (E. H.) Remarks upon an ear and throat infection with subsequent involve- ment of the neck. Tr. M. Soc. Citv Hosp. Alumni St. Louis, 1*99. 22-2*.—Davi*(D. J.), Walls (F.X.).Gold- stine ( M. T.) [rtal.]. A symposium on the clinical mani- festations of an epidemic of sore throat observed during thepast winter [in Chicago]. Illinois M. J. ,Springrield,1912, xxii, 593-601.—De Santi (P. R. W.) [ I'wocasesof acute septic inflammation of the throat.] Westminst. Hosp Rep. 1902,Lond., 1903,xiii,_>s2.—Donhofter (S.) Haveny infectiosusgurat-esgegephlegmoneesete. [A caseofacute infectious phlegmon of the oesophagus and throat. Orvosi heti szemle, Budapest, 1899. xxvi, 305-307.—French (R.) Epidemic sore throat from suppurative mammitis in cows. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, i, 831.—I.alchski (A.Ya.) Gan- grenoznaya angina. Vestnik Ushn.. (iorlov. i Xosov Bo- llezn., S.-Peterb.. 1911, iii, 51-57.—Frost (W. H.) Septic sore throat; a milk-borne outbreak in Baltimore, Md.; Throat (Diseases of Epidemic, conta- gions or malignant). epidemiological stiidv of the outbreak. Pub. Health Rep. V. S. Mar. Hosp. Se'rv., Wash., 1912, Xxvii, 1889-1923.— Guodale (J.L.) Ovservations on the epidemicof sore throat occurring in Boston and vicinitvduring May. 1911. Boston M. A S. J., 1911, clxv, 908-910, 1 ch.—Grange (J. W.) Clinical notes of the outbreak of sore throat in North Salford. Med. Chron., Manchester, 1911, liv, 179-184.— .Tonqui6re. Ein Fall von sekundarcr Angina gan- grcenosa. Col.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1903, xxxiii, 248-250.—Kretz (R.) Angina und septische Infektion. Ztschr. f. Heilk., \\ienu. Leipz., 1907, xxviii, Abt. f.path. Anat., 296-313. — Itlosse (M.) Ueber Angina als Infec- tionskrankheit. Deutsche Klinik, Berl. & Wien, 1901-2, ii, 345-361.— Oherwarth (E.) Primare Angina gangre- nosa bei einem Knaben. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1903, xxix, 301; 318. Also [Abstr.]: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1903, xl, 624. —Beid (G.) Infectious sore throat and diphtheria. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1896, n. s., Ixi, 625-628.—Kuhrah (J.) A brief report of an epidemic of sore throat with involvement of the cervical lvmph-nodes. Am. J. Dis. Child., Chicago, 1912, 301-306. —Savage ( W. G. ) Outbreak of sore throat at Colchester due to infected milk. Pub. Health. Lond., 1905-6, xviii, 1-19.—Sharp (L. J.) Epidemic sore throat. Tr. M. Ass. Georgia, Atlanta, 1901, 217-223.— Tapuz (I. G.) Sluchalgangreni vzlevle. [Caseof gan- grene in the throat.] Protok. Obsh. vrach. v.g.Nikolaveve (1893), 1894, 61-56. —Thresh (J. C.) Infectious sore- throats. Pub.Health,Lond.,1894-5,vii,210-213. Also: Lan- cet, Lond., 1895, ii, 402-404.—Vandcr Bogart (F.) An epidemic of throat infection with glandular enlargement. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1912, xxix, 373.—Warry (J. K.) An outbreak of septic sore-throat apparently caused by infected milk. Pub. Health, Lond., 1900-1901, xiii, 40- 47. — Whitney (H. B.) A peculiar epidemic of sore throat. Colorado M. J., Denver, 1899, v, 85-90.—Wins- low (C. E. A.) An outbreak of tonsilitis, or septic sore throat, in Eastern Massachusetts, and its relation to an infected milk supply. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1912, x, 73-112, Also, Reprint.— Young (M.) The diagnosis and treatment of infective throat conditions. Practitioner, Lond., 1907, lxxviii, 305-318. Throat (Diseases of Hospitals for). Birmingham and Midland Ear and Throat Hospital, Birmingham. Annual reports of the committee to the governors and subscribers. 38.-65., 1882-1909; 67., 1911. 12°. Birming- ham, 1883-1912. Central London Throat, Nose, and Ear Hospital. Annual reports of the committee to the subscribers. 9.-13., 1882-3 to 1886-7; 16.- 18., 1889-90 to 1891-2; 21., 1894-5. 12° & 8°. London, 1883-96. ------. Balance sheet and accounts for the years 1886-7; 1887-8. fol. [London, 1887-8.] Dispensario di laringojatria della r. Univer- sita di Napoli nell' Ospedale clinico. Rendi- conti degli anni scolastici 1883-4; 1884-5; 1888-9 al 1890-92; 1894 (anni 5, iii, iv, viii-xiv d' in- segnamenti), pel Dott. Ferdinand o Massei ed il Dott. A. Tribiletti. 8°. Napoli, 1886-95. Hospital for Diseases of the Throat and Chest, Golden Square. [Circular of the com- mittee on the need of a free institution for the needy poor.] sm. 4°. [London, 1863.] ------. Annual reports of the committee of management to the subscribers, including reports of the Samaritan Societv. 1.—11., 1863-4 to 1873; 13., 1875; 15.-22.,' 1877-84. 12°. London, 1864-85. ------. The pharmacopoeia of the . . . Edited by F. G. Harvev, surgeon to the hospi- tal. 5. ed. 16°. London, 1894. Metropolitan Ear, Nose, and Throat Hospital, London. Biennial and annual reports of the committee of management to the governors and subscribers, for the vears 1884-1900; 1902. 12° & 8°. London, 1886- 1903. ------. [Brief statement of the nature of the institution, and appeal to the public] 12°. [London, 1894.] THROAT. 167 THROAT. Throat (Diseases of Hospitals for). Metropolitan Throat Hospital, New York City. Annual reports of the trustees and medical superintendent to the subscribers. 13.- 23., 1886-95; 24., 1897; 25., 1898; 29.-31., 1901- 3; 36.-37., 1908-9. 12°. New York, 1897-1910. Bar (L.) Notes de voyage relatives aux cliniques qto-laryngologiques du nord de 1'Europe (Danemark, Etats Seandinaves, Russie). Rev. hebd. de larvngol. (etc.], Par., 1904, i, 209-233—Maclntj re (J.) Throat department,Glasgow Roval Inflrmerv. Glasgow M. J., 1907, lxvii, 142-144. Throat (Diseases of, Jfanxals of). See, also, Nose and throat (Diseasesof, Manuals of); Larynx (Diseases of, Manuals of). Becker (F.) Die naturgemiisse Behandlung der hautigen Briiune, sowie des Catarrhs der Luftrohre, des Keuchhustens und endlich der Diphteritis, Laryngitis, etc. 12°. Cassel, 1865. Downie (J. W.) Clinical manual for the Study of the throat. 12°. Glasgow, 1894. Gomez de la Muta (F.) Tratado teorico- priictico de enfermedades de la garganta (laringe yfaringe). 8°. Madrid, 1891. -----. The same. Pt. 5. 8°. Madrid, 1893. Gri;nwald (L.) Atlas der Krankheiten der Mundhohle, des Rachens und der Nase. 16°. Munchen, 1893. -----. The same. Atlas-manuel des mala- dies de la bouche, du pharynx et des fosses na- sales. Ed. francaise par G. Laurens. 12°. Paris, 1903. Hemming (W. D.) Throat diseases and the use of the laryngoscope. A handbook for prac- titioners and senior students. 16°. London, 1881. James (P.) Sore throat, its nature, varieties and treatment; including the connections be- tween affections of the throat and other dis- eases. 2. ed. 8°. Ijondon, 1866. -----. The same.- 3. ed. 8°. London, 1878. -----. The same. 4. ed. 8°. Philadel- phia, 1880. Metz (C. A.) Praktisk af handling om hal- sens, lungornas och matsmaltningsorganernas slemsjukdomar; sasom slemfeber, flusshosta, brosthosta, catarrh, halsinflammation, heshet; blascatarrh, hvit fluss, gyllenader, slem hemor- rhoider, m. m. Jenite ett bihang, innehallande dessa sa allmanna sjukdomars homoopathiska behandling. Ofversiittning fran andra Tyska upplagan af C. U. Sonden. [Short treatise on the catarrhal diseases of the throat, lungs, and digestive organs, such as catarrhal fever, coughs, inflammation of throat, etc.] 12°. Stockholm, 1832. Moure (E.-J.) Traite eiementaire et pratique des maladies de la gorge, du pharynx et du larynx. 8°. Paris, 1904. -----. The same. Elementary practical treatise on diseases of the pharynx and larynx. Transl. by J. M. Farquharson. 8°. London, 1909. NrvoLi (G.) Letture cliniche sulle malattie della gola. 8°. Roma, 1893. Throat (Diseases of Prevention of). Delahouse (J.) Disinfection de la gorge. Son emploi dans la prophylaxie et la therapeu- tique des maladies infectieuses. 8°. Lyon, 1905. Faivre. Comment on defend sa gorge; la lutte contre les angines. 12°. Paris, [1901]. Dulour (C. R.) The hygiene of the eye and throat of particular value to parents. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1910-11, xv, 445-448.—Fiedler (L.) Ueber Throat (Diseases of Prevention of). ein naturliches Schutzmittel bei Angina, wien. med. Wchnschr., 1901, li, 2161-2266.—Hare (H. A.) The im- portance of treating the pharynx and tonsils in the early stages of some acute affections. Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1907, xxxi, 95.—Keeler (E. E.) The prevention of some forms of throat disease. J. Ophth., Otol. & Laryngol., N. Y„ 1896, viii, 136-145.—Kramolin (G.) A toroko- blogetes vedi'lmere. [Protecting of the throat.] Gy6gya- szat, Budapest, 1899, xxxix, 187. [Discussion], 537.—du Mesni! de Ito< licmoiil. Ist es nothwendig, An- ginakranke zu isoliren? Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1899, xlvi, 309-311.—Selieppegrell (W.) Care of the throat and ear. Pop. Sc. Month., N. Y., 1898-9, liv. 791- 801. Throat (Diseases of Rheumatic and gouty). See, also, Larynx (Diseases of, Rheumatic). Costa (L.) * Contribution il Peptide de l'an- gine goutteuse. 8°. Montpellier, 1906. Sinoncelli (F.) * Arthropathies et angines; etude historique et clinique. 8°. Montpellier, 1904. SrciiANNEK ( EL) Die Beziehungen zwischen Angina und akutem Gelenkrheumatismus. 8°. Halle a. S., 1895. Itoucheron. De la presence de l'acide urique dans la salive, dans les affections uricemiques de la gorge et de l'oreille. Rev. hebd. de larvngol. [etcJ, Par., 1896, xvi, pt. 2, 1201-1204.—Bulson (A. E.), jr. Rheumatic affec- tions of the throat. Fort Wayne M. Mag., 1893-4, ii, 68- 68.—Cohen (S. S.) Some of "the throat-conditions ob- served in gouty subjects. Med. News, Phila., 1893, lxiii, 510-513. Also, Reprint.—Danziger (F.) Ueber An- gina urica. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1895, xxix, 14- 16.—Freudenthal (W.) On rheumatic and allied affections of the pharynx, larynx, and nose. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1895, xlvii, 196-201.—Groedel. Ueber acuten GelenkrheumatismusimAnschlussanAngina. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1896, xxii, 259-262.— Newcoiub (J. E.) The relation of the rheumatic di- athesis to the common throat inflammations. Atlanta M. & S. J., 1896-7, n. s., xiii, 793-799.—Peltesohn (F.) Ueber Angina und Rheumatismus. Arch.f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1897, vii, 58-89.—Bhemnatic sore throat. [Edit.] Med. Bull., Phila., 1897, xix, 349-351.—Koos (E.) Sull' angina reumatica. Riv. di patol. e terap. d. mal. d. gola [etc.], Firenze, 1894, i, 197-212.—Thorner (M.) Rheumatic throat affections. Cincin. M. J., 1893, viii, 41-48.—Wilcox (R. W.) The lithsemic throat. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1896, i, 145—Williams (P. W.) Remarks on rheumatic and gouty affections of the throat. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1898, iv, 207-213. Throat (Diseases of Treatment of). See, also, Throat (Diseases of, Prevention of)', Throat (Diseases of, Treatmentof, Operative). Blair (L. E.) A new throat remedy; ben- zoinol and resorcin compound. 24°. [Albany, 1899.] Broom (J.) Some remarks upon and ex- perience in the topical treatment of infectious and non-infectious follicular inflammation, and ulceration of the mouth, throat, and nose, by a new remedy. Pigmentum chloralis an- tisepticum. cl vincoHrt. Angine pseudo-membraneuse a Btaphylocoques; inefficacit<5 du serum Roux; accidents post-serotherapiques. Union med. du nord-est, Reims, 1896, xx, 208-313.—IMil'aud. De l'emploi du sulfate de cuivre comme moyen de traitement de l'angine herpeti- que pure, et de son application au diagnostic differentiel des angines herpetiques compliquees. Arch, de med. et pharm. mil., Par., 1897, xxix, 201-206.—Foster (H.) The use of local applications of guaiaeol in diseases of the throat. Ann. Ophth. & Otol., St. Louis, 1895, i v, 233.— Fonrrier (M.) Angines a bacilles de Loeflier et sta- phylocoques; injection de serum de Roux; guerison ra- pide de l'angine; mort au 29* jour par paralvsie bulbaire. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1896, x, 278.—Ful- fil rd (\V. H.) Inhalation in diseases of the throat. Mass. M. J., Best., 18%, xvi, 541-548— Garrison (J. B.) The care of throat affections. Homoeop. Eye, Ear & Throat J., N. Y., 1899, v, 93-96 —Goldscheider. Bak- terioskopische Untersuchungen bei Angina tonsillaris und Diphtherie. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1893, xxii, 534-545.—Goodale (J. L.) The local treatment of acute inflammations of the throat from the standpoint of pa- thology. Boston M. & S. J., 1908, clviii, 974-977.—Gra- denial*. Sul valore curativo delle inalazioni a secco col motodo Stefanini-Gradenigo. Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1912, xxiii, 240-254.— Herz (L.) Ue- ber Anwendung des Ichthyol bei Angina. Wieu. med. Wchnschr., 1893, xliii, 61.— Hubbard (T.) Some remarks on the principles of treatment of simple acute laryngitis and bronchitis. N. York M. J., 1896, lxiv, 81-83. Also, Reprint. — Jaquet (A.) Zur Behandlung des Schluckwehs [mit Ane- son]. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1904, xxxiv, 686-688.—J ervey (J.W.) Electricitv in diseases of the throat. Tr. South Car. M. Ass. Charleston 1899, 169-174.— Justi (K.) Kollargolpinselungen bei Angina und Diphtherie. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1904, li, 2183.— Kellogg (E. L.) A review of the treatment of inflam- matory conditions of the throat by irrigation, and a de- scription of a new irrigator tip. N.York M. J. [etc.], 1905, lxxxi, 807. Also, Reprint.—Lang (J.) Aetiolo- gicka leeba angin a faryngitid. [Etiological treatment of angina and pharyngitis.] Casop. lek. desk., v Praze, 1911, I, 71. — La\ rand (II.) Le gargarisme comme moyen therapeutique. Voix. Par., 1901, xii, 161-176.— Leniiere (G.) Baeteriologie des angines pseudo-niem- braneuses et leur traitement par la serotherapie. J. d. SC. med. de Lille. 1895, ii, 647:1896, i, 12; 31; 57.—Loup. Des fumigations de calomel dans le traitement des an- 'nes, et notamment de l'angine diphteritique; presenta- un appareil. Progres med., Par., 1901, 3. s.. xiii. 264.— Llippian (A. A.) K voprosu o liech. nii bolloznel nosa i zleva poroshkom "Estval." [Treatment of diseases of ilie nose and throat bv the powder "Kstval."| Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1910, xvii, 224.— L,j uhiiiioit (X.N.) O vliyanii salitsilovavo natra na techeniye angin!. [In- fluence of salicylate of sodium on the course of angina.] Voyenno-med. J., St. Petersb., 1904, ii, med.-spec, pt., 110-113.—.Martin (A.) Sensations de corps etrangers du pharynx et dn larynx, supprimees par Paction de la cocaine. Arch, internat. de larvngol. [etc.], Par., 1893, Throat (Diseases of Treatment of). vi, 89.—Mery4. Also- Med. Rec. N. Y., 1910, lxxvii, 793. Also: South. M. J., Nashville, 1912. v, 351-354.—Mi-Naught (J. G.) A note on the bacteriology of a series of cases of sore throat. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1906, vii, 211- 217 —"tlanicatide (Elena). Un nou cas de angina cu tctniL'enl. Spitalul, Bucuresci, 1902, xxii, 799-803.— .Martin (L.) Etudes cliniques et bacteriologiques de 639 angines et laryngites. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1904, 3. s., xxi, 527-551. — Mayer (E.) Bactcriologische Befunde bei Angina lacunaris. Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1896, ix, 66-71. -----. An- ginen durch den Friedliinder'schen Bacillus. Ibid., 1900, xi, 247-259, 1 pi. Also, Reprint. -----. Recru- descing angina, due to Friedliinder's bacillus. Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass. 1900, N. Y., 1901, 39-56. Also: N. York M. J„ 1900, lxxii, 1083-1088. [Discussion], 1115.—Moiinler (TT.l Un cas d'angine a tetragene; les angines sahlcuscs. Arch, internat.delaryngol. [etc.], Par., 1904, xviii, 817-822. Atsu: Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1904, 2. s., xxii, 649-656.— .Horse (J. L.) A bacteriological study of four hundred eases of iniiammation of the throat, occurring in diph- theria and scarlet fever, with especial reference to patho- genesis. M ed.& Surg. Rep. Bost. City Hosp., 1894,5.s.,29-54. Also. Kepi int. Also: Boston M.&S. J.,1894, exxx, 162; 182.— Viii lie i- i R.) Diphtheriebacillenahnliche Stabchen bei Anginen mit scharlachartigem Exanthem. Cen- tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1905-6, xl, 613- 621.—Nicolas (J.) Sur la coexistence d'une' angine pseudo-membraneuse atypique et d'un microbe nouveau. Areh. de med. exper. et d'anat. path., Par., 1898, x, 75- 123.—Nicolle (C.) A Hebert (A.) Contribution a I'etude des angines a fausses membranes; les angines a bacille de Friedlander. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1*97, xi, 67-79. Also: Normandie med., Rouen, 1898, xiii, 393-397. ----- -----. Les angines a bacilles de Fried- lsender. Presse med., Par., 1899, i, 38-41.-----------. Les angines a bacilles de Friedlander. Ibid., 1902, i, 521. Ateo: Rev. med. de Normandie, Rouen, 1902, 326-328.— Orloivski. Un cas d'angine a pneumo-bacille de Friedlaender. Poitou med., Poitiers, 1904, xviii, 155-159.— Fakes (W. C. C.) The bacillus of Friedlander in pharyngitis and tonsillitis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1897, i, 715.—Palatehenko (S. A.) K voprosu o bakteriologii ne-difteritnikh angin. [On the bacteriology of nondiph- theritic anginae.] Voyenno-med. J., St. Petersb., 1898, exciii, med.-spec, pt., 642-663.—Pasteur (W.) Onpneul mococcal sore-throat, with notes of a fatal case. Lancet, Lond., 1905, i, 1409-1411.—Perquis (J.) & Chevrel (F.) Angine il evolution chronique prolongee causee par un staphylobacille. Bull. Soe. seient. et m6d. de l'ouest, Rennes, 1911, xx, 277-283. Also: Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1912, Ixxxv, 241-243.—Belche (F.) & Sihomerus (A.) Die durch den Diplococcus lanceolatus hervorgerufenen Rachen- und Kehlkopferkrankungen, nebst Bemerkun- gen iiber das Erysipelas cutis pneumococcicum. Mitt. a. d. Hamb. Staatskrankenanst,, 1908, viii, 289-322.— Beid (St. G.) Report of the bacteriological analyses of 250 eases of throat disease. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1897, n. s., lxiii, 612-615.—Riviere. Discordance entre l'examen bacteriologique et l'examen clinique d'un en- fant atteint d'angine aigue. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. m6d. de Bordeaux, 1907, xxviii, 153.—Roque. Trois cas d'an- gine pseudo-diphterique a staphvlocoques observes dans la meme famille. Courrier med., Par., 1896, xlvi, 260.— Bosenow (E. C.) A study of streptococci from milk and from epidemic sore throat, and the effect of milk on streptococci. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago. 1912, ii, 338-346.— Bucker (J.B.),jr. A study of the nature of the micro- organisms found in the mouths and throats of healthy persons. Univ. Penn. M. Bull., Phila., 1906-7, xix, 207- 211.—Buta. La batteriologia delle angine non difte- riche. Riforma med., Napoli, 1896, xii. pt 3, 421.—Salo- mon (H.) Weitere Mittheilungen iiber Spirochatenba- zillenangina. Deusche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl , 1901, xxvii, 575-577.—de Santi (P. R. W.) A report on four cases of acute septic inflammation of the throat, with bacteriological examination of each. J. Laryngol., Lond., 1903, xviii, 178-187.—Schomenis (A.) Ende- misches Auftreten der Angina pneumococeica. Miin- ehen. med. Wchnschr., 1909, lvi, 182. Also, transl.: Gazz. internaz. di med., Napoli, 1909, xii, 85.—Senion (SirF.) A lecture on acute septic inflammations of the throat Throat (Inflammation of Bacteriology of). and neck. Brooklyn M. J., 1905, xix, 1-6. -----. Th* question of pneumococcus invasion of the throat. Med. Mag., Lond., 1908, xvii, 690-705.—de la Sota y l>astra (R.) Trescasosdeanginagangrenosaprimitive. Rev. med. de Sevilla, 1896, xxvi, 97-105.—Stoke* (W. R.) & Hachtel (F. W.) Bacteriological study of the outbreak, Baltimore. Pub. Health Rep. U. S. Mar. Hosp. Serv., Wash., 1912, xxvii, 1923-1930.— Testevin (G.) & Busquet (P.) De l'angine pseudo- diphterique maligne a, streptocoques et pneumocoques. Presse med., Par., 1904, ii, 565.—Torralfoas (F.) Con- tribuci6n al estudio de las anginas piocianicas. Arch, de la Soc. estud. clin. de la Habana, 1904-6, xiii, 48-53. Also: Rev. de med. y cirug. de la Habana, 1905, x, 44-47. Also, Reprint.— Turrd (R.) Baeteriologia de las anginas. Rev. de cien. med. de Barcel., 1896, xxii, 173-178.—Veil el (A.) & Vedel (V.) Angines ii pneumocoques (erytlu'■- mateusesetmembraneuses}. N. Montpel. med., 1898, vii, 621; 670.—Veillon (A.) Etude bacteriologique des an gines aigues non diphteritiques. Rev. mens. d. mal. de l'enf., Par., 1894, xii, 531-557.—Vincent (H.) Angine due au bacillus megaterium. Presse med., Par., 1902, ii, 714. -----. Remarques sur l'angine 4bacilles fusiforme-. Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1905, lxii, 828-831.—Wan »h (W. F.) A vicious circle [pneumococcus infection of the throat]. Med. Era, St. Louis, 1910, xix, 278.—Waxham (F. E.) Streptococcus sore throat (pseudodiphtheria i. Med. Brief, St. Louis, 1907, xxxv, 103-105.—Weitz. [An- gina, hervorgerufen durch Leptothrix und Friedliinder- sche Pneumoniebazillen.] Jahrb. d. Hamb. Staatskran- kenanst. 1909, Hamb. u. Leipz., 1910, xiv, pt. 1, 133.— \\ id al (F.) & Bezancon (F.) N6cessite d'une revi- sion des angines dites a streptocoques. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1896, 3. s., xiii, 281-2.ss. Also [Abstr.]: Rev. gen. de l'antiseps. med. et chir., Par., 1896, ix, 71-74.—Zelenelt" (I. F.) Angina trichomycetiea (s. streptotrichotica), simuliruyushtshaya sifiliticheskoye parazheniye zleva. [. . . simulating syphilis of the throat.] Russk. J. Kozhn. i Ven. Boliezn., Kharkov, 1907, xiv, 301-304. Throat (Inflammation of Erysipela- tous). Castaneda. De l'erysipeie primitif dans les inflam- mations aigues et septiques de la gorge. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1896, xvi, pt. 2, 1205-1210. Also: Rev. internat. de rhinol., otol. et laryngol., Par., 1897, vii, 114.— Kotli (D.'i Ein Fall von echter Angina erysipe- latosa. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1906, liii, 2247. " Throat (Inflammation of Septic) in submaxillary region [Ludwig^s angina (1836)]. Atzrott (E. H. G.) *Zwei Fiille von An- gina Ludwigii. 8°. Berlin, [1912]. Cavaille (L.) * Quelques considerations ana- tomo-cliniques a, propos d'un cas de phlegmon sus-hyoidien (angine de Ludwig). 8°. Mnut- pellier, 1906. A Id iii li (C. J.) Neuritis following Ludwig's angina; report of a case. Med. News, N. Y., 1903, lxxxii, 1210.— Arnone (L.) A case of Ludwig's angina followed by death. Dental Cosmos, Phila., 1909. li, 1141-1147—Batnt (L.) Angines de Ludwig. Bull. Soc. med.-chir. de la Drome [etc.], Valence, 1908,ix,227-230.—Beattie(D.\V.) A case of Ludwig's angina. West. M. Rev., Omaha, 1909, xiv, 32.—Bin litel (F. C.) A case of Ludwig's angina. Denver M. Times [etc.], 1911-12, xxxi, 213-215.—t'uth- foert(C.C) Ludwig's angina. Tr.Med.-Chir. Soc.Glasg., 1905-7, vi, 139-144. Also: Brit. J. Dent. Sc, Lond., 1906, xliv, 881-888.—Fouquet & Joulia. Angine de Ludwig chez un garcon de dix ans. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1911, xii, 409.—Greene (A. A.) Ludwig's angina, Tr. M. Ass. Alabama. Montgomery, 1905, 493.— Guerini > V.) L' an- gina di Ludwig. Odonto-stomatol., Napoli, 1905, iv, 171- 182. Also, transl: Dental Brief, Phila., 1906, xi, 28-36.— Hollii-k (J. O.) Streptococcal ("septic") throats, Lancet, Lond., 1908, ii, 1814.—Uolmaii (C. J.\ Lud. wig's angina; reports of cases. Med. Era, St. Louis, 190s, xvii, 442-445.—Jacques (P.) Pathogenie et traitement de l'angine de Ludwig. Ann. d, mal. de 1'oreille. du larynx [etc.], Par., 1909, xxxv, pt. 2,413-417. Als,,: Presse Otolaryngol, beige, Brux., 1910, ix, 1-5— Lindalil i.l.) Ludwig's angina; with brief report of six cases. Denver M. Times Tetc.], 1909-10, xxix, 321-324—von Linlwisi (W. F.) [Uebereine in neuerer Zeit wiederholt hiervor- gekommene Form von Halsentziindung.] Med. (or.-Bl d. wurttemb. arztl. Ver., Stuttg., 1836, vi, 21-25—Napier (A.) Notes of two cases of Lud wig's angina. Tr. Glasg. Path. & Clin. Soc, 1906-7, xi, 170-174.—Pratt (G. N.) Ludwig's angina; a report of lour cases. Illinois M. .}.., Springfield, 1908, xiv, 462-471.—Fraxedes Lllnterri. THROAT. 173 THROAT. Throat (Inflammation of Septic) in submaxillary region \L\tdiv'ufs angina (1836)]. Un caso de angina de Ludwig 6 fleru6n de la gliindula submaxilar. Rev. de san. mil., Madrid, 1912, 3. s., ii, 604-607.— Price (J. W.), jr. Ludwig's angina; report of five cases, including one autopsy. Tr. Phila. Acad. Surg., 1909, xi, 118-132, 2 pi. Also: Ann. Surg., Phila., 1908, xlviii, 649-661, 2 pi.—Pugh (W. S.) A case of angina Ludovici. U. States Nav. M. Bull., Wash., 1909, iii, 29.— Beclus(P.) Sur troisobservationsd' "anginede Lud- wig." Presse med., Par., 1912, xx. 415-447.—Roblee (W. W.) Submaxillary infection; Ludwig's angina. South. Calif. Pract.. Los Angeles, 1911, xxvi, 1-4.—Boss (G. G.) Angina Ludovici. Tr. Acad. Surg., Phila., 1901, iii, 97-102.—Bous^e I (G.) Un cas d'angine de Ludwig chez le chien (phlegmon sus-hvoidien). Rec. de med. v4t., Par., 1907, lxxxiv, 763-767. — Selllesinger (A.) Ueber Angina Ludovici. Berl klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xiv, 2194.—iSemon (F.) On the probable pathological iden- tity of the various forms of acute septic inflammations of the throat, hitherto described as acute oedema of the larynx, oedematous laryngitis, erysipelas of the pharynx and larynx, and angina Ludovici. Proc. Row M. & Chir. Soc, Lond., 1894-5, vii, 134-162— Sparrevolin (H. R.) A suspected case of Ludwig's angina. Brit. J. Dent. Sc, Lond., 1910, liii, 734-736. Also: Dental Cosmos, Phila., 1910, Iii, 645.—Thomas (T. T.) Ludwig's angina; an anatomical, clinical and statistical study. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1908, xlviii, 161:335, S pi. -----. Ludwig's angina; an anatomical and statistical studv. Tr. Phila. Acad. Surg., 1908, x, 196-262, 4 pi. Also: Univ. Penn. M. Bull., Phila., 1908, xxi, 2-27.—Thornton (J. SV.) Septic sore throat. J. Iowa State M. Soc , Clinton, 1912-13, ii, 330- 335.—Tregear (W. H.) Ludwig's angina; tracheotomy. Intercolon. M. J. Australas., Melbourne, 1907, xii, 584- 586.—Triiiletti (A.) Apertura artiflciale indiretta di un ascesso flemmouoso sublinguale (angina di Ludwig). Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.] 1899, Empoli, 1900, iv, 319-324. Throat (Inflammation of Ulcero- membranous) [Blaut- Vincent angina (1894-6)]. Athanasiu (A.) * Angine ulcero-membra- neuse aigue a bacilles fusiformes de Vincent et spirilles chez les enfants. 8°. Paris, 1900. Also, transl. [Abstr.J in: Spitalul, Bucuresci, 1900, xx, 529-536. Biermanx (A. H. J.) * Ueber fusiforme Ba- zillen und Spirochaeten bei Angina. 8°. Ber- lin, 1905. Boyer. * Stornatites a, bacilles fusiform es- et spirilles de Vincent. 8°. Toulouse, 1905. Conrad (E.) * Ueber den heutigen Stand der Kenntnis der Vincent'schen Angina. [Munich.] 8°. Berlin, 1903. Also, in: Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol,, Berl., 1903, xiv, 525-536. Costard (G.) *De l'amygdalite ulcero-mem- braneuse chancriforme a bacilles fusiformes et a spirille- ou maladie de Vincent. 8°. Paris, 1900. Eisen (P.) *Zur Kenntnis der Natur der Stomatitis und Angina ulcero-membranacea. (Plaut, Vincent). 8°. Heidelberg, 1905. Fare (F.-C.) Contribution ii I'etude de la stomatite ulct'ro-membraneuse. 8°. Lille, 1898. Hahn ("W. \V. G.) *Ueber Angina Vincenti. 8°. Berlin, 1905. Herzfelder (H.) *De angina membranacea. 12°. Vindobonx, [1829]. Hess (C. C.) *Ueber die Plaut-Vincent'sche Angina. 8°. Marburg, 1906. Lesueur (L.) * Recherches sur la stomatite ulceVo-membraneuse, l'angine ulc£ro-membra- neuse a bacilles fusiformes et spirilles et leur analogic 8°. Paris, 1900. de Montigny (A.) * Etude clinique sur l'an- gine de Vincent. 8°. Paris, 1903. Trebes (F. W.) *Ueber die Angina ulcerosa- membranacea, Plaut-Vincent'sche Angina. 8°. Bonn, 1907. Abel. Zur Bakteriologie der Stomatitis und Angina ulcerosa. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1898, xxiv, Orig., 1-7.—Achard (C.) & Desbouis (G.) Traitement local de l'angine de Vincent par l'arsenoben- zol. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1912, 3. s., lxviii, 230-235.— Throat (In-fl animation of Ulcero- membranous) [DItut - Vincent angina (1894-6)]. Andereya. Abgelaufene Plaut-Vincent'sche Angina mit grobem Substanzverlust. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1912, xxxviii, 1767—Angeliel. 11 ba- cillo di Vincent-Miller nell* uomo e negli animali. Poli- clin. sez. prat., Roma, 1904, xi, 225-234.— Arnold (M. B.) The spirillum of Vincent, and its relation to pathological conditions of the mouth and throat. J. Roy. Inst. Pub. Health, Lond., 1908, xvi, 671-674. Also [Abstr.]: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1909, n. s., lxxxvii, 217.—Arrow- smith (H.) Vincent's angina. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1909, xix, 340-349. -----. Vincent's angina, in- volving the larynx exclusively. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc. New Bedford, Mass., 1910, 108-113. Also: Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1910, xix, 658-662, 1 pi. [Discussion], 715-717.—Ban (I.) Adatok a Vincent-feie angina korkepehez. [Contribu- tions to the pathological picture of Vincent's angina.] Gyermekorvos, Budapest, 1906, 27-30.—Barbier (H.) & Tolleiuer. Sur une angine pseudo-membraneuse a bacilles courts et streptocoques. Bull, et m6m. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1898, 3. s., xv, 751-756.—Baron (A.) Zur Klinik der Plaut-Vincentschen Angina. Verhandl. d. Versamml. d. Gesellsch. f. Kinderh. . . . deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, Wiesb., 1907, xxiv, 168-475.— Baron (C.) Zur Kenntniss der Angina exsudativa ulcerosa (Angina Vincentii sive Angina diphtheroides). Arch. f. Kinderh., Stuttg., 1902, xxxv, 161-177. -----. Ueber en- demisches Auftreten von exsudativen ulzerosen Anginen. Jahresb. d. Gesellsch. f. Nat.- u. Heilk. in Dresd. 1902-3, Munchen, 1904, 41-45.—Bayer. Cas d'angine diphte- ro'ide de Vincent d'une duree de 3 a 4 mois. Bull. Soc. beige d'otol. [etc.], Brux., 1901, vi, 85-89. Also: Inde- pend. med., Par., 1901, vii, 207.—Bayne (F. C.) Bacteriological diagnosis of membranous inflammation of the throat by a simple method. J. Eye, Ear & Throat Dis., Bait., 1902, vii, 60-62.—Beitzke. Ueber Anginen mit fusiformen Bacillen. Verhandl. d. Ver. d. Aerzte zu Halle a. S. 1900-1901, Munchen, 1901, 162. Also: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1901, xlviii, 1036. -----. Ueber die fusiformen Bazillen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt. Jena, 1904, xxxv, Ref., 1-15.— Benolir. Zur pathologischen Anatomie der Plaut- Vincent'schen Angina. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1905, Iii, 2299.—Bergeron (E.-J.) Note sur l'emploi du chlorate de potasse dans le traitement de la stomatite ulcereuse (ulcero-membraneuse; couenneuse). Rec. de mem. de med. . . . mil., Par., 1855, 2. s., xvi, 1-46.-----. De la stomatite ulcereuse des soldats et de son identite avec la stomatite des enfants. Ibid., 1858, 2. s., xxi, 51- 232.—Berkeley (W. N.) The present clinical and bac- teriological status of Vincent's angina. Med. News, Phila., 1905, lxxxvi, 976-980.—Bernard. Angine de Vincent. Lyon med., 1900, xciii, 483-485.—Bernhelm. Ueber einen bakteriologischen Befund bei Stomatitis necrosa. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol., [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1898, xxiii, Orig., 176-182.-----. Zur "Angina Vincenti." (Prioritatsfrage). Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1903, xxix, 911.—Bernheim (J.) & Pospisehil (D.) Zur Klinikund Bakteriologie der Stomatitis ulcerosa. Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Leipz., 1898, n. F., xlvi, 434-449.— Blerens de flaan (J. C. J.) Ueber eine Stomacace- Epidemie wahrend des siidafrikanischen Krieges. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. &Berl.,1903,xxix, 122.— Blackwood (J. D.), jr. Vincent's angina; with report of cases. Am. Med., Phila. & York, Pa., 1907, n. s., ii, 168-170.—Bloom bergh (H. D.) Vincent's angina. Bull. Manila Med. Soc, 1910, ii, 180-182.—BIUhdorn (K.) Zur Frage der Spizifizitat der Plaut-Vincentschen Anginaerreger. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1911, xxxvii, 1154-1157. — Blumenthal (F.) Priiparate von Angina ulcerosa. Ibid., 1904, xxx, 1225.— Blumenthal (F.) & Rosier (E.) Ueber die Plaut- Vincent'sche Angina. Charit6-Ann., Berl., 1904, xxviii, 29-35.—BonnusA Deguy. Des angines uleero-mem- braneuses. Rev. g6n. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1900, xiv, 305-309.—Borne (G.) & Vadam (P.) L'angine de Vincent; le bacille specifique; le spirille; expose bacteriologiqueetclinique. Bull. d. sc.Pharmacol., Par., 1904, x, 149-153.—Bosquier (R.) Poussee d'angine ul- cero-membraneuse avec bacilles fusiformes de Vincent, sur une amygdale atteinte d'hvpertrophie chronique. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1899, i 433-437.—Brlnd el. An- gine diphteroide a bacilles fusiformes de Vincent et amygdalite lacunaire ulcereuse aigue (ulcere simple) de Moure. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux, 1899, xx, 161-166. Also: J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1899, xxix, 317-319. -----. Quelques reflexions sur les angines lacu- naires ulcereuses aigues et les angines ulc6ro-mem- braneuses. Larynx, l'oreille et le nez, Marseille & Par., 1909, ii, 65-73.—Brlndel & Raoult. Ulcerations de Pamygdale; diagnostic et traitement. Gaz. hebd. de med., Par., 1900, n. s., v, 496-500. Also: Presse m6d., Par., 1900, i, 248-251. Also: Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1900, i, 721-734.—Bruce (H. W.) On Vincents angina. Lancet, Lond., 1904, ii, 135-138. -----. A case of Vincent's angina in which the larynx and trachea were involved. Ibid., 1907, ii, 1021.—I* ruck (A.) Zwei Falle Via Plaut-Vincent'scher Angina. Verhandl. d. THROAT. 1 74 THROAT, Throat (Inflammation of Ulcero- membranous) [Plaut - Vincent angina (1W4-6)]. Berl. med. Gesellsch. 1909, Berl., 1910, xl, pt. 1, 27-29.— Brunton (Sir T. L.) On diphteroid sore throat. Clin. J., Lond., 1904-5,xxv,278-281.—Bryan (O.N.) Vincent's angina. South Pract., Nashvillle, 1912, xxxiv, 191-197.— Builay. Zur Pathogenese der gangranosen Mund- und Kaelienentzundungen. Beitr. z. path. Anat.. exper. Path. letc.j, Leipz., 1905, xxxviii, 265-300, 2 pi.—Buhlig (W. H.) A case of Vincent's angina without spirochetes; comments on the use of direct smears in diagnosing acute exudative affections of the throat. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1908, 1.1791. -----. Upon the communicability of Vincent's angina. Quart. Bull. Northwest. Univ. Med. Sch., Chicago, 1909-10, xi, 5.—Burrage (T. J.) Case of Vincent's angina. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, Iii, 962— Calvo (I.) & Fernandez (F.) Contribueidn al estudio de las anginas membranosas. San. y benefic Bol. otic, Habana, 1910, iv, 266-279.—Carnot (P.) & Fournier (L.) Sur un cas d'angine de Vincent. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1901, 11. s., iii, 143-145.— Carriere (G.) Sur quelques cas d'angines a tetragenes. Rev. de m6d., Par., 1902, xxii, 509-538.—Chamberlain (W. P.) The occurrence in the Philippines of associated spirochaette and fusiform bacilli in ulcers of the throat (Vincent's angina), of the mouth, and of the skin, and in lesions of the lungs, bronchial spirocheetosis. Philippine J. Sc, Manila, 1911, sect. B, vi, 489-498. Also, Reprint — Chambers (G.) & Willson (H.) Remarks on Vin- cent's angina, with reportsof cases. DominionM. Month., Toronto, 1910, xxxiv, 95-99.—Chauffard (A.) Angine de Vincent guerie en trois jours par des applications de bleu de methylene. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1902, 2. s., xix, 1375-1378.—Chavigny. Angine de Vincent. Independ. med., Par., 1901, vii, 41.—Choin- pret. Angine de Vincent; herpes buccal; banalite de Ja symbiose fuso-spirillaire. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1905, xvi, 62. Also: Ann. de dermat. et svph., Par., 1905, 4. s., vi, 174-176. Also: Arch, internat. ile laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1905, xix, 865-867.—Chorno- Slivartz (B. N.) Sluchal anginl Vincent. Dietsk. med., Mosk., 1902, vii, 267-270.—Clark (G. F.) A case of Vincent's angina. U. States Nav. M. Bull. Wash., 1909, iii, 31—Collet & Horand (R.) De la presence de pseudo-treponemes pales dans une angine ae Vincent a c6t6 des fuso-spirilles et des spirochetes classiques. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1907, xxviii, 315.—Con- rad (E.) Ueber den heutigen Stand der Kenntnis der Vincent'schen Angina. Areh. f. Larvngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1903, xiv, 525-536, 1 pi.—Costa (SA Sur la conta- gion de l'angine de Vincent. Presse med., Par., 1903, ii, 862.—Couture & Dalmenesche. Un cas d'angine ulcereuse at bacilles fusiformes et spirilles. Rev. med. de Normandie, Rouen, 1904, iv, 351-356.—Crandall (G. C.) Vincent's angina and stomatitis. Dental Digest, Chicago, 1904, x, 1334-1338. Also: Internat. Dent. J., Phila., 1904, xxv, 851-855. Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1904, xliii, 246.—Darier. Stomatite de Vincent. J. de med. int., Par., 1903, vii, 157.—Deutsch (L.) Angine a bacilles fusiformes Vincent esete. [A case of. . .] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1901, xiv, 189. — Donogany (Z.) Vincent- feie angina esete. [A case of . . .] Ibid., 736. -----. A Vincent-feie anginar61. [The angina of Vincent.] Ibid., 1903, xlvii, 654. -----. A Vincent-feie anginar61. [The angina of Vincent.] Gegeszet, Budapest, 1906,2-6.—Dop- ter (C.) Sur un cas d'angine a bacillesfusiformesde Vin- cent. Presse m6d..Par.,1898, ii, 74.-----. L'angine de Vin- cent. Gaz. d.hop., Par., 1902, lxxv, 621-528. Also [Abstr.]: Bull, etmem. Soc. med.de hop. de Par., 19023. s.,xix, 403.— Dubar. Amygdalite ulcero-membraneuse ou angine diphtero'ide de Vincent. Progres med., Par., 1904, 3. s., xx, 17-19. —Eichin eyer (W.) Ueber Angina ulcero- membranosa Plauti und Stomatitis ulcerosa. Vorlauflge Mitteilung. Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1905, lxii, 65-69. -----. Ueber Angina ulcero-membranosa Plauti und Stomatitis ulcerosa. Ergebn. d. allg. Path. u. path. Anat. 1904-5, Wiesb., 1906, x, 106-225, 1 pi. —Ellermann (V.) Ueber die Kultur der fusiformen Bazillen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], Jena, 1904, xxxvii, 729. -----. Einige Falle von bakterieller Nekrose beim Menschen. Ibid., 1905, xxxviii, 383-391, 1 pi.—Escherich. Demonstra- tion von Angina ulcerosa (Bernheim). Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1904, xvii, 1243.—Ezekiel (G. A.) Vincent's angina; report oi a case. Old Dominion J. M. & S., Rich- mond, 1910, x, 128. —Farrell (T. H.) A case for diag- nosis. [Leukoplakia or Vincent's angina?] Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1906, xv, 119-124.—Fin- kelshteln (Ya. M.) Angina Plaut-Vincenti. Novove v Med.. S.-Peterb., 1911, v, 426-428—Fisher (J. W.) R*e- port of two cases of ulcerative angina and stomatitis, associated with the fusiform bacillus and spirillum of Vincent. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1903, cxxvi, 438-143.— Forchheiiner(F) Etiology of the pyorrhea alveolaris and the stomatitis ulcerosa chronica. St. Paul M. J., St. Paul, Minn., 1901, iii, 392-398. - Fotiades. Un cas de stomatite et angine ulcero-membraneuse associees avec Throat (Inflammation of Ulcero- membranous) [Plaut-Vincent angina (1894-0)]. bacilles fusiformes de H. Vincent. Arch. prov. de med., Par., 1899, i, 487-489. — Fournier & Godreau (.».) Angine de Vincent pendant la grossesse. Toulouse med., 1907, 2. s., ix, 106-108.— Fraley (F.), Vincent's angina during quarantine for diphtheria. Arch. Pediat., N. V., 1910, xxvii, 306-309. Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, xiv, 1516.—Friihwald (F.) Ueber Stomatitis ulcerosa, Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Leipz., 1889-90, xxix, 200-214.—Ga- lebski (A. Ya.) Sluchal angini Vincent i yazvennavo laringita napochvTe tol zhe infektsii. [Vincent'sangina and ulcerated laryngitis following the same infection.] Vestnik Ushn., Gorlov. iNosov. Bollezn., S.-Peterb., 1909, i, 479-481, 1 pi.—Ga Hois (P.) & Courcoux. Presence du bacille de Lceffler danscertains cas d'angine ulcereuse de Vincent. Bull, et m6m. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1903, 3. s., xx, 591-597. — Gelie & j6vrard. A propos d'un cas d'angine de Vincent. Echo med. du nord. Lille, 1910, xiv, 23-25.—Ginzburg (Ya. L.) & Kliolo- stoff (V. P.) Sluchal Vincent'ovol zhabi, oslozhnennl tromboflebitom bolsholpodkozhnol veninogi (v. saphense magnae sin.) i gangrenoznimi yazvami llevol goleni, [Vincent'sangina, complicated by thrombosis of the left large saphenous vein, and gangrenous ulcers of the left leg.] Russk. Vrach. S.-Peterb., 1911, x, 1656-1659 — Glover (J.) Sur la presence du bacille court de Lceftier dans l'exsudat des angines ulc6ro ou eroso-membraneuses post-operatoires. M6d. inf., Par., 1899, ii, 14-17.—Gordon (A. H.) Vincent's angina. Montreal M. J., 1908 xxxvii, 190.—Graupner. Ueber Angina diphtheroides. Jahresb. d. Gesellsch. f. Nat.- u. Heilk. in Dresd., Munchen, 1901-2, 157-164. Also: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1902, xlix, 727- 729.—G ren et (H.) Sur la nature de lastomatite et de l'an- gine ulcereuses. Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par.,1904, lvii, 50.— Griswold (V. M.) Vincent's angina. Buffalo M. J., 1911-12, lxvii, 431-435.—Gross (A.) Ueber Angina ulcero-membranosa. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1904, lxxix, 369-378, 1 pi.—Halle & Jacquet. Angine de Vincent. Bull. Soc de pediat. de Par., 1912, xiv, 325.—Halsted (T. H.) Vincent'sangina; its fre- quency, and importance of its recognition; with reports of two fatal cases. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1912, cviii, 450-453. Also, transl.: Monatschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Berl. u. Wien, 1912, xlvi, 569-573.—Harwood-Yarred (W. H.) & Panton (P. N.) Cases of stomatitis and tonsilli- tis in which Vincent's spirochaeta and bacillus were present. Lancet, Lond., 1906, i, 438.—Hess (O.) Die Angina Vincenti. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1903, xxix, 749.—Holm (M. L.) The occurrence of bacillus fusiformis in membranous affections of the throat, Vincent's angina; with report of 73 cases. Quart. Bull. Northwest. Univ. Med. Sch., Chicago, 1909-10, xi, 184-194. -----. The occurrence of bacillus fusiformis in membranous affections of the throat, "Vincent's an- gina," with report of 43 cases. J. Mich. M. Soc, Battle Creek, 1910, ix, 381-393.—Holmgren (G.) Till Mgan om angina ulcero-membranacea s. Vincenti. Hvgiea. Stockholm, 1907, 2. f., vii, 1095-1112,1 pi.-Hunt (J. E.) A case of Vincent's angina. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1908, xxv, 127.—Ivanoff(A.) Ob anginle Vincent'a i yeya oslozhneniyakh. [Vincent's angina and its complica- tions.] Med. Obozr.,Mosk., 1903,lix.94-100. Also,transl: Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1903, xxiv, 1121-1123.—Jac- ques (P.) L'amygdalite ulcero-membraneuse a bacilles fusiformes chez l'enfant. Rev. hebd. de larvngol. [etc.], Par.,1899,xix,pt. 1,668-671.—Jauquet. L anginede Vin- cent. Clinique, Brux., 1905, xix, 721-733.—Johnston (R. H.) Vincent's angina. Hosp. Bull. Univ. Maryland, Bait., 1907, iii, 9-11.—Knenig (C.-J.) Sur un cas d'an- gine eroso-membraneuse tenace et envahissante avec presentation du malade, de preparations microscopiques et de cultures d'un bacille non encode identifie. Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1901, xiv, 257; 413 — Krebs. Ein Fall von Pharynxgangran (Angina Vin- centi?) mit chronischem Verlauf. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1902, xxviii, 310.—Lai-oarret. Contribution a I'etude de l'amygdalite ulcero-membra- neuse. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1899, xix, 273-291.—Ladd (L. W.) Vincent's angina. Cleveland M. J., 1906, v, 211-215. Also, Reprint.—Lammerhlrt. Zur Kasuistik der Angina Vincenti sc. diphtheroides. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1902, xxviii, 442.—Lagriftbul & Bousquet. Angine de Vincent chezunsyphflitique. Montpel. med., 1909, xxviii, 18-23.— Lamoureux. Amygdalite a bacilles fusiformes avec stomatite. Rev. m6d. de Normandie, Rouen, 1905, 207. Aiso: Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.]. Par., 1905, xxv, pt. 2, 504.—Lansac (B.) Sur un cas d'angine de Vincent. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1901, 11. s., iii, 571.— Lasagna (F.) Vincent's fusiform bacillus; experimen- tal researches. Lar\ ngoscope, St. Louis, 1912, xxii, 1009- 1011.—Lemaire. Contribution a l'histoirede l'angine de Vincent. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1905, lxxviii, 1481.—Le- ■iioinc (G.-H.) Angine ulcero-membraneuse a bacilles THROAT. 175 THROAT. Throat (Inflammation of Ulcero- membranous) [Plaut - Vincent angina (1894-6)]. fusiformes et spirilles. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. dePar., 1898, 3. s., xv, 252.—Letulle (M.) Angine de Vincent. iftjd.,1900,3. s.,xvii, 1197-1204. Also: Presse med., Par., 1900, ii, 411-413. -----. Angine ulcereuse aigiie a streptocoques; mort rapide par suffocation. Normandie med., Rouen, 1900, xv, 1-5.—Leuwer (C.) Ueber An- gina Plaut-Vincenti. Reiehs-Med.-Anz., Leipz., 1908, xxxiii, 43.—Leukonicz (K.) O esystych hodowlach pratka wrzecionowatago, zarazka wrzodnego sapalenia famy ustnej. [Pure cultures of the fusiform bacillus, virus of ulcerative stomatitis] Przegl. lek., Krak6\v, 1903, xlii, 197-199. Also, transl.: [Abstr.]: Bull, de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1903, i. 825.—liiclitwitz(L.)& Mabrazfes (J.) Bacilles fusiformes de Vincentdans un casd'amygda- lite ulcereuse et dans deux cas de suppurations peribuc- cales. Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1899, xii, 134-137. Alsn: Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med.de Bordeaux, 1899, xx, 195.—Loblowitz (I. S.) Ueber Stomatitis ulcerosa. Wien. med. Wchnschr.. 1902,lii,2266:2318:2371;2433; 2487 — MeFarlane (M.) Vincent'sangina. t'auad. Pract. & Rev., Toronto, 1911, xxxvi, 313.—Maikie (F. P.) Vin- cent'sangina and the bacillus fusiformis. Lancet, Lond., 1905, ii, 110.—Malherbe (II.) Sur le traitement de l'angine de Vincent et la stomatite ulcero-membraneuse. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1902, xx, 274-277. -----. Ulceration de Vincent et chancre syphilitique: difliculte du diag- nostic. J. d. mal. cutan. et syph., Par., 1906, xviii, 30- 32.—Manicatide (E.) A Vraniallci (C.) Asupra unul cas de angina ulcero-membranosa cu bacill fusi- forml si spirocheti (Bernheim-Vincenf). Spitalul, Bu- curesci. 1901, xxi, "585-606.—Maraspini (H.) Note sur l'amygdalite ulcero-membraneuse chancriforme. Rev. hebd.de laryngol. [etc.], Par.. 1905, ii, 615-618.—.Mar- fan. Diagnostic de l'angine diphterique et des angines aigues. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1903, lxxvi, 305; 337— Mariau (A.) Diagnostic de l'angine chancriforme (syn.: Angine a bacilles fusiformes et spirilles, angine de Vincent). Bull. Soc. centr. de med. du nord, Lille, 1900, 2. s., v, 88- 93. Also [Abstr.] Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1900, iv, 110.—Martinez (E.) Diagn6stico y tratamiento de la angina de Vincent. Rev. med. cuoana, Habana, 1909, xv, 141-144.—Marzinowski (E.-M.) Inoculation ex- perimental de l'angine de Vincent au singe (Macacus rhesus). Compt. rend Soc de Dial., Par., 1912, Ixxiii, 389.—Mayer (E.) Affections de la bouche etde la gorge associ6es avec le bacille fusiforme et le spirille de Vin- cent. Parole. Rev. internat. de rhinol. [etc.], Par., 1902, n. s., iv, 172-178. Also, transl.: Am. J. M. Sc. Phila., 1902, exxiii, 187-193.—Mayer (M.) & Schreyer (O.) Zur Klinik und Aetiologie der Angina ulcerosa membranacea (Plaut-Vincent). Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1905, xxxi, 627-630.—Mendel. De l'amygdalite ulcereuse chancriforme. Arch, internat. de larvngol. [etc.], Par., 1*95, viii. 324-330. Also: Rev.de laryngol. [etc.], Par., Is95, xv. 873-X78.—Mery (H.) & Halle (J.) Angineulcereuseetperforantedans la scarlatine. Arch.in- ternat. delaryngol [etc.]. Par.. 1904, xvii,118-126.—Meyer (A.) Angina ulcero-membranosa sivenecrotica undihre Erreger (Plaut-Vincentsche Angina). Samml.klin.Vortr., Leipz., 1908, n. F., Nos. 476-477 (Chir., Nos. 137-138).— Moncorvo filho. Anginas pseudo-diphtericas. Rev. da Soc. de med. e cirurg., Rio de Jan., 1903, vii, 340-343. Also [Abstr.]: Brazil-med., Rio de Jan., 1903, xvii, 341.— Mongonr & Verger. Stomatite ulcereuse et angine a bacilles fusiformes; svphilis coexistante. J. med. de Bordeaux, 1902, xxxii, 153.— Monnier (U.) Contribu- tion a I'etude des angines pseudo-membraneuses; apropos d'un cas d'angine pseudo-membraneuse due au muguet. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1895-6, xiv, 120-124. -----. Un cas d'angine a tetrag≠ les anginessableuses. Arch, inter- nat. delaryngol. [etc.], Par., 1904, xviii, 817-822.—Morel 11 (E ) Un caso di angina di Plaut-Vincent. Folia clin. chim. et micros.,Salsomaggiere, 1910-11, iii, 339-350. Also: Gazz. med. ital., Torino, 1912, lxiii, 1-5—Morian (K.) Stomatitis ulcerosa und Angina Vincenti. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1905,lii.pt. 2,1584—Moutot(H.) Syrn- biose fuso-spirillaire dans onze cas de lesions ulcereuses bucco-pharvngiennes. Lvon m6d., Par., 1906, cvii, 687- 698.—MUhlens (P.) Ueber Zuchtung von Zalmspiro- chaten und fusiformen Bazillen auf kiinstlichen (festen) Nahrboden. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1906, xxxii, 796.—Murray (W. R.) Vincent's spirillum and bacillus fusiformis in pseudomembranous anginas. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1909, liii, 373-375.—Nash (J. T. C.) A caseof Vincent's angina. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1909, i, 87. — Nee. Angine de Vincent. Normandie m6d., Rouen, 1909, xxv, 473.—Nil-lot & Marotte. L'angine de Vincent et les di verses determinations de la symbiose du spirille et du fusiforme. Med. mod.. Par., 1901, xii, 177.—IVicolle (C.) L'angine ulcero-membraneuse a ba- cilles fusiformes et spirilles (angine de Vincent); apropos d'une observation r6cente de cette variete d'angine. Arch. prov. de m6d., Par., 1899, i, 264-280. Also: Nor- mandie med., Rouen, 1899, xiv, 245-259.—NicolIe (C.l & Halipre (A.) Sur deux cas d'angine ulcero-membra- Throat (Inflammation of Ulcero- membranous) [Plaut - Vincent angina (1891-6)]. neuse a bacilles fusiformes et spirilles. Normandie med., Rouen, 1899, xiv, 606-608.— Norero (C.) Angina acuta difteroide. Riv. di clin. pediat., Firenze, 1903, i, 256-262.— Ober warth (E.) Primiire Angina gangraenosa bei einem Knaben. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1903, xxix, 301; 318. — Obi-rwinter. [Angina ulcerosa.] Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1901, li, 500.— Oertel (T. E.) Vincent's angina. .1. Med. Ass. Georgia, Augusta, 1911- 12, i, 277-281.—Panton. Cases of stomatitis and ton- silitis, in which Vincent's spirochaeta and bacillus were present. Lancet, Lond., 1906, i, 438.— Pa rm en tier. Amygdalite membrano- ulcereuse a bacilles fusiformes et a spirilles et amvgdalite lacunaire aigue. Progres med. beige, Brux., 1899, i, 129-131.—Pexa (V.) Dva pfipady ulcerosni anginy Vincentovy ve veku detsk6m. v[Two casesof ulcerous angina Vincenti in children.] Casop. lek. 6esk., v Praze, 1904, xliii, 1239-1243.—Picque (L.) Note sur deux cas " d'ulcere de Vincent." Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1911, xxxvii, 685-691.—Plerre-Sa- gols & Bassferes. Un cas d'angine de Vincent. Rev. hebd.de laryngol.[etc.], Par., 1908,ii,344-346.—Place(E.IL) Vincent's angina. Boston M. & S. J., 1911, cxlv, 720-724.— Plaut (H.) Studien zur bacteriellen Diagnostik der Diphtherie und der Anginen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz.u.Berl.,1894,xx,920-923.-----.Surl'angine ulcereuse (question deprioritej. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1905, xxviii, 207. -----. Sur l'angine ulcero-membraneuse. Ibid., 315. -----. Le bacille fusiforme et le Spirillum sputigenum dans les angines ulcereuses. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1905, lviii,,805. -----. Ueber Angina ulcerosa-mem- branacea. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1907, liv, 340.— Preislcli (K.) A Vincent-feie angina (angine ulcero- membraneuse, amygdalite ulcero-membraneuse chancri- forme, angine pseudo-membraneuse atypique, v. diphthe- roides etc.). Gyermekgyogyaszat, Budapest, 1903, 39-41.— Pusateri (S.) Angina di Vincent a decorso cronico. Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.] 1908, Pavia, 1910, xii, pt. 2, 162. Also: Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], To- rino, 1909, xx, 47-52. Also, transl.: Arch. f. Larvngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1911, xxv, 531-534.—Putermah (J.) & Breszel (W.) Przyczynek do wrzodzieja.cego zapalenia gardzieli, wywolanego przez laseczniki wrzecionowate (angina ulcero-membranosa Plaut-Vincent). Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1909, 2. s., xxix, 355-357.—Xfcueyrat. Un cas d'angine de Vincent d'un diagnostic clinique tres em- barrassant. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1905, 3. s., xxii, 10. -----. Balano-posthite ulcero-membraneuse avec symbiose fuso-spirillaire determinee par 1'inocula- tion d'une stomatite de meme nature. Ibid., 89-95.— Baczyriski (J.) O tak zwanemwrzodliwem zapaleniu gardla (angina ulcerosa) i jego rozr6znieniu od blonicy. [On the so-called . . . and its differentiation from diph- theria.] Przegl. lek., Krak6w, 1898, xxxvii, 563; 580.— Baoult (A.) Nouveaux cas d'amygdalite ulcero-mem- braneuse. Progres m6d., Par., 1901, 3. s., xiv, 1-5. -----. Diagnostic des ulcerations de l'amygdale palatine. Rev. med. de Pest, Nancy, 1902, xxxiv, 120; 208; 260— Baoult (A.) & Brindel. Rapport sur les ulcerations de l'amyg- dale. Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1900, xxvi. pt. 2. 87-89. Also: Bull, de laryngol., otol. et rhinol., Par., 1900, iii, 144-159. Also: Voix, Par., 1900, xi, 205-211.—Baoult (A.) & Thiry (G.) Des amygdalites ulcero-membraneuses chancriformes avec spirilles et bacilles fusiformes de Vincent. Rev. hebd. de larvngol. [etc], Par., 1898, xviii, 881-905.—Beiche (F.) Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Angina exsudativa ulcerosa; die Plaut- Vincentsche Angina. Mitt. a. d. Hamb. Staatskranken- a*ist., 1905, v, 86-126, 1 pi. -----. Die Plaut-Vincentsche Angina. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1905, Iii, 1581-1583. [Discussion], 1312-1314. -----. Weitere Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Plaut-Vincentschen Angina. Mitt. a. d. Hamb. Staatskrankenanst., 1910, xi, 69-86. Also: Jahrb. d. Hamb. Staatskrankenanst. 1910, Hamb. u. Leipz., 1911, xv, pt. 2, 69-86.—Bichardlere. Les angines ulcero- membraneuses, Rev. internat. de med. et de chir., Par., 1902, xiii, 73-75.—Bichardson (C. W.) Vincent's an- gina. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc. [New Bedford, Mass.], 1909, 422-424. Also: Ann. Otol , Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1909, xviii, 91-93. Also, Reprint.— Bodella (A.) II bacillo fusiforme di Vincent-Bern- heim (bacillo di Miller o bacillus hastilis di Seitz); sua importanza nella patologia. Gior. d. r. Soc. ital. d' ig., Milano, 1903,xxv, 108-115.—Rouer (HA Angine ulcero- gangr6neuse a bacille de Loeffler et a staphylocoque; croup; intoxication generate intense: albuminuric 16 gr.; traitement par le serum antidiphterique et l'eiectrar- goi; tracheotomie; eruption serique; paralysie du voile du palais et des membres inferieurs; guerison. Montpel. med., 1908, xxvi, 499-504. Also: Ann. de med. et chir. inf., Par., 1908, xii, 404-409.—Bolleston (J. D.) Vin- cent's angina. Brit. J. Child. Dis., Lond., 1910, vii, 299- 309. -----. Destruction of the uvula in Vincent's angina. Ibid., 1912, ix, 311-314.—Bona (S.) Zur Aetiologie und Pathogenese der Plaut-Vincentschen Angina, der Sto- makace, der Stomatitis gangrenosa idiopathica, bezie- THROAT. 176 THROAT. Throat (Inflammation of. Ulcero- membranous) [Plaut-Vincent angina (1894-6)]. hungsweise der Noma, der Stomatitis mercurialis gangrenosa und der Lungengangran. Arch. f. Der- mat. u. svph.. Wiin u. Leipz., 1905, lxxiv, 171-202, 3 pi. -----. Zur Geschichte der Vincentschen Angina. Ibid., lxxv, 428— Bosenberger (R. C.j Two eases of Vin- cent'sangina, and one of noma, in which the organisms characteristic of the former affection were found. Am. Med., Phila., 1904, viii, 161-163.—Bothwell i.T. H.) Bronchial Vincent's angina. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, liv, 1867.—Boyer (FA Vincent's angina during pregnancy; a case report with bacteriological studies and autopsy findings. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1908, lviii, 642-650.— Koyster (H. T.) Report of a case of tonsillar ulcer of Vincent. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1903, xx, 600-602. -----. Vincent's angina. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1906, lxxxiii, 606. Also, Reprint—Budloff (P.) Ueber einen Fall von Angina ulcero-membranosa (Angina necrotica, Plaut-Vincentsche Angina). Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1908, xxxiv, 2177.—Sack (N.) Ueber einen Fall von schwerer Mischinfektion im Rachen. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1904, xxxviii, 344-352 — Saiquepee (E.) Note sur cinq cas d'angine A spirilles et bacille fusiforme de Vincent, Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1899, 3. s., xvi, 41-13. Also: Areh. inter- nat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1899, xii. 26: 351.—Salo- mon (H.) Bakteriologische Befunde bei Stomatitis und Tonsillitis ulcerosa. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1S99, xxv, 297. -----. Weitere Mitteilungen iiber Spirochiiten-Bazillenangina. Ibid., 1901, xxvii, 5"5.— Sato (T.) Ueber Angina Vincenti. [Japanese text.] Dai Nippon Ji-Bi-In-Ko-Kwa-Kwai Kwai Ho, Tokyo, 1906, xii, 124-140. Also: Sei-i-Kwai M. J., Tokyo, 1906, xxv, pt. 2, no. 293, 18-27.—Schneider (G.) Angine a bacilles fusiformes de Vincent. Presse m6d., Par., 1899, i, 294.—Schwartzkopl" (E.) Ueber Angina ulcerosa (Plaut-Vincent). Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1906, xxxii, 208.—Shea (W. E.) Vincent's pseudo- membranous angina, with the report of a case and its treatment. Therap. Gaz. [etc.], Detroit, 1911, 3. s., xxvii, 93.—Shmurlo (I. Y.) & Kurzou (V. M.) O yazven- nol anginle Vincent'a. [Vincent's ulcerated angina.] Med.Obozr., Mosk., 1906, lxvi,396-112. Also,transl.: Deut- sche Aerzte-Ztg.,Berl., 1907,xix,438; 489; 508.—Simonin. Les complications de l'angine de Vincent, leur pathogenic Bull, et mem. Soc. m6d. d. hop. de Par., 1901, 3. s., xviii, 1263-1277. Also: Parole. Rev. internat. de rhinol. [etc.], Par., 1902, n. s., iv, 179-192. Also [Abstr.]: Semaine m6d., Par., 1901, xxi, 408. -----. De l'angine de Vincent. Bull. et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1901, 3. s., xviii, 1156. -----. Les rapports de la symbiose fuso-spirillaire avec les angines banales, la scarlatine, la diphterie et le scor- but. Ibid., 1902, 3. s., xix, 239-260.—Smirnoff (G. I.) Sluchal yazvennol zhabi s palochkami Vincent'a. [Ul- cerative angina with Vincent's bacilli.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1902, lvii, 295-298.—Soaje (E.) Amigdalitis ul- cero-membranosas. An. san. mil., Buenos Aires, 190L iii, 909-918.—So bei (J.) & Herrnian (C.) Ulcero- membranous angina, associated with the fusiform bacil- lus (Vincent); a report of twelve cases in children. N. York M. J., 1901, lxxiv, 1037-1043. Also, Reprint—So- bernhelm (W.) Kurze serologische Mitteilung zur Angina Vincenti-Frage. Arch. f. Larvngol. u. Rhinol , Berl.. 1908-9, xxi, 504-506. — Sourdel ( M. ) Un cas d'angine de Vincent traite par la medication d'Ehr- lich. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.J, Par., 1911, el xii, 818- 821.—Speranski (G. N.) Sluchal yazvennol zhabi, vizvannol verteno - obraznimi palochkami Vincent. [Ulcerative angina produced by Vincent's fusiform bacilli.] Dietsk. med., Mosk., 1900, v, 177; 409. Also transl. [Abstr.]: Med. Woche, Berl., 1901, 173.—Stein- haus ( K. ) Beitrag zur Epidemiologie der Angina diphtheroides Plauti sive Vincenti. Ztschr. f. Med- Beamte, Berl., 1904, xvii, 609-616.—de Stoecklin (II.) Contribution a l'etiologie des angines ulcero-mem- braneuses. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1898, xxiv, 612-616. -----. Recherches sur la presence et le role des bacilles fusiformes de Vincent dans les an- gines banales et sp6cifiques. Ann. de med. exper. et d'anat. path., Par., 1900, xii, 269-288.—Stolkind (E Y.) Chetire sluchaya yazvennol zhabi Vincent'a. [Four cases of ulcerative angina of . . .] Dietsk. med., Mosk 1902, vii, 419-423.—Strasser (A. A.) A case of Vincent's angina. J. Med. Soc N. Jersey, Orange, 1910-11, vii 183-185.—StrUmpell (A.) [Angina necrotica.] In his: Lehrb. d. spec. Path. u. Therap. [etc.], Leipz., 1883, 484.— Siirniont. La stomatite ulcero-membraneuse; ses rap- ports avec l'angine de Vincent. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1901, 1-12— Tarasevich (L.) Sluchal angini s vertenoobraznimi palochkami i spirillami (H. Vincent). [Sur un cas d'angine a bacilles fusiformes de Vincent. Extr., 464.] Russk. arch, patol., klin. med. i bakteriol., S.-Peterb., 1899, viii, 400-412.—Tarruella. Contribu- ci6n al estudio clinico y bacteriol6gico de la angina ulcero-necr6tica de Vincent. Rev. de med. y cirug Barcel., 1903, xvii, 180; 662. — Thomson (St. C?) Chancriform ulcer of the tonsil, or Vincent's angina Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1901-2, xxxv, 218. — Tobben. Throat (Inflammation of Ulcero- membranous [Plaut-Vincent angina (1894-6)]. Ueber Angina und Stomatitis ulcerosa. Berl. klin Wchnschr., 1904, xii, 554-556.—Toms (S. W. S.) Mem- branous angina, simulating diphtheria, with observa- tions and etiology. Med. News, N. Y., 1896, lxviii, 658- 663.—Tuniiicllil" (R.) The identity of fusiform ba- cilli and spirilla. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1906, iii, 148- H& 1 pi—I'll'enlieimer (A.) Beitrage zur Klinik und Bakteriologie der Angina ulcerosa-membranacea (meist Vineentsche oder Plautsche Angina genannt). Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1904, li, 1198; 1253.—Vell- lon. Recherches sur l'etiologie et la pathogenie des angines aigues non-diphteriques. Arch de med. exper. et d'anat. path., Par., 1894, 1. s., vi, 161-191.—Verson (S.) Angina di Viucent-Plaut e sifilide. Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1910, xxi, 177-190. —Vincent (H.) Sur l'etiologie et sur les lesions anatomo-pathologiques de la pourriture d'h6pital. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1896, x, 488-510, 1 pi. -----. Note sur le microbe de la pourriture d'h6pital. Arch, de med. et pharm. mil., Par., 1896, xxviii, 249-254. -----. Sur une forme par- ticuliere d'angine diphteroide (angine a bacilles fusi- formes). Arch, internat. de laryngol., [etc.], Par., 1898, xi, 44-48. Also: Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1898, 3. s., xv, 244-250. Also [Abstr.]: Semaine med. Par., 1898, xviii, 109. -----. Recherches bacterio- logiques sur l'angine a bacilles fusiformes. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1899, xiii, 609-620. -----. Nouvelles recherches sur l'angine diphteroide a bacilles fusiformes. Bull, et m6m. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1899, 3. s., xvi, 43-46. Also: Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1899, xii, 21-25. -----. Cas prolonge d'angine a spirilles et bacilles fusiformes; considerations sur la bacteriologie de cette affection. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1901, 3. s., xviii, 79-84. Also: Semaine med., Par., 1901, xxi, 42. -----. Sur la culture et l'inoculation du bacille fusiforme. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1901, 2. s., iii, 339-341. Also [Abstr.]: Semaine med., Par., 1901, xxi, 100. -----. Sur un cas de contagion de l'an- gine a spirilles et bacilles fusiformes. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1902, 3. s., xix, 404-406. -----. Polymyosite infectieuse aigue a recidives. Ibid., 1903, 3. s., xx, 633-638. -----. Recherches sur l'etiologie de la stomatite ulcero-membraneuse primitive. Arch. internat. de larvngol. [etc.], Par., 1904, xvii, 355-370. Also: Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1904, i, 311-313. -----. Frequence du parasitisme fuso-spirillaire dans les 16sions buccales. Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1905, 4. s., vi, 278-282. -----. R61e de l'infection fuso-spirillaire dans les lesions ulcereuses de la bouche. Ibid., 326-328. -----. La symbiose fuso-spirillaire; ses diverses determi- nations pathologiques. Ibid., 401-421.-----. Sur les pro- prietes pvogfenes du bacille fusiforme., Compt. rend. Soc. de biol , Par., 1905, i, 772-774. -----. Etiologie des stoma- tites secondaires, particulierement de la stomatite mercu- rielle. Ibid., 1905, i, 774. -----. A propos de l'angine a bacilles fusiformes. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1905, lxxviii, 207. Also, transl.: Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1905, Iii, 1287- 1289. -----. De la frequence de l'angine a spirilles et ba- cilles fusiformes. Presse med., Par., 1905, i, 193. -----. Symptomatologie et diagnostic de l'angine a spirilles et bacilles fusiformes (angine de Vincent). Lancet, Lond., 1905, i, 1260-1262. -----. Bacille fusiforme de Vincent et spirillum sputigenum. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1905, lxxviii, 327. -----. A. propos de l'angine a bacilles fusiformes; une question de priorite. Bull, et mem. d. h6p. de Par., 1904, 3. s., xxi, 1111-1114. Also: Arch, internat. de laryn- gol. [etc.]. Par., 1905, xix, 1-5. -----. Ueber die Entde- ckung der durch den Bacillus fusiformis verursachten An- gina. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1905, xxxi, 1119.—Weaver (G. H.) & Tunniclltt-(Ruth). Ulceromembranous angina (Vincent'sangina) and sto- matitis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvi, 481-484.— Weil (A. L.) A case of Vincent's angina, with demon- stration of the organism. N. Orl. M. & S. J.. 1909-10, lxii, 443-449. [Discussion], 471-474.—Wherry (W. P.) Vin- cent's angina; a study of the invasion of the tonsil, La- rvngoseope, St. Louis, 1911, xxi, 1007-1012— White (S. M.) A caseof ulcerative angina, with the fusiform bacil- lus and spirillum of Vincent in the exudate. Northwest. Lancet, Minneap., 1904, xxiv, 157-161.—Whiteside (L. C.) Case of Vincent's angina. U. States Nav. M. Bull., Wash., 1910, iv, 56 — Widal & Darre. Angine de Vin- cent et stomatite ulcero membraneuse; angine staphylo- cocciqueprealable. Bull, et mem.Soc.med.d. h6p.de Par., 1904, 3. s., xxi, 1091-1096. Also: Areh. Internat. de laryn- gol. [etc.], Par., 1905, xix, 51-51— Williams (P. F.) Vincent's angina. Proc. Path. Soc. Phila., 1911, xiv, 15.— Wretowski (T.) Przypadek wrzodnego zapalenia gardzieli (angina ulcerosb-membranosa Vincentil, wy- wolanego przez laseczniki wrzecionowate. [Case of Vin- cent's angina produced by fusiform bacilli.) Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1900, 2. s.. xxviii, 441-443.—Zeehulsen (H.) Klinische waarnemingen over angina non-diphtherica. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1899, 2. R., xxxv, d. 1, 1033-1056.—flwillinger (H.) Fall von Vincent- scher Tonsillitis ulcerosa. Pest med.-chir. Presse, Buda- pest, 1905, xii, 14. THROAT. 177 THROAT. Throat (Keratosis of). Foster (H.) Report of acaseof keratosis of the throat. Larvngoscope, St. Louis, 1905, xv, 284-286.1 pi. Also, Re- print.—Bichardson (C. W.) Treatmentof keratosis of the fauces. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol., A Otol. Soc. 1902, N.Y., 1903, viii, 361-364. Throat (Inpus of). Baiiingarten (E.) Lupus vagy lupus tuberculosa a geuehcn [Lupus of the throat.] Orvosi hetil., Buda- pest.lM's, xlii,22.—Cognacq. Lupus de lagorge. Bull. See. d'anat. et physiol. . . . de Bordeaux, 1891, xii, 282- 284.—.Tie Bride (P.) Lupus of the throat. Med. Chron., Manchester, 1895-6, n. s., iv, 335-;;:i9.—Moussous (A.) Lupus primitif de la gorge. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. . . . de Bordeaux, 1890, xi, 105-108. Throat (Mycosis of). Sec, also, Pharynx (Mycosis of); Tonsils (My- cosis of). Bach >.T. A.) M\ co-is of the throat. [Abstr.] Clin. Rev., Chicago, 1897-8, vii. 285-288.—Bulson (A. E.), jr. Mycosis of the fauces. Fort Wayne M. Mag., 1893-4, ii, 373-378.—H ii rd (P. MA Reportof a case of mycosis of throat treated by X-rav. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soe. 1905, St. Louis, 1906, xi, 503-505. Also: Am. Otol.. Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1905, xiv, 82- 34.—S'a tier i M.) Deux casde mycosis benin de l'arriere- gorge. Bull. Soc. beige d'otol. [etc.], Brux.. 1899, iv. 89- 99. "Also: France med., Par., 1899, xlvi, 369-373.—Pen-e- pied. Mycosis benin de l'arriere-gorge. Normandie med., Rouen, 1894. ix.1-7— Spicer (R. H. S.) A case of mycosis of tonsil, pharvnx, and tongue in a man aged30. Proc Roy. Soc. Med., Lond . 1908-9, ii, Laryngol. Sect., 161.— Waxham (F. Et Mycosis of the throat, with re- port of a case. Colorado M. J., Denver, 1900, vi, 515-517. Throat (Neuroses of). See, also, Larynx (Neuroses of); Pharynx (Neuroses of). Botey (R-.) De la parestesia faringo-laringeay nasal. Rev. m6d. de Sevilla, 1894. xxiii. 195-202.—Bouyer (A.) tils. De la division des paresthesiques de l'arriere-gorge en hyperesthesiques et hypoesthesiques. Arch, internat. de laryngol. Letc], Par., 1906. xxii, 472-474. A'so: J. de med.de Bordeaux, 1905, xxxv, 893-v»5.—Coleman (E.H.) A caseof anginal spasm of exceptional duration. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, i, 537.—Halsted (T. H.) A case of angio-neurotic edema of the throat. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc, St. Louis, 1907, 314.—racquet (L.) Angine, pelade et nevralgie occipitale. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h&p. de Par., 1904, 3. s., xxi. 406-108.— Kel- son(W.H.) Aching throat. Clin. J., Lond., 1912-13, xl, 392-396. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1912, i, 612-614 — M'Bride (P.) Some functional neuroses of the throat. Edinb. M. J., 1902, n. s., xii, 109-111.—Porcher (W. P.) Neu- rotic phenomena in throat diseases, with illustrative cases. Tr. Am. Larvngol. Ass. 1894, N. Y., 1895, xvi, 135- 140. Also: Virginia"M. Month., Richmond, 1894-5, xxi, 400-406.-----. Neuroses of the larynx and of the pharynx, and dysphagia. Svst. Dis. Ear, Nose & Throat (Burnett), Phila., 1893, ii. 669-708.— Sclielnniann. Ein Fall von einseitigem klonischem Rachen- und Kehlkopfkrampf. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1894, xx ( Ver.- Beil.), 73— Senioii i F ) The sensory throat neuroses of the climacteric period. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1895, i, 3-5, Throat (Scleroma of). See, also, Larynx (Scleroma of); Tonsils (Sclerosis of). Juffixger (G.) Das Rclerom der Schleim- haut der Nase, des Rachens, des Kehlkopfes und der Luftrohre. Klinisch-laryngologisehe und anatomische Untersuchungen. roy. 8°. Leipzig & Wien, 1892. Baumgarten (E.) Gegescleroma ritkabb esete. [A rare case of throat scleroma.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1899, xliii, 365.—Moskovitz (I.) Gegescleroma egy esete. [A case of scleroma of the throat.] Ibid., 1896, xl, 185. Throat (Sargery of). See, also, Larynx (Surgery of); Pharynx (Surgery of); Tonsils (Surgery of); Uvula (Surgery of). Alapl (H.) Thiersch-feie transplantatioval gy6gyitott hegesgegeszukiilet esete. [A case of cicatricial throat stricture cured by transplantation after Thiersch.] Or- vosi hetil., Budapest, 1899, xliii, 296; 306. — Ancrum (.!. L.) Combined tonsillotome and uvulotome. Med. News, Phila., 1893, lxii, 14.—Bokay (J.) Heges gege- osszenoves operalt 6s gyogyult esete. [Cicatricial con- VOL XVIII, 2d series---12 Throat (Surgery of). traction of throat; operation and recovery.] Gy6gva- szat, Budapest, 1899, xxxix, 203.—Bourack ( S.-M.) Les complications conseeutives aux adeno- et tonsillo- tomies. Areh. internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1910, xxix, 57-61.—Butts (H. H.) A new instrument for con- trolling tonsillar hemorrhage. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1893, xliv, 11-13. Also, Reprint.—Caine (A. M.) Anesthesia for throat surgery. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1910-11, lxiii, 111- 114.—Casselberry (W. E.) A suggestion concerning uvulotomy; nitrous oxide and ether anaesthesia for ton- sillotomy and adenotomy; adrenalin. Internat. Clin., Phila.. 1901, 11. s., ii. 278-285. Also, Reprint,—Cassel- berry (W. E.) & Mcngc (F.) Tonsil and adenoid operations under anesthesia by nitrous oxid, and nitrous oxid and oxygen; a preliminary report. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1898, xxx, 547-551.—Co burn (E. B.) Treat- ment of patients preparatory to and after operation for removal of adenoids and tonsils. Dietet. & Hyg. Gaz., N. Y., 1908, xxiv, 205-210.— Cooiidge (A.) The control of the hemorrhage in some operations in the nose and throat. Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass., N. Y., 1897, 135-145.— Crile (G. W.) Observations on surgery of the throat and neck. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. [etc.] Oto-Larvngol. Sect., St. Louis, 1908, xiii, 371-880.—Il'Ajutolo ((i.) Su di una pinza falcata per ascessi retro-faringei, tonsillari, etc. Bull. d. sc. med. di Bologna, 1907, 8. s., vii, 489.— Demarest (F. F. C.) Chloroform the anesthetic in throat operations. J. Med. Soc. N. Jersey, Orange, 1909, vi, 119-122.—Fischer (L.) Exanthematous eruptions following throat operations. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1904, xiv. 363-371.—Fountain (E. S.) Nursing duties with regard to the operation for removal of tonsils and adenoids. Brit. J. Nursing, Lond., 1907, xxxviii, 193- 195.—tinlliver (F. D.) Mental suggestion as a substi- tute for anesthetics in the removal of tonsils and ade- noids from children. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1911, lxxix, 1004.— Hays (H.) New instruments for throat work. Am. J. Surg., N. Y., 1910, xxiv, 225.—Hooker (E. B.) The dangers of throat operations. Homceop. Eve, Ear & Throat J., N. Y., 1903, ix, 427^36.—Johnston (R. H.) Hemorragies apres de legeres operations sur la gorge. [Transl.] Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.]. Par., 1906, ii, 545-548.—Kelly (A. B.) Bromide of ethyl anaesthesia in operations in the throat. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1902, ii, 588- 693.—Lenart (Z.) Thiersch-feie transplantatio a gegebe es legcsobe. [Thiersch transplantation in the throat and the bronchial tubes] Sebeszeti adatok, Budapest, 1900, 17-19.—Maduro (M. L.) General anaesthesia and its administration in throat surgery. N. York M. J., 1902, lxxv, 313.—Mayer (E.) Hemorrhage in nose and throat operations. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1905, xv, 698-702. Also, Reprint.—Itietzenbaum(M.) General anesthesia in operations in the pharyngeal region, and about the neck. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1911, xxi, 22.—Miller (A. H.) Anesthesia for adenoid and tonsil opera- tions. Boston M. & S. J., 1909, clxi, 87. — Moure (E. J.) De l'epiglectomie par la voie externe. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1900, ii, 401-406.— Navratil (I.) Heges gegesziikiilet, laryngofissio, Thiersch-lebeny beultetesevel a geg6be, gy6gyulas. [Traumatic stricture of the throat; laryngofixation. trans- plantation by flap of Thiersch; recovery.] On- gege- es fulgy6gy., Budapest, 1904,135.—Poirier (P.) A Piique ( R. ) Anatomie chirurgicale de la region hvothyro- 6piglottique. Rev. de chir., Par., 1907, xxxvi, 1-23.—Boo (J. O.) A new plastic operation for the relief of cica- tricial palatopharyngeal contractures and adhesions. N. York State J. M., N. Y., 1909, ix, 285. —Boy (D.) A plea for the early and thorough removal of the tonsils and adenoids in children. Charlotte [N. C.l M. J., 1909, lx, 213-218.—Boy (L.-G.) De la n6cessite de precisertres meticuleusement et par 6crit auxoperesde vegetations adeno'ides et d'amygdales; les precautions a prendre les jours suivants. Rev. med., Par., 1905, xiv, 723. — SebaStOpOUlOS (N.) SvyyEvr)? vireprpocpia. T7)S y\>-714.— Qodskesen (N.) Strubetuberkulosen under Svanger- skab og F0dsel. [Throat tuberculosis in pregnancy and parturition.] Hosp.-Tid., K0benh., 1903, 4. R., xi, 493; 526.—Hemmeon (J. A. M.) The early diagnosis of tu- bular disease of tonsils, pharvnx. and larynx. North- west. Med.. Seattle, 1906, iv, 1-5.—Howarth (\V. G.) Tuberculosis of the soft palate, pharynx, and larynx in a girl of 18. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1910-11, iv, La- ryngol. Sect., 66.—Lenart (Z.) Gegetuberculosis mutet altal gy6gyult esete. [A case of throat tuberculosis cured by operation.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1900, xliv, 253.— Moskovitz (I.) A giim6k6ros gegebetegek taplalko- zasa. [Nutrition in tuberculous throat diseases.] Ibid., 1895, xxxix, 666.—Navratil (I.) Elsodleges(?) gegegu- mok6r esete. [A case of primary(?) tuberculosis of the throat.] Orr-, g^ge- es fulgyogy., Budapest, 1903, 9.— Paunz(M.) Agegetuberculosisgy6gykezeieser61. [The therapy of throat tuberculosis.] Gy6gyaszat, Budapest, 1899, xxxix, 164-170.—Pollatschek (E.) A gegetuber- culosis dietas es poysikalis gy6gykezeiese. [The dietetic and physical treatment of throat tuberculosis.] Diaet. es physik. gy6gyitorn., Budapest, 1905,13-15. —---. Az erze- stelenites kerdese g6getubereulosisnal. [The question of anaesthetics in throat tuberculosis.] Magy. orv.lapja, Bu- dapest, 1903, iii, 5-7.—Polyak ( L.) Koriilirt subglotti- cus gumds fekely esete. [A ease of circumscribed sub- glottic tuberculous ulcer.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1901, xiv, 463.—Pratt (J. A.) Tuberculous infection through the tonsil and adenoid. N. Y'ork M. J. [etc.], 1909, xc, 264—Schick (B.) [Fall von Tuberkulose des Rachens und der Tonsillen.] Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1904, iii, 61.—Sinks (E. D.) The cure and treatment of tubercular throat affections. Texas M. News, Austin, 1905-6, xv, 171-177—Sinners (L. S.) Tu- berculosis of the tonsils, pharvnx, and larynx. Med. & Surg. Reporter, Phila., 1897, lxxvi, 682-6*5.—Sri-biny (Z.) O leczeniu gruzlicy gardzieli i krtani za pomoca. galwanokaustyki. [Galvano-caustic treatment of pha- ryngeal and laryngeal tuberculosis.] Medvcyna i Kron. lek., Warszawa, 1910, xiv, 503-511.—Strangeways (W. F.) Tuberculosis and the throat. Med. Age, Detroit, THROAT. 179 THROAT. Throat (Tuberculosis of). 1899, xvii, 690-694. Also: Med. World, Lond., 1898-9, iii, 787-789.—Tanturri (D.) Sur un siege de granulome tuberculeux non encore decrit, surtout au point de vue de l'histogenie. Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1909, xxvii, 36-46.—Thomson (St. C.) Extensive tuber- culosis of the epiglottis, left ary-epiglottie fold, and left inter-arytsenoid space, in a gentleman aged 47, com- pletely healed by the galvano-cautery and sanatorium treatment. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1909-10, iii, La- ryngol. sect., 7-11.— Tovoliryl (E.) A gegegiimokkor- r61. [Tuberculosis of the throat.] Orvosi hetil., Buda- pest. 1901, xiv, 157; 177: 196— Winslow (J. R.) A case of primary tuberculosis of the fauces, posterior pharynx, and palatal and lingual tonsils cured by tuberculin injec- tions. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. A Otol. Soc. [New Bedford, Mass.], 1909, 444-447, 1 ch. Also: Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1909, xix, 849-852. Throat (Tumors oj). < See. also, Larynx (Tumors of); Pharynx (Tu- mors of); Throat (Diseases of) in children; Throat (Tumors of, Cystic); Throat (Tmnors of, Malignant); Tonsils (Tumors of). Adanii (.1. G.) On a giant-celled rhabdomyosarcoma from the throat. Montreal M. J., 1908, xxxvii, 163-168. Also, Reprint.—Aleksandrott'(L. P.) Lieeheniye pa- pillom gortani u dietei trakheotomiyel. [Treatment of papillomata of the throat of children bv tracheotomy.] Dietsk. med., Mosk., 1898, iii, 103-109.—Baumgarten (E.) Agyermekekgegepapillomairol (laryngoflssio, Lori- feie eljaras). [Papillomata of the throat in children; larynx fixation by Lori's method.] Gyermekgy6gyaszat, Budapest, 1898, 14-16. -----. Ritka riagysAgii gegeeysta esete. [A curious case of large cyst of the throat.] Buda- pesti k. orvosegy. evkonyve, 1905, 16. -----. A g6ge sokszoros papillomair61. [Multiple papillomata of the throat.] Orvosi hetil.. Budapest, 1907, li,48r,-4,sy.—Botey (R.) Un caso de quiste hidatidico de la ainigdala y de la cavidad faringo-maxilar derechas. Arch. lat. de rinol., laringol. [etc.], Barcel., 1903, xiv, 41-44. -----. Lospdli- pos de la laringo-faringe. Gac med. catal., Barcel., 1905, xxviii, 449—158.—Cange (A.) Un cas de polype extra- pharyngien. Province med., Par., 1911, xxii. 53-56.— Chamberlin (F. T.) Result in one case of sarcoma of throat treated by serum therapy; after ten years; patient present. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1905-6, x, 138.—Cheatham (W.) Tumors of the naso-pharynx, pharvnx, larynx, and oesophagus. N. York M. J., 1891, liv, 173-178. Also, Reprint.—Chiarl (O.) Ueber Lym- phosarkome des Rachens. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1894, Leipz., 1S95, lxvi, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 301-312. -----. Ueber multiple Aniyloidtumoren des Larynx und Pharymx. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1912, xxxviii, 488— D'Aiiiianuo (A.) Fibro-sarcome angiomateux du pilier posterieur gauche chez un individu atteint d'un sarcome idiopathique cutane (tvpe Kaposi). Ann. d. rnal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1899, xxv, 232.— l>\\iutolo. Di un voluminoso cancro polipoide ipoglottico e di una partico- lare ansa adoperata per asportarlo. Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.] 1899, Empoli, 1900, iv, 253-258.— D'Antona (A.) Di duesarcomifaringo-esofageioperati; guarigione. Atti d. r. Accad. med.-chir. di Napoli, 1896, n. s., 1, 93-99.—Delia Vedova (T.) Incisione e sutura contemporanee nella asportazione dei tumori dall' istmo delle fauciedallalingua. Pensiero med., Milano, 1911, i, 125— Fallas (A.) Angiome du pharynx, du larynx et du cou. Arch, internat. de laryng. [etc.], Par.. 1912, xxxiii, 90-96.—Fail re (J.-L.) La voie transhyoidienne dans l'extirpation des tumeurs de la region glosso-epi- glottique. Bull, de laryngol., otol. et rhinol., Par., 1903, vi, 252—Foster (E. E.) An unusual tumor of the fauces. Boston M. & S. J., 1912, clxvi, 97.—Oarel (J.) Trois cas de tumeurs teiangiectasiques de la gorge. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1905, ii, 1-10.— tileits- Miami (J. W.) The importance of an early diagnosis of malignant tumors of the throat. Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass. 1894, N. Y., 1895, xvi, 127-135. Also: N. York M. J., 1894, lx, 584-586. Also, Reprint. -----. Subglottic sarcoma removed endo-larvngeallv with galvanocauterv snare. Tr. Am. Larvngol. Ass., N. Y., 1902,173-178. [Discussion], 181-187. Also [Abstr.]: Med. Rec, N. Y.. 1902, lxii, 12.— Griffin I K. H.) An interesting ea«e of tumor of the throat. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1900, ix. 179.— Halasz (H.) Onszenvileg 16trejott gegetalyog. [spontaneous retrogression of throat tumor.] Gyogyaszat, Budapest, 1905, xiv, 6-8.—Harris (T. J.) A case of branchio-genetic cyst of the throat. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1908, xviii, 654.— Haseltine (P..) Malignant growths of the throat. Homo^op. Eye; Ear & Throat J., N. Y., 1906, xii, 78-84 — lliiltl (H.) Adenoma retrotonsiHare esete. [A case of . . .) Orr-, gege-6s fulgy6gy., Budapest, 1904, 80-83.— Inaals (E. F.) Fibrolipoma of the throat. Illinois M. I.. Springfield, 19U5, viii, 134. Also: Larvngoscope, St. Louis. 1905, xv, sy.-,._Jaschki- (R. T.; Beitrag zur Throat Tumors of). Pathogenie und Therapie der anginoiden Zustande. Med. Klin., Berl., 1908, iv, 159; 196.—Kelsey (A. L.) Os- teofibroma occupying the tonsillar fossa (probably of sty- loid process). Calif. M. & S. Reporter, Los Angeles. 1911, vii, 112. Also: South. Calif. Pract., Los Angeles, 1911, xxvi, 71-73.—Kenyon (E. L.) A targe lipoma of the laryngo-pharynx; removal extraorally under cocain. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, lvi, 1793. Also: Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1912, xxii, 158.—:H'Bride (P.) Cysts of the tonsils, nose, larynxand ear. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Edinb., 1891-2, n. s., xi, 29-35.—IVIagne (P.) Obstruction subite de glotte par un papillome; tracheotomie; ablation de la tumeur; guerison. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1910, ii, 760-762.—Morelll (K.) Ritka nagy szemolcsda- ganat a gegeben. [A large singular warty tumor in the throat.| Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1896, xl, 529.—Navra- til (1) Gegedaganat esete. [A case of tumor of the throat.] Orr-, gege-es fulgy6gy., Budapest, 1903, 11.— INcubauer (A.) A gyermekek gegepapillomair61 es azok gyogykezeleserttl. [Guttural papillomata in chil- dren and their treatment.] G\ ermekorvos, Budapest, 1903, no. 3, 6-9.— O-ata (M.) A Suzuki (K.) [Exami- nation of a specimen from the side of the throat.] Tokvo- med. Wchnschr., 1896, No. 974, 5-13.—O'Toole (M. C.) Utility of the galvano-cautery loop in the removal of neoplasms from the epiglottis and adjacent structures. Tr. M. Soc. Calif., San Fran., 1896, xxvi, 315-319.—Paunz (M.) A gegedaganatok operalasahoz. [Operations for tumors of thethroat.] Gy6gyaszat, Budapest, 1898, xxxviii, 698. -----. Heges szukiilettel szdvodott gegepapilloma operalt es gydgyult esete [A case of throat papilloma complicated by cicatricial stricture operated and cured.] Budapesti orv. ujsag. 1903, i, 783. Also: Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1903, xlvii, 750.—Poroshin (N. N.) Plotniy zhirovik v glotochno-gortannol polosti; pod-podyazich- naya faringotomiya. [Compact lipoma in the pharyngo- laryngeal cavity; subhyoid pharyngotomy.] Vrach, St. Petersb., 1901, xxii, 1475.—Prota (G.) Sarcoma multi- plo idiopatico emorragieo dell' istmo delle fauci e della cute. Areh. ital. di laringol. Napoli, 1905, xxv, 66-74.— Querruau & Bousselot. Kyste pre-epiglottique et mort subite chez une jument. Bull. Soc. centr. de med. vet., Par., 1906, lx, 48-51 Robertson (C. M.) Malig- nant tumors of the throat arising from syphilitic cicatri- ces, with report of four cases. J. Opth. & Qto-Laryngol., Chicago, 1910, iv, 426-433.—Boy (L. G.) Apropos d'un cas d'hematome lenticulaire de l'epiglotte. Rev. med., Par., 1907, xvi, 191.—Seckel (P.) Multiple Amyloidtu- moren des Larynx und Pharvnx. Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1912, xxvi, 1-16.—Stoerk (C.) Lympho- sarcoma des Pharynx und Larvnx (Initial-Stadien). Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1894, xliv, 1697; 1747; 1787; 1834; 1876.—Til ley (II.) A specimen of subglottic hyperplasia with considerable narrowing of tracheal airway. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1907-8, i, Laryngol. Sect,, 123- 125.—Toubert (J.) Un cas d'angiome sous-glottique "en chapelet." Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1912, i, 657-662.—Voig't. Ueber Gefassgeschwiilste der Mund- Rachenhohle und des Kehlkopfes. Ztschr. f. Laryngol., Rhinol. [etc.], Vviirzb., 1908, i, 19-29, 1 pi.—Wetzl i.I) Daganat 16 torkanak falaban. [Tumorof the throat wall in a horse.] Allatorvosi lapok, Budapest, 1907, xxx, 4 -----. Torokkorulotti talyog ket esete loban. [Two cases of throat tumors with inflammation.] Ibid., 18.—Win- ternltz (A.) Gegepapilloma ket miitett esete. [Two operated cases of throat papilloma.] Orvosi hetil., Buda- pest, 1904, xlviii, 360; 373.—Kanjriier (T.) Disappearance of an apparently malignant tumour of the throat. Lan- cet, Lond., 1905, i, 1095.—von Zwillln»er (H.) Ein Fall von Hemangioma cavernosum hvpopharvngis. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1908, xliv, 453*; 930. Also [Abstr.]: Verhandl. d. Budapest, k. Gesellsch. d. Aerzte 1908, Budapest, 1909, 1. Throat (Ulceration of). See, also, Larynx (Ulceration of); Pharynx (Ulceration of); Throat (Diseases of) in chil- dren; Throat (Iniiammation of, Ulcero-mem- branous); Throat (Tuberculosis of); Tonsils ( Ulceration of). Boustield (E. C.) Note on two cases of ulcerated sore-throat. Lancet, Lond., 1902, i, 1531.—Bousiield (L.) Membranous ulceration, due to Spiroehoetre, simu- lating diphtheria. Ibid., 1907, ii, 765— Chauveau (C.) Epiglottite ulcereuse aigue d'origine pyogenique. Arch. internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1907, xxiii, 492-495.— Dieulaioy. Diagnostic des ulcerations de la gorge et du pharynx. Rev. g6n. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1902, xvi, 806.—Freudenthal (W.) Diabetic ulcerations of the throat. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1899, viii, 293-299.— Galebski (A. Ya.) O nlekotorikh formakh yazvennikh angin. [Certain forms of ulcera- tive angina.] Vestnik Ushn., Gorlov. i Nosov. Bollezn., S.-Peterb., 1909, i, 83-97, 2 pi.— tiibb (.IS.) Differential diagnose der Geschwiirsprocesse im I'harynxund Larvnx. Med.-chir. Centralbl., Wien, 1898, xxxiii, 51; 68.—Icliise THROAT. 180 THROaIBO-ANGIITIS. Throat (Ulceration of). (M.) [A case of suppurating ulcer of upper posterior wall of throat.] Dai Nippon Ji-Bi-In-Ko-Kwa-Kwai Kwai, Tokyo, 1897, iii, _!V :,i—Iniials (E. F.) Ulcer of the anterior pillar. Internat. Clin.. Phila., 1900, 9. s., iv, 290-296.—Izlar I K. P.) The treatment of tonsilar and pharyngeal ulcerations with formaldehyde. Tr. Florida M. Ass., Jacksonville, 1899, 95.—Jacques. Sur la cure iodur6e des ulceresde la gorge. Arch, internat. de laryn- gol. [etc.], Par., 1908, xxv, 1059— Kelly {A. B.) Angina ulcerosa benigna. Glasg. Hosp. Rep., 1900, ii, 220-225.— Lydston (G. F.) Dr. Pohlv's cases of "anaemic ulcer" of the throat. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1910, xcii, 622.— Pohly(A.G.) Ansemic ulcersof the throat. Ibid., 4:11. Also, Reprint.—Salo (M.) [Curious suppurating ulcer of the rear of the throat. | Dai Nippon Ji-Bi-In-Ko-Kwa- Kwai Kwai Ho, Tokyo, 1900, vi, 247-253.—Shurly (E. L.) Preliminary note on the use of the formates in ulceration of the pharvngeal and larvngeal mucous membrane. Tr. Pan-Am."M. Cong. 1893, Wash., 1895, pt. 2,1580-1588 — Sibirski (A.) Mnogochislenniya tifozniya yazvi gor- tani i glotki. [Multiple typhoid ulcers of the throat.] Vovenno-med. J.. St. Petersb., 1896, clxxxv, 1. sect., 1017- 1022. Throat ( Wounds of). See, a'so, Larynx (Wounds, etc., of); Neck ( Wounds, etc., of); Pharynx ( Wounds, etc., of). Bogdan (G.) " Rapport medico-legal sur un cas d'as- sassinat par egorgement; pretention de suicide. Rev. de med. leg., Par., 1907, xiv, 321-326.—Bradt (G.) Zur Kasuistik der Verbrennung der Halsorgane. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1907, xxxiii, 1640.— Bryan (J. M.) A case of cut-throat. Lancet, Lond., 1905, ii, 220.—Crawford (D. G.) A case of cut-throat. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1909, xliv, 340—Farwell (VV. G.) An extensive razor wound of the throat. U. Slates Nav. M. Bull., Wash., 1911, v, 52.—Jopson (J. H.) & Stout (G. C.) Recovery from self-ihtlicted complete subhyoid laryngo-pbarvngotomy. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1907, xiv, 636.—Levit i V.) Sluchal riezanol rani gorla; nalozheniye shvov; za/.hivleniye per primam. [Cut wound of the throat; sutures; healing per primam.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1910, xvii, 273-275.—Jlehta (D. H.) Power of speech in cut-throat. Lancet, Lond., 1911, i, 228.—Merrills (E. M.) Cut throat in relation to speech. China M. J., Shanghai, 1910, xxiv, 205-207,1 pi.— Osgood (E. I.) Two Chinese "cut throats;" a medical missionary tells of surgical work done under difficulties. Am. J. Clin. M., Chicago, 1910. xvii, 762-764. Also: China M. J., Shanghai, 1910,xxiv,208-210.—Page(C. I.) Acase of cutthroat. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1908, Ixxiii, 605— Baltic (A. P.) Note on acaseof cut-throat. Lancet, Lond., 1908, i, 18-11.—Sanuster i.I. J.) Acaseof cut-throat. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1906, xxv, 236.—Wassiljew (P. M.) Ueber einen Fail von vollstiindiger Durchscnneidung des Kehlkopfes in Hohedesmittleren DrittelsdesSehildknor- pels. Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl., 1909, xv, 225. Throat-shields. TlcCormick (W. W.) Throat shield. [Patentspeci- fication.] No. 662150: Nov. 20, 1900. Throckmorton (Tom Bentley) [1885- ]. The role of exterior toe reflexes in neurological diagnosis. 3 pp. 8°. New York, 1911. Iiipr.from: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1911, xciv. Thromhidium. lleim (F.) & Oudemans (A.) Sur deux nouvelles formes larvaires de Thrombidium (Acar.) parasites de l'homme. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1904, exxxviii, 704-706. Thrombin and antithrombin. Blaizot (L.) Extraction de substances anticoagu- lantes du plasma normal de chien. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, lxx,560-562.—Bordet (J.) A Delange (L.) La coagulation du sang et la genese. de la throm- bine. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1912, xxvi, 657; 738.— Davis (D.) The intravenous injection of thrombin. Am. J. Physiol.,Bost., 1911-12,xxix,160-164.—Doyon (M.) Formation d'antithrombine dans le foie prealablement cc mgeie a une temperature tres basse. Compt. lend Acad. d.sc. Par., 1910, cli, 1074. -----. Production d'antithrom- bine sous l'influence de l'eau distiliee. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1910, lxviii, 930. -----. Formation d'anti- thrombine dans le foie prealablement soumis a une tem- perature inferieure a la temperature de congelation du mercure. Ibid., lxix, 486. -----. Congelations succes- sivesdu foie; persistance de la production de l'antithrom- bine. Ibid.,b~0. -----. Faitsconcernantl'entrainement de l'antithrombine hepatique par le sangnormal. Ibid., 1911, lxxi, 626. -----. Entrainement de l'antithrombine hepatique par l'eau saiee additionnee de chloroforme. Ibid., 1912, lxxii, 133. -----. Proc6de rapide pour obtenir Thrombin and antithrombin. l'antithrombine. Ibid., 402-406. -----. Sue hepatique et antithrombine; action comparee sur la coagulabilite du sung et la pression arterielle. Ibid., 464. -----. Expe- riences concernant l'isolement de la substance anticongu- lante contenue dans les organes. Ibid., 485. -----. Ex- traction comparee de l'antithrombine des intestins par la dialyse chloroformique, Paction de la chaleura l'auto- clave, la maceration. Ibid., 727-729. -----. Rapports du foie avec la coagulation du sang. J. de phvsiol. et de path, gen., Par., 1912, xiv, 229-240.—Doyon (M.), Morel (A.) & Policard (A.) Comparaison entre l'antithrom- bine hepatique et la substance anticoagulante del extrait de tetes de sangsues. Bull. Soc. m6d. d. hop. de Lvon, 1911,x,338. Also: Lyon med.,1911,cxvii,410.-------:--- -----. Extraction direete de l'antithrombine du foie. Bull. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Lvon, 1911, x, 136. Also: Compt. rend. Soe. de biol., Par., 1911, lxx, 341.----------------. Isolement de l'antithrombine hepatique; description de quelques-unes de ses propriete.s. Compt. rend. Aead. d. sc, Par., 1911, clii, 147.----------------. Extraction di- reete de l'antithrombine hepatique; cas du lapin refrae- taire a Paction de la peptone. Ibid.,126. Also: Lyon med., 1891, cxvi, 802.----------------. Nature de l'antithrom- bine; preexistencedecette substance dans le foie. Compt. rend. Soc. be biol., Par., 1911, lxx, 92.----------------. Rapproaehement entre deux agents anticoagulants; l'antithrombine hepatique et l'hirudine. Ibid., 615.— Doyon (M.) & Policard (A.) Existence generale et repartition de l'antithrombine dans l'organisme. Ibid., 8. ----- -----. Existence de l'antithrombine hepatique chez les oiseaux; r61e de la congelation dans lamiseen evidence de cette substance. Ibid., 797.-----------. Rapports de l'antithrombine et de l'autolyse. Ibid., 903. -----------. Extraction de l'antithrombine de la rate. Ibid.,VZ12, lxxii, 307-309.—Poa (C.) Sulle leggi d' azione della trombina. Arch. di. tisiol., Firenze, 1911-12, x, 479- 500.—Howell (W. H.) The prepnration and properties of thrombin, together with observations on antithrombin and prothrombin. Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1910, xxvi, 453- 473. -----. The r61e of antithrombin and thromboplastin (thromboplastic substance) in the coagulation of the blood. Ibid., 1911-12, xxix, 187-209. -----. The factors concerned in the process of the clotting of blood. Therap. Gaz. [etc.], Detroit, 1912, 3. s., xxviii, 95-98—Pringle (H.)&Tait(J.) Anticoagulants on frog's blood. Proc Physiol. Soc. Lond., 1910, xii, p. xxxv.-----------. An- ticoagulants on frog's blood. Ibid., 1911, xlii, p. xxxviii. Also, Reprint. Thrombo-angiitis obliterans [Spon- taneous gangrene], Thiele (J. [K.]) * Ueber die Ursachen der Spontangangran der Extremitiiten. 8°. Greifs- wald, 1904. Bickel (E.) Ein Fall von Spontangangran. Klin.- therap. Wchnschr., Wien, 1907, xiv, 367.—Brooks (II.) A study of a case of thrombo-angiitis obliterans. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1911, xxv, 247-258. —Buerger (L.) Thrombo-angiitis obliterans; a study of the vascular le- sions leading to presenile spontaneous gangrene. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1908, exxxvi, 567-680, 8 pi. -----. The pathology of the vessels in cases of gangrene of the lower extremities due to so-called endarteritis obliterans. Proc N. York Path. Soc, 1908-9, n. s., viii, 48-68.-----. The veins in thromboangiitis obliterans, with particular reference to arteriovenous anastomosis as a cure for the condition. J.Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1909, Iii, 1319-1325. -----. Is thrombo-angiitis obliterans related to Ray- naud's disease and erythromelalgia? Am. J.M.Sc,Phila., 1910, n. s., exxxix, 105-107.—Buerger (L.) & Kaliski (D.J.) Complement-fixation tests in thromboangiitis obliterans. Med. Rec, N.Y., 1910, lxxviii, 66.5-669—Col- lin (T. H.) & tic.yd (C. G.) A case of thromboangiitis obliterans. Post-firaduate, N. Y., 1911, xxvi, 541. ■----- -----. Thrombo-angiitis obliternns; a clinical and patho- logical studv. Am. J. M. Sc., Phila. & N. Y., 1912, cxliii, 402-410.—Dexter (K.) & IClIls (A. W. M.) A study of so-called spontaneous gangrene. Cleveland M. J., 1910, ix, 583-599.—Levin (I.) Spontaneous gangrene of the foot due to endarteritis obliterans. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1908, Ixxiii, 592-695.—Wlatanowitsch (S.) Zur Kasuistik der Spontangangran nach den Beobachtungen der Hei- delberger chirurg. Klinik aus den Jahren 1890-1900.— Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1900-1901, xxix, 545-596 — Tinnk (J.) Sur la gangrene spontanee. Compt.-rend. Cong, internat, de med. 1897. Mow., 1899, v, 611-«14.— Pasteur. Arteritis obliterans: gangrene of feet and in- testines. Middlesex Hosd. Rep. 1898, Lond., 1899, 40-41.— Bichmond (C. E.) Congenital spontaneous gangrene. Lancet, Lond., 1901, ii, 779.—Schmiz. Ueber spontane Gangriin bei Jugeiidlichen. Med. Klin., Berl., 1910, vi, 739-742.—WuIII". Leber Spontangangran jugendlicher Individuen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1901, xxvii, Ver.-Beil., 68. THROMBOCYTES. 181 THROMBO-PHLEB1TIS. Thrombocytes. <.iglio-Tos \ E.) Les thrombocytes des Ichtyopsides et ties Sauroi'sides. [Transl. from: Mem. d. r. Accad. d. sc. di Torino, 1898. 2. s., xlvii.] Areh. ital. de biol., Tu- rin, 1898, xxix, 287-293.- Kopsch. i'eber den Kern der Thrombocyten und iiber emige Methoden zur Ein- fiihrung in das Studium der Saugetier-Thrombocyten. Internat. Monatschr. f. Anat. u. Physiol., Leipz., 1904, xxi, 344-353— Lasruesse (E.) Le troisieme element du sang ou thrombocyte. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1904, viii, 505-510.—M eves (F.) Zur Kenntnis der Thrombo- cyten des Snlaiiianderblutes und ihres Verhaltens bei der Gerinnung. Arch. f. mikr., Anat., Bonn., 1906, lxviii, 311-358, 4 pi. Thrombokinase. Battclli (F.) Preparation de la thrombokinase, son emploi comme hemostatique. C'ompt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1910, lxviii, 789-791— Strong ^L. W.) The prepa- ration and use of thrombokinase. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1911, xxi, 81-84. Also: Manhattan Eve A Ear Hosp. Rep., N. Y., 1912, xiii, 219-229. Thrombophilia. Mendel (F.) Ueber "Thrombophilie" und das Frii- haufstehen der Wdchnerinnen und Laparotomierten. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1909, lvi, 2149-2155. Thrombo-phlebitis. See, also, Puerperal phlebitis; Sinuses (Ve- nous, Cerebral, Diseases of); Thrombosis ( Ve- nous) . Haward ( H.) Phlebitis and thrombosis. The Hunterian lectures delivered before the Roval College of Surgeons of England in March, 1906. 8°. London, 1906. Alexander (G.) A case of otogenous infectious thrombo-phlebitis without fever. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis. 1905, xiv, 360-362.—Beck (C.) Sup- purative thrombophlebitis (vena iliaca). Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1907, xi, 472—Bell (W. B.) Puerperal sep- tic thrombophlebitis of the pelvic veins; with a report of a case treated suecessfullv bv operation. Practitioner, Lond., 1911, lxxxvii, 17S-1S5, 1 pi.—Brooks (H.) & Crowell (B. S.) Concerning the relation of the coagu- lation time of the blood to thrombosis in phlebitis. J. Exper. M., N. Y., 1908, x, 271-275.—Brothers (A.) Thrombo-phlebitis. Tr. N. York Obst. Soc, 1906-7, 2S7- 294.—Buerger (L.) Thrombophlebitis migrans der oberflachlichen Venen bei Thromboangiitis obliterans. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. chir., Jena, 1909-10, xxi, 353-376. -----. The association of migrating thrombo- phlebitis with thromboangiitis obliterans. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1909, 19. s., iii, 84-105.—Care re (G.) Trom- boflebite traumatica e periostite da bacterium coli. Ri- forma med., Napoli, 1911, xxvii, 897-901. — Cestan. Thrombophiebite de la veine saphene interne; extirpa- tion. Toulouse med., 1903, 2. s., v. 57— Chalier (J.) & Nove-Josserand (L.) Thrombo-phiebite de la veine iliaque primitive droite et de la partie voisine de la veine cave inferieure de nature tuberculeuse; inoculation par voie lymphatique. Bull. Soc. med. d. hop. de Lvon, 1912, x, 306-310, Also: Lyon med., 1912, cxviii, 1162- 1165.—Cnopf (J.) Ueber einen Fall von Thrombophle- bitis. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1903, 1, 205-207.— Cochez (A.) Phiebite k debut embolique. Bull, med- de l'Alg6rie, Alger, 1904, xv, 268.—Coe (H. C.) Post. operative thrombo-phlebitis. Tr. N. York Obst. Soc, 1906-7, 294-303. Also: Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1907, lv, 618- 623. [Discussion], 674-677. — Deguy. Traitement des phiebites constitutionnelles. Rev. gen. de clin. et de th6rap., Par., 1897, xi, 375. — Dubar. Thombo-phie- bite isoiee de la jugulaire interne a forme septico- pyohemique d'origine otique sans participation du sinus lateral sans mastoi'dite; guerison. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1901, ii, 645-554. — Duvergey (J.) De la thrombo-phiebite consecutive au coup de fouet. Gaz. hebd. d. se. med. de Bordeaux, 1910, xxxi, 533.— Fioravanti (L.) Contributo alio studio della trombo- flebite varicosa. Clin, mod., Firenze, 1907. xiii, 297; 393.— Glbert (P.) Essai de classification anatomo-clinique des thrombo-phlebites sinuso-iugulaires base sur 35 ob- servations. Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larvnx [etc.], Par., 1909, xxxv, pt. 2,645-702—II artmann (O.) Ueber einen chirurgischen Fall von eiteriger Thrombophlebitis. Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl., 1902, viii, 52-51.—Haward (W.) The Hunterian lectures on phlebitis and throm- bosis. Lancet, Lond., 1906, i, 645; 739.—Hell (L.) Ueber die Aetiologie und Prophylaxe der post-operativen Throm- bophlebitis. Beitr. z. Geburtsh. u. Gynaek., Leipz., 1909- 10, xv, 110-139.— Heller (E.) Experimentelle Unter- suchungen iiber die Rolledes Bacterium coli commune bei der entziindlichen Venen thrombose. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1909, lxv, 218-266, 2 pi.—von Herff. Gibt es ein Vorzeichen der Thrombophlebitis und der Embolic Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesell-eh. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1906, 615-642.—Hirtz (E.) & Josuc (O.) Throm- bophiebite de la veine porte et des veines m6sara'iques; necrose hemorragique d'une anse d'intestin. Bull, et Tli ro in bo-1► li lebitis. mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1900, 3. s., xvii, 872-882.— Honan (W. F.) Thrombo-phlebitis following appendi- citis. Tr. Homceop. M. Soc, N. Y., 1908, Iii, 312-318.— Jacoulet ( F.) Les thrombo-phlebites blennorragi- ques des veines de la verge. Progres med., Par., 1910, 3. s., xxvi, 15-20.—Keith (S.) Note on an operation for phlebitis with thrombosis. Lancet, Lond., 1912. i, 296.—Kisller (H. D.) Thrombophlebitisof the left leg. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, Ixi, 437-439.—Boiler (C.) A case of thrombo-phlebitis of the sigmoid sinus and the jugular vein. Mt. Sinai Hosp. Rep. 1898, N. Y., 1899, i, 307-311. — Liahaussois. Thrombo-phiebite traumati- que aseptique. Presse med., Par., 1910, xviii, 410-412.— Lamm (G.) Thrombo-phlebitis orbitae efter tarsiieks- skoljning. [Thrombo-phlebitis orbitae after fissure of the lacrimal sac] Hygiea, Stockholm, 1909, 2. L, ix, 1288-1295.— Layral. Thrombo-phiebite de la veine sous-elavieie gauche, par surmenage sportif. Loire m6d., St. Etienne, 1912, xxxi, 47-49.—Lennandcr (K. G.) Ueber die Moglichkeit, Thrombose in den Venen derunteren Extremitiiten nach Operationen zu verhiiten, nach denen liingeres Still-Liegen nothig ist. Centralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1899, xxvi, 553-560. —Lerat & Cleret. Thrombo-phiebitemesenterique. Bull.etmem.Soc.anat. de Par., 1910, Ixxxv, 776-778.—Longuet(L.)& Baltha- zard (V.) Thrombo-phiebite variqueuse de la saphene externe; traitement parphlebectomie. Presse med., Par., 1898, ii, 332-334.—Luciano Barajas. La ligadurade la jugular en las tromboflebitisdel seno. Areh.de rinol., la- ringol., otol., Barcel., 1910. xxi, 363-371.—McGregor v". W.) Thrombo-phlebitis; inflammation of veins with for- mation of clots. Vermont M. Month., Burlington, 1896,ii, 47-51.—Maunaberg (J.) Ueber Phlebitis und Throm- bose. Wien. med. Presse, 1899, xl,257; 299—Marehetti (O.) Tromboflebite varicosa edilatazioneampollare della safena interna alio sbocco nella femorale. Atti d. Accad med.-fis. fiorent. 1911, Firenze, 1912, 68.—Mori (A.) Trombo-flebite traumatica dell' arto-inferiore destro con consecutiva monoplegia brachio-facciale a sinistra. Riv. di diritto e giur. . . . s. infortuni d. lavoro [etc.], Roma 1907, 3. s., i, 465-486.—Moty (F.) Les thrombophlebitis post-operatoires sont-elles de nature septiques? Semaine med., Par., 1912, xxxii, 241-245.—Peraire. Thromho- phiebite variqueuse enflammee du membre inferieur gauche; extirpation de la veine saphene interne et de ses branches; guerison. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1909, lxxxiv, 47. -----. R6section veineuse pour throm- bo-phiebite variqueuse enflammee. Paris chirurg., 1911, iii, 652.—Beynier (P.) De l'embolie et de la phiebite. Bull. Acad, denied., Par., 1904,3.8., Iii, 191-195.—Bispal. De la thrombo-phiebite jugulo-sous-claviere dans Pasvs* tolie. Arch. med. de Toulouse, 1907, xiv, 503-509.—Bob- erts (M. D.) Thrombo-phlebitis, and its relation to phlegmasia alba dolens. J. Mich. M. Soc, Battle Creek, 1910, ix, 399-405. Also: Physician & Surg., Detroit A Ann Arbor, 1909, xxxi, 495-503. — Bouget (J.) Des thrombo-phlebites du golfe de la jugulaire interne, leur traitement, proeede atloi'do-occipital. Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc], Par., 1912, xxxviii, 101-154. Also: Paris med., 1911-12, 630. —Sechey- ron. La thrombo-phiebite consecutive aux operations chirurgicales aetuelles, dites aseptiques; phiebites post- operatoires des membres inferieurs apres les laparoto- mies. Semaine gynec, Par., 1907, xii, 409-411.—Stu- paricli. Zwei Fiille von Thrombophlebitis der ober- flachlichen Venen der oberen Extremitiiten. Wien. med. Presse, 1900, xii, 1778.—Van Sweringen (B.l A case of thrombo-phlebitis. Fort Wayne M. Mag., 1894, ii, 324-327.—Violet. Thrombo-phiebite chez un nou- veau-n6. Lyon med., 1903, c, 993.—Ward (M. R.) Sep- tic thrombo-phlebitis as a complication of peritonsillar abscess. N. York M. J., 1899, lxx, 546-549.—Wart hi n (A. S.) The relation of thrombophlebitis of the portal and splenic veins to splenic anamia and Banti's disease. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1910, 20. s., iv, 189-226, 5 pi.— Weir (W. H.) Subclavian thrombophlebitis following abdominal section. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1906, iii, 18-20. Thrombo-phlebitis (Cerebral). Costil (A.) Contribution it I'etude des thrombo-phlebites du sdnus lateral; la throm- bose du sinus sans communication avec 1'abces mastoidien. 8°. Lyon, 1902. Roy (L.) * Infection d'origine auriculaire sans thrombo-phiebite sinusale. 8°. Paris, 1900. Signard (H.) * Contribution a I'etude de la thrombo-phiebite des sinus caverneux d'origine otitique. 8°. Paris, 1904. Aboulker (H.) Deux casde thrombo-phiebite sinu- sale. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1908, ii, 736- 738.—Alexander (G.) Ueber einen Fall von otogener infektioser Thrombophlebitis ohne Fieber. Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1905, lxiv, 89-91. -----. Ueber otogene Sinusphlebitis.Sinusthrombose, PviimieundBakteriiimie. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1912, lxii, 1255; 1355; 1426; 1490; L82 THROMBOPHLEBITIS. THROMBO-PHLEBITIS. Thrombo-phlebitis (Cerebral). 1555; 1619; 1694: 1752: 1822; 1901. -A rkhipott' (A. M.) K voprosu otromboflebitle popcrechnoi pazukhi i vnu- trennel yaremnol veni s perevyazkami posllednel. [Thrombophlebitis of the transverse sinus and the in- ternal jugular vein with ligation of the latter.] Yezhe- mles. Uslin., Gorlov. i Nosov. Bollezn., S.-Peterb., 1906, i, 169-1*2.—Barr (.1. S.) Notes of a fatal case of septic thrombosis of the lateral sinus, secondary to chronic pu- rulent otitis media, and complicated by septic infarc- tions in the right lung. Lancet, Lond., 1906, i, 823. Also: Tr. Glasg. Path. & Clin. Soc, Glasgow, 1905-6, xi, 37.— Bertier (J.) La thrombose medicale des sinus de la dure-mere (thrombose primitive, thrombo-phiebite ad- hesive). Areh. g6n. de med., Par., 1907, i, 313-337.— Botcy(B.) Un casde meningite etde thrombo-phiebite des deux sinus caverneux d'origine otitique; ouverture de l'oreille moyenne et du crane avec drainage de la ca- vit6 arachno'ide; mort. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1906, i, 337-345.—Bourguet(I.) Thrombo-phiebite du sinus lateral'droit; operation; issue mortelle. Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1908, xxxiv, 556- 566.—Brindel. Thrombo-phiebite du sinus lateral avec abces extradural au cours d'une mastoi'dite aigue; evide- ment de l'apophyse; ouverture et curettage du sinus sans ligature de la jugulaire. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bor- deaux, 1909, xxx, 604.—Brunei. Otorrhee double; thrombo-phiebite des deux sinus lateraux; autopsie. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1905, i, 371-374.—Ca- banlies. Thrombo-phiebite de la veine ophtalmique et des sinus (a la suite d'une furonculose du nez); autopsie. i;az. hebd. d. sc m6d. de Bordeaux, 1904, xxv, 312.— Cangc & Aboulkcr (H.) Trois cas de phiebite des sinus caverneux. Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1909, xxxv, 97-103.—Cheval. Trombo-phie- bite du sinus lateral droit, pyohemie; resection du sinus lateral: guerison. J. med. deBrux., 1908, xiii, 798.—Col- linet. Thrombo-phiebite du sinus lateral; ligature de la jugulaire; curettage du sinus; guerison. Bull, de laryn- gol, otol. et rhinol., Par., 1902, v, 125-130.—Cornet (P.) Thrombo-phiebite du sinus lateral gauche chez une en- fant de quatre ans; ouverture et drainage du sinus sans ligature de la jugulaire; septicemic prolongee; guerison. Ibid., 1909, xii, 6-11.—Day (!•;. W.) A case of infective thrombosis of the lateral and sigmoid sinuses. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol, Soc. 1904, N. Y., 1905, x, 346- 351. Also: Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Larvngol., St. Louis, 1904, xiii, 19-23. [Discussion], 151-153.—Oe-Carll (D.) Un caso di peri- ed endoflebite del seno laterale e trombosi del longitudinale superiore. Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1903-4, xv, 449-152. Also: Atti d. clin. oto-rino- laringoiat. d. r. Univ. di Roma, 1904, ii, 18-22.—Delsaux (V.) Thrombo-phiebite du sinus caverneux d'origine oti- que. Presse oto-laryngol. beige, Brux., 1904, iii, 355-366,1 eh.-----. Pseudo-sinusitefrontaledueaun abces sous-pe- rioste du front, compliquee de thrombo-phiebite du sinus longitudinalsup6rieur;meningite;autopsie. Presseoto-la- rvngol. beige,Brux., 1906, v,448-152. Also, transl.: J. Laryn- gol.,Lond.,1906,xxi, 542-555. A/so,transl. [Abstr.]: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906.ii, 1471.—Diericx. A propos deonze cas de phiebite suppureedu sinus lateral d'origine otique. Ann. Soc de med. d'Anvers, 1911, Ixxiii, 217-22*.— Huronx (E.) Masto'idite; thrombo-phiebite du sinus lateral et de la jugulaire interne; ouverture du sinus; ligatures de hi jugulaire; guerison. Lyon med., 1903, e, 981-985.—ICI- lett (E. C.) Septic thrombosis of the cavernous sinuses: with a report of three cases. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1904, xliii, 1865-1867.—Finlag (C. E.) Ueber einen Fall von Thrombophlebitis des Sinus eavernosus, kompliziert durch Empyem der Keilbeinhohlen und der Siebbeinzel- len, irrtiimiieherweise fiir eine Thrombophlebitis des Si- nus lateralis gehalten. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1904-5, xlviii.227-229 —Fiirct (F.) Un cas de thrombo-phiebite du sinus lateral droit; operation; mort. Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1902, xxviii, 408-412.— Gaudier. Thrombo-phiebite du sinus lateral droit au eours d'une otite aigue. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1912, xvi, 365.—Grant (1).) A case of thrombo-phlebitis of the lateral sinus, treated by operation without ligature of the internal jugular vein: recovery. Tr. Otol. Soc U. King- dom, Lond., 1900, i, 25. -----. A case of thrombo-phlebitis of jugujar bulb and cerebellar abscess; ligature of vein; later evacuation of sinus and bulb; drainage of cerebellar abscess; recovery. Ibid.,1905-6, vii, 32-38. Also: J. Laryn- gol., Lond., 1906, xxi, 113-120.—Hedon (E.) & Bo us- que t (L.) Thrombo-phiebite du sinus lateral d'origine otique; infection purulente; guerison par 6videment pe- tro-masto'idien et drainage du sinus sans ligature de la jugulaire. Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par:, 1906, xxi, 422-432. Also: Montpel. med., 1906, xxiii, 233.— Hennebert (C.) Thrombo-phiebite sinuso-jugulaire, d'origine otique; operation; guerison. Clinique, Brux., 1903, xvii 685-690. -----. Thrombo-phiebite sinusojugu- laireotitime. Rev.hebd.delaryngol. [etc.], Par.,1907,ii, 65-70.—Herzl'eld (J.) Thrombophlebitis des Sinus transversus. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1902,xxviii,Ver.-Beil.,108.—Jacques (P.) Thrombophie- bite du sinus lateral et abces eerebelleux. Rev.med.de l'est,Nancy,1911,xliii,276-277.—Jacques (P.) ALucien. Thrombo-phlebitis (Cerebral). Phlegmon periamygdalien nioriel par thrombo-phiebite du sinus caverneux. Ann. d.mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1908, xxxiv, 655-6">s—Kaulhiann. Double cholesteatome; thrombo-phiebite du sinus lateral droit; double trepanation; ouverture du sinus; injections d'eiec- trargol; guerison. Rev. hebd. de larvngol. [etc], Par., 1908, i, 241-245.—Knapp (A.) Purulent phlebitis of the sigmoid sinus without thrombosis; death from meningitis; autopsy. Arch. Otol., N. Y., 1902, xxxi, 369-372. -----. A case of infective thrombosis of the sigmoid and lateral sinuses after acute mastoiditis; death from meningitis; autopsv report. Ann.Otol., Rhinol.&Larvngol.,St.Louis, 1905, xix, 705-711.—Holler (C.) A case of thrombophle- bitis of the left sigmoid sinus masking a latent brain ab- scess in the left temporo-sphenoidal lobe, both arising from chronic otitis media. Mt. Sinai Hosp. Rep., N. Y., 1899-1900, ii, 510-519.—Bra mm. Sinusversehluss durch PhlebitisohneThrombosebei Kindern. Ztsehr.f.Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1907, liii, 111-123— Labarrc. Thrombo phiebite du sinus lateral reconnue a, Pautopsie. Bull. Soc. beige d'otol.[etc],Brux.,1901,vi,56— Lahaussois. Thrombo- phiebite du sinus lateral gauche et du golfe de la jugu- laire, au cours d'une otite moyenne aigue suppuree; liga- ture et section de la jugulaire interne; drainage trans- sinuso-jugulaire; guerison. Lyon chirurg., 1908-9, i, 439- 445. Also: Lyon med., 1909.cxii, 529-537.-----.Thrombo- phiebite du sinus lateral gauche et du golfe de la jugu- laire interne au eours d'uneotite aigu6 (2« cas); interven- tion; gu6rison. Lyon chirurg., 1909-10, ii, 253-256.—Lan- nois (M.) Thrombo-phiebite du sinus lateral sans com- munication avec le foyer otique. Bull. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Lyon, 1902, i, 429.—de Lapersonne (F.) Thrombo- phiebite orbito-meningee. Gaz.d. hop., Par., 1904,lxxvii, 365-368.—Leniaftre (F.) Quelques considerations sur les phiebites des sinus craniens, thrombo-phlebites sim- ples, thrombo-phlebites associees, soita un abces du cer- veau.soitaunehernieducervelet. Rev.hebd.de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1909,ii, 577-597.—Lombard (E.) Thrombo- phiebite suppuree des sinus caverneux d'origine otique, sans thrombo-phiebite du sinus lateral. Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1902, xxviii,251-255. -----. Thrombo-phiebite suppuree du sinus caverneux d'origine auriculaire sans thrombo-phiebite suppuree des sinus peri- petreuxet sans rechauffement apparent del'otite. Ibid., 1904, xxx, 146-151.—Lnc. Un cas de thrombo-phiebite suppuree du sinus lateral d'origine otique enrayee par l'ouverture et le nettoyage du vaisseau infecte, pre- cedes de la ligature de la veine jugulaire; mort, six se- maines plus tard, k la suite d'aecidents nouveaux, dus, suivant toute apparence, a la formation secondaire d'un abces eerebelleux; reflexions. Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1904, xxx, 120-129.—ftlarbaix. Un cas de thrombo-phiebite du sinus transverse et de la veine jugulaire avec mastoide silencieuse. Arch, inter- nat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par.. 1912, xxxiv, 77-82.—Menini (G.) &Crescenzi (G.) Un caso di tromboflebite basilare suppurativa. Clin. mod. .Firenze, 1906, xi, 421-424.— JWer- eier-Bellevue. Thrombo-phiebite suppuree du sinus caverneux d'origine otique sans thrombo-phiebite du si- nus lateral. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1904, i, 401—105.— Meyer (W.) Thrombo-phlebitis of the sigmoid sinus and deep jugular vein, following mastoiditis; two illustrative cases. Contrib. Sc. Med.& Surg. .. .25. anniv. founding of N. Y. Post. Grad. M. Sch. & Hosp., N. Y., 1908, 46-51.—JWolinie (J.) Thrombophiebite du sinus lateral; operation; guerison. [Rap. de A. Broca.] Bull, et mem. Soc. dechir.de Par., 1903, n.s., xxix, 285-287. Also: Areh. internat. de larvngol. [etc.], Par., 1903, xvi, 348-352. Also: Marseille med., 1903, xl. 308-310.—,1Iouret(J.) Thrombo- phiebite du sinus lateral consecutive a une otite moyenne aigue datant de six jours chez un enfant de neuf ans; ou- verture du sinus; ligature de la jugulaire; drainage du sinus et du boutsuperieurde la veine jugulaire; guerison. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1905, ii, 43-49. Also [Abstr.]: Bull.delaryngol.,otol.etrhinol.,Par.,1904,vii,221 — INobecourt (P.), Voisin (R.) & Vltry (G.) Deux cas de thrombo-phiebite des sinus craniens avec me- ningite suppuree. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1903, lxxviii, 874-879. — Pontoppidan (F.) Tilfaelde af purulent Sinustrombose med Epiduralabsces og Subdu- ralabsces i bageste Hjernegrube samt nogle Bemaerknin- ger om Sinustrombosens Behandling. [A case of puru- lent sinus thrombosis with epidural abscess and sub- dural abscess in the posterior fossa, with some remarks on the treatmentof sinus thrombosis.] Hosp.-Tid., K0- benh., 1906, 4. R., xiv, 285-302.—Bicsc (IP) Thrombo- phlebitis der Sinus dura matris selteneren Ursprungs. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 1900, xxix, pt. 2, 419-432. Also: Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1900, Ixi, 839-852.—Bokitski (V.M.) Sluchal thrombo- phlebitis suppur. sinus transversi. Bolnitseh. gaz. Bot- kina, St. Petersb., 1900, xl, 1540-1544.—Samuelssson (C.) Fern fall af thrombophlebitis sinus sigmoidei et bulbi venae jugularis internee med dodlig utgang p& grand af vorig leptomeningit. [Five eases of ... . with fatal end from purulent leptomeningitis] Oto-laryng. meddel., Stockholm, 1912, i, 176 -Saner i W. E.) Otitic sinus phlebitis and thrombosis; with report of a case ot THROMBO-PHLEBITIS. 183 THROMBOSIS. Thrombo-phlebitis (Cerebral). phlebitis and thrombosis of lateral sinus and jugular bulb. J. Missouri M. Ass. St. Louis, 1909-10, vi, 543-548.— Schroeder (H.) Ein weiterer Fall otogener eitriger Sinusphlebitis mit tieberfreiem Verlauf. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1906, Iii, 357-360.—Stocker (F.) Ein seltener Fall von Thrombosirung der vordern basalen Hirnsinus, im Anschluss an orbitale Thrombophlebitis. Arch. f. Augenh., Wiesb., 1901, xliv, 105-146. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Arch. Ophth., N. Y., 1906, xxxv, 373-382.—Tap- tas. (N.) Un cas de thrombophiebite du sinus lateral d'origine otique; ligature de la veine jugulaire, ouver- ture et nottoyage du sinus; incision exploratrice du cer- velet; guerison. Gaz. med. d'Orient, Constant., 1904-5, xlix, 18. -----. Thrombophiebite du sinus lateral avec symptomes eerebelleux; ligature de la jugulaire; nettoy- age du sinus lateral; ponctions negatives du cervelet; guerison; de l'innocuite des plaies drainees de la dure- mere. Ibid., 1906, li, 133. -----. Contribution a I'etude de la thrombo-phiebite du sinus lateral; de la necessite ou non de lier la veine jugulaire. Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.]. Par., 1907, xxxiii, 519-531. -----. De la thrombophiebite du sinus lateral. Bull, de laryngol., otol. et rhinol., Par., 1910, xiii, 108-112.—Ta- vernier ( L.) Drainage trans-ethmoi'do-spheno'idal d'une thrombophiebite du sinus caverneux. Lyon med., 1910, cxiv, 307-310.— Tronconi (D.) Contributo alia ca- sistica della tromboflebite del seno laterale da causaotitiea. Arch.ital. diotol. [etc],Torino,1904-5,xvi,353-376.—Uflfe- norde (W.) Ein Fall von otogener eiteriger Thrombo- phlebitis mit symptomlosem Verlaufe. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1907, xii, 661-664.—Van Mens (J. F. A.) Een geval von phlebitis en thrombose van den sinus transversus. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1912, i, 1901-1904.— "Vidal (E.j Sur la technique de la cure radicale des thrombo-phlebites otitiques du sinus lateral. Arch. prov. de chir., Par., 1901, x, 257-274.—Weiss. Un cas de trombophiebite du sinus lateral d'origine otique. Soc. de med. de Nancy. C.-r. . . ., 1904-5, 120. Also: Rev. med. de Pest. Nancy, 1905, xxxvii, 636.— Winslo w (J. R.) Report of a remarkable case of sigmoid sinus thrombosis with multiform septico-pyemic complications extending over a period of four and a half months; ulti- mate death. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1908, xviii, 176-181. Thrombo-phlebitis (Puerperal). See, also, Puerperal phlebitis. Schweninger (F.) * Friihaufstehen Operier- ter und Thrombophlebitis. 8°. Munchen, 1910. Also, in: Monatschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gyniik., Berl., 1910, xxxii, 11-20. Tkatschewsky (J.) * Ueber Thrombophle- bitis bei gynsekologischen Erkrankungen in der Basler Universitatsfrauenklinik wiihrend der Jahre 1901-5 unter Beriicksichtigung des sog. Mahler'schen Symptoms. 8°. Basel, 1906. Brettauer (J.) The operative treatment of puer- peral thrombo-phlebitis. Tr. Am. Gvnec Soc, Phila., 1909, xxxiv, 651-661, 1 ch. Also: Surg.. Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1909, ix, 608-612.—Find ley (P.) Puerperal thrombophlebitis. Am. J. Obst., X. Y.. 1912, lxvi, 987- 995.—H.uggins (R. R.) The ligation or excision of the ovarian or deep pelvic veins in the treatment of puer- peral thrombophlebitis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lix, 160-165.—Miller (C. J.) A successful case of liga- tion of the ovarian vein for thrombophlebitis of puer- peral origin. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1910-11, lxiii, 583-590,1 pi. -----. The present status of ligation or excision of the pelvic veins in the treatment of septic thrombophlebitis of puerperal origin. J.Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lix, 157-160.—Parache (F.) Tratamiento de la trombofle- bitis puerperal. An. de la Acad, de obst. [etc.], Madrid, 1909, ii, 241-247. Thromboplasti n. See, also, Thrombin [ete.]. Bayne-Jones (S.) The presence of prothrombin and thrombo-plastin in the blood platelets. Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1912-13, xxx, 74-79— Cecil (H. L.) Note upon the preparation of thromboplastie extracts (throm- boplastin) from tissues. Ibid., 1911-12, xxix, 156-159.— Howell (W. H.) The nature and action of the throm- boplastie (zvmoplastic) substance of the tissues. Ibid., 1912-13, xxxi, 1-21. Thrombopylephlebitis. See Portal vein (Obstruction of). Thrombosine. Cramer (C. D.) Over de zoogenaamde thrombosine van Lilienfeld. Onderzoek. ged. in h. physiol. Lab. d. Utrecht. Hoogesch., 1897, 4. R., v, 1-46. Also, transl.: Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1897, xxiii, 74-86. Thrombosis. Sec, also, Embolism; Puerperal phlebitis; Veins (Obstruction of). Aschoff (L.), von Beck (B.) \_et al.]. Bei- trage zur Thrombosefrage, von L. Aschoff, B. von Beck, O. de Le Camp, B. Kronig. 4°. Leipzig, 1912. Ferge (M. F. A.) * Ueber den Aufbau und die Entstehung des autochthonen Thrombus. [Freiburg i. Br.] 8°. Berlin u. Wien, 1909. Also, in: Med.-naturw. Arch., Berl. u. Wien, 1909, ii, 351-410, 3 pi. Fischer (C.) * Ein Fall von Kugelthrombus. S°. Miinehen, 1901. Also, in: Ann. d. stiidt. allg. Krankenh. zu Munchen (1898-9), 1901, xi, 165-184. Gubser (J.) * Ueber Entstehung von Riff- bildungen an der Oberfltiche von Thromben. [Zurich.] 8°. Uzuach, [n. d.]. Merkel (H.) * Die Betheiligung der Gefiiss- wand an der Organisation des Thrombus mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung des Endothels. Eine experimentelle Studie zugleich als Beitrag zur Endothelfrage. Habilitationsschrift. 8°. Erlangen, 1903. Also, in: Sitzungsb. d. phys.-med. Soc. in Erlaug., (1902), 1903, xxxiv, 92-187, 1 pi. Virchow (R. L. K.) Thrombose und Em- bolie. 8°. Leipzig, 1910. Apollonio (C) Ricerche microscopiclie sull' orga- nizzazione del trombo nelle arterie; tesi di laurea. Riv. clin., Bologna, 1887, 3.s.,vii, 465-477, 2 pi.—Aschoff(L.) Thrombose und Sandbankbildung. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u.z.allg.Path.,Jena,1912,lii,205-212.-----. Wiesiehtein Thrombus aus, wie entsteht ein Thrombus, und warum entsteht ein Thrombus? Cor.-Bl. f. Schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1911, xii, 1086. -----. Thrombose und Embolic Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte (Karls- ruhe), Leipz., 1911, lxxxiii, pt. 1, 344-377. -----. Ueber den Aufbau des Thrombus. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1912, xxxviii, 2057-2059.—von Baum- gartcn. Ueber die Schicksale des Blutes in doppelt unterbundenen Gefassstrecken. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch. 1902, Berl., 1903, v, 37^5.—von Beck (B.) Thrombose und Embolic. Verhandl d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte (Karlsruhe), Leipz., 1911, lxxxiii, pt. 1, 379-^03.— Beneke (K.) Zwei eigenartige Falle von Thrombose. Ibid. (Konigsb.), 1910, Leipz., 1911, lxxxii, pt. 2, 16. -----. Fibringerinnung und Thrombose. Sitzungsb. d. Gesellsch. z. Beford. d. ges. Naturw. zu Marb. (1910), 1911, 23-31.—Bennett (Sir W.) On some points connected with thrombosis. Clin. J., Lond., 1901, xviii, 401-405.—Bizzozero (G.) Di un nuovo elemento morfologico del sangue e della sua im- portanza nella trombosi. In his: Opere seient. 1879-96, 8°, Milano, 1905, ii, 649-708, 1 tab. — Blunter (G.) Thrombosis, embolism, and phlebitis. In: Mod. Med., (Osier), 8°, Phila. & N. Y., 1908, iv, 503-569.— Bozzolo. Su due casi di trombosi d' oscura origine. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1903, 4. s.. ix, 734- 736.—Bruno (A.) Considerazioni sopra la sintomatolo- gia nelle trombosi per emboli e per arteriti. Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1904, xliii, 22-31.—Bryant (J. H.) Bac- teria in thrombi. Guy's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1901-2, 3. s., xii, 99-107. — Butler (F. Q.) Thrombus neonatorum. West. M. Rev., Lincoln, Neb., 1899, iv, 362.—Chante- ■ncsse. Coagulation et decoagulation du sang dans les veines- prophylaxie de la thrombose et de l'embolie. Bull. Acad, de m6d., Par., 1909, 3. s., Ixi, 87-92.— Coe (H. C.) Crural thrombosis following aseptic celiotomy. Tr. Am. Gynec. Soc, Phila., 1899, xxiv, 215-241.—Corner (E. M.) Thrombosis in lymphatic vessels in septic and carcinomatous diseases. Med. Press A Circ, Lond., 1912, n. s., xciii, 35.—Co rail & Bene Marie. De la phy- siologie pathologique des thromboses et des coagulations sanguines. Compt.-rend. Cong, internat. de med. 1897, Mosc, 1899, ii, sect. 3, 93-102— Dercivenho (W. N.) Ueber die Herkunft der Blutplattchen im Thrombus nach Untersuchungen an doppelt unterbundenen Ge- fiissen. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1910, xlviii 123-147, 2 pi.—Desplats. Thrombose des quatre membres. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1902, i, 116.—Dietrich (A ) Experimente iiber Thrombenbildung. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch., Jena, 1912, xv, 372-379,1 pi.— Duckworth (Sir D.) Clinical notes respecting a ten- dency to blood-clotting during life. St. Barth. Hosp. Rep. 1905, Lond., 1906, xii, 1-4-Duffek (E.) Unter- THROMBOSIS. 184 THROMBOSIS. Thrombosis. sucbungeuiiberseptischeThrombosen. Arch.f.Gynaek., Berl., 1912, xcvi, 389-403.—Duncan (H. A.) & llliuan (G. M.) Aetiology and treatment of thrombosis; based upon studies of the coagulation time of blood. N. York M.J. [ete.J, 1907, lxxxvi, 1168-1170.—Hiclihorst (H.) Ueber multiple Arterienthrombose. Deutsches Arch. f. klm. Mud., Leipz., 1904. lxxx, 75-90, 3 pi—Fellncr (O. O.) 1 hrombose und innere Sekretion? Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1912, lix, 537.—Flexner (S.) On thrombi composed of agglutinated red blood corpuscles. Prelimi- nary communication. J.Med. Research, Bost., 1902, viii, 316-321.— Insex ( A. ) Ueber Hirnsinusthrombose nach Mittelohreiterungen. 12°. Berlin, [1892]. Kranz (E. K.) *Ein bemerkenswerter Fall von organisierter Thrombose siimtlicher Sinus der Dura mater nach einer Halseiterung. 8°. Munchen, 1904. Petsch (A.) * Ueber Sinusthrombose. 8°. Bonn, 1901. Schaaf (H. E.) * Casuistische Mitteilungen iiber Sinusthrombose. 8°. Giessen, 1906. Simeon (R.) * Ueber einen Fall von Sinus- thrombose. 8°. Jenei, 1899. Solonowicz (Bronislawa). *Ein Fall von autochthoner Hirnsinusthrombose im Kindes- alter. 8°. Zurich, 1902. Stenger (P.) Die otitische Hirnsinusthrom- bose nach den in der Ohrenklinik der Charite in den Jahren 1899-1901 gesammelten Beobach- tungen. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., 1903. Tirieff (N.) * Ueber marantische Sinus- Thrombose bei Pneumonie und Potatorium. 8°. Munchen, 1907. Abrahamson (I.) A case of thrombosis of the pos- terior inferior cerebellar arterv. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., Lancaster, Pa., 1908, xxxv, 583.—Alexander. [Beson- rlers leichter Verlauf eines Falles von infectioser Throm- bophlebitis des Sinus lateralis bei acuter Otitis.] Mo- natschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1905, xxxix,247-251.-Alex- ander (G.) Otitic sinus thrombosis and pyaemia. Arch. Otol., N.Y., 1908, xxxvii, 230-247.—Alexander (W.) Fall von Gehirn thrombose bei Polycythemic Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xlviii, 1904.—Alt (F.) Ein ge- heilter Fall von otitischer Sinus- und Jugularisthrom- bose mit metastatischem Lungenabscess. Wien. med. Presse, 1902, xliii, 1127-1129. Also: Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1902, xxxvi, 140-142—Ball (M. V.) Thrombosis of lateral sinus following acute otitis media. Am. Medicine, Burlington, Vt., & N. Y., 1904, viii, 494. Also, Reprint.—Ballance ( C. A.) A case, of septic thrombosis of the left sigmoid, left cavernous, and left inferior petrosal sinuses, with a suggestion for treatment in future cases. Lancet, Lond., 1912, ii, 1001-1005.—Ba- rany. Thrombose des Emissars. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Berl., 1910, xliv, 1270.—Barnhill (J.F.) The di- agnosis and treatmentof sinus thrombosis. J. Indiana M. Ass., Fort Wayne, 1908, i, 37X-382.— Barr (J. S.) Notes of a fatil case of septic thrombosis of the lateral sinus, secondary to chronic; otitis media purulenta in the left ear, and complicated with septic infarctions in the right lung. Lancet, Lond., 1906, i, 823.—Barr (T.) & Nieoll (J. fi.) Case of purulent thrombosis of left lateral sinus. Tr. Glasg. Path. & Clin. Soc, 1899-1900, viii, 7-11, 2 pL- Also: Glasgow M. J., 1899, Iii, 432-436, 2 pi.—Bartels (M.) Augenhintergrundsbefunde bei Hirnsinusthrom- bose. Ztschr. f. Augenh., Berl., 1909, xxi, 23-32.— Bell (S.) A case of cerebral softening, following cortical anaemia from cerebral thrombosis. Detroit M. J., 1902-3, ii, 620-622. — Berlin. Tromboz krovyanikh pazukh mozga s vipyachivaniyem glaz (exoph^halmus) poslie krovopuskaniya u loshadi. [Thrombosis of the sinus of the brain with . . . following bloodletting in a horse.] Arch. vet. nauk, St. Petersb., 1879, ix, 3. sect.. 102-108 - Bertier(J.) Thrombose du sinus kmgituuinal supeneur consecutif a une broncfio-pneumonie morbilleuse; con- vulsions; mort. Province med., Lyon, 1902, xvi, 301-303.— Beyer (H.) Ueber isolierte Thrombose des Sinus petro- sus inferior. Beitr. z. Anat., Physiol., Path. u. Therap. d. Ohres [etc.], Berl., 1910-11, iv, 397-405.—Bikeles (G.) Thrombose der Arteria cerebri anterior. Neurol. Cen- tralbl., Leipz., 1899, xviii, 443-447.—Blau (A.) Kasuis- tischer Beitrag fiber fieberlosen Verlauf der otogenen Sinusthrombose. Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1907, lxxiv, 200-203. — Blodgett (F. J.) A case of sinus thrombo- sis. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, N. Bedford, Mass., 1911, xii, pt, 2, 329-345—Boenninghaus. Ein atypischer Fall von Sinusthrombose und Kleinhirnabszess. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1907, liv, 245-247.—Bond y (G.) Zur Klinik und Pathologie der otitischen Sinusthrombose. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Berl., 1909, xliii, 641-676.— Bouslield iL.l A case of thrombosis of the lateral sinuses. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1909, xiii,428.— Bouvler (P.) Thrombose der Vena jugularis interna und des Sinus transversus nach Angina und Driisen- abszess. Beitr. z. Anat., Physiol., Path. u. Therap. d. Ohres [etc.], Berl., 1910, iv, 26-48.—Brat (G.) Een geval van etterige sinusthrombosis, waarbij totaalopenbeite- ling van het middenoor met behoud der gehoorbeentjes. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1906, d. 1, 310-312 — Braun (A) A case of sinus thrombosis complicated bv Thrombosis (Cerebral). cerebellar abscess and purulent leptomeningitis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1910, lxxvii, 535—Bronner (A.) A case of thrombosis of the lateral sinus and obliteration of the jugular vein. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1907, ii, 982. -----. Notes on an unusual case of thrombosis of the lower part of the lateral sinus, of aural origin. Lancet, Lond., 1906, ii, 1142.—Brunei- (W. E.) Septic thrombosis of the cavernous sinuses. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1899, viii, 326-332.—Bryant (W. S.) A case of thrombosis of the posterior cerebral veins and artery, encephalitis, purulent leptomeningitis, lateral sinus phlebitis and parietal thrombosis following mastoiditis. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1908, xvii, 163-166. -----. Thrombosis of the sigmoid and lateral sinus. Ibid., 1909, xviii, 912— Bulson (A. E.), jr. The temperature in sinus thrombosis. Fort Wavne M. J.-Mag., 1905, xxvi, 433.—Burr (C. W.) Thrombosis of the midcerebral artery causing aphasia and hemiplegia; remarks on cerebral skiagraphy by G. E. Pfahler. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila, & N. Y., 1904, n. s., cxxvii, 282-287.— Burr (C. W.) & Pfahler (D. E.) Report of a case of cerebral thrombosis, with a skiagraph snowing the area of softening. Penn. M. J., Pittsburgh, 1903-4, vii, 459-461.— Campbell (D. A.) Cerebral thrombosis. Kentucky M. J., Louisville, 1906-7, iv, 900-902.—Carless (A.) [A case of infective thrombosisof the lateral sinus secondary to middle-ear disease.] King's Coll. Hosp. Rep., 1895-6, Lond., 1897, iii, 104.— Church (B. F.) Thrombosis of the lateral sinus. Tr. Texas M. Ass., Austin, 1897, 116-119. Also: Tr. West. Ophth., Otol. [etc.] Ass. Otol., laryn- gol. & rhinol. div., St. Louis, 1897, 62-64.— Coffin (L. A.) Cavernous sinus thrombosis. Tr. Am. Larvngol. Ass.,N.Y.,1909,210-212. Also: Ann.Otol.,Rhinol.&Laryn- gol., St. Louis, 1909, xviii, 786-788. -----. Cavernous sinus thrombosis; teratoma of the soft palate; case reports. Manhattan Eye,Ear& Throat Hosp.,N.Y.,1910,xi,113-121.— Colvin (A.) Thrombosis of the intracranial sinuses, with reports of cases. St. Paul M. J., St. Paul, Minn., 1907, ix, 747-755.—Comby (J.) Thrombose des sinus; hemorra- gies meningees, cer^brale, ventriculaire, thrombose de la veine renale. Arch, de med. d. enf., Par., 1902,v, 290-292.— Cornet (P.) Etude clinique et therapeutique de la thrombose du sinus lateral d'origine auriculaire. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1900, Ixxiii, 1331-1335.—Cott (G. F.) Sinus thrombosis depending on middle ear disease, with report of a case following acute sore throat. Am. Med., Phila., 1902, iii, 644-646.—Coulter (F. E.) Cerebral thrombosis. West. M. Rev., Lincoln, Neb., 1902, vii, 279-282.—Court- ney (J. W.) A case of thrombosis of the left posterior inferior cerebellar artery. Boston M. & S. J., 1912, clxvi, 329-332.—Crowe (S. J.) Anaid for the diagnosis of con- ditions associated with an obstruction to the outflow of blood from the brain; with special reference to sinus thrombosisof otitic origin. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1912, xxiii, 321-323.1 pi.—Cunningham (F. M.) A case of primary thrombosisof the lateral sinus, running its course with operation, and at no time having any in- volvement of the middle ear. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1906, n. s., cxxxi, 617-620.—Babney (W. R.) A report of atypical and typical cases of sinus thrombosis complicating mastoiditis. Tr. Am. Laryngol. & Otol. Soc, St. Louis, 1908,437-458. —---. Reportof two casesof sinus thrombosis complicated by cerebral abscess in the tem- poro-sphenoidal lobes. Arch. Otol., N. Y., 1908, xxxvii, 97- 107,1 pi.—Dausend (J. A.) Ein Fall vm doppelseitiger Sinusthrombose im Anschluss an einseitige Otitis media purulenta mit Ausgang in Heilung. Beitr. z. Anat., Phy- siol., Path. u. Therap. d. Ohres [etc.], Berl., 1910-11, iv, 394-396.—Davis (II. .1.) Specimen of temporal bone from a case of thrombosis of cavernous sinus. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1910-11, iv, Otol. Sect., 27.—Bay (E. W.) Supposed cavernous sinus thrombosis. 'Jr. Am. Laryngol. Rhinol., & Otol. Soc. 1902, N. Y., 1903, viii, 243-248. Also: Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1902, xi, 520- 525.—Delille (A.) Vaste ramollissement cerebral chez un enfant consecutif a, une thrombose des sinus etde tous les affluents des veines de Galien. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par.,1900,lxxv, 984-987.—Dench(E. B.) Acase of sinus thrombosis, complicated by cerebellar abscess. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, N. Bedford, 1900, vii, 391-399—Dowd (C. N.) Thrombosis of lateral sinus and upper jugular vein. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1904, xxxix, 276.—Dul'our (C. R.) Infective sigmoid sinus thrombosis. N. York M. J., 1901, Ixxiii. 493-498. Also, Reprint. Also: 1 r. M. Soc. Dist. Columb.1901, Wash., 1902,vi,57-68.—Edmonds (A.) Sinus thrombosis secondary to mastoid abscess. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1908, n. s.. lxxxv, 95. — jKiehhorn (H.) Zur Bakteriologie der Sinusthrombose. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1900, Leipz., 1901, lxxii, pt. 2, 2. Hefte, 230. — KI lis (H. B.) Infective sig- moid sinus thrombosis; resection of internal jugular; re- port of case; recovery. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc. 1906, St. Louis, 1907, 46-57.—Kagge (C. II.) Thrombosis of the lateral sinus. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1905, xix, 140-145.—Fej€r (G.) A sinus cavernosus es a vena ophthalmicak thrombosisanak k6rkeper61 es azt ki- ser6szemtunetekr61. [Thrombosis of the cavernous sin us 87 THROMBOSIS. THROMBOSIS. Thrombosis (Cerebral). and ophthalmic vein, and the eye symptoms observed thereby.] Szemeszet, Budapest, 1908, xiv, 192-196. Also, transl.: Arch. f. Augenh., Wiesb., 1909, lxiv, 374-379, lpl.— Fisher (J. H.) Septic thrombosis of the cavernous sinus. St. Thomas's Hosp. Rep.l899,Lond., 1901,397-404.—Fisher (T.) Four cases of primary thrombosis of cerebral veins and sinuses in children. Rep. Soc. studv Dis. Child., Lond., 1900-1901, i, 43-56. Also: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901, ii, 9-12. — Flelschmann ^ L. ) Az otogen sinus thrombosisr61 esetek kapcsan. [Cases of otogenic sinus thrombosis.] Fiileszet, Budapest, 1906, 17-24.— Friedenwald (H.) A report of five eases of throm- bosisof the lateral sinus with recovery, bearing upon the diagnosis and prognosis of this affection. Tr. Am. Laryn- gol. Rhinol. & Otol. Soc, St. Louis, 1908, 292-302. Also: Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1909, xix, 18-32 —Gallaher (T. J.) Thrombosis of the intracranial venous sinuses of otitic origin. Colorado Med., Denver, 1909, vi, 153-155.— Gibson (G. A.) A Stewart (J. P.) Thrombosis of the cerebral sinuses extending into the choroid plexuses and cerebral veins, with clinical notes of a case of the dis- ease: including the pathological investigation of the case by J. S. Smith and D. A. Welsh. Edinb. Hosp. Rep., Edinb. & Lond., 1895, iii, 454-462. 1 pi.—Ginzburg (J.) Zur Kasuistik der Sinus covernosus-Thrombose. Cen- tralbl. f. prakt. Augenh., Leipz., 1909, xxxiii, 161-167.— Goldsmith (P. G.) A case of thrombosis of the lateral sinus, resection of the internal jugular vein, spontaneous evacuation of an abscess of the posterior fossa through the foramen jugulare; recovery. Canad. Pract. & Rev., Toronto, 1912, xxxvii, 629-633.— Good. Ein Fall von autochthoner Hirnsinusthr mbose. Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1902, xxi, 340-347.—Gradenigo (G.) Sopra un sintoma caratteristico della trombosi infettiva del seno longitudinale superiore. Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.], 1905, Siena, 1906, ix,223-232. Also,transl.: Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1905, lxvi, 243-250.— Grant (D.) Two cases of otitic lateral sinus phlebitis, one compli- cated with cerebellar abscess. Lancet, Lond., 1906, i, 1039-1041.—Grossmann (F.) Ueber die primare oto- gene Thrombose des Bulbus vense jugularis internte. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1908, lxxxv, 63-117.—Grue- ning (E.) Remarks on thrombosis of the sigmoid sinus, with three new cases. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, N. Bedford., 1902, viii, 75-83. Also: Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1903, xiii, 26-29. -----. Lateral sinus thrombosis. Arch. Otol., N. Y., 1906, xxxv, 229. -----. Six cases of thrombosis of the lateral sinus operated upon in the ear ward of the Mt. Sinai Hospital in the course of the past winter. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, N. Bedford, 1906, ix, pt. 2, 304-318. -----. Sinus thrombosis of otitic origin and its relation to strep- tococchaemia. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1909, lxxxix, 1141- 1143. Also: Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1910, xix, 147-154. [Discussion], 191-207. -----. A case of sinus thrombosis. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1909, xviii,926. [Discussion], 927-932.—Griln- wald (H. F.) Zur Kenntnis der Thrombose der Arteria profunda cerebri. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1911, xii, 485-492.—Hamlll (S. McC.) Report of a case of sinus thrombosis resulting in extensive cerebral hem- orrhage in an infant fifteen days old; sigmoid fusion of the kidneys. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1903, xx, 264-268. Also, Reprint.—Haima (H.) A fatal case of cavernous sinus thrombosis following chronic purulent otitis. J. Laryngol., Lond., 1908, xxiii, 364.—Hansberg (W.) Sinusthrombosen. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1903, xliv, 232: 323,6 pi.—Harris (W.) A case of thrombosis of the posterior cerebellar artery followed by severe trigeminal neuralgia in the analgesic facial area. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1909-10,iii,Neurol.Sect.,81-88.—Harrison (E.) Two cases of lateral sinus thrombosis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1908, i, 1563.—Harvie (J.) Lateral sinus throm- bosis. Ibid., ii, 501.—Hastings (H.) Sinus throm- bosis; a report of two cases, with masked symptoms. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1905, xiv, 1540-1544. -----. Throm- bosisof the sigmoid sinus and jugular vein, from direct tvmpanic infection of the jugular bulb; a reportof two cases. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1912, x, 462-465.— Hawkins (F. H.) Multiple thrombosis; embolism of the middle cerebral artery; death. Lancet, Lond., 1904, i, 796.—I layman n (L.) Sinus-Thrombose und otogene Pyaemie im Lichte experimenteller Untersuchungen. Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1910, lxxxiii, 1-124, 3 pi. -----. Ueber Spontanheilungsvorgiinge bei Sinusthrombose. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1911, lviii, 2443-2446. — Head (H.) Thrombosis of cerebral arteries. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1909-10, iii, Neurol. Sect., 30.— Henderson (F. L.) Thrombosis of the cavernous sinus; microscopical examination of the eyeball by A. Alt. Am. J. Ophth., St. Louis, 1907, xxiv, 65-75.— Herzfeld (J.) Ueber einen bemerkenswerten Fall von Sinusthrombose mit Stauungspapille und Pulsver- langsamung bei akuter eitriger Mittelohrentzundung. Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1907, Ixxiii, 222-224. -----. Obturierende Sinusthrombose. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1907, xxxiii, 441. -----. Ueber Spontan heilung von Thrombose des Sinus sigmoideus durch obliteration desselben. Beitr. z. Anat., Physiol., Thrombosis (Cerebral). Path. u. Therap. d. Ohres [etc.], Berl., 1908, ii, 141-144.— Herzog (H.) Bakteriologisehe Blutuntersuchungen bei Sinusthrombose. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1911, lviii, 2656-2658.—Hichens (P. S.) A case of throm- bosis of the cerebral sinuses following on chlorosis; re covery. Lancet, Lond., 1902, ii, 218.—Hildebrancl. Heilung einer rhinogenen Thrombose des Sinus ea- vernosus. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 1904, xxxiii, 105-111.—Hinsberg. Otitische Sinusphlebitis mit metastatischer Panophthalmie. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1907, lxxvi, 207. Also: Jah- resb. d. schles. Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Cult. 1907, Bresl., 1908, lxxxv, 56-58.— Holseher. Die otitische Throm- bose des Sinus cavernosus. Sammelreferat. Internat. Centralbl. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1904, ii, 157-174. -----. Zwei Fiille von latent verlaufener Thrombose des Sinus sigmoideus nach Mittelohreiterung. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1901, xlviii, 1385-1387. -----. Ein Fall von abnormer Ausbildung eines accessorischen Sinus occi- pitalis nach einseitiger Thrombose des Sinus trans- versus. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1902, xvi, 561-564.— Hoeve (H. J. H.) Thrombosis of the right middle cerebral artery, with symptoms and autopsy; with a complete history of the case by Lucy M. Busen- bark-Harbach. Iowa M. J., Des Moines, 1906, xii, 175-185.— Holer (I.) Sinusthrombose und Extra- duralabszess. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz., u. Berl., 1911, xxxvii, 1373. -----. Kasuistischer Beitrag zur Sinusthrombose bei acuter eitriger Mittelohrent- zundung. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1907, xii, 133- 137. -----. Ueber otogene Sinusthrombose. Wien. med. Presse, 1907, xlviii, 881; 922— Hottinaiin (R.) Ein Fall von Sinusthrombose mit bindegewebiger Oblitera- tion des Sinus sigmoideus. Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1900,1,77. -----. Beitrag zur otitischen Sinusthrombose. Verhandl. d. deutsch. otol. Gesellsch., Jena, 1897, vi, 132-136. -----. Ein Fall von Sinus- und Jugularis- Thrombose. Ibid., 1898, vii, 181-187, 3 diag.—Holmes (B.) A case of antrum infection and sigmoid sinus thrombosis without present middle-ear disease, present- ing the symptoms of facial neuralgia and none of the ordinary symptoms of disease in the petrosa; retro- pharyngeal gravity-abscess, general sinus thrombosis without much impairment of cerebration; death after three months; partial autopsy; presentation of speci- mens. Am. Med., Phila., 1901, i, 385-388.—Hopkins (S. D.) Bilateral cerebral thrombosis due to athero- matous changes in the arteries. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1902, 12. s., iii, 123-129.—Home (J.) Specimen and notes of a case of septic thrombosis of obscure origin involving the right lateral and the superior longitudinal sinuses, considered with reference to the patency of the petro-squamosal sinus as a causation factor. Tr. Otol. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond., 1900, i, 64-69.— Ho ward (G. T.) Case of septic thrombosis of the cavernous sinus. Intercolon. M. J., Australas., Melbourne, 1899, iv, 316-319. [Discussion], 331-333.—Huyghe. Dysarthrie linguale intermittente indice de thrombose arterielle cerebrale, sympt6me a distance des accidents graves du ramollisse- ment cerebral. Cong, franc, de m6d. C.-r. 1904, Par., 1905, 397-402.—Jackson (C.) Two cases of lateral and sigmoid sinus thrombosis, with jugular exsection; re- covery notwithstanding meningeal symptoms. St. Louis M. Rev., 1905, li, 230-233. Also, Reprint.—Jackson (E.) Thrombosis of the cavernous sinus. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Hartford, 1900-1902, ix, 365-367. -----. Throm- bosisof the cavernous sinus; double panophthalmitis of septic origin. Phila. M. J., 1901, viii, 536. -----. Ocular and orbital symptoms of thrombosisof the cavernous si- nus. Colorado Med., Denver, 1909, vi, 156-162.—Jamie- son (J.) Septic thrombosis of the cavernous sinus. Intercolon. M. J. Australas., Melbourne, 1900, v, 93-96.— Judelch (E.) Beitrag zur Pathologie der Thrombose des Sinus cavernosus und zur Pathogenese der Stauungs- papille. Ztschr. f. Augenh., Berl., 1900, iii, 739-770, 1 pi — Kalahne. Ueber Spontanheilung der Thrombose des Sinus sigmoideus durch Kompression. Berl. klin. Wchn- schr., 1911, xlviii, 1612.—Kan (P. T. L.) Over een geval van genezen otitische sinusthrombose. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1904, 2. r., xl, d. 2, 338.—Katzen- steln (J.) Ueber Venenthromboseund hamorrhagische Enzephahtis im Anschluss an bakteriologisch-anatomi- sche Untersuchungen bei Sinusthrombosen (Komplika- tion mit Chlorose, Eklampsie). Munchen. med. Wchn- schr., 1911, lviii, 1853-1858.—Kennnon (B. R.) Symp- toms and treatment of thrombosis of the lateral sinus and jugular vein; with report of cases. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol., & Otol. Soc. 1906, St. Louis, 1907, 601-617. Also: Arch. Otol., N. Y., 1906, xxxv, 189-202.—Kerr (J.) Two illustrative cases of sinus pva;mia with unusual results. Lancet, Lond., 1900, ii, 1072.—Kerrlson (P. D.) In- fective sinus thrombosis; a discussion of certain views recently advanced. Arch. Otol., N. Y., 1906, xxxv, 20-30, lpl. [Discussion], 142.—Klnnlcutt (F. P.) Acaseof cerebral sinus thrombosis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1901, lix, 874.—Knapp (H.) Twocases of otitic sinus thrombosis, the one fatal, the other ending jn recovery. Arch. Otol., N. Y., 1899, xxviii, 147-158. Also, transl.: Ztschr. f. THROMBOSIS. Thrombosis (Cerebral). Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1899, xxxv, 293-303,1 diag. -----. Notes on three recent cases of sinus thrombosis, two fatal, one recovered. 'I r. Am. Uiol. Soc, N. Bedford, 1898-1901, vn, pt. 4,517-534,1 eh. -----. A case of infective thrombosis of the sigmoid and lateral sinuses after acute mastoiditis; death from meningitis; autopsy report. Tr. Am. Laryn- gol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc. 1905, St. Louis, 1906, xi, 37-43. Also: J. Larvngol., Lond., 1905, xx, 478. -----. Infective sinus thrombosis; the varieties of general infection and treatment. Arch. Otol., N. Y., 1906, xxxv, 203-210.— Kobrak (F. ) Die Bedeutung anaerob wachsender Bakterien fiir die Entstehung von Blutleiterthrom- bosen. Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1907, lxxiv, 347-366 — Kopetzky (S. J.) Two atypical cases of sinus throm- bosis. Am. J. Surg., N. Y., 1909, xxiii, 4S-50. Also, Re- print.— K rain in. Beitrag zur Entstehung und Be- handlung der otogenen Pyiimie (ein Fall von Thrombose des Sinus petrosus superior). Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1907, liv, 126-136, 1 pi— KUhne. Zur pathologischen Bedeutung der occipitalen Sinusverbindungen. Ibid., 81-86.— Lange (W.) Otitische Thrombose der Sinus cavernosi. Charite-Ann., Berl., 1907, xxxi,618-630,1 pi.— Lany, worthy (II. G.) Thrombosis of the cavernous sinuses: with report of four eases; remarks on the topog- raphy of the sinus. Boston M. &S. J., 1907, clvi, 528-536 — Leech. Lateral sinus thrombosis. Northumberland & Durham M. J., Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 1904, xii, 14.— Leutert (E.) Die Diagnose der otitiscben Sinusthrom- bose mittelst bakteriologischerBlutuntersuehung. Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1907,lxxiv, 18-39.—Levy (R.) Sinus- thrombosis; cure without opening the sinus. Laryngo- scope, St. Louis. 1899, vii, 105-108. Also, Reprint.—Lewis (R.),jr. Cavernous sinus thrombosis. Ann. Otol., Rhi- nol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1909, xviii, 938. -----. Sinus thrombosis three-fourths of an inch from the seat of in- flammation. Ibid., 945. -----. Three eases of lateral si- nus thrombosis. Arch. Otol., N. Y., 1905, xxxiv, 11-14.— Lloyd (J. H.) & Bupp (F. A.) Extensive thrombosis of the sinuses of the brain. Proc. Path. Soc. Phila., 1900- 1901, n. s., iv, 134-136.—Lodge (S.) Two cases of throm- bosis of the lateral sinus. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1900, ii, 646. Also: I. Laryngol., Lond., 1903, xviii,341-345, 1 diag., lpl. -----. A case of thrombosis of the cavernous sinuses. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1903, xii, 449- 4"i4.—Long (E.) & Wiki (B.) Thrombose de la veine de Galien. Rev. m6d. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1900, xx, 380-383.—Love (K.) Case of perisinus abscess with mural thrombus in the sinus, basal meningitis, and tu- berculous tumours of the pons, cerebellum, and both sides of the cerebrum. Glasgow M. J., 1909, lxxi, 368- 373.—Lovelle (D. B.) Thrombosis of the superior lon- gitudinal sinus. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, N. Bedford 1902-4, viii, 84-88— .McCarthy (I). J.) & Meyers (M. K.) Some anomalous and pathological conditions of the cere- bral vascular system, with a discussion of the pathogene- sis of cerebral thrombosis. I'niv. Penn. M. Bull., Phila., 1908-9, xxi, 218-221. Also, Reprint.—McKeehnie (W. E.) A note on a case of cerebral venous thrombosis. Lancet, Lond., 1909, i, 33.—McKenzie (J. A.) Report of a case of probable thrombosis of the left middle cere- bral artery. Maritime M. News, Halifax, 1899, xi, log- in.— M' Kernon (J. F.) Sigmoid sinus thrombosis. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1900, viii, 294; 333. -----. Throm- bosis of the sigmoid sinus; report of two cases presenting some svmptoms differing from those usually found in this disease. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, N. Bedford, 1902-4, viii, 260- 268. Also: Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1903, xii, 285-292. -----. [Primary sinus thrombosis of the jugular bulb.] Arch. Otol., N. Y., 1904, xxxiii, 121. -----. Symptomatology, diagnosis, and treatment of sig- moid sinus thrombosis. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc. 1905, St. Louis, 1906, xi, 62-69. Also: Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1905. xiv, 730-787. Also: Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1905, xv, 528-534.—Martin (H. H.) Thrombosis of the cavernous sinus, with reportof case. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. & Oto-Laryngol., St. Louis, 1911. xvi, 99-103. Also: Ophthalmol., Seattle, 1912, viii, 188-187.—Mason (W. B.) Sigmoid sinus thrombosis; re- port of cases. Tr. Am. Larvngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc, N. Bedford, Mass., 1910, 383-393,1 ch —Mayhew (J. M.) Aneurism and thrombosis of the basilar and cerebral arter- ies: report of case. Med. Herald, St. Joseph, 1902. n. s., xxi,434-43*.— Menzies (J. A.) & Pope (E. L.) Throm- bosis of the cavernous sinus. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, ii, 1520.—MiodowskI (F.) Zur Pathologie der Sinus- thrombose (Bindegewebiger Verschluss der Sinus nach infektioser Thrombose). Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1907, lxxiv, 335-346.—Mitra (G. P.) A case of thrombosis of the middle cerebral artery after normal and aseptic la- bour. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1902, xxxvii, 476.—Mol- Hson (W. M.) Lateral sinus thrombosis: clinical lec- ture. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1911, xxv, 321-325.—Mo- riondo (M.) Contributo alia casistica delle trombosi dei seni della dura madre d' origine otitica. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1911, 4. s., xvii, 362-366.—Nas- cimento Gurgel. Thrombose cerebral por arterite syphilitica. Brazil-med., Rio de Jan., 1904, xviii, 438.— Neave (E. F. M.) Note on thrombosis of cerebral veins THROMBOSIS. Thrombosis (Cerebral). occurring in a case of chlorosis. Lancet, Lond., 1900, ii- 255.—Neuman (D. S.) A case of thrombosis of the cav, ernous sinus following mastoiditis. Colorado Med., Den- ver, 1909, vi, 148-163.—Nuernberg (F.) Die Verwer- tung des negativen Resultates der bakteriologischen l'n- tersuchung des Sinusblutes fiir die Differentialdiagnose zwischen otitischer Sinusthrombose und anderen noeh nicht manifesten, hoehfieberhaft verlaufenden Krank- heiten. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1907, liv, 2522-2525 — Oestreich. Totale Thrombose des Sinus longitudi- nalis und beider Sinus transversi. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz.u.Berl.,189"),xxi,Yer.-Beil.,34. Also: Verhandl. d. Ver. f. innere Med. zu Berl., 1894-5, xiv, 246.—Opuen- heimer(S.) Some remarks on sinus thrombosis with particular reference to the diagnostic value of blood cul- tures in otitic disease. Ann. Otol., Rhinol & Larvngol., St. Louis, 1911, xx, 109-128.—Otto (K.) Zur Kasuistik der Thrombose der Sinuscavernosi'nichtotitischen Ursprungs. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., .Leipz., 1911, ex, 176-190 — Padgett (H.) Thrombosis '■and softening of internal capsule. South. Pract., Nashville, 1906, xxviii, 407.— Page (J. R.) Thrombosis of the jugular bulb without apparent involvement of the lateral sinus; unusual bloodcount; metastasis; jiaralysisof external rectusoculi. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1910, xix, 353- 355. Also, Manhattan Eye & Ear Hosp. Rep., N. Y , 1912, xiii, 209-212—Parker (C. A.) Thrombosisof left verte- bral artery and atheroma of arteries forming the circle of Willis, and of the anterior, middle and posterior cere- bral arteries and their larger branches. Tr. Chicago Path, Soc, 1899-1901, iv, 28-30.—Patel (M.) Sur un cas de thrombose totale des sinus. Mem. et compt.-rend. Soc. d. sc. med. de Lyon (1898), 1899, xxxviii, 133-139.—Pat- rick (J.) Acaseof thrombosis of the sigmoid sinus. Glasgow M. J., 1899, li, 443-445.—Pigeon (H. W.) Case of aseptic cavernous sinus thrombosis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1908, ii, 1747.—Potts (B. H.) Report of a case of throm- bosis of the lateral sinus. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., & N. Y., 1904, n. s., exxviii, 676-679.—Bae (J. B,) Brief reportof two cases of sinus thrombosis. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, N. Bedford, 1908-9, xi, 348-352,2ch. -----. Sinus thrombosis. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. A Laryngol., St. Louis, 1911, xx, 211 -----. Unusual metastasis in case of sinus thrombosis. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, N. Bedford, Mass., 1911, xii, pt.2,326-328.— Bandall (B. A.) Septic sinus thrombosis due to ear infection. Medicine, Detroit, 1903, ix, 497-501.—Beber (W.) Differential diagnosis of the orbital conditions caused by sinusitis, including the report of a ease of thrombosis of the cavernous sinus. Penn. M. J., Athens, 1909-10, xiii, 790-801.—Bichards (J. D.) Report of a case of infective sigmoid sinus and jugular thrombosis complicated by leptomeningitis; lumbar puncture; sub- dural irrigation; death. Arch. Otol., N. Y., 1905, xxxiv, 198-202. [Discussion], 218-221.-----. Reportof three cases of infective sinus thrombosis. Ibid., 1907, xxxvi, 422- 431. -----. Sinus thrombosis of otitic origin, and suppu- rative disease of the labyrinth. Am. Pract. Surg. (Bryant & Buck), N. Y„ 1908, v, 731-778.—Bichardson (C. W.) Septic thrombosisof the sigmoid sinus. Tr. Am.-Otol. Soc. 1898-1901, N. Bedford, 1901, vii, 235-213. Also, Re- print. -----. The report of a case of sinus thrombosis; excision of the internal jugular, with recovery. Laryn- goscope, St. Louis, 1912, xxii, 1117.—Bidley (W.) Sinus thrombosis and pyaemia. Northumberland & Dur- ham M. J., New Castle-upon-Tyne, 1900, viii, 180-182 — Both (H.) Thrombosis of the cavernous sinus; with a report of three cases. N.York M.J. [etc.], 1904, lxxix, 394-396. Also, Reprint.—Bowlands (K. P.) Lateral sinus thrombosis and cerebral abscess. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1909, n. s., lxxxvii, 14.—Sachs (W.) Zur Diagnostik der Sinusthrombose. Areh. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1904, Ixi, 176-182. —Saunders (T. L.) Sinus thrombosis, cellulitis of the foot and acute inflamma- tion of the thyroid cartilage. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis,, 1910, xix, 159-162. [Discussion], 184-186.—Schlatter. Thrombose der intracraniellen Blutleiter. Handb. d. prakt. Chir. (von Bergmann et al.), 2. Aufl., Stuttg., 1903. i, 298-314. Also, transl.: Syst. Pract. Surg, (von Bergmann [etal.]), N. Y. & Phila., 1904, i, 289-305.—Schmiegelow (E.) Ein Fall von puru- lenter Sinusthrombose bei einem 13jahrigen Knaben. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl, 1902, xxxvi, 238.—Schroe- der (H.) Ein weiterer Fall von otogener eitriger Sinus phlebitis mit fieberfreiem Verlauf. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1906, Hi, 357-360. Also, transl.: Arch. Otol., N. Y., 1907, xxxvi, 436-438.—Scott (S.) Lateral sinus throm- bosis (streptococcal), with early pulmonary metastasis; recoverv. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond.. 1910-11, iv, Otol. Sect., 30-34.—Sheppard (J. E.) Two cases of lateral sinus thrombosis, presenting some unusual features. Tr. Am. Otoi. Soc, N. Bedford, Mass., 1905-7, x. 528-537. Also: Long Island M. J., Brooklyn, 1907, i, 382-384.— Shortlidge (E. D.) Report of a case of sinus throm- bus due to Welch gas bacillus. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1912, x, 160.—Simpson (W. L.) Septic throm- bosis of the cavernous sinus, with report of a case. Arch. Ophth., N. Y..1908, xxxvii, 379-387.—Sims (F. R.) A case of autochthonous sinous thrombosis. Boston M. z., 1908, pt. 2. 2. Hlfte., 289-293. Also: Monatschr. f. Psvchiat. u. Neurol., Berl., 1907, xxii, 383-398. — C rbautsi-liitscli (E.) Zur Differentialdiagno.se der otitisehen Sinusthrombose. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Berl. u. Wien, 1909. xliii, 1: 29; 161. -----. Der Einfluss otogener Erkrankungen auf die Blutgerinnung. Ibid., Berl.,1912, xlvi,1097-1144— Vander Straeten. Throm- bose des veines ophtalmique-et des sinus de la dure-mere. \nn. Soc. med.-chir. du Brabant, Brux., 18%, vi, 27-43.— Van de Wlldenbcrg. Thrombose latente du sinus. Bull. Soc. de med. d'Anvers, 1907, lxix, 35.—Vcascy (C. A.) A clinical study of double choked discs in a ease of quiet otitic thrombosis of the sigmoid sinus, without pvsemia. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1899, viii, 293-302. Also, Reprint.—VertogradoirtS. P.) O semiotikle i terapii tromboza bokovol pazukhi ushnovo proi'skhozhdeniya. [Symptomatology and treatment of thrombosis of the lateral sinus of otic origin.] Voveiino-med. J., St. Pe- tersb., 1903, ii, med. pt., 469; 719.—Yoss (F.) Ueber Sinusthrombose; in den letzten zwei Jahren gesammelte Erfahrungen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1904, xxx, 1866. -----. Ueber das Sensorium bei der otiti- sehen Sinusthrombose, nebst Bericht iiber einen Fall von Eintritt der Thrombose unter dem Bilde eines Schlagan- falles. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1905, 1,118-126. -----. Thrombosis (Cerebral). Die Differentialdiagnose bei otitiseher Sinusthrombose. Ibid., 17-28, 1 pi. Ateo, transl. Arch. Otol., N. Y., 1906, xxxv, 550-560. -----. Weitere sieben Fiille von Sinus- thrombose bei ausgeheilter akuter Mittelohrentziindung. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1906-7, liii, 42-56.—von Voss (G.) Ueber die autochthone Hirnsinu thrombose. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1899, xv, 297-311.— Walker (11. S.) Partial necrosis of cochlea and sig- moid sinus thrombosis. Tr. Otol. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond., 1905-6, vii. 88-91. Also: J. Laryngol., Lond., 1906, xxi, 343-347.— Walko (K.) Ueber autochthone Thrombose des HiniMnus und der Vena magna Galeni. Ztschr. f. Heilk.. Wien u. Leip/.., 1903, xxiv, Abth. f. int. Med., 1-18.—Wallenberg (A.) Anatomiseher Behind in einem als "acute Buibaraffection (Embolie der Art. cere- bellar, post. inf. sinistr.?)" beschriebenen Falle. Arch. f. Psychiat., Berl., 1901, xxxiv, 923-959, 2 pi.—Wanach (R.) Ueber zwei Fiille von Thrombose des Sinus trans- versus. St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr., 1900, n. F., xvii, 29.—Wascmian (H.) Kilka slow o powstawaniu i leczeniu zakrzepu zatoki jamistej (thrombus sin. caver- nosi 1. [("m the origin and treatment of cavernous sinus thrombosis] Czasopismo lek., Lodz, 1907, ix, 49-52.— Watson ^C.) On cerebral thrombosis in the horse; a clinical study. Vet. J., Lond., 1901, n. s., iv, 339-342, 2 pl.—Weiss (F.) Ein Fall von Sinusthrombose und Meningitis mit auffallendem bakteriologischen Befund nach Conjunctivitis erouposa; avirulente Bazillen aus der Diphtiieriegruppe. Wien.med. Wchnschr., 1908, xxi, 1554-1557.— Weissgerber. Ueber einen Fall von ge- heilter Sinusthrombose nach Mittelohreiterung. Ber. d. oberhess. Gesellsch. i. Nat.- u. Heilk., Giessen, 1897-9, xxxii, 154-163.—Whitehead (A. L.) A case of throm- bosisof the right lateral sinus in which theclotextended beyond the toreular Herophili into the lateral sinus of the opposite side; operation; recoverv. Proc Rov. Soc. Med., Lond., 1908-9, ii, Otol. Sect., 1-3.—Whiting (F.) Infec- tive sinus thrombosis; determining factors in its sympto- matology and diagnosis. J. Am. Ass., Chicago, 1899, xxxiii, 1063-1070.—Wiglesworth (J.) Two cases of thrombosis of superior longitudinal sinus, etc. Liver- pool M.-Chir. J., 1902, xxii, 405-407.—Wilson (S. A. K.) A case of thrombosis of the left posterior inferior cerebel- lar arterv. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1908-9, ii, neu- rol. Sect., 52-76.—Wimmer (A.) Ein Fall von ausge- dehnter Thrombosierung der Hirnsinus. Berl. klin. Wchnschr.. 1906, xliii, 1475-1477.—\%'iiislow (J. R.) Report of a remarkable ease of sigmoid sinus thrombosis, with multiform septicopyemic complications extending over a period of four and a half months; ultimate death. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc, St. Louis, 1908, js.V29L—Wittmaack. Ein Fall von otitiseher Sinus- thrombose. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1902, lxxi, 6^3 —Wood (J. W.) Three cases of thrombosis of the lab nil sinus. Lancet, Lond., 1910, ii, 1210-1212. -----. Reportof a ease of thrombosisof the lateral sinus exhibit- ing symptoms of cerebellar abscess; operation; recovery. I. La'rgngoL, Lond., 1911, xxvi, 253-257.—Woods (H.), jr. Clinical history of a fatal case of septic sinus throm- iiosis, with metastatic abscess. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc., N. Bedford, 1898-1901, vii, 3s3-390—Xentmayer (W.) & Weisenberg (T. H.) Primary cavernous sinus throm- bosis, with involvement of all of the cranial nerves of one side, except the auditory, and with peculiar menstrual dis- turbances; report of a case. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1906, n. s., cxxxi, 239-244. Thrombosis (Cerebral, Treatment of Operative). Adams (J. L.) Thrombosis of the lateral sinus and internal jugular vein following suppurative mastoiditis, caused bv acute purulent otitis media; operation; recov- ery; a case report. Am. J. Surg., N. V., 1908, xxii, 214- 217.—Allnort (F.) The operation for thrombus of the sigmoid sinus and internal jugular vein, of otitic origin. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc, St. Louis, 1908, 420-437, 9 ol. Also: Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol.. St. Louis, 1908, xvii, 333-348, 9 pl. Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- cago, 1908, 1, 1331-1338.—Angus (H. B.) Patient after operation for lateral sinus thrombosis. Northumberland & Durham M. J., Newcastle-upon-Tyne. 1903, ix, 13-15. -----. Lateral sinus thrombosis; operation. Ibid., 1904, xii, 43-45.—Arnold (J. D.) Report of a case of sinus thrombosis; operation: recovery. Tr. M. Soc. Calif., San Fran., 1897, :'»93.—Aspisoii" (N. M.) K kazu'istikle ope- ratsiy tromboza. sinusa ushnovo proi'skhozhdeniya. [Operations of sinus thrombosisof otic origin] Vestnik Ushn.. Gorlov. i Nosov. Bollezn., S.-Peterb.. 1911, iii, 811- S15.—Bacon (G.) On the importance of an operation in the first stage of thrombosis of the sigmoid sinus (fol- lowing acute purulent otitis media), with a report of three cases. N. York M. J., 1899, lxx, 7-11. [Discussion], 31-33. Also, Reprint.-----. Report of a case of sigmoid sinus thrombosis; operation without ligation of the in- ternal jugular vein; recoverv. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, N. Bedford. 1902-4, viii, pt. 3, -198-505. Also: N. York M J [etc.], 1904, lxxx, 641. Also, Reprint. —Barr (T.) & THROMBOSIS. 190 THROMBOSIS. Thrombosis (Cerebral, Treatment of Operative). Nicoll (J. H.) Two eases of thrombosis of the lateral sinus consequent upon purulent inflammation of the middle ear; opening of sinus; ligatureof internal jugular \ein; recoverv. Glasg. Hosp. Rep., 1900, ii, 385-395.— Black well (II. H.) Two unusual cases of otitic sinus thrombosis: operation: recovery. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1910 xci, 282 — Block (F.) Drei Fiille von otitiseher, septischer Sinusthrombose, geheilt durch dieZaufal'sche (iperation. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1901, xxvi, 237; 251.— von Bolewski (T.) Acute Mittelohreiterung mit Sinusthrombose und Metastasen. Heilung nach Antrum- aul'meis-elung. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1907, xii, 260-255.—Bondy ^_i.) Zur Frage der Sinusthrombose nach Freilegung des gesunden Sinus. Areh. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1911, lxxxv, 216-224.—Brinda (A.) Su di un caso di trombosi del seno longitudinale della dura-madre edei vasi della pia-madre in un bambino di tre anni. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1910, xxxi, 1585-1587.—Calhoun (F. P.) Report of one hundred cases of sinus thrombosis. Tr. Am. Aead. Ophth. & Oto-Laryngol., St. Louis, 1911, xvi, 88-98, 1 tab.—Ca llender (T. M.) A case of suppu- rative thrombosis of the lateral sinus; operation; recovery. Lancet, Lond., 1902, ii, 812.—< lieatle (A. H.) A case of chronic middle ear suppuration with thrombosis of the lateral sinus in which the internal jugular vein was not ligatured; recoverv. Ibid., 1900, i, 96.—Crockett (E. A.) Seven cases of thrombosis of the lateral sinus; ligation of theinternal jugular; recovery in all. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, N.Bedford,1905-7,ix,89-114. Also,Reprint. -----. Throm- bosis of the lateral sinus; when to operate; what type of operation to choose. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1910, xix, 356-366. [Discussion], 437-152.— Bench (E. B.) Report of three cases of ligation of the internal jugular for septic thrombosis, following purulent otitis media; recoverv. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. A Otol. Soc. 1900, N. Y.. 1901, vi, 62-68. Also: Arch. Otol., N. Y., 1900, xxix, 471-473. -----. The treatment of throm- bosis of the lateral sinus following middle ear suppura- tion. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1902, n. s., exxiii, 785-794. -----. [Diagnosis of sinus thrombosis in children; two cases.] Arch. Otol., N. Y., 1908, xxxvii, 148-151. -----. A case of sinus thrombosis, following removal of granula- lation tissue from the middle ear; excision of theinternal jugular vein; recovery. Ibid., 211-214. [Discussion], 290-292. -----. Report of a case of acute suppurative otitis media, complicated by double pneumonia, septic thrombosisof jugular bulb; operation: excision of inter- nal jugular; general systemic infection; death. Laryn- goscope, St. Louis, 1905, xv, 37-41,1 diag.—Bwiglit (E. W.) A (irrniaiii (H. H.) Thrombosis of the cavernous sinus; with report of four cases, including one cranial operation. Boston M. & S. J„ 1902, cxlvi, 456-461. Also, Reprint.—Ellis (H. B.) Infective sigmoid sinusthrom- bosis; resection of internal jugular; reportof case; recov- ery. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Larvngol., St. Louis, 1906, xv, 453-464. Also: Laryngoscope, St.-Louis, 1906, xvi, 689-693 — Firth (J. L.) On" the question of the advisability of lig- aturing the jugular vein in the treatment of sigmoid- sinus thrombosis. Bristol M.-Chir. J., 1901, xix, 36-41.— Fischer (A.) Asinusthrombosistunet-esmutettanar61. [The symptomatology of and operation for sinus throm- bosis.]' Fiileszet, Budapest, 1906,13-17. Also, transl.: Pest. med.-chir. Presse, Budapest. 1907, xliii, 73; 77. -----. Oti- tic septic sinus-thrombosis; radical operation, ligation and excision of internal jugular vein; cure. Autralas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1900, xix, 101-107.—Fleischmann. Ope- rierte Fiille von Sinusthrombose. Ungar. med, Presse, Budapest, 1906. xi, 5. Also, transl.: Orvosi hetil., Buda- pest, 1906,1, iu3s._French (.1. G.) Lateral sinus throm- bosis followed by pyaemic abscess in the prostate; opera- tion: recovery. .1. Laryngol.. Lond.,1911, xxvi, 520-623.— Fricdcnwnld iH.) Septic thrombosis of the lateral sinus; report of a case, with recovery after operation. J. Alumni Ass. Coll., Phvs. & Surg., Bait., 1900-1901, iii, 39- 12. Also: Maryland M. J., Bait., 1900, xliii, 293-295.— Gilford (H.) On the disadvantages of the dry-gauze dressing after the operation for septic thrombosis of the lateral sinus. Arch. Otol., N. Y., 1905, xxxiv, 304-308.— Gogarty (O. St.J.) A case of thrombosis of the lateral sinus, with resection of the jugular vein. Tr. Rov. Aead. M.Ireland, Dubl., 1910, xxviii, 169-176.—Goldsmith (P. G.) Case of thrombosis of the lateral sinus; resection of internal jugular; spont ineous evacuation of abscess of posterior fossa through the foramen jugulare; recoverv. J. Laryngol., Lond., 1912, xxvii, 241-243.—Grant (D.) Case of lateral sinus thrombosis treated by operation without ligatureof jugular vein; recovery. Tr. Otol. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond., 1905-6, vii, 31.— Grossmaiiii (F.) Ein ungewohnlicher Befund bei Cholesteatom und Si- nusthrombose. Deutsche med. Wchnschr.. Leipz. u. Berl., 1903, xxix. 129-431.—Grueniiig (E.) A case of bilateral thrombosis of the sigmoid sinus; recovery. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc,N. Bedford. Mass., 1905-7. x, 518-520.—Grunert (K.) Beitrag zur operativen Behandlung der otogenen Sinus- thrombose, insbesondere zur operativen Freilegung des Bulbus vense jugularis. Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1901, liii, Thrombosis (Cerebral, Treatment of Operative). 280-296. .See, also, infra, Zaufal. -----. Weiterer Bei- trag zur infeetiosen Thrombose des Bulbus venffi jugula- ris und zur Frage ihrer operativen Behandlung. Ibid., 1902-3, lvii, 23-41."-----. Zur Frage der Grenzen der Ope- rationsmoglielikeit otogener Sinusthrombosen. Ibid., 1903-4, lix, 70-83.—Ha Isted (T. H.) Reports of two cases of infective thrombus in the sigmoid sinus and jug- ular vein; operation; recoverv. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, N. Bed- ford, 1908-9, xi, 353-365. Also: N. Albany M. Herald, 1910, xxviii, 169-172—Hami II (S. McC. i Report of a ease of sinus thrombosis resulting in extensive cerebral hemor- rhage in an infant fifteen days old; sigmoid fusion of the kidneys. Arch. Pediat.. N. V., 1903. xx, 264-268— Ham- mond (P.) Thrombosis of the lateral sinus. Boston M. &S.J., 1908, clix, 405-109.—Harris (S. J.) Thrombosis of lateral sinus without manifest mastoid involvement; operation, including ligation of jugular vein; recovery. Arch. Otol., N. Y., 1902, xxxi, 233-237.—Heine. Ueber die operative Behandlung der otitisehen Thrombose des Sinus transversus. Areh. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1903, lxx, 593-643—Herczel (M.) A sinus transversus thrombo- phlebitisenek trepanatioval 6s a vena jugul. interna ala- kotesevel operalt esete. [An operation for . . . with liga- tion of . . .] Budapesti \. orvosegy. 1893-iki 6vkonvve, 1894, 129-133.—Holseher. Die otitische Sinusthrom- bose und ihre operative Behandlung. Samml. zwangl. Abhandl. a. d. Geb. d. Nasen-, ohren-, Mund-u. Halskr., Hallea.S.,1902,vi,143; 175:249.—H0yer (S.) Opereretoto- gensinustrombose. [Operation...] Tidsskr. f. d. norske Lsegefor., Kristiania. 1905. xxv, 763.—Hoffmann (R.) Bemerkung zu der Arbeit des Dr. Schulze: Ueber die Ge- fahren der Jugularisunterbindung und des Sinusver- schlusses bei der otogenen Sinusthrombose. Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1904, Ixi, 140.—Irvine (L. G.) A ease of infective thrombosis of the lateral sinus; recovery after operation. Transvaal M. J., Johannesburg, 1905-6, i, 279-281.—.Tack (F. L.) Two cases of ligature of the internal jugular vein for infective thrombosis of the sig- moid sinus due to purulent otitis media; one recovery and one death. Boston M.&S. J., 1901, cxliv, 203-205.— Kareweki [F.J Operativ geheilte otitische Sinus- thrombose mit sekundarem osteoplastisehen Verschmss eines Schiideldefektes. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1905, xlii, 982-985. Also: Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. (1905), 1906, xxxvi, pt. 2, 280-290.— Knapp ( H. ) A case of primary (traumatic), non-infective thrombosis of the cavernous sinus; operation (by Frank Hartlev). Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Hartford, 1900-1902, ix, pt. 1, 77-82, 4 pl.— Kobrak (F.) Die Unterbindung der Jugularis bei Sinusthrombose. Internat. Centralbl. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1903, i, :i2:;-:!30.—Kock (A.) Tilfaelde af operativt hel- bredet Sinustrombose og btogen Pyaemi. [A case of . . . treated by operation.] Ugeskr. f. Lager, K0benh., 1902, 5. R.. ix, 1153; 1177— Roller (C.) A caseof thrombosis of the jugular bulb; operation; recovery. Arch. Otol., N. Y., 1904, xxxiii, 363-367. — Kopetzky (S. J.) Two cases of sinus thrombosis, with atypical symptoms: op- erative and pathological findings. Ibid.,190H, xxxvii, 552-557. [Discussion], 593-595. —L-angworthy (H. G.) A proposed operative measure for thrombosis of the cav- ernous sinus. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1906, xvi, 521-526. -----. Cavernous sinus thrombosis in children following mastoid inflammation. Ibid., 752-761. — Lederinan (M. D.) Thrombosis of the lateral sinus and internal jugular vein, with re-infection of the sinus after liga- tion of the vein. Ibid., 1902, xii, 852-8,7—Lee (C. G.) Otitis media chronica; sinus thrombosis; excision and obliteration of sinus; recovery. J. Larvngol., Lond., 1907, xxii, 262-265.— Leland (G. A.) Two cases of lateral sinus thrombosis, with abscess of internal jugu- lar vein, operated, one recovery, one case of isola- ted thrombus of bulb, death. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc. N. Bed- ford, 1894-7, vi, 517-535, 2 ch. Also, Reprint.—Levison (C. G.) Ligation of the internal jugular vein fol- lowed bv thrombosis of the lateral and sigmoid sinuses. Tr. M. Soc. Calif., San Fran., 1900, xxx, 336-339. Also: Med. News, N. Y., 1901, lxxviii, 93. —Loughran (R. L.) A case of sinus thrombosis, with extensive ac- cumulation of fluid pus in the sinus; recovery after re- section of the jugular vein. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. A Laryn- gol., St. Louis, 1911, xx, 134-137. [Discussion,), lsi.-JIc- Clellan (W. E.) Lateral sinus thrombosis. Yale M. J., N. Haven, 1911-12, xviii, 170-185,1 ch.—JTlcCullaiiinS.) Reportof two casesof lateral sinus thrombosis treated, post-operativelv, with Hiss extract of leucocytes. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Larvngol., St. Louis, 1910, xix, 387-393. [Discussion],463-469. Also: Manhattan Eve, Ear& Throat Hosp. Rep., N. Y., 1911, xii, 72-80.—."HcKcrnon. Sinus thrombosis following the simple mastoid operation, where an attempt had been made to induce healing by tie pri- mary blood elotmethod. Ann. Otol, Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1909, xviii, 939-941— JTIackie i.L) A Tawse (H.B.) Acaseof lateral sinus thrombosis with pyaemic pulmonary and peri-cardial complications, etc., operation; recovery. Lancet, Lond., 1908, ii, 1746— Martin (H.H.) Thrombosis of the cavernous sinus, with report of case. 91 THROMBOSIS. THROMBOSIS. Thrombosis (Cerebral, Treatment of Operative). J. Med. Ass. Georgia, 1911-12, i, 160-163—Mason (C. G.) Case of cerebral thrombosis [in pregnancy]. West. Canada M. J., Winnipeg, 1907, l, 22.—.Morton (J- P.) Lateral sinus thrombosis and cerebellar abscess. Do- minion M. Month., Toronto, 1908, xxxi, 376-379.—Neu- bauer (A.) Heveny genyes kozepfiillob kapcsan fejlo- dott sinusthromcosis es intraduralis talyog miitett es gy6gyult esete. [Sinus thrombosis and intradural abscess developing after acute otitis media and cured by opera- tion.] Gydgvaszat, Budapest, 1907,xlvii, 41-43.—Nourse (W. J. C.) Case of lateral sinus thrombosis following acute otitis media in a bov; operation; recovery. Proc Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1910-11, iv, Otol. Sect., 56-58.— Oppenlieimer (S.) The indications for the ligation of the internal jugular vein in lateral sinus thrombosis. Med. News, N. Y.. 1903, lxxxiii, 1206-1211. Also, in his: Col- lected essays, 12°, N. Y., 1903, 88-106.—Page (J. R.) Ex- hibition and report of a case of thrombosis of the lateral sinus and internal jugular vein, with metastatic involve- ment of the knee-joint; operation and recovery. Arch. Otol., N. Y., 1906, xxxv, 138-140.—Pitt! (O.) Zur opera- tiven Freilegung des Bulbus der Vena jugularis interna. Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1903, lviii, 76-81.—Politzer. Zwei Fiille, bei denen die Freilegung und Ausraumung der thrombosirten Sinus transversus mit Erfolg ausge- fiihrt wurde. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1899, xii, 1189.— Quintan (F. J.) Lateral sinus and jugular throm- bosis with removal of entire jugular. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1910, xix, 257-261.— Randall ( B. A.) Review of surgery; with special reference to operation for lateral sinus phlebo-throm- bosis. Univ. M. Mag., Phila., 1900-1901, xiii, 573-577.— Reik (H. O.) A report of eight cases of lateral sinus thrombosis, with special reference to the advisability of ligating theinternal jugular vein preliminary to opening the sinus. Maryland M. J., Bait., 1905, xlviii, 498-503. -----. An argument for preliminary ligation of the in- ternal jugular, in the treatment of lateral sinus throm- bosis. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, N. Bedford, Mass., 1905-7, x, 510- 517.—Rejto (A.) Ein durch eine unterbundene Vena jugularis entleerter vereiterter Sinusthrombus. Monat- schr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Berl. u. Wien, 1911, xiv, 949-952 — Richards (J. D.) A case of infective, lateral, sigmoid, superior petrosal sinus and jugular thrombosis; operation; recovery. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1905, cxxix, 261- 266.-----. On the operative treatment of infective sig- moid-sinus thrombosis. Arch. Otol., N. Y., 1905, xxxiv, 378-422. Also. Reprint. -----. Report of a case of infec- tive sigmoid-sinus thrombosis and jugular vein infection of otitic origin without apparent mastoid involvement in an adult; operation; recovery. N. York M.J. [etc.], 1905, lxxxii, 1254.—Ridley (W.) Lateral sinus thrombosis due to middle ear suppuration; operation; recovery. North- umberland & Durham M. J., Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 1897, v, 35. -----. Caseof lateral sinus thrombosis; operation; recovery. Ibid., 1900, viii, 185-187.—Nehiassi. Di un caso di trombosi del seno trasverso e della giugulare si- nistra in seguito a otite; resezione della giugulare e svuo- tamento del seno; guarigione. Bull. d. sc. med. di Bo- logna, 1906, 8. s., vi, 412—Schlegel (G.) Ein Fall von doppelseitiger Sinusthrombose mit einseitiger Jugularis- unterbindung. Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1906, lxix, 176- 185.—Schoengut (S.) Ein operativ geheilter Fall von Hirnsinusthrombose otitisehen Ursprungs. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1899, xlix, 1533-1537.—Schulze (W.) Ueber die Gefahren der Jugularisunterbindung und des Sinus- verschlusses dei der otogenen Sinusthrombose. Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1903, lix, 216-239.—Sebileau (P.) Thrombose septique du sinus lateral. [Rap. de A. Broca.] Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1901, n. s., xxvii, 1119- 1122.—Stoewer (P.) Zur Behandlung der septischen Thromt>ose des Sinus cavernosus orbital, n Ursprungs. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1907, xiv, 147-157.— Til ley (H.) Caseof lateral sinus thrombosis; operation; recovery without ligation of internal jugular. Tr. Otol. Soc.U.Kingdom. Lond., 1901-2, iii, 10-12.—Tobey (G. L.), jr. Case of extra-dural abscess: septic thrombosis of the lateral sinus, complicated by pregnancy; operation, with recovery. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1907, xvii, 678-683.— Toeplltz (M.) Ein Fall von Vereiterung des Sinus la- teralis und Thrombose der Vena jugularis mit allgemeiner Pyaemie; Operation; Heilung. N. Yorker med. Monat- schr., 1900, xii, 56.—Torttk (B.) Ein operirter Fall von ausgebreiteter, infectioser Thrombose des Sinus lateralis und jugularis. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1906, xlii, 673. -----. A vena jugularis alakotesenek kerdese- rol infectiosus lateral sinusthrombosis eseteiben. [The question of ligation of ... in cases of infectious . . .] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1907, li, 325; 341; 601. Also, transl. [Ab=tr.l • J. Laryngol., Lond., 1910, n. s., xxv, 416.—Tou- bert (J.) Influence du moment del'intervention sur les resul tats operatoires des casde thrombo-phiebite du sinus lateral Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1904, xviii, 437-461.—Turner (A. L.) Patient operated upon for sigmoid sinus thrombosis. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1907-8,i, Otol. Sect., 137. Also: J. Laryngol., Lond., 1908, xxiii 485. [DiscussionJ, 487-490. -----. Chronic middle-ear and labyrinth suppuration; sigmoid sinus thrombosis: septic leptomeningitis; operation upon the Thrombosis (Cerebral, Treatment of Operative). sinus; drainage of meningeal spaces through the laby- rinth; recovery. J. Laryngol., Lond., 1912, xxvii, 113- 116.—Voss (F.) Ein Beitrag zur operativen Behand- lung der Sinusthrombose. Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1895, xxxix, 89-100,1 diag. -----. Die Eroffnung des Sinus ca- vernosus bei Thrombose. Centralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1902, xxix, 1201-1204. -----. Operation der Sinusthrombose ohne Eroffnung des Antrum nach ausgeheilter acuter Mittelohrentzundung. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1903, xiv,45-56.-----. La-stdenThrombusinRuh. Ibid.,1906, Wiesb., 1907, liii, 315-339. Also, transl.: Arch. Otol., N. Y., 1908, xxxvii, 217-225—Warnecke. Zwei Fiille von Si- nusthrombose mit bindegewebiger Obliteratiou des Sinus sigmoideus. Arch. f.Ohrenh., Leipz., 1900, xlviii, 197-201.— Watson (F. S.) Septic thrombosis of the cavernous sinus; operation; death. Med. & Surg. Rep. Bost. City Hosp., 1900, xi, 100.—Whitehead (A. L.) A case of thrombosisof the right lateral sinus in which the clot extended beyond the torcular Herophili into the lateral sinus of the opposite side; operation; recovery. J. Laryn- gol., Lond., 1909, xxiv, 36-38.—Whiting (F.) Beitrag zum klinischen Verlauf und zur Operations-Technik der Sinus-Thrombose. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1899, xxxv, 185-215.—Wolff (L.) Bericht iiber einen operirten Fall von eiteriger Sinusthrombose mit Pyiimie. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1896, Leipz., 1897, lxviii, pt. 2, 2. Hlftc, 367-369. — Zasiedateleflf. 0 perevyazkle vnutrennel yaremnol veni pri trombozle poperechnavo sinusa. [Ligation of the internal jugular vein for thrombosis of the transverse sinus.l Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1907, lxviii, 3-9.—Zaulal (E.) Zu Prof. Grunert's Aufsatz: Beitrag zur operativen Behandlung der otogenen Sinusthrombose, insbesondere zur opera- tiven Freilegung des Bulbus venae jugularis. Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1902,lv,30-35. -----. Zur Freilegung und Ausspiilung des Bulbusdef Vena jugularis int.bei der Ope- ration der septischen Sinusthrombose. Ibid., 1903, lviii, 131-134. -----. Beitrag zur Unterbindung des centralen Endes der Vena jugularis int. nach Durchtrennung der Clavicula bei otogener septischer Sinusjugularisthrom- bose. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1903,xxviii, 475-477. Thrombosis (Celiac). Sforza (N.) Occlusione del tronco celiaco per trom- bosi. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1905, xxvi, 711. Thrombosis (Coronary) [Arterial and venous]. FAienne (G.) Thrombose des veines coronaires du cceur au cinquante et unieme jour de la fievre typho'ide. Cong, franc, de med., Par. & Nancy, 1896-7, iii, fasc. 2, 155.—Mader. Zwei Fiille von plbtzlichem Tod in Folge Versehlusses der linken Coronararterie. Ztschr. f. Heilk., Wien u. Leipz., 1900, xxi, Abth. f. int. Med., etc, 333.— Obrastzow (W. P.) & Mrascliesko (N. D.) Zur Kenntnis der Thrombose der Koronararterien des Her- zens. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1910, lxxi, 116-132.— Wood (F. C.) A case of occlusion of the coronary arterv, with infarction of the myocardium, and sudden death. Proc. N. York Path. Soc. (1899-1900), 1901, 33. Thrombosis (Femoral) [Arterial and venous]. See, also, Embolism of femoral artery. Andrews (F. W.) & Branson (W. P. S.) Double embolism of femoral arteries. St. Barth. Hosp. 1910, Lond., 1911, xlvi, 213.— Bosher (L. C.) Post-operative femoral thrombophlebitis. Charlotte [N. C] M. J., 1905, xxvi, 20-24. Also: Tr. M. Soc Virg. 1904, Richmond, 1905, 130-139.—Jliyata (T.) Ueber einen seltenen Fall von Thrombose der Arteria femoralis und von multiplen Abscessen in der Bauchhohle nach schwerem Dickdarm- katarrh. Klin.-therap. Wchnschr., Berl., 1912, xix, 733- 739.—Pons (H.) Gangrene de la jambe consecutive a une thrombose de la veine femorale. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1905, lxxx, 645.—Riedel. Ueber die linksseitige Schenkelvenenthrombose nach der Laparo- tomie. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1902, lxvi, 977-980. -----. Doppelseitige Thrombose der Vense femorales nach schwerem Dickdarmkatarrhe. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1911, xxxvii, 961-964.— Sclieii<-k (B. R.) A rfisume of forty-eight cases of post- operative crural thrombosis. N. York M. J., 1902, lxxvi, 401-404— Sei-ord (E. R.) Thrombosis of the femoral veins following aseptic laparotomy. Canada Lancet, Toronto, 1902-3, xxxvii, 313-320. Also: Am. Gynec, Bait., 1903, iii, 367-374. Also: Montreal M. J., 1903, xxxii, 635- 641.—Sheldon (J. G.) Thrombosis of the left femoral vein following aseptic laparotomy. Am. Med., Phila., 1904, vii, 49. -----. Occlusion of the femoral vein. Surg. Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1907, i v, 281-28:1.—Strauss (H.) Ueber Thrombose der Vense femorales nach schwerem Dickdarmkatarrh. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1911, xxxvii, 1109.—Talley (D. F.) Septic throm- bosis of femoral vein, with report of a ease. Tr. M. Ass. Alabama, Montgomery, 1903, 403-409.—Wra Iker (0. S.) Thrombosisof the left femoral arterv. Boston M. & S.J. 1909, clxi, 221. THROMBOSIS. 192 THROMBOSIS. Thrombosis (Hepatic) [Venous]. Meystre (A.) *Un cas de thrombose des wines hepatiques. 8°. Lausanne, 1901. I'abi-is (a.) Sulla occlusione e trombosi delle vene epatiche. Arch, per le sc. med., Torino, 1904, xxviii, 221- 243, 1 pl.—Spann (J.) Ein Thrombus an der Pfort- aderverastelung in der Leber und dessen Folgeerschei- nungen. Wchnschr. f. Tierh. u. Viehzucht, Miinehen, 1906,1,401-403. Thrombosis (Humeral). Trenel. Thrombose de l'artere humerale. Bull, et mem.Soc.anat.de Par., 1908. lxxxiii, 310. Thrombosis (Iliac) [Arterial and ve- nous]. See also, Embolism of iliac artery. Aitken (C. S.) & Jackson(J. A.) Report of a case of thrombosis of the left iliac vein, probably due to press- ure of distended bladder. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1910, lxxvii, 231.—Riggs (G. P.) A caseof canalized thrombus of the iliac artery. Proc. N. York Path. Soc. (1899-1900), 1901, 67.— Hunting (W.) A case of double iliac thrombosis. Vet. Rec, Lond., 1912-13, xxv,231, lpl.—IWonnier (A.)& Cassard. Thrombose de l'artere iliaqueexterne. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1908, 2. s., xxvi, 132.—Robb (W.) Thrombosis of the iliac arteries. Vet. Rec, Lond., 1904, xvii, 372.—Rutherford (R.) Iliac thrombosis. Ibid., 1905-6, xxiii, 169. -Tliorner (M.) A case of primary arterial thrombosis of the external iliac artery, with secondary embolus. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvi, 877-880.—'Udriski. Thrombosis of the iliac arteries of the horse. [Transl.] Am. Vet. Rev., N. Y., 1907, xxxi, 89; 252. Thrombosis (Jugular). KonLER (E.) * Ein Fall von doppelseitiger Juoularvenenthrombose. 8°. Goltingen, 1901. Alt (F.) Beitrage zur Therapie der otitisehen Jugu- laristhrombose. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1909, lix, 681- 681.—Fraser (J. S.) A caseof septic (otitic) thrombosis of the jugular bulb and nternal jugular vein; operation; recovery. Edinb. M. J., 1910, n.s.,v, 60-62.—tJuisez (S.) Thrombose de la veine jugulaire interne et du golfe; ligature de la jugulaire; ouver ure du sinus et du golfe; guerison. Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.],Par., 1908, xxxiv, 177-ls:;. — Heller (I. M.) A case of primary jugular thrombosis. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1912, xxi, 380-385. [Discussion], 499-501.— Ilottiiiami (R.) Ein Fall von Thrombose des Bulbus vena jugularis. Verhandl. d. deutsch. otol. Gesellsch., Jena, 1898, vii, 187-193,1 diag.—Jacques (P.) Thrombo- phiebite otitique dela jugulaire avec abefesintra-veineux sus-claviculaire. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1906, i, 12-18. Roller (C.) A ease of thrombosis of the jugular bulb: operation; recovery. Mt. Sinai Hosp. Rep. 1901-2, N. V., 1903, iii,497-500. Peters (II. le B.) Throm- bosis of the left jugular and subclavian veins. Proc. N. York Path. Soc, 1909-10, ix. 149-152.—Potts (B. H.) Primary thrombosisof the jugular bulb. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1906, 16. s., iii, 280-285, 2pl.—Strazza (G.) Sopra un caso di trombosi primitiva otitica del golfo della vena giugulare sinistra con intervento fortunate Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1907, xviii, 1-12. Thrombosis (Mesenteric) [Arterial and venous]. Sec, also, Embolism of mesenteric blood-vessels. Kanis (0. K.) *Ein Fall von Mesenterial- venenthroinbose hervorgerufen durch ein Ge- sclnviir im Ductus choledochus; ein kasuisti- scher Beitrag. 8°. Jena, 1911. Also, in: Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1911, xxv, 757; 775. Parow (W.) * Ueber Thrombose der Mesen- terialgefas.se. S°. Leipzig, 1912. Schredl (L. J.) * Ueber einen Fall derThrom- bose der Mesenterialvenen und der Vena portas mit folgender Abszessbildung in der Leber nach Appendicitis perforativa. 8°. Munchen, 1907. Amos (J.) Zur Pathologie der Thrombose der Vena mesentenca superior. Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynak., Stuttg, 1905, lv, 430-454. -----. [Hamorrhagische Infar- cierung eines grossen Teiles des Diinndarmes infolge thrombotischen Verschlusvs der Vena mesaraica supe- rior.] JT&id., lvi, 264-267.—Hallanee (H. A ) Acaseof haemorrhagie infarction of the small intestine due to thrombosis of the superior mesenteric vein; necropsy Lancet, Lond., 1899, ii, 85.—Rar (P.) Thrombose diffuse des veines mesenteriques chez une femme enceinte de 5 mois I. Obstetrique, Par., 1908, n. s., i, 509-514.—Bayer (C.) Ueber eine sehwache Stelle bei Turnern. Med. Kim., Berl., 1909, v, 207-209.—Rrougliam (E J ) Thrombosis (Mesenteric) {Arterialand venous]. Thrombosis of superior mesenteric vein; resection of eleven and one-half feet of small intestines. Med. Prog- ress, Louisville, 1908, xxiv, 257.—Brown (W. H.) Thrombosis of mesenteric veins. Intercolon. M. J. Aus- tralas., Melbourne, 1906, xi, 554-556.—Brunner (F.) Ein durch (iperation geheilter Fall von septischer Throm- bose der Mesenterialvenen. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1907, lxxxix, 624-630.—Bruno (A.) Sopra la trombosi dei vasi mesenterici. Gior. ital. d. sc. med., Pisa, 1904, ii, 295; 309.—Burgess (J.) A case of throm- bosis of the superior mesenteric vein. Tr. Roy. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl., 1911, xxix, 27-34. Also: Dublin J. M. Sc, 1911, exxx, 114-121. [DiscussionJ, 145.—Codnian (E. A.) Caseof mesenteric thrombosis; resection of in- testine; end-to-end anastomosis; recovery. Boston M. & S. J., 1910, clxii, 355-357. Also: Pub. Mass. Gen. Hosp., Bost., 1910, iii, 146-149.—Conrad (D. A.) Mesenteric thrombosis; report of case. Calif. State J. M., San Fran 1905, iii, 364.—Copeland (E. H.) Mesenteric throm- bosis. Tr. Am. Inst. Homceop.', Chicago, 1904, 200-210. Also: Hahneman. Month., Phila., 1904, xxxix, 758-767.— Davis (L.) Mesenteric thrombosis; resection; enteros- tomy; end-to-end anastomosis. Boston M. & S. J., 1912, clxvi, 130.—Dun lop (W. M.) A case of thrombosis of the superior mesenteric veins. Lancet, Lond., 1900, i, 1800.—Edington (G. H.) Appendix, perforated in two places; thrombosis in mesentery. Glasgow M. J., 1900, liv, 140.—Ewing (J.) Primary thrombosis of superior mesenteric vein. Proc. N. York Path. Soc, 1911-12, n. s., xi, 106-112.—Fossataro (E.) Gangrena di un' ansa dell' ileo e del mesentere corrispondente per trombosi dei vasi mesenterici. Ann. di med. nav., Roma, 1912, xviii, 266-274.—Funke (J.) Thrombosis of the superior me- senteric artery with hemorrhagic infarction and perfora- tion of the ileum. Proc. Path. Soc. Phila., 1906, n. s., ix 154-161. Also: Am. Med., Phila. A York, 1907, n. s. ii 102-106. Also: Reprint.—Gayet (<;.) & Tavernier. Thrombose des vaisseaux mesenteriques. Bull. Soc. de chir. "de Lyon, 1902-3, vi, 64 — Genersich (A.) Az arteria colica sinistra eldugulasanak e!6ben diag- nostisalt esete. [Thrombosis of the arteria colica sinis- tra diagnosed during life. ] Budapest, orv. ujsag, 1908, vi, 767-770. —Gibson (C. L.) Thrombosis of the mesentery. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1906, xliii, 613- 615.—Green (N. W.) Mesenteric thrombosis, with re- section of over five and one-half feet of gut. Ibid., 1912, lv, 458-460.—Greensfelder (L. A.) Thrombosis of su- perior mesenteric artery. Ibid., 1905, xii, 302.—Hnagn (T.) Mitteilung fiber einen durch Operation geheilten Fall von Thrombose im Gebiete der Vena mesenterica superior. Deutsche Ztschr., Leipz., 1908, xcii, 79-95.— Harnett (W. L.) A case of mesenteric thrombosis. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1911, xlvi, 305-307.—Harper (C. T.) Mesenteric thrombosis. Charlotte [N. C] M. J., 1909, lix, 369-371.—Harrison. Gangrene from mesen- teric thrombosis. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1908, lvii, 247.— Johnsson (N.) Tva fall af trombosi art. mesent. su- perior. Allm. sven. Liikartidn., Stockholm, 1905, ii, 33- 36.—Klliani (O. G. T.) Thrombosisof the superiorand inferior mesenteric artery. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1903, xxxviii, 110. — Kiilbing (P.) Die Thrombose der Mesenterialgefiisse. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1902, xxxiii, 518-534.—Lecene (T.) Infarctus hemorragique de l'intestin grfile par thrombose des veines mesenteriques avecsyndromed'occlusion intestinale; resection del'anse infarcie; mort. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1908, lxxxiii, 291.—I^ee (J. A.) Thrombosis of mesenteric veins. Brooklyn M. J., 1906, xx, 264.—Lindner (H.) Ueber Thrombose der Mesenterialgefiisse. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1905, xlii, Fest-Num., 5-7.— UlacPherson (J.) A case of thrombosis of the mesenteric veins. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, ii, 330.— tlanil lebaiun (F. S.) & Libman (E.) Thrombosis of superior mesenteric vein. Mt, Sinai Hosp. Rep. 1898. X. Y.. 1899, i. 330.—.Tlarek (J.) A belfodri veroerek elzarasanak kihatasa a helre, kiilonos tekintettel a lovak belfodri veroereinek thiombosisara. [The sequela? of the obstruction of the mesenterial arte- ries on the intestine, especially in thrombosis of the mesenterial arteries in the horse ] Kozlem. az osszeha- sonl. eletes kortan korebol, Budapest, 1906, vi, 159-203, 1 pl. Also, transl.: Areh. f. wissensch. n. prakt. Tierh., Berl., 1907, xxxiii, 225-280. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1907, xc 174-204. —Martin (W.) Mesenteric thrombosis; operation: recovery. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1911, liv, 252-255. — itlaylsinl (A. E.) Two cases of post-operative thrombosisof the mesenteric vessels followed by death. Brit. M. Jfc, Lond , 1901, ii, 1454-1456.—.Tlignon & Bopter. Thrombo-phiebite niesaraique primitive. Presse m£d., Par., 1961, ii. ds'.i — Mouoliot (A.) Infarctus hemorragique de l'intestin jrrele par thrombo-phiebite mesarai'que. Ibid., 1905, 795- 797. Also: Clinique, Brux., 1906, xx, 161-170—.11 add (H. G.) A case of thrombosis of the superior mesenteric arterv. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1904, xi, 227-238.— Oberembt (B. H.) A case of mesenteric thrombosis following laparotomy. Post-Grad. Bull., Milwaukee, THROMBOSIS. 193 THROMBOSIS. Thrombosis (Mesenteric) [Arterial and venous]. 1905-6, i, 103.—Olsliausen. [Thrombose der Vena mesaraica bei einer Wdehnerin. Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gyniik., Stuttg., 1905, lvi, 630. —Picot (C.) L'n cas de thrombose des veines mesenteriques pris pour une colique hepatique. Rev. m&i. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1908, xxviii, 637-541.— Picque (L.) & Gregoire. iR.) Thrombo-phlelbite de la veine mesaraique superieure avec gangrene de l'intestin grele. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1902, n. s., xxviii, 14-26.—Poenaru V&- ?>lescu & Andrei (I.) Un cas de tromboza a sistemu- ul venos porto mesaraic cugangrena ischemica a intes- tinulul subtire aparute in urma splenectomiei. Spitalul, Bucuresci, 1906, xxvi, 313-318.— Pdlya (A.) Thrombo- §hlebitis mesaraica, eine verhangnissvolle Komplikation er Appendicitis. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1905, xxxi, 257; 299; 341.—Reitzenstein i A. i Ileus infolge von Thrombose der Vena roesenterica. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1903, 1, 257-259. — Rossiter (C. B.) Thrombosis of superior mesenteric artery. South African M. Rec, Cape Town, 1907, v. 70.—Schley (\V. S.) Mesenteric thrombosis; operation; recovery. St. Luke's Hosp. M. & S. Rep. 1910, Poughkeepsie, 1911, i'i, 60-62, 1 pl.—Shoemaker (G. E.) Report of a ease of resection of rive feet of intestine following thrombosis of the mesentery, with remarks upon the diagnosis. Tr. Coll. Phys. Phila, 1909, 3. s., xxxi, 36-40— Skillcm i P. G., jr.) Thrombosisof the mesentery diagnosed before death. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, lvii, 1474— Smith (G. M.) -A case of mesenteric thrombosis. Bristol M.-Chir. J., 1906, xxiv, 216-218.—Stieda. Beitrag zur Thrombose der Mesenterialarterien. Munchen. med. Wchnschr.. 1911, lviii, 542— Ntraton (A. A.) A case of thrombosis of the inferior mesenteric vein. Lancet, Lond., 1910, ii, 311-213.—Thevenot (L.) & Rey (C.) Thrombose de Part6re mesent^rique superieure simulant une tumeur abdominale. Arch. gen. de chir., Par., 1911, vii, 1234-1240.—Waketield (R. W.) Thrombosis of the mesenterv causing gangrene of the ileum. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, lvii, 1286. Thrombosis (Xasal) [V< nous]. Puscariu (Helene). Un cas de thrombose de la branche nasale superieure de la ratine de nature syphi- litique. Bull. Soc. d. med. et nat.de Jassv, 1909, xxiii, 147- 149. Also, transl. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1910, xlviii,45. Also, transl.: Am. J.Opth.,St.Louis, 1910,xxvii, 343. Thrombosis (Omental) [Venous]. Stordeur. Hemorrhagic abdominale par thrombose et rupture d'une veine de l'epiploon gastro-hepatique. J. med.de Brux., 1906, xl, 400. Thrombosis (Ophthalmic) [ Venous]. See, also, Embolism (Retinal); Thrombosis (Retinal). Coats (G.) Further eases of thrombosis of the central vein. Roy. Lond. Ophth. Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1904-6, xvi, pt. 4, 516-564, 4 pl.—Fejer (J.) Compression oder par- tielle Thrombose der Vena ophthalmica. Verhandl. d. Budapest, k. Gesellsch. d. Aerzte 1907, Budapest, 1908, 90. Also: Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1908, xliv, 185. Thrombosis (Orbital) [Venous]. Scholtz (K.j Ketoldali primaer szemgodri vena thrombosis gyotryult esete. [A cured case of thrombosis of the primarv vein of the eve socket, on both sides ] Szemeszet, Budapest, 1901. 16.—Smith (E.E.) & Grif- fith (A.H.) Fatal case of orbital thrombosis. Brit.M. J., Lond., 1907, ii, 1234.—Williamson. Patient recov- ering from orbital thrombosis. Northumberland & Dur- ham M. J., Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 1x99, vii, 3. Thrombosis (Ovarian). Grad (H.) Obliterating thrombosis of the ovarian artery. Am. J. Obst., X. Y.. 1908, lvii, 218-225. Thrombosis (Placental). Oberschmolcler (Minna). * Un cas de thrombus mixte dans les espaces intervilleux duplacenta. 8°. G entre, 1910. Tlssier (L.) Thrombus intra-eotylexlonaire. Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par., 1910, xiii, 409. Thrombosis (Poplitejd). See, also, Embolism of popliteal and tibial arteries. Raumgartel (G.) Gangriin des linken Unterschen- kels in Folge Thrombose der linken Arteria poplitaea. Ztschr. f. Wundiirzte u. Geburtsh., Fellbach, 1906, lvii, 3- 7.—Berard. Thrombose d'origine traumatique des ar- i' re< femorale et poplitee suivie de gangrene. Lvon med., 1906, cvii, 389-391.—Warfield. Exhibition of a caseof thrombosis [in the popliteal space]. Johns Hop- kins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1902, xiii, 147. VOL XVIII, 2d series----13 Thrombosis (Portal). See, also, Embolism of mesenteric blood-vessels [etc.]; Portal rein (Obstruction of). Berendes (H. YV.) * Ueber Pfortaderthrom- bose. S°. Kiel, 1903. Bewerunge (J.) *Ein Fall von Cholelithi- asis mit Cholecystitis, Cholangitis und sekun- diirer Thrombose der Pfortader. 8°. Miinehen, 1905. Frischberg (A.) *Zur Kasuistik der Pfor- taderthrombose mit hochgradiger Infarcirung des Jejunums. 8°. Munchen, l!)09. Kahx (C.) *Zur Casuistik der Pfortader- thrombose. 8°. Giessen, 1906. Kramer (J.) * Ueber fortgesetzte aktinomy- kotische Thrombose der Vena lienalis und der Pfortader; gleichzeitig ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Auftretens doppellichtbrechender Substanz bei Aktinomykose. 8°. Munchen, 1911. Wilk (A.) Pfortaderthroinbose und Trauma. 8°. Kiel, 1903. Audlstfere. Thrombose de la veine porte avec ne- crose intestinale. Progres m6d., Par., 1904, 3. s., xix, 217- 220.—Axi*ta (E.) Das verhalten der Purinkorper bei einem Falle von wahrscheinlicher Lebervenenthrom- bose. Zentrarol. f. innere Med., Leipz., 1910, xxxi, 113- 125—Bode (E.) Pfortaderthrombose und Leberaneu- rysma, ein Beitrag zur Abdominalchirurgie. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1909, lxiv, 505-523—Curtis (H.) & Lawrence (T. W. P.) Case of portal thrombosis, asso- ciated with stricture of the urethra and double mitral disease: fatal hsematemesis. Proc. Rov. Soc. Med., Lond., 1908-9. ii, Path. Sect., 159-176.—De IVIarchis (F.) Sopra qualche caso di trombosi della vena porta. Atti d. Ac- cad. med.-fis. fiorent. 1911, Firenze, 1912, 50-54.—Heller (A.) Ueber traumatische Pfortaderthrombose. Ver- handl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch., Jena, 1904, vii, 182- 189.—de Josselin de Jong (R.) Thrombose in het gebied van het poortaderstelsel. Feestb. opgedr. aan H. Treub, Leiden, 1912, 33-56.—Lewis (D. D.) Primary portal thrombosis; report of case and presentation of spe- cimen. Surg., Gvnec. & Obst., Chicago, 1908, vii, 586- 588.—Lewis (D. D.) & Rosenaw (E. C.) Primary portal thrombosis, a statistical and experimental study, with report of a case. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1909, iii, 232-248.—Lissauer (L.) Beitrag zur Frage der Ent- stehung der Pfortader-Thrombose. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1908, xix, 278-305.—Reitzen- stein. Fall von Thrombose der Pfortader und ihrer Wurzeln. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1902, xxviii, 353.—Risel (W.) Ein Beitrag zur thrombo- tischen Obliteration und kavernosen Umwandlung der Pfortader. Ibid., 1909. xxxv, 1685-1690.—Sehultz (O.) & ^liiller (L. R.) Klinische, physiologisehe und pa- thologisch-anatomische Untersuchungen an einem Fall von hochgradigem Ascites bei Pfortaderthrombose. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1903, lxxvi, 544-603, 1 pl.—Solierl (S.) E possibile la diagnosi clinica fra trombosi acuta della porta e dei suoi rami e peritonite perforatoria? Atti d. r. Accad. d. fisiocrit. in Siena, 1904, 4. s., xvi, 329-343. Also: Riforma med., Palermo-NaDoli, 1905, xxi, 898-904.—Stelnhaus. [Gemischt autoch- thone und traumatische Pfortaderthrombose.] Miin- ehen. med. Wchnschr., 1904, li, 1451.—Stephan (B. H.) Bijdrage tot de casuistiek der gevallen van acute poort- aderthrombose. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1900,2. R., xxxvi, d. 1, 641-647.—Unibrelt. Ueber einen Fall von Lebervenen- und Pfortaderthrombose. Vir- chow's Arch, f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1906, clxxxiii, 102-114.—Wilms (M.) Venenunterbindung bei eitriger Pfortaderthrombose nach Appendicitis. Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1909, xxxvi, 1041-1043. -----. Unterbindung der Venen des Mesenteriums bei Pfortaderthrombose nach Appendicitis. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Xaturf. u. Aerzte 1909, Leipz., 1910, lxxxi, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 132. Thrombosis (Post-abortive). Frank (R. T.) Thrombosis postabortum; excision of the thrombosed left ovarian vein; hysterectomy; death from continued thrombophlebitis. Surg. Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1911, xii, 82-85.—Seeligmann (G.) Throm- bosis of pelvic veins following septic abortion; extirpa- tion: recovery. Ibid., 1910, xi, 454-456. Thrombosis (Post-operative). See, also, Thrombosis (Femoral); Throm- bosis (Mesenteric); Thrombosis (Pulmonary). Re.mmers (G.) * Aetiologie und Prophylaxe der postoperativen Thrombose. 8°. Freiburg i. B., 1908. THROMBOSIS. 194 THROMBOSIS. Thrombosis (Post-operative). tsiEBKECHT (J.) * Ueber die Beziehungen der Bettruhe nach gynakologischen Operationen zur Frage der Thrombose und Embolie. [Kiel.] S°. Berlin, 1908. Abbott (A. W.) Pre-operative thrombi in the region of the field of operation as a cause of post-operative com- plication and death. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1906, ii, 287-289—AIbanus (G.) Thrombosen und Eni- bolien nach Laparotomies Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1903, xl, 311-341.—Anderson (R. G.) Thrombosis and embolism as complications of surgical operations. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond.. 1905, xix, 96; 126; 154.—Biggar (H. F.), jr. Postoperative thrombosis. Med. Century, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1911, xviii, 205-207. — Coe (H. C.) Crural thrombosis following aseptic celiotomy. Med. News, N. Y., 1899, lxxv, 4-10.— Cooper (St. C.) Post- operative thrombosis and neuritis; with report of a case. J. Kansas M. Soc, Kansas City, Kan., 1911, xi, 200-203.— Crouse (H.) Thrombi and emboli; post-operative im- portance. Surg., Gvnec. & Obst., Chicago, 1909, ix, 663- 674.—FraenKel (A.) Ueber postoperative Thrombo- Embolie. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl.. 1908, lxxxvi, 531-545. Also: Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 1908, xxxvii, pt. 2, 16-30.—Friedciuanii (M.) Klinische Erfahrungen fiber postoperative Thrombosen und Em- bolien. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1910, lxix, 459-532.— Hoehne (O.) Die Beziehungen der Bettruhe nach gyniikologisehen Operationen und Entbindungen zur Thrombose und Embolie. Monatschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynaek., Berl., 1909, xxx, 541-549.—Johnson (J. T.) Thrombosis and embolism following abdominal opera- tions. Tr. Am. Gvnec. Soc., Phila., 1906, xxxi, 50-63. .Ita: Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1906, iii, 110-115. [Discussion], 164-167. Also, Reprint.—Juttner(F. J. E.) Fatal post-operative thrombosis. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1911, xxx, 671-675. —Kelling (G.) Studien iiber Thrombo-Embolie insbesondere nach Operationen. Areh. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1909-10, xci, 997-1059.—Klein (H. V.) Ueber postoperative Thrombose und Embolie. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte (Karls- ruhe), Leipz., 1911, lxxxiii, pt. 1, 404-411. -----. Ueber postoperative Thrombose und Embolie. (Weitere klini- sche Beitrage zur Aetiologie und Prophylaxe.) Monat- schr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynaek., Berl., 1911, xxxiv, 549-569.— Leimander (K. G.) A note on thrombosis in the veins of the pelvis and lower extremities after opera- tions. [Transl. from Swedish.] Lancet, Lond., 1900, ii, 802.—Lepper (E. H.) On the frequency of thrombosis following laparotomies for carcinoma. Arch. Middlesex Hosp., Lond., 1912, xxvii, 212-214. — Miller (G. B.) Post-operative thrombosis and embolism. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1907, lvi, 347-357. [Discussion], 386-391.—Kutil- er lu rd. Specimens illustrative of thrombosis and em- bolism as complications of surgical conditions, with description of three cases. Tr. Glasg. Path. & Clin. Soc, 1900-1901, viii, 119-122.—Schickele (G.) Thrombose und innere Sekretion? (Zur Aufklarung der Thrombo- sen nach gynakologischen Operationen nebst einigen Bemerkungen iiber die Gerinnungen in der Plazenta und fiber die Wirkung von Myomextrakten.) Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1912, lix, 183-186.—Sutton (J. B.) The Hunterian lecture on thrombosis and embolism after operations on the female pelvic organs. Lancet, Lond., 1909, i, 147-152.—Wltzel (O.) Die postoperative Throm- bo-Embolie. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1906. lxxxv, 228-247.—Zurlielle (E.) Thrombose und Em- bolie nach gynakologischen Operationen. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1907, Leipz., 1908. pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 174-177. Thrombosis (Puerperal). See, also, Phlegmasia alba dolens; Puerperal state (Sudden death in); Puerperal thrombosis, etc.; Thrombophlebitis (Puerperal). Harms (C.) *Zur Prophylaxe der Throm- bose und Embolie im Wochenbett. 8°. Frei- '< burg i. B., 1908. Schluzer (J.) *Thrombose und Embolie im Wochenbett. 8°. Emmendingen, 1907. Audebert & Garlpuy. Thrombus puerperal. Compt. rend. Soc. d'obst., de gvnec et de paediat. de Par., 1911, xiii, 372-377. —Delassus. Sur un cas de thrombus puerperal vaginal. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1911, xxxiv, 577-586.—Fromme (F.) Thrombose und Friih- aufstehen im Wochenbett. Zentralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1909, xxxiii, 15-21.—Heidemann (M.) Die Thrombose im Wochenbett. Monatschr f. Geburtsh. u. Gynaek.. Berl., 1901, xiii, 441-456.—Junge. Ueber Thrombose und Embolie im Wochenbett. Arch. f. Gynaek., Berl., 1912, xcvi, 356-376.—Kiein (H. V.) Die puerperale und postoperative Thrombose und Embolie. Ibid., 1911, xciv, 117-262,3 pl.—.Ulchaelis(H.) Prodromalerscheinungen der puerperalen und postoperativen Thrombose und Embolie. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1911, lviii, 73-76. ' Thrombosis (Puerperal). -----. Zur Frage des pramonitorischen Symptoms vor Thrombose und Embolie (puerperale und postoperative). Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynak., Stuttg., 1912, lxx, 278-285.— Pinard (A.) Etude clinique du thrombus puerperal; diagnostic; Evolution, traitement pronostic Rev. prat. d'obst. et de paediat., Par., 1911, xxiv, 353-370.—Potocki. Thrombus vulvo-vaginal survenu au troisi&me jour des couches peu apr&s une injection intra-veineuse de collar- gol. Ann. de gynec et d'obst., Par., 1910, 2. s., vii, 275- 283. Also: Compt. rend. Soc. d'obst., de gvnec et de paediat. de Par., 1910, xii, 72-79 — Pottet, LeVy <& Chaiiipcau. Thrombus puerperal perivaginal et p6- rivulvaire survenu apr&s la delivrance; phenomenes de shock hemorragique et d'accroissement progressif de la tumeur ayant n6cessit6 l'^vacuation de la collection. Compt. rend. Soc. d'obst., de gynec. et de paediat. de Par., 1911. xiii, 467-471.—Richter. Diagnostische und prog- nostische Beurteilung der Thrombose und Embolie im Wochenbett aus ihren Prodromalsvmptomen. Heilkunde, Berl., 1905,193-199.—Rudaux (P".) Diagnostic et traite- ment du thrombus puerperal ou h6matome puerperal. Clinique, Par., 1908, iii, 362.—ScMiauta. Ueber Phlebi- tis und Phlebothrombose im Wochenbette und nach Operationen. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1911, Ixi, 1541- 1548.—de Snoo (K.) Bijdrage tot de kennis der aetio- logie en prophvlaxis der puerperale thrombose. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1912, i, 1623-1641. Thrombosis (Pulmonary) [Arterialand venous]. See, also, Embolism (Pulmonary). Griebling (O.) * Ueber Stenose der Lun- genarterie mit unvollstandigem Verschluss des Foramen ovale. 8°. Munchen, 1908. Ittameier (C. C. T.) * Ueber einen Fall von Thrombose der rechten Arteria pulmonalis und Bildung eines Kollateralkreislaufes in den Lun- gen. 8°. Erlangen, 1907. Mombuh (P.) *Apoplexie pulmonaire par thrombose. 8°. Paris, 1898. Neddersen (A. [H. L.]) * Ueber einen Fall von umfangreicher Thrombose der Pulmonar- arterien. 8°. Giessen, 1908. [Tizenhauzen (P. E.)] Embolia arterise pulmonalis post partum. 8°. [S.-Peterburg, 1897.] Alezais & JTlollaret. Thrombose de l'artere pul- monaire gauche. Marseille med., 1906, xliii, 225-230.— Andrews (F. W.) & Branson fW.P.S.) Thrombosis of pulmonary artery. St. Barth. Hosp. Rep. 1910, Lond., 1911. xlvi, 216.—Aschoff (D.) Ueber Venenthrombose und Embolie der Lungenarterie. Med. Klin., Berl., 1909, v, 1702-1704.—Bidwe 11 (L. A.) Pulmonary embolism and thrombosis after laparotomy. Practitioner, Lond., 1909, lxxxii, 214-223.—Box (C.R.) A series of cases in which pulmonary embolism appeared to be due to the displacement of a thrombus in the main trunk of the pulmonary artery. Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1905-6, xxxix, 189-204.—Coleman (W.) Thrombosisof the pulmonary artery. Proc. N. York Path. Soc. (1897-8), 1899, 85-39.— Cufob (A. S.) Pulmonary embolism, probably following thrombosis of the hemorrhoidal veins. Med. Press and Circ, Lond., 1904, exxix, 626.—Swing (J.) Total thrombosis of the left pulmonarv arterv. Proc. N. York Path. Soe. (1897-8), 1899, 11-13.—Foil Ik rod (C.) Pul- monary embolism and thrombosis from the obstetric standpoint; report of a suggestive case. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1911, lxiii, 855-857.—Funke (J.) Embolism and thrombosis of the pulmonary artery. Proc. Path. Soc. Phila., 1910, n. s., xiii, 249-254. Also: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1911, lxxix, 673-675.—Gauthier (R.) De la thrombose de l'artere pulmonaire. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1907, lxxx, 1287-1292.—Glynn (E.) Some observations upon pul- monary thrombosis and embolism. Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 1907, xxvii, 204-218. — Glynn (E.) A Knowles (R. E.) Some observations on fatal cases of pulmonary thrombosis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, ii, 1412-1416.— Gninon (L. ) Thrombosis double de l'artere pul- monaire. Bull. Soc. de pfidiat. de Par., 1901, iii, 191- 193.—flalipre.. Thrombose de l'artere pulmonaire. Normandie med., Rouen, 1903, xviii, 163,— Hektoen (L.) Sudden death from pulmonary embolism follow- ing thrombosis of the internal jugular vein in a case of carcinoma of the neck secondary to carcinoma of the tongue. West. Clin. Recorder, Chicago, 1899, i, 6-13. Also: Tr. Chicago Path. Soc. (1897-9), 1900, iii, 134. Also, Reprint.— Kretz (R.) Ueber Venenthrombose und Embolie der Lungenarterie. Med. Klin., Berl., 1909-10, v, 1546 —Larkln (J. H.) Thrombosis of the pulmonary artery; sudden death. Proc. N. York Path. Soc. (1899- 1900), 1901, 158.—Lee (J. M.) Heart clot and pulmonary embolism; sad experiences. Tr. Homceop. M. Soc, N. Y., THROMBOSIS. 195 THROMBOSIS. Thrombosis (Pulmeniary) [Arterialand venous]. 1896, xxxi, 328-335.—Lewald (L. T.) A case of throm- bosis of the pulmonarv artery. Proc. X. York Path. Soc., 1901-2, n. s., i, 133.—libtheisen (G.) Zur Embolie der Lungenarterie nach Verletzungen und operativen Ein- griffen. Beitr. z klin. Chir., Tubing., 1901-2, xxxii, 655- 686.—laicien (T.)& Rebattu. Mort subite par throm- bose de l'artere pulmonaire. Bull. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Lyon, 1910, ix, 69-71. Also: Lvon mecl., 1910, cxiv, 724-726.—iTlcPhed ran (A.) & Maikenzle (J.J.) A case of massive hemorrhagic infarction of the lung due to pulmonary endarteritis and thrombosis. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1903, xviii, 337-346. Also, Reprint.— O'Sullivan (A. C.) Sudden death from occlusion of the pulmonarv artery. Tr. Rov. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubh, 1899-1900, xviii, 378-380.—Perrin (M.) phth., St. Louis, 1911, xx, 693.—Thompson i A. H.) The various causes of obstruction in the central arterv of the retina. Ophth. Rev., Lond., 1902, xxi, 61; 100.—Valude (E.) Throm- bose infeetieuse de la veine centrale de la retine. Ann. d'ocul., Par., 1911, cxlvi, 426-428.—Van Duyse. Obs- struetion de l'artere centrale de la retine; massage- firession; guerison. Ann. Soc. de med. de Gand, 1908, xxxviii, 21-24. Also: Arch, d'opht., Par., 1908, xxviii, 129-138.—Walker (C. H.) Thrombosis of the inferior temporal branch of the arteria centralis retinae in an eye with a persistent hyaloid artery and vein; ? caused by exposure to direct sunlight. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. King- dom, Lond., 1902-3, xxiii, 279-281. —Welt (Leonore). Thrombose der Arteria centralis retinae, unter dem Bilde der sogenannten Embolie verlaufend. Arch. f. Augenh., WiesU, 1900, xii, 35.5-377, 1 pl. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Arch. Ophth., N. Y., 1901, xxx, 495-505.—von Wiser. Ein Full von traumatischer Thrombose der Netzhaut- Venen. Centraibl. f. prakt. Augenh., Leipz., 1901, xxv, 360-363.—Zaun (G.F.) Visual defects from hemorrhage or vascular lesions, with report of a case of thrombosis of the central retinal artery. Milwaukee M. J., 1906, xiv, 315-317. Thrombosis (Sic/moid). Parmentier (E.) & Chabrol (E.) Infarctus he- morragique de l'anse sigmoi'de par atherome arteriel et thrombose veineuse. Arch. d. mal. de l'appar. digest. |etc.], Par., 1908, ii, 61-87. Thrombosis (Spinal). Abrahamson (I.) A case of thrombosis of the left anterior spinal artery in the medulla oblongata. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., Lancaster, Pa., 1909, xxxvi, 421. Thrombosis (Subclavian) [Arterial and venous]. See, also, Embolism of subclavian artery. IS I ii in. [Thrombose der Vena subclavia sinistra.] Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1907, liv, 1055.—Cade (A.)& Palla*se (E.) Thrombose jugulo-souselaviere chez une cardiaque. Bull. Soc. med. d. hop. de Lvon, 1907, vi, 281-285. Also: Lyon med., 1907, cix, 663-666.—Collet & Curtll. Un cas de thrombose jugulo sous-claviere chez une cardiaque. Clinique, Par., 1909, iv, 228.—Jeanne. Grave contusion de la regionsus-claviculaire, attrition et thrombose de l'artere sous-claviere; paralysie du sympa- thique oculaire, sans paralysie radiculaire du plexus bra- chial. Normandie med., Rouen, 1910, xxvi, 201-203.—Le Wald (L. T.) A caseof thrombosisof the subclavian artery. Proc. N. York Path. Soc. (1899-1900), 1901, 280 — Rogers (E. A.) Chlorosis; thrombosis of the subclavian vein: report of a case. N. Eng. M. Month., Bost., 1911, xxx, 117-121.—I'ngar (E.) Thrombose der linken Vena subclavia. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xlviii, 1399. Thrombosis (Suprarenal) [Venous]. Chiari (H.) Zur Kenntnis des Effectes der Throm- bose der Nebennierenvenen. Atti d. Cong, internaz. dei patologi 1911, Torino, 1912, i, 224-229, 2 pl. Thrombosis (Thyroid) [Venous]. ITIeisel (P.) Entfernung eines 8 Cm. langen Ge- schwulstthrombus aus der Vena thyreoidea inferior. Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1909, xxxvi, 463-465. Thrombosis (Tibial). See, also, Embolism of popliteal and tibial arteries. Gardner (L. W.) Thrombosis of anterior tibial ar- tery in gun shot wound. J. Mich. M. Soc, Detroit, 1905, iv, 488-490.—Riedel. Verschluss der Arteria tibialis antica durch Endarteriitis bei freier Art. tib. post.: Xer- venquetschung; Gritti. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 1911, xl, pt. 2, 239-245.—Snyder (A. A. i Case of left posterior tibial thrombosis following right side abdominal operation. Wash. M. Ann., 1907-8, vi, 160. Thrombosis (Treatment of). See, edso, under various subdivisions. Cuny (E.-J.-M.-P.) * Contribution a I'etude du traitement chirurgical des thromboses vari- queuses du membre inierieur. 8°. Paris, 1911. Adamson (R. O.) Caso of peripheral thrombosis and cardio-pulmonary embolism treated bv large doses of ammonia. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Glasg. (1901-3 1901 iv 25-32. Also: Glasgow M. J., 1901, lvi, 406-41::.—Duncan (H. A.) & Illmaii (G. M.) Aetiology and treatment of thrombosis, based upon studies of the coagulation time 1 Thrombosis (Treatment of). of blood. N. York M. J., 1907, lxxxvi, 1168-1170. Also, Reprint.—Hamilton (H. P.) Surgical aspects of thrombosis and embolism. Creighton M. Bull., Omaha, 1899. iii, no. 2, 4-12. — KiiIiii (F.) Prophylaxe der Thrombose durch Luftdruckdauermassage (Hoehdruck- massage undkiinstl. Zirkulationl. Zentralbl. f. Gyniik.. Leipz., 1912, xxxvi, Ms-N.:;.— Stewart (F. T.) Arte- riotomy for thrombosis and embolism. Tr. Phila. Aead. Surg., 1907-8, x, 122-132. Also: Ann. Surg., Phila., 1907, xlvi, 339-349. Thrombosis (Utero-ovarian). See, a/so, Embolism of uterine artery. HochetL.) Thrombose utero-ovarienne infeetieuse avec extension a la veine cave in ferieure et au cceur droit. Ann. de gynec. et d'obst., Par., 1902, lvii, 333-348. Thrombosis ( Vaginal and vulvar). See, also, Thrombosis (Puerperal). Render (X.) Thrombus dans un gros abces de la glande de Bartholin; rupture de la poche; h^morragie grave. Bull. Soc. d'obst. et de gynec. de Par., 1912, i, 359.—Dallarl (Z.) Trombo vaginale. Gior p. le leva- trici, Milano, 1898, xii, 43.—Deli'pine. Deux cas de thrombus de la vulve et du vagin. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1901, ii, 587-592.—Fall af blodsvulst i slidan. [A case of thrombus in the vagina.] Jordemodern, Stock- holm, 1912, xxv, 105-107.—Fuiiek-Brentano (L.) Thrombus superflciel etpediculedu vagin. Compt. rend. Soc. d'obst., de gvnec et de paediat. de Par., 1909, xi, 9- 17. Also: Gynecologie, Par., 1909, xiii, 124-134.—Oui. Thrombus vulvo-perineal. Bull. Soc. d'obst. et de gynec de Par., 1912, i, 638.—Vitrae (J.) Thrombus du vagin; traitement par:ncisionpreeoceet evidement. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1908, xxix, 414-416. Thrombosis (Venous). See, also, Thrombophlebitis; Thrombosis (Axillary); Thrombosis (Cerebral); Throm- bosis (F'emoral) ; Thrombosis (Hepatic); Thrombosis (Jugular); Thrombosis (Mesen- teric); Thrombosis (Nasal); Thrombosis (Omental); Thrombosis (Ophthalmic); Throm- bosis ( Orbital); Thrombosis (Portal); Throm- bosis (Puerperal); Thrombosis (Pulmonary); Thrombosis (Renal); Thrombosis (Retinal); Thrombosis (Sigmoid); Thrombosis (Subcla- vian); Thrornhosia (Suprarenal); Thrombo- sis (Thyroid); Thrombosis (Utero-ovarian); Thrombosis in animals; Thrombosis of vena cava. Dessauer (P.) * Ueber Venenthrombose, nebst einem Fall von marantischer Thrombose. 8°. Erlangen, 1904. Rautax (Sara). * Ueber Venenthrombose im Kindesalter. 8°. Zurich, 1906. Aldrich (C. J.) A case of thrombosis of the left internal jugular, subclavian, axillary, basilic and median basilic veins, of unexplained origin. Phila. M. J., 1902, ix, 629.—Askanazy. La valeur clinique des thromboses veineuses. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1908, xxviii, 156.—Bardeleben. Die Rolle des Streptococcus beiderVenenthrombose. Verhandl. d. deutsch.Gesellsch. f. Gyniik. 1907, Leipz., 1908, xii, 827-829.—Becker (A.) Zur Frage der operativen Behandlung von Venenthrom- bosen an den Extremitiiten; mit Demonstration von Prii- paraten. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerztel907, Leipz., 1908,2.Teil,2.Hlfte., 102-105.—Beyer. Thrombose der Vena condyloidea anterior und posterior und fortgeleitete Pachymeningitis necrotica externa und interna imGefolge von Sinus- und Bulbusthrombose. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 1345.—Bishop (H. D.) The treatment of thrombosis of the pelvic veins. Cleve- land M. & S. Reporter, 1909, xvii, 467-470.—Bluiner (G.) Report of four unusual cases of peripheral venous throm- bosis. YaleM. J., N.Haven, 1908-9,xv,296-304.—Bouma (J.) Over retrograde transport in deaderen. Onderzoek. ged. in h. physiol. Lab. d. Utrecht. Hoogesch., 1902, iv, 191- 203.—Brannan (J. W.) Unilateral right-sided venous thrombosis, associated with cardiac disease; autopsy. Med. Rec, X. V . 1902, Ixi, 291.—Burian (F.) Pfipad soucasn6 thrombosv venae magnse Gal en i a venae cavae in- ferions a leve veny renalni. [Case of synchronous throm- bosis ot" . . . and left renal vein.] Casop. lek. desk., v Praze, 1904, xliii, 1369-1372.—Carson (H. W.) A case of thrombosisof the veins of the colon causing obstruc- tion. Proc. Rov. Soc. Med., Lond., 1911-12, v, Surg. Sect,, 212-211.—Cayley. Thrombosis of innominate and pul- THROMBOSIS. 197 THl'BERT. Thrombosis ( Venous). monarv veins; chvlothorax. Middlesex Hosp. Rep. 1901, Lond.,1903, 33-35.—Conner (L. A.) Pulmonary symp- toms as premonitory signs of venous thrombosis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1911, lxxix, 753-757.—I>eve (F.) Throm- bose veineusedu membre sup£rieur chez une cardiaque. Normandie med., Rouen, 1907, xxii, 63-68.—Forster (F.) Zur Svnip.omatologie der Venenthrombose. Wien. klin. Wchiischr., 1904, xvii, 1175-1179.—Forsterllng (K.) Entzundliehe Thrombose fast des gesamteu peri- pheren Venensystems (spnugende Thrombosen, Throm- bophlebitis migransi Mitt. a. d. (irenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1909, xix, 727-736.—Fulton (('. M.) Venous thrombosis; with report of a case following pneumonia. Langsdales Lancet, Kansas City, 1898, iii, 109-111.— Futcher (T. B.) [Thrombosisof the left external jugu- larsubclavian and axillary veins, associated with mitral stenosis, with subsequent embolism of the left popliteal artery.] Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1900, xi, 48.— Hall F. de H.) Venous thrombosis. Clin. J., Lond., 190S-9. xxxii,401-411.—Hausman (F. O.) K voprosu o proiskhozhdenii tromboza v venakh poslle vnutrivennikh vlivaniv. [Origin of thrombosis in the veins after intra- venousinjeciions.] Prakt. Vrach,S.-Peterb , 1910,ix,787.— Jakowski (M.) I'eber die Mitwirkung der Mikroor- ganismen beim Knt-tehen der Venenthrombose. Cen- tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1900, xxviii, 801-809.—Johnson (H. W.) Unusual cases of venous thrombosis. N. York state J. M., N. Y., 1909, ix, 161-164.— Kendall (W. P.) Pneumatic venous thrombosis. In- terstate M. J., St. Louis, 1908, xv, 728-735.—Koller (E.) Ein Fall von Schwellung und myeloider Umwandlung von Lymphdriisen im Stauungsgebiet einer thrombierten Vene. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1910, xxiii, 736-739.—La- combe. Thrombose veineuse au cours d'une asvstolie. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap.. Par., 1904, xviii, 358-360.— iTIarsili (E.) Reperto non comune di circolo venoso collaterale per flebite trombotica profonda di un arto in- feriore. Tommasi, Napoli, 1912, vii, 110-113.—Ittensi (E.) Sulla trombosi delle vene nell' eta infantile. Riforma med., Napoli, 1912, xxviii, 823-825. — Minkowski. [Thrombose der Vena magna Galeni.] Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1904, li, 1028.—JI ill ler (.W) Zur operativen Behandlunginfektioser und benigner Venenthrombosen. Arch. f. kiln. Chir., Berl., 1902, lxvi, 642-651.—Phillips (Si A ca^e of thrombosis of the inferior vena cava and of the iliac and femoral veins, of acute onset and fatal termination, with symptoms resembling those of perfo- rated gastric ulcer. Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1900-1901, xxxiv, 24-27.—Ransoboflf'iJ.) Venous thrombosis and hydro- cele of the inguinal canal. Tr. South. Surg. & Gynec. Ass. 1907, Phila., 1908, xx, 406-417, 4 pl.—Rogers (B. M. H.) Idiopathic thrombosis of the portal and contributory veins. Bristol Med.-Chir. J., 1899, xvii, 107-113.—Ru- besch (R.) Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Beziehungen des Staphylococcus pyogenes aureus zur in- fektiosen Venenthrombose. Beitr. z.klin. Chir.,Tiibing., 1911, lxxv, 565-591.—Ruge (E.) Traumatische Ttlrom- bose der Vena axillaris. Med. Klin., Berl., 1911, vii, 1615- 1617.—Schepelmann (E ) Kasuistische Beitrage zur Venenthrombose mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung alte- rer und neuerer Theorien der Thrombose. Beihefte z. Med. Klin., Berl., 1911, vii, 23-54.—Schwab (M.) Ve- nenthrombose und Gerinnbarkeit des Blutes. Miin- ehen. med. Wchnschr., 1906, liii, 2520.— Stenger. Zur Thrombose des Bulbus venae jugularis. Areh. f. Oh- renh., Leipz., 1901-2, liv, 216-222, 2 pl.—T»rttk (B.) A bulbus venae jugularis primaer infectiosus throm- bosisanak esete. [A case of . . .] Orvosi hetil., Buda- pest, 1901, xiv, 595; 617.—Wadsworth i W. S. i & Spil- ler (W. G.) Thrombosis of the vein of Galen. Proc. Path. Soe. Phila., 1900, n. s., iii, 267.—Weber (F. P.) Apparent muscular hypertrophy following oedema of the left leg (due to venous thrombosis). Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1908-9, ii, Clin. Sect., 60-65.— Werewkina Marie). UeberVenenthromboseimRucki nmark. Arch. .Kinderh., Stuttg., 1900, xxix, 191-222.— W kite (W.H.) Venous thrombosis in heart disease. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1902, xvi, 371-378.— Wil liams (M. W.) Progres- sive venous thrombosis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, i, 1100. Thrombosis (Vertebral). See, also, Embolism of vertebral artery. Liildin (M.) Ueber Thrombose der Arteria vertebralis. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1910, xl, 380-386.— von Rad. Thrombose der Art. vertebralis an der Ab- gangsstelle der Art. cerebelli inferior posterior. Si- tzungsb. d. iirztl. Ver. Nurnb., 1905, Munchen, 1906. 49-53. Thrombosis in animals. AI b rec li t. PlotzlichentstandenebeiderseitigeThrom- bose der Beckenarterien und der linken Darmbeinarterie beim Pferde. Wchnschr. f. Thierh. u. Viehzucht, Miin- ehen, 1901, xiv, 325-32*.. -----. Thrombose der vorderen Hohlvene bei einem Pferde. Ztschr. f. Thiermed., Jena, 1902, vi, 428-437—Besnoit. Deux cas de thrombose arterielle chez le cheval. Toulouse med., 1903, 2. s., v, 83.—Elphlck (H.S.) Thrombosis in a polo pony. Vet. Thrombosis in animals. J., Lond., 1906,n. s.,xiii, 249-251.—Frlederich. Throm- bose der hinteren Hohlvene. Berl. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1906, 1— llendrickx (F.) Thrombose de l'aorte et des arteres iliaques chez un cheval. Ann. de mecl. vcit. Brux., 1904, liii, 489-500. Also, transl. [Abstr. |: Vet. Rec. Lond., 1904-5, xvii, 298-300, 1 pl-.lolni-.lon (S. I.) Thrombosis in the horse. J. Comp. Path. A Therap., Edinb. & Lond., 1905, xviii, 78.—Kappel. Thrombose der Art. pulmonalis beim Pferd. Berl. thierarztl. Wchnschr., 1901, 708. -----. Verschiedenes aus der Praxis der Fleischbeschau; Thrombosierungder Milzve- nen, verbunden mit embolischen Verstopfungen einzel- ner Pfortaderaste in der Leber, beim Pferde. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1903, xiv, 23.—Sult'ran. Thrombose de l'artere aorte et des iliaques chez un che- val. Toulouse med., 1903, 2. s., v, 142.—'f. waenepoel (H.) Pseudo-tubercules pulmonaires, chez un bomf constitues par des arterites thrombosantes multiples et des infarcti. Ann. de med. vet.. Brux.. 1904, liii, 522- 526. Thrombosis in pregnancy and puer- peral state. See Phlegmasia alba dolens; Thrombosis (Puerperal). Thrombosis in thoracic duct. Marie (R.) Un cas de thrombose neoplasique du canal thoracique. Bull, et mem. Soe. anat. de Par., 1904, lxxix, 691-693. Thrombosis of vena cava. Haushalter (P.) & Etienne (G.) Trois cas de thrombose de la veine cave inferieure; essai de patho- genic Cong, franp. de med., Par. & Nancy, 1896-7, iii, fasc. 2,149-154.—Pennato (P.) Epatite sclerosa e trom- bosi della cava. Atti d. xii. Cong, interprov. san. d. alta Italia, Venezia, 1904, 348-353. — Stillman (E. R.) & Carey (H. W.) Thrombosis of the inferior vena cava. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1909, n. s., exxxvii, 333- 342.—Wirtz (A.) Thrombose der Vena cava inf., der Vv. renales und suprarenales sin. mit todlichem Ausgang bei einem IStagigen Saugling. Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1910, lxxii, 467^71. Thrombozyme. Blaizot (L.) L'antigene ajoute a un serum prepared le sensibilise a Paction de la thrombozyme. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1912, Ixxiii, 88. Throttling. See Strangulation. Thrush. See Aphthae, Mouth (Inflammation of, Para- sitic). I Tiiruston (Malachias). De respirationis usu primario, diatriba. Accedunt animadversiones a cl. viro in eandem conscript;©, una cum res- ponsionibus auctoris. 4 p. 1., 165 pp., 4 1. 24°. Lugd. Batar., apud L. Lopez de Haro, C. Drie- huysen, 1<>71. Another copy bound with: Bartholinus (T.) De hepa- tis [etc.]. 16°'. Hafniir, [1666]. See, also, Kntius (Gcorgius). 'AvTi8iaTpip»j, sive ani- madversiones [etc J. 12°. Londini, 1679. Thuan (Jacques-Auguste ). See de Thou (Jacques-Auguste). Tliuau ( Louis-Victor-Charles-Marie ) [1884- ]. *De la desinsertion du mesentere dana la hernie <§tranglee. 50 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, Barthelenm i Thuja occidentalis. Prescriber, Edinb., 1911, v, 247-249. Tliulie (Henry) [1832- ]. Le dressage des jeunes degeneres ou orthophrenopedie. iv, 678 pp. 8°. Paris, F. Alcan, 1900. ------. La mystique divine, diabolique et natu- relle des theologiens. viii, 406 pp. 8°. Paris, Yii/ot freres, 1912. Thulie ([ Jean-Baptiste-] Henry) [1832- ]. La manie raisonnante du Dr. Campagne. 132 pp. 8°. Paris, G. Bailliere, 1870. [P. v. 2250.] Tliuliiez (Paul-Jean- Baptiste-Celestin-Joseph) [1872- ]. * Contribution a I'etude des tu- meurs erectiles des paupieres. 84 pp. 8°. Lille, 1899, No. 116. TIiiiih (Anton). * Beitrage zur Kenntnis der untersalpetrigen Siiure. [Bern.] 65 pp. 8°. Prag, M. Schulz, 1893. Thumb. See, also, Fingers; Fingers and toes (Abnor- mities of); Hand; Hand (Abnormities of); Hand in anthropology; Handprints. Flemmiiig (w.) Nachtriigliche Notiz iiber den Flexor brevis pollieis. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1887, ii, 269- 272.—Hoffmann (P.) A common, undescribed affec- tion of the extensor muscles of the thumb. Med. Fort- nightly, St. Louis, 1898, xiv, 451-454— Roster (W.) De gemeenseliap der aderen aan de rugvlakte van den duim met den aderboog in de diepte van de handpalm, en iets over de rugslagaderen van den duim. Versl. d. k, Akad. v. Wetensch. Afd. Natuurk., Amst., ii, deel xiv, pp. 158-161, 1 pl.—Leboucq (H.) Les muscles ad - ducteurs du pouee et du gros orteil. Arch, de biol., Gand, 1893, xiii, 41-59.—Mingazzinl (G.) Nota sul M. adductor pollieis dell' uomo. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1888, iii, 778-781.— JTIorestin (H.) Collateral dupouce fourni par le musculo-cutane. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1896, lxxi, 143.—Parsons (F. G.) On the movements of the metacarpo-phalangeal joint of the thumb. J. Anat. & Physiol., Lond., 1894-5, xxix, 446-452.—Kouviere (H.) Repere anatomique permettant de determiner exacte- ment la situation de l'interligne articulaire de l'articula- tion metacarpo-phalangienne du oouce. Bibliog. anat., Par. & Nancy, 1912, xxii, 79-83— Whitehead (W. R.) The thumb as an initial factor of civilization. Med. Rec, N. V., 1895, xlviii, 188-190. Also, Reprint. Thumb (Abnormities and deformities of.) See, also, Fingers and toes (Abnormities of.) Bouchet (J.-B.-A.-G.) *L'hyperphalangie des doigts et particulierement du pouce. 8°. Bordeaux, 1909. Iversen (J.) * Ueber die traumat'sche Ent- stehung der Dupuytren'schen Kontraktur und deren Lokalisation am Daumen. 8°. Kiel, 1909. Wittkower (D.) * Ueber Hyperphalangie am Daumen mit Valgusstellung der Endphalanx. 8°. Berlin, 1903. Arquembourg (L.) Sur un cas de pouces a trois phalanges. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1905, ix, 613-615.— Bertaecblnl (P.) Un caso di doppio-pollice bilaterale nell' uomo e alcune considerazioni sul valore morfologico dell' iperdattilia nell' uomo. Internat. Monatschr. f. Anat. u. Physiol., Leipz., 1904, xxi, 126-135.—Bienvenue (F.) Un cas de pouce supplement a ire a trois phalanges. Rev. d'orthop., Par., 1912, 3. s., iii, 91-91— Bilhaut (M.) Pouce surnum£raire de la main gauche. Ann. de chir. et d'orthop., Par., 1902, xv, 6.5-68. -----. Observation de poucearessort; theorie nouvelle pour expliquer le meea- nisme de cette affection. Ibid., 1912, xxv, 257-263.—Car- penter (G.) An infant with malformations of the thumbs and toes. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1908-9, ii, Sect. Stud. Dis. Child., 59.—Colin (M.) [Fall von dop- pelseitigem Klumpdaumen.] Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1904, xxx, 299.—Desearpentries & (handler. Ectrodaetylie congenitale des deux pouces. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1905, ix, 200.—Doppelter Daumen. Kindersp. in Basel. Jahresb. (1900), 1902, xxxviii, 146.—Diibreull-Cliainbardel (L.) Un cas d'hvperphalangie du pouce. Bull, et mem. Soc. d'an- throp. de Par., 1909, 5. s., x. 118-12*. Also: Gaz. med. du centre, Tours, 1910, xv, 25-29.—Iluvergey (J.) Pouce biflde. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1908, xxxviii, 696.— Fbstein (W.) Knochengerust eines missgestalteten Daumens. Festschr. f. G. E. v. Rindfleisch [etc.], Leipz., 1907, 1-6.—Fere1 (C.) Note sur une anomalie du pli d'opposition du pouee. Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1901, n. s., iii, 292.—Frenkel (H.) In cas de poly- dact'ylie (dedoublement du pouce en pinee de homard). Toulouse med., 1900, 2. s„ ii, 283-285.-- 307—Lossen (H.) Ein neuer Daumenbewegnngsapparat: Bemerkungen zur Frage der Apparatbehandlung. Arch. 1. orthop. [etc.], Wiesb., 1907, v, 246-251.—JWlles (A.i & Mm I lie in (J. W.) Bennett's fracture of the base of the metacarpal bone of the thumb. Edinb. M. J., 1904, n. s., xv, 297-308, 2pl— Prichard (J.E.) The so-called "stave of thumb,'* or Bennett's fracture. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1900, i, 1533.— Boberts (J. B.) A skiagraph of Bennett's fracture of the metacarpal bone of the thumb or "stave of the thumb." Tr. Coll. Phys. Phila., 1901, 3. s., xxiii, 50. Also: Phila. M. J., 1901, vii, 481—Russ (R.) Bennett's fracture. J. Am.M. Ass.,Chicago, 1906,xlvi, 1824-1828. Also, Reprint— Webb (C. H. S.) Three cases of Bennett's fracture. Arch. Middlesex Hosp., Lond., 1912, xxv, 40-44, 1 pl.— Williams (C.) Case of fracture dislocation of the ter- minal phalanx of thumb. Physician & Surg., Lond., 1900, i, 811. Thumb (Morphology of). Testut (L.) Le long flechisseur propre du pouce chez l'homme et chez les singes. Cutting from: Bull. Soc. zool. de France, 1883, viii. Elze (C.) Ueber die Gelenkhohle am distalen Ende des Daumenrudimentes von Ateles ater. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1910, xxxvii, 543. Thumb (Supernumerary). See Thumb (Abnormities, etc., of). Thumb (Surgery of). See, also, Thumb (Dislocation of); Thumb (Fracture of; Thumb ( Tumors of ). Lefebvre (C.) *Du pouce, et du meilleur proeede a employer dans son extirpation. 4°. Strasbourg, 1823. Timofieyeff (S. L.) 0 zamieshtshenii pyast- nol kosti bolshovo paltsa pravol ruki. [Plastic restoration of the metacarpal bone of the right thumb.] 8°. Kiyev, 1911. Also [Abstr.]. in: Trudi Kiyevsk. Khirurg. Obsh. (1909- 10), 1911, 375-387. [Discussion], 78-81. Ball (J. H.) A note on conservative surgery of the thumb. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1898, liv, 528.—Berger. Re- traction cicatricielle du pouce gu6rie par une autoplastic. Bull, et m6m. Soc. de chir.de Par., 1905, n.s., xxxi, 383.— Bougie (J.) Greffe autochtone des tendons extenseurs du pouce. Ibid., 1901, n. s., xxvii, 201.—Haubold (H. A.) Plastic repair of the thumb. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1910, Iii, 636-540,3 pl.—Krause (F.) Ersatz des Dau- mens aus der grossen Zehe. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1906, xliii, 1527.—Lanieris. Plastiek van den duim. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1909, xliv, pt. 2, 1686.— Lukseh (L.) Ueber eine neue Methode zum Ersatz des verlorenen Daumens. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 1903, xxxii, pt. 1,221-223.—Modi in (I. G.) Artificial stump after amputation of thumb. Northum- berland & Durham M. J., Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 1905, xiii, 70. — Nieoladoni (C.) Daumenplastik. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1897, x, 663-665. Also, Reprint. -----. Dau- menplastik und organischer Ersatz der Fingerspitze (Anticheiroplastik und Daktyloplastik). Arch. f. klin. Chir.,, Berl., 1900, Ixi, 006-614. Also, Reprint. -----. Wei- tere Erfahrungen iiber Daumenplastik. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1903, lxix, 695-703. Also, Reprint—Noesske (K.) Ueber den plastischen Ersatz von ganz oder toil- weise verlorenen Fingern, insbesondere des Daumens und fiber Handtellerplastik. Jahresb.d.Gesellsch. f.Nat.- u. Heilk. in Dresd., Munchen, 1908-9,102-105.—Payr (E.) Ein Fall von Daumenplastik. Mitth. d. Ver. d. Aerzte in Steiermark, Graz, 1898, xxxv, 175-177. — Reed (R. J.) Some points in the surgerv of the thumb. Tr. M. Soc. W. Virg., Wheeling, 1899, 319-323. Also. Charlotte M. J„ 1899, xv, 118-121. Also: Railway Surg., Chicago, 1899-1900, vi, 243-245 — Salomon. Greffe totale de la phalangette du pouce compietement separ6e de laphalangrine par un ins- trument tranchant. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1899-1900, xviii, 130.—Selva (J.) A new method of bandaging the thumb. Med. News, Phila., 1895, lxvii, 313-315. Also, Reprint.—Smith (G. M.) Renovation of terminal pha- lanx of thumb. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, ii, 1X53 —Wai- kerliagen (G.) Case of excision of first phalanx of thumb. Brookland M. J., 1890, iv, 153. Thumb (Tuberculosis of). Queyrat (L.) & Laroehe (G.) Tuberculose ulce- reuse du pouce prise pour un chancre syphilitique. Bull. et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1908, 3. s., xxv, 840-845. THUMB. 201 THURBER. Thumb (Tumors of). Albertin. Ohondrome des os sesamoides du pouce. Bull. Soc. de chir. de Lyon, 1899-1900. iii, 31— Bidwell (L. A.) Caseof traumatic angioma of thumb. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1S93, i, 844.—Hiiiiiiier iA.'i Tumeur de la pulpe du pouce datantde 12 ans: extirpation: guerison. Bull, et mem Soe. anat, de Par., 1906, lxxxi, 468-470.— lsensi'hniid. Enchondrom des Daumens; wamm ex- articuliren und nieht abtragen oder aussehalen? Aerztl Int.-Bl., Munchen. 1883. xxx, 297. -La bougie A Sab ra- zes. Hygroma de la face dorsale du pouce. Bull. Soc d'anat. et physiol. . . . de Bordeaux, 1889, x, 204-208.— Ilarotta (R." A.) Lipoma de la vaina sinovial del pul- gar con ruido de granos riziformes. Ai^. d. Circ med. argent., Buenos Aires, 1905, xxviii, 239-211.—iNo Ida iA.1 Ein Fall von kongenitalem Riesenwuchs des rechten Daumens. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl. 1904, clxxviii, 504-507. — Parisot. [Enchondrome du pouce gauche] Bull. Soc anat. de Par., 1855, xxx, 232.— It a veil (T. F.) Giantgrowth of right thumb and index- linirer. Illust. M. News, Lond., 1889, ii, 6.—Sai-quepee K.) Lipome du pouce. Bull, etmem. Soe. anat. de Par., 1899, lxxiv, 611.—Sutton (J. B.) Implantation cvst of the thumb. Brit. M. ,1., Lond., 1895, i, 463— Terri'llon (0.) Kyste synovial ae lagaine du long flechisseur du pouce droit; grains riziformes nombreux. fongosites abondantes; ouverture, raclaue des fongosites; gueiison. Bull. Soc. de chir. de Par., 18s6, n. s., xii, S62-S61. Also, in his: (Euvres, 8°, Par., 1898, i, 104-106.—Vercliere. Kyste volumineux a contenu sebace de la pulpe du pouce. Bull. Soc anat. de Par., 1889, lxiv, 45-47.—Waekerha- gen (G.) Mvxoma of the thumb. N. York M. J.. 1885, xii, 228. Thumb (Tumors of, Cancerous and ma- lignant). Battle (W. H.) Amputation of thumb for large sar- comatous growth in a man the subject of multiple bony growths. Tr. M. Soe. Lond., 1896-7, xx, 336.—Blake way (H.) Squamous-celled carcinoma of thumb. St. Barth. Hosp. Rep. 1910, Lond., 1911, xlvi, 193.—Brln & Papin. Meianosarcome du pouce. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1902, lxxvii. 170. -Butlin (H. T.) Mixed-celled sarcoma of the thumb. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1881-2, xxxiii, 323, 1 pl.—Cazin (M.) Sarcome a myeloplaxes de la premiere phalange du pouce. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1891, lxvi, 302— Del banco (E.) Ein im Subcu- tangewebe gelagertes Riesenzellensarkom (Myelome des parties molles, tumeur a myeloplaxes) an der Dorsalseite des Daumens. Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat , Hamb., 1900, xxxi, 117; 161.—Duvergey. Sur un cas de sarcome meianique de la deuxieme phalange du pouce. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux, 1899, xx, 361-365.— Franke (F.) Carcinomatos entartetes Epidermoid des Daumenballens, zugleich ein weiterer Beitrag zur Ent- stehung der sogenannten Atheronu. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1890, cxxi, 444-45S. —Halle. Sarcome me- ianique du pouce: engorgement ganglionnaire le long de l'artere humeralc Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1883, lviii, 436. Also: Progres med., Par., 1884, xii, 397.—Huguier. Osteosarcome du pouce. Bull. Soe de cliir. de Par., 1855-6, vi, 193— Keiiu (G.) Sarcome ossiflant du pouce. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1896, lxxi, 371-373.—.Morestin (H.) Sarcome du pouce. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1899, lxxiv, 528-530— Sutherland (L. R.) Speci- men of epithelioma involving the metacarpal bone of the thumb. Glasgow M. J., 1894, xlii, 69— Trimble (W. B.) Reportof two cases of sarcoma of the thumb: with patho- logical examinations bv G. R. Satterlee. N. York Univ. Bull. M. Sc, 1902, ii, 18-24. 2 pl. Also: Am. Med., Phila., 1903, v, 788-790.—Webster (H. G.) Epithelioma of the thumb; history; specimen. Brooklyn M. J., 1900, xiv, 904. Thumb ( Wounds and injuries of). See, also, Fingers ( Wounds, etc., of); Thumb (Avulsion of); Thumb (Dislocation of ); Thumb (Fracture of). Bennett' (E. H.) Injuries of the thumb. Tr. Rov. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl., 1894-5, xiii, 222-231, 1 1., 1 pl. Also: Dublin J. M. Sc, 1895, c, 473-479, 1 pl— [Chanel- lay.] Pouce divise completement, sauf la couche <5pi- dermique palmaire; gu6rison, apr£s (uielqiies jours, par la reapplication immediate. In his: [collection de me- moires],8°, [Tours, 1840, velsubseq.}, 19.—Flandrois (S.) Ecrasement du pouce; gangrene primitive; tetanos se- condaire; amputation de Pavant-bras; mort. Bull. Soc. anat. clin. de Lille, 1893, viii, 166-169.—Playoust (L ) Ecrasement de la premiere phalange du pouce; traite- ment conservateur, guerison. Arch, de med. et pharm. mil., Par., 1907, 1, 315-317.—Stewart (J. C.) Hernia of the adductor pollieis muscle. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlviii, 1763.—Vidal (P.) Application des rayons Rontgen au diagnostic d'un traumatisme du pouce droit. Marseille med., 1896, xxxiii, 265.—Wlesel. Ueber einen Fall von interessanter Daumenverletzung. Fortschr. a. d. Geb. d. Rontgenstrahlen, Hamb., 1907, xi, 416. Thumb-marks. See Finger-prints; Identity, etc. Thumb-sucking. See, also, Jaws (Abnormities, etc., of). Hopkins (S. A.) The habit of thumb-suck- ing. 12°. Cambridge, 1S95. Ambler(II. L.) Thumb-sucking. Dental Summary, Toledo, 1904, xxiv, 549-551—Daniels (J. W.) Notes on a case of finger-sucking. Brit. Dent. J., Lond., 1911, xxxii, 498-503, lpl.—Galatti (D.) Gefahren des Lut- schers. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1911, Ixi, 833-835. See, also, infra, Herbst.—Harrison(F) L'influence nefaste du sucage du pouce etde la respiration defectueuse sur les tissus et sur la san tegenerale. Odontologie, Par., 1912, xlvii, 254-264.—Heckard (W. A.) A case of thumb- Micking. Dental Rev., Chicaero, 1903, xvii, 776.—Herbst (li.) Gefahren des Lutschens. Eine Antwort auf den Artikel von Demetrio Galati. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1911, Ixi, 3072. Isoyama (S.) [The treatment of vieioussucking.] SankwaFujinkwa Gaku Zasshi, Tokyo, 1903, v, 321-346.—Kiernan (J. G.) Thumb-sucking an auto-erotic phenomenon. Pediatrics, N. Y., 1911, xxiii, 197-212.— Monks (G. H.) A new method for the pre- vention of thumb-sueking in children. Boston M. & S. J., 1896, cxxxv, 673.-Webb (G. B.) Thumb-sucking. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1906, lxxxiii, 1343. Thiunim (Leopold). Die Zystoskopie des Gy- nakologen. In: Samml. klin. Vortr., Leipz., 1907, No. 444 (Gynak., No. 162). Tliiiimii (Karl). Ueber A nstalts- und Hausklar- anlagen; ein Beitrag zur Abwasserbeseitigungs- frage. 66 pp. 8°. Berlin, A. Birschwald, 1911. Tliunmi (Magdalene Kintzel). Psychology and pathology of handwriting. Transl. from the German by Magdaiene Kintzel-Thumm. 149 pp. 8°. New York, Fowler & Wells Co., [1905]. Th um in (Max) [1883- ]. * Beitrag zur Anatomie primarer Optikustumoren. 29 pp. 8°. Tubingen, F. PietzcLer, 1909. Thun (Wilhelm Joachim) [1871- ]. *TJe- berdie Erkrankungen der Landstreicher. 27pp. 8°. Kiel, P. Peters, 1899. Tlmnberg (Torsten). * Undersokningar of ver de kold-, varme- och smiirtpercipierande ner- vandarnes relativa djupliige i huden samt ofver koldnerviindarnes forhallande till varmeretme- del. Akademisk af handling. [Researches on sensations of cold, heat, and pain in relatively deep cutaneous nerve-endings and on the behavior of cold-retaining nerve-endings to heat stimulation. 1 p. l.,56pp. 8°. Upsala, E. Ber- ling, 1900. -----. Om bedragliga liikemedel och lakeme- toder. [Fraudulent medicines and curative methods.] 59 pp. 8°. Uppsala, K. W. Appel- berg, 1903. -----. The same. 3. ed. 102 pp. 8°. Stock- holm, H Mailer, 1908. -----. De hygieniska fbrhallandena och det naturliga urvalet. [Hygienic conditions and natural selection.] 20 pp. 8°. Uppsala, K. W. Appelberg, 1906. ------. Mikrorespirometrische Untersuchungen iiber den Gasaustausch der Muskeln. 28 pp. 8°. Upsala, C. J. Lundstri'nn, 1906. Forms pt. 19 of: Upsala Lakaref. Forh. Festskr. . . . Hammarsten, 1906. -----. Var kropps byggnad och forsattningar. [The structure and functions of our body.] 128 pp. 8°. Lund, II. Moller, 1907. ------. Liirobok i hygien. 176 pp. 8°. Lund, H. Moller, 1908. See, also, Miirner (C. Th.) & Thnnberg (Torsten). Om atgarder mot bedragliga [etc.]. 12°. Upsala, 1904. Thunder. See Lightning:. Thurber (Daniel) [1766-1836]. French (J. M.) An old-time doctor. 5 pp. 8°. [New York, 1895.] Repr.from: Putnam's Month. Hist. Mag., 1895. Tliurfoer (M[adison] T[empleton]) [1866- J. See Storer (Malcolm) & Thurber (Madison T.) Repeated ectopic gestation [etc.]. 12°. Boston, 1900. THURE-BKAXDT. 202 THYMIN. TIiure-Brandt (Aime) [1857- ]. *Zur manuellen Therapie der Wanderniere. 28 pp., 2 1. 8°. Berlin, G. Schade, 1899. Tliurcl (Fernand) [1881- ]. *Lepaludisme dans la Dombes. 86 pp., 2 ch., 11. 8°. Lyon, 1907, No. 73. Thurgau (Emil). Die Lungenschwindsucht und die Ansteckungsfurcht. Ein Aufruf an die Menschheit. 64 pp. 8°. Bamberg, [1902]. Thuring (Lars Oscar). *Om ett fall af angina diphtheritica. 30 pp. 8°. Helsingfors, J. C. Frenckell, 1844. Thuringia. See, also, Cholera (History and statistics), Fever (Typhoid, history of), by localities.^ Lokleberg (O.) * Hygienisch-medizinische Beobachtungen iiber biiuerliche Verhiiltnisse in Thuringen. 8°. Erlangen, 1899. Tliurimis (Andreas). See Turini (Andreas). Tliuriot (Gustave) [1885- ]. *Surlescauses de la mort biusque dans la srarlatine; role et importa ce de la myocardite. [Lyon.] 57 pp. 8°. Ydleubanne, P. Colombier, 1911. Thurin (Willy) [1878- ]. * Ueber Choanal- polypen. 18 pp., 11. 8°. Wiirzburg, P. Schei- ners, 1907. Tliurniaim (Paul Robert Christian) [1864- ]. * Ueber Vererbung von Missbildungen. 13 pp., 1 1. 8°. Kiel, Schmidt & Klaunig, 1893. Tliuniam (John) [1810-73]. On insanity in Wiltshire. 12 pp. 8°. Devizes, G. Simpson, 1870. For Biography, see Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1898, lvi, 351 (A. R. Urquhart). Thurneysser zum Thurn (Leon- hard) [1530-96]. K limine I (H.) [Biographv.] Cor.-Bl. f. Zahnarzte, Berl., 1910, xxxix, 64-79.—Ueber (B.) Zwei neue Doku- mente iiber Leonhard Thurtievsser zum Thurn. Mitt. z. Gesch. d. Med. u. d. Naturw., Hamb., 1906, v, 43L439. For Portrait, see A bbild. . . . d. Arznk. verd.Gelehrten [etc.]. 4°. Augsburg, 1805,16, port. Tliurot (Joseph). *Etudesur le climat de Pau. 56,pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1911, No. 938. Ecole de pharmacie. Tiiurriami* (Bartholomseus). Iatrobulia sive buliatreia, hoc est, de medica consultatione libri quatuor. 3 p. 1., 330; 10pp. 16°. Francofurti, 1606. Thin Mil (David) [1883- ]. *Transforma- tionen im klinischen Verlauf der Manie. 66 pp., 2 1. 8°. Berlin, E. Ebering, 1906. Tiiursfield (Hugh) & Branson (William P. S.) Medical morbid anatomy and pathology. viii, 262 pp. 8°. London, II. K. Lewis, 1909. Tliursfield ( William Nealor) [1840-99]. Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1900, i, 111. Also: Lan- cet, Lond., 1900, i, 139. Thnrstan (E. Paget). Southborough, its cha- lybeate springs, climate, and attractions as a health resort. 67 pp., 9 pl. 8°. Tunbridae Wells, 188-\ Thury [Jean-Marc-Antoine] [1822-1905]. Une hypothese sur l'origine des especes. 8°. Ge- neve, 1882. Cutting [cover with printed title] from: Arch. d. sc. phys. et nat., Geneve, 1882, vii. For Biography, see Chron. med., Par., 1905, xii, 452 (P. Berner). ThusiiiK (Friedrich) [1867- ]. * Beobach- tungen iiber Schwankungen in der Zusammen- setzung eines Canalwassers und deren Einfluss auf ein Flusswasser. 20 pp., 2 1., 4 ch. 8°. HaUe a. S.} R. Nietschmann, 1894. Thwing (Charles Burton) [1860- ]. * Be- stimmung der Dielectricitiitsconstante mittels der Resonanz. 21 pp., 2 pl. 8°. Bonn, C. Georgi, 1896. See, also, Austin (Louis W.) & Th wing (Charles B.) Exercises in phvsical measurement [etc.]. 12°. Boston, 1896. Thyamin. Nelson (L.) Ueber das Thyamin; ein Protamin aus der Thymusdriise. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1908, lix, 336-340. ThyehauIt(Henri)_[1880- ]. *Coexistence de la cirrhose hepatique, de la tuberculose pul- monaire et de la polynevrite chez les alcooli- ques. 142 pp. 8°. Paris, 1908, No. 433. Thyebault (Victor-Henri) [1847- ]. * Re- lations des principaux faits d'une pratique de 19 ans a la campagne. Notes, impressions et sou- venirs. 51 pp. 8°. Paris, 1897, No. 569. Thyen (Diedrich). *Das Uteruscarcinoin in seinen spiitesten Entwickelungen. 21 pp. 8°. Wiirzburg, F. Fronnn, 1893. Thy lacoplethu s. Coutldre (H.) Sur la morphologie interne du genre Thylacoplethus, parasite grteaire des Alpheidffi. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1902, exxxiv, 1452. Thylesius (Antonius). See Actuarius (Joannes). De urinis libri viii, [etc.]. 16°. BasUese, [1529]. -----. Thesame. 12°. Basilese, [1563]. Tliym (Johann Caspar) [1662-1718]. Kurtze Beschreibung der Schlesisch-Altwasserischen- Sauer-Brunnen, wie man dieselbe nach ihrer Natur und Kraft mit Nutzen so wohl innerlich als iiusserlich gebrauchen sol; nebst beygefiig- tem Leben des seel. Herren Autoris, aufs neue mit einigen beygefiigten Zusiitzen in den Druck gegeben. 63 pp. 16°. Schweidnitz,J. G. Bohm, 1732. Tliym (Rudolf). * Ueber gleichzeitige Tuber- kulose der Lungen und des Herzbeutels. 29 pp. 8°. Jena, G. Neuenkahn, 1897. Thymacetiue. Maraud on de Montyel (E.) De Paction physio- logique de la thy macetine. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1893, exxiv, 49-66. Thyme. See, also, Pertussin. Addy(S. O.) Death and the herb thyme. Folk-Lore, Lond., 1903, xiv, 179.—Duyk (M.) Contribution a I'etude de Tessence de thym. [Rap. de Van Bastelaer, 357-360.] Bull. Acad. rov. de med. de Belg., Brux., 1898,4. s., xii, 407- 418. Also: J. de pharm., Anvers, 1899, lv, 41-54.—Ham- mer ( A. ) Ueber Syrupus thymi compositus, Marke " Euferin," ein neues Praparat zur Behandlung entziind- licher und katarrhalischer Erkrankungen der Atmungs- organe und der Tuberkulose. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1905, xxx,594-596.—Llnke. Konilla. Therap. Neuhei- ten, Leipz., 1907, ii, 177-179. Thymectomy. See Thymus gland (Excision of). Thym eleacese. Gerber (C.) Recherches morphologiques, nnatomi- ques, systematiques et teratologiques sur les thymeleacees des environs de Marseille. Bull, seient. de la France et de la Belg., Par., 1900, 5. s., ii, 430-454. -----. La presure des thvmeleacees. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1909, lxvi, 892-894. Thymin. Gulewitsch (W.) Ueber das Thymin. Ztschr. f. phvsiol. Chem., Strassb., xxvii. 292-296,1 pl.—Jones (W.) Ueber das Thymin. Ztschr. f. phvsiol. Chem. 1890,Strassb., 1900, xxix, 20-23. -----. Ueber die Darstellung des Thy- mins. /bid., 461-466.—Kossel (A.) Leber die Bildung von Thymin aus Fischsperma. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1896, xxii, 188-196.—Levene (P. A.) Ueber die diuretische Wirkung des Thymins. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl.,1907,iv,316-319. Ateo.Reprint. Also,transl.[Abstr.]: Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1906-7, iv, HO.-My- ers (V. C.) On the salts of cvtosine, thymine, and uracil, J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1910, vii, 249-258.— Steudel (H.) THYMIN. 203 THYMUS. Thymin. Leber die Constitution des Thymins. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1900,xxx,539: 1911,xxxii, 241.—Steudel (H.) A Kossel (A.) Ueber das Thvmin. Ibid., xxix, 303.—Wheeler (H. L.) & McFarland (D. F.) Re- searches on pyrimidines; the thio derivatives of thymine and the preparation of thymine. Am. Chem. J., Bait., 1910, xliii, 19-36. Th vmo-cresol. Poisoning by thvmo-cresol. Med. Times & Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1898, xxvi, 636. Thymoform. fiergesio (L.) II timoformio liquido nella terapia gineeologiea. Gior. d. Osp. Maria Vittoria, Torino, 1909, ix. 300-302. Thymokesis. FossiertA. E.) Thvmokesis. X. Orl. M. A S. J., 1909, Ixi, 967-971, 1 pl. Thymol. See, also, Acid (Thymptic). Guillaumin (C.) * Etude chimique et phar- macologique des thymols synthetiques derives desacidescr^sotiniques. 8°. Paris, 1909, No. 2. Ecole de pharmacie. Pieshekhonoff (I.[A.]) *0 vliyanii timola na tnekotoriye zhivotniye fermenti; material dlya farmakologii timola. [On the influence of thymol upon certain animal ferments; data on the pharmacologv of thymol.] 8°. Sunktpeter- burg, 1873. Baeliem it.) Ueber einige neue Thvmolderivate. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 2086.—Cousin (K.) & Heissey CH.i Oxydation du thymol par le ferment oxydant ilcs champignons. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1907, lxiii, 471. Also: J. de pharm. et chim., Par., 1907, 6. s., xxvi, 487-191. Also, transl.: Arch. d. Pharm., Berl.,1908.ccxlvi.325-32s.—Daniel iG.l L'hygienechez le coiffeur; valeur antiseptique du thymol. Clinique, Brux., 1904, xviii, 294-29S.— Elvovc ( K.) A note on the assay of the halogen compounds of the U. S. Pharmaco- poeia, with special reference to thvmol iodide. Am. J. Pharm., Phila., 1910,lxxxii, 403-402.'—Finizio (G.) Al- cune ricerche sull' azione del timolo. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1897, Roma. 1898, viii, 482— llermite. Re- cherches sur le pouvoir antiseptique du thymol-tartro- sodique. Dauphin6 m6d., Grenoble, 1900, xxiv, 75-80.— Hildebrandt(H.) Ueber die antiseptische Wirkung von Thymol undTannothymol und das Verhalten einiger Substahzen zur Schwefelwasserstoffbildung durch Bak- terien und Eiweiss. Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg., Berl., 1908, 25-38. Xatsuyama (T.) & Hata (S.) Ueber die Ver- anderung des Thymols, welche das letzereim Korper des Kaninchens erleidet. [Japanese text.] Ztschr. d. med. Gesellsch. zu Tokyo, 1898, xii, 12-19.—Kufan (H. P.) Thymol-alcohol as a disinfectant of the field of operation. Surg. Gynec. & Obst.. Chicago, 1912, xv, 513.—Linke. Thymol. Therap. Neuheiten. Leipz., 1907, ii, 93-95.— Paternb (E.) & Caiizonerl ( F.) Ricerche dirette alia sintesi del timol. Attid. r. Accad. d. Lincei, Roma, 1880-81, 3. s., ix, llJ-")S.—Rublao Meira. Do emprego do thymol como antiparasitario. Gaz. clin., S. Paulo, 1904, ii, 98-103.—Sandw itli ( F. M. ) Thymol as a vermifuge. Lancet, Lond., 1897, ii, 659.—Schmidt ( E. VV.) Der baktericide Wert des Thymols. Ztschr. f. phv- siol. Chem., Strassb., 1910, lxvii, 412-432.—Seidell (A*.) Solubilitv and distribution coefficients of thvmol. Am. Chem. J., Bait., 1912, xlviii, 453-467.—Simonetta i I,.) Dell' azione microbicida comparata del timolo dell' acHo borico. Cong, internat. d'hyg. et de demog. C.-r. et mem. 1894, Budapest, 1896, ii, 490-493. Also, Reprint.— Usui (R.) Ueber die Bindung von Thymol in roten Blutzellen. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem..Strassb., 1912, lxxxi, 175-184.—de Visscher (C.) Communication sur l'em- ploi du thymol a la clinique chirurgicale deGand. Bull. Soc. de med. de Gand, 1879, xlvi, 60. Also, Reprint.— Zdarek (E.) Eine Methode zur maassanalytischen Be- stimmung des Thymols. Ztschr. f. anal. Chem., Wiesb. 1902, xii, 227-231. Thymomel. Kucera (J.) O lecebnem ucinku prseparata Thymo- mel scillse. [On the medicinal properties of . . .1 Lek. rozhledy, Praha, 1907, xv, 413.— Winterbersj (J.) Er- fahrungen iiber Behandlung von Pertussis und Bronchi- tiden mit Thvmomel scillse. Pharmacol, u. therap. Rundschau, Wien, 1905, ii, 145-148. Thy moquinone. TThymoquluioneandhydrothvmoquinone. [Edit.] Pharm. Rev., Milwaukee, 1908, xxvi, 329-337. Thymotal. Pool (J. E.) Thymotal; a new remedy for ankylosto- miasis. Med. News, N. Y., 1901, lxxviii, 332. Also, transl.: Prakt. Geneesheer, Hertogenbosch, 1901,7. s., iii, 405-407. Thymus-death. See Thymus gland ( Hypertrophy of, Sudden death in). Thymus gland. See, alsa, Leukaemia (Causes, etc., of). Coopek (Sir A.) The anatomy of the thymus gland. 4°. London, 1832. Ghika (C) *Etude sur le thymus. 8°. Paris, 1901. -----. The same. 8° Kazakinoff (G. N.) Paris, 1901. * Anatomicheskiya [Anatomical data danniya glanduhe thymus. of . . .] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1899. Marvy (M.) *Contribu ion a I'etude du thy- mus. 8°. Lyon, 1903. Remmelin (J. C.) Historia anatomico-medica thymi. sm. 4°. Tubingx, 1679. Sokoloff(D. ) Thymus u chelovleka. [Thy- mus in man.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1910. Bo vero (A.) Sui nervi della ghiandola timo. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1899, 4. s., xlvii, 171-173.— Bridre (J.) & Piettre (M.) Infiltration du thymus par des substances minerales chez le veau. Bull. Soc. centr. de med. vet., Par., 1907, Ixi, 192-198.—Carmichael (F. A.) The thymus, gland. Kansas City, M. Index- Lancet, 1909, xxxii, 3-7.—Cruchet (R.) A propos de l'anatomie du thymus humain. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1909, cxlviii, 305. —Downes (R. M.) The thymus. Austral. M. J., Melbourne, 1911-12, n. s., i, 394; 405.—Dutoit (A.) Neue Ergebnisse der Thymusfor- schung. Cor.-Bl. f. Schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1912, xlii, 942-949.—Ha I lion (L.) & Morel (L.) L'innervation vaso-motrice du thymus. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, lxxi, 382. Also: J. de physiol. et de path, gen., Par., 1912, xiv, 1-6.—Haniinar (J.-A.) Ueber Thymus- gewicht und Thymuspersistenz beim Menschen. Compt. rend, de l'Ass. d. anat., Nancy, 1905, vii, 158. Also: Anat. Anz., Jena, 1905, xxvii, Ergnzngshft., 121-125. -----. Ueber die normalen Durchschnittsgewichte der mensch- lichen Thymusdruse. Vrtljschr. f. gerichtl. Med., Berl., 1909, xxxvii, 23-27. — Hart (C.) Thymusstudien. II. Die Thymuselemente. Virchmv's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1912, ccx, 255-277— Holmstrom (R.) Om forekomsten af fett eller fettliknande substanser i thymusparenkymet. [The appearance of fat or similar substances in parenchyma of the thymus.] Upsala Lii- karef. Forh., 1911-12, n. f., xvii, 241-262, 1 pl.—Hoyer (H.) jun. Grasica. [Thymus gland] Podr^cz. histol. eiata ludzk., Warszawa, 1901, 177-180. — Klein (A.) Neuere Arbeiten fiber die Glandula thymus; zusammen- fassendes Referat. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1898, ix, 679-711.— Krause (C.) Thymus. Arch, f. Anat., Physiol, u. wissensch. Med., Berl., 1837,6.— Latarjet (A.) & JJlurard (J.) La vascularisation arterielle du thymus. Lyon chirurg., 1911, vi, 493-501.— Ulatsunaga. Ueber die parenchymatosen Lymph- gefasse der Thymus. Ztschr. f. Anat. u. Entwcklngs- geseh., Leipz., 1910, 28-32, 1 pl.—Moorhead (T. G.) The thvinus gland. Practitioner, Lond., 1905, lxxv, 733- 742. — Nishluehi (J.) [The thymus gland.] Sei-i- Kwai M. J., Tokyo, 1904, xxiii, pt. 2, no. 264, 19-28 — Observatlones circa thymum. Bononiensi sc. et art. Inst, comment , Bononise, 1745, ii, pt. 1, 148-150.—Piga- ehe (R.) & AVorms (G.) Circulation du lobule thy- mique. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1910, lxxxv, 837-854.—Pratt (G.) The thymus gland. Detroit M. J.. 1910, x, 263-267.—Rlelrel (H.) & lie itlee (J.) Apropos de l'anatomie du thymus humain. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1909, cxlviii, 519.—Roneoni (LA Comment se comporte le thymus chez l'homme aux aiverses 6po- ques de la vie et en differentes conditions morbides. Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1910, liii, 262-270.—Schaffer (J.) Kritische Bemerkungen iiber einige neuere Thy- musarbeiten. Internat. Monatschr. f. Anat. u. Physiol., Leipz., 1894, xi, 167-176.—Severeanu (G.) Die Lymph- gef&sse der Thymus. Arch. f. Anat. u. Entwcklngsgesch., Leipz., 1909, 93-98. — Stohr (P.) Ueber die Thymus. Sitzungsb. d. phys.-med. Gesellsch. zu Wurzb., 1905, 51-60. Thymus gland (Abnormities of). Bien (Gertrud). Ueber accessorische fhymuslappen im Trigonum caroticum. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1906, xxix, 325-329. -----. Ueber accessorische Thymuslappen im Trigonum caroticum bei einem Embryo von 17 mm grosster Liinge. Ibid., 1907-8, xxxi, 57-61.—Bourne- vllle. Comparaison entre les enfants normaux et les THYMUS. 204 THY MIS. Thymus gland (Abnormities of). enfants anormaux au point de vue de la persistance ou de l'absenee du thvmus. Recherches clin. et therap. sur l'epileps. [etc.] 1899, Par., 1900, xx, 164-166. -----. Statis- tique sur la persistance ou l'absenee du thymus chez les enfants anormaux. Ibid., 1900, Par., 1901, xxi, 124-129.- Clark (A ) A case of absence of the thymus gland in an infant Lancet, Lond., 1896, ii, 1077.—t'osta (T.) & ftll"-liue«,i i <'.) Persistenza anormale del timo. Gazz. internaz. di med., Napoli, 1909, xii, 469.—Fischer (E.) Eine persistirende Thymus. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1901, xix- 113-115 —Fontan(('.j Thymusdeformeanormale;volu mineux thvmus aecessoire. Bu.ll. Soc. de med. du nord 1911 Lille, 1912, 203-206. Also: Echo med.du nord, Lille, 191l' xv, 361— Gluck IT.) Thymus persistens bei Struma hvperplastiea. Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. (1894), 1895, xxv, pt. 2, 95-10'.. [Discussion], pt. 1,92.— Harmaii iN. B.) Socia thymi cervicalis and thymus acces-i'iiu^ .1 Anat.& Phvsiol., Lond., 1901-2, xxxvi. 47- 53. Also: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901, ii, 1072— Tlilian. Persistance chez 1'adulte du thymus avec corpuseules de Hassall. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1905, lx*x 487.—Sharp (E. W.) A case of persistent aber- rant'thvmus. Lancet, Lond., 1906, i, 436.—Versari (R.) Permanenza del tubo timico in individuo adulto con timo ancora ben sviluppato. Bull. d. Soc. Lancisiana d. osp. di Roma, 1897, xvii, fasc. 2, 87-91. Thymus gland (Cancer of). See Thymus gland (Tumors of, Cancerous, etc. ). Thymus gland (Chemistry of). See Thyamin; Thymacetine; Thymin; Thymus gland (Physiological functions of). Thymus gland (Diseases of). See, also, Syphilis (Congenital, Manifestations of); Thymus gland (Hypertrophy of); Thymus gland (Involution of); Thymus gland (Physio- logical fund ions of); Thymus gland (Tuberculosis of); Thymus gland (Tumors of). Fischer (0.) * Beitrage zur Pathologie der Tlivmusdriise. 8°. Berlin, 1896. Also, in: Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1896, Iii. 313-329.— Also, in: Arb. a. d. chir. Klin. d. k. Univ., Berl., 1897, xi, 1-17. Hennig (C.) Die Krankheiten der Thymus- driise. 8°. Tubingen, 1893. Also [Abstr.J, in: Wien. med. BL, 1894, xvii, 39; 52. Schraube (C.) *Die Beziehungen der Thy- musdriise zum Morbus Basedowii. 8°. Miin- ehen, 1908. Triesethau (W. ) *Die Thymusdriise in normaler und pathologischer Beziehung. 8°. Halle a. S., 1893. Tcve ( E. ) * Ueber die sogenannten Du- bois' schen Thymusabseesse. 8°. Leipzig, 1904. Bate (R. A.) Abscess of the thymus gland; reportof case. Kentucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1909-10, viii, 1217.— Beebe (S. P.) The thymus gland. Mod. Treatment (Hare), Phila. & N. Y., 1911, ii, 498 — Biedert. Leber Thymusfunction und Thymuskrankheiten. Centralbl. f. Kinderh., Leipz., 1896, i, 223-231.—Bo sail q not (W. c.) Diseases of the thymus. In: Svst. Med. (Allbutt & Rol- leston),8°, Lond., 1909, v, 669-677. — Bracci (C.) Con- tributo alia istologia patologica del timo. Gior. ital. d. sc. med., Pisa, 1904,ii,353-359.—Chiari. Zurpathologischen Anatomie der Thymus. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1894, Leipz., 1895, lxvi, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 11—Dudgeon (L. S.) Pathology of the thvmus. Brit. M. J., Lond.. 1903, ii, 1533-1535. -----. A contribution to the pathology of the thymus gland. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1903-4, lv, 151-203,1 pl., 1 1. Also: J. Path. & Bacterid., Edinb. &Lond., 1904-5, x, 173-210, 3 pl. —Durante (G.) Hemorragies et sclerose du thvmus chez les enfants nou- veau-nes. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1896,10. s., iii, 282-2S5.—Ehrhardt (O.) Die Erkrankungen der Thv- mus. In: Handb. d. prakt. Chir. . . . Bergmann [et al.'], 2. Aufl., 8°, Stuttg., 1902, ii, 370-372. Also, transl., in: Syst. Pract. Surg, (von Bergmann), 8°, N. Y. & Phila. 1904, n, 363-365. —Franeesconi ( E.) Ricerche spe- rimentali sulle alterazioni del timo nelle infezioni. Clin mod., Pisa, 1901, vii, 405. -----. Ricerche anatomo-pa- tologiche sulle alterazioni del timo nelle infezioni Ibid 1903, xlii, 69-89.—liebele. Zur Frage der Thvmuspersis- tenz bei Morbus Basedowii. Verhandl. d. d'eutsch Ge- sellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 1910, xxxix.pt. 2, 471-4*0—liii I- bertl CE.) Fisiologia e fisiopatologiadel timo. Pedia- tria, Napoli, 1911. 2. s., xix, S45-849.— Heel cuius (P ) Bidrag till thymuskortelns patologiska anatomi. Nord med. Ark., Stockholm, 1878, x, no. 24, 1-13, 2 pl. Also Reprint.—Ilcrxlicinier. Fettinfiltration der Thy- Thymus gland (Diseases of). mus. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch., Jena, 1904, xv, Ergnzngshft., 258-261.—Jaeobi (A.) Contributions to the anatomy and pathologv of the thvmus gland. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 18X8, iii, 2".i7-319, 14 pl. Also, Reprint. — liubarseh. Die pathologische Bedeutung des Thymus. Jahresk.f.arztl. Eortbild., Munchen,1912,1. Hft., 56-70.—IiUcien(M.) Thymus et at hrepsie. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1908, lxiv, 559-561.—l.ucien (M.) &Parisot(J.) Le thymus dans les maladies de la pre- miere enfance. Rev. m6d de Test, Nancy, 1910, xlii, 299.— JNLarfan(A.-B.) i'athologiedu thymus. Arch.de med. d. enf., Par., 1910, xiii,801-s 17.—;TIensl(K.) II timo nelle in- fezioni. Pediatria, Napoli, 1904, 2. s., ii, 73-84. Also, Re- print.— Iflilko (V.) A Bascdow-thymusrol. Sebeszet, Budapest, 1910,1-1.— Okamoto (.1.) Zwei Fiille von Thy- musatrophie beim Inanitionstod kleiner Kinder. [Japa- nese text.] Ztschr. d. med. Gesellsch. zu Tokyo, 1897, xi, 924-929.—Orgler (A.) Ueber den Fettgehalt normaler und in regressiver Metamorphose befindlicher Thymus- driisen. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.]. Berl., 1902, clxvii, 310-318.—Pappenheinier (A. M.) A contribution to the normal and pathological histology of the thymus gland. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1910, xxii, 1-73, 4 pl., 3 tab.—Pedrazzini (F.) Degenerazione lacunare del timo ed asma di Richa-Kopp. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1908, xxix, 747-754—Plgaohe (R.) & Worms (G.) Les de- gerierescences cellulaires du thvmus. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1910, lxxxv, 854-882.—Regaud (('.) A Cremieu (R.) Sur la suppression dennitive du tissu thymique par la rontgentherapie. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1912, lxxii, 523-525.—Ribbert (H.) Die Ent- wicklungsstorung der Thymusdriise bei kongenitaler Lues. Frankfurt. Ztschr. f. Path., Wiesb., 1912, xi, 209- 218.—Roger (H.)& lihika (C.) Recherches sur l'ana- tomie normale et pathologique du thymus. Cong, in- ternat. de med. C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de path, gen., 219- 224. Also: J. de physiol. et de path, gen., Par., 1900, ii, 712-716.—Rolleston (H.D.) The diseases and primary tumours of the thymus gland. Clin. J., Lond., 1898-9, xiii, 177-184. Also, Reprint.—Sabbatini (G.) Fisio- patologia del timo in rapporto speeialmente colle malat- tie infantili. N. raccoglitore med., Imola, 1904, iii, 310; 410; 494.—Salvatore (D.) Sulle alterazioni cadave- riche degli elementi del timo. Riforma med., Palermo- Napoli, 1904, xx, 1131-1133.—Siegel (E.) Ueber die Pathologie der Thymusdriise. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1896, xxxiii, 887-891.—Smith (A. J.) Histologic changes encountered in the thymus and elsewhere in a case of congenital hypotonia. Proc. Path. Soc. Phila., 1905, n.s., viii, 117-124. Also: Univ. Penn. M. Bull., Phila., 1905-6, xviii, 206-210.—Stokes (W. R.) Bull rah (J.) & Roll- rer (C. W. G.) The relation of the thvmus gland to ma- rasmus. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1902, n. s.,cxxiv,847-864.— Trischitta (V.) Iltimonellapatologiaenellaterapia. Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1899, xxxviii, 465-172.—Inner (L.) Status thymico-lymphaticus bei einem Neugebore- nen. [Diskussion.] Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1911, x, 190.—Vinogradott"(N. F.) Myxoma glandulae thymus v rannem dletskom vozrastle. [. . .in young childhood.] Russk. arch, patol., klin. med. i bakteriol., S.-Peterb., 1897, iii, 41-48, 1 pl. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Ibid., 64.—Warthin (A. S.) Diseases of the thymus. In: Mod. Med. (Osier), 8°, Phila. & N. Y., 1908, iv, 779-807, 3 pl.—Weber (E.) A propos de la patho- logie du thymus. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1901, xxi, 440.— Weynieersch (A.) Lesions du thy- . mus obtenu a la suite d'injections d'un s^rum thymb- toxique. Bull. Soc. d. sc. med. et nat. de Brux., 1908, lxvi, 206-210. Also: J. med. de Brux., 1909, xiv, 38-40.— Wiesel (J.) The anatomy, physiology, and pathology of the chromaffin system, with special reference to Addi- son's disease and status thymicus. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1905, 15. s.,ii, 288-306,4 pl. -----. Pathologiedes Thymus. Ergebn.d.allg.Path.u path. Anat.[etal 19H. Wiesb., 1912, xv,2. Abt,416-782.—Winkler (K.) Zur Pathologie der Thymusdriise. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch., Jena, 1909, 266-268. Thymus gland (Effect of Bontgen rays upon). See Thymus gland (Involution of). Thymus gland (Embryology of). Schambacher (A.) * Ueber die Persistenz von Drii enkanulen in der Thymus und ihre Beziehung zur Entstehung der Hassallschen Korperchen. [Strassburg.] 8°. Berlin, 1903. Also, in: Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1903, clxxii, 368-394,1 pl. Anikiyeflf*(A. P.) Material! k voprosu of obrazovanii venae anonymse sin. i razvitiye gl. thymus u krota i u koshki. [Formation of the left innominate vein and de- velopment of the thvmus gland in the male and cat.] Izviest. Imp. Vovenrio-Med. Akad., S.-Peterb., 1909, xix, :-;-l.-..—Board (j.) The development and probable func- tion of the thymus. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1893-4, ix, 476- 1x6—Bell 'E. T.) The development of the thymus. THYMUS. 205 THYMUS. Thymus gland (Embryology of). Am. J. Anat.. Bait., 190.5-6, v, 29-62. 3 pl.—Bryoc (T. H.) Note on the development of the thymus gland in Lepido- siren paradoxa. J. Anat. & Physiol., Lond., 190.5-6, xl, 91-99—Collin (R.) & Irncien (M.) Sur revolution ponderale du thymus chez le hetus et chez l'enfant. Bibliog. anat., Par. & Nancy. 1906. xv, 24-38.-----------. Nouveaux documents relatifs a revolution ponderale du thymus crezle foetus et chez l'enl'ant. Compt. rend. Soe. de' biol., Par., 1905, lix, 71t; — Bustin (A.-P.) L'origine et la signification des cellules "myoiides" et "epitheloi- des" du thymus. J. med. de Brux., 1908, xiii, 414-417.— Fritsohe"(E.) Die Entwickelung der Thymus bei Selaehiern. Jenaische Ztschr. f. Naturw., Jena, 1910, xlvi, 77-112. -----. Die Entwicklung der Thymus bei Spinax niger. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1909, xxxv, 85-93.— Grosohutt"(K.) Ueber das Vorkommen eines Thy mus- segmentes der vierten Kiementasche beim Menschen. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1900, xvii, 161-170.—Hamniar (,J. A.) Zur Histogenes und Involution der Thymusdriise. Ibid., 1905, xxvii, 23; 41.—Hanson (R.) Ueber die Entwicke- lung der Parathyreoideae accessorise und der Thymus beim Kaninchen. Ibid., 1911, xxxix, 545-570.—Luvien. A propos de la genese des corpuscules de Hassal dans le thymus humain. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1909, lxvii, 841-s43 — Tlagni (S.) Ueber einige histologische Untersuchungen der normalen Thymusdriise eines 6mo- natlichen und eines reifen Fotuv Arch. f. Kinderh., Stuttg., 1903-4, xxxviii, 14-17 —.llaximow (A.) Un- tersuchungen iiber Blut und Bindegewebe. II. Ueber die Histogenese der Thvmus bei Saugetieren. Areh. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1909," lxxiv, 525-621, 3 pl. -----. Un- tersuchungen iiber Blut und Bindegewebe. IV. Ueber die Histogenese der Thymus bei Amphibien. Ibid., 1912, lxxix, 1. Abt., 560-611, 3 pl. -----. Untersuchungen fiber Blut und Bindegewebe. V. Ueber die embryonale Ent- wicklung der Thymus bei Selaehiern. Und., lxxx. 1. Abt., 39-88. 5 pl.—Jleusl i E.) Ricerche d' istologia fisiologica sul timo fetale. Atti d. Cong, pediat. ital. 1901, Firenze, 1902, iv, 385.— Nusbaum < I. > A Pryniak (,T.) Zur Entwickelungsgeschichte der lymphoiden Elemente der Thymus bei den Knochenfischen. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1901, xix, 6-19.—Prenant (A.) Recherches sur le de veloppement organique et histologique des derives bran- chiaux. Compt. rend. Soe. de biol., Par., 1893, 9. s., v, 516-549.— Primak (F.) Prichinki do istorii rozvitku i involyutsii zhelyozi thymus u rib kistnoskeletnikh (Teleostei). [History of the development and involution of the thymus gland in . . .] Zbirn. mat.-prir.-1'ik. sekts. [etc.], Lvov, 1900-1901, vii, pt. 2, no. 3,1-26,1 pl.—Ruben (R.) Zur Embryologie der Thymus und der Parathy- reoidea beim Meerschweinchen. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1911, xxxix, 571-593.—Stohr (P.) Ueber die Abstammung der kleinen Thymusrindenzellen. Anat. Hefte, Wiesb., 1910, xii, 105-124.—Zotternian (Agnes). DieSchweine- thymus als eine Thymus eeto-entodermalis. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1911, xxxviii, 514-530. Thymus gland (Ere is ion of). See, also, Thymus gland (Hypertrophy of, Treatment of, O/ierative). Bascli (K.) Ueber Ausschaltung der Thymusdriise. Verhandl. d. Versamml. d. Gesellsch. f. Kinderh. . . . deut—h. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1902, Wiesb., 1903, 239. -----. Leber die Ausschaltung der Thvmusdruse. Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1906, lxiv, 285-335, 11 pl.—Chalochet. Un cas de thvmectomie chez un enfant de deux mois. [Rap. de Walther. ] Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1912, n. s., xxxviii, 576-5xo.—Lorthivir. Enfantoperee de thymectomie. J. de chir. et aim. Soc. beige de chir., Brux., 1911, xi, 298.—Soliwinn. Relation d'un cas d'extirpation du thymus avec resection de la glande thyro'ide hypertrophiee chez un enfant age de vingt-trois jours. Clin. prat. . . . mal. d. yeux, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1909, v, 33-35.—Veau (V.) Chirurgie du thymus. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1909, xi, 129-111. Also: Gaz. d. mal. infant, [etc.], Par., 1909, xi, 75-79.—Veau (V.) & Olivier (E.) Ablation du thvmus. Ann. de m£d. et chir. inf., Par., I'.tn'j. xiii. 623; 664. Also: Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1909, xi, 307-319. Also: Gaz. d. mal. in- fant, [etc.], Par.. 1910, xii, 9-13. Also: Arch, de med. d. enf.. Par.,1909, xii, 815-849. Thymus gland (Excision of Effectn of). See, also, Thymus gland (Physiological fune- tions of). Basili (K.) Ueber Ausschaltung der Thymusdruse. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1902, Leipz., 1903, ii, 2. Hlfte., 322. Also: Wien. klin. Wchn- schr., 1903, xvi, 893-896. -----. Zur Thymusexstirpation beim jungen Huhn. Monatschr. f. Kinderh., Leipz. u. Wien, 1908, vii, 541-545. -----. Bemerkungen zu Rudolf Fischl's Experimentelle Beitrage zur Frage der Bedeu- tung der Thymusexstirpation bei jungen Thieren. Zt-chr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1905-6, ii, 195- I'.is— Carbone (T.) Esperienze sull' estirpazione della ghiandola timo. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1897, 3. s., xiv, 561-568, 1 ch.— Cosentino (A.) Iper- T It y in lis gland (Excision of Effects of). leucocitosi e potere battericida neg'li animali timecto- mizzati. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1900, xxi, 1537.—Coz- zolino (O.) Intorno agli effetti dell' estirpazione del timo nei giovani conigli. Pediatria, Napoli, 1903, 2. s.. i, 144-156. -----. Deformazioni dello scheletro degli arti nei giovani conigli in seguito all' ablazionedel timo. Pe- diatria, Napoli, 1903, 2. s.,i, 620-624. —---. Risultati della stimizzazione nei giovani conigli. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1903, Padova, 1904', xiii, 230-232— Fisolil (R.) Experimentelle Beitrage zur Frage der Bedeutung der Thymusexstirpation bei jungen Thieren. Ztschr. f. ex- per. Path. u. Therap., Berl.. 1905, i, 388-407, 2 pl. -----. Ueber die Folgen der Thymusausschaltung bei jungen Huhnern. Verhandl. d. Versamml. d. Gesellsch. f. Kin- derh. . . . deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, Wiesb., 1907, xxiv, 417-421. Also: Monatschr. f. Kinderh., Leipz. u. Wien, 1907, v, 329-333.—Gel Un (O.) Die Thymus nach Exstir- pation, bezw. Rontgenbestrahlung der Geschlechtsdrii- sen. Ztschr f exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1910, viii, 71-91, 3 pi.—K lose (1!. i Ueber Thymusexstirpation und ihre Folgen. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 1910, xxxix, pt. 2, 379-395. Also: Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1910, xcii, 1125-1141.—Lm ion (M.) A Parisot (J.) Variations ponderales consecutives a la thymec- tomie chez le lapin. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.,'Par., 1908, lxv, 261.-----------. Modilieatioiis du poids de la thyro'ide apres la thymectomie. Ibid., 1909, lxvi, 406. -----------. Influence de la thymectomie sur la crois- sance. Mem. Soc. de med. de Nancy, 1907-8, 259. Also: Rev. med. de l'est, Nancy, 1908, xl, 757.—Matti (H.) Demonstrationen zur Wirkung experimenteller Aus- schaltung der Thymus. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1911, xii, 303-306. -----. Untersuchungen iiber die Wirkung experimenteller Ausschaltung der Thymus- driise; ein Beitrag zur Physiologie und Pathologie der Thvmus. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1911-12, xxiv, 664-821, 1 pl.—Pari (G. A.) Sulla causa della morte delle rane private dei timi. Atti r. Ist. Veneto di sc, lett. ed arti, Venezia, 1905-6, lxv, pt. 2, 799-822,1 pl. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1906-7, xlvi, 225-236. -----. Sulla diminuzione della resistenza alle infezioni, come causa della morte delle rane dopo 1' estirpazione dei timi. Gazz. d osp., Milano, 1905, xxvi, 321. Also, Reprint.—Paton (I). X.) The influence of removal of the thymus on the growth of the sexual organs J. Physiol., Lond., 1905, xxxii, 28-32.—Perrior (C.) Modifications histologiques de l'h\ pophyse et de la rate consecutives a la thymectomie; contribution a I'etude des glandes a secretion interne. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1910, xxx, 839- 851.—Savelyeft" (N.) Ekstirpatsiya glandulse thymi i yeya vliyaniye na techeniye infekts'ionnikh bolleznel. [Extirpation of the thymus gland, and its influence on the course of infectious diseases.] Meditsina, St. Pe- tersb., 1895, vii,67-72.—Soil i U.) Comportamentodeites- ticoli negli animali stimiz/.ati. Policlin., Roma, 1906, xiii, sezz. med.. 529-534. Also, transl.: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, lyof, xlvii, 115-122. -----. Modifications du developpement des os chez les animaux prives de thymus. Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1909-10, Iii, 217-224 — Tarn Hi (L.) Sugli effetti della estirpazione del timo. Atti d. xi. Cong. med. internaz., Roma, 1894, ii, fisiol., 19.—Vincent iS.) On the results of extirpation of the thymus glands. Proc. Physiol. Soe. Lond., 1903, xxx, p. xvi.—Vogt (H.) Idiotia thymica (Schwachsinn durch Thymusausschaltung). Ztschr. f. d. Erforsch. u. Be- handl. d. jugendl. Schwachsinns, Jena, 1910-11, iv, 548-559. Thymus gland (Extract of). See, also, Goitre (Exophthalmic, Treatment of) with thyroid and other animal extracts; Goitre (Treedment of) with thyroid and other animal extracts. Wolfram (M.) * Untersuchungen iiber die Wirkung der Extracte von lebensfrischer Thy- musdriise. [Bern.] 8°. Berlin, 1909. Abderhalden (E.) & Kashiwado (T.) Studien fiber die Kerne der Thymusdruse und Anaphylaxiever- suchemit Kernsubstanzen i Nuclooproteiden, Nucleinen und Nucleinsiiuren). Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1912, lxxxi, 285-293—AIbanese (G.) Influenza dell' estratto timico sulla cloronarcosi. Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 1906, n. s.. xxviii, 931-939.—Blckel (A.) Experimentelle Untersuchungen fiber den Ein- fluss der Thvmusfiitterung auf das Wachsthum junger Thiere. Med. Woche, Berl., 1901, 261-264.—Blondel (R.) Opotherapie thymique. Cong, internat. de med. C r Par., 1900, sect, de therap., 40-42.—Castaigne J.), Gouraud (F.-X.) & Parisot (J.) L'opothe- rapie thymique et parathvroi'dienne. J. med. franc., Par 1912, vi, 129-132.—Cohen (S. S.) The therapeutic uses'of the thvmus gland. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1900, xxxv, 421^424. A/so. Reprint.—Colin (T.) Beitrag zur Kenntniss des Stoffweehsels nach Thymusnahrung. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem.. Strassb., 1898, xxv, 5U7-510.— THYMUS. 206 THYMUS. Thymus gland (Extract of). Cruchet. L'extrait glycerine de thymus dans la mvopathie primitive pseudo-hypertrophique. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. . . . de Bordeaux, 1901, xxii, 64-67. — Goliner. Ueber Extractum thymi Kern. Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1905, xv, 159.— Gwyer ( F. ) Thymus gland treatment of certain disease: Goitre, arteriosclerosis, rheumatoid arthritis, haemor- rhoids, cystic tumor of breast, pulmonary tuberculo- sis, cancer; a report of experimental work. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1910, xci, 373-377. — Kerley ( C. G. ) & Boo bo ( S. P. ) A case of delayed development in a boy treated with thymus gland. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1912, cxliv, 219-221. Also: Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1912, lxvi, 154-156. — M'Laehlan (W.) A contribution to the study of the excretion of allantoin in thymus feeding. Proc. Roy. Soc. Ed- inb., 1905-6, xxvi, 95-106. — JTIarcolongo ( G. ) Studio clinico-sperimentale di opoterapia colla glan- dola timo nella clorosi e in forme analoghe della fanciullezza. Pediatria, Napoli, 1903, 2. s., i. 808- 832. — ftleitner ( W. ) Ueber Extracta thvmi sac- charata. Kinderarzt, Leipz., 1904, xv, 169-173. — ITIi- kulioz ( J. ) Ueber Thymusfutterung bei Kropf und Basedow'scher Krankheit. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1895, xxxii, 342-346. Also, Reprint. — Minkowski ( O.) Ueber Stoffwechselprodukte nach Thymusfutte- rung. Verhandl. d. Cong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1898, xvi, 271-274. Also: Centralbl. f. innere Med., Leipz., 1898, xix, 500. — Parisot ( J. ) Action de l'extrait de thymus sur la pression arterielle. Compt rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1908, lxiv, 749. — Pigaohe ( R. ) & Worms (G.) Considerations sur le produit d'ela- boration du thymus. Bull, et m^m. Soc. d'anthrop. de Par., 1912, 6. s., iii, 50-56. — Popper (R.) Ueber die Wirkungen des Thymus-Extraktes. Sitzungsb. d. k. Akad. d. Wissensch. Math.-naturw. Kl., Wien, 1905, cxiv, 3. Abt., 539: 1906, cxv, 3. Abt., 201. — Sveil la (K.) Experimentelle Untersuchung iiber die Einwir- kung des Thymussaftes auf den Kreislauf. Wien. med. Bl., 1896, xix, 149. -----. Ueber die Einwirkung des Thymussaftes auf den Blutkreislauf und fiber die so- geriannte Mors thymica der Kinder. Ibid., 723; 740: 757: 776; 791; 806; 821. -----. Ueber den Einfluss des Thymus- Extraktes auf den Blutkreislauf. Med. BL, Wien, 1906, xxix, 505; 517.—Vinoent (S.) On the physiological effects of extracts of thymus. Proc. Physiol. Soc. Lond., 1903, xxx, p. xvii.—Zarzi (0.) La terapia timica nel morbo di Basedow infantile. Pediatria, Napoli, 1903, 2. s., 868-882. Thymus gland (Histology of). Pitzobno (M.) Contributo all' istologia del timo. 12°. ' Sassari, 1896. Weissenberg (R.) * Ueber die quergestreif- ten Zellen des Thymus. 8°. Berlin, [1907]. Also, in: Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1907, lxx, 193-226, lpl. Cheval (M.) Recherches sur les lymphocvtes du thymus. Bibliog. anat., Par. & Nancy, 1907-8, xvii, 189- 201.—Claccio (C.) Ricerche istologiche e citologiche sul timo degli uccelli. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1906, xxix, 597- 600.— Cruohet (R.) Macroscopie du thymus chez l'en- fant. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1901, lxxvi, 369- 371.—Dustin (A. P.) L'origine et la signification des cellules "myoides" et "epitheloides" du thymus: note preliminaire. Bull. Soc. d. sc. med. et nat. de Brux., 1908, lxvi, 88-98.—Hammar (J. A.) Ueber die Natur der kleinen Thymuszellen. Arch. f. Anat. u. Ent- wcklngsgesch., Leipz., 1907, 83-100.—Holiiistrom (R.) Ueber das Vorkommen von Fett und fettahnlichen Subs- tanzen im Thymusparenchym. Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1911, lxxvii, 1. Abt., 323-345, 1 pl.—Jolly (J.) & Levin (S.) Sur les modifications histologiques du thy- mus a la suite du jeune. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, lxxi, 374-377.-----------. Evolution des corpus- cules de Hassall dans le thvmus de l'animal jeuneur. Ibid.. 1912, lxxii, 642-644.— Klirstelner (W.) Epithel- korperchen und Thymusstrang beim Menschen. Cor.- Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1900, xxx, 638-640.—Le- tulle (M.) & Nattan-Larrier. Identification de certains elements constitutes du thvmus; le corpuscule de Hassall. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1902,11. s., iv, 485.----------. Identification de certains elements constitutifs du thymus; les elements a protoplasma baso- phil homogene. Ibid., 619.—Marcus (H.) Ueber die Thymus; Lebenslauf einer Thvmuszelle. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1907, xxx, Ergnzngshft., "237-248.—Mietens (H.) Zur Kenntnis des Thymusreticulum und seiner Bezie- hungen zu dem der Lymphdrfisen, nebst einigen Bemer- kungen uber die Winterschlafdriise. Jenaische Ztschr. f. Naturw. Jena, 1908, xliv, 149-192, 2 pl— Jlorand. Re- cherches anatomiques sur la structure et l'usage du thy- mus. Hist. Acad. roy. d. sc.1759, Par., 1765, 525-537, 3 pl.— Pappenhelmer (A. M.) Striated cells in the fetal thymus, proc. N. York Path. Soc, 1909-10, n. s., ix, 106.— ' Thymus gland (Histology of). Pensa (A.) OsseiVazioni a proposito di una partico- larita di struttura del timo. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1902, 188-202, 1 pl. Also: R. Ist. Lomb. di sc. e lett. Rendic, Milano, 1912, 2. s., xxxv, 799-810, 1 pl. -----. Ancora a proposito di una particolarita di struttura del timo ed osservazioni sullo sviluppo del timo negli anfibii anuri. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1901, 65-79, 3 pl. -----. Osservazioni sulla struttura del timo. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1905, xxvii,529-541.—Pigaehe(R.) & \Vorms(G.) Considerations sur l'gtat histoTogique du thymus. Arch. d'anat. micr., Par., 1910-11, xii, 289-331, 2 pl.—Prenant iA.) Notes cytologiques. Ibid., 1897, i, 82-106, 1 pl.— •rymak (T.) Beitrage zur Kenntnis des feineren Baues und der Involution der Thymusdruse bei den Te- leostiern. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1902, xxi. 164-177.—Re- gaud (C.) & Creinleu (R.) Donnees relatives aux petitescellulesou lymphocytesduparenchyme thymique, d'apres les r&sultats de la rontgenisation du thymus, chez le chat. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1912, lxxii, 253- 256.—Salkind (J.) Sur l'organisation du thymus. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1912, xii, 145-155.—Schaffer (J.) Ue- ber den feineren Bau der Thymus und deren Bezie- hungen zur Blutbildung. (Vorlauflge Mittheilung.) Sitzungsb. d. k. Akad. d. Wissensch. Math.-naturw. CI., Wien, 1893, cii, 336-341. Also, Reprint. -----. Ue- ber die Thymusanlage bei Petromyzon Planeri; zweite vorlauflge Mittheilung iiber den feineren Bau der Thy- mus. Sitzungsb. d.k. Akad. d. Wissensch. Math.-naturw. CI., Wien, 1894, ciii, 149-156, 1 pl.—Schambacher (A.) Ueber die Persistenz von Driisenkaniilen in der Thymus und ihre Beziehung zur Entstehung der Hassallsehen Korperehen. Virchow's Areh. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1903, clxxii, 368-394, 1 pl—Sohrldde (H.) Die Bedeu- tung der eosinophilgekornten Blutzellen im mensch- lichen Thymus. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1911, lviii, 2593-2596.—Stohr (P.) Ueber die Natur der Thymus- Elemente. Anat. Hefte, Wiesb., 1906, xxxi, 407-457, 8 pl.— Tarulli (L.) & fuTarchesini (R.) Ricerche istolo- giche sul timo. Bull. d. Soc. Lancisiana d. osp. di Roma (1894), 1895, xiv, fasc. 1, 91-94, 2 pl.—Toyoluku (T.) Ueber das Vorkommen von Kiemenknorpel in der Thy- musder Ratte. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1910, xxxvii, 573-575. Thymus gland (Hypertrophy of). See, also, Status lymphaticus. von Bialy (K. L.) * Ueber Morbus Basedo- wii mit Thymus persistens. 8°. Greifswald, 1911. Blumenreich ( R. ) * Ueber die Thvmus- Diimpfung. 8°. Berlin, 1901. Heilner (E.) * Ueber einen Fall von Thy- mushypertrophie beim Erwachsenen. 8°. Miin- ehen, 1902. Hinrichs (W.) *Behinderung der Atmung und der Nahrungsaufnahme durch eine zu grosse Thymus bei einem 10 Wochen alten Kinde; Operation; Heilung. 8°. Leipzig, 1907. Hochsinger ( C. ) Stridor thymicus infan- tum; eine piidiatrisch-radiologische Studie. 8°. Wien, 1904. Luther (J.) * Ueber den heutigen Stand der Lehre von der Thymushyperplasie. 8°. Leipzig, 1900. Zhukovski (V. P.) Asthma thvmicum u die- tel. [. . . in children.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1906. Albert-Well (E.) Trois nouveaux cas d'hypertro- phie du thymus traites et gueris par la radiothenipie. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1912, xiv, 382-393, 2 pl.— Avlragnet. Adenopathie trachedbronchique et hyper- trophic du thvmus. Ibid., 1911, xiii, 126-134. Also: Bull. med., Par., 1911, xxv, 267. — Barbano ( C.) 11 timo e i tumori primitivi del mediastino anteriore. Pensiero med., Milano, 1912, ii, 701-705.—Barbier (H.) Contri- bution a I'etude pathologique de 1'hypertrophic du thy- mus; tirage thymique permanent et deformations thora- ciques. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1909, xi, 37-48. Also: Arch, de med. d. em , Par., 1909, xii, 801-814.—Basch (K.) & Bolui (A.) Zum physikalischen Nachweise der Thvmus. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1911, xxxvii, 1843-1848. Also, transl.: Am. J. Dis. Child., Chicago, 1912, iii, 82-94. —Bluinenreieh (R.) Ueber die Thymus-Dampfung. Arch. f.path. anat. [etc.], Berl., 1900, clx, 35-74, 1 pl.—Boiiirs (T. R.) Percussion signs of persistent or enlarged thymus. Tr. Ass. Am. Physi- cians, Phila.,1911.xxvi.353-356. Also: Arch. Int. Med., Chi- cago, 1911, viii, 659-661.—Boit (H.) Ueber die Kompli- kation des Morbus Basedowi durch Status lymphaticus. Frankfurt. Ztschr. f. Path. Festschr. . . . J. C. Sencken- berg, Wiesb., 1907, i. 187-192.—Borehardt (L.) Ueber das Blutbild bei Erkrankungen der Driisen mit innerer THYMUS. 207 THYMUS. Thymus gland (Hypertrophy of). Sekretion und. seine Beziehungen zum Status thymico- lymphaticus. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1912, cvi, 182-204.—Braine (0.) Discussion on lymphatism. Proc. Roy. soc. Med., Loud., 1910, iii, Sect. Ansesthet.,45- 62.—Caillo (A.) Enlarged thvmus gland. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1902, xix, 354.—Carlyll (H. B.) The thymus gland and the status lvmphaticus. Guv's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1910, lxiv, 1-37, 1 pl.—Carpenter (G.) Com- pression of the trachea by an enlarged thymus. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1909-10, iii, Sect. Stud. Dis. Child., 46-48.—Chatelln. Hypertrophic du thymus, spasme de la glotte; tetanie et rachitisme chez un enfant de 8 mois. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1911, xiii, 177-184.— Cross- held (F. S.) Status lymphaticus. Boston M. & S. J., 1912, clxvi, 94— Cruehet (R.) Considerations sur l'hy- pertrophieet l'atrophiedu thymus. Progresinexl.,Par., 1910, 3. s., xxvi, 459.—Doneoke. Zur Druckwirkung der Thy- mus. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir..Leipz.,1909, xcviii,544-557.— Diseases associated with persistence and enlargement of the thvmus gland and general lvmphatic hyperplasia. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1898, xxx, 441.—Dutoit (A.) DieThvmushvpertrophie. Aerztl. Rundschau,Miinehen, 1912, xxii, 25-27.—Eschbaeh & Milhiet. Hypertro- phic du thymus. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1912, lxxxvii, 289.—Ferrand (M.) & Chatolin (C.) Note sur la valeur de l'examen radioscopique et radiogra- phique dans le diagnostic de l'hvpertrophie du thvmus. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1911, xiii, 164-177. -----. La radiotherapie de l'hvpertrophie du thymus. Monde med., Par., 1912, xxii, 966-978.—Friedjurig (J. K.) Der Status lymphaticus: kritisehesSammelreferat. Centralbl. f. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1900, iii, 465: 523; 587.— Callouen (M.) Au sujet de Panesthesiegenerale chez les malades atteints d'hypertrophic du thymus. Normandie med., Rouen. 1910, xxvi, 409-412.—Gasse (R.) Hyperplasie der Thymusdruse als Geburtshinderniss. Berl. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1905, 421.—Gebele. Ueber experimentelle Versuche mit Basedowthymus. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1911, lxxvi, 823-828.—trierke (E.) Die Persistenz und Hypertrophic der Thymusdruse bei Basedowscher Krankheit. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1907, liv, 775-777.—Ginsburg (N.) Thoracic viscera of a case of thymic enlargement. Proc. Path. Soc. Phila., 1911, n. s., xiv, 82.—Goncharukoff (N.) O HassaP- evlkh kontsentricheskikh tlelakh zobnol zhelyozi; vre- mya ikh poyavleniya v zhelyozle, stroyeniye i dalnlel- shaya sudba. [On Hassal's concentric bodies in the thy- mus gland; time of their appearance, structure, and further fate.] Russk. arch, patol., klin. med. i bakteriol., S.-Peterb., 1896, ii, 674-6S8. 1 pl. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Ibid., 723.—Guinon & Moutler (F.) Syndrome com- plexe observe chez un nourrisson, paraissant en rapport avec 1'hypertrophie du thvmus. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1912, xiv. 48.—Hall (A. R.) Status lvmphaticus. St. Paul M. J., St. Paul, Minn., 1912, xiv, 210^217.—Hart (C.) Thymuspersistenz und Thvmushyperplasie. Cen- tralbl. f. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1909, xii, 321; 369; 401; 449; 481; 534. -----. Thymushyperplasie be, Morbus Addisonii. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xxii 1119-1121.—Hochsinger (C.) Stridor congenitus und Thymushypertrophie. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1903, Leipz., 1904, ii, 2. Hlfte., 247-249. Also: Verhandl. d. Versamml. d. Gesellsch. f. Kinderh. . . . deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1903, Wiesb., 1904, xx, 61-64. Also: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1903, xl, 922. Also, transl.: Rev. mens. d. mal. de l'enf.. Par., 1905, xxiii, 97-99. -----. Stridor thymicus infantum. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1903, liii, 2106; 2162; 2213. -----. Ein Fall von Stridor thymicus congenitalis. Ibid., 1910, lx, 1921-1923.— Jez(W.) Kilka s!6w o t. zw. "status thymicus." [On the so-called . . .] Przegl. lek., Krak6w, 1897, xxxvi, 249- 251.—Jones (Eleanor C.) Enlarged thymus in an in- fant. Ann. Gvnec. & Pediat., Bost., 1903, xvi, 594-597.— Kennedy (A. M.) Enlargement of the thymus; a re- markable case. Glasgow M. J., 1912, lxxvii, 31-37.— Kin so (H.) Neuere Thymusforschungen und ihre Be- deutung fiir die Kinder'heilkunde. Arch. f. Kinderh., Stuttg., 1910-11, lv, 1-51. -----. Weitere Fortschritte in der Erkenntnis und Behandlung der Thymus- stenose. Strassb. med. Ztg., 1910, vii, 233-236.—Koch (W.) Status lymphaticus mit persistierendem Thy- mus. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1911, xxxvii, 1102. -----. Basedowsche Krankheit mit Status thymus lymphaticus. Ibid., 1103.—Lar-be (K.) Du diagnostic de 1'hypertrophie thymique. Rev. mens, de gynec, d'obstet. et de pediat., Par., 1910, v, 250-264.— Lange (S.) X-ray therapy of enlarged thymus. Lan- cet-Clinic, Cincin., 1911, cv, 410-413.—L.aub (M.) Klini- sche Beitrage zur Lehre vom Status thymicus. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1899,xii, 1106-1110.—Lebedlnskl (I.I.) Hi- pertrofiya zobnol zhelyozi (thymus) i klinicheskoye yeya znacheniye dlya novorozhdennikh i grudnikh dletel. [Hypertrophy of the thymus gland, and its clinical impor- tance for new born and infants at breast.] Trudi Obsh. dietsk. vrach. v S.-Peterb., 1892-3, vii, 39^6.—Lenk (R.) Akute Leukamie und Diabetes insipidus bei Status thymi- cohypoplastieus. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xxiv, 1130- 1132.—lierch (0.) Thymus enlargement associated with I Thymus gland (Hypertrophy of). nervous symptoms; a preliminary communication. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1909, lxxv, 391-393.—Linoli (O.) Sull' in- durimento del tessuto cellulare, complicato da ipertrofia della glandula timo. Gazz. tosc. d. sc. med.-fis., Firenze, 1852, x, 177-182.—liochte. Zur Kenntniss der epithe- lioiden Unwandlung der Thymus. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Arvat., Jena, 1899, x, 1-8.—Lortat-Jaeob A Thaoii. Hypertrophic du thymus chez un adulte. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1905, lxxx, 472.—IiU- cien. Etude anatomo pathologique sur 1'hypertrophie du thymus. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1908, lxiv, 921-923.—Marian (A.-B.) Cornage congenital chro- nique; hypertrophic du thymus; svphilis hereditaire. Ann. de med. et chir. inf., Par., 1905, ix, 73-85. Also: Arch, internat. de laryngol. [ete.J, Par., 1905, xix, 372- 384. -----. Nouvelle forme de retreeissement de la trachee, par hypertrophic du thymus. J. de med. int., Par., 1909, xiii, 95-97.— Marro (G.) Sopra un caso di timo persistente in un uomo di 52 anni. Ann. di freniat. [etc.], Torino, 1901, xi, 339-344. Also: Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1905, 4. s., xi, 725-730.— Matti (H.) Ueber die Kombination von Morbus Basedowii mit Thy- mushyperplasie. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1912, cxvi, 425-487.— Maynard (J.) Status lymphaticus; definition. Iowa M. J., Des Moines, 1911-12, xviii, 72-76.— M6ry & Parturier. Un cas de dyspnee d'origine thy- mique avec un nouveau signed'hypertrophiedu thymus. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1908, xi, 48-56.—Uloncke- berg. Persistierende hypertrophische Thymus bei Morbus Basedowii. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1907, xxxiii, 1278.—Musser (J. H.) & (Jllom (J. T.) A case of status lymphaticus. Tr. Coll. Phys. Phila., 1904, xxvi, 47-59.—Myers (A. W.) Congenital laryngeal stridor, apparently due to an enlarged thymus gland; re- port of a case. Wisconsin M. J., Milwaukee, 1908-9, vii, 133-142.—d'tElsnltz. Les reactions symptomatiques du thymus hypertrophic au cours de certaines maladies aigues. Cong, franc, de med. Compt. rend. 1910, Par., 1911, xi, 236-241. -----. Les hypertrophies thymiques latenteset les "petits signes" de 1'hypertrophie du thy- mus. Ann. de med. et chir. inf., Par., 1912, xvi, 86-90. Also: Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1911, xiii. 457-462. Also: Presse med. beige, Brux., 1912, lxiv, 106-110. -----. L'hypertrophie du thymus et radenopathie trachen- bronchique dans la premiere enfance; diagnostique cli- nique et radiologique. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1911, xiii,304-321. -----. L'hypertrophieduthymus.sonroleen pathologie infantile. J. med. franc, Par., 1912, vi, 97-110. -----. Les signes cliniques de l'hypertrophie du thymus. Presse med., Par., 1910, xviii, 260-262. Also: Arch, de med. d. enf., Par., 1911, xiv, 189-202.—d'GElsuitz & Paschetta. Les caracteres de P image radioscopique dans l'hypertrophie du thymus. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1911, xiii, 462-472.—Park (E. A.) & McGuire (W. C.) A criticism of two percussion methods for the diagnosis of the enlarged thymus. Arch. Int. Med., Chi- cago, 1912, x, 214-218.—Park (R.) The status lymphati- cus and the ductless glands. Buffalo M. J., 1905-6, Ixi, 21-23.—Pauehet (V.) Le thymus; son interetmedico- chirurgical; hypertrophic thymique; svmptdmeset traite- ment. Clinique, Par., 1910, v, 389-391.—Pende (N.) Contributo alio studio del cosi detto "status thymicus." Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1911, 1, 208-228.— Railliet (G.) Etat actuel de la question du thymus. Progres med., Par., 1909,3. s., xxv, 629-634.—Begaud (C.) &Cr€mieu (R.) Fondements experimentaux de la rontgentherapie appiiquee a l'hypertrophie du thymus. Arch. d'e4ectr. med., Bordeaux, 1912, xx, 4*1-499. -----. Le traitement roentgenien de l'hypertrophie du thymus; ses indications comparees a celles de la thvmeetomie. Lyon chirurg., 1912, vii, 544-567.—Ribadeau-Dumas (L.) & Weil (A.) Sur un cas d'hypertrophic du thymus traitee par la radiotherapie. Bull." et m6m. Soc. mecl. d. h6p. de Par., 1912,3.8., xxxiii, 431-140.—Sato (T.) [A case of tracheal pressure stenosis due to hypertrophy of thethymus.J Dai Nippon Ji-Ki-In-Ko-Kwa Kwai Kwai Ho, Tokyo, 1906, xii, 251-270.—Shkarin (A. N.) Hipertrofiya zobnol zhe- lyozi (asthma tbymicum). [Hypertrophy of the thymus gland . . .] Obshtshestvo Russk. Vrach. v pam. Piro- gova. Trudi . . . Syezda 1904, S.-Peterb., 1905, iii, 202- 211.—Stordeur (L.) & Francois (M.) Un cas de thymus persistant et fortement hypertrophic, compli- quant une maladie de Basedow. J. med. de Brux.,, 1908, xiii, 367-373.—Swyiighedauw & Durand. Etude clinique et therapeutique de Phyperplasie du thymus a propos de deux cas. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1911, xv, 248-254. Also: Bull. Soc de med. du nord 1911, Lille, 1912, 87-106.—Symes(J. O.) Mvasthenia with enlargement of the thvmus gland. Brit. M.J., Lond., 1911, i, 133.—Tada G.) BeitragzurFragederThymushypertrophie. Jahrb. . Kinderh., Berl., 1905, Ixi, 162-173.—Tatschner (R.) Einige Bemerkungen zu C. Hochsingrers Aufsatz: Ueber den Stridor thymicus infantum. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1904, liv, 20-23.—Taylor (J. H.) Hypertrophied thy- mus and status lymphaticus; with report of cases. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1912, xcvi, 119-121.—linger ( L.) Beitrage zur Pathologie und Klinik der Neugeborenen. Status thymico-lymphaticus eines Neugeborenen. Beib). THYMUS. 208 THYMUS. Thymus gland (Hypertrophy of). z. *d. Mitt. d*. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh.in Wien,1912,xi,65-74. Also: Wien.med. Wchnschr.,1912,lxii, 1181-1186.—Veau (V.) Hypertrophic du thymus et ade- nites mediastinales. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1911, xiii, 83-86. . A propos de l'hypertrophie du thymus etde i'adenopathietracheo-bronchique. Ibid.. 161-163.— Voivenel. Reins lobules coexistant avec un gros thymus. Languedoc med.-chir., Toulouse, 1907, xv, 109 — Warthin (A. S.) The pathology of thymic hyper- plasia and the status lymphaticus. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1909, xxvi, 597-617. Also: Univ. Mich. Contrib. Path. Lab., Ann Arbor, 1908-9, iv, no. 11.—Waterhouse (R.) Three cases of enlarged thvmus in infants. Brit. J. Child. Dis., Lond., 1911, viii, 254-258.—Weil (A.) & Gros (E.) Un nouveau casd'hvpertrophie du thymus traitC et gueri par la radiotherapie". Bull, et mem. Soc. de radiol. med. de Par., 1912, 'v, 243-247.—Weill (E.) Pehu (M.) Sur deux cas d'hy i. rtrophie thymique traites avec succes par la radiotherapie Lyon med., 1911, cxvii, 1448-1452. Thymus gland (Hypertrophy of, Sud- den death in). See, also, Death (sudden) in infants and chil- dren; Infants (New-born, Asphyxia, etc., of). Audebert (M.) *R61e de la persistance du thymus dans la genese de la syncope chloro- formique. 8°. Paris, 1909. Barack (H. [C. E. R. ]) * Ueber plotzlichen Tod durch Thymushypertrophie in gerichtlich- medicinischer Beziehung. 8°. Berlin, [1894]. Boxberger (G. A.) * Ueber die Beziehungen der hyperplasierten Thymusdriisen zum plotz- lichen Tode bei Kindern. [Kiel.] 8°. Wiirz- burg, 1903. Ducrot (J.) * De la mort subite chez les jeunes enfants par hypertrophic du thymus au point de vue medico-legal. 8°. Paris, 1901. Frank (Fanny). * Kasuistische Beitrage zur Mors thymica. [Zurich.] 8°. Bern, 1911. Haerttel (G.) *Zur Lehre vom Thymus- tode. 8°. Greifswald, 1910. Hammer (W.) *Thymuserkrankungen und Thymustod. [Freiburg i. B.] 8°. Berlin, 1903. Herbier (P.-N.) *De la mort chez l'enfant par hypertrophic du thymus; etude medico- iegale. 8°. Nancy, 1907. Kach (I.) * Ueber einen Fall von Thymus- tod. 8°. Munchen, 1911. Kaplan (L.) Bemerkungen zur normalen und topographischen Anatomie der Thymus mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der plotzlichen Todesfalle bei Thvmushvpertrophie. 8°. Ber- lin, 1909. Kiseleff (N. S.) Vnezapnaya smert novo- rozhdennikh pod vliyaniyem hipertrotii zobnol zhelyozi. [Sudden death of new-born due to hypertrophy of the thymus gland.] 8°. [S.- Peterburg, 1898.] Molders (H.) * Ueber Thymustod. 8°. Halle a. S., 1901. Otte (P.) *Ein Fall von Thymustod. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., 1903. Ozegowski (S. F.) * Ueber Thymustod. 8°. Greifswald, 1909. Piedecocq (J.-B.-P.-E.) * La mort subite des nourrissons par hypertrophic du thymus. 4°. Paris, 1894. -----. The same. 8°. Par-is, 1894. Schaeenberger (L.) * Des accidents asphy- xiques d'origine thymique chez le nourrisson. 8°. Lyon, 1910. Targhetta (J.-P.) Etude sur le thymus en- visage specialement au point do vue de la me- decine legale. 8°. Paris, 1902. Tsyrowitch (Catherine). * De la mort subite par hypertrophic de la glande thyroide et du thymus chez l'enfant. 8°. Geneve, 1905. Thymus gland (Hypertrophy <>f Sud- den death in). Vacher (A.) *Deux cas de mort subite par hypertrophic du thymus chez deux jeunes en- fants heredo-syphilitiques. 8°. Paris, 1911. Wiexs (P.) * Ueber den Zusammenhang zwi- schen plotzlichen Todesfiillen im Wasser und Ve- randerungen der Thymusdriise. 8°. Kiel, 1902. Avellis (G.) Epikrise eines Falles von nicht ganz plotzlichem Thymustod, verursacht durch (vicariirende) Thymus-Vergrosserung bei rudimentiir kleiner Milzan- lage. Areh. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1898, viii, 159- 167.—Azeina. Mort rapide chez un nourrisson par hy- pertrophic du thymus et mort subite chez un nourrisson atteint de pyodermite generalistie. Toulouse m6d., 1911, 2. s., xii, 30-35.—Baur (J.) Persistance du thymus dans un cas de mort subite. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1909, lxxxiv, 58.—Benedict (A. L.) Death in a child; status lymphaticus? Pediatrics, N. Y., 1905, xvii, 641.— Beneke. Zur Frage nach der Bedeutung der " Thy- mushyperplasie" fiir pldtzliehe Todesfalle im Kindesal- ter. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1894, xxxi, 216-220. -----. [Organe eines 2jahrigen, dem Thymustod erlegenen Kindes.] Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1909, lvi, 1209.— Berg (J.) Om tymus-dod. Hygiea, Stockholm, 1908, lxx, 271-281.—Bla'ke (J. A.) The surgical aspects of the status lymphaticus. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1902, xxxv, 745-757. — Blunier (G.) The relation of the status lymphaticus to sudden death, death under anaesthesia, and infection. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1903, xiv, 270-280,1 pl. Also: Pediatrics, N. Y., 1904, xvi, 22-46.— Bonnet (L.-M.) Thymus et mort subite. Province med., Lyon, 1899, xiii, 421; 435; 445. -----. Mort presque subite; hypertrophic du thymus. Bull. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Lyon, 1909, viii, 62-64. Also: Lyon med., 1909, cxii, 337.—Bradley (E. B.) A death under anesthesia due to status lymphaticus. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, liv, 1785.—Brelet (M.) La mort subite par hypertro- phic du thymus et l'etat lymphatique de Paltauf. Arch. g6n.de med., Par., 1907, i, 283-288. Also: Rev. de med. leg., Par., 1907, xiv, 136-141. —Bremner (S, K.) En- larged thvmus gland; convulsions; death. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1895, xii, 109—Bruce (H. A.) Status lympha- ticus as a cause of death under anaesthesia. Canada Lancet, Toronto, 1909, xlii, 818-823.—Burgl. Ein Fall von Thymustod, vermutlich durch Herzlahmung. Fried- reich's Bl. f. gerichtl. Med., Niirnb., 1902, liii, 43L437.— faille (A.) Sudden death of an infant six months old due to compression of large blood vessels by an enlarged thvmus gland. Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc, N. Y., 1902, xiv, 194. Also: Areh. Pediat., N. Y., 1903, xx, 180.— Caminiti (R.) Stato timico e cloronarcosi. Clin, chir., Milano, 1906, xiv, 1004-1014, 2 pl.—Carlo (B.) Contributo alio studio delle morti improvvise timiche in adulti. Policlin., Roma, 1909, xvi, sez. med., 508-517. —Carter (W. W.) Thymic tracheostenosis, with report of a fatal case. Manhattan Eye & Ear Hosp. Rep., N. Y., 1905, No. vi, 52-56. Also: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1904, lxv, 529-531.— Cassoute & Eiglier (H.) Asphyxie aigue mortelle par hypertrophie du thvmus chez un enfant de 18 jours. Marseille med., 1909, xlvi, 45-51. Also: Ann.de med. et chir. inf., Par., 1909, xiii, 109-113. Also: P6diatrie prat., Lille, 1909, vii, 46-48.— Cocks (G. H.) Sudden death due to enlarged thymus gland. Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1905, xx, 398-400, lpl.-----. Status thymo-lymphatieus and its relation to sudden death. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1910, xx, 719-730. Also: Manhattan Eye, Ear & Throat Hosp. Rep., N. Y., 1911, xii, 199-216. Also: N. York State J. M., N. Y„ 1910, x, 325- 330.—Coenen (H.) Ueber ein Lymphosarcom der Thy- mus bei einem sechsjahrigen Knaben. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1904, xliii, 443-450. Also: Arb. a. d. chir. Klin. d. k. Univ. Berl., 1906, xviii, 96-103. Also [Abstr.]: Ver- handl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. 1904, Berl., 1905, xxxv, 67.— Conrads. Ueber eine bisher noch nicht gewurdigte Ursache der plotzlichen Todesfalle im Kindesalter. Kinder-Arzt, Leipz., 1903, xiv, 57— < ozzolino (O.) Sui rapporti tra lo status lymphaticus e la morte improvvisa nei bambini. Boll. d. r. Accad. med. di Genova, 1906, xxi, 247-273. Also: Boll. d. clin., Milano, 1906, xxiii, 481-491. -----. Le morti improvvise nei bambini, a) Sulle morti improvvise cosidette timiche. Atti d. Cong, pediat. ital. 1911, Palermo, 1912, vii, 99-121. Also, transl.: Pediatrie prat., Lille, 1912, x, 217-227.—Danger of death from status lymphaticus in adenoidectomy. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1908, 1, 299.—Daukes (S. H.) Persistent thy- mus and sudden death. Brit. M. J.. Lond., 1909, i, 16.— Desehamps&Delestre. Mort subite; hypertrophie du thymus, chez un nourrisson. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1900, lxxv, 1027.—Dlstefano (S.) Osservazioni sul timo in rapporto alia medicina legale. Clin, mod., Pisa, 1904, x, 409-415.—Dixon (G. P.) A case of hyper- trophy of the thvmus gland, causing fatal pressure symp- toms. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1898, xvii, 520. Also, transl.: Ann. de med. et chir. inf., Par., 1899, in, 175.— THYMUS. 209 THYMUS. Thymus gland (Hypertrophy of Sud- den death in). DoliniK) Ein Fall von Thymustod. Ztschr. f. Med.- Beamte, Berl., 1903, xvi, 121-124.—DU re k. [Zwei Fiille von Mors thvmica.] Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1911, lviii, 484.—Diitolt (A.) Die geschiehtlichen Grundlagen derThymusforsehung. Aerztl.Rundschau,Munchen,1912, xxii, 193.—Flevez (J.) Hypertrophie thymique chez un nouveau-ne, mort 36 heures apres sanaissanee. J. d.sc med. de Lille, 1911, ii, 586-58*. —Flligge (E.) Ueber die Bedeutung der Thymusdriise fiir die Erkliirung plotzlicher Todesfalle. 'Vrtljschr. f. gerichtl. Med., Berl., 1899, 3. F., xvii, 20-48. —Friedjung (J. K.) Erkrankungen der Thymusdruse. Handb. d. Kinderh. (Pfaundler u. Schlossmann), 8°, Leipz., 1906, ii, 394- 402. Also, transl.: Dis. child. . . . Pfaundler & Schloss- mann. Eng. transl., 8°, Phila. & Lond., 1908,iii, 426-134.— Furrer (A. F.) Status lymphaticus, with death under ether anesthesia. Cleveland M. J., 1906,v, 79-85.—Gang- bofner. Plotzliche Todesfalle im Kindesalter. Ver- handl. d. Versamml. d. Gesellsch. f. Kinderh.. .. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1902, Wiesb., 1903, 44-<>2. —Gaudier & Bertein. Asphyxie mortelle due au thymus non hy- pertrophic. Bull.etmeni. Soe.anat.de Par., 1911, lxxxvi, 128-131.—Grandmaire. Un cas de mort foudroyante; persistance du thymus. Arch, de m6d. et pharm. mil., Par., 1911, lvii, 343-348. — Griffith (J. P. C.) Sudden death and unexpected death in early life, with especial reference te the so-called thymus death. Tr. Ass. Am. Phvsicians, Phila., 1903, xviii, 235-253. Also: Am. Med., Phila , 1903, v, 9S9-994. Also, Reprint. -----. The so- called thymus death, with an account of seven cases of sudden death in one familv. Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc. 1909, N. Y., 1910, xxi, 128-140. Also: N. York M.J. [etc.], 1909, xc, 444-448.—Guibe (M.) & Ramadier (M.) Un cas demortpost-opCratoire rapide co'incidant avec un thymus hypertrophie. Ann.demed.etchir.inf., Par.,1912,xvi.454- 456. Also: Bull. Soc.de pediat. de Par., 1912,xiv, 187-190.— Guinon (L.) A Simon (L.-C-.) Mort subite par hyper- trophic du thvmus dune enfant de 8 mois |. Ann. de med. et chir.inf., Par., 1909, xiii, 96-102. Also: Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1908. x, 363-373. Also: Gaz. d. mal. infant, [etc.], Par., 1909, xi, 25-28.—Happel (W. H.) Thymus death; lymphatism. Albany M. Ann., 1903, xxiv,430-433.—Harbitz buseher. Fragliche Todesursache im Sauglingsalter. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1903, 1, 986-898.—Imnd (F. C.) Zum mechanischen Thymustod. Berl. klin. Wchn- schr., 1909, xlvi, 111.—M. (W. J.) Sudden death of an infant six months' old due to compression of large blood vessels by an enlarged thymus gland. Birmingh. M. Rev., 1903, n. s., ii, 535.—McGuire (E. R.) Status lym- phaticus; its relation to sudden death. Buffalo M. J., 1904-5, n. s., xliv, 232.—Macintyre (D. D. F.) Large thymus; sudden death Brit. M. J., Lond., 1908, i,1360.— Mader (M.) Status thymicus und Chloroformnarkose. Jahrb. d. bosn.-herceg. Landesspit. in Sarajevo 1894-6, Wien, 1898, 472-478.— Mair (W.) Enlarged thymus and sudden death. Med. Chron., Manchester, 1910-11, liii, 216-223,1 pl.—Marfan (A.-B.) Sur un cas d'asphyxie suraigue mortelle par hypertrophie du thymus chez une fillette de deux mois et demi. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1894, 3. s., xi, 361-366 Also: J. de clin. et de therap.inf.,Par., 1894,ii,493-496.—Martinez Vargas (A.) La glandula timo y las muertes repentinas de los ninos. Gac. med. de Granada, 1899, xvii, 433; 460. Also: Uni6n med., Lenda, 1899, iii, 158-164. — Massarl (G.) Contributo alia morte per ipertrofia del timo nei lattanti; perizia medico-iegale. Corriere san., Milano, 1902, xiii, 637-639.—Mich 1 (W.) Kasuistischer ReitragzumNarko- setode beim sogenannten Status thvinicus. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1907, lvii, 1600-1603.—Muss.y (J.) De la mort chez les enfants par hypertrophie du thymus. Med. mod., Par., 1893, iv, 62.—Nettel (H.) Ueber einen Fall von Thymustod bei Localanasthesie, nebst Bemeikungen iiber die Wahl des allgemeinen Anastheticum. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1904, Ixxiii, 637-642— Noguelra (R.) La anestesia cloroformica y el status linfaticus. Rev. rle med. y eirug. de la Habana, 1911, xvi, 255-261.— Norton (R.) The thvmus gland and its relation to sudden death in children. Phila. M. J., 1898, i, 249-253. Also, Reprint.— Olilmailier (A. P.) Status lymphati- cus; its significance in sudden death following serum in- jections and in the treatment of diphtheria. Detroit M. J., 1906, vi, 80-87.— Ollive. Hypertrophie du thymus; mort; considerations meclico-legales. Gaz. m6d. de Nantes, 1910, 2. s., xxviii, 62.—Parrish (P. L.) Report of death due to status lymphaticus. Pediatrics, N. Y., 1910, xxii, 178-182.—Pauchet (V.) Le thymus; son im- portance chirurgicale. Arch. prov. de chir.. Par., 1909, xviii, 40H04.—Penkert (M.) Ueber die Beziehungen der vergrosserten Thymusdruse zum plotzlichen Tode. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1902, xxviii, 810-813.—Perrin de la Tout-lie (E.) De l'hypertro- phie du thymus conside'ree comme obstacle & l'etablisse- ment de la respiration chez le nouveau-n6. Ann. d'hyg., Par., 1898, 3.s., xl, 557-561. -----. Morts suspects de deux jeunes enfants presentantde l'hypertrophie du thymus. Ibid., 1903, 1, 48-56. Also: Bull. Soc. seient. et med. de l'ouest. Rennes, 1903, xii, 182-191. Also: J. de med. de Par., 1903, 2. s., xv, 230-232. Also: Rev. de med. leg., Par., 1903, x, 165-170.—Phillips (S.) Case of fatal acute ill- THYMUS. 210 THYMUS. Thymus gland (Hypertrojdiy of Sud- den death in). ness in a child foom status lymphaticus. Proc. Rov. Soc. Med., Lond., 1907-8, i, Clin. Sect,, 75-80. Also: Clin. J., Lond., 1907-8, xxxi, 2*5-287.—Plauehu & Kendu (R.) Hypertrophie et suppuration du thymus chez un nour- risson mort subitement. Lyon med., 1910, cxiv, 1300- 1303.—Ploc (C.) Ein Beitrag zum Thymustod. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1900, xxv, 693; 606. — Proebsting. Demonstration eines Praparates von Thymushyperplasie bei einem an inspiratorischem Stridor gestorbenen Kinde. Verhandl. d. Ver. suddeutsch. Laryngol. 1894-1903, Wiirzb., 1904, 354-357.—Kabe. Hypertrophie du thy- mus, chez un enfant de 2 mois i et mort en 3 jours, au milieu d'accidents dvspneiques. Bull. Soc. anat.de Par., 1897, lxxii, 833-837.—Baniolno (G. B.) Timo e morte timica. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1899, xx, 1147-1151— Helm (L.) Die Thymusstenose und der Thymustod. Ver- handl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 1906, xxxv, pt. 2, 364-391. [Discussion], pt. 1, 69. Also, transl.: Med. de los niflos, Uarcel., 1907, viii, 296-298. Also: Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1906, lxxx, 468-495. Also: Cong, inter- nat. de med., Lisbonne, 1906, xv, sect. 9, 336-356. Also: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1906, liii, 1134; 1182.—Kicli (H. M.) & Luce (H. A.) Report of a case of sudden death in an infant having an enlarged thymus gland with three lobes. J. Mich. M. Soc, Detroit, 1908, vii, 334.—Bichardson (O.) A case of sudden death asso- ciated with status lymphaticus. Boston M. & S. J., 1905, clii, 280.—Rieliter". Plotzliche Todesfalle im Kindes- alter. Verhandl. d. Versamml. d. Gesellsch. f. Kinderh. . . . deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1902, Wiesb., 1903, 63-73. [Discussion], 81.—Robinson (R.) La mort subite des enfants "par le thymus" (Thymustod) et dans l'anesthe- sie chloroformique. Clinique, Par., 1909, iv. 148-150. Also: Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1907, cxlv, 1229-1231 — Roniine (R.) De l'hypertrophie du thymus dans la mort subite des nourrissons. Gaz. hebd. de med., Par., 1894, xii, 218-221.—Boos (E.) Om thymus-kortelns me- dico-legala betydelse sasom orsak till plotslig dod hos sm& barn. [Un cas peu commun de mort subite chez un enfant de trois mois a cause de l'hypertrophie du thymus (abces). Res., p. lvii.] Finska liik.- sallsk. handl., Helsingfors, 1900, xlii, 677-682.—Rootli (J.) Death from enlarged thymus gland. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, i, 737. — Rzhechkovskl (G. I.) Iz sudebno-meditsinskol praktiki; [smert 4-nedlelnoI dle- , vochki ot opukholi zobnol zhelyozi]. [Medico-forensic practice; death of a 4-weeks-old girl from tumor of thy- • mus gland.] Ejened. jour. "Prakt. med.," St. Petersb., . 1900, vii, 31 — Seydel (C.) Die Bedeutung der Thymus- hypertrophie bei forensischen Sectionen. Vrtljschr. f. gerichtl. Med., Berl., 1893, 3. F.,v, 55-61. -----. Zur Frage iiber den plotzlichen Tod bei Thymushyperplasie. Ibid., 1898, 3. F., xvi, 244-251—Sieradzkl (W.) Ueber Thy- mustod. Friedreich's Bl. f. gerichtl. Med., Niirnb., 1899, 1, 283-309.—Simon & d'CElsnitz. Mort subite par hy- pertrophie du thvmus. Bull. Soc. de pediat., Par., 1902, iv, 26-32.—Smith (M. S.) A ease of "thymic death." Lancet, Lond., 1908, ii, 1369. — Ssokolow (D.) Mors thymicaet Asthma thymicum bei Kindern. Arch.f. Kin- derh., Stuttg., 1912, lvii, 1-50.—Status lymphaticus and sudden death. [Edit.] Brit. M. J., Lond., 1908, i, 223.— " Status lymphaticus" as a cause of death under anaes- thesia. Med. Times, Lond., 1909, xxxvii, 767^769.—von Sury (K.) Ueber die fraglichen Beziehungen der soge- . nannten Mors thy mica zu den plotzlichen Todesfallen im Kindesalter. Vrtljschr. f.gerichtl. Med., Berl., 1908, 3. F., xxxvi, 88-135.—Tail lens. Surlamort, chez les enfants, par hypertrophie du thymus. Rev. med. dela Suisse Rom., Geneve,1901, xxi.345-365—Takayama(M.) Ueber Thy- mustod. Mapanese text.] Mitt. d. med. Gesellsch. zu Tokyo, 1900, xiv, 9-35,1 tab. —:—. Ueber den zweiten Fall von Thymustod. [Japanese text.] Ibid., 697-705.— Thursfleld (H.) Sudden death in infants, associated with enlargement of the thymus gland. St. Barth. Hosp. • Rep. 1902, Lond., 1903, xxxviii, 129-133.—Veeder (B. S ) Hemorrhage into the parathyroid glands in a case of " thymic death." Proc. Path. Soc. Phila., 1911, n. s., xiv 83.—Walen(N.) Ettfallaf morsthvmica. Allm.sven Liikartidn..Stockholm,1904, i,887-893.—Walker (J.W.T.) The status lymphaticus and sudden and unexpected death in children. Rep. Soc Study Dis. Child., Lond., 1904-5, v, 90-94.—Walker (R. W. S.) A case of status lymphaticus with sudden death. Lancet, Lond., 1909, ii 1816.—Walz (K.) Plotzlicher Tod bei Status lympha- ticus; ein Beitrag zur Frage des Thymustodes. Med. Cor.- Bl. d. wiirttemb. arztL Ver., Stuttg., 1903, Ixxiii, 245-248.— Warthin (A. S.) Two cases of sudden death associ- ated with hypertrophy of the thymus; one case with uni- • versal enlargement of the lymph nodes, the other with- out. Tr. Ass. Am. Phys., Phila., 1906, xxi, 475-490. Also, Reprint.-----. The clinical diagnosis of enlargement of the thymus. Internat. Clin., Phila,, 1907, 17. s.,i,48-65 2 pl. Also, Reprint.—Wolff (E. D.) Death under chloro- form; enlargement of the thymus. Brit. J. Child. Dis. Lond. 1905, ii, 465.—Zander & Keylil. Thymusdriise und plotzliche Todesfalle im Kindesalter. Jahrb. f. Kin- derh. Berl 1904, lx, 358-374.-Zesas (D. G.) Die Bedeu- tung der Thymusdruse fur die Chirurgie. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir,, Leipz., 1910, cv, 125-152 Thymus gland (Hypertrophy of Treat- ment of, Operative). Tiling (K. [P.]) *Zur Kasuistik der Thy- mus-Stenose und der Thynius-Operation. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., 1908. Coiuby (J.) L'hypertrophie du thymus etson traite- ment. Arch, de med. d. enf., Par., 1909, xii. 855-859.— Girdlestone (G. R.) Extreme dyspnoe due to rapid hypertrophy of the thvroidhemithvroidectomv; recovery. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, ii, 973.—Hinrlclts (W.) Be- hinderung der Atmung und der Nahrungsaufnahme durch eine zugrosse Thymus bei einem zehn Wochen alten Kinde; Operation; HeilunK. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xiv. 825-828.—Jackson (('.) Thymic tracheo-stenosis, tracheoscopy; thymectomy; cure. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc, St. Louis, 1907,328-337. Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlviii, 1753-1756.—Konig (F.) Ein Fall von Exstirpation der Thymusdruse wegen Athmungshinderniss. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl.. 1898, xxiv, Ver.-Beil., 12.—Lamiay (P.) Hy- pertrophic du thymus; thymectomie. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1910, n. s., xxxvi, 1261-1269.— Leiiormaiit (C.) L'hypertrophie du thymus; son im- portance en chirurgie; traitement operatoire de l'as- phyxie thymique; hypertrophie du thymus et mort pendant l'anesthesie; hypertrophie du thymus et goitre exophtalmique. J. dechir., Par., 1909, ii, 601-621.—Levy (P.-P.) &Pellot (J.) Hypertrophie du thymus; thy- mectomie; mort par broncho-pneumoniesuraigue. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1912, xiv, 403-409.—Milhiet (A.) & Fschbach (H.) Hypertrophie du thymus; thymec- tomie; guerison. [Rap. de Launay.] Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1912, n. s., xxxviii, 822-826.—Moizard. L'hypertrophie etla chirurgie du thymus. Arch, demed. d. enf., Par., 1909, xii, 850-854. Also: J. de med. et chir. prat., Par., 1909, lxxx, 406-415.—dHElsnitz & Prat. Hypertrophie du thymus, accidents dyspneiques graves; operation; guerison. Bull. Soc.depediat.de Par., 1909, xi, 357-362.—d'CElsnitz,Prat A Boisseau. Suffocation par hypertrophie etsclerosedu thymus; thymectomie, tra- cheotomie et resection du manubrium sternal. Ibid., 1910, xii,141-149. Also: Ann. demed. et chir. inf., Par., 1910, xiv, 360-366. .See,al.so,infra,Tixier.— Olivier (E.) Le traite- ment chirurgical del'hypertrophie du thy mus; sesavanta- ges, sa technique, ses resultats. Arch. gen. dechir., Par., 1912,viii, 138-166.-----. Delavaleuretdesindicationsope- ratoiresde lathymectomie dans 1' hvpertrophie du thymus. J.dechir.,Par.,l912,viii,233-246.—Pujebet &Dervaux. Dyspnee par compression de la traehee; hypertrophie du thvmus; tracheotomie; mortaul0<> jour. j. d.sc med.de Lille, 1903, i, 154-159.—Purrucker. Zur Pathologie der Thymusdruse; Fall von Exstirpation des Thvmus. Miin- ehen. med. Wchnshr., 1899, xlvi, 913.—Schwinn (J.) Thymic asthma, with report of a case of thymectomy and resection of enlarged thyroid in a child 23 days old. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1908, 1, 2059-2061— Theodor (F.) Larynx- und Tracheal-Stenosen, mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung eines durch Thymus-Exstirpation ge- heilten Falles. Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1906, lxiii, 681- 587.—Tisserand (G.) Un casde thymectomie partielle sous-capsulaire pour accidents dyspneiques chez un en- fant. Lyon chirurg., 1911, v, 146-149. Also: Rev. med. delaFranche-Comte, Besancon, 1911, xix, 33-38.—Tixler (L.) Reflexions a propos de l'observation d'hypertrophie et de sclerose du thymuspubliee par d'CSlsnitz, Prat et Boisseau. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1910, xii, 190- 192. — Veau (V.) Enseignements cliniques de 10 cas de thymectomie. Ibid., 1911, xiii, 134-144.— Vignard (P.) & Sargnon. Hypertrophie du thymus et suffoca- tion, chirurgie clinique du thymus. Ann. de med. et chir. inf., Par., 1910, xiv, 632-636.—Weill (E.) & Pehu (M.) Sur deux cas d'hypertrophie thymique traites avec succes par la radiotherapie. Bull. Soc med. d. h6p.de Lyon, 1911, x, 735-739.—Weil I (E.), Pehu & Challer (j.) Sur un cas, traits ehirurgicalement, d'hypertrophie au thymus avec st6nose tracheale, chez un bebe de 4 mois. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1909, xi, 426-434. Also: Lyon med., 1910, cxiv, 797-810. Thymus gland (Involution of). Rudberg ( H.) *0ra thymusinvolutionen efter Rontgenbestralnung jatnte nagra iaktta- gelser ofver leukolysen i ofrigt hos Rontgenbe- stralade. [On thymus involution after treatment with Rontgen rays, and some observations on leucocytolysis in animals subjected to Rontgen ravs.] 8°. Uppsala, 1909. Aubertin (C.) & Bordet(E.) Action des rayons X sur le thvmus. Arch. d. mal. du cceur [etc.], Par., 1909, ii, 321-332", 1 pl. Also [Abstr.]: Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1909, lxvi, 1091-1093. Also, transl.: Zentralbl. f. in- nere Med., Leipz., 1909. xxx, 977-979.—Barbano (CA Die normale Involution der Thymus. Virchow's Areh. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1912, ccvii, 1-27,1 pl.—Beclere (H.) & Pigache (R.) Action des rayons de Roentgen sur les corpuscules de Hassall. Bull, etmem. soe. anat. de Par., 1911, lxxxvi, 47-51. — Carnevale Arella (A.) Azione dei raggi Rontgen sul timo. Riv. crit. di clin THYMUS. 211 THYMUS. Thymus gland (Involution of). med., Firenze, 1910, xi, 557-560.—t'ollin (R.)& Lucien (M.) A propos de l'involution accidentelle du thymus. Cong, internat. de mM., Lisbonne, 1906, xv, sect. 1, anat., 328-330.—Flore(G.) & Franchettl (U.) Ricerche spe- rimentali sul timo; contributo alio studio dell' involu- zione del timo. Riv. di clin. pediat., Firenze, 1911, ix, 823-826, 1 pl.—Friedlander (A.) Involution of the thymus by the X-ray. ,Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1911, xxviii, 810-829.—Gaudier. A propos d'un casde thymectomie, suivie de mort. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1911, n. s., xxxvii, 175-178.—Gellin (O.) Thymus efter exstir- pation, resp. rontgenbestralning af konskortlarne. [Thy- mus gland after extirpation, in relation to the influence of X-rays upon sexual glands.] Upsala Liikaref. Forh., 1910-11, n. L, xvi, 302, 2 pl.—Hammer (A.) Ueber Ge- wicht, Involution und Persistenz der Thymus im Post- fotalleben des Menschen. Arch, f. Anat. u. Entwcklngs- gesch., Leipz., 1906, Suppl.-Bd., 91-182, 4 pl.—Hart (K.) Ueber das Auftreten von Fett in der Thymus; die patho- logische Involution der Thymus. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 19.12, ccvii, 27-55,1 pl.— Joiisoii (A.) Studier ofver thymusinvolutionen; den acciden- tella involutionen vid inanition. Upsala Liikaref. Forh., 1907-8, xiii, 476-527, 2 pl. Also, transl.: Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1909, Ixxiii, 390-443, 1 pl. —Martel & Tlxier (L.) La regression fibreuse pathologique du thymus chez le veau vaccinifere. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1910, lxxxv, 779-783.— Kegaud (C.) & Cremleu (R.) Evolution des corpuscules de Hassall dans le thymus rontgenise du chat; mecanisme de l'ac- croissement de ces corpuscules. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, lxxi, 325-328.-----------. Evolution des corpuscules de Hassall dans le thymus rontgenis6 du chat; regression, instability, signification de ces corpuscules. Ibid., 383.---------—. Sur les modifications provoquees par la rontgenisation dans le tissu conjonctif perilobu- laire du thymus, chez le chat. Ibid., 501-503.-----------. Sur l'involution du thymus produite par les rayons X; re- sultatsexperimentaux; deductions therapeutiques. Bull. Soc. m6d. d. h6p. de Lvon, 1911, x, 709-728. Also: J. de physiotherap., Par., 1912, x, 20-32.-----------. Sur l'in- volution du thymus produite par les rayons X; resultats experimentaux. Lyon mecl., 1911, cxvii, 1400:1912, cxviii, 5.—Rudberg (H.) Studien iiber die Thymusinvolu- tion. 1. Die Involution nach Rontgenbestrahlung. Arch. f. Anat. u. Entwcklnssgeseh., Leipz., 1907, Suppl.-Bd., 123- 174,2pl.—Soderlund (G.) & Backman (A.) Studier ofver thymusinvolutionen; thymuskortelns 6ldensf6r- andringar hos kaninen. [Study of thymus involution; senile changes of thvmus in rabbits.] Upsala Liikaref. Forh., 1907-8, n. L, xiii, 333-354, 2 pl. Also, transl.: Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1908-9, Ixxiii, 699-725,1 pl—Sultan (G.) Beitrag zur Involution der Thymusdruse. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.],Berl.,1896,cxliv,548-562,lpl.—Tlxier (L.)& Feldzer (Mile.) La regression pathologique du thvmus dans le jeune age. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1910, lxviii, 279-281. Thymus gland (3Ir>rphology of). Ainie (P.) Note sur le thymus chez les cheloniens. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1912, lxxii, 889. -----. L'evolution periodiquedu thymus des cheloniens. Ibid., Ixxiii, 115.—Antlpa (G.) Ueber die Beziehungen der Thymus zu den sog. Kiemenspaltenorganen bei Sela- . chiern. Anat. Anz., Jena,.1892, vii, 690-692.—Bailm (H.) Die Lymphgefasse der Thymus des Kalbes. Ztschr. f. Tiermed., Jena, 1912, xvi, 13-16, 1 pl.—Beard (J.) A thymus-element of the spiracle in Raja. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1900, xviii, 359-363.—Dustln (A.-P.) Contribution a I'etude du thymus des reptiles. Cellules epitheloi'des, cellules myoiides et corps de Hassal. Arch, de zool. ex- per. et gen. [etc.], Par., 1909, 5. s., ii, 43-227, 3 pl. -----. Le thymus de l'axolotl. Arch, de biol., Liege & Par., 1911-12, xxvi, 557-616, 2 pl. -----. Les variations saison- nieres du thymus de la grenouille. Ann. et bull. Soc roy. d. sc. med. et nat. de Brux., 1912, lxx, 31-37.—Ham- mar (J. A.) Zur Kenntnis der Teleostiefthymus. Arch. f. mikr.- Anat., Bonn, 1908-9, Ixxiii, 1-68, 3 pl. -----. Funfzig Jahre Thymusforschung. Kritische Uebersieht ' der normalen Morphologie. Ergebn: d. Anat. u. Entwck- lngsgesch. 1909, Wiesb., 1910, xix, 1-274. -----. Zurgrobe- ' ren • Morphologie und Morphogehie der Menschenthy- mus. Anat. Hefte, Wiesb., 1911, xliii, 201-238, 6 pl. -----. Zur Kenntnis der Elasmobranchier- Thymus. Zool. Jahrb., Jena, 1911, xxxii, 135-180, 3 pl.—Lewis (T.) Observations upon the distribution and structure-of hae- molymph glands in Mammalia and Aves, including a preliminary note on thymus. J. Anat. & Physiol., Lond., 1903-4, xxxviii, 312-324..—;—. The avian thymus. Proc. Physiol. Soc, Lond., 1904-5, p. xl,—Maziarski (S.) Polozenie grasicy i wystej>owanie grudek limfatycznyeh wgruczble podszczekpwym ti Swinki morskiej. [Ueber die Lage der Thymusdruse und fiber das Vorkommen von Lymphfollikeln inderSdbmaxillardriise beim Meer- schweinchen.] Bull, internat. Acad. d. sc. de Cracovie, 1900. 113-117.—Pepere (A.) Sur un systeme parathy- reoidien accessoire (thymique) constant chez quelqhes Thymus gland (Morphology of). mammiferes. Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1908, xlix, 336- 342.—Stannius. Ueber eine der Thymus entsprechende Druse bei Knoehenfischen. Arch. f. Anat., Phvsiol. u. wissensch. Med., Berl., 1850, 501-507,1 pl.—Symington (J.) The thymus gland in the Marsupialia. J. Anat. A Physiol., Lond., 1897-8, xxxii, 278-291. -----. A note on the thymus gland in the koala (Phascolarctus cinereus). Ibid , 1899-1900, xxxiv, 226, 2 pl.—Ver Eecke (A.) Structure et modifications fonctionnelles du thymus de la grenouille. [Rap. de Van Bambeke, 27.1 Bull. Acad. roy. de med. de Belg., Brux., 1899, 4. s , xiii, 67-86, 4 pl — Versarl (R.) Le arterie timiche nell' uomo ed in altri mammiferi; loro rapporti, con le arterie tiroidee. Bull. d. Soe. Lancisiana d. osp.di Roma, 1897, xvii, fasc. 1, 316. -----. Le arterie timiche nell' uomo ed in altri mammi- feri; loro rapporti colle arterie tiroidee. Ibid., fasc. 2, 64-82. Thymus gland (Physiological functions See, also, Thymus gland (Excision of, effects of); Thymus gland (Invohdion of). Aubert (A.) *La physiologie normale et pathologique du thymus. 8°. Paris, 1910. Hansen ([M.] O.) * Ueber die Thymusdruse und ihre Beziehungen zur Entwicklung der Kinder. 8°. Kiel, 1894. Huiskamp (W.) *De eiwitstoffen der glan- dula thymus. 8°. Utrecht, 1900. Also, in: Onderzoek. ged. in h. physiol. Lab. d. Utrecht. Hooeesch., 1901, 5. R., iii, 111-185. Also, transl. in: Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1901, xxxii, 145-196. Soli (W.) Influenza del timo sullo sviluppo scheletrico. 8°. Biella, 1909. Abderhalden (E.) & Bona (P,) Die Abbaupro- dukte des Thymushistons. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1904, xii, 278-283.—Abelous (J.-E.) & Bll- lard. Recherches sur les fonctions du thymus chez la grenouille. Arch, de physiol. norm, etpath., Par., 1896, 5. s., viii, 898-907.----------. Sur les fonctions du thy- mus; effets de l'ablation du thymus chez la grenouille. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1896,10. s., iii, 808-810.— Barbarossa (A.) Note istologiche sull' azione dei corpuscoli di Hassall nel timo e funzione dello stesso. Pediatria, Napoli, 1911, 2. s., xix, 457-467.—Basch (K.) Ueber die Beziehung der Thymus zum Nervensystem. Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1908, lxviii, 668-691.—Beard (J.) The true function of the thymus. Lancet, Lond., 1899, i, 144-146. -----. The source of leucocytes and the true function of the thymus. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1900, xviii, 550-573—Boccio (C.) Stato istologico del timo dopo la tiroidectomia, paratiroidectomia e tiroparatiroi- dectomia. Pediatria, Napoli, 1911, 2. s., xix, 680-688.— Bonnet (L.-M.) Les fonctions du thvmus, d'apres la physiologie. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1899, lx'xii, 1321; 1353.— Bracci (C.) Timo e ricambio del calcio. Riv. di clin. pediat., Firenze, 1905, iii, 572-583.—Cadeae (C.) & Gui- nard (L.) Quelques remarques sur le role du thymus chez les sujets atteints d'une alteration du corps thyro'ide ou ethyro'ides. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1894,10. s., i, 508.—Calzolarl (A.) Recherches experimentales sur un rapport probable entre la fonction du thymus et celle des testi'cules. Areh. ital. de biol., Turin, 1898-9, xxx, 71-77.—Camla (M ) Ricerche sulla funzione del timo nelle rane. Riv. di patol. nerv., Firenze, 1900, v, 97-100.—Fleroff (A.) Ueber einen histoniihnlichen Korper aus Thymus. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1899, xxviii, 307-312.—Gamgee (A,) & Jones.(W.) On the optical activity of the nucleic acid of the thymus gland. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1903, lxxii, 100-103.— Also: Chem. News, Lond., 1903, lxxxvii, 303.—Gouin (A.) & Audouard (P,) Fonction du thymus chez les bovides. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1906, lx, 342- 344.—Grimani (E.) Sugli effetti del trapianto del timo e sulle correlazioni funzionali fra testicolo e timo. Arch. di anat. pat., Palermo, 1905, i, 351-389, 1 pl.—Hammar (J. A.) Ist die Thymusdruse beim Frosch ein lebens- wiehtiges Organ? Einige experimentelle Untersuchun- gen. Arch: f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1905, ex, 337-350. -----. Der gegenwiirtige Stand der Morphologie und Physiologie der Thvmusdriise. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1909. lix, 2746; 2795; 2910.—Hart (C.) & Nordmann (O.) Experimentelle Studien fiber die Bedeutung der Thvmus fiir den tierischen Organismus. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1910, xlvi, 814-S17.—Henderson (J.) On the relationship of the thymus to the sexual organs. I. The influence Of castration on the thvmus. J. Physiol., Lond., 1904, xxxi, 222-229.—Hirsch (R.) Thymus und Hypophyse. Handb. d. Biochem. [etc.], Jena. 1910, iii, pt. 1, 332-343.—Hornowskl (J.) Ueber das Verhaltnis des Thymus zum chromafflnen System, iiberdie Elemente der innern Sekretion des Thymus und iiber das Verhalt- nis des Thymus und des chromaffinen Systems zum Sympa- THYMUS. 212 THYMUS. Thymus gland (Physiological functions of). thikus. Virchow's Arch, f. path. Anat. [etc.], 1912, ccviii, 411-420.—llulskamp (W.) Beitrage zur Kenntnis des Thvmusnucleohistons. Ztschr. f, physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1903, xxxix, 55-72— Jeandelize (P.), Lucicn (M.)& Parisot (J.) Modifications du poids du thymus apres la thvroidectomie chez le lapin. Compt. rend. Soc. debiol., Par., 1909, lxvi, 942.— Jones (W.) Ueber das Enzym der Thvinusdruse. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1904, xii", 101-108. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Proc Am. Phy- siol. Soc. Bost., 1903-4, p. xxiv.—Jones (W.) & Aus- trian (C. R.) On thvmus nucleic acid. J. Biol. Chem., N. Y., 1907-8, iii, 1-10.—K.lose(H.)& Vogt(H.) Klinik und Biologie der Thymusdruse, mit besonderer Beriick- sichtigung ihrer Beziehungen zu Knochen- und Nerven- system. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing.,1910,lxix, l-200,4pl.— Kut seller (F.) Dasproteolytische Enzym der Thymus. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1901, xxxiv, 114-118.— Lampe (A. E.) Die biologische Bedeutung der Thy- musdriise auf Grand neuererExperimentalstudien. Med. Klin., Berl., 1912, viii, 1117-1120. Also [Abstr.]: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1912, lix, 1833.—de Lange (Cornelia) A Duker (P. G. J.) De invloed van de thymus op de ontwikkeling van het kind. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Ge- neesk., Amst., 1911, ii, 226-238. — Levene (P. A.) & Jacobs (W. A.) On the structure of thymus nucleic acid. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1912-13, xii, 411-420. ----- -----. Guaninehexoside obtained on hydrolysis of thy- mus nucleic acid. Ibid., 377-379.—Low (J.) Zur Frage der Blutbildung in der menschlichen Thymus. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xxiv, 418.—laicien. Sur les re- lations entre le thymus et les formations lymphatiques de l'organisme; a propos d'un cas de psorenterie. Rev. m6d. de Test, Nancy, 1909, xii, 765.— Lueien (MA A: Parisot (J.) La secretion interne du thymus; role des corpus- cules de Hassal. Compt.rend.Soc.de biol., Par., 1909, lxvii, 377-379.-----------. Contribution a 1'etude des fonctions du thymus, son influence sur la croissance, le developpement du squelette et revolution des organes. Arch, de med. exper. et d'anat.path., Par., 1910, xxii, 98- 137.----------. Le r61e du thymus dans certains gtats pathologiques d'apres les donnees anatomo-eliniques et physiologiques reeentes. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1910, lxxxiii, 647-650.—MacLenuaii (A.) An experimental investi- gation into the function of the thvmus gland. Glasgow M. J., 1908, lxx, 97-108—Magnahlml (R.) Ricerche sperimentali sul timo. Clin, ostet., Roma, 1906, viii, 289; 346. — Malengreau (F.) Deux nucleoalbumines et deux histones dans le thvmus. Cellule, Lierre & Par., 1900, xvii, 337-349. -----. Sur les nucleines du thymus. Ibid., 1901-2, xix, 283-309.—Marie (P.) Sur la revivi- seence du thymus dans certaines affections presentant des alterations du corps thyro'ide ou de quelqu'autre glande vasculaire sanguine. Bull, et mem. Soc m6d. d. h6p. de Par., 1893, 3. s., x, 136-138—Mensl (E.) Sull' origine e funzione dei corpuscoli di Hassal. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1903, 4. s., ix, 146-153. Also: Pediatria, Napoli, 1903, 2. s., i, 65-71.—von Mettenhelmer (H.) Zum Verhalten der Thymusdriise in Gesundheit uud Krankheit. Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Leipz., 1897, n. F., xlvi, 55-54— No id in a n n (O.) Experimentelle Studien fiber die Thymusdruse, nehst Bemerkungen zu der Meltzer- schen intratrachealen Insufflation. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1910, xcii, 946-973.—Ott (I.) & Scott (J. C.) The galactagogue action of the thvmus and corpus luteum. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med.. N. Y., 1910-11. viii, 49. -----------. Note on the galactagogue action of the thymus, corpus luteum, and the pineal body. Month. "Cycl. & M. Bull., Phila., 1911, iv, 99.— Paton (D. NA The relationship of the thymus to the sexual organs. J. Physiol., Lond., 1905, xxxii, 28. -----. The thymus and sexual organs. Their relationship to the growth of the animal. Ibid., 1911, xlii, 267-282.—Paton (D. N.) & Goodall (A.) Contribution to the phvsiologv of the thymus. Ibid., 1904, xxxi, 49-64. — Pekelharlng. Over de eiwitstoffen van de glandula thvmus. K. Akad. v. Wetensch. te Amst. Versl., 1900-1901, ix, 368-372. Also, transl.: K. Akad. v. Wetensch. te Amst. Proc. sect, sc, 1900-1901, iii, 383-386.—Piiiache (R.) A Worms (I.) Du thymus considere comme glande a secretion interne. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1912, ciiv, 234-236.— Prenant (A.) Notes cytologiques. I. Cristalloi'des dans la glandule thymique du cameleon. Arch, d'anat. micr., Par., 1897, i, 84-106, 2 pl— Rhodan (N.J.) Ueber Proteolyse in der Thymus des Kalbes. Ztschr. f. phv- siol. Chem., Strassb., 1911, lxxv. 197-206. —Roncoiil (T. L.) Comportamento del timo dell' uomo nelle varie eta della vita e in svariate condizioni morbose. Path. Riv. quindicin., Genova, 1908-9, i, 565-572.— SavelyefF (NA & Langerhans (R.) K. fiziologii glandula- thymus. Meditsina, St. Petersb., 1893, v, 495- 498—Scalone (I.) Sull' anatomia e fisiologia del timo; studio entico-sperimentale. Tommasi, Napoli, 1908, iii, 704,77— Seha fie r (G.) Sur la phvsiologie du thymus. Progres med., Par., 1908, 3. s., xxiv, 469.—Seller (F ) Untersuchungen fiber den Einfluss der Thymusdruse auf 'hymus gland (Physiological functions of)- die Blutbildung resp. das Blutbild. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1911-12, xxiv, 862-869.—Sinnhu- ber (FA Ueber die Beziehungen der Thymus zum Kalk- stoffwechsel. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1904, liv, 38-56.— Soil (U.) Contributo alia fun/.ione del timo nel polio ed in alcuni mammiferi. Path. Riv. quindicin., Ge- nova, 1908-9, i, 149-155. Also, transl.: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1909-10. Iii. 353-370. -----. Influenza del timo sullo sviluppo scheletrieo. Arch, di ortop., Milano, 1910, xxvii, 1-24. -----. Influenza del timo sul ricambio del calcio nei polli adulti. Path. Riv. quindicin., Ge- nova, 1910-11, iii, 118-122.—Sommer (A.) & Florcken (H.) Ueber die Funktion der Thymus. Sitzungsb. d. phys.-med. Gesellsch. zu Wiirzb., 190*. 45-48.—Squa- drlni (G.) II comportamento del timo nelle varie eta della vita post-fetale nei bovini. Path. Riv. quindicin., Genova, 1S09-10, ii, 10-20.—Steudel (.11.; Zur Kenntnis der Thymusnucleinsauren. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1904-5, xliii, 402-405. -----. Ueber den Bau der Nucleinsiiure aus der Thymusdruse. Ibid., 1912, lxxvii, 497-507.—Svehla. Sur le role du thymus. Cong. internat. de med. C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de med. del'enf., 641-648.—Tarn Hi (L.) & I^o Monac (D.) Ricerche sperimentali sul timo. Bull. d. r. Acad. med. di Roma, 1897-8, xxiii, 311-404.—Valtorta (FA Timo ed ovaia. Nota preventiva. Ann. di ostet., Milano, 1907, ii, 425. -----. Timo ed ovaia. Ibid., 1909, 63-119.—Ventra (D.) & Angioleila (G.) Sull' azione fisiologica del timo e della tiroidina. Manicomio mod., Nocera, 1899, xv, 161- 204,1 pl.—Ver Eeeke (A.) Structure et modifications fonctionnelles du thymus de la grenouille. [Rap. de VanBambeke, 27.] Bull. Acad. roy. de med. de Belg., Brux., 1899, 4. s., xiii, 67-86.-----. Contribution a l'ana- tomo-physiologiedu thymus chez lagrenouille. [Rap. de O. Vanderstricht.] Bull. Soe. de med. de Gand, 1899, lxvi, 140-142. Also: Ann. Soc. de med. de Gand, 1899, lxxviii, 103-114.—Walliscli (M.) Zur Bedeutung der Hassall'schen Korperchen. Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1903-4, lxiii, 274-282.—Weill (E.) Fonctions du thvmus. Lyon med., 1910, xlii, 848-858.—Weymeersch" (A.) Contribution a I'etude des fonctions du thymus. (Note preliminaire.) Bull. Soc. d. sc. med. et hat. de Brux., 1908, lxvi, 30-34. Thymus gland (Surgery of). See, edso, Thymus gland (Excision of); Thymus gland (Hypertrophy of, Treatment of, Operative). Klose (H.) Chirurgie der Thvinusdruse. 8°. Stuttgart, 1912. Dutoit(A.) Kasuistik undIndikationen der Thymus- resektion. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1912, xxxviii, 2224-2226.—Kunimer. Chirurgie du thymus. Rev. med. de la Suisse rom., Geneve, 1912, xxxii, 410.—Mayo (C. HA Surgery of the thymus gland. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1912. lvi, 77-82, 4 pl. Also: Journal- Lancet, Minneap., 1912, xxxii, 355.—Veau (V.) & Olivier (E.) Chirurgie du thymus. J. mecl. franc., Par., 1911, vi, 122-128. Thymus gland (Transplantation of). Mitnitskaia (Eva). * Essais de transplanta- tion du thymus. 8°. Geneve, 1905. Dudgeon (L. SA A Russell (A. E.) Experiments on the grafting of the thvmus gland in animals. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1904-5, lvi, 238-250.—Dustin (A.-P.) La po- tentiality des elements thymiques 6tudi6e par la methode desgreffes. (Notepreliminaire.) Bull. Soc. d. sc.med. et nat. de Brux., 1911, lxix, 76-82— Scalone (I.) Del tra- pianto del timo. Tommasi, Napoli, 1909, iv, 512; 533; 557. -----. Ulteriori ricerche sul trapianto del timo. (Tra- pianto negli organi interni.) Gazz. internaz. di med., Napoli, 1910, xiii, 86; 101. Thymus gland (Tuberculosis of). Pust (\V. F.) *Die Tuberculose des Thymus. 8°. Kiel, 1903. t'arpenter (G.) A case of tuberculous abscess of the thvmus with thrombosis of the left innominate vein. Pediatrics, N. Y. & Lond., 1896, ii, 60-62.—Tlxier (L.) & Feldzer (MUe.) Un cas de tuberculose du thymus chez un nourrisson. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1909, xi, 270- 275. Also: Ann. de med. et chir. inf.. Par., 1909, xiii, 777- 781.-----------. La tuberculose du thymus. Rev. de la tuberculose, Par., 1909, 2. s., vi, 409-430. Thymus gland (Tumors of). Lange (F. [R.]) *Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Thymustumoren. 8°. Leipzig, 1904. Caso (Un) di mixoma del timo. Gazz. d. osp., Mi- lano. 1897, xviii, 401.—€hiarl (H.) Ueber Cystenbil- dung in der menschlichen Thymus, zugleich ein Beitrag THYMUS. 213 THYRESOL. Thymus gland (Tumors of). zur Lehre von den Dubois'schen Abscessen. Ztschr. f. Heilk., Berl., 1894, xv, 403-425, 2 pl.—Meggendori'er (F.) Ein Fall von Thymustumor mit vorausgegangenen myasthenieahulichen Erscheinungen. Ann. d. stadt. allg. Krankenh. zu Miinehen, 1908, xiii, 116-123.—Miot (C.) Tumeur du thymus guerie par la thymidine. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1901, i, 103-105.—Plgache (R.) & Beclere (H.) Kystes cilies du thymus. Bull. etmem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1911. lxxxvi, 13-32.—Tarozzl (G.) Ricerche istologiche sul timo nella vita intra ed extra-uterina, quale contributo alio studio della genesi dei tumori primitivi della regione timica. Atti d. r. Ac- cad. d. fisiocrit. in Siena, 1906, 4. s., xviii, 219-258, 4 pl. Thymus gland (Tumors of Cancerous and malignant). Ambrosini (G.) *De Pepitheliome du thv- mus. 4°. Paris, 1894. Eisenstadt (J.) * Ueber Krebs der Thymus, ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Mediastinaltu- moren. 8°. Greifswald, 1902. Erttmann (0. A.) * Ueber ein grosszelliges Sarkom der Thymus. 8°. Greifswald, 1898. Gabcke (C. E.) * Ueber einen Fall von pri- mareui Spindelzellensarkom der Thvmus. 8°. Kiel, 1896. Schneider (E.) * Ein Fall von Fibrosarkom der Thymus. 8°. Greifswald, 1S92. Stockert (\V.) *Ein Fall von Lymphosar- kom der Thymus bei einem 36jiihrigen Manne. 8°. Heidelberg, 1905. Torri (O.) Sopra un caso di miosarcoma del timo. Osservazione anatomo - patologica. 8°. Pisa, 1903. Wixtermann (H.) * Beitrag zur Diagnostik derbosartigenThymusgeschwulste. 8°. Greifs- wald, 1896. Zniniewicz (Janina). * Vier Fiille von Lym- phosarcoma thymicum. 8°. Greifswald, 1911. Acliard (C.) & Paisseau (G.) Epithelioma thy- mique de la region thvro'fdienne. Arch, de m&l. exper. et d'anat. path., Par., 1908, xx, 78-87.—Acker (G. N.) Sarcoma of the thymus and bronchial glands. Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc, N. Y., 1896, viii, 214.—Funke (J.) Sarcoma arising from the thymus gland in an adult; an associated endothoracicfgoitre. Proc. Path. Soc. Phila, 1908, n. s., xi, 56-60. Also: N. York M. J. [etc.J 1911, xciv, 636.— Grawitz. Lymphosarcoma thymicum, ins Myokard eingedrungen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1911, xxxvii, 2357.—Hauser (G.) Contribution a I'etude des cancers d'origine thvmique. Bull, etmem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1901, lxxvi, 169-177.—Marshall (H. HA A case of lympho-sarcoma occurring in the remains or the thy- mus gland. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1896, xv, 235.— Oestreich. Fall von Sarkom einer Thymus persistens. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1893, xix, 820. Also: Verhandl. d. Ver. f. innere Med. zu Berl., 1892-3, xii, 255.—Paviot (J.) & Gerest. Un cas d'epithelioma f»rimitif du thymus; valeur des corps concentriques pour ediagnostichistologique. Arch.dem^d. exper.etd'anat. path., Par., 1896, viii, 606-621—Pollosson( A.) &Plery. Un cas d'epithelioma primitif du thymus; tumeur poly- kystique congenitale du cou chez un enfant; epithelioma inflltre. Province mecl., Lyon, 1901, xv, 1-4.—Kuba- schow (S.) Eine bdsartige Thymusgeschwulst. Vir- chow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1911, ccvi, 141- 157.—Sheen (W.), Griffiths (C. A.) & Seholberg (H. A.) Two casesof sarcoma of the thymus. Lancet, Lond., 1911, ii, 1253-1255.—Simmonds (M.) Ueber ma- ligne Thymusgeschwulste. Ztschr. f. Krebsforsch., Berl., 1912, xii, 280-285, 1 pl.—Thlrololx (J.) & Debre (R.) A propos d'un epithelioma du mediaslin ant^rieur; essai de classification des tumeurs cancereuses de la loge thy- mique. Arch, de m&l. exper. et d'anat. path., Par., 1907, xix, 668-696. Thymus gland in children. See, also, Thymus gland (Hypertrophy of, Sud- den death in). Davidoff (A. [D.] ) *Sravnitelnoye izslie- dovaniye zobnol zhelyozi u myortvorozhden- nikh dletel i u umershikh spustya korotkoye vremya po rozhdenii. [Comparative examina- tion of the thymus gland in stillborn children and those that died within a brief period after birth.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1894. Thymus gland in children. *Farret (M.) Contribution a, lYtude du thymus chez l'enfant. 4°. Paris, 1896. Bovalrd (D.),jr., & Nlcoll (M.), jr. The weights of the viscera in infancy and childhood, with special reference to the weight of the thymus gland. Arch. Pediat, N. Y., 1906, xxiii, 641-668, 1 tab.—Cruchet (R.) Considerations sur l'anatomie macroscopique du thymus chez l'enfant. Rev. mens. d. mal. de l'enf., Par., 1901, xix, 413-420.—Fortescue-Brickdale (J. M.) Obser, vations on the thvmus gland in children. Lancet- Lond., 1905, ii, 1029-1031. —Katz (A.) Quelques re- cherches sur le thymus chez l'enfant (statistique de 61 cas). Recherches clin. et therap. sur l'epileps. [etc.] 1899, Par., 1900, xx, 147-163. Also: Progres med., Par., 1900, 3. s., xi, 385-389.— Magnl (S.) Sul reperto batterio- logico del timo di alcuni bambini, morti di varie malat- tie infettive. Atti d. Cong, pediat. ital. 1901, Firenze, 1902, iv, 382-385. Thymus vulgaris. Fischer ( E.) Ueber neuere Thymianpraparate. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1903, xxix, 450. Thyone briareu*. Pearse (A. S.) Observations on the behavior of the holothurian, Thvone briareus (Leseur). Biol. Bull., Woods Holl, Mass., 1908, xv, 259-288. Thyratoxine. Fassin (L.) Sur le pouvoir alexigene de la thyro'ide delipoidee (thyratoxine). Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1910, lxix, 498.—Marbe (S.) Les opsonines et la phagocytose dans les etats thyroidiens; l'influence de la thyratoxine sur le pouvoir opsonique normal des ani- maux. Ibid., 355-367. Thyreoglobulin. Nlirenberg (A.) Zur Kenntnis des Jodthyreoglo- bulins. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1909, xvi, 87-110.— Oswald (A.) Zur Kenntniss des Thyreoglobulins. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1901, xxxii, 121-144. -----. Weiteres fiber das Thyreoglobulin. Beitr, z. chem. Phys. u. Path., Brnschwg., 1902, ii, 545-556.— Wiener (H.) Ueber den Thyreoglobulingehalt der Schilddriise nach experimentellen Eingriffen. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1909, Ixi, 297-322. Thyreoglossal duct. See Thyroglossal duct. Thyreoitlin. See Thyroidin. Thyreonosis. See Thyroid gland (Disorders of, Functional). Thyreoptosis. See Thyroid gland (Displacement of). Thyreotoxin. Kuhn (E.) Die grosse Verbreitung der Thyreo-Toxi- kosen (Basedow I und II) bei den Gestellungspflichti- gen und ihre Besserung durch den Militardienst. Ver- handl. d. deutsch. Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1912, xxix, 541-544.—Mankovski (A. F.) K voprosuo klle- tochnlkh yadakh (tsitotoksinakh); tireotoksini. [Con- tribution a I'etude des poisons cellulaires (cytotoxines); de la thyrebtoxine. Extr., 623.] Russk. arch, patol., klin. med. i bakteriol,, S.-Peterb., 1902,xiv,571-591,lpl.— Werncke (T.) Wirkung von Thyreotoxin aufsAuge. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1907, xiv, Beil.-Hft., 51-67. Also, transl.: Vestnik oftalmol., Mosk., 1908, xxv, 710-730. Thyresol. Bornemann. Ueber ein neues Santalolpraparat, das Thyresol. Med. Klin., Berl., 1908, iv, 1837.—Elsert (H.) Ueber Thyresol, ein neues Santalolpraparat. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1909, xxiii, 427.—Olrschberg (A.) Ueber Thyresol, ein neues internes Antigonorrhoi- cum. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1909, xlvi, 543.—Knauth (F.) Thyresol, ein neues Sandelolpraparat. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl.,1909, xxxv, 253.—Linke. Thyresol. Therap., Neuheiten, Leipz., 1909,iv, 117-121 .— Neuberg (O.) Thyresol, ein neues internes Antigo- norrhoicum. Dermat. Centralbl., Leipz., 1909, xii, 130- 132.—Kichter (P.) Ueber Thyresol, ein neues Sandel- olpriiparat. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xiv, 2023.—.Ro- senthal (P.) Ueber ein neues Santalolpraparat das Thy- resol. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1908, lxxvii, 757-759.— Schneider (E.) UeberThyresol, ein neues Gonorrhoe- priiparat (in Tablettenform). Ibid., 1909, lxxviii, 589.— Stern (L.) Thyresol, ein neues internes Antigonorrhoi- kum. Heilkunde, Berl., 1909, 327. THYRIOS. 214 THYROIDECTOMY. Tliyri«»n (G[ustave-Leon]). Precis d'hygiene el<§mentaire a l'usage des ecoles normales pri- maires. 117 pp., 1 1. 8°. Huy, J. Charpentier & C. Foncoux, [1906]. Thyroanti toxins. See Thyroid gland (Antitoxic potencies of). Thyro-arytenoid muscle. §e\vell (R* B. S.) The small or superficial thyroary- tenoideus muscle. J. Anat. & Physiol., Lond., 1904-5, xxxix, 301-307. Thyroglandin. MaeLennan (W.) On the treatment of obesity and mvxcedema bv a new preparation of thyroid (thyroglan- din). Brit. M. J., Lond., 1898, ii, 79. Thyroglossal duct (Persistent or pat- ent). Andereya ( M.) Offen gebliebener Ductus thyreo- glossus. Klin.-therap. Wchnschr.. Berl.,1910, xvii, 551.— Andrew (J. G.) Persistent thvroglossal duct. Glas- gow M. J., 1907, lxvii, 313-317.—Comroe (J. H.) Patent thyrolingual duct and its affections; report of cases; use of X-rays. Penn. M. J., Athens, 1909-10, xiii, 430-436 — Durham (H. E.) On persistence of the thyroglossal duct, with remarks on median cervical cysts and fistulae of congenital origin. (Communicated by Arthur E. Dur- ham.) Proc. Roy. M. & Chir. Soc, Lond., 1893-4, 82-86.— Grant (J. D.) Case of thvro-lingual sinus in a boy aged 14. Proc. Rov. Soc. Med., Lond., 1908-9, ii, Laryngol. Sect., 6.—Maitland (H. L.) Persistent thyro-lingual duct. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1905, xxix, 369. Also: J. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., N. Y., 1906, xxviii, 154-156 — Mattl (H.) Ueber einen Fall von Fistula collimediana, hervorgegangen aus einem in ganzer Lange offen ge- bliebenen Ductusthyreoglossus. Arch.f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1911, xcv, 112-130. 2 pl.—Turner (G. G.) A patent thy- roglossal duct. Northumberland & Durham M. J., New- castle-upon-Tyne, 1910, xviii, 42. Thyroglossal duct (Diseases and tu- mors of). Garcin (J.) * Contribution a I'etude des kystes du canal thyro-lingual. 8°. Lyon, 1902. Martin (P.-E.-L.) *Des kystes du canal thyro-lingual; contribution a I'etude des affec- tions cong^nitales de la langue et du cou. 4°. Paris, 1895. Serbourge (J.-H.) Contribution a la pa- thologie du tractus thyreoglosse. 8°. Paris, 1910. Berard (L.) & Clialier (A.) Les tumeurs, solides et kystiques, du tractus thyreb-glosse. Arch. g6n. de med., Par., 1908, 1-24. — Cernezzl (A.) Le cisti tireo- glosse. Morgagni, Milano, 1906, xlviii, 401-427. —Davis (H. J.) Thyro-lingual cyst removed from a girl aged 7; operation followed by symptoms of acute thyroidism. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1910-11, iv, Laryngol. Sect., 27.—Downie (J. W.) A thyro-glossal cvst. Tr. Glasg. Path. A Clin. Soc, 1904-5, x, 220. Also: Glasgow M. J., 1905, lxiv. 376.—Dunn (J. H.) Cyst of the thyrolingual duct. Northwest. Lancet, Minneap., 1904, xxiv, 87.— Echols (C. M.) The surgical importance of certain vestigcsil structures, with report of case of persistent duc- tus thyreoglossus. Wisconsin M. J., Milwankee, 1911-12, x, 611-64*.—Krdheim is.) Ueber Cysten und Fisteln des Ductus thyreoglossus. Arch.f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1908, lxxxv, 212-255,1 pl. — Hanszel (F.) Angeborene cvs-. tische Erweiterung des Ductus thyreoglossus. Monat- schr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Berl.u. Wien, 1910, xliv, 381-386.— Hultiicii (J. F.) Cystof the thvreoglossal duct. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1908, vii, 357.— lngianni (G.) Cisti del condotto tiro-glosso operata con successo. Boll. d. r. Accad. med. di Genova, 1896, xi, 243-246. Also: Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1896, xvii, 1412-1416.—Kyle (J. J.) Cvst of the thyro-glossus duct; report of a case. Laryngo- scope, St. Louis, 1905, xv, 880-882. —Masson (P\) A propos dun kyste du canal thyreo-glosse. Bull, de PAssoc, franc, p. I'etude du cancer, Par., 1912, v, 36-39.— Morestin (H.) Kyste sus-hyoidien d'origine congeni- tal developpeaux depens du tractus thyreo-glosse. Bull. et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1909, n. s., xxxv, 4X1-483.— Persistent thyroid duct. [2 cases.] North Lond. or Univ. Coll. Hosp. Rep. 1889, Lond., 1891, 22: 1890, Lond., 1892, 23.—Porter (F. J. W.) Report of a case of thyro- glossal cyst. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond,, 1906, vi, 694—Seelig (M. G.) Cervical fistula following suppu- ration m a patent thyroglossal duct. Surg., Gynec & Obst., Chicago, 1907, iv, 623-625. — Tatchell (W. A ) A recurrent thyro-glossal dermoid. China M. J., Shanghai, 1907, xxi, 312-314.-Taylor (A. S.) Cyst of thyroglossal Thyroglossal duct (Diseases and tu- mors of). duct. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1910, li, 268.—Toretta (A.) Kystes et fistules du conduit thyreoglosse, deux observa- tions personnellesde traitement chirurgical avec examen hi.stologique. Arch, internat. de larvngol. [etc.], Pai., 1912, xxxiii, 432-439.—Woolscy (G. I ' Thyroglossal cyst. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1909, 1, 481. Thyrohyoid membrane ( Wounds of). Patel (M.) Sur le traitement des sections trauma- tiquesde la membrane thyro-hvoi'dienne. J. med. franc., Par., 1908, ii, 500-603. Also: Prov. med., Par., 1908, xix, 263. Thyrohyoid space (Tumors of). Broeckaert (J.) Les kystes mucoi'des de l'espace thvro-hvoiidien. Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1909, xxxv, 159-172.—Kocher (H. L.) Kvste thyro-hyo'idien paramedian a structure complexe (pha- ryngo-salivaire et chondro-thyro'fdienne). Compt. rend. Soc. d'obst., de gynec et de paediat. de Par., 1911, xiii, 136-141. Thyroid cartilage. Halbertsma (H. J.) De lamina mediana cartilagi- nis thvreoideie. Versl. . .. d. k. Akad. v. Wetensch. Aid. Natuurk , Amst., 1861, xi, 350-359, 1 pl. Thyroid cartilage (Diseases and tumors of)- Aboulker (A.) Un cas de perichondrite suppuree du cartilage thyro'ide consecutive a une poussee d'ecthvma chez un nourrisson de trois mois et demi. Bull. Soc. d'obst. et de gynec de Par., 1912, i, 376.— Ardenne (F.) Sur un cas de perichondrite suppuree primitive et ex- terne du cartilage thyrofde. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.J, Par., 1901, i, 619-626.—Barwell (H.) Perichon- dritis of thyroid cartilage of unknown origin. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med. .Lond. ,1909-10, iii, Laryngol. Sect., 109. —Ktlline. Ein Aktinomykom auf dem Schildknorpel. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1908, lv, 252-254. —Severeano. En- chondrome enorme du cartilage thyro'ide. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Bucarest, 1901-2, iv, 167. Thyroid cartilage (Wounds and inju- ries of). Mathews (A. C.) A case of fracture of the thyroid cartilage with prompt recovery. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, lv, 943.—Boyle (Elsie M.) Note on a case of frac- ture of the thyroid cartilage. Lancet, Lond., 1911, ii, 156 — Sippel (O.) Ein Fall von Infraktion des Schildknor- pels. Areh. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1912, xxvi, 79- 88.—Torrini (U. L.) Riparazione delle estese perdite di sostanza della cartilagine tiroide. Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1911, xxii, 371-384. Thyroidectomy. See, also, Pneumonia (Causes, etc., of); Thy- roidectomy (Experimental, Effects of); Thy- roidectomy (Partial); Thyro-parathyroidec- tomy; Thyroid gland (Hypertrophy of); Thy- roid gland (Inflammation, etc., of); Thyroid gland ( Tumors of); Thyroid gland (Tumors of, Malignant). Goris. Remarques sur deux cas de thyroi- dectomie. 8°. Bruxelles, 1896. Armstrong ( G. E. ) Thyroidectomy under local anaesthesia. Montreal M. J., 1903, xxxii, 389.—Beale (P. T.B.) Thyroidectomy. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1906, n. s., lxxxi, 201.—Bernard (G.) Une thyro'idec- tomie. J. de med. de Par., 1912, 2. s., xxiv, 435.—Berry. Resection-excision of thyroid gland. Med. Press & Circ., Lond., 1910, n. s., lxxxix, 307.—Bingham (G. A.) & Fotherlnghara (J. T. ) Thyroidectomy. Canad. Pract. & Rev., Toronto, 1901, xxvi, 699. Also: Dominion M. Month., Toronto, 1901, xvii, 298.— Cern6. Thyro'i- dectomie totale. Normandie med., Rouen, 1906,xxi,272.— Cott (G. F.) Total extirpation of the thyroid gland. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1901, xxxvii, 185. Also, Reprint. -----. Thyroidectomy. Tr. Am. Larvngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc.'[New Bedford, Mass.], 1909, 231-239. Also [Abstr.]: Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1910, xx, 185-187.— Deaver (J. B.) Thyroidectomy. Addr. . . . sect. surg. & anat. 42. meet. Am. M. Ass , Chicago, 1891, 283-295.— Djemll bey. Communication sur trois cas de thyro'i- deetomie par le precede d'enucleation intra-glandulaife. Gaz. med. d'Orient, Constant, 1894, xxxix, 129-131.—Fd- wards (F. S.) Thyroidectomy. Med. Press A (ire., Lond., 1905, n. s., lxxx, 518.—Fasano (M.) Tiroide-, esofago-. laringectomia. Policlin , Roma, 1910, xvii, sez prat., 1610-1615.—Ferguson (A H.) Thyroidectomy Chicago M. Recorder, 1897-8, xiii, 366-36*.— Gillette (W. THYROIDECTOMY. 215 THYROIDECTOMY. Thyroidectomy. J.) Thyroidectomy. Am. M. Compend, Toledo, 1908, xxiv, 1-7.— lioris. Faits concernant huit cas de thyroi- dectomie. Ann. de l'Inst. chir. de Brux., 1907, xiv, 65- 74. Also: Presse med. beige. Brux., 1907, lix, 177-184. -----. L' iiypine comme anesthesique local dans la thyroii- dectomie. J. de chir. et aim. Soc. Beige de chir., Brux., 1908, viii, 134-136. -----. Remarques sur deux cas de thyro'idectomie. Ibid.. 1909, ix, 53. Also: J. med. de Brux., 1909, xiv, 199.— '>tuitary body. Perrier (A.) * Contribution ii I'etude des reactions de l'liypophyse a la suite d'ablations glandulaires. 86. Paris, 1909. Alquier (L.) Sur les modifications de l'hypophyse aprfes l'extirpation de la thyro'ide ou des surrenales chez le chien. J. de physiol. et de path, gen., Par., 1907, ix, 492-499.j— Clinoroni (A.) Sulla ipertrofia dell'ipoflsi cerebrale negli animali stiroidati. Sperimentale. Arch. di biol., Firenze, 1907, Ixi, 109-134,2 pl.—Herring (P. T.) Changes in the pituitary body after removal of the thy- roid. [Abstr.] Brit. M. J., Lond., 1908, ii, 583. Also, Re- print. -----. The effects of thyroidectomy upon the mam- malian pituitary. Quart. J. Exper. Physiol., Lond., 1908, i, 281-285, 2 pl — Lucien (M.) & Parisot (J.) Varia- tions ponderales de l'hypophyse consecutivement a la thyro'idectomie. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1908, lxv,771.—Parlsot(J.) &Harter. Hypertrophiehypo- physaire dans un cas de thyroideetomie incomplete chez l'homme. M6m. Soc. de med. de Nancy, 1907-8,150-152. Also: Rev. med. de Test, Nancy, 1908. xl, 483-485.—VI- guler (G.) Modifications histologiques subies par les parathvroides et l'hypophvse dans la thyro'idectomie. Bull. m6d. de l'Algerie, Alger, 1911, xxii, 50-64. -----. Modifications de l'hypophyse apres thyro'idectomie chez uniezard. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par., 1911, lxx, 222. Thyroidectomy (Partial). See, also, Goitre (Exophthalmic. Treatment of, Operative, Methods of); Goitre (Treatment of, Operatire, Methods of). Alquier (L.) Modifications histologiques du thy- roi.)7. n. s., xxiii, 660-665.—Zoege von Itlan- teuffel iW.) Zur Techiuk der Resektion aus der Schild- drtise. Centralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1898, xxv, 476. Thyroid-extract (Patent specifica- tion*). Kallmann (E.) Thvroid extract and process of mak- ing same. Xo. 626648; June 6, 1899.—Blum (F.) Thy- roid extract. No. 636891; Nov. 14, 1899. Thyroid-extract (Pharmacology of). See, also, Idothyrin; Thyroantitoxins; Thy- roid gland (Therapeutic use of); Thyroidin. Boullenger (F.) *De Taction de la glande thyroide sur la croissance. 4°. Paris, 1896. BraLmx (I. M.) *K voprosu o vliyanii pre- paratov shtshitovidnol zhelyozi na morfologiyu krovi u zhivotnikh i zdorovikh lyudeL [In- fluence of thyroid gland preparations on the morphology of the blood in animals and healthy men.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1899. Burger (K.) *Ueber die Beeinfiussung des Stoffwechsels des gesunden Menschen durch Schilddrusenfiitterung. 8°. Halle a. S., 1895. Georgiyevski (K. N.) *K voprosu o dlel- stvii preparatov shtshitovidnol zhelyozi na zhivotniy organizm. [On the action of prepa- rations of thyroid gland upon the animal or- ganism.]. 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1896. Also [Outline], in: Bolnitseh. gaz. Botkina, St. Petersb., 1895, vi, 463-465. Also [Abstr.], in: Trudi Obsh. russk. vrach. v S.-Peterb., 1895-6, [no. 4.], 30-36. Also, transl. in: Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1897, xxxiii, 153-214. Also, transl. [Outline], in: Centralbl. f. d. med. Wissensch., Berl., 1895, xxxiii, 465-467. Hunt (R.) &Seidel(A.) Studies on thyroid. 1. The relation of iodine to the physiological activity of thyroid preparations. 8°. Washing- ton, 1909. Kotte (R.) *Zur Kenntnis der physiologi- schen und therapeutischen Wirkung der Schild- drusenpriiparate. 8°. Erlangen, 1896. Mediger (F.) * Ueber die Erscheinungen na< h Schilddrusenfutterung. 8°. Greifswald, 1895. Mordagne (J.) Contribution a I'etude de la medication thyroidienne et des modifications de 1'excretion urinaire apres l'ingestion de corps thyroides. 4°. Toulouse, 1895. Turin (M.) * Blutveriinderungen unter dem Einfluss der Schilddriise und Schilddriisen- substanz. [Bern.] 8°. Leipzig, 1910. Andersson (J. A.) & Bergman (P.) Ueber den Einfluss der Schilddriisenfattening auf den Stoffwechsel des gesunden Menschen. Skandin. Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1898, viii, 326-346.—Ballet (G.) & Enrlquez (E.) Des effets de l'hyperthyroidisation experimentale. Cong. d. med. alieniste's et neurol. de France . . . Proc- verb. [etc.] 1895, Par., 1896, ii, 93-115.—Beebe (S. P.) The preparation of thvroid gland foruse. Tr. Am.Therap. Soc, Phila., 1910, xi, 38-40. -----. The preparation of thyroid extract for therapeutic purposes. Am. J. Pharm., Phila., 1911, lxxxiii, 56-67.—Bell (S ) Some results of the administration of thyroid extract on the red and white corpuscles and hemoglobin in casesof anemia asso- ciated with melancholia. Physician & Surg., Detroit & Ann Arbor,1898, xx, 309-315. Also, Reprint.—Bergman (A. P.) Om skoldkortelpraparatens inverkan pa den friskamenniskonsamnesomsiittning. [Effects of prepara- tions of the thvroid gland in the fresh human meta- bolism 1 Hvgiea, Stockholm, 1898, lx, pt. 2, 350-352.— Berkley i,'H. J.) Studies on the lesions induced by the action of certain poisons on the cortical nerve cell. Study THYROID-EXTRACT. 219 THYROID-EXTRACT. Thyroid-extract (Pharmacology of). VII. Poisoning with preparations of the thyroid gland. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1897, viii, 137-140.— Bettmann (S.) Ueber den Einfluss der Schilddrii- senbehandlung auf den Kohlenhydrat-Stoffwechsel. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1897, xxxiv, 518-522.- Itleibtreu (L.) & Wendelstadt (H.) Stoffwechselversueh bei Schilddrusenfiitterung. Deutsche med. Wchnschr.. Leipz. u. Berl., 1895, xxi, 346-319— Bourneville. De Taction de la glande thyro'ide sur la croissance. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1896, 10. s., iii, 55-59.—t'ald- well (G. H.) A note on the effects of intravenous injections of thyroid pressure liquid in dogs and cats. Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1912-13, xxx, 42-46—Cat il Ion. Deriodo-thyro'idine et des preparations a base de corps thyroide. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.]. Soe. de therap. . . ., Par., 1897, ii, 129-140. Also: Nouv. remedes, Par., 1897, xiii, 129-139.—Chassevant (A.) La medication thyroi'dienne, etude pharmacologique. Presse med., Par., 1896 249.— ("leghorn (A.) The action of thyroid extracts on the isolated mammalian heart apex. J. Bost. Soc. M. Sc, 1898-9, iii, 58.— Couche, Contribution & I'etude de Taction des preparations de corps thyroide sur l'organisme humain. Lyon med., 1898, lxxxviii, 639- 545.—Conti (A) & t'urti (O.) Contributo alio studio; effetti fisiologici degli c-tratti tiroidei ed ipofisari sul circolo. Bull. d. sc. med. di Bologna, 1906, 8. s., vi, 629, 2 ch.—von ("yon (E.) & Oswald (A.) Ueber die physiologischen Wirkungen einiger aus der Schilddrtise gewonnener Producte. Arch. f. d. ges. Phvsiol., Bonn, 1900-1901, lxxxiii, 199-206, 1 diag.—David (R.) Ueber den Einfluss der Schilddriisenpraparate auf die Stick- stoffausscheidungim Harne. Ztschr. f. Heilk., Berl., 1896, xvii, 439-447.—De liiica A D'Angerio. Influenza del succo tiroideo sul potere tossico delle urine dei cani stiroi- dati. La vorid. Cong, di med. int., Roma,1896. vii.296-298.— Deinaree (Emma W.) Some uses of thyroid. West, M. Rev., Omaha, 1910,xv,221-226.—Dennig i A.) Ueber das Verhalten des Stoffwechsels bei der Schilddriisen- therapie. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1895, xlii, 389-393. -----. Eine weitere Beobachtung fiber das Verhalten des Stoffwechsels bei der Schilddrusenfiitterung. Ibid., 464— Dieballa (G.) & von Illyes (<}.) Stoffwechsel- untersuchungen an Brightikern unter Schilddriisenein- wirkung. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1897, xxxix, 273-288.—Dinkier (M.) Ueber den Stofl- wechsel bei innerlichem Gebrauehe getrockneter Schild- driisensubstanz. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1896, xliii, 513-516.—Dona th (J.) Zur Wirkung der Schilddruse. Arch.f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl.,1896,cxliv,Suppl.,253-280. Also, transl.: Magy. orv. Arch.,Budapest, 1896, v, 484-504.— Douglas (J. J.) An experiment on the influence of thyroid feeding on the proteid metabolism in man. Proc. Rov.Soc.Edinb.,1892-5, xx,330-334. Also: Rep. Lab. Rov. Coll.Phys.,Edinb.,1897, vi, 181-185. —Drechsel(E.) Die wirksame Substanz der Schilddruse. Centralbl. f. Phy- siol., Leipz. u. Wien, 1896-6, ix, 705.—Edmunds (W.) Effects of thyroid feeding on monkeys. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond.,1*99, lxv, 368.-----. Action of thyroid and antithyroid preparations. Ibid., 1909-10, iii, Path. Sect., 100.-----. Action of pro- and anti-thvroid preparations. Ibid., 1910-11, iv, Path. Sect., 233-236.—Farini (A.) & Vidoni (G.) Azione degli estratti di tiroide delle solu- zioni di tiroidina degli estratti di timo sul sistema cireo- latorio. Sperimentale. Arch, di biol., Firenze, 1908, lxii, 721-748. — Fassin (.Vile. Louise). Influence de Tinoculation d'extraits thyrofdiens sur les proprietes ac- tives du serum. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1907, lxii, 388. -----. Influence de Tingestion de corps thy- ro'ide sur les proprietes alexiques du serum. Ibid., 467. -----. Rdle de Tiode dans Taugmentation des proprietes du s6rum sous l'influence des produits thyroi'diens. Ibid., 1909, lxvi, 457.—Fenyvessy (B.) A pajzsmirigy-keszit- menyek hatasa a verkeringesre 6s legzesre. [The effects of products of the thyroid gland on the blood circulation and respiration.] Orvostud. 6rtek. gyiiit. Magy. orv. Arch., Budapest, 1900, li. f., i, 57-75, 1 pi. Also, transl.: Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1900, xiii, 125-131. —Fordyce A. D.) Changes in the thyroid gland under thyroid eeding. Edinb. M. J., 1912, n. s., ix, 55-62, 2 pl.— Frank el (S.) Ueber die wirksamen Substanzen der Schilddruse. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1896, xliii, 476.—Francois (P.) Sur la vente des produits thyroi'- diens. [Rap.] Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1899, 3. s., xii, 113-124.—French (H. E.) The comparative toxicity of different animal tissues to animals susceptible to thyroid feeding. Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1912-13, xxx, 56-62.— von Filrth (O.) & Schwarz (K.) Ueber physiolo- gische Wirkung-en des Jodothyrins und der Schilddrti- senextrakte. Verhandl. d. Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1908, xxv, 40CM05— <»luziriski & Lemberger (J.) O wplywie istoty gruczolu tarczykowego na wymian^ materyi, wraz z uwagami o stosowuniu tego przetworu przeciw otyloSci. [On the effect of thyroid-gland extract upon metabolism, likewise on its use in obesity.] Przegl. lek., Krak6w, 1896, xxxv, 482; 506.—lillrber (A.) Ueber den Einfluss des Thyreoidins auf den Stoflwechsel. Sitzungsb. d. phys.-med. Gesellsch. zu Wurzb., 1896,101- Thyroid-extract (Pharmacology of). 110.— Ouinard (L.) & Martin. Actions cardio-v'ascu- laires du sue thyroidien. Compt. rend. Soc.de biol., Par. . 1899,10. s., vi, 161-163. Also: Lyon m6d., 1899, xc, 591-594.— Ilaskovec (L.) Ueber die Einwirkung des Schild- driisensaftes auf den Kreislauf. Wien. med. BL, 1896, xix, 115; 133; 151; 166. -----. Weitere Beitrage zur Lehre von der Wirkung des thyreoidalen Saftes auf das Cen- tralnervensystem. Arch, internat. de pharmacod., Brux. et Par., 1901, viii, 167-185. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Cong. internat. de med. C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de neurol., 454. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Arch, de med. exper. et d'anat. path., Par., 1901, xiii, 123— Hertoghe (E.) DeTinflu- ence des produits thyro'idiens sur la croissance. Bull. Acad. roy. de m6d. de Belg., Brux., 1895,4. s., ix, 897- 935. Also [Review]: Riv. internaz. d' ig., Napoli, 1895, vi, 531.—Hunt (R.) & Seidell (A.) Commercial thyroid preparations, and suggestions as to the standardization of thyroid. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1908, li, 1385-1389. Also, Reprint.-----------. The pharmacopceial standard for desiccated thyroid glands. Am. J. Pharm., Phila., 1911, lxxxiii, 405-411.— Hutchison (R.) The pharmacolog- ical action of the thyroid gland. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1898, ii, 142-145.—lrsai (A.) A pajzsmirigy natasar61 az allati szervezetben. [The action of the thyroid gland on the animal organism.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1896, xl, 577.—Irsal (A), tiara (G.) & Vas (B.) Kiserleti es gyogytani adatok a pajzsmirigy befolyasat illetoleg eges- zseges egyenekre es golyvasokra. [Experimental and therapeutic contributions on the influence of the thyroid gland inhealthy andstrenuousindividuals.] Orvosi heti szemle,Budapest, 1896, xx, 213-217.—Jaquet(A.) Ueber Schilddruse und Schilddriisenpraparate. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1899, xxix, 225; 264.—Jousset (M.) Thyro'idine, thyroiodine et thvroantitoxine. Art med., Par., 1896, lxxxiii, 103-200.—King (J. H.) The in- fluence of the thyroid on carbohydrate metabolism. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1909, xxiv, 410-418.—Kraus (F.) & Friedenthal (H.) Ueber die Wirkung der Schilddriisenstoffe. Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. (1908), 1909, xxxix, pt. 2, 376-391. [Discussion], pt. 1, 263. Also: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xiv, 1709-1714.— Krause (R. A.) & Cramer (W.) On the effects of thy- roid feeding on nitrogen and carbohydrate metabolism. Proc. Physiol. Soc, Lond., 1912-13, p. xxiii.—fcepinois. Action du formol sur le corps thyro'ide; conservation des glandes fraiches. Bull. g6n. de th6rap. [etc.], Par., 1898, exxxvi, 655-663.—Wlagnus-lievy ( A.) Untersuchun- gen zur Schilddriisenfrage. Gas- und Stoffwechselunter- suchungen bei Schilddrusenfiitterung, Myxodem, Mor- bus Basedowii und Fettleibigkeit. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1M97, xxxiii, 269-314.—Ittarbe (S.) Hypersensi- bilization generate thyroi'dienne; sur la diminution de la resistance des cobayes hyperthyro'ides vis-a-vis de Tinto- xication diphterique, butde ces experiences. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., 1911, Par., lxxi, 357.—Mathes (P.) Ueber den Einfluss von Schilddrusenpressaft auf die Blutgerin- nung. Munchen. med. Wchnschr.. 1911, lviii, 1003.— Itlayer (P.) Ueber den Einfluss von Nuclei'n-undThy- reoidinffitterung auf die Harnsaureausscheidung. Deut- sche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1896, xxii, 186-188.— IVIoussu (G.) Influence de Talimentation thyro'idienne sur la croissance reguliere. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1899, 10. s., vi, 241.— Muller (L.) De l'influence de Topotherapie thyroidienne et du traitement iod6 sur le pouvoir h6molytique du serum. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etcl, 1. Abt., Jena, 1909, 1, Orig., 462- 468.—Neilson (W. H.) A study of thyroid ex- tracts. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1877, xxix, 722.— NowikotT (M.) Ueber die Wirkung des Schilddru- senextraktsund einiger anderer Organstoffe auf Ciliaten. Arch. f. Protistenk., Jena, 1908, xi, 309-325.—Orgler (A.) Ueber den Einfluss von Schilddriisendarreichung auf den Stickstoffwechsel von Kindern. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1908, v, 1-16—Parhon (C.) & Goldstein (M.) Notes sur les hemorragies et les epan- chements hemorragiques dans Thyperthyroide clinique ou experimentale. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, lxxi, 331.—Parhon (C.) & Parhon (Mme. C.) Note sur la reaction de la moelle osseuse dans Thyperthy- roide experimentale. Ibid., 329.—Peiser (J.) Ueber die Beeinflussung der Schilddruse durch Zufuhr von Schilddriisensubstanz. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. The- rap., Berl., 1906, iii, 515-529, 1 pl. —Pick (E. P.) & Pineles (F.) Untersuchungen fiber die physiologisch wirksame Substanz der Schilddruse. Ibid., 1909, vii, 518-531.—Porges ( M.) Experimenteller Beitrag zur Wirkung und Nachwirkung von Schilddrusengift. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1900, xxxvii, 300-303.—Richardson (H.) The physiologic action of the thvroid gland. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1897, xxviii, 101.—Richter (P. F.) Zur Frage des Eiweisszerfalles nach Schilddrusen- fiitterung. Centralbl. f. innere Med., Leipz., 1896, xvii, 65-70. — Scliift" ( A.) Hypophysis und Thyreoidea in ihrer Einwirkung auf den menschlichen Stoflwechsel. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1897, x, 277-285. -----. Ueber die Beeinflussung des Stoffwechsels durch Hypophysis- und Thyreoideapraparate. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., THYROID-EXTRACT. 220 THYROID-RXTRACT. Thyroid-extract (Pharmacology of). 1897, xxxii, Supplhft., 284-290. — Si-lioenboni ( S.) Zur Wirkung der ThyreoideastoilV. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1909, lx, 390-391—Simp- son (V. E.) A pharmacological consideration of the thyroid gland. Kentucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1908, vi, 178-191.—Staehelin (W.) Experimentelle Beitrage zur Veriinderung des normalen Blutbildes beim Men- schen nach Verabreichung von Schilddriisensubstanz. Med. Klin., Berl., 1912, viii, 994-996.—Sto land (O. O.) The relative toxicity of dog's normal and hypertrophied thvroids to animals susceptible to thyroid feeding. Am. 3. "Physiol., Bost., 1912-13, xxx, 37-41.—St rouse (S.) & Voegtlin (C.) Studies concerning the iodine-contain- ing principle of the thyroid gland. I. Pharmacological action and therapeutic behavior of diiodotyrosin. J. Pharmacol. & Exper. Therap., Bait., 1909-10, i, 123-133.— Stlive (R.) Untersuchungen iiber den respiratorischen Gaswechsel bei Schilddrusenfiitterung, bei Morbus Base- dowii und bei Diabetes mellitus. Arb. a. d. stadt. Krankenh. zu Frankf. a. M. Festschr.....1896, 44-52.— Syllaba (L.) Neprave zlu6nl kamenky. [Action of thyroid gland extract.] Casop. lek. desk., v Praze, 1910, xlix, 833.—Thiele (O.) &Nehring (O.) Untersuchun- gen des respiratorischen Gaswechsels unter dem Ein- flusse von Thyreoideapraparaten und bei aniimischen Zustanden des Menschen. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1896, xxx, 41-60.—Turro (R.) Sur Taction du sue thy- ro'idien sur le vibrion du cholera et le B. d'Eberth. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1906, lx, 464. Also, transl.: Gac. med. catal., Barcel., 1906, xxix, 417.—V. (C.) I. De l'influence de produits thyro'idiens sur la croissance, par le Dr E. Hertoghe, 1895. II. De l'in- fluence des produits thyro'idiens sur les organes genitaux pelviens et thoraciques chez la femme, par le Dr E. Her- toghe, 1896. [Rev.] Bull. Soc. de m6d. de Gand, 1896, lxiii, 205-208. — Weiss (G.) & Labbe. Etude des echanges respiratoires chez un obese soumis a la cure de reduction alimentaire et au traitement thyroi'dien. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1909, lxvii, 215-218.— Wood (H. C.) Note on thyroid extract. Phila. M. J., 1898, i, 1012.—Vvon. Pharmacologic du corps thyroide. Arch, de neurol., Par., 1896, 2. s., i, 190-198. Thyroid-extract (Therapeutic use of). See, also, Acromegaly; Cretinism (Treat- ment of) with animal extracts; Goitre (Treatment of) with thyroid extract; Infantilism; Insanity ( Treatmentof) with animal extracts; Iodothyrin; Leprosy (Treatment of); Myxcedema (Treat- ment of) with thyroid extract; Nervous system (Diseases of, Treatment of) with animal extracts; Nose (Diseases of, Treatmentof); Obesity ( Treat- ment of); Prostate gland (Diseases of, Treedment of); Psoriasis ( Treatment of) with thyroid extract; Rheumatic fever (Treatment of); Rheumatism (Chronic, Treatment of); Rheumatism (Treat- ment of); Rickets (Treatment of) with animal extracts; Skin (Diseases of, Treatmentof); Thyro- antitoxin; Thyroglandin; Thyroid-extract (Therapeutic use of, Accidents from); Thyroid gland (Pharmacology of); Thyroidin; Tumors (Treatment of) with thyroid-extract; Uterus (Tu- mors, Treatment of). Castagnol (A.-L. ) *Etude historique et bibliographique de la medication thyroidienne. 4°. Paris, 1896. Coll y Bofill (J.) *Tiroidoterapia; algunos datos para su estudio. 8°. Barcelona, 1898. Also, in: Gac. m6d. catal., Barcel., 1898, xxi, 193; 234; 262; 291. Duquesnoy(F.-L.-J.) *De la glande thyroide en therapeutique. 8°. Lille, 1897. Flovrens (A.) Thyroid medication. 8°. Bordeaux, 1900. Gabnier (M.) La glande thyroide dans les maladies infectieuses. 8°. Paris, 1899. Also [Abstr.], in: Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1899, lxxii, 1035. Gauthier ( G. ) Les medications thyroi- diennes; preface de Francois-Franck. 8°. Pa- ris, 1902. Grieco (A.) *La terapia tiroidea. Tesi per laurea. 8°. Ariano, 1897. Heixsheimer (F.) Entwicklung und jetziger Stand der Schilddriisenbehandlung. 8°. Mun- chen, 1895. Thyroid-extract (Therapeutic use of). Lowitz (B.-L.) *De la medication thyroi- dienne au point de vue historique, physiologi- que et therapeutique. 4°. Bordeaux, 1894. Minoret (M.) * Corps thyroide et intestin, traitement thyroi'dien de la constipation. 8°. Paris, 1911. Organotherapy. The thyroid gland in the treatment of disease. 8°. Chicago, [n. d.]. Suiffet ( T. ) *De l'opotherapie thyroi- dienne. 8°. Montpellier, 1900. Vico (D.) * Essai d'etude sur la therapeu- tique thyroi'dienne. 8°. Paris, 1898. Apert (E.) Le traitement de Tinfantilisme et de la cryptorchidie par les preparations thvroi'diennes. Bull. m6d., Par., 1901, xv, 349-354.—Arnozan. Medicaci6n tir6idea. Ciencia mod., Madrid, 1898, v, 42; 59.—Ausset (E.) Du traitement thyroi'dien en pathologie infantile et particulierement dans Tinfantilisme. Echomed. dunord, Lille, 1901, v, 461; 473; 485. Also: Gaz. d. h6p. de Lvon, 1901, ii, 226; 236. Also [Abstr.]: Gaz. hebd. de med., Par., 1901, n. s., vi, 889-896.—Bailey (P.) The history and application of the thvroid treatment. Trained Nurse, N. Y., 1896, xvi, 359-363. -----. The thyroid gland in medicine. Pop. Sc. Month., N. Y., 1897, li, 481-489.— Balari Costa (M.) Lamedicaci6n tiroidea. Gac. san. de Barcel., 1896, viii, 446-450.—Ballet (G.) & Enri- quez (E.) Des effets de Thyperthyro'idisation experi- mentale. M6d. mod., Par., 1895, vi, 801-81 il.—Bardet (G.) Considerations de pharmacologie pratique sur la medication thyroidienne; corps thyro'ide, iodothyrine, thymidines et preparations di verses. Bull.gen.de therap. [etc.], Par., 1899, exxxvii, 321-329. -----. Dangers de Tusage libre des preparations thvroi'diennes. Ibid., 1904, cxlviii, 665-667.—Bedart (G.) & tlabille (G.) Medica- tion thyroidienne et arsenic. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1898,10.s.,v,556. Also: Echomed.dunord,Lille, 1898, ii, 261.—Belirend (M.) Die Anwendung von Phyreoi- dea-Praparaten in der arztlichen Praxis. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1895, lxiv, 373. Also: Med.-chir. Cen- tralbl., Wien, 1895, xxx, 300.— Boerma (N. J. A. F.) Ein Beitrag zur therapeutischen Verwendung des Anti- thyroidins. Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1905, xv, 4.— Bonnet (L.) La medication thyroi'dienne dans Tathrep- sie infantile. Ann. Soc. med.-chir. d'Anvers, 1902, vii, 89-99, 2 pl.—Bouohereau. Sur la medication thyroi- dienne. Gaz. d. h6p. de Toulouse, 1897, xi, 137.—Bo'ur- neville. De Taction de la glande thyro'ide sur la croissance et Tobesite. Recherches clin. et therap. sur Tepileps. [etc], 1895, Par., 1896, xvi, 196-206.—Briquet. La thyroi'dotherapie et les traitements iode et iodure. Presse m6d., Par., 1902, i, 138.-----. De la valeur com- paree des medications thyroidiennes. Ibid., ii, 882-884.— Bruck (A.) Zur Thyreoidin-Behandlung der chro- nisehen Schwerhorigkeit. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1897-8, xxxii, 72-78. Also, transl.: Arch. Otol., N. Y., 1899, xxviii, 347-352.—Bruns (P.) Ueber therapeutische An- wendung der Schilddriisenpraparate. Verhandl. d. Cong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1896, xiv, 126-136. [Discussion], 142-165, 2 pl.—Callender (T. M.) Thyroid extract as a preventive of dystocia from large child. Tr. Edinb. Obst. Soc, 1908-9, xxxiv, 20-22.—Capitan. Les extraits thy- ro'idiens et mammaires dans les affections genital es de la femme; un traitement des hemorragies intestinales. Med. mod., Par., 1898, ix, 542.—Carglle (C. H.) Some obser- vations in thyroid therapy. Proc. Arkansas M. Soc, Lit- tle Rock, 1899, xxiv, 53-62.—Castaigne (J.) & Parisot (J.) L'opotherapie thvro'idienne. J. med. franc., Par., 1911, v, 491-499—Claisse (P.) L'opotherapie thyroi'- dienne dans certaines dystrophies (neurasthenie, polyar- thrite deformante, myxcedeme fruste). Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1899, 3. s., xvi, 77-81— Cos- tanzo (F.) Sugli effetti della cura con glandola tiroide animale in un caso di acromegalia, nel mixedema e ma- lattie affini. Riv veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 1895, xxii, 403-424.—Cruz. Opoterapia tiroidea. Gaz. med. catal., Barcel., 1905, xxviii, 391-396.—Cullerre (A.) La medi- cation thvro'idienne. Ann. med.-psychol., Par., 1897, 8. s., vi, 97-113.—Desimonl (A.) L' opoterapia tiroidea nelle lesioni auricolari da vegetazioni adenoidei del rinofaringe. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1900, xxi, 183-185 — Besplats. Contribution a Tetude de la medication thvro'idienne. J. d. sc. med. de Lille. 1896, i, 97-102.— Drewry (W. F.) & Henderson (J. M.) Clinical studv of thyroid extract. Proc. Am. Med.-Psychol Ass., [n. p.], 1900, vii, 189-196, 1 tab. Also: Virginia M. Semi- month., Richmond, 1900-1901, v, 174-178.—Eberson (.!. H.) Over thyreo'id-therapie: literatuur-overzicht) Ne- derl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1895. 2. R., xxxi, pt. 2, 24-52. Also, Reprint—Elliott (H.) The present status of the thyroid extract in therapeutics. Brooklyn M. J., 1901. xv, 197-201—Eskridue (J. T.) Some of the thera- peutic properties of the thyreoid gland. Colorado M. J., Denver. 1898, iv, 79; 131. Also, Reprint—Ewald (C A ) Ueber therapeutische Anwendung der Schild- THYROID-EXTRACT. 221 THYROID-EXTRACT. Thyroid-extract (Therapeutic use of). drusenpriiparate. Verhandl. d. Cong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1896, xiv, 101-125. [Discussion], 142-165. Also: Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1896, xxi, 264;277. -----. Organo- therapeutisches; Arsen und Thyreoideapraparate. The- rap. d. Gegenw., Berl.-Wien, 1899, n. F., i,385-389.—Faure (M.) Etude sur le role du corps thyro'ide en therapeu- tique. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1896. lxix, 905-911. Also, transl.: Gac. med., catal., Barcel., 1896, xix, 693-699.—Ferrari (C.) Contributo alio studio del ricambio materiale nel- T uomo dopo la somministrazione della tiroidina. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1896, 155-193.—Ferrla (L.) Prove cliniche di opoterapia tiroidea come stimolante della rigenerazione ossea. Gazz. med. di Torino, 1899,1, 461-470.—Fislier (H. M.) The use of thyroid extract in conditions of lowered vitality other than cretinism and myxedema. Med. News, N. Y., 1896, lxviii, 482.—For- lanini(C) A propositod' opoterapia tiroidea. Lavori d.Cong.di med.int. 1898,Roma, 1899,ix, 422-434.—Fraen- kel. Die Schilddriisen-Therapie, Irrenfreund, Heilbr., 1895, xxxvii, 161-163.—Fuller (E.) A new use for thy- roid extract; a cure or at least a complete control of he- matophilia through its administration. Tr. Am. Therap. Soc. 1900-2, N. Y., 1903.141-147.—Gordon (A.) Thyroid extract in migraine and epilepsv, apropos of ten cases. Therap. Gaz. [etc.], Detroit, 1907, 3. s., xxiii, 849-851 — Gregor (K.) Ueber die Unschadlichkeit der Verfiitte- rung grosser Mengen von Thvreoidea an Kinder. Monat- schr. F. Kinderh., Leipz. u. Wien, 1902-3, i, 318-323— Hal- lock (F. K.) Reportof four casesof thvroid feeding. Proc. Connect. M. Soc, Bridgeport, 1896, 181-203. Also, Reprint—Harding (W.) An interesting case. Cale- don. M. J., Glasg., 1894-6, n. s., ii, 98-100.—Haskovee (L.) Vliv alkoholu na pusobivost extraktu thyreoidal- nich. [The influence of alcohol on the action of thyroid extracts.] Rozpr.eeske Akad. eis.Frantiska Jo^efa [etc.], v Praze, 1900-1902, 2. t., x, no. 37, 1-7, 1 ch. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Rev. neurol., Par., 1902, x, 85.—Helnslieliner (F.) Die entfettende Wirkung der Schilddruse. Ztschr. f. prakt. Aerzte. Frankf. a. M., 1899, viii, 402-416. — Her- rick (J. B.) Thyroid therapy. Tr. Illinois M. Soe., Chi- cago, 1896,189-216. Also [Abstr.]: Medicine, Detroit, 1896, ii, 624-630. Also, Reprint.-----. Thvroid therapy. Illi- nois M. J., Springfield, 1910, xvii, 317-324.—Hertoghe (E.) De l'influence des produits thyro'idiens sur lesor- ganes genitaux pelviens et thoraciques chez la femme; applications a la therapeutique gvnecologique. Bull. Acad. roy. de med. de Belg., Brux., 1896, 4. s.,x,380-391.— Hessler (R.) Thyroid medication; a clinical report of a case. Indiana M. J., Indianap., 1895-6, xiv, 431-435. Also, Reprint. -----. Notes on thyroid medication from experience in the Northern Indiana Hospital for the In- sane. IndianaM. J., Indianap., 1897-8, xvi, 277-279. Also, Reprint.—Hirsh (C. E.) A clinical contribution to thy- roid therapy. Med. News, N. Y., 1900, lxxvi, 294-297.— Hodgson (A. E. i The administration of thyroid gland substance upon serum rash and serum sickness in diph- theria. Lancet, Lond., 1911, i, 373.—Hutchison (R.) Ein Beitrag zur Schilddriisenfrage. Centralbl. f. d. med. Wissensch., Berl., 1896, xxxiv, 209.—Indications for thvroid treatment. Bull. Lab. MountHopeRetreat, Bait., 1900, 24-41.—Irsai (A.) A pajzsmirigy therapeutikus hasznalatar61. [On the therapeutic use of the thyroid gland.] Ujabb gy6gysz. 6s gy6gym., Budapest, 1895, 1. -----. Klinikai- es anyagcsere vizsgalatok strumas be- tegeken thyreoidea keszitmenyek adagolasa alatt. [Clin- ical and metabolic researches on strumous diseases under treatment by thyroid products.] Magy. orv. Arch., Budapest, 1896, v, 95-124— Jagot & Denecnau. Quel- ques cas d'opotherapie thyroi'dienne. Arch. med. d'An- gers, 1910, xiv, 363-368.—Jortida (M.) L' uso della tiroide in terapia; cinque casi di gozzo parenchimatoso trattati con T ingestione di tiroide. Policlin., Roma, 1895, ii-C., 338-347.— Jouln. De la medication thyroi'- dienne appiiquee aux phenom6nes congestifs des organ es genitaux feminins. Cnmpt. rend. Cong, internat. de med. 1897, Mosc, 1898, vi, sect. 13, 280-287.—Kashiwa- mnra(S.) Die Schilddruse bei Infections-Krankheiten. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1901, clxvi, 373-385.— Knoept'elmacher (W.) Ueber einige therapeutische Versuche mit Schilddrusenfiitterung. Wien. klin. Wchn- schr., 1895, viii, 715-717.—Kolbl (F.) Ueber Schilddrii- sentherapie. Wien. med. Presse, 1896, xxxvii, 1601; 1638.— Konrad (B.) Thyreoid-tablettakkal eMrt gyogyered- menvekrol. [The curative effects of thvroid tablets.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1907, li, 632— Koplik (II.) The use of thvroids in disease other than cretinism. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1897, xiv, 506-515. Also: Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc, N. Y., 1897, ix, 65-74.—Kraus (F.) & Frleden- tlial (H.) Ueber die Wirkung der Schilddriisenstoffe. Arb. a. d. Geb. d. exper. Physiol. 1909-10, Jena, 1911, pt. 2, 3-17.—Knmberg (N. I.) Llecheniye shtshitovidnol zhelvozol. [Treatment with thvroid gland.] Zapiski Uralsk, med. Obsh. v g. Ekaterinburge (1895-6), 1899, vi, 45-53.—Lancereaux & Paulesco. La medication thyroi'dienne dans le traitement des affections rhumatis- males, et en particulier de Tarterioscierose. Bull. Acad. de m6d., Par., 1899, 3. s., xli, 32-34.—Lanz (().) Zur | 'hyroid-extract (Therapieuticuse of). Schilddrusentherapie; sind die Praparate der Schweins- Schilddriise wirksam? Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1895, xxv, 289-298. -----. Ueber Schilddriisenpraparate, speeiell das Aiodin. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1898, xxxv, :!71-373.—JLebon (H.) Emploi therapeutique du corps thyroide. Gaz.d. h6p., Par., 1894, lxvii, 887-894.—deeper tR. R.) Cases complicated with mental disorder treated by thyroid extract. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1900, i. 194.— Lenne. Beitrag fiber den Einfluss der Schilddriisenex- tractbehandlung. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1897, xxxiv, 626-628.—Leplne (R.) De la medication thyroi'dienne. Semaine med., Par., 1896, x*vi, 57-59. Also, transl.: Med. Week, Par., 1896, iv, 169-172—Levi (L.) & de Roth- schild (H.) Petits incidents du traitement thyroidien; nervosismeexperimental. Compt.rend.Soc. debiol.,Par., 1907, lxii, 936-938.-----------. Contribution au traite- ment thyroidien des enfants arrieres. Rev. neurol., Par., 1907, xv, 291-294.-----------. Traitement thyroidien "pierre de touche." Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1908, lxiv, 932-935.-----------. Essai sur quelques medi- cations meta-thyro'idiennes. Rev. d'hyg. et de med. inf. [etc.], Par., 1910, ix, 522-537.—Lindley (W.) Tentative thyroid therapeutics. South. Calif. Pract., Los Angeles, 1896, xi, 401^05. [Discussion], 419-421.—Lindsay (W. S.) Thvroid therapy. Proc. Kansas M. Soc, Topeka, 1899, xxxii, 132-134.—Little (J. W.) Thyroid treat- ment of goitre, myxoedema and cretinism. North- west. Lancet, St. Paul, 1896, xvi, 453-455.— Loddo. I progressi della cura tiroidea. Terap. clin., Napoli, 1895, iv, 493-495.—Loving (S.) Successful use of thy- roid extract in the treatment of a cerebral neoplasm. Tr. Ass. Am. Phvsicians, Phila., 1899, xiv, 137-142. Also [Abstr]: Phila. Month. M. J., 1899, i, 359.— .Mackenzie (H. W. G.) The therapeutics of the thv- roid gland. Clin. J., Lond., 1893-4, iii, 401-405.—M'Bae (J.) Thyroid gland; a short review and resume. Cale- don. M. J., Glasg., 1897-9, n. s., iii, 256-258.— Mazzeo (F.) Contributo pediatrico alia teoria timidinna. Gazz. internaz. di med., Napoli, 1903, vi, 37-45.—Meltzer (S. J.) Ueber die Geschichte der Schilddriisen-Therapie und iiber deren Anwendung in der inneren Medizin. N. Yorker med. Monatschr., 1895, vii, 135-152. Also: The- rap. Wchnschr., Wien, 1895, ii, 654-661. Also, transl.: N. York M. J., 1895, Ixi, 651-656. Also, Reprint.—Meyers (M. K.) Report of a case in which epilepsy in adult life developed after the overuse of thyroid-gland extract. Month. Cycl. & M. Bull., Phila., 1912, v, 337-339.—Milla (V.) I progressi della cura tiroidea nell' ultimo biennio. Riv. sper. di freniat., Reggio-Emilia, 1895, xxi, 444-458.— MSbius (P. J.) Ueber das Antithvreoidin. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1903,1, 149.— lTIorin. Zur Schilddru- sentherapie. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1895, ix, 593-598. -----. Physiologie et medication thvro'idiennes. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1895, xv, 241-250. — Moseley (W. E.) The use of thvroid. Tr. Am. Gvnec. Soc, Phila., 1898, xxiii, 190-199. Also: Med. News, N. Y., 1898, Ixxiii, 353-356. Also, Reprint.—Mosse (A.) Note sur les effets de la medication thvro'idienne. Cong, franc. de med. 1895, Par., 1896, ii, 597-601. -----. L'etat actuel de l'opotherapie; opoth6rapie thyroi'dienne. [Rap.] Presse med., Par., 1898, i, 220-223.— Murray (F. W.) Thyroid medication in the treatment of delaved union of fractures. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1900, xxxi, 695-704.— Murray (G. R.) The therapeutic uses of thyroid ex- tract. Practitioner, Lond., 1901, lxvi, 389-402 — Opo- therapia thyreoidea. Kinder-Arzt, Leipz., 1899, x, 169- 175.—Orr (J.) Observations on the use of thyroid ex- tract. Folia Therap., Lond., 1909, iii, 77-79.—Osborne (O. T.) The therapeutic uses of thyroid preparations. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvii, 1475-1479. Also: N. York M.J. [etc], 1906, lxxxiv, 1108.—Parhon (C.) & Goldstein. Etat psychasthenique survenu chez une jeune fille 6pileptique soumise au traitement thyroidien, disparaissant par la cessation du traitement et reappa- raissant par sa reprise. Rev. neurol., Par., 1908, xvi, 6- 12— Parry (L. A.) The treatmentof some diseases by means of thyroid extract. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1894, n. s., viii, 442; 461.—Paulesco. La medication thyroi'- dienne dans le traitement des troubles trophiques des extremites. J. de med. int., Par., 1900, iv, 694-696.— Petretto (R.) Ein Beitrag zur Schilddriisenbehand- lung. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1903, xvii, 870.— Popoff (L. V ) O znachenii shtshitovidnol zhelyozi dlya or- fanizma po pref mushtshestvu s tochki zrieniya terapevta. On the value of the thyroid gland for the organism, especially from the therapist's point of view.] Bolnitseh. gaz. Botkina, St. Petersb., 1899, x, 185; 204; 287. Also, transl: Arch. g6n. de med., Par., 1900, n. s., iv, 385-420.— Putnam (J. J.) Cases of myxoedema and acromegalia treated with benefit by sheep's thyroids; recent observa- tions respecting the pathology of the cachexias following disease of the thyroid; clinical relationships of Grave's disease and acromegalia. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1893, viii, 333-360. Also, Reprint.-----. Further notes respecting the therapeutic use of the sheep's thy- roid. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1893, n. s., cvi, 438-440.— Rebuschlnl (E.) Lo stato attuale dell' organoterapia THYROID-EXTRACT. 222 THYROID GLAND. Thyroid-extract (Therapeutic use of). tiroidea. Corriere san., Milano, 1899, x, 106; 125.— Beichel (O.) Ein Fall von echtem Zwergwuchs; Thy- reoidbehandlung mit giinstigem Erfolge. Jahrb. d. Wien. k. k. Krankenanst. 1897, Wien u. Leipz., 1899, vi, pt. 2, 12-15.—Kepetto (N.) Medieaei6n tiroidea. An. d. Circ. med. argent., Buenos Aires, 1895, xviii, 453-467 — Riviere (A.) Quelques faits interessants de medica- tion thyroidienne. M6d. mod., Par., 1901, xii, 29. Also, transl.: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1901, n. s., lxxi, 435- 438.—Robbinovltz (S.) Thyreoid feeding. N.York M. J. [etc.], 1909, xc, 1073.—Robert. La medicaci6n tiroidea. Rev. de med. y cirug., Barcel., 1902, xvi, 257- 265.—Rodriguez Mendez. Indicaeiones terapeu- ticas del tratamiento tiroidiano. Gac. med. catal., Bar- cel., 1896, xix, 429-432.—Roncagliolo (E.) Tireote- ; rapia; origini ed applicazioni sue, con osservazioni origi- nali. Pammatone, Genova, 1897, i, no. 3^4, 15-46. Also, Reprint.—Rousseau-Saint-Philippe &Guyot(J.) Sur quelques heureux effets dus a Tadministration de la thyro'idine chez les enfants retardes au double point de vue physique et psychique. Ann. de m6d. etchir. inf., Par., 1898, ii, 595; 624.—Ruta. Sulla glandula tiroide in terapia. Riforma med., Napoli, 1896, xii, pt. 3, 529-531. Also: Terap. clin., Napoli, 1896, v, 397-399.—Sajous (C. E. de M.) The applied therapeutics of thyroid prepara- tions. Month. Cycl. Pract. Med., Phila., 1908, xxii, 119; 169. -----. The thyroid preparations in practice. Gail- lard's South. Med., Savannah, 1909, xci, 24-30. Also: Month. Cycl. & M. Bull., Phila., 1909, ii, 83-88.—Samuel (S.) Ueber Gewebssafttherapie und innere Secretion. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1896, xxii, 273; 296.—Sardou (G.) Le traitement thyroidien des toxi- infections. Clinique, Par., 1908, iii, 738-740— Schmidt (J. J.) Schilddrusentherapie bei zuriickbleibendem Korperwachsthum. Therap. Wchnschr., Wien, 1896, iii, 1131-1138. Also: Verhandl. d. Versamml. d. Gesellsch. f. Kinderh. . . . deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1896, Wiesb., 1897, xiii, 187-199. Also [Abstr.j: Allg. Wien. med. Zig., 1897, xlii, 386. Also [Abstr.]: Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. n. Aerzte 1896, Leipz., 1897, lxviii, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 255-257.—Schubert (P.) Beitrag zur Schild- driiSenbehandlung. Festschr. z. Feier. . . . d. Stadt- krankenh. zu Dresd.-Friedrichstadt, Dresd., 1899, pt. 2, 263-270.—Shaw (J. W.) Thyroid therapy in connection with some diseases of nutrition. Virginia M. Semi- Month., 1897-8, ii, 605. [Discussion], 618.—Smith (P. B.) Thvroid extract as a remedy, with illustrative cases. Brit. M.'J.. Lond., 1901, i, 3*8.—Sjiev6 (H.) The thyroid, and thvroid therapy. Northwest. Lancet, St. Paul, 1898, xviii, 227-236. Also, Reprint.— Stabel (H.) Zur Schild- drusentherapie. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1896, xxxiii, 93-97. [Discussion], 107-109. Also: Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. (1896), 1897, xxvii, pt. 2, 1-9. [Discus- sion], pt. 1, 22-28.—Stern (H.) Untoward effects of thyroid medication and how to forego them. Am. Med., Burlington, Vt.; & N. Y., 1910, n. s., v, 11-14. -----. Further experiences with thyroid modifica- tion and therapy. Ibid., 1912, n. s., vii, 139-143. — Stieglitz (L.) Some therapeutic experiences with thyreoid feeding. N. York M. J., 1895, Ixi, 549-551.— Sugar (K. M.) A pajzsmirigygyel valo gy6gykezeies jelenlegiallasaesalkalmazasaafu]gy6gyaszatbah. [The ; present therapeutic position of the thyroid gland and its use in otology.] Gyogyaszat, Budapest, 1899, xxxix, 452; 474; 536; 565. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Ungar. med. Presse, ■ Budapest, 1899, iv, 707-710.—Taylor (VV. J.) The in- ternal use of thyroid extract to increase the coagulability of the blood. Month. Cycl. Pract. Med., Phila., 1905, xviii [xix], 289-301.—Xliomas. Contribulion a la medica- tion thryoidienne. Bull. gen. de th6rap. [etc.], Par., 1907, cliii, 324-336—Tomka (S.) A pajzsmirigy hasznalata a fiilgy6gyaszatban. [The use of the thyroid gland in otology.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1899, xliiL 413; 426. ■ Also: OrvOsi heti szemle, Budapest, 1899, xxvi, 755; 792. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Ungar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1899, iv, 565.—Tompkins (J. McC.) Some therapeutic indi- cations for thyroid administration. South. M. J., Nash- ville, 1910-11, iii, 28-31.—Turro (R.) La medieaei6n tiroidea. Rev. de cien. med. de Barcel., 1897, xxiii, t. 2, 272; 312; 352; 392. Also, transl.: Arch, di farm, e terap., Palermo, 1898, vi, 30;-, 76; 134, —Van den Corput. Emploi therapeutique de la glande thyro'ide. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1896, x, 659-661.—Van de Vorst. Considerations sur la medication thyroidienne. Ann. Soc.de med.d'Anvers, 1896, lviii, 119-123.—Vassale (G.) L' organoterapia e in modo Speciale la tireoterapia. Riv. sper. di freniat., Reggio-Emilia, 1896, xxii, 144-173.— Vinke (H. H.) A few notes'on organotherapy with special reference to the usefulness of thyroid extract in the treatment of different diseases. Charlotte [N. C] M. J., 1896, viii, 604-607. -----. Thyroid feeding as an aid in the development of backward children. Med. Rec, N. Y.,1899, lv,529-532,—Weber (F. P.) Functional (almost complete) anaesthesia in a man; recovery under thyroid andspermin treatment. St.Barth. Hosp. Rep. 1898, Lond., 1899, xxxiv, 313.—Weber (L.) Personal experiences with the use of thyroid extract in obesity and scleroderma, Thyroid-extract (Therapeutic use of). psoriasis and libromvoina uteri. Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1900, xv, 1103-1109.—Weil { E. A.) La medication thv- ro'idienne. France med.,Par.,1*97,xliv,593-599.—Wells (H. G.) The physiology and therapeutics of the thyroid gland and its congeners. ,1. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1*97, xxix, 897; 954; 1007.—White (J. W.) Memorandum as to a new use of thyroid extract. Univ. M. Mag., Phila., 1894-5, vii, 812-814, 1 pl. —Winkler (F.) Ueber die bisherigen Erfolge der Schilddriisentherapie. Centralbl. f. d. ges. Therap., Wien, 1895, xiii, 3*5-396.— Witt (W. H.) The thyroid gland in medicine. South. Tract., Nashville, 1900, xxii, 369-376. Thyroid-extract (Therapeutic use of Ace i den ts from). Mabille ( L. ) *De l'efficacite de l'arsenic contre les accidents de la medication thyroi'- dienne; etude de therapeutique physiologique. 8°. ^ Lille, 1898. Beclfere. Le danger de Talimentation thyroidienne. Bull, etmem.Soc. med.d.hop.de Par.,1895, 3.s., xii,37.— Bramwell (B.) Note on the production of symptoms of thyroidism in a child at the breast bv the administra- tion of thvroid extract to the mother; i. e., through the milk. Lancet, Lond., 1899, i, 762.—Cany (G.) Un cas grave d'opothesapie thvro'idienne. Cong, franc de med. C r., Par., 1902, ii, 442-449, 1 pl., 1 eh— Cristiani (H.) Degenerescence et atrophie experimentale des greffes thyroi'diennes par ingestion k dose toxique de pastilles de glande thyroide. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1905, lviii. 68. — Francois - Franck. Indications, contre-indications et dangers de la medication thvroi- dienne. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1899, 3. s., xli, 42-50. -----. Sur la toxicite des produits thvroidiens. Inter- med. d. biol., Par., 1899, ii, 49-55. — Levi ( L. ) & de Rothschild (H.) Un cas d'instabilite vaso-motriee provoquee par le traitement thyroidien. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1909, lxvi, 104-106.—Mabille (L.) Association medicamenteOse ayant fait disparaitre les accidents dus k Tadministration de la glande thyroide dans un ens de goitre. Bull. med. du nord, Lille, 1896, xxxv, 833-836.—Ward (J. M.) Thvroid poisoning. In- ternat. Clin., Phila., 1902, 12. a., i, 33^-36. Thyroid gland. See, also, Goitre; Jaundice (Causes, etc., of); Nerve (Laryngeal, Recurrent); Ovary (Cystsof, Dermoid, Causes, etc., of); Ovary ( Folliculoma of); Pancreas; Parathyroid gland; Phosporus (Poisoning by; Pathology of); Pregnancy (Physi- ology of); Rheumatic fever (Thyroidal relations of); Thymus gland; Thyroid-extract; Thyroid gland (Aberrant, etc.); Thyroid gland (Abnormi- ties of); Thyroid gland (Accessory); Thyroid gland (Blood-supply of); Thyroid gland (Chem- istry of); Thyroid gland (Diseases of); Thyroid gland (Effects of drugs, etc., upon); Thyroid gland (Extra-ntal conservation and cultivation of); Thy- roid gland (Histology of); Thyroid gland (Inner- vation of); Thyroid gland (Morphology and embry- ology of); Thyroid gland (Secretions of); Thy- roid gland (Therapeutic use of); Thyroid gland (Topography, etc., of); Thyroid gland (Trans- plantation of). Geinats (V. [N.]) *Staroye i novoye o shtshitovidnol zhelyozle. [Truths, old and new, concerning the thyroid gland.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1894, Parski (K. V.) *Shtshitovidnaya zhelyoza i yeya izmteneniya po vozrastam. [The thyroid gland and its changes according to age.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1901. Riviere (A. ) * Contribution a I'etude anato- mique du corps thyroide et des goitres. 4°. Lyon, 1893. Beebe (S. P.) The thyroid gland. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin . 1911, cv, 447.—Civalleri (A.) Contributo alio studio dei muscoli levatores glandulse thyreoidese ed alia innervazione dei muscoli sternothyroideus e thyrehyoi- deus. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1905, 4. s., xi, 609-614.—Coronedi (G.) Uno sguardo d' insieme ai miei attuali esperimenti su la glandola tiroide. Scritti med. in omaggio a A. Murri, Bologna, 1912, 157-165.— Cottell (H. A.) The thyroid gland and its parathy- roids. Am. Praet. & News, Louisville, 1900, xxix, 55-59.— THYROID GLAND. 223 THYROID GLAND. Thyroid gland. Friend (S. H.) The thyroid gland; its physiological place, diseases, compensatory organs and the therapeutic application. Tr. M. Soc. Wisconsin, Madison, 1897, xxxi, 263-290. — Gelger (C.) The thvroid and parathyroid glands. J. Missouri M. Ass., St. Louis, 1911-12, viii, 67-69.— Oilllhan (A. F.) Upon the anatomy of the thyroid and parathvroid. Calif. State J. M.. San Fran., 1908, vi, 185. [Discussion], 192-196.—Ciunz. Sur la glande thy- ro'ide. M6m. de mathemat. et de phys. . . . Acad. roy. d. sc, Par., 1750, 283. — Haskovec (L.) Poznamky ku zlaze stitne. [Observations on the thvroid gland.] Ca- sop. lek. cesk., v Praze, 1893, xxxii, 561; 583; 604.—Hen- neberg ( B.) Beitrag zur Kenntnis der lateralen Schilddriisenanlage. Anat. Hefte, Wiesb., 1905, xxviii, 86-300, 2 pl.—Hunter (J.) The thyroid gland; anatomic, physiologic, pathologic, therapeutic factors. [Abstr.] Canad. Pract. & Rev., Toronto, 1909, xxxiv, 768-770.— Juvara (E.) Contribution k I'etude des faisceaux musculaires s'inserant par une de leurs extremites sur une portion quelconque de la glande thyroide. I.de Tanat. et physiol. [etc.], Par., 1900, xxxvi, 367-375.—La- louette. Sur la glande thyroide. Mem. de niathcmut. et de phys. . . . Acad. roy. d. sc, Par., 1750,159-174, 2pl.— McKelvy (J. P.) The thyroid and parathyroids; a brief summary. Surg., Gynec Obst., Chicago, 1909, viii, 613-619.—Meroz-Tjdiuaii (Mine.) Le corps thyroide chez les nouveau-nes et specialement a Gen6ve. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1910, xxx, 526; 617.— Morgenstern i Sophie). Ueber einige mineralisehe Bestandteile der Schilddruse. Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1912, 259-282—Pease (C. A.) The thyroid gland. Ver- mont M. Month., Burlington, 1911, xvii. 141-145.—Pol- rier(P.) Note sur les muscles eievateurs de la glande thyroide. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1895, lxx, 654-656.— von Rodt (\V. E.) Beitrag zur Geschichte der Schild- driise. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1912, cxvi, 628- 642. — Sciolla (S.) Sulla tiroide. Atti d. xi. Cong. med. internaz., Roma, 1894, iii, med. int., 299.—Sebileau • (P.) Un mot d'histoire sur le muscle eievateur de la glande thyro'ide de Samuel Thomas Sommering (1794) ou muscle thyro-glandulaire de Juvara (octobre 1894). Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1894, lxix, 911-914.—Skala (J.) Zlaza stitna a teiiska epithelWlni. [The thyroid gland and the epithelial bodies.] Ca-op. lek. 6esk.. v Praze, ' 1909, xlviii, 1352; 1390: 1429; 1157; 1502—Zoja (G.) Ri- ' cerche anatomiche sull' appendiee della glandola tiroi- dea. Atti d. r. Accad. d. Lincei, Roma, 1878-9, 3. s., iv, 317-356, 5 pl. Thyroid gland (Aberrant or accessory)- Cappon (R.) * Versprengte Schilddriisen- keime in den oberen Luftwegen. 8°. Berlin, 1911. Chemix (J.-A.) * Contribution a I'etude des restes chez l'adulte de Tebauche thyroi'dienne mediane. 8°. Bordeaux, 1895. Lenzi (L.) Le ghiandole tiroide accessorie e le ghiandole paratiroidi. (Studio anatomico, clinico e sperimentale.) 8°. Firenze, .1907. Mole (C.) Le ghiandole tiroidi accessorie, sotto il pun to di vista chirurgico. 4°. Xapoli, 1910. Saxdstrom (I.) Om en ny kortel hos men- niskan Och atskilliga diiggdjur. [On a new gland in man and some mammalia (gUv dula thyreoidea accessoria). ] 8°. Upsala, 1880. Repr.from: Upsala Liikaref. Forhandl., 1880, xv. Allen (D. P.),Ingersoll (J. M.) & Ludlow (A. I.) Supernumerary thyroid at base of tongue. Surg., Gvnec. & Obst., Chicago, 1905, i, 213-216. Also, Reprint— lliid- gerow (G. W.) Lingual thyroid. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1910-11, iv, Laryngol. Sect., 81. Also: J. Laryngol., Lond., 1912, xxvii, 55.— Barker (A. E.) Sequel of a case of cystic accessory thyroid body in which four operations for recurrence were performed in the course of six years. Tr. Path. Soe. Lond., 1895-6, xlvii, 225-231.—(ecca (R.) Sopra i eorpi tiroidei accessori. Bull. d. sc. med. di Bo- logna, 1901/8. s., i, 225-245, 1 pl. -----. Note anatomiche sopra i corpi tiroidei accessori del collo. Soe. med.-chir. di Bologna. Resoc. (1901), 1902, 9-11.—Cristianl (H.) . Des glandules thyroi'diennes accessoires chez la souris et le campagnol. Arch, de physiol. norm, et path., Par., 1893, 5. s., v, 279^-284, 1 pl — < ushway (B. C.) Aberrant thyroid; repoH of a case. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1909, xlix, ■ 66-59,2 pl.—D'A jutolo (G.) Appunti critici sulle glan- dole tiroidee accessorie. Soc. med.-chir. di Bologna. i Resoc. (1901), 1902, 12-15.—De re um (F. X.) Thyroid metastasis to the spine. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., Thyroid gland (Aberrant or accessory). 1906, xxxiii. 153-16S.—Druiiiinond (H.) Caseof acces- sory thyroid tumour. Northumberland & Durham M. J., Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 1910, xviii, 26-28.—Edmunds (\V.) Cystic accessory thyroid. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1895, ii, 1295.—Ewald (C.) Zwei Fiille von Kropfmetastase.. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1893, vi, 459.—Fetteroll'(G.) A case of lingual thyroid. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1912, xxii, 1015-1019.—Ferguson ^r. s.) Aberrant thyreoid tissue, and its relation to intratracheal growths. N*. York M.J. [etc.l, 1904, lxxx, 2S9-292. A/so, Reprint.—Freer (O. T.) Thyroid tissue in tin- larvnx and trachea. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1901, xxxvi, 876-878.— Gaudier (P.-A.) & Chevalier. Tumeur de la base de la langue (thyroide) chez une femme de vingt ans; extirpation par la voie transhvoldienne; guerison. Presse oto-laryngol. beige, Brux., 1903, ii, 28-32.—Waynes (I. S.) Sublin- gual thyroid. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1912, lvi, 165-467,1 pl — Hoffmann (R.) Thyreoidea accessoria intratrache- alis. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Wiesb., 1909, lix, 373-379. -----. I'eher Tin reoidea accessoria intratrachealis. Mo- natschr. f. ohrenh. [etc.], Berl. u. Wien, 1910,xliv, 1350.— Kauaiuori (T.) [Pseudo-thvroid gland growing in the occipital region.] Tokyo Iji-Shinshi, 1901,1557-1561.— Kast (A.) & Rumpel (T.) Accessory thyroid gland of the base of the tongue. In their: Illust. path, anat., fol., Lond., 1893, S. pl. i, with text.—Lenzi (L.) Con- tributo alia patologia del corpo tiroide (tiroidi accessorie e paratiroidi). Arch, ed atti d. Soc. ital. di chir. 1905, Roma, 1906, xix, 175-183— Mcllraith (C. H.) Notes on a case of accessory thyroid gland projecting into the mouth. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1894, ii, 1234.—Mayo (G. H.) Lingual, sublingual and other forms of aberrant thyroids. J. Am. M. A-s, Chicago, 1911, lvii, 784-786.— Murphy (J. B.) Superior aecessorv thyroids. Ibid., 1905, xiv, 1854-1862.—OderfeId (H.) & Steinhaus (J.) Przyczynek do kazuistyki przerzutow normalnej tkanki gruczolu tarczowego. [Metastasis of normal tissue of the thyroid gland.] Medycyna, Warszawa, 1901, xxix, 49-52. Also, transl. [with additions]: Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat, Jena, 1901, xii, 209-212: 1903, xiv,84.— Osier (W.) Note on intra-thoracic growths developing from the thyroid gland. Med. News, Phila., 1889, lv, 257. Also, Reprint.—Paton (E. P.) A case of accessory thy- roid laterally placed in the floor of the mouth. Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1904-5, xxxviii, 98-100.—Perkins (C. E.) Accessory thvroid at base of tongue. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1908, xviii, 292-296.—Poisson (L.) Goitres aber- rants multiples. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1911, 2. s., xxix, 1029-1034.—Posthmnus-Meyjes (W.) Un cas de glan- dula thyreoidea accessoria de la base de la langue. Bull. Soc. belged'otol. [etc.], Brux., 1899, iv, 86-89. Also, transl.: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1899, ii, 1004.— Prenant (A.) Sur le de- veloppement des glandesaeeessoiresde la glande thyro'ide et celui de la glande carotidienne. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1896, xii, 242-244.—Regensburger (F.) Schilddriisenmeta- stasen im Knochen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 1560-1562.—Roorda Smit (J. A.) Accessoire schild- klieren. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1900, 2. R., xxxvi, d. 1, 54-60.—Schrager (V. L.) Lateral aber- rant thyroids. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1906, iii, 465-475,1 pl.—Silvan (C.) Su di una speciale formazione epiteliale annessa al sistema tiro-paratiroideo. Boll. d. Soc. med. di Parma, 1912, 2. s., v, 32-41.—Smith (O. C.) Aecessorv thyreoid on the posterior third of the tongue. X. York M. J. [etc.], 1904, lxxx, 818-820. Also, Reprint.— Staelin (A.) Zur Kasuistik der accessorischen Schild- driise. Jahrb. d. Hamb. Staatskrankenanst., 1891-2, Hamb. u. Leipz., 1894, iii, pt. 2, 413-420, 1 pl.—Storrs (H. R.) Lingual goitre (accessory thvroids at the base of the tongue 1. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1904, xl, 323-346, 8 pl. Also, Reprint.— von Stubenrauch. Beziehungen zwischen Athyreosis und Knoehenveranderungen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xlviii, 1103. Also: Sitzungsb. ■ d. Gesellsch. f. Morphol. u. Physiol, in Munchen (1911), 1912, xxvii, 71.—Summers (J. E.), jr. Accessory thy- roid tumors situated at the base of the tongue. Am. Med., Phila., 1903, v, 170.—Sutton (LB.) Enlarged ac- cessory thyroid gland; fatal dyspnoea. Brit. M.J., Lond., 1896, i, 463.—Swarts (J. L.) & Thompson (R. L.) Ac- cessory thyroid tissue within the pericardium of the dog. J.Med. Research, Bost., 1911, xxiv,299-308,1 pl—Thei- sen(C.F.) Acaseof accessorythvroidtumorattheba.se of the tongue. Albany M. Ann., 1901, xxii, 537-540, 1 pl.— Wakabayashi (T.) [Operation performed in a case of thyroid tumor at the base of the tongue.] Tokyo Iji-Shinshi, 1899, 30^7-3090.—Warren (J. C.) A caseof enlarged accessory thyroid gland at the base of the tongue. Am J. M. Sc, Phila., 1X92. civ, 377-382. Also, Reprint.—Watson (A. W.) A report of two cases of accessory thvreoid gland at the base of the tongue. Tr. , Am. Laryngol. Ass. 1899, N. Y., 1900, xxi, 75-80.— Wells (W. A.) Report r.f a case of thyroid gland tumor in the . larynx; Ann. Otol., Rhinol. A Laryngol., St. Louis, 1902, . xi, 455-466. Also, Reprint. THYROID GLAND. 224 THYROID GLAND. Thyroid gland (Aberrant or accessory, Tumors of). Armeilla (G.) *Le goitre lingual. Etude clinique et traitement. 8°. Lyon, 1900. Beerholdt (Henrietta Martha). * Ueber zwei Falle von Nebenkropf. 8°. Leipzig, 1912. von Ch amisso de Boncourt (A.) * Die Stru- ma der Zungenwurzel. [Freiburg i. Br.] 8°. Tubinqen, 1897. Also, in: Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1897, xix, 281-334. Chevalier (R. H.) *Tumeurs linguales solides d'origine thyroidienne. Travail de la clinique de laryngologie. 8°. Lille, 1902. Ehrle (E.) * Ueber einen Fall von Struma- metastase am Schiidel. 8°. Freiburg i. B., 1902. Geiger (J.) *Ueber intratracheale Strumen. 8°. Munchen, 1909. Scharf ([H.] O.) *Ein Fall von Struma accessoria lateralis inferior carcinomatosa. 8°. Leipzig, 1904. Sciireiner (F.) * Zur Kenntniss der Struma accessoria. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., 1893. Ungermann (E.) * Ueber einen Fall von Athyreosis mit vikariierender Zungenstruma. [Konigsberg i. Pr.] 8°. Berlin, 1906. AleksIeyett"(A. P.) Ob yaziehnom zoble. [Glossal goitre.] Imp. Voyenno-Med. Akad. Trudi Hosp. Khir. Klin. Fvodorova, S.-Peterb., 1909, iii, 37-114.—Allen (D. P.), lngersoll (J. M.) & Ludlow (A.I.) Supernu- merary thyroid at base of tongue. Surg. Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1905, i, 213-216—Austonl (A.) Sui tumori linguali di natura tireoidea. Clin, chir., Milano, 1910, xviii, 1619-1646, 1 pl.—Barker (A. E.) Accessory tu- mour of the thyroid gland. Lancet, Lond., 1896, i, 102. -----. The final sequel to a case already reported of re- current cystic disease of a supposed accessory thyroid. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1898-9,1, 251-255.—Harwell (H. S.) A case of goitre in an abnormal thyroid gland. Lancet, Lond., 1903, i, 1029.—Renjamlns (C. E.) Een struma op den wortel van de tong. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Ge- neesk., Amst., 1899, 2. R., xxxv, d. 2, 194-210—Berger (P.) Goitre lingual. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1906, n. s., xxxii, 1161-1172.—Brentano. Struma aber- rata linguae mit Driisenmetastasen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1911, xxxvii, 665.—Brewer (G. E.) Adenoma of an accessory thyroid, causing marked tracheal stenosis. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1904, xl, 590-593.—Brunner (F.) Eine Zungenstruma, Cor.- Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1911, xli, 72 — Carpenter (G.) A tumour at the root of the tongue for diagnosis ('? a retention cyst or a misplaced thyroid). Rep. Soc. Study Dis. Child., Lond., 1903-4, iv, 61-63.—Collins (H. D.) Retrosternal accessory thyroid tumor; report of a case requiring removal, terminating fatally. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1905, xli, 661-666.—Curtis & Gaudier. TJn cas de goitre lingual. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1902, i, 417-432—Devic & Beriel. Les goitres metasta- tiques sans goitre; metastases thyroidienne de type ad6- nomateux sans lesions apparentes du corps thyroide. Arch. prov. de chir., Par., 1906, xv, 640-649.—Edniunds (W.) Cystic accessory thyroid body. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1895-6, xlvii, 223, 1 pl.—Enderlen. Fall von Struma intratrachealis. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1906, xxxvi, 528-530.—Feldmann (I.) Struma lingualis et sublingualis. Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1907, li, 269. Also: Orvosi heti szemle, Budapest, 1907, xlii, 342. Also, transl.: Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1907, xliii, 760. — Ferguson (J. S.) Aberrant thyreoid tissue and its relations to intratracheal growths. N. York Med. J. [etc.], 1904, lxxx, 289.—Gachet (J.) Goitre de la base de la langue avec lesions congeni- tales du maxillaire inferieur et de l'oreille in- terne. Arch, de med. nav., Par., 1912, xclviii, 53-61.— Galisch(A.) Struma accessoria baseos linguae; Opera- tion; Heilung. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1894, xxxix. 560-571.—Gaudier & Chevalier deux cas de tumeurs thyro'idiennes de la base de la langue. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1902, vi, 397-408.—Gel le (E.) Les tumeurs solides thvro'idiennes de la base de la langue. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1911, lxxxiv, 301-304.—Gelle (E.) & Bertein (P.) Les tumeurs solides thyroidiennes de la base de la langue. Echo med. du nord, Lille. 1911, xv, 113-177—Ginzberg (S. I.) Sluchal yazichnavo zoba. [Lingual goitre.] Yezhemies. Ushn., Gorlov. i Nosov. Bollezn., S.-Peterb., 1911, vi, 527-5:-;o.—Gorls. TJn cas de tumeur thyroidienne de la base de la langue; extirpa- tion par les voies naturelles; guerison. Bull. Acad. roy. de med. de Belg., Brux., 1902, 4. s., xvi, 315-318, 1 pl. Also: Presse oto-laryngol. beige, Brux., 1902, i, 226-229. Thyroid gland (Aberrant or accessory, Tumors <>f). -----. Note sur l'extirpation d'un goitre de la pointede la langue. Ann. de l'Inst. chir. de Brux., 1907, xiv, 54- 58.—deGraag (K. S.) lets over metastaseerende stru- mae. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk.. Amst., 1903, 2. R., xxxix, d. 1, 819-S32.—Igiiatyetr i A. A.) Sluchal cys- toadenoma papillare carcinomatosuin glandular thyre- oidea accessoria'. Russk. Khirurg. Obozr., Mosk., 1903, i, 513-546.—laboulay. Goitre inetastatiqiie. Bull. Soc. dc chir. de Lyon, 1903, vi, 13-15. Also: Lyon med., 1903, c, 301-303. —-—. Goitre meXastatique avec tumeur seeon- daire de la clavicule. Gaz. d. hdp., Par., 1909, lxxxii, 1243.—Jacques. Goitre lingual. Rev. mexl. de l'est, Nancy, 1906, xxxviii, 151. Also: Soc. de mecl. de Nancy. C.-r.....1905-6, pt. 2, 31. -----. Goitres linguaux. Rev. med. de Test, Nancv, 1906, xxxviii, 182. Also: Soc. de med. de Nancy. C.-r.....1905-6, pt. 2, 36.—Jaeger (R.) Ueber Strumametastasen. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1897, xix, 493-526.—Laboure (J.) Le goitre lingual ot sub-lingual. Arch. prov. de chir., Par., 1912, xxi, 571-573.—Lanin (V.) Sluchal kisti pridatochnol shtshitovidnol zhelyozi. [Cyst of an accessory thvroid gland.] Khiruig'ia, Mosk., 1898, iii, 60-64, 1 pl.-L.enzi (L.) Due strume a sede rara; contributo alio studio del gozzo linguale. Sperimentale. Arch, di biol., Firenze, 1905, lix, 852-890, 2 pl.-L.ivi (C.) Un caso di struma tiroidea della base della lingua. Policlin., Roma, 1910, xvii, sez. prat., 395-397.—Lympius (M.) Struma acces- soria der Zungenbasis; Exstirpation; Heilung. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1896-7, xliv, 451-454.—ITIcGlan- nan (A.) Tumors of lateral aberrant thyroid tissue. Maryland M. J., Bait., 1908, li, 7-101. lUadelung. Ueber Struma accessoria vera retrovisceralis. Strassb. med. Ztg.,1904, i, 247-249.—ftlakins (G. H.) A clinical lecture on a case of lingual goitre. [Abstr.] Lancet, Lond., 1906, ii, 1569.— Ittelxner (K.) Zwei Falle von Struma baseos linguae. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1905, lxxviii, 1-19, 2 pl. Also: Jahresb. u. Arb. d. ii. chir. Klin, zu Wien 1904-5, Berl., 1906, 100-117.— Meurers. Zur Kasuistik der Zungenstruma. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Wiesb., 1909, lix, 331-333.—Neu- inan (J. M.) Nyelvgyoki mirigydaganat esete. [A case of gland tumor "of the root of the tongue.] Budapesti k. orvosegy. 1894-iki evkonyve, 1895, 82-84, rfnodi (A.) Struma accessoria a nyelv gyoken. [.. . at the rootof the tongue.] Budapestik. orvosegy. 1912-ik evierkonyve,Budapest. 1903,163. Also: Orvosi hetil..Buda- pest, 1903,xlvii, 66. Also,transl.: Ungar. med. Presse,Buda- pest, 1903, viii, 48. Also, transl.: Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1903, xxxix, 453.—Pilcher (P. M.) Lateral aberrant thyroid. Long Island M. J., Brooklyn, 1907, i, 381.—Pilliet (A. H.) Ad6nome kystique aberrant du corps thyroide. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1893, lxviii, 391-395.—Pool. Carcinoma of an accessory thyroid. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1910, Iii, 711, 1 pl.—Quensel (U.) Fall af struma accessoria baseos linguae. [Ein Fall von Struma accessoria baseos linguae. Uebers., pp. xxix.] Upsala Liikaref. Fdrh., 1904-5, n. L, x, 393-399.—Rakh- maninolt'i I. M.) Adenoma embr'fonalnikh zachatkov shtshitovidnol zhelyozi. [Adenoma of embryonal rudi- ments of thyroid gland.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1896, xiv, 3-11, 1 pl— Kiethus (O.) Beitrag zur Casuistik und Therapie der Struma lingualis. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1904,' lxxiv, 149-162.—Sehadle (J. E.) Accessory thyroid tumors at base of tongue. J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- cago, 1899, xxxiii, 386-388. Also, Reprint.—Schilling (Hj.] Tungestruma og mediane halscyster. [Struma of the tongue and median cvsts of the neck.] Norsk. Mag. f. Lsegevidensk., Kristiania, 1912, 5. R., x, 347-357.— Schwarz(D.) Slucaj jezidne guSe. [A case of lingual struma.] Lie6. viestnik, u Zagrebu, 1905, xxvii, 311- 314—Smith (O. C.) Accessory thyreoid on the poste- rior third of the tongue. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1904, lxxx, 818-820. Also, Reprint.—Smyth (H. E.) Accessory thy- roid tumors of the tongue. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc, N. Y., 1911, xvii, 259-278. Also: Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol.,St. Louis,1911,xx,367-387.—Ssalist- schew (E. G.) Zur Casuistik der Nebenkropfe; ein neuer wahrer isolirter lateraler Nebenkropf. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1894, xlviii, 452-465. —Stirling (R. A.) Lingual goitre. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1907, xlvi, 826-828, 1 pl.—Strauss (M.) Ueber Kropfgeschwulst- bildungin der Zunge (Struma accessoria dorsalis baseos linguae). Med. Klin., Berl., 1906, ii, 1259-1261. ——. Struma baseos linguae. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1907, xxxiii, 322.—Stuart-Low (\\.) Case of thyroid tumour of the tongue (V). Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1908-9, ii, Laryngol. Sect., 109. Also: J. Laryngol., Lond., 1907, xxiv, 185. -----. A contribution to the sur- gerv of lingual thvroids. Brit. M. J , Lond., 1909, i, 1225.— Ta'vel (E.) Heterotopie thyroi'dienne. Arch.prov. de chir., Par., 1904, xiii, 267-269.—TereshenkofffN. M.) Mnogokamerniva zhaberniya kisti i adenokistomi priba- vochnikh shtshitovidnikh zhelyoz. [Multiloeular ranu- lar cysts and adenocystomata of the accessory thyroid glands 1 Russk. chir. arch., S.-Peterb., 1904, xx, 50- 90—Teweles (F.) Ein Fall von Struma der Zungen- THYROID GLAND. THYROID GLAND. 2; Thyroid gland (Aberrant or accessory, Tumors of). wurzel. Wie'n. klin. Wchnschr., 1902, xv, 201.—Theisen (C. F.) A case of accessory thyroid tumor at the base of the tongue. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol., & Otol. Soc. 1901, N. Y., 1902, vii, 297-302.—Tron (G.) Contributo alio studio dei tumori da nodi tiroidei aberranti. Mor- gagni, Milano, 1908, 1, 287-292— 1/ngeriiiaiin (E.) Ueber einen Fall von Athyreosis und vikariierender Zungenstruma. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1906-7, lxxxvii, 58-80—Viannay (C.) Un cas de tumeur linguale d'origine glandulaire. Gaz. hebd. de med., Par., 1901, n. s., vi, 361-363.—Waltlier (H. E.) Zur Pathologie und Therapie der Zungenstruma. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1912, lxxvii, 116-125.—Watson (A. W.) A report of two cases of accessory thvroid gland at the base of the tongue. N. York M. J., 1899, lxx, 579- 581.—\Vikerhauser(T.) Struma baseos linguae. Lied. viestnik. u. Zagrebu, 1900, xxii, 200.—Winslow (R.) Aecessorv thvroid tumor situated at the baseof t he tongue. Am. Med'., Phila., 1902, iv,939.—Zeldovieh (I. B.) Slu- chal strumae baseos linguae. Bolnitseh. gaz. Botkina, St. Petersb., 1897, viii, 209. Thyroid gland (Abnormities of). See, also, Thyroid gland (Aberrant or accessory). Charriere (L.) * Contribution a I'etude de l'absenee congenitale du corps thyroide et de ses consequences dans 1'arret du developpement physique et intellectuel. 8°. Paris, 1907. Aschoft. Fall von angeborenem Schilddriisenman- gel. Nachr. v. d. k. Gesellsch. d. Wissensch. Math.-phvs. Kl., Gbtting., 1899, 151. — Bergmann ( C. ) Seltene Schilddriiseiimuskeln. Areh. f. Anat., Phvsiol. u. wis- sensch. Med., Berl., 1855, 337-340.—Cohen (S. S.) A pre- liminary communication on some of the trophoneuroses associated with abnormality of the thvroid gland. [Ab- str.] Maryland M. J., Bait., 1892-3, xxviii, 507-510. Also: Times & Reg., Phila., 1893, xxvi, 221-224.—Falkenberg (A.) K anomaliyam razvitiya shtshitovidnol zhelyozi. [Anomalies of development of the thyroid gland.] Chir. Laitop., Mosk., 1895, v, 621-634.—Herrmann (G.) & Verdun (P.) Persistance des corps post-branchiaux chez l'homme. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1899,11. s., i, 853-s55. -----. Remarques sur l'anatomie comparee des corps post-branchiaux. Ibid., 855-857.—Kellner. Athvreosis congenita sporadica. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1912, xxxviii, 1020.—ftlaresch (R.) Congenitaler Defect der Schilddruse bei einem lljahri- gen Madchen mit vorhandenen Epithelkorperchen. Zt- schr. f. Heilk., Berl., 189\ xix, 249-270, 1 pl.—Paladlno (G.) Di un reperto rarissimo o della presenza di fibre muscolari striate nella glandola tiroide. Riforma med., Napoli, 1893, ix, pt. 1, 86^-872.—Peucker (H.) Ueber einen neuen Fall von congenitalem Defeete der Schild- driise mit vorhandenen Epithelkorperchen. Ztschr. f. Heilk., Berl., 1899, xx, 341-356, 1 pl.—Schilder (P.) Ueber Missbildungen der Schilddrtise. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1911, cciii, 246-282, 1 pl.—Van Haelst (A.) Un cas de dysthyroi'die. Ann. Soe. de med. de Gand, 1901, lxxx, 137-142. Also: Beigique med., Gand-Haarlem, 1901, i, 769-774. Thyroid gland (Abscess of). See Thyroid gland (Inflammation, etc., of). Thyroid gland (Antitoxic potencies of). Baidi (D.) Se la tiroide distrugga un veleno che si formerebbe normalmentenell' organismo. Areh. di farm. e terap., Palermo, 1898, vi, 621-538. Also: Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1898, 239-258. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1899, xxxi, 281-286.—Blum (F.) Die Schilddruse als entgiftendes Organ. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1898, xxxv, 950-952. Also [Abstr.]: Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Be 1., 1898, xxiv, Ver.-Beil., 185. -----. Die Schilddruse als entgiftendes Organ. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.J, Berl., 1899, clviii, 495-513.—De Luea (G.)&D'Angerio(V.) Sul potere antitossico de la glan- dola tiroide. Riv. clin. e terap., Napoli,1896, xviii,449-457.— Diez (s.) A Lerda (G.) Sul potere antitossico della ti- roide. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1905, 4. s., xi, 429-439.—Fr&nkel (S.) Thyreoantitoxin, der physiolo- gisch wirksame Bestandtheil der Thyreoidea. Aerztl. Centr.-Anz.,Wien,1895,vii,550-552. Also: Wien.klin.Wchn- schr.,1895, viii, 842-844. Also: Wien. med. Bl., 1895, xviii, 759-761. Also.transl.: Med.Rec,N.Y.,1896,xlix,37. -----. Ueber die Wirksamkeit des Thvreoantitoxins. Wien. med. BL, 1896. xix, 804-806.—Frugoni (C.l&Grlxoni (G.) Giinstiger Einfluss der wirksamen Elemente der Schilddruse auf die experimentellen tuberculosen und pseudotuberkulosen Infectionen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1909, xlvi, 1160-1162.—Grlint'e Id (J.) Therapeutische Versuche mit dem Thyreoantitoxin; ein Beitrag zur Ldsung der Frage fiber die wirksamen Substanzen der Schilddruse. Wien. med. Bl.,1896, xix, 771; 789.—Kopp ( K.) Ueber Wachstumsversehiedenheit einiger Spalt- pilzeauf Schilddrusennahrboden. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. VOL XVIII, 2d series----15 Thyroid gland (An titoxic potencies of). u. Parasitenk., Jena, 1895, xvii, 81-83.— ftlagnus-Levy (A.) Versuche mit Thyreoantitoxin und ThyTOjodln. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1896, xxii, 491.— IHarbe ( S. ) L'hypersensibilisation generale thyroi- dienne: exaltation et attenuation du bacille typhus mu- rium dans les milieux de culture thyro'ides. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1912, lxxii, 710-712. -----. Hyper- sensibilisation g6nerale thyroi'dienne; indice opsonique 61ev6 et hypersensibiliio generale chez les lapins k la ma- melle. icud.,802-801.—;Masini(M. U.) Sulla resistenza e sul comportamento della sostanza colloide tiroidea di fronte ai proeessi putrefattivi. Policlin., Roma, 1902, ix, sez. med., 316-323.—Keiuedi (V.) Sui poteri antitos- sici della glandula tiroide. Sperimentale. Arch, di biol., Firenze, 1902, lvi, 500-517.—Me pan oil. Le corps thy- ro'ide et les defenses naturelles de l'organisme. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1909, lxvi, 296. Thyroid gland (Atrophy of). Caluerar'a (A.) Mixedema da, atrofia della tiroide eon ipertrofia della ipofisi. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1907, xiii, 351-365. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1908-9,1, 190-196.—Gand y (C.) In- fantilisme tardif de l'adulte; sclerose atrophique de la th\ ro'ide avec inflammation nodulaire spt>ciale. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1907, 3. s., xxiv, 478-490.— Noel, Flessinger & Sourdel. Insufflsance diast6- mato-spermatique acquise avec atropine thyroidienne. Ibid., 1911, 3. s., xxxi, 861-865.—Stunim (T. W.) Abla- tion and atrophy of the thyroid and parathyroid glands. St. Paul M. J., St. Paul, Minn., 1906, viii, 729-733.—Voi- venel (P.) & Piqtieinal (J.) Surun cas de chStivisme (avec retreeissement mitral pur, atropine du corps thy- roide, idiotie). Toulouse med., 1911, 2. s., xiii, 147-151.— Werelius (A.) Experimental pressure atrophy of the thyroid, with brief summary of the present knowledge of the gland. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1909, liii, 172-178. Thyroid gland (Blood supply of). Alamartine (H.) Effets de la ligature' des arteres du corps thyroide sur la structure de cette glande. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, lxx, 614.—Bartels (P.) Ueber den Verlauf der Lymphgefasse der Schild- driise bei Saugetieren und beim Menschen. Anat. Hefte, Wiesb., 1901, xvi, 333-379, 2 pl.—Berard (L.) Sur quel- ques points de la circulation arterielle thvro'idienne. Province med., Lyon, 1896, x, 541-544.—Berard (L.) & Destot. Circulation du corps thyroide. Mem.etcompt.- rend. Soc. d. sc. m6d. de Lyon (1896), 1897, xxxvi, pt. 2, 175.—Carrel (A.) Thvroid gland and vascular surgery. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1909, viii, 606-612.—Gley (E.) Sur quelques effets de la ligature des arteres thy- ro'idiennes chezle lapin. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, lxx, 770.—Goldmann. Demonstration von Ge- fassanastomosen der Schilddruse und des Kehlkopfes. Verhandl. d. Ver. siiddeutsch. Laryngol., Wiirzb., 1904, 42.—Latarjet (A.) & Alamartine (H.) Note sur la vascularisation arterielle du corps thyroide de rhomme. Lyon med., 1910, cxv, 729-739.—JWaas (O.) Ueber Ver- anderungen im Centralnervensystem nach Unterbindung der Schilddriisengefiisse. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1901, xxxviii, 836.—Major (R. H.) Studies on the vascular system of the thyroid gland. Am. J. Anat., Phila., 1909, ix, 475-492.—Pinto (C.) Sugli effetti dell' ischemia temporanea dell' apparecchio tireo-paratiroideo. Ri- forma med., Roma, 1902, xviii, pt. 4, 206. Also, transl.: Gaz. hebd. de med., Par., 1902, n. s., vii, 1107. Thyroid gland (Cancer of). See Thyroid gland (Tumors of, Cancerous, etc.). Thyroid gland (Chemistry of). See, also, Thyreoglobulin; Thyroid-extract; Thyroid gland (Secretions of). Kieselbvch (A.) * Ueber ein Vorkommen von Glykogen in der Schilddruse. [Heidel- berg.] 8°. Mainz, 1909. Moneri (A.) *Metabolisme de l'iode; re- cherches nouvelles sur la fonction iodee de la glande thyroide. 8°. Lyon, 1903. Oswald (A.) Ueber die chemische Beschaf- fenheit und die Function der Schilddruse. [Zu- rich.] 8°. Strassburg, 1900. Ramberg (Marie). * Beobachtungen iiber Glycogen in der Thyreoidea. [Bern.] 8°. Ber- lin, 1911. Also, in: Virchow's Arch.f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1911, cciii, 348-352, 1 pl. Aeschtoacher (S.) Ueber den Einfluss krankhafter Zustande auf den Jod- und Phosphorgehalt der normalen Schilddruse. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1905, xv, 269-296.—Aldrlch (T. B.) The iodine con- tent of the small, medium, and large thyroid glands of THYROID GLAND. 226 THYROID GLAND. Thyroid gland (Chemistry of). sheep, beef, and hogs. Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1912-13, xxxi, 125-130.—Baldl (D.) Presenza del bromo nella glandula tiroide normale. Boll. d. Soe. med.-chir. di Pavia, Milano, 1898, 40-44. Also [Abstr.]: Gazz. med. lomb., Milano, 1*9*. lvii, 227. Also, transl.: Arch. ital. de biol.,Turin, 1898,xxix, 353-356.—Baldonl (A.) Icorpi proteiei della tiroide. Bull. d. r. Accad. med. di Roma, 1900, xxvi, 184-196. Also, transl.: Untersuch. z. Naturl. d. Mensch. u. d. Thiere, Giessen, 1900-1901, xvii, 217-228. -----. Le sostanze grasse ed anorganiche della tiroide. Bull. d. r. Accad. med. di Roma, 1900, xxvi, 218-224. Also, transl.:Untersuch. z. Naturl. d. Mensch. u. d. Thiere, Gies- sen, 1900-1901, xvii, 191-197— Baumann (E.) & Gold- mann (E.) Istdas Jodothyrin (Thyrojodin) derlebens- wlchtige Bestandtheil der Schilddruse? Miinehen. med. Wchnschr.,1896, xliii,1153-1157.—Blum(F.) DieJodsub- stanz der Schilddruse und ihre physiologische Bedeutung. Ztschr. f. phvsiol. Chem., Strassb., 1898, xxvi, 160-174. -----. Zur Chemie und Physiologie der Jodsubstanz der Schilddruse. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1899, lxxvii, 70-106.—Charriii & Bourcet. Variations de l'iode du corps thvro'ide des nouveau-nes sous diverses influences pathologlques. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc., Par., 1900, cxxx, 945-948. Also: Compt. rend. Soe. de biol., Par., 1900, 11. s., ii, 339-312.—Chenu (J.) & itlorel (A.) Recherches chimiqius sur l'appareil thyroidien. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1904, cxxxviii, 1004-1007. — Claude (H.) & Blanche tie re (A.) Sur la teneur en iode de la glande thyroide dans ses rapports avec la constitution anatomique de l'organe. J. de phvsiol. et de path. g£n., Par., 1910, xii, 663-579.—Coronedi (G.) & Barbicri (O.) Dati su la coinposizione chimica della tiroide nei suini del circondario parmense, con particolare riguardo alle applicazioni opoierupiche. Biochim. e terap. sper., Milano, 1911-12, iii, 316-323. Also, transl: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1912-13, lvii, 263-270.—Frankel ( S. ) Beitrage zur phvsiologischen Chemie der Thyreoidea. Wien. med. Bl., 1896, xix, 195; 213; 230.—Gautier ( L i Encore l'iode et la glande thyroide; lettre au Dr P. Jannin. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1899, xix, 618-626.—Gley (E.) Presence de l'iode dans les glan- dules parathyro'ides. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1897, exxv, 312-315.— Gilntlier (G.) Ueber ein Krys- talloid der menschlichen Schilddruse. Sitzungsb. d. k. Akad. d. Wissensch. Math.-naturw. CI., Wien, 1896, cv, 341-346.—Giirber (A.) Ein jodhaltiges Product der menschlichen Schilddruse. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1896, xliii, 545.—Gil I land ( G. L.) & Goodall (A.) A preliminary note on the presence of pigment contain- ing iron in the thyroid gland. Lancet, Lond., 1905, ii, 506.—Hunt (R.) The relation of iodine to the thyroid gland. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlix, 1323-1329. Also, Reprint.—Hunter (A.) The determination of small quantities of iodine, with special reference to the iodine content of the thvroid gland. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1910, vii, 321-349.—Hutchison (R.) The chem- istry of the thyroid glnnd and the nature of its active constituent. J. Physiol., Cambridge, 1896, xx, 474-496. -----. Further observations on the chemistry and action of the thyroid gland. Ibid., Lond., 1898, xxiii, 178-189. -----. The chemistry of the thyroid in its physiological and pathological aspects. Practitioner, Lond., 1901, lxvi, 402-413. —Iscovesco (H.) Les li- poi'des du corps thyro'ide; pouvoir hemolytique et agglu- tinant. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1908, lxv, 106-108. -----. Le lipo'ide exophtalmisant de la thyro'ide. ' Ibid., 1910, lxix, 391-393.—Jolin (S.) Ueber den Jodgehalt der menschlichen Schilddriisen in Schweden. Upsala Liikaref. Forh. Festskr. . . . Hammarsten, 1906, Jit. 8, 1-56. Also, Reprint.—Juschtschenko (A.) Ueber die fettspaltende und oxydierenden Fermente der Schilddruse und den Einfluss letzterer auf die lipoly- tischen und oxydierenden Prozesse im Blute. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1910, xxv, 49-78.—Kocher (A.) Ueber die Ausscheidung des Jods im menschlichen Harn und ihre Beziehung zum Jodgehalt und zur Verkleinerung der Strumen; ein Beitrag zur Physiologie der Schild- driise. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u Chir., Jena, 1905, xiv, 359-424. — Kuraew. Ueber die Funktion der Schilddruse, vornehmlich vom phvsiologisch - chemi- schen Standpunkte. Med. Woche, Berl., 1900, 417; 427.— Levi (L.) & de Rothschild (H.) Intestin thvro'fdien et ion-calcium. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1907, lxii, 709-711.—Marchetti (L.) Precipitine tiroidee. Riforma med., Palermo-Napoli, 1907, xxiii, 1130.—ma- rine (D.) & Lenhart (C. H.) Further observations on the relation of iodin to the structure of the thyroid gland in the sheep, dog, hog, and ox. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1909, iii, 66-77.-----------. Relation of iodin to the structure of human thyroids; relation of iodin and histologic structure to diseases in general; to exoph- thalmic goiter; to cretinism and myxedema. Ibid., iv, 440-493.—Marine (D.) & Williams (W. W.) The re- lation of iodin to the structure of the thvroid gland. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1908, i, 349-384, 3 pl., 1 tab. . Thyroid gland ( Chemistry of). Also, Reprint.—Meyer (F.) Fernieiitwirkungen der Schilddruse. Verhandl. d. Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1909, 658-563.—Mlwa (S.) & Stoeltzner (W.) Ist das Jod ein nothwendiger Bestandtheil jeder normalen Schilddruse? Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Leipz., 1897, xiv, 83-88.— Mon6ry(A.) Recherches sur la fonction iod6e de la glande thvro'ide. J. de pharm. et chim., Par., 1904, 6. s., xix, 288-29*5.—Morkotun ( K. S. > O fosforistom blelkle shtshitovidnol zhelyozi, v svyazi s voprosom ob yeya ot- pravlenii. [On the phosphate of albumen in the thyroid gland, in connection with the question of its function.] Vrach, St. Peterb., 1*95, xvi, 1028-1030. — NageI (W. A.) & Ross (E.) Versuche fiber experimentelle Beeinfluss- barkeit des Jodgehaltes der Schilddruse. Arch. f.Physiol., Leipz., 1902, Suppl.-Bd., 267-277. — Nardelli (G.) Im- portanza di un nuovo metodo per la ricerea dello iodio nelle tiroidi. Arch, di farmacol. sper., Roma, 1910, x, 207- 215—Oswald (A.) Ueber den Jodgehalt der Schild- driisen. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1897, xxiii, 265-310. Also, Reprint. -----. Die Eiweisskorper der Schilddruse. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1899, xxvii, 14-49. -----. Was wissen wir fiber die Chemie und die Physiologie der Schilddruse? Arch, f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1900, lxxix, 450-460. -----. Nouvelles recherches chimiquessurlaglandethyroide. Cong, internat. demed. C.-r.,Par.,1900,sect.dephysiol.,24-26.—Pel(A.V.) Shtshi- tovidnaya zhelyoza l mishyak. [Thyroid gland and arsenic] J. med. khim. i organoterap., S.-Peterb., 1903, ix, nos. 29-30, 147.—Presence in the normal thyroid gland of a substance containing a relatively large quan- tity of iodine. Med. News, N. Y., 1896, lxviii, 328-330.— Rlggs (L. W.) & Beebe (S. P.) The iodin content of human thyroid glands. Proc. Am. Soc. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1908, 41.— Roos (E.) Zur Abwehr. [Blum: Die Jodsubstanz der Schilddruse und ihre physiologische Bedeutung.] Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1898-9, xxvi, 429-435.—von Rositzky (A.) Ueber den Jodge- halt von Schilddriisen in Steiermark. Wien. klin. Wchn- schr., 1897, x, 823.—Srhulz (H.) Ueber den Kieselsaure- gehalt der menschlichen Schilddruse, Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1912, xlvi, 376-392.—Seidell (A.) Further experi- ments upon the determination of iodine in thyroid. J. Biol. Chem., Bait.. 1911, x, 95-108. —Stookey (L. B.) & Gardner (Vera). Relation of the thyroids to autolysis. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1907-8, v, 120.— SuilFet (T.) Contribution a I'etude chimique de la glande thyro'ide de mouton. J. de pharm. et chim., Par., 1900, 6. s., xii, 50-53 —Tambach (R.) Zur Chemie des Jods in der Schilddruse. Ztschr. f. Biol., Munchen u. Leipz., 1898, n. F., xviii, 549-567. — Vassale (G.) & DI Brazzk (P.) Nuovo metodo per la dimostrazione della sostanza colloide nei vasi linfatiei della ghiandola tiroide. Riv. sper. di freniat., Reggio-Emilia, 1894, xx, 66-68.— Weiss (F.) Ueber den Jodgehalt von Schilddriisen in Schlesien. Munchen. med. Wchnschr , 1897, xliv, 6.— Wells (H. G.) & Benson (R. L.) The relation of the thyroid to autolysis, with a preliminary report on the study of autolysis by determinations of the changes in freezing point and electrical conductivity. J. Biol. Chem., N. Y., 1907-8, iii, 35-47. — Wohlmuth (J.) Ue- ber den Jodgehalt der Schilddriisen von Schafen. Cen- tralbl. f. Physiol., Leipz. u. Wien, 1901-2, xv, 587.— Woolley (P. G.) Some suggestions regarding the mech- anism of resorption of thyroid colloid. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1912, xxiii, 49. Thyroid gland (Congestion and oedema of). See, also, Thyroid gland (Inflammation, etc., of). Luthi ( A.) * CJeber venose Stauung der Hundeschilddriise. [Bern.] 8°. Jena, 1905. Berard ( L.) Congestions thyro'idiennes. [Extr.l Gaz. d. Imp., Par., 1907, lxxx, 1611-1616. —Fabre (J.) & Thevenot (L.) La congestion de la glande thyroide chezle nouveau-ne. Arch, de med. d. enf., Par., 1907, x, 257-274.—Halipre (A.) Congestion thyroi'dienne chez un jeune homme; traitement iodure suivi du traitement thyroidien. Normandie med., Rouen, 1897, xii, 517-527.— Laubie (A.) Les acces de suffocation dans la conges- tion thyroidienne; tractions rvthmees de la langue Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1903, xxiv, 269-272.— Levi (L.) & de Rotlischild (H.) (Edemes thy- ro'idiens transitoires. Compt. rend. Soc de biol.. Par., 1906, Ixi, 745-747.—Levy (A.) Congestion aigue' du corps thyro'ide dans l'exerciee dit des anneaux. Arch, de med. et pharm. mil., Par., 1902, xi, 324-328— LUtlii (A.) Le- ber experimentelle venose Stauung in der Hundeschild- driise. Mitt. a. d. Genzgeh. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1905, xv, 247-268.—Thevenot I L.) Goitres et congestions de la thyroide chez le nouveau-ne. Obstetrique, Par., 1£09, n. s.,ii, 208-217. 27 THYROID (JLAND. THYROID GLAND. Thyroid gland (Degeneration of). See, also, Thyroid gland (Tumors of, Cystic). Peters (W.^ *Ein Fall von amyloider Degeneration der Schilddruse. 8°. Freiburg, 1898. Stoffel [geb. Stempel] (Edda). *Lokales Amyloid in der Schilddruse. [Heidelberg.] 8°. Berlin, 1910. Also [Abstr.], in: Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1910, cci, 245-251. Discussion sur une degen£rescence sclereuse du corps thvro'ide. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1901, n. s., xxvii, 938-913.—Murray (G. R.) The diagnosis of early thyroidal fibrosis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1898, ii, 942-944.—Ricard. Note sur une vari^te. de degene- reseenee fibreuse du corps thyroide. Bull, et mem. Soc. dechir. de Par., 1901, n. s., xxvii, 758-764. Also: Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1901, n. s., lxxiv, 733-735. Thyroid gland (Diseases and pathology of). See, also, Cretinism; Goitre; Menstrua- tion (Cessation of); Menstruation (Disorders of, Complications, etc., of); Myxoedema ((Causes, etc., of); Thyroid gland (Atrophy of); Thyroid gland (Congestion of); Thyroid gland (Degenera- tion of); Thyroid gland (Disoraers of, Func- tional); Thyroid gland (Hydatids of); Thyroid gland (Hypertrophy, etc., of); Thyroid gland (Inflammation etc., of); Thyroid gland (Insuffi- ciency of); Thyroid gland (Syphilis of); Thyroid gland (Tuberculosis of); Thyroid gland (Tumors of). Albertin (A.) *Le corps thyroide et le rhumatisme articulaire aigu. 8°. Paris, 1911. Biros (G.-A.) *Dea psychoses d'origine thyroidienne. 8°. Lyon, 1904. Blanck (T. H. H. K.) * Ueber das Vor- kommen des Facialphanomens bei Schild- driisenaffektionen. [Miinehen] 8°. Berlin, 1909. Bogroff (A. [G.]) *K voprosu o fiziolo- gicheskom znachenii shtshitovidnol zhelyozi i o roli yeya v patologii i terapii Basedow'ol bollezni. [On the physiological value of the thyroid gland and its role in the pathology and therapy of Basedow's disease.] 8°. S.-Peter- burg, 1895. Domenico (T.) * Fisio-patologia della ghian- dola tiroide. roy. 8°. Torino, 1904. von Eiselsberg (A.) Die Krankheiten der Schilddruse. 8°. Stuttgart, 1901. Ewald (C. A.) Die Erkrankungen der Schilddruse. MyxSdem und Kretinismus. 2. Aufl. 8°. Wien & Leipzig, 1909. Garnier(M.) *La glande thyroide dans les maladies infectieuses. 8°. Paris, 1899. Kloeppel (C. "W. F. C.) *Vergleichende Untersuchungen iiber Gebirgsland- und Tief- landsehilddriisen an Berliner, Gottinger und Freiburger Material. [Freiburg i. Br.] 8°. Naumburg a. S., 1911. Also, in: Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1910, xlix, 579-594. Levy (L.) & de Rothschild (H.) Etudes sur la physiopathologie du corps thyroide et de l'hypophyse. Preface de M. Ch. Achard. 8°. Paris, 1908. -----------. Endocrinologie. Nouvelles Etudes sur la physiopathologie du corps thyroide et des autres glandes endocrines. (2e serie.) 4°. Paris, 1911. Lindstadt ( C. ) Die Verrichtungen der Schilddruse (Glandula thyreoidea). Die Ur- sachen des Kropfes, der Epilepsie, etc., und ihre Heilung; die Nahrungsmittelfrage (Vegetaris- Thyroid gland (Diseases and pathology 'if). mus und Fleischnahrung); die Tuberkulose des Rindviehes als Studien auf dem Gebiete der Nervenphysiologie und Pathologie und des Blutlebens. Bearbeitet fiir Aerzte, Thieriirzte und gebildete Stiinde. 8°. Perleberg, 1902. -----. The same. Neuere Forschungen iiber die Yerrichtung der Schilddruse, ihre Be- ziehungen zum Kropf, Kretinismus, Epilepsie, etc. 2. Aufl. 8°. Berlin, 1904. Li'sen'a (G.) Fisio-patologia dell' apparec- chio tiro-paratiroideo; studio critico e speri- mentale. 8°. Firenze, 1899. Lutgert (C. A,) *De vitiis organicis glan- dulsethvroideee. [Utrecht.] 8°. Amstelodami, 1839. Minnich (W.) Das Kropfherz und die Be- ziehungen der Schilddrusenerkrankungen zu dem Kreislaufapparat. 8°. Leipzig & Wien, 1904. Ochsner (A. J.) & Thompson (R. L.) The surgery and pathology of the thyroid and para- thyroid glands. 8°. St. Loins, 1910. Odeye (J.) * Influence des modifications utero-ovariennes sur les affections du corps thy- roide. 4°. Paris, 1895. Razumovski (V. I.) Povrezhdeniya i zabo- llevaniya shtshitovidnol' zhelyozi. [Injuries and diseases of the thyroid gland.] 8°. S.-Pe- terburg, 1903. Richardson (H.) The thyroid and parathy- roid glands. 8°. Philadelphia, 1905. Riou (P.) *De l'ichthyose dans ses rapports avec les lesions du corps thyroide. 8°. Lyon, 1908. Sanderson - Damberg ( Elisabeth ). *Die Schilddruse vom 15.-25. Lebensjahr aus der norddeutschen Ebene und Kiistengegend, sowie aus Bern. [Bern.] 8°. Wiesbaden, 1911. Also, in: Frankfurt. Ztschr. f. Path., Wiesb., 1910-11,, vi, 312-334. Sarbach (J.) *Das Verhalten der Schild- driise bei Infektionen und Intoxikationen. [Bern.] 8°. Jena, 1905. Valentin (F.) *Der Einfluss letaler Ver- brennungen auf das histologische Bild der Schilddruse. [Bern.] 8°. Berlin, 1908. Also, in: Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1908, exci, 42-63. Vermorel (E.) *De 1'origine thyroidienne de certaines tachycardies ou palpitations, dites nerveuses de la puberte et de la menopause. 8°. Paris, 1907. Wanner (P. A.) * Einfluss der acuten Anaemie auf das histologische Bild der Schild- driise. [Bern.] 8°. Berlin, 1899. Also, in: Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1899, clviii, 29-63,1 pl. Zielinska (M.) * Beitrage zur Kenntniss der normalen und strumosen Schilddruse des Men- schen und des Hundes. 8°. Berlin, 1894. Also, in: Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1894, exxxvi, 170-194.) A bram (J. H.) A note on the development and the anatomy of the thyroid gland in disease. Liverpool M.- Chir. J., 1896, xvi, 373-377.—Audrain (J.) Essai sur une pathogenie commune aux lesions du corps thyro'ide et des organes k fonction antitoxique. Progres med., Par., 1912, 3. s., xxviii, 153-156.—Baracli (J. H.) The fiathological physiology of thyroid fever. N. York M. J. etc.], 1906, lxxxiii, 77-80. Also, Reprint.—Barrett (A. M.) Mental disturbance associated with disease of the thyroid gland. Physician & Surg., Detroit & Ann Arbor, 1911, xxxiii, 314.—Bayon. Demonstration von Pra- paraten der normalen und pathologischen Schilddruse. Sitzungsb. d. phys.-med. Gesellsch. zu Wurzb.s 1904, 97- THYROID GLAND. o 28 THYROID GLAND. Thyroid gland (Diseases and pathology <>.i). 102. Also [Abstr.]: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1904, li, 1667.—Bed a (L.) Algumas nocoes da phisiopatho- logia da glandula thvroide. J. de med. de Pernambuco, 1911, vii, 41.—Beebe" (S. P.) Diseases of the thyroid and thvmus glands. Mod. Treatment (Hare), Phila. & N. Y., 1911, ii, 479-499. -----. Recent development in the phvsiology and pathology of the thyreoid gland. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1911, xciv, 73-82. Also, Reprint— Beilby ((i. E.) Affections of the thyroid gland; a clin- ical and pathological study. Stud. Bruder Hyg. Lab., Albanv. 19i>6, iii, 92-132, 3pl. Also: Ann. Surg., Phila.,1906, xliii, 80-VS53. Also: Albany M. Ann., 1907, xxviii, 92-132, 3 pl. -----. On the diagnosis and treatment of thyroid gland diseases. Albany M. Ann., 1911, xxxii, 637-645. -----. The clinical features and operative treatment of thvroid lesions. N.YorkState J.M.,N.Y.,1907, vii,363-367.— Belville (J. E.) The disorders of the thyroid gland. Hahneman. Month., Phila., 1902, xxvii, 664-676.—Ber- nard (J.) La glande thyro'ide; physiologie normale et pathologique. Gaz. med. de Picardie, Amiens, 1898. xvi, 144-152. — Blrclier (H.) Die gestorte Schilddriisen- funktion als Krankheitsursache. Ergebn. d. allg. Path. u. path. Anat. [etc.] 1902, Wiesb., 1904, viii, 521-548.— Bloodgood (J. C.) The surgical treatment of dis- eases of the thyroid and parathyroid glands. Handb. Pract. Treat. [Musser & Kelly], Phila. & Lond., 1911, i, 855-866—Blum (F.) Neues zur Physiologie und Patho- logie der Schilddruse. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1906, liii, 890. -----. Neues und Altes zur Physiologie und Pathologie der Schilddruse. Verhandl. d. Kong. f. in- nere Med., Wiesb., 1906, xxiii, 183-221, 3 pl.—Brant (Cornelia C.) The treatment of diseased [thyroid] glands by physical therapy. Woman's M. J., Cincin., 1912, xxii, 3-5.—Breitner (B.) Schilddriisenerkran- kungen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1912, xxxviii, 1955. -----. Experimentelle Untersu- chungen iiber das Wesen der Schilddriisen erkrankungen. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xxv, 1590.—Broca (A.) Corps thyro'ide; lesions traumatiques du corps thyroide, congestion, inflammation (thyro'fdite), tuberculose, sy- philis, tumeurs, goitre exophtalmique. Traite de chir. (Duplay et Reclus), 2. ed., Par., 1898, v, 441-512.—Brock (G.) Experimentelle Untersuchungen fiber das histolo- gische Verhalten der Schilddruse bei Intoxicationen. Klin.-exper. Beitr. z. inn. Med. Festschr. . . . Lazarus, Berl., 1899, 101-110.—Buist (R. C.) Three cases illus- trating thyroid relations in gynaecologv.. Tr. Edinb. Obst. Soc, 1903-4, xxix, 157-161.—Burr (C. W.) Trophic diseases associated with pathological changes in the thy- roid gland. Text-book Nerv. Dis. Am. Authors (Dercum), Phila., 1895. 913-926.—Caley_(H. A.) Vascular swelling connected with the thyroid gland. Tr. M. Soc. Lond., 1900-1901, xxiv, 279-281.—Caro (L.) Zur Pathogenese der Schilddriisenerkrankungen. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1906, xx, 361; 384.—Clerk (E.) Die Schilddruse im hohen Alter vom 50. Lebensjahr an aus der norddeut- schen Ebene und Kiistengegend sowie aus Bern. Frank- furt. Ztschr. f. Path.,Wiesb., 1912,x, 1-19,3 pl.— Cohen (S, S.) On some of the tropho-neuroses associated with abnor- mality of the thyroid gland. Proc. Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila., 1893, xiv, 55; 206.—Coronedi (G.) Invito ai medici di contribuire con nuovo indirizzo nel campo pratico alio studio della fisiopatologia e terapia della glandola tiroide. Riv. veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 1903, xxxix, 193-201.—Courtin. Fragments d'un corps thy- ro'ide k alterations multiples. J. de m6d. de Bordeaux, 1905, xxxv, 267.—Crispino (M.) La tiroide nella infe- zione ed intossicazione sperimentale. Gior.d. Ass. napol. di med. e nat., Napoli, 1902, xii, 186-231, lpl.—l>avis (E. P.) Thyroid disease complicating pregnancy and partu- rition. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1912, cxliii, 815-830, Also: Bull. Lying-in Hosp., N. Y., 1912-13, viii, 176-193, 1 tab. — Dieballa (G.) & Illyes (G.) Anyagcsere- vizsgalatok Brightkoros betegeken pajszmirigy behatasa alatt. [The effect of the thyroid gland on metabolism in Bright's disease.] Magy. orv. Arch., Budapest, 1897, vi, 82-99.—Discussion on the pathologv of the thyroid gland. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1893, ii, 676-678.—Discus- sion e sulla communicazione del socio onorario Prof. De Dominicis intorno alia fisiopatologia della tiroide. Atti d. r. Accad. med.-chir. di Napoli, 1899, n.s., liii, 633-640.— Dock (G.) Diseases of the thvroid gland. In: Mod. Med. (Osier), 8°, Pbila. & N. Y., 1909, vi, 377-446, 1 pl.— Edmund* (W.) The Erasmus Wilson lectures on the pathology and diseases of the thyroid gland. Lancet, Lond., 1901, i, 1317; 1381; 1449. -----. Further observa- tions on the thyroid gland. J. Path. & Bacterid., Edinb. & Lond., 1902, viii, 288-293, 3 pl.—von Fiselsberg (A.) Die Krankheiten und Verletzungen der Schilddruse. Handb. d. prakt. Chir. (von Bergmann), Stuttg., 1902-3, ii, 298-370. Also, transl. in: Syst. Pract. Surg, (von Berg- mann), N. Y. & Phila., 1904, ii, 293-362.—Elterieh (T. J.) Classification of the diseases of the thyroid gland' and their etiology, with special consideration of cretin- ism and myxedema: therapeutic uses and abuses of the thyroid gland. Penn. M. J., Athens, 1906-7, x, 177-179.— Thyroid gland (Diseases and pathology of). Frdheim (J.) Zur normalen und pathologischen His- tologic der Glandula thyreoidea, parathyreoidea und Hypophysis. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1903, xxxiii, 158-236.—Fano (G.) & Hossi (G.) Sulla viscosita del siero sanguigno nelle lesioni sperimentali dell' apparecchio tiro-paratiroideo. Arch, di fisiol., Firenze, 1904-5, ii, 589-698— Farnum (E.J.) Diseases of the thyroid body. Chicago M. Times, 1905, xxxviii, 205-212.—Fazio (E.) Fisiopatologia della glandola tiroide ed annessi paratiroidei; organo-opoterapia tiroi- diana. Riv. internaz. d' ig., Napoli, 1900, xi, 55; 205; 339; 397; 405; 475:1901, xii, 118; 201.—Fernandez Sanz (E.) Un casodudosodeafeccion tiroidea. Siglo med., Madrid, 1904, li, 66; 98; 114. Also [Abstr.]: Rev. de med. y cirug. pract., Madrid, 1903, Ixi, 459.—Firbas. Zur Klinik und Therapie der SchilddriiseiH'ik i ankungen im Kindesalter. Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Leipz., 1895-6, xli, 281-291.—Fleisch- niaiin. Die Erregbarkeit derHerznerven bei Kroprigen undSchilddriisenlosen. Verhandl.d. deutsch.Kong.f. in- nere M ed.,Wiesb.,1911,xxviii,231-237—Gallo (N.) Fisio- patologia della tiroide. Pratica d. med., Napoli, 1907-8, 297-302.—Gamier (M.) Physiologie pathologique de la glande thvro'ide au cours des infections. Cong, internat. de med. "C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de path, gen., 224-232.— Gel la t (P. P.) K patologii shtshitovidnol zhelyozi. [Pathology of the thyroid gland.] Khirurg. Arkh. Ve- lyaminova, S.-Peterb., 1910, xxvi, 581-584. —Gillillan (J. S.) The heart in disease of the thyroid gland. J. Minn. M. Ass. [etc.], Minneap., 1911, xxxi, 1-5.—Gor- don (A. H.) The nonsurgical treatment of the thyroid. Clinique, Chicago, 1910, xxxi, 587-595. — Greenlield (W. S.) The Bradshaw lecture on some diseases of the thyroid gland. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1893, ii, 1261-1267. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1893, ii, 1493; 1553.—Grossman (I. B.) K patologii shtshitovidnol i drugikh zhelyoz s vnutrennel sekretsiyel. [Pathology of the thyroid and other glands with internal secretion.] Prakt. Vrach, S.- Peterb., 1910, ix, 384; 401; 418.—Gudernatscli (J. F.) The relationship between the normal and pathological thyroid gland of fish. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1911, xxii, 152-155.—Halllon. Physiologie normale et pathologique du corps thyroide et des capsules surr<5- nales. Arch. gen. de m6d., Par., 1900, n. s., iv, 488-512.— Hecker. Zur Pathologie der Schilddruse und Neben- schilddriise. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1907, liv, 493- 495. Also: Jahresb. d. Gesellsch. f. Nat. u. Heilk. in Dresd., 1906-7, Munchen, 1908, 62-66.—Hedin. Au sujet des lesions du corps thyro'ide chez, les animaux de bou- cherie. Hyg. de la viahde [etc.], Evreux, 1911, v, 6-15 — Heiinann (L.) Thvroid affections. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1910, ciii,308-310. [Discussion], 315.—Hertzler (A. E.) The relation of diseases of the thyroid gland to leucoplakia. Am. J. Dermat. & Genito-Urin. Dis., St. Louis, 1907, xi, 4.— Hirsclileld (M.) Die Schilddruse und ihre Krankheiten. Gesundheit, Leipz., 1908, v, 286-294.—Horand (R.), Pulllet £V.) & Morel (L.) Troubles delirants d'origine thyroi'dienne chez un predisposed Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1912, lxxxv, 1745.— Horsley (SirX.) The physiology and pathology of the thvroid gland. Tr. M. Soe. Lond., 18.95-6, xix. 290-300. Also: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1896, ii, 1623-1625, 2 pl.—Horsley [Sir\.) [et al.]. Diseases of the thyroid gland. Post Graduate, N. Y., 1909, xxiv, 1017-1019.—House (A. F.) My experience with some of the surgical diseases of the thyroid gland. Cleveland J. M., 1901, vi, 123-127.— Iliirtlilc (K.) Beitrage zur Kenntniss des Secretions- vorgangs in der Schilddruse. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1894, lvi, 1-44, 3 pl.—Hunt (R.) & Seidell (A.) Thyrotropic iodine compounds. J. Pharmacol. & Exper. Therap., Bait., 1910, ii, 15-17.—Hunter (C. A.) Noteson some thyroid diseases. Northwest. Lancet, St. Paul, 1900, xx, 121-123. [Discussion], 135.—Influence des modifi- cations utero-ovariennes sur les affections du corps thy- roide. J. de med. et chir. prat., Par., 1895, lxvi. 733-735.— Isenschinid (R.) Zur Kenntnis der menschlichen Schilddruse im Kindesalter mit besonderer Beriicksichti- gung der Herkunft aus versehiedenen Gegenden im Hin- blick auf die endemische Struma. Frankf. Ztschr. f. Path., Wiesb., 1910, v, 205-254. Also, Reprint— Teandellze. Atherome thyroidien. Mem. Soc. de med. de Nancy, 1907-8, 96-99. Also: Rev. med. de l'est, Nancy, 1908, xl, 346-349.—Kocher (E. T.) The annual oration; a con- tribution to the pathology of the thyroid gland. Tr. M. Soc. Lond., 1905-6, xxix, 370-390. Also [Abstr.]: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, i, 1261-1266. Also [Abstr.]: Lancet, Lond., 1906, i, 1623-1525. -----. Die Pathologie der Schilddruse. Verhandl. d. Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1906, xxiii, 59-137. -----. Diseases of the thyroid gland. In: Surgery (Keen), 8°, Phila & Lond., 1908, iii, 336-398, 1 pl. -----. Die funktionelle Diagnostik bei Schilddriisenerkrankun- gen. Ergebn. d. Chir. u. Orthop., Berl., 1911. iii, 1-23 — Kostlivy (S.) Ueber chronische Thyreotoxikosen. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1910, xxx, 671-718.—Kottmann (K.) & L.idsky (Anna). Ueber Schilddruse und Autolyse. Gleichzeitig ein Beitrag zur allgemeinen Physiologie und Pathologie der Schilddruse, THYROID GLAND. 229 THYROID GLAXD. Thyroid gland (Diseases and pathology oh mit spezieller Beriicksichtigung der Verhaltnisse beim Basedow und Mvxodem. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1910, lxxi, 369-389.—Kraus (F.) Die Pathologie der Schilddruse. Verhandl. d. Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1906, xxiii, 23-59. Also [Abstr.]: Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1906, xxxii, 737-740.—Laigne I - Lavasline. Les troubles psychiques dans les syn- dromes thyro'idiens. N. icon, de la Salpetriere, Par., 1908, xxi, 204-230.—Lanz (O.) I'eber Sehilddriiseuheber und Schilddriisenintoxikation: ein Beitrag zur Basedow- Frage. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1901, viii, 1-10—Lavizzari (G. B.) La formula ematologica nelle aflV/ioni della tiroide. Note e riv. di psichiat., Pesaro, 1910, 3. s . iii. 373-382.—Lodoux. La lympho- cytose des thyrotoxicoses. Province med., Par., 1912, xxiii, 13-15. Also: Rev. med. de la Franche-Corate, Be- sancon, 1912, xx, 97-104— Lei::ry (T.) & KeiLiiault (F.) Presence de corps thyroi.les normaux chez les achondroplaxc-. Compt. rend. Soe. de biol., Par., 1902, 11. s., v, 567.—Leroy (L.) Pathologv of the thyroid. Memphis M. Month., 1910, xxx, 401 -408. — Lev 1 (L.) Corps thvro'ide et senilite. Clin. prat, med.-chir. de path, [etc.], Par., 1909, v, 217-220. -----. Neuro-aithri- tisme thvroitdien et son traitement. Actualites med.- chir. (Rothschild), Par., 1911, 239-274, 5 pl. -----. Neuroarthritisme thyroidien et anaphylaxie. Repert. de med. internat., Par., 1912, ii, fasc. 21, 15-21. -----. Cardiopathie cougenitale et corps thyroide. Clin. prat, med.-chir. de path, [etc.], Par., 1912. viii, 73-79. -----. Aproposdessyndromesovaro-thyroidiensetthyro- ovariens. Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1912, lxxii, 89- 91.—Levi (L.) A de Hotlischild (H.) Corps thyroide etneuro-arthritisme. Ibid., 1906, lxii, 75-77.----------. Migraine thyroi'dienne. Rev. d'hyg. et demed. inf. [etc.], Par., 1906, v. 246-262.-----------. Contribution a la pa- thologie thyroi'dienne. Ibid., 417-146.-----------.Nou- velle contribution a la physiopathologie de la glande thy- roide. Ibid., 1907, vi, 13-39.-----------. Nouvelle con- tribution a la pathologie thyroi'dienne et hypophysaire. Ibid., 140-153.-----------. Pathologiethyroidienne; rhu- matisme chronique, eczema, neuro-arthritisme thvro'f- diens. Jbfrf..l908.vii.212-276.-----------. Corps thyro'ide ro'ideetpoidscorporel;obesitethvro'idienne. Bull.etmem. Soc.med.d.h6p.dePar.,19u8,3.s.,xxv,429-449.----------. Nouvelles communications de physiopathologie thyroi- dienne. Rev. d'hyg. et de med. inf. [etc.], Par., 1909, viii, 73-92.-----------. Pathologiethyroidienne. Ibid.,14^- 178, 4pl.—Loeper (M.) & Esmonet (C.) La graisse dans les corps thyro'ides pathologiques. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1904, lxxix, 13-23.—Lubarseh. Die Bedeutung der Schilddriisenerkrankungen fiir den Or- ganismus Jahresk. f. iirztl. Fortbild., Munchen, 1912, 1. Hft., 29-56.—Liibcke (O.) Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Schilddruse. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1902, clxvii, 490-532, 2pl.—MacCallum (W. G.) On the production of specific cytolytic sera for thyroid and parathyroid, with observations onthe physiology and pathology of the para- thyroid gland, especially in its relation to exophthalmic goitre. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1903, xviii, 35- 53.— Maggiore (S.) Contributo clinico ed anatomo- patologico alio studio dialeunedistrofie congenite peraf- fezione tiroidea del padre. Riv. di clin. pediat., Firenze, 1912,x,56-61.—Magnus-Levy (A.) Ueberden respira- torischen Geweehsel unter dem Einfluss der Thyreoidea sowie unter verschiedenen pathologischen Zustiinden. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1895, xxxii, 650-652. -----. Unter- suchungen zur Schilddriisen-Frage. Gas-undStoffwech- seluntersuchungen bei Schilddrusenfiitterung, My.xo- | dem, Morbus Basedowii und Fettleibigkeit. Zt.-ehr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1897, xxxiii, 269-314. Also, Re- print.— Mar be (S.) Hypersensibilisation generale thy- roi'dienne. Compt. rend.'Soe. de biol., Par., 1910, lxviii, 351; 412—Marine (D.)& Lenliart (C. H.) The patho- logical anatomy- of the human thyroid gland. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1911, vii, 506-535.—Marotta (A.) Altera- zioni della tiroide in seguito alle lesioni sul gran simpa- tico. Gior. internaz. d. sc.med., Napoli, 1912, n.s., xxxiv, 337-351.—Vayo (CH.) Diseases of the thyroid. J.Mich. M. Soc, Battle Creek, 1912, xi, 1. -----. Observations on the thyroid gland and its diseases. Surg. Gvnec. A Obst., Chicago, 1912, xiv, 363-368. [Discussion], 397-400— Mey- ers (M. K.) Epilepsy in adult life in association with thyroid disease; a report of seven cases. Month. Cvel. A- M. Bull., Phila., 1912, v, 266-277.—Moncorvo filho. Das thyroidopathias esporadicas na infancia (a proposito de alguns casos observados no Rio de Janeiro). Rev. da Soe. de med. e cirurg., Rio de Jan., 1904, viii, 1-50.—MoneVy (A.) Surun nouveau cas de concretions osseuses dans la glande thyroide. J. de pharm. et chim., Par., 1904, 6. s., xix, 203-206.—Mo rone (G. ) Ricerche ematologiche nelle affe/.ioni della tiroide. Riformamed., Napoli, 1910, xxvi. M3-822.— Morris (R.T.) A case of thyreoid fever. Tr. Soc Alumni Bellevue Hosp., N. Y., 1897-8, 152-154.— Moussu (G.) Fonction thyroi'dienne; cr6tinisme expe- rimental chez le chien, le chat et les oiseaux. Compt. rend.Socdebiol.,Par., 1897,10.s.,iv,82-84.—Milllcr(L. R.) Thyroid gland (Diseases and pathology Beitrage zur Histologie der normalen und dererkrankten Schilddruse. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1896. xix, 127-180, 1 pl. -----. Nachtrag zu der Arbeit iiber die normale und die erkrankte Schilddruse. Ibid., 232a.—Muller (G. I\) The pathology of diseasesof the thyroid gland. Penn. M. J., Athens, 1906-7, x, 171-176.— Murray (G. R.) The Goulstonian lectures on the pa- thology of the thvroid gland. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1899, i, 577; 649. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1899, i, 667; 747. Also, Re- print. Also [Abstr.]: Med. Press & Circ., Lond., 1899, n. s., lxvii, 347; 368; 393. -----. An address on the signs of early disease of the thvroid gland. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1909, i. 3M-3M.—Murray (G. R.) [etal.]. Diseasesof the thyroid gland, clin. J., Lond., 1909, xxxiv, 244; 265; 2*4.—Or«l i \Y. M.) & Mackenzie i H.) Diseases of the thyroid gland; introductory remarks. Svst. Med. (All- butt). N. V.& Lond., 1897, iv, 465-469.—Page. Specimen of thyroid disease. Northumberland & Durham M. J., Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 1897, v, 94— Perrando (G. G.) Sulla struttura della tiroide dei neonati in varie condi- zioni anatomo-patologiche. Studi sassaresi, Sassari, 1902, ii, 1-115.—Pilliet (A.) Remarques sur quelques corps thyro'ides seniles. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1890, lxv, 307.—Pine les. Zur Physiologie und Pathologie der Sehilddriise und der Epithelkorperchen beim Menschen. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1904, xvii, 517.—Porter (M.F.) Diseasesof the thvroid in the female. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1911, lxiv. 781-790. Also: Tr. M. Ass. Obst. & Gynec. 1911, York. 1812, xxiv, 56-65.—Kaiiflall (H. E.) Diseases of the thyroid gland. J. Mich. M. Soc., Detroit, 1911, x, 215-219.—Bedaelli , Lond., 1897, iii, 93.—Ehrhardt 1,0.) Ueber Echinokokken der Sehilddriise. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1905. xlii, 461-163.—Eremia (D.) Un cas de chist hid a tic al corpulul tiroid. Spitalul, Bucuresci, 1901, xxi, 59-id.—Ferrer. Kvste hydatique du corps thy- roide. Presse med., Par.,']909, xvii, 642.—Guillet. Un cas de kvste hydatique du corps thyroide. Ann. de chir. et d'orthop., Par., 1909, xxii, 168-172. Also: Bull, med., Par., 1909, xxiii, 55.—Ilenle (A.) Ueber den Echino- coccus der Schilddruse. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1894-5, xlix, 852-872, 1 pl. Also, Reprint.—Holterbach (H.) Thyreoiditis echinoccosa chronica. Arch. f. wissensch. u. prakt. Tierh., Berl., 1909, xxxv, 143-147.—Jaboulay. Kyste hvdatique de l'isthme du corps thyroide. Lyon med., 1903, ci, 56.— Mancioli (T.) Cisti di echinococco del lobo destro della tiroide apertasi spontaneamente nella laringe. Atti d. clin. oto-rino-laringoiat. d. r. Univ. di Roma, 1905, iii, 109-111.—Nattrass (J. H.) Hydatid of ihe right lobe of the thyroid gland. Intercolon. M. J. Australas., Melbourne, 1900, v, 447.—Pariyski (N. V.) K kazu'istikle ekhinokokka shtshitovidnol zhelyozi. [Echinococcus of the thvroid gland.] Khirurgia, Mosk., 1911, xxx, 232.—Tikiiolt" (P.) & Leveiison (P.) K voprosu ob ekhinokokkie shtshitovidnol zhelyozi. [Echinococcus of the thvroid gland.] Ibid., xxix, 170- 173.—Ultzmann (R. R. V.) Zwei Fiille von monolo- kuliirem Echinokokkus der Schilddrtise. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1909, xxii, 716-718.—Vitrac (J.) Kystes hydatiques du corps thyro'ide. Rev. de chir., Par., 1897, xvii, 421; 757. Also: Gaz. med. de Par., 1897, 10. s.,i, 373; 385. Thyroid gland (Hypertrophy and hy- persecretion of). See, also, Goitre; Thyroid gland (Transplan- tation of); Thyroidectomy. des Lignekis (M.) * Experimentelle Unter- suchungen iiber die Wirkung des Jods auf die H undeschilddruse, so wie iiber die Hyperplasie dieser Druse. 8°. Bern, 1907. Moricet (A.) * Contribution a I'etude des hypertrophies thyroi'diennes; de la valeur des thyroidectomies. 4°. Paris, 1895. Woudenberg (N. P.) * Ueber Vergrosse- rung der Schilddruse bei Haustieren. [Bern.] 8°. Berlin, 1909. Adami (J. G.) On a case of enlargement of the mid- dle lobe of the thyroid; periodical attacks of dyspnoea mistaken for asthma, extending for over eight years; eventuallv death came from the same cause. Canada Lancet, Toronto, 1901-2, xxxv, 373-376.—d'Almeida (D.) Thyroidectomia total reclamada por hypertrophia, com degeneracao, da glandula thyroide. Rev. da Soc. de med. e cirurg., Rio de Jan., 1899, iii, 279-287.—Ar- mai^nac. Exophtalmos de l'ceil gauche avec hyper- trophie du corps thvro'ide droit et tachveardie. M6m. et bull. Soc. de med. et chir. de Bordeaux (1898), 1899, 323- 328.—Audebert & Oil les. Hypertrophie du corps thyroide et mort rapide du fcetusau cours de la periode d'expulsion. Compt. rend. Soc. d'obst., de gvnec et de psediat. de. Par.. 1904, vi, 249-252.—Ballet (G.) & En- riquez (E.) Des effets de l'hyperthyroidisation experi- mentale. Limousin mM., Limoges, 1896, xx, 69; 91; 103.— Bar (P.) Observation de glycosurie chez une femme atteinte d'hypertrophie du corps thvro'ide. Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par., 1903, vi, 506-508.—Beck (C.) The sig- nificance of the various enlargements of the thyreoid gland with special reference to Basedow's disease. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1910, xci, 937-946—Beresowsky (S.) Ueber die compensatorische Hypertrophie der Schild- driise: experimentell-histologischeUntersuchung. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1892, xii, 122-130.— Borsos (I.) A pajzsmirigy megnagyobbodasa epilep- tiform rohamokkal kapcsolatban. [The enlargement of the thyroid gland in connection with epileptiform at- tacks.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1907, li, 822.—Browne (L.) Congenital enlargement of he thvroid; removal; recovery. Lancet, Lond., 1890, ii, 279. — Cambre (A. L.) Thyreoid instability; with report of a case. [En- largement of thyroid gland; absence of Moebius' and Grade's signs.] J. Missouri M. Ass., St. Louis, 1909-10, vi, 733-735.—Carlson (A. J.), Rooks (J. F.) & McKie (J. F.) Attempts to produce experimental hvperthvroidism. Proc. Am. Physiol. Soc, Bost., 1911, xxvii, p. xiii. ----- ----------. Attempts to produce experimental hvper- thvroidism in mammals and birds. Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1912-13, xxx, 129-159.— Cronk(F.Y.) Early recog- nition and treatment of hyperthyroidism. J. Mich. M. ' Thyroid gland (llyjnrtrophy and hy- ]>.—Kohm A j Studien iiber die Sehilddriise. Areh.f. mikr. Anat., Bonn,1894-5, xliv, 366:1896,xlviii, 398,lpl. -----. Berichtigung, die Sehild- driise des Frosches betreffend. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1*95-6, xi,602-605.—Lugii esse (E.) La vesiculeclo^e est une for- mation earaeteristiquedesglandesendoerinesen general. Bibliog. anat., Par. & Nancy, 1911, xxi, 311-319—Lom- bard (G. D.) Somenoteson theanatomyof the thyroid gland in Selachii. Bio). Bull., Woods Holl, Mass., 1910- 11, xviii, 39-41.—Marine (D.) The metamorphosis of the endostyle (thyroidgland) of Ammoecetesbranchialis(lar- val land-locked Petroinyzon marinus (Jordan) or Petro- myzondorsatus(Wilder)). J.Exper.M.,Lancaster,Pa.,1913, xvii, 379-395, 5 pl.—Marshall (C. F.) Variations in the form of the thyroid gland in man. J. Anat. & Physiol., Lond., 1894-5, xxix, 234-239.—Moody (R. O.) Some fea- tures of the histogenesis of the thvroid gland in the pig. Anat. Record, Phila., 1910, iv, 429-452— Piatt (Julia B.) The development of the thyroid gland and of the supra- perieardial bodies in Necturus. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1895-6, xi, 557-567.—Prenant (A.) Recherches sur le develop- pement organique et histologique des derivesbranchiaux. Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1893, 9. s., v, 677-679 — Rab 1 (H.) Die Entwicklung des th yreo-thymischen Sys- tems beim Maulwurf. Sitzungsb.d.k.Akad.d.Wisssnseh. Math.-naturw. Kl., Wien, 1909, cxviii, 3. Abt., 649-628, 9 pl.— Reese tA. M.) Structure and development of the thvroid gland in Petromyzon. Proc. Acad.Nat.Sc.Phila., 1902, liv, 85-112, 4 pl.—Regaud (C.) & Petitjean (G.) Recherches comparatives sur l'origine des vaisseaux lymphatiques dans la glande thyro'ide de quelques mam- miferes. Bibliog. anat., Par. & Nancy. 1905, xiv, 256- 261. —Schaft'er (J.) Berichtigung, die Schilddruse vori Myxine betreffend. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1906, xxviii, 65-73.—Schaft'er (J.) & Rabl (H.) Das thyreo-thymi- sche System des Maulwurfs und der Spitzraaus. Si- tzungsb. d. k. Akad. d. Wissensch. Math.-naturw. Kl., Wien, 1909, cxviii, 3. Abt., 217; 551, 2 pl.—Simon (C.) Contribution k I'etude du developpement organique de la glande thyro'ide chez les mammiferes. Rev. biol. du nord de la France, Lille, 1893-4, vi, 379-390, 1 pl. Also [Abstr.]: Compt. rend. Soc.de biol., Par., 1894,10. s., i, 202- 204.—Sou lie (A.) & Verdun (P.) Sur les premiers developpements de la glande thyro'ide, du thymus et des glandules satellites de la thyro'ide chez le lapin et chez la taupe. J. de l'anat. et physiol. [etc.], Par., 1897, xxxiii, 604-653,1 pl—Stockard (C. R.) The develop- ment of the thyroid gland in Bdellostoma stouti. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1906, xxix, 91-99—Symington (J.) Ueber Thyreoidea, Glandulse parathyreoideaund Thymus beim dreizehigen Faulthier (Ai, Bradypus tridactylus). Areh. f. Anat. u. Entwcklngsgesch., Leipz., 1897, Suppl.-Bd., 235-241.—Tenchini (L.) Sur la morphologie de la glande thyroide chez les fous. Compt. rend. Cong, inter- nat. d'anthrop. crim. 1906, Turin, 1908, vi, 165. Also: Arch, di psichiat. [etc.], Torino, 1906. xxvii, 684.— Tenchini (L.) & Cavatorti (P.) Sur la morpho- logie de la glande thyreVide normale chez l'homme; sur la structure de la glande thyreoide normale chez l'homme; le goitre en Italie. Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1909, li, 303. See, also, supra.— Thompson (F. D.) The thyroid and parathyroid glands throughout vertebrates, with observations on some other closely related structures. Phil. Tr. 1910, Lond., Ml, s. B., cci, 91-132, 5 pl.—Tourneux ( F.) & Verdun (P.) Sur les premiers developpements de la thyroide, du thymus et des glandules parathyro'idiennes chez l'homme. J. de l'anat. et physiol. [etc.], Par., 1897, xxxiii, 305-325, 3 pl. Also [Abstr.]: Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1897,10. s., iv, 63—Verdun (P.) Sur les glandules satellites de la thyro'ide du chat et les kystes qui en derivent. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1896,10. s„ iii, 899-901.—Viguier (G.) Recherches surle corps thyroide du gecko (Taren- tola mauritanica Lin.). Bibliog. anat., Par. & Nancy, 1909-10, xix. 92-97. Also [Abstr.]: Compt. rend. Soc. de biol Par., 1909, lxvi, 1064.—Zuckerkandl (E.) Die Entwiekelung der Schilddruse und der Thymus bei der Ratte. Anat. Hefte, Wiesb., 1903, xxi, 1-28, 4 pl. THYROID GLAND. 237 THYROID GLAND. Thyroid gland (Physiological functions of). See, also, Secretions (Internal); Thyroid- extract (Pharmacology of); Thyroid gland (Antitoxic potencies of); Thyroid gland (Blood- supply of); Thyroid gland (Chemistry of); Thy- roid gland (Effects of drugs, etc., upon); Thy- roid gland (Extra vital conservation, etc., of); Thyroid gland (Innervation of); Thyroid gland (Regeneration of); Thyroid gland (Secretions of); Thyroidectomy ( Experimental, Effects of); Thyro-parathyroidectomy. Comte (L.) * Contribution a I'etude de l'hy- pophyse humaine et de ses relations avec le corps thyroide. [Lausanne.] roy. 8°. Jena, 1898. Also, in: Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1898, xxiii, 90-110. Danis (C.) *De l'influence de la glande thyroide sur le developpement du squelette. 8°, Lyon, 1896. Delacnay (G.) * Etude et considerations generales sur le role fonctionnel de la glande thyroide. 8°. Paris, 1897. Dcvaldestin (R.) *Tension arterielle et corps thyroide. 8°. Paris, 1909. Engelhorn (E.) Sehilddriise und weibliche Geschlechtsorgane. 8°. Erlangen, 1912. Also, in: Sitzungsb. d. phys.-med. Soc. zu Erlang. (1911), 1912, xliii, 132-166. 4 pl. Lamari (A.) Valore clinico della funzione esagerata o difettosa della glandola tiroide. 8°. Napoli, 1897. Macss (J. [C. A. H.]) * Glandula thyreoi- dea und Hypophysis cerebri mit Hinweis auf die mit denselben in Bez ehung stehenden Krankheitserscheinungen. 8°. (ireipmald, 1895. Moussu (A.-L.) * Recherches sur les fonc- tions thyroidienne et parathyroidienne. 8°. Paris, 1897. Also [Abstr.], in: Rec. de med. vet., Par., 1897, 8. s., iv, 431-434. Nefedoff (V. [V.]) *K voprosu o funktsii shtshitovidnol zhelyozi. [Function of the thy- roid gland.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1901. Also [Abstr.], in: Vrach, St. Petersb., 1901, xxii, 1313- 1315. Rounne (Marie). * Etude comparative sur la resistance des tissus thyroidien et parathyroi- dien. 8°. Geneve, 1905. Rousselot (G.) * Essai sur les relations de la thyroide et de l'hypophyse. 8°. .Pan's, 1909. Schonemann (A.) * Hypophysis und Thy- reoidea. [Bern.] 8°. Berlin, 1892. Also, in: Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1892, exxix, 310-336. Schulz (0.) * Beitrage zur Physiologie der Schilddruse. 8°. Erlangen, 1900. de Stina ,(Nanegda). *Des fonctions de la thyroide. Etude des faits et des theories. 8°. Lausanne, 1900. , Verstraeten (C.) & Vanderltnden (O.) Etude sur les fonctions du corps thyroide. 8°. Bruxelles, 1894. de Voogt (G. N.) * Kritisch-experimenteele beschouwingen over de schildklier. 8°. Leiden, 1896. Wiener (F.) * Ueber Veriinderungen der Schilddruse nach Anlegung einer Fistel der Gallenblase. 8°. Breslau, 1901. Wormser (E.) * Experimentelle Beitrage zur Schilddrusenfrage. [Bern.] 8°. Bonn, 1897. Also, in: Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1897, lxvii, 605-540. Thyroid gland (Physiological functions of). W urm (G.) * Ueber den heutigen Stand der Schilddrusenfrage. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1894. Almagik. Fonction thyreo'fdienne et allaitement. Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1910-11, liv, 155.—Asher (L.) Kritische Bemerkungen zur Geschichte und Methodik der Sehilddriisenphysiologie. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1911, exxxix, 562-570.—Baldi (C.) Sulla funzione della glandula tiroide; studio originale e critico-speri- mentale. Morgagni, Milano, 1899, xii, 465; 579.—Beccarl (L.) Ueber die Beziehungen von Nebenschilddriisen zu Schilddriisen. Zentralbl. f. Phvsiol., Leipz. u. Wien, 1912, xxvi, 164-166.—Bee be (S. P.) Some relations of the thyroid gland. Penn. M. J., Athens, 1908-9, xii, 201- 204. [Discussion], 205-209. Also: Therap. Gaz. [etc.], Detroit, 1908, 3. s., xxiv, 843-846. -----. Present knowl- edge of thyroid function. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, lvi, 658-660. -----. Thyroid phvsiologv in its relation to pregnancy. Am. J. Obst, N. Y., 1912, lxv, 1033-1036 — Bleibtreu (M.) Ueber den Einfluss der Schilddruse auf die Entwicklung des Embryos. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1907, xxxiii, 15-17.—Blum (F.) Zur Physiologie der Schilddruse. Verhandl. d. Cong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1899, xvii, 463-476.—Bluni- reich (L.) & Jacoby (M.) Experimentelle Untersu- chungen iiber die Bedeutung der Schilddruse und ihrer Nebendrusen fur den Organismus. Arch. f. d. ges. Phy- siol., Bonn, 1896, lxiv, 1-52. Also [Abstr.]: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1896, xxxiii, 327. — Bozzl (E.) Untersu- chungen iiber die Schilddruse; Histologie; Secretion; Regeneration. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1895, xviii, 125-173, 2 pl— Breisacher (L.) The clinical application of some thyroid gland experiments. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1903, xl, 566. — Buschan (G.) Der gegenwiirtige Standpunkt der Schilddriisen- therapie. Heilkunde, Wien [etc.], 1896-7, i, 418-430.— Carter (W. S.) Preliminary communication on the re- lation of the parathyroids to tne thyroid gland. Tr. Texas M. Ass., Austin, 1901, 387-398.—Chapellier (E.) Etude de la glande thyro'ide, de la thyroi'odine et de la medication thyroidienne. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1901,lxxiv, 797-806.—Consort! (D.) L' azione della tiroide nell' uomo, ed in alcuni animali, studiata, negli effetti suoi, sulla cute. Clin, dermosifilopat. d. r. Univ. di Roma, 1900, xviii, 59-99. 1 pl.—Coronedi (G.) Studio intorno alia flsiologia della glandola tiroide edelle glandole para- tiroidi; contributo alia conoscenza della funzione bio- logica degli alogeni. Studi sassaresi, Sassari, 1907-8, v, 1-121,3 ch., 1 pl. Also, Reprint. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1908, xlix, 39-48. -----. Rap- porti fra tiroide e reni. Bull. d. sc. med. di Bologna, 1909, 8. s., ix, 121-146. -----. Un coup d'ceil d'ensemble sur mes experiences actuelles, relatives a la glande thy- n>oide. Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1912-13, lvii. 253-262.— Cristiani (H.) Remarques sur l'anatomie et la physio- logie des glandes et glandules thyroi'diennes chezle rat. Arch de physiol. norm, et path., Par., 1893, 5. s., v, 164- 168, 1 pl.—von Cyon (E.) Ueber die Beziehungen der Schilddriisen zum Herzen. Centralbl. f. Physiol., Leipz. n. Wien, 1897, xi, 357-361. -----. Les fonctions de la glande thyro'ide. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1897, exxv, 439-441. Also: Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1897, lxx, 1060. -----. Beitrage zur Physiologie der Schilddruse und des Herzens. Arch. f. d. ges Phvsiol., Bonn, 1898, lxx, 126- 280, 6 pl. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Arch, de physiol. norm. et path., Par., 1898, 5. s., x, 618-633. -----. Methodolo- gische Aufklarungen zur Physiologie der Schilddruse. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol. Bonn, 1911, exxxviii, 675-600.— Davis (C. B.) Some thyroid problems. Med. Fort- nightly, St. Louis, 1911, xl, 433-436.—Denker. Schild- driise und Gehororgan. Verhandl. d. deutsch. otol. Gesellsch., Jena, 1909, 141-144.—Dickson (C. R.) Ob- servations on the relation of the thvroid gland to the uterus. St. Louis Cour. Med., 1899, xxi, 196-200. Also: Canad. J. M. & S., Toronto, 1899, vi, 321-324. Also [Abstr.]: Phila. Month. M. J., 1899, i, 574.—de Dominicis (N.) Contributo sperimentale alia flsiologia della tiroide. Gior. d. Ass. napol. di med. e nat., Napoli, 1894-5, v, 167- 181, 1 pl. Also, transl.: Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1895, xiv, 1620; 1667.—Donald (W. M.) The thyroid up to date. Canad. Pract. & Rev., Toronto, 1907, xxxii, 449-457.— Drago (S.) Contributo alio studio dell' influenza della glandola tiroide sulla funzioni' sessuale. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1899, xx, 826.—Du Caste 1 (J.) Thyro'ide et formule leucocytaire. Compt. rend. Soe. de biol., Par., 1908, lxv, 443.—Dutto(U.) Ricerche sulla funzione della glandola tiroide. Boll. d. Soc. Lancisiana d. osp. di Roma, 1906, xxvi, 133-137.—Edmunds (W.) Experi- ments on the thyroid and parathyroid glands. Proc. Physiol. Soc, Lond. & Cambridge, 1895, pp. xxix-xxxi. -----. Further observations and experiments on the thy- roid and parathyroid. J. Path. & Bacteriol., Edinb. & Lond., 1899—1902-3, v-viii, passim. -----. Further obser- vations on the thyroidgland. J. Path. & Bacteriol., Cam- >38 THYROID GLAND. THYROID GLAND. Thyroid gland (Physiological functions of). bridge, 1907-8. xii, 101: 1909-10, xiv, 288. -----. Further observations on the thvroid gland. Ibid., 1911-12, xvi, 481-184.—von Eiselsberg (F.) Zur Lehre von der Schilddruse; mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung desgleich- namigen Artikels von H. Munk (dieses Archiv Bd. 150). Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1898, cliii, 1-21. -----. Schlussbemerkungzu H. Munk's Aufsatz in diesem Archive: " Die Schilddruse und Prof. Dr. Freih. v. Eisels- berg, Bd. 154, S. 177." Ibid., eliv, 569-572. -----. Die Be- deutung der Sehilddriise fiir den Haushalt der Natur. Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1902. xlvii, 439. Also: Klin.-therap. Wchnschr., Wien, 1902, ix, 1369-1373. Also: Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturfv u. Aerzte 1902, Leipz., 1903, 63-76.—Engelliorn (E.) Ueber Schilddriisen- veranderungm in der Schwangerschaft. Verhandl. d. deutsch Gesellsch. f. Gyniik., Leipz., 1911, xiv, 675-678.— Eppinger (II.), Falta(W.) & Rudinger (,K.) Ueber den Einfluss der Schilddruse auf Nerven- und Gofiisssys- tem. Verhandl. d. Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 190*, xxv, 352-359.—Falta (W.), ICppinger (H.) & ltiidin- jrer (K.) Ueber den Einfluss der Schilddruse auf den Stoffwechsel. Ibid., 345-351.—Fano (G.) Sullafunzione e sui rapporti funzionali del corpo tiroide; contributo sperimentale. Arch. ital. di clin. med., Milano, 1893, xxxii, 619-535. Also, transl.: Arch. ital. de biol., Tu- rin, 1894, xxi, 31-40.—Fischer (I.) Ueber die Bezie- hungen zwischen der Schilddruse und den weiblichen Geschlechtsorganen. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1896, xlvi, 218; 259; 316; 355.—Fodor (G.) Ueber die Schilddruse. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1893, xxix, 561-564.— Form ii nek (E.)&Haskovec (L.) Beitrag zur Lehre iiber die Function der Schilddruse. Klin. Zeit- u. Streit- fragen, Wien, 1895, ix, 65-116— Forsyth (D.) The rela- tion between the thyroid and parathvroid glands. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1907, ii, 1508-1510.—Franceschi (F.) Ri- cerche sperimentali intorno alia tiroide. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1899, xx, 3.—Fraiicois-Franch. Physiologie et pathologie du corps thyroide. [Hap.] Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1.899, 3. s., xlii, 19-27.—Freund (H. W.) Zur Beziehung zwischen der Sehilddriise und den weiblichen Geschlechtsorganen. Centralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1898, xxii, 857-859.—von Filrtli (O.) Die Beziehungen der Schilddruse zum Zirkulationsapparate. Ergebn. d. Physiol., Wiesb., 1909, viii, 624-540.—Galante (P.) Gal- vanizzazione della glandola tiroide e funzione mestruale. Ann. di elett. med. [etc.], Napoli, 1909, viii, 235-247.— Gauthier (G.) Fonctions du corps thyro'ide; pathoge- nie du goitre end6mique, du goitre sporadique, du goitre exophtalmique, hypothyro'idation et hyperthyro'idation. [AbstrJ Rev. demed., Par., 1900, xx, 39; 225; 410.—Gib- son (J. L.) Notes on the function of the thyroid gland, with observations on a case of thyroid grafting. Inter- colon. M. Cong. Australas. Tr. 1892, Sydney, 1893, iii, 713- 720, 4 pl.—Gley (E.) Recherches sur le role des glan- dules thyro'ides chez le chien. Areh. de physiol. norm. et path., Par., 1893, 6. s., v, 766-773.-----. Nouvelle preuve de l'importance fonctionnelle des glandules thyro'ides. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1893, 9. s., v, 396-400. -----. Sur la suppleance supposee de la glande thyro'ide par le thymus. Ibid., 1894, 10. s., i, 528. -----. Bemer- kungen zu dem Aufsatze der Herrn L. Blumreich und M. Jacoby: Experimentelle Untersuchungen fiber die Be- deutung der Schilddruse und ihrer Nebendriisen fiir den Organismus. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1897, lxvi, 308-319. -----. Remarques a propos du travail de A. Ver Eecke: Influence de la secretion interne du corps thy- ro'ide sur des exchanges organiques. Arch, internat. de pharmacod., Gand et Par., 1897-8, iv, 347-350. ——. Glande thyroide et glandules parathyroid es. Presse med , Par., 1898, i, 17. -----. Resume des preuves des relations qui existent entre la glande thyroide et les glandules parathvroides. Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1901-2, xxxvi, 57.—Gluziiiskl (VV. A.) & Lemberger (I.) O wply- wie braku gruczolu tarczykowego w organizmie zwierze.- cymnawymiane/materyi; studyum doswiadczalne. [On the influence of the absence of the thyroid gland in the animal organism on metabolism; experimental research.] Rozpr. Akad.Umiej. wydz. matemat.-przvr., Krakow, 1899, 2. s., xiv, 93-114. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Bull, internat. Acad. d. sc. de Cracovie, 1897,194-198—G6mez Ocalia (J.) Nuevos hechos y viejas hip6tesis sobre el aparato tiroideo. Rev. Ibero-Am. de cien. med.. Madrid, 1899, i, 48-76.—Goodall (J. R.) & Conn (L. C.) The relation of the thyroid gland to the female generative organs. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1911, xii, 457-469.—Graser (E.) Ueber den gegenwartigen Stand der Schilddrusen- frage. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1897, xliv, 357-361.— Gregoire (R.) Physiologie du corps thyroide. Presse med., Par., 1901, i, 172-174.—Grey (E. G.) & de Sautelle (W. T.) The relations of the thyroid glands to glycosuria. J. Exper. M., Lancaster, Pa., & N. Y., 1909, xi, 659-664.— Halpenny (J.) & Thompson (F*. D.) On the rela- tionship between the thvroid and parathyroids. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1909, xxxiv, 376-379. Also: Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1910, x, 476-484.—Harrelson (A. M.) Thyroid gland (Phgsiological functions of). Physiology of the thvroid. Tr. Mississippi M. Ass., [Jack- son], 1911, xliv, 104.—llirscli (Rahel). Schilddruse und Glykosurie. Ztsch. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1908, v, 233-240. -----. Thyreoidea und Epithelkorper- chen. Handb. d. Biochem. [etc.], Jena, 1910, iii, pt. 1, 271-307.—Hotinelster. Untersuchungen fiber die Be- deutung der Schilddruse, mit Demonstration von Priipa- raten. Miinehen.med.Wchnschr.,1892,xxxix,626. Also: Sitzungsb.d. Ver. d. Aerzte zu Halle a. S. 1891-2, Munchen, 1893, ii, 86-98.—Horsley (V.) Remarks on the function of the thyroid gland; a critical and historical review. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1892, i, 215; 265; 1113. Also, Reprint.— Hoskins (R. G.) Congenital thyroidism; an experi- mental study of the thyroids in relation to other organs of internal secretion. Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1910, xxvi, 426-438. — Irsai (A.) Beitrag zur Rolle der Schild- driise im Organismus. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1896, xliii, 1249.—Katzenstein (J.) Ueber die Ver- iinderungen in der Schilddriisse nach Exstirpation der zufiihrenden Nerven. Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1897, 371-374. -----. Ueber einige experimentelle Beobach- tungen an der Schilddruse. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1899, xxv, 796-799. [Discussion], Ver.- Beil., 281.—King (J. H.) The influence of the thyroid on carbohydrate metabolism. J. Exper. M., Lancaster, Pa., AN. Y., 1909, xi, 665-672.—Kishl (K.) Beitrage zur Phvsiologie der Schilddruse. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1904, clxxvi, 260-313.—Koeher (T.) Die Schilddriisenfunction im Lichte neuerer Be- handlungsmethoden verschiedener Kropfformen. Cor.- Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1895, xxv, 3-20. Also, Re- print.—Kottniann (K.) & Lidsky (Anna). Ueber den Fibringehalt des Blutes im Zusammenhang mit der Schilddriisenfunktion; gleichzeitig ein Beitrag zum Fi- bringehalt des normalen menschlichen Blutes. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1910, lxxi, 362-368.— Kranz (P.) Schilddruse und Zahne. Deutsche Monatschr. f. Zahnh., Leipz., 1912, xxx, 1-35.—Kurayeflf(D. I.) O funktsii shtshitovidnol zhelyozi po preitmushtshestvu s tochki zrleniya fiziologo-khimicheskol. [Function of thyroid gland, chiefly from the point of view of physiological chemistry.] Ejened. jour. "Prakt. med.," St. Petersb., 1900, vii, 41; 61.—Lando (D. H.) Structure and func- tions of the thyroid and parathyroid glands. St. Paul M. J.,St.Paul,Minn.,1906, viii,724-729.—Lanz (O.) Beitriige zur Schilddrusenfrage. Samml. klin. Vortr., n. F., Leipz., 1894,No.98(Chir.,No.27,29-62).-----. Beitrage zur Schild- drusenfrage. Mitth.a. Klin. u. med.Inst.d. Schweiz,Basel u.Leipz., 1895,3.R.,481-544,3diag.—Lay(E.) Tiroidee rige- nerazione dei nervi. Ann. d. r. Ist. di clin. chir. di Roma, 1912, iv, 301-318.—Le Itteignen (H.) Physiologie de l'appareil thyroidien. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1904, 2. s., xxii, 41-48.— Leonhardt (M.) Experimentelle Un- tersuchungen fiber die Bedeutung der Schilddruse fiir das Wachsthum im Organismus. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1897, cxlix, 341-377—Leplne (R.) Exci- tation fonctionnelle du corps thyro'ide, au moyen des rayons X. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1904, lvi, 111-113. Also: Lyon med., 1904, cii, 202.—Levi (L.)& de Kothschild (H.) Corps thyroide et equilibre ther- mique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1906, Ixi, 295- 297.----------. Fonction oregogene du corps thyroide. Ibid., 1907, lxii, 245-247.----------. Corps thyro'ide et intestin. Ibid., 681-683.-----------. Fonction tricho- gerie du corps thyroide; signe du sourcil. Ibid., 852-854. -----------. Corps thyroide et systeme pileux. Rev. d'hyg. et demed. inf. [etc.], Par., 1910, ix, 136-166.----- -----. Corps thyroide et vaso-motricit6. Rev. neurol., Par., 1909, xvii, 209-216.—Liclni (C.) Der Einfluss der Exstirpation des Pandreas auf die Scnilddriise. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1909. ci, 521-527.—Lidsky (Anna). Ueber die Beeinflussung der Biutgerinnung durch die Schilddruse. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1910, lxxi, 344- 361.—van Lier (E. H.) De invloed van de schild- klier op de genitaalfunctie van de vrouw. Feestb. opgedr. aan H. Treub, Leiden, 1912,656-659.—Lohmanii (A.) Zur Physiologie der Schilddruse. Sitzungsb. d. Gesell- sch. z. Befbrd. d. ges. Naturw. zuMarb. (1908), 1909, 75-77.— Lusena (G.) Sui rapporti funzionah fra la tiroide e le glandole paratiroidi. Boll. d. r. Accad. med. di Genova, 1900, xv, no. 3, 9-16. Also: Riforma med., Palermo, 1900, xvi, pt. 1, 855: 867.-----. Nuove ricerche sull' apparec- chio tiro-paratiroideo. Arch, ed atti d. Soc. ital. di chir. 1905, Roma, 1906, xix, 163. Also: Riforma med., Palermo- Napoli, 1906, xxii, 197-199.—Mabille (L.) Physiologie de la glande thvro'ide. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1897, i, 576-583.—IWansl'eld (G.) & Jttliller (F.) Beitrage zur Phvsiologie der Schilddruse. I. Die Ursache der gestei- ger'ten Stickstoffausscheidung infolge Sauerstoffmangels. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1911, cxlhi, 157-174.— ITIarbe (S.) Influence du corps thvro'ide sur la physio- logie de l'intestin Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, lxx, 1028-1030.—JTIarkol (J. W.) & Wing (L. A.) The thyroid and its relation to pregnancv and the puerperal state. Bull. Lying-in Hosp., N. Y., 1912-13, viii, 153-172.— THYROID GLAND. 239 THYROID GLAND. Thyroid gland (Physiological functions ot). ftlasoin (P.) Remarques concernant I'etude de la toxi- cite urinaire pour la determination des fonctions du corps thyro'ide. Arch, de physiol. norm, et path., Par., 1895, 5. s.,vii, 368-373—xHeyer (K.) Zum thyreogenen Eiweiss- zerfall; vorlauflge Mitteilung. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xiv, 2219— Jligliacci (G.) Considerazioni sulla flsiologia del corpo tiroide. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1904, xxv, 136.— Jlilitello (G.) Sull' azione della tiroide nel produrre la glucosuria; influenza della stessasul diabete. Terap. clin., Napoli, 1898, vii, 387-389.—Missiroli (A.) La tiroide negli animali a digiuno ed in quelli rialimen- tati. Path. Riv. quindicin., Genova, 1909-10, ii, 38-42.— -----. Sulla funzione tiroidea. Arch, di fisiol., Firenze, 1911-12, x, 368-372. Also: Path. Riv. quindicin., Genova, 1911-12, iv, 253.— JIoussu (G.) Sur la fonction thyroi- dienne. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1893, 9. s., v, 280; 394—JTIunk (H.) Zur Lehre von der Schilddruse. Arch. f. path. Anat, [etc.], Berl., 1897, cl, 271-305. -----. Die Schilddruse una Prof. Dr. Freih. von Eiselsberg. Ibid., 1898, cliv, 177-186.—Navratil (D.) A barzsing- varratokra tett pajzsmirigyszetetek hegkepzo hatasar61. [The effect of sections of the thyroid forming stricture on the suture of the oesophagus.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1906, 1, 589; 611.—Neehayeft (A. K.) K voprosu o roli shtshitovidnol zhelyozi v organizmle. [R61e of the thy- roid gland in the organism.] Raboti hosp. khirurg. klin. Dyakonova, Mosk., 1906, viii, 108-123.—Nicol ( VV. P.) A review of some of the work done on the thyroid. Bir- mingh. M. Rev., 1896, xl, 229-240.—Notkin (I. A.) K ucheniyu o shtshitovidnol zhelvozle. [On the thvroid gland.] Trudi Obsh. Kievsk. vrach., Kiev, 1895, i, 73-106. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1895, xiv, 824; 872.------Shtshitovidnaya zhelyoza v normalnom, patologicheskom i terapevticheskom otnoshenii. [Thy- roid gland normally, pathologically, and therapeutically considered.] Russk. arch, patol., klin. med. i bakteriol., S.-Peterb., 1896, i, 530-547. Also, transl.: Rev. de cien. med. de Barcel., 1896, xxii, 297; 326. -----. K flziologii shtshitovidnol zhelyozi. [Contribution a la physiologie du corps thyro'ide. Extr., 112-119.] Russk. arch, patol., klin. med. i bakteriol., S.-Peterb., 1896, ii, 35-62. Also [Abstr.]: Dnevnik syezda Obsh. russk. vrach. v pamyat Pirogova, Kiev, 1896, vi, no. 6, suppl., 9-12. Also, transl.: Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1896, cxliv, Suppl., 224- 252.—Oswald (A.) Physiologisch-chemische Untersu- chungen iiber die Schilddruse. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1899, Leipz., 1900, lxxi, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte.,491.-----. Ueber die Function der Schilddruse. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1899, xlvi, 1073 -1076. — Parhon (Marie). L'influence de la thyroi'desur le m6- tabolisme du calcium. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1912, lxxii, 620.—Pari (G. A.) Ueber den Einfluss der Schilddruse auf den zeitlichen Ablauf der Zersetzungen. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1908, xiii, 281-2S4.—Peiser (J.) Ueber den Einfluss des Winterschlafes auf die Schild- driise. Ztschr. f. Biol., Munchen u. Berl., 1906, xlviii, 482-4*8. — Pepere (A.) Della presenza di ghiandole salivari nel sistema tiro-paratiroideo-timico dell' uomo. Arch. ital. di anat. e di embriol., Firenze, 1909, viii, 408- 424.— Perry (J. G.) Functions of the thyroid gland. Med. Critic, N. Y., 1902, ii, 237-240.—Pessagno (R.), Itlarugo (F. M.) & Artusi (E. J.) Contribuci6n al estudio exprimental de las glandulas tiroideas y parati- roideas. Semana m&l., Buenos Aires, 1905, xii, 1314-1323.— Petrovskl (P. V.) K flziologii shtshitovidnol zhelyozi. [Physiology of the thvroid gland.] Vopr. nerv.-psikh. med., Kiev, 1904, ix, 1; 135, 7 diag.—Pick (E. P.) & Pineles (F.) Ueber die Beziehungen der Sehilddriise zum Gefiisssystem. Verhandl. d. Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1908, xxv, 360-368. — Pineles ( F.) Klinische und experimentelle Beitrage zur Physiologie der Schild- driise und der Epithelkorperchen. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1904-5, xiv. 120-156.—Popoir (L. V.) O znachenii shtshitovidnol.zhelyozi dlya orga- nizma, po prei'mushtshestvu s tochki zrlehiya teirapevta. [Importance of the thyroid gland to the organism, espe- cially from the point of view of the therapeutist.] Vo- yenno med. J., St. Petersb., 1899, exevi, med.-spec, pt., 608-638.—Possek (R.) Schilddruse und Auge. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1907, xiv, Beil.-Hft., 1-51.— Putnam (J. J.) Recent observations on the functions of the thyroid gland; and the relation of its enlargement to Graves's disease; also remarks on the therapeutic use of sheep's thvroids and of other organic extracts. Boston M. & S. J., 1894, exxx, 153-159.—Key. La glande thy- ro'ide et les glandules parathyroi'des. Bull. med. de 1'Algerie, Alger, 1905, xvi, 389-394.—Bitter (C.) Ueber die Beziehungen zwischen multiplen Exostosen und Schilddruse. Med. Klin., Berl., 1908, iv, 438-440.— Ko- senthal (F.) & Schwenk (K.) Ueber die Weehsel- wirkung von Schilddruse und Gesehlechtsdriisen im Stoffwechsel. Internat. Beitr. z. Path. u. Therap. d. Er- nahrungsstor., Berl., 1910, i, 332-357.—Salemi Pace (B.) La tiroide nei suoi rapporti psichici ed emato- poletici; studj clinici. Pisani, Palermo, 1893, xiv, 295- 327.—Schein (M.) Das Schilddrusensekret in der Thyroid gland (Physiological functions of). Milch. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1895, xiv, 513; 558; 600.— Scherk (K.) Die Funktion der Glandula thyroidea. Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1895, v, 363-355. -----. Die funktionelle Beziehung der Sehilddriise zu den Ge- schlechtsorganen. Ibid., 1896, vi, 33-35.—Seliondortf (B.) Ueber den Einfluss der Schilddruse auf den Stoff- wechsel. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1896, lxiii, 423: 189/, lxvii, 395.—Schulz (O.) Beitrage zur Physiologie der Sehilddriise. Sitzungsb. d. phys.-med. Soc. zu Er- lang.(1900), 1901,xxxii,39-106.-----. Neuereundneueste Sehilddriisenforschung. Biol. Centralbl., Leipz,, 1906, xxvi, 754-768. Also: Festschr. I. Rosenthal [etc.], Leipz., 1906, pt. 1, 393-407.—Silvestri (T.) & Tosattl (C.) Di una funzione della glandola tiroide non ancora ben studiata. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1907, xxviii, 1067-1070.— Simpson (S.) & Hunter (A.) The possible vicarious relationship between the pituitary and thyroid glands. Quart. J. Exper. Physiol., Lond., 1910, iii, 121: 1911, iv, 257. ----------. Relations between the thyroid and pituitary glands. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1909-10, vii, 11.—Smith (A. J.) The thyroids and parathyroids; their relations, structure, physiology and chemistry. Penn. M. J., Athens, 1906-7, x, 743-762.—Spear (E. D.) The relation of the thyroid gland to certain diseases of the ear, with a theory of its function. Med. & Surg. Rep. Bost. City Hosp., 1896, 7. s., 54-67. Also, Reprint—Spol- verini (L.-M.) Des effets de la glande thyro'ide mater- nelle pendant la grossesse et sur les produits de la con- ception. Rev. d'hyg. et de med. inf. [etc.], Par., 1911, x, 301-340. -----. Contributo alia conoscenza dei rapporti funzionali tra la tiroide e le altre ghiandole a secrezione interna. Riv. di clin. pediat., Firenze, 1911, ix, 970-979.— Stookey (L. B.) On the phvsiology of the thyroids. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y.. 1907-8 v, 121.— Sultan (C.) Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Schilddriisen- Function. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1901, lxiii, 620-626— Taussig (A. E.) The present day status of the physi- ology of the thyroid gland. Med. Fortnightly, St. Louis, 1907 xxxi, 36.—Tomka (S.) A pajzsmirigy hasznalata a fiilgy6gyaszatban. [The utility of the thyroid gland in otology.] Ujabb gy6gvszer. es gy6gvm6d., Budapest, 1899. 6-8.—Tuholske (H.) Observations on the thyroid and the parathyroids. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1908, li, 25-28.— Turin (M.) Blutveriinderungen unter dem Einfluss der Schilddruse und Schilddriisensubstanz. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1910, cvii, 343-366.— Urso (G.) La flsiologia del corpo tiroide nell' ultimo ventennio. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1903, xxiv, 1166-1168.— Valenzi (G.) Alterazioni della ghiandola tireoide consecutive all' estirpazione delle capsule surrenali nei topi albini. Arch, per le sc. med., Torino, 1911, xxxv, 377-380.—Vassale (G.) Funzione paratiroidea e fun- zione tiroidea. Riv. sper. di freniat., Reggio-Emilia, 1901, xxvii. 1062-1097. Also [Abstr.]: Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1899, xx, 1061. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Arch. ital. de biol., Tu- rin, 1900, xxxiii, 154-156.—Ver Eecke (A.) Etude de l'influence de la secretion interne du corps thyro'ide sur les echanges organiques. Arch, internat. de pharmacod., Gand & Par., 1897-8, iv, 81-168. See, also, supra, Gley.— Verson (L.) Contributo alio studio della ghiandola tireoide e suoi annessi. Arch, per le sc. med., Torino, 1907, xxxi, 477-522, 4fold.pl. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1909, li, 284-286.—Verstraeten & Vanderlinden. Contribution a. I'etude des fonctions du corps thyroi'dien. Ann. Soc. de m&l. de Gand, 1897, lxxvi, 72-84.—Vincent (S.) & Jolly (W. A.) Some ob- servations upon the functions of the thyroid and para- thyroid glands. J. Physiol., Lond., 1905, xxxii, 65: 1906, xxxiv, 295.—deVoogi (G.N.) Zur Beziehung zwischen der Sehilddriise und den weiblichen Geschlechtstheilen. Centralbl. f. Gyniik., Leipz., 1898, xxii, 713-716.—Waller (H. E.) The relationship of the thyroid gland to den- tistry. Brit. Dent. J., Lond., 1912, xxxiii, 4-25. -----. The relationship of the thyroid gland to other internal secretions of sexual origin. Practitioner, Lond., 1912, lxxxix, 279-288.— Walter (F. K.) Ueber den Einfluss der Schilddruse auf die Regeneration der peripheren markhaltigen Nerven. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1909-10, xxxviii, 1-32, 4pl. -----. Nachtragliche Bemerkungen zu der Arbeit: Ueber den Einfluss der Schilddruse auf die Regeneration der peripheren mark- haltigen Nerven. Ibid., 1910, xxxix, 165-167. -----. Ue- ber die Bedeutung der Schilddruse fiir das Nervensystem. Ztschr. f. d. ges. Neurol, u. Psychiat., Berl. u. Leipz., 1910-11, iv, Orig., 67-90, 1 pl. -----. Schilddruse und Re- generation. Arch. f. Entwcklngsmechn. d. Organ., Leipz., 1910, xxxi, 91-130, 1 pl.—Wang (E.) Nyere un- derscigelser af glandula thyreoidea. [Recherches recentes sur la glande thvroide. Res., 360.] Norsk Mag. f. Lse- gevidensk., Kristiania, 1901, 4. R., xvi, 328-348.—War- basse (J. P.) Lanz on the thvreoid question. [Edit.] Ann. Surg., Phila., 1894, xx, 426-454.—Weeks (J. E.) The relation between the thyroid and the eye. Penn. M. J., Athens, 1906-7, x, 195-202.—Wiener (F.) Ueber Ver- iinderungen der Schilddruse naeh Anlegung einer Gal- lenblasenfistel. Centralbl. f. Physiol., Leipz. u. Wien, THYROID GLAND. 240 THYROID GLAND. Thyroid gland (Physiological functions of). 1899, xiii, 142.—Vushtshenko (A. I.) K flziologii shtshitovidnol zhelyozi; o zhirovom i okislitelnikh fer- mentakh shtshitovidnol zhelyozi i vliyaniye posllednel na lipoliticheskiye i okislitelniye protsessi v krovi. [Physiology of the thyroid gland; the lipasis and oxy- dases of the thyroid gland, and its influence upon the lypolytic and oxvdating processes taking place in the blood.] Arch. biol. nauk____, S.-Peterb., 1909-10, xv, 171- 220. Also, transl.: Arch. d. sc. biol., St.-Petersb., 1910, xv, 173-222. -----. Shtshitovidnaya zhelyoza i fermentativ- niya protsessi. [The thyroid gland and fermentative pro- cesses.] Russk.Vrach,S.-Peterb.,1911,x,1402; 1436. Also, transl.: Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1911, lxxv, 141- 168.—Zimmern & Battez. Actions des rayons X sur le corps thyroide du lapin. Arch, d'edectric. mexi., Bor- deaux, 1911, xix, 466.—JKnojeinsky (J.) Experimen- talstudie iiber die Funktion der Schilddruse und der parathyreoidealen Epithelkorperchen. Rev. de med. tcheque, Prague, 1909, ii, 48-50.—Zwaardemaker. De functie der schildklier. Literatuur-overzicht. Ne- derl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1894, 2. R., xxx, 441- 454. Thyroid gland (Regeneration of). iflotta-Coco (A.) Contributo alio studio sulla rige- nerazione della glandola tiroide. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1899, Roma, 1900, x, 536-539. -----. Rigenera- zione della glandola tiroide. Monitore zool. ital., Firenze, 1900, xi, 86-99, 1 pl. -----. Contributo al reperto del tes- suto linfo-adenoide nella glandola tiroide e sulla rigene- razione dello stesso. Rassegna internaz. d. med. mod., Catania, 1900-1901, ii, 193. Thyroid gland (Secretions of). See, also, Secretions (Internal). Asher (L.) & Flack (M.) Die innere Sekretion der Schilddruse und die Bildung des inneren Sekretes unter dem Einfluss von Nervenreizung. Ztschr. f. Biol., Miin- ehen u. Berl., 1910, lv, 83-166.----------. Nachweis der Wirkung eines inneren Sekretes der Schilddruse und die Bildung desselben unter dem Einfluss der Nerven. Zen- tralbl., f. Physiol., Leipz. u. Wien, 1910, xxiv, 211-213 — Asher (L.) & von Bodt (W. E.) Die Wirkungen von Schilddriisen und Nebennierenprodukten und die sekre- torische Innervation der Schilddruse. Ibid., 1912, xxvi, 223-228.—Bruckner (J.) Sur la secretion thvro'idienne. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1909, lxvi, 481.—Brun (V.) Einfluss derProdukte desthyreo-parathyreoidealen Apparates auf die alexinischen Eigenschaf ten des Blutes. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc],l. Abt., Jena, 1910, lvi, Orig., 533-537.—Carlson (A. J.) & Woeli'el (A.) [et al]. On the internal secretion of the thyroid gland. Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1910, xxvi, 32-67. Also [Abstr.]: Proc. Am. Physiol., Soc, Bost., 1908-9, p. xix. Also, [Abstr.]: Proc. Am. Soc. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1908, p. xv. Casagli (F.) Sulla funzione secretiva delle cellule epiteliali della tiroide, in rapporto allasimpaticectomia cervieale. Poli- clin., Roma, 1909, xvi, sez. chir., 241-252,1 pl.—Fenger (F.) On the presence of active principles in the thyroid and suprarenal glands before and after birth. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1912-13, xi, 489-492.—Fordyce (A. D.) The relation of diet to thvroid activity. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1907, i, 619.—von Fiirth (O.) & Schwarz (C.) Ueber die Natur der blutdruckerniedrigenden Substanz in der Schilddruse. Arch. f. d. ges. Phvsiol., Bonn, 1908, exxiv, 361-368.—Galeotti (G.) Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Sekretiouserscheinungen in den Epithelzellen der Schild- driise. Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1896, xlviii, 305-328, 1 pl. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Riv. ital. di patol. gen. e anat. patol., Torino, 1896, i, 241-218.—Gamier (M.) Les secretions thyroidiennes. Presse med., Par., 1906, xiv, 801.—Hell in (D.) Ueber den wirksamen Bestandtheil der Schilddruse. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1897, xl, 121-136.—Hoskins (R. G.) Thyroid secretion as a factor in adrenal activity. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, lv, 1724— Hiirthle (K.) Ueber den Secre- tionsvorgang in der Schilddruse. Jahresb. d. schles. Ge- sellsch. f. vaterl. Kult. 1894, Bresl., 1895, lxxii, 1. Abth., Med. Sect., 2-12. [Discussion], 25. Also: Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1894, xx, 267-270.—Hutch- inson (R.) On the active constituent of the, thyroid gland. Brit. M. J., Lond.,1897, i, 194-197.—L£pinois(E.) Note sur les ferments oxydants indirects de la glande thyroide. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1898,10. s., v, 1177-1179—Lucien & Parisot (J.) Influence, sur la thyro'ide, des injections intraveineuses repetees d'extrait hypophysaire. Ibid., 1909, xlvi, 675-677.—Lussky (H. O.) Further studies of the aceto-nitrile test for thyroid substance in the blood. Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1912-13, xxx, 63-73. — IHatsunaga. Die parenchymatosen LymphbahnenderThyreoideaund ihre Sekretion. Arch. f. Anat. u. Entwcklngsgesch., Leipz., 1909, 339-348,1 pl.— Oswald (A ) Die Schilddruse und ihr wirksames Princip. Biochem. Centralbl., Berl., 1902-3, i, 249-254.— Pick (E. P.) & Pineles (F.) Ueber die Beziehungen der Schilddruse zur physiologischen Wirkung des Adre- Thyroid gland (Secretions of). nalins. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1908, xii, 473-484.— Putnam (J. J.) The clinical aspects of the internal secretions; nature of the thyroidal cachexias, infantilism, acromegalv, Graves's disease. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1898, cxv, 31-49.—Koos (E.) Zur Frage nach der Anzahl der wirksamen Substanzen in der Schilddruse. Miin- ehen. med. Wchnschr., 1896, xliii, 1157. -----. Ueber die Einwirkung der Schilddruse auf den Stoffwechsel, nebst Vorversuchen iiber die Art der wirksamen Substanz in derselben. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem,, Strassb., 1896, xxi, 19-41, 1 tab.—Sajous (C. E. De M.) The thyreopara- thyreoid secretion as Wright's opsonin. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1911, xciv, 961-965. Also, Reprint—Sch mid (E.) Der Secretionsvorgang in der Schilddruse. Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1896, xlvii, 181-217, 1 pl.—Spoto (G.) Sul principio attivo della tiroide; contributo alia sua flsiologia. Gior. d. Ass. napol. di med. e nat., Napoli, 1896, vi, 283-329.—Tiberti (N.) Sull' attivita secretoria della ghiandola tiroide in alcune condizioni morbose. Sperimentale. Areh. di biol., Firenze, 1905, lix, 265-280, 1 pl.-VerEecke (A.) Etude de l'influence de la se- cretion interne du corps thyroide sur les 6changes orga- niques. Arch, internat. de pharmacod., Gand et Par., 1897-8, iv, 81-168.—Warren (J. W.) Ourpresent knowl- edge of the interstitial secretion of the thyroid gland. Boston M. & S. J., 1896. cxxxv, 101-104. Also: Chicago M. Recorder, 1896, xi, 94-103.—Watson (C.) The influence of a meat diet on the thyroid gland in the second gener- ation of meat fed rats. Proc. Physiol. Soc. Lond., 1906, p. xxix.—Werelius (A.) On the internal secretion of the thyroid, with brief consideration of other factors of the gland. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1911, xx, 181-185. Thyroid gland (Surgery of). See, also, Goitre (Treatment of, Operative); Thyroidectomy; Thyroid gland (Displacement of); Thyroid gland (Inflammation, etc., of); Thy- roid gland (Transplantation of); Thyroid.gland ( Tumors of); Thyroid gland ( Tumors of, Cance- rous, etc.); Thyroid gland (Tumors of, Cystic); Thyroid gland ( Wounds, etc., of). Austin (E.) *Des troubles psychiques d'o- rigine thyroidienne, et de leur traitement chi- rurgical. 8°. Lyon, 1897. Berry (J.) Diseases of the thyroid gland and their surgical treatment. 8°. London, 1901. ------. The same. 8°. Philadelphia, 1901. Servent (G.) * Des sections traumatiques de la membrane thyro-hyoi'dienne et de leur traitement. 8°. Lyon, 1907. Allen (W. G.) Anatomy of the thyroid gland; oper- ations. Illinois M. Bull., Chicago, 1907-8, viii, 164-166.— BallinM.) Surgery of the thyroid gland. N.YorkM. J. [etc.], 1906, lxxxiii, 280-286. Also, Reprint—Bar- well (H ) Case of a man on whom thyrotomy had been ■ performed one year and nine months before for tubercu- lous laryngitis. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1907-8, i, Laryngol. Sect., 7.—Behle (A. C.) The surgery of the thyroid gland. Utah M. J., Denver, Col., 1907-8, xxvii, 146: 154.—Botey (R.) Aplicaciones quirurgicas de la intercrico-tirotomia. Arch, de rinol., laringol., otol., Barcel., 1911, xxii, 395-403— Chlarugl (M,) Contributo alia chirurgia della tiroide. Atti d. r. Accad. d. fisiocrit. in Siena, 1909, 5. s., i, 287-314.—Crile (G. W.) Observa- tion of surgery of the thyroid gland with special refer- ence tothepsvchicfaetorinGraves'sdisease. Tr. Oregon M. Soc, Portland, 1908, xxxiv, 60-73. Also: J. Indiana M. Ass., Fort Wavne, 1909, ii, 231-234. Also: Med. Progress, Louisville, 1909, xxv, 275-280. Also: Northwest Med., Se- attle, 1908, vi, 327-334.—Crockett (E. N.) Surgery of the thvroid gland. Med. Sentinel, Portland, Oreg., 1908, xv, 623-627.—Cu Iver (D. De L.) Surgery of the thyroid gland at the Rochester Hospital. Clinique, Chicago, 1910, xxxi, 576-581.— Bandois. La chirurgie du corps thyroide. Rev. med. de Louvain, 1908,122; 152.—Davis (G. G.) Removal of a sarcomatous thyroid gland without an anesthetic; with two additional cases of impending death from suffocation. Univ. M. Mag., Phila., 1897-8.X, 80-84.—Delatour ( H. B.) Surgery in thyroid disease. Brooklvn M. J., 1904, xviii, 199-202.—Delore (H.) & Chalier(A.) Contribution a la chirurgie thyroidienne (goitres et strumites). Rev. de chir., Par., 1907, xxxvi, 487-528.—Downie (w.) An account of eight consecu- tive cases of thy rotomy (erico-thyrotomy), with one death, for removal of intra-iaryngeal growths. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Glasg., 1895-7, i. 149-154, 1 tab—Doyen. Thyro- tomieou larvngotomie mediane. Arch, de Doyen, Par., 1910-11, i, 245^-250—von Fiselsberg. Die Krankheiten und Verletzungen der Schilddruse. In: Handb. d. prakt. Chir . . . Bergmann [et al.], 2. Aufl., 8°, Stuttg., 1902, ii, 298-370.—Ferguson (A. H.) Surgery of the thyroid THYROID GLAND. 241 THYROID GLAND. Thyroid gland (Surgery of). gland. X. Alii. Pract., Chicago, 1896, viii, 114-119. -----. Surgervof the thyroid gland. Canada Lancet, Toronto, 1906-7, xl, 881-892. Also: Med. Herald, St. Joseph, 1907, n. s., xxvi, 213-222.—Fobes (J. H.) The operative surgery of the thyroid tdand. Internat. J. Surg., N. Y., 1910, xxiii, 265-267.— Friinkel (B.) Thyreotomie und Laryngo- fissur in Lokalanaesthesie, ohne allgemeine Narkose. Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1908, xxi, 338 — Francon. "Extirpationd'unlobedelathyro'fde. Mem. et compt.-rend. Soc d. sc. med. de Lyon (1886), 1887, xxvi, pt. 2, 52-54.—liieis (X. P.) Thyroid lesions and the relations of the parathyroids in thyroid surgery. Med. Brief, St. Louis, 1909, xxxvii, 445-447.—He in eck (A. P.) a) The thvroid theory, b) Thesurgieal treatment of the affection." West. Canada M. J., Winnipeg, 1910, iv, 193- 209—Jackson (C.) Thyrotomy vs. laryngectomy; notes on the frequently malign nature of chronic, hoarseness. Penn. M. J., Athens, 1905-6, ix, 721.—Jennings (J. E.) The surgery of the thvroid gland. Am. J. Surg., N. Y\, 1911, xxv, 130-134.-K:iot« (Van B.) Surgery of the thyroid. J. Iowa State M. Soc, Clinton, 1911-12, i, 352-364. Latitte-Dupont. Modifications au manuel operatoire de la thyrotomie. Areh. internal, de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1908, xxvi, 169.—Lata rjet. Des psychoses d'ori- gine thvro'idienne et leur traitement chirurgical. Lyon med., 1904, ciii, 472-48L—Le Conte (R. G.) Surgery of the thyroid gland. Penn. M. J., Athens, 1906-7, x, 180- 183.—Lediard. Ten consecutive cases of operation for diseases of the thyroid gland. Lancet, Lond., 1894, ii, 688. — Ledomski (V. I.) Openitivnoye llecheniye zabollevaniy shtshitovidnol zhelyozi i oslozhneniya pri nyom. [Operative treatment of diseases of the thyroid gland, and its complications.] Imp. Voyenno-Med. Akad. Trudi hosp. khir. klin., Fyodorova, S.-Peterb., 1911, v, 121-203.—Levy (E.) Ueber einen Fall von ver- schlucktem, in die Sehilddriise eingedrungenen und operativ entfernten Fremdkorper. Med. Cor.-Bl. d. wiirttemb. arztl. Ver., Stuttg., 1902, lxxii, 833-835. Alto: Ztschr. f. Wundarzteu. Geburtsh., Felltmch, 1903, liv, 195- 203.—LBwe (L.) Bemerkungen zur Thvreotomie. Mo- natschr.f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1905, xxxix.376-378.—Jl'Cown (R. M.) Surgery of the thvroid gland. J. Tenn. M. Ass., Nashville, 1909-10, ii, 46-51.— JVlalone (B.) Surgerv of the thyroid. Memphis M. Month., 1910, xxx, 409-415.— JJIario (C.) Contributo alia chirurgia della tiroide. Corriere san., Milano, 1909, xx, 306. Also: Gazz. di med. e chir., Palermo, 1909, viii, 248. Also: Med. ital., Napoli, 1909, vii, 396-398.— UIoure (E.-J.) Considerations sur la thyrotomie. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1904, i, 673-678. -----. Considerations cliniques sur la thyroto- mie. J. de med.de Bordeaux, 1911, xli, 405-^07.—Oliver (J. C.) Report of casesof surgery of the thyroid body. Tr. Ohio M. Soc, Cleveland, 1902, 144-153. Also: Am. J. Surg. & Gynec, St. Louis. 1902-3, xvi, 65-67. Also: Cleveland M. J., 1902, i, 512-517.—Patet. Section com- plete de la membrane thyrohyo'idienne; suture de la thy- ro'ide au cartilage thyro'ide; "guerison. Lyon med. 1907, cviii, 209-211.—Portela (J.) Unapequenamodificacion en la tecnica de la tirotomia. Bol. de laringol., otol. y rinol., Madrid, 1908, viii, 129-131.—Furdum (H. D.) The present status of thvroid surgerv. J. Mich. M. S., Battle Creek, 1910, ix, 405-407.—Bailziiiiovski, O viriezivanii i peresadkle shtshitovidnol zhelyozi. [Ex- tirpation and transplantation of the thyroid gland.] Protok. zasaid. Obsh. Kievsk. vrach. (1887-8), 1889, pt. 2, 4-6.—Beclus (P.) De l'isthmectomie thyroidienne. Rev. gen. de elin. et de therap., Par., 1906, xx, 577-579.— Bicliter (H. M.) The indications for operation on the thyroid gland. Quart. Bull. Northwest. Univ. Med. Sch., Chicago, 1909-10, xi, 82-84.—Ricketts (B. M.) Surgery of the thyroid. Kansas City M. Index-Lancet, 1903, xxiv, 389; 436.—Robinson (H. B.) A clinical lecture on cases illustrating the surgerv Oi the thvroid gland. Lan- cet, Lond., 1901, i, 1384-1387.—KusselI (L. E.) Surgery of the thyroid. Eclect. M. J., Cincin., 1909, lxix, 477- 482.—Seinon (SirF.) Case of thyrotomy with restoration of exceptionally good voice. Proc. Rov. Soc. Med., Lond., 1908-9, ii, Laryngol. Sect., 78.— Shears (G. F.) The surgery of the thvroid. Tr. Am. Inst. Homceop., Phila., 1896,390-398. Also: Clinique,Chicago,1896, xvii, 449-457.— Shepherd (F. J.) Surgical diseases and wounds of the thvroid and thymus. Am. Pract. Surg. | Brvant & Buck], N. Y., 1909, vi, 353-400, 3 pl. — Stokes (W. j Operations on the thyroid gland. In his: Selected papers [etc.], 8°, Lond., 1902, 104-119, 2 pl.—Terry (W. I.) Operations on the thyroid gland. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1907, v. 27.—Torrini (U. L.) Plastica della cartilagine tiroide; ricerche sperimentali. Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1912, xxiii, 89-110. — Velyaiiiinoir"(N. A.) Zabolleva- niye shtshitovidnol zhelyozi i ikh khirurgicheskoye lle- cheniye. [Disease of the thyroid gland and their surgi- cal treatment.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1910, ix, 1193; 1229; 1253.— Weir (R. F.) & Foote (li. M.) The sur- gery of the thyroid gland. Syst. Surg. (Dennis) Phila., I 1896, iv, 811-837. — Wilson (L. B.) [etal.]. Svmposium | upon surgery of the thyroid gland. Surg., Gvnec A Obst., Chicago, 1909, viii. 388-619. —Winslow (R.i The sur- gery of the thyroid gland. Marvland M. J., Bait.. 1909, I Iii, 391; 431; 471: 1910, liii, 1. VOL XVIII, 2D SERIES----16 Thyroid gland (Syphilis of). Hutchins (J.) On struma and syphilitic struma. 8°. [>. p., 1842.] Rosenhauer ( P. ) * Ueber Syphilis der Sehilddriise. [Leipzig.] 8°. Hamburg & Leipzig, 1909. Also, in: Jahrb. d. Hamb. Staatskrankenant.1908, Hamb. u. Leipz., 1909, xiii, 145-153. Also, in: Mitt. a. d. Hamb. Staatskrankenanst., 1909, ix, 145-153, 1 pl. Clarke (B.) A case of gumma of the isthmus of the thyroid gland; ulceration; oedema of the larynx; laryngo- tracheotomy; recoverv. Lancet, Lond., 1897, ii, 389.— Davis (B. F.) Gumma of the thyroid. [Abstr.] Tr. Chicago Path, Soc, 1906-9, vii, 273. -----. Svphilis of the thyroid. Arch. Int. Med..Chicago, 1910, v, 47-60.—Hiiltl (H.) Ueber die luctischen Erkrankungen der Schild- druse. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1899, xxxv, 442-444. Also: Ungar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1899, iv, 735- 737.—Jour«lanet(P.) Perichondrite tertiaire du carti- lage thyroide; guerison rapide par le traitement mixte. Ann. d. mal. ven., Par., 1910, v, 361-364. —Mendel (F.) Die Syphilis der Schilddruse. Verhandl. d. Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1906, xxiii, 233-242, 3 pl. Also: Med. Klin., Berl., 1906, ii, 833-838.—Perrando (G. G.) Alte- razioni istologiche della tiroide nei feti sifilitici e non vitali. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1902, xxiii, 186-190. —Pol- ttavtseft"(A. P.) Izmleneniya shtshtsitovidnol zhelyozi u sifilitikov v techeniye vtorol inkubatsii i perioda si pel. [Alterations of the thyroid giand in syphilitics during the second incubatiori and the period of svphilides.] Russk. J. Kozhn. i Ven. Bollezn., Kharkov, 1901, i, 85: 193.—Poncet (A.) & Leriche (R.) Syphilis du corps thyroide. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1912, n. s., xxxviii, 783-789. Also: Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1912, lxxxv, 945- 947.—Xhurslield (R. M. R.) A case of gumma of the thyroid. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1908, i, 147. Thyroid gland (Topograp>hy and explo- ration of). Henneberg. [Ueber die laterale Anlage der Thy- reoidea.] Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1904, xxx, 1870.—Kallius (E.) Die mediane Thyreoideaan- lage und ihre Beziehungzum Tuberkulum impar. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1903, xxiii, Ergnzngshft., 35-40.—IWarafidn (G.) La palpaci6n profunda del tiroides normal y pato- logico. Rev. elin. de Madrid, 1911, v, 12-14.— 'lauelaire. Notes sur la situation de 1'isthmedu corps thyroide par rapport a la trochee. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par.,' 1895, lxx, 131-135.—Potter (P.) The topographic anatomy of the thyroid gland. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Larygol., St. Louis, 1909, xviii, 669-678,3 pl—de Santi (P. R. W.) Explora- tion of the thyroid for dvspn.ea. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1899, n. s., lxvii, 248. — Woodbury (M. S.) A landmark and technique for thyroid measurement; pre- liminary note. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1912. xcvi, 798-797. -----. A method of outlining the thyroid gland. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1913, lviii, 1675. Thyroid gland (Transplantation of). Borowsky (D.) *De l'hypertrophie fonc- tionnelle des greffes thyroi'diennes. 8°. Geneve, 1906. (tougassian (W.) * De la greffe de tissu thy- roidien provenant d'animaux morts. 8°. Ge- neve, 1905. Holdener (F.) * Experimentelle Untersu- chungen iiber die Transplantation der Schild- druse. 8°. Ziirich, 1898. Otspensky (Anna). * Influence de la cocaine ?ur la reprise des greffes thvroi'diennes. 8°. Geneve, 1904. Kidxik (G.) * Teber Organotherapie bei Erkrankungen der Schilddruse und des Pan- creas mit Beriicksichtigung der Transplanta- tionsversuche. 8°. Berlin, [1906]. Serman (C.) * Ueber eine neue Methode der Transplantation des Schilddriisengewebes. [Bern.] 8°. Leipzig, 1909. Also in: Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1908, xcvi. 440-460, 2 pl. Sultan (C.) *Zur Histologie der transplan- tierten Schilddruse. roy. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., 1898. Also, in: Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1898, ix, 388-390. Toreschkowitsch (A.) * Beitrag zur Trans- plantation der Schilddruse. (Experimentelle Studie.) 8°. Basel, 1909. THYROID GLAND. 242 THYROID GLAND. Thyroid gland (Transplantation of). Amadoni ( G. ) Gli innesti tiroidei nell' uomo. Clin, chir., Milano, 1904, xii, 325-329.—von Braniann. j Ueber Schilddrusenimplantation bei Myxodem und Kre- tinismus. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1909, xxxv, 1738.—Carraro (A.) Ueber Schilddriisen- verpflanzungen in verschiedene Organe. Deutsche Zt- schr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1909, xcvii, 201-223,1 pl.—Carrel (A.) & Guthrie (C.-C.) Extirpation et replantation de la glande thvroide avec reversion de la circulation. Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1905, lix, 413.—Cinotti (F.) Gli innesti tiroparatiroidei in chirurgia veterinaria. N. Ercolani, Pisa, 1909, xiv, 337; 354.— Cristiani (H.) Etude histologique de la greffe thyroidienne. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1894,10. s., i, 716-718. Also: Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1894, xiv, 610-612. -----. De la greffe thyroidienne en general et de son evolution histologique en particulier. Arch, de physiol. norm, et path., Par., 1895, 5. s., vii, 65-76, 2 pl. -----. Histologie des greffes du corps thvro'ide chez les reptiles. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1900, IL s., ii, 993-995. Also: Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1900, xx, 637-640. -----. Surmenage des greffes thyro'idiennes avec atrophie con- secutive. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1900, 11. s., ii, 1136-1138.-----. Developpement des greffes thyro'i- diennes; analogie avec le developpement embryonnaire du corps thyro'ide et avec la formation du goitre hyper- plasique. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1900, xx, 579-581. Also: Compt. rend. Soc.debiol., Par., 1900,11. s.,ii,967-969. -----. De l'accroissement des greffes thyro'i- diennes. J. de physiol. et de path. g6n., Par., 1901, iii, 22-26.-----. Vasciiiarisation comparee des greffes thy- ro'idiennes. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1901, xxi,5-11, lpl. -----. Nouvelles experiences de greffe thy- roidienne chez les mammiferes. J.de physiol.etdepath. gen., Par., 1901,iii, 200-215,1 pl.-----. De la greffe thyroi- dienne croisee. Areh.ital. de biol..Turin, 1901-2, xxxvi, 164. -----. Greffe thyroi'dienne etensemencement thyroidien. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1902, xxii, 705-711. -----. La greffe thvro'idienne chez les reptiles. J. de physiol. et de path, gen., Par., 1903, v, 24-30, 1 pl. -----. Transplantation de tissu thyroi'dien dans des regions trans- parentes. Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1903, lv, 679-681. -----. Lesions inflammatoires microbiennes des greffes thyroi'diennes. Ibid., 725. -----. Injection de sub- stances bacteriennes n^crosantes et d'essence de ter6- benthine dans des greffes thyroi'diennes. Ibid., 726. -----. Hypertrophie compensatrice des greffes thy- roi'diennes. Ibid., 782-784. -----. Reimplantation de greffes thyroi'diennes reussies. Ibid., 1457. -----. De la greffe thyroidienne chez les oiseaux. Ibid., 1904, lvi, 192. -----. De la greffe thyroidienne chez les poissons et les amphibies. Ibid., 227-229. -----. [Corps thyro'ide; greffe thyroi'dienne.] [Rap. de Barrier.] Bull. Acad. de med., Par., 1904, 3. s., Iii, 433-438. -----. De la greffe hetero-thyroi'dienne. J. de physiol. et de path. g£n., Par., 1904, vi, 476-488, 1 pl. -----. La greffe thyroidienne chez l'homme. Semaine med., Par., 1904, xxiv, 81-83. Also, transl.: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1904, n. s., lxxviii, 167-170. -----. Quelques nouvelles donnees re- gardant les greffes thyro'idiennes. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1905, xxvii, jErgnzngshft., 176-178. -----. Evolution des greffes thyroi'diennes superflues. Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1905, lviii, 361. -----. De la persistance des greffes des glandes parathyro'ides. Ibid., "ibi. -----. Evolution histologique de greffes faites avec du tissu thyro'idiej conserved J. de phvsiol. et de path, gen., Par., 1905, vii, 261-270, 1 pl—Crlstiani (H.) & Cris- tiani (Mme. A.) Evolution comparee des greffes de jeune tissu thyroidien transplanters sur des animaux d'age different. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1905, lviii, 531-533. —Cristiani ( H. ) & Kuinmer ( E.) Ueber funktionelle Hypertrophie iiberpflanzter Schild- drusenstiickchen beim Menschen. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1906, liii, 2377-2380. Also, Reprint. —Cris- tiani (H.) & Onspensky. Effets de la coca'inisation locale sur les greffes thvroidiennes. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1904, lvii," 40-42.-----------. Action de solutions de cocaine sur le tissu thyroidien vivant. Ibid., 42. — Fnderlen. Untersuchungen fiber die Transplantation der Schilddruse in die Bauchhohle von Katzen und Hunden. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1898, iii, 474-531, 2 pl. —Gautier & Kunnner. Note sur les bons effets de la greffe thy- roi'dienne (methode de Cristiani) chez un enfant arrier£ par defaut de developpement de la glande thyroide. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1905, xxv, 397- 403. [Discussionl, 418-421.—Gibson (J. L.) The func- tion of the thyroid gland, with observations on a case of thyroid grafting. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1893, i, 58-62.— Godart. Recherches sur la transplantation progres- sive de la glande thyroide chez le chien. J. de med., chir. et Pharmacol., Brux., 1894, 49-64. —Jacobs (A.) Recherches sur la transplantation progressive de la glande thyroide chez le chien, par le Docteur Godart- Danhieux. Bull. Soc. de med. d'Anvers, 1894, lvi, 83- 87.—Kocher (T.) Ueber Schilddriisentransplantation. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 1908, I Thyroid gland (Transplantation of). xxxvii, pt. 2, 231-237. Also: Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1908, lxxxvii, 1-7. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Ann. Surg., Phila., 1908, xlviii, 777-779.—Leischncr (H.) & Koli- ler (R.) Ueber homoioplastische Epithelkorperehen- und Schilddrusenverpflanzung. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1910-11, xeiv, 169-185. — Lemaire (P.) Sur la methode des greffes thyroi'diennes. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. mod. de Bordeaux, 1902, xxiii, 615.—Pantaleone (C.) Contributo sperimentale all' innesto tiroideo. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1897, xviii, 65-67.—Pay r ( E.) Trans- plantation von Schilddriisengewebe in die Milz; experi- mentelle und klinische Beitrage. (Bemerkungen iiber Organtransplantationen iiberhaupt.) Verhandl. d. deut- sch. Gesellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 1906, xxxv, pt. 2, 503-599, 2 pl. [Discussion], pt. 1, 155. Also: Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1906, lxxx, 730-826. -----. Nachtrag zur Mit- theilung iiber Transplantation von Schilddriisengewebe in die Milz. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1906, lxxx, 1030, lpl. —Salzer ( H. ) Zur Frage der Schilddrii- sentransplahtation. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 1909, xxxviii, pt. 2, 104-134, 1 pl. Also: Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1909, Ixxxix, 881-911,1 pl. Also [Abstr.]: Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1909, xxii, 370.— Shuiiikotf-Trubiu (K.G.) Peresadka shtshitovid- nol i parashtshitovidnol zhelyoz v razlichniye organi i tkani; eksperimentalnoye izs'lledovaniye. [Transplan- tation of the thyroid and parathyroid glands into dif- ferent organs and tissues; experimental investigation.] Kazan. Med. J., 1911, xi, 285-298.—Smith (E. A.) Thy- roid transplantation. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, i, 166.— Stich (R.) & ITlakkas (M.) Zur Transplantation der Schilddruse mittels Gefiissnaht. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1908, lx, 431-449, 5 pl.—Ughetti (G. B.) Sulla flsiologia della tiroide; appunti critiei e nota prelimi- nare sul trapiantamento di questa ghiandola. Riforma med., Napoli, 1892, viii, pt. 4, 675-680.—Vanzetti (F.) Del trapianto della tiroide embrionale. Arch. per. le sc. med., Torino, 1903, xxvii, 285-299. Also [Abstr.]: Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1903, 4. s., ix, 388-390. Thyroid gland (Tuberculosis of). Ast (P.) * Ueber einen Fall von Tuberku- lose der Schilddruse. [Erlangen.] 8°. Frank- furt a. Oder, 1906. Giracd (G.) *Le corps thyroide des tuber- culeux. 8°. Paris, 1908. Ivanoff (T.) *De la tuberculose de la glande thyroide. 8°. Lyon, 1899. Petersen (H.) *Ein neuer Fall von Schild- driisen tuberkulose. 8°. Miinehen, 1901. Arnd (C.) Beitrage zur Klinik der Schilddriisentu- berkulose. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1912, cxvi, 7-28.—Camera (U.) La tubereolosi primitiva della ghiandola tiroide. Clin, chir., Milano, 1912 xx, 1897- 1912.—Caplesco (P.) Sur la relation pathologique entre la tuberculose chirurgicale, medicale et la glande thy- roide. Spitalul, Bucuresci, 1911, xxxi, 319.—Chalier (J.) Goitre plongeantsuppure; tuberculose thyroidienne; oedeme en pelerine par compression des deux troncs veineux brachio-cephaliques. Lyon mexl., 1907, cviii, 514-516.—Chappell (W. F.) A case of tuberculosis of the thvroid gland. Manhattan Eve & Ear Hosp. Rep., N. Y., 1894, i. 91, 1 pl. Also, Reprint.—Clairmont (P.) Zur Tuberculose der Schilddruse (Struma tuberculosa). Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1902, xv, 1267-1270.—Corner (E. M.) Primary and secondary local tuberculosis of thyroid gland. Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1903-4, xxxvii, 112- 114.—Halstead (A. E.) Tuberculosis of the thyroid gland, with report of a case. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1910, 20. s., i, 120-125.—Hedinger(E.) Zur Lehre der Schild- driisentuberculose. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1912, cxvi, 125-139.—Hufnagel (V.) Ueber Schilddrii- senerkrankungen auf tuberkuloser Grundlage bei Ein- stellungsuntersuchungen. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1912, lix, 1377.—Lediard (H. A.) Primary tuberculosis of the thyroid. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1905-0, lvii, 153.— Lenormant (C.) La tuberculose du corps thyroide, a propos d'un cas d'abces froid thyroi'dien. Progres med., Par.. 1908, 3. s., xxiv, 445.—Lereboullet (P.) Thy- ro'iditeaigue et tuberculose. Clin. prat. . . . mal. d. yeux, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1909, v, 9-13.—Jttorin. Tubercu- lose et glande thvro'ide. Presse med., Par., 1906, xiv, 623.—Pinoy. Sur la tuberculose du corps thyroide. Cong, internat. de med. C. r., Par., 1900, sect, d'anat. path., 303-306.—Poncet (A.) & Leriche ( R.) Tuber- culose inflammatoire et corps thyro'ide. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1909, 3. s., lxii, 615-626. Also: Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1909, lxxxii, 1867-1871. Also: Clinique, Par., 1910, v, 612-616.—Pupovac (D.) Zur Kenntnis derTuberku- lose der Schilddruse. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1903, xvi, 1012-1014.—Roger (H.) & Gamier. Des lesions de la glande thvro'ide dans la tuberculose. Arch.gen.de m6d., Par., 1900,"n. s., iii, 385-414.-Kolleston (H. D.) Case- ous tubercle in the thyroid gland; tuberculous abscesses THYROID GLAND. 243 THYROID GLAND. Thyroid gland (Tuberculosis of). rupturing into the oesophagus. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1896-7, xlviii, 197-200.— Ruppamier (E.) Ueber tu- berkulose Strumen; ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Schild- driisentuberkulose. Frankf. Ztschr. f. Path., Wiesb., 1908-9, ii, 513-547.—Schwartz. Abces tuberculeux du corps thvro'ide. Areh. internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1894, vii, 320-324.—Shlmodaira (Y.) Experimentelle Untersuchungen fiber die Tuberkuloseinfektion der Schilddruse. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1911, cix, 443-479.—Stanton (W. B.) The thyroid in tuberculosis; a preliminary study. Am.Med., Phila., 1905, x,605.-----. The thvroid in tuberculosis. Nat. Ass. Study & Prevent. Tuberculosis. Trans., N. Y., 1906, i, 239-242.—Toinel- lini (L.) Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Tuberkulose der Schilddruse. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1905, xxxvi, 590-624. Thyroid gland (Tumors of). See, also, Goitre; Thyroid gland, (Aberrant, etc., Tumors of); Thyroid gland (Tumors of, Cancerous and malignant); Thyroid gland (Tu- mors of, Cystic). Friedekrhs (A.) *Zur Histologie der me- tastasierenden Schilddriisengeschwulste. 8°. JViirzburg, 1897. Humbert (E.-J.) * Contribution a I'etude de l'enucleation intraglandulaire des tumeurs so- lides du corps thyroide. 8°. Xancy, 1899. Loscher ( W. ) * Ueber die in den letzten Jahren in der Krlanger chirurgischen Klinik zur Beobac'htung gelangten Fiille von Schilddriisen- geschwiilsten. 8°, Erlangen, 1898. Lurje (M.) * Ueber ein Teratom der Schild- driise. 8°. Zurich, 1908. Petit ( M. ) * Contribution ii I'etude des kystes thyroid iens medians. 8°. Paris, 1901. Schmidt ( K. ) * Ueber einen Fall von anscheinend gutartiger Struma adenomatosa mit Metastasen in der Wirbelsaule und in einer Rippe. 8°. Munchen, 1908. Zullig (J.) * Ueber Papillome der Schild- driise. 8°. Berlin, 1910. Also, in: Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1910, ccii, 18-38. Abadie & Coriveaud. Tumeur solide pediculee du corps thyroide. Bull. Soe. d'anat. et physiol. de Bor- deaux, 1>99, xx, 50; 62.—Alessandrl (R.) Adenoma della tiroide d' origine paratiroidea. Bull. d. r. Accad. med. di Roma, 1910, xxxvi, 64-68, 1 pl.—Barker (A. E.) Notes on the removal of thvroid tumours. Practitioner, Lond.,1907, lxxix, 329-344, 2pl.—Bastianelli (K.) Tu- more aereo, peritiroideo. Bull. d. Soc. Laneisiana d. osp. di Roma (1*94>. 1895, xiv, fasc. 2, 57.—von Bainniiar- ten (P.) Onkologische Mitteilungen. [Amyloidtumor der Thyreoidea mit gcneralisierter Metasta'-enbi Idling.] Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1906, lvi, 2049-2052.—Bauro- wicz(A.) Ueber .Scliilddnisengeschwiilste im Innern des Kehlkopfes und der Luftrohre. Areh. f. Larvngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1898, viii, 362-373.—Bell. Calcareous tu- mour of the thvroid producing oesophageal obstruction. Montreal M. J., 1894-5, xxiii, 297.—Bennett (Sir VV.) A case of adenoma of thyroid. Clin. J., Lond., 1902-3, xxi, 276. -----. A tumour of the thyroid. Ibid., 1906, xxviii, 131-134.—Berard. Neoplasme du corps thyroide; abla- tion; guerison. Lyon med., 1902, xcviii, 946-948. -----. Ancien goitre en transformation neoplasique; infiltration probable de la fourchette sternale par noyau demetas- tase ou par propagation directe; ancienne luxation de l'epaule droite non reduite avec impotence fnntionnelle peu marquee. Ibid., 1912, cxviii, 1275-1278.—Berard (L.) & Alamartine (H.) Contribution a I'etude de • la classification anatomique des tumeurs thvro'idiennes. Rev. de chir., Par., 1912, xiv, 5*3-028.—Berjjer. Les tu- meurs du corps thvroide. Rev. gen. de cliii. et de the- rap., Par., 1905, xix, 294.—Berry (J.) On the diagnosis and operative treatment of thvroid adenomata. Poly- clin., Lond., 1900, iii, 80-96.—Bloodtfood (.I.e.) Ade- namata of the thvroid gland; a clinical and pathological study. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1906, ii, 121-144, 2 pl.—Bote 1 la (E.) Fibrosarcoma del istmo y lobulo de- recho de la glandula tiroides; tumor del cuello. Rev. rlemed.y eirug. prat..Madrid, 1905,lxvi, 185-188.—Brid- don (C. K.) Adenoma of thvroid gland; thvroidectomy. Med. & Surg. Rep. Presbyterian Hosp., N. Y.', 1897, ii, 131- 133.—Bristovv (A. T.) Thyroidectomy for recurrent non-malignant tumour of the thyroid. Brooklyn M. J., 1902, xvi, 421.—Bryan (G. C.) Some interesting cases of tumor of the thyroid. J. N. Mexico M. Soc, Albu- querque, 1907-8, iii, no. 3, 4-10.—Burk (W.) Ueber ei- Thyroid gland (Tumors of). nen Amyloidtumor mit Metastasen. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1901, xii, 673.—Bussano (G.) Sette casi di neoplasma primitivo della tiroide nel cane. Clin, vet., Milano, 1909, xxxiii, sez. prat., 385-395.—But- Hn (H. T.) A clinical lecture on two cases of thyroid tumour. Clin. .L, Lond., 1893-4, iii, 292 - 398. — Chas- tenet de p.Tation; guerison. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1912, n. s., xxxviii, 673-675.—Pozza (P.) [Degenerazione Thyroid gland (Tumors of Cystic). fibrocistica del lobodestro della tiroide.] Osp. 8. Antonio Abate in Fivizzano. Resoc. clin. d. sez. chir. 1891-3, Pontremoli, 1894, 77.-----. [Focolaio cistico ed eneon- droma del lobo sinistro della tiroide; estirpazione del lobo.] Ibid., 81.—Pyle (J. S.) An operation upon an interesting case of cystic degeneration of the thvroid glands. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1893, xliv, 581.—Reclus (P.) Sur deux observations de kystesmuqueuxthyrohyoi'diens. Bull, med., Par., 1903, xix, 58.5.—Boclier (L.) A piopos du kyste dermoide median thyro-hyoiden. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1902, xxiii, 507-509.—Koch lord (W. E.) Large fibrocystic goitre. J. Minn. M. Ass. [etc.] Minneap., 1905, xxv, 485.—Schneider (K.) Ueber ein machtig entwickeltes congenitales Cy.stadenom der Schilddruse. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1903, xxviii, 221- 223.—Smoler (F.) Ueber einen 27 Jahre lang beobach- teten Fall von Cystadenoma papillare der Schilddruse. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1901, xxxi, 99-116, 1 pl. -----. Zur Kenntnis des papillaren Cvstadenoms der Schilddruse. Ibid., 1902, xxxiii, 460-463.—Syms (P.) A cyst of the thyroid gland. Tr. Soc. Alumni Bellevue Hosp., N. Y., 1896-7,132; 173.—Tail (D.) A rare form of cyst of the thyroid. Pacific M. J., San Fran., 1894, xxxvii, 1— Thevenot (A.) Note sur le diagnostic et le traite- ment des kystes du corps thvro'ide. Bull. Soc. demed. de Par. (1879), 1880, xiv, 183-194.—Thevenot (L.) Les kytes congenitaux de la glande thyroide. Bull, med Par., 1907, xxi, 452.—Thomas (W. T.) Cyst in the thy- roid gland; removal; cure. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1894, ii, 1231 — Tillaux. Les kvtes du corps thyroide. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap.. Par., 1903, xvii, 773— Veau (V.) Les kystes thyro-hyoidi ens. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1901, lxxiv, 1237-1240.—Waterhouse (H. F.) An adenoma- tous tumour partly cystic and partly solid [of the thyroid gland]. Clin. J., Lond., 1903, xxii, 158-160.—Wathen (J. R.) Cystic goiter containing both lobes and parathy- roids. Kentucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1909-10. viii, 1899.—Wellman (F. C.) A simple cvst of the thyroid gland simulating goitre. J. Trop. M. [etc.], Lond., 1908, xi, 117.—Williams (J. T.) Thyroid cvst in a child eleven months old; operation; recovery. Brit. M. J.. Lond., 1896, 1, 970. Thyroid gland (Wounds and injuries of). Toussaint (H.) Des plaies par instruments tran- chants du corps thyroide. Rev. de chir., Par., 1906, xxxiii, 940-947. Thyroid gland in disease. See Thyroid gland (Diseases and pathology of). Thyroidin. See, also, Iodothyrin; Myxoedema (Treat- mentof) with thyroid-extract; Thyroid-extract. Bloch (I.) * Ueber den Einfluss von Jod, Thyrojodin, Thyraden auf den Stoffwechsel. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1896. Chapellier (E.) *De la thyroi'odine dans les retards de consolidation et dans les pseudar- throses. 8°. Lyon, 1900. Critchmarofp (N.) * De l'iodothyrine (thy- roi'odine) et son action therapeutique dans les goitres. 8°. Lyon, 1897. Geldern (M.) *Ein Fall von Dysthyreosis unter Behandlung mit Schilddriisenpraparaten. 8°. Freiburg i. B., 1902. Huegel (C.) * Die Wirkung des Thyrioidins auf den Stoflwechsel der Kaninchen. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1896. Myasoyedofp (A. N.) * Material! k voprosu o vliyanii tireoidina na obmlen i usvoyeniye azotistikh chastel pishtshi u zdorovikh lyudel. [Influence of thyreoidin on metabolism and assimilation of nitrogenous parts of food in healthy men.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1899. Roos ( E.) * Ueber Schilddriisentherapie und Jodothyrin (friiher Thyrojodin genannt). [Freiburg.] 8°. Freiburgi. B. & Leipzig, 1896. Tikanadze (I. E.) * Material! k voprosu o vliyanii tireoidina na usvoyeniye zhirov pi- shtshi u zdorovikh lyudel. [Data on the effect of thyreoidin upon the assimilation of fats from food in healthy men.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1897. THYROIDIN. 249 THYRO-PARATHYROIDECTOMY. Thyroidin. Uhlmanx (R.) * Ueber den Procentgehalt des Blutes an eosinophilen Zellen bei funf mit Thyreoidin behandelten Patienten. 8°. ITu/-:- burg, 1897. Adler (H.) Ueber die Verwendung von Thyreoidin bei Augenerkrankungen. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1909, xlvii, Beil.-Hft., 36-41. — Kallmann (E.) Ueber das Thyrojodin. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1896, xliii. 309-312. -----. Ueber die Jodverbindungen der Schilddruse. Ibid., 398. -----. Ueber die Wirksamkeit des Thyrojodins. (Entgegnung an S. Friinkel.) Ibid., 476-478. -----. Der Jodgehalt der Schilddriisen von Menschen und Thieren. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1896, xxii. 1-17 — Becker. Beitrag zur Thy- roidiu-Wirkung. Deutsche med. Wchnschr.. Leipz. ii. Berl., 1895, xxi, 600— Kircher (E.) Zur Wirkung der Thvreoidintabletteu auf das normale Knoehenwachstum. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1910, xci, 554-566.—Birch - Hirschi'eld (A.) Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Pathogenese der Thvreoidinamblvopie. Arch. f. Ophth., Leipz., 1905, Ixi, 499-523, 2 pl.—Borman (S.) K voprosu o vliyanii tireoidina na azotistiy metamorfoz u zdorovikh sobak. [On the action of thyroidin upon the nitrogenous metamorphosis in healthvdogs.] Medi- tsina, St. Petersb., 1895, vii, 436-440. Also, transl.: Wien. med. Bl., 1896, xix, 67: 84—Bralniu (Y. M.) Sovre- mennoye polozheniye voprosa o terapevticheskom dlel- stvii tireoidina. [Present position of the question of thera- peutic action of thvroidin.] Russk. med. vestnik,S.-Peterb., 1900,ii,no. 18,l-15;'no. 19,6-22.—Cardoso(J.) Thyroidina depurada, a 10 centigr. Med. mod., Porto, 1900,vii,93-96 — Dobrowsky i A.) Beitrag zur Frage der Anwendung des Thyreoidins in der Kinderpraxis. Arch. f. Kinderh., Stuttg., 1896, xxi, 54-NX—Eitelberg (A.) Ein weiterer Beitrag zur Behandlung der Mittohrsklerose mit Thyreoi- dintabletten. Wien. med. Presse, 1899. xl, 1209-1215.— Ferrarini (C.) Psicosi tossica da tiroidina. Riforma med., Palermo. 1899, xv, pt. 4, 675-677.—Friinkel (S.) Zur Isolirung der wirklichen Substanz der Thyreoidea. Aerztl. Centr.-Anz., Wien, 1895. vii, 520.—Frenkel (S. H.)& Frenkel (M.) Jod im Hani nach Einnahme von Thyreodin-Tabletten. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1896,xxxiii, 827.—Friedheini (L.) Kasuistisehe Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Nebenwirkungen des Thyreoidin unter be- sonderer Beriicksichtigung der Glykbsurie. Festschr. . . . Benno Schmidt . . ., Leipz., 1896, 85-93.— Gley (E.) Sur Paction toxique de l'extrait thyroidien. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1894,10. s., i, 830— Gnarnaccia (E.) La tiroidina nelle scierosi auricolari. Atti d.Cong. d. Soc. ital. di laringol. Tetc] 1897, Firenze, 1899, iii, 283- 285.—Banff. Zwei Fiille von Thyreoidin-Behandlung. Festschr. . . . Heinrich Abegg . . ., Danzig, 1898, 85-91, 3 pl.—Haikovec (L.) Experimenteller Beitrag zur Wirkung des sogenannten Thyreoidin. Wien. med. Bl., 1895, xviii, 743. -----. Ueber Wirkung des Thyreoidal- extraktes. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xxiv, 1117-1130.— Ha worth (F. G.) Apathv following use of thyroidin. Brit. M. J.. Lond., 1900, ii, 582.—Henniz (A.) Ueber Thyrojodin. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1896, xliii, 313.— Hertoghe. Action de la thymidine sur les organes genitaux de la femme; applications gynecologiques. Ann. Soc. med.-chir. d'Anvers, 1896, 93-102. Also. Bel- gique med., Gand-Haarlem, 1896, iii, pt. 2, 97-105.—Hie- bel (T.) Ein Beitrag zur Thvroidintherapie. Wien. med. Presse, 1897, xxxviii, 1149-1153.—Hlldebrandt (H.) Zur pharmakologischen Kenntniss des Thyrojo- dins. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1896, xxxiii, 826.—Hutch- ison (R.) Preliminary note on the active substance in the thyroid. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1896, i, 722— Jaenlcke (A.) Ueber die Wirkung der Thyreoidin-Priiparate bei einigen seltenen Krankheitsfiillcii. Centralbl. f. innere Med., Leipz., 1901, xxii, 47-51.—Le pi lie (R.) Thyroio- dine. Med. Week., Par., 1896, iv. 4e9. Also: Semaine med., Par., 1896, xvi, 333. —Luna (E.) La reazione iodofila nel sangue degli animali ipertiroidizzati. Gazz. sicil. di med. e chir. [etc.], Palermo, 1908, vii, 17-20.—M. (K. E.) The effects of thyroidin. Lancet, Lond., 1901, i, 1250— Itlabille (L.) Ueber die Wirkung des Arseniks gegen die Schadlichkeiten der Thyreoidinbehandlung. Heilkunde. Wien [etc.], 1898-9, iii, 526-529.—Palleri (G.) & JMergari (A.) Contributo sperimentale alio studio dell' azione della tiroidina sulla formazione del callo osseo nelle fratture. Raccoglitore med., Forli, 1900, 6.s., vi,405-420.—Boinme (R.) La thvroiodine. Presse med., Par., 1896, 264.—Boos (E.) Leber die Wirkung des Thyrojodins. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1896, xxii, 18-61.—Saks (JA O stosowaniu tyreoidyny wginekologii. [On the application of thyreoidinein . . .] Kron. lek., Warszawa, 1>97, xviii, 731-735.—Schi0dte(N.) OmBrugen af Thyreoidin \ —Timmer (H.) Congenitaal tibia-defect. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1912, ii, 1257. Tibia (Absence of Congenital). vox Miralt (L.) *L'ei>er congenitalen De- fekt der Tibia mit anatomischer Untersuchung eines Falles von totalem congenitalem Tibiade- fekt. 4°. Cassel, 1895. Forms also 5. Hft., v. 100, of: Bibliotheca medica. fol. Cassel, 1896. Nolte (A.) *Ein Fall von congenitalem totalen Tibiadefekt. 8°. Leipzig, 1903. Vuillaume (G.) ^Contribution a I'etude de l'absenee congenitale du tibia. 8°. Lyon, 1899. Anschiltz. Ueber vermehrtes Wachstum der Fibula bei Tibiadefekt. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 861. Also: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1912, lix, 1016.—Bara- dulin (LI.) Sluchal vrozhdennavootsutstviya bolshe- bertsovol kosti. [Congenital abscence of the tibia.] Russk. chir. arch.. S.-Peterb., 1910, xxv, 829-835.— Backer (W.) Ueber Wachstumsvermehrung der Fi- bula bei Tibiadefekt. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u.Berl., 1912,xxxviii, 1738-1740. Also [Abstr.]: Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. orthop. Chir., Berl., xi. Kong., Stuttg., 1912,394.—Bo"tticIier. [Angeborener totaler De- fektderlinken Tibia.] Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1904,xxx, 1594.—Bucehori (R.) Impiantodel perone sulla tibia in caso di assenza congenito-parziale della tibia: presentazionedell'ammalato. Atti d. Cong, pe- diat. ital. 1911,Palermo, 1912,vii,536.—Busachi (T.) Un caso di mancanza congenita della tibia, con speciale rigu- ardo alia sua cura. Gior. d.r. Accad. di med. diTorino,1886, 3. s., xxxiv, 763-771.— Buteanu (LA Contribution a I'etude de l'absenee congenitale du tibia. Bull. Soc. d. m6d. etnat. de Jassy, 1908, xxii, 199-215.—€lutton (H. H.) Three specimens of absent tibiae, Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1895-6, xxix, 223-226, 6 pl— Helblna: (C.) Ein Fall von totalem Defect der Tibia. Verhandl. d. Berl. Tibia (Absence of Congenital). med. Gesellsch. (1902), 1903, xxxiii, pt. 1,120.—Jaja (F.) Sopra un caso di assenza congenita parziale della tibia destra ed assenza dei due astragali; suo trattamento chi- rurgico. Arch, ed atti d. Soc. ital. di chir. 1900, Roma, 1901, xv, 83-97.—Joachims thai (G.) Ueber den an- geborenen totalen Defect des Schienbeins. Ztschr. f. orthop. Chir., Stuttg., 1893-4, iii, 140-173. Also, transl- [Abstr.]: Ann. d'orthop. et dechir. prat., Par., 1894, vii, 65-71. -----. Ueber den congenitalen Defect der Tibia; Bemerkungen zu der Mittheilung des Herrn Dr. H. Waitz in Nr. 25 dieser Wochenschrift. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1895, xxi, 437.—Kaehler (M.) Doppelseitiger, teilweiser, kongenitaler Tibiadefekt. Fortschr. a. d. Geb. d. Rontgenstrahlen, Hamb., 1906, ix 273-275, 1 pl. -----. Totaler und partieller Tibiadefekt. Ibid., 1908, xii, 179-181, 1 pl— Launois (P.-E.) & Kliss (G. E.) Absence congenitale double du tibia. Cong. internat. de med. C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de chir. de l'enf., 225. ----- -----. Etude sur l'absenee congenitale du tibia. Rev. d'orthop., Par., 1901, 2. s., ii, 327; 411.—Lie Fort (R.) Absence congenitale de tibia. Echo m6d. du nord, Lille, 1907, xi, 55.—Motta (M.) Sopra di un nuovo caso di mancanza congenita della tibia; con- tributo alia essenza, eziologia e terapia di tale de- formita. Arch, di ortop., Milano, 1897, xiv, 65; 152. Also [Abstr.]: Riv. di ostet. [etc.], Torino, 1897, ii, 59-79.— jHunro (H. L.) A case of congenital absence of one tibia. Lancet, Lond., 1904, ii, 526.—Myers (T. H.) Congenital absence of tibia; transplantation of head of fibula; arthrodesis at the ankle-joint. Am. J. Orthop. Surg , Bost, 1905, iii, 72-85. Also: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1905, lxviii, 93-97. -----. Further report on a case of congeni- tal absence of the tibia. Am. J. Orthop. Surg., Phila., 1910-11, viii, 398-400.— Openshaw (T. H.) Congenital absence of tibia without mal formation of toes; intra-uter- ine fracture. Tr. M. Soc. Lond., 1902-3, xxvi, 337. -----. A case of congenital absence of the lo w er part of the tibia. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1907-8, i, Clin. Sect., 8.— Ostryanski (A. M.) O vrozhdennom otsutstavii bol- shebertsovol kosti i yevo llechenii. [Congenital absence of the tibia and its treatment.] Khirurg. Arkh. Velya- minova, S.-Peterb., 1910, xxvi, 797-821.—Perrando (J.) Sostituzione di perone a tibia assente. Arch, di ortop., Milano, 1900, xvii, 1-6. Also [Abstr.]: Cong. med. region. ligure. Atti 1899, Genova, 1900, 131.—Beisz (O.) A tibia veleszuletett hianyai. [Congenital defect of the tibia.] Gy6gyaszat, Budapest. 1897, xxxvii, 462-467.—de Sousa (S.) Um caso de ausencia congenita da tibia. J. Soc. d. sc. med. de Lisb., 1908, lxxii, 82.—Spaiiiiaiis. [Fall von congenitalem Tibiadefekt.] Allg. med. Centr.- Ztg., Berl., 1908, lxxvii, 138.—Steele (A J.) Congenital absence of the tibia. Tr. Am. Orthop. Ass., Phila., 1902, xv, 74-76.—Steinhaus (F.) Beitrag zur Casuistik und Aetiologie des congenitalen Tibia-Defectes im Verein mit einigen anderen Missbildungen. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.] Berl., 1901, clxiii, 227-244.—Sutton (J. B.) Con- genital absence of the tibia. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1891-2, xliii, 124-126.—Tissier (L.) Absence congenitale du tibia. Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par., 1908, xi, 9-11.—Veil - glovski (R. I.) Po povodu vrozhdennavo otsutstviya bolshebertsovol kosti. [Congenital absence of the tibia.] Raboti hosp. khirurg. klin. Dyakonova, Mosk., 1905-6, 205- 215.—Waitz (H.) Ueber einen Fall von congenitalem Defect beider Tibien. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1895, xxi, 405.—Young (J. K.) Theetiology of congenital absence of the tibia. Univ. Penn. M. Bull., Phila., 1904-5, xvii, 274-2x7. Tibia (Anterior apophysis of Avulsion and fracture of). Bouret (A.-O.) *Des arrachements de la tuberosity anterieure du tibia. 8°. IM', 1904. Rokeach (M.) * Contribution a. I'etude des fractures de la tuberosite anterieure du tibia. 8°. Paris, 1910. Sonntag (O.) * Ueber die Frakturen am oberen Ende der Tibia. 8°. Tiibinen, 1906. Alessandrl (R.) Fratturabilaterale delle tuberosity tibiali dastrappamento (malattia di Schlatter o apoflsite?). Arch, di ortop., Milano, 1911, xxviii, 526-537, 4 pl.—Cas- sidy (H. F.) Fracture of beak-shaped process of upper epiphysis of the tibia; report of two cases. Maryland M. J., Bait.. 1905, xlviii, 303-307.—Cazamian. Un cas d'arrachement de la tuberosite anterieure du tibia. Arch. de m6d. nav., Par., 1909, xci, 35-42—Oh evassu. Frac- ture de la tuberosite externe du tibia. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1906, n. s., xxxii, 270-272.—Donoghue (F D ) Avulsion of the tibial tubercule occurring in a girl of thirteen. Boston M. & S. J., 1903, cxlviii, 640. Also, Reprint.—Faucon (V.) Note sur un cas d'ar- rachement complet de la tuberosite anterieure du tibia. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1910, i, 265-273.—Fran ke. Eine Absprengungsfractur des unteren vorderen Tibiarandes TIBIA. 252 TIBIA. Tibia (Anterior apophysis of A nulsion and fracture of). in frontaler Ebene. Areh. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1903-4, lxxii, 79-82,1 pl.—Friis (I.) Fractura tuberositatis ti- biae (pararrachement i. Hosp.-Tid., Kj0benh., 1898, 4. R., vi 485-492.— Gaudier & Bouret. De l'arrachement de la tuberosite anterieure du tibia. Rev. de chir., Par 1905, xxxii, 305-331.—Gibson (C. L.) Avulsion of the tubercle of the tibia. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1911, liii 431.—Jacoulet (F.) Les fractures de la tuberosite anterieure du tibia. Progres med., Par., 1910, 3. s., xxvi, 531-536. -----. Les fractures partielles par arrache- ment de la tuberosite anterieure du tibia (maladie de Osgood-Schlatter). Paris med., 1911-12, ii, 273-280.— Jensen(J.) Fracturatuberositatis. Arch.f. klin.Chir., Berl 1907, lxxxiii, 30-57, 2 pl. Also, transl.: Hosp.-Tid., Kjibenh., 1907, 4. R., xv, 589; 613, 2 pl—Key. Singu- lar injury near to the knee-joint, fracture of the tubercle of the tibia, with complete laceration of the li.uamentum patellae. Lancet, Lond., 1827, ii, 32.—Kuh (R.) Ueber juvenile Verletzungen der Tuberositas tibiae. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1910, xxxv, 107.—Lanz. Abrissfraktur des schnabelformigen Fortsatzes der oberen Tibiaepiphyse. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1905, xix, 5*7-579.—Linken- lield i.F.) Doppelseitige Rissfraktur der Tuberositas tibiae. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1907, Ixxxviii, 226-253.—Lotheissen (G.) Die Rissfrakturen der Tu- berositas tibiae. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1899, xxiv, 694-702.—lUakins (G. H.) Three cases of separation of the descending process of the upper tibial epiphysis in adolescents. Lancet, Lond., 1905, ii, 213-216. — Jflohr (H.) Die unvollstandigen Abrissbriiche der Tuberositas tibiae. Monatschr. f. Unfallh., Leipz., 1904, xi, 237-239 — .lloreau (J.) Les fractures de la tuberosite anterieure du tibia. Clinique, Brux., 1909, xxiii, 201-209.— UIou- cliet(A.) Fracture isolee de la tuberosite externe du tibia. Paris med., 1910-11, i, 160. —Overlock (S. B.) Avulsion of the tubercle of tibia. Proc. Connect. M. Soc, Hartford, 1907, 288-290, 2 pl.— Potherat (E.) Fracture isoiee de la tuberosite externe du tibia de cause indi- recte. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1906, n. s., xxxii, 140.—Potherat (E) & Sourdat. Fracture iso- iee de la tuberosite externe du tibia. Rev. d'orthop., Par., 1906,2. s., vii, 359-362,1 pl.—Pringle (J. H.) Avul- sion of the spine of the tibia. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1907, xlvi, 169-178.—Bebland (T.) De l'arrachement incom- plet de l'apophyse anterieure du tibia chez les adoles- cents. Paris chirurg., 1909, i. 401-403, 1 pl.—Sinibaldi (G.) Frattura da causa diretta della tuberosity anteriore della tibia. Clin, chir., Milano, 1909, xvii, 8-16, 1 pl.— Tschudi ( E.) Abrissfraktur der Tuberositas tibiae. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1911, xli,408.—Vulliet (H.) La fracture de la tuberosite anterieure du tibia. Rev. m6d. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1904, xxiv, 342-350, 1 pl.—Ware (M. W.) Fracture of the tibial tubercle. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1904, xl, 739-741, 1 pl.—Weber (E.) A propos de la decouverte de la vraie nature d'une lesion du genou (fissure osseuse) meconnue jusqu'a pre- sent. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1903, xxiii, 733-735.—Williams ((',.) Arrachement dc la tuberosite anterieure du tibia. Ann. Soe. beige de chir., Brux., 1897-8. v, 222-225.—Wollenberg (G. A.) Abrissfraktur der Tuberositas tibiae. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1904, xxx, 1566-1568. Tibia (Anterior apophysis of Thicken- ing of) [Osgood-Schlatter disease, 1903]. See, also, Tibia (Anterior apophysis of, Avulsion and fracture of). Aboulker(S. ) *De 1'osteite apophysaire du tibia pendant la croissance. 8°. Lyon, 1900. Hardiviller (A.) *L'osteiteapophysaire de la croissance. (Localisations peu frequentes.) 8°. Paris, 1907. Avlsberg (A.) Beitrag und kritische Bemerkungen zur Apophysitis tibialis adolescentium. Ztschr. f. orthop. Chir., Stuttg., 1908, xx, 302-314.— Bergemami (W.) Ueber die Entwiekelung der Tuberositas tibiae und ihre typische Erkrankung in der Adolescenz. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1909, lxxxix, 477 494.—Blakeway (H.) Schlatter's disease of tubercle of tibia. St. Barth. Hosp. Rep. 1910, Lond.,1911, xlvi, 191.—Bowser (J. E.) Schlat- ter's disease. Edinb. M. J., 1909, n. s., ii, 218-250. 2 pl.— Decref. Diagnostic dela maladie de Schlatter. Cong, in- ternat. de radiol. et d'eiectr. 1910, Brux., 1911, ii, 333-338.— Dun lop (J.) The adolescent tibial tubercle; an ana- tomical and pathological studv. Am. J. Orthop. Surg., Phila., 1911-12, ix, 313-345. — Hluislle (R. C.) Three cases of enlargement of the tubercle of the tibia. (Schlat- ter's disease.) Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1909-10, iii, Clin. Sect, 189-192. -----. Enlargement of the tubercle of the tibia. Brit. J. Child. Dis., Lond., 1911, viii, 9-15.— Fry (W.) A case of enlarged tibial tubercles. West Lond. M. J., Lond., 1910, xv, 50.—Haglund (P.) Om utveckhngen af tuberositas tibiae och en typisk skada a Tibia (Anterior apophysis of, Thicken- ing of) [Osgood-Schlatter disease, 1903]. densamma i uppviixtaren (Schlatter's sjukdom). [The development of tuberositas tibiae and a typical lesion of it in adult.] Allm. sven. Liikartidn., Stockholm, 1905, ii, 497-508.-----. Concerning some rare but important su r- gic dinjuriesbroughton by violent exercise. [Schlatter's disease.] Lancet, Lond., 1908, ii, 12-15. -----. Zur Frage der Schlatterschen Krankheit (Fraktur, Wachstumsano- malie oder Apophysitis). Ztschr. f. orthop. Chir., Stuttg., 1910, xxvii, 475-492.— Heilporn (A.) Un casde maladie d'Osgood-Schlatter. Ann. Soc. de med. d'Anvers, 1912, lxxiv, 119-121.—Hohmann(G.) Zur Verdickungder Tu- berositas tibiae. Ztschr.f. orthop. Chir.,Stuttg.,1909, xxiv, 153-160.—Jacobsthal(IL) [Rontgenaufnahmenzweier Falle von VerdickungderTuberositas tibiae.] Kor.-Bl. d. allg.arztl. Ver. v.Thuringen,Weimar,1906, xxxv,317.-----. Ueber die in der Adolescenz auftretende Verdickung der Tuberositas tibiae. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1907, lxxxvi, 493-507. — KienbOck (R.) Ueber Osteochon- dritis an derTuberositas tibiae und die sogenannte Osgood- Schlattersche Erkrankung. Fortschr. a. d. Geb, d. Ront- genstrahlen, Hamb., 1910, xv, 135-139.—Le C'lerc (R.) Des apophysites du tibia pendant la croissance. Rev. mens. d. mal. de l'enf., Par., 1901, xix, 109-124.— Licini (C.) Untersuchungen fiber die Verknocherung der Tu- berositas anterior tibiae mittelst Rontgenstrahlen, in Bezug auf einige Krankheiten der Jugend. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing, 1912, lxxviii, 394-402.—McKenzie (B. E.) Affections of the tubercle of the tibia; Schlat- ter's disease. Canada Lancet, Toronto, 1910-11, xliv, 339- 346.—Orito (E.) UebereinetypischeErkrankungderTu- berositas tibiae in der Adoleszenz. Mitt. a. d. med. Fakult. d.k.Univ. zu Tokyo, 1911, x, 87-111, 3pl.—Osgood (R. B.j Lesions of the tibial tubercle occurring during adoles- cence. Boston M.&S. J., 1903, cxlviii, 113-117, 2 pl. [Dis- cussion], 127. Also, Reprint.—Osten-Saken (E. Yu. ) O povrezhdeniyakh bugristosti bolshebertsevoi kosti (tuberositas tibiae) i t. n." bollezni Schlatter'a." [In- juries to the tuberosity of the tibia and the so-called Schlatter's disease.] Voyenno-med. J., St. Petersb., 1911, ccxxx, med.-spec, pt., 28-57.—Pieri (G.) Sulla malattia di Osgood-Schlatter. Riv.ospedal.,Roma,1912,ii,267-272.— Poulsen (K.) Et Tilfaelde af Periostitis tuberositatis tibiae. [A case of periostitis tuberositatis tibiae.] Hosp.- Tid., Kj0benh., 1896, 4. R., iv, 236-239.—Saraceni (F.) La malattia di Osgood-Schlatter. Gior. di elett. med., Napoli,1912,xiii,190-193.—Schlatter (C.) Verletzungen des schnabelformigen Fortsatzes der oberen Tibiaepi- physe. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing.,1903, xxxviii, 874-887, lpl. -----. Duplikzum Artikel [vonC.Sehuler]. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1904, xxxiv, 194-197.-----. Un- vollstandige Abrissfrakturen der Tuberositas tibiae oder Wachstumsanomalien? Beitr. z. klin. Chir.,Tiibing.,1908, lix, 518-546, 2 pl.—Sehuler (C.) Die obereTibiaepiphyse im Schatten der Rontgenstrahlen. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1904, xxxiv, 189-194. See, also, supra, Schlat- ter (C).— Segre (M.) Sopra una rara affezione della tuberosity anteriore della tibia nell' adolescenza. Gazz, internaz. di med. Napoli, 1911, xiv, 634-645.—Taylor (G.) Case of Schlatter's disease. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1909-10, iii, Clin. Sect., 20.—Taylor (H. L.) Enlarge- ment of tibial tubercles; two cases. Tr. Am. Orthop. Ass., Phila., 1899, xii, 138-140. Also: Pediatrics, N. Y. & Lond., 1899, viii, 106-108.—Thomson (A.) A marked example of Schlatter's disease. Edinb. M. J., 1909, n. s., ii, 250-252, 1 pl.—Tubby (A. A.) Orthopaedic surgery; the Osgood- Schlatter disease. Practitioner, Lond,, 1912, lxxxix, 56- 60.—Van den Bergh. Un cas de maladie de Schlat- ter. Ann. Soc. de med. d'Anvers, 1912, lxxiv, 115-117, 2pl.-Vander Ulinne (A.) Beleedigingvandesnavel- vormige voortzetting van de bovenste tibia-epiphyse. Mil.-geneesk. Tijdschr., Haarlem, 1910, xiv, 213-220.— Winslow (K.) Symmetrical inflammation of the epi- physeal beak of the tibia. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1905, xli, 278-282, 4 pl.—fcesas (D.) L'apophysite tibiale. Arch. g6n. de chir., Par., 1904, iv, 1230-1236. Tibia (Diseases of). See, also, Syphilis (Complications of); Syph- ilis (Congenital); Tibia (Anterior apophyses of, Thickening of); Tibia (Exostoses of); Tibia (Hydatids of); Tibia (Inflammation, etc., of); Tibia (Necrosis of); Tibia (Osteomyelitis of); Tibia (SporeAricKosis of); Tibia (Syphilis of); Tibia (Tuberculosis of); Tibia (Tumors of). Bennekc. Enostose der Tibia. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1904, xxx, 941.— Devic. Lesions svmetriques des deux tibias. Lyon m6d., 1909, cxii, 1156.—Dor (L.) & Pollosson (A.) L6sion du tibia avec deplacement de la rotule determinee par une injection de streptocoques puerperaux. Mem. et compt.-rend. Soc. d. sc. med. de Lyon (1892), 1893, xxxii, pt. 2, 19-21. —Katholicky. Ueber Osteoma- lacia chronica deformans hypertrophiea des Sehien- beins. Verhandl. d. deutsch. R6ntg.-Ge-ellsch., Hamb., TIBIA. 253 TIBIA. Tibia (Diseases of). 1905, i, 109. — Ketch'(S.) Hypertrophy of the tibia. Am. Pract. & News, Louisville, 1899, xxvii, 311— IMcOosh (A. J.) Case of hypertrophy of the tibia. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1894, xix, 615.—Martinez Angel (A.) Conges- ti6n aguda del tejido esponjoso y estuche medular de la tibia derecha. Rev. Ibero Am. de cien. med., Madrid, 1900, iii, 7-18.—Wloullin (C. M.) A case of impaired growth of lower end of tibia (right) after sprain. Tr. Clin. Soe. Lond., 1895-6, xxix, 235.—Schade (K.) Osteo- phvten am unteren Ende der Tibia. Deutsche tierarztl. Wchnschr.,.Hannov.. 1911, xix, 327. Tibia (Exostoses of). Back (M. R.) * Exostosis cartilaginea tibipe, ein in der konigl. chirurg. Universitats-Klinik zu Kiel operierter und geheilter Fall. 8°. Berlin, 1902. Winters (W. ) * Ueber einen Fall von Exostosis tibhe. 8°. Kiel, 1903. Baudouin (M.) Un cas d'exostose du tibia, chez un suiet de l'epoque neolithique inhume dans Pallee cou- ve'rte de la planche a Puare, a Pile d'Yeu (Vendee). Arch. prov. de chir., Par., 1908, xvii, 93-101.—von Berg- niaiin. Exostosis cartilaginea der Tibia. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1905, xxxi, Ver.-Beil., 1129.—t'liil'oliau. Exostose de croissance en crochet de la tuberosite interne du tibia; luxation intermittente du tendon du droit interne; ablation de l'exostose; gue- rison. Rev. d'orthop., Par., 1899, x, 101-103.—Coin by (J.) Exostoses des tibias chez une flllette de 27 mois, raehitique. Med. inf., Par., 1895, ii, 573. — Falsant. Exostose de la face externe du tibia. Lyon med., 1905, cv, 10*7-10*9.—Froelleh. Exostosis bursata detachee du tibia chez un enfant de 12 ans. Rev. med. de Pest, Nancy, 1907, xxxix, 733.—Gaillard (L.) Hvperostose diaphvsaire du tibia et du p6rone. Bull, et mem. Soe. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1900, 3. s., xvii, 1214-1217.—Mar- chant (G.) Exostose de developpement au niveau de la face interne du tibia; epanchement sanguin dans la bourse sereuse de la patte d'oie; resection de l'exostose; guerison. Rev. d'orthop.. Par., 1895, vi, 106-108.—Mar- tin (W.) Notes and skiagram of a case of cancellous exostosis of the right tibia of over 25 vears' duration. Med. Electrol. & Radiol., Lond., 1905, vi, 20.—Mohr (H.) Exostosis tibiae mit Spontanfraktur der Exostose. Arch. f. Orthop. [etc.], Wiesb., 1911-12, xi, 353-356. — Bivet. Exostose de la partie postero-superieure du tibia. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1903, xxii, 558.—Bocher. Exostose de croissance developp6e au niveau de la tuberosite interne du tibia droit. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1908, xxxviii, 74.—Sourdat. Ulceration de l'artere peroniere parune exostose osteogenique du tibia. [Rap. de Broca ] Bull. et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1912, n. s., xxxviii, 181- 1 >»3.—Van Lennep. Exostosis of the tibia. Hahne- man. Inst. Phila., 1896-7, iv, no. 5, 11-13. Tibia (Fracture of). See, also, Leg (Fractures of); Malleoli (Frac- tures of); Tibia (Anterior apophyses of, Avulsion, etc., of). Bailliez (A.-A.) ^Contribution a I'etude d'une variete rare de fracture de l'extremite superieure du tibia. 4°. Lille, 1894. Barberousse (F.) Les fractures sus-malleo- laires. 8°. Lyon & Paris, 1904. Damiot (G.) ^Contribution a I'etude des fractures de l'extremite superieure du tibia. 8°. Paris, 1906. j Debusschere (F.) *De la fracture transver- sale sus-malleolaire du tibia. 8°. Paris, 1902. Fassbexder (A.) *Ein Fall von Compres- sionsfraktur des oberen Tibiaendes mit Subluxa- tion der Tibia nach aussen. 8°. Kiel, 1901. Maillard (J.-M.) * Observation sur une fracture du tibia avec perte de substance et con- siderations sur la nature de la matiere qui s'est developpee pour conserver la forme primitive du membre. 4°. Strasbourg, 1817. Ortiz (J.) * Contribution a I'etude des frac- tures du corps du tibia. 4°. Paris, 1896. Sasaki (I.) * Ueber Briiche des Tibia-Kopfes. 8°. Munchen, 1911. Scherpe (F. A. A.) * Ueber Frakturen der Tibia am oberen Ende. 8°. Leipzig, 1903. j Schutte (J.) * Ueber Com pressionsfrakturen J am obern Ende der Tibia. 8°. Greifsoiald, 1X9.8. ' Tibia (Fracture of). Schutze (C) *lsolierte Spiralbruche und Fissuren der Tibia im kindlichen Alter. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1906. Albers (E.) Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Compressions- fracturen des oberen Endes der Tibia. Berl. klin. Wchn- schr., 1894, xxxi, 1153-1157. —d'Antona (A.) CalJo fibroso della tibia e del perone destro, consecutivo a fra t- tura con notevolissima composizione dei frammenti. Atti d. r. Accad. med.-chir. di Napoli, 1906, n. s., lx, 286- 288.—Anzoietti (A.) La frattura indirettadei condili tibiali ed il suo meccanismo. Arch, internat. de chir., Gand, 1906, iii, 267-304, 5 pl—Barnard (H. L.) Spiral fracture of the tibia; failure of splints to maintain a good position; treatment by screw; recovery. Abstr. Tr. Hunterian Soc. 1900-1901, Lond., 1902,117-119.—Baudet. Fracture incomplete du tibia. Toulouse m6d., 1906, 2. s., viii, 193-195.—Beck (C.) On a grave possible error in skiagraphy. N. York M. J., 1900, lxxi, 5-7.—Bennet (E. H.) Fracture of the tibia. Tr. Rov. Aead. M. Ire- land, Dubl., 1904-5, xxiii, 160-162. Also: Dublin J. M. Sc., 1905, cxxi, 180.—Bertin-Sans (H.) & Jean bran (E.) Fracture du condyle interne du tibia avec fissures epi- physo-diaphvsaires et subluxation du genou en dehors. Arch, d'eiectric. m6d., Bordeaux, 1900, viii, 461-465, 1 pl. Also: N. Montpel. med., 1900, xi, 624-631,1 pl.—Bid well (C. H.) Notes on two unusual cases of fracture of the tibia. Transvaal M. J., Johannesburg, 1908-9, iv, 27-29.— Bircher (E.) Abrissfraktur am Malleolus lateralis tibiae posterior. Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1912, xxxix, 171-173.—Boyd (R.) Unusual etiology of fracture of the tibia. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1893, xliii, 203.—Boyd (S.) United fracture of the til>i,t in a child. Clin. J., Lond., 1897-8, xi, 446.—Braun A Cross (G.) Un cas de frac- ture du tibia. Soc. de med. de Nancy. C.-r., 1899-1900, pp. xlii-xliii.—Briese. Ein seltener Fall von Fraktur der Tibia. Centralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1897, xxiv, 633.— Briggs (C. S.) Compound fracture of tibia. Nashville J. M. & S., 1897, lxxxi, 34-36.—Brodie (G.) A case of defective development of the lower end of tibia after transverse fracture. Tr. Clin. Soe. Lond., 1895-6, xxix, 252.—Bull (P.) Fracture tuberositatis tibiae. Norsk Mag. f. Laegevidensk., Kristiania, 1912, 5. R., x, 1025- 1038, 1 pl. — Carling (E. R.) A note on two cases of vertical or cuneiform fracture of the tibia. West- minst. Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1905, xiv, 133-136. — Claeys (C.) Les fractures uni-eondyliennes du tibia. Areh. prov. de chir., Par., 1911, xx, 223^-233.—Da in br in (C.) Sur trois cas de fractures condvliennes du tibia. Arch. med. de Toulouse, 1905, xi, 469; 493; 531; 541 — Deiiioulin. Fracture, arrachement de la malieole tibiale avec fracture du perone haut, a 20 centimetres environ au-dessus du sommet de la malieole. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1912, n. s., xxxviii, 676.—Den- nis (C. E.) Two cases of unusual fracture of the tibia. Austral. M. J., Melbourne, 1912-13, n. s., i, 688.—Desguin (L.) De la fracture unieondylienne du tibia a trait verti- cal. Bull. Acad. rov. de med. de Belg., Brux., 1909, 4. s., xxiii, 385-403, 1 pl. 'Also [Abstr.]: J. med. de Brux., 1909, xiv, 582. Also [Abstr.l: Presse med. beige, Brux., 1909, Ixi, 812.—Destot. De la fracture sus-malieolaire. Bull. Soc. de chir. de Lvon, 1903, vi, 188-122. Also: Lvon med., 1903, c, 718-722.—Destot & Chatelus. Fracture du tibia. Bull. Soc. dechir. de Lyon, 1904, vii, 34. Also: Lyon med., 1904, cii, 425—Douiner (E.) Apparence parado- xale d' une fracture classique du tibia consolidee. Bull, et mem. Soc. med.-chir. du Nord, Lille, 1907, iii, 42-46, lpl.— Bowling (J. F.) Ununited fracture of the tibia. Proc. Connect. M. Soc, Bridgeport, 1902, 406-409.—Duplay. Fracture directedel'extreniitesuperieuredutibiagauche, fissure penetrant dans l'articulation du genou, hemar- throse. Arch. g6n. de med., Par., 1894, ii, 737-744.—Du- rand. Fracture de l'extremite inferieure du tibia; co- existence de deux fragments anterieur et posterieur I'lirmes aux depens des bords correspondants de cet os. Bull. Soe. de chir. de Lyon, 1900-1901, iv, 260-262. -----. Fracture tres oblique dii tibia et du perone au tiers in- ferieur de la jambe, consolidee avec retour complet et rapide de toutes les fonctions du membre. Lyon med., 1907, cix, 146.-----. Fracture de la levre anterieure du plateau articulaire inferieurde deux tibias. Ibid., 1001- 1004.—Erfurth(P.) Uebereinen Fall von Kompressions- fraktur der Tibia. Monatschr. f. Unfallheilk., Leipz., 1912. xix, 19-21.—Esquerdo(A.) Doblefracturaespon- tanea de la tibia, consolidacion rapida y perfecta. Rev. de med., ciruj. y farm., Barcel., 1896, x, 161-166.—Frac- ture of tibia. Montreal M. J., 1895-6, xxiv, 229.— Gallet. Fractures spontanees et incurvation du tibia. J. de chir. et ami. Soc. beige de chir., Brux., 1901, i, 7-14, 1 pl.—Godlee (R. J.) A ease of longitudinal fracture of thetibia. Lancet, Lond., 1904,i,504.—Grinnell (W. H.) Fracture of the lower third of the tibia. Vermont M. Month., Burlington, 1912, xviii, 164.—Gross (G.) & Sencert. Fracture unieondylienne du plateau du tibia. Rev. med. de Pest, Nancv, 1905, xxxvii, 310-313. Also: Soe. de med. de Nancy. C.-r.....1904-5, 61-63.—Gttm- bel (T.) Die Briiche des Schienbeinkopfes. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1909-10, ciii, 107-136. -----. Iso- lierter Bruch des Condylus internus tibiae. Ibid., 1910, TIBIA. 254 TIBIA. Tibia (Fracture of). cvii,617-619.—Gurau. Ein Fall von Compressionsfractur des Condvlus externus tibiae. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz. 1895.xli. isi-188.—Hannecart(A.) Fracturedu condyle externe et fissures de la tuberosite externe du tibia. J. de chir. et ann. Soc. beige de chir., Brux., 1902, ii, 251- 253.—llendrix. Deformation de la jambe consecutive a une fracture du tibia. Ibid., 1907, vii, 120.-----. Ramollissement du cal d'une fracture du tibia; rachi- tisme tardif. Policlin.. Brux., 1908, xvii, 49-52.— Hlggins (T. J.) A fracture of the tibia due to direct violence. Calif. M. J., San Fran., 1907, xxviii, 21.—Hue (F.) Fracture multiple latente du tibia. Normandie m6d., Rouen, 1906, xxi, 172— Huzel (G.) Mitteilungen nber eine complicierte Fractur des 1. Unterschenkels. zt-chr. f. Wundarzte u. Geburtsh., Fellbach, 1899, 1, 310- :;13.—Jeanne. Fracture du condyle interne du tibia droit. Normandie med., Rouen, 1905, xx, 15.—Klrcli- ner ( A.) Zur Frage der juvenilen Fracturen der Tube- rositas tibiae, Tuberositas navicularis und des Tuber cal- canei. Areh. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1907, lxxxiv, 898-915.— Knaggs (R. L.) A case of fracture of the upper end of the tibia from indirect violence. Lancet, Lond., 1906, ii, 88.—Koniii (S.) Ueber Absprengungsfracturen am vor- deren und hinteren Abschnitt des distalen Endes der Ti- bia, mit Beriicksichtigung der Rissfracturen. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., xcix, 1912, 656-680.—Koinmel (L. M.) Reportof acaseof a fractured tibia and fibula; delayed union and its treatment. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1905, lxviii, 980.—Iiauenstein iC.) Eine typische Absprengungs- fractur der Tibia. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1899, liii, 477-4M.—Lavista. Injerto huesoso por perdida de substancia de la tibia, consecutiva a una fractura com- minuta. TAbstr.] Rev.quincen.de anat. patol. [etc.], Mexico, 1896, i,374.—Leslie (M.) Fractureof theantero- external portion of the lower condyle of the tibia, com- plicating Potts' fracture. N. York M.J. [etc.], 1911, xciv, 178. Also, Reprint.—Lobry. Fracturedu tibia sans de- placement des fragments ni deformation osseuse. J. med. de Brux., 1908, xiii, 320.—Lolson. Fracture incomplete du tibia par coup de pied de cheval. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1901, n. s., xxvii, 875-878—JLowry (W. J.) Compound comminuted fractureof the tibia. Penn. M. J., Athens, 1908-9, xii,715-718.—L.ucas-€liampion- nifere. Fracture spontanee de la jambe droite (tibia seul); radiographie, art6reatheromateuse. Bull, etmem. Soc.dechir. de Par., 1903,n.s., xxix, 1040.—Ludloti". Die Tibiafissuren der kleinen Kinder. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1910, lxx, 478-493.—McCreery (R. L.) Com- pound fracture of tibia. Colorado M. J., Denver, 1897, iii, 277.—Mahot & Allaire. Fissure spiroide diaphysaire du tibia. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1901-2, xx, 394.—Tlan- hold(E.) Ein Fall von keilformigem Liingsbruch am oberen Tibiaende. Monatsh. f. Unfallheilk., Leipz., 1909, xvi, 107-110.—Jlauclaire. A propos des fractures mar- ginales posterieures du tibia. Bull, et m6m. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1912, n. s., xxxviii, 1070; 1103; 1141.—Meerweln (H.) DieFrakturdesCondylusexternustibise. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1909, cii, 522-531.—illelssner. Eine typische Fraktur der Tibia im Talocruralgelenk. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1908-9, Ixi, 136-149, 2 pl.— ^lelis (E.) Diagnostic d'une fracture oblique du tibia gauche avec integriie du perone au moyen des ravons X. Arch. med. beiges, Brux., 1896,4. s., viii, 383, 1 pl.—JTIol- loy (L.) A rare, if not unique, fracture of the tibia. Lancet. Lond., 1898, ii, 1198.—IHoreau (I.) Fractures de l'extremite superieure du tibia. J. de chir. et ann. Soc. beige dechir., Brux., 1912, xii, 63-80, lpl.—IUorer. Frac- ture incomplete du tibia par eclat de bombe. Dauphine med., Grenoble, 1902, xxvi, 246.—Moro (G.) Sulle frat- ture indirette dell' estremosuperiore della tibia. Boll. d. r. Accad. med.di Genova, 1907, xxii,210-219.— 'lotta (M.) Frattura intercondiloidea verticale a tutto spessore dell' estremita superiore della tibia. Riv. di ortop. e terap. lis., Napoli, 1902, ii, 1-14.—llouchet (A.) Fractures du tibia, sansdeplacement, chezlespetitsenfants. Medecin, prat., Par., 1906, 451.—Murphy (J. B.) Impacted fracture of the head of the tibia with posterior luxation. Surg. Clinics, Chicago, 1912, i, no. 3, 395-404,4pl.—Muschlitz (C. H.) Intrauterine fracture of the tibia. Am. Med., Phila. & York, 1907, n. s., ii, 512-514.—Noble (R. J.) A case of a compound comminuted fracture of the tibia with disarticulation of the head of the fibula. Inter- nat J. Surg., N. Y., 1907, xx, 83.— Jinevo (Un) signo de fractura de la tibia en ninos y una nueva pieza de aposito. Med. de los ninos, Barcel., 1910, xi, 321- 326.—Paget (S.) Case of spiral impacted fracture of the tibia. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, i, 731— Parker (R ) Fracture of tibia without separation. Ibid., 1911, ii, 111. —Patel. Fracture de l'extremite inferieure du tibia (fracture juxta-epiphysaire; eclatement de la moi- tie posterieure). Lyon med., 1903, ci, 90.—Perassi (A.) Considerazioni sulla frattura tibiale (obliqua-esposta) da calcio di cavallo. Gior. med. d. r. esercito, Roma, 1905, lni, 113-116.— Plcque ( L.) Deviation anguiaire du tibia, consecutive a une fracture. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par. 1905, n. s., xxxi, 82. -----. Fracture com- pliquee de plaie du tibia. Chir. d. alien. 1907, Par 1909, vn, 431.—Potherat (E.) Fracture tibio-malieo- Tibia (Fracture of). laire. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1902, n. s., xxviii, 1262-1264. -----. Fracture oblique du tibia par torsion, fracture du perone k la partie superieure, pro- bablement par arrachement; lesion du nerf sciatique poplite externe. Ibid., 1909, n. s., xxxv, 312-314.—Pou- lain (J.) Sur la pathogenie d'une fracture du plateau tibial. J.d.sc.med.deLille,1909,ii,298-30L—atiiii>' periosteal sarcoma of tibia. Descr. Cat. . . . Mus. Roy. Coll. Surg. Edinb., 1893, i, 372.—Gan- golphe. Considerations sur la resection du tibia pour osteosarcomes et sur l'utilisation du perone. Lyon med., 1909, cxiii, 749-751. Also: Lyon chirurg., 1909-10, ii, 401. -----. Osteosarcome du tibia. Lyon med., 1911, cxvi, 816.—Gcntil (F.) Resec^ao da tibia por sarcoma cen- tral. J. Soe. d. sc med.de Lisb.,1908, lxxii, 17-30. -----. Sarcoma da tibia; resec^ao da tibia; autoplastia ossea. Med. contemp., Lisb., 1907, xxv, 409.—Gray (G. M.) Report of case of giant celled medullary sarcoma of head of tibia; amputation; exhibition of specimen; remarks on symptoms, diagnosis and treatment. Kansas City M. Index-Lancet, 1908, xxxi, 195-199.—Guibe & Lecene (P.) Chondro-myxo sarcome du tibia; thrombose n6o- plasique d'une veine au voisinage de la tumeur. Bull. et m6m. Soc. anat. de Par., 1900, lxxv, 703-705.— Hallas (E. A.) Et tilfadde af chondrosarcoma tibiae med ind- vsxt i knadeddet. Hosp.-Tid., Kj0benh., 1911, 5. R., iv, 712-719, 1 pl.—Hasbrouck (E. M.) Case of sarcoma of tibia. Wash. M. Ann., 1905-6, iv, 350.—Hotmokl i.T.) Sarcoma tibiae dext.; fruchtlose Behandlung mit Injectionen von sterilisirtem Methylviolett; Amputatio femoris; Heilung. Ber. d. k. k. Krankenanst. Rudolph- Stiftung in Wien (1891), 1892, 382.—Hotchkiss (L. W.) Giant-celled sarcoma of the tibia; enucleation. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1911, liv, 272, 2 pl.—Jaboulay. Osteo- sarcome de l'extremite superieure du tibia gauche. Bull. med., Par., 1907, xxi, 733-735. -----. Osteosarcome de l'extremite superieure du tibia. Clinique, Par., 1909, iv, 599. Also: Rev. internat. de med. et de chir., Par., 1910, xxi, 307-310. -----. Osteo-sarcome kystique du tibia gauche a evolution lente; echec du traitement conserva- teur. Lyon med., 1908, cxi, 599.—Jacquemin & Louste. Sarcome osteo'ide du tibia. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1904, lxxix, 157.—Karewski. Ueber einen durch Resection geheilten Fall von Knochensar- kom der Tibia. Berl. kliu. Wchnschr., 1898, xxxv, 749- 751. Also: Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. (1898), 1899, xxix, pt. 2,315-319.—Kast (A.) & Bunipel (T.) Mark- Sarcom des Schienbeins. In their: Path.-anat. Tafeln , . . Hamb.Staatskrankenh.,fol.,Wandsbek-Hamb.,1893,6. Hft., 1 pl. (K. pl. III). Also, transl. in their: Illust. path. anat., fol., Lond., 1903, K.pl. Ill, with text. Kaufman (L.R.) Osteosarcoma of tibia. Tr. Homceop. M.Soc,N.Y., 1909, liii, 213.—Lambret Osteosarcome de l'extremite inferieure du tibia. Bull. Soc. centr. de med. du nord, Lille, 1902, 277.—Le Dentu (A.) Sarcome hematique de l'extremite inferieure du tibia avec fracture spontanee; desarticulation du genou par le precede de Gritti; r6ci- dive dans, le poumon sept mois apres. In his: H6p. Necker. Etudes de clin. chir. 1890-91, 8°, Par., 1892, 233- 235.—Maksinion"(V. V.) K simtomatologii, diagnozu i terapii kostno-mozgovol sarkomi gblovki tibiae. [Symp- tomatology, diagnosis, and treatment of myelosarkoma of the head of the tibia.] Russk. chir. arch., S.-Peterb., 1907, xxiii, 721-734;—Matthews (A. A.) Report of a case of sarcoma of tibia. Hosp. Bull. Univ. Marvland, Bait., 1911-12, vii, 30.—Miwa (T.) & Nagano (S.j [On sarcoma of the tibia.] Chiugai Iji Shinpo, Tokyo, 1897, xviii, ... no. 407, 3-8; no. 408, 29-32; no. 409, 25-28.— Monnier (L.) Sarcome meianique du tibia. J. de med. de Par., 1904, 2. s., xvi, 143.—Monod (C.) Sar- com a myeloplaxes de l'extremite superieure du tibia. Bull, et m6m. Soc de chir. de Par., 1903, n. s., xxix, 5-8.— Monod (C.) talite. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat de Par., 1910, lxxxv, 894.— Molina (L. R.) Musculo tibial an- terior accesorio. Arch, de la Soe. estud. elin. de la Ha- bana, 1907, xiv, 82-84, 1 pl. —Nicoladoni (C.) Ueber die Bedeutung des Musculus tibialis posticus und der Sohlenmuskeln fiir den Plattfuss. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1902. lxvii, 348-353. Ateo, Reprint.—Smith (A.) Hernia of tibialis anticus muscle. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1908-9, ii, Clin. Sect., 239. Tibio-fibnlar articulations. (oronado (T. V.) Cuerpo extrafio, permaneciendo once anos en la articulacion peroneo-tibial superior, de la pierna izquierda. Rev. de cien. med., Habana, 1888, no. 35, 7.—©wen (S. A.) Note on the superior tibio- fibular joint. J. Anat. A Physiol., Lond., 1900-1901, xxxv, 489-491. Tibio - fibular articulations (Disloca- tions of). Ldpez Arrojo (L.) Luxacion completa de la articu- laci6n tibio-peroneo-tarsiana derecha, con fractura bi- maleolar, tambien completa; curacidn. Corresp. med., Madrid, 18%, xxxi, 354. Tibone (Domenico) [1833-1903]. L' ostetricia nel secolo decimonono. Prolusione al corso ostetrico. 1866. 26 pp. S°. Torino, tipog. Boltero Luigi, 1866. -----. Sulla placenta previa. Tavole omolo- grafiche preparate sopra il cadavere congelato di donna morta in travaglio di parto per me- trorragia e considerazioni. 46 pp. 8° [with atlas, 5 pl. eleph. fol.]. Torino, Rosenberg & Seller, 1894. For Biejriraphy, see Atti Soc. ital. di ostet. e ginec. 1904, Roma, 1905, x, lxxv-cxix, port. (G. Calderini). Also: Arc. ital. di ginec, Napoli, 1903, vi, 371-374. Also: Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1904, 4. s., x, 106-115 (G. Vicarelli). Also: Lucina, Bologna, 1903, viii, 161-166 (Calderini). Also: Monatschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynaek., Berl., 1904, xix, 194 (A. Matin). Tiburtiu* ([Alexander] Paul) [1871- ]. * Ueber die Combination von Carcinoma ovarii et ventriculi. 34 pp., 11. 8°. Konigsberg, 1899- Tiburtius (Franz). *Klammern oder Liga- turen bei vaginalen Totalexstirpationen des Uterus? [Tubingen.] 32 pp., 11. 8°. Kiel, 1899. Tic [Habit-spasms]. See, also, Chorea; Spasm (Facial); Tic (Cou- rulsire). Cruchet (R.) La tiquose. 12°. Pans, 1910. Tic [Habit-spasms]. Domdey (H.) * Zur Lehre vom Tic general. 8°. Kiel, 1909. Meige (H.) Tics. 8°. Paris, 1905. Noir (J.) * Etude sur les tics. 4°. Paris, 1893. Wiemann (C) *Ueber einen Fall von Tic de Guinow. 8°. Gottingen, 1900. A Id rich (C. J.) Tic. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1904, lxv, 169-174. — Andre - Thomas. Qu'est-ce que le tic? Clinique, Par., 1907, ii, 22-24.—Austregiisllo (A.) Tiques: sobre um caso de chorea variavel de Brissaud; os tiques symptomatieos na demencia precoee. Arch. brasil. de psychiat. [etc.], Rio de Jan., 1905, i, 139-169.— Berend(N.) Choreiforme Erkrankungen. Pest, med.- chir. Presse, Budapest, 1904, xl, 1213.—Boncour (G. P.) Les tics chez l'ecolier et leur interpretation. Progres med., Par., 1910, 3. s., xxvi, 445. — Boulenger. Tic clonique et tonique. J. de neurol., Par., 1904, ix, 132- 135— Bourneville & Poulard. Un casde maladie des tics; guerison. Arch, de neurol., Par., 1903, xvi, 208- 216.—Brissaud & Salin. Ties a debut tardif et mouvements choretiques nevropathiques. Rev. neurol., Par., 1909, xvii, 946-948.—Brunon. Ties et tiqueurs. Normandie med., Rouen, 1892, vii, 169-174.—Bychow- wkl. [Chlopiec dotkniety choroba. tik6w (maladie des ties).] [A boy affected with tics.] Neurol, polska, War- szawa, 1910,1, no. 2,101-103.—Caretto (R.) & Barbano (C.) Sopra un caso di malattia dei ticsdi natura epilet- tica. Pediatria, Napoli, 1909, 2. s., vii, 121-128.—Chab- bert (L.) De la maladie des tics (tics choree, hysterie; diagnostic). Areh. de neurol., Par., 1893, xxv, 10-41. Also: Echo med., Toulouse, 1893, 2. s., vii, 265; 277; 289; 301.—Charcot. Ueber sonderbare Tic-Anfalle. Wien. med. Bl., 1889, xii, 327.—Chavigny. Tics toniques. Rev. neurol., Par., 1910, xviii, 122-124.—Cruchet (R.) Des tics en general. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1902, xxiii, 422-426. -----. Tics et sommeil. Presse med., Par., 1905, i, 33-35.-----. La tiquose. J. med. franc.. Par., 1909, iii, suppl.: Consultations med. franc., fasc. viii, 121- 134.—Dana (C. L.) Case of choreic tic, with remarks on the classification of myospasms. Boston M. & S. J., 1903, cxlviii, 449.—De Buck (D.) Notes sur un cas de tic. Belgique med., Gand-Haarlem, 1903, x,211-216. Also: J. de neurol.,Par.,1903,viii, 154-159.—Decroly. Presentation d'un tiqueur. J. med.de Brux.,1904,ix,158. Also: J. de neu- rol., Par ,1904,ix,119.—DeBenzi(E.) La malattia del tic- chio. Gazz. d. clin., Napoli, 1892, iii, 177-183.—Dereure (M.) Tic du sommeil. J. de clin. med. et chir., Par., 1906, i, 99.—Discussion (A) on "tics." Proc.Roy.Soc.Med., Lond., 1907-8, i, Neurol. Sect, 41-48.—Fleming (R. A.) A case of tic, or possibly an occupation neurosis. Edinb. M. J., 1910, n. s., iv, 441.—Froliner (E.) Choreaahn- liche Zuckungen (Tic) des Longissimus bei einer Stute. Monatsh. f. prakt. Tierh., Stuttg., 1910-11, xxii, 159. — Fuchs (A.) Zur Kasuistik der tonischen Krampfedes Rumpfes. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1906, xix, 1440.—Gor- don (A.) An unusual case of tic. Am. Med., Phila., 1906, n. s., i, 342. Also: Jeffersonian, Phila., 1906-7, viii, 74.—Graves (W. W.) The differential diagnosis be- tween chorea minor and tic. J. Missouri M. Ass., St. Louis, 1907-8, iv, 258-261. Also: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1907, lxxii, 315.—Hunter (W. K.) A case of "maladie des tics." Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Glasg., 1898-9, ii, 196-199. Also: Glasgow M. J., 1898,1, 435-438.—Hutchison (R.) A case of habit spasm. Rep. Soc. Study Dis. Child., Lond., 1904-5, v, 2. -----. Two cases of habit spasm. Polvclin., Lond., 1904, viii, 152.—Jack (W. R.) Case of "maladie des tics." Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Glasg., 1897-8, ii, 45-51. Also: Glasgow M. J., 1898, xlix, 266-272.— Kodym (O.) Maladie des tics a nektere, pfibuzne ehoroby. [. . . and some allied diseases.] Casop. lek. ccsk., v Praze, 1891, xxx, 117; 139; 163. — Lgpinay & Grollet. Les tics chez les animaux. Rev. de l'hypnot. et psychol. phvsiol., Par., 1906-7, xxi, 212-218.—Littig (L. W.) Tics. 'Iowa M. J., Des Moines, 1904, x, 226-229.— Luzzatto (A. M.) Sui rapporti tra mioclonie e tics. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1905, Roma, 1906, xv, 253- 256.—McCarthy (D. J.) Habit chorea, habit spasm, convulsive tie. In: Modern Med. (Osier), 8°, Phila. & N. Y., 1910. vii, 610-613.—Macnamara (E. D.) Habit spasm. Westminst. Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1907, xv, 48-58.— Malattia dei tics e corea di Sydenham. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1899, xx, 1321-1323.—Martin (C.) Tic congeni- tal associe ii du b6gaiement. Bull. Soc d'anat. et phy- siol. . . . de Bordeaux, 1900, xxi, 37.— Meige (H.) His- toire d'un tiqueur; (tics variables, tics d'attitude). J. de m6d. et chir. prat., Par., 1901, lxxii, 609-635. -----. Sur les tics. Cong, franc, de m6d. C.-r., Par., 1902, ii, 283- 287. -----. Tic et fonction. Rev. neurol., Par., 1902, x, 383-389. -----. La genese des tics. J. de neurol., Par., 1902, vii, 201-206. -----. Documents figures sur les tics et les chorees. Bull. Soe. franc, d'hist. de m6d., Par., 1903, ii, 505-512. Also: France med., Par., 1904, li, 12-14. -----, TIC. 262 TIC. Tic [Habit-spasms], Les ties. Rev. g6n. d. sc. pures et appliq., Par., 1904, 2. s., xxxvi 448-461. Also: J. m6d. de Brux., 1904, ix, 157. '.____' Ties des sphincters. Arch, de neurol., Par., 1905, 2 < xx 229. Also: Rev. neurol., Par., 1905, xiii, 858.— .Hci-M' (H.) & Feiudel (F.) L'etat mental des ti- queurs Cons. d. mod. alienistes et neurol. de France . .. Proc-verb, [etc.], Par., 1901, xi, 424-132. Also: Progres m6d Par., 1901, 3. s., xiv, 146-119— itlcirowltz (P.) A ease of habit-spasm. Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1900, xv, 643- 646 —Jlignard. Apparition de tics et de phenomenes convulsifs lies a un deltre melancolique chez une d6g6n6- ree hereditaire. Rev. de psvchiat., Par., 1909,xiii, 97-102 — INageotte- Wllboucliewitch (Mme.) Scapulum valgum passager du a un tic du muscle rhomboide. Bull. Soc. de pediat, de Par., 1907, ix, 294-297.-Nogues (E.) Des tics en general. Rev. neurol., Par., 1902, x, 766-787. Also [Kap.]: Cong. d. med. alienistes et neurol. de France Rap, Par., 1902, i, 87-243. [Discussionl, ii, 65-144. A ho [Abstr.]: Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1902, lxxv, 874-876. Aho [Abstr.]: Arch. med. de Toulouse, 1903, ix, 145-152 — (hldulC.) Le diagnostic differentiel de la maladie des tics et de la choree de Sydenham. Presse med., Par., 1899, ii, 189-191. -----. Tic de genuflexion. Marseille med., 1902, xxxix, 166-174.—Osier (W.) On the classification of the tics or habit movements. Arch. Pediat., N. Y, 1897, xiv, 1-5. Also, Reprint.—Patrick (H. T.) Re- marks on tic and chorea. J. Am. M Ass., Chicago, 1909, Iii, 1373-1375.—Peli (G.) Lo stato mentale dei pazienti di tic Riv. sper. di freniat., Reggio-Emilia, 1903, xxix, 377-380.—Peyri (1.) Un caso de tic en el curso de una sifilis cerebrospinal. Rev. de med. y cirug., Barcel., 1907, xxi, 129-135.—Raymond. Association de la ma- ladie des ties et de la choree. J. de med. int., Par., 1902, vi, 167. -----. Tic d'une femme qui s'epile. Ibid., 195. -----. Contracture et tic des jambes chez une psychas- thenique. Rev. de l'hypnot. et psychol. physiol., Par., 1902-3, xvii, 121. -----. Le tic de l'epilation. Rev. gen. de elin. et de therap., Par., 1905, xix, 583. -----. Tic d'ha- bitude chez un etliylique. Rev. de l'hypnot. et psychol. physiol., Par., 1905-6, xx, 190. -----. Maladies des tics. Med. mod., Par., 1910, xxi, 393.—Rhein (J. H. W.) A ease of habit tic in a child two years and three months of age. Ann. Gynec. & Pediat., Bost., 1902, xv, 200-204.— Rodriguez ITIendez. Los tics y el espejo. Arch.de psiquiat. y criminol., Buenos Aires, 1903, ii, 437-441. Also: Arch, de terap. de 1. enferm. nerv. y ment., Barcel., 1903, i,4-9.—Roehrich. Ticducou; ticdespaupieres. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve. 1910, xxx, 274-280.— Roubinovitch (J.) Iconographie de l'evolution d'un casde maladie des ties. N.iconog. dela Salpetriere, Par., 1906, xix, 289-292, 2 pl.—Rudler (F.) Tic tonique du membre supi'rieur droit. N. iconog. de la Salpetriere, Par., 1903, xvi, 218-231, 1 pl.—Rudler (F.) & Chomel (C.) Tics et stereotypies de lechage chez l'homme et chez le cheval. Cong. d. med. alienistes et neurol. de France . . . C.-r., Par. & Brux., 1903, xiii, v. 2, 434-454. Also: N. iconog. de la Salpetriere, Par., 1903, xvi, 369-390. ----------. Une observation de tic du chiqueur; ana- logies entre les tics et les stereotypies chez l'homme et chez le cheval. Rev. neurol., Par., 1904, xii, 111.— Rudolf (R. D.) A case of tic. Canad. Pract. & Rev., Toronto, 1901, xxvi, lsi-185.—Ruiz (D.) Lineas funda- mentales para un coneepto unitario del tic, la idea fija y la fobia. Rev. frenopat. espafi., Barcel., 1909, vii. 104- 108. Aho: Rev. espec. med., Madrid, 1910, xiii, 204- 206— Ku«sell(J. S. R.) The tics. Svst. Med. (Allbutt), Lond., 1S99. vii, 868-887.—Sciamaniia (E.) Sulla ma- lattia del tie. Rev. quindicin. di psicol. [etc.], Roma, 1897, i, 241; 257.—Sgobbo (G.) Sui tic e sulla malattia dei tic. Gazz. internaz. di med. prat., Napoli, 1902, v, 217-221.—Siccardi (P. D.) II tic nella sua fisiopatologia e nelle sue affinita morbose. Riv. veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 1906, xliv, 29-40.—Sinkler (W.) Choreiform affections. Text-book Nerv. Dis. Am. authors (Dercum), Phila., 1895, 227-269.—Stawell (R. R.) Habit spasm in children. Austral. M. J., Melbourne, 1895, n. s., xvii, 153-158.—Still (G. F.) On habit spasm in children. Lancet, Lond., 1905, ii, 1754-1757.—Sutherland KL A.) A case of habit-spasm. Rep. Nor. Studv Dis. Child., Lond., 1906-7, vii, 23.—Tauibiiriiii (A.) Fisiopatologia e cura dei tic. Rev. sper. di freniat., Reggio-Emilia, 190;'., xxix, 870-881—Taylor ( E. W.) Types of habit neuro- psychoses. Med. Communicat. Mass. M. Soc, Bost., 1898, xvii, 679-688. —Taylor (H. M.) Nervous mimicrv. Virginia M. Month.. Richmond, 1886-7, xiii, 593-605. Also, Reprint.—Thomas. Contribution a l'6tude de la maladie des tics chez l'enfant. Gaz. d. mal. infant. [etc.], Par., 1901, iii, 337.—Turner (\V. A.) Case of long standing clonic tic improving under treatment. Proc Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1911-12, v, Neurol. Sect., 149 — Van Gehuchten. Un curieux cas de tic. J. de neu- rol.. Par., 1899. iv,4s-51.—Vanysek (R.) Tic respiraini. ('axip. lek. 6esk., v Praze, 1906, xiv, 505.—Voisin (J.) lie 1 influence de Peducation du sens musculaire sur le developpement intellectuel et la disparition des tics. Internat. Kong. f. Irrenpfl. Off. Ber. 1908, Halle a. S., Tic [Habit-spasms]. 1909, 554. —Williams (L.) Two cases of tic or habit spasm. Polyclin., Lond., 1904, viii, 54.—William* (T. A.) The differential diagnosis and treatment of occupa- tion and other parakinetisms of organic and psychic origin. South. M. J., Nashville, 1909, ii, 908-912. -----. Remarks upon tic in children. Old Dominion J. M. & 8., Richmond, 1910-11, xi, 210-222. Also: Pediatries, N. Y., 1910, xxii, 681-690. -----. Interpretation of "professional cramp-neurosis" as a tic. J. Abnorm. Psvchol., Bost., 1912-13, vii, 161-166. Tic (Convulsive) [Oilles de la Tourette's disease]. See, also, Miryachit; Spasm; Tic (Saltatory). Boheimer ( \V. ) * Ueber zwei Fiille von ausgehiirtetem Tic conyulsif. 8°. Bonn, 1893. Cruchet (J.-R.) * Etude critique sur le tic convulsif et son traitement gymnastique (me- thode de Brissaud et methode de Pitres). 8°. Bordeaux, 1902. Di Luzenberger (A.) Tic muscolari sem- plici, tic emottivi e malattia di Gilles de laTou- rette. Note e considerazioni. 8°. Napoli, [1897]. Hirschfeld (H.) * Ueber Maladie des ties convulsifs. 8°. Berlin, [1WI1]. Klemm (R.) * Beitrag zur Maladie des tics impulsifs. 8°. Leipzig, 1901. Battistelli (L.) Contributo alio studio dei tic con- vulsivi. Riforma med., Napoli, 1896, xii, pt. 1, 746; 759; 770. — Beer (B.) Zur Behandlung des Tic convulsif. Wien. med. Bl., 1898, xxi, 423; 440: 455; 473; 489— Beril- loii. Maladie des tics convulsifs, traitee avec succes par la suggestion hypnotique. Rev. de l'hvpnot. et psvchol. physiol., Par., 1903-4, xviii, 277. — Boekhoudt (H. B.) & van der Weyde (A. J.) Maladie des tics convulsifs. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1893, 2. R., xxix, pt. 2, 369-378. — Bresler. Beitrag zur Lehre von der Maladie des tics convulsifs (mimische Krampfneurose). Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1896, xv, 965-972.—Burot. Un cas de la maladie des tics convul- sifs traite et ameiiorfi par la persuasion. Rev. de l'hyp- not. et psychol. physiol., Par., 18*7-8, ii, 141-144.—Cainer (A.) Un caso di tic convulsivo eon coprolalia. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1889, x, 74. — Cawadlas & Vincent (C.) Tic des paupieres et fausse contraction poradoxale. Rev. neurol., Par., 1908, xvi, 440-442.—Corning (J. L.) Con- siderations of facial spasm; tic convulsif; mimetic facial spasm. J. Med. Soc. N. Jersey, Newark, 1904-5, i, 306- 308.—Cruchet (R.) Sur un cas de maladie des tics con- vulsifs. Areh. gen. de med., Par., 1906, i, 1180-1196. ——. Sur deux cas de tics convulsifs persistant dans le som- meil. Rev. neurol., Par., 1906, xiv, 293-299. — Dana (C. L.) & Wilkin (W. P.) On convulsive tic with ex- plosive disturbances of speech (so-called Gilles de la Tou- rette's disease). J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1886, n. s., xi, 407-412.—Deyl (J.) Tic convulsif. Casop.lek. 6esk., v Praze. 1883, xxii, 225; 243. — Bromard. Psychologie eomparee de quelques manifestations motriees commune- ment designes sous le nom de ties. J. de psychol. norm. et path., Par., 1905, ii, 16-36. — £tude critique sur le tic convulsif et son traitement gymnastique. [jtap. de Ray- mond.] Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 404.—Fillassier. Obsessions, impulsions et tics chez un degener6. Rev. de psychiat., Par.. 1909, xiii, 365-369. — Finley (F. G.) A peculiar form of family "tic convulsif" with nocturnal exacerbations and epileptic attacks. Montreal M. J., 1896-7, xxv, 718-721. Also, Reprint. — Froste (C. C.) ■ Maladie des tics convulsifs. Hygiea, Stockholm, 1894, 201-214.—Gan (A.) Bollezn sudorozhnikh podergivaniy (maladie des ties convulsifs). Obozr. psichiat., nevrol. [etc.],S.-Peterb.,1903,viii,38-49— Gilles delaTourette (G.) Etude sur une affection nerveuse caracterisee par de l'incoordinationmotriceaecompagneed'echolalieetdeco- prolalie (jumping, latah, mvriachit). Arch, de neurol., Par., 1885,ix, 158-200. A?so,Reprint.—Gil y Casares. Tic impulsivo y simulaci6n en una nina. Cong, internat. de med. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, de pediat., 972- 977.—Gray (L. C.) Palmus. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1895, n.s..cix, 53.5-545. Also, Reprint— Grimaldl (A.) Iper- cinesia e psicosi; contributo clinico allamalattia di Gilles de la Tourette otic convulsivo. N. riv. di psichiat. {etc.], Napoli, 1892, i, 9-13.—Guinon (G.) Sur la maladie des ties convulsifs. Rev. de med., Par., 1886, vi, 50-80. -----. Tics convulsifs et hvsterie Ibid., 1887. vii, 509-519. -----. Tic convulsif. Diet, encvcl. d. sc med., Par., 188,, 3. s., xvii 555-588— Hammond Hi. Mi Convulsive tie; its nature and treatment. Med. Rec. N. Y., 1892. xli, 236- '»39 —Johnson i.l.) A ease of maladie des ties convul- sifs. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, ii, 810.—Jolly ( V.) Ueber TIC. 263 TIC. Tic (Convulsive) [Gilles dela Tourette s j disease]. diesogenannte Maladie des tics convulsifs. Charite-Ann., Berl., 1892, xvii.740-753.—Kirillln (A.I.) Sluchalsudo- rozhnavo tika u dlevoehki 5-ti llet. [Convulsive tie in a 5-year-old girl.] Dietsk. med., Mosk., 1899, iv, 411-116.— Lercli (O.) Convulsive tics. Am. Med., Phila., 1901, ii, 694.—Lorenzetti (E.) A proposito di alcuni casi di tic convulsivo. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1903, xxiv, 1478-1481.— IHatheson (A. R.) A case of Gilles de la Tourette's disease. Methodist Episcop. Hosp. Rep. 1887-97, N. Y., 1898, i, 381-383.— ftlangerl (F. T.) Malattia di Gilles de la Tourette. Policlin., Roma, 1911, xviii, sez. prat., 1040.— JJIorell ( H.) General convulsive tic with coprolalia. Med. News, N. Y.. 1903, lxxxiii, 1082.— Mover (H.N.) Tic convulsif replacing supraorbital neuralgia. Alienist & Neurol., St. Louis, 1897, xviii, 397. -----. A case of tic convulsif. Chicago M. Recorder, 1897, xiii, 27.—Negro (C.) Un caso di "malattia di Gilles de la Tourette.'' Riv. neuropat., Torino, 1909-10, iii, 346-352.—New mark (L.) Ein Fall von Maladie des tics convulsifs. Fest- schr. z. Jubil. d. Ver. deutsch. Aerzte zu San Fran., Calif., 1894, 29-32.—\'oisze\vski (K.) Przyczynek do powsta- wania i leczenia tic convulsif. [Origin and treatment of . . .] Now. lek., Poznah, 1904, xvi, 493.—Oettin»er (B.) The disease of convulsive tic (Gilles de la Tourette's dis- ease), with special reference to a hvpothesis as to etiol- ogv. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1899, n. s., cxviii, 303-312. Also, Reprint.—Oliver (T.) Note on spasm o* the facial nerve, or tic convulsif. Med. Times & Gaz., Lond., 1882, ii, 604.—Osier (\V.) On the form of convulsive tic asso- ciated with coprolalia, etc. Med. News, Phila., 1890, lvii, 645-647. — Pastena (A.) Contributo clinico alia ma- lattia di Gilles de la Tourette ed alia sua applicazione in medicina legale. Incurabili, Napoli, 1901, xvi, 15-44.— Patrick (H. T.) Convulsive tic. J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- cago, 1905, xliv, 437-442. [Discussion], 444-446.—Peritz. [Zwei an Tic leidende Kranke.] Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xiv, 524.—Pitres (A.) Tics convulsifs generalises (choree eiectrique de Bergeron-Henoch, electrolepsie de Tordeus ou nevrose convulsive rythmee de Guerlin) traites et gueris par la gymnastique respiratoire. Mem. et bull. Soc. de med. et chir. de Bordeaux (1900), 1901, 431-436. Also: J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1901, xxxi, 106-108.—Plavec (V.) Ticconvulsif. Casop.lek. 6esk., v Praze, 1900, xxxix, 898; 923; 946; 974. Also, transl.: Wien med. Presse, 1904, xiv, 1621; 1667; 1706; 1754.— Princeteau. Mouvements convulsifs desordonnes du membre superieur droit. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1905, xxxv, 352.—Raymond. Maladie des tics avec copro- lalie. Rev. de l'hypnot. et psychol. physiol., Par., 1901-2, xvi, 126. -----. Spasmes psychiques. J. de med. int., Par., 1904, viii, 259. — Remouehamps ( E. ) Sur les troubles mentaux dans la maladie des tics convulsifs. Bull. Soc. de med. ment. de Belg., Gand et Leipz., 1895, 24-32.-----. Bijdrage tot de kennis der neurose, bekend onder den naam van maladie des tics convulsifs. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1895, 2. R., xxxi, pt. 1, 539- 543.—Ross (T. W. E.) A case of convulsive tic. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1909, ii, 135.—von Sarbo (A.) Maladie des tics und die damit in Verbindung stehenden Sprach- storungen. Med.-piidagog. Monatschr. [etc.], Berl., 1909, xix, 205-210.—Savlll (T. D.) Two cases of convulsive tic affecting the respiratory muscles, and the upper ex- tremities, in both of which the condition had existed more or less for ten years. Brain, Lond., 1907, xxx, 150.— Shkarin (A. N.) K kazuistikle tic convulsif v dlet- skom vozrastle. [. . . in childhood.] Vrach. Gaz., S.- Peterb., 1903, x, 535; 560.—Siebert (C.) Ein Fall von Maladie des tics convulsifs mit Athetosebewegungen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1896, xxii, 808.— Stem bo (L.) Ein Fall von Gilles de la Tourette'scher Krankheit. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1891, xxviii, 697-699.— Takehashl (G.) Maladie des tics convulsifs. [Jap- anese text.] Chiugai Iji Shinpo, Tokio, 1901, xxii, 365- 368.—Viziolt (R.) Un caso di tic convulsivo con eco- lalia e coprolalia. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1892, Mi- lano [1893], v, 479-482. -----. Un caso di tic convulsivo. Boll. d. clin., Milano, 1897, xiv, 193-197.—Vlavianos. Tic convulsif du cou et de la tete gueri par la suggestion hvpnotique. Rev. de l'hvpnot. et psvchol. phvsiol., Par., 1889-1900, xiv, pt. 2, 72-75.—Wrllle (H.) Ueber einen Fall von Maladie des tics impulsifs (Gilles de la Tou- rette'sche Krankheit). Monatschr. f. Psvchiat. u. Neu- rol., Berl., 1898, iv, 210-226.—Wilson (J. C.) A case of tic convulsif (maladie des tics). Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1897, xiv, 881-887. Also: Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc, N. Y., 1897, ix, 165-168C Tic (Coordinated or complex). See, also, Spasm (Nodding, etc.). Chatjvreau (J.-U.-J.) * Les tics coordonnes avec emission brusque et involontaire de cris et de mots articul£s. [Bordeaux.] 4°. Roche- fort-sur-Mer, 1888. Tic (Coordinated or complex). Duis ([F.] E.) * Zur Lehre vom Tic general. 8°. Kiel, 1910. Aiialson (S. A.) Case of salaam convulsions. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1910, Ixi, 845.—Ascenzi (O.) Sur le tic dit de salaam. Rev. neurol., Par., 1911, xix, 725-733.— Bohn (G.) Mouvements rotatoires d'origine oculaire. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1905, lviii, 714-716.— Chouicl (C.) & Budler (F.) Le tic de Pours chez le cheval et les ties d'imitation chez l'homme; etude de pathologie comparee. Bull. Soc. centr. de med. vet., Par., 1903, n. s., xxi, 449-466. Also: Rev. neurol., Par., 1903, xi, 541-550.—Cruchet (R.) Sur un cas de tic de la tete et du tronc n'existant que pendant le som- meil. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1904, xxv, 319-323.—Fisher (J. T.) Certain types of association and habit neurosis. Calif. M. & S. Reporter, Los Angeles, 1905, i, 383-386. Also: Toledo M. & S. Reporter, 1906, xxxii, 23-25.—Grasset (J.) & Rauzier (G.) Lecons sur un cas de maladie des tics et un cas de tremblement singulier de la tete et des membres gauches. Areh. de neurol., Par., 1890, xx, 27; ls7.—Hill (H. K.) Spasmus nutans, with the report of 4 cases. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1911, xxviii, 974-982.—Nicoladoni (C.) Tic rotatoire; Dehnung des linksseitigen N. accessorius vor seinem Eintritte in den Sternocleidomastoideus. Wien. med. Presse, 1882, xxiii, 921.—Prince (M.) Case of multi- form tic, including automatic speech and purposive movements. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1906, xxxiii, 29-34. — Raudnitz (R. W.) Versuche fiber experi- mentellen Spasmus nutans und fiber die Einwirkung von Harnzersetzunglprodukten auf junge Hunde. Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1911, n. F., Ixxiii, 259-265.—Roubi- novitch. Sur un cas de malad ie des ties convulsifs avec mouvements par obsession. Ann. med.-psych., Par., 1892, 7. s., xvi, 467-478. Also, Reprint.—Sabrazes (J.)&Cal- inette. Tic d'attitude chez unaveugle. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. deBordeaux,1905,xx?i,270.—de la Serna(M.) Un caso de tic de salaam. Siglomed., Madrid, 1911, lviii, 408.— Smith (E. B.) Case of spasmus nutans. Proc. Rov. Soc. Med., Lond., 1910-11, iv, Sect. Stud. Dis. Child., 75.— Thomson (H.C.) Case of peculiar gait. [Coordinated tic] Practitioner, Lond., 1906, lxxvii, 471-473, 1 pl.— Wallin (C. C.) General tic; with report of a case. J. Mich. M. Soc, Detroit, 1904, iii, 479-486. Tic (Facial). See, also, Chorea; Spasm (Facial). Pastcraud (C.-G.) * Contribution a I'etude des tics de la face et des attitudes vicieuses d'origine ametropique. 8°. Bordeaux, 1910. Babinskl. L'hemispasme facial et le tic de la face. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1907, xxi, 455.— Bekhtereff (V. M.) O dvukh riedkikh formakh lich- novo tika. [Two rare cases of facial tic] Obozr. psi- chiat., nevrol. [etc.], S.-Peterb., 1900, v, 895-897.—Cadiot, Gilbert & Roger. Note sur l'origine bulbaire du tic de la face. Rev. de med., Par., 1890, x, 431-437. ----- -----------. Contribution a I'etude experimentale et clinique du tic de la face. Rec de med. vet.. Par., 1890, 7. s., vii, 533-540.—Colin (T.) Facialis-Tic als Beschaf- tigungsneurose (Uhrmacher-Tic). Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1897, xvi, 21-24. — Cruchet (R.) Formes cli- niques des tics unilateraux de la faee. Cong. d. med. alienistes et neurol. de France 1904, Par., 1905, ii, 217-236. Also: Gaz. hebd. d. sc. m6d. de Bordeaux, 1904, xxv, 498-503. Also: Rev. neurol., Par., 1904, xii, 909-912 — B^jerine. Tic simple de la face; discussion pathoge- nique, traitement. J. de m6d. int., Par., 1902, vi, 187.— Galippe (V.) & li€vy (F.) Tic des muscles mastica- teurs apparu a l'occasion d'une periostite alveolo-den- taire chez un ancien tiqueur. Rev. de stomatol., Par., 1907, xiv, 123-125.—Glorieux. Tic temporo-maxillaire. J. de neurol., Par., 1906, xi, 198.—loteyko (Mile. I.) Un cas de tics de la face gueri par suggestion. Ibid., 1-7—Iia- sek(F.) Diffusni,komplikovanyobli6ejovytic. [Diffuse complicated facial tic] Casop. 16k. 6esk., v Praze, 1903, xlii, 1243-1245.—JIartin (G.) Tic de la tete et astigmie. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1905, xxvi, 414^16.— Itleijse (H.) Les tics desyeux. Ann. d'ocul., Par., 1903, exxix, 167-185. -----. Tics des levres, cheilophagie, cheilophobie. Cong. d. m6d. alienistes et neurol. de France . . . C.-r., Par. & Brux., 1903, xiii, v. 2, 478-489. Also: J. de neurol., Par.. 1903, viii, 481-492. Also [Abstr]: Bull, med., Par., 1903, xvii, 706. -----. Convulsions de la face; une forme clinique faciale bilateriale et mediane. J. de neurol., Par., 1910, xv, 401-409.—IHelge (H.) & Fclndel (E.) Les causes provocatricesetlapathogenie des tics de la face et du cou. Rev. neurol., Par., 1901, ix, 378-385.—Pedrazzini (F.) Sulla genesi dei tic a pro- posito di un caso di emiplegia sinistra da emorragia cer'e- brale con tic facciale omonimo persistente e di altro caso di tic brachiale. Gazz. med. lomb., Milano, 1899, lviii, 121; 131.—Raymond (F.) & Rose (F.) Tic localise a la paupiere inferieure sans participation de la superieure, TIC. 264 TIC. Tic (Facial). accompagne d'autres tics banaux. Rev. neurol., Par., 1907, xv, 525.—Stevens (G. T.) A series of studies of nervous affections in relation to the adjustment of the eves. Chronic spasms of the neck and face. N. York M. J." [etc.], 1911, xciii, 157-161.—Tissie. Tic oculaire et facial droit accompagne de toux spasmodique, traite et gueri par la gvmnastique medicale respiratoire. Mem. et bull. Soc.de med. et chir. de Bordeaux (1899), 1900, 189-207. Also: J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1899, xxix, 326; 339._Williams (T. A.) Facial spasm and tic torticol- lis; diagnosis and treatment. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1910, n, s., lxxxix, 84-86. Tic (Hysterical and aerophagic). Chomel (C.) *Les tics aerophagiques (en pathologie comparee). [Nancy.] 8°. Besancon, 1907. Dobrovici (A.) * Des tensions intra-gastrique et intra-intestinale et de l'aerophagie; etude | physiologique, experimentale et clinique. 8°. I Paris, 1906. Lange ([H. K.] AV.) *Zur Kenntnis des Luftschluckens. 8°. Kiel, 1896. Mauban (H.) L'aerophagie. S°. Paris, 1910. Perrody (A.) *De l'aerophagie et de aes rapports avec les dvypepsies flatulentes. 8°. Paris, 1902. Reynaud (V.) * Mecanisme de l'aerophagie essentielle; diagnostic radioscopique de ses va- riety's cliniques. 8°. Lyon, 1910. Tramulay (L.) * Contribution de I'etude de l'aerophagie normale et pathologique. Physio- logie du phenomene. 8°. Lyon, 1903. Vincens (F.) *De l'aerophagie et des trou- bles gastriques qui l'accompagnent. 8°. Lyon, 1900. Aerophagie (Del') et des troubles gastriques qu'elle entraine. Gaz. d. hop. de Lyon, 1901, 93-106.—Armand (C.) & Sarvonat(F.) L'aerophagie. Arch. gen. de med., Par., 1904, i, 913-927.—Baccelli (M.) Tic aero- fagico e demenzaprecoee. Riv. ital. di neuropat. [etc.], Catania, 1908-9, ii, 299-306.—Binet (M. E.) L'aerophagie tardive. Tribune med., Par., 1906, n. s., xxxviii, 103; 118.—Bodson. L'aerophagie. Arch.med.belges.Brux., 1911, 4. s., xxxviii, 145-170.—Bouveret (L.) Formes severes de l'aerophagie nerveuse. Lyon med., 1901, xcvi, 349-353.—Ca\vadias(A.) L'aerophagie. Clinique,Par., 1910, v, 689-693.—Claude. Neurasthenie et aerophagic Rev. gen. de clin. etde therap., Par., 1910, xxiv,773-775.— Comby(J) Aerophagie chez un nourrisson. Arch.de med. d. enf., Par., 1911, xiv, 527.—Cruchet (R.) Diffi- eultes du diagnostic entre les crises epileptiques frustes et certains tics convulsifs hysteriques. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1910, lxxxiii, 725-730.—Deguy. De l'aerophagie. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1901, xv, 392; 404.— Fnriquez & Binet (M.-E.) Le pronostic de l'aero- phagie chez les dyspeptiques. Arch. d. mal. de l'ap- par. digest, [etc.], Par., 1908, ii, 573-581.—Fischler. Ein Fall von generalisiertem hysterischen Reflextic Miin- ehen. med. Wchnschr., 1905, Iii, 2540— Giannuli (F.) Tic isterici nella funzionalita del centre di Broca; tic e malattie mentali. Policlin., Roma. 1906, xiii, sez. med., 493-506—Gilbride. (J. J.) Aerophagia. Penn. M. J., Athens, 1908-9, xii, 987-989.—Glorleux. Tic hysterique avec hypertrophie musculaire. Policlin., Brux., 1906, xv, 120.—Gonzalez Canipo. Eructaci6n por aereofagia inconsciente. Rev. de med. y cirug. pract., Madrid, 1906, lxxi, 58-62.—Graziani (G.) Un caso di aerofagia. N. progr. internaz. med.-chir., Napoli, 1904, i, 129-132.—Ma- bel. Aerophagic Rev. med. dela Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1904, xxiv, 167-169.—Hayem (G.) Sur deux cas d'aero- phagie. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1898, xii, 497-503. -----. De l'aerophagie. Ibid., 1902, xvi, 321-328. Also, transl.: Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1902, xxiii, 677-679.— Herrero (S.) Los aer6fagos de Saint-Antoine. Clin. mod., Zaragoza. 190s, vii, 11-13. — Laldlaw (G. F.) A point in diagnosis; an air shallower mistaken for a flatulent dyspeptic N. Am. J. Homceop., N. Y 1905, liii, 105-108— Lamothe (F. E.) Aerophagy: re- port of cases. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1910-11, lxiii, 333- 342.—Lebeaupiu (A.) L'aerophagie, tic nerveux; ses consequences, son traitement. Rev. d. mal. de la nutri- tion, Par., 1905, 2. s., iii, 524-528.—Lesaae (A.)& Leven (G.) Les vomissements du nourrLson aerophage- patho- genie et therapeutique. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc ], Par 1909, clvii, 25-27.—Leven (G.) L'aerophagie meeonnue! ses formes rares etgraves. itod.,clviii,19-29."-----. Cequ'il faut savoir sur l'aerophagie pour eviter de graves erreurs de Tic (Hysterical and aerophagic). diagnostic Clinique, Par., 1909, iv, 310-313.-----. L'aero- phagie; etude clinique et therapeutique. J. de med. int Par., 1911, xv, 127-129.—Leven (G.) & Barret (G.) L'es- tomac des aerophages. Arch, de mal. de l'appar. digest. [etc.], Par., 1907, i, 619-622.-----■-----. Le diagnostic ra- dioscopique de l'aerophagie meeonnue; son importance en clinique. Bull.et mem.Soc.radiol.med.de Par.,1909,i,172- 176.—Lincoln (H.W.) Aerophagia. N.York M.J. [etc.], 1904, lxxix, 426.—Mathieu (A.) Apropos d'un cas de tympanisme abdominal cause par l'aerophagie. Rev. in- ternat.dem6d.etdechir.,Par.,1903,xiv,169. -----. L'aero- phagie inconsciente chez les dyspeptiques. Gaz. d. hdp., Par., 1904, lxxvii, 23-28. Also, transl.: Arch. f. Verdau- ungskr.,Berl.,1904,x,29-47. -----. Formes de l'aerophagie. Arch.de mal.de l'appar. digest, [etc.].,Par.,1907,i,335-338.— IVIauban (H.) Sur quelques formes rares de l'aeropha- gie. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1910, clix, 495- 503.—Pecus. Pathologie comparee des diverses varietes d'aerophagie et de leur bruit eructant chez l'homme et chez le cheval. [Rap. de Hayem.] Bull. Acad, de med. Par., 1912, 3. s., lxvii, 137-143. -----. Etude de patholo- gie comparee sur la pathogenie des tics a6rophagiques. Bull. Soc. centr. de med. v6t., Par., 1911, lxv, 477-489.— Plckardt ( M.) Leber Aerophagie (Eructatio nervosa) und deren Behandlung. Aerztl. Prax., Berl. u. Leipz., 1904, xvii, 217.—Pitres & Cruchet. Le tic hysterique. Cong. d. m6d. alienistes et neurol. de France. ... C. r., Par., 1905, xv, v. 2, 117-132. Also: J. de neurol., Par., 1905, x, 541-553. Also [Abstr.]: Arch, de neurol., Par., 1905,2. s., xx, 185.—Puga Colmenares (M.) Unas cuantas pala- bras sobre la aero-terapia. Cr6n. med. mexicana, Me- xico, 1897-8, i, 181-1S5.—Puritz. Dell' aerofagia. Clin. mod., Pisa, 1904, x, 323.—Raymond. Exemple de spasmes hysteriques et exemple de tics; pronostics diffe- rents. J. de med. int., Par., 1902, vi, 169.—Regnault (F.) De l'aerophagie. Corresp. med., Par., 1902, viii, no. 187, 6.—Roux (J.-C.) L'aerophagie, ses symptdmes, son m6canisme et son traitement. Clinique, Par., 1906, i, 309.— Schott (M.) Aerophagia, causes and treatment. Cleve- land M. J.,1910,ix,544-548.—Schreiber(G.) L'aeropha- gie. Presse med., Par., 1910, xviii, 722.—Sicard (J.-A.) Traitement m6canique de l'aerophagie par la "pincena- sale." Arch. d. mal. del'appar. digest, [etc.], Par., 1911, v, 390. Also: J.demed.de Par., 1911,xxxi,499.—Spivak (C. D.) Aerophagia and flatulence. Med. Rec, N. Y.,1905, lxvii,649-655. Also. Reprint.—Stern (H.) The clinical im- portance of aerophagia. N. York M. J. [etc.].,1904,lxxix, 337-340.— Thooris (A.) & Leven (G.) Les palpitants aerophages dans l'armee. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.]., Par., 1910, clix, 411-420.—Tr^guier. L'aerophagie. J. de med. et chir. prat., Par., 1909, lxxx, 289-296.—UtiII (V.) Di un caso di aerofagia. N. raccoglitore med., Imola, 1903, ii, 413-418.—Vanderhoof (D.) The clini- cal significance of aerophagia. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, liv, 679-681—Vojjelius ( F. ) Om aerophagi. Hosp.-Tid., Kabenh., 1909, 6. R., ii, 1393-1407. Also: Ver- handl. d. 6. nord. Kong. f. inn. Med., Skagen 1909, Stock- holm, 1910, 404-412.—Whipham (T. R.) A case of air- swallowing. Proc. Rov. Soc. Med., Lond., 1909-10, iii, Sect. Stud. Dis. Child., 151.—Zweig (W.) Ueber Aero- phagie. Wien. Med. Wchnschr., 1904, liv, 1045-1050. Tic (Psychical). See, also, Insanity (Delusional); Insanity (Moral); Phobias. Henault (A.-(t.-L.-M. ) * Contribution a, I'etude des tics obsedants. 8°. Bordeaux, 1903. Ballet (G.) & Taguet. Tic inhibitoire du langage articuie datant de l'enfance. Rev. neurol., Par., 1905, xiii, 4101. — Foveau de Courmelles. Psychologie morbide; les tics mentaux. Medecin, Brux., 1905, xv, 306.—Sepilli (G.) Idee flsse; ansia; ipnotismo; sonnam- bulismo. Tratt. ital. di patol. e terap. med., Milano, [n. d.],ii, pt.v, 507-658—Serr (G.) Tic de negation etd'af- firmation traite par la reeducation. Toulouse m6d., 1905, 2. s., vii, 200-202 —Taylor (E. W.) Types of habit neuro- psychoses. Boston M. & S. J., 1898, exxxix, 62-64. Tic (Rotatory). See Spasm (Nodding, etc.); Tic (Coordinated, etc.). Tic (Saltatory). See, also, Miryachit. Tokarski (A. A.) Meryacheniye i bollezn sudorozhnikh podergivaniy. [Miryachit and convulsive tic] 2. ed. 8°. Moskva, 1893. Brissaud (E.) Le spasme saltatoire dans ses rap- ports avec l'hysterie. Arch. gen. de med., Par., 1890, ii, 385; 547.— Coulonjou (E.) Spasme saltatoire et epilep- sie. Languedoc med.-chir., Toulouse, 1910, xviii, 1-7.— Erben (S.) Ein Fall von hysterischem Tanzerkrampf. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1911, xxv, 9. — Gajklevticz TIC. 265 TICHY. Tic (Saltatory). (W.) O spazmie skaczacyin (spasmus saltatonus). Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1892, 2. s., xii, 1023-1029.—Ger- rard (P. N.) Hvpnotismandlatah. Dublin J. M. Sc, 1904, cxviii, 13-17.—Gilles de la Tourette. Etude sur une affection nerveuse caracterisee par del'incoordi- nation motrice accompagnee de l'eeholalie et de coprola- lio (jumping, latah, myriachit). Arch, de neurol., Par., 1885, ix, 19; 158. Also, Reprint.—Gimlette (J. D.) Re- marks on the etiology, symptoms, and treatment of la- tah, with a report of two' cases. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1897, ii,455-457.—Ilelilr (P.) The vagaries of neuromymesis, illustrated bv three cases. Indian M. Rec, Calcutta, 1895, ix, 1-3."— Hohenthal. Ein Fall von saltatori- schem Krampf. Deutsche mil.-arztl. Zwhr., Berl., 1900, xxxi, 86-89.—Kauffhiaim (O. J.) [Saltatory spasm.] Lancet, Lond., 1907. i, 8S9.—Klyaehkin (G. A.) Slu- chal nasilstvennikh dvizheniy pri khodie. [Forced movements in walking] Dnevnik obsh. pri imp. Kazan. univ., 1894, iii. 83-SS.—Kollmann (O.) Ein Fall von erhohter Reflexerregbarkeit in Form von saltatorisehen Krampfen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl., 1883, ix, 581:1884, x, 53; 84. — [JTIali - mali.] Med. News, N. Y 189s, Ixxiii, 142. — JIausoii t P. ) Latah. Svst. Med (Allbutt), Lond., 1907, ii, pt. 2, 767-771. —Plarr (V. G.) Ritual diseases. [Latah.] .I anus, Haarlem, 1911, xvi, 732-737.—Pradal, Vabre A t'avalle. Un cas d'hvstero-traumatisme a forme de spasme saltatoire. Montpel. med., 1907, xxiv, 205-2-0—Rho (F.) Latah (mimicismo dei Malesii. Saggi di chir. . . . giubileo di L. Bruno. Torino, 1894, 177-lSs. — Russell ( J. S. R. ) Saltatory spasm. Syst. Med. (Allbutt). Lond., 1899, vii, 900-902. — Sanchez- Herrero (A.) El myriachit. Rev. Ibero-Am. de cien. med., Madrid, 1907, xviii, 168- 170. — Schultze. [ Fall von saltatorischem Reflex- krampf.l Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1906, xxxii, 166.—Stettler ( Cornelia S. ) Traumatic neuro-mimesK Clinique, Chicago, 1895, xvi, 550-554.— Yasusaburo Sakakl. Ueber das Imbubacco; eine dem Jumping, Latah und Meriachenje sehr verwandte Neurose des Ainovolkes. sei-i-Kwai M. J., Tdkyo. 1902, xxi, 8ii-88. Tic (Treatment of). Bruel (A.) * Traitement des chorees et des tics de 1'enfance. . Alitement et isolement. Discipline psycho-mo trice. 8°. Paris, 1906. Gebbiek (J.) *Le traitement des tics par la reeducation. 8°. Lyon, 1905. Meige (H.) . i,347-351, 3 pl.—Nuttall (G. H. F.) A Strickland (C.) On the presence of an anticoagulin in the salivarv glands and intestines of Argas persicus. Ibid., 302-310— Poeoek (R. I.) Ticks. Syst. Med. (Allbutt). Lond.. 1907, ii, pt. 2,187-203.—Rob- inson (L. E.) New species of ticks (Htemaphysalis, Amblyomma). Parasitology, Cambridge, 1911, iv, 478- 484.—Stockman t,S.) The habits of British ticks found on sheep and cattle. J. Comp. Path. & Therap., Edinb. & Lond.,1911, xxiv,229-237.—UrlbeBotero (A.) El Argas reflexus, parasito del hombre. Rev. m6d. de Bogota, 1906-7, 200.—Warburton (C.) On two collections of Indian ticks. Parasitology, Cambridge, 1910, iii, 395-407.— -----. Notes on the genus Khipicephalus, with the descrip- tion of new species, and the consideration of some species hitherto described. Ibid., 1912, v, 1-20.—Warburton (C.) & Nuttall i'G. H. F.) On new species of Ixodidse, with a note on abnormalities observed in ticks. Ibid., 1909, ii, 57-76.—Wellman (F. C] A note on the habits of Ornithodoros moubata (observation of two gravid females). J. Trop. M., Lond.. 1906, ix, 215—Vakiinolf (V. L.) & Kol-Aakimova (Nina). Sur la question des ixodides de Russie. Bull. Soc. path, exot.. Par., 1912, v, 194— Yakiiiiotr (V. L.), VinogradotT ( A. A.) & Kol-Y akimova (Nina). K voprosu o kleshtshakh v Rossii; Argas persicus persicus Fisch.-Wald. v Yevropel- skol Rossii. [Russian ticks; Argas persicus in European Russia.] Arch. vet. nauk, St. Petersb., 1912, xlii, 551-560. Also, transl.: Bull. Soc. .path, exot., Par., 1912, v, 39-41. See, also, supra, Nuttall. Ticks (Eradication of). Klein (L. A.) Methods of eradicating cattle ticks. 8°. Washington, 1907. United States. Department of Agriculture. Bureau of Animal Industry. Circular No. 97. How to get rid of cattle ticks. 8°. [Washing- ton], 1906. -----. Circular No. 110. Methods of eradi- cating cattle ticks. By Louis A. Klein. 8°. Washington, 1907. Curtice (c.) Progress and prospects of tick eradica- tion. U. S. Dep. Agric. Bureau Animallndust. Rep. 1910, Wash., 1912, 255-265.—Howard (C. W.) An experi- ment in fumigation of ticks. Parasitology, Cambridge, 1911, iv, 164-167.—Lounsbury (C. P.) The plague of ticks; their destruction bv oil spraving. Vet. J., Lond., 1902, n. s., vi, 361-367.—.TlacKellar (W. M.) & Hart (G. H.) Eradicating cattle ticks in California. U. S. Dep. Agric. Bureau of animal indust. Rep. 1909. Wash., . 1911, 283-300, 1 pl—Ransom (B. H.) & Oraybill (II. W.) The use of arsenical dips in tick eradication. Ibid., 1910, Wash., 1912, 267-284, 7 pl. Ticks as vectors of disease. See, edso, Cattle (Southern fever of); Piro- plasmosis (Bovine); Sheep (Diseasesof); Spi- rillosis; Spotted fever; Tick-bites, etc. Graybill (H. VV.) Studies on the biology of the Texas-fever tick. 8°. Washington, 1911. Forms Bull. No. 130 of: U. S. Dep. Agric. Bureau ani- mal indust., Wash., 1911. Borthwick. Tick paralysis affecting sheep and lambs. [Abstr.] Vet. J., Lond., 1905, Ixi, 33-35.—Carter (R. M.) The rdle played by ticks and biting flies in the transmission of variousdiseases to mammalia. Tr. Bom- bay M. Cong., Bombay, 1909, 231-237.—Oonitz (W.) Die Zecken unsererHaustiere alsKrankheitsubertrager. Ver- Ticks as vectors of disease. handl. d. deutsch. Kolonialkong. 1905, Berl., 1906, 275- 284.—Hlndle (E.) Attempts to transmit "fowl pest" by Argas persicus. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1912, v, 165-167.—Lounsbury (C. P.) Ticks and malignani jaundice of the dog. J. comp. Path. A Therap., Edinb. & Lond., 1904, xvii, 113-139—Meuleinan. Le role des ixodes dans la propagation des maladies contagieuses. Ann. demed. vet., Brux., 1908, lvii, 460; 540.—Newstead (R.) On the pathogenic ticks concerned in the distribu- tion of disease in man, with special reference to the dif- ferential characters in Ornithodoros moubata. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, ii, 1605-1607. -----. Insects and ticks in relation to animal diseases. Vet. J., Lond., 1906, n. s., xiii, 128-130.—Stephens (J. W. W.) Ticks as transmit- ters of disease. Nature, Lond., 1906-7, lxxv, 523.—Tbei- ler(A.) Transmission des spirilles et des piroplasmes par difltfrontcs especesde tiques. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1909, ii, 293.—Wellnian (F. C.) On Ornithodoros moubata, Murray, a disease-bearing African tick. Medi- cine, Detroit, 1906, xii, 493-499. Tidd (A. L.) A brief course in scientific tem- perance. 99 pp. 12°. Chicago, A. Flanagan, [1896]. Tidemand (A[ugust]) [1816-83]. El metodo ortopedico como se practica en el instituto del . . . Traduction por Gamborg Andresen. 4-f- pp. 8°. Cadiz, J. M. Galvez, 1880. Imperfect. Tidcmaiin (Ernst) [1880- ]. *Ein Beitrag zur Casuistik der Neuritis multiplex alcoholica mit Korsakow'scher Psychose. 38 pp., 11. 8°. Kiel, II. Frese, 1906. Tidinan (Edward). [Biography.] San. Rec, Lond., 1891-2, n. s., xiii, 374, port. Tidskrift i militar Helsovard. 1876-1913. [Journal of Military Hygiene.] 8°. Stockholm. Continuation of: Xidskril't i Hiilsovard. Tidsskrif! for Jordem0dre. [Journal for Mid- wives.] v. 14-22, 1903-12. 8°. KJ0benhavu. Tidsskrift for Jordmefdre. [Journal for Mid- wives.] v. 10-18, 1904-12. 8°. Kristiania. Tidsskrift for nordisk retsmedicin og psy- kiatri. [Journal for Scandinavian Medical Ju- risprudence and Psychiatry.] v. 1-4, 1901-4. 8°. Kristiania. Tidsskrift for den norske Lsegeforening. [Jour- nal of the Scandinavian Medical Association.] v. 10-33, 1890-1913. 8°. Kristiania. Continuation of: Tidsskrift for praktisk Medicin. Tidsskrift for Sygepleje. [Journal of Nursing. ] v. 1-7, 1901-7. 8°. K0benhavn. Tidy (Charles Meymott) [1843-92]. "Develop- ment." An introductory lecture delivered at the London Hospital at the opening of the eightv-fifth medical ses ion, October 1, 1869. 23 pp". 12°. London, M'Gownn & Danks, 1869. Repr. from: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1869, viii. -----. A story of parish dusting. 22 pp. 24°. London, Spottiswoode & Co., 1876. -----. Report of the sanitary committee on the small-pox epidemicof 1876-7; together with the report, tables, and diagram presented by the medical officer of health to the committee upon the same subject. 23 pp., 1 diag. 8°. London, R. Folkard & Sons, 1877. [P., v. 2034.] ------. The treatment of sewage, pp. 1127- 1189. 8°. [London, 1886.] [P., v. 2027.] Ciittivufrom: J. Soc. Arts, Lond., 1886, xxxiv. See, also, Clarke (Percy) & Tidy (CharlesMeymott). Medical law for medical men [etc.1. 16°. London, 1890. ------ & Dewar (James). Report on the ABC sewage process. To the directors of the Native Guano Company. 7 pp., 3 1., 3 diag. fol. [Aylesbury, 1885.] ------ & itlacnamara (Rawdon). The May- brick trial; a toxicological study. 30 pp. 8°. London, Baillilre, Tindall & Cox, 1890. TIEBE. 268 TIKX. Tiebc (A.) Was muss jedermann von der Ernahrung wissen? Mit 8 nach der Natur auf- genommenen Farbendrucktafeln mit 18 Abbil- dungen der wichtigsten Fleischteile unserer Schlachttiere. 8 pp., 1 pl. 8°. Stettin, P. Niekammer, 1900. Ticbel (H. [C.]) * Praktische Beitriige zur Verhiitung der Tuberkulose. [Wurtzburg.] 32 pp. 8°. Mollini. L., L. Alirarf, 1892. ----- & Pliiipols (Edward P.) Dr. Tiebel's official handbook of spas, watering places, and health resorts. 87 pp. 8°. London, C. Letts & Co., 1896. Tieche (Max). * Ueber benigne Melanome (Chromatophorome) der Haut; blaue Naevi. [Bern.] 20 pp., 1 pl. 8°. Berlin, G. Reimer, 1906. Tiede (Theodor) [1875- ]. * Wann lassen sich die Erreger des Rotlaufs und der Gefliigel- cholera nach einer Hautimpfung in den inneren Organen von Mtiusen nachweisen? [Giessen.] 29 pp., 1 1. 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 1902. Tiedeinaiin (Arthur) [1882- ]. * Unter- suchungen iiber das absolute Refraktarstadium und die Hemmungsvorgiinge im Ruokenmark des Strychninfrosches. pp. 183-215, 2 pl. 8°. Bonn, 1911. . Repr.from: Ztschr. f. allg. Physiol., Jena, 1910, x. Tiedemann (Arthur Heinrich Friedrich Kar ) [1882- ]. * Untersuchungen iiber das absolute Refraktarstadium und die Hemmungs- vorgange im Riickenmark des Strychninfrosches. [Bonn.] 33 pp., 2 pl. 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 1911. Repr.from: Zeitschr. f.allgem. Physiol., Jena, 1910. x. Tiedeinanii (Ernst) [1879- ]. * Ueber die Haufigheit und das Wesen der Fussgeschwulst. 30 pp., 1 1. 8°. Berlin, 0. Francke, 1904. Tiedeinaiin (E[rnst] F[red]). A simple stain for many purposes, pp. 72-75. 8°. St. Louis, [1905]. Cutting [cover with printed title] from: Med. Bull. Wash. Univ., St. Louis, 1905, iv. Tiedemann (Friedrich) [1781-1861]. Spe- cielle Physiologie. MS. notes by Moritz Leo- Wolf. 321 pp. 4°. Heidelberg, 1826. -----. Plates of the arteries of the human body; after Frederic Tiedemann, . . .; engraved by E. Mitchell, under the superintendence of Thomas Wharton Jones, surgeon; the explanatory refer- ences translated from the original Latin, with additional notes, by Dr. Knox, lecturer on anat- amy. 3. ed. 38 pl. with text. 4°. Edin- burgh, A. ({• C. Black [et al.], 1835. ----- On the brain of the negro, compared with that of the European and the orang-outang. pp. 497-527, 6 pl. 4°. London. R. Taylor, 1836. Cutting [cover with printed title] from: Phil. Tr., Lond., 1836, pt. 2. -----. Trattato completo di flsiologia generale e coinparata, tradotto la prima volta sulla edizione francese del Jourdan ed annotate dal dottore Giovanni Terrona. Volume unico. lxxvii, 242 pp. 8°. Firenze, 1841. See, also, Barkow (Hans Carl Leopold). Ueber Pseudacormus [etc.]. fol. Breslau, 1854. — Fohmann (Vincenz). Anatomische Untersuchungen. 8°. Heidel- furii. 1821.—Gall (Franz Joseph), Vlmont (Joseph) & Broussais (Franeois-.Ioseph-Victor). On the functions i >f the cerebellum [etc.]. 8°. Edinburgh, 1838. — ITIole- soliott (Jacob). Die Physiologie der Nahrungsmittel, [etc.]. x°. Darmstadt.Wft. For Iiiograjthii, so Free. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1862-3, xii, pp. xxvii-xxxii. For Portrait, sec Collection of Portr. (Libr.). Tiedemann (Heinrich). Mensch und Affe. Eine Vorlesung, welche am 3. Februar 1876 in der Halle der Teutschen Gesellschaft zu Phila- delphia, gehalten wurde. 22 pp. 8°. Phila- delphia, B. G. Stephen, 1876. Tiedemann (Hugo) [1873- ]. *Ein Bei- trag zur Lehre von Delirien bei Pyiimie. 12 pp., 1 1. S°. Kiel, Schmidt & Klaunig, 1903. Tiedemann (Wilhelm). * Ueber Darmwand- brtiche. 71 pp. 8°. Jurjew, C. Mattiesen, 1894. Tiedemann (Wilhelm). * Ueber einen Fall von akuter hiimorrhagischer nicht eitriger Encephalitis. 30 pp. 8°. Gottingen, W. F. Kaextner, 1900. Tieffenthal (Georg) [1880- ]. * Gastro- enterostomie mittelst elastischer Ligatur; eine Experimentalstudie. [Heidelberg.] 20 pp., 11. 8°. Tubingen, H. Lauppjr., 1904. Tiegel (Ernst). Yeisei hanron yaku Kenjizoku Ishigawa oyobi Gento Oi. [Lectures on hy- giene. Transl. by Kenjizoku Ishigawa and Gento Oi.] 3. ed. 2 v. 2, 2, 4, 164 pp., 2 pl.; 2, 314 pp., 1 map., 1 plan, 3 tab. 8°. Tokio, 1879. Tiegel ([Joseph Alfred] Max) [1877- ]. * Ueber die Vorteile des suprasymphysaren Fascienquerschnittes nach Pfannenstiel. 22 pp., 2 1. 8°. Breslau, GenossenscJiaftsdr., 1901. -----. Sollen die Operationen in der Brusthohle unter Anwendung des Sauerbruchschen Ueber- druck- oder Unterdruck-Verfahrens ausgefuhrt werden? 43 pp. 8°. Berlin, H. Kornfeld, 1905. Forms 209. Hft., v. 27, of: Berl. Klinik. Tiegel (Konrad) [1879- ]. * Ueber das Hii- matom der Sehnervenscheiden bei Schadelver- letzungen. 29 pp., 1 1. 8°. Breslau, Genos- senschaftsdr., 1905. Tieleke (Ludovicus Pytzow) [ -1808]. ■8'a'Phillpsson (Laurent M.) & Tieleke (Ludovicus B.) Diss. med. de cholera. 4°. Lundse, [1791]. Tiele (P. A.) Nederlandsch bibliographie van land- en volkenkunde. vii, 288 pp. 8°. Am- sterdam, F. Muller & Co., 1884. Additional title-page reads: Bijdragen tot eene neder- landsche bibliographie, uitgegeven door het Frederik Muller-Fonds. Tieleman (Johannes Wennemarus). *Disp. inaug. med. de morborum transmutatione. 36 pp. sm. 4°. Duisburgi ad Rhenum, J. Sas, 1699. [P., v. 2121.] Tiemann (Carl) [1875- ]. *Beitrag zur Pathologie und Statistik des Krebses. 19 pp. 8°. Kiel, H. Fiencke, 1900. Tiemann (George) & Co. Tiemann's reprints. Nos. 1-9, 10, 11, 12-13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20. 8°. New York, 1882-1900. -----. Soft rubber goods with patent velvet eyes. Patent "velvet eye" catheters. 4 1. 12°. New York, [1893?]. -----. Tiemann's general operating table. 2 1. 8°. New York, [n.d.]. Tiemann (Hermann). * Ueber die Bildung der primitiven Choane bei Stiugethieren. 19 pp., 1 pl. 8°. Wiirzburg. Stahel, 1896. Forms, also, No. 5, v. 30, n. F., of: Verhandl. d. phys.- med. Gesellsch. zu Wiirzb. Tiemann [Joh. Karl Ferdinand] [1848-99]. See Deutsche Gesellschaft fiir offentliche Gesund- heitspflege zu Berlin. Die Verhandlungen der . . . *'-. Berlin, 1883.—Kufoel (Wilhelm). Anleitung zur Unter- suchung von Wasser [etc.]. 8°. Braunschweig, 1874. For Biography, see J. Chem. Soc, Lond., 1900, lxxvn, 600-603. Tiemann (Paul E.) The albuminuria of ado- lescence, pp. 163-180. 12°. New York, I). Appleton & Co., 1894. Repr.from: N. York M. J., 1894, lix. Tiemer (John). Neue Befunde im Blut und im Pflanzensaft. 37 pp. 8°. Riga, W. Mellm & Co., 1911. Tien (Na) jaren; het Groene Kruis in 1910. < >e- denkboek, bijeengebracht onder de redactie van F. C. Fleischer. 2 p. 1., 176 pp., 1 1. roy. 4°. Winter swijk, 1910. TIENES. 269 TIGER. Tienes (Georg Alfred) [1870- ]. * Das Ver- halten der Milz bei Rhachitis. 20 pp. 8°. Leipzig, J. Klinkhardt, 1903. Tien-tsin. Sec Hospitals (Description, etc., of), by locali- ties. Tierarzt (Der). v. 1-51, 1862-1912. 8°. Weizlar & Leipzig. Current. Tiercelet. A. (P.) [et al.\. Inauguration de la plaque commemo- rative du Tiercelet. Lyon m6d., 1906, cvii, 641-650. Tiesing (Berthold). *Ein Beitrag zur Kennt- nis der Augen-, Kiefer und Kiemenmuskeln der Haie und Rochen. 50 pp. 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 1S95. Tiesler (Gerhart) [187M- ]. * Tuberkulose und Schwangerschaft. 7Spp.,ll. 8°. Konigs- berg i. Pr., O. Kiimmel, 1905. Tiessen (Harry Eduard) [1890- ]. * Ueber die im Pflanzengewebe nach Verletzungen auf- tretende Wundwarme. [Konigsberg.] 53 pp., 2 ch. 8°. Breslau, R. Nischkousky, 1912. Tietjen (Johann) [1SS0- ]. * Beitrag zur Casuistik des mechanischen Ileus nach Appen- dicitis. 31 pp. 8°. Kiel, H. Fiencke, 1906. Tietnieyer (Julius) [1878- ]. *Zur Kasu- istik der Adenomyome. 25 pp., 2 1. 8°. Greifswald, J. Abel, 1903. Tietz (August) [1872- ]. * Ueber die Ope- rationen bei Struma suprarenalis accessoria maligna Grawitz. 32 pp., 11,1 tab. 8°. Konigsberg, O. Kiimmel, 1901. Tietz'( Gustav Adolf Alfred) [1884- ]. *Ueber Polyglobulie, insbesondere bei congenitalen Herzfehlern. [Leipzig.] 30 pp. 8°. Berlin, W. Pdz, 1909. Tietz (Gustav August) [1873- ]. * Ein Bei- trag zur Feststellung des gunstigSten Zeitpunktes fur die Einleitung der kunstlichen Frtihgeburt. [Rostock.] 59pp. 8°. Berlin, R. Frenkel, 1907. Tietz (Hermann Julius August Emil) [1874- ]. * Beitrag zur Therapie des Galen. 31pp. 8°. Berlin, O. Francke, 1899. Tietz (Salo) [1874- ]. * Ueber Rticken- marksaniisthesie. 35pp. 8°. Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1909. Tietze (Alexander) [1864- ]. Beobachtun- gen an einem Falle von multiplem Melanosar- com mit Melanurie. 18 pp., 2 pl. 4°. Cassel, T. G. Fischer & Co., 1893. In: Bibliot. med., hrsg. von Gustav Born, Karl Flugge [etc.]. E. Hft. 1. -----. Klinische und experimentelle Beitrage zur Lehre von der Darmincarceration. 1 p. 1., 68 pp., 1 1. 8°. Breslau, 1894. —----. Ein Beitrag zur Lehre von der symme- trischen Erkrankung der Thriinen- und Mund- speicheldriisen. pp. 816-832, 2 pl. 8°. Tu- bingen, 1896. Cutting [cover with printed title] from: Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1896, xvi. Tietze (Emil). .See <;ou lion (Heinrich). Scrofulous affections [etc.]. 8°. New York [1872, vel subseq.). Tietze (Paul Hermann Georg) [1878- ]. *Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Wirkung der Lobelia inflata. 32 pp., i 1. 8°. Greifswald, J. Abel, 1903. Tiffany (Flavel B.) [1846- ]. Skin grafting for malignancy of the orbit. 8 pp. 8°. [St. Louis, 1882.] ■-----. Ontometry. 24 pp. 8°. [St. Louis, 1893.] Repr.from: St. Louis M. & S. J., 1893, lxiv. Tiffany (Flavel B.)—continued. -----. Anomalies of refraction and of the mus- cles of the eye. Author's 2. ed. viii, 307 pp., 12 pl. 8°. Kansas City, Mo., Hudson-Kimberly Pub. Co., 1896. ------. Sojourn among the oculists of Europe. 125 pp. 8°. Kansas Citg, Mo., Hudson-Kimberly Pub. Co., 1896. ------. Prosthetic surgery, with report of a case, illustrative. 15 pp. sm. 4°. Kansas City, 1905. Repr.from: Kansas City M. Index-Lancet, 1906, xxvi. -----. Vacation memoirs, 1907. 23 pp. 12°. [Kansas Citg, Mo., 1907.] Tiffany (Francis). Philippe Pinel [1745-1826], of France. [Preface by J. M. B.] 29 pp. 12°. [n. p., 1898.] Tiffany (Louis McLane) [1844- ]. Report of additional cases of intracranial neurectomy. 9 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, 1895. Repr.from: Ann. Surg., Phila., 1895, xxii. ------. Surgical diseases of the jaws and teeth. In: Syst. Surg. (Dennis), Phila., 1895, iii, 365-390. ------. Cranial surgery. In: Intern at. Text-Bk. Surg. (Warren & Gould), Phila., 1899, i, 773-811. Tiffany (Russell H.) [1812-92]. Shepherd (G. R.) Obituary. Proc. Connect. M. Soc, Bridgeport, 1892, 843. Till ami (Jean-Marie) [1875- ]. *L'exer- cice illegal de la medecine dans le Bas-Poitou; les toucneurs et les guerisseurs. 72 pp. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 274. Tiffeneau [M.] *Sur quelques alcaloides syn- thetiques, voisins de l'hordenine et de l'adrena- line. Etude chimique et pharmacodynamique. 60 pp. 8°. Paris, 1910, No. 225. Tiflis (Government of). See, also, Cholera (History and statistics of), Dispensaries (Descriptions, etc., of), Fever (Typhoid, History of), Hospitals (Description, etc., of), Hospitals (Gynecological, etc.), Hos- pitals (Military), Insane (Asylumsfor, Descrip- tion, etc., of), Leprosy (History and statistics of), Waters (Mineral), by localities. Stepanoff (G. N.) Organizatsiya sanitarno- vrachebnavo stroya i blizhalshiya zadachi ob- shtshestvennavo zdravo-khraneniya vg. Tiflisle. [Medico-sanitary organization and immediate problems of the preservation of the public health of Tiflis.] 8°. [Tiflis, 190^.] Arteinyeflf (A. P. ) Tiflis kak klimaticheskaya stantsiya. [Tiflis as a climatic station.] Protok. zasaid. Kavkazsk. med. Obsh., Tiflis, 1900-1901, xxxvii, 293; 413, 1 map, 1 tab. [Diseussionl, 539; 574; 590.—li—11 (V. A.) Siinitariiove sostovanive g. Titiisa. [Sanitary condition of 1'iflis.]" Obsh.-sail, "obozr., S.-Peterb., 1896, i, 93-96.— .VI i like vie li (LI.) Tsitsianovskava skala s meditsin- skol tochki zrleniya. [Tsitsian Cliff from a medical point of view. (Affecting water supply of Titlis and its health.)] Protok. zasaid. Kavkazsk. med. Obsh., Tiflis, 1897-8, xxxiv, 300-304. Tiger. Fayrer (J.) The royal tiger of Bengal, his life and death. 8°. London, 1875. ITlitra (S. C.) On the Indian folk-beliefs about the tiger. J. Anthrop. Soc. Bombay, 1895-9, iv, 80-89. -----. The tiger in Malay folklore, proverbial philosophy, and folk-medicine. Ibid., 1908-12, ix, 369-377.—Williams IE. McK.) A sixty days' shooting trip, and my first tiger. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1906, vi, 703-708. Tiger (Injuries by). fflaslovskl ( M. S.) Sluchal raneniya tigrom. [Wound by a tiger.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1905, iv, 267-269. —O'Halloran ( M.) Severely mauled and clawed bv a wounded tigress; recovery. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1897, ii, 653. TIGERSTEDT. Tigerstedt (Robert) [1853- ]. Cellen och protoplasmat. pp. 139-154. 8°. Helsingfors, J. Simelii arfirngar, 1877. Cutting [cover with printed title] from: Finsk Tidskrift, 1877. -----. Om lymfkiirlens upptiickt. [On the dis- covery of the lymphatic vessels.] 27 pp. 8°. Helsingfors, 1885. Skr. utg. af Finska Liik.-sallsk. [etc.], Helsingfors, pt. 2, no. 9. -----. Undersokning om muskelryckningens latenstid. [Researches on the time of latency in muscular spasms.] 30 pp. 8°. Stockholm, Kongl. Boktryckeriet, 1885. -----. Lehrbuch der Physiologie des Kreis- laufes. Achtzehn Vorlesungen fiir Studirende und Aerzte. xvi, 568 pp. 8°. Leipzig, Veit & Co., 1893. -----. Foreliisningar i halsoliira hallna i peda- gogiska larokursen i Stockholm. [Lectures on hygiene, held at the Pedagogical School in Stockholm.] 378 pp., 1 1. 8°. Stockholm, W. Bille, 1895. -----. Lehrbuch der Physiologie des Menschen. 2 v. xi, 400 pp.; vii, 440 pp. 8°. Leipzig, S. Hirzel, 1898. -----. The same. 2. Aufl. 2 v. xi, 461 pp.; viii, 481 pp. 8°. Leipzig, S. Hirzel, 1902. -----. The same. 2 v. 3. umgearbeitete Aufl. xii, 493 pp.; viii, 488 pp. roy. 8°. Leipzig, S. Hirzel, 1905. -----. The same. 4. Aufl. 2 v. xii, 531 pp.; viii, 508 pp. 8°. Leipzig, S. Hirzel, 1907. -----. The same. 5. Aufl. 2 v. xii, 540 pp.; viii. 519 pp. 8°. Leipzig, S. Hirzel, 1909-10. -----. The same. A text-book of human phys- iology. Transl. from the 3. German ed., and edited by John M. Murlin. With an introduc- duction to the English ed. by Graham Lusk. xxxi, 751 pp. 8°. New York & London, D. Ap- pleton & Co., 1906. -----. Anatomi och fysiologi. 118 pp. 8°. Stockholm, P. A. Norstedt & Soners, [1901]. In: Fdrelasningar for Sophiahemmets sjukskoterskee- lever. -----. En enkel metod for registering medelst lufttransport. [A simple method for registra- tion by pneumatic transmission.] 10 pp. 8°. Stockholm, 1908. In: Hygiea. Festband, Stockholm, 1908, i. See, also, Wahlberg (C. F.) & Tigerstedt (Robert) [in 1.8.]. Studier om bindvafven. 12°. Helsingfors, 1876. Also, Editor of: Biologlska foreningens forhand- linger, Stockholm, 1888-92. Tigges (Otto) [1882- ]. *Zwei Falle von Karzinomthrombose der oberen Hohlvene. 38 pp. 8°. Berlin, E. Ebering. 1911. Tigges (William) [1871- ]. * Die Zwillings- geburten der Marburger Klinik von 1885-96. 35 pp., 11. 8°. Marburg, R. Friedrich, 1896. Tight lacing. See Corsets. Tignel (J.) * Des cancers primitifs multiples et en particulier de la coexistence sur le tube di- gestif de deux cancers primitifs. 88 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1903, No. 174. Tigri (Atto). Della funzione della milza. Ar- gomenti anatomico-fisiologici. 28 pp. 8°. Pisa M. Cecchi, 1849. [P., v. 2228.] Repr.from: II Progresso, nos. 11-13. -----. Intorno agli effetti del pus e dell' icore gangrenoso sul sangue circolante. 16 pp. 8°. Pisa, M. Cecchi, 1849. [P., v. 2228.] Repr.from: II Progresso, no. 19. TIKHOFF. Tigroid hodies. See Nerve-cells (Histology, etc, of). Tigrolysis. Kohnstamm. Tigrolysen des Nucleus paralemnis- calis inferior. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 1299. Tilianyi (Mor). Klaudios Galenos, az okori gorog orvosi tudomany legkivalobb kepviseloje. [Claudius Galen, the most distinguished repre- sentative of ancient Greek medical science.] 8 pp. fol. [Budapest, A. Miiller, 1899.] -----. Az emberi nem elkoresosulasiit hangoz- tato panaszok jogosulatlansagarol. [The queru- lous degenerate male.] 12 pp. fol. [Buda- pest, A. Miiller, 1902.] Tijdselirift voor inlandsche geneeskundigen. y. 8, Noa. 1-5, 1900. 8°. Batavia. Tijdschrift voor physische therapie en hy- giene, v. 1-4, 1903-6. 8°. Amsterdam. Tijdselirift over plantenziekten. v. 8, 1902, No. 1-2; v. 9, 1903, No. 1. 8°. Gent. Tijdselirift voor praktische verloskunde, hoofd- zakelijk ten dienste van vroedvrouwen, voort- zetting van het Maandblad voor praktische ver- loskunde. v. 3-17, 1899-1900 to 1913. 8°. Haarlem. Current. Tijdsehrift voor sociale hygiene en hvgienische bladen. \. 5-15, 1903-13. 8°. Zwolle. Tijdselirift van sociale hygiene en openbare gesondheidsregeling. v. 1-4, 1899-1902. 8°. Zuolle. Tijdsclirifi voor veeartsenijkunde. Maand- blad. v. 10-40, 1879-1913. 8°. Utrecht. Current. Tijken (P. C). See Wunderlich (C. A.) Geschiedenis der genees- kunde [etc.]. 8°. Tiel, 1861. Tlkanadze (I[van] E[lishukhovich]) [1867- ]. * Material! k voprosu o vliyanii tireoi- dina na usvoyeniye zhirov pishtshi u zdorovikh lyudel. [Data on the effect of thyroidine upon the assimilation of fats from food in healthy men.] 67 pp. 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1897. TikhanofT(M[ikhai'l] T[erentyevich]). *Ob energii rosta konechnostel i pozvonochnavo stolba do 14 lletnyavo vozrasta. [Energy of growth at the extremities and vertebral column up to the age of 14 years.] 80 pp., 2 1. 8°. S.-Peterburg, Mendelevich, 1894. -----. Kurs plasticheskoi anatomii chelovTeka. [Human plastic anatomy.] xiii, 385, v pp., 11., 2 pl. 8°. S.-Peterburg, T-vo R. Golike & A. Yil- borg, [1906]. -----. Kratkiy kurs normalnoi anatomii chelo- vleka. [Brief Tjourse of normal anatomy.] Pt. 1. 264 pp. 8°. Varshava, 1909. Tiklianoff(V. N). See Krelil (Ludolf). Patologicheskaya fiziologiya [etc.]. 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1900. TikliofT(P[latonIvanovich]) [1866- ]. O hospitalnikh klinikakh Imperatorskavo Tom- skavo Universiteta. [Hospital clinics of the Imperial University of Tomsk.] 29 pp., 4 pl. 8°. Tomsk, P. I. Makushin, 1906. Bound with: Izvlest. Imp. Tomsk. Univ., 1908, xxx. -----. Tuberkuloz sustavov i kostel. [Tuber- culosis of joints and bones.] 1 p. 1., ii (1 1.), 514 pp., 2 1. 8°. Tomsk, 1909. -----. ZabolTevaniya golenostopnavo sustava; povrezhdeniya i zabollevaniya stopi i paltsev; omertvleniye stopi i goleni. [Diseases of the ankle joint; injuries and diseases of the foot T1KH0FF. 27 1 von TILING. Tiklioff (P[laton Ivanovich])—continued. and toes; gangrene of the foot and leg.] 2 p. 1., 164 pp. 8°. S.-Peterburg, V. S. Ettinger, 1909. Forms pt. 54 of: Russkaya Khirurgiya. See, also, Obshtshvo Vraehel pri Imperatorskom Kazanskom Universitetle. Ukazatel statel [etc.]. 8°. Kazan, 1897. Tiklioiniroff (V [ladimir ] A [ ndreyevich ] ) [1841- ]. Uchebnik farmakognozii. [Text- book of pharmacognosy. ] 2 pts. in 1 v. xii, 589 pp., 1 1., 2 pl.; viii, 275 pp., 2 1., 2 pl. 8°. Moskva, A. A. Kartseff, 1900. For Biography, see Med. mod., Par., 1895, vi, suppl., 513. Tiklionoff (V[ ladimir] A[leksandrovich ]) [1859- ]. *K voprosu opishtshevaritelnom lelkotsitozie i yevo klinicheskom znachenii. [Digestion leucocytosis and its clinical impor- tance.] 62, 68 pp., 1 1., 4 diag. 8°. S.-Peter- burg, A. V. Orloff, 1902. Tikhonovich (A[leksandr] V[ladimirovich]) [1876- ]. Obzor dieyatelnosti khirurgiche- skol liechebnitsi i bolnitsi imeni P. D. Khlu- dovol v g. Kislovodskle za vremya ot 15 iyunya po 1 sent. 1906. Pod redaktsiyel P. I. Dyako- nova. [Review of the activity of the surgical hospital named after P. D. Khludina in Kislo- vodsk, from June 1 to Sept. 1,1906. Edited by Dyakonoff.] 68 pp. 8°. Moskva, A. A. Leven- son, 1907. Tikhvin. ISIeliy (I.) Pervlyeshagiobshtshestvennol meditsini v g. Tikhvinle, Novgor. gub. [First steps of public medi- cine in the city of Tikhvin, Novgorod Government.] Obsh.-san. obozr., S.-Peterb., 1896, i, 437-442. de Tikomiroff (Alexandra Vladimirovna]) [1859- ]. * Contribution a I'etude des formes cliniques de l'angine de poitrine et en particu- lier de la forme mixte. 61 pp., 11. 8°. Paris, 1895, No. 278. -----. The same. 62 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, G. Steinheil, 1895. Tilanus (C. B.) Yoordracht over de behande- ling der scoliose, gehouden op de algemeene ver- gadering van het derde Natuur- en Genees- kundig Congres te Utrecht, 4 April 1891. 13 pp. 8°. [n. p.], 1891. -----. Ueber einen Fall von Cubitus valgus. 5 pp. 8°. Stuttgart, [1892]. Repr.from: Ztschr. f. orthop. Chir., Stuttg., 1892, i. -----. Over cubitus valgus en varus traumaticus en de behandeling der fracturen van het on- dereine van den humerus. 1 p. 1., pp. 295-300. 8°. Amsterdam, 1893. Cutting [cover with printed title] from: Nederl. Tijd- schr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1893, xxix. Tilanus (Christiaan Bernhard) [1796-1883]. *De fungoso durse meningis excrescente. viii, 71 pp., 2 pl. 8°. Traj. ad Rhenum, 0. I. van Paddenburg, 1818. [P., v. 2076.] Tilanus (Janus Willem Regnerus) [1823- ]. De voorbereiding tot de studie der geneeskunde en de nationaliteit in de chirurgie. pp. 61-69. 8°. Amsterdam, 1888. Cutting [cover with printed title] from: Nederl. Tijd- schr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1888, xxiv. Tilden (John JVewell) [1842-1902]. Obituary. Am. Physician, Rahwav, N. J., 1902, xxviii, 249. Also: Boston M. & S. J., 1902, cxlvii, 88. Tilden (William P.) The charity lecture de- livered at the Hollis-Street-Church, Boston, on the evening of the first Sunday in December, 1880; with a poem. 28 pp. 8°. Cambridge, J. Wilson (Sc Son, 1881. Tilden & Co. Formula? for making tinctures, infusions, syrups, wines, mixtures, pills, etc., simple and compound, from the fluid and solid extracts prepared at the laboratory of Tilden & Co., New Lebanon, N. Y. Established in 1848. xxiii, 162, 32 np. 8°. New Lebanon, N. Y., Tilden & Co., 1868. -----. The same. 230 pp. 8°. New Lebanon, N. Y., 1874. Tile (V[ladjmir Avgustovich]) [1860- ]. *Kriticheskiy obzor ucheniya o mekhaniches- kom dlelstvii sovremennikh pul na tkani zhi- votnavo tlela. [Critical survey of the theory of mechanical action of modern bullets on the tis- sues of the animal body.] 1 p. 1., 167 pp., 11., 3 pl., 1 tab. 8°. S.-Peterburg, P. P. Soikin, 1894. Tileinann (Joh.) Lapis ignis Basilii, das ist: Guldiner Apffel, von dem Goldbaum dess irrdi- schen Lebens decerpiret, durch welches Ana- tomi die geheime und verborgene Universal- Medicin, sambt andern hierzu nothigen Wissen- schafften, geoffenbaret wird. 19 1. sm. 4°. Augsburg, J. Schultes, 1666. Tilers and tiling. Berger (H.) Die Gesundheitsverhaltnisse der Ziegel- arbeiter. Deutsche Vrtljschr. f. off. Gsndhtspflg., Brn- schwg., 1895, xxvii, 183-192.—Fox (C. J.) Germ proof qualities of tiling. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1907-8, xii, 474-476. Tilesius von Tilenau (Wilhelm Gottlieb) [1769-1857]. Historia pathologica singularis cutis turpitudinis Jo. Godofredi Rheinhardi viri L. annorum; prsefatus est Christianus Fridericus Ludwig. Von Johann Gottfried Rheinhardts Hautkrankheit, mit einer Vorrede von Christian Friedrich Ludwig. 17 pp., 3 col. pl. fol. Leipzig, S. L. Crusius, 1793. Latin and German text. See, also, Hedwig (Romanus Adolph) & Tilesius (GuilielmusTheophilus). Disquisitioampullularum Lie- berkiihniiphysico-microscopica [etc.]. 4°. Lipsise, [1797]. Tileston (Wilder) [1875- ]. The blood in measles, pp. 551-589. 8°. Chicago, 1904. Cutting [cover with printed title] from; J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1904, i. -----. Peptic ulcer of the oesophagus. 27 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, 1906. Repr.from: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1906, cxxxii. -----. The occurrence of occult hemorrhages in typhoid fever. 6 pp. 8° Boston, 1906. Repr.from: Boston M. & S. J., 1906, civ. ----- & Locke (Edwin A.) The blood in scarlet fever, pp. 375-411. 8°. Chicago, 1905. Cutting [cover with printed title] from: J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1905, ii. Tilger (A.) On the citrate and the lactate of silver (Cred£), and their employment in private practice. 7 pp. 8°. Munchen, 1897. Tilia. Carles (P.) A propos de la fleur de tilleul. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1903, xxxiii, 734-737. Tiling (Joh.) *De materia mundi subtilissima ejusqueeffectibus. 36pp. sm. 4°. Bremse,tgpis II. Braueri, 1650. [P., v. 2129.] See, also, Scultetus (Joannes). Armamentarium chirurgicum, [etc.]. 8°. Lugd. Bat., 1693.—Verduin (Petrus Hadrianus F.) Auctarium ii [etc.]. 8°. Lugd. Bat, 1692. j von Tiling (Johannes [H. M. A.]) [1875- ]. * Ueber die mit Hilfe der Marchifarbung nach- weisbaren Veriinderungen im Riickenmark von Siiuglingen. [Bonn.] 28pp. 8°. Leipzig, A. Pries, 1901. vox TILING. 272 TILLISS. von Tiling (Johannes [H. M. A.])—continued. -----. Some recent ideas on local inflammation and its treatment. 11pp. 8°. New York, 1907. Repr from: N. York M. J., 1907, lxxxvi. Tiling (Kurt [Paul]) [1883- ]. *Zur Ka- suistik der Thymus-Stenose und der Thymus- Operation. 41 pp., 11. 8°. • Konigsbergi. Pr., 0. Kiimmel, 1908. Tiling (Matthias) [1634-85]. De febribus petechialibus tractatus curiosus, duabus sectioni- bus comprehensus, universam periculosissimi et truculentissimi hujus morbi historiam ratione et experientia conflrmatam accurati, dilucide ac breviter exhibens. Frontispiece, 19 p. 1., 362 pp., 3 1. 16°. Francofurti, ti/pis J. G. Seyleri, 1676. For Biography, seeAbblld.. . . d. Arznk. verd. Gelehr- ten [etc.]. 4°. Augsbm-g, 1805, 45, port. Tiling (Th.) Ueber alkoholische Paralyse und infektiose Neuritis multiplex. 21 pp. 8°. Halle a. S., C. Marhold, 1897. Samml. zwangl. Abhandl. a. d. Geb. d. Nerv.- u. Geisteskr., Halle a.S., 1897, ii, 2. Hft. ------. The same. Alcoholic paresis and in- fectious multiple neuritis. Transl. by W. A. Mc.Corn. pp. 301-312. 8°. Utica, N. Y., 1898. Cidtiiio [cover with printed title] from: Am. J. Insan., Utica, N. Y., 1898, lv. ------. Das Verbrecherthum vom anthropologi- schen Standpunkte. 23 pp. 8°. Riga, L. Hoerschelmann, 1899. Individuelle Geistesentartung und Gei- stesstorung. 58 pp. 8°. Wiesbaden, J. F. Berg- mann, 1904. Forms20. Hft.of: Grenzfr.d.Nerv.-u. Seelenleb.,Wiesb. Tflinski (V[sevolod] M[ikhallovich]) [1876- ]. *Eksperimentalniyadanniya k voprosu o bugorchatkle yaichka. [Experimental data on tuberculosis of the testicle.] 129 pp., il., 3 pl. 8°. S.-Peterburg, F. Vaisberg & P. Gershunin, 1910. Tiliston (Wilder). See Tileston (Wilder). The blood in measles. 8°. Chicago, [1904]. Tilkowsky (Adalbert) [1840-1907]. Der Ein- fluss des Alkoholmissbraucb.es auf psychische Storungen. In: Wien. Klinik, 1883, ix, 273-291. ------. The same. Della influenza dell' abuso dell' alcool sui disturbi psichici. In: Clix. di Vienna, Napoli, 1885, ii, 129-147. Die Trinkerheilanstalten der Schweiz und Deutschlands. Ihre Stellung zur projec- tirten Trinkerheilanstalt in Nieder-Oesterreich. 33 pp. 8°. Leipzig & Wien, F. Deuticke, 1893. Das offentliche Irrenwesen in Oester- reich. Die Privatirrenanstalten, von H. Ober- steiner. 27 pp. 8°. Wien, M. Perles, 1900. For Biography, see Psychiat.-neurol. Wchnschr., Halle a. S., 1906-7, viii, 469 (Starlinger). Tillaeg og Rettelser til Pharmacopoea danica 1893. [Appendix and corrections to the Phar- macopoea danica, 1893.] 8°. Kj0benhavn, H. Hagerup, 1898. Tillaux (Paul-Jules) [1834-1904]. *Des affec- tions chirurgicales des nerfs. 148 pp. 8°. Paris, P. Asselin, 1866. [P., v. 2060.] Concours (sect, de chir. et d'accouch.). ------. Traite d'anatomie topographique, avec applications a la chirurgie. 3. ed. revue, cor- rigee et augmentee. xix, 1086 pp. 8°. Paris, Asselin 5 pp. 8°. Milano, F. Vallardi, [1897, rel subseq.]. -----. The same. Traduzione sulla 7. ed. origi- nale riveduta ed aument.tta per L. Ottaviano. v. 3. xi, 844 pp. 8°. Milano, F. Vallardi, [1897, rel subset].). -----. Die Verletzungen und chirurgischen Krankheiten des Beckens. cxxxii, 838 pp. 8°. Leipzig, 1905. Forms Lfg. 62a of: Deutsche Chirurgie. Tillmetz (Oskar) [1875- ]. * Ueber die Wirkung fluoreszierender Stoffe auf den Inver- tierungsprozess. 20 pp., 11. 8°. Munchen, C. Wolf & Sohu, 1903. Tillot (Emile[-Auguste]) [1829- ]. De Pac- tion des eaux ferrocuivreuses de Saint-Christau (Basses-Pvrenees) dans quelques affections cu- tanea. 40 pp. 8°. Paris. A. Coccoz, 1864. ------. Du traitement des affections cutanees par les eaux minerales et principalement par les eaux de Saint-Christau. 51pp. 8°. Paris, A. Coccoz, 1867. Repr.from: Ann. Soc. d'hydrol. med. de Par., 1867, xiii. ------. Les eaux ferro-cuivreuses de Saint-Chris- tau (Basses-Pyrenees), envisages au point de vue therapeutique, affections de la peau, de la langue, des fosses nasales et des yeux; public'e et annotee avecavant-propos; apercu historique et documents bibliographiques par le Dr. Paul Benard. 110pp. 8°. Paris, A. Delahaye & E. Lecrosnier, 1884. Tilloy (Georges). Contribution a. I'etude de la surdi-mutit£; Etiologie, anatomie patholo- gique, therapeutique (methode orale), troubles du langage. 68 pp. 8°. Paris, 1908, No. 108. Tilman (L[eon-Eugene]) [1870- ]. *De la mort d'un foetus dans la grossesse gemellaire. 39 pp. 4°. Paris, 1895, No. 91. Tilney (Frederick). Contribution to the study of the hypophysis cerebri with especial refer- ence to its comparative histology. 78 pp. 1 1., 12 pl., 1 fold. tab. 4°. Philadelphia, 1911. Wistar Institute of Anatomy and Biology, Philadelphia. Memoirs, no. 2. Tilp (A.) Ueber die Regenerationsvorgiinge in den Nieren des Menschen. 2 p. 1., 69 pp., 1 pl. roy. 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 1912. TilMeh (Emanuel). Ueber Verschulden des Be- schiidigten bei Unzurechnungsfahigkeit des- selben. Eine Studie zum Eisenbahnhaftpflicht- gesetze. 20 pp. 8°. Wien, E. Tilsch, 1900. Tilse ([Karl]George [Christoph Heinrich Ben- jamin Hans]) [1886- ]. *Zur Frage der Bastardnatur von Psamma baltica. 54 pp. 8°. Kiel, Liidtke & Martens, 1910. Tilsit. See, also, Cholera (History and statistics of), hg localities. ' Pritzkow (A.) Gutachten der kgl. Priifungsanstalt fur Wasserversorgung und Abwasserbeseitigung iiber den Einfluss einer oberhalb Tilsit bei Ragnit zur errichtenden Zellstofrabrik auf die Wasserbeschaffenheit des Memel- stromes, insbesondere unter Beriicksichtigung des Was- serwerkes der Stadt Tilsit. Mitt. a. d. k. Priifungsanst. f. Wasserversorg____zu Berl., 1911,14. Hft., 119-144. T1LSLEY. 274 TIME. Tilsley (John) [1869-1900]. [Obituary.] Lancet, Lond., 1900, ii, 1372; 1375. Tilt (Edward John) [1815-93]. The change of life in woman in health and disease; a clinical treatise on the diseases of the ganglionic nervous system incidental to women at the decline of life. 4. ed. 98 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, P. Blakiston, Son & Co., 1883. For Biography, see Brit. M. J., Lond., 1893, ii, 4111. Also: Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1898, lvi, 401 (C. F. Smith). Also: Lancet, Lond., 1893, ii, 1603. Also: Med.-Chir. Tr., Lond., ]894, lxxvii, 36 (W. S. Church). Tilton (Benjamin T.) [1868- ]. * Ueber Pancreascysten. 27 pp. 8°. Freiburg i. B., C. Lehmann, 1893. See, also, Tlllmanns (Hermann). Principles of sur- gery and surgical pathology. 8°. New York, 1895. -----. A text-book of surgery, v. 2. 8°. New York, 1897. Tilton (Henry Bemsen) [1836-1906]. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvii, 133. Tilton (James) [1745-1822]. Pilcher (J. E.) James Tilton, Physician and Sur- geon-General of the United States Army, 1813-15. J. Ass. Mil. Surg. U. S., Carlisle, 1904, xiv, 270-275, port. Also, Reprint. Timaeus von Guldenklee (Baldassar) [1601-67]- Opera medico-practica. I. Casus et observa- tiones practical triginta sex annorum. II. Des- criptiones medicamentorum singularium. III. Epistolfe et consilia. IV. Consilium de peste. V. Responsa. VI. Consilium diseteticorum. Quibus accessit Egidi van der Myle Hortolini Timseani topographia et inscriptiones. 14 p. 1., 1157 pp. sm. 4°. Lipsise, imp. Herebordi Klosii, 1691. Tinial (Paul) [1884- ]. *La consolidation de la blessure dans les accidents du travail. 77 pp. 8°. Paris, 1911, No. 167. Tiniann [Fritz]. Der Sanitiitsdienst auf dem Schlachtfelde, mit einer historischen Darstel- lung des Sanitatsdienstes beim Gardekorps in der Schlacht bei St. Privat. Eine Studie. 83 pp., 1 map. 8°. Berlin, R. Eisenschmidt, 1901. Timbal (Louis). * Essai de coprologie clinique; les dyspepsiesintestinalesdestuberculeux. 218 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1911, No. 936. Timberg (Richard). Home exercises for spinal curvatures, adopted from Ling's Swedish system of gymnastics, vi, 63 pp. 12°. London, Simp- kin, Marshall [et al.], 1901. Timbs (John) [1801-75]. Doctors and patients, or anectodes of the medical world, and curiosi- ties of medicine. 2 v. vii, 288 pp.; vi, 287 pp. 8°. London, R. Bentley & Son, 1873. Timby (Theodore R.). See National (The) Heating and Ventilating Com- pany [etc.]. 8°. Washington, D. C, 1889. Time. Boodin (J. E.) Time and reality. 8°. New York, 1904. Boodin (J. E.) The concept of time. J. Philos., Psychol, [etc.], Lancaster, Pa., n Resorption im Darmkanal. 8°. j Wiirzburg, 1897. \ Brandexberger (E.) * Ueber das weisse, ammoncarbonatloslicheZinnoxysulfid. [Bern.] 8°. Munchen, 1894. ' Muller (F.) * Ueber die Loslichkeit des Zinns durch Weinsiiure unter verschiedenen Bedingungen des praktischen Lebens. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1905. Cohen (K.) Phvsikalisch-chemischeStudienamZinn. Ztschr.f. phvs. Chemie, Leipz., 1899, xxx,601: 1900, xxxiii, 67; xxxv, 5,sx: 1901, xxxvi, 513: 1904, xlviii, 243: 1904-5, 1, 225:1908, lxiii,625.—Cohen (E.) & Morgan (G.T.) The gravimetric estimation of antimony and tin. Analyst. Loud., 1909, xxxiv, 3-10.—Gimel (G.) Influence de quelques sels mineraux et en particulier du chlorure stanneux sur la fermentation. Compt. rend. Acad, d.sc, Par., 1908, cxlvii, 1324-1326.—Lehmann (K. B.) Unter- suchungen iiber die hygienische Bedeutung des Zinns, insbesondere in Konserven. Arch. f. Hvg., Munchen u. Berl., 1902, xiv, 88-115.—Noyes (A. A.) Bemerkung iiber das Gesetz der Geschwindigkeit der Reaktion zwischen Eisenchlorid und Zinnchloriir. Ztschr, f. phvs. Chemie, Leipz., 1896-7, xxi, 16—Saekur (O.) Zuir Kenntnis der Bleilegierungen. 1. Mitteilung. Das chemische Gleichgewicht zwischen Blei und Zinn bei Gegenwart ihrer Salzlosungen. Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, Berl., 1903-4, xx, 512-544. Tin [and compounds'] (Toxicology of). See, also, Canned food; Preserves. Gasthauer (J.-M.-A.) * Contribution a I'etude de la toxicologie de l'etain. 8°. Nancy, 1910. Schwab (0.) * Beitrage zur Frage der Zinn- vergiftung durch Nahrungsmittel. 8°. Wiirz- burg, 1901. Campbell (W. A.) Tin-poisoning. Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1893, 3. s., ix, 152-154.—Eber. Ein Fall von Zinnvergiftung beim Hunde, nebst Bcmerkumren zur Frage der Zinnvergiftung beim Menschen. Deutsche tierarztl. Wchnschr., Hannov., 1910, xviii. 653-fiAV Also: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1910, lvii, 7t'>7.— Kckardt (A.) Beitrag zur Frage der Zinnvergiftungen. Ztschr. f. Untersuch. d. Nahrungs- u. Genussmittel, Berl., 1909, xviii, 193-202.— CUutlier (T.) Ueber Zinnvergiftung. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1911, xxxvii, 700.— Jolles(A.) Ueber einen Fall von aeuter Zinnver- giftung durch Tragen von mit Zinnsalzen stark be- schwerten Seidenstrumpfen. Wien. med. Presse, 1901 xlii, 496-MiO. Also: Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1901, xlvi, 106.— Kaelin-Beiizi«;er. Zinntriathyljodidintoxikation. • Paracelsus. N. Privatkrankenh. u. Augenheilanst. I. Ber. 1896-x, Einsiedeln; 1899, 50.—Lewis (T. K.) On poi- soning by tinned beef. Chem. News, Lond., 1893, lxvii, x!.— Pepler (W.H.) Acute glossitis in tin poisoning. Tin [and compounds] (To.ricolo2. Also: Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 1899, xix, 101-114—Guelmen (F.) Micro- sporon depauratum, nouveau parasite cutane; conside- ration sur la svstematique des champignons des teignes. Arch, de parasitol., Par., 1910-11, xiv, 426-416. -----. Sur la non-speciflcite botanique des champignons des teignes. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1910, lxix, 495-497.— T1NKA. 278 TINEA. Tinea (Causes and pathology of), includ- ing fang 1. ttsie'iiiscii. Zwei wegen Mikrosporie durch Rontgeni- sierung vollstiindig deeapillierte Knaben. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xlviii, 2273.— Heath (A.D.) An epi- demic of groin ring-worm in a large public school, with remarks on varieties of cultures of fungi obtained. Bir- mingh. M. Rev., 1911, lxx, 168-170.—Heller. Drei Falle vc m Mikrosporie. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1910, xlvi, 860.— His. An epidemic of microsporidia in Basel. Am. J. Dermat. & Genito-Urin. Dis., St. Louis, 1907, xi, 131.— Horta(P.) Contribucoes para o estudo das dermato- micozes no Brazil. 1. "Microsporon flavescens," n. sp., ajente duma nova tinha microsporia. Mem. do Inst. OswaldoCruz, Rio de Jan., 1911, iii, 301-308,1 pl.—Huber (O.) Ueber die Mikrosporidieepidemie in Schoneberg. Med. Klin., Berl., 1909, v, 762-766. -----. Ueber das Erld- sehen der Mikrosporidieepidemie in Schoneberg. Ibid., 1910, vi, 665.— Mactadyen (A.) A contribution to the biologvof the ringworm organism. J. Path. & Bacteriol., Edinb! & Lond., 1894-5, iii, 176-183. Also: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1894, ii, 643.—TlacLeod (J. M. H.) Two cultures of ringworm from cases of microsporon ringworm in a mother and child. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med.. Lond., 1908-9, Dermat. Sect., 95.—Itlatruchot & Dassonville. Sur un nouveau Trichophyton produisantl'herp6s chezleche- val. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1898, exxvii,279-281. Also: Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1898, lxxi, 841.----------. Pro- blememycologiquerelatifauxteignes. Bull. Soc centr. de med. veL, Par., 1901, n. s., xix, 349-362—Itlibelli (Vi Di un caso di tigna del Gruby (Sabouraud) (Microsporum Audouini, var. canis Bodin-Almy) osservato in Parma. Gior. ital. d. mal. ven., Milano, 1897, xxxii, 463-478.— Winne. Vn nouveau microsporum (Microsporum villosum Minne 1907). Verhandl. d. deutsch. der- mat. Gesellsch., Berl., 1908, x, 447-454, 5 pl— Morris (M.) An easy method of staining the fungus of ring- worm. Practitioner, Lond., 1895, lv, 135-137,«1 pl. -----. Ringworm and the trichophytons. Med. Press A tire., Lond., 1896, n. s., lxii, 157— INieuwenhuis (A. W.) Tinea albigena tegenover de andere parasitaire huid- ziekten in Nederlandsch Oost-Indie. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1903, 2. R., xxxix, d. 1, 1038-1040. -----. Tinea albigena und die Ziichtung ihres Pilzes. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien u. Leipz., 1908, lxxxix, 1-29, 4 pl. Also [Abstr.]: Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deut- sch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1907, Leipz., 1908, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 549-551. — Paparozzi ( E. ) Tigna acorion del cuoio capelluto e del resto del corpo. Clin, dermosifilo- pat. d. r. Univ. di Roma, 1907, xxv, 96-100.—Pasini (A.) DI una epidemia di tigna microsporica osservata in Italia. Gior. ital. d. mal. ven., Milano, 1908, xliii, 361- 402. 2 pl. -----. Tigna microsporica da microsporon ins. Ibid., 1911, xlvi, 613-636, 6 pl. -----. Due casi di tigna microsporica da microsporon equinum. Ibid., 1912, xlvi, 25-33, 1 pl. -----. Rapporto della frangia di Adamson con la guaina di sporo esterna nella tigna microsporica. Ibid., 1912, xlvi, 692-696, 1 pl.—Pelagatti. Di una va- rieta di microsporum non ancora descritta. Ibid., 1910, xiv, 254-255.—Perez Ortiz. Analisis micrograflco de las tifias (p&ginas del libro diario de trabajos de micro- grafia), afios de 1886 a 1895. Med. mil. espafi., Madrid, 1900-1903, vii-ix, passim.—Fernet (G.) [Megalosporon endothrix from a case of ringworm of the scalp and nails in a girl aged 15 years.] Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 1906, xviii, 252.—Blehl (G.) Leber Mikrosporie in Wien. Wien.med. Wchnschr.,1912,lxii, 1177-1483.—Sabouraud (R.) Sur l'histologie des teignes. Ann.de dermat. etsyph., Par.,1902,4. s.,iii, 1139-1141. Also: Bull.Soc.frang, de der- mat. etsyph., Par., 1902, xiii, 515-517. -----. Nouvellesre- cherchessurlesmicrosporums. Ann. dedermat. etsyph., Par., 1907, 4. s., viii, 161; 225; 326; 369, 2 pl. -----. Identi- fication du microsporum lanosum (Sabouraud, 1907) au microsporum caninum (Bodin et Almv, 1897). Ibid., 1908, 4. s.,ix, 153-156— Sabouraud (R.),Siils(A.)&Suffraii (F.) Frequence du microsporum caninum ou lanosum chez le chien et chez l'homme. Ann. de dermat. et syph.. Par., 1908,4. s. ix, 321-348.—Schamberg. Deep- seated tinea trichophytina. J. Cutan. Dis. inel. Syph., N. Y., 1912, xxx, 35s —Scliramek (M.) Ueber Mikro- -porie. Wien. klin. Wehnsehr., 1910, xxiii, 1712-1715.— Schuberg (A.) Leber Mierosporidien aus dem Hoden der Barbe und durch sie verursaehte Hvpertrophie der Kerne. Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, Berl.* 1909-10, xxxiii, 401-434,4 pl.—Stein (R.O.) Zur Epidemiologic der Mi- krosporie in Wien. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xxiv 308-310.—Sterutlial (A.) Eine Epidemie von Mikro- sporie unter BmunsehweitferSchulkindern. Arch.f. Der- mat. n. syph.. Wien u. Leipz., 1912, cxiii, Orig., 1103-1112.— Snis <" A.) A- Sa ti'ra u (F.) Notepre4iminaire sur le miscro- sporumlanosuinduehien. Ann. de dermat. etsvph Par 1908, 4. s., ix, 151.—Taylor (F.) Note on the'mierospo- ron of ringworm. Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 1896, viii, 129- 133.— Truffi (M.) Ricerche sperimentali sulle tigne. Gior. ital. d. mal. ven., Milano, 1901, xxxvi, 338; 352; 463- 627; r,85: 1902, xxxvii. 67.—Whitfield (A.) A series of ringworm cultures, il'u-trating the eczematoid ringworm of the hands and feet. Proc. Rov. Soc. Med., Lond., 1911 iv, Dermat Sect., 111.—Zollikofer (R.) Note sur une epidemie mierosporique a Saint-Gall (Suisse). Clinique Par., 1908, iii, 621. Tinea (Prevention of). Gal.us (D.) *Des teignes1 a Alger chez l'en- fant: mesures prophylactiques. 8°. Montpellier, 11)07. Abraham (P. S.) The ringworm question in ele- mentary schools. Brit. M. J.. Lond., 1907, ii, 387.— Bayet. Les teignes et les ecoles-dispensaires pour en- fants teigneux. Soc. roy. d. sc. m&l. et nat. de Brux. Bull., 1902, lx, 103-114.—Beadles (F. H.) Prevention of the spread of ringworm. Tr. M. Soc. Virg. 1903, Rich- mond, 1904,162-165. Also: Med. News, N. Y., 1904, lxxxiv, 147-149. Also: Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1903-4, viii, 434^36.—Bertarelli (A.) Scuole primarie pei ragazzi affetti da tigna; quali altre misure profilattiche converrebbe adottare per combattere il continuo diffon- dersi di tale malattia. Atti d. Cong. naz. d' ig. 1899, Pavia, 1900, 175-180. Also: Gior. d. r. Soc. ital. d* ig., Milano, 1899, xxi, 471-477. — Butte (L.) Les teignes envisagees surtout au point de vue scolaire. Med. sco- laire, Par., 1909, ii, 189-199. Also: Ann. de la Policlin. de Par., 1910, xx, 73-81.—Cates (J.) The administrative control of ringworm. Pub. Health, Lond., 1910-11, xxiv, 226-233—Decio (F. C.) Appunti storici sulla ospitalita e sulla cura dei tignosi in Milano dal xv al xix seeolo. Gior. ital. d. mal. ven., Milano, 1901, xxxvi, 103; 234; 510.— Deshayes. De la teigne dans les ecoles. Bull. Soe. de med. pub., Par., 1894, xvii, 150-156. Also: Rev. d'hyg. Par., 1894, xvi, 448-452.—Dubrisay. L'ecole des tei- gneux & l'hopital Saint-Louis. Bull. Soc. de med. pub. Par., 1887, x, 97-99.—Ferminl (G.) Contributo alia pro- filassi e cura delle tigne. Boll. clin.-seient. d. Poliambul di Milano, 1899, xii, 299-314. Also [Abstr.j: Atti d. Cong' naz.d' ig. 1899, Pavia,1900,180-182.— Gonzalez Iriicua. Necesidad de fundar en Mexico un dispensario-eseuela para ninos tiiiosos. Gac. med., Mexico, 1905, 2. s., v, 235- 237.—Lefebvre (A.) La teigne dans l'agglomeration bruxelloise; essai d'hvgiene scolaire et de mycologie cli- nique. J. med. de Brux., 1903, viii. 145-150.—Malherbe (H.) Teignes et teigneux; necessite de mesures prophy- lactiques. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1895-6, xiv, 33-35.— Pelagatti (M.) Sulla profilassi pubbliea delle tigne. Rendic d. Ass. med.-chir. di Parma, Roma, 1900, i, 87-94.— Perrin (L.) Les enfants teigneux des ecoles de Mar- seille; necessity de la creation d'une ecole de teigneux. Marseille med., 1903, xl, 97-111.— Baynaud (L.) & Verlte (H.) Les teignes dans les ecoles et la population infantile d'AIger. J. d. mal. cutan. et syph., Par., 1908, xix, 81-93.—Saucassanl (A.) La scuola-sanatorio per i tignosi ed i granulosi alia Poliambulanza di Milano. Atti d. Cong. naz. "Pro inf." 1902, Torino, 1903, 157- 165. Also: Cong, internat. de med. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, d'hvg. [etc.], 178-187. Also: Boll, d'ocul., Firenze, 1902, xxi, 327: 1903, xxii, 8. — Simonelli (F.) L' acqua ossigenata nella cura della tigna fa- vosa. Atti d. r. Accad. d. fisiocrit. in Siena, 1900, 4. s., xii, 179-187.—Torelli (Valentina). Relazione pedago- gico-didattica della scuola sanatorio-educatorio pei fan- ciulli tignosi e granulosi. Boll, clin.-scient. d. Poliam- bul. di Milano, 1902, xv, 189-192. — Walker (J. P.) Should ringworm be notifiable? Pub. Health, Lond., 1910-11, xxiv, 234-238.—Wile (U. J.) The segregation and education of children affected with ringworm of the scalp. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1911, lxxix, 910-912. Tinea (Transmission of). Couillebaclt ( L. ) *Quelques considera- tions sur 1'herpes parasitaire dans les pays chauds et sur son traitement par le cassia alata. 4°. Paris, 1886. Adamson (H. G.) Case of pustular ringworm of the horse ("conglomerate folliculitis") in a child. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1907-8, i, Dermat.Sect., 63— Fitz- gerald (Mabel P.) Three cases of the ringworm of the calf transmitted to man. J. Path. & Bacteriol., Edinb. & Lond., 1908, xii, 232-241, 4 pl—Hutching (M. B.) Ring- worm contracted from a, cat. Charlotte [N. C] M. J., 1896, ix, 446.—Jlcwborn (A. D.) A case of ringworm of the face and two of the scalp contracted from a microsporon of the cat; with some observations on the identification of the source of infection in ringworm cases by means of cultures. N. York M. J., 1902, lxxvi, 843-849. -----. Epidemic of ringworm contracted from cats. J. Cutan. Dis. inch Syph., N. Y., 1903, xxi, 327.—Suis (A.) Un cas de contagion du microsporum lanosum du chien il l'en- fant. Ann. dedermat. et syph., Par.. 1909, 4. s., x, 114.— Sutton (G.) Acaseof ringworm infection in a child, taken fromakitten. Vet. J., Lond., 1912, lxviii, 641. Tinea (Treatment of). Duckworth (D.) On a new method of de- termining the presence of, and recovery from, true ringworm. 12°. [London, 1875.] Mahon OI.) jeune. Considerations sur le traitement des teignes, 8°. Paris, 1868. Martin (H.-A.) *Les diflicultes du traite- ment des teignes tondantes. 4°. Paris, 1894. ------. The same. 8°. Paris, 1894. TINEA. 279 TINEA. Tinea (Treatment of). Steiner (R.) Storia sulla cura della tigna. 8°. Roma, 1906. Abraham (P. S.) The treatment of ringworm. Prac- titioner, Lond., 1910, lxxxv, 563-567. — Adam (J.) The control of ringworm in school. Pub. Health, Lond., 1912- 13, xxvi, 3-8.—Alder smith (H.) The treatment of the ringworm of the head. Treatment, Lond., 1898-9, ii, 485- 492. -----. The treatment of ringworm. Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 1905, xvii, 269. —Balzer (F.) Note rectificative sur la guerison de la teigne a la suite de la fievre typhoi'de. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph.. Par., 1900, xi, 55.— Barbe. Traitement de la tondante par le monochloro- phenol. Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1898, 3. s., ix, 1031.—Bar wise (S.) Ringworm and its treatment in Derbyshire. School Hyg., Lond.,1612,iii,166-169.—Bayet & Haucliamps. Traitement de la teigne et du favus par les rayons X. Policlin., Brux., 1905, xiv, 232.—Bel- lini (A.) Studio sulla profilassi e la cura delle tigne; proposta di un nuovo metodo di cura collaeorrente discon- tinua. Gior. ital. d. mal. ven.. Milano, 1899, xxxiv, 70- 104.—Bielousott*(A.) Sluchal strigushtshavo lishaya, izllechennavo perekisyu vodoroda. [Herpes tonsurans cured by hydrogen peroxide.] Dietsk. med., Mosk., 1902, vii, 201-203.—Bodin (E.) Le traitement actuel des teignes du cuir chevelu. Paris med., 1910-11, 338-341. Also,transl.: Arch.deginecop. [etc.],Barcel.,1912,xxv,92- 97.—Bulkley (L. D.) Chronic ringworm of the scalp. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1897, xxviii, 71.—Bunch (J. L.) Theeleetricaltreatmentofringworm. Arch. Roentg.Ray, Lond., 1905-6, x, 34-38.-----. Sabouraud'smethod in ring- worm treatment. Lancet, Lond., 1905, i, 414-416.—Butte (L.) Du collodion iode dans le traitement des teignes. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1893, iv, 24«-250. Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph.. Par., 1893,3. s., iv,434-436. -----. Du collodion iod6 dans le traitement des teignes. Ann. de therap. dermat. et syph., Par., 1901, i, 459-461.— Calderone (C.) Antisepsi meccanica e antisepsi chi- mica nella cura della tigna tonsurante. Gior. ital. d. mal. ven., Milano, 1899, xxxiv, 306-322— Campbell (G. G.) An epidemic of tinea tonsurans successfully treated by turpentine and iodine. Montreal M. J., 1898, xxvii, 176-178.—Chapelle. De la teigne faveuse et de son traitement par l'emploi topique de l'huile de naphte. [Abstr.] Compt. rend. Acad.d.sc, Par., 1867, xliv, 1338.— Davis (W. B.) [A remedy for ringworm.] Med. Rec, N. Y., 1897, Iii, 576.—Oemidott (V. A.) Llecheniye parshi formaliuom. [Treatment of tinea by formaline.] Voyenno-med. J.. St. Petersb., 1900, lxxviii, med.-spec. pt., 839-842.—Betre (L.) Vaccinationstherapie bei Sy- cosis. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1909, xiv, 8; 20.—Donif nguez (F.) Tratamiento de la tina por un proceder rapido. Aetas y trab. d. 1« Cong. med. nac, Habana, 1905, i, 350-352.—Duhring (L. A.) Experi- ence in the treatment of chronic ringworm in an institu- tion. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1892, n. s., ciii, 109-116. Also, Reprint. — Eddowes (A.) Treatment of ringworm. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1893, i, 785. -----. The treatment of ringworm. Atti d. xi. Cong. med. internaz. 1894, Roma, 1895, v, dermat., 119.—Kisenstaedt (J. S.) Ringworm infections and their management. Illinois M. J., Spring- field, 1912, xxii, 497-503.—Feu lard llj Le traitement des teigneux a Paris. Bull. Soc. de med. pub., Par., 1894, xvii, 210-222. Also: Rev. d'hyg., Par., 1894, xvi, 510- 522.—Gaucher. Traitement de la teigne tondante. Med. inf., Par., 1901, iii, 5-8.—Guejjuen (F.) Affinites botaniques des champignons des teignes; traitement actuel de ces affections. Rev. seient., Par., 1911, ii, 353, 358.—Hebert (A.) Sycosis lupoide; traitement radio- therapique; guerison en deux mois. Normandie med., Rouen, 1909, xxv, 23-25.—Jackson (G. T.) Ringworm, a note on its treatment. Tr. M. Soc. N. Y., Albany, 1902; 2%5.-----. The treatmentof ringworm. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1903, lxiii, 575.—Jeanselme (E.) Les teignes et leur traitement. Tribune med., Par., 1905, n. s., xxxvii, 85. Also: Rev. internat. de med. et de chir., Par., 1905, xvi, 19-21.—Junkermann (K.) Zur Behandlung der Sy- kosis staphylogenes s. vulgaris. Monatsh. f. prakt. Der- mat., Hamb., 1911, liii, 486-489.—Ladreit de Lachar- riere. Note sur le traitement de la teigne tondante. Bull. Soc. de med. de Par. (1883), 1884, xviii, 155-162.— Iiespinne. Une revolution dans le traitement des teignes de l'enfant. Progres med. beige, Brux., 1905, vii, 28-31.—I*yle(H.) The treatmentof ringworm of thescalp. Lancet, Lond., 1898, ii, 934.—MacDonald (A. P.) An obstinate case of tinea tonsurans successfully treated with benzoyl-acetvl-peroxide (acetozone). Med. Bull., Phila., 1902, xxiv, 291.— MacLeod (J. M. H.) The treatment of ringworm. Clin. J., Lond., 1905-6, xxvii, 374-379.— Massazza (G.) A proposito del nuovo metodo Peroni per la cura della tigna. Gior. ital. d. mal. ven., Milano, 1893, xxviii, 112-114.—Meier (G. C. H.) Practical points on the treatment of ringworm. Gaillard's M. J., N. Y., 1902, lxxvii, 49-51.—JWunro (W. J.) Ringworm and its treatment. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1907, xxvi, 509. [Discussion], 524.—Murphy (C. E.) The chloride of sodium treatment of tinea tonsurans and tinea circinata. Tinea (Treatment of). Brit. M. L, Lond., 1897, ii, 810.—Perkins (G. S.) The treatment of ringworm of the scalp. Lancet, Lond., 1898, ii, 1058.—Pulslord (H. A.) Experience in the treat- ment of ringworm of the scalp in the New York Skin and Cancer Hospital J, Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1897, xxviii, 72- 77.—Baebiger (A.) Ueber Nikotianaseife als Heilmit- tel gegen Ringwurm. Arch. f. Schiffs- u. Tropen-Hyg., Leipz., 1910, xiv, 642-644—Bo berts (L.) The treatment of scalp ringworm by formic aldehyde. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1897, i, 972.—Boynard. D'un traitement facile de la teigne k microsporum- Audouinii [varietyequinum (Dela- croix et Bodin)]. Trav. seient. Univ. de Rennes, 1905, iv, 284-286.—Salter (A.) Formic aldehyde in the treatment of ringworm of the scalp. Brit. M. J., Lond.,1896, ii, 650.— Sequeira (J. H.) The varieties of ringworm and their treatment. Brit. M.J.,Lond., 1906,ii, 193-196. -----. The treatmentof ringworm. School Hyg., Lond., 1912,iii, 155- 161.—Sheffield (11. B.) Experience in the treatment of tinea tonsurans, with especial reference to acidum aceti- cum glaciale. Am. Med.-Surg. Bull., N. Y., 1896, x, 268. -----. An easy and effective method of treatment of tinea tonsurans. N. YorkM. J.,1898,lxvii,680. Also, Reprint— Sinionelli (F.) L' acqua ossigenata nella cura della tigna favosa. (Risposta al Dottor Angelo Bellini.) Gior. ital. d. mal. ven., Milano, 1901, xxxvi, 99-102.—Sutton (R. L.) The treatment of tinea tonsurans. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1909, n. s., exxxvii, 421-426.— Thomas (E.) Note sur le traitement de la teigne tondante. Rev. mexl. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1898, xviii, 376-379.— Tborens& Dubrlsay. Rapportdela commission du traitement de la teigne par l'huile de croton. Bull. Soc. de med. de Par. (1884), 1885, xix, 160-163.—Tomkinson (J. G.) Ring worm and its present treatment. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Glasg., 1905-7, vi, 296-303. Also: Glasgow M. J., 1907, lxvii, 225-231.— Van Harlingen (A.) & Dillard (H. K.), jr. Notes on the employment of epiearin in tinea tonsurans and tinea circinata, Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1903, n. s., exxv, 1012-1017.—Victorlo (N. F.) El mejor tratamiento de la tina pelada. Med. mil. espana, Madrid, 1901-2, viii, 373-375.—Walsh (D.) Scalp isolation as a new treat- ment for school ringworm. Brit. J. Child. Dis., Lond., 1905, ii, 358-363. Also: Med. Brief, St. Louis, 1905, xxxiii, 767-771. Also: Med. Times & Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1905, xxxiii, 463. Also: Pediatrics, N. Y., 1906, xviii, 597-601.— Williams (A. W.) Ringworm and its treatment. Med. Brief, St. Louis, 1907, xxxv, 92; 174. -----. Clinical note on a useful formula for the treatmentof wide-spread tinea tonsurans. Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 1912, xxiv, 216.—"Vamada. [New prescriptions for ringworm.] Rinsho Yakuseki Shimpo, Tokyo, 1906-7, ii, 385-400. Tinea (Treatment of) with X-rays. Adamson (H. G.) On the treatmentof ringworm of the scalp by means of the X-rays. Lancet, Lond., 1905, i, 1715-1717. Also: Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 1906, xviii, 183. -----. A simplified method of X-ray application for the cure of ringworm of the scalp; Kienbock's method. Lancet, Lond., 1909, i, 1378.—Auche (B.) Traitement des teignes tondantes par la radiotherapie. Ann d'elec- trobiol. [etc.], Par., 1904, vii, 572-575. Also: Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1904, xxv, 354-356. Also: Pe- diatrie prat., Lille, 1904, ii, 271.—Batten (G. B.) The treatment of ringworm of the scalp bv X-rays. Arch. Rcentg. Ray, Lond., 1905-6, x, 65-67, 2"pl. -----. Some practical points regarding the X-ray treatment of ring- worm of thescalp. Ibid., 1907-8, xii, 42-46, lpl.—Berger (F. R. M.) Die Behandlung der Mikrosporie und des Favus mit Rontgenstrahlen. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Svph., Wien u. Leipz., 1907, lxxxviii, 179-202,1 pl—Bodin (E.) Sur un point de pratique dans la radiotherapie des teignes de l'enfant. Clinique, Par., 1910. v, 331.—Bo- din (E.) &t!astex (E.) Note sur la radiotherapie des teignes. Bull. Soc. frang. de dermat. etsyph., Par., 1904, xv, 371-373. Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph,, Par., 1904, 4. s., v, 1109-1111.----------. Traitement radiothera- pique des teignes. Arch, d'electric. med., Bordeaux, 1905, xiii, 376-382. Also: Bull. Soc. seient. et med. de l'ouest, Rennes, 1904, xiii, 584-594. Also: Trav. seient. Univ. de Rennes, 1905, iv, 82-91.—Bulkley (L. D.) The X-ray treatment of ringworm of the scalp. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, liv, 1706-1709.— Bunch (J. L.) Sa- bouraud's treatment of ringworm by X-rays, Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 1904, xvi, 265-269.—Bureau (G.) En- fants teigneux traites par la radiotherapie. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1907, 2. s., xxv, 157. -----. La radiotherapie des teignes a 1'Hospice General de Nantes. Ibid., 381-391.— Castex (E.) Technique du traitement radiotherapique des teignes a l'H6tel-Dieu de Rennes. Arch. d"electric med., Bordeaux, 1905, xiii, 483-490.—Chulion. Traite- ment des teignes par la radiotherapie. Ibid., 1907, xv, 43-48.—Ciarrocchl. La radioterapia nelle tigne. Gior. ital. d. mal. ven., Milano, 1906, xli, 36-38. -----. Iprimi 250 casi di tigna, tricoritica e favosa, curati coi raggi Roent- gen nell'OspedalediS. Gallicano. Ibid., 1909,xliv,56-63.— Cicero (R. E.) Tecnica del tratamiento de las tifias por los ravos X. Gac. med. de Mexico, 1909, 3. s., iv, 359; 499; TINEA. 280 TINEA. Tinea (Treatment of) with X-rays. 51;; —lie Nobele (J.) Le traitement des teignes par les ravons X Br'.L'ique med., Gand-Haarlem, 1905, xn, 363-365— Diaz i.i. R.) Tratamiento de las Unas por los ravos X. B..1 de san. mil., Buenos Aires, 1909, vm, 289- 2'.is.— Dore (S. E.) The present position of the X ray treatment of ringworm. Lancet, Lond., 1911, i, 432^136.— Iluueyrac. La radiotherapie dans le traitement des teignes. Marseille med., 1905, xlii, 173-177.-Fox (H.) Treatment of sveosis by the X-ray. Med. Rev. of Rev., N. Y., 1908, xiv,'l 11-114. Also, Reprint— Francois (P.) Les teignes et leur traitement radiotherapique. Ann. Soc. de med. d'An vers, 1905, lxvii, 114.—Gardiner (F.) X-ray treatment of ringworm. Pediatrics, N. Y., 1906, xviii, 602-607. — Gascard (A.) & Devalniont (L.) La radiotherapie des teignes a l'Hospice-General. Pedia- tric prat., Lille, 1906, iv, 160-162. Also: Rev. med. de Normandie, Rouen, 1906,145-150.—Gastou. Deux cas de teigne a petites spores traites et gueris par la radio- therapie; faits relatifs a l'emploi de cette methode et a ses variations d'action selon la source generatnee et l'etat des ampoules. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1904, xv, 5-8. Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1904, 4. s.,v, 50-53.—Graham (J. G.) The X-ray treat- ment of ringworm of the scalp. Glasgow M. J., 1911, lxxv, 401-411.—Greco (E.) I raggi X nella cura della tigna favosa. Ann. di elett. med. [etc.], Napoli, 1909, viii, 311-320. -----. Rontgenterapia, cura medicamen- tosa e profilassi della tigna favosa. Med. ital., Napoli, 1909, vii, 679-699.—Hall-Edwards f.T.) The X-ray treatment of ringworm. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1911, n. s., xcii, 221. -----. Discussion on the X-ray treat- ment of ringworm. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, ii, 890-893.— Harris (L. H.) Ringworm and its treatment; tech- nique of X-rav treatment. Australas. M.Gaz., Sydney, 1907, xxvi, 510-514. [Discussion], 524.—Hauchamps (L.) De Tepilation par les ravons X chez les teigneux. Presse med. beige, Brux., 1906, lviii, 341-344.—Hebert (A.) Premiers resultats de la radiotherapie des teignes a l'Hospice-General de Rouen. Normandie med., Rouen, 1905, xx, 507-511. Also: Rev. med. de Normandie, Rouen, 1905, 417-422.—Jeanselme (E.) Les teignes et leur traitement. Tribune med., Par., 1905, n.s.. xxxvii, 85; 117; 149. Also: Union med. du Canada, Montreal, 1905, xxxiv, 512-519.—Lel'ebvre. Notes sur le traitement radiotherapique des teignes; resultats. J. med. de Brux., 1907, xii, 9-11.—Macleod (J. M. H.) Ringworm of the scalp under X-ray treatment. Clin. J., Lond., 1904-5, xxv, 250. -----. The treatment of ringworm of the scalp by the X-rays. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, ii, 13-15. -----. The X-ray treatment of ringworm of the scalp; singular coincidence of measles with defluvium of the hair. Ibid., 1907, i, 1298. -----. The X-ray treatment of ringworm of the scalp, with special reference to the risks of dermatitis and the suggested injury to the brain. Lancet, Lond.; 1909, i, 1373-1377. — Marie (T.) Traitement des teignes cryptogamiques par les rayons X. Arch. med. de Toulouse, 1905, xi, 325-332.— Murray (L. L.) Curaci6n de la tina favosa por el trata- miento moderno con los rayos X. Bol. mens. d. Col. de med. de Gerona, 1909, xiv, 3-9, 1 pl.—Neumann (G.) Ringworm in domestic animals. J. Comp. Path. & The- rap., Edinb. & Lond., 1905, xviii, 193; 289— Oram (W. C.) The treatment of ringworm of the scalp bv the X-rays. Dublin J. M. Sc, 1905, exx, 89-94—Palmer (Agiies). The X-ray treatment of ringworm. J. Rov. Sau. Inst, Lond., 1911-12, xxxii, 161-16(1.—Fernet (G.) The X-ray treatment of ringworm. Brit M. J., Lond., 1906, i, 1080. -----. Case of ringworm cured by the ex- posure of X-rays. Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1905-6, xxxix, 247. -----. Two cases of ringworm of the scalp treated by the one application of the X-rays. Re p. Soc. Study Dis.Child., Lond., 1905-6, vi, 45.—Pissln. Animale Lymphe und Herpes tonsurans. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1889, xv, 305; 327. Also, Reprint.—Prior (J. R.) X-ray treatment of ringworm. Pub. Health, Lond., 1910- 11, xxiv, 153.—Sabouraud (R.) Sur la radiotherapie des teignes. Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1904, 4. s., v, 577-587. -----. Teignes tondantes traitees par la radio- therapie. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1904, xv, 69. Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1904, 4. s., v, 159. -----. The radio-therapeutics of ringworm. Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 1906, xviii, 199-214, 7pl. -----. De la radiotherapie des teignes; des critiques qu'on lui a faites; des accidents qu'elle peut causer et des moyens de les prevenir. Ann. de dermat. et svph., Par., 1909, 4. s., x, 452-461.—Sabouraud (R.) & Noir^ (H.) Les teignes cryptogamiques et les rayons X. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur. Par , 1904, xviii, 7-25. Also: Rev. prat. d. mal. cutan! [etc.] Par., 1904, iii, 35-47. ----r. Traitement des teignes tondantes par les rayons X a l'Ecole Lailler (Hopital St.- Louis). Presse med., Par., 1904, ii, 825-827. -----. X-ray treatment of tinea tonsurans. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1905, 15. s., ii, 41-49— Sabouraud (R.), pignot & Noire (H.) La radiotherapie dos teignes a l'Ecole Lail- Tinea (Treatment of) with Arrays. ler en 1904. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1905, xvi, 19-22. Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1905, 4. s., vi, 80-X3.—Sale-Barker (M. D.) The treat- ment of ringworm of the scalp by the application of X-ravs. J. Prevent. M., Lond., 1906, xiv, 6i;i-5;i:;.—Sa- vin (Agnes F.) Some observations on the treatment of ringworm by X-rays. Arch. Rcentg. Ray, Lond., 1906-7, xi, 336-341. Also, transl.: Rev. prat. d. mal. cutan. [etc.], Par., 1908, vii, 213-226. -----. A compact X-ray shield specially adapted for the treatment of ringworm. Lan- cet, Lond.. 1906, ii, 1670.—Sichcl (G.) The X-ray treat- ment of ringworm. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, i, 250. Also: Pediatries, N. Y., 1906, xviii, 608-611.—Taylor (S.) & Oram (W. C.) X-ray treatment of ringworm of the scalp. Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 1906, xxvi,272-275.—Whll- lield (A.) A new substance for shielding those parts of the scalp which it is not wished to expose in the treat- ment of ringworm bv means of the X-rays. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1907-8, i, Dermat. Sect., 61. Tinea in animals. See, also, Microsporon; Tinea (Causes, etc., of); Tricophyton. Fourie & Le Calve. Guerison rapide de la teigne tonsurante du cheval. Rec. de med. vet., Par., 1894, 8. s., i, 5-7.—Koranyi(M.) Lovakjarvanyos somore. [Epi- demic ringworm in horses.] Allatorvosi lapok, Buda- pest, 1907, xxx, 471-473.— Mallam (E.) Calf ringworm. Rep. Soc. Study Dis. Child., Lond., 1905-6, vi, 287—Ma- this. Herpes trichophytique chez rane. J. de m6d. vet. et zootech., Lyon, 1892, 3. s., xvii, 681-684.—Matru- chot& Dassonville. Sur les teignes du chien. Bull. Soc. centr. de med. vet., Par., 1902, n. s., xx, 50-71.— Pavlott'(A.) Herpes tonsurans ponv. Arch. vet. nauk, St. Petersb., 1876, vi, 3. sect., 141-146.—Pinoy (E.) Sur une teigne cutanee du singe. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1912, lxxii, 59.—Pusch. Klinische Erfahrungen iiber Herpes tonsurans. Ztschr. f. Thiermed., Jena, 1899, iii, 94-105.—Beuter (M.) Zur Frage der veterinar-poli- zeilichen Bekampfung des Teiggrindes (Herpes tonsu- rans). Monatsh. f. prakt. Thierh., Stuttg., 1890-91,ii,289- 313.—Boberts (L.) Note on a specimen of tinea micro- sporon of the cat. Brit. J. Dermat., Loud., 1902, xiv, 327- 332, 1 pl.—Vindlsch (A ) J&rv&nyos tarl6somqr lova- kon. [Epidemic stubble ringworm in horses.] Allator- vosi lapok, Budapest, 1907, xxx, 339-341. Tinea barbae. See Tinea tonsurans. Tinea circinata. Abraham (P. S.) Extensive tinea circinata. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1904, n. s., lxxviii, 360— Cantrell (J. A.) Tinea circinata presenting two rings. J. Cutan. & Genito-Urin. Dis., N. Yr., 1895, xiii, 343. Also, Reprint. -----. Unusual appearance of a circinate ringworm. Med. News, Phila., 1895, lxvii, 321. -----. Tinea circinata, Med. Summary, Phila., 1896, xviii, 115. -----. Tinea cir- cinata and its varied forms; tinea tonsurans and tinea kerion. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1897, 7. s., i, 344-352 — Descroizilles. Eruption confluented'herpes circine. France med., Par., 1884, ii, 1805-1808.—Fox (T. C.) & Blaxall (F. R.) Notes on two cases of tinea circinata. Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 1898, x, 37-45,lpl. Ateo, Reprint — Freeman (G. F.) Tinea tropica circinata. U. States Nav. M. Bull., Wash., 1907, i, 27-30.—Hallopeau (H.) & Boudet. Sur un cas de trichophytie disseminee du tronc. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1906, xvii, 497-499. Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1906, 4. s., vii, 1062-1064.—Little (G.) Acaseof tinea circinata. Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 1905, xvii, 21. —Loth (W. P.) Three cases of tinea circinata in adults. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1902, ix, 491-493.— Oliinann -Ilumesnil (A. H.) A case of disseminated tinea circinata cor- poris. St. Louis M. & S. J., 1906, xc, 171-174.—Rons- sell (J. N.) Ringworm of the bodv considered in a gen- eral way. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1903-4, lvi, 510-517.—Sa- bouraud. Trichophytie cutanee. Syn.: Herpes cir- cine. Mus. del'Hop.St.-Louis. Iconog. d. mal. cutan. et syph., Par., 1896, 159-162, 1 pl. Also, transl: Pict. Atlas Skin Dis. & Svph. ... St. Louis Hosp., Lond.; Phila., 1895-7,143-147,1 pl.—Sequelra (.1. H.) Extensive ring- worm with ulceration of the umbilicus. Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 1906, xviii, 269-274, 2 pl. -----. Case of extensive ringworm of the body and limbs. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1908-9, ii, Dermat. Sect., 98. — Stucky (T. H.) Tinea circinata. Internat. Clin., Phila., ix\)i. 6. s., iv. 104- 106.—Weiie (VV. E.) Tinea circinata. Kansas M. J., Topeka. 1895, vii, 605-607.—Whittle Id (A.) Some notes on tinea circinata. Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 1911, xxiii, 35-39.—Wlckham (L.) Herpes circinatus of the face around the mouth, simulating a very superficial syphilide Ibid., 1888-9, i, 477. TINEA. 281 TINEA. Tinea cruris. Fouirein (A.-L.) *Sur une epidemie de tri- cophytie inguinale. 4°. Bordeaux, 1894. Cantrell (J. A.) An extensive case of tinea cruris. J. Cutan. & Genito-Urin. Dis., N. Y., 1896, xiv, 104.— Farmer (A. G.) Crural and axillary ringworm in the Canal Zone. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1909, liii, 945.— Fox (S. C.) Note on a small outbreak of tinea tricho- phytina cruris. Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 1904, xvi, 171.— Freche (D.) Trichophytie inguinale. Ann. dela Poli- clin. de Bordeaux, 18v>7, v, 453-459.—Symes (J. O.) An epidemie of tinea cruris. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1909, i, 1109. Tineafavosa. See Favus. Tinea imbricata. Caramuru Paes Leme. *Contribuieao ao estudodotokelau. 4°. [Rio de Janeiro, 1903?] Leon (J. J.) Extracto de la memoria que sobre la tina endemica de Tabasco, Chiapas el sur de Mexico escribio el.. . 8°. Mexico,,1862. Aokl (T.) [Tinea imbricata (Manson).] Hifubvog. kin Hiniokibyog. Zasshi, Tokyo, 1904, iv,379; 445.—Bar- tels. Bericht iiber das Vorkommen der Framboesie und des Ringwurms auf den Marschall Inseln und auf Nauru. Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, Berl., 1901, xviii, 164-168 — Bassett-Smith (P. W.) The fungus of tinea imbri- cata. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, ii, 663. Also: J. Trop. M., Lond., 1904, vii, 265.—de Boissiere (R.) Some obser- vations on tinea imbricata, yaws, and the treatment of dysentery. J. Pop. M., Lond., 1903, vi, 371.—Broers. Praeparaat van tinea imbricata. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1906, i, 755.—Castellani (A.) Note on tinea imbricata and its treatment. Internat. Dermat. Cong. Tr. 1907, N. Y., 1908, ii, 667-671, 1 pl. Also: J. Cu- tan. Dis. inch Syph., N.Y., 1908, xxvi, 400-404,1 pl. -----. Tinea intersects. Internat. Dermat. Cong. Tr. 1907, N. Y., 1908, ii, 665-667,1 pl. Also: J. Cutan. Dis.,inch Svph., N. Y., 1908, xxvi, 405-407,1 pl. -----. The growth of the fungus of tinea imbricata [Endodermophyton concentri- cum] on artificial media. J. Trop. M. [etc.], Loud., 1910, xiii, 370-372. -----. Further researches on the hyphomy- cetes of tinea imbricata. Ibid., 1911, xiv, 81-83, 2 pl.— Dubrenilh (W.) Note sur le parasite du tokelau. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et phvsiol. . . . de Bordeaux, 1902, xxiii, 29-32. Also: J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1902, xxxii, 312.— Fox (T.) & Farquhar (T.) Tokelau ringworm. In their: On certain endemic skin and other diseases of In- dia [etc], 8°, Lond., 1876, 58-62.—Henggeler (O.) Ueber einige Tropenkrankbeiten der Haut. 2. Tinea im- bricata. Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat., Hamb., 1906, xliii, 325-341, 2 pl.—Hutchinson (J.) Indian ringworm on thighs: subsequently pruriginous dermatitis; temporary cure; relapse and slow development, during ten years of incurable and almost universal dermatitis: finally, after fifteen years, the condition of mycosis fungoides; note on the importance and peculiarity of the gland disease at- tending that malady. Arch. Surg., Lond , 1892-3, iv, 366- 368.—Koch (R.) Framboesia tropica und Tinea imbri- cata. Areh. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien u. Leipz., 1902, lix, 3-8, 5 pl.—Manson (P.) Dhobie itch. In his: Trop. Dis., 12°, Lond., 1903, 691-694.-----. Tinea imbricata. Ibid., 695-698, 1 pl.—Mason (C. F.) Dhobie itch. N. York M. J., [etc.], 1903, lxxviii, 221.—Nieuwenhuis (A. VV.) Tinea imbricata (Manson). Arch f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien u. Leipz., 1898, xiv, 163-176, 1 pl.—Para- nhos(U.) Tinea imbricata in Brazil. J.Trop. M.,Lond., 1904, vii, 153. -----. A new process for the microscopic diagnosis of the tinea imbricata. Ibid., 1905, viii, 341.— Paranhos (U.) & Leme (C. P.) Note on the tinea imbricata in Brazil. Ibid., 1906, ix, 129.—Purdon (H. S.) Burmese ring-worm. Dublin J. M. Sc, 1894, xcviii, 21.—Sabouraud (R.) L'enquete du journal "La Voix meclicale israe4ite" d" Odessa sur la question des teignes et leurs consequences encequi concerne les emigrants. Clinique, Par., 1908, iii, 653.—Tinea imbricata. J. Trop. M., Lond., 1898-9, i, [no. 7], 1,1 pl.—Tribondeau. Le tokelau dans les possessions francaises du Pacifique ori- ental. Arch, de med. nav., Par., 1899, lxxii, 5-52.—Weh- mer (C.) Der Aspergillus des Tokelau. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1903, xxxv, 140-146. Tinea in schools. See, Tinea (Prevention of). Tinea tonsurans. See, also, Tinea ( Treatment of). Aldersmith (H.) Ringworm and alopecia areata, their pathology, diagnosis and treat- ment. 4. ed. 8°. London, 1897. jVlthavken (M. J.) Ueber Verbreitung und Behandlung des Herpes tonsurans. 8°'. Bonn, [1893]. Tinea tonsurans. Bavay (R.-H.-P.) * Contribution a I'etude de la teigne tondante et en particulier des traite- ments. 4°. Bordeaux, 1892. Bodin (E.) Les teignes tondantes du cheval et leurs inoculations humaines. 4°. Paris, 1896. Breitbach (I.) * Herpes tonsurans und Syko- sis parasitaria. [Bonn.] 8°. Siegburg, 1888. Dubois (C.) * Pathogenie et histologie de la squame dans les teignes tondantes. 8°. Geneve, 1902. Halgand (F.) * Etude sur les trichophvtie.s delabarbe. 8°. Paris, 1904. Pignot(M.) * Etude clinique des teignes; hygiene publique et prophylaxie des teignes tondantes en 1900 a Paris et dans sa banlieue. 8°. Paris, 1900. -----. The same. 8°. Paris, 1900. Regensburger (A. E.) Apuntes sobre el herpes tonsurans. 8e. Mexico, 1892. See, also, infra. A brahani. A case of tinea tonsurans of the scalp in an adult man. Tr. Dermat. Soc. Gr. Brit.....Lond., 1898-9, v, 71— Adamson (H. G.) Cultures of violet endothrix trichophyton from a case of "eczematoid" ringworm of the fingers associated with tinea barbae. Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 1911, xxiii, 224.—Allen (C. W.) Treatment of ringworm of the scalp in institutions. Pe- diatrics, N. Y, & Lond., 1896, ii, 169-176.—Altli (E.) Tri- chophytia profunda barbse esete. [Case.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1907, li, 665.—Andriani (P.) Studio clinico sopra un caso di erpete tonsurante diffuso a quasi tutta la superficie cutanea. Gior. internaz. d. sc, med., Napoli, 1894, n. s., xvi, 815-818.—Balzer (F.) Guerison spon- tanee de la teigne tondante pendant la ftevre typhoi'de. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et svph., Par., 1899, x, 447. Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1899, 3. s., x, 1069.— -----. La teigne tondante. Independ. mecl., Par., 1901, vii, 964-967. Also, transl.: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1901, n. s., lxxii, 377.—Bauer (A.) Neunundzwanzig Fiille von Herpes tonsurans. Deutsche mil.-arztl. Ztschr., Berl. 1908, xxxvii, 296-300.—Bauer (E.) Ueber Herpes, tondens und dessen Behandlung. Ztschr. f. Wundiirzte, u. Geburtsh., Winnenden, 1880, xxxi, 61-66.—Beclere. Les teignes tondantes a l'ecole des teigneux de l'Hopital Saint-Louis (Ecole Lailler) en 1894. Ann. de dermat. et svph., Par., 1894, 3. s., v, 685-694. Also: Bull. Soc. frang. dedermat. etsyph., Par., 1894, v, 235-244.—Behrend (G.) Ueber Herpes tonsurans und Favus. Cong. p6riod. inter- nat. d. sc. med. Compt.-rend. 1884, Copenh., 1886, iii, sect, de dermat. et syph., 91-98. Also: Vrtljschr. f. Dermat., Wien, 1884, xi, 353-358.—Berger. Beitrag zur Pathologie des Herpes tonsurans. Dermat. Centralbl., Berl., 1900, iii, 194.—Bldenkap (J. H.) Trikofytien i nordreGudbrandsdalen. [Trichophyton tonsurans . . .] Tidsskr. f. d. norske LKgefor. Kristiania, 1911, xxxi, 425- 431.—Brocq (L.) De la teigne tondante. Rev.g6n.de clin. et de therap., Par., 1893, vii, 66-68.—Broers. Herpes tonsurans. Med. Rev., Haarlem, 1902, ii, 249-253.— Bundt (G.) Ueber eine Epidemie von Herpes tonsu- rans. Ztschr. f. Med.-Beamte, Berl., 1903, xvi, 685-690.— Butte (L.) Traitement de la teigne tondante. Ann. de la Policlin. de Par., 1893, iii, 138-143.—('ampana (R.) Ueber Herpes tonsurans. Tagebl. d. Versamml. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1888, K61n, 1889, Ixi, 266. -----. Trico- phiton tonsurans delle mani. Bull. d. r. Accad. med. di Roma, 1906, xxxii, 484-487. Also: Clin, dermosifilopat. d. r. Univ. di Roma, 1907, xxv, 25-4 bis.—< aiitrell (J. A.) Tinea tonsurans in an adult. Phila. Polyclin., 1896, v, 335.—Charon (E.) & dlcvaert (G.) D'un nouveau traitement de l'herpes tonsurant. J. de med., chir. et Pharmacol., Brux., 1887, lxxxiv, 673-679.—Cliumakolf (N. M.) DIelstviye khrisarobina na gribok trichophyton tonsurans. [Action of ehrysarobin upon the fungus of trichophyton tonsurans.] Russk. J.Kozhn.i Ven.Bollezn., Kharkov, 1908, xv, 14l» — llally (H.) Case of trichophy- ton endothrix on the scalp of an adult. West Lond. M. J., 1909, xiv, 189.—Danlos. Teigne tondante a petites spores avec efflorescences cutanees. Bull. Soc. frang. de dermat. et svph., Par., 1902, xiii, 306. Also: Ann. de der- mat. et syph., Par., 1902, 4. s., iii, 623.—Davis (H.) Trichophyton rosaceum from two cases of tinea barbae. Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 1909, xxi, 325.—Du Bois (C.) Les teignes pyogenes du cuir chevelu de l'enfant. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom.,,Geneve, 1904, xxiv, 647-656.— Dubois-Haveiiith. A propos d'une epidemie sco- laire de teigne tondante. Presse med. beige, Brux., 1904, lvi, 445-448. -----. Trichophytie et pelade. Policlin., Brux., 1908, xvii, 58 — Dubreuilh (W.) Bald ring- worm. Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 18%. viii, 411-126.—Du Castel. Traitement de la trichophytie du cuir chevelu TINEA. 282 TINEI1NA. Tinea tonsurans. par la chrvsarobine. Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1894 3. s., v, 998-1002.—Duclaux (E.) Sur le tncophy- ton 'tonsurans. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1886, 8. s iii 14-16 —Elliot (G. T.) Herpes tonsurans maculo- sus 'N York M. J., 1885, xlii, 10. -----. Herpes tonsu- rans maculosus, or the macular form of ringworm. J. Cutan. & Genito-Urin. Dis., N. Y., 1888, vi, 14-16.-Fox (T C ) The treatment of scalp ringworm; some general rules of procedure. Pediatrics, N. Y., 1906, xvii, 469-478.— Freeman (W. T.) Notes on ringworm of the scalp. Lancet, Lond., 1896, ii, 1219-1221.-Garihaldl (G.) Unita etiologiea del tricophiton del cuoio capelluto, stu- diata nella morfologia del parassita nei suoi effetti sulla cute e nella cura. Clin, dermosifilopat. d. r. Univ. di Roma, 1907, xxv, 71-74.—Gaucher (P.) La teigne ton- dante Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1907, xxi, 291-293 —€i laser (F.) Die Mikrosporie und Makrosporie der Kinderkopfe (Kopftrichophytie der Kinder). Berl. klin Wchnschr., 1908, xiv, 2013-2016—Gurovick (S. A 1 Sluchal herpes tonsurans exfoliativa. [Case of . . .] Yuzhno-russk. med.gaz.,Odessa, 1893, ii, 451,1 pl.—Haan (P ) Transmission de la teigne tricophytique des ani- maux bovins a l'homme. Normandie med., Rouen, 1896, xi, 309-311.—Hager. Animale Lymphe und Herpes tonsurans. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1888, xxv, 197- 200— Halgand (F.) Etude sur les trichophyties de la barbe. Arch, de parasitol., Par., 1904, viii, 690-622 — HavasfA.) Herpes tonsurans maculosus esete. [A case of.. ] Budapesti orvosegy. 1892-iki evkonyve, 1893,143.— Heidingsl'eld (M. L.) Case of herpes tonsurans vesi- culosa. Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1900, n. s., xiv, 124 — Hodara (M.) Die Behandlung der Trichophytiasis ca- pitis mit Chrysarobin. Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat., Hamb., 1903, xxxvii, 118.—Howe. Tinea trichophytina of the beard. J. Cutan. Dis. inch Syph., N. Y., 1911, xxix, 35 — Hutchinson (J.) Herpes tonsurans which had trav- elled from the scalp to the skin of the hand (two cases.). Arch. Surg., Lond., 1889-90, i, 367. -----. Tinea tonsurans the antecedent and cause of alopecia areata. Polyclin., Lond., 1904, viii, 23.—Kaposi (M.) Ueber Herpes tonsu- rans maculosus. Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1893, iii, 1-4— Karshin(A.) Tineatonsuranssquamosa. Russk. J. Kozhn. i Ven. Bollezn., Kharkov, 1901,ii, 35-37.—King (J. M.) Ring-worm of the scalp and beard. Am. J. Der- mat. & Genito-Urin. Dis., St. Louis, 1906, x, 107-109.— Korleweg (P. C.) Eene epidemie van herpes tonsu- rans capillitii. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1890, 2. R., xxvi, 226-236. —l.e Calvfi & Malherbe (H.) Nouvelles observations de tondante causee par le Tricho- phyton minimum. Arch, de parasitol., Par., 1900, iii, 108- 110.—Lesser(E.) Eineaugenblicklichherrschende Epi- demie von Herpes tonsurans. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl., 1886, xii, 89-91.—liUtembacher. Tricophyties de la barbe et tricophyties folliculaires. Monde med., Par., 1910, xx, 417-423.—Maas (J. F.) Rontgen-epilatie bij trichophytia capitis. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1911, i, 1088.—MacLeod (J. M. H.) Small-spored ringworm of the scalp in a woman aged 23. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1910-11, iv, Dermat. Sect., 67— Maria- nelli (A.) Ricerche sperimentali sull' achorion Schon- leinii e sul trichophyton tonsurans. Atti Cong. gen. d. Ass. med. ital. 1891, Siena, 1893, xiv, 452-454. -----. Sul trichophyton tonsurans. Sperimentale. Mem. orig., Fi- renze, 1893,440-486.—fflatiegka (J.) Zprava o soucasne epidemii oparu lysivfiho (herpes tonsurans) u lidi a do- bytka. [Report on periodic epidemics of herpes tonsu- rans in man and domestic animals.] Casop. 16k. cesk., v Praze, 1892, xxxi, 497.—May rand (R.) Teigne ton- dante a petites spores (Microsporon Audouini). Bull. med. de Quebec, 1902-3, iv, 537-542.—Meachen (Y. N.) Tinea tonsurans, with artificiallv produced kerion. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1903, n. s., lxxv, 10.—Milian (G.) Examen d'un enfant suspect de teigne tondante. Presse med., Par., 1898, i, 321.—Moore (R. C.) Tinea trichophyton. Med. Herald, St. Joseph, 1905, n. s.,xxiv, 12-14. —Morris (M.) Ringworm and the trichophy- tons. Internat. Dermat. Cong. Tr., Lond., 1896, 522-542. Also, transl.: Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat., Hamb., 1896, xxiii, 389-402. —Nicolas (J.) & Lacomme (M.) Teigne tondante reproduite experimentalement sur le chien par l'inoculation de cultures de microsporon canis venant de l'homme et du chien. Bull. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Lyon, 1906, v,,132. Also: Lyon med., 1906, evi, 586.—Nicolau (S.) Etude sur la trichophytie du cuir chevelu en Roumanie(trichophyton violaceum.) Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1909, 4. s., x, 609-638.—Pellier. Sur un sycosis trichophytique de la moustache. Prov. med., Par., 1910, xxi, 313.—Poenaru. Recherches sur le trichophyton tonsurans du bceuf. Bull. Soc. centr. de med. vet., Par., 1904, lviii. 328-332.—Pollltzer (I.) Ueber eine Endemie von Herpes tonsurans. Festschr. . .. Moriz. Kaposi z. Prof.-Jubil., Wien u. Leipz., 1900, 695-703—Povarnln (G.) Strigushtshiylishal (herpes tonsurans). Akusherka, Odessa, 1893, iv, 161; 171.— Powell (H. H.) Tinea tonsurans. Internat. Clin., Tinea tonsurans. Phila., 1897, 6 S., iv, 46. -----. Tinea tonsurans and in- guinal hernia. Ibid.,47.—Quincke (H.) Ueber Herpes tonsurans. Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat., Hamb., 1887, vi, 987.—B. Nuevo tratamiento de la tina tonsurante por aldehido formico en el Hospital de ninos pobres de Barce- lona. Arch.de ginecop., Barcel., 1897, x, 417.—Begens- bnrger (A. E.) Note on herpes tonsurans. Am. Pub. Health Ass. Rep. 1892, Concord, 1893, xviii, 374-377. See, also, supra.—BIchard (P.) Les formes cliniques et l'herpes tonsurans. France med., Par., 1886, i, 697.— Boberts (H. L.) Untersuchungen fiber Reinkulturen des Herpes tonsurans-Pilzes. Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat., Hamb., 1889, ix, 339-345, 3 pl.—Bossi (G.) Della tricofi- tiasi (erpete tonsurante) e sue variety. Clin, dermosifilo- pat. d. r. Univ. di Roma, 1895, 1-15. Also: Morgagni, Mi- lano, 1895, xxxvii, 433-447.—Sabouraud (R.) Sur une mycose innomin^e de l'homme, la teigne tondante sp6- ciale de Gruby, microsporum Audouini. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1894, viii, 83-107. -----. Les trichophyties et la teigne tondante de Gruby. Internat. Cong. Der- mat. Off. Trans. 1896, Lond., 1898, iii, 493-615. Also, transl.: Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat., Hamb., 1896, xxiii, 576-689.-----. Surle diagnostic k l'ceil nu de la teigne tondante. Clinique, Par., 1907, ii, 10. — Sabraz.es " :■ nstruktur und die Hiil- senbildung. Ibid., 1909, xv."n. Vj-i-189, 2 pl. Tintrelin (Leon) [,871- ]. * Essai d'ana- tomie comparee sur les ligaments uterine. 55 pp. 8°. ; \ris, 1898, No. 120. Tinz (Josef) [1873- ]. * Ueber Castration bei Osteomalacic 43 pp., 1 1. 8°. Breslau, Bresl. Gsnossenschaftsdr., 1903. Tin a I (Anton). Die Curpfuscher und die Cur- pfuscherei im Volksmunde. Eine naturphiloso- phische Studie oder Quintessenz alles Pfuscher- thums und der gesammten Curpfuscherei. xii, 190 pp., 1 1. 12°. Wen, Selbstverlag des Verfas- sers, 1901. Tiodine. See Thiodine. Tiogliitin. Sadikoft (W. S.) Ueber das Tioglutin. Ztschr. f. Chemie u. Indust. d. Kolloide, Dresd., 1906-7, i, 193-200. Tiol; russkaya i inostrannaya novielshava lite- ratura. [Thiol; Russian and foreign recent lit- erature.] 48 pp. 8°. Moskva, I.N. Kushnereff i Ko., 1900. Issued by I. D. Ridel in Berlin. Tioli ( Luigi ). Le acque minerali e termali del regno d' Italia. Bibliografia; topografia; analisi; elenchi; denominazione delle acque. Malattie per le quali si preset ivano. Comuni in cui scaturiscono; stabilimenti e loro proprietari. Acque per bagni. Acque e fanghi in commercio. Negozianti d' acque minerali xxii (1 1.), 552 pp. 16°. Milano, U. Hoepli, 1894. Tiollier (Andre) [1867- ]. * De la creation d'un uretre contre nature sus-pubien apres fer- meture de la vulve dans les fistules vaginales in- curables. 44 pp., 2 1. 4°. Lyon, 1894, No.930. ------. The same. 44 pp., 2 1. 8°. Lyon, A. Rey, 1894. Tioneti mountains. Fikson (E. V.) Tioneti i ikh okrestnosti. [. . . and their neighborhoods.] Med. Sbornik, Tiflis, 1902, no. 64, 1-68. Tipliaigne [de la Roelie] (Charles-Fran- cois) . * De fibra patiente, sive de animi affec- tuum mechanismo et usu. Natali-Sebastiano Blot, preeside. 7 pp. 8°. Cadomi, J. C. Pyron, v 1748. Tipliine (Leon-Jules). *Le traitement de la syphilis par les injections intra-tracheales de mercure. 38 pp., 11. 8°. Paris, 1902, No. 69. Tippel (Max). Leitfaden zum Unterricht in der Behandlung und Pflege der Geisteskranken fiir das Pflegepersonal. iv (11.), 60 pp. 12°. Berlin, G. Reirner, 1897. Tipyakoff* ( Vladimir Vasilyevich) [1855-99]. Solovyoff (G.) [In memoriam.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1899, li, 500. Tiraba§si (G.) Le sostanze amare nella medi- cina. 128 pp. 12°. Milano, R. Mangoni, [1897]. Tirabosclii (Girolamo) [1731-94]. See Oianooni (<;iovanni Ludovico). Sendschreiben fiber [etc.]. 8°. Leipzig, 1781. Tirabosco (Antonio). See Fracastorius ( Hyeronymus ). Della sifilide [etc.]. 4°. Verona, 1739. Tirado (Esteban). * Breves apuntes sobre elec- troterapia. 50 pp. 8°. Mexico, E. Dublan <£• Co., 1887. Tirant (G[ilbert]). See Kebatel (Fleury) & Tirant (G.) Notes medi- cales [etc.], 8°. Lyon, 1874. Tirard (Nestor [Isidore Charles]). Hyoscine in kidney disease. 4 pp. 8°. London, 1887. Repr. from: Practitioner, Lond., 1887, xxxviii. ------. Lecture on the pathology of dropsy, de- livered at King's College Hospital. 8 pp. 8°. London, J. Bale & Sons, 1890. Repr.from: Lancet, Lond., 1890, i. TIRARD. Tirard (Nestor [Isidore Charles])—continued. ------. Some cases of renal colic. 4 pp. 8°. London, J. Bale & Sons, 1892. Repr.from: Lancet, Lond., 1892, i. ------. Diphtheria and antitoxin, vi, 141 pp. 8°. London, Longmans, Green & Co., 1897. ------. Albuminuria and Bright's disease. 2 p. 1., 362 pp., 15 pl. 8°. London, Smith, Elder & Co., 1899. ------. A text-book of medical treatment, dis- eases and svmptoms. x, 692 pp. 8°. London, J. & A. Churchill, 1900. ------. The same. Adapted to the United States Pharmacopoeia by E. Quin Thornton, viii, 17- 632 pp. 8° Philadelphia & New York, Lea Broth- ers & Co., 1900. -----. The treatment of some forms of anaemia. 8 pp. 12°. London, Eyre & Spottisivoode, 1904. Repr.from: Practitioner, Lond., 1904, Ixxiii. Also, Co-Editor of: King's College Hospital reports, v. 1-2, 1893-5. See, also, Garrod (Sir Alfred Baring). The essentials of materia medica [etc.]. 12°. London, 1885. Tiraspol. See Cholera (History and statistics of), by lo- calities. Tire I (Edmond). * Considerations sur le traite- ment chirurgical du prolapsus uterin en general et sur le proeede de Wertheim en particulier. 64 pp. 8°. Paris, 1905, No. 91. Tire Hi (Vitige). L' ipoclorurazione nella cura dell' epilessia. Nota critica. 8 pp. roy. 8°. Torino, S. G. Artigianelli, 1902. ------. Studi ematologici sulla morte per fame e sul digiuno seguito da rialimentazione. Nota riassuntiva preliminare. 21 pp. roy. 8°. To- rino, S. G. Artif/ianelli, 1902. ------. Sulla disvulnerabilita degli epilettici. Nota riassuntiva preliminare. 8 pp. roy. 8°. Torino, S. G. Antigianelli, 1902. Tirez (Alph.) & Tirez (Art.) Gezondheids- leer der lagere scholen, naar het officieel pro- gramma verwerkt. 72 pp. 12°. Gent, A. Siffer, 1903. Tirez (Art.). See Tirez (Alph.) & Tirez (Art.). Gezondheidsleer [etc.]. 12°. Gent, 1903. Tirifahy (Sebastien) [1830-93]. Rorlee. [Biographv.] Mem. Acad. roy. de med. de Belg., Brux., 1869-96, v, 290-292. Tirmann (Johannes). * Ueber Eisenablage- rung. 65 pp. 8°. Jurjew, C. Mattiesen, 1896. Tirone (Carlo). * La polizia sanitaria del latte. [Ginevra.] 87 pp. 8°. Torino, 1897. Tirone (Domenico). See t'uzzi (Alessandro). Guida della levatrice [etcl. 24°. Torino, 1892. Tisehler (A.). See Playlair (William Smoult). Die systematische Behandlung der Nervositat [etc.]. 8°. Berlin, 1883. Tisehler (GeorgFriedrich Leopold) [1878- ]. * Ueber die Verwandlung der Plasmastriinge in Cellulose im Embryosack bei Pedicularis. 1 p. 1., 18 pp., 1 1., 2 pl. 4°. Bonn, 1899. Tisehler (Hugo) [1879- ]. * Ueber die Technik der kochsalzarmen Erniihrung. 32 pp., 11. 8°. Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1906. Tisehler (Max) [1876- ]. * Ueber die Aetiologie der multiplen symmetrischen Li- pome. 26 pp. S°. Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1906. Tisehmeyer (Karl Wilhelm) [1870- ]. * Ein Fall von Haematometra mit Haemato- salpinx bei Atresia vaginalis. 29 pp., 1 pl. s°. Halle a. S., C. A. Kaemmerer & Co., 1900. TISSIER. Tishutkin (N[ikolaI] P[avlovich]) [1868- ]. *Gribi roda achorion; morfologo-biologitshe- skoye izsledovaniye. [Fungi of the class of Achorion; morphologico - biological investiga- tion.] 1 ]>. 1., 141 pp., 1 pl. 8°. S.-Peterburg, 0. P. SoiLin, 1894. Tison (Edouard). Le pain de froment. 26 pp. 8°. Paris, A. Maloine, 1898. _ ------. Contribution to the clinical therapeutics of cascarine. 16 pp. 16°. Paris, M. Leprince, 1896. Tison (Francois-Jean-Baptiste-Joseph) [1857- ]. * Etude critique sur les accidents dus ii l'emploi medical et chirurgical de Facide phe- nique. 88pp., 11. 4°. Lille, 1894, 4.s.,No.(i9. Tison (Jacques) [1881- ]. * Recherches sur l'anesthesie pari'ether avec l'appareil d'Ombre- danne. 77 pp. 8°. Paris, 1908, No. 26. Tison (Marcel) [1883- ]. * Traitement du lupus tuberculeux par les scarifications systema- tiques et la radiotherapie. 60 pp. 8°. Paris, 1910, No. 44. Tissandier (Gaston) [1843-99]. de Parvllle (H.) [Biography.] Nature, Par., 1898-9, xxvii, pt. 2, 225-227. Tisserand (Andre) [1865- ]. *Duvomis- sement nerveux. 84 pp., 11. 4°. Paris, 1894, No. 517. Tisserand (Gaston) [1880- ]. *Les gas- trectomies partielles non orificielles. 93 pp., 9 pl., 1 1. 8°. Lyon, 1906, No. 154. Tisserant [Eugene] [1816-88]. Histoire abre- gee de la medecine veterinaire depuis les temps anciens jusqu'a la creation des ecoles. Discoura de reception lu a 1 Academie imperial e des sciences, belles-lettres et arts de Lyon, dans la seance publique du 3 juillet 1855. 48 pp. 8°. Lyon, F. Dumoulin, 1855. See, also, Dictionnaire general de medecine et de chirurgie veterinaires [etc.]. 8°. Paris, 1850. Tisseron. M. le Baron Larrey. pp. 61-6S. 8°. [Paris, 1864.] Cutting from: Ann. histor., 1864, xxxviii. Tissie (Philippe[-Auguste]) [1852- ]. La fatigue et l'entrainement physique. Lettre- preface de M. le professeur Ch. Bouchard, xvi, 339 pp. 12°. Pans, F. Alcan, 1897. ------. The same. 2. ed., revue et augmentee. ix, 343 pp. _ 8°. Paris, F. A lean, 1903. ------. Precis de gymnastique rationnelle de plain pied a mains libres. 48 pp., 1 diag. 12°. Pan, Caret, 1903. ------. Thesame. iv, 128 pp., 1 ch. 12°. Pa- ris, C. Gaulon & fils, 1909. Tissier (Henri). * Recherches sur la flore in- testinale des nourrissons (etat normal et patho- logique). 253 pp. 8°. Paris, 1900, No. 529. Tissier (Henri) [1882- ]. *L'appareil di- gestif dans la scarlatine. 84 pp. 8°. Paris, 1911, No. 154. Tissier (Paul) [1869- ]. *De l'influence de 1'accouchement anormal sur le developpement des troubles cerebraux de l'enfant. 100 pp. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 666. -----. The same. 99 pp. 8°. Paris, G. Stein- heil, 1899. Tissier (Paul[-Louis-Alexander]) [1863- ]. Co-Editor of: Annales de medecine scientinque et pratique, Paris, 1893-4. See, also, Kick horn (Hermann Ludwig). Traite de pathologie interne [etc.]. roy. 8°. Paris, 1889—Gou- »iienheim (A.) & Tissier (Paul). Phtisie laryngee. 8°. Paris, 1889. ------ & Blondin (P.) Traitement de la sy- philis, mercuriaux, iode et iodures, arsenicaux, hectine, enesol, salvarsan (606). (Methodes TISSIER. 285 TISSOT. Tissier (Paul[-Louis-Alexander])—continued. ancienne:?; methodes modernes.) Avec figures. 2 p. 1., iv, 396 pp. roy. 8°. Paris, A. Maloine, 1912. Tissier (Rene). *La Croix-Rouge francaise et les navires-hopitaux pendant la campagne de Chine, 1900-1901. 2 p. 1., 144 pp., 1 pl., 3 diag. S°. Paris, 1903, No. 347. -----. La cure aux eaux de Vichv. 44 pp. 12°. Paris, A. Coccoz, 1906. ------. Les paludeens a Vichv. 8 pp. 8°. Paris, Yigotfrhes, 1906. Tissoni (Marcus). *De duplici corporis, dia- thesi, et Brounianatheoria. 9 pp. 4°. Genu;r, A. Frugoni, 1809. [P., v. 2148.] Tissot (Charles), dit Sanfiii [1891- ]. * Ueber Nebenplacenten. 34? pp., 1 1. 8°. Berlin, E. Ebering, [1893]. Tissot [Clement-Joseph] [1750-1826]. Medi- cinsk och chirurgisk gymnastik, eller forsok om nyttan af rorelse och stillhet vid spikdomars botande. [Medical and surgical gymnastics, or an attempt to demonstrate the advantages of exercise in amelioration of disease.] 1 p. 1., 260 pp. 16°. Stockholm, J. Dahl, 1797. Tissot (Fernand). *Du cytodiagnostic des pus chirurgicaux. 45 pp., 1 1. 8°. Geneve, 1902. Tissot (Francois). *Les eliminations urinaires chez les paralytiques generaux (recherches par Pepreuve du bleu de methylene). 82 pp. 8°. Paris, 1902, No. 330. Tissot (Georges) [1862- ]. *Des teintures pour les cheveux, de leurs dangers. (Etude historique, clinique et medico-iegale.) 108 pp. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 460. Tissot (Henri-Andre). * Des abaissements inso- lites et brusques qui surviennent dans la course thermique normale de la fievre tvphoide. 38 pp., 1 1. 8b. Paris, 1905, No. 217". Tissot (Joseph) [1780-1864]. Adresse a tous les amis de l'humanite en faveur des pauvres alienes. 4 pp. 16°. Paris, Dnbuisson, [n.d.]. For Biography, see Ann. med.-psvchol., Par., 1909, 9. s., x, 5-14 (E. Cornu). Tissot (Jules). *Les lois du mouvement energe- tique dans les muscles en contraction volontaire statique. Nouvelle methode pour I'etude des phenomenes physico-chimiques de la respira- tion. 34 pp. 8°. Paris, 1897, No. 438. Tissot (Leon) [1871- ]. *Etude sur lapleu- resie des femmes enceintes. 80 pp. 8°. Lyon, L. Bourgeon, 1898. ------. the same. 80 pp. 8°. Lgon, L. Bour- geon, 1898. Tissot (Simon-Andre-D.) [1728-97]. L'inocu- lation justifiee, ou dissertation pratique et apologetique sur cette methode. Avec un essai sur la mue de la voix. xviii, 179 pp. 16°. Lausanne, M.-M. Bonsepief, 1754. ------. Dissertatio de febribus biliosis; seu his- toria epidemic biliosse Lausannensis, an. 1755. Accedit tentamen de morbis ex manustupra- tione. xvi, 189 pp. 16°. Venetiis, Bertella & Perlini, 1769. [P., v. 2149.] ------. Es-ai sur les maladies des gens du monde. 2. eel. xvi, 239 pp. 16°. Lausanne, F. Grnsset, 1770. ------. Traite de Pepilepsie, faisant le tome troisieme du Traite des nerfs et de leurs mala- dies. 3 p. 1., 419 pp. 16°. Lausanne, A. Ch li- pids; Paris, P.-F. Didot le jeune, 1770. ------. The same, viii, 419 pp. 12°. Paris, P.-F. Didot; Lausanne, F. Grnsset & Cie., 1785. ------. Lettere mediche scritte a varj amici. Troduzione dal francese. 2. ed. 236 pp. 16°. Napoli, G. Castellano, 1771. Tissot (Simon-Andre-D.)—continued. ------. L'onanisme. Dissertation sur les mala- dies produites par la masturbation. 5. ed. xx, 2(53 pp. 12°. Laussanne, F. Grasset & Cie., 1772. ------. The same, xxi, 214 pp. 16°. Paris, Bossange & Besson, 1805. ------. The same. El onanismo. Ensayo sobre las enfermedades que produce la masturbacion. Traducida de la ultima edition francesa por Manuel M. Carreras Sanchis. xiii, 1-2, 17-136, 145-190 pp., 1 1. 8°. Madrid, F. Garcia & D. Caravera, 1876. Imperfect; pp. 3-16,137-144, wanting. ------. De la sante des gens de lettres. 3. 6d. x, 218 pp. 12°. Lausanne, J. Dessain, 1775. ------. The same. 4. ed. xiv (1 1.), 242 pp. 12°. Lausanne, F. Grasset & Cie., 1784. ------. The same. Anleitung fiir Gelehrte und Personen von einer sitzenden Lebensart, in Ab- sicht auf ihre Gesundheit. Nebst Gottlieb Suchers Anleitung zur Gesundheit des Geistes oderVersuch der Naturgeschichte eines Weisen. 166 pp., 1 1. 16°. Hamburg, Typogr. Gesell- schaft, 176S. ------. Avis au peuple sur sa sante. 6. ed. 2 v. xxxii, 350 pp.; 380 pp. 8°. Rouen, Vve. P. Dumesnil, an III [1795]. ------. The same. Goda Rad och Underrattel- ser, angaende Halsar, for dem, som bo pa Lan- det och som ej latteligen kunna hafwa nagen forfaren Lakare at radfraga. Och nu, efter nadiget Bef alining, Sweriges Land boar til nodig hjelp och undsattning, utaf Fransoskan ofwer- satt af Herrn. Schutzer. 7 p. 1., 568 pp., 8 1. 16°. Stockholm, P. Hesselberg, 1764. ------. The same. Advice to people in general with respect to their health, translated from the French edition of Dr. Tissot's Avis au peu- ple, etc., printed at Lyons; with all his notes; also a few of his medical editor's at Lyons; and several occasional notes adapted to that English translation. By a physician. With a table of the most cheap, yet effectual, remedies, and the plainest directions for preparing them readily. In two volumes, v. 1. xxi, 271 pp. 16°. Edinburgh, A. Donaldson, 1766. ------. The same. Aviso al pueblo acerca de su salud, o tratado de las enfermedades mas frecuentes de las gentes del campo. 7. ed., co- rregida y aumentada . . . por Mr. Gardanne, publicado de orden del Gobierno de Francia y traducido por Don Juan Calisteo v Xiorro. 2 p. 1., 570 pp., 2 pl. 12°. Madrid, j. del Collado, 1855. See,also, Bilguer (Joh. Ulrich). Dissertation surl'inu- tilit6 de l'amputation des membres. lti°. Paris, 1773. -----. The same. 12°. Paris, 1778. -----. The same. 12°. Lausanne, 1789.-----. The same. Sopra 1' inutilita rlell' amputuzione de' membri. 16°. Napoli, 1775.—de Haen ( Anton ). Refutation de l'inoculation [etc]. 8°. Vknne. 1759.— von Haller (Albrecht). Disserta- tion sur les parties irritables [etc.]. 12°. Lausanne, 1755. -----. The same. Dissertazione intorno la natura sen- sible [etc]. 12°. Venezia, 1778. -----. The same. 16°. Napoli, 1785. For Biographi/, see Coeliet (E.) *Etude sur S.-A. Tissot, 1728-97. 8°. Pan's, 1902, no. 573.' ------. See, also: Holier (B.) Lettres inedites des celebres medecins TN-i't et Zimmermann. France med., Par., 1912, lix, 281-285. Tissot (Wilhelm) [pseud.]. Die Gesundheit der Menschen, und von der Oeconomie des Leibes beyderley Geschlechts. 144 pp. 16°. Stras- burg, 1777. ------. Sammlung von verschiedenen raren sym- pathetischen, magnetischen und andern Curen, wie auch. von andern wunderbaren und in der TISSOT. 286 TISSl'E. Tissot (Wilhelm)—contiuued. Haushaltung niitzlichen Kunststiicken und Experimenten. 304 pp., 1 pl. 16°. Neuscha- dell, 1785. Tissue (Connective) [including elastic tissue]. See, also, Tissue (Retiadar). Hansen (F. C. C.) Unders0gelser over Bin- devaevsgruppen. I. Deel. Den hyaline Brusk- grundsubstans. [Researches on the groups of connective tissue. Part I. The hyoline sub- stance of cartilaginous base.] 8°. Kobenhavn, 1900. Lewinsberg (P.) * Beitrage zur Kenntnis des elastischen Gewebes. 8°. Zurich, 1898. Livini (F.) Le tissu elastique dans les organes du corps humain. ler memoire. Sa distribution dans l'appareil digestif. 4°. Turin, 1900. Totjssaint (M.) *Las celdillas granulosas del tejido conjuntivo. 8°. Mexico, 1893. Zenthoeper (L.) *Topographie des elasti- schen Gewebes innerhalb der Haut des Er- wachsenen. [Wurtzburg.] 8°. Hamburg, 1892. Acquisto (V.) Genesi e sviluppo della sostanza elastica. Atti d. r. Accad. d. sc. med. in Palermo (1901), 1902, 11,5-149, 1 pl— Albrecht. Zur Struk- tur des jugendiichen Bindegewebes. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch. 1907, Jena, 1908, xi, 4-9.— Anderson (W.) & Makin* (G. H.) The planes of subperitoneal and subpleural connective tissue, with their extensions. J. Anat. & Physiol., Lond 1890-91, xxv, 78-86. Also, Reprint—Anglade & Latrcille. Sur un nouveau proeede de coloration du tissu elastique. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1908, xxxviii, 681.—d'Antona (S.) Contributo alio stu- dio del connettivo lamellare. Internat. Monatschr. f. Anat. u. Physiol., Leipz., 1911, xxviii, 268-294, 2 pl — Baumstark (R.) & Cohnheim (O.) Ueber Binde- gewebsverdauung. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1910, lxv, 477-482.— Blochniann (F.) Epithel und Bindegewebe. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1905, xxvi, 269- 271.—Bruni (A. C.) Stato attuale della dottrina del- P istogenesi delle fibre connettive ed elastiche. Oph- thalmologica, Torino, 1909, i, 169-216— Carrel (A ) Variations artiricielles de l'activite du tissu conjonctif a l'etat de vie autonome. .Mouvement med Par 1913, i, 219-222.— Cesaris Bemel (A.) Del'l' ori- gine e del significato della neoproduzione elastica nei tessuti sclerotici. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino 1904, 4. s.t x, 133-136.— Curtis (F.) Nos methodes de coloration elective du tissu conjonctif. Arch, de med exper. et d'anat. path., Par., 1905, xvii, 603-636. Also [Abstr.]: Compt. rend. Soc de biol.. Par., 1905, lviii, 1038- 1040. Also [Abstr.]: Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1905 ix 453.—Curtis (F.) & Lemon It (P.) Sur l'affinite'des matieres colorantes artiricielles pour le tissu conjonctif Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1905, cxl, 1606-1608.— Be Napoli (A.) Sulla formazione dellefibrille connetti- vaii. Gazz. internaz. di med., Napoli, 1906, ix, 803-805 — Bisse (J.) Das retikulare Bindegewebe, Ergebn d Anat. u. Entwcklngsgesch. 1897, Wiesb., 1898, vii, 9-28.— Dllrck (H.) Ueber eine neue Art von Fasern im Binde- gewebe und in der Blutgefasswand. Sitzungsb. d. ™«.; f" MorPhol. u. Physiol, in Munchen, I907,xxiii ■J™, ,Aiso:. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etcl, Berl 1907, clxxxix, 62-69.-Ehrlich (S.) Eisen- und Kalkl impragnation in menschlichen Geweben, insbesondere den elastischen Fasern. Vorlauflge Mitteilung. Cen- ££ ,L f' ,£llg: Path- u- Path- Anat-> Jena, 1906, xvii, 177-180.—Felice (M. F.) Modificazioni di tecnica nella ncerca delle hbre elastiche. Gazz. d. osp., Milano 1908 xxix 1036. - Ferguson (J. S. ) a preliminary note on the relation of normal living cells to the exist- p&i » vTes5rf ^e Th7istogenesis of connective tissue. w^J^wVrT0??8 Ho11' Mass- ]911. xxi. 372-379.- *;e"arl £T-) Nuove ricerche sul tessuto elastico nel S*f Jw?,™,', Arch-itaL di ginec, Napoli, 1902, v, 21-24.—Flint (J. M.) Das Bindegewebe der Speichel- p wi?,iUnd uS Pan,kreas und seine Entwiekelung in der Glandula .submaxillary. Arch. f. Anat. u. Entwcklngs- gesch. Leipz. 1908.61-106, 3 pl.-Fusarl (R.) Sualcune par icolanta di forma e di rapporto delle cellule del ™t0^C0nnT?tt-1V0interstiziale- Ricerche n. lab. di anat norm. d. r. Univ. di Roma, 1894, iv, 37-11 Also transl Arch ital. de biol Turin, 1894, xxii lll-i 3.-FusMS j Die Bildung der elastischen Faser Virchow's Areh f SehnUdt' PA1' f'«to". 1-29,1 pl-Goia- sciimidt (R.) Das Bindegewebe des Amphioxus etaHS* xxtv8^- VMarph0L U' Physiol iPn K enen, 1908, xxiv, 53-78— GrOnroos (H.) Bindegewebe ohne Bmdegewebszellen. Anat. Hefte, Wiesbf im, Tissue (Connective) [including clastic tissue]. 68. Hft., 137-151,2 pl— Hamburger (H.J.) Ueber den Einfluss des Druckes auf die Resorption im Unterhaut- bindegewebe. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1907, iii, 359-388.— Hansen (F.) Leber Bildung und Riickbildung elasti- scher Fasern. Areh. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1894, exxxvii, 25-50. — Harris (H. F.) A new method of staining elastic tissue. Proc. Path. Soc. Phila., 1900-1901, n. s., iv, 167.—Hay craft (J. B.) The elasticity of ani- mal tissues. J. Physiol., Lond., 1904, xxxi, 392-409.— Herzog (M.) Weigert's new stain for elastic fibers. J. Applied Micr., Rochester, 1900, iii, 958.—Hoefer (E.) Over het onstaan der elastieke vezels. Onderzoek. ged. in h. physiol. Lab. d. Utrecht. Hoogesch., 1902, iv, 80- 146.—Hoi man n (F. B.) Ueber die Farbung des elasti- schen Bindegewebes durch protrahirte vitale Methylen- blaubehandlung. Arch. f. Anat. u. Entwcklngsgesch., Leipz. 1902, 115, 1 pl.— Honkamp. Ist es unwissen- schaftlich, die Bezeichnungen elastisches Bindegewebe und Elastin beizubehalten? Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat Hamb., 1899, xxix, 501-509.— Jores (L.) Ueber die Re- generation des elastischen Gewebes. Verhandl d deutsch. path. Gesellsch. 1900, Berl., 1901, 1-10. _____. Ueber die feineren Vorgange beider Bildung und Wie- derbelebung des elastischen Bindegewebes. Beitr. ■/. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1907, xli, 167-180,1 pl — Klrifuchi (K.) [The normal and pathological corre- spondence of the reticulated tissues.] Chiugai Iji Shin- po, Tokio, 1901, xxii, 5-16.—von K.ortT(K.) Zur His- tologie und Histogenese des Bindegewebes, besonders der Knochen- und Dentingrundsubstanz. Ergebn. d. Anat u. Entwcklngsgesch., Wiesb., 1909, xvii, 247-299, 1 pl — Krausse (R.) & Virchow (R.) Bindegewebs-Haute und Lymphspalten. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl. 1900, clxii, 541-544.—Laguesse (E.) Sur la substance amorphe du tissu conjonctif lache. Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1903, lv, 1239-1242. -----. A propos de l'his- togenese de la fibre conjonctive. (Reponse a M. Zacha- riades.) Ibid., 1904, lvi, 180. -----. Developpement des lamelles du tissu conjonctif lache sous-cutane chez le rat. Ibid., lvii, 329-331. Also: £cho med. du nord, Lille 1904, viii, 373. -----. Substance amorphe et lamelles du tissu conjonctif lache. Compt. rend, de l'Ass. d. anat Nancy, 1904, vi,. 123-132, -----. Un exemple bien net d'architecture lamellaire du tissu conjonctif lache. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, lxxi, 328.—Lav- clovski (M. D.) Tkan soyedinitelnavo veshtshestva. [Connective tissue.] Osnov. k izuch. mi kr. anat. chelov. l zhivotn., S.-Peterb., 1887-3, 183-274.—Levi (G.) Delia eolorazione elettiva del connettivo col metodo Bielsehow- sky. Monitore zool. ital., Firenze, 1907, xviii, 290-294 — iievy (O.) Ueber Versuche zur Frage von der func- tionellen Anpassung des Bindegewebes. Verhandl d anat. Gesellsch., Jena, 1902, xvi, 58-63. Also: Anat. Anz Jena, 1902, xxi, Ergnzngshft., 58-65. Also, Reprint.— Liv in i (F.) Sulla distribuzione del tessuto elastico in varii organi del corpo umano. Sperimentale. Arch di biol., Firenze, 1896, 1, 342-353. Also: Monitore zool. ital., Firenze, 1899, x, 267-276. — Loewen- thal (N.) Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Struktur und der Teilung von Bindegewebszellen. Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1903-4, lxii, 389-416, 1 pl.—Lolsel (G.) Formation et evolution des elements du tissu elastique. J. de l'anat. et physiol. [etc.], Par., 1897, xxxiii, 129-197, 3 pl.—de Madrid (S.) Las nuevas ideas sobre la es- tructura de la sangre y de los tejidos conjuntivos. An. d. Circ. med. argent., Buenos Aires, 1903, xxvi, 301; 427, 54 pl.—Mall (F. P.) Reticulated tissue, and its relation to the connective tissue fibrils. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Rep., Bait., 1896, i, 171-208, 9 pl. -----. On the development of the connective tissues from the connective-tissue syn- cytium. Am. J. Anat., Bait, 1901-2, i, 329-365.— Itlal- lory (F. B.) A hitherto undescribed fibrillar substance produced by connective-tissue cells. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1903, x, 334-341, 1 pl.—Maximow (A.) Ueber die Zellformen deslockeren Bindegewebes. Anat. Anz., Jena., 1905, xxvii, Ergnzngshft., 64-71. -----. Ueber die Zellformen des lockeren Bindegewebes. Arch. f. mikr. Anat, Bonn, 1906, lxvii, 680-757, 3 pl.—Melnikotl- RazvedenkotT (N. F.) Histologicheskoye izslledo- vaniye uprugol tkani v normalnikh i patologicheski- izmlenennikh organakh. [Histological examination of elastic tissue of normal organs, and those which have un- dergone pathological changes.] Med. Obozr.,Mosk., 1899, Iii, 685-715. Also, transl.: Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1899, xxvi, 546-588.—Michaelis (L.) Ueber Mastzellen. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr.. 1902, xlix, 225.— ITlironesco (T.) Le rapport existantentre le tissu mus- culaire lisse et le tissu elastique. Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1910, lxviii, 78.—Pitini (A.) Poteri di ridu- zione del connettivo sottocutaneo prima e dopo la morte. Arch, di farm, e terap., Palermo, 1901, ix, 336-350.—Pni- neau. De l'intolerance du tissu conjonctif pour le se- rum physiologique. Bull. Soc. centr. de med. vet, Par., 1907, Ixi, 592-595.—Rabl(H.) Ueberorce'inophiles Binde- gewebe. Sitzungsb. d. k. Akad. d. Wissensch. Math.- naturw. CI., Wien., 1901,ex, 313-322,1 pl.—Ravenna IE.) TISSUE. 287 TISSUE. Tissue (Connective) [including elastic tissue]. 11 tessuto elastico negli organi cirrotici. Sperimentale. Arch, di biol., Firenze, 1909, lxiii, 163-198.—Redd In- gius (R. A.) Die Zellen des Bindegewebes. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1901, xxix, 405-413,1 pl.—Renaut (J.) Sur la tramule du tissu conjonctif. Arch, d'anat. micr., Par., 1903, vi, L-42,1 pl.-----. Sur les fibrilles conjonctives (reponse k M. P. Zachariades). Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1904, lvi, 178-180. -----. Sur une espece nouvelle de cellules fixes du tissu con- jonctif: les cellules connectives rhagiocrines. Ibid.,916- 919. -----. Caracteres hist dogiques et Evolution des cel- lules connectives rhagiocrines. Compt. rend, de l'Ass. d. anat., Nancy, 1905, vii, 179-186. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Anat. Anz., Jena, 1905, xxvii, Ergnzngshft, 63. -----. Sur une nouvelle fonction glandulaire des cellules fixes du tissu conjonctif: la fonction rhagiocrine. Bull. Acad. de med., Par., 1906, 3. s., lv, 396-401. -----. R61e general et fonction perivasculaire des cellules connectives rha- giocrines clasmatocytiformes. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1907, lxii, 1206-1208. -----. La lignee des cellules connectives et leur caractere specifique majeur: l'activite secretaire rhagiocrine. Bull. Soc. med. d. hop. de Lyon, 1909, viii, 278-292,1 pl. Also: Lyon med., 1909, cxiii, 98- 110,1 fold, pl.—Retterer (E.) Recherches experimen- tales sur les rapports genetiques entre l'epithelium et le tissu conjonctif. Compt. rend, de l'Ass. d. anat, Nancy, 1904, vi, 96-104.—Retterer (E.) & Lelievre (A.) De la nature et de l'histoire du leucocyte de Stohr (reponse k Franz Weidenreich). Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1912, Ixxiii, 163-166.—Ribbert. Leberdie Betheiligung der Leukocyten an der Neubildung des Bindegewebes. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat, Jena, 1890, i, 667- 671.—Ricker (G.) Die Verflussigung der Bindegewebs- fasern; zugleich ein Beitrag zur Kenntniss der fibrinoiden Degeneration. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1901, clxiii, 44-75.—Romiti (G.) Per la storia del tessuto con- nettivo reticolare. Gior. ital. d. sc. med., PiBa, 1903, i, 6.— Schade (H.) Untersuchungen zur Organfunction des Bindegewebes. I. Die Elasticitatsfunction des Bindege- webes und die intravitale Messung ihrer Storungen. Zt- schr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1912, xi, 369-399.— Schrakamp (G.) Ueber active Fonctionen des Binde- gewebes. Verhandl.d.Gesellsch.deutsch.Naturf.u. Aerzte, Leipz., 1895, lxvii, pt 2, 1. Hlfte., 120-126. -----. Warum giebt es keine Physiologie des Bindegewebes? Deutsche I Aerzte-Ztg., Berl., 1900, 201-203.—Sniirnow (A.E.) Ue- ber die Beziehungen zwischen dem Muskel- und elasti- schen Gewebe bei den Wirbeltieren. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1898-9, xv, 484-488.—Snessarew (P.) Ueber die Modi- fizierung der Bielschowskyschen Silbermethode zwecks Darstellung von Bindegewebsfibrillennetzen; zur Frage des Stroma verschiedener Organe. Ibid., 1910, xxxvi, 401-411. Also, transl: Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1911, xviii, 935-938. -----. Demonstration der bindegewebsfi- brillareu Gebilde. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1912, xl, 522-530.— Solukh (N. P.) O histiogenezle rikhlol soyedinitelnol tkani v normalnom yeya sostoyanii i pri vospalenii. [His- togenesis of the connective tissue, normally and in inflam- mation.] Med.pribav.kmorsk.sborniku.St Petersb.,1908, pt. 2,67; 133; 199,1 pl.—Spalteholz (W.) Ueber die Be- ziehungen zwischen Bindegewebsfasern und -zellen. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1906, xxix, 209-218. Also [Abstr.]: Zen- tralbl. f. norm. Anat u. Mikrotechn.,Berl. u. Wien, 1906, iii, 165.—Sperino (G.) Sulla disposizione del tessuto elastico nel letto ungueale. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1893, 3. s., xli, 639-652, 2 pl.—Studnicka (F. K.) Ueber kollagene Bindegewebsfibrillen in der Grundsub- stanz des Hyalinknorpels im Dentin und im Knochenge- webe. Anat. Am., Jena, 1906, xxix, 334-344.—Taddei (D.) Le fibre elastiche nei tessuti di cicatrice; contributo alio studio della genesi e dello sviluppo delle fibre elas- tiche. Atti Accad. d. sc. med. e nat. in Ferrara, 1902-3, lxxvii, 165-183.—Taltavail (W. A.) & tiles (W. J.) Preliminary observations on the effects and elimination of connective tissue mucoid after subcutaneous or intra- venous injection. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1907, lxxxvi, 728- 730.—Thin (G.) A contribution to the anatomy of con- nective tissue nerve and muscle with special reference to their connexion with the lymphatic system. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1874, xxii, 515-531, 4 pl. Also, Reprint- Thompson (G. H.) The hyperplasia of connective tissueanditstreatment RegularM.Visitor,St.Louis,1900, i, 1-4.—Traina (R.) Di un metodo semplice per la colora- zione del tessuto connettivo. Path. Riv. quindicin. Ge- nova, 1908-9, i, 626-630. Also, transl.: Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat, Jena, 1909, xx, 1057-1062. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1911, liv, 445.—Trie- pel (H.) Elastisches Gewebe und gelbes Bindegewebe. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1898-9, xv, 488-492. -----. Noch einmal das Wort elastisch in der Bezeichnung eines Gewebes. Ibid., 1900, xvii,457-462. -----. Die Elastizitiit des gelben Bindegewebes und der quergestreiften Muskulatur. Anat. Hefte. Wiesb., 1900, xiv, 315-378.—Vandegril't (G. W.) & Oies (W. J.) The composition of yellow fibrous connective tissue. Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1901-2, v, 287- Tissue (Connective) [including elastic tissue], ■191.—Verhoeff(F. H.) An improved differential elas- tic tissue stain. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, lvi, 1326.— Welgert (C.) Ueber eine Methode zur Farbung elasti- scher Fasern. 1898. In his: Gesamm. Abhand., 8°, Berl., 1906, ii, 520-522.—Wright (J.) The contractile elements in the connective tissue. N. York M. J.[etc.], 1910, xci, 313; 729; 887; 990. Also: Manhattan Eye, Ear & Throat Hosp. Rep., N. Y., 1911,xii, 134-169.—Zacharlades(P.- A.) Sur la structure du faisceau conjonctif. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1899,10. s., vi, 115; 158.-----. Re- cherche sur la structure du tissu conjonctif; sensibilite du tendon aux acides. Ecole prat. d. hautes etudes. Lab. d'histol. du Coll. de France. Trav. 1900, Par., 1902, xviii, 151-153. -----. Des actions diverses des acides sur la sub- stance conjonctive. Ibid., 157-159. -----. Sur les cretes et les cannelures des cellules conjonctives. Ibid., 1901, Par., 1903, 90-92.-----. Sur la structure dela fibrille ten- dineuse adulte et sur 1'origine de la substance collagene. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1904, lvi, 102. See, also, supra, Laguesse (E.), and Renaut (J.)—Zlegler (E.) Ueber das elastische Gewebe verschiedener normaler una pathologisch veranderter Organe, nach Untersuchungen von Melnikow-Raswedenkow. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch. 1899, Berl., 1900, 235-238. Also: Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1899, Leipz., 1900, lxxi, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 17. Tissue (Connective, Diseases of). Lakios (C.) *Abscesos frios del tejido con- juntivo. 8°. Mexico, 1884. Le Miere (P.) * De la dystrophie congeni- tale du tissu fibro-elastique (maladie evolutive). 8°. Paris, 1906. Schneider (E.) * Beitrag zur fibrinosen Ex- sudation und fibrinoiden Degeneration des Bin- degewebes. 8°. Zurich, 1900. AfanasyeflE"(S. M.) O khronicheskom zastoye limfi v podkozhnol klietchatkle. [De l'accumulation chro- nique de la lymphe dans le tissu conjonctif sous-cutan6. Extr., 67.] Russk. arch, patol., klin. med. i bakteriol., S.-Peterb., 1899, viii, 1-21.—Cazin (M.) Note sur un mode de degenerescence hyaline des cellules du tissu conjonctif. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1891, lxvi, 305.— Ghisleni (P.) Metaplasie ossee del connettivo sotto- cutaneo nei solipedi. Clin, vet., Milano, 1912, xxxv, 49; 122.—lieredde (E.) & Bezancon (F.) Principales formes cellulaires des tissus conjonctifs et du sang. Presse med., Par., 1898, ii, 305-308.—IiCtulle (M.) Dege- nerescence hyaline de certaines cellules du tissu con- jonctif. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1891, lxvi, 303-305.— Sata (M.) & Tanaka (Y.) [Diseases of the fibrous tissues.] Iji Shinbun, Tokio, 1901, 1026; 1267.—Stud- nicka (F. K.) Ueber verknorpelte Fasern im Binde- gewebe einiger Thiere. Sitzungsb. d. k.-bohm. Gesell- sch. d. Wissensch. 1897, Prag. 1898, No. lxv, 1-7.—Vogel (K.) Zur Pathologie des Bindegewebes. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1905, Iii, 1433-1436.—Wetterwald. La presclerose organique et son traitement manuel. J. de physiotherap., Par., 1909, vii, 285-289. — Zleler (K.) Ueber die bei der aseptischen Entziindung des Bindege- webes auftretenden Zellformen. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien u. Leipz., 1907, lxxxv, 323-360, 2 pl. Tissue (Connective, Embryology of). Manunza (E.) La genesi dele fibre elas- tiche. 8°. Cagliari, [1897]. Ask (F.) Studien iiber die Entwiekelung des Driisen- apparates der Bindehaut beim Menschen. Anat. Hefte, Wiesb., 1910, xl, 491-528, 7 pl.—Falcone (C.) Contri- buto alio studio del tessuto connettivo embrionale. Mo- nitore zool. ital., Firenze, 1901, xii, 155-164, lpl.—Geipel (P.) Ueber elastisches Gewebe beim Embryo und in Geschwulsten. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1906, xvii, 561-565,2pl.—Hansen (F. C. C.) Ueber die Genese einiger Bindegewebsgrundsubstanzen. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1899, xvi, 417-438.—von Korff (K.) Zur Histogenese der bindegewebigen Stiitzsubstanzen nie- derer Wirbelticre. Ibid., 1910, xxxvii, Ergnzngshft., 128-136, 2 pl.—Livini (F.) Istogenesi del tessuto con- nettivo. Boll. d. Soc. med. di Parma, 1908,2. s., i, 122-124. Also: Monitore zool. ital., Firenze, 1909, xx, 225-227. -----. Genesi delle fibre collagene ed elastiche. Arch. ital. di anat. e di embriol., Firenze, 1909, viii, 425-440,1 pl. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1911, liv, 450.— Merkel (F.) Betrachtungen fiber die Entwiekelung des Bindegewebes. Anat. Hefte, Wiesb., 1909, xxxviii, 321-392, 5 pl.—Nakai (M.) Ueber die Entwicklung der elastischen Fasern im Organismus und ihre Beziehungen zu der Gewebsfunktion. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1905, clxxxii, 153-166, 1 pl. Also, transl.: Tokyo Iji-Shinshi, 1906, 1857-1865.—Retterer (E.) Du developpement et de la structure des organes 61astiques. TISSUE. 288 TISSUES. Tissue (Connective, Embryology of). Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1907, lxii, 56-58. — Riithig \V.) Entwicklung der elastischen Fasern. Ergebn. d. Anat. u. Entwcklngsgesch., Wiesb., 1909, xvii, 300-336.—Triepcl (H.) Das Bindegewebe im Schwanz von Anurenlarven. Arch. f. Entwcklngsmechn. d. Or- gan., Leipz., 1911, xxxii, 477-499, 2 pl. Tissue (Erectile). See, also, Erectile tissues and organs. Caldwell (J.J.) The erectile tissues; their physiol- ogy, pathology, and treatment. Charlotte M. J., 1893. no. 9, 21-28. Also, Reprint—Ott (I.) & Scott (J. C.) Pre- liminary note on the action of some internal secretions upon erectile tissue. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1910-11, viii, 92. Tissue (Lymphoid). Audrain (J.) Le tissu lymphoide devant les grandes diatheses et l'intoxication. Progres med., Par., 1912, 3. s., xxviii, 413-417.—Auten (F. E.) The lymphoid masses; the part thev play in infections gainingentrance into the bodv. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1910, xvii, 727-732. Also: Internat. J. Surg., N. Y., 1910, xxiii,_ 75-78.—Jolly (J.) Sur le tissu Ivmphoide des oiseaux. Ecole prat.d. hautes 6tudes. Lab. d'histol. du Coll. de France. Trav. 1908-9, Par., 1910, 24-32.—Van Kirk (F. J.) Lymphoid tissue. Northwest. Med., Seattle, 1909, vii, 140-144. Tissue (Reticular). Siegfried (SI.) * Ueber die chemischen Ei- gensehaften des reticulirten Gewebes. 8°. Leip- zig, 1892. Deuioor (L.) Recherches stir la structure du tissu reticule. Areh. de biol., Gand, 1893, xiii, 1-40, 2 pl.— Ferguson (J. S.) The application of the silver im- pregnation method of Bielschowsky to reticular and other connective tissues. I. The mature tissues. Am. J. Anat., Phila., 1911-12, xii, 277-296.—Jolmstoiie (A. W.) The function and pathology of the reticular tissue. Am. Gynnc. & Ob-t. J., N. Y., 1896, ix, 166-187. Also, Re- print.—Tebb (M. C.) Chemistry of reticular tissue. Proc. Physiol. Soc Lond., 1899, p. x.— Young (R. A.) The lihrcs of retiform tissue. J. Physiol., Lond. & Cam- bridge, 1S92, xiii, 332-334. Tissues. See, also, Membranes. David (SI.) *La biopsie; son utilite* en cli- nique. 8°. Paris, 1907. Paulus (G.) *De fibra debili et laxa. 4°. Lugd. Bat., 1710. Stressner (P. E. W.) *Die reduzierenden Wirkungen des Gewebes. 8°. Berlin, 1910. Askanazy (M.) Staubverschleppung und Staubrei- nigungin den Geweben. Centralbl. f. allg. Path, u.path. Anat., Jena, 1906, xvii, 642-651.—Ballowitz (E.) Eine Bemerkung zu dem von Golgi und seinen Schulern be- schriebenen Apparato reticolare interno der Ganglien- und Driisenzellen. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1900, xviii, 177- 181.—Bauer (J.) Studien fiber Quellung von Nervenge- webe. 1. Mitteilung. Der Einfluss von Siiure und Alkali auf die Wasserbindung des Nervengewebes. Arb. a. d. neurol. Inst. a. d. Wien. Univ., Leipz. u. Wien, 1911, xix, 87-132.—Bjorling (E.) Ueber mukoides Bindegewebe. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etcl, Bert, 1911, ccv, 71- 88.—Bordier (H.) Sur la mesure comparative de la eonduetibilite calorifique des tissus de l'organisme. Arch, de physiol. norm, et path., Par., 1898, 5. s., x, 17- 27.—Bulla (E.) Sur une combinaison sulftiree des tis- sue animaux. J. de physiol. et de path, gen., Par., 1904, vi, 645-654.—(arbone (D.) Sul rieonoscimento delle fibre tessili vegetaii nei tessuti. Boll, de Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1910,xxiv,725-728.—Ciaccio(C.) Sull'esistenzadi un tessuto mieloide differenziato negli animali inferiori. Anat.Anz.,Jena, 1905, xxvi,222-224.-----. Sullafinastrut- tura del tessuto adenoide della milza,glandolelinfatiche edintestino. Ibid., 1907, xxxi, 594-601.—Cocci (G.) SuUa sorte deilembi e frammenti di cute inclusi in mezzo ai tes- suti. Cesalpino, Arezzo, 1912, viii, 352-371.— Craster (C. V.) Conditions governing the growth of displaced normal tissue. J. Exper. M., Lancaster, Pa., 1912 xvi 493-.>i>l. r, tab.—von Bungern (K.) Leber Nachweis und \ cnrbuns biochemischer Strukturen und ihre fo- rensiM-he Bedeutung. Munchen. med. Wchnschr. 1910 lvii, 293-295.—Ferrier (P.) Densite humaine; causes des variations; leur interpretation. Arch. gen. de med Par., 1904, ii, 3009-3022.-Fiessinger (N.) & Rou- dowska (L.) La reaction microchimique des oxyda- ses dans les tissus humains. Arch, de med exper et r,^na^upath'' Par-' 1912> xxiv. 585-608, 1 pl.—Ford. (W \\.) The bacteriology of healthy orems, Tr Ass m' Physicians, Phila., 1900, xv, 389-415 -I'redericq (L ) Mote sur la concentration moleculaire des tissus solides chez les animaux aquatiques. Arch, internat. de phy- Tissues. : Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1909, n. s., lxxxviii, 526.—Koa! (H. E.) & Vernon (H. M.) Discussion on ti-sue respi- ration. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, ii, 788-790.—Robin i C. > & Marehal de Calvi. Memoire sur les elements ca- racteristiques du tissu fibro-plastique et sur la presence de ce tissu dans une nouvelle espeee de tumeur. [Abstr.] Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1846, xxiii, 857.—Soli a I- l"er(J.) Ueber das Verhaltnis des Chordagewebes zum Knorpelgewebe. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1910, xxxvii, 231- 239.—Sehuberg (A. j Ueber den Zusammenhang ver- sehiedenartigerGewebozelleuim thierischenOrganismus. Sitzungsb. d. phys.-med. Gesell>ch. zuWiirzb., 1893, 44; 49.—Sclmltz (E.) Ueber das Ueberleben von Teilen Beitrage zur Individualitiitsfrage. Arch. f. Entwcklngs- mechn. d. Organ., Leipz., 1912, xxxv, 210-222.—Shaw (H. B.) A contribution to the study of the morphology of adipose tissue. J. Anat. & Physiol., Lond., 1901-2, xxxvi, 1-13.—Studnicka (F. K.) Die Analogien der Protoplasma-Faserungen der Epithel- und Chordazellen mit Bindegewebefasern. Sitzungsb. d. k. bohm. Ge- sellsch. d. Wissensch., Prag, 1902, xlviii, 1-9. Also, Re- print. -----. Ueber einige Crundsubstanzgewebe. Anat, TISSUES. Tissues. Anz., Jena, 1907, xxxi, 497-522. -----. Ueber Bausub- stanzen und die Bestandteile des Tierkorpers uberhaupt Ibid., 1911, xxxviii, 225-237. -----. Das Gewebe der Chorda dorsalis und die Klassifikation der sogenannten Sttitzgewebe. Ibid., 497-513.—Stllbel (H.) Die Flu- oreszenz tierischer |Gewebe in ultraviolettem Licht Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1911, cxlii, 1-14.—Testa (A. J.) [De cellulosae telae affectibus.] In: Diss. med. ital. decas . . . prsefatus J. J. Roemer, 16°, Norimb., 1797, 165-176.—Tomellini (L.) Intorno agli scambi fra i tessuti viventi, morti e putrefatti ed i liquidi incui ven- gono immersi. Arch, di farmacol. sper., Roma, 1911, xii, 217-229.—Tonta (I.) Le reazioni del radium sui tessuti. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1909, Roma, 1910, xix, 777- 782.—Tullier. Sur une maladie generale caracterisee par une inferiorite phvsiologique des tissus. Semaine med., Par., 1894, xiv, 285.— Vastarinl-Cresi (G.) Re- cherches ulterieures sur une nouvelle methode de colo- ration du glycogene dans les tissus. Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1911, liv, 446.—von den Velden (R.) Untersu- chungen zum Stoffaustausch zwischen Blut und Gewebe. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1911, xxviii, 263-268.—Vernon (H. M.) Therelation between oxidase and tissue respiration. J. Physiol., Lond., 1912- 13, xliv, 150-168.—Verzar (F.) The influence of lack of oxygen on tissue respiration. Ibid., xiv, 39-52.—Wake- field (H.) The tissue density factor in general physiol- ogy, general pathology, psychogenesis, physical psychol- ogy, and neurology. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1912,xcvi, 157; 227.—Warren (J. W.) Notes on the digestion of living tissues. Boston M. & S. J., 1887, cxvi, 219-252. Also, Reprint. Tissues (Calcification of). Lexa (M.) *Sur une variete speciale de cal- cification dans les tissus. 8°. Lyon, 1899. Chlari (H.) Zur Kenntniss der pathologischen Ver- kalkung. Cong, internat. de med. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, path, gen., 353.—Ellascheft'(Olga). Gibt es einen intravitalen Eisengehalt verkalkter Gewebe? Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1911,1,143-160, 2 pl.—Fraenkel (E.) Ueber pathologische Verkal- kungen und ihren Nachweis durch Rontgenstrahlen. Fortschr. a. d. Geb. d. Rontgenstrahlen, Hamb., 1909, xiv, 87-100,1 pl.—Hneek (W.) Ueber den angeblichen Eisengehalt verkalkter Gewebe. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. n. Path. Anat., Jena, 1908, xix, 774-780— Pauli (W.) Zur phvsikalischen Chemie der Gewebsverkalkung. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1910, lx, 2288-2292.—Stoeltzner (W.) Ueber Metallfarbungen verkalkter Gewebeteile. Virchow's Arch, f. path. Anat. [etc.], 1905, clxxx, 362- 365. Tissues (Chromaffin). See, also, Suprarenal bodies (Morphology and histology of). DeGaetani (L.) Elements chromafflns dans la re- gion cardio-cervicale de quelques sauriens. Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1912-13, lviii, 28-32.—Ehrmann (R.) Bemerkungen zu der Arbeit von R. H. Kahn: Zur Frage nach der inneren Sekretion des chromafflnen Gewebes. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1909, cxxix, 402-406.— Hornowskl (J.) O zachowaniu sie. ukladu chromo- chlonnego (chromafinowego) w przypadkach gmierci z oparzenia, oraz o wplywie czynnik6w termicznych na tenze uklad i praktycznych stad wnioskach. [Preserva- tion of the chromaffin structure in cases of death from burning, also on the influence of thermic factors on that structure, and on the practical results therefrom.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1909, 2. s., xxix, 785; 812; 836; 869. Also, transl.: Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1909, cxcviii, 93-105,1 pl.—Kahn i R. II.) Zur Frage nach der inneren Sekretion des chromafflnen Gewebes. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1909, cxxviii, 519-554. See, also, supra, Ehrmann. — Holm (A.) Das chromaffine Ge- webe. Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1903, xlviii, 503; 515.— Lubarsch. Das chromaffine Gewebe. Jahresk. f. arztl. Fortbild., Munchen, 1911,1. Hft., 53-57.—Massone (M.) II sistema cromaffine addominale in casi di "encephalo- schisis." Path. Riv. quindicin., Genova, 1908-9, i. 572- 575.—Schur (H.) & Wiesel (J.) Beitrage zur Physio- logie und Pathologie des chromafflnen Gewebes. Ver- handl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch. 1907, Jena, 1908, xi, 175-182. Tissues (Culture of Extra-vital). Loeb (L.) Ueber die Entstehung von Binde- gewebe, Leucocyten und roten Blutkorperchen aus Epithel und iiber eine Methode, isolierte Gewebsteile zu zuchten. 8°. Chicago, 1897. vol xvin, 2d series---19 TISSUES. Tissues (Culture of Extra-vital). Sundwall (J.) Tissue proliferation in plasma medium. 8°. Washington, 1912. Battelll(F) & Stern {MHe.h.) Influence de la temperature sur la conservation de l'activit6 respiratoire dans les tissus animaux isoles. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1907, lxii,531-533.—Braus (H.) Mikro-Kino- Projektionen von in vitro geziichteten Organanlagen. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1911, Ixi, 2809-2812.— Burrows (M. T.) The cultivation of tissues of the chick-embrvo outside the body. J. Am. M. Ass:, Chicago, 1910, fv, 2057. Also, Reprint. -----. The growth of tissues of the chick embryo outside the animal body, with special reference to the nervous system. J. Exper. Zool., Phila., 1911, x, 61-83, 6 pl. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1910, lxix, 291. -----. A method of furnishing a continuous supply of new medium to a tissue culture in vitro. Anat. Record, Phila., 1912, vi, 141-144.—Carrel (A.) Latent life of arteries. J. Exper. M., Lancaster, Pa., & N. Y., 1910, xii, 460-486, 4 pi. -----. Life of tissues outside of the body. [Abstr.] Proc. Path. Soc. Phila., 1911, n. s., xiv, 98. -----. Die Kultur der Gewebe ausserhalb des Organismus. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xlviii, 1364-1367. -----. Rejuvination of cultures of tissues. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, lvii, 1611. Also, transl.: Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1911, lxxi, 401. -----. Technique for cultivating a large quantity of tissue. J. Exper. M., Lancaster, Pa., 1912, xv, 393-396. -----. On the permanent life of tissues out- side of the organism. Ibid., 516-528, 2 pl. -----. Pure cultures of cells. Ibid., xvi, 165-168. -----. La vie manifested des tissus "in vitro;" techniques nouvelles et leurs resultats. Presse med., Par., 1912, xx, 693. -----. The preservation of tissues and its applica- tions in surgery. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lix, 523-527. -----. Visceral organisms. Ibid., 2105. -----. Neue Fortschritte in der Kultivierung der Gewebe ausserhalb des Organismus. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 533-536. -----. Artificial activation of the growth in vitro of connective tissue. J. Exper. M., Lancaster, Pa., 1913, xvii, 14-19. -----. Concerning visceral organisms. Ibid., N. Y., 1913, xviii, 155- 161.—Carrel (A.) & Burrows (M. T.) La culture des tissus adultes en dehors de l'organisme. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1910, lxix, 293.----------. Cul- ture de substance retiale en dehors de l'organisme. 2. note. Ibid., 298. ----- -----. Culture de moelle osseuse et de rate. 3. note. Ibid., 299-301.-----------. A propos des cultures in vitro des tissus de mammiferes. Ibid., 1911, lxx, 3.----------. Cultivation of tissues in vitro and its technique. J. Exper. M., Lancaster, Pa., & N. Y., 1911, xiii, 387-396. Also, Reprint. Also, transl.: Pressem&L, Par., 1911, xix, 209-216.----------. Cultiva- tion in vitro of the thvroid gland. J. Exper. M., Lancas- ter^.,.^. Y.,1911,x'iii,415-421, 3pl.----------. Onthe physiochemical regulation of the growth of tissues; the effects of the dilution of the medium on the grow th of the spleen. Ibid., 562-570, 2 pl. Also, Reprint.----------. An addition to the technique of the culiivationof tissues in vitro. J. Exper. M., Lancaster. Pa., 1911. xiv, 244-247, 3 pl.—Carrel (A.) & Ingebrlgtsen (R.) The pro- duction of antibodies by tissues living outside of the or- ganism. Ibid., 1912, xv, 287-291, 1 pl.—Champy (C.) Sur les phgnomtmes cytologiques qui s'observent dans les tissus cultives en dehors de l'organisme; tissus epithg- liaux et glandulaires; note preiiminaire. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1912, lxxii, 987— Ciaceio (C.) Ricer- che sulla coltura dei tessuti in vitro. Path. Riv. quin- dicin,, Genova, 1911-12, iv, 223— Cristiani (H.) Vita- lite des tissus separes de l'organisme. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1903, lv, 828-830.—Flels (C.) Sur la sur- vie d'elements et de systemes cellulaires, en particulier des vaisseaux, apres conservation prolongee hors de l'or- ganisme. Ibid., 1910, lxix, 604-506. Also: Bull. mens, de l'Acad. d. sc. . . . de Montpellier, 1911, 83-87.—Flelsher (M. S.) & lioefo (L.) The relative importance of stroma and parenchyma in the growth of certain organs in cul- ture media. Proc. Soc Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1910- 11, viii, 133-138.—Foot fN. C.) Ueber das Verhalten des Huhnerknochenmarks gegen Immunplasma in den Zell- kulturen nach Carrel. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1912, xxiii, 578-581. -----. The growth of chicken bone marrow in vitro and its bearing on hema- togenesis in adult life. J. Exper. M., Lancaster, Pa., 1913, xvii, 43-60,2 pl.—Golyanltskl(I A.) Opltl s tkanevimi kulturami. [Experiments with tissue cultures.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1912,lxxvii, 1084-1096,1 pl.—Orandcourt (Genevieve). The "immortality" of tissues; its bearing on the study of old age. Seient. Am., N. Y., 1912, cvii, 844.—Hadda (S.) Die Kultur lebender Korperzellen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 11-13.—Harrison (R. G.) Observations on the living developing nerve fiber. Proc. Soc Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1907, iii, 140.----- TlSSl'KS. 290 TISSUES. Tissues (Culture of EAra-vital). Experiments upon ernbrvbnic tissue isolated in clotted lymph. J. Exper. Zool., Phila., 1910, ix 799-S46. -----. The development of peripheral nerve fibers in altered surroundings. Areh. f. Entwcklngsmech. d. Organ., Leipz., 1910, xxx, pt. 2,15-34,1 pl. -----. The cultivation of tissues in extraneous media as a method of morpho- tri'iietic study. Anat. Record, Phila., 1912, vi, 181-193.— llenneguy. Survie des ganglions spinaux des mam- miferes conserves in vitro hors de l'organisme (a propos de la communication de MM. Marinesco et Minea). Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1912, lxviii, 119-121.— Herlitzka (A.) Sui liquidi atti a conservare la funzione dei tessuti sopravviventi; sulle modifica- zioni chimico-fisiche del liquido Ringer-Locke circo- lante nel cuore. Arch, di flsiol., Firenze, 1911-12, x, 221; 261.—Ingebrigtsen (R.) The influence of heat on different sera as culture media for growing tissues. J. Exper. M., Lancaster, Pa., 1912, xv, 397-403, 3 pl. — de Intinis (G.) Essai de conservation in vivo d'or- ganes separes de leurs attaches normales. Comp. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, Jxxi, 273.—Jolly (JJ Sur la survie des cellules en dehors de l'organisme. Ibid., 1910, lxix, 86-88. -----. A propos de communications de A. Carrel et M. T. Burrows sur la culture des tissus. Ibid., 470-473.—Lambert (R. A.) Variations in the character of growth in tissue cultures. Anat. Record, Phila., 1912, vi, 91-108. -----. The production of foreign body giant cells in vitro. J. Exper. M., Lancaster, Pa., 1912, xv, 510- 515, 4 pl.—Lambert (R. A.) & Hanes (F. M.) The cultivation of tissue in plasma from alien species. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1910-11, viii, 123-125. Also, Reprint.-----------. The cultivation of tissues in vitro as a method for the study of cvtotoxins. J. Exper. M., Lancaster, Pa., & N. Y., 1911, xiv, 129-138, 2 pl. Also, Reprint.—Legendre (R.) Les recherches recentes sur la survie des cellules, des tissus et des organes isol6s de l'organisme. Biologica, Par., 1911, i, 357-365.—Lewis (Margaret R.) & Lewis (W. H.) The cultivation of tissues in salt solutions. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, lvi, 1795.-----------. The cultivation of tissues from chick embrvos in solutions of NaCl, CaCl2, KC1 and NaHCOs. Anat. Record, Bait., 1911, v, 277-293. ----- -----. The cultivation of sympathetic nerves from the intestine of chick embryos in saline solutions. Ibid., . 1912, vi, 7-17, 7 pl.-----------. Membrane formations from tissues transplanted into artilicial media. Ibid., 195-197, 4 pl.—Lewis ( W. H.) & Lewis (Margaret R.) The cultivation of chick tissues in media of known chem- ical constitution. Ibid., 207-211.—Loeb (L.) Ueber das Wachsthum des Epithels. Areh. f. Entwcklngsmech. d. Organ., Leipz., 1902, xiii, 487-506, 1 pl. -----. On the growth of epithelium in agar and blood serum in the living body. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1902, viii, 109-115, 3 pl. -----. On some conditions of tissue growth, espe- cially in culture media. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1911, n. s., xxxiv, 414. -----. Growth of tissues in culture media and its significance for the analysis of growth phenomena. Anat. Record, Phila., 1912, vi, 109-120.— ftlagitot (A.) Sur la survie possible de la cornee trans- parente de l'ceil apres conservation prolongee en dehors de l'organisme. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, lxx, 322-325. -----. Possibility de maintenir a l'e-tat de vie ralentie certaines parties de l'ceil conserves en de- hors de l'organisme. Bull, et mem. Soc. franc, d'opht., Par., 1911, xxviii, 428-436.—Marinesco (G.) Croissance des fibres nerveuses dans le milieu de culture, in vitro, des ganglions spinaux. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1912, lxviii, 384-389.—Marinesco (G.) & Minea (J.) Cul- ture des ganglions spinaux des mammiferes (in vitro), suivant le proced6 de M. Carrel. Ibid., 37-40. Also: Tribune med., Par., 1912, n. s., xlvi, 341-344. Also: Anat. Anz., Jena, 1912, xlii, 161-176.-----------. Culture des ganglions spinaux des mammiferes "in vitro" suivant la methode de Harrison et Montrose T. Burrows. Compt rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1912, Ixxiii, 346-348.-----------. Les phe.nomenes de croissance et de degenerescence des nerfs in vitro. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1912, lxviii, 78-81.------------. La culture des ganglions spinaux de mammiferes in vitro; contribution a I'etude de la neurogenese. Rev. neurol., Par., 1912, xxii, 469-482. ——— —----■• Croissance des fibres nerveuses dans le milieu de culture "in vitro" des ganglions spinaux. Compt rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1912, Ixxiii, 668-670.— Oppel (A.) Ueber die Kultur von Saugetiergeweben au-^-rhalb des Organismus. Anat Anz., Jena, 1912, xl 4t)4-4(.s lpl.—Pellacani ( P.) Contribuzioni alio studio della vita postuma dei tessuti. Bull. d. r. Accad. med di Roma 1900, xxvi, 528-546. - Pozzi (S.) La vie alter- nante des tissus en dehors de l'organisme d'apres les nou- velles experiences de M. Alexis Carrel. Bull. Acad, de ^fo" Pa=i1912'3> s" lxvi- 2&~^- Also: Presse med., Par., L ' f xi, ~~-—' La vie alternante des tissus en de- hors de 1 orgamsme d'apres les nouvelles experiences de M. Alexis Carrel. (Notecomplementaire.) Bull. Aead pLmioib Par"oi9.12' £ *" lxvii- 21°- Also: Presse med., P,a,r''1912'xx' 216.-Pnngsheim (H.) Die KultW rung \on Geweben Organen und Tumoren ausserhalb des Korpers. Med.Klin.,Berl„1911,vii,233.-Schouten Tissues (Culture of Extra-vital). (S. L.) Pure cultures from a single cell, isolated under the microscope. K. Akad. v. Wetensch. te Amst. Proc. sect, sc, 1910-11, xiii, 810-850,1 pl— Shorey ( Marian L.) Indications regarding differentiation from tissue culture experiments. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1912, n.s., xxxv,936.—Weil (<;. C.) Some observations on the cul- tivation of tissues in vitro. .1. Med. Research, Bost., 1912- 13, xxvi, 159-180, 3pl.—Weiseh (H.) &Lecha-Marzo (A.) Sobre la pseudo germinaci6n de la sangre. Rev. de med. y cirug. pract, Madrid, 1912, xcvi, 41-45. Tissues (Embryology of). See, also, Cell; Embryology [and subili- visions]; Histology; Tissue (Connective, Fin- bryology of); and under names of different organs , of the body. Ludwig (C. F.) *Epistola gratulatoria de membranarum ortu. In: Weiz(F. A.) Neue Ausz. [etc.]. 12°. Frankfurt & Leipzig, 1779, ix, 1-3. Rohde (E.) Histogenetische Untersuchun- gen. I. Syncytien, Plasmodien, Zellbildung und histologische Differenzierung. 8°. Bres- lau, 1908. Branca (A.) Le diamant du poulet; developpement morphologique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1907, lxiii, 154-156. -----. Recherches sur la keratinisation; le diamant du poulet. J. de l'anat. et physiol. [etc.], Par., 1907, xliii, 341-386, 3 pl. -----. Le diamant du canard. Ibid., 433-446. -----. Le diamant, histoire et critique. Ibid., 447-501.—Browicz. W sprawie pochodzenia substancyi skrobiowatej. [Origin of amvloid tissue.] Przegl. lek., Krak6w, 1901, xl, 565; 580.—Ciaceio (C.) Contributo alia morfologia ed istogenesi del tessuto mieloide. Monitore zool. ital., Firenze, 1907, xviii. 127- 132. — Haeehel (E.) Ursprung und Entwicklung der tierischen Gewebe. Jenaische Ztschr. f. Naturw., Jena, 1884-5, xviii, 206-275. See, also, infra, Koliiker.— Illing (G.) Ueber Vorkommen und Formation des cytoblastischen Gewebes im Verdauungstractusder Haus- saugetiere. Morphol. Jahrb., Leipz., 1910, xl, 621-655, 1 pl.—Koliiker (A.) Bemerkungen zu E. Hackel's Auf- satz fiber Ursprung und Entwicklung der thierischen Gewebe. Sitzungsb. d. phvs.-med. Gesellsch. zu Wiirzb., 1885, 49-52. Also. Reprint— Mandl (L.) Recherches sur le developpement des tissus ribrillaires. [Abstr.] Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1857, xliv, 826-828. — Maximow (A.) Experimentelle Untersuchungen zur postfotalen Histogenese des myeloiden Gewebes. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1907, xli, 122-166.— Meyer (R.) Zur Kenntnis embryonaler Gewebsanoma- lien und Gewebseinschlusse, sowie ihrer pathologischen Bedeutung. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch., Jena, 1912, xv, 268-272. — Querton (L.) Du mode de formation des membranes celluaires. Misc. biol. dediees au prof.,Alfred Giard [etc.], Par., 1899, 529-538.—Ret- terer (E.) Histogenese des tissues fibreux et fibro-car- tilagineux. Compt rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1905, lviii, 240-243. -----. Origine et structure primitive des folli- cules clos solitaires. Ibid., 1909, lxvi, 77-80. —Samuel (S.) Die histogenetische Energie und Symmetrie des Gewebswachsthums. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1885, ci, 389-429.—Slmos (A.) Un cas de cacoplasie em- bryonnaire. Grece mod., Syra, 1900, ii, 35. Tissues (Epithelial and endothelial). See, also, Endothelium; Epithelium. Eichholz (P. L.) * Experimentelle Unter- suchungen iiber Epithelmetaplasie. [Konigs- berg i. Pr.] 8°. Berlin, 1902. Harte (H.) * Versuche iiber die Durchlas- sigkeit des Keimepithels. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1907. Mever (A.. W.) * Experimentelle Epithel- wucherungen. 8°. Heidelberg, 1909. Polowzow (Wera). * Ueber kontraktile Fa- sern in einer Flimmerepithelart und ihre funk- tionelle Bedeutung. 8°. Bern, 1904. Also, in: Arch. f. mikr. Anat, Bonn, 1903-4, lxiii, 364- 388, 1 pl. Schridde (H.) Die ortsfremden Epithelge- webe des Menschen. Untersuchungen und Betrachtungen. 8°. Jena, 1909. Thesing (Rose). * Beitrage zur Reizleitung im Flimmerepithel. 8°. Leipzig, 1910. A< hard (C.) & Aynaud (M.) Recherches sur l'impregnation histologique de Pendothelium. Arch, de med. expe>. et d'anat. path., Par., 1907, xix, 437-458 — Bizzozero (G.) Ueber den Bau der geschichteten TISSUES. 291 TISSUES. Tissues (Epithelial and endothelial). Plattenepithelien. [Transl. from his: Opere seient. 1862- 79, 8°, Milano, 1905, i, 237-241, 1 tab.] Untersuch. z. Naturl. d. Mensch. u. d. Thiere, Giessen, 1876, xi, 30-35. -----. Sulla struttura degli epiteli pavimentosi stratifi- cati. Arch, per le sc. med., Torino, 1886, ix, 373-378. Also, in his: Opere seient. 1879-96, 8°, Milano, 1905, ii, 795-799.— Boehenek (A.) Tkankanablonkowa. [Epithelium.] Podrecz. histol. ciala ludzk., Warszawa, 1901, 72-86.— Bottazzl (F.) Un mezzo assai semplice per ottenere grandi masse di cellule epiteliali. Boll. d. r. Accad. med. di Genova, Siena, 1903, xviii,182-186. Also, transl.: Compt rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1903, lv, 575-577. -----. Sur la separation des cellules epitheliales de divers organes. Compt rend. Soc. de biol., Par.; 1903, lv, 577— Itouln (P.) & Limon. Fonction secretaire de l'epithelium tubaire chezle cobaye. Ibid., 1900, 11. s., ii, 920— Castaigne (J.) & Bathery (F.) Lesions experimentales de l'epi- theliurn des tubes contournea. Ibid., 1902. 11. s., iv, 565- 567.—von Bavidoflf"(M.) Untersuchungen iiber die Beziehungen des Darmepithels zum lymphoiden Gewebe. Arch, f.mikr. Anat, Bonn, 1887, xxix,496-525 — Il'Evant (T.) L'epitelio sensitivo dei raggi digitali delle trygle; morfologia ed istologia. Gior. d. Ass. napol. di med. e nat, Napoli, 1903, xiv,3-29, lpl.—Dieulafe. Les cellules endothelials. Arch. med. de Toulouse, 1907, xiv, 86; 110.—Ditlevsen (C.) Leber Kernknospung in ver- horntem Plattenepithel beim Meerschweinehen. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1911, xxxviii, 208-217.—Dixon (R. L.) Pro- liferations of the epithelium induced by Sudan III, Schar- lach Roth, and paraffin; and the effects of Roentgen irradiation upon the same. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1909, vi, 205-216. Also: Univ. Mich. Contrib. Path. Lab., Ann Arbor, 1908-9, iv, no. 18,1-11.—Drasch (O.) Zur Frage der Regenerationen und der Aus- und Riickbildung der Epithelzellen. Sitzungsb. d. k. Akad. d. Wissensch. Math.- naturw. CI., Wien, 1886, xciii, 200-213. Also, Reprint.—E. (G. H.) The presence of connective tissue cellular elements (glia?) in epithelium. Glasgow, M. J., 1905, lxiii, 177-181.—Ehrlich (R.) Die physiologische Degeneration der Epithelzellen des Ascarisdarmes; ein Beitrag zur Zellpathologie. Arch. f. Zellforsch., Leipz., 1909, iii, 81-123, 2 pl.—Fiorito (G.) Sulla produzione sperimentale di proliferazioni epiteliali atipiche. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, Milano, 1909, 405-410. Also, transl.: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1910, liii, 81-85.—Fi- seliel (R.) Zur Technik der Kromayerschen Epithelfa- serfarbuug. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1905, xvi, 593-596.—Fok (C.) Sur la fine structure des epitheliums pavimenteux stratifies* Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1899-1900, xxxii, 261-270, 1 pl. Also, transl.: Arch. f. mikr. Anat, Bonn 1900, lv,431^41,1 pl.—Oainna (C.) Contributo alio studio delle atipie epiteliali secondo le recenti esperienze sull'epitelio. Path. Riv. quindicin., Genova, 1910-11, iii, 508-511.—Oeorgl (W.) Zur Genese des Chordaepithels. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1911, xxxviii, 176- 187.—Golgi (C.) Di una minuta particolarita di strut- tura dell' epitelio della mucosa gastrica e intestinale di alcuni vertebrati. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1909, xxiii, 1-22, 1 pl. Also [Abstr.]: Path. Riv. quindicin., Genova, 1908-9,i, 229-233.—Guieysse-Pellissler (A.) Etude sur la structure du noyau des cellules epitheliales de l'intestin de Scyllium catulus. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, lxxi, 553-555.—Hamburger (H. J.) Arbeitslahmung durch Stoffwechselprodukte, nach- gewiesen am Flimmerepithel. Ztschr. f. allg. Physiol., Jena, 1910, xl, 18-22.— Hermann (A.) Zur Frage der Epithelmetaplasie. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xxiv, 168.—Hertzler (A. E.) The morphogenesis of the stigmata and stomata occurring in peritoneal and vascu- lar endothelium. Tr. Am. Micr. Soc. 1901, Lincoln, Neb., 1902, xxiii, 63-82, 2 pl.—His (W.) Ueber Syncytien, Epithelien und Endothelien. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1900, Leipz., 1901, lxxii, pt 2, 2. Hlfte., 273-276.—Holmgren (E.) Zur Kenntnis der zylindrischen Epithelzellen. Arch. r. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1904, lxv, 280-297, 2 pl.— Jacobson (R.) Ueber die Wirkung fluoreseierender Stoffe auf Flimmerepithel. Ztschr. f Biol., Munchen u. Leipz., 1901, n. F., xxiii, 444- 466.—Kawamura (R.) Beitrage zur Frage der Epi- thelmetaplasie. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1911, cciii,420-434, 1 pl.—Kromayer (E.) Neue biologische Beziehungen zwischen Epithel und Binde- gewebe; Desmoplasie. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien, 1902, lxii, 299-328. Also, Reprint—Lelievre (A.) & Betterer (E.) Origine, structure et evolution des cellules epitheliales, dites muqueuses. Compt rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1910, lxviii, 596-599.—Lillie(R. S.) The relation of ions to contractile processes. I. The action of salt solutions on the ciliated epithelium of Mylilus edulis. Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1906-7, xvii, 89-141.—Loeb (L.) Ueber das Wachsthum des Epithels. Arch, f. Entwcklngs- mechn. d. Organ., Leipz., 1901-2, xiii, 487-506,1 pl. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: J. Am. M. Ass.,Chicago, 1901,xxxvii, 1024.— Loisel (G.) Formation et fonctionnement de l'epitlie- lium seminifere chez le moineau. Bibliog. anat, Par. & Nancy, 1902, 71-82.—Loycz (Mile. Marie). Sur la pre- sence des formations ergastopbtsraiques dans l'epitlie- lium folliculaire des oiseaux. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Tissues (Epithelial and endothelial). Par., 1903, exxxvi, 312-314.—Luna (E.) Ricerche isto- logiche sugli epiteli di rivestimento. Anat. Anz., lena, xxxviii, 17-25.—Malzel (V.) O regeneratsii epiteliya. [On the regeneration of the epithelium.] Raboti v lab. Med. Fak. Imp. Varshav. Univ., 1878, pt. 4, 1-127.— Marchl ( P.) Beobachtungen iiber Wimper-Epithel. Areh. f. mikr. Anat, Bonn, 1866, ii, 467-471.—MerkeI iF.) Epithelium. Ergebn. d. Anat. u. Entwcklngsgesch. 1908, Wiesb., 1910, xviii, 1-70.—Motta-Coco (A.) Con- tributo alio studio del movimento vibratile nelle cellule epiteliali ciliate. Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1901-2, xxxvi, 130.—Mlinter. Ueber Epithelheterotopie und -metaplasie. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1909, xlvi, 1764-1767.— Nagal (H.) Erstickung und Narcose des Flimmerepi- thels. Ztschr. f. allg. Physiol., Jena, 1905-6, v, 34-42.— Oppel (A.) Ueber aktive Epithelbewegung. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1912, xli,, 398-409.—Papin (L.) Sur le reve- tement corne. de l'epithelium pharyngo-cesophagien chez le cobaye. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1906, Ixi, 157- 159.—Prremezliko (P. I.) Tkan epiteliya. [Epithe- lial tissue.] Osnov. k izuch. mikr. anat. chelov. i zhi- votn., S.-Peterb., 1887-8, 160-183.—Prochownik (S.) Ueber Widerstands- und Lebensfahigkeit epithelialer Zellen. Ztschr. f. allg. Physiol., Jena, 1903, iii, 33- 56. — Pursche. Lymph- und Gefassendothel. Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1911, xxi, 25. — Beid ( E. W. ) Transport of fluid by certain epithelia. J. Physiol., Lond., 1900-1901, xxvi, 436-444. — Beiss ( W. ) O ro- zwoju nask6rka w pierwszych miesiacach zycia plo- dowego, ze szczeg61nem uwzKlednieniem warstwy Mal- pighiego. [ Development of epithelium in the first months of fcetal life, especially of the Malpighian layer.] Rozpr. Akad. Umiej. wvdz. matemat.-przyr., Krak6w, 1901, 2. s., xviii, 137-159, 1 pl.—Betterer (E.) L'epi- thelium qu'on pretend infiltre de leucocytes est du tissu Epithelial hyperplasia. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1900,11. s., ii, 489-491.-----. Recherches experimentales sur l'hyperplasie epitheliale et sur la transformation de l'epithelium en tissu conjonctif. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1903, exxxvi, 511-514. -----. L'influence du mi- lieu sur 1'evolution de la cellule epitheliale. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1904, lvi, 1000-1003.—Beyinond (C.) Ricerche microscopiche fatte dal professore Thomas Reid di Glasgow sulla presenza fra gli epiteli di elementi cellulari connettivali. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di To- rino, 1904, 4. s., x, 278-284, 14 pl.—Boberts (L.) Some comparative observations on epithelium. Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 1900, xii, 123-130.—Buchinshi ( B. P.) Nle- skolko dannikh k voprosuob etiologii eksperimentalnavo razrostaniya epiteiialnol tkani. [On the etiology of ex- perimental hypertrophy of epithelial tissue.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1910, ix, 2081-2083.—Sabussow (H.) Ueber Kristalloide in den Kernen von Epithelzellen bei Planarien. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1908, xxxiii, 637-547.— von Schumacher (S.) Zur Biologie des Flimmerepi- thels. Sitzungsb. d. k. Akad. d. Wissensch. Math.-na- turw. CI., Wien, 1901, ex, 195-224, 1 pl.—Smith (W. R.) On the structure and mods of growth of epithelial cell- nests. J. Path. & Bacteriol., Edinb. & Lond., 1903^, lx, 338-346, 2 pl.—Speronl. De la nature et de I'origine des cellules epithelio'ides. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1907, lxii, 189-191.—Studnicka (F. K.) Ueber einige Modificationen des Epithelgewebes (Schmelzpulpa der Wirbelthier-Zahnanlage, die Hornzahne der Cyclos- tomen, die Epidermis von Ophidium barbatum, etc.). Sitzungsb. d. k.-bohm. Gesellsch. d. Wissensch. 1899, Prag, 1900, No. 14, 1-22. -----. Ueber Stachelzellen und stern- formige Zellen in Epithelien. Ibid., 1902. Prag, 1903, xlii, 1-9, 2 pl. Also, Reprint—Sussmann (Paula). Ueber das Vorkommen histiogener Mastzellen im Epithel. Folia haematol., Leipz., 1911, xii, pt. 1, 337-346.—Clnna. Ueber Epithelfaserung. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1903, 1, 668.—Vignon (P.) Recherches de cytologic generale sur les epitheliums. Arch, de zool. exper. et gen. Hist. nat. [etc.], Par., 1901, 3. s., ix, 371-715,11 pl.—Waldeyer (W.) Kittsubstanz und Grundsubstanz Epithel und Endothel. Cinquanten. de la Soc. de biol., Par., 1899, 531-513. Also: Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1900, lvii, 1- 8.—Werner (R.) Experimentelle Epithelstudien, fiber Wachsthum, Regeneration, Amitosen- und Riesenzellen- Bildung des Epithels. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1902, xxxiv, 1-84.— Zilliacus (VV.) Die Ausbreitung der verschiedenen Epithelarten im menschlichen Kehlkopfe und eine neue Methode, dieselbe festzustellen. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1905, xxvi, 25-30— Ziinmerinaiin (K. W.) Zur Morphologie der Epithelzellen der Saugetierniere. Arch. f. mikr. Anat, Bonn, 1911, lxxviii, 1. Abt., 199- 231, 3 pl. Tissues (Irritability of). See, also, Irritability. Brim■■ (J.) Untersuchungen fiber Stossreizbarkeit Beitr. z. Biol. d. Pflanz., Brest, 1909, ix, 307-358.—De- wltz (J.) Richtigstellung bezuglieh der Kontaktreiz- barkeit im Tierreiclj. Zool Anz., Leipz., 1906, xxx, 141.— von Haller (A.) De partibus corporis humani sensi- libus etirritabilibus. Comment. Soc. reg. seient. Gotting. (1/52), 1753, ii, 114-214.—von llanseiiiann (D.) For- TISSUES. 292 TISSUES. Tissues (Irritability of). mative Reize und Reizbarkeit Ztschr. f. Krebsforsch., Berl., 1908, vii, 69-79.—Hedon (E.) & Fleig (C.) Sur l'entretien de l'irritabilite de certains organes separesdu corps, par immersion dans un liquide nutritif artificiel. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1903, cxxxvii, 217; 1105.— Kinoshita (T.) Ueber den Einfluss mehrerer aufei- nanderfolgender wirksamer Reize auf den Ablauf der Reaktionsbewegungen bei Wirbellosen. II. Versuche an Colenteration. III. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1911, cxi. 167-208.—Llllie (R.S.) The relation of stimulation and conduction in irritable tissues to changes in the per- meabiltty of the limiting membranes. Am. J. Physiol., Bost, 1911, xxviii, 197-222.—Loeb (J.) On an apparently new form of abnormal irritability (contact irritability?) produced by solutions of salts (preferably sodium salts) whose unions are liable to form insoluble calcium com- pounds. Ibid., 1901, v, 362.—Maxwell (S. S.) & Hill (J. C.) Note upon the effect of calcium and of free oxy- gen upon rhythmic contraction. Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1902-3, vii, 409-411 —Bohdenburg (G. L.) & Bullock (F. D.) The effects of certain chemicals on the type of tissue resulting from chronic irritation. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1911, xciii, 1176-1183. Also, Reprint.—Bouget (C.) Recherches sur les elements des tissus contractiles. [Abstr.] Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1856, xliii, 1117. -----. M6moire sur les tissus contractiles et la contrac- tilite. [Abstr.] Ibid., 1861, liii, 752-756. Tissues (Metabolism and respiration of). See, also, Tissues (Oxidizing and reducing properties of). Menini (G.) Intorno all' azione flogistica dei prodotti esogeni ed endogeni nei tessuti. 8°. Firenze, 1909. von Noordex (C.) Beitrage zur Lehre vom Stoffwechsel des gesunden und kranken Men- schen. Hft. 1-3. 8°. Berlin, 1896. Winterstein (H.) Ueber den Mechanismus der Gewebsatmung. Habilitationschrift. [Ros- tock.] 8°. Jena, 1906. Barcroft (J.) Metabolism of the tissues. Rep. Brit. Ass. Adv. Sc. 1905, Lond., 1906, lxxv, 223-226.—Battel li (F.) & Stern (Mile. L.) Activation de la respiration par l'extrait des differents organes et par les liquid es de l'organisme. Arch, internat. de physiol., Liege & Par., 1907, v, 275-296.----------. Recherches sur la respira- tion eiementaire des tissus. J. de physiol. et de path. gin., Par., 1907, ix, 1-16.-----------. Recherches sur l'activit6 respiratoire des tissus. Ibid., 34-49. ----- -----. Action de quelques substances sur l'activite' respi- i ratoire des tissus isol63. Ibid., 228-240.----------.Die akzessorische Atmung in den Tiergeweben. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1909, xxi, 487-509.----------. Recherches sur la respiration principale et la respiration accessoire > des tissus animaux. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol,, Par., 1909, lxvi, 372.-----------. Methoden zur Bestim- mung der Atmung tierischer Gewebe. In: Handbuch der biochemischen Arbeitsmethoden (Abderhalden), 8°, Berl., 1910, iii, 1, 444-478.—Bernstein (J.) Ueber die Sauerstoffzehrung der Gewebe. Abhandl. a. naturf. Ge- sellsch zu Halle, 1888-92, xvii, 215-244.—du Bois-Bey- mond (R.) Ueber den Zustand des Wassers in den Ge- weben. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1903, Leipz., 1904, ii, 2. Hlfte., 437-440,—Cohn (R.) Ueber einen in den thierischen Geweben sich vollziehen- denReductionsprocess. Ztschr.f.phvsiol.Chem.,Strassb., 1893-4, xviii, 133-136.—Fernandez (G.) Influenza di alcuni metalli pesanti sulla respirazione elementare dei i tessuti. Arch, di farm, e terap., Palermo, 1909, xv, 219- 229. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1910-11, liv. 287— Frankel (S.) & IMmitz (L.) Ge- webeatmung durch Intermediarkorper. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1909, xxii, 1777-1780. — Guthrie (F. V.) Modification of tissue oxidations in vitro. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1909-10, vii, 152.— Iscoveseo (H.) Sur le pouvoir reducteur des tissus. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1905, lix, 253-255.— Lojacono (M.) Ricerche comparative sulla conserva- zione dell' attivita respiratoria nei tessuti delle diverse classi di animali. Ztschr. f. allg. Physiol., Jena, 1910, x, 341-350.— Lussana (F.) Ricerche sopra la respirazione dei tessuti; azione dell' urea, degli urati, degli amino- acidi e dei polipeptidi. Arch, difisiol., Firenze, 1908-9, vi, 269-283. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1909-10, Iii, 465-168.-----. Effetti del sangue e del siero so- pra la respirazione dei tessuti. Nota 1. Sangue e siero omo- geneo, siero eterogeneo. Arch, di fisiol., Firenze, 1909-10, viii, 239-248.—Lussana (F.)& Schlassi(F.) Effetti del sangue e del siero sopra larespirazione dei tessuti. Nota 2. Sangue di animali nefrectomizzatti. Ibid., 1910-11, ix, 575- 587.—Paulson (D.) Dietetic meansof influencing tissue oxidation. Mod. Med., Battle Creek, Mich., 1907, xvi, 1- 4 — Pltlnl (A.) Ossidazioni e riduzioni nei tessuti, nelle asnssie e per azione di veleni. Arch, di farm, e terap. Tissues (Metabolism and respiration of). Palermo, 1901, ix, 419-425.—Pltlnl (A.) & Fernandez (G.) Influenza di alcuni prodotti di autointossicazione sulla respirazione elementare dei tessuti. Ibid., 1909, xv, 5-11. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1910-11, liv, 299.—Bossi (F.) La respirazione interna dei tessuti in rapporto al digiuno ed all' intossicazione acida. Bull. d. sc. med. di Bologna, 1910,8. s., x, 149-154.— Senta (S.) Action des antipyretiques et des alcaloides sur la respiration des tissus "in vitro." Trav. du lab. de physiol. Univ. de Geneve, 1908-9, viii, 1-19. — Spitzer (W.) Weitere Beobachtungen fiber die oxydativen Lei- stungen thierischer Gewebe. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1898, lxxi, 596-603.—Strassner (W.) Die redu- zierenden Wirkungen des Gewebes. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1910, xxix, 295-310.—"Vernon (H. M.) The condi- tions of tissue respiration. J. Physiol., Lond., 1906-7, xxxv, 53-87. -----. The conditions of maintenance of maximal tissue respiration in artificial perfusion experi- ments. Ibid., 1907-8, xxxvi, 81-92. -----. The condi- tions of tissue respiration; the action of poisons. Ibid., 1909, xxxix, 149-183.------. The mechanism of tissue res- piration. Science Progr. 20. cent., Lond., 1907-8, ii, 160- 174.—Winterstein (H.) Ueber den Mechanismus der Gewebsatmung; Versuche am isolierten Froschriicken- mark. Ztschr. f. allg. Physiol., Jena, 1907, vi, 315-392. Tissues (Oxidizing and reducing prop- erties of). See, also, Oxidation (Physiological). Helier (H.-R.) * Recherches sur le pouvoir reducteur des tissus. 8°. Lyon, 1899. Bulalinl (G.) Nuovo metodo per la determinazione del potere di riduzione dei tessuti. Arch, di farm, e terap., Palermo, 1901, ix, 397-409. Also: Ricerche di biol. . . . xxv anniv. di Pietro Albertoni, Bologna, 1901,137-149. Also [Abstr.]: Attid. Accad. med.-fis. fiorent 1901, Firenze, 1902, 81-83.—Gautier (A.) Le fonctionnement anaero- bie des tissus animaux. Arch, de physiol. norm, et path., Par., 1893, 5. s., v, 1-16.—Giacco (A.) Sul potere ridu- cente dei tessuti animali. Arch, di farm, e terap., Paler- mo, 1899, vii, 449-470.—Harden (A.) & Maclean (H.) The oxidation of isolated animal tissues. J. Physiol., Lond., 1911, xliii, 34-45.—Harris (D. F.) Note on the reducing-power of the tissues. J. Anat. &Physiol., Lond., 1896-7, xxxi, 381.—Jaquet (A.) Ueber die Bedingungen der Oxydationsvorgange in den Geweben. Arch. f. ex- per. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1891-2, xxix, 386-396.— Medwedew (A,) Ueber die oxydativen Leistungen der thierischen Gewebe. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1900, xxxi, 540-573: 1904, ciii, 403-428.—de Bey-Pail- hade ( J.) Demonstration du pouvoir reducteur des tissus au moyen des tissus dessech6s. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par.. 1898,10.s., v,372.—Bodet (A.) cptique. Biologiea, Par., 1911, i, 309-312.— l.iulleu (C.) Algo sobre el tabaco. Juventud med Guatemala, 1902, iv, 235-244.—Hawkins (J.) The cere- monial use of tobacco. Pop. Se. Month., N. Y., 1893 xliii 173-183.-Kissling (R.) The chemistry of tobacco! Seient, Am. Suppl., N. Y„ 1905, lx, no. 1560, 24999.-L.eh- liiann (K. B^) Vorliiurige Mitteilungen fiber Tabakstu- dien. Hyg. Rundschau. Berl., 1907, xvii, 1100.—Leh- niann (M.) Der Tabak, sein Bau und seine weitere Behandlung in Japan. Mitth. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Nat.- u \ olkerk. Ostasiens, Tokyo, 1902, ix, 57-78.—L,o- dewijks (J. A.) jr. Erblichkeitsversuche mit Tabak. ztschr. t. indukt. AbstammuiiM- u. Vererbunesl Rerl 1910-11, iv 139: 1911, v, 286.-Massal«na«IMR) Uta- b&vH°- ,£alute Pubb-> Perugia, 1899, xii, 321-326 —OToii- cada(M.) Apuntes sobre et tabaco. Mem. Soc. cient, Tobacco. "Antonio Alznte," Mexico, 1905-6, xxiii, 241-249.— ITIoiireii (C.) Lis recents travaux sur les alcaloides du tabac. J. de pharm. et chim., Par., 1906, 6. s., xxiv, 302- 310.—Mulder (E.M.) Het gebruik van tabak uit het oogpunt der volksgezondiieid. Tijdschr. v. sociale hyg. [etc.], Zwolle, 1911, xiii, 157-167.—Old beliefs concerning tabacco. [Edit.] Lancet, Lond., 1902. i, 1266.—Pietet (A.) Untersuchungen iiber die Alkaloide des Tabaks. Arch. d. Pharm., BerL, 1906, ccxliv, 375-389.—Pontag (I.) Khimiko-sanitarnoye izslledovaniye russkavo ta- baka. [Chemico-sanitarv investigation of Russian to- bacco.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1902, ix, 317.—Selilu- sing fils (T.) Sur la production de la nicotine par la culture du tabac. Compt. rend. Aead. d. sc, Par., 1910, cli, 23-26.—Senator (H.) Sur le tabae. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.l, Par., 1907, cliv, 55-59.—Sharp (G.) To- bacco studied historically. Med. Mag., Lond., 1910, xix, 718-739.—Slinms (S. C.) Cultivation of medicine to- bacco by the Crows. Am. Anthrop., Wash., 1904, vi, 331- 335. Also, Reprint.—Squire (J. E.) The action of to- bacco. Practitioner,Lond., 1896, lvi, 150-160.—Tobacco, its history, growth, and manufacture. Health News Lond., 1897, xi, 146-150.—T8th (J.) Methodes permet- tant de doses separement les acides organiques dans le tabac. Rev. internat. d. falsiflc, Par., 1907, xx, 165. Tobacco (Abuse of). See, also, Nerve (Optic, Atrophy of, Causes of); Nicotine (Toxicology of); Tobacco (Substitutes for); Tobacco (Toxicology, etc., of); Tobacco- smoking. Aubert (A.) Contribution de l'ecole pri- maire a la lutte contre Tabus du tabac. 8°. Tamines, 1908. Bresler (J.) Tabakologia medizinalis. Heft 1: (ieistes- Nerven-, Augen-, Ohren-, Herz-, und GefiisserkrankungensowieVerdauungsstorungen infolge Tabakmissbrauchs. 8°. Halle, 1911. Budgett (J. B.) The tobacco question, mor- ally, socially and physically considered. 8°. London, 1857. Carvajal (E. L.) Tabaco, tabacomania, ta- baquismo. 8°. Mexico, 1907. Clarke (A.) A dissertation on the use and abuse of tobacco, wheroin the advantages and disadvantages attending the consumption of that entertaining herb are particularly consid- ered. Humbly addressed to all the tobacco- consumers in Great Britain and Ireland, but es- pecially to those among religious people. 4. ed. 8°. London, 1814. ------. The same. 1. Am. ed. 16°. Bur- lington, N. J., 1812. Coles (L. B.) The beauties and deformities of tobacco-using; or its ludicrous and its solemn realities. 10. thousand, revised. 8°. Boston, 1854. Coustan (A.) De l'abus du tabac dans les ecoles considere dans ses rapports avec l'apti- tude au travail. 8°. Chamber;/, 1880. Decroix (E.) Le tabac devant l'hygiene et la morale. 8°. Paris, 1875. Dubois. Du tabac; troubles physiologiquea et maladies de ceux qui en abusent; hygiene et therapeutique. 12°. Namur, 1885. English Anti-Tobacco Society and Anti-Nar- cotic League. Annual report of the committee to the members. 26., 1893. 8°. Manchester, 1894. Gleich. Der Tabakgenuss eine der Gesund- heit hochst schadliche Gewohnheit. Vortrag in der 65ten Versammlung des Vereins zur Forderung des Naturheilverfahrens ohne Arznei, .Munchen, am 13. Oktoberl851. 8°. Munchen, 1851. Hernandez (J.) * El abuso del tabaco. S°. Mexico, 1889. de Labonnefan (G.) *Tabagisnie et deni- cotinisation. [Lyon.] 8°. Valence, 1909. TOBACCO. 299 TOBACCO. Tobacco (Abuse of). Montain (G. Quelques considerations sur le tabac, de son abus, de son influence sur la sante et les fonctions de la vie, specialement sur les facultes intellectuelles, surtout chez les jeunes gens. 8°. Lyon, 1840. Murray (J. C) Smoking; when injurious, when innocuous, when beneficial; with a com- pendium of the temperaments, shewing how thev are influenced by tobacco. 12°. London, 1871. Schaefer. In wie weit schaden mir Alkohol und Nikotin und wie befreie ich mich von deren Folgen? Eine Abhandlung und Belehrung iiber die VVirkung und Folgen des Trinkens und Rauchens auf den menschlichen Korper. 12°. Erfurt [n. d.]. United States. [Pub. Doc, No. 65.] An act to prohibit the sale of tobacco to minors under 16 vears of age.in the District of Columbia. Ap- proved Feb. 7, 1S91. S°. [Washington, 1891.] Abogado (E. L. > El tabaquismo y su tratamiento. Cr6n. med. mexicana, Mexico. 1904. vii, 45-47.— Acosta (E.) Ensayo de un suero antinieotinico. Cr6n. m&L- quir. de la Habana, 1908, xxxiv, 151-154.—Aragon (E. 0.) El tabaquismo. Rev. balear de cien. m&L, Palma de Mallorca, 1906, xxviii, 153; 166.—Beauvois (A.) La croisade de J. H. Cohausen contre le tabac (1716-20). N. iconog. de la Salpetriere, Par., 1900, xiii, 448-469, 1 pl.— Carbonell Soles (F.) Contra el tabaco. Rev. balear de cien. med., Palma de Mallorca, 1910, xxvi, 145-149.— Castellan. De l'influence de Tabus du tabac sur Tac- tion des medicaments internes et sur la cicatrisation des plaies externes. Rev. prat. d. trav. de med., Par., 1897, liv, 249.—Cocke (J. H.) Treatise on tobacco. i»: Tem- perance essays [etc.], 12°, Albany, 1865, 67-101.—Com- position (The) of certain secret remedies; a cure for tobacco habit. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, i, 791.—Cough- lin (R. E.) The use and abuse of tobacco. N. Eng. M. Month., Danbury, Conn., 1902, xxi, 323-326.—Courrent (F.) Tabac et tabagisme. Actuality med., Par., 1897, ix, 121; 136; 169: 1898, x, 10; 24; 41; 56; 90; 106; 125.—Covert (G.) Tobacco for the young. Tr. Nat. Eclect. M. Ass., Cincin., 1895-6, xxiii, 237-240.—Cure (A) for the tobacco habit. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1907, i, 462.—Decroix (E.) Tobacomanie; suggestion hvpnotique; guerison. Rev. prat. d. trav. de med., Par., 1896, liii, 289.—Delobei. Les effets de Tabus du tabac. Province med., Lyon, 1895, ix, 50S-512. -----. Les dangers de Tabus du tabac. Tri- bune med., Par., 1900, 2. s., xxxii, 206; 228; 247.—Dennis (L.) Tobacco and its effects on youth. Rep. Bd. Health N. Jersey, Trenton, 1892, xvi, 107-122. — Foveau de Conrmelles. Le tabagisme et ses remedes. Medecin, Brux., 1904, xiv, 397. — Filrst (L.) Zur Prophylaxis des Coffe'inismus und Nicotinismus. Aerztl. Prax., Berl. u. Leipz., 1901, xiv, 335; 351. — Glglioll (G. Y.) La questione del tabagismo professionale. [Abstr.] Riv. crit. di clin. med., Firenze, 1902, iii, 157-160.—Henle (C.) Om bruk och missbruk af tobak. [The use and abuse of tobacco.] Halsovannen, Stockholm, 1899, xiv; 283-288.— Heward (E. V.) Tobacco in relation to health and character. Nineteenth Century, Lond., 1897, xli, 808- 823.—Hirscliberg. De la prophylaxie du nicotinisme. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1902, cxliii, 376-382.— Huber (J. B.) The use of tobacco by the immature. Month. Cycl. & M. Bull., Phila., 1909, ii, 10-13.—Kohos. De Taccumulation de la nicotine dans l'organisme et de son elimination. Bull, med., Par., 1897, xi, 384.— Ku- born. [Rapport relatif a l'usage du tabac chez les jeunes gens au-dessous de seize ans.] Bull. Acad. roy. demed. de Belg., Brux., 1899, 4. s., xiii, 402. [Discussion], 549; 663; 757: 1900, 4. s., xiv, 239; 277; 587; 659.—Lav a lie Carvajal (E.) Tabaquismo y tabacomania. Cr6n. med. mexicana, Mexico, 1907, x, 233; 260; 281.—Le Grix. La suppression de l'usage du tabac s'impose comme un devoir aux hygienistes et aux medecins; ou deductions hygieniques et m^dicales sur Involution et le traitement d'un cancroide labial des fumeurs. Assoc, franc, pour Tavance. d. sc. C.-r. 1899,0 Par., 1900, xxviii. pt. 2, 890- 893.—Lindhagen (C.) Atgiirder mot tobaksbruk och kaffemissbruk. [Advice concerning the use of tobacco and the abuse of coffee] Halsovannen, Stockholm, 1911, xxvi, 97; 114.— JIarable (T. H.) Are the uses of tobacco detri- mental to mankind? Tr. M. Soc. Tennessee, Nashville, 1899,25-35. Also: Quart. J. Inebr., Hartford, 1900, xxii, 139- 119.—.tlarvin(D.) Tobacco, its use and abuse. Vermont M. Month..Burlington, 1912, xviii, 157-164, lch.—JUassa- longo(R.) II tabagismo moderno. Gior. d. r. Soc. ital. d' ig., Milano, 1899, xxi. 533-543.—Newton (R. C.) The use of tobacco by schoolboys. Boston M. & S. J., 1909, clxi, 237.—Pellegrini (R.) Contro T uso del tabaeeo nei manicomi. Manicomio, Nocera, 1909, xxv 265-282.— Tobacco (Abuse of). Petit (G.) Le tabagisme et son traitement par la sugges- tion hypnotique. Rev. de l'hvpnot. et psychol. physiol., Par., 1908-9, xxiii, 267-272.— Pieraecini (G.) Contri- buto alio studio del tabagismo professionale nella donna, in rapporto alia funzione riprodutrice. Clin, mod., Pisa, 1905, xi, 2-4.—Reynolds (D. S.) The tobacco addic- tion. Quart. J. Inebr., Hartford, 1902, xxiv, 270-274.— Stolper (J.) The tobacco habit of women; its effects and consequences. Nashville J. M. & S., 1900, lxxxvii, 55-66.—Tobacco. J. Inebriety, Bost., 1910, xxxii, 91- 97.—Tobacco and the higher education. Med. Pio- neer, Lond., 1895-6, iv, 167. —Tobacco (The) habit among the young. [Edit.] Pediatrics, N. Y. & Lond., 1897, iv, 408.—Tracy (J. L.) The psychology of the to- bacco habit. Am. Med., Burlington, Vt., & N. Y., 1909, iv, 359-372.—Voisin (A.) Nicotinisme gueri par suggestion. Rev. de l'hypnot. et psychol. physiol., Par., 1894-5, ix, 245.—Woods (M.) Some of the minor immoralities of the tobacco habit. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1899, xxxii, 683-687. -----. On certain aspects of the tobacco ques- tion. J. Inebr., Bost., 1908, xxx, 114-118. Also: Month. Cycl. Pract. Med., Phila., 1907, xxi, 105-108.—X. De la denicotinisation, cessation brusque ou doses d6eroissantes. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.J, Par., 1901, cxlii, 706-713.— Zalachas(C) Du tabagisme et de son antidote. Med. et hyg., Brux., 1905, iii, 217-222. Tobacco (Effect of) on vision. See, also, Amaurosis from alcohol, etc. Hoffmann (A.) * Beitrag zur Lehre von der Tabaksamblyopie. 8°. Strassburg i. E., 1898. Silvestri (1.) * Contribution a I'etude de l'amblyopiealcoolo-nicotique. 8°. GenZve,1891. Voigt (W.) *Der gegenwiirtige Stand der Lehre von der Tabak- und Alkoholamblyopie mit Benutzung des Materials der Giessener Uni- versitiits-Augenklinik. 8°. Giessen, 1906. Bar (K.) Untersuchungen bei Tabak-Alkohol-Am- blyopic Arch. f. Augenh., Wiesb., 1906, liv, 391-399, 2 pl. Also [Abstr.]: Heilkunde, Berl., 1907, 253. Also [Abstr.]: Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1905, Leipz., 1906, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 281-283.—Barrett (J. W.) Tobacco amblyopia in horses. Intercolon. M. J. Aus- tralas., Melbourne, 1897, ii, 172-177,1 pl.—Belt (E. O.) A case of alcohol-tobacco amblyopia with retinal hemor- rhage associated with peripheral multiple neuritis. Ann. Ophth. & Otol., St. Louis, 1896, v, 948. Also, Reprint — Besio (E.) L' ambliopia da intossicazione alcoolica- nicotinica nella statistica dello spedale di Pammatone in Genova nel decennio 1890-1900. Pammatone, Genova, 1905, ix, 173-179.—Bijlsma. Tabaks-amblyopie? Ge- neesk. Courant, Amst., 1908, lxii, 279. — Boeehi (A.) Ambliopia nicotinica ed alcoolica. Ann. di ottal., Pavia, 1900, xxix, 162-169. Also [Abstr.]: Cong. d. Ass. oftal. ital. Rendic, Pavia, 1898, xv, 62— Brims (H. D.) Time required for recoverv in severe tobacco amblvopia. Am. J. Ophth., St. Louis, 1898, xv, 309. — Brunton (Sir T. L.) The effect of tobacco in health and dis- ease. Med. Exam. & Pract., N. Y., 1906, xvi, 14«- 150.—Cortezo ( F. J.) Ambliopia aleoholico-nicoti- nica. Siglo med., Madrid, 1909, lvi, 180-182.—Dalen(A.) Ueber die anatomische Grundlage der Alkohol-Tabak- amblyopie. Mitt. a. d. Ausenkl. d. Carolin. med.-chir. Inst, zu Stockholm, Jena, 1906, 8. Hft., 1-42, 2 pl.—Danis (M.) Traitement de Tamblyopie nicotinique par la leci- thine. Progresmecl.beige,Brux., 1912,xiv, 11. Also: C\m. opht., Par., 1912, xviii, 124-127.—De Waele (H.) Sur la medication de Tamblyopie nicotinique par la lecithine. [Rap. de De Waele, p. 31.] Bull. Acad. roy. de m6cl. de Belg., Brux., 1911, 4. s., xxv, 65-69.-----. Sur la medica- tion de Tamblyopie nicotinique par la lecithine, (2« communication.) Arch, d'opht., Par., 1912, xxxii, 356-361, Also: Belgique med., Gand, 1912, xix, 459^61.—Deyl (I.) O tupozrakosti alkoholove a tabakove. [Dimness of eye- sight from alcohol and tobacco.] Sbirka pfedn&sek a rozpr. z oboru lekafsk., v Praze, [1899], no. 21, 1-26, 1 pl.— DoddfH. W.) Acaseof tobacco amblyopia. Polyclin., Lond., 1902, vi, 197.—Dor (L.) De Tamblyopie par l'al- eool et le tabac dans la region lyonnaise. Assoc, franc. pour Tavance. d. sc. C.-r. 1897, Par., 1898, xxvi, pt. 1, 348; 749.—Howling (F.) Tobacco amblyopia; some re- cent examinations made to determine the influence of tobacco on vision among the employees of the tobacco factories of Cincinnati. J. Am. M." Ass., Chicago, 1900, xxxiv, 462-464. -----. Tobacco and the eyes. Lan- cet-Clinic, Cincin., 1908, lx, 699-702. Also, Reprint- Dunn (P.) Post-graduatelectureontobaccoamblyopia. Lancet, Lond., 1906, ii, 1491-1493. -----. Tobacco amblvo- pia. Hospital, Lond., 1910, xlviii, 105-107.—Ellett (E. C.) Some severe cases of tobacco and quinin amblyopia. J. Am.M. Ass., Chicago, 1898, xxxi, 767-770.—Ellis (A. N.) Tobacco and tobacco amaurosis. Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1901,n.s.,xlvi,337-310.—Ellis (R.) Tobacco amblyopia. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1897, Iii, 453.—Fage. Clinique ophtal- mologique; amplyopie alcoolique et nicotinique. Gaz. TOBACCO. 300 TOBACCO. Tobacco (Efect of) on vision. med. de Picardie, Amiens, 1896, xiv, 161-168.—Ferdi- nands (G.) Four cases of unsymmetrieal tobacco am- blyopia. Brit. M.J., Lond., 1896, ii, 653— Finlay (CE.) Ambliopia alcoh61ica y tabaquica en Cuba. Arch, de oftal. hispano-am., Madrid, 1902, ii, 401-416. Also, transl.: Arch. Ophth., N. Y., 1901, xxx, 241-257.—Fisher (J. H.) The influence of nicotin on ganglion cells; its bearing on the pathology of tobaeco-amblyopia. Ophth. Rev., Lond., 1901, xx, 161-159.—Franklin (VV. S.) Tobacco ambly- opia (from cigars) in a woman. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1909, vii, 85-87. — Galezowski. Des troubles visuels consecutifs a Tabus du tabac. Rec. d'ophth., Par., 1883, 3. s., v, 677-68:!.—Gal lo (N.) L' ambliopia tossica da tabacco; dottrina e nosografia con alcune osservazione cliniche. Suppl. al Policlin., Roma, 18y8-9, v, 1089; 1123; 11*5.—(ialtier. Amblyopic nicotinique. Ann. d'ocul., Tar., 1902, cxxviii, 371-373.—Gazepes (G.) Uepi to£i- icijs a^/3Aua)7ria« e/c viKOTivqs Kai oivonvevnaTOS. Ta^-qvos, 'AOyvai, 1896, 66-86.—Grinlth (J.) Tobacco amblyopia. Med.Times&Hosp.Gaz., Lond., 1899, xxvii,605.—Haight (A.T.) The effects of tobacco on the eye. Chicago Clinic, 1899, xii, 85-89.—Hale (A. B.) Irritaci6n ocular por el tabaco en los obreros de las fabricas de cigarros y sus manifestaciones locales. An. de oftal., Mexico, 1901-2, iv, 68-72.—Hall ( G. P.) Some of the toxic effects of to- bacco on the general organism, with especial reference to its effects on the eve. Internat. M. Mag., Phila., 1894-5, iii, 178-181.—Harnian (N. B.) The visual fields in to- bacco amblyopia. Lancet, Lond., 1904, ii.821. -----. To- bacco amblyopia; a substitute for smoking. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond., 1908-9, xxix, 129.—Heilen- bower (R. C.) Toxic amblvopia caused by alcohol and tobacco. Elect. M. J., Cincin., 1912, lxxii, 167-175—Hig- gins(F. W.) Tobacco amblyopia. J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- cago, 1897, xxviii, 64-66.— Hutchinson (J.), jr. Un- symmetrieal tobacco-amaurosis; relapsing optic neuritis, with development of new vessels in front of the papilla: and peripheral choroido-retinitis, associated with peculiar pigmentation of mucous membranes. Roy. Lond. Ophth. Hosp. Rep., 1886-7, xi, 188-190, 1 pl. Also, Reprint. — Jackson (E.) Tobacco amblyopia. Denver M. Times, 1895-6, xv, 444-446.—Kerr (J.) Tobacco amblyopia in daily practice, with analysis of fifty consecutive cases seen" in 1900. Quart. M. J., Sheffield, 1900-1901, ix, 231- 243.—Laqueiir (L.) Ueber die Wirkung des Alkohols, des Tabaks und einiger Medikamente auf das Auge. strassb. med. Ztg., 1907, iv, 57-6].—Lautenbarh (L. J.) Some results in cases of tobacco amblyopia. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1898, xxxi, 770. Also, Reprint.— Lewis (F. P.) Preliminary note on that form of toxic amblyopia produced by tobacco. J. Ophth., Otol., & Laryngol., N. Y., 1901, xiii, 399-402. [Discussion], 421. -----. The effect of tobacco on the eyes. Tr. Homceop. M. Soc, N. Y., 1901, xxxvi, 131-134.—Lyle (H. W.) The effect of tobacco on the eyes. Practitioner, Lond., 1905, lxxv, 68-71.—McBeynolds (G. S.) Reportof a case of tobacco amblyopia. Memphis M. Month., 1900, xx, 584.— Meany (W. B.) A few paragraphs about tobacco am- blyopia. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1898, xxx, 721-723. -----. Tobacco amblyopia. Med. Rec, N. Y.. 1908, Ixxiii, 532.—Morettl (E.) L'ambliopia tossica alcoolico- nicotinica. Osp. magg. Riv. seient.-prat. d. . . . di Mi- lano, 1910, v, 2; 71; 188; 230; 371; 429. Also: Ann. di ottal., Pavia, 1911, xl, 396-457.—Motolese (F.) La bromeliana nell' ambliopia alcoolico-nicotinica. Ann. di ottal., Pavia, 1910, xxxix, 852-865.—O'Connor (J. T.) Tobacco-alcohol amblyopia; with peculiarities of color vision; are the latter cerebral or retinal in origin? Homceop. Eye. Ear & Throat J., N. Y., 1900, vi, 50-55, lpl.— O'Kinealy (F.) An anomalous case of tobacco am- blyopia. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond., 1903-4, xxiv, 108-116. -----. A case of tobacco amblyopia presenting unusual defects in the visual fields and a case of optic atrophy complicating beri-beri. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1901, xxxvi, 251-253, 1 pl— Parisotti (O.) Ambliopia nicotinica. Riv. ital. di ottal., Roma, 1911, vii, 247-254.— Parker (W. F.) Report of a case of pure tobacco am- blyopia. Phys. & Surg., Detroit M4. — Valentine ( L. O. ) Substitutes for tobacco. Merck's Rep., N. Y., 1903, xii, 13. Tobacco ( Substitutes for). [Patent specifications.] Douglass (E.) Improved compositions to destroy the appetite for tobacco. No. 91,218; June 15, 1869.— Ellis (C.) Masticable tobacco substitute. No. 904,521: Nov. 24. 1908.—Goshon (J. G.) & Eby (S. M.) Prepa- ration of maize-leaf as a substitute for tobacco. No. 12,417: Feb. 20, 1855—Groff (W. D.) Manufacture of the leaves of the sunflower and rhubarb plants as a sub- stitute for smoking-tobacco and for the formation of cigars. No. 1,066; Jan. 8, 1839.—James (J. P. R.) Im- provement in substitutes for tobacco. No. 210,538; Dec. 3,1878 —Lange (J. C.) Improved substitute fortobacco. No.87,572; March 9, 1869.—Mi Her (L. H.) Tobacco sub- stitute. No. 448,925; March 24, l.syi.—Raniel (P. V.) Improved process of preparing plants to be used in cigars, snuff, etc. No. 97,962; Dec 14,1869.—Rose (W. P.) To- bacco substitute. No. 440,506; Nov. 11,1890.—"Webster (J. B.) Improved compositions for tobacco substitutes. No. 92,497; July 13, 1869. Tobacco (Therapeutic use of). See, also, Intestines (Obstruction of, Treat- ment of) by insufflation, etc.; Intussusception ( Treatment of) by insufflation. TOBACCO. 301 TOBACCO. Tobacco (Therapeutic use of). Finot (R. J.) *An asthmati humido nico- tiana? M. Dominico de Farcv, praeside. 8°. Parisiis, 1700. Dun lap (W.) Tobacco as an irritant in cancerous affections. Tr. Alabama Dent. Ass., Montgomery, 1883, 26-28. — Fullerton (W. D.) Oral sepsis with special reference to the antiseptic properties of tobacco. Cleve- land M. J., 1912, xi, 5S5-597.—Lenialre (L.) Inven- tions bizarres et brevets singuliers; les lavements de fu- me* de tabac. Chron. med., Par., 1911, xviii, 185; 249; 409; 505: 1912, xix, i_s —Petit (G.) De l'emploi du tabac en medecine. Med.orient.,Par.,1907,xi,97-105.—Prydz(0.) Om tobaksolje som teraplutisk middel. [Tobacco oil as a remedy] Tidskr. f. d. norske Lsegefor., Kristiania, 1903, xxiii. 885-887. Tobacco (To.ricology and ill effects of). See, also, Heart (Effect of drugs on); Lead ( Poisoning by) from snuff, etc. ; Nicotine; Strychnine (Toxicology of); Tobacco (Abuse of) ; Tobacco (Effects of) on vision; Tobacco ( Workers in ); Tobacco-juice ( Toxicology of); Tobacco-smoke (Effects of); Tobacco-smok- ing. Amocroux (R.) * Etude experimentale de l'atherome tabagique. 8°. Toulouse, 1906. Boussiron (B.) De Taction du tabac sur la sante et de son influence sur le moral et 1'intel- ligence de l'homme. 3. ed. sm. 8°. Paris, 1844. Brodersex (C. P.) *Zur Kenntnis der chro- nisehen Tabak vergiftung und der Lavulosurie. 8°. Kiel, 1903. Depierris (H.-A.) Le tabac, qui contient le plus violent des poisons, la nicotine: Abrege-t-il 1'existence? est-il cause de la degenerescence physique et morale des societes modernes. 8°. Paris, 1898. Grimpret (Marie-Berthe). * L'influence du tabac sur la grossesse, et la sante des nourris- sons, des ouvrieres de la manufacture de Lille. (Etude d'hygiene sociale.) 8°. Lille, 1906. Gy (A.) *Le tabagisme; etude experimen- tale et clinique. 8°. Paris, 1909. Hagedorn (M. ) Die schiidlichen Einwir- kungen des Tabaks und Alkohols einerseits und verkehrten Schneuzens und Xiesens, sowie der Nasen- und Luftdusche andererseits auf das Ohr bezw. auf die Nase. 8°. Halle a. S,. 1897. Jankau (L.) Der Tabak und seine Einwir- kung auf den menschlichen Organismus. Eine chemische, physiologische, pathologische und therapeutische "Studie. 8°. Munchen, 1894. KohosC.-M.) *De la dyspepsie tabagique. 4°. Paris, 1894. Le Carre (F.) * Contribution a I'etude des accidents du tabagisme; Societe contre l'abus du tabac; consommation du tabac en France. 4°. Paris, 1895. Lohde (R. F. W. M.) * Ueber chronische Tabakvergiftung. 8°. Leipzig, 1902. Prieur (G.) *Le tabac et l'appareil vascu- lare. 8°. Paris, 1905. Silva (C.) Del tabacco e dei dannosi effetti che esso produce all' organismo. 8°. Firenzuola D>Arda, 1893. Adler (I.) Preliminary note on some effects of to- bacco on the tissues of rabbits. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1902, xvii, 25-31. Also: J. Med. Research, Bost., 1902. viii, 309-315. — Albertotti (G.) II tabacco in rap- porto alia sua azione sul sistema cerebro-spinale, ossia le psicopatie osservate nei lavoranti nelle fabbriche di ta- bacco. Ann. di freniat. [etc.], Torino, 1897, vii, 69-81.— Aldricb (C. J.) The deleterious effect of tobacco upon the undeveloped nervous system. Dietet. & Hyg. Gaz., N. Y., 1904, xx, 199-202.—Ap^ry (P.) Moyen de se pre- server contre les effets nocifs du tabac. Cong, internat. d'hyg. et de demog. C.-r. 1894, Budapest, 1896, viii, pt. 5, 508.—Aynierich (G.j Ricerche sperimentali sulla in- tossicazione tabagica in gravidanza. Ann. di ostet., Mi- lano, 1912, ii, 209-211.—Bagolan (A.) Contributo clinico Tobacco (Toxicology and ill effects of). alio studio delle psiconeurosi da tabacco. Morgagni, Milano, 1909, li, pt. 1,459-464.—Bailey (S.) Tobacco; its effects. J. Iowa State M. Soc, Clinton, 1911-12, i, 55-65.— Ballet (G.) & Faure (M.) Attaques epileptiformes produites par l'intoxication tabagique experimentale. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1899, 10. s., vi, 116-118. Also: MM. mod., Par., 1899, x, 97. — Baueres (J.) El tabaco y sus peligros. Bol. med., Lerida, 1903, ii, 139- 142.—Bangs (L. B.) Some observations on the effects of tobacco in surgical practice. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1908, Ixxiii, 421-423. [Discussion] .421-423.—Barazzoni (C.) L' intossicazione tabagica e la sua importanza nell' etio- logia della ipertensione arteriosa. Gazz. med. ital., To- rino, 1905, lvi, 335; 345; 365— Baylae (J.) Atherome ex- perimental de l'aorte consecutif a Taction du tabac. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1906, lx, 935-937. Also: Arch. med. de Toulouse, 1906, xiii, 205-216. — Beale (A.) Tobacco idiosyncrasy. Indian M. Rec, Calcutta, 1896, x, 180. — Benignl (P. ) Le modificazhmi del sangue nell' avvelenamento cronico sperimentale da tobacco. Ann. d. manic prov. di Perugia (1910), 1911, iv, 105-125. -----. Sulle alterazioni anatomiche indotte dall' intossicazione cronica sperimentale da tabacco. Riv. di patol. nerv., Firenze, 1911, xvi, 80-100. -----. Altre ricerche sull' avvelenamento sperimentale cro- nico da tabacco negli animali castrati. Ibid., 161-170.— Bentley (J. R.) The influence of the tobacco habit on the induction and maintenance of anaesthesia. Middle- sex Hosp. J., Lond., 1903-4, vii,271-278.—Bleasdale (R.) Tobacco poisoning in a child. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, i, 1155.—Bottstein. Drei Fa lie von Pruritus nach Tabak- genuss. Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat., Hamb., 1904, xxxix, 577.—Boveri (P.) Ateroma aortico sperimentale da ta- bacco. Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1905, xliv, 359. Also: Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1905, xxvi, 670. -----. Tabacco e lavoro muscolare; intossicazioni nicotiniche. Gazz med. lomb., Milano, 1906, lxv, 491-496.—Brownson (W. C.) The tobacco habit as a cause of disease. Tr. M. Soc. N. Car., Winston, 1898, 24-29— Brunton (Sirl.L.) The effect of tobacco on the heart and circulation. Practi- tioner,Lond.,1905,lxxv,54-57.—Buecelli (N.) Lapazzia da tabacco. Boll. d. r. Accad. med. di Genova, 18%, xi, 281.-----. Turbe nervose per astinenza da tabacco in soggetti nevro-psicopatici. Riv. di patol. nerv., Firenze, 1897, ii, 299-305. -----. Un caso di psicosi poiinevritica per tabacco. Riv. di patol. nerv., Firenze, 1898, iii, 249- 265. Also: Riformamed., Napoli, 1898, xiv, pt. 3,257; 270.— Bureau (M.) Etude clinique des accidents cardiaques dus d, l'intoxication tabagique chronique, et en particu- lier des accidents tardifs. Gaz. m6d. de Nantes, 1907, 2. s., xxv, 421-429.—Calcaterra (G.) Azione del fumo e del succo di tabacco sulla saliva e sul succo gastrico. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1908, Roma, 1909, xviii, 416.— Cannata(S) Tabagismoefunzionigenitalinell'uomo. Gazz.d.osp.,Milano, 1907,xxviii,910.—CarboneII Soles (F.) Contra el tabaco. Bol. d. cons. sup. de salub., M6- xico, 1910, ix, 361-365.—Castellino (P. F.) Cardiacal- gia tabaica. Tommasi, Napoli, 1905-6, i, 397.—Chlericl (L.l Tabacco e funzione uditiva. Gazz. med. di Roma, 1906, xxxii, 309-319.— Chilcott (W. L.) Effects of to- bacco. J. Kansas M. Soc, Columbus, 1908, viii, 117-124.— Chmelaf (B.) Nervov6 jevy z chronick6 nikotinove' intoxikace. [Sympt6mes nerveux causes par l'intoxica- tion chronique de nicotine.] Rev. neurol., psvchiat., fys., adiaetet. therap., v Praze, 1907, iv, 392-395.—Claparede (E.) & Isal'lovitcli (D.) Influence du tabac sur l'as- sociation des idees. Compt. rend. Soe. de biol., Par., 1902, 11. s., iv, 758-760.—Clark (L. P.) The experimental ef- fects of tobacco upon the nervous svstem. J. Inebriety, Bost., 1908, xxx, 33-38. Also [Abstr.]: Med. Rec. N. Y., 1907, lxxi, 1072— Clere (A.) & Pezzi (('.) Action de la nicotine sur le cceur isol6 de quelques mam- miferes. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1912, lxxii, 316-318.— Crock ( G. W.) The toxic effects of to- bacco. Hahneman. Month., Phila., 1896, xxxi, 236-241. -----. The toxic effects of tobacco. Quart. J. Inebr., Hartford, 1899, xxi, 150-155.—Crook (J. K ) Considera- tions regarding the tobacco habit with special reference to its effects on the heart. Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1894, ix, 464-470. Also: Dietet. & Hyg. Gaz., N. Y., 1894, x. 594-598.— Dalton (N.) The effect of tobacco on the gastro-intes- tinal tract. Practitioner, Lond., 1905, lxxv, 57-59.—Del- lino (V.) Los venenos sociales; el tabaco y el eter. Semana med., Buenos Aires, 1912, xix, pt. 2, 307-318.— Belie. Tabac et audition. Bull, de laryngol., otol. et rhinol., Par., 1904, vii, 202; 292. Also: Presse Oto- laryngol, beige, Brux., 1904, iii, 449-457. Also: Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1905, i, 97-106.— Delobel. De l'influence de l'abus du tabac sur Taction des medicaments internes et sur la cicatrisation des plaies. J. Soc. contre l'abus du tabac, Par, 1897, xxi, 189; 211; 239.—De Bidder (L.) Effets du tabac. Bull. Soc. demed. de Gand, 1«98. lxv, 115-121.—Doltoey (R. V.) Tobacco toxemia. Northwest. Med., Seattle, 1909-10,n.s., i, 99-102.—Donatli (J.) Talmkvergiftungen. Med. f. Alle, Wien u. Leipz., 1906. i, 185-187.—Eastman (E. H.) Chronic tobacco poisoning. Texas M. News, Austin, 1905-6, xv, 615-620.—Effect (The) of tobacco in health TOBACCO. 302 TOBACCO. Tobacco (To.ricology and ill effects of). and di>ea-e. [Symposium.] Practitioner. Lond., 1905, lxxv, 51-71.—Fa'varger (H.) Zur Frage der chroni- sehen Tabakvergiftung. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1906, xix, 635-637.—Fere (C.) L'influence de l'aleool et du tabac sur le travail. Arch, de neurol., Par., 1901, 2. s.,xii, 36(.i- 462.—Ferran. De Taction du tabac sur Taudition. Rev. i11«'. 1. de Normandie, Rouen, 1911, 363-369.—Fisio- patolouia (Su la) del tabacco. Studium, Napoli, 1912, v, l"is-ii;o.—Foiiclier. Quelques remarques sur l'usage du tabac en rapport avec la muqueuse de la bouche et des voies respiratoires. Union med. du Canada, Mont- real, 1897, xxvi, 193-198.—Frencli (J. M.) Cigarette ine- briety. Quart. J. Inebr., Hartford, 1902, xxiv, 53: 1903, xxv, 164.—Friediuann (A. C. H. ) Tobacco poison- ing. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1903, x, 145-148. Also: Quart. J. Inebr., Hartford, 1903, xxv, 164-168.—Gafecki (S.) I'rzewlelkle zatrucie tytoniem. [Chronic tobacco pi>ining.] Zdrowie, Warszawa, 1903,2. s.,iii, 1197-1213.— l.ou/.iilez (C.) El tabaco y las dispepsias. Rev. m6d. de Sevilla, 1909, Iii, 65-69.—Gouget (A.) Sur quelques 16sionsde l'intoxication tabagique experimentale. Presse med., Par., 1906, xiv, 533.—Guillain (G.) & Gy (A.) Etude comparative de differentes methodes permettant d'experimenter la toxicity du tabac. Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1907, lxiii, 407-409. Also: Arch, de med. exper. et d'anat. path., Par., 1908, xx, 63-77.----------. Contribution &, I'etude des lesions aortiques experimen- tales determinees par l'intoxication tabagique. Bull, et mem. Soc med. d. h6p. de Par., 1908, 3. s., xxv, 960-969. ----------. Recherches experimentales sur la toxicite. des tabacs dits denicotinises. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par , 1907, lxiii, 0x4-686.-----------. Les lesions hepa- tiques dans l'intoxication tabagique experimentale. Ibid., 1908, lxv, 482-484.-----------. Les lesions des cel- lules nerveuses corticales dans l'intoxication tabagique experimentale. Ibid., 614-616.—Hale (A. B.) Tobacco intoxication, locally and systematically considered; re- port of a case of tobacco amblvopia. Med. News, N. Y., 1898, Ixxiii, 299-301.— Hamniond (W. A.) The physio- logical effects of alcohol and tobacco upon the human system. In his: Physiol, mem., 8°, Phila., 1863, 43-65.— Hartman (J. C. M.) Tabakvergiftiging. Tijdschr. v. phys. therap. en hyg., Amst., 1906, 50-56.—Hawkes (J.) A ease of tobacco-poisoning in a child. Lancet, Lond., 1901, ii, 1121.—Heffter. Einiges fiber Tabakvergiftung. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1900, xxx, 507-509.— Hirschberg. De la prophylaxie du nicotinisme. Nouv. remedes, Par., 1902, xviii, 113-118.—Hoeh ling (A. A.) Tobacco and diabetes; the record of a personal experience. Am. J. Clin. M., Chicago, 1911, xviii, 35.—J. (L.) Les effets du tabac & l'etat normal et pathologique. Med. mod., Par., 1905, xvi, 299.—Jacoby (G. W.) Die chronischeTabaks-Intoxication, speciell in aetiologischer und neurologischer Hinsicht. Berl. Klinik, 1898,126. Hft., 1-32. Also: N. Yorker med. Monatschr., 1897, ix, 65-87.— Knepper. Ueber die Beziehungen zwischen chro- nischer Tabakvergiftung und Invalidenversicherung. Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl., 1906, xii, 4-6.—Lack (H.L.) The effect of tobacco on the upper air passages. Practi- tioner, Lond., 1905, lxxv, 64-68—Landa (G. M.) Efectos nocivos del tabaco en el aparato auditive Actas y trab. d. ]»Cong. m6d. nac, Habana, 1905, i, 352. Also: Rev. de med. y cirug. de la Habana, 1905, x, 185— Langinaid (S. W.) The effects of tobacco upon the throat. Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass., N. Y., 1904, xxvi, 116-122. Also: Boston M. & S. J., 1905, clii, 693-695.—Lehmann (K. B.) & Gundermann (K.) Neue Untersuchungen iiber die Bedeutung der Blausaure fiir die Giftigkeit des Tabak- rauchs. Arch. f. Hyg., Munchen u. Berl., 1912, lxxvi, 98-115.—Le June de Segrais. De Timpuissance pro- voquee par Tabus de tabac. Arch. gen. de med. Par 1902, n. s., vii, 385-394.—Leinaire (J.) Intoxication ta- bagique, aigue, legere, accidentelle, par ingestion chez un enfant de un an. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par , 1909, xi, 14-16. Also: Ann. de med. et chir. inf., Par., 1909 xiii 167.—Lenimialiu (F.) Fyrafallaf arsenik-forlamning, bervende pa bruk af arsenikhaltig tobak. [Four cases of arsenical paralysis, caused by tobaccocontaining arsenic 1 Svens. Lak.-Sallsk. Forhandling, 1909, 393-397.—Lesleur (C.) Tabagismeexperimentaletdenicotinisation. Compt rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1907, lxii. 430. -----. Sur la toxi- cite experimentale de quelques tabacs (tabacs complets tabacs plus ou moins denicotinises). Ibid., 1908, lxiv 9- 11— Lesieu r (C.) & de Labonnefon (G.) Tabagisme experimental et atherome aortique. Bull. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Lyon, 190\ vii, 410-412. Also: Lvon med. 1908 cxi, 562-564 —Had erna (C.) Intossicazione nicotinica sperimentale; alterazioni del sangue e di alcuni organi (fegato, milza e rene). Gior. internaz. d. sc. med Na- poli, 1911, n. s., xxxiii, 721-739.—Elaine (F. D )'' To- bacco heart; what is it and what its treatment? Med News. N Y., 1902, lxxxi, 150-Mallory (Mary B ) Poi- soning from tobaccc Tr. Nat. Eclect. M. Ass., Cincin., flR" XXZ' ^.-IWancioli (T.) II tabacco; lesion! dell orecchio, del naso e della gola nelle operaie delli Tobacco (Toxicoloe/t/ and ill effects of). Phila. M. J., ixy.), iv, 672-676. Also: South. Pract., Nash- ville, 1899, xxi, 327-337.—iTIocelil ( D.) Intorno all' in- fluenza del tabagismo su la gravidanza. Ann. di ostet., Milano, 1906, ii, 287-294— IH out no ro (F.) Intorno alia pretesa influenza del tabagismo sulla gravidanza (Ri- sultati di un' inchiesta nella r. manifattura dei tabacchi). Ramazzini, Firenze, 1908, ii, 152-167. Also [Abstr.j: Gine- col. mod., Genova, 1908, i, 48.— Morrow (W. S.) A re- spiratory symptom of tobacco poisoning and its experi- mental investigation. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1897, i, 1406- 1409.—ItIouriqiiand(G.)&Boueliut(L.) Anginede poitrine et tabae. Arch. d. mal. du coeur [etc], Par., 1912, v, 657-667.—Naeke (P.) Der Tabak in der Aetiologie der Psychosen. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1909, xxiii, 805; 821 ■ 840—Nicola! (G. F.) & Staehelin (R.) Ueber die Einwirkung des Tabakgenusses auf die Circulationsor- gane. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap.. Berl., 1910-11, viii, 323-336.— Orvafianos (D.) [etal.]. Dictamen sobre la memoria a concurso: "Accidentes causados por el uso del tabaco." Gac. med. de Mexico, 1910, 3 s., v, 355-366.— Osier (VV.) Tobacco angina. Montreal M. J., 1895-6, xxiv, 877-879.—Otto (C.) Zmiany anatomiczne w sercu pod wplywem nikotyny. [Anatomical changes in the heart under the influence of nieotin.] Medveyna i Kron. lek., Warszawa, 1910, xiv, 1151-1164.—Pain & Schwartz. Hallucinations avec impulsions sous Tin- fluence du tabac. Eneephale, Par., 1908, ii, 198-200.— Palmer (A. W.) Tobacco deafness. J. Ophth., Otol. & Laryngol., N. Y., 1904, xvi, 28-31.—Panigazzl (A.) & Capece (N. C.) El tabaco y sus efectos. Semana med., Buenos Aires, 1905, xii, 265-279.— Pedraza (E.) Ac- ceso estenoeardico provoeado por el abuso del tabaco. Rev. de cien. med., Habana, 1894, ix, 37.—Pel (P.-K.) Un cas de psychose tabagique. Ann. med.-chir., Dour, 1911, xix, 171. Also, transl.: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xlviii, 241.—Peri (A.) II pensiero di Angiolo Filippi suT esistenza di forme morbose dovute a tabagismo pro- fessionale. Gazz. med. d. Marche, Ancona, 1908, xvi, nos. 1-4.—Petit (G.) Contribution a I'etude physiolo- gique du tabac et k son action sur l'organisme. Progres med., Par., 1903, 3. s., xviii, 441-443. Alxn, transl.: Atlanta J.- Rec, Med., 1903-4, v,649-656.—Pick ( F.) Ueber chroni- sche Tabakvergiftung. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1910, xxvii, 559-56">.—Pla. Intoxi- cation professionnelle par le tabac Languedoc med - chir., Toulouse. 1906, xiv, 87: 107; 131; 141; 155; 173: 1907 xv, 34.—Keckitt (J. D.) Tobacco dyspnoea. Lancet, Lond., 1911, i, 1499.—Beik (H. O.) The effectof tobacco on the ear and upper respiratory tract. Tr. Am. Laryn- gol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc, New Bedford, Mass., lino. 160- 171. Also: Boston M. & S. J., 1910, clxii, 856-K60.—Benon (L.) Le tabac et l'appareil vasculaire. Rev. gen. de elin. et de therap., Par., 1905, xix, 321-323.—Benon (L.), Loedericli & JHazouz. Claudication intermittente et thrombose de l'aorte abdominale chez un tabagique. Bull, etmem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1905, 3. s., xxii, 79-85.—Kiclion (L.) & Perrin. Retards de deve- loppement par intoxication tabagique experimentale, possibility de la reprise de croissance apres cessation de l'intoxication. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1908, lxiv, 563-565.-----------. Etat du squelette chez les lapins ayant subi un retard de developpement par intoxi- cation tabagique experimentale. Ibid., 1909, lxvi, 30.— -----•-----. Etat des organes genitaux et de quelques organes chez les lapins ayant subi un retard de developpe- ment par intoxication tabagique experimentale. Ibid., 62.—Bobinson (R.) De la pretendue action abortive du tabac. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1908, cxlvii, 538.—Sclioltz (K.) Adatok a dohany- es alcohol-neuri- tis elofordul&sanak ismeretehez. [On tobacco and alco- hol neuritis.] Szemeszet, Budapest, 1908, xiv, 45-52.— Scott (J.W.) A rare effect of tobacco. Toledo M. & S. Reporter, 1896, ix, 532-534. Also [Abstr.]: Southwest. M. Rec, Houston, 1896, i, 170.—Seaver (J. W.) Tobacco stunting; the effects of nicotine on growth. Sanitarian, N. Y., 1898, xl, 414-421.- Shoemaker (J. V.) Tobacco poisoning. Med. Bull., Phila., 1903, xxv, 295.—Somers (L. S.) The effect of tobacco on the nose, throat, and ear. Penn. M. J., Athens, 1905-6, ix, 722-725.—Spencer (W. G.) The effect of tobacco on the mouth and tongue. Practitioner, Lond., 1905, lxxv, 62-64, 1 pl.—Stern (H.) The toxicity of tobacco and a method of eradicating it. Med. Rev. t>f Rev., N. Y., 1899, vii, 298-303. Also: Quart. J. Inebr., Hartford, 1899, xxi, 373-381. Also: St. Louis M. & S. J., 1899, lxxvi, 234-240. -----. Tobacco as a factor in glycosuria. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1901. lix, 646-649.— Stevens (D. D.) Scrap tobacco as a menace to public health. Med.-Leg. J., N. Y., 1906, xxiii, 612-618.—Slu ver (E.) The influence of tobacco on the development of the child. Quart. J. Inebr., Hartford, 1898, xx. 273-278.— Symposium on tobacco. Lancet-Clinic, cincin., 1908, lx, 699-706.—Taylor (J.) The effect of tobacco on the nervous system. Practitioner, Lond., 1905, lxxv, 69-61.— Tedeschl (E.) & < ampora (G.) Ricerche sperimen- tali sopra alcuni fenomeni anafilattici che accompagnano T intossicazione da tabacco. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1910, Roma, 1911, xx, 470.—Toiuaselli(C) Azione del tabacco sul polso irregolare respiratorio. Gazz. med. TOBACCO. 303 TOBACCO-SMOKE. Tobacco (loxicology and ill effects of). ital.,Torino, 1909, lx, 281;291. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1910, liii, 471.—Toporkolf (N.) Khronicheskoye otravleniye tabakom. [Chronic tobacco poisoning.] Obozr. psichiat.,nevrol.[etc.], S.-Peterb., 1903, viii, 262-270.—Townsend (C. W.) The evils of tobacco. Boston M. & S. J., 1910, clxii, 913—Toxic (The) factor in tobacco. Lancet, Lond., 1912, i, 944-947.—Vaceari (A.) A proposito delT influenza del tabagismo sulla gra- vidanza. Ginecologia, Firenze, 1908, v, 289-305. Also: Ramazzini, Firenze, 1908, ii, 428-444.—Viana (G.) Sopra un caso di tabagismo. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1902, xxiii, 510.—Watkins (G.) Poisoning by tobacco in the horse. Vet. J., Lond., 1905, Ixi, 15— Waucoiiiont (R.) L'in- toxication tabagique. Scalpel, Liege, 1912-13,lxv, 89-91.— White (J. A. H.) Some effects of tobacco. Birmingh. M. Rev., 1903, n. s., ii, 581-588— Winirrave (W.) To- bacco nerve deafness. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1903, xii, 460-467. Also: J. Laryngol., Lond., 1903, xviii, 172-177. Also [Abstr.]: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1903, n. s., lxxv, 127-129.—Wurtz (R.) L'intoxi- cation chronique par le tabac. Scalpel, Liege, 1896-7, xlix, 278.—Wybauxi Un cas d'aeeeleration du coeur par suite d'intoxication tabagique. Policlin., Brux., 1912, xxi, 1/0.—Zasiedatel (V.) Tabachnoye otravleniye v svyazi s ucheniyem ob angionevrozakh i bolleznyu Ray- naud. [Tobacco poisoning in connection with the study of angioneurosis and Raynaud's disease.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1911, xviii, 681; 609; 643. Tobacco (IVorkei's in). Celli (A.) Sulle condizioni igieniche e sani- tarie dell' industria del tabacco in Italia. 4°. Roma, 1908. Bell re ns (J.) Die Beziehungen der Mikroorganis- men zum Tabakbau und zur Tabakfabrikaticn; Sammel- referat. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1896, ii, 514; 540. — Bulova. Pfi>p6vek k poznani nemoci tab&kov6 pri delnieich v tovarnach na tab&k. [Contri- bution to the knowledge of tobacco diseases in -working- women in tobacco factories.] Casop. lek. Cesk., v Praze, 1869, viii, 1; 9; 17. -----. O vlivu tabaku na lid, pracujici vtov&michtabakovych. [Theinfluenceof tobacco on the workmen in tobacco factories.] Ibid., 1871, x, 2x9: 297.— Butler (Elizabeth B.) The stogy industry in Pittsburgh. Charities [etc.], N. Y., 1908, xx, 433-449.—Capparelli (A.) Modificazioni della pressione sanguigna del polso arterioso nei lavoranti addetti alia fermentazione del tabacco. Lavoro, Milano, 1912, v, 1-3—Bowling (F.) The French Government tobacco faetory at Issv, near Paris. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1909, liii, 1171-1173.— Entstaubung und Ventilation in Tabakfabriken. Ztschr. f. Gewerbe-Hyg. [etc.], Wien, 1909, xvi, 9; 42.— Etienne (G.) La mortality infantile dans les families des ouvrieres k la manufacture de tabacs de Nancy. Ann. d'hyg., Par., 1897, 3. s., xxxvii, 526-536.— Jehle (L.) Hygiene der Tabakarbeiter. Arch. f. Unfallheilk., Stuttg., 1899-1901, iii. 364-370.—Lavagna (S.) Modifica- zioni della pressione sanguigna e del polso arterioso nei lavoranti addetti alia fermentazione del tabacco. Tom- masi, Napoli. 1901, vi. 821-828. — Livon (J.) fils. Gros- sesses et avortements chez des femmes employees a la manufacture des tabacs. Marseille med., 1906, xiii, 132- 145. — ITIaneioli (T.) II tabacco; lesioni dell" orecchio, del naso e della gola nelle operaie della r. manifattura di Roma. Boll. d. mal. d. orecchio, d. gola e d. naso, Firenze, 1904, xxii, 11; 25. Also, transl.: Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1904, xvii, 421-134. — Perl (A.) La mestruazione nelle lavoratrici del tabacco. Rama- zini, Firenze, 1909, iii, 657-660.—Pineiro (C, M.) Estig- mas profesionales de los tabaqueros. Arch, de la Soc. esturL clin. de la Habana, 1907-8, xv, 36-42. Also: Rev. de med. y cirug. de la Habana, 1907, xii, 571-576. Also, transl: J. de med. de Par., 1908, 2. s., xx, 153. Also, transl.: Rec. de med. leg., Par., 1908, xv, 73-77.—Bosenfeld ( S.) Hygienische Verhiilt- nisse der osterreichischen Tabakfabrikarbeiter. Cen- tralbl. f. allg. Gsndhtspflg., Bonn, 1899, xviii, H9-12'.i.--- Schellenberg (E. ) Hygiene der Tabakarbeiter. Handb. d. Hyg., Jena; 1896, viii, 614-626. —Sch rim pl (F.) Ueber die Organisation des Sanitatsdienstes bei den k. k. Tabakfabriken; aus amtliehen Quellen zusammen- gestellt. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1899, xxiv, 362; 396; 406; 419; 431.—Simoninl (R.) Sulle cause della morbilitae mortalita nei bambini delle lavoratrici del tabacco. Pediatria, Napoli, 1909, 2. s., vii, 161-194.—Tavcrnari (L.) Saggio d' igiene industriale sulla r. manifattura dei tabacchi di Modena. Ann. d'ig. sper., Roma, 1900, n. s., x, 351-398, 1 pl. Also: Rassegna di sc, med., Mo- dena, 1900-1901, xv, 1-59. — W'insbaek. Etude sur la sant<5 des ouvriers de la manufacture imperiale des tabacs de Metz. Expose d. trav. de la Soc. d. sc. med. de la Mo- selle, 1869, Metz, 1870, 1-28. Also, Reprint. Tobacco-ash. See Serpents (Poisonous, Bites of, Treatment of). Tobacco-habit. See Tobacco (Abuse of). Tobacco-j uice. Herzog (J.) Untersuchung einer Fliissigkeit zum Tranken des Kautabaks. Arb. a. d. pharmazeut. Inst. d. Univ. Berl. (1908), 1909, vi, 238.— Uses oi tobacco juice in France. J. Soc. Arts, Lond., 1898-9, xlvii, 901. Tobacco-juice (Toxicology of). Arnoldt(M.) * Ueber eine Vergiftung mit Kautabaksaft. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., 1908. Fan berg (A.) Kronisk nikotinforgiftning; skraato- bak. [Chronic nicotinepoisoningfromchewingtobacco.J Norsk Mag. f. Lsegevidensk., Kristiania, 1910, 5. R., viii, 569-581.—Peueh (F.) Empoisonnement dedeuxg6nis- ses par le jus de tabac. J. de med. vet. et Zoetech., Lyon, 1906,5. s., x, 78. Tobacco-plant (Diseases of). See, also, Sclerotinia. Heintzel (K. G. E.) *Contagiose Pflanzen- krankheiten ohne Microben unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Mosaikkrankheit der Ta- baksbliitter. 8°. Erlangen, 1900. Howard (L. O.) The principal insects af- fecting the tobacco plant. 8°. Washington, 1900. United States. Department of Agriculture. Farmers' bulletin No. 120. The principal in- sects affecting the tobacco plant. By L. O. Howard. 8°. Washington, 1900. United States. Department of Agriculture. Bureau of Entomology. Bulletin No. 65. The tobacco thrips, a new and destructive enemy of shade-grown tobacco. By W. A. Hooker. 8°. Washington, 1907. -----. Circular No. 66. The tobacco thrips and remedies to prevent ' 'white veins'' in wrap- per tobacco. By W. A. Hooker. 8°. [ Wash- ington, 1906.] United States. Department of Agriculture. Bureau of Plant Industry. Bulletin No. 51. Miscellaneous papers. I. The wilt disease of to- bacco and its control. By R. E. B. McKenney. 8°. Washington, 1905. Becquerei (P.) Sur un cas remarquable d'autoto- mie du pedoncule floral du tabac, provoquee par le trau- matisme de la corolle. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1907, cxiv, 936.—Beijerinck [M. W.] Over een conta- gium vivum fluidum als oorzaak van de vlekziekte der tabaksbladen. K. Akad. v. Wetensch. te Amst. Versl., 1899, vii, 229-235. Also, transl.: K. Akad. v. Wetensch. te Amst. Proc. sect, sc.,,1899, i, 170-176. Also, transl.: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1899, v, 27-33. Also, Reprint.—Bouyirues (H.) Sur la nielle des feuilles de tabac. Compt. rend. Aead. d. sc, Par., 1903, cxxxvii, 1303-1305.—Bouygues (H.) & Perreau. Contribution a I'etude de la nielle des feuilles de tabae. Ibid., 1904, cxxxix, 309.—Delacroix (G.) La rouille blanche du tabac et la nielle ou maladie de la mosa'ique. Ibid., 1905, cxl, 678-6*0.— Hinds (W. E.) A new tobacco thrips. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 1905, xviii, 197-200.—Hunger (F. W. T.) Die Verbreitung der Mosaikkrankheit infolge der Behandlung des Ta- baks. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1904, xi, 405-408. Also, transl.: Handel, v. h. vlaamsch nat.- en geneesk. Cong. 1903, Gent & Antwerpen, 1904, vii, 18- 21. -----. Untersuchungen und Betrachtungen iiber die Mosaik-Krankheit der Tabakspflanze. Ztschr. f. Pflan- zenkr.,Stuttg.,1905,xv,257-311.—Iwanowski (D.) Die Mosaik- und die Pockenkrankheit der Tabakspflanze. Ztschr. f. Pflanzenkr., Stuttg., 1902, xii, 202. -----. Ueber die Mosaikrankheit der Tabakspflanze. Ibid., 1903, xiii, 1-41,. 3 pl.—Jensen (H.) Ueber die Bekampfung der Mosaikkrankheit der Tabakpfianze. Centralbl. f. Bakte- riol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1905, xv, 440-445.— Kenney (R. E. B.) The wilt disease of tobacco and its control. U. S. Dep. AKTic. Bur. animal indust., Bull.no. 51, Wash., 1905, 6-8.—I > eda (Y.) On the tobacco wilt disease caused by a bacteria. Preliminary notice. Centralbl. f. Bakte- riol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1904-5, xiii, 327-329. Tobacco-smoke. See, also, Tobacco (Therapeutic use of). von Frank l-JB och wart (L.) Die nervosen Erkrankungen der Tabakraucher. roy. 8°. Wien & Leipzig, 1912. TOBACCO-SMOKE. 304 TOBACCO-SMOKING. Tobacco-smoke. Kuhles (J.) * Untersuchungen; iiber den Uebergang von Nikotin aus Zigarren und Ziga- retten in den Kauch. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1907. Marcelet (H.) *Sur le dosage de l'oxyde de carbone, en particulier dans les fumees de tabac. 8°. Montpellier, 1907. Pantaga (I. I.) *Izslledovaniye russkavo tabaka i papirosnavo dima. [Investigation of Russian tobacco and cigarette smoke.] 8°. Yuryev, 1902. Warburg (H.) * Studien iiber den Nikotin- und Pyridingehalt des Tabakrauchs bei Ver- wendung schwerer und leichter, sowie nikotin- freier und nikotinunschiLdlicher Zigarren. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1906. Biuz it'.) Ueber das Kohlenoxyd im Tabakrauche. Deutsche At-rzte Ztg., Berl., 1900,1-3.—Bosi (A.) Sui di- versi metodi per studiare 1' azione del fumo del tabacco. Atti d. Accad. med.-ris. fiorent. 1909, Firenze, 1910, 80-83.— Oesprez(G.) La fumee de tabac en bacteriologie. Rev. med. du Canada, Montreal, 1901-2, v,617.—Habermann (J.) Beitrage zur Kenntniss des Cigarrenrauches. Zt- schr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1901, xxxiii, 65-125, 1 pl. -----. Ueber den Blausauregehalt des Cigarrenrauches. Ibid., 1902, xxxvii, 1-17. -----. Beitrage zur Kennt- nis des Zigaretten- und des Pleifenrauches. Ibid., 1903-4, xl, 148-161. —Habermann (J.) & Eliren- feld (R.) Zur Kenntnis des Zigarrenrauches. Ibid., 1908, lvi, 363-372—Kissllng (R.) Beitrage zur Kennt- nis des Tabakrauches. Arch. f. Hyg., Miinehen u. Leipz., 1894, xx, 211-213.—Poisonous (The) constit- uent of tobacco smoke. [Edit.] Lancet, Lond., 1904, i, 43.—Pontag (J.J.) UntersuchungdesRauchtabaksund desCigarettenrauches. Ztschr. f. Untersuch. d.Nahrungs- u. Genussmittel, Berl., 1903, vi, 673-691.—Sej bold (W.) Nikotin und Kohlenoxyd im Tabakrauch. Zentralbl. f. d. Kneipp. Heilverf., Worishofen, 1906, xiii, 118-120.— Thorns (H.) Ueber die chemische Untersuchung der Rauchproducte des Tabaks. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1899, Leipz., 1900, lxxi, pt. 2, 2. Hefte., 664-667. -----. Ueber die Rauchprodukte des Ta- baks. Ber. d. deutsch. pharm. Gesellsch., Berl., 1900, x, 19-31. -----. Versuche zur Entgiftung des Tabakrauches. Arb. a. d. pharmazeut. Inst. d. Univ. Berl. (1903), 1904, i, 174-182. Also [Abstr.]: Apoth.-Ztg., Berl., 1904, xix, 13. -----. Ueber den Blausauregehalt des Cigarrenrauches. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1903, xxxvii, 250.— Trillat (A.) Sur la formation de l'ald6hyde formique dans la combustion du tabac. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1904, exxxix, 742-744. -----. Contribution a I'etude sur la fumee du tabac. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1904, lvii, 469. Tobacco-smoke (Effects of). See, also, Tobacco-smoking. Arena (R.) *Pesquizas physiologicas expe- rimentaes sobre a accao do fumo de tabaco rela- tivamente a digestao. 4°. Rio de Janeiro, 1900. Bitter (L.) * Untersuchungen iiber die Be- deutung des Nikotins fiir die Starke der Rauch- wirkung. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1907. Vladichko (S. D.) Vliyaniye tabachnavo dima na nervnuyu sistemu i organizm voob- shtshe, s obrashtsheniyem vnimaniya na profi- laktiku i terapiyu ostravo i khronicheskavo otravleniya. [Influence of tobacco smoke upon the nervous system, and the organism in gen- eral, with special attention to the prophylaxis and therapy of acute and chronic poisoning. 1 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1909. Wahl (F.) * Ueber den Gehalt des Tabak- rauches an Kohlenoxyd. [Bonn.l 8°. Al- tenburg, 1899. 262^285 iT>"' ArCh' f' d' gGS' PhysioL- Bonn- 1899> lxxviii, Arnold (M. B.) On the effect of the exposure to tobacco smoke on the growth of pathogenic micro-organ- isms. Lancet, Lond., 1907, i, 1220,-Biffls (P.) Alcune ricerche tonometriche sotto 1' azione del fumo di tabacco Gazz cL osp., Milano, 1912, xxxiii, 1017-1019.—Bosi (A ) «SitH newntl m^.dl per l0 studi0 sperimentale degl IIItt^?,3!-frim?,dl1iabacco- R«orma med., Napoli, 1909, fmnk*'™iii~ 18^6' Jxx- M0- [Discussion], 348-350.- neig (L.) L oxyde de carbone intervient-fl dans l'in- Tobacco-smoke (Efects of). toxication par la fum6e du tabac. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1908, cxlvi, 776-779. -----. Influence de la fumee de tabac et de la nicotine sur le developpement de l'or- ganisme. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1908, lxiv, 683- 685.—Fleig (C.) & de Vlsuie (P.) Action de la fumee de tabac sur les ph6nomenes respiratoires et vasomoteurs. Ibid., 1907, lxiii, 578; 628.-----------. Mecanisme des effets cardiaques de la fumee de tabac. Ibid., 1908, lxiv, 173-175.----------. Mecanisme des effets respiratoires de la fumee de tabac. Ibid., 206-208.—dterm-destroy- Ing (The) properties of tobacco smoke. Lancet, Lond., 1906, i, 984.-l.ee (W. E.) The action of tobacco smoke, with special reference to arterial pressure and degenera- tion. Quart. J. Exper. Physiol., Lond , 1908, i, 335-358, 1 pl.—Nice (L. B.) Comparative studies on the effects of alcohol, nicotine, tobacco smoke and caffeine on white mice. I. Effects on reproduction and growth. J. Exper Zool., Phila., 1911-12, xii, 133-152. - Ollendorl' (A.) Beitrag zur Frage der Tabakrauch wirkung auf die Aorta. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1909, xxiii, 309.—Paelion (V.) Quelques remarques sur 1'interpretation de traces pletbys- mographiques et les effets cardio-vasculaires de la fumee de tabac. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1907, lxiii, 630.—Pliarmaeology (The) of tobacco smoke. [Edit.] J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1909, Iii, 386.—Pussep (L. M.) Vliyaniye tabachnavo dima i nikotina na mozgovoye kro- voobrashtsheniye. [Influence of tobacco smoke and nico- tin upon the blood circulation in the brain.] Obozr. psi- chiat.,nevrol. [etc],S.-Peterb., 1906, xi, 123; 241.—Katner. Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die physiologische Wirkung des Tabakrauches auf den Organismus. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1906, cxiii, 198-212, 2 diag.— Itavicini (S.) Contributo alio studio dell' azione tossica e bactericida del fumo di tabacco. Corriere san "Milano, 1903, xiv, 78; 109; 123. — Severson (Selena), Effects of cigarette smoke upon children and vouth. Tr M. Soc. Wisconsin, Madison, 1896, xxx, 344-347.—Sharp (Mila, B.) Bad effects of tobacco smoke on infants and young children. Ibid., 342.—Wright (J. W.) Inflam- mation of the eyes due to infection from hay fever con- veyed by tobacco smoke, with report of cases. Ophthal- mol., Milwaukee, 1906-7, iii, 51.—Zliebrovski (E. A.) K voprosu o vliyanii tabachnavo dima na krovenosnlye sosudi u zhivotnikh. [Influence of tobacco smoke upon the blood-vessels in animals.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1907, vi, 789. Also, transl.: Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1907, xviii, 337-340. -----. K voprosu o vliyanii vdikhaniya tabachnavo dima na zhivotnikh. [Influence of tobacco-smoke inhalation upon animals.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1908, vii, 429-431. Also, transl.: Przegl. lek., Krak6w, 1908, xlvii, 381; 394. Also, transl.: Centralbl. f. allg. Path, u, path. Anat., Jena, 1908, xix. 609-617. Tobacco-smoking. Callige. Tabacainesie, ou eloge du tabac a fumer. 8°. Annecy, 1858. Druhen aine. Du tabac; son influence sur la sante et sur les facultes intellectuelles et mo- rales; hygiene des fumeurs. 16°. Besancon, 1866. Grabowsky (N.) Wider den Tabak! Das Tabakrauchen und sein Einfluss auf die korper- liche und geistige Entartung der modernen Menschheit, zugleich mit positiven Vorschla- gen, wie man es anfangen soil, sich der Tabaks- leidenschaft zu entreissen. 8°. Leipzig, 1900. —. The same. 2. Aufl. 8°. Leipzig, 1909. Hesse (E.) den Kreislauf. S., 1907. LeBon (G.) * Der Einfluss des Rauchens auf [Leipzig.] 8°. Naumburg a. La fumee du tabac. Recher- ches sur la nature et la quantite des principes de la fumee du tabac absorbee par les fumeurs et sur les effets qu'ils produisent. 8°. Paris, 1872. Mendelson (A. L. ) K voprosu o vliyanii kureniya na zdorovye. [On the effect of smok- ing upon health.] 8°. [St. Petersburg, 1897.] Repr.from: J. russk. Obsh. okhran. narod. zdrav., St. Petersb., 1897, vii. Michaelis (A. A.) Hygiene des Rauchens und der Tabak (Nicotiana tabacum) nach seinen botanischen, chemischen und medicinischen Eigenschaften und Wirkungen. Eine physiolo- gisch-medicinische Abhandlung. 12°. Leipzig, 1894. TOBACCO-SMOKING. 305 TOBACCO-SMOKING. Tobacco-smoking. Nikolski (D. P.) O tabakle i vredle yevo kureniya. [Tobacco and injury from smoking it.] 12°. S.-Peterburg, 1894. Noda (S.) *Beitnige zur Erkliirung der Wir- kung des Rauchens. (Starke und schwache Zigarren von gleichen Nikotingehalt; Nikotin- gehalt beim Rauchen aus einer neuen und alten Pfeife.) 8°. Wiirzburg, 1908. Poenaru - Caplescu. Tutunul si efectele asupra fumatorilor. [Smoking and its effect on smokers.] 8°. Bucuresci, 1903. Poulain de la Fontaine (H. ) Contre la cigarette. Preface de J. Burnet. 12°. Paris, 1904. Pritchett (R. T.) Ye smokiana, historical, ethnographical. 8°. [London], 1890. Truth (The) about cigarettes. Papers read and discussed by the Medico-Legal Society of New York. 12°. New York, 1897-8. Repr.from: Med.-Leg. J., X. Y., 1897-8. Venner (T.) A brief and accurate treatise concerning the taking of the fume of tobacco, which very many in these days doe too licentiously use; in which, the immoderate, irregular and unseasonable use thereof is repre- hended, and the true nature and best manner of using it, perspicuously demonstrated. 12°. London, 1621. W. (E. [A.]) Why do we smoke? 12°. Lon- don, 1903. Weger (G. A.) *Wie liisst sich die verschie- dene Wirkung von Zigarren mit gleichem Niko- tingehalt erklaren? 8°. Wiirzburg, 1909. Willson (R. N. 1 Can a gentleman smoke? 8°. Philadelphia, 1912. Amalti(G.) Tabacco-da-fumo e stomaeo. Stomaco, 1896, ii, 33.—A in er son (S. S.) The poison in cigarettes. Kentucky M. J., Louisville, 1907-8, v, 25.—Bamberger (J.) Zur Hvgiene des Rauchens. Munchen. med. Wchn- schr., 1904, li, 1344.—Bell (C.) The cigarette; does it contain any ingredient other than tobacco and paper? Does it cause insanity? Med.-Leg. J., N. Y., 1897-8, xv, 443: 1898-9, xvi, 203.—Bey (L.) Das Rauchen der Ziga- retten in Aegypten. Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1908, xviii, 347.—Bramwell (B.) Pain in the chest due to a strain; suspected aneurism; stightly thickened arteries in a man of twenty-five; excessive tobacco smoking; inju- rious effects of tobacco: tobacco deafness. Clin. Stud., Edinb., 1905-6, iv, 68-73.—BreBa (J.) Remarks concern- ing the vice of smoking among youths, and suggestions as to the means of overcoming it. Am. Pub. Health Ass. Rep. 1900, Columbus, O., 1901. xxvi, 135-139.—Bruee (J. W.), Miller (J. R.) & Hooker (D. R.) The effect of smoking upon the blood pressures and upon the volume of the hand. Am. J. Physiol.,Bost, 1909. xxiv, 104-116.— Bruliat (J.) & Binet ( M.) Denicotinisation par voie chimique de la fumee de tabac, et son application a l'hy- giene des fumeurs. J. d'hyg., Par., 1907, xxxii, 44.—Cur- ry er (W. F.) Cigars and cigarettes. Tr. Nat. Eclect. M. Ass., Cincin., 1895-6, xxiii, 225-237.—Cusack (M. F.) Pipe, cigar or cigarette? Lancet, Lond., 1912, i, 1019.— Oavidovics (J.) Ueber schnelles und langsames Ta- bakrauchen. Hyg. Rundschau, Berl., 1908, xviii, 189- 192.—Eftects of exhaling tobacco smoke through the nose. Lancet, Lond., 1906, ii, 1085.—Feitsman (O. B.) Sluchal epilepticheskikh pripadkov (ekvivalenta), vizi- vayemikh kureniyem tabaku. [Epileptic fits (equival- ent) caused bv tobacco-smoking.] J. Nevropat. i psi- khiat. . . . Korsakova, Mosk., 1910,x,583-592.—Fleig (C.) & de Vlsme. Etude experimentale de l'intoxication par la fumee du tabac; action sur la pression sanguine. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1907, lxiii, 435-437. -----------. Sur les conditions d'etude de l'intoxica- tion par la fumee du tabac; parallelisme des effets clini- ues et exp^rimentaux, aigus et chroniques; persistance es reactions physiologiques chez les sujets accoutumes Ibid., 1908, lxiv, 114-116.—Fletcher (W. B.) The ciga- rette; its relation to mental arid nervous diseases. Indi- ana M.J..Indianap.,1905-6, xxiv,255-258.—von Frankl- Hochwart ( L.) Die nervosen Erkrankungen der Tabakraucher. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1911, xxxvii, 2273; 2321. Also: Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1911-12, xliii, 360-392.—Frifhlich (A.) Die Toxikologie des Tabakrauches und des Nikotins. I vol xviii, 2d series---20 Tobacco-smoking. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1911, xxxvii, 2268-2273.-----. Die Toxikologie des Nikotins und des Tabakrauches. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1911-12, xliii, 359— FrBlieli (H.) Gesund- heitspflege fiir Tabakraucher. Centralbl. f. allg. Gsnd- htspflg., Bonn, 1897, xvi, 459-497.—Garcia JTlon. En- fermedades observadas en los fumadores. Cr6n. med.- quir. de la Habana, 1901, xxvii, 369-375. Also: Escuela de med., Mexico, 1901, xvi, 483-487. —Garrison (W. H.) A brief for the cigarette. Med.-Leg. J., N. Y., 1897-8, xv, 280-291. Also, Reprint.—Gil HI Ian (J. S.) Some remarks on the effect of tobacco smoking on the cardio-vascular svsteni. St. Paul M. J., St. Paul, Minn., 1912, xiv, 338-340.—Hesse (E.) Der Einfluss des Rauchens auf den Kreislauf. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1907, lxxxix, 565-575.— Hirshberg (L. K.) Physiology, so called, and the cigarette. Maryland M. J., Bait, 1906, xlix, 90-92.—Hugensclimidt. Suppres- sion de l'habitude de fumer par la suggestion. Rev. de l'hypnot. psychol. physiol., Par., 1894-6, ix, 217-219.— Jankau (L.) Des Tabakrauchen von Kranken und Reconvaleseenten. Ztschr. f. Krankenpfl., Berl., 1894, xvi, 253-260. Also [Abstr.]: Med.-chir. Centralbl., Wien, 1895, xxx, 285.—Jean (F.) Action des matieres cataly- santes sur les fumees du tabac et application a l'hygiene des fumeurs. J. d'hyg.. Par., 1907, xxxii, 14-16.—Klev- tsoff(L) Otravleniye nikotinom kuritelel tabaka. [Nico- tine poisoning of tobacco smokers.] Russk. med. vestnik, S.-Peterb., 1902, iv, no. 23, 28: 1903, v, no. 8, 27.—K.0I0- moitseff* (S. V.) Lyapis, kak sredstvo, pomogayu- shtsheye ostavit kureniye. [Silver nitrate as a remedy against smoking.] Terapiya, S.-Peterb., 1906, iii, 363.— Kornfeld (H.) Cigaretten; pro et contra. Memorabi- lien, Heilbr., 1897-8,n. F.,xvi,385-388— Kryuger(F. K.) O soderzhanii rodanistavo kaliya v slyunle kuryashtshikh i nekuryashtshikh. [On the presence of sulphocyanide of potassium in the saliva of those who do and those who do not smoke] Izvlest. Imp. Tomsk. Univ., 1898, xiv, no. 4, 1-12—Leliuiann (K. B.) Chemische und toxikolo- gische Studien fiber Tabak, Tabakrauch und das Tabak- rauchen. Arch. f. Hyg., Munchen u. Berl., 1908-9, lxviii, 319-465. -----. Untersuchungen fiber das Tabakrauchen. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1908, lv, 723-725. ^teo[Abstr.]: Sitzungsb.d. phys.-med. Gesellsch. zu Wiirzb., 1908,42-45.— Mann (J. D.) Someof the effects of excessive smoking. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1908, ii, 1673-1675.—Meylan (G. L.) The effects of smoking on college students. Pop. Sc. Month., N. Y., 1910, xxxvii, 170-177.— Mulhall (J. C.) The cigarette habit. Tr Am. Laryngol. Ass., 1895, N. Y., 1896, xvii, 192-200—Nikolski (D.) O kurenii tabaka sredi uchashtshikhsya. [Tobacco-smoking among stu- dents.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1902, i, 1453; 1532.— Pack (F. J.) Smoking and football men. Pop. Sc. Month., N. Y., 1912, lxxxi, 336-344. — Paction (V.) A propos de l'intoxication tabagique, considered dans les conditions du fumeur. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1908, lxiv, 116. — Palmen (E.) Ueber die Ein- wirkung des Tabakrauchens auf die korperliche Lei- stungsfahigkeit. Skandin. Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1910, xxiv, 187-196.—Pagchkis (H.) Zur Hygiene des Rau- chens. Monatschr. f. Gsndhtspflg., Wien, 1904, xxii, 1-6. Also: Wien. med. Presse, 1904, xiv, 165-175.—Pomme- rol. L'oxydede carbone et les fumeurs. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1900, Ixxiii, 1335.—Keport (The) of the Lancet Analytical Sanitary Commission on American cigarettes. Lancet, Lond., 1899, ii, 1607-1609.—Reynolds (D. S.) Cigarette smoking. Quart. J.Inebr., Hartford, 1901, xxiii. 454-457.—Rlus y JHatas (J.) Nicotinomania. Arch, de psiquiat y criminol., Buenos Aires, 1906, v, 344-348. Also: Rev. frenopat. expafi., Barcel., 1905, iii, 342-346 — Bobinson (A. A. ) Toxicology of tobacco smoke. Med. Fortnightly, St. Louis, 1909, xxxvi, 283-286. — Schmidt (W.) & Varges (J.i Ein Beitrag zur Hy- giene des Rauchens. Med. Klin., Berl., 1905, i, 543.— Seasoned (The) tobacco pipe. Lancet, Lond., 1911, i, 1523.—Severson (Selena). Effects of cigarette smoke upon children. Pediatrics, N. Y. & Lond., 1897, iii, 156- 158.—Skaller (M.) Die Entstehung und Behandlung desMagensaftflussesderGewohnheitsraucher. Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. 1909, Berl., 1910, xl, pt. 2, 393^04. Also: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1909, xlvi, 2189-2193.—Skul- skl (M.) Lyapis, kak sredstvo dlya tovo, chtobi otuchit ot kureniya. [Silver nitrate as a remedy against smok- ing.] Terapiya, S.-Peterb., 1906, iir, 290.—Smoking and growth. Health Mag., Wash., 1897-8, v, 298—Snijders (A. J. C.) lets over het rooken. Hyg. BL, Amst., 1899, ii, 305-311—Stranch. The nicotine question in smok- ing; Habermann's recent analytical researches and ex- periments. Quart. J. Inebr., Bost, 1906, xxviii, 21-26.— StriJszner (E.) Einiges iiber den Tabak, namentlich mit Bezug auf das Rauchen der SchuljiiRend. Ztschr. f. Schulgsndhtspfig., Hamb., 1902, xv, 419-127.—Thomp- son (J. H.) Carbon monoxide poisoning by the inhala- tion of cigarette smoke. Lancet, Lond., 1904, i, 395.— Tobacco from the viewpoint of a reformed smoker. Boston M. & S. J., 1909, clxi, 271.— Trapeznikott (A V.) Hipnoz, kak Hechebnoye sredstvo protiv kureniva. [Hypnotism as a remedy against smoking.] Vrach, St TOBACCO-SMOKING. 306 TOCCI. Tobacco-smoking. Petersb., 1898, xix, 846.—Inzer (J. A.) Vom Rauchta- bake. Arzt, Hamb., 1769, ii, 306-316.—Vladfchko (S. D.) Patologo-anatomicheskiya izmleneniya v tsentralnol i perifericheskol nervnol sistemle pri otravlenii tabach- nim dimom. [Pathological alterations in the central and peripheral nervous svstem in tobacco-smoke poisoning.] Vrach.Gaz.,S.-Peterb..l908,xv.904-906. Aho.transl.: Neu- rol. Centralbl.,Leipz., 1909,xxviii,910-913.—Volfson (V.) O vredle i bezvrednosti kureniya. [Harm and harmless- ness of smoking.] Sputnik zdorov., S.-Peterb., 1898-9, i, 828; 849; 890; 952.—Vollert. Nikotinfreie Zigarren. Therap. Neuheiten, Leipz., 1907, ii, 1-3.—Weyl (H.) Hygiene des Rauchens. Arch. f. Phvs.-diatet Therap., Berl., 1902, iv, 162.—Wikulill (F.) Eine besondere Art von Rauchervergiftung. Wien. med. Presse. 1906, xlvii, 2619.—Wood hull (A. A.) Cigarette smoking by the young. Am. Health, N. Haven & N. Y., 1908, i, 37-40. Tobago. Scheerer (O.) Ein ethnographischer Bericht fiber die Insel Botel Tobago. Mitt. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Nat.- u. Volkerk. Ostasiens, Tokyo, 1908, xi, 145-212. To bar y Borgono (C. M.) L'asile interne devant le droit international. 366 pp., 11. 8°. Barcelone, Carbonell y Estera, 1911. Tobeitz (A[dolf]). Differential-Diagnose der Anfangsstadien der akuten Exantheme fiir Aerzte, besonders Amtsarzte. 104 pp. 8°. Stuttqart, F. Enke, 1908. Tobey(E[dward] N[elson]) [1871- ]. The methods for testing the indol reaction, pp. 301-304. 8°. Boston, 1901. Cutting [cover with printed title] from: J. Med. Re- search, Bost, 1900, xv. -----. The cholera-red reaction and indol reac- tion, pp. 305-307. 8°. Boston, 1906. Cutting [cover with printed title] from: J. Med. Re- search, Bost., 1906, xv. ----. Non-virulent diphtheria bacilli from in- fected middle ear. pp. 319-320. 8°. Boston, 1906. Cutting [cover with printed title] from: J. Med. Re- search, Bost., 1906, xv. -----. I. A new para-dimethyl-amido-benzalde- hyde test for indol. II. Cholera-red reaction as affected by mixed cultures, pp. 449-505. 8° Boston, 1908. Cutting [cover with printed title] from: J. Med. Re- search, Bost, 1908, xix. -----. The cytology and life-history of trypano- somes. pp. 379-387. 8°. Boston, 1910. Repr.from: Med. Research, Bost., 1910, n. s., xvii. Tobey (Samuel Boyd). See [Mau ran (Joseph), Webb (Thomas H.)&Tobey (Samuel Boyd)]. Tobi Islands. Seldel(H.) Ueber Religion und Sprache der Tobi- msulaner. Globus, Brnschwg., 1905, lxxxviii, 14-17. -----. Die Bewohner der Tobi-Inseln (Deutsch-West- mikronesien). Ibid., lxxxvii, 113-117. Tobiansky d'Altholf (Leopold). Assainis- sement des villes par 1'incineration des immon- dices ou ordures menageres. 50 pp., 1 tab., 1 diag. 8°. Bruxelles, Van Campenhout frlres & seeur, 1911. Tobias (Ernst). * Ueber Porencephalic 25 pp. 8°. Freiburg i. B., Speyer & Kaerner, 1897. —-—. Anwendungsformen und Wirkungsweise der Hydrotherapie bei den Verdauungs- und Stoffwechsel-Krankheiten. 53 pp. 8°. Halle a. S., C. Marhold, 1910. nJL0^™5-*™-' v' 2' of: Samml. zwangl. Abhandl. a. d. Geb. d. Verdauungs- u. Stoffwechs.-Krankh. Tobias (Georg) [1878- ]. * Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Thranendriisentumoren und ihrer Operation nach der Kronleinschen Methode. 1902P' 8°' Freibur9LK>SPeyerTi?8 (Siegfried, gen. Fritz) [1887- ] Leber Riesenzellensarkome der Sehnenschei- den mit einem kasuistischen Beitrag. 17 pp 8 . Heidelberg, J. Horning, 1910. Tobiesen (Frits). Bidrag til Laeren om Blo- dets Rolle ved vsevenes respiratoriske Stofskifte. [Contribution to the knowledge of the role of the blood and the respiratory metabolism of the tissues.] 2 p. 1., 98 pp., 1 pl. 8°. K0benhavn, G. C. Gr0n, 1895. Tobin (R[ichard] F[rancis]). An address de- livered at St. Vincent's Hospital, Dublin, intro- ductory to the medical session, 1887-8. 15 pp. 8°. Dublin, J. Falconer, 1887. ------. The culture of observation. 14 pp. 8°. Dublin, J. Falconer, 1895. -----. A synopsis of surgery, xx, 3-277 pp. 12°. London, J. & A. Churchill; Dublin, Fan- nin & Co. & W. McGee, 1898. -----. The same. 2. ed. 3 p. 1., 278 pp. 16°. London, J. & A. Churchill, 1902. Tobin (W[illiam]). Some proposed changes in the militia medical service. 8 pp. 8°. [n. p., 1885, vel subseq.] Tobler (Josephine). * Ueber die Radikalope- rationen der Hernien im Kindesalter und ihre Resultate. [Zurich.] 34 pp., 4 tab. 8°. Lu- zern, J. Schill's Erben, 1908. Tobler (Ludwig). * Der Achselbogen des Men- schen, ein Rudiment des Panniculus carnosus der Mammalier. [Zurich.] 57 pp. 8°. Leip- zig, W. Engelmann, 1902. -----. * Ueber die Eiweissverdauung im Magen. Habilitationsschrift. [Heidelberg.] 31 pp. 8°. Strassburg, K. J. Triibner, 1905. Tobler (Maria). * Beitrag zur Frage des Vor- kommens von Tuberkelbacillen und anderen siiurefesten Bacillen in der Marktbutter. [Zu- rich.] 35 pp., 2 pl. 8°. Leipzig, Veit & Co., 1901. Repr.from: Ztschr. f. Hyg., Leipz., 1901, xxxvi. Tobler (Theodor). * Experimentelle Unter- suchungen iiber die Wirkung der hinteren Sclerotomie. [Basel.] 26pp.,2pl. 8°. Wies- baden, 1898. Tobold [Adelbert August Oskar] [1827-1907]. See Maladie (La) de l'Empereur Frederic III, [etc. I. 12°. Paris, 1888. For Biography, see Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1905, xliii, 311 (E. Franck). Also: Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1908, xxxiv, 159 (von Eicken). Also: Internat. Centralbl. f. Laryngol., Rhinol. [etc.], Berl., 1908, xxiv, 5 (F. Semon). Also: Med. Klin., Berl., 1907, iii, 1441 (E. Franck). Also: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1908, lv, 289- 291 (E. Franck). Tobold [Bernhard] [1863- ]. Erste Hilfe bei Unglucksfiillen und Erkrankungen in Fra- gen und Antworten. 33 pp. 8°. Berlin, H. Paetel, 1905. Toboldt (A[lbert] L. A.) A paper on im- ported Carlsbad mineral waters and sprudel Bait. 8 pp. 8°. New York, Eisner & Mendel- son & Co., [n. d.]. See, also, Jawonki (Walery). The action, thera- peutic value and use of the Carlsbad sprudel salt [etc.]. 8°. Philadelphia, 1891. Tobolowgka (Justine). *Etude sur les illu- sions du temps dans les reves du sommeil normal. 108 pp. 8°. Paris, 1900, No. 612. Tobolsk (Governm.ent of). Krivopolyanskl (A.) Selskaya meditsina v To- bolskol gubernii. [Village medicine in Tobolsk Govern- ment.] Sibirsk. Vrach. Gaz., Irkutsk, 1909, ii, 327; 339; 352; 365; 376. de Toca (Melchior Sanchez) [1804-80]. de Cortejarena (F.) Algunos escritos y casos pr&c- ticos de cirugia del Dr. Sanchez de Toca (curso clinico de 1855 a 1856). An. r. Acad, de med., Madrid, 1907, xxvii, 197-233. For Biography, see Ciencia mod., Madrid, 1895, ii, 195- 197 (P. Gallardo). Tocci brothers. See Monsters (Double). TOCH& 307 TODD. Toelie (Pierre-Xavier-Marie-Pie) [1879- ]. *Du pseudo-mal de Pott hydatique; kystes hydatiques paravertebraux sans symptomes medullaires. 77 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1911, No. 123. Toclieff ( Nicolas D. ) *Memoires. 1°. De l'influence des preparations de cascara eagrada sur le peristaltisme intestinal (etude experi- mentale). 2°. Documents pour servir a I'etude experimentale des effets des preparations or- ganiques du poumon sur la tuberculose pro- voquee des rongeurs. 56 pp. 8°. Geneve, 1899. Toeheport (Jean-Baptiste-Jules) [1871- ]. * Description et emploi d'un nouveau tube anastomotique dans la chirurgie de l'intestin (tubede Dubourg). 44 pp., 21. 8°. Bordeaux, 1897, No. 73. Toclier (J. F.) Anthropometric survey of the inmates of asylums in Scotland. 96 pp., 1 map. roy. 8°. Cambridge, University Press, 1906. Suppl. to: Biometrika, Cambridge, 1906-7, v. -----. Pigmentation survey of school children in Scotland. 67 pp. roy. 8°. Cambridge, 1908. Suppl. to: Biometrika, Cambridge, 1908, vi. Tochil. Null (M. M.) Tochil, or endemic hemoptysis. North- west Med., Seattle, 1910, n. s., ii, 364-366. Tockel (Joseph) [1884- ]. *Ueber subku- tane Leberrupturen. 40 pp. 8°. Leipzig, W. Graeb, 1910. Tocology. See Labor; Obstetrics. Tocophyra. Flllpjev (J.) Zur Organisation von Tocophyra qua- dripartia Cl.-L. Arch. L Protistenk., Jena, 1910, xxi, 117- 142, 1 pl. Tocotrema. Jagersklold (L. A.) Tocotrema expansum (Crept) (=Monostomum expansum CrepL), eine genitalnapftra- gende Distomide. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1901, xxx, 979-983. de Tocqueville (Alexis-Charles-Henri-Clerel) [1805-59]. See de Beaumont (Gustave) & de Tocqueville (Alexis). Svsteme p^nitentiaire aux Etats-Unis, [etc.J. 12°. Paris, i845. Tod (Hunter [Finlay]). Diseases of the ear. xiv, 317 pp., 18 pl. 12°. London, H. Frowde, 1907. Todaro (Francesco). Ricerche fatte nel labora- torio di anatomia normale della r. Universita di Roma ed in altri laboratori biologici, pubbli- cate dal . . . v. 3, fasc. 1-2. 204 pp., 8 pl. 8°. Roma, tipog. fratelli Pallotta, 1893. See, also, Versarl (R.) Guida practica per gli esercizi di anatomia topograflca fete]. 16°. Roma, [1898?]. Todaro's tendon. Argaud (R.) Sur le tendon de Todaro et la structure de la valvule d'Eustache chez l'homme. Compt. rend. Soc. de bio!., Par., 1911, lxx, 950-962. Todarus (F.). Supino(F i II Todarus brevirostris Gr. e Cal. Ri- cerche n. lab. di anat. norm. d. r. Univ. di Roma, 1905-6, xi, 255-259. Todas. Rivers (W. H. R.) Toda kinship and marriage, Rep. Brit. Ass. Adv. Sc. 1903, Lond., 1904, Ixxiii, 810. -----. Observations on the senses of the Todas. Brit. J. Psychol.. Cambridge, 1904-5, i, 321-396. -----. Report on the psychology and sociology of the Todas ana other Indian tribes. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1905-6, s. B., lxxvii, 239-241. Also [Abstr.]: Rep. Brit Ass. Adv. Se. 1904, Lond., 1905, 749. -----. Toda prayer. Folk-Lore, Lond., 1904, xv, 166-181.—Shams-ul-TTlma Jlvanjl Jam- shedji iHodi. A few notes on the Todas of the Nil- giris. J. Anthrop. Soc. Bombay, 1904-5, vii, 68-82, 1 pl.— Thurston (E.) Toda petition. Madras Gov. Mus. Bull., 1901, iv, 123. Todd (C[harles] H.) [1838- ]. Anesthetics. 1 1. roy. 8°. [Louisville], 1903. Repr.from: Bull. Kentucky M. Ass., Louisville, 1903-4, i. Todd (Christopher) [1763-1849]. Todd (W.J.) Dr. Christopher Todd. Maryland M. J., Bait, 1899, xli, 193-195. Todd (Francis Walton) [1816-98]. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1898, xxxi, 551. Todd (Frank C.) [1869- ]. The implanta- tion of an artificial vitreous as a substitute for enucleation of the eyeball. 10 pp. 8°. New York, 1898. Repr.from: N. York M. J., 1898, lxviii. Todd (James Campbell) [1874- ]. A manual of clinical diagnosis. 319 pp., 8 pl. 8°. Phila- delphia & London, W. B. Saunders Co., 1908. -----. Clinical diagnosis; a manual of labora- tory methods. 2. ed., revised and enlarged. 2 p. 1., 9-469 pp., 13 pl. 8°. Philadelphia & London, W. B. Saunders Co., 1912. Todd (J[ames] S[cott]) [1847- ]. Dysen- tery (so called), entero-colitis. 4 pp. 8°. At- lanta, [1888]. Repr.from: Atlanta M. Reprint -Vafdfes (J. A.) anciano. TJn nuevo easo de clonus circun- Mofix 4G5 49dedosdelPie' R*v. med.cubana'Habana, Toes (Dislocation of). Bonnet (A.) * Des luxations metatarso-pha- langiennes du gros orteil. 8°. Montpellier, 1902. Denoix (P.-F.-H.) * Contribution a I'etude des luxations des quatre derniers orteils. 8°. Paris, 1905. Garnier (L.) * Des luxations metatarso-pha- langiennes du gros orteil et en particulier des luxations irreductibles,. 4°. Paris, 1893. Joly (P.-J.-H.) * Etude clinique et experi- mental sur les luxations dorsales internes du gros orteil. 8°. Bordeaux, 1900. Morisot (H.) * Contribution a I'etude des luxations metatarso-phalangiennes irreductibles du gros orteil. 8°. Lyon, 1903. Perie (J.-A.) *Des luxations de la phalan- gette du gros orteil. 8°. Bordeaux, 1911. Ainat(C.) Luxationmetatarso-phalangiennedugros orteil compliquee de plaie avec issue de la tete du meta- tarsien. Gaz. med. de Par., 1896,9. s., iii, 71-73. Also [Rap deDelorme]: Bull, etmem. Soc. dechir.de Par., 1895,n.s., xxi, 122-125.—Bugnion(E.) Luxation de l'ossesamoide externedugrosorteil. Rev.med.delaSuisseRom.,Geneve, 1894, xiv, 582.— Clioux. Dela luxation metatarso-phalan- gienne en haut du gros orteil (sept observations). Arch. de med. et pharm. mil., Par., 1895, xxv, 378-390.—Davis (G. G.) Dislocations of the toes. Tr. Acad. Surg., Phila. 1901, iii, 69-71. Also: Ann. Surg., Phila., 1901, xxxiii, 643-645.— Ginestous. Luxation metatarso-phalan- gienne du gros orteil; radiographie. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux, 1899, xx, 96-98. Also: J. de med de Bordeaux, 1899, xxix, 237.—Gold (E.) Ein Fall von vollkommener complicirter Luxation der grossen Zehe im Metatarsophalangealgelenke nach innen. Wien klin. Wchnschr., 1894, vii, 771-773. — Klaussner (F ) Ueber Luxation der Zehen. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir Leipz., 1906, lxxxv, 326-334.—Marcuse (J.) Luxation der grossen und 2. Zehe des rechten Fusses. Centralbl. f Chir., Leipz., 1898, xxv, 1301.—Morestln (H.) Luxa- tion du gros orteil, sans deplacement des sesamoides. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1894, lxix, 154-156.—Scholl (A.) Ein Fall von Plantarluxation des Nagelgliedes der rech- ten grossen Zehe. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1900, xxvi, 214.— Senechal. A propos d'un cas de luxations des gros orteils en dedans. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1907, lxxx, 567-569.—Solo vyeff (N. I.) Sluchal luxationis hallucis sinistri knaruzhi. [. . . outwards I Russk.chir.arch.,S.-Peterb., 1905, xxi, 514-548.—Taran- tino (S.) Un caso di lussazione dorsale della 1" falange del piccolo dito del piede. Policlin., Roma, 1906, xiii, sez. prat., 1619-1621.—Thorburn (W.) A case of luxa- tion of a sesamoid bone of the great toe. Med. Chron., Manchester, 1896-7, n. s., vi, 91-93.—Verger. Luxation de la phalange ungueale du gros orteil droit. Limousin med., Limoges, 1903, xxvii, 3.—Vidal (A.) Reduction des luxations complexes du gros orteil. Bull. Soc. m6d.- chir. de la Dr6me [etc.], Valence, 1912, xiii, 83-86. Toes (Exostoses of). Broca. Exostoses sous-ungueales des orteils. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1906, xx, 657.—Mau- clalre. Exostose sous-ungueale du gros orteil. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1904, lxxix, 561. —Ruther- f urd. Specimen of exostosis of ungual phalanx of the great toe (Dupuytren's exostosis). Glasgow M. J., 1895, xliii, 452-454.—Savariaud. Exostose sous-ungueale du gros orteil. Presse med., Par., 1904, i, 225.—Villar (F.) Exostose sous-ungueale du deuxieme orteil. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux, 1894, xv, 122. Toes (Fracture of). Caste x & Jo u bai're. Fracture par ecrasement d'un orteil. Bull. Soc. seient. et med. de l'ouest, Rennes, 1908, xvii, 46.— lnglessis. Sur un cas de fracture simple et sans deplacement de la premiere phalange du gros orteil par cause indirecte. Assoc, franc, de chir. Proc.-verb. [etc.], Par., 1896, x, 728-732.—Schunke. Ein Fall von Brucn eines Sesambeines an der grossen Zehe. Monat- schr. f. Unfallheilk., Leipz., 1901, viii, 241.—Scott (D. W.) Compound fracture of great toe, and contusion of foot followed by phlegmonous erysipelas. Virginia M. Semi- Month., Richmond, 1906-7, xi, 216— Vaughan (C. E.) Fracture of the first phalanx of the little toe. Boston M. & S. J., 1896, cxxxv, 583.—Williams (II.) Fracture of the first phalanx of little toe. Ibid., 441.—Wolf (W.) Zur Frage der Grosszehen-Sesambeinfrakturen. Deutsche mil.-a.rztl. Ztschr., Berl., 1912, xli, 189-195. Toes (Gangrene of). See, also, Fingers and toes (Gangrene of). Fox (H.) A case of gangrene of the toes due to syphi- litic endarteritis, simulating Ravnaud's disease. In- ternat. Dermat. Cong. Tr. 1907, N. Y., 1908, i, 440.— TOES. 313 TOGNETTL Toes (Gangrene of). Gildersleeve (N.) & Carpenter (H. C.) A case of multiple abscesses and superficial gangrene of toes, treated bv bacterial inoculations. Arch. Pediat,, N. Y., 1907, xxiv, 689-692.—Ginestous. Gangrene de deux orteils du pied droit par endarterite obliterante. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux, 1897, xviii, 353-355.— Hamilton (J. B.) Gangrene of the great toe from osteomyelitis. Med. News, Phila., 1893, lxii, 457-459.— Reder (F.) Gangrenous toe. Med. Fortnightly, St. Louis, 1906, xxix, 235-237.—Sainz de Aja. Arteritis obliterante, con gangrena en los dedos en ambos pies; operaci6n de Noesske; curaci6n. Rev. clin. de Madrid, 1910, iv, 333-335.—Wallls (F. C.) [Case of gangrene of great toe in a woman set. 65.] Clin. J., Lond., 1909-10, xxxv, 129. Toes (Hammer). See Toes (Abnormities, etc., of). Toes (Hypertrophy of). Caubet (H.) & Mercade (S.) Hypertrophie con- genitale des orteils (hallomegalie). Rev. dechir., Par., 1904, xxix, 86; 493: 613.—Duclaux. Hypertrophie bi- laterale du deuxieme orteil; amputation; guerison. [Rap. de L. Monnier.] Paris chirurg., 1911, iii, 945-947.— Dun (R. C.) A case of hypertrophy of the great toe. Rep. Soe. Study Dis. Child., Lond., 1901-2, ii, 286-290, 1 pl. —Giribaldo. Hypertrophie congenitale du 2« orteil droit. [Rap. d'A. Broca.] Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1907, n. s., xxxiii, 817-820.— Grigoryan (A.I.) Sluchal atipicheskol plasticheskol operatsii pri gigantskom rostle paltsev stopi. [Atypical plastic opera- tion for gigantism of the toes.] Trudi i Protok. Imp. Kavkazsk. Med. Obsh. Tiflis, 1909-10, xlvi, 275-278.— Maitland (J.) A case of hypertrophy of the toes. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1899, xxxiv, 151.—Rendu (A.) & Loaec. Hypertrophie congenitale du premier et du deuxieme orteil. Lyon med., 1912, cxviii, 1319-1323.— Springer (M.) Dactylite hypertrophique symetrique du gros orteil. Union m6d., Par., 1889, 3. s., xlviii, 39-41. Toes (Supernumerary). Bilhaut (M.) pere. Gros orteil surnumeraire au pied gauche chez un enfant de dix ans; premier metatarsien double; operation; restauration de la forme; guerison. Ann. de chir. et d'orthop., Par., 1911, xxiv, 353-358.— Patten (C.J.) A case of six toes on the left foot. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1909, xxxiv, 478-480.—Piollet & Mally. Orteils surnumeraires. Centre mecl. et pharm., Gannat, 1906-7, xii, 201-208. Toes (Surgery of). See, also, Toes (Abnormities, etc., of); Toes (Hypertrophy of); Toes (Tumors of); Toes (Tumors of, Malignant); Toes ( Wounds of). Aucouturier (L.) * Contribution a I'etude des resections des metatarsiens et des phalanges des orteils; resultats fonctionnels. 8°. Lyon, 1899. Allis (O. H.) Anchylosis of the metatarso-phalangeal articulations, suggested as preferable to amputation for the relief of deformed toes. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., Phila., 1896, xiv, 479-481.—Berry (J. B.) Removal of a bristle from the metatarso-phalangeal joint of great toe. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1894, i, 911.—Delorme. Quelques remar- ques sur la resection metatarso-phalangienne du gros orteil dans les cas d'ankylose. Cong, franc, de chir. Proc.-verb. [etc.], Par., 1892, vi, 294—Flemery. Section incomplete d'un orteil par un cheveu avec arthrite sup- puree de l'articulation phalango-phalangienne et spina- ventosa consecutif ayant necessite la desarticulation. Rev. gen. de clin. et de th6rap., Par., 1909, xxiii, 23.— J am in (R.) Section des orteils avec arrachement des tendons extenseurs et fl£chisseurs et ruptures musculaires a distance. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1881, lvi, 461-463. Also: Progres med., Par., 1882, x, 111.—Krause (F.) Ersatz des Daumens aus der grossen Zehe. Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. (1906), 1907, xxxvii, pt. 2, 358-361.— Souligoux. Deux corps etrangers articulaires situ£s dans l'articulation metatarso-phalangienne du 2* orteil; fragment osseux situe sur la face superieure du 2» meta- tarsien; traumatisme ancien. Bull, et mem. Soc. dechir. de Par., 1912, n. s., xxxviii, 1166.—Trelat. Section des orteils avec arrachement des tendons extenseurs et fle- chisseurs. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1881, liv, 586.—Wolff(H.) Auswechselung von Finger- und Zehenknochen. Miin- ehen. med. Wchnschr., 1911, lviii, 578. Toes (Tumorsof'). Ban by. Aneiome d'un orteil. Toulouse med., 1902, 2. s., iv, 86.—Bonnet (P.) Tumeur meianique du gros orteil. Lyon med., 1911, cxvii, 366-370.—Dartigues (L.) & Bender (X.) Tumeur du gros orteil pr6sentant les Toes (Tumors of). caracteres du botrvdmycome. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1903, lxxviii, 886.—Meier. Ein Ueberbein an der Zahe eines Taubeneves gross. N. Mag. f. Aerzte, Leipz., 1782, iv, 484-487.—Morestln (H.) Lipome con- genital d'un orteil. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1899, lxxiv, 901-904. -----. Enchondrome du gros orteil. Ibid., 1905, lxxx, 517.—Polaillon. Osteome sous-cu- tan6 a la face plantaire du gros orteil; ablation; guerison. Bull. Soc. de m6d. de Par. (1889), 1890, xxiv, 74-76. Also: Union med., Par., 1889, 3. s., xlviii, 242-244.—Wharton (H. R.) Fibroma of the great toe. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1907, xlvi, 324, 1 pl. Toes (Tumors of Cancerous and ma- lignant). Riemann (H.) *Ein Fall von Zehencarci- nom. 8°. Munchen, 1902. Bloom (I.N.) Osteo-sarcoma of the great toe. Medi- cine, Detroit, 1897, iii, 36.—Debrie. Sarcome fuso-cel- lulaire du gros orteil opere depuis 3 ans £; absence de re- cidive. Bull. Soc. de chir. de Lvon, 1903, ,vi, 72-74. Also: Lyon med., 1903, c, 530-532.—Doyen. Epithelioma du grosorteil; amputationeiectrique. Arch, de Doyen, Par., 1910, i, 81.—Durand. Osteo-sarcome du gros orteil. Lyon med., 1911, cxvii, 1368.— Kilgarrilt* (M. J.) Epi- thelioma of toe. Tr. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl., 1885, iii, 362.—Killbs. Ein Fall von Aktinomykose der grossen Zehe. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1907, xx, 49.—Lei'ebvre (L.) Sarcome des 2*°e et 3me orteils gauches, pro page aux ganglions, inguinaux, iliaques, jambier anterieur, et po- plites; ablations successives. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1901, l, 605-608.—Morestin (H.) Sarcome meianique dugros orteil. Bull, et m6m. Soc. anat. de Par., 1900, lxxv, 415- 418— Parise. Tumeur a medullocelesde l'orteil. Bull. med. du nord, Lille, 1863, 99.—Troiimoff. Sluchal rledkol lokalizatsii raka na kozhle mizintsa nogi. [Un- usual occurrence of carcinoma on the skin of the little toe.] Russk. Med., St. Petersb., 1890, xvi, 293.—Wight- wick. Recurrent papillary sarcoma of the toe. Lan- cet, Lond., 1892, i, 26.—Wurmbrand (G. Gf.) Beitrag zur Kasuistik der subungualen Zehensarkome. Deut- sche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1910, cvii, 445-455. Toes (~]Younds of). Allln (C. M.) Lacerated wound of toes; amputation; angeioleucitis. Med. Gaz., N. Y., 1881, viii, 240.—Fos- sataro (E.) Ferita da schiacciamento e strappamento delle dita del piede. Ann. di med. nav., Roma, 1911, ii, 50-52.— Gtfrtz. Bedingt der Verlust der Grosszehe eine dauernde Erwerbsbeschrankung? Monatschr. f. Unfall- heilk., Leipz., 1900, vii, 233-235.—Woodbury (F. T.) Report shotgun wound of toe. Mil. Surgeon, Wash., 1910, xxvi, 336. Toffart (Auguste) [1847- > ]. * Etude sur les plaies de 1'arcade palmaire profonde. 75 pp. 8°. Lille, 1897, No. 27. Toffln (Henri) [1885- ]. * Contribution a I'etude des anomalies de la dilatation du col uterin au cours de 1'accouchement a terme; apres rupture pr£maturee ou precoee des mem- branes. 73 pp. 8°. Paris, 1912, No. 198. Toflfoli (Luigi). See Cappello (Agostino). Ragionamento sopra la memoria [etc.]. 8°. Roma, 1839. Toft (L[ars Fabricius]) [1834- ]. Om Udt0mmelsen af ser0st Betsendelsesexsudat i pleura. 42 pp. 12°. Kj0benhavn, I. Cohen, 1869. Repr.from: Hosp.-Tid., Kjabenh., 1869, xii. Toft, or Tofts (Mary) [1701 ?-63]. Mary Tofts, the rabbit breeder. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1896, ii, 209.— Rabbit-breeding (The) woman of Godalming. [Mary Tofts.] Practitioner, Lond., 1902, lxviii, 660-570. — Neccombe (T.) [Biography.] Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond.. l.vjs, lvi, 435.—"Wallace (A.J.) Mary Toft and her delivery of "rabbits;" an obstetrical impos- ture. Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 1912, no. 62, 254-271, 1 pl. Tofu. Tsuzuki (M.) [The first of researches on the pro- tozoa and amoeba in tofu (bean-cheese).] Tokyo Iji- Shinshi, 1902, 1241; 1325. Tojjnctti (Francesco). See Nuova collezione d' opuscoli scientiflci. 4°. Bo- logna, 1824. Tognetti (Raffaele). See Nuova collezione d'opuscoli scientiflci. 4°. Bo- logna, 1824, TOGNI. 314 TOLCKSDORFF. Tojjni (Michiel). Raccolta, delle singolari qua- lita del caffe. 48 pp. 24°. Venetia, G. F. Valuasense, 1675. Tognio (Ludovicus) [1798-1854]. *De neu- ralgia faciali. viii, 44 pp. 12°. Vindobonse, J. E. Akkermann, 1820. [P., V. 2239.] Togoland. See, also, Leprosy (History and statistics of), by localities. Bernegau. Ueber wirtscbaftlich wertvolle Nutz- pflanzen aus Togo und Kamerun. Apoth.-Ztg., Berl., 1908, xxiii, 719-721.—Klima und Gesundheitsverhalt- nisse in Togo im Jahre 1899-1900. Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhts- amte, Berl., 1902, xix, 398-400. — Klose (H.) Musik, Taiiz und Spiel in Togo. Globus, Brnsch wg., 1906, lxxxix, 9; 69. Togus (Theodore 31.) [1854-1911]. Obituary. Tr. N. Hampshire M. Soc, Concord, 1911, 214, port. Toigne (Fredenc) [1853- ]. Du vertige epileptique, de son diagnostic et de son traite- ment. 71 pp. 8°. Paris, V.-A. Delahaye & Cie., 1877. Toilet. See, also, Hygiene (Personal). Degoix. Hygiene dela toilette. 12°. Paris, 1891. LawrejsXE (H.) The toilet. 12°. Melbourne, Sydney & Adelaide, 1892. Piradoff (R.) *De la disinfection des ins- truments de coiffure. 8°. Geneve, 1905. Kapp (J. F.) Ueber Toilette und Schminkpuder. Dermat. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Hamb., 1912, liv, 458-464.— Langlois (J. P.) La desinfection des objetsde toilette. Clinique, Par., 1906, i. 686.—Toilet preparations; analy- ses of Ayer's Hair Vigor, Pond's Extract, Danderine, Herpicide and others. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlviii, 2131. Toilet (The); containing hints and advice on health, beauty, and dress, with innumerable recipes for the toilet table. 90 pp. 12°. Lon- don, Ward, Lock & Co., 1897. Toilet (Public). *See Lavatories (Public). Toilet preparations (Patent specif ca- tions for). Rorden (MaryS.) Toilet cream. No. 853,436; May 14, 1907— Rurkbardt(G.J.) Toilet. No. 933,619; Sept. 7,1909.—llalton (R. C.) Hair dressing and shampooing device. No. 835,814; Nov. 13,1906.—Hill (J. L.) Lotion and toilet wash. No. 8*5,154; April 21, 1908.—Mcln- nerny(M.) Toilet article. No. 900,872; Oct. 13, 1908.— Sell mid t (G. A.) Toilet soap dispensing attachment for washstands. No. 923,447; June 1, 1909— Sherman (J. C.) Toilet composition. No. 933,395; Sept. 7 1909 — Wanous (Josie A.) Toilet article. No. 893,117; July 14, Toinon (Leon) [1883- ]. *Des complica- tions infectieuses des cancers gastriques; perfo- rations et fistules. 67 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1906, No. 11. Toison (J.). onSeeUHasen (Ernst Richard). Manuel pratique retcl. 8°. Pans, 1890. J Tojbin(Rachmel) [1884- ]. *Diemoderne Behandlung des Fluor albus. [Berlin.] 42 pp 8°. Naumburg a. d. S., Lippert & Co., 1911. Tokar (Esther). * Versuche iiber den zeit- hchen Verlauf der Viscositatsanderungen bei Colloidgemischen. 39 pp. 8°. Ziirich-Selnau, G. Leomann & Co., 1909. Tokareff (Nikolai Nikolayevich) [1862- ] Material! k farmakologii emetina. [Materials tor the pharmacology of emetine.] 54 pp 11 8 S.-Peterburg, M. M Stasynlevich, 1895. ' Tokarenko (V[ladimir Vaklyevich]) [1860- J. Mnozhestvenniy ekhinokokk bryush- nol polosti i yevo razvitiye. [Multiple echi- Tokarenko (V[ladimir Vasilyevich])—con. nococcus of the abdominal cavitv and its devel- opment.] 131pp., 3 1., lpl., l'map. 8°. S.- Peterburg, S. Dobrodeyeff, 1895. ------. Ekhinokokk v Rossii i ucheniye o mno- zhestvennom yevo razvitii. [Echinococcus in Russia, and a study of its multiple develop- ment.] 131 pp., 1 1., 1 pl., 1 map. 8°. S.-Pe- terburg, S. E. Dobrodeyeff, 1895. Tokarski (A[rdalionj A[rdalionovich]) [1859- 1901]. Meryacheniye i bollezn sudorozhnikh podergivaniy. [Miryachit and convulsive tic] 2. ed. 2 p. 1., 180 pp., 11. 8°. Moskra, V. Richter, 1893. ------. Psikhicheskiya epidemii. [Psychical epidemics.] 23 pp. 8°. Moskva, I. N. Kush- nereff & Ko., 1893. ------. Otchitivaniye bolnikh v nastoyashtsheye vremya. [Healing by prayers at the present time.] 30 pp. 8°. [Moskva, 1904.] Bound with: J. nevropat. i psikhiat. . . . Korsakova. Mosk., 1904, iv. See, also, Imperatorskiy Moskovskiy Universitet. Zapiski psikhologitcheskol laboratorii retcl. 8°. Moskva. 1896. " ' For Biography, see Bolnitseh. gaz. Botkina, St. Petersb., 1901, xii. 1368. Also: J. nevropat. i psikhiat. . . . Korsa- kova, Mosk., 1901, i, 1113-1123 [port, in text] (A. Yako- vleff). Also: Vopr. fllos. i psichol., Mosk., 1901, xii, no.4 pp. v-xx. Tokay wine. Gallik (G.) A tokaji bor mint gy6gyszer. [Tokay wine as a remedy.] Cong, internat. d'hvg. et de demog. C. r. 1894, Budapest, 1896, viii, pt. 6, 419-423. Tokelau. See Tinea imbricata. Toki (Yorinori). See Bernard (Claude) & Huette (Ch.) Besi hosi tosei gekkwa shijitsu zufu. 12°. Tokio, 1878.—Gross (Samuel David). Guni yakuron. 12°, Tokio, 1875. Tokio Igakkio. Juto kukan. [Method of vac- cination.] 11 1. 8°. [Tokio, 1871.] Tokolyen. [Eastern Medical College.] Shiken roku. [Diagnosis and therapeutics.] liv. 8°. [Tokyo, 1862?] Tokophrya. Collin (B.) Quelques remarques sur Tokophrya cy- clopum CI. et C. Arch, de zool. exper. et gen. retcl, 1907-8, 4. s., viii, not. et rev., 33-39. Tokyo. See, also, Cholera (History and statistics of), Fever (Typhoid, History of), Hospitals (De- scription, etc., of), Hospitals (Military), Hos- pitals (Ophthalmic and aural), Hygiene (Pub- lic, Laws, etc., of), Insane (Asylums for, Descrip- tion, etc., of), Meningitis (Cerebrospinal, His- tory and statistics of), Plague (History, etc., of), Statistics (Vital), by localities. Ansal(S.) [The examination of the water in the canals of Tokyo from a sanitary standpoint.] Tokvo Iji- Shinshi, 1902, 1775; 1823; 1853. —Kofuji (S.) [Drainage of Tokyo.] Dai Nippon Shiritsu Eisei Kwai Zasshi, To- kyo, 1897,137-140.— Mishima. [The hygiene of Tokyo.] Ibid., 1906, 529-550.—Nakagawa & Ansai. Hygieni- sche Untersuchungen iiber Plusswasser von Tokyo. [Japanese text.] Mitt. d. med. Gesellsch. zu Tokvo, 1902, xvi, 361-397,1 map.—Takaki (K.) Tokyo Charity Hos- pital. Hosp., dispens. & nursing. Internat. Cong. Char. [etc] 1898, Bait. & Lond., 1894,379-381.—Weekly return of mortality in the city of Tokvo; November 3-30, 1895. Sei-i-KwaiM. J.,T6ky6,1896, xv,*14L—Yasunishl(M.) [Researches on the hvgiene of the drinking water in Tokyo.] Chiugai Iji Shinpu, Tokio, 1902, xxiii, 1166-1175. Tokyo Ijishinshi Kyoku. Eiseigaku taii. [General principles of public hygiene.] 1 p. 1., 112 pp. 8°. Tokyo, 1879. To I and (Hugh Tlughes) [1806-80]. For Portrait, see Collection of Portr. (Libr.). Tolcksdorff (.7.) * Beitrag zur Kenntnis der ungesattigten Ketone. [Bern.] 39 pp. 8°. Karlsruhe, F. Thiergarten, 1905. TOLDT. 315 TOLINO. Toldt (Carl) [1840- ]. Ueber die massge- benden Gesichtspunkte in der Anatomie des Bauchfelles und der Gekrose. 28 pp., 2 pl. 4°. Wien, F. Tempsky, 1893. Repr. from: Denkschr. d, math.-naturw. CI. d. k. Akad. d. Wissensch., Wien, 1893, lx. ■-----. Die Formbildung des menschlichen Blinddarmes und die Valvula coli. 31 pp., 3 pl. 8°. Wien, 1894. Repr.from: Sitzungsb. d. k. Akad. d. Wissench. Math.- naturw. CI., Wien, 1894, Ixi. -----. Anatomischer Atlas fiir Studirende und Aerzte unter Mitwirkung von Alois Dalla Rosa. vi, 718 pp.; 230 pp. roy. 8°. Wien & Leipzig, Urban & Schivarzenberg, 1896-1900. -----. The same. 2. Aufl. 536 pp. roy. 8°. Berlin & Wien, Urban & Schivarzenberg, 1900- 1903. -----. The same. 4. Aufl. vii, pp. 1-974. rov. 8°. Berlin & Wien, Urban & Schwarzen- berg, 1906. -----. The same. 6. vermehrte und verbes- serte Aufl. 974 pp., vi, 1 1. roy. 8°. Berlin & Wien, N. Friedrich; L. Maxmilian, 1908. -----. Thesame. 7. vermehrte und verbesserte Aufl. vi, 973 pp., 16 pl. roy. 8°. Berlin & Wien, Urban & Schivarzenberg, 1911. -----. The same. An atlas of human anatomy for students and physicians. Assisted by Alois Dalla Rosa. Transl. from the 3. German ed. and adapted to English and American and in- ternational terminology by M. Eden Paul. 985 pp. 4°. London, Rebman, 1903-4. See, also, von Langer (Carl). Lehrbuch der syste- matischen und topographischen Anatomie [etc.]. 8°. Wien, 1890. -----. The same. 8°. Wien & Leipzig, 1893. -----. The same. rov. 8°. Wien & Leipzig, 1897. -----. The same. 8°. Wien, 1902. -----. The same. 8°. Wien & Leipzig, 1907. -----. The same. 8°. Wien, 1911. Toldy (Franz). Schuschny (H.) Franz Toldy als arztlicher Schrift- steller. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1909, xiv, 114; 126. Toledo. See Hospitals (Description, etc., of), Insane (Asylums, Description, etc., of), by localities. . Toledo, Ohio. Annual reports of the trustees of the Toledo water works, together with the reports of the superintendent and secretary. 20., 1892; 22.-29., 1894-5 to 1901-2. 8°. Toledo, 1893-1903. -----. Toledo water works. Report of Moses Lane, C. E., [on a plan and estimate of cost]. 14 pp. 8°. [Toledo, 1873.] [P., v. 2134; 2135.] Toledo. Board of Health. Annual reports to the board of health. 1.-30., 1867-96; 34.-39., 1904-9. 8°. Toledo, 1868-1910. Toledo. Department of Hecdth. Statements of mortality. (Monthly.) February, May, Sep- tember, December, 1877; February to March, May to July, October to November, 1878; May, July, 1881, to April, 1882; July to September, November, 1882, to February, 1883; January, 1884, to September, 1891; November, 1891, to July, 1893; September, October, Decem- ber, 1893, to July, 1903. v. s. Toledo, 1877- 1903. Toledo Asylum for the Insane. See Toledo State Hospital. Toledo College of Pharmacy. See Toledo Uni- versity, Toledo, Ohio. College of Medicine. College of Pharmacy. Toledo Hospital Association. Annual reports of the board of trustees and officers to the asso- ciation. 8., 1882-3; 17., 1891; 21., 1895. 8°. Toledo, 1883-96. Chartered Dec. 12,1876, under the title of: Protestant Hospital Association of the City of Toledo. Adopted the present name July 3, 1893. Toledo Medical College. Annual announce- ments for the sessions of 1892-3 to 1897-8 (12.- 17.); 1900-1901 to 1902-3 (20.-22.); 1904-5 (24.); 1906-7 to 1907-8 (26.-27.). 8°. Toledo & Attica, 1892-1907. Toledo Medical and Surgical Reporter, v. 1- 36, 1888-1910. 8°. Toledo, Ohio. Combined with: American Medical Compend in 1911. Toledo State Hospital. Annual reports of the board of trustees and officers to the governor of the State. 1883-4 to 1906-7 (1.-24.). 8°. Co- lumbus & Norwalk, 1885-1909. Toledo University, Toledo, Ohio. College of Medicine. College of Pharmacy. Annual an- nouncements for the year 1909-10. 8°. Toledo, 1909. de Toledo (Mario Floriano). *Contribuicao ao estudo da cryoscopia. 1 p. 1., iv, 92 pp., 1 1., 2 pl. 4°. Rio de Janeiro, 1902. de Toledo Burros (Sebastiao). *Q veetuario nos climas quentes. 65 pp. roy. 8°. Rio de Janeiro, Carvalhaes, 1905. Toledo y Cueva (Federico). See Brown-Sequard. Lecciones sobre los nervios vasomotores [etc.]. 12°. Madrid, 1878. Toledo y Herrarte(Luis) [1871- ]. *De la melanose hepatique; etude clinique et anato- mo-pathologique. 156 pp., 1 1. 4°. Paris, 1894, No. 402. -----. The same. 156 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, G. Steinheil, 1894. Toles (Justin Kay). Forcible straightening of tubercular kyphosis. 19 pp. 8°. Los Angeles, Cal., 1899. Repr. from: South. Calif. Pract., Los Angeles, 1898-9, xiii-xiv. Tolet (Francois) [1647-1724]. Traite de la lithotomie, ou de l'extraction de la pierre hors de la vessie. 5. ed., revue, corrigee et aug- mentee. 9 p. ]., 351 pp., port., 12 pl. 12°. Paris, F. Muguet, 1708. Toletus (Petrus). See Oddo degli Oddi. De ccense etprandiiportione libri duo, etc. In: Toletus (P.) Opusculum recens na- tumfetc.]. 12°. Lugduni, 1538, 119-203— Panlus ^Egi- neta [in 1. s.]. La chirurgie [etc.]. 16°. Paris, 1540. See, also, Apert (E.) Un livre sur les maladies des nouveau-nes 6crit vers 1472. Arch, de med. d. enf., Par., 1912, xv, 26-37. Tolhausen (Alexandre). Dictionnaire techno- logique dans les langues francaise, allemande et anglaise, renfermant les termes techniques usites dans les arts et metiers et dans l'industrie en general . . ., revu par Louis Tolhausen. 3 v. 8°. Leipzig, 1905-8. CONTENTS. I. Francais-allemand-anglais. 5. ed. xii, 809+197 pp. 1905. II. English-German-French. 6. ed. xiv, 837+189 pp. 1904. III. Deutsch-english-franz6sisch. 5. ed. xii, 948+77 pp. 1908. Tolhausen (Louis). See Tolhausen (Alexandre). Dictionnaire techno- logique [etc.]. 8°. Leipzig, 1905-8. Toliiio (Gaetano). Diagnosi e cura delle febbri da auto-intossicazione. 29 pp. 8°. Napoli, A. E. S. Festa, 1904. TOLKIKMIT. 316 TOLOCHINOFF. Tolkiemit (Alfred). * Ueber Anwendung des Kolpeurynter auf Grund von Beobachtungen an der Strassburger Universitats-Frauenklinik. 47 pp., 1 1. 8°. Strassburg, C. & J. Goeller, 1898. Toll (Adrianus). See Galen (Claudius). In aphorismos Hippocratis commentaria [etc.]. 24°. Lugd. Eat, 1633. Toll (Hugo) [1858- ]. Xagra af sjukvardens principled foreliisningar hallna for diakonissan- staltens sjukvardselever. [Principles of nurs- ing; lectures held for students of nursing schools.] 268 pp. 8°. Stockholm, Nordin & Josephson, 1906. For Biography, see Halsovannen, Stockholm, 1897, xii, 168-171. Toll (John Tressilian) [1850-1900]. Obituary. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1900, xix, 304. Also: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1900, ii, 700. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1900, ii, 782. Toll (R. M.) An improved toothbrush. 2 1. 8°. New York, 1912. Repr.from: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1912, xcvi. Tollemer (Louis) [1865- ]. Contribution a I'etude des polioencephalites superieures (ophtalmoplegies nucleaires ou paralysies bul- baires superieures). 62 pp. 4°. Paris, 1894, No. 191. -----. The same. 62 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, G. Steinheil, 1894. See, also, Variot (G.) La diphterie [etc.]. 8°. Paris, 1898. Tollens (Carl). *Bildungs-Anomalien (Hydro- myelie) im Centralnervensystem eines Paralyti- kers. 36 pp. 8°. Gottingen, W. F. Kaestner, 1900. Toller (Ebenezer) [ -1906]. Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1907, i, 177. Also: Lan- cet, Lond., 1907, i, 622. Toller (Seymour Graves) [1867-1902]. Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1902, i, 564. Also: Lan- cet, Loud., 1902, i, 636. Tolles (Robert B.) [1823-83]. Bolme (W.) The late Robert B. Tolles. Optic J., N. Y., 1895-6, i, 234; 251; 276; 353, port. Toilet (C[asiniir]). Les hopitaux modernes au xixe siecle. Description des principaux hopi- taux francais et Strangers les plus recemment e/lifies, divis£s en dix sections par contrees. Etudes comparatives sur leurs principales con- ditions d'etablissement. Memoires divers se rapportant a l'hygiene et a l'ecomomie des constructions hospitalieres. Hopitaux perma- nent^, demi-permanents, baraques; ambulances sous toiles. Situation de I'assistance publique en Europe, son extension en France et a Paris a diverses epoques, causes principales du pau- perisme, valeur sanitaire des materiaux de construction, leur emploi. xi, 334 pp., 33 pl., 1 tab. 4°. Paris, 1894. Toll iii (Henri) [1833- ]. Matteo Kealdo Colombo; ein Beitrag zu seinem Leben aus seinen Libri xv de re anatomica. pp. 262-290. S°. Bonn, E. Strauss, 1880. Cutting [cover with printed title] from: Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1880, xxii. ------. William Harvey; eine Quellenstudie. pp. 114-157. 8°. [Berlin, G. Reimer, 1880.] Cutting [cover with printed title] from: Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1880, lxxxi. ------. Kritische Bemerkungen iiber Harvey und seine Vorganger. pp. 581-630. 8°. Bonn, E. Strauss, 1882. Cutting [cover with printed title] from: Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1882, xxviii. Tollin (Henri)—continued. ------. Die Engliinder und die Entdeekung des Blutkreislaufs. pp. 4.S1-482; 193-230. 8°. Berlin, 18S4. Cutting [cover with printed title] from: Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1884, xcvii-xcviii. -------. Ein italienisches Urtheil iiber den ersten Entdecker des Blutkreislaufs. pp. 482- 493. 8°. Bonn, 1884. Cidting [cover with printedtttle] from: Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, xxxiii. ------. Andreas Caesalpin. pp. 295-390. 8°. Bonn, 1884. Cidtiin/ [cover with printed title] from: Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol.. Bonn. 18xi, xxxv. see. «/.«(, siol. de Bordeaux, 1X95, xvi, 7— JWourek (H.) Ueber die griine Haarzunge. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Svph., Wien u. Leipz., 1X94, xxix, 369-382, 1 pl—Muiioz (J. M.), Bus- tamente & Tejada (A.) Lengua negra. Cr6n. med.- quir. de la Habana, 1897, xxiii, 305-308.—Nakamura (J.) [On the pathogenesis of the so-called hairy tongue.] Dai Nippon Ji-Bi-In-Ko-Kwa-Kwai Kwai Ho, Tokvo, 1906, xii, 362-377. Also: Tokyo Iji-Shinshi, 1906, 2321- 2329.— Okunett* (V. N.) K voprosu o chornom, volo- satom vazikie. [Black, hairy tongue.] Yezhemles. Ushn., Gorlov. i Nosov. Bollezn., S.-Peterb., 1907-8, ii, 51; 97.—Papon. Un cas de langue villeuse rapidement gufiriepar lean oxygenee. Arch, demed. etpharm. mil., Par., 1903, xlii, 511-544— Parmentier. La langue noire. Progres med. beige, Brux., 1900, ii, 186-188.— Perrin (M.) A Blum (P.) Uq cas de langue noire. Soc. de med. de Nancy. C.-r.....1905-6, pt. 2, 101-103. Also: Rev. med. de Test, Nancy, 1906, xxxviii, 343-350.— PhllaretopillOS (G. L.) Mehauva y\wf the tongue. Practitioner, Lond., 1903, lxx, 604; 729. — Jacoulet (F.) Les inoculations operatives du cancer (en particulier du cancer de la langue). Arch. gen. de chir., Par , 1909, iv, 1024-1034.—Jadassohn. Fall von Carcinom derZunge, dassiehinunmiitelbaremAnschlussaneinZungengumma entwickelt hat. Jahresb. d. schles. Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Cult. 1896, Bresl., 1897, lxxiv, 1. Abt., med. Sect., 9-12.— Johnson < A. B.) Extirpation of the tongue for epi- thelioma bv Kocher's method. Tr. Soc Alumni Bel- levue Hosp., N, Y., 1896-7, 20. [Discussion], 22-24.—Jon- nesco (T.) Epithelioma de la langue opere par le pro- cede de Poirier. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Bucarest, 190">-6,viii,40. -----. Extirpation totale de la langue avec evidement des ganglions du cou pour one recidive d'epi- thelionie. Ibid., 73.— de Keating-Hart. Cancer in- operable de la langue et du voile du palais, traite par sa methode. Marseille med., 1907, xliv, 306. -----. Presen- tation d'un malade atteint de cancer de la langue et traite par lafulguration. Bull. d. 1'Assoc franc, p. I'etude du cancer, Par., 1910, iii, 39-41.— King (E. E.) Cancer of tongue; radium treatment. Canad. Pract. & Rev., To- ronto, 1909, xxxiv, 747.—Kiimmel. [Exstirpation der ganzen Zunge wegen Zuugenkarzinom.]. Jahrb. f. d. Hamb. Staatskrankenanst. 1903^1, Hamb. v. Leipz., 1905, ix, 157.—Klister. Zur Behandlung des Zungenkrebses und die Unterbindung der Carotis externa. .<\rch. f. klin. Chir.. Berl., 1906, lxxxi, 292-305 — Ladet. Epithelioma papillaire de la langue au debut; operation; guerison. J. d. sc.med.de Lille, 1906, i, 370-374.—Leaf(C. H.) A case of cancer of the tongue; operation. West Lond. M. J., Lond., 1910. xv. 47. -----. A case of cancer of thetongue. Pbid., 223— Lel'ebvre. Cancer de la langue; ablation. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1901, ii, 138-140.—Legg (T. P.) Carcinoma of the tongue. Polyclinic, Lond., 1906, x, 158. -----. Operation for epithelioma of the tongue. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1909, n. s., lxxxviii, 661.—Lind- strom (E.) Cancer linguae et glandul. region, sub- maxill.: reseetio linguae. Hygiea, Stockholm, 1896, lviii, pt. 2, 323.—.Tie Williams (C. A.) Excision of the tongue for epithelioma. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1906, xliii, 436.-----. Epithelioma of the tongue; four years after operation. Ibid., 1907, xiv, 615. —Martin (A. M.) Epithelioma of tongue, with extensive gland infection, treated by operation. Northumberland iV Durham M. J., Newcastle- upon-Tyne, 1903, xi, 168. —Massabuau & fficono- mos (S. N. ) Cancer de la langue chez une jeune fille de 19 ans. Montpel. med., 1912, xxxv, 210-212.— Massey (G. B.) Treatment of the early stages of cancer of the tongue and neck, Med. Council, Phila., 1911, xvii, 46-48.—Mathews (F. S.) Ligation of external carotid as a preliminarv to excision of carcinoma of tongue. Ann. Surg . Phila., 1909, xlix, 862.—Matsuniwa (K.) Shitabin setsuseisitsu siken. [Removal of carcinoma of the tongue.] Ogata Byoyen Ijikwai, Tokio, 1893, no. 53, 38-42.—Miles. A patient after excision of tongue for malignant disease. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc Edinb., 1896-7, n. s., xvi, 78.—Moiltagar Osservazioni cliniche ed anatomiche sull' emiatrofia della lingua. Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1896, iv, 74; 182-?lin<>azziiii imifr^T^V-0'* c°ntributoclinicoallostudiouella r^™ S q el'f !lnSu,a dl onffine sopranucleare. Atti d. W',8*" xtf}- dl laringol. [etc.], 1905, Siena. 1906, ix, H3-335, 1 pl. Also, transl.: Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh.! Tongue (Hemiatrophy of). Leipz., 1906, xxx, 436-449.—Illoreno (F.) Considera- ciones sobre un caso de hemiatrotia lingual de origen extracraneano. Andalucia med., C6rdoba, 1891, xvi, 97; 121.—.Jloyer (H. N.) Hemiatrophy of the tongue. N, York M.J., 1897, lxvi, 173.—Obersteiner (II.) Ueber interflbrillare F ttdegeiieration der Muskcl fasern an einer hemiatrophisehen Zunge bei Tabes. Arb. a. d. Inst. f. Anat. u. Phvsiol. d. Centralnervensvst. an d. Wien. Univ., Leipz. u. Wien, 1895, 3. Hft., 182-191.—Parry (L. A.) Hemiatrophy of the tongue. Lancet, Lond., 1900, i, 537.—Piazza (A.) Contributo clinicoallo studio dell' emiatrotta della lingua. Atti d. clin. oto-rino- laringoiat. d. r. Univ. di Roma, 1905, iii, 171-190.—Bau- tenberg. [Halbseitige Zungenatrophie.J Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1903, xxix, 245.— Sainton (T.) & Tremolleres (F.) Un cas d'hemia- trophie de la langue due probablement k une 16sion can- cereuse consecutive k un cancer du sein. Bull, et mem. Soe. m6d. d. hdp. de Par., 1908, 3. s., xxv, 790-793.— Scripture (E. W.) Hemiatrophy of the tongue with defective speech. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lviii, 103. Also: J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1911, xxxviii, 745.—Vulpius (O.) Halbseitige Zungen- atrophie als Symptom des Malum occipitale. Beitr. z. klin Chir., Tubing, 1895, xiv, 137-145.—Wiersma (E.) Fiille von Hemiatrophia linguae. Neurol. Centralbl.. Leipz 1899, xviii, 818-829.—Witmer (A. F.) A contribution to hemiatrophy of the tongue; report of a case. Phila Polyclin., 1896, v, 193.—Woods (Alice M.) A case of progressive unilateral atrophv of the face and tongue Occidental M. Times, San Fran., 1901, xv, 437-439. Also- Woman's M. J., Toledo, 1902, xii, 54. Tongue (Histology of). See Tongue (Morphology, etc., of); Taste (Or- gans of). Tongue (Hypertrophy of) [Microglos- sia]. Eras (P. G.) * Ueber angeborene Makro- glossie. 8°. Leipzig, 1902. Kahn (M.) * Ueber Makroglossie (Lymph- angiom der Zunge). 8°. Wiirzburg, 1896. Legennb (P.-H.-J. ) * Maeroglossie. 8°. Lille, 1909. Parsat (J.-L.-G.) * Contribution a I'etude de la macroglossite aigue. 8°. Bordeaux, 1906. Simon (G.fVV. F.]) * Ueber Makroglossie. 8°. Bonn, 1902. Abbe (R. W.) Extreme hypertrophv of the left half of the tongue treated with radium. Aim. Surg., Phila., 1911, liv, 238.—Abbot (F. C.) & Shattock (S. G.) Fi- bromatosis of the nerves of the tongue (macroglossia fibromatosa) and of certain of the nerves of the head and neck; de macroglossia neurofibromatosa. Tr. Path. Soc Lond., 1902-3, liv, 231-253, 2 pl.—Aleksandroflf(L. P.) Makroglossia. Otchet. . . Dietsk. boln. Sv. Olgi v Mosk. (1888), 1889, ii, 4S—Aiiffier (D.) & Legenne. Etude sur la maeroglossie. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1910, ii, 121; 145.—Bajardi (D.) Contributo alio studio clinico e anatomico della macroglossia muscolare. Arch, per le sc. med., Torino, 1901, xxv, 445-458, 1 pl.—Barclay (H. C.) A case of macroglossia in a native. N. Zealand M. J., Wellington, 1901-2, ii, 250.—Bassetta (A.) L'hyper- trophie musculaire de la langue. Rev. d'orthop., Par., 1908, 2. s., ix, 421-458.— Bereznegovski (N.) K vo- prosu o makroglossii. Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1909, lxxii, 826-833.—Berruti (C.) La macroglossia congenita con speciale riguardo alia sua cura median te 1'allacciatura delle arterie linguali. Med. ital., Napoli, 1906, iv, 101- 103.—Bilhaut. Maeroglossie. Ann. d'orthop. et de chir. prat., Par., 1894. xii. 321-327.—Bind 1 (F.) & Faldi (F.) La macroglossia. Clin, chir., Miiano, 1905, xiii, 994-1006, 1 pl—Bloch (0.) & Dahl (F.) Et Tilfslde af Makroglossi. Kj0benh. med. Selsk. Forh., 1892-3, 26- 30.—Botescu (H.) Macroglosie; ipertrofie cu intermi- ten^a. Spitalul, Bucuresci, 1894, xiv, 60-64.—Brault (J.) Maeroglossie; lymphangiectasies du plancher de la bouche et des regionseervico-faciales,amputation conoide de la langue; ponctions des lymphangiomes; presence du pneumocoque; guerison. Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1897, xxiii, pt. 2,417: xxiv, 481. -----. Deux cas de maeroglossie. Ibid., 1908, xxxiv, 35- 38.— C'arvallo. Sobre la macroglosia. Rev. med. de Chile, Sant. de Chile, 1896, xxiv, 379.—Caso (Un) di ipertrofia in lunghezza della lingua. Gazz. d. osp., Mi- lano, 1900, xxi, 392.—f'happell (W. F.) Two cases of congenital hypertrophy ofthe tongue. Manhattan Eye & Ear Hosp. Rep., N. Y., 1894, i, 89, 1 pl— foinroe (J. H.) Macroglossia, report of a case. Cleveland M. J., 1911, x, 743-748.— von Czyhlarz (E.) Ueber einen Fall von Hypertrophic der Zunge bei Osteohypertrophic pneu- mique. Wien. klin, Ruadschau, 1903, xvii, 148.—De- TONGUE. 333 TONGUE. Tongue (Hypertrophy of) [Macroglos- sia]. bersaques. De la macroglos-ie. Ann. Soc de med. de Gand, 1893, lxxii, 424-427.—lie 1 lino (E.) Macroglos- sia congenita neurofibromatosa. Areh. per le sc med., Torino, 1905, xxix, 34-48, 1 pl.—IlementyelfiV. G.) Sluchal uvelicheniya yazika (macrogh»Ma) u dievochki, 5 llet. [Macroglossia in a girl 5 years old ] Sborn trud. vrach. dietsk, klin. Imp. Voyenno-Med. Akad., S. Peterb., 1908, 38—18.—Derocque & Nicollc. Un cas d'hyper- trophie epitheliale piliforme dela langue. Normandie med., Rouen, 1902, xvii, 202. Als,,: Rev, med. de Normandie, Rouen, 1902, 194.—Downie (XV.) Case of macroglossia. Glasgow M. J., 1908. lxix. 202-201 — Eickenbusch ( K. ) Ueber muskulare Makroglos- sie. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1894, xi, 273-280.— Eisendrath (1>. N.) Macroglossia. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1906, xliii, 638!— Gabszewfcz (A.) PrzyroSniecie jezyka do blony sluzowej policzka obustronne, nabyte. [Acquired hypertrophied tongue, extending to the mu- cous membrane of both cheeks.) Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1899, 2. s.. xix, 973-975. —lie lie (E.) Etude anatomo- pathologi'ine dela maeroglossie; a propos dedeux cas de maerogio-sie. Echo med du nord, Lille, 1904, viii, 493- 502.—Gcrhardi. Ein ±-;111 von Makroglossie. Miin- ehen. med. Wchnschr., 1S97, xliv, 1233.—(.irod (C.) Un cas d'hypertrophie en longueur de la langue. Gaz. d. h6p.. Par., 1900. Ixxiii. 253.—Hassler. Maeroglossie ou langue serotale. Gaz. hebd. d. se. med. de Bordeaux, 1903, xxiv. 3y2.—Hayasbi(A.) Makroglo-sia eongenita neurofibromatosa. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir.. Leipz.. 1912, cxviii, 456-462.—Howlett (E. H ) Macroglossia: treat- ment by electrolysis. Quart. M. J., sheilield. 1896-7. v, 42-45.—Hurry (J. B.) Macroglossia due to lymphan- geioma. Tr. Reading Path. Soe.. 1896-7. ii. 13 —Jarecky (H.) Hypertrophy of the lymphoid tissue at the base of tongue as a cause of cough. Am. J.M. Sc. Phila.& N. Y., I 1902. n.s.,exxiv,76-80.—Jay i M.R.) Macroglossia. Aus- tralas. M. Gaz.. Svdnev. 1903, xxii, 354.—Kravtsehen- ko (I. I.) O makroglos-ii. Chir. Laitop., Mosk., 1894, iv. 762-774.—von La Mich (N.) Ein Fall von Makro- glossie. Wien.med. Pre-se. 1903,x'liv,311-313.—Lane (A.) Operation for congenital hvpertrophy of the tongue. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1899, n. s., lxvii, 301.—Lenire- niann (P.) Ein Fall von muskularer Makroglossie. Beitr. z. klin.Chir.. Tubing., 1903, xxxix, 519-525.—Little (G.) Hemi-macroglossia. Brit. J. Dermat.. Lond.. 1906. xviii, M.-Marangoiii (G.) Contributo alio studio della macroglossia. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1907, xxviii, 85-89.—.TIarchal. Elephantiasis de la langue; amputa- tion partielle: guerison. Gaz. med. de Picardie, Amiens, 1898. xvi, 82. — ITIaynard. Un cas de maeroglossie. Languedoc med.-chir.. Toulouse, 1905, xiii, 55-60.— monod. Hypertrophie aigue enorme de la langue. Mem. et bull. Soc. de med. et chir. de Bordeaux (1901), 1902, 140.—Odenius (M. V.) Bemerkungen und Bei- trage zur pathologischen Anatomie der lymphatischen Makroglossie. Nord. med. Ark., Stockholm, 1896, n. F., vi, hft. 3, no. 14, 1-17. — Paelmer (A.) Pfipad makroglossie. [A case of maeroglos-ia. ] Lek. ro- zhledy, Praha, 1905, xiii, 81-83.—Pratt i.I. J.) A case of macroglossia. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1899, xxxiv, 7.— Rosenak (M.) & Feldmann (I.) Makroglossia. lingua lobata cum eystulis mucosis muliilocularibus. Centralbl. i. allg. Path", u. path. Anat., Jena, l.«t5. xvi, 57- 64. — Busakorf i I. V.) K kazuistikle makroglossii. Dietsk. med.. Mo-k., 1903, viii, 178-186.—Kusea. Con- | tribuci6n al estudio de la macroglosia: ouu de neuro- fibromatosis en el tronco y terminaciones del hipogloso. Rev. Ibero-Am.de cien. med., Madrid, 1903. ix, 107-114. Also, transl.: An. de med. Butll. mens de i'Acad. . . . de Catalunya, Barcel., 1909, iii, 757-761.—da S. II.) Um caso de macroglossia. Gaz. clin.. S. Paulo, 1907, v. 43.— Sabrazes (J.) & Bousquet (P.) Macroglossite aigue streptococcique. Ann. de dermat. et syph.. Par., 1897, 3. b.. viii, 513-516. Also: Bull. Soc. franc de dermat. et syph., Par., 1897,viii, 200-203. Also: Presse med., Par.,1897, 2yy-:;o2.—Sea lone (I.) Sulla presenza di fibre muscolari Usee nt-lla. mucosa della lingua associata ad ipertrofia pa- pillare erettile. *.ior. interna/, d. se. med., Napoli, 1911. n. s., xxxiii, 1071-1077.—ScheiMlcl i F.) Ueber Wachs- tumsvorgange am Unterkiefer bei Makroglossie. Deut- sche Monatschr. f. Zahnh., Leipz., 1903, xxi, 237-246.— Sileoek (A.) A case of macroglossia. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1896, xxxi, 137.—Simounet. Elephantiasis de la langue. Gaz. d. hop. de Toulouse, 1899, xiii, 195.— Spencer (W. G.) & Shattock (S. G.) A case of ma- croglossia neurofibromatosa. Proc Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1907-8, i, Path. Sect., * 11 — Stall r (H.) Ueber die Aus- dehnung der Papilla foliata und die Frage einer einseiti- gen kompensatorischen Hypertrophie im Bereiche des Geschmackorgans. Areh. f. Entwcklungsmechn. d. Or- gan., Leipz., 1903, xvi, 179-199.—Stuart-Low (W.) Case showing an unusually large and long tongue. J. Larvn- gol., Lond., 1909, xxiv, 1*6.— Yitto-Massci (R.) Kin Fall von Hypertrophie der Zuekerkandl'schen Driisc Ztschr. f. Laryngol., Rhinol. [etc.], Wiirzb., 1908-9, i, 727- I Tongue (Hypertrophy of) [Microglos- sia j. 729, 2pl.—Vreden (R. R.) Sluchal makroglossise. [Case of . . .] Trudi Obsli. russk. vrach., S.-Peterb., 1892 (7-8), 17-24.—Wagner (H. L.) Hvperplasia lateralis linguae. Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass., N. Y.. 1908. xxx, 176.—Wallace (D.) [Congenital hypertrophv of thetongue.] Tr. Med.- Chir. Soc. Edinb., 1903-4, n. s., xxiii, 5.—Weiser (R.) Offener Biss infolge Makroglossie. Oesterr.-ungar. Vrtlj- schr. f. Zahnh., Wien, 1911, xxvii, 162-164. Tongue (Ichthyosis of). See Tongue (Leucoplakia of). Tongue (Inflammation of). See, also, Tongue (Abscess of); Tongue (Ac- tinomycosis of); Tongue (Hypertrophy of); Tongue (Syph ills of); Tongue ("Tuberculosis of). Ajcakdi (A. M.) *De glossitide. fol. Ge- nua*, 1810. Croly (H. G.) Surgical reports. Part I. Acute inflammation of the tongue, illustrated by numerous cases successfully treated. Part II. Scalds of the wind pipe from attempts to swallow boiling water, successfully treated. Read before the surgical societv of Ireland. 12°. Dublin, 1868. Dcperier (H.-M.) *De la glossite profonde aigue. 8°. Paris, 1907. Saenz (G.) * Contribution a I'etude de la glossite profonde aigue. 8°. Montpellier, 1906. Thebaud (F.) * Etude sur la glossite paren- chymateuse aigue. 4°. Paris, 1894. Atkinson (J. M.) Acute glossitis following tonsil- litis. Select. Colon. M. Rep., Lond., 1905,88.—Baldwin (W. H.) Interstitial glossitis. Cincin. M. J., 1896, xi, 143.—Belassa (B.) Die Behandlung der Glossitis mit- telst Prothesen. Verhandl. d. Budapest, k. Gesellsch. d. Aerzte 1907, Budapest, 1908, 95.— Bennett (A. B.), jr. Glossitis; a study of the literature from 1816 to 1906, and report of a case. Wash. M. Ann., 1906-7, v, 267-278.— Bottome (F. A.) Congestion at the base of the tongue. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1898, iv, 31-33.—Brault (J ) Glossite basique laterale droite k marche insolite. Areh. prov.de chir., Par., 1893, ii, 516-520—Breda (A.) In- fiammazione acuta del tessuto adenoide della radice della lingua. Atti d. xi. Cong. med. internaz. 1894, Roma, 1895, v, dermat., 84-86.—Calderone (C.) Glossite areata cronica. Gior. ital. d. mal. ven., Milano, 1906, xli, 167-182, lpl. -----. Glossite areata cronica, complicata asifilide costituzionale recente. Ibid., 1911, xlvi, 129.— Choin- pret. Glossites superficielles et, en particulier, glossite epitheliale ambulatoire circinee pyogene. Cong, inter- nat. de med. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, d'odont. et stomatol., 232-24t\—Be Forest (H. P.) Acute papu- lar glossitis. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1910. Ixi, 148-150.— Bubois-Havenith. Glossite supertieielle et ledeme angionevrotique. Policlin., Brux., lyOti, xv, 193.—Ou Castel. Glossite chronique. Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1NH5, 3. s., vi, 533. Also: Bull. Soc franc de dermat. et syph., Par,, 1895, vi, 237.—Buliot. Glossite sciero- parenchymateuse avec leucoplasie et degen6rescence cancereuse. Presse med. beige, Brux., 1906, lviii, 683- 690.—Buplaix iJ.-B.) Papillite linguale. J. d. mal. cutan. etsyph., Par., 1393, v, 652-657. Also: Gaz. d. h6p., Par., ]x;i3, lvii. 1157.—Durante i D.) Glossite difteroide stafilococcica primitiva nell' infanzia. Pediatria, Napoli, 1908, 2. s., Vi, 186-291.—ICseat. Un cas de glossite ba- sique phlegmoneuse. Arch. med. de Toulouse, 1905, xi, 237-241.—Fournier (A.) Glossite depapillante de mo- dalite sceondnire, entrant en scene dans la vingt-hui- tieme annee d'une syphilis. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1901, xii, 290-292.—Garcia (V.) Glositis folicular aguda infectiva; consideraciones clinicas e in- vestigations bacterioldgicas. Rev. de laringol., otol. y rinol., Barcel., 1894-5, x, 69-72. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Rev. interuat. de rhinol., otol. et laryngol., Par., 1894, iv, 193.—Gerhard (S. P.) Acute parenchvmatousglossitis. Codex med. Phila., 1896-7, iii, 42.— Harrington (A. J.) Clinical notes on a case of membranous glossitis. Do- minion M. Month., Toronto, 1902, xix, 15-17. Also [Abstr.]: Canad. Pract. & Rev., Toronto, 1902, xxvii, 332.—Joseph (M.) Glossitis saturnina. Dermat. Centralbl., Leipz., 1906-7, x. 133-135. -----. Nachtrag zu meiner Beobach- tung iiber Glossitis saturnina. Ibid., 1908, xi, 104.— Le tulle (M.) La glossite mercurielle. Bull, et mem. Soe. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1907, 3. s., xxiv, 423-429.— .Ilacleod (J. M. H.) Case of glossitis in a girl, aged 3f Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1907-8, i, Dermat. Sect.. 51.— Jlarcet. Sur un casde glossite papillaire. Bull. Soc. TOMJUE. 334 TONGUE. Tongue (Inflammation of). de med. de Par. 1187.".j, 1876, x, 95-99.—Massei (F.) Su di una nuova forma di glossite. Areh. ital. di laringol., Napoli, 1894, xiv, 1-8.—Mirolyuboll" (K.) Sluchal pe- remezhnol likhoradki, virazivshelsya glossitom. [Case of malarial fever finding expression as glossitis.] Russk. Med., St. Petersb., 18yu, xvi, 552.—Mode. Eine eigen- artige Angina infolge von Glossitis. Allg. med, Centr.- Ztg., Berl., 18'.)s, lxvii, 141.—Nord man & Wies. Glos- site aigue parenchymateuse survenue au cours d'une searlatinea, la periode de desquamation. Loire med., St.- Etienne, 1908, xxvii, 366-370.—Pachoriski (A.) Guz- kowe ostre zapalenie jezyka (glossitis papulosa acuta). Przegl. lek., Krak6w, 1910, xlix, 199-201.—Pavlovski (A. D.) K voprosu ob ostrom vospalenii yazika stafilo- kokkovavo pro'iskhozhdeniya (glossitis acuta staphylo- coccica). Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1907, vi, 1513. Also, transl.: Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1908, xxxiv, 917.—Bavlteh (M. L.) Action of silver nitrate and chromic acid on chronic glossitis, under the in- fluence of the electric current. J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- cago, 1902, xxxviii, 1427.—Rendu. Erysipele a debut insolite caraeteris6 par une glossite intense; gu6rison. France med. Par., 1892, xxxix, 33. —Bose. Ein Fall von Glossitis mit tddtlichem Ausgang. Wien. med. BL, 1893, xvi, 617-620.—Sab razes (J.), Bonnes (J.) & Parsat. Macroglossiteceiemateuseaigue. Pressemed. Par., 1906, xiv, 303.—Shtshokin (K. P.) Glossitis in! terstitialis. Russk. J. Kozhn. i Ven. Bollezn., Kharkov, 1905, x, 301.— Sidlo (T.) O zinetu jazyka duzninovem! [On hypertrophic inflammation of the tongue.] Casop. lek. cesk., v Praze, 1877, xvi, 121; 133; 181; 204.—Sou- beyran (P.) Glossite aigue parenchymateuse. Mont- pel. med., 1902, 2. s.,xv, 687-691.—Staviski (E.) Un cas de glossite causee par la premiere grosse molaire infe- rieure droite. Odontologie, Par., 1901, 2. s., xiii, 83-85.— Wagner (C.) A case of acute idiopathic glossitis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1893, xliv, 523.—Washburn (W.) A case of glossitis. Ibid., 1896, 1,172.—Wharton (H. R.) A case of glossitis in which the membrane covering the tongue contained Klebs-Loeffler bacilli. Med. News, Phila., 1895, lxvi, 406.—Vevdokimoff (V. N.) Chas- tichniy interstitsialniy glossir. [Partial interstitial glos- sitis] Russk. J. Kozhn. i Ven. Bollezn., Kharkov, 1907, xiii, 68. Tongue (Inflammation of Exfoliative or superp'cial) [JIoiler's glossitis]. See, also, Tongue (Geographical). Wex (H. H. A.) *Zur Casuistik der Papil- litis lingualin (Duplaix) und der Glossitis ex- foliativa chronica (Mollersche Glossitis). 8°. Greifswald, 1904. Arnoll (D.) Desquamation linguale en aires chez les adultes. Clinique, Par., 1907, ii, 636.—Beaudouin (G.) Glossite exfoliatrice. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1898, ix, 262. Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1898, 3. s., ix, 554.—de Beurinanii & Ba- inoud. Glossite exfoliatrice margin6e ambulante. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1902, xiii, 372- 377. Also: \nn. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1902, 4. s., iii, 733-743.—Bonnet (L.-M.) Desquamation linguale en aires chez des adultes. Lyon med., 1907, cix, 7-12. -----. Desquamation linguale enaires. Ibid., 1911, cxvi, 1176.— Oe-Simoni (A.) Contributo all' etiogenesiparassitaria dell' esfoliazione areata della lingua. Osp. magg. Riv seient.-pint. d. ... di Milano, 1908, iii, 210-223. Also, transl.: Areh. internat. de larvngol. Tete], Par., 1909, xxvii, 431- 447.—Ebergardt(A. K.) K kazuistikie linguae disse- catse. Voyenno-med. J., St. Petersb., 1898, exeii, med.- spec pt., 115-125.—Gallois (P.) Traitement de la glos- site exfoliatrice marginee par la liqueur de van Swieten employee en bain local. Bull. g6n. de therap. [etc.l. Par. 1903, cxiv, 380-385. Also [Abstr.]: Rev. internat. de med et de chir., Par., 1903, xiv, 130.—Gaston (P.) Deux cas de glossite exfoliatrice marginee. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1891, v, 17-22. Also: Ann. de der- mat. et syph., Par., 1894, 3. s.. v. 62-67.—Gaucher. Trois casde glossite exfoliatrice marginee. Syphilis, Par. 1905 iii, 822-824.—Goodale (J. L.) On the identity of the conditions commonly known as wandering rash of the tongue and Moeller's superficial glossitis. Am J M Sc Phila., 1896, n. s., cxii, 545-561. Also, Reprint.—Gutt- maim. Ein Fall von Glossitis superficialis. Ztschr f arztl. Landpraxis, Frankf. a. M., 1893, ii, 182-184 —Mewes (W.) Moller'sche Glossitis superficialis. Odont.Bl.,Berl 1899, iv, 193-198— Parounaglan (M. B.) Exfoliatio areata lingure. J. Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph., N.Y. 1907 xxv 3A?"—£?ly&k (^-) ,A MoUer-feie glossitis superficialis- r61. [The superficial glossitis of Moller.l Orvosi hetil Budapest, 1896, xl, 609; 622. Also [Abstr.]: Orvosi heti szemle, Budapest, 1896, xx, 670. Also, transl.: Pest med - chir. Presse, Budapest, 1896, xxxii, 1113-1118.-Beich- man(M) Glossitis superficialis chronica (Moeller). J. ^•A:1'"1!-"1""' Diii- N- Y-'1902. xx- 461-Symp- son (L. M. i Notes on a case of chronic superficial dis- secting glossitis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1897, ii, 651. Tongue (Inflammation of Hemor- rhagic). Ga'ldi (F.) Glossorragia ricorrente. Tommasi, Na- poli, 1911, vi, 518-522.—Kancsugi (E.) [Two cases of haemorrhage from disease at base of the tongue.] Ztschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Tokio, 1896, ii, 209-219.—.Hygind (IL) Et Tilfaelde af Glossitis acuta haemorrhagiea. \A ease of ... ] Kj0benh. med. Selsk. Forh., 1889-90, 25.—Stirling (R. A.) A case of haemorrhagic glossitis. Austral. M. J., Melbourne, 1910, xv, 603. Tongue (Inflammation of Unilateral) [Hemigloss itis\. Brault (J.) Glossite basique laterale droite a marche insolite. 8°. [Paris, n. d.} Beve (F.) (Edeme aigu unilateral de la langue (hemi- glossite interstitielle aigue). Normandie med., Rouen, 1906, xxi, 375-379.—Buck worth (D.) On hemiglossitis. Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 18s:j, iii, 195-202. Also, Reprint.— Funkhouser ( R. M. ) Hemiglossitis. St. Louis M. Rev., 1903, xlvii, 215—Gueneau de Mussy (N.) Deux observations d'hemiglossite sui vies de reflexions sur la pathogenie de cette affection. Arch. gen. de med., Par., 1879, iii, 385-396. Also, Reprint. —MansurofT (A. N.) Sluchal llevostoronnyavo hemiglossita. [Left-sided he- miglossitis.] Prakt. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1904, iii, 846.— Polyanskl(N.S.) K kazuistikie hemiglossita. [Hemi- glossitis.] Ibid.,653.—Shepherd (F.J.) Hemiglossitis. Proc Med.-Chir. Soc. Montreal, 1887-9,iv, 126.—Thomas ( M. ) Un cas d'hemiglossite parenchymateuse aigue. Marseille med., 1905, xlii, 512-516.— Tsatskin (A. B.) Hemiglossitis dextra. Voyenno-med. J., St. Petersb., 1908, ccxxiii, med.-spec, pt., 43. — Wetmore (F. H.) A case of acute circumscribed hemiglossitis, with suppuration. Montreal M. J., 1892-3, xxi, 823. — Yazvltski (Z. I.) Sluchal hemiglossitis dimidiata. Kazan. Med. J., 1904, iv, 166-168. Tongue (Innervation and movements of). Sje, also, Nerve (Glossopharyngeal); Nerve (Hypejglassal); Nerve (Lingual); Taste (Or- gans of). Jacques (P.) *Terminaisons nerveuses dans 1'organe de la gustation. [Nancv.] 4°. Paris, 1894. Rautenberg (E.) * Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Empfindungs- und Geschmacksnerven der Zunge. 8°. Konigsberg, 1898. Roeske (H.) * Ueber die Norvenendigungen in den Papillae fungiformes der Kaninchen- zunge. 8°. Berlin, 1897. Also, in: Internat. Monatschr. f. Anat. u. Phvsiol., Leipz., 1897, xiv, 247-259, 1 pl. Auerbach (S.) Zur Lehre von der zentralen Zungen- innervation. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1910, xxxix, 109-114.—Biffi (S.) & JTIorganti (G.) Sui nervi della lingua; ricerche anatomico-fisiologiche. In: Biffi (S.) Op. compl.,8°, Milano, 1902, i, 21-78.—Ceccherelll (G.) Sulle piastre motrici e sulle fibrille ultraterminali nei muscoli della lingua di Rana esculenta. Monitore zool. ital., Firenze, 1902, xiii, 246. -----. Sulle espansioni nervose di senso nella mucosa della lingua dell' uomo. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1904, xxv, 56-69.—Courten (H. C.) Involuntary movements of the tongue. Stud. Yale Psy- chol. Lab., N. Haven, 1902, x, 93-95.—Fasola (G.) Con- tributo clinico alia conoscenza dell' innervazione gusta- toria. Riv. di patol. nerv., Firenze, 1902, vii, 49-57.— Finocchiaro (G.) Contributo alio studio delle termi- nazioni nervose nelle papille circumvallate. Arch. ital. di anat. e di embriol., Firenze, 1904, iii, 288-297, 2 pl.— Flesch (J.) Zur Neurologie der Zunge. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1908, lv, 109-112.— Fusarl (R.) & Pa- nasi (A.) Sulla terminazione dei nervi nella mucosa della lingua dei mammiferi. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, Milano, 1890, 56-59—Gotch (F.) & Simpson (S.) The electrical changes due to secretory effects in the frog's tongue as determined by capillary electrometer records. Proc. Physiol. Soc. Lond., 1905, pp. lii-lv.—Halban (J.) Zur Physiologie der Zungennerven. Wien. klin. Rund- schau, 1896, x, 51-53. — Izergln (P.) Innervatsiya sosudov yazika. [Innervation of the blood - vessels of the tongue.] Nevrol. Vestnik, Kazan, 1894, ii, no. 4, 55-170. Also: Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1894, 441-450.— Kidd (L. J.) Note on lateral tongue-movements. Rev. Neurol. & Psychiat., Edinb., 1903, i, 580.—Kiesow (F.) Zur Kenntnis der Nervenendigungen in den Pa- pillen der Zungenspitze. Ztschr. f. Psvchol. u. Physiol. d. Sinnesorg., Leipz., 1904, xxxv, 252-259.—Lange (F.) Ueber Zungenbewegungen. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1893, xlvi, 634-654. — Lesshalt (P.) Mekhanizm dvi- zheniya yazika. (Sur le mecanisme des mouvements de la langue.) Izviest. S.-Peterb. biol. lab., 1896, i, 64- 74.—OTery. Observations sur les mouvemens de la lan- gue du piver. Hist. Acad. roy. d. sc. 1709, Par., 1733 TONGUE. 335 TONGUE. Tongue (Inner vat ion ana'movements of). Mem., 85-91, 1 pl. Also: Hist. Acad. roy. d. sc. [de Par.] 1709, Amst., 1711, mem., 107-113. Also, transl.: K. Akad. d. Wissensch. in Par. . . . Abhandl. 1709, Bressl., 1751, iii, 477- 483, lpl.— Classen (A. T.) Note on the movements of the tongue from stimulation of the twelfth nucleus, root, and nerve. Brain. Lond., 1909, xxxii, 206-208.—OehI (E.) L' esperienza di Bidder. Atti. . . r. Ist. Lomb. di sc. e lett., Milano, 1895, 2. s., xxviii, 804-812. Also: Gazz. med. lomb., Milano, 1895, liv, 297-300. Also, transl.: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1896, xxv, 126-134— Philipeaux (.l.-M.) & Vulpian (A.) Note sur une modification physiologique qui se produit dans le nerf lingual par suite de l'abolition temporaire de la motricite dans le nerf hvpoglosse du meme cote. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par.,1863, lvi, 1009-1011.—Betzius (G.) Zur Kennt- nis der Nervenendigungen in den Papillen der Zunge der Amphibien. Biol. Untersuch., Stockholm, 1905, n. F., xii, 61-64,1 pl.—Butlini (A.) Sulle espansioni ner- vose di senso nella mucosa linguale dell' uomo. Atti d. r. Accad. d. fisiocrit. in Siena, 1904, 4. s., xvi, 33.— Turner ( W. A.) Note on the course of the fibers of taste. Edinb. M. J., 1897, n. s., ii, 261— Zander (R.) Ueber das Verbreitungsgebiet der Gefiihls- und Ge- schmacksnerven in der Zungenschleimhaut. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1897, xiv, 131-145. Tongue (Keratoses of). Avierinos. Traitement de la leucokeratose bucco- linguale par la solution de sulfate de cuivre. Marseille med., 1912, xlix, 412.—Craig ( R. H.) Hyperkeratosis linguae. Tr. Am. Larvngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc, St. Louis, 1908, 362-364. Als»: Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1909, xix, 49-51.—Bubois-Haveiiith. Leucokeratose lin- guale. J. de med., chir. et Pharmacol., Brux., 1894, 34.— Bubreuilh (W.) Leucokeratose de la langue; son traitement chirurgical. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1907, xxxvii, 117-119. — Buhot. Leucokeratose linguale. Presse med. beige, Brux., 1907, lix, 393-398. — Fried- land (F.) Ueber drei Fiille von Hyperkeratosis lacu- naris (Siebenmann) des Zungengrundes. Ztschr. f. Heilk., Berl., 1896, xvii, 275-282, 1 pl.—Goodale (J. L.) The histology of hyperkeratosis lingualis. J. Bost. Soc M. Sc, 1897-8, ii, 204-209. -----. A contribution to the pathologic histology of hyperkeratosis lingualis (hairy- tongue). Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1900, ix, 1-9.—Murdoch (B.) Hyperkeratosis of the filiform papillae of the tongue. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Edinb., 1893-4, n. s., xiii. 221-223. Also: Edinb. M. J., 1894-5, xl, 250-252.—Shaw (F. W.) Hyperkeratosis lin- gualis. J. Kansas M. Soc, Kansas City, Kan., 1910, x, 122. Tongue (Leucoplakia of). See, also, LeucoplaMa; Mouth (Leucopla- kia of). Bonniger (M. ) *TJeber Leukoplakia lin- gualis, buccalis et labialis. 8°. Berlin, 1896. Dillmaxx ( H. ) * Ueber Leukoplakia lin- guae mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung ihrer Histologie und Aetiologie. [Giessen.] 8°. * Berlin, 1902. Artault (S.) La teinture de myrtille dans la leuco- plasie linguale et les stomatites. Bull. med. d. Vosges, Epinal, 1902-3, xvi, nos. 67-68, :$7-48.—Ccstan. Leuco- plasielinguale; extirpation. Toulouse m6d., Iy03,2.s.,v» 277.—Bu Castel. Plaques leucoplasiques de la langue chez une malade atteinte autrefois de lupus. Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1897, 3. s., viii, 480-482. Also: Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1897, viii, 161-163.— Fernandas & Van Swieten. Leucoplasie linguale dont on fit l'excision profonde et large chez un homme de 62 ans. Ann. de l'Inst. chir. de Brux., 1904, xi, 38.— Gaucher. La leucoplasie linguale. Presse med., Par., 1903,ii,49:3-495. Also.transl.: Boll. d. mal. ven. ,sif.ed.pelle, Roma, 1904, v, 57-64.— Gaucher & Barbe. Leucoplasie linguale d'origine syphilitique conceptionnelle. Bull. Soc franc de dermat. et syph., Par., 1901, xii, 122-124. Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph,, Par., 1901, 4. s., ii, 268- 270.—Goldberg (S. V.) O lelkoplakii yazika. [Leuco- plakia of the tongue.] Khirurg. Arkh. Velyaminova, S.-Peterb., 1910, xxvi, 606-616.—Hebert (A.) Leucopla- &ielinguale; traitement mercuriel; guerison rapide. Nor- mandie med., Rouen, 1907, xxii, 288.—Jullien (L.) Un cas de leucoplasie linguale. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1896, vii, 95-98. Also: Ann. dedermat. et syph., Par., 1896, 3. s., vii, 201-20L— Landouzy (L.) Valeur semiologique des leucoplasies jugales et commis- suralesdites "plaques des fumeurs." Presse m6d., Par., 1908, xvi, 409-411.—Leland (G. A.) Leucoplakia of tongue. Boston M. & S. J., 1904, cli, 295.—Lockliart (V. D.) Leucoplakia; ichthyosis of the tongue; report of case. ^Med. World, Phila., 1906, xxiv, 20.—Morel-La- val lee (A.) Glossite leucoplasique parcheminee, chez une femme, indemne de syphilis et de tabagisme. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1899, x, 408-410. Tongue (Leucoplakia of). Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1899, 3.S., x, 957-959. -----. Sur un cas de guerison foudroyante de glossite leucoplasique sclereuse nicotino-syphilitique. Bull, et m6m. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1910, 3. s., xxx, 676.— fflorestin (H.) Le traitement operatoire des leucopla- sies linguales etendues. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1908, n. s., xxxiv, 1279-1293. -----. Leucoplasie lin- guale tr6s etendue; extirpation de presque toute la mu- queuse de la face dorsale au devant du V lingual, suivie de reunion immediate. Ibid., 1910, n. s., xxxvi, 910- 914.— Oberndorfer (I. P.) Leukoplakia linguae. J. Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph., N. Y., 1907, xxv, 329. Tongue (Lupus of). Spire (C.J.) *Du lupus lingual. 8°. Bor- deaux, 1895. Also, in: Arch. clin. de Bordeaux, 1895, iv, 557-571. Carrlere. Lupus ulcere de la langue. Bull. Soc. d'anat. ei physiol. de Bordeaux, 1897, xviii, 127-129.— Baricr (J.) Lupus de la langue, avec examen histolo- gique (lupus papillomateux, avec degenerescence hya- line). Ecole prat. d. hautes etudes. Lab. d'histol. du Coll. de France. Travs 1894-5, Par., 1898, 61-67. Also: Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1895, vi, 306- 311. Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par, 1895, 3. s., vi, 631-636.—Hutchinson (J.) Infective lymphangeioma of the tongue; lupus lymphaticus, Arch. Surg., Lond., 1895, vi, 11., pl. lxxxvi.—Leloir. Le lupus dela langue. Assoc, franc, pour Tavance. d. sc C.-r., Par., 1889, xviii, pt. 2, 746-754. -----. Lupus demi-sclereux de la langue. Internat. Atlas selt. Hautkr., Hamb. u. Leipz., 1889, Pl. iii, with text.—L.iaras. Lesions lupoi'des de la base de la langue et de l'epiglotte. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux, 1897, xviii, 108-112. Also: Rev. odont., Par., 1897, xvi, 359-363.—Pelagatti (M.) Sopra un caso di lupus della lingua. Boll. d. mal. ven., sif. e d. pelle, Roma, 1904, v, 7-16. Also: Stomatol., Milano, 1903-4, ii, 329; 400.—Strandberg (O.) Tre Tilfasldeaf Lupus vul- garis linguae. Hosp.-Tid,, K0benh., 1912, 5. R., v, 330-339, 3 pl. Also, transl.: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 1078- 1081. -----. Lupus vulgaris linguae. Hosp.-Tid., K0benh., 1912, 5. R., v, 756-760. Tongue (Lymphangiectasia of). See Tongue ( Varix, etc., of). Tongue (Lymphangioma of). See Tongue (Tumors of, Vascular). Tongue (Melanosis of). See Tongue (Black). Tongue (Mobility of Excessive). See, also, Tongue-swallowing. Bourdette. Motilite exageree de la langue. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux, 1897, xviii, 47. Also: Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.]. Par., 1897, xxiii, 474. Also: Gaz. d. hop. de Toulouse, 1897, xi, 235.—Belsaux (V.) Deux cas de mobilite anormale de la langue. Presse oto-laryngol. beige, Brux., 1905, iv, 19- 21.—Ferrer! (G.) Un nuovo casodi straordinaria mo- bility della lingua. Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.] 1897, Firenze, 1899, iii, 234-236; 1 pl.—Johnston (R. H.) Excessive mobility of the tongue. Month. Cycl. & M. Bull., Phila., 1909, ii, 229.—Norliect (L. E.) Re- markable flexibility of the tongue. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1906, lxx, 961.—Piuder (F.) Zwei Fiille von Ueberbe- weglichkeit der Zunge. Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1900, x, 265-270.—Tapia (A. G.) Un caso de acro- batismo lingual. Rev. Ibero-Am. de cien. med., Madrid, 1906, xv, 338-341. Also: Rev. de med. y cirug. pract., Madrid, 1906, lxxi, 339-341. Also, transl.: Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1906, ii, 1-5. Tongue (Morphology and histology of). See, also, Taste (Organs of). Kathariner (L.) * Anatomie und Mechanis- mus der Zunge der Vermilinguier. [Wurtz- burg.] 8°. Jena, 1894. Also, in: Jenaische Ztschr. f. Naturw., Jena, 1894, n. F., xxii, 247-270, 1 pl. Krause (G.) * Ueber die Papillae filiformes des Menschen. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., 1908. Lange (E.) * Untersuchungen iiber Zungen- randdriisen und Unterzunge bei Mensch und Ungulaten. [Giessen.] 8°. Berlin, 1900. Also, in: Arch. f. wissensch. u. prakt. Thierh., Berl., 1900, xxvi, 266-300, 3 pl. Moehring (G. F.) *Tentamen disquisitionis de linguae integumentis. 8°. Lipsix, 1865. TONGUE. 336 TON (UK. Tongue (Morphology and histology of). Musterle (F.) *Zur Anatomie der umwall- ten Zungenpapillen der Katze und des Hundes. [Bern.] 8°. Berlin, 1903. Also, in: Arch. f. wissensch. u. prakt. Thierh., Berl., 1904, xxx, 141-161,1 pl. Schacht (E. C.) *Zur Kenntnis des Baues der secern ierenden Zellen in den von Ebner'- schen Drusen. 8°. Kiel, 1896. Arnold (J.) Die Demonstration der Nervenendaus- breitung in den Papillae f ungif ormes der lebenden Frosch- zunge. Anat.Anz.,Jena, 1900,xvii,517-519.—Beau. Note sur les papilles de la langue. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1858, xlvii, 612-614.—Biederinann (W.) Ueber morphologische Veranderungen der Zungendriisen des Frosches bei Reizung der Drtisennerven. Sitzungsb. d. k. Akad. d. Wissensch. Math.-naturw. CI., Wien, 1882, lxxxvi, 67-88.—Brian (O.) Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Hornzahne auf der Zunge von Hystrix cristata. Mor- phol. Jahrb., Leipz., 1907,xxxvii, 155-158,1 pl.—Cecehe- relli (G.) Sulle piastremotriciesullefibrilleultratermi- nali nei muscoli della lingua di Rana esculenta. Arch. ital. di anat. e di embriol., Firenze, 1903, ii, 80-86, 1 pl.— < liaine (J.) Sur les muscles de la langue du fou de Hassan (Sula bassana, Briss). Proc.-verb. Soc. d. sc. phys. et nat. de Bordeaux, 1903-4, 92. -----. Sur une disposi- tion speciale des muscles de la langue des pics. Ibid., 109. -----. Remarques sur la musculature de la langue des oiseaux. Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1904, lvi, 991. -----. Sur la gaine de la langue des pics, ibid., lvii, 109. -----. Nouvelles recherches sur la musculature de la langue des oiseaux. Ibid., 110. -----. La langue des oiseaux; etude de myologie comparative. Bull. seient. de la France et de la Belg., Par., 1905, xxxix, 487- 504,1 pl. -----. Recherches sur la langue des teieosteens. Compt. rend. Soc.de biol., Par., 1907, lxii, 924.—Bieu- lale (L.) La membrane glosso-hyo'idienne. Bibliog. anat., Far. & Nancy, 1901, ix, 124-132.—Brasch (O.) Untersuchungen fiber die Papillae foliatae et circumval- latae der Kaninchen und Feldhasen. Abhandl. d. math.- phys. CI. d. k. siichs. Gesellsch. d. Wissensch., Leipz., 1887-8, xiv, 229-268, 8 pl.—Bucceschi (V.) Ueber die Anwesenheit der Rufflnischen Korperchen in der Zunge der Vogel; fiber die Funktion der Rufflnischen Korper- chen. Folia neuro-biol., Leipz., 1912, vi, 579-590,1 pl.— Gandolli(H.) Die Zunge der Agamidae und Iguanidse. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1908, xxxii, 569-580.—Gaupp (E.) Ueber den Muskel mechanismus bei den Bewegungen der Froschzunge. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1901, xix, 385-396. ----—. Bemerkung, betreffend das Epithel auf den Papillen der Froschzunge. Ibid., xx, 269.—Gegenbaur (C.) Ueber die Unterzunge des Menschen und der Siiugethiere. Mor- phol. Jahrb., Leipz., 1883-4, ix, 428-456. -----. Beitrage zur Morphologie der Zunge. Ibid., 1885-6, xi, 566-606. -----. Zur Phylogenese der Zunge. Ibid., 1894, xxi, 1- 18.—Gbppert (E.) Die Bedeutung der Zunge fiir den sekundaren Gaumen und den Ductus naso-pharyngeus; Beobachtungen an Reptilien und Vogeln. Ibid., 1903, xxxi, 311-359, 4 pl.—Graberg (J.) Zur Kenntnis des cellularen Baues der Gesehmacksknospen beim Men- schen. Anat. Hefte, Wiesb., 1899, xii, 337-368, 4 pl.—Gu- dernatscli (J. F.) Zur Anatomie und Histologie des Verdauungstraktes der Sirenia. 2. Die Zunge von Mo- natus latirostris Harl. Morphol. Jahrb., Leipz., 1909, xl, 184-194, 1 pl.—Hartog (M.) Sur le mecanisme de la propulsion de la langue chez les amphibiens anoures. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1901, cxxxii, 588.—Hei- derieh (F.) Ueber das Vorkommen von Flimmer- epithel an menschlichen Papillae vallatae. Anat. Anz.. Jena, 1906, xxviii, 315.—Ho I lis (W. A.) The joint in a fowl's tongue and its vocal function. J. Anat. & Physiol., Lond., 1900-1901, xxxv, 413-415.—Hopf (K.) & Edzard (D.) Beobachtungen fiber die Verteilung der Zungen- papillen bei verschiedenen Menschenrassen. Ztschr. f. Morphol. u. Anthrop., Stuttg., 1909-10, xii, 545-558.—Im- misch. Die mechanisch wirkenden Papillen der Zunge der Haussaugetiere. Deutsche tieriirztl. Wchnschr., Karlsruhe, 1909, xliii, 639.—von Lenhossek (M.) Der feinere Bau und die Nervenendigungen der Gesehmacks- knospen. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1892-3, viii, 121-127. -----. Die Gesehmacksknospen in den blattformigen Papillen der Kaninchenzunge; eine histologische Studie. Ver- handl. d. phys.-med. Gesellsch. zu Wurzb., 1893-4, n. F., xxvii, 1-76, 2 pl. Also, Reprint.—Loveland (A. E.) A study of the organs of taste. Tr. Am. Micr. Soc, Buffalo, 1897, xix, 129-174, 3 pl.—Lucas (F. L.) The tongues of birds. Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1894-5, Wash., 1897, 1003-1020, 2 pl.— Tlauis (S.) Contributo alia conoscenza morfo- logica, anatomiea ed istologica della lingua del fenicot- tero. Biologica, Torino, 1906, i, 147-156, 1 pl.—.Tliineh (F.) Die Topographie der Papillen der Zunge des Men- schen und der Siiugethiere. Morohol. Arb., Jena, 1896, vi, 605-690, 2 pl. Also, Reprint.— Niemaek (J.) Der nervose Apparat in den Endscheiben der Froschzunge. Anat. Hefte, Wiesb., 1892-3, ii, 235-247, 2 pl.— Nusbaum (J.) Badania por6wnawcze nad podjezvkiem, przegroda, jezykowa. i lyssa. zwierzat ssacych. [Comparative resear- Tongue (Morphology and histology of). ches on the frenum, septum of the tongue and lyssaof mam- mals.] Rozpr. Akad. Umiej. wydz. maternat.-pr/.\ r , Kra- k6w, 1900,2. s., xvii, 81-111, 3 pl. Also, transl.: Hull, inter- nat. del' Aead. d.scdeCracovie,1898,434-439.—Musbau in (J.)&l¥larko\vski (Z.) Zur vergleichenden Anatomie derStiitzorganein der Zunge der Siiugetiere. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1896, xii, 651-561.--------'■—. Weitere Studien fiber die vergleichende Anatomie und Phylogenie der Zungen- stiitzorgane der Siiugetiere, zugleich ein Beitrag zur Mor- phologie der Stiitzgebilde in der menschlichen Zunge, Ibid., 1897, xiii, 345-358.—Oppel (A.) Zur Topographie der Zungendriisen des Menschen und einiger Siiugetiere. Festschr. z. ... v. Carl v. Kupffer, Jena, 1899,11-32, lpl.— Stahr (H.) Ueber die Papillae fungiformes der Kinder- zunge und ihre Bedeutung alsGeschmaeksorgan. Ztschr. f. Morphol. u. Anthrop., Stuttg., 1901-2, iv, 199-260, 4 pl. -----. Ueber die Papilla foliata beim wilden und beim domesticirten Kaninchen. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1902, xxi, 354-361. -----. Ueber die Zungenpapille des Breslauer Gorillaweibchens. Jenaische Ztschr. f. Naturw., Jena, 1906, xli, 618-631. -----. Vergleichende Untersuchungen an den Geschmackspapillen der Orang-Utan-Zunge. Ztschr. f. Morphol. u. Anthrop., Stuttg., 1906, ix, 344-360. -----. Ueber gewebliche Umwandlungen an der Zunge des Menschen im Bereiehe der Papilla foliata. Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1910, lxxv, 375-413, 2 pl.—Tokarskl (J.) Neue Tatsachen zur vergleichenden Anatomie der Zungenstutzorgane der Siiugetiere. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1904, xxv, 121-131.—Varaldi (L.) Su alcune partico- larita del muscolo io-glosso e di altri muscoli estrinseci della lingua del cavallo. Clin, vet., Milano,1908,xxxi, sec. sc. ls.6-203.—Kaks. O histologicheskom stroyenii mle- shetchatikh zhelyoz yazika u doma shnikh zhivotnikh. [Histology of the saccular glands of thetongue of domes- tic animals.] Arch. vet. nauk, St. Petersb., 1874, iv, 2. sect.,128-141.—Zieler(K) Zur Anatomie der umwallten Zungenpapillen des Menschen, Anat. Hefte., Wiesb., 1901, xvi,761-782,1 pl.—Zuekermann (N.) Beobach- tungen iiber den Ventriculus laryngis und die Zungen- papillen einiger " Melanesier." Ztschr. f. Morphol. u. Anthrop., Stuttg., 1912, xv, 207-212. Tongue (Movements of). See Tongue (Innerration, etc., of). Tongue (Neuroses of). See, also, Neuralgia (Lingual); Paralysis (Lingual); Tongue (Mobility of, Excessive); Tongue (Spasm of). Brlsto w (A. T.) A case of lingual neuralgia, treated by stretching the lingual nerve. Brooklyn M. J., 1897, xi, 201-204.—Chauveau (C.) Des varietes de glossodynie. Arch. gen. de med., Par., 1900, n. s., iii, 66-83. -----. Glossodynie laterale papillaire de la region foliee. Rev^ g6n. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1899, xiii, 712.—Beve (C.) Un cas d'hemiparalvsie de la langue chez un nou- veau-ne. Bull. Soc d'obst. de Par., 1908, xi, 177.—Etro (U.) Un caso diemianestesia linguale ed emiagenesia di origine otitica. Atti d. Cong. d. Soc ital. di laringol. [etc.] 1906, Siena, 1907, 318-321.—Hoeflmayr (L.) Drei Fiille von Zungenneuralgie. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1906, liii, 2530.—Butehinson (J.) Gouty neuralgia of thetongue. Arch. Surg., Lond., 1899, x, 131.—Kron (H.) Einige seltenere Storungen der Zungennerven. Monat- schr. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol., Berl., 1909, xxvi, 510-518.— Lewis(R.) A remarkable angeioneurosis of the tongue, due to the application of chromic acid to granulations on the upper and posterior portions of the tympanic membrane; a contribution to the physiology of the chorda tvmpani nerve. N. York M. J., 1897, lxvi, 494- 496. Also, Reprint.—Piotrowski (G.) Sur la nevrose de la langue. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1893, 9. s., v, 340-343. — Vysin (V.) Poruehy innervace jazyka [Disordered innervation of the tongue.] Sborn. poliklin. 1897, v. Praze, 1898,69-102. Tongue ((Edema of). Gaillard (L.) L'cedeme aigu de la langue. Bull.et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1906, 3. s., xxiii, 291-296.— Graham (O.) Acute oedema of the tongue. J. Comp. M. & Vet. Areh., Phila., 1902, xxiii, 172-174.—Balloek (F. K.) Angioneurotic edema of thetongue. Proc Con- nect. M. Soc, Bridgeport, 1898, cvi, 153-159. Also: At- lantic M. Weekly, Providence, 1898, x, 33-36. Tongue (Paralysis of). See Paralysis (Bulbar); Paralysis (Lingual). Tongue (Parasites of). See Tongue (Diseases of, Mycotic, etc.). Tongue (Pruritus of Senile). Baumgarten (E.) Pruritus senilis lingua?. Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1901, xiv, 675-677. Also, transl.: Ungar. med Presse, Budapest, 1901, vi, 713-715. Also, transl.: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1901, xlviii, 1522-1524. TONGUE. 337 TONGUE. Tongue (Psoriasis of). Beek. Psoriasis linguae bei einem Kinde. Pest, med.- chir. Presse, Budapest, 1905, xli, 207; 1142.—Betagh (G.) La psoriasi della lingua e 1' epitelioma. Suppl. al Poli- clin., Roma, 1899-1900, vi, 609-614.—Hareiuaker (G. A.) Een geval van psoriasis linguae behandeld met Ront- genstralen. Tijdschr. v. phys. therap. en hyg., Amst., 1904, v, 62-64.—Petit (G.) Considerations sur le psoriasis lingual (resultat de 10 observations). Independ. med., Par., 1898, iv, 298. Also: Odontologie, Par., 1898, 3. s., vii, 323.—Pilliet & Biehe. Psoriasis lingual reeidivant non epitheiiomateux. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1896, lxxi, 176-180.—BansohoII' (H.) Decortication of the tongue in the treatment of lingual psoriasis. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1899, xxix, 577-583. Tongue (Scrotal). See, also, Syphilis (Congenital, Manifestations of). Payenxeville (J.) *La langue plicaturee symetrique congenitale dite langue scrotale. 8°. Paris, 1905. Bussieres. Langue ravineecongenitale. J.demed. deBordeaux, 1905, xxxiv,432.—Comby (J.) La langue scrotale chez les enfants. Areh. de med. d. enf., Par., 1912, xv, 161-168. —Bubreuil-Chainbardel ( L.) Quelques considerations sur la langue scrotale. Areh. gen. de med., Par., 1906, ii, 2753-2760. Also: Gaz. med. du centre, Tours, 1906, xi, 371-374.—newborn (A. D.) A case of scrotal tongue with wandering rash. J. Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph., N. Y., 1903, xxi, 324.—31 outgo me ry (D.W.) Lingua plicata. Pacific Rec. M. & S., San Fran., 1898-9, xiii, 47.—Parounagian. Scrotal tongue. J. Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph., N. Y., 1911, xxix, 237.— Payen- nevllle (J.) Langue scrotale en serie familiale. Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1905, 4. s., vi, 141-144. Tongue (Semeiology of). See, also, Tongue (Black); Tongue (Coated). de Arruda Cardoso (J. C.) *Semiologia da lingua, roy. 8°. Rio de Janeiro, 1905. Coffinas (M ) * Recherches cliniques et mi- croscopiques sur la semeiologie de la langue dans les maladies infectieuses ou toxiques. 8°. Paris, 1898. Flores (S.) *Ligeros apuntes sobre la se- meiotica de la lengua, 8°. Mexico, 1885. Froriep (R.) Recherches anatomiques et semeiotiques sur la langue, ou etats divers de cet organe dans les affections morbides, avec le texte explicatif, traduit de l'allemand par Meis- ser. obi. 4°. Bruxelles, 1835. Gunther (D. E.) *Signa ex lingua. 4°. Duisburgi, 1772. Negrete ( T. ) * Algunas consideraciones sobre semeiotica de la lengua. 8°. Mexico, 1886. Rosenthal (C.) Die Zunge und ihre Beglei- ter^cheinungen bei Krankheiten, fiir Aerzte und Studirende. 8°. Berlin, 1903. Soriano (M.) De la semiotica de la lengua. 8°. Mexico, 1866. Williams (E.) An e=say on the tongue, in functional derangement of the stomach and bowels, and on the appropriate treatment; also the tongue's aspect in organic disease of the lungs and heart, etc. 2. ed. 8°. London, 1846. Apostoiico (E.) Semiologia e patogenesi delle alte- razioni della lingua nelle diverse affezioni dell' orga- nismo. N. riv. clin.-terap., Napoli, 1904, vii, 236-245.— Bellantoni (R.) La lingua in rapporto alia diagnosi ed alia cura. Pratica d. med., Napoli, 1908-9, ix, 101-109.— Choinpret. Elements de semeiologie linguale. Rev. de stomatol., Par., 1907, xiv, 25; 495; 595. Also: Dauphine med., Grenoble, 1907, xxxi, 33; 54.—Christenbery (H. E.) The significance of the tongue in diagnosis. J. Tenn. M. Ass., Nashville, 1911-12, iv, 225.—Coffinas CM.) Etat de la langue dans les principales maladies. Inde- pend. med.. Par., 1898, iv, 385. —Bavidson (A. A.) Clinical significance of the aspect of the tongue. Tr. M. Ass. Georgia, Atlanta, 1905, lvi, 160-167. Also: Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1905-6, x, 135-138.—Bavis (J. F.) The tongue as an index in disease. Penn. M. J., Pittsburg, 1900-1901, iv, 128-135— Biekinson (W. H.) On the tongue in disease. Lancet, Lond., 1903, i, 1428- 1431.—Earp (S. E.) Clinical significance of the tongue. vol xviii, 2d series---22 Tongue (Semeiology of). Med. & Surg. Monitor, Indiana^., 1902, v, 108-110. Also, Reprint.—<>illot. Des dilatations ampullaires des petits vaisseaux de la langue et de leur valeur s6meiologique. Union med., Par., 1888, xiv, 801-806. Also \Abstr.]: As- soc, franc, pour Tavance. d. sc. C.-r., Par., 1888, xvii, pt. 1, 234.—Hardin (C. B.) The tongue, and what it teaches in disease. Langsdale's Lancet, Kansas City. 1898, iii, 153-158.—Herrero (S.) Valor semiologico del estado de la lengua en las enfermedades del aparato di- gestivo. Clin, mod., Zaragoza, 1908, vii, 272-277.— Huyghe (L.) La dysarthrie linguale intermittente; indice de thrombose arterielle cerebrale, symptdme pre- monitoire a distance des accidents graves du ramollisse- ment cerebral. Nord med., Lille, 1905, xi, 29-31.—Laub (M.) Ueber eine eigentiimliche Veranderung der Zunge bei Insufflzienz des Herzens. Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1906, v, Beil. 3,1-6.—lie Bent' (L. G.) The tongue as a diagnostic factor in disease. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1902-3, lv, 9-18— Luzzatto (A. M.) Sui rapporti tra lo stato della lingua ed i segni della putre- fazione intestinale (contributo alia semeiotica medica della lingua). Riv. veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 1903, xxxviii, 481-497.—Mathieu (A.) & Boux (J. C.) Va- leur semeiologique de l'etat de la langue dans les mala- dies du tube digestif. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1903, lxxvi, 1061-1063.—Partsch(C) Zunge und Gebiss. Deutsche Monatschr. f. Zahnh., Berl., 1909, xxvii, 321-333.— Schossberger (F.) [Erkrankung des chromafflnen Systems mit Pigmentation der Zungenschleimhaut.] Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1907, vi, 25.—Thomson (J.) Note on the peculiarities of the tongue in Mongolism and on tongue-sucking in their causation. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1907, i, 1051.—Vessle (P. R.) A clinical study of the tongue. Cleveland M. & S. Reporter, 1911, xix, 54-58. — Wladimlroff (G. E.) Ueber die Himbeerzunge der Kinder. Arch. f. Kinderh., Stuttg., 1912, lvii, 127-129. Tongue (Spasm of). Sirol (J.) *Des spasmes cloniques idiopathi- ques de la langue, ou choree de la langue. 4°. Toulouse, 1896. Harris (W.) Myoclonus with spasm of the tongue. Proc. Roy.Soc Med., Lond., 1909-10,iii, Neurol. Sect., 104.— Personali (S.) Ein Fall von idiopathischem Zungen- krampf. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1896, x, 659. -----. II crampo idiopatico della lingua. Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1899, xxxviii, 1-15. Tongue (Surgery of). See, also, Artery (Lingual, Ligation of); Jaw (Lower, Excision of); Jaws (Excisionof); Phar- ynx (Surgery of); Tongue (Cancer of', Treatment of, Operaiiee); Tongue (Excision of); Tongue (Frenum of, Section, etc., of); Tongue (Tumors of) [and subdivisions}. Bishop (E. S.) Tongue suture guard. Brft. M. J., Lond., 1911, ii, 834. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1911, ii, 895.— Ohevrler (L.) L'analgesie regionale, son application a la langue. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1909, lxxxii, 455.—Ba Costa (J. C.) Surgery of the tongue. In: Surgery (Keen), 8°, Phila. & Lond., 1908, iii, 655-701.—Bavis (G. G.) Removal of the lingual and mandibular nerves by the twisting method of Thiersch. Tr. Phila. Acad. Surg., 1909, xi, 111-115, 2 pl.—Funke (E.) Eine chirur- fisch wichtige Anomalie der Arteria lingualis. Arch. f. lin. Chir., Berl., 1897, liv, 323-327.—Lelas&Buclaux. Rupture de la langue au cours de tractions rvthm6es. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1902, lxxvii, 149.— Lucas (R. C.) On a method of stretching, dividing, or exercising a portion of the lingual nerve, with cases. Guy's Hosp. Rep , Lond., 1901-2, 3. s., xli, 1-9.—illoure (E.-.I.) Considerations cliniques sur l'operationditetrans- hvoidienne. Rev. hebd de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1910,ii, 308.—Newbolt (G. P.) Preliminary laryngotomy in operations upon the tongue. Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 1912, xxxii, 121-129. Also [Abstr.]: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1912. n. s., xciv, 306-308.—Poirier(P.) Leslymphatiques et l'epithelioma de la langue; manuel operatoire de 1'operationlogique; resultats. Arch, intejnat.delarvngol. |etc.]. Par., 1904, xvii, 713-727, 1 pl.—Bansohoff (J.) Decortication of the tongue in the treatment of lingual psoriasis. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1899, xxix, 677-583. Also, Ueprint.—Sans (J. R.) Algunos puntos de tecnica en las operaciones de la lengua y maxilares. Siglo-med., Madrid, 1908, lv, 339-344. Tongue (Syphilis of). See, also, Nerve (Hypoglossal, Diseases of). Cariveno (R.) *Chancre syphilitique dela langue. Statistique et pourcentage. 8°. Pan's, 1905. TONGUE. 338 TONGUE. Tongue (Syjihilis of). Hikschfeld (B.) * Ueber Zungengummata, 8°. Berlin, 1897. Oulmaxn (L.) * Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Glossitis luetica. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1897. Piton (H.-M.-A.) * Traitement local de la glossite tertiaire par le sublime. 8°. Paris, 1901. Saison (C.) Diagnostic des manifestations secondaires de la syphilis de la langue. 8°. Paris, 1871. Salterini (G.) La lingua nella sifilide ter- ziaria. roy. 8°. Ancona, 1892. Skladny (R.) * Ueber das Auftreten von glatter Atrophie des Zungengrundes in Folge hereditiirer Lues. 8°. Berlin, 1896. Touret (L.) *De l'heredo-syphilis de la langue. 8°. Paris, 1910. Al 1 port (A.) Local application of sal varsan in chronic superficial glossitis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, ii, 349.— Audebert. Ulcerations syphilititjuesde la langue chez une femme enceinte. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux, 1896, xvii, 113.—Audry (C.) La syphilis se- condare de la langue. Midi med., Toulouse, 1893, ii, 241- 245. -----. Sur une syphilide polypiforme de la langue; lymphangieetasie syphilitique. Arch. med. de Toulouse, 1895. 534.—Balzer (F.) & Gauehery (P.) Glossite sclereuse syphilitique chez une femme de 33 ans. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1899, x, 257-260. Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1899, 3. s., x, 529-532. Also: Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1899, xii, 307-312.—Baudouin (G.) Chancres syphilitiques de la langue. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1899, x, 418—Bid well (L. A.) A case of congenital syphilis of the tongue. West London M. J., Lond., 1906, xi, 22.— Brouardel (G.) Glossite syphilitique d6veloppee mal- gr6 le traitement par les injections de calomel. Bull. Soc, franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1896, vii, 455.—du Castel. Gommes de la langue ulcerees ou epithelioma. Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1894, 3. s., v, 430-438.— Clark. Syphilis of the tongue. J. Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph., N. Y., 1909, xxvii, 175.—Comby (J.) & Schrelber (G.) Syphilome lingual chez une fillettede 6 ans. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1910, xii, 533-536.—Ban los. Or- thoforme et calomel en injections dans un cas de glossite tertiaire. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1899, x, 13. Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1899, 3. s., x, 51. -----. Forme rare de chancre lingual. Bull. Soc. franc de dermat. et syph., Par., 1902, xiii, 48. Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1902, 4. s., iii, 154.—Bekeyser (L.) Chancre de la langue. Soc. beige de dermat. et de syph. Bull., Brux., 1902-3, iii, 55.—Eiehberg (J.) Post- syphilitic leucomaof tongue. Cincin. Lancet-Clinic 1897, n. s., xxxviii, 439.—Emery & Sabouraud. Chancre mou de la langue. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1896, vii, 92-95.—Fournier (A.) Le chancre sy- philitique de la langue; son diagnostic avec l'ulcere tu- berculeux. Gaz. med. de Par., 1894,9. s., i, 601-603. -----. Tertiary syphilitic ulceration of the tongue. Pict. Atlas Skin Dis. & Syph. ... St. Louis Hosp., Lond.; Phila., 1895-7, 55-64,1 pl. -----. Glossitessyphilitiques tertiaires. Mus. de l'hop. St.-Louis. Iconog. d. mal. cutan. et syph., Par., [1896], 61-73, lpl. -----. Glossite syphilo-epitheiio- mateuse. Bull. Soc franc de dermat. et syph., Par., 1898, ix, 432-434. Also: Ann. de dermat. et svph., Par., 1898,3. s., ix, 1140-1142.—Fournier (A.) & Gastou (P.) Glossite syphilo-epitheliomateuse phaged6nique, ulce- reuse; mort par hemorrhagic de la linguale gauche; can- cer et gommes de la langue, integrite des ganglions, hy- pertrophie des glandes sous-maxillaires; lesions vic6rales; congestions et deg6nerescences parenehymateuses. Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1899, 3. s., x, 152-157. Also: Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1899, x, 75-80.— Gastou (P.) Modifications 6pithelo'ides de la mu- queuse linguale dans un cas de glossite gommeuse et mercurielle. Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1899, 3. s., x, 685-689. Also: Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1899, x, 356-360.—Gastou (P.) & Tremolieres. Leucoplasie linguale svphilitique; transformation epith6- liomateuse sans signes typiques de cancer. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1903, lxxviii, 49-51. — Gaucher. Chancre de la langue. J. de med. de Par., 1909, 2. s., xxi, 323.—Gaucher & Bory. Tuberculose ou syphilis linguale? Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et svph., Par., 1908, xix, 105— Gaucher & Malloizel. Ulceration linguale chez une enfant dell ans: svphilis acquise, da- tant de deux ans. Ibid., 1906, xvii, 296. Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1906. 4. s., vii, 484.—Gaueher & Bostaine. Gomme syphilitique de la langue. Bull. Soc. franc de dermat. et syph., Par.. P.iOi, xv, 94. Also: Ann. dedermat. et syph., Par., 1904, 4. s., v, 249.—Gott- heil(W. s.) Gumma of the tongue. Internat. M. Mag., Phila., 1898, vii, 835-838.—Heath (C.) On syphilitic Tongue (Syphilis of). diseases of the tongue. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1900, ii, 1761- 1763. — Heldingsleld (M. L.) Transitory benign plaques of the tongue. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1906, n. s., lvi, 54s— Hitcheock (U. G.) Gummatous infiltration of the tongue. Tr. Am. Laryngol Ass. I8s(i, N. Y., 1887, viii, 147-150.—Hoehsinger. [Kail von Glossitis diffusa heredo-syphilitica.] Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1905, iv, 260.— lliitehiuson (J.) Gumma in the substance of the tongue; doubt as to in- herited or acquired syphilis. Arch. Surg., Lond., 1896, vii, 376.—Jocqs (R.) Guerison d'une plaque lisse de la langue chez un syphilitique par le bleu de methyle. J. de med. de Par., 1896, 2. a., viii, 275— Jullien (L.) Le- sions syphilitiques secondaires tardives de la langue. Rev. med. d. soc. savantes, Par., 1894, xii, 49-57.—JuUlen (L.) & Stassano. Gommes de la langue traitees par le levurargyre. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1906, xvii, 190-195. Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1906, 4. s., vii, 310-315.—Keber (J. B.) Initial lesion of the tongue. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1897, ii, 302. — Kenny (A. L.) Combination of syphilis and epithe- lioma of the tongue; microscopic specimens. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1898, xvii, 531.—Lelebvre (C.) Gom- me syphilitique de la langue guerie par une injection d'ars6nobenzol. Toulouse med., 1911, 2. s., xiii, 256-258.— Legg (T. P.) Multiple gummata of the tongue. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1906, n.s., lxxxii, 442.—Lenart (Z.) A nyelv ritk&bb syphilitikus elv<ozisa. [Re- moval of a curious syphilitic tongue.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1900, xliv, 551.—Letulle (M.) Glossite syphi- litique avec leucoplasie; atrophie insulaire du squelette elastique de la muqueuse linguale. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1907, lxxxii, 580.—Lewin (G.) & Heller (J.) Die glatte Atrophie der Zungenwurzel und ihr Ver- haltnis zur Syphilis. (Demonstration von Priiparaten und Abbildungen von J. Heller.) Verhandl. d. deutsch. dermat. Gesellsch., Wien u. Leipz., 1894, iv, 612-620.— Lofton (L.) A chancre of the tongue. .N. York M. J., 1897, lxv, 219.—l>6pez Arrojo (L.) TJlcera extensa especifica en la lengua; curaci6n. Correcp. med., Madrid, 1896, xxxi, 275.—Lunn (J. R.) A case of chronic glossi- tis (syphilitic). West Lond. M. J., Lond., 1905, x, 211.— JMcGavin (L.) Acaseof congenital syphilitic ulcera- tion of the tongue. Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1902-3, xxxvi, 239.—Ulatagne. Syphilis tertiaire de la langue. Presse med. beige, Brux., 1902, liv, 390.—lUendel. Glossite syphilitique a leucoplasie lenticulaire. Bull. Soc. franc. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1894, v, 513. Also: Ann.de der- mat. et syph., Par., 1894, 3. s., v, 1272.— Tlerklen (P.) Sclerose et leucoplasie heredo-syphilitiques de la langue chez deux freres. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1911, xiii, 13-20. Also: Ann. de med. et chir. inf. Par., 1911, xv, 199-205. Also: Gaz. d. mal. infant, [etc.] Par., 1911, xiiii, 132-135. Also: J. de m6d. de Par., 1911, xxiii, 215-217. Also: Med. inf., Par., 1911, viii, 105-111.— ITIery (H.) & Armand-Belille (P.) Glossite sciero- gommeuse d'origine heredo-svphilitique chez un garcon de 9 ans. Bull. Soc. dep6diat. de Par., 1906, viii, 405-407.— Blew born (A. D.) Gumma of the tongue, developing forty-three years after specific infection, strongly resem- bling an epithelioma. J. Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph.,N. Y., 1907, xxv, 266.—Michel. Ulceration syphilitique de la langue. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux, 1897, xviii, 452-455.—JHicheleau (E.) Hectine et leucoplasie linguale syphilitique. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bor- deaux, 1911, xxxii, 584.— Blonlu'omery (D. W.) Leu- coplasia of the tongue during secondary syphilis. Occi- dental M. Times, San Fran., 1903, xvii, 40.—Paton (E. P.) Chronic superficial glossitis. Polyclin., Lond., 1904, viii, 36. -----. Syphilitic glossitis. Ibid., 36.—Petges & Chaminade. Chancre indur6 de la langue. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1912, xlii, 203.—Phillppson (L.) Ein Fall von multiplen syphilitischen Gummata der Zunge. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1893, xxx, 772-774. Also: Arb. a. Unna's K in. f. Hautkr. in Hamb. 1892-3, Berl., 1894, 75-82.—Pini (J.) Sur la syphilose de la langue (glossite nodulaire et glossite diffuse). Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1898, 3. s., ix, 833-848,1 pl.—PoltavtseH (A. P.) Sifiliticheskoye parazheniye yazika (glossitis sclerosa). Russk. J. Kozhn. i Ven. Boliezn., Kharkov, 1904, vii, 107-110.—Badtsikh (P.) K kazuistikie ogra- nichennavo sifilitieheskavo skleroznavo glossita. [Or- ganic syphilitic sclerous glossitis.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1903, lix, 334-345.—Bavaut (P.) & Verdun (M.) Les difncultesdu diagnostic bacteriologique de certaines le- sions spirillaires k propos d'une 16sion chancriforme de la langue. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1910,lxxxiii,853-855— lt6na (S.) Szetesett gummat utAnz6 lymphangioma caverno- sum linguae muliplex. [Left gumma simulating . . .] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1902, xlvi, 15.—Byall (C.) Syph- ilis of the tongue and cancer. Clin. J., Lond., 1907, xxx, 139-144.—Searenzio (A.) Tre casi di glossite gommosa sifilitica guariti mediante le injezioni intra-muscolari di calomelano. R. Ist. Lomb. disc, elett. Rendic, Milano, 1894, 2. s., xxvii, 743-748. — Seiruinot (G.) La syjihilis linguale. Gaz. d. h6p.. Par , 1911, lxxxiv, 697; 701; 745.— Shober (J. B.) Chancre of the tongue, with a report of TONGUE. 339 TONGUE. Tongue (Syphilis of). four cases. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1895, xxii, 353-357,1 pl.— Smith (A.) A case of syphilitic tongue with commenc- ing malignancy. West Lond. M. J., Lond., 1910, xv, 45.— Smith (F.J.) Case of syphilitic ulceration of tongue and palate. Abstr. Tr. Hunterian Soc, Lond.. 1898-9, 147.—Symonds (C. J.) A case of gumma of the tongue in congenital syphilis. Tr. Clin. Soc Lond., 1898-9, xxxii, 227.—Towne's (W. C.) Chancre of the tongue. Univ. M. Mag., Phila., 1892-3, v, 449.—Vansant (E. L.) A case of syphilitic cicatricial adhesion of the tongue to the palate and pharyngeal walls, with notes of operation. Med. News, Phila., 1894, lxv, 606-608. Also, Reprint- Williams (C.) A caseof lingual chancre from indi- rect contagion. Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1898-9, xxxii, 57. -----. Syphilitic affections of the tongue. Clin. J., Lond., 1899-1900, xv, 119-125. Tongue (Telangiectasis of). See Tongue ( Varix, etc., of). Tongue (Traction of Rythmic). See Asphyxia (Treatment of); Drowning. Tongue (Tuberculosis of). See, also, Tongue (Lupus of). Auguy (P.) *De la tuberculose linguale. 4°. Paris, 1895. Gross ([F. J.] A.) * Ueber das tuberkulose Geschwur der Zunge. 8°. Giessen, 1904. Hopstein. (0. H. J.) * Ueber Zungen- tuberkulose. 8°. Bonn, 1901. Le Nadan (L.-J.) * Contribution a I'etude des gommes tuberculeuses de la langue. 4°. Bordeaux, 1896. Milbradt (A.) *Ein Fall von Zungen- tuberkulose. 8°. Wurzburg, [1896]. Nelson (S.) *Ueber zwei Fiille von Zungen- tuberculose. 8°. Freiburg i. B., 1902. Pauling (A.) *Zur Kenntnis der Zungen- tuberculose. 8°. Jena, 1899. Rolland (V.) *De la tuberculose intra- linguale. 8°. Lyon, 1895. Senge (P.) * Ueber die Tuberkulose der Zunge. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1891. Whitman (C. C.) ^Contributions a I'etude de la tuberculose linguale; des abces froids de la langue. 4°. Paris, 1893. -----. The same. 8°. Paris, 1893. Wolf (F.) * Ueber das tuberculose Ge- schwiir der Zunge. [Bonn.] 8°. Dortmund, 1898. Anzllottl (G.) Sulla tubercolosi della lingua. Clin. hir., Milano, 1906, xiv, 592-607.—Auehe & Carriere. tude histologique de l'ulcere tuberculeux de la langue. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux, 1897, xviii, 203-207. Also: J. d. mal. cutan. et syph., Par., 1898, x, 169- 172. Also: Rev. internat. de rhinol., otol. et laryngol., Par., 1898, ix, 247-249. Also: Gaz. d. h6p. de Toulouse, 1898, xii, 84.—Beadles (C. F.) A case of early tubercle of tongue. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1896-7, xlviii, 61.— Berger (P.) Ulcerations tuberculeuses de la langue. M6d. mod., Par., 1898, ix, 465.— Bonzani (G.) Sulla cura iodica nella tubercolosi della lingua. Pensiero med., Milano, 1912, ii, 41-43.—Borman (V. L.) K voprosu o tuberkulozle yazika i yevo liecheniye. [Tuberculosis of the tongue and its treatment.] Kazan. Med. J., 1902, ii, 464-476. Also [Abstr.]: Dnevnik Obsh. vrach. pri imp. Kazansk, univ. (1902), 1903, no. 3, 15-18.—Campbell (J. T.) A case of tuberculous ulceration of the tongue. La- ryngoscope, St. Louis, 1907, xvii. 233.—d u Caste I. Tuber- culose linguale et palatine. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph.,Par., 1894, v,91-93. Also: Ann. dedermat. etsyph., Par., 1894,3.8.,v,313-315.—Caussade (G.) Ulceration tu- berculeusede lalangue cnez un tabetique. Bull, et mem. Socmed.d.hop.dePar.,1904,3.8.,xxi,1256-1261. AIso [Ab- str.] : Syphilis, Par., 1905, iii, 275 — Chauftard (A.) Tu- berculosegommeuseprofondedelalangue. Bull.et mem. Soc. med. d. hdp. de Par., 1893, 3. s., x, 141-144.— Chu- dovszky (M.) A nyelv gumobajanak ket esete. [Two casesof tuberculosis of the tongue.l Orvosi hetil., Bu- dapest, 1898, xlii, 174-176. Also, transl.: Ungar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1898, iii, 733-735. —Dabney (S. G.) Tuberculosis of the tongue. Am. Therapist, N. Y., 1896-7, v, 31.—O'Aiutolo (G.) Di una grave glossite tubercolare guarita completamente. Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.] 1899, Empoli, 1900, iv, 266-270.—Dalla Vedova (R.) Per la diagnosi della tubercolosi della lingua. Arch, ed atti d. Soc. Tongue (Tuberculosis of). ital. di chir. 1906, Roma, 1907, xx, 101-137, 3 pi. Also: Policlin., Roma, 1907, xiv, sez. chir., 89-113.— Dally (J. F. H.) A case of tuberculosis of the tongue. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, ii, 1463.—Danlos. Gommes tu- berculeuses de la langue. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1903, xiv, 138. Also: Ann. dedermat. etsyph., Par., 1903, 4. s., iv, 299. -----. Nouveau cas de gomme tubereuleuse de la langue. Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1903, 4. s., iv, 495. Also: Bull. Soc. franc dedermat. et syph., Par., 1903, xiv, 232. -----. Deux cas d'ulcera- tiOns tuberculeuses de la langue. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1904, xv, 70-72. Also: Ann. de der- mat. et syph., Par., 1904, 4. s., v, 160-162.—Danlos & Levy-Frankel. Tuberculose papillomateuse de la langue. Bull. Soc franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1909, xx, 134-136.—Davis (H. J.) Large tuberculous ulcer on the right side of the tongue in-a man aged forty-two. Proc Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1909-10, iii, Laryngol. Sect., 81.—Delbanco (E.) Zur Zungentuberkulose der Papa- geien. Dermat. Ztschr., Berl., 1905, xii, 221-237, 2 pl — von Eberts (E. M.) Tuberculoma of the tongue. Montreal M. J., 1908, xxxvii, 183.—Fernandas & Van Swieten. Un cas de tuberculose de la langue. Ann. de l'Inst. chir. de Brux., 1902, ix, 107-110.—Finder. De- monstration von Fallen secundilrer Zungentuberkulo'-e. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1904, xli, 716.—Franeois-Dain- ville. Tuberculose verruqueuse de la langue. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1904, lxxix.224-226.—Gaucher (E.), Gougerot & Croissant. Gommes ulcereesde la langue et de la 16vre superieure de nature sans doute tubereuleuse. Bull. Soc franc de dermat. et syph., Par., 1911, xxii, 230. — Gaucher (E.) & Merle (P.) Tuber- culose de la langue. Ibid., 1909, xx, 37-39.— Ghedini (G.) Tuberculoma ulcerato della lingua. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1905, xxvi, 700.—Ginestous. Ulceration tuber- euleuse de la langue. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux, 1897, xviii, 18-20.—Hajek (M.) Infiltrazione tubercolare della porzione follicolare, e formazione di noduli multipli nella porzione anteriore della lingua. Riv. di patol. e terap. d. mal. d. gola [etc.], Firenze, 1894, i, 126-129. —Harsha (W. M.) Tuberculosis of the tongue, with report of a case. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1908, vi, 287-289. Also [Discussion]: Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1908, xiv, 270.—Haslain (W. F.) & McDonald (S.) Case of tubercular ulcer of tongue. Birmingh. M. Rev., 1899, xlvi, 166-168. — Hebb (R. G.) Case of tuberculosis of the tongue. Tr Path. Soc. Lond., 1896-7, xlviii, 62.—Ingals (E. F.) Tubercu- lar or specific ulceration of the tongue; specific growth on the soft palate; follicular tonsillitis; spasm of the glottis. Chicago Clin. Rev., 1893, ii, 287-294.—Isaja (A.) Della tubercolosi parenchimale della lingua. Arch, ed atti d. Soc. ital. di chir. 1907, Roma, 1908, x.xi, 687-708. Also: Ann. d. r. Ist. di clin. chir. di Roma, 1908, i, 289- 310.—Jolly (J.) Ulcerations tuberculeuses dela langue. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1898, Ixxiii, 780-784. Also: Ecole prat. d. hautes etudes. Lab. d'histol. du Coll. de France. Trav. 1898-9, Par., 1900, 72-76.— Krecke [A.] Zungen- tuberkulose. Zwei Jahre chir. Tiitigk. . . . Privatklin. v. . . ., Munchen, [1905], 39.—Kyuzel (G. A.) Ulcus tu- berculosum linguae. Protok. Mosk. ven. i dermat. Obsh., 1898-9, viii, 37. — Lafarelle & Soubourou. Ulcera- tion tubereuleuse de la langue. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et phy- siol. de Bordeaux, 1898, xix, 259.—Lagomarsino (A*.) Sobre un caso de tuberculosis primitiva nodular disemi- nada de la lengua. Semana med., Buenos Aires, 1912, xix, 1216. -----. Caso interesante de tuberculosis pri- mitiva, nodular, diseminada de la lengua, tratada con la tuberculina Denys-Dessy. Ibid., pt. 2, 992-994.— Lambert (A.V.S.) Tuberculosis of thetongue; chronic pulmonary tuberculosis; hemiglossectomy; intratracheal anaesthesia. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1912, lvi, 361.—Latham (V. A.) Tuberculosis of the tongue; primary and secon- dary. Cong, internat. de m6d., Lisbonne, 1906-7, xv, sect. 12,330-340.—Lattes (C.) Sopra un caso di tuberco- losi della lingua. Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.] 1900, Empoli, 1901, v, 169-171. Also, transl.: Ann. di laryngol. [etc.], Genova, 1900, i, 281.—Llpscher (S.) Tuberculotikus tumor a nyelvgyokon. [Tuberculous tu- mor at the root of the tongue.] Orr-, gege- es fulgy6gy., Budapest, 1903,13.—Lusena (G.) Contributo alia cono- scenza della tubercolosi linguale. Clin, chir., Milano, 1904, xii, 1093-1100, 1 pl.—Malxner (E.) PoCasny tu- berkulosni vfed jazyka. [The chronic tuberculous ulcer of the tongue.] Casop. lek. desk., v Praze, 1877, xvi, 289; 297; 305; 313: 321; 329. —Malherbe (H.) Tuberculides linguales. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1898-9, xvii, 284.—Ma- rotta (R. A.) Tuberculosis primitiva dela lengua. An. d. Circ. med. argent., Buenos Aires, 1906, xxix, 223-227.— Mendel. Tuberculose linguale et glossite dehtaire. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1894, v, 540. Also: Ann. de dermat. etsyph., Par., 1894, 3. s., v, 1363 — Mlnich (K.) Ulcus tuberculosum linguse. Orvosi he- til., Budapest, 1898, xlii, 270.—Morestin(H.) L'ulcera- tion tubereuleuse de la langue. Rev. g6n. de clin. et de therap.. Par., 1900. xiv, 225-230. -----. Glossite tubereu- leuse. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1906, lxxxi, 451- TONGUE. 340 TONGUE. Tongue (Tuberculosis of). 453.—ITIorton (C. A.) Two cas'es of tubercular ulcer of the tongue. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1891-2, xliii, 53-56.— Mouisset, Gate & La 11ait. Deux cas de tuberculose linguale. Lvon m6d., 1912, cxviii, 969-973.—Okamoto (N.) [Tuberculosis of the tonguej Gun Igaku Kwai Zasshi.Tokyo, 1904,211-220.—Orta(F.)&Gualdriiii(G.) Contributo alio studio della tubercolosi della lingua. Gazz. d.osp.,Milano,1904,xxv,584-586. Also: Stomatol., Milano, 1904-6, iii, 10-15.—Polyak (L.) Nyelvtuberculosis esete. [A case of tuberculosis of the tongue.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest. 1898, xlii, 124. Also, transl.: Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1899, xxxv, 64.—Provera (C.) Un casodi ulcera tubercolare primitiva della lingua. Mor- gagni, Milano, 1906, xlviii, 27-31.—Babe. Tuberculose caseeuse massive de la langue a evolution galopante. Bull, de laryngol., otol. et rhinol., Par., 1907, x, 246-253 — Beuter. [Tuberkulose des Zungengrundes,desweichen Gaumens, des Pharvnx und Larynx.] Militiirarzt, Wien, 1906, xl, 110.— von Buck ( S.) Tuberculosis of the tongue. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1912, xxii, 1190-1200.— Sabouraud (R.) Pronostic de l'ulceration linguale tubereuleuse. Clinique, Par., 1908, iii, 5.—Shiota. [Tu- berculosis of the tongue.] Nippon Igaku, Tokyo, 1905, no. 13,23-28.—Silbermark(M.) Fremdkorpertubercu- lose der Zunge in Tumorform. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir.. Leipz., 1902, lxiv, 561-569.—Silva (G.) L' ulcera tuberco- lare della lingua. Riv. veneta di sc med., Venezia, 1898, xxix, 154-164.—Sinibaldi (G.) L' ascesso tubercolare della lingua. Tommasi, Napoli, 1908, iii, 232-238.—Smith (W. G.) Tubercular ulcer of tip of the tongue. Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 1892, iv, 385. —Stetter. Beitrag zur Glossitis papillaris und tuberculosa. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1898, lvi, 324-331, 1 pl.—Tanturrl (D.) Sulla tu- bercolosi della lingua; contributo clinico con ricerche istologiche. Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.] 1899, Empoli, 1900, iv, 258-266. Also: Arch. ital. di larin- gol., Napoli, 1900, xx, 23-32.— Thomayer (J.) O tuber- kulose jazvka. [Tuberculosis of the tongue.] Casop. lek. cesk., v Praze, 1882, xxi, 433-436.—Toison (J.) Tu- berculose linguale par inoculation secondaire. Bull. Soc. anat.-clin. de Lille, 1890, v, 411-417.—Turner (G. G.) Three cases of tubercle of the tongue. Northumberland & Durham M. J., Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 1905, xiii, 215- 222. — Vvedenskl ( A. A.) O bugorchatkle yazika. [Tuberculosis of the tongue.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1895, xliii, 219-238.—Wylie (A.) & Wingrave (W.) Tuber- cular ulceration of the tongue. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1906, n. s., lxxxii, 639. Tongue (Tumors of). See, also, Tongue (Cancer of). Deregnaucourt (E.) *Lipomes de la langue. 4°. Paris, 1896. Dubourdien (J.-E.) *Des tumeurs benign es de la base de la langue et de quelques autres affections a allure benigne de la meme region (syphilome, hypertrophie de l'amygdale lin- guale, mycosis). 8°. Bordeaux, 1897. Durbeck (R.) * Ueber Lipome der Zunge. 8°. Freiburg i. B., 1894. Ferrero ( G.) Diagnosi e cura dei neo- plasnii della lingua, roy. 8°. Pecanati, 1912. Jahr (K.) *Ein Fall von Papillomata lin- guae auf dem Boden einer Leukoplakia 8°. Allenstein, 1910. von Kryger (M.) *Eine seltenere Ge- echwulstbildung in der Zunge. (Endothe- liom.) 8°. Erlangen & Leijizig, 1901. Mueller (W.) *Die gutartigen Tumoren der Zungenbasis. Ein Beitrag zur Pathologie und Therapie der Zungenbasis. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1895. Richter (A.) *Beitrag zur Lehre von den gutartigen (ieschwiilsten der Zunge, insbeson- dere den Adenomen. 8°. Bonn, 1903. Rosenow (K.) * Ueber congenitale Ge- sch wulst der Zunge (Epiglossus). 8°. Kiel, 1901. Scholle (A.) *Eine Mischgeschwulst der Zungenbasis. 8°. Leipzig, 1904. de Almeida (D.) Neoplasma da lingua. Brazil- med., Rio de Jan., 1902, xvi 372.—Andrew (G.) Pa- pilloma of the tongue, with features suggesting carcino- matous change; subsequent recurrence in submaxillary lymphatic glands. Edinb. M. J., 1900, n. s., vii, 157-161.— Areoleo (E.) Su di un caso di fibroma nella lingua. Riforma med., Palermo, 1900, xvi, pt. 4, 772-775. Also: Boll. d. clin., Milano, 1901, xviii, 496-500.—Audry (C.) Tongue (Tumors of). & lverslnc. Papillome juxta-lupique dela pointe de la langue; tuberculose cerebelleuse. Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1897, 3. s., viii, 305-310. Also: Bull. Soc franc de dermat. et syph., Par., 1897, viii, 141-145.----------. Also: Arch. mid. de Toulouse, 1899, v, 513-519.—Hulas (D.) A nyelv j6indulatti daganatia. [Benign tumors of the tongue.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1902, xlvi, 640;-4$58; 675.—Baumgarten (E.) Leiomyoadenoma am Zan- gengrunde. Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 14)07, xx, 156-158. Also, transl.: Orvosi hetil., Budapest, £907, li, 558.—Belet. Tumeur de la langue che/. un cbaen. Rec. de med. vet., Par., 1906, lxxxiii, 368-370.—Berard. Ablation subtotale de la langue par voie buccale pour un enorme neoplasme ulcero-bourgeonnant de la moitie gauche; evidement des loges carotidiennes et sousana- xillaires. Lyon med., 1912, cxviii, 33.— Berger. Eespa- pillomes de la langue. Rev. g6n. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1905, xix, 5.—Bid we II (L. A.) A case of congen- ital papilloma of the tongue. West Lond. M. J., Lond., 1906, xi, 23.—Broeq, Monier & Civatte. Neoplasie de la face dorsale de la langue. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et svph., Par., 1901, xii, 463^168. Also: Ann. de dermat. et sypti., Par., 1901, 4. s., ii, 1066-1071.—Broeek- aert. Une tumeur rare dela langue. J. de chir. et ann. Soc. beige de chir.,Brux., 1912,xii,35,2pl.—Brose (L.D.) Tumors of the tongue. J .Indiana M. Ass., Fort Wayne, 1910, iii, 13-16.—Camus (M.), KrtzbischolT (P.) .—Downie (VV.) Two cases of primary sarcoma of the tongue; one pedunculated, the other in- terstitial. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1899, ii, 1065-1067. -----. Case of primary pedunculated sarcoma of the tongue. Glasgow M. J., 1900, liv, 48-53. -----. Case of primary sarcoma of the tongue. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc Glasg., 1902, iii, 34-37.—Drago (F.) Un caso di sarcoma primitivo della lingua. Boll. d. r. Accad. med. di Genova, 1906, xxi, 134-110.—Dunham (E. K.) Sarcoma of the tongue. Proc. N. York Path. Soc. (1894), 1895,12. -----. A case of large, round-celled sarcoma of the tongue. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1895, n. s., ex, 259-261.—Eve (F.) Three rare tumors of the base of the tongue (two of them endothe- lioma), with remarkson the surgery of malignant disease of the tongue. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1909-10, iii, Clin. Sect., 173-188. Also: Clin. J., Lond., 1910, xxxvi, 113-118.— Ferlito. Un caso di sarcoma peduncolato della lingua. Ras.-tegna, internaz. d. med. mod., Catania, 1900-1901, ii, 313-31*.—Fisk (A. L.) Excision of the tongue for sarcoma. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1903, xxxvii, 273.—Foote (E. M.) Sarcoma of the tongue and condi- tions which simulate-it. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1912, cxliii, 198-217.—Fripp (A. D.) & Swan (R. H.J.) A case of sarcoma of the tongue, with an analysis of forty- three previously recorded cases. Guy's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1902, lvii, 89-131, 1 pl., 1 tab.-----------. Notes upon sarcoma of the tongue, based on an analysis of forty-four recorded cases. Practitioner, Lond., 1903, lxx, 673-687, 1 tab. — Goris. Sur deux cas de tumeurs malignes de la langue. J. de chir. et ann. Soc. beige de chir., Brux., 1909, ix, 73, 1 pl.—Gregolre. Sarcome de la base de la langue. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1902, lxxvii, 366. — He I in nth (W. T.) Sarcoma of tongue, amputation by Kocher's method. N. Am. J. Homceop., N. Y., 1899, 3. s., xiv, 92-94.—Johnston (R. H.) Ma- lignant growths at the base of the tongue. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1904, xiii, 201-204.— Keenan (C. B.) Sarcoma of the tongue; report of a recent case, with analysis of previously recorded cases. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1904, xxxix, 956-967.—Lazarus- Barlow (W. S. i Four cases of endothelioma of the tongue. Arch. Middlesex Hosp., Lond., 1904, iii, 74-83, 1 pl.—Leleux (E.) Svmpt6mes et diagnostic du sarcome de_ la langue. Pratique jour., Lille, 1903, viii, 145-159 — Lie lit witz. Un cas de sarcome pedieuie de la langue; ablation avec I'anseclectro-thermique; guerison. Arch. internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1898, xi, 134-136. Also: Gaz. hebd. d. sc. m6d. de Bordeaux, 1898, xix, 199. Also, in his: De l'extirpation rapide des pseudo-polypes naso- pharyngiens, 8°, Par., 1898, 12-14. Also, transl.: Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1899, xliv, 49.—Littlewood (H.) A case of sarcoma of the tongue. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1897-8, xlix, 60-63.— Marion (G.) Du sarcome de la langue. Rev. de chir., Par., 1897, xvii, 193; 574; 668. -----. Un nouveau cas de sarcome de la langue. Arch. gen. de med., Par., 1902, n. s., vii, 331-334.— Marullaz (M.) Ein Sarkom der Zunge. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1905, xvi, 991.—Mastrosimone (F.) Mixo-sarcoma primitivo della lingua. Policlin., Roma, 1903, x, sez. chir.. 513-519.—Maute (A.) & Daniel (C.) sarcome de langue. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1904, lxxix, 5*1-5*4.— Mclchior-Robert (P.) Contri- Tongue (Tumors of Malignant). bution ii I'etude du sarcome pedieuie de la langue; rela- tion et etude d'une nouvelle observation (la cinquieme connue) de eette variete de tumeur. Rev. de chir., Par., 1899, xix, 545-555.— Morelli (K.) Angiosarcoma lin- guae et epiglottidis. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1899, xxxv, 1107, 1 pl.—Murray (F. W.) Late result of removal of the tongue for sarcoma. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1895, xxii, 271.—Officer (D. McM.) Difficulties in micro- diagnosis of malignancy, with an illustrative ease (tu- mour of tongue). Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1898, 532.— Onodl (A.) Fibrosarcom am Zungengrunde. Monat- schr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1895, xxix, 75.—Perkins (G. W.) A case of sarcoma of the tongue. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1896, xxiii, 585-590.—Prota (G.) Fibrosarcoma della base della lingua. Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1902-3, xiii, 31-41,1 pl.—Robinson (H. B.) A case of (?) sar- coma of tongue and fauces. J. Laryngol., Lond., 1901, xvi, 235.—Scliambaugh (G. E.) On sarcoma of the radix linguae, with report of a case. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1902, n. s., exxiii, 115-123.—Schleinzer (J.) Lympho- sarkom der Zunge, ein Beitrag zur Dauerheilung der Lymphosarkome. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1911, cix, 283-294.—Seralini (G.) Sarcoma fuso cellulare della lingua. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1909, 4. s., xv, 101. -----. Sul sarcoma della lingua. Riforma med., Napoli, 1910, xxvi, 404-408. -----. Sprulll (St. C.) Report of a case of round cell sarcoma of tongue, tonsil and part of soft palate; extirpation; no recurrence in three years and three months. Carolina M. J., Charlotte, 1905, liii, 489-491. -----. Report of a case of round cell sarcoma of tongue, tonsil and part of soft palate; extirpa- tion; no recurrence in four years. Hosp. Bull. Univ. Maryland, Bait., 1906, ii, 17.—Summers (J. E.), jr. Endothelioma (adenoma) of the base of the tongue simu- lating a struma of the tongue. West. M. Rev., Lincoln, Neb., 1901, vi, 121-124. 1 pl. Also, Reprint.— Wiggin (F. H.) Case of multiple fibrosarcoma of the tongue, with remarks on the use of trypsin and amylopsin in the treatment of malignant disease. J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- cago, 1906, xlvii, 2003-2008.—Winslow (J. R.) [Sar- coma at the base of the tongue.] J. Eye, Ear & Throat Dis., Bait., 1902, vii, 42. Tongue (Tumors of Thyroidal). See Thyroid gland (Aberrant, etc., Tumors of). Tongue (Tumors of Vascular). See, also, Tongue ( Varix, etc., of). Camus (L.-S.-A.) * Contribution a I'etude du lymphangiome circonscrit de la langue. 8°. Lille, 1903. Lefebvre (A.-E.) Contribution a I'etude de«s angiomes de la langue. 4°. Paris, 1892. Baggio (G.) Un caso di emangio-endotelioma peri- vasculare della lingua. Arch, per la se. med., Torino, 1911, xxxv,*l-68.— Balzer (F.) & Gauchery. Lym- phangiome ou hemangiome kvstique de la langue. Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1899, 3. s., x, 240. Also: Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1899, x, 91. — Barker (A. E.) A case of microglossia due to lym- phangioma. Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1899-1900, xxxiii, 239.— Brocq (L.) & Bernard (L.) Hemato-lymphangiome de la langue et du voile du palais. Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1897, 3. s., viii, 1113-1116. Also: Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1897, viii, 395-397.— Car- ling (E.R.) Lymphangioma of the tongue. Proc Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1909-10, iii, Clin. Sect., 111.—Chudov- szky (M.) A nyelv vivoeres erdaganatdnak esete. [A case of vein tumor of the vein cf the tongue.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1900, xliv, 799— Collonib (B.) Obser- vation sur un an6urisme k la langue. In his: CEuvres med.-chir., 8°, Lyon & Par., 1798, 451-153—Cosentino (A.) Sul linfangioma circoscritto papillare della lingua. Policlin., Roma, 1907, xiv, sez. chir., 2S; 78.—Danlos. Lymphangiome circonscrit de la langue. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1904, xv. 325. Also: Ann. de dermat. et svph., Par., 1904, 4. s., v, 1013.—Desplats (R.) & Faldherbe (A.) Angiome grave de la langue gueri en deux seances d'eiectropuncture bipolaire. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1905, i, 289-294.—Dyachenko (I. P.) RIedkiy sluchal angioma cavernosum linguae. [Rare case of . . .] Ejened. jour. " Prakt. med.," St. Petersb., 1899, vi, 264.—Fortln(F.) Angiome de la langue. Gaz. d. Imp. de Toulouse, 1895, ix, 235.—Francis (A. G.) Two cases of lymphangioma of the tongue, with some remarks on macroglossia. St. Barth. Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1893, xxix, 143-156.—Gaudier (H.) Note sur une tu- meur vasculaire de la langue. Bull. Soe. centr. de med. du nord, Lille, 1897, 2. s , i, 95-97. Also: Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1897, i, 99— Gaudier (H.) & Camus. Le lymphangiome circonscrit de la langue. Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1903, xxix, pt. 2, 299- 313 — Gentil (F.) Lymphangioma circunscrito da lingua. J. Soc. d. sc. med. de Lisb., 1908, lxxii, 175-185.— Gibson (C. L.) Cavernous angioma of the tongue and TONGUE. 343 TONGUE. Tongue (Tumors of Vascular). mouth. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1900, xxxii. 129— Hassler. Angiome veineux congenital de la langue. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et phvsiol. . . . de Bordeaux, 1900, xxi, 51-64. Also: J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1900, xxx, 212.—lleaton (G.) Large venous naevus of the tongue, causing sudden death from asphyxia. Birmingh. M. Rev., 1896, xxxvii, 22*.—Ilulen (V. H.) Report of a case of cavernous angeioma of the tongue. Med. Repr., Lond., 1896, vii, 38. Also: N. York M. J., 1895, lxii, 531.— Jaboulaj. Angiome de la langue avec anevrysme eirsoide des vaisseaux linguaux. Clinique, Par., 1908, iii, 234.— Landerer. Faustgrosses Angiom der Zunge; Opera- tion; Heilung. Festschr. z. Feier . . . Fr. von Esmarch, Kiel u. Leipz., 1893, 117-123.—Lett (H.) Nievus of the tongue. Clin. J., Lond., 1912-13, xl, 30.—Lublin or (L.) Przypadek chloniaka jozvka (lymphangioma lingua?). [Caseof . . .] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1894, 2. s., xiv, 1119- 1122.—Mantelli (C.) Linfangioma eireoscritto della lingua a forma papillare. Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], To- rino, 1910, xxi. 133-144.—Miller (L. H.) Angioma of the base of thetongue. Brooklyn M. J., 1*96, xii,41.—Mlner- vlni(R.) Nodulo linfangiomatosorecidivante dell' apice nella lingua. Boll. d. r. Accad. med. di Genova, 1901, xvi, 351-371.—MorelIi( K.) Angioma multiplex lingua? esete. [A case of . . .] Orvosi hetil.. Budapest, 1899, xliii, 365. Also, transl.: Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1899, xxxv, 1105-1107,1 pl.—Morestin (H.) Angiome de la langue. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1905, lxxx, 903. -----. Angiomes de la langue. de la levre inferieure et du menton. Ibid., 1907, lxxxii, 354-359.—Morton (C. A.) Lymphatic naevus of the tongue. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1892-3, xliv, 58. — Moure (E.-J.) Angiome kystique de la base de la langue. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc], Par., 1912, i, 401-410.—Mummery i P. L.) Lymphatic naevus of the tongue. Rep. Soc. Study Dis. Child., Lond., 1906-7, vii, 111.—Richardson (C. H.) Reportof acaseof lym- phangiome of the tongue. Albany M. Ann., 1899, xx, 204.—Rlehl (G.) Tumor der Zunge. Wien. klin. Wchn- schr., 1893, vi, 146. Also, transl.: Rev. de laryngol. [etc], Par., 1893, xiii, 405.—Rigby (H. M.) Cavernous naevus of the tongue. Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1905-6, xxxix, 230.— Kocher (L.) Angiome median de la langue en avant du V lingual. Rev. mens, de gynec. [etc.], Bordeaux, 1903, v, 489-492.—Royo. Un caso de angioma de lengua. Rev. de med. y cirug. pract., Madrid, 1907, lxxv, 28-34.— Schwimmer (E. ) Lvmphangioma circumscriptum linguae. Orvosihetil., Budapest, 18%, xl,560.—Sebileau (P.) Gros angiome de la langue. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1905, n. s., xxxi, 385. -----. Angiome de la langue. Ibid., 1907, n. s., xxxiii, 1190. — Simard (A.) Observation d'un angiome degenere de la langue. Bull. med. de Quebec, 1904-5, vi, 217-221. —Sorrentino (G.) Ueberdas umschriebeneLymphangiom der Zunge. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien u. Leipz., 1905, lxxii, 261-286,2 pl. _ Spannaus. [Lymphangioma der Zunge.] Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1908, lxxvii, 137.—Stone (W. G.) Lymphangioma of tongue in a boy set. five years. Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1907, 1907, xl, 280. — Suzanne. An- giome caverneux de la face dorsale de la langue; opera- tion; guprison; examen histologique. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol____de Bordeaux, 1886, vii, 117-131.—Tenne- son. Lymphangiome diffus congenital de la langue. Arch, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1898, 3. s., ix, 984. Also: Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1898, ix, 359.— Voituriez. Lvmphangiome superficiel, a forme papil- laire de la langue. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1898, ii, 49-55. Tongue (Ulcers of). Atyas-Maraty (M.) Ln cas de ulceratiunl imagi- nare ale limbel. [. . . at the tongue.] Spitalul, Bucu- resci, 1895,xv,67.—Banyai (A.) Decubitus lingua?. Pest. med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1908, xliv, 1013; 1189. Also, transl. [Abstr]: Gy6gyaszat, Budapest, 1908, xlviii, 564.— Ba rie (E.) Ulcerations de la langue. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d.hop. de Par., 1893, 3. s.,x, 873-875.—Bertels (A.) Ueber am vloide Geschwure der Zunge und der Lippen. St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr., 1911, xxxvi, 446-447.—Bu- gnot. Ulcerations linguales d'origine dentaire. Bull. Soc. de med. de Rouen (1892), 1893, 2. s., vi, 26-28.—Caus- sade & Blond in. Ulceration de la langue a determi- ner. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1904, 3.s., xxi, 147-150.—('harrier. Tumeur de la langue ulceree. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1908, xxxviii, 72-74.—< Hi vostek (F.) Tuberkulosni vfed jazykovtf. [Tuberculous ulcer of the tongue. ] Casop. 16k. 6esk., v Praze, 1884, xxiii, 148; 162; 180; 195.—Courchet (P.) Traitement proth6- tique de certaines ulcerations de la langue. Rev. de sto- matol., Par., 1906, xiii, 419-422.—Duplay. Diagnostic des ulcerations de la langue. Bull, med., Par., 1898, xii, 1097-1100.— Evans ( J. H. ) Ulcerous lesions of the tongue. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, i, 1283-1286,1 pl.—Fitz- \villiams(D. C. L.) An ulcer of the tongue. Polyclin., Lond., 1912, xvi, 9.—Gonzalez Castro (J.) Ulcera- ciones de la lengua. Siglo med., Madrid, 1904, li, 70.— Hutchinson (J.) Case of pre-cancerous ulceration of tongue. Med. Press & Circ, Lond.. 1893, n. s., lv, 197.— Ito (H.) [Ulcer of the tongue.l Tokyo Iji-Shinshi, 1903, no. 1329.—Kelson (W. H.) Ulceration at the base of Tongue (Ulcers of). the tongue. J. Laryngol., Lond., 1912, xxvii, 50.—L6 (■land (A.) Tumeur ulc6ree de la langue chez une jeune femme; cancer ou syphilis? J. d. sc. med.de Lille, 1907, ii, 57-64. Also: Clinique, Brux., 1907, xxi, 681-687.— Lucas (R.C.) Some cases of ulcer of the tongue. Guv's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1903, xvii, 505-511.—de Miranda (B.) Ulceracoes da lingua e seu diagnostico differencial. Hrazil-med., Rio de Jan., 1896, x, 353.—Mouchet (A.) Maladie de Riga. Gaz. d. h6p.. Par., 1905, lxxviii, 3.— Paton (E. P.) Some ulcers of the tongue. Hospital, Lond., 1899, xxvi, 345. -----. Two cases of ulceration of the tongue. Polyclin., Lond., 1906, x, 36-38.—Pothe- rat. Ulcerations linguales. Clinique, Par., 1912, vii, 417-120.—Keynes Font (G.) Glositis ulcerosa de ori- gen fuso-spiri'lar, sin angina de Vincent; contagio; cura- ci6n. M6d. de los ninos, Barcel., 1907, viii, 208.—Rob- ertson (_W.) Ulcer of the tongue. Lancet, Lond., 1893, i, 1514.—Rodier (H.) Apropos du traitement de cer- taines ulcerations de la langue par l'application d'un appareil de prothese. Rev. de stomatol., Par., 1906, xiii, 546-655.—Sebileau (P.) Diagnostic des ulcerations de la langue. Odontologie, Par., 1897, 2. s., v, 121-125.— Shield (A. M.) Ulcers of the tongue. Clin. J., Lond., 1902, xx, 353-361.—Shu Its (K. A.) Bollezn Riga (pro- duzzione sottolinguale). Novoye v Med., S.-Peterb., 1908, ii, 385-394.—Th bby (A. H.) A case of ulcer of the tongue, and destruction of the palate of uncertain origin. Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1904-6, xxxviii, 204-206. Also [Abstr.]: Tr. Hunterian Soc, Lond., 1904-5, 49.—Tuber- cular ulceration of tongue. North Lond. or Univ. Coll. Hosp. Rep. 1889, Lond., 1891,58-60.—Lrufiuela. Ulceras de la lengua. Rev. Ibero-Am. de cien. med., Madrid, 1907, xvii, 321-329.—Walther. Ulceration de la langue. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1906, n. s., xxxii, 700.— Zabolotski (A. N.) Ulcus tuberculosum lingua?. Protok. Mosk. ven. i dermat. Obsh., 1891-2, i, 16-28. Tongue (Varix and telangiectasis of). Browne (L.) A note on lingual varix. Lancet, Lond., 1896, ii, 1791.—Ouneo (B.) & Delamare (G.) Granulome teiangiectasique de la langue. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1907, lxxxii, 336. Also: Tribune med., Par., 1907,n.s., xxxix,261.—Gevaert. Les varices de la base de la langue. Belgique med., Gand-Haarlem, 1897, ii, 609-611.—Johnston (R. H.) Varicose veins of the tongue. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1907, n. s., lviii, 432.— Meerwein (H.) Teleangiektasie der Zunge. Deut- sche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1910, civ, 577-583.—Robin (A.) & Leredde. Des varices lymphatiques de la langue. Arch, de med. exper. et d'anat. path., Par., 1896, viii, 459-467.—Robinson (H. B.) Lymphangiectasis of the tongue. Rep. Soc. Study Dis. Child., Lond., 1900-1901, i, 62.—Van Wagenen (C. D.) Multiple hereditary telangiectasis of the tongue, turbinates, and septum with recurring hemorrhages. Med. Record, N. Y., 1912, lxxxi, 109-111.—Voron. Angiome diffus du cou avec langue teiangiectasique. Lyon m6d., 1912, cxviii, 1271.—Wil- kinson (G.) A case of lymphangiectasis of the tongue. Quart. M. J., Sheffield, 1896-7, v, 45,1 pl. Tongue ( Wounds and injuries of). See, also, Tongue (Avulsion of); Tongue (Electrolysis of); Tongue (Foreign bodies in); Tongue-swallowing. Pi'rtscher (G.) *Die Ueberhiiutung einer Schusswunde der Zunge. 8°. Zurich, 1902. Cadeac. Plaies et d6chirures de la langue. J. de m6d. v6t. et zootech., Lyon, 1908, 5. s., xii, 585-590.— Clnotti (F.) Autoamputazione della lingua in una vacca. N. Ercolani, Pisa, 1909, xiv, 40L-104.—Colley ( F.) Ueber Zungenverletzungen in gerichtlich-medieiniseher Beziehung. Vrtljschr. f. gerichtl. Med., Berl., 1897, 3. F., xiv, Supplhft., 107-116.—Evans (A.) A case of lacera- tion of the tongue. Lancet, Lond., 1897, ii, 310.—de Marehettis (P.) Lingua ex vulnere sclopeti curato, partibus subjectis arete coalescens, cum impedita locu- tione, perita sectione separata, ac restituta. In his: Obs. med.-chir. [etc.], Bononia?, 1692,76.—Mayr(J.) Seltene Kbrperverletzung. Friedreich's Bl. f. gerichtl. Med., Niirnb., 1897, xlviii, 457.—Muller (R.) Lesions de la langue par explosion d'une etoupille tenue entre les dents. Areh. de m6d. et pharm. mil., Par., 1906, xlvi, 224.—Nott (H. W.) Wasp sting of the tongue. Brit M. J., Lond., 1900, ii, 1311.—Prins (E. G. A.) Strange course of a pipe stem accidentally driven into the tongue; difficulty or detection; extraction; reeovery. Indian M. Rec, Calcutta, 1894, vii, 168— Rfdnik (A. A.) [Pulya v kornie yazika.] [A bullet at the root of the tongue.] Yezhemles. Ushn., Gorlov. i Nosov. Bollezn., S.-Peterb., 1908 iii, 37.—Ross (S. J.) Two cases of laceration of the tongue. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1897, ii, 1000.—de Saint- Sardos. Coupure transversale de la langue par chute de bieyclette. Bull. med. de Toulouse, 1905, iii, no. 5,10.— Y'elinioft" (A. I.) Sluchal otkushenno-rvanol rani yazika. [Tearing bite of tongue.] Vrach.-san. list. Sim- birsk, gub., 1900, v, 176. TOXGUE-DEPRESSOKS. 344 TONKIN. Tongue-depressors. Andrews a. Hi New tongue-depressor. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1899, xxxiii, 1242.—Axmann. Selbst- leuchtender Zungenspatel. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1904, xxx, 921— Brandt (F. H.) A new combination mouth-gag and tongue-depressor. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, lv, 127.—Braun (A.) A tongue- deprcssor. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1912, xxii, 129.— Brtinjiemann (R.) Praktische Zungenspatel und Kaeheutupfer. Dermat. Centralbl., Berl., 1900, iv, 34- :;ti.—Bryant(AliceG.) Anew tongue-depressor. Laryn- goscope, St. Louis,1905, xv, 116. Also, Reprint.—Bulette (W. W.) A practical tongue depressor. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1906, xvi, 819.—Fddy (J. W.) A new tongue depressor. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1902, lxii, 503.—Geissler. Ein neuer, zerlegbarer Zungenspatel. Deutsche mil.- arztl. Ztschr., Berl., 1903, xxxii, 287.—Herzig (A. J.) Anew self-retaining tongue depressor. N. York M.J. [etc.], 1907,lxxxv,667. Also,Reprint.—Kirstein. Der Zungenspatel. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1898, xxxv, 255- 257.—Lamann (W.) Noch ein Zungenspatel; ein Bei- trag zur Physiologie des Schutzvorrichtungssystems. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1900, xxxiv, 386-395.— Lautenbaeh i L. J.) A new tongue depressor. Med. News, Phila., 1894, lxiv, 101. Also, Reprint.—Mosher (H. P.) A self-retaining tongue depressor. Boston M. &S. J., 1902, cxlvii, l'.l.lpl. Also, Reprint—Murray (D.) Envelope for tongue depressors. Lancet, Lond., 1912, i, 658.—N8I1. Ein neuer Zungenhalter. Med. Rundschau. Berl.,1897-8,384.—Sehwartz (E.) Abaisse- langue de Mahu. Bull, et mem. Soe. de chir. de Par., 1908, n. s., xxxiv, 438-440.—XV audi ess (H. W.) A new folding tongue depressor. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1902, xii, 684. Tongue-depressors (Patent specif ca- tions for). Benson (C.B.) Tongue-depressor. No. 922,078; May 18, 1909.— Mill (G. H.) Tongue-depressor. No. 856,257; June 11,1907.—Hubbell (E.) Tongue-depressor. No. 914,415; March 9,1909.—Nitliack (G.) Tongue-depres- sor and throat-illuminator. No. 510,516; Dec. 12, 1893.— Osborne (J. D.) Tongue-depressing insufflator. No. 412,409; Oct. 8, 1889.—Pilling (C. J.) Folding tongue- depressor. No. 668,823; Feb. 26, 1901. Tongue-protectors (Patent specifica- tions for). Nieliolls (J. S. C.) Tongue-protector. No. 725,354; April 11, 1903. Tongues (Potted). Berry (W.) Report on ptomaine poisoning arising from potted tongues. Pub. Health, Lond., 1908-9, xxii, 51-53. Tongue-scrapers (Patent specifica- tions for). Buchinann(B) Tongue-scraper. No. 619,466; Feb. 14,1899.—Magerty (Ida). Tongue-scraper. No. 697,336; Apr. 8, 1902.—Lees (Fanny D.) Tongue-scraper. No. 856,711; June 11, 1907. Tongue-swallowing. Barker (D. W.) An inter-dental splint for the pre- vention of tongue biting, etc., during sleep. Brooklyn M. J., 1894, viii, 233-235.—Bauer (L.) Aspiratio lingua? im Sauglingsalter. Ungar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1899, iv, 400-402. Also, transl.: Gyermekgy6gyaszat, Budapest, 1899, 3-6— Hubbard (T.) Congenital absence of fre- num linguae and velum palati (tongue swallowing). Univ. M. Mag., Phila., 1894-5, vii, 602.—Pollosson (A.) & Fabre. Surun cas d'ectopiepharyngee dela langue. Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par., 1901, iv, 26-37. Tongue-tie. See Tongue (Frenum of, Section, etc., of). Tongue-worm infection. See Linguatula; Porocephalus; Syngamus trachealis. de Toni (Giovanni Battista). I placiti di Luca Ghini (primo lettore dei semplici in Bologna) intorno a piante descritti nei Commentarii al Dioscoride di P. A. Mattioli. 49 pp. fol. Venezia, C. Ferrari, 1907. Forms No. 8, v. 27, of: Mem. d. r. Ist. Ven. di sc. lett. ed arti, Venezia, 1907, xxvii. Tonicity. Gay (F. P.) The function of tonicity in human iso- hemagglutuiation. J. Med. Research, Bost.. 1907-8. n. s xii, 321-339. Also, Reprint. ' Tonics. See, also, Bitters; Cinchona; Iron; .Quassia. Germond de Lavigne (L.-A.-G.) Etude sur le vin de Saint-Raphael. 8°. Paris, [n. d.]. Kersch (8.) Eigenschaften und Wirkung desChinin-Eisenchlorid, nachfunfzehnjahrigen Versuchen und Beobachtungen am Xranken- bette. 2. Aufl. Mit einem Vorworte. 8°. Wien, [1891]. Lere (F.) *Les amers, de leur influence sur la secretion gastrique et sur l'appetit. (Etude experimentale par le proeede de Pawlow.) 8°. Lyon, 1902. Morales (J. J.) *Estudio sobre la medica- tion tonica. 8°. Mexico, 1876. Otto (C. W. X.) *De limitandis laudibus essentiarum et elixiriorum stomachicorum. 4°. Gryphiswcddiie, 1766. Sciieffel (0. S ) [Pr.] de fatis medicamen- torum roborantium. sm. 4°. Gruphiswaldise, [1745]. Bellot (P.) Le phosphergot; son emploi en thera- peutique comme tonique et nervin. Anjou mecl., Angers, 1908, xv, 182-186.—Brok (A.) Ueber tonischen Wein. Krankenpflege, Berl., 1902-3, ii, 707-710.—Carter (W.) A note on digestants. Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 1904, xxiv, 345-352.—Chapman (C. W.) The judicious use of tonics. Clin. J., Lond., 1903, xxii, 214-218.—Clemm (W. N.) Tonica. Med. Klin., Berl., 1908, iv, 1720.—Wuvall (A. W.) Common sense tonic medication, with illustra- tive cases. Med. Exam. & Pract., N. Y., 1902, xii, 781. Also, Reprint.—Flint (A.) A tonic formula. N. York M. J., 1889, xlix, 553. Also, Reprint. AIso, in his: Collect. essays, 8°, N. Y., 1903, ii, 170-174.—Hogner (R.) Giftiga liiskedrycker i Amerika. [Poisonous tonics in the United States.] Halsovannen, Stockholm, 1911, xxvi, 177-179.— Liebreleh (O.) Ueber tonisierende Weinpriiparate. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1905, xix, 6.—Liermberger (0.) Terapeutica ferro-arsenical; accion reeiproca del hierro y del arsenico en su administraci6n combinada. Cong, internat. de med. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904,xiv, sect. de therap., 445-453.—Lil'sliits (M.) O vliyanii gorechel na zheludochnoye pishtshevareniye pri razlichnlkh za- bollevaniyakli zheludka. [Influence of bitters on gastric digestion in various diseases of the stomach.] Prakt. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1904, iii, 491; 518; 549; 575.—Marin Perujo. Los tdnicos amargos en las enfermedades del aparato digestivo. Gaz. med. de Granada, 1896, xiv, 315- 317.— JHatthaei. Az alkohol mint erosito. [Alcohol as a tonic] Honvedorvos, Budapest, 1901, xiv, 45-47.—Pe- ter (R.) Restorative and tonic medication. Toledo M. & S. Reporter, 1897, x. 184-176. Also, Reprint.—Pollock (R.) The clinical application of the tonics. Cleveland M. J., 1910, ix, 166-170.—Bosewater (N.) Atony and tonics. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1910, ciii, 115-121.—Sied- ler (P.) Roboratif Riedel. N. medic, Brux., 1903, iii, no. 23, 3.—Sticker (G.) Aphorismen fiber Belebungs- mittel und Starkungsmittel. Ztschr. f. prakt. Aerzte, Frankf. a. M., 1899, viii, 17; 49; 106; 141.—Street (J. P.) Beef, wine and iron. Am. J. Pharm., Phila., 1908, lxxx, 355-361.—Waugh (W. F.) When sedatives are tonic. N. York M.J. [etc.], 1911, xciii, 172. Also, Reprint.— Zernik (F.) Pastor Felkes Pflanzentonikum. Apoth.- Ztg., Berl., 1905, xx, 546. Tonics (Hai?-). See Hair (Hygiene of). Tonietti (Francesco). Si i Sib rzi (Francesco). Narrazione nosologica [etc.]. 8°. Firenze, 1858. Tonjola (Nicolaus). *De ictero flavo. 9 1. sm. 4°. Basilese, typ. J. R. Genathii, 1592. [P., v. 2129.] Tonkawas. Ulooney (J.) Die Tonkawas, der letzte Kannibalen- stamm in den Vereinigten Staaten. Globus, Brnschwg., 1902, lxxxii, 76-79. Tonkin. See, also, Cholera (History and statistics), Fe- ver (Malarial, History of), Leprosy (History and statistics of), Plague (History, etc., of), by localities. TONKIN. 345 TONOMETER. Tonkin. Girard (H.) Les tribus sauvages du Haut- Tonkin, Mans et Meos. Notes anthropometri- ques et ethnographiques. 8°. Paris, 1904. Billet (A.) Deux ans dans le Haut-Tonkin (region de Cao-Bang). Bull, seient. de la France et de la Belg., Par., 1896, xxviii, 1-136, pp. i-xii, 6 pl., 4 maps. -----, Deux ans dans le Haut-Tonkin; climatologie; meteorolo- gie. Ibid., 174. -----. Deux ans dans le Haut-Tonkin; pathologie. Ibid., 230-254. — Bonilacy. Les metis franco-tonkinois. Rev.anthrop., Par.,1911. xxi,259-266.— D. (P.) Le costume d'un medecin tonkinois. Presse med., Par., 1906, xiv, annexes, 715. — Demmler (A.) Le Tonkin et le regime des sanatoriums. Progres med., Par., 1904, 3. s., xix, 35-38.—Hirard (H.) Le Haut-Ton- kin; essai de climatologie medicale. Arch. gen. de med., Par., 1902, n. s., viii, 513; 649. -----. Notes meteorolo- giques et medicales sur le Haut-Tonkin. Cong, internat. de med. C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de med. nav., 35-37.—Le .Tiare'Hadour. L'enfant dans le Haut-Tonkin. J.de elin. et de therap. inf., Par., 1896, iv, 792-796.—Le Boy des Barres. La lutte contre les maladies contagieuses au Tonkin. Presse mecl.. Par., 1904, ii, annexes, 745-747.— Roux (P.) Note ethuographique sur les peuplades du Haut-Tonkin (iveterritoiremilitaire). Bull, etmem. Soc d'anthrop. de Par.. 1905, 5. s., vi, 155-166.—Serez. Mor- bidity et mortalite en Annam-Tonkin pendant l'annee 1897. [Abstr.] Ann. d'hyg. et de med. colon., Par., 1899, ii, 182-213, 1 map.—Touin. Considerations sur l'6tab- lissement d'un sanatorium a Do-Son (Tonkin). Ibid., 1903, vi, 636-644. TonkofT (V [ladimir] N[ikolayevich]) [1872- ]• *Arterii, pitayushtshiya mezhpozvoch- niye uzli i spinno-mozgoviye nervi chelovleka. [The arteries supplying the intervertebral gan- glia and the smnal nerves of man.] Ill pp., 2 pl. 8D. S.-Peterburg, M. M. Slazyulevich, 1898. -----. Experimentelle Erzeugung von Doppel- bildungen bei Triton. 4 pp. 4°. Berlin, 1900. Repr.from: Sitzungsb. d. k. preuss. Akad. d. Wissensch., Berl., 1900, xxxvi. -----. Kurs normalnoi anatomii chelovleka. [Course of normal human anatomy.] Pt. 1. 191, iii pp. 8°. Kazan, 1908. Tonnel (Eugene-Stanislas-Leon) [1872- ]. * Contribution a I'etude du cceur chez le vieil- lard. 68 pp., 1 pl., 1 tab. roy. 8°. Lille, 1896, No. 159. Tonnellier (Georges) [1870- ]. *Les gan- grenes cutanees d'origine hysterique. 184 pp. 4°. Paris, 1896, No. 305. Tonnini (S[ilvio]). SeeTamburini (Augusto) & Tonnini (3.) [etal.]. Iterismo Tete]. In: Tratt. ital. di patol. [etc.]. 8°. Mi- lano, [n. a.]. Tonnot (Louis) [1883- ]. *Du degre d'ex- actitude de la loi de Fochier pour fixer la date de l'accouchement. 50 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1912, No. 78. Tonocain. Fischer (A.) Die Anwendung des Tonocain supra- renale Richter in der chirurgischen Praxis. Pest, med.- chir. Presse, Budapest, 1907, xliii, 373-378. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1906, 1, 712. Tonogamy. Oiard (A.) Tonogamie; la chose etle mot. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1904, lvi, 479-482. Tonogen. Baumgarten CE.) Therapeutische Erfahrungen; Adrenalin und Tonogen. Berl. klin.-therap. Wchnschr., 1905, 792-794. — Cziriusz ( D.) Tonogen alkalmazasa arameyers verze^s 6s aranyeres csom6k ellen. [The em- ploymentof tonogen against haemorrhoidal haemorrhages and nodules.] Gyogyaszat, Budapest, 1904, xliv, 391.— Porosz ( M.) Das Tonogen suprarenale secundum Richter; Adstringens und Anestheticum in der Urologie und Dermatologie. Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat., Hamb., 1904, xxxix, 647-651. Tonograph. Frank (O.) Die Theorie des Lufttonographen. Zt- schr. f. Biol., Munchen u. Berl., 1911, lvi, 176-178.—von Frey(M.) Der Tonograph mit Luftfiillung. Centralbl. f. Physiol., Leipz. u. Wien, 1893-4, vii,453-455.— Hiirthle (K.) Vergleichende Priifung der Tonographen von Frey's und Hiirthle's. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, Tonograph. 1893, lv, 319-338, lpl. -----. Ueber die Leistungen der Tonographen. Ibid., 1900, lxxxii, 515-520.—Isliihara (M.) Ueber einen fiir Unterrichtszwecke vereinfachten Gummitonographen. Ibid., 1903, xcvii, 429^137.—Kro- necker (H.) Ueber die Leistungen von Hiirthle's Tonographen. Centralbl. f. Physiol., Leipz. u. Wien, 1901, xv, 401-405. Also, Reprint.—Silbennann. Der Tonograph, ein neuer Apparat zur graphischen Blut- druckbestimmung. Illust. Monatschr. f. d. arztl. Poli- tech., Berl., 1908, xxx, 145-147. Also: Med. Klin., Berl., 1908, iv, 1346-1348. -----. Neue Untersuchungsergebnisse bei der Blutdruckmessung mittels des Tonographen. Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg., Berl., 1909, 217: 245. Tonoli (Stefano). Intorno ad un caso di morbo di Addison curato colla polvere di capsule sur- renali. 12 pp. 8°. Milano, A. Rancati, 1896. Tonolysis. AchaVd (C.) & Paisseau (G.) Tonolyse cellulaire par injections massives de solutions diversement con- centrees. Arch, de med. exper. et d'anat. path., Par., 1905, xvii, 423-438. Tonometer. Bouloumie (P.) Sphygmotonometrie clini- que; etude sur les pressions arterielle et arterio- capillaire. 8°. Paris, 1905. Doleschal (M.) * Vergleichende Untersu- chungen des Gartner'schen Tonometers mit dem von Basch'schen Sphygmomanometer. 8°. Basel, 1900. Dresler (W.) * Blutdruckuntersuchungen mit dem Gartner'schen Tonometer. 8°. Got- tingen, 1904. Fas )lis (C.) Sul valore clinico del metodo di Gaertner. 8°. Torino, 1904. Kolossova (Anna). * Pression san guine chez les enfants dans les conditions physiologiques et pathologiques avec le tonometre de Gaertner. 8°. Lausanne, 1902. von Basch (R.) Mein Sphygmomanometer und Gartner's Tonometer. Wien. med. Presse, 1899, xl, 1169- 1171.—Bohr (C.) Zur Theorie der Blutgastonometer. Skandin. Areh. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1905, xvii, 205-210.— Bruhn-Fahroeus (M.) Ein leicht transportabler Tonometer zur Messung des systolischen und diastoli- schen Blutdrucks. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1910, xlvii, 1577.—Bruining (J.) De klinische waarde van den tonometer van Gartner. Herinneringsb. Prof. S. S. Ro- senstein, Leiden, 1902, 43-58.—Crummer (LeR.) On the use of Gartner's tonometer. Am. Med., Phila., 1901, ii, 912. Also: Med. Herald, St. Joseph, 1902, n. s., xxi, 46- 53.—Doering (K.) Ueber Blutdruckmessungen mitdem Gaertner'schen Tonometer. Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg., Berl., 1900,333-337.—Enriquez (E.) & Hallion(L) Nouvel appareil pourdeterminer la pression arterielle en clinique. Cong, internat. de med. C.-r., Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, de physiol. [etc.], 66.—Gartner (G.) Ueber einen neuen Blutdruckmesser(Tonometer). Klin.-therap. Wchnschr., Wien,1899,vi,825-832. Also: Wien.med. Presse,1899,xl,1094- 1100. Also: Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1899, xlix, 1412-1418. -----. DemonstrationdesTonometers. Wien. klin. Rund- schau,1899,xiii,499-602.-----. UeberdasTonometer. Miin- ehen. med. Wchnschr., 1900, xlvii, 1195:1904, li, 605; 567.— Gautrelet(E.) Documentstonometriques. Rev.d.mal. de la nutrit., Par., 1906, 2. s., iv, 317-336.—Kapsamcr. Blutdruckmessungen mit dem Gartner'schen Tonometer. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1900, xxxvii, 16; 726. Also: Ver- handl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. (1899), 1900, xxx.pl. 1,293- 300. Also: Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1899, xii, 1279-1282.— Krogh (A.) Some new methods for the tonometric de- termination of gas tensions in fluids. Skandin. Arch f. Physiol., Leipz., 1908, xx, 259-278. -----. Demonstra- tion on tonometric determination of dissolved gases. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, ii, 1341.— Harmorsteln (M.) Messungen des Blutdrucks mit dem Gaertnerschen Tono- meter bei Asystolie. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1904, lxxiv, 648-651. — Perry (A. W.) Early diagnosis of Bright's disease by increased arterial tension by Gaert- ner's tonometer. Pacific M. J., San Fran., 1900, xliii, 269-263.—Kaab (L.) Was messen wir mit dem Tono- meter von Gartner? Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1905, Hi, 2421-2423.—Searbrough (M. M.) A demonstra- tion of Krogh's micro-tonometer for the determina- tion of gas tensions in fluids. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1909-10, vii, 178. —Schott (T.) Tono- metric examination in chronic diseases of the heart. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1901, lix, 1028-1032—SchUle. Ueber Blutdruckmessungen mit dem Tonometer von Gaertner. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1900, xxxvii, 726-730.—Shaw (H. L. K.) The tonometer, a new instrument to determine TONOMKTEU. 346 TONSILS. Tonometer. the amount of blood pressure. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1900, lvii, 181-184.-----. The tonometer and its value in deter- mining arterial tension. Tr. M. Soc N. Y., 1901, 211-217. Also: Med. News, N. Y., 1901, lxxviii, 372-375.—Som- merfclri ( L.) Blutdruckmessungen mit dem Gart- ner'schen Tonometer. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1901, xv, 72-75.—Tauber (S.) Ein leicht transportabler Blut- druckmesser. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1905, xviii, 806.— Wei** (H.) Blutdruckmessungen mit Gartner's Tono- meter. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1900, xlvii, 69; 118.— Wolf (H.) Experimentelle Untersuchungen fiber die Blutdruckmessungen mit dem Gartner'schen Tonometer. Wien. med. Presse, 1902, xliii, 1349; 1395. Tonometer (Ocular). Merxes (J.-V.) * Essais de tonometrie ocu- laiiv. [Lyon.] 8°. Trevoux, 1911. Allicri (A.) Appunticlinicicoltonometrodi Schiotz. Arch, di ottal., Napoli, 1909-10, xvii, 298-304.—< rid land (B.) The tonometer of Schiotz. Ophthalmoscope, Lond., 1910, viii, 640-643.—Gradenigo ( P.) Un nuovo tonome- trooculare. Ann.diottal.,Pavia,1900,xxix,3-10. Also: Atti r. Ist. Venetodisc.lett.edarti, 1899-1900,8.s.,ii, 203-210 — ti radio (H. S.) Tonometry; with description of a tono- meter. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1912, xxi, 468-471.—Gur- vich (B.) Klinicheskoye primieneniye novavo tonome- tra. [( linicalapplicationof a new tonometer.] Obshtshe- stvo Kussk. Vrach. v pam. Pirogova. Trudi . . . Svezda 19ul, S.-1'eterb., 1905, iii, 95-101. Also: Vestnik oftalmol., Mosk., 1904, xxi, 772-792. [Discussion], 139.—Ileil- bruu (K.) Ueber bisher mit dem Schiotzschen Tono- meter erzielte Resultate (nach eigenen und fremden Un- tersuchungen). Arch. f. Ophth., Leipz., 1911, lxxix, 256- 284.-----. Ueber bisher mit dem Schiotzschen Tonome- ter erzielte Resultate (nach eigenen und fremden Unter- suchungen). Nachtrag. Ibid., 552.—Livshits i S. Ya.) Noviy oftalmotonometr (izmlenenniy tonometr Fick'a). [A new . . .; modified Fick's tonometer.] Vestnik oftal- mol., Mosk., 1904, xxi, 769-771. [Discussion], 139. Also, transl.: Russ. med. Rundschau, Berl., 1904, ii, 713- 724. — Lucdde (W. H.) Usefulness of the Schiotz to- nometer. Am. J. Ophth., St. Louis, 1912, xxix, £89- 309.—.Ilarple (W. B.) Some observations on the use of the Schiotz tonometer. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Phila., 1910, xii, 552-565. Also: Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1910, xix, 467- 477.—Parker (W.) Some obscrvationson the use of the tonometer. [Discission]. Ann. Ophth., St. Louis, 1911 xx,453.—Polak-van I.elder ( R. E. S.) Untersuchun- fen mit dem Tonometer von Schiotz. Klin. Monatsbl Augenh., Stuttg., 1911, xlix, pt. 2, 592-605.—Bo llet & ''). 1898—Stohliiiami (F. A.) & Pl'arre (L. G.) Tonsil- No. 650,486; May 29, 1900. — Slratmann (E.) ~• ^T^nn™^ Na 6l?'334; July'9' 1901--Patt- trU iv'xr Tonsilotome. No. 606,078: June 21, ]v.w _ Riehter^P ?Tt?!,T; N°-907,090; Dec. 15,1908.- Kicnter (G. F.) Tonsilotome. No. 614,760; Nov. 22, lotome. Tonsilotome. No. 676.283; June 11, P.iOL—Straw (E.E.) Tonsillotome. No. 856,927; June 11, 1907—Taylor (R.j Tonsillotome and like instruments. No. 889,150; July 2, 1907. Tonsillotomy. See Tonsils (Excision of) [Partial or complete]; Tonsils (Surgery of'). Tonsillotomy rash. See Tonsils (Excision of, Complications, etc., of). Tonsils. See, also, Tonsils (Abnormities of); Tonsils (Diseases of); Tonsils (Histology of); Tonsils (Lingual); Tonsils (Morphology, etc., of); Ton- sils (Pharyngeal). Komane (A.) * Etude physiologique et bacte- riologique de l'amygdale. 4°. Pam, 1892. Schermann (R.) * Ueber Herabsetzung der Hautsensibilitiit bei Kindern mit Tonsilla tertia. 8°. Bern, 1907. Schweitzer (B.G.J.) * Ueber Knorpel- und Knochenbildung in den Gaunienmandeln. 8°. Freiburg i. Br., 1905. Alleii (H.) The tonsils in health and disease. Am J. M. Sc, Phila., 1892, ciii, 1-17. Also, Reprint.—Ani- berg (E.) A few remarks on the tonsil question. De- troit M. J., 1910, x, 376-380.—Ashhurst (\V. W.) The tonsils as eliminative organs. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. 1909 n. s., exxxviii, 108-112.—Baker (C. H.) The four ton- sils. Tr. Mich. M. Soc, Grand Rapids, 1896, xx, 204-207 — Ballenger (W. L.) The clinical anatomy of the tonsil Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass., N. Y., 1906, 121-138. Also, Iransl.: Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc], Par., 1906, xxii, 831- 839: 1907, xxiii, 154, 1 pl.—Bardes (A.) Of what use are the tonsils? Dietet. & Hvg. Gaz., N. Y., 1907, xxiii 321-325.—Barnes (H. A.) Some points in the applied anatomy of the tonsil. Boston M. & S. J., 1908, clix, 402 1 PL -----• The tonsil of the infant, the child and the adult. Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass., N. Y., 1909, 156-165 — Bosworth (F. H.) Are the tonsils to be regarded as normal physiological organs of the bodv? Med. Rec. N. Y., 1902, Ixi, 60-52.— < alamida (U.) Sulla fine dis- tribuzione dei nervi nelle tonsille. Arch. ital. di otol [etc.], Torino, 1899-1900, ix, 91-94. Also: Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1899, 4. s., xlvii, 525-528.—Caldera (C.) Die Physiologie der Gaumenmandel. Internat. Zentralbl. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1912, x, 417-122.—Cooney (J. P.) Adenoids and the tonsils in the adult. Tr. Rhode Island M. Soc, Providence, 1906, vii, 380-384.—Corwin (A.M.) The tonsil; what about it? Gen. Practitioner East St. Louis, 1912, xxv, 151-163.—Crosslield (F. S. i The faucial tonsil. Proc Connect. M. Soc, Bridgeport, 1905, 439-452.—Oeseomps & Josset-JTloure. Note sur les lymphatiques amvgdaliens. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1909, lxxxiv, 120-125.—Digby (K. H.) The functions of the tonsils and the appendix. Lancet, Lond., 1912, i, 160— Fallow (J. W.) Is not too much importance attached to the condition of the tonsil'' Bos- ton M. & S. J., 1893, exxviii, 568.— Faulkner (R. B.) Tonsil research. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1910, lxxviii, 56-59. Also, Reprint,—Glover (J.) Fonction amygdalienue; troubles vaso-trophiques nasaux et pharvngiens; opo- therapie. Ann.d. mal. de l'oreille, du larvrix [etc.], Par., 1909, xxxv, pt. 2, 105-111.—Good (R. H.') Early immu- nization, the function of the tonsil. Illinois M. J.. Spring- field, 1909, xvi, 186-191. Also: Larvmroscope, St. Louis, 1909, xix, 439-445.—Goodale (J.L.) The endothelial phagocytes of the tonsillar ring. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol.. St. Louis, 1902, xi, 693-703. Also: J. Med. Re- search, Bost., 1902, vii, 394-404. Also, Reprint— l.rlln- wald (L.) Ein Beitrag zur Entstehung und Bedeutung der Gaunienmandeln. Anat. Anz., Jena. 1910, xxxvii, 150-153.—Gse II (J. F.) The faucial tonsils, their anat- omy, physiology and removal. J. Kansas M. Soc, Kan- sas City, Kan., 1908, viii, 301-307.—Gu I land (G. L.) On the function of the tonsils. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Edinb., 1890-91, n. s„ x, 215-229.—Mendelsohn (M.) Ueber das Verhalten des Mandelgewebes gegen aufgeblasene pulverfdrmigeSubstanzen. Arch. f. Larvngol.u. Rhinol., Berl., 1898, viii, 476-492, 1 pl.—Hetriek < L. E.) The tonsils N.Am. J. Homceop., N. Y., 1911, lix, 95-100.— Hett (G. S.) The anatomy of the capsule and its clini- cal significance. Brit. M. J., Lond, 1910, ii, 1621-1623.— Iliiiiiins (S. G.) Some recent views concerning the tonsils. J. Ophth. & Oto-Laryngol., Chicago, 1909, iii, 351-365.—Jervey (J. W.) The truth about tonsils and TONSILS. 347 TONSILS. Tonsils. adenoids. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc, New Bedford, Mass., 1910,321-332—Jones (C. B.) Thetonsils. J. Teim. M. Ass., Nashville, 1912-13, v, 104-110— Killian. Mandelbucht und Gaumenmandel. Verhandl. d. Ver. suddeutsch. Laryngol. 1894-1903, Wiirzb., 1904, 124-127. Also: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1897, xliv, 366.—Kyle (J. J.) Observations on the faucial tonsils. Indianap- olis M. J., 1909, xii, 330-334.—Large (S. H.) The fau- cial tonsils. Ohio M. J., Columbus, 1908, iv, 475-477.— von Lenart (Z.) Experimentelle Studie fiber den Zusammenhangdes Lymphgefiisssystems der Nasenhohle und der Tonsillen. Arch. f. Larvngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1908-9, xxi, 463-480, 1 pl—Levinstein (O.) Leber Fos- sulaetonsillares, Nodulilvmphatiei und Tonsillen. Ibid., 1909, xxii, 209-241, lpl. -----. Kritisehes zur Frage der Funktion der Mandeln. Ibid., 1910, xxiii, 75-117.—Levy (R.) Thetonsils. N. York M. J., 1901, lxxiv, 675.—Ma- knen(G.H.) The faucial tonsils and the teeth. J.Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1909, Iii, 1988. Also, Reprint.—JNasini (G.) Les amygdales ont-elles une secretion interne? Ann. d. mal.de l'oreille, du larynx |etc]. Par . 1899, xxv, pt. 2,115-118.— Mouehet (A.) Lymphatiquesde l'amyg- dalepharyngienne. Compt. rend. Sue. de biol., 1'ar., 1911, lxx, 331-333.— Noll" (P.) Le r61e des amygdales. Seal- pel, Liege, 1911-12, lxiii, 777-779 —North t.l.) The fau- cial tonsils; their use and abuse. Fort Wayne M. Jour.- Mag., 1904, xxiv, 284-293. Also: Phvsician & Surg., De- troit & Ann Arbor, 1904, xxvi, 433-440.—Or ml oil (B. H.) Prophylaxis, the essential function of the tonsil. J. Indiana M.Ass., Fort Wayne, 1908, i, 93-95.—Pa rrish (H.) The "third tonsil." N. York M. J. [etc.], 1909, lxxxix, 683-686. Also, Reprint.—Plnder (F.) Ueber die Bedeutung der Mandeln im Organismus. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl.. 1S9\ xxxii, 164-177.—Poppi (A.) Ton- silla faringea ed ipotisi. Bull. d. se. med. di Bologna, 1908, 8. s., viii, 202-204.—Robertson (C. M.) Certain facts concerning faucial tonsils. J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- cago, 1906, xlvii, 1725-1732. -----. Anatomy and physi- ology of the tonsil. Ibid., 1909, liii, 684-689.—Rosen- berg (A.) Muskel und Knorpel in Tonsillen. Ver- handl. d. laryngol. Gesellsch. zu Berl. (1900), 1901, xi, 24.—Seheppegrell (W.) The tonsils and the general health. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1912-13, lxv, 17-24.—Sere- brjakoff(C.) Ueber die Involution der normalen und hvperplastischen Raehenmandel. Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1906, xviii, 502-516.-.Spieer (S.) The tonsils (faucial, lingual, pharyngeal, and discrete), their functions and relation to affections of the throat and nose. Lancet, Lond., 188*, ii, 805-807. Also, Reprint—Stohr (P.) Zur Phvsiologie der Tonsillen. Biol. Centralbl., Erlangen, 18*2-3. ii, 368-370— Straiigeways (W. F.) The four tonsil-: -ome things experience has taught me. Tr. Michigan M. Soc. Grand Rapids, 1898, 140-145.— Sylvester (C. P.) The tonsils and their relation to the general health. Boston M. & S. J., 1908, clix, 171-175.— Symington (J.) The pharyngeal tonsil. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, ii, 1147.— Topter (H.) Ueber Muskeln und Knorpel in den Tonsillen. Arch.f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1900, xi, 1-20, 1 pl.—Vail (D. T.) The tonsillar ring. Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1900, n. s., xliv, 1-7. [Dis- cussion], 9-13.—Weber. Pulsirende Tonsillen. Jah- resb. d. schles. Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Cult. 1901, Bresl., 1902, lxxix, med. Sect., 163.—White (J. A.) The tonsil; has it a function? Is it a menace to the organism as a focus of infection? Is the present holocaust of tonsil necessary? What is the best method of removal when operation is clearly indicated? Charlotte [N. C. ] M. J., 1911, lxiii, 1-5.—Wilson (J. G.) Some anatomic and phvsiologie considerations of the faucial tonsil. J. Am.' M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvi, 1591-1595 — Winckler. Beitrage zur Tonsillarfrage. Verhandl. d. Ver. deutsch.Lanngolog., Wiirzb.. 1910,407-417 [159-169].— Wood (G. B ) The functions of the tonsils. Tr. Am. Larvngol., Rhinol. &. Otol. Soc. 1904, N Y., 1905, x, 305-325. Also: Univ. Penn. M. Bull., Phila., 1904-5, xvii, 246-256. -----. The lvmphatic drainage of the faucial tonsils. Tr. Am. Larvngol. Ass., N. Y., 1905, xxvii, 269-28L Also: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. cV N. Y., 1905, n. s„ exxx, 216-227. Also, Reprint.—W riuht (G. H.) A functional relation of the tonsil to the teeth Boston M. & S. J., 1909, clx, 635-641.— Wright (J.i The fat contents ot the tonsils and its relation to the processes of metabolism and infection. N. York M. J. [etc], 1906, lxxxiv, 1161-1165. Also, Reprint. -----. The tonsil from an evolutionary point of view. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1908, Ixxxviii, 241-245. Also, Reprint. Tonsils (Abnormities of). fhauveau (C.) Absence dti pilier anterieur droit et de l'amygdale droite. Arch, internat. delaryngol. [etc], Par., 1904, xviii, 232. -----. Amygdale aberrante en arriere du pilier posterieur droit. Ibid., 1906, xxii, 889- 891 — Daw barn (R. H. M.) False tonsils. Internat. Dent. J.. Phila.. 1899, xx, 345-355. Also: Phila. M. J., 1899, iv. 91-9.V—DeRoaldes (A. W.) A case of pe- dunculated tonsil. Tr. Louisiana M. Soc, N. Orl., 1893, 65-69.—Hasslauer. Mandelanhang bzw. Nebenton- sille. Deutsche mil.-iirztl. Ztschr., Berl., 1905, xxxiv, 269.—Logueki (A.) Przyczynek do etyologii ropnia Tonsils (Abnormities of). okolo-migdatkawego. TOn the etiology of acute purulent peritonsillitis.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1895, 2. s., xv, 1084- 1088. Also, transl.: Areh. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1896, iv, 244-248.-Patterson (N.) Abnormality in right tonsillar region. Proc. Rov. Soc. Med., Lond., 1908-9, ii, Laryngol. Sect., 147. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1909, ii, 1668.—Kiehards (G. L.) An unusual anomaly of the faucial tonsil. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1901, xxxvii, 212— Walb. Leber hufeisenformige Tonsillen. Si- tzungsb. d. nicd.-rbein. Gesellsch. f. Nat.- u. Heilk. zu Bonn (1905), 1906. Med. Abt., 41-43. Tonsils (Abscess of) [including periton- sillar abscess]. See, also, Tonsil (Pharyngeal, Diseases of); Tonsils (Diseases of) in children; Tonsils (Lin- gual, Diseases of). A rsimoles (L.) * Des abces peri-amygdaliens; recherches sur leur siege anatomique. 8°. Tou- louse, 1902. ------. La fossette sus-amygdalienne et les abces peri-amygdaliens; recherches sur leur siege anatomique. 8°. Paris, 1902. Babuel-Peyrissac (J.-E.) * Etude sur les abces chroniques de l'amygdale. 4°. Bordeaux, 1893. Brunel (M.-J.) *Des abces de l'amygdale palatine. 8°. Bordeaux, 1899. Ferry (A.) * L'amygdalite phlegmoneuse et son traitement par la levure debiere. 8°. Paris, 1903. Guillon (E.) *Contribution ii I'etude des abces chroniques et enkystes amygdaliens et periamygdaliens. 8°. Lyon, 1898. Herve (V.-G.-M.) *Signes, diagnostic et traitement des abces amygdaliens. Valeur des signes anciens. 8°. Bordeaux, 1905. Lagarrigue (H.) * Amygdalite phlegmo- neuse chez le nourrisson. 8°. Paris, 1908. Renevey (P.) * Traitement des abces peri- amygdaliens. 8°. Paris, 1910. Zarfdjian (Y. K.) *Les complications des abces amygdaliens. 8°. Bordeaux, 1903. Alkalaj (B.) Li6na iskustva o atipifinim lokalizaci- jama peritonzilarnog apscesa, njegov recidivitet i radi- kalna terapija. [Personal experience with atypical lo- calization of peritonsillar abscess, its relapse, and radical treatment] Srpski arh. za celok. lek., Beograd, 1911, xvii,229-234.—Amblard (L.-A.) Mort subite par cedeme pulmonaire suraigu au cours d'uneperi-amygdalite phleg- moneuse. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1906, lxxix, 1119-1122.— Anders (H. S. ) Suppurative tonsilitis in infancy. Univ. M. Mag., Phila.. 1892-3, v, 330-333.—Avellis. Die Behandlung der Angina phlegmonosa. Aerztl. Prakt., Hamb., 1893, vi, 369-374.—Bane (W. C.) Peritonsillar abscess, cause and treatment. Colorado Med., Denver, '910, vii, 289-294.—Beansoleil. Les complications des abecsamygdaliens. Med.orient., Par., 1904, viii,217-219.— Kerinl (F.) Amigdalitis y peri-amigdalitis flemonosas, su tratamiento. Rev.de med. y cirug., Barcel., 1908, xxii, 337-316—Bobone (T.) Un caso di inquietante emorra- gia secondaria dopo 1' apertura di un' ascesso peritonsil- lare. Boll. d. mal. d. orecchio, d. gola e d. naso, Firenze, 1905, xviii, 217-222.—Botey (R.) De l'importance du p61e superieurde l'amygdale etde la fossette supratonsil- laire comme cause des periamygdalites phlegmoneuses; extirpation complete de la moi tie su perieure de cet organe comme unique traitement preventif erhcace. Cong, in- ternat. de med. C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de laryngol., 306- 315. Also: Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1900, xxvi, pt. 2, 600-512. Also, transl.: Arch. lat. de rinol., laringol. [etc.], Barcel., 1901, xii, 105-119. — Brindel. Sur deux cas d'abees periamygdaliens posterieurs; com- plications des absces de l'amygdale en general; prophy- laxie de ces complications. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1903, xxiv. 331. -----. Complications des abeds del'amygdale; leur prophylaxie. J. demed. de Bordeaux, 1903, xxxiii, 509: 525. Also: Rev. hebd. delaryngol. [etc.], Par., 1903, ii, 241-257.— Can tie ri (A.) Tonsillite flem- mono-gangrenosa e tonsillotomia. Boll. d. mal. d. orec- chio, d. gola e d. naso, Firenze, 1908, xxvi, 219-221—Cas- selberry ( W. E. ) Peritonsillar abscess. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1895, 5. s., ii, 301-307.—Chanveaii (C.) Abces amygdaliens indolents. Areh. internat. de laryn- gol. [etc.], Par., 1904, xviii, 928. -----. Abces froid strep- tococcique de l'amygdale droite, chez un tuberculeux. Ibid., 1906, xxi, 904. -----. Abces amygdalien indolent. TONSILS. 348 TONSILS Tonsils (Abscess of) [including periton- sillar abscess]. Ibid., xxii, 544— < havasse. Abces peri-amygdaliens. Bull, med.,Par., 1904,xviii.525-529.—fobb (F. C.) Peri- tonsillar abscess. Boston M. & S. J., Is99, exli, 81-83, 1 pl. Also, Reprint. -----. Peritonsillar abscesses. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc. 1902, N. Y., 1903, viii, 418-428. Also: Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1903, xii, 1-11.— Coffin ( L. A. ) A fatal case of hemorrhage following a peritonsillar abscess; bleeding from the throat, nose and ear. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1911, xx, 482-485.— Colin (F.) Metastatische eitrige Herdpneumonie nach Tonsillarabscess. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1911,xlviii, 986.— Comby (J.) Abces amygdalien et retro-pharyngien; ouverture avec la sonde cannelee. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1911, xiii, 265. Also: Paris med., 1911-12, v, 22.— Constaiitin (P.-M.) Resultats du traitement de l'abces periamygdalien par la dilatation de la fossette sus-amyg- dalienne suivant le proeede de Killian. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1910, ii, 129-138.—Cornet (P.) Un cas de phlegmon peri-amygdalien survenu chez un enfant de 9 mois. Bull, de laryngol., otol. et rhinol., Par., 1903, vi, 35. — Bavezac. Phlegmon amvgdalien. Mern. et bull. Soc. de med. etchir. de Bordeaux (1898), 1899, 42-44.— Oe Angelis 11a. Tonsillite flemmonosa e suo modo di formazione. Arch. ital. di laringol., Napoli, 1906, xxvi, 97-106, 2 pl. —Delsaux. Amygdalite linguale droite phlegmoneuse; peri-amygdalite purulente; phlegmon ligneux du cou. J. med. de Brux., 1906, xi, 795.—Dieu. Diagnosticettraitementdesabcesperiamygdaliens. Ann. med.-chir. du centre, Tours, 1904, iv, 239-245.—Dodin tM.G.) Ollecheniiperitonzillyarnikhabstsessov. [Treat- ment of peritonsillar abscesses.] Yezhemles. Ushn., Gorlov. i Nosov. Bollezn., S.-Peterb., 1911, vi, 163- 179— DOlger (R.) Ein bemerkenswerther Fall von acuter Entziindung der Rachenmandel (Rachenman- delabscess). Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1904, xxxviii, 395-400. — Gann ( T. ) Rupture of tonsillar abscess into larynx, causing suffocation. Lancet, Lond., 1898, i, 1515. — Glbert (A. ) L'abces periostique juxta- amygdalien odontogenic Odontologie, Par., 1909, xli, 79- 89.—Gleason (E. B.) Peritonsillar abscess. Internat. M. Mag., N. Y., 1903, xii, 722-727.—Goldstein (M. A.) Acute suppuration of the faucial tonsil and peritonsillar tissue. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc. 1901, N. Y., 1902, vii, 107-110. Also: Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1901, xi, 298-301.—Goodale (J. L.) Acute suppurative processes in the faucial tonsils. Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass. 1899, N.Y., 1900, xxi, 43-52. Also: N. York M. J., 1899, lxx, 509-512. Also,Reprint.—Gouguenheim(A.) Amygda- lite phlegmoneuse suppuree. Gaz. m6d. de Par., 1894, 9. s., i, 61-63.—Gouguenheim (A.) & Bipault (H.) Des abces peri-amvgdaliens. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1894, 3. s., xi, 533-539. Also: Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1894, xx, 883-890. Also, Reprint.—Griinwald (L.) Zur Behandlung der An- gina phlegmonosa s. Peritonsillitisabscedens. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1896, xliii, 890.—Guedes de Mello. O pengawar e o seu emprego nas hemorragias consecu- tivas & ineisao dos abcessos periamygdalianos. Rev. da Soc. de med. e cirurg., Rio de Jan., 1904, viii, 83-87.— Hamilton (R. K.) Acute suppurative tonsillitis with convulsions. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1899, i, 16.—Hartz (H. J.) Peritonsillar suppuration. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc. 1901, N. Y., 1902, vii, 111-116, 1 pl. Also: Detroit M. J., 1901, i, 133-139. Also: Am. Med., Phila., 1902, iii, 646-649. -----. Chronic or recur- rent peritonsilar abscess. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1901, xi, 303. — Hang. Fremdkorper in der Tubargegend nach friiherer Radicaloperation; peritonsillarer Abscess. Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1902-3, lvii, 45.—Hays (H.) Peritonsillar abscess, with description of a new in- strument for opening and irrigating the abscess cav- ity. Am. Med., Burlington, Vt., & N. Y., 1910, v, 650- 653— lleerinann. Zur Behandlung des Peritonsillar- abszesses. Samml. zwangl. Abhandl. a. d.Geb. d.Nasen-, Ohren-, Mund- u. Halskr., Halle a. S., 1900, iv, 158-174.— Hewelke (O.) Przypadek ropnia migdalka gardzielo- wego (tonsilla Luschka's). [Abscess of.. .] Kron. lek., Warszawa, 1899, xx, 1085-1091.—Ilolinger (J.) Case of extensive abscess involving the faucial tonsil and mas- toid; nasal tumor (tuberculoma) for diagnosis. Illinois M. J.,Springfield, 1909, xv, 107.— Hubbard (T.) Report of cases of peritonsillar abscess associated with diph- theria. Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass. 1899, N. Y., 1900, xxi, 69- 75. Also: N. York M. J„ 1899, lxx, 639. [Discussion], 571. Also, Reprint.—Hugues (P.) Des abces chroniques des amygdales. Rev. hebd. de larvngol. [etc.], Par., 1897, xvii, 1303-1310. Also: Rev. internat. de rhinol., otol. et laryngol., Par., 1898, viii, 609-614.—Isaia (G.) Tonsilliti acute ed ascessi follicolari e peritonsillari. Arch, inter- naz. d. spec, med.-chir., Napoli, 1893, ix, 383.—Jacques. Phlegmon peri-amygdalien mortel par thrombophiebite du sinus caverneux. Arch, internat. de larvngol [etc.], Par.. 1908, xxv, 1058. — Jollye (F. W.) The opening of peritonsillar abscesses. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, i, 715.— Kaplan (Y. B.) Dva sluchaya smertelnavo krovote- Tonsils (Abscess of) [including periton- sillar abscess]. cheniya pri flegmonoznol zhable (peritonsilitis). [Two casesof fatal haemorrhage in phlegmonous peritonsillitis.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1906, v, 1616-1618. — Kaul. maim. De l'amygdalite phlegmoneuse. Anjou m&L, Angers, 1906, xiii, 124-127.—Kenerson (V.) Deathfrom suppurating tonsil. N. York M. J. [etc], 1906, lxxxiv, 67.—Killian (J.) Zur Behandlung der Angina phleg- monosa s. Peritonsillitis abseedens. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1896, xliii, 696.—Knott (J.) Tonsillarab- scess; a historical note. Med. Press & Circ., Lond., 1910, n. s , ex, 651.—Koehler. Zur Aetiolojrie der Abscesse in den Gaumenmandeln und dem sie umgebenden Bin- degewebe. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1896, xxii, 107.—Kohan (L. N.) K tekhnikle vskritiya peritonzillyarnavo abstsessa. [Technique of lancing a peritonsillar abscess.] Prakt. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1911, x, 235. — Kohn (S.) Acute infectious phlegmon of the pharvnx, following follicular tonsillitis; death in twenty- two hours. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1893, xliii. 264.—Lange (V.) Fragmentarische klinische Betraehtungen iiber die Tonsillar- und Peritonsillar-Abszesse. Ztschr. f. Larvn- gol..Rhinol. [etc.],Wiirzb., 1908-9,i,707-715—L,ange(W.) Lebensgefahrliche Blutung aus dem Ohre infolge Zersto- rung der Carotis externa und der Vena jugularis interna durch einen peritonsillaren Abszess. Charite-Ann., Berl., 1908, xxxii, 457-462. — Laurens (G.) Comment faut-il ouvrir un abces de l'amygdale? Clinique, Par., 1906, i, 120.—Lebrani (P.) Ueber Arrosion der Carotis bei peri- tonsilliiren Abszessen. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1905-6, li, 1-30.—Iceland (G. A.) Tonsillar and circumtonsillar abscess. Tr. Am. Larvngol. Ass. 1899, N. Y., 1900, xxi, 53- 60. Also: N. York M. J., 1899, lxx, 512-515. Also, Re- print.— Lunghini(O.) Contributoallaeuradell'ascesso peri-tonsillare recidivante. Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.] 1902, Napoli, 1903, vi, 87-94— Lyons (A.) Death from the bursting of a tonsillar abscess. Lancet, Lond.,1902,ii,812.—MeElwee(L.C) An absolutely safe method of lancing tonsillar or peritonsillar abscesses. Clin. Reporter, St. Louis,1905,xviii, 9. Also: Med. Brief, St. Louis, 1905, xxxiii, 622—McClelland (R.) The opening oi peritonsillar abscess. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, ii, 810.— Marian. Abies de l'amygdale; diagnostic et traite- ment; nepasl'ouvrir. Gaz. d. mal.infant, [etc.], Par., 1900, ii, 141.—Martin (L.) Phlegmon de l'amygdale et diph- terie; leurs relations. Bull, med., Par., 1905, xix, 1100.— Melzi (U.) Contributo all' impiego del lievito di birra contro la tonsillite flemmonosa. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1906, xxvii, 122-124.—Menzel (K. M.) Zur Behandlung des Peritonsillarabszesses (Drainage). Arch, f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1912, xxvi, 436-444.—M ettler (E.j Zur Oeffnung des peritonsillaren Abszesses. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1911, xli, 299.—Meyer (A.) Die Eroffnung des peritonsillaren Abscesses. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1907, xliv, 1307-1309.—Moll (A. C. H.) Over de behandeling vanperitonsillaireabscessen. Med. Weekbb.Amst.l 906-7, xiii, 377; 389.— Monari (c.) Gli ascessi endo e periton- sillari. Boll. d. mal. d. orecchio, d. gola ed. naso, Firenze, 1897, xv, 49-56.—Moty <£ J&elporte. Abces latero-pha- ryngien gauche, suite d'amygdalite; hemorragies repe- tees; ligature de la carotide primitive gauche; guerison. Arch.de med.et pharm.mil.,Par.,1907,1,220-222.—Moure. (E.-J.) Abc£s amygdaliens et peri-amygdaliens; diag- nostic et traitement. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1901, ii, 273-287. Also [Abstr.]: Presse med., Par., 1901, ii, 96. -----. De l'ouverture des abces amvgdaliens. Mem. et Bull. Soc. de med. et chir. de Bordeaux (1898), 1899,36- 42. Also: J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1898, xxviii, 76-78. Also: Rev. internat. de rhinol., otol. et laryngol., Par., 1898, ix, 281-284. -----. Bacteriologie des abces amygda- liens et periamygdaliens. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1908, xxxviii, 553.—O'Conor (J.) Acute suppurative amyg- dalitis; larvngotomy; recovery. N. York M. J., 1897, lxv, 458.—PagS (J.-D.) P£ritonsillite suppuree, abces peri- am vgdalien: sa pathogenie et son traitement chirurgical. Bull. med. deQuebee, 1904-5, vi, 189-198.—Parmentier. Existe-t-il une amvgdalite pharvngee phlegmoneuse? Progres med. beige, Brux., 1907, ix, 105-108.—Perez (F.) Periamygdalite phlegmoneuse; traitement par le serum de Marinorek; guerison. Rev. Soc. med. argent., Buenos Aires, 1902, x, 719-722.—Proctor (D. E.) Peritonsillar abscess, with a case and a few remarks relating to diag- nosis and treatment. Cincin. M. J., 1896, xi, 561-563. Also: Med. Progress, Louisville, 1896, xii, 1-3.—Puehkovskl (A.) Flegmonoznoye vospaieniye yazikovavo minda- lika, vizvannoye vertenoobraznol palochkol Vincenti. [Phlegmonous inflammation of the lingual tonsil pro- duced by Vincent's spindle-shaped bacillus.] Prakt. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1909, viii, 3.—Kieard (G.) Du traite- ment chirurgical de la peri-amygdalite palatine phlegmo- neuse. Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1904, xviii, 903-907.—Bobertson (0. M.) Peritonsillar ab- scess. Larvngoscope.St. Louis, 1907. xvii,733-737.— Both (W.) Ueber protrahierte Eiterungen nach peritonsilla- ren Abszessen. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1908, lviii. 891- 894.—Boy (D.) Peritonsillar abscess. AtlantaM.&S.J., 1898-9, n. s., xv, 296-305.—Buault (A). Sur un nouveau TONSILS. 349 TONSILS. Tonsils (Abscess of) [including periton- sillar abscess]. proeede operatoire applicable & l'ouverture des abces periamvgdaliens. Mercredi med., Par., 1893, iv, 25.— Sargnon. Un eas d abces enkyste chronique de l'amygdale droit sans listule; ouverture et destruction au galvano-eautere: guerison sans recidive. Lyon med., 1898, Ixxxviii, 327-334.— Seller!. Sur l'amygdalite pre- epiglottique phlegmoneuse. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1911, xxxii, 1-7.—Seltel (X.) Peritonsillar suppuration. Merck's Arch., N. Y., 1911. xiii, 307. Also: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1912, xcv, 76. Also, Reprint.— Shattuck (W. S.) An unusual case of peritonsillar ab- scess. Brooklvn M. J.. 1903, xvii, 233— Soiners (L. S.) The use of suprarenal gland in peritonsillar abscess. Merck's Arch., N. Y., 1901, iii, 169-172.—Sommer (G.) Kritisches und Neues zur Therapie des Tonsillen-Abszes- ses. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1906, liii, 606.—Sou- beyran & Sassy. Les abces amygdaliens et peri- amvgdaliens. Gaz. d. hop., Par.,1911, lxxxiv, 1243; 1279.— Stalkartt (W. H. S.) The opening supratonsillar and peritonsillar abscesses. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, i, 882.— StoupjT (E.) Amygdalite phlegmoneuse; hemorragies arterielles et veine'uses consecutives; fistule tracheale; ligature de la carotide externe; guerison. Arch, de med. et pharm. mil., Par., 1896, xxviii, 177-189.—Stucky i J. A.) Peritonsillitis or quinsv; cause and treatment. Memphis Lancet, 1899, ii, 7-11.—Thiemann (H.) Ueber den Tousillarabszess und seine Eroffnung. Kor.- Bl. d. allg. iirztl. Ver. v. Thiiringen, Jena, 1912, xli, 289- 291.—Thomson (St. C.) The opening of peritonsillar abscesses. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, i, 645. Also: Polyclin., Lond., 1905, ix, 107-1 J — Tishkoff (I. P.) Sluchal nariva mindalevidnol zhelyozi, oslozhnivshavosya ostrim otyokom gortani. [Abscess of the tonsil compli- cated by acute oedema of the larynx.] Protok. zasaid. Obsh. morsk. vrach. v Kronstadte, 1896-7, xxxv, 72-82.— Treitel. Ueber das Wesen und die Bedeutung chroni- scher Tonsillarabscesse. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1898, xxiv, 761-763.—Vaquier (L.) Amvgdalite linguale phlegmoneuse; elimination tardive du corps Stranger provocateur. Arch, internat. de laryn- gol. [etc.], Par., 1909, xxviii, 193.—Voorhees (I. W.) The galvano-cautery as a factor in peritonsillar abscess. N. York State J. M., N. Y., 1909, ix, 166.—Ward (M. R.) Septic thrombo-phlebitis as a complication of peritonsil- lar abscess; reportof two cases. Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass. 1899, N. Y., 1900, xxi, 60-69. Also: N. York M. J., 1899, lxx, 546-549. [Discussion], 571.— Warfleld (M.) Peri- tonsillar abscess. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1911, xxii, 60.—"West (J. P.) A plea for the early operative treatment of quinsy (peritonsillar abscess). Cleveland M. J., 1903, ii, 27-29.—White (J. V.) An unusual case of peritonsillar abscess. Harper Hosp. Bull., Detroit, 1905-6, xvi, 27-29.—Wieart. Abces de l'amygdale. Medecin prat., Par., 1907, iii, 118-121.—Wood (F. L.) & Kussell (W. B.) Severe constitutional disturbance accompanving tonsillar abscess. Lancet, Lond., 1896, ii, 1754.—Wultt"(P.) Ein Fall von einem Aneurysmader Carotis interna nach Tonsillarabscess; Heilung durch Unterbindung der Carotis communis. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1900, xlvii, 687.—Ziegner (H.) Instrumen- teller Beitrag zur chirurgi-chen Behandlung der Tonsil- larabszesse. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1904, li, 841. Tonsils (Actinomycosis of). Clerc (L.) *Actinomycose de l'amygdale. 8°. Lyon, 1904. Ellis (J. W.) Actinomyces-like bodies in the tonsils. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1897, xxviii, 1241.—Gappiseh. Zur Kenntnis der aktinomvcoseahnlichen Kdrner in den Tonsillen. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch. 1905, Jena, 1906,130-139,1 pl.-Grosvenor (L. N.) Actino- mvces in tonsillar crvpts. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1911, xix, 513-515.—Miodowski (F.) Ueber das Vor- kommen aktinomycoseahnlicher Kornchen in den Gau- nienmandeln. Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1906- 7,xix,277-284,lpl.—Poncet. Actinomycosede l'amyg- dale; phlegmon cervical consecutif. Lyon med., 1904, ch, 1166.—Buge (H.) Ueber aetinomyces-ahnliche Ge- bilde in den Tonsillen. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1896, xxx 529-537.—Thevenot (L.) L'actinomycose de l'amvgdale. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1904, lxxvii, 1070-1072.— Wright (J.) Actinomycosis of the tonsils, with some remarks on the portals of infection. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1904, n. s., cxxviii, 74-90. Tonsils (Bacteriology of). See, also, Tonsils (Abscess of); Tonsils (Dis- eases of, Causes, etc., of); Tonsils (Hypertrophy of); Tonsils (Inflammation of); Tonsils (Ul- ceration of, Membranous). Koch (W.) * Bakteriologiscbe Untersuchun- gen der Tonsillen bei Scharlach und Nephritis Tonsils (Bacteriology of). mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Strepto- kokken. 8°. Leipzig, 1911. Bezancon (F.) &Griitbii (V.) Presence constante du pneumocoque k la surface de l'amvgdale. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1898, 3. s., xv, 320-323. Also: Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1898, lxxi, 414—Cornet (P.) Sur la bacteriologie d'exsudat qui tapisse la plaie conse- cutive & l'amygdalotomie; bacille pseudo-diphterique et bacille fusiforme. Bull, de laryngol., otol. et rhinol., Par., 1903, vi, 254-260. — Davis (D. J.) Experimental study of bacteria isolated from tonsils. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, lv, 26. — Dwyer (J. G.J & Gignoux (Miss). Bacteriological examination of the tonsillar crypts at the Manhattan Eye, Ear and Throat Hospital, New York, during winter, 1909-10. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1910, xx, 1042-1045. Also: Manhattan Eye & Ear Hosp. Rep., N. Y., 1912, xiii, 213-21S—Eijkman (C.) Angina tonsillaris phlegmonosa. [Bacteriology of...] Ge- neesk. Tijdschr. v. Nederl. Indie, Batav., 1890, xxx, 269- 275.—Hilbert (P.) Ueber das constante Vorkommen langer Streptokokken auf gesunden Tonsillen und ihre Be- deutung fiir die Aetiologie der Anginen. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infectionskrankh., Leipz., 1899, xxxi, 38L415.—Mart- sinovski (E. I.) O nlekotorikh mikrodrganizmakh, naldennikh v kriptakh mindalin. [Various microorgan- isms found in the crypts of the tonsils.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1900, liii, 896-905. Also, transl.: Centralbl. f. Bakte- riol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1900, xxviii, 39-45.—Tunni- clitT (R. M.) The presence of streptococci on normal tonsils. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1903-4, vi, 175-179.— Wright (J.) The difference in the behavior of dust from that of bacteria in the tonsillar crypts. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1906, lxxxiii, 17-21. Also, Reprint. Tonsils (Bone or cartilage in). See Tonsils (Concretion, etc., in). Tonsils (Calculus in). See Tonsils (Concretions in). Tonsils (Cancer of). See Tonsils (Tumors of, Cancerous, etc. ,of). Tonsils (Concretions and bony growths in). Costet (A.) * Etude sur les calculs de l'amyg- dale. 4°. Paris, 1896. Roux (J.-C.-E.) * Contribution a I'etude des calculs amygdaliens. 4°. Bordeaux, 1895. Anders (J. M.) Caseof tonsillolith. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1908, 1, 1191.—Beausoleil (R.) Calcul de l'amygdale. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1895, xvi, 77.—Butler (W. K.) Tonsillolith: an unusual case and specimen. Med. News, Phila., 1894, lxv, 580.—Cam- penni (F. A.) & Arena (F.) Su di un calcolo tonsil- lare. Arch. ital. di laringol., Napoli, 1894, xiv, 108-110.— Carter (W. W.) Growth of bone in the tonsil. Med. Rec N. Y., 1905, lxvii, 174. Also: Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1906, xv. 114-116.—CIine (L. C.) Some observations on sore throat due to concretions in the tonsils. Hot Springs M. J., 1894, iii, 368-370. Also: Med. Rev., St. Louis, 1894, xxx, 484. Also: N. York M. Reporter, Rochester, 1894-5, i, 405-407.—Combe (A.) & DuDOiisqiiet-Laborderie. Calcultres volumineux de l'amygdale gauche. Tribune med., Par., 1896, 2. s., xxxiii, 46-50.—Conipaired (C.) Calcul de l'amygdale palatine gauche; abces purulent intra-amygdalien con- Becutif decouvert pendant l'operation; guerison. Arch. internat. delarvngol. [etc.], Par.,1904, xviii, 155-159. Also, transl.: Siglo rn'ed., Madrid, 1904, li, 507-509.—Courtade (A.) Les calculs de l'amygdale. Rev. gen. de clin. etde therap., Par., 1898, xii, 843.—Deiehert (H.) Ueber Knorpel- und Knochenbildung an den Tonsillen. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc], Berl., 1895, cxii, 435-445.—Oelobel (P ) Volumineux calcul de l'amygdale. Rev. hebd. de larvngol. [etc.J, Par., 1911, ii, 641-643.—De Simoni (A.) Calculs tonsillaires. [Transl.] Arch, internat. de la- ryngol. [etc.], Par., 1906, xxii, 483-493.—Dubousquet- taborderle. Tres gros calcul de l'amygdale rendu Bpontanement. J. de med. de Par., 1900, 2. s., xii, 502.— Dupond (G.) Calcul de l'amygdale. Bull, et mem. Soc. de med. et chir. de Bordeaux (1910), 1914, 137.— Feigin (F. I.) Probkimindalevidnikh zhelyoz. [Con- cretions in the tonsils.] Voyenno-med. J., St. Petersb., 1903, i, med. pt., 822-827.—Garcia e Ilurre (J.) Calcu: los de la amigdala izquierda con perforaciones del velo y pilar anterior. Clin, mod., Zaragoza, 1910, ix. 374-378.— Genter (I. A.) K voprosu o nakhozhdenii khrya- shtshevol tkani v mindalinakh. [Presence of cartila- ginous tissue in the tonsils.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1904, xi, 789-791.—Gilletde Grandmont. Amygda- lite calculeuse, enucleation des concretions, atrophie con. TONSILS. 350 TONSILS. Tonsils (Concreticms and bony growths in). secutivedes tonsilles. Bull. Soc. de med. prat, de Par., 1873,166-169.—Girou (E.) Ln casde concretion cal caire volumineuse de l'amygdale. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1905, lxxx, 871.—Gray (A. A.) Tonsillar calculi occurring in both tonsils. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Glasg., 1902, iii, 398-401. Also: Glasgow M. J., 1901, lvi, 122-125.— Guarnaccla (E.) Calcolo della tonsilla palatina sinistra. Rassegna internaz. d. med. mod., Catania, 1900- 1901, ii, 261.—Halkin (H.) Contribution a I'etude de l'ossification dans les amygdales. Bull. Acad. roy. de med. de Belg., Brux., 1905, 4. s., xix, 383-397, 2 pl. [Rap. de R. Boddaert], 288. Also: Presse oto-laryngol. beige, Brux., 1905, iv, 4;;:i-119.—llirigoyen. Calcul de l'amyg- dale. Bull. Soc.d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux, 1899, xx, 66-68. Also: J. de nied. de Bordeaux, 1899, xxix, 211.— Jackson (C.) Report of a case of tonsillolith and exhibition of specimen. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc 1904, N. Y., 1905. x, 10.—Jacques. Calcul de l'amygdale. Soc de med. de Nancy. C.-r.? 1900-1901, Proc.-v., 72.—Johnson (W. B.) Tonsilloliths. Ann. Ophth. & Otol., St. Louis, 1894, iii, 75. Also, Reprint.— Kampf ( N. ) Obizvestvlennaya mindalina. [Tonsil infiltrated with bone.J Vrach, St. Petersb., 1884, v, 204.— Landa (G. M.) Calculo amigdaliano. Rev. de med. y cirug. de la Habana, 1907, xii, 495. —Lange (B.) Ueber Mandelsteine. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1894, xxxix, .87-96,1 pl.—Lecocq (J.) Quelques considera- tions sur les calculs de l'amygdale. Rev. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1893, xiii, 611-613. Also: Soc. beige d'otol. et de laryngol. C.-r., Brux., 1893, iv, 83-85. —Luljarsch (O.) Ueber Knochenbildung in Lymphknoten und Gau- nienmandeln. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1904, cxxvii, 371-387.—Mabon (J. S.) Report of a case of tonsillolith. Tr. Am. Larvngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soe. 1904, N. Y., 1905, x, 333. Also: Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol.,St. Lonis,1904, xiii, 146.— McCarthy (J. McC.) A case of tonsillar calculus. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, ii, 1062. — Mignon. Calculs volumineux de l'amygdale. Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1908, xxv, 1058.— Morroway (J. H.) Concretion in Luschka's tonsil. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlix, 1116.—Newcomb (J. E.) Bcme and cartilagein the tonsil. Tr. Am. Laryn- gol. Ass., N. Y., 1904, xxvi,75-82. Also: Med. News, N. Y., 1904, lxxxv, 581-583.—Ntfsske (H.) Ueber Knorpel-und Knochenbildung in den Tonsillen. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1902-3, lxvi, 559-571—Noquet. Un cas de calcul de l'amygdale. Bull. Soc. beige d'otol. [etc.], Brux., 1900, v, 140-143. — Pyotroff(N. V.) Ob obrazo- vanii khryashtshevol i kostnol tkani v mindalevidnol zhelyozle. [Formation of cartilaginous and osseous tis- sue in the tonsil.] Bolnitseh. gaz. Botkina, St. Petersb., 1902, xiii, 1721; 1775.—Beitmann (K.) Ueber das Vor- kommen von Knorpel und Knochen in den Gaumenton- sillen. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1903, xxxiv, 321- 327.—Blesman. Calcareous excretion from the tonsil. Tr. Path. Soc. Phila. (1893-5), 1896, xvii, 59.—Bobert- son (W. G. A.) Large tonsillar calculus. Tr. Med.- Chir. Soc. Edinb., 1898-9, n. s., xviii, 3-8. -----. On tonsillar calculi. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1899, i, 14-16.— Bosenberg (A.) Ein Mandelstein von ungewohn- licher Grosse. Areh. f .Laryneol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1894-5, ii,405.—Buckert (A.) Ueber Knochen-und Knorpelbe- funde in den Tonsillen. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1904, cxxvii, 387^100. —Scheven (O.) Zur Pathologie der Mandelsteine. Arch. f. Larvngol. u. Rhi- nol., Berl., 1907, xx, 20-2L—Solters (C. M.) Calculo de la amigdala. Notas med., Valladolid, 1909, ii, 8.—Stir- ling (A. W.) On bony growths invading the tonsils. Atlanta M. & S. J., 1896-7, n. s., xiii, 328-330. Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1896, xxvii, 734.—Terrilion (O.) Des accidents causes par les calculs de l'amvgdale. Arch. gen.demed.,Par.,1886,7,s„xviii,129-148. Also.inhis: OEu- vres, 8°, Par., 1898, i, 368-385.—Theodore (E.) Ueber Knorpel und Knochen in den Gaunienmandeln. Arch. f.Ohrenh., Leipz., 1912,xc,34-44, 2 pl.— Turskiy (A. A.) Sluchal kamnyamindalikaneobichnolvelichini. [Calcu- lus of the tonsil of unusual size.] Yezhemles. Ushn., Gor- lov. i Nosov. Bollezn., S.-Peterb., 1912, vii, 299.—Vargas (A.R.) Calculo de la amigdala. Bol. de laringol., otol. y rinol., Madrid, 1909, ix, 6-7.—Verdelet. Calcul de l'amygdale. J. de med.de Bordeaux, 1899, xxix, 333.— Vinogradov (K. N.) Po povodu kamnya mindale- vidnol zhelyozi. [Calculus of the tonsil.] Vrach, St Petersb., 1884, v, 347— Walsham (H.) On the occur- rence of cartilaginous and long nodules in the tonsil. Lancet, Lond., 1898, ii, 394.-----. Epithelial pearls in the tonsil. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1898-9,1, 65. Also: Lan- cet, Loud 1899. i, 1154.-White (W. C.) Ossification of capsule of tonsil in an adult. Kentucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1911-12, ix, 870.-Wingrave (W.") A note on the occurrence of cartilaginous and bony nodules of the ton- sils. Lancet, Lond., 1898, ii, 750 Tonsils (Diseases of). See, also, Mouth. (Diseases of, Manuals, etc., of); Pharynx (Diseases of); Throat (Diseases of, Manuals, etc., of); Tonsils (Abseess of); Tonsils (Actinomycosis of); Tonsils (Concre- tions in); Tonsils (Diseasesof) in animals; Ton- Bils (Diseases of) in children; Tonsils (Gangrene of); Tonsils (Hypertrophy of); Tonsils (Inflam- mation of); Tonsils (Lingual, Diseases, etc.,of); Tonsils (Mycosis of); Tonsils (Pharyngeal, Hypertrophy of); Tonsils (Syphilis of); Tonsils (Tuberculosis of); Tonsils (Tumors of); Ton- sils ( Ulceration of). Archibald (F. M.) The tonsils and some of their diseases. Northwest. Lancet, St. Paul, 1900, xx, 81-84.— Ball (J. B.) A case of tonsillar disease. West Lond. M. J., Lond., 1905, x, 126-128.—Beck (J. C.) Some points in anatomy, pathology, and surgical treatment of the faucial tonsil. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1909, xviii, 38-53.—Beekmann (H.) Zur Pathologie und Therapie der Rachenmandel. Monatschr. f. Oh- renh., Berl., 1897, xxxi, 389-401.— Block (E.) Die Krankheiten der Gaunienmandeln. Handb. d. Laryn- gol. u. Rhinol., Wien, 1896-7, ii, 548-576.—Bosworth (F. H.) The tonsils from a purely clinical point of view. Tr. Am. Laryngol, Ass., N. Y., 1901, 85-89.—Con key (C. D.) The tonsils; their anatomy, physiology, pathol- ogy and treatment. Tr. M. Soc. Wisconsin, Madison, 1902, 263-278.—Dabney (S. G.) Chronic disease of the faucial tonsils. Kentucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1908-9, vii, 1035-1013.—Dougherty (D. S.) The severer types of tonsillar Infection. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1911, xxi, 707-714.—Dudley (W. H.) The chronically diseased tonsil. Calif. M. & S. Reporter, Los Angeles, 1908, iv, 63. -----. The chronically diseased tonsil. Ibid., 1911, vii, 11-13.—Dupuy (H.) Acute affections of the pharyngeal tonsil in early life. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1905-6, lviii, 716- 721.—Faulkner (R. B.) Some tonsil affections. N. York M. J., 1893, lxxvii, 59.—Geronzl (G.) Linfoadenia tonsillare. Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.] .Torino,1897, v,87-108.— Gottstein (J.) & Kayser (R.) Die Krankheiten der Rachentonsille. Handb. d. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Wien, 1896-7, ii, 496-547.—Grimmer (C. L.) The three tonsils. Mass. M. J., Bost., 1906, xxvi, 133-143—Hall (G. C.) Some important features in the pathology and treatment of diseased tonsils and adenoids. Kentucky M. J., Bow- ling Green, 1908, vi, 330-333.—Harris (C. M.) Modern views concerning diseased tonsils. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1910, lxxvii, 12-14.—Hasslauer. Eine seltene Erkrankung der Rachenmandel. Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1906, xix, 127-131.—Higguet (G.) Fonctions et utilite de l'amygdale palatine; etude de physio-pathologie de cet organe. Ann. de la Policlin. de Par.. 1911, xxi, 131.— Jervey (J. W.) The diseased tonsil. J. South. Car. M. Ass., Charleston, 1910, vi, 386-389.— Klotz (J. E.) Diseased faucial tonsils. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1903, lxxviii, 1109.—Knight (C. H.) Chronic diseases of the tonsils. Syst. Dis. Ear, Nose, & Throat (Burnett), Phila., 1893, ii, 571-621.— Leflterts (G. M.) Acute diseases of the tonsils. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1893, 3. s., i, 332-335.—McKimmie (O. A. M.) Some dis- eases of the tonsil; chronic lacunar tonsillitis; painful tonsillar adhesions; recurrent peri-tonsillitis. Vir- ginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1896-7, i, 197-199.— Marti (F.) Zur Aetiologie der Mandelpfriipfe. Schweiz. iirztl. Mitt. a. Univ.-Inst., Zurich, 1912, 455-165.—Miller (C. M.) Diseased tonsils. Old Dominion J. M. & S., Richmond, 1907-8, vi, 396-400. Also: Richmond J. Pract., 1907, xxi, 194-199. Also: South. M. & S., Chattanooga, 1907, viii, 115-117.—Munger (C. E.) Diseases of thetonsils. Proc. Connect. M. Soc, Bridgeport, 1898, cvi, 160-172.— Oehler (R.) Ueber Mandelpfropfe und Paruliskorner. Allg.med.Centr.-Ztg.,Berl.,1901,lxx,339.—Paterson(D. R.) Thesupratonsiliar fossa and its affections. J.Laryn- gol., Lond., 1898, xiii, 165-177.—Peterman (H.E.) A re- view of the tonsil question, with some personal experien- ces. Maryland M. J., Bait., 1911, liv, 177-185.—Pynchon (E.) The degenerate tonsil. J.Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1903, xl, 764-768. Also, Reprint.—Sargnon. Faits cliniques amygdalienset aderio'idiens. Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1912, xxxiii, 506.—Schoeneinann. Zur Physiologie und Pathologie der Tonsillen. Arch. f. La- ryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1909, xxii, 251-259.—Selfrldge (G.) A contribution to the study of the third tonsil, with cases. Pacific Coast J. Homceop., San Fran., 1894, n. s., ii, 173-176.—Sibley (B. D.) Etiology, pathology and treatment of diseased tonsils and adenoids. Alabama M. J., Birmingh., 1907-8, xx, 205-210. Also: Charlotte IN. C. ] M. J., 1908, xxxii, 332-334. —Townsend (I.) Symptoms and treatment of enlarged tonsillar crypts. Tr. Homceop. M. Soc. N. Y., 1898, xxxiii, 295-298. TONSILS. 351 TONSILS. Tonsils (Diseases of). Also:.!. Ophth., Otol. & Laryngol., N. Y., 1898, x, 295- 298.— Whitaker (H. W.) Chronically diseased tonsils. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1897, iii, 299-306.—Wilson (X. L.) Chronic diseases of the tonsils. N. York M. J., 1896, lxiii, 509-511. Also, Reprint.—Wishart(l>. J. O.) The lymphoid tonsillar circle; observations on the faucial and lingual tonsils. Canad. Lancet, Toronto, 1905-6, xxxix, 19-23.—Wright (J.) Autoclasis of thetonsils, an aux- iliary process of their retrogression. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1904, xiv, 257-262, 1 pl. Tonsils (Diseases of Causes and path- ology of). See, also, Influenza (Complications, etc., La- ryngeal, etc.); Tonsils (Bacteriology of). Duval (L.) Contribution a I'etude des in- fections auiygdaliennes et de leur contagion. 8°. Paris, 1900: Gtressk (F.-C.) ^Contribution a I'etude de la diphterie primitive de l'amygdale pharyngee. 8°. Bordeaux, 1907. Maltese (F.) Patologia, anatomia e flsiolo- gia della tonsilla faringea. 8°. Torino, 1911. Ajello(L.) Sullo spezzettamento delle tonsille. Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.] 1897, Firenze, 1899, iii, 170-175.—Babbitt (J. A.) Pathology of the faucial tonsil. Tr. Am. Larvngol.. Rhinol. & Otol. Soc, St. Louis, 1907, 189-200. Also: Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Larvngol., St. Louis, 1907, xvi, 802-813.—Ballenger (W. L.) Reflex affections of the tonsil. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1911, xciv, 905.—Barnes (H. A.) The relation of age to tonsillar infection. Ann. Otol.. Rhinol. & Laryngol.,St.Louis, 1911, xx, 789-792,7 pl—Beck (J. C.) A histologic pathology of tonsils requiring removal. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1912, xxi, 465-474.—Bertarelli (E.) & Calamida (U.) Sul significato eziologiro delle forme blastomicetiche nelle tonsille. Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1901-2, xii, 15-28. AUo: Gi< >r. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1901, 4. s., vii, 343-356.—Browne (L.) Case of keratosis of the tonsils. J. Laryngol., Lond., 1902, xvii, 633.—Davis (D.J.) Plasma cells in tonsils. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1911-12, viii, 243-245.—Faulkner (R. B.) Reflex affec- tions of the tonsil. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1911, xciv, 270- 272. Also, Reprint.—Federici (F.) Sur le mecanisme et la signification probable de Immigration des leucocytes & travers l'epithelium des amygdales palatines. Arch, in- ternat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1905, xix, 463-468.—Fin- der (G.) Zur pathologischen Anatomie der Tonsille. Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1898, viii, 354-361.— Gaucher & liacapere. Lichen plan de l'amygdale. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1904, xv, 210-212. Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1904, 4. s., v, 563-565.—Goerke (M.) Beitrage zur Patholo- gie der Rachenmandel. Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1904, xvi, 144-167. -----. Beitrage zur Patholo- gie der Tonsillen. Ibid., 1906-7, xix, 244-276.—Goodale (J. L.) Retrograde metamorphosis in the faucial tonsils. Tr. Am. Larvngol. Ass., N. Y., 1901, 90-101. Also: J. Bost. Soc. M. Sc, 1900-1901, v, 515-522, lpl. Also, transl: Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1901-2, xii, 399-105, 1 pl. Also, Reprint —Grant (J. D.) Case of lupus of the larynx and tonsil. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1907-8, i, Larvngol. Sect., 78.—Hastings (H.) The pathological histology of the tonsil. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1910, viii, 390-399. Also: Calif. M. & S. Reporter, Los Angeles, 1911, vii, 13-15 —Henke (F.) 6 TONSILS. 357 TONSILS. Tonsils (Excision of Methods and in- struments in). Erbrich (F.) O zupelnem wyluszczeniu migdalk6w podniebiennych (enucleatis tonsillarum); opis wiasnej metody operacyjnej. [Tonsillectomy by a new method.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1911, 2. s., xxxi, 63-67. Also, transl.: Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1910-11, xxiv, 329 — Escat(E.) De l'ablation de l'amygdale deLuschka; in- dications et contre-indications. Arch. med. de Toulouse, 1895,48-56.— Eves (C.C.) A simple tonsil snare. J.Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, liv,1442.—FarlowfJ. \V.) The use of the ecraseur and punch in the removal of tonsils. Med. & Surg. Rep. Bost. City Hosp., 1896, 7. s., 167-170.— Fein (J.) Die Abtragung der Rachenmandel mit dem bajonettformigen Adenotom. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1905, lv, 2150; 2205. Also, transl.: Ann. d. mal. de l'o- reille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1905, xxxi, 430-447. -----. Die Abtragung der Rachenmandel mit dem bajonettfor- migen Adenotom. Verhandl. d. Internat. Laryngo- Rhinol.-Kong. 1908, Wien u. Leipz., 1909, i, 611-615. Also: Med. Klin., Berl., 1908, iv, 1489-1491. -----. Die Abtra- gung von unvollstandig abgetrennten Stucken der Ra- chenmandel. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1912, lix, 225.— Fetterolf (G.) The anatomy and relations of the t n- sils in the hardened body, with special reference to the proper conception of the plica triangularis; the principles and practice of tonsil enucleation as based thereon. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1912, cxliv, 37-64.—Ficano (G.) Sulla tonsillotomia e sul nuovo tonsillotomo serranodo. Atti d. r. Accad. d. sc. med. in Palermo (1896), 1897,18-23. Also, transl.: Cong, internat. de med. C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de laryngol., 335-337. Also, transl: Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1900, ii, 721-724.—Fitzpatrick (T. V.) Tonsillotomy and its after-treatment. Lancet- Clin., Cincin., 1891, xxvii, 167-169. Also, Reprint- Foster (H. A.) Surgical removal of tonsils; finger enu- cleation. Am. J. Surg., N. Y., 1912, xxvi, 150. Also: J. Ophth., Otol. & Laryngol., N. Y., 1912, xviii, 143-152.— Fotiadl (F.) Un proeede d'ablation radicale de l'amygdale. Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larvnx [etc.], Par., 1906, xxxii, 173-176.—Fox (H. C.) & Allen (R. H.) The best way to remove tonsils. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1907, i, 231.—Francis (A. B.) Tonsillotomy in private prac- tice and a new tonsil sector. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1903, cxxvi, 272.—Freedman (L. M. The extirpation of the tonsil by enucleation; partly instrumental, partiy by the use of the fiuger. Boston M. & S. J., 1911, clxiv, 535-537.—Freer (O. T.) Tbe faucial tonsil, a pro- cedure for their complete excision. J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- cago, 1909, Iii, 547-552.—Fry (R. D.) Bloodless enuclea- tion of the tonsils under local anesthesia. Cleveland J. M., 1900, v, 64-70. [Discussion], 1899, iv, 552-555.— Gar- tb.waite-Fiscb.er (G.) Anesthesia in tonsil enuclea- tion. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1912, xcv, 386.—Gault. De la vc*e buccalecomme voie d'accis sur laregion pSriamygda- lienne et l'espace maxillo-pharyngien. Ann. d. mal. de L'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1911, xxxvii, 770-774.— Glbb (J. S.) The galvano-cautery in the surgery of the toasil. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1897, xxvi, 103-106. [Discus- sion] , 130-135. -----. Excision of the tonsils by means of the galvano-cautery snare. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1897, iii, 19-23. -----. Some observations upon the com- plete extirpation of the diseased faucial tonsil. Tr. Am. Larvngol. Ass., N. Y., 1909, 191-209. Also [Abstr.]: Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1909, xviii, 578-583.— Gilpatrick (R. H.) Suture of the faucial pillars for hemorrhage following tonsillectomy. Boston M. & S. J., 1910, clxiii, 97. — Gleason (J. E.) Technique of re- moval of the tonsil in capsule. Detroit M. J., 1909, ix, 335-337.—von Gordon (L.) Gaumenbogenschiitzer am Tonsillotom. Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1911, xxv, 486-488.—Gradle (H.) A handy form of hot snare for tonsillotomy. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1896. xxvii, 708. -----. The painless removal of adenoids and tonsils. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1907, xii, 617-621.— Greene (J. B.) New tonsil dissector. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, lvi, 953.—Ground (W. E.) A new tonsil- lotome. Ibid., 1910, liv, 705.—Groves (E. W. H.) On the advantages of enucleation of the tonsils over their removal by the guillotine. Bristol Med.-Chir. J., 1905, xxiii, 32-40. -----. The best way to remove tonsils. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, ii, 1890.—Guthrie (T.) Guil- lotine for enucleation of tonsils by Sluder's method. Proc Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1911-12, v, Larvngol. Sect, 156. Also: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, ii, 236. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1912, i, 1206.—Guyot (F.) Des indications et contre-indications de l'anesthesie generale dans les ope- , rations sur les amygdales et les vegetations adenoides. Rev. med de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1910, xxx, 608-617.— Hager (D. S. A tonsil pillar separator. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlix, 41. -----. A new style tonsil forceps. J. Ophth. & Oto-Laryngol., Chicago, 1908, ii, 183.—Harris (C. M.) Two well-known tonsil-dissectors mounted in convenient form upon a single handle. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1911, xxi, 177.— Hartmann (A.) Ton- sillotom zur Entfernung von kleinen Tonsillen und zur partiellen Abtragung von Tonsillen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1894, xx, 571. Also, I Tonsils (Excision of Methods and in- struments in). Reprint. -----. Der Mandelquetscher. Med. Klin., Berl., 1904-5, i, 38.—He Herman (D. A.) Removal of the tonsil in capsule. Boston M. &. S. J., 1908, clviii, 531.— Heiss (A.) Surgical instrument. [Pat. spec] No. 671,067; April 2,1901.—Henkes (J. G.) Een nieuw ins- trument voor verwijdering van vergroote amandelen door middel van de koude lis. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst, 1906, d. 1, 321. Also, transl.: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1906, xliii, 91.—Hill (A. J.) A new tonsilsnare. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1909, liii, 1560.— Hobbs (A. G.) Some remarks on tonsil excisions, with presentation and description of a new instru- ment. Tr. M. Ass. Georgia, Atlanta, 1892, 219-221.— Hope (C. W. M.) A method of enucleation of the ton- sils. Brit. M.J., Lond., 1912, i, 542—Hubbard (E. V.) Tonsil removal; a new method with instruments. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1909, xc, 1018-1020.—Hubrich (C.) Ein Rachentonsillotom. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1910, lvii, 644.—Hunt (H. E.) Diseased tonsils and their removal with scissors. St. Paul M. J., St. Paul, Minn., 1907, ix, 449-455.— Hurd (L. M.) Tonsil dis- sector, tonsil-grasping forceps, tonsil hemorrhage clamp. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lix, 1146. —Ilyish (A. P.) O narkozle pri udalenii tretyel mindalini. [Anaes- thesia in the removal of the third tonsil.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1902, ix, 344. — Ingals (E. F.) Ton- sillectomy, thorough, painless and safe. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1905, xliv, 386-389.—Ingersoll (J. M.) The care of children after an operation upon the tonsils and adenoid tissue. Cleveland M. J., 1910, ix, 256-261. -----. The technic of tonsillectomy. Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass., N. Y., 1911, 237-239. Also: Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryn- gol., St. Louis, 1911, xx, 562-564.—Is tonsilectomy pref- erable to tonsilotomy? When, whv, and how do you operate? J. Ophth., Otol. & Laryngol., N. Y., 1902, xiv, 254-258.—Jacques (P.) Considerations pratiques sur l'ablation des amygdales. Presse oto-laryngol. beige, Brux., 1910, ix, 433-442. Also: Rev. med. de l'est, Nancy, 1910, xlii, 449-458.—Jones (H. E.) An improved and simplified aseptic Mackenzie guillotine. Brit M. J., Lond., 1911, i, 208.— Julllen (S.) Tonsillometre. Atti d. xi. Cong. med. internaz. 1894, Roma, 1895, v, dermat., 93.—Jutte (M. E.) A practical method of anesthesia for the removal of enlarged tonsils and adenoids, and for other operations on the head. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1910, lxxvii, 795. — Kahn (H.) Quinine and urea hydro- chloride solution as a local anesthetic for tonsillectomy. Therap. Gaz. [etc.], Detroit, 1912, 3. s., xxviii, 465.—Katz (L.) Ein moaifiziertes Ringmesser (knieformiges Ade- notom) mit einigen Bemerkungen. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1903, xvii, 350.—Kellogg (F. B.) An operation for the painless and bloodless removal of submerged and adult tonsils. Tr. Am. Larvngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc. 1906, St. Louis, 1907, 652-655. Also: Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Larvngol., St. Louis, 1906, xv, 249-252. Also: South. Calif. Pract,, Los Angeles, 1906, xxi, 112-114.—King (G. L.) An improved tonsil-knife. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, lvi, 346.—Klein (V.) Om nogle smaa Forandringer ved Mackenzie's Tonsillotom. [Some slight changes in the tonsillotome of Mackenzie.] Ugeskr. f. Laeger, K0benh., 1899.5. R., vi, 1136-1139. Also: Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1900, xxxiv, 200-203.—Koplik (H ) Infections follow- ing tonsillotomy, with a consideration of the forms of such infections. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N.Y., 1912,cxliv,30-36.— Kretschmann. Ein Instrument zur Behandlung ge- wisser Formen hypertrophischer Tonsillen. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1895, xlii, 194— Laboure (L.) Indi- cations et technique de l'amygdalectomie totale. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1909, lxxxvi, 275.—Lagarde. Un nouvel amygdalotome. Bull, de laryngol., otol. et rhinol., Par., 1908, xi, 195-198. Also [Abstr.]: Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1908, n. s., xxxiv, 617.—Lance. Quand et comment faut-il enlever les amygdales. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1910, lxxxiii, 638-540.—Lautenbach (L. J.) The easiest, quickest, safest and most thorough method of re- moving the third tonsil. Penn. M. J., Pittsburg, 1900- 1901, iv, 573-575. Also, Reprint—Layman (D. W.) A new tonsil knife, with guard and retractor attachment. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1909, liii, 1820.—Le Marc'Ha- dour. Morcellement des amygdales. Ann. demed.et chir.inf.,Par.,1912,xvi,268-274—Leroux(R.) Evidement de laloge amygdalienne; nouveau morceleur a erigne. Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par.,1908, xxxiv, 751-754.—Lester (J. C.) A modified Mackenzie tonsil- lotome. Am. J. Surg., N. Y., 1908, xxii, 377.—Leuwer (C.) Ueber Tonsillotomie. Reichs-Med.-Anz., Leipz., 1911, xxxvi, 264.—Litwinowiez (O.) Ein Zungentonsillo- tom. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1904, xxxviii, 119.— Lokey(H.M.) Tonsillectomy versus tonsillotomy. At- lanta Jour.-Rec. Med., 1909-10, xii, 180-185. -----. Tonsil- lectomy, i&ML.643-649.—Lothrop (O.A.) Tonsillectomy with special reference to recent points in technic. Boston M. & S. J., 1910, clxii, 737-739. -----. A new tonsil knife. Ibid.. 1911, clxiv, 153.—Low (W. S.) The anatomical tonsillotome. Lancet, Lond., 1901, i, 1836: 1902, ii, 27.— McKinney (R.) A new tonsil forceps. Memphis M. TONSILS. 358 TONSILS. Tonsils (Excision of, Methods and in- struments in). Month., 1903, xxiii, 593. — MacLachlan (A. A.) A method for removing the faucial tonsil, using a soft silver- wire snare. Penn. M. J., Athens, 1910-11, xiv, 349-351.— .TIcBcynolds(J.O.) A new pharyngeal needle holder; rlesitMird especially for suturing the tonsillar wound after tonsillectomy. Tr. Am. Aead. Ophth. [etc.]. Oto-Laryn- gol. Sect., St. Louis, L»u9. 325. Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- cago, 1909, liii, 1821— MacWhinnie (A. M.) Spoon enucleation of the tonsil. Am. J. Surg., N. Y., 1909, xxiii, 363. Also: Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1909, xviii, 817-819. -----. Digital enucleation of the fau- cial tonsils. [Abstr.] N. York M. J. [etc.], 1909, lxxxix, 1087-1089. Also, Reprint. -----. Tonsil grasping forceps. N. York M.J. [etc.], 1910, xcii, 1022.—Mahu (G.) Du morcellement des amygdales palatines chez les enfants. Ann. de med. et chir. inf., Par., 1902, vi, 688-693. Also: Presse med., Par.,1902,i,582.—Makuen(G. H.) Some in- dications for the removal of the faucial tonsil and sugges- tions as to its technique. N.York M.J. [etc.], 1909, lxxxix, 1253-1257. Also, Reprint.—Mann (M. G.) Die Technik der Mandelexstirpation. Jahresb. d. Gesellsch. f. Nat- u. Heilk. in Dresd., 1910-11, Miinehen, 1911,163. Also: Klin.- therap. Wchnschr., Berl., 1911, xviii, 1049-1051. Also: Miin- ehen. med. Wchnschr., 1911, lviii, 1423—Marquis (G. P.) Another tonsil-forceps; one of the operative difficul- ties removed. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lviii, 1683.— Marshall (G. M.) The total extirpation of diseased tonsils; importance and method. Penn. M. J., Athens, 1908, xi, 721-726.—Martin (H. H.) A new tonsil-snare. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1909, Iii, 1101.—Mathews (F. S.) Finger enucleation of the tonsil; a method for tne removal of whole tonsils in children. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1908, xlviii, 883-888, 3 pl.—Mermod. Tonsil- lectomie ou galvano-cautere. Arch, internat. de larvn- gol. [etc.], Par., 1911, xxxii, 366-375. -----. Est-il bon de supprimer les amygdales, et quel est le meilleur moyen d'y arriver? Rev. med. de la-Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1911, xxxi, 777-791. — Middleton (A. B.) Diseased tonsils, and adenoids, with an improved operative method. Am. J. Clin. M., Chicago, 1912, xix, 896-904. —Minu- tilla (S.) Forbice tonsillotomo. Atti d. r. Accad. d. sc. med. in Palermo (1894), 1895,125-128, 1 pl.— Mlthoe- ler (W.) Finger enucleation of the tonsils. Lancet- Clinic, Cincin., 1911, cv, 280-285.— Monaco (G.) Ton- sillotomia galvano-caustica. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1895, xvi, 1446-1451. Also [Abstr.]: An. d. Circ. med. argent., Buenos Aires, 1895, xviii, 353.— Mongardi (R.) Un nuovo tonsillotomo. Atti d. Cong. d. Soc ital. di larin- gol. [etc] 1908, Pavia, 1910, xii, pt. 2, 46^470.—Mora- week (E.) A new style tonsil forceps. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1908, li, 1696.—Morrison (J. H.) Lin- gual tonsil scissors. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1900, lviii, 118.— Moseley (H. P.) New tonsil snare and specimens of tonsils removed. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1906, xvi, 971-976. -----. The use of the cold wire snare in the removal of faucial tonsils; a new tonsil snare. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1906, lxxxiv, 883. Also, Reprint—Mou- nier. De l'electro-amygdalotomie comme moyen d'a- blation des amygdales sans hemorragie. France med , Par., 1895, xlii, 161-164. —Myers (H. L.) The cold snare in tonsillotomy, with exhibition of instrument. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1903, xiii, 217.—Mylvaganam (H. B.) An operation for the total excision of tonsils. Lancet, Lond., 1909, ii, 491.—Neumann (H.) Demons- tration eines Instrumentes zur Totalexstirpation von Gaumentonsillen. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Na- turf. u. Aerzte 1909, Leipz., 1910, lxxxi, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 249.—Noyes (J. R.) A modified tonsil snare. Laryn- goscope, St. Louis, 1909, xix, 239.—Orr (C. J.) Removal of tonsils with special reference to the use of the Farlow punch. St. Louis Cour. Med., 1901, xxiv, 29-33. [Dis- cussion], 52-56.—Packard (F. R.) The faucial ton- sils; the indications for their removal and the best methods by which to accomplish it. Internat. Clin Phila., 1902, 12. s., iii, 240-246.—Parker (E. F.) Re- marks on the best operation for removal of the faucial tonsils and adenoid vegetations in the vault of the pharynx. Carolina M. J., Charlotte, 1900, xiv, 54-56 — Pegler (L. H.) Morcellement of the tonsils. Brit. M. J Lond., 1901, ii, 887. —Peters (E. A.) Tonsils enucleated by means of a 16 mm. Mackenzie guillotine £i"i)<^,R,iy^S<"'- Med-' Lond- 19H-12, v, Larvngol. Sect.] 126-129.-Peters (W. H.) The tonsil snare. Tr. Am ASSd-ioV,',1'.th- [/,'U'-^ Oto-Laryngol. Sect, St. Louis, ^Ti-, ii' Al"": Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1903, xiii, 871-8/5.—Pratt (J. A.) A tonsil snare. J. Am. M Ass Chicago, 1906, xlvi, 1613. -----. The ideal tonsillectomy: N. York M. J. [etcJ, 1910, xci, 689-691. —Proctor (A H J An improved method of using the tonsil guil- krtine Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1912, xlvii 19- Proebsting. Eine Tonsillenklemme. Arch. f. Larvn- gol. u. Rhinol. Berl., 1906, xvi, 386.-Pynchon (E ) Instruments used in tonsillotomy bv electro-cautery dis- section Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1897, ii, 105-108 Also Keprint ------,A0new tonsillotome. Ann. Otol., Rhi- nol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1906, xv, 259. _____. fonsil- Tonsils (Excision of Methods and in- struments in). lectomy by electro-cautery dissection. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1906, x, 243-262. Also: Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1907, xvi, 165-179. -----. Sheet of directions given the patient after a tonsil operation, including the treatment of postoperative hemorrhage. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1909, xvi, 179-186. Also: Laryn- goscope, St. Louis, 1909, xix, 431-438. Also: Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1909, 80-84.— Kaon It (A.) Instruments pour la liberation et le morcellement des amygdales palatines. Soc. de med. de Nancy. C.-r., 1901-2,65. Also: Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1902, xxiii, 278-281. -----. Du choix du procede pour l'ablation des amygdales. Rev. med. de l'est, Nancy, 1911, xliii, 193-203. — Rauge (P.) Procedes anciens et nouveaux d'amvgdalotomie. Assoc, franc, de chir. Proc.-verb., Par., 1909, xxii, 483-492. — Kejtd (S.) A beteg torokonandulak sebeszi eltavolitasanak javalatai es m6djai. [Indications and methods of excision of dis- eased pharyngeal tonsils.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1910,liv, 81-84.—Rice (C.C.) The surgical treatmentof both en- larged and diseased tonsils in children and adults. Post- Graduate, N. Y., 1900, xv, 810-820.— Richards (G. D.) The technique of tonsillotomy. Charlotte [N. C] M. J„ 1898, xiv, 40^411.—Richards (G. L.) A new instrument forgrasping the tonsil preliminary to complete enuclea- tion. J.Am.M.Ass.,Chicago,1907,l,2136. -----. Dr.Rich- ard's tonsil forceps. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc, St. Louis, 1908,270.—Roberts (J.G.) A new instru- ment for excision of the tonsils. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1906, xvi, 208.—Roberts (W. H.) A plea for thoroughness in the removal of diseased tonsils. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc. 1904, N. Y., 1906, x, 397.—Robertson (C. M.) New instruments for the removal of the faucial tonsils. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1902, xxxix, 1115. -----. Removal of the faucial tonsil; some observations and a new method of operation. Ibid., 1903, xli, 1334-1338.—R»hr. Ein Tonsillotom. IIlust. Monatschr. d. arztl, Polytech., Berl., 1900, xxii, 162.—Rood (L. C.) A modification of Sluder's method of tonsillectomy. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, lvii, 393.—Rosenfeld (F.) Ein verbessertes Tonsillotom. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1904, xxx, 704.—Rosenheim (S.) A forceps for the control of tonsillar hemorrhage. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc, New Bedford, Mass., 1910, 405. Also: Laryn- goscope, St. Louis, 1910, xx, 758.—Ruault (A.) Note sur la technique du morcellement des amygdales. Rev. hebd de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1902, ii, 241-248—Rup- pert (F. C.) A new tonsillotome. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1907, xvii, 245.—Rupreeht (M.) Teehnische Bemerkung fiber die Spritze und die Kantden zur Injek- tionsanasthesie der Mandeln. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Berl. u. Wien, 1910, xliv, 386-388.—Sauer (W. E.) Tonsil guillotine with a dull blade. J. Am. M. Ass., Chica- go, 1912, lviii, 1355.—Sa wins (A. H.) Tonsillectomy and a new tonsil and nasal septum knife. Ibid., lix, 274.— Scherenberg. Die Exstirpation der Gaumenmandeln mit der Messerschere. Med. Klin., Berl., 1907, iii, 837.— Sewall (E. C.) Combined mouth gag and tongue fixer and suction apparatus for tonsil operation. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, liv, 1136—Sheedy (B. D.) Tonsil removal, opsonic index, and immunity. Med. Rec, N. Y.. 1909, lxxvi, 520. Also, Reprint. -----. Tonsil removal with special reference to quinine anesthesia. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1911, lxxx, 813-816—von Shteln (S. F.) Noviy provolochniy tonzillozhom. [A new tonsillotome.] Ye- zhemies. Ushn., Gorlov. i Nosov. Bollezn., S.-Peterb., 1907-8, ii, 143.—Simpson (W. L.) A new tonsil-snare. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lix, 2313. Also, transl: Mo- natschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Berl. u. Wien, 1912, xlvi, 441- 443.—Sluder (G.) A method of tonsillectomy by means of a guillotine and the alveolar eminence of the mandi- ble. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, lvi, 867-871. Also, transl: Monatschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc], Berl. u. Wien, 1911, xiv, 903-915. -----. Tonsillectomy; with presentation of specimens removed bv the author's method. J. Missouri M. Ass., St. Louis, 1911-12, viii, 337-340.—Smith (A. T.) & Harwell (H. S.) Suture of the faucial pillars for haemorrhage following tonsillectomy. Lancet, Lond., 1910, ii, 1083.—Spicer (R. H. S.) & Groves (E. W. H.) The best way to remove tonsils. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1907, i, 173.—Spratt (C.N.) An improved snare for the re- moval of the faucial tonsil. Am. Med., Phila., 1904, vii, 171.—Springer (K.) Instrument zur Massage der Ton- sillen und zur Kompression derselben nach Tonsilloto- mie. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1905, xxx, 305.—Steers (W. H.) An operation for removing the tonsils. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1903, lxiv, 535.—Stein (O. J.) The indications for the surgical removal of tonsils, and the best methods for doing so. Illinois M. Bull., Chicago, 1905-6, vi, 708-713. -----. The simplified faucial tonsil operation: a descrip- tion of the technique of an operation for the complete re- moval of the faucial tonsil with simple instrumentarium. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1909, cii, 627-631.—Stevenson (M. D.) One methbd of removing the faucial tonsil with new instruments. Ohio M.J.,Columbus, 1909,v,516-523.— TONSILS. 359 TONSILS. Tonsils (Excision of Methods and in- struments in). Stuart-Low (W.) Tonsil enucleator. Lancet, Lond., 1912, ii, 1089.—Stubbs (F. G.) The technic of tonsillec- tomy and adenoidectomy. J. Ophth. & Oto-Laryngol., Chicago, 1908, ii, 309-315. -----. A simple tonsillectomy technique. Med. Standard,Chicago, 1908, xxxii, 594-597.— Sumner (P.) A simple tonsil dissector. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1911, ix, 200.-----. A new tonsil knife, with a description of its use. Ibid., 344— Swarta (L. J.D.) Ein neues Instrument zur Tonsillektomie. Mo- natschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Berl. u. Wien, 1912, xlvi, 353- 365.—Tenger (S.) Ueber eine neue Methode der Radi- kaloperation der Tonsille. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xxv, 122.—Thomasson (W. J.) The finger as an aid in the complete enucleation of the tonsil. Kentucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1911, ix, 142-144.—Thomsen-von Coldltz (G.) A new instrument for tonsillotomy. Illi- nois M. Bull., Chicago, 1904-5, v, 158-161.—Tilley (H.) A new tonsil forceps. Lancet, Lond., 1900, i,1291.-----. A vulsellum-catch forceps for firmly securing submerged tonsils in the operation for their more efficient removal. Proc Rov. Soc. Med., Lond., 1909-10, iii, Laryngol. Sect., 124-126. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1910, ii, 1563. — Tivnen (R.J.) Tonsil instruments. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, lvii, 722.—Todd (F. C.) Extirpation of the faucial tonsil, technique of the operation: a discus- sion upou the removal of the entire tonsil, in place of tonsillotomy. St. Paul M. J., St. Paul, Minn., 1905, vii, 877-885. Also: J. Minn. M. Ass., [etc.], Minneap., 1906, xxvi, 208-212. —Toison (J.) Note sur un proeede d'amygdalectomie rapide eteA'itantl'h&norrhagie. Bull. Soc. anat-clin. de Lille, 1890, v, 305-307.—Tydings (O.) Painless and bloodless tonsillectomy, with descriptive technique. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. [etc.]. Oto-Laryngol. Sect, St. Louis, 1909, 191-202. Also: J. Ophth. & Oto- Laryngol., Chicago, 1909, iii, 481-487.—Upcott (H.) Ex- cision of the tonsil; its operative technique. Lancet, Lond., 1908, ii, 449-452.—Vail (D. T.) New needles for painless, bloodless tonsil dissection in adults. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. [etc.]. Oto-Laryngol. Sect., St. Louis, 1907, 193.—Vallack (A. S.) A no"te on enucleation of tonsils. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1906, xxv, 235.—Ward (N. G.) Some new instruments for removing the tonsils. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1912, xcvi, 50.—Waugh (G. E.) A simple operation for the complete removal of tonsils, with notes ou 900 cases. Lancet, Lond., 1909, i, 1314. Also: Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1909, viii, 409-411.-----. An operation for the total excision of tonsils. Lancet, Lond., 1909, ii, 572.— Weil ( A. L.) A new method of local anesthesia in tonsilectomy. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1910-11, lxiii, 636-640.—Welty (C. F.) A new tonsillar scissors. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907,xlix, 1283. -----. A combined forceps and tonsillar separator; a new tonsil snare. Ibid., 1910, lv. 1338.—Werner. Ueber Zufalle im Gefolge der Amygdalotomie und fiber Behandlung der Mandelhypertrophiemittelst des Thermocautery, von Ricordeau aus Poitiers. Ztschr. f. Wundarzte u. Ge- burtsh Fell bach, 1894, xiv, 3; 99.—'West (J. A.) A method, for complete enucleation of the tonsil. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait, 1908, x, 328-330, 1 pl. Also, transl: Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1909, xxii, 10- 17—Whillis (S. S.) & Pybus (F. C.) The enuclea- tion of tonsils with the guillotine. Lancet, Lond., 1910, ii,875-878. Also: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, ii, 1402-1404.— Wilkinson (O.) A new tonsil forceps. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lix,,369. Also, Reprint—Wilson (A.) Anaesthetics in tonsillectomy. Med. Chron., Manchester, 1910, Iii, 102-107.—W indie (W. S.) New tonsil scissors. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, lvii, 1131.—Wolff (A.) Ein sterilisierbaresTonsillotom. Med. Rundschau, Berl., 1897-8, 59.—Wood (C. G. R.) On evisceration of the tonsils. J. Larvngol., Lond., 1911, xxvi, 452^54.—Wood (H.) The removal of the third and faucial tonsils. South. M. J., Nashville, 1908, i, 96-98.—Worthington (T. C.) A simple method of excision of the faucial tonsil. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlviii, 1761.—Vankaucr (Grace P.) The technic of tonsillectomy and adenectomy. Wom- an's M. J., Cincin., 1909, xix, 239.—Yearsley (M.) A note on the best method of removing tonsils. Med. Times & Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1901, xxix, 545. Tonsils (Extract of). Masini (G.) Effetti dell' estratto di tonsille sul sis- - tema cardio-vascolare. Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1898, xxxvii, 319-322. — Rossi-Marcelll (A.) Contributo alio studio degli estratti acquosi tonsillari. Arch. ital. di laringol., Napoli, 1906, xxvi, 145-159, 2 pl. Tonsils (Foreign bodies in). See, also, Throat (Foreign bodies in). Grizzard (J. A.) Safety pin in tonsil; report of a case. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1909-10, xiv, 360. Tonsils (Gangrene of). Fullerton (R.) Primary gangrene of the tonsils. Lancet, Lond., 1902, i, 1599-1601.—Howe (A. C.) A case . of gangrene of the tonsil. Am. J. Surg. & Gynec, St. Tonsils (Gangrene of). Louis, 1899-1900, xiii, 201. Also: Phila. M. J., 1900, V, 643.—Richardson (C. W.) Gangrene of the tonsil. Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass., N. Y., 1903, xxv, 119-121. Also: Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1903, xiii, 835-837. -----. Gan- grene of the tonsil. Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass., N. Y., 1905, xxvii, 106-112. Also: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1905, n. s., exxx, 611-616. Also, Reprint. Tonsils (Haemorrhage from). See, also, Tonsils (Excision of, Accidents, etc., in); Tonsils (Lingual, Diseases of). Anderson (A. R.) The treatment of arterial haemorrhage from wounds in the neighborhood of the tonsil. 8°. Nottingham, 1892. Constantin (P.-M.) * Des hemorrhagica ton- sillaires et de leur traitement. 8°. Toulouse, 1905. Rutts (H. H.) A new instrument for controlling ton- sillar hemorrhage. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1893, xliv, 11-13.— Cocks (G. H.) Tonsillar hemorrhage; causes, preven- tion, and treatment. Ibid.,,1912, lxxxi, 1032-1037.—Co- hen (L.) Routine use of ligature in tonsillar bleeding, with description of technic. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1910, xx, 893-902.—Cor win (A. M.) A new tonsil hemo- stat. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, lvii, 1533.—Daw- barn (R. H. M.) Tonsillar hemorrhage. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1893, xliv, 159. -----. A surgical suggestion; the purse-string method for tonsillar hemorrhage. Med. News, N. Y., 1899, lxxiv, 619.—Franklin (W. S.) Op- erative and post-operative tonsillar hemorrhage. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1912, x, 460-462.— Gomez (V.) Hemorragia de la amigdala lingual. Rev. med. cubana, Habana, 1910, xvi, 14-16.—Hammond (W.) & Lord (C. C.) Case of tonsillar haemorrhage; ligature of common carotid artery; recovery. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901, i, 1143. Also: Indian M. Rec, Calcutta, 1901, xx, 601.—Jackson (C.) Tonsillar hemorrhage and its surgical treatment. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1907, xlvi, 821-825.—Keiper (G. F.) Spontaneous hemorrhage from an inflamed tonsil. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc. 1905, St. Louis, 1906, xi, 385-387.—Lefferts (G. M.) The purse-string method for tonsillar hemorrhage. Med. News, N. Y., 1899, lxxiv, 665.—Somers ( L. S.) Spontaneous tonsillar hemor- rhage. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1904, xliii, 1143.— Wunseh (M.) Ueber periodisch wiederkehrende Blu- tungen aus einer Rachentonsille unmittelbar vor Eintritt der Menstruation. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1905, xxxi, 1510. Tonsils (Histology of). Alagna (G.) Contributo alio studio del reticolo ade- nideo e dei vasi della tonsilla palatina. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1908, xxxii, 178-189. -----. Osservazioni sulla struttura della tonsilla palatina. Ibid., xxxiii, 206-216. -----. Ueber einige eigenartige Zellen in der Gaumentonsille eines Hundes und iiber ihre wahrscheinliche Bedeutung. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1908, exciv, 46-51. -----. Sulla presenza di formazioni mitocondriali negli elementi costitutivi delle tonsille palatine nor- mali, ipertrofiche e delle vegetazioni adenoidi. Arch. f. Zellforsch., Leipz., 1911, vii, 27-40. — Oavis (D.J.) On plasma cells in the tonsils. J. Infect. Dis., Chi- cago, 1912, x, 142-147.—Labbe & Levl-Sirugue (C.) Recherches sur la structure des amygdales. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1899, lxxiv, 685-699.—Menge (F.) Comparative histology of tonsillar tissues. Quart. Bull. Northwest. Univ. Med. Sch., Chicago, 1909-10, xi, 42-44.—Miodowski (F.) Zur Histologie der Mandel- anhange. Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1904, xv, 572-577.—Papin (L.) Note sur la structure de l'amyg- dale pharyngienne des crocodiliens (Crocodilus croco- dilus Linn, et Crocodilus palustris Less.). Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1909, cxlix, 62-64.—Retterer (E.) Epithelium et tissu reticule (sabot, amygdales). J. de l'anat. et physiol. [etc.], Par., 1897, xxxiii, 461-522, 2 pl. -----. A propos des follicules clos de l'amygdale. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1900,11. s., ii, 346-349.-----. Note technique sur les follicules clos de l'amygdale. Ibid., 486-488.-----. Structure et evolution de la cellule epi- theliale de l'amygdale. Ibid., 1908, lxv, 322-325. -----. Des corps concentriques ou perles epitheliales de l'amyg- dale palatine. Ibid., 367-369.—Sappey. Recherches sur la structure des amygdales et des glandes situces sur la base de la langue. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1855, xli, 957-961.—Spuler (A.) Zur Histologie der Ton- sillen. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1911, xxxix, 506-510. Tonsils (Hypertrophy of). See, also, Nasopharynx (Adenoid vegetations of, Complications, etc., of); Tonsils (Diseases of) in children; Tonsils (Lingual, Diseases, etc., of); Tonsils (Pharyngeal, Hypertrophy of'); Tonsils (Tuberculosis of). TONSILS. 360 TONSILS. Tonsils (Hypertrophy of). (jenter (I. H.) * O patologo-anatomicheskoi kartinle hiperplazirovannikh glotochnikh i nyobnikh mindalin. [Pathological picture of the hypertrophied tonsils.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1904. Kohl (0.) * Beitrage zu der Lehre von den adenoiden Vegetationen und der Hypertrophie der Gaumentonsillen. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1910. Sallard (A.) Hypertrophie des amygdales. 12°. Paris, [1893]. Rarnbill (J. F.) Regarding hvpertrophied faucial tonsils. Columbus M. J., 1897, xix, 561-568.-----. Report of a case of grave cyanosis caused by an enlarged and diseased faucial tonsil. Med. & Surg. Monit, Indianap., 1904, vii, 124.—Blake (F. W.) Tonsils and their chronic enlargement. Columbus M. J., 1892-3, xi, 349-357.— Boulay. Crises epileptiformes et hypertrophie des amygdales. Rev. internat. de rhinol., otol. et laryngol., Par., 1896, vi, 381.—Brose (L. D.) Chronic enlargement of the tonsils. Tr. Indiana M. Soc, Indianap., 1899, 322- 329. Also: Med. Progress, Louisville, 1899, xv, 1-3. -----. Hypertrophy of the faucial tonsil. Indiana M. J., In- dianap., 1907-8, xxvi, 138-141.—Brown (R. H.) The tonsil question. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1909, xvi, 698- 704. — Chauveau (C.) Hypertrophie polypo'ide de l'amygdale tubaire droite. Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1904, xviii, 570. — Cheval (V.) Hyper- trophie des amygdales. J. med. de Brux., 1912, xvii, 481-488.—Compaired (C.) Perturbaciones y trastor- nos que la hipertrofia tonsilar y los adenomas naso-farin- geos determinan en la organizaci6n infantil. Rev. de laringol., otol. y rinol., Barcel., 1892-3, viii, 83; 101.— Cooper (G. H.) Hypertrophied tonsils and adenoids an etiological factor in backward children. Atlanta Jour.-Rec Med., 1910-11, lvi, 292-298.— Cou rtade (A.) Anatomie topographique des cryptes des amygdales hy- pertrophiees. Ann. de la Policlin. de Par., 1903, xiii, 169- 180. Also: Arch, internat. de larvngol. [etc.], Par., 1903, xvi, 129-139. Also: J. de med. de Par., 1904, 2. s., xvi, 110- 112, —Cuvllller (H.) Hypertrophie des amygdales et vegetations adenoides; statistique des cas traites a la clinique des enfants-malades. Cong, internat. de med. C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de laryngol., 339-348. Also: Ann. de med. et chir. inf., Par., 1900, iv, 930: 1900, v, 11.—Dabney ( S. G.) Hypertrophied tonsils and adenoid growths. Pediatrics, N. Y. & Lond., 1898, vi, 396-399. — Bansac (A.-M.) L'hypertrophie des amygdales et les amygda- lites chroniques dans leurs rapports anatomo-patholo- giques et therapeutiques. Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1894,_xx, 1009-1023— Belladezimas (C. D.) "Yireprpapeia Ttov afj.vy8a\£>v e* yeverrj^ laBeitra fit' evej irpdoSos, 'Ev 2iipu>, 1911, xvi, 369.—Be Simoni (A.) Delia presenza dei bacilli del Frisch in un caso d' ipertrofia delle tonsille palatine. Riforma med., Palermo, 1899, xv, pt. 4, 305; 316.—Biscussion on hypertrophy of the tonsils. Tr. N. York Acad. M. (1992), 1893,2. s., ix, 73-78.—Evans (T. C.) Tonsillar hypertrophy. Tr. Kentucky M. Soc, Louis- ville, 1894, n. s., hi, 161-167.— Fallas & Steinhaus. Hypertrophic polypo'ide de l'amygdale linguale. Cli- nique, Brux., 1911, xxv, 110.—Francis (A. W.) Tonsil- lar obstruction in the fauces and pharynx. Tr. Ohio M Soc., Cleveland, 1900,278-282. [Discussion], 288-290. Also: Ann. Gynec & Pediat., Bost., 1899-1900, xiii, 769-772.— Gardner (H. B.) Secondary effects upon the system which may be produced by chronic enlargement of the tonsils. Lancet Lond., 1905, ii, 963.—Gavriioff (T. Ye.) Vliyaniye uvelicheniya glotochnol mindalini na zabo- llevaniya ukha. [Influence of hypertrophy of the ton- sils upon diseasesof the ear.] Yezhemles. Ushn., Gorlov. i Nosov. Bollezn., S.-Peterb., 1909, iv, 388-397. -----. Vzaimootnosheniye mezhdu uvelicheniyem glotochnol mindalini i razvitiyem organizma v shkolnom voz- rastle. [Relationship between hypertrophy of the tonsil and development of the organism in school age.] Ibid., 1910, v, 16-29. —Getchell (A. C.) The relation of en- larged tonsils to endocarditis. Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass N. Y., 1911, 206-215. Also: Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Larvn- gol., St. Louis, 1911, xx, 555-574.—Gibson (C. R.) Den- tal caries as a cause of enlarged tonsils. Med. Officer Lond., 1911, vi, 87-90.— Gomez de la Mata (F.) La hipertrofia cr6nica de las amigdalas. Corresp. med. Madrid, 1894, xxix, 131; 220; 267; 322; 330; 339; 346: 1895 xxx, 33; 41; 76. — llardenbergh (D. B.) Hypertro- phies in the tonsillar ring. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1899 lvi 787-789 -Hardie (T. M.) Hypertrophy of the faucial and pharyngeal tonsils in children; importance of, and necessity for, early diagnosis and treatment. Chicago M Recorder, 1905, xxvii, 119-126. — Hayes (R. B.) An un- usual case of disturbance of equilibrium occurring as a reflex manifestation of hypertrophied tonsils and ade- noids. Charlotte [N.C.] M.J.,1911,fxiii,153.-Hinitzsch (J.) Anatomical investigations on the hypertrophy of the pharyngeal tonsil. Arch. Otol., N. Y., 1900, xxix,356- 365,1 pl. - Hobson (Sarah M.) Tonsillar and adenoid Tonsils (Hypertrophy of). hypertrophy; the preadenoid stage. Clinique, Chicago, 1910, xxxi, 654-656.—Hoch (W. R.) Hypertrophy of the tonsils. Internat Clin., Phila., 1897, 6. s., iv, 811-317.— Ingals(E. F.) Hypertrophy of the tonsils with frequent recurrent tonsillitis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1897,xxviii, 303.—Ivanoff(A.) Atipicheskiya hipertrofii mindalin. [Atypical tonsillarhypertrophies.T Vestnik Ushn..Gorlov. l Nosov. Bollezn., S.-Peterb., 1909, i, 27-31. Also, transU Ztschr.f.Laryngol., Rhinol. [etc.],Wiirzb., 1909,ii,29-32.— Jenness (B. F.) Tonsilar hypertrophy; a menace to the service. U. States Nav. M. Bull., Wash., 1909, iii, 120- 122.—Jervey (J. W.) The truth about tonsils and ade- noids. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, liv, 1599.—Jones (H. B.) A case of swelling of the wnsil. Proc. Roy. Soc Med., Lond., 1907-8, i, Laryngol. Sect., 143.—Kanesugi (E.) [Remarks on hypertrophy of the tonsils.] Kosei- kwan Iji Kenkyu Kwai Zasshi, Tokyo, 1895, ii, no. 6, 1-9. Also: Ztschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Tokio, 1895, i, 343-346.— Kershaw (J. M.) Tonsils and adenoids. Clin. Re- porter, St. Louis, 1910, xxiii, 9; 47.—Lab be (M.) s<».—< ullen (G. I.) Treatment of hypertrophied tonsils by means of igni- puncture. Addr. . .". sect. otol. & laryngol. 42. meet. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1896, 73-78—Belap (S. C.) Treatment of hypertrophied tonsils. J. Ophth., Otol. & Laryngol., N. Y., 1894, vi,55-59.—Fernandez (F. M.) Tratamiento de la hipertrofia amigdaliana. Cron. med.-quir. de la Habana, 1909, xxxv, 425-428. Also, Reprint.—Fiset (L. N. J.) De l'hypertrophie des amygdales et de son traite- ment. Rev. med., Quebec, 1897,1, 161; 169.—Garrison (J. B.) The best methods for treating faucial tonsil hy- pertrophies. J. Ophth., Otol. & Larvngol., Lancaster, Pa., 1911, xvii, 51-54.—Glasgow (W. C.) The medical treat- ment of adenoids and enlarged tonsils. Tr. Am. Larvn- gol. Ass., N. Y., 1903, xxv, 13.—Gdodale (J. L.) The treatment of inoperable tonsillar hypertrophy by inter- stitialinjections of silver nitrate. Ibid., 1908, xxx, 43-45.— Herron (J. T.) Treatment of hypertrophied tonsils. Tr.M. Soc.Tennessee,Nashville,1905, lxxii. 114-123.—Hill (J. F.) Treatment of hypertrophied tonsils. Ibid., 110- 113. [Discussion], 121-123.—Holmes (G.) Treatment of enlarged tonsils. Am. M. J.. St. Louis,1896, xxiv, 484-488.— Kanesugi (E.) [The late simple treatmentof hyper- trophy of the tonsil.] Ztschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Tokio, 1895, "i, 424-434— Kantorowlcz. Behandlung der Tonsillenhvpertrophie mit innerer Massage. Deutsche Med.-Ztg., "Berl., 1898, xix, 632— Kendall (H. W.) A safe and sure method of reducing enlarged tonsils. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 18%, xxvi, 27.—Knight (C. H.) The treatmentof hypertrophied tonsils. Addr. . . . sect. otol. & larvngol. 42. meet. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1891, 87- 98.—MeGavin (L, H.) A note on tonsillar enlarge- ments and their treatment. Lancet, Lond., 1903, ii, 876- 878— McKinney (R,) The treatment of chronic hy- pertrophy of the faucial tonsils. Mississippi M. Rec, Vicksburg, 1900, iv, 247-251.—Matvieyeff (A. F.) K voprosu o ilechenii hipertrofirovannikh mindalevidnikh zhelyoz. [Treatment of hypertrophied tonsils.] Russk. Med., St. Petersb., 1891, xvi, 616.—Moure. Traitement de l'hypertrophie des amygdales. M6m. et bull. Soc. de med. et ehir. de Bordeaux (1892), 1893, 91-114.—New- berry (F.J.) Significance and treatment of enlarged tonsils. Tr. Am. Inst Homceop. 1900, N. Y., 1901,511-517.— North (J.) Enlarged tonsils and their treatment. To- ledo M. & S. Reporter, 1895, viii, 451-457.—Palmer (A. W.) Some conclusions from clinical experience in treat- ment of hypertrophied tonsils. J. Ophth., Otol. & Laryn- gol., N. Y., 1901, xiii, 172-179.—Rabe (R. F.) The treat- ment of hypertrofied tonsils and of adenoid vegetations from the standpoint of the rational Hahnemannian the- rapist. Homceop. Eye, Ear & Throat J., Lancaster, Pa., 1909, xv, 5-9.—Raffegeau. De l'existence frequente de l'hypertrophie des amygdales dans l'hyst£rie; la cau- terisation de cet organe parait produire une revulsion des pins utiles sur les organes genitaux. Cong, internat. de neurol., de psychiat. [etc.] 1897, Brux., 1898, i, fasc. 2, 43-45.—Ruauit (A.) Contribution au traitement de l'hvpertrophie tonsillaire. Cong, internat. de med. C. r., Par.. 1900, sect, de laryngol., 333-335.—Shurly (B. R.) The treatment of the hypertrophies of the lym- phoid ring. J. Mich. M. Soc, Detroit, 1903, ii, 489-493.— Stanley (H. B.) Treatment of hypertrophied tonsils. St Louis M. Era, 1898-9, viii, 397-405.—Tommasi (I.) Cura delle tonsilliti ipertrofiche. Ann. di laringol. [etc.], Genova, 1903, iv, 17-19.—"Vincent (J.) Le traitement thermal des hypertrophies du tissu lymphoide, vegeta- tions adeno'ides et hypertrophic des amygdales. Clinique, Par., 1912, vii, 408-411. Tonsils (Hypertrophy of Treatment of Operative). See, also, Tonsils (Excision of). Canaby (J.-H.) *De l'ablation des amyg- dales hypertrophiees avec l'anse electrother- mique. 4°. Bordeaux, 1895. Tonsils (Hypertrophy of Treatment of Operative). Hofmann (C.) * Ueber Tonsillenhypertro- phie und die nach der Tonsillotomie auftre- tenden Blutungen. 8°. Bonn, 1892. Lallemaxt (H.-L.-B.) Contribution a I'etude de l'hypertrophie des amygdales, et de son traitement par la cauterisation ignee. 4°. Bordeaux, 1892. Malley (L.) *Sur une nouvelle methode de traitement chirurgical de l'hypertrophie tonsillaire (methode de Ruauit). 4°. Paris, 1893. Alvarez y Aleiiar (J.) Curaci6n radical de las amigdalitis cr6nicas hipertr6ficas por las sajas termo- galvanicas. Rev. balear de cien. med., Palma de Ma- llorca, 1902. xxiii, 337-344.—Bryant (Alice G.) The use of the cold wire snare in the removal of hypertrophied tonsils. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, ii. 1390-1393. Also: J. Laryngol., Lond., 1906, xxi, 556-563. Also, Reprint.— Fnlarged tonsils and adenoids; death under anaes- thetic St. Thomas's Hosp. Rep. 1903, Lond., 1904, n. s., xxxii, 207.—Goldsmith (P. G.) Tonsillar hypertro- phy; its operative treatment, and the comparative value of the different methods. Canada Lancet, Toronto, 1902-3, xxxvi, 379-386.—Ingals (E. F.) Should hyper- trophied tonsils be removed? Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1901-2, n. s., iii, 533.— Kantorowicz. Behandlung der Tonsillenhypertrophie mit innerer Massage. Arch. f. phys.-diatet. Therap., Berl., 1903, v, 73.—learned (E. R.) Excision of the tonsils for hypertrophy with recur- ring tonsillitis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1897, xxix, 1272.—Levy (G.) Technique et indications du traite- ment de l'hypertrophie des amygdales chez les enfants (par les instruments tranchants et l'ignipuncture). Med. inf., Par., 1897, 48; 80; 204— Llchtwltz (L.) Ueber die Abtragung der hypertrophischen Tonsillen mitt 1st der elektrischen Gliihschlinge. Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhi- nol., Berl., 1894-5, ii, 318-328. Also, transl: J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1894, xxiv, 571; 581. Also, transl: Med. mod., Par., 1895, vi, 66; 73.—Maclaren (R.) The removal of enlarged tonsils. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, i, 680.— Mahu (G.) Traitement de l'hypertrophie des amygdales pala- tines (amvgdalectomie). Presse med., Par., 1911, xix, 277-2*6.— Malherbe (A.) & Jouet (R.) Traitement chirurgical des vegetations adenoides et de l'hypertro- phie des amygdales. Bull. m£d., Par., 1911, xxv, 537- 539.—Moffat (J. L.) Surgical vs. medical treatment of enlarged tonsils. Homceop. Eye, Ear & Throat J., N. Y., 1905, xi, 481-486.—Moore (G. A.) A plea for a more radical treatmentof enlarged tonsils, viz., free excision, with rational after treatment. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1907, viii, 518-524.— Nouveau (Un) proeede de traitement de l'hypertrophie des amvgdales. Semaine med., Par., 1901, xxi, 155.—Richardson (J. J.) Clin- ical aspect of enlarged tonsils; resume of eight hundred and fifty operations. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Rich- mond, 1909-10, xiv, 423-428.—Roquer y Casadesus (J.) Sobre un nuevo metodo de extirpaci6n de las amig- dalas hipertrofiadas; procedimiento del Dr. Ruauit. En- ciclopedia, Barcel., 1893, vi, 387-393.—Roy (L.-G.) De l'hypertrophie des amygdales et des differents precedes op^ratoires dont elle est justiciable. Rev. med., Par., 1903, xii, 245; 259; 292; 324; 420; 453.—Ruauit (A.) Sur une nouvelle methode de traitement chirurgical de l'hy- pertrophie tonsillaire (ablations partielles successives par morcellement, suivies d'applications iodiques immedi- ates). Courrier med., Par., 1893, xliii, 71. Also: Union med., Par., 1893, 3. s., lv, 74-76.—Sendziak (J.) Quel- ques remarques sur l'emploi de l'anse galvanocaustique dans l'hypertrophie des amygdales. Rev. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1893, xiii, 129-132.—Yerwant (A.) Cura chirurgica delle ipertrofie tonsillari; spezzettamento. Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino-Palermo, 1894, ii, 147-157. Tonsils (Infection through). See, also, Rheumatic fever (Tonsillar relations of); Tonsils (Excision of, Accidents, etc., in); Tonsils (Inflammation of, Complications, etc., of); Tonsils (Tuberculosis of). Baup (F.) *Les amygdales, porte d'entree de la tuberculose. 8°. Paris, 1900. Debains (Mile. G.) Contribution a I'etude des infections veineuses d'origine amygdalienne. 8°. Paris, 1903. Engelke (K. L.) * Ueber die Tonsillen als Eintrittspforten fiir pathogene Mikroorganis- men. 8°. Munchen, 1901. Friedmann (F. F.) * Untersuchungen iiber die Bedeutung der Gaumentonsillen von jungen Kindern als Eingangspforte fiir die tuberkulose Infection. [Freiburg.] 8°. Jena, 1900. TONSILS. 362 TONSILS. Tonsils (Infection through). Heilmaier"(A.) *Die entziindete Gaumen- mandel als Ausgangspunkt von Infektionen. Mit casuistischen Beitriigen. 8°. Miinehen, 1903. Adler (I.) Remarks on some general infections through the tonsil. N.York M. J. [etc.], 1906, lxxxiii, 641-645. Also, Reprint—Anderson (\\. S.) Infection through the tonsils. Ibid., 1905, lxxxi, 852-854. Also, Reprint.—Angwin (W. A.) A caseof pyaemia follow- ing tonsilitis. T. StatesNav. M. Bull., Wash., 1907,i, 162.— Aue (G.) Mindalini kak oblast proniknoveniya zaraz- nikh nachal v organizm. [Tonsilsas portals of infection.] Bolnitseh. gaz. Botkina, St. Petersb., 1900, xi, 41; 101.— Aynesworth (H.T.) The r61e of the.tonsils in sys- temic disease. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1911-12, xvi, 265-268.—Rauin (H.) Die Lymphgefiisse der Mandeln des Rindes, zugleieh ein Beitrag zur Beur- teilung der Mandeln als Eingangspforten fiir Infektions- erreger. Ztschr. f. Infektionskr. . . . d. Haustiere, Berl., 1911, ix, 157-160.—Beileld (A. H.) The relation of the tonsils to heart disease. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1911, xviii, 642-647.—Belak (S.) Mandola-garatlobb61 kiin- dulo sepsis. [Sepsis growing out of inflammation of the tonsils and the oesophagus.] Gydgyaszat, Budapest, 1900, xl, 164.—Bordley (L.) The tonsil as a factor in the cause of disease. John Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1909, xx, nv—Briggs (H. H.) The tonsils as portals of entry of systemic infections, especially tuberculosis, and their surgical treatment. Carolina M. J., Charlotte, 1907, xxix, 798-802.—Brown (P. K.) Remote effects of tonsillarin- fection. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlviii, 2024-2027. Also, Reprint—Brown (R. C.) The relation of the ton- sil to infection and infectious diseases. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1907, lxxi, 311-345.—Burke(T. A.) The tonsils as sources of general infection. Cleveland M. J., 1910, ix, 534-537.— Buschke. Die Tonsillen als Eingangspforte fiir eiterer- regende Mikroorganismen. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1893-4, xxxviii, 441-461.—Bussey (W. J.) The pharyngeal tonsil as a causative factor in systemic dis- turbances. Med. Herald, St. Joseph, 1905, n. s., xxiv, 425- 428.— Cazamian. L'amygdale, voie de penetration du coccobacille pesteux; l'angine pesteuse, particulierement dans les formes de l'affection, dites pulmonaires primi- tives. Arch, de med. nav., Par., 1906, lxxxvi, 161; 241.— Cerna (D.) La infecci6n sistemdtica al traves de las amigdalas. Escuela de med., Mexico, 1909, xxiv, 205- 209.—Chauveau (C.) L'anneau de Waldeyer, porte d'entree de differentes infections. Arch, internat. de la- ryngol. [etc.], Par., 1903, xvi, 36-41.—nd., 1909, xiii, 510-531.—Smith (F. N.) The recent sore throat epidemic in Ann Arbor. Physician & Surg., De- troit & Ann Arbor, 1912, xxxiv, 260-264. [Discussion], 264-266.—Smock (S. J.) Tonsillitis. Kentucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1910, viii, 1577.—Somers (L. S.) The diagnosis and treatment of membranous tonsillitis. In- ternat. Clin., Phila., 1906,16. s., i, 41-56, 2 pl.—Steward (F.J.) Tonsillitis. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1908, xxii, 71.—Stone (S. N.) Acute peritonsillitis. Internat. M. Mag., N. Y., 1903, xii, 399.—Straight (H. S.) Unre- solved amygdalitis. N. York M. J., 1896, lxiv, 414-416. Also, Reprint.—Swain (H. L.) Acute inflammation of the third or pharvnx tonsil. Yale M. J., N. Haven, 1902-3, ix, 35-44. — Tanturri (V.) Tonsillite folli- colare. Boll. d. ord. d. san. d. prov. di Teramo, 1901, i, no. 2, 8.—Taylor (P. R.) Follicular or croupous ton- sillitis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1897, xxviii, 261. — Tldey (S.) The white throat of the Lake. Med. Rec, N.Y., 1896, xlix,532.—Tonsilitis. [Edit] Med. Coun- cil, Phila., 1897, ii, 331.— Veis (J.) Ueber fossulare (lacunare) Erkrankungen des Tonsillengewebes. Arch. i. klin. Chir., Berl., 1897, liv, 178-206.—Ward (M. R.) Acute lacunar inflammation of the tonsils. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc. 1901, N. Y., 1902, vii, 116- 120. Also: Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1901, x, 258-262.—Waugh (W. F.) Tonsillitis. Pedia- trics, N.Y., 1911, xxiii, 614-617.—Weaver (H.S.) Acute follicular tonsillitis. Tr. Homceop. M. Soc. Penn. 1897, Phila., 1898, 324-331.—Zugg (C. L.) Tonsilitis. Okla- homa M. News-Jour., 1904, xii, 212-214. Tonsils (Inflammation of Causes and pathology of). See, also, Throat (Diseases of, Epidemic, etc.); Tonsils (Bacteriology of). Maurel (P.) *De l'infectiosite ef de la con- tagiosity da l'amygdalite aigue. 4°. Paris, 1895. Pepin (O.-L.) * De la contagiosity de l'amyg- dalite aigue. 4°. Paris, 1894. Abrahams (B.) Rheumatic tonsilitis. Med. Press &Circ, Lond., 1899, n.s., lxvii, 113.—Bell (W. B.) Clini- cal notes on epidemic tonsillitis. Med. Chron., Man- chester, 1911, liv, 185-189.—Bunce (M. A.) Contagious tonsillitis. Phila.Polyclin., 1895, iv, 366.—Buys. Une cause frequented'amygdalite lacuna ire. Policlin., Brux., 1898, vii, 17-21.—Capps (J. A.) & Miller (J. L.) The Chicago epidemic of streptococcus sore throat and its re- lation to the milk-supply. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lviii, 1848-1852.—Capps (J. A.), Miller (J. L.) & Davis. Sore throat and milk supply. Ibid., [Abstr. of Discus- sion], 1933.—Class (W. J.) The etiology of acute tonsil- itis. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1900, vii, 121-124.—Cline (L. C.) Quinsy; its causes and prevention. Tr. Indiana M. Soc, Indianap., 1895, xlvi, 271-279. Also: Fort Wayne M. Mag.. 1896, iv, 45L454.—Cornet (P.) Note surun cas d'amygdalite Apneumobacilles de Friedlander. Bull, de laryngol., otol. et rhinol., Par., 1903, vi,37.—Dansac (A. M.) Lesions nerveuses dans les amygdalites chroniques; description anatomique des plexus nerveux folliculaires et sous-epitheliaux de l'amvgdale. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1893, lxviii, 616-624.—Davis (D.J.) Bacteriological study of streptococci in milk in relation to epidemic sore throat. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lviii, 1852-1854.— Dubousquet-Laborderie. Des amygdalites infec- tieuses. Assoc, franc pour Tavance. d. sc. C.-r. 1886, Par., 1887, xv, pt. 2, 706.—Epstein (A.) Ueber Tonsilli- tis chronica leptothricia bei Kindern. Internat. contrib. med. lit. Festschr. . , . Abraham Jaeobi, N. Y., 1890,187- 195.—Fox (R. EL) Tonsilitis and its relations to scarla- tina and diphtheria. Proc. M. Soc. Lond., 1885-6, ix, 254- 264. Also, Reprint.—Frankel (B.) Die infektiose Na- tur der Tonsillitis lacunaris. Arch.f. Laryngol.u. Rhinol., Berl., 1896, iv, 130-135.— Frankowskl (W.) Ostre epidemiezne torebkowate zapalenie gardla (angina folli- cularis v. tonsillitis lacunaris epidemica acuta) i jego stosunek do blonicy epidemicznej. [. . . and its relation to epidemic diphtheria.] Medycyna, Warszawa, 1895, xxiii, 149-152.—Gellat(P. P.) Tonsillitisstreptothricia. Ejened. jour. "Prakt. med.," St. Petersb., 1901. viii, 313; 329.— Goodale (J. L.) A contribution to the pathologi- cal histology of acute tonsillitis. J. Bost. Soc. M. Sc, 1898-9, iii, 63-70, 3 pl. Also, Reprint.—Grant (J. D.) Explanation of appearances in some cases ot acute lacunar tonsillitis which simulate excavating ulcers. Brit. M. J., R?n(k\1901, "• 891-Grey-Edwardi (C.) & Severn (W. D.) Cases of follicular tonsillitis due to milk infec- tion. IbuL, 1897, ii, 339. Also: Lancet,Lond., 1897,i, 1606.- Tonsils (Infanimation of, Causes and pathology of). Gwynn (W. C.) Tonsillitis; a contagious disease. Vir- ginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1904-5, ix, 537.—Ham- burger (L. P.) An epidemic of septic sore throat in Baltimore and its relation to a milk-supply; a preliminary report J. Am. M. As-"., Chicago, 1912, lviii, 1109-1111.— Hamilton (J. R.) Notes on an epidemic of herpetic tonsillitis. Canad. M. Rev., Toronto, 1896, iii, 119-122.— Heddaeus (A.) Tonsillitis acuta durch Staphylococ- cus pyogenes aureus, Pleuritis exsudativa metastatica, Diplococcenpneumonie, Thoracotomie, Sepsis, Exitus. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1897, xliv, 467-472— Hellat. Tonsillitis streptothricia. Cong, internat. de m£d. C. r., Par., 1900, sect.de laryngol., 317-325.—Hirshberg (L. K.) Malignant pneumococcus tonsillitis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lviii, 1189.—Hope Mi. B.) Is acute amygdalitis in any way dependent on the rheumatic dia- thesis? Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass. 1895, X. Y., 1896, xvii, 68- 60. Also: N. York M. J., 1895, lxii, 210.—Hough (C. A.) The infectiousness of follicular tonsillitis. Tr. Ohio M. Soc, Cleveland, 1900, 282-290.— Jeancon (J. A.) Cata- menial tonsillitis. Ecleet M. J.,Cincin., 1894, liv, 362-364.- Johns (H. C.) Is tonsillitis contagious? Mass. M. J., Bost, 1900, xx, 337-342.—Kelly (F. J.) To what extent is tonsillitis contagious? Phila. Polyclin., 1896, v, 113.— Koplik (H.) Acute lacunar diphtheria of the tonsils. J. Am. Ass., Chicago, 1885, xxv, 558-560.—Laurens (H.) Amygdalite lacunaire caseeuse ou amygdalite eryptique. Clinique, Par., 1909, iv, 277.—Lermoyez, Helnie & Barbier. Un cas d'amygdalite chronique coli- bacillaire. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1884, 3. s., xi, 449-456.— Leutscber (J. A.) Bacteriology of epidemic sore throat. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, Ixi, 869-871.—Miller (J. L.) & Capps (.1. A.) Epidemic of sore throat due to milk; a preliminary note. Ibid., lviii, 1111.—Mills (W. S.) Tonsillitis classified as an infectious disease. Med. News, N. Y., 1903, lxxxii, 159-160.—Munn (W. P.) Acute follicular tonsillitis complicating the course of true diphtheria. Am. Med., Phila., 1901, ii, 360.—Nardl (J.) Contributo clinico alia etiologia delle tonsilliti follicolari e degli essudati post-operativi nelle tonsillotomie. Boll. d. mal. d. orecchio, d. golae. d. naso, Firenze, 1901, xix, 97-103.—Porosz (M.) Tonsillitisutan diphtheritis. [Tonsillitisfollowing diphtheria.] Gyogya- szat, Budapest, 1908, xlviii, 769.— Raoult (A.) & Thiry (G.) Amygdalite ulcero-membraneuse chancriforme. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1899, xix, pt. 2,97-913.— Richardson (M. W.) An epidemic of tonsillitis due to infected milk. Boston M. & S. J., 1911, clxv, 907.— Rosenow (E. C.) Streptococci in air of hospital operat- ing rooms and wards during an epidemic of tonsillitis. Am. J. Obs., N. Y., 1904, 1, 762-767. [Discussion], 838.— Rust (J.) Epidemic tonsillitis. Med. Chron., Man- chester, 1911, liv, 190.—Sedziak (J.) Kilka uwag w kwestyi t. zw. torebkowatego zapalenia gardzieli (angina follicularis) oraz jegostosunkudo blonicy. [On so-called original angina follicularis, as well as its relation to diph- theria.] Kron. lek., Warszawa, 1894, xv, 417^32,1 pl. Also, transl: J. Laryngol., Lond., 1895, ix, 263; 347. -----. Przy- czynek do etiologiit.zw. "anginafollicularis." [Contribu- tion to etiology of so-called ... ] Gaz.lek., Warszawa, 1894, 2.s.,xiv,813-817. Also,transl: Arch.f.Laryngol.u.Rhinol., Berl.,1894,ii,180-193.—Tashlro (T.) Ueber die durch den Diplococcuspneumoni8e(Fraenkel)hervorgerufene Tonsil- litis lacunaris. Beitr. z. Hyg., Bakt.u.Infektionskr. (Ogata- Festschr.),Tokyo, 1910,13.—Tidey (S. A.) Septic tonsil- litis an acute specific disease. Lancet, Lond..1895,ii,1493.— Walker (D. H.) The recent epidemic of tonsillitis. Boston M. & S. J., 1911, clxvi, 857.—Wlnslow(C. E. A.) An outbreak of tonsillitis or septic sore throat in eastern Massachusetts and its relation to an infected milk supply. Ibid., 899-904. Also: J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1912, x, 73-112.—Wood (G. B.) A contribution to the pathology of acute tonsillitis. Tr. Am. Laryngol. & Otol. Soc [New Bedford, Mass.], 1909. 324-330. Also: Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1909, xviii, 1-6, 11 pl— Zamazal (J.) O epidemiich primarni anginy tonsillarni. [Epi- demics of ... ] Lek. rozhledy, Praha, 1900, viii, 42-44. Tonsils (Infammatioi of Complica- tions and sequelae of). See, also, Rheumatic fever (Tonsillar relations of); Tonsils (Abscess of); Tonsils (Infection through); Tonsils ( Ulcer of). Balhadere (A.) * Etude sur les troubles digestifs dans l'amygdalite chronique. 4°. Paris, 1895. Brtjmauld des Houlieres (J.) * Contribu- tion a I'etude de l'amygdalite aigue. Analogie des orchites amygdaliennes et des orchites ourliennes dans quelques cas particuliers. 4°. Paris, 1894. TONSILS. 365 TONSILS. Tonsils (Inflammation of Complica- tions and sequelae of). Collixet (M.-P.) * Complications resales dans les amygdalites aigues. 4°. Bordeaux, 1894. Dufilh (E.) * Complications articulaires des amygdalites aigues. Bordeaux, 1893. Guerin (R.) *Sur quelques complications eloignees des amygdalites aigues; amygdalites et streptocoque dans ces amygdalites. 8°. Paris, 1906. Michelsen (M.) * Ueber die iitiologischen Beziehungen der akuten Entziindungen der Tonsillen zu anderen Erkrankungen mit be- sonderer Beriicksichtigung der Angina ton- sillaris retronasalis. 8°. Berlin, 1901. Tevsseyre (A.) * Contribution a I'etude des manifestations testiculaires dans les amygdalites aigues. 8°. Paris, 1900. Abrahams (B.) On rheumatic tonsillitis. Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1898-9, xxxii, 87-95.—Angwin (W. A.) A case of metastatic pneumonia complicating tonsilitis. U. States Nav. M. Bull., Wash., 1910, iv, 521.—Auche (B.) Etude de quelques complications des amygdalites aigues. Ann. de la Policlin. de Bordeaux, 1891-3, ii, 129-136, 1 diag.—Bach hammer (H.) Einiges iiber Tonsillitis una ihre Beziehungen zu anderen Erkrankungen. Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Bull., 1910, xxiii, 322-341.— Baduel (C.) Nefriti diplococciche e diplococcemie secondarie alle angine tonsillari. Policlin., Roma, 1897, iv, 209-227. Also [Abstr.]: Settimana med. d. Speri- mentale, Firenze, 1896, 1, 407.—Banti (G.) Trombosi dei seni della dura madre consecutiva a tonsillite. Clin. mod., Pisa, 1903, ix, 14-is._Boyd (R.) A ease of tonsil- litis, with erythema. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1895, xlvii, 143.— Brown (P. K.) Remote effects of tonsillar infection. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlviii, 2024-2027.—Caiger (H.) Note on a case of pya?mia following acute tonsilli- tis; recovery. Transvaal M. J., Johannesburg, 1910, v, 238.—Chambers (T. R.) Glandular complications of tonsillitisand peritonsillitis. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. &Otol. Soc. 1901, N. Y., 1902, vii, 123. Also: Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1901, xi, 302.—da Cunha (P.) Amygdalite aguda complicada de arthrite. Tribuna med., Rio de Jan., 1911, xvii, 195-197.—Curschmann. Beziehungen entziindlieher Mandelaffektionen zu Infektionskrank- heiter, Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1910, lvii, 284.— Davis (D. J.) & Rosenow (E. C.) An epidemicof sore throat due to a peculiar streptococcus. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc. 1909-12, viii, 288-291.—Doktor (S.) Hallalos fertdzes a mandul&n keresztiil terhesseg alatt. [Death in infective tonsillitis during pregnancy.] Budapesti orv. ujsag, 1911, ix, 614.—Donovan (J. A.) Recurring ton- sillitis. Detroit M. J., 1902-3, ii, 690-695.—Dunn (J.) Quinsy and its sequela?. Old Dominion (J. M. & S., Rich- mond, 1905-6, iv, 341-345. Also: Richmond J. Pract., 1905, xix, 271-276. Also: Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1905-6, x, 441-443. Also: Gaillard's South. Med., Savan- nah, 1906, lxxxiv, 103-107.—Fedell (C.) Intorno alle setticemie consecutive a tonsilliti. Boll. d. mal. d. orecchio, d. gola e d. naso. Firenze, 1911, xxix, 25-35.— Fraenkel. Lacunar tonsillitis, and some of its sequela. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1899, 9. s., ii, 282-288.— von Frisch (H.) Tonsillitis diphtherh a gangrenosa; Nephritis acuta; Tod durch Verblutung. Jahrb. d. Wien. k. k. Krankenanst 1897, Wien u. Leipz., 1899, vi, pt. 2, 326.— Fro miner (I.) Streptococcus-nephritis tiiszos mandolalob kapcsAn. [ . . after follicular tonsillitis.] Gydgyaszat, Budapest, 1906, xlvi, 170-172.—Ghosh (A. P.) Case of acute tonsillitis followed bv subacute rheu- matism. Indian M. Rec, Calcutta, 1902, xxii, 260.— Gruet(E.) De l'albuminurie dans l'amygdalite chro- nique. Anjou med., Angers, 1911, xviii, 235-241. Also: Rev. gen. de clin.,et de therap., Par., 1911, xxv, 293-296.— Hallopeau. Eruption due 4 une amygdalite. J. de med. int., Par., 1903, vii, 115 —llammerschmidt. Ueber den Zusammenhang der Mandelentzundung mit anderen Krankheiten. Deutsche mil.-arztl. Ztschr., Berl., 1903, xxxii, 257-269.—Harner (R. C.) Acute ne- phritis, a sequela of tonsillitis. J. Kansas M. Soc, Kansas City, Kan., 1910, x,345-349.—Hickey (P. M.) Infectious arthritis of tonsillar origin. Detroit M. J., 1907, vii, 389- 391.—Hilton (D. C.) Some surgical sequelae of tonsil- litis. Med. Brief, St. Louis, 1910, xxxviii, 709-712.—Hun- ner (G. L.) Chronic urethritis and chronic ureteritis caused by tonsillitis. Tr. South. Surg. & Gvnec. Ass. 1910, Nashville, 1911, xxiii, 44-63.—Ingals (E.*F.) The rela- tion of tonsillitis to rheumatism. Illinois M. J., Spring- field, 1907, xi, 634-640.—Kapp (Julia S.j A second case of recurring quinsy. Woman'sM. J.,Toledo, 1900, x, 10.— Keiper(G. F.) Albuminuric tonsillitis; report of a case of spontaneous haemorrhage from the left tonsil. Laryn- goscope, St. Louis, 1898, v, 275.—Kretz (R.) Phlegmone Tonsils (Inflammation of Complica- tions and sequelae of). des Processus vermiformis im Gefolge einer Angina ton- sillaris. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1900, xiii, 1137. _____. Angina tonsillaris, Tod unter den Symptomen von Hirn- druck. Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien 1906, v, 105-109.—Kuhn (C. F.) Tonsillitis and its complications. Physician & Surg., Detroit & Ann Arbor 1906, xxviii, 164-167.—Levy (R.) Alarming hemorrhage in quinsy. Denver M. Times [etc.], 1907-8, xxvii, 3-5.— Lewis (R.), jr. A case of cavernous sinus thrombosis following an acute tonsillitis; report of autopsy findings Aon. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1909, xviii, 921-923.—Lie bl (L.) Ueber eine Endemie von Tonsil- litis mit Sepsis. Med. Klin., Berl., 1910, vi, 62.—Lindsey (J. P.) Clinical notes on tonsillitis and pneumonia. Al- kaloid. Clin., Chicago, 1896, iii, 88.—Loeb (H. W.) Acute nephritis following acute tonsillitis. Tr. Am. Laryngol Rhinol. & Otol. Soc, New Bedford, Mass., 1910, 146-169 Also [Abstr.]: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, lv, 1705-1708.— ITlcIntosh (J. R.) The relations of tonsillitis. Mari- time M. News, Halifax, 1898, x, 1-6.—Meitus (J.) Ton- sillitis and its relation to rheumatism. Cincin. Lancet- Clinic, 1896, n. s., xxxvi, 359-365.—Merrill (W. H.) A report of some atypical cases of tonsillar and peritonsillar inflammations with one unusual complication. Boston M. & S. J., 1908, clviii, 859-863. [Discussion], 872-875. Also, Reprint.—Mitchell (E. W.) Amygdalitis followed by appendicitis, nephritis and endocarditis. Arch. Pe- diat, N. Y., 1903, xx, 182-184.—Morse (J. L.) Tonsil- litis a cause of acute nephritis. Ibid., 1904, xxi, 337-341. Also, Reprint.—Mosber (H. P.) A reportof some atypi- cal casesof tonsillar and peritonsillar inflammations with one unusual complication; discussion. Boston M. & S. J , 1908, clviii, 872-874. Also, Reprint—Newcomb (J. E.) Hemorrhage following quinsy; ligation of the common carotid artery; recovery; with a study of 51 cases of hem- orrhage in connection with pharyngeal suppuration. Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass., N. Y., 1908, xxx, 321-339. Also: Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1908, xviii, 454 - 468.— Peak (J. H.) An epidemic of tonsilitis complicated with severe upper deep cervical lymphadenitis. Louis- ville M. Month., 1894-5, i, 434.—Pearson (J. S.) Strep- tococcal pericarditis and colitis following tonsillitis. Lancet, Lond., 1909, i, 1248.—Piekenbach. Mandel- entzundung und Rheumatismus. Miinehen. med. Wchn- schr., 1910, lvii, 748.—Porosz (M.) Tonsillitis, arthritis, peritonitis. Gyogyaszat, Budapest, 1908, Iii, 733. — Prowse (S. W.) "Fatal case of quinsy in an adult." Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1911, xxi, 105. — Renou. L'amygdalite fistuleuse. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1896, x, 213.—Richardiere (H.) Les complica- tions pleuro-pulmonairesde l'amvgdahte aigue. Union med., Par., 1893, 3. s., lv, 121-125.—Ruhrah (J.) A brief report on an epidemic of sore throat, with involve- ment of the cervical lymph nodes. Am. J. Obst, N. Y., 1912, lxvi, 138-141.—Schumann. Akute halluzi- natorische Verwirrtheit nach Mandelentzundung. Deut- sche mil.-arztl. Ztschr., Berl., 1908, xxxvii, 789-791.— Shawkey (A. A.) Pericarditis complicating ton- sillitis; report of a case. J. Alumni Ass. Coll. Phys. & Surg., Bait, 1900-1901, iii, 118.—de Silva (G. F.) Hemi- plegia of left side following an attack of acute tonsillitis. Indian M. Rec, Calcutta, 1896, x, 182.—Spengler (A. E.) Ob otnoshenii ostrikh tonzilitov k mishechnomu revma- tizmu. [Relation of acute tonsillitis to muscular rheu- matism.] Vestnik Ushn., Gorlov. i Nosov. Bollezn., S.- Peterb., 1912, iv, 447-452.—Taylor (W. J.) General in- fection following acute tonsillitis. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1912, lv, 785-788. [Discussion], 914-916.—Thomson (J. J.) Report of a fatal case of quinsy in an adult. Laryn- goscope, St. Louis, 1910, xx, 1124.—Thouvenet (A.) Amygdalite catarrhale, compliquee de nephrite, avec accidents ur6miques. Limousin med., Limoges, 1893, xvii,66-68.—Tommasi (I.) Ascesso profondodel collo in seguito a tonsillite cronica riacutizzata. Atti. d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.] 1908, Pavia, 1910, xii, pt. 2, 231-236.—Tracy (E. A.) Acute inflammation of ten- don sheaths sequential to acute tonsillitis. Boston M. & S. J., 1907, clvii, 114. —Vergely. Amygdalite aigue; menace de phlegmon oculaire. Mem. et bull. Soc de med. et chir. de Bordeaux (1896), 1897, 337-340.—Vitello (G.) Miocardite acuta da angina tonsillare. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1912, xxxiii, 1233.—Wagner (H. L.) Con- tribution to the study of the aetiology of rheumatic affec- tions of the body due to tonsillar diseases. N. York M. J., 1894, lx, 532.—Walnwright (W. L.) Tonsillitis accompanied by rapidly fatal pyaemia. Brit. M.J., Lond., 1897, ii, 651.—Waldmann (F.) A hevenyes es iddsult mandulagyuladdsok kapcsan feltepo vesemegbetegedese- krol. [Kidney diseases following acute and chronic ton- sillitis.] Gegdszet, Budapest, 1911,14-17.—Wallace(W.) Septic (?) pneumonia following sore-throat (quinsy). Lancet, Lond., 1896, i, 416.—Weber (H.) Zur Kritik der Beziehungen der Angina tonsillaris zur Entziindung des Wurmfortsatzes. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1902, xlix, 2171.—Wilbur (R. L.) Report of cases of acute lacunar tonsillitis with skin eruptions. Occidental M. TONSILS. 366 TONSILS. Tonsils (Inflammation of Complica- tions and sequelae of). Times, San Fran., 1903, xvii, 41-44. [Discussion], 74.— Wlnckler (E.) Einige Stimm- und Sprachstorungen bei chronischer Tonsillitis. Med.-padagog. Monatschr., Berl., 1907, xvii, 356-363.—Wollenden (N.) The na- ture of so-called follicular tonsillitis and its relation to infectious disorders. Tr. Brit. Laryngol. & Rhinol. Ass. 1894, Lond., 1*95, 34-54. Also: J. Laryngol., Lond., 1894, viii, 475-488.— Woodcock (G. A.) Pyaemia and phle- bitis complicating tonsilitis, with report of case. Iowa M. J., Des Moines, 1904, x, 256-259. Tonsils (Inflammation of, Treatment of). Frizac (R.) *De l'amygdalite chronique; les traitements de choix; leurs indications dans les di verses formes decette affection. 8°. Paris, 1903. Bates (Mary E.) A case of recurring quinsy: treated by anti-rheumatics and thvroid extract. Woman's M. J., Toledo, 1900, x, 7-9.—Caiiipani (A.) & Formigginl (G.) Profilassi delle tonsilliti recidivanticolladetersione meccanica della cavitd, oraleainezzo dello spazzolino e del bicarbonate di soda in polvere. Gaz. d. osp., Milano, 1909, xxx, 593.—Candler (G. H.) The rapid relief and cure of tonsillitis. South. Clinic, Richmond, 1905, xxviii, 193-196.—Casselberry (W. E.) The treatment of ton- sillitis. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1896, 5. s., iv, 23.-29 — de Castro (A. B.) Formamint in the treatment of ton- silitis. Med. Times, Lond., 1910, xxxviii, 685.—Oaisse (P.) Traitement des amygdalites aigues. Clinique, Par., 1907, ii, 83.— Creel (M. P.) The treatmentof tonsillitis. St. Louis M. & S. J., 1900, lxxix, 80.—Dandois. Le traitement, esquissfi k grandes lignes, des infections amygdaliennes. Rev. med. de Louvain, 1909, 186-192.— De Blois (T. A.) Reducing the tonsils. Boston M. & S. J., 1893, cxxix, 375.—Dulles (C. W.) Note on the treatment of follicular tonsillitis. Phila. M. J., 1902, ix, 71.—ICIlegood (J. A.) The treatment of chronic in- flammation of the tonsils. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1898, xxx, 593.—Farnliam (A. B.) The local treatment of acute follicular tonsillitis. Tr. M. Soc. Wisconsin, Madi- son, 1894, xxviii, 175.— Fernandez (F. M.) Trata- miento de la amigdalitis aguda. Cron. med.-quir. de la Habana, 1909, xxxv, 94. -----. Del uso local 6 interno de la aspirina en la amigdalitis aguda. Ibid., 343.—Fette- rolf (G.) The local use of acetyl-salicylic acid (aspirin) in the treatment of follicular tonsillitis. Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1908, 3. s., xxiv, 761-763.—Floerslieim (S.) Acute amygdalitis; its treatment by the local application of iodine. N. York M. J., 1901, lxxiv, 640.—Fox (R. H.) The abortive treatment of quinsy. Lancet, Lond., lsyii, i, 353.—Gerson (K.) Zur Behandlung der Angina lacu- naris. Med. Klin., Berl., 1905, i, 909: 1906, ii, 1021 — Goldmann (R.) Die chronische cholesteatomatose (caseeuse der Franzosen) Entzundung der Tonsillen und ihre Behandlung. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1911, xxxvi, 645-647.—Griffith (F.) A completed treatment for ton- sillitis. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1912, xcvi, 480—Guthrie (D. J.) Notes on the treatment of quinsv, with an illus- trative case. Glasgow M. J., 1909, lxxii, i88-190.—Gutt- mann (V.) Die Therapie der Tonsillitis lacunaris acuta mit Pyocyanase. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1909, lix, 1427. Also, transl: Casop. 16k. 6esk., v Praze, 1910, xlix, 103-108.—Halm (R.) Nuovo metodo di cura della tonsillite lacunare acuta. Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.] 1908, Pavia, 1910, xii, pt. 2, 237- 246. Also: Boll. d. mal. d. orecchio, d. gola e d. naso, Firenze, 1908, xxvi, 237-246.—Hays (H.) Acute tonsil- litis and its treatment. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1911, lxxix, 852-854.—Hemenway (H. B.) Local treatment of follicular tonsillitis. Am. Lancet, Detroit, 1893, n. s., xvii, 205.—Higgins (S. G.) Some recent views concern- ing the tondils. Milwaukee M. J., 1909, xvii, 243-249.— Hoag (J. C.) A successful method of treating follicular tonsillitis. Chicago M. Recorder, 1893, iv, 254-256. Also, Reprint—Hilfer (W.) Ueber die Behandlung der aku- ten Tonsillitiden mittels parenchymatoser Carbol-Injec- tionen. Ann.d.stadtallg. Krankenh.zu Miinehen (1894), 1896,viii,35-46. Also: Deutsches Arch.f.klin.Med.,Leipz., 1896, lvii, 579-596. Also: Arb. a. d. med.-klin. Inst. d. k. Ludwig-Maximilians-Univ. zu Munchen, Leipz., 1899, iv, 487-504.— Imhofer (R.) Zur Behandlung der Tonsillitis chronica. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1905, xxx, 303-305.— Lamann (W.) Zur Behandlung der Tonsillitis lacu- naris. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.] 1909, xliii, 881-884.— Lenart (Z.) A chronikus mandulagvuladas es gy6gv- kezel6se. [Chronic tonsillitis and its treatment.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1911, lv, 441-445.—Levinstein (0.) Zur Behandluug der Tonsilitis chronica und Angina ha- bitualis; mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Galvano- kaustik der Tonsillen. Arch. f. Larvngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1910-11, xxiv, 290-311.—Li pes (H. J.) The treat- ment of follicular and suppurative amygdalitis and the angina of scarlet fever by the injection of a solution of Tonsils (Inilamma'ion of, Treatment of)- carbolic acid. N. York M. J., 1899, lxx,694.—Meyer (J.) Treatment (abortive) of follicular tonsillitis and periton- sillitis by syringing. Brooklyn M. J., 1901, xv, 565-568.— .Molime. Traitement de l'amygdalite aigui'. Rev. hebd. delaryngol. [etc.], Par., 1905, ii, 161-165.—Ncilson (W. II.; The internal treatment of acute follicular ton- sillitis. Tr. M. Soe. Wisconsin, Madison, 1894, xxviii, 177- lso— Norbury (F. P.) Sulphide of calcium, or calx sulphurateintonsilitis. Therap.Gaz., 1892,xvi,294. Also, Reprint.—Ovazza (V.) Della cura delle tonsilliti non specitiehe. Progresso med., Torino, 1902, i, 67.—PI III (() ) Ueber chronische Entzundung der Gaunienmandeln und ihre Behandlung. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1912, xxxvii, 397-100.—Prj'in (O.) Ueber die Behandlung der ent- ziindlichen Erkrankungen der Tonsillen mittels Saug- apparaten. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1905, Iii, 2318.— Raymond (J. H.) Guaiacolas a topical application in the treatment of acute tonsillitis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1894, xiv, 364.—Boetlilisberger (P.) Neues fiber Untersu- chung und Behandlung gewisser mit Polyarthritis causal verkniipfter Tonsillitiden. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1912, lix, 4U8— Sbrocchi (A.) La cura della tonsillite catarrale, altrimenti detta tonsillite lacunare o follico- lare. Clin, mod., Firenze, 1905, xi, 386-391.—Schone- mann (A.) Die rationelle Therapie und Prophylaxie der Angina (Tonsillitis acuta). Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1910, xl, 241-249.—Shivdas (S. P.) Vaccine treat- ment of acute tonsillitis. Lancet, Lond., 1812, ii, 1149.— Somers (L. S. ) The treatment of tonsilitis. Med. Progress, Louisville, 1896, xii, 106-108.—SzentgyOr- gyi (F. J.) A tonsillitisek abortivgy6gyita.sa.rol. [The abortive treatment of . . . ] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1899, xliii, 643. -----. Utdlagos megjegyzesek a tonsilli- tisek abortiv gy6gyit&sar61. [Additional observations on the abortive treatment of tonsilitis.] Ibid., 1903, xlvii, 772-774. Also, transl: Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Buda- pest, 1904, xl, 85-88.—Toilet (The) of the nose in the treatmentof tonsilitis and for the prevention of recurring attacks of sore throat. Med. Mirror, St. Louis, 1897, viii, 350-352.—Tsitovich (M. F.) K llecheniyu tonzillitov. [Treatment of tonsillitis.] Novoye v Med., S.-1'eterb., 1911, v, 181-187.—Wood (G. B.) Treatment of acute ton- sillitis. Therap. Rev., Phila., 1904,i,81-85.—Woodbu ry (F.) A note on the treatment of tonsillitis. Med. News, Phila., 1895, lxvi, 353-355.—Zaun (G. F.) Tonsillitis; acute articular rheumatism; treatment. Milwaukee M. J., 1907, xv, 275-277. Tonsils (Inflammation of, Treatment of Operative). Black (J. A.) The surgical treatment of chronic tonsillitis. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1905, iii, 78.— Brannan (J. W.) Quinsy, and its treatment by early incision. Tr. Am. Climat Ass. 1893-4, Phila., 1895, x, 151-168. Also: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1893, xliv, 549-552. Also, Reprint.—Goldstein (M. A.) The radical treatment of follicular tonsillitis. Lanngoscope, St. Louis, 1900, viii, 215. Also, Reprint—Miller (F. E.) A contribu. tion to the study of quinsy with complications, with seven cases illustrating operation and treatment. Inter- nat. J. Surg., N. Y., 1903, xvi, 65-69.—Murray (W. R.) The diseased faucial tonsil and its operative treatment. J. Minn. M. Ass. [etc.], Minneap., 1906, xxvi, 301-303.— Nikitin (W.) Zur Frage fiber die operative Behand- lung chronischer Amvgdalitiden. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1900, xxxiv, 281-284. Also, transl: Terap. vestnik, S.-Peterb., 1900, iii, 513-516.—Pynchon (E.) The abso- lute and permanent cure of tonsillitis. Alkaloid. Clinic, Chicago, 1897, iv, 575-578. Also, Reprint,—Stark (A.C.) A quinsy lancet. Lancet, Lond., 1911, ii, 165.—Straight (H. S.) Remarks on electro-puncture of the tonsils, with report of a case. West. Reserve M. J., Cleveland, 1894-5, iii, 20-24.—Vacher (L.) Dangers des amygdalites a repetitions; avantages de l'ablation totale des amygdales k l'anse droite. Assoc franc, de chir. Proc.-verb. [etc], Par., 1906, xix, 782-788. Tonsils (Inflammation of) in children. Dorion (R.-G.-A.) * L'amygdalite pharvn- gee aigue primitive chez les enfants. 8°. Lille, 1901. Herzberg (H.) *Ein Beitrag zur Angina tonsillaris follicularis im Kindesalter. 8°. Dorpat, 1893. Ausset (E.) & Dorion. L'amygdalite pharyngee aigue primitive chez les enfants. Arch, de med. d. enf., Par., 1901, iv, 449-466. Also: Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1901, v. 353-361. Al*o: Gaz. d. mal. infant, [etc]. Par., 1901, iii, 281-286.—Brownsoii (T. G.) Acute tonsillitis in an infant of five months; a second attack, eleven months later. Arch. Pediat, N. Y., 1899, xvi, 608.— Fr5ss (J ) Ueber Tonsillitis follicularis der Neugebo- renen. Ungar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1898, iii, 181-183.— TONSILS. 367 TONSILS. Tonsils (Inflammation of) in children. Koplik (H.) Acute catarrhal lacunar amygdalitis in the nursing infant. Internat. contrib. med. lit. Fest- schr. . . . Abraham Jaeobi, N. Y., 1890,161-169.—Renn (P.) Zur klinischen Bedeutung der Tonsillitis follicu- laris seu fossularis mit Bezug auf die Gaumenmandel- funktion, unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung des Kin- desalters. N. Yorker med. Wchnschr., 1912, xxii, 283- 295.—Stewart (J.) Rheumatic tonsillitis in children. Med. News, N. Y., 1903, lxxxii, 965.—Takenaini (M.) [Remarks on tonsillitis in sucklings.] Ztschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Tokio, 1895, i, 434-441.—Taylor (L. H.) A severe case of quinsy in a child eight months old. Univ. M. Mag., Phila., 1889-90, ii, 598. Tonsils (Lingual). Browne (L.) The lingual tonsil. Med. Mag., Lond., 1896, v, 35-43. -----. Some anatomical points in the structure of the lingual tonsil of practical bearing on its pathology. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc. 1898, N. Y., 1899, iv, 161-167.—Davidson (J. P.) The lingual tonsil. Old Dominion J. M. & S., Richmond, 1906-7, v, 4144. Also: Richmond J. Pract., 1906, xx, 159-162. Also: Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1906-7, xi, 279.- Duchesne. L'amygdale linguale. Ann. Soc med.- chir. de Liege, 1905", xliv, 15-24— Dupuy (H.) The lingual tonsil. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1911, lxiv, 193-196,1 pl — Johnson (J. H.) The lingual tonsils in health and disease. J. Ophth. & Oto-Laryngol., Chicago, 1912, vi, 362-376.—Lemere (H. B.) The lingual tonsil. Med. Herald, St. Joseph, 1902, n. s., xxi, 183-187. Also: Medi- cine, Detroit, 1902, viii, 478-480.—Leonard (Z. L.) The lingual tonsil. South. Clinic, Richmond, 1902, xxv, 289- 293.—Levinstein (O.) Die Appendix ventriculi Mor- gagni (Tonsilla larvngis). Arch. f. Larvngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1909, xxii, 447-480.—Levy (R.) The lingual tonsil. Denver M. Times, 1900-1901, xx, 165-170. Also: N. York M. J., 1900, lxxii, 454-456.—Lewis (E. R.) Lingual tonsils. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1896, i, 29-32.—Moure. Amygdale linguale; examen histologique. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux, 1896, xvii, 82-84.—Paine (CE.) Thelingual tonsil asacauseof cough. J. Ophth., Otol. & Laryngol., Lancaster, Pa., 1911, xvii, 212-215 — Quintan (F. J.) Some reflections on thelingual tonsil. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc. 1897, N. Y., 1898, iii, 105-113.—Raynor (F. C.) The lingual tonsil. Am. J. Surg., N. Y., 1909, xxiii, 125-128.—Shearer (T. L.) The lingual tonsil. Homceop. Eye, Ear & Throat J., N.Y., 1905, xi, 123-131.—Somers (L. S.) A study of the lingual tonsil. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1897, ii, 160-170. Also, Reprint.—Wingrave (V. H. W.) Some points concern- ing the lingual tonsil, bearing upon a regional nomen- clature of the tongue. Tr. Brit. Laryngol. & Rhinol. Ass. 1892, Lond. & Phila., 1893, ii, 15-17. Tonsils (Lingual. Diseases and tumors of). See, also. Tonsils (Diseases of) in children; Tonsils (Surgery of, Instruments for). Ayme (M.[-E.-R.]) * Contribution a I'etude de l'hypertrophie de l'amygdale linguale. 4°. Paris, 1896. Graf (J.) * Ueber Tumoren der Zungen- tonsille. 8°. Bonn, 1908. Labeque (J.-B.-A.) ^Contribution a I'etude des inflammations aigues de l'amygdale linguale. 4°. Bordeaux, 1894. Marion (A.-L.-V.) Contribution a I'etude des affections de l'amygdale linguale et plus specialement de l'amygdalite linguale aigue. 4°. Paris, 1894. Rosenthal (M.) *De l'hypertrophie de l'amygdale linguale (quatrieme amygdale). 8°. Lyon, 1902. Adams(W.E.) Hypertrophy of the lingual tonsil. At- lanta M.&S. J., 1897-8,n.s.,xiv,237-239.—Rar(L.) Inflam- mations de l'amygdale linguale. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1897, xvii, 1057-1076. Also: Rev. internat. de rhinol.,otol.etlaryngol.,Par.,1898,viii,347-360. Also [Ab- str.]: Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1897, xxiii, 636.—Beausoleil(R.) L'inflammation aigue de l'amygdale linguale. Cong, franc, demed. 1895, Par., 1896, ii, 657-660.—Berlni (F.) Breves consideraciones acerca dos casos de hipertrofia de la amigdala lingual. Rev. de med., cirug. y farm., Barcel., 1900, xiv, 257; 289. -----. A prop6sito de un caso de notable hipertrofia de la amigdala lingual. Rev. de med. y cirug., Barcel., 1904, xviii, 260-265— Blumenleld (F.) Cautere pour l'amygdale linguale et la region de la base de la langue. Arch, internat de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1907, xxiii, 189.— Boulengier. Trois exemples cliniquesd'aflections de l'amygdale linguale. Presse med. beige, Brux., 1893, xiv, 2-4.—Bowen (J. J.) Hypertrophy of the lingual tonsil. Tonsils (Lingual, Diseases and tumors of). N. York M. J., 1897, lxvi, 872.—Boyd (F. D.) Enlarged lingual tonsil, with report of a case. N. Albanv M. Her- ald, 1901-2, xxi, 888.—Brady (A.J.) Hypertrophy of the lingual tonsil, and its removal by the use of the ton- sillotome. J. Laryngol., Lond., 1897, xii, 235-239.— Brooks (E. D.) Inflammation of the lingual tonsil. Homceop. Eye, Ear & Throat J., N. Y., 1900, vi. 372-376.— Browne (L.) Chronic hypertrophy and varix of the lingual tonsils. Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 1896, xvi, 13-26. -----. Some anatomical points in the structure of the lingual tonsil of practical bearing on its pathology. Laryngoscope,,St. Louis, 1899. vi, 43^9. -----. Sur quel- ques particularity anatomiques ayant trait a la patho- logie de l'amygdale linguale. Rev. hebd. de larvngol. [etc.], Par., 1898, xviii, 673-685.— Cbamberlin (F. T.) Hypertrophy of the lingual tonsil. Virginia M. Month., Richmond, 1894-5, xxi, 415-418. Also, Reprint—Chau- veau. Hypertrophie exceptionnellement volumineuse de l'amygdale linguale. France med., Par., 1898, xiv, 258— Citelli (S.) Nuovo strumento per lo spezzetta- mento della tonsilla linguale ipertrofica. Ann. di la- ringol. [etc.], Genova, 1903, iv, 1-4.-----. Sulla cosidetta tonsilla laryngea nell' uomo in condizioni normali e pa- tologiche. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1906, xxix,511-525.—Clark (B. F. R.) Hypertrophy of the lingual tonsil, with re- port of seven cases. Phila. Polyclin., 1896, v, 123-126.— Colin (A.) Sur un cas de peri-amygdalite linguale phlegmoneuse. Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1893, vi, 269-271.—Crouzillac. Amygdalite linguale phlegmoneuse. Rev. hebd. delaryngol. [etc.], Par., 1898, xviii, 369-372.—Dickinson (Mary E.) Hypertrophy of the lingual tonsil. Buffalo M. J., 1895-6, xxxv, 878-880.— Didsbury (G.) Hypertrophie chronique de l'amygdale linguale; revue de clinique et de physiologie patholo- gique. Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1897, x, 538-554. -----. Hypertrophie chronique de l'amygdale linguale avec troubles reflexes. Bull. d. soc. med. . . . du dep. de la Seine, Par., 1898, i, no. 3, 10-13. Also: France med., Par., 1898, xiv, 194-196.—Diogo de Valladares (M.) Hypertrophia da amygdala lingual. Rev. portu- gueza de med. e cirurg. prat., Lisb., 1896-7, i, 138-140.— Duchesne. L'amygdale linguale. J. de med. de Par., 1905, 2. s., xvii, 181-183.-Dudley (W. H.) The lingual tonsil and some of itsdiseases. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc, N. Y., 1911, xvii, 517-523.—Ellett (E. C.) A review of the pathological conditions affecting the lin- gual tonsil. Tr. West. Ophth., Otol. [etc.] A»s. Otol., Laryngol.&Rhinol.Div..St.Louis,1898,iii,42-50. Also:Ann. OtOl., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1898, vii, 449-460 — Escat (E.) Amygdalite linguale phlegmoneuse. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1896, xvi, 129-133. -----. Rapport sur la pathologie de l'amygdale linguale. Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1898, xxiv, 602- 609. Also: Arch, internat. delaryngol. [etc.], Par., 1898, xi, 281-291. Also: Med. mod., Par., 1898, ix, 284. Also: Presse med., Par., 1898, i, 234-237. -----. Traitement des affectionsdel'amygdalelingualeet dela base dela lan- gue. Presse med., Par., 1898, ii, 250.—Faure. , Un cas d'amvgdalitelingualecatarrhale. Loirem6d.,St.-Etienne' 1903, xxii, 1-3.—Fellows (C. G.) Hypertrophy of the lingual tonsil. Homceop. Eve, Earand Throat J.,N.Y.,1899, v,22-27.—Ferran (C.) & Rosenthal. Contribution a I'etude de l'hypertrophie de l'amygdale linguale. Lyon med., 1902,xcix,245-258.—Foster(H.) Reportofacaseof bleeding from the lingual tonsils. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1896, i, 215, 1 pl. —Garrison (J. B.) The lingual tonsil as a cause of cough. N. Am. J. Homceop., N. Y., 1901, 3. s., xvi, 267-270. -tirant (J. D.) Hypertrophy of the lingual tonsil, with impairment of singing voice, im- proved by a snaring operation. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1909-10, iii, Laryngol. Sect., 155.— Gurovich. K patologii yazlchnol zhelyozi v svyazi s vospaleniyem yazika i s angina epiglottica. [Pathology of the lingual tonsil in connection with glossitis and . . .] Voyenno- med. J., St. Petersb., 1892, clxxv, unoffic pt., 1. sect. 216- 224.—Hamilton (T. K.) Hypertrophy of the lingual tonsil. Intercolon. M.Cong. Australas. Tr. 1892,Sydney, 1893, iii, 484-487. — Hanszel. [Eine eigenthiimliche Form von Angina der Zungentonsille.] Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1903, xvi, 939.—Haywood (G. M.) Hyper- trophy of the lingual tonsil. Tr. Homoeop. M. Soc. N. Y., 1898, xxxiii, 286-289—Heller (J.) Beitrage zur Sy- philis der Zungentonsille. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1900, xxxvii, 188-192. [Discussion], 1899, xxxvi, 1133.— Jan- kelevltch. Des troubles nerveux determines par l'hypertrophie de l'amygdale linguale. Ann. med.-chir du centre, Tours, 1903, iii, 18.— Joal. Hemorragies de l'amvgdale linguale et hemoptysies. Rev. internat. de rhinol., otol. et larvngol., Par., 1893, iii, 135-138. Also: Rev. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1893, xiii, 397-404.—John- ston (R. H.) Papilloma of the lingual tonsil. Laryn- goscope, St. Louis, 1905, xv, 564.—Joncheray. Amyg- dalite linguale phlegmoneuse. Arch. med. d' Angers, 1901, v, 80-84.—Jousset (A.) Pathologie de l'amvgdale lin- guale. Nord. med., Lille. 1902. viii. 61-64. Also: Rev. in- ternat. de med. et de chir., Par., 1902, xiii, 131-133. Also, TONSILS. 368 TONSILS. Tonsils (Lingual, Diseases and tumors of)- transl: Med. Weekbl., Amst., 1902-3, ix, 602-606.—Ka- nasugi (E.) Ueber die Hypertrophie der Zungenton- sille. [Japanese text] Ztschr. d. med. Gesellsch. zu Tokyo, 1895, ix, 15; 387,1 pl.—Kansui (M.) [Obstinate reflex vomiting after hypertrophy of the lingual tonsil.] Chiugai Iji Shinpo, Tokio, 1904, xxv, 868-878.—Katz (L.) Die Erkrankungen der Zungenmandel (mit Ausnahme der Tumoren). Wiirzb. Abhandl. a. d. Geb. d. prakt. Med., 1905, v, 12. Hft, 307-333. — Kronenberg (E.) Zur Pa- thologie und Therapie der Zungentonsille. Berl. Klinik, 1894, 77. Hft., 1-36.—Lake (R.) Hypertrophy of the lin- gual tonsil. Polyclin., Lond., 1902, vi, 528 —Levinstein (O.) Ueber eine pathologische Tonsille des menschlichen Schlundes, die Tonsilla linguse lateralis und ihre Erkran- kung an Angina. Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol.. Berl., 1912, xxvi, 687-694.—Lubllnski (W.) Die Syphilis der Zungentonsille, nebst Bemerkungen fiber ihr Verbaltniss zur glatten Atrophie der Zungeubalgdriisen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr. Leipz. u. Berl., 1900, xxvi, 227; 248.— McShane (A.) Enormous hypertrophy of the lingual tonsil, with chronic interstitial epiglottitis. Tr. Louisiana M. Soc. 1892, N. Orl., 1893, 131-136. Also: N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1892-3, n. s., xx, 194-198—-Hartin (W.) Hypertro- phy of the lingual tonsil. Med. & Surg. Reporter, Phila., 1897, lxxvii, 610. — JUasini (G.) Disfagia da infiam- mazione flemmonosa ed ascesso della tonsilla linguale. Ann. di laringol. [etc.], Genova, 1903, iv, 168-170.—Mau- rice. Troubles dus a l'hvpertrophie de l'amygdale lin- guale. Med. inf., Par., 1909, vi, 158-160.— JWongardi (R.) Sur deux cas de lymphadenie de l'amygdale lin- guale. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1901, i, 401- 405.—Ulusson (Emma E.) Hypertrophy of the lingual tonsil. Rep. Proc. Alumnae Ass. Woman's M. Coll. Penn., Phila., 1891, 64-69.—Niidng (F. G.) Hypertrophic lin- gual tonsil in a child. St. Louis Cour. Med., Iy03, xxviii, 265-269.— Oppenhelmer (S.) A general consideration of hyperplasia of the lingual tonsil. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc. 1902, N. Y., 1903, viii, 388-408. Also: Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Larvngol., St. Louis, 1902, xi, no. 2, 231-253. Also: Med. Critic, N. Y., 1902, ii, 225; 334. Also, Reprint.—Percepied. L'hypertrophie de l'amygdale linguale. Normandie med., Rouen, 1903, xviii, 345-351.— Prota (G.) & JTlartuscelll (G.) Sarcoma della ton- silla linguale. Arch. ital. di laringol., Napoli, 1898, xviii, 107-121, 1 pl. — Raoult (A.) Des inflammations de l'amygdale linguale d'origine dentaire et buccale. Rev. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1895, xv, 465-470. —Ricei (C. A. ) Contributo alia patologia della tonsilla linguale; sull' ipertrofia della tonsilla linauale. Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1897, v, 342-352. -----. Contributo alio studio delle manifestazioni sifllitiche sulla ton- silla linguale. Ibid., vi, 19-48. Also [Abstr.]: Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1897, 3. s., xiv, 83. Also [Ab1 str.]: Riv. veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 1897, xxvi,88-91.— Richardson (J. J.) Hypertrophy of the lingual ton- sil. Am. Med. Phila., 1904, viii, 421. Also, Reprint— Robinson (B.) Enlargement of the lingual tonsil as a cause of cough. Tr. Am. Larvngol. Ass. 1898, N. Y., 1899, xx, 41-53. Also [Abstr.]: N. York M. J., 1898, lxviii, 476- 478. [Discussion], 494.—Roquer Casadesus (J.) La hipertrofia de la amigdala de la lengua como causa de ataques de asma. Rev. balear de cien. med., Palma de Mallorca, 1893, ix, 8-11. Also: Rev. de laringol., otol. y rinol., Barcel., 1892-3, viii, 49-52.—Roy (L.-G.) Quel- ques considerations sur les abces de l'amygdale linguale. Rev. med., Par., 1904, xiii, 546.—Rueda (F.) Volumi- noso quiste en la zona de la amigdala lingual. Arch. lat. de rinol.,laringol. [etc.], Barcel.,1902, xiii, 76-79.—Sedziak ( J.) Przyczynek do rozpoznawania, oraz leczenia ropnego zapalenia migdalka podniebiennego, oraz j^zykowego, ze szczeg61nemuwzglednieniemropniaokolomigdalkowego. {Contribution to the diagnosis and treatment of purulent inflammation of the subpalatine and lingual tonsil, with special reference to quinsy.] Kron. lek., Warszawa, 1898, xix,143; 221—Seilert (O.) Die Pathologie der Zungen- tonsille. Arch. f. Laringol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1893, 48-80. -----. Ueber Svphilis der Zungentonsille. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1893, xl, 101-103. -----. Die Syphilis der Zungentonsille. Arch, f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien u. Leipz., 1898, xliv, 213-245.-Shearer (T. L.) Acute inflamma- tion and hypertrophy of the lingual tonsil as a cause of cough. Homceop. Eye, Ear & Throat J., N. Y., 1899, v, 106-113.—SikkeI (A.) De hypertrophie van de tonsil der tongbasis. Med. Weekbl., Amst, 1894, i, 179-182.— Slmanovskl iN. P.) O vospalitelnikh zabollevani- yakh limfaticheskol zhelyozistol tkani, zalozhennol na kornle yazika (chetvyortavo iii yazikovavo mindalika). [Inflammations of the lymphatic glandular tissue, at the base of the tongue (fourth or lingual tonsil).] Vrach, St. Petersb., 1893, xiv, 1187; 1243; 1276; 1301; 1330; 1355; 1389. Also [Abstr.]: Trudi Obsh. russk. vrach. v S.- Peterb., 1893-4, lx, no. 2, 3-9.—Straight (H. S.) Hyper- trophy of the lingual tonsil, with report of a case. Cleve- land J. M., 1896, i, 59.—Strong (T. M.) Diseases of the lingual tonsil. N. Eng. M. Gaz., Bost., 1902, xxxvii, 485- 490.—Swain (H. L.) Some remarks on acute disease of Tonsils (Lingual, Diseases and tumors of). the lingual tonsil. Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass., N Y., 1896, 24-37. Also: N. York M. J., 1896, lxiv, 111-116. Also, Re- print.—Tompkins (E.) Hypertrophy of the lingual tonsil, with report of cases. Virginia M. Month., Rich- mond, 1895-6, xxii, 906-913.—Villeeourt(R.) Des desor- dres produits par l'hypertrophie de la quatrieme amyg- dale (amygdale de la langue) chez une hysterique. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1894, lxvii, 29.—VolkotT(V.) K patologii yazichnol zhelyozi v svyazi s derevyanistimi opukhol- yaml she'i. [On the pathology of the lingual tonsil in connection with ligneous tumors of the neck.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1895, xliv, 33-37.—Vymoia (K.) Ueber Erkrankungen der Mandel der Zungenwurzel (Tonsilla quarta). Med. Bl., Wien, 1910, xxxii, 183. Also: Rev. de med. tcheque, Prague, 1909, ii, 87.— Winekler (E.) Einiges fiber die Hyperplasie der Zungentonsille una deren operative Beseitigung. Verhandl. d. Ver. siid- deutseh. Laryngol. 1894-1903, Wiirzb., 1904,135-138. Also: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1897, xliv 925-927. -----. Zur operativen Behandlung der hyperplastischen Zun- gentonsille. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1898, xlviii, 1497- 1500.—Wingrave (V. H. W.) Hypertrophy of the lin- gual tonsil. Tr. Brit. Laryngol. & Rhinol. Ass. 1892, Lond. & Phila., 1893, ii, 17.—Wroblewski (L.) Bei- trag zur Pathologie und Therapie der Zungentonsille. Wien. med. Presse, 1893, xxxiv, 211; 250; 286; 330; 370; 413; 451; 632; 674. Tonsils (Lymphoid ring of). See Tonsils (Infection through). Tonsils (Morphology and embryology of)- Wohlert (H.) *Zur Anatomie der Papilla foliata und der Tonsille des Pferdes. [Bern.] 8°. Leipzig, 1909. Cresl (G. V.) Noduli di cartilagine in tonsilla di feto umano, messi in evidenza con la muci-emateina del Mayer. Atti d. r. Accad. med.-chir. di Napoli, 1906, n. s., lx, 253-257, 1 pl.—Foianiui (P.) La tonsilla laringea studiata nell' uomo e mammiferi piii comuni. Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1903-4, xv, 1-13,1 pl.—Ham- mar (J. A.) Das Schicksal der zweiten Scnlundspalte beim Menschen; zur vergleichenden Embryologie und Morphologie der Gaumentonsille. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1902, xxii, 221-224.—Illing (G.) Ueber die Mandeln und das Gaumensegel des Schweines. Arch. f. wissensch. u. prakt. Thierh., Berl., 1903, xxix. 411-426.—Kilian (J.) Entwicklungsgeschichtliche, anatomische und klinische Untersuchungen iiber Mandelbucht und Gaumenmandel. Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1898, vii, 167-203, 3 pl—Majeivski (W.) Ueber die Tonsillen der Feli- den. Bull, internat. Acad. d. sc. de Cracovie, 1911, 179- 186.—JWinot (C. S.) The development of the tonsils. Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass., N. Y., 1902, 226-228.—JMoslier (H. P.) The tonsil at birth. Tr. Am. Larvngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc, N. Y., 1903, ix, 148-160. Also: Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1903, xiii, 817-828. Also, Reprint—Retterer (E.) Evolution de l'amygdale du chien. Cong, internat. demed. C.r., Par., 1900, sect, d'hist, 96-112. Ateo[Abstr.]: Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1900, 11. s., ii, 513-616. -----. Histogenese et structure comparees des amyg- dales et des ganglions lymphatiques. Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1900, 11. s., ii, 349-351.—Zurria (G.) Sulla presenza di ghiandole mucose pluricellulari intraepite- liali nella tonsilla faringea di gatto. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1905, xxvii, 551-558. Tonsils (Mycosis of). See, also, Tonsils (Actinomycosis of). BeanfC.E.) Mycosis tonsillaris. Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass. 1894, N. Y., 1895, xvi, 43-46. Also: N. York M. J., 1894, lx, 208.—Bertarelli (E.) & Calamida (U.) Ueber die atiologische Bedeutung der Blastomyceten in den Tonsillen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt, Jena, 1901, xxx, 60-65.—Blchaton. Trois cas de my- cose des amvgdales. Union med. du nord-est, Reims, 1907, xxxi, 61-64.— Calamida (U.) Sulla presenza di corpi fuxinotili o forme blastomicetiche nella tonsilla faringea. Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1899-1900, ix, 95. Also: Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1899, 4. s., xlvii, 623.—Carpenter (Julia W.) Two cases of my- cosis tonsillaris. Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1896, xxxvi, 115- 117. [Discussion], 121-123. Also: Woman's M.J., Toledo, 1896, v, 97-99. Also, Reprint.—Do wnle (W.) A case of mycosis tonsillaris benigna. Glasgow M. J., 1894, xlii, 362. -----. Tonsils from a case of so-called mycosis tonsil- laris benigna. Ibid., 1897, xlvii, 370-372.—Dunn (J.) A case of mycosis of the pharyngeal tonsil. N. York M. J., 1894 lx, 112-114.—Griffln (E. H ) Mycosis of the tonsil and base of the tongue. Ibid., 1901, lxxiv, 1099.—Hard- castle (H.) Mycosis tonsillaris. Maryland M. J., Bait, 1901, xliv, 152-154.—lngals (E. F.) Mycosis of the ton- sil Chicago Clin. Rev,, 1896-7, vi, 250-253. Also: Inter- TONSILS. 369 TONSILS. Tonsils (Mycosis of). nat. Clin., Phila., 1897, iii, 331.—Irsai (A.) Mycosis ton- sillaris benigna. Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1904, xlviii, 90.— Lewis (F.D.J Mycosis tonsillaris. Homceop. Eye, Ear & Throat J., N. Y., 1899, v, 271-275, 1 pl. -----. Mycosis tonsillaris. Ibid., 1901, vii, 302-305.—Me Kinney (R.) A case of mvcosis tonsillaris affecting both tonsils; com- pletely cured by removal of the tonsils by electro-cautery dissection. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1903, xl, 991.—Jlil- bury (F. S.) Mycosis of the tonsils and adjacent parts. Med. News, N. Y., 1897, lxx, 240.—de Simoni (A.) Ue- ber das Vorkommen von Blastomyceten in der hyper- trophischen Tonsille. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt, Jena, 1897, xxii, 120-122.—Velllard. Examen his- tologique de quelques cas de keratomve6se de l'amyg- dale. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1901, ii, 376- 379.—Vymola (K.) Ueber die mykotische Erkrankung der Mandeln und des Rachens. Rev. de med. tcheque, Prague, 1909, ii, 24-26. Tonsils (Palatine). See Tonsils. Tonsils (Pendulous). Bezdek(H.) Ein Fall von Tonsilla pendula. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1904, xvii, 504—Reinhard (P ) Ein Fall von Tonsilla pendula. Ibid., 1899, xii, 373.—Rethi (L.) Eine Tonsilla pendula combinirt mit Perforation des hinteren Gaumenbogens. Wien. med. Bl., 1893, xvi, 193. Also, transl: Arch. lat. de rinol., laringol. [etc.], Barcel., 1903, xiv, 226-2:30. Tonsils (Pharyngeal) [Lusehka's tonsil]. See, aho, Pharyngeal bursa, etc.; Tonsils (Infection through). Alagna (G.) La tonsilla faringea studiata in alcuni mammiferi. Arch. ital. di laringol., Napoli, 1902, xxii, 157-165, 1 pl. — Rarth (A.) Rachenmandel und Ohr. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1897, xxxi, 473-479.—Cala- mida (U.) Sulla tina distribuzione dei nervi nella ton- silla faringea. Atti d. Cong.d.Socital.di laringol. [etc.] 1899, Empoli, 1900, iv, 239. -----. Sulla presenza di corpi fuxinofili o forme blastomicetiche nella tonsilla faringea. Gior. d. r. Accad.di med. di Torino, 1899,4. s., xlvii, 523.— Oell6. Bourse deLuschka.examenhistologiqueparRet- terer. Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1890, xvi, 302-304.—Holer (I.) Die Rachenmandel und deren Bedeutung beim Soldaten. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1905, Leipz., 1906, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 435.—Liddle(H. S.) The pharyngeal tonsil. Minneap. Homceop. Mag., 1899, viii, 9-13.—Parrisb (H.) The "third tonsil." N. York M. J. [etc.], 1909, lxxxix, 683- 686.—Poppi (A.) Tonsilla di Luscnka; canale cranio- faringeo e ipoflsi. Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.] 1908, Pavia, 1910, xii, pt. 2, 49-62. Also, Reprint— Price-Brown (J.) The pharyngeal tonsil. Domi- nion M. Month., Toronto, 1905, xxv, 262-267.—Wood (G. B.) The lymphatic drainage of the pharyngeal tonsil. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1906, n. s., cxxxi, 620-623.— Zuckerkandl (E.) Ueber Knorpel in der Pharynx- tonsille. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1904, xxxviii, 51. Tonsils (Pharyngeal, Diseases of). See Tonsils (Diseases of) in children; Tonsils (Mycosis of). Tonsils (Pharyngeal, Hypertrophy of). See, also, Nasopharynx ( Vegetations of, Ade- noid ). Hufschmid (C.) Die krankhafte Wucherung der dritten Mandel und ihr schiidigender Ein- fluss auf die geistige und korperliche Entwick- lung beim Kinde. 8°. St. Qallen, 1892. Hynitzsch (J.) * Anatomische Untersuch lin- en iiber die Hypertrophie der Pharvnxtonsille. Strassburg.] 8°. Wiesbaden, 1899". Also, in: Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1898, xxiv, 184- 206,1 pl. Serebrjakopf (C.) * Ueber Involution der normalen und hyperplastischen Rachenmandel. 8°. Bern, 1906. Also, in: Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1906, xviii, 502-516. Zilla (I.) *Die Beziehungen der Rachen- mandel vergrosserung zur Gaumen,- Schadel,- Obergesichts- und Nasenbildung. 8°. Breslau, 1901. Abeles (G.) Ueber Hyperplasie der Rachenmandel und adenoide Vegetationen. Aerztl. Centr.-Anz., Wien, 1897, ix, 413; 432; 447; 464. Also, Reprint.—Alway (B. vol xviii, 2d series---24 Tonsils (Pharyngeal, Hypertrophy of). D.) Hypertrophy of the faucial and pharyngeal ton- sils. Med. Age, Detroit, 1905, xxiii, 541-544.—Bark.au (A.) The enlargement of the pharyngeal tonsil, and the necessity of early recognition by the general practitioner. Tr. M. Soc. Calif., San Fran., 1893, xxiii, 211-222.—Battle (J.T.J.) Hypertrophy of the pharyngeal tonsil and its treat- ment. Tr. M. Soc. N. Car., Charlotte, 1900, 61-64.—Bloch (F.) Hypertrophie der Rachenmandel und ihre Folgeer- scheinungen. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1908, xxxiii, 344- 349.—Bogoslavskl (D.) Sluchal hipertrofii tonsillse pharyngeal posterioris. Yezhemles. Ushn., Gorlov. i No- sov. Bollezn., S.-Peterb., 1910, v, 607.—Brieger (O.) Zur Genese der Rachenmandelhyperplasie. Arch. f. La- ryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1901, xii, 254-277.—Calamida (U.) Sull' istologia della tonsilla faringea ipertrofica. Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di laryngol. [etc.] 1899, Empoli, 1900, iv, 237.—Duldur (C. R.) Hypertrophied pharyn- geal, faucial and lingual tonsils; their significance and treatment. Wash. M. Ann., 1904-5, iii. 221-237.—Ellis (H. B.) Hypertrophy of the pharyngeal tonsil, and its relation to ear troubles. Tr. M. Soc. Calif. Monterey, 1899, xxix, 107-118.—Fisher (H. F.) Pseudo-chorea due to hypertrophy of Lusehka's tonsil. Homceop. Eye, Ear & Throat J., N. Y., 1895, i, 371-373.—Fleming (E. W.) Adenoid hypertrophy of the pharyngeal tonsil. South. Calif. Pract, Los Angeles, 1893, viii, 447-454.—Flo- derns (B.) Om betydelsen af hyperplastiska och tuber- kulosa processer i farynxtonsillen. [The significance of hy- perplasticand tuberculous processes inpharyngeal tonsils.] Hygiea, Stockholm, 1902, n. f., ii, 269; 389; 593.—Frank (P. G.) Hypertrophische Rachenmandeln bei Greisen. Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1906, xvi, 285-289.— Oarbinl (G.) Sulla denominazione, ipertrofia della tonsilla faringea; a proposito di una critiea del Prof. Massei. Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1899-1900, ix, 445-418.—f teratoma of the tonsil. Laryngoscope, St. Louis 1909, xix. 366.—Kelsey (A. L.) Osteofibroma occupying the tonsillar fossa (probably of styloid process). Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1911, xx, 463-466 — Kutviri (O.j O nadorech mandli. [Tumors of the tonsils] Ca-op. lek. cesk., v Praze, 1902, xli, 1163; 1189- 1213;—Lange (F.) Ein Fall von multiplen Papillomen an Tonsille, Zunge und Epiglottis; ein Beitrag zum Wachsthum der entziindlichen Papillome. Arb. a. d med.-khn.Jnst. d. k. Ludwig-Maximilians-Univ. zu Munchen, Leipz., 1893, iii, 521-540, 2 pl— Lavrand (H ) Tumeur lymphoide de l'amygdale gauche; morcelle- ment; guerison. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1903, ii, 529-532. Also: Rev. hebd.^de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1904, i, 113- 116.—von Lenart (Z.) Gestielte Geschwulst der rechten Tonsil le. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1908, xhv 928.-Liiicoln (R. P.) Supplementary report on a recurrent tonsillar tumor. Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass. 1900, NY.,i9oi, U2-119. Also: N. York M. J., 1900, lxxii, 705^ liiio d1 r'h*.r' auwelaers. [Biography.] Clinique, Brux., 1901, xv, 497. Tordo (Louis) [1886- ]. * Contribution a I'etude de la dyspnee hysterique, tachypnoe ou polypnee. 64 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1911. Torek (Franz) [1861- ]. Fibroma of the sheath of a tendon. 3 pp. 12°. New York, A. R. Elliott, 1905. Repr.from: N. YorkM. J. [etc.], 1905, lxxxii. ------. Modern methods in the surgical treat- ment of gastric diseases. 31pp. 8°. NemYork. 1908. Repr.from: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1908, lxxvii. Torek (Franz)—continued. -----. Peritonitis due to appendicitis, with spe- cial reference to diffuse suppurative peritonitis. 7 pp. 8°. New York, 1908. Repr.from: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1908, Ixxxviii, Torell (Heinrich Richard) [1884- ]. *Ein Fall von akuter halluzinatorischer Verwirrtheit nach Pneumonie. 23 pp. 8°. Kiel, H. Fiencke, 1910. Torrella (Gaspar). , De morbo Gallico cum aliis. a2: Ad Illustrissimu dum Cesarem de Bor- gia ducem Va/lentinen. Tractatus incipit de pu- dendagra seu morbo Galli/co editus a Gaspare Torrella Episcopo sancte Juste natio/ne Valen- tino. [Ad finem:~\ -hnpressum Rome. 22 1. [a8, b8, 66.] [Rome, n. d.~\ Hain, 15557. Voullieme, p. 363: xvi. century. Torelli (Ruggero). La testa di un feto rinve- nuta nel ventre d' una settuagenaria. Breve cenno anatomo patologico. 41 pp. 12°. Peru- gia, Vagnini, 1851. Torelli (Umberto). Sulla cromatoscopia reti- nica nelle atrofie papillari. 4 pp., 2 diag. fol. Firenze, 1888. Repr.from: Boll, d' ocul., Firenze, 1888, x. ------. Neurastenia e neurastenici. 27 pp. 8°. Castano Prima, G. Tadini, 1892. -----. Note di casistica clinica e terapia. 23 pp. 8°. Cagliari, P. Valdes, 1899. ------. Contributo alio studio delle discroma- topsie. 10 pp. 8°. Napoli, G. Salvati, 1900. Repr.from: Gazz.internaz.d. med. prat.,Napoli, 1900,iii ------. Appunti di medicina legale. 11 pp. 8°. Cagliari, 1908. -----. Contributo all' epidemiologia, terapia e profilassi della malaria. 7 pp. 8°. Cagliari, 1908. Torgensen (Nils) & von Hanno (Albert). De norske militer-lpegers uniformer fra 1805 til 1905. [The unforms of the Norwegian military surgeons.] Upp., 8col.pl. fol. Christiania, Gr0ndahl & Soner, 1905. Text by N. Torgensen, designs by A. von Hanno. Torggler (Franz). Zur Prognose neuerlicher Schwangerschaft nach conservativem Kaiser- schnitte. 31pp. 8°. [Wien, 1890.] Forms 1. Hft, v. 16, of: Wien. Klinik. ------. Das gespaltene Doppel-Speculum, dessen Anwendung und Werth. 17 pp. 8°. Halle a. S.,1901. Forms 2. Hft., v. 4, of: Samml. zwangl. Abhandl. a. d. Geb. d. Frauenh. u. Geburtsh. Torhorst (Hermann Rudolph Otto) [1876- ]. *Die histologischen Veranderungen beiderSkle- rose der Pulmonalarterien. [Naumburg a. S.] 2 p. 1., 32 pp., 11. 8°. Marburg, 1904. Toric lenses. See Astigmatism. Toriinaru (Toshihiko) [1881- ]. *Ueber Stieltorsion von Myom. 37 pp., 1 pl. 8°. Munchen, Kastner & Callwey, 1911. Torinus (Albanus) [1489-1550]. In librum Joannis Damasceni principis Arabum medici, De exquisita febrium curatione compendiosum diegema, sive metaphrasis. 172 pp. 24°. In Basilea, [1542]. Bound with: Alexander Aphrodiseus. De febrium et causis et diflerentiis. 24°. In Basilea, 1542. See, also, Alexander TraUianus. Paraphrases in libros omneis . .. fol. BasUese, 1541.—Faulus JEgl- neta. De medica materia libri septem [etc.]. fol. Ve- netiis, 1532.—Vesalius (Andreas) [in 1. s.J. Von des Menschen Corpers Anatomey [etc.]. fol. Basel, 1543. Torkel (Kurt Ernst Fedor) [1878- ]. *Be- steht eine gesetzmassige Yerschiedenheit in Ver- I laufsart und Dauer der progressiven Paralyse je TORKEL. 381 TOROSSI. Torkel (Kurt Ernst Fedor)—continued. nach dem Charakter der beeleitenden Riicken- marksaffection? 88 pp., 1 I 8°. Marburg, J. Hamel, 1903. Torkrit. Wetlierlll (H. E.) The blood color scale and the torkrit. Med Council, Phila., 1910, xv, 241-244. Tormay (Bela) [1838-1906]. A tuberculosis a haziallatok kozot es a tejkerdes. [Tuberculosis of domestic animals and the milk question.] 10pp. fol. Budapest, Orvosihetil., 1904. Bound with: Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1904, xlviii. For Biography, see Allatorvosi lapok, Budapest, 1907, xxx, 1-3 (Ratz). Tornadoes. Downey (J. H.) & Rudolph (H. L.) Victims of New Holland tornado, with report of six special cases. Tr. M. Ass.Georgia, Atlanta, 1904, 402-413.—Physician's experience with a tornado. Boston M. & S. J., 1896, cxxxiv, 602. Tornaglii (Ernesto). *Contribuicaodiagnostico dos exsudatos e transudatos. "1pp. 4°. Rio de Janeiro, 1906. Tornaria. Tlasterinan (A. T.) On the Diplochorda. Cer- tain points in the structure of Tornaria. Quart. J. Micr. Sc, Lond., 1908, 481-485,1 pl.—Perrier (E.) His- toire du Balanoglossus et de la tornaria de A. Agassiz. analyse et extrait par . .. Arch, de zool. exper. et gen. Hist. nat. [etc.], Par., 1873, ii, 395-403, 1 pl. Tornatola (S[ebastiano]). L' oculistica nella questione sociale. Prolusione al corso di oftal- mologia e clinica oculistica letta nella r. Uni- versita di Messina il 7 dicembre 1899. 16 pp. 8°. Messina, Nicotra, 1899. Tornau (Ernst) [1866- ]. * Beitrag zur Casuistik der Nervennaht mit Beriicksichtigung der Secundar-Nervennaht. 52 pp., 2 1. 8°. Konigsberg, 1898. Tome (Lucien). *Etude sur 1'ulcere simple de l'estomac d'origine traumatique; pathogenie. iii, 5-61 pp. 4°. Toulouse, 1894, No. 42. Tome (Raymond). *Essai de diagnostic clinique et traitement des avortements criminels. 62 pp. S°. Paris, 1909, No. 40. de Tornery (Michel) [1888- ]. *Essai sur 1' histoire de la rage avant le xixe siecle. 266 pp. 4°. Paris, 1893, No. 216. -----. The same. 266 pp. 8°. Paris, H. Jouve, 1893. Torney (George Henry) [1S50- ]. [Baketel (H. S.)] Brig.-Gen. George H. Torney, IT. S. A. Med. Times, N. Y., 1912, xl, 121.—Pilcher (J. E.) Brigadier General George H. Torney, Surgeon General of the United States Army. Mil. Surgeon, Rich- mond, Va., 1909, xxiv, 145-147, port. Tornier (Max [Friedrich Wilhelm Theodor]) [1868- ]. * Beitrag zur Kenntnis schwerer Phlegmonen. Zusammenstellung von 46 Fallen schwerer Phlegmonen der oberen Extremitat, welche in den Jahren Ende 1885 bis Anfang 1891 an der konigl. chirurgischen Klinik zu Greifswald beobachtet wurden. 66 pp. 8°. Greifswald, J. Abel, 1891. Tornier (Os'ar). Das Knochenmark. 31pp., 1 1., 1 pl. 8°. Breslau, F. W. Jungfers, 1890. Tor now (Friedrich [Karl]) [1872- ]. *Blutveranderungen durch Marsche. 66 pp., 1 1. 8°. Berlin, C. Vogt, [1895]. Tornow (Hana Wilhelm Otto) [1870- ]. *Statistik des Magencarcinoms. (Gesammelt aus den Fallen der Jahrgange 1873-99 des Kieler pathologischen Institute.) 22 pp., 1 1. 8°. Kiel, P. Peters, 1900. Tornow ([Julius] Emil) [1869- ]. * Zur Diagnostik der Syringomyelic. 36 pp. 8°. Berlin, G. Schade, [1893]. Tornu (Alessandro). Lezioni di patologia chi- rurgica raccolte dallo studente ... 3 v. 16°. Roma, 1898. Tornu (Henri) [1865- ]. *Des operations qui se pratiquent par la voie sacree. 114 pp., 1 1., 2 pl. 4°. Bordeaux, 1893, No. 59. Tornwaldt's [Thornwaldt's] dis- ease. See Pharyngeal bursx (Diseases of). Toro ( Alberto Enriquez ). * Contribution a I'etude de la prostatectomie, ses indications et procedes operatoires. 148pp., 8pl. 8°. Paris, 1908, No. 175. Toro (J. Fernandez). La neurosis generalizada. 49 pp. 8°. Madrid, 1892. Suppl to: Rev. de san. mil., Madrid, 1892, vi. del Toro y Calatrigo (Jose) [ -1899]. Ramon de Torres (J.) Necrologia. An. med. gaditanos, Cadiz, 1899-1900, xviii, 26. del Toro [y Quartiellers] (Cayetano). Impoitancia y adelantos de la oftalmologfa. Resumen estadfstico de la clinica oftalmologica. 35 pp. 8°. Cadiz, 1872. -----. Tratado teorico-practico de las enfer- mades de los ojos y de sus accesorios. 2 t. 3. ed. viii, 905 pp., 1 1.; 642 pp., 3 pl. 8°. Cadiz, F. R. de Silva, 1903. Toronto. See, also, Children (Hospitals and asylums for), Hospitals (Description, etc., of), Hospitals (Gynecological, etc.), Hospitals (Management, etc., of), Hospitals (Ophthalmic and aural), In- sane (Asylums, Description of, etc.), by localities; Universities. Toronto. Annual reports of the city engi- neer to the mayor and members of the council, for the years 1888; 1889; 1891-1901; 1903. 8°. Toronto, 1890-1904. Cassidy (J. J.) On the disposal of the sewage of the city of Toronto. Rep. Ass. Health Off. Ontario, Toronto, 1892, 73-87.—Geikie (W. B.) Reminiscences of two of Toronto's principal medical men in the early years of the city's history. Canad. Pract & Rev., Toronto, 1909. xxxiv, 25-37. Toronto Free Hospital for Consumptives, Toronto. Medical report of the physician-in- chief, for the year ending Sept. 30th, 1906. 16 pp. 8°. Toronto, [1906]. Toronto General Hospital. Training School for Nurses. Rules and regulations. 8 pp. 12°. [Toronto, n. d.~\ Toronto Home for Incurables. Annual re- ports of the officers to the members and subscribers. 16.-20., 1889-90 to 1893-4; 23.- 26., 1896-7 to 1899-1900. 16°. Toronto, 1890- 1900. Toropoff(N[ikoM] K[senofontovich]) [1879- ]. * Uslovniye refleksi s glaza pri udalenii zattlochnikh dolel bolshikh polushariy u sobaki. [Conditional reflexes of the eye upon the removal of the occipital lobes of the large hemispheres in the dog.] 87 pp., 2 1. 8°. S.- Peterburg. tip. Shtaba Old. Korp. Zhandarm., 1908. Torossi (Giovanni Battista). L' embrione del boa constrictor. Memoria. 11 pp., 1 pl. 8°. Vicenza, S. Giuseppe, 1893. ------. La vita e la metamorfosi dell' anguilla. Conferenza tenuta il 21 gennaio 1898 nell' Ac- cademia Olimpica in Vicenza. 29 pp., 1 1. 8° Vicenza, 1898. TORPEDO. 382 TORQUAY. Torpedo. Bernstein (J.) & Tschermak (A.) Ueber das thermische Verhalten des elektrischen Organs von Torpedo. 8°. Berlin, 1904. Repr. from: Sitzungsb. d. k.-preuss. Akad. d. Wissen- sch., Berl., 1904. d' irsonval. Recherches sur la decharge electrique dela torpille. Rev. d'hyg. therap., Par., 1896, viii, 54- 60 — Babuehln. Zur Begrfindung des Satzes von der Preformation der elektrischen Elemente im Organ der Zitterfische. Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1883, 239-254.— Baglioni (S.) Vergleichende chemische Untersu- chungen an den Muskeln, den elektrischen Organen und dem Blutserum von Torpedo ocellata. Beitr. z. chem. Phys. u. Path., Brnschwg., 1906, viii, 456-471.—Bee- querel. Rapport surun memoire de Ch. Matteucci, ayant pour titre; Recherches physiques, chimiques et physiolo- giques sur la torpille; et sur diverses notes relatives aux contractions de la grenouille. Compt. rend. Aead. d. sc, Par., 1837, v, 788-797.—Bernstein (J. ) & Tsclier- inak (A ) Untersuchungen der Thermodynamik der bioelektrischen Strome. 2. Teil. Ueber die Natur der Kette des elektrischen Organs bei Torpedo. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1906, cxii, 439-521.—Calamai (L.) Sull' anatomia della torpedine e sopra un gabinetto di anatomia comparata. Gazz. tosc. d. sc. med.-fis., Firenze, 1845, iii, 310-315. Also, Reprint.—Carazzi (D.) Effetti dello seoppio delle torpedini sopra gli animali marini. Monitore zool. ital., Firenze, 1897, viii, 254-256.—Cavalie (M.) Les ramifications nerveuses dans l'organeelectrique de la torpille (Torpedogalvani); dispositif fibrillaire dans lesgaines des fibres nerveuses et autour d'elles. Bibliog. anat., Par. & Nancy, 1904, xiii, 214-220. -----. Les chro- moblastes du tegument externe dorsal de Torpedo gal- vani. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1904, lvi, 46.-----. Recherches sur les ramifications nerveuses dans les lames de l'organe electrique de Torpedo galvani. Ibid., 653. -----. Sur quelques points de la structure de l'organe electrique (Torpedo galvani). Ibid., 1905, lviii, 158-160.— Chiarugi (G.) Di unorganoepitelialesituatoal dinanzi della ipofisi e di altri punti relativi alio sviluppo della re- gione iporisaria in embrionidiTorpedo ocellata. Monitore zool. ital., Firenze, 1898, ix, 37-56.—Ciaceio (G. V.) Os: servazioni microscopiche intorno agli organi elettrici delle torpedini. Mem. r. Accad. d. sc. d. Ist. di Bologna, 1897-8,5. s., vii, 587-619, 4 pl. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1900, xxxiii, 51-72, 2 pl. -----. Sugli organi elettrici delle torpedini. Bull. d. sc. med. di Bologna, 1897, 7. s., viii, 340-342. Also: Rendic. r. Accad. d. sc. d. Ist. di Bologna, 1896-7, n. s., i, 123-126.— Coggl (A.) Nouvelles recherches sur le developpement des ampoules de Lorenzini. Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1902-3, xxxviii, 321-333. -----. Sviluppo degli organi di senso laterale, delle ampolle di Lorenzini e loro nervi rispettivi in torpedo. Arch, zool., Napoli, 1902, i, 59-107, 2 pl.-----. Su lo sviluppo e la morfologia delle ampolle di Lorenzini e loro nervi. Ibid., 1904-5, ii, 309-383, 3 pl.— Crevatin. Ueber das sogenannte Stabchennetz im elektrischen Organ der Zitterrochen. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1898, xiv, 243-250.—Crisafulli (E.) Ricerche di elettro- biologia; il potere elettrico delle torpedini dietro l'influ- enza del bromuro di potassio. Gior. di elett. med., No- cera infer., 1899-1900, i, 199-249.—Drzewina (Anna). Sur l'organe lympho'ide et la muqueuse de l'cesophage de la torpille (Torpedo marmorata Risso). Arch, d'anat. micr. Par., 1910-11, xii, 1-18.—Du Bois-Reymond (E.) Living torpedos in Berlin. Biol. Mem., Oxford, 1887, 417-547.—Faure-Fremiet (E.) & Mironesco (T.) Sur le condriome des lames eiectriques de la torpille. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, lxxi, 517.—Fuchs (S.) Einige Beobachtungen an den elektrischen Nerven von Torpedo ocellata. Centralbl. f. Phvsiol., Leipz. u. Wien, 1894, viii, 529.—Garten (S.) Beitrage zur Physi- ologie des elektrischen Organes der Zitterrochen. Ibid., 1899, xiii, 1-4.— Gentes (L.) Developpement compare de la glande infundibulaire et des plexus choroides dor- saux chez la torpille. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1908, lxiv, 687-689.—Gley (E.) Recherches sur le sang des selaciens; action toxique du serum de torpille (Tor- pedo marmorata). Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1904, exxxviii, 1547-1549.—Guthke(E.) Embryologisehe Stu- dien iiber die Ganglien und Nerven des Kopfes von Tor- pedo ocellata. Jenaische Ztschr. f. Naturw., Jena, 1906-7, xlii, 1-57, 3 pl.—Hellmann. Die Entwicklung des Labyrinthes bei Torpedo ocellata. Verhandl. d. deutsch. otol. Gesellsch., Jena, 1898, vii, 65-76, 1 pl.—Helly (K.) Acidophil gekornte Becherzellen bei Torpedo marmo- rata. Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1905, lxvi, 434-439, 1 pl.—Holm (J. F.) Some notes on the early develop- ment of the olfactory organ of Torpedo. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1894. x, 201-207.—Iwanzoflf ( N.) Der mikro- skopische Bau des elektrischen Organs von Torpedo. Bull. Soc. imp. d. nat. de Moscou, 1894, n. s., viii, 358; 407, 3 pl.—Jobert de Lamballe. Considerations sur les ap- pareils electriques de la torpille, du gymnote, etc. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1851, xxxiii, 41— Koliiker. Sur la terminaison des nerfs dans l'onrane electrique de la torpille. Ibid., 1856, xliii, 792-79L —Jlaginl (G.) Torpedo. L'orientation des nucleoles des cellules nerveuses mo. trices dans le lobe Electrique de la torpille, a l'etat de re- pos et a l'etat d'excitation. Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1894-5, xxii, 212-217.— Hatteut < i (C.) Nouvelles expe- riencessurlatorpille. [Abstr.] Compt.rend.Acad.d.sc, Par., 1837, v,501-504. -----. Sur le pouvoir clcotromoteur del'organe de la torpille. Ibid., 1860,1,918: li, 193.—ille- nel (E.) Pfispeyky khistologiielektrikehocentrauTor- pedo marmorata. [Histology of the e lectric centre of ...] Sitzungsb. d. k.-bohm. Gesellsch. d. Wissensch. 1901, Prag, 1902, No. xx, 1-15,1 pl. Also, transl: Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1902, lx, 181-189, 1 pl.—Moreau (A.) L'electri- cit6 de ladechargede la torpille pent etre reeueillie et conservee dans un appareil de physique. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1861, liii, 512-515. Also [Rap. de Bec- querel]: Ibid., 1862, liv, 963-966.—Ognefr (J.) Ueber die Entwiekelung des elektrischen Organes bei Torpedo. Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz.,1897,270-306, 2 pl.—Polumord- vinolt'. Ob okonchaniyakh nervov v elektricheskom organle skatov (torpedo). • [Nerve endings in the electri- cal organ of ... ] Dnevnik Syezda Obsh. Russk. Vrach. v pamyat Pirogova, Kazan, 1899, vii, 236.—Reach (F.) & Widako wicli (V.) Untersuchungen iiber das Verhal- ten der Fette bei Torpedo wahrend der Graviditiit. Bio- chem. Ztschr., Berl., 1912, xl, 128-137.—de Reaumur. Des effets que produit le poisson appell6 torpille, ou trem- ble, sur ceux qui le touchent, et de la cause dont ils de- pendent. Hist. Aead. roy. d. sc, 1714. Par., 1741. M6m., 344-360, 1 pl. Also, transl: K. Akad. d. Wisensch. in Par. . . . Abhandl. 1714, Bresl., 1753, iv, 337-351, 2 pl.— Reichenheini (M.) Sopra il midollo spinale ed il lobo elettrico della torpedine. Atti. d. r. Accad. d. Lin- cei, Roma, 1876-7,3. s.,i, 1142-1163, 6 pl.—ROhmann (F.) Ueber den Stoffumsatz in dem thiitigen elektrischen Or- gan des Zitterrochen nach Versuchen an der zoologischen Station zu Neapel. Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1893, 423- 482.—Romano (A.) I condensatori elettrici naturali delle torpedini, i loro fenomeni di scarica e di scintilla- mento e le loro analogie con gli apparati muscolari striati e lisci. Ann. di elett. med. [etc.], Napoli, 1912, xi, 271; 321. — Sabrazes (J.) & Muratet (L.) Observations sur le sang de la torpille (Torpedo marmorata Risso). Folia haematol., Leipz., 1908, vi, 167-170. —Schonlein ( K.) Beobachtungen und Untersuchungen iiber den Schlag von Torpedo. Ztschr. f. Biol., Miinehen u. Leipz., 1894, n. F., xiii, 449: 1896, n. F., xv, 408, 6 diag.—Sewer- tzolt (A. N.) Die Metamerie des Kopfes von Torpedo. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1898, xiv, 278-282.—Solger (B.) Ue- ber die intracelluliiren Fiiden der Ganglienzellen des elektrischen Lappens von Torpedo. Morphol. Jahrb., Leipz., 1902, xxxi, 104-115, lpl.—Tremble (Surle) ou la torpille. Hist. Acad. roy. d. sc, 1714, Par., 1741,19-22. Also, transl: K. Akad. d. Wissensch. in Par. . . . Abhandl. 1714, Bresl., 1753, iv, 334-336. — Trinchese (S.) Ri- cerche sulla formazione delle piastre motrici. Mem. r. Accad. d. sc. d. Ist. di Bologna, 1891-2, 5. s., ii, 279-286.— Vialleton (L.) Les lymphatiques du tube digestif de la torpille (Torpedo marmorata, Risso). Arch, d'anat. micr. Par., 1902, v, 378-176, 2 pl.-----. Sur le developpe- ment des fentes branchiales de la torpille. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1906, Ixi, 11-13.—Weyl (T.) Die Sau- lenzahl im elektrischen Organ von Torpedo ocellata. Centralbl. f. d. med. Wissensch., Berl., 1882, xx, 273-277. Also, Reprint. -----. Physiologische und chemische Stu- dien an Torpedo. Zur Analyse des electrischen Organs von Torpedo. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1883, vii, 541-552.— Widakowich (V.) Ueber einen Museums sphincter uterorum bei Torpedo ocellata und fiber das Hymen der Plagiostomen. Arch. f. Anat. u. Entwcklngs- gesch., Leipz., 1908, 352-370. Torpedo-boat destroyers. Belli (C. M.) & Trocello (E.) Alterazioni e ricam- bio dell' aria sulle caccia-torpediniere. Ann. di med. nav., Roma, 1097, ii, 461-481.—Duval. Les contre-tor- pilleurs de l'escadre de la M6diterranee en 1904. Arch. de med. nav., Par., 1905, lxxxiii, 38-46.—Munson (F. M.) Hygiene of torpedo boat destroyers in the Philippines. Mil. Surgeon, Richmond, 1909, xxiv, 268-272. Torpedo-boats. Bernard (N.) Minniy transport -'Amur." [Torpedo . . .] Med. pribav. k morsk. sborniku, St. Petersb., 1903, pt. 1, 290-293. — Simanovicn (N. P.) Minniya stida I otryada Baltiyskavo morya v sanitarno-higienicheskom otnoshenii i sanitarnoye sostovaniye otryada za rezerv 1906-1907 g. g. [The torpedo boats of the First Baltic Di- vision from a sanitary point of view, also the sanitary condition of the reserve for 1906-7.] Ibid., 1908, pt. 2, 183; 225. Torquay. Karkeek (P. Q.) Notes on Torquay as a health resort. 12°. Torquay, [n. d.]. Dunlop (T.) The climatic condition of Torquay. J. Roy. San. Inst., Lond., 1910-11, xxxi,217-320. —Garrett (H. A.) Torquay sewerage. San. Rec, Lond., 1893-4, n- s., xv, 785. — Karkeek (P. Q.) Torquay. Bristol M.. TORQUAY. 383 TORREY. Torquay. Chir. J., 1893, xi, 93-100, 1 map. -----. Health resorts; Torquay. Quart. M. J., Sheffield, 1897-S, vi, 57-65, 2 pl.— Metcalfe (G.) Torquay. Northumberland & Durham M. J., Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 1897, v, 163-169. Torquay. Annual reports of the medical offi- cer of health, reports on the sanatorium, and the sanitary inspector's reports. 1.—4., 1878-81; 6.-16., 1883-93; 18.-24., 1895-1901. 12° & 8°. Torquay, 1879-1902. Torraca (Gaetano). See Epldemica (Dell') costituzione di Civitavecchia Tete.]. Torralbas (Frederico). Contribution al es- tudio de las anginas piocianicas. 4 pp. 8°. Habana, 1905. Repr.from: Rev. de med. y ciruj. de la Habana, 1905, x, -----. Proceso de la alimentation. 16 pp. 8°. Habana, 1906. Repr.from: Arch, de la Policlin, Habana, 1906, xiv. -----. Ulcera simple del estomago. 10 pp. 8°. Habana, A. Perez, 1908. -----. Bibliografia del Dr. Jose I. Tarralbas. 63 pp. 8°. Habana, 1910. Torralbas (Jose I.) [ -1903]. Torralbas (F.) Bibliografia del Dr. Jose I. Torralbas. 8°. Habana, 1910. Mestre (A. j Elogio. Rev. de med. y cirug. de la Habana, 1904, ix, 636-650, port. Torrance (Gaston) [1868- ]. A case of acute gastric and duodenal dilatation treated by gastrojejunostomy with recovery. 3 pp. 8°. New York, A. P. Elliott Co., 1909. Repr.from: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1909, lxxxix. -----. Foramitti's " tubulization" method of nerve suture; with report of a case. 2 1. 8°. New York, 1911. Repr.from: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1911, xciii. Torrance (Robert) [ -1899]. Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1899, ii, 1234. Torre (Federico). See Italy. Ministero de la guerra. Direzione generale delle leve e della truppa [etc.]. fol. Roma, 1883. della Torre (Giacomo). See Jacobus Forli- viensis. de la Torre (Luis G.) * Contribution al estu- dio de las complicaciones del tifo. 25 pp., 2 tab. 8°. Mexico, I. Cumplido, 1886. de la Torre y Kalcarcel (Juan). Espejo de la philosophia y compendio de toda la medicina theorica y practica. 5 p. 1., 190 pp., 14 1. fol. En Amberes, B. Moreto, 1668. Torre Annnnziata. See Waters (Mineral), by localities. Torreggiani (G.) Polizia sanitaria. II servi- zio di vigilanza ed assistenza zooiatrica nei piccoli comuni rurali. 235 pp., 2 pl. 16°. Cas- trocaro, A. Barboni, 1897. Torrella (Hieronymus) Valentinus. Opus prse- clarum de imaginibus astrologicis non solum medicis verum etiam litteratis viris utile ac amoenissimum. 92 1. sm. 4°. [Valentine, A. d'Orta, 1496.] de Torres (A.) Essai sur la cure radicale du cancer, tumeurs malignes et de la syphilis par un nouveau proeede (m£taux a l'etat colloidal). 357 pp., 11. 8°. Paris, 1904. Torres (Ezequiel). * Estudio medico-legal sobre la zona de escoriaci6n producida en las heridas hechas por arma de fuego. 32 pp. 8°. Mexico, G. Horcasitas, 1882. Torres (Ignacio). * Estudio tisiologico sobre la constriction aplicada en el recto. 50 pp., 1 pl., 1 diag. 8°. Mexico, I. Escalante, 1880. Torres (Jos6 T.) * Ensayo experimental sobre el cafe. 23 pp. 8°. Mexico, Jens y Zapiain, 1876. Torres-Caicedo (J[ose] M.) De la peine de mort. 31 pp. 8°. Paris, E. Dentu, 1864. Torres-llouicm (Joao Vicente). Licoes de clinica sobre a febbre amarella feitas na Fa- cultade de medicina do Rio de Janeiro. 168 pp. 8°. Rio de Janeiro, 1873. ------. Pernicious fever; a clinical study of the fevers of Rio de Janeiro. Transl. by Surgeon George P. Bradley, U. IS. Navy, viii, 137 pp. 12°. Detroit, Mich., G. S. Davis, 1894. Physician's Leisure Library. de Torres y Martinez (Jose Ramon). SeeOloeli(Adolphe). Elaguafria [etc.]. 8°. Madrid, 1881. —tiuibout (Eugene). Lecciones clinicas, [etc.]. 8°. Madrid, 1878-81. Torres Straits. See, also, Murray Islands. Reports of the Cambridge Anthropological Expedition to Torres Straits, v. 5 (pts. 1 & 2), 3, 5, and 6. 4°. Cambridge, 1901-8. Douglas (J.) The islands and inhabitants of Torres Strait. Queensland Geog. J., Brisbane, 1899-1900, n. s., xv, 25-40.—Haddon (A. C.) The secular and cere- monial dances of Torres Straits. Internat. Arch. f. Eth- nog., Leiden, 1893, vi, 131-162, 4 pl.—Haddon (A. C), Turner ^W.) [et al). The anthropology and natural history of Torres Straits. Rep. Brit. Ass. Adv. Sc. 1899, Lond., 1900, 581-591. Torresse (Jean) [1882- ]. * Les insectes et la transmission des agents pathogenes anopheles et culex dans la region lyonnaise. 92 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1906, No. 64. Torretta (A.) Les lesions du labyrinthe non acoustiqne, demontrees par des recherches ex- perimentales et cliniques. 8°. Paris, J.-B. Bailltire & fils., 1910. Torrey (Harry Beal). The Hydroida of the Pacific coast of North America, with especial reference to the species in the collection of the University of California. Univ. of Cal. Pubs. Zoology. Vol. 1, No. 1, 1902. 104 pp., 11 pl. 8°. Berkeley, The University Press, 1902. Torrey (Henry Augustus) [1871-1910]. Jackson (C. L.) Obituary. Am. Chem. J., Bait., 1910, xliv, 472-474. Torrey (John) [1796-1873]. JBritton (N. L.) Pioneers of science in America; John Torrey. Pop. Sc. Month., N. Y., 1907, lxx, 297, port. Torrey (John C.) [ -1908]. A comparative study of dysentery and dysentery-like organisms. Pt. I. Bacilli producing a typical reaction in lit- mus milk. 20pp. 8°. [New York], 1905. Repr.from: J. Exper. M., N. Y., 1905, vii. In: Pub. Cornell Univ. M. Coll. Stud. Dep. Path., N. Y., 1905, v. ------. A comparative study of dysentery and study of dysentery and dysentery-like organ- isms. Pt. II. Dysentery-like organisms which produce an atypical reaction in litmus milk and which should probably be included within the group of pseudo-dysentery bacilli. 16 pp. 8°. [New York], 1905. Repr.from: J. Exper. M., N. Y., 1905, vii. In: Pub. Cornell Univ. M. Coll. Stud. Dept. Path., N. Y., 1905, v. -----. An antigonococcus serum effective in the treatment of gonorrheal rheumatism. 19 pp. 8°. [Chicago], 1906. Repr.from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvi. In: Pub. Cornell Univ. M. Coll. Stud. Dep. Path., N. Y., 1905, v. -----. Agglutinins and precipitins in anti-gono- coccic serum, pp. 329-358. 8°. Boston, 1907. Repr.from: J. Med. Research, Bost., 1907, xvi. In: Pub. Cornell Univ. M. Coll. Stud. Dep. Path., [N. Y.], 1907, vii. TORREY. 384 TORUP. Torrey (John C.)—continued. ------. Bacteriolysis of the gonococcus and of the meningococcus with normal and specific immune rabbit serums, pp. 471-498. 8°. New York, 1908. Repr.from: J. Med. Research, Bost., 1908, xix. In: Pub. Cornell Univ. Med. Coll. Stud. Dep. Path., N. Y., 1908, viii. ------. A study of natural and acquired im- munity in guinea-pigs to gonococcus. pp. 347- 498. 8°. New York, 1908. Repr.from: J. Med. Research, Bost., 1908, xix. In: Pub. Cornell Univ. Med. Coll. Stud. Dep. Path., 1908, viii. ------. The prevention of infectious diseases. pp. 536-544. 8°. New York, 1909. Cutting from: Harper's Mag., N. Y., 1909, cxviii. See, also, Rogers (John) & Torrey (John C.) The treatment of gonorrheal infections [etc.]. 8°. Chicago, 1907.— Teague (Oscar) & Torrey (John C.) A study of gonococcus [etc.]. 8°. Boston, 1907. For Biography, see Brit. M. J., Lond., 1908, i, 1336. Torri (Francesco). Osservazioni sulla cura del tinea. 6 pp. 8°. Fano, G. Lana, 1840. [P., v. 2234.] Repr.from: Raccoglitore, Fano, 1840, vi. Torri (0[doacre]). L' ipofisi nelle infezioni. Ricerche istologiche. 29 pp. 8°. Pisa, Orso- lini-Prosperi, 1903. ------. Sopra un caso di miosarcoma del timo. Osservazione anatomo-patologica. 18pp., lpl., 1 1. 8°. Pisa, Orsolini-Prosperi, 1903. ------. Intorno ad alcuni casi di febbre medi- terranea a Pisa. 25 pp. 4°. Pisa, F. Mariotti, 1910. Torriano (Orazio). Relazione del contagio sofferto da' Messinesi. Estratto dalla coppia d' una lettera di ragguaglio estesa per ordine del Principe Corsini, Vicere di Sicilia. 4 1. sm. 4°. [Modena 7. Toseanelli (Carlo Maria). Si i- Flores (Joseph) Del maraviglioso speciflco delle lucertole [etc.]. 12°. Torino, 1784. Toseano (Anton). Sic Postolka (August) & Toscano (Anton). Die animalischen Nahrungs- und Gennssmittel des Menschen [etc.]. 8°. Wien, 1893. Toscano (Nicolas Vazquez). Una epidemia de •difteria en el pueblo deMalaguilla(Guadalajara). Memoria premiada por la real Academia de medicina v cirujia de Barcelona. 76 pp. Sc. Madrid, G. Juste, 1897. Toschi (Giacomo). For Portrait, see Collection of Portr. (Libr.). Toscolano. See Influenza (History, etc., of), by localities. Tosi (Federico) [1837-96]. [Bioiirapny.] Gior. med. d. r. esercito Letc], Roma. 1896, xliv, 857-xriO, port.—H. Necrologia. Ann. di med. nav., Roma, 1896, ii. 938. Tosi (Ugo). Variazoni del bilancio emileucoci- tario sotto 1' azione della tubercolina. 30 pp., 11. sc. Jesi, stabilimento tipog. coop., 1905. Tosmae. Antes, en el lecho conyugal y despues. Higiene de las relaciones sexuales. 80 pp. 12°. Madrid, 1S91. Tostes tie Alvarenga (Jose). * Valor semio- tico de dente de Hutchinson na primeira den- ticao. 83 pp., 1 1. roy. 8°. Rio de Janeiro, Carvalhaes, 1905. Toslivint (Jean) [1867- ]. * Etude com- parative de Penterotomie et de l'enterorrhaphie primitives et de l'anus contre nature dans la cure des hernies gangrenees. 90 pp., 11., 1 tab. 4°. Lyon, 1891. Toslivint (Louis) [1882- ]. * Contribution a I'etude de l'osteomyeiite du tibia et du perone au niveau de leur extremite inferieure. 82 pp. 8°. Paris, 1907, No. 319. Tostivint (Paul). * Contribution a I'etude den abets sous-phreniques d'origine appendiculaire. 70 pp. 8°. Paris, 1908, No. 107. Tostivint (Victor). ^Contributiona I'etude de la pathogenie des luxations con enitales de la hanche d'apres 80 radiographics. 44 pp., 5 pl. 8°. Paris, 1902, Xo. 31. Tot. Ajello (S.) La cura delle auto-intossica/.ioni eon il tot. Gazz. med. sicil., Catania, 1904, vii, 125; 418.—Dalla Vecehia (G.) Sull' azione terapeutica del tot. Cor- rierre san., Milano, 1903, xiv, 252-254.—Fasano (A.) II tot nella terapia delle malattie gastro-intestinali. Arch. internaz. di med. e cbir., Napoli, 1913, xix, 376-384.— Gavina. Su 1' azione del tot su alcuni microorganismi della flora intestinale. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir, di Pavia, 1903, no. 4, p. i. Totanns. Die Ohrenkrankheiten, mit kurzen Angaben iiber ihre Behandlung unter Beriick- sichtigung der Massage-Methode des Dr. Marage vol xviii, 2d series---25 Totanns. und einem Anhang: Die Xasen- und Rachen- krankheiten. 64 pp. 8°. Leipzig, E. Demnu, 1904. Totems and totemism. Frazer (J. G.) Totemism and exogamy; a treatise on certain early forms of superstition and society. 4 v. 8°. London, 1910. Bantu totemism. Folk-Lore, Lond., 1904, xv, 203- 205.—Brim (J.) Le toternisme chez quelques peuples du Soudan occidental. Anthropos, Wien, 1910, v, 843- 809.—Dussaud (R.) Totemisme et exogamie. Anthro- pologic, rar.. 1911, xxii, 295-305.—Knthoven (R. E.) Totem theories. J. Auihrop. Soc. Bombay, 1912, 63-66.— Fletcher (Alice C.) A study from the Omaha tribe; the import of the totem. Rep. Smithson. Inst., Wash., 1896-7, 577-586, 3 pl.—van Geunep (A.) Qu'est-ce que le totemisme? Folk-Lore, Lond., 1911, xxii, 93-104 — Goldenwelser (A. A.) Exogamy and totemism de- fined; a rejoinder. Am. Antlimp.. Wash., 1911, n. s., xiii, 589-597.—Gomme (L.) 5]. [Obituary.] Buffalo M. J., 1895-6. xxxv, 424-426.— Vander Veer (A.) In memoriam. Tr. Am. Ass. Obst. & Gynec. 1895, Phila., l.v.»6, 383-3*7, port. Townsend (George Alfred) [1841- ]. Campaigns of a non-combatant, and his ro- maunt abroad during the war. 368 pp. 8°. New York, Blelock dc Co., 1866. Townsend (George H.) The manual of dates; a dictionary of reference to all the most impor- tant events in the history of mankind to be found in authentic records, viii, 959 pp. 8°. London, Routledge, Warne dc Routledge, 1862. -----. The same. 2. ed. 1113 pp. 8°. Lon- don, F. Warne & Co., 1867. -----. The same. 5. ed., entirely remodelled and edited by Frederick Martin, vi, 1082 pp. 8°. London, F. Warne dc Co., 1877. Townsend (George H.) The relation of food to health and premature death. With collabo- ration of F. J. Levy, H. G. Nicks, and G. C. Crandall. 427 pp., 3 pl. 8°. ,87. Louis, Witt Pub. Co., 1898. Townsend (Howard) [1823-67]. Portrait in: Collection of Portr. (Libr.). Townsend [Richard]. Chart of the physical signs of diseases of the lungs. 1 tab. 12°. Dublin, J. Taylor, [n. d.]. See, also, Andral (Gabriel). A treatise on patho- logical anatomv. 2 v. 8°. Dublin, 1829-31. -----. The same. 8°. New York, 1832. Townsend (Terry M.) [1876- ]. Pro- static gonococcal auto-reinfections of the urethra. 12 pp. 8°. New York, W. Wood dc Co., 1902. Repr.fror.n: Med. Rec, X. Y., 1902, lxii. See, also, Valentine (Ferdinand C.) -23K. — Pitini (A.) & Fernan- dez ( G.) Influenza di alcuni prodotti di autoin- tossicazione sulla respirazione elementare dei tes- suti. Arch, di farm, e terap., Palermo, 1909, xv, 5-11.— von Poehl (A.) Die Nerveniiberreizungen als Ur- sache von Autointoxicationen. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1901, Leipz., 1902, Ixxiii, pt. 2, med. Abth., 67. -----. Samootravleniya, obuslovlivayu- shtshiyasya anomaliyami tkanevovo dikhaniya i osmoti- cheskavo napryazheniya. [Autointoxications condi- tioned by anomalies of tissue respiration and osmotic tension.] J. med. khim. i organoterap., S.-Peterb., 1903, ix, 75-86. Also, transl.: Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1902, Leipz., 1903, lxxiv, 2, Hlfte., 56-60.—Pratt (G. N.) A peculiar case of toxe- mia. Med. Era, Chicago, 1912, xx, 103-105.—Proven- dier. Mort rapide par toxhemie. Bull, med.. Par., 1912, xxvi, 780.—Rachlord (B. K.) Comparative toxi- city of ammonium compounds; a study in autointoxi- cation. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila,1902,xvii, 8-24.— Randell (A. E.) An unusual and unique case of tox- aemia; death. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1906, xxv, 456.— Reed (('. B.) Toxemia as a stimulus in literature. Forum, N. Y., 1912, xlviii, 102-119.—Roberts (J. G.) Autointoxication in relation to mental and nervous dis- eases. Am. Med., Phila., 1902, iv, 664-666.—Rued! (C.) Autointoxication. Colorado M. J., Denver, 1896, ii, 144- 147.—Riither. Zur Toxiimiefrage. Deutsche tierarztl. Wchnschr., Hannov., 1909, xvii, 757.—Sato (S.) [Au- tointoxication.] Juntendo Iji Kenkiu Kwai Zasshi, Tokyo, 1901, 495-498— Schamberg (J. F.) The der- matologic aspect of auto-intoxication. Internat. M. Mag., Phila., 1898, vii, 316—Schirmer (G.) Noch- mals H. Boeker und seine Mixtura salina composita anti- autotoxica. N. Yorkermed. Wchnschr., 1906,xviii,8-17.— Schneider. Das Interesse des Arztes als Versicherter in BlutverKiftungsfiillen. Kor.-Bl. d. arztl. Kreis- u. Be- zirks-Ver. im Konigr. Sachs., Leipz., 1898, lxv, 141-145.— Senise (T.) Sulle autoinfezioni. Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 1907, n. s., xxix, 743-750.—Shaw (H. B.) TheGoulstonian 1 ectureson auto-intoxication; i tsrelation tocertaincardio-vasculardisorders. Brit.M.J.,Lond.,1906, i, 1081; 1153; 1277. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1906, i, 1295; 1375; 1455.—Sherometsinskaya (Mine. M. A.) K ucheniyu otoksinfektsivakh. TOn toxi-infections.] Russk. Vrach. S.-Peterb., 1908, vii, 1671-1674. Also, transl.: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1910, iv, Orig.,241-247.— Smith (E.E.) Theauto-intoxieations. Am.Med., Bur- lington, Vt.,&N.Y., 1908, n.s., iii, 303-310.—Sosnowska (H.) Autointoxication par defaut d'assimilationetd'eli- mination; ph^nomenes neurasth6niques et arthritiques; guerison par le regime vegetarien absolu suivi pendant 16 mois. Rev. theor. et prat. d. mal. de la nutrition, Par., 1897, v,193-203.—Stannard(F. S.) "Acute iodo-thyroid toxaemia." N.York State J.M. ,N.Y.,1909.ix, 517.—Stem (H.) Autointoxication in its medico-legal aspects. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1907, lxxi, 973-976.—Taylor (A. E.) Auto- intoxications. In: Mod. Med. (Osier), 8°, Phila. & N. Y., 1907, i, 266-325.—Tire Hi (V.) Autointossicazioni secon- darie all' azione dei caustici e del calore. Riforma med., Napoli, 1897, xiii, pt. 3, 749; 758.—Toxemia and tem- perament. [Edit] N.York M.J. [etc.], 1902, xcvi, 1684.— Toyama (I.) [Auto-intoxication ervthema.] Hifu- hyo.tr. kiu Hiniokihyog. Zasshi, Tokyo, 1906, vi,43L—Vla- iliiiiirotrfV. V.) K voprosu o samozarazhenii. [On autoinfection.] Russk. areh. patol., Klin. med. i bakte- riol, S.-Peterb., 1902, xiii, 498-512. Also, transl.: Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infektionskrankh., Leipz., 1904, xlvi, 270-285 — Walker(J.E.) Autointoxication and its relation to sur- gical work. Med. Council, Phila., 1907,xii,310-314.—War- brick |LC.) Autotoxemia. Am.Med.,Phila.&York,Pa., 1907,n.s., ii, 154-159.—Watanabe. [Exudation of the bloodincellpoisoning.] Igaku Chuwo Zasshi,Tokvo,1905- 6,1102; 1236:1906-7,37.-Watts(C.W.) Auto-infection, au- tophagism and auto-intoxication. Tr. M. Ass. Missouri, St. Louis, 1902, xiv, 87-91.—Waugh (W. F.) Sapraemia. St. Louis M. Rev.. 1906, liii, 4— Wendhardt (J.) A bacte- neemia es toxinaemia. Magy. orv. Arch., Budapest, 1897, vi, 461-499.—Williams (L.) On a case of toxaemia of obscure origin. Lancet, Lond., 1903, i, 1228. Toxaemia (Acid) [Acidosis]. See, also, Acetonsemia; Diabetes (Coma in); Urine (Acetonein); Vomiting (Acetonemic). Adler (H. M.)& Blake (G.) The retention of alkali py the kidney with special reference to acidosis. Areh. Int. Med., Chicago, 1911, vii, 479-480.—Alcina (B.) Acetonhemia. Clin, mod., Zaragoza, 1902, i, 205-210.— Ascoll (G.) & Preti (L.) Ueber alimentiire Gesetz- Toxsemia (Acid) [Acidosis]. miissigkeiten der Acetonurie. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1910, xxvi, 55-65.—Austin (A. E.) Some uncommon forms of acid intoxication. Texas State J. M., Fort Worth, 1910-11, vi, 300-303.—Badeock (V. K.) Post-anaesthetic acetonuria. Northumberland & Durham M. J., New- castle-upon-Tyne, 1909, xvii, 128-110—Baer (J.) Unter- suchungen iiber A cidose. Arch.f. exper. Path. u. Pharma- kol., Lei, z., 1904, li, 271-289. -----. UeberdieEinwirkung der Glvkoronsiiureausscheidung auf die Acidose. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl.,1905, lvi, 198-208.—Baer (J.) & Blum (L.) Ueberdie Einwirkung chemischer Substanzen auf dieZuckerausscheidungunddie Acidose. Beitr. z. chem. Phys. u. Path., Brnschwg., 1907, x, 80-104: 1907-8, xi, 101- 108.—Bain bridge (F. A.) Anis and Gale lecture on the pathology of acid intoxication. Lancet, Lond., 1908, i, 911-915. -----. Someformsofacid-intoxication. Lavori e riv. di chim. e micr. clin., Salsomaggiore, 1908-9, i, 70- 74.—Barbour (P. F.) Acidosis. Am. Pract. & News, Louisville, 1910, xliv, 393-398.—Barnes (A. E.) The clinical estimation of "acidosis." Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, i, 258-260.—Beall (H. H.) Acidosis. Texas State J. M., Fort Worth, 1908-9, iv, 95-97.—Beddard (A. P.) A lecture onacidosis. Clin. J., Lond., 1912-13, xl, 65-71.— Bontor (S.) Primary acidosis; recovery. Lancet, Lond., 1910, ii, 1339.—Bousquet (L.) & Berrien (E.) Aceton6mie et acelone dans le liquidecephalo-rachidien. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1910, lxviii, 1002-1004 — Brackett (E. G.), Stone (J. S.) & Low (H. C.) Aciduria (acetonuria) associated with death after anes- thesia. Boston M. & S. J., 1904, cli, 2-17. Also, Reprint.— Brown (W. L.) On some acid intoxications. Clin. J., Lond., 1906,xxviii, 135-141. -----. Acetonuria; its clinical significance and treatment. Practitioner, Lond., 1907, lxxix, 107-122.—Campbell (R.) Acid intoxication fol- lowing general anaesthesia. Tr. Ulster M. Soc, Belfast, 1906-7, 34-44.—Cates (B. B.) Acidosis. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1911, xiii, 517-520.—Coluccini (C.) Sull acidosi; studi e ricerche. Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1911,1, 27-44.—Edsall (D. L.), Spriggs (E. I.) [et al.]. Dis- cussion on acidosis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, ii, 1033-1038. Also [Abstr.]: Lancet, Lond.,1910, ii, 34t;.—Fmbdeii(G.) Beitrag zur Lehre von der Acetonurie. Verhandl. d. Kong. f.innereMed., Wiesb., 1907,xxiv, 252-255.—Ewing (J.) Acidosis and associated conditions. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1908, ii, 330; lis. Also, Reprint. -----. A classification of acidoses. Tr. Ass. Am. I'hvsieians, Phila., 1908, xxiii, 31-41 — Fitz (K.), Alsberg (C. L.) & Henderson (L. J.) Concerning the excretion of phosphoric acid during experimental acidosis in rabbits. Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1907, xviii, 113-122.— Folin(0.) The acid intoxication theorv. Tr.Ass.Am. Physicians, Phila., 1907, xxii, 256-267. Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlix, 128-131. Also, Reprint.—For- syth (N. C.) A case of post-anaesthetic acetonuria, with delayed excretion of acetone, after child labcur. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1908, ii, 1431.—Froment (J.) Acetonemic et injection intra-veineuse de bicarbonate de soude. Bull. Soc. med. d. hdp. de Lyon, 1907, vi, 410. Alsr; Lyon med., 1908, ex, 212-214.—Oautrelet (E.) Essai urose- meiologique sur l'auto-intoxication oxalique. Rev. d. mal. de la nutrition, Par., 1906, 2. s., iv, 436-443.—tieel- muyden ( H. C.) Lauren om acetonuri og acidose. Norsk Mag-, f. Laegevidensk., Christiania, 1908, 5. R., v, 737-759.—Gregor (K.) Untersuchungen fiber den Am- moniakgehalt des Blutes bei der experimenteller Saure- vergiftung. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1899, x, 24-27.—ftundruin (F. F.) Post-anaesthetic aci- dosis. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1909, xx, 181- ]83.—Hale (H. E.) A case of acute acidosis with death. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1909, lix, 910. -----. Acidosis in girl of nineteen months; death. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1909, xxvi, 292-296.—Harris (A.) The occurrence of aceto- nuria in cases of infectious diseases. Lancet, Lond., 1910, i, 1346.—Hart (T. S.) The acidosis index; a clinical measure of the degree of acidosis. Areh. Int. Med., Chi- cago, 1911, vii, 367-375. Also [ Abstr. 1: Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1912, xix, 470-472.—IIehir (P.) Remarks on acetonemia (so-called) illustrated by a case of chronic diabetic coma, followed by recovery. Indian M. Rec, Calcutta, 1896, x, 135-138.—Heiberg (K. A.) Der mi- krochemische Nachweis der Azidose. Zentralbl. f.d. ges. Phvsiol. u. Path. d. Stoffwechs., Berl. u. Wien, 1907, n. F., ii, '721-723.—Herter (C. A.) & Wakeman (A. J.) Notes on acid intoxications. Proc. N. York Path. Soc. (1899-1900), 1901, 226-232.— Honda (E. O.) A case of acetonemia. Northwest Med., Seattle, 1912, n. s, iv, 60.— Inman ( F. W.) Post - anaesthetic acid intoxication. Brit. M.J., Lond., 1911, i, 809.—Jagerroas (B. H.) Om act tonamnena i urinen hos fodande och barnsangskvin- nor. [Acetone bodies in the urine of pregnant women and women in childbed.] Finska lak.-siillsk. handl., Helsingfors, 1910, Iii, pt. 2. 363-370.—.loslin (E. P.) Aci- dosis. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1907, xxn, 246- 255. Also: Boston M. & S. J., 1907, elvii, 40-13. Also, Re- print.—Kennedy (T.) A few cases of acidosis en- countered in general practice, with a few remarks on acidosis, Austral. M. J-, Melbourne, 1911-12, n. 8., l, 467.— Kraus (F.) Beitrage zur Lehre von der Saurevergi* TOXAEMIA. 395 TOXEMIA. Toxaemia (Acid) [Acidosis], tung. Beitr. z. inneren Med. Festschr. d. Cong, f... . in Karlsbad 1899, Wien, 1900, 42-57.-^Kruszka (T.) Dwa przypadki smierci wskutek zakazenia krwi acetonem (acetonaemia). [Two cases of death from . . .] Przegl. lek., Krak6w, 1873, xii, 197.— Lab be (M.) Coma par acidose et abces du foie. Presse med., Par., 1910, xviii, 90-92.—Labbe (M.) & Bitli (G.) Les acidoses graves en dehors du diabete. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1912, 3. s., xxxiii, 631-640.—Gambling (E.) L'acetonurie a l'etat normal et chez le diabetique. Arch. d. mal. de l'appar. digest, [etc.], Par., 1909, iii, 189-208.— Landau (A.) Badania nad alkalicznoSeitj, krwi i za- truciem kwasnem. [Alcalinity of the blood and acid intoxication.] Medycyna, Warszawa, 1907, xxxv, 455; 474. -----. Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber Blut- alkaleseenz und Acidose. 2. Mitteilung. Ueber den Ein- fluss von Alkalien auf die Alkalescenz des normalen Blutes und desjenigen bei endogener Acidose. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1908, lviii, 207-220.— Landers (J. R.) Auto-toxicosis. Med. Bull., Phila., 1906, xxviii, 406-410.—Landi (L.) Acetonemia; coma acetonico. Clin, mod., Pisa, 1899, v, 289; 297. — Leech (H. B.) Acetonaemia. Dublin J. M. Sc, 1908, cxxv, 80- 91.—Lenhart (C. H.) Acidosis. Cleveland M. J., 1911. x, 1017-1025.—Lepine (R.) Sur le traitement de l'ae6- tonemie par les injections alcalines intraveineuses. Bull. et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1911, 3. s., xxxi, 854- 856.—Levison (L. A.) The clinical significance of non- diabetic acidosis. Ohio M. J., Columbus, 1910, vi, 477-479. Also, Reprint.—Lichtwitz (L.) Ein Beitrag zur The- rapie der Acidose. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1911, xxv, 81-83.—Lindenberg (H.) Zum histologischen Nach- weis der Acidose. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1911, xxii, 337.—Longo (L.) Ricerche cliniche sull' acetonuria postoperatoria. Riforma med., Palermo- Napoli, 1907, xxiii. 1013-1017.— M. (H. M.) Treatmentof acidosis; casoid flour. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, lv, 2170— Me Arthur (A. N.) Acidosis (delayed chloroform poisoning). Intercolon. M.J. Australas., Melbourne, 1907, xii, 434-438.—Maggiorani (C.) Sulla origine dell' aci- ditA in alcuni prodotti morbosi. Atti d. Aeead. Pontif. de' X. Lincei, Roma, 1859-60, xiii, 412-416.—Maignon (F.) & Morand (L.) Relations entre l'hyperacidite urinaire et l'acetonurie chez les sujets sains soumis a l'inanition ou k une alimentation privee d'hydrates de carbone. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, lxxi, 639- 641.-----------. Etude comparative du pouvoir ceto- g6ne de la viande et de la graisse chez le chien. Ibid., 705-707 —Mart-hand (F.) Kasuistischer Beitrag zur Therapie der Saurevergiftung. Munchen. med. Wchn- schr., 1912, lix, 178-180.—Martin Gil (R.) Enfermeda- des en que se presenta la acetonuria. Siglo med., Madrid, 1910, lvii, 484. — Mauran (H.) Pathogenie de l'aceto- nurie. Bull, med., Par., 1909, xxiii, 357-359.—Melli (A.) La resistenza globularenegli stati diacidosi sperimentale prodotta dall' acido cloridrico. Bull, di sc. med. di Bo- logna, 1910, 8. 8., x, 537-561.—Mohr (L.) Ueber diabe- tische und nicht-diabetische Autointoxicationen mit Sauren (Acidosis). Samml. klin. Abhandl. ii. Path. u. Therap. d. Stoffwechs. u. Ernahr.-Stoning., Berl., 1904, 4. Hft., 1-48.—Moore (F. C.) Acid auto intoxication sui generis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, ii, 1335— Moorhead (T. G.) Two cases of acid intoxication. Practitioner, Lond., 1909, lxxxiii, 377-382.—Morel (L.) Parathyroides et acidose. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, lxx, 871-873.— Morse (J. L.) Acid autointoxication in in- fancy and childhood. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1905, xxii, 561-575—Mosse (M.) Ueber Leberzellenveranderungen nephrektoniierter und hungernder Tiere, ein Beitrag zur Lehre von der Azidose. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1906, lx, 373-376, lpl.—Mouriquand (G.) L'acidose. Pro- gres med., Par., 1911, 3. s., xxvii, 278-283.—Nichols (J. B.) Acid intoxication. Wash. M. Ann., 1908, vii, 133- 147. Also, Reprint.—Paleani (O.) Sul valore della ricercadell' acetone nelle orine in chirurgia ginecologica. Policlin., Roma, 1911, xviii, sez. prat., 681-683.—Parsons (A. R.) Uncontrollable retching; acid intoxication; operation; recovery. Tr. Rov. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl., 1910, xxviii, 93-98.—Patterson (J. F.) Acidosis follow- ing chloroform narcosis; report of a fatal case. Charlotte [N. C] M. J., 1909, lx, 235-237.—Petersen (O. H.) Ueber den histologischen Nachweis der Azidose. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1910, cci, 96-106.— PiySuSer (A.) Un caso de acetonemia infantil. Rev.de med. y cirug., Barcel., 1902, xvi, 195-198.—Rhamy(B.W.) Acetonuria and the relation of acetone to "acid intoxica- tion." J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lviii, 628-632.—Rit- chie (H.J.) Some clinical aspects of acetonuria. Aus- tralas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1909, xxviii, 648-651.—Rosen- thal (F.) Ueber den Einfluss des Eiweissstoffwechsels auf die Azetonurie im normalen Organismus. Zentralbl. f. innere Med., Leipz., 1908, xxix, 185-204.—Rothera (A. C. H.) Acetonuriaandacidosis. Austral.M. J.,Melbourne, 1910. xv, 565-569.—Samuely(F) Die Acidosis. Med.-na- turw.Arch.,Berl.u. Wien, 1909,ii,303-334.—Schaeffer(G.) L'acidose et le mecanisme de formation des corps acetoni- ques dans l'organisme. Arch, de m6d. exper. et d'anat. path. Par., 1910, xxii, 600-622.—Singer (D. A.> A case of Toxsemia (Acid) [Acidosis], severe autointoxication with acetonuria and extreme bradycardia. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1909, lxxxix, 1303- 1307.—Spriggs (E. I.) Acidosis. Quart. J. Med., Ox- ford, 1908-9, ii, 325-345.—Swart (S. P.) Acidosis en coma diabeticum. (Literatuur-overzicht.) Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1909, i, 1262-1276.—Syme (G. A.) Cause of acidosis and acute fatty degeneration after lapa- rotomy. Intercolon. M. J. Australas., Melbourne, 1907, xii, 578-580.—Szili (A.) Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber Saureintoxikation. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1906, cxv, 82-105.—Talbot (E. S.) Acid intoxication or acidosis; a factor in disease. Illinois M. Bull., Chicago, 1906-7, vii, 301-305. Also: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1907, lxxi, 895-900. -----. Acid auto-intoxication and systemic dis- ease the cause of erosion and abrasion. Dental Cosmos, Phila., 1907, xlix, 1225-1233. [Discussion], 1291-1300. -----. Acidosis and other toxic conditions. Ibid., 1908, 1, 947-954. Also: Am. J. Clin. M. Chicago, 1908, xv, 1415- 1422.—Vander Hoof (D.) Acid intoxications and their therapeutic indications. Charlotte [N. C] M. J., 1910, lxii, 257-259.—Van Meter (B. F.) Acetonuria, with coma, apparently cured by in travenous transfusion of bicarbonateot soda solution. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chi- cago, 1909, viii, 408.—Voegtlin (C.) & King (J.) The antagonistic action of ammonium and calcium salts; a contribution to the subject of acidosis. Proc. Am. Soc. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1908, p. xxviii.—Wallace (F. H.) & Gillespie (E.) Acidosis in relation to anaesthesia. Practitioner, Lond., 1910, lxxxiv, 249-256.—Weatherbe (P.) A few notes collected from the literature on the sub- ject of acetonuria in relation to anaesthetics. Maritime Med. News, Halifax, 1908, xx, 216-219.—Williams (E. J.) Hepatic toxaemia; "hepatic acetonaemia." Montreal M. J., 1908, xxxvii, 407-409.—Winterberg (H.) Zur Theorie der Saurevergiftung. Ztschr. f. phvsiol. Chem., Strassb., 1898, xxv, 202-235.—Wolf (C. G. L.) Acid in- toxication. N. York M. J. [etc.J, 1907, lxxxv, 407-409.— Wright (D.) On states ot acid auto-intoxication. N. Am. J. Homcep., N. Y., 1905, liii, 353-357.—Voung (E. B.) & Williams (J. T.) Thesignificance of post-opera- tive acetonuria. Boston M. & S. J., 1908, clviii, 109-112. Toxaemia (Acid) in children. See, also, Infection (Autogenous); Vomiting (Acetonemic, etc.) in children. Andrich (P.) Sull' acetonuria nelle malattie gastro-intestinali dei bambini. 8°. Belluno, [1901]. Hecker. Ueber periodische Azetonurie beigrosseren Kindern. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1908, lv, 1485-1488. -----. Blutbefunde beioeriodischer Azetonamiegrosserer Kinder. Ibid., 1828.—f*iissy(A.) Weitere Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Azidosis im Kindesalter. Zentralbl. f. d. ges. Physiol, u. Path. d. Stoffwechs., Berl. u. Wien., 1906, n. F., i, 5; 36.— McCaw (J.) Acetonaemia; an account of an acute attack in a young child. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, ii, 1137-1139— Meyer (L. F.) & Langstein (L.) Die Acidose des Siiuglings. Verhandl. d. Versamml. d. Gesellsch. f. Kinderh. . . . deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1905, Wiesb., 1906, 182-189.—Mori (A.) Le crisi aceto- niche nell' etfl, infantile. Morgagni, Milano, 1909, li, 377- 380.—Romme (R.) Encore l'auto-intoxjcation acide. Rev. mens. d. mal. de l'enf.. Par., 1904, xxii, 559-563.— Rott (F.) Die Farbreaktion des Gewebes bei der Siiuglingsazidose. Monatschr. f. Kinderh., Leipz. u. Wien, 1908, vii, 73-75.—Sharp (G.) Idiopathic acidosis in children. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, ii, 18. Also: Brit. J. Child. Dis., Lond., 1910, vii, 440-44h.— Steinitz (F.) L'acidose chez le nourrisson. Rev. d'hvg. et de med. inf. [etc.], Par., 1905, iv, 678-690.—Tuueridreich (G.) Histologischer Nachweis der Acidose des Siiuglings. Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. (1908), 1909, xxxix, pt. 2,132-135. [Discussion], pt. 1, 103. Also: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xiv, 886.—White (E. R.) Acidosis and acid intoxication in children. Austral. M. J., Melbourne, 1910, xv, 653-565. Toxsemia (Digestive or metabolic [Gas- trointestinal auto-intoxication ]. Chapman (W. L.) Auto-intoxication as a cause and complication of disease. 8°. Provi- dence, 1903. Combe (A.) L'auto-intoxication intestinale. 8°. Paris, 1907. ------. The same. 2. ed. 8°. Paris, 1909. ------. The same. Intestinal auto-intoxi- cation; together with an appendix on the lactic ferments with particular reference to their ap- plication in intestinal therapeutics, by Albert Fournier; only authorized English adaptation, by William Gaynor States. 8°. New York, [1908]. TOXEMIA. 396 TO X. EMI A. Toxaemia (Digestive or metabolic [Gas tro- intest in al a uto- in toxi cation]. Cornillon (A.) * Les auto-intoxications di- gestives; 6tude clinique et experimentale sur les effets pathologiques des poisons gastro-intes- tinaux. 8°. Paris, 1903. Dogel (S. M.) Organi zashtshiti organizma ot samootravleniya. [Organs of protection of the organism from autointoxication.] 8°. />'.- Peterburg dc Moskva, [n. d.]. Korenchevski (V.) K ucheniyu o zhelu- dochno-kishechnom samootravlenii. [Gastro- intestinal auto-intqxication.] 8°. Moskva, 1909. Paczowski. Die Autointoxication (Selbst- vergiftung des Korpers) als Grundlage der Er- krankungen. Ein Beitrag zur Lehre von Dis- positionen und Krankheitsbedingungen. 8°. Leipzig, 1903. Achard (H. J.) The importance of relieving intes- tinal autointoxication. Med. Standard, Chicago, 1912, xxxv, 123.—Anders (J.M.) The diagnosis of intestinal autointoxication. Arch. Diagn., N. Y., 1909, ii, 117-126.— Banister (J. M.) How can auto-intoxication, that rarely recognized disease, which has directly, or indi- rectly, caused more invalidism and mortality in modern armies than all other pathogenic causes combined, be prevented? J. Mil. Serv. Inst. U. S., Governor's Island, N. Y. H., 1912, 351-368.—Batten (J. M.) Acute intes- tinal auto-infection. South. M. J., La Grange, N. C, 1901, vi, 97-102. — Beaucliant. Le regime lacto-farineux dans les auto-intoxications intestinales. Poitou med., Poitiers, 1905, xix, 4-11— Beveridge (W. W.) Auto- intoxication resulting from restricted diet. J._Med. Soc. N. Jersey, Orange, 1909-10, vi, 604-606.—Blelousoff(A.) Tri sluchaya samootravleniya iz kishechnika u dletel. [Three cases of auto-intoxication from the intestinal canal in children.] Dietsk. med., Mosk., 1903, viii, 187- 192.—Binnie (J. F.) Symptoms of colonic intoxica- tion. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lviii, 2011-2013.— Boeker (H.) Ueber gastro-intestinale Autointoxika- tionen und deren Kausalnexus zu anderen Krankheiten. Deutsche Prax., Munchen, 1905, xiv, 517; 549. Also: N. Yorker med. Monatschr., 1905, xvii, 289-311.—Bolchesi (F.) Contributo alio studio delle intossicazioni gastro- intestinali. Boll. clin.-seient. d. Poliambul. di Milano, 1904, xvii, 17; 33.—Briggs (W. A.) Gastroenteric auto- intoxication; its recognition and significance, and its re- lation to arterial hvpertension. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1906, iv, 181;*207.— Oandee (J. W.) An experi- ence. Tr. Homceop. M. Soc. N. Y., 1909, liii, 64-67.— Carter (P. B.) Auto-intoxication from the alimentary canal. J. Indiana M. Ass., Fort Wayne, 1911, iv, 112-115.— Chernyavski (Z. V.) Sluchal kishechnavo samo- otravleniya. [Case of intestinal auto-intoxication.] Si- birsk. Vrach. Vledom., Krasnoyarsk, 1902-3, i, 304.—Coon (C. E.) Autointoxication the direct result of mechanical defects which produce stasis in the colon. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1912, lxxxi, 984-987—Ccrbus (B. R.) Chronic toxae- mias arising from the intestinal tract. J. Mich. M. Soc, Battle Creek, 1910, ix, 278-283.—Cornet (P.) Du r61e possible des auto-intoxications, en particulier de l'auto- intoxication gastro-intestinale, dans l'etiologie de cer- taines affections des oreilles, du nez, du larynx. Bull, de laryngol., otol. et rhinol., Par., 1908, xi, 78-84.—Corn- wall (E. E.) Clinical notes on chronic putrefaction toxemia of intestinal origin. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1911, lxxx, 1269-1274.—Cristiani (A.) Le fine alterazioni del sis- tema nervoso centrale nelle autointossicazioni acute sperimentali d' oritdne intestinale. Clin, mod., Pisa, 1897, iii, 12— Crothers (T. D.) Toxaemias from spirit drinking. Albany M. Ann., 1903, xxiv, 13-18.—Dauber (K.) Zur Casuistik der Autointoxicationen vom Darme aus. N. Yorker med. Monatschr., 1898, x, 292-301.—De- lamater (N. B.) Mental and nervous symptoms result- ing from gastro-intestinal toxemia. Clinique, Chicago, 1908, xxix, 158-160.—Delassus. Intoxication aigue d'origine gastrique ou intestinale post-operatoire. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1907, ii, 10.—I>e Vries (J. C.) The psychic phenomena of intestinal toxemias and their treatment. N.York M. J. LetcJ, 1908, lxxxvii, 826-829. Also, Reprint—Dickinson (W. L.) Intestinal auto- intoxication; its treatment by irrigation. Proctologist, St. Louis, 1909, iii, 148-150.—Distaso (A.) Contribution a I'etude surl'intoxication intestinale. Centralbl. f. Bak- teriol. [etc.], Jena, 1912, lxii, Orig., 433-468, 1 pl.—Du Pasquier(E.) L'intoxication digestive. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1904, lxxvii, 713-722. Also: Bull. Soc. de med. d'An- vers, 1904, lxvi, 60; 76; 99.—Du prey (A.B.) Brief notes on three casesof auto-intoxication; one fatal. Lancet, Lond., 1902, i, 1832 -Kmuieit (M.) The dietetics and therapeutics of autointoxication. Iowa M. J. [etc ] Des Moines, 1910-11, xvii, 62-72.—Fngelen. Ueber die vom Verdauungstraktus ausgehenden Autointoxikationen. Toxaemia (Digestive or metabolic [ tias- tro-intestinal auto-intoxication ]. Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1905, xv, 241-213— l<'ieltt (D. L.) Autointoxication. Atlanta Jour.-Rec. Med., 1905-6, vii,433-442.—Fievez (R.) Contributiou a I'etude des auto-intoxications d'origine gastrique. Scalpel, hiejrc, 1910-11, lxiii, 500.—Finkelstein (H.) Ueber aliincn- tilre Intoxikation. Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1907, lxv, 1; 263: lxvi, 1; 1908, lxviii, 692.—Forcheimer (F.) Chronic intestinal auto-intoxication. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. &N. Y., 1907, n. s., cxxxiv, 70-80.—Fowler (C. E. P.) Auto-intoxication and liver inadequacy. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1907, viii, 255-263.— Frazier (B. C.) Intestinal autointoxication. Louis- ville Month. J. M. & S., 1904-5, xi, 247.—Gaines (L. M.) Some aspects of intestinal autointoxication, with re- port of two cases showing unusual skin manifesta- tions. Atlanta Jour.-Rcc. Med., 1908-9, x, 299-304.— Gibby (H. B.) Autointoxication. Tr. Luzerne Co. M. Soc, Wilkes-Barre, 1906, xiv,. 27-31.—Glaessner (K.) Zur Frage der Autointoxication bei Stuhlverstopfung. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1905, i, 132-140.— Grawltz (E.) Ueber todtlich verlauf ende Kachexien ohne anatomisch nachweisbareLrsaehe; ein Beitrag der intestinalen Intoxication. Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Ge- sellsch. 1903, Berl., 1904, xxxiv, pt. 2, 251-267. [Discus- sion], pt.l, 186-197.—Harnsberger (S.) A word about diagnosis, with illustrative cases, especially the reportof a case of metastatic abscess from intestinal intoxication. Charlotte [N. C] M. J., 1907, xxx, 62-65.— Hemmeter (J. C.) Gastro-intestinal autointoxication. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1902,12. s., i 107: ii, 155. -----. Auto-intoxi- cation from the gastro-intestinal tract; historical views concerning this subject; truth and error concerning the theories of auto-intoxications. Ohio State M. J., Colum- bns, 1906, ii, 1-24.—Houghton (H. A.) Enterotoxis- mus as a substitute for auto-intoxication. Am. Med., Phila., 1905, x, 325. -----. Toxemia of intestinal origin as a condition predisposing to minor infections. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1905. lxvii, 813-816.—Ide (M.) L'auto-intoxi- cation intestinale. Rev. m6d. de Louvain, 1907,289-297.— Jacobson (N.) & Post (C. D.) Gastric or intestinal hemorrhage as an early manifestation of a general toxe- mia. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1912, cxliii, 339- 347.—Junghans. Ein Beitragzur purgo-antiseptischen Behandlung. Deutsche med. Presse, Berl., 1911, xv, 141.—Kaufmann J.) Gastro-intestinal auto-intoxica- tion. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1909, exxxviii, 17-24. Also, Reprint.—Keller (C.) Ueber intestinale Auto- intoxikation nach Laparotomie. Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynak.,Stuttg.,1905,lv,455-471.—Kellogg (J. H.) Intes- tinal autointoxication in relation to diseases of the biliary tract. Mod.Med..BattleCreek,Mich.,1908,xvii,112; 139.— King(A.E.) Autointoxication. Med.Herald,St.Joseph, 1909, n. s., xxviii, 276-280. — Klecki (C.) Badania nad ztuczna. czasowa. odpornoscia. jamy brzusznej na zakazenie mikrobami jelitowymi. [Artificial and passing resistance of the abdominal cavity to fecal infection.] Rozpr. wydz. matemat.-przyr, Akad. Umiej., Krak6w, 1906,3. s.,vi, B.379- 432. Also,transl. [Abstr.]: Bull, internat. Acad. d. sc de Cracovie, 1906,329-359.—Korczynski (L.) Kilka uwag i spostrzezen o samozatrueiu z przewodu pokarmowego. [Autointoxicationthrough thealimentarycanal.] Przegl. lek., Krak6w, 1908, xlii, 259; 273; 285; 300; 315.—Ko- renchevski (V. G.) G yadovitosti soderzhimavo i stlenki pishtshevaritelnavo kanala. [Toxicity of the contents and wall of the gastro-intestinal canal.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1908, vii, 1572-1574. -----. Experimen- telle Beitrage zur Lehre von der gastro-intestinalen Au- tointoxikation. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1911, lix, Orig., 526-549, lpl.—Rrasnolfi A. Y.) Iz- mleneniyesastava krovi u zhivotnikh pri samootravleni- yakh iz kishechnika. [Changes of the composition of the blood in animalsin auto-intoxication from the intestines.] Vrach, St. Petersb., 1901,xxii, 533.—Lacey (E. P.) Auto- intoxication or biliousness. Alabama M. J., Birmingh., 1907-8, xx, 588-593.—Lewis (R. C. M.) Autotoxis. Vir- ginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1910-11, xv, 365-368.— Lhotak (K.) Rezprava o autointoxikaci. vnitfni se- kreci a funkci antitoxicke. [Review of auto-intoxica- tion, internal secretion, and antitoxic functions.] Casop. 16k. 6esk., v Praze, 1903, xlii, 663; 686.—Longo (A.) L' autointossicazione intestinale (?) in rapporto alia ali- mentazione nell' eta infantile. Riv. di clin. pediat, Firenze, 1907. v, 681-747.—L.y6n (G.) Prorilaxis y trata- miento de las auto-intoxicaciones de origen intestinal. Rev. balear de cien. med., Palma de Mallorca, 1904, xxvi, 438-446. Also.transl: Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1904, lxxvii, 537- 543 —JTlacladyen (A.) On auto-intoxicatiou. Poly- clin., Lond., 1902, vi, 561-564.—Mariani (J. M.) La infeccion intestinal. Rev. de med. y cirug. pract., Ma- drid, 1903, Ixi, 281-285.—iHartelli (C. D.) Tossiemra intestinale pseudotifoide. (Contributo clinico alia cosi detta febbre da auto-intossicazione intestinale.) Tom- masi, Napoli, 1910, v, 409; 439; 465: 488; 511; 533; 557.— ITIartin (S.) On a case of intestinal intoxication due to appendicitis, without local symptoms. Med -Chir. Tr., Lond., 1900-1901, lxxxiv, 197-204. - Mayneld TOXEMIA. 397 TOX.EMIA. Toxaemia (Digestive or metabolic [Gas- tro-intestinal a a to-intoxication]. (C.) Autointoxication of gastro-intestinal origin. Med. News, N. Y., 1904, lxxxv, 353-357. Also, Reprint.— Maylard (A. E.) "Two late" cases; peritoneal and in- testinal toxaemia. Lancet, Lond., 1909, i, 274.— Itlery(H.) & Genevrier (J.) Phtinomenes toxi-infectieux surai- gus d'origine intestinale. Gaz. d. mal. infant, [etc.], Par., 1910, xii, 65-67.—Moreehan-Beauchant (R.) Lacto-farinaeeous diet in the intestinal auto-intoxica- tions. Canada Lancet, Toronto, 1904-5, xxxviii, 7.SO-784.— Morse (J. L.) Acid autointoxication in infancy and childhood. Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc. 1905, N. Y., 1906, xvii, 63-77. Also: Arch Pediat., N. Y„. 1905, xxii, 561-571. Also, Reprint.—Monnier (U.) Etude sur quelques formes d'infeetions et intoxications alimentaires envi- sages dans leurs rapports avec la pathologie generale, l'hygiene et la medecine legale. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1903, 2. s., xxi, 625-635.—Miiller (M.) Ueber die Toxa- mie des Fleisches und ihre Beziehung zu den Fleischver- giftungen. Deutsche tieriirztl. Wchnschr., Hannov., 1909, xvii, 377-383.—Mil lot (O. L.) Is gastrointestinal autointoxication a disease or only a svmptom? Med. Rec. N. Y., 1909, lxxv, 565.—Murri" (A.) * Degenerazione cerebellare da intossicazione enterogena. In his: Seritti med., 8°, Bologna, 1902, iii, 1483-1504.—Myers (V. C.) Toxemias of intestinal origin. Albany M. Ann., 1910, xxxi, 5-12.—Natale (N.) Un caso di tossiemia gastro- intestinale adinamica. Pratica d. med., Napoli, 1906-7, vii. 321-326.—von Noorden (C.) Intoxication pro- ceeding from the intestine, especially polvneuritis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1913, lx, 101-104.—Norman (J. B.) Intestinal autointoxication. J. Missouri M. Ass., St. Louis, 1906-7, iii, 156-159.—Ohlmachor (A. P.) Upon an extensive outbreak of food intoxication and infection of unique origin. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1902, n. s., cxxiv, 68-71. Also: J. Med. Research, Bost., 1902, vii. 411- 420.—Pfeitt'er (C. W.) Auto-intoxication. Med. Fort- nightly, St. Louis, 1904, xxvi. 634.—Pleitter (H.) Expe- rimentelle Studien.. zur Lehre von den Autointoxika- tionen. Ztschr. L.'Hyg. u. Infectionskrankh., Leipz., 1906, liv, 419-4SS.—Pron. La theorie de l'auto-intoxica- tion gastro-intestinale devant les recherches reeentes et l'observation clinique. Bull. med. de l'Algerie, Alger, 1908, xix, 692; 732.— Quiniby (C. E.) The relation of intestinal toxemia to arteriorenal disease. N. York State J. M., N. Y., 1902, ii, 109-113. Also, Reprint.—Quintard (E.) Hepato-intestiiial-toxemia. Contrib. Sc. Med. & Surg. ... 25. anniv. founding of N. Y. Post-Grad. M. Sch. & Hosp., N. Y., 1908, 8-19. -----. Hepato-intestinal toxemia. Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1912, xxvii, 79-103.— Rachford (B. K.) Gastrointestinal toxemia. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1904, xxi, 666-677. Also: Boston M. & S. J., 1904, cli, 517.—Beale (E.) L' autointossieazione intes- tinale e la sua cura. N. riv. clin.-terap., Napoli, 1911. xiv, 178-196.—Biesman (D.) Internal secretions; metabolic toxem.a. Phila. M. J., 1899, iii, 270-273.—Biley (G. W.) Intestinal auto-intoxication. J. Am. Osteop. Ass., N. Y., 1910-11, x, 535-541.—Robin (A.) Autointoxication as a causative factor in disease and its rational treatment. Med. Age, Detroit, 1906, xxiv, 841-853.— Roux (J.-C.) L'intoxication intestinale, ses causes et ses formes cli- niques. J. de med. de Par., 1910, 2. s., xxii, 545-548.— Roy (P. S.) The circulatory system in gastro-intestinal autointoxication. Wash. M. Ann., 1907-8, vi, 132-138.— Russell (W.) Intestinal auto-intoxication and its ef- fects. Caledon. M. J., Glasg., 1904-5, vi, 158-166.—Sassoli (E.) Ricerche sperimentali sulle alterazioni del sangue, della milza e del fegato nelle intossicazioni croniche d' ori- gine intestinale. Pediatria, Napoli, 1908,2.s.,vi,328-336.— Schmidt (A.) Die Wiederbelebung der intestinalcn Autointoxikationslehre in Frankreich und der"Combis- mus." Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1909, xxxv,2159-2161.—de SChweinitz (G. E.) & Fife (C. A.) Antointoxication. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1908, 1, 2040-204'.).—Simpson (F. C.) Intestinal auto-intoxica- tion. Louisville Month. J.M. &S., 1902-3,ix, 241. [Discus- sion], 262-266.—Snively (I. N.) Autointoxication; eti- ology and diagnosis. Penn. M. J., Pittsburg, 1904-5, viii, 441-443.—Solari (E. F.) Delirios producidos por auto- intoxicacion intestinal primitiva. Arch, de psiquiat. y eriminol., Buenos Aires, 1906, v, 660-672. Also: Semana med., Buenos Aires, 1906, xiii, 567-574. Also: Rev. freno- pat.espan..Barcel., 1907,v,180-19L—de Sousa (S.) Toxi- infeceoesgastro-intestinaes nascreaneas. Med.eontemp., Lisb., 1911, xxix, 137-143— Staehelin (R.) Beitrag zur Lehre von den gastrointestinalen Autointoxikationen: Oedema cutis dyspeptieum und Asthma bronchiale dys- pepticum. Charite-Ann., Berl., 1910, xxxiv, 184-196.— Stenhonse (J.) Purin toxaemia and its treatment. Canada Lancet, Toronto, 1908-9, xlii,506-51 l.—Stilo (A.) Un caso di meningismo da autointossieazione intestinale. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1903, xxiv, 17.—Strickland (C. R.) Intestinal intoxication from microbic putrefaction of proteids. IndianapolisM.J.. 1911,xiv,467-474— Stucky (J. A.) Intestinal autointoxication as a factor in the causation of pathologic conditions of the ear, nose and throat. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1909, liii, 1184-1186 — Toxaemia (Digestive or metabolic [Gas- tro-intestinal auto- in toxical ion]. Studebaker (J. E.) Toxemia and metabolism. N. Am. J. Homoep., N. Y., 1905, liii, 304-310.—Stuertz. Ein Fall von schwerer inte«tinaler Autointoxication. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1903, xl, 517.—Sutter (C. C.) Relation of intestinal toxemia to chronic arthritis; treatment. N. Nork M. J. [etc.], 1912, xcv, 365-372.—SvoyekhotofF(A. S.) Yeshtsho dva sluchaya zheludochno-kishechnavo samootravleniya. [Two more cases of gastro-intestinal intoxication.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1911, 775-777.— Sztahovszlcy (A.) Ein Fall von enterogener Autoin- toxication. Ungar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1902, vii, 677- 6/9.—Taylor (A. E.) The toxic agent in gastro-intes- tinal auto-intoxication. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1905, iii, 344-348.—Terrell (E. H.) Colonic intoxication; its relation to rectal diseases. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1912-13, xvii, 506-509. — Thomas. Refle- xions sur l'auto-intoxication digestive et son traitement. Bull. Soc.de pediat.de Par., 1905, vii, 154-159. Also: Ann. de med. et chir. inf., Par., 1905, ix, 488-492.—Vialard CF.) Troubles cerebraux par auto-intoxication d'origine intes- tinale. J. de med. et chir. prat., Par., 1908, lxxix, 59-67.— Vincent (R.) On acute intestinal toxaemia in infants; an experimental investigation of the etiology and pathol- ogy of epidemic or summer diarrhoea. Tr. Glasgow Obst. & Gynaec. Soc. (1910-11), 1912, viii, 18-21.—Voet. Nou- velle methode de disintoxication intestinale par une ali- mentation phosphatidee. Belgique med., Gand, 1911, xviii, 435-437.—Waugh (W. F.) Acute autointoxication from fecal stasis. Louisville Month. J. M. & S., 1906-7, xiii, 123-125. Also: St. Louis M. Rev., 1906, liv, 311-314. Also: Med. Rec, N. Y.. 1907, lxxii, 354.—Webster (R. W.) Toxemia from the standpoint of perverted meta- bolism. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1908, cxxxv, 688-696. Also: Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1908, c, 301-309. Also, Re- print— Whitehead (A. L.) Notes of a case of tempo- rary deafness and blindness due to intestinal toxaemia. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1911, iv, Otol. Sect., 121-123.— Wintsch (C. H.) Intestinal autointoxication. N. Am. J. Homceop., N. Y., 1909,lvii, 440-444. Toxaemia (Treatment of). See, also, Toxaemia (Digestirc, etc.). Guelpa (G.) Autointoxication et disintoxi- cation. 8°. Paris, 1910. Alexander (H.C.B.) Antointoxication; it3 factors, results, and treatment. Medicine, Detroit, 1906, xii, 191- 198.—Briggs (L. V.) A consideration of the treatment of auto-intoxication or auto-infection where they are cause of mental disturbance. Boston M. & S. J., 1906, cliv, 481; 464; 493. Also, Reprint.—Comba (D.) Letossiemie e la non specifieita di un sistema curative Lavori d. med. int. 1905, Roma, 1906, xv, 184-188. Also, Reprint.— Combe (A.) Traitement de l'auto-intoxication intes- tinale; introduction de microbes antagonistes pour com- battre la putrefaction azotee de l'intestin. Rev. de the- rap. med.-chir., Par., 1906, Ixxiii, 653; 685. — Dixon (W. E.) & Harvey (H. W.) The treatment of acute toxae- mias. Proc. Rov. Soc. Med., Lond., 1908-9, ii, Therap. & Pharmacol. Sect., 13-20. — Filing wood (F.) Lobelia hypodermically in toxemias of all kinds; in asphyxia, syncope, heat stroke, cerebral concussion and apoplexy. Eclect. M. J., Cincin., 1911, lxxi, 531-535.—Figueras (J. E.) Contribuci6n a el estudio de las intoxieaciones gastro-intestinaies tratadas por los fermentos lacticos. Rev. med. cubana. Habana, 1909, xv, 130-135.—Fleig (C.) L'auto-transfusion de globules laves comme proeede de lavage du sang dans les toxhemies; l'hetero-transfusion deglobuleslavesdanslesan6mies. Bull.mens.del'Acad. d. sc____de Montpellier, 1909, no. 1, 4-9.—Hare (H. A.) Auto-intoxication producing epileptiform convulsions; hysterical spasm in the male; intestinal obstruction, ap- pendicitis; peritonitis; operation; recovery; relapse in typhoid. Medicine, Detroit, 1896, ii, 529-533. -----. Four cases of intravenons injection for toxaemia. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1898,7. s., iv, 114-116.— ll»egh(K.) A case of severe toxemia; recovery after treatment with cold baths. Med. News, N. Y., 1898, lxxii, 42. —Jennings (Q.) The Guelpa treatment of diabetes, gout, rheuma- tism, and other auto-intoxications, and its importance from an insurance point of view. Lancet, Lond., 1911, i, 1033.—Johnston-Lavis (H. J.) Further examples illustrating cases of chronic toxaemias at Vittel. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, i, 231-233.— Labusquiere (R.) Toxemie ou bacteriemie, therapie active ou expectation. Ann. de gynec. et d'obst., Par., 1912, 2. s., ix, 357-365.—Lavis (H. J. J.) Physiological disequilibrium or chronic toxe- mias and the principles of their treatment. Am. J. Phy- siol. Therap., Chicago, 1911-12, ii, 84-91. — MeKeown (W.) Application of the principle of osmosis to the treat- ment of toxaemia. Canad. Pract.. Toronto. 1898, xxiii, 1-9.—Maclean (I.C.) & Harston (L. deC.) Acaseof toxaemiaof uncertain origin, and its treatment by sea-wa- ter injection. Lancet, Lond., 1911, ii, 361.—Morse (F.H.) The mechano-therapy of autointoxication. J. Advanc. Therap.,N.Y., 1908,xxvi, 79-82.—dePoehl (A.) Points TOXEMIA. 398 TOXICITY Toxaemia (Treatment of). de vue nouveaux concernant la therapeutique des auto- intoxications provoquees par surmenage ou parsurexci- tation des nerfs (neurasthenie, hysterie, etc.). Cong, in- ternat. de med. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, de therap., 50-52.-----. Autointoksikatsii vslledstviye pe- reutomieniva nervnol i mishechnol tkani i organo- terapiya. "[Auto-intoxications in consequence of ex- haustion of the nerve and muscle tissue and organo- therapy.] J. med. khim. i organoterap., S.-Peterb., 1909, vii, 29-34.—Shepard (C. H.) Auto-intoxication and its treatment. Tr. Mississippi Valley M. Ass. 1901, Kansas City, 1903, iii, 169-177. Also: Therap. Month., Phila., 1902, ii, 55-58. Also, Reprint. — Skelton (L. L.) The general toxaemias and their treatment. Clin. Rev., Chicago, 1901-2, xv, 1-10.—Stern (H.) Autointoxication and its treatment. Med. Standard, Chicago, 1904, xxvii, 109: 167; 225; 286; 341; 410; 472; 516; 587; 649: 1905, xxviii, 16.—V'andeiliool (D.) Acid-intoxications and their therapeutic indication. Old Dominion J. M. & S., Rich- mond, 1910, x, 261-269.—Wood (J. C.) Gastro-intestinal auto-intoxication and mucous enterocolitis from the view- point of surgery; with illustrative cases. Surg.,Gynec.& Obst., Chicago, 1910, xi, 225-240, 1 pl.—Zimmer (A.) Zur Therapie enterogener Erkrankungen. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1912, lxii, 1350-1355. Toxaemia in animals. Baumgarten (A.) & Popper (H.) Experimen- telle Untersuchungen iiber Azetonurie beim Hunde. Zentralbl. f. Physiol., Leipz. u. Wien, 1906, xx, 377-381.— Fish (P. A.), Backus (L. S.) & Giltner (W.) An unusual case of canine toxemia. Am. Vet. Rev., N. Y., 1906-7, xxx, 966-968.—John It (M.) Acetonamie beim Rinde. Munchen. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1911, lv, 301; 321.— Sacquepee&Loiseleur. Sur les infections sanguines autogenesou heterogSnes chez les animaux a l'etat nor- mal. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1907, lxii, 946-948.— Smythe (E. R.) Mammary toxaemia or pseudo milk fever. Vet. Rec, Lond., 1907-8, xx, 174. Toxaemia in children. See, also, Toxaemia (Acid) in children. Crisafi (D.) Sulla iraportanza del fegato e sugli effetti che in esso si determinano nelle tossi-infezioni gastro-intestinali dei bambini. 8°. Messina, 1905. Bokenham (T. J.) The serumtherapy of blood poi- soning; a plea for exactitude in the use of antistrepto- coccus serum. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1897, i, 1277.—Bon- jour. Reponse k M. Combe sur son travail: L'auto- intoxication intestinale. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1903, xxiii, 104-116. [Discussion], 117-120.— Combe. L'auto-intoxication intestinale. Arch.demed. d. enf., Par., 1904, vii, 1; 65. Also [Abstr.]: Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1903, v, 223-237.—Concetti (L.) Sulla eura delle tossi-infezioni gastro-intestinali acute nei bam- bini. Riv. di clin. pediat., Firenze, 1903, i, 688-697 — Davis (Effa V.) Toxemia and eclampsia in the new- born babe. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lviii, 1676-1678.— Downey (J. M.) Toxemia in the new-born simulating cerebral hemorrhage. i&id.,1908, li,1232—Fischer (L.) A case of intestinal toxemia with somnolence and head- ache. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1904, xxi, 926-928.—Geohe- gan (W. A.) The auto-toxaemias of childhood. Med. Century, N. Y. & Chicago, 1906, xiv, 353-355.— Hainill (S. M'C.) Auto-intoxication, with the report of a case in an infant of fifteen months. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1898, xv, 321-329.—Hattield (M. P.) The significance and trertment of high temperature in the toxemias of young children. Chicago Clinic, 1902, xv, 49; 89.—Jennings (C. G.) A case of autointoxication with neutral magne- sium phosphate in the urine. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1903, xx, 170-175.—King (G.) The fatality at Chefoo school. China ,M. Miss. J., Shanghai, 1902, xvi, 179-187.—Londe (P.) Evolution, formes et traitement de l'auto-infection broncho-intestinale chez le nouveau-n6. Presse med., Par., 1908, xvi, 147-149.—Marian. L'auto-intoxication intestinale; rapport sur un travail de M. le Dr. Combe. Ann. de med. et chir. inf., Par., 1903, vii, 620-631.—Morse (J. L.) Intestinal toxemia in the new-born. Am. J. Dis. Child., Chicago, 1912, iv, 229-233.—Pinto (J.) O regi- men dietetico no tratamen.to da toxi-infeccao intestinal das creaneas. Brazil-med., Rio de Jan., 1905, xix, 124.— Rachibrd (B. K.) Gastrointestinal toxemia.' Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1904-5, xxi, 666; 681. Also: Tr. Am. Pe- diat. Soc. 1904, N. Y., 1905, xvi, 91-102.—Thomas. Re- flexions sur l'auto-intoxication digestive et son traite- ment. Rev. mens. d. mal. de l'enf., Par., 1905, xxiii, 2s9; 353.—Tossinfezione acuta. Osp. d. bambini in Milano. Rendic, 1899-1901, 155-165.—Tossinfezione cronica. Ibid., 165-186. Toxalbumins. See, also, Gonorrhoea (Causes of). Benecli (E.) Toxalbumine retiree'de la chair d'an- guille de riviere. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1899, cxxviii, 833-*3i;.—Boix (E.) & Noe (J.) Essai de neu- tralisation de quelques toxalbumines par l'hvposulfite de soude dans l'organisme animal. Arch, gen." de med., Toxalbumins. Par., 1902, n.s., vii, 43-57. Also [Abstr.]: Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1902, 11. s., iv, 2'.'.— Flexner (S.) The pathologic changes caused by certain so-called tox- albumins; an experimental study. Tr. Path. Soc. Phila. (1893-5), 1896, xvii, 212-231. Also: Med. News, Phila., 1894, lxv, 116-124. Also, Reprint. -----. The lesions caused by certain so-called toxalbumins. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1894, v, 83. -----. The pathology of toxalbumin intoxication. Ibid., 1897, vi, 259-409, 4 pl.— Rehns (J.) Contribution a I'etude des toxalbumines vcgetalcs. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1902, 11. s., iv, 89-91.—Shick (Mary McD.) Intoxication from tox- albumins and other toxins. Penn. M. J., Pittsburg, 1899-1900, iii, 190-193.—SjOqvist (J.) Om nagra giftiga iigghvitekroppar. [On some poisonous albuminous bodies (toxalbumin) .1 Hygiea, Stockholm, 1890, Hi, 435- 441.—Tichomirolt (T.) Ueber die Fallung von Toxal- buminen durch Nucle'insaure. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1895, xxi, 90-96.—Tissier. (P.) Les albumines toxiques. Ann. de med. seient. etprat., Par., 1891, i, 27; 42. Toxicity. Boruttau (H.) Zur Kenntnis der Herabsetzung von Giftwirkungen durch Eiweiss. Biochem. Ztschr. Berl., 1912, xliii, 418-423.—Cameron (F. K.) & Brea- zeale (J. F.) The toxic action of acids and salts on seedlings. J. Phys. Chem., Ithaca, 1904, viii, 1; 131.— Cesa Bianchi (D.) Ricerche sull' azione tossica di alcuni organi; la tossicita degli estratti di organi lin- fatici. Path. Riv. quindicin., Genova. 1910-11, iii, 223- 228.—Clark (J. F.) Electrolytic dissociation and toxic effect. J. Phys. Chem., Ithaca, 1899, iii, 263-316.—Dan- deno (J. B.) The relation of mass action and physical affinity to toxicity, with incidental discussion as to how far electrolytic dissociation may be involved. Am. J. Sc, N. Haven, 1904, xvii, 437-458.—Davis (O. C. M.) The relationship between toxicity and chemical reac- tivity in certain benzene derivatives. Bristol M.-Chir. J., 1912, xxx, 237-247.—Desgrez (A.) Influence de la constitution chimique sur la toxicite des nitrites et des amides. Compt rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1911, cliii, 895- 898.—Griitzner (P.) Ueber die Bestimmung der Gif- tigkeit verschiedener Stoffe. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1893, xix, 1369.— Hebert (A.) Toxicite des sels de chrome, d'aluminium et de magnesium; leur action sur diverses fermentations; comparaison avec les proprietes analogues des terres rares. J. de physiol. et de path, gen., Par., 1907, ix, 751-758.—Heymans (J. F.) Ueber die relative Giftigkeit der Oxal-, Malon-, Bern- stein- und Brenzweinsiiure, sowie ihrer Natriumsalze. Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1889, 168-170.—Investiga- ciones (Las) quimico-legales en la Isla de Cuba. Cr6n. med.-quir. de la Habana, 1903, xxix, 12; 39; 64; 78.— Jotf'roy (A.) eVisscher.— Burg (G.) Zur Kasuistik der Vergiftungen. Fried- reich's Bl. f. gerichtl. Med., Nurnb., 1902, liii, 438-449.— Burnett (S. G.) & Royer (J. E.) Unrecognized clini- cal forms of common drug poisoning. [Atropia; ab- sinthe; veronal; bromo-delirium.] Oklahoma M. News- Jour., 1912, xx, 73-84. — Casos curiosos de envenena- mento. Rev. portugueza de med. e cirurg. prat., Lisb., 1896-7, i, 155.— Cliampeaux (M.) Une affaire des poisons en milieu regimentaire. Caducee, Par., 1910, x, 89.—Ctaarpentier (A. E. L.) Murder by morphine and chloroform; suicide by illuminating gas. Lancet, Lond., 1910, ii, 885.—Claxton (G. E.) An obscure case of poisoning. Indian M. Rec, Calcutta, 1901, xx, 35.— (illusion (C. G.) The medico-legal aspect and criminal procedure in the poison cases of the XVI. eenturv. Med.- Leg. J., N. Y., 1905-6, xxiii, 173-183.—Dcmuth. An- klage gegen einen homoopatischen Arzt wegen fahrlas- siger todtlicher Vergiftung eines Kindes durch Arznei- mittel. Vereinsbl. d. pfalz. Aerzte, Frankenthal, 1894, x, 161-164—Dervaux. Deux cas d'intoxication medica- menteuse. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, lsv»9, i, 259-262.— I»e Vissciier, Van Vyve & Dcbaisicux. Affaire ,I[oniauxl; triple empoisonnemeiit; rapports medico- legaux: documents. Ann. s»-. de raed. leg. de Belg., Charleroi, 1895-6, vii, 13; 71. See, also, supra, Bruy- lants— Domiiierliold (E. J.) Eenige vergiftigingsge- vallenuitdepraktijk. Tijdschr. v. veeartsenijk. Maand- bl., Utrecht. 1906-7, xxxiv, 727-731.-Doremus (R.-O.) Changes in the manner of conducting cases of crim- inal poisoning. Tr. Pan-Am. M. Cong. 1893, Wash., lxy5. pt. 2,2146-2149.—Duke (J.) Acaseof atropine poisoning j and a doubtful one of stramonium poisoning. Lancet, I Vxicology (Cases in) [including medicolegal on. Sur quelques cas d'intoxication. Centre med. et pharm., Gannet, 1909-10, xv, 264-267.—[Harris (The) murder trial.] Iowa M. J., Des Moines, 1896-7, ii, 323- 325— Hellwig (A.) Volkskundliches und Kriminal- psychologisches aus dem Prozess der Giftmorderin Ge- sche Margarete Gottfried, hingerichtet im Jahre 1831 in Bremen. Arch. f. Krim.-Anthrop. u. Kriminalist., Leipz., 1911, xli, 54-66—Hendrix. Tentative d'empoisonne- ment; un cas de tentative non punissable. Ann. Soc. de med. leg. de Belg., Charleroi, 1894-5, vi, 204-213.—Hicks (J.) A ease of poisoning; recovery. Practice, Richmond, 1896,x, 89. — Jlildebrandt ( H. ) Ueber Fehlerquel- lenbeimgerichtlich-medizinischen Nachweis von Giften. Klin.-therap. Wchnschr., Berl., 1912, xix, 1277-1281. — Homicide by carbolic acid. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1900, xxxv, 1029.—Is Jane Toppan responsible? Boston M. & S. J., 1902, cxlvii, 27.—Johnson (J. B.) Poisoned by a mixture of bromide of potassium and tincture of opium. South. Clinic, Richmond, 1890, xiii, 74.—Kava- lier (K.) Vykop&ni mrtvoly ctyfi nedele po pohfbu: domnele otraveni. [Digging up of body 4 weexs after interment; suspicion of poisoning.] Casop. lek. 6esk., v Praze, 1869, viii, 147-149.—Kob. Ein forensischer Fall von todtlicher Vergiftung, weleher nur durch Zufall zur Aufklarung und Suhne kam. Vrtljschr. f. gerichtl. Med., Berl., 1899, 3. F., xvii, 304-311.—Lande. Les empoison- nementsd'Andernos; rapport m^dieo-legal. J.de med.de Bordeaux, 1904, xxxiv, 801-806.—LatrulFe-Colonib. Quel etait le principe le plus actif des poisons qu'em- ployait la Brinvilliers? Chron. med., Par., 1908, xv, 641- 645.—Leonpaeher (J.) Chloroform- und Carbolsaure- vergiftung. Friedreich's Bl. f.gerichtl. Med., Numb., 1900, li, 122-127.—Lesser (A.) Ueber die Vertheilung einiger Gifte im menschlichen Korper. Vrtljschr.f.gerichtl. Med., Berl., 1897, 3. F., xiv, 287: xv, 27; 261: xvi, 60.—Little (W. T.) A curious case of potash and arsenic poisoning. Colorado M. J., Denver, 1898, iv, 326.—Littlejolin (H.) Poisoningorstrangulation? Edinb. M. J., 1*99, n. s, v,480- 484.—Littre (M.-T.-E.) De la toxicologie dans l'histoire et de la mort d' Alexandre. In his: Medecine et medecins, 8°, Par., 1872,393-428.-----. Henrietted'Angleterre, belle- soeur de Louis XIV, est-elle morte empoisonnee? Ibid., 429-474.—L.ttfol(V.) Mergezesi esetek. [Casesof poison- ing.] Budapesti orv. ujsag, 1904, ii, 433; 456. -----. Toxi: kologiai iegvzetek a budapesti mentoegyesiilet 1908. evi mergezesi adatainak ismertetese kapesan. [Toxicolog- ical note apropos of the poisoning cases treated in 1908 by the Budapest Free Aid Society.] Ibid., 1909, vii, 699- 704.—Loeweiitl»al(.T.L.) Arznei-Intoxicationen. The- rap. Wchnschr., Wien, 1897, iv, 727; 748; 775; 806; 830; 860.— JHaratfliano (E.) Tre casi d' intossicazione. Pensiero med., Milano, 1912, ii, 121-123.—^lareelll (L.) Avvele- namento o isterismo? Pratica d. med., Napoli, 1910-11, xi, 97-109.—Max well (J. P.) Some poisoning cases. China M. J., Shanghai, 1908, xxii,290-292.—Mead (R.M.) The cases of acute (non-alcoholic) poisoning. Methodist TOXICOLOGY. 401 TOXICOLOGY. Toxicology (Cases in) [including medico-hgal aspects]. Episcop. Hosp. Rep. 1887-97, N. Y., 1898, i, 414-431.—Meu- rer (F.) Ein Beitrag zur Toxikologie. Mag. f. d. Staats- arznk., Leipz., 1846, v, 157-161.—Mo I itoris. Toxikolo- gische Mitteilungen. Vrtljschr. f. gerichtl. Med., Berl., 1907, xxxiii, Suppl.-Hft., 218-222.—Mott(H. A.) Somatic death by poison. Bull. Med.-Leg. Cong. 1895, N. Y., 1898, 38- 45. Also: Med.-Leg. J., N. Y., 1895-6, xiii, 149-156.— Nacke (P.) Toxikologisches. Arch.f. Krim.-Anthrop. u. Krimi- nalist., Leipz., 1906, xxv, 373-375. —Neseniann. Die Massenvergiftungen in Berlin zu Ende des Jahres 1911. Ztschr. f. Med.-Beamte, Berl., 1912, xxv, 42-46.—O. Der Giftmordprozess Danval. Pharm. Ztg., Berl., 1902, xlvii, 339.—O'Connor (B. F.) Exhibition of stomach and its contents from a case of supposed poisoning. Kentucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1910, viii, 1786.—Ozanne (G.) Three years' experience in toxicology in British Guiana. Brit. Guiana M. Ann., Demerara, 1893, 6-1-68.—Paul (G.) Natiirlicher Tod? Opiumvergiftung? Strichninvergif- tung? Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1893, xviii, 197-200.— Pause. Ein Vergiftungsfall aus eigenartigem Anlass. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1903, xxix, 354.—Physician not liable for injury resulting from druggist's mistake in compounding a solution. Med.-Leg. Bull., Fort Wayne, 1907-8, v, 82-86— Poisoninii cases and inquests. Pharm. J., Lond., 1901, 4. s., xiii, 55.— Prentiss (D. W.) Report of cases of poisoning from exalgine, cannabis indica, arsenic and camphor. Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1892, xvi, 103-106. Also, Reprint.—Pas- cual (J.) Por mal camino. Bol. mens. d. Col. dem6d.de Gerona, 1906, xi, 105-110.—R. Gerechtelijk-geneeskun- dige opmerkingen over vergiftiginyen. Tijdschr. v. in- land. Geneesk., Batavia, 18;i7, v, 5; 67: 1898, vi, 20.— RaflPaele (A.) Giudizio sulla causa del decesso di sig- nora morta con sospetto di avvelenamento, nei cui visceri l'analisi chimica rinvenne la presenza del mercurio. In his: Clin, de med. leg., 8°, Napoli, 1900, 1-16. -----. Giu- dizio sulla causa del decesso di individuo morto con sospetto di avvelenamento, nei cui visceri 1' analisi chi- mica rinvenne la presenza dell' arsenico. Ibid., 17-30. -----. Giudizio sulla causa della morte di donna cui venne amministrato un farmaco invece di un altro. Ibid., 2. s., 136-lts.—Rawlings (J. D.) Cases of acute poisoning by atropine, carbolic acid, potassium bichro- mate, and aconite. St. Barth. Hosp. J., Lond., 1896-7, iv, 102-104.—Robertson-Milne (C. J.) The frequency of poisoning in Calcutta, with some illustrative cases. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1902, xxxvii, 207-211.—Roger (H.) Les intoxications. Presse med., Par., 1910, xviii, 857-859.—Rokblin (L. L.) Smieshannoye otravleniye bornol kislotol, lavrovishnevimi kaplyami i iodnol na- stolkol. [Combined poisoning by boric acid, poison- laurel drops, and tincture of iodine.] Ejened. jour. "Prakt. med.," St. Petersb., 1899, vi, 887-889.—de Ryckere (R.) Affaire Joniaux. Arch, d'anthrop. crim., Lyon & Par., 1895, x, 641-747.—Salomonson (H. W.) Perizia in un processo di tentativo di avvelena- mento per arsenico. Gazz. med. lomb., Milano, 1907, lxvi, 81-84.—Sainesreuther. Eine angebliche Vergiftung. Mag. f. d. staatsarznk., Leipz., 1845, iv, 87-129.—Sarci- nelli ( F.) Oservazioni cliniche sulle intossicazioni. Riv. internaz. di clin. e terap., Napoli, 1909, iv, 271- 275._Sartori(L.) Caso stranodi avvelenamento. Boll. d. Ass. med. tridentina, Trento, 1887, vi, 135-137.—Sau- vage & Loremus (R.O.) Can chemical analysis convict poisoners? Forum, N. Y., 1893, xvi, 229-239.—England (J. W.) Coffee and tea as precipitants for poisons. Sanitarian, N. Y., 1902, xlix, 218-221. — Faust (E. S.) Darstellung und Nach- weis tierischer Gifte. In: Handbuch der biochemischen Arbeitsmethoden (Abderhalden),8°,Berl.,1910,ii,pt.2,815- 903.—Flrgau (F.) DieAnwendungdes §224desStrafge- setzbuches bei der Beurtheilung der durch Gifte verur- sachten Gesundheitsbeschiidigungen. Aerztl. Saohverst.- Ztg., Berl., 1899, v, 486-489.—Grlgoryeff (A. V.> O raz- rushenii organicheskikh veshtshestv pri sudebno-khi, micheskikh analizakh. [Destruction of organic sub- stances in medico-forensic analyses.] Vestnik obsh- hig., sudeb. i prakt. med., St. Petersb,, 1904, 517-528. Also [Abstr.]: Obshtshestvo Russk. Vrach. v pam. Piro- gova. Trudi . . . Syezda, St.-Peterb., 1904, i, 319.-----. O luchshikh sposobakh konservirovaniya organov i so- derzhimavo ikh dlya poslleduyushtshavo mikroskopi- cheskavo i khimich'eskavo analiza. [The best methods of preserving the organs and their contents to perform microscopic and chemical analysis.] Ibid., 320-322.— tiurrlerl (R.) Sull' uso degli infusori per la comprova di piceolissime quantity di veleni. Riv. di med. leg., Milano, 1898-9, ii, 310— Harnack (E.) Ueber die all- gemeine Behandlung von Vergiftungen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1910, xxxvi, 105-110.—He r- ber (C.) Zwei Fiille von Vergiftungserscheinungen. Deutsche zahniirztl. Wchnschr., Berl., 1904, vii, 61.— Kionka (H. ) Zur Kritik toxikologischer Unter- suchungen; pathologische Befunde an scheinbar nor- malen Hunden. Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl., 1910, xvi, 45-60.—Robert (R.) Ueber die Bedeutung des biologischen Giftnachweises fiir die gerichtliche Me- dizin. Ber. d. deutsch. pharm. Gesellsch., Berl., 1903, xiii, 325-336. — Kohn (C. A.) The application of electrolysis to the detection of mineral poisons. J. San. Inst., Lond., 1894-5, xv, 691-69L—Kratter (J.) Ueber Giftwanderung in Leichen und die Moglich- keit des Giftnachweises bei spiiter Enterdigung. Vrtlj- schr. f. gerichtl. Med., Berl., 1907, xxxiii, Suppl.-Hft., 119-135.—Lander (G. D.) & Winter (H. W.) The de- tection of poisonous metals. Analyst, Lond., 1908, xxxiii, 450-457.—Lecha-Marzo (A.) La prueba mi- croquimica en el diagn6stico medico-legal de los en- venenamentos. Gac. med. d. Sur de Espafia, Granada, 1909, xxvii, 100; 135; 162; 184. -----. Microehimie toxi- cologique; nouvelles recherches sur la germination des cristaux. Belgique med., Gand, 1910, xvii, 231-233.— Lictt'iiianii (H.) What druggists can do to assist in detecting cases of poisoning. Am. J. Pharm., Phila., 1903, lxxv, 51-56. — Lentz. Des ivresses anormales et pathologiques; etiologie, diagnostic et medecine legale. Bull. Acad. roy. de niexi. de Belg., Brux., 1898, 4. s., xii, 630-640.—Iieprinee (M.) Action du persulfate d'am- moniaque dissous dans l'acide sulfurique concentr.6 et etendu sur certains corps et speeialement sur ceux sus- ceptibles d'etre rencontres dans les recherches toxi- cologiques. Cong, internat. de med. C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de med. leg., 76-84.—Le win (L.) Die Toxikologie vor Gericht, ein Beitrag zur Sachverstandigenfrage. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1896, xxii, 257. -----. Comment se produisent les empoisonnements par les produits chimiques et comment on les combat. Rev. seient., Par., 1911, i, 33-40.— McCarthy (D. J.) The changes in peripheral nerves produced by toxic substances applied to the skin; a medico-legal study. Univ. Penn. M. Bull., Phila., 1903-4, xvi, 39-42.—Madia (E.) Le reazioni microchimiche; contributo al nuovo metodo per la ricerca chimico-legale dei veleni. Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 1906, n. s., xxviii, 839; 890.— Magnin (G.) Nouvelle methode de destruction le la matiere organique par le brome, applicable specialement en toxicologie. J. de pharm. et de chim., Par., 1911, 7. s., iv, 302-306.—Magnus (R.) Kann man den Angriffs- punkt eines Giftes durch antagonistische Giftversuche bestimmen? Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1908, exxiii, 99-112.—Malvoz (E.) Les lesions anatomiques chez les empoisonn6s. Ann. Soc. de med. leg. de Belg., Charleroi, 1895-6, vii, 221-231.—Mariscal (N.) Sur la localisation des poisons. [Rap.] Cong, internat. de med. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, demed. leg. ettoxicol., 34-45.—Martin (O.) Methode generale de traitement des empoisonnements aisrus. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1904, cxlviii, 772-775.—Maru bi. [A case of change of form of the fundus of the eye by internal poison- ing.] Igaku Chuwo Zasshi, Tokyo, 1905-6, 661-670. ----- Utilites de la fixation des doses minima mortelles. Ibid., 955-957.—Ottolengtoi(S.) Alterazioni del sangue in alcuni avvelenamenti; contributo di semeiotica fo- rense. Gazz. med. di Torino, 1893, xliv, 995-1001.— Pagel. Nouveau proeede de destruction des matieres organiques applicable en toxicologie. Union pharm., Par., 1900, xli, 296-298.—Panzer (T.) Ueber den foren- sischen Nachweis neuerer Arzneimittel. Apoth.-Ztg., Berl 1906 xxi, 388.—Pohl (I.) Ueber Allantoinaus- TOXICOLOGY. 405 TOXINS. Toxicology (Methods in). scheidung bei lntoxieationen. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1902, Leipz., 1903, ii, 2. Hlfte., 78.—Keese (J.J.) The post-mortem imbibition of poi- sons in its medico-legal bearings. Med. News, Phila., 1890, lvi, 34-39.—Boncoronl (S.) Moditicazioni del modo di cristallizzare di una soluzione, dovute a traccie di alcune sostanze organiche ed inorganiche. Atti d. xi. Cong. med. internaz. 1894, Roma, 1895, v, med. leg., 37- 48. — Russwiirm. Quantitative Bestimmung von ChloralhvdratundMorphin beiLeichenuntersuehungen. Pharm. Centralhalle, Dresd., 1899, n. F., xx, 543. — Saccone (G.) Studio ematologieo e serologico negli avvelenamenti croniei da ossido di earbonio, idrogeno sol- forato, piombo, solfuro di earbonio, cromo ed antimonio, Ann. di med. nav., Roma, 1909, ii, 361-413, 1 pl.—Sehae- ler (A.) Eine dunm die Anstrichfarbedes Abzuges ver- ursachte Verunreinigung des Untersuchungsgegenstan- des bei einer toxikologischen Analyse. Ztschr. f. Unter- such. d. Nahrungs- u. Genussmittel, Berl., 1912, xxiv, 403.—Schreier (C. F.) Sind chemische Untersuchun- gen, welche in Vergiftungsfallen zur Constatirung des Giftmordes nothig werden, bei besetzter Gerichtsbank vorzunehmen? Mag. f. d. Staatsarznk., Leipz., 1845, iv, 46-59.—Sitsen (A. E.) Welche Fliissigkeit soil man ftir die Konservierung von Organen bei Vergiftung ge- brauehen? Janus, Harlem, 1912, xvii, 610-614.—Soil- man i T.) Coffee and tea as precipitants for poisons. J. M. Research, Bost., 1902, n. s., ii, 43-5:;.—Speranski (A.) Ob otnoshenii nlekotorikh produktov zhiznedle- yatelnosti patogennikh i nepatogennikh bakteriy k reak- tivam, upotreblyayemim dlyaotkritiyarastitelnikh alka- lo'idov pri otravleniyakh. [On the relation of certain products of pathogenic and nonpathogenic bacteria to reagents used to discover vegetable alkaloids in poison- ing cases.] Izvlest. Imp. Tomsk. Univ., 1896, ix, no. 8, 1-15.—Sticker (G.) Vergiftungen vom Mastdarm und von der Scheide aus. Arch. f. Krim.-Anthrop. u. Krimi- nalist., Leipz., 1898-9, i, 290-305.—Strassmann (F.) Ueber den anatomischen Nachweis forensiseher Ver- giftungen. Veroffentl. d. Hufeland. Gesellsch. in Berl. Vortr. (1894), 1895, 55-70. Also: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1895, xxxii, 425-430.—%'amossy (Z.) A toxicologiai chemia nehany fontosabb fejezeterol. [Some weighty points in toxicological chemistry.] Orvosi hetil., Buda- pest, 1906,1, 336.—Varshavski (E. S.) K voprosu o razrushenii organicheskikh veshtshestv smlesyu siernol i azotnol kislot pri sudebno-khimicheskikh analizakh. [Destruction of organic substances by a mixture of sul- phuric and nitric acids in forensic chemical analyses.] Vestnik obsh. hig., sudeb. i prakt. med., St. Petersb., 1905,664-683.—Vital! (D.) De la investigaci6n del acido nitrico libre en el caso de envenenamiento. Monitor de la farm, y de la terap., Madrid, 1898, iv, 707-709. -----. Su di alcune riforme da introdursi negli studi di medi- cina legale ed in specie di chimica tossologica, e sui me- todi di scelta dei periti giudiziari. Riv. di med. leg., Milano, 1898-9, ii, 377.—Wall€. Weshalb ist der Lei- chenbefund nach Tod in Folge von akuten Vergiftungen wie durch Morphium, Opium, Chloral, selbst Chloroform, ein negativer? Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl., 1897, iii, 51.—von Wyss (H.) Ueber den gerichtlichen Nach- weis der Vergiftungen an der Leiche. Verhandl. d. Ge- sellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1899, Leipz., 1900, lxxi, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 555-559. Toxicology (Veterinary). See, also, Poisons ( Vegetable). FrShner (E.) Lehrbuch der Toxikologie fiir Thieriirzte. 8°. Stuttgart, 1K94. ------. The same. 2. Aufl. 8°. Stuttgart, 1901. ------. The same. 3. umgearbeitete Aufl. 4°. Stuttgart, 1910. Mosselman (G.) & Kebrant (G.) Precis de toxicologie veterinaire. 8°. Bruxelles dc Paris, 1895. Nunx (J. A.) Veterinary toxicology. 8°. London, 1907. Bermbach. Vergiftungen. Veroffentl. a. d. J.- Vet.-Ber. d. beamt. Tierarzte Preuss. 1902, Berl., 1904, iii, pt. 2, 24-30.—Devay. Contribution a I'etude des locali- sations convulsives chez les animaux intoxiqu6s. Cong. d. med. alienistes et neurol. de France . . . Proc.-verb. [etc.] 1894, Par., 1895, v, 341-345.—IChrenhard (J.) Ueber Vergiftungen bei Pferden. Wchnschr. f. Thierh. u. Viehzucht, Munchen, 1898, xlii, 429-433—Friedburg (L. H.) The action of poisons upon animals. Am. Vet Rev., N.Y., 1895-6, xix, 397-100—Ciohler. Giftnaehweis imTierkorper. Berl.tierarztl.Wchnschr., 1905,47.—.) & Weil (E.) Untersehiede zwischen aggressiven Exsudaten und Bakterienextrakten. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. Jetc], 1. Abt., Jena, 1905-6, xl, 371-37*.—Baldwin (E. R.) & Levene (P. A.) The action of proteolytic enzymes on bacterial toxines. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1901, n.s., i, 120-134. — Basliford (E. F.) The quantitative and qualitative relations of toxin and antitoxin. Lancet, Lond., 1903, ii, 1076-1081.— Hand ran (G.) Preparation chimique des antidotes des alcaloides et des toxines. Bull. gen. de therap. (etc.], Par., 1907, cliii, 913-922 — Bauer (K.) Ueber die Rolle der sogenannten lokalen Toxine bei der Sepsis. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1902, xxviii, Ver.-Beil., 99— Beeliliold (H.) Die elektrische Ladung von Toxin und Antitoxin. Miin- ehen. med. Wchnschr., 1907, liv, 1921.—Bellanti (S.) & Carbone (T.) Produzionedisostanze tossiche nei siero di animali inoculati con sangne eterogeneo. Gior. d. r. Accad.di med. diTorino,1898,4.s., xlvi. 321-324.—Benecli (E.) Delaformationdestoxinesstomacales. ('ong.frane. demed. 1895, Par., 1896, ii,441-445.—Berger (E.) Action des toxines sur la secretion lacrymale; pathogenie de la keratomalacie survenant dans les maladies infectieuses. Compt. rend. Soe. debiol., Par., 1894, 10. s., i, 279— Ber- lolini (A.) Comportamento della tensione superriciale nella unione di tossina con antitossina. Ann. d. 1st. Maragliano p. la cura d. tuberc. [etc.], Genova, 1910, iv, 122-132.—Bessau (G.) Ueber die Differenzierung bak- terieller Gifte. Miinehen. mecl. Wchnschr., 1912, lix, 802-804.—Bielonovski i G.) K voprosu o vliyanii tok- sinov na klletoehniye element! organizma. [Influence of toxins upon the cellular elements of the organism.] Kharkov. M. J., 1907, iv, 435-466. Also, transl.: Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1907, v, 65-98.—Bierry (H.) Recherches sur les injections de sang et de serum cytotoxiques au chien. Compt. rend. Soe. de biol., Par., 1901, U.S., iii, 839.—Bierry (H.), Pettit (A.) & Selia-tler (G.) Nephro- et hepatotoxines; sur l'aetion des serums nephro- et hepatotoxiques. Ibid., 1907, lxiii, 5C6-569.—Billz (W.) Ueber Chemie und Kolloidchemie der Toxin-Anti- toxinreaktionen. Med.-naturw. Arch., Berl. u. Wien. 1907, i, 345-366.-Biltz (\\\), Mueli (H.) & Siebert (C.) Experimentelle Beitrage zu einer Adsorptions- theorie der Toxinneutralisirung und verwandter Vor- giinge. Beitr. z. exper. Therap., Berl., 1906, 10. Hft.. 30- 54— BjiJrksten (M.) Die Einwirkung einiger Bakte- TOXINS. 407 TOXINS. Toxins [and Antitoxins], rien und ihrer Toxine auf den Herzmuskel. Arb. a. d. path. Inst. d. Univ. Helsingfors, Berl., 1905, i, 345-378.— Boeri (G.) Sulla immunita acquisita pei veleni non batterici. N. riv. clin.-terap., Napoli, 1905, viii, 169; 249.— Boliland (KA Ueber die chemotaktische Wirkung der Toxine des Bact. typhi und des Baet. coli commune auf die Leukoevteu. Centralbl. f. innere Med., Leipz., 1899, xx, 409-414.—Hordet (J.) Sur le mode d'action des antitoxines sur les toxines. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1903, xvii. 161-186.—Bouchard (C.) Sur le role des poisons d'origine microbienne dans les maladies infec- tieuses. Gaz.hebd.de med., Par., 1889,2.s.,xxvi, 120-122.— Brieger ( L.) Baeterien und Krankheitsgifte. Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1889, xxxiv, 464; 475. Also, transl.: Fi- ziol. sbornik (Danilevski), Kharkov, 1891, ii, 537-562.— Brown (J. J.G.) On the toxins which act on the nerv- ous svstem, and on the means of counter-acting and eliminating them. Scot. M. & S. J., Edinb* 1899, iv, 490- 509.—Brow n (W. M.) Toxins and the liver. Buffalo M. J., 1909-10, lxv, 690-5%.—Brink (C.) Ueber die Bin- dungsverhaltnisse von Toxin und Antitoxin im homolo- gen Organismus; ein Beitrag zur Frage der antitoxischen Therapie mit homologem Tetanus-Antitoxin. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infectionskrankh., Leipz., 1906, xlix, 282-286.— Brunner (.1.) Badania nad dzialaniem toksyn bakte- ryjnyeh i roSlinnych. [Researches on the action of toxins from bacteria and plants.] Medycyna, Warszawa, 1897,xxv, 621; 644; 668. -----. O stosunku toksyny do antytoksyny. [Relationship between toxin and antitoxin.] Kron. lek., Warszawa, 1905, xxvi,549; 581; 613; 654; 706. Also, transl: Arch, internat. de Pharmacol., Brux. et Par., 1908, xviii, 15- 28.—Burke (J.) Cognate principles to neutralize specific toxins in the treatment of disease. Dietet. & Hyg. Gaz., N. Y., 1908, xxiv, 533. -----. Elimination of toxins. Med. Fortnightly, St. Louis, 1908, xxxiv, 392.—Busson (B.) Studien iiber die Gift wirkung der Extrakte aus Organen normaler, vorbehandelter und hungernder Tiere. Cen- tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.],l. Abt., Jena, 1912. lxv, Orig., 142-146.—Calmette (A.) Contribution a I'etude des toxines et des serums antitoxiques. Arch, de med. nav., Par., 1895, lxiii, 425-455. -----. Toxines et antitoxines. Bull, med., Par., 1895, ix, 1061-1064. -----. Du r61e des toxines dans les infections. Ibid., 1897, xi, 881-883. -----. Manifestations toxiques et antitoxiques de Teconomie. Ibid., 1900, xiv, 57-59— Cappellani (S.) Dell' azione protetti va dei leucociti contro i veleni batterici. Riforma med., Roma, 1903, xix, 1345-1348.—Carpi (W.) Con- tributo all' analisi delle tossine per mezzo degli enzimi digestivi. Osp. magg. Riv. seient.-prat. d. . . . di Milano, 1907, ii, 535-543—< arriere (G.) Etude experimentale sur le sort des toxines et des antitoxines introduites dans le tube digestif des animaux. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1899, xiii, 435-443.—Caruso (F.) Sugli effetti delle infezioni di tossine nella vagina e nell' utero a mucosa integra negli animali da esperimento. Cong, period, de gynec. et d'obst. C.-r 1902, Florence.Rome, 1904, iv, 902- 913. Also, Reprint.— Casagrandi (O. Sulla ricerca delle tossine baeteriehe negli organi. Bull. d. Soc. Lan- cisiana d. osp. di Roma, 1902-3, xxii, fasc. 2, 56-65.—Ce- coni (A.) Le citotossine. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1901, xxii, 209-214 — Centaiini (K.) & Ravenna (F.) Sul siero cardio-tossico. Atti Accad. d. sc. med. e nat. in Ferrara, 1900-1901, lxxv, 211.—Clianteniesse (A.) & Lamy (H.) Contribution a 1'et.ude des effets des toxines microbiennes sur le cceurisol^ (toxine typhique, toxine dipht6rique). Cong, internat. de med. C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de path, gen., 137-162.—Cliarrin (A.) Secretions cellulaires; influence des toxines sur Involution des mi- crobes. Arch, de physiol. norm, et path., Par., 1891, 5. s., iii, 796-804. -----. La decoloration attenue la toxicite des toxines pyoevaniques. Assoc, franc, pour Tavance. d. sc. C.-r. 1893, Par., 1894, xxii, pt. 2, 805-807. -----. Formes hemorragiques de l'infection experimentale; formes dif- fuses; formes locali.sees; reproduction des types cliniques. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1893, 9. s., v, 762-764. -----. Les proprietes physiologiques des toxines; altera- tions humorales; desordres fonctionnels dans l'infection experimentale. Semaine med., Par., 1894, xiv, 206-209. -----. Influence des toxines sur la descendance. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1895, exxi, 266-268. -----. Porte d'entree et toxines; defense de l'organisme; diarrhee d'origine centrale. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1*95, 10. s., ii, 545. -----. Les toxines; meca- nisme de leur action. Rev. gen. de l'antiseps. med. et chir., Par., 1895, viii, 8; 42; 68. -----. Les toxines et le cceur. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1896, 10. s., iii, 867. -----. De Paction des poisons cellulaires et des toxines bacteriennes. Independ. med., Par., 1897. iii, 97. -----. Ueber die Multiplizitat der krankheitserren- genden Sekrete ein und derselben Bakterie. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1902, xxviii, 281-283.— j liarrin (A.) & Bardier. Sur Tantagonisme des toxines et des antitoxines. Compt. rend. Soe. de biol., Par., 1898, 10. s., v, 316.—Charrin (A.) & dioupil. Repartition des s6cr6tions microbiennes (dans une cul- ture) entre le liquide de cette culture et les mi- crobes (toxines libres et toxines adherentes; corps extra- cellulaires et corps intra-cellulaires). Compt. rend. Toxins [and Antitoxins]. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1907, cxliv, 452-454. — Cliarrin (A.) & Iieffevre (A.) Action des sues digestifs sur les toxines. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1898,10. s., v, 8is.—Cliarrin (A.) & Levaditi. Modifications des toxines introduites dans le tube digestif. Compt. rend. Aead. d. sc, Par., 1899, exxviii, 120-122. Also: Gaz.d. hop., Par., 1899, lxxii, 179.-----------. Influence du titre isotonique ou anisotonique des solutions minerales sur l'uetivite des toxines dissoutes dans ces solutions. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1899,11. s., i, 586-590.-----------. Le sort des toxines introduites dans le tube digestif. J. de physiol. et de path, gen.. Par., 1899, i, 226-235.—Cliarrin (A.) & iMaiigin. Sur l'innocuite des toxines pour cer- tains veuetaux. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1897,10. s., v, 545-517.—Cliarrin (A.) & Pompilian (Mile.) Influence des toxines microbiennes sur la contraction musculaire. Ibid., 1896,10. s., iii, 902.—Cliassevant (A.) Les toxines et les antitoxines. Rev. de therap. med .-chir., Par., 1898, lxv, 361; 397. -----. Ferments solubles; to- xines; toxalbumines anticorps; antitoxines; alexines; cytases. Rev. de med., Par., 1904, xxiv, 86-1-875.—< Iiiaie (S.D.) Sudi una citotossina che produce la degenerazione grassa, delle ovaie. Arch. ital. di. ginec, Napoli, 1908, i, 201.—Cliodounsky (K.) Vyznam productu pathogen- nieh mikrubu- [Significance of the products of patho- genic microbes. ] Casop. lek. desk., v Praze, 1886, xxv, 670-672. — Claude (IL) Des lesions medullaires dans les intoxications par les toxines microbiennes. Cong. d. med. alienistes et neurol. de France . . . C. r. 1896, Par., 1897, ii, 77-83. -----. Recherches sur les lesions du foie et des reins determiners par les toxines microbiennes. Presse med., Par., 1897, 215-220. — Conradi (H.) Ueber losliche durch asep- tische Autolyse erhaltene Giftstoffe von Ruhr- und Tvphusbazillen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1903, xxix, 26-2*.— Consiglio (M.) Azione di alcune tossine microbiche ed animali nel regno vegetale. Arch, di farm, e terap., Palermo, 1898, vi, 105-133.— Coppez (H.) Wirkung verschiedener Toxine auf die Cornea. Ztschr. f. Augenh., Berl., 1899, ii, Ergnzngshft., 72.—Courmoiit (J.) & Doyon (M.) De l'influence du fractionnement et de la dissemination des doses injectees dans l'intoxication par les toxines microbiennes et les venins (mode d'action de la toxine tetanique). J. de physiol. etde path, gen., Par., 1899, i, 531-545.—Courmont (J.) & Nogier (T.) Sur Taction sterilisante dela lampe en quartz a vapeurs de mercure (eaux potables, etc.); action sur les toxines microbiennes. Lyon med., 1909, cxii, 619-621.—Craw (J. A.) On the physical chemistry of the toxin-antitoxin reaction; with special reference to the neutralisation of lysin by antilvsin. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1905, lxxvi, B., 179-193. Also [Abstr.]: Brit. M. J. [Suppl.], Lond., 1906, ii, 6. -----. On the Danysz effect with reference to the toxin-antitoxin reaction. J. Hvg., Cambridge, 1907, vii, 501: 1909, ix, 46. Also [Abstr.]: J. Path. & Bacteriol., Cambridge, 1907-8, xii, 135— D'Anna (E.) Comportamento degli organi lesi in rapporto ai veleni batterici. Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 1902, n. s., xxiv, 769-786.—Danysz (J.) Contribution a I'etude de Timmunite; proprietes des melanges des toxines avec leursantitoxines;constitutiondestoxines. Ann.deTInst. Pasteur, Par., 1899, xiii, 581-595. ■-----. Contribution a I'etude des proprietes et de la nature des melanges des toxines avec leurs antitoxines. Ibid., 1902, xvi, 331-345.— Dasso (B. F.) Trabajo de las glAndulas digestivas y mecanismo defensivo del aparato gastro-intestinal con- tra las toxinas. Semana m6d., Buenos Aires, 1903, x, 791; sis.—Debray. Effets compares de Tantipyrine et des toxines sur les elements nerveux. J. de neurol. et hyp- nol., Par., 1897, ii, 46— Decroly (O.) Etude de Taction des toxines et antitoxines sur la nutrition generale. Arch, internat. de pharmacod., Gand et Par., 1897-8, iv, 385-489.—Decroly (O.) & Bonsse (I.) Pouvoirs toxi- que et antitoxique du sang apres injection intraveineuse de venin, toxine ou antitoxine. Ibid., 1899-1900, vi, 211- 272.—Demoor. Sur les cvtotoxines. Soc roy. d. sc. med. et nat. de Brux. Bull., 1901, lix, 53-57— De Waele (II.) Recherches sur Tanaphylaxie contre les toxines et sur le mode d'absorption des toxines. Ztschr. f. Immu- nitiitsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1908-9, Orig., iii, 478- 503.-----. Intoxication immediate et intoxication differed aveclesextraitsd'organesetavec lestoxines. Ibid.,1912, Orig., xv, 200-220.—Discussion on the possibilities as to thelatencyof parasitie^erms or specificpoisons in animal tissues, as in hydrophobia, erysipelas, syphilis, leprosy, ringworm, tnbciculosis, etc. Lancet, Lond., 1895, ii, 1360; 1433; 1600; 157b.—Dmitriyevski (K. F.) Raspad veshtshestv pri povtornikh vpriskivaniyakh bakteriy- nikh yadov. [Influence des injections repetees des to- xines sur les echanges nutritifs. Extr., 633.] Russk. arch, patol., klin. med. i bakteriol., S.-Peterb., 1900, ix, 375; 600. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Arch, internat. de phar- macod., Brux. et Par., 1901, viii, 151-166. -----. Elimina tion de Tazote et du phosphore apres Tinjection de toxines soumises prealablement a Taction de courants a haute tension et a haute frequence. Arch, d'electric. med., Bordeaux, 1901, ix, 422-128.—Doerr (R.) Ueber die Reversibilitat bakterieller Toxine. Biochem. Ztschr., TOXINS. 408 TOXINS. Toxins [and Antitoxins]. Berl., 1907, vii, 128-141.-----. Ueber ungiftige dissoziier- bare Verbinduneren der Toxine. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1907,xx,5-8.—Dold iH.) &l ngermann (E.) DieBe- ziehungenzwisehen Toxinen und Lipoiden. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [ete.J.l. Abt., Jena, 1911, 1, Ref., Beiheft, 179- 181.----------. Beitrage zum Mechanismus der Toxin- wirkung. Ztschr.f.Immunitiitsforsch.u.exper. Therap., Jena, 1911, Orig., xi, 86-102— Dujardln-Beaumetz. Des empoisonnements de l'organisme par les toxines; regies d'hygiene alimentaire pour les combattre. Ann. de med. seient. et prat., Par., 1893, iii, 313-315.—von Duugern. Erwiderung auf eine Bemerkung von Ar- rhenius und Madsen in ihrer Abhandlung: Toxines et antitoxines. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1904, xxxvii, 706-708.—Elirlicli (P.) Toxines et anti- toxines. Cong, internat. de med. C. r., Par., 1900, sect. de bacteriol. et parasitol.,28-33. Also, transl.: Wien. med. Presse, 1900, xli, 1513-1516. Also, transl.: Therap. d. Ge- genw., Berl.-Wien, 1901, n. F., iii, 193-200. Also, Reprint. -----. Toxin und Antitoxin; Entgegnung auf den neu- esten Angriff Grubers. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1903, 1,1428; 1465; 2295. Also: Ges. Arb. z. Immunitiitsforsch., Berl., 1904, 727-776. -----. The mutual relations between toxin and antitoxin. Boston M. & S. J., 1904, cl, 443-445. Also: Med. News, N. Y., 1904, lxxxiv, 760-762. Also, Reprint. -----. Vorlauflge Bemerkungen zur Mitthei- lung von Arrhenius: Zur Theorie der Absattigung von Toxin und Antitoxin. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1904, xli, 221-223. — Eisenberg (F.) O prawach laczenia sie, toksyn z antytoksynami. [Connections between toxins and antitoxins.] Rozpr. wydz. matemat.-przyr. Akad. Umiej., Krak6w, 1903, 3. s., iii, B., 186-193. Also, transl.: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1903, xxxiv, 269-283.— von Eisler (M.) Ueber den Einfluss von Salzen und Nicht-Elektrolyten auf die Wirkung von lytischen Giften. Ztschr. f. Immunitats- forsch., Jena, 1909, ii, Orig., 159-204. — l.niiqiiez & Halllon. Sur les alterations des centres ner- veux engendr^es par les toxines microbiennes. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1898, 10. s., v, 35-39.— Fabre & Ostrowsky. Action du radium sur les toxines. Cong, internat.de radiol. et d'flectr. 1910,Brux., 1911, ii, 33. Also: Arch, d'eleetric med., Bordeaux, 1911, xix, 274-276.—Falloise (A.) Etude des poisons nor- maux de l'intestin chez l'homme et des moyens de de- fense contre ces poisons. Mem. Couron. Acad. roy. de med. de Belg., Brux., 1906-7, xix, fasc. 4-5, pt. 2, 1-89, 1 ch.—Famulener (L. W.) A reportof immunization curves derived from goats treated with certain haemolytic bacterial toxins (vibriolysin and staphvlolysin). Cen- tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1907, xliv, Orig., 58-70.—Fenyvessy (B.) Ueberdie Wirkung des Diph- therietoxins und Antitoxins auf das Froschherz. Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Leipz., 1896, n. F., xliii, 216-232.—Fere (C.) Note sur les degenerescences d'origine toxique ou infee- tieuse. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1896,10. s., ii, 568.—Ferrannini (L.) Ueber ein ftir das Herz giftiges Serum. Zentralbl. f. innere Med., Leipz., 1903, xxiv, 369- 374 — Field (C. W.) On the absorption of toxins bvthe nerves. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y.,1906-7, iv^l49- 151.—Field (O. W.)&Teague (O.) Theelectrieal charge of toxin and antitoxin. Collect. Stud. Research. Lab. Dep. Health, N. Y.,1906,ii, 60-55. Also: Science, N. Y. & Lancas- ter, Pa., 1906,n.s.,xxiv,767. Also:J.Exper.M.,Lancaster, Pa., 1907, ix, 86-92. Also, Reprint.—Figari (F.) Sulla formazione di sostanze altamente bactericide ed antitos- siche negli animali trattati con estrattoaequosodi bacilli vivietossinebaeillari. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1905, Roma,1906,xv,175—Figari (F.)&Hepctto (G.) Azione deifermentisuivelenibaeterici. Ann.d.Ist.Maraglianop. lacurad.tuberc. [etc.], Genova, 1904-5,i, 305-320.—Fisclier (K. H.) Diecharakteristischen Serumkorper in ihren Be- ziehungen zu den Toxinen. Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1904,xiv,373-376.—Flexner (S.) The pathology of lym- photoxic and myelotoxic intoxication. Univ. Penn. M. Bull., Phila., 1902-3, xv, 287-295.—Fok (P.) & Cesaris- Demel (A.) SulT azione dei veleni bacterid sul midollo delle ossa. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1899,4. s., xlvii, 305-3<\—Forns& Mayoral. Toxinas. Rev. espec. med., Madrid. 1910, xiii, 130-137.—Forssman (J.) & Hintze (A.) Die heterologe Toxizitat der Antisera. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1912, xliv, 336-348.—Frei (W.) Toxine und Antitoxine; ein Sammelreferat. Naturw. Wchnschr., Jena, 1905, n. F., iv, 305-309.—Friedberger (E.) & Bettac (E.) Ueber den Einfluss des Fieber- stiehs auf normale Ambozeptoren und das Komplement beim Kaninchen. Ztschr. f. Immunitiitsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1911-12, Orig., xii, 29-64.—Friedberger (E.) & Kumagai (T.) Demonstration von Giftwir- kungen mittels graphischer Methoden. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1912, liv, Ref., Beilage, 39- ■1 '■—Frisco (B.) Sulle polinevriti periferiche primitive e sulle uistrofiemuscolan nelle intossicazioni per veleni batterici, e nelle auto-intossicazioni per disturbo del ri- cambio materiale. Areh. di farm, e terap., Palermo, 1898 vi, 53-76— Fukuhara. Ueber die globuliciden Wir- kungen des thierischen Serums und des Bacteriengiftes [Japanese text with German abstract.] Mitt. d. med. Toxins [and Antitoxins], Gesellsch. zu Tokyo, 1903, xvii, 32; 70.-----. Ueber die toxischen und haemolytischen Wirkungen der Organ- safte. [Japanese text. Ausz.,Hfte. 12, suppl., 2.] Ibid., 1907, xxi, 500-518.—Gabba (L.), Golgi & Jrlaggi (L) Tossine ed antitossine; applicazioni pratiche; illustrare con ricerche personali un punto controverso sulla genesi e sul meccanismo d' azione di alcune o di una di esse. R. Ist. Lomb. di sc. e lett. Rendic, Milano, 1901, 2. s., xxxiv, 742-745.—Gardenglii (G. F.) Sulla termosta- bilita. di alcune tossine microbiche. Folia clin. chim. et micros., Salsomaggiore, 1910-11, iii, 375.—Garnler (M.) &Sabareanu (G.) Action des microbes sur les toxines provenant d'autres especes microbiennes. Arch, de med. exper. et d'anat. path., Par., 1904, xvi. 557-570.—Gau- tier (A.) Les toxines microbiennes et animales. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1896, x, 577. Also, transl.: Riv. internaz. d' ig., Napoli, 1897, viii, 19-22.— Gellliorn (W.) Ueber den Nachweis eines absiittig- baren Toxins im Harn und Stuhl von Siiuglingen. Miin- ehen. med. Wchnschr., 1908, lv, 845-847. — Gessard (C.) & Loiseau (G.) Contribution a la technique de Tex- traction des toxines precipices. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1910, lxviii, 991-993—Gibier (P.) Des effets produits sur certains animaux par les toxines et les anti- toxines de la dipht£rie et du tetanos inject^es dans le rectum. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1896, exxii, 1076- 1077. Also, transl.: N. York Therap. Rev., lo96, iv, 27-29.— Goggia (C. P.) Tossine e antitossine. Cron. d. clin. med. di Genova, 1906, xii, 369-375.—Gottstein & JVIat- tlies. Ueber die Wirkung von Verdauungsprodukten aus Bakterienleibern auf den gesunden und infizierten Organismus. Verhandl. d. Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1907, xxiv, 195-203. —Grassberger (R.) & Schattcn- iroli (A.) Toxin und Antitoxin. Wien. klin. Wchn- schr., 1905, xviii, 369-373. — Grossmann ( E.) Zur Kenntnis der fermentativen Funktion der Tiergewebe bei Vergiftung mit verschiedenen Toxinen. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1912, xli, 181-214. —Gruber (M.) Toxin und Antitoxin. Sitzungsb. d. Gesellsch. f. Morphol. u. Physiol, in Munchen (1903), 1904, xix, 20-46. -----. Neue Friichte der Ehrlichen Toxinlehre. Wien. klin. Wchn- schr., 1903, xvi, 791-793.-----. Toxin und Antitoxin; eine Replik auf Herrn Ehrlich's Entgegnung. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1903,1,1825-1828. -----. Toxin und An. titoxin; Bemerkungen zu Ehrlich's Entgegnung auf Grubers Replik. Ibid., 2297. —Gruber (M.) & von Plrquet(C) Toxin und Antitoxin. / bid., 1193; 1259.— Guignard &< liarrin. Action destoxines sur un mi- crobe. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par.,1891,9. s.,iii,5i>5.-. Guinard & Artaud. De la reriode latente des em. oisonnements par injections veineuses de toxines micro iennes. Mem. et compt. rend. Soc. d. sc. med. de Lvoq (1895), 1896, xxxv, pt. 2, 68-71.—Guinard (L.) & Te'is* sier. Foies infectieux par injections veineuses de to. xines microbiennes. Ibid., 159.—H. (W. D.) The na. ture of the antagonism between toxins and antitox. ins. Nature, Lond., 1898, lviii, 323.—Halm (M.) Uebei Cholera- und Typhusendotoxine. Munchen. med. Wchn. schr., 1906, liii, 1097-1102. Also: Sitzungsb. d. Gesellsch f. Morphol. u. Physiol, in Munchen (1906), 1907, xxii, 1-. 19.—Hailer (E.) Die Anwendung physikalisch-chemi. scher Methoden fur die Aufkliirung der Natur der Toxine. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1903, xxxiv 97-104.—Harden (A.) Physical chemistry applied to toxins and antitoxins. Nature, Lond., 1902, lxvii, 114- 116.—Hausiiiann (W.) & Pribram (E.) Uebei die zerstorende Wirkung der Galle auf Toxine und Antito- xine bei Belichtung. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1909, xvii, 13-20.—Henri (V.) Theoretische und experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Wirkungen der Enzyme, der Toxine und Antitoxine und der Agglutinine. I. Kritik der Arbeit von Barendrecht, Vissen und Herzog. II. Vorliiufige theoretische Betraehtungen iiber die Wirkung der Enzyme. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1905, li, 19- 32.—Henri (V.) & Kayalof (Mile.) Etude destoxines contenues dans les p6dicellaires chez les oursins. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1906, lx, 884-886. —Hess (L.) & Saxl (P.) Einfluss der Toxine auf den Eiweissabbau der Zelle. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xxi, 248.— Heyrovsky (J.) Durch Bakteriengifte erzeugteHaut- und Schleimhautblutungen. Ibid., 1907, xx, 247. —Hill ( H. W.) A device for filtering toxins, etc., by the use of water pressure. Am. Pub. Health Ass. Rep. 1905, Columbus, Ohio, 1906, xxxi, pt. 2, 226-228. Also: J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1906, Suppl., no. 2, 226-228.— Hirsclifelder (J. O.) The treatment of tuberculo- sis and other infectious diseases with oxytoxines. Oc- cidental M. Times, Sacramento, 1896, x, 682-685.-----. Additional note upon the preparation of oxytoxines. Ibid., 731.—Hoeline (O.) Ueber Toxinresorption aus der Bauchhohle und iiber intraperitoneale Narkose. Zentralbl. f. Gvnsik., Leipz., 1912, xxxvi, 258-268.—Hol- niaiiiKF.) Ueber Ptomaine und Toxine. Pharm. Ztg., Berl., 1897,xlii.580; 588.—Howard (C. P.) Therelation of the eosinophilic cells of the blood, peritoneum, and tissues to various toxins. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1907-8, xvii, 237-269.—HUne. Die begunstigende Reizwirkung kleinster Mengen von Bakteriengiften auf die Baktenen- TOXINS. 409 TOXINS. Toxins [and Antitoxins]. vermehrung. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1908, xlviii. Orig., 135-140.—Hueppe (F.) Anti- toxinforsehung und Hvgiene. Festschr. z. 60. Geburtst. v. Robert Koch, lena, 1903, 463-500.—Hntcliinson (W.) The liver as a toxin filter. Practitioner, Lond., 1906, lxxvii, 683-596.—Ipsen (C.) Zur Differentialdiagnose von Pflanzenalkaloiden und Bacteriengiften. Vrtljschr. f. gerichtl. Med., Berl., 1895, 3. F., x, 1-9— Jacoby (M.) Ueber Phytotoxine. Biochem. Centralbl., Berl., 1902-3, i, 289-293. -----. Ueber die Reaktionen zwischen Toxinen und Antitoxinen. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1912, xxxix, 73.—Jacqu6 (L.) & Znnz (E.) Sur l'adsorption des toxines et des antitoxines. Bull. Soc. d. sc. m6d. et nat. de Brux., 1909, lxvii, 127-130. Also: J. med. de Brux., 1909, xiv, 40-43.-----------. Recherches sur l'adsorption des toxines, des lysines et de leurs anticorps. Arch. internat. de physiol., Liege & Par., 1909. viii, 227-270.— J ex-Blake (A. J.) Toxins and antitoxic sera. Nurs- ing Times, Lond.,1906, ii, 403; 443; 488.—Jodlbauer (A. y Weitere Untersuchungen, ob eine Dunkelwirkung der fluorescierenden Stoffe statthaft, Deutsches Arch, f .klin. Med., Leipz., 1905, lxxx, 395-398.—Jodlbauer (A.) & von Tappelner. Ueber die Wirkung fluorescierender Stoffe auf Toxine. Ibid., 399-415.— Jousset (P.) De l'emploi destoxinesmicrobiennesen therapeutique. Art med., Par., 1897, lxxxv, 81-104.—Jungano (M.) Le moderne teorie dell' immunita; emotossine. Tommasi, Napoli, 1905-6, i, 689; 713.— Karfunkel. Schwankun- gen des Blutalkalescenz-Gehaltes nach Einverleibung von Toxinen und Antitoxinen bei normaler und bei kiinstlich gesteigerter Temperatur. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infectionskrankh., Leipz., 1899, xxxii, 149-186.—Kaspa- rek (T.) Ueber Resorption von Bakterientoxinen und anderen Giften durch Pflanzen aus dem Erdboden. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1907, Leipz., 1908, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 580-584.—Koeppe (H.) Zur Anwendung der physikalischen Chemie auf das Studium der Toxine und Antitoxine und das Lackfarbenwerden roter Blutscheiben. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1905, ciii, 140-148.—Koida. [The relation of peptone to the formation of toxins.] Saikingaku Zasshi, Tokyo, 1907, 201-218.—Kratter (J.) Erfahrungen iiber einige wich- tige Gifte und deren Nachweis. Arch, f. Krim.-Anthrop U. Kriminalist., Leipz., 1903, xiii, 122; 214: 1904, xvi, 1. Also: Mitt d. Ver. d. Aerzte in Steiermark, Graz, 1904, xli, 281; 316.—Kraus (R.) Ueber ein akut wirkendes Bakterientoxin. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1903, xxxiv, 488-496. -----. Ueber Empfindlichkeit der Organe und Gewebe fiir Bakterien und Toxine. Centralbl. f. d. ges. Therap., Wien, 1903, xxi, 13-21. -----. Ueber die Beziehungen der sogenannten Endo- toxine zu den Toxinen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.LI. Abt., Jena, 1908, xlii, Beil., 13-27. Also: Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xxi, 931-938.—Kretz (R.) Ueber die Beziehungen zwischen Toxin und Antitoxin. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch. 1900, Berl., 1901. 143-147. Also: Ztschr. f. Heilk., Wien u. Leipz., 1901, xxii, Abth. f. path. Anat. [etc.], 137-144. -----. Ueber die Beziehungen zwischen Toxin und Antitoxin. II. Die paradoxe Reaction. Ibid., 1902, xxiii, 400-406.— Kucnarzewski (H.) De l'influence des toxines diphterique et tetanique sur Themoglobine, la morpho- logie et le poids specifique du sang. Centralbl. f. Bakt. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1903, xxxiv, 381-384.—Kudo (T.) & Jodlbauer (A.) Ueber die Dunkelwirkung fluores- cierender Stoffe auf Eiweiss, Toxine und Fermente und ihre Reversibilitat. Biochem. Ztschr., Berh, 1908, xiii, 24-43.—liaroche (G.) & Grigaut (A.) Etude biolo- gique et chimique de l'adsorption des toxines diph- terique et tetanique par la substance nerveuse et des phenomenes correlatifs. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1911, xxv, 892-913.—Lazzari (G.) Azione di alcuni cardiocinetici su cuori isolati di mammifero intossicati da tossine bacteriche. Arch, di farmacol. sper., Roma, 1910, x, 358-366.—Ledur (S.) Action du eourant con- tinu sur les toxines et les antitoxines. Arch, d'eleetric. med., Bordeaux, 1904, xii, 383-385.—Iiegrain (E.) M. Trolard et la bactexioblagologie. Rev. med. de T Afrique du nord, Alger, 1904, vii, 181-185.—Lesne (E.) & Drey- fus (L.) Action de la toxine tetanique, de la toxine diphterique et de leurs serums immunisants chez les animaux chauffes. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1908, lxiv, 489.—Levaditl (C.) Sur le mecanisme du phenomene de Taction fraotionnee des toxines (pheno- mene de Danysz). Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1905, xix, 516-528. -----. Relations entre les toxines, et les antitoxines; revue generale. Folia haematol., Berl., 1905, ii, 1-20. — Llebennann (L.) A toxinokr61. [Toxins.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1905, xlix, 403. Also: Budapesti k orvosegy. evkonyve, 1905, 101-104. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Ungar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1905, x, 368. -----. Sind Toxine Fermente? Deutsche med. Wchnschr.. Leipz. u. Berl., 1905, xxxi, 1301-1305.—L.lei- tnaiin (H.) Leber Komplemente und den Horror anti- toxicus. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1910, xlvii, Ref., Beihft., 87.—Liefniann (H.) & Conn (M.) Die Wirkung des Komplementes auf die ambozep- torbeladenen Blutzellen. Ztschr. f. Immunitiitsforsch. Toxins [and Antitoxins]. ii. exper. Therap., Jena, 1910, Orig., vii, 669: viii, 58.— van liogliem (J. J.) De samenstelling van toxinen en hun binding met antitoxinen. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1905, 2. r., xli, d. 1, 85-92.—Liidke (H.) Ueber Partialgifte im Bakterienprotoplasma. Deutsches Areh. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1912, cvi, 411-432.—McCabe (W. F.) Toxins of the body. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1899, xxxii, 1301-1303.—McCannon (G. H.) Toxines and anti-toxines. Tr. Luzerne Co. M. Soc. 1909, Wilkes- barre, 1910, xvii, 118-126.—Maciadyen (A.) Ueber das Vorkommen und den Nachweis von intracellularen Toxinen. Ztschr. f. allg. Physiol., Jena, 1903, iii, 303-312. Also [Abstr.j: Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1903, xxix, Ver.-Beil., 310. -----. The study of bacterial toxins. Nature, Lond., 1903, lxviii, 152. -----. Toxins and antitoxins. In his: The cell as the unit of life, 8°, Lond., 1908, 277-347.—Macladyen (A.) & Rowland (S.) Ueber die intracellularen Toxine gewisser Mikro- organismen. Centralbl. u. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1903-4, xxxv, 415.—Mackenzie (J. J.) Toxins and anti-toxins. Rep. Prov. Bd. Health Ontario 1894, Toronto, 1896, pp. xv-xxii.—ITIcKowen (J. C.) Aro- matic toxins. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1897-8, 1, 685: 1898-9, li, 23; 87; 142.—Madsen (T.) Om Toxiner og Toxin- modiflkationer. [Toxines and toxine modifications.] Hosp.-Tid., K0benh., 1899, 4. R., vii, 42; 70. -----. Toxins and antitoxins. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, ii, 567- 574. -----. Allgemeines iiber bakterielle Antigene- Toxine deren Antikorper antitoxische Eigenschaften aufweisen. Handb. d. Techn. u. Methodik d. Immuni- tatsforsch., Jena, 1907, i, 35-70.—Madsen (T.) & No- guclii (H.) Toxines et antitoxines; saponine-choles- terine. Overs, o. d. k. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. Forh., Kribenh., 1904, 457-464.-----------. Toxines et anti- toxines; venins; antivenins (Crotalus adamanteus, Naja tripudians, Ancistrodon piscivorus). Ibid., 1906, 233-280. Also, transl.: J. Exper. M., Lancaster, Pa., 1907, ix, 18-50.— Madsen (T.) & Walbum (L.) Toxines et an- titoxines; Tinnuence de la temperature sur la Vitesse de reaction. Overs, o. d. k. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. Forh., K0benh., 1904, 425-456. Also, Reprint. Also [Abstr.]: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1905, xxxvii, 356.—Maggi (L.) Tossine ed antitossine, applicazioni pratiche, illustrare con ricerche personali un punto controverso sulla genesi e sul meccanismo d' azione di alcune o di una di esse. Atti . . . r. Ist. Lomb. di sc. e lett., Milano, 1903, xviii, pp. vii-xii.— Maksutoft'(A. M.) Usloviya usileniya virulentnosti i virabotki toksinov patogennimi mikrobami ynle orga- nizma na iskusstvennikh pitatelnikh sredakh. [Condi- tions of increase of virulence and manufacture of toxines by microbes outside the body on artificial nutritive media.] Vestnik obsh. hig., sudeb. i prakt. med., St. Petersb., 1902, pt. 2. 351-363. Also [Abstr.]: Vestnik obsh. vet., St. Petersb., 1902, xiv, 235.— Malvoz (E.) Le con- trole des seruins et des toxines microbiennes. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1902, i, 443; 468; 514.—Mankovski (A. F.) K voprosu o klletochnikh yadakh (tsitotoksinakh); tireo- toksini. [Cytotoxines; thyreotoxins.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1902, i, 215.—Marie (A.) & Tiflfeneau (M.) Etude de quelques modes de neutralisation des toxines bacteriennes. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1908, xxii, 289-299. — Mariscliler (J.) Ueber den Einfluss der Producte (Toxine) der Faecal-Bacterien des Menschen und der Faecal-Extracte auf die Kreislaufs-Organe. Pol- nisch. Arch. f. biol. u. med. Wissensch., Lemberg, 1901-2, i, 253-291—Martin (C. J.) & Clierry (T.) The nature of the antagonisms between toxins and antitoxins. Proc. Roy. Soc Lond., 1898, lxiii, 420-432. Also: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1898, ii, 1120-1124. Also: Intercolon. M. J. Aus- tralas., Melbourne, 1898, iii, 699-712.—Martin (L.) Sur les proprietes des melanges de toxine et .— Shumova-Simanovskaya (Yekate- rinaO.) ctZiber (N. O.) Vliyaniye bakterialnikh toksi- nov i virus fixe bleshenst va na bkislitelnuyu f unktsiyu zhi- votnavoorganizma. [Influenceof bacterialtoxinsand ... of rabies on the acidifying function of the animal organ- ism.] Areh. biol. nauk. . ., S.-Peterb., 1904, xi, suppl., 68-78.— Slatineano. De Tendotoxine du cocco- bacille de Pfeiffer. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1905, lix, 339.—Sogawa (G.) [The neutralization of toxins.] Saisei Gakusha Iji Shimpo. Tokyo, 1902, 477-490.—Soll- mann (T.) The modern theories of the nature and ac- tion of toxins. Am. J. Pharm., Phila., 1903, lxxv, 101- 108.— von Stejskal (K.) Ueber Aenderungen der Empfindlichkeit des Organismus fiir Toxine durch scha- digende Momente. Ztschr. f. Heilk.,Wien u. Leipz., 1904, xxv, 68-88.—Stinelli ( F. ) Azione simultanea delle sostanze proteiche del bacillo tifogeno e della tos- sina difterica. Riforma med., Roma, 1903, xix, 368.— Studenski (A.) K voprosu o tsitotoksinakh. [On cy- totoxins.] Izviest. Imp. Voyenno-Med. Akad., S.-Peterb., 1902, v, 44-46.—Suyama(K.) A study of secreting toxin of frogs (Hvla arboreal. Sei-i-Kwai M. J., Tokyo, 1912, xxxi, no. 7. — Sverzlievski (L.) Vliyaniye tetani- cheskavo i difteritieheskavo toksinov na obmlen ve- shtshestv. [L'influence des toxines tetaniques et diphte- riques sur Techange des matures. Extr.,591.] Russk. arch, patol., klin. med. i bakteriol., S.-Peterb., 1899, viii, 552-560.—Szczawinska (Mile. Wanda). Contribution a I'etude des cvtotoxines chez les invertebres. Areh. de parasitol., Par.," 1905, ix, 546-563.—von Tappelner (H.) & Jodlbauer (A.) Ueberdie Wirkung fluoreszierender Stoffe auf Diphtherietoxin und Tetanustoxin. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1904, li, 737-730— Tcliitchkine (A.) De l'influence de Tingestion des bacteries et des produits bacttiriens sur les proprietes du serum sanguin. Ann.de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par.,1904,xviii, 576-586.—Tecliouey res. Toxine et antitoxine. Union med. du nord-est, Reims, 1909, xxxiii, 147-153.—Teissier (J.) & Guinard (L.) Aggravation des effets de certaines toxines microbiennes par leur passage dans le foie. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1895, exxi, 223-226.-----------. A propos des acci- dents cons^cutifs il Tinjection des toxines dans la veine porte. Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1896, 10. s., iii, 333-335.-----------. A propos des congestions et des hemorragies intestinales produites par injections intra- veineuses de toxines microbiennes. Lyon med., 1897, lxxxvi, 457-463. Also: M6m. et compt.-rend. Soc. d. sc. med. de Lyon (1897), 1898, xxxvii, 169-176.-----------. Recherches experimentales sur les effets des toxines mi- crobiennes et sur quelques influences capables de les modifier. Arch, de med. exper. et d'anat. path., Par., 1897, ix, 994; 1049.— Theoliari (A.) & Babes (A.) Note sur une gastrotoxine. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., Toxins [and Antitoxins]. 1903, lv, 459-461. Also, transl.: Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1903, xiv, 420-422.— Tiffeneau & Marie (A.) Etudede quelques modes de neutralisation des toxines bacteriennes, Ann. de TInst. Pasteur, Par., 1908, xxii, 644-657.—Todd (C.) Experimental hsemo- glotinuria caused by a bacterial toxin. Lancet, Lond., 1901, ii, 1663-1665.—Torri (O.) Le intossicazioni bat- teriche e la degenerazione grassa degli organi; ricerche anatomo-patologiche e sperimentali. Policlin., Roma, 1902, ix, sez. med., 533-554.—Tracy (Martha). A study of the toxins of bacillus prodigiosus. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1907-8, xvi, 307-327. Also, Reprint.—Traube (J.) Zur Spezifitatsfrage. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1908, x, 396-403.—Tschirkowsky (W.) Beitrage zur Frage fiber die Wirkung von Toxinen auf die Conjunktiva des Auges. Arch. f. Ophth., Leipz., 1908, lxviii, 77-113.— Tttrkel(R.) Toxin und Antitoxin. Heilkunde, Berl., 1905, 59-62. — Tumiiaiiii (o.) Ueber den Nachweis und die Lokalisation des Andromedotoxin in Ericaceen. Apoth. Ztg., Berl., 1911, xxvi, 555.—von Udranszky (L.) Ueber Bacteriengifte. (Referat ) Cong, internat. d'hyg. et de demog. C. r. 1894, Budapest, 1896, viii, pt. 2, 22-26. [Discussion], 54-57— Vakulenko (A. V.) Ob izmlenenii gpetsificheskikh svolstv krovi pri kormlenii zhivotnikh ubitimi kulturami mikrobov. [.Modification of the specific properties of the blood of animals fed by dead bacterial cultures.] Arch. biol. nauk , . ., S.-Peterb., 1905-6, xii, 1-5,1 diag. Also, tronsl.: Arch. d. sc. biol..... St. Petersb., 1906, xii, 1-5,1 diag.—Van Cott(J.M.) The effect of the toxins of pathogenic micro-organisms upon the parenchymatous tissues. Brooklyn M. J., 1899, xiii, 279-304.—Vaughan (V. C.) Ptomains, toxins and leu- coma'ins. Twentieth Cent. Pract., N. Y., 1898, xiii, 1-131. -----. The bacterial toxins. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1901, xvi, 217-228. Also, Reprint. -----. Bacte- rial toxins. J. Mich. M. Soc, Detroit, 1902-3, i, 50-54. -----. Further studies of the intracellular bacterial toxins. Physician & Surg., Detroit & Ann Arbor, 1904, xxvi, 440-448. -----. The intracellular toxins. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1905, n. s., xxi, 490. -----. A brief report on research in the writer's laboratory on bacterial toxins and immunity. Am. Med., Phila., 1905, x, 145-148. Also, Reprint. -----. The protein poi- son. Proc. Am. Phil. Soc, Phila., 1912, li, 206-213.— Vaughan (V. C), Munson (J. F.) & Spencer (F. R.) The extraction of a toxin from liver cells. J.Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1904, xlii, 1075.—Verderau (L.) La toxine du Bacillus virgula. Compt. rend. Soc. debiol., Par., 1908, lxiv, 803-805.—Verney (L.) Sulle reazioni incomplete in biologia. Med. ital., Napoli, 1908, vi, 49; 73.—Vierliutt"(VV.) Ueber den Einfluss von Bakteri- entoxinen auf das tierische Gewebe. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.J, Berl., 1910, cci, 419-427, 1 pl.—Viga- no (L.) Azione comune delle endotossine di alcuni batteri sulla cavia. Biochim. e terap. sper., Milano, 1912-13, iv, 62-65— Viktoroff (K. R.) K kazuistikie dielstviya bakterialnikh toksinov nazhivotniy organism. [Action of bacterial toxins upon the animal organism.] Uchen. zapiski Kazan. Vet. Inst., 1906, xxiii, 1-17.—Vi- querat. Toxin und Isomerie. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1902, xxxi, 581-585.—Waddington B. A.) Address; toxins and antitoxins. J. Med. Soe. N. Jersey, Orange, 1907-8, iv, 255-259.— Walbum (L. E.) Studien uberToxinbildung. Ztschr. f.Immunitatsforseh. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1909,iii, 70-97. Also,transl.: Bio- chim. e terap. sper., Milano, 1909, i, 247-264.—Wasser- mann (M.) &Seitz(A.) Ueberdie Verwertbarkeit des Lecithins zur Toxingevvinnung. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1908,xxxiv, 2175-2177.—Weichardt (W.) Ueber Ermiidungstoxine und deren Antitoxine. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1904,li, 12; 2121. -----. Ueber Toxineaus Eiweisskorpern; Referat uber einen in der Si- tzung vom 16. November 1905 gehaltenen Vortrag. Si- zungsb.d.phys.-med.Soc.z.Erlang. (1905), 1906,xxxvii.462. -----. Ueber Ermiidungstoxine und deren Hemmungs- korper. Med. Klin., Berl., 1906, ii, 1151-1155. -----. Toxische und antitoxische Eiweissabspaltungsprodukte. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1906, liii, 1135. -----. Weitere Studien mit dem Eiweissabspaltungsantigen von Er- mfidungstoxincharakter, Kenotoxin und seinem Anti- korper; AktivierungprotoplasmatischerSubstanz. Miin- ehen. med. Wchnschr., 1907, liv, 1914-1916.—Wells (J. T.) Food toxins. Bull. Bavlor Univ. Coll. M., Dallas, 1903-4, i, no. 3, 8-8.—Wolff-Eisner (A.) Ueber Er- mudungs- und Reduktioustoxine. Centralbl. f. Bakte- riol. [etc], 1. Abt , Jena, 1905-6, xl, 634-644. -----. Die Bindungsverhaltnisse der Organgewebe gegenuber Toxi- nen und ihre klinische Bedeutung fur Inkubation und naturliche Immunitat. Ibid., 1908, xlvii, Orig., 70; 213. -----. Bemerkung zu meiner Arbeit: Die Bindungsver- haltnisse der Organgewebe gegenuber Toxinen und ihre klinische Bedeutung fiir Inkubation und naturliche Im- munitat. Ibid., xlviii, Orig., 191-193. — Woltmann H.) A study of the changes in the blood and blood ormingorgans produced by cyto-toxic sera, with special reference to hsemolvmphotoxin. J. Exper. M., N. Y,, 1905, vii, 119-162, 2 pl.—Yates (J. L.) An experimental TOXINS. 412 TOZZI. Toxins [and Antitoxins]. study of intraperitoneal diffusion, with reference to toxin absorption. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1908, vii, 495- 509 —Zenoni (C.) Di una nuova formadi anemia speri- mentale da sieri tossici. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1899, 4. s., xlvii, 515-518.—Ziber (N.) Razru- shenive toksinov pri pomoshtshi perekisel, a takzhe zhi- votnikh i rastitelnikh oksidaz. [Destruction of toxins by the aid of oxides, and likewise animal and vegetable oxvdasis.l Arch. biol. nauk . . ., S.-Peterb., 1901-2, ix, 147-166. Also, transl.: Arch. d. sc.biol., St.-Petersb., 1902- 3 ix,151-170. Alsojransl.: Ztschr.f.physiol.Chem.Strasb., 1901, xx xii,573-591.—Ziber (N.O.)& Shumova-Sima- novskaya (YekaterinaO.) Dlestviyeerepsinaikishech- navo soka na toksini i abrin. [Action of erepsin and intestinal juice on toxins and abrin.] Arch. biol. nauk . . ., S.-Peterb., 1903-4, x, 1-11. Also, transl.: Arch. d. sc. biol.,St.-Petersb.,1903-4,x,l-ll.—Zinno(A.) Beitragzum Studium der Entstehung der Toxine mit besonderer Be- rucksichtigungneuerKulturbodenmitstarkerErzeugung von Toxinen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.],1. Abt., Jena, 1902,xxxi,42-56.-----.Letossine; studiiericerche. Gior. d. Ass. napol. di med. e nat., Napoli, 1904, xiv, 3-53.—Zunz (E.) R61e dela tension superflcielledans l'adsorption des toxinesetdes ferments. Arch, di flsiol., Firenze, 1909, vii, 137-14H. Also [Abstr.]: Bull.Soc.d.sc.med.etnat.deBrux., 1909, lxvii, 78. Toxites (Michael). See l«ully (Raimund). Libelli aliquot chemici. 16°. BasUese, 1600.—Paracelsus (Aureolus Philippus Theo- phrastus). De morbo gallico. 16°. Strassburg,lr,~s. Toxogenins. Rlehet (C.) De la substance anaphylactisante ou toxogenine. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1908, lxiv, 846-848. Toxolecithides. Minz(A.) * Ueber Toxolecithide. 8°. Ber- lin, 1908. Also, in: Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1908, ix, 357-361. Carpi (U.) Ricerche sul tossolecitide del veleno delle api. Arch, di fisiol., Firenze, 1908-9, vi, 111-127.— Morgenrotli (JA & Carpi (U.) Ueber Toxolecithide. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1907, iv, 248-267—Morgenroth (J.) & Relcher (K.) Zur Kenntnis der durch Toxo- lecithide erzeugten Anamie und deren medikamentdser Beeinflussung. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1907, xliv, 1200- 1203. ----- -----. Weiterer Beitrag zur Kenntnis der durch Toxolecithide erzeugten Anamie und deren medi- kamentoser Beeinflussung. Charite-Ann., Berl., 1909, xxxiii, 393-397. Toxones. Dreyer (G.) & Madsen (T.) Sur Timmunisation a l'aide des toxones. Overs.o. d.k. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. Forh., K0benh., 1901, 51-64,1 ch.—Madsen (T.) Sur les toxones. Cong, internat. de med. C. r., Par., 1900, sect. de bacteriol. et parasitol., 40-45.—Swellengrebel (N.) Ueber Toxone. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1903, xxxv, 42-45. Toxopeptides. Zadik (P.) * Experimentelle Studien iiber Toxopeptide. [Berlin, 1912.] 8°. Leipzig, 1911. Keysser (F.) & Wassermann (M.) Ueber Toxo- peptide. II. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infektionskrankh., Leipz., 1911, lxviii, 535-550.—Pokschischewsky (N.) Ueber vergleichende Immunisierungsversuehe mittels Toxopeptiden (Anaphylatoxin) und kiinstlichen Ag- gressinen. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. The- rap., Jena, 1912, xv, 186-192— Wassermann (M.) & Keysser (F.) Ueber Toxopeptide. Folia serolog. [etc.], Leipz., 1911, vii, 243-251.-----------. Ueber Toxo- peptide. Ibid., 593-605. Toxoplasmosis. Bourret (G.) La toxoplasmose du lapin a St.-Louis du Senegal. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1911, iv, 373- 376.—Carinl (A.) Reproduction experimentale de la toxoplasmose du lapin. Ibid., 1909, ii, 465; 524.—Mass - naghl (L.) Osservazioni sul "Toxoplasma cuniculi." Boll. d. Soc. med -chir. di Pavia, Milano, 1912, xxvi, 141- 160, 1 pl. Also: Gazz. med. ital., Torino, 1912, lxiii, 351; 361.—Mello (U.) Toxoplasmiasi o kal-azar? Gior. d. r. Soc. naz. ed Accad. vet. ital., Torino, 1910, lix, 7. -----. Un cas de toxoplasmose du chien, observe a Turin. Bull. Soc path, exot., Par., 1910, iii, 359-363.— Vakiinolf (W. L.) & Kolil-Vakimova (Nina). Un casde toxo- plasme canine en Allemagne. Ibid., 1911, iv, 617-619. —.--------• Toxoplasma canis. Kharkov. M. J., 1912, xm, 1-14. Also, transl.: Arch. f. Protistenk., Jena., 1912, xxvii, 195-206, 2 pl. Toxopneustes. Heffner (Barbara). A study of chromosomes of Toxopneustes variegatus which show individual peculi- arities of form. Biol. Bull., Woods Hole, Mass., 1910, xix, 195-203.—Morgulis (S.) The effect of alkaloids on the early development of Toxopneustes variegatus. Proc. Am. Acad. Arts & Sc, Cambridge, 1908-9, xliv, 133-146.— Wilson (E. B.) Archoplasm, centrosome, and chroma- tin in the sea-urchin egg. J. Morphol., Bost., 1895, xi, 443-478, 3 pl. Toxotes. Zolotnitsky (N.) Le poisson orcher (Toxotes jaeu- lator) en aquarium. Arch, de zool. exp6r. et gen. Hist. nat. [etc.], Par., 1902, 3. s., x, pp. lxxix-lxxxiv. Toy (Jean-Antoine-Marie) [1869- ]. *(ily- cosurie et psychoses; contribution a I'etude de la glycosurie transitoire chez les aliened. 68 pp. 4°. Lyon, 1895, No. 1054. -----. The same. 68 pp. 8°. Lyon, A. Rey, 1895. -----. La reglementation de la defense sani- taire contre la peste, le cholera et la fievre jaune d'apres la convention de Paris, 1903. Avec une preface d'A. Merignhac. xvi, 474 pp., 1 pl., 2 maps. 8°. Paris, J.-B. Bailliere dc fils, 1905. Toyabe (Massando). SeeAgnew (David Hayes). Kwaika sinron. [The principles and practice of surgery [etc.].] 12°. Tokio, 1889.—Bartholow (Roberts). Korera shin ron [etc.]. 8°. Tokio, 1886.-----. Naikasinron, [etc.]. 12°. Tokio, 1888. Toynbee (Joseph) [1815-66]. Researches, tending to prove the non-vascularity and the peculiar uniform mode of organization and nu- trition of certain animal tissues, viz., articular cartilage and the cartilage of the different classes of fibro-cartilage; the cornea, the crys- talline lens and the vitreous humour; and the epidermoid appendages, pp. 159-192. 4°. Loudon, R. ii plastikou z fascia la ta femoris. [New method of closing tracheal defects with the fascia lata of the femur.] Casop. lek. cesk., v Praze, 1911,1,1297-1302,1 pl.—Oertel. Klinische und pathologische Beitrage zu den Erkran- kungen der oberen Luftwege. III. Ueber Missbildungen des Larynx und der Trachea mit einem Fall von ange- borener Spaltbildung derStimmbander. Ztschr. f. Laryn- gol., Rhinol. [etc.].Wiirzb., 1911,iv, 125-136,1 pl.—Payne (W. A.) Congenital absence of the trachea, specimen (illustrated). Brooklyn M. J., 1900, xiv, 568.— Sim- monds (M.) Ueber die Verwendung von Gipsaus- giissen zum Nachweis von Tracheadeformitaten. Ver- handl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch., Jena, 1904, vii, 170- 174.-----. Ueber Alterssabelscheidentrachea. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1905, clxxix, 15-28.— Zannini (P.) Di una nuova anomalia tracheale nei colombi. Areh. seient. d. r. Soc. ed Accad. vet. ital. Torino, 1904, ii, 33-38. Trachea (Cartilaginous growths of). See Trachea (Tumors of, Cartilaginous). Trachea (Compression and obstruction of). See, also, Aneurisms (Aortic, Complications, etc., of); Goitre (Complications, etc., of); Thy- mus gland (Hypertrophy of, Sudden death in); Trachea (Foreign bodies in); Trachea (Steno- sis of). Brindel. Uncasd'atresie dela trachee et des grosses bronches par n6oformation seleremateuse d'origine trau- matique. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1905, i, 2M-2S9.—Brindel & Luiiiotlic. Un cas d'ozene tra- cheal asphyxiant. Bull, et mem. Soc. de med. et chir de Bordeaux (1910), 1911, 135-137. —Dorendorl'. Aor- teninsufheienz und Korn pressionsstenose der Trachea und des linken Hauptbronchus. Deutsche mil.-;ir7tl. Ztschr Berl.,1901,xxx,633.—Hall (F.deH.) Acaseofpressureon the trachea. Lancet, Lond., 1907, i, 1079.—Longbotham (G.F.) Pluggingoftracheabyacaseousgland. Jb/rt.,1898, i,784.— Kuggiero (R.) Alterazionidellatracheadacom- pressione. Boll, de mal. d. orecchio, d. gola e d. naso, Firenze, 1911, xxix, 117-126. — Slradiotti (G.) Di un nuovo segno fisico di compressione tracheale ricavato dalla percussione delle vertebre. Policlin., Roma, 1911 xvm, sez. med., 310-321.—Terrien (E.) & Bodoleci Un cas de compression tracheale. chez le nourrisson par une tumeur d'apparence angiomateuse. Bull. Soc. de pediat.de Par., 1904, vi, 346-31*. — Voyaehek (X I ) Poperechnaya pereponka (diafragma) v dikhatelnom gorlle, llechonnaya endoskopicheski. [Tracheal dia- phragm treated endoscopically.] Russk. Vrach, S - Peterb., 1910, ix, 1959-1961. Trachea (Diseases of). See, also, Croup (Causes, etc., of); Trachea (Iniiammation. etc., of); Trachea (Injections Trachea (Diseases of). into); Trachea (Medica)ion of); Trachea (Per- foration of); Trachea (S'-leroina of); Trachea (Stenosis of); Trachea (Syphilis of); Trachea (Tuberculosis of); Trachea (Tumors of); Tra- chea ( Ulceration of); Tracheo-bronchial glands (Diseases of). Weidlich (G. R.) * Ueber akute nekroti- sierende Tracheolaryngitis mit abscedierender Lobularpneumonie. 8°. Leipzig, 1912. Beyer (W.) Ueber einen Fall von chronischer fibri- noser Entziindung der Trachea, verursacht durch aviru- lente Diphtheriebacillen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 2090.—Cott (G. F.) Erythema nodosum trachealis. Med. & Surg. Reporter, Phila., 1896, lxxv, 196.—Uerbcr. Zur Pathologie der Trachea. Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhi- nol., Berl., 1913, xxvii, 155-161, 1 pl.—HaIIpre (A.) Mort subite chez un enfant (caverne ganglionnaire dans la trachee); influence d'un pneumothorax artifieiel sur revolution des lesions pulmonaires. Normandie med., Rouen, 1912, xxviii, 14-16. — Heller (R.) & von Sclirbtter (H.) Die Carina tracheae; ein Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Bifurcation der Luftrohre und ihre klini- sche Wichtigkeit. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1897, xxxii, Supplhft., 211-222—Home (W.J.) Preparations illustrating diseases of the trachea. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1907-8, i, Laryngol. Sect., 37.—von Jilrgen- sen (T.) Behandlung der Luftrohren-Erkrankungen. Handb. d. spec Therap. inner. Krankh., Jena, 1895, iii, 239-285. Also: Handb.d.Therap.innererKrankh.,Jena,2. Aufl., 1898, iii, 216-299.—Laureati (F.) II sofflo venoso di Smith. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1908, xxix, 1262-1267.— Law (E.) A case of papillomatous excrescences, or ozaenic incrustations, or chalky deposits, or other lesion low down in the trachea. J. Laryngol., Lond., 1902, xvii, 510-514. — JTIeyer (E.) Klinische Beitrage zur Unter- suchung und Behandlung der Trachea. Charite-Ann., Berl., 1905, xxix, 763-770.—Newcomb (J. E.) Sympo- sium on diseases of the trachea; abnormalities, hemor- rhages, inflammations, and infections. Tr. Am. Larvn- gol. Ass., N. Y., 1906, 251-264.—Kudolf (R. D.) A case of primary diphtheria of the trachea. Tr. Ass. Am. Phy- sicians, Phila., 1902, xvii, 378-381. — Schrotter (L.) Krankheiten der Trachea. Jahresb. d. Klin. f. Laryn- gosk. a. d. Wien. Univ. (1870), 1871, 79-97, lpl.—Sporer. Luftrohrenaktinomykose. Wchnschr. f. Tierh. u. Vieh- zucht, Munchen, 1906, 1, 345.—I in ber. [Demonstra- tion von plastischen Ausgiissen der Trachea und des rechten Hauptbronchus.] Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1904, xxx, 902. Trachea (Displacement or dislocation of). See, also, Tracheocele. °gia (A.) Osservazioni emometriche e globuli me- triche sugli affetti da stenosi tracheale nei bambini. Gazz. med. di Torino, 1896, xlvii, 421-425.—Nageli. Die Verwendung des Leberdrucks zur Beseitigung von Tra- chealstenosen. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1912, lxxvii, 237-241.—von Navratil (I.) Trachealstenose. Pest. med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1902, xxxviii, 870. -----. Fall von Trachealstenose, geheilt mittelst Transplan- tation eines Hautperiostknochenlappens. Ibid., 1903, xxxix, 452. -----. Legcsoszukulet-csontkSplSs. [Bone plastic stricture of the trachea.] Orr-, gSge- Ss fiilgySgy., Budapest, 1903, 9. -----. A korkoros trachearesectiokrol: ujabb korkoros tracheavarrat. [Circular tracheal resec- tion; a new circular tracheal suture.] Orvosi hetil., Bu- dapest, 1908, Iii, 856-858.—Nowotny (F.) Leczenie zwezeh tchawicy i oskrzeli przy tracheo- i bronchoskopii gSrnej idolnej. [Treatment of stricture of the trachea and bronchi by superior and inferior bronchoscopy.] Przegl. lek. Krak6w, 1905, xliv, 757; 772; 791; 808; 825. Also, transl.: Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl , 1905, xvii, 287-342.—Ovize (H.) RStrScissement syphilitique de la trachSe; traitement spSciflque; guSrison. Loire mSd., St.-Etienne, 1900, xix, 17-26.—Pieniazek. Ba- danie i leczenie zwezeh tchawicy i oskrzeli "glownych. [Diagnosis and treatment of stenosis of the trachea and principal bronchia.] Przegl. lek., Krak6w, 1893, xxxii, 93; 108; 120; 135; 147; 162; 178; 190; 201; 216. -----. Be- merkungen iiber die Behandlung d er Luftrohrenverenge- rungen die durch membranoide Bildungen bedingt sind. Cong, internat. de mSd. C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de laryn- gol., 51-53. -----. Traitement local sous le controle de la vue des retreeissements de la trachSe et des branches. Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1905, xx, 681-705. -----. Zweienie tchawicy przez ropnie zaprzelykowe (abscessus retrocesophageales). [Stricture of the trachea caused by . . .] Przegl. lek., Krakow, 1906, xiv, 103; 133. Pollaei (G.) & Pirrone (D.) L' asma bronchiale e P eniisema pulmonale in un caso di stenosi tracheale da compressione. Arch. ital. di med. int., Palermo, 1901, iv, 339-351.—Polyak (L.) Fall von Trachealstenose unbe- kannten Ursprungs. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1904, xl, 50. Also, transl.: Orr-, gSge- Ss fulgy6gy., Buda- pest, 1904,138.—Keede (E. H.) Svphilitic tracheal ste- nosis. Wash. M. Ann., 1912-13, xi, 217-227.—Roe (J. O.) Stricture of the upper portion of the trachea successfully treated by divulsion through the larynx. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1396, xxvii, 727.—Roussel. Stricture of the trachea. Transl. by George Foy. Dublin J. M. Sc, 1900, cix, 381-383. Also, Reprint. — Schatt'ner. Trauma- tische Stenose der Trachea, Ruptur der Aorta ascendens mit Bildung eines Aneurysma dissecans mit Durchbruch in den Herzbeuiel bei schwerem Vitium cordis. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1907, xxxvii, 417.—Sehmiege- low (E.) Die chirurgische Behandlung der Laryngo- trachealstenosen, besonders die translarvngeale Drain- rohrflxationsmethode. Arch. f. Larvngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1911, xxv, 512-523.—von Selirotter (H.) Zur Aetiologie und Therapie tiefsitzender Stenosen der Luft- rohre. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1901, xxvii, 459-462.—Sehrtttter (L.) Stenosen der Trachea. Jahresb. d. Klin. f. Laryngosk. a. d. Wien. Univ. (1870), 1871, 86-97, lpl— Sc-hulz. Zur Behandlung der Trache- alsteno-eii. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1899, xxxvi, 640-644.— Simon & Horn, Ueber eine bemerkenswerthe und seltene Irsache von Trachealstenose. Aerztl. Prax., Wiirzb., 1898, xi, 97-99.—Simpson (W. K.) Stenoses of Trachea (Stenosis of). the trachea. Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass., X. V., 1906, 292-301.— Spengler (A. E.) Po povodu llecheniva trakhealnikh suzheniy elektrolizom. [Apropos of the treatment of tracheal strictures by electrolysis.] Trudi Obsh. russk. vrach. v S.-Peterb., 1895-6, no. i, 36-46. Also: Bolnitseh. gaz. Botkina, St. Petersb., 1895, vi, 969; 993.—Stott (H.) A case of acute tracheal obstruction. Guy's Hosp. Gaz. Lond., 1909, xxiii, 116,1 pl.—Strazza (G.) Contributo clinico e anatomo-patologico alle stenosi tracheali in- trinseche. Boll. d. r. Accad. med. di Genova, 1893, viii, 199-205, 1 pl. Also: Arch. ital. di laringol., Napoli, 1893 xiii, 153-158, lpl.—Strubell( A.) Ein Beitragzur Patho- logie und Therapie der syphilitischen Trachealstenosen. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1902, xlix, 1835-183'.).—Tex ie i (V.) Sur uncasderStrecissement brusque dela trachee, Ann.d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx fete], Par., LS9\ xxiv, pt. 2, 18-22. Also [Abstr.]: Arch, internat. de larvn>;ol. [etc.], Par., 1898, xi, 311.—Tilley (H.) A case of i'ibroii- constriction of the trachea. Proc. Rov. Soc Med., Lond., 1907-8,i,Laryngol.Sect.,35.—Trachea Islenose; 2 Falle: 1 mal Tracheotomienarbe und akute Laryngitis, Bronchi- tis; 1 mal StrumaalsUrsache;letztererFallgestorben. Kin- dersp. in Basel. Jahresb. (1900), 1902, xxxviii, 10.—Tra- clieostenose wegen Kompression durch Struma, 2 Falle. Jahresb. ii. d. chir. Abt. d. Spit, zu Basel (1894), 1895, 42. —Tsehudy (E.) Ueber Behandlung acuter Trachealstenose durch Trachealintubation. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1901, lxiv, 200-263.—Turner (G. G.) A case after operation for stenosis of the trachea following a self- inflicted wound. Northumberland & Durham M. J., New- castle-upon-Tyne, 1910, xviii, 38-40.— Aankauer (S.) Stenose der Trachea nach Diphtherie. Ztschr. f. Laryn- gol., Rhinol. [etc.], Wiirzb., 1911, iv, 400. Trachea (Struma in). See Thyroid gland (Aberrant, etc., Tumors of). Trachea (Surgery of). See, also, Pharynx (Surgery of); Trache- otomy. Lazarraga (J.) *Beitrag zur Tracheoplaa- tik. 8°. Greifswald, 1911. Rouzoul (F.-G.) *Canulards et tracheoplas- tie. (A propos d'un nouveau proeede.) 8°. Bordeaux, 1908. Annandale ( T.) Administration of anaesthetics through a tracheal wound. Lancet,Lond.,1897,ii,1184. Also, Reprint.—Aue (G. K.) Plasticheskoyezakritiyedefektov trakhei. [Plastic closures of the defect of the trachea.] Lai- top. russk. chir., S.-Peterb., 1899, iv, 385-390.—Baracz (R.) Przyczynek do plastykiubytkow tchawicy (traeheo- plastyki). [Plastic surgery of the trachea.] Przegl. lek., Krak6w,1901, xl, 553-556. Also, transl: Wien. klin. Wchn- schr., 1901, xiv, 1054-1056.—Bosio. Uncasoditracheofis- sura operato nell' anno 1896. Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.] 1899, Empoli, 1900, iv, 227-230—Botella. Intervenciones traqueales por traqueoscopia con una ob- servaci6n. Rev. clin. de Madrid, 1910, iv, 327-330.— Bo- te y (R.) Mi mStodo de implantaciSn de la tr&quea & la piel en la laringectomia. Gac. mSd. catal., Barcel., 1912, xli, 361-364.—Brewer (G. E.) Surgery of the larynx and trachea. In: Surgery (Keen), 8°, Phila. & Lond., 1908 iii, 460-511. Bristow (A. T.) Laryngectomy and excision of part of the trachea. Brooklyn M. J., 1900, xiv, 772-782.—Canepele ( A.) La tracheo-laringostomia. Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.] 1907, Pavia, 1908, 94-97.—Colley(F.) Die Resection der Trachea; eineex- perimentelle Studie. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1894, xl, 150-162.—von Eiselsberg (A.) Zur Resection undNahtder Trachea. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1896, xxii, 343.—Ferreri (G.) The technic of tracheo-larvngostomy. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1910, xx, 434-436.—Fiiderl (O.) Zur Resection undNaht der Tra- chea. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1896, ix, 1258-1260.—Fran- kenberger (O.) Resekce trachey. [Resection of the trachea.] Rozpr. ceske Akad. eis. FrantiskaJesefa [etc.], v Praze, 1900-1902, 2. t, x, no. 15,1-10. Also, transl.: Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1901, xxvii, 424-436.—Gluek (T.) Der gegenwartige Stand der Chi- rurgie des Kehlkopfes, Pharynx-Oesophagus und der Trachea. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1904, xxxviii, 89- 106.—Gradenigo (G.) Sullalaringostomiaelaringofes- surae sulla tracheostomia. Attid. Cong.d. Soc.ital. dila- ringol. [etc.] 1908, Pavia, 1910, xii, pt. 2, 342-347.—von Hacker. Resektion der Luftrohre mit primarer cirku- liirer Naht wegen hochgradiger ringformiger Narben- striktur; Idee einer halbseitigen Laryngoplastik. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1901-2, xxxii, 709-724.—Hob- meier. Leber ein neues Verfahren zur Deckung von Traehealdefckten. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1911, lviii 94s — Jauquet. La laryngo-tracheostomie. Cli- nique, Brux., 1907, xxi, 901-905—Jones (W. S.) & Keen (W W.) Two unusual cases of surgery of the trachea. Phila. M. J., 1899, iii, 1295-1298. Also, Reprint.—Koni- (F ) Zur Deckung von Defecten in der vorderen Tra- TRACHEA. 421 TRACHEA. Trachea (Surgery of). chealwand. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1896, xxxiii, 1129- 1131.—Levit (H.) Deckung von Trachealdefection durch eine freie Plastik aus der Fascia lata femoris. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1912, xcvii, 686-699.—Melzi (W.) & Caunola (A.) Nouvelles contributions a la la- ryngotraehSostomie. Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1909, xxvii,484.—Mesnard (A.) Suturesdesections completesdelatraehSechezdesehiens. Bull.etmSm.Soc. anat. de Par., 1900, lxxv, 1070.—von Navratil(D.) Ueber die Birkulare Trachearesektion; eine neue Tracheanaht. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1908, xciv, 450-460.— Neweomb (J. E.) Surgical diseases and wounds of the larynx and trachea. Am. Pract. Surg. [ Brvant & Buck], N. Y0 1908, v, 863-913.— Nowakowski (K.) Beitrag zur-Tracheoplastik. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1909. xe, 847-S6L—von Saar(G.) Leber Tracheoplastik. Fest- schr... .. Hans Chiari. .. seines2.>iahr. Prof.-Jubil. [etcl, Wienu. Leipz., 1908, 238-252.—Santini (('.) Gli innesti liberi tracheo-traeheali; ricerche sperimentali. Bull. d. sc. med. di Bologna, 1912, 8. s., xiii, 305-327.—Sargnon. Moyens de maintenir ouvert un oritiee tracheal desQretS. Lyon mSd., 1908, cxi, 20'.'.—Seliiiiiinelbuseh. Zur Deckung von Trachealdefecten, mit Krankenvorstellung. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 1893, xxii, 78-82.—Torretta (A.) Contribution a la plastique de la trachSe. Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etcl, Par., 1912, xxxiv, 429.—TreArSp. Contribution a l'Stude de la rS- section et de la suture de la trachSe. Rev. hebd. de la- ryngol. [etc.], Par., 1903, xxiv, 273-284. -----. La chirur- gie de la trachSe. [Rap.] Soc.beige d'otol. [etc.], Brux., 1903, i, 1-63.—Turner (G. G.) Resection of the trachea for cicatricial stenosis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1909, i, 1355.— Van Stockuin. Reseetie van de luchtpijp. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1910,xiv, 2. pt., 2292-2295. Trachea (Syphilis of). Boyer (J.) Etude sur quelques cas d'adeno- pathie tracheo-bronchique dans la svphilis. 8°. Paris, 1897. Goetsch (E.) *Ein Fall von Syphilis der Trachea und der Bronchien. 8°. Greifswald, 1910. Hock (V.) * Teber syphilitische Tracheal- stenose. [Erlangen.] 8°. Wiirzburg, 1895. Parrain (P.-P.-A.) * Sur les gommes syphi- litiques de la trachee. 4°. Bordeaux, 1894. Conner (L. A.) Syphilis of the trachea and bronchi; an analysis of 128 recorded cases and report of a case of syphilitic stenosis of the bronchi. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1903, n. s., cxxv, 57-95. —Denker (A.) Ueber bronchoskopisch diagnostizierte Tracheobronchial- und Lungensvphilis. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1912. xxxviii, 11-13.—Downie (W.) Syphilitic ul- cerations of the trachea. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1899, ii, 1006- 1008.— Galliard (L.) Syphilis trachSo-bronchique. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1908, 3. s., xxv, 676-678.—Gantz (M.) Przypadek samoistnej przetoki tchawicy pochodzenia przvmiotavego (fistula tracheae svphilitica). Now. lek., Poznan, 1907, xix, 229-231.— Garcia Tapia (A.) Un cas de syphilis trachSale; trachSoscopie; myosite consScutive des muscles massS- ters; guSrison. Cong, internat. de mSd., Lisbonne, 1906-7, xv, sect. 12, 239-241. Also, transl.: Arch, internat. de la- ryngol. [etc.], Par., 1906, xxii, 540-542. -----. Un caso de estenosis traqueal sifilitica diagnosticada por traqueo- scopia indirecta, segun el mStodo de Semeleder-stork- Killian. Rev. clin. de Madrid. 1911, iii, 92-94.—Gau- cher, Gastou & Bostaine. Gomme perforante trachSale; mort fondrovante par hc'moptysie. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et svph., Par., 1903, xiv, 280-282. Also: Ann. de dermat. et s\ph., Par., 1903, 4. s., iv, 612-614 — Griffin (E. H.) Condylomata of the trachea. N.York M. J., 1895, lxii, 627.—Gruzdeflf (S.) Sifiliticheskoye suzheniye gortani i trakhei. [Syphilitic stricture of the larynx and trachea.] Protok. zasaid. Obsh. morsk. vrach. v Kronstadte, 1903-4, xli, 60-52.—Haenel (W.j Demonstration eines Falles von Syphilis der Trachea. Verhandl. d. Ver. deutsch. Laryngolog., Wiirzb., 1910,345 — Halle. Fall von gummoser Syphilis der Luftrohre. Verhandl. d. larvngol. Gesellsch. zu Berl., 1911, xxi, pt. 1, 69-72. Also: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xlviii, 37.— Hamburger (Y. E.) Sluchal gummae tracheae. Pro- tok. zasaid. Kavkazsk. med. Obsh., Tiflis, 1903-4, xl, 263.— Hanszel (F.) (ireumseriptes Gumma der Trachea. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1898, xi, 955— Kidd (P.) On syphilitic disease of the trachea. Clin. J., Lond., 1896-7, ix, 153-158.—Metz la r (C.) Syphilitische trachenalste- nose. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 190.'., 2. It., xxxix, d. 2, 669-671.—Meyjes (\\. P.) Syphilis dor tra- chea. Ibid., 1904, 2. r. xl, d. 2, 321 —Milian. Svphilis de la trachee. Syphilis, Par., 1905, iii, 721-742.—Neu- mann. Ein Beitrag zur Syphilis der Trachea und der Bronchien. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1904, xviii, 1-4.— Prels (N. P.) Sifilis trakhei. [Syphilis of the trachea.] Trachea (Syphilis of). Med. besleda, Voronezh, 1899, xiii, 185; 224.—Ramos & Uel<>atlo. Adenopatia traqueo-bronquica sifilitica. Aotas y trab. d. 1« Cong. mSd. nac, Habana, 1905, i, 112- 116.—von Selirotter (H.) Ueber Syphilis an der Thei- lungsstelle der Luftrohre. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1906,xl,11-16.—Sehiltze(A.) [Demonstration eines Pra- parates von primarer syphilitischer Exulzeration der Trachea mit sekundiirer Perforation in den Oesophagus.] Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz., u. Berl., 1903, xxix, Ver.-Beil., 3lJ8—Sikes (A. W.) Syphilitic stenosis of trachea and bronchi; septic broncho-pneumonia. St. Thomas's Hosp. Rep. 1900, Lond., 1902, n. s., xxix, 55.— Mumpf (R.) Zur Kenntnis der Tracheitis gummosa. berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 1272-1274.—Tlievenet. RStreeissement syphilitique de la trachSe. Bull. Soc. mSd. d. hop. de Lyon, 1906, v, 141. Also: Lyon mSd., 1906, cvi, 642.—Thomson (St. C.) A case of tracheal syph- ilis. Polyclin, Lond., 1902, vi, 145.—Tillgren (J.) Om svfilitisk tracheobronchialstenos. Hygiea, Stockholm, 1909, 2. f., ix, 101; 1193. Trachea (Tuberculosis of). See, also, Tracheobronchial glands (Diseases of). , Caille (A.) Perforation of a tuberculous bronchial lymph node into the trachea; sudden death. Arch. Pe- diat., N. Y., 1900, xvii,5*2-586. Also: Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc, N. Y., 1900, xii, 94-97.—Cli re tien (A.) Lesions tubercu- leuses particulieres de la^trachee dans l'espece bovine. Hyg.de laviande [etc.], Evreux, 1909, iii, 97-102.—Fer- nandez (J. G.) Tuberculosis de la tr&quea. Semana mSd., Buenos Aires, 1906, xiii, 957.—Gidionsen. Ein bemerkenswerther Fall von Tuberkulose der Trachea und gleichzeitiger Varixbildung daselbst mit letalem Ausgange. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1901, xlviii, 1651- 1653.—Guthrie (T.) Tuberculousdisease of the trachea leading to cartilage necrosis and involving the thvroid gland. J. Laryngol.,Lond., 1910,xxv,240-242.—Kelson (W. H.) Case of tuberculous ulceration of the trachea almost healed. /bid.,1902,xvii,631.—Koch (H.) Durch- bruch einer verkiisten tuberkulosen Lymphdriise in die Trachea. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1911, Ixi, 1046.—Ni- kolski (A.) Sluchal tuberkulyoza trakhei i krupnikh bronkhov sosmertelnimiskhodom. [Tuberculosisof the tracheaand large bronchi ending in death. Russk. Med., St. Petersb., 1891, xvi, 433.—Ogle (C.) Ulceration of tu- bercular gland into trachea, with rapidly fatal result. Tr. Path. Soc Lond., 1897-8, xlix, 26.—Kesser (M. M.) Sluchal tuberkulyoznavo laryingotrakhe'ita. [Tubercu- lar larvngotracheitis.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1909, lxxi, 821-826. Trachea (Tumors of). See, also, Trachea (Scleroma of). Heinzmaxn (K.) * Ueber die auf Bifurka- tionshohe und der hinteren Wand der Trachea lokalisierten Geschwulstbildungen. 8°. Miin- ehen, 1904. Krieg ([E.] 0.) * Ueber die primiiren Tu- moren der Trachea. 8°. Tubingen, 1908. Also, in: Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing.,1908, lviii, 162-190. Lampadius (K. W. J.) Ueber einen Fall von einer Mischgeschwulst in der Trachea. 8°. Leipzig, 1909. Lemoine (ISI.-J.) * Etude sur les tumeurs de la trachee. 8°. Paris, 1900. Vogler (0.) * Ueber das Vorkommen, die Symptomatologie, Diagnose und Therapie der primiiren Trachealtumoren. 8°. Zurich, 1896. Bellissen (V.) AdSnome de la trachee chez un ma- lade atteint d'adSno-lipomatose gSnSralisSe. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1907, ii, 70-75.—Boschi (E.) Osservazioni intorno ad un caso di tumore epiteliale pri- mitivo della trachea. Bull. d. sc. med. di Bologna, 1900, 7. s., xi, 314-332, 2 pl. Also [Abstr.]: Gazz. d. osp , Milano, 1900, xxi, 63.—Botella. Tumor traqueal extraido por traqueoscopia en un hemilaringuectomizado antiquo por cancer. Rev. de med. y cirug. pract., Madrid, 1910, lxxxvi, 264. — Botey ( R.) Neoplasia epitelial de la cuerda y banda ventricular izquierdas con infiltract6n y estenosis de la regi6n subgl6tica; traqueotomia; tiroto- mia; reprodueei6n de la neoplasia a los siete meses. Arch. lat. de rinol., laringol. [etc.], Barcel., 1901, xii, 31- 52. — Boriard (D.),jr. Tracheal obstruction from a tumor in a three-year-old boy. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1904, xxi, 774-777.— Brauer (L.) Gestielter intratrachealer Tumor, ein inspiratorisches, klappendes Gerausch fiber den Lungen verursachend. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1898-9, lxii, 403-407. —Brewer (G. E.) Papilloma of trachea. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1904, xl, 1012.—Cohen (J. S.) Multiple papillomata in a child; TRACHEA. 422 TRACHEA. Trachea (Tumors of). tracheotomy at four years of age; retention of canula thirteen years; evulsion of multiple laryngeal and pha- ryngeal neoplasms; closure of the tracheal fistula by a cutaneous flap; recurrent or repullulant growth at the anterior commissure of the glottis. Med. News, Phila., 1893, lxiii, 664. Also, Reprint.—Darbois. Sur le traite- ment radiothSrapique des tumeurs de la trachSe. Bull. et mSm. Soc. radiol. mSd. de Par., 1909, i, 140-142. — Bb- derlein (W.) Zur Kenntnis der Neubildungen der Trachea. Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1912, xxvi, 345-350.—Foster (H.) Granuloma of the trachea, with report of a case. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. [etc.]. Oto- Laryngol. Sect., St. Louis, 1908, xiii, 324-326. — Gold- soli in id t (O.) Sur un cas de papillomes bassituSs dans la trachSe opSrSs par la mSthode de Killian. Arch, in- ternat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1904, xviii, 569.—Guisez (M.) Large crico-tracheal polypus; removed by direct tracheoscopy; cure. J. Laryngol., Lond., 1908, xxiii, 338. -----. Quelques cas de tumeurs de la trachSe et des branches. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etcl, Par., 1911, ii, 449-470.—Harmsen. Eine retrotracheale Schleimcyste. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1902, xlix, 899. —Henrici. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Trachealtumoren. Arch. f. Laryngol., Berl., 1905, xvii, 283-286.—Heyninx. Polype trachSalmyxo-sarcomateux: coupe microscopique. Arch. internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1905, xx, 872, 1 pl.— Jaugeas. Tumeur de la trachSe guSrie par la rodiothS- rapie. Bull, et mSm. Soc. radiol. mSd. de Par., 1909, i, 125-127.—Jurasz. Vorstellung eines Falles von gutar- tigem Trachealpolvpen. Verhandl. d. Ver. siiddeutsch. Laryngol. 1894-1903, Wiirzb., 1904,100.—Kelson (W. H.) Growth from the trachea in a woman, aged 24. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1911-12, v, Laryngol. Sect., 106.— Koschier (H.) Zur Kenntniss der Trachealtumoren. Wien.klin.Wchnschr.,1896,ix,511-518.-----. Beitragzur Kenntnis? der Trachealtumoren. Ibid., 1897, x, 1006-1008. -----. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Trachealtumoren. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1898, xlviii, 1673-1678.—Krogius (A.) Svulst i trachea. [Tumor in . . .] Finska liik.- sallsk. handl., Helsingfors, 1902, xliv, 503. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Ibid., p. lxxxiii.—Law (E.) A case of pa- pillomatous excrescences, or ozaenic incrustations, or chalky deposits, or other lesion low down, in the trachea. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1902, ii, 571.—Lenart (Z.) Ein ope- rirter Fall eines Amyloid-Tumors des Kehlkopfs und der Trachea. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1908, xliv, 1048.—Navratil (I.) Papilloma multiplex esete, el6- zetes tracheotomia ut&n laryngofissio, Thiersch-lebeny AtiiltetSse. [A case of.. . preliminary tracheotomy after laryngofixation, transplantation of Thiersch flap.] Orr-, gSge- Ss fiilgyogy., Budapest, 1904,145. -----. Fibromata laryngiset tracheae; tracheotomia; laringofissio; gyogyu- las. [. . .; recovery.] Ibid., 1905,21; 74.—Belch (A.) Ueber die Amyloidtumoren der Trachea. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1909, xci, 577-598.—Rosenheim (S.) & Warneld (M.) A case of fibroadenoma of the trachea; with remarks on tumors of the trachea in general. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1904, cxxvii, 1045-1054.—Sauer (W. E.) Fibroma of the trachea. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1908, xv, 519-527. Also: Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1908, xviii, 252-262.—Schoonmaker (P.) Tumor in the lower part of the trachea demonstrated with the bronchoscope. Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1911, xxvi, 543.— Selirotter (L.) Neubildungen [der Trachea]. Jah- resb. d. Klin. f. Laryngosk. a. d. Wien. Univ. (1870), 1871, 80-86.—Schulth ess (W.) [Ein in der Wand der Tra- chea entstandener Tumor, der zu Tracheostenose und Erstickung gefuhrt hat.] Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1898. xxviii, 183.—Theisen (C. F.) Tumors of the trachea. Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass., N. Y., 1906, 264- 291. Also: Albany M. Ann., 1906, xxvii, 686-710.—Van den Wildenberg (L.) Du traitement appliquS a 4 enfants atteintsde papillomes du larynx etde la trachSe. Ann. Soc. de mSd. d'Anvers, 1908, lxx, 407-416,1 pl. Also: Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1909, xxvii, 485- 492.—Vitrac. Tumeur de la trachSe d'origine cesopha- gienne; ulcSration de la carotide primitive et de la jugu- laire interne; hemorragie foudroyante. Arch. clin. de Bordeaux, 1896, v, 572-578.—Vankauer (S.) A case of tumor in the lower trachea; removal by upper bron- choscopy. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1911, xx, 418-420.—Zondek (M.) Beitrag zur Lehre von den Trachealtumoren; ein Tumor der Glandula carotica. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xiv, 217-222. Trachea (Tumors of, Cancerous and malignant). Bargum ([J.] K.) *Ein Fall von primarem Krebse der Trachea und des rechten Bronchus. 8°. Kiel, 1897. Eidesheim (G.) * Ein Beitrag zum Vorkom- men primarer, bosartiger Neubildungen in der Trachea (Cylindrom). 8°. Leipzig, 1909. Berens (T. P.) A case of primary carcinoma of the trachea. Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass., N. Y., 1909, 70- 72. Also: Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, Trachea (Tumors of, Canceroust and malignant). 1909, xviii, 870. Also: Manhattan Eye, Ear & Throat Hosp. Rep., N.Y., 1910, xi, 140-143. -----. A case of primary carcinoma of the trachea. Manhattan Eye, Ear & Throat Hosp. Rep., N. Y., 1911, xii, 176-178.— Bircher (E.) Primares Carcinom einer intratrachealen Struma. Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1908, xx, 443-450.—von Bruns (P.) Resektion der Trachea bei primarem Trachealkrebs. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1898, xxi, 284-288.— Citelli. Su un caso molto raro di fibro-sarcoma gigante-tracheale guarito colla cordecto- mia esterna; sull' utility della cordectomia nelle stenosi laringeedovuteaposizionemedianapermanentedelledue cordevocali. Boll.d.mal.d.orecchio,d.golaed.naso, Fi- renze, 1912,xxx,206-211—»aland (J.) & JTlcFarland (J.) Primary malignant endotracheal tumor. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1904, xliii, 647-649. Also, Reprint.—Ehlicb (K.) Primares Carcinom an der Bifurcation der Trachea. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1896, xxx, 121-131.— Gleits- mann (J. W.) Ein Fall von Sarcom der Trachea. N. Yorker med. Monatschr., 1902, xiv, 172.—Hoffmann (R.) Ein Fall von isoliertem primiiren Carcinom der Tra- chea. Verhandl. d. Ver. siiddeutsch. Laryngol., Wiirzb., 1905, 125-128. Also: Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1905, xxxix, 361-367. Also, transl.: Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1905, xx, 360-367.—Kara bach. Ueber ei- nen Fall von Kehlkopfpfeifen infolge eines primiiren Trachealsarkoms. Monatsh. f. prakt. Tierh., Stuttg., 1910, xxi, 490-496.—Kaliler (O.) Zur Kenntnis des Tra- chealsarkoms. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1908, lviii, 906- 912. -----. Zur Kasuistik der primiiren Tracheal-Karzi- nome. Verhandl. d. Ver. deutsch. Laryngolog., Wiirzb., 1909, 117-122.—Kaunitz (P.) Zur Kasuistik des pri- maren Trachealkarzinoms. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xxv, 1413-1416.—Killian (G.) Ein Trachealsarcom. Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1901-2, xii, 423-429, 2 pl.—Kiibr (F.) Primarni tracheobronchogenni kar- cinom. Casop. lSk. desk., v Praze, 1906, xiv, 519; 585.— Levi (C.) Tumeur sarcomateuse de la trachSe; dSgS- nSrescence sarcomateuse de l'amvgdale. Bull. Soc anat. de Par., 1897, lxxii, 360-363.—Nager (F. R.) Ueber das primare Trachealcarcinom. Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhi- nol., Berl., 1907, xx, 276-286.—Oestreich (R.) Ein pri- mares Carcinom der Trachea. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1895, xxi, Ver.-Beil., 34. -----. Der primare Trachealkrebs. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1895, xxviii, 383-401. —Pogrebinski (M. G.) K patologii pervichavo raka trakhei. [Pathology of primary cancer of the trachea.] Yuzhno-russk. med. gaz., Odessa, 1894, iii, 61; 78. Also, transl.: Rev. de larvngol. [etc.], Par., 1894, xiv, 441-462, I pl.—Pollatschek (E.) Carcinoma tracheae. Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1901, xiv, 497.—Prota (G.) Sarcoma primario della trachea. Arch. ital. di laringol., Napoli, 1899, xix, 64-70.—Heiche (F.) Primares Tracheacarcinom; Metastase in der lin ken Nebenniere; Melasma suprarenale. Centralbl. f. allg. Path.'U. path. Anat.. Jena, 1893, iv, 1-8.—Kopke. Ein Fall von Tumor der Trachea (Sarkom?). Munchen.med. Wchnschr., 1907, liv, 187.—Holland. Sarcome de la trachSe opSrS par la voie externe. Rev. hebd. de laryn- gol. [etc.], Par., 1911, i, 325-330.—Saltykow (S.) Kar- zinom der Trachea mit Perforation in den Oesopha- gus. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1911, xli, 673.— Schmiegelow (E.) Primarer Cancer tracheae, nebst Mitteilung eines durch Resectio tracheae geheilten Falles. Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1909, xxii, 18-30.— Sim in el (E.) Zur Kasuistik des primiiren Carcinoms der Trachea. Ibid., 1910-11, xxiv, 449-453.—Zlba (S.) Ueber die Kombination von Larynx- bzw. Trachealcar- cinom mit Oesophaguscarcinom. Ibid., 1911, xxv, 40H09. Trachea (Tumors of, Cartilaginous). Bruckmann (E.) * Ueber Tracheopathia os- teoplastica (multiple Osteome in der Schleim- haut der Trachea). [ Freiburg i. Br. ] 8°. Berlin, 1910. Also, in: Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1910, CC, 433-452. Kass (A.) * Ueber Chondro-Osteome der Trachea. 8°. Greifswald, 1910. Mischaikoff (G.) * Ueber Knochenbildung in der Trachealschleimhaut des Menschen. 8°. Zurich, 1894. Reinhart (A.) * Beitrag zur Ossifikation der Trachealschleimhaut. 8°. Erlangen, 1903. Shene (K. I.) *0 razmyakhchenii khrya- shtshel dikhatelnavo gorla vdletskom vozrastle. [Softening of the cartilages of the trachea in childhood.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1900. A schorl' (L.) Ueber Tracheopathia osteoplastica. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch., Jena, 1910, 125- 127—Diamond (LB.) Multiple ossified ecchondrosis and exostosis of the trachea and larger bronchi. Tr. TRACHEA. 423 TRACHEOBRONCHIAL. Trachea (Tumors, of, Cartilaginous). Chicago Path. Soc, 1899-1901, iv, 83-96. Also: Medicine, Detroit, 1900, vi, 887-895,2 pl. Also, Reprint.—Haga(I.) Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Tracheopathia osteoplastica; Knorpel- und Knochenbildung in der Schleimhaut der Trachea. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xlviii, 1384-1387.— -----. Weiterer Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Tracheopathia osteoplastica; Knorpel- und Knochenbildung in der Schleimhaut der Trachea. Ibid. ,1912, xlix, 600— Has- linger. UeberTracheopathiaosteoplastica. Frankfurt. Ztschr. f. Path., Wiesb., 1912, x, 284-289.—Jaekson (Leila de E.) Solitary chondroma of the trachea. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1907-9, vii, 234-236.—Levinger. Multiple Osteome der Luftrohre (klinisch durch direkte Tracheoskopie festgestellt). Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1910, lvii, 2422.—Moltrecht (M.) Die multiplen Ecchondrosen der Trachea. Fortschr. a. d. Geb. d. Rontgenstrahlen, Hamb., 1902-3, vi, 169-177, 1 pl.— ftliiekleston (H. S.) On so-called "multiple osteo- mata" of thetracheal mucous membrane. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1909,xix,881-893.—Popova (SofiyaN.) K ka- zuistikie obrazovauiya kostnol tkani v stlenkle trakhei (Tracheopathia osteoplastica). Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1911, lxxvi, 952-961, 1 pl.—von Beeklinghausen (R.) Ein Fall von Ecchondrosis multiplex trachealis. Ver- handl. d.Gesellsch.deutsch.Naturf.u. Aerzte 1898.Leipz., 1899, lxx, pt.2, 2. Hlfte., 21.—von Sch rotter (H.) Zur Kenntniss der Knochenneubildung in der Luftrohre. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1899, xii, 414-416. Trachea (Ulceration of). See, also, Trachea (Perforation of); Trachea (Tuberculosis of). Dal ton (N.) * Case of ulcer of the trachea, involving the left recurrent laryngeal nerve, and perforating into the aorta. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1898-9,1, 30.— SchrSt- ter (L.) Geschwiire (der Trachea). Jahresb. d. Klin. f. Laryngosk. a. d. Wien. Univ. (1870), 1871, 79.—Taylor (J. G.) Report of a case of subcutaneous emphysema due to tracheal ulceration; probablv diphtheritic. Ann. Gynec. & Pediat., Bost., 1902, xv, 257-259. Trachea ( Wounds and injuries of). See, also, Emphysema (Traumatic); Trachea (Displacement, etc., of); Trachea (Fracture of); Trachea (Perforation of); Trachea (Rupture of)- Alcoek (J.) A case of rupture of the trachea; nec- ropsy. Lancet, Lond., 1897, ii, 793.—Bertrand (G.-L.) Coupde couteau de la nuque, ayant perforS la trachSe; guSrison. Arch, de mSd. et pharm. mil., Par., 1907, xlix, 359-364.—Cacioppo (C.) Una ferita d' arma da fuoeo al terzo medio del collo con rottura di due anelli carti- laginei della trachea; osservazioni; cura; guarigione. Gior. d. r. Soc. ed Accad. vet. ital., Torino, 1906, lv, 277 — Crick (L.) Plaie transverse du cou intSressant la tra- chSe dans sa totalitS; suture de la trachee; guSrison. Rev. de laryngol. [etc.],Par., 1893,xiii, 1066-1069.—Dalla Rosa (C.) Un caso di ferita della trachea. Riv. ve- neta di sc med., Venezia, ls'.i7, xxvii, 529-539.—Gas- ton (J. McF.) Tracheotomy for gunshot wounds of the trachea. Tr. South. Surg. & Gvnec. Ass. 1904, Birmingh., 1904, xvii, 370-380. Also: Alabama M. J., Birmingh., 1905, xvii, 53-59. Also: Charlotte [N. C] M. J., 1905, xxvi, 73-75.—Goodhue (E. S.) Wound of the trachea, with suture and union by first intention. Phila. M. J., 1901, vii, 74. Also, Reprint.—Grande (E.) Recisione com- oleta della trachea per ferita d' arma da taglio. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1900, xxi, 1608.—Jones (W.S.) & Keen (W. W.) Attempted suicide by cut throat followed by complete closure of the trachea by a diaphragm above the canula and persisting for 13 months; breathing through the larynx and speech entirely impossible; oper- ation; dissection of the diaphragm; suture of the trachea; restoration of normal breathing and voice. Phila. M. J., 1899, iii, 1295-1297. Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1899, xxxii, 1294-1296.—Livraga (L.) Sul processo di gua- rigione delle ferite della trachea. Clin, chir., Milano, 1907, xv, 734-744, 1 pl.—Lylord (C. C.) Tracheal col- lapse [in a borse]. Am. Vet. Rev., N. Y., 1906-7, xxx, 1201-1204.— Montgomery (W. P.) A case of subcu- taneous laceration of the trachea. Med. Chron., Man- chester, 1893, xviii, 115.—von Navratil (I.) Durch Trauma verursachte Zerreissung der Luftrohre. Pest. med.-chir. Presse, Budapest. 1903, xxxix, 1040. Also, transl.: Orr-, gSge- Ss fiilgyogy., Budapest, 1904, 131.— Osgood (A. T.) A case of subcutaneous rupture of the trachea, with remarks on forty three similar injuries. Med. & Surg. Rep. Presbyterian Hosp., N. Y., 1902, v, 260-268.—Kiezanoff (S.) Sluchal trakhealnol rani. Wound of the trachea.] Feldscher.St. Petersb., 1896, vi, 91.— SchUnberg (S.) Ein Fall von subcutaner querer Durchtrennung der Trachea und Abreissurg des Her- zens. Berl klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xiv, 2057.—Tol (K.) [A contribution to the question of suturing tracheal wounds.] Iji Shinbun, Tokio, 1903, 1543; 1641.—Van- verts (J.) Plaie de la portion thoracique de la trachSe Trachea ( Wounds and injuries of). consScutive a une plaie du cou par uri instrument piquant et tranchant. Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etcl, Par., 1898, xxiv 230-233.—Vorontsott* (V.) O zazhiv- lenii rani dikhatelnavo gorla poslle trakheotomii u zhivotnikh; eksperimentalnoyeizslledovaniye. [Closure of the wound of the trachea after tracheotomy in ani- mals; experimental research.] Arch. vet. nauk, St. Petersb., 1874, iv, 3. sect., 65-85,1 pl.—Wallace (W. L.) & Brust (H. O.) A case of laceration of the trachea; recovery without the usual tracheotomy. Buffalo M. J., 1911-12, lxvii, 130.—Yenmoff (A. I.) Sluchal riezanol rani dikhatelnavo gojUa (pokusheniye na samdubiystvo). [Cut wound of the trachea (attempt at suicide).! Vrach.- san. list. Simbirsk, gub., 1900, v, 166-171. Tracheata. IIaller (B.) Ueber den allgemeinen Bauplan des Tracheatensyncerebrums. Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1904, lxv, 181-279, 5 pl.—Leger (L.) Les schizogrSga- rines des trachSates. 2. Le genre Schizocystis. Arch. f. Protistenk., Jena, 1909-10, xviii, 83-110, 2 pl. —Saint Remy (G.) Contribution a l'Stude du cerveau chez les arthropodes trachSates. Arch, de zool. exper. et gSn. Hist. nat. [etc.], Par., 1887-90, 2. s., vbis, 1-274, 14 pl.— Verhoefr(K. W.) Zur vergleichenden Morphologie der Coxalorgane und Genitalanhiinge der Tracheaten. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1902, xxvi, 60-77. Trachelitis ovum. Hamburger (Clara). Beitriige zur Kenntnis von Trachelius ovum. Arch. f. Protistenk., Jena, 1903, ii, 445- 474, 2 pl. Trachelocerca. Lebedew (W.) * Ueber Trachelocerca phe- nicopterus Cohn. Ein marines Infusor. [Miin- ehen.] 8°. Jena, 1908. Also, in: Arch. f. Protistenk., Jena, 1908-9, xiii, 70-111, 2pl. Trachelomonas. Palmer (T. C.) Delaware Valley forms of Trachelo- monas. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Phila. (1905), 1906, lvii, 665- 675, 1 pl. Trachelorrhaphy. See TJterus-cervix (Laceration of, Treatment of). Tracheobronchial glands (Diseases of). See, also, Bronchial glands. Audy (P.) * Etude critique sur un signe pre- coee d'adenopathie bronchique (signe d'Eustace Smith). 8°. Paris, 1900. Billard (A.) * Contribution a l'Stude des ganglions trach£o-bronchiques au point de vue de l'anatomie et de la pathologie. 8°. Mont- pellier, 1908. Boisseau (R.-G.) Etude clinique des formes asthmatique, cardiaque et congestive de l'ade- nopathie tracheo-bronchique chez Padulte. 8°. Bordeaux, *1908. Bougarel ( L. ) *L'ad6nopathie tracheo- bronchique des nourrissons. Son diagnostic par le cornage bronchitique expiratoire et la radioscopie. 8°. Paris, 1906. Breton (P.) * Signes physiques de l'adeiio- pathie tracheo-bronchique. 8°. Paris, 1906. Duprat (H.) *L'adenopathie tracheo-bron- chique tubereuleuse chez les enfants; sa fre- quence, son expression clinique; son origine, son influence sur le poumon. 8°. Geri&ve, 1906. Ebert (0. G. H. E. ) *Ueber den Durch- bruch kasiger Bronchialdriisen in benachbarte Organe. [Halle-Wittenberg.] 8°. Hamburg dc Leipzig, 1908. Also, in: Jahrb. d. Hamb. Staatskrankenanst. 1907, Hamb. u. Leipz., 1908, xii, pt. 2, 213-248. Also, in: Mitt. a. d. Hamb. Staatskrankenanst., 1908, viii, 213-248. Eternod (A.-C.-F.) * Recherche sur les af- fections chroniques des ganglions tracheo-bron- chiqueset les suitesde ces affections. [Geneve.] 8°. Lausanne, 1879. TRACHEOBRONCHIAL. 424 TRACIIKOBRONCHI AL. Ti'acheobronchial glands (Diseases of). F.urise (C.-J.-A.) *Etude sur les tubercu- loses latentes et particulierement celle des gan- glions tracheo-bronchiques chez les enfants. 8°. Nancy, 1911. Friedrich (K. A.) *Sarkomatose der Bron- chialdriisen im Kindesalter. 8°. Munchen, 1905. Joly (L.) *Des accidents larynges et par- ticulierement de la stenose glottique dans l'ade- nopathie tracheo-bronchique. 4°. Paris, 1896. Medan (C.) *Des crises de cyanose dans l'adenopathie tracheo-bronchique. 8°. Lyon, 1906. Reye (E. [B.]) * Ueber akute diffuse ne- krotis'erende Tracheo-Bronchitis. [Rostock.] 8°. Hamburg dc Leipzig, 1909. Also, in: Jahrb. d. Hamb. Staatskrankenanst. 1909, Hamb. u. Leipz., 1910, xiv, pt. 2, 279-290. Salomon (J.) * Ueber die Folgen der chroni- sehen Bronchialdrusenaffectionen. [Leipzig.] 8°. Berlin 1903. Sievers (H. C.) * Ueber 3 Falle von Durch- bruch tuberkuloser Bronchialdrusen in die Luftwege. 8°. Marburg, 1903. Teuliere (A.) *Des complications mortelles de l'adenopathie tracheo-bronchique. 4°. Paris, 1888. Vosy (J.) * Contribution a I'etude des re- actions broncho-pulmonaires au cours de l'ade- nopathie tracheo-bronchique tubereuleuse. 8°. Paris, 1911. Ager (L. C.) The diagnosis of thoracic gland tuber- culosis during childhood. Arch. Diagn., N. Y., 1912, v, 48-52.—Aguilar Jordan (J.) Dos casos de adeno- patia traqueo-bronquial. Arch, de giriecop., Barcel., 1905, xviii, 457-460. Also: Rev. valenc. de cien. med., Valencia, 1905, vii, 17-21.— Albrecht(H.) & Arnstein (A.) Histologische Untersuchungen iiber die Haufigkeit der Tuberkulose der tracheo-bronchialen Lymphdriisen bei Kindern im Alter von 6-16 Jahren. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch., Jena, 1912, xv, 124-129.—Alek- sieyeff(N. N.) K patologii bronkhialnikh zhelyz u dietel. [Pathology of bronchial glands in children.] Dietsk. med., Mosk., 1899, iv, 397-411.—Ambler (C. P.) A few remarks upon diseased bronchial glands, associ- ated with mediastinal abscess. Charlotte [N. C.j M. J., 1898, xiii, 401-405.—Arthaud (G.) Sur l'importance pathogSnique des adSnopathies bronchiques. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1906, cxlii, 1231.—Aubertln (C.) BradypnSe et compression du phrSnique dans 1'adSno- pathie trachSo-brouchique. Bull, et mem. Soc. mSd. d. h6p. de Par., 1911, 3. s., xxxii, 166-168.-----. Ralentisse- ment de la respiration dans l'adSnopathie trachSo-bron- ehique. Rev. d'hyg. et de mSd. inf. [etc.], Par., 1911, x, 419-421.—Ausset. AdSnopathie trachSo-bronchique tu- bereuleuse; mort subite au dSclin d'une coqueluche in- tercurrente. Rev. mens. d. mal. de l'enf., Par., 1897, xv, 305-312.—Barbier (H.) AdSnopathie tracheo-bronchi- que. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1911, xiii, 221-226.— Barthelemy (F.) AdSnopathie trachSo-bronchique avec tirage et cornage, chez un enfant de 15 mois. Gaz. mSd. de Nantes, 1905, 2. s., xxiii, 71-74.—Battino (G.) Sopra un caso di morte improvvisa per compressione del vago da parte dei gangli tracheo-bronchiali. Atti d. Cong, pediat. ital. 1911, Palermo, 1912, vii, 589-592.—Ban- mel. AdSnopathie trachSo-bronchique. Ann. de mSd. et chir. inf., Par., 1904, viii, 521-523. Also: Montpel. mSd., 1904, xviii, 637-640—Bayeux & Audion. AdSnopa- thie trachSo-bronchique; perforation de la bronchedroite par un ganglion casSeux. Bull. Soe. anat. de Par., 1897, lxxii, 150-152.—Bing (H. J.) Om diagnose af bronkial- glandelsvulst. [The diagnosis of tumor of the bronchial glands.] Ugesk. f. Lseger, Kj0benh., 1910, lxxii, 1069- 1075.—Brelel. Trois formes cliniques de l'adenopathie trachSo-bronchique chez l'adulte. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1909, lxxxii, 865.—Bret & Dreyfus. Perforation de l'artere pulmonaire et de la bronche droite par un gan- gh'in suppurS. ,Province mSd., Lyon, 1897, xi, 181-184.— Brial (A.) Etude d'un cas d'adSnopathie trachSo- hruiiehique. J. de mSd. de Bordeaux, 1897, xxvi, 469- 471.—Brudziriski (J.) Przyczynek do rozpoznawania przerostu gruczolbw chlonnych okolooskrzelowvch u dzieci; o objawie Smith'a. [Hypertrophy of the peri- bronchial lymphatic glands in children; on Smith's sign.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1900, 2. s., xx, 564-570. Also, transl: Bull. mSd., Par., 1900, xiv, 687-689.—Calmette (A.). Tracheobronchial glands (Diseases <;ueriii (C.) & Delearde (A.) Origine intestinale des adSnopathiestrachSo-bronchiquestuberculeuses. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par.. LM>6, cxlii, 1136-1139. Also: Echo mSd. du nord, Lille. 19oii, x, 203-205. Also: Presse med., Par., 1906, xiv, 335.—de la Camp (O.) Die klinische Diagnose der Bronrhiahlrusentuberkulose. Ergebn. d. inn. Med. u. Kinderh., Berl., 1908, i, 556-574.—Cany (G.) Circulation collatSrale thoracique et adSnopathie tracheo- bronchique. Presse mSd., Par., 1911, xix, 1050-1052.— Cassaet (E.) AdSnopathie trachSo-bronchique avec mSdiastinite supSrieure unilatSrale. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. mSd. de Bordeaux, 1907, xxviii, 308; 316.—Clemens (J. R.) Enlarged bronchial glands. Med. News, N. Y., 1903, lxxxiii, 1121.—Couret (M.) A case of fibrinous tracheo- broncho-pneumonia due to the pneumococcus. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1908-9, Ixi, 594.—Cozzolino (O.) Beitrag zu den gegenwartigen Gesichtspunkten betreffs der Diag- nosestellung der Bronchialdriisentuberkulose im Kindes- alter. Arch. f. Kinderh., Stuttg., 1909, 1, 337-342.—De- roge & La ITIouehe. Sur un cas d'adSnopathie trachSo- bronchique tubereuleuse latente; pSricardite hemorrha- giquesecondaire. Tubercul.inf., Par., 1905, viii, 163-165.— Derscheid. De l'adenopathie trachSo-bronchique tu- bereuleuse. Policlin., Brux., 1910, xix, 193; 209.—Drey. [Intrathorakaler Tumor, wahrscheinlich Bronchialdrii- senschwellung.] Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kin- derh. in Wien,1904, iii, 82.—Duriau (G.) & Dubiis (J.) AdSnopathie trachSo-bronchique, compression de la veine cave superieure par une masse de ganglions tuberculeux ramollis; cedSine en pelerine; mort parasphyxie. Bull. et mSm. Soc. anat. de Par., 1912, lxxxvii, 124-127.— Eckert. Zur Frage der exspiratorischen Dyspnoe bei Bronchialdriisentuberkulose der ersten Lebensjahre. CharitS-Ann., Berl., 1910, xxxiv, 266-272. — d'Espine (A.) Note sur le diagnostic de l'adenopathie bronchique simple dans les affections thoraciques aigues et subaigues de l'enfance. Bull. Acad, de mSd., Par., 1907, 3. s., lviii, 142-146. -----. Le diagnostic prScoce de la tuberculose des ganglions bronchiques chez les enfants. PSdiatrie prat., Lille, 1907, v, 44-47. Also: Tuberculosis, Leipz., 1907, vi, 229-235. Also, transl.: Brit.M. J., Lond., 1910,ii, 1136.— Favuse (C.) Etude sur les tuberculoses latentes et par- ticulierement celle des ganglions tracheo-bronchiques chez les enfants. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1912, xxi, 169-185. — Ferrari (E.) Zur Kenntniss der Bron- chialdrusen-Erkrankungen; ein Fall von kryptogeneti- scher Septicopyiimie. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1899, xii, 888-891.—Friedjling (J.K.) Bronchialdriisentuberku- lose und Tumor cerebri (tuberc?) bei einem 5monatigen Kinde. Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1912, xi, 73.—Garrett (A.) As adenopathias tra- cheo-bronchieas prS-tisicas. Med. mod., Porto, 1912, xix, 93-96.—Gobbi (G.) L' adenopatia tracheo-bronehiale e i raggi Rontgen. Policlin., Roma, 1901-2, viii, sez. prat., 1281-1286.—Gouguenhelm. Del'adSnopathietrachSo- laryngienne. Gaz. hebd. demSd., Par., 1881, xviii, 578.— Gray (E. A.) Vertebral auscultation in the diagnosis of bronchial adenopathy. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1908, xiv. 54-58.—Grenet (H.) L'adSnopathie trachSo-bron- chique chez l'enfant. Ann. de mSd. et chir. inf., Par., 1911, xv, 497-511. Also: Paris mSd., 1910-11, 267-274.— Guerra-Estape (J.) Adenopatia tr&queo-bronquial infantil y susrelaciones con la tuberculosis; trascendencia de su diagn6stico. Rev. de cien. mSd. de Barcel., 1910, xxxvi, 482; 529.—Guinon (L.) Dyspnee chronique mor- telle par adSnopathie trachSo-bronchique tubereuleuse, avant debuts' a l'age de trois semaines. Bull, et mSm. Soc. mSd. d. h6p. de Par., 1903, 3. s., xx, 627-632. -----. Sur l'adSnopathie trachSo-bronchique tubereuleuse des jeunes nourrissons. Bull. Soc. de pSdiat. de Par., 1904, vi, 322-333. Also: Compt. rend. Soc d'obst., de gynSc. et de paediat. de Par., 1904, vi, 263-269. Also: Rev. mens. d. mal. de l'enf., Par., 1904, xxii, 529-539.—Guy ot. AdSno- pathie tracheo-bronchique avec irruption brusque du eontenu d'un ganglion caseeux dans les bronches; tra- cheotomie; nScropsie. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. . . . de Bordeaux, 1900, xxi, 4-6.—Halipre (A.) & Carpen- tier. Cornage permanent chez un jeune enfant par adSnopathie trachSo-bronchique simple. Rev. mSd. de Normandie, Rouen, 1912, 53-58. —Hall (J. N.) The dis- eases of the bronchial glands. Phila. M. J., 1900, vi, 1059- 1067. A'so, Reprint. -----. An unusual form of tubercu- lous disease of the chest. Am. Med., Phila., 1904.vii, 109.— Haushalter (P.) Tuberculose ganglionnaire pSri-tra- chSo bronchique. Gaz. d. h6p. de Toulouse, 1897, xi, 354— Haushalter (P.) & Fruhinsholz (A.) FrS quenceet valeur de l'adSnopathie tubereuleuse trachSo- bronchique dans la tuberculose miliaire des enfants et dans la meningite tubereuleuse. Tr. Brit. Cong. Tuberc. 1901, Lond., 1902, iii, 389. Also, transl.: Ibid., :;ss — llcdinger (E.) Primare Tuberkulose der Tra- chea und Bronchien. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Ge- sellsch., Jena, 1904, vii, 83-88. Also [Abstr.]: Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1904, xv, 538.—Heisler (A ) & Schall (H.) Ein Fall hochgradiger Bronchial- TRACHEOBRONCHIAL. 425 TRACHEOBRONCHOSCOPY. Tracheobronchial glands (Diseases of). driisentuberkulose ohne klinische Symptome. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1909, xiv, 159-165, 1 pl.— Hu- guenin. Bronchialdriisentuberkulose und Lungener- krankungen. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1910, xl, 89: 113; 145.—Hutinel. Les rSactions broncho-pulmo- naires au cours de l'adSnopathie trachSo bronchique. Rev. gSn. de elin. et de tliSrap., Par.. 1908, xxii, 369-373.— Jacknine. Ob-ervationsd'adenopathie; trachSo-bron- chique simple sruerie par le tubage. J. de clin. et de thSrap. inf., Par., 1897, v, 1004-1006.— Jonsset (P.) Ori- gine intestinale d'adenopathies traehSo-bronehiques tu- berculeuses. Art mSd., Par., 1906, ciii, 10-14.—Jundell (I.) Spontane Perforation einer tuberkulosenBronchial- druse in die Luftwege, spontane Expektoration derselben; Genesung. Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1904, lx, 76-83.— Kardaniates (I. P.) Xoipa.6o-0ufiaTi.Wia-; Tpaxeio- fipoyxiKi} aScvoiraSeia fJ.€r' atptoyia; ix.6vr\s Kai Ta^VKapSia?. 'IaTpnc^ npooSos, 'Ev Supu, 1903, viii, 129-132. — Klebs (E.) Bronchialdriisen-Tuberkulose und ihre Folgen. Kausale Therap., Hannov., 1904, i, 216-220.—Kiihnel (A.) Ein Fall von Perforation einer verkiisten Bron- chialdriise in den Oesophagus und in den rechten Haupt- bronchus. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1905, xviii, 486-4S8 — Laureati (F.) Ricerche rdntgenologiche nell'adeno- patia tracheo-bronchiale. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1908, xxix, 1374-1379.—Lavergne (F.) AdSnopathie tracheo- bronchique et traitement thermal. Cong, franc, de med. 1895, Par., 1896, ii, 919-923.—Leroux (C.) L'adSnopathie trachSo-bronchique dans ses rapports avec la tuberculose pulmonaire chronique chez les enfants. Ann. de med. etchir. inf., Par., 1907, xi. 829-835—Luzzatti (T.) Con- siderazioni semeiologiche sul segno di Smith nell' adeno- patia tracheo-bronchiale dei bambini. Riv. ospedal., Roma, 1912, ii. 397-399.—JlcCaskey (G. W.) Tubercu- losis of bronchial glands: tuberculin; chest pain. Am. Med., Phila., 1903, v, 259-261. Also, Reprint.—IHaillet (F.) Quelques accidents dus & l'adenopathie trachSo- bronchique. Ann. demSd. etchir.inf., Par., 1911, xv, 511- 514. Also: Montpel. mSd., 1911, xxxiii, 87-90. -----. Les accidents de l'adSnopathie trachSo-bronchique. Arch. de mSd d. enf., Par., 1912, xv, 193-205. Also: Rev. prat. d'obst. et de paediat., Par., 1912, xxv, 161-182.—llann (M.) Ueber einige Falle von Erkrankungen der Luft- rohre und der Bronchien, diagnc-tiziert mit Hilfe der Killianschen Tracheo-Bronchoscopie. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1907, liv, 1120-1124. -----. Sehadigung des Tracheobronchialbaumes durch Lymphdrusenanthra- kose. Verhandl. d. Ver. deutsch. Larvnyoloir., Wiirzb., 1912,146-156.—Tlartan. AdSnopathie traehSo-hronchi- que et cSphalSe. PSdiatrie prat.. Lille, 1909. vii, 3os.— iTIaurel (P.) De l'adSnopathie tracheobronehique. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1912, lxxxv, S81-&M). Alsn: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1912, n. s., xciv, 233—Jlerklen. Ade- nopathies tracheo-bronchiques. Clinique, Par., 1911, vi, 323-326.—.Tlery (E.) Le diagnostic de l'adSnopathie trachSo-bronchique et la tuberculose a son debut. Rev. gSn. de clin. et de thSrap., Par., 1904, xviii, 725.-----. Les complications de l'adSnopathie trachSo-bronchique. Ibid., 1910, xxiv, 182-184.—Mesnard (A.) PiSces de suture de la trachSe du chien. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1900, lxxv, 1037.—Jlichalovvicz (M.) Opuki- wanie kregoslupa n dzieci w gruzlicy gruczolovv tcha- wiczno-oskrzelowych. [Percussion of the spine in chil- dren in tuberculosis of the tracheo-bronehial glands.] Przegl. pedyat., Krak6w, 1908-9, i, 510-568.—.florain W.) Des adSnopathies trachSo-bronchiques dans l'en- ance; diagnostic et traitement. Rev. internat. de mSd. et de chir., Par., 1898, ix, 258-260.—MO Her (0.) Leber Bronchialdriisentuberkulose. Med. Cor.-Bl. d. wiirt- temb. arztl. Landesver., Stuttg., 1909, lxxix, 925-928.— fIya(G.) Penetrazione e rottura di ghiandole linfati- che bronchiali caseiflcate nelle vie respiratorie. Clin. mod., Pisa, 1*'.)8, iv, 305-308.—Nachod (F.) Bronchial- stenosein Folge von Durchbrueh peribronchialer Lymph- driisen in die Luftwege. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1897, xxii, 393.—Nanu (I.) Ueber einen tddlich verlaufenen Fall von Perforation der Pulmonalarterie infolge Nekro- tisierung einer intertracheobronchialen Lymphdruse mit gleichzeitiger Oeffnungin den linken Bronchus und in die Speiserohre. Berl. klin.-therap. Wchnschr., 1905, 741- 745. Also: Wien. klin.-therap. Wchnschr., 1905, 7-11-745.— Nawclmento Gurgel. Pathogenia da adenopathia traeheo-bronchica. Tribuna med., Rio de Jan., 1910, xvi, 224-226.—Neumann (H.) Irrtiimliche Deutung eines physikalischen Brustbefundes bei Kindern. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1907, xliv, 243-246. [Discussion], 261.— d'CEIsnitz ( L.) La recherche de la transsonance sterno-vertSbrale chez les enfants; sa valeur pour le diagnostic de l'adSnopathie trachSo-bronchique. Bull. Soc. de pSdiat. de Par., 1912, xiv, 317-323. Also: PSdiatrie prat., Lille, 1912, x, 498-500. Also: Rev. in- ternat. de mSd. et de chir., Par., 1912, xxiii, 297-299. -----. CaractSresdes troubles respiratoires et des images radioscopiques dans l'adenopathie tracheo-bronchique de la premiere enfance. Rev. mens, de gvnec, d'obstSt. et de pediat., Par., 1912, vii, 21-31.—Officer i D. McM.) Enlarged bronchial glands in children. Intercolon. Tracheobronchial glands (Diseases of). M. Cong. Australas. Tr. 1902, Hobart, 1903, 145-151.— Oppenheim (R.) & Laubry (0.) Traitement de l'adenopathie trachSo-bnuu hiphagus by Bruning's instrument. Lancet, Lond., L90S, ii, 1359-1364.—Winternitz (A.) & Paunz (M.) Ujabb adatok a laryngo-tracheoskopiaSs bronchoskopia directa gyakorlati SrtSkShez. [On the practical value of direct laryngo-tracheoscopy.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1910, liv, 412-416. Tracheo tomes (Patent specifications for). Lyman (L. J.) Tracheotomes. Xo. 241,036; May 3, 1881.—Bussell(D.L.) Tracheotome. No. 300,285; June 10, 1884. Tracheotomy. See, also, Air-passages (Foreign bodies in); Bronchia (Foreign bodies in); Chloroform (Ac- cidents from, Treatment of); Croup (Lntubation in, Complications, etc., of); Croup (Tracheotomy in); Diphtheria (Tracheotomy in); Glottis ((Edema of, Treatment of, Operative); Glottis (Scalds of); Goitre (Complications, etc., of); Goitre (Treatmentof, Operative); Hydrophobia (Treatment of); Infants (New-born, Asphyxia, etc., of, Treatmentof); Larynx (Cancer of, Treat- ment of, Operative); Larynx (Foreign bodies in); Larynx (Liflammation of, Treatment of, Opera- tive); Larynx (Surgery of); Measles (Compli- cations of, Buccal, etc.); Measles (Treatment of); Morphine (Poisoning by, Treatment of); (Eso- phagus (Foreign bodies in, Treatment of, Oper- ative); (Esophagus (Strieture of, Treatment of, Operative); Opium (Poisoning by, Treatmentof); Trachea (Foreign bodies in, Treatment of, Opera- tire). Delmas (P.-H.-J.) *De la tracheotomie et du calibrage de la trachee dans les operations sur la glande thyroide. 4°. Lyon, 1894. Garcia (J. M. ) *Ligeras consideraciones sobre la operacion de la traqueotomia. Casos en que el cirujano debe practicarla, circunstan- cias en que debe abstenerse de hacerlo. 8°. Pachuca, 1884. Giudice (J.-L.-M.) * Tracheotomie et thy- rotomie. 8°. Bordeaux, 1906. Hirigoyen (P.-M.-G.) *Valeur comparee de la tracheotomie' et de l'intercrico-thyrotomie. 4°. Bordeaux, 1896. Trelat (U.) De la tracheotomie dans les le- sions syphilitiques des voies respiratoires. 8°. Paris, 1869. Bayer (C.) Die Tracheotomie mit besonderer Be- riicksichtigung der Verhaltnisse auf dem Lande. Ztschr. f. arztl. Landpraxis, Frankf. a. M., 1894, iii, 161; 202.— Berry (J.) Tracheotomy. Clin. J., Lond., 1906, xxviii, 390-394.—Biedert. Satze fiber Tracheotomie. Ver- handl. d. Versamml. d. Gesellsch. f. Kinderh. . . . deut- sch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1889, Dresd., 1890, vii, 32-37.—Car- riere (G.) La trachSotomie. Nord mSd., Lille, 1901, vii, 181-187.—Caste lain. Pronostic raisonnS de la tra- chSotomie Bull. mSd. du nord, Lille, 1893, xxxii, 295; 312- 345; 385: 415; 430; 460; 483.—Cnopf. Die Indication Tracheotomy. zur Tracheotomie. Munchen. med Wchnschr., 1894, xli, 373-376. Also, Reprint.—Dabney (J. D.) A paper on tracheotomy. Railway Surg., Chicago, 1894, i, 128.— Delageniere (P.) TrachSotomie dans les interven- tions bucco-pharyngiennes. Assoc, franr;. de chir. Proc.- verb. [etc.], Par., 1899, xiii, 307-312.—Delaup (S. P.) Tracheotomy as a resource in collapse during general anaesthesia. Proc Orleans Parish M. Soc. 1896, N. Orl., 1898, 55-60.—Faguet (C.) La trachSotomie. Rev. in- ternat. de mSd. et de chir., Par., 1898, ix, 326-332.— Gamgee (L.) Some remarks concerning tracheotomy on children. Birmingh. M. Rev., 1895, xxxvii, 163-171.— Golden (W.W.) Tracheotomy. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1901, lx, 109.— Holden (G. H. R.) Concerning tracheotomy. St. Barth. Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1892, xxviii, 157-166.— Jackson (C.) Tracheotomy. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhi- nol. & Otol. Soc, [New Bedford, Mass.], 1909, 337-344. Also: Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1909, xix, 285-290.—Rei- ner. Tracheotomia transversa bei Kindern. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1912, xxxviii, 1812.— Leeeh ( T. F. ) Tracheotomy. Tr. Indiana M. Soc, Indianap., 1893, xliv, 151-162. Also: Indiana M. J., Indianap., 1893-4, xii, 380-384. — Mlkhallon" ( N. N. ) Teoriya i praktika trakheotomii. [Theory and practice of tracheotomy.] Voyenno - med. J., St. Pe- tersb., 1897, clxxxviii, med.-spec, pt., 1-59.—Morgan (J.H.) A clinical lecture on tracheotomy. Clin. J., Lond., 1892-3, i, 289-294.—OToure (E.-J.) TrachSotomie et thy- rotomie. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1907, i, 33- 40.—von Navratil (E.) Tracheotomie. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1904, xl, 122.—Neureutter (B.) NSco o fezu priidusnice (tracheotomii). Casop. lSk. Sesk., v Praze, 1876, xv, 171.—Olorlz Ortega (F.) Dos traque- otomias de urgencia extrema. Gac mSd. d. Sur de Es- pana, Granada, 1911, xxix, 272-276.—Sindelar. Trache- otomovati Si intubovati? [Tracheotomy or intubation?] Casop. lSk. cesk., v Praze, 1907, xlvi, 1394-1399.—Spal- ding (A. E.) Tracheotomv. Tr. Minnesota M. Soc, St. Paul, 1387, 55.—Spear (R.) Tracheotomv. Rep. Surg. Gen. Navy, Wash., 1903, 282.—Stout (A. B.) Tracheot- omy. Tr. M. Soc. Calif., Sacramento, 1858, ii, 91-103, 1 pl.—Trible (G. B.) Indications for intubation and tra- cheotomy. U. States Nav. M. Bull., Wash., 1912, vi, 219- 221.—Trumpp (T.) Die Tracheotomie des praktischen Arztes. Kinder-Arzt, Leipz., 1893, iv, 177-180. —Tur- ner (F. M.) On tracheotomy. Practitioner, Lond., 1909, lxxxii, 120-126.—Van KAeel". Discussion sur la trachS- otomie. Ann. Soc. mSd.-chir. de LiSge, 1895, xxxiv, 12- 18.—Van Schaick (G.G.) Tracheotomv. Internat. J. Surg., N. Y., 1900, xiii, 75-77.—Wharton' (H. R.) Tra- cheotomy. Am. Text-Bk. Dis. Child. ( Starr ). 2. ed., Phila., 1898, 870-890, 1 pl.—Wicart. La trachSotomie. Rev. mens, du mSd. prat., Par., 1912, ii, 53-56. Also, transl.: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1912, n. s., xciv, 78-80.— Voung(H.H.) Tracheotomy in emergencies. N.York M. J., 1895, Ixi, 530. Tracheotomy (Cases and statistics of). See, also, Trachea (Foreign bodies in). Baer (G.) * Tracheotomie und Intubation im Kinderspital Zurich. Beobachtungen aus den Jahren 1874-91. [Zurich. ] 8°. Leipzig, 1892. Borgoni (R.) Una mia prima statistica di 6 tracheotomie. 8°. [Napoli, 1899.] Galignani (A.) Duecento tracheotomie e malattie attinenti con speciale rilievo della siero- terapia antidifterica. Statistica locale. 12°. Piacenza, 1900. Gonzalez Vazquez (J.) *aEs grave por si misma la traqueotomfa? Estudio hecho sobre algunas observaciones recogidas en Mexico re- latives a esta operacion. 8°. Mexico, 1873. Lailheugue (J.-B.-R.-A.) *De la tracheoto- mie dans les accidents graves de l'anesthesie. 8°. Bordeaux, 1904. Williams (C. J. B.) Authentic narrative of the case of the late Earl of St. Maur, with the short-hand notes of the retractation and apology. 2. ed. 8°. London, 1870. Agostinelll (R.) Una tracheotomia a mia figlia. Per il xxv anno d. insegn. chir. di F. Durante n. Univ. di Roma, 8°, Roma, 1898, ii, 351-359.—Andrew (F.) Tra- cheotomy of an infant. Intercolon. M. J. Australas., Melbourne, 1905, x, 570.—Berwald. Bericht iiber 50 Tracheotomien. Zentralbl. f. Kinderh., Leipz., 1908, xiii, 133-138.—Bisson (A. O.) Tracheotomy in slight respi- ratory obstruction associated with febrile toxaemia. Lan- cet, Lond., 1907.i,218-221.—Boeekel (J.) TrachSotomie. Gaz. mSd. de Strasb., 1893, Iii, 37.—Booth (T. S.) Tra- TRACHEOTOMY. 428 TRACHEOTOMY. Tracheotomy (Cases and statistics of). cheotomy, with recoverv. Oklahoma M. J., Guthrie, 1895, iii, 319-321.—Brelteil. Goitre; trachSotomie. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux, 1896, xvii, 220.— Cantwell (F. V.) A clinical study of tracheotomy; ten cases, one death. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1896, xlix, 228.— Chubb (W. L.) Successful tracheotomy in infants. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901, i, 395.—Cott (G. F.) A series of tracheotomies. BuffaloM. J., 1905-6, Ixi, 640-647.— Couch (J K.) Some experiences in intubation and tracheotomy. Am. Physician, N. Y., 1907, xxxiii. 220-222. Also: Aus- tralas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1907, xxvi, 2(8-280.—Culling- wortli. A case of tracheotomy in an infant three days old. Lancet, Lond., 1893, i, 195.—Czarnik (S.) Intu- bacyai tracheotomianapodstawie spostrzczeh, zebranych w szpitalu dla dzieci pod nazwa^sw. Zofii we Lwowie w lataeh 1894-1903. [Intubation and tracheotomy based upon observations in the St. Sophia Children's Hospital of Lemberg in 1894-1903.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa. 1905, 2. s., xxv, 891; 911; 942; 974; 992.—Davezae. Tracheotomie d'urgence. MSm. et Bull. Soc. de mSd. et chir. de Bor- deaux (1896), 1897, 402-405.—Davis (B. B.) Three cases of tracheotomv. Proc. Nebraska M. Soc, [Omaha], 1892, 71-77.—Day i K. W.) & Jackson (C.) Laryngeal steno- sis from post typhoid perichondritis; tracheotomy, thy- rotomy, intubation; exhibition of two patients. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. A Laryngol., St. Louis, 1904, xiii, 24-35. Also, Reprint.—Diiriier (A.) Ein Fall von Tracheal- stenose durch ein Aortenaneurysma; Tracheotomie; Exi- tus ein Jahr spiiter. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1899, xii, 627. Dubrovo (V. I.) Po povodu desyati trakheoto- miy. [Apropos of 10 tracheotomies.] Khirurgia, Mosk., 1899, vi, 11-19.—Duiilop (M.) & Mackenzie (T. C.) Case of tracheotomy in a child of four months; recovery; note on difficulties in re-establishing nat- ural respiration. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1900, ii, 1188 — Keinnn. A propos d'un cas de trachSotomie. Bull. Soc. beige d'otol. et de laryngol., Brux., 1896, i, 7.— Uvans (T. C.) Tracheotomy for edema. Louisville Month. J. M. & S., 1903-4, x, 427.—Forns (R.) Un buen caso de traqueotomia; curacion. Oto-rino-laryngol. es- pafi., Madrid, 1898-9, i, 133-136.—Fortin. Note sur un cas de tracheotomie chez l'adulte. Bull. Soc. de med. de Rouen (1893), 1894, 2. s., vii, 90-92.—Fraenkel (A.) Graphische Darstellungen der Tracheotomiestatistik des Karolinen-Kinderspitals. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1898, xi, 594-597.—Gayton (W.) Tracheotomies in the North- western Hospital, Haverstock-Hill. Lancet, Lond., 1894, ii, 319.—Gorbenko (M. D.) Trakheotomiya i intuba- tsiya ii dletel po povodu ostravo laryngostenoza v Nagar- tavaskol bolnitsie Khersonskavo Zemstva. [Trache- otomy and intubation in children for acute laryngoste- nosis in the Nagartav hospital of the Kherson zemstvo.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1906, xiii, 371-373.—Goris. [Neuf cas de trachSotomie.] Ann. de l'Inst. chir. de Brux., 1903, x, 24.—Gouguenheim (A.) La trachSotomie dans le service laryngologique de l'h6pital Laraboisiere. Bull, et mSm. Soe. de chir. de Par., 1894, n. s., xx, 263- 266.—von Graele (A.) Mededeeling van een geval van tracheotomie, met gunstigen uitslag wegens oedema glot- tidis ondernomen. Nederl. Lancet, Gravenh., 1854-5, 3. s., iv, 479-488. Also, Reprint.—Guisey. Trois cas de laryngostomies pour stSnoses cicatricielles cricotra- chSales ayant nScessite la trachSotomie. Ann. de mSd. et chir. inf., Par., 1910, xiv, 242-249.—Hankins (G. T.) Case of neoplasm (?) in the neighborhood of the larynx; suffocation; tracheotomy; subsequent external opera- tion; recoverv; patient shown. Australas. M. Gaz., Syd- ney, 1900, xix, 316-318.— Heasley (J. A.) Tracheotomv. J. Mich. M.Soc, Detroit, 1905, iv, 114-116.—Heiueinann (M.) Tracheotomie infolge schwerster Rhinitis bei ei- nem 4wochentliehen Kinde; Heilung. Areh. f. Kin- derh., Stuttg., 1904, xxxix, 364-368.—Jones (C. P.) Re- port of two tracheotomv cases. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1903-4, viii, 455-457.—Law (W. F.) Two cases of tracheotomy. Brit. Guiana M. Ann., Demerara, 1898, x, 37-39.—Lemanski. Une tracheotomie et un tu- bage chez des Musulmans. Bull. mSd., Par., 1898, xii, 10- 13. Also: MSd. inf.. Par., 1898, ii, 45-53.—Lipscher. Fall von Kehlkopf- und Trachealstenose; Tracheotomie; In- tubation. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1906, xlii, 310.—Longo (A.) Considerazioni cliniche ed anatomo- patologiche sulle intubazioni e tracheotomie eseguite durante un biennionel reparto difterici dell' Ospedale d. S. Spirito. Atti d. clin. oto-rino-laringoidat. d. r. Univ. di Roma, 1905, iii, 53-79. Also: Rassegna internaz. d. med. mod., Catania, 1906, vii, 1; 10; 17.—Lovett (R. W.) & lUiuiro (J. C.) A consideration of the results in 327 cases of tracheotomy, performed at the Boston City Hos- pital from 1864 to 1887. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1887, n. s., xciv, 160-170. Also, Reprint.—MacKenzie (W.) Caseof retropharyngeal inflammation; abscess; intubation; tra- cheotomy; recovery. Intercolon. M. J. Australas. Mel- bourne, 1901, vi, 230-233 — M< Kiiumie (O. A M i Tra- cheotomy; report of cases. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc, N. Y. 1911, xvii, 446-452. Also: Virginia M Semi-Month., Richmond, 1911-12, xvi, 162-165.—Tl asse i (F.) Statistica di tracheotomie. Policlin., Roma, 1893-4 I 'racheotomy (Cases and statistics of). i, 216-223. Also: Atti d. r. Accad. med.-chir. di Napoli, 1894, xlviii, 487-501.—.Hassier (H.) (Edeme aigu a fri- irore des ventricules latSraux et des aryteno'ides et diph- tcrie sous-glottique typique; trachSotomie; guSrison. Rev. hebd., de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1899, xix, pt. 2, 27:i-2s5.—MatSjovsky (F.) Pfispevky k traeheotomii pri zaskrtu. [Contributions to tracheotomy for cervical tumor. Casop. lSk. desk., v Praze, 1866, v, 124. —Mat- thews (J. P.) A case of tracheotomy. Tr. Illinois M. Soe. 1885, Chicago, 1886, xxxv, 137-142.—Matueei (G. G.) Su venti tracheotomie eseguite nella clinica pe- diatrica di Firenze nell'-anno scolastico 1892. Spe- rimentale. Comunicaz. eariv., Firenze, 1892, 345-352.— von Navratil (E.) LaryngotrachSotomies (185s- 1908). Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1909, xxviii, 385; 793.—Oehlsehlaeger. Beitrage zur Tra- cheotomie. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1869, xi, 839- 857.—"Partridge (C. E.>. Three successful cases of tracheotomy of four operated on from November, 1898, to March, 1899. Am. J. -Surg. & Gynec, St. Louis, 1899-1900, xiii, 133-135.—Pezza (F.) Di un' opportuna aggiunta alia cannula tracheale di Liier. Morgagni, Mi- lano, 1908, 1, 449-452.—Pietri. RStrScissement cicatri- ciel du pharynx inl'Srieur d'origine syphilitique; tracheo- tomie et, plus taid, traeheoplastie. J. de mSd. de Bor- deaux, 1909, xxxix, 604.—Prescott (W. H.) & Goldth- wait (J. E.) Report of 392 cases of intubation and 139 cases of tracheotomy done at the Boston City Hospital. Boston M. & S. J., 1891, exxv, 694; 710. Also, Reprint.— Bainer (Mine.) TrachSotomie pour une laryngite sy- philitique avec cedSme de la glotte. Bull, et mSm. Soc. de chir. de Bucarest, 1906-7, ix, 181.—Ranke. Tracheo- tomie-Resultate bei systematisch durehgefiihrter Venti- lation. Verhandl. d. Versamml. d. Gesellsch. f. Kinderh. . . . deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1885, Dresd.,1886, iii, 19-51.— Belph (H.) & Bood (F.) Tracheotomy during the administration of nitrous oxide gas. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, i, 1287.—Bielielot (L.-G.) La trachSotomie dans le service laryngologique de l'h6pital LariboisiSre, par M. Gouguenheim. [Rap.] Bull, et mSm. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1896, n. s., xxii, 348-356.—Boberts (W.) Two eases of tracheotomy. Phila. Hosp. Rep., 1905, vi, 184-]87.— Rogers (J.), jr. Experiences with tracheotomv. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1901, lix, 641-615.—Schaldemose (V.) Et Tilfoeldeaf Bronchialglandeltuberkulosemed Perforation til Bronchus, helbredet ved Tracheotome [A case of tu- berculosis of the bronchial gland with perforation of the bronchus, cured by tracheotomy.] Hosp.-Tid., K0benh., 1902, 4. R., x, 561-568.— Sehippers (J. C.) Ervaringen bij 676 traeheotomieii verricht gedurende de jaren 1899 tot 1908. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1909, xliv, pt. 2,1969-1976. Also: Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1910, lxxii, 636-641.-Sch in id. Bericht iiber 20 Tracheotomien in landlichen Verbaltnissen. Med. Cor.-Bl. d. wiirttemb. arztl. Ver., Stuttg., 1894, lxiv, 73; 81.—Scholield (G.) Asphyxia due to rapid enlargement of thyroid gland;. tracheotomy; partial thyroidectomy; recovery. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901, ii, 1528.—Setien (F.) Traqueotomia de urgencia en un nifio en estado de apnea persistente, a consecuencia de una laringitis intensa. Rev. mSd. de Se- villa, 1910, liv, 301-305.—Stevenson (D. A.) Trache- otomy under difficulties; report of a ease complicated with carcinoma of the mouth and throat. Indiana M. J., In- dianap., 1904-5, xxiii, 464.— Szeparowicz (J.) Przy- czynek do kazuistyki rozciecia tchawicy. [Tracheotomy cases.] Przegl. lek., Krakdw, 1875, xiv, 201; 213; 233; 247; 257.—Tapia (A. G ) Dos casos interesantes de traqueo- tomia. Rev. Ibero-Am. de cien. mSd., Madrid, 1904, xi, 252-258. Also: Rev. espec.mSd. Laotorino-laringol.espan., Madrid. 1904, vii, 162-164. Also, transl.: Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1904, ii, 97-102.—Templeton (J. M.) Two cases of tracheotomy. North Car. M. J., Wilmington, 1894, xxxiii, 196-199.—Thomson (St. C.) Tracheotomy under local antesthesia. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, ii, 922.—Tracheotomie. Ist. di clin. chir. d. r. Univ. di Pisa. Rendic. d. operaz., 1898-1901, 30.—Hide (C. W. F.) ZusammenstellungderimHerzogthumBraun- schweig vom 23. November 1720 bis zum 8. April 1869 ausge- fiihrten Luftrohrenschnitte. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1869, xi, 743-761.—Vallin. Un pointdepratiqueapropos de la trachSotomie des trSs jeunes enfants. Bull. Soc. d. sc. mSd. de Lille (1893), 1894,175.—AVa Iker (P. C.) Notes on three cases of tracheotomy. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901, ii, 1467.—Wright (H. E.) A case of tracheotomy in a child under thirteen months, with remarks on the opera- tion in general. South African M. J., Cape Town, 1896-7, iv, 227-230. Tracheotomy (Complications and se- quel ;e of). See, also, Glottis (CEdema of); Mediastinum (Abscess of). Eske (K. ) * Ueber Arrosionsblutungen grosser Gefasse nach Tracheotomie. 8°. Leip- zig, 1906. TRACHEOTOMY. 429 TRACHEOTOMY. Tracheotomy (Complications and s<- quehe of). Ctrossk-Schoxepauck (H.) * Ueber die De- ckung von Defekten in der vorderen Tracheal- wand nach Tracheotomie und die operative Beseitigung von narbigen Luftrohrenwren- gerungen. 8°. Greifswald, 1901. Krexzer (E.) * Ueber Arrosion grosser Ge- fasse nach Tracheotomie. 8°. Bonn, [1898], Lahr (F.) * Ueber den Blutsturz nach der Tracheotomie. 8°. Giessen, 1894. Rabot, Sargnon & Barlatier. Kctrecisse- ments du larynx et de la trachee consecutifs au tubasje et a la tracheotomie. 8° Paris <.(• Lyon, 1908." Sforza (X.) La pratica della intubazione e della tracheotomia nelle laringostenosi difte- riche e morbillose. 8°. Roma, 1909. Taute (M.) * Ueber todliche Blutungen im Gefolge der Tracheotomie. 8°. Tubingen, 1903. Also, in: Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1903-4, xli, 17-35. Wiesemes (A.) *Ein Fall von Yerblutung nach Tracheotomie infolge Arrosion der Arteria anonyma. [Miinehen.] 8°. Bonn, 1900. Abrahams (E. J.) Over de verwijderde gevolgen der tracheotomie. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk.. Amst., 1902. 2. R., xxviii, d. 2,113-147.—Abranii I P t L'avenir des traeheotomisOs. J. d'hyg.. Par., 1902. xxvii, 5'.i.— Aleksinski (A.) Dvie trakheotomii s interesnimioso- bennostyami. [Two tracheotomies with interesting pecu- liarities.] Khirurgia, Mosk., 1905, xviii, 510-514.—Bar- rier (G.) Deformation et ISsionstraehealescicatricielles consScutivesa la trachSotomieprovisoire. Bull.Soc.centr. de med. vSt., Par., 1906, lx, 222-225— Ba vie ra (V.) Em- piema necessitate al giugulo. Riv. ospedal., Roma, 1912, ii, 315.—Bayer. Cas d'owelusion tracheale (occlusion membraneiise de la trachee) presque complete par un neoplasme nS d'une ancienne cicatrice de tracheotomie; intervention par les voies naturelles; ynSri-on. Bull.Soc. beige d'otol. [etc.], Brux., 1899, iv, 57-61. —Billot (C.) Contribution a l'Stude des canules a trachSotomie tom- bees dans les voies aSriennes. Ann. d. mal.de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1896, xxii, 245-261.—Botella tS. i & Cortes (D.) ContribuciSnal estudio de las complica- ciones de la traqueotomia. Rev. espec. med. La otorino- laringol. espan., Madrid, 1901, iv, 51-53.—Braga (A.) II trattamento delle laringostenosi consecutive a tracheo- tomia mediante 1' intubazione. Boll. d. Soc. med. di Parma 1909, 2. s., ii, 59-63.—Cassaet. PSnetration de Pair dans les veines pendant la trachSotomie; mort au bout de trois heures. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. ... de Bordeaux, 1889, x, 66-80—Chatin & Pehu. Lupus de la face, lupus consecutif du larynx; trachSotomie d'ur- gence; pleurede gauche; stSnose cicatricielle glottique; port permanent de la canule. Lyon mSd., 1907, cix, 951- 953— Citelli (S.) Ueber die Vernarbung der Tracheal- wunden nach Tracheotomie; makroskopische und mi- kroskopische Beobachtungen. Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhi- nol., Berl., 1907, xx, 125-149. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Atti d. Conff. d. Soc. ital. di laringol. (etc ] 1906, Siena, 1907, 200- 204— Comba(C) Presentazione di un caso di stenosi tracheale secondaria alia tracheotomia, guarito colla in- tubazione. Atti d. Accad. med.-fis. fiorent. 1900, Firenze, 1901, 28-30. -----. Stenosi delle prime vie respiratorie se- condarie alia tracheotomia ed alia intubazione. Riv. di chir. pediat., Firenze, 1906, iv, 561-602. Also, transl.: Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1907, Iii, 200; 210; 222; 235; 247; 257.—Cox (C.N.) Report of an accident with a tracheotomy tube. Tr. Am.Larvngol.,Rhinol. &Otol.Soe.l902,N.Y.. 1903,viii.330- 332. Also: Ann.Otol.,Rhinol.&Laryngol.,St.Louis,l902,xi, 467-469.—Ba vide (G.) Sopra un caso di rimozione tar- diva della cannula tracheale dopo tracheotomia. Riv. venetadiscmed., Venezia,1897,xxvii,424-427.—Deleourt (A ) UlcSrationslaryngeesettrachSalesconsecutivesala trachSotomie. Presse mSd. beige, Brux., 1903, lv, [dis- cussion], 559-566.—Dhomont (P.) L'avenir des operes de trachSotomie. Progres mSd.. Par., 1907, 3. s., xxm, 107—Boyer (J.) Eene moeilijkheid na tracheotomie. Geneesk.'('onrant, Amst, 1904, lviii, 413-415.—Kgidi (F.) Caduta dei tubi nella trachea e nei bronchi. Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.] 1906, Siena, 1907,181.— FJlett (E. C.) General emphvsema following trache- otomv. Memphis Lancet, 189K-9, i, 180-182. -----. An unusual, and probably unique, complication (general emphysema) of tracheotomv. Georgia J. M. & S., Savan- nah 1901, ix, 72. Also: Atlanta J. Rec. Med., 1901-2, iii, 322.—ICim'elliardt (A.) Pathologischanatomischeund klinische~Beitni,ge zur Frage der Blutungen nach der Tracheotomie wegen Diphtherie im Kindesalter. Mitt. a. d Gn-uz^eb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1900, vi, 398-433.— Ferre ri ' G.) Di talune conseguenzedella tracheotomia. Tracheotomy (Complications and se- quel iv of). Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino-Palermo, 1894, ii, 173- 179.—Finder. Asphyxie; Tracheotomie; Section zeigte ein vom rechten Sinus pyriformis und der rechten Plica ary-epiglottica ausgehender taubeneisrosser Tumor. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1903, xl, 508.—Forbes (D.) & Courtauld (R. M.) A note on tracheotomy cases in the course of which there were long periods of inability to dispense with the tube. Lancet, Lond., 1909, i, 1525.— Forchhamiuer (G.) Trakeotomi og Fonetik (iAn- ledning af Hr. Dr. med. Langgaard's og Hr. Dr. M011er's Artikler). [Tracheotomy and phonetics (in reference to Dr. Langgaard's and Dr. M011er's articles.] Hosp.-Tid., Kj0benh.. 1896, 4. R., iv, 1230-1234.— Foy (G.) A unique caseof general emphvsema followingtracheotomy. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1901, n. s., lxxii, 333.—Franek (O.) Ueber die Intubationsstenose des Kehlkopfes nacn sekundarer Tracheotomie. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl.,1906, xxxii, 2061— Fuehs (W. H.) Report of case of tracheotomy, with retention of the tube for seven months. Med. Fortnightly, St. Louis, 1894, v, 71- 73.—Fullerton (R.) Removal of a tracheotomy tube which had become infectedin the left bronchus. Practi- tioner, Lond., 1906, lxxvi, 829-xxi. -Fyshe (J. C.) & Hunter (A. W.) A case of " retained tube." Montreal M. J., 1907, xxxvi, 180.—Galalti (D.) La rottura delle cannule per tracheotomia. Atti d. Cong, pediat. ital. 1901, Firenze, 1902, iv, 289-296. Also: Arch. ital. di otol. [etc], Torino, 1901-2, xii, 213-220. Also, transl.: Ann. de mSd. et chir. inf., Par., 1901, v, 793-799. Also, transl.: Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1901, li, 2385-2389.—Galebski (A. Ya.) K llecheniyu laringo-trakhealnikh suzheniy u dletel poslle trakheotomii pri pomoshtshi verkhnel bronkhoskopii. [Treatmentof laryngotracheal strictures in children after tracheotomv by superior bronchoscopy.] Vestnik Ushn., Gorlov. i Nosov. Bollezn., S.-Peterb., 1912, iv, 17-20.—Gentile (G.) L' influenza el' organorespira- torio; una tracheotomia risparmiata con guarigione del- 1' inferma. Boll. d. clin., Milano, 1893, x, 8-12.—Gold- man (A. J.) Przyczynek do nauki osmiertelnych krwo- tokach po cieciu"tchawicy. [Fatal haemorrhages after tracheotomy.] Czasopismolek., L6dz, 1902, iv, 147; 193.— Hanenbaeli-Burckhardt (E.) Ueber Retention der Secrete bei Tracheotomirten und Intubirten. Cor.- Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1893, xxiii, 385-391.— Meeker (R.) Ueber Verblutung nach Tracheotomie durch Arrosion der Arteria anonyma. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1897, xliv, 531-534.—Hedon (E.) Suppres- sion d'une canule trachSale quinze ans aprSs la trachSo- tomie. Arch, internat. de larvngol. [etc], Par., 1908, xxvi, 865-869. Also: Montpel. mSd., 1908, xxvii, 88-92 — Hotmail (M. S.) Sluchal prodolzhitelnavo prebivaniya trakheotomicheskoi trubki v bronkhialnol sistemie. [Continued presence of the tracheotomy tube in the bronchial system.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1903, x, 470; 493.—Horeasitas (J.) Algunas complicaciones en los traqueotomizados y su traiamiento. Rev. ibero-am. de cien. mSd., Madrid 1908, xix, 163-166.— Jaboulay. Canule a trachSotomie tombee dans la bronche droite. Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1906, xxxii, pt. 2, 421-429.—Jacques (P.) Ankylose crico- arytenoidienne bilatSrale par trachSotomie; haute laryngotomie intercricothvro'idienne). Rev. hebd, de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1904, i, 756-759.—Justi ( K.) Diaphragma der Trachea nach Tracheotomie. Miin- ehen. med. Wchnschr., 1912, lix, 195l.t.—Killian. Die Intubationsbehandlung bei laryngeal en und trachealen Stenosen nach Tracheotomie. Verhandl. d. Ver. siiddeutsch. Laryngol. 1894-1903, Wiirzb., 1904, 64- 71.—Klauber (O.) Ueber todtliche Blutungen im Ge- folge der Tracheotomie. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1904, xxix, 69-71.—Klihl (E.) Zur Frage der Retention der Secrete bei Tracheotomirten. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1894, xxiv, 33-35—Koroleff(N. D.) O kormlenii trakheotomirovannikh bolnikh pri razstrolstvle glota- niya. [Feeding of tracheotomized patients in disturbed deglutition.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1892, xxxvii, 527-531.— Korteweji (.1. A.) Verhinderd decanulement na tra- cheotomie. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1903, 2. K., xxxix, d. 2, 1090-1093.— Lack (L.) La cura dei tracheotomizzati. [Abstr.] Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1806, xvii, 291. — Laiiirgaard (C.) Trakeotomi og Fonetik. [Tracheotomy and phonetics.] Hosp.-Tid., Kj0benh., 1896, 1. it., iv, 1029-1036. See, also, supra, Forchham- mer, and, infra, M0ller.—Leech (P.) Stenosis of the trachea after tracheotomy. Lancet, Lond., 1893, i, 1314.— Lehnerdt(F.) Ueber die Endresultate der Tracheo- tomie. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1908, xxxiv, 1193. — lieiner (C.) Mediastinales Emphysem bei tracheotomierten Kindern. Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1903, lviii, 448-45X— Leslie (J. M.) &Thoinpson(,I. A.) Tracheotomv tube retained three years and four months. Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1903,n. s., 1,59.— L.eto (L.) Morte improvvisa in bambini tracheotomizzati. Atti d. Cong. pediat. ital. 1911, Palermo, 1912, vii, 350-353. — Levrey. Spasme de la glotte consecutif a la trachSotomie guSri par le tubage. J. de clin. et de thSrap. inf., Par., 1895, iii, TRACHEOTOMY. 430 TRACHEOTOMY. Tracheotomy (Complications and se- quelae, of). 901.—Lony (A.) Ueber Granulome des Kehlkopfs und der Luftrohre nach geheilter Tracheotomiewunde bei acutem Larynxoedem. Arch. f. Laryngol. n. Rhinol., Berl., 1900-1901, xi, 407-414. —Marcovich. Emorragia polmonale dopo la tracheotomia. Riv. veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 1899, xxxi, 138-141.—Martina (A.) Die Arro- sion sblutun gen nach der Tracheotomie durch Caniilen- decubitus. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1903, lxix, 567-592— Alartuseelli (G.) & Ciociola (F.) Le con- seguenze tardive della tracheotomia. Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.] 1908, Siena, 1909, 214-226,1 pl. Also: Boll. d. mal. d. orecchio, d. gola e d. naso, Firenze, 1907, xxv,93-108.— Massei (F.) Intorno ad un possibile, non lieveincidente nella tracheotomia. Gazz. internaz. di med., Napoli, 1906, ix, 25-27. —JUasslni (M.) Er- schwertesDekaniilement infolge von Verbiegungdervor- dern Trachealwand nach Tracheotomia superior und Einfluss des Diphtherieserums auf die Zeit der Vornahme des Dekanulements. Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1912, n. F., lxxvi, 402-416. — Ulenetrier & Clunet (J.) Laryngite aigue phlegmoneuse a entSrocoques chez une femme enceinte de huit mois et demi; trachSotomie; guSrison; accouchement prSmaturS spontanS; septicSmie a entSro- coques chez l'enfant. Bull. etmSm. Soc. mSd. d. h6p.de Par., 1907, 3. s., xxiv, 313-317.—JW011er (J.) Et Par Be- mserkninger e AnledniDg af Dr. med. Chr. Langgaard's Artikel; Trakeotomi og Fonetik. [A few remarks in re- gard to Dr. Chr. Langgaard's article: Tracheotomy and phonetics.] Hosp.-Tid., Kj0benh., 1896, 4. R., iv, 1134- 1136.—Jtlons (L.) Mort subite aprSs la trachSotomie. Arch, de mSd. et pharm. mil., Par., 1898, xxxi, 138-144.— Moure (E.-J.) La difficultS d'ablation de la canule apres la trachSotomie. [Rap. de Grancher.] Bull. Acad. de mSd., Par., 1900, 3. s., xliv, 269-273. -----. Sur une des principales causes empSchant la dScanulation aprSs la trachSotomie chez l'enfant et l'adolescent. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1900, ii, 753-762.— Nast-Kolb (A.) Spongioser Knochen in einer Tra- cheotomienarbe. Arb. a. d. path. Inst, zu Berl. Feier . . . Johannes Orth, Berl., 1906, 256-259. —Navratil (I.) Tizennyolc Sv elott tracheotomia, granulatio a lSgcsoben. [Tracheotomy 18 years previous, granulation in windpipe.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1900, xliv, 551.— Pieniazek. Beitrag zur Behandlung der Luftrohren- stenosen nach der Tracheotomie. Verhandl. d. Gesell- sch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1894, Leipz., 1895, lxvi, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 294-299.—Pipping (W.) Spatstorungen nach der Tracheotomie. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1903, xlix, 138-145. — Poncet & Sargnon. Diagnostic clinique: trachSotomie datant de 2 ans, pour tuberculose; port permanent dela canule; Stat cachectique; chute des liquides et des solides dans la trachSe; extraction d'un sSquestre mobile dans la trachSe; extraction d'un sSques- tre mobile par trachSoscopie infSrieure; mort de broncho- pneumonie; autopsie; syphilis trSs probable; sSquestre crico'idien tombS dans la trachSe et fistule laryngo- trachSale consScutive; mort par broncho-pneumonie; examen histologique; tuberculose. Lyon mSd., 1907, cviii, 724-729.—Portela (D. J.) Una traqueotomia con' diflcultades. Bol. de laringol., otol. y rinol., Madrid, 1908, viii, 1-6.—von Ranke. Zur Verhutung der nach Intubation und sekundiirer Tracheotomie zuweilen sich einstellenden Kehlkopfstenosen. Verhandl. d. Ver- samml. d. Gesellsch. f. Kinderh. . . . deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1905, Wiesb., 1906, 264-272.—Reinhard (P.) Zur Kenntniss des Auftretens von Trachealstenose nach Tracheotomie. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh.,Berl., 1899,xxxiii, 241-243.— Reynier. Canule-trocart a trachSotomie. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1905, n. s., xxxi, 800.— Riehardiere (H.) Le tubage dans le spasme de la glotte persistant apres la trachSotomie. Bull. mSd., Par., 1897, xi, 405.—Ross (J. M.) Sequelae of tracheotomy occurring after closure of tracheal wound. Edinb. M. J., 1882-3, xxviii, 786-796.—Sfdlo (T.) DulezitS posorovani na zuzujicich svazech hlasivky po fezu prudusnice, jich vysvetleni a praktickS oceneni. [Interesting observation of contracted vocal chords after section of windpipe, its explanation and practical value] Casop. lSk. cesk., v Praze, 1874, xiii, 221; 229.—Sommer (H. O.) A case of Duchenne's disease; temporary tracheotomy; death. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1901,lx, 545.—Sonimers (O.) Vomit- ing with tracheotomy tube in situ. Ann. Otol.. Rhinol. . Tractatus de cibis, e libro de medicina ad Cons- tantium Pogonatum. [Incerti auctoris.] Tie pi. rpogo&v. In: Ekmerixs (P. Z.) Anecdota med. Gra;ca. 8°. Lugd. Bat., 1840, 223-275. Tractatus de pestilentia. la C Incipit putilis: tractatus de pe/stilentia, 12b, in quantitate vnius fab 2C. 12 1. sm. 4°. [s. L, a. et typ.] Initial capitals on 1» supplied in red. Another copy without initial capitals in red. [Tractatus quarundam medicinarum cirugica- lium.] MS. 94 1. sm. 4°. [n. p., n. d.] An early Italian MS. with invocation only at beginning. At end: Explicit tractatus, etc., as above. On leaf 14 is an obscure reference to Guido da Villanova. Tractatus schedius de peste [etc.]. See Iatro- technus [pseud.']. Tractatus de temporibus et modis, recte pur- gandi in morbis. Nobilis socii Salodiensis me- dici. 141pp. 16°. 1 'enetiis, B. Ciesanus, 1550. Traction. See, edso, Hip-joint (Diseases of, Treatment of); Joints (Diseases ejf, Treatment of). Cod i vii la. Sulla trazione dell' arto inferiore appli- cata direttamente alio scheletro. Arch, ed atti d. Soc. ital. di chir., Roma, 1904, xviii, 69-72.—Kossi (B.) Le trazioni applicate direttamente alio scheletro degli arti inferiori col metodo Codivilla; esperienza propria di 16 casi. Ibid., 1906, Roma, 1907, xx, 237.-Taylor (R. T.) Some new traction apparatus for hip disease; Pott's dis- ease, etc. Tr. Am. Orthop. Ass., Phila., 1899, xii, 355-358. Traction (Rhythmic) of tongue. See Asphyxia (Treedment of); Infants (New- born, Asphyxia, etc., Treatment of). Tractors (Metallic). Heil (K.) Historische Bemerkung zum "Vakuum- helm" des Dr. Kuntzsch. Zentralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1912, xxxvi, 1221.—Lamb (D.S.) Perkins' metallic trac- tors. Wash. M.Ann., 1908-9,vii, 167-174. Also,Reprint- Smith (J. T.) Historical sketch of Elisha T. Perkins, inventor of the metallic tractors. Maryland M. J., Bait., 1910, liii, 166-173. Also, Reprint.—Waterson (Davina). Mesmer and Perkins' tractors. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1909, 19. s., iii, 16-23. Tracy (Edward A.) [1863- ]. A new ma- terial for surgical splints and jackets, with a method for applying it. 7 pp. 12°. Chicago, 1893. Repr.from: 3. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1893, xxi. ------. A brief splint-technology for surgeons. 12 pp. 12°. [Philadelphia, 1894.] Repr.from: Med. News, Phila., 1894, lxiv. ------. List of surgical splints exhibited at the Columbian Exposition, Chicago, 1893. 4 1. 8°. Boston, 1894. ------. The control of the spine bv a new method. 5 pp., lpl. 12°. Boston, 1896. Repr.from: Boston M. & S. J., 18%, cxxxv. ------. Treatment of Colles' fracture. 4 pp. 16°. Chicago, 1897. Repr.from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1897, xxviii. ------. The passing of plaster. 7 pp. 16°. Chi- cago, 1897. Ripr. from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1897, xxix. —----. The fallacies of X-ray pictures. 7 pp. 12°. Chicago, 1897. Repr.from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1897, xxix. ------. Modern treatment of fractures. 4 pp. 12°. Chicago, 1899. Repr.from: 3. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1899, xxxiii. ------. A safe and quick method of joint and bone fixation. 12 pp. 12°. Boston, 1899. Repr.from: Boston M. & S. J., 1899, cxii. TRACY. 433 TRAGOPOGON. Tracy (Edward A.)—continued. ■-----. A new spinal jacket. 4 pp. 12°. Bos- ton, 1900. Repr.from: Boston M. & S. J., 1900, cxliii. -----. A neglected case of Potts' disease of the spine under treatment with a new spinal brace. 4 pp. 8°. New York, 1900. Repr.from: Pediatrics, N. Y.,1900, x. >-----. Tubercular disease of the knee-joint and hip-joint in children. Diagnosis and treatment. 10 pp. 8°. Chicago, 1901. Repr.from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1901, xxvi. -----. Treatment of broken collar bone. 3 1. 8°. Chicago, 1902. Repr.from: Surg. Clin., Chicago, 1902, i. -----. The cure of tuberculosis of the joints, with report of cases. 10 pp. 8°. [New York], 1906. Repr.from: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1906, lxxxiv. -----. A note of surgical splinting. 7 pp. 8°. New York, 1907. Repr.from: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1907, lxxxvi. Tracy (Evert E.) [1870- ]. Ligation of the dorsal vein of the penis for impotency. 3 1. 16°. Chicago, 1897. Repr.from: Med. Standard, Chicago, 1897, xix. Tracy (James Joseph) [ -1901]. Obituary. Lancet, Lond., 1902, i, 63. Tracy (Martha). Some micro-chemical reac- tions and their value in the study of cancer cells. Pt. I. Iron. llpp.,2pl. 8°. [Boston], 1905. Repr.from: 3. Med. Research, Bost., 1905, xiv. In: Pub. Cornell Univ. M. Coll. Stud. Dep. Path., N. Y., 1905, v. -----. Some micro-chemical reactions. Pt. II. Notes on methods employed for the localisation of potassium and phosphorus, pp. 447^154. 8°. [Boston], 1905. Repr.from: 3. Med. Research, Bost., 1905, xiv. In: Pub. Cornell Lniv. M. Coll. Stud. Dep. Path., N. Y., 1905, v. ■-----. A study of the toxins of bacillus prodi- giosus. pp. 307-327. 8°. Boston, 1907. Repr.from: 3. M. Research, Bost., 1907, xvi. In: Pub. Cornell Univ. M. Coll. Stud. Dep. Path., [N. Y.], 1907, vii. Tracy (Roger S[herman]) [1841- ]. [Com- parative statement of the death rate between New York and London.] In: City Record, N. Y., 1888, xvi, 1214. -----. The outlines of anatomy, physiology, and hygiene. Being an edition of the Essen- tials of anatomy, physiology and hygiene, xii, 383 pp., 1 pl. 12°. New York, Cincinnati dc Chicago [1889]. -----. Hand-book of sanitary information for householders, containing facts and suggestions about ventilation, drainage, care of contagious diseases, disinfection, food, and water. With appendices on disinfectants and plumbers' ma- terials. 114 pp. 16°. New York, D. Appleton dc Co., 1895. Tracy (Samuel Gfately]) [1867- ]. Radium in medicine. 11 pp. 8°. New York, 1903. Repr.from: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1903, lxxvii. ------. High frequency, high potential currents, and X radiations in the treatment of epilepsy. 11 pp. 12°. New York, A. R. Elliott, 1905. Ripr.from: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1905, lxxxi. Tracy (Stephen E.) A study of the urinary analysis of operative cases and the treatment of complications arising from kidney insufficiency. 8 pp. 8°. [New York], 1907. Repr.from: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1907, lxxxv. vol xviii, 2d series---28 Tracy (Stephen E.)— continued. ------. Report of a case operated on for ad- vanced ectopic gestation associated with fibro- myomata. 4 pp. 8°. New York, 1908. Repr.from: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1908, lxxxvii. Trademarks. Bacon (C. S.) Report of the Committee on Patents and Trademarks. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1909, Iii, 2063.— Stewart (F. E.) The relation of the patent and trade- mark laws to materia medica nomenclature. Ibid., 1912, lix, 836-839.—AVilbert (M. I.) Present status of the laws relating to patents and trade-marks. Ibid., 834. Trader (John Wesley) [ -1907]. Obituary. J. Missouri M. Ass., St. Louis, 1908, iv, 748. Trades (Offensive). Bygott (A. H.) Offensive trades; some considera- tions in reference to the Local Government Board; mem- orandum of October, 1910. Pub. Health, Lond., 1910-11, xxiv, 356-359.—Sen (R.) Offensive trades. San. Rec, Lond., 1907, n. s., xxxix, 50; 91; 113; 154. Tradescantia. Farmer (J. B.) & Shove (Dorothy). On the struc- ture and development of the somatic and heterotype chromosomes of Tradescantia virginica. Quart. J. Micr. Sc, Lond., 1904-5, xlviii, 559-569, 2 pl—Simonin. La Tradescantia erecta; ses proprietes hgmostatiques. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1903, xxiv, 309-311. Also, transl.: Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1903, xlviii, 425. Tradition, Maccnioro (V.) Die anthropologischen Grundla- gen der Tradition. Polit.-anthrop. Rev., Leipz., 1908-9, vii, 1-10.—Rouge (J.) Traditions populaires de la Tou- raine meridionale (arrondissement de Loches). Gaz. med. du centre, Tours, 1906, xi, 295; 310; 345; 363; 375: 1907, xii, 10. Traeger (Albert). *Zur Casuistik der Pleu- ritis im Greisenalter. 35 pp. 8°. Jena, A. Kampfe, 1894. c. Traffic. Gilbert. Sonderkatalog der Gruppe Hy- giene des Verkehrs zu Lande der wissenschaft- lichen Abteilung der Internationalen Hygiene- Ausstellung, Dresden, 1911. 8°. Dresden, 1911. McLaughlin (A. J.) The prevention of water- borne disease in lake and river traffic. Boston M. &S. J., 1912, clxvii, 831-834.—Kubner (M.) Der Verkehr und Verkehrsschaden. Hyg. Rundschau, Berl., 1907, xvii, 1080-1089. Tragacanth. Fuller (H. C.) Tragacanth; its sophistication with another gum. Am. J. Pharm., Phila., 1912, lxxxiv, 155-158. —Runne (H.) Zur Priifung des Traganths. Apoth.-Ztg., Berl., 1909, xxiv, 389-391. Tragan (Louis) [1874- ]. *De Interven- tion chirurgicale dans les affections du madias- tin posterieur et en particulier dans eel les de l'cesophage. 50 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1903, No. 130. Tragedy. Kaplan (L.) Zur Psychologie des Tragischen. Imago, Leipz. u. Wien, 1912, i, 132-167.—Warstat (W.) Das Tragische, eine psyehologisch-kritische Untersu- chung. Arch. f. d. ges. Psychol., Leipz., 1908, xiii, 1-70. Tragedy (The) and comedy of war hospitals. By Sister X. xiv, 185 pp., 8 pl. 8°. London, J. Murray, 1906. Tragelaphus. Lydekker (R.) On the mountain nyala, Tragela- phus buxtoni. Proc. gen. meet. . . . Zool. Soc. Lond., 1911, pt. 2, 348-353,1 pl. Tragopan. Gblgi (A.) Studi sul genere Tragopan Cuvier. Me- moria. Mem. Accad. d. sc. med. d. Ist. di Bologna, 1890- 3, 6. s., x, 393-405. Tragopogon. Smith (F. J.) A case of poisoning by Tragopogon pratense, or goat's beard. Lancet, Lond., 1911, i, 794. TRAGULUS. 434 TRAINING. Tragulus. Edwards (A. -M.) * Recherches anatomi- ques, zoologiques et paleontologiques sur la famille des chevrotains. 4°. Paris, 1854. Alessandrlni (G.) Prime notizie anatomiche di un Tragulus morto in Roma. Spallanzani, Roma, 1893, xxxi, [3. s., i], 63-71. -----. Notizie anatomiche del Tra- gulus meminna Erxl. Boll. d. Soc. rom. per gli stud. zool., Roma, 1893, ii, 141; 269: 1894, iii, 175, 1 pl.— OTc- Clure (F. W.) The postcava of an adult Indian chevro- tain (Tragulus meminna Erxleben). Anat. Anz., Jena, 1906, xxix, 375-377. Also, Reprint. Tragus (Illeronynius) [1498-1554]. For Bioqraphn. see Afohild. . . . d. Arznk. verd. Ge- lehrten [etc.J. 4°. Augsburg, 1805, 110, port. Traheron (Bartholomew). The interpreta- tion of straunge words. 15 1. fol. [London, 1543.] Bound with: de Vigo (Joannes). The most excellent workes [etc.]. fol. London, 1543. Traicte de la dissolution du mariage [etc.]. See Hotman [Antoine]. Traicte de la peste, avec les remedes certains et approuvez pour s'en preserver et garantir. Nouvellement faict par le College des maistres chirurgiens jurez de Paris. 2. ed., reveue et augmentee. 48 pp. 12°. Pan's, N. Buon, 1606. Traictc (Le) des urines, le quel traicte de leurs couleurs et ce qu'elles peussent signifier, par les quelles urines on peult ognoistre facillement toutes les maladies que peussent estre au corps de l'homme et de la femme et d'ou ilz prece- dent approuve par plusieurs medecins comme Avicene, Rasis, ac Ypocras et Gilles, et plusieurs aultres assez expers en l'art de medecine. [A la fin:] Cy finist le traicte des urines nouvelle- ment imprime a Paris par Alain Totrian et Denis Janot, imprimeurs et libraires demourants en la rue neufve Nostre Dame a l'enseigne de l'escude France, lviii, 2 1. 24°. Paris, [n. d.]. Traill (Thomas Stewart) [1781-1862L Outlines of a course of lectures on medical jurisprudence. 3. ed. xi, 224 pp. 8°. Edinburgh, A. dc C. Black, 1857. For Biography, see Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1899, lvii, 151 (B. B. Woodward). Train (Arthur). The Patrick case, complete, in which an ingenious conspiracy crumbled and a famous murder was exposed, pp. 97-107. Cutting from: American Mag., N. Y., 1907, lxiv. Train (George Francis). (Biography.] Med.-Leg. J., N. Y., 1902-3, xx, 243- 246, port. Traina (Rosario). Un caso raro di lipomi mul- tipli. 10 pp. 8°. Pavia, fratelli Fusi, 1899. -----. Sulla rigenerazione della fibro-cellula cardiaca, ricerche sperimentali. 11 pp. 8°. Pavia, frat. Fusi, 1899. Trained Nurse and Hospital Review, v. 12- 48, 1894-1912. 8°. New York. Trained nurses. See Nurses [and subdivisions]. Trained (The) nurses' directory [etc.]. See Longeway (M. Louise). Training (Military). See, also, Marching; Medicine (Military, Organization, etc., of). Beyer (H.G.) The principles of training. Mil. Sur- geon, Wash., 1910, xxvi, 1-14.—Cane (L. B.) Drill and development; a plea for universal militarv training. Lan- cet, Lond., 1911, ii, 1269. -----. Universal military train- ing. Practitioner, Lond., 1911, lxxxvii, 724-735.—Caus- sedebat. El adicstramiento; sus efectos en el soldado deinfanteria. [Transl] Aii.san.mil., Buenos Aires, 1902, iv, 531; 657, 4 tab.—von Hanno. Vinter0velser i Fin- marken. [Training in winter in Finmark.] Norsk Tids- skr. f. Mil.-Med., Kristiania. 1911, xv, 1-9. Training (Physical). See, also, Education (Physical); Exercise; Fatigue; Foot-ball; Gymnastics; Heart (Overworkof); Nitrogen (Excretionof); Row- ing; Sport and sports. Anderson (W. G.) Making a Yale athlete. Cutting from: Everybody's Mag., N. Y., 1905, xiii, 41-b0. -----. Physical training at Yale. Cutting from: Munsey's Mag., N. Y., 1905, xxxiii, 481- Training and work. 8C 487. Brunton (Sir L.) London, 1909. Diamond. Why I am the oldest living athlete in the world. 8°. New York, [n. d.]. Repr.from: New York American and Journal. Great Britain. Royal commission on physi- cal training (Scotland). Report of . . . 2 v. fol. London, 1903. Haig (A.) Diet and food considered in rela- tion to strength and power of endurance, train- ing and athletics. 12°. London, 1902. Hancock (H. I.) Physical training for chil- dren by Japanese methods. A manual for use in schools and at home. 8°. New York, 1904. Harlow (C.) Die Erniihrung beim Sport. 12°. Berlin, 1902. Jaerschky ( P. ) Training vom iirztlichen Stand punkte. 8°. Leipzig, 1903. Laisne (N.) Notions pratiques sur les exer- cices du corps appliques aux diffe>ents ages. Observations succinctes concernant Part de forti- fier, d'entretenir ou de retablir la sante par les exercices. 2. eel. 12°. Pan's, 1888. McCurdy (J. H.) A bibliography of physi- cal training. 8°. Springfield, Mass., 1905. Physical training without arms made easy. 24°. London, [1899]. Pouchot de Champtassin (P.-L.-M.) Con- siderations sur l'entrainement athletique. 8°. Bordeaux, 1904. Schmidt (F. A.) & Miles (E. H.) The train- ing of the body for games, athletics, gymnastics, and other forms of exercise, and for health, growth and development. 8°. New York, 1901. Scott (W.) Physical training in New Eng- land schools. 8°. Cambridge, Mass., 1899. Thornton (J. P. ) Training for health, strength, speed and agility; for the instruction of amateurs and others. 12°. New York, [1890]. Tissie ( P. ) La fatigue et l'entrainement physique. Lettre-preface de C. Bouchard. 2. £d., revue et augmentee. 8°. Paris, 1903. Alexander (B.) Ueber Nasenatmung und Training. Ztschr. f. diatet. u. physik. Therap., Leipz., 1904, viii, 80- 93.—Anderson (R. J.) Animal activities in relation to training. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, ii, 792.—Atwater (W. O.) & Benedlet (F. G.) A study of the food consumed and digested by four members of the Harvard University boat crew in June, 1900. Boston M. & S. J., 1901, cxliv, 601; 629.—Bancroft (JessieH.) Physicaltraininginthepub- lic schools of the city of New York. Am. Phys.Educat. Rev., Brook! vn, 1903, viii, 16-36. -----. Some educational aspects of physical training. [Abstr.] Ibid., Springfield, 1910, xv, 233-240.—Bardet(G.) La ration sportive. Bull. gen.detherap. [etc.],Par., 1910,clix,657-661.— Burnliani (W.H.) The hvgiene of physical training. Am.Phys.Edu- cat. Rev., Springfield, Mass., 1909, xiv, 468; 521— Chan- ning (\V.) Physical training of girls in the Brookhne High School. BostonM.&S.J..1906,clv,705.—Cranipton (C. W.) A test of condition; preliminary report. Med. News, N. Y., 1905, lxxxvii, 529-535.—Curtis (H. S.) The relation of the playgrounds to a system of physical training. Am. Phvs. Educat. Rev., Springfield, Mass., 1908, xm, 245- 249.—Darling (E. A.) Theeffectsof training; a study of the Harvard University crews. Boston M. & S. J., 1899, cxii, 205; 229. Also, Reprint. -----. The effects of training; second paper. Boston M. & S. J., 1901, cxliv, 656-559.— ICIiler (G. W.) Principles underlying physical training. Am. Phvs. Educat. Rev., Brooklyn, 1902, vii 66-79.— Felkiri (R W ) The physical training of children and TRAINING. Training (Physical). young people. Treatment, Lond., 1906-7, x, 721-724.— Flint (A.) What shall the public schools teach? In his: Collect, essays, 8°, N. Y., 1903, ii, 365-374.—Geb- liardt (F.) A hazai testi neveles es testgyakorlas ugyerbl. [Training the body at home and bodily ex- ercise.] Gv6gyaszat. Budapest, 1907, xlvii, 631; 648; 665.— tiota* (A.) Fisio-psicologia del entrenamiento. Rev. de med. y cirug. pract., Madrid, 1909, lxxxiii, 289- 30;;.—<;u lick ( L. H.) The biological aspects of ath- letic specialization. Am. Phvs. hMucat. Rev., Brook- lyn, 1903, viii, 70-81— Hartwell (E. M.) On physi- cal training. Rep. Com. Educat. 1903, Wash., 1904, i, 721-757.—Hellsten (A. F.) Lihaksien harjoituksesta (training). Duodecim, Helsinki, 1906, xii, 49-58. -----. Ueber die Einwirkung des Trainierens auf die Leistungs- fiihigkeit des Muskels bei isometrischer Arbeit. Skan- din. Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1907, xix, 218-230. -----. Der Einfluss des Trainierens auf die COrAbgabe bei iso- metrischer Muskelarbeit. Ibid., 1909, xxii, 1-22.—Her- rlngbam (W. P.) On physical training in schools. Lancet, Lond., 1906, i, 468-470.—Hill (L.), Flaek (M.) Juki (T. H.) The influence of oxvgen inhalations on athletes. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1908, ii, 499.—Howard (\X. L.) The phvsiology of strength and endurance. Pop. Sc. Month.. N. Y., 1898, liii, 187-191.— Jundell (I.) & Fries (K. A. F.) Die Anstrengungsalbuminurie; eine Studie iiber die Einwirkung maximaler Korperanstren- gungen (des Sports und des Trainings) auf die Nieren. Nord. med. Ark., Stockholm, 1911, 3. f., xi, afd. 2, no. 2, 1; 69.—liagrange (F.) La psychologie de l'entraine- ment. Rev. de l'hypnot. et psychol. physiol., Par., 1906-7, xxi, 243; 272.—Le IJIarlnel (F.) L'enseignement de la gymnastique et des sports au point de vue de l'hygiene et comme agents therapeutiques. Mouvement hyg., Brux., 1905, xxi, 357-366.—Leonard(F. E.) An outline of the development of physical training in Germany in modern times. Am. Phys. Educat. Rev., Bost., 1899, iv, 1: 1900, v,18.-----. Physical training in the schools of Stock- holm. Ibid., 1901, vi, 1-13. -----. A select bibliography of the history of physical training. Ibid., Brooklyn, 1902, vii, 39^18. -----. The beginnings of modern physical training in Europe. Ibid., Bost., 1904, ix, 89-110. -----. The transition from medieval to modern times; chapters in the history of physical training. Ibid., 1905, x, 189; 281. -----. Chapters from the history of physical training in ancient and medieval Europe. Ibid., Springfield, Mass., 1907, xii, 289-302.—Lielitenlelt (H.) Ueber den Niihr- stoffbedarf beim Training. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, lnoi, lxxxvi, 177-184.—Lydston (G. F.) Briefs on physical training. Am. Med., Phila., 1903, v, 300; 312; 383; 419; 46:?.— .llcDonell (VV. N.) Report on physical training at the Lnited States Naval Academy. U. States Nav. M. Bull., Wash., 1910, iv, 287-289, 2 pl.—McKenzie (B. E.) Physical training; its range of usefulness in therapeutics. Canad. J. M. & S., Toronto, 1900, viii, 299- 314— AIoKenzieiR.T.) The place of physical training in a school system. Montreal M. J., 1900, xxix, 30-36.— Nichols (E."H.) The professional trainer's theory of training. Boston M. & S. J., 1907, clvi, 104-106.—Pachon (V.) Education physique et criteres fonctionnels; les variations de la pression arterielle, critere d'entraine- ment. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1910, lxviii, 869- 871. -----. Sur Pinsuffisance de 1'eLude isolee du pouls pour juger de l'etat d'entrainement; valeur comparee de la sphygmomanometrie. Ibid., 927-930. — Peinbrey (M. S.) The phvsiology of training. Charing Cross Hosp. Gaz., Blandford, 1900-1901, ii, 23-27.-----. The physiological principles of physical training. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1908, x, 339-350.—Petersen (J.) Enthaltsamkeit als Trainingsregel. Internat. Mo- natschr. z. Erforsch. d. Alkoholismus, Basel, 1910, xx, 313-322.—Pettlt (H. S.) Physical training in school and home. N. York M. J., 1900, lxxi, 772; 817— Bouhet (G.) Considerations sur 1'entrainement athletique. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1904, xxxiv, 503.—Sargent (D. A.) The place for physical training in the school and college cur- riculum. Am. Phys. Educat. Rev., Bost., 1900, v, 1-17. -----. Physical training in school and college; shall it be compulsory? Ibid., Springfield, 1908, xiii, 1-19.—Saxe (G. A.) Rational physical training for women. N.York M. J., 1900, lxxii, 837; 881.—Simpson (F. T.) The need of physical training in our public schools. Am. Phys. Educat. Rev., Brooklyn, 1901, vi, 135-142.— Sponagle (J. A.) Should physical training and especially military drill be compulsory in our schools. Maritime M. News, Halifax, 1903, xv, 439-443.—Toepel (T.) Physical train- ing in the public schools of Atlanta. Atlanta Jour.-Rec. Med., 1902-3, iv, 793-797.—Tyler (J.M.) Physical train- ing for girls of high-school age; the biological point of view. Am. Phvs. Educat. Rev., Springfield, Mass., 1909, xiv, 271-276.—Weiehardt (VV.) Training im Lichte der Immunitatslchre. Festschr. J. Rosenthal [etc.], Leipz., 1906, pt. 2, 271-286.—Whittler (F. N.) Physical training for the mass of students. Am. Phys. Educat. Rev., Bost., 1904, ix, 23-27. TRAINING. Training School of the Buffalo State Asylum for the Insane. See New York (State). Buffalo State Asylum for the Insane. Training School of the . . . Training School for Nursery Maids, New York City. Report of the first practical training school for nursery maids. 16 pp., 1 pl. 16°. [New York], 1893. Opened in November, 1889, in connection with the Babies' Hospital in the City of New York. Training School for Nurses, Brooklyn. See Church Charity Foundation of Long Island, Brooklyn. Training School for Nurses at the Children's Hospital, Boston, Mass. Prospectuses of the training school for the years 1897-9. 8°. Bos- . ton, 1896-8. Training School for Nurses, connected with the Cortland Hospital, Cortland, N. Y. Regula- tions. 2 1. 8°. [Cortland, n. d.] Training School for Nurses, connected with the Royal Victoria Hospital, Montreal. See Royal Victoria Hospital, Montreal. Training School for Nurses, in connection with the Buffalo General Hospital. See Buffalo General Hospital Training School for Nurses. Training School for Nurses, in connection with the Kansas City Homoeopathic Hospital. See Kansas City Homoeopathic Hospital. Training School for Nurses, in connection with the Memorial Hospital, Worcester, Mass. See Memorial Hospital, Worcester, Mass. Training School for Nurses of Danbury Hos- pital. See Danbury Hospital. Training School for Nurses, Elizabeth, N. J. See Elizabeth General Hospital and Dispen- sary. Training School for Nurses. Training School for Nurses, Erie. See Hamot Hospital Association: Training School for Nurses, Erie. Training School for Nurses of the Evansville Sanitarium. Rules of the . . . Information for candidates. 16 pp. 16°. Evansville, Keller Print. Co., 1894. Training School for Nurses. Fabiola Hospital, Oakland, Cal. [Circular of information.] 11. fol. [Oakland, 1896?] Training School for Nurses of the Hospital of the University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia. Senior course of lectures, 1893-4. 2 1. 8°. [Philadelphia, 1893.] ------. Annual reports of the officers. 8., 1894; 10., 1896. 8°. Philadelphia, 1895-7. Training School for Nurses, Iowa Hospital for the Insane, at Clarinda. See Iowa. Iowa Hos- pital for the Insane, at Clarinda. Training School tor Nurses. Training School for Nurses of the Iowa State University Hospital. See Iowa. State Univer- sity of Iowa. University Hospital. Training School for Nurses. Training School for Nurses, Lackawanna Hos- pital, Scranton, Pa. Circular of information. 9 1. 8°. Scranton, The Scranton Truth, 1894. Established in April, 1893. Training School for Nurses, Lawrence, Mass. See Ladies' Union Charitable Society, Law- rence, Mass. Training School for Nurses of the Philadel- phia Polyclinic and College for Graduates in Medicine. Annual report of the training school committee to the corporators, for the year 1896. 18 pp. 8°. [Philadelphia, 1897.] TRAINING. 436 TRAITE. Training School for Nurses, Riverside Hospital, Buffalo, N. Y. Schedule of lectures. Season 1897-8. 2 1. 8°. [Buffalo, 1897.] Training School for Nurses, San Francisco. See Hospital for Children and Training School for Nurses, San Francisco. Training School for Nurses, Toronto General Hospital. [Rules; and questions to be an- swered.] 2 1. 4°. [Toronto, n. d.] Training School for Nurses of the Wilkes- Barre City Hospital. Reports of the annual commencements. 2.-4., 1891-3; 6.-9., 1895-8. 8°. Wilkes-Barre, 1891-8. Training School for Nurses of the Williams- port Hospital, Williamsport, Pa. Annual re- portof the superintendent. 4., 1896-7. 18 pp. 8°. IVdliamsport, Sun Print. Co., 1897. Training School for Nurses of the Woman's Hospital of Philadelphia. Rules of the ... 16 pp. 8°. [Philadelphia, n. d.] Training School for Nurses of the Women's and Children's Hospital, Syracuse, N. Y. Regulations as to admission of pupils. 7 pp. 16°. Syracuse, I). Mason dc Co., 1893. Training School, W. C. A. Hospital, Jamestown, N. Y. Prospectus. 1 sheet. 8°. [Jamestown, n. d.] Train signals. Neweomb (J. R.) The influence of electric, acety- lene and oil headlights upon night operation of trains and train signals. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1912, xxi, 113-127. Trai§nel (Ludovicus Dominicus Josephus). *De variis inguinali in enterocele strangula- tionum speciebus. [Prses. Petrus Sue.] 19 pp. sm. 4°. Paris, M. Lambert, 1776. Trais§ae (Sulpice-Henri-Jean-Louis) [1870- ]. * Contribution a I'etude du traitement des me- trites du col avec entropion. (Le permanga- nate de potasse.) 60 pp., 2 1. 8°. Bordeaux, 1899, No. 30. Traile d'anatomie humaine publie sous la di- rection de Paul Poirier par A. Charpy, A. Nico- las [et al.]. 5 v. roy. 8°. Paris, L. Battaille & Cie., [1892-1902]. Traile de l'apoplexie, paralysie, et autres affec- tions soporeuses developpees par l'experience. Auquel on a joint deux discours latins sur le pre- mier aphorisme d'Hypocrate, et sur le vingt- troisieme de la seconde section du meme au- teur. Par feu M. Marquet. 3 p. 1., 215 pp. 16°; Paris, J.-P. Costard, 1770. Traite du cassis, contenant ses vertus et quali- tes, sa culture, sa composition, son usage, et les effets merveilieux qu'il produit, dans une infi- nite de maladies et de maux, tant pour les hom- ines que pour les animaux. Les vertus et pro- prietes de l'eau de goudron, et la maniere de la faire, et autres remedes tres utiles au public. 24 pp., 2 1. 16°. Nancy, Prault phe, 1749. Bound with: Secrets utiles et eprouv^s dans la pratique de la medecine, etc. 16°. Paris, 1743. Traile des causes physiques et morales du rire, [etc.]. sre Poinslnet de Slvry (Louis.) Traite des causes physiques et morales du rire, [etc.]. 16°. Amsterdam, lTiis. Traite de la cephalatomie [etc.]. See Bon- homme Jean. Traile de chirurgie clinique et operatoire publie sous la direction de MM. A. Le Dentu et Pierre Del bet. 3 v. 8°. Paris, J.-B. Bailliere dc fils, ls9b\ CONTENTS. v. 1. Pathologie generale, maladies de l'appareil tegu- mentaire. v. 2. Maladies des os. v. 3. Articulations, muscles, tendons, gaines et bourses se reuses. Traite de chirurgie, publie sous la direction de MM. Simon Duplay, Paul Reclus, par MM. Berger, Broca, Delbet [etal.]. 8 v. 8°. Paris, G. Masson, 1890-92. ------. The same. 8 v. 2. ed. 8°. Paris, Mas- son dc Cie., 1897-9. Traite sur le climat de 1'Italic See [Thouve- nel (Pierre)]. Traite pour connoitre et guerir la peste [etc.]. See Aanleiding om de thans woedende pest- ziekten [etc.]. Traite de la dissolution du mariage [etc.]. See [Bouhier (Jean)]. Traite des eunuques, [etc.]. See [ Ancillon (Charles)]. Traite des fifivres, [etc.]. See Bontekoe (Cor- nells). Traite d'hygiene et de pathologie du nourrisson et des enfants du premier age. Publie sous la direction de Henri de Rothschild. Preface de Paul Strauss. 3 v. roy. 8°. Paris, 0. Doin, 1904. Traite d'hygiene, publie en fascicules sous la direction de P. Brouardel, A. Chantemesse et E. Ivlosny. 20 fascicules. 8°. Paris, J.-B. Baillib-e, 1905-11. CONTENTS. Fasc. 1. Atmosphere et climat, par J. Courmont & C. Lesieur. Fasc. 2. Le sol et Teau, par J. de Launay, E.-A. Maurel [et al.]. Fasc. 3. Anthropologic hygiene individuelle, Educa- tion physique, par R. Anthony, E. Dupre [et al.L Fasc. 4. Hygiene alimentaire, par J. RougetetC.Dopter. Fasc. 7. Hygiene industrielle, par Leclerc de Pulligny, Boulin [et al.]. Fasc. 8. Hygiene hospitaliere, par L. Martin. Fasc. 9. Hygiene militaire, par J. Rouget et C. Dopter. Fasc. 10. Hygiene navale.parDuchateau, Janet Plante. Fasc. 11. Hygiene coloniale, par Alliot, Clarac [et al.]. Fasc. 12. Hygiene generale des villes et des agglomera- tions communales, par E. Mace\ A. Bluzet [et al.]. Fasc. 13. Hygiene rurale, par Imbeaux et Rolants. Fasc. 14. Approvisionnement communal; eaux pota- bles; abattoirs, marches, par F. Putzeys, E. Putzeys et Piettre. Fasc. 15. Egouts et vidanges; orduresmenageres; cime- tieres, par A. Calmette, Imbeaux et Pottevin. Fasc. 17. Etiologie et prophylaxie des maladies trans- missibles par la peau, etc., par Achalme [et al.]. Fascicules 6,16,18-20 have not yet been published. Traite international de psychologie patholo- gique. Directeur: A. Marie. 3 v. rov. 8°. Pari.% F. Alcan, 1910-11. Traite sur la magie, le sortilege, etc. See [Dau- gis or Daugy]. Traite des maladies de 1'enfance publie sous la direction de J. Grancher, J. Comby, A. B. Marfan. 5 v. rov. 8°. Pan's, Masson dc Cie., 1897. The same. 2. ed. 5 v. 8°. Paris, Masson dc Cie., 1904-5. Traite des maladies des voies urinaires. 2 v. ix, 596 pp.; x, 804 pp. S3. Paris, Masson, 1868-81. v. 1. Maladies de l'urethre, par M. Voillemier. v. 2. Maladies de la prostate et de la vessie, par L. Voil- lemier et A. Le Dentu. Traite de medecine. 4 v. 8°. Paris, 0. Doin dc fils, 1909. CONTENTS. v. 1. Maladies infectieuses et parasitaires; maladies du tube digestif: Bouche, cesophage, estomac, intestin, ap- pendice, par E. Enriquez. . . ,.,.., v 2 Foie, reins, rate, pancreas, pentoine; maladies des glandes a secretion interne; maladies de la nutrition; in- toxications, par A. Laffitte. _ v 3 Maladies du cceur, du pencarde, des arteres, des veines du sang, maladies du nez, du larynx, des bran- ches, du poumon et des plevres, par A. Berge v 4 Maladies du systeme nerveux, par H. Lamy. TRAITE. 437 TRAITEMENT. Traite de medecine operatoire et de therapeu- tique chirurgicale. Publie sous la direction de Paul Berger et Henri Hartmann. roy. 8°. Paris, G. Steinheil, 1902. CONTENTS. Chirurgie de l'ceil, par F. Terrien. Chirurgie orthopedique, par P. Berger et S. Banzet. Chirurgie oto-rhino-laryngologique, [etcl, par Geo. Laurens. Traile de medecine, publie sous la direction de MM. Charcot, Bouchard, Brissaud, par MM. Babinski, Brallet, Brault, [etal.]. v. 1-6. 8°. Paris, G. Masson, 1891-4. -----. The same. 2. ed. v. 9-10. 8°. Paris, Massim d Cie., 1904-5. Traile de medecine et de therapeutique publie sous la direction de MM. P. Brouardel, A. Gil- bert, J. Girode. 10 v. 8°. Paris, J.-B. Bail- Here oi- fils, 1895. Traite de pathologie exotique, clinique et therapeutique. Public sous la direction de Ch. Grail et A. Clarac. roy. 8°. Paris, J.-B. Bailliere dc fils, 1910. CONTENTS. v. 1. Grail (Ch.) & Marchoux (E.) Paludisme. rov. 8°. 1910. v. 2. Gouzien (P.) [et al.]. Parapaludisme et flevres des pays chauds. roy. 8°. 1911. v. 3. Reboul [et al.]. Dengue, fievre jaune, cholera, maladie du sommeil. roy. 8°. 1912. v. 5. Hebrard [et ed.]. Intoxications et empoisonne- ments; beriberi, roy. 8°. 1911. Traite de pathologie generale publie par Ch. Bouchard. Collaborateurs: MM. Arnozan, d' Arson val, [ et al. ]. Secretaire de la redac- tion: G.-H. Roger. 6 v. in 7. 8°. Paris, G. Masson, 1895-6. Traite de pathologie mentale. Publie sous la direction de Gilbert Ballet par D. Anglade, F. S. Arnaud, [et al.]. xiv, 1600 pp., 6 pl. roy. 8°. Paris, 0. Doin, 1903. Traite de physique biologique. Publie sous la direction de D'Arson val, Chauveau, Gariel et Marey. Secretaire de la redaction, Weiss. 2 v. vii, 1150 pp.; 1144 pp. 8°. Paris, Masson dc Cie., 1901-3. Traite pratique d'hydrologie medicale, par P. Jardet et G. Niviere, F. Lavergne, M. Doit- Lambron, T. Heulz, A. Boursier. vii, 471 pp. s°. Paris, 0. Doin, 1896. ------. The same. Prakticheskoye rukovod- stvo po meditsinskoi hidrologii, sostavlennoye P. Jardet, G. Niviere, F. Lavergne, M. Doit- Lambron, L. Heulz i A. Boursier. Perevod s frantsuzskavo pod redaktsiyel A. Zhandra. [Transl. from the French under the editorship of A. Zandr.] 362 pp. 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1901. Traite pratique de medecine clinique et thera- peutique, publie sous la direction de MM. Samuel Bernheim et Emile Laurent. 6 v. 8°. Paris, A. Maloine, 1895. Traite des principales maladies aigues, [etc.]. See R[ichard de Hautesierck (Francois- Marie-Claude), baron]. Traite de radiologic medicale. Public sous la direction de Ch. Bouchard, iii, 1100 pp. roy. 8°. Paris, G. Steinheil, 1904. Traite du seigle ergote. See [Read (Al.- Phil.)]. Traite de stomatologic, publie par Gaillard et Nogue\ 8°. Paris, J.-B. Bailliere dc fils, 1909. CONTENTS. v. 1. Dieulafe & Herpin. Anatomie de la bouche et des dents, xii, 184 pp. 8°. 1909. v. 2. Guibaud [et al.]. Physiologie et baeteriologie, malformations et anomalies de la bouche et des dents, accidents de dentition. 322 pp. 8°. 1910. Traile—continued. contents—continued. v. 5. Nogue [et al.]. Maladies paradentaires; hygiene et prophylaxie de la bouche et des dents. 430 pp. 8°. v. 6. Nogue. Anesthesie. 410 pp. 8°. 1911. v. 8. Dieulafd [et al.]. Maladies chirurgicales de la bouche et des maxillaires. 444 pp. 8°. 1911. Traite theorique et pratique du haschich et autres substances psychiques; cannabis, plantes narcotiques, anesthesiques, herbes magiques, opium, morphine, ether, cocaine, formules et recettes diverses, bols, pilules, pastilles elec- tuaires, opiats. 177 pp. 12°. Paris, Chamuel, 1895 v Traite de therapeutique appiiquee, publie sous la direction de Albert Robin. Fasc. 1-15. 8° Paris, Rueffdc Cie., 1895-7. CONTENTS. Fasc. 1. Traitement des maladies de la nutrition. Fasc. 2. Traitement des maladies des reins. Fasc 3. Traitement des maladies des organes lym- pho'ides. Traitement des intoxications. Fasc. 4, 5. Traitement des maladies infectieuses. Fasc. 6. Traitement des maladies veneriennes. Traite- ment des maladies causees par les agents physiques. Frsc. 7, 8, 9. Traitement des maladies de l'appareil res- piratoire. Fasc. 10. Traitement des maladies de l'appareil eircu- latoire. ------. The same. Specialites. 8°. Paris, 1897. CONTENTS. Fasc. 11. Traitement des maladies de la peau. Pt. 1. Fasc. 12. Traitement des maladies de la peau. Pt. 2. Fasc. 13. Traitement des maladies des oreilles. Fasc. 14. Traitement des maladies des yeux. Fasc. 15. Traitement des maladies mentales. ------. The same. Rukovodstvo k chastnoi terapii. Perevod s frantsuzskavo M. A. Ras- kinoL [Transl. from the French by Raskina.] 10 pts. 8°. S.-Peterburg, [M. Y. Minkoff], 1896-1902. CONTENTS. Pt. 1. Llecheniye bolleznel pitaniya. [Treatment of diseases of nutrition.] Signature 2 (pp. 17-32) wanting. Pt. 2. Llecheniye bolleznel pochek. [Treatment of diseases of the kidneys.] Pt. 3. Llecheniye bolleznel limfoidnikh organov. Llecheniye intoksikatsiy. [Treatment of diseases of lymphoid organs. Treatment of intoxications.] Pts. 4-5. Llecheniye zaraznikh bolleznel. [Treatment of infectious diseases.] Pts. 6-7. Llecheniye bolleznel dikhatelnavo apparata. [Treatment of diseases of the respiratory apparatus.] Pt. 8. Llecheniye bolleznel pecheni i bryushini. [Treatment of diseases of the liver and peritoneum.] Pt. 9. [Treatment of diseases of the intestines.] Pt. 10. Llecheniye bolleznel krovi; llecheniye bollez- nel plevri; llecheniye bolleznel sredstleniya. [Treat- ment of diseases of the blood; treatment of diseases of the pleura; treatment of diseases of the mediastinum.] Traite de therapeutique pratique. Publie' sous la direction de, Albert Robin. Secretaire de la redaction: P.-Emile Weil. v. 1. 961pp. roy. 8°. Paris, Yigotfrlres, 1912. Traitement des alienes. Principes essentiels d'une loi sur cette matiere. Certificats de mede- cins, commission de surveillance. Par E. T. Esquire. 16 pp. 16°. Paris, Vve. Agasse, 1837. Traitement de la dyspepsie, de l'an£mie et de la scrofule par les eaux de Montrond-Geyser. 8 pp. 12°. Saint-Etienne, Theolier d- Cie., 1893. Traitement rationnel de l'epilepsie. 7 pp. 12°. [Paris, J. Lessier, 1888.] Boundwith: Rolland(E.) De l'epilepsie jacksonienne. 8°. Paris, 1888. Traitement de la tuberculose par les injections combiners de tuberculine et dc phosote. 11 pp., 4 1. 8°. Paris dc Bruxelles, Lambiotte frires, [1905]. TRAKHTENBERG. 438 TRAMPS. Traklilenberg (M Lolsellsrailevich or Mikhail] A[leksandrovicli] ) [1862- ]. *Oniekoto- rikh obshtshikh voprosakh stroyeniya tsentral- nolnervnoi sistemi. [Certain general questions as to the structure of the central nervous system]. ii, 92 pp., 1 1., 1 pl. 8°. Kharkov, I. M. Var- sharchik, 1893. ------. Lektsiipobolieznyam serdtsa. [Lectures on diseases of the heart.] 2 pts. x, 197 pp.; vii, 228 pp. 8°. Kharkov, P. A. Breitigam, 1896. CONTENTS. Pt. I. Idiopaticheskiya uvelicheniya serdtsa. [Idio- pathic hypertrophies of the heart.] Pt. II. Bollezni endokardiya. Llecheniye bolleznel serdtsa. [Diseases of the endocardium. Treatment of diseases of the heart.J Trail (Russell Thatcher) [1812-77]. The hydro- pathic encyclopedia; a system of hydropathy and hygiene in eight parts. Designed as a guide to families and students, and a text-book for physicians, v. 1. "viii, 9-504 pp., 5 pl. 12°. New York, Fowler dc Wells, [1851]. ------. The illustrated family gymnasium; con- taining the most improved methods of applying gymnastic, calisthenic, kinesipathic, and vocal exercises to the development of the bodily organs, the invigoration of their functions, the preservation of health, and the cure of diseases and deformities. With numerous illustrations. xv, 17-215 pp., 6 pl. 12°. New York, Fowler dc Wells, [1857]. ------. The true healing art; or hygienic vs. drug medication. An address delivered in the Smithsonian Institute, Washington, D. C, February 12, 1862. 83 pp., 1 pl. 12°. New York, P. T. Trail dc Co., [1862]. ■-----. The true temperance platform; or an exposition of the fallacy of alcoholic medication; being the substance of addresses delivered in the Queen's Concert Rooms, Hannover Square, and in Exeter Hall, London, during the session of the International Temperance Convention, September 2, 3 and 4, 1862. To which is added a discussion between Dr. Trail and Rev. J. C. Hurd, on the modus operandi of alcohol, iv, 162 pp. 12°. New York, P. T. Trail dc Co., 1864. ------. Uterine diseases and displacements; a practical treatise on the various diseases mal- positions and structural derangements of the uterus and its appendages, xv, 53 pl., 167 pp. 12°. New York, Fowler dc Wells, 1881. -----. Popular physiology; a familiar exposition of the structures, functions, and relations of the human system. 223 pp. 8°. New York, Fow- ler d- Wells, 1884. ------. Digestion and dyspepsia; a complete explanation of the physiology of the digestive processes, with the symptoms and treatment of dyspepsia and other disorders of the digestive organs. 160 pp. 8°. New York, Fowler & Wells Co., 1884. ------. The scientific basis of vegetarianism. An address delivered at the eleventh annual meet- i njr of the American Vegetarian Society. 16 pp. s°. [Dunfermline, W. Clark dc Son, n. d.] Si e, also, Graham (Sylvester). Chastity, in a course of lectures [etc.]. 8°. Neu- York, 1857. Tralles (Balthasar Ludovicus) [1708-97]. De methodo medendi variolis hactenus cognita siepe insufficiente, magno pro inoculatione argu- mento. Dissertatio epistolaris. 135 pp. 8°. Vratislaviae, sum j it, J. E. Meyeri, 1761. ------. Vexatissimum nostra aetate de insitione variolarum, vel admittenda, vel repudianda, argumentum, occasionequsestionum ab Antonio Tralles (Balthasar Ludovicus)—continued. de Haensibipropositaruin,abjectooinni partium studio, curatiusevolutum, etexpensum. 240pp. 12°. Neapoli, typ. J. M. Porcelli, 1778. Bound with: deHaen (Antonius). Quaestiones ssepius mot*, etc. 12°. JS'eapoli, 1778. ------. Ueber die Heilkraft des Opiums. Im Auszuge nach dem Lateinischen des Tralles mit Anmerkungen von H. Walther. 1. Theil. Mit einer Einleitung iiber die Wirkungsart iiusseror Einflusse auf thierische Organismen. xii, 216 pp. 8°. Leipzig W. Rein, 1803. For Biography, see Clraetze r (I.) Lebensbilder her- vorrag. schles. Aerzte. 8°. Breslau, 1889,82-85. Also: Ibid., 213. Tralles (Joh. Christian) [ -1698]. [Biography.] In: Graetzer (J.) Lebensbilder hervorrag. schles. Aerzte. 8°. Breslau, 1889, 208. de Tramar, Comtesse. L'amour obligatoire. Les etapes de la vie d'une femme; la carriere de l'homme. 1 p. 1., 585 pp., 1 1. 12°. Paris, P. Dupont, 1909. Trainblay (Louis) [1876- ]. * Contribu- tion a. I'etude de l'aerophagie normale et patho- logique. Physiologie du phenomene. 63 pp., 1 1. 8°. Lyon, 1903, No. 181. Tramblin ( Eugene - Gabriel - Celestin) [1883 ]. * Contribution a I'etude anatomo-topo- graphique du m^diastin anterieur; la loge thy- mique; le fascia endothoracique, leur importance au point de vue de la chirurgie du cceur. 134 pp., 1 1., 7 pl. 8°. Lille, Bigot freres, 1908, No. 39. Trambusti (A[rnaldo]). Ricerche citologiche sul midollo delle ossa nella difterite. 19 pp., 2 1., 1 pl. 8°. Firenze, T. G. Carnesecchi d-figli, 1896.• ------. Leucociti, leucocitosi e leucocitemie. 64 pp. 8°. Milano dc Napoli, F. Vallardi, 1899. Confer, clin. ital., Milano, 1899, 1.-2. s. ------. La febbre mediterranea (setticemia del Bruce). 98 pp. 12°. Palermo, A. Reber, 1908. ------. La lotta contro la malaria in Sicilia. 124 cclxxix pp., maps, diag. roy. 4°. Palermo, stabilimento tipogr. Virzi, 1910. Tramezaigues. See Waters (Mineral), by localities. Tramitz (Eugen Ottomar Ferdinand) [1869- ]. * Einige Arthropathien bei der Behand- lung der Diphtherie mit Behrings Heilserum. 28 pp. 8°. Greifswald, J. Abel, 1896. Tramm (Kurt Hermann Hugo Georg) [1872- ]. * Ueber Enteroanastomose mit beson- derer Beriicksichtigung eines selbst beobachte- ten Falles. 35 pp., 11. 8°. Greifswald, G. Sell, 1897. Tramond. Catalogue d'anatomie comparee et de zoologie. Histoire naturelle complete. 35 pp. 8°. Paris, Arnous de Riviere, 1879. ------. Anatomie, osteologie, accouchements, pathologie, anthropologic. [Catalogue.] 56pp. 12°. Paris, [1889, eel subseq.]. ------. Sciences naturelles, zoologie, anatomie comparee, musces scolaires. [Catalogue.] 44 pp. 12°. Paris, [1891]. Tramonti (Ernesto). Guida alia diagnosi delle affezioni del sistema nervoso. 375 pp. 16°. Roma, Dona, 1909. Trampont (Jules - Victorien - Pierre - Xavier) [1873- ]. *De la fievre typhoid e dans ses relations avec l'etat puerperal. 128 pp., 1 ch. 8°. Lille, 1903, No. 151. Tramps. See Contagion, etc. (Causes of); Vagabonds. TRAMWAYS. Tramways. See Street-railroads. Trance. See, also, Catalepsy; Death. (Apparent); Hypnotism; Lethargy. Latron (C.) Des etats cataleptiques dans les infections et les intoxications. 8°. Paris, 1901. B. (Jeanne), ipouse R. Un cas de transfiguration. Ann. d. sc. psych., Par., 1906, xvi, 34-37.—Baker (S.) A case of recurrent trance posturally induced. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1896, xxiii, 690-692. Also: Louisville M. Month., 1896-7, iii, 315. — Brown (A. M.) Some comments on lethargic stupor or trance as illustrated in the case recentlv reported. Lancet, Lond., 1884, i, 655- 657. Also, Reprint.—Charcot (J.-M.) & Richer (P.) La "transfiguration" du Sacro Monte di Varallo (Val- sesie). N. iconog. de la Salpetriere, Par., 1890, iii, 247, 3pl.—Crothers (T. D.) Trance cases in inebriety. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis.,N. Y., 1886, n.s.,xi, 565-571.—Gaird- ner (W. T.) Case of lethargic stupor, or trance, extend- ing continuously over more than twenty-three weeks, during which life was preserved mainly by feeding with the stomach-tube. Lancet, Lond., 1883, ii, 1078: 1884, i, 5; 56. Also, Reprint.—Garbe (R.) On the voluntary trance of Indian fakirs. Monist, Chicago, 1899-1900, x", 181-500.—Hodgson (R.) A further record of observa- tions of certain phenomena of trance. Proc. Soc. l'sveli. Research, Lond., 1897-8, xiii, 284-582.—Kinney (C. S.) Trance, double consciousness, etc. Quart. J. Inebr , Hartford, 1896, xviii, 56-66.—Moxey (L. L.) Criticism of "experiments with trance phenomena." J. Am. Soc. Psych. Research, N. Y., 1910, iv, 220-226.—Page (C. I.) Recurrent trance. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1900, lviii, 236.— Thwing (E. P.) A clinical and forensic study of trance. Prize essavs contrib. Med.-Leg. Soc, N. Y., 1890, 77-94. Trancon (Henri) [1883- ]. *De l'extirpa- tion trans-anale du rectum cancereux. 54 pp. 8°. Paris, 1909, No. 65. Traniello (V.) L' ospedale militare del Celio a Roma in relazione ai moderni concetti d'igiene ospitalieri. 89 pp., 1 map, 10 plans, 4 pl. 8°. Roma, E. Voghra, 1901. Trail niiih. Spire. Notes sur le Tranninh. Ann. d'hyg. et de med. colon., Par., 1904, vii, 311-326. Trannoy (Albert). *La mythomanie. Etude psychologique et medico-iegale du mensonge et de la tabulation morbides. 81 pp. 8°. Paris, No. 244. Tranquil lit ill in. Linke. Tranquillitium. Therap. Neuheiten, Leipz., 1908, iii, 373. Transactions of the Academy of Medicine of Cincinnati. 1877-86; 1897. 8°. Cincinnati, 1877-98. Transactions of the Academy of Stomatology. 1898. 8°. Philadelphia, 1899. Repr.from: Internat. Dent. J., N. Y. & Phila., 1899, xx. Transactions of the Academy of Surgerv of Philadelphia, v. 1-13, 1899-1911. 8°. Phila- delphia, 1900-1912. Transactions of the Alabama Dental Associa- tion. 1883; 1895. 8°. Montgomery, 1884-95, Transactions of the Alumna? Association of the Woman's Medical College of Pennsylvania. 1.-26., 1876-1901. 8°. Philadelphia, 1877-1901. Transactions of the American Academy of Dental Science. 1893-7. 8°. Philadelphia. Transactions of the American Academy of Ophthalmology and Oto-Laryngology (Oto- Laryngologic Section). 1903; 1906-11. 8°. St. Louis. Transactions of the American Association of Genito-Urinary Surgeons, v. 1-5, 1906-10. 8°. New York. Transactions of [the] American Association of Obstetricians and Gynecologists, v. 1-24, 1888- 1911. 8°. [v. p.], 1888-1912. Transactions of the American Climatological Association, v. 1-27, 1884-1911. 8°. [v. p.] 439 TRANSACTIONS. Transactions of the American Dental Associa- tion. 1860-97. 8°. [v. p.], 1860-98. Continued as: Transactions of the National Dental Association. Transactions of the American Dermatological Association. 1877-98, 1901-9. 8°. [n. p.], 1878-1909. Transactions of the American Electro-Thera- peutic Association. 1892-6; 1898-1900. 8°. [v. p.], 1892-1901. Transactions of the American Gastroentero- logical Association. 1904-10. 8°. [n. p.] Reprints. Transactions of the American Gynecological Society, v. 1-36,1876-1911. 8°. [v. p.], 1877- 1911. Transactions of the American Hospital Asso- ciation, v.7-12,1905-10. 8°. [v. p.], 1905-11. Transactions of the American Institute of Ho- moeopathy. 1865-1906. 8°. [v. p.] Transactions of the American Laryngological Association, v. 1-33, 1879-1912. 8°. [v. p.] Transactions of the American Laryngological, Rhinological and Otological Society. 1896 - 1911. 8°. [v. p.] Transactions of the American Microscopical Society. 1878-1912. 8°. [v. p.] Transactions of the American Ophthalmolog- ic^ Society. 1865-1912. 8°. [v. p.] Transactions of the American Orthopedic As- sociation, v. 1-15, 1887-1902. 8°. [v. p.] Transactions of the American Otological Soci- ety, v. 2.-12, 1869-1912. 8°. [v. p.] Transactions of the American Pediatric Soci- ety, v. 1-23, 1888-1911. 8°. [v. p.] Transactions of the American Proctologic So- ciety. 1908-11. 8°. [v. p.] Transactions of the American Roentgen Ray Society. 1903-4; 1907. 8°. [v. p.] Transactions of the American Society of Civil Engineers, v. 1-34, 1868-95. 8°. New York. Transactions of the American Surgical Asso- ciation, v. 1-30, 1883-1912. 8°. Philadelphia. Transactions of the American Therapeutic Society. 1900-1906; 1910. 8°. [v. p.] Transactions of the American Urological Asso- ciation 1907-8. v. 1-6,1907-12. 8°. Brookline, Mass. Transactions of the Antiseptic Club. Re- ported by Albert Abrams, a member of the San Francisco medical profession. 206 pp., 16 pl. 8°. New York, E. B. Treat, 1895. Transactions of the Arizona Medical Associa- tion. 1898; 1902-4. 8°. [v. p.] Transactions of the Associated Physicians of Long Island. See Transactions of the Asso- ciation of Physicians of Long Island. Transactions of the Association of American Medical Colleges. 1897. 8°. [Philadelphia.] Transactions of the Association of American Physicians, v. 1-26, 1886-1911. 8°. Phila- delphia. Transactions of the Association of Hospital Superintendents, v. 6, 1904. 8°. [n. p.] Transactions (The) of the Association of Mili- tary Surgeons of the National Guard of the United States, v. 1-18,1891-1906. 8°. [v. p.] Continued as: Military Surgeon. Transactions of the Association of Physicians of Long Island, v. 1-3, 1898-1902; v. 7,1905-6. 8°. [v. p.] Transactions of the Berks County Medical Society. 1896-1900. 8°. Reading, 1897-1901. Transactions of the Bombay Medical Congress, 1909. Bombay, 1909. 4°. Bombay, [1910]. TRANSACTIONS. Transactions of the British Congress on Tuber- culosis for the Prevention of Consumption. 4 v., 1901. 8°. London, 1902. Transactions of the British Institute of Pre- ventive Medicine. 8°. London, 1897. Transactions of the British Laryngological, Rhinological and Otological Association, v. 1-5, 1891-5. 8°. London, 1892-5. Transactions o the British Orthopaedic So- ciety. 1894-8. 8°. Birmingham. Transactions of the California State Dental Association. 1902^1. 8°. San Francisco. Transactions of the Canadian Institute, v. 1- 7, 1889-90 to 1901-4. 8°. Toronto, 1891-1904. Transactions of the Chicago Gynecological So- ciety. 1892-3 to 1895-6. 8°. New York. Transactions of the Chicago Pathological So- ciety, from October, 1894, to June, 1912. v. 1-8, 1896-1912. 8°. Chicago. Transactions of the Clinical Society of Lon- don, v. 1-10, 1868-1807. 8°. London. Transactions of the Clinical Society, Univer- sity of Michigan, v. 1, 1909. 8°. Ann Arbor, 1910. Transactions of the College of Physicians of Philadelphia. 3. s., v. 1-31, 1875-1909. 8°. Philadelphia. Transactions of the Colorado State Medical Society. 1894-1902; 1906. 8°. Denver, 1894- 1907. Transactions of the Conference of Domestic Sanitation in Urban and Rural Districts. In- dustrial diseases. The spread of infectious dis- eases. Disposal of the dead and cremation. 309 pp. 8°. London, W. Cloives dc Sons, 1884. [P., v. 2125.] Transactions of the Congress of American Physicians and Surgeons, v. 1-8,1888-1910. 8°. New Haven, Conn., 1889-1910. Transactions of the Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences, v. 5-11, 1880-1902. 8°. New Haven. Transactions of the Cremation Society of En- gland. Nos. 23-24, 1910-11. 8°. London. Transactions of the Dental Society of the State of New York. 1869-1901; 1909. h°. [v. p.] Transactions of the Dermatological Society of Great Britain and Ireland, v. 1, 5, 7-10, 1894-5 to 1903-4. 8°. London, 1895-1904. Transactions of the Detroit Medical and Li- brary Association. 1890-91. 8°. Detroit. Repr. from: Physician & Surg., Detroit i?k6w i przesiek6w. [Cryoscopy of exudates and transudates.] Medycyna, Warszawa, 1906, xxxiv, 822; 845.—Meninil (G.) Contributo alia diagnosi differenziale tra essudati e trasudati, con particolare riguardo alle lipasi. Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1905, xliv, 129-146. Also, Reprint.— Merklen (P.), Regnard (M.) & Bonvalent (M.) Recherches sur la reaction de Rivalta. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1912, lxxxv, 1077-1082.—Miller (J. L.) Exudates and transudates. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1903-4, vi, 116- 120. -----. Transudates and exudates, with report on 75 fluids. Am. Med., Phila., 1904, viii, 835-843. Also. Reprint.—Wloro (G.) La scissione idrolitica della monobutirrina come metodo di differenziazione fra es- sudati e trasudati. Boll. d. r. Accad. med. di Genova, 1905, xx, 203-231. Also: Clin, chir., Milano, 1905, xiii, 817-841.—Neuenkirchen (E.) Ueber die Verwerth- barkeit des spec. Gewichts und des Eiweissgehalts pathologischer Trans- und Exsudate zur klinischen Beurtheilung derselben. St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr., 1889, n. F., vi, 103.—Quincke (R.) Ueber die geform- ten Bestandtheile von Transsudaten. Deutsches Areh. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1881-2, xxx, 580-588. —Ran bi- tschek (H.) Die Cvtologie der Ex- und Transsudate. Centralbl. f. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1906, ix, 49; 81; 129; 172; 220; 251; 297; 337. —Ravenna ( F.) Sul potere riducente degli essudati e trasudati nei ver- samenti delle sierose. Folia clin. chim. et micros., Salo- maggiore, 1911-12, iv, 74-90.—Rivalta (F.) Sulla diag- nosi differenziale fra essudati e trasudati mediante la prova dell' acido acetico diluitissimo. Policlin., Roma. 1905. xii, sez. med., 437; 494— Runeberg (J. W.) Klinische Studien fiber Transsudationsproces.se im Or- ganismus. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1883-4, xxxiv, 1: 1884, xxxv, 266.—Santini (A.) & Romam (D ) Ricerche comparative sul potere agglutinante ed TRANSUDATES. 447 TRAPP. Transudates and transudation. emolitico degli essudati e trasudati; loro valore diag- nostico differenziale. Policlin., Roma, 1905, xii, sez. med., 1-12.—Savonuzzi (E.) Ricerche cliniche sulla colorazione vitale degli elementi morfologici negli essu- dati e trasudati. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1908, xxviii, 1348- 1350. Also: Riv. crit. di clin. med., Firenze, 1908, ix, 677; 693.—Schrader ( G.) Experimentelle Beitrage zur Kenntnis des Transsudationsvorganges am Bauchfell, sowie zur Kenntnis einiger klinisch wichtigen Eigen- schaften des Glvcerinum officinale. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1903, lxx, 421-452.—Silvestrini. Per la diagnosi differenziale ira essudati e trasudati. Tom- masi, Napoli, 1905-6, i, 97-103.—Tcdesclii \T..) Per la diagnosi differenziale tra essudati e trasudati. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1905, xxvi, 915-919— Trevisan (IT.) Die Oberflachenspannung der Exsudate und Transsudate. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1912, x, 141-149.— Vincenzo (G.) Ricerche sulla diagnosi differenziale fra essudati e trasudati. Policlin., Roma, 190s, xv, sez. med., 326: 366; 422.—Wall). Ueber reine Transsudate. im Mittelohr. Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1907, Ixxiii, 317- 321— Wilczynskl (T.) Badania cytologiczne wgsie- k6w i przesiekow oplucnej i otrzewnej, oraz plynu m6zgowo-rdzeniowego. [Cytological investigations of exudates and transudates of the pleura and peritoneum, also of the cerebrospinal fluid.] Gaz. lek.. Warszawa, 1906, 2. s., xxvi, 77; 103.—Yamamoto (M.) Unter- suchungen fiber Transsudat und Exsudat. (Erster Be- richt.) Ztschr. f. Mil.-Aerzte, Tokyo, 1911, No. 23, 9-11.— Zeri (A.) Sulla diagnosi differenziale fra essudati e transudate Policlin., Roma. 1903, x, sez. med., 433; 485. -----. Un nuovo carattere differenziale fra essudati e trassudati. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1905, Roma, 1906, xv, 445-447. Also: Policlin., Roma, 1905, xii, sez. prat., 1373. Transvaal. See, also, Fever (Malarial, History, etc., of), Leprosy ( History and statistics of), Plague (History, etc., of), by localities. Fournier die Flaix (E.) Les premiers Boers. Rev. seient.. Par.. 1900, 4. s., xiii, 299-306. — Liengme (G.) Diseases among natives. [Transvaal.] Rep. Brit. Ass. Adv. Sc. 1905, Lond., 1906, lxxv, 556. Transvaal Medical Journal, v. 1-7, 1905-6 to 1911-12. 4°. Johannesburg. Transylvania. See, also, Plague (History, etc.,of), by localities. T. (A.) Az erdelyi balneologiai kirfndulAs. [The Transvlvania balneological excursion.] Budapesti orv. ujsag,'1903, i, 279; 296; 315. Tranzi (Sebastiano). Trattato di peste. Nel quale brevemente se insegna come ciascuno possa preservarsi per non incorrere nella peste, e il modo di curarla. 7 p. 1., 44 pp. sm. 4°. Roma, G. Gigliotto, 1587. Traonouez (Francis-Marie) [1867- ]. * Con- tribution a. I'etude du traitement des varices des membres inferieurs et de leurs complications par la compression; superiorite de la compres- sion par une bande elastique. 88 pp. 4°. Bordeaux, 1893, No. 44. Trapani. See Hospitals (Description, etc., of, by locali- ties; Hygiene (Periodicals relating to). Trape(Emile-Jean-Marie) [1865- ]. *Con- tribution a. I'etude des malformations costales et de la hernie congenitale du poumon. 36 pp., 4 pl. 4°. Bordeaux, 1893, No. 86. Trapenard (Antoine). * Considerations sur l'epithelioma primitif du vagin. 84 pp. 8°. Paris, 1907, No. 210. Trapenard (Gilbert-Claude) [1846-85.] JVIallat (A.) Notice n6crologique. Soc. d. sc. med. de Gannat. C. r., Far., 1886, xl, 11-15. Trapenard (Rene). * Rapports de la leuco- plasie buccale avec la syphilis. 72 pp. 8°. Paris, 1905, No. 298. Trapesontzian (Catherine). * Etude sur le pterygion, pathogenie, anatomie pathologique. [Lausanne.] 52 pp., 5 pl. 8°. Geneve, C. Ev;ige chirurgical de M.Paul Se- gondauxEtats-Unisenls'.iti. Med.mod.,Par., 1897,viii,257. Also,Reprint.—Beamish(J.M.) Alpinetravel; aretro- spect. J. Roy.Army Med.Corps,Lond., 1909,xiii,315-323.— Beck (C.) Eine Ferienreisefiber denatlantischenOzean. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1905, Iii, 1735-1737. — Biffi (S.) Reminiscenze di un viaggio in Germania. Gazz. med. ital. lomb., Milano, 1857-8, 4. s., ii, 35-44. Also, in his: Op. compl., 8°, Milano, 1902, iii, 147-277. —Bose. Eine Reise nach Sumatra und Britisch-lndien. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1906, xxxii, 1420; 1463: 1494.—Bon w ill (W. G. A.) Reminiscences of a Euro- pean trip to the International Medical Congress at Mos- cow, Rn^ia, Aug. 19 to 26, 1897, as a delegate from the American Medical Association and the Odontological So- ciety of Pennsylvania, and of clinics and lectures given in Leipsic, Berlin, St. Petersburg, Copenhagen, Stock- holm, Hamburg, Bremen, Amsterdam, Paris, and Lon- don. Internat. Dent. J., N. Y. & Phila., 1898, xix, 646; 707; 794. Also, Reprint.-Clarkc (A. P.) Notes on my trip to attend the second Pan-American Medical Congress in Mexico City, Nov. 16-19, 1896. J. Am. M. Ass , Chicago 1*97. xxviii, 586-590. Also, Reprint. — < lemm. Line Reise auf der " Amerika" nach Amerika. Med. Woche. Halle a. S., 1907, viii, 2; 14; 26; 38; 50; 62; 74; 86; 98.—Cuur- Travels (Medical and scientific). tault. Un voyage medical en hiver a travers l'Europe. Gaz. med. de Par., 1903, 12. s., iii, 13; 19: 29; 58; 72; 79; 89; 95; 104; 112; 120; 128; 135; 145— Dalil ( R.) An- teckningar fran en studieresa. [Notes from a journey for study.] Allm.sven.Lakartidn..Stockholm,1905,ii,417- 426.— DefoeyreCA.) Voyage universitaireaLondres(aout 190.V). [Extr.] Echo med.du nord,Lille,1905,ix,577-58L— Ilojace (L.) Voyages d'etudes medicales aux stations du Mid-est do la France. Scalpel, Liege, 1903-4, lvi, 136; 165; 166; 173; 188; 196; 203; 211.—Bella Cella (P.) Viag- gio da Tripoli di Barberia alle frontiere occidentali del- 1' Egitto. Ann. di med. nav., Roma, 1912, xviii, suppl., 147, port., 2 ch.-Doberauer (G.) Bericht iiber meine auf Grund der Verleihung der von Krombholzschen Reisestiftung unternommene Studienreise. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1907, xxxii, 276-279.—von Eiselsberg i A.) Aerztliche Reiseeindriicke aus Nordamerika. Wien klin. Wchnschr., 1910, xxiii, 1038-1042.—Fagerlund (L. VV.) Reseberiittelse. [Report of travels.] Finska liik.- sallsk. handl., Helsingfors, 1903, xiv, pt. 2, 357-442.— Faure (J.-L.) Impressions d'Amerique. Presse med., Par., 1904, ii. 476-47X.— Fraenkel (C.) Medizinische Reiseerinnerungen aus Japan u«d China. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1909, lvi, 400-404.—Frouczak (F. E.) Several glimpses, mostly medical, of lands across the seas. Buffalo M. J., 1900-1901, xl, 255-259. Also, Reprint.— FUUeborn & Mayer (M.) Aus den Berichten iiber eine tropenmedizinische Studienreise nach Aegypten, Ceylon, Vorderindien und Ostafrika. Arch. f. Schiffs- u. Tropen-Hyg., Leipz., 1907, xi, 411; 475.—Garrison (F. H.) Richard Bright's travels in lower Hungary; a phy- sician's holiday. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1912, xxiii, 173-182, lpl—Girard (A. C.) Five letters from Europe to Prof. N. Senn. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1894, xxii, 319; 361; 397; 435: 636. Also, Reprint.—Gloaguen. La canonniere le "Capricorne" dans l'Ocean Indien en 1904-5. Arch, de med. nav., Par., 1906, lxxxv, 198-233.— (■reliant. Conference sur l'hvgiene des voyageurs. Rev. seient., Par., 1893, Iii, 97-103.—van Hassel(V.) Par les chemins des Pyr6n6es Atlantiques; voyage d'etudes medicales. Ann. nied.-ehir., Dour, 1906, xiv, 29-44.— Ilengge (A.) Reiseeindriicke aus England und den Vereinigten Staaten. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1911, lviii, 1197-1200.—Hen rot (H.) Voyage d'etudes medi- cales. Union med. du nord-est, Reims, 1900, xxiv, 273- 279.—Herve (H.) Le journal de voyage de Relian. Rev. de l'Ecole d'anthrop. de Par., 1904, xiv, 415-422.— Hesse (W.) Erlebnisse wahrend einer Studienreise in Deutschland, den Vereinigten Staaten von Nord-Ame- rika und England im Jahre 1899. Hyg. Rundschau, Berl., 1903, xiii, 809-829. — Hirsciifoerg (J.) Meine dritte Amerika-Fahrt. Med. Klin., Berl., 1905, i, 1056; 1084; 1191.—Hoffa (A.) Reisebrief aus Amerika. Deut- sche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1904, xxx, 1141.— James (W. P. N.) Notes of interest from across the waters. Am. M. J., St. Louis, 1909, xxxvii, 317-321.— Jones (H. E.) Toronto, New York, Boston. Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 1907, xxvii, 51-57.—Le Meliaute. Notes medicales sur les localites visitees pendant la campagne du "Duguay-Trouin," specialement la Ha vane et Copen- hague (1904-5). Arch, de med. nav., Par., 1906, lxxxv, 133; 161.—Lydston (S. F.) Vacation notes; Honolulu. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1903, xl, 173; 245; 310; 380; 448.— Lynch (R. C.) Some notes from mv visit to foreign clinics. Proc. Orleans Parish M. Soc, N. Orl., 1907,163-168. Also: N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1907, lx, 321-326.—MaoGIIla- vry. Particuliere correspondentie. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1887, xxiii, d. 2, 5S7-592. Also, Reprint— MaeKenna (R. W.) Notes from the diary of a pil- grimage. Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 1908, xxix, 48-60.— Martin ( A. ) Amerikanische Reiseeindriicke. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xiv, 1998-2000.—M^deeins (Les) catholiquesaRome; impressionsdevoyage. J.d.sc.med. de Lille, 1904, i, 441; 465; 491; 511; 532.—Menager (E.) SouvenirsdemonvoyageenCalifornie. Gaz. med.deNan- tes, 1909, 2. s., xxvii, 697; 717; 737— .Hey (E.) Ueber die erste arztliche Studien reise in die deutsch en Nordseebader. St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr., 1902,n.F.,xix, 149-152.—Mol- lison (W. M.) Report of the Arthur Durham travelling student. Guv's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1910, lxiv, 379-392.— Jniiller (F.) Medizinische Reiseeindriicke [in Ame- rika]. Sitzungsb. d. arztl. Ver. Miinehen (1907), 1908, xvii, 109-132.—Nasi* ( F. S.) Reminiscences, medical and hygienic, of the Arctic. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1897-8, ii, 250-253. Also, Reprint. — Neu- burger. Aerztliche Reiseerinnerungen an Paris und London. Deutsche Vrtljschr. f. off. Gsndhtspflg., Brn- schwg , 1903, xxxv. 321-343.—Nikolski (D. P.) O vra- chebno-sanitarnikh usloviyakh razvledochnikh rabot. [ Medico -sanitarv conditions of exploration works.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Petersb., 1903, ii, 1470-1472.—NystrOin (G.) Fran en studieresa i Amerika. [From a trip in America for study.] Allm.sven. Lakartidn., Stockholm, 1905, ii, 545; 561 -Plelin (F.) Bericht iiber eine Infor- mationsreise nach Ceylon und Indien. Arch, f Schiffs- u.Tropen-Hyg., Leipz., 1899, iii, 273-311.-Proust. I/hy- giene des expeditions coloniales. Progres med., Par., 1895 3. s., i 321-326.— Puuton (J.) Reminiscences of a TRAVELS. 453 TREATISE. Travels (Medical and scientific). recent trip abroad, including visits to the London hospi- tals, museums, libraries, etc. West. M. J., Fort Scott, 1895, vi, 235: 18%, vii, 1— BossDacli (J. R.) Medizinische Reiseeindriicke aus Paris. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1909, lvi, 2272-2274.—Roxburgh (R.) Round the world; a medical traveller's notes. Bristol M.-Chir. J., 1903, xxi, 202-210. — Schilling (C.) Bericht iiber eine Studien- reise nach West-Atrika. Klin. Jahrb., Jena, 1908, xix, 1- 40.—Senn (N.) Travel notes; travel as a moans of post- graduate medical education. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1904, xliii, 261-263. -----. New Zealand; the ocean voy- age; climate; natives: Auckland; Auckland Hospital; medical profession. Ibid., 1082-1084. -----. Australia; its climate, diseases, people, natives; Sydney, hospitals, medical profession. Ibid., 1163-1168. -----. Travel notes; Ceylon. Ibid., 1494; 1573.-----. Around Africa via Lisbon: a medical tour; diseases and hospitals of the East Coast of Africa. Ibid.. 1906,xlvii, 141; 225; 297; 531: 611; 709. Alsn. Reprint.—Suattuok (G. C.) Random medical notes of travel. Boston M.&S. J.,1909, clx.573-581.—Singer iE.) Der Besuch der franzosischen Aerzte in Berlin. Med. Woche,Hallea.S.,1906,vii,364-366.-----. Sechstearztliche Studienreise [durch Wurtternberg]. Ibid.,-13Q.—Sven- son^F.) NigraintryckfranenvistelseiParisochHeidel- berg. [Some impressions of a visit to Paris and Heidel- berg.] Hygiea, Stockholm, 1902, n.f.,ii,455-471.—Talbot (E. S.) A trip to the Pacific coast and Alaska in Julv, 1905. Illinois M. Bull., Chicago, 1905-6, vi, 444; 469; 495.—Telle. Notes medicales sur la mission hvdrographique du "Vaucluse." Arch.demed.nav.,Par., 1910,xeiii, 321-336 — Thoinsen-von Colditz (G.) A motorcycle trip to Paris and a visit to London. Illinois M. Bull., Chicago, 1905-6, vi, 474-477.—Tobin (J.) Notes made during a tour at D'thalla in the Aden hinterland. J. Rov. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1907, viii, 540-543.—Travel notes. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1904, xliii, 261; 328; 403; 462: 547. — Treutlein (A.). Ostafrikanische Reisebriefe. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1905, Iii, 1459; 1510.— Tselierning (E. A.) Rejsebrew fra Ceylon. [Itine- rant letter from . . . ] Ugesk. f. Lseger, Kjobenh., 1911, Ixxiii. 1955: 1912, lxxiv, 72; 260; 293.—Visit of French phvsieians and surgeons to London, October, 1904. Lan- cet, Lond., 1904, ii, 1111-1116. Also: Brit, M. J., Lond., 1904, ii, 1032-103*.—Wei**mann (R.) Randglossen zur sechsten arztlichen Studienreise. Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, iy06. xvi, 553-555.—Wide (O.) Strodda re- seintryck och reflexioner. [Miscellaneous travel impres- sions "and reflexions] Lira. Stockholm, I9u2, xxvi, 70; 95.—Williams (L.) Voyages d'etudes medicales. J. Balneol. & Climat., Lond., 1W4, viii, 2/6-282.—von Winekel (F. i Eine Studienreise in der neuen Welt. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1894, xli, 7; 31; 53; 71; 92. Also: Sitzungsb. d. arztl. Ver. Munchen (1893), 1894, iii, 177-212 (incl. 2 1. tab.).—Wood (C. A.) A few observations of some eastern European towns and hospitals. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1897, xxix, 692-695. -----. A winter cruise to the Orient; extracts from a private log-book. Montreal M. J., 1908, xxxvii, 549-586. Also, Reprint. Tra ver (Lorenzo) [1*34-1903]. In memoriam. Albany M. Ann., 1903, xxiv, 672. Travers (Benjamin) [1783-1858]. Notes to a synopsis of the diseases of the eye. 30 pp. 8°. London, G. Woodfatt, 1821. Bound with his: A synopsis of the diseases of the eye [etc.]. 8°. London, 1820. -----. An inquiry concerning that disturhed state of the vital functions usually denominated constitutional irritation. 2. ed. xv, 438 pp. 8°. London, Longman [et al.], 1827. ------. Observations in surgery, viii, 230 pp. 8°. London, Longman [et al.], 1852. See, also, Cooper (Sir Astley Paston) & Travers (Benjamin). GSuvres chirurgicales [etc.]. 8°. Paris, 1823. For Biography, see Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1899, lvii, 158 (D'A. Power). Travers (Morris W.), Gwyer (A. G. C.) & Usher (F. L.) Researches on the attainment of very low temperatures. Part II. Further notes on the self-intensive process for liquefying gases. 14 pp. 8°. Washington, 1906. Travers (William) [1813-1906]. Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1907, i, 115. Also: Lan- cet, Lond., 1907, i, 61. Also: Univ. Durham Coll. Med. Gaz., Newcastle, 1906-7, vii, 66, port. Traverse (Paul) [1871- ]. * Etude sur les dispensaires pour enfants malade.s ii Paris. S3 pp. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 178. Traverse City. See Insane (Asylums for, Description, etc., of), by localities. Traversier (Jacques) [1876- J. *Traite- ment de la choree par les injections de cere- brine. [Lyon.] 70 pp., 11. 8°. Saint-Eti- enne, 1902, No. 165. Tra verso (Ant inio). Tesi. [Della digestione; della carie; dei segni della gravidanza.] 2 1. 4°. Genova, 1820. [P. v. 2-145.] Travis (Thomas). The young malefactor; a study in juvenile delinquency, its causes and treatment. With an introduction by the Hon- ' orable Ben B. Lindsev. xxviii. 243 pp., 1 1., 13 pl. 8°. New York, T. Y. Crowell dc Co., i [1908]. Travisia. I>u Ileau (L.) Sur la structure del'epiderme de Tra- visia forbesii Johnston. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1908, cxlvi, 840-842. Travois. Reno (W.) A new travois; a plea for its addition to the equipment of ambulance companies. Mil. Surgeon, Wash, 1912, xxxi, 694-705. Trawick (A[ndrew] M.) Hippocratic oath. 1 1. 8°. Memphis, 1899. Repr. from: Memphis M. Month., 1899, xix. Trajanoff (Spiridon). * Recherches cliniques sur la diplacousie. [Geneve.] 64 pp. 8°. Sophia, 1893. Trazit (Eugene). * Contribution a I'etude de l'ectopierenale. [Toulouse.] 62 pp. 4°. Saint- Flour, 1895, No. 69. Tre consulti, o disamine fatte in difesa dell' in- nesto del vaiuolo da tre dottissimi teologi toscani viventi, e rivedute da essoloro. Edizione se- conda. [Disaminadel . . . Padre Giovanni Lo- renzo Berti; disamina del . . . Padre Francesco Raimondo et dami; disamina del . . . Signor Gaetano Veraci.] xxi, 114 pp. 8°. Pisa, G. P. Giovanelli dc Co., 1763. Treacle. Colwell (H. A.) An old-world remedv [treacle]. Middlesex Hosp. J., Lond., 1910, xiv, 44-49. Treacy (Michael) [ -1899]. Necrology. J. Comp. M. & Vet. Arch., Phila., 1899, xx, 516. Treadwell (Aaron L.) Polycha;tous annelids of the Hawaiian Islands. Collected by the steamer Albatross in 1902. pp. 1147-1181, ii. 8°. Washington, 1906. Treadwell (Frederick] P[earson]) [1857- ]. Analytical chemistry. Transl. (withthe author's permission) from the 2. German ed. by William T. Hall. 2 v. xiv, 466 pp.; 1 pl.; xii, 654 pp. 8°. New York, J. Wiley dc Sons, 1903-4. Treasury Department. Public Health and Ma- rine-Hospital Hen ice of the TJn iled States. Hygienic Laboratory. Bulletins Nos. 1-85. 8°. Wash- ington, Gov. Print. Office, 1900-12. Treasury (The) of human inheritance. Pts. 1 & 2. 38 pp., 13 pl. 4°. London, Dulau dc Co., 1909. University of London. Francis Galton laboratory for national eugenics. Eugenics laboratory memoirs, 6. -----. The same. Pt. 3. iv, 37-79 pp., 11 pl. 4°. London, Dulau dc Co., 1909. University of London. Francis Galton laboratory for national eugenics. Eugenics laboratory memoirs, 9. Treat ( Mary). Some microscopic housebuilders. pp. 535-537. 8°. New York, 1898. Cidting from: Godey's Mag., N. Y., 1898, exxxvi. Treatise (A) of the asthma, Tete.]. See [Floyer (John)]. TREATISE. 454 TREDEGAR. Treatise (A) on diseases of the eye, nose, throat, and ear. For students and practitioners by va- rious authors. Ed. William Campbell Posey and Jonathan Wright, xiv, 19-1238 pp., 35 pl. 8°. PhiladeP.diia, Lea Bros, dc Co., 1902. -----. Thesame. xiv, 18-1238 pp., 35 pl. 8°. Philadelphia, Lea Bros, dc Co., 1903. Treatise (A) of feavers, [etc.]. See [Calmette (Francois)]. Treatise on gonorrhoea and syphilis. See [Cooper (Sir Astley Paston)]. Treatise (A) on the Greenbrier White Sulphur Springs and its waters. 48 pp. 16°. Baltimore, 1882. -----. Thesame. 30pp. 16°. Richmond, Va., Everett, Waddey dc Co., 1886. -----. The same. 34 pp., 1 plan. 16°. Rich- mond, A. Hoenx Co., 1893. Treatise (A) on the hair. 24 pp. 12° Nashua, N. H, R. P. Hall dc Co., [1876]. Treatise (A) on human anatomy by various authors. Edited by Henry Morris, xxxii, 1310 pp. 8°. London, J. dc A. Churchill, 1893. -----. The same. 3. ed. xxxiv, 1328 pp. 8°. London, J. dc A. Churchill, 1902. -----. The same. Human anatomy. A com- plete systematic treatise by various authors, including a special section ou surgical and topo- graphical anatomy. Edited by Henry Morris. xxxii, 1286 pp. S°. Pliiladelphia, P. Blakiston, Sie. 14 pp. 8°. Bougie, Stamel dc Albano, [n. d.]. Treille (Georges). Principes d'hvgiene colo- niale. iv, 272 pp. 8°. Paris, G~. Carre dc C. Naud, 1899. Treille (Roger) [1881- ]. *De la cachexie paludeenne. 132 pp. 8°. Paris, 1908, No. 2. ------. The same. 132 pp. 8°. Paris, A. Ma- loine, 1908. Treille's law. Koziell (L.) Verification de la loi de Treille en pays palustre. Rev. med. de l'Afrique du nord, Alger, 1905, viii, 200-204. Trelman (I. I.) * Material! k izucheniyu poch- vennavo vozdukha pod zhilimi pomieshshe- niyami. [Ground air under dwellings.] 44 pp., 2 1., 4 tab. 8°. Yuryev, Shnakenburg, 1901. Pharmacy. Treitel (Franz) [1874- ]. * Beitrage zur Aetiologie der akuten gelben Leberatrophie. 28 pp., 1 1. 8°. Munchen, C. Wolf dc Sohn, 1902. Treitel (Leopold). Ueber Aphasie im Kindes- alter. In: Samml. klin. Vortr., n. F., Leipz., 1893, No. 64 (In- nere Med., No. 22, 629-654). ------. Grundriss der Sprachstorungen, deren Ursache, Verlauf und Behandlung. iv (11.), 100 pp. 8°. Berlin, A. Hirschwald, 1894. ------. Ueber das Wesen und den Wert der Horiibungen bei Taubstummen und hochgradig Schwerhorigen. 28 pp. 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 1898. Forms 11. Hft., v. 2, of: Klin. Vortr. a. d. Geb. d. Otol. u. Pharyngo-Rhinol., Jena. -----. Ohr und Sprache oder iiber Horpriifung mittelst Sprache. 16 pp. 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 1902. Forms 7. Hft., v. 5, of: Klin. Vortr. a. d. Geb. d. Otol. u. Pharyngo-Rhinol. See, also, Jacobson (Julius). Mittheilungen aus der Konigsberger Universitats-Augenklinik, 1877-9. 8°. Ber- lin, 1880. Treitz (W[enceslaus]) [1819-72]. Hernia re- troperitonealis. Ein Beitrag zur Geschichte innerer Hernien. 1 p. 1., 150 pp., 4 pl. 8°. Prag, F. A. Credner, 1857. Treitz's hernia. See Hernia. (Retroperitoneal). Treitz's muscle. (rymble (P. T.) The muscle of Treitz and the plica duodeno-jejunalis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910,ii, 1156-1159.— Low (A.) A note on the crura of the diaphragm and the muscle of Treitz. J. Anat. & Physiol., Lond., 1907-8, xln, 93-96. TREKAKI. 457 TREMATODA. Trekaki ( Pandia ) [ 1863- ]. *Du meat ureteral artificiel (greffe de l'uretere ii la paroi laterale ou posterieure de l'abdomen); etude j clinique et experimentale. 86 pp., 1 1. 4°. I Paris, G. Steinheil. 1892, No. 157. -----. Les greffes ureterales. iv, 138 pp. 12°. Paris, A. Maloine, 1899. -----. De la bilharziose urinaire; etude cli- nique. 50 pp. s°. Alexandrie, J. Angelo, 1903. Trelaiin (Paul). *Des paranoias avec halluci- nations. 66 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1905, No. 635. Trelat (Emile) [ -1907]. Questions de sa- lubrity, vii, 434 pp. 8°. Paris, Plon-Noun-d d- Cie., 1905. For Biography, see Rev. d'hyg., Par.,1907. xxix, 961; 1074. Trelat (G.) A mon pere Emile Trelat, a ma mere; inauguration de leur monument fune- bre, 30 octobre lii08. 10 pp. 8°. Paris, La- hure, [190S]. Trelat (Ulysse) [1828-90]. M6moire sur les fractures de l'extremite inferieure du femur. 62 pp. 8°. Pari.*, Rignoux, 1S54. Repr.from: Arch. gen. de med., Par., 1854, ii. ------. Rapport sur la fracture d'un seul condyle du femur. 11 pp. 8°. [Paris, Moquet, 1863.] Repr.from: Bull. Soc. anat., Par., 1863, xxxviii. -----. Discussion sur l'urethrotomie interne; resultats: mortality; nouvel urethrotome agis- sant dans les deux sens. 19 pp. 8°. [Paris, H. Plon, 1864.] Repr.from: Bull. Soc de chir.de Par.(lS63 ,1864, 2.5., iv. ------. Expose destitres et travaux scientifiques du Dr. Ulysse Trelat. 34 pp. 8°. Paris, E. Martinet. 1S68. ------. De la tracheotomie dans les lesions syphi- litiques des voies respiratoires. 32 pp. 8°. Paris, V. Masson dc fils, 1869. -----. Eloge de Vel peau prononce" a la seance solennelle de la Societe de chirurgie le 20 Janvier 1869. 19pp. SD. Paris, V. Masson dfils, 1869. See. also, Emmet (Thomas Addis). La pratique des maladies [etc.]. s°. Paris, 1n>7. — katteux (Paul). Manuel de technique [etc.]. bz. Paris. 1^7. For Biography, see Bull, et mem. Soc de chir. de Par., 1893, n.s.. xix, 20-35 (C. Monod). Also: Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1893, lxvi, 65-70. For Portrait, see Corlieu (A.) Centenaire Fac. de med. de Par. 4°. Paris, ltyo. ------. See, also: Trelat (G.) A mon pere Emile Trelat, a ma mere, inauguration de leur monument funebre, 30 octobre 1908. 8°. Paris, [1908]. Trelat's sign. de Boucaud (J.-L.) Contribution a I'etude des naevi considered comme un signe de mali- gnity dans les tumeurs (signe de Trelat), no- tamment dans les tumeurs malignes profondes de l'abdomen. 8°. Bordeaux, 1904. Benuee (M.) Ln symptome de malignite (signe des nsevi de Trelat) applicable aux tumeurs profondes de l'abdomen et du bassin. Rev. de mal. cancer., Par., 1899, iv, 146-156. -----. Un sympt6me de malignite (signe des nsevi de Trelat) applicable aux tumeurs intra-pelviennes. Cong. nat. period, de gvnec., d'obsteL et de peediat., Rouen, 1904, iv, 234-236. Trelawney (George). Da a cottage hospital; a novel, viii, 241 pp. 12°. London, T. Werner Ixiurie, [1911]. Trelease (William). An unusual phyto-bezoar. pp. 493-497, 1 pl. 8°. St. Louis, 1897. Cutting [cover with printed title] from: Tr. Acad. Sc, St. Louis, 1897, vii. Trella (J.) Praktische Schonheitspflege. Aerztlicher Ratgeber bei alien kosmetischen Krankheiten und praktische Anleitung zur hy- gienischen Kosmetik der Haut, Haare und Nagel fiir gebildete Laien. vi.i, 168 pp. 12°. Leipzig, F. Bierey, 1911. Treiiiaine (Annie M.) The treatment of status epilepticus, with reportof two cases. 6pp. 8°. New York, 1904. Repr.from: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1904, lxxx. Tremaine (William Scott) [1S3S-08]. In memoriam. Buffalo M. J., 1897-8, xxxvii. 523. Tremant (A.) [1867- ]. *Dessignesde Vac- couchement recent et ancien au point de vue medico-legal. 65 pp., 1 1. 4°. Paris, 1893, Xo. 352. Tremataspitla?. Patten (W.) On the structure and classification of the Tremataspidse. Am. Naturalist, Bost., 1902, xxxvi, 379-393. Treniatoda. See, also, Distoma; Fasciola; Gastrodiscus; Opistorchis; Paragonimus; Schistosoma; Schistosomidae. Feuvrier-Laforet (C.) *Les fasciolidte, parasites de l'homme. Contribution a I'etude des maladies a trematodes. 8°. Paris, 1907. Pagexstecher (H. A.) Trematodenlarven und Trematoden. Helminthologischer Beitrag. 4°. Heidelberg, 1857. Sixitsix (D. F.) Distomi rib i lyagushek okrestnostel Varshavi; material! dlya yestes- tvennol istorii trematod. [Distomata of fishes and frogs of the Warsaw neighborhood; data on the natural history of trematoda.] S°. [Warsaw, 1905-6.] Stiles (C. W.) Frogs, toads, and carp (Cy- prinus carpio) as eradicators of fluke disease. 8°. Washington, 1902. Cutting [cover with printed title] from: Rep. Bureau Animal Indust., Wash., 1901, xviii, 220-222. -----. Illustrated key to the trematode parasites of man. 8°. Washington, 1904. de la Valette St. George (A. J. H.) * Symbolse ad trematodum evolutionis historiam. 4°. Berolini, 1854. Walter (E.) * Untersuchungen fiber den Bau der Trematoden. Monostomum trigono- cephalum Rud., Reticulare van Ben., Proteus Brandes. 8°. Halle a. S., 1893. Ariola (V.) Due nuovi trematodi parassiti dell' uomo. Clin. nud. ital., Milano, 1905, xliv, 607-609.—Barker (F. P. i & Lautrhlin (J. W.) A new species of trema- tode from the muskrat. Fiber zibethicus. Tr. Am. Micr. Soc, Decatur, 111., 1911, xxxi, 261-273, 1 pl.—Bloch- niann (F.) & Bettendorf (H.) Ueber Muskulatur und Sinneszellen der Trematoden. Biol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1*95, xv, 216-220.—Brandes (G.) Zur Frage des Beirattuntr^aktex bei den entoparasitischen Trematoden. (Vntralbl. f. Bakteriol. u. Parasitenk., Jena, 1891, ix, 264- 267.—Bra tin (M.) Die Wohnsitze der endoparasitischen Trematoden. Had., 1*93, xiii, 465-468. -----. Tremato- den der Dahl'schen Sammlung aus Neu-Guinea, nebst Bemerkungen iiber endoparasitische Trematoden der Cheloniden. Ibid., 1899, xxv, 714-725. -----. Weitere Mitteilungen iiber endoparasitische Trematoden der Che- lonier. Ibid., xxvi, 627-632. -----. Einige Bemerkungen iiber die Fascioliden der Chiroptera. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1900, xxiii, 3s7-391. -----. Trematoden der Bursa Fa- bricii, des Eileiters und der Eier der Vogel. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1901, xxix, 12-19.-----. Zur Revision der Trematoden der Vogel. Ibid., 560; 895; 941. -----. ZurVerstandiLruntruberdieGultigkeiteiniger Namen von Fasoioliden-Gatttingen. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1901, xxiv. ,i.5-."is. — Itriot (A.) Nouvelle espece de tre- matode, Mieroeotyle draeonis n. sp. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par.. 1904, lvi, 120.—Catto (.1.) A new trema- tode. Brit. M. ,T., Lond . 1904. ii, 663.—02, xxv. 712-718. -----. Zur Kenntnis einiger Trematoden. Central!)], f. Bakteriol. [etc], 1. Abt., Jena, 1903, xxxiv, 35-42.— t'ole (.L^ J.) A trematode epidemic among Eng- lish sparrows. Science. X. Y. A: Lancaster. Pa., 1911, n. s., xxxiii, 853. — Conyiiiiliam ( H. F.) A new trematode of man i AinphiMmna WatMinil. Brit. M. J., Lond.. 1904, ii,663. Also: J. Trop. M.. Lond., 1901, vii, 252.—Fiebljjer (J.) Ueberdurch Trematoden verursachte Hantwuche- rungen bei Zeus faber und das subkutuue Vorkommen von Trematodencysten. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt, Jena, 1908, xlvii, 62-69.—Fulirmann (0.) On the anatomy of Prosthecocotyle torulosa (Linstow) and TREMATODA. 458 TREMATODA. Trematoda. Prosthecocotyle heteroclita (Dies.). Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb. (1897-9), 1900, xxii, 641-651,1 pl. -----. Neue Tre- matoden. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. fete], 1. Abt., Jena, 1904, xxxvii, 58-64.—Garrison (P. E.) A new intestinal trematode of man (Faseioletta ilocan a,gen. no v., sp. no v.). Philippine J. Sc, Manila, 1908, iii, 385-393, 2 pl.—Giard (A.) Sur un distome (Brachyccelium sp.) parasite des pelecypodes. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1897,10. s., fV) 956. -----. Sur les trematodes margaritigenes du Pas- de-Calais (Gymnophallus somaterise Levinsen etG. bursi- colaOdhner). Ibid.. 1907,lxiii,416-420.—Gilbert(N.C.) Occurrence of Echinostomum spinulosum, Rud. Am. Naturalist, Bost., 1905, xxxix, 925-927.—Goldberger (J.) A new trematode (Styphlodora bascaniensis) with a blind Laurer's canal. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Wash., 1911, xl, 233-239. Also, Reprint. Also [Abstr.]: J. Trop. M. [etc.], Lond., 1911, xiv, 152.—Gold berger (J.) & Crane (C. G.) 1. Some known and three new endoparasitic trematodes from American fresh-water fish. 2. On some new para- sitic trematode worms of the genus Telorchis. 3. A new species of Athesmia (A. Foxi) from a monkey. Treas. Dep. Pub. Health & Mar.-Hosp. Serv. U. S. Hyg. Lab. Bull. No. 71, Wash., 1911, 7-57, 8 pl— Goldsehmidt (R.) Eischale.SchalendriiseundDotterzellen der Trematoden. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1909, xxxiv, 481-498.—Gonder (R.) Ityogonimus lorum (Dujardin). Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1910, liii, Orig., 169-174,1 pl.—Greefi'. Trematoden im Auge. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1906, xliii, 25.—von Gronkowski (C.) Zum feineren Bau der Trematoden. Polnisch. Arch. f. biol. u. med. Wissensch., Lemberg, 1902, i, 510-536,1 pl.-Hausniaiin (L.) Leber Trematoden der Susswasserfische. Centralbl. f. Bakte- riol. [etc.], 1. Abt, Jena, 1896, xix, 389-392. -----. Zur Faunistik der Vogeltrematoden. Ibid., 1899, xxvi, 447- 453.—Heider (C.) Ueber einen merkwiirdigen Para- siten aus derGruppe der Trematoden. Ber. d. naturw.- med. Ver. in Innsbruck, 1897-9, xxiv, p. xii.—Hein (W.) Zur Epithelfrage der Trematoden. Ztschr. f. wissensch. Zool., Leipz., 1904, lxxvii, 546-585, 3 pl.—Hollaek (Jo- hanna). Die Hiiuftekeit der Trematoden bei Rana escu- lenta Lin. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1905, xxxviii, 199.—JUgerskiold (L. A.) Kleine Bei- trage zur Kenntnis der Vogeltrematoden. Ibid., 1908, xlviii, Orig.,302-317.—Katsurada (F.) On an endemic disease in the Yamanashi Prefecture (an investigation on a special parasite previously unknown in this Empire). Sei-i-Kwai M. J., Tokyo, 1904, xxiii, 126; 135; 149:1905, xxiv, 1—Linton (E.) The process of egg-making in a trema- tode. Biol. Bull., Lancaster, Pa., 1908, xv, 19-26.—Looss (A.) Ueber einige Distomen der Labriden des Triester Hafens. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1901, xxix, 398; 437. -----. Ueber Trematoden aus Seeschild- krotenderegyptischenKiisten. iML,xxx,555;618.-----. Zur Kenntnis der Trematodenfauna des Triester Hafens. Ibid., 1902, xxxi, 637: xxxii, 115. -----. Ueber einige neue Trematoden der iigyptischen Fauna. Ibid., 1907, xliii, Orig., 478-490.—Hi lie (M.) Ueber Hemiuriden (ein Bei- trag zur Svstematik der digenetischen Trematoden). Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1901, xxiv, 394; 488.—McAlpine (D.) Remarks on a fluke parasitic in the copper-head snake. Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria 1890, Melbourne, 1891, n. s., iii, 40- 43—MacCallum (W. G.) Heronimus chelydrae, nov. gen. nov. sp.; a new monostome parasite of the American snapping-turtle. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1902, xxxii, 632-636.—JWaclaren (N.) Beitrage zur Kenntnis einiger Trematoden (Diplectanumsequans Wa- gener und Nemathobothrium molae n. sp.). Jenaische Ztschr. f. Naturw., Jena, 1903-4, xxxi, 573-618,3 pl. -----. Ueber die Haut der Trematoden. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1903, xxvi, 516-524.—1Wegnin (P.) Sur l'Holostomum platy- cephalum, parasite de la mouette rieuse (Larus ridibun- dus). Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1891, 9. s., iii, 323.— Monticelli (S.) II genere Acanthocotvle. Arch, de parasitol.,Par., 1899, ii, 76-120, 3pl.—fflttliling (P.) Bei- triige zur Kenntnis einiger Trematoden. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1896, xx, 588-590.— Nick- erson (W. S.) On the occurrence of Distomum ovocau- datum Vulpian in American frogs. Zool. Bull., Bost., 1897-8, i, 261-264.—Nlcoll (W.) Parorchis acanthus, the type of a new genus of trematodes. Quart. J. Micr. Sc, Lond., 1907-8, li, 345-355, lpl. -----. Studies on the struc- ture and classification of the digenetic trematodes. Ibid., 1908-9, liii, 391-487, 2 pl. -----. On three new trematodes from reptiles. Proc. gen. meet. . .. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1911, pt. 3, 677-686,1 pl. -----. On two new trematode para- sites from British food-fishes. Parasitology, Cambridge, 1912, v, 197-202, 1 pl— Odhner (T.) Aporocotyle sim- plex n. g. n. sp., ein neuer Typus von ektoparasitischen Trematoden. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. A bt., Jena, 1900, xxvii, 62-66. -----. Zum naturlichen System der digenen Trematoden. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1911, xxxvii, 181: xxxviii, 97.-----. Ssinitzins: Studien iiber die Phy- logenie der Trematoden. Ibid., xxxvii, 215-217. -----. Zum naturlichen System der digenen Trematoden. Ibid., 237-253. -----. Pronopharynx nematoides L. Cohn; der umgekehrte Hinterkorper einer Holostomide! Ibid., xxxviii, 391. -----. Zum naturlichen System der digenen Trematoden. Ibid., 97; 513. -----. Die Homologien der Trematoda. weiblichen Genitalwege bei den Trematoden und Cesto- den; nebst Bemerkungen zum naturlichen Svstem der monogenen Trematoden. Ibid., 1912, xxxix, 337-351.— Osborn (H. L.) Development of the gill in fasciolaria. Johns Hopkins Univ. Stud. biol. lab., Bait., 1884-7, iii, 217-225, 1 pl. -----. Observations on the parasitism of Anodonta plana Lea by a distomid trematode, at Chau- tauqua, New York. Zool. Bull., Bost., 1897-8, i, 301-310. -----. Notes on the trematodes of Lake Chautauqua, N. # Y. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1902, n. s., xv, 673. -----. Bunodera cornuta sp. nov., a new parasite from the crayfish and certain fishes of Lake Chautauqua, N. Y. Biol. Bull, Lancaster, Pa., 1903-4, v, 63-73. -----. On the distribution and mode of occurrence in the United States and Canada of Clinostomum marginatum, a trematode parasitic in fish, frogs, and birds. Biol. Bull. Woods Hole, Mass., 1910-11, xx, 350-366, 1 pl. -----. On the structure of Clinostomum marginatum, a trematode parasite of the frog, bass and heron. J. Morphol., Phila., 1912, xxiii, 189- 223, 3 pl. -----. On some points in the organization of specimensof Loxogenesarcanum Nickerson, from Minne- sota, U. S. A. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1912, xxxix, 550-556.— Pelseneer (P.) Un trematode produisant la castration parasitaire chez Donax trunculus. Bull, seient. de la France et de la Belg., Par., 1895, 4. s., vi, 367-363", 1 pl.— Poclie (F.) Einige Bemerkungen zur Nomenclatur der Trematoda. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1906-7, xxxi, 124-126 — Poirier (J.) Contribution a l'histoire des trematodes. Arch, de zool. exper. et gen. Hist. nat. [etc.], Par., 1885, 2. s., iii, 465-624, 8 pl. —Pratt (H. S.) The trematodes. Am. Naturalist, Bost., 1900, xxxiv, 645-662.-----. Parallel development in trematodes. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1908, n. s., xxvii, 489. -----. The cuticula and sub- cuticula of trematodes and cestodes. Am. Naturalist, Lancaster, Pa., 1909, xliii, 705-729.— Bailliet (A.) Tre- matodes hepatiques des oiseaux. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1900,11. s., ii, 239-242.—Railliet (A.), Henry (A.) & Joyeux (C.) Sur deux trematodes de primates. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1912, v, 833-837.—Roden- vvaldt (E.) Ein neuer Trematode Fasciolopsis Fiille- bornii n. sp. Beihfte. z. Arch. f. Schiffs- u. Tropenhyg., Leipz., 1909, xiii, 75. — Rossbaeli (E.) Beitrage zur Anatomie und Entwicklungsgeschichte der Redien. Ztschr. f. wissensch. Zool., Leipz., 1906, lxxxiv, 361-445, 4 pl.—Saint-Remy (G.) Complement du synopsis des trematodes monogeneses. Arch, de parasitol., Par., 1898, i, 521-671.—Sander (C. H.) The anatomy of Hennurus crenatus (Rud.), Liihe, an appendiculate trematode. Bull. Mus.'Comp. Zool., Harv., Cambridge, 1904, xiv, 1-28, 4pl.—Schuberg (A.) Zur Histologie der Trematoden. Arb. a. d. zool.-zootom. Inst, in Wiirzb., Wiesb., 1895, x, 165-188, 1 pl.—Spencer (W. B.) On the presence of a fluke in the egg of a fowl. Proc. Rov. Soc. Victoria 1888, Melbourne, 1889, n. s., i, 109.—Ssinitzin (D. T.) Ueber einige neue und wenig bekannte Organe der digeneti- schen Trematoden. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1904, xxviii, 767- 770. -----. Observations sur les metamorphoses des tre- matodes. Arch, de zool. exper. et g£n. Notes et rev., Par., 1907, 4. s., vii, pp. xxi-xxxvii. -----. Studien iiber die Phvlogenie der Trematoden. Biol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1909, xxix, 664-682, 1 pl. -----. Studien fiber die Phylo- genie der Trematoden. 2. Bucephalus v. Baer und Cer- caria ocellata De la Vail. Ztschr. f. wissensch. Zool., Leipz., 1909-10, xciv, 299-325,3 pl. -----. Studien iiber die Phylogenie der Trematoden; Cercaria plicata mihi und TetracotyleBrandesalsdimorpheLarvenderDistomiden, nebst einer Hypothese fiber die Entstehung des Wirts- wechsels bei den Trematoden. (Etyudi po filogenii tre- matod; o Cercaria plicata mihi i Tetracotyle Brandes, kak dimorfnikh lichinkakh distomid, v soyazi s vopro- som o pro'iskhozhdenii smleni khozvayev u trematod. Res., pp. 191-193.) Biol. J., Mosk., 1910, i, 106; 169, 2 pl.— Stafford (J.) Two distomes from Canadian Urodela. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt, Jena, 1903, xxxiv, 822-830, 1 pl. -----. Trematodes from Canadian fishes. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1904, xxvii,481-510. -----. Trematodes from Canadian vertebrates. Ibid., 1904-5, xxviii, 681- 694.— Stiles (C. W.) Trematode generic names pro- posed for the "official list of zoological names." Sci- ence, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1912, n. s., xxxv, 146.— Stiles (C. W.) & Goldberger (J.) Observations on two new parasitic trematode worms: Homolgaster philip- pinensis n. sp., Agmodistomum nanus n. sp. Treas. Dep. Pub. Health & Mar.-Hosp. Serv. U. S. Hyg. Lab. Bull. No. 40, Wash., 1908, 23-33.-----------. A study of the anatomy of Watsonius (n. g.) watsoni of man, and of nineteen allied species of mammalian trematode worms of the superfamily Paramphistomoidea. Ibid., Bull. No. 60, Wash., 1910,1-264—Stiles (C. W.) & Hassall (A.) An inventory of the genera and subgenera of the trema- tode family Fasciolidee. Arch, de parasitol., Par., 1898, i, 81-99.----------. Levinseniella, new name for the tre- matode genus Levinsenia Stossich, 1899 (not Mesnil, 1897). U. S. Dep. Agric. Bureau animal indust., Wash., 1902, Bull. No. 35, 19.-----------. Haematolcechus similige- nus, new name for the trematode H. similis Looss, 1899. Ibid., Bull. No. 35, 20.—Taglianl ((}.) Enoplocotyle minima nov. gen. nov. sp. trematode monogenetico TREMATODA. 459 TREMOR. Trematoda. parassita sulla cute di Muraena helena L. Arch, zool., Na- poli, 1911-12, v, 281-319,1 pl.—Vogt (C.) Quelques trema- todes marins ectoparasites. Arch, de zool. exper. et gen. Hist. nat. [etc.], Par., 1877, vi, 363-376.— Wal I in (I. E.) A new species of the trematode genus Allocreadium; with a revision of the genus and a key to the sub-family Allo- creadiinae. Tr. Am. Micr. Soc, Chicago, 1909, xxix, 50- 66, 2 pl.—Walter (G.) Ueber das Gefass- und Nerven- system der Trematoden. Verhandl. d. naturh. Ver. d. preuss. Rheinl. u. WestphaL, Bonn, 1858, 15. Jahrg., pp. xcii-xciv.—Warren (E.) A preliminary attempt to ascertain the relationship between the size of cell and the size of body in Daphnia magna Straus. Biometrika, Cambridge, 1903, ii, 255-259.—Willach (P.) Distomen- brut im Muskelfleische eines Bullen. Arch. f. wissensch. u. prakt. Thierh., Berl., 1892, xviii, 239-242.—Willem (V.) Deux trematodes nouveaux pour la faune beige; Acanthoeotyle branchialis nov. spec et Distomum turgi- dum Brandes. Acad. roy. de Belg. Bull, de la cl. d. sc, Brux., 1906, 599-612, 1 pl.—Wright (S.) Notes on the anatomy of the trematode. Microphallus opacus. Tr. Am. Micr. Soc, Decatur, 111., 1912, xxxi, 167-175, 2 pl. Tremblay (Lucas). See Placer Floridus. Les fleurs du livre [etc.]. 12°. Rouen, 1588. Trembles. See Milk-sickness. [Trembley (Jean).] Memoire pour servir a l'histoire de la vie et des ouvrages de Charles Bonnet. 128 pp. 8°. Berne, Soe. typog., 1794. Tremblin (Louis-Alphonse). Contribution a I'etude de l'ouverture spontanee des kystes hy- datiques du foie dans le peritoine. 62 pp. 8°. Paris, 1906, No. 283. Trembur ([Clemens Adolf] Heinrich) [1871- ]. *Casuistische Beitrage zur Dystrophia muscularis progressiva. 1 p. 1., 33 pp. 8°. Berlin, C. Vogt [1893]. Trembur (Franz August) [1878- ]. *Ueber den Nachweis von Blut in Ausscheidungen und iiherdie Resorbirbarkeit des Blutrotes im Darm. 32 pp., 11. 8°. Berlin, A. Wernicke dc Co., 1903. Trenieau (Gustave-Charles-Emile) [1866- ]. * Recherches sur le developpement du fruit et 1'origine de la pulpe de la casse et du tamarin. 2 p. 1., 30 pp., 1 1., 9 pl. 4°. Lons-le-Saunier, L.Declume, 1892. Ecole de pharmacie de Paris, no. 4. Tremel (Hans) [1868- ]. *Das diaphore- tische Verfahren bei Nierenerkrankungen und Eklampsie in der Schwangerschaft. 27 pp., 2 1. 8°. Marburg, 1895. Tremolifcres (Etienne). ^Contribution a I'e- tude de la granulie a forme hemorrhagique. 65 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1903, No. 256. Tremolifcres ( Fernand ). *L'ente>o-colite muco-membraneuse; etude critique, experimen- tale et clinique. 237 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1906, No. 330. Tremoliere§ (Joseph). * Fractures du nez et leur traitement. 99 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1910, No. 872. Tremolieres (Robert). *Les colloiidaux en therapeutique. 139 pp. 8°. Geneve, Ilinder- bergerfrlres, 1910, No. 150. Tremolieres (Roger) [1873- ]. *Au point de vue therapeutique des coagulants du sang (chlorure de calcium, gelatine). 88 pp. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 423. ------. Biotherapie; les eaux minerales en injec- tions hypodermiques, premieres experimenta- tions. 23 pp. 8°. Paris, A. Maloine, 1909. Tremolo-terapia (La) Boschetti; relazione della giunta del r. Istituto Veneto di scienze pel conferimento del premio Balbi-Valier. 6 pp. 8°. Torino, G. U. Cassone, 1898. Repr.from: Atti... r. Ist. Venetodisc.elett, Venezia, 1897-8, 7. s., ix. Tremophobia. meige (H.) Tremophobie. J. de psychol. norm, et path., Par., 1909, vi, 143.-----. Tremophobie, un nouveau cas; consequences medico-legales. J. de neurol., Par., 1910, xv, 361-364. Also: Rev. neurol., Par., 1910, ii, 247- 250. Tremor. See, also, Chorea (Diagnosis, etc., of); Epi- lepsy (Complications, etc., of); Goitre (Ex- ophthalmic, Diagnosis, etc., of); Influenza (Com- plications of, Cerebrospinal, etc.); Paralysis (General, Diagnosis, etc., of); Paralysis (Local and peripheral); Paralysis (Pseudospastic); Pa- ralysis (Unilateral); Paralysis agitans. Pieracci (A.) II tremore. Studio di pato- logia e di semeiotica. 8°. Milano, [1894]. Schneider (F. X.) *Akuter cerebraler Tre- mor des friihen Kindesalters. 8°. Munchen, 1911. Vieira Romeiro. *Tremores. 4°. Rio de Janeiro, 1903. Aeliard (C.) Tremblement. In: Traits de med. (Brouardel & Gilbert), 8°, Par., 1901, viii, 583-602.—A dam- kiewicz. Vom Zittern. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1897, xlvii, 2081-2084.—Angela (C.) A proposito della mielite cronica e del tremore intenzionale. Riv. di patol. nerv., Firenze, 1912, xvii, 466-482.—Bartlett (C.) Tremor. Hahneman. Month., Phila., 1893, xxviii, 409-416. Also, Reprint.—Boinet. Quatre observations de tremble- ment. Rev. neurol., Par., 1899, vii, 443-146.—Briscoe (J. C.) Acaseof tremor. Rep. Soc. Study Dis. Child., Lond., 1904-5, v, 188-190.—Buzzard (E. F.) Case of tremor. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1909-10, iii, Neurol. Sect., 18-20.—Cardoso Fonte. Nevrite localisada com tremor. Tribuna med., Rio de Jan., 1912, xviii, 87- 94.—Crocq fils. Les tremblements. Belgique med., Gand-Haarlem, 1897, iv, 417-425.—Garofalo (A.) In- torno ad un caso di tremore. Bull. d. Soc. Lancisiana d. osp. di Roma (1895), 1896, xv, fasc. 1, 26-30, 1 ch—Gitt- ings. A case of tremor. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1904, xxxi, 602.—Hertz (A. F.) Case of hereditary in- tention tremor. Guy's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1912, lxvi, 133— Kollarits (J.) A reszketesrol. [On tremor.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1910, liv, 520; 641; 564; 582; 597.— Kurrer. Ueber die Zitterkrankheit Med. Cor.-Bl. d. wurttemb. arztl. Ver., Stuttg., 1907, lxxvii, 821-823.— Lab be (M.) D6bilit6 mentale et tremblement. Presse med., Par., 1897, 185.—von Lena it (Z.) Zitterbewe- gungen des Kehlkopfes und der Zunge. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1910, xlvi, 133.—Levy-Born. Beitrag zur Lehre vom Zittern. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.],Berl., 1899, civ, 591-599. Also [Abstr.]: Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1898, xix, 415.—Marcuse (H.) Benediktsches Syndrom und selteneTumoren des Hirnstammes. Ztschr. f. d. ges. Neurol. u. Psychiat., Berl. u. Leipz., 1912, xii, Orig., 281-309, 4pl.—JHariani(F.) Sul tremore. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1900,xxi, 1130.—JMills(O.K.) &I?Ic€oiinell (J.W.) A case of coarse tremor of the upper extremity with slight atrophy and fascicular tremor of the upper and lower extremities of opposite sides. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis.. Lan- caster, Pa., 1911, xxxviii, 177.—Mott (F. W.) Tremors. Practitioner, Lond.,1904; Ixxiii, 293-304.— Neustaedter (M.) A contribution to the study of tremors. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1909, lxxvi, 91-94. Also: N. YorkState J. M., N. Y., 1910, x, 437—441.—Paniflii (L.) Osservazioni sui tremori. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1908, xxix, 1097. Also, transl.: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xiv, 1723. -----. Osservazioni sui tremori. Riv. di. patol. nerv., Firenze, 1910, xv, 54-56.— Rivas (H.) & Zanolll (C.) La tembladera; enferme- dad propia de los animales herbivoros de las regiones andinas. Semana med., Buenos Aires, 1909, xvi, 608- 618.—Werthelm-Salomonson (J. K. A.) Bijdrage tot de kennis van het beven. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst, 1894, 2. r., xxx, pt. 1, 2-35. Also, transl.: Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1896-7, x, 243-272.— Williams (T. A.) A case of crossed hemi-dyserKiaand tremor, with asynergia of binocular movements. Lancet- Clinic, Cincin., 1912, cvii, 418. Tremor (Causes and pathology of). See, also, Tremor (Congenital, etc.); Tremor (Hysterical); Tremor (Mercurial, etc.). Busquet. *Le tremblement physiologique. 8°. Paris, 1904. Kostetski (I. A.) Material! dlya patologii mishechnavo drozhaniya. [On the pathology of muscular trembling.] 8°. [Kiev, 1899.] Pirera (A.) La patologia del tremore; studio critico-clinico sperimentale. 4°. Napoli, [1909]. TREMOR. 460 TREMOR. Tremor (Causes and pathology of). Weitzenmiller (W. F. A.) * Ueber einen Fall von Tremor bei einem Meter. 8°. Borna- Leipzig, 1910, Alurralde editaire. 4°. Toulouse, 1895. A chard (C.) Tremblement et heredity Med. mod., Par., 1894, v. sui-SOL—A more-Bonelli (G.) Tremble- mentessentiel hereditaire. Cong.d.med.alienistesetneu- Tremor ( Congenital and hereditary). rol. de France ... C. r. 1896, Par., 1897, ii, 391-395. -----. Contributo alia conoscenza del tremore essenziale eredi- tario. Riv. sper. di freniat, Reggio-Emilia, 1897, xxiii, 58-88, 3 ch.—Brasch (M.) Ueber das erbliche Zittern. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1895, vii, 444-464.— Calcaterra (E.) Sopra due casidi tremore essenziale ereditario. Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1907, xlvi. 442-454, 1 ch— Dargein (P.) Tremblement essentiel heredi- taire et signes physiques de degenerescence. Toulouse med., 1901, 2. s., iii, 103-105.—Eshner (A. A.) A case of congenital tremor. Medicine, Detroit, 1897, iii, 390-397. Also, Reprint—Flatau(G.) Ueber hereditaren essentiel- len Tremor. Arch. f. Psychiat., Berl., 1908, xliv, 306-340.— Graupner. Ueber hereditaren Tremor. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1899, lxiv, 466-177.—Ivanotf (I.I.) O t naz. naslledstvennom drozhanii. [So-called hereditary trembling.] Vrach, St. Petersb., 1900, xxi, 642-645.— Kreiss (P.) Ueber hereditaren Tremor. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1912,xliv, 111-123.— de Langenhagen. Un cas de tremblement essentiel hereditaire chez un degenere. Rev. med. de l'est, Nancy, 1893, xxv,747-753.—Le Clerc (R.) Du tremblement essen- tiel hereditaire. Clinique,Par.,1907,ii,123-125. Also [Rap. deRaymond]: Bull. Aead.de med.,Par., 1908,3. s., lix,44- 47.—Lemoinc (G.) Tremblement congenital des mem- bres superieurs. Mem. et compt.-rend. Soc. d. sc. med. de Lyon (1893), 1894, xxxiii, pt. 2, 23-25.—ITIeirowltz (P.) A case of congenital tremor. Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1896, xi, 391.—Mi telle 11 (J. K.) Report of a case of familial tremor of thehead. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1903, xxx, 168.—JTIorrls (M.) Hereditary tremor. Indiana M. J., Indianap.,1897-8,xvi,4.—Neisser(E.) ErblichesZittern. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1906, xx, 765.— Raymond. Tremblement essentiel hereditaire. J.de med. int., Par., 1905, ix, 301. -----. Le tremblement essentiel hereditaire. Bull, med.. Par., 1908, xxii, 487-490.—Raymond (F.) & Thaon (P.) Tremblement congenital, heredite, patho- logie comparee. Rev. neurol.. Par., 1905, xiii, 551-553.— Regnault (F.) Une observation de tremblement here- ditaire. Assoc, franc, pour l'avance. d. sc. C.-r. 1893, Par., 1894, xxii, pt. 2, 812-814.—Schmaltz. Ueber fa- miliiiren Tremor. Jahresb. d. Gesellsch. f. Nat-u. Heilk. in Dresd., Munchen, 1904-5, 44-55. Also: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1905, Iii, 633-636.—Spiller. Zur Rasuistik des erblichen Tremor essentialis. Deutsche mil.-arztl. Ztschr., Berl., 1905, xxxv, 205-208.-Ughetti(G. B.) Sul tremore essenziale ereditario. Riv. sper. di freniat, Reggio-Emilia, 1893, xix, 266-285, 2 ch.—Unterberg (J.) A tremor congenitus neurasthenias alapon 4116 egy eseterol. [Acaseof . . .] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1900, xliv, 431-433.—Wegge (W. F.) Hereditary tremor. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1897, xxviii, 209. Tremor (Diagnosis and semeiology of). Grenier (J.) * Le tremblement et les spasmea mn£moniques. 8°. Lyon, 1903. Jentsch (E.) * Ueber Zitterbewegungen und deren Simulation. 8°. Bonn, 1893. Le Filliatre (G.) * Nouvelle methode graphique permettant d'enregistrer tous les tremblements (prix Barbier, 1895). Applica- tion de cette methode dans un essai sur les troubles moteurs de l'alcoolisme. 4°. Paris, 1895. Meyer (M.) *Zur Kenntnis des essentiellen Intentionstremors. 8°. Heidelberg, 1908. ------. * Die diagnostische Bedeutung dea Zitterns bei der multiplen Sklerose. 8°. Berlin, 1909. Also, in: Monatschr. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol., Berl., 1909, xxv, 70-135. Oberwinter (H.) * Ueber einen seltenen Fall von Tremor. 8°. Kiel, 1900. Rossi (G.) II tremore nelle malattie. 8°. Napoli, 1894. Schenck (E.) *Ueber das Zittern, insbeson- dere das Intentionszittern. [Freiburg i. Br.] 8°. Ettlingen, 1903. Azoulay & Regnault (F.) Surun moyen pratique d'exagerer le tremblement. Assoc, franc, pour l'avance. d. sc. C.-r. 1894, Par., 1895, xxiii, pt. 2,874-878.—Berga- inasco (I.) Intorno ad un caso di tremore essenziale simulante in parte il quadro della sclerosi multipla. Riv. di patol. nerv., Firenze, 1907, xii, 4-9.—Bloch (A.-M.) & Busquet(H.) Etude sur letremblementphysiologique. Compt rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1904, lvi, 151-153.— Bondenari (E. F.) Notas clinicas sobre los temblores. Arch, de psiquiat v criminol., Buenos Aires, 1904, iii, 457- 478. -----. Diez tipos de temblores. Semana med., Buenos Aires, 1904, xi, 1036-1042.—Borishpolski (E. S.) O vliyanii drozhaniya na vozbudimost mozgovol kort l nervnikh stvolov. [On the effect of trembling upon irritability of the cortex of the brain and nerve trunks.] TREMOR. 461 TREMOR. Tremor (Diagnosis and semeiology of). Obozr. psichiat, nevrol. [etc.], S.-Peterb., 1899, iv, 208- 216.—Boveri (P.) Un caso di tremore post-emiplegico simulante il morbo di Parkinson. Corriere san., Milano, 1908, xix, 81.—Brissaud <&Grenet(H.) Tremblement a type de sclerose en plaques lie a une osteo-arthropathie ducoude. Rev. neurol., Par., 1904, xii,495.-----------. Tremblement cloniforme et clonus vrai. Ibid., 632-634.— ChigayeflE" (N. F.) O vliyanii drozhaniya na nervno- bolnikh. [On the influence of trembling upon the mentally diseased.] Obozr. psichiat., nevrol. [etc.], S.- Peterb., 18%, i, 121-124.— Curcio (E.) Del tremito; classificazione dei tremori da 1 punto di vista della diagnosi di alcune malattie nervose. Ann. di med. nav., Roma, 1898, iv, 688-605.—Ba Costa (J. M.) A case of so-called essential tremor. Coll. & Clin. Rec, Phila., 1899, xx, 1.— Dercuiu (F. X.) Tremor simulating multiple cerebro- spinal sclerosis, but without coarse central lesion. Phila. Hosp. Rep., 1890, i,280-282.—Biller (T.) Thenatureand diagnostic value of tremors. Pittsburgh M. Rev., 1894, viii, 134-136.—Eshner (A. A.) A graphic studv of tremor. Tr. Coll. Phvs. Phila., 1896, xviii, 215-227. Also: J. Exper. M., N. Y., 1897, 301-312, 8 pl. Also, Reprint—Fuchs (F.) Leber einen Fall von scheinbar vorgetauschtemZit- tern. Monatschr. f. Unfallheilk., Leipz., 1896, iii, 33-36.— Glorieux. Sclerose en plaques fruste; tremblement parkinsonien. J. de neurol., Par., 1905, x, 248-250.— Gorshkofl? (I. P.) K kazuistikie drozhaniy pri zabo- llevaniyakh nervnol sistemi. [Trembling in diseases of the nervous system.] Vovenno-med. J., St. Petersb., 1899, cxcvi, med.-spec. pt., ^9•V,s99.— Gray (L. C.) Func- tional tremors. Text-bonk Nerv. Dis. Am. authors (Der- cum), Phila., 1895, 280-2*7.—Hand (A.), jr. Essential tremor. Ann. Gynec. & Pediat., Bost., 1897-8, xi, 855.— Hervouet. De quelques tremblements. Gaz.m6d.de Nantes, l89*-9, xvii, 41.— Hopkins (S. D.) Clinical sig- nificance of tremor. Denver M. Times, 1900-1901, xx, 298-303. — Kulcke. Ueber den essentiellen Tremor. Deutsche mil.-arztl. Ztschr., Berl., 1904, xxxiii, 412-420.— Lamacq (L.) Semeiologie des tremblements. Arch. de neurol.. Par., 1896, 2. s., ii, 226-228. -----. La semeio- logie des tremblements. Cong. d. med. alienistes et neu- rol. de France. . . Rap. 1896, Par., 1897, i, 3-25. -----. Semeiologie des tremblements. Gaz. hebd. de med., Par., 1896, xliii, 387; 746.—Le Filliatre. Nouvelle methode graphique permettant d'enregistrer tous les tremble- ments; en particulier le tremblement de la langue et de certains muscles, comme l'orbiculaire des levres. Arch. de neurol.. Par., 1*94, xxviii, 161-167. Also, transl.: Bol. d. manic, de San Baudilio de Llobregat, Barcel., 1894, iii, 317-322.— i.evi (E.) Nouvelles recherches graphiques sur le phenomene de la trepidation du pied. Encephale, Par., 1908, ii, 261; 453, 3 pl.-Lewandowsky (M.) Es- sentieller Tremor der Arme, lokale Krampfe der Fuss- muskeln, Fehlen aller Sehnenreflexe. Med. Klin., Berl., 1906, ii, 482.— Liniger. Leber Zittersimulation. Ver- handl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1895. Leipz., 1896, lxvii, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 324-326.—Lugiato (L.) Un nuovo tromografo analizzatore degli elementi costitutivi e delle varie direzioni dei movimenti nel tremore. Riv. di patol. nerv., Firenze, 1909, xiv, 204-216.—OTary. Se- meiologie du tremblement. Arch. med. beiges, Brux., 1912, 4. s., xxxix, 235-246—.TIeyer (E.) & Parisot (P.) Etude graphique sur le tremblement senile. Cong, franc. de med., Par. & Nancy, 1*96-7, iii, fasc. 2,386.—Moutier (F.) Tremblement4formeparkinsonienne; h6michoree avec ophtalmoplegie: lesion pedoneulo-protuberantielle. Rev. neurol., Par., 1905, xiii, 648-650.—Moyer (H. N.) Intention-tremor of the arms and hands. Phila. M. J., 1898, ii, 6s7.—Peterson (F.) Notes upon some kymo- graphy tracings of tremor. Med. Repr., Lond., 1894, v, 99-102. Also: N. York M. J., 1894, lix, 294-297.—Pl'ahl (J.) Die genauere Untersuchung feinster Zitterbewegungen sowie der sogenannten ruhigen Haltung, Stellung und Lage mittels Spiegelvergrosserung. Ztschr. f. d. ges. Neurol, u. P-ychiat, Berl. u. Leipz., 1910-11, iv, Orig , 717-729.—Pic (A.) Sur un tremblement combine au rythme respiratoire de Cheyne-Stokes. Cong, franc, de m6d., Par. & Nancy, 1896-7, iii, fasc. 2, 515-524.— Pick. Falle von essentiellem Zittern. Militaerarzt, Wien, 1903, xxxvii, 100— Raymond ( F.) & Janet (P.) Spasmes et tremblement chez des psychasth6niques. N. iconog de la Salpetriere, Par., 1903, xvi, 209-217,1 pl.—Riggs (C. E.) Two cases of functional tremor. Northwest. Lancet, St. Paul, 1898, xviii, 338. — Rudnelf (V. I.) Sluchal drozhaniya ruk v soyedinenii s dikhatelnol su- dorogol. [Trembling of the hands combined with respi- ratory spasm.] Protok. Kiev. Psichiat. Obsh., 1898-9, i, 50-55. -----. O drozhanii pri nervnikh i dushevnikh bolleznyakh. [Tremors in nervous and mental dis- eases.] Vopr. nerv.-psikh. med., Kiev, 1903, x, 219; 317.— Sinkler(W.) A case of functional tremor simulating disseminated sclerosis. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis.. N. Y., 1898, xxv, 620-622. Also: Univ. M. Mag., Phila., 1897-8, x, 575- 579._Sommer. Un appareil nouveau pour I'etude du tremblement; le psychographe. Intermed. d. biol.. Par., 1897-8, i, 176-178.—Spiller (W. G.) A case of atypical tremor. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1900, xxvii, 290.— Taylor (F.) On tremors and other morbid movements. Guv's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1891, n. s., v, 298-300.— I pson Tremor (Diagnosis and semeiology of). (H. S.) On certain "forms of tremor. Med. News, Phila., 1891, lviii, 435-439. Also, Reprint—del Valle y Alda- balde (R.) Temblor eseneial. Rev. frenopat espafi., Barcel., 1911, ix, 266-271. Also: Rev. de med. y cirug. pract., Madrid, 1911, xci, 361-366— Williamson (R. T.) Forms of tremor and their clinical characters. Med. Chron., Manchester, 1900-1901,3. s., iv, 1-25. Tremor (Hysterical). Becker (E.) * Die Differentialdiagnose zwi- schen dem Tremor der Hysterie und dem Tre- mor bei Paralysis agitans. 8°. Berlin, 1911. Diekmann (C. G. F.) * Zur Symptomatologie einiger hvsterischer Bewegungsstorungen (He- miplegie, Hemichorei, pseudospastische Parese mit Tremor.) [Breslau.] 8°. Leipzig, 1909. Meyer (R.) * Ueber einen Fall von Hyste- ria gravis mit universellem Schuttel-Tremor. [Kiel.] 8°. Wilhelmshaven, 1911. Weil (J.) * Ueber zwei Fiille von hyste- risch - traumatischem Tremor. 8°. Erlangen, 1895. Antony & Rouvillois. Tremblement essentiel hereditaire ayant debute a Page de 7 ans chez un hyste- rique. Gaz. d. mal. infant, [etc.], Par., 1899, i, 81. Also: Bull, et m6m. Soc. m6d. d. hdp. de Par., 1899, 3. s., xvi, 265-269.—Babinski. Tremblement hysterique genera- lise. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1907, xxi, 600. — Bastianelli (G.) Tremore isterico. Bull. d. Soc. Lancisiana d. osp. di Roma, 1892, xii, 13-18.—Bis- cons. Tremblement hysterique etendu a tout le corps et accompagne de troubles de la parole. Arch, de m6d. et pharm. mil., Par., 1898, xxxii, 353-359.—Booth (J. A.) A case of hysterical tremor of the head. J. Nerv. & Ment Dis., Lancaster, Pa., 1910, xxxix, 250.—Boucarut (C.) Observation de tremblement hysterique. Rev. de med., Par., 1904, xxiv, 601-613. — Brecher (G.) Ein Fall von Hysterie mit tetanieahnlichen Erscheinungen. Med.-chir. Centralbl., Wien, 1902, xxxvii, 316.— Burr (C. W.) A case of hvsterical tremor. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1899, xxvi, 607.—Belmas. Tremblements hysteriques. M6m. et bull. Soc. de med. et chir. de Bor- deaux (1895), 1896, 427-433.—Be Renzi (E.) Tremore isterico simulante il tremore del morbo di Parkinson. Riv. clin. e terap., Napoli, 1895, xvii, 115-117.—Fernan- dez Sanz (E.) Un caso de pseudopar&lisis agitante histerica. Rev. de med. y cirug. pract., Madrid, 1910, lxxxvii, 5-12. — Gajkievvicz (W.) O drzeniu histe- rycznem (tremor hystericus). [Six cases of . . .] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1892, 2. s., xii, 640-650.—Glorieux. Un cas de tremblement hysterique de la main droite, chez une jeune fllledel6ans. J. de neurol., Par., 1903,viii, 221.— von Krafft-E bing (R.) Ueber eine typische, an Para- lysis agitans erinnernde Form von hvsterischem Schiit- teltremor. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1898, xi, 1113-1117.— JWader (J.) Pseudo-Intermittens hysterica; heftige Anfalle von typischen Schiittelfrosten durch mehrere Minuten ohne Spur von Temperatursteigerung; un- geheilt Jahrb. d. Wien. k. k. Krankenanst. 1895, Wien u. Leipz., 1897, iv, pt. 2, 246.— OTlserocchi (L.) So- pra un caso di tremore isterico simulante quello della sclerosi a placche. Pratica d. med., Napoli, 1902-3, iii, 193-198.—ITIukhin (N. 1.) Ob istericheskoi drozhi. [Hysterical tremor.] J. nevropat. i psikhiat . . . Kor- sakova, Mosk., 1910, x, 1345-1366.—Oddo. Caracteres g6neraux des tremblements hysteriques. Assoc, franc. pour l'avance. d. sc. C.-r. 1891, Par., 1892, xx, pt. 2, 672- 676.—Raymond. Tremblement hvsterique. J. de med. int., Par., 1902, vi, 197; 218. -----. Apoplexie hys- terique avec tremblement et polyurie consecutifs, chez un homme de 31 ans. Bull, med., Par., 1902, xvi, 679. Also, transl.: Med. Bull., Phila., 1902, xxiv, 340. -----. Apoplexie et tremblement hysterique. Rev. g6n. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1903, xvii, 372. -----. Crises elassiques de grande hysterie et tremblement hysterique monosymptomatique. Rev. de l'hvpnot et psychol. physiol., Par., 1904-5, xix, 157-159.—Shaw (J. C ) Hys- terical trembling, stammering, and mutism. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1893, 3. s.,iii, 118-123.—Sollier (P.) Trem- blements hysteriques de formes variees et combinees avec de la contracture chez le mSme sujet. France m6d. etParismed.,Par.,1892, xxxix, 49-51. Tremor (Mercurial and alcoholic). Eshner (A. A.) A case of mercurial tremor. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., Lancaster, Pa., 1910, xxxvii, 310-312.— Guillain (G.) & I^aroche. Sur la pathogenie du tremblement mercuriel. Rev. neurol., Par., 1907, xv, 137-141. [Discussion], 175— Lereboullet (P.) & La- gane (L.) Sur la nature du tremblement mercuriel. Progres med., Par., 1909, 3. s., xxv, 641-645. —Ray- mond. Tremblement mercuriel; tremblement alco- olique. J. de med. int., Par., 1902, vi, 214.—Rigler (O.) Zur Kasuistik de« Tremor mercurialis. Deutsche Med.- Ztg., Berl., 1907, xxviii, 1047. TREMOR. 462 TRENGA. Tremor (Senile). Raynaid ( L.-A.) * Rapport du tremble- ment senile et du tremblement hereditaire. 4°. Pan's, 1894. A chard (C.) & Soupanlt. Tremblement heredi- taire et tremblement senile. Gaz. hebd. de med., Par., 1897, n. s., ii, 373-375.—Gallavarden (L.) & Rhenter. Tremblement generalise, probablement senile, avec par- ticipation des cordes vocales et du diaphragme; troubles de la parole d'origine diaphragmatique. Bull. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Lyon, 1907, vi, 412-416. Also: Lyon med., 1908, ex, 214-218. — Kennedy ( F.) A case for diagnosis. [Senile tremor.] J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., Lancaster, Pa., 1911, xxxviii, 358.—Iiiber. Tremblement senile precoee chez plusieurs membres d'une famille. Bull. Soc. anat- clin. de Lille, 1890, v, 205.—JUeyer (E.) & Parisot (P.) Note sur les caracteres graphiques du tremblement du vieillard. Cong, franc, de m6d. Rap., Par., 1899, v, 1008.—Rossi (G.) Sul tremore dei vecchi, e sulla genesi del tremore. Riv. clin. e terap., Napoli, 1894, xvi, 619-623. Also, Reprint. Tremor (Treatment of). Berret (H.) *Pe Taction de l'acide for- mique sur les maladies a tremblements. 8°. Lyon, 1905. Berillon. Tremblement a forme parkinsonienne traite avec succes par la suggestion hypnotique. Rev. de l'hypnot. et psychol. physiol., Par., 1899-1900, xv, pt. 2, 328.—Bernheim. Traitement des tremblements par la suggestion. Cong. d. med. alienistes et neurol. de France ... C. r. 1896, Par., 1897, ii, 118-120. —Clement (E.) Action de l'acide formique sur les maladies a trem- blements et action antithermique. Gaz. d. h6p. de Lyon, 1905, vi, 497-502. Also [Abstr.]: Compt. rend, Acad. d. sc, Par., 1905, cxl, 1198. — Farez (P.) Nevrose tremulante guerie par la suggestion hypnotique; application peda- gogiquedu traitement psycho-mecanique. Rev. del'hyp- not, et psychol. physiol., Par., 1897-8, xii, 117-125.—Laid- law (G. F.) A suggestion in the treatmentof tremor. N. Am. J. Homceop., N. Y., 1899,3. s., xiv, 484-486.—Mas- saglia (A.) La parotiroidina Vassale contro il tremore senile. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1908, xxix, 1599-1603.— Parisot (J.) Action de la scopolamine sur les differents tremblements. Mem. Soc. de med. de Nancy, 1907-8,106- ' 111. Also: Rev. med. de l'est, Nancy, 1908, xl, 376; 396.— Pauly. Tremblement de sclerose en plaques suspendu par l'aleool. Lyon med., 1904, ciii, 817.—Robin (A.) De l'emploi du bromhydrate d'hyoscine dans le traite- ment des tremblements. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1902, cxliii, 257-259.— Woods (J. F.) Spasmodic tremors successfully treated by suggestion. Tr. Hunterian Soc, Lond., 1896-7,262,8facsimiles. Tremor (Unilateral). Batten (F. E.) Case of tremor of right arm associated with epilepsy. Brain, Lond., 1905, xxviii, 359. Also: Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond.,1907-8, i, Neurol. Sect., 54.—Bona- t'onte(M.) El sindrome de Benedikt. Rev. de med. y cirug. pract., Madrid, 1900, xlvii, 130-133.—Bouchaud. Tremblement intentionnel limite du membre superieur gauche. J. de neurol., Par., 1905, x, 147-154. — Collier (J. S.) A case of unilateral tremor. Brain, Lond., 1906, xxix, 810.—Griffith (J. P. C.) Two cases of unilateral tremor occurring in children. Arch. Pediat, N. Y., 1897, xiv, 809-815. Also: Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc, N. Y., 1897, ix, 158-164.—Heldenbergh (C.) Un cas de tremblement fonctionnel de la main droite. Belgique m6d., Gand- Haarlem, 1901, ii, 769-778. Also: J. de neurol., Par., 1901, vi, 641-647.—Hervouet. Sur un cas de tremblement unilateral. Gaz. m6d. de Nantes, 1898-9, xvii, 82.—Her- vouet & Jalaber. Hemitremblement. Ibid., 1905, 2. s., xxiii, 157-159. — Hotbauer. Zittern der rechten Hand. Deutsche mil.-arztl. Ztschr., Berl., 1902, xxxi, 645. — Holmes ( G.) Case of midbrain lesion with unilateral tremor. Brain, Lond., 1905, xxviii, 93.— Knapp (P. C.) Tremor of right arm; loss of muscular sense and ataxia. Boston M. & S. J., 1904, cl, 539.—Illi- nois & Perretire. Hemitremblement a forme de sclerose en plaques. Bull. Soc. m6d. d. h6p. de Lyon, 1905, iv, 410-412. Also: Lyon med., 1905, cv, 1127-1129.— ."Ueirowitz (P.) Tremor of the upper extremities and persistent insomnia of long duration without neurasthe- nia. Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1900, xv, 67-71.—Monro (T. K.) Case of persistent unilateral tremor. Tr. M.- Chir. Soc. Glasg. (1903-4), 1906, v, 4-6. Also: Glasgow M. J., 1904, Ixi, 204-206.—Sindrome (La) di Benedikt Riforma med., Palermo, 1900, xvi, pt. 2, 289-291.—Ster- ling. Przypadek drzenia polowiczego. [Lnilateral tremor.] Neurol, polska, Warszawa, 1910-11, i, no. 4,86.— Stewart (G.) A case of tremor of the right hand on sustained voluntary movement. WestLond. M. J., Lond., 1912, xvii, 117.—Weber (F. P.) Tremorof the left lower extremity of ten years' duration. Tr. M. Soc. Lond., 1906, xxviii, 293-295.] Tremor in children. Banniel (L.) Un cas de tremblement chez l'enfant. Cong, period, de gynec, d'obst. et de paediat. Mem. et disc. 1895, Par., 1896, 859-865. Also: N. Montpel. med., 1895, iv, 765-773.—Bidoli (C.) Dei tremori con speciale riguardo alle forme infantili. Riv. veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 1896, xxv, 3-22.— Olopatt (A.) Om ett fall af tremor has ett barn. [Ueber emen Fall von Tremor bei einem Kinde. Ref., p. 335] Finska lak.-siillsk. handl., Helsingfors, 1908, 1, 140-160.—Clutterbuck (L. A.) A case of intention tremor in a child of five and a half years. Rep. Soc. Study Dis. Child., Lond., 1907-8, viii, 41.— Cotta-Ramusino (C.) Sul tremore dell' infanzia. Pediatria, Napoli, 1911, 2. s., xix, 218-222.—Bu ran te (D.) 11 tremore nei bambini. Tommasi, Napoli, 1905-6, i, 224.— Fede (F.) Sul tremore idiopaticonei bambini. Riv. di clin. pediat., Firenze, 1906, iv, 384-387—Hussy (A.) Ueber Tremor bei Kindern. Monatschr. f. Kinderh., Leipz. u. Wien, 1904, iii, 405-415.—de Lange (C.) Acute cerebrale tremor bij jonge kinderen. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst, 1909, ii, 1000-1003.—Middleton (G. S.) Child with a nervous affection chiefly character- ised by tremors. Glasgow M. J., 1902, lviii, 293.—Miller (R.) On certain cases of acute tremor occurring in children. Brain, Lond., 1909, xxxii, 54-56.— iVIoussous (A.) Tremblement intentionnel unilateral chez une en- fant Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. . . . de Bordeaux, 1890, xi, 169.—Parsons (L.) Polioencephalitis of the cerebello-rubro-spinal system; a cause of " acute tremor" in children. Birmingh. M. Rev., 1910, lxvii, 148-158. Also: Brit J. Child. Dis., Lond., 1910, vii, 248-256.— Raffaelli (G.) Del tremore nei lattanti. Rendic. d. Ass. med.-chir. cu Parma, 1905, vi, 33-36. Also: Pediatria, Napoli, 1905,2. s., iii, 366-380.—Rombach (K. A.) Acute cerebrale tremor bij jonge kinderen. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst, 1910, xiv, pt. 1, 595-598.—Urbach (E.) Zur Kasuistik des Intentionstremors bei Kindern. Deut- sche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1905, xxxi, 1679- 1681.—Xappert (J.) Ueber den akuten zerebralen Tre- mor im friihen Kindesalter. Monatschr. f. Kinderh., Leipz. u. Wien, 1909, viii, 133-149. Trenaunay (Paul) [1875- ]. * Recherches pathogeniques et cliniques sur le reve prolonge. (Delire consecutif a un r6ve prolonge a, l'etat de veille.) 85 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1901, No. 388. Trendel (Eduard). * Ueber Brechdurchfall im Kindesalter. 28 pp., 1 1. 8°. Tubingen, F. Pietzcker, 1896. Trendelenburg (Friedrich) [1844- ]. Ver- letzungen und chirurgische Krankheiten des Gesichts. 310 pp., 5 pl. roy. 8°. Stuttgart, 1886-1908. Forms pt. 33, v. 1-2, of: Deutsche Chirurgie. Trendelenburg (Friedrich Adolf) [1802-72]. Hoffmann ( [ E. ] E. ) * Die Psychologie Friedrich Adolph Trendelenburgs. 8°. Greifs- wald, [1892]. Trendelenburg (Paul). * Vergleichende Un- tersuchung iiber den Wirkungsmechanismus und die Wirkungsintensitat glykosidischer Herzgifte. [Freiburg i. B.] 22 pp. 8°. Leip- zig, F. C. W. Vogel, 1909. Trendelenburg's position. See, also, Gynecology (Posture, etc., in). Zweilel (P.) Beckenhochlagerungund Lungenem- bolien. Prakt. Ergebn. d. Geburtsh. u. Gynak., Wiesb., 1911-12, iv, 273-292. Trend (Louis) [1879- ]. *Du traitement non sanglant de la luxation congenitale de la hanche et de ses resultats eloignes d'apres 100 observations. 210 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1903, No. 112. Trenel (Marc) [1866- ]. * Symptomes spas- modiques et contractures permanentes dans la paralysie generale. 131 pp. 4°. Paris, 1894, No. 272. -----. The same. 135 pp. 8°. Paris, G. Stein- heil, 1894. Trenga ( Victor) [1878- ]. * Sur les psycho- ses chez les juifs d'Algerie. 64 pp. 8°. Mont- pellier, 1902, No. 14. TRENITfi. 463 TREPHINING. Trenite (A. N. Nolst). Handboek der zieken- verpleging, met een voorwoord van J. van De- venter, vi, 227 pp. 8°. Amsterdam, J. H. dc G. van Heteren, 1894. ------. Verpleegsters zakwoordenboekje. 138 pp. 24°. Amsterdam, J. II. <.(• G. van Heteren, 1899. S<(, oho, Saalfeld (Edmund). Cosmetica [etc.]. 8°. Amsterdam, [n. d.]. Trenkner (Emil). * Beitrag zur Histologie und Aetiologie des blutenden Septumpolypen. 28 pp. 8°i Erlangen, E. T. Jacob, 1900. Trent. See, also, Fever (Typhus, History of), Hos- pitals (Gynecological, etc.), by localities. Bresclani(T.) Condizioniclimaticheeigieniche di Arco, quale stazione climatica invernale nel Trentino. Atti d. Cong. naz. d' idrol. e climat. 1906, Perugia, 1907, 160-174. Trenthain (W. H.) & Saunders (James). Modern methods of sewage disposal; a practical handbook for the use of members of local au- thorities and their officials, viii, 60 pp., 14 pl. 12°. London, Sanitary Pub. Co., 1909. Trenton. See Hospitals (Description, etc., of), Hospitals (Ophthalmic and auric), Insane (Asylums, De- scription, etc., of), by localities. Trenton Eye and Ear Infirmary. Annual re- ports of the trustees and surgeons to the public. 1889-90 to 1892-3 (1.-4.). 8°. Trenton, 1890-93. Trentschin. See Waters (Mineral), by localities. Trephines. See Trephining (Instruments for). Trephining. See, also, Abscess (Intracranial); Aphonia (Traumatic); Brain (Abscess of, Traumatic); Brain (Localization of functions in); Brain (Sur- gery of); Brain ( Wounds, etc., of); Convulsions (Treatment of); Craniectomy; Dura mater (Tumors, etc., of); Epilepsy (Jacksonian, Treat- ment of , Operative); Epilepsy (Traumatic); Epi- lepsy ( Treatment of, Operative) by trephining; Fe- mur (Surgery of); Frontal bone (Fracture of); Frontal bone (Surgery of); Head (Injuries of, Jurisprudence of); Head (Surgery of); Hemi- crania (Treatment of); Hydrocele (Treatment of, Operative); Insanity (Treatment of, Opera- tive); Orbit ( Wounds, etc., of); Paralysis (Gen- eral, Treatmentof, Operative). Gallez (L.) La trepanation du crane. His- toire, technique operatoire, indications et con- tre-indications, resultats. 8°. Bruxelles, 1893. Kochiyama (M.) * Histologische Untersu- chungen iiber die Heilung von Trepanations- wunden an Kaninchenschadeln. 8 . Wiirz- burg, 1908. MacDougall (J. A.) Trephining as a pre- ventative and curative measure. 12°. Edin- burgh, 1883. Terrier (F.) & Peraire. L'operation du trepan. 12°. Paris, 1895. Vrolik ((r.) Over de wijze waarop de opene ruimte in den schedel, na panboring, of ander beenverlies wordt aangevuld. 4°. Amsterdam, 1837. .Vrpal. Un caso de trepanacion craneal. Siglom&L, Madrid, 1895, xlii, 770-773.—Ash hurst (J.) Remarks upon trephining the cranium. Phila. Polyclin., 1895, iv, 266. Also: Internat. M. Mag., Phila., 1895-6, iv, 409-412. Also: Kansas City M. Index, 1895, xvi, 279-281.—Bablns- ki.' Resultats heureux de la trepanation. J. de m6d. int., Par., 1907, xi, 259— Baldwin (A. E.) A case of trephining. Pacific M. J... San Fran., 1893, xxxvi, 552.— Trephining. Bardesco. Regeneration des os du crane 4 la suite de la trepanation. Bull, etmem. Soc. de chir. de Bucarest, 1902-3, v, 180.—Beale (P.) Trephining. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1900, n. s., lxx, 166.—Biddle (J. C.) Tre- phining. Kansas M. J., Topeka, 1898, x, 631-636.—Blair (H. W.) Report of a case of trephining of an infant's skull. Tr. M. Ass. Alabama, Montgomery, 1907, 424-426.— Borst. Histologische Untersuchungen iiber die Heilung von Trepanationsvvunden an Kaninchenschadeln. Si- tzungsb. d. phys. med. Gesellsch. zu Wiirzb., 1908, 67.— Brandt. Trepanation wegen Fissur im Os parietale (mit Krankenvorstellung). Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1897, xxiii, Ver.-Beil.,200.—Burns (J. F.) Trephining; a report and study of ten cases. N. York M. J.,1894,lx, 801-806.—van (ampen (J.) Trepanaties onder plaatselijke gevoelloosheid. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1912, ii, 1582-1589.—Carcaleteanu, [Un casde tre panat,ie.] Rev. san. mil., Bucuresci,'1898-9, n, 129-132.—Cassaet (E.) Du point de trepanation, dans les cas od les sympt6mes ne sont pas superpo- sables a la contusion du crane. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1893, 9. s., v, 1009-1011. —Cunningham (S.) Report of a case of trephining. Texas M. News, Austin, 1896-7, vi, 236-239. —David ( M.) Ueber die histologischen Befunde nach Replantation trepanirter Knochenstucke des Schiidels. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1896, liii, 740-748, 2 pl. -----. Zur Frage des Verhaltens austrepanirter und wieder eingeheilter Schadelstiicke. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1897, xxiii, 751, Ver.-Beil., 181.—Delvoie (P.) Histoire, indications et contre-indications, technique et resultats de la trepa- nation cranienne. Mem. couron. Acad. roy. de m6d. de Belg., Brux., 1893, xii, fasc. 1, 1-320.—Dulresne (E.) La trepanation. Bull. med. de Quebec, 1908-9, x, 120- 133.—Eve (D.) Report of a case of trephining. South. Pract., Nashville, 1894, xvi, 98-100.—Fischer (H.) Tre- panationen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1898, xxiv, 821-823.—Freeman (L.) Trephining. Tr. Colorado M. Soc, Denver, 1897, 113—Gayet. Trepana- tion exploratrice pour accidents cerebraux d'origine otique. Lyon med., 1912, cxix, 394-396.—Hime (H. C. R.) Simple trephining for increase of intraocular tension. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1912, xix, 640-550.— Kuznetsoflf* (M. M.) K voprosu o trepanatsii pri traumaticheskikh povrezhdeniyakh cherepnovo svoda. [Trephining for traumatic injuries of the skull.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1905, iv, 1241; 1273; 1307. Also, transl.: Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1909,. xc, 1025-1072. — Lu- cas -Chainpionniere (J.) Etude clinique sur 64 cas de trepanation du crane. J. de m6d. et chir. prat., Par., 1894, lxv, 401-409. Also: Atti d. xi. Cong. med. inter- naz. 1894, Roma, 1895, iv, chirurg. [etc.], 9-12. -----. Les indications dela trepanation du crane. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1903, xvii, 373.—McDonnell (JE.) Case of trephining. Australas M. Gaz., Sydney, 189S, xii, 360.—flfalbot (H.) La trepanation du crane chez lesChaouiiis. Trav. de neurol. chir., Par., 1898, iii, 10-24.— Tlanzoni (A.) Contributo alia trapanazione del cranio. Clin.chir.,Milano,1899,vii,925-932.—deOTarchettis (P.) Douleur de tete tres intense, de nature venerienne, maia sans tumeur gommeuse, chez un septuagenaire, calmee plusieursfoispar la trepanation, maisrevenant a delongs intervalles,etsouventaccompagneede symptomes graves; guerie en fin par le meme moyen. In his: Rec. d'obs. rares [etc.]. Trad., 8°, Par., 1858,68. Also, in: Marchetti'sPhi- losophiamedici, [etc.],8°,Lond., 1728,51-54.—ITlelo (A.S.) I,a trepanacion. Abejamed., Habana, 1895, iv, 61-65.— JlolseyeflnV. A.) Sluchai trepanatsii pri subduralnom krovotechenii. [Trephining for subdural haemorrhage.] Bolnitseh. gaz. Botkina, St. Petersb., 1900, x, 2360-2362.— jTlorini ( v.) Sei casi di trapanazione del cranio. Atti Cong. gen. d. Ass. med. ital. 1891, Siena, 1893, xiv, 212- 214 —Moullln (C. M.) The fate of bone reimplanted after trephining. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1898, i, 427.—von Navratil (E.) Zur Indication der Trepanation im Kriege. Cong, internat. d'hyg. et de demog. C. r. 1894, Budapest, 1*94, viii, pt. 5, 185-189. Also: Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1895, xxxi, 641-645—Neely (E. A.) In- dications for trephining. Tr. M. Soc. Tennessee, Chatta- nooga, 1896, 268-274.—Northrop (H. L.) Moral degen- eracy and trephining. Hahneman. Month., Phila,, 1909, xliv, 250-255.—Nunez (T.) Breveseonsideracionessobre laoperaci6n del trepano, bajo el punto de vista desus resultados, y sobre una complieacidn que suele hacer necesaria la repetiei6n de esta oi>eruci6n. Gac. med. de Mexico, 1909, 3. s., iv, 238-249.—Pol ya (E.) Trepana- tion wegen einer arachnoidealen Hirncyste. Pest, med.- chir. Presse, Budapest, 1912, xlviii, 297.—Rdna (D.) Adat a koponya-lckelesek indicati6jahoz. [Contribution on the indications for trephining.] Sebeszet, Budapest, 1901-2, i, 34.—Sanchez (M.) Una trepanacion de urgencia. Protoe. med.-forense, Teruel, 1911, xiii, 106- 108— Seydel. Bericht iiber 14 Trepanationen des Schiidels. Sitzungsb. d. arztl. Ver. Munchen (1899), 1900, ix, 1-25.—Shevelen"(P. P.) Rikhanotrepan v oto-rino- logii. [Rirlmnotrephine in oto-laryngology.] Vestnik Ushn., Gorlov. i Nosov. Bollezn.. S.- Peterb., 1912, iv,467- 473, 1 dL—Thomas (D.) Trephining under adverse TREPHINING. 464 TREPHINING. Trephining*. surroundings. Louisville J. S. & M., 1898-9, v, 317 — Trolimort" (N. P.) Kratkiy obzor trepanatsiy, proi'z- vedyonnikh zatri goda. [Brief review of thetrephinings performed during three years.] Obshtshestvo Russk. Vrach. v pam. Pirogova. Trudi . . . Syezda. 1904, S.- Peterb., 1905, ii, 219-225.—Tscherning. On trepana- tion. Hosp.-Tid., K0benh., 1909, 5. R., ii, 1011-1016.— Vasiliu (C.) Doua casurl de trepanatie; vindecare. Spitalul, Bucuresci, 1900, xx, 496-499.—Veronesi (G.) Di un caso felice di trapanazione del cranio. Gazz. med. d. Puglie, Bari, 1891, xi, 198-202. Trephining (Decompress ire and pallia- tive). Goldixg-Bird (C. H.) Selected cases. I. Trephining for compression; recovery. 8°. [n. p., n. d.] Laugier (J.) *De la trepanation preventive systematique dans les fractures de la base du crane. [1910.] 8°. Lyon, 1909. Allen (E. S.) Indications and technique of cerebral decompression. Am. Pract. & News, Louisville, 1911, xiv, 659-566.—Anton. Ueber die operative Druckentlastung desGehirnsbei Tumoren undanderenGehirnkrankhei ten. Internat Kong. z. Fiirsorge f. Geisteskr. Off. Ber. 1910, Halle a. S., 1911, iv, 923-929.—Auvray. Trepanation cranienne decompressive pour tumeur de la base. Bull. etm6m. !-oc. de chir. de Par., 1911, n. s., xxxvii, 300-317.— Babiiiski (J.) O zmniejszaniu eisnienia wewnatrzeza- szkowego za pomoca. kraniektomji. [Reducing intra- cranial pressure bv craniectomy.] Neurol, polska, War- szawa, 1910, i, no. 1, 3-9.—Baker (A. R.) Treatment of " choked disc " with special reference to decompressing trephining. Ohio M. J., Columbus, 1910, vi, 241-243.— Balas (D.) Teljes amnesia,analgesiaesaphasia trepana- tioutjAngy6gyult esete. [A caseof total amnesia, analge- sia, and aphasia cured by trephining.] Orvosi hetiszemle, Budapest, 1904, xxxvii, 636; 1905, xxxix, 13. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1905, xli, 411.— Beale (P. T. B.) Case ' f trephining for symptoms of cerebral compression. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1904, n. s., lxxvii, 506. -----. Trephining for depressed frac- ' ture. Ibid., 1906, n. s.. lxxxii, 89.— Boeckel (J.) Dela trepanation preventive dans les fractures eompliquees du crane. Gaz. med. de Strasb., 1904, lxiii, 73; 81; 89: 1905, lxiv, 1; 9. — Bouche (G.) La craniectomie decompres- sive. J. m6d.deBrux., 1912, xvii,551, 663.—Bourgeois. Compression cerebrale par hematome intra-cranien; tre- panation; ligature de la meningee moyenne; guerison. Union med. du Canada, Montreal, 1909, xxxviii, 497-501.— Bride (J. W.) Depressed fracture of the skull in an infant one day old; trephining; recovery. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, i, 261.—Broca ( A.) Trepanation pour trou- bles consecutifs & une fracture ancienne du crane. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1902, lxxv, 1169-1172. -----. Trepanation chez les enfants pour fracture du cr&ne avec contusion cerebrale. Compt. rend. Soc. d'obst. de gynec et de padiat. de Par., 1903, v, 118-126. Also: Rev. prat d'obst. et de paediat., Par., 1903, xvi, 225-242. -----. A propos de la trepanation decompressive. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1911, xiii, 277-380.—Canestrini (S.) & von Saar (G.),Frhr. Zur Frage der sellaren Palliativ-Trepanation. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1911, lxxvi, 217-226. Also: Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1912, lxii, 273-275.— Ches- nean (M.) Stase papillaire d'origine traumatique; tre- panation suivie de guerison. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1900- 1901, xix, 193. Also: Clin, opht, Par., 1901, vii, 257. Also, transl: Ophth. Klin., Stuttg., 1901, v, 308. — (oddon Ortiz (R.) La trepanaci6n preventiva del crdneo. Rev. med. de Chile, Sant de Chile, 1904, xxxii, 340-347.—Col- lineau. La trepanation dans la therapeutique des ne- vroses au point de vue clinique. Ann. de psychiat. et d'hypnol., Par., 1891, n. s., 193; 233-241.—Cudinore (A. M.) Decompression in the treatment of fracture of the base of the skull. Australas. M. Gaz., Svdnev, 1908, xxviii, 651- 653. [Discussion], 669. — Lushing (H.) Subtemporal decompressive operations for the intracranial complica- tions associated with bursting fractures of the skull. Tr. South. Surg. & Gynec. Ass. 1907, Phila., 1908, xx, 324-330. Also: Ann. Surg., Phila., 1908, xlvii, 641-644, 1 pl. -----. Technical methods of performing certain cranial opera- tions. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1908, xv, 171-187. Also: Surg. Gynec. & Obst, Chicago, 1908, vi, 227-246. Also, Reprint. -----. [Fractureof the base of the skull; sub- temporal decompressive operation.] Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait, 1908, xix, 48.—Delbet (P.) A propos de 1^ trepanation decompressive. Bull, etmem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1911, n. s., xxxvii, 408-418. — Delhomel. Enfoncement de la votite du crane avec monoplegie bra- chiale; trepanation; guerison. Gaz. med. de Picardie, Amiens, 1901, xix, 307-312. — Doyen. Enfoncement du frontal par l'extremite d'un brancard; trepanation par le proeede de Doyen; guerison. Arch.deDoyen,Par.,1910-ll, 1,352.—Iluvergey. Fracturedu crane par enfoncement; trepanation; guerison. J.demed.de Bordeaux,1905,xxxv, Trephining (Decompressive and pallia- tive). 79 — Fagleton (W. P.) Decompression for the relief of disturbances of the auditory apparatus of intra-cranial origin; report of three cases with a previously undescribed aural condition. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, New Bedford, Mass., 1912, xii, pt. 3, 564-574. — Frazier (OH.) The surgical aspects of cerebral decompression, with remarks on the etiology and certain manifestations of papilledema. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1909, liii, 854-861. -----. Cerebral decompression. Univ. Penn. M. Bull., Phila., 1910-11, xxiii, 637-655. — Frog«S ( L.) Fracture ouverte du crane avec enfoncement; hemipl6gie; trepanation; guerison; epilepsia post-op6ratoire; deuxieme interven- tion; guerison complete. [Rap. de Rochard.] Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1901, n. s., xxvii, 927-932.— Gabbett (P. C.) Two cases of cerebral compression; trephining. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1898, xxxiii, 175.— Gluck (T.) Schiideltrepanation und Otoehirurgie. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1896, xxxiii, 577; 610; 654. [Dis- cussion] , 617.—Gould (A. P.) A case in which trephin- ing was performed with relief for symptoms of cerebral tumour. Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1897-8, xxxi, 286.—Gull- baud (G.) La trepanation du cr&ne. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1905, 2. s., xxiii, 1-9.—Hahn (E.) Vorstellung eines Falles von fortsehreitender Erblindung, mit Erfolg behandelt durch temporiire Schiideltrepanation. Ver- handl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 1893, xxii, 46-48. Also: Wien. med. Presse, 1893, xxxiv, 821.—Ha- jek (M.) Meine Erfahrungen mit der Trepanation und mit den Radikaloperationen der Stirnhohle. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1908, lviii, 864-891.—Harbin (R. M.) Some unusual features in trephining operations. Charlotte [N. C] M. J., 1911, lxiv, 334.—Hatch (W. K.) Case of supposed cerebral tumour, trephining. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1898, xxxiii, 213.—Heintze. Ein durch Tre- panation geheilter Fall von subduralem Bluterguss ohne Schadelbruch. Jahresb. d. schles. Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Cult. 1899, Brest, 1900, lxxvii, 1. Abt, med. Sect, 147-149.— Hcndon (G. A.) Relief of intracranial pressure. Kentucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1909-10, viii, 1470.— Hensgen. Eine Schadeltrepanation. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Ltipz. u. Berl., 1901, xxvii, 416.—von Hip- pel (E.) Die Palliativtrepanation bei Stauungspapille. Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch. 1908, Wiesb., 1909, xxxv, 80-99. Also: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1908, xiv, 1916-1918. Also, Reprint. -----. Weitere Gesichts- punkte zur Frage der Palliativtrepanation bei Stau- ungspapille. Klin. Monatsbl. .f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1910, xlix, 83-87.—Holmstroin. Ar palliativtrepanationen vid staspapill att anhefalla. [A palliative trepanation for choked disk.] Hygiea, Stockholm, 1912, lxxiv, 1046- 1048. — Hoyos ITIarlori (F. J.) Una trepanaci6n. Rev. med. de Sevilla, 1894, xxii, 323-327 —Hudson (W. H.) A new decompression operation for the brain. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1912, lv, 744-749, 2 pl.—Jaboulay. La trepanation decompressive (la mobilisation de la voute du crane). Lyon med., 1896, lxxxiii, 73-75.—Jardlne (R.) Deep depression of frontal bone in new-born re- lieved by operation. Tr. Glasgow Obst. & Gynsec. Soc. (1902-4), 1905, iv, 41-43.—Johnston (J. W.) Trephin- ing; a report and study of four cases. Tr. M. Soc. W. Virg., Wheeling, 1895, 1211. — Kozlovski (B. S.) K kazuistikie trepanatsii cherepa. [Cases of . . .] Dnev- nik syezda Obsh. russk. vrach. v pamyat Pirogova, Kiev, 1896, vi, no. 10, suppl., 20-22. — Kiittner (H.) Ueber Hirnpunktion und Trepanation. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1909, xxxv, 465-469. -----. Kom- pression des Atmungscentrums; Trepanation; Heilung. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xlviii, 1664— Lafarelle. Trepanation. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux, 1897, xviii, 569.—Lapeyre (L.) Trois observations de tre- panation crftnienne decompressive. [Rap. de A. Broca.] Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1911, n.s., xxxvii, 1349-1351.—Laurent (O.) Arrieration et trepanation. Clinique, Brux., 1910, xxv, 521-524.—Leriche. Trepana- tion sous-temporale decompressive bilaterale pour frac- ture de la base du crane (methode de Cushing); guerison. Lyon med., 1910, cxiv, 508-510.—liewandowsky (M.) Zwei erfolgreiche Trepanationen ohne Befund. Dent sche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1911, xxxvii, 617.— van liii (J.) Waarneeming over de nuttigheid der herhaalde panbooringen, alsmede eenige aanmerkingen aangaande de kwetzingen van't bekkeneel, of buiten- vatig bloed onder't zelve. Verhandel. uitgeg. d. de Holland. Maatsch. d. Weetensch. te Haarlem, 1760, v, 537-564.—Lindh (A.) Polydipsi och polyuri; depres- sion af hjarnskalsben; trepanation. [ . . . depression of cranium; . . . ] Goteborgs Liik.-siillsk. Forh., 1895, 34-36.- liiicas-Championniere (J.) Faits pour demontrer l'innocuite de l'ouverture du crane et les ressourees qu'elle offre pour la therapeutique. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1888, cvi, 1693-1695. -----. Sur la trepanation preventive. Bull, et m6m. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1909, n s , xxxv, 319-322. -----. Sur la trepanation decom- pressive. Ibid., 1911, xxxvii, 462-474— OTcGlannaii (A ) Advantages of decompression in the treatment of head injuries. Maryland M. J.: Bait, 1911, liv, 49-54.— TREPHINING. 465 TREPHINING. Trephining (Decompressive and pallia- tive). Marin (F.) De la trepanation de la fosse occipitale inferieure pour enlever la pression sur le bulbe, dans les cas de compression grave de l'enc6phale. Atti d. xi. Cong. med. internaz. 1894, Roma, 1895. iv, chirurg. [etc.], 75-81.—Marx. Enfoncement du parietal chez un nouveau-ne; trepanation: guerison. Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par., 1900, iii, 294— Mills-Roberts (R. H.) A case of congenital depression of the left frontal bone with symptoms simulating chorea; trephining; recoverv. Lancet, Lond., 1896, ii, 1079.—Montini (A.) Sulla tra- panazione del cranio nelle fratture, a frammenti de- pressi ed a tegumenti esterni integri. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1899, xx, 1344-1347.—IHumlord (J. G.) The principle of cerebral decompression. St. Paul M. J., St. Paul, Minn., 1908, x, 485-493.—Newton (I.) A case of depression of parietal bone in a newly-born infant; trephining on the twelfth dav; recovery. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1907, ii, 318.—Northrop (H. L.) Inebriety and moral degeneracy cured by trephining. J. Inebriety, Bost., 1909, xxxi, 112-116.—Payne (R. L.) Decompres- sion operations for fractures of the base of the skull. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lviii. 472.—Proust & Terrillon (O.) Enfoncement du crane, hemiplegie etaphasie; trepanation; guerison. Bull.etmem.Soc.de chir. de Par., 1877, iii, 783-787. Also, in Terrillon (0.). C3uvres,8°, Par., 1898,i,306-310.—Purdy (J. S.) Trephin- ing for depressed frontal fracture of four years'standing. N.Zealand M.J., Wellington, 1900-1901, i, 165.—Row- lands (G. H.) Case of compression of the brain from clot; trephining; recovery. Australas. M. Gaz., Syd- ney, 1894, xiii, 144.—Ro yet. Observation de trepana- tion chez une jeune tille presentant des impulsions. Mem. et compt.-rend. Soc. d. sc. med. de Lyon (1891), 1892, xxxi, 207-214.— Saenger (A.) Ueber Palliativ- trepanation bei inoperablen Hirntumoren. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1906, Leipz., 1907, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 193.—Sawtelle ( H. W.) Cepha- lalgia; trepanning; recoverv. Rep. Superv. Surg.-Gen. Mar. Hosp. 1891-2, Wash., 1893, 113. — Schtlller (A.) Sellare Palliativtrepanation und Punktion des dritten Hirnventrikels. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1911, Ixi, 182- 190. -----. Bemerkungen fiber die sellare Trepanation. Ibid, 3002-3005. — Sehwalbaeh. Trepanation bei Erblindung. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1910, xxxvi, 638.—Schwartz (E.) De la suture des veines et en particulier d'un cas de suture du sinus lateral deehire pendant une trepanation pour un en- foncement du crane. Assoc, franc, de chir. Proc.-verb. [etc.]. Par., 1896, x, 263-268.—Seydel. Ueber den Ver- schluss von Schadeldefecten bei 16 Trepanationen des Bchadels. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1899, Leipz., 1900, lxxi, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte.. 523-526 — Siegel (E.) Schadeltrepanation wegen Kopfschmer- zen. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1902, x, 501-516.—Souques & de OTartel. Mort rapide a la suite de la craniectomie decompressive. Rev. neurol., Par., 1911, xix, 413-415.—Terry ( W. I.) The indica- tions, technic and results in decompressive operations on the brain. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1911, ix, 278-280 —Tuffier. Sur la trepanation decompressive. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1911, n. s.. xxxvii, 336-342. [Discussion], 377-390.—Vincent ( E.) Du traitement des fractures de la base du crane par la tre- panation preventive accompagnee de l'ouverture de la dure-mere et du drainage de la cavite arachno'idienne. Ibid., 1912, n. s, xxxviii, 801-811.—Weekers (L.) La trepanation decompressive, traitement palliatif de l'hypertension intracranienne et plus specialement de la stase papillaire. Scalpel, Liege, 1911-12, lxiv, 141- 143.—William* (C. L.) Trephining for supposed cerebral abscess. Tr. South Indian Branch Brit. M. Ass.. Madras, 1901-2, ix, 38. Trephining (History of). See, also, Trephining (Prehistoric and primi- tive). Fronmuller (H.) *Ueber die Wandlungen der Trepanation. 8°. Erlangen, 1892. Horne (J. F.) Trephining in its ancient and modern aspect. 12°. London, 1894. Chlpault (A.) & Dalelne (E.) Notes iconogra- phiques sur l'histoire de la trepanation. N. iconog. de la Salpetriere, Par., 1893, vi, 292-304, 3 pl— Lakhtln (M. Yu.) Istoricheskiyocherk ucheniya o trepanatsii s drev- nlelshikh vremyon i do xix vieka. [Historical sketch of trephining from ancient times to the nineteenth century.] Laitop. russk. chir., S.-Peterb., 1900, v, 925-943.—l«e Fort (R.) La trepanation a travers les ages. Echo med. du nord, Lille,1906,x,409-417.—Iiucas-Champlonniere. La trepanation autrefois et aujourd'hui. M6d. mod., Par., 1904, xv, 353. VOL XVIII, 2d series----30 Trephining (Instruments for). A rend t. Demonstration einer Trepanationssage. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 1893, xxii, 136-139.—Bassi (R.) Di un semplice apparecchio tasca- bile per la trapanazione. Gior. di med. vet, Torino, 1893, xlii, 62-68.—Bercut. Sur un appareil mecanique per- mettant la trepanation et le massage vibratoire. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1904, cxxxviii, 1068.—Blanch! (A.) Siringa trapano esplorativa. Gazz. med. lomb., Milano, 1895, liv, 340— Borchardt. Instrumentarium zur Trepanation. Med. Klin., Berl., 1906, ii, 980.—Botey (R.) La trepanaci6n del oido y del craneo con el torno eiectrico. Arch, de rinol., laringol., otol., Barcel., 1907, xviii, 145-163. Also, transl.: Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., xxxiii, pt. 2, 20-38. Also, transl.: An. de med. Butll. mens, dell' Acad. . . . de Catalunya, Bar- cel., 1907, i, 721-734.—Da Costa (J. C.) Osteoplastic re- section of the skull by means of a new trephine. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1902, xxxvi, 76-81, 2 pl. [Discussion], 152.— Dahlgren (K.) Ein neues Trepanationsinstrument. Centralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1896, xxiii, 217-220.—Delbet (P.) Un nouveau trepan. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1910, n. s., xxxvi, 651; 726— Delitsin (S.N.) 0 rikhanotrepanle A. A. Shtollya i nlekotorikh v nyom izmlenenivakh. [Shtoll's trephine and certain changes in it] Vrach. Gaz., S -Peterb., 1907, xiv, 477: 513; 526; 545. Also, transl.: Areh. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1907, lxxxii, 1201- 1208.— Elliot (R. H.) Some technical details of the operation of simple trephining. Ophth. Rev., Lond., 1911, xxx, 221-223.—Gourdet (J.) Trephine demontante a trepied guide. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1900-1901, xix, 269- 271— Heidenhain (L.) Notiz iiber Sudeck's Trepana- tionsfraise. Centralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1900, xxvii, 1065- 1067.—Hoey (M. J.) A new modification of trephine [modification by A. H. White]. Pacific M. J., San Fran., 1909, Iii, 334—Hopkins (W. B.) A new osteoplastic trephine. Tr. Coll. Phys. Phila., 1903, 3. s., xxv, 21-23. Also: Ann. Surg., Phila., 1903, xxxvii, 772, 1 pl.—Lan- phear (E.) A new aseptic trephine. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1894, xlvi, 313. — l 1912' v- 265-289.—KIrscliiier (M.) Die Technik der modernen Schadel-Trepanation. Ergebn. d. Chir. u. Orthop., Berl., 1912, iv, 202-264,-Ko- cner. Ueber eine neue Trepanationsmethode. Cor -Bl f. schweiz. Aerzte Basel, 1899, xxix, 367,-Kronlein ( K. U. ) Die Technik der Trepanation, Schudelresec- Leber Hirnpunktion und -trepanation. Vortr. ii. prakt Therap., Leipz., 1909, 3. s., 87-102.-Laurent (0) La Trephining (Methods and technique in). trepanation rolandique et la ponction ventriculaire dans 1 arneration. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1905, cxii 356-359. Also: Clinique, Brux., 1906, xx, 156-158.—lie Dentu. Sur un travail de M. le professeur Mosse, de Toulouse, intitule: Nouvelles recherches sur la produc- tion d'une greffe osseuse heteroplastiqueapreslatrepana- tion. Bull. Acad, de med., Par.. 1894, 3. s., xxxi, 97-103.— JUakkas (M.) Zur provisorischen Blutstillung bei Sehadeltrepanationen. Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz. 1910 xxxvii, 1545-1547.—de JTlartel (T.) Technique de la trepanation du crane. J. de chir., Par., 1910, iv, 357-367.— Obaliiiski (A.) Wsprawietechnikitrepanacyiczaszki. [On the technique of trephining the skull.] Przegl. lek Krak6w, 1X97, xxxvi, 421. Also, transl: Centralbl. f. Chir ' Leipz., 1897, xxiv, 857-859—Pauchet (V.) Comment fait-on une trepanation? Clinique, Par., 1907, ii, 3-5.— Riegner (O.) Ein Fall von Trepanation wegen subdu- ralen Blutererussesmit spaterem osteoplastischen Ersatz des Schadeldefects nach Konig. Jahresb. d. schles. Ge- sellsch. f. vaterl. Cult. 1893, Brest, 1894, lxxi, 1. Abth med. Sect., 15-18.— Rozhdestvenski (I. S.) O za- mieshtshenii trepanatsionnikh otverstiy v chereple de- kaltsiniravannol kostyu. [Closure of trephined openings in the skull by decalcified bone.] Dnevnik Svezda Obsh. Russk. Vrach. v pamyat Pirogova, Kazan, 1899, vii, 331- 335.—Sebileau (P.) Vaste br6che cranienne de trepa- nation restauree par la prothese metallique. Bull et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1905, n. s., xxxi, 831-834.— Seydel. Ueber den Verschluss von Schadeldefekten bei 16 Trepanationen des Schadels. Deutsche mil.-arztl. Ztschr., Berl., 1899, xxviii, 657-662. Also: Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1900, xiii, 289. Also [Abstr.]: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1899, xlvi, 1692.—Tauber (A. S.) Dva slu- chaya tometreflnatsii cherepa s blagopriyatnim iskho- dom. [Two cases of tometrephining of the skull with happy result.] Med. Sbornik Varshav. Uyaz. voyenn hosp., Varshava, 1895, viii, nos. 1-2, 11-19.—Toison (J.) Note sur un precede nouveau de trepanation par resec- tion temporaire d'un lambeau osteoplastique. Bull. Soc anat-clin. de Lille, 1890, v, 429-438. -----. Note compie- mentaire sur un nouveau precede de trepanation par re- section temporaire d'un lambeau osteoplastique. Ibid 1891, vi, 239-242.— Trnka. Beitrag zur Technik der Tre- panation des Schadels. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1898 xxiii, 97.— Urrutia (A.) Cirugia conservadora; tr6- pano, operaci6n Mikulicz. Cr6n. med. mexicana, Me- xico, 1899-1900, iii, 185: 261.—Vorschtttz. Zur Technik der Blutstillung bei Trepanationen des Schadels. Zen- tralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1910, xxxvii, 274-280.—Webster (J. P.) The technique of trephining and its after-treat- ment. Internat. J. Surg., N. Y., 1899, xii, 63-67.—Weir (R. F.) Reimplantation of bone after trephining. In- ternat. Clin., Phila., 1892, n.s., iii, 202-204.—Woolsey(G.) Gold foil in trephine opening in the skull. Ann. Sure.. Phila., 1897, xxv, 630-632. Trephining (Prehistoric and primi- tive). Canu (G.) * Trepanation prehistorique et rondelles craniennes. 8°. Paris, 1908. Lehmann-Nitsche (R.) Trois cranes, un tr£- pan£, un le\sionne, un perform, conserves au musee de La Plata et au Musee national de Buenos-Aires. 8°. La Plata, 1899. Repr.from.: Rev. d. Mus. de La Plata. Saletes (P.) *La trepanation neolithique et le crane trepane de la Drome. 8°. Lyon, 1904. y Bandelier (A. F.) Aboriginal trephining in Bo- livia. Am. Anthrop., Wash., 1904, n. s., vi, 440-446.— Baud on in (M.) Etude d'un crane neolithique a double trepanation. Homme prehist, Par., 1907, v, 207-215.— -----. Etude d'un crane prehistorique a triple trepana- tion, executee sur le vivant Arch. prov. de chir., Par., 1908, xvii, 362-376. -----. Une trepanation prehistorique sur un crane consider a tort comme celui d'un homme. moderne. Ibid., 1911, xx, 81-89.—Boigey (M.) Une operation chirurgicale a. Page de pierre; la trepanation. Rev. seient, Par., 1903, 4. s., xx, 261-266. — Capitan. Moulages et cr&nes trepanes du P6rou. Bull. Soc. d'an- throp. de Par., 1899. 4. s., x. 584— Carriere (G.) & Re- bonl (J.) Un cas de trepanation prehistorique faite pendant la vie et suivie de guerison operatoire, observee sur un cr&ne de la grotte sepulcrale de Rousson, pr£s Salindres (Gard). Ibid., 1894, 4. s., v, 351-356.—Cou r- rent (P.) Le crflne trepane de Montlaur et la chirurgie prehistorique. Montpel. m6d., 1903, xvii, 546-551. — < rane trepane de Molincourt (Eure). Rev.mens.de l'Ecole d'anthrop. de Par., 1894, iv, 92.—Croisier. La chirurgie cranienne a l'epoque neolithique. Ann. med.- chir. du centre, Tours, 1904, iv, 58.—Crump (J. A.) Tre- phining in the South Sea*. J. Anthrop. Inst., Lond., 1901, xxxi, 167-172, 2 pl.—lie Blasio (A.) Cranio tra- panato del paese degP Incas. Riv. mens, di psichiat. TREPHINING. 467 TREPHINING. Trephining (Prehistoric and primi- tive). forense, Napoli, 1900, iii, 41-50.—Delvincourt & Bau- det. Decouverte d'une double trepanation prehistori- que a Montigny-sur-Creey, canton de Crecy-sur-Serre (Aisne). Bull, et mem. Soc. d'anthrop. de Par., 1906,5. s., vii, 207-209.—Dulles (C. W.) Remarks on fac-similes of nineteen Peruvian skulls illustrating ancient trephining. Tr. Coll. Phys. Phila., 1894, 3. s., xvi, 264-269.—Duret. La trepanation dans les temps prehistoriques. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1898, i, 167-172.—Escomel. Un cas de trepanation prehistorique. [Rap. de Bazy.] Bull, et m6m. Soc. dechir. de Par., 1910, n. s., xxxvi, 344-354.— Grim (F.) Remarques sur l'operation prehistorique decrite par Manouvrier sous le nom de T sincipital. An- thropologic, Par., 1910, xxi, 625-635.—Hansen (S.) Primitiv Trepanation. Biblioth. f. Laeger, Kj0benh., 1894, 7. R., v, 242-269.—Jacques (V.) La trepanation dans l'ancien Perou. Bull. Soc. d'anthrop. de Brux., 1899-1900, xviii, pp. lviii-lxxvi.—Lehmann-Nitsche (R.) Notes sur des lesions de cranes des iles Canaries analogues a celles du crane de Menouville et leur inter- pretation probable. Bull, et mem. Soe. d'anthrop. de Par., 1903, 5. s., iv, 492-494.—1,11 lie (C.W.) Primitive trephining; historical. St. Louis Clinique, St. Louis, 1902, xv, 1-10. —liumholtz (C.) Trepanned Tarahu- mare skull, female. In his: Unknown Mexico, 8°, N. Y., 1902, 328. -----. Trephining among the ancient Tara- humares. Lancet, Lond., 1903, ii, 136.—Lnmholtz (C.) & Hrdlicka (A.) Trephining in Mexico. Am. An- throp., Wash., 1897, x, 389-396, 2 pl. Also, Reprint. Also [Abstr.]: Proc. Am. Ass. Adv. Se. 1897, Salem, 1898, xlvi, 342. Also [Abstr.]: Rep. Brit Ass. Adv. Sc. 1897, Lond., 1898, lxvii, 790.—von Luschan (F.) Trepanation bei den Ureinwohnern der Canar'ien. Internat. Arch. f. Ethnog., Leiden, 1896, ix, 214. -----. Drei trepanirte Schadel von Tenerife. Verhandl. d. Berl. Gesellsch. f. Anthrop., 1896,63-65. -----. Trepanirte Schadel aus Neu- Britanien. Ibid., 1898, 398-401. -----. Ueber Trepana- tion und verwandte Operationen bei den alten Bewoh- nern von Tenerife. Compt-rend. Cong, internat. de m6d. 1897, Mosc, 1899, ii, sect. 1, 27.—McGee (W.J.) Primitive trephining, illustrated by the Muniz Peruvian collection. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait, 1894, v, 1-3. Also, Reprint—Jfflalbot (H.) & Vernean (R.) Etude d'ethnographie algerienne; les Chaou'ias et la trepanation du crane dans l'Aures. Anthropologie, Par., 1897, viii, 1; 174. — Manouvrier (L.) Nou- velle mutilation cranienne neolithique; le T sincipital. Rev. mens, de l'Ecole d'anthrop. de Par., 1896, vi, 57 — -----. Trepanation cranienne prehistorique post mor- tem. Bull, et mem. Soc. d'anthrop. de Par., 1902, 6. s., iii, 57-59. -----. Les marques sincipitales des cranes neolithiques considerees comme reliant la chirurgie classique ancienne a la chirurgie prehistorique. Ibid., 1903, 6. s., iv, 494-498. Also: Rev. de l'Ecole d'anthrop. de Par., 1903, 5. s., xiii, 431-436. -----. Deux trepanations craniennes prehistoriques avec longue survie et deforma- tions consecutives. Ibid., 5. s., iv, 404-417. -----. Inci- sions, cauterisations et trepanations craniennes de l'e- poque neolithique. Ibid., 1904, 6. s., v, 67-73.—de IUet*. La trepanation prehistorique. Ann. Soc. med.-chir. d'Anvers, 1898, 200-203.—Blinkevich (I. I.) Trepana- tsiya u Kavkazskikh gortsev i drugikh razlichntkh naro- dov; sravnitelnoye izslledovaniye. [Trephining among the Caucasian mountaineers and various other peoples; comparative investigation.] Med. Sbornik, Tiflis, 1897, no. 60, 1-24.—Much (M.) Beitrag zur prahistorischen Trepanation. Mitth. d. anthrop. Gesellsch. in Wien, 1901, 3. F.,i, [117J.—Muniz(M. A.) AMcGee (W. J.) Primi- tive trephining in Peru. Rep. Bureau Ethnol. 1894-5, Wash., 1897, xvi, 1-72, 40 pl.—inunro (R.) On trepan- ning the human skull in prehistoric times. Rep. Brit. Ass. Adv. Sc. 1892, Lond., 1893, lxii, 912.—Parkinson (R.) Trepanation bei den Siidseeinsulanern. Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg., Berl., 1908, 415-417. Also: Med. Bl., Wien, 1908, xxxi, 290. Also: Ztschr. f. Krankenpfl., Berl., 1908, xxx, 161-164.—Pieiffter (L.) Mediziniscn interessante prahistorische Schadelverletzungen, entstanden durch einen Schleuderstein und durch Trepanation. Kor.-Bl. d. allg. arztl. Ver. v. Thiiringen, Weimar, 1906, xxxv, 301-315. — Pommerol (F.) Squelette humain neoli- thique avec crane trepane et lesions tuberculeuses des vertebres. Assoc, franc, pour l'avance. d. sc. C.-r. 1893, Par., 1894, xxii, pt. 2, 699-706 —Prehistoric cranial sur- gery. [Edit.] Railway Surg. J., Chicago, 1912-13, xix, 165-169.—Prehistoric trepanning. Pop. Sc. Month., N. Y., 1892-3, xlii, 535-542.—Primitive, prehistoric tre- phining. [Edit] Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1902, n. s., lxxiv, 189.—Reboul (J.) Observations concernant le crane trepane trouv6 dans un dolmen aupres de Mont- pellier-le-Vieux. Anthropologie, Par., 1898, ix, 380-383.— Regnault (F.) Sur la trepanation prehistorique. Bull, et mem. Soc. d'anthrop. de Par., 1902, 5. s., iii, 736- 738.—Schmidt (E.) Die Schadeltrepanation bei den Inca-Peruanern. Globus, Brnschwg., 1898, Ixxiii, 177- 179.—Seligmann (C. G.) Note on a trephined skull from New Britain. Man, Lond., 1906, vi, 37. —Sergl Trephining (Prehistoric and primi- tive). (G.) Crani peruviani trapanati. Atti d. Soc. rom. di anthrop., Roma, 1909-10, xv, 7-13.—Snyder (F. D.) The prehistoric Burgeon; trephining by primitive man. Cleveland M. J., 1912, xi, 203-206. —Stieda (L. ) Ueber alte trepanierte Schadel. Wien. med. Wchn- schr., 1911, Ixi, 1669-1673.—Trojanovic (S.) Die Tre- Eanation bei den Serben. Cor.-Bl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. Anthrop. [etc.], Munchen, 1900, xxxi, 18-23.—Virsa- ladze (S. S.) K voprosu o narodnol meditsinle vo- Obshtshe i v chastnosti o trepanatsii cherepa u gortsev Dagestana. [On popular medicine in general, and espe- cially on trephining the skull among the mountaineers of Daghestan.] Vestnik obsh. hig., sudeb. i prakt med., St. Petersb., 1898, no. 9, 2. sect., 697-702.—Westerman (C.W.J.) Praehistorische trepanatie. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1908, ii, 1000. Trephining (Sequelae of). Caboche (H.-P.-K.) *La hernie cerebrale au cours et ii la suite de la trepanation. 8°. Paris, 1901. Robert (P.) *De l'epilepsie consecutive a la trepanation. 8°. Paris, 1901. . Antheaume (A.) Note sur un casd'epilepsie essen- tielle consecutive a la trepanation. J. de med. de Par., 1900, 2. s., xii, 401.—Denioor (J.) Consequences de la trepanation pratiquee sur les jeunes animaux sur revo- lution de la couche corticale et le developpement general de l'organisme. Soc. roy. d. sc. med. et nat de Brux. Bull., 1899, lvii, 62-66.— Heaton (G.) A case of cerebral abscess following the operation of trephining for com- pound depressed fracture of the skull; drainage of ab- scess; recovery. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1893, n. s., cv, 538.—Krug-Basse. Trepanation et pertes de substance du crane. Anjou med. Angers, 1899, vi, 26-34.—Lannois & Tournier. H6mianopsie d'origine hysterique chez un trepane atteint de crises 6pileptiformes. Cong. d. med. alienistes et neurol. de France . . . Proc.-verb. [etc.] 1895, Par., 1896, ii, 324-331. — Marchand ( L. ) Epilepsie convulsive caus6e par la trepanation. J. de med. de Par., 1900, 2. s., xii, 71.—Quintela (M.) Dos casos de par&lisis del musculo oblicuo superior, consecu- tiva a la trepanaci6n del seno frontal. Rev. med. d. Uruguay, Montevideo, 1902, v, 206-210.—Ransohoff( J.) & Phelps (A. V.) Fatal haemorrhage from trephining. Ann. Surg.,Phila., 1903,xxxviii,487-492,3pl. Also: Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., Phila., 1903, xxi, 563-568,2 pl. Also, Reprint— Shtreikher (M. L.) Sluchal samoproi'zvolnol trepa- natsii visochnol kosti. [Spontaneous trephining of the temporal bone.] Protok. zasaid. Kavkazsk. med. Obsh., Tiflis, 1906-7, xliii,129-132.—Toubert (J.) &Fasquelle (A.) L'audition paradoxale se fait-elle a travers la cica- trice chez les.sujets ayant subi la trepanation de la voute du crane? (Etude historique, clinique et critique.) Arch. internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1903, xvi, 845-865. Trephining in animals. Albrecht(M.) DieTrepanationdrehkrankerRinder. Monatsh. f. prakt. Thierh., Stuttg., 1893-4, v. 337; 385.— Denioor (J.) Les effets de la trepanation faite sur les jeunes animaux. Inst. Solvay. Trav. de lab., Brux., 1901, iv, 321-352. Also [Abstr.]: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1901-2,xxxvi,169.—Jtterkt. DieTrepanation der Schadel- hohle beim Rinde. Wchnschr. f. Thierh. u. Viehzucht, Munchen, 1896, xl, 309-313.—Pfab (A.) Trepanation beim Pferde. Munchen. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1910, liv, 73; 89; 109; 125. Trephining for disease. See, also, Brain (Diseases of, Treatment of, Operative); Cranium (Syphilis of). Haas (R.) * Ueber Trepanation bei Hirntu- moren. [Heidelberg.] 8°. Tubingen, 1899. Reissner (O.) * Zur Frage der intermediaren Trepanation bei Osteophlebitis cranii. [Heidel- berg.] 8°. Tubingen, 1891. Also, in: Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1892, viii, 522-546. A Id rich (C. J.) The curative effect of trephining per se; two cases trephined for intracranial disease; one cured, the other markedly benefited; in neither was a lesion found, nor were the operations made over the areas which the symptoms suggested might be diseased. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1902, xxxv, 618-623.—Andre\v (J. G.) Case of cerebellarabscessfollowingmiddle-eardisease; failure of respiration during administration of anaesthetic; tre- phining; restoration of respiratory function for nearly thirty hours; death. Brit M.J., Lond., 1903, i, 1021-1023.— Angelucci (A.) Gli effetti della trapanazione del cra- nio nell' edema della papilla da tumore cerebrale in tre infermi operati nella clinica. Arch, di ottal., Palermo, 1895-6, iii, 34-70.—Angus (H. B.) A patient three years after trephining for a cerebral tumour. Northumberland TREPHINING. 468 TREPHINING. Trephining for disease. A Durham M. J, Newcastle-upon-Tyne,1904,xii,177-179.— Aniclidtz. Leber Trepanation bei traumatischem in- traeraniellem Hamatom. Jahresb. d. schles. Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Cult. 1906, Brest, 1907, lxxxiv, 18S-203.—Bejan (I. V.) Un cas defongusaldurelmater; exeisie; trepanarie; vindecare. Spitalul, Bucuresci, 1899, xix, 476-478.— Binet & Rebatel. Un cas d'affection mentale gueri par la trepanation. Mem. et compt.-rend. Soc. d. sc. med. de Lyon (1895), 1896, xxxv, 20-24. [Discussion], pt. 2, 69- 61.—Botey (R.) Un caso de meningitis y de trombofle- bitisdeambos senos cavernososde origen otitico; trepa- naci6n total penetrante del craneo drenado de la cavidad aragnoidea; muerte. Arch, de rinol., laringol., otol., Barcel., 1906, xxiii, 6-20.—Boudon & Caraven. Un cas de mythomanie; double trepanation pour accidents meninges simuies. Encephale, Par., 1909, i, 374-382.— C'erne. Trepanation exploratrice pour une tumeur probable de l'encephale. Normandie med., Rouen, 1899, xiv, 121-123. — Chekan (V. M.) Khronicheskiy gnoi- nik temennol doli llevavo polushariya golovnovo mozga; dvle trepanatsii. [Chronic abscess of the pa- rietal portion of the left hemisphere of the brain; two trephinings.] Khirurgia, Mosk., 1900, vii, 15-29.— Cotterill (J. M.) Case of cerebral abscess; trephin- ing; recovery. Scot M & S. J., Edinb., 1897, i, 337-339.— Delag^niere (H.) Fracture penetrante du crane avec vaste abces du cerveau; trepanation; drainage du cer- veau; gu6rison. Arch. med. d'Angers, 1901, v, 457.—De- lobel (P.) Exostose syphilitique avec tumeur cere- brale; epilepsie jacksonnienne; trepanation; mort. J.d. sc. med. de Lille, 1900, ii, 537-542.—Descos (A.) Tumeur tubereuleuse du lobe droit du cervelet; double trepana- tion; mort par shock bulbaire avec dissociation entre la respiration et la circulation. Lyon med., 1899, xcii, 213- 222.—Devic & Courmont. Trepanation dans un cas de gliome cerebral. [Abstr.] Rev. prat d. trav. de m6d., Par., 1897, liv, 151.—Durst (F.) Ruptura arteriae me- ningeae mediae dextrae; heematoma extradurale; trepa- natio; sanatio. Lied, viestnik, u Zagrebu, 1903, xxv, 118- 121.—Engdahl (E.) Fall af intradural blodning utan skada a kraniet; trepanation; helsa. [Caseof intradural hemorrhage without injury to the cranium; trephining; recovery.] Forh. v. nord. kirurg. foren. 1899, Stockholm, 1901, iv, 60.—Fay kiss (F.) Haematoma intracraniale; trepanatio. Budapesti k. m. t. egyet. 2. sz. Seb. Klin, be- tegf. 1906, Budapest, 1907, 14.—Gardner (T. F.) Tre- phining for threatened cerebral abscess; urgent symp- toms of meningitis; arrest and recovery. Lancet, Lond., 1900, i, 1277.—van Gehuchten (A.) & Goris (C.) A case of pure verbal deafness due to an abscess of the left temporal lobe; trephining; recovery. J. Ment. Path., N. Y., 1902, ii, 253-263.—Gelpke. Hirnabscess im Bereich der 1. Centralwindung, Lahniung des rechten Armes, und Epilepsie; Trepanation; Heilung. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1901, lix, 589.—Goodall (E.) Transient motor and sensory disturbances following upon trephin- ing in a case of general paralysis of the insane. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1893, ii, 117.—Goris. Abces extradural avec c6phalalgie et attaques epileptiformes; trepanation; gue- rison. Ann. de l'Inst. chir. de Brux., 1901, viii, 151. Also: J. de chir. et Ann. Soc. beige de chir., Brux., 1901, i, 558. -----. Abces cerebral suite d'otorrhee chronique; epilep- sie datant de quatorze ans; evidement mastoi'dien; tre- panation; guerison. Ann. de l'Inst. chir. de Brux., 1902, ix, 57-59.—Gussenbauer. Erfahrungen iiber die osteo- plastische Schadeltrepanation wegen Hirngeschwiilsten. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1902, xv, 143; 175; 205.—Guthrie (L.) & Collier (S.) Cerebellar (?) cyst successfully treated by trephining and drainage. Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1900, xxxiii, 193-196—Haas (R.) Ueber Trepanation bei Hirntumoren. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1899, xxv, 601-644.—Hache (M.) Sur l'opportunite de la trepanation immediate dans l'osteomyeiite aigue. Cli- nique, Par., 1908, iii, 277.—Henschen (S. E.) Zur Tre- panation bei Hirngeschwiilsten und der Jackson'schen Epilepsie. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1898, iii, 287-296.—von Hippel (E.) Ueber die Pallia- tivtrepanation bei Stauungspapille. Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1908, lxix, 290-354.—Hotchkiss (L. W.) Motor aphasia due to a small cortical haemorrhage in the region of Broca'sconvolution; trephining; recovery. Ann. Surg Phila., 1902, xxxvi, 82-86.—Jackson (T. W.) Trau- matic meningitis with effusion; cerebral convulsions; double trephining: recovery. Phila. M. J., 1902, ix, 805.— Kaijser (F.) Fall af tumor cerebri; trepanation; for- battring. [Case of ...; improvement.] Hygiea, Stock- holm, 1900, lxii, pt. 2, 223-226—Kaufmann. Double choiesteatome; thrombo-phiebite du sinus lateral droit; double trepanation; ouverture du sinus; injections d'eiec- trargol; guerison. Anjou med., Angers, 1908, xv, 285-288. Also [Abstr]: Pediatric prat, Lille, 1908, vi, 308.—Koster [?•) .& *V,,I,Ier (K-) Hjarntumor; trepanation; for- battring for entid. Goteborgs Lak.-sallsk. Forh., 1895, 62- ienne; trepanation. J. de sc m6d. de Lille, 1901, ii, 5-8— Galeriu (A.) Un cas de fractura a craniulul cu plaga a creerulul si scurgerea unel porriunl din substanta cerebraia; trepanarie; vin- decare. [Fracture of the skull with wound of the brain and loss of a part of the cerebral substance; trephining; recovery.] Rev. de chir., Bucuresti, 1904, viii, 133.— Goumy & Ouin. Fractures multiples de la voute du crane, avec enfoncement, compliquees de plaies; double trepanation; guerison. Soc. de med. mil. franc. Bull. Par., 1912, vi, 360-362.—Gruget (A.) Fracture du crane; large enfoncement et embarrure du frontal; trepanation; guerison. Arch. med. d'Angers, 1910, xiv, 96-101.— Guenot (J.-B.) Fracture comminutive du frontal avec enfoncement; trepanation; gu6rison. Arch, de med. et pharm. mil., Par., 1905, xlvi, 62-64.— Guilbault (G.) Fracturedu crane: contusion cerebrale; hemorragie in tra - durale et compression: epilepsie jacksonienne; trepana- tion; guerison. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1904, xxii, 461-465. Also: Ann.de m6d.et chir. inf., Par., 1904, viii, 483^86.— Gusett"(P. F.) Vosemnadtsatsluchayevtrepanatsiypri ognestrlelnikh raneniyakh cherepa. [Eighteen cases of trephining in gunshot wounds of the skull.] Khirurgia, Mosk., 1906, xx, 3-13.—Hamaide. Blessure des me- ninges, du cerveau et du ventricule lateral gauche par corps etranger ayant p6netre par l'oreille; meningite; trepanation; guerison. Presse med. beige, Brux., 1907, lix, 681.—Hamilton (G. G.) Successful trephining for rupture of the meningeal artery. Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 1901, xxi, 21-23.—Herman. Fracture du crane; disjonction des sutures medio-frontale sagittale et coronale; trepanation; prothese metallique; guerison. J. de chir. et Ann. Soc. beige de chir., Brux., 1904, iv, 106-110. Also: J. med. de Brux., 1904, ix, 205-207.— Heurtaux. Epanchement sanguin considerable, en- tre la dure-mere et les os du crane, sans fracture, par suite d'une chute sur la tete; trepanation; gueri- son. Echo med., Toulouse, 1901, 2. s., xv, 488-491.— Jaboulay. Traumatisme cranien; fracture avec en- foncement du frontal; abcea secondaire du lobe frontal gauche; trepanation; gu6rison avec une hernie cerebrale consecutive. Lyon med., 1908, cxi, 298. -----. Fracture du crane; hema'tome sus-dure-merien: trepanation large occipito-parietale gauche; guerison. Ibid., 1910, cxiv,819. Joweri (R. F.) A caseof fracture of the base of the skull with extradural haemorrhage causing compression; trephining. Lancet, Lond., 1903, ii,53L—Kakels (M. S.) Early trephining for severe injuries of the skull, with a report of cases operated upon. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1909, lxxvi, 934-940.—Kallionzis (E.) Tpavp.a5ia irvpopoKov oirAov toO Kpaviov; en-iAen-Tiicoi jrapofva>i.oi; otvttik^ ovaTprj- iri?; iarms 176. Hft. of: Berl. Klinik. Treutlein (Adolf). * Beitrage zur Differential- diagnose zwischen den gliosen und sarkomatboen Geschwulaten des Gehirns. 41 pp. 8°. Wiirz- burg, 1898. -----. * Ueber chronische Oxalsaurevergiftung an Huhnern und deren Beziehung zur Aetiolo- gie der Beriberi. Habilitationaschrift. pp. 323- 345, 2 1., 2 pl. 8°. Wiirzburg, A. Stuber, 1906. Cutting [cover with printed title] from: Verhandl. d. phys.-med. Gesellsch. zu Wiirzb., 1906, xxxviii. Treutler (Oscar Edward) [1857-1908]. [Obituary.] J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1908, li, 1274. de Treve Barber (Henri). * Etude sur un monatre humain peracephale acarde et apneume. 32 pp., 7 pl. 8°. Genhe, C. Eggimann dc Cu., 1903. Trevelyan (Sir Charles [Edward]) [1807-86]. Letters to the Times and Lancet on famine fever and public charities. 29 pp. 8°. [London], Spottiswoode dc Co., [1873]. [P., v. 2188.] Trevelyan (Edmond FaurieT) [1859- 1911]. Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, ii, 1680. -disc- Lancet, Lond., 1911, il, 1808. Treves. See, also, Hospitals (Description, etc., of), Water-supply, by localities. Brandenburg (G.) Ueber die Veranreinigung des Moselflusses durch die Stadt Trier. Hyg. Rundschau, Berl 1>98, viii, 561-568 —Witry. Medizinisches aus dem Statutenbuch der Stadt Trier aus dem 16. Jahrhun- dert. Janus, Harlem, 1906, xi, 497-500. Treves (AndrS) [1878- ]. * Etude aur les fractures de l'extremite inferieure de l'humerua chez l'enfant. (Resultats eloignes.) 290 pp., 10 pl. 8°. Paris, G. Steinheil, 1911, No. 372. Treves (Sir Frederick) [1853- ]. Richter's Hernia, or partial enterocele. 19 pp. 8°. Lon- don, Adlard dc Son, 1887. Repr.from: Med.-Chir. Tr., Lond., 1887, lxx. ------. Relapsing typhlitis treated bv operation. pp. 165-172. 8°. London, J. E. Adlard, 1888. Repr.from: Med.-Chir. Tr., Lond., 1888, lxxi. -. Surgical applied anatomy, xii, 574 pp. Treves (Sir Frederick)—continued. The same. New ed., revised by the au- thor, with the assistance of Arthur Keith, xii, 571 pp. 12°. London, Paris, New York dc Mel- bourne, Cassell dc Co., 1901. ----. The same. 5. ed. xii, 640 pp. 12°. London, Cassell d: Co., 1907. The same. Traite d'anatomie appiiquee a la chirurgie. Ouvrage traduit de 1'anglais par Emile Lauwers. 391 pp. 8°. Bruxelles, A. Manceaux; Paris, A. Maloine, 1900. ----. The influence of constitutional conditions upon injuries. In: Syst. Surg. (Treves), Phila., 1895, i, 260-271. ----. Tuberculosis. In: Syst. Surg. (Treves), Phila., 1895, i, 339-362. Haemophilia. In: Syst. Surg. (Treves), Phila., 1895, i, 376-378. —. Hveteria in its aurgical relations. In: Syst."Surg. (Treves), Phila., 1895, i, 379-384. Perityphlitis and its varieties, their path- ology, clinical manifestations and treatment. 61 pp. 8°. London, New York, Macmillan dc Co., 1897. Repr.from: Syst. Med. (Allbutt), Lond., 1897, m. Intestinal obstruction; ita varieties with their pathology, diagnosis, and treatment. New and revised ed. xi, 565 pp. 8°. New York, W. Wood dc Co., 1899. ----. Thesame. New andreviaed ed. xi, 565 pp. 8°. New York, W. Wood dc Co., 1902. ----. The tale of a field hospital, viii, 109 pp., 14 pl. 8m. 4°. London, Cassell dc Co., 1900. A manual of operative surgery. New ed., reviaed by the author and Jonathan Hutchinson, jun. 2 v. xi, 750 pp., 8 pl.; 824 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, Lea Bros, dc Co., 1903. ----. The student's handbook of aurgical op- erations. New ed. xii, 486 pp. 8°. London, Cassell dc Co., 1904. ----. The same. New ed. xii, 486 pp. 12°. Chicago, W. T. Keener dc Co., 1904. -----. The other side of the lantern. An ac- count of a commonplace tour round the world. 4. ed. xvi, 424 pp., 40 pl. 8°. London, Cassell dc Co., [1906]. See, also, System (A) of Surgery, edited by Frederick Treves [etc.]. 8°. London, 1895-6. For Biography, see Grenfell (W. T.) Sir Frederick Treves, a surgeon who happens to be a man of genius. Cutting from: Putnams' Mag., N. Y., 1908-9, v, 581-591.— King's (The) surgeon. [Sir Frederick Treves.] Cutting from: Munsey's Mag., N. Y., 1902, xxvii, 865. See, also: Brit M. J., Lond., 1902, ii, 75. Also: N. York M. J., 1902, lxxv, 1145. •See, also: Minor (T. C.) Treves and the King. Cincin. Lancet- Clinic, 1902, n. s., xlix, 20-22. ----& Hutchinson (Jonathan). A manual of operative surgery. 2 v. 3. ed. 775 pp., 17 pl.; 821 pp., 16 pl. 8°. London, Cassell dc Co., 1909. & Lang (Hugo). A German-English dic- 12°. London, Paris dc Melbourne, Cassell dc Co., 1892. tionary of medical terms, viii, 403 pp. 8° London, J. dc A. Churchill, [1890]. Treves (Raymond) [1882- ]. * Contribu- tion a I'etude du hoquet chez lea nourriaaons. 48 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1904, No. 77. Treves (William Knight) [1843-1908]. On the diagnosis and treatment of scrofulous glands. 15 pp. 8°. London, J. Bale dc Sons, 1889. .Repr. from: Lancet, Lond., 1889, ii. J
Bologna, 1894,4. s., Triazolone. Dienstrach (O.F.V.M.) *TJeber Salzbildung, Lmlagerung und Aufapaltung dea l-Phenyl-4- oximido-5-triazolone. 8°. Miinehen, 1908. Tribadism. See Sexual instinct (Inversion of). Tribal marks. Turner (G. A.) Some of the tribal marks of the South African native races. Transvaal M. J., Johannes- burg, 1910-11, vi, 141-153, 8 pl. Tribaudeau ( Jules-Adonis ). *Des deface- ments pathologiquea du mediastin, lies aux mouvements respiratoires. Etude de radiosco- pie medicale. 49 pp. 8°. Paris, 1901, No. 227. Triberti (Antonio). Memoria aulP azione con- trostimolante del veaicanti. 14 pp. 8°. Pavia, tipog. Capelli, [n. d.]. Tribes (Jacques). * Contributions a l'Stude du traitement dea tuberculoaea externea par les in- jectiona; modifications; le8 injections d'huile gomenolee. 73 pp. 8°. Paris, A. Maloine, 1911, No. 57. -----. Thesame. Ip. l.,82pp. 4°. Paris, A. Maloine, 1912. Tribet (Julien ) [ 1874 - ]. * Empoisonne- ment par le vernis au noir d'aniline applique a la chaussure. [Lyon.] 3 p. 1., 78 pp., 2 1. 8°. Dijon, 1901, No. 135. Tribolumoscope. Glew (F. H.) The tribolumoscope. J. Rontgen Soc. Lond., 1906-7, iii, 132. Tribondeau (Louis-Mathieu-FrSderic-Adrien) [1872- ]. *Du traitement chirurgical de 1'hydrocephalic 88 pp., 7 pl. 4°. Bordeaux, 1895, No. 54. Triboniophorns. Pfeiffer (F. W.) *Die Gattung Tribonio- phorua. 8°. Berlin, 1899. Triboulet (H.) [1864- ]. *Du r61e poaai- ble de l'infection en choree; essai de pathoge- nie. 145 pp., 1 1., 20 tab. 4°. Paris, 1893, No. 95. For Biography, see Corresp. med., Par., 1907, xiii, no. 298, 3 (Vaintray). & Coy on (A.) Le rhumatisme articu- laire aigu en bacteriologie. 95 pp. 12°. Paris, J.-B. Baillih-e dc fils, 1900. Delobel (A.) Les ceuvrea de l'en- fance, maternite, premiere enfance, adolescense. xv, 144 pp. 12°. Paris, 0. Doin, 1906. & Mathieu (Fedix). L'aleool et l'alcoo- lisme; notiona generales, toxicologie et phyaio- logie, pathologie, therapeutique, prophylaxie. 2 p. 1., 251 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, G. Carre dc C. Naud, 1900. ------------. Traite de l'alcooliame. Preface par A. Joffroy. vi, 479 pp. 8°. Paris, Masson dc Cie., 1905. Tribout (Alejandro). See Vermeench (E.) & Tribout (Alejandro). Apuntes de patologia [etc.]. 8°. Buenos Aires, 1890. Tribromophenol. Torrey (H. A.) & Hunter (W. H.) The red and white silver salts of 2,4,6-tribromophenol. J. Am. Chem. Soc, Easton, Pa., 1911, xxxiii, 194-205. Tribukait (Fritz) [1866- ]. *Zwei Falle von Hernia funiculi umbilicalia. 21 pp., 2 1., 1 pl. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., M, Liedtke, 1893. Tribukait (Max Wilhelm) [1878- ]. *Ein Fall von Uterus bicornia, Vagina duplex mit vaginaler Atreaie einer Hiilfte und dadurch be- dingter Retention von Menstrualblut. [Konigs- berg i. Pr.] 62 pp., 1 1. 8°. Tilsit, 0. von Mauderode, 1903. Tribulus terrestris. Mal (C.) Effects of Tribulus terrestris in health pn i disease. Tr. Indian M. Cong. 1894, Calcutta, 1895,537. TRIBUNA. 477 TRICHINA. Tribuna medica. Revista quinzenal de medi- cina e cirurgia. Direct ores: E. Meirelles v J. Silvado. v. 1-19, 1895-1913. 8°. Rio' de Janeiro. Current. Tribuna sanitaria, v. 1. 1907. 8°. Milano. Tribune medicale. Revue mensuelle de mede- cine, de chirurgie et des sciences biologiques. v. 1-47, 1867-1913. 8°. Paris. Current. Tribune medicale. Am. ed. Edited by Meil- lere and Mason, v. 1-9, 1905-1913. 8°". New lork. Continued as: Medical Tribune. Trieart (Arthur) [1871- ]. *Enqu6te sur le beurre a Lille. 42 pp. 8°. Lille, 1902, No. 4. Trieaud (Francisque) [1867- ]. *Le traite- ment eanglant dea fractures par l'appareil a prothese externe de Jaboulay. 7 pp., 2 1. 8°. Lyon, 1906, No. 140. Triceps muscles (Hydatids of). Goinard. Kyste hydatique d6velopp£ dans le tri- ceps femoral. Bull. nfed. de l'Algerie, Alger, 1905, xvi, 419-421.—lioeeno (P.) Kyste hydatique de la longue portion du triceps. Bull, ct mem. Soc. anat. dc Par., 1910, lxxxv, 895. Triceps muscles (Rupture of). Penhallow (D. P.) Report of a case oi ruptured triceps due to direct violence. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1910, xci, 76. — Sehliaek (C.) Ein Fall von subkutaner Durchreissung des Musculus triceps brachii durch direkte Gewalt. Monatschr. f. Unfallheilk., Leipz., 1908, xv, 331-333.—Sehrt (E.) Subkutane Ruptur des Triceps surse. Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1912, xxxix, 1090-1093 — Vandersinissen. Rupture tendineuse bilaferale du triceps femoral. Ann. Soc. beige de chir., Brux., 1897-8, v, 18-25. Triceps muscles (Spasm of). Windscheid ( F.) Ein Fall von Trizepskrampf, entstanden durch Lnfall auf dem Boden einer friiheren Beschiiftigungsneurose. Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl., 1909, xv, 409-411.—Zoja (L.) Spasmo tonico bilaterale del tricipite femorale. Tommasi, Napoli, IS06-6, i, 360. Triceps muscles (Tumors of). llleriei (E.) Gros sarcome du triceps brachial a evolution cutanee; considerations cliniques et thera- peutiques. Arch. prov. de chir., Par., 1908, xvii, 407-411. Tricha?sthesia. Noiszewski (K.) Czucie wlosowe i czucie gruczo- lowe (trichaesthesia et adenaesthesia). Now. lek., Poz- nan, 1899, xi, 239; 335. Triehard (Claudius). *An oculi sint pathe- matum idola? M. Alexandre Michaele De- nyau, preside. 4 pp. sm. 4°. Parisiis, F. Muguet, 1700. Trichecus. Stan ui us. Ueber Gebiss und Schadel des Walross, unter Beriii ksk-htigung der Frage, ob die Verschieden- heiten im Bane '1 es Schadels zur Unterscheidung mehrerer Arten der Gattung Trichecus berechtigen. Arch. f. Anat., Physiol, u. wissensch. Med., Berl., 1842, 390-413. Trichet (Pierre-Marie) [1867- ]. *Des procedea d'autoplastie de la n:ain. [Paria.] 80 pp. 4°. Lille, 1893, No. 291. Trichiasis. See Eyelashes (Abnormal, etc.); Eyelids (Surgery of, Methods, etc., in). Trichina. Geisse (A. [M.]) *Zur Frage der Trichi- nenwanderung. 8°. Kiel, 1894. Also, in: Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med. lv. Festschr. . . . F. A. von Zenker [etc.], Leipz., 1895,150-160. Alexander (B.) Bors6fe.reg negy eves gyermeknel a jobb orrfel bore alatt. [Trichina? under the skin of the right nostril of a child four years old.] Gy6gyaszat, Budapest, 1895, xxxv, 99. — Baglivo (G. F.) Di al- cuni parassiti comuni agli uomini e agli animali e loro effetti nocivi; la trichina spiralis. Corriere san. Settim., Milano, 1897, viii, no. 36, 1-3.—Balir (L.) Ueber das Trichina. Vorkommen von Trichinen bei der Ratte. Ztschr. f. In- fektionskr. . . . d. Haustiere, Berl., 1906-7, ii, 62-65.— Bet seller. Beitrag zur Trichinenkunde. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1909-10, xx, 18—Bolim (J.) Zur Morphologie und Biologie der Trichinen. Ibid., 1908, xviii, 319-324.—Busse (O.) Vorkommen und Ver- breitung der Trichinen im Regierungsbezirk Posen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1909, Iii, Orig., 368-377. —Friis (S.) Trikiner og Trikinunder- spgelsei Danmark. I Trichinae and trichinae researches in Denmark.] Tidsskr. f. Sundhdspl., K0benh., 1903-4, ix, 1-20.—Fro thin ££ka m (C), jr. The microscopic anatomy of Trichinella spiralis. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1908-9, xiv, 301-308, 1 pl.—Orabam (J. Y.) Beitrage zur Naturgeschichte der Trichina spiralis. Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1897,1, 219-275, 3 pl—Herrlck (W. W.) & Jane way (T. C.) Demonstration of the Trichinella spiralis in the circulating blood in man. Arch. Int. Med., Phila., 1909, iii, 263-266, 1 pl.—Hertwlg (R.) Ueber Lntersuchungen, welche im zoologischen Institut Miin- ehen unter seiner Leitung von Herrn Graham aus Prince- ton, N. J., iiber die Entwiekelung der Trichinen ange- stellt worden sind. Sitzungsb. d. Gesellsch. f. Morphol. u. Physiol, in Munchen, 1896, xi, 12-16.—HSyberg (H. M.) Beitrag zur Biologie der Trichine. Ztschr. f. Tier- med., Jena, 1907, xi, 209-235. -----. Beitrag zur Biologie der Trichine. Ibid., 1910, xiv, 74-79.—Ostertag. Un- gewohnliche Fettgewebsentwicklung an den Polen von Trichinenkapseln. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1898, ix, 11.—Packard (E. N.) Trichinella spiralis in human blood. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, liv, 1297.— Petropavlovski (N.) K voprosu o rasprostranenii trikhin sredi zhivotnikh g. Kharkova. [Trichinae among the animals of Kharkov.] Arch. vet. nauk, St. Petersb., 1899, xxix, 3. sect., 118-124.—Poupin (A.) La trichina spiralis en Chile. Rev. chilena de hij., Sant. de Chile, 1896-7, iii, 325-372, 2 pl— Kievel (H.) Ueber die Ent- wickelungsfiihigkeit der Trichinen im amerikanischen Schweinefleisch. Berl. thierarztl. Wchnschr., 1893, ix, 207.—Scliade (C.) Zum Vorkommen von Trichinen bei Ratten und zur Bedeutung dieser Tiere als Trichinen- iibertrager auf Sch weine. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1909-10, xx, 46.—Staubli (C.) Beitrag zur Kennt- nis der Verbreitungsart der Trichinenembrvonen. Vrtlj- schr. f. naturf. Gesellsch.in Zurich, 1905,1,163-176.-----. Ueber die Verbreitungsart der Trichinellen. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1909, lvi, 325-330.-----. Ueber die Rolle von Schwein und Ratte als Trichinenwirte. Ibid., 1911, lviii, 2057-2060—Stiles (C.W.) Salisbury's (1858) tri- china cystica, probably identical with oxvuris vermicu- laris. Am. Med., Phila., 1905, ix, 682. Also, Reprint.— Strose. Die Uebertragung der Trichinen auf das Schwein. Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, Berl., 1909, xxxiii, 109-126.—Tempel (M.) Zum Vorkommen von Muskel- trichinen bei Hunden. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1898, ix, 8. Trichina (Inspection of meat for). See, also, TWchinoscope. Arnold (J. A.) *Zur Trichinoae und Tri- chinenachaufrage in Bayern. [Gieasen.] 8°. Homberg a. d. Ohm, 1910. Clausen. Grundri-a der Trichinenschau. Leitfaden fiir den Unterricht in der Ausbildung der Trichinenschauer, nebat den preussischen gesetzlichen Bestimmungen. 12°. Berlin, 1905. Dettmann (A.) Die Reorganisation der Tri- chinenschau, unter beaonderer Beruckaichtigung der gesetzlichen Vorschriften und Verordnun- gen. 8°. Pritzwalk, 1903. Heine (P.) Leitfaden der Trichinenschau. 12°. Hannover, 1905. Johne (A.) Der Trichinenschauer. Leit- faden fiir den Unterricht in der Trichinenachau und fiir die mit der Kontrolle und Nachpriifung der Trichinenschauer beauftragten Veterinar- und Medizinalbeamten. 4. Aufl. 8°. Berlin, 1893 -----. The same. 6. Aufl. 8°. Berlin, 1898 —----. The same. 7. Aufl. 8°. Berlin, 1902. -----. The same. 8., auf Grund der reichs- und landearechtlichen Geaetzgebung iiber Fleischbeschau umgearbeitete Aufl. 8°. Ber- lin, 1903. -----. The same. 9. Aufl. 8°. Berlin, 1904. TRICHINA. 478 TRICHINOSIS. Trichina (Inspection of meat for). -----. The same. 11. Aufl. neubearbeitet von R. Edelmann. 8°. Berlin, 1912. Keuten (F.) Gesetzliche Bestimmungen fiir den Trichinenschauer. 16°. Geldern, 1903. Long (R.) & Preusse (M.) Praktische An- leitung zur Trichinenschau. 5. Aufl. 8°. Ber- lin, 1904. ------------. The same. 6. Aufl. 8°. Berlin, 1905. -----. -----. The same. 7. Aufl. 8°. Berlin, 1906. Pexkert. Kurze Anleitung zur Trichinen- schau. Zum Unterrichte und zur YViederho- lung fiir die Trichinenschauer zusammenge- stellt. 12°. Merseburg, 1893. Preusse (M.) Praktische Anleitung zur Tri- chinenschau. 8. veriinderte Aufl. 8°. Berlin, 1909. Weiss (A.) Lehrkursua der praktischen Tri- chinen- und Finnenachau fiir angehende und angestellte Trichinenbeschauer im Deutschen Reich und in Preussen. 6. Aufl. 16°. Diissel- dorf, [1903]. Beneke. Trichinenschau und Fleischbeschau. Phurm. Ztg., Berl., 1902, xlvii, 821.—Bergman (A. M.) Welchen Muskeln sind Proben fiir die Trichinenschau zu entnehmen? Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1910-11, xxi, 243-249.—Bergman (F. A. G.) Bor mikro- skopisk besigtnir.g af svinkbtt goras obligatorisk i Sve- riges stiider? [Microscopical examination of pork obli- gatory in the cities of Sweden?] Upsala Lakaref. Forh., 1884, xix, 429^66. Also, Reprint.—Bolim (J.) Die Hy- giene im Trichinenschauamte. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1900-1901, xi, 321-324. -----. Zur Trichi- nenschaufrage in Suddeutschland. Wchnschr. f. Tierh. u. Viehzucht, Munchen, 1907, li, 221-226. -----. Inte- ressanter Trichinenfund. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milch- hyg., Berl., 1903, xix, 16. -----. Weitere Mitteilung zur Trichinenschau in Bayern. Ibid., 17. -----. Wert der Trichinenschau. Munchen. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1910, liv, 321-324. -----. Die veterinarpolizeiliche Bekamp- fung der Trichinose. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1910, xxi, 10-12.-----. Zur Vereinfachung der Tri- chinenschau. Ibid.,209-211. -----. ZurTrichinenschau- frage in Bayern. Munchen. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1911, lv, 665-669. — Buncker (H. C. J.) Ein neues Hilfsmittel fiir Trichinenschauer. Berl.tierarztl. Wchnschr.,1905,28.— Edelmann. Die Verwerthung der Trichinenschau- Fleischproben. Deutsche thierarztl. Wchnschr., Hannov., 1901, ix, 181.—Ergebnlsse der Trichinen- und Finnen- schau in Preussen. Jahresb. ii d. Verbreit. v. Tierseuch. |etc] 1903, Berl., 1904, xviii, 65.—Fedecki (J.) Statys- tyka wypadk6w wlosnicy (trichinosis) wsrod miejscowej trzody chlewnej wgubernii Kaliskiej. [Statistics of tri- china among the slaughtered pigs of Kalisz Government.] Przegl. wet., Lw6w, 1908, xxiii, 12-19.—Franke (R.) & Bach (V.) Die bisherige gesetzliche Methode der Tri- chinenschau im Vergleiche mit der Vereinfachung der Trichinenschau nach Reissmann. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1911-12, xxii, 42; 84.—Georges. Zur Differentialdiagnose der wandernden Trichinen. Ibid., 1897,vii,165.—Goltz. ZurMuskelauswahlfiirdieTrichi- nenschau. Rnd., 1896-7, vii, 1^.—Kabitz(H.) Die Pro- jection in der Trichinenbeschau. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1899, Leipz., 1900, lxxi, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 637-641. -----. Die Projektion, ein zuverfassiges Mittel zur Ausfiihrung oder Kontrolle der Trichinen- schau. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1899, ix, 187-189.—Krushinski (L. B.) Rezultatiizslledovaniya ubolnikh svinel na trikhini vg. Turekle. [Resultsof ex- amining slaughtered hogs for trichinae in Turek.l Arch. vet. nauk, St. Petersb., 1899, xxix, 3. sect., 125.—Leisti- kon. 1st das Fleisch der zum Genusse fiir Menschen geschlachteten Hunde der Trichinenschau zu unter- werl'en? Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1896-7, vii, 86-87.—Meyer (F.) Zur Ausfiihrung der Trichinen- schau. Ibid., 1900, x, 82-89.—Michigan. State Board of Health. No. 174. Trichiniasis in Michigan, and pro- tection from diseased animals and diseased meat. Rep. Bd. Health Mich. 1882-3, Lansing, 1884, 1^. Also, Re- print—Moller (M. G.) Trichinosis; a plea for the obli- gatory examination of meats under the supervision of a National Department of Public Health. Ann. Hyg Phila., 1892, vii, 349-358.—Opalka ( L.) Ist die Trichi- nenschau in den westlichen Provinzen Preussens not- wendig? Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhvg., Berl., 1908 xviii, 373-377.—Ostertag. Ueber die Muskel-Auswahl fiir die Trichinenschau. Ibid., 1892-3, iii, m-13'.t.—Pen- kert. Trichinenepidemie in Sangerhausen; Gebuhren der Flei-ehbeschauer. Ztschr. f. Med.-Beamte, Berl 1901, xiv, 49-51.—Pirl. Das Vorkommen von Trichinen Trichina (Inspection of meat for). im Hnndelfleische und deren Bedeutung fiir die Fleisch- beschau. Ztschr. f. Fleisch u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1899, x, 5-9.—Polizei-Verordnung, bctr. diemikroskopische Untersuchung des Schweineflei.sches auf Trichinen und Finnen. Veroffentl. d. k. Gsndhtsamtes, Berl., 1898, xxii, 224-228.—Preussen: Reg.-Bez. Kassel; Polizeiverord- nung, betr. die miferoskopische Untersuchung des Schweinefleisches auf Trichinen und Finnen; vom 15. August 1894. Ibid., 1895, xix, 275-277.—Prole. Beitrag zur Technik der Trichinenschau. Ztschr. f. Fleisch-u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1902, xiii, 46-50. -----. Zur Technik der Trichinenschau. Fortschr. d. Vet.-Hyg., Berl., 1905, iii, 31-35.—Beissmann (E.) Kann die Trichinenschau ohne sanitaren Nachteil beschrankt und verbilligt wer- den? Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1908, xix, 1-9. -----. Bemerkungen zu dem Artikel von Franke und Bach in Konigshiitte iiber die Vereinfachung der Trichinenschau. Ibid., 1911-12, xxii, 103-106.—Kuwa- it oft* (M. P.) K voprosu o trikhinozle svinel v Rossii. [Trichinae of hogs in Russia.] Vet. Obozr., Mosk., 1904, vi, 269-276.—Bust. Tabellarische Uebersicht iiber die Regelung der Trichinenschau in den verschiedenen Staaten im Deutschen Reich. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milch- hyg., Berl., 1907, xii, 410-423.— SchilHer (R.) Ueber I'rojektions-Trichinenschau. Ibid., 1906, xvi, 255-262.— Stiles (C. W.) Trichinella spiralis, trichinosis, and tri- china-inspection; a zoologie study in public hygiene. Proc. P«th. Soc. Phila., 1900-1901, n. s., iv, 137-153.— Tempel (M.) Beitrag zur Untersuchungspflicht der Hunde auf Trichinen. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1900-1901, xi, 167-169.— Weber. Nothwendigkeit Bowie Art und Weise der Durchfiihrang einer gleich- miissigen technischen Beaufsichtigung der Trichinen- schau. Deutsche thierarztl. Wchnschr., Hannov., 1902, x, 13-16. Trichinoscope. Andreyeflf" ( P.) Trikhinoskopirovaniye s pomo- shtshyu proyektsionnavo apparata. [Detection of trichinae by a projection apparatus.] Vet.Obozr.,Mosk.,1904, vi,305- 312.—Bergmann. Das Trichinoskop. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1903, xiii, 111. -----. Neues Trichi- nenmikroskop mit grossem abnehmbarem Tisch. Ibid., 1904, xiv, 117.—Boekelmann (C.) Erfahrungen iiber die Beschau mit dem Trichinoskop. Ibid., 1903, xiv, 53- 55.—B8h m (J.) Hat sich das Trichinoskop bei Massen- betriebbewahrt? Ibid., 1911, xxi,,311. -----. Reissmanns Untersuchungsmethode in Verbindung mit der Anwen- dung des Trichinoskops. Ibid., 1911-12, xxii, 135-137.— Garth. Das Trichinoskop. Ibid., 1910, xx, 281-283. -----. Anwendungdes Trichinoskops bei der Trichinen- schau unter gleichzeitiger Anwendung der vereinfachten Probenentnahme nach Reissmann. Ibid., 1910-11, xxi, 397.—Kasewurm. Neue Trichinenschaumikroskope. Ibid., 1904, xiv, 269-271.—Klein. Die Trichinenschau mit Hilfe des Trichinoskopes. Ibid., 1908, xviii, 377-381.— Kohler(A.) Das ZeissscheTrichinoskop. Ibid., 1903, xiii, 107-111.—Kuppelmayr (H.) Die obligatorische Trichinenschau mit Trichinoskopen am Schlachthof zu Metz. Ibid., 1911, xxi, 305-311.— Steinbrtick (H.) Ein neues transportables Trichinenmikroskop. Ibid., 1904, xv, 87. Trichinosis. Casati (L.) Studi riasauntivi sulle trichine e la trichinosi. 2. ed., con aggiunte. 8°. Forli, 1879. Chatin (J.) La trichine et la trichinoae. 8°. Paris, 1883. Haaxman (P. A.), jr. Verslag van de voor- drachten van F. J. Dupont over: 1°. De levens- geachiedenis der trichinen (Trichina apiralis). 2°. De trichinenziekte en de middelen om haar te bestrijden. 8°. 's Gravenhage, [n. d.]. Hoff(E. M.) Trikinsp0rgsmaalet. 8°. K0- benhaufi, [n. d.]. Kazarinoff (A. G.) *Ob otnoahenii trikhini k alizistol obolochkle kishechnika zhivotnikh; eksperimentalnoye izslledovaniye. [On the re- lation of trichina to the intestinal mucous mem- brane of animals; experimental research.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1898. Lobato (J. G.) Estudio higi^nico hecho sobre la trichina. 8°. Mexico, 1881. Nadporozhski (I. P.) * K voprosu ob izmfe- neniyakh krovi i krovetvornikh organov pri otravlenii trikhinami; eksperimentalnoye izslle- dovaniye. [Changes in the blood and blood- making organ8 in trichinosis; experimental re- search.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1898. TRICHINOSIS. 479 TRICHINOSIS. Trichinosis. Opalka (L.) * Beitrag zum Vorkommen der Trichinen bei Menachen m t Riicksicht auf die Prophylaxe. [Gieasen.] 8°. Berlin, 1901. Ossipow (N.) * Ueber hiatologische Veriinde- rungen in Spiitstadien der Muskeltrichinose. 8°. Basel, 1903. Also, in: Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1903, xxxiv, 253-268, 2 pl. Ransom (B. H.) Trichinosia; a danger in the use of raw pork. 8°. Washington, 1907. Scoutetten (H.) Etude sur les trichines et sur les maladies qu'ellea d^terminent chez l'homme. 8°. Paris, 1866. Staubli (C.) Trichinosia. 8°. Wiesbaden, 1909. Suarez Rodriguez (A.) De las trichinas y de la trichinosis en Espafia. 8°. Valencia, 1877. United States. Department of Agriculture. Bureau of Animal Industry. Bulletin No. 30. Trichinosis in Germany. Part I. General re- marks on trichinosis in Germany. By Ch. Warded Stiles. Part II. A statistical review of trichinosis in Germany during the eighteen years 1881-98. By Ch. Warded Stiles. Part III. European cases of trichinosis of alleged American origin. By Ch. Warded Stiles. Part IV. Bibliography of trichinosis in Ger- many. By Albert Hassall. 8°. Washington, 1901. -----. Circular Mo. 108. Trichinosis; a danger in the use of raw pork for food. By B. H. Ranaom. 8°. [ Washington], 1907. Van Esschen (C.) Hiatoire populaire dea trichinea, de la trichinose et de la trichino- manie. 8°. Bruxelles, 1866. Apolant. Zwei Falle von Trichinose. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1898, xxiv. Ver.-Beil., 25.—Ar- mendaris(E.) Un caso de triquinosis intestinal. Mem. Soc. cient. "Antonio Alzate," Mexico, 1898-9, xii, 397-402,1 pl.—Askanazy (M.) Zur Lehre von der Trichinosis. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. u. Parasitenk., Jena, 1894, xv, 225- 227.-----. Zur Lehre von der Trichinosis. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.],Berl.,1895,cxii,42-71,2pl.—Babes (V.) Ein 21 Jahrc alter Fall von Trichinose mit lebendenTrich inen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 19T)6, xlii, 541; 616— Babler (E. A.) Trichinous infection of a carcinoma of the lip. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1908, xlviii, 332-334, 2 pl.— Bahr (L.) Ueber Herde der Trichinose. Deutsche tierarztl. Wchnschr., Hannov., 1912, xx. 305-307.— Bar- tels. Die Trichinenkrankheit der Schweine und ihre Bekiimpfung durch Vernichtung der Ratten mittels Ratin. Ibid., 1908, xvi, 429-432. — Beecher (C. H.) Trichinosis. Vermont M. Month., Burlington, 1907, xiii, 164-175.—Belehrung iiber die Trichinenkrankheit und iiber die Mittel, ihr vorzubeugen. Oesterr. San.-Wes., Wien, 1897, 299-302.—Bertare Hi (E.) Un caso di tri- chinosi umana. Riv. d' ig. e san. pub., Torino, 1900, xi, 5-8.— Bizzozero (G.) Igiene pubblica, sui provvedi- menti contro la trichina. Rendic. d. r. Ist. Lomb., Milano, 1879,179-182. Also, in his: Opere seient. 1879-96, Milano, 1905, ii, 553-556.—Blunter (G.) & Neuman (L. H.) Reportof a family outbreak of trichinosis. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1900, n. s., cxix, 14-24. Also, Reprint.— Boccalo (J.N.) Ueber eine neue Trichinenepidemie in Bayern. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1910, lvii, 641- G43.—Btthm (J.) Futterungs-Versuche mit amerika- nischem trichinosem Schweinefleisch. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1899, x, 41. -----. Hochgradige Trichinose ernes Schweines. Ibid., 1903-4, xiv, 271. -----. Die Trichinenepidemie in Rothenburg a. d. Tau- ber, ein Menetekel fiir die Gegner der Trichinenschau in Suddeutschland. Ibid., 1907-8, xviii, 341-343.— -----. Eine neue Trichinenendemie in Bayern. Ibid., 1908-9, xix, 305-308-----. Eine neue Trichinenepidemie in Bayern. Ibid., 1909-10, xx, 33-35. -----. Zur Ge- schichte der Trichine und der Trichinosis. Ibid., 157- 159. -----. Die Trichineninvasion bei Tieren und die Trichinosis hominis. Ibid., 159-167. -----. Eine neue Trichinoseerkrankung in Bayern. Ibid., 1912-13, xxii, 200-202.-----. Erneute Trichinoseerkrankungen in Ba- yern. Ibid., 265.—Boston (S. C.) Casesof trichinosis. Am. Med., Phila., 1905, x, 477 — Bovaird (D,), jr. Spo- radic trichinosis. Med. &Snrg. Rep. Presbyterian Hosp., N. Y., 1906. vii, 114-149. Also: X. York M. J. [etc.], 1906, lxxxiii, 436; 486. Also, Reprint.—Boyd (E. E.) Tri- Tricliinosis. china; a case in practice. Eclect. M. J., Cincin., 1912, lxxii, 227-229. Also: Med. Era, St. Louis, 1912, xxi, 140.— Bratanich (A.) Die Fleischvergiftung in Schonau und Umgegend (Milzbrand combiniert mit Trichinose). Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1896, xxi, 3; 26; 52— Brayshaw (J.) Trichinosis. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1901-2, n. s., iii, 211-214.—Brooks (H.) A case of trichinosis. Proc. N. York Path. Soc. (1899-1900), 1901, 167.—Brouardel. Epidemie de trichinose d'Emersleben et 1'importation en France de viande trichineuse. Bull. Soc. de m£d. pub., Par., 1884, vii, 21-34. [Discussion], 34; 106.—Brown (C. N.) Trichinosis. Chicago M. Times, 1909, xlii, 359- 363.—Bnrrows (D.) A case of trichiniasis in a native of Sierra Leone. J. Trop. M. [etc.], Lond., 1910, xiii, 102.—C. (J.) De la maladie des trichines (trichiniasis). Union mecl. de la Provence, Marseille, 1864, 69; 85.—Ca- bot (R. C.) The diagnosis of trichinosis. Boston M. & S. J., 1897, exxxvii, 676. [Discussion], 678. Also, Re- print.—Cagnotto (G.) Ein in Itahen beobachteter Fall von Trichinosis und Cysticercosis der menschli- chen Muskeln. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch., Jena, 1912, xv, 288-292, 1 pl.—Carsten (B.) Trichinosis in Nederland bij mensch en dier van 1886-90. Handel v. h. Nederl. Nat.-en Geneesk. Cong. Utrecht, 1891, 236- 244— Ceriontalne (P.) Contribution a I'etude de la trichinose. Bull. Acad. roy. d. sc. de Belg., Brux., 1893, 3. s., xxv, 464-488, 1 pl. Also: Arch, de biol., Gand, 1893, xiii, 125-145, 1 pl. -----. A propos d'une note de M. As- kanazy sur la trichinose. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1897, xxi, 402-405.— Chelchowski (K.) Epidemia wloSnicy (trichinosis) w Warszawie. Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1906, 2. s., xxvi, 625; 659.—Cheney (W. F.) The diagnosis of trichiniasis. Am. Med., Phila., 1903, vi, 985-987.—Ciurea (J.) Trichinosis bei der Katze. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1910-11, xxi, 171.— Coriat (I. H.) A case resembling myotoma occurring in an adult, due to the Trichina spiralis, with the patho- logical findings in the muscles. Boston M. & S. J., 1910, clxiii, 992-994.—Cross (G.) A case of trichinosis; trichi- nella found in blood taken from an ordinary ear punc- ture. Arch. Int. Med.. Chicago, 1910, vi, 301.—Cutler (E.G.) Trichiniasis. Boston M.& S.J., 1902, cxlvii, 456.— Da Costa (J.C.) & Dorsett (R. S.) Report of a case of sporadic trichinosis. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1901, n. s., exxii, 725-736.—Ditman(N.E.) Trichinosis. St. Luke's Hosp. M. & S. Rep. 1910, Poughkeepsie, 1911, ii, 127-130.— Dobson (L.) A case of trichinosis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1909, lxxvi, 606.—Drake (A. K.) Trichinosis. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1902, viii, 255-267,1 pl.—Ehrhardt (O.) Zur Kenntniss der Muskelveriinderungen bei der Trichi- nose des Kaninchens. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1896, xx, 1; 43.—Feldmann (I.) Ein Fall geheilter Trichinose. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Buda- pest, 1899, xxxv, 1201-1206. Also: Ungar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1900, v, 8-10. Also, transl.: Gy6gyaszat, Buda- pest, 1899, xxxix, 724-726. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1899, xliii, 639. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Orvosi heti szemle, Budapest, 1899, xxvii, 601.—Ferrer (J. M.) Brief report of a case of trichiniasis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1907, lxxi, 351.—Finger. Trichinosis miteigen- artiger Localisation. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1894, exxxvii, 376-381.—F10ystrup (A.) Et Tilfelde af Trikinosis med. d0deligt Udfald. [A case of fatal trichi- nosis.] Ugesk. f. Laeger, K0benh., 1904, 5. R., xi, 631-637.— Friis (S.) Om Fofekomsten af Trikiner i Danmark. [The prevalence of trichina in Denmark.] Tidsskr. f. Sundhdspl., K0benh., 1890-91, ii, 152-159.—Frothing- ham (C), jr. A contribution to the knowledge of the lesions caused by Trichina spiralis in man. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1906, xv, 483-490, 1 pl. Also, Reprint. -----. The intestinal lesions caused by Trichinella spiralis in rats. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1908-9, ii, 605- 516.—Galperin (A. Ya.) Ocherk epidemii trikhinozav gorodle Kharkovle v 1907 godu. [Sketch of the trichina epidemic in Kharkov in 1907.] Voyenno-med. J., St. Petersb., 1908, ccxxii, med.-spec, pt., 442-453.—Garceau (E.) A case of trichinosis; autopsy. Boston M. & S. J., 1895, cxxxiii, 512.—Gelbke. Die Trichinenepidemie in AugustusburgvorGerlcht. Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg.,Berl., 1905, xi, 486-493.— Georgiyevski (K. N.) Po povodu epidemii trikhinoza v Kharkovle v noyahrle 1907 g. [Epi- demic of trichinosis in Kharkov in* November, 1907.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1908, vii, 73.—Gordinier (H.C.) Trichinosis; report of two cases. N. York State J. M., N. Y., 1901, i, 10-12.— Haag (D. E.) Trichinosis. Am. M. Compend, Toledo, 1895, xi, 393-397.—Harris (J. D.) Notes on a sporadic outbreak of trichinosis in Devonshire; with pathological report by R. V. Solly. Lancet, Lond., 1909, i, 1381.—Head (G. D.) A case of sporadic trichiniasis. J. Minn. M. Ass. [etcl, Minneap., 1909, xxix, 108-110. Also: St. Paul M. J., St. Paul, Minn., 1909, xi, 163-166.—Henry (J. N.) Five cases of trichi- niasis. Internat. Clin., Phila. & Lond., 1911, 21. s., ii, 71- 74.—Hirsh (J. L.) A familv epidemic of acute trichi- niasis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, liv, 127-129.—Hoy- berg (H. M.) Fiitterungsversuche mit trichinosen Fakalien. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena. 1906, xli, 210. -----. Bilden sich bei der Trichinose toxi- TRICHINOSIS. 480 TRICHINOSIS. Trichinosis. sche Stoffe? Ztschr. f. Tiermed., Jena, 1907, xi, 455-460. -----. Untersuchungen iiber die Immunitat der Vogel gegen die Muskeltrichinose. Ibid., 1908, xii, 26-33. -----. Bidrag til Trikinosens Forekomst i Danmark. [Contri- bution on the occurrence of trichinosis in Denmark.] Ugesk. f. Lseger, Kj0benh, 1912, lxxiv, 1077-1085.—Hoiz- hausen. Einige Mittheilungen iiber eine im Jahre 1884 zu Strenz-Nauendorf ausgebrochene Trichinen- Epidemie. Ztschr. f. Med.-Beamte, Berl., 1896, viii, 504- 611. — Huber (J. C.) Zur Geschichte der Trichinose. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1897, xxi, 684- 686. — Huebner. Beobachtungen iiber Trichinose. Klin. Jahrb., Jena, 1911, xxv, 669-584. -----. Eine Tri- chinoseepidemie. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1912, lxii, Orig., 373-383.— Husemann iT.) Ueber eine als Trichinose aufzufassende im Gottingischen en- demische Krankheit des-16. Jahrhunderts. Wien. med. BL, 1895, xviii, 519; 637; 554.—Johne. Die Trichinen- epidemie in Augustusburg. Ztschr. f. Thiermed., Jena, 1905, ix, 299-308.—Johnson (E. A.) Trichina spiralis. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1902, xxi, 120. -----. Addi- tional notes on a case of trichinosis. Ibid., 415.—John- son (R. B.) Trichinosis. Pacific Coast J. Homceop., San Fran., 1903, xi, 56.—de Jong (D. A ) Einige Tri- chinosefragen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1911, lix, 417^23. — Karas (J.) Trichinosa v Ce- ch&ch roku 1894. [Trichinosis in Bohemia in 1894.] Casop. lek. 6esk., v Praze, 1894, xxxiii, 483; 505.—Kiel'er (G. L.) Reportof five cases of trichiniasis. Detroit M. J., 1907, vii, 440. — Knorr (H.) Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Trichinellenkrankheit des Menschen. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1912, cviii. 137-159,2pl.—Kurteweg (P. C), van Asperen(F.G.)& Schmidt (A. L.) Een epidemie van trichinose bij den mensch en geschied- knndig overzichtder trichinose in Nederland. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1910, xiv, pt. 2, 1384; 1507.— Korybut-Daszklewicz (B.) Przypadek wlosnicy u 15 letniego chlopca. [Trichinosis in a boy 15 years old.] Medycyna i Kron. lek., Warszawa, 1908, xliii, 574-577.— Lamb (A. R.) Concerningthe presence of the embryos of Trichinella spiralis in the blood of patients suffering from trichiniasis. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1911, cxlii, 395h102.—Levin (A. M.) K diagnostikie i patolo- gicheskol anatomii trikhinoza. [Diagnosis and patho- logical anatomy of trichinosis.] Vrach, St. Petersb., 1891, xi, 353-8,~><;.—Llebert. Zur Verbreitung der Trichinosis. Ztschr. f. Med.-Beamte, Berl., 1896, ix, 37.—Ltlbke. Ue- ber das Vorkommen von Trichinen beim Dachs. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl.,1903, xiii, 116—Mackenty (J. E.) Trichinosis of the upper respiratory passages, with report of cases. Am. Med., Phila. & York, Pa., 1908, n. s., iii, 69-71. Also: Manhattan Eye, Ear & Throat Hosp' Rep.,N.Y., 1909.x, 115-121. Ateo,Reprint.—lUakarevski (A. N.) Otravleniyetrikhinoznimmvasomsvineldesyati chelov!ek(vseIsemyi)vg.TulIe. [Trichinosisof ten people (an entire family) from pork, in Tula.] Vestnik obsh. vet., St. Petersb., 1912, xxiv, 383-385.—JIark (E. L.) Re- port upon experimenis in feeding hogs at a State institu- tion where trichinosis among the swine had been unusu- ally prevalent. Rep. Bd. Health Mass. 1893-4, Bost., 1895 xxvi, 759-762.—Maybaum (J.) & Sterling (S.) WIo- snica (trichinosis). Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1897, 2. s xvii 208; 243; 266. —JWellersh (A. H.) & Fnssell (M. H )' Trichiniasis; report of a case. N. York M. J. [etc.] 1907 lxxxv, 441-443. Also, Reprint.—Melvin (A. D.) Dan- ger of trichinosisfrom pork. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago 1911 lvi, 687— Mercur (W. H.) & Barach (J. H.) A case of trichinosis, with recovery of parasite from the blood and muscle. Arch. Int. Med..Chicago,1910,v,530.—von Mer- kel(G.) BehandlungderTrichinenkrankheit. Handb d. spec. Therap. innerer Krankh., Jena, 1894, i, 564-578 -----. BehandlungderTrichinenkrankheit. In: Handb d. ges. Therap. (Penzoldt u. Stintzing),4. Aufl.,Jena, 1909 1, 352-362.—Minge (B. O.) Trichina. Am. Vet. Rev' N. Y., 1900-1901, xxiv, 896-905.—Morgan (W A ) Tri- chinosis developing during the puerperium. Bull. Lvinir- m Hosp. N. Y., 1910-11, vii, 161. —Nageli (H.) Ueber das Vorkommen der Trichinenkrankheit in der Schweiz Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1905, xxxv, 645-650 — Navratil. Fall von Kehlkopf-Lahmung in Folg-e von Trichinose. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1876, xiii, 292-295 Also Repnnt.-INoack (O.) Trichinosis. J. Comp. M. & Vet Arch. Phila., 1896, xvii, 108-116.-Olvera (J.) Contribution dedos casos para la historia de la triquinosis en la capital de Mexico. Gac. med., Mexico, 1896ixxxiii 167-1/o.^Osler (W.) The clinical features of sporadic trichinosis Am. J.1L Sc., Phila., 1899, n. s., cxvii, 251- 265. 4feo, Repnnt.-P. (J.) La trichinose. Echo ined ?^Pa V^^v.1-0"?81.- Ren°es, 1882, ii, 1; 49.-Paekard ofa cL t aT MmAthe %,.ted States; with the rePort Park^W*?"TAwr£- A8S- Chlcae°- 1897. *xix, 59-63.- 51 X£h ( A The eye, 8ymPtoms of sporadic trichino- sis with report of cases. Med. Rec, N. Y^ 1907, lxxii, 179- 1908 vm%iru1i7& *£*• SeP-Presbyterian Hosp., N. Y., 1908, \in, 310-317.—Penkert. De TrichinenemdemiP vniK44bcua^lte]i.d0rf- Zt^7r" f-Med.-Beamte Be?.S ^p'Phu05617,PepP"r-(W-) T"chiniasis. Proc Path Soc. Phila., 19H, n. s., xiv, ll.-Petersen (T.) En Tri- Trichinosis. kinoseepidemi. Ugeskr. f. Laeger, Kpbenh., 1904, 5. R., xi, 679-68t!.—Petropavlovskl (N. I.) K voprosu o trikhinakh i trikhinozle. [Trichinae and trichinosis.] Arch. vet. nauk, St. Petersb., 1905, xxxv, 595; 714; 841.— Pietrowlcz (S. R.) & Daniells (R. P.) Report of a case of trichinosis. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1901-3, v, 201.— Podciecbowski (A.) Nowa choroba czy wlosnica? [A new disease or trichinosis?] Medycyna, Warszawa, 1903, xxxi, 645-647.—Pozhariski (I. F.) Dva sluchaya trikhinoza u chelovleka. [Two casesof trichina in man.) Pat.-anat. kazuist. . . . Kharkov. Univ. 1902-3, Mosk., 1904, 26. -----. Sluchal ostravo trikhinoza u chelovleka. [Acute trichinosis in man.] Kazan. Med. J., 1909, ix, 332- 336.—Putzeys (F.) L'epid6mie de trichinose de la Prealle-Herstal. Bull. Acad. roy. de med. de Belg., Brux., 1893, 4. s., vii, 251-266, 2 phot.—Quivogne. Une epi- demie de trichinose. Arch, de med. et pharm. mil., Par., 1894, xxiv, 294-301.—Baebiger (H.) Untersuchungen iiber die Trichinenkrankheit und Versuche zur Bekiimp- fung derselben. Ztschr. f. Infektionskr. . . . d. Haustiere, Berl., 1911, ix, 120-154. Also [Abstr.]: Verhandl. d. Ge- sellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, Konigsb., 1910, Leipz., 1911, lxxxii, pt. 2, 541-543.— Bailliet (A.) Trichinose experimentale chez le furet. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol Par., 1893, 9. a., v, 1045. -----. Sur la trichinose du blai- reau. Rec. d£ med. vet., Par., 1899, 8. s., vi, 300-302.— Beading (G. E.) A case of trichinosis. Tr. M. Soc. N. Jersey, Newark, 1898, 415. — Bemy (C.) Sur un caa d'extirpation de l'omoplate pour tumeur maligne de l'os chez unouvrier atteintde trichinose. Assoc, franc. de chir. Proc.-verb. [etc.], Par., 1907, 680-685. -----. Un cas de trichinose chez l'homme. Compt. rend Soc. de biol., Par., 1907, lxii, 985-987. — Bissling. Bei- trage zur Infektion der Schweine mit Trichinellen, insbesondere zur Infektiositat des Kotes trichinSser Tiere. Ztschr. f. Tiermed., Jena, 1910, xiv, 279-309.— Bomanovitch. Recherches sur la trichinose. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1911, lxx, 257; 339; 378. Also: Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1912, xxvi, 351-370, 1 pl.—Boyo Villanova (R.) A prop6sito de trece enfermoscon triquinas; diagntistico y tratamiento de la triquinosis. Clin, mod., Zaragoza, 1902, i, 66-74, 2 pl.— Bunckel (G. H.) An epidemic of trichinosis. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1912, x, 286.—Savalescu (D.) Un caz de trichinoza. Spitalul, Bucuresci, 1912, xxxii 177.-Scherk (C.) Ueber Trichinenepidemien. Ztschr f. Med.-Beamte, Berl., 1896, ix,12-14.-Sehleip. [Bericht iiber die Homberger Trichinosisepidemie im September 1903.] Deutsche med. Wchnschr,, Leipz. & Berl 1904 xxx, 653.—Schroll (G.) Nogle Tilfa-lde af Trichinose! [Some cases of trichinosis.] Hosp.-Tid., Krfbenh., 1903. 4. R., xi, 1069-1079.—Schuldt (F. C.) & Bacon (L. C. Trichinosis, with report of eleven cases; clinical history, prognosis and treatment. St. Paul M. J., 1908, x, 231- 242.—Sears (G. G.) A case of trichinosis. Boston M. & S. J., 1901, cxliv, 523. —de Segovia (M. G.) Una epidemia de triquinosis. Siglo med., Madrid, 1908, lv, 212-215.—Seymour (M.) Trichiniasis in Italians, fol- lowing the eating of raw ham or "prosciutto." J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, lvi, 1030. Also, Reprint. — S6- zary. Sur une epidemie de trichinose dans le departe- ment d'Alger en 1894 (17 cas, 8 deces). Cong, franc, de med. 1894, Par., 1895, i, 652-657. —Simonds (J. P.) Trichinosis. Indianapolis M. J., 1910, xiii, 151-152.— Slaughter (R. M.) Sporadic trichiniasis, with report of a case. Tr. M. Soc. Virg. 1901, Richmond, 1902, 226- 235.—Spaet (F.) Ueber eine kleine Trichinoseepidemie in Cadolzburg, Bezirksamt Fiirth i. B. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1912, lix 1319-1323.—Staubli (C.) Ueber Trichinosis. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1905, xxxv, 606-515. Also [Abstr.j: Munchen. med. Wchn- schr., 1905, Iii, 1179. Also [Abstr.]: Sitzungsb. d. Ge- sellsch. f. Morphol. u. Physiol, in Munchen, 1905, xxi, 34-36. -----. Klinische und experimentelle Unter- suchungen iiber Trichinosis. Verhandl. d. Kong. f. in- nere Med., Wiesb., 1905, xx, 353-362, 3 pl. -----. Beitrag zur Frage der biologischen Beziehung zwischen Mutter und Kind. Arch. f. Kinderh., Stuttg., 1908-9, xlix, 321- 328.—Stelner (W. R.) Sporadic trichinosis, with re- port of a case. Boston M. & S. J., 1908, clix, 720-723. Also, Reprint.— Stewart (C. E.) An unsuspected caseof trichinosis discovered while making an examination of some pathological tissue for the purpose of determining the nature of a suspected malignant growth. Mod. Med., Battle Creek, Mich., 1899, viii, 53-56. —Stiles (C. W.) Experimental trichinosis in Spermophilus 13-lineatus. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. u. Parasitenk., Jena, 1894, xvi, 777. —Strandgaard (H.) Et Tilfaelde af Trikinose som tilfaeldig Komplikation ved en Cancer mammae. [A case of trichinosis as accidental complication of . . . ] Ugesk. f. Laeger, K0benh., 1900, 6. R., vii, 1086.— von Stransky (F.) Ein Fall von Trichinose. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1897, xxii, 597.—Str»bel ( H.) Die Serodiagnostik der Trichinosis. Munchen. med. Wchn- schr., 1911, lviii, 672-674.—Sutherland (L. R.) A case of trichinosis in which the condition was first recog- nized after death by the discovery of the parasite in the muscles of the tongue. Tr. Glasg. Path. & Clin. Soc, TRICHINOSIS. 481 TRICHOCEPHALUS. Trichinosis. 1897-8, vii, 19. Also: Glasgow M. J., 1897, xlviii, 444.— Taake (E. F.) A report of two cases of trichiniasis and reference to four other cases infected from the same source. Med. Fortnightly, St. Louis, 1906, xxix, 364-368 — Thompson (C. G.) An outbreak of trichinosis in Gahrwal. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1907, xlii, 373.— Thompson (W. G.) Trichinosis; a clinical study of fifty-two sporadic cases. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1910, xxv, 274-286. Also: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1910, cxl, 157-166. Also, Reprint.—Thornbury (F. J.) Trichinosis. Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1894, n. s., xxxiii. 391. -----. The pathology of trichinosis. Tr. M. Ass. Central N. Y. 1894, Buffalo, 1895, 87. -----. The pathology of trichinosis; original observations. Univ. M. Mag., Phila., 1897-8, x, 64-79, 2 pl. Also, Reprint.—Tower (A. M.) Trichinosis; with a report of four cases. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1909, vii, 279-282.—Tr^trop. Note sur un cas de trichinose. Ann. Soc. de med. d'Anvers, 1895, lvii, 51.—Trichinose in Bohmen. Oesterr. San.-Wes., Wien, 1893, v, 137-139. Also: Med.-chir. Centralbl., Wien, 1893, xxviii, 242.—Trichinosis; [epidemic in Colrain, in Franklin County]. Rep. Bd. Health Mass. 1891-2, Bost., 1893, xxiv, pp. xxxvi-xliv.—Uttl (F.) Trichinosa v Cechach roku 1893. [Trichinosis in Bohemia in 1893.] Casop. lek. cesk., v Praze, 1893, xxxii, 777; 797. -----. Pfispevek k trichinose v Cechach v'dobe poslednich sedmi let. [Contribution on trichinosis in Bohemia in the last seven yearsj Lek. rozhledy, Praha, 1900, viii, 129; 161.—Van der Clock (C.) Trichinosis. Am. Vet. Rev., X. Y., 1907-8, xxxii, 609.—lander Hoot' (D.) Sporadic trichinosis; report of a case; methods of diag- nosis. Old Dominion J. M. & S.. Richmond, 1908-9, vii, 18- 23.—Van Wagner (L. A.) Trichinosis in the human subject, with report of cases. Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1898, xiii, 1018-1022.—Vickery (H. F.) A case of trichiniasis. Boston M. & S. J., 1909, clx, 205.—Virehow (R.) Con- tribution a l'histoire de la trichinose chez les pores ame- ricains. Bull. Soc. de med. pub.. Par., 1884, vii, 106-114. [Discussion], 114-130— Williams (H. U.) The fre- quency of trichinosis in the United States. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1901, n. s., i, f4-83, 2 pl.—Zeif'man (P. T.) Trikhini i trikhinnaya bollezn (trichin* et trichi- nosis). Areh. vet. nauk, St. Petersb., 1877, vii, 3. sect., 1; 164; 293,1 L, 1 pl.—Zenczykowski (J.) Szescprzy- padkow wlo§nicv. [Six cases of trichiniasis.] Czaso- pismo lek., Lodz," 1905. vii, 3; 57.—Ziirkendorier (C.) Ueber die Aetiologie einer Massenerkrankung in Teplitz- Schonau nach dem Genusse von Fleisch- und Wurst- waaren (Trichinose und Milzbrand). Ztschr. f. Heilk., Berl., 1894, xv, 435-461. Trichinosis (Eosinophilia in). Albert (H.) An epidemic (fourteen cases) of trich- inosis, due to eating boiled ham, with special reference to the occurrence of eosinophilia. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1910, cxl, 167-174.—Atkinson (A. D.) The diag- nosis of trichinosis made through the increase of eosino- philic cells in the blood. Phila. M. J., 1899, iii, 1243.— Bartlett (C. J.) Report of a case of acute trichiniasis without eosinophilia. Yale M. J., X. Haven, 1908-9, xv, 229-231.— Brown (T. R.) Studies on trichinosis. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1897, viii, 79-81. -----. A note on the duration of eosinophilia in trichinosis. Boston M. & S. J., 1898, exxxix, 218. Also, Reprint. -----. Studies on trichinosis, with especial reference to the in- crease of the eosinophilic cells in the blood and muscle, the origin of these cells and their diagnostic importance. J. Exper. M., N. Y., lH'j.s. iii, 315-347, 2 pl., 1 ch. Also, Reprint. -----. The diagnosis of trichinosis by means of the great increase of the eosinophiles in the blood; report of the fourth case. Med. News, N. Y., 1899, lxxiv, 12-14. Also, Reprint.—Cutler (E. G.) Eosino- philia in a recent case of trichinosis. Tr. Ass. Am. Phvsicians, Phila., 1902. xvii. 356-362. Also, Reprint.— Gaisbiick (F.) Beobachtungen fiber Trichinose; zu- gleich ein Beitrag zur diagnostischen Bedeutung der Blutuntersuchung. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1909, xxii, 410-^15.—Gordinier (H. C.) Report of two cases of sporadic or family trichinosis; with remarks on the im- portance of eosinophilia in the peripheral circulation as an aid to diagnosis. Med. News. N. Y., 1900, lxxvii, 965- 968. Also, Reprint.— Gould (E. R.) The value of eosino- philia in the diagnosis of trichinosis, with report of a case. Am. Med., Phila., 1903, vi, 515-518.—Gregg (D.) Acute trichiniasis without initial eosinophilia. Boston M. & S. J., 1909, clxi,932-9Jl — Gwyn (X. B.) Ein fiinf- ter Fall von Trichinosismit Ycnmh mug der eosinophilen Zellen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1899, xxv, 746.—Howard ( W. T. i, jr. Report of a fatal case of trichinosis without eosinophilia, but with large num- bers of eosinophilic cells in the mu-cle lesions; with re- marks on the origin of eosinophilic cells in trichinosis. Phila. M. J., 1899, iv, 1085-1087.—Huebner. Ueber Eo- sinophilic bei Trichinose. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1911, civ, 286-299.—Kerr (M. W.) Two cases of trichinosis with eosinophilia. Phila. M. J., 1900, vi, 346- VOL XVIII, 2d series----31 Trichinosis (Eosinophilia in). 348.—Opie (E. L.) An experimental study of the rela- tion of cells with eosinophile granulation to infection with an animal parasite (Trichina spiralis). Am. J.M.Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1904, n. s., cxxvii, 477-193. Also, Reprint. Also [Abstr.]: Proc.Soc.Exper.Biol.& Med.,N. Y., 1903-4, i,30. Also [Abstr.]: Science,X. Y.&Lancaster,Pa.,1904,n.s., xix, 461.—Ottenberg(K.) Eosinophiliaandtrichiniasis; a study of cases. N.York M.J. [etc], 1907,lxxxv, 594-599. Also, Reprint.—Patek(A..l.) Excessive eosinophilia in trichinosis. Am. Med., I'hila., 1901, i,513.—Rosen berger (R. C.) A caseof trichinosis, with remarks on (1) trichi- nosis, and (2) eosinophilia. Proc. Path. Soc. Phila., 1900- 1901, n. s., iv, 277-284.—Schleip (K.) Die Homberger Trichinosisepidemie und die fiir Trichinosis pathogno- monische Eosinophilie. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1904, lxxx, 1-38, 1 pl. Also [Abstr.]: Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1903, Leipz., 1904, ii, 2. Hlfte., 59-62.—Stiiubli (C.) Klinische und experi- mentelle Untersuchungen'iiber Trichinosis und fiber die Eosinophilie im allgemeinen. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1905, lxxxv, 286-341.—Stump (W.) Diag- nosis of trichinosis by examination of the blood. Phila. M. J., 1899, iii, 1318.— Thayer (W. S.) On the increase of the eosinophilic cells in the circulating blood in trich- inosis. Lancet, Lond., 1897, ii, 787. -----. A third case of trichinosis with remarkable increase in the eosino- philic cells. Phila. M. J., 1898, i, 654. Also, Reprint. -----. On the increase of the eosinophilic cells in trichi- nosis. Compt.-rend. Cong, internat. de med. 1897, Mosc, 1899, iii, sect. 5,126-131.—White (S. M.) The pathology and diagnosis of trichinosis, with special reference to eosinophilia. St. Paul M. J., 1908, x, 242-254.—Williams (H. U.) & Bentz (C. A.) Experimental studies on the eosinophilia of trichinosis; a preliminary report. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1903, xviii, 152-156. Trichite. Faure-Fremiet (E.) Production experimentale de "trichite" chez le Didinium. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, lxxi, 146. Trichloracetic acid. See Acid (Chloracetic); Acid (Acetic). Trichlorethylene. Wurth (K.) * Untersuchungen iiber die Gif- tigkeit des Trichloraethylen bei einmaliger und mehrmaliger Einatmung. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1909. Go wing-Scopes (L.) The uses of trichlorethylene in analytical chemistry. Analyst, Lond., 1910, xxxv, 238-245. Trichlorphenol. See Erysipelas (Treatment of). Trichosesthesia. Chudnovski (Y. B.) K voprosu o putyakh prove- deniya voloskovol chuvstvitelnosti. [Paths of conduc- tion of trichoesthesia.] Obozr. psichiat., neurol. [etc.], S.-Peterb. ,1904, ix, 851-857— Osipoff(V. P. )& Noishev- ski (K. I.) Opit izslledovaniya voloskovol chuvstvi- telnosti u bolnikh spinnol sukhotkol (tabes dorsalis). [Investigation of trichosesthesia in tabetic patients.] Ibid., 1901, vi, 111; 196. Trichobezoars. Meilchen ( W. A. ) * Ueber Trichobezoare des menschlichen Magens. 8°. Strassburg, 1911. Trichocephalus and Trichocephalia- sis [whipworm infection]. See, also, Trichuris. Andrikidis. * Etude clinique des troubles morbides attribuables au trichocephale de l'homme. 8°. Paris, 1906. Balland (L.) * Frequence des trichocephales et des oxyures dans le caecum et l'appendice d'adultes non typhiques morts dans les hopi- taux de Paris. 8°. Paris, 1910. Fink (T.) *Ueber die Verbreitung von Tri- chocephalus dispar und anderen Helminthen- Arten. [Tubingen.] 8°. Berlin, 1910. Also, in: Med.-naturw. Arch., Berl. u. Wien, 1909-10, ii, 537-550. Garin (C.) *L'entente trichocephalienne. 8°. Lyon, 1911. TRICHOCEPHALUS. 482 TRICHOCEPHALIA Trichocephalus and Trichocephalia - sis [whipworm infection]. Lienau (A. [R. 'Si'.]) * Ueber die Haufigkeit von Ascaris lumbricoides und Trichocephalus dispar in Kiel und ihre Beziehung zur Wasser- versorgung. 8°. Kiel, 1896. Kolinsky (I.) Contribution a I'etude du trichocephale; son role dans l'etiologie de la fievre typhoide, de l'appendicite etde l'anemie. 8°. Paris, 1906. Shtsherbak ( A. E.) O patologicheskom znachenii trichocephalus dispar. [Pathological importance of . . .] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1908. Also, transl. in: Rev. dem&L, Par., 1910, xxx, 642-665. Vanlande (M.) *Le trichocephale, sa fixa- tion, son role pathogene. 8°. Lyon, 1907. A«kanazy (M.) Der Peitschenwurm ein blutsau- geuiler Parasit. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1896, lvii, 104-117, 1 pl.—Barjon & Garin. Entente tricoeephalien. Bull. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Lyon, 1907, vi, 339-342. Also: Lyon med., 1908, ex, 45-48. —Baudet. Occlusion intestinale et trichocephales. Arch. med. de Toulouse, 1912, xix, chir., 157-159.—Becker (E.) Ueber die durch Trichocephalus dispar verursachten Krank- heitszustande. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1902, xxviii, 468-470. — Berrio (P.) Traitement de la trichocephalose par le latex d'hiRucron. Ann. d'hyg. et de med. colon., Par., 1912, xv, 3*2.—Bezsonoff (N. A.) K voprosu o patologicheskom znachenii vlasoglava (Tri- chocephalus dispar). [On the pathological significance of . . .] Voyenno-med. J., St. Petersb., 1896, clxxxv, 1. sect., 522-539. -----. Yeshtsho k voprosu o patologiche- skom znachenii vlasoglova. [Again on the pathologi- cal significance of Trichocephalus dispar.] Ibid., 1898, exci, med. spec, pt., 56-65.—Boas. Ein Fall von Tricho- cephalus dispar. Deutschemed. Wchnschr.,1895,xxi,Ver.- Beil.,97. Also: Verhandl.d.Ver.f.innereMed.zuBerl.,1894- 5,xiv,411.—Cade. Entente et trichocephales. Lyon med., 1911, cxvii, 328-334.—Cade (A.) & Garin (C.) Entente trichocephalienne. Arch. d. mal. de l'appar. digest. [etc.], Par., 1910, iv, 305-324—Carletti (M. V.) A pro- posito della "reazione di Weber e tricocefalo." Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1910, xxxi, 515-516.—Cima (F.) Sopra un caso di tricefaliasi in un bambino. Pediatria, Napoli, 1894, ii, 361-375.—Davaine (C.) Recherches sur le de- veloppement et la propagation du trichocephale de l'homme et de l'ascaride lombrico'ide. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1858, xlvi, 1217-1219.—Engel (R.) De l'appendicite vermineuse (4 trichocephale en particulier) etde son traitement. Gaz.med.de Par., 1912, lxxxiii, 29-32.— Fanyo (F.) Infection with Trichuris trichiura (Tricho- cephalus dispar), with the report of a case. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1903-4, n. s., v, 765-767. [Discussion], 683- 685.—Federolf(A.) Tyazholiy sluchal vliyaniyaKhlls- tovika. [Severe case of effect of Trichocephalus dispar.] Voyenno-med. J., St. Petersb., 1897, clxxxix, med.-spec. pt., 430-433.—French (H. S.) & Boycott (A. E.) The prevalence of Trichocephalusdispar. J. Hvg., Cambridge, 1905, v, 274-279. Also: Guy's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1906, 3. s., xiv, 175-180.—Garin (C.) L'ent6rite trichocephalienne. Progres med., Par., 1908, 3. s., xxiv, 163-165. Also, transl.: Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1908, liii, 141; 180; 198. -----. Etude sur la pathogenie et l'anatomie pathologique de l'enterite trichocephalienne. Progres med., Par., 1911, 3. s., xxvii, 170-172. -----. Un nouveau cas d'enterite trichocephalienne; guerison par le traitement thymole. Lyon med., 1912, cxviii, 70-72. -----. Le r61e du tricho- cephale dans la pathologie de l'intestin. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1912, lxxxv, 1651-1656.—Gessner (H. B.) Report of a case of trichocephalus dispar infection. N. Orl. M. ii S. J., 1907-8, lx, 848.—Glrard (J.) R61e des trichoce- phales dans l'infection de l'appendice ileo-caecal. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1901, xv, 440-444, 1 pl. Also [Abstr ]: Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1901, 11. s., iii, 265.— Guiart (J.) Le trichocephale et les associations parasitaires. Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1901, 11. s., iii, 307. -----. Le trichocephale vit aussi dans l'intestin grele et se nourrit de sang. Bull. Soc. med. d. h6p.de Lyon, 1908. vii, 37. Also: Lyon med., 1908, ex, 325- 327. -----. Trichocephale gorg6 de sang. Lyon med., 1908, ex, 883.—Guidi (G.) Tricocefaliasi e tricocef aloane- mia. Riv. di clin. pediat., Firenze, 1910, viii, 161-198.— Guinard. Appendicite a repetition; operation; ver intestinal vivant (trichocephale male) dans l'appendice. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1900, n. s., xxvi, 1009. -----. Ver trichocephale trouve dans un appendice en- leve a froid. Ibid., 1901,n.s.,xxvii, 1064— Hausmann (T.) Zur Symptomatologie und Therapie der durch den Trichocephalus dispar verursachten GesundheHsstdrun- gen. St. Petersb.med. Wchnschr.,1900,n. F.,xvii,301-30L— Heine (P.) Beitrage zur Anatomie und Histologie der Tnchocephalen, insbesondere des Trichocephalus Trichocephalus and Trichocephalia- sis [whipworm infection]. afflnis. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1900, xxviii, 779; 809, 2 pl. -----. Oxyuns suis oder Tricho- cephalus? Deutsche tierarztl. Wchnschr., Hannov., 1906, xiv, 471. —Hot-he (L.) Vers intestinaux et tubercu- lose; modes d'implantation du Trichocephalus hominis dans l'intestin. Cong, franc, de med. Compt. rend. 1907, Par., 1908, 246-249.—Jamieson (J. G. S.) & Lauder (J. M.) Case of fatal trichocephaliasis in a child. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, ii, 1772.—Lacomme & Vanlande. Trichocephale et fievre typhoide. Bull. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Lyon, 1907, vi, 361-364. Also: J. de physiol. et de path. gen., Par., 1908, x, 127-132. Also: Lyon med., 1908, ex, 95-97.—Letulle (M.) & Leinlerre (A.) Un cas d'in- fection mortel a trichocephales. Rev. de m6d. et d'hyg. trop., Par., 1905, ii, 17-25. — M€rat. Trichocephale. Diet. d. sc. niSd., Par., 1821, lv, 556-562.—Meyer (W.'l Ueber Trichocephalen im Dickdarm des Schweines. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1904, xiv, 156.— Miller (F. H.) Hemorrhagic colitis of the dog due to infection with the Trichocephalus depressiusculus (true whip worm). Am. Vet. Rev., N. Y., 1904-5, xxviii, 722- 729, 1 pl.—Moosbrugger. Ueber Trichocephaliasis. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1895, xlii, 1097-1099.—Mo- rasca (E.) Cloro-anemia da tricocephalus dispar. Op. pia de Ferrari Brignole Sale in Genova. Resoc. clin.- statist. d. osp. (1895), 1896, 104-108.—Musgrave (W. E.) Clegg (M. T.) &Polk (Mary). Trichocephaliasis (with a report of four cases, including one fatal case). Philip- pine J. Sc, Manila, 1908, iii, 545-566.—Myer (J. S.) A case of double intestinal parasitism (Trichocephalus dis- par and Ascaris lumbricoides) with enlargement of the spleen. Quart. Bull. M. Dep. Wash. Univ., St. Louis, 1906- 7, v, 132-137.—Osokln (P. A.) K voprosu o vliyanii khlistovika (Trichocephalus dispar) na razvitiye malo- kroviya. [On the influence of ... on the development of ansemia.] Voyenno-med. J., St. Petersb., 1908, ccxxiii, med.-spec pt., 593-605.—Ostrovski (A. L.) K voprosu o znachenii vlasoglava (Trichocephalus dispar) v pato- logii. [Significance of . . . in pathology.] Vrach, St. Petersb., 1900, xxi, 1206.—Pascal (F.) Observations sur les vers trichocephales. Bull. Fac. de m6d. de Par., 1818, vi, 53-64.—Pexa (V.) O tenkohlavci bieikovitem u ditfite. [Trichocephalus in a child.J Casop. lek. cesk., v Praze, 1907, xlvi, 1457; 1475.— Fie & Bonnamour. Un cas d'anemie d'origine trichocephalienne a terminai- son mortelle. Lyon med., 1911, cxvii, 271-276, 1 pl.— Poledne (W.) Schwere Enteritis verursacht durch Trichocephalus dispar im Darme. Wien. med. Wchn- schr , 1906, lvi, 1821.— Bippe (E.) Einiges iiber den Trichocephalus dispar. St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr,, 1907, xxxii, 1-4.—Bosqvist (Ina). [Tricocephalus dis- par.] Finska lak.-sallsk. handl., Helsingfors, 1899, xli, 798-800.—Sabrazes & Cabannes. Helminthiase a. forme dysenterique provoquee par 1'Ascaris lumbricoiide et le Trichocephalus dispar; cristaux de Charcot dans les matieres fecales. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1897, 3. s., xiv. 772-776. Also: J. de clin. et de therap. inf., Par., 1897, v, 465-467.—Sandler (A.) Trichocephaliasis mit todlichem Ausgang. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1905, xxxi, 95-98.—Trichocepha- lus and appendicitis. [Edit.] Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, ii, 265.—Trichocephalus (The) dispar as a blood sucker. N. York M. J., 1897, lxvi, 535.—Wade (B. N.) A case of enteritis from Trichocephalus dispar. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, lvi, 743.—Walther. Appendi- cite et trichocephales. Bull, et m6m. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1905, n. s., xxxi, 355. Trichocysts. Toimiges (C.) DieTrichocsysten von Frontonialeu- cas und ihr chromidialer Ursprung. Sitzungsb. d. Gesell- sch. z. Beford. d. ges. Naturw. zu Marb. (1911), 1912,37-50, Trichodectes. Makarevski (A. N.) Vlasoyed rogatavo skota (Tri- chodectesscalaris). Vestnik obsh. vet., St. Petersb., 1912, xxiv, 242.—SavvaltofffN. P.) Zamletka o vlasoyedle bichyem (Trichodectes scalaris). Ibid., 243. Trichodina. Carriere (J.) Trichodina sp. (pediculus?) als Blut- und Lymphkorperchen fressendergelegentlicher Schma- rotzer im Seitenkanal von Cottus gobio. Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1889 xxxiii, 402-115,1 pl. Trichodinopsis. Opede (C.) & Willem (V.) Observations sur Trichodinopsis paradoxa. Bull, seient. de la France et de la Be*lg., Par., 1911, xiv, 239-248. Trichoepithelioma. Werther. Leber Trichoepithelioma. Verhandl. d. Uescllsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1907, Leipz., 1908, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 379. TRICHOHYALIN. 483 TRICHOPHYTOSIS. Trichohyalin. Gavazzeni (<;. A.) Trichohyalin. Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat., Hamb., 1908, xlvii, 229-242.—V»rner (H.) Ueber Trichohvalin: ein Beitrag zur Anatomie des Haares und der Wurzelscheiden. Dermat. Ztschr., Berl., 1903, x, 357-376, 1 pl. Trichoma. See Hair (Diseases of). Trichomonas. See, also, Genitals (Female, parasites of). AlexeielF(A.) Un nouveau Trichomonas a 4 fla- gelles anterieurcs. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1909, lxvii, 712-714. -----. Sur les kystes de Trichomonas in- testinalis dans l'intestin des batraciens. Bull, seient. de la France et de la Belg., Par., 1910-11, iv, 333-355. -----. Sur la nature des formations dites "kystes de Trichomo- nas intestinalis." Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1911, lxxi. 296-298. -----. Sur la specification dans le genre Trichomonas Donne. Ibid., 539-541.—Baatz (P.) Tri- chomonas vaginalis in der weiblichen Harnblase. Mo- natsb. f. Urol., Berl., 1902, vii, 157-469.—Benson (W.) Untersuchungen iiber Trichomonas intestinalis und vaginalis des Menschen. Arch. f. Protistenk., Jena, 1909, xviii, 115-127, 3 pl.—Davis (N. S.), jr. Trichomonas vaginalis. Chicago M. Recorder, 1896, xi, 238-242. — Dock (G.) Trichomonas as a parasite of man. Tr. Path. Soc Phila. (1893-5), 18%, xvii, 287-310. Also: Am. ,1. M. Sc, Phila., 1896, n. s., cxi, 1-24. Also, Reprint.— Dolley (G. C.) Gangrene of the lung with Trichomo- nas intestinalis as the only apparent etiologie factor; a report of a case. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, lv, 1377. Also, Reprint.—Freund (H. A.) Trichomonas hominis intestinalis; a study of its biology and its pathogenicity. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1908, i, 28-60, 2 pl.— Galli- Valerio (B.) Nouvelles observations sur Trichomonas caviae Davaine. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1903, xxxv, 87.—Kunstler (J.) Recherches sur la morphologie du Trichomonas intestinalis. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1896, exxiii, 839-842.—Mar- chand (F.) Ueber das Vorkommen von Trichomonas im Ha me ernes Mannes, nebst Bemerkungen iiber Tri- chomonas vaginalis. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. u. Para- sitenk., Jena, 1894, xv, 709-720, 1 pl.—Mazzanti (E.) Di un nuovo flagellato nella vitella (Trichomonas utero- vaginalis vitulse). Gior. d. r. Soc. ed Accad. vet. ital., Torino, 1900, xlix, 629-631.—Miura (K.) Trichomonas vaginalis im frisch gelassenen Urin eines Mannes. [Japanese text.] Ztschr. d. med. Gesellsch. zu. Tokyo, 1894, viii, 18. Hft., 19-25. Also [Abstr.]: Chiugai Iji Shinpo, Tokio, 1894, no. 348, 1; no. 349, 12.—von Prowazek (S.) Notiz iiber die Trichomonas hominis (Davaine). Arch. f. Protistenk., Jena, 1902, i, 166-168. -----. Zur Kenntnis der Flagellaten des Darmtraktus. Ibid., 1911, xxiii, 96-100.—Bonchettl (V.) Circa P importanzapa- togena del Cercomonas hominis e del Trichomonas in- testinalis. Med. ital., Napoli, 1912, x,433-436. Also: Riv. crit. di clin. med., Firenze, 1912, xiii, 484-488. Also, Re- print.—Schmidt (A.) Ueberparasitare Protozoen (Tri- chomonas pulmonalis) im Auswurf. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1895, xlii, 1181.—Skaller (M.) Kasuisti- scher Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Vorkommens von Tricho- monas vaginalis im Darmkanal des Menschen. Ges. Beitr. a. d. Geb. d. Phvsiol. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1886- 1906, ii, 466-474.—Smithies (F.) The occurrence of Trichomonas hominis in gastric contents, with a report of two cases. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1912, cxliv, 82- 94.—Terry (B. T.) Two cases of chronic diarrhea with Trichomonas intestinalis in the stools. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1903-5, vi, 328-331.—CTcke (A.) Trichomonaden und Megastomen im Menschendarm. Centralbl. f. Bak- teriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1907, xiv, Orig., 231-233.- Wenyon (C. M.) A new flagellate (Macrostoma mes- nili n. sp.) from the human intestine, with some re- marks on the supposed cysts of Trichomonas. Parasitol- ogy, Cambridge, 1910, iii, 210-216, 1 pl. Trichomycosis. See, also, Hair (Diseases of). Colombini (P.) Contributo alio studio della tricho- mycosis palmellina di Pick. Beitr. z. Dermat. u. Syph. Festschr. ... I. Neumann, Leipz. u. Wien, 1900, 87-116, 2 pl.—Komorita (N.) [Trichomycosis palmellina, Pick.] Hifukwa kiu Hiniokikwa Zasshi, Tokyo, 1907, vii, 493- 503.—Majocchi (D.) Sul fungodellatricomicosi nodosa. Soc. med.-chir. di Bologna. Resoc. (1894), 1895,22-24. Trichonodosis. Lesser (E.) Ein Fall von Ringelhaaren. 8°. Leipzig, 1885-6. < si I lag (J.) Egy trichonodosis-eset. B6r- es buja- k6rt., Budapest, 1911,14.—Galewsky (E.) Leber eine noch nicht beschriebene Haarerkrankung (Trichonodo- sis). Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1905, Leipz., 1906, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 329. Also: Arch. f. Der- mat. u. Syph., Wien u. Leipz., 1906, lxxxi, 195, 1 pl. Also: Trichonodosis. Jahresb. d. Gesellsch. f. Nat.- u. Heilk. in Dresd. 1905-6, Munchen, 1907,46. -----. Ueber Trichonodosis. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien u. Leipz., 1908, xci, 225-230. — Kren (O.) Ueber das Vorkommen der Trichonodosis (Galewski). Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1907, xx, 916-918.— Sack (A.) Ueber Trichonodosis laqueata. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1907, liv, 442. Trichonosis. Fox (T. C.) A case of ringed hairs (trichonosis versi- color, leucotrichia annularis, canitie annexe) associated with diffuse alopecia. Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 1906, xviii, 321, 1 pl. Trichonympha. Hartmann (M.) Untersuchungen iiber Bau und Entwicklung der Trichonymphiden (Trichonympha hert- wigin. sp.) Festschr.z. 60. Geburtstag Richard Hertwigs, Jena, 1910, i, 349-396, 4 pl.—Porter (J. F.) Trichonym- pha and other parasites of Termes flanipes". Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Harv., Cambridge, 1897, xxxi, 45-68, 6 pl. Trichophagia. See, also, Stomach (Foreign bodies in). Dubreullh (W.) & Maiilard. Trichophagie. Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1901, 4. s., ii, 686-688. Trichophohia. Mewborn(A. D.) Trichopathophobia: fear of dis- ease of the hair. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1908, i, 19-23.— Sabouraud (R.) Trichomanie et trichophobie. Cli- nique, Par., 1909, iv, 760. Trichophyton. See Favus (Parasite of); Hair (Diseases of); Nails (Diseases of); Scalp (Diseasesof); Tinea; Trichophytosis. Trichophytosis. See, also, Hair (Diseases of); Tinea. Audrain (J.) * Contribution a l'Stude de la trichophytie tonsurante 4°. Paris, 1892. Bidault (C.) * Trichophytie cutanee d£ter- minee par le vaccin de genisse. 8°. ParisT 1911. Demarziere (P.) * Contribution a I'etude des trichophyties humaines. 4°. Bordeaux, 1896. Fischmann (Sophie). * Contribution a, I'etude du Trichophyton violaceum (Sabouraud). 8°. Geneve, 1908. Gayrard (P.) * Etude de la trichophytie chronique des paumes et des plantes. 8°. Bordeaux, 1908. Guetz (Mile. Marie). * Etude biologique du Trichophyton verrucosum (Bodin). 8°. Geneve, 1908. Mailer (B.) * Ueber speziflsche Reaktion bei Trichophytie. 8°. Konigsberg, 1912. Pelagatti (M.) Osservazioni sulla morfo- logia dei funghi tricofitici. roy. 8°. Parma, [1899]. Also, transl. in: Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat., Hamb., 1899, xxix, 453-470, 3 pl. Reniger (Marie). * Contribution a I'etude du Trichophyton gypseum. Description d'une de ses varietes. 8°. Genive, 1908. Sabouraud (R. [-J.-A.]) *Les trichophytes humaines. 4°. Paris, 1894. ------. The same. [With atlas.] roy. 8°. Paris, 1894. Tchicaloff (G. C.) * Contribution a I'etude de 1' eczema trichophytoide ou nummulaire. 8°. Geneve, 1905. Aberastury (M.) La cuesti6n de las tricoficias. An. d. Circ. med. argent., Buenos Aires, 1901, xxiv, 119- 144.—Adamson (H. G.) & Whitfield (A.) Cultures of Trichophyton rosaceum from two casesof tinea barbae. Proc. Koy.Soc.Med.,Lond.,1908-9,ii,Dermat.Sect., 161.— A in belli (S.) The cutaneous trychophytin reaction. J. Exper: M., Lancaster, Pa., 1910, xii, 435-459, 1 pl.— Arena (V.) Nuova cura rapida delle tricoflzie ribelli ai comuni trattamenti. Cong, internat. de med. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, de dermat. et syph., 347.— Arnozan (X.) & Dubreuilh (W.) De la tricho- TRICHOPHYTOSIS. 484 TRICHOPHYTOSIS. Trichophytosis. phytie des mains et des ongles. Arch. clin. de Bordeaux, 1892, i, 27; 49.—Balzer & Deshayes. Trichophytie cutanee chez un toucheur dc bomi's. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par.. l'.Hiti. xvii, 247. Also: Ann. de der- mat. et svph., Par., 1906, 4. s., vii, 388.—Bang (H.) Sur une tricliophvtie cutanee a grands cercles, causee par un dermatophyte nouveau (Trichophyton purpureum Bang). Ibid., 1910, 5. s., i, 225-238.—Bar ( b.) De la trichophytie de l'oreille externe. Cong, internat. de med. C. r., Par., 1900, sect, d'otol., 142-151. Also: Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larvnx [etc.], Par., 1901, xxvii, 437-452. Also [Abstr.j: Bull, de laryngol., otol. et rhinol., Par., 1900, iii, 238.— Barbe. Traitement de la trichophytie cutanee avec le monochlorophenol. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1901, xii, 392. Also: Ann. dc dermat. et syph., Par., 1901. 4. s., ii, 688.—Bartolucci (A.) La tricofizia dei bovini e la sua contagione per 1' uomo. Gior. d. r. Soc. ed Accad. vet. ital., Torino, 1900, xlix, 435.—Berti (S.) I tricotiti della provincia di Pisa. Riv. d' ig. e san. pubb., Torino, 1912, xxiii, 270; 301; 336. — Bertrand (L.-E.) Note sur l'emploi topique de la rhubarbe contre la tri- chophytie circinde. Arch, de mgd. nav., Par., 1891, lv, 471.—Bosnier (E.) Trichophytie grythemateuse cir- cin6e; trichophytie de la region p'ilaire du visage; varietes individuelles de la reaction irritative. Ann. dedermat. etsyph., Par., 1889, 2. s., x, 111. Also: Reunions clin. de l'Hop. St. Louis. C. r., Par., 1888-9, 29.—Bloch (B.) Die Basler Trichophytieepidemie. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1907, xxxvii, 768. -----. Die Trichophv- tien. Med. Klin., Berl., 1908, iv, 1942-1948.— Bo lam (R. A.) Trichophyton rosaceum. Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 1912, xxiv, 1-13, 1 pl. —Bonnet (L.-M.) Tri- chophytie spontanee du rat a lesions faviformes; ino- culation des cultures au cobaye produisant des lesions egalement faviformes. Lyon med., 1908, cxi, 976. — Bosellini. Dei tricofiti nella provincia di Bologna. Gior. ital. d. mal. ven., Milano, 1906. xlvii, 61-65. -----. Ricerche micologiche sui tricofiti. Ibid., 575.— Boyer. Tricophytie glneralisee. Bull. Soc. d'anat et pliysiol.de Bordeaux, 1895, xvi, 124.—Briglientl (G.) La tricofitiasi trasmessa dagli animali air uomo. Gior. d. r. Soc ed Accad. vet. ital., Torino, 1*99, xlviii, 269.— ■tro< q (L.) Traitement local de la trichophytie du cuir chevelu (teigne tondante). Ann.de dermat. et svph., Par., 1890, 3. s., i, 147-152.—Brack (<".) & Kusiinoki. Leber spezifische Behandlung von Trichophytien. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1911, xxxvii, 1110-1112.—Bruhns (C.) Neuere Anschauungen und Erfahrungen iiber dieTrichophvtieerkrankungen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1910, xlvi, 832-836.—Bruhns (C.) & Alexander (A.) Zur Frage der Immunitat nach Tri- chophytie-Erkrankungen. Dermat. Ztschr., Berl., 1910, xvii, 695-706. —Cainpana (R.) Tricophitiasi. Clin. dermopat. e sirilopat. d. r. Univ. di Genova (1883), 1884, i, 51-56,1 pl. -----. Colture artificiali di Tricophiton ton- surans di un tumore della gamba di una donna. Boll. d. r. Accad. med. di Genova, 1890, iv, 96-99.—Carruccio (M.) Pleomorfismo e pluralismo tricofitico. Bull. d. r. Accad. med. di Roma, 1897-8, xxiii, 261-309, 1 pl. Also: Clin, dermosifllopat. d. r. Univ. di Roma, 1897, 77; 107, 1 pl. Also: Gior. ital.d. mal. ven., Milano, 1898, xxxiii, 461- 4S4.—Castellan! (A.) Observations on dhobie itchand other tropical trichophytie diseases. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, ii, 1277-1279. -----. Untersuchungen fiber tropische Trichophytosis. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Svph., Wienu. Leipz 1908-9, xciii, 23-42, 1 pl. -----. Tropical trichophytosis. Lancet, Lond., 1908, ii, 311-313.—Ceresole (G.) Sur une trichophytie du daim transmissible a. l'homme. Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1906, 4. s., vii, 743-750.—Chiodi (W.) La tricofizia; epidemiologia e profilassi. Riv. d'ig e san. pubb., Torino, 1908, xix, 325-336.—Cliirlvino (V.) Granuloma tricofitico Majocchi; contributo alio studio delle tricofizie profonde. Gior. internaz. d. scmed Napoli, 1907, n. s., xxix, 433-441.—Cicero (R. E.) Note sur un cas de radiodermite tres intense du cuir chevelu avec repousse complete des cheveux chez une enfant at- teinte de tricophytie. Atti d. Cong, internaz. di terap As. 1907, Roma, 1908, ii, pt. 1, 717-720. Also: Mem. Soc cient. "Antonio Alzate," Mexico, 1907-8, xxvi, 237-241 — Citron (J.) Ueber das Verhalten der Favus- und Tri- chophytonpilze im Organismus. Ztschr. f. Hvg u Infec- tionskrankh., Leipz., 1905, xlix, 120-134.—Coffin ( \ Trichophytie et microsporie chez l'homme et les ani maux. J. d. mal. cutan. etsyph., Par., 1901, xiii, 293-308.— Collavitti (U.) Tricophiton cutaneo; varieta morfoio- gieneecliniche. Clin.dermosifllopat. d.r.Univ.diRoma, 1896, 101-134, 4 pl. Also: Riforma med., Napoli, 1896, xii] pt. 1, 4s3; 495; 507. -----. Un caso di tricophyton ton- surans maculo-squamoso con onicogrifosi tricofitica ed un fibroma cutaneo contenente gli stessi elementi parassitarii della pelle. Gior.ital. d.mal.ven.,Milano, 1896,xxxi 177 — (oloiubini(P) Nuovoraspatoreperlacuradelletrico- i ^e'cn i r-Accad-d-nsi°crit,inSiena,1896-7,4. s„ viii ibV.J •' pu. „ „• §°Pra uncas0di granuloma tricofitico delMajocchi. Boll.d.chn.,Milano,1902,xix,547-556. Also- Cm mod. Pisa^1902, viii, 134-138. Also, transl.: Dermat. Ztschr., Berl. 1902,ix,641-651.-Csillag( J.) Fall von Trb chophytia profunda. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, Trichophytosis. 1908,xlix,6ii.—DallaFavera(G.-B.) Surl'Stat actuel des trichophyties dela province deParme. Ann. dedermat. et syph., Par., 1909,4.s.,x,433-451,lpl. See,also,infra,Sabou- raud. -----. ReponsealacritiqueduDr.Sabouraudal'oc- casion de mon travail "Surl'etatactueldestrichophyties de la province de Parme." Ibid., 653-656.—De Amicis (M.) Uso dell' ittiolo nelle tricofizie. Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 1897, n. s., xix, 457-465.—DeBlols (A.) Contribution & I'etude de la trichophytie. Union mecl. du Canada, Montreal, 1884, xiii, 481-529.—Djelalcddin- iHoukhtar. Trichophytie des regions a 6piderme corned epais (plante du pied, paume de la main). Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1892, iii, 41-46. Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1892, 3. s., iii, 152-157. -----. Trichophytie de la plante du pied datant de 6 ans et simulant la syphilis. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1892, iii, 137-143.—Doyon (A.) Les tri- chophyties humaines. Concours m6d., Par., 1896, xviii, 402—104.—Diibreuilh (W.) De quelques formes rares de la trichophytie du cuir chevelu; kerion Celsi et tri- chophytie disseminee. Ann. de la Policlin. de Bordeaux. 1889-91, i, 278-284. Also: J. d. mal. cutan. et syph:, Par., 1891, iii, 438-443. -----. Trichophytie cutanee; presenta- tion de malade. J. de mM. de Bordeaux, 1890-91, xx, 281. Also: Mem. et Bull. Soc. de mecl. et chir. de Bordeaux, 1891, 24-27. -----. Sur un cas de trichophytie du cuir chevelu et des ongles. J. de mecl. de Bordeaux, 1895, xxv, 95. Also: M6m. et bull. Soc. de m&L et chir. de Bordeaux (1895), 1896, 47-50. -----. Trichophytie. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. . . . de Bordeaux, 1902, xxiii, 225. -----. Trichophytie chronique de la paume de la main et des pieds. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1912, xlii, 605.— Diibreuilh (W.) & Freche. Pseudo-pelade tricho- phytique. Internat. Cong. Dermat. Off. Trans. 1896, Lond., 1898, iii, 580.—Du Caste 1. Deux cas de tricho- phytie des parties glabres. Ann. de dermat et syph., Par., 1897, 3. s., viii, 47. Also: Bull. Soc. franc, de der- mat. et syph., Par., 1897, viii, 9-11.—Duorey (R.) Sulle tricofizie umane. Gior. ital. d. mal. ven., Milano 1896, xxxi, 175-177.—Duorey (R.) & Reale (\.) Observa- tions sur les trichophytons. Internat. Cong. Dermat. Off. Trans. 1896, Lond., 1898, iii, 580-583. Also: Clin. mod., Pisa, 1896, ii, 468.—Fillers. Trichophytie de la plante du pied. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1892, iii, 547.—Ferrari (A.) Contributo alia cura della tricofizia col metodo Sheffield. Rassegna di sc. med., Modena, 1900-1901, xv, 100-115.—Flocco. Le tri- cofitie a Venezia. Gior. ital. d. mal. ven., Milano, 1910, xiv, 181-201.—Fischer (F.) Demonstration von Kultu- ren des Trichophyton cerebriforme. Dermat. Ztschr., Berl., 1911, xviii, 58-61.—Fox (T. C.) A further contri- bution to the study of the Endothrix trichophyta flora in London, illustrated by a collection of cultures and pho- tographs. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1908-9, ii, Der- mat. Sect., 49-66. 1 pl. Also: Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 1909, xxi, 272-289— Fur th ma mi (W.) & Neebe (C. H.) Vier Trichophytonarten. Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat., Hamb., 1891, xiii, 477-188.— Gailleton. Des affections cutanees produites par le tricophyton. J. de med. de Lyon, 1865, iii, 265-289— Galli-Valerio (B.) Obser- vations sur un trichophyton du veau et l'achorion de l'homme, de la poule et de la souris. Schweiz.- Arch. f. Tierh., Ziirich, 1899, xli, 105-110.— Gastou & Nicolau. Quelques cas d'affections pilaires (trichophy- ties, sycosis, folliculites) traitees par les rayons X. Bull. Soc. franc de dermat. et syph., Par., 1902. xiii, 341- 318. Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph., Pir., 1902, 4. s., iii,707-714.—Gaucher (E.) Des formes suppurees de la trichophytie. Independ. med., Par., 1(00, vi, 97. -----. Tricophytie. J. de med. int., Par., 1900,iv, 631; 614; 665.— Gauduoheau (R.) Quelques notes de technique sur le traitement par l'ion zinc des folliculites non tricho- phytiques de la barbe. Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1911, 5. s., ii, 287-297.—Gayine (L.) Note sur un cas de tricophytie cutanee a marche envahissante. Dauphine med., Grenoble, 1900, xxiv, 175-177.—Gottheil (W.S.) Trichophytosis corporis with concentric rings. J. Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph., N. Y., 1909, xxvii, 135.—Hallopeau (H.) Interpretation physiologique d'une Eruption tricho- phytique disposee en cerdes concentriques. Reunions clin. de l'H6p. St. Louis. C. r., Par., 188^9, 228.-----. Sur un cas de trichophytie palpebrale. Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1902, 4. s., iii, 1138. -----. Consequences facheuses de la radiotherapie chez un enfant atteint de trichophytie. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1907, xviii, 105.—llallopcau (H.) & L.eri. Inclusion de cercles multiples de trichophytie cutanee dans des ellipses communes. Ibid., 1899, x, 438.—Hartzell (M. B.) Some unusual forms of trichophytosis. Tr. Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila., 1899, xx, 118-122. Also: Univ. M. Mag., Phila., 1898-9, xi, 497-501—Harvey (Louise M.) Tinea trichophytina. South. Calif. Pract., Los Angeles, 1896, xi, 47-49.—Hebert (A.) Note sur une petite epidemie de tricophytie suppuree. Normandie med., Rouen, 1904, xix, 477-479. Also: Rev. med. de Normandie, Rouen, 1904, iv, 469-472—His. Die Baseler Trichophytie-Epidemie. Verhandl. d. deutsch. dermat. Gesellsch. 1906,Berl.,1907, xi, TRICHOPHYTOSIS. 485 TRICHOPHYTOSIS. Trichophytosis. 434-437.—Hodara bey. Sur le traitement de la trichophy- tie du cuir chevelu par la chrysarobine. Gaz.med.d'O- rient, Constant., 1902-3,269-271.—Hollborn (K.) Ziich- tuug der Trichoph vtiepilze in si t u. Central bl. f. Bakteriol. fetc],l.Abt.,Jena,'l902,xxxi,479.-----. ZiicbtungderTri- chophytiepilze in situ; Entgegnung auf die Antwort des Dr. Plaut. ifttd.,1903,xxxiii,648— Mugel(G.) Resultate von Untersuchungen, angestellt an 4 Fallen von Mikro- sporie und 81 Fallen von Trichophytie. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1901, xlviii, 1960-1962.—Jaeobi (E.) Eine besondere Form der Trichophytie als Folgeerscheinung des permanenten Bades. Arch.f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien u. Leipz., 1907, lxxxiv, 289-300, 2 pl.—Jeanselme. La tricophytie humaine et d'origine animale. J. de med. int., Par., 1902, vi, 1-4. Also: Presse med. beige, Brux., 1902, liv, 41-48.-----. Tricophytie d'origine equine. Rev. gen.de clin. etde therap., Par., 1909, xxiii,631. —Joyeux (C.) Sur le Trichophyton soudanense n. sp.; note pre- iiminaire. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1912, Ixxiii, 15.—Juhel-Renoy (E.) Trichophytie. Diet, encvcl. d. sc. med., Par., isss, 3. s., xviii, 183-201.—Kessler (J. B.) Trichophytosis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1902,xxxix, 1050.—KrosiniSiR.) Studien fiber Trichophyton. Ver- handl. d. deutsch. dermat.Gesellsch., Wienu. Leipz., 1894, iv, 89-100.-----. Weitere Studien iiber Trichophyton. Dermat. Ztschr., Berl., 1894-5, ii, 611-614. -----. Weitere Studien iiber Trichophytonpilze. Verhandl. d. deutsch. dermat. Gesellsch., Wien u. Leipz.,1895, Wien u.Leipz.,1896, v, 370-385. Also: Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien u. Leipz., 1896, xxxv, 67; 163, 6 pl.—Krzysztalowicz (F.) Grzyby chorobotworcze wlosdw (trichophy- ton, microsporon, favus). Przegl. chor6b sk6r. i wen., Warszawa, 1906, i, 3; 5; l^.-Le Calve & Malherbe (H.) Sur un trichophyton du cheval k cultures liche- noides (Trichophyton minimum). Arch, de parasitol., Par., 1899, ii, 218-250.-----------. Nouvelles recherches sur le Trichophyton minimum. Ibid., 489-503.—Levin- son (Ya. B.) Trikhofitiya volosistol chasti golovi u dle- tel i yeya raznovidnosti. [Trichophytia of the scalp in children and its variations.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1909, lxxi, 741-751.—Lombardo (C.) Tricofizie nei neonati. Gior. ital. d. mal. ven., Milano, 1906, xli, 583-587, 1 pl. -----. Del pigmento dei tricofiti nella vita parassitaria. Ibid., 1910, xiv, 205.—liiiccarelli (V.) Due casi di tri- cofizia blefarociliare. Morgagni, Milano 1909, li, 250- 266.—Majocchi (D.) Sopra una nuova tricofizia (granu- loma tricofitico). Bull. d. r. Accad. med. di Roma, 1883, ix, 220-223. -----. Sopra alcuni cambiamenti morfologici del trichophyton. Gior. ital. d. mal. ven., Milano, 1884, xix, 209-229,2 pl. -----. Sul granuloma tricofitico. Ibid., 1906, xli, 567-574. -----. Alcune considerazioni clinico- critiche e ricerche sperimentali intorno al granuloma tri- cofitico. Ibid., 1908, xlix, 198-209. -----. Ulteriori osser- vazioni cliniche e ricerche sperimentali sul granuloma tricofitico. Ibid., 1910, xiv, 206-216.—Mancini (A.) Azione dei raggi Rontgen sulle culture di Achorion Schonleinii e di Tricophyton tonsurans. Gior. med. d. r. esercito, Roma, 1906, liv, 561-582—Marlaro (C.) Nou- velles cultures de Trichophyton tonsurans. Compt.-rend. Cong, internat. de med. 1897, Mosc, 1899, iv.sect. 8, 425.— Matruchot (L.) & Dassonville (C.) Recherches experimentales sur l'herpes du cheval; un nouveau tri- chophyton producteur d'herpes. Assoc, franc, pour l'avance. d. sc. C.-r. 1898, Par., 1899, xxvii, pt. 2, 449-455. ----------. Sur la position systematique des Tricho- phyton et des formes voisines dans la classification des champignons. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1899, exxviii, 1411-1413.—Mazza (G.) Di una forma rara di tricophitiasis. Gior. ital. d. mal. ven., Milano, 1889, xxx, 168-181, 2 pl. -----. Colture artificiali di tricophiton. Boll. d. r. Accad. med. di Genova, 1891, vi, 1-4. -----. Sulla biologia del Trychophyton tonsurans e speciale nota clinica, micologica ed istologica intorno ad un caso di area Celsi con concomitante tricofizia. Boll, clin.- scient. d. Poliambul. di Milano, 1898, xi, 201-218. -----. Ueber das Granuloma trichophyticum Majocchi. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien u. Leipz., 1907, lxxxvii, 25-46, 2 pl.----- Ricerche sperimentali sulla patogenesi del granuloma tricofitico. Gior. ital. d. mal. ven., Milano, 1908, xlix, 216.—Meneau. Trichophytie des faces dorsale et palmaire des mains. Mem. et bull. Soc. de m6d. et chir. de Bordeaux (1894), 1895, 263.— Mewborn (A. D.) Report of a case of favus of scrotum, co-existing with ringworm of the thigh, giving identical trichophyton- like cultures. J. Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph., N. Y., 1903, xxi, 11-18, 2 pl— ITlibelli (V.) Sur la plurality des trichophytons. Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1895, 3. s., vi, 733 - 756. Also, transl.: Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat., Hamb., 1893, xxi, 613-631.—JWinne (A.) Le trichophyton de la vache peut passer sur l'homme. Ann. Soc. de med. de Gand, 1898. lxxvii, 182-191, 3 pl. -----. Un nouveau trichophyton a culture violette dans nos Flandres. Ibid., 1904, lxxxiii, 49-57, 2 pl. Also: Belgique med., Gand-Haarlem, 1905, xii, 39-43.— iTIorris (M.) & Henderson (G. C.) The cultivation and life-history of the ringworm fungus Trichophyton tonsurans. J. Roy. Micr. Soc. Lond., 1883, 2. s., iii, pt. 1, 328-338. Also, Reprint.—JIurero. La radioterapia Trichophytosis. delle tricofizie. Gior. ital. d. mal. ven., Milano, 1906, xli, 575.—Neisser (A.) Plato's Versuche fiber die Herstel- lung und Verwendung von Trichophytin. Arch. f. Der- mat. u. Syph., Wien u. Leipz., 1902, lx, 76.—Nicolas. Trichophytie cutanee en m^daillons uummulaires. Lyon med., 1907, cviii, 1179-1181.—Nieuwenhuis (A. VV.) Individuality and heredity in a lower mould fungus, Trichophyton albiscicans. Konink. Akad. v. Wetensch. Proc. Sec. Sc, Amst., 1910-11, xiii, 550-566, 2 pl.—Oltra- mare. Tricophytie cutanee. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1903, xxiii, 129.—Pasini (A.) Granuloma tricofitico (Majocchi) da tricofito rosaceo. Nel xxv anno d' insegn. univ. d. Prof. D. Barduzzi (1886-1910), Livorno, 1911, 393-408, 1 pl.—Pelagatti (M.) I trichophyton della Provincia di Parma. Gior. ital. d. mal. ven., Milano, 1896, xxxi, 724-746. Also, transl.: Internat. Cong. Der- mat. Off. Trans. 1896, Lond., 1898, iii, 5*3-691. Also, transl.: Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat., Hamb., 1896, xxiii, 515-522.—Pellizzari (C.) Sul Trvcophvton tonsurans. Atti d. Cong. d. Ass. med. ital. 1887, Pavia, 1889, ii, 408- 412. -----. Del polimorfismo tricofitico ed in particolare di una forma clinica non descritta. Sperimentale. Sez. clin., Firenze, 1895, xlix, 266-275. -----. Tricofizia gene- ralizzata con localizzazioni morfologieamente diverse da quelle fin qui descritte. Sperimentale. Arch, di biol., Firenze, 1903, lvii, 626.—Pernet (G.) Cultures of Tri- chophyton megalosporon endothrix. Rep. Soc. Study Dis. Child., Lond., 1905-6, vi, 289.—Pini (G.) Granu- loma trichophyticum Majocchi; Untersuchungen und klinische Beobachtungen. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Svph., Wien u. Leipz., 1898, xlii, 15-38.—Plnl (G.) <& JTIarti- notti (L.) Tricophytia capitis a trichophyton plicatile. (Uor. ital. d. mal ven., Milano, 1910, xiv, 895-901,1 pl.— Plato (J.) & Guth (H.) Ueber den Nachweis feinerer Wachsthumsvorgange in Trichophyton- und anderen Fadenpilzen mittels Neutralroth. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. In- fectionskrankh., Leipz., 1901, xxxviii, 319-331, 1 pl.— Plaut (H. C.) Ziichtung der Trichophytiepilze in situ. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.]., 1. Abt., Jena, 1902, xxxi, 213-221. -----. Ziichtung der Trichophytiepilze in situ; Antwort auf die Bemerkungen des Dr. Holl- born in Leipzig. Ibid., xxxii, 666.—Pollitzer (S.) A series of cultures of microsporon and of the large-spored trichophytons. Tr. Am. Dermat. Ass. 1899, Concord, 1900, 111.—Prip (H.) To Tilfselde af animal Trikofyti hos Mennerket. [Cases of animal trichophytes in man.] Hosp-Tid., Kj0benh., 1874, 4. 2., ii, 765-772.—Prytek. Zur Kenntnis der Immunitat nach Trichophytieinfek- tionen. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien u. Leipz., 1912, cxiii. Orig., 821-842.—Qninquaud. Prophylaxie et traitement de la trichophytie. Union m6d., Par., 1890, 3. s., 1, 49-53.—Qulnquaud & Butte. Note sur les re- sultats obtenus dans le traitement de la trichophytie du cuir chevelu d, l'Ecole des teigneux de l'Hopital Saint- Louis. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1891, ii, 152-156.—Rasch (C.) Trichophytia. Hosp.-Tid., Kjtlbenh., 1898, 4. R., vi, 1142-1146.—Ravogli (A.) Notes on ringworm. N. York M. J., 1901, Ixxiii, 1119- 1123. -----. Onychomycosis trichophytina; with report of two cases. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlix, 308- 312.— Respighi (E.) La radioterapia nella tricofizia e nella ipertricosi. Gior. ital. d. mal. ven., Milano, 1906. xli, 33-36. -----. Di alcuni casi di tricofizie curati coi raggi X. Scuola salernit., Salerno, 1906, vii, 8-14.— Roberts (L.) The phvsiology of the trichophytons. J. Path. & Bacteriol., Edinb. & Lond., 1894-5, iii, 300-309. -----. The trichophvta. Internat. Cong. Dermat. Off. Trans. 1896, Lond.. 1898, iii, 544-555. -----. Experimental note on the ferments of the ringworm fungi. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1899,i, 13. -----. [Trichophytonofthecat.] Liver- pool M.-Chir. J., 1903, xxiii, 404.—Rodriguez (J. A.) Contribuci6n al estudio de la anatomia patol6gica y pato- genia de la tricoficia animal. Rev. med. d. Uruguay,Monte- video, 1907, x, 350-358.—Rosen bach (F. J.J Ueberdie tiefen und eiternden Trichophyton-Erkrankungen und deren Krankheitserreger. Internat. Cong. Dermat. Off. Trans. 1896. Lond.,1898,iii,515-522. Also: Monatsh.f.prakt. ' Dermat., Hamb., 1896, xxiii, 169-174 Also: Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1896, xlvi, 1449-1453. — Sabouraud (R.) Contribution a I'etude de la trichophytie humaine; etude clinique, microscopique et bacteriologique sur la plurality des trichophytoses de l'homme. Bull. Soc. franc, de der- mat. et syph., Par., 1892, iii, 437-463, 2 pl. Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1892, 3. s., iii, 1061: 1893, 3. s., iv, 116; 814, 2 pl. -----. De la tricophytie chez l'homme. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1892, cxv, 1326-1329. Also: Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1893, lxvi, 11. -----. Etude des tricho- phyties a dermiteprofonde, specialement de la folliculite agininee de l'homme et de son origine animale. Ann.de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1893, vii, 497-528, 2 pl. -----. Nou- velles recherches sur la mycologie du trichophyton; des especes de trichophyton a grosses spores. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1893, iv, 59-91. -----. Note sur l'hypothese d'une existence saprophyte des trichophytons. Ibid., 331-336. Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1893, 3. s., iv, 561-566. -----. Sur la tricho- phytie. Bull. Soc. franc de dermat. et syph., Par., 1894, v, 350-366. Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1894, TRICHOPHYTOSIS. 486 TRICHORRHEXIS. Trichophytosis. 3. s., v, 9*2-99**-----. Note sur trois points de l'histoire mici-ographique des trichophytons. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et svph., Par., 18'.'4, v, 27-34. Also: Ann. de der- mat. et svph., Par., 1894, 3. s., v, 37^3. -----. Sur l'unite du trichophyton. Med. mod., Par., 1894 v, 497-199.-----■. De la rarete\ eu Italie, du Microsporum Audouini. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1895, vi, 200-203. -----. Les trichophyties humaiues. J. d.conn. med. prat., Par., 1895, 9. -----. Folliculite agminee trichophytique; svn.=Kerion Celsi. Mus. de l'Hop. St.-Louis. Iconog. d. mal. cutan. et syph., Par., [1896], 127-133, 1 pl. -----. Les trichophytons faviformes. Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1908, 4. s., ix, 609-635, 1 pl. -----. Le trichophyton a culture acuminee et le trichophyton a culture crateri- forme (Tr. acuminatum, Tr. crateriforme Sabouraud). Arch, de parasitol., Par., 1908, xii, 40-98. -----. Sur les soi-disant godets produits par des trichophytons et de soi-disant trichophytons producteurs de godets. Ann. d,e dermat. et syph., Par., 1909, 4. s., x, 289-293. -----. A propos du travail de M. Dalla Favera sur l'etat actuel des trichophyties de la Province de Parme. Ibid., 508-517. -----. Le trichophyton de la poule (Trichophyton rosa- ceum) et la maladie humaine qu'il determine. Arch, de med. exper. et d'anat. path., Par., 1909, xxi, 274-298. -----. Trichophytie eruption caused by the Trichophy- ton rubrum ot Castellani (Epidermophyton purpureum, Bang). Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 1911, xxiii, 389. IDis- cussion], 393-402.—Sabouraud (R.) & Sequelra. Trichophytonplicatile,called "neocrateriforme." Ibid., 1912, xxiv, 76-78.—Sabrazes & Brengues. Produc- tion de godets faviques par l'inoculation d. l'homme et a la souris de trichophyton pyogene d'origine equine. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux, 1898, xix. 90.— Scholtz& Doebel. Favus und Trichophytie. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien u. Leipz., 1908, xcii, 369-375.— Sequeira (J. H.) A case of trichophytie granulomata. Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 1912, xxiv, 207-215, 3 pl. —Sor- rentino (G.) Granuloma tricophyticum Majocchi. Gior. ital. d. mal. ven., Milano, 1907, xlviii, 706-718.— Stein (R. O.) Die spezifische Behandlung der tiefen Trichophytie. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xxv, 1817- 1821. — Stravino (A.) Lesions experimentales histolo- giques par la culture du Trichophyton tonsurans. Cong. internat. de med. C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de dermatol. et de syph., 435-438. — Szab6ky (J.) Egy trichophytiasis epidemi4r61. [An epidemicof.. .] Dolgozotokazegyet. bork6rt. intezetb., Budapest, 1901, 14.— Tail liefer. Sur une trichophytie du cuir chevelu chez un garcon de seize ans et demi. Mercredi med., Par., 1894, v, 345. Also: Midi med., Toulouse, 1894, iii, 494-496.—Tenneson & Berdal (H.) Trichophytie disseminee des regions glabresetdu cuir chevelu & Page adulte. Bull. Soc. franc de dermat. et syph., Par., 1892, iii, 314-316. Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1892, 3. s., iii, 709-711. —Trichophyton (Du); des dermatoses trichophytiques. I. Mycologie, es- pSces, cultures, transmission experimentale, contagion. II. Prophylaxie et traitement. [Discussion.] Cong, in- ternat. de dermat. et de syph. C. r. 1889, Par., 1890,191- 219.—TrufH (M.) Studi sui trichophyton e sul loro pleo- morfismo. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1901, 49. Also: Gazz. med. di Torino, 1901, Iii, 201. -----. Lettera aperta al Prof. Antonio Reale. Gior. ital. d. mal. ven., Milano, 1902, xxxvii, 351. -----. Sulla tricofitina. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1903,81-87. Also, transl.: Rev. prat. d. mal. cutan. [etc.], Par., 1903, ii, 342-346. -----. Ricerche sulla tricofitina. Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1904, xliii, 377-408, lpl. -----. Sulla presenza di pigmento in alcuni trichophyton nella vita parassitaria. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1905,141-145, 1 pl. -----. Sul granu- loma tricofitico. Gior. ital. d. mal. ven., Milano, 1906, xli, 579-583. -----. La reazione di deviazione del comple- mento nelle tricofizie. Biochim. e terap. sper., Milano, 1910, ii, 364-366. Also: Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia 1911, xxv, 74-78.—Ullmann (K.) Ueber Trichophytie; experimenteller Beitrag. Verhandl. d. deutsch. dermat. Gesellsch. 1895, Wien u. Leipz., 1896, v, 385-403, 4 pl.— Unna (P. G.) Remarks on the cultivation and plu- rality of trichophyton fungi. Internat. Cong. Dermat. Off. Trans. 1896, Lond., 1898, iii, 574-577. Also, transl. [withadditions]: Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat., Hamb., 1897, xxiv, 289-302. Also, transl. [with additions]: J. d. mal. cutan. et syph., Par., 1897. ix, 259-275. -----. Neue Tri- chophy tonerkrankung bei 4 Kindern derselben Familie Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1897, xxxiv, 279. — Vidal. Tri- chophytie circinee des regions a epiderme corne. Bull Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1892, iii, 69-71. Also- Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1892, 3. s., iii, 180-182.— *.l-n?lo"li,,.latl (c-) Sopra un caso di granuloma \™'o }-'° (Jiaj0CCDi)- Gior- ital- d- mah ven.. Milano, 1908, xi ix, 209. -----. Ueber das Granuloma trichophyti- cum Majocchi. Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat.. Hamb; 1908 xlvn 184-197.-----. Nuovo contributo alio studio del- 1 epiderrnotiziaerraticatricofitoideedeczematoide. Mor- gagni, Milano, 1911, liii, pt. 1, 304-312.— Waelsch (L ) Beitrage zur Anatomie der Trichophytosis. Arch f Der- m."t',U,'-Sv?lV: vWlen u- LeiPz- 1896> xx*v, 23-43, l'pl.— ^f£?„w(£- F}- SmaJ! multiPle kerion an unusual type of trichophytosis. J. Cutan Dis. incl. Syph \ Y 1905 Trichophytosis. xxiii, 428-431, 1 pl. — White (C. J.) A study of tricho- phyton as it occurs in the United States. Internat. Cong. Dermat. Off. Trans. 1896, Lond., 1898, iii, 51—Whit- tle 1<1 i A.) A note on some unusual cases of trichophytie infection. Lancet, Lond., 1908, ii, 237. -----. Pure cul- ture of Sabouraud's Trichophyton rosaceum obtained from a case of beard ringworm. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1908-9, ii, Dermat. Sect., 83.-----. Cultures of Tri- chophyton roseum and ectothrix, and specimen of tricho- phytie invasion. Ibid., 1910-11, iv, Dermat. Sect., 93.— WUrth. Ueber Trichophytie und andere Nebenvvir- kungen der Dauerbader. Psychiat.-neurol. Wchnschr., Halle a. S., 1905-6, vii, 289-291. Trichoplax. Krunibach ( T. ) Trichoplax, die umgewandelte Planula einer Hydromeduse. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1907, xxxi 450-454.—Stlasny (G.) Einige histologische De- tails iiber Trichoplax adhaerens. Ztschr. f. wissensch. Zool., Leipz., 1903, lxxv, 430-436. Trichoptera. LtJBBEN (H.) * Ueber die innere Metamor- phose der Trichopteren. [Greifswald.] 8°. Naumburg a. S., 1907. Also, in: Zool. Jahrb., Jena, 1907, xxiv, 71-128, 3 pl. Silfvenius ( A. J. ) *Trichopterologische Untersuchungen. I. Ueber den Laich der Tri- chopteren. 8°. Helsingfors, 1906. Thienemann (A.) * Biologie der Trichopte- ren-Puppe. [Greifswald.] 8°. Jena, 1905. Felber (J.) Beitrage zur Metamorphose der Trichopte- re n. Zool .Anz., Leipz., 1908, xxxii, 473-478.—H en se val (M.) Les glandes buccales des larvesdetrichopteres. Cel- lule, Lierre & Louvain, 1897, xii, 5-15,1 pl.—Mackinnon (Doris L.) New protist parasites from the intestine of Tri- choptera. Parasitology, Cambridge, 1910, iii, 245-254,1 pl. -----. On some more protozoan parasites from Trichop- tera. Ibid., 1911, iv, 28-38, 1 pl.—OTartynow (A.) Ueber einige eigenthumliche Driisen bei den Trichopte- renlarven. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1901, xxiv, 449-455.—Russ (E. A. L.) Ueber die postembrionale Entwicklung des Mitteldarms bei den Trichopteren (Anabolia laevis Zett). Ibid., 1907, xxxi, 708-710. Also: Zool. Jahrb., Jena, 1908, xxv, 675-677, 4 pl. Also, transl.: Bull. Soc. d. med. et nat. de Jassy, 1907, xxi, 85-88. -----. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Kopfdriisen der Trichopterenlarven (Mandibular- und Maxillar-Driisen). Arch, de zool. exper. et gen. Notes et rev., Par., 1910, 5. s„ v., pp. lxi-lxvii.—Ulmer ( G. ) Ueber einige Trichopteren mit riisselformigen Koptanhangen. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1904, xxviii, 56-59. -----. Ueber westafrikanische Trichopteren. Ibid., 353- 358. — Wesenberg-Laind ( C. ) Biologische Studien iiber netzspinnende, campodeoide Trichopterenlarven. Internat. Rev. d. ges. Hydrobiol. u. Hvdrograph., Leipz., 1911, Biol. Suppl., 3. s., 1. Hft., 1-64, 6 pl. Trichoptilosis. See, also, Hair (Diseases of). Spiegler (E.) De la trichoptilose. Cong, internat. de med. C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de dermatol. et de syph., 418. Trichorhynchus. Faure-Fremiet (E.) Une variety du Trichorhyn- chus tuamotuensis. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1907, lxiii, 467. Trichorrhexis nodosa. See, also, Hair (Diseases of). Dubuche ( F. - L. - J. - B. - J. ) * Trichorrhexis nodosa (trichorrhexie noueuse). 8°. Lille, 1904. Anastay. Un casde guerison de trichorrexis nodosa. Marseille med., 1907, xliv, 541-544—Csillag (J.) A ndi fejhajzat "molyoss4ga"-r61. [Trichorrhexis nodosa of the female scalp.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1911, lv, 588- 5112.—Dawson (W. O.) & Gaiger (S. H.) Trichorrhe- xis nodosa in the horse; a preliminary note. J. Trop. Vet. Sc, Calcutta, 1909, iv, 307-311.—Dekeyser (L.) La trichorrhexie noueuse et son etiologie. Soc beige de der- mat. et de syph. Bull., Brux., 1901, i, 49-57. -----. Nou- velles recherches sur l'etiologie de la trichorrhexie nou- euse. Internat. dermat. Kong. Verhandl. u. Ber. 1904, Berl., 1905, ii, pt. 2, 437-443. Also: J. med. de Brux., 1905, x, 145-148.—Fava (E.) Sulla tricoressi nodosa; nota cri- tica e sperimentale. Gior. d. r. Soc. naz. vet., Torino, 1911, lx, 1132-1143.—Gaucher & Lacapere. Trichor- rhexis nodosa. Bull. Soc. franc de dermat. et syph., Par., 1901, xii, 342. Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1901,4. s.,ii, 638.—Heidinnsfeld (M.L.) Trichorrhexis nodosa. J. Cutan. Dis.incl.Svph.,N. Y., 1905,xxiii,246-256, lpl.—HeidingsfeId(M. L.) &.Harkley. Anomalies of the hair. [Trichorrhexis nodosa.] Lancet-Clinic, Cin- cin., 1905, n. s., liv, 414— Hilbner & Walter (E.) TRICHORRHEXIS. 487 TRIDONDANI. Trichorrhexis nodosa. Ueber Trichorrhexis nodosa. Munchen. med. Wchn- schr., 1912, lix, 140-142.—ljassueur. Contribution a I'etude de la trichorrhexie noueuse. Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1906, 4. s., vii, 911-913.— Panichl (R.) Sulla etiologia della tricorressi nodosa. Clin, mod., Pisa, 1903, ix, 110-114.—von Petersen (O.) Ueber Trichorrhexis nodosa. Verhandl. d. deutsch. dermat. Gesellsch. 1895, Wien u. Leipz., 1896, v, 362-369.—Sabouraud (R.) Sur la contagiosity de la trichorrexie noueuse. Bull. Soc. franc de dermat. et syph., Par., 1902, xiii, 615. Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1902,4. s., iii, 1139. -----. Quelques faits experimentaux concernant la trichorrexis nodosa. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1903, xiv, 345-347. Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph.. Par., 1903, 4. s., iv, 947-949. -----. De la trichorrexie noueuse. Clinique, Par., 1908, ii, 117.—Splendorelll (F.) Con- tributo alio studio della "tricoressi nodosa." Gior. d. r. Soc. naz. vet., Torino, 1911, lx, 363-366. -----. Contributo alia conoscenza della " tricoressi nodosa." Arch, seient. d. r. Soc. nat. vet., Torino, 1912, x, 33-55.—Tennert. Ueber Trichorrhexis nodosa mit spezieller Beriicksich- tigung der Aetiologie und Therapie. Ztschr. f. Veteri- nark., Berl., 1902, xiv, 361-372. Trichosis. See Hair (Diseases of). Trichosoma. Blome (K. L.) * Ueber zwei neue Wurra- spezies: Trichosomum papillosum und Hetera- kis cylindrica. [Bern.] 8°. Berlin, 1909. Also, in: Ztschr. f. Veterinark., Berl., 1909, xxi, 353-368, 3pl. Kowalewski. Studya helmintologiczne. VI. O czterech gatunkach rodzaju Trichosoma Rud. [Helmin- thological studies. VI. Four species of the genus Tricho- soma Rud.] Rozpr. Akad. Umiej. wydz. matemat.-przyr., Krak6w, 1901, 2. s., xviii, 268-286. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Bull, internat. Acad. d. sc. de Cracovie, 1900, 183-186.— LiOwenstein (S.) Epithelwucherungen und Papil- lombildungen der Rattenblase, verursacht durch ein Tri- chosoma (Tr. crassicauda?). Beitr. z.klin.Chir., Tiibing., 1910, lxix, 53:;-546.—Perugia (A.) Sul trichosoma del fegato dei Muridi. Mus. di zool. d. r. Univ. di Genova, 1893, no. 13. 1-4. Trichosporia. Du Bois (C.) Etude d'un cas de trichosporie. Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1910, 5. s., i, 447-456, 3 pl.— Macleod (J. M. H.) Trichosporosis nodosa. Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 1912, xxiv, 131-137, 1 pl.—Vuillemin (P.) Un casde trichosporie (piedra nostras) observe en France. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1901, exxxii, 1369-1371.-----. Un nouveau cas de trichosporie observe a Nancy. Ibid., 1902, cxxxiv, 316-318. -----. Trichospo- rum et trichospories. Arch, de parasitol., Par., 1902, v, 38-66. Trichostrongylus. Looss (A.) Notizen zur Helminthologie Aegyptens. 6. Das Genus Trichostrongylus n. g., mit zwei neuen ge- legentlichen Parasit,en des Menschen. Centralbl. f. Bak- teriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1905, xxxix, 409-422, 2 pl. Trichotarsns. Trouessart (E.-L.) Deuxieme note sur les hypopes du genre Trichotarsus. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1904, lvi, 365. Trichothecium. Iwanoff(K. S.) Ueber Trichothecium roseum Link, als Ursache der Bitterfaule von Friichten. Ztschr. f. Pflanzenkr., Stuttg., 1904, xiv, 36-40. Trichotillomania. See, also, Paralysis (General, Diagnosis, etc., of). Reme (L.) Contribution a I'etude de la trichotillotomanie. 8°. Paris, 1906. Yvernogeau (A.-R.-A.) Contribution a I'etude de la trichotillomanie. 8°. Bordeaux, 1905. Cruchet (R.) Trichotillomanie, onanisme et peotil- lomanic Gaz. hebd. d. sc. mecl. de Bordeaux, 1909, xxx, 74-78. [Discussion], 80.—Dleloff(E.G.) Dva sluchaya trikhotillomanii. [Two casesof trichotillomania.] Pro- tok. zasaid. Kavkazsk. med. Obsh., Tiflis, 1905-6, xlii, 291-298.—Dubreuith (W.) & Magne (P.) La tricho- tillomanie. J. de m6d. de Bordeaux, 1906, xxxv, 449- 451—Fere (C.) Note sur quelques cas de trichotillo- manie chez des ah'6n£s. N. iconog. de la Salpetriere, Par., 1906, xix, 168-170,1 pl—Hallopeau (H.) Aiopeeie par grattage (trichomanie ou trichotillomanie). Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1889, 2. s., x, 440. -----. Sur un nouveau cas de trichotillomanie. Ibid., 1894, 3. s., v, Trichotillomania. 641-543— Jurmann (N. A.) Ein Fall von Trichotyllo- manie. Monatschr. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol., Berl., 1902, xi, 231.—Magne. Trichotillomanie. J. demed. de Bor- deaux, 1905. xxxv, 396.—Pernet (G.) A case of tricho- tillomania. Rep. Soc. Study Dis. Child., Lond., 1904-5, v, 28.—Vignolo-Lutati (C.) Intorno ad alcuni casi di "tricotillomania;" osservazioni cliniche. Morgagni, Mi- lano, 1911, liii, pt. 1, 75-80.—Voisin (R.) & Clarac. Un cas de trichotillomanie chez une fillette de 8 ans | atteint de debilite mentale et d'epilepsie. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1909, xi, 496-501.—Wolters (M.) Ueber mechanisch erzeugte Alopezie (Trichotillomanie Hallo- peau). Med. Klin., Berl., 1907, iii, 666; 699.—Yunnan (N. A.) Otrikhotillomanii. [Trichotillomania.] Obozr. psichiat., nevrol. [etc.], S.-Peterb., 1901, vi, 502-588.—Za- non (L.) & Volpi (jrhirardini (G.) Intorno alia tricotillomania negli alienati. Gazz. med. ital., Torino, 1907, lviii, 51-54. Trichnris. Fanyo(F.) Trichuris trichura. Illinois M. J., Spring- field, 1903-4, n. s., v, 765-767. [Discussion], 683.—Stiles (C. W.) & Plender (C. A.) The failure of thymol to expel whipworms (Trichuris depressiuscula) from dogs. J. Compt, M. & Vet. Arch., Phila., 1902, xxiii, 733-740.— Also, Reprint. Triclada. BSIuuing (L.) Tricladenstudien. I. Tricladida miracola. Ztschr. f. wissensch. Zool., Leipz., 1906, lxxxi, 344-504, 8 pl.—Korotnetr (A.) Cytologische Notizen (Tricladenpharynx). Ibid., 1907-8, lxxxix, 655-567, 2 pl. -----. Einiges fiber die Tricladenfauna des Baikalsees. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1908, xxxiii, 625-629. -----. Mitochon- drien, Chondrismiten und Faserepithel der Tricladen. Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1909, lxxiv, 1000-1016, 2pl.— Lang (P.) Zur Systematik der einheimischen Siiss- wassertricladen (Auricularsinnesorgane). Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1912, xli, ll-13.-Mrazek (A.) Einige Bemer- kungen iiber das Excretionssystem der Siisswassertricla- den. Ztschr. f. wissensch. Zool., Leipz., 1909, xciii, 64- 72.—Seidl (H. H.) Beitrage zur Kenntnis centralasia- tischer Tricladen. Ibid. ,1911, xcviii, 31-67, 3 pl.—Stein- inann (P.) Untersuchungen an neuen Tricladen. Ibid., 1909, xciii, 157-184, 1 pl.—Ude (J.) Beitrage zur Anatomie und Histologie der Siisswassertricladen. Ibid., 1908, lxxxix, 308-370.—Wilhelmi (J.) Zur Regenera- tion und Polypharyngie der Tricladen. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1909, xxxiv, 673-677. -----. Ernahrungsweise, Gelegen- heits-, Pseudo- und Dauerparasitismus bei Seetricladen. Ibid., Jeua, 1909, 723-730. vanTriclit(R. P.) Causeries. 3v. 8°. Na- mur, A. Godenne, [n. d.]. Tricolet (Raymond) [1885- ]. * Essai de morphologie humaine. Quatre types indivi- duels. 52 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1908, No. 71. ------. The same. Essai sur la forme du corps humain. DiffeVenciation de quatre types indi- viduels correspondant aux quatre varietes de l'ambiance cosmique. 52 pp., 1 1. 8°. Lyon, J. Prudhomme, [1908]. Tricoma. Cobb (N. A.) Helminthology; further notes on Tri- coma. J. Wash. Acad. Sc, 1912, ii, 480-484. Tricomi (E[rnesto]). Prima serie di laparo- tomie. 137 pp. 8°. Feltre, P. Castnldi, 1892. ------. Contributi di clinica operativa. xxix (1 1.), 161 pp., 1 1. 8°. Padova, tipog dei frat. Gallina, 1898. See, also, Comunicazionl batteriologiche [etc.]. 8°. Napoli, 1887. Tridacna. de Lacaze-Duthiers (H.) Morphologie de Tri- dacna elongata et de hippopus. Arch, de zool. exper. et gen. Hist. nat. [etc.], Par., 1902, 3. s., x, 99-212,10 pl. Tridigestine. Blanchon (H.) De l'emploi des ferments digestifs et de la tridigestine. Corresp. mecl., Par., 1907, xiii.no. 301, 4. -----•. Observations relatives a la tridigestine. Ibid., 1908, xv, no. 334, 2. Tridon (Paul). *Du role de la puberte- dans l'6closion des troubles mentaux. 63 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1910, No. 898. Tridondani (Elnrico). Le inalazioni di ossi- geno nelle malattie del ricambio materiale. Osservazioni critico-sperimentali. 25 pp. 8°. Pavia, successori Bizzoni, 1893. TKIDONDAXI. 488 TRIFOLIUM. Tridondani (Enrico)—continued. ------. Una rara causa di provocazione di aborto. 14 pp. 8°. Pavia, successori Bizzoni, 1893. Repr. from: Gazz. med. di Pavia, 1892, i. ------. La diagnosi di sede della inserzione placentare. 30 pp. 8°. Pavia, frat. Fusi, 1897. Repr.from: Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, Milano,1897. -----. Istituto ostetrico-ginecologico della r. Universita di Pavia. Rendiconto sommario di novembre 1902 a maggio 1903. 27 pp. 8°. Pavia, 1903. Tridon (Paul) [1876- ]. *De la sureleva- tion congenitale de l'omoplate. 184 pp. 8°. Paris 1904. Triefo'enstein (Otto) [1888- ]. * Ueber Verlauf und Aetiologie der in den letzten 16 Jahren in der Marburger Augenklinik beobach- teten Fiille von Erkrankungen des Uvealtraktus. 34 pp. 8°. Marburg, Poster dc Schell, 1912. Triep (Heinrich). * Ueber Tuberculose der Tonsillen. 31pp. 8°. Wiirzburg, P. Scheiner, 1891. Triepcke (Oscar Eduard Louis Gustav). * Ueber Blutcysten in Nebennierenstrumen. 29 pp., 1 1. 8°. Greifswald, H. Adler, 1901. Triepel (Hermann). Einfiihrung in die physi- kalische Anatomie. x, 232 pp., 3 ch. 8°. Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 1902. ------. Die anatomischen Namen, ihre Ablei- tung und Aussprache. 81 pp. 8°. Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 1906. ------. The same. 2. Aufl. v (1 1.), 82 pp., 11. 8°. Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 1908. ------. Thesame. 3. Aufl. v(l 1.), 99 pp., 11. 8°. Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 1910. ------. Die trajektoriellen Strukturen. xi, 193 pp., 1 1., 3 pl. 8°. Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 1908. ------. Denkschrift iiber die anatomische No- menclatur der anatomischen Gesellschaft auf ihrer 22. Yersammlung in Berlin vorgelegt am 22. April 1908. 16 pp. 8°. Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 1908. ------. Nomina anatomica. Mit Unterstiitzung von Fachphilologen bearbeitet. v (11.), 74 pp. 8°. Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 1910. Trier (Frederik Jacob) [1831-98]. [Biography.] Bibliot. f. Laeger, Kabenh., 1898,7. R., ix, 371-373. Trier (Heinrich) [1878- ]. *Hundertund- sechs Geburten aus Querlage beobachtet an der Frauenklinik zu Giessen. 46 pp., 1 1. 8°. Giessen, O. Kindt, 1905. Trier (Joh. Wolfgang). Kurtze Fragen von den menschlichen Gemuths-Bewegungen, darinnen von deren Ursprung und Wiirckungen auf eine besondere Art gehandelt, und angewiesen wird, wie man sich dissfalls zu verhalten habe. Nebst einem Anhang bestehend in Anmerckungen von den menschlichen Gemuths-Bewegungen iiber die Historien Esther und Josephs. 4 p. 1., 418 pp.; 356 pp., 21. 24°. Leipzig, J. F. Gleditsch, 1708. Triesch (Franz). * Ueber das Keloid. 30 pp. 8°. Zurich, A. Markivalder, 1899. Triesetliau (Wilhelm) [1864- ]. *DieThy- musdnise in normaler und pathologischer Bezie- hung. 49 pp., 11. 8°. Halle a. S., C. A. Kaem- merer dc Co., 1893. Triest. See Cholera (History and statistics of), Hos- pitals (Description, etc., of), Insane (Asylums tor, Description of, etc.), Leprosy (History and statistics or), Meningitis (Cerebrospinal, History and statistics of), Plague (History, etc., of), by localities. Triest. Cenni sommari sul censimento della popolazione a Trieste al 31 dicembre 1900. Studio di demografia statistica del Dott. Attilio Friihbauer, direttore dell' ufficio municipale di statistica. 156 pp., 7 tab. 8°. Trieste, G. Ca- pri n, 1903. Triest. UJficio municipale di statistica. Le con- dizioni delle abitazioni a Trieste al 31 dicembre 1890 ed il problema dei quartieri minimi. Stu- dio di statistica demografica del Dott. Attilio Friihbauer. 29 pp., 3 tab. 4°. Trieste, G. Ca- prin, 1902. ------. Ufficio statistico-anagrafico. Bollettino mensile. [Nascite, inatrimoni e morte.] Anni 8-24, 1880-96. fol. & 4°. Trieste, 1880-96. January, 1880, to December, 1892, read: Bollettino statistico mensile. January, 1893, to December, 1895, read: Civico ufficio statistico-anagrafico. Volume for 1896 called anno 24. Volumes for 1893-5 are 4°. Triethylamine. I»ar Juan (T.) On the behavior of triethylamine towards oxidizing agents. Am. Chem. J., Bait., 1910, xliii, 1-6. Triethylcarbinol. Doehring (P.) * Ueber Triaethylcarbinol als Schlafmittel. 8°. Strassburg, 1890. Trifail. See Meningitis (Cerebrospinal, History and statistics of), by localities. Trifaud (Alexandre) [1878- ]. *Desher- nies par glissement du c61on ilio-pelvien. 48 pp., 1 1. 8°. Montpellier, 1904, No. 88. Triferrin. Malasz (A.) Erfahrungen mit Triferrin. Reichs- Med.-Anz., Leipz., 1905, xxx, 146. Also, transl.: Budapesti orv. ujsag, 1905, iii, 140.—Klemperer (G.) La trifer- rina; un prezioso preparato marziale. Gazz. internaz. di med. prat., Napoli, 1901, iv, 150.—K ram in (W.) Ueber Triferrin. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1903, xvii, 509-519.— von Matzner (E.) Experimentelle und clinische Studien iiber Triferrin. Heilkunde, Berl., 1905,153-161.— Mohr (C.) Triferrin-Biscuits, eine empfehlenswerte Darreichungsform des Eisens. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1905, lxxiv, 741.—TofT(E.) Ueber Triferrin in der Kinderhellkunde. Centralbl. f. Kinderh., Leipz., 1906, xi, 195-198. Triferrol. Meitner (W.) Ueber Triferrol (Essentia triferrini "Hell"). Med. Bl., Wien, 1904, xxvi, 491.—OTemels- dorf (A.) Clinical experience with triferrol. Illinois M. Bull., Chicago, 1905-6, v, 555-557.—Keiehelt (J.) Ueber die therapeutische Anwendung von Triferrol. Berl. klin.-therap. Wchnschr., 1904, 1150-1152. Also: Wien. klin.-therap. Wchnschr., 1904, 1150-1152.—Tho- mas (K.) Ueber Arsen-Triferrol. Med. Klin., Berl., 1911, vii, 818. Triflletti (Alessandro). Dispensario di Larin- gojatria della r. Universita di Napoli nell' Ospe- dale clinico, diretto dal Prof. F. Massei. Rendi- conto dell' anno scolastico 1896-7. 68 pp. 8°. Napoli, Pontieri dc Velardi, 1897. ------. Appendice alle malattie della cavita, boc- cale e delle glandole salivari. Angina di Ludwig. pp. 79-101. In: Tratt. ital. di patol. e terap. med., Milano, [n.d.], v, pt. 1. See, also, Massei (Perdinando) & Triflletti (A.) Dispensario di laringojatria della r. Universita di Napoli [etc.]. 8°. Napoli, 1890. Trifolium. Fischer (G.) * Beitrage zur vergleichenden Anatomie des Blattes bei den Trifolieen. 8°. Erlangen, 1902. Bubak (P.) Ueber eine neue Urophlyctis-Art von Trifolium montanum L. aus Bohmen. Centralbl. f. Bak- teriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1902,viii,817-821.—Kajanus (B.) Polyphyllie und Fasziation bei Trifolium pratense L. Ztschr. f. indukt. Abstammungs- u. Vererbungsl., Berl., 1912, vii, 63-71.— Mirande (M.) Sur la presence de l'acidecyanhydrique dans le trefle rampant (Trifolium repens L.). Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1912, civ, 651-653. TKIFON. 489 TRIKRESOLFORMOL. Trifon (Tachco-Georges) [1872- ]. * Etude clinique de l'abces de fixation dans les septi- cemics puerpe>ales. 145 pp., 1 1. 8°. Lyon, 1899, No. 54. TrifonofT (Georges-P.) * L'etiologie et la sero- therapie des tumeurs malignes. 124 pp. 8°. Paris, 1901, No. 79. Triformol. Dietrich. Triformolpastillen. Zahntech. Rund- schau, Berl., 1902, No. 534.—Rohrbach (J.) Triformol- pastillen. Zahntech. Reform, Berl., 1902, xxi, 61. -----. Triformolpastillen. Zahntech. Rundschau, Berl., 1902, No. 511. Trigemin. Georges. Triggmine. Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1904, xvii, 185. — Oiannelli (A.) Sul- r azione della trigemina. Gazz. med. di Roma, 1905, xxxi, 57-62.—Hammer (D.) A trigemin rajdalomcsillapit6 hat&s&r61. [The effect of trigemin as an analgesic] Or- vosi hetil., Budapest, 1904, xlviii, 241; 255. Also, transl.: Heilkunde, Berl., 1905, 241-243.—liinke. Trigemin. Therap. Neuheiten, Leipz., 1907, ii, 125-128.—JTIasur(A.) Trigemin, ein neues schmerzberuhigendesMittel. Deut- sche zahnarztl. Wchnschr., Wiesb., 1903, vi, 353.—JIM ler (B.) Ueber Trigemin. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1905, Iii, 316.—Overlach. Trigemin, ein Analgeticum und Sedativum. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1903, xl, 801-803.— Sigel (J.) Trigemin. Ibid., 1904, xli, 19.—Trigemin. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1903, xvii, 541.—Trigemine. Bull. d. sc. Pharmacol., Par., 1903, viii, 219.—Walther (F.) Trigemin. Therap. Neuheiten, Leipz., 1906, i, 93. Triger (Raymond) [1869- ]. *Du phleg- mon sous-muqueux del'estomac (gastrite phleg- moneuse). 69 pp. 4°. Paris, 1895, No. 370. Trigger-finger. See, also, Fingers (Spasm of). Begotjxe (L.) * Contribution a l'Stude du doigt a ressort. [Lausanne.] 8°. Genhe, 1898. Rofs (M. F.) * Beitrag zur Lehre von den schnellenden Fingern. 8°. Kiel, 1904. Schmidt (YV.) * Ueber den schnellenden Finger. 8°. Heidelberg, 1902. Barnard (H.L.) Two cases of snap or trigger thumb. Tr. M. Soc. Lond., 1901-2, xxv, 329. -----. Four cases of snap- or trigger-finger. Practitioner, Lond., 1903, lxx,178- 184.—Bavlera(V.) llditoascatto. Riv.ospedal.,Roma, 1912, ii, 298-303. —Bennecke. Ueber einen Fall von schnellendem Finger. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl.,1902,xxviii, Ver.-Beil.,246.— BilloiKL.) Dudoigt aressort. Marseille med., 1907, xliv, 208-213.—Clarl (A.) Intorno a un caso di dito-a-scatto. Riforma med., Roma, 1902,xviii,pt.2,170-177.—Cotton (F. J.) Trigger-finger. Am.J.Orthop.Surg.,Phila.,1910-l],viii,587-593.—Duffield (W.L.) Triggerfingercured by operation. Brooklyn M.J., 1904, xviii, 103.—FahrisfU.) Intornoaduncasodiditoa scatto. Gazz. d. ospv, Milano, 1906, xxvii, 411.—Franke (F.) Zur Frage der Entstehung des schnellenden Fingers (partieller Sehnenriss). Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1912, xxxix, 1289-1293.—Frcelich. Un cas de doigt a res- sort. Soc. de med. de Nancy. C.-r. . . ., 1904-5, 98-100.— Fuiano(L) Del di to a scatto. Med. ital., Napoli, 1906, iv,202-206.—Griffith (F.) Acaseoftriggerfingers. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1902, xxxvi, 688-590. — Haegler (C. S.) Ueber Pathologie und Therapie desschnellenden Fingers. Cor.- Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1904, xxxiv, 799-801.— Hanns & Hainan t. Phenomene du doigt a ressort generalise a tous les doigts. Rev. med. de l'est, Nancy, 1911, xliii, 103-108, 2 pl.—Hendrix. Doigt a ressort. Policlin., Brux., 1905, xiv, 161— Hiller (A.) Ueber den schnellenden Finger. Ztschr. f. orthop. Chir., Stuttg., 1908, xx, 48-59.—Jelgersma (B.) De schnellende finger. Med. Weekbl., Amst., 1900-1901, vii, 595-600 — Marches!. Beitrage zur Pathologie, Diagnostik und Therapie des schnellenden Fingers. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1905, lxxix, 364-405.—Nlcaise (E.) Le doigtd. ressort d'originearticulaire. Rev. chir., Par., 1888, 752-755. Also, Reprint.—Niessen. [Fall von schnel- lendem Finger.] Deutsche mil.-arztl. Ztschr., Berl., 1904, xxxiii, 79.—Payr (E.) Zur Aetiologie desschnellenden Fingers. Wien.klin.Wchnschr., 1903,xvi,735-737.—Phil- Ippl (F. A.) Trigger finger. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, i, 848.—Poulsen(K.) Doigt a ressort. Biblioth. f. Lseger, Ki0benh., 1908, 8. R., ix, 55-95.—Schulte. Federnde Finger in der deutschen Armee. Deutsche mil-arztl. Ztschr., Berl., 1897, xxvi, 513-544.—Weir (R. F.) Trigger finger. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlix, 1168-1173.— Whlteford (C. H.) A case of trigger-finger. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, i, 251.—Winslow (N.) Trigger finger, with report of a case. Maryland M. J., Bait., 1911, liv, 215. Trigger-knee. See Reflexes of knee. Triglidse. Roule (L.) Notes ichthyologiques; les triglides de la Mediterranee. Arch de zool. exper. et gen. [etc.], Par., 1908-9, 4. s., ix, notes et rev., pp. xvii-xxiv. Trigone. Whiteside (G. S.) The measurements of the trigone. Med. Sentinel, Portland, Oreg., 1904, xii, 553-560. Also, Reprint. Trigonella and trigonellin. Kohlrausch (A.) Untersuchungen iiber das Ver- halten von Betain, Trigonellin und Methvlpyridvlam- moniumhydroxyd im tierischen Organismus. Ztschr. f. Biol., Munchen u. Berl., 1911, lvii, 273-308.— Nevinny (J.) Trigonella ccerulea Ser.; eine pharmakognostische Studie. Ber. d. naturw.-med. Ver. in Innsbruck (1903-5), 1906, 109-192.—Schulze (E.) Ueber die zur Darstellung von Cholin, Betain und Trigonellin aus Pflanzen ver- wendbaren Methoden und iiber die quantitative Bestim- mung dieser Basen. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1909, lx, 155-179.—Schulze (E.) & Winterstein (E.) Isolierung von Cholin, Betain und Trigonellin aus Pflan- zenextrakten. In: Handbuch der biochemischen Ar- beitsmethoden (Abderhalden), 8°, Berl., 1910, ii, 522-528. Trigonoeepha] y. See, also, Cranium (Abnormities of); Cra- nium. (Fatal). Berkhan (O.) Zwei Falle von Trigonokephalie. Arch. f. Anthrop., Brnschwg., 1909, n. F., vii, 349-351.— Frassetto (F.) Appunti sulla trigonocefalia. Atti d. Soc. rom. di antrop., Roma, 1905, xi, 211-215.—Hanotte (M.) Recherches sur la trigonocephalie. Anthropolo- gie, Par., 1902, xiii, .587-607. Trigonometer. Pearson (K.) On a trigonometer for use in crani- ology. Ztschr. f. Morphol. u. Anthrop., Stuttg., 1906-7, x, 145. van Trigt (Adrianus Christophilus) [1825-64]. *De speculo oculi. 87 pp., 3 pl. 8°. Truj. adRhenum, P. W. Vande Weijer, 1853. [P., v. 1895.] Triindylmethane. Elllnger (A.) & Flamand (C.) Eine neue Farb- stoffklasse von biochemischer Bedeutung; Triindylme- thanfarbstoffe. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb.,'1909, lxiii, 276-286.----------. Triindylmethanfarbstoffe. II. Ibid., 1911, lxxi, 7-13. Triketohydrindene (Hydrate of). Abderhalden (E.) & Schmidt (H.) Ueber die Verwendung von Triketohydrindenhydrat zum Nachweis von Eiweissstoflen und deren Abbaustufen. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1911, lxxii, 37-43. Triketone. Rossbach(G.) * Ueber Triketone. 8°. Bern, 1898. Trikresol. Arey (CO.) Toxic effects of trikresol. Med. News, Phila., 1895, lxvii, 68. Also, Reprint —Bronstein (O. I.) O dlelstvii trikrezola na patogenniye mikroorganismi. [On the action of trikresol upon pathogenic microorgan- isms.] Med.Obozr.,Mosk.,1896,xlv,664-672.—Charteris (M.) Experimental research on trikresol. N. Eng. M. Month., Danbury, Conn., 1893-4, xiii, 604. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1894, i, 801.—Grigoryeff (A.) Untersuchungen iiber die Wirkung des Trikresols auf den thierischen Or- ganismus. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1895, xvii, 562-561. -----. K voprosu ob izmleneniyakh v orga- nakh u zhivotnikh pri otravlenii trikrezolom. [On altera- tionsin the organs of animals when poisoned by trikresol.] Voyenno-med. J.,St. Petersb.,1898,cxci,med.-spec.pt.,167- 179.—.laekson(E.) The value of trikresol as an antiseptic in ophthalmic practice. Ophth. Rev., Lond.,1902,xxi,161- 154.—Beed (W.) The germicical value of trikresol. Proc. Ass. Mil. Surg. U. S., Wash., 1894, iv, 199-208. Also: St. Louis M. & S. J., 1894, lxvi, 329-337. Also, Reprint.— Trikresol. Therapist, Lond., 1894, iv, 1-8. Trikresolformol. Heck-Magonnette ( H.-J.) Le tricresol-formol. Odontologie,Par.,1907,xxxvii,501-510.—KhaiinoviclKZ. F.) Trikrezol-formalin. Zubovrach. Vestnik, S.-Peterb., 1908,xxiv,112-llL—Thloly-Begard. Trikresol-formol. Odontologie,Par., 1903, xxxiii,309-317.—Vfsotski (A.L.) Yeshtsho otrikrezol-formalinle. [Additional notes on ...] Zubovrach. Vestnik, S.-Peterb., 1908, xxiv, 479-481. TRILLAT. 490 TRINCAYELLIUS. Triliat (J. A[ugu.*te]). La formaldehyde et pes applications pour la disinfection des locaux contamim's. Propri£t4s physiologiques, analyse des principaux travaux, experiences diverses. viii, 126 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, G. Carri, 1896. -----. Experiences de disinfection par les va- peurs de formaldehyde a Lille. 16 pp. 8°. Paris, Acker, 1897. L'industrie chimique en Allemagne; or- ganisation economique, scientinque et commer- ciale. Situation economique generale. Les in- dustries chimiques, industries du charbon de la metallurgie et des salines, grande industrie chi- mique, produits pharmaeeutiques, couleurs, in- dustries diverses, industries 61ectrochimiques et electrochimiques et electrometallurgiques, insti- tutions patronales. Enseignement, chambres de commerce, syndicats professionnels. viii, 490 pp. 12°. Paris, J.-B. Bailliere dc fils, 1900. Triliat (Paul) [1879- ]. *Du mecanisme des rotations intra-pelviennes de la tete; theorie du plan lombo-iliaque. No. 50. 4 p. 1., 108 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1904. Trille (Justin) [1873- ]. *Fistulescutanees d'origine biliaire. 60 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1899, No. 71. Triller (Benjamin). *Lapellagre. 90 pp. 8°. Paris, 1906, No. 405. -----& Surian. "606;" la syphilis, traite- ment curatif et preventif. vii, 8-62 pp. 8°. Paris, J. Rousset, [1911]. Trillerus (Daniel Wilhelmus) [1695-1782]. See tilanus. Hepi fuW JSiottjtos Si/3A<.'a t(, [etc.]. 4°. Heilbronnse, 1765.—Gau bins (H. D.) De methodo [etc.] 12°, Francof. ad Maenum & Moguntix, 1751 — Rich- ter (Georg Gottlob). Opuscula medica, [etc.]. 4°. Francofurti & Lipsise, 1780-81. Trillion (Heinrich). See Emmerich (Rudolf) & Trillich (Heinrich). Anleitung zu hygienischen Untersuchungen fete. 1. 8° Munchen, 1892. J Trilling (Heinrich) [1867- ]. * Beitrage zur Praxis der Siedepunktsmethode; Bestim- mungen in Amylalkohol; sowie Versuche zur Abschatzung des Kohlensauregehaltes der Luft. 76 pp. 8°. Erlangen, A. Vollrath, 1895. Trillmieli (Hermann [Fritz]) [1885- ]. * Experimenteller Beitrag zur Einleitung des kiinstlichen Abortus und zur Sterilisation durch Rontgenstrahlen. [Freiburgi. Br.] 63 pp. 8°. Gorlitz, Hoffmann & Peiber, 1910. Trillo. See Waters (Mineral), by localities. Trimbaeh ( R.) * Syntheses effectuees au moyen des Others chloroxaliques. 54 pp 8° Nancy, 1905, No. 26. Ecole de pharmacie. Trimbach (Robert) [1875- ]. * Ueber die Veranderungen des Blutes bei Syphilis in be- handeltem und unbehandeltem Zustande [Strassburg i. E.] 40 pp., 1 1. 8°. St. Lud- wig, Perrotin dc Schmitt, 1905. Trimble (Henry). S«e Sadtler (Samuel Philip) & Trimble (Henry) fl898?] chemistry, [etc.]. 2 v. 8°. Philadelphia, Trimble (Isaac Bidgeway) 11860-19081. ,9olbQf V? aiT 1; A1Tni1AssiColL Phys- & Surg- Ban., ««' ,V\2' V;5' Also: MarJ'iand M. J„ Bait., 1908, li 477 - iv 33 memonam.] Old Maryland, Bait, 1908, Trimble (William B.) [1870- ]. Naavus pilosus piKmentosus and other skin lesions treated with liquid^air. 7 pp. 12°. New York, M • Wood dc Co., 1905. Repr.from: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1905, lxviii. Trimble (William B.)—continued. -----. An unusually extensive folliculitis and perifolliculitis; its connection with so-called tuberculides. 6 pp., 2 pl. 8°. New York, 1907. Repr.from: J. Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph., N. Y., 1907, xxv. The diagnostic value of the inunction tuberculin reaction in cutaneous tuberculosis. 11 pp. 8°. New York, 1909. Repr.from: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1909, xxxviii. -----. Remarks on neurofibromatosis. 9 pp. 8°. New York, 1911. Repr.from: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1911, xciii. Trimen (Henry) [1813-961. Obituary. Lancet, Lond., 1896, ii, 1429. Trimeresurus. Nicolle & Berthelot (A.) Experiences sur le venin du Trimeresurus riukiuanus. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1911, xx, 551-554. Trimethylamine. Scholten (T.) * Ueber einige Abkommlinge des Trimethylamins. 8°. Bern, 1892. Abelous (J.-E.) & Bordier (E.) Action comparee de l'urohypertensine et de la trimethylamine. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1909, lxvi, 347. —Ackermann (D.) & Schiitze (H.) Ueber die Bildung von Trimeihy- lamin durch Bacterium prodigiosum. Zentralbl. f. Phy- siol., Leipz. u. Wien, 1910, xxiv, 210. — De Filippi (F.) Das Trimethylamin als normales Produkt des Stoffwech- sels, nebst einer Methode fiir dessen Bestimmung im Harn und Kot. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1906, xlix, 433-456,1 pl.—Desgrez, Regnier (P.) & Ittoog (R.) Influence du chlorhydrate de trimethylamine sur les echanges nutritifs. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par. 1911, cliii, 1238-1241.—Doree (C.) & Golla (F.) Trime- thylamine as a normal constituent of human blood, urine and cerebrospinal fluid. Bio-Chem. J., Liverp., 1910-11 v, 306-324. — Kinoshita (T.) Ueber das Auftreten und die quantitative Bestimmung des Trimethylamins im menschlichen Harn. Zentralbl. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1900, xxiv, 776-779— lUikhin (P. V.) Trimetil-amin i yevo rol v polovikh putyakh zhenshtshini. [. . . and its role in the female sexual organs.] J. akush. i iensk. boliez.. St. Petersb., 1902, xvi, 753-802, 1 pl. Tri methylene. Tanatar(S.) Ueber die Umwandlung des Trime- thylens in Propylen. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1902, xli, 735-738. Trimethylxanthine. Roth (E.) Versuche iiber die Einwirkung des Tri- methylxanthinsauf das Bacterium typhi und coli. Arch. f. Hyg., Munchen u. Berl., 1904, xlix, 199-228, 1 pl. Trimmer (Edward James Alfred) [1827-19011. Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, i, 1520. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1904, i, 1826. Trincas (G.) Sulle fratture basilari per con- traccolpo; contributo clinico e medico-iegale. 69 pp. 8°. Cagliari, P. Valdes, 1908. Trincaveilius (Victor) [1496-1568]. De vena in pleuritide, cseterisque internorum flamma- tionibus secanda rudimentum. Nuper a propio authore diligentissime castigatum et in lucem editum. 66 ff. 24°. Patavii, 1562. ■. De compositione et usu medicamento- rum libri iiii. multo quam antehac correctiores editi. 2 v. 6 p. 1., 440 pp., 11 1.; 749 pp., 17 1. 16°. Basilese, P. Pernx, 1571. -. Libri tres et quarti fragmentum- de ratione componendorum medicamentorum, eo- rundemque usu, ipso dictante a suis discipulis diligenter descripti; ac a Laurentio Marucino post alios recogniti. 19 p. 1., 319 ff. 8°. Ve- netiis, apud C. dc R. Borgominerios fr., 1571. -. Enchiridion medicum de cognoscendis curandisque tam externis, quam internis hu- mani corporis morbis. Ex Victoris Trincavelii pnelectionibus de compositione medicamento- rum, atque morbis particularibus, concinnatum, studio et opera Andrew Christiani Ripensis. 7 p. 1., 823 pp., 19 1. 12°. Basilese, typ. Opori- nianis, 1583. See, also, Dua* quaestiones medicae [etc.]. 16°. Patavii, 1567. TRLNCHERO. 491 TRIONAL. Trineliero (Francesco). Sui gas liquefatti e compressi che hanno ricevuto qualche applica- zione in terapia. 50 pp. 8°. Torino, F. Gili, 1904. Trinehese (Salvatore) [ -1897]. Descri- zione di un feto di orang-utan. 46 pp., 3 pl. 8°. [n. p., n. d.] For Biography, see Rendic. r. Accad. d. sc. d. Ist. di Bo- logna, 1896-7, n. s„ i, 59-62. Trinidad. See Fever (Malaria, History, etc., of), Lep- rosy (History and statistics of), Leprosy (Hos- pitals for), by localities. Trinite (Pierre) |_1871- ]. *Les sinusites aigues de la face et leur traitement. 68 pp. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 297. Trinitrine. See, also, Influenza (Treatment of). Destouesse (J.) * Considerations g6n6rales sur l'emploi de la trinitrine en psychiatrie. 8°. Toulouse, 1907. Roxo Guimaraes (H.) * Das injeccoes endo- venosas de digitoxina e de trinitrina. [Rio de Janeiro.] roy. 8°. Nictheroy, 1905. Cardoso (J.) A trinitrina (a % demilligr.). Med. mod., Porto, 1900, vii, 4-6.—Carrion y Uaragarza (P.) & Duran (B. L.) Acci6n de la trinitrina sobre la tensi6n arterial y el ndmero de pulsaciones. Rev. de med. y cirug. pf;ict., Madrid, 1908, lxxxi, 287-292.— Reuiond & Voivenel. La trinitrine dans deux cas de maladies mentales. Progress m&L, Par., 1907, 3. s., xxiii, 337.—Vaqnez (EL) Action pharmacodynamique de la trinitrine (action totale). Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1906, lx, 904-907. -----. Action pharmaco- dynamique de la trinitrine; action dissociee et action prolongee. Ibid., 947-950. Trinitrobenzol (Toxicology of). Taylor (A. E.) A note upon the condition of the blood-corpuscles in tri-nitro-benzol poisoning. Tr. Path. Soc. Phila., 1898, xviii, 229. Trinitrophenol (Toxicology of). Trileb (B. T.) Dva sluchaya otrav'leniya trinitro- fenolom (iz nikh odin so smertelnim iskhoxom). [Two cases of trinitrophenol poisoning; one euding in death.] Vovenno-med. J., St. Petersb., 1911,ccxxxi,med.-spec pt., 50-57. Trinity Church. Corporation of Trinity Church. Report as to the sanitary condition of the tenements of Trinity Church, and other documents. By order of the vestry, 1895. 8°. New York, 1895. Trinity College, Dublin. Bicentenary'(The) celebration of the medical school of Trinity College, Dublin. Lancet, Lond., 1912, ii, 108-111. Trinity Dispensary, St. Andrews House, Boston. Biennial and annual reports of the ladies' com- mittee and officers to the public, for the years 1889-90 to 1891-2; 1898; 1899; 1904. 16°. Boston, 1891-1905. Trinity Medical College, Toronto. Annual cal- endars for the sessions of 1894-5 to 1895-6 (45.- 46.); 1899-1900 (50.). 8°. Toronto, 1894-9. Ti inkier (Npkolai] P[yotrovich]) [1859- ]. K khirurgii poperechnikh perelomov nadko- llennika. [Surgery of transverse fractures of the patella.] 197 pp., 11., 3pl. 8°. Kharkov, A. Darre, 1899. Trinks (Carl Friedrich [Gottfried]) [1800- ]. See Handbuch der homoopathischen Arzneimit- tellehre [etc.J. 8°. Leipzig, 1843-4.—Hartlaub (Carl Georer Christian) & Trinks (Carl Friedrich). Reine Arzneimittellehre [etc.]. 8°. Leipzig, 1828-31. Trioen (Cornelius) [1686-1746]. * De partu difficili. 16 pp. 4°. Lugd. Bat., A. Elzevier, 1710. [P., v. 2243.] Triol (Raymond) [1878- ]. * De l'entero- colite muco-membraneuse au cours de l'appen- dicite chronique. vii, 70 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1901, No. 8. Triollet (Justin) [1860-19081. P. (E.) Justin Triollet (1860-1908). Bull. d. sc. Phar- macol., Par., 1908, xv, 239. Triollet (R.) * Essai d'hypurgie dans les ma- ladies chroniques du cceur. 90 pp., 1 1. 8°. Toulouse, 1900, No. 395. Trional. See, also, Epilepsy (Treatment of); Sulphonal; Tetronal. Bakofpen (0.) * Ueber die Wirkung des Trional. 8°. Freiburg i. B., 1894. Also, in: Aerztl. Centr.-Anz., Wien, 1894, vi, 361; 378; 394. Boudeau (F.-A.-A.) *Le trional, son action hypnotique. 4°. Paris, 1898. Gieseler (H.) *Zur Wiirdigung des Trio- nals. 8°. Halle a. S., 1896. Haenel (H.) * Die psychischen Wirkungen desTrionals. [Heidelberg.] 8°. Leipzig, 1897. Also, in: Psychol. Arb., Leipz., 1897, ii, 326-398. Hammerschlag (S. ) * Trional als Schlaf- mittel. 8°. Berlin, [1893]. Koppers ( H. ) * Beitrag zur Wirkung des Trionals. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1893. Also, in: Internat. klin. Rundschau, Wien, 1893, vii, 1081: 1123. Lasbeck (C.) * Ueber die Wirkung des Trionals bei chirurgischen Kranken. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1895. Randa (A.) Einiges zur Wirkungsweise des Trionals. 8°. Wien, [n. d.]. Roemert ( G. ) * Klinische Beitrage zur Wiirdigung des Trional. 8°. Berlin, 1894. Rohmer ( B.) * Untersuchungen iiber die Wirkung des Trionals. 8°. Strassburg, 1894. Theuer ( T. ) * Untersuchungen iiber die therapeutische Verwendbarkeit von Trional und Tetronal als Hypnotica. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1893. Beyer (T.) Bericht iiber einige Versuche mit Trio- nal. Wien. med. Bl., 1895, xviii, 392-394. Also: Med. Post. Anhang: Curorte-Rev., Wien, 1895, iii, No. 17, 1-3. Also, transl.: Med. Rev., St. Louis, 1895, xxxii, 311-313.— Boudeau (F. A. A.) Clinical reports on trional. Times & Reg., Phila., 1895, xxx, 463; 481.—Clark (M. A.) Trional as a hypnotic. Virginia M. Month., Rich- mond, 1894-5, xxi, 1085-1087.—Claus (A.) Schlaflosig- keit der Kinder und Trional. Internat. klin. Rund- schau, Wien, 1894, viii, 1613-1617.— Collatz (O.) Zur Wirkung des Trionals. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1893, xxx, 966.—Deuschle (W. D.) Trional. Columbus M. J., 1893-4, xii, 385-389.—Drews (R.) Ueber Trional und seine Anwendung in der Praxis. Wien. med. Presse, 1896, xxxvii, 447; 480. Also, transl: Raccoglitore med., Forli, 1896, 5. s., xxii, 321-334.—Fischer (M.) Trional- gebrauch und rationelle Verwendung der Schlafmittel. Deutsche Praxis. Ztschr. f. prakt. Aerzte, Munchen, 1901, x, 81; 133.—Galliard (L.) Le trional. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1895, 3. s., xii, 225-228. Also: Med. mod., Par., 1895, vi, 317-319.—Goldmann (C.) Das Trional, ein prompt wirkendes Schlafmittel; Winke zur Vermeidung von Nachwirkungen. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1894, viii, 559-561. Also, Reprint.— Qriinfeld (K.) A trional gy6gyerteke. [Therapeutic value of trional.] Gy6gyaszat, Budapest, 1893, xxxv, 313-316. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1893, xxix, 1119-1122. Also, Reprint.—Haber- mann. Eine bequeme Darreichungsform des Trionals. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1898, lxvii, 389.—Hender- son (W. H.) Trional in chorea. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1902, i, 267.—Hennig (A.) Ueber Trional. Wien. med. Presse, 1896, xxxvii, 1440; 1471.—Hildebrandt (H.) Zur Darreichungsart des Trionals. Allg. med. Centr.- Ztg., 1894, lxiii, 745.— Horvath ( M.) Vizsgalatok a trion&l 6s tetronal hatas&r61. [Researches on the effects of trional and tetronal.] Magy. orv. Arch., Budapest, 1892, i, 241-255.—Hypnotics: sulphonal; trional. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1908, li, 1782.—KOster (H.) Zur Kenntniss des Trionals. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1896, x, 141.—Korni'eld (S.) Erfahrungen iiber Trional als Schlafmittel mit besonderer Riicksicht auf die Beein- flussung des Blutdruckes. Wien. med. BL, 1898, xxi, 3; 25; 40.—Krauss (W. C.) A note on the use of trional as a hypnotic. N. York M. J., 1893, lvii, 443— ITIabon (W.) Trional and tetronal. Clinical observations on their action as hypnotics and sedatives for the insane. Am. J. Insan., Utica, N. Y., 1892-3, xlix, 578-590. Also, Reprint.—OTattison (J. B.) Trional, the new hypnotic. Med. News, Phila., 1893, lxii, 487-489. Also, Reprint.— Meade (J. N.) Trional in chorea. Brit. M. J., Lond., TRIONAL. 492 TRIPIER. Trional. 1901, ii, 1339.—von tiering (J.) Ist das Trional ein brauchbares Hypnoticum und besitzt es Vorziige vor dem Sulfonal? Therap. Monatsh , Berl., 1896, x, 421-431. Also, transl.: Times & Reg., Phila. & Bost., 1896, xxxii, 361; 410— Moncorvo. Sur la valeur hvpnotique du trional chez les enfants. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1895, 3. s., xxxiv, 266-269.—Pouchet. Solubilite du trional. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1899, exxxviii, 809-811.— Raimondi (C.) & JJlariottini (A.) I nuovi ipnotici trionale e tetronale; ricerche fisiotossicologiche; osserva- zioni cliniche ed esperimenti. Ann. di chim. e di farm., Milano, 1892, 4. s., xvi, 329-362. Also [Abstr.]: Riforma med., Napoli, 1892, viii, pt. 3,436-439. —Ruhemann (J.) Einige Bemerkungen iiber die Anwendung des Trionals. Aerztl. Prakt., Hamb., 1896, ix, 104-112. Also, transl.: St. Louis M. & S. J., 1896, lxx, 357-363.—Rychlinski (K.) O nasennem dzialanin trionalu. [On the soporific action of trional.] Kron. lek., Warszawa, 1894, xv, 81-95. Also, tranyl.: Nevrol. Vestnik, Kazan, 1894, ii, no, 4, 32-41.— Schultze (E.) Hamatoporphyrin im Harn nach Trio- nal. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1894, xx, 152.—Spitzer (G.) Das Trional als Hypnoticum und Sedativum bei internen Krankheiten. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1895, viii, 417-420.—Steiner (M.) Das Trio- nal als Schlafmittel. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1895, xxi, 214.—Villers. Contribution a l'em- ploi du trional. Bull. Soc. de med. ment. de Belg., Gand et Leipz., 1896, 278-286.—Vogt. Note sur Taction hyp- notique du trional. Bull, et m6m. Soc. de therap., Par., 1894, 251-262.—Weiss (H.) Ueber das Trional. Med.- chir. Centralbl., Wien, 1895, xxx, 577.—Wolff. Trional- cur. Centralbl. f. Nervenh. u. Psychiat., Coblenz & •Leipz., 1901, n. F.,xii, 281-283. Trional (Toxicology of). Alksne (Y.) Sluchal otravleniya trionalom. [Trio- nal poisoning.] Voyenno-med. J., St. Petersb., 1903, med.-spec, pt., .251-254. — Hampton (A. H.) Toxic cumulative effect of sulphonal and trional. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1899, ii, 1249.—Rarany. Ein Fall von Trional- vergiftung mit vestibularen, respektive zerebellaren Symptomen. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1913, xxvi, 82.— Berger (C.) Zur Casuistik der acuten Trional vergif- tung. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1895, xlii, 928-930.— Beyer (E.) Zur Frage der Trionalvergiftungen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 18%, xxii, 6- 8.—Church (A.) Trional fatalities. Am. Med., Phila., 1901, ii, 729-731.—Church (A.) >o.-Schweitzer (H.) Trional fatalities. Am. Med., Phila., 1902, iii, 58.— Thompson (E. M.) A case ot trional poisoning. N. York M. J., 1901, lxxiv, 709.— ^ogel(K.) Ein Fall von chronischer Trionalvergif- tung. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1899, xxxvi, 875-877 — Welch (J. C.) Ataxic speech following the use of tri- onal. Med. News, N. Y., 1896, lxviii, 185.—Weyert. Trional (Toxicology of). Trionaliutoxikationen. Med. Klin., Berl., 1909, v, 1265- 1268—Wlghtwlck (F. P.) & Rolleston (H. D.) A case of acute trional poisoning. Lancet, Lond., 1903, i, 1096.—Young (W. W.) A case of trional poisoning. Univ. M. Mag.", Phila., 1896-7, ix, 715. Trionyx japanicus. Ogushi (K.) Anatomische Studien an der japani- schen dreikralllgen Lippenschildkrote (Trionyx japani- cus). Morphol. Jahrb., Leipz., 1911, xliii, 1-106, 6 pl. Trioxypnrine. Cordero (M.) Dosiflcaci6n clinica de la trioxipurina. Bol. d. Inst, patol., Mexico, 1909-10, 2. ep., vii, 437^140. Tripeptides. Aberhalden (E.) & Fodor(A.) Chemische, physi- kalische und biologische Studien iiber die aus den drei Monoaminomonocarbonsauren: Glykokoll, d-Alanin und 1-Leucin darstellbaren struktur-isomeren Tripeptide. Ztschr. f. phyiol. Chem., Strassb., 1912, lxxxi, 1-52. Triphenine. Gaude (G. B. W.) * Ueber die Wirkungen des Triphenins. 8°. Halle a. S., 1897. Servoss (A. G.) A contribution on the therapeutic action of triphenin. Merck's Arch., N. Y., 1899, i, 255. Triphenylarsine. Chatschatrianz (W. A.) * Ueber Triphenyl- arsin, Triphenylmonoinethyiarsoniumjodid und seine pharmakologische Wirkung. 8°. Basel, 1910. Triphenylene. Mannich (C.) Ueber Triphenylen. Arb.a.d. phar- mazeut. Inst. d. Univ. Berl. 1906, Berl. u. Wien, 1907, iv, 168-173. Triphenylmethane. Fritzen (A.) * Ueber die Reduktion von Triphenylmethanfarbstoffen sowie von Benzal- verbindungen und einigen aromatischen Alde- hyden mit Natriumhydrosulfit, Aluminium- amalgam und Natriumamalgam. 8°. Erlangen, 1909. von Liebig (H.) * Studien in der Tritan- reihe. [Giessen.] 8°. Leipzig, 1908. Cutting from: Ann. d. Chem. Kurlloff(B.) Anwendung der Phasenregel zur Un- tersuchung der organischen Additionsprodukte; Triphe- nylmethan und Benzol. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1897, xxiii, 547-551. Triphenylmethyl. Gomberg(M. ) Ueber Triphenylmethyl. 8°. Berlin, 1905. ----- & Cour (L. H.) Ueber Triphenyl- methyl. 8°. Berlin, 1904. Tingle (J. B.) Triphenylmethyl. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1911, n..«., xxxiii, 306. Triphenylstibine (Sulphide of). Joseph (M.) Ueber Triphenylstibinsuifld, neues Schwefelpraparat, und die Bedeutung des Schwefels in der Dermatologie. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Na- turf. u. Aerzte, Konigsb., 1910, Leipz., 1911, lxxxii, pt. 2, 390.—Kaufmann (L.) Ueberchemischeund physiolo- gische Eigenschaften des Triphenylstibinsulflas. Bio- chem. Ztschr., Berl., 1910, xxviii, 67-85. -----. Verhalten von Triphenylstibinsuifld im Tierkorper. Ibid., 86-90. Triphyllodaenus (Wilhelmus). See Gifftjager, das ist: Von Ursacn, Reynigung, Be- wahrung und Cur pestilentzischer Lufft, [etc.]. 12°. Franckfurt [a. M.], 1567. Tripier (A[uguste-£lisabeth-Philogene]) [1830- ]. Hyperplasies conjonctives des organes contractiles. De l'emploi de la faradisation dans le traitement des engorgements et devia- tions de 1'uterus et de P hypertrophie prosta- tique. 24 pp. 8°. Paris, J.-B. Bailliere dc fils, 1861. Repr.from: Gaz. med. de Par., 1861, xxxii. -----. Applications de 1'electricity a la medecine et a la chirurgie; 6tat actuel de la question. 3. £d. 88 pp. 8°. Paris, J.-B. Bailltire dc fils, 1874. TRIPIER. 493 TRIPLETS. Tripier (A[guste-Elisabeth-Philogene)]—con. ------. Hyperplasies conjonctives des fibromes uterins, leurs traitements medicaux. Ri'edition annotee de memoires divers. 1861-1897. 154 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1898. For Biography, see Corresp. med., Par., 1910, xvii, no. 371,3 (Vaintray). Also: Galleria d. clin. ostet., Scansano, 1902, i, 49-55, port. Tripier (Leon) [1842-91]. .See Arloiag (S.) & Tripier (Leon). Des condi- tions de la persistance de la sensibility dans le bout peripherique des nerfs sectionnes. 8°. Paris, 1876.— Gangolphe (Michel). Guide pratique de petite chi- rurgie [etc.]. 8°. Paris, 1889. For Biography, see Arch. prov. de cnir., Par., 1894, iii, 237(E.R.). Tripier (Paul) [1885- ]. *Dequelques con- gestions; eedemes pulmonaires localisees aux sommets des poumons et simulant la tubercu- lose. 60 pp. 8°. Paris, 1910, No. 268. Tripier (Raymond) [1838- ]. Traite d'ana- tomie pathologique generale. xii, 1015 pp. 8°. Paris, Masson tt Cie., 1904. ------. Etudes anatomo-cliniques. Cceur, vais- seaux, poumons. xv, 604 pp. 8°. Paris, G. Steinheil, 1909. ■-----. Instinct et intelligence comme fonction synth£tique de 1' organisme humain pour sa con- servation (applications pratiques aux diverses phases de 1'existence). 2 p. 1., iii, 324 pp. 8°. Paris, Schleichtr freres, 1911. ■----- & Paviot (Jean). La p£ritonite sous- hepatique d'origine vesiculaire. 183 pp. 8°. Paris, Mason dc Cie., [n. d.]. Tripke (A[rthur]) *Ein seltener Fall von sarkomatoser Degeneration des Corpus caverno- sum penis. 22 pp. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1897. Tripler [Charles Stuart] [1806-66]. An epitome of Tripler's manual, and other publications on the examination of recruits, by Chas. E. Green- leaf. 3. ed. June, 1993. 701. 8°. Washing- ton, D. C, Judd dc Detweiler, 1893. ------. The same. 4. ed. May, 1898. 60 1. 8°. Washington, D. C, Judd dc Detweiler, 1898. ------. The same. 9. ed., revised in accordance with published laws, and orders of the War Department, December, 1903. 60 pp. 8°. Wash- ington, Judd dc Detweiler, 1903. ------. Liquid air. The new discovery which opens up a wide range of startling possibilities, as a motive power, a curative agency in medicine, a high explosive, and a means of refrigeration. A lecture and demonstration. 81. 8°. [n. p., n. d.] Tripler (Eunice). Some notes of her personal recollections. 184 pp., 2 ports. 12°. New York, Grafton Press, 1910. See, also, United States. Congress. Senate. Report. [To accompany bill S. 562, for the relief of Eunice Tripler, [etc.].) 8°. r Washington, 1890.] -----.Report. [To ac- companv S. 910. For the relief of Eunice Tripler, [etc.].] 8°. [Washington, 1893.1 -----. A bill for the relief of Eunice Tripler, [etcl. rov. 8°. [ Washington, 1899.] -----. A bill for the relief of Eunice Tripler, [etc.]. roy. 8°. [Washinqton, 1902.]— United States. Congress. House of Representatives. A bill for the relief of Eunice Tripler, [etc.]. rov. 8°. [Washington, 1899.] -----. A bill for the relief of Mrs. Eunice Tripler, [etcl. roy. 8°. [ Washington, 1894.] Triplets. Bertog (E. J. L.) * Ueber einen Fall von Drillingsschwangerschaft mit einem Foetus papyraceus. 8°. Halle, 1911. Charbonnier (P.) *Etude des grossesses triples et plus que triples. 4°. Toulouse, 1895. Also [Abstr.], in: Cong, period, de gynec., d'obst. et de paediat. Mem. et disc. 1895, Par., 1S96, 716-718. Also [Abstr.], in: Rev. obst. internat., Toulouse, 1895, i, 81-86. Guihal (P.) * Contribution a I'etude de la grossesse triple; diagnostic, pronostic et conduite a tenir. 8°. Paris, 1901. Triplets. Mirabeau(S.) Ueber Drillingsgeburten. 8°. Miinehen, 1894. Schwarz (L.) * Untersuchung der Nachge- burtsteile eineiiger Drillinge. 8°. Berlin, [1907]. Semanne (P.-J.) * Contribution a l'Stude de la grossesse triple. 8°. Paris, 1908. Thomas (A.) Triplets. Cutting from: Strand Mag., Lond., 1898, xvi, 346-351. Aid ridge (G.) Triplets; mummified male twins and livingfemale child. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, ii, 140. -----. Notes on an interesting caseof triplets. Lancet, Lond., 1910, i, 1619.—Andrews (M.) Triple pregnancy. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1907,ii, 1584—Audcbert. Accouchement tri-gemellaire et uterus fibromateux. Compt. rend. Soc. d'obst., de gynec. et de paediat. de Par., 1909, xi, 216-218.— Avarfty (E.) A h&rmas i&erterhessegrol. [Pregnancy of tripletswithdoubleplacenta.] Orvosihetil., Budapest, 1911, lv, 309-311.—Azevedo, jr. Prenheztriplice. Rev. da Soc. demed. e cirurg. Rio de Jan., 1898, ii, 129-133.— Baptist (H. L.) Triplets aggregating 25 pounds; three placentae with only membranous attach ment, post-partum convulsions; veratrum viride; recovery. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1902-3, vii, 380.—Barnes (E.) Triplets with single placenta. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901, i, 1203.—Bate (G.) [Triplets.] Lancet, Lond., 1903, i,397.— Baudouin (M.) Un casde grossesse triple avec trois en- fants vivants. Gaz. m&L de Par., 1902,2. s., ii, 139. Also: J. d. sages-femmes, Par,1902, x^x, 91.-----. Un nouveau cas de grossesse triple avec ceuf a deux germes. Gaz. med. de Par., 1904,12. s., iv, 374.—Bazzanella (V.) Drillingsge- burt; eine Frucht lebend, zwei Foetus papyracei. Cen- tralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1891, xv, 625-627.—Beruti (J. A.) Una observaci6n de parto trigemelar. Semana m6d., Buenos Aires, 1911, xviii, pt. 1, 221-225.—Beveridge (T. F.) Some obstetrical anomalies and triple birth. Iowa M. J., Des Moines, 1904, x, 247-249.—Bierinan (J.) Drielingzwangerschap. Tijdschr. v. prakt. verlosk., Haarlem, 1909-10, xiii, 117.—Itottcher (Therese). Dril- linge. Allg. deutsche Hebam .-Ztg., Berl., 1904, xix, 153.— Boissard (A.) De la grossesse triple. Rev. g<5n. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1900, xiv, 849.—Boquel (A.) Conduite a tenir dans le cas de grossesse multiple et par- ticulierement dans le cas de grossesse triple. Arch. med. d'Angers, 1907, xi, 5-18.—Bossi (M.) Un caso di gravi- danza trigemellare. Clin.ostet., Roma, 1909, xi. 409-419.— von Brailenberg (J.) Ein Fall von acutem Hy- dramnion bei eineiigen Drillingen. Arch. f. Gynaek., Berl., 1902, lxvi, 633-636.—Brathoff(N. N.) Sluchal os- travo mnogovodiya pri beremennosti trolnyami. [Acute hvdramniou in pregnancy with triplets.] Univ. Izvlest. [Protok. Akush.-Ginek. Obsh., 1901, 201-213], Kiev, 1903, xliii.—Bretschneider. Demonstration einer herzlo- sen Missgeburt und der dazugehorigen (Drillings-) Pla- centa. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. f. Geburtsh. zu Leipz. (1903), 1904, 19. — Brnch (A.) Observation concernant trois enfants jumeaux nes le 20 juillet 1907. Arch, de m<5d. d. enf., Par., 1909, xii, 126-127.—BUttner. Fall von Drillingsgeburt, Kor.-Bl. d. allg. mecklenb. Aerztever., Rostock, 1897,446-448.—Calzolari (M.) Un caso di mos- truosita fetale in gravidanza trigemella. Atti Accad. d. sc. med. e nat. in Ferrara, 1909-10, lxxxiv, pp. iii-xvi, 1 pl.—Cerri (Zemira). Parto trigemino al sesto mese di gravidanza; secondamento artinciale. Arte ostet., Mi- lano,1907, xxi, 134-1:56.—diaries ( X.) Grossesse triple a terme, trois filles vivantes ex traites par la version; suites favorables. J. d'accouch., Liege, 1906, xxvii, 424. Also: J. d. sages-femmes, Par., 1907, xxxv, 195-197. —Cheva- lier. Relation d'un accouchement triple. Rev. prat. d'obst. et de paediat.. Par., 1906, xix, 340-342. —Collins (F. H.) Triplets. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, i, 1381. — Co- lorni (C.) Contributo alio studio della gravidanza tri- gemellare. Lucina, Bologna, 1911, xvi, 71; 102; 116; 136.— (ope (V.Z.) Labour in a case of triple pregnancy, with observations thereon. Lancet, Lond., 1908, i, 1071-1073.— de Cotret (E.-A.-R.) Grossesse triple diagnostiquee un mois avant l'accouchement. Union m6d. du Canada, Montreal, 1908, xxxvii, 321-327. — Oonrinont (J.) Sur un cas de grossesse trigemellaire. Mem. et compt.-rend. Soc. d. sc. med. de Lyon (1890), 1891, xxx, pt. 2, 3-6.— Coyau (Mile.) Accouchement triple avec trois enfants vivants. Arch. med. d'Angers, 1902, vi, 305.—< rouzat. Contribution a I'etude de la disposition des ceufs pendant la grossesse triple. Rev. obst. internat., Toulouse, 1896, ii,6-8.—Csatkai(L) Vilagrahozottborhianyok, harmas- iker. [Triplets with congenital defect of skin.] Gy6- gyaszat, Budapest, 1898, xxxviii, 621.—Cunningham (J. W.) Delivery of triplets; probable secondary impreg- nation. Memphis M. Month., 1909, xxix, 57.—Czyze- wicz (A.) Ausgetragene, lebende Drillinge bei Placenta praevia lateralis. Zentralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1905, xxix, 1561-1565.—Davis (J. L.) Triplets living at forty-seven vears of age. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvii, 288.— Davis (P. J.) A case of triplets. Mass. M. J., Bost., 1*91, xiv, 491-494.—Delr6e. Grossesse triple avec pla- centa praevia. Scalpel, Liege, 1911, lxiv, 269.—Denison TRIPLETS. 494 TRIPLETS. Triplets. 1 J. Mi A case of triplets. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1895, xlvii, 491.—Brcnnan (.1. G.) A case of multiple pregnancy, [Triplets; two placentae.] Am. J. Obst., N.Y., 1899, xxxix, 355-357.—Dreyfuss (A.) Ueber einen Fall von Dril- lingsgcburt bei einem Uterus bicornis unicollis. Miin- ehen. med. WVlinschr., 1905, Iii, 360-363.—Early (J. L.) Triplets; report of a case. Tr. Kentucky M. Soc. 1899, Loui>ville, 1900, xliv, 259. Also: Louisville J. S. & M., 1899-1900,vi,5L—Englund(Kristina). Fallaftrillingar. Jordemodern,Stockholm, 1911, xxiv,53.—Fajarnes(E.) Parto triple. Rev. valenc. de cien. med., Valencia, 1899, i, 165.—Feild (J. T.) Case of triplet labor; a clinical re- pi.rt. Texas M. Gaz., Fort Worth, 1902, ii, no. 12, 3-9.— Ficiix. IV-livre de grossesse triple. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1909, xxx, 148.—Figueras (J. A.) Parto triple, su frecuencia en Cuba. Actas y trab. d. Cong. m6d. nac, Habana, 1911, 141-143. Also: Arch, de gineenn. [etc.], Barcel., 1911, xxiv, 247-250. Also: Rev. de med. y cirug. de la Habana, 1911, xvi, 121-124.—Fonyd (J.) Harmas sziiles esete. [A case of birth of triplets.] Gynaekologia, Budapest, 1905, 241-244. Also: Szultszet 6s n6gy6gy., Budapest, 1905, 16-25.—Friez (A.) Gestation tripie chez une genisse. Rec. de med. veL, Par., 1901, 8. s., viii, 483.— Gelll (G.) Un caso di parto trigemino. Pratico, Firenze, 1897, ii, 23-26—Gerschun (M.) Ueber zwei Drillingsgeburten. Centralbl. f. Gvniik., Leipz., 1S96, xx, 1330-1332.—Giglio (G.) Aborto trigemino, mo- nocorion, con embrione acefalo e tre sacchi ovulari dis- tinti, dei quali qnello appartenente all' acefalo era poli- amniotico: mostruosita col anomalia grave. Rassegna d' ostet. e ginec, Napoli, 1896, v, 462-464.—Gilder (G. S.) Triplets, after apparent pregnancy of 14 months. Med. World, Phila., 1905, xxiii, 488.— Goffln (Mine. Jos.) Grossesse triple; exstrophie de la vessie chez l'un des en- fants; suites heureuses pour la mere et les deux autres enfants. J. d'accouch., Liege, 1906, xxvii, 273.—Golt- man (A.) Triplets. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1897, Iii, 16.— Granzner (O.) Eineiige Drillinge; Drillingsgeburten mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung eineiiger. Gynaek. Rundschau, Berl. u. Wien, 1907, i, 939-950. -----. Ueber Drillingsschicksal. Frauenarzt, Leipz., 1909, xxiv, 386.— Gr0iilimd (M.) En F0dsel af et noumalt Foster og et Dobbeltmisfoster. [Delivery of a normal foetus and a double monster.] Hosp.-Tid., Kj0benh., 1889, 3. R., vii, 655-660.—Grosse (A.) Un cas d'accouchement triple. Compt. rend. Soc. d'obst., de gynec et de paediat. de Par., 1907, ix, 241-244. -----. La grossesse triple. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1908, 2. s., xxvi, 1025; 1045; 1065.—Gruzdeff (V. S.J & Polotebnoff (S. M.) Sluchal mnogovodiya pri odnoyaltsevikh trolnyakh. [Hydramnios in a case of monovular triplets.] Vrach, St. Petersb., 1895, xvi, 465. Also, transl.: Centralbl. f. Gyniik., Leipz., 1898, xxii, 664- 666.—Guihal (P.) Un cas de grossesse triple. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1909, 2. s., xxvii, 9.—Guslitser (I.) Sluchal rodov trolnyami. [Case of triplets.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1906, xiii, 209.—Harris (J. D.) Miscar- riage with triplets; also measles. Med. World, Phila., 1903, xxi, 35.—Hartmann (A.) Ein Fall von Drillings- geburt. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1902, xv, 581.—Heil (K.) Zur Kasuistik der Drillingsgeburten. Deutsche Prax., Munchen, 1904, xiii, 273-275.—Heinricius (G.) Fall af trill ingsbord. [A case of birth of triplets.] Finska lak.- siillsk. handl., Helsingfors, 1904, xlvi, pt. 2, 224.—Her- nia nsson (H.) Tre trillingforlossningar. [Three cases of triplets.] Jordemodern, Stockholm, 1908, xxi, 143.— Herrgott (A.) A propos d'un cas de grossesse triple. Bull. Soc. d'obst. ct de gynec de Par., 1912, i, 1024-1028. Also: Rev. med. de Test, Nancy, 1913, xiv, 321-324.—Ho- negger (J.) Ueber eine Drillingsgeburt. Cor.-Bl f schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1906, xxxvi, 660.—Hoover (B. A.) Triplets living over eighty years. J.Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvii, 446— Hume (J. R.) Triple preg- nancy; with report of a case. J. Indiana M. Ass., Fort Wayne 1911, iv, 485.-Hyde (R. E.) Triplets. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1899, lvi, 771.-Jaeger (O.) Drillings- schwangerschaft mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung des Placentarsitzes. Zentralbl. f. Gyniik., Leipz., 1908 xxxii 1049-1054.-----. Entrillingsfadsel. [Triplets.]. Tidsskr' f. Jordem0dre, Kjobenh., 1908-9, xix, 4-6.—Job ( L ) grossesse triple. Rev. med. de Test, Nancy, 1910, xlii °93rj>9,6--——■„ Trols nouveaux cas de grossesse triple. Ibid. 1911, xlm, 227-234.-Kaiser (O.) Ueber Drillings- schicksal. Frauenarzt, Leipz., 1905, xx, 458-460, 1 pl — Karpeles (M. J.) Multiple conceptions. N. York M J. [etc.], 1908, lxxxvii, 1089.—King's (The) bountv: triplets St. Barth Hosp. J., Lond.&1906^7 xiv 109- Kley (Frau K.) Eine Drillingsgeburt. Allg. deutsche Hebam-Ztg., Berl., 1907, xxii, 441.-Koch (H.) Eine fruhzeitige embryonale Drillingsmissbildung vom Huh n- $-m i !fV Mo3>h^\ • • Erla"g- 1883, Stuttg., 1884, 3,-49,1 plL-Kusuda (H.) [A case of triple pregnancy Sankwa 1 ivjmkwa Gaku Zassni, Tokyo, 1901, iii, 305; 339 - LaboraeiJ [-\ .] Observation relative a une grossesse tn .le < .1.servge en clientele. Gaz. med. de Par., 1902, 2 s ii, 17. Also:Tnb\memed.,Par., 1902,2. s., xxxiv,451-453 - ^»'«nd- Grossesse trigemellaire. J. de med de Bor- deaux. 1905, xxxv, 50.-Lambinon (H.) Cas rare de grossesse trigemellaire avec retention prolongfe de deu> Triplets. foetus morts dans Tuterus et expulses k terme & l'etat papyrac6 avec un enfant vivant. N. Arch, d'obst. etde gynec, Par., 1894, ix, 566-56S. — Lanlos (E.) Hydram- nios bei DrillingsschwangerM'lmi't. Centralbl. f. Gvniik., Leipz., 1898, xxii, 282-284. Also: Test, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1898, xxxiv, 55X-560.—Lewis (W. M.) Report of a case of triple pregnancv. Maryland M. J., Bait., 1897-8, xxxviii, 209.—Leys (J. F.) Triplets living at sev- enty. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lviii, 1136.—Liml- man(Elin). Trillingbord och foreliggande moderkaka. [Birth of triplets with placenta previa.] Jordemodern, Stockholm, 1903, xvi, 87.—Loubry. Grossesse trigemel- laire. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1903, vii, 176-178.—Ln- geol. Note sn rune grossesse trigemellaire. J. de m&L de Bordeaux, 1891, xxiv, 111— McCoy (E. E.) A case of triplets; all healthy and thriving. J. Nat. M. Ass., Tuske- free, Ala., 1910, ii, 265—ITIcFarlane (W.) Triplets with single placenta. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901, i, 1015.—Me- Suigan (H.) A case of triplets. J. Minn. M. Ass. [etc], Minneap., 1910, n. s., xxx, 424.— MePherson (R.) 'Multiple pregnancy, triplets, followed by eclampsia in mother; report of case. Bull. Lving-in-Hosp. N. Y., 1906, vi, 38.—Majocchi (A.) Parto trigemino in donna albuminurica. Arte ostet., Milano, 1902, xvi, 209-212.— Markovits (S.) Harmas ikerabortus ket szakaszban. [Abortion of triplets occurring twice.] Orvosi hetil., Bu- dapest, 1901, xiv, 125.—Maryanchik (N. P.) Sluchal trolnei s odnim smorshtshennim plodom (foetus rjapyra- ceus). [Triplets, one a . . . ] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1902, ix, 317-319.—Matas (P. J.) Parto triple. Rev. balear de cien m6d., Palma de Mallorca, 1899, xvi, 145- 155.—Melvin (J. T.) Triplets. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1897, Hi, 920. — Merentie. Relation d'un accouchement triple. Union med. de Provence, Marseille, 1865, 101.— Milner (G. M.) Triplets. Med. World, Phila., 1904, xxii, 297.—Mirakoflt"(M. A.) Sluchal rodov troTnvami. [Labor with triplets.] Protok. zasaid. Kavkazsk.'med. Obsh., Tiflis, 1899-1900, xxxvi, 188-193.—Molenaar (H.) Drielingen. Tijdschr. v. prakt. verlosk., Haarlem. 1901-2, v, 230.—Murray (J. J.) Remarks of a case of spurious menstruation; premature expulsion of triplets Edinb. M. J., 1858, iii, pt. 2, 784-787. Also, Reprint.-Nandrup (S.) En Trillingf0dsen. [Triplet birth.] Gvnaek. og obst. Medd.. Kj0benh., 1893, x, 110-114.— Naiimann. Ueber Drillingsschicksal. Frauenarzt, Leipz., 1908, xxiii, 194-198.—Odom (T. D.) A case of labor with triplets. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1900-1901, liii, 528.— Ollereiishaw (R.) Male triplets with eclampsia in a patient aged 16 years. Lancet, Lond., 1907, ii, 157.— Passover (L. P.) K voprosuomnogoplodnol beremen- nosti; rod! trolnyami. [un multifoetal pregnancy; birth of triplets.] Vrach, St. Petersb., 1892, xiii, 953.— Pearl (R.) A case of triplet calves with peculiar color inheritance. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1907, n. s., xxvi, 760.—Perdu. Grossesse triple; accouchements successifs de deux petits foetus maceres de .10 m., puis d'un ceuf entier contenant un enfant vivant de .30 m. Loire med., St. Etienne, 1911, xxx, 139-141.—Petrlkov- ski (S.) Sluchal prezhdevremennikh rodov trolnyami. [Premature labor with triplets.] J. Akush. i Jensk. Bo- liez., St. Petersb., 1899. xiii, 547-551.— Pinard (A.) Note sur la conduite a. tenir dans la grossesse triple. Compt. rend. Soc. d'obst., de gynec et de paediat. de Par., 1907, ix, 245.—Beader (J. K.) Triplets, with placenta prasvia. Homceop. J. Obst., N. Y., 1895, xvii, 215-217.—Bocchi (F. S.) Sopra un caso di parto trigemino. Boll. d. Soc. Lancisiana d. osp. di Roma, 1904, xxiv, 173-178.—de Rodriguez (Antonia L.) Parto triple. Rev. med. cubana, Habana, 1908, xii, 283.—Bolg-Baventds. Un caso de gestaci6n trigemelar, monocorial y triamni6tica. An. dela Acad.de obst. [etc.], Madrid, 1912, v, 81-87.— Boland. Les grossesses triples et plus que triples. Poitoumed., Poitiers, 1895, ix, 100-103.—Bose (B. A.) & Talbott (J. E.) Monstrosity; triplets; report of case and autopsy. Tr. Indiana M. Soc, Indianap., 1898, 240- 242.—Roura del Castillo (M.) Parto triple; inter- venci6n y conservacidn de la vida de los tres fetos. Rev. med. cubana, Habana, 1906, ix, 55-58.—Ruppin (A.) Die Zwillings- und Drillingsgeburten in Preussen im letzten Jahrzehnt. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1901, xxvii, 661.—Saks (J.) Trzy przypadki porodu trojaczkami. [Three cases of labor with triplets.] Cza- sopismo lek., L6dz, 1900, ii, 58-61.—Saladino (A.) Gravi trigemellare con feti monocori e triamnotici com- plicata da nefrite parenchimatosa, interottasi spontanea- mente al vi. mese. Rassegna d' ostet. e ginec, Napoli, 1899, viii, 449; 517; 577.—Sanlter (R.) Drillingsgeburten; eineiige Drillinge. Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gvnak., Stuttg., 1901, xlvi, 347-384—Scarborough (W. E.) Triplets with one placenta. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlviii, 1108.—Schuster (Clara). Normal verlau- fene Drillingsgeburt. Allg. deutsche Hebam.-Ztg., Berl., 1903, xviii, 147.—Senebier. Un accouchement tri-ge- mellaire. Dauphine med., Grenoble, 1912, xxxvi, 205- 210.—Shipp(J.W.) Triplets. Med. Brief, St. Louis, 1902, xxx, 1498. Also: Med. World, Phila., 1902 xx, 420.— Small (B.) Case of triple birth at 7th month of gesta- tion, in two of the foetuses development had been arrested TRIPLETS. 495 TRISMUS. Triplets. at about 4th month. Proc. Med.-Chir. Soc. Montreal (1893-5), 1886, 38.—Spencer (H. R.) A case of triplets and complete placenta pnevia in which the children were delivered alive through a perforation in the first placenta. Tr. Obst. Soe. Lond. (1893), 1894, xxxv, 107-110.—Stark (A. X.) Triplets. Rep. Surg.-Gen. Army, Wash., 1896, yi.—Stevenson (R.) Acaseof triple pregnancy. South African M. Rec, Cape Town, 1906, iv, 43.— Takekaki (K.) [An observation on the birth of triplets.] Jo-san- no Shiori, Osaka, 1899,170-175—Tate (H. W.) A case of triplets. MemphisM. Month., 1893, xiii, 53-55.—Thomp- son (G. W.) Report of a triplet birth, one single child and a well-defined caseof thoraco-gastrodidvmus. Cleve- land M. Gaz., 1898-9, xiv, 354-356,1 pl. Also: Indiana M. J., Indianap., 189S-9, xvii, 373. Also: Internat. M. Mag., N. Y., 1899, viii, 594-596.—Thoyer-Bozat. Sur deux cas tie grossesse triple. Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par., 1903, vi, 140-149. -----. Rectification &, propos de la communica- tion: Sur deux casde grossesse triple. Ibid., 284.—Tini- mermans (Mme.) Accouchement trigemellaire, trois enfants vivants. J. d'accouch., Liege, 1908, xxix, 173.— Tolochinoff (N. F.) Rodi trolnyami. [Triplets.] Russk. Med., St. Petersb., 1894, xix. 73; 90. —Trip- lets born in ambulance. Med. News, N. Y., 1900, lxxvii, no. 24. Suppl., 22.—llrich ^L) Et Tilfaelde af Trillinger. [A case of triplets.] Tidsskr. f. Jordem0dre, Kjobenh., 1894-5, v, 125-130.—Valera (Anneita). Parto trigemino. Gior. p. le levatrici, Milano. 1898, xii, 4.— Valtorta (F.) Gravidanza trigemellare; trasforma- zione in mola vescicolare di uno degli ovi. Rassegna d' ostet. e ginec, Napoli, 1907, xvi, 465—173.—Var- shavski (M. O.) K kazuistikie beremennosti trol- ' nyami. [Triplets.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1903, x, 874.—Vedenyapinski (P. I.) Rledkiy sluchal rodov donoshennimi trolnyami. [Rare case of triplets rvt term.] J. akush. i"jensk. boliez., St. Petersb., 1909, xxiii, 833-844.— Vel is (O.) Embarazo triple. Rev. med. de Chile, Sant. de Chile, 1901, xxix, 276-280.— Voron. Un cas de grossesse triple. Bull. Soc. d'obst. et de gynec. de Par., 1912, i, 662-664.—Wadhams (N. S.) A case of triplets; in a primipara complicated by breech and transverse presentations, and followed by post-partum hemorrhage. Yale M. J., N. Haven, 1901-2, viii, 283.—Walch. Eine Drillingsgeburt bei emer Kuh. Deutsche tierarztl. Wchnschr., Hannov., 1904, xii, 103.— Watson ( E.) Plural pregnancy, triplets, presenting some unusual features. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, i, 75.— Weaver (J. H.) Triplets. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1903, xl, 1520.— Weissenberg (S.) Lebende Drillinge und Vierlinge. Arch. f. Rassen- u. Gesellsch.-Biol., Leipz., 1911, viii, 172-177.— West (C. Q.) Case of trip- lets. Med. Brief, St. Louis, 1901, xxix, 531.—Wieder (H. S.) Report of a case of triplets. Internat. M. Mag., N. Y., 1902, xi, 281-284.—Williams (W. G.) A case of triplets, complicated by partial placenta praevia and transverse presentations, followed by severe postpartum hemorrhage. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1901, lx, 7r>l— Wolff (B.) Ueber eine Drillingsgeburt mit einem Acardius. Arch. f. Gynaek., Berl., 1899, lix, 294-313.—If ampolski (S. D.) Sluchal rodov trolnvami. [Birth of triplets.] J. Akush. i jensk. Boliez., St. Petersb., 1900, xiv, 981-984.— Young (A. B.) A case of triplets. Georgia Eclect. M. J., Atlanta, 1899-1900, xxi, 309— Zamparelli (G.) Contributo alia casistica della gravidanza trigemellare. Atti d. xi. Cong. med. internaz. 1VH, Roma, 1895, v, ostet., 255-257. Also: Rassegna d' ostet. e ginec, Napoli, 1893, ii, 70-72. —Zhukovski (V.) Dleti-trolni; 9- dnevnove nablyudeniye nad ikh razvitiyem. [Triplets; observation of their development during nine days.] Dietsk. med., Mosk., 1901, vi, 293-296. Triplett (J[acob] S. ) [1865- ]. Toxic symptoms from Seidlitz powders. 2 pp. 16°. [Philadelphia, 1893.] Repr. from: Med. News, Phila., 1893, lxiv. ------. One cane of compound depressed frac- ture of the skull and one of a bullet wound in j the brain. 4 pp. 12°. [Philadelphia, 1894.] Repr. from: Med. News, Phila., 1894, lxv. Triplett (W[illiam] H.) [1836- ]. Me- chanical principle in the circulation in the embryo; placental souffle the analogue of res- piration; re piration in the new-born; the change in the mechanics which this involves; incubation; the relation this sustains to the air-chamber in the egg; mode of grafting the ovum in the tissues of the womb. 23 pp. roy. 8°. [New York, 1887.] Repr. from: Gaillard's M. J., N. J., 1884, xxxvii. Triplexol. Martinez Cobos (T.) El triplexol, nuevo anti- septico. Cong, internat. de med. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, de chir. gen., 162-165. Triplopia. Wherry. Uniocular triplopia. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1887, ii, 833.—Wilhelmi. Ein Fall von monoculiirer Triplopie. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1887, xxv, 277-279. Triplotsenia. von Janicki (C.) Weitere Angaben iiber Triplo- tsenia mirabilis J. E. V. Boas. Vorlauflge Mitteilung. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1904, xxvii, 243-247. Tripoli. See, also, Plague (History, etc., of), by lo- calities. Barba-Morrihy (C.) Notizie sulle malattie pre- dominant! in Tripoli. Stud, di med. leg. e var. . . . onore di G. Ziino, Messina, 1907, 531-541.—tiabbi (U.) Les maladies tropicales a Tripoli. (Premiere contribu- tion.) Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1912, v, 850-852.— Muzio (C.) Tripoli visitata da un medico. Pensiero med., Milano, 1911, i, 745-749. Triponzo. See Waters (Mineral), by localities. Tripot (Jules) [1864- ]. *Des infections bronchiques et en particulier des bronchopneu- monies dues au pneumobacille de Friedlaender. 124 pp., 1 1. 8°. Toulouse, 1897, No. 205. Trippe (Simon). Forgotten (A) English medical poet. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1900, ii, 441. Trippett (Robert Bruce Lazzell) [1850- 92]. Bickey (J. L.) Necrology. Tr. M. Soc. W. Virg., Wheeling, 1893, 1027. Trippier (A.) L'electricite et le cholera; ge- nese, prophylaxie et traitement. 16 pp. 8°. Paris, G. Carre, 1884. Repr. from: Lumiere eUectrique, 1884. Tripylese. Borgert (A.) Fremdkorperskelete bei tripyleen Ra- diolarien. Vierte Mitteilung iiber Tripyleen. Arch. f. Protistenk., Jena, 1911, xxiii, 125-140. — Hacker (V.) Zur Kenntnis der Challengeriden; 4. Mitteilung fiber die Tripyleen-Ausbeute der deutschen Tiefsee-Expedition. Ibid., 1906, vi, 259-306, 1 pl. Triqueneaux (Louis) * Etude medico-iegale des traumatismes observes sur les cadavres re- tires de l'eau. 142 pp., 2 pl. 8°. Paiis, 1908, No. 310. Triquet (Gabriel-Marie-Joseph) [1880- ]. *De la consolidation des blessures aux points de vue medical, legal et medico-legal. 64 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1908, No. 64. Trisaccharides. Wogrinz (A.) Ueber die Hydrolyse der Trisaccha- ride durch verdiinnte Siiuren. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1903, xliv, 571-574. Triscuit (Le). Sa fabrication; sa composition chimique; ses indications. 16 pp. 12°. Paris, J.-E. Jaccard, [1903, vel subseq.]. Trismus. See, also, Fever (Malarial, Complications of, Visceral); Tetanus (Cephalic). Oertel (B.) *Die Kieferklemme und ihre Behandlung. 8°. Halle a. S., 1896. .Simoni (J.) *Trismus hysterique et trismus mental. 8°. Dion, 1906. Beers (W. G.) A case of trismus from spastic irrita- tion of the masseter. Dominion Dent. J., Toronto, 1899, xi. 295. Also: Austral. J. Dent., Melbourne, 1899-1900, iii, l:ii— Black (X.) Trismus. Brit. J. Dent. Sc, Lond., 1900, xliii, 964-975.—Bon rlet. Fracture double longitu- dinale de la dent canine inferieure gauche; trismus; gue- rison. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1895, ii, 555-557.—Braun. Ueber m vogene Kieferklemme. Wien. med. BL, 1897, xx, 659.—J<; wart (W.) Persistent lockjaw in an edentulous subject, relieved bv incising a tender portion of the gum. Med. Press &Circ, Lond., 1899, n.s., lxviii,350.—Fanner (F M ) Notes of a case of trismus extending over twenty vears. Dent. Rev., Chicago, 1907, xxi, 305-308. Also: Brit. j. Dent. Sc, Lond., 1911, liv, 493-^96.—Federspicl (M. N ) A consideration of trismus dentium. Milwaukee M. J., 1910, xviii, 227-229.—Gubbin (G. F.) A case of TRISMUS. 496 TRIYIDIC. Trismus. trismus. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1905, v, 526.— Guthrie ( L. ) Functional trismus. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1907-8, i, Neurol. Sect., 103.—Hutchinson (J A.) Irritative trismus. Montreal M. J., 1898, xxvii, 132.—Ibbotson (J. S.) & Byers (W. G. M.) Irritative or reflex trismus. Dental Cosmos, Phila., 1896,xxxviii, •->*- 61. Also, Reprint.—Matheny (R. C.) A peculiar case of trismus [in pregnancy]. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1895, xlviii, 742.—Peter (R.) Symptomatic value of trismus. To- ledo M. & S. Reporter, 1896, ix, 307-310.—Schreiber (M.) Storia della terapia operativa del trisma mascellare. Gior. di corrisp. p. dentisti, Milano, 1898, xxvii, 7; 120; 198. Trismus nascentium. See Tetanus in children and infants. Trissinus (Aloisius) [1517-43]. Problematum medicinalium ex Galeni sententia libri sex. Opus vere aureum, et ad naturalis philosophise cognitionem perquam necessarium. 105 1. 16°. Basilese, J. Parous, 1547. Trist (Sidney G.) Pasteurism discredited; what scientific and medical witnesses assert. 11 pp. 83. [London, Miller, Son dc Co., n. d.] Tri-Slute Medical Journal, v. 1-3,1893-6. 8°. Keokuk, Iowa. Tri°State Medical Journal and Practitioner, v. 4-5, 1897-8. 8°. St. Louis. Formed, January, 1897, by the consolidation of: Gen- eral Practitioner with: Tri-State Medical Journal. Tristearin. BHrner (A.) Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Glyceride der Fette und Oele. 1. Ueber den Gehalt des Rinds- und Hammeltalges an Tristearin. Ztschr. f. Untersuch. d. Nahrungs- u. Genussmittel, Berl., 1907, xiv, 90-117. Tristeza. See Cattle (Southern fever of); Piroplasmosis. Tristomidse. Parona (C.) & Montlcello (F. S.) Sul genere An- cyrocotyle (n. g.). Arch, de parasitol.,Par., 1903, vii, 117- 121, 1 pl.—Setti (E.) Tristomum Perugiai n. sp. Sulle branchie del Tetrapturus belone Raf. Ibid., 1898, i,308-313. Tritanopia. Collin&Nagel(W.A.) Erworbene Tritanopie (Vio- lettblindheit). Ztschr. f. Psychol, u. Physiol, d. Siunes- org., Leipz., 1906, xli, 2. Abt., 74-88.—KHlner (H.) Er- worbene Violet tblindheit (Tritanopie) und ihr Verhalten gegenuber spektralen Mischungsgleichungen (Rayleigh- Gleichung). Ibid., 1907, xlii,281-296.—Levy (M.) Ueber einen Fall von angeborener beiderseitiger Tritanopie (Blaublindheit). Arch. f. Ophth., Leipz., 1905-6, lxii, 464-480. Triton. Dauen (J.) * Ueber eine rudimentiire Druse beim weiblichen Triton. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1896. Also, in: Morphol. Arb., Jena, 1897, vii, 366-392. Levy (0.) Entwicklungsmechanische Stu- dien am Embryo von Triton tteniatus. I. Orien- tierungsversuche. Habilitationsschrift. 8°. Leipzig, 1905. Also, in: Arch. f. Entwcklngsmechn. d. Organ., Leipz., 1905-6, xx, 3. Hft., 335-379. Nakazawa (T.) *Zur Blutentwicklung bei Triton cristatus. 8°. Marburg, 1908. Bresca (G.) Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die sekundaren Sexualcharaktere der Tritonen. Areh, f. Entwcklngsmechn. d. Organ., Leipz., 1910, xxix, 404-431. —Giannelli (L.) Sullo svilluppo del pan- creas e delle ghiandole intraparietali del tubo digesti- vo negli anfibii urodeli (gen. Triton), con qualche accen- no alio sviluppo del fegato e dei polmoni. Arch. ital. di anat. e di embriol., Firenze4 1902, i, 393-447, 4 pl.— Heidkamp (H.) Ueber die Einwirkung des Hungers auf weibliche Tritonen. Arch. f. d. ges. Phvsiol., Bonn, 1909, cxxviii, 226-237,1 pl.—Ilulanicka (Mile. R.) Re- cherches sur l'innervation de la peau de Triton cristatus. Bull, internat. Aead. d. sc. deCracovie, 1912, B, 400-404,1 pl.—Jaii**«'iis( I a.) Das chromatischeElement wah- rend der Entwiekelung des Ovocvsts des Triton. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1904, xxiv, 64S-65L—Jolly (J.) Phenomenes histologiques de la reparation du sang chez les tritons anemies par un lonx jeune. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1901,11. s., iii, 11x3. -----. Sur la division indirecte des protohemoblastes (erythroblastes) dans le sang du tri- Triton. ton. i&id., 1902, 11. s.,iv, 68-70. -----. Origine nucleaire des paranuclei des globules sanguins du triton. Compt. rend, de l'Ass. d. anat., Nancy, 1903, v, 115-120.—Kurz (O.) Die beinbildenden Potenzen entwickelterTritonen. Arch. f. Entwcklngsmechn. d. Organ., Leipz.,1912, xxxiv, 588-617, 1 pl. —l.ubosch (W.) Ueber die Nukleolar- substanz des reifenden Tritoneneies, nebst Betraehtun- gen iiber das Wesen der Eireifung. Jenaische Ztschr. f. Naturw., Jena, 1902, xxxvii, 217-296,5 pl Also, Reprint.— Muthmann (E.) Ueber die erste Anlage der Schild- driise und deren Lagebeziehung zur ersten Anlage des Herzens bei Amphibien, insbesondere bei Triton alpes- tris. Anat. Hefte, Wiesb., 1904, xxvi, 1-18—Spemann (H.) Entwickelungsphysiologische Studien am Triton- Ei. Arch. f.Entwcklngsmchn. d. Organ., Leipz., 1902, xv, 448-534, 5pl.—Suchard (E.) Structure du poumon des tritons. Compt. rend, de l'Ass. d. anat., Nancy, 1903, v, 1-3.—Van Bambeke. Le sillon median ou raphe gas- trulaire du Triton alpestre(Triton alpestris Laur.). Bull. Soc. de med. de Gand, 1893, lx, 204.—Vogt. Ueber riick- schreitende Veranderungen von Kernen und Zellen jun- ger Entwicklungsstadien von Triton cristatus. Sitzungsb. d. Gesellsch. z. Beford. d. ges. Naturw. zu Marb. (1909), 1910, 109-123, 1 pl.—WolterstorlT (W.) Zur Synony- mie der Gattung Triton Laur. (non L.). Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1903, xxvi, 276. -----. Ueber die Eiablage und Entwicklung von Triton (Pleurodeles) Waltlii und Triton (Euproctus) Rusconii. Ibid., 277-280. -----. Zur Frage aer Bastardnatur des Triton Blasii de l'lsles. Pbid., 697. -----. Ueber Triton vulgaris L. subsp. grseca Wolt. n. subsp. Ibid., 1905, xxix, 137-139. -----. Ueber den For- mentreis des Triton ( = Molge) vittatus Gray. Ibid.,1906, xxix,649-654.—von Zeller (E.) Untersuchungen fiber die Samentrager und den Kloakenwulst der Tritonen. Ztschr. f. wissensch. Zool., Leipz., 1905, lxxix, 171-221,1 pl. Tritoniada3. Breyer (T. F.) Ueber das Blutgefass- und Nerven- system der iEolididee und Tritoniadae. Ztschr. f. wissen- sch. Zool., Leipz., 1910, xcvi, 373-118, 4 pl. Tritschel-Bernatovitcli (Eugenie). * Ac- tion du venin de cobra sur la grenouille. 24pp. 8°. Lausanne, Jeanneret dc Kern, 1912. Tritschler (Eduard) [ -1896]. Flocken (L.) Nekrolog. Arch. f. off. Gsndhtspflg., Strassb., 1896, xvii, 151. Trittelvitz (Franz Karl Gustav Bernhard) [1879- ]. * Beitrag zur Casuistik der Leber- adenome. 18 pp., 2 1. 8°. Kiel, H. H. Peters, 1904. Tritto (Giovanni). La basiotripsia ed il 3° ba- siotribo Tarnier. Contributo sperimentale. 69 pp., lpl. 8°. Napoli, Pansini, [1902]. Trituberculy. See Teeth (Morphology of). Trituration. See Pharmacy (Methods, etc., in). Triulzi (Antonio). Guida omeopatica pel trat- tamento delle principali malattie. 566 pp. 8°. Genova, G. Schenone, 1871. Trivaline. Berneker (O.) Ueber das Overlachsche Trivalin. Dermat. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Hamb., 1912, lv, 1381.— Grabi. Erfahrungen mit Trivalin-Overlach und Tri- valin-Hyoscin. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1912, lxxxi, 665.—Overlach. Trivalin. Zentralbl. f. innere Med., Leipz., 1912, xxxiii, 422^125.— von Tienhoven (A.) Trivaline als pijnstillend middel. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1913, i, 97-99. Trivas (Isaac) [1865- ]. *L'adr£naline et ses applications en oto-rhino-laryngologie. 96 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1902, No. 88. Triverus. See Thriverus. Trivett (John B.) Tuberculosis in New South Wales; a statistical analysis of the mortality from tubercular diseases during the last thirty- three years. 81 pp., 3 ch. 8°. Sydney, W. A. Gulliek, 1909. Trividic (Charles Henri) [1880- ]. * Con- tribution a I'etude des corps etrangers des voies digestives chez les enfants. 61 pp. 8°. Bor- deaux, 1905. No. 18. TRIVIOT. Triviot (Andre) [1835- ]. *Du cancer pri- mitif de la pldvre. 74 pp., 11. 4°. Lyon, 1895, No. 1157. Trivus (I[osif] L[eibovich]) [1870- ]. *Ob izmlenenii zatrombirovannikh arteriy zhivot- nikh pri polnom golodanii i otkarmlivanii. [Changes in thrombosed arteries of animals in complete starvation and when fed up.] 76 pp., lpl. 8°. S.-Peterburg, P. V. Meshtsherski, 1899. Trivus (S[olomon] A[bramovich]) [1874- ]. *Toki dteistviya v korle polushariy golovnavo mozga pod vliyaniyem perifericheskikh razdra- zheniy. [Currents of action in the cortex of the hemispheres of the brain under the influence of peripheral stimuli.] 148 pp., 1 1. 8°. S.-Pe- terburg, A. E. Landau, 1900. Trizlintzeff(W) * Contribution a l'Stude de la coqueluche anormale du nourrisson. viii, 49 pp., 2 ch., 11. 8°. Montpellier, Hamelin frires, 1902, No. 83. Trnka (Anna) [1881- ]. * Quelques con- siderations sur l'etiologie de la meningite tuber- euleuse (d'apres 87 observations). 38 pp., 11. 8°. Nancy, 1904, No. 39. Trnka (Yenczel) [1739-91]. Gydry (T.) [Biography.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1902, xlvi, 41. Trocars. See, also, Aspiration. Costar (J.-J.) * An tutius ab acu, troiscarts dicto, quam scalpello et lanceola paracenthesis? 8°. Parisiis, 1726. Barajas y Gallego (L.) Tr6car aspirador farin- geo. Bol. de laringol., otol. y rinol., Madrid, 1908, viii, 111-114.—Bissell (J. D.) A trocar which both clamps and empties a cyst without permitting the escape of fluid into the abdominal cavity. N. York J. Gynaec. & Obst., 1894, iv, 279-282. Also, Reprint.—Bunn (O. L.) Self- cleaning trocar. [Pat. spec] No. 958,854: May 24,1910.— Crowe (T. E.) Trocar. [Pat. spec] No. 1,014,128; Jan. 9, 1912. — Benefice. Nouveaux trocarts pour la ponction hypogastrique de la vessie. Bull. Acad. roy. de med. de Belg., Brux., 3. s., xiv, 604-533. Also, Reprint.— Kaulmann (R.) & Bing (J.) Ein kombiniertes In- strument (Sauginzisoreine Verbindung von Saugapparat mit Inzisionsinstrument). Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1911, lviii, 1516.—Kovalevski (S.) Opisaniye shpritsa- troakara. [Description of a trocar-syringe.] Arch. vet. nauk, St. Petersb., 1909, xxxix, 1396-1403.—Morel. Sim- ple modification a. apporter aux trocarts. Loire m6d., St.-Etienne, 1899, xviii, 89.—Ochsner (E. H.) An aspi- rating trocar. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1903, xxxvii, 769-771.— Ortmann. Eine neue Venentroikartkanule. Med. Klin., Berl., 1911, vii, 389.—B. (V.) Trocart porte-drain du Dr. Rochet. Province mea., Lyon, 1897, xi, 440.— Beynier (P.) Pince trocart aspirateur. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1908, n.s.. xxxiv, 484— Sgambati (O.) Trequarti esploratore per i tessuti patologici. Suppl. al Policlin., Roma, 1898-9, v, 993-995. Also, transl.: Centralbl. f. Chir., Leipz.. 1899, xxvi, 1033-1036.—Sou - they. [Suggests use of Arnold and Sons' capillary drainage trocar.] Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1877, x, 152-157. Also, Reprint.—Stern (H.) A venepuncture trocar (Stern's trocar). Med. Rec, N. Y., 1905, lxviii, 1043. Trochanter. See, also, Bursas of hip; Femur. ITlacalister (A.) Archseologia anatomica. VIII. Trochanter. J. Anat. & Physiol., Lond., 1900-1901, xxxv, 269. Trochanter (Diseases of). See Femur (Diseases of). Trochanter (Fracture of). See Epiphyses (Separation, etc., of); Femur (Fracture of). Trochanteralgia. Poucel (J.) Trochanteralgie. Marseille med., 1912, xlix, 177-181. Also [Abstr.]: Arch. prov. de chir., Par., 1912, xxi, 173. Troche (Maurice) [1882- ]. *Des hema- toceles thyroi'diennes. 99 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1905, No. 83. TROFARELLO. Troches. Asehe(C. F.) Improvement in troches. [Pat. spec] No. 204,520; June 4, 1878— Cathell (W. T.) Troches. Maryland M. J., Bait., 1894, xxxi, 337-339. Also, Re- print.—Needles (C. H.) Improved medicated troches. [Pat. spec] No. 60,039; Nov. 27, 1866.—Sawyer (Sir J.) A new form of trochiscus. Lancet, Lond., 1911, ii, 435. Trochida?. Bandies (W. B.) Some observations on the anatomy and affinities of the Trochidee. Quart. J. Micr. Sc, Lond., 1904-5, xlviii, 33-78, 3 pl. Trochophora. Wundsch(H. H.) Das neue zoologische System von Berthold Hatschek [Trochophora] und seine Vorge- schichte. Med. Klin., Berl., 1912, viii, 910-914. Trochopus. Massa (D.) Contributo alio studio del genere Tro- chopus. Monitore zool. ital., Firenze, 1903, xiv, 252-255. -----. Materiali per una revisione del genere Trochopus. Arch, zool., Napoli, 1906-7, iii, 43-71, 2 pl. Troelioreus (Joannes Khuefnerus). See Kiif- ner (Joannes). Trochoscope. Haenisch (G. F.) ZurTrochoskoptechnik; ein neuer kleiner Apparat zur Erleichterung schwieriger Aufnah- men, z. B. der Clavicula, Rippen u. s. w. Fortschr. a. d. Geb. d. Rontgenstrahlen, Hamb., 1908, xii, 407-411.— Holzkneclit (G.) & Bobinsohn (I.) Das Trocho- skop, ein radiologischer Universaltisch. Ibid., 1905, viii, 172-183. Trochus. Bobert (A.) Recherches sur le developpement des troques. Arch, de zool. exp6r. et gen. Hist. nat. [etc.], Par., 1902, 3. s., x, 269-538, 31 pl. Troeme (Francis). *De la therapeutique pal- liative dans les tumeurs de l'encephale; me- thodes decompressives (ponction lombaire et trepanation palliative). 304 pp. 8°. Paris, 1909, No. 281. Troell (Abraham). Studien iiber das Uterus- myom in seinen Beziehungen zu Konzeption, Schwangerschaft, Geburt und Wochenbett. viii, 588 pp., 3 pl. 8°. Stockholm, P. A. Nor- stedt dc Soner, 1910. von Troltscli [Anton Friedrich] [1829-90]. Lehrbuch der Ohrenheilkunde mit Einschluss der Anatomie des Ohres. 3. Aufl xvi, 435 pp., 1 1. 8°. Wiirzburg, Stahel, 1867 -----. The same. 5. Aufl. xiii, 554 pp. 8°. Leipzig, F. C. W. Fogel, 1873. -----. The same. Trattato delle malattie del- 1' orecchio. Prima versione italiana autorizzata ed accresciuta dall' autore per cura del dottore Eugenio Morpurgo in Trieste. Milano, 1869. Estratto del dott Domenico Mucci. 51 pp. 8°. Milano, 1869. [P., v. 1851.] For Biography, si e Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1908, lxxvi, 231-239 (Kirchner). Trimmer (E[rnstL. O.]) [1868- ]. DasJu- gendirresein (Dementia praecox). 28 pp. 8°. Halle a. S., C. Marhold, 1900. Forms 5. Hft., v. 3, of: Samml. zwangl. Abhandl. a. d. Geb. d. Nerv.- u. Geisteskr., Halle a. S. ------. Die Neurasthenic 115 pp. 8°. Leipziq, B. Konegen, 1907. Forms 8. Hft. of: Die wichtigsten Nervenkrankheiten, hrsg. von Georg Flatau. -----. Das Problem des Sehlafes, biologisch und psychophysiologisch betrachtet. 2 p. 1., 88 pp., 1 1. roy. 8°. Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 1912. Grenzfragen des Nerven- und Seelenlebens, No. 84. Trofarello. Demateis (P.) Le condizioni igieniche di Trofarello in rapporto coll' infezione tifica prima e dopo la costru- zione dell' acquedotto. Riv. d' ig. e san. pubb., Torino, 1902. xiii. 778-783. )7 vol xviii, 2d series---32 TROFIMOFF. 498 TROLLDENIER. Tronmofr(N[ikolai]P[avlovich]) [1861- J. *K voprosu ob izmleneniyakh limfaticheskikh zhelyoz pri mlestnom vospalenii: skipidarnom i bakteriynom. [On changes in the lymphatic glands in local inflammation induced by tur- pentine or bacteria.] 56 pp., 1 1., 1 pl. 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1896. ------. Uspfekhi sovremennol otiatrii. [Progress of modern otiatrics. ] 23 pp. 8°. [Kiyev, 1904.] Bound with: Univ. Izvlest., Kiyev, 1904, xliv. Troflmoff (Nikolaue) [1880- ]. * Ueber das Chorionepitheliom, nebst Mitteilung von zwei neuen Fallen. 59 pp. 8°. Munchen, P. Miiller dc Steinicke, 1911. Troflmoff (Olga) * Se>o-anaphylaxie du chien. 30 pp. 8°. Lausanne, 1909. Troflmoff (V[asiliy] V[asilyevich]) [1878- ]. * K voprosu o kozhnom tyoploobmlenle pri hidroterapevticheskol reaktsii. [Cutaneous heat metabolism in hydrotherapeutic reaction.] 47, 73 pp., 3 tab. 8°. S.-Peterburg, tip. Shtaba Otd. Korp. Zhandarmov, 1911. Troflmoff (V [ladimir] K[irillovich]) [1872- ]. *K voprosu o glukhom shvie moche- vovo puzirya pri visokom kamnesiechenii. [Buried suture of the bladder in suprapubic lithotomy.] 128pp., 11., lpl. 8°. S.-Peterburg, tip. Shtaba Otd. Korp. Zhandarmov, 1909. Trog (Hans). *Pharmakognostische Studien iiber den Perubalsam und seine Entstehung. [Bern.] 31 pp. 8°. Berlin, [1893]. Troglodytella. It in nipt (E.) & Joyeux (C.) Sur un infusoire nouveau parasite du chimpanze\ Troglodytellaabrassarti, n. g., n. sp. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1912, v, 499-603, lpl. Troglodytes. See, also, Apes and monkeys. Owen (R.) Memoir on the gorilla (Troglo- dytes gorilla, Savage). 4°. London, 1865. Bayet. Les troglodytes du Sud-Tunisien. J. med. de Brux., 1909, xiv, 247.—Mat-quart (E.) Les troglodytes de l'Extreme-Sud Tunisien. Bull, et mem. Soc. d'an- throp. de Par., 1906, 5. s., vii, 174-186.—Saberton (C. W. S.) The nerve plexuses of Troglodvtes niger. Stud. Anat. . . . Univ. Manchester, 1906, iii, 163-271, 4 pl — Traeger (P.) Die Troglodyten des Matmata. Ztschr. f. Ethnol., Berl., 1906, xxxviii, 100-114. Trogneux (Albert) [1870- ]. * Contribu- tion a l'Stude des fistules ombilico-v^sieales. 76 pp. 8°. Paris, 1897, No. 129. Trognon (Charles) [1864- ]. *La gastro- enterostomie en France et ses resultats. 135 pp. 4°. Paris, 1893, No. 296. Steinheil, 1896. Troianowsky (Mile. L.) *Sur la digestion intestinale du lait. 19 pp. 8°. Lausanne, 1910. Troin (Victor). *Des kystes de I'ovaire dans la grossesse. 58 pp., 1 1. 8°. Montpellier, 1902, No. 5. Trois (E. F.) & Yivante (R.) Ricerche sul- 1' inquinazione dei rivi e canali veneziani in rap- porto alia fognatura della citta. 38 pp., 2 pl., 1 tab. 8°. Venezia, C. Ferrari 1898. Trois (Des) grandes races humaines, [etc.]. See [Foley (A[ntoine-]E[douard].)] Troisfontaines [Paul]. Un nouveau dilata- teur du col uterin. 7 pp., 1 pl. 8°. Liege, H. Vaillant-Carmanne, 1887. Repr.from: Ann. Soc. med.-chir. de Liege, 1887, xxxiii See, also, Belbastaille(Oscar)& Troistontainesi Du pansement a l'iodoforme [etc.]. 8°. Liege, 1882. Troisier (Jean) [1881- ]. *R61e des hemo- lysines dans la genese des pigments biliairea et de 1 urobiline. 99 pp. 8°. Paris, 1910, No. 429. Troisier's symptom. Cardarelll (A.) Sul valore del sintomo di Troisier nei neoplasmi addominali. Studium, Napoli, 1910, iii, 10-13. Troi'tski (I[van Vissarovich]) [1854- ]. Soran Efesskiy (Soranus Ephesius) kak perviy pediatr viechnavo goroda. [Soranus of Ephesus as first pediatrician of the Eternal City.] 34 pp., 1 1. 8°. Kiyev, V. I. Zavadzki, 1895. Repr.from: Univ. izvlestiya, Kiyev, 1896, xxxv. ------. Higiena dletskavo vozrasta. [Hygiene of childhood.] 1 p. 1., 176 pp. 8°. S.-Peter- burg, V. S. Ettinger, 1912. Troitski (Pyotr Grigoryevich) [1857- ]. * Zhiznesposobnost nlekotorikh bolleznetvor- nikh mikrobov na chornom i blelom khlleble. [Viability of some pathogenetic microbes in rye and wheat bread.] 72 pp. 8°. S.-Peterburg, A. Khomski dc Ko., 1894. Tri'otski (P[yotr] V[asilyevich]) [1873- ]. * K voprosu o patogenezie Basedow'oi bollezni; literaturno-kriticheskiy ocherk i eksperimental- noye izslledovaniye. [Pathogenesis of Base- dow's disease; critical literary sketch and ex- perimental investigation.] 264 pp., 1 1. 8°. S.-Peterburg, A. Pokhorovshtshikoff, 1900. Troitskosavsk. Matsokin (P. G.) Sanitarniy bit gor. Troi'tsko- savska (Zabalkalye). [Sanitary condition of Troitsko- savsk.] Russk. Med., St. Petersb., 1894, xix, 248: 268: 299: 331. Troiitsky (Alexandre) [1865- ]. *Dela paralysie associee de la vie et de la viie paire. 71 pp. 8°. Paris, 1901, No. 673. -----. The same. 71 pp. 8°. Paris, G. Stein- heil, 1901. Troitzsch (Max). *Ein Fall von akuter Aortitis mit Ausgang in Ruptur der Aorta. 54 pp. 8°. Berlin, A. Wolff, 1899. Troja (Michele) [1747-1827]. Bel Gaizo (M.) Della vita e delle opere di Michele Troja. Atti d. r. Accad. med.-chir. di Napoli, 1898, n. s., Iii, 53; 191: 1899, n. s., liii, 351. Trojanowsky (Wladimir Wolf) [1882- ]. *Meniskusluxation im Kniegelenk. 29 pp., 11. 8°. Berlin-Charlottenburg, J. Zalachowski, [1907]. Troje (Georg) [1863- ]. Chirurgische Bei- triige zur Localisation der Grosshirnrinde. 15 pp. 8°. Leipzig, G. Thieme, 1894. Repr.from: Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1894, xx. See, also, Fraenkel (Albert) & Troje (Georg). Ue- ber die pneumonische Form der acuten Lungentubercu- lose [etc.]. 8°. Berlin, 1893. Trokhimovich (Vasiliy). Ucheniye ob osno- vakh chelovlecheskavo soznaniya i znachenii lichnosti. [Principles of human consciousness and the meaning of personality.] Pt. 1. 309 pp., 1 1. 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1896. Trolard (Albert) [1877- ]. *Hernie dia- phragmatique congenitale chez un homme de 55 ans. vi, 7-45 pp., 11. 8°. Montpellier, 1904, No. 10. Trolard [Paulin] [1842-1910]. Rapport sur le fonctionnement de 1'Institut Pasteur du 1" no- vembre au 31 decembre 1896. 52 pp. 8°. Al- ger-Mustapha, 1897. For Biography, see Bull, m6d.de l'Alggrie, Alger, 1907, xviii, 217-242, port. Also, ibid., 1910, xxi,265-277 (H. Soulie & Rey). Also: Corresp. med., Par., 1903, ix, no. 207, 3 (L. Laveyssiere). Trollat (Jacques) [1880- ]. *Systemesepa- ratif dans 1'assainissement urbain. 50 pp., 1 1. 8°. Lyon, 1904, No. 119. Trolldcnier (Paul). * Ueber die aniisthesiren- den Eigenschaften der Acoine. [Giessen.] 44 pp., 1 1. 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 1901. TROLLE. 499 TROMOPARALYSIS. Trolle (Axel). *0m ovariernes funktion og om deres betvdning for den kvindelige organisme. 128 pp., 1 tab. 4°. Kdbenhavn, G. E. C. Gad, 1908. Troller (Daniel). *Essai sur le diabete sucre" syphilitique. 118 pp. 8°. Paris, 1905, No. 138. Troller (Julius). * Ueber Stichkanalinjectionen bei Hautniihten und ihre Beziehungen zur Art des Nahtmaterials. [Ba^el.] 32 pp. 8°. Tu- bingen, 1S98. Repr.from: Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing, 1898, xxii. Troller (Victor). *Beitriige zur Chirurgie der Sehne. [Basel.] 82 pp. 8°. Luzern, H. Kel- ler, 1904. Trolley (Louis) [1874- ]. * De la peritonite tubereuleuse de la region ileo-coecale. Ill pp. 8°. Paris, 1900, No. 452. Trolley-cars. See, also. Street railroads. Bashore (H. B.) Sanitation of trolley cars and trol- ley parks. Penn. M. J., Pittsburg, 1902-3, vi, 608-610.— Nash. (M. M.) Sleet-cleaning device for trolley-arms. [Pat. specl No. 690,757; Jan. 7, 1902. Trolli (Giuseppe Antonio). Delle febbri ma- ligne epidemiche, esantematiche, pestilenziali d' ogni genere aforismi e commentary. 3 p. 1., 341 pp. 4°. Pavia, G. Bolzani, [1781]. de Trolong du Rumain (Charles). See Du Rumain (Charles de Trolong). Trombert (Auguste). *Ducatheterisme retro- grade dans les ruptures traumatiques de l'uretre. 44 pp., 2 1. 8°. Paris, 1901, No. 194. Trombert (Louis). * Contribution a I'etude des troubles de la sensibilite objective dans l'acroparesthesie. 71 pp. 8°. Paris, 1905, No. 144. Trombetla (Cesare). Editor of: I'nione (L') medica, Catanzaro, 1893-4. Trombetta (Edmondo). La teoria degli spec- chi e delle lenti, applicata alia diagnosi dei vizi di refrazione. xii, 260 pp., 1 1. 8°. Firenze, L. Niccolai, 1901. ------. The same. La teoria degli specchi e delle lenti applicata alia diagnosi dei vici di refra- zione. Manuale di diottrica oculare ad uso de- gli studenti e dei medici pratici. 2. ed., intera- mente riveduta coll' aggiunta di un capitolo sulla correzione delle ametropie. xv, 216 pp. 8°. Firenze, L. Niccolai, 1906. ------. Formulario ragionato di oculistica vade- mecum di terapeutica oculare ad uso dei me- dici pratici. 359 pp. 12°. Torino, S. Lattes dc Co., 1907. ------. Manuale di medicina legale militare. xvi, 430 pp. 12°. Milano, U. Hoepli, 1908. ------. Guida alle perizie medico-legali per le- sioni e malattie provenienti da cause di servi- zio. xii, 279 pp. 8°. Torino, 1908. ------. II servizio sanitario nell' esercito. viii, 199 pp. 8°. Milano, F. Vallardi, [1908]. Forms part of: Trattato di medicina sociale: Sanita fisica, diretta da Celli. ------. Medicina d' urgenza; vade-mecum diag- nostico terapeutico e formulario ragionato ad uso dei medici pratici; avvelenamenti, etc. xiv (1 1.), 700 pp., 1 1. 12°. Milano, U. Hoepli, 1910. Trombetta (Francesco) [1843-1898]. Contri- buzione alia patologia e terapia delle inversioni uterine. 66 pp. 8°. Napoli, E. Dei ken, 1883. Repr.from: Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 1883, i. ■See, also, Cambria (Dominico) & Trombetta (Francesco). La prima ovariotomia in Messina, [etc.]. 8°. Messina, 1879. For Biography, see Policlin., Roma, 1898, v, sez. chir., 394 (F. Durante). Trombetta (Petrus Maria). In consultationem pro illustrissima Genuensi matrona, hypochon- driaco-hysterica affectione laborante, a semet- ipso scriptis mandatam paraphrasis una cum aliorum consulentium responsis. Accessere dis- sertationes de chalybis natura, et viribus. De macie, ej usque causis in morbis hopochondria- cis. De sanguinis missione in emaciatis. An in macie hypochondriaca, etiam cum febre, et hec- tic;e suspitione, conveniat chalybs. Opus mo- mos reprimens, et ad rite medendum perutile. 251 pp. 12°. Genuse, typ. A. Casamare, 1689. Trombetta (Sergi). Due anni di attivita chi- rurgica. 88 pp. 12°. Messina, A. Trimarchi, 1898. Trombetti (Filippo). Apologia contro una lettera del Sig. Stanislao Omati, sopra la cogni- tione e cura di passione ipocondriaca. 196 pp. 24°. Genova, A. G. Franchelli, 1674. ------. La bilancia nella quale si librano auto- rita, e ragioni, contenute nell' antilogia apolo- getica, data alle stampe dal Sig. Stanislao Omati, appartenenti alia vera cognizione, e buona cura del morbo ipocondriaco. 314 pp., 1 1. 12°. Genova, A. Casamare, 1682. See, also, Homati (S.) Antilogia apologetica [etc.]. 8°. Piacenza, 1677. Trombidiosis. Iiabesse. Les m^faits du rouget; traitement de la trombidiose. Anjou med., Angers,1900, vii, 245-247.-----. Le rouget et la trombidiose. Centre med. et pharm., Gannat, 1911-12, xvii, 70-72. Trombidium. Brnyant (L.) Larve hexapode de trompididS para- site des insectes et rapportee k Trombidium trigonum Herrn. 1804. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1909, xxxiv, 321-324.— Jourdain (S.) Le styloproctede l'uropode veg6tant et le stylostome des larves de trombidion. Arch, de para- sitol., Par., 1899, ii, 28-33.—Trouessart (E.-L.) Sur la piqure du rouget; reponse a la note de M. Jourdain inti- tulee; Le styloproctede l'uropodeveg^tant et le stylos- tome des larves de trombidion. Ibid., 286-290.—Verdun (P.) Sur l'opportunit§de la division du genre Trombi- dium, propos6e par Oudemans. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1909, lxvii, 244-246.—Whelpley (H. M.) Further notes on the chigger (Leptus irritans). Weekly M. Rev., St. Louis, 1890, xxii, 486. Trombieri (Luigi). La ginecologia fuori delle citta. e profilassi delle malattie ginecologiche. Brevi cenni alia portata di tutti. 13 pp. 8°. Napoli, G. Jovene, 1892. Trommer's test. See urine (Sugar in). Tromm§dorff (F[ritz] R.). *Untersuchun- gen iiber die innere Reibung des Blutes und ihre Beziehung zur Albaneseschen Gummilosung. [Gottingen.] 24 pp. 8°. Leipzig, J. B. Hirsch- feld, 1900. Trommsdorff(Joh. Bartholomii) [1770-1837]. Chemische Reeeptirkunst, oder Taschenbuch fiir praktische Aerzte, welche bei dem Verordnen der Arzneyen Fehler in chemischer und phar- maceutischer Hinsicht vermeiden wollen. 3. Ausg. 350 pp., 1 1. 12°. Erfurt, Beyer dc Maring, 1802. Trommsdorff (Richard). *Ueber Kryofin. 28 pp. 8°. Gottingen, F. Kaertner, 1897. ------. Observations at the clinic of Professor Ebstein on kryofine. 12 pp. 8°. Cincinnati, 1898. Repr.from: Cincin. Lancet & Clinic, 1898, xli. Tromograph. Lugiato (L.) Un nuovo tromografo analizzatore degli elementi costitutivi e delle varie direzioni dei movi- menti nel tremore. Riv. d. patol. nerv., Firenze, 1909, xiv, 204-216. Also, transl.: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1909-10, Iii, 413-126. Tromoparalysis. Schuster. Tromoparalysis tabioformis. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1607, xxxiii, 777. TROMP. 500 TROPACOCA1NE. Tromp (Fritz) [1881- ]. *Zur Thysiologie der Irisbewegung. 63 pp. 8°. Marburg, Kos- ter dc Seliell, 1905. Troiiipeo (Benedetto) [1797-1872]. Memoria sulla voce considerata nel triplice rapporto fisio- logico-patologico-pratico. 42 pp. 16°. Torino, per la vedova Pomba dc figli, 1822. -----. Lettera e progetto di legge sulle acque minerali. Replica del Prof. A. Carina. 24 pp. 12°. Lucca, B. Canoeetti, 1862. Repr. from: Sperimentale, Firenze, 1861, viii. Sir. also, Berruti (Secundus Joannes Maria) & Troiiipeo. Iztruzione sul cholera morbo, [etc.]. 8°. Torino. IN31.----------. Rapporto della regia commis- sinne mcilica piemontese sul cholera morbus [etc.]. 8°. Torino, 1*32.----------. Thesame. 8°. Torino, 1832.— Demarclii (Giovanni). Appunti intorno alle ricerche storiche Letc]. 8°. Torino, 1858. Trompkc (Alexander Richard Rudolph) [1876- ]. * Ueber einen Fall von Chromsaurever- giftung. 20 pp., 2 1. 8°. Kiel, Schmidt dc Klnunig, 1902. Tromsdorf (Joh. Bartholomii). See Tromms- dorff. Tromsdorff (Richard). See Trommsdorff. Tron (Desire) [1883- ]. * Localisation de la tuberculose au niveau de la mastoide chez les nourrissons. 61 pp., 1 1. 8°. Montpellier, 1908, No. 85. Tronc (Camille). *Des crises gastriques pre- nionitoires du tabes. 134 pp. 8°. Paris, 1908, No. 235. Troncay (Theophile) [1847- ]. *Contribu- tion ii l'6tude de la blennorrhagie ano rectale. [Nancy.] 105 pp. 8°. Nancy dc Paris, 1898, No. 7. Tronc Inclines. See Diphtheria (History, etc., of), by localities. Tronchin (Theodore) [1709-81]. - See liettre de M. Tronchin, sa declaration [etc.]. 8°. [Versailles, 1767.J—de Neufvllle (Ludovicus). Dis- sertationes medicse [etc.]. 8°. Lugd. Bat, 1736.—Ke- lutation d'un ouvrage anonyme intitule: Lettre de M, Tronchin, [etc.]. 8°. [n. p.], 1767. For Biography,see Arch, f! Gesch. d. Med., Leipz., 1907-8, i, 81; 289(A. Geyl). Also: BostonM.&S. J., 1908, cfix, 1-5 (F. C. Shattuck). Also, Reprint. Also: Bull. Soc.franc.d'hist. de la med., Par., 1909, viii, 366-371 (M. Baudouin). Also: Francemed., Par., 1909, lvi,463 (M. Baudouin). Also: J. de la sante, Par., 1902, xix,281 (Monpart). Also: Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1908, xxiii, 124-137 (F. C. Shattuck). ------. See, also: Reber (M. B.) Deux documents inedits deTheodore Tronchin. Bull. Soc. franc, d'hist. de la med., Par., 1909, viii, 356-365. Also: France med., Par., 1909, lvi, 441-443. Tronclion (Marcel). *De la dentition heredo- svphilitique chez l'enfant. 112 pp. 8°. Paris, 1907, No. 128. Trondhjem. See, also, Leprosy (History and statistics of), by localities. Peo.spektus over Lisbetsa^ter, Luft- og Vand- kuranstalt, B0rseskogn pr. Trondhjem. [. . . air and water sanatorium . . .] fol. Trond- hjem, 1900.] Tronquet (Pierre-Henri-Leon) [1887- ]. ^Contribution a I'etude de la ponction lombaire pour le diagnostic, le pronostic et le traitement des traumatismes craniens. 73 pp. 8°. Bor- deaux, 1912, No. 106. TromiM (Petrus Martyr). De ulceribus, et vul- neribus capitis. 3 p. 1., 98 ff. 12°. Ticini, apud H. Bnrtolum, ad instantiam J. A. Viani. 1584. Tronyo (Jean) [1885- ]. * Complications oculaires de.s oreillons. 67 pp. 8°. Lvon 1910, No. 8. y ' Troops. See Hygiene (Military); Medicine (Mili- tary); Recruits; Soldiers. Troops (Diseases of). See Hygiene (Military); Medicine (Military); and under names of various diseases. Troops (Transportation of). See Transportation; Transports; Wounded and sick (Transportation of). Troop-ships. See Hygiene (Naval); Transports. Troost (J.) La sante au Congo. 60 pp. 12°. Bruxelles, H. Lamertin, 1902. Troost ([Karl Julius] Otto) [1870- ]. *Ue- ber Ileus paralyticus infolge Appendicitis per- forative. 20 pp. 8°. Bonn, C. Georgi, 1899. Tropacocaine. See, also, Anaesthetics (Local); Cocaine as anesthetic; Eye (Surgery of, Anesthetics in); In- filtration-anaesthesia (Instruments for, etc.); Injections (Spinal, Subarachnoid, Technic in). Reichmuth (J.) * Experimentelle Unter- suchungen iiber die gewebsschiidigenden Eigen- schaften der gebriiuchlichen Lokalaniisthetika: Kokain, Holokain, /J-Eukain, Tropakokain, Akoin, Alypin. [Basel.] 8°. Berlin, 1906. Acconci (G.) La rachianestesia tropococainica in ginecologia. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1912, xxvi, 191-200. Also: Folia gynaec, Pavia, 1912, vii, 231-277.— Albreclit (H.) Ueber Tropacoca'ininjektionen zur lokalen Aniisthesie bei zahnarztliehen Operationen. Odont. BL, Berl., 1899, iv, 37-42.—Alvaro Ramos. Analgesia cirurgica por via sub-arachnoideana pela tro- pococaina. Brazil-med., Rio de Jan., 1902, xvi, 325-330.— Annin(V. P.) O dlelstvii solyanokislavo tropakokaina na glaz. [Action of hydrochloride of tropacocaine on the eye.] Vestnik oftalmol., Kiev, 1902, xix, 71-77. — Arnone (L.) Esperimenti sulla tropococaina. Stoma- tol., Milano, 1904-5, iii, 177-180.—Bauer (S.) Tapaszta- lataim tropacocainnal, mint helybeli erzestelenitovel foghuzashoz. [My experience with tropacocaine as a local anaesthetic] Magyar fog&sz. szemlo. A stomatol. [etc.], Budapest, 1900, iv, 133: 161.—Blocli (R.) Die Verwendung des Tropococain in der arztlichen Praxis. Heilkunde, Berl. u. Wien, 1906, 297; 487.— Bosse (P.) Ueber Lumbalanasthesie mit Tropacocain. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1907, xxxi, 171-173.— Brlegleb (K.) Ueberdie Vervvendbarkeit des Tropa- coca'ins in der Infiltrationsaniisthesie. Ztschr. f. prakt. Aerzte, Frankf. a. M., 1899, viii, 171-177.—Bud de (T.) Ueber Tropakokain und Suprarenin zur Riickenmarks- betiiubung. Deutsche mil.-arztl. Ztschr., Berl., 1911, xl, 168-171.—Chiarugi (M.) Della rachianalgesia; studio clinico sopra milleduecento analgesie lombari con sto- vaina, novocaina e tropacocaina. Atti d. r. Accad. d. fisiocrit. in Siena, 1910, 5. s., ii, 225-279. —Colom- bani (P.) Erfahrungen iiber lumbale Analgesie mit Tropakokain. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1905, xviii, 538- 543.—Custer ( J. ) jun. Die Verwendbarkeit des Tro- paoocains in der Infiltrationsanaesthesie. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1898, xiv, 1019.—Beak. A tropa- cocainum muriaticum mint helyi e>z6stelenitd szer a fogaszatban. [Tropacocainum muriaticum as a local anaesthetic in dentistry.] Magyar fogdsz. szemle. A stomatol. [etc.], Budapest, 1901, v, 40-52.—Bel'rances- clil (P.) Bericht iiber 200 Falle von Lumbalanasthesie mit Tropakokain. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Na- turf. u. Aerzte 1906, Leipz., 1907. pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 101-104. Also: Wien. med. Presse, 1906, xlvii, 2085-2088. — Born (R.) Tropacocainum muriaticum als Lokalanas- thetikum. Odont. Bl., Berl., 1899, iv, 31-37. —Erltardt (E.) Ueber das Ergebniss histologischer Untersuchun- gen an menschlichen Ruckenmarken nach Lumbalanas- thesie mit Tropakokaingummi und mit arabinsaurem Tropakokain. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1910, lvi,848.— Fucks (J.) Mitteilung iiber die Wirkung des Tropaeo- cains. Zahnarztl. Rundschau, Berl., 1902, xi, No. 499.— Goldberg (H.) Trzysta przypadk6w znieczulenia rdzeniowego za pomoea^ tropokokainy. [Three hundred casesof spinal anaesthesia by tropacocaine.] Przegl. chir. i ginek., Warszawa, 1911, v, 129-143. — Goldschwend (F.) Ueber 1,000 Lumbalanasthesien mit Tropakokain. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1907, xx, 1098-1102.—Gontcr- inann (C.) Zur Kasuistik der Abducenslahmung nach Lumbalanaesthesie mit Tropacocain. Berl. klin. Wchn- schr., 1908, xiv, 1523.—Guillermin (P.) La tropaco- TROPACOCAINE. 501 TROPHEDEMA. Tropacocaine. caine; etude pharmacodynamique. Rev. trimest. suisse d'odont., Zurich & Geneve, 1912, xxii, 45-141.—Hart- lelb. Einwirkung der TTopakokaln-Lumbalanasthesie auf die Nieren. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1908, lv, 227. — Henriesson (B. A.) Operationen bei medul- larerTropakokain-Analgesie. Finska liik.-siillsk. handl., Helsingfors, 1903, xiv, pt. 2, p. xxxvii. — Hertcl (W.) Gummitropakokain zur Lumbal-Anasthesie. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1910, lvii, 814-848. — llotiiiiann (W.) Sind die zur Lumbalanasthesie verwandten Tropakokain- Suprarenin- und Novokain-Suprarenintabletten steril? Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1909, xxxv, 1146-1149. —Jeleriska-.TIaeieszyna (J.) Przypadek obustronnego porazenia nerwu odwodzacego oka po znieczuleniu ledzwiowem tropokokain%. [Bilateral pa- ralysis of the abducent nerve of the eye after lumbar anaesthesia with tropacocaine.] Neurol, polska, War- szawa, 1910, i, no. 1,10-17.—Krotoszyner (M.) Spinal anesthesia with tropacocaine in genito-urinary surgery. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1902-3, i, 118-121.—Lang (I.) A tropacocain a fog&szatban. [Tropacocaineindentistry.J Gy6gyaszat, Budapest, 1899, xxxix, 792-794.—Marah- goni (G.) Sull' analgesia midollare con tropacocaina. Riv. veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 1909,1,119-135. —Mar- koff (N.) Semdesyat spinnomozgovikh anesteziyel tro- pokoka'inom po Bier'u. [Seventy tropacocaine spinal anaesthesias by Bier's method.] Khirurgia, Mosk., 1911, xxx, 60-64.— Maryanchik (L. P.) Nablyudeniya nad primleneniyem spinnomozgovovo obezbolivaniya tropo- koka'inom. [On spinal anaesthesia with tropacocaine.] Ibid., 3-59.— Magotti (P.) & Angeletti (S.) La rachi- analgesia lombare con la tropacocaina; contributo di 135 casi. Riv. veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 1907, xlvii, 337; 385.-----------. Nuovo contributo alia analgesia lom- bare'con la tropacocaina (360 complessive esperienze). Ibid., 1908. xlix, 257-287. — Matthes. Meine Erfahrun- gen mit Tropakokain Merck. J. f. Zahnh., Berl., 1904, xix, 97.—Meyer (H.) Leber Lumbalanasthesie mit Tropakokain. Med. Klin., Berl., 1907, iii, 175.—Mon- zardo (G.) Contributo alia rachianalgesialombarecon la tropococaina. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1908, xxix, 883- 885. -----. Contributo alia rachianalgesia lombare con la tropococaina, Clin, chir., Milano, 1912, xx, 423-432, 4 pl.—Preindlsberger (J.) Ueber Ruckenmarksanas- thesie mit Tropacocain. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1903, liii, 1521; 1579.—Kibolla (R.) La tropococaina nella anestesia locale in odontojatria. Stomatol., Milano, 1905-6,iv, 130-133.—Rydygier (A.) syn. Oznieczulaniu rdzeniowem tropakokain^ sposobem Guinard-Kozlow- skiego. [Spinal cord anaesthesia with tropacocaine by the method of . . .] Przegl. lek., Krak6w, 1904, xliii, 95.— Saggini (E.) Analgesia per iniezione subaracnoidea lombare di torpacocaina. Gior. di med. mil., Roma, 1908, lvi, 241-274. -----. Note sulla rachianestesia con la tro- pococaina. Policlin., Roma, 1908, xv, sez. prat., 741-743.— Scliwarz (K.) Erfahrungen fiber 100 medullare Tro- pakokain-Analgesien. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1902, xlix, 129-131. Also, transl.: Liec. viestnik, u Zagrebu, 1902, xxiv, 163-169.-----. Eintausend medullare Tropokokain- Analgesien. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1906, xix, 915-920. Also,transl.: Lijec.vijestnik, Zagrebu,1906,xxviii,305-316.— Serpovski (K.G.) Sto vosem sluchayev tropokokaini- zatsii spinnovo mozga. [One hundred and eight cases of tropacocainization of the cord.] Svezd rossiysk. khirurg. 1907, Mosk., 1908, vii, 84. — Sharp (G.) Tropacocaine as a substitute for cocaine. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1909, i, 640.— Slajmer (E.) Erfahrungen iiber Lumbalanasthesie mit Tropakokain in 1200 Fallen. Wien. med. Presse, 1906, xlvii, 1181; 1246. -----. Ein Beitrag zur Lumbalanasthe- sie mit Tropakokain. Med. BL, Wien, 1909, xxxii, 551. -----. Ueber die Riickenmarksanasthesie mit Tropaco- cain. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1910, lxvii, 1-16.— Sweetser (H. B.) Reportof case of spinal anesthesia by tropa-cocaine. St. Paul M. J., St. Paul, Minneap., 1907, ix, 251.—Thomason (H. D.) Operations, major and minor, done under tropacocaine spinal anesthesia. Rep- Surg.-Gen. Army, Wash., 1905-6, 29.— Thorbecke (K.) Weitere Erfahrungen iiber Lumbalanalgesie mit Tropo- kokain. Novokain und vor allem Stovain. Med. Klin., Berl., 1907, iii, 384-389.—Torri (T.) L' analgesia rachi- diana per mezzo della tropacocaina. N. Ercolani, Pisa, 1905, x, 144: 161: 181.—von Valenta (A.) Hundertund fiinfzig gynaekologische Falle operiert unter Lumbal- anasthesie mit Tropakokain. Gynaek. Rundschau, Berl. u. Wien, 1908, ii, 1-2.—V81ker (H.) Erfahrungen iiber Spinalanalgesie mit Tropakokain. Monatschr. f. Ge- burtsh. u. Gyniik., Berl., 1905, xxii, 476-490.—Vogl (F.) Ueber Tropacocain. Oesterr.-ungar. Vrtljschr. f. Zahnh,, Wien, 1902, xviii, 71-74. Tropa'oliim. Woycickl (Z.) Die Kerne in den Zellen der Suspen- sorfortsatze bei Tropseolummajus L. Bull, internat. Acad. d. sc. de Cracovie, 1907,650-557,1 pl. Tropeano (Giuseppe). Le cause sociali della malaria nel mezzogiorno. 2. ed. 104 pp. roy. 8°. Napoli, Detken dc Rocholl, 1908. Tropeano (Giuseppe)—continued. -----. Per 1' educazione igienica popolare, studio e conferenze. Vol. I. a.) Principii di medi- cinasociale; b.) il problema della malaria. Con prefazione del Michele Pietravalle. 2. ed. viii, 291 pp. 8°. Napoli, Detken dc Rocholl, 1910. Also, Editor in Chief: Malaria e malattie affini. 8°. Roma, 1910. Tropeines. Gottlieb (R.) Ueber die Wirkungen des Tropins und der Tropeine. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1895-7, xxxvii, 218-212.—Lyons (A. B.) Tho chemistry of the tropeins. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1903, xl, 486-489.—Masslni (G.) Di un alcaloide del gruppo delle tropeine e sua azione risiologica e medica- mentosa. Tommasi, Napoli, 1907, ii, 459-462. -----. Di un alcaloide del gruppo delle tropeine e suo uso nella medicina interna. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1908, xxix, 467-459. Trophic system (Diseases of). See Nervous system (Vasomotor and trophic, Diseases of). Trophoblast*. Hubreeht (A. A. W.) The trophoblast; a rejoinder. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1904, xxv, 106-177. Also, transl.: Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1904, n. s., xx, 367-370. -----. Is the trophoblast of hypoblastic origin as Assheton will have it? Quart. J. Micr. Sc, Lond., 1910, lv, 585-594.— de Suoo (K.) De beteekenis van het trophoblast. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1908, ii, 1403-1412. Trophedema. See, also, (Edema (Chronic, etc.). Henning (Anna). * Ueber das chronische Trophcedem im Anschluss an einen beobach- teten Fall. [Heidelberg.] 8°. Strassburg i. E., 1910. Bauer (A.) & Besbonis. Trophcedeme des mem- bres supfineurs ayant debute k la menopause. N. iconog. de la Salpetriere, Par., 1910, xxiii, 426-428, 2 pl.— Berard. Un cas de trophoedeme chronique. Lvon med., 1908, ex, 419. —Brongniart & Belille (A.) Trophcedeme acquis chez un enfant de six ans et demi. Bull. Soc.de pediat.de Par., 1905, vii,227-230.—Courtel- leuiont (V.) Trophcedeme chronique, variete congeni- tale unique. N.iconog. de la Salpetriere, Par.,1908,xxi, 67- 74, 2 pl. Also [Abstr.]: Rev. neurol., Par., 1907, xv, 1316. Also [Abstr.]: J.deneurol.,Par.,1908,xiii,189.—Bawson (J. B.) A case of Milroy's disease, with notes on trophce- dema. Hospital, Lond., 1911-12, li, 479.—F.tienne (G.) Des trophcedemes chroniques d'origine traumatique (pathogenie des cedemes traumatiques d'origine ner- veuse). N. iconog. de la Salpetriere, Par., 1907, xx, 146- 154, 1 pl. Also [AbstrJ: Rev. med. de l'Est, Nancy, 1907, xxxix, 277-279. —Fearnsldes (E.. G.) Case of functional hysterical trophcedema. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1910-11, iv, Dermat. Sect., 84-87. — Fer- raro (D.) Un caso di malattia del Meige (trofcedema cronico). Ann. di med. nav., Roma, 1912, xviii, 582- 689.—Head (H.) & Fearnsldes (E. G.) A case of functional hysterical trophcedema. Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 1911, xxiii, 150-153.—Hope (W. B.) & French (H.) Persistent hereditary oedema of the legs with acute exacerbations: Milroy's disease. Quart. J. Med., Oxford, 1907-8, i, 312-330, 2 pl.—Jousset (M.) Un cas de trophcedeme. Art med., Par., 1907, cv, 431-439.— Laignel-Lavastlne & Viard (M.) Adipose lo- calised ou trophcedeme d'Henry Mei^e. Rev. neurol., Par., 1912, xx, pt. 2,136-139— Ley. In casdetrophcedeme des jambes. J. med. dc Brux., 1907, xii, 163.—Long (E.) Examen histologique des teguments et des troncs ner- veux d'un cas de trophcedeme congenital. Rev. neurol., Par., 1906, xiv, 1199. Also: N. iconog. de la Salpetriere, Par., 1907. xx, 155-158,1 pl.—Nov6-Josserand (L.) & Laurent ((■.) Le trophcedeme chronique. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1909, lxxxii, 509-515.—Parhon ( C. ) & Ca- zac-ou (P.) Sur un nouveau cas de trophcedeme chronique; considerations sur l'etiologie et la patho- genie du trophcedeme. N. iconog. de la Salpetriere, Par., 1907, xx, 448-45*.— Parhon (C.) & Florian (S.) Sur un cas de trophcedeme chronique. Ibid., 159-167, 1 pl. Also [Abstr.]: Rev. neurol., Par., 1907, xv, 89.— Poynton. Gigantism of a limb (trophcedema). Tr. M. Soc. Lond., 1906-7, xxx, 365. — Ramadier (J.) & Marc hand (L.) Variete de trophcedeme acquis chez une femme ovariotomisee, goitreuse et aliene. N. iconog. de la Salpetriere, Par., 1909, xxii, 275-282, 1 pl.— Senlecq. Un cas de trophcedeme congenital. [Rap. de L. Guinon.] Compt. rend. Soc. d'obst., de gvnec. et de paediat de Par., 1907, ix, 77-81.—Turney ( H. G.) Trophedema following trauma. Proc. Rov. Soc. Med., Lond., 1908-9, ii, Clin. Sect., 200.—Valdes (J. A.) an- TROPHCEDEMA. 502 TROPICS. Trophedema. ciano. Trofo-edema cr6nico pseudo-elefantiasico en un negro acromcgsilico. Rev. med. cubana, Habana, 1906, ix, 16,1 pl.—Weber ( F. P.) So-called trophcedema of the left lower extremity. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1908-9, ii, Clin. Sect., 52. Trophoneuroses. See Nervous system ( Vasomotor, etc., Diseases of). Trophoneurosis (Facial). See Face (Atrophy, etc., of). Trophonine. Lafllngwell (S. ) Trophonine; report of cases. Med. Progress, Louisville, 1903, xix, 229-231. Trophospongia. Kouin (P.) & Ancel (P.) A propos du trophospon- gium et des canalicules du sue. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1905, lix, 221-228.—Erhard (H.) Studien iiber "Trophospongien." Zugleich ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Sekretion. Festschr. z. 60. Geburtstag Richard Hertwigs, Jena, 1910, i, 133-166, 2pl.—Holm- gren (K.) Einige Worte iiber das Trophospongium verschiedener Zellarten. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1901-2, xx, 433-440. -----. Weiteres fiber die Trophospon- gien der Leberzellen und der Darmepithelzellen. Ibid., 1902, xxii, 313: 1903, xxiii, 289. -----. Ueber die Tropho- spongien der quergestreiften Muskelfasern, nebst Bemer- kungen iiber den allgemeinen Bau dieser Fasern. Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1907, lxxi, 167-247.—Reinke (F.) Ueber die Beziehungen der Wanderzellen zu den Zell- bnicken, Zellstiickchen und Trophospongien. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1906, xxviii, 369-378. Tropicagametes. von dem Borne (C.W. K.) Ueber jugendliche und altere Formen der Tropicagameten. Arch. f. Schiffs- u. Tropen-Hyg., Leipz., 1907, xi, 107-114. Tropical countries. See Climates (Warm). Tropical diseases. See, also, Climates ( Warm, Diseases of); Dys- entery (Tropical); Liver (Abscessof, Tropical); Medicine (Tropical). Brault (J.) Traite pratique des maladies des pays chauds et tropicaux. 8°. Paris, 1900. Nocht(B.) UeberTropenkrankheiten. Vor- trag. 8°. Leipzig, 1905. Benolt(D.) Traitement du bouton d'Orient. Presse m6d., Par., 1907, xv, 541.—Brault (J.) L'enseignement de la pathologie coloniale k l'Ecole de medecine d'Alger. Rev. d'hyg., Par., 1900, xxii, 492-503.—Devoto (L.) Le malattie tropicali a Bovalino (Reggio Calabria). Lavori d. Cong, di hied. int. 1910, Roma, 1911, xx, 307-314.—[Dis- cussion sur la question:] Alimentation des Europeens et des travailleurs indigenes dans les pays chauds. Cong. internat. d'hyg. et de demog. C.-r., Brux., 1903, viii, 2; 25. — [Discussion sur la question:] Organisation de I'enseignement dela medecine coloniale. Ibid., 106-122.— Flu (P. C.) Einige interessante Falle aus der Tropen- praxis. Arch, f. Schiffs- u. Tropen-Hyg., Leipz., 1910, xiv, 207-214.— Jeanselme (M. E.) Des'nodosites juxtaarti- culaires observees sur les indigenes de la presqu'ile Indo- Chinoise. Ibid., 1906, x, 5-16.—Martini (E.) Protozoen im Blute der Tropenkolonisten und ihrer Haustiere. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1903, Leipz., 1904, ii, 2. Hlfte., 501-503.—Minor (J. C.) Renal insufficiency in the Tropics. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1902, xxxix, 1254-1256. Also, Reprint.—Seidl (C.) O ensino da pathologia intertropical no Brazil. Brazil- med., Rio de Jan., 1900. xiv, 173—Shook (S. M.) Diag- nosis and treatment of some of the more common tropi- cal infections. N. York State J. M., N. Y., 1911, xi, 442- 445.—Simpson (W. J. R.) On preventive work in the Tropics. Lancet, Lond., 1904, ii, 577-580.—Swan (J. M.) Tropical diseases and health in the United States. South. M. J., Nashville, 1911, iv, 497-507.—Wellman (C.) Dis- eases in the Tropics. Am. Soc. Trop. M., Phila., 1910, v, no. 21. Also: N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1910-11, lxiii, 1; 75. -----. A list of the tropical diseases observed in the region of San Francisco Bay, California. N. York M.J. [etcl. 1910. xcii, 315-317. Tropical heart. See Heart (Diseases of, Causes, etc., of). Tropical light (Ffects of). See Photoactivity; Sunlight (Tropical, Ef- fects of). Tropics. See, also, Climates (Warm); Medicine (Tropical). Constantin (J.) La nature tropicale. S9. Paris, 1899. Giles (G. M.) Climate and health in hot countries and the outlines of tropical clima- tology. A popular treatise on personal hygiene in the hotter parts of the world, and on the climate that will be met with within them. 8°. London, 1904. ------. Thesame. 8°. New York, 1905. Hoffmann (J.) *Die tiefsten Temperaturen auf den Hochlandern des siidaquatorialen tro- pischen Afrika (insbesondere des Seenhoch- landes). [Giessen.] 12°. Gotha, 1904. Jean (G.-P.-J.) *Le vetement entre les tropiques. (I^tude d'hygiene coloniale.) 8°. Bordeaux, 1909. Kulz. Zur Hygiene des Trinkens in den Tropen. 12°. Hamburg, [1905]. Lukis (C. P.) & Blaokham (R. J.) Tropical hygiene for Anglo-Indians and Indians, roy. 8°. Calcutta, 1911. Macknight (T. M.) Food for the Tropics. Being a short description of native produce suitable for food in tropical countries. 12°. London, 1904. Praeger (L. F.) Indische studien. Bijdra- gen tot de kennis der levensvatbarheid, levens- en gezondheidsleer van de vreemde en eigene bewoners van Nederlandsch Indie. 8°. Nieu- wediep, 1863. db Toledo Barros (S.) *0 vestuario nos climas quentes. roy. 8°. Rio de Janeiro, 1905. Adriani (P.) Leven en verblijf in de tropische gewesten. Geneesk. Courant, Amst., 1904, lviii, 193-195.— African (An) equipment. Climate, Lond., 1902-3, iv, 152-156.—Aron (H.) Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Wirkungen der Tropensonne auf Mensch und Tier. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xlviii, 1115-1119.— Brault (J.) Hygiene et prophylaxie dans les pays chauds; climatologie des pays chauds et tropicaux; son influence en pathologie. Ann. d'hyg., Par., 1901, 3. s., xiv, 436-449.—Consiglio (P.) I forti calori e le funzioni psichiche. Policlin., Roma, 1905, xii, sez. prat., 1007-1012.—Cook (A. R.) A few hints on travelling in Central Africa. Climate, Lond., 1901-2, iii, 113-119.—Daeubler (C.) Die Wirkung des Tropenkli- mas auf das Nervensystem. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1909, Leipz., 1910, lxxxi, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 292-294.—Duncan (A.) Remarks on some recent theories on the action of heat in the Tropics. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps. Loud., 1908, xi, 71-76.—Dupont. Quelques notes sur les expeditions aux regions inter- tropicales. Cong, internat. d'hyg. et de d6mog. C.-r., Par., 1900, x, 690-696.—Engel (H.) Zur Hygiene und Therapie der Wiiste. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1904, lv, 480-487.—Extract from a letter written to an officer on first appointment as an assistant resident by a former resident in northern Nigeria. J. Trop. M., Lond., 1905, viii, 153.—Felkin (R. W.) Introductory address to a course of lectures on diseases of the Tropics and clima- tology. Edinb. M. J., 1886, xxxi, 844; 930. Also, Re- print.-----. Notes on tropical climatology. Arch. Rosntg. Rav, Lond., 1905-6, x, 138-142.—Fink (G. H.) Clothing in the Tropics. J. Trop. M. [etc.], Lond.. 1909, xii, 328-332.— Gomez y Martinez (M.) Care of the aged and the infirm in the Tropics. Med. News, N. Y., 1905, lxxxvii, 1020-1023— tiradenwitz (A.) La protection de l'Euro- p6en contre les dangers des climats tropicaux. Rev. seient., Par., 1908, 6. s., x, 75-79.—Hann (J.) Der tag- liche Gang der Temperatur in der inneren Tropenzone. Denkschr. d. k. Akad. d. Wissensch. Math.-naturw. Kl., Wien, 1906, lxxviii, 249-366: lxxxi, 21-113.—Johnstone (E. K.) Rational dressing in tropical regions; the ne- cessity for clothes not only being light and comfortable, but also a protection from the sun's ravs. Pacific M. J., San Fran., 1908, li, 599-602.—Koenlg (H.) Aerztliche Mission und Tropenhygiene. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1908, xxxiv, 878.—KonIbrugge(J. H. F.) Der Einfluss des Tropenklimas auf den blonden Euro- paer. Arch. f. Rassen- u. Gesellsch.-Biol., Leipz. u. Berl., 1910, vii, 564-578. Also, transl.: Eugenics Rev., Lond., 1911-12, iii, 25-36.—Kulz. Beitrage zum Bevolkerungs- problem unserer tropischen Kolonien. Arch. f. Rassen- u. Gesellsch.-Biol., Leipz. u. Berl., 1910, vii, 533-563.— TROPICS. 503 TROPISMS. Tropics. Layet (A.) La vie humaine entre les tropiques. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. m6d. de Bordeaux, 1903, xxiv. 339; 351; 387; 409; 428; 434; 458: 1904, xxv, 110; 123; 279; 295. Also: Gaz. d. eaux, Par., 1903, xlvi, 322; 329; 339: 1905, xlviii, 337; 345.—Ldidieke (L.) Ueber Tropenklima, Tropenhy- giene und Answanderungszeit dorthin. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1891, Leipz., 1892 lxiv, pt. 2, 489-492.—Maurel (E.) Du regime alimen- taire dans la zone intertropicale. Arch. med. de Tou- louse, 1898, iv, 277: 310.—Montgomery (D. W.) The Tropics and health. Canad. Pract. & Rev., Toronto, 1911, xxxvi, 490-495— Olpp (G.) Helligkeitsverhaltnisse in Siid-China; roth, die hygienische Farbe der Tropen. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1905, Iii, 1798-1800.— Owen (A. D.) Some effects of tropical life upon Europeans. South Africa M. Rec, Cape Town, 1905, iii, 111.— fCleu'el. Problems of sanitation in landing and expeditionary service in tropical and subtropical regions. U. States Nav. M. Bull., Wash., 1910, iv, 479-497.—Sambon (L. W.) Tropical clothing. J. Trop. M., Lond., 1907, x, 67-69.— Sand with (F. M.) Hill stations and other health re- sorts in the British Tropics. J. Trop. M. [etc.], Lond., 1907, x, 361-370.—Van der Burg (C. L.) L'alimenta- tion des Europeens et des travailleurs indigenes aux pays chauds. Janus,Amst., 1905,x,88-94.—Wickline(W.A.) The effects of tropical climate on the white race. Mil. Surgeon, Carlisle, Pa., 1908, xxiii, 282-289. Tropics (Acclimation in). See, also, Acclimation. Bonaix (A.) L'Europeen sous les tropiques. Causeries d'hygiene coloniale pratique. 8°. Paris, [1907]. Chauvire (M.-J.-L.) *L' habitation entre les tropiques. Etude d'hygiene coloniale. 8°. Bordeaux, 1908. Ireland (A.) Tropical colonization; an in- troduction to the studv of the subject. 8°. New York, 1899. Montaldo (F.) Gui'a practica, higienica y medica del Europeo en los paises torridos (Fili- pinas, Cuba, Puerto Rico, Fernando Poo, etc.). 16°. Madrid, 1898. Ziemann (H.) Belehrungen fiir Europiier an tropischen Orten ohne Arzt. 3. Aufl. 8°. Ber- lin, 1910. -----. The same. Hints to Europeans in tropical stations without a doctor and to travel- lers in warm climates. Edited and amplified by H. B. Xewham. Transl. by P. Falcke. 12°. London, 1910. Acclimatization (The) of Europeans in the Trop- ics. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1898, xxxiii, 456-458.—An- derson (C. L. G.) The white man in the Tropics. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1908, 1, 1780-1784.—Ballonr (A.) Some aspects of tropical sanitation. Rep. Wellcome Trop. Research Lab., Khartoum, 1911, iv, 249-262.— Bo wen (R. B.) Acclimatization; can the white race become permanent populations in the Tropics? Seient. Am. Suppl., N. Y., 1912, Ixxiii, 230.—Brcitenstein (H.) Acclimatisation der Europiier in den Tropen. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1902, xxvii, 415.—Cantlle (J.) The possi- bility of Europeans and their families becoming natural- ised in the Tropics. J. Trop. M., Lond., 1898-9, i, 109; 136; 167.—Charles (SirR. H.) Special factors influenc- ing the suitability of Europeans for life in the Tropics. Ibid., 1910, xiii, 242-245. Also [Discussion]: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910. ii, 869-874.—Fehlinger (H.) Zur Frage der Akklimatisation der Europiier in den Tropen. Polit.- anthrop. Rev., Hildburgh., 1910-11, ix, 597-601.—Good- hue i,E. S.) How to be healthy and happy although a resident of the Tropics. Dietet. & Hyg. Gaz., N. Y., 1907, xxiii, 391-394.—Hari'ord (C. F.) Physical qualifica- tions for tropical residence or travel. Climate, Lond., 1903, iv, 236-240.—Hueppe (F.) Ueber die modernen Kolonisationsbestrebungen und die Anpassungsmoglich- keit der Europiier in den Tropen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1901, xxxviii, 7; 46. -----. Acclimatisation oder Hygiene in den Tropen. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1902, xxvii, 379.— Leniure (J.) Acclimatement et colonisation a Mada- gascar. Ann. d'hyg., Par., 1896, 3. s., xxxv, 289-307.— Possibility (The) of acclimatisation of Europeans in tropical countries. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1898, i, 1167-1169.— Boux (D.-P.-A.) Un acclimatement a Nossi-Be. Ca- ducee, Par., 1902, ii, 159.—Sambon i L. W.) Acclimati- zation of Europeans in tropical lands. Geograph. J., Lond., 1898, xii, 589-606.—Schmidt (P.) Ueber die AnpassungsfiLhigkeit der weissen Rasse an das Tropen- klima. Arch. I. Schiffs- u. Tropen-Hvg., Leipz., 1910, xiv, 397-416.—Schulze (F.) Der Stammbaum der Fa- milie Martens in Niederlandisch-Ostindien. Ztschr. f. Tropics (Acclimation in). Ethnol., Berl., 1896, xxviii, 237-241, 1 tab.—Steudel. Kann der Deutsche sich in den Tropen akklimatisieren? Beihfte. z. Arch. f. Schiffs- u. Tropen-Hyg., LeiDz., 1908, 4. Beihft., 1-22.—Wick (W.) Physiologische"Studien zur Akklimatisation an die Tropen. Arch. f. Schiffs- u. Tropen-Hyg., Leipz., 1910, xiv, 605-616.—Wulft'ert (F.) Die Akklimatisation der europaischen und insbesondere der germanischen Rasse in den Tropen und ihre haupt- siichlichen Hindernisse. Samml. klin. Vortr., n. F., Leipz., 1900, No. 279 (Innere Med., No. 81. 151-176).— Niemann (H.) Die Akklimatisation der Europaer an die Tropen. Hygiene, Berl., 1911, 283-288. Tropidonotus natrix. Vay (F.) * Zur Segmentation von Tropido- notus natrix. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1892. Gerhardt (U.) & Hertwlg'(0.) Die Keimblatt- bildung bei Tropidonotus natrix. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1901, xx, 241-261. — Vlethaus (T.) Die Entwicklung der Ringelnatter (Tropidonotus natrix Boie) nach Ausbil. dung der Falterform bis zur Erhebung des Proamnios Ztschr. f. wissensch. Zool., Leipz., 1907, lxxxvi, 55-99, 3pr Tropine. See, also, Atropine; Tropeines. Guerbet (M.) *La tropine et ses derives. 8°. Paris, 1904. Lunden (H.) La constante de dissociation de la tro- pine et sa variation avec la temperature. J. de chim. phys., Geneve & Par., 1910, viii, 331-336.—Willstatter (R.) Syntheses dans le groupe de la tropine. Monit. seient., Par., 1903, lix, 155; 396; 793. Tropines [in blood-serum]. Neuield (F.) Zur Frage der Identitat von Tropinen und Lvsinen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.],1. Abt., Jena, 1909, li, 572-574.—Neuield (F.) & Ungermann (E.) Technik und Methodik der Tropinuntersuchung. Handb. d. Techn. u. Methodik d. Immunitatsforsch., Jena, 1911, Ergnzngsbd. i, 117-143.— Yegoroff (K. A.) K voprosu o tozhdestvle hemotropina i hemoliticheskavo ambotsep- tora. [The identity of hemotropine and hemolytic am- boceptor.] Kharkov. M. J., 1909, viii, 37-47. -----. O tro- piniziruyushtshikh veshtshestvakh Neufeld'a v svyazi s ucheniyem ob opsoninakh. [Neufeld's tropins in connec- tion with the theory of opsonins.] Ibid., 163-186. Tropisms. See, also, Instinct; Phototropism; Psychol- ogy (Comparative); Rheotropism. Birukoff (B. I.) O dvizheniyakh infuzoriy v opredlelyonnom napravlenii pod vliyaniyem galvanicheskavo toka; opit obyasneniya galva- notaksisa. [The movements of infusoria in a definite direction under the influence of the galvanic current; an attempt to explain galva- notaxis.] 8°. [Moskva, 1902.] ------. K teorii galvanotaksisa. 8°. Moskva, 1903. Ewald (W. F.) * Ueber Orientierung, Lo- komotion und Lichtreaktionen einiger Cladoce- ren und deren Bedeutung fiir die Theorie der Tropismen. 8°. Erlangen, 1910. Also, in: Biol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1910, xxx, 1; 49; 379. Loeb (J.) Der Heliotropismus der Thiere und seine Uebereinstimmung mit dem Helio- tropismus der Pflanzen. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1890. Schaefer (R.) * Heliotropismus der Wur- zeln. [Jena.] 8°. Charlottenburg, 1911. Statkevich (P. G.) Polemicheskiye priyomi B. Birukova; po povodu yevo statyi "K teorii galvanotaksisa." [Birukoff's polemic methods; apropos of his article: "On the theory of galva- notaxis."] 8°. Moskva, 1906. Amerling (K.) Forschungen iiber Rheotaxis bei Amphibien. Rev. de med. tcheque, Prague, 1909, i, 78- 80.—Bancroft (F. W.) Note on the galvanotropic reac- tions of the medusa Polvorchis penicillata A. Agassiz. Univ. Calif, Publ. Physiol., Berkeley, 1904-5, ii, 43-46. -----. On the validity of Pfliiger's law for the galvano- tropic reactions of Paramecium. Ibid., 1905, ii, 193-215. -----. The control of galvanotropism in Paramecium by chemical substances. Ibid., 1906, iii, 21-31.—Banta (A. M.) A comparison of the reaction of a species of surface isopod with those of a subterranean species. Part I. Ex- periments with light. J. Exper. Zool., Phila., 1910, viii, 243-310.—Bohn (G.) L'anhydrobiose et les tropismes. TROPISMS. 504 TROPON. Tropisms. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc., Par., 1904, cxxxix, 809-811. Also: Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1904, lvii, 365- 367. -----. Des tropismes et des etats physiologiques. Ibid., 1905, lix, 515. -----. Essais et erreurs dans les tropismes. Ibid., 566. -----. Les tropismes, les reflexes et l'intelligence. Annee psychol., Par., 1906, xii, 137 -166. -----. Observations sur les papillons du rivage de la mer: an6motropisme et phototropisme. Bull, de l'Inst. gen. psychol., Par., 1906, vi, 284-301.— -----. Les tropismes, la sensibilite differentielle et les associations chez le branchellion de la torpille. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1907, lxiii, 545-548. -----. A pro- pos des lois de l'excitabilite par la lumiere. II. Du changement de signe du phototropisme en tantque mani- festation de la sensibilite differentielle. Ibid., 766-759.— Brues (C. T.) On the interpretation of certain tropisms of insects. Am. Naturalist, Lancaster, Pa., 1908, xlii, 297- 302.—Claparfcde (E.) Les tropismes devant la psycho- logie. J. f. Psychol, u. Neurol., Leipz., 1908, xiii, 150- 160.—€ome* (.1.) Stereotropisme, geotropisme et ther- motropisme dans la larve de Myrmeleon formicarius L. Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1910, liii, 482.—Cornetz (V.) Ueber den Gebrauch des Ausdruckes "tropisch" und iiber den Charakter der Richtungskraft bei Ameisen. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1912, cxlvii, 215-233.— Cowles (R. P.) Stimuli produced by light and by con- tact with solid walls as factors in the behavior of ophiu- roids. J. Exper. Zool., Phila., 1910, ix, 387-416. -----. Reactions of the sea urchin and the star-fish to changes of light intensity. Johns Hopkins Univ. Circ, Bait., 1911, no. 2, 1-9. — Drzewina (Anna). Les variations perio- diques du signe du phototropisme chez les pagures mis- anthropes. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1907, cxiv, 1208. -----. De l'hydrotropisme chez les crabes. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1908, lxiv, 1009-1011. -----. Con- tribution k la biologie des pagures misanthropes. Arch. de zool. exper. et gen., notes et rev., Par., 1910, 6. s., v, 43-55.—Dubois (R.) A propos d'une note de M.Georges Bohn sur l'anhydrobiose et les tropismes. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1904, lvii, 564-566. —Bustin (A.-P.) Le r61e des tropismes et de l'odogenese dans la regenera- tion du systeme nerveux. Arch, de biol., Li6ge & Par., 1910-11, xxv, 269-388, 3 pl.—Hachet-Souplet (P.) La psychophysique et la notion de tropisme. Bull, de l'Inst. g6n. psychol., Par., 1909, ix, 319-340. —Hadley (P. B.) The reaction of blinded lobsters to light. Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1908, xxi, 180-199. -----. Reactions of young lob- sters determined by food stimuli. Science, N. Y. & Lan- caster, Pa., 1912, n. s., xxxv, 1000-1002.—Harper (E. H.) Tropic and shock reactions in Perichaeta and Lumbri- cus. J. Comp. Neurol. & Psychol., Phila., 1909, xix, 569-587. -----. Magnetic control of geotropism in Para- mcecium. J. Animal Behavior, Cambridge, Mass., 1912. ii, 181-189.—Herrn s (W. B.) The photic reactions of sarcophagid flies, especially Lucillia caesar Linn, and Calliphora vomitoria Linn. J. Exper. Zool., Phila., 1911. x, 167-226.—Holmes (S. J.) Light and the behavior of organisms. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1911, n. s., xxxiii, 964-966. See, also, infra, Mast.—Holt (E. B.) & Lee (F.) The theory of photoiactic response. Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1901, iv, 460-481. Also, Reprint.— Kerstan (K.) Ueber den Einfluss des geotropischen und heliotropischen Reizes auf den Turgordruck in den Geweben. Beitr. z. Biol. d. Pflanz., Bresl., 1907, ix, 163- 214.—Kribs (H. G.) Some reactions of Drosophila to parallel rays of light. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1912, n. s., xxxv, 474. — JLaloy (L.) La theorie des tro- pismes et les manifestations vitales des organismes infe- rieurs. Rev. seient., Par., 1906, 5. s., vi, 490-197. — Lau- rens (H.) The reactions of amphibians to monochro- matic lights of equal intensity. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harv., Cambridge, 1909, liii, 253-302. — Loeb (J.) The cont rol of heliotropic reactions in fresh water crustaceans by chemicals, especially CO2; a preliminary communica- tion. Univ. Calif. Publ. Physiol., Berkeley, 1904-5, ii, 1-3. -----. On instinct- and will in animals. In his: Stud Gen. Physiol., 8°, Chicago, 1905, pt. 1, 107-114. _____. Le- ber die Summation heliotropischer und geotropischer Wirkungen beiden auf der Drehscheibeausgeldstencom- pensatorischen Kopfbewegungen. Arch. f. d. ges Phy- siol., Bonn, 1907, cxvi, 368-374. -----. Concerning the theory of tropisms. J. Exper. Zool., Bait., 1907, iv, 151- 156- -----• The significance of tropisms for psvcholoev Pop. Sc. Month., N. Y., 1911, lxxviii, 105-125 Also Re- pnnt.-l.oeb (J.) & Maxwell (P. S.) Further proof of the identity of hehotropism in animals and plants. Univ ES'K1^'- ?.hysio1- Berkeley, 1910, iii, 195-197.-1,und (*,. J.) On light reactions in certain luminous organ- isms. Johns Hopkins Univ. Circ, Bait., 1911, no.2 10-13 — Lyon 1E. P.) On rheotropism. II. Rheotrmdsm of fish blind m one eye. Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1909, xxiv 244- ;. , , r11,^! (MaiT °-) Ructions of Branchipus serratus to light, heat and gravity. J. Exper. Zool., Phila., &5;?6i24h~J!yanso1-? (E"> Sinnesphysiologische studien an Echinodermen, ihre Reaktionen auf Licht und Schatten und die negative Geotaxis bei Asterina. Ztschr. f. allg. Physiol., Jena, 1909, ix, 112-J46.-Mast (S O ) Reactions in amoeba to light. J. Exper. Zool., Phila, 1910 Tropisms. ix, 265-277. -----. Reply to Holmes's criticism of " Light and the Behavior of Organisms." Science, N. Y. & Lan- caster, Pa., 1912, n. s., xxxv, 371-373.—Mendelssohn (M.) Ueber den Thermotropismus einzelliger Organis- men. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1894, lx, 1-27.— Mlnkiewicz (R.) Sur le chlorotropisme normal des pagures. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1908, cxlvii, 1066-1069. -----. Une experiencesur la nature duchromo- tropisme chez les nemertes. Ibid., 1912, civ, 229-231.— Montgomery (T. H.), jr. Certain habits, particularly light reactions, of a littoral aranead. Biol. Bull., Woods Holl, Mass., 1911-12, xx, 71-76.—Moore (A.R.) Concern- ing negative phototropism in Daphnia pulex. J. Exper. Zool., Phila., 1912, xiii, 673-575.—Ostwald (W.) Zur Theorie der Richtungsbewegungen niederer schwim- mender Organismen. 3. Ueberdie Abhangigkeitgewisser heliotropischer Reaktionen von der inneren Reibung dea Mediums sowie fiber die Wirkung mechanischer Sensi- bilisatoren. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1907, cxvii, 384-408. -----. Ueberdie Lichtempfindlichkeittierischer Oxydasen und iiber die Beziehungen dieser Eigenschaft zu den Erscheinungen des tierischen Phototropismus. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1908.x, 1-130.—Parker (G. H.) & Parshley (H. M.) The reactions of earthworms to dry and to moist surfaces. J. Exper. Zool., Phila., 1911, xi, 361-363.—Pearse (A. S.) The reactions of amphi- bians to light. Proc. Am. Acad. Arts & Sc, Cambridge, 1909-10, xiv, 161-208.—Pieron (H.) Les probl6mes actuels de l'instinct. Bull, et mem. Soc d'anthrop de Par., 1908, 5. s., ix. 503-538. Also: Rev. phil., Par., 1908 lxvi, 329-369.—Pringsheim (E.) Heliotropische Stu- dien. III. Beitr. z. Biol. d. Pflanz., Bresl., 1910, x, 71- 86. -----. Das Zustandekommen der taktischen Reak- tionen. Biol. Centralbl., Erlang., 1912, xxxii, 337-365.— Bose. Sur quelques tropismes. Compt. rend. Acad d sc, Par., 1910, cl, 1543-1545.—Bothert (W.) Die neuen Untersuchungen iiber den Galvanotropismus der Pflan- zenwurzeln. Ztschr. f. allg. Physiol., Jena, 1907, vii, 142- 165.— Bouband (E.) Gradation et perfectionnement de l'instinct chez les guepes solitaires d'Afrique du genre Synagris. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1908, cxlvii, 695-697.—Sergent (E.) Des tropismes du Bacterium zopfii Kurth. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1906, xx, 1005-1017: 1907, xxi. 842-850.—Szymanski (J. S.) Aenderung des Phototropismus bei Kiichenschabendurch Erlernung. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1912, cxliv, 132-134.— Tecuoueyres. Les origines de l'instinct. Union m6d. du nord-est, Reims, 1910, xxxiv, 105-120.— Turner (C. H.) Reactions of the mason wasp, Try- poxylon albotarsus, to light. J. Animal Behavior, Cam- bridge, 1912, ii, 352-362. -----. An experimental investi- gation of an apparent reversal of the responses to light of the roach (Periplaneta orientalis L.). Biol. Bull., Woods Hole, Mass., 1912, xxiii, 371-386.—Watson (J. B.) & Watson (Mary I.) A study of the responses of rodents to monochromatic light. J. Animal Behavior, Bost., 1913 iii, 1-14.—Wodsedalek (J. E.) The reactions of cer- tain Dermestidse to light in different periods of their life history; phototactic reactions of Trogoderma tarsale, a museum pest. Ibid., 61. Tropolan. Budde (T.) Ueber Versuche, leicht verderbliche Gegenstande durch Ueberziehen mit Tropolan frisch zu erhalten. Veroffentl. a. d. Geb. d. Mil.-San.-Wes., Berl.. 1911. 45. Hft., 116-121. Tropometer. See, also, Eye (Examination of, Instruments for). Howe (L.) Tropometers and measurements of arcs of rotation. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Phila., 1909, xii, 312- 319.—Beber (W.) The findings of the tropometer in 100 normal eyes and its value in the study of strabismus. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lix, 1082-1087.—Stevens (G. T.) A brief note concerning the tropometer. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Phila., 1910, xii, 667-669. Tropon. Aufrecht & Sternberg. Ueber Tropon-Sano und Tropon-Kindernahrung. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1899, lxviii, 1033-1035.—Baedeker. Die Imponderabi- lien der Dauerkuren nach meinen Erfahrungen mit Eisen-Tropon-Tabletten. Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg., Berl., 1909, 249-252.—Casatl (E.) II tropon studiato clinicamente e sperimentalmente. Atti Accad. d. sc. med. e nat. in Ferrara, 1900-1901, lxxv, 259-265.—Cipollone (L. T.) Osservazioni sul tropon (da ricerche di laboratorinj. Ann. di med. nav., Roma, 1901, i, 89.—Finkler d>.) Verwendung des Tropon zur Krankeneruahrung. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1898, xxxv, 657; 686; 712; 733. Also, Reprint.—Freudenberg. Tropon. Frauenarzt, Leipz., 1898, xiii, 542-547.—FrOhner & Hoppe. Tropon, ein neues Nahrungseiweiss. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1899, xlvi, 46-51.— Gewln (J.) Over malztropon. Ne- derl. Tidischr. v. Genessk., Amst., 1912, i, 282-287.—Grun (H.)& Braun (R.) Versuche iiber die Verwendung TROPON. 505 TROULLIEUR. Tropon. des Tropons am Krankenbette. Wien. med. Presse, 1901, xlii, 163; 207; 254.—Joachim (G.) Jodtropon. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1910, lxxix, 183.—KOnig (J.) Ueber die Zusammensetzung des Tropons und einiger Tropon-Gemische. Ztschr. f. Untersuch. d. Nahrungs- u. Genussmittel. Berl., 1898, 762-764. -----. Das Tropon als Nahrstoff. Med. Cor.-Bl. f. d. Krankenh.. . . Deutschl., Berl., 1900, 41.—Kraiis (E.) Ueber die Verwendung des Tropon bei Kindern. Allg. Wien. med Ztg., 1902, xlvii, 91.—Kunz (R.) Untersuchungen iiber das Tro- pon. Wien. klin, Wchnschr., 1899, xii, 509-518.—Lieh- tenfelt (H.) Ueber Tropon. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1899, xxxvi, 918-922.— Marcuse (J.) Das Tropon als Nahrstoff; Sammelbericht. Reichs-Med.-Anz., Leipz., 1899, xxiv. 11-24.—Neumann (R.) Tropon als Eiweiss- ersatz; Stoffwechselversuche am Menschen. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1899, xlvi, 42-46.—Prayon. Ueber Tropon. Berl. thierarztl. Wchnschr., 1900, 339.—B. (E.) Le tropon, une nouvelle preparation alimentaire. Rev. internat. do therap. et Pharmacol., Par., 1898, vi, 286- 288.—Schniilinsky (H.) & Kleine (G.) Ueber Tro- pon als Krankenkost. Munchen. med. Wehnsehr., 1898, xiv, 995-1000.—Strauss (H.) Ueberdie Verwendbarkeit eines neuen Eiweisspriiparates Tropon fiir die Kranken- ernahrung. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1898, xii, 241-244.— Wendelstadt. BestimmungderPhenylschwefelsaure im Harn bei Tropon-Aufnahme. Fortschr. d. Med., Berl., 1900, xviii, 741-747.—Winterberg (J.) It rami (R.) Ueber die Verwendung und den Nahrwerth des Tropon- Cacao. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1902, xvi, 599-601.— Zaeslein (T.) Osservazioni intorno al tropon. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1901, xxii, 344-346.—Kalleskl (S. I.) Tropon, kak pishtsha i pitatelnoye veshtshestvo. [Tro- pon as a food;.] J. russk. Obsh. okhran. narod. zdrav., St. Petersb., 1901, xi, 417-428. ■----. Po povodu novavo pitatelnavo veshtshestva tropona. [New food; tropon.] Narod. zdrav., S.-Peterb., 1901, ii, 493; 521. Troppau. See Insane (Asylums, Description etc., of), by localities. Troseliel (Elise) [1869- ]. *Beitrage zur klinischen Dignitiit der papillaren Ovarialge- schwiilste. [Bern.] 16 pp., 1 1., 1 pl. 8°. Berlin, S. Karger, 1898. Troschke (Carl) [1867- ]. * Casuistische Beitrage zur Aetiologie und Symptomatologie des Morbus Basedowii. 26 pp. 8°. Greifs- wald, J. Abel, 1893. Troshin (G[rigoriy] Ya[kovlevich]) [1874- ]. *0 sochetatelnikh sistemakh polusha- riy. [Systems of association of the hemi- spheres.] 164, 6 pp., 1 1., 7 pl. 8°. S.-Peter- burg, 1903. Trosianz (Gabriel) [1883- ]. *Ueber die Ausscheidung subkutan eingeftihrter NaCl- Losungen und ihre Wirkung auf den N-Stoff- wechsel. [Halle.] 30 pp. 8°. Miinehen, R. Oldenbourg, 1911. Trost (Arthur) [1885- ]. * Untersuchungen iiber die Leube-Sternsche Probe bei Nerven- krankheiten. 62 pp., 1 1. 8°. Berlin, G. Schade, 1910. Trost (Joh. Martinus). *De dysenteria princi- piis Hippocraticis, Galenicis, Paracelsicis, Hel- montianis, Harveanis, Svlvianis, Tackenianis et Willisianis illustrata. 48 pp., 2 1. roy. 8°. Rinthelii, C. C. Wachter, 1677. Bound with: Coetnummius (J.) De morbo [etc.] roy. 8°. Lipsise, 1677. Trost (Joseph) [1867- ]. * Ueber Natrium- superoxvd als Oxydationsmittel organischer Basen. "31 pp. 8°. Erlangen, F. Junge, 1894. Trost und Rat fiir Nervenkranke von einem Vielgepriiften. 3. Aufl. 40 pp., 1 1. 12°. Wiesbaden, Liitzenkirchen dc Brocking, 1899. Trotabas (Marcel) [1886- ]. *De la ne- crose et de l'infection larvees dans les myomes interstitielsdel'uterus. 71pp. 8°. Lyon, 1911, No. 37. Trotain (Philippe). Contribution a l'Stude therapeutique de 1'opium et de ses nouvelles preparations. 87 pp. 8°. Paris, 1911, No. 213. Trotesski (Victor) [1871- ]. Contribu- tion a 1' etude des metrites hemorrhagiques. 53 pp. 4°. Paris, 1894, No. 60. Trotin (Ernest) [1874- ]. *De la ligature de l'hypogastrique comme methode atrophiante; hypertrophie de la prostate; cancer de 1'uterus. 76 pp. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 128. van Trotsenburg (J. A.) Die Seekrankheit und ihre Yerhutung. In: Samml. klin. Vortr., Leipz., 1908 n. F., No. 509 (Inn. Med., No. 153). Trotter (John William) [ -1906]. Obituary. Med.-Chir. Tr.; Lond., 1907, xc, p. cv. Trotter (Ro'ert De Bruce) [1833-1907]. Obituary. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1907, n. s., lxxxiv, 644. Trotter (Thomas) [1761-1832]. Remarks on the establishment of the naval hospitals and sick quarters, with hints for their improvements. 36 pp. 12°. [London], W. Mowbray, [1795]. For Biography, see Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1899, lvii, 254 (J. K. Laughton). Aso: J. Ass. Mil. Surg. U. S., Car- lisle, 1905, xvii, 349-347. Trotula. S—Trousseau (Armand) & True (H.) Rapport sur la cecite et les aveugles [etc.]. 8°. Paris, 1902. ------& Cliavernae (P.) Hygiene oculaire et inspection oculistique des £coles. Avec une preface de ('. M. Gariel. 2. ed. 242 pp. 8°. Paris, A. Maloine, 1908. ----------. The same. 3. ed., revue et aug- mentee. vii, 244 pp. 8°. Paris, A. Maloine, 1911. ----- & Pansier (P.) Contribution a. l'his- toire de l'ophtalmologie francaise, histoire de l'ophtalmologie a l'ecole de Montpellier, du xiie au xxe siecle. Avec une preface de M. L. Liard. 404 pp. 8°. Paris, 1907. ----- & Valude (E.) Nouveaux Elements d'ophtalmologie. 2 v. viii, 604 pp., 11., 1 pl.; 713 pp., 1 1 8°. Paris, A. Maloine, 1896. -----, ----- & Frenkel (H.) The same. Nouveaux elements d'ophtalmologie. 2. 6d., completement transformed et considerablement augmentee. 1 p. 1., xvi, 981 pp., 11 pl., 4 diag., 2 1.' roy. 8°. Paris, A. Maloine, 1908. Truchet (Frederic) [1881- ]. *De la re- section totale des saphenes dans le traitement des varices superficielles des membres inferieurs. 190 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1908, No. 130. Truehetet (Auguste) [1881- ]. *De l'am- putation sus-calcaneenne. 64 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1905, No. 46. Truchi (Jules). * Contribution a, I'etude de l'6rytheme indure de Bazin. 51 pp. 8°. Tou- louse, 1898, No. 251. Truehon (Louis) [1863- ]. *De la n£ces- site de la creation d'asiles speciaux pour les alienes, dits criminels. 72 pp. 4°. Lyon, 1894, No. 950. Truehot (Charles-Marie-Auguste) [1858- ]. * Etude experimentale de Taction de l'electrisa- tion statique sur les combustions intra-or- ganiques. [Bordeaux.] 40 pp. 4°. Clermont- Ferrand, 1894, No. 57. Truehot (P.) & Fredet (G.-E.) De la lithine dans les eaux minerales de Royat et dans les principales sources thermales d'Auvergne. 46 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, A. Delahaye, 1875. Truey (Louis) [1883- ]. * Etude sur cer- tains cals vicieux simulant des tumeurs des os. 91 pp., 2 pl. 8°. Lyon, 1905, No. 36. Trudeau (E[dward] L[ivingston]) [1848- ]. The tuberculin test in incipient and suspected pulmonary tuberculosis. 13 pp. 8°. Phila- delphia, 1897. Repr.from: Med. News, Phila., 1897, lxx. ------. Sanitaria for the treatment of incipient tuberculosis. 14 pp. 8°. New York, 1897. Repr.from: N. York M. J., 1897, lxv. ------. The sanitarium treatment of incipient pulmonary tuberculosis, and its results. 17 pp. 12°. New York, 1900. Repr.from: Med. News, N. Y., 1900, lxxv. ------. The history and work of the Saranac Laboratory for the Study of Tuberculosis. 12 pp., 1 pl. 8°. Baltimore, 1901. Repr.from: Johns Hopkins Hosp. Rep., Bait., 1901, xii. TRUDEAU. 508 TRUDI. Trudeau (E[dward] L[ivinpton])—continued. -----. Artificial immunitv in experimental tu- berculosis. 19 pp. 8°. 'New York, 1903. Repr.from: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1903, lxxviii. ------. Studies from the Saranac Laboratory for the Study of Tuberculosis, 1900-1904. 94 pp. 8°. Boston, 1905. -----. Animal experimentation and tubercu- losis. 15 pp. 8°. Chicago, Am. M. Ass. Press, 1909. For Biography, see Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1909, xx, 85-87. Also: Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1905. n. s., liv, 662 (B. F. Lyle). Also: Tuberculosis, Leipz., 1905, iv, 57. Also: Ibid., 1910, ix, 155-157 (S. A. Knopf). -----& Baldwin (E. R.) A resume of ex- perimental studies on the preparation and effects of antitoxic serum in tuberculosis. From the Saranac Laboratory for the Study of Tuber- culosis, Saranac Lake, N. Y. 13 pp. 8°. [Philadelphia, 1898.] Repr.from: Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1898, xiii. ----- ------. Experimental studies on the preparation and effects of antitoxin for tubercu- losis. 36 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, 1899. Repr.from: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1898, cxvi; 1899, cxvii. Trudeau (Edward Livingston), jr. [1873-1904]. Obituary. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1904, lxv. 742. Trudf Antropologicheskavo Obshtshestva pri Imperatorskoi Voyenno-Meditsinskol Akade- mii. [Papers of the Anthropological Society of the Imperial Army Medical Academy.] pt. 1, v. 1, 1893; v. 7,1901-4 [fragmentary]. 203 pp., 3 pl., 1 map; 1604- pp. 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1894- 1907. Trudf fakultetskol terapevticheskol kliniki Im- peratorskavo Moskovskavo Universiteta. Tom izdanniy v chest tridtsatilltiya nauchnoi dleya- telnosti direktora kliniki V. D. Shervinskavo. [Papers of the medical clinic of the Imperial University of Moscow. Volume issued to com- memorate the thirtieth anniversary of the scien- tific activity of the director of the clinic, V. D. Shervinski.] viii, 506, viii, 337 pp., port. 8°. Moskra, A. I. Mamontoff, 1904. Trudf fakultetskol terapevticheskol kliniki prof. S. V. Levashova pri Imperatorskom Novorossiy- skom Universitetie. [Papers from Levashoff's therapeutic clinic of the University of Odessa. ] Pt. 1. 203 pp., 11. 8°. Odessa, 1908. Trudf Fiziologicheskavo Instituta Imperator- skavo Moskovskavo Universiteta. [Papers of the Physiological Institute of the Imperial Mos- cow University.] v. 5; v. 6, pt. 1. 8°. Mos- kva, 1896-1907. Trudf Fiziologicheskoi Laboratorii Imperator- skavo Moskovskavo Universiteta. [Papers of the physiological laboratory of the Imperial Moscow University.] v. 1-4. 8°. Moskva, 1888-93. Trudf Instituta obshtshel patologii Imperator- skavo Moskovskavo Universiteta. [Papers of the Institute of General Pathology of the Im- perial Moscow University.] v. 3. Edited bv A. B. Fokht. 708 pp., 2 1., 10 pl., 12 diag. 8°. Moskva, 1899. Trudf Kazanskavo Voyenno-Sanitarnavo Ob- shtshestva. [Papers of the Kazan Army Sani- tary Society.] 1891-2. 75 pp., 3 diag. 8°. Kazan, N. A. Ilyashenko, 1892. Trudf Kharkovskavo Meditsinskavo Obshtshe- stva. [Papers of the Kharkov Medical Society. 1 1893; 1896; 1897. 8°. Kharkov, 1893-8. Trudi Kiyevskavo Khirurgicheskavo Obshtshe- stva, sostoyashtshavo pri Imperatorskom Uni- versitetie Sv. Vladimira. [Papers of the Kiyev Trudf—continued. Surgical Societv at the Imperial University of Kiyev.] 1908-11. 8°. [Kiyev, 1910-12.] Bound with: Univ. Izvlest., Kiyev, 1910, 1: 1912, Iii. Trudf kliniki dushevnikh i nervnikh bolleznel v S.-Peterburgle. [Memoirs of the Clinic of Mental and Nervous Diseases in St. Petersburg.] 1897, 1.-2. Editor: V. M. Bekhtereff. 8°. S.- Peterburg, 1898. Trudf kliniki nervnikh bolleznel Imperator- skavo Kazanskavo Universiteta. [Papers of the Clinic of Nervous Diseases of the Imperial Kazan University.] I. Editor: L. O. Dark- shevich. 8°. Kazan, 1899. Trudf Kommissii po izlledovanii S.-Peterburga [etc.]. See Syezd russkikh Yestestvoispitatelel i vrachel. 8. Trudi [etc.]. Trudf Mediko-Khimicheskoi Laboratorii Impe- ratorskavo Tomskavo Universiteta. Izd. pod redaktsiyel F. K. Kryugera. Arbeiten des me- dicinisch-chemischen Laboratoriums der kaiser- lichen Universitiit zu Tomsk. Hrsg. von Fried- rich Kriiger. v. 1. 8°. Tomsk, 1903-10. Bound with: Izviest. Imp. Tomsk. Univ., 1904, xxiii: 1907, xxviii: 1909, xxxii: 1910, xl. Trudf Obshtshestva Dietskikh Vrachel v Mos- kvle. [Papers of the Society of Pediatric Phy- sicians in Moscow.] v. 2-7, 1893-4 to 1898-9. 8°. [Moskva, 1894-]9. v. 3, 5-7, bound with: Bibliot. vrach., Mosk., 1894-9, i-vi. Trudf Obshtshestva Dietskikh Vrachel, sostaya- shtsheye pri Imperatorskom Moskovskom Uni- versitetie s prilozheniyem protokolov zasledaniy obshtshestva. [Papers of the Society of Pedia- tric Physicians, in connection with the Imperial University of Moscow, with supplement of the proceedings.] v. 1, 1892-3; v. 2, 1893-1; v. 4, 1895-6. 8°. Moskva, 1893-7. Beginning with 1893--1, v. 2, the words "s prilozheniyem protokolov zasledaniy obshtshestva" were dropped. Trudf Obshtshesva Dietskikh Vrachel v S.-Pe- terburgle. [Papers of the Society of Pediatric Physicians in St. Pedersburg.] v. [3]-10, 1888 to 1894-5. 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1888-96. Trudf Obshtshestva Kiyevskikh vrachel. S prilozheniyem protokolov. [Papers of the So- ciety of Kiev Physicians. With supplement of the proceedings.] v. 1, 1894-5. ii (11.), 106, 34 pp. 8°. Kiyev, 1895. Trudf Obshtshestva Nevropatologov i Psikhia- trov pri Moskovskom Universitetie. [Papers of the Society of Neurologists and Alienists at the University of Moscow.] 1893-4. 113 pp. 8°. [Moskva, 1894.] Bound with: Bibliot. Vracha, Mosk., 1894, i. Trudf Obshtshestva Russkikh Vrachel v Moskvle s prilozheniyem protokolov zasledaniy ob- shtshestva. [Papers of the Society of Russian Physicians in Moscow, with supplement of the proceedings of the meetings of the society.] v. 30-40, 1891-1901. 8°. Moskva, 1891-1901. The second half year (1895) 1896, v. 34, is called "Proto- koli. . ." Trudf Obshtshestva Russkikh Vrachel S.-Peter- burgle, s prilozheniyem protokolov zasledaniy Obshtshestva. [Papers of the Society of Russian Physicians in St. Petersburg, with supplement of the proceedings of the meetings.] v. 51, 1883-4; v. 52, 1884-5, second half year; v. 53, 1885-6; v. 54,1886-7; v. 56-58, 1888-9 to 1891-2; v. 60-64, 1893-4 to 1896-7. 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1889-97. Papers for 1890-91 to 1894-5 are given as v. 57-59 in place of v. 58-62. We have only four numbers for 1890-91, December to June. TRUDI. 509 TRUEB. Trudf Obshtshestva S.-Peterburgskikh Diet- skikh Vrachel. I. Protokoli zasledaniy ob- shtshestva. II. Prilozheniya k protokolam. [Papers of the Society of St. Petersburg Pedia- tric Physicians. I. Proceeding of the meetings of the societv. II. Supplements to the proceed- ings.] [v. 1, 1885-6.] 1 p. 1., 177, ii pp. 8°. S.-Peterburg, I. N. Skorokhodor, 1887. Continued as: Trudi Obshtshestva Dietskikh Vra- chel. Trudf Obshtshestva Vrachel g. Kazani. [Pa- pers of the Societv of Phvsicians of Kazan.] v. 5. 8°. Kazan, 1872-3. " Trudf Odesskavo Otdlela Russkavo Obshtshestva Okhraneniya Narodnavo Zdraviya. [Papers of the Odessa section of the Russian Society for the Preservation of the Public Health.] Nos. 1-4. 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1900-1904. Trudf pervavo syezda Kavkazskikh Vrachel. Kholernaya epidemiya 1892 goda na Kavkazle. [Papers of the First Congress of Physicians of the Caucasus. The cholera epidemic of 1892 in the Caucasus] v. 1. 357 pp., 1 tab. 4°. Tiflis, M. D. Rotiniants, 1SS3. Trudf pervavo syezda Obshtshestva Russkikh Akushorov i Ginekologov. S.-Peterburg, 28-31 dek., 1903. Pod red. V. V. Stroganova. [Papers of the First Congress of Societv of Russian Ob- stetricians and Gynecologists. Edited bv Stro- ganoff.] 616 pp., 18 pl. 8°. S.-Peterlmra, 1904. Bound with: J. akush. i jensk. boliez., St. Petersb., 1904, xviii. Trudf pervavo Vserossiyskavo Oto-Laingoliche- skavo Syezda v. S.-Peterburgle (26-30 dekabrya 1908 g.). Pod red. L. T. Levinai A. R. Illyisha. [Papers of the First Pan-Russian Oto-Laryngo- logical Congress in St. Petersburg (December 26- 30). Edited bv Levin and Ilyish.] ii, 205 pp., 1 1. 8°. S.-Pferburg, G. I. Zakhri, 1909. Trudf i Protokoli Imperatorskavo Kavkazskavo Meditsinskavo Obshtshestva. [Papers and Pro- ceedings of the Imperial Medical Society of the Caucasus.] v. 44-49, 1907-8, to 1912-13. 8°. Tiflis, 1907-13. Trudf i Protokoli zasledaniy Russkavo Khirurgi- cheskavo Obshtshestva Pirogova. [Papers and Proceedings of the meetings of the Russian Sur- gical Societv of Pirogoff.] v. 19-25,1900-7. 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1903-8. Trudf Russkavo Meditsinskavo Obshtshestva pri Imperatorskom Varshavskom Universitetie. [Memoires de la Societe rus.se de medecine a l'Universito imperialede Varsovie.] v. 1-4. 8°. Varshava, 1889-92. Trudf Syezda zemskikh vrachel s uchastiyem predvoditelel dvoryanstva i predsiedatelel zem- skikh uprav Kaluzhskol gubernii, dlya obsuzh- deniya mler borbi s kholerol 1893 g. 25. fe- vrahya. [po] lye. Marta. [Papers of the Con- gress of zemstvo phvsicians, and representatives of the nobility and chairmen of Kaluga Govern- ment zemstvo boards, to consider means of fighting cholera . . .] 94 pp., 1 tab. 8°. Kaluga, 1893. Trudf syezd[ov] Obshtshestva Russkikh vra- chel v pamyat N. I. Pirogova. [Papers of the Congresses. Society of Russian Physicians in Pirogoff's memory.] 2., 1887, 2 v.; 4., 1891, 1 v.; 5., 1894, 2 v.; 9., 1904, 6 v. in 3. 8°. Moskva dc S.-Peterburg, 1887-1906. The papers of the second congress are called: Trudf syezda russkikh vrachel. Of the fourth: Trudf syezda russkikh Vrachel v pamyat N. I. Pirogova. Year of pub- lication: 1894 on title-page, 1895 on cover of v. 2, fifth congress. Trudf Tomskavo Obshtshestva Yestestvoispita- telel. [Papers of the Tomsk Society of Natu- ralists.] 1889-91. 8°. [Tomsk, 1889-92.] Trudf visochaishe razrleshonnavo syezda po obsuzhdeniyu mler protiv sifilisa v Rossii, bivshavo pri Meditsinskom Departamentle s 15 po 22 yanv. 1897 goda pod predstedatelstvom . . . L. F. Ragozina. [Papers of the Congress to consider measures against syphilis in Russia, held at the Medical Department, Jan. 15-22, under the presidency of L. F. Ragozin. ] v. 1-2. 4°. S.-Peterburg, 1897. Trudf Vremennavo Meditsinskavo Obshtshestva v Dalnem Vostokle v Kharbinle. [Papers of the Temporary Medical Society in the Far East, in Kharbin.] 2 v. 8°. Kharbin dc Moskva, 1904-6. Trudf vtoravo Syezda Rossiyskikh Terapevtov (S.-Peterburg s 19 po 23 dekabrya 1910 goda). Pod red. K. Z. Villamena [et al.]. [Papers of the Second Congress of Russian Therapeutists (St. Petersburg, from the 19th to the 23d Decem- ber, 1910). Edited by Villamen [etal.].] xxiv, 328 pp. 8°. S.-Peterburg, G. I. Zakhri, 1911. True (A. C.) Farmers' bulletin No. 251. Ex- periment station work. Compiled from the publications*of the agricultural experiment sta- tions. American sugar beet seed. Stimulants for seed. Fertility of eggs, etc. 32 pp. 8°. Washington, Gov. Print. Office, 1906. ------. Farmers' bulletin No. 262. Experiment station work. Compiled from the publication of the agricultural experiment stations. Water for table use, phosphates, winter wheat, etc. 32 pp. 8°. Washington, Gov. Print. Office, 1906. True (Frederick W.) Guide to a collection illus- trating the families of mammals, exhibited in the Ohio Valley Centennial Exposition in 1888 by the U. S. National Museum. 26 pp. 8°. Washington, 1888. Repr.from: Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Wash., 1888, xi, App. ------. Description of a new species of mouse, Phenacomys longicaudus, from Oregon, pp. 303-304. 8°. [Washington, 1890.] Cutting from: Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Wash., 1890, xiii. ------. Diagnosis of new North American mam- mals. 3 pp. 8°. Washington, 1894. Repr.from: Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Wash., 1894, xvii. ------. Diagnoses of some undescribed wood rats (genus Neotoma) in the National Museum. 3 pp. 8°. Washington, 1894. Repr.from: Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Wash., 1894, xvii. ------. An account of the beaked whales of the family Ziphiidse in the collection of the United States National Museum, with remarks on some specimens in other American museums. 90 pp., 42 pl. 4°. Washington, Gov. Print. Office, 1910. Smithson. Inst., Bull. no. 73. True (Rodney H.) Cultivation of drug plants in the United States, pp. 337-346, 3 pl. 8°. [Washington, 1903.] Repr.from: Yearbook U. S. Dep. Agric, Wash., 1903. ------ & Bartlett (Harley Harris). Absorp- tion and excretion of salts by roots as influenced by concentration and composition of culture solutions. I. Concentration relations of dilu- tions of calcium and magnesium nitrates to pea roots. 36 pp., 1 pl. 8°. Washington, 1912. Forms Bull. No. 231 of U. S. Dep. Agric. Bureau plant indust., Wash. True (A) disinfectant: lysol. 16 pp. 12°. New York, Lehn dc Fink, 1892. Repr. from: Notes on new remedies, N. Y., 1891, iv. Trueb (Karl) [1880- ]. * Grossenverhiilt- nisse des Cavum pulpse nach Altersstufen. [Heidelberg.] 43 pp. 8°. [Berlin, J. Springer, 1908.] TRUEBXKK. 510 TRUNKCEK'S. Tniebner i Nicolas). Triibner's bibliographi- cal guide to American literature. A classed list of books published in the United States of America during the last forty years. With bibliographical introduction, notes, and alpha- betical index. 554 pp. 8°. London, Triibner d Co., 1859. Triik (Max) [1879- ]. * Ueber das Vorkom- men von Harncylindern ohne Albuminuric. 25 pp., 1 1. 8°. Tubingen, F. Pietzker, 1902. Truelle (Roger). * Action des differents cou- rants edectriques sur la fibre lisse de l'intestin. S3 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1904, No. 147. Truelle (Victor). * Etude critique sur les psy- choses dites post-operatoires. Ill pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 18i)S, No. 262. Triiinper (Heinrich) [1874- ]. * Dermoide des Mundbodens und ihre Genese. 22 pp. 8°. Halle, (J. A. Kaemmerer dc Co., 1910. Triimpler (Christian Fritz) [1880- ]. * Kli- nische Beobachtungen bei Steisslagen, beson- ders beim engen Becken. 22 pp., 1 1. 8°. Giessen, J. Weinert, 1906. Triiper (J.) Psychopathische Minderwertig- keiten im Kindesalter. Ein Mahnwort fiir Eltern, Lehrer und Erzieher. 90 pp. 8°. Giilersloh, C. Bertelsmann, 1893. -----. Zur Frage der ethischen Hygiene unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Internate. 16 pp. 8°. Altenburg, 0. Bonde, 1904. Truffler (Horace-Alphonse-Martin) [1877- ]. *De 1'exenteration ignee au cours de la pan- ophtalmie. [Lille.] 39 pp. 8°. Arras, 1901, No. 52. Truffles. See, also, Fungi (Edible). Bouliiiiircr (E.) Die Keimung der Ascospore der Triiffel. ZtM-hr. f. ang. Mikr., Leipz., 1903, ix, 202-205.— Cowley c Silvestri (E.) II siero Trunececk nell' ateroma e ncl- P arteriosclerosi. Progresso med., Torino, 1904, iii, 98- 102.—Didsbury. De Paction du serum de Trunecek sur certains symptdmes auriculaires et n^vropathiques. Arch.internat.de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1904, xvii,203.— Huchard (H.) Le serum ait de Trunecek. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1902, cxliii, 851-855.—Iieopold- Levi. A propos du scrum de Trunecek; resultats eloi- gner; lavements; poudre min^rale. Bull, et mem. Soc- med. d. hop. de Par., 1902,3. s., xi.x, 52ti-5:;s. Also [Abstr.]: Presse med., Par., 1902, i, 579-582.—Serum (Le) deTrune- cek. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1902, cxliii, 745- 748.—Teissier (P.) A propos du serum de Trunecek. Bull, etmem. Soc.med.d. h6p. dePar., 1902. 3. s., xix, 525. Trunk. See, also, Abdomen; Chest. Cerne ( A.) Un schema du tronc. Normandie mecl., Rouen, 1908, xxiv, 413-416. Trunk (Compression of). See, also, Chest (Compression of). Lange (E.) Stauungsblutungen infolge trauma- tischer Rumpfkompression. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1912, cxx, 76-136.—Ruppanner (E.) Ueber Stauungsblutungen nach Compression des Rumpfes. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1909, xxxix, 45-56.— Scliultzc (E.) Zwei Fiille von Stauungsblutung nach Rumpfcompression. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1909, xc, 1100-1102, 1 pl. Truppers (Om) fdrseende med vatten i lager och kantoneringsqvarter jemte tilliigg om vat- tenledningar. [The provisioning of troops with water in camp as well as in quarters, and re- marks on conduits of water.] 24 pp. 16°. Stockholm, 1859. Truro. See Dispensaries (Reports of), by localities. Trusevicli (Ya[kov] I[vanovich]) [1853- ]. Kak virazhayetsya morskaya bollezn, kak pre- dokhranitsya i llechitsya. [How does seasick- ness express itself? How to prevent and cure it?] 3. ed. 220 pp. 16°. S.-Peterburg, Morsk. Minister., 1893. ------. Mitchelevskaya sistema Hecheniya sla- bonervnikh i isterichnikh, malokrovnikh ikhu- doshtshavikh. Po avtoru, Playfair'u i dr. sost. [Mitchell's system of treating neurasthenia and hysteria, anaemia and emaciation. Compiled after the author, Playfair, and others.] 2. ed. 170 pp. 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1894. Trushlevieh (I[van] I[vanovich]) [1866- ]. *Klinicheskoye znacheniye opredieleniya mo- chevol kisloti v mochle po sposobu Ruhe- mann'a. [Clinical importance of determining the uric acid in the urine by Ruhemann's method.] 51 pp., 2 1. 8°. S.-Peterburg, Mine. N. Ya. StrAkova, 1906. Truskawiec. See Waters (Mineral), by localities. Truskier (Frau Gustawu). * Ueber die Hya- line im Corpus luteum und im atretischen Fol- likel. 29 pp., 2 pl. 8°. Zurich-Selnau, G. Leemann dc Co., 1909. Truskolyavski (Ts[ezar] F[rantsovich]) [1862- ]. *K voprosu ozagryaznenii skorb- nikh listkov i knig v bolnitsakh mikroorganiz- mami. [On the infection of clinical charts and books in hospitals by microorganisms.] 78 pp., 11. 8°. S.-Peterburg, Ya. I. Liberman, 1894. Trusoff(I[van] I[vanovich]) [1868- ]. *K voprosu o vliyanii tak nazivayemikh atsidofil- nikh bakteriy kishechnika grudnikh dletel na sterilizovannoye moloko. [Influence upon sterilized milk of so-called acidophile bacteria of the intestines of the infant.] 1 p. 1., 83 pp., 3 1. 8°. S.-Peterburg, V. Demakoff, 1904. Trusses. Brand (R.) The true method of reducing ruptures; and retaining them in the abdomen, and in the navel; together with testimonies to the merits of Mr. Brand's elastic truss; and sev- eral authenticated cases of the most extraordi- nary cures. To which is added a postscript. 8°. London, 1771. Cluthe (C.) Wholesale price list. Charles Cluthe's self-adjustable spiral spring truss, patented United States and Canada. 8°. [To- ronto, Ohio], 1888. Court (The) Record. Medical diplomas. The Ryan truss. Catting from: Daily Inter Ocean, Chicago, Dec. 5, 1885. Deneffe (V.) Les bandages herniaires a l'epoque merovingienne. 8°. Anvers, 1900. Directions for fitting the Drs. Smiths' "Hon- est John" truss, roy. 8°. [n. p., n. d.] Gendron (A.-P.) * De l'insuffisance de ban- dage edastique sans ressort dans la contention de la hernie inguinale. 8°. Bordeaux, 1905. Horn (W. H.) & Bro. Illustrated and des- criptive catalogue of Horn's standard hard rubber, leather covered and elastic trusses, abdominal supporters, abdominal belts, shoul- der braces, suspensories, elastic hosiery, band- ages, pile pipes, crutches, etc. Also treatise on abdominal hernia or rupture and its mechanical treatment. 22. ed. 8°. Philadelphia, [1892]. Illustrated mechanical treatment of hernia. by Edwin Chesterman and by M. Streeter, pro- prietors of Seeley's hard rubber truss and band- age. 12°. Philadelphia, [1893]. Juville. Traite" des bandages herniaires, dans lequel on trouve, independamment des bandages ordinaires, des machines a remexlier aux chutes de la matrice et du rectum, a servir de recipient dans le cas d'anus artificiel, d'in- continence d'urine, etc. 8°. Paris, 1786. Marie freres. La hernie et le bandage Elec- tro-medical. Les maladies du ventre. 54. ed. 12°. Paris, [1906]. Miller (0. E.) Hernia Treatment Co., home office Denver, Colorado. obi. 12°. Denver, 1894. Rainal (L.) & Rainal (J.) Le bandage her- niaire autrefois etaujourd'hui. 8°. Paris, 1899. Rice (W. S.) Personal advice to my pa- tients. 12°. [Adams, N. Y., n. d.] Rupture relieved by Rorick air cushion truss. 16°. Washington, D. C, [1893]. Seeley (LB.) Truss, supporter and bandage. 12°. Philadelphia, 1894. Sherman (J. A.) Illustrated cases of bad ruptures radically cured by the application and use of [his] patent appliances and curative com- pound. 8°. New York, 1869. ------. Convincing testimony. A pamphlet full of interest to the ruptured. Unparalleled success in the treatinent of hernia, attested by numerous statements from the most prominent people in the country. The dangers of neglected rupture illustrated by recent agonizing deaths from strangulation. Reasons why his treatment succeeds when all others signally fail. Sugges- TRUSSES. 512 TRUSSES. Trusses. tionsof great interest to those suffering from the most dreadful of afflictions, etc. Skill, science, ingenious invention and intelligent application. 8°. New York, 1881. Statement of Mr. Gainsforth. [Recommenda- tion in favor of Dr. Sherman's method of curing hernia]. 8°. [New York, 1870.] United States. Congress. House of Repre- sentatives. A bill allowing trusses to certain pensioners. 53. Cong., 2. sess. H. R. 6501. March 30, 1894. Introd. by Mr. Curtis, roy. 8°. [Washington, 1894.] United States. Congress. Senate. A bill to amend section 1176 of the Revised Statutes of the United States. [Granting trusses to soldiers pensioned for rupture.] 55. Cong., 2. sess. S. 3417. Jan. 26, 1898. Introd. by Mr. Gal- linger, roy. 8°. [Washington, 1898.] Bayer (K.) Einige in der Praxis erprobte Abande- rungen des gewohnlichen Bruchbandes. Ztschr. f. aerztl. Landpraxis, Frankf. a. M., 1893, ii, 33-37.—Buchholz (J.) DetsaakaldteanatomiskeBrokbind. [Theso-called anatomical truss.] Norsk Mag. f. Laegevidensk., Kristia- nia, 1896, 4. R., xi, 1029-1031.—Cramp (W. C.) Un- usual results of truss wearing; a case report. Am. J. Surg., N. Y., 1912, xxvi, 279.—Doettloff (E.) Bruchband- pelotten. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1901, xxvii, 737-739.—Eccles (W. McA.) A few points concerning inguinal trusses and their manufacture. Therap. Soc. Tr., Lond., 1904, 80-87.— Ganigee (L.) The application of trusses to reducible inguinal herniae. Birmingh. M. Rev., Lincoln, Neb., 1904, lvi, 542-646.— Geoffroi. Premier memoire sur les bandages, propres •X retenir les hernies; dans lequel on examine en detail les defauts qui les empechent de remplir leur objet. Mem. mathemat. et de phys. . . . Acad. roy. d. sc, Par., 1780, 265-289,1 pl. -----. Second memoire sur les moyens de corriger les dfifauts des bandages enoncfis dans le memoire precedent. Ibid., 281-294, 4 pl-Hoflk (A.) Zur Bruchbandfrage. Centralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1896, xxiii, 473-479.—Hoppe. Das Schraubendruck-Bruch- band. Memorabilien, Heilbr., 1880, xxv, 311-322.—Jen- nings (W. B.) The worsted truss. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1913, xcvii, 349.—J oil us ton (G. J.) The application of hernial trusses. Clin. J., Lond., 1896, ii, 299-301.—Kelly (T. J.) A truss gauge or instrument for measuring for trusses. Tr. Roy.Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl., 1899-1900, xviii, 206-208.—Knox(R. W.) The passing of the truss. Texas M. News, Austin, 1905-6, xv, 335-339.— Kroell. Eine Modification des Hack'schen Bruchbandes. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1896, x, 441.—Landerer (A.) Bruch- bander mit glyceringefullten Pelotten. Centralbl. f. Chir., Leipz , 1894, xxi, 969.—Llndorme (A. H.) Some personal observations in the fitting of hernia-supports. Atlanta Jour.-Rec. Med., 1907-8, ix, 83-86.—Loewy (H.) Ein Leistenbruchband mit regulirbarerGlycerindruckpe- lotte. Illust. Monatschr. d. arztl. Polytech., Bern, 1897, xix, 120. -----. Ein Parallelfeder-Bruchband. Ibid., Berl., 1912, xxxiv, 28-30— Macdonald (R. G.) New truss for inguinal or femoral hernia. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1897, xvi, 591.—Puijn (J.) De breukband van den grooten Petrus Camper verbeterd en gemakkelijker gemaakt. Natuurk. Verhandel. v.de Holland. Maatsch. d. Wetensch. te Haarlem, 1817, viii, 249-288,1 pl.—Rae's curvilinear truss. Lancet, Lond., 1905, i,867.—Rawlins (H.A.) A truss for certain forms of double hernia. Ibid., 1894, ii, 1429.—Some points in the ordering of trusses. Clin.J., Lond., 1895, vi, 390.—Steffen(E.) Ueberfederlose und andere Bruchbiinder. Krankenpflege, Berl., 1902-3, ii, 324-328.— Stoler (A.) Ueber ein neues Bruchband. Med. Klin., Berl., 1907, iii, 516-518.—Thomas (G.) Einigeszur Bruchbandfrage. Illust. Monatschr. f. arztl. Polytech., Berl., 1906, xxviii, 25-28—Trexophyton (The) truss. [Edit.] Lancet, Lond., 1901, ii, 1505.— Vance (A. P. M.) The use and abuse of trusses. Internat. J. Surg., N. Y., 1893, vi, 163.—Wagner. Ueber WSrner. Bruchband ohne Feder. Aerztl. Polytech , Berl., 1904,xxvi, 145-147. Also: Med.Cor.-Bl.d.wurttemb arztl. Ver., Stuttg., 1904, lxxiv, 519. Also: Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1904, xxx, 1276.—Wolfer- niann (H.) Leistenbruchband. Centralbl. f. Chir. Leipz., 18%, xxiii, 345-354. Trusses (Patent specifications for). Abee (E.) Cardiac truss. No. 775,342; Nov. 22,1904— Abraham (G. C.) Truss. No. 822,811; June 5, 1906.- Adanis(J.U.) Truss. No. 550,811; Dec. 3, 1895. ----- ™ Si vY'- *$•¥&,Sept 29' 1896- ----• Truss- No- 715,331; Lhic. 9, 1902. ----- Hernial truss. No. 737,051- Trusses (Patent specifications for). Aug. 25, 1903. -----. Truss. No. 745,311; Dec L 1908.— Allen (W. H.) Truss. No. 1,000,481; Aug. 15, 1911.— Allshouse (F. B.) Hernial truss. No. 792,305; June 13,1905.—Anderson (.1. A.) Truss. No. 894,095; July 21,1908— Appley (H. V.) Truss. No. 578.184; March 2, 1897.—Arnhold(R.) Hernial truss. No. 694,599; March 4, 1902—Arnold (G. \V.) Truss pad. No. 960,481; June 7, 1910.—Baer (J.) Truss attachment for corsets. No. 840,285; Jan. 1, 1907.—Bain (J.) Truss. No. 647,551; April 17, 1900.—Ballon (H. G.) Truss. No. 968,728; Aug. 30, 1910.—Banning (E. P.), jr. Improvement in trusses. No. 125,431; April 9,1872.-----. Improvement in trusses. No. 125,475; March 12, 1872.—Barlow (A. P.) Hernial truss. No. 648,334; April 24,1900.-----.Truss. No. 823,500; June 19,1906.—Barnes (J.) Truss. No. 1,033,147; July 23, 1912.—Barnes (J. D.) Improvement in trusses. No. 128,779; July 9,1872.—Bathrlck (E. R.) Truss-pad. No. 881,218; March 10, 1908.-----. Truss-pad. No. 881,219; March 10,1908.—Becker (H.) Hernial truss. No. 645,059; March 13, 1900.—Beck with (T.) Hernial truss. No. 733,124; July 7,1903.—Bedson (A.) Hernial truss. No. 646,723; April 3,1900.—Beiden (M.B.) Truss. No. 647,935; April 24, 1900.—Bell (F. R.) Truss. No. 665,592; Aug. 11,1896.—Bell(G.W.) Truss. No. 515,948: March6,1894. -----. Hernial truss. No. 684,393; Oct. 8, 1901. -----. Truss. No.934,130; Sept. 14,1909.—Benner(H.L.) Sup- porting belt or truss. No. 960,787; Aug. 9, 1912. —Beyer (K.) Hernial truss. No. 690,094; Dec. 31, 1901. —Bol- linger (A.) Truss. No. 624,902; May 16,1899.—Boom- hower (E. E.) Truss. No. 519,882; May 15, 1894.— Booth (T.W.) Truss. No. 603,004; April 26,1898. -----. Truss. No. 780,226; June 9, 1903. — Bradford (J.W.) Truss. No. 647,372; April 10, 1900. —Briekner (J.) & Herr (A. S.) Truss. No. 717,639; April 3, 1894. -----. Truss. No. 566,738; Sept. 1,1896.—Brisky (D.) Hernial truss-pad. No. 718.421; Jan. 13, 1903. — Brochl (V.) Hernial bandage or truss. No. 715,010; Dec. 2, 1902.— Brooks (C. E.) Hernial truss. No. 682,236; Sept. 10, 1901.— Brooks (M. B.) Truss. No. 736,356; Aug. 18, 1903. —Browne (R. W.) Hernial truss. No. 655,601; Aug. 7,1900. —Brownell (W. F.) Hernial-truss sup- port. No. 670,530; March 26, 1901. — Bunker (J. W.) Hernial truss. No. 674,598; May 21, 1901. -----. Hernial truss. No. 861,257; July 30, 1907. -----. Hernial truss. No. 948,305; Feb. 8,1910. -----. Hernial truss. No.948,306; Feb. 8, 1910. -----. Hernial truss. No. 948,307; Feb. 8, 1910.— Butler (W. H.) Truss. No. 666,375; Jan. 22, 1901. —Campbell (J. H.) Truss. No. 622,822: June 6, 1906.—€arr(C. H.) Improvement in trusses. No. 139,791; Aug. 27,1872.—Cartwright (R.) Truss. No. 1,035,417; Aug. 13, 1912. — Chamberlain (B.) Surgical truss. No. 724,809; April 7, 1903. — Chapman (C. H. ) & Goodhue (W. S.) Truss. No. 522,967; July 17, 1894. Chesterman (J. H.) & Chesterman (D. L.) Her- nial truss. No. 705,821; July 29, 1902. — Christodule (J.) Hernia truss. No. 923,625; June 1, 1909.—(lark ( E. H. G. ) Truss. No. 603,126; April 26, 1898. — Clindinin (W. W.) Truss. No. 935,777; Oct. 5,1909.— Close-Erson (W. R.) Truss. No. 641,372; Jan. 16, 1900.—Cluthe (C.) Truss. No. 495,305; April 11, 1893. -----. Truss. No. 536.718; April 2, 1895. -----. Truss. No. 563,449; July 7, 1896.—Colves (C.) Truss. No. 556,620; March 17, 1896.—Cooke (A. C.) Truss. No. 815,682; March 20, 1906. -----. Truss. No. 910,504; Jan. 19, 1909.—Corbett (J. A.) Hernial truss. No. 695,377; March 11, 1902.—Cranson (G. S.) Truss-pad. No. 499.823; June 20, 1893.—Crater (F.) Truss. No. 834,712; Oct. 30, 1906.—Crolius (F. M.) Hernial truss. No. 760,615; May 24, 1904— Cromble ( W.) Truss. No. 893,146; July 14,1908.— CruiT(J. F.) Combined abdomi- nal supporter and truss. No. 922.859; May 26,1909.—Cul- 11s (J. M.) Truss. No. 618,334; Jan. 24, 1899. -----. Truss. No. 641,845; Jan. 23, 1900. -----. Pad for trusses. No. 868,971; Oct. 22, 1907.—Danz ( W.) Truss, No. 500,739; July4,1893.—Dassori(F.) Truss. No. 1,049,813; Jan. 7,1913.—Davidson (A. J.) Truss-pad. No. 655,206; Aug. 7,1900.—Bavis (L. H.) Truss. No. 877,986; Feb. 4,1908.—Bay (J. D.) Hernial truss. No. 660,368; Oct. 23; 1900— Dekersen (J.) Truss. No. 533,214; Jan. 29, 1895.—Belorriers (C.) Hernial truss. No. 684,199; Oct. 8, 1901.—Demaree (H. C.) & Eckhart (W. C.) Truss. No. 674,645; May 21,1901.—Dennis (D.D.) Truss. No. 608,444; Aug. 2, 1898. -----. Truss. No. 65a,846; Oct. 16, 1900.—Derr (G. W.) Hernial truss. No. 698,264; April 22, 1902.— Deuther (L. A.) Truss. No. 648,630; Oct. 29,1895. -----. Truss. No. 655,961; Aug. 14, 1900.— Dewees (W. B.) Bodv-brace. No. 719,311; Jan. 27, 1903.—Doane (R.) Truss. No. 742,608; Oct. 27, 1903.— Donnelly (S. A.) Truss. No. 828,022; Aug. 7, 1906.— Donovan (C.) Truss-pad. No. 640,454; Jan. 2, 1900.— -----. Attachment for trass-pads. No. 675,821; June 4, 1901.—Douds (B. J.) Truss for ruptures. No. 763,684; March 1, 1904.—Dugger (J. T.) Hernial truss. No. 588,964; Aug. 31, 1897.—Eagon (H.) Truss. No. 820,853; May 15, 1906.— Eggleston (C. H.) Improvement in trusses. No. 135,638; Feb, 11, 1873.—Ehrlch (A. J. F.) Scrotal truss. No. 1,011,418; Dec. 12, 191L—Elvlns (W. A.) Improvement in trusses. No. 129,117; July 16,l*/2.— TRUSSES. 513 TRUSSES. Trusses (Patent specifications for). Eiueis (H. T.) Hernial truss. No. 675,131; May 28, 1901.—Fancher (G.) Hernial truss. No. 657,404, Sept. 4, 1900.—Fancher (S. C.) Truss. No. 623,207; April, 1899.—Fandrey (J.) Truss. No. 550,493; Nov. 26,189a.— -----. Truss. No. 660,895; Oct. 30,1900.—Farlelgb (G. M.) Truss. No. 812,031; Feb. 6,1906.—Fehr (H.) Her- nial truss. No. 650,714; May 29,1900.—Fette (F.) Truss. No. 598,177; Feb. 1, 1898.—Flok (W. L.) Truss. No. 630,206; Aug. 1, 1899. — Fielding (W.) Truss. No. 803,476; Oct. 31, 1905.—Flower (J. M.) Truss. No. 614,612; Nov.22,1898.—Foley (D.T.) Truss. No. 752,445; Feb. 16, 1904.—Follansbee (F. J.) Self-conforming anatomical truss. No. 1,044,169; Nov. 12,1912.—Fosgate iD.C.) Truss pad or cushion. No. 947,551; Jan. 25,1910.— ?redin (P.) Truss. No. 504,158; Aug. 29, 1893. -----. Truss. No. 571,969; Nov. 24, 1896. -----. Hernial truss. No. 699,797; May 13, 1902.—Freel (J. S. E.) Truss. No. 909,077; Jan. 5, 1909. -----. Cushioning device for truss- frames and the like. No. 943,244; Dec. 14,1909.—Oar son (H. H.) Hernial truss. No. 698,270; April 22, 1902 — Garver (D. L.) Pile-truss. No. 655,618; Aug. 7, 1900.— Gerard (G. L.) Truss. No. 790,359; May 23. 1905.— Gerhardt (H. H.) Truss. No. 675.208; Mav 2M, 1901.— Gierasch (E. S.) Truss. No. 580,042; April 6, 1897.— Gregory (G. W.) Improvement in trusses. No. 138,610; May 6.1873. -----. Improvement in trusses. No. 146,448; Jan. 13,1874.—Groves (J. F.) Improvement in trusses. No. 142,337; Sept. 2, 1873. — Habenicht (J.) Truss. No. 886,599; May 5, 1908.—Hage (F. J.), sr. Hernial truss. No. 671,999; April 16. 1901. -----. Hernial truss. No. 716,221; Dec. 16, 1902.—Ha Howell (M. O'B.) Ad- justable truss. No. 75s.410; April 26, 1904.—Harding (G. R.) Truss. No. 9^3,691; April 5, 1910.—Hardy (S. A. D.) Truss. No. 61ti.319; Dec. 20, 1898.—Harkinson (J. L.) &Holliday (H. A.) Truss. No. 621,078; March 14, 1899— Harrington (W. H.) Truss. No. 627,807; June 27,1899.—Harris (J.) Truss. No. 749,555; Jan. 12, 1904.—Hartwig (E.) Truss. No. 1,034,793; Aug. 6, 1912.—Hessels (A.) Truss. No. 513,681; Jan. 30,1894 — Higbee (E. VV.) Improvement in trusses. No. 141,220; July 29, 1873—Hill (C. E.) Truss. No. 540,312; June 4, 1895.—Hobson ( W. S.) Truss. No. 789,733; May 16, 1905.—Hogeland (I.) Improvement in contracting truss-hoops. No. 149,933; April 21, 1874—Hogle (J. C.) & Meyer ( A.) Rupture appliance. No. 948,627; Feb. 8, 1910.—Hopkins (J. A.) Truss. No. 504,837; Sept. 12, 1893.—Horn (J. J.) Truss. No. 795,130; July 18, 1905.— Horn (W. H.), jr. Truss-pad. No. 847,775; March 19, 1907.—House (G. R.) Hernial truss. No. 714,305; Nov. 25, 1902.—House (G. V.) Truss-pad. No. 593,473; Nov. 9, 1897. -----. Truss. No. 593,474; Nov. 9, 1897. -----. Hernial crass. No. 682,936; Sept. 17, 1901. -----. Hernial truss. No. 688,734; Dec. 10, 1901. -----. Tru-s. No. 818,446; April 24, 1906.— Hovey (E.) &i Black (M. M.) Truss. No. 818,888; April 24, 1906.—Howe (H.) Improvement in trusses. No. 161,233; March 23.1x75.—Huffman (D. E.) Hernial truss. No. 694,751; March 4, 1902—Mull (N. Y.) Truss. No. 579,235; March 23, 1897.—Hummel (R.) Hernial truss. No. 691,143; Jan. 14,1902.— Hunter (A.) Hernial truss. No. 693,606; Feb. 18, 1902.—Hyatt (E. E.) Colot- omy-trass. No. 838,334; Dec. 11, 1906.—Ide (S.) Truss. No. 688,578; Aug. 24, 1897.—Jackson (F. E.) Hernial truss. No. 675,006; Mav 28,1901.—Jasper (M. E.) Truss. No. 724,014; March 31, 1903.—Jenson (C. A.) Truss. No. 908,998; Jan. 5, 1909.—Johnson (A. E.) Truss-pad. No. 776,914; Dec. 6, 1904.—Johnson (H. M.) Hernial truss. No. 655.365; Aug. 7, 1900.— Johnson (I. E.) Truss. No. 646,579; April 3, 1900.—Johnston (J. A.) Rupture-truss. No. 1,018,113; Feb. 20,1912.—Jones (N.j Improvement in trusses. No. 119,233; Sept. 26, 1871.— -----. Improvement in trusses. No. 127,889; June 11, 1872. -----. Improvement in trusses. No. 127,889; reis- sued Jan. 27,1874. -----. Improvement in trusses. No. 127,890; June 11,1872. -----. Improvement in truss-pads. No. 136,735; March 11, 1873. -----. Improvement in hernial trusses. No. 155,030; Sept. 15, 1874. —Jones (W.) Truss. No. 1,005,978; Oct. 17, 1911.—Kainpf (J. F. ) Hernial truss. No. 658,989; Oct. 2, 1900.— Kaseler (P.) Trass. No. 844,137; Feb. 12, 1907.— Kayser (J. W.) Truss. No. 977,098; Nov. 29, 1910.— Keil (J. C.) Hernial truss. No. 658,651; Sept. 25, 1900.—Kellogg (E. A.) Truss. No. 619,185; Feb. 7, 1899.—Kenyon (C. E.) Hernial truss. No. 713,450; Nov. 11, 1902.— King (F.) Truss. No. 792,424; June 13, 1905.—Klug (A. A.) Truss. No. 943,685; Dec. 21, 1909.— Knapp (J. R.) Truss-pad frame. No. 623,375; April 18, 1899.—Knox (J. R.) Truss. No. 1,005,043; Oct. 3,1911.— Lacy (B. F.) Abdominal supporter and truss. No. 772,105; Oct. 11, 1904. — Lander (J. P.) Truss. No. 554,825; Feb. 18, 1896.—Lane (F. A.) Truss. No. 905,890; Dec. 8, 1908—Lange (W.) Truss. No. 966,221; Aug. 2, 1910.—Lee (J. E.) Fastening device for truss-pads. No. 756,122; March 29, 1904. -----. Truss. No. 760,217; May 17,1904.—Le Hardy (J. C.) Hernial truss. No. 699,095; April 29, 1902.—Lennox ( W.) Truss. No. 910,004; Jan. 19,1909.—Le Seur (W. F.) Truss. No. 606,465; June 28, vol xviii, 2d series---33 Trusses (Patent specifications for). 1898. — Lethcrt (A.) Improvement in trusses. No. 148,718; March 17,1874.—Leverone (J.) Surgical truss. No. 816,867; April 3, 1906— Lindman (B.) Truss. No. 769,952,Sept. 13,1904.—Loewy (A.) Rupture truss. No. 1,040,574; Nov. 26, 1912. — Loewy (H.) Hernia-truss. No. 732,361; June 30, 1903. -----. Truss for umbilical her- nia. No. 1,048,553; Dec. 31, 1912.—Lorenz (P. A.) Her- nial-truss pad. No. 721,812; March 3,1903.—Love (C. A.) & Turner (J. P.) Truss. No. 1,019,501; March 5,1912.— LuglnbUhl(B.M.) Truss. No. 501,796; July 18,1893.— McEU'resk (F. P.) Hernial truss. No. 746,872; Dec. 15, 1903.—MeEwen (P. C.) & Young (F. W.) Hernial truss-pad. No. 1,023,435; April 16, 1912—McGregor (R. R.) Truss. No. 910,303; Jan. 19, 1909. — McKague (J. H.) Hernial truss. No. 707,619; Aug. 26, 1902.— McKay (D.) Truss. No. 1,026,758; May 21, 1912.— McKay (F. CD.) Truss. No. 870,519; Nov. 5, 1907.— Macdonald (M. M.) Improvement in trusses. No. 154,556; Sept. 1, 1874.—Madden (P.) Hernial truss. No. 645,901; March 20, 1900.—Makepeace (F.) Truss. No. 949,543; Feb. 15, 1910. — Marsh (J. B.) Im- provement in truss-pads. No. 119,379; Sept. 26, 1871.— Martin (T.E.) Truss. No. 862,837; Aug. 6, 1907. -----. Truss. No. 958,267; May 17, 1910.—Matuchet(F.) Pad for hernial belts. No. 721,963; March 3, 1903.—Mayer (£.) &Strahlmann (E.) Truss. No. 909,435; Jan. 12, 1909.—Medbury (C. B.) Truss. No. 616,196; Dec. 20, 1898.—Meine (F.) Hernial truss. No. 880,681; March 3, 1908—Meissl (I. ) Truss. No. 907,263; Dec. 22, 1908.—Menas (A.) Truss. No. 788,663; May 2, 1905.— Merck (T.M.) Truss. No.537,122; April9,1895. -----. Truss. No. 1,031,724; July 9, 1912.—Middaugh (W. M.) Hernial truss. No. 677,879; July 9, 1901.-Miller (W. S.) Truss. No. 659,685; Oct. 16, 1900.— Milligan (M. W.) Truss. No. 880,559; March 3, 1908.—Molz (C.) Truss. No. 925,645; June 22,1909.— Molyneux (F. L.) Truss. No. 772,664; Oct. 18,1904.—Morris (H.B.) Truss. No. 765,293; July 19, 1904.—Nagler (R.) Truss. No. 522,764; July 10,1894.— Nerenz (H.) Truss. No. 615,491; Dec. 6, 1898.—Ninis (F. O.) Truss. No. 843,168; Feb. 5, 1907.—-Norris (C. P.) Hernia-truss. No. 754,386; March 8,1904.—O'Conor (E. J.) Truss. No. 712,711. Nov. 4, 1902.—Oliver (Z.) Truss. No. 631,658. Aug. 22,1899.— O'Malley (T.) Truss. No. 616,958; Jan. 3, 1899. -----. Truss. No. 820,728; May 15, 1906.—Oxford (W. F.) Truss and like surgical appliance. No. 917,113. April 6, 1909— Parker (E. H.) Truss. No. 862,193; Aug. 6, 1907.—Payne (W.) Adjustable pliable truss. No. 713,143; Nov. 11, 1902. — Pearson (R. I.) Truss. No. 566,530; Aug. 25,1896.—Pease (I. M.) Truss pad. No. 943,843; Dec. 2,1909.—Pell (H.W.) Abdominal truss. No. 718,149; Jan. 13, 1903.—Pence (C.) Truss. No. 963,469; Julv 5, 1910.—Person (N.) No. 610,202; Sept. 6. 1898.— Peters (W. D.) Head-truss. No. 841,714; Jan. 22, 1907. — Pielffer (J. W.) Truss. No. 567,997; Sept. 22, 1896. — Phelan (E.) Truss. No. 1,047,116; Dec. 10, 1912. — Phillis (S. H.) Truss. No. 738,842; Sept. 15, 1903. -----. Hernial trass. No. 743,187; Nov. 3, 1903.— Plum (D. S.) Umbilical trass. No. 649,646; May 15, 1900. — Poindexter (W. E.) Pile truss. No. 1,040,404; Oct. 8, 1912. — Pomeroy (D.) Improve- ment in trusses. No. 129,424: July 16, 1872. -----. Im- provement in trusses. No. 137,387; April 1,1873. ----. Truss. No. 505,228; Sept. 19, 1893. — Pomeroy (D.) & Pomeroy (W.) Improvement in trusses. No. 199,917; June 17,1873. — Pomeroy (W.) Improvement in her- nial pads. No. 118,483; Aug. 19,1871. -----. Improvement in truss-springs. No. 131,560; Sept. 24, 1872.—Prange (H. T.) Truss. No. 721,603; Feb. 24.1903.—Kaitton (J.) Truss. No. 831,709; June 23,1903.—Rash (H. C.) Truss. No. 503,000; Aug. 8, 1893. -----. Umbilical truss. No. 655,008; July 31,1900. -----. Umbilical trass. No. 655,514; Aug. 7, 1900. — Keid (D.) Truss. No. 540,110; May 28, 1895. — Remine (J. Q. A.) Truss. No. 890,452; June 9, 1908. —Bice (W. S.) Truss. No. 523,844; July 31, 1894. -----. Hernial truss. No. 741,929; Oct. 20, 1903.— Rich- mond (C. M.) Truss. No. 666,700; Aug. 25, 1896.— Riggs (J. W. ) Improvement in truss-springs. No. 22,674; reissued Oct. 10,1871.-----. Improvement in truss- springs. No. 136,387; March 4,1873.— Kilter (S. S.) Im- provement in trusses. No.120,537; Oct.31,1871.—Roberts (R.R.) Truss. No.641,547; Jan.16,1900.—Roedel (H.H.) Improvement in brace-trusses. No. 145,014; Nov.25,1873.— Rostcl(C. B.) Truss. No. 517,194; March 27, 1894.— Ropers (L.) Hernial truss. No. 688,695; Dec. 10,1901.— Ross(V. C.) Truss-pad. No. 760,253; May 17, 1904.— Rowe (J. L.) Improvement in, trusses. No. 133,667; Dec. 3,1872. -----. Improvement in pads for pile-trusses. No. 144,145; Oct. 28,1875. -----. Improvement in trusses. No. 155,891; Oct. 13,1874.—Rowley (J. D.) Truss. No. 569,236; Oct. 13, 1896.—Sail It (J.) Truss. No. 842,252; Jan. 29,1907.- Sawyer (A. B. C.) Device for adjusting truss-pads. No. 658,467; Sept. 25, 1900.—Schiffer (J. N.) Hernial truss. No. 737,155; Aug. 25, 1903 —Schoevers (A. T. C.) Improvement in trusses. No. 140,168; June 24,1873.—Schramm (K. R.) Truss. No. 550,647; Dec. 3, 1895.—Schuppert (M.) Improvement in galvanic TRUSSES. 514 TRY ON. Trusses (Patent specifications for). trusses. No. 122.nl7: Jan. 23.'1*72.—Seaman (G. Q.) Trass. No. 872,v,i; Doc. 3, 1907.— Seeley (J. B.) Truss- pad. No. 747,247: P''C 1">. 1903.—SeriofF.) Truss. No. 800,407; Sept. 26, 1'.Hi.\—Kheehan (J. B.) Hernial truss. No. 738,879; July 11, l'.i03.— Shepard (S. R.) Combined body-brace and truss. No. 74*.426: Dec. 29,1903.—Sher- man (J. A.) Improvement in trusses. No. 55,724; reis- sued Jan. 2, 1872. -----. Improvement in trusses. No. 122,859; Jan. 16, 1872. -----. Improvement in trusses. No. 139,921',; June 17. 1873.—Sherman (J. H.) Hernial truss. No. 705,453; July 22, 1902.—Sherwood (B.) Im- provement in tru-ses. No. 44,226; reissued April 28, 1874 —Shields (W.) Improvement in anal trusses. No. 151,31S; Mav 26, 1*74.— Sliriver (H. B.) Truss. No. 533,675; Feb". 1. 1*95.—Sills (B. S,) Truss. No. 875,122; Dec. 31, 1907.—Simmons (J. M.) Truss. No. 767,718; Aug. 16, 1904.—Smith (J. M.) Truss. No. 546,355; feept. 17, 1895— Smith (L. A.) Truss. No. 531,343; Dec. 25, 1*94. -----. Hernial truss. No. 690,624; Jan. 7, 1902.— Smith (L. A.) & Smith (C.) Truss. No. 638,365; Dec. 5, 1899.—Smith (W. N.) Truss. No. 576,907; Feb. 9, 1897.—Smyth (M. B.) Hernial truss. No. 701,954; June 10, 1902. -----. Truss. No. 715,701; Dec. 9, 1902. -----. Truss. No. 808,697; Jan. 2,1906—Snead (J. W.) Truss. No. 523,753; July 31, 1894. —Speagh (C. D.) Truss. No.624,113; May2,1899.—Spelrs(A.) Truss. No.642,381; Jan. 30, 1900.—Spelling (T. C.) Truss. No. 697,032; April 8, 1902.—Spencer (W. C.) & Patrick (J. E.) Truss. No. 537,908; April 23, 1895— Stafford (J. F.) Truss. No. 530,973; Dec. 18,1894.-Stanley (T.H.) Truss. No. 940,622; Nov. 16,1909.—Starbuck (W. R.) Hernial truss. No. 579,845; March 30, 1*97—Stevens (T. J.) Truss. No. 920,683; Mav 4,19)9.—Stewart (E.) Umbili- cal truss. No. 551,237; Dec. 10,1895.—Stewart (G. H.) & IVlteman (A. L.) Hernial truss. No. 703,095; June 24, 1902.—Stewart (L. A.) Hernial truss. No. 703,847; July 1, 1902.—Stockton (J. K.) Truss. No. 801,556; Oct. 10. 1905.—Stuart (F.J.) Hernia support. No. 917,376; April 6, 1909.—Sublett (S. H.) Truss. No. 869,203; Oct. 22, 1907— Tarrant (J. M.) Hernial truss. No. 648,368; April 24,1900.— Tirrill (O.) & De Bevoise (A.) Trass. No. 731,141; June 16, 1903.—Tucker (S.) Truss-pad. No. 603,932; May 10, 1*98.—Turner (C. R.) Hernial truss. No. 729,017; Mav 26, 1903.—Turner (M. H.) Truss. No. 1,035,500; Aug. 13, 1912— Verniaud (C ) Truss. No. 528,046; Oct. 23, 1*94—Vescelus (G. A.) Truss. No. 623,581; April 25,1899.—Volkmer (E.) Truss for ruptures. No. 1,016,531; Feb. 6,1912—Wagner (W.) Cushion for hernia-trusses. No. 826,073; July 17, 1906.— AVakemail (A.) Truss. No. 932,074; Aug. 24, 1909.— Walbrldge(H.L.) Truss. No. 601,551; July 18,1893.— Ware (E. O.) & Williams (J. B.) Truss. No. 545,640; Sept. 3, 1895.-----------. Truss. No. 574,467; Jan. 6, 1897.—Washburn (H. A.) Improvement in trusses. No. 156,050; Oct. 20,1874.—Washburn (W. H.) Truss for hernia. No. 817,600; April 10,1906.—Week (C.) &Weck(F.) Hernia-truss. No. 735,325; Aug. 4,1903.— Well (A.) Truss. No. 546,949; Sept. 24, 1895.—Wet- more (W. C.) Truss. No. 509,637; Nov. 28, 1893. ----- Truss-pad. No. 718,408; Jan. 13,1903.—Wheeler (F. A.) Truss. No. 522,952; July 10, 1894.—Wlndisch (J. H.) Truss. No. 906,350; Dec. 8, 1908.—Wolfe rin aim (H ) Truss. No. 594,307; Nov. 23, 1897.—Woodward (T H ) Trass. No. 659,773; Sept. 7, 1897.—Yost (A.) Truss No. 603,223; Aug. 15, 1893,-Young (A.) Rupture-truss. No. 900,250; Oct. 6, 1908. -Young (J.) Truss. No 533,773; Feb. 5, 1895. Truth. Dewey (J.) The dilemma of the intellectualist theory of truth. J. Philos., Psychol, [etc.], Lancaster Pa., & N. Y., 1909, vi, 433— Lalande (A.) L'idee de vente. Rev. phil., Par., 1911, lxxi, 1-26.—Schmidt (K ) Heinrich Hertz's theory of truth: a contribution to cri- tique of cognition. Monist, Chicago, 1910, xx, 445-454 — Snellman (J. W.) The "meaning" and "test" of truth. Mind, Lond., 1911, n. s., xx, 235-242. Truth (The) about cigarettes. Papers read and discussed by the Medico-Legal Society of New York. 21 1. 12°. New York, 1897-8. Repr.from: Med.-Leg. J., N. Y., 1897-8, xiv. Truth (The) about the Royal Army Medical Corps. See "Justice." Truth (The) concerning vivisection. 16 pp. 8° Aurora, III., 1897. Trullis and their reception, considered in rela- tion to the doctrine of homoeopathy; to which are added various essays on the principles and statistics of homoeopathic practice. 2 p. 1 251 pp. 8°. London, S. Highley, 1849. Truth* about whiskv. vii, 103 pp., 4 pl 8° London, S. Share dc Co., 1878. Truths—continued. -----. Thesame. 2. ed. vi, 103 pp., 5 1., 4 pl. 8°. London, Sutton, Sharpe d-, Co., 1879. Trutie de Vaucresson (Emile). See de Vaucresson (E. T.). Trutovski (Yakov Yakovlevich) [1867- ]. K ucheniyu o tiziologicheskom dlelstvii chastikh elektricheskikh udarov na serdtse, nervi i mus- kuli. [A study of the physiological action of frequent electric shocks upon the heart, nerves, and muscles.] 1 p. 1., 309 pp., 10 diag., 1 pl. 8°. Kharkov, A. Darre, 1897. Repr.from: Trudi Kharkovsk. med. Obsh., 1896, i. Truyck (Martinus). Disp. tertia de membranis in genere; ac speciatim de membrana carnosa ac musculorum propria; itemque de musculis in genere ac speciatim abdominis. 4 1. sm. 4°. Groningx, [E. Agricola, 1652]. -----. Disp. quarta de peritonseo, omento, me- aentertio et pancreate. 51. sm. 4°. Groningse, sm. 4°. Groningse, E. Agricola, 1652. Bound with his: Disputatio tertia [1652]. Tr uzzi (Ettore). Per la riabilitazione della sin- fisiotomia. 28 pp. roy. 8°. Milano, 1892. -----. L'operazione cesarea; Porro. 31, ccxliv pp., port. roy. 8°. Roma, 1901. Tryal (The) between J. G. Biker, plaintiff, and Mr. Morley, doctor of physic, defendant, for criminal conversation with the plaintiff's wife; on Tuesday, the 30th of June, at Guildhall, London. 26 pp. 8°. London, J. Huggonson, 1741. y Tryde ([Just Adam] Christian) [1834- ]. Aarsberetninger angaaende Sundhedstilstanden i Kj0benhavn for 1886-94. [Annual reports on the health of . . .] roy. 8°. Kj0benhavn, 1887-95. -----. Sindssygdom og strafskyld for dansk domstol. [Insanity and crime before the Dan- ish courts.] 1 p. 1., 158 pp., 1 1. 8°. K0ben- ham, V. Tryde, 1901. Trye (Charles Brandon) [1757-1811], Power (D'A.) [Biography.] Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1899, lvii, 271. Trygg-Helenius (Alii) & Ho I cuius (Matti). Larobok om alkohol. Till tjiinst vid skolunder- visning, med 13 teckningar och ett forord af prof. Curt Wallis. [Textbook on alcohol. For use in schools, with 13 cuts and an introduction by Prof. Curt Wallis.] 8°. Stockholm, Halso- vannen, [1903]. Trygonidae. See, also, Stingray. Peck (L. A.) Notes on stingray wounds. Gulf States J. M. & S. [etc.], Mobile, 1909, xv, 705-708. de Tryniszewski (Stanislaw) [1875- ]. * Versuch iiber die Bedeutung des Asparagins fiir die Erniihrung des Kalbes. 30 pp., 11. ~8°. Halle, 1898. Tryon. (warrigues (H. J.) Tryon, N. O, as a climatic re- sort. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1905, lxviii, 860, Tryon [pseudon.]. See Rowbotham (S.). Tryou (James Rufns) [1837-1912]. Obituary. Boston M. & S. J., 1912, clxvi, 510. Tryon (Thomas) [Philotheos Physiol- ogus [pseud.]] [1634-1703]. A treatise of cleanness in meats and drinks, of the prepara- tion of food, the excellency of good airs, and the benefits of clean sweet beds; also of the gen- eration of bugs, and their cure. To which is added, a short discourse of the pain in the teeth, TRYON. 515 TRYPANOSOMA. Tryon (Thomas)—continued. shewing from what cause it does chiefly pro- ceed, and also how to prevent it. 21 pp. 12°. London, L. Curtis, 1682. •-----. Wisdom's dictates; aphorisms and rules, physical, moral and divine, for preserving the health of the body, and the peace of the mind, fit to be regarded and practised by all that would enjoy the blessings of the present and future world; to which is added a bill of fare of seventy-five noble dishes of excellent food, far exceeding those made of fish or flesh, which banquet I present to the sons of wisdom, or such as shall decline that depraved custom of eating flesh and blood. 3 p. 1., 153 pp. 24°. Loudon, T. Salusbury, 1691. -----. The good tiouswife made a doctor, or, health'schoice and sure friend; beingaplain way of nature's own prescribing, to prevent and cure most diseases incident to men, women and chil- dren, by diet and kitchin-physick only; being an appendix to the book entitled "The way to health, etc.", or a further demonstration of the philosophy therein contained ; with some re- marks on the practice of physick and chymistry. 5 p. 1., 232 pp., 3 1. 24°. London, A. Sowle, [n. d.]. A treatise of dreams and visions, wherein the causes, natures and uses of nocturnal rep- resentations, and the communications both of good and evil angels, as also departed souls, to mankinde, are theosophically unfolded; that is according to the Word of God, and the har- mony of created beeings. To which is added a discourse of the causes, natures and cure of phrensie, madness or distraction. By Philo- theos Physiologus. 6. p. 1., 299 pp. 16°. [n. p., n. d.] For Biography, see Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1899, lvii, 274-276 (T. Seccombe). Trypan-blue. Bl elitser (A. V.) K toksikologii trypanblau. Vest- nik obsh. vet., St. Petersb., 1912, xxiv, 272-274. — Vrij- burg (A.) Trvpanblauw in subcutane en intraveneuse injecties. Tijdschr. v. veeartsenijkunde, Utrecht, 1912, xxxix, 815. Trypanolysis. JLeger (A.) & Ringenbach (J.) Sur la specificite de la propriety trypanolytique des serums des animaux trvpanosom^s. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1912, lxxii, 267-269.—IWassaglia (A.) Des causes des crises trypanolvtiques et des rechutes qui les suivent. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1907, cxiv, 687-689. -----. Studio degli anticorpi tripanolitici nelle cavie infetteda nagana e del loro eventuale passaggio dalla madre al neonato mediante 1' allattamento. Path. Riv. quindicin., Ge- nova, 1910-11, iii, 68-70.—Rodet (A.) & Vallet (G.) Sur la propriete trypanolytique du serum dans le nagana experimental. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1907, cxiv, 1225-1227. Also: Caducee, Par., 1907, vii, 313. — Sevin. Sur l'action trypanolytique du serum de rat. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1905, lix, 122. Trypanoplasma. Alexeleff(A.) Formes de passage entre le genre Bodo Ehrenberg et le genre Trypanoplasma Laveran et Mesnil. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1909, lxvii, 649- 651. -----. Quelques remarques a propos de la specificite parasitaire; sur le veritable nom de Cryptobia ^Try- panoplasma) intestinalis et sur celui du trypanosome pa- thogene des mammiferes; quelques autres questions de synonvmie chez lesprotozoaires. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1912, xli, 17-37. — Brumpt (E.) Experiences relatives du mode de transmission des trypanosomes et des trypano- plasmes par les hirudinees. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1906,lxi,77-79.—Elmhirst(R) & Martin (C. H,) On a trypanoplasma from the stomach of the conger eel (Conger niger). Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1910, xxxv, 475-477 — Friedrich (L.) Ueber Bau und Naturgeschichte des Trvpanoplasma helicis Leidy. Arch. f. Protistenk., Jena, 1909, xiv, 363-395. — Hesse (E.) Trypanoplasma vagi- nalis n. sp., parasite du vagin de la sangsue. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1910, cli, 504.—Jollos (V.) Bau und Vermehrung von Trvpanoplasma helicis. Arch. f. Protistenk., Jena, 1910, xxi, 103-110,1 pl. — Keysselitz Trypanoplasma. (G.) Generations- und Wirtswechsel von Trypanoplasma borreli Laveran et Mesnil. Ibid., 1906, vii, 1-74.—Leger (L.) Sur la morphologie du trypanoplasma des vairons. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1904, exxxviii, 824. -----. Sur la structure et les affinit6s des trypanoplasmes. Ibid., 856-859. -----. Trypanoplasma varium, n. sp., parasite du sang de Cobitis barbatula L. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1904, lvii, 345-347.-----. Sur la presence d'un Trypanoplasma intestinal chez les poissons. Ibid., 1905, lviii,511-513.—JUartin (C. H.) Observations on Trypa- noplasma congari. Part I. The division of the active form. Quart. J. Micr. Sc, Lond., 1910, lv, 485-496,1 pl.— I'lchn (Marianne). Trypanoplasma cyprini nov. sp. Arch. f. Protistenk., Jena, 1903-4, iii, 175-180, 1 pl.— Walker (B. L.) Trypanoplasma ranee n. sp. and its life-cvele in cultures. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1910, xxiii, 391-406,1 pl. Trypanosoma. See, also, Leishman's bodies; Schizotrypa- num; Surra; Trypanosomiasis; Trypanoso- miasis (Causes, etc., of). Fehlandt (0. F. H.) * Untersuchungen iiber Trypanosomen. 8°. Leipzig, 1911. Fischer (W. 0. E.) * Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Trypanosomen. 8°. Leipzig, 1911. Liverpool School of Tropical Medicine. Me- moir XIII. Report of the tripanosomiasis expe- dition to the Congo, 1903-4, of the Liverpool School of Tropical Medicine and Medical Para- sitology, by J. E. Dutton, J. S. Dodd, and C. Christi. With a comparison of the trypano- somes of Uganda and the Congo Free State, by H. W. Thomas and S. T. Linton. And a note on tsetse-flies, by E. E. Austen. 4°. London, 1904. Royal Society [of London]. Sleeping Sick- ness Bureau. Bibliography of trypanosomiasis. Compiled by C. A. Thimm. 8°. London, 1909. ------. Subject-index to the ... 8°. Lon- don, 1910. Alexeleff(A.) Notes sur les Herpetomonadidse ( = Trypanosomidae Doflein 1911). Arch, de zool. exper. et gen. Notes et rev., Par., 1912, ix, 29-37.— Rertarelli (E.) Le recenti scoperte intorno ai tripanosomi. Riv. d' ig. e san. pubb., Torino, 1904, xv, 361-372.— Blacklock (B.) The vitality of, and changes undergone by, trypanosomes in the cadaver of the animal host. Ann. Trop. M. & Para- sitol., Liverp., 1912-13, vi, 55-68, 1 pl.—Blanchard (L.-F.) Sur la phylogenie des trypanosomes. Dauphin6 med., Grenoble, 1905, xxix, 32-34.—Rose (F.-J.) Re- cherches sur la structure et l'appareil nucleaire des try- panosomes. Arch. f. Protistenk., Jena, 1904, v, 40-77.— Bruce (D.) & Bateman (H. R.) Have trypanosomes an ultra-microscopical stage in their life-history? Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1908, s. B., lxxx, 394-398. Also: J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1909, xii, 1-7. Also: J. Trop. Vet. Sc, Calcutta, 1909, iv, 181-188.—Bruce (.Sir D.), Harvey (D.) [etal.]. The morphology of Trypanosoma simiae, sp. nov. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1912, lxxxv, s. B., 477-481,1 pl.—Brumpt (E.) Contribution a l'Stude de 1'evolution des hemogregarines et des trypanosomes. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1904, lvii, 165-167.-----. Sur quelques particularity morphologiquesetphysiologi- quesdes trypanosomes (perte du flagelle et formation de pigments divers). Bull.socpath.exot.,Par.,1910,iii,366.— By loflf"( K.) Studien iiber Trypanozoon Lewisii und Bru- cei. Sitzungsb. d. k. Akad. d. Wissensch. Math.-naturw. Kl., Wien, 1907, cxvi,3. Abt., 27-88,3 pl.— Carini(A.) Die pathogenen Trypanosomen des Menschen und der Tiere. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte,Basel,1904, xxxiv,392-396.-----. Ueber Schizogonien bei Trypanosomen. Arch. f. Protis- tenk., Jena, 1911,xxiv,80-83.—Cartaya (J.T.) Tripanoso- masyespirilos. Rev.demed.tr6p.,Habana, 1904,v, 155-161, 2pl.—Ohatton (E.) & Alilaire (E.) Coexistence d'un Leptomonas (Herpetomonas) et d'un Trypanosoma chez un muscide non vulnerant, Drosophila confusa Staeger. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1908, lxiv, 1004-1006.— Doflein (J.) Die Trypanosomen, ihre Bedeutung fiir Zoologie, Medizin und Kolonialwirtschaft. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1908, Leipz., 1909, 138-155.—Dutton (J. E.) & Todd (J. H.) Preliminary account of the investigations of the Liverpool Expedition to Senegambia (1902), with a note by H. E. Annett. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, i, 304—Ehrlich (P.) Ueber Trypa- nosomen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1907, xxxix, Ref., 537-540. -----. Ueber die neuesten Ergebnisse auf dem Gebiete der Trvpanosomenforschung. Beihfte. z. Arch. f. Schiffs- u. Trbpenhyg., Leipz., 1909, xiii, 91-116.—Fischer (W.) Beitrag zur KenntnisderTry- TRYPANOSOMA. 516 TRYPANOSOMA. Try ypanosoma. panosomen. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infektionskrankh., Leipz., 1911, lxx, 93-103.—Franca (C.) Notes sur la biologie des trypanosomes. Arch, do r. Inst, bacteriol. Camara Pes- tana, Lisb., 1908, ii, 43-49.—Frank. Ueber Trypanoso- men. Ztschr. f. arztl. Fortbild., Jena, 1912, ix, 554-560.— Fry (W. B.) A preliminary note on the extrusion of granules by trypanosomes. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1911, s. B., lxxxiv, 79.—Cioebel (O.) Sur les proprietes os- motiques des trypanosomes. Ann. Soc. de med. de Gand, 1906, lxxxvi, 13-20.—Guiart (J.) Morphological considerations on the anterior extremity of the trypa- nosome. J. Trop. M., Lond., 1904, vii, 6-8. — Hlndle (E.) The inheritance of acquired characters in trypa- nosomes. Science Progr. 20. cent., Lond., 1911-12, vi, 687-697.—Keysselitz (G.) Leber Trypanophis grob- beni (Trypanosoma grobbeni Poche). Arch. f. Pro- tistenk., Jena, 1904, iii, 367-375. -----. Ueber die un- dulierende Membran bei Trypanosomen und Spirochii- ten. Ibid., 1907, x, 127-138, 1 pl. — Kleine ( F. K.) & Taute (M.) Erganzungen zu unseren Trypanosomen- studien. Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, Berl., 1911, xxxi, 321- 376, 5 pl.—Kudlcke (R.) Beitrage zur Biologie der Trypanosomen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1911, Ixi, Orig., 113-128.—Laveran (A.) Obser- vations . . . au sujet du rapport de R. Blanchard sur un travail de M. Brumpt. Bull. Acad.de m6d., Par.. 1904, 3. s., li, 523. -----. Au sujet de Trypanosoma dimorphon et de Trypanosoma congolense. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1910, iii, 518-521.—Laveran (A.) & mesnil (F.) Sur la morphologie et la systematique des flagell<5s a membrane ondulante (genres Trypanosoma Gruby et Trichomonas Donne). Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1901, cxxxiii, 131-137.-----------. Sur la nature centro- somique du corpuscle chromatique posterieur des try- panosomes. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1901, 11. s., iii, 329-331.—Leger (L.) Sur les hemoflagelles du Cobitis barbatula L. I. Trvpanosoma barbatulee n. sp. Ibid., 1904, lvii, 344. -----.' Sur les affinites de l'Her- petomonas subulata et la phylogenie des trypanosomes. Ibid., 615-617.—Liiistlg (A.) I protozoi quali cause di malattie; i tripanosomi. Tommasi, Napoli, 1905-6, i, 188-190.—da Luz f'arrascowa (P.) Trvpanosomas. Gaz. med. da Bahia, 1905-6, xxxvii, 166-174.—MacNeal (W. J.) The life history of Trypanosoma Lewisi and Trypanosoma Brueei. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1904, i, 517-543, 7 pl. Also, Reprint.—Mesnil. Les trypano- somes et leur r61e pathogene. Arch, de med. nav., Par., 1901, lxxv, 273-295. — Miyashiina. [Ueber Trypano- soma. Uebers., 14. Hft. ] Mitt. d. med. Gesellsch. zu Tokyo, 1905, xix, 641-666.—Montgomery (R. E.) & Kinghorn (A.) On the nomenclature of mamma- lian trypanosomes observed in northwestern Rhodesia. Ann. Trop. M. & Parasitol., Liverp., 1908-9, ii, 333-344.— Moore (E. J.) Some observations pointing to an intra- corpuscular stage of development in the trvpanosome. Lancet, Lond , 1904, ii, 950.—New (A) trypanosome. [Edit.]. Ibid., 1909, i, 413.—Novy (F. G.) Trypano- somes. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlviii, 1-36.* Also, Reprint.—Novy (F. G.) & Knapp (R. S.) Isolation of trypanosomes from accompanying bacteria. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1906, n. s., xxiii, 208.—Ogawa. [Trypanosoma comatosum.] Tokyo Iji-Shinshi, 1906,225; 283,1 pl.—Ottolenghi (D.) Nuove ricerche sul Trypa- nosoma Brueei e sul Trypanosoma equinum. Monitore zool. ital., Firenze, 1908, xix, 29-38, 1 pl. Also, transl.: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1908, xlvii, Orig., 473-483.—Persenaire (J. B.C.) Trypanosomen . . . und kein Ende. Med. Rev., Haarlem, 1909, ix, 649- 554.—Petrie (G. F.) Observations relating to the struc- ture and geographical distribution of certain trypano- somes. J. Hyg., Cambridge, 1905, v, 191-200.—Porter (Annie). Some remarks on the genera Crithidia, Herpetomonas and Trypanosoma. Parasitology, Cam- bridge, 1911, iv, 22. -----. Further remarks on the genera Crithidia, Herpetomonas and Trypanosoma and Dr. Woodcock's views thereon. Ibid., 154-163.— Prowazek (S.) Kritische Bemerkungen zum Trvpa- nosomenproblem. Arch. f.Schiffs-u. Tropen-Hyg.,Leipz 1909, xiii, 301-303. -----. Studien zur Lehre vom Ge- schlechtsdimorphismus der Trypanosomen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1912, lxii, Orig., 269-283 2 pl— Rabinowitsch (Lydia) & Kempner (W.) Die Trypanosomen in der Menschen- und Tierpathologie sowie vergleichende Trypanosomenuntersuchuneen! ™e,n™b1L I Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1903, xxxiv, 804-822, 1 pl.—Robertson (Muriel). Studies on Ceylon hiematozoa. No. 1. The life cycle of Tripanosoma vit- tatae. Quart. J. Micr. Sc, Lond., 1908-9, liii, 665-695, 2 pl velopment of trypanosoma in cultures of the Cunnine- ham-Leishman-Donovan bodies of cachexial fever and kala-azar. Lancet. Lond., 1904, ii, 215. ----- On the de- velopment of flagellated organisms (trvpanosomes) from the spleen protozoic parasites of cachexial fevers and kala-azar. Quart. J. Micr. Sc, Lond., 1904-5, xlviii, 367- 377-1 pl.-Rosenbusch (F.) Kern und Kernteilung bei Trypanosomen und Halteridium. Vorlauflge Mittei- Trypanosoma. lung. Beihfte. z. Arch. f. Schiffs- u. Tropenhyg., Leipz., 1908,5. Hft., 147-155.-----. Trvpanosomenstudien. Arch. f.Protistenk.,Jena,1909,xv,263-296,3pl.-Ross(R.) Try- panosomesandthe Leishman-Donovan bodies. Brit.M. J., Lond., 1904, ii, 98.-,Ros*(R.) AMoore (J. E. S.) Note on the nucleus of trypanosomes. Ibid., 1907, i, 138.— Rou baud (E.) Phenomenes autogamiques chez les leptomonas et formes aftinds; valeur sexuelle autogame des formes trypanosomiennes des leptomonaded, et des formes leptomonadiennes des trypanosomes. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, lxxi, 602-605. —~. Phe- nomenes autogamiques et formes trypanosomiehues chez quelques flagelles de muscides afneains. IbM., 1912, lxxii, 652-554.—Rouget. Sang colore conteiftnt des trypanosomes Bull. Soc. d'anat. et phv.siol.de Bor- deaux, 1899, xx. 383.—Salvin-Moore (J. E.) & Breinl (A.) The cytology of the trypanosomes. Pt. 1. Ann. Trop. M. & Parasitol., Liverp., 1907, i, 441-480,6 pl. Icol.L— Sander (L.) Praktische Schlussfolgerungen aus den neusten Trypanosoma-Forschungen. Verhandl. d. Ge- sellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1903, Leipz., 1904, ii, 2. Hlfte., 503-506.—Sangiorgi (G.) Sulla fine struttura dei tripanosomi. Path. Riv. quindicin., Genova, 1909- 10, ii, 435.—Schepilewsky (E.) Fadenformige An- hangsel bei den Trypanosomen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1912, lxv, Orig., 79-83,1 pl.—Schoo. Trypanosomen. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1904, 2. R., xl, d. 1, 716-720.—Siebert (W.) Studien iiber Spirochiiten und Trypanosomen. Arch. f. Protistenk., Jena, 1908, xi, 363-371.—Stassano (H.) Contribution a I'etude du trypanosome. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1901, 11. s., iii, 14-16. -----. Sur la fonction de relation du petit noyau des trypanosomes. Ibid., 468^70.—von Steinitzer (R.) Ueber Trypanosomen. Mitt. d. Ge- sellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1905, iv, Beil. ii, 1-12. Also: Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1905, lv, 873; 942.— Stephens (J. W. W.) The nomenclature of trypano- somes. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, ii, 1565. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1903, ii, 1615. — Swellengrebel (N.-H.) La volutine chez les trvpanosomes. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1908, lxiv, 38-10. -----. Trypanosomen, Spi- rochiiten und Bakterien; eine Zusammenfassung der Ergebnisse anderer und eigener Untersuchungen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1912 li, Ref., 129-168.—To bay (E. N.) The cytology and life-history of trypanosomes. J. Med. Research, Bost. 1910, xxii, 379-387. Also, Reprint.— Van Durme (P.) Contribution a I'etude des trypanosomes; repartition des trypanosomes dans les organes. Arch, de para- sitol., Par., 1905-6, x, 160-170.—Van Wart (R. MO A note on trypanosoma, with demonstration of specimens. Proc. Orleans Parish M. Soc. 1904, N. Orl., 1905, 103-105 Also: N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1903-1, lvii. 163-165.—Weissen- born (E.) Beitrag zur Kenntnis der kurzgeissligen Trypanosomen. Arch. f. Schiffs- u. Tropen-Hyg., Leipz. 1911, xv, 477-499, 1 pl.—Wcrbitzkl (F. W.) Ueber blepharoblastlose Trypanosomen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1910, liii, Orig., 303-315, 3 pl.—Wol- bach (S. B.) & Binger (C. A. L.) A contribution to the parasitology of trypanosomiasis. J. Med. Research Bost., 1912-13, xxvii, 83-107, 7 pl.—Woodcock (H. M.j The Hsemoflagellates; a review of present knowledge relating to the trypanosomes and allied forms. Quart. J. Micr. Sc, Lond., 1906-7, 1, 151; 231; 233. -----. A reply to Miss Porter's note entitled "Some remarks on the gen- era Crithidia, Herpetomonas and Trypanosoma." Para- sitology, Cambridge, 1911, iv, 150-153.—Yakimoft' (V. L.) K biologii tripanozom. [Biology of trypanosoma.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1904, iii, 318; 362. Also, transl.- Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1904, xxxv, 533. -----. Prodolzhitelnostzhizni tripanozom "sluchnol bollezni" (Trypanosoma Rouget) pri iskusstvennikh usloviyakh. [Length of life of . . . under artificial condi- tions.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1906, v, 1476.—Yaki- mofr (V. L.) & Kol (Nina). Oprodolzhitelnosti zhizui tripanozom v trupakh. [Longevity of trvpanosomata in the cadaver.] Arch. biol. nauk . . ., S.-Peterb., 1905-6, xii, 351-358. Also, transl.: Arch. d. sc. de biol., St.-Petersb., 1906-7, xii, 351-358.—Ziemann (H.) Beitrag zur Trypa- nosomenfrage. Centralbl.f.Bakteriol. [etc.], 1.Abt.,Jena, 1906, xxxvii, 307; 429. Also, Reprint. Trypanosoma (Animal hosts of). See, also, Trypanosomiasis (Botnne); Try- panosomiasis (Equine); Trypanosomiasis (Geographical distribution of); Trypanosomia- sis (Human); Trypanosomiasis (Transmission of) by insects; Trypanosomiasis in camels; Try- panosomidae in amphibia; Trypanosomiases in birds; Trypanosomidse in fish; Trypanoso- midae in rodents. Bettencourt (A.)& Franca (C.) Surun trypano- some de la chauve-souris. [T. Dionisii.] Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1905, lix, 306. Also: Arch, do r. Inst. bacteriol. Camara Pestana, Lisb., 1906, i, 187-194. ----- -----. Sur un trypanosome du blaireau (Meles taxus, TRYPANOSOMA. 517 TRYPANOSOMA. Trypanosoma (Animal hosts of). Schreib.). Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1905, lix, 305. Also: Arch, do r. Inst, bacteriol. Camara Pestana, Lisb., 1908, i, 73-75.—Bruce (Sir D.), Hamerton (A. E.) [et at.]. Trypanosome diseases of domestic animals in Uganda. IV. Trypanosoma uniforme, sp. nov. Proc Roy. Soc. Lond., 1911, s. B., lxxxiii, 176-179,1 pl.—Brumpt (E.) Les trypanosomes chez les vertebres. Arch, de med. exper. et d'anat. path., Par., 1905, xvii, 743-779.— Brumpt (E.) &Leballly (C.) Description de quelques nouvelles especes de trypanosomes et d'hemogregarines, parasites des teleosteens marins. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1904, cxxxix, 613-615.—Cardamatis (I. P.) StovSt) /SioAovikt) icai icrToAo-yiiCJ) Svo veuiv Tpvnavoo~utp.u>v eiri Hias tui/ nap r)p.iv aieavdiStov. 'laTpi«i) wpooSos, 'Ev Svpco 1911, xvi, 285-288. Also, transl.: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1911, Ixi, Orig.. 98-102, pl.—Carda- matis (I. P.^ &PhOteiI108 (S.t SttouSij jSioAoyiici) Kai iffToXoyiKT) £7rt riav eis tous nap' rip.iv /Soas rpvna.vocriap.uiv. 'IttTpiKjj irpooSos, 'Ev2vp i [Plimmer and Bradford, 1889; Bruce, 1895]. of theg'erbil (Gerbilluspygargus). Proc Roy. Soc. Lond. 1911, s. B., lxxxiv, 161-164,1 pl. -----. Some observations on Trypanosoma brueei? (pecaudi?) and the Sudan camel trypanosome in cultures, with a note on endoglobular and developmental formsof T. brueei? (pecaudi?). Well- come Trop. Research Lab., Khartoum, 1911, iv, 57-61.— Fasco (G.) Osservazioni sulle forme involutive e sulla cultura del Tripanosoma (brueei). Riforma med., Na- poli, 1908, xxiv, 393-397.—Fellmer (T.) Veriinderungen an Nagana-Trvpanosomendurch Igelpassage. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1907, xiv, Orig., 512-515, 1 pl.—Fleig (C.) Sur la survie du Trypanosoma brueei dans quelques milieux d'origine biologique et non biolo- gique; essais sur une methode physiologique de culture des parasites du sang en general. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, lxxi, 527-529. Also: Montpel. med., 1911, xxxiii, 553-558. — Jafte (J.) Form veriinderungen bei Trypanosomen der Nagana. Centralbl.f.Bakteriol. [etc.], I. Abt., Jena, 1909, 1, Orig., 610, 1 pl.—Keysselitz (G.) & Mayer (M.) Zur Frage der Entwicklung von Trvpa- nosoma brueei in Glossina fusca. Arch. f. Schiffs- u. Tro- penliyg., Leipz., 1908. xii. 532.—Laveran (A.) De Tac- tion du s6rum humain sur le trvpanosome du nagana (Tr. brueei). Rev. vet., Toulouse", 1902, lix, 306-311. -----. Sur l'existence d'une trypanosomiase des Squides dans la Guinee francaise. [T. brueei (?).] Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1904, lvi,326. -----. Contribution a I'etude du "Trypanosoma brueei" sans biepharoblaste de Werbitzki. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1911, iv, 233-239. -----. Au sujet du "Trypanosoma brueei" sans biepharoblaste de Werbitzki. Ibid., 273. -----. Experiences d'immunite croisee avec Trypanosoma brueei, Tr. brueei var. werbitzkii et Tr. rhodesiense. Ibid., 1912, v, 101-105. —Laveran (A.) & Mesnil (F.) Sur le mode de multiplication du trypanosome du nagana. Compt. rend. Soc. debiol., Par. 1901, 11. s.,iii, 326-329.—Novy (F. G.) & McNeal(W. J.) On the cultivation of Trypanosoma brueei. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1904, i, 1-30. Also, Reprint.—Ottolenghi (D.) Contributo alia conoscenza del Trypanosoma brueei. Monitore zool. ital., Firenze, 1907, xviii, 182-187.—Plim- mer (H. G.) "• 40X. —"Rhodeslan" I pseud.] The human trypanosome of northern Rho- desia. [T. gambiense.] Vet. J., Lond., 1912, lxviii, 320- Trypanosoma gambiense [Dutton, 11)02]. 323.—Robertson. Notes on certain aspects of the de- velopment of Trvpanosoma gambiense in Glossina pal- palis. Proc Rov". Soc. Lond., 1912-13, s. B., lxxxv, 241- 248.—Sambon (L. W.) Note on the discovery of the human trypanosome. Lancet, Lond., 1902, ii, 1576. Also [Abstr.]: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1902, ii, 1807. Trypanosoma gambiense (Infection by) [Sleeping sickness]. See, also, Sleeping sickness. Beck (M.) Experimentelle Beitrage zur Infektion mit Trypanosoma gambiense und zur Heilung der menschlichen Trypanosomiasis. Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhts- amte, Berl., 1910, xxxiv, 318-376. — Bodeker ( K. A.) The methods of fishing employed by natives, in the Ka- virondo Gulf, in relation to the incidence and dissemina- tion of sleeping sickness. Select. Colon. M. Rep., Lond., 1910, 91 —Breinl (A.) Experiments on the combined atoxyl-mercury treatment in monkeys infected with Trypanosoma gambiense. Ann. Trop. M. & Parasitol., Liverp., 1908-9, ii, 345-352.—Bruce (Sir D.), Hamer- ton (A. E.) & Bateman (H. R.) Experiments to as- certain if antelope may act as a reservoir of the virus of sleeping sickness, Trypanosoma gambiense. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1910-11, s. B., lxxxiii, 311-327. Also: J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1912, xviii, 367-385. ----- ----- -----. Experiments to ascertain if the domestic fowl of Uganda may act as a reservoir of sleeping sick- ness (Trypanosoma gambiense). Proc Roy. Soc. Lond., 1910-11, s. B., lxxxiii, 328-334. Also: J. Trop. M. [etc.], Lond., 1911, xiv, 97-99.-----------------. Experiments to investigate the infectivity of Glossina palpalis fed on sleeping sickness patients under treatment. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1910-11, s. B., lxxxiii, 338-344. ----- -----------. Experiments to ascertain if cattle may act as a reservoir of the virus of sleeping sickness (Trypa- nosoma gambiense). J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond.. 1910, xv, 653-658. Also: Vet. J., Lond., 1911, lxvii, 87-92.— Busquet (P.) De la trypanosomose febrile de l'homme ou maladie de Dutton. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. m6d. de Bor- deaux, 1904, xxv, 347; 357; 368.—Bulougere (W.) La maladie du sommeil et les trypanosomiases animales en Casamance. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1911, iv, 189- 191.—Fraser (A. D.) L, Lancaster, Pa., 1912, xv, 365. -----. The essential features of the lesions caused by Trypanosoma hippicum. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1912, lxxii, 150-152. -----. Reduction of viru- lence in a strain of Trypanosoma hippicum selected from a guinea pig. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1912, v, 184- 187.—Laveran (A.) Contribution a I'etude de "Try- panosoma hippicum " Darling. Ibid., 1911, iv, 168-175. Trypanosoma ingens [Bruce, 1909]. Bruce (D. sir). Hamerton (A. E.), Bateman (H. R.),&Maekie(F. P.) Trvpanosoma ingens.n.sp. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1909, lxxxi, 323, 1 pl. Also: Rep. Sleep- ing Sick. Comm. Roy. Soc, Lond., 1910, x, 27-29, 1 pl.— Bodd (S.) Trypanosoma ingens in the mouse deer (Tragulus javonicus). J. Comp. Path. & Therap., Edinb. & Lond., 1912, xxv, 281-291. Trypanosoma Lewisi [Kent. 1879]. Fraxcis (E.) An experimental investigation of Trypanosoma lewisi. 8°. Washington, 1903. Alvares (C. D.) Sobre a frequencia dos trypanoso- mas de Lewis nos ratos. J. Soc. d. ec. med. de Lisb., 1906, lxx, 99-110.—Baldrey (F. S. H.) Versuche und Beob- achtungen iiber die En t wicklung von Try panosoma lewisi in der Rattenlaus, Hajmatopinus spiriulosus. Arch. f. Protistenk., Jena, 1909, xv, 326-332. Also, transl.: J. Trop. Vet. Sc, Calcutta, 1910, v, 101-105.—Biot. Au sujet de Trvpanosoma lewisi. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1909, cxlix, 799.—Biot (C), Biot (R.) & Richard (G.) In- fluence du glucose sur la vitalite du Trypanosoma lewisi in vitro. Compt.rend. Soc. de biol., Par.. 1911, lxxi, 369.— Biot (R.) & Richard (G.) Dela possibility d'inoculer le Trypanosoma lewi>i a d'autres animaux que les rats. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1912, v, 826.— Breinl (A.) & Hindle (E.) Observations on the life history of Try- panosoma lewisi in the rat louse (Haematopinus spinu- losus). Ann. Trop. M. & Parasitol., Liverp., 1909-10, iii, 553-562, 2 pl.—Cimmino (R.) Di una epizoozia di ratti di Tripanosoma lewiaii. Med. ital., Napoli, 1909, vii, 300- ' 301.—Delanoe (P.) & Delanoe (Mine.). Sur les rap- ports des kystes de Carini du poumon des rats avec le Trvpanosoma lewisi. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1912, civ, 658-660.—Glrard (J.) Trypanosoma lewisi in Mex- ico. Am. Pub. Health Ass. Rep. 1906, Chicago, 1907, xxxii, pt. 2,197— Gonder (R.) Untersuchungen fiber arznei- feste Mikroorganismen. I. Trypanosoma lewisi. Cen- tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc], 1. Abt., Jena, 1911, Ixi, Orig., 102-113—Hultgen (J. F.) A preliminary report on the Trypanosoma lewisi in Chicago. Tr. ChicnRO Path. Soc, 1903-6, vi, 369-371.—Irikura. Leber Trypanosoma le- wisi, Kent, bei den Hausratten. [Japanese text.] Mitt. d. med. Gesellsch. zu Tokyo, 1906, xx, 187-213.—Irisa. [Trypanosoma lewisi, Kent.] Saikingaku Zasshi, 1906,76; 169.—Laveran (A.) & .llesnil (F.) Recherches mor- phologiques et experimentales sur le trvpanosome des rats (Tr. lewisi Kent). Ann.de l'Inst.Pasteur,Par.,1901,xv,673- 713,2pl— Loewenthal(W.)&vonRutkowski(W.) Die Wirkung von Ron tgen-undRadiumstrahlenauf Try pa- nosoma lewisii. Therap.d.GeKenw.,Berl.,1907,xlviii,393- 395.—McNeaLW. J.)&Novy (F. (}.) On the cultivation ofTrypanosomalewisi. Contrib.Med.Research (Vaughan), Ann Arbor, Mich., 1903,549-577.—Minchin (E. A.) The structure of Trypanosoma lewisi in relation to microscop- ical technique. Quart. J. Micr. Sc, Lond., 1908-9, liii, 755-808, 3 pl—Minchin (E. A.) & Thomson (J. D.) On the occurrence of an intracellular stage in the devel- opment of Trypanosoma lewisi in the rat-flea. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, ii, 361-364.—Moore (J. E. 8.), Breinl (A.) & Hindle (E.) The life history of Trypanosoma lewisi. Ann. Trop. M. & Parasitol., Liverp., 1908, ii, 197- 220 4 pl.—Novy (B. J.) & MacNeal (W. Y.) O trypa- Trypanosoma Lewisi [Kent, 1879]. nosomiasis a kultivaci mikroorganlsmu zvifecich, ob- zvlaste trypanosoma lewisi. [. . . and the cultivation of the microorganisms of animals, especially the . . .] Ca- sop. 16k. cesk., v Praze, 1904, xliii, 371-377.—Nuttall (G. H. F.) The transmission of Trvpanosoma lewisi by fleas and lice. Parasitology, Cambridge, 1908, i, 296-301.— Pettit (A.) A propos de la note de D. Roudsky: Lesions cellulaires produites chez la souris par le Trypanosoma lewisi Kent renforce. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, lxx, 929-931.—Rodenwaldt (E.) Trypanosoma lewisi in Haematopinus spinulosus. Centralbl. f. Bakte- riol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1909, Iii,30-42, 3 pl.—Roudsky (D.) Sur l'inoculation de cultures de Trypanosoma lewisi Kent au rat blanc et sur la receptivite de la souris blanche a ce trypanosome. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1910, lxviii, 421. -----. Sur la receptivite de la souris blanche & Tripanosoma lewisi Kent. Ibid., 458- 460. -----. Sur le Trypanosoma lewisi Kent renforce. Ibid., lxix, 384-386. -----. Lesions cellulaires produites chez la souris par le Trypanosoma lewisi Kent renforce. Ibid., 1911, lxx, 901-903. -----. Sur la possibility de rendre le Trypanosoma lewisi virulent pour d'autres ron- geurs que le rat. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1911, clii, 56-58.—Schilling (C.) Das Vorkommen von Auto- gamie bei Trypanosoma lewisi. Arch. f. Protistenk., Jena, 1910, xix, 119-126.—Strickland (C.) On the sup- posed development of Trypanosoma lewisi in lice and ileas, and the occurrence of Crithidia ctenophthalmi in fleas. Parasitology, Cambridge, 1909, ii, 81-90. -----. The mechanism of transmission of Trypanosoma lewisi from rat to rat bv the rat flea. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, i, 1049.—Strickland (C.) & Swellengrebel (N. H.) Notes on Trypanosoma lewisi and its relation to certain Arthropoda. Parasitology, Cambridge, 1910, iii, 436-454.— Swellengrebel (N. H.) Fixation and staining of Trypanosoma lewisi. Ibid., 226-238. -----. Normal and abnormal morphology of Trvpanosoma lewisi, in the blood of the rat. Ibid., 459-478— Swellengreoel (N. H.) & Strickland (C.) The development of Trypano- soma lewisi outside the vertebrate host. Ibid., 360-389. -----------. Some remarks on Dr. Swingle's paper,"The transmission of Trvpanosoma lewisi by rat fleas," etc. Ibid., 1911, iv, 104-107.—Swingle (L. D.) Some studies on Trypanosoma lewisi. Tr. Am. Micr. Soc, Lancaster, Pa., 1907, xxvii, 111-121, 1 pl. -----. The transmission of Trypanosoma lewisi by rat fleas (Ceratophyllus sp. and Pulex sp.), with short descriptions of three new herpeto- monads. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago,1911, viii, 125-146, 4pl.— Wendelstadt & Fellmer (T.) Einwirkung von Kaltbliiterpassagen auf Nagana- und Lewisi-lrypanoso- men. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch., Jena, 1910, v, 337- 348.—Yakimoff (W. L.) Ueber Trypanosoma lewisii und seine Verbreitung in St. Petersburg. Ztschr. f. In- fektionskr. . . . d. Haustiere, Berl., 1907, ii, 341-353.-----. Zur Frage fiber die Verbreitung des Trypanosoma lewisii in Russland. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1910, lvii, Orig., 371. Trypanosoma nanum [Laveran, 1905]. Bruce (Sir D.), Hamerton (A. E.) [et al.]. Trypa- nosome diseases of domestic animals in Uganda. V. Trypanosoma nanum (Laveran). Proc Roy. Soc. Lond., 1911, s. B., lxxxiii, 180-186, 2 pl. Also: J. Trop. M. [etc.], Lond., 1911, xiv, 33-35.—Buke (H. L.) The transmis- sion of Trypanosoma nanum (Laveran). Proc Roy. Soc. Lond., 1912-13, s. B., lxxxv, 4-9. Trypanosoma Pecaudi [Laveran, 1906]. Thiroux (A.) & d'Anfreville (L.) Del'action du serum humain sur Trypanosoma pecaudi Laveran; dif- ferenciation de Tr. pecaudi d'avec Tr. gambiense. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1908, cxlvii, 462-464. Trypanosoma peeorum [Bruce, 1910]. See, also, Trypanosomiasis (Bovine). Bruce (Sir I).), Hamerton (A. E.) & Bateman (H. R.) Experiments to ascertain if certain Tabanidae act as the carriers of Trvpanosoma peeorum. Proc Roy. Soc Lond., 1910-11, s. B., lxxxiii, 349-358, lpl—Laveran (A.) Au sujet de Trypanosoma peeorum Bruce. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1910, iii, 718-721: 1912, v, 372-375. Trypanosoma rhodesiense [Stephens and E nit ham,, 1910]. See, also, Trypanosoma gambiense. Bayon (H.) The cultivation of Trypanosoma rhode- siense, Stephens and Fantham. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1912, lxxxv, s. B., 482.—Bruce (Sir D.), Harvey (D.) [et al.]. The morphology of the trypanosome causing disease in man in Nyasaland. [T. rhodesiense.] Ibid., 423-433, 2 pl.—Kinghorn (A.), Lloyd (L.) & Yorke (W.) On the development of Trypanosoma rhodesiense in Glossina morsitans. Ann. Trop. M.ifc Parasitol., Liverp., 1912-13, vi, 495-503.—Klnghoi-n (A.) & Yorke (W.) On the influence of meteorological conditions on the development of Trypanosoma rhodesiense in Glossina TRYPANOSOMA. 524 TRYPANOSOMIASIS. Trypanosoma rhodesiense [Stephens and Eunt/iam, 1910]. morsitans. Ibid., 405-413. Also: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, ii, 835; 1656.—Laveran (A.) Au sujet de Trypanosoma rhodesiense "Stephens et Fantham." Bull. Soc. path. exot., Par., 1912, v, 26-30. -----. Contribution a I'etude des infections experimentales produites par le "Trypano- soma rhodesiense." Ibid., 241-251.—Laveran (A.) & Nattan-Larrier. Le Trypanosoma rhodesiense de- venu resistant au serum humain perd assez facilement cette proprietc. Ibid., 367-371.—Mesnil (F.) Trypano- soma rhodesiense and Trvpanosomagambiense. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912,ii, 1185.— Mesnil (F.) & Leger(M.) Sur les affinites des Trypanosoma rhodesiense et gambiense. (Troisieme note.) Compt. rend. Sue. de biol., Par., 1912, lxxii, 667-670.—Mesnil (F.) & Ringenbach (J.) De Taction des serums de pri mates su r le try panosome humain de Rhodesia. Compt. rend. Acad. d. "sc, Par., 1911, cliii, 1097.----------. Sur les affinites du trypanosome humain de Rhodesia et du T. gambiense. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, lxxi, 271; 609-612.-----------. Action pathogeneduTrypanosoma rhodesiense. Bull. Soc. path. exot., Par., 1911, iv, t.75-(iso.----- -----. Observation d'une chevre infectee de Trypanosoma rhodesiense. Ibid., 1912, v, 105-109,1 pl —Stannus (H. S.) & Yorke (W.) A case of human trypanosomiasis in Nyasaland, with a note on the pathogenic agent. [T. rhodesiense.] Ann. Trop. M. & Parasitol., Liverp., 1911-12, v, 443-452, 1 pl. Also: Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1911, s. B., lxxxiv, 156- 160, 1 pl.—Stephens (J. W. W.) & Fantham (H. B.) On the peculiar morphology of a trypanosome from a case of sleeping sickness and the possibility of its being a new species (T. rhodesiense). Ibid., 1910-11, s. B., lxxxiii,28- 33, 1 pl. Also, Reprint.----------. The measurement of Trypanosoma rhodesiense. Ibid., 1912-13, s. B., lxxxv, 223-234, 1 pl. Also: Ann. Trop. M. & Parasitol., Liverp., 1912-13, vi, 131-144, 1 pl.----------. Trypanosoma rho- desiense; a second species of African trypanosome pro- ducing sleeping sickness in man. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, ii, 1182.—Swellengrebel (N. H.) Zur Kenntnis des Dimorphismus von Trypanosoma gambiense (var. rhode- siense). Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1911, Orig., Ixi, 193-206.—Thomson (J. G.) The cultivation of Trypanosoma rhodesiense. Ann. Trop. M. & Parasitol., Liverp., 1912-13, vi. 103-106.—Wenyon (C. M.) The insufficiency of the posterior nucleus as a specific distinc- tion in Trypanosoma rhodesiense. J. Trop. M. [etc.] Lond., 1912, xv, 193.—Yorke (W.) On the pathogenicity of a trypanosome (T. rhodesiense, Stephens and Fantham) from a case of sleeping sickness contracted in Rhodesia. Ann. Trop. M. & Parasitol., Liverp., 1910, iv, 351-368. -----. A note on the pathology of lesions of the cornea and skin in animals experimentally infected with T rhodesiense. Ibid., 1910-11, iv, 385-394, 2pl. Trypanosoma 1843]. rotatorium [ Gruby, Bouet (G.) Culture du trypanosome de la grenouille (Trypanosoma rotatorium). Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par. 1906, xx, 564-577.1 pl.—Lebedefff W.) Einige Beobach- tungen iiber Trypanosoma rotatorium. Biol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1910, xxx, 223. -----. Ueber Trypanosoma rotato- rium Gruby. Festschr. z. 60. Geburtstag Richard Hert- wigs, Jena, 1910, i, 397-436, 2 pl.—Machado (A.) Pes- quizas citolojicas sobre o Trypanozoma rotatorium Gruby. [Also, German transl.] Mem. do Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, Rio de Jan., 1911, iii, 108-135, 2 pl. Trypanosoma Theileri [Bruce, 1902]. Bruce (D.) Note on the discovery of a new Trypano- soma. [T. theilerij Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1901-2, lxix, 496-Durant & Holmes (J. D. E ) A Trypanosoma found m blood of cattle in India. [T. theileri ] J Comp. Path. & Therap., Edinb. & Lond., 1904, xvii, 209, i pl.—Laveran (A.) Sur un nouveau trypanosome des bovides. [T. theileri.] Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par 1902, cxxxiv, 512-514. -----. Sur deux hippobosques du Transvaal susceptibles de propager Trypanosoma Thei- leri. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1903, lv 242 — Luhs (F.) Trypanosoma Theileri in Transkaukasien. Arch, de parasitol., Par., 1905-6, x, 171-186, 2 pl.— Man- ?£*u'? {h'\' Xakln,ott (V. L.) & Kol-Yakimova (Nina). Kultivirovaniye i morfologiya tripanozom tipa Trypanosoma theileri v kulturakh. [Cultivationof Thei- ler s trypanosomes and their morphology in cultures! Arch. vet. nauk, St. Petersb., 1912, xlii, pt. 2, 23-30 1 pl — Mayer (M) Leber Trypanosoma Theileri und diesem verwandte Rindertrypanosomen. Ztschr. f. Infektionskr. .. .d. Haustiere Berl., 1909, v, 46-51, 1 pl.-Panse (O ) Trypanosoma Theileri (?) in Deutsch-Ostafrika. Ztschr f Hyg. u. Infectionskrankh., Leipz., 1904, xlvi, 376-378 — ™™ m (£'M^ Zum Vorkommen von Trvpanosomen a»™ TyPus,df.s Trypanosoma theileri in deutschen Rin- 2Sf2^ W-t1^^0- Wchnschr., 1910, xxvi, 841.-VHJ- Durg (A.) Is de Trypanosoma theileri pathogeen? Tiid- schr. v. veeartsenijk., Utrecht, 1912, xxxix, 1015-1018; Trypanosoma Theileri (Infection by) [ Galziekte]. Behn (P.) Infektion eines Kalbes mit Trypanoso- men vom Typus des Trypanosoma theileri mittelst Blut von Kiihen, in denen nur kulturell Flagellaten nach- weisbar waren. Berl. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1910, xxvi, 998-1000.—Pease (H. T.) Trypanosoma theileri (Lave- ran) and Galziekte. J. Trop. Vet. Sc, Calcutta, 1909, iv, 532-539.—Theiler (A.) A new Trypanosoma, and the disease caused by it. J. Comp. Path. & Therap., Edinb. & Lond., 1903, xvi, 193-216, 1 pl.—Valladares (I. F.) A caseof Trypanosoma Theileri in Madras. J.Trop. Vet. Sc, Calcutta, 1909, iv, 544, 1 pl. Trypanosoma vespertilionis [Dionisi, 1899; Battaglia, 1905]. Battaglia (M.) Alcune ricerche sopra due tripano- somi (Trypanosoma vespertilionis; Trypanosoma lewisi). Ann. di med. nav., Roma, 1904, x, v. ii, 517-523. -----. Tripanosoma vespertilionis. Ricerche n. lab. di anat. norm. d. r. univ. di Roma, 1906-7, xii, 5-51, 2 pl.—Bet- tencourt (A.)& Franca(C) Sur un trypanosome de la chauve-souris. [T. vespertilionis and T. nicolleorum.] Arch, de l'Inst. rov. de bacteriol. Camara Pestana, Lisb., 1906, i, 187-194,1 pl.—Gonder (R.) Trypanosoma ves- pertilionis (Battaglia). Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.1,1. Abt., Jena, 1910, liii, Orig., 293-302. 2 pl. Trypanosoma Vickersi [Brumpt, 1909], Brumpt (E.) Sur un nouveau trypanosome non pa- thogene du singe (Trypanosoma vickersi, parasite de Ma- cacus cynomolgus). Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1909, ii, 267. -----. Inoculation et culture du Trypanosoma vic- kersi Brumpt; culture et essai d'inoculation du Trypano- soma minaseuse Chagas. Ibid., 396-397. Trypanosoma vivax [Ziemann, 1905]. Blacklock (B.) The measurement of a thousand examples of Trypanosoma vivax. Ann. Trop. M. & Para- sitol., Liverp., 1911-12, v, 521-530, 3 ch. -----. A note on the measurements of Trypanosoma vivax in rabbits and white rats. Ibid., 537.—Bruce (Sir D.), Hamerton (A. E.) [etal.]. Trypanosome diseases of domestic animals in Uganda. III. Trypanosoma vivax (Ziemann). J. Trop. Vet. Sc, Calcutta, 1911, vi, 468-491, 2 pl. Also: Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1910-11, s. B., lxxxiii, 15-27, 3 pl.----------. Glossina palpalis as a carrier of Trypanosoma vivax in Uganda. Ibid., 1909-10, s. B., lxxxii, 63-77. Also: Rep. Sleeping Sick. Comm. Roy. Soc, Lond., 1910, x, 63-66. Trypanosomiasis. See, also, Dourine; Kala azar; Leishman's bodies; Mbori; Nagana; Sleeping sickness; Sleeping sickness (Causes, etc., of); Souma; Surra; Trypanosoma. "" Laveran (A.) Paludisme et trypanosomiase. 8°. Paris, 1905. Laveran (A.) & Mesnil (F.) Trypanosomes et trypanosomiases. 8°. Paris, 1904. ----- -----. The same. Trypanosomes and trypanosomiasis. Transl. and much en- larged by David Nabarro. 8°. London, 1907. Martini (E. ) Trypanosomenkrankheiten (Schlafkrankheit) und Kala-azar. 8°. Jena, 1907. Royal Society [of London]. Sleeping sick- ness bureau. Bibliography of trypanosomiasis. Compiled by C. A. Thimm. 8°. London, 1909. -----. Subject-index to . . . 8°. London, 1910. Adams (A. M.), jr. Trvpanosomiasis and its cause. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, i, 721.— Boerl (G.) Le malattie da tripanosomi. N. riv. clin.-terap., Napoli, 1905, viii, 13- 19.—Boigey (M.) La trypanose ou maladies k trypano- somes. Rev. seient., Par., 1903, 4. s., xix, 683; 649.— Bosquler (R.) Les maladies a trypanosomes. J. d. sc. med.de Lille, 1902, ii, 385-395.—Bruce (D.) Trvpano- somiasis. J. Trop. M., Lond., 1904, vii, 2.50-252. Also: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, iL 367-369. [Discussion], 378. Also in: Mod. Med., 8°, Phila. & N. Y., 1907, i, 460-487, 1 pl.—Brumpt (E.) Trypanosomes et trypanosomoses. Rev. seient., Par., 1905, iv, 321-332.—Cammermeyer (J.) Om trvpanose. Norsk Mag. f. Lsgevidensk., Kris- tiania, 1912, 5. R., x, 98-103.—Chlodl (W.) I trypano- somi quali cause dimalattie infettive. Cesalpino, Arezzo, 1907, iii, 173-181.—Coplln (W. M. L.) Trypanosoma diseases. Proc. Path. Soc. Phila., 1903-4, n. s., vii, 242.— Dimmock (H. P.) Trypanosomiasis. Indian M. Gaz., TRYPANOSOMIASIS. 525 TRYPANOSOMIASIS. Trypanosomiasis. Calcutta, 1904. xxxix, 176. Also: Tr. Grant Coll. M. Soc, Bombay, 1904-5, 7.—Blscusslon on trypanosomiasis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, ii, 645-654.—Bubols & Martin. Quelques experiences sur les trypanosomes. Toulouse med., 1905, 2. s., vii, 159 -162.—Furntratt. Ueber Trypanosomen und Trypanosomenkrankheiten. The- rap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1906, xlvii, 125-130.—Gaiger (S. H.) Further observations on trypanosomiases, 1909-10. J. Trop. Vet. Sc, Calcutta, 1911, vi, 21-43.— Gibson (A.) Two cases of trypanosomiasis. J. Comp. Path. & Therap., Edinb. &. Lond., 1905, xviii, 79.— Guerin ( R.) Tripanosomas y tripanosomacias. Ju- ventud med., Guatemala, 1905, vii, 17-24.—Halber- staedter (L.) Untersuchungen bei experimentellen Trypanosomenerkrankungen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt,, Jena, 1905, xxxviii, 525-632.—Hnber (J. B.) Trypanosomiasis; thesleepingsickness. Med.Times, N. Y., 1910. xxxviii, 41-4;;.— Johnson (K. A.) Trypa- nosomiasis. Australas. M. Cong. Tr. 1905, Adelaide, 1907, vii, 369-380. —King horn (A.) & Yorke (W.) Further observations on the trypanosomes of game and domestic stock in northeastern Rhodesia. Ann. I rop. M. & Parasitol., Liverp., 1912-13. vi, 483-493. Also: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, ii, 1186.—Koch (R.) Leber die Try- panosomenkrankheiten. Deutsche med Wchnschr;, Leipz. u. Berl., 1904, xxx, 1705-1711. Alsn, transl.: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, ii, 1445-1449. — Lan Iran clii (A.) Tripanosomiasi umane ed animali. Gazz. med. ital., To- rino, 1913, lxiv, 1; 11. -----. Sur le diagnostic des trypa- nosomiases, essais d'identification des differents trypano- somes. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1912, v, 611-614.— Manson [Sir P.) Trypanosomiasis. In his: Trop. Dis., 12°, Loud., 1903, 177-186. Also: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, ii, 645-648. -----. Discussion on trypanosomiasis. J. Trop. M., Lond., 1903, vi, 337; 35>v—Manson (P.) & Baniels (C. W.) Remarks on a case of trypanosomiasis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, i, 1249-1252.— Manueco (E.) Enferme- dades producidas por tripanosomas. Rev. de med. y cirug. pract., Madrid, 1905, lxvi, 297-306. Also: Rev. espnfi. de dermat. ysif., Madrid, 1905, vii, 49-61.—Martini (E.) Die Trypanosomen in ihrer Bedeutung fiir die mensch- liche und tierische Pathologie. Ztschr. f. arztl. Fortbild., Jena, 1905, ii, 633-642. -----. Trypanoses. [Die Trypano- somenkrankheiten.] Cong, internat. de med., Lisbonne, 1906, xv, sect. 3, 21; 262. -----. Les trypanosomiases. IRap.] Semaine med., Par., 1906, xxvi, 205.—Montfort. Contribution k I'etude de la repartition et de la prophy- laxie de la trypanosomiase humaine dans la Haute Sangha (avril-mai 1911). Ann. d'hyg. et de med., Par., 1912, xv, 593-612.—Milllhaupt (F. H.) Einiges iiber Trypanosomiasis und Schlafkrankheit. Ann. d. schweiz. balneol. Gesellsch., Aarau, 1911, 7. Hft., 60-69—Nissle (A.) Weitere Studien fiber die Ursache der Pathogenitat una der Heilmittel wirk ung bei Trypanosomeinfektionen. Arch. f. Schifls-u. Tropen-Hyg., Leipz., 1911, xv, 545; 597.— Nocht(B.)&Mayer(M.) Trypanosomen als Krankheits- erreger. Handb. d. path. Mikroorg., Jena, 1906, Ergnzngs- bd., 1-75,3 pl.—Nuttall (G. H. F.) Lectures on the Her- ter foundation. II. Trypanosomiasis. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait.,1913,xxiv,33; 83.—Pallin (W. A.) Are- sum6 on trvpanosomes and trypanosomiasis. Vet. Rec, Lond..1904-^5,xvii,804-813.lpl.—Perkins(R. G.) Trypa- nosomiasis. Cleveland M. J., 1904, iii, 304-315.— Phelan (H. du R.) Trypanosome and its relations to disease. Calif. M. Bull., San Fran., 1905, i, 97-100.—Kenshaw (G.) Trypanosomiasis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, ii, 173.— Bodhain (J.), Pons (C.) [etal.]. Les trypanoses ani- males au Bas-Katanga et leur rapport avec les glossines (3= note); Trypanosoma denvsi (n. sp.), parasite de l'ecu- reuil volant. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1912, v, 608-611. ----------------. Note sur les trypanoses animales du Haut-Katanga. Ibid., 819-822.—Shiga. [The trypano- soma disease.] Saikingaku Zasshi, Tokyo, 1905, 471-483.— Stankovic ( R. ) Trypanosomiasis. Srpski arh. za celok. lek., Beograd, 1907, xiii, 113-116.—Stephens (J. W. W.) Trypanosomiasis. In: Svst. Med. (Allbutt), 8°, Lond., 1907, ii, pt. 2, 207.—Symes (J. O.) Trypano- somiasis. Bristol Med.-Chir J., 1903, xxi, 325-328.— Tabuteau (G.) Les maladies produites par les try- panosomes. Arch. med. d'Angers, 1904, viii, 605-511.— Tavoni (C.) Tripanosomi e tripanosomiasi degli ani- mali e dell' uomo. Gior. d. r. Soc. ed Accad. vet. ital., Torino, 1907, lvi, 849; 873; 897; 921; 945; 969; 993; 1017; 1074; 1089; 1137; 1161.—Tliciler. Disease caused by try- panosomes. South African M. Rec, Cape Town, 1905, iii, 69; s9—Thomas (H. W.) Report on trypanosomes, trypanosomiasis, and sleeping sickness, being an experi- mental investigation into their pathology and treatment; and a description of the tissue changes. Thompson Yates& Johnston Lab., Liverp., Rep. 1905, vi, 1-94, 2 tab.—Tobey (E. N.) Trypanosomata and trypanosomiasis; a sum- mary. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1906-7, xv, 117-148, 1 pl.— Todd (J. L.) The duration of trypanosome infections. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1911, vii, 600-505. — Van Burme (P.) Contribution a I'etude des trypanoso- miases- la repartition des trypanosomes dans les organes. Ann. Soc. de med.de Gand, 1905, lxxxv,231-240.—"Ward (H B ) Filariasis and trypanosome diseases. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1906, n. s., xxiii, 370. -----. Try- panosomes and disease. West. M. Rev., Lincoln, Neb., 1906, xi, 6-11. Trypanosomiasis (Avian). See Trypanosomidse in birds. Trypanosomiasis (Bovine). See, also, Nagana; Souma; Trypanosoma Brueei (Infection bg); Trypanosoma peeorum. Archibald (R. G.) A trypanosome of cattle in the southern Sudan. [T. peeorum.] J. Comp. Path. & Therap., Edinb. & Lond., 1912, xxv, 292-297.—Behn (P.) Praefiagellate Entwicklungsstadien der in deutschen Rin- dern kulturell nachweisbaren Trypanosomen. Berl. tier- arztl. Wchnschr.,1910, xxvi, 899. -----. GehendiebeiRin- dern kulturell naehweisbaren Flagellaten aus Trypano- somen hervor? Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infektionskr'ankh., Leipz , 1911-12, lxx, 371^08, 2 pl.—Bettencourt (A.) & Borges(L) Presence de Trypanosomes dan sle sang des bovides portugais. Bull Soc. path, exot., Par., 1912, v, 603; 725.—Bruce (Sir D.) Cattle trypanosomiasis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, i,624.—Cardamates (J. P.) & Pho- tinos (S.) Trypanosomes dans le sang des bovidfis en Grece. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1911, iv, 377. -----------. Etude biologique et histologique sur les trvpanosomes chez les bovid6sde Grece. Centralbl. f. Bak- teriol. Jetc], 1. Abt., Jena, 1911, Ixi, Orig., 538-542 — Carini (A.) Presence de trypanosomes chez les bovid6s, a Sao Paulo. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1911, iv, 191 — Chichester (C. R.) Arsenic in the treatment of try- panosomiasis in cattle in Nigeria. J. Trop. M., Lond., 1904, vii, 196.—Budukalott*(A. A.) A tripanozomakh rogatavo skota. [Trypanosomes of cattle.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb , 1908, vii, 410.—BudukalofT (A. A.) & BudukalofT(N.) Ob iskusstvennom kultivirovanii tripanozom, naldennikh u rogatavo skota. [Artificial cultivation of trypanosomes, found in cattle] Arch. vet. nauk, St. Petersb., 1910, xl, pt. 2, 1-4, 1 pl.—Button (J. E.), Todd (J. L.) & Kinghorn (A.) Cattle try- panosomiasis in the Congo Free State. Ann. Trop. M. & Parasitol., Liverp., 1907, i, 233-271, 3 diag.—Falshaw (P. S.) & Lingard (A.) A note on a new species of Trypanosoma discovered in the blood of an Indian bullock at Singapore. J. Trop. Vet. Sc, Calcutta, 1907,ii, 217-220,1 pl.—Frank (G.) Ueber den Befund von Try- panosomen bei einem in Stein-Wingert verendeten Rinde. Ztschr. f. Infektionskr. . . . d. Haustiere, Berl., 1909, v, 313-315.—Frank (G.) & Frosch (P.) Ueber die Bedeutung des Befundes rinderpathogener Trypano- somen in Deutschland. Ibid., 330-334.—Jowett (W.) Note on cattle trypanosomiasis of Portuguese East Africa. J. Comp. Path. & Therap., Edinb. & Lond., 1910, xxiii, 251-271.—Knuth (P.) Nachweis von Trypanosomen beim Rinde im Kreise Oberwesterwald mittelst Ziich- tung in Blut-Bouillon. Berl. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1910, xxvi, 539.-----. Trypanosomenstudien bei deut- schen Rindern und Schafen. Berl. klin, Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 323.— Knuth (P.) & Behn (P.) Bedeu- tung der in deutschen Rindern vorkommenden Try- panosomen fiir die Impfungen gegen die Hamoglo- binurie. Berl. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1911, xxvii, 97.— Knuth (P.) & Kauchbaar (G.) Weitere Nachfor- schungen nach Trypanosomen beim Rinde im Kreise Oberwesterwald, nebst einem Beitrag zur Kenntnis der in deutschen Stechfliegen (Spezies Tabanus und Hsema- topota) parasitierenden Flagellaten. Ztschr. f. Infek- tionskrankh. . . . d. Haustiere, Berl., 1910, viii, 140-154, 1 pl.-----------. Zum Vorkommen von Trypanosomen bei Rindern in Deutschland. Berl. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1910, xxvi, 609.—Knuth, Bauchbaar & Morgan- stern. The demonstration of trypanosomes in cattle in Kreis Oberwesterwald by means of culturesin blood-bouil- lon. [Author's review.] Parasitology, Cambridge, 1910, iii, 490.—Laveran (A.) Au sujet de deux trypanoso- mes des bovides du Transvaal. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1902, cxxxv, 717-721.—Lingard (A.) The giant Trypanosoma discovered in the blood of bovines. Cen- tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1903, xxxv, 234- 238,1 pl. -----. Different species of Trypanosomata ob- served in bovines in India. J. Trop. Vet. Sc, Calcutta, 1907, ii, 4-50, 3 pl., 1 tab— Manceaux (L.), Y aklinofT (W.L.)&KohI-Yakimoir(Nina). Cultureetmorpho- logie du trvpanosome du type Theileri des bceufs tuni- siens. Bull.Soc.path, exot,Par., 1911, iv, 378-380.—Mar- tin (E. E.) Trypanosomiasis in cattle of India. J. Comp, Path. & Therap., Edinb. & Lond., 1905, xviii, 144.—Mar- tini (E.) The development of a Piroplasma and Try- panosoma of cattle in artificial culture media. Philip- pine J. Sc. [B.], Manila, 1909, iv, 147-169, 6 pl.—Marto- glio (F.) La peste bovina e le tripanosomiasi nella Somalia italiana. Ann. d' ig. sper., Roma, 1911, n. s., xxi, 453-536,1 pl.—Peter (0.) Morphologische und experi- mentelle Studien iiber ein neues, bei Rindern in Uru- guay (Sudamerika) gefundenes Trypanosoma. Beihefte z. Arch. f. Schiffs- u. Tropenhyg., Leipz., 1910, Beiheft 6, 1-40, 1 pl.—Stockman (S.) Preliminary note on a try- panosome of British cattle. J. Comp. Path. & Therap., Edinb. & Lond., 1910,xxiii, 189-192.—Stolnikolt'(V. I.) Tripanozomoz russkavo selskokhozyalstvennavo krup- navo rogatavo skota yevropelskol Rossii. [Trypanoso- miasis of domestic cattle of European Russia.] Vestnik obsh. vet., St. Petersb., 1911, xxiii, 5-13.—Swellengre- bel (N. H.) Presence de trypanosomes chez les bovides TRYPANOSOMIASIS. 526 TRYPANOSOMIASIS. Trypanosomiasis (Bovine). en*H<>llande. Bull. Soc.path, exot., Par., 1911, iv, 636-539. Also, transl.: Tijdschr. v. veeartsenijkunde, Utrecht, 1911, xxviii, 76ti-77(i. 1 pl—Vrijburg (A.) De Trypanosoma transvaliense l>ij Hollandse runderen (cattle). Tijdschr v. veeart.-enijkunde, Utrecht, 1912, xxxix, 803-812.— Vrublcvski (K. I.) Tripanozoma zubrov Blelovle- zhskol Pushtslii. [Tripanosome of the bison of the Ble- lovlezh Forest.] Arch. vet. nauk, St. Petersb., 1908, xxxviii, 554-556. Also, transl.: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1 Abt., Jena, 190S, xlviii, Orig., 162, 1 pl.—Tfaki- mofT(W. L.) &Kohl-Vakimon:"(Nina). Sur la pre- sence de trypanosomes dans le sang des bovides a Tunis. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1911, iv, 309. Trypanosomiasis (Equine). See, also, Dourine; Nagana; Surra; Try- panosoma brueei (Infection by); Trypanosoma Cazalboui (Infection by); Trypanosoma dimor- phon; Trypanosoma equinum (Infection by); Trypanosoma equiperdum (Infection bu); Tryp- anosoma Eran i (Infection by); Trypano- soma hippicum; Trypanosoma nanum; Trypa- nosoma vivax. Musgrave (W. E.) & Williamson (N._ E.) A preliminary report on trypanosomiasis of horse in the .Philippine Islands. 8°. Manila, 1903. Blacklock (B ) The trypanosomes found in a horse naturally infected in the Gambia; a double infection. Ann. Trop. M. & Parasitol., Liverp.. 1912-13, vi, 107-116.— Buzzard (M.) & Schneider (G.) Note on the ex- istence in Algeria of a Trypanosoma different to that of dourine. Vet. J., Lond.. 1903, n. s., vii, 101-104.—< oimal (A.) A report on the serum treatment of a horse suffer- ing from trypanosomiasis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, ii, 874. Also [Abstr.]: J. Trop. M., Lond., 1910, xiii, 245 — Ferraro. Un tripanosoma negli equini. Clin, vet., Milano, 1912, xxxv, 631.—de Greef. Guerison de deux cas de trypanosomiase du cheval par l'orpiment. Ann. de med."vet., Brux., 1912, Ixi, 546-550.—Laveran (A.) De Paction du serum humain sur les trypanosomes du nagana, du caderas et du surra. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1903, exxxvii, 15-19.—Laveran (A.) & Mes- nil (F.) Recherches experimentales sur la trypanoso- miase de chevaux de l'Annam; comparaison avec le surra. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1906, xx, 296-303.— Mason (F.E.) Equine trypanosomiasis in Egypt. J. Comp. Path. & Therap., Edinb. & Lond., 1912, xxv, 93- 109.—Morvan. Trypamosomiase des equides et prophy- laxie humaine. Caducee, Par., 1907, vii, 174.—Nocard. Sur les rapports qui existent entre la dourine et le surra ou le nagana. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1901, 11. s., iii, 484-466.— Thiroux (A.) & Teppaz (L.) Traite- ment des trypanosomiases chez les chevaux par l'orpi- ment seul ou associe k l'atoxal. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1909, xxiii, 426-429.-----------. Traitement des trypanosomiases chez les chevaux par l'orpiment seul ou associe k l'atoxyl ou a l'emetique de potasse. Ibid., 1910, xxiv, 220-233.—Vassal (J.-J.) Trypanosomiase des che- vaux de l'Annam. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1906, xx, 256-295.—'VakimofT(W. L.) Zur Biologie der Try- panosomen der Nagana und des Mal de caderas. Cen- tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1904, xxxvii, 668-678.—Yorke (W.) & Blacklock (B.) The trypa- nosomes found in two horses naturally infected in the Gambia. Ann. Trop. M. panosome anaemia. J. Path. & Bacteriol., Cambridge 1912-13, xvii, 347-366.—Cazalbou. lo. Mbori experi- mentale. 2o Notesurlasoumaya. [Rap.deA. Laveran.] ^i' A,«d-Tdxe m<§d" Par- 1904> 3- s- lj- 348-358.-Della \ Ida (M. L.) Alcune osservazioni sulla tripanosomiasi sperimentale. Bull. d. r. Accad. med. di Roma 1906 xxxii, 287-294.-Bella Vida (M. L.) & Verdozzi (C j Trypanosomiasis (Experimental). Recherches hematologiquesdans les trypanosomiases ex- perimentales. Folia haematol., Berl., 1906, iii, 617-619.— Fhrlich (P.) Experimentelle Trypanosomenstudien. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1907, xxxiii, 361. Also: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1907, liv, 396 — Fantham (H. B.) & Thomson (J. G.) Eninuerative studies on Trypanosoma gambiense and Trypanosoma rhodesiense in rats, guinea-pigs, and rabbits; periodic variations disclosed. (Preliminary note.) Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1911, s. B., lxxxiii, 206-211.—Ferronl (E.) Tripanosomiasi sperimentale e gravidanza. Ann. di ostet., Milano, 1910, i, 373-379.—Foy (H. A.) A third re- port on experimental work on animal trypanosomiasis. J. Trop. M. [etc.], Lond., 1911, xiv, 301-308.— <»artokh (O. O.) & Yakiiuotf(V. L.) K voprosu o svyazivanii komplementa pri eksperimentalnikh tripanozomozakh. [Fixation of the complements in experimental try- panosomiasis.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1908, xv, 601.— Gonder (R.) & Sieber (H.) Experimentelle Unter- suchungen iiber Trypanosomen. Centralbl. f, Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1909,xlix, Orig., 321-325, 1 pl.—Mas- saglia (A.) Osservazioni varie sulle trypanosomiasi sperimentali e sulla biologia dei trypanosomi. Boll. d. r. Accad. med, di Genova, 1906, xxi, 82-87. -----. Try- panosomiasi sperimentale e gravidanza. Gazz d. osp., Milano, 1906, xxvii, 810-813.—Mayer (M.) Experimen- telle Beitriige zur Trypanosomeninfection. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1905, i, 539-550.—Mo rax (V.) Inoculation intracorneenne des trypanosomes. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1909, ii, 261-264.— Spiel- meyer. Experimentelle Tabes bei Hunden (Trypano- somen-Tabes). Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1906, liii 2338-2340.—Trautmann (R.) Etude experimentale sur l'association du spirille de la tick-fever et de divers trypanosomes. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1907, xxi, 808-824.—Ulbrlch (H.) Manifestations oculaires pri- mitives provoquees par injection des trypanosomes dans les vaisseaux de l'ceil. Ann. d'ocul., Par., 1910, cxliii, 10; 113.—YakimottrV. L.) K voprosuobizmleneniyakh krovi zhivotnikh pri eksperimentalnikh tripanozomo- zakh. [Alterations in the blood of animals produced by experimental trypanosomiasis.] Arch. biol. nauk . . ., S.-Peterb., 1907-8, xii, 237-270, 2 diag. Also, transl: Arch. d. sc. biol., St.-Petersb.', 1907-8, xiii, 243-270, 2 diag. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Sleeping Sick. Bureau. Bull., Lond.. 1908-9, 149-153. Trypanosomiasis (Geographical dis- tribution of). See, also, Trypanosomiasis (Bovine); Try- panosomiasis (Equine); and under specific names of different Trypanosomas. Beodem (A.) Les infections a trypanosomes au Congo chez l'homme et lee animaux. 8°. Bruxelles, 1904. Dutton (J. E.) & Todd (J. L.) First report of the trypanosomiasis expedition to Senegambia (1902). With notes by H. E. Annett and ap- pendix by F. V. Theobald. 4°. Liverpool, 1903. Le Borgne (E.-J.) * La trypanosomiase hu- maine (distribution g£ographique; diagnostic; prophylaxie; traitement). 8°. Bordeaux, 1908. Martin (G.) Les trypanosomiases de la Guinee francaise. 8°. Paris, 1906. Thiroux (A.) & d'Anfreville de La Salle (L.) La maladie du sommeil et les trypanoso- miases animales au Senegal, roy. 8°. Paris, 1911. Baker (C.J.) Threecasesof Trypanosoma in man in Entebbe,Uganda. Brit.M.J.,Lond.,1903,i,1254-1256.—Bal- four (A.) Trypanosomiasis in the Anglo-Egyptian Sou- dan. Ibid., 1904, ii, 1456. -----. Trypanosomiasis in the Anglo-Egyptian Sudan. Edinb. M. J., 1905, n. s., xviii,202- 212,1 pl. Also: J.Trop.M.,Lond.,1906,ix,84-92;lpl. -----. Trypanosomiasis in the Anglp-Egyptian Sudan. J. Path. & Bacteriol., Edinb. & Lond., 1906, xi,209-236,3 pl. Also[Ab- str.]: Rep. Wellcome Research Lab., K hartoum, 1908, iii, 27- 35, 3pl.—Bettencourt (A.) & Franca (C.) Note sur l'existence du Trypanosoma cuniculi en Portugal. Arch. de l'Inst. roy. de bacteriol. Camara Pestana, Lisb., 1906, i, 167-169.—Bouet (G.) Les trypanosomiases animales de laBasse-C6te d'lvoire. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1907, xxi, 468-474. -----. Les trypanosomiases de la Haute- C6te d'lvoire. Ibid., 969-982. Also: Ann. d'hyg. et de med. colon., Par., 1908, xi, 572-588. -----. Note sur les trypanosomiases du Dahomev. Bull. Soc path, exot., Par., 1908, i, 519-524.—Bonft'ard (G.) La baieri; trypa- nosomiase animale des territoires de la boucle du Niger. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1908, xxii, 1-25. Also, transl.: J. Trop. Vet. Sc, Calcutta, 1908, iii, 33.5-355, 1 pl.—Bri- TRYPANOSOMIASIS. 527 TRYPANOSOMIASIS. Trypanosomiasis (Geographical dis- tribution of). mont (E.) Sur deux trypanosomes de mammiferes de la Guyane. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1912, lxxii, 415.—Broden (A.) Ueber einige Falle von Infektion mit Trypanosomen am Congo, an Menschen und Tieren beobachtet. Ztschr. f. ang. Mikr., Leipz., 1904, x, 35-37. -----. La trypanosomiase chez l'Europeen. [Rap. de Firket.] Bull. Acad. roy. de m6d. de Belg., Brux., 1905, 4. 8., xix, 682-684. Also: J. med.de Brux., 1906, xi, 121.-----. Trypanosomiases animales au Congo. Bull. Acad. roy. de med. de Belg., Brux., 1906, 4. s., xx, 387-416, 1 pl. [Rap. de Firket], 343.—Broden (A.)&Rodhain(J.) Report on human trypanosomiasis from Leopoldville. Sleeping Sick.Bureau. Bull.,Lond.,1908-9,no.5,190-196.—Brown (A.) Trypanosomiasis in north-eastern Rhodesia. J. Trop. M. "[etc.], Lond., 1911, xiv, 166.—Bruce (Sir D.), Hamerton (A. E.) [etal.]. Trypanosome diseasesof domestic animals in Uganda. I. Trypanosoma peeorum. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1910, s. B., lxxxii, 468-479, 2 pl. Also: J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1911, xvii, 1-12. ----------"-----. Trypanosome diseases of domestic ani- mals in Uganda. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1912, xviii, 264-267. Also: J.Trop. M. [etc.], Lond., 1911, xiv, 17- 19.—Buffard(M.)& Schneider (G.) Note sur l'exis- tence en Algeried' une trvpanosomoseautre que ladourine. Rev. demed. v6t., Par.,1902,8.s..ix,721-727.—Carougeau. Note relative k l'existence du trvpanosome en Indo-Chine. Bull. Soc. centr. de med. v6t., Par., 1901, n. s., xix, 295.— Castellan! (A.) Remarks on the possible plurality of species of the Trypanosomes affecting man in Africa. J. Trop. M. [etc.], Lond., 1911, xiv, 17. — Cazalbou (L.) Les trypanosomiases au Soudan francais. Rec. de m6d. vet., Par., 1904, lxxxi, 615-623. -----. Le Macina, foyer Permanent de trypanosomiase. Compt. rend. Soc. de iol., Par., 1905, lviii, 564. -----. Contribution a I'etude des trypanosomiases de 1'Afrique occidentale; quelques modifications de virulence. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1907, xxi,911-927. Also, transl.: J. Trop. Vet. Sc,Calcutta, 1908, iii, 356-371. -----. A note on "Baleri." J. Trop. Vet. Sc, Calcutta, 1908, iii, 85-91.—Christopherson (J. B.) Trypanosomiasis in the Egyptian Sudan. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1905, v, 139. — Donovan (C.) On the possibility of the occurrence of trypanosomiasis in India. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, ii, 79.—Button (J. E.) & Todd (J. L.) Researches on trypanosomiasis in West Africa. Ibid., 650-652. Also: J. Trop. M., Lond., 1903, vi, 343; 358— Dutton (J. E.),Todd (J. L.) & Christy (C.) Human trypanosomiasis on the Congo; being the first progress report of the expedition of the Liverpool School of Tropical Medicine to the Congo, 1903. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, i, 186-188. Also: Thompson Yates & John- ston Lab. Rep., Liverp., 1905, vi, pt. 1,1-10.----------- -----. Two cases of trypanosomiasis in Eu opeans. Thompson Yates & Johnston Lab. Rep.. Liverp., 1905, vi, pt. 1, 89-97.—Edlngton (A.) & Coutts (J. M.) A note on a recent epidemic of the trypanosomiasis at Mauritius. Lancet, Lond., 1901, ii, 952-955. —Elders (C.) Trypa- nosomiasis beim Menschen auf Sumatra. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1909-10, liii, 42,1 pl. -----. Ueber eine klinisch und atiologisch der Trypanosomiasis und Schlafkrankheit verwandte Krankheit bei Javanen auf Sumatra. Arch. f. Schiffs- u. Tropen-Hyg., Leipz., 1911, xv, 1-7,1 pl.—Fry (W. B.) Animal trypanosomia- ses in the Anglo-Egyptian Sudan. Rep. Wellcome Trop. Research Lab., Khartoum, 1911,iv, 41-56,1 pl.—Grattan (H. W.) A note on trypanosomiasis in Sierra Leone. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1906, vii, 485-493.— Grat- tan (H. W.) & Cochrane (E. W.) Trypanosomiasis in the West AfricanRegiment,Sierra Leone. Ibid.,524-540.— Harvey (F.) Animal trypanosomiasis in West Africa, and Sierra Leone in particular. J. Roy. Inst. Pub. Health, Lond., 1908, xvi, 609-613. —Heckenroth (F.) Resume de 68 observations de trypanosomiase humaine dans la Haute-Sangha (Congo). Ann. d'hyg. et de med. colon., Par., 1909, xii, 663-669.-----. La trypanosomiase humaine sur le Congo moyen et LOubanqui. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1912, v, 403-411.—Heiser (V. G.) Trypanosomiasis in the Philippine Islands. Pub. Health Rep. U. S. Mar. Hosp. Serv. 1904-5,Wash., 1906, 261-263.—Hollebeke (L.) Trypanosomiasis in the Belgian Coneo. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1910, xvii, 926-931. —Jowett (W.) Further note on a cattle trypanosomiasis of Portuguese East Africa. J. Comp. Path. & Therap., Edinb. & Lond., 1911, xxiv, 21- 40.—I££randel (J.) Trypanosomiases des mammiferes au Congo francais (Haute-Sangha, Logone, Ouhame). Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1908, i, 615-519.—Klnghorn (A.) & Yorke (W.) Trypanosomes infecting game and domestic stock in the Luangwa Valley, north eastern Rhod esia. Ann. Trop. M. & Parasitol., Li verp., 1912-13, vi, 301-315— Kleine. Trypanosomenbefunde am Tanga- nyka und andere Beobachtungen. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1910, xxxvi, 1400-1403.— Laveran (A.) Note pour servir a l'histoire des trypanosomiases du Soudan anglo-egyptien. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1905, lviii, 292-294. -----. Trypanosomiases du Haut- Niger; un nouveau trypanosome pathogene. Caducee, Par., 1906, vi, 246. -----. Sur les trypanosomiases du Hau't-Niger. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1907, xxi, 321-356. Also: Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1907, Trypanosomiasis (Geographical dis- tribution of). xliv, 243; 293. Also, transl.: J. Trop. Vet. Sc, Calcutta, 1907, ii, 364-392.—Laveran (A.) & Mesnil (F.) Des maladies a trypanosomes, leur repartition k la surface du globe. Janus, Amst., 1902, vii, 117: 1903, viii, 337; 393.— Lebo2ul'(A.) & Kingcnbacli. Sur quelques hemato- zoaires du Congo; trypanosomes, microrilaires, leucocy- taires. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1910, xxiv, 945-964, 2 pl.—Leishman (W. B.) On the possibility of the occurrence of trypanosomiasis in India. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, i, 1252; ii, 1376.— Lingard (A.) A short account of the various trypanosomata found to date in India in the blood of some of the lower animals and fish. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1904, xxxix, 445-447.—Loir (A.) Les trypanosomiases au Canada. Rev. de med. et d'hyg. trop., Par., 1907, iv, 68-60. Also: Union med. du Canada, Montreal, 1907, xxxvi, 127-134.—Manca (G.) Diffusione dei tripanosomi in Sardegna. Atti r. Ist. Veneto disc, lett. ed arti, Venezia, 1905-6, lxv, pt. 2, 823-827. Also [Abstr.]: Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1906, lx, 494.— Manson (P.) A case of Trypanosoma in a European. J. Trop. M., Lond., 1902, v, 330. -----. Trypanosomiasis on the Congo. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, i, 720. Also: J. Trop. M., Lond., 1903, vi, 85-87.—Martin (G.) Les try- panosomiases animales de la Guinee francaise. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1907, xxi, 357-383— Martin (G.) Leboeuf & Ringenbach. Le mouvement des ma- lades trvpanosomes a Brazzaville. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1910, iii,604-609.— Martin (G.), Leboeul'& Ron- baud. Les trypanosomiases animales du Congo fran- cais. Ibid., 1908, i, 351-355.-----------------. Trypa- nosomes d'animaux divers au Moyen-Congo. Ibid., 1909, ii, 209.—Martin (G.) & Ringenbach. Un nouveau cas de trypanosomiase humaine chez l'europeen. Ibid., 480-482.—Master (D. C.) An accountof human trypan- osomiasis in Africa. Middlesex Hosp. J., Lond., 1911-12, xv, 77-85.—Mathls (C.) & Leger (M.) Trypanosomes des batraciens du Tonkin. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1911, xxv, 671-681, 2pl.—Nabarro (D.) & Greig (E. D. W.) Further observations on the trypanosomiases (hu- man and animal) in Uganda. Roy. Soc. Rep. sleep.-sick. com., Lond., 1905, No. v, 8-47, 3 pl.—Nlklforoff (M. N.) Anaemia splenica na pochvle tripanozomiaza (tipa kala- azar). [Splenic anaemia following tripanosomiasis (kala- azar type).] Med. Obozr., Mosk.,1910, lxxiv, 34-39,1 pl.— Pe^caud (Q.) Trypanosomiases animales au Dahomey. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1909, ii, 551-559.—Penning (C.-A.) Les trvpanosomoses aux Indes neerlandaises. Janus, Amst., 1904, ix, 514; 557; 620: 1905, x, 29; 69; 137, 2 pl., 3 diag.—Remy (F.-J.) Le debab dans la region de Barika (Algerie). Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1908, i, 22- 24, 1 map.—Rennes. Contribution k I'etude d'une try- panosomose nord africaine. Bull. Soc. centr. de med. vet., Par., 1904, lviii, 248-250.—Rodhain (J.) Trypa- nosomiases humaine et animales dans 1'Ubangi. Arch. f. Schiffs- u. Tropen-Hyg., Leipz., 1907, xi, 283-297.—Rod- hain (J.),Van den Branden (F.)[etal.]. Les trypa- noses animales au Baskatanga et leurs rapports avec les glossines (2m« note). Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1912, v, 281-284.—Boger (J.) & Grefltulhe. Sur une trypano- somiase observee en Algfirie. Compt, rend. Soc. de biol., 1905, lviii, 396; 826.—Sanderson ( M.) The human try- panosomiasis of Nvasaland. Tr. Soc. Trop. M. & Hyg., Lond., 1911-12, v, 295-320, 2 maps.—Sergent (E.) & Ser- gent (E.) Etudes sur les trypanosomiases de Berberie en 1905. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1906, xx, 665-681.— Sergent (E.), Sergent (E.) & Ledoux (E.) Le de- bab dans la region de la Zousfana (Sud-Oranais). Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1908, i, 25.—Stordy (R. J.) The Uganda transport; through the tsetse-fly belt of British East Africa. Veterinarian, Lond., 1899, 4. s., lxxii, 11- 20.—Szewczyk (J.) Note sur une trypanosomose observee dans l'Extreme Sud Oranais. Bull. Soc. centr. de m6d. v6t., Par., 1903, n. s., xxi, 218-221.— Theiler (A.) Sur un nouveau trypanosome de l'Afri- que du Sud. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1909, ii, 392- 395.—Thiroux (M.) & TeppazfM.) Les trypanoso- miases animales au Senegal. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1907, xxi, 211-223. Also: J. Trop. Vet. Sc, Calcutta, 1907, ii, 417-424.—Todd (J. L.) Trypanosomiasis in Europeans. Sleeping Sick. Bureau. Bull., Lond., 1910, ii, 314-321.—Todd (J. L.) & "Wolbaeh (S. B.) The diag- nosis and distribution of human trypanosomiasis in the colony and protectorate of the Gambia; first report of the expedition of the Liverpool School of Tropical Medicine to the Gambia, 1911. Ann. Trop. M. & Parasitol., Liverp., 1911, v. 245-286, 1 map. Also, Reprint.—Trypanoso- miasis in the Anglo-Egyptian Sudan. Rep. Wellcome Research Lab., Khartoum, 1906, ii, 113-173, 1 pl., 1 tab.— Trypanosomiasis in Annam. [Edit.] Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, ii, 319.—Wellman (F. C.) Human try- panosomiasis in southern Angola. J. Trop. M., Lone1., 1905, viii, 327. -----. Interim report on trypanosomiasis in Portuguese Southwest Africa. Am. Med., Phila. & York, Pa., 1907, n. s., ii, 173-178. Also: Am.Soc. Trop. M., [n. p.], 1907-8, iii.—Ziemann (H.) Tse-tse-Krankheit in Togo (West-Afrika). Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1902, xxxix, 930-936. Also, transl: J. Trop. M., Lond., 1902, v, 307: 1903, vi, 16. TRYPANOSOMIASIS. 528 TRYPANOSOMIASIS. Trypanosomiasis (Human). See, also, Sleeping sickness; Trypanosomi- asis (Geographical distribution of). Ayres-Kopke. Trypanosomiasis humaine. Arch. de hyg. e path, exotic, Lisb., 1904-6, i, 159-188. Also: Cong, internat. de med., Lisbonne, 1906-7, xv, sect. 17, 233-260.—Barabaschl (P.) Di una nuova tripanoso- miasi dell' uomo. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1910, xxxi, 601- 603.—Beck & Week. Die menschliche Trypanoso- men-Krankheit am Rovuma in Deutsch-Ostafrika. Arch. f. Schiffs- u. Tropen-Hyg., Leipz., 1913, xvii, 145- 160—Boyce (R. W.), Ross (R.) & Sherrington (C. S.) The history of the discovery of trypanosomes in men. Lan- cet, Lond., 1903, i, 509-513.—Bruce (SirD.) Trypanoso- miasis. In: Mod. med. (Osier), 8°, Phila. & N. Y., 1907, i, 460-487,lpl.—Bruce(SirD.),Balfour(A.) [etal.]. Dis- cussion on human trypanosomiasis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, ii, 864-866.—Chatterjee (G. C.) Notes on a few cases of trypanosomiasis in man. Lancet, Lond., 1904, ii, 1664.—Dendrlnos (G.) Ueber einen neuen Krank- heitserreger der Trypanosomengruppe. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1913,lxviii,Orig., 29,1 pl — Dubois (A.) Notes sur l'autoagglutination des hema- ties dans la trypanosomiase humaine. Bull. Soc. path. exot., Par., 1912, v, 686-693.—Giinther & Weber. Ein Fall von Trypanosomenkrankheit beim Menschen. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1904, li, 1044-1047.—Keran- del (J.) Un cas de trypanosomiase chez un medecin; auto-observation. Bull. Soc path, exot., Par., 1910, iii, 642-662. Also [Abstr.]: Caducee, Par., 1911, xi, 19-21.— Kudicke. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der menschlichen Trypanosomakrankheit. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1906, xli, 72-74, 1 diag.—Lel'as (E.) La trypanosomiase humaine. Arch. g6n. de med., Par., 1903, ii, 2222-2221—.Marchand (F.) & Ledingham (J. C. G.) Zur Fra ire der Trypanosoma-Infektion beim Menschen. Centrallil. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1904, xxxv, 594-598. Also, transl.: Lancet, Lond., 1904, i, 149.—Martin (L.) & Girard (J.) Sur un cas de try- panosomiase chez un blanc. [Rap. de A. Laveran.] Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1905, 3. s., liii, 430-439.— Massaglia (A.) Le infezioni da tripanosoma nella gravidanza e nell'allattamento. Path. Riv. quindicin., Genova, 1908-9, i, 241-243.—Mayer (M.) Trypanosomi- asis des Menschen. Ergebn. d. inn. Med. u. Kinderh., Berl., 1908, ii, 1-29— Nattan-Larrler (L.) Un nou- veau cas de trypanosomiase chez un blanc Bull, et mem. Soc. m6d. d. hop. de Par., 1906, 3. s., xxiii, 436-440.— Navarre (P.-J.) Maladies a trypanosomes de l'homme. Lynn med., 1904, cii, 514-521.—Riquier (G. C.) Try- f>anosomiasi e gravidanza. Gazz. med. ital., Torino, 1912, xiii, 491.—Taylor (W.I.) & Currie (J.) A case of trypanosomiasis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, i, 248.—Thi- roux (A.) De la conception et de la grossesse au cours de la trypanosomiase humaine. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1909, ii, 477-479.—Todd (J. L.) Notes on human trypanosomiasis. Montreal M. J., 1910, xxxix, 546-648. Trypanosomiasis (Human, Diagnosis and semeiology of). See, also, Trypanosomiasis (Human, Eye in). Gery (L. A.) *Les phenomenes cutanes au cours de la trypanosomiase humaine en particulier dans la race blanche. (Etude clini- que etanatomo-pathologique.) 8°. Paris, 1910. Allain & Trautmann. Trypanosomiase humaine et pneumonie. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1910, iii, 25.— Antonino (S.) Malaria y tripanosomiasis. Gac. m6d. catal., Barcel., 1909, xxxv, 328-336.—Broden (A.) & Bodhain (J.) Le liquide cerebrospinal dans la try- panosomiase humaine. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1908, l, 496-499.—Busquet (P.) Des relations qui paraissent exister entre la trypanosomiase humaine, la fievre dum- dum, le kala-azar et certaines formes de cachexie dite paludeenne. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1904, xxv, 417—Darre (H.) Les sympt6mes cutanes de la trypanosomiase humaine. Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1908, 4. s., ix, 673-691.—Diagnosis of human try- panosomiasis. [Edit.] Sleeping Sick. Bureau. Bull., Lond., 1908-9, no. 2, 53-60.—Dutton (J. E.) & Todd (J. L.) Gland palpation in human trypanosomiasis. Liver- pool School Trop. Med 1906, Mem., xviii, 1-21, 2 pl. Also [Abstr.]: J. Trop. M., Lond., 1906, ix, 237.—Forde (R. M.) Some clinical notes on a European patient in whose blood a Trypanosoma was observed. J. Trop. M., Lond 1902, v, 261-263, 1 pl— Heckenroth. Les svmptdmes de la trypanosomiase humaine. Bull. Soc. path, exot.. Par., 1909, ii, 264-267.—Lanfranchi (A.) Su la diag- nosi delle tripanosomiasi in genere e su la loro possibile differenzazione, median te 1' impiego dei sieri di animali iperimmunizzati ricchi di anticorpi. Clin, vet., Milano 1912, xxxv. '.)28-'J45.—Martin (G.) Svndrome choreique dans un ca-^ d>- trypanosomiase humaine. Encephale Par., 1911, ii, 460-462.-Martln (G.) & Lebceuf. Diag- nostic microscopique de la trypanosomiase humaine. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1908, i, 126-134. Also: Ann Trypanosomiasis (Human, Diagnosis and semeiology of). de lTn-t. Pasteur, Par., 1908, xxii,518-540.—.Martin (L.) & Darris (H.) Remarques sur revolution et le pronostic de la trypanosomiase chez les blancs. Bull. Soc. path. exot., Par., 1910, iii, 389-398.—Montgomery (R. E.) <& Klngborn (A.) Gland puncture in the diagnosis of animal trypanosomiasis. Ann. Trop. M. & Parasitol., Liverp., 1908-9, ii, 387-389.—Mott (F. W.) Note upon the examination, with negative results, of the central nervous system in a caseof cured human trypanosomiasis. Lancet, Lond., 1911, i, 500.—Nattan-Larricr (L.) Trypanosomiase a forme exanthema tique chez le blanc. Bull, et ni6m. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1906, 3. s., xxiii, 980-985. -----. Diagnostic de la trypanosomiase dans la race blanche. Presse med., Par., 1906, xiv, 661. -----. Notes sur les troubles mentaux de la trypanosomiase. Caducee, Par., 1910, x, 216.—Nattan-Larrler (L.) & Tanon. Valeur des exanthemes dans la fievre try- panosomiasique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1906, lx, 1065-1067.—Thiroux (A.) Les lesions cutanees dans la trypanosomiase humaine. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1909, ii, 532-534. -----. De l'alienation mentale dans la trypanosomiase humaine. Rev. de psychiat., Par., 1910, xiv, 359-361.—Tliiroux (A.) <& Pelletler (J.) De la meningite aigue dans la trypanosomiase humaine. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1909, ii, 400-402.—Todd (J. L.) A review of the position of gland palpation in the diagnosis of human trypanosomiasis. J. Trop, M., Lond., 1908, xi, 229-233. Trypanosomiasis (Human, Eye in). Daniels (C. W.) Recurring keratitis caused by try- panosomes. J. Trop. M. [etc.], Lond., 1911, xiv, 161.— Faber (E.) & Starcke (A.) Opticus-atrophie door trypanosomiasis; atoxyl-gebruik of framba-sia. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1908, 2. R., xliv, 1, Aid., 1106-1112.—da Gama Pinto (J.) Troubles visuels dans la trypanosomiase humaine; etude anatomo-patho- logique. Arch. hyg. path, exot., Lisboa, 1911, iii, 3-18, 2 pl.—Leber (A.) Ueber Trypanosomentoxine und try- panotoxische Keratitis parenchymatosa. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1908, xxxiv, 1850.—Morax (V.) Les affections oculaires dans les trypanosomiases. Ann. d'ocul., Par., 1906, exxxvi, 437-452. -----. Manifes- tations oculaires au cours des trypanosomiases. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1907, xxi, 47-61, 2 pl. Also: Ann. d'ocul., Par., 1908, cxl, 39-45 Also, transl.: J. Trop. Vet. Sc, Calcutta, 1907, ii, 322-332. -----. Chorioretinite et trypanosomiase humaine. Bull. Soc. path, exot, Par., 1910, iii, 305-308.—Nattan-Larrier (L.) & Monthu* (A.) Iritis et trypanosomiase chez l'homme. Ibid., 1908, i, 277-280.—Splelmeyer (W.) DieOptikusdegene- ration bei der Trypanosomen- (Tsetse-) Tabes der Hunde. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1907, xiv, 545-551, 1 pl.— Ullrich (H.) Manifestations inflammatoires cho- rioretiniennes provoquees par l'inoculation intravorti- queuse de trypanosomes. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1910, iii, 303-305. Trypanosomiasis (Human, Treatment of). Aubert (P.) & Heckenroth (F.) Prophylaxie de la trypanosomiase humaine et arsenophenylglycine en injections intra-veineuses. Bull. Soe. path, exot., Par., 1911, iv, 419.----------. L'arsenophenylglycine dans le traitement de la trypanosomiase humaine. Ibid., 411- 418. — Balfour (A.) Chrvsoidin in trypanosomiasis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, ii, 1694.—Bevan (E. W.) Notes on a strain of human trypanosomiasis and a review of the present knowledge of the human trypanosomiasis of northern Rhodesia and Nyasaland. J. Comp. Path. ar- tokh (O. O.) & Yakimofr (V. L.) Ob izcheznovenii hemoliticheskavo komplementa pri eksperimentalnikh tripanozomakh. [Disappearance of the hemolytic com- plement in experimental trypanosomiasis.] Vet. Obozr., Mosk., 1909, xi, 38-40.—Goebel (O.) Action du venin de cobra sur les trypanosomes. Ann. Soc. de med. de Gand, 1905, lxxxv, 148-151. Also [Abstr.]: Belgiquemed.,Gand- Haarlem, 1905, xii, 315. -----. Sur la formation des hemo- lysines chez les animaux atteints de trypanosomiase. Ann. Soc. de med. de Gand. 1906, lxxxvi. 250-256.—Har- toch (O.) & Willini (Maria). Ueber nicht spezifi- schen Opsoninschwund bei Komplementverarmung des Serums trypanosomenkranker Tiere. Wien. klin. Wchn- schr., 1908. xxi, 1411-1414.-----------. Zur Frage der Komplementbindung bei experimentellen Trypanoso- mosen. Ibid., 753-755.----------. Beobachtungen fiber Komplementschwund bei experimentellen Trypanoso- mosen. Ibid.. 1376.—Jacoby (M.) Ueber die Herstel- lung von serumfesten Trvpanosomenstiimmen. Ver- handl. d. physiol. Gesellsch."zu Berl. (1909), 1910, xxxiv, 13-16. — Jart'e (J.) Ueber trypanozoide Eigenschaften der Organe und ihrer Extrakte. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. etc.], 1. Abt, Jena, 1910, lv, Orig., 519-527. — Korke V. T.) On the correlation between trypanosomes, leu- cocytes, coagulation time, haemoglobin and specific grav- ity of blood. Ann. Trop. M. & Parasitol., Liverp., 1911, v, 127-131. — Lange. Makroskopische Agglutination bei Trvpanosomen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], L Abt, Jena, 1911, 1, Ref., Beiheft, 171-177.—Laveran & Mes- nil. Sur l'agglutination des trypanosomes du rat par divers serums. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1900, 11. s., ii, 839-942. — Laveran (A.) & Nattan-Larrler. Sero-diagnostic des infections at Trypanosoma gambiense et a Trypanosoma rhodesiense. Bull. Soc path, exot., Par., 1912, v, 220-225— Laveran (A.) & Pettit (A.) La virulence des trypanosomes des mammiferes peut-elle etre modifiee apres passage par des vertebre.sfl, sang froid? Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1909, cxlix, 329-332.— Laveran (A.) & Roudsky (D.) Resultats obtenus en meiangeant un virus a trypanosomes acentrosomiques avec un virus normal de meme espece. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par.,1912, lxxii, 313—Leger (M.) Le sang dans la trypanosomiase experimentale; action sur la formule hemato-leucocvtaire du traitement par l'emetique. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1909, xxiii, 70-84.—Levaditi (C.) & Mcintosh (J.) Mecanisme de la creation de races TRYPANOSOMIASIS. 531 TRYPANOSOMIASIS. Trypanosomiasis (Serology and he- matology of). de trypanosomes resistantes aux anticorps. Bull. Soc. path, exot, Par., 1910, iii, 368-376. —Levaditi (C.) & Mutermilch (S.) Le mecanisme de la creation des varietes de trypanosomes resistant aux anticorps. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1909, lxvi, 49-51.-----------. Recherches sur la methode de Bordet et Gengou appiiquee a I'etude des trypanosomiases. Ztschr. f. Immunitats- forsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1909, ii. 702-722. — Levaditi (C.) & Yamanonchi (T.) La reaction des lipo'ides dans les trypanosomiases et les spirilloses experi- mentales. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1908, i, 140-144 — Levi della Vid a (M.) La deviazione del complement! nelle tripanosomia-i sperimentali. Ann. d' ig. sper., Roma, 1907, n. s., xvii. 689-704. Also: Bull. d. r. Accad. med. di Roma, 1908, xxxiv, 135-149— Manteufel. Untersuchungen iiber spezifische Agglomeration und Komplementbindung bei Trypanosomen und Spirochse- ten. Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, Berl., 1908, xxviii, 172- 197.—Manteufel & Woithe. Ueber die diagnostische Bedeutung der Komplementbindungsreaktion bei Trypa- nosomeninfektion. Ibid., xxix, 452-477.— Marulll (A.) Dell' azione esercitata dal siero e dal cruore di cavia tripanosomizzata sulla tripanosomiasi sperimentale. Gazz. internaz. di med., Napoli, 1911, xiv, 738-742.— Marzocchi (V.)&Messlneo (G.) Della reazione del Wassermann nelle tripanosomiasi sperimentali, in rap- porto con la cosi detta "reazione di gruppo." Riv. d' ig. e san. pubb., Torino. 1910, xxi, 613-619.—Mattes (W.) Agg-lutinationserscheinungen bei den Trypanosomen der Schlafkrankheit, Nagana, Dourine, Beschalseuche und des Kongokustenfiebers, unter Beriicksichtigung der Farbemethoden, der morphologischen und biologischen Verhaltnisse der Erreger. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1912, lxv, Orig., 538-673.—Mesnil (F.) De Paction comparee des serums de primates sur les infec- tions a trvpanosomes; troisieme note. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.,"Par., 1912, lxxii, 408-410.-Mesnil (F.) & Leboeuf (A.) De Taction comparee des serums de pri- mates sur lesinfections a trvpanosomes. Ibid., 1910, lxix, 382-384.—Mesnil (F.), Leboeuf (A.) & Ringen- bach (J.) De Paction comparee des serums de pri- mates sur les infections k trvpanosomes. Ibid., 55- 68.—Mesnil (F.) & Ringenbach (J.) De Paction dea.serums de primates sur les trypanosomes humains d'lfrique. Compt rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1912, civ, 78- 82.—Mutermilch (S.) Opochodzeniuniwecznik6w w swidrowicach Swinek morskich. [The origin of anti- bodies in trypanosomiasis of guinea pigs.] Medycyna i Kron. lek., Warszawa, 1910, xiv, 1145-1151. Also, transl: Ann. de l'Inst.Pasteur, Par., 1911, xxv, 776-784.—Nattan- Larrier (L.) & Allain. L'equilibreleucocytaire chez les noirs atteints de trypanosomiase. Bull. Soc. path. exot., Par., 1908, i, 360-366.—Nauss (R. W.) & Yorke (W.) Reducing action of trypanosomes on haemoglobin. Ann. Trop. M. & Parasitol., Liverp., 1911, v, 199-214.— Nlerensteln (M.) Observations on the acidity and alkalinity of the blood in trypanosome infections. Ibid., 1908, ii, 227-231.—Nlsle (A.) Beobachtungen am Blut mit Trypanosomen geimpfter Tiere. Arch. f. Hyg., Munchen u. Berl., 1905, liii, 181-204, lpl.—Ruppert (F.) Serologische Methoden zur Diagnostik von Trypanoso- menkrankheiten. Berl. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1912, xxviii, 381-383.—Sabrazes (J.) & Muratet (L.) Absence d'auto-agglutination des hematics dans les preparations du sang d'Anguilla vulgaris con tenant des trypanosomes. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1907, xxviii, 231.— Schern (K.) Ueber die Wirkung von Serum und Le- berextrakten auf Trypanosomen. Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhts- amte, Berl., 1911, xxxviii, 338-367.—Schilling (C.) & von HOsslin. Trypanosomen-Infektion und Komple- mentbindung. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1908, xxxiv. 1422-1425.—Terry (B. T.) Immunity to various species of trypanosomes induced in mice by the cure of experimental infections. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1908-9, vi, 118-120. -----. The advantage of certain experiments in vitro of suspending trypano- somes in serum. Ibid., 1911-12, ix, 40.— Todd (J. L.) A note on the occurrence of auto-agglutination of the red cells in human trypanosomiasis. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1910, iii, 438-443.—Winkler. Die Agglutination, Prazipitation und Komplementbindung als Hilfsmittel zum Nachweis der Trypanosomenkrankheiten imbeson- derender Beschalseuche. Berl. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1911, xxvii, 933-936.—Yorke (W.) On the variation of the haemolytic complement in experimental trypanosomiasis. Ann. Trop. M. & Parasitol., Liverp., 1909-10, 565-579. Trypanosomiasis (Transmission [and infectivity] of). See, also, Sleeping1 sickness (Transmission of). Anschtitz (G.) Ueber Uebertragungsversuche von Hsemoproteus orizivorae und Trypanosoma paddse, nebst Bemerkungen fiber den Entwickelungsgang des ersteren. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt, Jena, 1910, liv, Orig., 328-331, 2 pl.—Bevan (L. E. W.) & MacGregor Trypanosomiasis (Transmission [and infectivity \ of). (M. E.) Note on the passage of a human trypanosome through domestic animals. J. Comp. Path. & Therap., Edinb. & Lond., J.910, xxiii, 160-167.—Brumpt (E.) R61e pathogene etmode de transmission du Trypanosoma inopinatum Ed. et Et. Sergent; mode d'inoculation d'autres trypanosomes. Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1906, Ixi, 167-169.—Darling (S. T.) The infection of mules by Trypanosoma hippicum through mucous mem- branes J. Exper. M., Lancaster, Pa., 1912, xv, 367-369.— Duboscq (O.) Changement de generation et change- ment d'h6te chez Trypanosoma et Spirochsete d'apres F. Schaudinn. Arch, de zool. exper. et gen. Hist, nat, [etc.], Par , 1904, 4, s., ii, pp. civ; clxix; clxxxviii.— Dutton (J. E.), Todd (J. L.) & Hanington (J. W. B.) Trvpanosome transmission experiments. Ann. Trop. M. & Parasitol., Liverp., 1907, i, 201-229.—Hart (R.L.L.) Transmission of trypanosomiasis in northeastern Rho- desia. J. Comp. Pa'th. & Therap., Edinb. & Lond., 1911, xxiv, 354-357.— Klelne (F. K.) The identity and mode of transmission of trypanosomes. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, ii, 1183.—Mesnil (F.) Modes de propagation de trypanosomiases; les trypanosomes chez l'h6te inverte- bre. Bull, de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1912, x, 1; 49.— Minchin (E. A.) On the occurrence of encysta- tion in Trypanosoma grayi Novy, with remarks on the method of infection in trypanosomes generally. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1907, s. B., lxxix, 35-40. Also: Roy. Soc. Rep. sleep.-sick. com., Lond., 1907, viii, 137-142— M81- lers (B.) Beitrag zur Epidemiologieder Trypanosomen- krankheiten; experimentelle Uebertragungsversuche von Tsetsetrypanosomen durch den Zeugungsakt und durch Ungeziefer. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infektionskrankh., Leipz., 1909, lxii, 425-432.—Nattan-Larrier (L.) Non-trans- mission des trypanosomiases de la mere au foetus. Bull. Soc. path, exot, Par., 1912, v, 550-556. -Petrie (G. F.) & Avari (C. R.) On the seasonal prevalence of Trypano- soma lewisi in Mus rattus and in Mus decumanus and its relation to the mechanism of transmission of the infec- tion. Parasitology, Cambridge, 1909, ii, 305-324.—Rodet (A.). Rubinstein (Mile.) &Bader. Trypanosomiases et infections bacteriennes; influence reciproque. Bull. Soc. path, exot, Par., 1910, iii, 83-87.—Shultz (O. T.) Upon the nature and transmission of trypanosomes. Cleveland M. J., 1911, x, 729-743.—Thomas (H. W.)'& Linton (S. F.) A comparison of the animal reactions of the trypanosomes of Uganda and Congo Free State sleeping sickness with those of Trypanosoma gambiense (Dutton). Lancet, Lond., 1904, i, 1337-1340.—Todd (J. L.) A note on recent trypanosome transmission experi- ments. J. Trop. M. [etc.], Lond., 1909, xii, 260.—Yaki- moli'iW. L.) & Schiller (N.) Zur Trypanosomenin- fektion durch die Schleimhaut des Verdauungstraktes. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt, Jena, 1907, xliii, Orig., 694-702. Trypanosomiasis (Transmission of) by insects. See, also, Nagana; Trypanosoma Brueei (In- fection by); Trypanosoma Cazalboui (Infection by); Trypanosoma Evansi (Infection by); Tryp- anosomiase in rodents; Tsetse fly. Hourtoule (V.) *La mouche tsetse" et lea insectes agents propagateurs des trypanosomo- ses. 8°. Lyon, 1905. Wellman (F. C.) Glossina palpalis well- mani; a new tse-tse fly which disseminates hu- man trypanosomiasis, T. gambiense. pp. 294- 302, lpl. 8°. [n. p.], 1906. Cutting from: Entomological News, 1906. Bishop (C. F.) Notes on a trypanosome found in a sheep tick, and its probable connection with the disease known as louping-ill. Vet. J., Lond., 1911-12, lxvii, 709- 715.—Bouet (G.) & Roubaud (E.) Experiences di- verses de transmission des trypanosomes par les glossines. Bull. Soc path, exot., Par., 1910, iii, 599; 722. Also: Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1910, xxiv, 658-667.-----------. Experiences diverses de transmission des trypanosomes par les glossines: transmission naturelle de la souma (T. cazalboui) par Glossina tachinoides et morsitans; de la baieri (T. pecaudi) par Glossina morsitans au Soudan Nig6rien, en saison seche. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1911, iv, 539-544.----------. Experiences diverses de transmission des trypanosomes par les glossines; trypa- nosomiases et glossines de la Haute-Gambie et de la Casa- mance; Experiences diverses de transmission par Gl. pal- palis et morsitans. Ibid., 1912, v, 204-211.-----------. Experiences de transmission des trypanosomiases ani- males de 1'Afrique occidentale francaise par les stomaxes. Ibid., 1912, v, 544-550.—Bruce (Sir. D.), Hamerton (A. E.) [et al.]. The development of trypanosomes in tsetse flies. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1909-10, s. B.,lxxxii, TRYPANOSOMIASIS. 532 TRYPANOSOMIASIS. Trypanosomiasis (Transmission of) bg insects. 368-388. Also: J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1910, xv, 422-443.—Cazalbou (L.) Experience d'infection de try- panosomiase par des Glossina palpalis infectees naturel- lement. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1906, cxliii. 435- 437.—Chatton (E.) Microsporidies consider6es comme causes d'erreurs dans I'etude du cycle 6volutif des try- panosomides chez les insectes. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1911, iv, 662-664. -----. Sur la systematique des try- panosomides des insectes. Compt. rend. Soe. de biol., Par., 1911, lxxi, 578-580— Chatton (K.)«fc Leger (A.) Eutrypanosomes, Leptomonas et leptotrypanosomes chez Drosbphila confusa Staeger. Ibid., lxx, 34-36. ----- -----. Sur l'autonomie specifique du Trypanosoma dro- sophilae Chatton et Alilaire, et sur les eutrypanosomes des muscides non sanguivores. Ibid., lxxi, 573-575.----- -----. Sur l'axostyle ou axoplaste des trypanosomides des insectes. Ibid., 575-578.-----------. Diversite des formes de reproduction chez les trypanosomides des in- sectes. Ibid., 1912, lxxii, 20-23.—Development (The) of trypanosomes in tsetse-flies. [Edit.] Sleeping Sick. Bureau. Bull., Lond., 1908-9, no. 5, 165-177.—Duke (H. L.) Some experiments with arsenphenylglycin and Try- panosoma gambiense in Glossina palpalis. Proc Roy. Soc. Lond., 1912, lxxxvi, s. B., 19-31.— Georgeivitch (J.) Sur un trypanosome nouveau, crithidie simuliae, n, sp. d'une simuiie (Simuliumcolumbacensis) de la Serbie septentrionale. Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1909, lxvii, 480-482—Greig (E. D. W.) On tsetse flies and trypanosomiasis. Tr. Bombay M. Cong., Bombay, 1909, 211-230, 1 pl.—Holmes (J. D. E.) The role played by biting flies in the spread of trypanosomiasis. J. Trop. Vet. Sc, Calcutta, 1906, i, 121-126.—K.lnghorn(A.)& Yorke (W.) On the transmission of human trypanosomes by Glossina morsitans, Westw.;and on the occurrence of hu- man trypanosomes in game. Ann. Trop. M. & Parasitol., Liverp., 1912-13, vi, 1-23.----------. A further report on the transmission of human trypanosomes by Glossina morsitans. Ibid., 269-285.----------. Trypanosomes ob- tained by feeding wild Glossina morsitans on monkeys in the Luangwa Valley, northern Rhodesia. Ibid., 317- 325.—Klelne. Positive Infektionsversuche mit Try- panosoma brueei durch Glossina palpalis. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1909, xxxv, 469. -----. Wei- tere wissenschattliche Beobachtungen fiber die Entwick- lung von Trypanosomen in Glossinen. Ibid., 924. -----. Weitere Beobachtungen iiber Tsetsefliegen und Trypa- nosomen. Ibid., 1956-1958.—Laveran (A.) Trypano- somiases et tsetse dans la Guinee francaise. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1905, cxl,75-78.—Laveran (A.) & Pettlt(A.) Au sujet du trypanasome du ierot(My- oxus nitela) et de la puce qui paralt le propager. Compt. rend. Soc. de. biol., Par., 1910, lxviii, 950-952.— Martin (L.) & Darr6 (H.) Un cas de trypanosomiase humaine contractee au laboratoire. Bull. Soc. path, exot, Par., 1912, v, 883-891.—Mesnil (F.) & Lebceuf (A.) Es- sais d'infection de singes par des trypanosomes plus ou moinssensiblesa.leurs serums. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1912, lxxii, 505-507.— Mezlncesco (D.) Les try- panosomes des moustiques et leurs relations avec les hi- moproteus des oiseaux. Ibid., 1908,lxiv,975.—Minchin (E. A.) Investigations on the development of trypano- somes in tsetse-flies and other Diptera. Quart. J. Micr. Sc, Lond., 1908, n. s., Iii, 159-260,6 pl.—Minchin (E. A.), Gray (A. C. H.) & Tulloch (F. G. M.) Glossina pal- palis in its relation to Trypanosoma gambiense and other trypanosomes. Proc. Roy. Soc Lond., 1906, s. B., lxxviii, 242-2,58, 3 pl. Also: J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1906, vii, 568-583. Also: Roy. Soc. Rep. sleep-sick.com., Lond., 1907, No. viii, 122-136, 3 pl.—Minchin (E. A.) & Thom- son (J. D.) The transmission of Trypanosoma lewisi by the rat-flea (Ceratophyllus fasciatus). Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, i, 1309.—Mode of transmission of trypanosomes by tsetse-flies. [Edit] SleepingSick. Bureau. Bull., Lond., 1908-9, no. 5, 177-188.—Novy (F. G.) The trypanosomes of tsetse flies. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1906, iii, 394-411, 3 pl. Also, Reprint—Novy( F. G.). 'lacneal (W. J.) & Torrey (H.N.) Mosquitotrvpanosomes. J. Hyg., Cam- bridge, 1906, vi, 110. Also, transl.: Bull, de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1906, iv, 243.----------------. The trypanosomes of mosquitoes and other insects. J. Infect. Dis., Chi- cago, 1907,iv, 223-276,7 pl. Also, Reprint—Old (J. E. S.) Contribution to the study of trypanosomiasis and to the geographical distribution of some of the blood-sucking insects, etc. J. Trop. M. [etc.], Lond., 1909, xii, 15-22. Also: J.Trop.Vet.Sc.Calcutta,1909,iv,396-416.—Rennes. Sur les rapports du mal de la zousfana avec le nagana et le surra. Bull. Soc. centr. de med. vet., Par., 1907 Ixi 298. —Rodhain (J.), Pons (C.) [et al.]. Essais de transmission du Trypanosoma gambiense par la Glos- sina morsitans. Bull. Soc. path, exot, Par., 1912 v 762-770. Also: Arch. f. Schiffs- u. Tropen-Hyg., Leipz., 1912, xvi, 732-739.-Rodhain (J.), Pons (C.) [et al.]. Les trypanoses animales au Bas-Katanga et leurs rapports avec les glossines. Bull. Soc path, exot, Par. 1912, v, 45-50.—Rogers (L.) The transmission of the Trypanosoma evansi by horse flies, and other experiments Trypanosomiasis (Iransmission of) by insects. pointing to the probable identity of surra of India and nagana or tsetse-flv disease of Africa. Proc Roy. Soc. Lond., 1901, lxviii, 163-170. -----. Note on the role of the horse fly in the transmission of Trypanosoma infection, with a reply to Colonel Bruce's criticisms. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, "ii, 1454.—Ross (P. H.) Report on experi- ments to ascertain the ability of tsetse flies to convey Try- panosoma gambiense from infected to clean monkeys, and on an intra-corpuscular stage of the Trypanosoma. Roy. Soc. Rep. sleep-sick, com., Lond., 1907, viii, 80-85.— Roubaud (E.) Transmission de Trypanosoma dimor- phon par Glossina palpalis R. Desv. Ann. de l'Inst. Pas- teur, Par., 1907, xxi, 466.-----. Fixation, multiplication, culture d'attente des trypanosomes pathogenes dans la trompe des mouches tsi-tse. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1908, cxlvi, 423-425. -----. Le r61e des glossines dans la transmission des trypanosomiases. Rev.g6n.d.scpures etappliq., Par., 1909,"xx, 956-960. -----. Influence des re- actions physiologiquesdesglossinessur le developpement salivaire et la virulence des trypanosomes pathogenes. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1910, cli, 729-732. ----- Precisions relatives aux phenomenes morphologiques du developpement des trypanosomes chez lesglossines. Ibid., 1156-1158. -----. Cystotrypanosoma intestinalis n. sp.; trypanosome vrai a reproduction kystique, de l'intestin des mouches vertes (lucilies) de 1'Afrique tropicale. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, lxxi, 306-308. -----. Cysto-trypanosoma grayi (Novy), trypanosome propre de Glossina palpalis; polymorphisme, affinites; interet phylo- g6n6tique. Ibid., 1912, lxxii, 440-443. -----. Experiences de transmission de flagelies divers chez les muscides afri- eains du genre Pycnosoma. Ibid., 508-510.—Schilling (C.) Ueber Tsetsefliegenkrankheit (Surra, Nagana) und andere Trypanosomosen. Arch. f. Schiffs- u. Tropen- Hyg., Leipz., 1903, vii, 255-262.—Sergent (E.) Note sur le r61e des tabanides dans la propagation des trypanoso- miases. Ann. Trop. M. & Parasitol., Liverp., 1908-9, ii, 331.—Wolfel, Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Tsetse (Glos- sina morsitans) und der Trypanosomiasis. Sleeping Sick. Bureau. Bull., Lond., 1912, iv, 72. Trypanosomiasis (Treatment of). See, also, Trypanosomiasis (Human, Treat- ment of). Finkelstein (L.) * Ueber die Beeinflussung experimenteller Trypanosomenerkrankungen durch Chinin. 8°. Berlin, 1911. Frank (R. E.) * Therapeutische Versuche bei Trvpanosomenerkrankung. [Giessen.] 8°. Jena, 1905. MORGENROTH (J.) & HALBERSTiEDTER (L.) Ueber die Beeinflussung der experimentellen Trvpanosomeninfektion durch Chinin. roy. 8°. Berlin, 1910. ------------. Ueber die Beeinflussing der experimentellen Trypanosomeninfektion durch Chinin und Chininderivate. 4°. Berlin, 1911. Cutting from: Sitzungsb. d. k. preuss. Akad. d. Wissen- sch. Phys.-math. CI., 1911, ii. Neven (Q.) * Ueber die Wirkungsweise der Arzneimittel bei Trypanosomiasis. [Bern.] 8°. Giessen, 1909. Rordier (H.) & Horand (R.) Action des rayons ultra violets sur les trypanosomes. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1910, cl, 635; 886. Also: Lyon med., 1910, cxiv, 961; 1120—Breinl (A.) & Nierenstein (M.) Zum Mechanismus der Atoxylwirkung. Ztschr. f. Immuni- tatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1908-9, i, 620-632. —'■— -----. The action of aryl-stibinic acids in experi- mental trypanosomiasis. Ann. Trop. M. & Parasitol., Liverp., 1908-9, ii, 365-381.----------. Bio-chemical and therapeutical studies on trypanosomiasis. Ibid., 1909, iii,395-420.—Breisinger (K. A.) Chemotherapeutische Versuche bei experimenteller Trypanosomiasis der Rin- der. Ztschr. f. Hvg. u. Infektionskrankh., Leipz., 1912, lxxi, 367-404, 1 pl.—Broden (A.), Rodhain (J.) & Corin (G.) Le salvarsan et la trypanose humaine. Arch. f. Schiffs- u. Tropen-Hyg., Leipz., 1912, xvi, 749-779.— Browning (C. H.) Experimental chemotherapy in trvpanosome infections. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1907, ii, 1405- 1409. Also [Abstr.]: Glasgow M. J., 1908, lxix, 440.----:. Chemo-therapy in trypanosome infections; an experi- mental study. J. Path. & Bacteriol., Edinb. & Lond., 1908, xii, 166-190.—Castellanl (A.) Note on the treat- ment of experimental trypanosomiasis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1908, i, 496— Castelil (G.) Chemotherapeutische Versuche fiber die Wirkung des Kakodyl und Arrhenal bei experimentellen Spirillen- und Trypanosomenerkran- kungen. Arch. f. Schiffs- u. Tropen-Hyg., Leipz., 1912, TRYPANOSOMIASIS. 533 TRYPANOSOMIASIS. Trypanosomiasis (Treatment of). xv'i, 605-619. — Chenio-therany of trypanosomiasis, [Edit.] Sleeping Sick. Bureau. Bull., Lond., 1908-9, i. 1; s6—Do Nobele & Ooebel. Essais de radiotherapie dans les trypanosomiases experimentales. Ann. Soc. de med. de Gand, 1906, lxxxvi, 52-59. Also: Arch, d'eleetric. med., Bordeaux, 1906, xiv, 243-249.—Doin (G.) Un nou- veau medicament: le trypanroth. Clinique, Par., 1906, i, 5-38.—Ehrlich (P.) Chemotherapeutische Trvpanoso- men-Studien. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1907, xliv, 233; 280; 310; 341. [Discussion], 549. Also, transl.: Arch, de hvg. e path, exotic, Lisb., 1905-7, i, o")0-3s9.—Khrlich (P.) & Shiga (K.) Farbentherapeutische Versuche bet Try- panosomenerkrankung. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1904, xli, 329; 362.—Fusco (G.) L' azione di alcuni veleni del sangue nelle tripatfosomiasi; tentativi di terapia. Ri- forma med., Napoli, 1909, xxv, 645-618.—G. Le village d'isolement pour trypanosomes a Brazzaville. Caducee, Par., 1912, xii, 106.— Gennaro (F.) Dove s' indovano i tripanosomi nel periodo di latenza dell' infezione speri- mentale. (Prime ricerche sulla chemoterapianelle ma- lattie da protozoi.) Riforma med., Napoli, 1910, xxvi, 639-542.—Jacoby (M.) & Schiitze (A.) Ueber den Wirkungsmechanismus von Arsenpraparaten auf Trypa- nosomen im tierischen Organismus. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1908, xii, 193; 285. — Lansro. Zur Immunitiit und Chemotherapie bei Trypanosomen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt, Jena. 1912, liv, Ref., Beilage, 16-24. — Latapie (A.) Essai de vaccination et de traitement dans les spirilloses et les trypanosomiases. Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par.. 1911, lxxi, 187-189.— Laveran (A.) Sur le traitement des trypanosomiases par l'acide arsenieux et le trypanroth. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1905, cxii, 91-95. -----. De l'emploi de l'emetique dans le traitement des trypanosomiases. Ibid., 1908, cxlvii, 510-514. -----. Au sujet du traitement des infections produites par Trypanosoma congolense et par Trypanosoma dimorphon. Bull. Soe. path, exot., Par., 1910, iii, 218-222. -----. Du traitement par l'orpi- ment des infections produites par Trypanosoma dimor- phon. ibi'tf.. 413-446. -----. Del'efficacited'unemetique d'arsenicet d'antimoine dans le traitement de diff6rentes trypanosomiases. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc . Par., 1910, cli. 5s0-5>2.—Laveran (A.) & Roudsky iD.) Au sujet de Taction de l'oxazine (chlorure de triaminophr- nazoxonium) sur les trypanosomes. Ibid., 1911. cliii. 226- 230. ----- -----. Au sujet de Paction de l'akridine (diphenylmethane) sur Trypanosoma lewisi etTr. duttoni. Compt.rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1912,Ixxiii, 172-175.—La- veran (A.) & Tliiroux (A.) Contribution a la thera- peutique des trypanosomiases. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc., Par., 1907, cxiv, 739-742.-----------. Recherches sur le traitement des trypanosomiases. Ann. de l'Inst Pasteur, Par., 1908,xxii. 97-131. Also [Abstr.]: Bull. Soc path, exot., Par., 1908, i. 2X-3L—Levaditi (C.) Le mecanisme d'ac- tion des derives arsenicaux dans les trypanosomiases. Ann.de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1909, xxiii, 604-643. -----. Mecanisme d'action des composes ars6nicaux dans les trypanosomiases. Bull. Soc. pathol. exot., Par., 1909, ii, 45-51. Also: Compt rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1909, lxvi, 33-35. -----. A proposdumecanisme d'action de l'atoxyl dans les trypanosomiases. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1909, lxvi, 492-494—Levaditi (C.) Avon Knafil- Lenz (E.) Sort del'arsenic injecte dans la circulation gen6rale des animaux neufs et trypanosomes. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1909, ii, 405-409.-----------. Mecanisme d'action de l'antimoine dans les trypanosomiases. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1909, ii, 64.5-548.—Levaditi (C.) & Yamanouchi (T.) Me- canisme d'action de l'atoxyl dans les trypanosomiases. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1908, lxv, 23-25.—de Magalhaes (A.) De Paction des composes arsenicaux et du vert brillant sur le Trypanosoma gambiense et le Trypanosoma brueei. Arch, do r. Inst, bacteriol. Camara Pestana, Lisb., 1907, ii, 319-328.—Marguliyes (M. N.) O prisutstvii spetsiflcheskikh protivutlel v krovi izlle- chonnikh sal varsan'om zhivotnikh. [Presence of specific antibodies in the blood of animals cured bv salvarsan.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1912, xi, 641.—.Harks (L. H.) Ueber intrastomachale Behandlung trypanosomeninfi- zierter Mause. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1909, ii, pt. 1, 350-354.—Martin CG.) & Ringenbach. Premiers resultats du traitement de la trypanosomiase humaine par Parsenophenyl^lycine. Bull. Soc. path, exot, Par., 1910, iii, 222-228— Massagl ia (A.) L'azione del collargolo e del cacodilato di sodio nelle trvpanosomiasi sperimentali. Riforma med., Pa- lermo-Napoli, 1907, xxiii, 180-182. -----. Le trypanoso- miasi e gli effetti dannosi della cura coll' acido arsenioso e coll' atoxil. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1909, xxx, 57.— Mastbaum (H.) Recherche de l'atoxyl dans le liquide cephiilo-rachidien des malades atteints de trypanoso- miase. Arch, de hyg. epath. exotic, Lisb., 1905-7, i,348.— Mesnil (P.) & Brimont (E.) Sur Paction de l'eme- ti<)iie danb les trypanosomiases. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par.. 190H, i, 44-48.-----------. Sur la valeur curative de lYrnetique dans les diverses trypanosomiases. Ibid.. 212- 216.-----------. Stir les proprietes preventivesdu serum lies animaux trypanosomi6s. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Trypanosomiasis (Treatment of). Par., 1908, lxv, 77-80.-----------. Sur les propriety pro- tectrices du s6rum des animaux trypanosomies; races re- sistantes a ces serums. Ann. de l'Inst Pasteur, Par., 1909i xxiii, 129-154, 1 pl — Uesnil (F.) & Kerandel (J.) Sur Taction preventive et curative de l'arsenophenylgly- cine dans les trypanosomiases experimentales et en par- ticulier dans les infections a trypanosomiase gambiense. bull. Soc. path, exot, Par., 1909, ii, 402^04.— Mesnil ( V.) A Nicolle (M.) Traitementdestrypanosomiasespar lescouleursde benzidine. Premiere partie. Etude chimi- que. Ann. de l'Inst Pasteur, Par., 1906. xx, 417-448. ----- -----. Traitement des trypanosomiases par lescouleursde benzidine. Seconde partie. Etude experimentale. Ibid., 513-538. Also, transl: J. Trop. Vet. Sc, Calcutta, 1907, ii, 101-121, 2 tab.—Moore (B.) The relationship of dosage of a drug to the size of the animal treated, especially in regard to the cause of the failures to cure trypanoso- miasis, and other protozoan diseases in man and in large animals. Bio-Chem. J., Liverp., 1909, iv, 323-330.— Moore (B.), Niereiistein ( M.) & Todd (J. L.) On the treatment of trypanosomiasis by atoxyl (an organic arsenical compound), followed by a mercuric salt (mer- curic chloride) being a biochemical study of the reaction of a parasitic protozoon to different chemical reagents at different stages of its life history. Ibid., 1907, ii, 300r324. ----------------. Concerning the treatment of experi- mental trypanosomiasis. Ann. Trop. M. & Parasitol., Liverp., 1907, i, 275: 1908, ii, 265.—Morgenroth (J.) & Halberstaedter (L.) Chininwirkung bei experimen- teller Trypanosomeninfektion. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xlviii, 956.-----------. Ueberdie Heilwirkung von Chininderivaten bei experimenteller Trypanosominin- fektion. Ibid., 1558-1560.----------. Zur experimentel- len Chemotherapie der Trypanosomeninfektion. Bei- hefte z. Arch. f. Schiffs- u. Tropen-Hyg., Leipz., 1912, xvi, 76-78.-----------. Ueber die Wirkung des Argatoxyl (p-amidophenylarsinsauresSilber) auf die experimentelle Trypanosomeninfektion. Charite-Ann.,Berl.,1912,xxxvi, 341-347.— Morgenroth & Rosenthal. Ueber die Wirkung des Antimons bei experimenteller Trypanoso- meninfektion. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xlviii, 83-85. Also [Abstr.]: Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1911, xxxvii, 334.----------. Experimentell-therapeu- tische Studien bei Trypanosomeninfektionen. I. Ueber die Wirkung des Kaliumantimonyltartrats auf die Try- panosomeninfektion der Mause. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infek- tionskrankh., Leipz., 1911, lxviii, 418-438.-----------. Experimented - therapeutische Studien bei Trypanoso- meninfektionen. II. Ueber die Beeinflussung der Anti- monwirkung bei experimenteller Trypanosomeninfek- tion durch Kaliumhexatantalat Ibid., 606-534. ----- -----. Experimentell-therapeutische Studien bei Trypa- nosomeninfektionen. III. Mitteilung. Arzneifestigkeit der Trypanosomen gegenuber Verbindungen der Hydro- eupreinreihe. Ibid., 1912, lxxi, 501-535.—Miiller (R.) Ueber die Versuche zur Behandlung der Trypanosomen- krankheiten mit Farbstoffen und deren allgemeine theo- retische Bedeutung fiir die medikamentose Therapie. Med. Klin., Berl., 1907, iii, 1173-1176.—Nicolle (M.) & Mesnil (F.) Traitement des trypanosomiases par les couleurs de benzidine. Premiere partie. Etude chimique. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1906, xx, 417-448.—Nieren- stein (M.) Comparative chemo-therapeutical study of atoxvl and trypanocides. Ann. Trop. M. & Parasitol., Liverp., 1908-9, ii, 249; 323.—Novy (P. G.). Perkins (W. A.) & Chambers (K.) Immunization by means of cultures of Trypanosoma lewisi. Tr. Ass. Am. Phvsicians, Phila., 1912, xxvii, 390-106.—Ottolenuiii ( D.) Ancora sul modo di saggiare T a/.ione dei medicamenti nelle tri- panosomiasi. Atti d. r. Accad. fisiocrit. in Siena, 1908, xx, 429-432. -----. Di un particolare metodo per saggiare il valore preventivo e curativo dei medicamenti nelle tri- panosomiasi. Ibid., 273-278. Also, transl.: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1909, xlvi, 209-211. —Pecand (G.) Contribu- tion au traitement des trypanosomiases animales. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1912, v, 3s5-:;sum a-t-il une valeur diapnustii|iie'.' Semaine mecl., Par., 1908, xxviii, 632-534.—Arthus (M.) Sur un procfid6 per- mettant de reconnaitre la trypsine. Compt.rend. Soc.de biol., Par., 1894, 10. s., i. 391.—Arthus i M.) & Gavelle (J.) Surun proeede^ permettant de comparer 1'activity tryptique de deux liqueurs. Ibid., 1902, liv, 781-784.— Arthus (M.) &IIuber (A.) Recherches sur la tryp- sine. Arch, de physiol. norm, et path., Par., 1894, 5. s., vi, 622-630.—Baccari (C.) La tripsina nell' autosiero- terapia. Tommasi, Napoli, 1912, vii, 699-702.—Bamberg (K.) Ein Beitrag zum Verhalten des Trypsins jenseits der Darmwand. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1908-9, v, 742-749.—Battelli i F. 1& Stern (L.) Wirkung des Trypsins auf die verschiedenen Oxydationsvorgange in den Tiergeweben. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1911, xxxiv, 263-274.—Bayliss (W. M.) [The kinetics of trvptic action.] Arch. biol. nauk . . ., S.-Peterb., 1904, xi, suppl., 261-296. -----. Researches on the nature of enzyme ac- tion; on the causes of the rise in electrical conductivity under the action of trypsin. J. Physiol., Cambridge, 1907, xxxvi, 221-25.'.—Beard (J.) Theaction of trypsin upon the living cells of Jensen's mouse-tumour. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, i, 140.—Belfanti (S.) Intorno al valore della tripsina. Rassegna di bact.-opo- e sieroterap., Mi- lano, 1907, iii, fasc. 6, 61-68— Bourquelot (E.) & Herisscy (II.) Sur la presence de faibles quantites de trypsine dans les pepsines commerciales. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1903, lv, 68-71.—von Brilcke (E. T.) Die Eruebnisse neuerer Untersuchungen iiber das Tryp- sin. Schmidt's Jahrb., Leipz., ,1906, ccxci, 113-119.— Camus (L.) & Gley (E.) A propos del'action emp6- chante du serum sanguin sur la trypsine. Compt. rend. Soc. debiol., Par., 1900, ll.s.,ii, 106.—Ciuca& Jonescu- Miliai'esti (C.) Apparitiond'anticorpsspecitiques dans le serum des lapins vaccines contre la trypsine. Ibid., 1908, lxv, 700— Cohnheim (0.) Trvpsin und Erepsin. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1902, xxxvi, 13-19.— Davidoff (M. S.) O soyedinenii sposobov Metta i Muller'adlyaopredleleniya tripsina. [CombinedMetta's and Miiller's methods for determining trypsin.] Vrach Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1912, xix, 461.—Delezenne (C ) Nou- velles observations sur la specificite des sels de calcium dans la formation de la trypsine. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1907, lxiii, 274-277.-De Marbalx (H.) & Oenys (J.) Recherches surl'existencedelatrypsinedans difterents visceres. Cellule, Lierre & Louvain, 1890, vi 35- 62—Ehrenreich (M.) Beitrag zur Frage der einheit- hcnenundspezifischen Natur des Pankreastrypsins. Ges Beitr. a. d. Geb. d. Physiol., Path. u. Phvsiol., Berl., 1886^ 1906,n,;>46-549. Also: Areh. f. Verdauungskr.,Berl 1905 xi 262-265. .sVe,ateo,in/ra, Pollak.—I rank(F.)&Schltten- nclm (A.) \ orkommen und Nachweis von Trvpsin und Erepsin im Magendarmkanal. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1910-11, viii, 237-254, Ergiinzung, 481 — Trypsin [and tryptic digestion]. Franke (M.) A von Sabatow'ski (R.) Leber den Nachweis des proteolytischen Fcrmentes (Trypsin) und die quantitative Bestimmung desselben in den mensch- lichen Faces. Zentralbl. f. innere Med., Leipz., 1909, xxx, 529-535.—Friedman (G. A.) The quantitative estimation of trypsin and amylase in the feces and in duodenal contents. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1912, lxxxi, 355- 358.—Froiiin (A.) & Compton I A.) Inactivation de la trypsine par dialyse vis-a-vis de l'eau distillee, reacti- vation de cette diastase par addition de sels. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1911, cliii, 1032-1034.—von FUrth (O.) & Schwarz (K.) Ueber den Einfluss intraperi- tonealer Injektionen von Trypsin und Pankreasgewebe auf die Stickstoffausscheidung und den Eiweisszerfall. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1909, xx, 384-400—Fuld (E.) Die Wirksamkeit des Trypsins und ein einfachesMittel zu ihrer Bestimmung. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1908, lviii, 468.—Glaessner (K.) & Stauber (Alice). Beziehungen zwischen Trvpsin und Erepsin. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1910, xxv, 204-214.—Gold- schmidt (R.) Ueber den Nachweis von Trypsin und eine einfache Methode zu dessen quantitativer Bestimmung. Deutschemed. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1909, xxxv, 522- 521.—(iross (O.) Die Wirksamkeit des Trypsins und eine einfache Methode zu ihrer Bestimmung. Arch. f. exper. Path.u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1907-8, lviii, 157-166.— Gulewitsch (W.) Leber das Verhalten des Trypsins gegen einfaehere chemische Verbindungen. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem.,Strassb., 1899,xxvii,540-556.—Halm (M.) &Geret(L.) Ueber das Hefe-Endotrypsin. Ztschr. 1. Biol., Munchen u. Leipz., 1900, n. F., xxii, 117-172.—Hald (P. T.) Comparative researches on the tryptic strength of different trypsin preparations and on their action on the human body. Lancet, Lond., 1907, ii, 1371-1375.— Hari (P.) Untersuchungen fiber die Warmetonung. 3. Mitteilung. Ueber die Warmetonung der Trypsin ver- dauung des Eiweisses. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1906, cxv, 11-51. -----. Ueber die intramolekulare Was- seraufnahme bei der tryptischen Verdauung des Eiweis- ses. Ibid., 52-63. -----. Vizsgadatok a trypsinem^sztea reactionojjirol. [Researches on the reaction heat of tryp- sin digestion.] Orvostud. ertek. gyiijt. Magy. orv. Arch., Budapest, 1906, u. f., vii, 11-50.—Harlay (V.) Remar- ques relatives a Paction de la chaleur sur la trypsine. J. de pharm. et chim., Par., 1899, 6. s., x, 166-169.—Hattorl (T.) Kann die Gelatinenmethode zur Wertbestimmung des Trypsins angewendet werden? Arch, internat. de Pharmacol., Brux. et Par., 1908, xviii, 255-263.—Hedin (S. G.) Observations on the action of trypsin. J. Phy- siol., Lond., 1905, xxxii, 468-485. -----. Trypsin and anti- trypsin. Bio-Chem. J., Liverp., 1906, i, 475-483. -----.On extraction by casein of trypsin, adsorbed by charcoal. Ibid., ii, 81-88. -----. Further observations of the time- relations in the action of trypsin. J. Physiol., Lond., 1906, xxxiv, 370. -----. Ueber die Aufnahme von Tryp- sin durch verschiedene Substanzen. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1907,1, 497-507.— Hekma (E.) Over de vrijmaking van trypsine uit trypsine-zymogeen. Versl. d. . . . wis- en natuurk. Afd. d. k. Akad. v. Wetensch., Amst., 1903-4, xii, 1 ged., 3-10. Also, transl: K. Akad. v. Wetensch. te Amst. Proc.Sect.Sc,1903-4. vi,34-42. Also, transl: Arch. f. Anat. u. Entwcklngsgesch., Leipz., 1904, 343-365. -----. On the stimulating effect of chloride of calcium and of intestinal mucous membrane extract on the action of trypsin. K. Akad. v. Wetensch. Proc. Soc. Sc, Amst., 1910-11, xiii, 1002-1012—Henri (V.) & Lar< guier des Llancels. Loide Paction de la trypsinesur la gelatine. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1903, exxxvi, 1088; 1581. Also: Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1903, lv, 563-565.-----------. Loi de Paction de la trypsine sur la gelatine; Constance du ferment; action des pro- duits de la digestion. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1903, lv, 787.-----------. Loi de Paction de la tryp- sine sur la gedatine; expression mathematique de la loi. Ibid., 788.-----------. Action de la trypsine sur la gelatine et la cas6ine; theorie de Taction de la trypsine. Ibid., 866-868.—Jacoby (M.) Zur Kenntnis der Fer- mente und Antifermente. 8. Mitteilung. Ueber die Ein- wirkung von Trypsin auf Serum. Biochem .Ztschr., Berl., 1908, x, 232-236.—Kanitz (A.) Ueber den Einfluss der Hydroxylionen auf die tryptische Verdauung. Ztschr. f. ph ysiol. Chem., St rassb. ,1902, xxxvii,75-80.—Kaufmann (R.) Ueber den Einfluss von Protoplasmagiftenuuf die Trypsin verdauung. Ibid., 1903, xxxix, 131-157.—Kirch- helm (L.) Ueber die Giftigkeit von Trypsinpriiparaten und ihre Wirkung auf lebendes Gewebe. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1910, xxvii, 596- 604. -----. Ueber die Giftwirkung des Trypsins und seine Fahigkeit, lebendes Gewebe zu verdauen. Arch, f. ex- per. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1911, lxvi, 352-386.-----. Ueber den Schutz der Darmwand gegen das Trypsin des Pankreassaftes. Ibid., 1912-13, lxxi, 1-22. -----. Weitere Untersuchungen fiber tryptische Verdauung. Verhandl. d.deutsch.Kong f.innere Med.,Wiesb., 1912,xxix,596-602.— Knyazkott"(V.) Plastinkidlvatripsinnolprobi. [Plate- lets for the trvpsin test.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1911, xviii, 608. Also, transl.: Med. Klin., Berl., 1911, vii, 108.— TRYPSIN. 537 TRYPSINOGEN. .rypsin [and tryptic digestion], trypsinestulajdonsAg&role^ennekklinikaiielentbsegerol, [Antitryptic properties and their clinical value.] Gy6- gyaszat, Budapest, 1910, 1, 378-380. — Pusey (W. A.) Trypsin in malignant, growths. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvi, 1763.—Quagllariello (G.) Einfluss des Natrium-Glykocholats auf die Trvpsinverdauung. Bio- chem. Ztschr., Berl., 1910, xxv. 220-238.—Reich-Herz- berge (F.) Ueber die Einwirkung von Trypsin auf Leim. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 190*1, xxxiv, 119-121.—Rosenbach jun. Experimenteller Beitrag zur Wirkung des Trypsins auf die Gefiisse. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1910, xciii, 279-284.—Rosso. Contributo alia conoscenza degli enzimi proteolitici. III. Sulle condi- zioni necessarie afrinche il calore renda 1' ovoalbumina piu idrolizzabile della tripsina. Arch, di flsiol., Firenze, 1911-12, x,4i.)-li;i — KiiKluiiorc (S.) The effect of tryp- sin on cancer and on the genu cells in mice. Rep. Can- cer Com. . . . Harv. M. Sch., Bost., 1909, 26.5-270. Also: J. Med. Research. Bost.. 1909, xxi,"691-596.—Salazkin (S.) & Dzorzhiiovski (S.) Ob otshtsheplenii ammiaka pri dtelstvii tripsina i pepsina na btelok. [Separation of ammonia during the action of trypsin and pepsin on al- bumin.] Russk. arch, patol., klin. med. i bakteriol., S.- Peterb., 1901, xii, 461-466.—Salkowski (E.) Ueber den Begriff des Trypsins. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1902, xxxv. 545-549.—Schaeflfer (G.)&Ter- roine (E.-F.) Les ferments proteolytiques du sue pan- creatique, trypsine et erepsine. 2. Action du sue sur les albumineset leurs produits de degradation. J. de phy- siol. etde path. g6n., Par., 1910, xii, 905-919.—vonSchoeh- born (E.) Ueber den Nachweis von Trypsinogen und Trvpsin im Harn. Ztschr. f. Biol., Munchen u. Berl., 1909-10, liii, 386-128.—Shaklee (A. O.) & Meltzer (S. J.) The influence of shaking upon trypsin and rennin and a comparison of this influence with that upon pep- sin. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N.Y., 1908-9, vi, 103.— Siegfried (M.) Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Trypsin- wirkung; Ueber die tryptische Verdauung des Kaseins. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1910, exxxvi, 185-202.— Simon (F.) Zur DifferenzierungderTrypsinverdauung und proteolytischen (autolytischen) Leberfermentwir- kung.^ Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1910-11, lxx, 65- 84.—Sirenski (N. N.) O klinicheskom znachenii anti- tripticheskikh svoistv krovyanol sivorotki. [Clinical role of the antitryptic properties of blood serum. ] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1910, xvii, 562; 585.—Sodo (G.) Tripsina o erepsina? Tommasi, Napoli, 1908, iii, 36-42.— de Souza (D. H.) Protection of trypsin from destruc- tion by heat. J. Physiol., Lond., 1*911, xliii, 374-378.— Taylor (A. E.) On the reversion of tryptic digestion. Univ. Calif. Pub. Path., Berkeley, 1904, i, 65-70.—Te- tens Hald (P.) Sammenlignende Unders0gelser over forskellige Trypsinpraeparaters tryptiske Styrke og over deres Virknihg paa den menneskelige Organisme. [Comparative researches on various trypsin preparations; tryptic strength and their action on the human organism.] Nord. Tidsskr. f. Terapi, Kobenh., 1906-7, v, 366-379.— Vernon (H. M.) The conditions of action of trypsin on fibrin. J. Physiol., Lond., 1900-1901, xxvi, 405-426. -----. The protective value of proteids and their decomposition products on trypsin. Ibid., 1904, xxxi, 346-358.—Wald- schmidt ( W.) Ueber die verschiedenen Methoden, Pepsin und Trypsin quantitativ zu bestimmen, nebst Be- schreibung einer einfachen derartigen Methode. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1911, cxliii, 189-229.—Walters (E. H.) Studies on the action of trypsin. I. On the hy- drolysis of casein by trypsin. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1912- 13, xi, 267-305. -----. Studies on the action of trypsin. II. (a) On the influence of the products of hydrolysis upon the rate of hydrolysis of casein by trypsin; (b) the autohydrolysis of the caseinates. Ibid., xii, 43-54.— Weinkopff (P.) Die Trvpsinverdauung der grampo- sitiven und gramnegativen Bakterien. Ztschr. f. Immu- nitiitsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1911, Orig., xi, 1-17.— Weiss (H. R.) Zur Kenntniss der Trvpsinverdauung. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1903-4, xl, 480-491.— White (G. F.) & Crozier (W.) Comparative proteoly- sis experiments with trvpsin. J. Am. Chem. Soc, Easton, Pa., 1911, xxxiii, 2042-2048.—Wohlgemuth (J.) Zur Frage der Aktivierung des tryptischen Fermentes im menschlichen Korper; vorlauflge Mitteilung. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1906, ii, 264-270.—Zarnitsin (P. I.) Noviy sposob opredleleniya tripsinootdlelitelnol funktsii pan- creas. [New method of determining the trypsin-secreting function of the pancreas.] Kazan. Med. J., 1910, x, 216- 218. Trypsin [and tryptic digestion]. KokkcI (A.) & Mathews (A.) Zur Kenntniss der Trvpsinwirkung. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1898, xxv, 190-194.—Kramsztyk (S.) O obecnosci trypsyny w zoladku niemowlat. [Trvpsin in the stomach of in- fants.] Przegl. pedyat., Krakow, 1908-9, i, 209-218.— KrilofF (B. V.) Klinicheskiye sposobi opredleleniya tripsina v zneludochnomsoderzhimom i isprazhneniyakh. [Clinical methods of determining trypsin in the gastric contents and feces.] Prakt. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1911, x, 161; 182.—Kudo (T.) Ueber den Einfluss von Siiuren, Alkalien, neutralen Salzen und Kohlehydraten auf das Trypsin. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1909, xv, 473-500.— Kiitscher(F.) Ueber das Hefelrypsin. Ztschr. f. phy- siol. Chem., Strassb., 1901, xxxii, 419*-424.—Laqueur (E.) A Brilnecke (K.) Ueber den Einfluss von Gasen, ins- besondere des Sauerstoffs auf die Trypsin- und Pepsin- verdauung. Ibid., 1912, lxxxi, 239-25;).—Levene (P. A.) A note on the chemical nature of trvpsin. Am. .1. Phv- siol., Bost., 1901-2, v, 29S-300.—Levene (, P. A.) & Beatly (W. A.) On glycylproiin anhydride obtained on tryptic digestion of gelatine. J. Exper. M., N. Y., 1906, viii, 461. -----------. On lysinglycyl obtained in the tryptic diges- tion of egg albumen. Proc. Soc Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1906-7, iv, 110.—Iiinossier (G.) Sur un procedS de recherche et de dosage de la trypsine et generalement des ferments capables de dissoudre la gedatine. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1900, 11. s., ii, 288-290.—Loeb (A.) Ueber Versuche mit bakteriellem Lab und Trypsin. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc],l. Abt., Jena, 1902, xxxii, 471-176.—Loeb (J.) Elektrolytische Dissoziation und physiologische Wirksamkeit von Pepsin und Trypsin. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1909, xix, 534-638.—Lolilcin (W.) Ueber die Volhardsche Methode der quantitativen Pepsin- und Trypsinbestimmung durch Titration. Beitr. z. chem. Phys. u. Path., Brnschwg., 1905, vii, 120-143.— Lombroso (U.) Contributo alia conoscenza degli enzimi proteolitici. IV. Sull'azione dell'erepsina e della tripsina. Arch, di flsiol., Firenze, 1911-12, x, 462^70.— Magi (A.) Le modifieazioni della formula ematica per P azione della tripsina. Arch, di farmacol. sper., Siena, 1908, vii, 101-118. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1910, liii, 469.— Hahlenbrey (J.) Ueber den Nachweis tryptischer Fermente im Mageninhalte. Zentralbl. f. d. ges. Phvsiol. u. Path. d. Stoffwechs., Berl. u. Wien, 1909, n. F., ivj 643.—Mays (K.) Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Trypsinwirkung. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1903, xxxviii, 428-512. -----. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Trypsinwirkung. 2. Mitteilung. Die Frage nach dem Vorkommen von Erepsin im Pankreas. Ibid., 1906, xlix, 124-187. -----. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Trypsinwirkung. 3. Mitteilung. Die Wirkung des fri- schen Hundepankreassaftes. Ibid., 1S8-201.—Mellan- by (J.) & Woolley (V. J.) The ferments of the pan- creas. Part I. The generation of trypsin from trypsino- gen by enterokinase. J. Physiol., Lond., 1912-13, xiv, 370-388.—Meyer (K.) Ueber Trvpsin und Antitrvpsin. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl.. 1909, xxiii, 68-92.—Miehaelis (L.) & Oavidsohn (H.) Trypsin und Pankreasnucleo- proteid. Ibid., 1910-11, xxx, 481-504.----- -----. Die Abhangigkeit der Trypsinwirkung von der Wasserstoff- ionenkonzentration. 'ibid., 1911, xxxvi, 280-290.—Mo- chizuki (J.) Zur Kenntnis der tryptischen Eiweiss- spaltun^. Beitr. z. chem. Phys. u. Path., Brnschwg., 1901, i, 4 4-50.—Neumann (J.) Ueber Beeinflussung der tryptischen Verdauung durch Fettstoffe. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xiv, 2066-2068.—Ohta (K.) Zur Frage der Hitzbestandigkeit von Tryp-in und Pepsin. Bio- chem. Ztschr., Berl., 1912, xliv, 472-4si).— Oppenheimer (C.) Uaberdie Schwerverdaulichkeit des genuinen Se- rums durch Trvpsin. Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1903, Suppl.-Bd., 517.—Oppenheimer (C.) & Aron (H.) Ueber das Verhalten des genuinen Serums gegen die trvptische Verdauung. Beitr.z.chem. Phys. u. Path., Brn- schwg., 1903, iv, 279-299.—Orlowski (W.) Zum klini- schen Studium der Trvpsinabsonderungsfahigkeit des Pankreas. Ztschr.f. klin!Me2. Also: Thompson Yates&John- ston Lab. Rep.,Liverp.,1905, vi.pt. 1,101-112. Also [Abstr.]: J. Trop. M., Lond., 1904, vii,252.-----. The distribution of the tsetse-flies(genusGl(issina, Wiedemann) as at present known. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond.,1905, v, 587-591,1 map. Also [Abstr.]: Roy.Soc.Rep.sleep.-sick.com.,Lond., 1905,No.vi,278-282,lmap.— Bruce (Sir D.),Hamerton (A. E.) [et al.]. The natural iood of Glossina palpalis. J. Rov. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1911, xvii, 123-130. Also [Abstr.]: J. Trop. M. [etc.], Lond, 1910, xiii, 282.— Brumpt (E.) Du r61e des mouches ts6-ts6 en pathologie exotique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1903, lv, 1496- 1498. -----. A propos de la Glossina decorsei Brumpt. Ibid., 1904, lvii, 430-432. -----. Sur une nouvelle espece de mouche ts§-tse, la Glossina decorsei, n. sp., provenant de TAfrique centrale. Ibid., 1904, lvi, 628-630.—Burrlll (A. C.) The tsetse fly and sleeping sickness; other insect carriers of disease. Wisconsin M. J., Milwaukee, 1910-11, ix, 458-477.—Carter (R. M.) Tsetse flv in Arabia. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, ii, 1393.—C'liastrey (H.) La tsetse. M6d. mod., Par., 1898, ix, 151.—Cockerell (T. D. A.) A fossil tsetse-fly in Colorado. Nature, Lond., 1907-8, lxxvi, 414. — Correa Mendes (A.) Glossinas de Angola. Arch, de hyg. e path, exotic, Lisb., 1905, i, 66-71,1 pl.— Degen (E.) Bionomics of Glossina palpalis. Sleeping Sick. Bureau. Bull., Lond., 1908-9, 471-475.—Develop- ment (The) of trypanosomes in tsetse-flies. J. Roy. Army M. Corps, Lond., 1909, xiii, 59-61.—OJossina pal- palis, Robineau-Desvoidy. Sleeping Sick. Bureau. Bull., Lond., 1908-9, 89-106, 1 pl.—KiirchhofT (D.) Das Vor- kommen der Tsetse-Fliege und ihre Gewohnheiten in den verschiedenen Gegenden. Arch. f. Schiffs- u. Tropen- Hyg., Leipz., 1908, xii, 41; 78.—Martini (E.) Ueber die Entwiekelung der Tsetseparasiten in Saugethieren. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infectionsknmkh., Leipz., 1903, xlii, 341-350, 1 pl.—Masse y (A. Y.) A new sub-species of Glossina palpalis on the Upper Congo. Lancet, Lond., 1906, ii, 296.—Minchin (K. A.) Report on the an- atomy of the tsetse-fly (Glossina palpalis). Proc. Roy. Soc, Lond., 1905, s. B., lxxvi,, 531-547. Also: Roy. Soc. Rep. sleep.-siek. com., Lond., 1907, No. viii, 106-122. -----. The extirpation of the tsetse-fly; a correction and a suggestion. Nature, Lond., 1906-7, lxxv, 30.— Morel. Existence de la mouche tsi§-ts6 dans la region d n Chari. Ann. d'hyg. et de med. colon., Par., 1902, v, 305.— Ncave(S.) Distribution of Glossina. Brit. M.J., Loud., 1908, i, 988.—Newstead (R.) On three new species of the genus Glossina, together with a description of the hitherto unknown male of Glossina grossa, Bigot. Ann. Trop. M. & Parasitol., Liverp., 1910, iv, 369-375. -----. A new tsetse-fly from British East Africa. Ibid., 1912-13, vi, 129.—Pazos (J. H.) Glossina palpalis (Wied.) = ts£-ts6. Rev. m6d. cubana, Habana, 1908, xii, 75-84.—Picard (F.) Surun hymenoptere fouisseur du genre Oxybelus, chasseur de glossines au Soudan francais. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1909, lxvii, 360-362.—Boubaud (E.) Contribution & la biologie deGlossina palpalis. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1908, i, 255-258.-----. Infection naturelle de la trompe des glossines. Ibid., 564-568. -----. SurJa reproduction et les variations du developpement dans la Glossina palpalis Desv. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1908, cxlvi, 362-365.-----. The flagellates of tsetse-flies. IX. The pathogenic trvpanosomes and Glossina palpalis. Sleeping Sick. Bureau. Bull., Lond., 1908-9, 460-467. -----. Recherches biologiques sur les conditions de vivi- parity et de vie larvaire de Glossina palpalis R. Desv. ('ompt.rend. Acad.d.sc, Par., 1909, cxlviii, 195-197. -----. La biologie et l'histoire des mouches tsetse. Rev. gen. d. sc puresetappliq., Par., 1909, xx, 916-923. -----. Bembex chasseur de glossines au Dahomev. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1910, cli, 505-508.—Sander (L.) Die Tsetsen (Glossinae Wiedemann). Arch. f. Schiffs- u. Tropen- Hyg., Leipz., 1905, ix, 193; 355, 1 pl.—Stuhlmann (F.) Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Tsetsefliege. Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, Berl., 1907, xxvi, 301-383.—Surcoul (J.) Notes sur les glossines et tableau dichotomique. Rev. de med. et d'hvg. trop., Par., 1908, v, 168-171.—Tsetse (The) fly. U. S. Dep. Agric Div. entomol., Wash., 1896, n. s., Bull. no. 5, 133.—Tsetse (The) fly. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1896, i, 1219.—Wellman (F. C.) A note on Angolian tse-tse flies. Arch, de hyg. path, exotic, Lisb., 1905-7, i, 390. -----. Distribution geographic,ne et importance pathologique de la nouvelle mouche tsetse (Glossina palpalis wellmani [Austen]). Rev. de med. et d'hyg. trop., Par., 1907, iv, 150-152.—Wesclie (W.) The geni- talia of the tsetse fly, Glossina palpalis. ,T. Quekett Micr. Club, Lond., 1905, ix, 233-238. 1 pl.-Zlemann (H.) Tse-tse-Krankheit in Togo (West-Afrika). Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1902, xxxix, 930-936. TSHUDXOVSKI. 541 TSUJIMCRA. Tsluidnovski, Tchudnovski, Tsclind- novski. See Chudnovski. Tsibulski (N[apoleonJ). SeeBeaunis (H[enri-Etiennel). Noviya osnovi tizio- logiichelovleka [etcl. 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1881-4. Tsickhanovetski (Sigismund Vladimirovich) [1859- J. * Material kstatistikle iskusstven- nikh prezhdevremennikh rodov. [Data bear- ing on the statistics of artificial labor before term.] 69 pp., 2 1., 4 tab. 8°. S.-Peterburg, M. D. Lomkorski, 1894. Tsickhanovich (A[nton] Z[akharyevich]) [1861- ]. * Vliyaniye pererlezki shelnavo simpatichnavo nerva na izmleneniva naruzh- navo ukha (u krolika isobaki). [Influence of section of cervical sympathetic on alterations of external ear (in the rabbit and dog).] 48 pp., 1 1., 1 pl. 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1897. Tsicuf lekarstvennikh veshtshestv, nevoshed- shikh v aptekarskuyu taksu, ustanovlenniya po soirlasheniyu soderzhatelel volnikh aptek v g. S.-Peterburgle, sostoyavshemusya na sobrani- yakh posllednikh pod predsledatelstrom in- spektora stolichnavo vrachebnavo upravleniya. S. 1 yanv. 1888 goda. [Prices of medicines which have not entered the druggists' tax list, determined by agreement of the proprietors of free drug stores in St. Petersburg, made at the meetings of the latter under the presidency of the Inspector of the Medical Department of the capital.] 2 p. 1., 60 pp. 8°. S.-Peterburg, K. Rikker, 1888. Tsienovski (A[nton] A[ntonovich] [1862- ]. Abolitsionizm i borba a sifilisom. [Abolition- ism and the struggle with syphilis.] 62 pp. 8°. Odessa, E. KJirisogehs, 1903. Tsiklinsky (Mile. Prascovie V.) * Recherches sur les microbes thermophiles. 91 pp., 2 pl. s:. Genere, 1903. T«ikli§ (E.) see Tuflier (Th.) Semiologicheskoye znacheniye izsiledovaniyu kmvi [etc]. 8°. Jloskova, 1905. Tsilimpares (P. Alexandres). LTepi rov, ^laKoji6oveiov opyavov eni rov TereXeioa- pe'vov ai'rj/j6J7rov. 16 pp. 8°. 'Ev 2vpco, P. Upivrtlvt, 1901. Suppl. to: 'IaTptKij irpdoSos. Tsiinmermann (A[dolf] M[ikhaIlovich]) [1873- ]. *Khimicheskoye i bakteriologi- cheskoye izslledovaniye iskus-tvennikh mine- ralnikh vod v g. Yuryevie. [Chemical and bac- teriological examination of artificial mineral waters in Yurvev.] [Yuryev.] 100 pp., 4 1. 8°. S.-Peterburg, M. Rozenoer, 1900. Pharmacy. ------. Kratkoye rukovodstvo dlya kachestven- navo i koliche'stvennavo izslledovaniya mochi. [Short manual for qualitative and quantitative urinalysis], iii, 85, vi pp. 16°. S.-Peterburg, K. L. Rikker, 1907. Tsingtau. Peerenboom. Bemerkungen zum Beiheft 4,1911: Kolonialhygienischer Rtickblick fiber Tsingtau. Arch. f. Schiffs- u. Tropen-Hvg., Leipz., 1911, xv, 7(i5-767.— Uthemann & Fiirtti. Tsingtau; ein kolonialhygie- nischer Riickblick auf die Entwicklung des deutschen Kiautschougebietes. Beihefte z. Arch. f. Schiffs- u. Tropen-Hyg., Leipz., 1911, xv, 95-133, map. Tsintsiropoulos (Constantin) [857- ]. *La medecine grecque depuis Asclepiade jus- qu'a Galien. xvi, 137 pp. 4°. Paris, 1891, No. 256. ------. The same, viii, 137 pp. 8°. Paris, J. B. Bailliere dc fils, 1892. TVion (M.) *0 dlelstvii soyedineniy bariya i shtshavelevokislikh soyedineniy na zhivotniy organizm. [On the action oi barium com- Tslon (M.)—continued. pounds and oxalic acid compounds upon the animal organism.] 14 pp., 1 1. 8°. Sankt- Peterburg, 1868. Tsfpkin (H [enrich] Sfamuilovich]) [1879- ]. Kratkiy obzor llekarstvennikh sredstv; poka- zaniya k ikh upotrebleniyu; formi naznache- niya. [Brief review of medicinal remedies; in- dications for their use; forms of prescription.] 64 pp. 16°. S.-Peterburg, B. A. Oks, 1908. Tsfpkin (I[lya] I[saakovich]). K voprosu o sshivanii perifericheskikh nervov i zadnikh koreshkov spinnovo mozga; eksperimentalnoye izslledovaniye. [On suturing the peripheral nerves to the posterior roots of the spinal cord; experimental investigation.] 146 pp., 2 1., 1 pl. 8°. Kazan, tipo-lit. Imp. Unit:, 1910. Tsfpkin (Z[avel] M[ovshevich]) [or Saveliy Moiseyevich] [1866- ]. *0 vliyanii ke- ratina v pishtshle na nlekotoriye morfolo- gicheskiye protsessi v organizmie. [On the in- fluence of keratin in food upon various morpho- logical processes in the organism.] 56 pp., 2 1., 1 pl. 8°. S.-Peterburg, P. P. Salkin, 1896. Tsirkunenko (Vladimir Konstantinovich) [1849- ]. *K voprosu o vliyanii trostniko- vavo sakhara na usvoyeniye i obmien azo.a u zorovikh lyudei. [On the influence of cane sugar upon the assimilation and metabolism of nitrogen in healthy men.] 77 pp., 1 1. 8°. S.-Peterburg, Panilof dc Palibin, 1895. Tsitovich (I[van]S[ergieyevich]) [1876- ]. *Proiskhozhdeniye i obrazovaniye naturalnikh usl">vnikh refleksov. [Orig'n and formation of natural conditional reflexes.] 178 pp., 1 1., 4 pl. 8°. S.-Peterburg, Tip. Otd. Korp. Pogr. Strazhi, 1911. Tsitovich (M[itrofan] F[eofanovich]) [1869- ]. Pryamoye izslledovaniye verkhnikh dikhatelnikh putei (trakheobronkhoskopiya). [Direct exploration of the upper respiratory passages (tracheobronchoscopy).] 21 pp. 8°. S.-Peterburg, tip. Shtaba Otd. Korp. Zhand., 1909. Repr. from: Vestnik Ushn., Gorlov. i Nosov. Bollezn., S.-Peterb., 1909, i. -----. Trakheo-bronkhoskopiya. [Tracheo- bronchoscopy.] 16 pp. 8°. S.-Peterburg, V. S. Etlinger, 1909. Forms pt. 19a of: Russkaya Khirurgiya. Also, Editor-in-Chief nf: Vestnik Ushnikh, Gorlovikh i Nosovikh Bolleznel, S.-Peterburg, 1909-12. Tsitrin (M[ofaei] G[rigoryevich]) [1853-1905]. O sledalishtshnoi nevraigii i yeya Hechenii. [Sciatica and its treatment.] 16 pp. 8°. S.- Peterburg, 1898. . Bound with: Med. j. Oksa, S.-Peterb., 1898, i. For Biography, see Feldscher, St. Petersb., 1905, xv, 153 [port, in text] (B. Oks). Tsuboi (Jim). See ICiimierich (Rudolf) & Tsuboi (Jiro). Die Natur drr Schut/- und Heil-Substanz des Blutes. 8°. irieshodi H, IS',12. Tsucliida (Usabro) [1867- ]. *Ein Fall von diffuser Sklerodermie mit ungewohnlich starker Pigmentierung der Haut und Schleim- haute (Morbus Addison?). 51 pp. 8°. Erlan- gen, E. T. Jacob, 1902. Tsilga doiu/lasii. Neud ttrll'e r i R. i Ein Fall von Vergiftung durch die Douglastichte (Tsuga douglasii). Centralbl. f. innere Med., Leipz., 1902, xxiii, 993-998. Tsujimlira (Sadayoschi) [1879- ]. * Bei- triige zur Kenntnis der thermophilen Bazillen aus Heu, das sich im Zustand der Selbsterhi- tzung befindet. 21 pp. 8°. Wiirzburg, F. Stau- denraus, 1910. TSUK1YAMA. 542 TUA. Tsukiyama (Kiichi) [I860- ]. * Zur Frage des Verhaltens der Siiugetiertuberkelbazillen in Kaltbluter. 47 pp. 8°. Giessen, 0. Kindt, 1908. Tsuru (Jusen) [1881- ]. * Ueber die bacte- ricide Wirkung verschiedener Hefen auf patho- gene Bacterien. 39 pp. 8°. Greifswald, H. Adler, 1909. Tsutsugamushi disease [Inundation fever]. See, also, Fever (Malarial, History, etc., of)— Japan; Inundations; Kedani disease; Spotted fever of the Rocky Mountains. Kitasato (S.) Tsutsuga-mushi byo gen shi- rabe sa hokoku sho. [Report of investigations as to the origin of the tsutsugamushi disease. ] 8°. [Tokyo], 1894. Japanese text. Also, in: Ztschr. d. med. Gesellsch. zu Tokyo, 1895, ix, 3. Hft., 34; 4. lift., 23; 124; 163. [Asakawa & ITIiyagiwa.] [Report on researches on the origin of the tsutsugamushi disease.] Chiugai Iji Shinpo, Tokyo, 1905, xxvi, 1478; 1555.—Asliburn (P. M.) & Craig (C. P.) A comparative study of tsutsugamushi disease and spotted or tick fever of Montana. Boston M. & S. J., 1908, clviii, 749-701. Also: Philippine J. Se., Ma- nila, 1908, iii, 1-29.—Baelz (E.) & Kawakami. Das japanisehe Fluss- oder Uebersehwemmungsrieber, eine acute Infectionskrankheit. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1879, lxxviii, 373; 528.— Hayashi (N.) [Re- searches on the tsutsugamushi disease.] Tokyo Iji- Shinshi, 1907, 188-195. -----. Ueber den Hypopharynx der "Tsutsugamushi-Milbe" und die erwachsene Form derselben. Beitr. z. Hvg., Bakt. u. Infektionskr. (Ogata- Festschr.), Tokyo, 1910, 46.—lkehara (K.) & AVatsuzl (H.) Ueberdie Ergebnisse der Blutuntersuehungen bei aen Tsutsugamushi-Kranken. [Japanese text.] Ztschr. d. med. Gesellsch. zu Tokyo, 1895, ix, 20, 646.—Kitashi- ma (T.) Ueber den Befiind von Diphtheriebacillen in der Haut und Urin der Tsutsugamushikrankheiten. Beitr. z. Hvg., Bakt. u. Infektionskr., (Ogata-Festschr.), Tokyo, 1910, 63.—Kitashima (T.) & JTliyajima (M.) Ueber die Aetiologie der Tsutsugamushi - Krankheit (Uebersehwemmungsrieber). Mitt. a. d. k. Inst. f. Infek- tionskr. zu Tokyo, 1911, 51-57.—Manson (P.) The river fever of Japan (shima mushi). In hit: Trop. Dis., 12°, Lond., 1903, 276-281. — Jliyajima. Ueber die Aetiologie der Tsutsugamushi Krankheit (Ueber- sehwemmungsrieber) in Japan. Centralbl. f. Bakte- riol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1911, 1, Ref., Beiheft, 34-36.— Nagai (C.) Casesof tsutsugano-mushi in Niigata Ken. Sei-i-Kwai M. J., Tokyo, 1891, x, 48.—Nakagawa (A.) Tsutsugamushi. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1897, n. s., vi, 314.— Ogata (M.) Vorlauflge Mitteilung fiber die Aetiologie der Tsutsugamushi- (Kedani-) krankheit ( Uebersehwemmungsrieber nach Baelz). [Japanese text.] Nippon Eisei Gakkwai Zasshi, Tokyo, 1905-6, ii, 3. Hft., 1-46. Also: Mitt. d. med. Gesellsch. zu Tokyo, 1906, xx,239-261. Also.transl: Deutsche med. Wchnschr.,Leipz. u. Berl., 1906, xxxii, 1828; 1868. -----. [Researches on the origin of the tsutsugamushi disease.] Iji Shinbun, Tokio, 1906, 421; 514. -----. [The cause of the tsutsuga- mushi disease.] Tokyo Iji-Shinshi, 1906, 749; 801. -----. Ueber die Aetiologie der Tsutsugamushi- ( = Kedani-) Krankheit. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1912, lxv, Orig., 98-104.—Ogata (M.) & Ishiwara (K.) Untersuchung iiber die Ursache der Tsutsugamushi- Krankheit. [Ausz., 24. Hft.] [Japanese text.] Mitt. d. med. Gesellsch. zu Tokyo, 1905, xix, 1074-1078. Also: Chiugai Iji Shinpo, Tokyo, 1905, xxvi, 1661-1665. Aho: Nippon Igaku, Tokyo, 1906, no. 15, 19-23.-----------. Ueber den Krankheitserreger der Tsutsugamushi- resp. Kedanikrankheit (das japanisehe Ueberschwemmunirs- fieber nach Baelz). [Japanese text. Ref., 1.-2. Hft suppl., L] Nippon Eisei Gakkwai Zasshi, Tokyo, 1905-6, ii, 1-6. -----■-----. Ueber den geschlechtlichen Dimor- phismus und das Immunserum von Tsutsugamushi-Spo- rozoa. [Japanese text. Ref., 4. Hft., suppl., 3-5.] Ibid., 233-235.-----------. [Researches on the placenta for the tsutsugamushi parasite.] Ibid., 1906-7, iii, 1-15. -----------• Mitteilung uber die Aetiologie der Tsutsu- gamushi (Kedani)-Krankheit (Ueberschwemmungsfieber nach Baelz). Mitt. a. d. med. Fak. d. k.-jap. Univ., To- kyo, 1907, vii, 205-285, 7 pl.-----------. Zweite Mittei- lung uber die Tsutsugamushi-Krankheit. Ibid., 1910, ix', 175-205, 2 pl. ■-----------. Dritte Mitteilung fiber die Tsutsugamushi-Krankheit. Ibid., 1911-12, x, 155-199 J?1TPalm (T- A- ) Some account of a disease called "Mmna mushi," or "island insect" disease, by the natives oi Japan; peculiar, it is believed to that country, ?<5. iooU r«° not des(,ribed. Edinb. M. J., 1878-9, xxiv, 128-LS2.—[Report on researches on the tsutsugamushi disease [Inundation. Tsutsugamushi fere/'. disease.] Hokuetsu Ikwai Kwaiho, Shinto, 1904, 439; 501— Kosenau (M. J.) & Anderson (J. F.) Japanese river fever. Handb. Pract. Treat. (Musser & Kelly], Phila. & Lond., 1911, ii, 714.—Sandwith (F. M.) Jap- anese river or flood fever. Svst. Med. (Allbutt), Lond., 1907, ii, pt. 2, 355-357.—Sawada. [The blood of the patient of the tsutsugamushi disease, j Hokuetsu Ikwai Kwaiho, Shinto, 1904,575-584.— Scheube (B.) Japanese river or flood fever. In his: Dis. Warm Countries, 2. ed., *°, Lond., 1903, 92-96.—Shifoujsawa (M.) & Sawada. [Examination of the diathesis of the tsutsugamushi dis- ease.] Hokuetsu Ikwai Kwaiho, Shinto, 1904, 584-603.— Takeda (C.) [et al]. Nippon koshiusetsu byosha no setsu ni zukete. [On the type of temperature of the Jap- anese "flood-fever."] Chiugai Iji Shinpo, Tokio, 1893, 135-138. -----. Nippon kosiuretsu bioken yenku taiitji- kwai hoko. [First report on the "Japanese flood-fever."] Ztschr. d. Tokio med. Gesellsch., 1892, vi, 995; 1069; 1081, 1 map. -----. Zweiter Bericht fiber die Aetiologie des japanischen Ueberschwemmungsflebers. [Japanesetext.) Ztschr. d. med. Gesellsch. zu Tokyo, 1894, viii, 900; 990; 1100. Also [Abstr.]: Kokka Igaku Kwai Zasshi, Tokvo, 1895, 117-121.—Tanaka (K.) [Remarks on the etiology of the Kedani disease] Saisei Gakusha Iji Shimpo, To- kyo, 1900, 288-302. Also, transl: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1899, xxvi, 432-439, 2 pl.—Tsutsu- gamushi-Krankheit. Japan. Roy. Inst. f. Infect. Dis. Endem. Krankh., Tokio, 1911, 63-79.—Ukal (F.) [The bacillus of the tsutsugamushi disease.] Hokuetsu Ikwai Kwaiho, Shinto, 1904, 561-574.-----. [Researches on the tsutsugamushi disease.] Ibid., 1906, 1-31. Also: Iji Shinbun, Tokio, 1906, 500; 657. Tsuzuki (Jinnosuke) [1869- ]. *Beitrag zur Tetanusantitoxintherapie bei Thieren una beim Menschen. 38 pp., 1 1., 5 tab. 8°. Mar- burg, C. L. Pfeil, 1900. Tsvibak (L[yov] Ye[fimovich]) [1870- ]. *Nlekotoriya danniya ob eksperimentalnol dia- gnostikle tuberkulyoznavo irita i o Hechenii yevo vduvaniyem vozdukha v perednyuyu ka- meru glaza. [Data on experimental diagnosis of tubercular iritis, and on its treatment by in- sufflation of air into the anterior chamber of the eye.] 255 pp., 1 pl., 2 diag. tipo-lit. "Energiya," 1909. T§vietayeff ( Dm. ) Mediki v Moskovskol Rossii i perviy russkiy doktor; istoriko-biografi- cheskiy ocherk. [Physicians in Russia under the Moscow tsars and the first Russian doctor; historico-biographical sketch.] 63 pp. 8°. Varshava, 1896. Tivilinskaya (L[yubov Pyotrovna]) [1857- ]. Populyarniya besiedi po higienle. [Pop- ular talks on hygiene.] Ill pp. 8°. Kiyev, S.-Peterburg, Kharkov, F. A. lohanson, [1904]. Tsvineff (A[leksandr] V[asilyevich]) 1856- ]. *0 naruzhnikh polovikh organakh u [External genitals in children.] 78 1., 1 pl., 2 diag. 8°. S.-Peterburg, 8°. S.-Peterburg, dietel. pp., 1 1900. Tsvirko (V[ladimir] I[vanovich]) [1867- ]. *Klinicheskiy obzor 294 sluchayev eklampsii, nablyudavshikhsya v Akademiclfeskoi Aku- shorsko - Ginekologicheskoi klinikle Wyllie, Akushorsko-Ginekologicheskom Otdlelenii Kli- nicheskavo Voyennavo Hospitalya i xii Gorod- skom Rodilnom Priyutie. [Clinical review of 294 cases of eclampsia, observed in the Wyllie Academic Obstetrico-Gynecologic Clinic, the Obstetrico-Gynecological Department of the Military Clinical Hospital, and the Twelfth City Lying-in Institute.] 240pp., 21. 8°. S.-Peter- burg, V. Ya. Milshtetn, 1905. Tayrowitch (Catherine). *De la mort subite par hypertrophie de la glande thyroide et du thymus chez l'enfant. 31 pp. 8°. Geneve, J. Studer, 1905. Tua (Paolo Maria). Nozioni di anatomia e fisio- logia comparate. xi, 176 pp., 12 pl. 12°. To- rino, Castellotti dc Scrieano, 1903. TUAL. 543 TUBERCULIN. Tual (Alfred). * Traitement des fractures de la rotule par le cerclage. 34 pp., 11. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 142. Tuatara. Bendy (A.) Outlines of the development of the Tua- tara, Sphenodon (Hatteria) punctatus. Quart. J. Micr. Sc, Lond., 1899, xlii, 1-87,10 pl. on 20 1. Tubby (A[lfred] H[erbert]) [1862- ]. De- formities, a treatise on orthopaedic surgery. Intended for practitioners and advanced stu- dents, xxii, 598 pp., 15 pl. 8°. London, Mac- millan dc Co , 1896. -----. The same. 2. ed. 2 v. xxxi, 883 pp.; xxiv, 867 pp., 70 pl. 8°. London, Macmillan dc C>., 1912. -----. Appendicitis. 97 pp. 8°. London, Bail- litre, Tindall dc Cox, 1900. See, also, Starling (Ernest Henry) & Tubby (Alfred Herbert). On absorption from and secretion [etc.]. 8°. Cambridge, 1S94. For Biography, see Scalpel, Lond.. 1897, ii, 33, port. -----& Jones (Robert). Modern methods in the surgery of paralyses; with special reference to muscle-grafting, tendon-transplantation and arthrodesis, xi (1 1.), 311 pp. 12°. London, Macmillan dc Co., 1903. Tubby (J. T.), jr. A simple "air house." 4 pp. 8°. New York, 190$. Repr.from: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1908, lxxxvii. Tube (Fallopian). See Fallopian tube. Tuberal. Dreising. Leber die Wirksamkeit des Tuberal. Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg., Berl., 1912, 21-24. Tubercle (Painful). See Neuroma. Tubercle (Subcutaneous). See Nodules (Subcutaneous). Tubercle (The). A monthly journal and re- view of tuberculosis, v. 4, Nos. 1-6; v. 5, Nos. 1-3, 1901-2. 4°. Chicago. Tubercle-protein (Klebs). Klebs (E.) Tuberkel-Protein; ein neues Diagnosti- kum fur Tuberkulose, pvrogene und immunisierende Wirkung. Kausale Therap., Hannov., 1904, i, 281: 313.— Klebs (E.) & Klebs (F. G.) Zur Wirkung des TP H. p. p. (Tuberkel-Protein durch Wasserstoff-Superoxydul dargestellt). Ztschr. f. kausale Therap., Bremerhaven, 1906, ii, 9-13. Tubercolosi (La). Giornale bimensile. v. 1-2, 1891-2. 8°. Milano. Tubercolo§i (La). Giornale italiano di studi e di lotta sociale antitubercolare. Comitato di redazione: F. Belfanti, E. Bertarelli [et al.]. v. 1-5, 1908-12. 8°. Pavia. Current. Tubercolosi (La). Organo ufficiale del comi- tato ordinatore del Congresso internazionale contro la tubercolosi. v. 1, No. 1; v. 2, No. 2, 1910-11. 8°. Roma. Tubercular abscesses. See Tuberculosis (Suppurative); and under the names of anatomical localities. Tuberculides. See Lupus; Skin (Tuberculosis of). Tuberculin [including KocNs TR (1897) and other varieties]. See, also, Tuberculosis (Preventive inocula- tion against); Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treat- ment of) with Koch's tuberculin; Tuberculosis ( Treatment of) with Koch's tuberculin [new varie- ties TR~\. Tuberculin [including KocKs TR (1897) and other varieties). Birnbalm (R.) Das Kochsche Tuberkulin in der Gvnakologie und Geburtshulfe. 8°. Berlin, 1907. Bosquier (R.) *La nouvelle tuberculine R et son emploi, en particulier dans la tuberculose pulmonaire. 8°. Lille, 1897. ----—. The same. 8°. Paris, 1898. Also, in: J. d. se. med. de Lille, 1898, i, 239-252. Bounhiol (J.) * Etude clinique sur la nou- velle tuberculine TR de Koch. 8°. Lyon, 1898. Fabian (E.) * Ueber das neue Tuberculin. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., 1897. Koch (R.) O no vom preparatle tuberkulina. [New tuberculin.] 8°. [Moscow, 1897.] Reeser (H. E.) * Das Tuberkulin. [Bern.] 8°. Jena, 1908. Also, in: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1908, xlvi, Orig., 56: 149. See, also, infra, Berghaus. Scharlau ([G.]H. C. A.) *Ueber Erfah- rungen mit Tuberkulin an der medizinischen Universitatsklinik in Rostock. 8°. Rostock, 1907. Siegesmund (K.) * Ueber; die Starke ver- schiedener Tuberkuline, gemessen nach der deutschen staatlichen Prufungsmethode. [Zu- rich.] 8°. Leipzig, 1910. Also, in: Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infektionskrankh., Leipz., 1910, lxvi, 357-382. Stroebe (H.) Ueber die Wirkung des neuen Tuberkulins TR auf Gewebe und Tuberkel- bacillen. Experimentelle Untersuchungen. 8°. Jena, 1898. Abram(J.H^) The new tuberculin. Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 1898,xviii,292-296.—Araki(K.) [Concerning the new tuberculin.] Tokyo Iji-Shinshi, 1899,141-147.—Arantes Pereira (J.) Estudo bacteriologico da tuberculina re- sidual (TR) de Koch. Rev. portugueza de med. e cirurg. prat., Lisb., 1898, iv, 161-167. — Arlolng (S.) La tuber- culine. Tijrlschr. v. Veeartsenijk., Utrecht, 1908, xxxv, 253-269.—Arloing (S.) & Banc el. Comparaison de la tuberculine avec l'agent producteur de l'intoxication tubereuleuse chez le malade. J. de m6d. veL et zootech., Lyon, 1904, 5. s., viii, 321-330. Also: J. de phvsiol. et de path, gen., Par.,1904, vi,497-502.—Arloing (S.) & Cour- mont (P.) Precipitation d'une tuberculine aqueuse avec le serum des tuberculeux. Bull. Soc. m6d. d. h6p. de Lyon, 1910, ix, 132-136. — Arloing (S.), Courmont (J.) & Nicolas (J.) Etude experimentale sur la tuber- culine TR. Cong. p. I'etude de la tuberculose, Par., 1898, iv, 500-505. Also: Province med., Lyon, 1898, xii, 445- 447.—AuchS (B.) Note sur l'emploi de la tuberculine TR. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. mdd. de Bordeaux, 1898, xix, 124- 127.—Bango (M. V.) La tuberculina de Jacobs. Rev. de med. y cirug. de la Habana, 1907, xii, 325-334.—Bau- ttacli. Vorlauflge Mittheilungen iiber Anwendung des neuen Koeh'schen Tuberkulins. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1897, xxiii, 644-547.—Bauermeis- ter. Leber die wichtigsten bis jetzt bekannten Tuber- kuline, ihre Herstellung und ihre Unterschiede. Arch. f. wissensch. u. prakt. Thierh., Berl., 1900, xxvi, 301-324.— Beck (M.) Ueber das neue Tuberkulin TR. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1898, xxiv, Therap.-Beil., 41-44.—Belirins. Sur la tuberculine. Bull. m<5d., Par., 1898, xii, 445. — Bekanntniacliung, betr. Tuberculi- num Kochi. Cor.-Bl. f. d. Aerzted. Prov. Hessen-Nassau, Frankf. a M., 1902, iii, 269.—Benoit. Remittals obtenus sur l'homme et sur les animaux de la nouvelle tubercu- line TRde Koch. Cong. p. I'etude dela tuberculose, Par., 1898, iv, 505-507.—Beraneck (E.) Sur les tuberculines. Pompt.rend.Acad.d.se., Par., 1893, exxxvii, 889-891.-----. Une nouvelle tuberculine. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905,Par., 1906.i,857-862. Also: Rev.med.delaSuisseRom., Geneve,1905,xxv,684-714.-----.ReponseaMonsieurLand- mann. Beitr z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1908, x, 346-359. -----. Die Wahl unter den verschiedenen Tuberkulinen; ErwiderungaufdenArtikelvonBlumel. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1911, lviii, 2453: 1912, lix, 370. — Berghaus (W.) Bemerkungen zum Aufsatz des Herrn Hendrik E. Reeser: las Tuberkulin. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1908, xlvi, Orig.. 725-727.—Bertelsmann. Ueber Versuche mit Neu-Tuberculin. Jahrb. d. Hamb. Staatskrankenanst. 1897-8, Hamb. u. Leipz., 1900, vi, 80- 98. — Bickley (W. H.) Some observations concerning TUBERCULIN. 544 TUBERCULIN. Tuberculin [including Koch's TR (1897) and other varieties). tuberculin. Iowa M. J. [etc.], Des Moines, 1909-10, xvi, 224-230. — Bfkhovski (A. I.) & <»oneliarukofl* (N. D.) Nablvudeniya nad dlelstoiyem novavo tubercu- lin'a R. Koch'a. [On the action of Koch's new tuber- culin.] I'niv. Izvlest., Kiev [Protok. Fiz.-med. Obsh. 1897-8,113-120], 1899, xxxix.—Bltlniel. Die Wahl unter den verschiedenen Tuberkulinen. Munchen.med. Wchn- schr., 1911, lviii, 1822-1824. -----. Die Wahl unter den verschiedenen Tuberkulinen. ZWd.,2746. See,also,supra, Beraneck. — Bounhiol (J.) La nouvelle tuberculine TR de Koch; 6tude clinique; mauvais effets. Cong. p. I'etude de la tuberculose, Par., 1898, iv, 513-520.—Broc- cliieri (M.) Studio clinico e critico sulla tubercolina antica e la tubercolina TR. Policlin., Roma, 1898, v, sez. med., 489-522— BroWn (L.) & Miller (A. F.) Tuber- culin, its history, preparation and value. J. Outdoor Life, Trudeau, N. Y.. 1912, ix, 12; 16. —Bucliner (H.) Zu Robert Koch's Mittheilung iiber neue Tuberculin- praparate. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1897, xxxiv, 322. — Buhlig (W. H.) The use of tuberculin in diagnosis and treatment. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1913, xxiii, 154- 157.—Bussenius. Einige Mittheilungen uber die bisher bei Anwendung des TR-Tuberkulins gesammelten Er- fahrungen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1897, xxiii, 441-445.—Lai I laud (E.) Resultats eioignes de la tuberculine TR. Med. mod., Par., 1901, xii, 169- 171.—Campana (R.) Ueber das Koch'sche Tuberkulin. Ber. u. d. Kong. z. Bekampf. d. Tuberk. [etc.], Berl., 1899, 715.—Charpentier (P.-G.) La tuberculine. Bull. d. sc. Pharmacol., Par., 1912, xix, 156-164.—Coleman (M. W.) Tuberculin. St. Barth. Hosp. J., Lond., 1898-9, vi, 104-108.— Corbally(T. P ) The improved tuberculin. Sanitarian, N. Y., 1897, xxxix, 35-37.— Coyne & Auclie (B.) Note sur la propriety immunisante de la tuberculine TR. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1899, xx, 616; 626: 1900, xxi, 4-Dakura (O.) Doslidl z novoyu lim- fovu (Tuberculin TR) Robert'a Koch'a. [Experiments with the new . ..] Zbirn. mat.-prir.-li'k. sekts. [etc.], Lvov, 1898, iii, Lik. zbirn., i, pt. 1, no. 3, 1-10.— Oanie- lopolu (D.) Passage de la tuberculine a travers la membrane du sac de collodion. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1909, lxvi, 334.—Davidson (H. J.) An eco- nomical method of making tuberculin dilutions. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1908, i, 1905—Dejace (L.) Les serums antituberculeux. Scalpel, Liege, 1902-3, lv, 114-116 — Denys(J.) Zur Prioritiitsfrage in der Tuberculinher- stellung und -anwendung. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1906, xxxii, 310.—Derscheid (G.) A propos de difKrentes tuberculines. Ann. Soc. roy. d. sc. med. et nat. de Brux., 1901, x, fasc. 3, 1-46,1 ch.—Dit- tliorn(F.) & Scliultz (W.) Herstellung und biolo- gische Reaktionen des Eisentuberkulins. Ztschr. f. Im- munitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1909, ii, 567-590. ----------. Versuche fiber die Einwirkung der Leber- autolyse auf Tuberkulin. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1911, xxxvii, 1695-1697.— Dorset (M.) Distribution of tuberculin and mallein by the Bureau of Animal Industry. Yearbook U. S. Dep. Agric, Wash., 1906, 347-354. Also, Reprint.—Doutrelepont. Kurze Mit- theilung iiber die bisherigen Erfahrungen bei der An- wendung des neuen Koch'schen Tuberkulin. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1897, xxiii, 537.—Dury. Quelques mots sur la tuberculose; la tuberculine de Denys. Ann. Soc. med.-chir. de Liege, 1903, xlii, 163- 169.—Edgren (J. G.) Forsok med. R. Kochs nya tu- berkulin (TR). [Trial of R. Kochs new tuberculin (TR).] Hygiea, Stockholm, 1898, lx, 320-337.—Else (J. E.) The use of tuberculin in general practice. Med. Sentinel, Portland, Oreg., 1910, xviii, 398-403.— Entgejr- nungen zu dem Briefe des Herrn Dr. L. Spengler: "Ueber die Wirkung des neuen Tuberculins, TR." Cor.- Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1898, xxviii, 140-143— Kr- land sen (A.) Tabelle ftir die Bestimmung des Tuber- kulintiters nach Ellermann-Erlandsen. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1910-11, xviii, 419-421, 2 tab.—Ernst (H.C.) Tuberculin and tuberculosis. Tr. Ass. Am. Phv- sicians, Phila., 1891, vi, 15-34. Also, Reprint.—Fin lay (C.) & Davalos (J. N.) La nueva tuberculosis de Koeh y algunos germenes que suele contener. An. r. Acad, de cien. med.. . . de la Habana, 1897-8, xxxiv, 231-239 — Fisch (C.) The antitoxic bactericidal properties of the serum of horses treated with Koch's new tuberculin. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1897, xxix, 882-889. Also, Reprint.— Fraczkiewiez (J.) O dalszych wynikach doswiad- czefi z ksantropina. (gryzeryna.) i tuberculin^. [Recent experiments with xantropin (griserin) and tuberculin.) Przegl. lek., Krak6w, 1910, xlix, 349-351. —Freymutli(W.) Vorlauflge ErfahrungenmitTR. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1898, xii,310-316.— Gamble (F. W.) Tuberculin. Pharm. J., Lond., 1904, 4. s., xix, 924.— Gantz (M.) Obecnvstan nauki o tuberkulinie. [Present condition of science con- cerningtuberculin.] Now. lek., Poznah, 1904, xvi. 36-43 — Gerard (E.) & Lemoine (G.) De l'attenuation de la tuberculine par l'extrait ethere de bile. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1909,3. s., xxvi, 304. Also: Nord meU, Lille, 1909, xvi, 49.----------, Attenuation de la Tuberculin [including Koch's TR (1897) and other varieties]. tuberculine par l'extrait ethere de bile. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1909, 3. s., xxvi, 1055-1057.— Also: Nord mecl., Lille, 1909, xvi, 121. —Gerber & Prang. Erste Erfahrungen mit Neutuberkulin TR. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1897, xxiii, 623-625.—Ghedini (G.) Come evolve il tubercolo sog- getto all' azione diretta del siero specifico antibacillare. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1905, xxvi, 166.— Giao (A.) Aponta- mentos para o estudo da nova tuberculina TR. Arch, de med., Lisb., 1897-8, i, 366-370.— Gorig. Zur Frage vom artiflciellen Tuberculin. Deutsche thierarztl. Wchnschr., Hannov., 1899, vii, 325.—Gros (E.) L'oxytuberculine de Hirschfelder. Cong. p. I'etude de la tuberculose. Par., 1898, iv, 482-488.— Guinard (L.) L'oxytuberculine de Hirschfelder. Lyon med., 1898, Ixxxviii, 357-364. -----. Les tuberculines de R. Koch. Rev. de la tuberculose, Par., 1902, ix, 150-196. -----. Les extraits de bacilles tu- berculeux et les tuberculines autres que celles de Koch. Ibid., 289-319.—Harboe(L.) Non nocere. Norsk Mag. f. Lsegevidensk., Kristiania, 1898, 4. R., xiii, 624-528.— Hennig. Ueber Tuberkulinum R und seinen Einfluss auf tuberkulose Erkrankungen der oberen Luftwege. Verhandl. d. Ver. siiddeutsch. Larvngol. 1894-1903, Wiirzb., 1904,182.—Hesse (W.) Ueber die Abtodtung derTuber- kelbacillen in 60° C. warmer Milch. Ztschr. f. Thiermed., Jena, 1901, v, 321-325.—Huber. Ueber Thierversuche mit dem neuen Tuberculin Koch's (1 R). Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1898, xxxv, 137-140.—Huber & Burgnart. Ueber das Koch'sche Tuberculin. [Discussion.] Ibid.. 270; 289.— Jansen (H.) Ueber die Resistenz des Tuber- kulins dem Lichte gegenuber. Centralbl.,f. Bakteriol. etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1906, xli, 677; 775—Jei (W.) Dzia- anie nowej tuberkuliny (TR) Kocha na gruzlicQ pluc. [Action of Koch's new tuberculin upon tuberculosis pul- monalis.] Przegl. lek., Krak6w, 1897, xxxvi, 371; 385.— Kingliorn (H. M.) Action of pepsin digestion on tu- berculin. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1904, xii, 213.—Kly- nens (J.) Over Koch's tuberculinum R; techniek, aan- wiizingen, resultaten. Handel, v. h. vlaamsch nat.- en geneesk. Cong., Antwerpen, 1899, iii, 178-181.—Koch (R.) Ueber neueTuberkulinpraparate. Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1897, xlii, 165; 177; 199; 211. Also: Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1897, xxiii, 209-213. Also, transl: Med. mod., Par., 1897, viii, 218-220. Also, transl: Rev. de therap. med.-chir., Par., 1897, lxiv, 249-259. Also, transl: Med. Week, Par., 1897, v, 169-172.—Kocks. Ein Tuberkulin vom Menschen. Therap. Rundschau, Berl., 1909, iii, 273.—Ktfster. Forsok med Kochs nya tuber- kulin. [Trial of Koch's new tuberculine.) Hygiea, Stockholm, 1898, lx, 182-188.— Kossovskl (V. N.) Tu- berkulin Beraneck'a i fosfacid Romanovskavo. Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1909, xvi, 258-261.—Krause. Ueber die Anwendung von Neutuberculin (Bacillenemulsion). Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1905, xxxi, 2048. -----. Das spezifische Tuberkulin. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1906, ix, 606.— Kulin (C. H.) Opmerkingen om- trenthet bestudeeren der tuberculine. Handel, v. h. Ne- derl. Nat.- en Geneesk. Cong., Utrecht, 1891, 50-65.—La* loyaux. Etude clinique sur la tuberculine nouvelle. Bull. Soc. med. de Charleroi, 1897, xviii, 168-196—Land- mann. Tuberkulol und Tuberkulin Beraneck. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1908, x, 293-323. See, also, supra, Beraneck.—Latham (A.) Preliminary commu- nication on the administration of tuberculin (TR) and other vaccines by the mouth, together with (a) normal saline solution; (b) fresh horse serum. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1907-8, i, Med. Sect., 195-240.—L-ebedeff (N. A.) K voprosu o tuberkulinovom titrle. [Tubercu- lin titration.] Voyenno-med. J., St. Petersb., 1910, ccxxviii, med.-spec, pt., 497-500.—Le Bceul. Tubercu- lines. Presse med. beige, Brux., 1901, liii, 433-439.—Lelck (B.) Ueber die in der medicinischen Klinik mit dem "neuen Tuberkulin Koch" bisher erzielten Resultate. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1«97, xxiii, 538.—Le tulle (M.) Recherches sur la nouvelle tuber- culine de Koch (tuberculin TR). Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p de Par., 1897, 3. s., xiv, 1278-1291.—Letu lie (M.) &Peron (A.) La nouvelle tuberculine de Koch. Presse med., Par , 1897, ii, 101.—L6vy (L.) Denys tuber- culin,^ val szerzett tapasztalatainkr61. [Our observations with Denvs's tuberculin.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1905, xlix, 602-605.-----. A Koch-fele tuberkulin diagnostikus es therapeutikus ertekerol tud6-giimdk6rnal. [The value of Koch's tuberculin in diagnosis and treatment.] Gy6- gyaszat, Budapest, 1905, xiv, 232; 249; 267.—Li met. A propos des tuberculines. Gaz. med. beige, Li£ge, 1902-3, xv, 143-145.—Lockemann (G.) Zur Chemie des Tu- berkulins. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1911, Ixxiii, 389-397.—Ltidke (H.) Tuberkulin undAntituberkulin. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1908, lv, 783-787.— Me Far- land (J.) Antituberculin. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1897, xxix, 359-363. [Discussion], 381-383. A ho: Univ. M. Mag., Phila., 1897-8, x, 90-96. -----. Tuberculin,anti- tuberculin, and anti-tubercle serums. Internat. M. Mag., N. Y., 1900, ix, 166-174.—.Tlacre (I.) Les tuberculines de Koch et de Denvs. Boil. Soe. de mecl. de Gand, 1902, TUBERCULIN. 545 TUBERCULIN. Tuberculin [including KocKs TR (1897) and other varieties]. lxix, 367-371.—Malm (O.) Om Tuberkulin. Tidsskr. f. Vet., Kj0benh., 1894, 2. R., xxiv, 197-200.—Maragli- ano (E.) Recherches sur la nouvelle tuberculine de Koch. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1897, 10. s., iv, 661. -----. A proposito della nuova tubercolina di Koch. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1897, xviii, 825-M2S.—Marpmann (G.) Ueber die Herstellung eines Bakterienpraparates aus Kulturen von Tuberkelbacillen. Centralbl. f. Bakte- riol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1903, xxxiii,631-637.—Mendez (J.) Observaciones clinicas sobre la nueva tuberculina del Profesor Koch. An. d. Circ. med. argent., Buenos Aires, 1897, xx, 461-465. -----. Observaciones clinicas sobre la nueva tuberculina del Prof. Koch. Rev. Soc. rnecl. argent., Buenos Aires, 1896-7, v, 95-127.—Mersch. De la tuberculine. J. beiged'homceop., Brux., 1894,152- 155. Also, Reprint.—Meyer (W.) Tuberculins and sera; a synopsis of the different preparations in use. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1907, lxxii, 934-938. — Mezernitski (P. G.) K voprosu o khimicheskom analizle tuber- kulinov. [Chemical analysis of tuberculins. ] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1910, xvii, 1405-1408. — Mitulescu (J.) Einfluss des neuen Tuberkulins auf den Zellstoff- wechsel. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1902, xxviii, 697; 725. —Meeller. La nouvelle tuber- culine de Koch. Rev.med.,Louvain, 1896-7,xv,343-360.— Much (H.) & Leschke (E.) Das biologische und immunisatorische Verhalten der Tuberkelbazillenauf- losungen. nebst Tuberkulinstudien und Tuberkuloseim- munitatsstudien. Beitr. z. Klin. d.Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1911, xx, 405-433.— Nencki (L.), Maczewski (W.)&Iio- gucki (A.) W sprawie wyrobu istoso wan ia nowej tuker- kulinyR.Koch'a. [OnKoch'snewtuberculin.] Gaz.lek., Warszawa, 1897, 2. s., xvii, 506-510. Also, transl: Therap. Wchnschr., Wien, 1897, iv, 565-567. Also, transl: Presse m&L, Par., 1897,257.—von Nlessen. Ein Protest gegen Koch'sTuberkulos.erung. Wien.med.Wchnschr., 1902,Iii, 215-220. Sie,also,infra,Spens\er.—Nilus(L.) La tubercu- line. Rev. med. del'est,Nancy,1908, xl,632-640.—Nocard. Nouvelle tuberculine de Koch. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1897, lxx, 627.—Nourney. Daa Tuberkulin, Hoffnungen und Enttauschungen. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1904, Leipz., 1905. ii, 2. Hlfte, 9-1L— Paladlno (A.) Azione del calore sull' atti vita della tubercolina. Rassegnadibact.-opo-,esieroterap.,Milano, 1908, iv, 115-121.—Palmer (H. F.) Tuberculin J. Comp. M. & Vet. Arch., Phila., 1902, xxiii, 410-416.—de Parreiras Horta (P.) As tuberculinas (1890-1906). Brazil-med., Rio de Jan., 1906, xx. 187; 209; 253; 263; 305; 325.—Penrose (C. A.) Tuberculin obtained from the bovine tubercle bacilli contrasted with tuberculin ob- tained from the human tubercle bacilli, in their effects on human patients. J. Tuberc, Asheville, N. C, 1902, iv, 369-372.—P^ron (A.) A propos de la nouvelle tubercu- line de Koch. Presse med., Par.,1897,173.—Petruschky (J.) Bemerkungen zu den Versuchen des Herrn Stabsarzt Dr. Huber mit Neutuberculin. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1898, xxxv, 259. -----. Koch's Tuberkulin und seine Anwendung beim Menschen. Berl. Klinik, 1904, 188. Hft., 1-35 — Pieifer (W.) Kurze Mitteilung iiber die seitherigen Erfahrungen mit dem neuen Koch'schen Tuberkulin. Ztschr. 1. prakt. Aerzte, Frankf. a. M., 1897, vi, 520-525.—Pfeiffer (T.) & Persch (R.) Untersu- chungen iiber die Einwirkung von Verdauungsfermenten auf Tuberkulin. Wien. klin. Wchnschr.. 1909. xxii, 1149.— Pfeiffer (T.) &Trunk(H.) Zur Pepsinverdauungdes Tuberkulins. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1908. xii, 177-183. -----------. Ueber den Einfluss von Verdauungsfer- menten auf Tuberkulin. 2. Mitteilung. Ibid., 1908-9, xiii, 465-470.-----------. Weitere Untersuchungen fiber die Einwirkung von Fermenten auf Tuberkulin. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xxiv, 379-381. —Pfeiffer ( T. ), Trunk (H.) & Leyacker (J.) Zur Frage der che- mischen Natur des Tuberkulins. Ibid., 115-1117.— Proca. Nota asupra bacterilor pe care le contine nova tuberculina. Romania med., Bucuresci, 1897, v, 243. — Bamond ( F.) & Ravaut (P.) Sur une nouvelle tuberculine. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1898,10. 8., v. 587-5*9.—Reeser (H. E.) Das Tuberkulin. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt..Jena,1908,xlvi,Orig., 149-167. See, also, supra. Berghaus— Kcticlilin (H.) Ue- ber Erfahrungen mit dem Kochschen Tuberkulin. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1906, xliv, 352-358.—Ro- senbaeh (F. J.) Ein neues Tuberkulin. Deutschemed. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1910, xxxvi, 1513-1517.— Rothschild (D.) Ueber Autotuberkuline. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1908 xii, 397-402. -----. Ueber Mischtu- berkulin. Verhandl. d. Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1909, 732-740. Also: Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl'., 1909, xxxv, 921-924.—Ruiz Casabo1 (M.) La tuberculina del Dr. Jacobs. An. Acad, de cien. m6d. . . . de la Habana, 1907-8, xliv, 291-296, 1 tab. Alio: Cr6n. med.-quir. de la Habana, 1907, xxxiii, 273-278.—Ruppel (W. G.) Die Herstellung des neuen Tuberkulins (Tu- vol xviii, 2d series---35 Tuberculin [including Koch's TR (1897) and other varieties]. berkulin TR). Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1908, xxxiv, 185. Also, transl: Lancet, Lond., 1908, i, 959.— Sata (A.) Untersuchungen fiber die spezifischen Wir- kungen des TuberkuloseserumsdurchMischungsversuche von Tuberkulin und Tuberkuloseserum. Ztschr. f. Immu- nitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena,1913, Orig., xvii, 84-98, 2 pl.—Sch laiidrali'( W.) Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Neu- rin-Tuberkulins. Ibid., 1911-12, Orig., xii, 91-126.— Sell rank (J.) Das Tuberculin Koch. Ztschr. d. allg. osterr. Apoth.-Ver., Wien, 1901, lv, 664; 687; 711; 731.— Schultze. Kurze Mittheilung iiber das neue Koch'sche Tuberkulin. Deutsche med. W. hnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1897, xxiii, 445— Schwein itz (E. A.) The preparation and use of tuberculin. Yearbook U. S. Dep. Agric. 1898, Wash., 1899,111-122, lpl. Also, Reprint.—S lade (H.J.) Tubercu- lins; diagnostic and therapeutic. Univ. Durham Coll. Med. Gaz., Newcastle, 1912-13, xiii, 71-75.—Slawyk. Die bisherigen Erfahrungen mit Tuberculinum R auf der Kinderstation der Charity. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1897, xxiii, 473-476.—Smart (R.) The use and abuse of tuberculin. N. Mex. M. J., East Las Vegas, 1909-10, v, 150-154.—S^mme (J.) Det nye tuberkulin, dets virkemaado og dosering. [La nouvelle tuberculine,sonmoded'actionetsondosage. Res., p. 80.] Norsk Mag. f. Lsegevidensk., Kristiania, 1898, 4. R., xiii, 69-76— Spadonl (O.) Azione antitossica dell' iodio, verso la tubercolina. Riforma med., Roma, 1903, xix, 1360. —Spengler (C). Zur Tuberculin-Discussion in der Gesellschaft der ChariW-Aerzte zu Berlin. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1898, xxxv, 477-479. -----. Ueber das Koch'- sche TR und Tuberkelbacillen-Splitter; eine Kritik dee v. Niessen'schen Protestes gegen Koch's Tuberculosie- rung. Wien. med.Wchnschr.,1902,lii,658-660. -----. Die Prioritat in der Tuberculinherstellung und -anwendung. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl.. 1906, xxxi, 2049.—Spengler (L.) UeberdieWirkungdesneuenTu- berkulinsTR. Cor.-Bl.f.schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1907,xxvii, 604. See,ateo.swpra, Entgegnungen.—Spiegel (A.) Erfah- rungen mit dem neuen Tuberculin TR. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr.,1897,xliv,1470.—Steele (J. D.) A review of the literature of Koch's tuberculin R. Proc. Path. Soc.Phila., 1897-8, n. s., i, 49-55. Also: Internat. M. Mag., Phila., 1897, vi, 756-761.—Stempel (H.) Ueber Versuche mit dem neuen Tuberculin. Munchen. med. Wchnschr.,1897,xliv, 1347.—Strube. UeberKoch'sTuberculinR. Monatschr. f. Geburtsh.u. Gynaek.,Berl.,1897, vi, 615-618.—Szekely (A.) Tuberculinban talalt bacteriumok. [Bacteria found in tuberculin.] Budapesti k. orvosegv. 1891-iki evkonyve, 1892, 127.—Tauszk (F.) A Koch-fele Tuber- culin R. [The tuberculin R of Koch.] Ujabbgy6gyszer. es gyogynwd., Budapest, 1897,11-13. Also, transl: Ungar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1898, iii, 85-89.—Trudeau (E. L.) & Raid win (E. R.) The need of an improved technic in the manufacture of Koch's "TR" tuberculin. Med. News, N. Y., 1897, lxxi, 257.—Tsirlina (Sofiya M.) K voprosu o soderzhanii tuberkulina v kazeoznikh ocha- gakh i plevriticheskikh vipotakh. [Tuberculin con- tained in caseous foci and in pleuritic effusions.] Novoye v Med., S.-Peterb., 1912, vi, 833-838.—Unna (P. G.) Ue- ber Tuberkulinseife. Arb. a. Unna's Klin. f. Hautkr. in Hamb. 1899-1902, Berl., 1903, 1-11. Also: Deutsche Med.- Ztg., Berl., 1899, xx, 901-903.—Vaquier. La tubercu- line TR dans la tuberculose pulmonaire chez les enfants. Cong. p. I'etude de la tuberculose, Par., 1898, iv, 508-512.— Vasilescu (V.) Distillotuberkulin. Vorlauflge Mit- teilung. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1910, liii, Orig.,335.—Vaudremer. Action de quelques microbes sur la tuberculine. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1910, xxiv, 189-195.—Vlllar(S.) Mallein and tu- berculin. Vet. J., Lond., 1909, lxv, 382-394.— Von Adelung (E.) The theory and the value of tubercu- lins. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1909, vii, 329-331.— Von Ruck (K.) What is tuberculin? N. York M. J., 1895, Ixi, 142-146. Also, Reprint. -----. Professor Koch's new tuberculin. N. Orl. M. & S J., 1897-8, 1, 17-20.— W ein trail d. Die bisherigen Erfahrungen iiber Tuber- kulin-R. Fortschr. d. Med., Berl., 1898, xvi, 41-52.— "Whitman (R. C.) Tuberculin and antituberculosis • sera. Chicago M. Recorder, 1906, xxviii, 29-39. Also: Med. Standard, Chicago, 1906, xxix, 69-74. — Wolff- Eisner (A.) JJeber entgiftete Tuberkuline. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1910, xlvii, 2147: 2200. — Zickgraf (G.) Mozhet i dolzhen-li prakticheskiy vrach primlenyat tu- berculin? [May, and should, a practicing physician ap- ply tuberculin?] Terap. Obozr., Odessa, 1910, iii, 60-67.— Ziegler. Erfahrungen fiber das Kochsche albumos- freie Tuberkulin. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1911, xxxvii, 1245— Zimmermann (W.) Ex- perimentelle und anatomische Untersuchungen fiber die Einwirkung der neuen Koch'schen Tuberculinpraparate. "O" und "R" auf den Verlauf kiinstlich erzeugter Au- gentuberculose der Kaninchen. Ophth. Klin., Stuttg., 1898, ii, 144: 172. Also, transl: Bull, et mem. Soc. franc. d'opht., Par., 1898, xvi, 70-88. TUBERCULIN. Tuberculin (Accidents from the use of)- Adler (R.) Drei Tuberculin-Todesfalle. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1904, xxix, 389.—Angelici (G.) Sulla pre- tesa tossicita della tubercolina e malleina nelle rane; sulla tossicita del ienolo e del fenolcanforato nelle rane e cavie. Mod. zooiatro, Torino, 1902, xiii, 321; 337.—At- kinson (J. P.) & Fitzpatrick (C. B.) The relation of the adrenals to tuberculin poisoning. Proc. Soc. Ex- per. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1910-11, viii, 41^3.—Behring (E.) Ueberdie specifisch giftigen Eigenschaften der Tu- berculinsaure. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1899, xxxvi, 537- 540.—Bohdan (F. V.) Osutiny po injekcich lymfou Korhovou. [Eruptions after injections of the lymph of Koch] Casop. lek. cesk., v Praze, 1891, xxx, 613; 633; 653.—(anipana. La fifevre de l'ancienne tuberculine. Compt.-rend. Cong, internat. de med. 1897, Mosc, 1899, iv, sect. 8, 423.—Cerone (F.) Stati tubercolinici e neu- rotrofla. Clin, dermosifllopat. d. r. Univ. di Roma, 1,906, xxiv, 9-22.—Chauffard (A.) & Troisier (J.) Ery- th6me noueux experimental par injection intradermi- que de tuberculine. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1909, 3. s., xxvi, 7-10. Also: Bull, med., Par., 1909, xxiii, 51.—Dixon (S. G.), Smith (A.J.) & Fox (H.) Preliminary report on the effect of repeated injections of tuberculin on lymphatic organs. N. York M. J., [etc.], 1908, Ixxxviii, 456. Also, Reprint.—Froliner. Tuber- culinvergiftung bei einem tuberculosen Affen. Monatsh. f. prakt. Thierh., Stuttg., 1893-4, v, 210-214.—Haupt- mann (E.) Misserfolg mit einheimischem Tuberculin. Thierarztl. Centralbl., Wien, 1900, xxiii, 351-354.—Kirby- Smlth (J. L.) Urticaria cedematosa, following the use of the cutaneous tuberculin reaction in a case of lupus erythematosus disseminatus. South. M. J., Nashville, 1911, iv, 133.—Kramer (R.) Ueber das Vorkommen von Anginen bei der Anwendung von Tuberkulinpra- paraten. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1910, xxiii, 1414-1416.— K.urrer(A.) Tod nach Tuberkulineinspritzung. Med. Cor.-Bl. d. wurttemb. arztl. Ver., Stuttg., 1904, lxxiv, 370.—Low (R. C.) On the microscopic changes in tuber- culin exanthemata. Scot. M. & S. J., Edinb., 1905, xvii, 240-243.—Maragliano (E.) L' avvelenamento da tu- bercolina. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1897, xviii, 417. Also, transl: Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1897, 10. s., iv, 309-311. Also, transl: Presse med., Par., 1897, p. cxl.— Marie (A.) & Tiflt'eneau. Toxicity de la tuberculine chez les mammiferes non tuberculeux. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1909, lxvi, 206.—Milian. Evolution et examen histologique de l'eruption psoriasiforme par tuberculine, pr6sent<5e a la derniSre seance. Bull. Soc. franr;. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1907, xviii, 89.—Na- dejde (G.) Lesions des cellules nerveuses observers chez les lapins et les cobayes tuberculeux a. la suite d'injection de tuberculine. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1909, lxvi, 1110-1112.—Tabbs (T.) Death from tuberculin. Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1900, n. s., xliv, 523. Tuberculin (Dispensaries for). Bennett (R. A.) Treatment of tuberculosis at the Torquay Tuberculin Dispensary. Practitioner, Lond., 1913, xc, 170-173.—Fairley (J.) On the work of the Portsmouth Tuberculin Dispensary. Pub. Health, Lond., 1911-12, xxv, 376-381. -----. Tuberculin dispensaries and diagnosis; scheme of classification of patients attending the Portsmouth Municipal Dispensary. Lancet, Lond., 1912, ii, 963.—Flemming (C. E. S.) Tuberculin and tuberculin dispensaries. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, i, 466.— Foy (L. H.) The tuberculin dispensaries of London. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1912, xxxii, 479-482.—Fraser (A. M.) Tuberculin dispensaries and sanatoria. Clin. J., Lond., 1910-11, xxxvii, 149-160. Also [Abstr.]: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, i, 526. -----. The Portsmouth Munici- pal Tuberculin Dispensary. Med. Officer, Lond., 1911, vi, 139.—Magnan (T.) Le service de tuberculinisa- tion de Nice. Gaz. med. de Par., 1898, 11. s., i, 493- 495.—Meyer (K.) Ueber die Dispensierung des Tu- berculins. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1912, xxxviii, 699.—Orr (Vivian B.) The work of a tuberculin dispensary. Med. Mag., Lond., 1913, xxii, 267-273.—Pringle (A. M. N.) Tuberculin dispensaries. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, i, 297.—Van de Velde (H.) A propos de tuberculine, de sanatoria et de dispen- saires antituberculeux. Ann. Soc. med.-chir. d'Anvers, 1902, vii, 55-61. Also: Gaz. med. beige, Liege, 1901-2, xiv, 375-377— Wilkinson (W. C.) Tuberculin dis- pensaries. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, ii, 643. -----. Tu, berculin and tuberculosis, with special reference to dispensary treatment. Practitioner, Lond., 1913, xc, 152 -169. -----. The r&le of tuberculin dispensaries. J. Vaccine Therapy, Lond., 1913, ii, 119-136. Tuberculin (Efect of injection or in- gestion of). Bracning (M. E.) *Die Normaltemperatur des gesunden und des tuberkulosen Meer- schweinchens und die Einwirkung von Serum- injektionen auf die Rektaltemperatur des Meer- sehweinchene. 8°. Borna-Leipzig, 1911. TUBERCULIN. Tuberculin (Effect of injection or in- gestion of). Brenner (R. C.) *Reagiertdas tuberkulose Meerschweinchen auf Tuberkulinpraparate in spezifischer Weise allgemein oder ortlich? 8°. Borna-Leipzig, 1910. Eichberg (J.) Some experiments with mod- ified tuberculin. 12°. Philadelphia, 1893. Kelber (E.) * Ueber die Wirkung todter Tuberkelbacillen. [Tubingen.] 8°. Rudol- stadt, 1895. Also, in: Arb. a. d. Geb. d. path. Anat. . .. Inst, zu Tiibing., Brnschwg., 1894-9, ii, 378-389. Klein (A.) Ursachen der Tuberculinwir- kung. Bakteriologisch-experimentelle Unter- suchungen. 8°. Wien dc Leipzig, 1893. Le Comte (A.) jr. *Over den invloed van tuberculine op het bloed. 8°. Leiden, 1911. Lesh (A. F.) *Dfeistviye tuberkulina na bieliye krovyaniye shariki u tuberkulyoznikh zhivotnikh. [Action of tuberculin on white blood corpuscles in tuberculous animals.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1896. Mondielli (P.) * Etude pharmacologique et pharmacodynamique sur la tuberculine et l'oxy tuberculine. 8°. Lyon, 1898. Paraskevopoulos (A.) * Influence de la tuberculine sur le developpement et la virulence de quelques bacteries. 8°. Lausanne, 1909. Raschke (P.O.) * Untersuchungen iiber die Normaltemperatur gesunder und tuberkuloser Kaninchen, sowie iiber die ortliche und all- gemeine spezifische Reaktionsfahigkeit tuber- kuloser Kaninchen auf Tuberkulinpraparate. [Leipzig.] 8°. Weida i. Th., 1911. Stedtfeld (G. H.) * Versuche mit tieri- schem und menschlichem Tuberkulin und derenErgebnisse. [Giessen.] 8°. Berlin, 1910. Tauber(K. F. [B.]) * Ueber die Wirkung der hauptsachlichen im Tuberkulin und in den zu den lokalen Tuberkulinreaktionen ver- wendeten Tuberkulinlosungen enthaltenen nichtspezifischen Bestandteile auf die Augen-, Scheidenschleimhaut und aussere Haut des Rindes. [Leipzig.] 8°. Dresden, 1910. Tosi (U.) Variazioni del bilancio emoleuco- citario sotto 1' azione della tubercolina. 8°. Jesi, 1905. Aiello (G.) -29 — Petruschky (J.) Ueber die fragliche Einwirkung des Tuberculin (Old, 1891). Tuberculins auf Streptokokken-Infectionen. Ztschr. f, Hyg. u. Infectionskrankh., Leipz., 1896, xix, 450-460.— Poggi (G.) Delia influenza della linfa di Koch sui bacilli tubercolari. Arch, internaz. d. spec med.-chir., Napoli, 1893, ix, 109; 152.—Serrat (E.) A propos de la tuberculine de Koch. J. de med. vet. et zootech., Lvon, 1895, 3. s., xx, 641-644.—Smith (W. H.) Tuberculin; its revelations; are thev reliable? St. Louis Cour. Med., 1895, xiii, 127-130.—Terzaghl (R.) II modo di reagire del sangue, come tessuto, all' antica tubercolina; modifl- cazioni numeriche, nutritive, cromatofile, che presen- tano i proprii elementi. Clin, dermosifllopat. d. r. Univ di Roma, 1903, xxi, 32-36.—Von Buck (C.) Che cosa e la tubercolina? Tubercolosi, Milano, 1895, iii, 81-88.— Whittaker (J. T.) General impressions from six years' use of the old tuberculin. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1897, xxix, 951-954. Tuberculin (Resistance to). Bartels. Ein Beitrag zur Frage der Angewohnung an das Tuberculin. Deutsche thierarztl. Wchnschr., Hannov., 1902, x, 285.—Brunei (E.) Resistance a la tuberculine provoquee chez le cobaye tuberculeux. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1908, lxv, 307.—Pickert (M.) Ueber naturliche Tuberkulinresistenz. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1909, xxxv, 1013-1015.— Vallee (H.) Sur Taccoutumance a la tuberculine. Ann. de TInst. Pasteur, Par., 1904, xviii, 545-552. Tuberculi sation. See Tuberculosis (Preventive inoculation against). Tuberculoalbumin. Thamm. Ueber Tuberkuloalbumin. Praxt. Arzt, Wetzlar, 1903, xliii, 97-114. Tuberculocidin. See Tuberculosis (Treatment of) with tuber- vulocidin. Tuberculoderma. See Skin (Tuberculosis of). Tuberculol. Landmann (G.) Tuberkulol und Tuberkulin Bera- neck. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1908, x, 293-324. Tuberculoma. Lafon (C.-A.-L.) *Le tuberculome et la conjonctive b.ulbaire. 8°. Bordeaux, 1904. Poncet (A.) & Leriche (R.) Tuberculose inflam- matoire a forme neoplasique; adenomes du sein, du corps thyro'ide, etc., d'origine tubereuleuse. Gaz. de gynec. Par., 1906, xxi, 145-151. Tuberculomucin. Pachner (K.) Erfahrungen mit dem Tuberkulo- muzin Weleminsky. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1912, xxv, 137-157, 1 ch. Tuberculophobia. Bousseau-Saint-Philippe. De la tuberculo- phobie et de quelques-uns de ses effets en medecine in- fantile. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1906, xxxvi, 447-449. Tuberculo-protein. See Tuberculosis (Anaphylaxis in). Tuberculose (La) infantile. Revue bimes- trielle. Publiee sous la direction de L£on De- recq et Henry Barbier. 1903-6. 8°. Paris. Tuberculose. Orgaan van de Nederlandsche Centrale Vereeniging tot bestrijding der tuber- culose. v. 4-8, 1908-12. 8°. 's Qravenhage. Tuberculose. Uitgegeven door het Bestuur van het Nederlandsch Centraal Comite tot be- strijding der tuberculose. No. 5. 35 pp. 16°. Zwolle, 1906. Tuberculosis. See, also, Lupus; Meningitis (Tubercular); Scrofula; Tracheobronchial glands (Diseases of); Tuberculosis (Pulmonary); and under names of the various organs. Aulde (J.) Typical tuberculosis; selected cases from a report entitled: Collective investi- gation on tuberculosis. 8°. Philadelphia, 1904. Aurigo (F.) La verite" sur la tuberculose. 12°. Paris, 1905. TUBERCULOSIS. 549 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis. Tuberculosis. Bartel (J.) Probleme der Tuberkulosefrage. roy. 8°. Leipzig d- Wien, 1909. Brcsse(M. J.) Tuberculeusen. 8°. 'sGrer- venhage, 1908. Clarke (H.) Studies in tuberculosis. 8°. Liverpool, 1909. Discussion sur la tuberculose et la scrofulose; collection des travaux communiques a la Societe [medicale des hdpitaux de Paris] dans le cours de cette discussion par MM. J. Grancher, Fe- reol[etal.]. 8°. Paris, 1881. Fitz (R. H.) The theory of tuberculosis. A brief account of some of its more important features. 8°. Boston, 1871. Glaeser (J. A.) Ketzerische Briefe iiber Tuberculose. 8°. Hamburg, 1903. Hall (F.) Tuberculosis and allied diseases. 8°. Kalamazoo, 1911. Knapp (H.) A contribution to the question of tuberculosis. Transl. into English by W. A. Holden. obi. fol. New York, [1891]. Kuhn (C. H.) Opmerkingen omtrent het bestudeeren der tuberculose. 8°. Amsterdam, 1891. Lisi (G.) Contributo alio studio della tuber- colosi. 8°. Pisa, 1894. Lydtin. Die Handlungen in der Tuberku- lose-Frage. 8°. Leipzig, 1902. Middendorp (H. W.) La question de la tu- berculose devant la Societe medicale des prati- ciens a Paris, octobre 1902-decembre 1904. 8°. Paris, 1905. Millot-Carpentier. Etude sur la tubercu- lose et de la galvano-tuberculose. 12°. Paris, 1894. National Association for the Study and Pre- vention of Tuberculosis. Tuberculosis direc- tory. 8°. New York, 1911. Pettidi (E.-A.) Reflexions sur la tubercu- lose. 8°. Paris, 1910. Salvarelli (J. A.) * Notions pratiques sur la tuberculose. 8°. Paris, 1902. Schmidt (H.) *TJeber die Haufigkeit der Tuberkulose in den verschiedenen Lebensaltern mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der in den verschiedenen Lebensdecennien vorherrschen- den anatomischen Formen der Tuberkulose. [Erlangen.] 8°. Freiburg i. B., 1897. Searle (R. B.) Medical tuberculosis; its rational and natural cure; its several stages and relationship to cancer. 12°. London, [1904]. Smith-Shand (J. W. F.) Observations on cases of acute tuberculosis. 8°. Aberdeen, 1875. Sparnaay (M.) .Lit het leven van tubercu- lose lijders en hunne gezinnen. 8°. 's Graven- hage, 1908. Svenska Lakaresallskapet. Diskussion ofver tuberkulosfragan. 8°. Stockholm, 1896. Bound with: Forh. Svens. Lak.-Sallsk. Sammank., Stockholm, 1895-6. Acland (T. D.) A lecture on tuberculosis. Med. Mag., Lond., 1910, xix, 646-651— Adam! (J. G.) On facts, half truths and the truth, with special reference to the subject of tuberculosis. Maryland M. J., Bait., 1904, xlvii, 117-134. -----. Some phases of the tuberculosis question. Am.Pract.,\.Y.,1912,xlvi,297-302.—Albrecht (E.) Thesen zur Frage der menschlichen Tuberkulose. Frankfurt. Ztschr. f. Path. Festschr. . .. J. C. Sencken- berg, Wiesb., 1907, i, 214-220—Allbutt (T. C.) Tuber- culosis. Practitioner, Lond., 1899, lxii, 11-18.-----■. Ad- dress on tuberculosis. Ibid., 1903, lxx, 145-154. -----. Special number on tuberculosis; introduction. Ibid., 1913, xc, 1-13— Andvord ( K. F.) Qm tuberkulose. Forh. med. Selsk. i Kristiania, 1912, 79-82.—Arloing (S.) Etude comparative des diverses tuberculoses. [Rap.] Cong, internat. de la tuberc. Rap., Par., 1905, 97-117. Also: J. de m6d. vet. et zootech., Lyon, 1905, 5. s., ix, 641; 705.—Armstrong (G.) Tuberculosis; its etiology, pro- phylaxis and treatment. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Rich- mond, 1906-7, xi, 280-284.—Askenstedt (F. C.) An in- teresting case of tuberculosis; exhibition of patient. Kentucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1910, viii, 1782-1784.— Ballota Taylor (R.) Nosografia, patogenia de la tu- berculosis. Cong, internat. de med. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, de path, int., 154-203.—Barnes (H. L.), Brown (L.) [et al]. Tuberculosis nomenclature and classification; a committee report approved by the Ameri- can Sanatorium Association. J.Am. M. Ass., Chicago,1909, liii, 1053.— Bartlett (W. B.) Recent developments in the diagnosis and treatment of tuberculosis. Proc. Con- nect. M. Soc, New Haven, 1912, 279-292.—Behring (E.) Communication [sur la tuberculose]. Presse med. beige, Brux., 1905, lvii, 989-993. Also: Presse med., Par., 1905, 641. -----. Ueber wissenschaftliche Vorurteile, insbeson- dere in Tuberkulosesachen. Deutsche Rev., Stuttg. u. Leipz., 1906, iv, 232-245.—Benedikt (M.) Zur Tubercu- losefrage; oflener Brief an Professor Clifford Albutt (Cam- bridge). Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1901, li, 1249-1251.— Bernasc oni (B.) Studi sulla tubercolosi, con due casi clinici. Gazz. med. di Roma, 1892, xviii, 217; 337.—de Besche ( A.) Om tuberkulose. Forh. med. Selsk. i Kristiania, 1912, 20; 65.—Bowditch (V. Y.) A retro- spect; a few thoughts and suggestions based upon twenty- five years' experience with tuberculosis. Tr. Am. Climat. Ass., Phila., 1911, xxvii, 119-131. Also: Boston M. & S. J., 1911, clxv, 83-86.—Bo wditch (V. Y.) [et al.]. The re- port of the committee on clinical nomenclature. Nat. Ass. Study & Prevent. Tuberculosis. Trans., N. Y., 1908, iv, 242-245.—Bulstrode (H. T.) The present phase of the tuberculosis problem. Notices Proc. Roy. Inst. Gr. Brit. [1908], Lond., 1911, xix, pt. 1, 277-299, 3 ch.— Calmette (A.), Grysez (V.) & I^etulle (R.) Fre- quence relative de l'infection bacillaire et de la tubercu- lose aux differents Ages dela vie. Presse med., Par., 1911, xix, 651.—Collet & Trouilleur. Coexistence de plu- sieurs manifestations tuberculeuses attenuees chez le memesujet. Lyon med., 1905, cv. [Discussion], 303-308.— Cormick (B.) The one universally applicable diag- nostic test for tuberculosis and the three fundamental factors of treatment. Texas State J. M., Fort Worth, 1909- 10, v, 233-235.—De Giovanni (A.) A proposito della dottrina della tubercolosi. Policlin., Roma, 1902, ix, sez. med., 97-104.—Delepine (S.) A lecture introductory to an advanced course on tuberculosis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1913, i, 11.— Dnbard. Contribution a I'etude les rap- ports des tuberculoses entre elles. Cong, internat. de med. C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de bacteriol. et parasitol., 94.— Duckworth (Sir D.) On the personal factor in tuber- culosis. Lancet, Lond., 1901, ii, 1250-1253.—Earp (S. E.) A case of tuberculosis with some unusual points of inter- est. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1905, n. s., liv, 19. —Fal- gowski. Zur Frage der Tuberkulose. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1911, xiv, 437.— Ferran. Nouvelles recherches sur la tuberculose. J. de med. int., Par., 1898, ii, 151; 167.—Pontes (A.) Es- tudos sobre a tuberculoze. Mem. do Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, Rio de Jan., 1909, i, 51-68: 1910, ii, 186-285, 2 pl. -----. Estudossobrea tuberculoze. Ibid., 1911, iii, 106-217,9 pl.— Frankel (B.) Tuberkulose und Lebensalter. Ztschr.1 f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1911, xvii, 214-216.—Fraga (C.) Fron- teiras da tuberculose. Brazil-med., Rio de Jan., 1905, xix, 467; 479: 1906, xx, 2; 11; 21; 33; 45; 55.—Francine (A.P.) The teaching of tuberculosis; a plea for its specialization in medical schools. Nat. Ass. Study & Prevent. Tubercu- losis. Trans., N. Y., 19i0, vi, 157-165.—Freniantle (F. E.) [et al.]. A collection of representative opinionson the interim report of the departmental committee on tuber- culosis. Brit. J. Tuberculosis, Lond., 1912, vi, 153-162.— Frischbler (G.) Ueber die Wechselbeziehungen zwi- schen Tuberkulose und Generationsvorgangen. Prakt. Ergebn. d. Geburtsh. u.Gyniik., Wiesb., 1911,iii,281-329.— Gibson (J. D.) Further research in tuberculosis. J. Advanc. Therap., N.Y., 1905, xxiii, 212-218. -----. Tuber- culosis. Ibid., 1906, xxiv, 215-227.—Grancher (J.) & Thoinot. Rapport general au nom de la commission de la tuberculose. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1896, lxix, 1315- 1318.—Grundt (E.) Klasseinddeling avde tuberculose. Tiddskr. f. d. norske L;egefor., Kristiania, 1908, xxviii, 533-540.—Holmboe(M) Om tuberkulose. Forh.med. Selsk. i Kristiania, 1912, 74-76.—Hueppe (F.) Stand- punkte und Aufgaben in der Tuberculosefrage. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1902, Iii, 9; 72; 126. -----. Die Tuberku- lose. Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1904, xlix, 433; 445.—de Jong (D. A.) Nieuwe bijdrage tot de eenheid der tu- berkulose. Feestb. opgedr. aan H. Treub, Leiden, 1912, 72-82.—Kinnicntt (F. P.) A caseof general tubercular infection, including tubercular disease of the testis and a tubercular dactvlitis in a child of two and a half years. Med. & Surg. Rep. Presbyterian Hosp., N. Y., 1896, i, 47- 52,1 pl.-K.lebs (E.) Einige Bemerkungen iiber Tuber- kulose, bei Gelegenheit von Prof, von Behrings Mittei- lung. Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1906, xvi, 61-63.— Kossel (H.) Die Tuberkulosefrage und die Arbeiten der englischen Tuberkulosekommission. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1908, xxxiv, 177-180.—Kraus TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis. (R.) Bemerkungen zur Tuberkulosefrage. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1912, lxii, 837-842.—IHarajjIiano (E.) Tu- bercolosi. Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1903, xlii, 417^29.— ITIartin (S.) Tuberculosis. J. State M., Lond., 1899, vii, 125-140.—illetehnikofK Contribution a I'etude de la tuberculose. Tr. vii. Internat. Cong. Hyg. & Demog. 1891, Lond., 1892, ii, 229. -----. La tuberculose. Inde- pend. med., Par., 1896, ii, 121.—Jloore (S. G.) Some ob- servations and heterodox views on tuberculosis. Pub. Health, Lond., 1910-11, xxiv, 179-183.—Much (H.) Neue Tuberkulose- und Leprastudien. Hygiea, Stockholm, 1913, lxxv, 37-58.—Nieberle. Weiteres zur Tuberku- losefrage. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1912, xxii, 266-271.—Nolen (W.) Nieuwe gegevens en inzich- ten betreffende tuberculose en tering. Geneesk. Bl. u. Klin, en Lab. v. de prakt., Haarlem, 1910-11, xv, 357- 453 —Owen (E.) The Bolingbroke lecture entitled: "Some stray thoughts upon tuberculosis." Lancet, Lond., 1906, i, 1665-1670.—Owen (.Sir I.) Tuberculosis. Univ. Durham Coll. Med. Gaz., Newcastle, 1905-6, vi, 17- 23.—Osier (W.) On the study of tuberculosis. Phila. M. J., 1900, vi, 1029. Also, Reprint. -----. Address of the vice-president. Nat. Ass. Studv & Prevent. Tuberculosis. Trans., N. Y., 1906, i, 20-27.—Partitt (C. D.) Our pres- ent attitude towards tuberculosis, Canad. M. Ass. J., Toronto, 1912, ii, 477-486.—0,ueralt6. Balance social de la tuberculosis. Gac. med. catal., Barcel., 1912, xli, 281-293— Rabinowitsch (Lydia). Untersuchungen zur Tuberkulosefrage. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1913, xxxix, 103-106.—Rapport final presente en 1911 par la commission royale anglaise chargle d'etu- dier les questions concernant les tuberculoses humaine et bovine. Bull. Office internat. d'hyg. pub., Par., 1912, iv, 1212-1249.—Rose (A.) Einige neueIdeen fiber Phy- matiasis, dem internationalen sogenannten Tuberkulo- sen-Kongress von 1908 vorgelegt. N. Yorker med. Wchn- schr., 1908, xx, 134. -----. Some new ideas concerning phymatiasis (tuberculosis). N. York M. J. [etc.], 1912, xcv, 218-220. Also, Reprint.—Roxburgh (R.) Tuber- culosis. Bristol M.-Chir. J., 1912, xxx, 198^205.—Rumpf (E.) Ueber aktuelle Fragen aus dem Gebiete der Tuber- kuloseforschung. Verhandl. d. Ver. deutsch. Laryngo- logy Wiirzb., 1911, 457-^76.—Schottelius (M.) Ein Bei- trag zur Tuberkulose-Frage. Festschr. f. G. E. v. Rind- fleisch [etc.], Leipz., 1907, 257-264.—Shattuck (F. C.) The past, present, and future of tuberculosis. Boston M. & S. J., 1907, clvii, 133-141.—Shervinski (V.) O no- menklaturietuberkuloza. J. Obsh. Russk. Vrach. v pam. Pirogova, Mosk., 1904, x, 167-175.—Simonds (J. P.) Age and family history as factors in tuberculosis. Month. Bull. Indiana Bd. Health, Indianap., 1911, xiv, 19.— Smiraglia Scognamiglio (N.) Sulla unita della tuberculosi. Arch, internaz. di med. e chir.. Napoli, 1904, xx, 674-692.—Smith (E. P.) Tuberculosis; views of a layman. Alabama M. J., Birmingh., 1904-5, xvii, 580- 588.—Sobotta (E.) Ueber Tuberkulose. Schmidt's Jahrb., Leipz., 1912, cccxvi, 364; 453; 549: 1913, cccxvii, 24.—Softer. Die Tuberkulose als Volkskrankheit. Med. Bl., Wien, 1905, xxviii, 461; 471 —Spirt. Scrofulosa ori tuberculosa? Spitalul, Bucuresci, 1911, xxxi, 321; 352.— Stuart (F. J.) A criticism on the recent reportof the tuberculosis committee of the Medico-Psychological As- sociation. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1902, ii, 1351.—Tesse (G.) Due casi importanti di tuberculosi. Ann. d. Fac. di med., Perugia, 1911,4. s., i, 1-14.—Thompson (Lillian). Two cases of tuberculosis. Clinique, Chicago, 1911, xxxii, 219.—Thue (K.) Om tuberkulose. Forh. med. Selsk. i Kristiania, 1912, 42-49. — Tilliseh. Om tuberkulose. Ibid., 3K-42.—Trudeau (E. L.) The present aspect of some mixed questions relating to tuberculosis, with sug- gestions for future research work. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1899, x, 121-126.—Vetlesen (H. I.) Om tuberculose. Forh. med. Selsk. i Kristiania, 1912, 53-64.— Wallis (F. C.) A clinical lecture on some cases of tu- bercular disease. Clin. J., Lond., 1910, xxxvi, 81-86.— Webb (G. B.) Studies in tuberculosis. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1912, xxiii, 231-241.—Weight (C.) Zur Lehre von der Tuberculose und von verwandten Er- krankungen. In his: Gesamm.-Abhand., 8°, Berl., 1906, i, pt. 2, 356-377.—Woodliead (G. S.) Address to the section of bacteriology and comparative pathology of the Berlin Congress, 1912. [Tuberculosis.] J. State Med., Lond., 1912, xx, 705-717.—Younir (J. McL.) The pres- ent position of tuberculosis as an infective disease dan- gerous to man. J. Roy. San. Inst., Lond., 1904-5, xxv, H30-836. Tuberculosis (Abscess in). See Tuberculosis (Suppurative). Tuberculosis (Anaphylaxis in). Berdichevsky (Mile. Na'dejda). *Anaphy- laxie et tuberculine. [Lausanne.] 8°. Berne, 1910. TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Anaphylaxis in). de Caris (A.) L'anafililassi come mezzo di diagnosi per le tubercolosi umane; ricerche teo- riche e sperimentali eseguite nel Gabinetto di patologia speciale medica nell' anno 1909. 8°. Livorno, 1910. Krause (A. K.) Experimental studies on tuberculo-protein hypersensitiveness and their possible applications. 8°. Baltimore, 1911. Stocker(H.) * Ueber die Erzeugung von Ueberempfindlichkeit gegen Tuberkulin Bera- neck. 8°. Bern, 1911. Weber (G. W. M.) *Istdie Ueberempfind- lichkeit zum Nach weise der Tuberkulose ver- wendbar? 8°. Borna-Leipzig, 1910. Austrian (C. R.) The production of passive hyper- sensitiveness to tuberculin; a preliminary report. J. Ex- per. M., Lancaster, Pa., 1912, xv, 149-162. -----. The effect of hypersensitiveness to a tuberculo-protein upon subsequent infection with bacillus tuberculosis. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1913, xxiv, 11-25.—Bail (O.) Ueberempfindlichkeit bei tuberkulosen Tieren. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1904,xvii,846-848. -----. Uebertragung der Tuberkulinempfindlichkeit. Ztschr. f. Immunitats- forsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1909, iv, 470-485. -----. Weitere Versuche, betreffend die Uebertragung der Tu- berkulinempfindlichkeit. Ibid., 1911-12, Orig., xii, 451- 466.—Baldwin (E. R.) Hypersusceptibility to tuber- culin in tuberculosis; its phvsiological and clinical im- portance. Yale M. J., N. Haven, 1908-9, xv, 257-280. Also, Reprint.—Bauer (J.) Die passive Uebertragung der Tuberkuloseuberempfindlichkeit. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1909, lvi, 1218-1220. •-----. Tuberkulinreak- tion und Anaphylaxie. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infektions- krankh., Leipz., 1911, lxx, 149-176.—Bay (P.) Ipersen- sibilita. e diagnosi di tubercolosi. Tubercolosi, Milano, 1910-11, iii, 167-173.—Belin. La reaction & la tubercu- line est une reaction anaphylactique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1912, lxxii, 692-694.—Besredka (A.) & Bronfenbrenner (J.) De l'anaphylaxie serique au cours de la tuberculose. Ibid., 1911, lxxi, 70.—Bordet (J.) & Gengou (O.) Les sensibilisatrices du bacille tu- berculeux. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1903, exxxvii, 351-353—Bruyant (L.) Reaction a la tuberculose et anaphylaxie. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, lxx, 782-784.—von Capelle (T.J.) Ueber Tuberkulinana- phylaxie und ihr Zusammenhang mit dem Wesen der Tuberkulinreaktion. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1911, lx, Orig., 531-542. — Oaraffa (V.) L' anafilassi come mezzo diagnostico della tubercolosi umana. Riforma med., Napoli, 1909, xxv, 1236-1245.— Dembiiiski (B.) Przyczynek do badan nad sub- stancya. uczulajica, (sensibilisatrice) pratka gruzliczego. f... of the tubercle bacillus.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1905, 2. s., xxv, 37-39. Also, transl: Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1904, lvii, 502-504. —^tienne (G.) Les phases d'anaphylaxie de la cure tuberculinique; leur formule leucocytaire. Progres med., Par., 1913, 3. s., xxix, 1.— F,tienne (G.), Bemy & Boulangier. La leucocy- tose et l'equilibre leucocytaire dans les periodes d'ana- phylaxie a la tuberculine. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1909, ixvii, 371; 847.—Finzi (G.) L'anaphylaxie passive a. regard de 1'endotoxine du bacille tuberculeux. Ibid., 1910, lxviii, 1099.—Friinkel (E.) Die passive Tuberkulinanaphylaxie bei Meerschweinchen und ihre Unbrauchbarkeit fiir die Diagnose der Tuberkulose. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1911, lviii, Orig., 460-463.—liaussel & (>ncit. A propos de deux cas d'anaphylaxie generalisee k la suite d'injection de s6rum antitiiberculeux. Montpel. m6d., 1913, xxxvi, 69- 63.—ch- u. Milchhyg. Berl., 1899, ix, 216.— Lothes. Die Tuberkulose als Hauptmangel bei Schlachttieren. Berl. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1905, 456.— Lubarsch (O.) Zur vergleichenden Pathologie der Tuberkulose. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1908, xxxiv, 1921-1923.—Lunghis (T.) Un cas de tuber- culose generalis6e chez une jument. Ann. de m6d. vet., Brux., 1904, liii, 34-37.—MacCallum (W. G.) & Clem- ent (A. W.) Pulmonary tuberculosis, with diffuse pneu- monic consolidation, in a lion. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1900, xi, 85.—McCoy (G. W.) & Chapln (C. \V.) Tuberculosis among ground squirrels (Citellus bee- cheyi, Richardson). J. Med. Research, Bost., 1911, xxv, 189-198.-----------. A note on the susceptibility of ground squirrels (Citellus beecheyi, Richardson) to tuber- culosis. Treas. Dep. Pub. Health & Mar.-Hosp. U. S., Bull., no. 53, 1912. 24— M' Fad yean (J.) The suscep- tibility of the ass to tuberculosis. J. Comp. Path. & Therap., Edinb. & Lond., 1902. x v. 156-15*.-----. A case of tuberculosis in a sheep. Ibid., 158. -----. Rapid devel- opment of tuberculosis in young pigs. Ibid., 159-161.— iUakarevski (A. N.) Nasha statistika tuberkulyoza dom. zhivotnikh. [Our statistics of tuberculosis of do- mestic animals] Vestnik obsh. vet., St. Petersb., 1911, xxiii, 631-637.—JIarkiel (F.) Ein interessanter Sek- tionsbefund bei einem Schwein. [Ausgebreitete Bru-t- undBauchtuberkulosemithypertrophischerLeberzirrhose und konsekutiver Peritonitis.] Berl. tierarztl. Wchn- schr., 1907, 105.—Markns (H.) Tuberculose bij het paard. Tijdschr. v. veeartsenijk. en veeteelt, Utrecht, 1900-1901, xxviii, 97; 484: 529. -----. Tuberculose beim Pferde. Ztschr. f. Thiermed., Jena, 1902, vi, 369-387.— Marzagalll & Fiirari. Intorno a due scimmie tu- b rcolose. Ann. d. 1st. Maragliano p. la cura d. tuberc. [etc.], Genova, 1904. i. 73-76. Also: Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1904, xxv, 1349.—Mason (F. E.) Some observations on Tuberculosis (Animal). tuberculosis in camels in Egvpt. J. Comp. Path. & Therap., Edinb. & Lond., 1912, xxv, 109-111.—Melvin (A. D.) In- creasing prevalence of animal tuberculosis. Am.Pract. & News, Louisville, 1909, xliii, 278-280. Also: Louisville Month. J. M. & S., 1909, xvi, 1. -----. The economic im- portance of tuberculosis of food-producing animals. Am. Vet. Rev.,N.Y., 1909,xxxv, 18-32. Also: Rep. BureauAni- mal Indust. 1908, Wash.,1910,97-107. Also, Reprint.—Tlen- dez (J.) Aprop6sito de los tuberculos pulmonares del cerdo. Rev. Soc. med.argent., Buenos Aires,1895,iv,429.— Michael. Tuberculose von derCastrationswunde ausge- hend. Berl. thierarztl. Wchnschr., 1902, 316—Minette. De la tuberculose canine et feline. Rev. internat. de la tuberc. Par., 1906, ix, 81.—Mircoll (S.) Della tuber- colosi latente nella cavia. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1897, xviii, 1307.— Mohler (J. R.) Recent studies regarding the causation and character of animal tuberculosis. Am. Vet. Rev., N. Y., 1908-9, xxxiv, 323-337. -----. The causa- tion and character of animal tuberculosis, and Federal measures for its repression. Rep. Bureau Animal Indust. 1908, Wash., 1910, 155-164.—Mohler (J. R.) & Wash- burn (H.J.) Tuberculosis in hogs, with special refer- ence to its suppression. Am. Vet. Rev., N. Y., 1907-8, xxxii, 176-205. Also: Vet. J., Lond., 1908, lxiv, 14-32.— Moore (J.) Tuberculosis in an Australian opossum. Vet. J., Lond., 1903, n. s., viii, 283.— Moussu (G.) Conta- giosite de la tuberculose chez les animaux domestiques (contagion immediate; contagion mediate). Cong. p. I'etude de la tuberculose, Par., 1898, iv, 793-802. — Miiller (K.) Hiiuflgkeit der Gekrosdrusentuberkulose bei Schweinen. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- und Milchhyg., Berl., 1902-3, xiii, 242. -----. Ausgebreitete Schweinetuberku- lose. Ibid., 350.—Murzayeff (B. V.) Danniya otno- sitelno vospriimchivo^ti morskikh svinok k bugorchatol zarazle razlichnavo pro'iskhozhdeniya. [Data concern- ing the susceptibility of guinea pigs to tubercular Infec- tion of various origin.] Arch. vet. nauk, St. Petersb., 1901, xxxi, pt. 2, 223-227.—Nelson (J.) Outline of the work done for the State commission on tuberculosis in animals. Rep. Biol. Dep. N. Jersey Agric. Coll. Exper. Station (1894), 1895, 220-272. -----. Observations with reference to tuberculosis. Ibid. (1898), 1899, 230-242: (1899), 1900, 276-285. -----. Brief consideration of present aspects of the tuberculosis problem. Ibid. (1899), 1900, 294-299.—Nicolas (.1.) Un casde tuberculose spontanee chez le cheval. J. de med. vet. et zootech., Lyon, 1904, 5. s., viii, 79-81.—Niles (W. B.) Tuberculosis. J. Comp. M. & Vet. Arch., N. Y., 1895, xvi, 781-791.—Nocard. La tuberculose de Pane. Cong. p. I'etude de la tubercu- lose, Par., 1898, iv, 803.—Panisset (L.) Etude des ma- tieres virulentes et des modes de la penetration du virus dans la tuberculose des animaux. J. de med. vet. et zootech., Lyon, 1910, 5. s., xiv, 577-599.—Pel (P. K.) De beoordeeling onzer therapeutische maatregelen bij long- tuberculose. Tijdschr. v. Veeartsenijk., Utrecht, 1908, xxxv, 21-31.—Pemberthy (J.) Presidential address [tuberculosis]. J. State M., Lond., 1899, vii, 711-724. -----. A lecture on the veterinary aspect of the tubercu- losis problem. J. Roy. Inst. Pub. Health, Lond., 1907, xv, 577-5'.i7.—Pentland (G.) Tuberculosis among Aus- tralian stock. Lancet, Lond., 1901, ii, 285-287.—Perard & Bamon. De l'existence des tuberculides chez les bovides. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1913, lxxiv, 133.—Perret & Joseph. Tuberculosegeneralisee chez un cheval. Bull. Soc. centr. de med. vet., Par., 1909, lxiii, 204-206.—Perroncito (E.) Caso di tuberculosi nel ca- vallo. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1899, 4. s., xlvii, 110-112.—Peters (A.) Prevalence of tuberculosis. Vet. Mag., Phila., 1894, i, 483-488.—Petit (G.) Un cas de tuberculose pulmonaire non experimentale chez le beiier. Rec. de med. vet., Par., 1898, 8. s., v, 487-490. -----. Ad6- nopathie mesenterique tubereuleuse accompagnee de lymphangiectasie, chez le chien. Ibid., 1902, 8. s., ix, 744. -----. Mort subite lors d'epanchement thoracique tuber- culeux, chez le chien. Bull. Soc. centr. de med. v6t., Par., 1903, n. s., xxi, 48. -----. Tuberculose caverneuse da poumon chez le chien. Bull, et m6m. Soc. anat. de Par., 1903, lxxviii, 135.-----. Sur la tuberculose du chien. Rec. de med. vet., Par., 1904, lxxxi, 762-766.—Petit (G.) & Basset (J.) Notes sur la tuberculose du chien. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1900, lxxv, 292; 336; 396; 499; 517; 91*; 971; 1013; 1053: 1901, lxxvi, 70; 633. Also: Rec. de m6d. vet., Par., 1900, 8. s., vii, 342; 405: 1901, 8. s., viii, 6; 85; 162.—Petit (G.) & Coquot. Ulcerations tuberculeuses de la face chez le chat. Bull. Soc. centr. de m6d. vet., Par., 1902, n. s., xx, 651-653. Alxo: Bull, et m6m. Soc anat. de Par., 1902, lxxvii, 890-892.—Petit (G.) & Delmer. Tuberculose spontanee de la chevre: cuneuses et importantes lesions. Ibid., 1903, lxxviii, 916.—Probst. Tuberkulose mit Cavernenbildung bei einem Ziegenbock. Wchnschr. f. Tierh. u. Viehzucht, Munchen, 1906, 1, 141-143.—Babi- nowitsch (Lydia). Ueber spontane Affentuberku- lose, ein Beitrag zur Tuberkulosefrage. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1906, xxxii, 866-869. Also: Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.j, Berl., 1907, exc, 196-245.— Bavenel (M. P.) Report on the comparative study of various forms of tuberculosis. Am. TUBERCULOSIS. 554 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Animal). Med., Phila., 1905, x, 977-982 —Baymond. Tuberculose du lapin. Hyg. de la viande [etc.], Par., 1912, vi, 430.— Bedderoth (K.) Die Haufigkeit der Tuberculose bei Hunden und Katzen. Ztschr. f. Thiermed., Jena, 1904, viii, 116.—Reynolds (M. H.) An international com- mission on the control of tuberculosis of domestic ani- mals. J. Minn. M. Ass. [etc.], Minneap., 1910, xxx, 120. Also: West. Canada M. J., Winnipeg, 1910, iv, 276.— Ki< lid (C.) [et al.]. Etude sur l'alimentation des chiens tuberculeux. Rev. de med., Par., 1905, xxv, 1- 22.—Biedel. Zur Beurteilung tuberkuloser Schlacht- tiere. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1910, xx, 125.—Bievel. Ueber das Vorkommen latenter Tuber- kelbazillen in den Lymphdriisen der Rinder und Schweine. Deutsche tierarztl. Wchnschr., Hannov.,1909, xvii, 347.—Bivolta (S.) & Perroncito (E.) Sulla struttura e contagione della tubercolosi negli animali. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1903, 4. s., ix, 380- 387.—Itoiicrs (B.) The animal tuberculosis problem. Am. Vet. Rev., N. Y., 1907-8, xxxii, 213-220.—Bohr (E.- M.) Relation d'un cas de tuberculose abdominale chez le cheval. Assoc franc pour l'avance. d. sc. C.-r. 1900, Par., 1901, xxix, pt. 2, 808-810.—Boos (J.) Een geval van spontane tuberkulose bij Cavia cobaya. Tijdschr .v. Veeartsenijkunde, Ltrecht, 1911, xxxviii, 507, 1 pl.— Bossi (R. P.) La tubercolosi nei topi del canale Na- viglio e dei cavi Minutara, Argine e Levata del Mo- denese. Clin, vet., Milano, 1907, xxx, 2-7— Rothe. Studien uberspontane Kaninchentuberkulose. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1912, xxxviii, 642.—Sal- mon (D. E.) The veterinary aspect of tuberculosis. Med.-Leg. J., N. Y., 1902-3, xx, 159-161. -----. Some ob- servations on the tuberculosis of animals. Maryland M. J., Bait., 1904, xlvii, 73-92— Sanl'eliee (F.) Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Tuberkulose bei den Hausthieren. Arch. f. wissensch. u. prakt. Thierh., Berl., 1897, xxiii, 138-115.—Sarvonat& Kebattu. Action de la tuber- culose sur la mineralisation du cobaye. J. de physiol. et de path, gen., Par., 1910, xii, 934-941.—Serpovski (K. G.) Nekrotuberkuloz i pseldotuberkuloz lyokhkikh u krolikov. [Necro- and pseudo-tuberculosis of the lungs in rabbits.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1903, x, 1193.—Ses- sions (W. R.) The agricultural aspect of tuberculosis. Boston M. & S. J., 1894, cxxxi, 531.—Sheldon (W. H.) Tuberculosis in dogs. Tr.Chicago Path. Soc.(1897-9), 1900, iii, 492-496. Also: Medicine, Detroit, 1899, v, 115-118 — Smith (F. W.) The tuberculous mou key asapet. Brit.M. J., Lond., 1905, i, 472.—Stazzi(P.) La tubercolina nelle cavieresetubercoloseartiflcialmente. Clin, vet., Milano, 1906,xxix,773-782,1 pl.—Stcrnberg(C) Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Wirkung todter Tuberkelbazil- len. Centralbl. f. allg. Path.u. path. Anat., Jena. 1902, xiii, 752-778. See, also, supra, Krompecher.—Sticker (A.) Lymphosarkomatose und Tuberkulose beim Hunde. Arch. f. wissensch. u. prakt. Tierh., Berl., 1910, xxxvi, Suppl.-Bd., 646-656.—Straus (I.) Sur un cas de tubercu- lose chez une lionne. Arch, de med. exper. et d'anat. path., Par., 1894, vi, 645.—Teetz. Ein bemerkenswerter Fall von Tuberkulose beim Schwein. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1903, xiv, 60.—Thieringer (H.) Ueber Tuberkulose bei einem Elefanten. Berl. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1911, xxvii, 234.—Thompson (H.) Acute pulmonarv tuberculosis in the horse. Vet. J. & Ann. Comp. Path., Lond., 1898, xlvii, 21-23.—Titze (C.) Fiit- terungsversuche mit Hiihnertuberkelbazillen an vier Schweinen und einem Fohlen. Tuberk.-Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, Berl., 1907, 6. Hft., 215-219.—Trench (T. C.) On the agricultural aspect of tuberculosis. J. State M., Lond., 1898, vi, 640-646.—Trouette. Considerations sur la rarete de la tuberculose animale en Alg6rie. Rev. med. et pharm. de 1'Afrique du nord, Alger, 1898, i, 377.—Tuberculosis; bacillus necrophorus; ano-vul- vitis; report of the committee on diseases, of the Iowa Veterinary Association. Am. Vet. Rev., N. Y., 1907, xxxi, 737-719.—Vamos(J.) Asertesgumok6yr61 egyesetkap- csan. [A case of swine tuberculosis.] Allatorvosi lapok, Budapest, 1906, xxix, 39.—Villa r (S.) Tuberculosis. Vet. Rec, Lond., 1908, xx, 655-664.—Watanabe (K.) Versuche fiber die Wirkung in die Trachea eingefuhrter Tuberkelbaeillen auf die Lunge von Kaninchen. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1902, xxxi, 367-382.— Wenzel. Zwei seltene Falle von Tuberkulose beim Pferde und Hund. Deutsche tierarztl. Wchnschr., Han- nov., 1906, xiv, 159.—Weyl (T.) Spontane Tuberculose beim Hunde. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. u. Parasitenk., Jena, 18S9, vi, 689. A/so. Reprint.—Williams (W. R.) Tumours and tubercle in monkevs. Bristol M.-Chir. J,, 1907, xxv, 149-152.—Wolstenholm (J. B.) & Kely- uack (T. N.) A case of equine tuberculosis. Tr. Path. Soc. Manchester, 1891-2, i, 113-145.—Young (J. M'L.) Tubercular mastitis. Vet. Rec, Lond., 1903-4, xvi, 335- 338.—ZUrn. Beitrage zur klinischen Diagnostik der Tuberkulose des Pferdes. Deutsche tierarztl. Wchnschr., Hannov., 1905, xiii, 437-441.—Zwlck (A. O.) Tubercu- losis in animals, and its relations to man. Lancet-Clinic. Cincin., 1910, civ, 60-64. Tuberculosis (Animal). [ Cold-blood- ed animals. ] See, also, Tuberculosis (Bacillus of), in cold- blooded animals. Kuster (E.) * Ueber Kaltbliitertuberkulose. Habilitationsschrift. [Freiburg.] 8°. Leipzig, 1905. Also, in: Ztschr. f.Tuberk.,Leipz., 1906,viii, 187; 310,6 pl. Morey (A.) *Tuberculose experimentale de quelques poissons etde la grenouille. 8°. Lyon, 1900. Terre (L.) * Essai sur la tuberculose des vertebres a sang froid. Etude de pathologie ex- perimentale et comparee. [Lyon.] 8°. Dijon, 1902. Au che & Hobbs (J.) Action de la tuberculose morte injectee dans la cavite peritoneale des grenouilles. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1897, 10. s., iv, 929-931. ----------. Evolution de la tuberculose aviaire chez la grenouille. Ibid., 1899,11. s., i, 816.----------. De la tuberculose chez la grenouille. Arch, de med. exper. et d'anat. path., Par., 1900, xii, 419-464. — Barlocco & Goggia. La tubercolosi dei vertebrati a sangue freddo e suoi rapporti coll' immunizzazione antitubercolare dei vertebrati a sangue freddo. Ann. d. Ist. Maragliano p. la cura d. tuberc. [etc.], Genova, 1904, i, 193-218.—Ber- tarelll (,E.) Alcune ricerche sulla tubercolosi dei ret- tili. Arch, per le sc. med., Torino, 1905, xxix, 187-202,1 pl. Also, transl: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1905, xxxviii, 403-413.—Bcrtarelli (E.) & Boc- chia(I.) Nuove ricerche sulla tubercolosi dei verte- brati e sangue freddo. Boll. d. Soc. med. di Parma, 1909, 2. s., ii, 272-281. Also: Tubercolosi, Milano, 1909-10, ii, 305-316, 2 pl.----------. Ancora sulla tubercolosi del vertebrati a sangue freddo. Boll. d. Soc. med. di Parma, 1910, 2. s., iii, 239-242. Also: Tubercolosi, Milano, 1910-11, iii, 213-216. Also, transl: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt.,Jena, 1910,liv.Orig.,385-393,1 pl.—vonBetegh (L.) Beitrage zur Tuberkulose der Meeresfische. Ibid., 1909-10, liii, Orig., 374-377.—De Michele (P.) Delle varieta di tubercolosi negli animali a sangue freddo. Morgagni, Mi- lano, 1894, xxxvi, 98-118.—Destot. Tuberculose chez les poissons. Lyon med., 1897, lxxxv,450. Also: Gaz. d. h6p.de Toulouse, 1897, xi, 314. — Dubard. Une troisieme tu- berculose (tuberculosis piseium). Bull, med., Par., 1897, xi, 609.-----. La tuberculose des animaux d, sang froid et ses rapports avec la tuberculose des animaux & tem- perature constante. Rev. de la tuberculose, Par., 1898,13- 25.—Germano (E.) La tubercolosi sperimentale nei pesci. Arte med., Napoli, 1900, ii, 402.—Herzog (H.) Zur Tuberkulose im Kaltblfiterorganismus. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.] ,1. Abt., Jena. 1902, xxxi,78-85.—de Jong (D. A.) Tuberculose et pseudo-tuberculose (vermineuse) du mouton et de la chevre. Cong. p. I'etude de la tuber- culose, Par., 1898, iv, 690-701.—Kunstler (J.) La tuber- culose chez les poissons. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bor- deaux, 1905, xxvi, 556.—Ledoux-Lebard. Le bacille pisciaire et la tuberculose dela grenouille due k ce bacille. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1900, xiv, 535-554,1 pl.— Lombardo Pellegrimo (P.) Sulla pseudotuberco- losi negli animali a sangue freddo. Ann. d' ig. sper., Roma, 1907, n. s., xvii, 201-211,1 pl.—ITforiya (G.) Impf- tuberkulose der Kaltbliiter. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc], 1. Abt. Jena, 1907, xiv, Orig., 294-301, 1 pl.— Weber (A.) & Taute (M.) Die Kaltbliitertuberku- lose. Tuberk.-Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, Berl., 1905, 110-144. Tuberculosis (Animal, Diagnosis of). See, also, Tuberculosis (Borine, Diagnosis of). Martin (P. [G.] A.) * Praktische Erfahrun- gen mit dir intrakutanen Tuberkulin-Reaktion bei Schweinen und bei Kindern. [Giessen.] 8°. Wiirzburg, 1910. Rodier. Die Wirkung des Tuberkulins und sein Werth als Erkennungsmittel der Tuberku- lose unserer Hausthiere. 8°. Dresden, 1901. United States. Department of Agriculture. Bureau of Animal Industry. Circular No. 79. The tuberculin test for tuberculosis. By D. E. Salmon. 8°. Washington, 1905. ------. Bull. No. 88. The tuberculin test of hogs and some methods of their infection with tuberculosis. By E. C. Schroeder and John R. Mohler. 8°. Washington, 1906. Archibald (R. G.) Acid-fast bacilli in a camel's lung, the gross lesions of which closely simulated mili- TUBERCULOSIS. 555 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Animal, Diagnosis of). ary tuberculosis. J. Comp. Path. & Therap., Edirib. & Lond., 1910, xxiii, 56.—Brown (A. E.) The tuberculin test in monkeys; with notes on the temperature of mam- mals. Proc. gen. meet. . . . Zool. Soc. Lond., 1909, 81-90, 3 pl.—Cominotti (L.) Contributo alio studio dell' of- talmo-reazione alia tubercolina negli animali domestici. Clin, vet., Milano, 1908, xxxi, sez. prat., 481-490. Also: Tubercolosi, Milano, 1909, i, 221-224.—Dewar. The di- agnosis of tuberculosis in animals during life. Tr. Brit. Cong. Tuberc. 1901, Lond., 1902, iv, 1-30. Also: Veterina- rian, Lond., 1901, lxxiv, 400-406. Also: Vet. Rec, Lond., 1901-2, xiv, 64-68.—Eber (W.) Ueber das Wesen der sogenannten Tuberculin- und Malleinreaction. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Thiermed., Leipz., 1894, xxi, 34-68.—Finzi (G.) Le diagnostic de la tuberculose chez nos animaux domes- tiques. Rec. de med. vet., Par., 1912, lxxxix, 465-468.— Gotmaiin (W.) Das Tuberculin als diagnostisches Mittel. Monatsh. f. prakt. Thierh., Stuttg., 1894-5, vi, 433-441.—Hattner. 1st zur Feststelluiig der Knochen- tubereulose bei gesehlachteten Tieren eine weiterge- hende als die vorgesehriebene Untersuchung erforder- lich? Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1907, xviii, 7-12.—Hoefhagel (H.) Tuberculine als diagnosticum. Tijdschr. v. veeartsenijk. en veeteelt, Utrecht, 1893, xx, 213-216.— Johnson (G. A.) The technique of the tu- berculin test. J. Comp. M. & Vet. Arch., Phila., 1896, xvii, 85-93.—Kabitz (H.) Beitrag zur Beurtheilung der Tuberculose. Berl. thierarztl. Wchnschr., 1898, 229- 234.—Klralytt (G.) Die Glandulse retrojugulares in der Friihdiagnose der experimentellen Meerschweintu- berkulose. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1910, xlvii, 2015-2017.— Klauwers (J. A.) Worden bij longtuberculose van het rund zelden bacillen opgehoest? Tijdschr. v. veeart- senijk. Maandbl., Utrecht, 1905-6, xxxiii, 351-353.— Klemperer. Leber die Pirquetsche Reaktion beim Tier. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1908, xxxiv, 170.—Kiihnau (M.) Der wirkliche Werth der Tuberculinprobe. Berl. thierarztl. Wchnschr., 1899, 275; 287.—Male (G. P.) The clinical aspect of Johne's dis- ease and the avian tuberculin test. Vet. J., Lond., 1911, lxvii, 324-330.—Jttoussu (G.) & Mantoux (C.) Sur l'intra-dermo-reaction a la tuberculine chez les animaux. Bull. Soc. centr. de med. vet., Par., 1908, lxii, 500-518. Also: Ann. demed. vet., Brux., 1908, lvii, 699-601.—dul- ler (A. F.) De waarde van tuberculinum als diagnosti- cum. Tijdschr. v. veeartsenijk. Maandbl., Utrecht, 1905-6, xxxiii, 496-500. — INattan-Larrier ( L. ) & Griffon (V.) Recherche de la nature tubereuleuse d'un exsudat par l'inoculation dans la mamelle d'un cobaye en lactation. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1903, lv, 239.— Nodyne (E. H.) Mallein and the tu- berculin test. Am. Vet. Rev., N. Y., 1908, xxxiii, 584 — Perkuhn. Versagen der diagnostischen Tuberkulin- impfung bei einem tuberkulosen Pferde? Ztschr. f. Ve- terinark., Berl., 1911, xxiii, 28-31.—Preusse. Mitthei- lungen uber den diagnostischen Werth der Einspritzung von Tuberculin und Mallein. Berl. thierarztl. Wchn- schr., 1893, ix, 243-248— Bemlinger. Sur un mode special de reaction du cobaye vis-a-vis de la tuberculose. Gaz. m6d. d'Orient,Constant., 1901-2, 819-830.— Boussel. La tuberculose des petits animaux et les defaillances de la tuberculine. [Rap. de Coquot.l Bull. Soc. centr. de m6d.vet.,Par.,1909,lxiii, 179-181.—Buitinga (P.) Over het voorkomen eener specifieke stof in het bloedserum van tuberculeuze dieren. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1903, 2. R., xxxix, d. 2, 61-81.— Bussell (F. L.) The diagnosis of tuberculosis, dealing especially with the dose of tuberculin to be used in testing for tubercu- losis. Vet. Mag., Phila., 1894, i, 651-653. — Schue- macher. Tuberculin-ImpfprobevorGericht. Deutsche thierarztl. Wchnschr., Hannov., 1899, vii, 117-119.—Se Ian (U.) Impiego simultaneo della tubercolina per iniezioni ipodermiche, instillazioni congiuntivali e scarificazioni cutanee. Clin, vet., Milano, 1908, xxxi, sez. prat., 195- 198_Sorel (F.) Reaction des cobayes tuberculeux a l'iodure de potassium. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1909 lxvi, 524. — Stlennon. Tuberculose du cheval ayant presents les apparences d'une angine chronique. Ann. de med. vet., Brux., 1903, Iii, 425-430.— Thiro jun. Ueber die Gesetzesforderung der Feststellung der Tuber- kulose an iedem lebenden Tiere. Berl. tierarztl. Wchn- schr 1903, 279-281.—Vallee (H.) Sur la reaction locale a la tuberculine. Bull. Soc. centr. de med. vet., Par., 1908 lxii, 519-523. -----. Des tuberculoses occultes. Rec. demed. v6t., Par., 1909, lxxxvi, 106-117. -----. Occult tu- berculosis. J. Comp. Path. & Therap., Edinb. & Lond 1909, xxii, 133-140.— Vallee (H.) & Finzi (G.) De la re- action precipitante dans le diagnostic des tuberculoses animales. Bull. Soc. centr. de med. vet., Par., 1910, lxiv, 408-413 —Vllents (G.) K kazuistikie povtornikh in- yektsiytuberkulinasdiagnosticheskof tslelyu. [Repeated tuberculin injections for diagnostic purposes.] Vet. Zhizn, Mosk 1907, i, 67.—Weber (A.) Der Tierversuch bei der Diaeribse tuberkuloser Erkrankung. Munchen. med. Wchnschr 1908, lv, 32L-White (C. Y.) & Fox (H.) Results of tuberculin tests in monkeys at the Philadel- nhia Zoological Gardens. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1909, iv 517-627.—Wladimiroff"( A.) Ueber die Ophthalmo- reaction Berl. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1908, 60. Tuberculosis (Animal, Dubious varie- ties of) [Pseudo-tuberculosis]. Bryner (A.) *Ein Beitrag zur Pseudotu- berkulose der Vogel. 8°. Zurich, 1906. Glasser (K.) * Untersuchungen iiber bazillare pseudotuberkulose Erkrankungen mit beson- derer Beriicksichtigung der Pseudotuberkulosia ovis. 8°. Berlin, 1909. t' Hoen (H.) * Die Pseudotuberculose bei der Katze. [Bern.] 8°. Stuttgart, 1902. Also, in: Monatsh. f. prakt. Thierh., Stuttg., 1902, Triii 423-466. Mazzanti (E.) Cenno sulle pseudotubercu- losi in genere ed in ispecie su una del piccione. 16°. Milano, 1894. Auche & Hobbs (J.) De la non-transformation en tuberculose pisciaire de la tuberculose humaine inocuiee a la grenouille. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1899, 11. s.,i, 817.----------. De la non-multiplication du ba- cille tuberculeux humain ou aviaire, chez la grenouille, k la temperature ordinaire. Ibid., 825. — Basset (J.) Pseudo-tuberculose du lievre; le streptobacille provoque le signe de Straus. Bull. Soc. centr. de med. vet., Par., 1907, Ixi, 334-339.—Bridre (J.) Pseudo-tuberculose ca- seeuse chez les agneaux. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1905, lix, 117.—Chretien (A.) Au sujet de la tubercu- lose zoogieique et de la tuberculose bacillaire du rein du lapin. Hyg. de la viande [etc.], Par., 1912, vi, 432-434.— Delbanco (E.) Ueberdie Pseudotuberkulose der Na- gethiere. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u.z.allg. Path., Jena, 1896, xx,477-512, lpl.—Donzello (G.) Diunmicrorganismo isolato da un caso di pseudo-tubercolosi polmonare di un coniglio selvatico. Gazz. sicil. di med. e chir. [etc.], Palermo, 1904, iii, 721; 741. Also: Morgagni, Milano, 1905, xlvii, 593-611.—Ducourneau & Jay les (P.) Un cas de pseudo-tuberculose chez le chien. Rev. vet., Toulouse, 1902, lix, 501-508.—Galavielle. Un cas de pseudo-tu- berculose d'origine feline. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1898, 10. s., v, 492-494. -----. Pseudo-tuberculose d'origine feline. N. Montpel. m6d., 1899, viii, 10-17.— Galll-Valerlo (B.) Etudes sur les neoformations no- dulaires; la pseudo-tuberculose bacterienne des cobayes. Arch, de parasitol., Par., 1901, iv, 288-300.—Gaulhier (C.) Lesions pseudo-tuherculeuses du rat. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1906, lx, 441.—Gllruth (J. A.) Pseudo- tuberculosis in sheep. [Lympho-adenitis.] J. Comp. Path. & Therap., Edinb. & Lond., 1902, xv, 324-344.— Guinard (L.) & Morey (A.) Pseudo-tuberculose mi- crobienne chez le mouton. Compt. rend. Soc.de biol., Par., 1893, 9. s., v, 893-895.—Hericourt (J.) & Bichet (C.) Tuberculose aviaire et tuberculose humaine chez le singe. In: Richet (C.) Physiol. Trav. du lab., 8°, Par., 1895, iii, 399-404. — Kutscher. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntniss der bacillaren Pseudotuberculose der Nage- thiere. Ztschr. f. Hyg.u. Infectionskrankh., Leipz., 1894, xviii, 327-342, 2 pl.—Mabilais (J.) Pseudo-tuberculo- sis cocohacilar del cui. Rev. m6d. de Chile, Sant. de Chile, 1905, xxxiii, 353-362.—JTI'Phail (J.) On pseudo- tuberculosis. Vet. J., Lond., 1900, n. s., ii, 146-151.— Moeller (P.) Beitrag zum Vorkommen von Pseudo- tuberkelbazillen bei Rindern. Berl. thierarztl. Wchnschr 1903, 156.—Wluir (R.) On pseudo-tuberculosis, with spe- cial reference to pseudo-tuberculosis in birds. J. Pathol. & Bacteriol.,Edinb.& Lond., 1898. v, 160-181,2pl.—Noack. Beobachtungen iiber Pseudo-Tuberkulose der Schafe und deren Beziehungen zur Echinokokken-Invasion. Deutsche tierarztl. Wchnschr., Hannov., 1906, xiv, 346- 348.—Padrone (A.) Un caso di pseudo-tubercolosi in una bufala. Gior. d. r., Soc. ed Accad. vet. ital., Torino, 1904, liii, 1009.—Petit (G.), Henry (H.) & Germain (R ) Sur une pseudo-tuberculose vermineuse du cheval. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1910, lxxxv, 304-311.— Blch (F. A.) Tuberculosis in the lower animals and its relation to public health. Tr. Vermont M. Soc, Burling- ton, 1894, 158-193.—Sabrazes (J.) Pseudo-tuberculose bacillaire du pigeon. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1899, 11. s., i, 289.—Sodero (G.) Pseudo-tubercolosi zoogleica in una pecora. Arch, seient. d. r. Soc. ed Accad. vet. ital., Torino, 1904, ii, 17-25.—Tartakovski (M. G.) O batsillyarnom psevdotuberkulozle u morskikh svinok. rOn bacillary pseudo-tuberculosis in guinea pigs.] Trudi Obsh. russk. vrach. v S.-Peterb., 1896-6, [no. 8], 23-44.— Tidswell (F.) A note on caseous lymphatic glands (pseudo-tuberculosis) in sheep. Intercolon. M. J., Aus- tralas., Melbourne, 1900, v, 199-201.—Vallee (H.) Sur une nouvelle pseudo-tuberculose observee chez les jeunes animaux de l'espece bovine. Cong. p. I'etude de la tu- berculose, Par., 1898, iv, 682-690. Also: Rec. de med. vet., Par., 1898, 8. s., v, 490-500.—Vincenzi (L.) Die Pseudo- tuberkulose bei Froschen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1907, xliv, Orig., 391.—Wurtz (R.) Sur un cas de pseudotuberculose du cobaye. Arch, de med. ex- per. et d'anat. path., Par., 1894, vi, 973-976. TUBERCULOSIS. 556 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Animal, Prevention Bergstrand (A.) Tuberkulosen hos not- kreatur och densammas bekampande. [Tu- berculosis in black cattle and its prophylaxis.] 2. ed. 12°. Stockholm, [1894]. Zurn (F. A.) Die Tuberkulose der Haus- thiere und deren Yorbeuge. 8°. Leipzig, 1895. Bang (B.) La lutte contre la tuberculose animale par la prophylaxie. [Rap.] Cong. p. I'etude dela tuber- culose, Par., 1898, iv, 247-290. Also: Nord. med. Ark., Stockholm, 1899, n. F., x, no. 22, 1-17. Also, transl: J. Comp. Path. & Therap., Edinb. & Lond., 1899, xii, 189- 205.— Blume (R. B.) Prevention of tuberculosis in ani- mals. Month. Bull. Ohio State Bd. Health, Columbus, 1911, i, 369-379. — Edwards (W. C.) The Bang system for eradicating tuberculosis as practiced at Pine Grove Stock Farm, Rockland, Ontario. Am. Vet. Rev., N. Y., 1903-4, xxvii, 835-839. -Haffner (E.) Zur Frage der Tuberkulosetilgung. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1896-7, vii, 43-60. —Hopkins (A. W.) The pre- vention of tuberculosis in food producing animals. Rep. Bd. Health Ohio, Columbus, 1899, xiv, 739-746. Also: Ohio San. Bull., Columbus, 1900, iv, 6-14.—Hughs (D. A.)' Away with animal tuberculosis. Am. Vet. Rev., N. Y., 1908, xxxiii, 641-649. — Kinnell (G. S.) Tuberculin, slaughter and sanitation in the eradication of tubercu- losis. Am. Vet. Rev., N. Y., 1898-9, xxii, 158-165.—Law (J.) Tuberculosis in relation to animal industry and public health. Vet. J. & Ann. Comp. Path., Lond., 1894, xxxviii, 398-423:1894, xxxix, 12; 87-101. Also, Reprint.— van Leeuwen (A.) Bestrijding van de tuberculose der huisdieren. Tijdschr. v. veeartsenijk. Maandbl., Utrecht, 1905-6, xxxiii, 340-345— Lloyd (J. S.) Sugges- tions for controlling tuberculosis among food animals. J. Roy. Inst. Pub. Health, Lond., 1911, xix, 365-370.—JIaar. Peflsucht und Stallhygiene und ihre Beziehungen zur Bekiimpfung der Tuberkulose der Menschen. Ber. ii. d. Kong. z. Bekiimpf. d. Tuberk. [etc.], Berl., 1899, 678.— ,T1< Eachran (D.) Extracts from a contribution on the prevention of tuberculosis in animals, with special refer- ence to prevention in the Dominion. Vet. J. & Ann. Comp. Path., Lond., 1899, xlix, 153-158. Also: Montreal M. J., 1S!»9. xxviii, 410-422. -----. Legislation suggested for cdntrolling and eradicating tuberculosis in animals. Tr. Brit. Cong. Tuberc. 1901, Lond., 1902, iv, 108-157.— fflelvin (A. D.) Future work in eradicating tuberculo- sis [from animals]. Am.Vet. Rev.,N. Y., 1907-8, xxxii, 206- 212. -----. The economic importance of tuberculosis of food-producing animals. U. S. Dep. Agric. Bureau ani- mal indust., Wash., 1908, xxv, 97-107. Also, Reprint.— moh 1 er (I. R.) The causation and character of animal tuberculosis, and Federal means for its repression. U. S. Dep. Agric Bureau animal indust., Wash., 1908,155-164. Also, Reprint.—Nlven (J.) Eradication of tuberculosis. Vet. Rec, Lond., 1907-8, xx, 762-769.—Nocard (E.) Animaux tuberculeux; cohabitation; viandes; lait. Com. de la tuberc, Par., 1900, 264-277. —Panisset (L.) Pro- phylaxie des tuberculoses animales; choix et application des mesures sanitaires. J. de med. vet. et zootech., Lyon, 1911,5. s., xv, 385-404.—Penberthy (J.) The veterinary aspect of the tuberculosis problem. J. Comp. Path. & Therap., Edinb. & Lond., 1907, xx, 285-300.—Peter & Jess. Die Bekampfung der Tuberculose unter den Hausthieren. Berl. thierarztl. Wchnschr., 1899, 431-433.— Bicli (F. A.) Tuberculosis in the lower animals and its relation to public health. Vermont M. Month., Burling- ton, 1895, i, 33; 69. —Bogers (B. H.) Tuberculosis in animals and public health. Bull. Iowa Inst., Dubuque, 1904, vi, 473-487. — Wolff(M) Tuberkulinbehandlung, insbesondere Perlsuchttherapie, nach Carl Spengler. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1906, Leipz., 1907, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 57. Tuberculosis (Animal, Preventive in- oculation against). See, also, Tuberculosis (Bovine, Preventive inoculation against). Beltzke (H.) Ueber den Verlauf der Impftuber- kulose beim Meerschweinchen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1907, xliv, 31-33. — Blyumenfeld (M. A.) Datskiy sposob i Jennerizatsiya (po Beringu) vborbfe s tuberku- lozom v krupnikh khozyaistvakh. [Danish method and Jennerization by Behring's method in the struggle with tuberculosis in domestic animals.] Vet. Obozr., Mosk., 1904, vi, 589-596.—Broil (R.) Immunisierungsversuche gegen Tuberkulose. Berl. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1910, xxvi, 916-91S— < aliuettc (A.) & Ulassol (L.) Sur la precipitation des tuberculines par le serum d'animaux immunises contre la tuberculose. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1909, cxlix, 760-762.—Cozzolino (O.) La tubercolosi snerimentale da inoculazione endermica nei conigli. Ann. d' ig. sper., Roma, 1895, v, 1-72, 4 pl.— Ileycke (G.) & Much (H.) Das Problem der Immu- msierung gegen Tuberkulose im Meerschweinversuch. Tuberculosis (Animal, Preventive in- oculation against). Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1910, xv, 277-302.— Eber. Die Tuberkuloseschutz- und Heilimpfung nach Heimans. Deutsche tierarztl. Wchnschr., Hannov., 1908, xvi, 333-337.—Ferran (J.) Immunisation des cobayes contre la tuberculose spontanee et contre la tuberculose experimentale provoquee par leur bacille. Rev. inter- nat. de la tuberc, Par., 1905, viii, 403-105.—Grosso (G.) Azione della tubercolina Koch sulle cavie inoculate con latte contenente bacilli della tubercolosi. Clin, vet., Milano, 1908, xxxi, sez. prat., 545; 564; 578.—Hacntjens (A. H.) De oorzaak van de aangeboren betrekkelijke immuniteit van honden tegen infectie met tuberkel- baeillen (tuberkeltoxinen-studie). Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1907, ii, 419-428.—Hericouirt (J.) & Bichet (C.) Vaccination du singe contre la tuber- culose. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1893, 9. s., v, 238-241.-----------. Quelques nouveaux exemples de vaccination tubereuleuse chez le chien. Ibid., 1894, 9. s., vi, 152.—Hutyra (F.) Die Tuberculose und die Rotzkrankheit als Gewahrsmangel. Oesterr. Monatschr. f. Thierh., Wien, 1902, xxvi, 97-109.—Jacob. Das Tuberkulin in der thieriirztlichen Praxis. Berl. thier- arztl. Wchnschr., 1894, x, 51; 64; 75. — Jousset (P.) Essai de vaccination du cobaye contre la tuberculose par la lymphe de Koch et par les cultures de tuberculose attenu6e a l'aide de l'iode; qu'est-ce que la lvmphe de Koch? Art med., Par., 1896, lxxxiii, 5-10. — Land- mann ( G.) Ueber Tierversuche mit dem Spengler- schen Tuberkulose-Immunkorper. Berl. klin. Wchn- schr., 1908, xiv, 2017.—Legear (N. G.) Tuberculin in veterinary practice. Texas M. News, Austin, 1896-7, vi, 66-71.—Marxer ( A.) Experimentelle Tuberkulose- studien. II. Vergleichende Immunisierungsversuche am Meerschweinchen. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1911, Orig. x, 118-131.—MUnzer (H.) Das Tuberculin im Dienste der Thierheilkunde. Oesterr. Monatschr. f. Thierh., Wien, 1896, xx, 49-54.— Pearson (L.) A review of recent investigations and observations upon the immunization of animals against tuberculosis. Rep. Henry Phipps Inst., study . . . tuberculosis 1904-5, Phila., 1906, ii, 311-381.—Preisich (K.) A hiistaplalas befolyasa tyukok oltasi giimok6r- j&ra. [The influence of meat nutrition in experimen- tal tuberculosis of fowls.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1902, xlvi, 199.—Bappln. Tuberculose experimentale et vaccination antituberculeuse du chien. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1906, 2. s., xxiv, 172. -----. Vaccination anti- tuberculeuse chez le cobave. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1913, clvi, 246-248— Bomanelli (G.) L' indice opsonico e fagocitico del siero di sangue di animali vaccinati contro la tubercolosi. Ann. d. Ist. Maragliano p. la cura d. tuberc. [etc.], Genova, 1906-7, ii, 221-229. Also: Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1907, xlvi, 757-764.— Buppel. Ueber die Immunisierung von Tieren ge- gen Tuberkulose. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1910, lvii, 2393-2398. —Thiro jun. Tuberculosetilgung in Schweinezuchtereien durch Tuberculinimpfung. Deut- sche thierarztl. Wchnschr., Hannov., 1902, x, 113-116.— Trudeau (E. L.) Eye tuberculosis and antitubercular inoculation in the rabbit. N. York M. J., 1893, lviii, 97.— Valine (H.) Recherches sur l'immunisation anti- tuberculeuse; vaccination du cheval. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1909, xxiii, 665-676.—Von Buck (K.) Immunization in tuberculosis, with especial reference to the method of Professor von Behring. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1906, lxix, 8.5-91.—Weidmann (A.) Ueber den Werth der Tuberculinimpfung und deren Durchfuhrung. Oesterr. Monatschr. f. Thierh., Wien, 1898, xxii, 385-395. Tuberculosis (Antagonism of). See Tuberculosis and syphilis. Tuberculosis (Antibodies in). Bahrdt (H.) Ueber die Beziehungen der Tuberku- linempfindlichkeit zum tuberkulosen Prozess. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1905, Leipz., 1906, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 13.—Bezancon (F.) & de Serbonnes (H.) Recherches sur les anticorps tuberculeux. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1909, lxvii, 648-550.----------. Etude sur les anticorps tuberculeux. J. de physiol. et de path. g6n., Par., 1909, xi, 1068; 1097— Bundschuh (K.) Kann man in einem gesunden Tier Tuberkulose-Anti- korper erzeugen? Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infektionskrankh., Leipz., 1913, Ixxiii, 427-142.—Calniette (A.) & ITIaswal (L.) Sur la preparation de serums riches en anticorps anti-tuberculeux par injections repetees de tuberculines antigenes; leurs proprietes. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1910, lxviii, 48-50.-----------. Sur une nouvelle reaction masquant dans les serums la presence des anti- corpstuberculeux. I6id., 224-226.----------. Anticorps et antigene tuberculeux. Ibid., 1911, lxxi, 191-194. ----- -----. Sur la preparation des antig6nes tuberculeux. Ibid., 341-344.-----------. Antigenes et anticorps tu- berculeux. Ibid. 1912, Ixxiii, 120-122.— Calnictte (A.), Massol (L.) & Mezie (A.) Classification des serums TUBERCULOSIS. 557 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Antibodies in). d'hommes tuberculeux d'apres la nature de leurs anti- corps. J6id., 193-195.—Citron (J.) UeberTuberkulose- antikorper und das Wesen der Tuberkulinreaktion. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1907, iii, 1135-1141.—Dieterlen. Ueber den Nachweis von Antistofleu gegen das Tuberkulin im Serum von tuberkulosen und nichttuberkulosen Tieren. Tuberk.-Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, Berl., 1910, 10. Hft., 221-230.—Fedeli (A.) Sulla presenza di anticorpi speci- fic! tubercolari nel siero di sangue di natida animali vac- cinati con materiale Maragliano. Ann. d. Ist. Maragliano p. la cura d. tuberc. [etc], Genova, 1908-9, iii, 377-382.— Karwacki (L ) O przeciwcialach swoistych w ropie gruzliczej. [On the peculiar antibodies in tubercular pus.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1911, 2. s., xxxi, 949-952. Also, transl: Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, lxxi, 525- 527.—Lesihke (E.) Ueber Aufschliessung von Tuberkel- bazillen und Erzeugnng von spezifischen Antikorpern durch Tuberkelbazillenaufschliessungen. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1911, lviii. 598.—liiiwenstein (E.) Ueber Antikorper bei Tuberkulose. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1909-10, xv, 337; 458.— Michel! (F.) Anticorpi devianti il complemento e allergia tubercolare. Tuberco- losi, Milano, 1908-9, ii, 17-34.—Pollers (B.) Komple- mentbindende Antikorper und Tuberkulose. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1912, liv, Ref., Beilage, 202-212. -----. Die spezitischen Antikorper im Blutserum Tuberkuloser. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1912, xxxviii, 745.—Much. Ueber neue Veriahren zur Tuberkelbazillenaufschliessung. Miinehen. med. Wchn- schr., 1911, lviii, 697.—Schleck (F.) Ueber die Bedeu- tung der komplementbindenden, tuberkulosen Anti- korper. (Nach Versuchen an Kaninchenaugen.) Deut- sche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1912, xxxviii, 302.— Schlirer (J.) Ueber die Bedeutung der Antikorper bei der Tuberkulose. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1912, cix, 112-128.—Sobernhelm (G.) Ueber Tuberku- lose-Antikorper. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1910, v, 349-376.—White (W. C), van Norman (K.) & Kiiblin (E.) Zur Frage der Anti- korper bei Tuberkulose. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1910, xvi, 242-246.—Wolff (M.) & Miihsam (H.) Mit Tu- berkulin komplementbindende Antistoffe im Serum Tuberkuloser. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1908, xxxiv, 1504. Tuberculosis (Atypical). See Tuberculosis (Latent, etc.). Tuberculosis (Avian). See, also, Parrots (Diseases of). Bouveault ( L. ) * Etudes chimiques du bacille de la tuberculose aviaire. 4°. Paris, 1892. Arloing (S.) La tuberculose aviaire dans ses rap- ports avec la tuberculose des mammiferes. Rev. de la tuberculose. Par., 1910, 2. s., vii, 257-283. — \ uche & Hobbs (J.) Des reactions phagocytaires determinees chez la grenouille par des inoculations intra-periton6ales de tuberculose aviaire. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux, 1897, xviii, 507-509, 1 pl. Also: J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1897, xxvii, 646.-----------. Note sur le pouvoir chimiotaxique du bacille de la tuberculose aviaire chez la grenouille. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1897, xxvii, 646.—AucIalr(J.) La tuberculose humaine chez le pigeon; recherches sur la localisation du bacille tuber- culeux humain dans l'organisme de cet oiseau. Arch. de med. exper. et d'anat. path., Par., 1897, ix, 277-281.— Balas (K.) Struma colloides tyukban. [... in fowls.] Allatorvosi lapok, Budapest, 1906, xxix, 397.—Bang (0.) Gefliigeltuberkulose und Saugetiertuberkulose. Cen- tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1908, xlvi, Orig., 461-478.-----. DasGeflugeltuberkulinalsdiagnostisches Mittel bei der chronisehen pseudotuberkulosen Darment- zundung des Rindes (Johnes disease). Ibid., 1909, li, Orig., 450-455. — Blerbaum (K.) Tuberkulose bei Fasanen. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1907, xvii, 311.—Burchhardt (J. L.) Untersuchungen iiber Hiihnertuberkulo.se. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, Konigsb., 1910, Leipz., 1911, lxxxxii, pt. 2, 507-513.—Burnett (S. H.) Tuberculosis in chick- ens positively identified in New York. Am. Vet. Rev., N. Y., 1907, xxx, 1312-1314. — Cadiot, Gilbert & Roger. Sur un proeede permettant de transmettre la tuberculose des mammiferes aux gallinaces. Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1898,10. s., v., 1065-1067.—Cad lot & Bo;>er. Note sur deux cas de tuberculose aviaire. Ibid., i»91, 10 s., i, 472-474.—Carl (W.) Einiges fiber Wachstumund Virulenzdes Erregers der Huhnertuber- kulose. Virchow's Arch, f.path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1912, ccvii, 140-148,1 tab.—Carder (F.) Aviaire et bacilli- num. Art m6d., Par., 1895, lxxxi, 81-97.—Chansse (P.) Sur la nature de la degen6rescence caseeuse dans la tu- berculose aviaire. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1910, lxix, 460— Clpolllna (A.) Ricerche sperimentali sulla tubercolosi aviaria. Boll. d. r. Accad. med. di Genova, Siena, 1903, xviii, 17-28. -----. Ricerche sulla identita Tuberculosis (Avian). della tubercolosi aviaria ed umana. Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1908, xlii, 805-814. Also: Ann. d. Ist. Maragliano p. la cura d. tuberc. [etc.], Genova, 1904, i, 59-64.—Cour- mont. Sur les rapports de la tuberculose aviaire avec la tuberculose des mammiferes. Semaine med., Par., 1893, xiii, 417-421.—Forbes (J. G.) Avian tuberculosis. St. Barth. Hosp. J., Lond., 1900, vii, 137.—Fortineau (L.) Virulence du muscle des volailles tuberculeuses; hypertrophie des productions cornees chez une poule tu- bereuleuse. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1906, Ixi, 25. Also: Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1906, 2. s., xxiv, 114.-----. Hypertrophie des productions cornees chez une poule tubereuleuse inocuiee avec un fragment de muscle de volaille tubereuleuse. Gaz. m6d. de Nantes, 1906, 2. s., xxiv, 408.—Garino (E.) Contributo alio studio dei rapporti fra la tubercolosi aviaria e la tuberco- losi dei mammiferi. Gior. d. r. Soc. ed Accad. vet. ital., Torino, 1900,xlix,659; 673.— Gilbert&Boger. Unicite des tuberculoses humaine et aviaire. Compt. rend. Soc. debiol., Par., 1896, 10. s., iii, 144-146.—Hericourt (J.)& Bichet (C.) Tuberculose aviaire et tuberculose hu- maine chezle singe. Cong. p. I'etude de la tuberculose 1893, Par., 1894, iii, 281-285.—Hobday (F.) Tuberculosis in the ostrich. Veterinarian, Lond., 1896, lxix, 194.— de Jong (D. A.) Rapport entre la tuberculose aviaire et celle des mammiferes. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1910, xxiv, 895-906.—Klimmer & Saalbeck. Die Temperatur gesunder und tuberkuloser Haus- und Trut- hiihner. Ztschr. f. Tiermed., Jena, 1910, xiv, 147-158. ----------. Ueber den diagnostischen Wert des Tuberku- lins bei tuberkulosen Haus- und Truthiihnern. Ibid., 222-239.—Koch (M.) & Babinowitsch (Lydia). Die Tuberkulose der Vogel und ihre Beziehungen zur Sauge- tiertuberkulose. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1907, exc, 246-541.—Kostenitsch (J.) & Wol- kow (M.) Contribution a I'etude de la tuberculose aviaire chez le lapin. Arch, de med. exper. et d'anat. path., Par., 1893, v, 169-186, 1 pl.—Kruse (W.) Ueber das Vorkommen dersog. Hiihnertuberculose oeim Men- schen und bei Saugethieren. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1892-3, xii, 544-552, 1 pl.-Lanne- longue & Achard. Sur l'immunite des gallinaces contre la tuberculose humaine. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par. 1897, exxiv, 883-885.—lieray (A.) Etude sur la difKrenciation anatomo-pathologique de la tuberculose de l'homme et des mammiferes avec la tuberculose aviaire. Arch, de med. exoer. et d'anat.path., Par., 1895, vii, 636-656, 2 pl.—Maksutoft Otnosheniye tuberku- loza ptits k tuberkulozu mlekopitayushtshikh. [Rela- tion of tuberculosis of birds to that of mammals.] Areh. vet. nauk, St. Petersb., 1894, ii, 2. sect.. 415-424.—Mohler (J. R.) & Washburn (H. J.) The transmission of avian tuberculosis to mammals. Rep. Bureau Animal Indust. 1908, Wash., 1910, 165-176.—Moore (V. A.) The morbid anatomy and etiology of avian tuberculosis. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1904, xi, 521-536,1 pl. Also, transl: Ztschr. f. Infektionskr. . . . d. Haustiere, Berl., 1906, i, 333-340.—Murzayeff(B. V.) Opit zarazheniya golubcl bugorchatkoyumlekopitayushtshikhsya. [Experimental infection of pigeons with mammalian tuberculosis.] Vrach, St. Petersb., 1900, xxi, 580-583. -----. O vospri- imchivosti popugayev k bugorkovol palochkfe Koch'a. [Susceptibility of parrots to Koch's tubercle bacillus.] Arch. vet. nauk, St. Petersb., 1901, xxxi, pt. 2, 709-720. -----. Otnosheniye bugorchatki ptits k takovol zhe che- lovleka i zhivotnikh. [Relation of tuberculosis of birds to that of man and animals.] Vet. Obozr., Mosk., 1901, iii, 1020-1022.-----. O vospriimchivostidomashnikhgolu- bel k bugorchatkle ptits i mlekopitayushtshikh. [Sus- ceptibility of domestic pigeons to tuberculosis of birds and mammals.] Vrach, St. Petersb., 1901, xxii, 877-881.— Nocard. Sur les relations qui existent entre la tuber- culose humaine et la tuberculose aviaire. Cong. p. I'etude de la tuberculose, Par., 1898, iv, 661-673. -----. De l'iden- tit6 des tuberculoses aviaire et humaine. Med. mod., Par., 1898, ix, 473.—Ogata (T.) [Comparison of the na- ture of the tubercular bacteria of mountain sheep, fowls and pigeons.] Saitake Gaku Zasshi, Tokyo, 1896-7, no. 7, 9-13.—Oteriopulo (0. S.) O sootnoshenii mezhdu tu- berkulyozom mlekopitayushtshikh i ptits; sovremennoye sostoyaniye voprosa l nlekotoriya samostoyatelniya izslle- dovaniya. [Relationship between tuberculosis of mam- mals and that of birds; present condition of the question andcertain personal investigations.] Obshtshestvo Russk. Vrach. v pam. Pirogova. Trudi .. . Syezda, S.-Peterb., 1904, i, 271.—Pansini (S.) Alcuni casi di tubercolosi aviaria nell' uomo e nei mammiferi. Atti d. xi. Cong. med. internaz., Roma, 1894, iii, med. int., 373-375. Also, transl: Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1894, xx, 694-697. -----. Tubercolosi aviaria e tubercolosi dei mammiferi. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1897, Roma, 1898, viii, 247-249. Also, transl: Semaine med., Par., 1897, xvii, 415. -----. Tubercolosi d'origine aviaria edai mam- miferi. Riforma med., Napoli, 1898, xiv, Pt. 1,14; 27; 37.— Parsons (A. R.) Human and fowl tuberculosis. Tr. Roy. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl., 1891-2, x, 333-342. —Petit (G.) Sur la tuberculose aviaire. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. TUBERCULOSIS. 558 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Avian). de Par., 1902, lxxvii, 408.—Petit (G.), Basset & Co- quet. Curieux cas de tuberculose cutanee chez une poule. Ibid., 438.—Phisalix (C.) Resistance du he- risson a la tuberculose humaine. Cong, internat. de med. C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de path, gen., 31-34.—Ba- binowitsch (Lydia). Die Geflugeltuberculose und ihre Beziehungen zur Saugetiertuberculose. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1904, xxx, 1675-1078.— Bappin. Note sur quelques experiences sur la tuber- culose aviaire. Cong. p. I'etude de la tuberculose, Par., 1898, iv, 673-679.—Baymond & Chretien. Au sujet de la tuberculose des volailles. Hyg. de la viande [etc.], Par., 1912, vi, 211-226.—Salmon (D. E.) Tuberculosis of birds. Proc. U. S. Vet. Med. Ass., Phila , 1896, xxxiii, 129-141.—Scliern (K.) Ein Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Darmtuberkulose des Huhnes. Ztschr. f. Thiermed., Jena, 1905,ix,420^45,2pl.—Schlel. Gefliigeltuberkulose. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1906. xliii, 714.—Snattock (S.G.) & Dudgeon (L. S.) A further note upon the relation- ship between avian and human tuberculosis. Lancet, Lond., 1909, ii, 1739-1742.—Shattock (S. G.), Selig- mann (C. G.), Dudgeon (L. S.) & Panton (P. N.) A contribution to the study of the relationship between avian and human tuberculosis. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1907-8, i, Path. Sect., 15-73. Also [Abstr.]: Lancet, Lond., 1907, ii, 1443-1145.—Straus (I.) Sur la tubercu- lose du perroquet. Arch, de med. exper. et d'anat. path., Par., 1896, viii, 134-139.—Vallillo (G.) Sul grasso con- tenuto nel tubereolo dei polli. Tubercolosi, Milano, 1911-12, iv, 257-263.—Vosgien (Y.) Tuberculose des poules. Hyg. de la viande [etc.], Par., 1912, vi, 207-211.— Ward (A. R.) Tuberculosis in fowls. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1902-3, i, b98-400.—Weber (A.), Titze [et al.]. Ueber Papageien- und Kanarienvogel-Tuberku- lose. Tuberk.-Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, Berl., 1908, 9. Hft., 59-78.—Wise (A. T.) A fertile although an unsus- pected source of bacillary infection. Lancet, Lond., 1898, ii, 1665.-----. Infection of tubercle from song-birds a fertile though unsuspected source of phthisis. Ibid., 1899, i, 1359.—WolffhUgel (K.) Mittheilungen fiber Gefliigeltuberkulose. Monatsh. f. prakt. Thierh.. Stuttg., 1904, xv, 457^71.—Zschokke (E.) Tuberkulosis bei Hiihnern durch Schlachthausabfalle. Schweiz. Arch. f. Tierh., Zurich, 1900, xlii, 266-259. Tuberculosis (Bacillus of). See, also, Lupus (Causes, etc., of); Paratuber- cle bacillus. van Calcar (R. P.) Die Fortschritte der Immunitiits- und Spezifizitatslehre seit 1870, mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Tuberkel- bazillen und der siiurefesten Stiibchen. 8°. Jena, 1907. Heron (G. A.) A paper on Koch's researches on tuberculosis, and abstract of a lecture on some of the more recent facts and observations con- cerning the bacillus of tubercle. 8°. London, 1883. Larraneta (P. J.) Las diversas lesiones con- ceptuadas hoy como tuberculosas ^son exclusi- vamente ocasionadas por la evolucion del bacilo de Koch? 8°. Madrid, 1896. Leray (A.) Le bacille tuberculeux chez l'homme et dans la se>ie animale. 8°. Paris, 1897. Middendorp (H. W.) Nadere mededeelingen omtrent het nietbestaan der tuberkelbaeillen en de onwaarde en gevaren van Koch's genees- wijze, etc. 8°. Groningen, 1891. ------. Nouvelles Etudes concernant les bacilles tuberculeux que M. le Prof. R. Koch pretend avoir decouverts, mais qui n'existent pas, etc. 8°. Paris, 1891. ----—. The same. Weitere Mittheilungen iiber die von R. Koch vermeintlich entdeckten aber nicht bestehenden Tuberkelbaeillen, etc. 8°. Groningen, 1891. ------. Es giebt keine wahren Tuberkelbaeil- len und die sogenannten Tuberkelbaeillen sind nicht die Ursache der Tuberculose. Weitere Studien iiber Prof. Dr. Robert Koch's Irrlehre von der Aetiologie der Tuberculose und iiber die Werthlosigkeit und die Gefahren seines Heilverfahrens. 8°. Groningen, 1894. Tuberculosis (Bacillus of). ------. Ware tuberkelbaeillen bestaan niet en de zoogenaamde tuberkelbaeillen zijn nietde oorzaak der tuberculose. fol. Groningen, 1894. ------. Die Bedeutung der Kochschen Ba- zillen bei den Tuberkulose und dessen Heilver- fahren. Offener Brief an S. S. Rosenstein. 8°. Groningen, 1900. ------. De Kochsche bacil is niet de oorzake- lijke parasiet van de tuberculose. 8°. Gronin~ gen, 1906. ------. The same. Le bacille de Koch n'est pas l'agent pathogene de la tuberculose. Re- ponse a la critique de G. Lemiere [et al.]. fol. Paris, 19u6. ------. The same. Der Kochsche Bacillus hat nicht krankmachende Wirkung fiir die Tu- berkulose. 8°. Leipzig, 1907. ------. Le bacille de Koch est une bact£rie innocente se deVeloppant dans les cavernes tu- berculeuses du poumon, des qu'elles ont com- munication avec une bronche et pas l'agent pathogene de la tuberculose; le virus tubercu- leux est lie a la substance necrosante de la cellule tubereuleuse en voie de deg^nerescence et au protoplasme des cellules fraiches des tu- bercules gris. 8°. Paris, 1908. Tuberkelbacillus (Der) und die Tuberkulin- Litteratur des Jahres 1891. Separat-Ausgabe des Capitels, "Tuberkelbacillus" aus dem " Jahresberichte iiber die Fortschritte in der Lehre von den pathogenen Mikroorganismen." Hrsg. von Prof. ... P. Baumgarten. 8°. Braun- schweig, 1893. d'Arrigo (G.) & Stauipacehia (R.) Beitrag zum Studium der Tuberkulose. Centralbl.f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1898, xxiii, 64; 123.—Arruda Sampaio. A tuberculose e o bacillo de Koch. Gaz. clin., S. Paulo, 1905, iii, 23-44.—Avny. Muscle et bacille tuberculeux; antagonisme. Rev.internat.de la tuberc, Par., 1908, xiv, 161.—Babes (V.) & Proca (G.) Untersuchungen fiber die Wirkung der Tuberkelbaeillen und fiber gegenwir- kende Substanzen. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infectionskrankh., Leipz., 1896, xxiii, 331-379.—Bartel (J.) & Neumann (W.) Das Verhalten der Tuberkelbaeillen in indifTeren- ten Flfissigkeiten. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1908, xlvii, Orig., 401; 572.—von Behring. Rest- bacillus. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1905, viii, 243- 246.—Bernhelm (S.) Le bacille de Koch isole ou as- socie. Assoc franc, pour l'avance. d. sc. C.-r., Par., 1900, xxix, 217.-----. Le bacille de Koch est-il l'agent patho- gene de la tuberculose? Rev. internat. dela tuberc, Par., 1905, viii, 253-269.—Brigidi (V.) Bacillo di Koch ed organismo umano. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1896, xvii, 758- 760.—Ca lmette (E.) La bacteriologie de la tuberculose au Congres de 1905. Bull, med., Par., 1905, xix, 917-919.— <'almette (A.) & Massol (L.) Recherches sur le ba- cille tuberculigene de Ferran. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1913, lxxiv, 21-23.—Carnot (P.) Sur la presence de bacilles de Koch encapsul6s dans un cas de tuberculose humaine. Bull, et mem. Soc. mecl. d. h6p. de Par., 1903, 3. s., xx, 1143-1145.—Carroll (J.) Bacteriology in tuber- culosis. Med.-Leg. J., N. Y., 1902-3, xx, 537.—Oliausse (P.) Sur la teneur des produits pathologiques en bacilles tuberculeux. Rec. de med. veL, Par., 1910, lxxxvii, 297- 299— Cloud (J.N. D.) Tubercle bacilli. Tr. FloridaM. Ass., Jacksonville, 1900, 84-87.—Coppen-Jones (A.) Leber die Nomenklatur des sog. Tuberkelbacillus. Cen- tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1896, xx, 393-395.— Courmont (J.) Sur une nouvelle tuberculose bacil- laire. Mem. et compt.-rend. Soc. d. sc. med. de Lvon (1889), 1890. xxix.pt.2,127-131.—Craig (C.F.) The bac- teriology or tuberculosis; historical, practical and experi- mental. N. Eng. M. Month., Danbury, Conn., 1896, xv, 301-304.—De Schweinitz (E. A.) The bacillus of tu- berculosis. Rep. Bureau Animal Indust. 1900, Wash., 1901, 262-280.—Dominguez y Martinez (A.) El bacilo de Koch, la tuberculosis y el suero. Rev. espec. med., Ma- drid, 1907, x, 63-65.—Dostal (H.) Zur Stellung des Tu- berkelbazillus im System der Mikroorganismen. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1910, lx, 2098-2100.—Dubard. Sur quelques proprieL6snouvelles du bacille de Koch obtenues sans l'intervention des passages sur l'animal a sang froid. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1898, 10. s., v, 474-477.— Eve (F. C.) Some recent advances against the tubercle bacillus. Practitioner, Lond., 1908, lxxxi, 406-418.—Fer- TUBERCULOSIS. 559 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Bacillus of). ran (J.) Nouvelle decouvertes relatives aux bacilles de la tuberculose et a la solution experimentale du probleme de la prophylaxie et de la guerison de cette maladie. Coimbramed., 1898, xviii; 289; 305; 321; 341; 360. -----. In- vestigaciones sobre la tuberculosis y su bacilo. Rev. in- ternat. de la tuberc, Par., 1902, i, 14; 111. Also, transl: Rev. de med., Par., 1901, xxi, 1009: 1902, xxii, 54. -----. Errores doctrinales coneernientes a la tuberculosis y su bacilo. Rev. med. de Sevilla, 1910, lv, 225; 257; 289. Also: Rev. espec. med., Madrid, 1910, xiii, 293-316. -----. Re- ponse silanoteduprofesseur Calmette: Recherches sur le bacille tuberculigene de J. Ferran. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1913, lxxiv, 172. -----. La nouvelle bacterio- logie de la tuberculose dans ses relations avec le diagnos- tic, la therapeutique sp6ciriqueetlaprophylaxievaccinale de cette maladie. Arch.gen.de med., Par.,1913, vi,5; 52.— Fltlgge. Der Tuberkelbacillus in seinen Beziehungen zur Tuberkulose. Ber. ii. d. Kong. z. Bekampf. d. Tu- berk. [etc.], Berl., 1899,171-178. Also: Arch. f. wissensch. u. prakt. Thierh., Berl., 1899, xxv, 385-395.—Frenkel. Recherches sur l'existence des bacilles de Koch dans l'organisme des non-tuberculeux. M£m. et compt.-rend. Soc. d. sc. mea. de Lyon (1896), 1897, xxxvi, pt. 2, 32-35.— Friedmann (F. F.) Einiges fiber Tuberkelbazillen und Tuberkulose. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1902, xvi, 935-937.—Frosch (P.) Gedenkschrift zur 25jahrigen Entdeckung des Tuberkelbazillus. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1907, xi, 1-8.—Goggla (C. P.) UnicLmo o plu- ralismo? Sull' adattamento del bacillo tubercolare all' organismo di alcuni animali. Am. d. Ist. Maragliano p. la cura d. tuberc. [etc.], Genova, 1906-7, ii, 109-125. -----. Alcune nuove ricerche sull' unicismo tubercolare; va- riability del bacillo di Koch in relazione coll' ambiente organico. Cron. d. clin. med. di Genova, 1906, xii, 349-355.— Guerin (C.) Sur le sort des bacilles tuber- culeux dans l'organisme. Rev. internat. de ia tu- berc. Par., 1912, xx, 245-247.—Heron (G. A.) Koch's researches on tuberculosis. Glasgow M. J., 1883, 4. s., xix, 94. Also, Reprint.—Jacobsohn (D.) La fluores- cence et le bacille de Koch. Cong, internat. de la tu- berc, 1905, Par., 1906, i, 179-182.—Jousset (P.J Le ba- cille de Koch est-il l'agent specifique de la tuberculose? Art med., Par., 1905, ci, 401-406.—de Keersmaecker. Les albuminuries, les nephrites chroniques et le bacille de Koch. Folia urolog., Leipz., 1908, ii, 1-34.— Kime (J. W.) On the natural habitat of the tubercle bacillus. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1903, lxxviii, 1175.—Kiippen (A.) Tuberkulosestudien. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. fete], 1. Abt., Jena, 1903, xxxiv, 6-13.—Kntseher (F.) Zur KenntnisderTuberkelbacillen. Sitzungsb.d. Gesellsch. z. Beford. d. ges. Naturw.zu Marb. (1901), 1902,78-81.—Laird (A. T.) The discovery of the tubercle bacillus; historical sketch. Albany M.Ann.,1911, xxxii, 311-318— lietevre. La bacillose. J. d'accouch., Liege, 1905, xxvi, 325.—Lit- terer (W.) A study of the tubercle bacillus cultivated from nine consecutive cases of primary tuberculous cer- vical adenitis. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1911, cv, 443-446.— Loeffler (F.) Zum 25jahrigen Gedenktage der Ent- deckung des Tuberkelbacillus. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1907, xxxiii, 449; 489.—McAllister (A.) The latest information of the tubercle bacillus. J. Camden Co. M. Soc, Camden, N. J., 1910, iii, 3.— Mc- Conkey (T. G.) Is not the tubercle bacillus the cause of cancer? N. York M. J. [etc.], 1908, Ixxxviii, 1166- 1170.—Mackenzie (J. J.) The bacteriology of tubercu- losis. Canada Lancet, Toronto, 1901-2, xxxv, 181-189.— McWeeney (E. J.) The bacteriological aspect of tu- berculosis. Tr. Roy. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl., 1898-9, xvii, 688.— JMlddendorp(H.W.) Le bacille de Koch n' est pas l'agent pathogene. Rev.m(5d.,Par.,1906,xv,387-394. Also, transl: Gazz. med. di Roma, 1906,xxxii,337-345.-----•. Le bacillede Koch n'est pasl'agentpathogene de la tubercu- lose. Actualite med., Par., 1906, xviii, 100: 1907, xix, 146; 169. -----. Le bacillede Koch n'est pas l'agent pathogene dela tuberculose. Rev. med., Par., 1908, xviii,575. -----. II bacillo di Koch eun batterioinnocuo e non l'agente della tubercolosi? Gazz. med. di Roma, 1910, xxxvi, 561; 589.— Miloslav It'll (E.) Von Koch zu Schron. Wien. med. Presse, 1907, xlviii, 1567-1575.—Moussu & Goupll. Proprietes physiologiques des bacilles tuberculeux chlores. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1907, cxiv, 1359- 1361.—Nelson (E. M.) The tubercle bacillus. J.Roy. Micr. Soc, Lond. & Edinb., 1905, 412.—Neumann (W.) & Wittgenstein (H.) Das Verhalten der Tuberkel- bazillen in den verschiedenen Organen nach intrave- noser Injektion. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1906, xix, 858- 860.—Parodi (F.) Sul rapido sviluppo del bacillo della tubercolosi. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1902, xxiii, 215-217.— Platkowskl (S.) Ueber eine neue Eigenschaft der Tuberkel- und anderer siiurefesten Bazillen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1904, xxx, 878. —Fiery (M.) Le bacille de Koch n'est pas l'agent pathogene dc la tuberculose, d'apres le Prof. Middendorp (de Gro- ningue). Lyon med., 1907,cviii,340-344.—Ramond(F.) &Ravaut (P.) Action des microbes sur le dCveloppe- ment du bacille de la tuberculose. Arch, de med. exper. et d'anat. path., Par., 1899, xi,494-497.— Ransome (A.) The tubercle bacillus as a saprophyte. J. San. Inst., Lond.,1899-1900, xx,669-672.—St. Droba. Pasozytgruz- Tuberculosis (Bacillus of). liczy i jego wlasciwe miejsce w systemie grzyb6w. [Die Stellung des Tuberculqseerregers im System der Pilze.] Bull, internat. Acad. d. sc. de Cracovie, 1901, 309-311.— Scheppegrell (W.) The bacilli of tuberculosis and diphtheria, and other bacteria. Tr. Louisiana M. Soc, N. Orl., 1894, 388-392,1 pl— Schroeder (E. C.) Tuber- culosis; an advance copy and a resolution. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1910, xcii, 24-27. —Smith (T.) The parasitism of the tubercle bacillus and its bearing on infection and immunity. In: Harvey lect., 8°, Phila. & Lond., 1906, 272-304. Also,: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvi, 1247; 1345.—So lies. Genese du bacille tuberculeux. Bull. Soc. d'anat.etphysiol.de Bordeaux,1899, xx, 37.—Spiers (H. H.) Tuberculosis; status of the bacillus. Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1896, n. s., xxxvi, 236; 301; 366.—Straus. La tuberculose et son bacille. Rev. g<5n. de l'antiseps. med. etchir., Par., 1895, viii, 97; 135.—Streng (O.) Va- han tuberkelibasilleista. [Remarks on the tubercle ba- cillus.] Duodecim, Helsinski, 1904, xx, 133-143.—Szu- lnowski (W.) Oruchu lasecznikowgruzlicy. [On the movements of tubercle bacilli.] Medycyna, Warszawa, 1898, xxvi, 366.— Tashiro (T.) [Researches on the ger- mination of Koch's bacillus.] Saikingaku Zasshi, Tokyo, 1904, 65-132.— Tendeloo (M. P.) D'ou viennent les ba- cilles tuberculeux qui d6terminent les premiers foyers. Rev. internat. dela tuberc, Par., 1903, li, 175-186.— Unterberger (S.) Ist der Koch'sche Tuberkelbacil- lus ein Nosoparasit und wie bekampft man ihn am sichersten? St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr., 1898, n. F., xv, 323-329. Also: Bl. f. klin. Hvdrotherap., Wien, 1898, viii, 234-238.—Van Gieson (I.)' The paradox of the tubercle bacillus. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1910, lxxviii, 52-54. — Van- dremer (A.) Action de l'extrait nitre d'Aspergillus fumigatus sur les bacilles tuberculeux. Compt. rend. SocdebioL, Par., 1913, lxxiv, 278-280.—W eh berg. Die ursachliche Bedeutung des Tuberkelbacillus. Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1900, x, 481.—Wesbrook (F. F.) The tubercle bacillus and its mode of action. St. Paul M. J., 1908, x, 599-609.—Whise (M.) The history of the dis- covery of the tubercle bacillus. Illinois M. J., Spring- field, 1904-5, n. s., vi, 71.—£upnik (L.) Ueber die Ent- deckungen Ferr&n's bezuglich des Bacillus der Tubercu- lose. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1898, xl, 725-729. Tuberculosis (Bacillus of, Agglutina- tion of). See, also, Tuberculosis (Serodiagnosis of), by agglutination. Amsler (J.) * Contribution a l'Stude des cultures homogdnes des bacilles de la tubercu- lose; agglutinabilite et pouvoir agglutinogene des bacilles de la tuberculose. [Lyon.] 8°. Valence, 1911. Berthelon (C.) * Variations de 1'agglutina- tion des bacilles de la tuberculose en rapport avec 1'origine des bacilles et des scrums. 8°. Lyon, 1904. Feitu (R.) De 1'agglutination du bacillede Koch par les 6panchements tuberculeux. 8°. Lyon, 1900. Roth (O.) * Ueber Agglutination von Typhus- und Paratvphusbazillen bei Tuberkulose. 8°. Zurich, 1910. Rothamel (J.-H.-N.) * Del'agglutination du bacille de la tuberculose humaine 6tudiee plus sp6cialement chez les tuberculeux cachectiques. Travail du laboratoire de Prof. Ferre. 8°. Bor- deaux, 1899. Ruitixga (P.) *Over agglutinatie van tu- berkelbaeillen ter herkenning van tuberkulose. 8°. Amsterdam, 1901. Thei.llng (F.) * Experimenteller Beitrag zur Frageder Agglutination der Tuberkelbaeillen und zur Behandlung der Tuberkulose mit Neu- Tuberkulin Koch (Bacillenemulsion). [Zurich.] 8°. Jena, 1902. Also, in: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1902, xxxii, 28-48. See, also, infra, von Niessen. Wertheimer (0.) * Ueber die Agglutination bei der Tuberkulose. 8°. Bern, 1900. Yamamoto (T.) * Ueber Agglutination bei Tuberkulose. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1910. Arloing (S.) Apparition dans'le serum sanguin, sous l'influence de produits chimiques, d'une matiere capable d'agglutiner le bacille de la tuberculose vraie. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1898, exxvi, 1560-1553. Also: Gaz. TUBERCULOSIS. 560 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Bacillus of, Agglutina- tion of). d. h6p.. Par., 1898, lxxi, 639. -----. Agglutination du bacillede la tuberculose vraie. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1898, cxxvi, 1398-1400. Also: Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1898, lxxi, 610. -----. L'agglutination du bacille de Koch par un serum specifique s'accompagne-t-elle d'une action bacteriolytique et bactericide? Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par 1899,11. s., i, 751-753. Also: Province med., Lyon, 1899, xiii, 399.—Arloing (S.) & Courmont (P.) Sur la recherche et la valeur clinique de l'agglutination du bacille de Koch par le serum sanguin de l'homme. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1898, cxxvii, 425-428. Also: Cong. p. I'etude de la tuberculose, Par., 1898, iv, 586-595. Also: Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1898, lxxi, 1032. Also: Ber. ii. d. Kong. z. Bekiimpf. d. Tuberk. [etc.], Berl., 1899, 229-238. ----- '■-----• De l'obtention des cultures du bacille de Koch les plus propices a I'etude du phenomene de l'agglutination par le s6rum sanguin des tuberculeux. Cong. p. l'Stude de la tuberculose, Par., 1898, iv, 583-586. ___________. Etude de l'influence chez le chien d'une inoculation de bacilles de Koch tres virulents sur le pou- voir agglutinant determine par une premiere inoculation de bacilles attenues. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1900, 11. s., ii, 1025.-----------. Des causes quimodifient le developpement du pouvoir agglutinant dans le sang des sujets rendus experimentalement tuberculeux. J, de physiol. et de path, gen., Par., 1900, ii, 82-94.-----------. De l'agglutination du bacille de Koch; application au sero-diagnostic de la tuberculose. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstiittenw., Leipz., 1900, i, 11; 116.-----------. De l'agglutination comparee des differents bacilles tubercu- leux par les differents serums. Bull. SOc. med. d. h6p. de Lyon, 1904, iii, 150-154. Also: Lyon med., 1904, cii, 817-821. __________. Agglutination cornparee des cultures homo- genes de tuberculose humaine et bovine par les serums obtenus en inoculantde ces cultures. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1904, lvi, 454.-----------. Agglutinabilite" et pouvoir agglutinogene des differents types de bacilles tuberculeux en cultures homogenes. J. de med. vet. et zootech., Lyon, 1904, 5. s., viii, 641; 718.-----------. Variations de l'agglutination des bacilles de la tubercu- lose. Rev. de la tuberculose, Par , 1904, 2. s., i, 133; 329.— Ascoli (V.) & De Gregorio (C.) L'agglutinazione dei bacilli tubercolari. Policlin., Roma, 1901-2, viii, sez. prat., 385-389.—Berthelon (C.) Agglutination des cultures homogenes du bacille de Koch; pouvoir agglu- tinogene et agglutinabilite; leur variabilite et ses causes. Lutte antituberc, Par., 1904-5, v, 13-23.—Courmont(P.) L'agglutination du bacille de Koch paries epanchements tuberculeux (sero-diagnostic). Arch, de med. exp6r. et d'anat. path., Par., 1900, xii, 697-732. -----. The aggluti- nating power of the blood serum of tuberculous patients; serumdiagnosis;serum prognosis. Arch.Int.Med..Chicago, 1909,iii, 125-138.—Dl Cristina (G.) & Leone(E.) Feno- menidiagglutinazionenellatubercolosi umana. Biochem. e terap.sper.,Milano, 1911-12, iii,241-247.—Dubard. Sur l'agglutination des bacilles de Koch; possibility de doter le sang de l'homme et de l'animal des substances aggluti- nantes par ingestion de produits tuberculeux. Cong. p. I'etude de la tuberculose, Par., 1898, iv, 59.5-599.—Figari (F.) &Borelli(G.) Come si comportano le agglutinine specifiche tubercolari nell' uomo e negli animali; batte- nolosine e loro relazioni. Ann. d. Ist. Maragliano p. la cura d. tuberc [etc.], Genova, 1907-8, ii, 149-154.—Gog- gla (C. P.) Di una questionerelativa all'agglutinabilita del bacillo di Koch. Cron. d. clin. med. di Genova, 1907, xiii, 117-120. -----. Alcune nuove osservazioni sull' ag- glutinamento del bacillo di Koch in relazione colla teoria dell' unicismo. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1907, xxviii, 833-835.—Golovinski (V. P.) K voprosu ob agglyu- tiniruyushtshel sposobnosti si vorotki krovi pri tuberkulo- zle. [Agglutinating quality of blood serum in tubercu- losis.] Trudi fak. terap. klin. Imp. Mosk. Univ. . . . v chest,. . V. D. Shervinskavo, 1904, 359-392—Herman (M.) ' L'agglutination du bacille d'Eberth dans la tuber- culose. Bull. Acrtrl. roy. de med. be Belg., Brux., 1909, 4. s., xxiii, 499-503.—flvento (A.) Sull' agglutinabilita del bacillo tubercolare per sieri differenti e sua impor- tanza diagnostica. Riforma med., Roma, 1902, xviii, pt. 4, 424; 435.—Karwacki (L.) Sur un nouveau reactif pour I'ayirliitination tubereuleuse. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1906, ix, 229.-----. Sur la sensibility de divers types de bacilles tuberculeux et acidoresistants en presence des agglutinines humaines, agglutinines conte- nues dans le liquide des pleurisies. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, lxx, 924; 934.—Karwacki (L.) & Benni (W.) O stosunkach iloSciowych w aglutynacyi gruzliczej. [Quantitative proportions in tubercular ag- glutination.] Przegl. lek., Krak6w, 1906, xiv, 577-580. Also, transl: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1906, xlii, 252; 345.—Koch (R.) Ueber die Agglutina- tion der Tuberkelbazillen und fiber die Verwerthung dieser Agglutination. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1901, xxvii, 829-834.—Landis (H. R. M.) Ag- glutination studies in tuberculosis. Proc. Path. Soc. Phila., 1907, n. s., x, 85-%. Also: J. Med. Research, Bost., 1908, xviii, 19-30.—Luzzati (T.) II fenomenoparadosso nella reazione di agglutinazione dei bacilli tubercolari. iiberculosis (Bacillus of, Agglutina- tion of). Tuberco'losi, Milano, 1910-11, iii, 77— ITIassinl (G.) La reazione agglutinantenella tubercolosi. Lavori d. Cong. di med. int., Roma, 1907, xvii, 243-252.—JTlongour & Buard. Sur 1'agglutination du bacille tuberculeux. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1899, 11. s., i, 561. Also: Mem. et bull. Soc. de mea. et chir. de Bordeaux (1899), 1900, 207.—Nicolas (J.) & Courmont (P.) Agglutina- bilite et pouvoir agglutinogene des cultures liquidesde tuberculose aviaire. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1904, lvi, 455.—von Nlessen. Zu Thellung's: Experi- menteller Beitrag zur Frage der Agglutination derTuber- kelbacillen, [etc.] Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1902, xxxii, 671.—Pane (N.) & Jlvento (A.) Sull' agglutinabilita del bacillo tubercolare per diversi sieri e sua importanza diagnostica. Atti d. r. Accad. med.-chir. di Napoli, 1902, n. s., lvi, 245-249.—Raveuel (M. P.) & Landis (H. R. M.) Studies in agglutination in tuber- culosis. Med. News. N. Y., 1905,lxxxvii, 1070. Also: Nat. Ass. Study & Prevent. Tuberculosis. Trans. N. Y., 1906, i, 140-142.—Rumpt (E.) Guinard (L.) Ueber die Ag- glutination der Tuberkelbazillen und die Verwerthung dieser Agglutination. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1902, xxviii, 131-135. Also [Abstr.]: Aerztl. Mitth. a. Baden, Karlsruhe, 1902, lvi, 65-67.—Schwarz- kopl' (E.) Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Agglutination bei Tuberkulose. Munchen. med. Wchn- schr., 1904, li, 649-652.—Thoolt. De l'agglutination du bacille de la tuberculose, et de son utilisation comme moyen de diagnostic et de contr61e dans le traitement de cette affection. Arch. med. beiges, Brux., 1902, 4. s.,xx, 371-387.—Urrutla. La aglutinaci6n del bacilo de Eberthen la tuberculosis. Rev. clin. de Madrid, 1909, ii, 410.—Vincent (H,) Sur l'agglutination du bacillede Koch cultive' dans l'eau peptonic Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1903, lv, 533-535.—van Voornveld (H.J. A.) Tuberkelbaeillen en smegmabacillen. Med. Weekbl., Amst., 1898-9, v, 391-394.—Weigert (E.) De 1'aKgluti- nation des bacilles tuberculeux et de son application au traitement des phtisiques d'apres Koch. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1902, lxxv, 15. Tuberculosis (Bacillus of, Bacteriol- ysis of). Baldwin (E. R.) Studies on tuberculous serums and the bacteriolysis of bacillus tuberculosis. J. Med. Re- search, Bost., 1904, xii, 215-233.—Chanoz (M.), Lesleur (C.) & de Fossey (A.-M.) Production de substances hyperthermisantes specifiques par l'electrolyse de cultures homogenes de bacilles tuberculeux; bacteriolyse par la soude. Bull. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Lyon, 1907, vi, 24-29. Also: J. de physiotherap., Par., 1907, v, 320-326. Also: Lyon m6d., 1907, cviii, 329-334—Debiri ski (B.) O bak- teryolizie lasecznik6w rzekomogruzliczych. [Bacterioly- sis of pseudotubercle bacilli.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1907, 2. s., xxvii, 153-160.—Deyeke (G.) & Much (H.) Bak- leriolyse von Tuberkelbazillen. Munchen. med. Wchn- schr., 1909, lvi, 1985-1987.-----------. Entgegnung auf Lowensteins Kritik unserer Arbeit fiber die Bakteriolyse von Tuberkelbaeillen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.L 1. Abt., Jena, 1910, liv, Orig., 342-345— Ditthorn (F.) Zur Bakteriolyse der Tuberkelbaeillen. Berl. klin. Wchn- schr., 1910, xlvii, 1581-15h3.—Kraus (R.) & Holer (G.) Ueber Auflosuug der Tuberkelbazillen im tuberkulosen Organismus. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1912, liv, Ref., Beilage, 191-200. Also: Wien. klin. Wchn- schr., 1912, xxv, 1111-1113.— Lesieur (C.) & de Fossey (A.-M.) Productions de substances hyperthermisantes par Paction d'un serum bacteriolytique sur des bacilles tuberculeux homogenes. Bull. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Lyon, 1906, v, 433-435. Also: Lvon med., 1907, cviii, 170-172.— LSwenstein (E.) Zurangeblichen Auflosung der Tu- berkelbazillen durch Cholin und Neurin. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1909-10, liii, 541-543. See, also, supra, Deycke & Much.—Sieber (N. O.) Hidroliz bugorchatkovol palochki. [Hvdrolysis of the tubercle bacillus.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1912, xi, 1237. Also, transl: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], L Abt., Jena, 1912, lxvi, 554-556.—Sieber (N. O.) & OTretalnlkofl" (S.) Zur Frage der Bakteriolvse der Tuberkulosebacillen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1910, liv, Orig., 349-352— Zeuner (W.) Zur Bakteriolyse der Tuberkelbaeillen. Ibid., 345-349. Tuberculosis (Bacillus of, Biology and morphology of). See, also, Tuberculosis (Much's granules in). van Huellen (A. T. F.) *Ein Beitrag zur Biologie des Tuberkelbacillus mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Hesse'schen Angaben. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., 1901. Pane (D.) Sulla morfologia e sulla posizione sistematica del bacillo tubercolare. 8°. Pavia, 1907. TUBERCULOSIS. 561 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Bacillus of, Biology and morphology of). Schneiderlin'(E. ) * Ueber die Biologie des Tuberculoseerregers (Tuberkelbacillus). 8°. Freiburg i. B., 1897. Schubert (M.) *Zur Morphologie der Tu- berkelbaeillen. 8°. Freiburg in Baden, 1895. Wixdisch (H.) *Beitrag zur Biologie des Tuberkelbazillus und einiger saurefester Sapro- phyten. [Bern.] 8°. [n. p.~\, 1908. Arloing (S.) Variations morphologiques etendues observees sur des bacilles de la tuberculose humaine. Lyon med., 1908, ex, 87-90.—Aronson (H.) Zur Biolo- gie der Tuberkelbaeillen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1898, xxxv, 484-486. Also: Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. (1898), 1899, xxix, pt. 2, 217-222. -----. Zur Biologie der Tuberkelbaeillen; 3. Mitteilung. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1910, xlvii, 1617-1620. Also: Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Ge- sellsch. 1910, Berl., 1911, xli, pt. 2, 243-263. -----. Ueber einige strittige Punkte in der Biologie der Tuberkelba- eillen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1910, xlvii, 2022.—A uclair (J.) & Paris (L.) Constitution chimique et proprietes biologiques du protoplasma du bacille de Koch. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1908, cxlvi, 301-303.—Babes (V.) & L.evaditi (C.) Sur la forme actinomycosique du bacille de la tuberculose. Arch, de med. exper. et d'anat. path., Par., 1897, ix, 1041-1048, 2 pl. Also: Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1897, 3. s., xxxvii, 461-165. Also: Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1897, exxiv, 791-793.—Baccarani (U.) La morfologia del bacillo tubercolare e il suo valore semeiologico. Policlin., Roma, 1905, xii, sez. prat., 253- 256.—Bartel (J.) & Stein (R.) Zur Biologie schwach- virulenter Tuberkelbaeillen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1905, xxxviii, 154; 264; 393.—Ba- taillon & Terre. La tuberculose au point de vue morphologique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1899, 11. s., i, 608-610.—Bulloch (W.) The morphological and physiological variations of the bacillus tuberculosis and its relations a) to other acid-fast bacilli, b) to the ray fungus and other streptothriceae. Tr. Brit. Cong. Tuberc. 1901, Lond., 1902, iii, 494-502.—Chiesi (A.) La morfolo- gia del bacillo tubercolare e il suo valore semeiologico. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1904, xxv, 1027-1032. — Coppen Jones (A.) Ueberdie Morphologie und systematische Stellung des Tuberkelpilzes und fiber die Kolbenbildung bei Aktinomykose und Tuberculose. Centralbl. f. Bakte- riol. u. Parasitenk., Jena, 1895, xvii, 1; 70,1 pl.—Craig (C. F.) On variations in the morphology of the bacillus tuberculosis. Medicine, Detroit, 1897, iii, 462-467, 1 pl. -----. Observations upon the morphology and classifica- tion of the mycobacterium (bacillus) tuberculosis. Med. News, X. Y., 1905, lxxxvi, 340-343. — D'Arrigo (G. ) Studi comparativi sulla morfologia del bacillo tuberco- lare nei tessuti umani, bovini ed aviari. Sperimentale. Arch, di biol., Firenze, 1903, lvii, 705-707.—Deycke (G.) & Much (H.) Ueber einige strittige Punkte in der Biologie der Tuberkelbazillen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1910, xlvii. 1933-1935.—Dodds (W. T. S.) Some peculi- arities of the tubercle bacillus. Centr. States M. Monit., Indianap., 1906, ix, 439.—Espina. Morfologiadel bacilo de Koch. An. r. Acad, de med., Madrid, 1903, xxiii, 196- 201.—Fermi (C.) Ladiastasi saccarificante del bacillo della tubercolosi come nuovo carattere di parentela colla streptotrix. Riforma med., Palermo-Napoli, 1905, xxi, 61.— Fischel (F.) Zur Morphologie und Biologie des Tuberkelbacillus. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1893, xxx, 989- 993—Garcia (A.) Bacilo tuberculoso; nueva fase bio- logica. Rev. de med. y cirug. de la Habana, 1909, xiv, 618-620.—Guyot. Alcune osservazioni sulla biologia morfologica del bacillo tubercolare in mezzi inadatti al suo sviluppo. Cron. clin. med. di Genova, 1903, ix, 305- 309. Also: Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1903, xxiv, 1198-1200.— Hal pern (M.) O niektorych najnowszych zdobyczach, dotyczacyehbiologiipratkagruzliczego. [Recentachieve- mentsin the biology of the tubercle bacillus.] Now. lek., Poznan, 1904, xvi, 43-48.—Hawthorn (E.) De l'appa- rition de corps spheriques ressemblant a des spores sur le bacille tuberculeux cultive en eau pepton6e. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1903, lv, 399.— Kimla, Poupe & Vesely. Contribution a la biologie et la morphologie du bacille de la tuberculose. Rev. de la tuberculose, Par., 1898, 25-34. —Klebs (E.) Vorliiuflge Mitteilung iiber Jugendzustiinde der Tuberkel-Bazillen. Kausale Therap., Hannov., 1904, i, 183; 203.—Levy (E.) Zur Morphologie und Biologie der Tuberkelbaeillen. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1904, lv, 164-175.—Lilebermeister (G.) Ueber die nach Ziehl nicht darstellbare Form des Tuberkelbacillus. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1909, xxxv, 1224.—Lubarsch. Ueber die Strah- lenpilzformen des Tuberkelbacillus und ihre Entste- hung im Kaninchenkorper. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1898, Leipz., 1899, lxx, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 29. Also: Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Gesell- sch. 1898, Berl., 1899, 152-155.—Maher (S.J.) The cycle of the tubercle bacillus; a preliminary announcement. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1904, lxvi, 401-404. Also, Reprint.— vol xviii, 2d series---36 Tuberculosis (Bacillus of, Biology and morphology of). Marpmann (G.) Zur Morphologie und Biologie des Tuberkelbacillus. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1897, xxii, 582-586,1 pl.—Mas y Magro (F.) Sobre la fina estructura del bacilo de la tuberculosis. Rev. va- lenc. de cien. med., Valencia, 1912, xiv, 129.—Miehe (H.) Beitrage zur Biologie, Morphologie und Systematik des Tuberkelbacillus. Ztschr. f. Hvg. u. Infektionskrankh., Leipz., 1908-9, lxii,131-156.—Moeller (A.) Ueber Mikro- organismen, welche sich morphologisch und tinctoriell wie der Tuberkelbacillus verhalten. Gorbersdorf. Ver- offentl.,Stuttg.,1898,i,168-170—Much (H.) & Leschke (E.) Die Tuberkelbazillen im Systeme der siiurefesten Bakterien und die Bedeutung der einzelnen Bazillenbe- standteile fiir Tuberkulose und Lepra. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk.,Wiirzb.,1911,xx,361-392.—von Niessen. Notiz zuSpengler's Mittheilung fiber Tuberkelbacillensplitter. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infectionskrankh., Leipz., 1905,1, 540.— Nourney. Klinisch -therapeutische Bedeutung des Miihrchens von dem durch Tuberkulin mobil gemachten Tuberkelbazillus. Klin -therap. Wchnschr., Wien, 1910, xvii, 387-391. Also: Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Na- turf. u. Aerzte 1909, Leipz., 1910, lxxxi, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 67- 71.—Orth. Welche morphologischen Veranderungen konnen durch Tuberkelbaeillen erzeugt werden? Ver- handl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch. 1901, Berl., 1902, 30-65, 2 pl.—Peju (G.) &Kajat (H.) Morphologie du bacille de la tuberculose humaine dans les milieux salins. Compt. rend. Soc.de biol..Par.,1907,lxiii,427-429.—Piat- kowski (S.) Nowa wlasno§6 pra.tk6w grufcliczycrl i innych bakteryi kwasoodpornych. [New property of tubercle bacilli and other anaerobic bacteria.J Przegl. lek., Krak6w, 1903, xlii, 603. —Plery & Mandoul. Les variations morphologiques et numeriques du bacille de Koch et la semeiologie de la tuberculose pulmonaire. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1904, lvii, 625-627.— Beyburn (R.) The life history of the bacillus tu- berculosis in its relations to the cure of tuberculosis in man. Med. Age, Detroit, 1894, xii, 458-462. -----. Life history of bacillus tuberculosis in its relations to treatment by tuberculin. Texas Cour.-Rec. Med., Fort Worth, 1898-9, xvi, 161-166. Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1898, xxxi, 749-752.—Schumowski(W). Ueber die Beweglichkeit der Tuberkelbaeillen. Cen- tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etcl, 1. Abt., Jena, 1898, xxiii, 838.— Sciallero (M) Modincazionl morfologiche dei bacilli della tubercolosi in soggetti refrattari, immunizzati e cu- rati col siero specifico antitubercolare. Ann. d. Ist. Mara- glianop.lacurad.tuberc.[etc.],Genova,1904,i,51-54. Also: Gazz. d. osp.,Milano, 1904, xxv, 1348.—Siebert (C.) Zur Biologie der Tuberkelbaeillen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.],1. Abt.,Jena, 1909, li,Orig.,305-320.—Spengler (C.) Ueber Splittersputa Tuberkuloser. Ztschr.f.Hyg.u.Infek- tionskr., Leipz., 1905, xlix, 543. See, also, supra, von Nies- sen.—Tarasevich (L. A.) Biologiya i morfologiya vo- zbuditelya tuberkulyoza. [Biology and morphology of the causative agent of tuberculosis.] Russk. arch, patol., klin. med. i bakteriol., S.-Peterb., 1899, viii, 594-615.— Weiss (h.) Zur Morphologie des Tuberkulosevirus un- ter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Muchschen granu- laren Form und einer neuen Doppelfarbung. Jahrb. d. Hamb.Staatskrankenanst. 1910, Hamb. u. Leipz., 1911, xv, pt. 2, 235-258, 3 pl.—Wesolowski (W.) Morfologia l biologia lasecznika gruzliczego. [. .. of the tubercle ba- cillus.] Zdrowie, Warszawa, 1904,2. s., iv, 136-157.—Wil- liams (J. R.) Life of the tubercle bacillus outside of the human bodv. Charlotte [N. C.j M. J., 1909, lix, 367- 369.—Wladlmiroff(A.) Ueber die Biologie des Tu- berkelbazillus. Sr. Petersb. med. Wchnschr., 1908,xxxiii, 693-701. Also, transl: Tuberc. Org. v. de Nederl. centr. Vereen. [etc.],'sGravenh., 1910, vi, 321-333.—Wolbach (S.B.) &Ernst(H.C.) Observations on the morphology of bacillus tuberculosis from human and bovine sources. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1903, x, 313-333,10 pl. Tuberculosis (Bacillus of, Bovine and animal types of). See, also, Tuberculosis (Bovine). Batier (G.) * Tuberculose humaine et tuber- culoses animales, de leur unicite\ 8°. Lyon, 1907. von Baumgaeten (P.) * Ueber die Identitat oder Nichtidentitat der Bacillen menschlicher und Rindertuberkulose. [Tubingen.] 8°. Rudolstadt, 1906. Dalous (E.) * Recherches experimentales sur les formes actinomycosiques du bacille de la tuberculose (type aviaire). 8 °. Toulouse, 1901. Gherakdini (P.) Intorno alia ricerca del bacillo di Koch nelle lesioni tuberculari dei bo- vini quale mezzo di diagnostico cadaverica. 8°. Bologna, 1902. TUBERCULOSIS. 562 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Bacillus of Bovine and animal types of). Hohenhaus (E. A. S.) * Ueber die Bezie- hungen der Rinder- und Menschentuberkel- bazillen sowie deren Infektionswege im mensch- lichen Korper. 8°. Leipzig, 1906. McBryde (C. W.) Certain variations of the morphology of tubercle bacilli of bovine origin. 8°. Washington, 1904. Mietzsch (W.) * Ueber die Frage des Vor- kommens von Perlsuchtbacillen im Sputum der Phthisiker. 8°. Tubingen, 1909. Also, in: Arb. a. d. Geb. d. path. Anat. . . . Inst, zu Tubing., Brnschwg., 1910, vii, 306-339. Moses (S.) * Ueber die Wirkung von Tu- berkel-Bazillen verschiedener Typen auf Wiir- mer-Schnecken und Kaulquappen. 8°. Frei- burg i. Br., 1907. Moyano y Moyano (I.) La tuberculosis ba- cilar de Koch en los animales domesticos con- siderada bajo el doble pun to de vista de la policia sanitaria y de la higiene alimenticia del hombre. Prologo del Dr. Luis del Rio y de Lara. 12°. Zaragoza, 1900. Rothhaar (E.) * Untersuchungen iiber Tu- berkelbazillen beim Rinde. [Bern.] 8°. Stutt- gart, 1908. Also, in: Ztschr. f. Infektionskr. .. . d. Haustiere, Berl., 1908-9, v, 101-128. Schroeder (E. C.) & Cotton (W. E.) The danger from tubercle bacilli in the environment of tuberculous cattle. 8°. Washington, 1907. Tsukiyama (K.) *Zur Frage des Verhaltens der Siiugetiertuberkelbazillen im Kaltbltiter. 8°. Giessen, 1908. Abstract from the final report of the Royal Com- mission on Tuberculosis. Vet. J., Lond., 1911, n. s., lxvii, 489-506.—Allison (O. W.) Some peculiarities of a race of tubercle bacilli from a monkey. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1903-4, vi, 172-175.—Arloing. Diagnosis of tuber- culosis in bovine animals by the agglutination of Koch's bacillus in homogenous cultures. Tr. Brit. Cong. Tuberc. 1901, Lond.. 1902, iv, 31-43. -----. La tuberculose hu- maine et celle des animaux domestiques sont-elles dues a la meme espece microbienne, le bacille de Koch? [Rap.] J. de m6d. veL. et zootech., Lyon, 1903, 5. s., vii, 577-641.—Assmy. Human and bovine tubercle bacilli. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1909, i, 928.—Auche & Hobbs (J.) Note sur le pouvoir chimiotaxique du bacille de la tubercu- lose aviaire chez la grenouille. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et phy- siol. de Bordeaux, 1897, xviii, 509-510.—Bartel (J.) & Hartl (R.) Zur Biologie des Perlsuchtbazillus. Fest- schr. enthalt. Arb. ii. Tuberk. . . . vi. Internat. Tuberk.- Konf. [etc.], Wien u. Leipz., 1907, 146-153. Also: Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1907, xx, 1073-1075.—Beck (M.) Der Bacillus der Brustseuche beim Kaninchen. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infectionskrankh., Leipz., 1893, xv,363-368. -----. Beitriige fiber die Unterscheidung der Bazillen von menschlicher und tierischer Tuberkulose, namentlich nach Infektion verschiedener Tiere. Festschr. z. 60. Ge- burtst. v. Robert Koch, Jena, 1903, 611-624.—Besserer. Die beiden Typen der Siiugetiertuberkelbazillen (Typus humanus und bovinus) und ihre Bedeutung fur die menschliche Tuberkulose. Sitzungsb. d. naturh. Ver. d. preuss. Rheinl. u. Westphal. 1910, Bonn, 1911, c, 13.— von Betegh (L.) Vergleichende Untersuchungen iiber die Tuberkuloseerreger der Kaltbltiter. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.],l. Abt., Jena, 1911, lviii, Orig., 3-14, 3pl.—Calmette (A.) Importance relative des bacilles tuberculeux d'origines bovine et humaine dans la con- tamination de l'homme. Bull de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1911, ix, 97-105. Also: Tuberculosis, Berl., 1912, xi, 11; 167.—Calmette (A.) & Guerin (C.) Sur la determina- tion de l'origine bovine ou humaine des bacilles de Koch Isolds des lesions tuberculeuses de l'homme. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1909, cxlix, 191-194.-----------. Sur quelques propriety du bacille tuberculeux d'origine bovine, cultive sur bile de bceuf glycerinee. Ibid., 716- 718.----------. Sur la resorption des bacilles tubercu- leux chez les bovides a la suite de 1'injection des me- langes de serum d'animaux hvperimmunises etde bacilles cultives en serie sur bile de bceuf. Ibid., 1910, cli, 32-35.— Chausse (P.) Nouveau caractere distinctif des ba- cilles tuberculeux humain et bovin. Ibid., 1912, cliv, 143— Davalos (J. N.) & Cartaya (J.) Estudio com- parative de los tipos humano y bovino del bacilo de la tuberculosis. Rev. med. cubana, Habana, 1910, xvi, 196-200.—De Jong (A.) Experiences comparatives Tuberculosis (Bacillus of, Bovine and animal types of). sur Taction pathog'ene pour les animaux, notamment pour ceux de l'espeee bovine, des bacilles tuberculeux provenant du bceuf et de l'homme. Ann. de med. vet., Brux., 1902, li, 181; 251.—De Jong (A.) [et al.]. La tuberculose humaine et celle des animaux domestiques sont-elles dues k la mtoe esp&ce microbienne, le bacille de Koch? [Rap.] Cong, internat. d'hyg. et de demog. C.-r., Brux., 1903, ii, 75-85. —Dieudonne. Weitere Mitteilungen iiber die Anpassung der Saugetier- Tuberkelbacillen an Kaltbluter. Sitzungsb. d. phys.- med. Gesellsch. zu Wiirzb., 1903, 101.—von Dun gem (E.) & Smldt (H.) Ueber die Wirkung der Tuber- kulosebazillenstamme des Menschen und des Rindes auf anthropoide Affen. Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, Berl., 1906, xxiii, 570-587.— Eber (A.) Ueber die Wider- standsfahigkeit zweier in Marburg mit Tuberkelbaeillen verschiedener Herkunft vorbehandelter Rinder gegen subcutane und intravenose Infection mit tuberculosem vom Rinde stammenden Virus. Ztschr. f. Thiermed., Jena, 1905, ix, 81-130. -----. Weitere experimentelle Beweise fiir die nahe Verwandtschaft der beim Men- schen und beim Rinde vorkommenden Tuberkelbazillen und die Moglichkeit einer Umwandlung menschlicher Tuberkelbazillen (Typus humanus) in rindervirulente Formen (Typus bovinus). Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1909, lvi, 2215. -----. Die Umwandlung vom Menschen stammender Tuberkelbazillen des Typus humanus in solche des Typus bovinus; ein experimenteller Beitrag zur Frage der Arteinheit beim Menschen und beim Rinde vorkommender Tuberkelbazillen. Ibid., 1910, lvii, 115-120. Also: Berl. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1910, xxvi, 317-323.—Fabyan (M.) The bovine type of tuberculosis associated with three cases of tuberculosis in man. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1910, vi, 19-23.— Fibiger (J.) & Jensen (C. O.) Untersuchungen iiber die Beziehungen zwischen der Tuberkulose und den Tuberkelbaeillen des Menschen und der Tuberku- lose und den Tuberkelbaeillen des Rindes. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xiv, 1876; 1926; 1977; 2026. Also, transl: Biblioth. f. Lseger, Kj0benh., 1908, 8. R., ix, 420-525.— Fife (C. A.) & Bavenal (M. P.) Tabes mesenterica due to the bovine tubercle bacillus. Proc. Path. Soc. Phila.,1906,n.s., viii,89-93.—Fraser (J.) Apossibletest in the differentiation between human and bovine types of the tubercle bacillus. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, ii, 1432- 1434. -----. Therelativeprevalenceofhumanandbovine types of tubercle bacilli in bone and joint tuberculosis occurring in children. J. Exper. M., Lancaster, Pa., 1912, xvi, 432-442, 3 tab.—Friedrich (P. L.) & Nosske (H.) Studien iiber die Localisirung des Tuberkelbacillus bei directer Einbringung desselben in den arteriellen Kreislauf (linken Ventrikel) und fiber actinomyces- ahnliche Wuchsformen der Bacfllenherde im Thier- korper. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1899, xxvi, 470-510, 1 pl.—Fukuda (M.) [Comparison of the bacilli of human and bovine tubercdlosis for diagnosis.] Saitake Gaku Zasshi, Tokyo, 1903, 446-451.— Grund (Marie). The reaction curve in glycerin broth as an aid in differentiating the bovine from the human type of tubercle bacillus. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1911, xxv, 335-358.—Guerin (C.) Nouvelles proprietes du ba- cille tuberculeux bovin cultive sur bile de boeuf. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1909, xiii, 609.—Heim (P.) 61. [Contributions on the morphology of the human and animal tubercle bacillus; newmethodof coloring; the diagnostic valueof the spores of the tubercle bacillus.] Allatorvosi lapok, Budapest, 1907, xxx, 423-428.-----. A giimd bacillusok uj festesi m6- dja. [The new method of coloring the tubercle bacil- lus.] I bid., 447.—Beyer (W.) Ueber die neuere Tuber- kelbazillenfarbung nach Gram und deren Bedeutung fiir die Sputumuntersuchung. Med. Klin., Berl., 1910, vi, 867- 869.—Bezancon (F.) & Gritfbn (V.) Constatation du bacille tuberculeux dans l'epanchement sero-fibrineux de la pleur^sie tranche, par la culture directe sur le sang gelose. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hdp. de Par., 1899, 3. s., xvi, 371-373. Also: Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1899. lxxii, 384. -----------. Culture du bacille tuberculeux dans l'epan- chement sero-fibrineux de la pleur6sie tranche. Presse med., Par., 1899, i, annexes, 116.-----------. Culture du bacille tuberculeux sur le jaune d'eeuf gelose. Compt. rend. Soc.debiol., Par., 1903, lv,603. Also, transl: Ber. ii. d.Kong.z. Bekampf.d. Tuberk. [etc.],Berl.,1899, 627-629.— Biedert(P.) Vorlauflge Bemerkungen, betreffend die Biedertscheund die Miihlhausersche Methode zur Auffin- dung sparlicher Tuberkelbaeillen. Hyg. Rundschau, Berl.,1904,xiv,889.-----. Ueber die Biedertsche(Muhlhau- ser-Czaplewskische) Methode zum Auffinden vereinzelter Tuberkelbaeillen. Ibid., 1905, xv, 241-243.—Biot. Nou- velle methode decoloration intensive des bacilles deKoch. Compt. rend, de l'Ass. d. anat., Nancy, 1901, iii, 234-237.— Bishop (Fannie L.) Kaufmann's method for the staining of tubercle bacilli. N.York M. J., 1893, Mi, 458.— Block (A.) Zur Methodik des raschen Nachweises der Tuberkelbazillen. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Urol., Wien, 1911, iii, Berl. u. Leipz., 1912, 113-119.— liolim (J.) Ueber die verschiedenen Fiirbemethoden der Tuberkelbaeillen und deren kritische Rezension. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1912, lxii, Orig., 497-520.—Bogason (P.) En ny metode til paa- visning af TB i sputum og urinen. [A new method of demonstration of TB in sputum and urine.] Hosp.-Tid., K0benh.? 1909, 5. R., ii, 1526-1534. — Bon temps (H.) Ueber die Verhutung der mikroskopischen Fehldiagnose der Tuberkelbazillen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1913, xxxix, 454. — Bronshteln (0. I.) O novol sredle dlya kultivirovki tuberkuloznikh palochek. [New medium for cultivating tubercle bacilli.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1899, Iii, 893-895.—Brusckettini (A.) Un nuovo mezzo di cultura del bacillo della tubercolosi. Ann. d. Ist. Maragliano p. la cura d. tuberc. [etc.], Genova, 1906-7, ii, 60-62.—Buard. Cultures du bacille tuberculeux agglutinable. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. . . . de Bordeaux, 1900, xxi, 258.— Caan (A.) Ver- gleichende Untersuchungen fiber neuere Methoden der Tuberkelpilzfarbung. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1908-9, xlix, Orig., 637-650.—Calmette (H.) & Cuerin. (C.) Sur quelques propri6t6s du ba- cille tuberculeux cultive sur la bile. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1908, cxlvii, 1456-1459. Also: Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1909, xiii, 1-3.—Calmette (A.), Massol (L.) & Breton. Milieux de culture pour le bacille tu- berculeux. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1909, lxvii, 680-583.—Carnot (P.) Influence de la tuberculine sur le developpement des cultures de tuberculose humaine; avantagesdes milieux tuberculinises. Ibid., 1898,10. s., 765-767.—Carrlere (G.) Sur l'existence d'un ferment soluble dans les cultures de bacilles de Koch. Ibid., 1901, 11. s., iii, 320-322.—Cavlglia (A.) Estudio com- parativo de los diversos metodos de coloraci6n para el diagn6stico del bacilo de Koch en los esputos. An. d. Circ. med. argent., Buenos Aires, 1906, xxix, 93-104.— Clmmlno (R.) & Paladino-Blandinl (A.) Sulla colorazione del bacillo della tubercolosi nei tessuti. Ann. d' ig. sper., Roma, 1900, n. s., x, 203-206.—Cobb (J. O.) An interesting accident of staining. Med. News, N. Y., 1901, lxxix, 694.—Coca. The newer methods for the identification of the tubercle bacilli. [Author's abstr.] Bull. Manila M. Soc, 1909, i, 2.—Costantlni (G.) II valore del metodo di Much per la colorazione dei bacilli tubercolari. Riforma med., Napoli, 1912, xxviii, 1121- 1128. -Cowie (D. M.) The Sudan III stain for the tu- bercle bacillus. N. York M. J., 1900, lxxi, 16.— Crnik- shank (J.) On the direct cultivation of tubercle bacilli from tuberculous tissues. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, ii, 1298-1300. -----. Recent advances in the cultivation of the tubercle bacillus. Brit. J. Tuberculosis, Lond., 1913, vii, 30-33.—Dllg (C.) Untersuchungen iiber die ver- schiedenen Sedimentierverfahren zum Nachweise von Tuberkelbaeillen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1903, xxxv,387-400.—Bold (H.) Ueber den besten Verschluss der Kulturrohrchen bei der Ziichtung des Tuberkelbacillus. Arb. a. d. Geb. d. path. Anat. . . . Inst, zu Tiibing., Leipz., 1908, vi, 646-649. Also, transl: 3. Roy. Inst. Pub. Health, Lond., 1908, xvi,560-562. -----. Ueber neuere Methoden der Farbung des Tuberkelba- TUBERCULOSIS. 566 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Bacillus of Culture, staining, and identification of). zillus, mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung ihrer differen- tial-diagnostischen Bedeutung. Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhts- amte, Berl., 1911, xxxvi, 433-445. — Dorset (M.) A new stain for bacillus tuberculosis. Am. Pub. Health Ass. Rep., Columbus, 1898, xxiv, 167-160. [Discus- sion], 331-337. Also: X. York M. J., 1899, lxix, 148, 1 pl. Also, Reprint. -----. The use of eggs as a medium for the cultivation of bacillus tuberculosis. Rep. Bu- reau Animal Indust. 1901, Wash., 1902, xviii, 574-578. Also: Am. Med., Phila., 1902, iii, 555. Also: Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1903, n. s., xvii, 374. -----. The desirability of phosphates as an addition to culture media for tubercle bacilli. Rep. Bureau Ani- mal Indust., Wash., 1903, xx, 106-108, 2 pl. Also, Re- print.—Dubois (L.-A.) Sur un nouveau mode de cul- ture du bacille de Koch. Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1896,10. s.,iii, 204.—Dworetzky (A.) Erfahrungen mit der Spenglerschen Formalinmethode zur Reinziichtung von Tuberkelbaeillen aus Bakteriengemischen. Cen- tralbl. f.Bakteriol. [etc.], l.Abt.Jena 1904,xxxvii,626-63L— Elsenberg(P.) Ueber neue Methoden der Tuberkelba- cillenfarbung. Berl.klin.Wchnschr., 1910,xlvii,338-341.— Engels. Ein kleiner Apparat zur Farbung von Tuber- kelbazillen. Ztschr. f. Med.-Beamte, Berl., 1904, xvii, 623-626— Felberbaum (D.) The identification of the tubercle bacilli by means of antiformin. Med. Era, St. Louis, 1911, xx, 106. Also: N. York M. J. [etc], 1911, xciii, 66. Also, Reprint.—Ferret (G.) & Animus (M.) La coloraci6 del baccil d'en Koch en alguns productes patol6gics. An. de med. Butll. mens, de l'Acad. . . . de (latalunya, Barcel., 1909, iii, 38-49. [Discussion], 8-10.— Picker (M.) Wachstum der Tuberkelbaeillen auf sau- ren Gehirnnahrbbden. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1 Abt., Jena, 1900, xxvii, 504; 591.—Fraenkel (C.) Bei- triige zur Frage der Ziichtung des Tuberkelbacillus. Hyg. Rundschau, Berl., 1900, x, 617-630. — Prel (W.) Leber einige Anreicherungs- und Fiirbemethoden der Tuberkelbaeillen im Sputum. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1911, Ixi,Orig.,411-116—Friese (H.) Ein Farbegestell zur Tuberkelbacillenfarbung. Ibid., lx, Orig., 333-335.—Frugoni ( f!ionum sur le developpement du bacille de la tuberculose. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1913, clvi, 164-166. — Belfanti (S.) La reazione vitale del gosio sul bacillo della tubercolosi. R. Ist. Lomb. di sc. e lett. Rendic, Milano, 1912, 2. s., xiv, 53J-545.— Blackwood (J. D.), jr. The action of pancreatic ex- tract upon the tubercle bacillus. Univ. Penn. Ann. Rep. Henry Phipps Inst. 1908-10, Phila., 1912, 114-118. —Bon- temps (H.) Ueber Auflbsungsversuche von Tuberkel- baeillen in Neurin und verschiedenen anderen Alkalien und Sauren. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1912, Orig., xv, 436-446.—Calmette (A.), Breton (M.) & Petit (G.) Influence de la tubercu- line sur la phagocytose in vivo du bacille tuberculeux. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1907, lxiii, 324-326. Also: Echomed. du nord, Lille, 1907, xi.52L— Carriere (G.) Action du sue gastrique sur les bacilles de la tuberculose. Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1901, 11. s., iii, 1098.— Connio (A.) Influenza del siero di soggetti tuber- colosi sul processo autolitlwJ. Ann. d. Ist. Maragliano p. la cura d. tuberc. [etc.], Genova, 1910-11, v,60-69.— Copeman (S. M.) & Blaxell (F. R.) The action of glycerine on the tubercle bacillus. Rep. Brit. Ass. Adv. Sc. 1897, Lond.. 1898, lxvii, 829.—De Gaetano (L.) Azione dei microrganismi della putrefazionee delle loro ptomaine sul bacillo tubercolare. Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 1893, n. s., xv, 921-946.—De Reckter. Action de l'aldehyde formique gazeuse sur les bacilles des crachats deseches des tuberculeux; appareil pour la sterilisation des instruments par le formol; nouveau type d'etuve au formol. Presse med. beige., Brux., 1904, lvi, 7-21.—Dixon (S.) The reaction of the phagocytes of elephants' blood on the bacilli tuberculosis. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1908, n. s., cxxxv, 584-586.—Doll (A.) Die biologische Einwirkung des Vioform auf den Tuber- kelbazillus im Tierkorper; ein Beitrag zur chirurgischen Behandlung der Peritonealtuberkulose. Arch, internat. de chir., Gand, 1906-7, iii, 436-486.—Ferrannini (L.) Azione del succo gastrico umano sui bacilli tubercolari; contributo alio studio della tubercolosi gastrointe9tinale. Riforma med., Roma, 1903, xix, 679. Also, transl. 3. Tu- berc, Asheville, N. C, 1903, v, 367-369.—Figari (F.) & Porrinl (G.) L'azione coibente dei sieri normalie tera- peuticisullosviluppodelbacillodellatubercolosi. Ann.d. Ist. Maraglianop. la curad. tuberc. [etc.], Genova, 1904-5, i, 257-277.—Frouln (A.) Action des sels de vanadium et de terres rares sur le developpement du bacille tubercu- leux. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1912, lxxii, 1034- 1037.-----. Action des sels de terres rares sur le develop- pement du bacille tuberculeux et de l'Aspergillus niger. Ibid., 610. -----. Influence des sels d'uranium et de thorium sur le developpement du bacille tuberculeux. Ibid., 1913, lxxiv, 282-284—Fytte (W. K.) The effect of creasote on the virulence of the tubercle bacill us. Lancet, Lond., 1894, ii, 684-686. Also [Abstr.]: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1894, ii, 644. — fcriajmis (C.) Dell' influenza delle emul- sioni di cervello sul bacillo e tossina tubercolare. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1899, Roma, 1900, x, 313-315. — Haentjens (A. H.) Sigaren en tuberkelbaeillen. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1908, 2. R., xliv, 1. Afd., 1175.—.lessen (F.) & Rabinowitseh (Lydia). Zur Frage der Vernichtung von Tuberkelbaeillen durch Flussliiufe. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1910, xlvii, 878.— Kerez (H.) Ueber den Einfluss des Tabaks auf den Tuberkelbacillus. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. u. Parasitenk., Jena, 1894, xv, 37-42.—Kraus (R.) & Holer (G.) Ueber TUBERCULOSIS. 570 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Bacillus of Effects of various substances on). das Verhalten der Tuberkelbazillen im gesunden und tuberkulos infizierten Organismus. Wirkung des Serums auf Tuberkelbazillen im Peritoneum des Meerschwein- chens und in vitro. Wien.klin.Wchnschr.,1912,xxv,547.— Leduuv-Lebard. De Paction du serum pseudo- tubereuleux sur le bacille de la pseudo-tuberculose. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1897, xi, 909-915, 1 pl.— Leschke (E.) Die Auflosung von Tuberkelbazillen nach Devcke und Much. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1911, xx, 393-404.—Liiidemann. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Auflosung von Tuberkelbaeillen in Neurin. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1910, vii, 191-197.—Lowenstein (E.) Ueber das Verhalten der Eiterzellen gegenuber den Tuberkel- bazillen. Ztschr. f. Hvg. u. Infektionskrankh., Leipz., 1906, lv. 429-450, 1 pl. -----. Ueber das Verhalten der Eiterzellen verschiedener Herkunft gegenuber den Tuberkelbaeillen. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. ex- per. Therap., Jena, 1909, iii, 388-393. -----. Zur angeb- lichen Auflosung der Tuberkelbaeillen durch Cholin und Neurin. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1910, liii, Orig., 541-543.—liucatello (L.) L'a- zione del siero antitubereolare sullo sviluppo del Bacillus tuberculosis. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. ]s.'.t7, Roma, 1898, viii, 554-55«.—Moro (E.) & Uffen- licinicr i A.) Die Einwirkung menschlicher Lymphe auf den Tuberkelbazillus. Arch. f. Hyg., Munchen u. Berl., 190s, xxxvi, 273-296.—Moussu & Goupil. Action du clilore sur le bacille tuberculeux. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1907, cxiv, 1231— Muirell (W.) On the action of some essential oils and other volatile substances on the growth of the Bacillus tuberculosis and in the treatment of phthisis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1899, i, 202-204.—Noguchi (H.) Ueber die Einwirkung von Seifen auf die Leoensfahigkeit und immunisierende Eigenschaft des Tuberkelbacillus. Centralbl. f. Bak- teriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1909, Iii, 85-92.—Papas'o- tiriu (J.) Ueber den Einfluss der Kohle auf den Tuberkelbacillus. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1901, xlviii, 497. -----. Nachtrag zu meiner Arbeit fiber den Einfluss der Kohle auf den Tuberkelbacillus. Ibid., 931.—Rappin (G.) Action de Puree sur les cultures en bouillon du bacille de la tuberculose et sur le cobaye tuberculeux. Assoc, franc, pour l'avance. d. sc. C.-r. 1901, Par., 1902, xxx, pt. 1, 190; pt. 2, 846. Also [Abstr.]: Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1901, 11. s., iii, 691-693. -----. Recherches sur Paction de Puree et du car- bonate d'ammoniaque sur les cultures en bouillons du bacille de Koch. Ibid., 1902, 11. s., iv, 318-320.—Roth- schild (D.) Der Einfluss der Jodmedikation auf die Sputumphagozytose der Tuberkelbazillen. Deutsche med. Wehrischr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1913, xxxix, 404.— Sabrazes (J.) Action du tannin sur le bacille tuber- culeux. Ibid., 1897, 10. s., iv, 1088.—Salimbeni (A. T.) Action de certains Others de la glycerine sur le bacille de la tuberculose. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1912, civ, 368-370.—Savage (W. G.) Note upon the germicidal action of the disinfectants kerol and cvllin upon virulent tubercle bacilli in sputum. Pub. Health, Lond., 1905-6, xviii, 524.—Sion (V.) Der Ein- fluss des Organismus kaltbliitiger Tiere auf den Ba- cillus der menschlichen Tuberkulose; eine kritiscb- experimentelle Studie. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1900, xxvii, 710-720.—Smith (A. J.) Pre- liminary report on the effect of serum on tubercle bacilli. Rep. Com. Health Penn. 1907, Harrisburg, 1908, ii, 106-115.—Sormani (G.) Azione di alcuni disinfettanti sul bacillo tubercolare. R. Ist. Lomb. di sc. e lett. Rendic, Milano, 1900, 2. s., xxxiii, 576-580.— Tomarkin (E.) Ueber die antibakterielle Wirkung einiger neuer Desinfektionsmittel, speziell fiber ihre Einwirkung auf Tuberkelbazillen im tierischen Or- ganismus. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1906-7, x, 229; 339.— Triliat & Sauton. Action des gaz putrides sur les microbes (cas de la levure). Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1909, cxlix, 875-878.—Twort (F. W.) The in- fluence of glucosides on the growth of acid-fast bacilli, with a new method of isolating human tubercle bacilli directly from tuberculous material contaminated with other micro-organisms. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1909, s. B., lxxxi, 218— Volpe (A.) Azione del siero di sangue di cane sulla virulenza del bacillo tubercolare. Atti d. r. Acead. med.-chir. di Napoli, 1893, xlvii, 26-33.—Weld (G. W.) The inhibitory influence of free oxygen on the growth and multiplication of tubercle bacilli; and the treatment of tuberculosis with the svrup of iron chloride. Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1899, 3. s", xv, 76-78 — Williams (O. T.) & Powell (P. Mildred). The in- fluence of unsaturated fatty acids on the growth of the tubercle bacillus; a preliminary note on a possible fac- tor in the frequent occurrence of phthisis in diabetes. Liverp. Med.-Chir. J., 1913, xxxiii, 213-220.-Wrigkt (A. E ) & Douirlas (S. R.) On the action exerted upon the tubercle bacillus by human blood fluids, and on the elaboration of protective elements in the human organism in response to inoculations of a tubercle vac- cine. Lancet Lond., 1904, ii, 1138-1144. Also: Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1904-5, lxxiv, 159-180 Tuberculosis (Bacillus of Enumera- tion of). Brandenburg (E.) Zur Bestimmung der Zahl der Tuberkelbazillen im Untersuchungspraparat. Med. Klin., Berl., 1910, vi, 180.—Klebs (E.) Numerische Bestim- mung der Tuberkelbazillen. Kausale Therap., Hannov., 1903-4, i, 19-26.—Wegelln (C.) Ueber den Tuberkel- bazillengehalt verkalkter Herde. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1910, xl, 913-921. Tuberculosis (Bacillus of, Extract of). See Tuberculin. Tuberculosis (Bacillus of Injection of)- Arloing (F.) Influence de la splenectomie sur la marche de l'inoculation dans le peritoine de bacilles tuberculeux en cultures homogenes. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1905, lviii, 261.—Bernard (L.) & Salo- mon (M.) L6sions renales provoquees par le bacille de Koch injects dans les voies urinaires. Ibid., 94-96. ----- -----. Sur les effets des inoculations intra-vasculaires de bacilles de Koch associees k la ligature d'un uret&re. Ibid., 1906, Ixi, 414.— Bezancon (F.) &Pkillbert (A.) Recherches experimentales sur l'inoculation intraperi- toneale, chez le cobaye, de bacilles de Koch additionnes de beurre. Rev. de la tuberculose, Par., 1905, 2. s., ii, 257- 272.—Cantaeuzene (J.) Recherches sur la maladie experimentale provoquee par l'inoculation de bacilles tuberculeux d^graisses. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1905, xix, 699-714.—della Cella (F. A.) Ueber das Ver- halten tuberkuloser Tiere gegen die subkutane Infektion mit Tuberkelbaeillen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc],l. Abt, Jena, 1904, xxxvi, 12.—Dembinski. Note sur l'accoutumancedes lapins aux doses mortelles de cada- vres de bacilles tuberculeux. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1903, lv, 1409-1411.—Goggia (C. P.) I fenomeni di necrobiosi presentati dai bacilli tubercolari iniettatisotto la cute degli animali. Ann. d. Ist. Maragliano p. la cura d. tuberc. [etc.], Genova, 1904, i, 39-50.—de Jong (D. A.) Intraveneuzeinjectie van vogeltuberkelbacillen bij gei- ten. Herinneringsb. Prof. S. S. Rosenstein, Leiden, 1902, 217-233.—Neumann (W.) Las Verhalten der Tuberkel- bazillen in den verschiedenen Organen nach intravenoser Injektion; ein Beitrag zur Disposition der Lunge fur Tuberkulose. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1909, xiii, 145-199.—von Ruck (K.) The relative value of living and dead tubercle bacilli and of their endotoxins in solution in active immunization against tuberculosis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1913, lxxxiii, 507-514— Slatineanu (A.) & Danielopolu. Sur la sensibilisation du cobaye a l'inoculation intra-c6rebrale de bacilles tuberculeux, par une injection prSalablede tuberculine. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1909, lxvi, 652-654.—Thevenot (L.) & Maisonnet (J.) Du r61e du grand Epiploon dans les injections intra -peri toneales de bacilles tuberculeux en culture homog^ne. Prov. meet., Par., 1908, xix, 515-518. Tuberculosis (Bacillus of, Microor- ganisms resembling). Bureau (H.) * Des causes d'erreur dues aux bacilles du smegma dans la recherche du bacille de Koch dans les urines. 8°. Paris, 1906. Laabs (A.) * Ueber tuberkelbacillenahnliche Stiibchen in verschiedenen Korpersekreten und ihr Verhalten gegen einige der gebriiuchlichsten Methoden der Tuberkelbacillenfarbung. 8°. Freiburg in Baden, 1894. Potet (M.) Etude sur les bacteries dites "acidophiles." Les paratuberculibacilles. 8°. Paris 1902. Abbot (A. C.) & Gildersleeve (N.) The etiologi- cal significance of the acid-resisting group of bacteria, and theevidencein favor of their botanical relation to bacillus tuberculosis. Tr. Ass. Am. Phvsicians, Phila., 1902, xvii, 37-80, 3 pl. Also: Univ. Penn. M. Bull., Phila., 1902-3, xv, 106-125.—Angelici (G.) I bacilli similtubercolari edi tubercolari. Policlin., Roma, 1902-3, ix, sez. prat., 1572- 1580.—Aujeszky (A.) Beitrage zur Pathogenitat der tuberkelbacillenahnlichen saurefesten Stabchen. Cen- tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etcl, 1. Abt., Jena, 1904, xxxvi, 415- 427. -----. A gumobacillushoz hasonl6 savall6 bacteri- umokr61. [A saline bacterium resembling the bacillus of tuberculosis.] Orvostud. ertek. gyiijt. Magy. orv. Arch , Budapest. 1903, u. L, iv, 213; 279. -----. A gumobacillus hozhasonl6savall6,bakteriumokjelent6segeagumdk6rra iranyuld vizsgalatok elbiralasanal. [The significance of the acidophilic bacterium, similar to the bacillus of tuberculosis in researches on tuberculosis.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1905, xlix, 709-711.—Bezancon (F.) APhili- bert (A.) Relation entre le bacille de Koch et les bacilles acido-resistants (bacilles her^ditairementacido-resistants, bacilles tuberculo'ides et bacilles accidentellement acido- rtsistants). Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, 71 TUBERCULOSIS. TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Bacillus of, Microor- gan isms resembling). 1,148-150.-----------. Etude comparee de l'acido-resis- tance du bacille tuberculeux et des bacilles dits acido- resistants (revision du groupe des bacilles acido-resis- tants). Bull, med., Par., 1907, xxi, 1075-1078. Also: Cong. franc de med. 1907, Par., 1908, Compt. rend., 286-294.— Blnot (J.) Sur un bacille paratuberculeux isole du beurre. Arch, de parasitol., Par., 1903, vii, 306-308.— Bujwid (O.) AKostanecki (N.) O nowym pratku, wywolujacymgruzlice wrzekoma.,orazobecny stan wiedzy o tej postaci chorobowej. [On a new bacterium, produc- ing spurious tuberculosis; likewise present view of that disease.] Przegl. lek., Krak6w, 1898, xxxvii, 523; 638.— Camus (J.) & Pagniez (P.) Proprietes acido-resis- tantes des acides gras du bacille tuberculeux. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1905, lix, 703.—Cantacuzeue (J.) De certaines reactions cellulaires provoquees par l'inoculation experimentale des bacilles paratuberculeux (bacille du Timothee). Ibid., 383. -----. Sur l'acido- resistance des cultures jeunes des bacilles de Timothee. Ibid., 384.— Carnevall (A.) Sul bacillo della pseudo- tubercolosi del latte e del burro. Ann. d' ig. sper., Roma, 1900, n. s., x, 470-477.—Coles (A. C.) The acid- fast bacteria; their resemblance to and differentiation from the tubercle bacillus. J. State M., Lond., 1903, xi, 671; 733: 1904, xii, 31; 93; 216.—Courmont (P.) Les bacilles acido-resistants compares aux bacilles de la tuberculose; saprophytisme du bacille de Koch. Cong. internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 155-158.— Coutts (F. J. H.) & Sellers (A.) Pseudo-tubercle bacilli in milk. Pub. Health, Lond., 1901-2, xiv, 94-98.—Cowie (D. M.) Bacilli which resemble the bacillus tuberculosis. Physician A Surg., Detroit & Ann Arbor, 1902, xxiv, 8-11.— Crouzon (O.) & Villaret (M.) Les bacilles pseudo- tuberculeux. Rev. de la tuberculose, Par., 1903, x, 188- 234 — De Simoni (A.) Bacilli similtubercolari nell' adito faringeo degl' individui sani. Riforma med., Palermo-Xapoli, 1904, xx, 625-629.—Diena (G.) Di una variety, del bacillus pseudotubercularis (Pfefffer). Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1907, 4. s., xiii, 531-547.— HSlscher. Experimentelle Untersuchungen mit sau- refesten Tuberkelbaeillen ahnlichen Spaltpilzen. Arb. a. d. Geb. d. path. Anat. . . . Inst, zu Tiibing., Leipz., 1899-1931, iii, 391-415: 1902, iv, 21-43, 3 pl. Also [Abstr.]: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1901, xxix, 425-428.—J. (L.) Recherches r^centes sur le pseudo-ba- cille tuberculeux. Med. mod., Par., 1899, x, 467.—Kay- serling (A.) Die Pseudotuberkeibacillen. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1902, iii, 24-37, 1 pl — Klein (E.) Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Verbreitung des Bacillus pseudotuberculosis. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1899, xxxi, 260.—Klemperer (F.) Ueber die Beziehungen der saurefesten Saprophyten (Pseudotuberkeibacillen) zu den Tuberkelbaeillen. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1903, xlviii, 250-259. Also, transl: 3. Tuberc, Asheville, N. C, 19 3, v, 257-267.— vonLeyden. Leber Smegmabacillen und Tuberkelba- eillen. Deutschemed.Wchnschr.,Leipz. u.Berl.,1896,xxii, Ver.-Beil., 121. Also: Verhandl. d. Ver. f. innere Med. zu Berl.,1895-6,xv,472-48L— Malevanski (D. O.) Tuberku- lyozi kislotouporniye fakultativniye saprofitl. [Tubercu- losis andfacultati veacid-resistingsaprophytes.] Obshtshe- stvoRussk.Vrach.vpam.Pirogova. Trudi . .. Syezdal904, S.-Peterb., 1905, v, 318-326. —Mayer (G.) Zur Kenntnis der saurefesten Bakterien aus der Tuberkulosegruppe. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc],l. Abt., Jena, 1899, xxvi, 321-336.—Meziueseu (D.) Die Pseudotuberkeibacillen bei der Diagnose der Tuberkulose. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1905,xxxi, 1920-1922.—MoeHer (A.) Em Mikroorganismus, welcher sich morphologiseh und tinktoriell wie der Tuberkelbacillus verhiilt. Deutsche Med.-Ztg.. Berl., 1898, xix, 135. -----. Mikroorganismen, die den Tuberkelbaeillen verwandt sind und bei Thieren eine miliare Tuberkelkrankheit verursachen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr.,Leipz.u.Berl., 1898, xxiv, 376-379. -----. Ueber dem Tuberkelbacillus verwandte Mikroorganis- men. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1898, Leipz., 1899,lxx,pt.2,2. Hlfte,413-416. Also: Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1898, xii, 607-613. Also: Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1898, xlviii, 2358-2365. — Milhle. Beitrage zum Nachweise saurefester Bakterien sowie zur Unter- scheidung der Tuberkel- und Perlsuchtbazillen. Ver- handl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1907,Leipz., 1908, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 507-511. —Nevyadomski (P. M.) K voprosu ob otlichitelnom raspoznavanii tuberkulyoz- navo batsilla ot batsdla smegmi. [Differential diagnosis of the tubercle from the smegma bacillus.].. Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1904, Ixi, 60-65. — Preisz (H.) Osszehasonlit6 tanyul manyok a bacillaer pseudo-tuberculosisr61. [Com- parative studies on bacillary pseudo-tuberculosis.] Buda- pesti k. orvosegy. 1893-iki evkonyve, 1894, 50-52. —Ra- motid (F.) & Ravaut (P.) Les bacilles pseudo-tuber- culeux. Progres med., Par., 1900, 3. s., xii, 429-431.— Rodet & Galavielle. Sur le pouvoir pathogene d'un bacille acido-resistant saphrophyte (bacille de laphl<5ole) et ses relations avec le bacille de Koch. Cong, franc, de m6d., 1907, Par., 1908, Compt. rend., 283-286.—Sacerdottl Tuberculosis (Bacillus of, Microor- ganisms resembling). (C.) Ricerche sopra un bacillo del gruppo B. pseudotu- berculosis (R. Pfeiffer). Arch, per le sc. med., Torino, 1905, xxix, 267-287,1 pl.—Sato (J.) & Brauer (A.) Ue- ber die Wirkung saurefester tuberkelbazillenahnlicher Bakterien auf Rinder bei intraperitonealer Injektion. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1901, xii, 11-15.— Sestini (L.) Sul repertodi bacilli resistenti agli acidi (pseudotubercolari) nello sputo. Ann. d. med. nav., Roma, 1903, ix, v. ii, 177-194. —Smith (T.) & Stewart (J. R.) Spontaneous pseudo-tuberculosis in a guinea-pig, and the bacillus causing it. J. Bost. Soc. M. Sc, 1897, no. 16,12-17.— Tereblnsky (W.-J.) Sur la signification des formes non acido-resistantes du bacille tuberculeux; leurs rapports avec le bacille de la lepre. Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1908,4. s., ix, 503-512.—Tint (L. J.)& Bresk- man (L.) A study of acid-fast and acid-semifast tuber- cle bacilli (human). J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, liv, 1591-1593. —Unterberger (S. F.) Novlelshiy vzglyad na otnosheniye tuberkuloznol palochki Koch'a k psev- datuberkulozhim palochkam i o borbie s nimi. [Recent views on the relationship of Koch's tubercle bacillus to pseudo-tubercle bacilli, and on the struggle with them.] Prakt. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1902, i, 579-581. Also, transl: St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr., 1902, n. F., xix, 142-144.—Ver- haegke. Les bacilles pseudotuberculeux. Rev. d'hvg. Par., 1902, xxiv,297-304.—Vincenzo (L.) Ulterioristudii sull' immunita alia pseudotubercolosi da bacillo opale agliaceo. Riforma med.,Napoli, 1898, xiv, pt. 3,662-664.— -----. Zur kulturellen Unterscheidung zweier Pseu- dotuberkulosebacillen (Bacillus Pfeiffer und Bacillo opale agliaceo Vincenzi) der Nagetiere. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1909, 1, Orig., 2-5,1 pl.— Woronoff (A.) & Sineff (A.) Zur pathologischen Anatomie und Bakteriologie der bacillaren Pseudotuber- culose. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1897, viii, 622-628.—Wrede (L.) Ueber Pseudotuberkulose- bacillen beim Menschen. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1902, xxxii, 526-555. Tuberculosis (Bacillus of, Products See, also, Tuberculin. Arloing & Guinard (L.) Atude comparative des effets physiologiques des differents produits retires des cultures "du bacille du Koch. Cong. p. I'etude de la tu- berculose, Par., 1898, iv, 707-711.—Auclair (J.) & Paris (L.) Extraction et classification des toxines du bacille de Koch; leurs propri6t6s chimiques et biologiques. Bull. Soc. d. Etudes seient. de la tuberc, Par., 1911-12, 2. s., 22- 32.—Baldwin (E. R.) Differences in precipitins pro- duced by tubercle bacilli. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1904, xii, 243-247.-----. Further notes on differences in pre- cipitins produced by tubercle bacilli. Ibid., 1910, xxii, ■293-313. —Bertarelli (E.) Konnen die Stoffe des Tuberkels von den Antikorpern des Tuberkelbacillus unabhangige Antikorper erzeugen? Centralbl. f. Bakte- riol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1907, xiv, Orig., 62-67.—Beyer (W.) Ueber Beziehungen des Lecithins zum Tuberkel- bacillus und dessen Produkten. Ibid., 1910, lvi, Orig., 160-162.—Ckausse (P.) Sur la teneur des produits pa- thologiques en bacilles tuberculeux. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1910, lxviii, 673.— Chistovich (F. Ya.) Osobennosti stroyeniya vospalitelnikh novoobrazovaniy, razvivayushtshikhsya na miestle vvedeniya sostavnikh veshtsh'estv tuberkulyoznikh palochek. [Peculiarities of structureof inflammatory neoplasins, developed at thesite of introduction of compound products of tubercle bacilli.] Kharkov. M. J., 1906, ii, 169-187, 1 pl.—Courmont (J.) Substances solubles favorisantes fabriquees par un bacille tuberculeux. Mem. et compt.-rend. Soc. d. sc. med. de Lyon (1889), 1890, xxix, pt. 2, 262-266.—Dixon (S. G.) Report on the effect of repeated injections of products of the tubercle bacillus on lymphatic organs. Penn. Health Bull.. Harrisburg, 1909, no. 6,1-10.—Fermi (C.) Diesac- charifizierende Wirkung des Bacillus tuberculosis. Cen- tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1905-6, xl,187.— Klinla (R.) Pfispevekku pozn&ni bacillatuberkulosy a jeho productu. [Contribution to the knowledge of the bacillus of tuberculosis and its products.] Rozpr. 6esk6 Akad.eis.Frantiska Josefa [etc.],vPraze.1897-8,2.t.,vii,no. 27,1-48,1 tab.—Kolbinger (J.) Ueber Autolysine, die bei sch werer Tuberkulose im Blute auftreten. Pest, med.- chir. Presse, Budapest, 1912, xlviii, 119.—L.esehke (E.) Ueber Vergiftung mit den Riechstoffen der Tuberkelba- zillen. Med. Klin., Berl., 1911, vii, 460.—Maffucci (A.) Experimental researches upon the products of the tuber- cle bacillus. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1894, xx, 556-560.— Malmejac. Action des produits de secretion ou de disintegration du bacille tuberculeux sur le Micrococcus ureae. J. de pharm. et de chir., Par., 1911, 7. s., iv, 112.— Maragliano (E.) Der wasserige Auszug der Tuber- kelbaeillen und seine Derivate. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1899, xxxvi, 385-388.—Pagniez. Action hemolysante des produits du bacille tuberculeux. Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1912, lxxii, 350.—Perrando (G.) Sulla TUBERCULOSIS. 572 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Bacillus of, Products of)- resistenza dei bacilli della tubercolosi in alcuni prodotti tubercolari in putrefazione. Riforma med., Napoli, 1895, xi, pt. 1, 4*2; 495.—von Ruck (K.) The clinical value of the culture products of the bacillus of tuberculosis. Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1897, 3. s., xiii, 388-397. Also, Re- print. Also [Abstr.]: Tr. Am. Climat. Ass.. Phila., 1897, xiii, 74-90.—de S< liweinitz (E. A.)& Dorset (M.) Si une products of the tuberculosis bacillus. J. Am. Chem. Soc, Easton. Pa., 1897, xix, 782-785. Also, Reprint.— Si r Ico (S.) Dell' azione di alcuni farmaci sul prodotto chimico del bacillo della tubercolosi umana. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1894, xv, 73-75.—Welehardt (W.) Ueber die Beeinflussung von Spalfprodukten aus Tuberkelba- cilleneiweiss. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1912, lxii, Orig., 539-544.—Weleminsky (F.) Ueber die Bildung von Eiweiss und Mucin durch Tuberkelba- eillen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 1320-1322. Also: Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xxv, 614.—Wkite (B.) & Avery (O. T.) The action of certain products obtained from the tubercle bacillus; cleavage products of tuberculo- protein obtained by the method of Vaughan. Communi- cation I. The poisonous substance. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1912-13, xxvi, 317-356. — Wolff-Eisner lA.) Ueber Versuche mit verschiedenen Tuberbelbazillen- derivaten. Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. (1908), 1909, xxxix, pt. 2, 293-307. Tuberculosis (Bacillus of, Saprophy- tic properties of). Duhotjrcau (J.-J.-E.-A.-M.) *Surlesapro- phytisme du bacille de Koch. Nouvelle patho- genie de la tuberculose. Vaccination antituber- culeuse (d'apres les recherches de J. Ferran, de Barcelone). 8°. Bordeaux, 1906. Ferran (J.) Nota jeferente &. las aptitudes sapr6fitas del bacilo de la tuberculosis y a sus afinidades con el ba- cilo tifico y el coli-bacilo. Gac. med. catal., Barcel., 1897, xx, 705-708. Also,, transl: Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1897, exxv, 515-518. Also, Reprint. -----. Etudes sur le saprophytismedesbacillestuberculogdnes et sur la vacci- nation antituberculeuse. Arch. gpouvoir chimiotactique en rapport avec la virulence du bacille tuberculeux. Ibid., 1910, lxviii, 51. ----------. Rapports entre la virulence et le pouvoir chimiotactique du bacille tuberculeux. Bull. Soc. mecl. d. h6p. de Lvon, 1910, ix, 7-9. Also: Lvon med., 1910, cxiv, 381-383.—Aucke (B.) & Hobbs (J.) Etat de la virulence de la tuberculose humaine apres son passage sur la grenouille. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1898, 10. s., v, 13-16. — Auclair (J.) Recherches sur la viru- lence des bacilles tuberculeux humains provenant de sources cliniques diverses. Arch, de med. exper. et d'anat. path., Par., 1897, ix, 1124-1134.—Courmont (J.) & Nicolas (J.) Conservation de la virulence des cul- tures de tuberculose humaine. Cong, franc, de med. 1894, Par., 1895, i, 493.—Cusking (E. W.) The specific and infectious characters of tuberculosis, with exhibi- tion of the bacilli of tuberculosis, and those of malignant pustule (anthrax). Boston M. & S. J., 1885, cxiii, 553-558. Also, Reprint.—Daels (F.) Overde betrekkingtusschen de virulentie van den tuberkelbacil en de lokaliseering der door hem veroorzaakte aandoeningen. Nederl.Tijd- schr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1907, ii, 1341-1343. — Delanoe (T.) De l'hypersensibilite' tubereuleuse; un microbe peu virulent peut Gtre doue d'un pouvoir sensibilisateur no- table; les ph^nomenes de l'hypersensibilite ne sont pas specifiques. J. de physiol. et de path, gen., Par., 1909, xi, 441-456.—Dorset (M.) Experiments concerning tuber- culosis. Pt. I. The virulence of human and bovine tu- bercle bacilli for guinea pigs and rabbits. Rep. Bureau Animal Indust., Wash., 1905, xxi, 159-169,3 pl.—Dubois (L.) Des varietes de virulence du bacille tuberculeux. Cong, franc, de med., Par. & Nancy, 1896-7, iii, fasc. 2, 255-257.—Fleisckmann (L.) Mikepen befolyasoljak kiilormbozd taptalajok a tuberculosis-bacillus virulen- ti&j&t? [How do special nutrients influence the viru- lence of the tubercle bacillus?] Orvostud. 6rtek. gyiijt. Magy. orv. Arch., Budapest, 1906, it. f., vii, 285-302.— Fliigge. Ueber quantitative Beziehungen der Infek- tion durch Tuberkelbaeillen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1906, xxxviii, Beil., 48-62. Also: Munchen med. Wchnschr., 1906, liii, 1733.—Fraenkel (C.) Erwiderung auf die vorstehenden Bemerkungen jvon Vagedes zu der Arbeit: Untersuchungen fiber die Infektiositat verschiedener Kulturen des Tuberkelbazil- lus. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infektionskrankh., Leipz., 1906-7, TUBERCULOSIS. 574 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Bacillus of Virulence of)- lv, 327-330.—Fraenkel (C.) & Baumann (E.) Un- tersuchungen iiber die Infektiositat verschiedener Kul- turen des Tuberkelbazillus. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infek- tionskrankh., Leipz., 1906, liv, 247-261. See, also, infra, Vagedes.—Gougerot (H.) Reactions neoplasiques des tissus conjonctils au bacille de Koch; lymphadenomes, lymphosarcoides, sarcomes, fibromes, lipomes, osteomes bacillaires; cancer et tuberculose; contribution a I'etude pathogenique des tumeurs lympho-conjonctives. J. de phvsiol. et de path, gen., Par., 1908, x, 1066-1080,1 pl.— fiance (I. H.) A single test of the virulenev of sputum kept many months. Tr. Am. Climat. Ass., Phila., 1898, xiv, 212.—Hess (A. F.) The relation of the virulence of the tubercle bacillus to its persistence in the circula- tion. Arch. Int. M., Chicago, 1912, x, 577-584.—Janeso' (M.) & Ell'er (A.) A giimobacillusok virulentiaja foko- z&s&nakkerdese. [On the increased virulence of the tu- bercle bacilli.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1910, liv, 33.—de Jong (D. A.) Die Steigerung der Virulenz des mensch- lichen Tuberkelbacillus zu der des Rindertuberkel- bacillus. Centralbl. i. Bakeriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1905, xxxviii, 146; 254. — Joussct (P.) De l'impossi- hilite de detruire la virulence du bacille de Koch par le chauffage. Art med., Par., 19C6. cii, 280-282.— Kiralyli (G.) Ueber die Virulenzveranderung der Tuberkelbazillen im Verlaufe der spezifischen Behand- lung. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1909, lxvii, 141-153.— Krompcchrr (6.) & Zimmermann (K.) Az em- beri tuberculosis-bacillusok virulentiaja. [The viru- lence of the human tuberculosis bacillus.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1902, xlvi, 159-161. Also [Abstr.]: Orvosi heti szemle, Budapest, 1902, xxxii, 267. Also [Abstr.]: Budapesti k. orvosegy. 1902-ik evi £vkonvve, Budapest, 1903, 79-84. Also, transl [Abstr.j: Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1902, xxxviii, 375. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Uugar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1902, vii, 227. -----------. Kiilonfele emberi giimok6ros megbetege- de\sekbdl kitenyesztett tuberculosis bacillusok viru- lentiaj&r61. [The virulence of the tuberculosis bacillus determined from various human tuberculous diseases.] Orvostud. £rtek. gyiijt. Magy. orv. Arch., Budapest, 1903, u. f., iv, 235-278. Also, transl: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1903, xxxiii, 580-607. See, also, infra, Vagedes.—Lartigan (A. J.) A study of the variation in virulence of the bacillus tuberculosis in man. [Abstr.] J. Med. Research. Bost, 1901, n. s., i, 156-162.— Marmorek. Contribution k l'Stude de la virulence des bacilles de Koch. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 182-184. Also, transl: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1906, xliii, 328.—OTaurel. De notre leuco- cyte comme reactif du degr6 de virulence des bacilles de la tuberculose. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 185-190.—Moeller (A.) Vergleichende experimentelle Studien iiber Virulenz verschiedener Tuberkelbazillenstamme menschlicher Herkunft. Zt- schr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1903, v, 5-15. -----. Bemerkung zu der Arbeit: Untersuchungen iiber die Infektiositat verschiedener Kulturen des Tuberkel- bazillus von C. Fraenkel und E. Baumann. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infektionskrankh., Leipz., 1906, lv, 606.—Pane (D.) Antagonismo tra microrganismi isolati dalle feci ed il vibrione di Koch; virulenzadel vibrione di Koch isolato da portatori; un vibrione acquatile; osservazioni fatte durante V epidemia del 1911 nel Salernitano. Riforma med., Napoli, 1912, xxviii, 1233-1241.—Pansini (S.) Alcune osservazioni sulla tubercolosi, specialmente sulla tossicita del suo bacillo. Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 1895, n. s., xvii, 881; 921.—Peters (E.) Zur Pathogenitat der Tuberkelbacillentypen bei Mau- sen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1912, lxii, Orig., L—Ramond (F.) & Raraut (P.) Viru- lence du bacille tuberculeux aviaire vis-a-vis des ani- maux a sang froid. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1898,10. s., v. 589.— Ravenel (M. P.) The comparative virulence of the tubercle bacillus from human and bovine sources. Lancet, Lond., 1901, ii, 349; 443. Also- Univ. Penn. M. Bull., Phila., 1901, xiv, 238-256. Also: Tr. Brit. Cong. Tuberc 1901, Lond., 1902, iii, 552-582. [Discussion], 598-604. Also: 3. Comp. M. & Vet. Arch Phila., 1902, xxiii, 65; 138. -----. The occurrence of tubercle bacilli of exalted virulence in man. Am. Pub Health Ass. Rep. 1902, Columbus, 1903, xxviii, 459-463 — Kodet (A.) & Delanoe (P.) La virulence des ba- cilles dans ses rapports avec la marche de la tubercu- lose pulmonaire. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1908, cxlvii, 500-502. Also: Montpel. med., 1908, xxvii, 505- 613.—de Sckweinitz (E. A.) Some studies in con- nection with the virulence of tubercle bacilli. Wash. M. Ann., 1903, ii, 229-235. [Discussion], 246.—Smitli (T.) Notes on a tubercle bacillus having a low degree Of virulence. J. Bost, Soc. M.Sc, 1898, iii, 33-38. ^so, Re- print. —-—.Variations in pathogenic activity among tubercle bacilli. Tr. Am. Climat. Ass., Phila., i898, xiv, 193-201. Also: Climate, St. Louis, 1899, ii, 5-10. Also- Boston M. & S. J., 1899, cxl, 31-33. Also, Reprint.—Va- gedes (K.) Experimentelle Priifung der Virulenz Tuberculosis (Bacillus of, Virulence of). von Tuberkelbaeillen. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infektions- Erankh., Leipz., 1898. xxviii, 276-320. -----. Bemerkun- gen zu der Abhandlungen von Veszpremi: Virulenz- unterschiede verschiedener Tuberkelbacillenkulturen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1903, xxxiii, 679. -----. Zur Abhandlung von Krompecher una Zimmermann: Ueber die Virulenz der Tuberkelbaeillen. Ibid., 1903, xxxiv, 507. -----. Bemerkungen zu der Ar- beit von C. Fraenkel und Baumann: Untersuchungen iiber die Infektiositat verschiedener Kulturen des Tu- berkelbazillus. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infektionskrankh., Leipz., 1906-7, lv, 321-326.—Veszpremi (D.) Virulenz- unterschiede verschiedener Tuberkelbacillenkulturen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1902-3, xxxiii, 176; 255. See, also, preceding. Tuberculosis (Bacillus of Virulence of, Attenuation of). Baudran. Milieux artificiels attenuant ou exaltant la virulence du bacille de Koch. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1909, cxlix, 874.—Bernard (L.) & tiougerat. R61e de l'att6nuation des bacilles tuberculeux dans le determinisme des lesions non folliculaires. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1908, lxiv, 1054-1056.—Boinet (E.) Recherches exp6rimentales sur l'attenuation du bacille de la tuberculose par le krystallviolett. Assoc, franc. pour l'avance. d. sc. C.-r. 1891, Par., 1892, xx, pt. 2, 747- 749.—Burnet (E.) La virulence des bacilles tubercu- leux et les tuberculoses dites attenuees. Ann.de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1912, xxvi,868-892.—Herzog (H.) Die Ab- schwachung der Siiugetiertuberkulosebacillen im Kalt- bliiterorganismus. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1903, xxxiv, 535; 675, 2 pl.— Jousset (3.) Traite- ment de la tuberculose par les cultures du bacillede Koch attenuees par le vieillissement. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 854-856—Levy (E.) Ab- schwachung und Unschadlichmachung der Tuberkelba- zillen durch Glyzerin und durch Zuckerarten; Immuni- sierungsversuche vermittels der so abgeschwachten Ba- zillen. Med. Klin., Berl., 1905, i, 1093-1095. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 850-853.—Marino (F.) Attenuation de la virulence du bacille tuberculeux dans le tube digestif des hirudinSes. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, lxxi, 220.—de Sckweinitz (E. A.) The attenuated bacillus tuber- culosis; its use in producing immunity to tuberculosis in guinea-pigs. Med. News, Phila., 1894, lxv, 625-629. Also, Reprint. Also: Rep. Bureau Animal Indust. 1898, Wash., 1899, xv., 318-325. -----. The apparent immunizing value of attenuated tubercle bacilli. Cong, internat. d'hyg. et de demog. C.-r., Brux., 1903, ii, 120-124. Also: 3. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1903, Ixi, 473-475. Tuberculosis (Bacillus of) in blood. Anderson (J. F.) The presence of tubercle bacilli in the circulating blood in clinical and experimental tuberculosis. Also: The viability of the tubercle bacillus, by M. J. Rosenau. 8°. Washington, 1909. Bergeron (A.) * Etude critique sur la pre- sence du bacille de Koch dans le sang. 8°. Paris, 1904. Gary (A.) * Bacilles de Koch dans le sang. Nouvelle methode de recherche des microbes dans le sang (proc£d6 de la sangsue). 8°. Lyon, 1905. Mayer (O.) * Experimentelle Untersuchun- gen iiber das Vorkommen von Tuberkelbazillen im Blute und der Samenniissigkeit von an Impf- tuberkulose leidenden Tieren, besonders bei lo- kalisierter Tuberkulose. 8°. Erlangen, 1900. Schroeder (E. C.) & Cotton (W. E.) Testa concerning tubercle bacilli in the circulating blood. 8°. Washington, 1909. Also, in: Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1909, iv, 133-149. Acs-Nagy (S.) Ueber das Vorkommen von Tuber- kelbazillen im zirkulierenden Blut. Wien. klin. Wchn- schr., 1910, xxiii, 1313-1316.—Akiba (I.) Ueber Tuber- kelbaeillen im stromenden Blut. Ztschr. f. Militararzte, Tokyo, 1912, No. 37, 97.—Andropofr"(P. V.) K voprosu o diagnostieheskom znachenii nakhozhdeniya tuberku- lyoznikh batsill v krovi chakhotochnikh. [Diagnostic value of the presence of tubercle bacilli in the blood of consumptives.] Voyenno-med. J., St. Petersb., 1910, ccxxix, med.-spec pt., 414-420.—Bacmeister. Das Auftreten virulenter Tuberkelbazillen im Blut nach der diagnostischen Tuberkulininjektion. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1913, lx, 343.—BenOkr (R.) Beitrag zur TUBERCULOSIS. 575 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Bacillus of) in blood. Frage der Bakteriamie der Lungentuberkulose. Jahrb. d. Hamb. Staatskrankenanst. 1907, Hamb. u. Leipz., 1908 xii, pt. 2, 323-336. Also: Mitt. a. d. Hamb. Staatskranken- anst., 1908, viii, 323-336.—Bergeron (A.) Le bacille de Koch et le sang des tuberculeux. Presse med., Par., 1905 i, 129.—Bezancon (F), Qrittbn (V.) & Pkillbcrt. Recherche du bacille tuberculeux dans le sang par ho- mogenisation du caillot. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par 1903, lv, 35-37. Also: Presse med., Par., 1903, i, 56.—Bi- santi (C.)& Panlsset(L.) Le bacille tuberculeux dans le sang apres un repas infectant. Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1905, lviii, 91.—Brem (W. V.) Inves- tigation of blood for tubercle bacilli; contamination of distilled water with acid-fast organisms a source of error. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1909, liii, 909-911.— Dailey (M. A.) On the presence of tubercle bacilli in the blood in tuberculosis. Boston M. & S. J., 1909, clxi, 318.—Duchinoff (S ) Ueber den Nachweis von Tuber- kelbaeillen im Blute und in den lokalen Entzundungs- herden bei chirurgischer Tuberkulose. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1912, lxxix, 1-57.—Forsytk (C. E. P.) The occurrence of tubercle bacilli in the blood in tuber- culosis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1909, i, 1001—Foster (G. B.), jr. The presence of acid-alcohol-resisting bacilli in the blood. Mil. Surgeon, Wash., 1910,xxvi, 194-214.—Fraen- ken (C.) The presence of the tubercle bacilli in the blood of consumptives. J. State Med., Lond., 1912, xx, 722-726.—Hess (A. F.) The relation of the virulence of the tubercle bacillus to its persistence in the circulation [Abstr.] Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N Y., 1911-12 ix 75.—Hewat(A.M.) & Sutherland (H. G.) On the determination of the tubercle bacillus in the blood of persons suffering from phthisis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1909 ii, 1119. — Hewelke ( O. ) Badanie baktervologiczne krwi suchotnikow; przyczynek do kwestyi zakazien mie- szanych przy suchotach. [Bacteriological examination of the blood of consumptives; on the question of contagion of consumption.] Pam. Towarz. Lek. Warszaw., 1895, xci 573-614.—Hilgermann(R.)&L.ossen (J.) Ueberden Nachweis von Tuberkelbazillen im Blute bei Lunsrentu- berkulose und seine prognostische Bedeutung. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1912, xxxviii, 895-897.— Holmes (E. B.) A study of the alleged presence of tu- bercle bacilli in the circulating blood. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1910, n. s., exxxix, 99-103.— Huguenin (B.) Nachweis von Tuberkelbaeillen im Blute eines Fotus. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1908, xlviii, Orig., 394-396.—Hunt (E. L.) On the occurrence of the bacillus tuberculosis in the circulating blood of tubercu- lous patients, and on the value in diagnosis of microscop- ical methods for the demonstration of the bacillus in that fluid. Rep. Clin. & Research Lab., St. George's Hosp., Lond., 1910, 146-164.—Iskiko & Matsuda. [Culture of the bacillus from the blood of a tuberculous patient.] Saikingaku Zasshi, Tokyo, 1907, 420-459.—Jemma (R.) Ricerca del bacillo della tubercolosi nel sangue circo- lante. Atti d. Cong, pediat. ital. 1905, Roma, 1906, v, 100.— Kakn (E.) Zum Nachweis der "Tuberkelbazillen" im stromenden Blut. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1913, lx, 345.—Kennerknecht(Klara). Ueber das Vorkommen von Tuberkelbazillen im stromenden Blut bei Kindern. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1912, xxiii, 265-276.— Kessler. Tuberkelbazillennachweis im Blut. Miin- ehen. med. Wchnschr., 1913, lx, 346— Klemperer (F.) Ueber Tuberkelbaeillen im stromenden Blute. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1912, liii, 433-438.—Kuraski-ie (T.) Ueber das Vorkommen des Tuberkelbazillus im stromen- den Blute der Tuberkulosen. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1911, xvii, 347-365: 1911-12, xviii, 430; 433.—Lasker (A.) Bakteriologische Blutuntersuchung bei Lungenphthise. Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg., Berl., 1901, 27-31— Lesicur (C.) Recherche directe des microbes dans le sang (du' bacille de Koch en particulier) par le proc6d<5 de la sangsue. J. de physiol. et de path, gen., Par., 1904, vi, 875-883. -----. Bacilles de Koch dans le sang. Bull. Soc. m6d. d. h6p. de Lvon, 1905, iv, 149-151. Also: Lyon med., 1905, civ, 879- 881.—Levin (A. L.) & Durel (W. J.) Tubercle bacilli in the blood. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1910-11, lxiii, 401-403.— Liebermeister. Ueber Tuberkelbazillen im Blute der Phthisiker. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1908, xxxiv, 1914. Also: Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, Leipz., 1909, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 29- 32— Lippmann (A.) Zum Nachweis der Tuberkelba- zillen im stromenden Blute der Phthisiker. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1909, lvi, 2214.—LoJilein (M.) Ueber Phagocytose von Tuberkelbaeillen. Ztschr. f. Immuni- tatsforsch., Jena, 1909, li, Orig., 25-28.—Llidke (H.) Ue- ber den Nachweis von Tuberkelbazillen im Blut bei der Lungentuberkulose. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1906, xix, 949-953. — OTcFarland (J.) The finding of alleged tubercle bacilli in the blood. Univ. Penn. Ann. Rep. Henry Phipps Inst. 1908-10, Phila., 1912, 127-137.— Ittaurel (E.j Action du bacille de la tuberculose sur les elements figures de notre sang. Midi m6d., Toulouse, 1893, ii, 1; 18.— Nanjo (M.) Ueber Tuberkelbazillen im zirkulierenden Blute. Ztschr. f. Mil.-Aerzte, Tokyo, 1912, No. 30, 56-58.—Nattan-Larrler (L.) & Bergeron (A.) L'hydrohemolyse et la recherche des bacilles de Tuberculosis (Bacillus of) in blood. Koch dans le sang. J. de physiol. et de path, gen., Par.. 1905, vii, 1028-1035. Also: Presse mea., Par., 1905, i, 371, -----■-----■ Recherche du bacille tuberculeux dans le sang par l'hydrohemolyse. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 385.—Petty (O. H.) & Mendenkall (A. M.) Tubercle bacilli in the blood. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1909, liii, 867— Qnerner (E.) Ueber Vorkom- men von Tuberkelbazillen im stromenden Blut. Miin- ehen. med. Wchnschr., 1913, lx, 401.—Uabinowitsck (Lydia). Ueber das Vorkommen von Tuberkelbazillen im kreisenden Blute und die praktische Bedeutung dieser Erscheinung. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1910, xxxvi, 1116-1118.—Ban Strom (P.) Tu- berkelbazillen im stromenden Blute. Ibid., 1912, xxxviii, l,->35.—Bavcncl (M. P.) & Smitli (K. W.) Detection of tubercle bacilli in the blood by Rosenberger's method. Wisconsin M. J., Milwaukee, 1909-10, viii, 464.----------. The presence of tubercle bacilli in the circulating blood! J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1909, liii, 1915. Also, Reprint.— Bosenberg (E.) Ueber das Vorkommen von Tuber- kelbazillen im stromenden Blut. Munchen. med. Wchn- schr., 1913, lx, 404.—Bosenberger (R. C.) The pres- ence of tubercle bacilli in the circulating blood in tuber- culosis. Proc. Path. Soc. Phila., 1909, n. s., xii, 101. Also: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1909, 1, Orig., 295. -----. Further studies on the presence of the tuber- cle bacillus in the circulating blood. N. York M.J. [etcl, 1909, lxxxix, 1250-1253.—Bunipf (E.) Ueber das Vor- kommen von Tuberkelbazillen im Blutstrom. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1912, lix, 1951-1955.—Sawyer (W. A.) Tubercle bacilli in the blood. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1909, iv, 628-638.—Scknitter. Nachweis und Bedeu- tung der Tuberkelbazillen im stromenden Phthisiker- blute. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1909 xxxv, 1566-1569.— Smitli (A. J.) & Fox (H.) The reac- tion of the phagocytes of elephant's blood on the bacilli of tuberculosis. Rep. Com. Health Penn. 1907, Harris- burg, 1908, ii, 121-123.—Taussig (A. E.) The presence of tubercle bacilli in the circulating blood in tubercu- losis. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1909, xvi, 667-669.— Tice (F.) Concerning tubercle bacilli in the circulat- ing blood. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1910, xvii, 24-29.— Titze (C.) Die Haltbarkeit der in die Biutbahn einge- drungenen Tuberkelbazillen (Typus bovinus) im Blut und in der Muskulatur von Schiachttieren und die Al- tersbeurteilung tuberkuloser Veriinderungen. Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, Berl., 1913, xliii, 607-622.—Treupel (G.) Die Bedeutung des Tuberkelbazillennachweises im stromenden Blute. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1909, lvi, 2195—Weill (E), Lesieur (C.) & IUouriquand (G.) Recherche du bacille de Koch dans le sang de l'enfant par le proeede' de la sangsue. J. de physiol. et de path. gen., Par., 1906, viii, 1071-1076. Tuberculosis (Bacillus of) in cold- blooded animals. See, also, Tuberculosis (Animal) [ Cold- blooded animals}. Cohn (L.) *Zur Frage der Umwandlung der menschlichen Tuberkelbazillen im Organismus des Frosches. 8°. Freiburg i. Br., 1906. Rupprecht (J. B. E.) * Ueber saurefeste Ba- zillen, nebst Beschreibung eines Falles von spontaner Froschtuberkulose. [Freiburg i. Br.] 8°. Stuttgart, 1904. Aujesky (A.) Experimentelle Untersuchungen mit dem bei 37° geziichteten Fischtuberkelbacillus Dubard. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1906, xlii. 397- 401.—Bier (A ) Erklarung zu dem Tuberkulosemittel F. F. Friedmann. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1913, 1, 238 — Dieudonne. Ueber Anpassung der Saugetier:Tuber- kelbacillenan den Kaltbluter-Organismus. Sitzungsb. d. phys.-med. Gesellsch. zu Wiirzb., 1902,80. -----. Weitere Mitteilungen iiber die Anpassung der Saugetier-Tuberkel- bacillen an Kaltbltiter. Ibid., 1903, 101.—Friedmanu (F. F.) Der Schildkrotentuberkelbacillus, seine Ziich- tung, Biologie und Pathogenitat. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol, [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1903, xxxiv, 647; 793, 2 pl. Also: Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1903, xxix, 404- 466.-----. Spontane Lungentuberkulose bei Schildkroten und die Stellungdes Tuberkelbazillus im System. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1903, iv,439-451. -----. Spontane Lungentuberkulose mit grosser Kaverne bei einer Wasserschildkrote (Chelone corticata). Deutsche med. Wchnschr., 1903, xxix. 25-26. -----. Immunisie- rung gegen Tuberkulose. Ibid., 963. -----. Zur Frage der aktiven Immunisierung gegen Tuberkulose. Ibid., 1904, xxx, 166. -----. Ueber Immunisierung von Rin- dern gegen Tuberculose (Perlsucht) und fiber Tubercu- loseserumversuche. Ibid,, 1673-1675. -----. Zur Tuber- culoseimmunisierung mit Schildkrotentuberkelbaeillen. Ibid., xxxi, 184-186.—Gottstein (E.) Das Verhalten des Tuberkelbacillus im Kaltbluterorganismus. Hvg. Rundschau, Berl., 1905, xv, 281-283.—Herr. Ein Beitrag TUBERCULOSIS. 576 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Bacillus of) in cold- blooded animals. zum Verhalten der Tuberkelbaeillen bei Ueberimpfung aufBlindschleichen. Ztschr. f.Hvg.u.Infectionskrankh., Leipz., 1901, xxxviii, 198-200- lierzon (H.) Die Ab- schwachungderSaugetiertuberkulosebacillenimKallblu- terorganismus. Centralbl.f.Bakteriol. [etc.], 1.Abt.,Jena, 1903, xxxiv, 535; 675, 2 pl.-fc.lebs (E.) Die Tubercu- lose, Wesen und Behandlung. A rch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1908, exciv, 368-442. -----. Ueber einige weitere Ergebnisse meiner Forschtttgen zur Geschichte und Be- handlung der Tuberkuloaa Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xiv, 1520. -----. Blindscftleiehen-Tuberkelbazillen und ihre Anwendung bei de* Behandlung menschlicher und Warmblutertuberkulose. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. & Berl., 1908/ Xxxiv, 1529. -----. Ueber an- tagonistische Therapie det Tuberkulose und reversible Phylogenese. Berb. klin. Wchnschr., 1909, xlvi, 1624; 1571.—iiedoux-Leba.ra. Surle bacille de la tubercu- lose des poissons. Compt. rend. Soc. debiol., Par., 1898,10. s.,v, 601. -----. La hitille pisciaire et la tuberculose de la grenouille due ft Ca bacille. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1900, xiv, 585-654, 1 pl.—Lubarsck (O.) Ueber das Verhalten der Tubefkelpilze im Froschkorper. Cen- tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.]., 1. Abt, Jena, 1900, xxviii 421- 430.—Lubarscll (O.) & ittayr (H.) Untersuchungen iiber die Wirkung der Mikroorganismen der Tuberkel- pilzgruppe auf deh Organismus des Frosches. Arb. a. d. path.-anat. Abt. A. k. hyg. Inst, zu Posen . . . R. Virchow zur Feier . . ., Wiesb., 1901, 130-153.1 pl.—Sargo (J.) & Suess (E.) Udbef Versuche mit Tuberkelbaeillenstam- men menschllcner Herkunft an Schlangen und Blind- schleichen Una tlberMutationen menschlicher Tuberkel- baeillen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1907, xliii, Orig., 422-529. Tuberculosis (Bacillus of) in dust, air [etc.]. Gotschlich (F.) * Die Verbreitung der Tu- berkelbaeillen im Staub von Riiumen mit star- kem Menschenverkehr. 8°. Breslau, 1903. Hill (H. W.) The distribution of B. diph- therise and B. tuberculosis in rooms occupied by patients suffering from these diseases. 8°. Columbus, 0., 1903. Papam a nouil (E. -K.) * Contribution a I'etude de la tuberculose et recherche des bacilles de Koch dans la literie des tuberculeux. 8°. Genere, 1908. Wagner (F.) *Staubuntersuchungen auf Tuberkelbaeillen in der Ziirch. Heilstiitte fiir Lungenkranke in Wald. [Zurich. ] 8°. Wald, 1903. Also, in: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc], 1. Abt., Jena, 1903, xxxiii, 449-453. Courmont (J.) & Lesieur (C.) Sur l'origine pen- pht'rique frequente de la tuberculose chez le cobaye vi- vant au milieu de poussieres bacilliferes. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1909, lxvii, 714.—Joknson (G. A.) Some experiments relative to the inhalation of germs, with special reference to the tubercle bacillus. Iowa M. J., Des Moines, 1902, viii, 530-543.— Jousset (P.) De la non-transmission de la tuberculose par les poussieres de crachats dess6ches. Art med., Par., 1896, lxxxiii, 87-95.— Kirckner(M.) Einige Untersuchungen von Staub auf Tuberkelbaeillen. Ztschr. f. Hvg. u. Infectionskrankh., Leipz., 1895, xix, 153-160.—Le Noir (P.) & Camus (J.) Recherche du bacille de Koch dans Pair des salles occu- pies par des tuberculeux. Cong, franc de med. 1907, Par., 1908. Compt. rend., 208-215. Also: Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1907, lxiii, 291: 1908, lxv, 622. Also [Abstr.l: Ann. d'hyg., Par., 1908, 4. s., ix, 74-76.— Dlarpmann. Die Untersuchung des Strassenstaubes auf Tuberkelbaeil- len. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. u. Parasitenk., Jena, 1893, xiT, 229-234.—Massa (C.) Sull' esame batteriologico del pulviscolo dei caffe, con speciale riguardo al bacillo della tubercolosi. Atti d. Soc. piemont. d' ig., Torino, 1896, ii, 84-93— niller (R. 8.) A note on tubercle bacilli in house dust. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1894, i, 62.—Oblcl (A.) Dell' influenza dell' aria sullo sviluppo del bacillo tuber- colare. Bull. d. sc. med. di Bologna, 1896, 7. s., vii, 77- 86— Bodet (A.) & Delanoe. Recherche du bacille de Koch dans les poussieres. Montpel. med., 1907, xxiv, 97- 109.—Tassinarl (V.) Ricerche sull' aria di una fab- brica di tessuti rispetto al contenuto in microrganismi ed osservazioni sul numero loro in rapporto alle condizioni dell' aria ambiente con speciale riguardo al bacillo della tubercolosi. Ann. d. Ist. d' ig. sper. d. Univ. di Roma, 1892, n. s., ii, 251-303, 6 diag. Tuberculosis (Bacillus of) in excreta. Dixon (S. G.) Experiments tending to show infrequency of the occurrence of tubercle bacilli in the urine of patients suffering from pulmon- ary tuberculosis. 8°. Harrisburg, 1911. Guigxard (A.) * Beitrag zum mikroskopi- schen Nachweis der Tuberkelbaeillen im Spu- tum und Urin. 8°. Aarau, 1905. Lepage (E.-L.) *Le bacille de Koch dans les selles chez l'enfant; technique et valeur diag- nostique. 8°. Bordeaux, 1906. Page (T. Y.) * Ueber den Nachweis von Tuberkelbaeillen in den Faeces. 8°. Heidel- berg, 1902. Alexander (D. M.) An investigation into the acid- fast bacteria found in human faeces with special reference to their presence in cases of tuberculosis. J. Hvg., Cam- bridge, 1910, x, 37-48— Anglade (D.) Le bacille de Koch dans les selles des tuberculeux. Compt. rend. Soc. debiol., Par., 1901, U.S., iii, 829. -----. Le bacillede Koch dans les selles des tuberculeux. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 389.—Anglade (D.) & Cko- creaux. Le pouvoir tuberculisant des selles des tuber- culeux, sa resistance a Paction du froid, de la dessicca- tion. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1902, 11. s., iv, 444.----------. Les selles des tuberculeux ne sont pas moins dangereuses que leurs crachats. Presse m6d., Par., 1902, i, 784-786.—Back rack (R.) & Neeker (F.) Ver- suche einer Vereinfachung des Tuberkelbazillennach- weises im Harn. Wien. klin. Wchnschi., 1911, xxiv,419- 421.—Beards ley (E. J. G.) The presence of tubercle bacilli in the urine of tuberculous patients, their signifi- cance and dangers. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1909, xc 303- 306.—Bernard (L.) & Salomon. Bacillurie tubereu- leuse chez les phtisiques pulmonaires. Bull. m6d., Par., 1908, xxii, 211 — Bertier (J.) Recherches sur la bacil- lurie tubereuleuse au cours dela tuberculose pulmonaire. Ibid., 1910, xxiv, 23-25.—Bezancon (F.) & IHiilibert (A.) Recherche du bacille de Koch dans lis urines par l'examen direct. Gaz. med.de Par., 1908, no. 21,7-11. Also: Bull. m<5d., Par., 1908, xxii, 212-216. Also: Clinique, Brux., 1908, xxii, 703-709. Also: Presse mfid. beige, Brux., 1908, lx, 893-900.—Blagl (M.) Ricerca del bacillo di Koch nelle urine di malati di tubercolosi polmonare. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1908, xxix, 240-242.—Biggs (G. P.) Tu- bercle bacilli found in the fasces. Proc N. York Path. Soc. (1897-8), 1899, 48.—Block (A.) Ein rascher Nach- weis des Tuberkelbacillus im Urin durch den Tierversuch. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1907, xliv, 511-514.—Bongert (J.) Ueber die Ausscheidung der Tuberkelbazillen durch die Se- und Exkrete, im besonderen durch die Milch. Tierarzt, Leipz., 1911,1, 153; 169.—Brown (M. W.) The demon- stration of tubercle bacilli in the urine. Tr. M. Soc. Calif., San Fran., 1900, xxx, 36-45.—Bryson (J. P.) A possible aid to the discovery of the tubercle bacilli in urine. J. Cutan. & Genito-urin. Dis., N. Y., 1902, xx, 391-399.— C'adeac ABournay. R61e microbicide des sues diges- tifs sur le bacille de Koch; transmission de la tuberculose par les matieres fecales. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1893, 9. s., v, 599-601.—Carraro (N.) Ricerche del ba- cillo di Koch nell' urina. Gazz. internaz. di med., Na- poli, 1913, xvi, 108-112.—Cecconi (L.) La ricerca del bacillo di Koch nelle feci. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1910, Roma, 1911, xx, 438-440. Also: Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1911, xxxii,994-999.—Courmont (P.) AJTIandouI. Re- cherche du bacille de Koch dans les selles. Bull. Soc. mea. d. hop. de Lyon, 1904, iii, 401. Also: Lyon m6d.,1904, ciii, 1026.—Craciunescu (A.) Desprepresenza bacililor tuberculosi In filamentele urin el limpedl. [Tubercle bacilli in the clear filaments of urine.] Presamed. rom., Bucuresci, 1901, vii, 314-316. Also, transl: Wien. med. Presse, 1901, xlii, 1653-1656. -----. Tiszta vizeWt czafatai- ban tal< tuberculosis-bacillusok. [Bacilli of tuberculosis found in specimens of pure urine.] Orvosi hetil., Buda- pest, 1902, xlvi, 779.— Cruchet (R.) & Lepage. Le bacille de Koch dans les selles chez l'enfant; son impor- tance diagnostique. Rev. mens. d. mal. de l'enf., Par., 1905, xxiii, 544-550. Also: Ann. de med. et chir. inf., Par., 1906, x, 86-91.—Detrc (L.) A gumobacillus kimutatasa a vizeletben. [Demonstration of the bacillus of tuber- culosis in the urine.] Urologia, Budapest, 1905, 31-35.— Ellermann (V.) & Erlandsen (A.) Om en rationel Fremgangsmaade til Paavisning af Tuberkelbaciller i Urinen. [On a rational method of demonstrating tu- berclebacilli in theurinc] Hosp.-Tid., KJ0benh., 1908,5. R., i, 874-890. Also, transl: Ztschr. f. Urol., Berl. u. Leipz., 1908, ii, 691-709.—Fabriccl (D.) La importanza clinica del bacillo di Koch nelle fecce dei bambini e studio sulP impiego dell' antiformina nella sua ricerca. Pedia- tria, Napoli, 1909, 2. s., vii, 744-776. — Flnkelsteln (J. A.) Die neuesten Methoden des bakteriologischen TUBERCULOSIS. 577 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Bacillus of) in excreta. Tuberkelbacillennachweises in verschiedenen pathologi- schen Excreten. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1910, xlvii, 1059- 1062.—Flick (L. F.) & Walsk (J.) Preliminary report of a study of the urine for tubercle bacilli in cases of tu- berculosis (60 cases). Proc. Path. Soc. Phila., 1902-3, n. s., vi, 149-154. —Forssell (O. H.) Eine verbesserte Me- thode zum Nachweis von Tuberkelbaeillen im Harn. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1902-3, lxvi, 276-286.— Fournier (L.) & Beaufume (O.) Recherche du ba- cille de Koch dans l'urine. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1902,11. s., iv, 1258. —Giuliani & Faysse. Re- cherches sur la bacillurie tubereuleuse chez les phtisiques pulmonaires. Lyon med., 1910, xlii, 769-777.— Gonzalez Tomas (J.) Investigaci6n del bacilo de Koch en la orina. Rev. Ibero-Am. de cien. m6d., Madrid, 1910, xxiii, 81-93. —Gregersen (F.) En Modifikation af Forsell's Metode til Paavisning af Tuberkelbaciller i Urin. [A modification of Forsell's method of showing the tubercu- losis bacilli in urine.] Hosp.-Tid., K0benh., 1903, 4. R., xi. 1291-1301.—Guerbet. Sur la recherche du bacille tu- berculeux dans les urines. Normandie med., Rouen, 1902, xvii, 394-396.—Guerra-Coppioli (L.) Sulla presenza del bacillo di Koch nelle urine dei malati di tubercolosi polmonare. Riv. crit. di clin. med., Firenze, 1910, xi, 455- 458.—Key (E.) Om pavisande af tuberkelbaciller i urin. [Demonstration of tubercle bacilli in the urine.] Hy- giea, Stockholm, 1908, 2. F., viii, 453-463.—lie Butte, jr. Besmetting door faeces van tuberculeusen. Med. Weekbl., Amst., 1902-3, ix,66.—."Uaragliano (V.) Sulla presenza del bacillo tubercolare nelle urine. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1904, xxv, 65.—MartinelH (S.) La eccel- lenza del metodo di Ellermann edErlandsen per la ricer- ca del bacillo tubercolare nel sedimento urinario. Ri- forma med., Napoli, 1911, xxvii, 572-574. — Maxson (L. H.) Are tubercle bacilli excreted through the bile? Univ. Penn. M. Bull., Phila., 1910-11, xxiii, 225-232.— ITIironescu (T.) Ueber das Vorkommen von tuber- kelbacillenahnlichen Bakterien in menschlichen Faces. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infectionskrankh., Leipz., 1901, xxxvii, 497-500.—de Nabias. Recherche du bacLle de Koch dans les matieres fecales. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 388. — Parham (F. W.) The impor- tance of the examination of the urine for tubercle ba- cilli, with presentation of a specimen of a tuberculous ureter showing calculi in situ. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1908-9, lix, 887-889.—Pkilip (R. W.) & Porter (Agnes Ellen). Tubercle bacilli in the faeces m tuberculosis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, ii, 184.—Prels (K.) A tuberculosis-bacillus- nak a vizeletbdl val6 kimutat£sar61. [Tubercle bacillus in the urine.] Urolog. szemle, Budapest, 1909, ii, 20-22.— Bittel-Wilenko (Frieda). Die diagnostische Ver- wertbarkeit des Tuberkelbazillennachweises in den Fazes. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xxiv, 527-529.—Bo- manelli (G.) & Sebiaffino (L.) Sulla presenza del bacillo di Koch nell' urina di malati di tubercolosi pol- monare. Ann. d. Ist. Maragliano p. la cura d. tuberc. [etc.], Genova, 1911-12, vi, 211-224. Also: Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1912, li, 242-260.—Rosenberger (R. C.) The presence of tubercle bacilli in the urine of patfents suf- fering with pulmonary tuberculosis. Am. Med., Phila., 1904, viii, 957. -----. The significance of tubercle bacilli in the feces. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1907, n. s., cxxxiv, 830-841. Also: Proc. Path. Soc. Phila., 1908, n. s., xi, 29-44. Also, Reprint.—Buss (C.) The electrical re- actions of certain bacteria, and an application in the detection of tubercle bacilli in urine by means of an electric current. Proc. Rov. Soc. Lond., 1909, s. B., lxxxi, 314-322. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1909, ii, 2-6.— Seiuyonoflf"(V. P.) Sravnitelnayaotslenkasovremen- nikh sposobov obnaruzheniya bugorchatkovikh palochek v mochle i ikh okrashivaniye. [Comparison of contem- porary methods of determining the presence of tubercle bacilli in the urine, and their staining.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1911, x, 436-438. Also, transl: Presse med., Par., 1911, xix, 820.—Serio (N.) Importanza diagnostica della ricerca del bacillo di Koch nelle feci dei bambini. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int., Roma, 1907, xvii, 263-267.— Severn (W. D.) On the detection of tubercle bacilli in urine. Med. Times & Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1901, xxix, 323.—Shaw (R. B.) Presence of tubercle bacilli in faeces from a non-tuberculous Intestine. Montreal M. J., 1896-7, xxv, 542-547.—Solles. Etudes sur la migration et l'elimination du bacille de Koch a ses differentsstades. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. . . . de Bordeaux, 1891, xii, 181-193.—Strasbnrger (J.) Ueber den Nachweis von Tuberkelbaeillen in den Faeces. Munchen. med. Wchn- schr., 1900, xlvii, 534.—Supino (R.) Sul preteso reperto positivo del bacillo di Koch nelle orine di malati di tu- bercolosi polmonare. Riforma med., Palermo-Napoli, 1905, xxi,561-566.—Thevenot y Batter (D.) Delaba- ciluria tuberculosa. Rev. valenc.de cien. m£d., Valencia, 1908, x, 136-138.—Thieringer (H.) Ueber den Nach- weis von Tuberkelbazillen im Kote von Rindern. Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, Berl., 1913, xliii, 545-606.—Titze (C.) Ueber den Nachweis von Tuberkelbazillen in den Ausscheidungen tuberkuloseverdachtiger Rinder unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Antiforminmethode. vol xviii, 2d series---37 Tuberculosis (Bacillus of) in excreta. Ibid., 520-544.— Trevitkick (E.) Note on the method of demonstrating tubercle bacilli in the urine. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, i, 13.—Ungermann (E.) Ueber einen wahrscheinlich auf zufalliger alimentarer Verunreini- gung beruhenden Perlsuchtbazillenbefund im Auswurf. Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, Berl., 1913, xliii, 633-637.— de la Villa y Carretero (M.) El bacilo de la tuber- culosis, su demonstraci6n en los productos de excrecidn; importancia etiol6gica de su presencia en el polvo, el aire y los alimentos. Rev. espec. med., Madrid, 1910, xiii, 147-152. Tuberculosis (Bacillus of) and Gal- leria melonella. Konstantinovich (V. N.) Ob otnosheniilichinok pchehnol moli (Galeria melonnella) k bugorchatkovim palochkam. [Relation of the larvae of Galleria melonella to tubercle bacilli.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1908, vii, 82. Also, transl: Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infektionskrankh., Leipz., 1909, lxiii, 224-230.—Metalnikoir(S. I.) K vo- prosu obimmunitetlepchelinol moli (Galeria melonella) po otnosheniya k tuberkuloznol infektsii. [Immunity of the bee moth totuberculousinfection.] Arch. bfol. nauk . . . S.-Peterb.. 1905-6, xii, 299-316, 2 pl. -----. O prichi- nakh immuniteta po otnosheniyu k tuberkulyoznol in- fektsii u pchelinol moli (Galeria melonella). [Causes of immunity from tubercular infection in the bee moth.] Kharkov. M. J., 1906, ii, 110-115. Also, transl: Biochem. Ztschr.. Berl.,1906,i,309-316. Also,transl. [Abstr.]: Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1906, lx, 518. -----. Die Tuber- kulose bei der Bienenmotte (Galeria melonella). Cen- tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1906, xli, 64; 188, 2 pl. -----. K voprosu ob otnoshenii lichinok pehelinol moli k bugorchatkovim palochkam. [Relation of the larvae of Galeria melonella to tubercle bacilli.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1908, vii, 244-246. Also, transl.: Ztschr. f. Hyg.u. Infektionskrankh., Leipz., 1909, lxiv, 428-434. Tuberculosis (Bacillus of) in meat. See, also, Tuberculosis (Transmission of) by meat. Swierstra (J.) * Kommen in dem Fleische und in makroskopisch gesunden Lymphdrusen von tuberkulosen Tieren Tuberkelbazillen vor? 8°. Ltrecht, 1906. Gottstein (A.) & Mlckaelis (H.) Zur Frage der Abtodtung von Tuberkelbazillen in Speisefetten. Deut- sche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1901, xxvii, 162- 164.—Sckumburg. Untersuchungen des kauflichen Hackfleisches auf Tuberkelbaeillen. Ber. ii. d. Kong. z. Bekampf. d. Tuberk. [etc.], Berl.. 1899, 651-653. -----. Weitere Untersuchungen iiber das Vorkommen von Tu- berkelbaeillen im Hack fleisch. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1900.xxvi,713.—Stazzi (P.) Delia dimostrazione dei bacilli della tubercolosi nei tubercoli dei bovini per P ispezione delle carni nei publicimacelli. Mod. zooiatro, Torino, 1899, x, 164-171. Tuberculosis (Bacillus of) in milk and milk products. See, also, Tuberculosis (Transmission of) by milk. Abenhausen (A.) * Einige Untersuchungen iiber das Vorkommen von Tuberkel-Bacillen in der Marburger Butter und Margarine. 8°. Mar- burg, 1900. Buege (A. W. E.) *Ueber die Untersuchung der Milch auf Tuberkelbaeillen. 8°. Halle, a. S., 1896. Herbert (A.) * Untersuchungen iiber das Vorkommen von Tuberkelbaeillen in der Markt- butter. [Tubingen.] 8°. Braunschweig, 1899. Also, in: Arb. a. d. Geb. d. path. Anat. . . . Inst, zu Tiibing., Brnschwg., 1899, iii, 207-229. Kankaanpaa (W.) * Untersuchungen iiber das Vorkommen und die Lebensdauer der Tu- berkelbazillen im Kase. [Leipzig.] 8°. Dres- den, 1911. Maass (J.) *Uber das Vorkommen viru- lenter Tuberkelbaeillen in Milch und Milchpro- dukten von perlsiichtigen Kiihen und iiber die Gefahren des Genusses solcher Nahrungsmittel fiir den Menschen. 8°. Berlin, 1900. ten Sande (A.) * Tuberkelbazillen und Ty- phusbazillen in Kefir. [Bern.] 8°. Utrecht, [1906]. 78 TUBERCULOSIS. TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Bacillus of) in milk and milk products. Schuchardt (G.) * Einige Untersuchungen iiber das Vorkommen von Tuberkelbaeillen in der Butter. 8°. Marburg, 1896. Schuler (C.) *Konservierung von Versand- milchproben ohne Schiidigung der Tuberkelba- zillen durch Formalin, Borsiiure und Antifor- min. [Bern.] 8°. Berlin, 1910. Tinschert (F.) * Untersuchungen iiber den Tuberkelbazillengehalt der Milch tuberkuloser Kiihe. 8°. Giessen, 1908. Tobler (Maria). * Beitrag zur Frage des Vorkommens von Tuberkelbaeillen und anderen saurefesten Bacillen in der Marktbutter. [Zu- rich]. 8°. Leipzig, 1901. Also, in: Ztschr. i. Hyg. u. Infectionskrankh., Leipz., 1901, xxxvi, 120-150, 2 pl. United States. Department of Agriculture. Bureau of Animal Industry. Circular No. 127. Tubercle bacilli in butter; their occurrence, vitality and significance. 8°. Washington, 1908. Anderson (J. F.) The frequency of tubercle bacilli in the market milk of the citv of Washington, D. C. Treas. Dep. Public Health & Mar.-Hosp. Serv. U. S. Hyg. Lab. Bull. no. 41, Wash., 1908. 163-192.—Ann ett (H. E.) Tubercle bacilli in milk, butter, and margarine. Lancet, Lond., 1900, i, 159-162. Also: Thompson Yates Lab. Rep. 1898-9, Liverp., 1900, ii. 29-35.—Ascker. Un tersuchungen von Butter und Milch auf Tuberkelbaeil- len. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infectionskrankh., Leipz., 1899, xxxii, 329-344.—Aujeszky (A.) Ueber das Vorkom- men der Tuberkelbaeillen in der Budapester Marktbut- ter. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1902, xxxi, 132-134.—Bartkel (C.) A Stenstr8m (O.) Bei- trag zur Frage des Einflusses hoher Temperaturen auf Tuberkelbaeillen in der Milch. Ibid., 1901, xxx, 429- 433.—Bonkoft'(H.) Ueber das Vorkommen von Tuber- kelbaeillen in der Marburger Butter und Margarine. Hyg Rundschau, Berl., 1900, x, 913-916.—Carre. Steri- lisation du bacille de Koch dans ie laitdess6che\ Rec. de med. vet., Par., 1910, lxxxvii, 556-568.—Ckerry (T.) Notes on the occurrence of tubercle bacilli in the Mel- bourne milk-supply. Intercolon M. Cong. Australas. Tr. 1902, Hobart, 1903, 575.—Coggi (C ) Sulla presenza di bacilli tubercolari nel burro di mercato di Milano. Gior. d. r. Soc ital. d' ig., Milano, 1899, xxi, 289-316.—Cour- mont (P.) & Potet (M.) Les bacilles acido-resistants du beurre, du lait et de la nature compares au bacille de Koch. Arch, de med. exp6r. et d'anat. path., Par., 1903. xv, 83-128, 1 pl.—Delepine (A. S.) The examination of cows' milk for the detection of tubercle bacilli; sum- mary of the results of over eight hundred examina- tions. J. State M., Lond., 1900, viii, 737-750,1 pl. -----. Report to the Local Government Board, on investigations in the Public Health Laboratory of the University of Manchester upon the prevalence and sources of tubercle bacilli in cows' milk. Rep. Med. Off. Local Gov. Bd. Suppl., Lond., 1908-9, 341-414, 2 ch.—De Waele, Sugg & Vandevelde. Ein Verfahren zur Gewinnung einer von lebenden Tuberkelbazillen und anderen lebensfahi- gen Keimen freien, in ihren genuinen Eigenschaften im wesentlichen unveranderten Kuhmilch. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk.. Wiirzb., 1907, vii, 291-293.—Fiorentini (A.) Comeavvienne il passaggio del bacillo tubercolare nel latte? Gior. d. r. Soc. ital. d' ig., Milano, 1908, xxx, 256- 260 — Fisclier (A.) Ueber das Vorkommen von Tuber- kelbaeillen in der Butter. (Zusammenfassende Ueber- sicht fiber die wichtigeren Arbeiten in dieser Frage.) Gesundheit, Leipz., 1899, xxiv, 129.—Fok (G.l Ricerche batteriologiche sul burro del mercato di Firenze; alcuni bacilli pseudo-tubercolari. Sperimentale. Arch, di biol., Firenze 1902, lvi, 618-544.—Fynn (E.) Etude sur la determination du bacille de Koch dans le lait et ses derives Centralbl.f.Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1912, lxii, Orig., 424-430.—Gedoelst (L.) Recherches sur la pr&ence des bacilles tuberculeux dans le beurre. Rev. internat. d. falsiflc, Amst., 1902, xv, 69-71.—Oorton (J. F.) The danger in using cow's milk containing tubercle bacilli. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1908, Ixxxviii, 1111-1116 — Harrison (F. C.) La duree de la vie du bacille de la tuberculose dans le fromanc Rev. g£n. du lait, Lierre, 1901-2, i, 361-366. Also, transl: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1902. xxxi, 250-254. -----. Tubercle bacilli in cheese. Rev. g£n. du lait, Lierre, 1911, viii, 529- 532.—Hellstrom(F. E.) Ueber Tuberkelbacillennach- weis in Butter und einige vergleichende Untersuchungen iiber pathogene Keimein Butter aus pasteurisiertem und nicht pasteurisiertem Rahm. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc], 1. Abt., Jena, 1900, xxviii, 542-555.—Herr (F.) & Beniude (M.) Untersuchungen fiber das Vorkommen Tuberculosis (Bacillus of) in milk and milk products. yon Tuberkelbaeillen in der Butter. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infectionskrankh., Leipz., 1901, xxxviii, 152-181.—Hor- iiiann & Morgenrotk. Weitere Mittheilungen fiber Tuberkelbacillenbefunde in Butter und Kiise. Hyg. Rundschau, Berl.,1898, viii, 1081-1084.—dc Jong (D. A.) Ueber Tuberkelbaeillen in der Milch tuberkuloser Tiere. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1908, xlvi, Orig., 213-217.—Klein (E.) Zur Kenntnis der Verbrei- tung des Bacillus tuberculosis und pseudotuberculo- sis in der Milch sowie der Biologie des Bacillus tu- berculosis. Ibid., 1900, xxviii, 111-114.—Lanza (G.) Sulla distruzione dei bacilli tubercolari nel latte pas- teurizzato. Pediatria, Napoli, 1905,2. s., iii 433-451. Also: Atti d. Cong, pediat. ital. 1905, Roma, 1906, v, 444-446.— Levy (E.) & Bruns (H.) Ueber die Abtodtung der Tuberkelbaeillen in der Milch durch Einwirkung von Temperaturen unter 100°. Hyg. Rundschau, Berl., 1901, xi, 669-675.—in. Les bacilles de la tuberculose dans le beurre. J. d'hyg.. Par., 1899, xxiv, 273.— McFadyean (J.) Tubercle bacilli in cows' milk as a possible source of tuberculousdiseaseinman. Veterinarian, Lond., 1901, lxxiv, 419-428. Also: Vet. Rec, Lond.. 1901-2, xiv,68-72.—« MacFadyen (A.) & Rowland (S.) The detection of the tubercle bacillus in dairy products. J. State M., Lond., 1900, viii,684-687.—Markl. Zur Frage des Vorkommens von Tuberkelbacillenin der Wiener Marktbutter und Mar- garine. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1901, xiv,242-244.— JTlok- ler (J.R.), \Vaskburn(H.J.)&Rogers (L.A.) The viability of tubercle bacilli in butter. U. S. Dep. Agric Bureau animal indust. Rep. 1909, Wash., 1911, 179-185.— morgenrotli. Ueber das Vorkommen von Tuberkel- baeillen in der Margarine. Hyg. Rundschau, Berl., 1899, ix, 481; 1121.-----. Versuche iiber Abtodtung von Tuber- kelbaeillen in Milch. Ibid., 1900, x, 865-868.—Muck (H.) & RSmer (P. H.) Ein Verfahren zur Gewinnung einer von lebenden Tuberkelbazillen und anderen lebens- fahigen Keimen freien, in ihren genuinen Eigenschaften im wesentlichen unveranderten Kuhmilch. Beitr. z. Klin. d.Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1906, v, 349-364.—Nilsson (L.) Om produktion af tuberkelbacillfri mjolk 6, Niishvholm l Skane. Eira, Stockholm, 1898, xxii, 796-803.— Ober- miiller (K.) Ueber Tuberkelbacillenbefunde in der Marktbutter. Hyg. Rundschau, Berl., 1897, vii, 712-714. -----. Das Vorkommen des Tuberkelbacillus in der Marktmilch und Marktbutter. Ber. ii. d. Kong. z. Be- kampf.d. Tuberk. [etc.], Berl., 1899, 674-678.—Ostertag. Untersuchungen fiber den Tuberkelbazillengehalt der Milch von Kiihen, welche lediglich auf Tuberkulin re- agiert haben klinische Erscheinungen der Tuberkulose aber noch nicht zeigen. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1898-9, ix, 221-232.—Pawlowsky. Recherches sur la presence des bacilles tuberculeux dans le lait et dans le beurre du marche. Cong, internat. d'hvg. et de demog. C.-r., Par., 1900, x, 187-189.—Petri. " Zum Nachweis der Tuberkelbazillen in Butter und Milch. Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, Berl., 1898, xiv, 1-35. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: U. S. Dep. Agric. Off. exper. station record, Wash., 1898, x, 388.—Petterson( A.) Ueber die Lebensbedingungen des Tuberkuloseerregers in der Salz- butter. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc ], 1. Abt., Jena, 1902, xxxii, 274-285. — Rabinowitsck (Lydia). Zur Frage des Vorkommens von Tuberkelbaeillen in der Marktbutter. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1897, xxiii, 507. -----. Weitere Untersuchungen zur Frage des Vorkommens von Tuberkelbaeillen in der Marktbutter. Ibid., 1899, xxv, 5. -----. Ueber Tuoerkel- bacillen in Milch und Molkereiprodukten. Ztschr. f. Untersuch. d. Nahrungs- u. Genussmittel, Berl., 1900,801- 809.—Botk (O.) Bacilli della tubercolosi nel burro. Riv. internaz, d' ig .Napoli, 1895, vi, 435. -----. Ueber die mi- croscopische Untersuchung der Butter auf Bacterien, ins- besondere auf Tuberkelbaeillen. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1897, xxvii, 51.V51S—Bullmann (W.) Ue- berdie Abtotung von Tuberkelbazillen in erhitzter Milch. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1903, 1,1342: 1904, li,508. Also [Abstr.]: Rev.g6n.du lait, Lierre, 1903-4, iii, 15.—Bussel (H.) & Hastings (E. G.) Thermal death point of the tubercle bacillus and its relation to the pasteurization of milk. J. Bost. Soc. M. Sc, 1900-1901, v, 346.— Santori (S.) Sulla frequenza del bacillo della tu- bercolosi nel latte di Roma e sul valore da dare alia sua colorazione caratteristica. Ann. d' itr. sper., Roma, 1900, n. s., x, 301-307.—van der Sluis (Y.) Ueber die Abtotung der Tuberkelbaeillen in natiir- lich infizierter Milch und iiber die Pasteurisierung der Milch. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1909, 1, Orig., 378-401.—Sm it (H. J.) Ueber das Vor- kommen von Tuberkelbaeillen in der Milch und den Lvmphdrusen des Rindes. Ibid., xlix, Orig., 36-71.— Smitli (T.) The thermal death-point of tubercle ba- cilli in milk and some other fluids. J. Exper. M., N. Y., 1899, iv, 217-233—Spietkoff iB. i Leber das Vorkom- men vori Albumosen im tuberkulosen Kiise. Zentralbl. f. innere Med., Leipz., 1904, xxv, 4M-IM3.—Slenstrom (O ) Beitrag zur Frage fiber das Vorkommen von Tu- TUBERCULOSIS. 579 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Bacillus of) in milk and milk products. berkelbacillen in der Milch von reagirenden Kiihen. Ztschr. f. Thiermed., Jena, 1902, vi, 241-257.—Tkue (H.) Unders0gelser om tuberkelbaciller i melk, sm0r og marga- rin i Kristiania. Tidskr. f. d. norske Laegefor., Kristia- nia, 1904, xxiv, 306-333.— Titze (C.) Ausscheidung von Tuberkelbazillen mit der Kuhmilch nach intrave- noser Injektion menschlicher Tuberkelbazillen. Tuberk.- Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, Berl., 1908, 9. Hft., 50-58. Tuberculosis (Bacillus of) in relation to other microorganisms. Fritzschk (E.) * Experimentelle Untersu- chungen uber biologische Beziehungen des Tu- berkelbazillus zu einigen anderen siiurefesten Mikroorganismen und Aktinomyzeten. Ent- wicklungshemmung, Agglutination, Komple- mentbindung, gegenseitige Immunisierung. [Zurich ] 8*. Munchen, i908. Also, in: Arch. f. Hyg., Munchen u. Berl., 1908, lxv, 181-219. Bernkeim (.8.) Le bacille de Koch isole et asso- cie. Independ. me"d., Par., 1900, vi, 247; 257. Also: Gaz. m£d. d'Orient, Constant., 1900-1901. xliii, 351-356.—de Jong (D. A.) Rundertuberkelbacillen bij den mensch, en het niet-standrastig zijn van de zoogenaamde "ty- pen" van tuberkelbaeillen. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Ge- neesk., Amst., 1913, i, 113-123.—Klebs (E.) Ein Anta- gonist des menschlichen Tuberkelbacillus. Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. (1908), 1909, xxxix, 31-34. Also: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xiv, 325. — IiOris-Mgli- kov (J.) & Ostrovsky. Tuberculose et B. perfrin- gens. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1913, lxxiv, 227-229.—Moeller (A.) On the relations of the tuber- cle bacillus to other bacteria resistant to acids and to actinomyces. Tr. Brit. Cong. Tuberc. 1901, Lond., 1902, iii, 485-493. [Discussion], 503-507. Also, transl: Cen- tralbl. f. Bakteriol. |etc.L 1. Abt., Jena, 1901, xxx, 513-523. — Nogues (P.) Bacille tuberculeux et coli- bacille. Assoc, franc d'urol. Proc.-verb. 1909, Par., 1910, xiii, 416-421.—Panieki (L.) Lo pneumococco del Frankel nel sangue degli individui affetti da tubercolosi del polmone. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1908, xxix, 1001- 1005.—Bappin. Action de certaines especes micro- biennes sur le bacille de Koch, et immunisation. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1907, 2. s., xxv, 92-94.—Saisawa (K.) Vergleichende Untersuchungen iiber den Bacillus der Pseudotuberkulose. Ztschr. f. Hvg. u. Infektionskrankh., Leipz., 1913, Ixxiii, 401^20.—Tint (L. J.) & Breskman (L.) A study of acid-fast and acid-semifast tubercle ba- cilli (human); their relation in pure cultures. Proc. Path. Soc. Phila., 1910, n. s. xiii, 134-140. Tuberculosis (Bacillus of) in various organs and fluids. Pizzini (L.) Bacilli tubercolari trovati nelle ghiandole linfatiche di individui non tubercolo- tici. Traduzione italiana dalla 2. ed. tedesca. 8°. Bergamo, 1897. See, also, infra. Treugut (L.) *Ein Fall von Thrombose der Arteria fossae Sylvii bei Tuberkulose mit Tu- berkelbazillen im Thrombus. 8°. Zurich, 1906. United States. Department of Agriculture. Bureau of Animal Industry. Bulletin No. 52. Part III. The persistence of tubercle bacilli in tissues of animals after injection. By E. C. Schroederand W. E. Cotton. 8°. Washington, 1905. Arloing (S.) Documents sur la presence du bacille de Koch dans les ganglionslymphatiques en l'absenee de lesions tuberculeuses apparentes. J. de med. veL et zootech., Lyon, 1909, 6. s., xiii, 193-201.—d'Arrigo (G.) Ueber die Gegenwart und fiber die Phasen des Koch'schen Bacillus in den sogenannten skrofulosen Lymphdrtisen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1900, xxviii, 481: 1901, xxix, 122,1 pl.—Asck (P.) Ueber das Schicksal der in die Nierenarterien eingebrachten Tuberkelbazil- len. Centralbl. f. Krankh. d. Harn- u. Sex.-Org., Leipz., 1903, xiv, 183-201.—Baumgarten (P.) Ueber die pathologisch-histologische Wirkung und Wirksamkeit des Tuberkelbacillus. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1901, xxxviii, 1101; 1136; 1161.—Betke (R.) Ueber das Auftre- ten von Tuberkelbazillen in der Lymphe des Ductus thoracicus. Frankf. Ztschr. f. Path., Wiesb., 1910, v, 423- 446.—Bezancon (F.) & Griffon (V.) Recherche du bacille tuberculeux dans le liquide c6phalo-rachidien par laculturesursanggelose. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1903, lv, 237— Bezancon (F.) & Pkilibert (A.) Re- Tuberculosis (Bacillus of) in various organs and fluids. vue critique sur ies methodes de recherches du bacille de Koch dans les epanchements sero-flbrineux de la levre et du peritoine. J. med. franc., Par., 1910, iii, 476-479.— Bindo de Vecclii. I tessuti animali come substrati nutritivi per il bacillo tubercolare. Riforma med., Pa- lermo-Napoli, 1906, xxii, 791-793.—Bitot (E.) &Monta- lier (C.) Liquide cephalo-rachidien a bacilles de Koch. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1911, xli, 296.—Boer (W.) Ver- gleichende Untersuchungen des Bakteriengehalts im Auswurf, Blut und Kot bei tuberkuloser Lungenschwind- sucht und tuberkuloser Darmerkrankung. Med. Klin., Berl., 1911, vii, 1107-1109.—Brown (F. T.) A calculus containing tubercle bacilli. Med. Rec.,. N. Y., 1894, xiv, 118.—C'kace (A. E.) Note on the detection of tubercle bacilli in spinal fluid. Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1907, xxii, 1010-1012—Ci ma (F.) Del reperto di un bacillo supposto tubercolare nel pus delle otiti croniche dei bambini. Atti d. Cong, pediat. ital. 1898, Torino, 1900, iii, 59.—Clarke (A. C.) Some researches on the lesions produced in lymphatic glands by different varieties of the tubercle bacillus. [Abstr.] Med. Chron., Manchester, 1905-6, xliii, 227-230.—Costantini (G.) La sorte dei bacilli tuberco- lari dentro i vasi sanguigni. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1913, xxxiv, 25-28.—Delbanco (E.) Zur Darstellung des Tuberkelbacillus im Gewebe. Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1899, xx, 1.—Be Simoni (A.) Sulla presenza di bacilli pseudo-tubercolari nel secreto delle otiti medie purulente croniche. Gazz. med. di Milano, 1902, i, 38-40.—Disse. Untersuchungen fiber die Durchgangigkeit derjugend- lichen Magen-Darmwand fiir Tuberkelbaeillen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1903, xl, 4-7.—Pontes (A.) Ueber eine in den tuberkulosen Lymphdrtisen vorhandene Tuberkelbaeillen totende Substanz. Centralbl. f. Bak- teriol. [etc], 1. Abt., Jena, 1909, 1, Orig., 78-80.—Fran- kenberger (O.) O nalezech bakterii v hrtanu se zvl&- stnim zfetelem k bacillu tuberkulosnimu. [Detection of bacteria in the larvnx, with special reference to the tu- bercle bacillus.] Casop. lek. 6esk., v Praze, 1904, xliii, 1165; 1189; 1220.—Geeraerd. La recherche du bacille de Koch dans les exsudats. J. de med. de Brux., 1904, ix, 188-190.—Geipel (P.) Ein Beitrag zum Vorkommen des Tuberkelbazillus im Gewebe, sowiezur Aenderung seiner Saurefestigkeit. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1910, xvii, 51-64.—Hess (A. F.) Antiperistalsis in its relation totuberclebacilli and otherbacteriainthealimentary tract. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1908-9, vi, 99-102.— Holsclier. Ueber die Differenz der histologischen Wirkung von Tuberkelbaeillen und anderen diesen ahnli- chen saurefesten Bacillen (Gasbacillus II Moeller, Butter- bacillus Petri-Rabinowitsch, Thimotheebacillus Moeller). Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1901, xlviii, 1483-1488.— Jani (C.) Ueber das Vorkommen von Tuberkelbaeillen im gesunden Genitalapparat bei Lungenschwindsucht. Arch. f. path. Anat. u. Physiol, [etc], Berl., 1886, ciii, 522-545. See, also, infra, Walther.—Jemma (R.) Sopra un nuovo mezzo di ricerca del bacillo tubercolare nel liquido cefalo-rachidiano. Boll. d. r. Accad. med. di Genova, Siena, 1903, xviii, 108-112. Also: Riv. di clin. pediat., Firenze, 1903, i, 387-392.—Joest (E.) Bemer- kungen zur Frage des Vorkommens latenter Tuberkel- bazillen in makroskopisch unverilndert erscheinenden Lvmphdrusen; Entgegnung an L. Rabinowitsch. Ztschr. f."Tuberk., Leipz., 1909-10, xv, 500-502. -----. Kritische Bemerkungen zur Frage des Vorkommens latenter Tu- berkelbazillen in den Lymphdrtisen. Ztschr. f. Infek- tionskr. . . . d. Haustiere, Berl., 1910, vii,131-140.—Joest (E.), Emshoff (E.) [et al]. Versuche zur Frage des VorkommenslatenterTuberkelbazillen in Lymphdrtisen. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch., Jena, 1912, xv, 109- 124. Also: Ztschr. f. Infektionskr. . . . d. Haustiere, Berl., 1912,xii,117-136.—Joest (E.),l>foack(C.)&lilebreckt (C.) Untersuchungen zur Frage des Vorkommens laten- ter Tuberkelbazillen in den Lymphdrtisen des Rindes und Schweines. Ztschr. f. Infektionskr.. . . d. Haustiere. Berl., 1907, iii, 257-293. Also [Abstr.]: Verhandl. d. deu- tsch. path. Gesellsch. 1907, Jena, 1908, xi, 195-209.— Jones(N.W.) Thepresenceofvirulenttuberclebacilliin theheal thy nasal cavityof healthy persons. Med.Rec,N.Y., 1900, lviii, 285-289.—Jonske (W.) Untersuchungen zur Frage des Vorkommens latenter Tuberkelbazillen in den intermuskularen Lymphdrtisen generalisierter tuberku- loser Rinder. Virchow's Arch, f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1909, exeviii, 563-572.—Jousset (A.) Nouvelle methode pour isoler le bacille de Koch des humeurs de l'orga- nisme. Semaine m&L, Par., 1903, xxiii, 22-24.—Kraus (R. )& Holer (G.) Ueber Auflosung von Tuberkelbazillen im Peritoneum gesunder und tuberkuloser Meerschwein- chen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1912, xxxviii, 1227.—lie Noir & Camus (J.) Recherche du bacille tuberculeux dans les cavitSs nasales d'hommes normaux et dans celles de tuberculeux. Compt. rend. Soc debiol., Par., 1908, lxv, 464-467.—Lewis (P. A.) The selective relation of certain vital stains to the tubercle. Arch.Int.Med.,Chicago,1912,x,6s-70.—Liebermeister (G.) Ueber die Verbreitung der Tuberkelbazillen in den Organen der Phthisiker. Verhandl. d. Kong. f. innere TUBERCULOSIS. 530 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Bacillus of) m various organs and fluids. Med., Wiesb., 1907, xxiv, 180-183.—Lier (W.) Ein Bei- trag zum Nachweis des Tuberkelbacillus im Gewebe. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.11. Abt., Jena, 1909, li, 678- 680.—ITIaci'adyen (A.) & MacConkey (A.) An ex- perimental examination of mesenteric glands, tonsils, and adenoids, with reference to the presence of virulent tubercle bacilli. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, ii, 129.—fflcFar- land (J.) & Beardsley (E. J. G.) Elimination of tu- bercle bacilli by the intestines. Rep. Henry Phipps Inst. 1907-8, Phila., 1909, v, 170-174.— Masselin (E.-J.) Re- cherche des bacilles de Koch dans les produits patholo- giques. Presse med., Par., 1903, ii, 665.—Mongour (C.) Sur la recherche du bacille de Koch dans les liquides or- ganiques par le proc6d6 chorisimetrique. J. de mecl. de Bordeaux, 1908, xxxviii, 167-169.—Nakarai (S.) Ex- perimentelle Untersuchungen fiber das Vorkommen von Tuberkelbaeillen in den gesunden Genitalorganen von Phthisikern. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1898, xxiv, 327-342— Nattan-Larrier (L.) Proeede" nouveau pour la recherche des bacilles tuberculeux dans les liquides pathologiques. Presse m6d.,Par., 1903, ii, 838.—Nicolas (J.) & Dercas ^A.) Passage des bacilles tuberculeux, apres injection, de l'intestin dans les chyli- feres et le canal thoracique. Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1902, 11. s., iv, 987-989.—Pizzinl (D. L.) Tuber- kelbaeillen in den Lvmphdrusen Nichttuberkuloser. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1892, xxi, 329-342. See, also, supra.—Babinowitsck (Lydia). Experimentelle Un- tersuchungen iiber die Virulenz latenter tuberkuloser Herde. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1909-10, xv, 217-256. See, also, supra, Joest.—Boger (H.) & Gamier. Pas- sage du bacille de Koch dans le lait d'une femme tuber- euleuse. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., 1900, 11. s., ii, 175- 177.—Kovlda (C.) & Be-Simonl (A.) Sulla presenza di bacilli pseudo tubercolari nella patina dentale e nella saliva degl' individui sani. Stomatol., Milano, 1902-3, i, 365-371.—Sawyer (J.P.) Examiningrectalmucusfor tu- bercle bacilli, a useful diagnostic procedure. Med. News, N.Y., 1896, lxviii,582.—Spano(F.) Recherchesbacterio- logiques sur le sperme d'individus affectes de tuberculose d'autres organes que les organes g6nito-urinaires. Rev. de la tuberculose, Par., 1893, 322-337.—Straus (I.) Sur la presence du bacille de la tuberculose dans les cavites nasales de l'homme sain. Bull. Acad, de m6d., Par., 1894 3. s., xxxii, 18-25. Also: Arch, de med. expgr. et d'anat] path., Par., 1894, vi, 633-639.—Tanturri/u Vincenzo (D.) Sulla localizzazione del bacillo di Koch nell'istmo delle fauci e nelle tonsille. Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 1901, n. s., xxiii, 60-68.—Vetter (W.) Eine Methode, um Tuberkelbazillen in pleuralen Ergiissen aufzufinden. Zentralbl. f. innere Med., Leipz., 1905, xxvi, 449-455.— Viollet (P.) Longue survie du bacille de Koch au con- tact du mucus nasal, dans les fosses nasales d'un cobaye. Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1899, 11. s., i, 996-998.— Waltker (H.) Eine Controluntersuchung der Ja- ni'schen Arbeit: Ueber das Vorkommen von Tuberkelba- eillen im gesunden Genitalapparat bei Lungenschwind- sucht. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1894, xvi, 274-284.— Weber (A.) & Baginski (A.) Unter- suchungen fiber das Vorkommen von Tuberkelbazillen in Driisen und Tonsillen von Kindern, welche sich bei der Obduktion als frei von Tuberkulose erwiesen halten. Tuberk.-Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, Berl., 1907, 7. Hft., 102-107.—Weiss (L.) Ueber den Gehalt kasigkreidiger Lymphdrtisen an Tuberkelbazillen. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1909, lvi, 443-446.—Zimmermann (K.) Uj m6dszer a tuberculosis bacillus kimutatAsAra savos mellhartyaizzadm&nyokban. [A new mode of showing the tuberculosis bacillus in the acid exudates of the tho- rax.] Budapesti k. orvosegy. evkonyve, 1903, 24. Tuberculosis (Bacteriology of). (See Tuberculosis (Bacillus of); Tuberculo- sis (Causes, etc., of); Tuberculosis (Mixed in- fection in); Tuberculosis (Strepto-bacillary). Tuberculosis (Blood in). See, also, Tuberculosis (Bacillus of) in blood; Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Blood in). Blote (H. W.) Bloed en tuberculose. 8°. Leiden, 1898. Duperie (A.-R.-G.) * Contribution a I'etude de revolution de la formule hemoleucocytaire dans la tuberculose humaine, son utilisation pour le pronostic. 8°. Bordeaux, 1911. Fjrese (M.) * Ueber das Verhalten der Zahl der Blutplattchen bei Tuberkulosen. 8°. Bern, 1910. Fulpius (G.) *Les variations de la formule leucocytaire chez les tuberculeux. 8°. Geneve, 1910. Tuberculosis (Blood in). Hagen(A.) * Ueber den Einfluss im Blut kreisender Tuberkulosegiftstoffe auf den Ver- lauf tuberkuloser Exantheme mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung eines eigenartigen Falles von sogenanntem Tuberkulid. [Wurtzburg.] 8°. Munchen, 1911. Meinertz (J.) * Tuberkulose und Blutstro- mung; Untersuchungen iiber experimentelle Nierentuberkulose unter geiinderten Zfrkula- tionsverhaltnissen (venoser Hyperamie- der einen Niere durch Unterbindung ihres Ureters). [Habilitationsschrift.] [Rostock.] 8°. Berlin, 1908. d'Oelsnitz (M.) *La leucocytose dans la tuberculose et specialement dans plusieurs formes de tuberculose infantile. 8°. Paris, 1903. Pujol (P.) *Des rapports de la chlorose avec la tuberculose. 8°. Montpellier, 1901. Regnault (E.) * Nouvelles recherches sur le volume du coeur et les modifications de la circulation peripherique dans la tuberculose. Etude clinique. 8°. Lyon,_ 1898. W elcker (A.) * Ueber die phagocytiire Rollc der Riesenzellen bei Tuberculose. 8°. Jena, 1895. Also, in: Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1895, xviii, 534-588,1 pl. Ab bo (C.) Sulle modificazioni della tensione superfi- ciale del siero di tubercolosi. Ann. d. Ist. Maragliano p. la cura d. tuberc. [etc.], Genova, 1910, iv, 105-112. Also: Path. Riv. quindicin., Genova, 1909-10, ii, 280-283.— Ackard (C.) & liceper (M.) Les globules blancs dans la tuberculose. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1900,11. s., ii, 1066.—Akatsatoflf (N. Ye.) O diagnosticheskom znachenii metoda M. V. Romanovskavo pri izslledovanii krovi u tuberkulyoznikh. [Diagnostic value of Roma- novski's method in the examination of the blood of tu- berculous patients.] Tuberkulyoz, S.-Peterb., 1913, ii,, 13-21.—Allen (A. H.) Phagocytosis, etc., sputum, as a measure of resistance in tuberculosis. N. York M. J., 1907, lxxxvi, 162-166. Also, Reprint.—Barbler (H.) & Bavry. Note sur la reconstitution du sang chez les en- fants tuberculeux du sanatorium de Ph6pital Herold; considerations sur l'anemie de ces malades. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p.de Par., 1906,3. s., xxiii, 615-626.— Bernstein (E. P.) & Fried (G. A.) Ten cases of tu- berculosis without tubercle bacilli in the blood. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1909, lxxxix, 1097.— Besaiicon .,('liicago,1911,lvii,2129-213L—Webb (G. B.) & Williams (W. W.) Some hematological studies in tuberculosis. Nat. Ass. Studv & Prevent. Tu- berculosis. Trans.. N. V., 1909, V, 231-24S. — Weill (h\), Garde re (CA & Vulourt (A.) Anemie hemolysi- nii|iie tubereuleuse. Presse med., Par., 1912, xx, 923.— \Vliil( (B.) & Avery (O. T.) Concerning the bacte- riemic theory of tuberculosis. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1910-11, xxiii, 95-105. — Wiener (A. C.) Tuberculous toxemia in surgerv. Louisville Month. J. M. & S., 1909-10, xvi, 234-239. Also: Lancet Clinic, Cincin., 1910, ciii, 6- 10. -----. Tuberculous toxemia. Arch. Diagn., N. Y., 1911, iv, 11.5-123. Tuberculosis (Bloodpressure in). See, also, Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Blood pressure in). Burckhardt (M.) * Untersuchungen iiber Blutdruck und Puis bei Tuberkulosen in Davos. [Basel.] 8°. Naimiburg, 1901. Also, in: Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1901,lxx, 236-279. Matthes (K.) * Ueber den Blutdruck bei Tuberkulose. 8°. Leipzig, 1905. Maushe (E.-J.-C.) Considerations sur l'hypo- tension a'terielle chez les tuberculeux. 8°. Lille, 1912. La in > (H.) La pression arterielle dans la tuberculose limiteeauxs£reuses (plevre et p6ritoine). Tribunenmd., Par., 1904, 2. s., xxxvi, 725.—Levy (L.) Giimok6rosegy6- nek vernyom&s&r61. [The blood pressure of tuberculous patients.] Gy6gy&szat, Budapest, 1905, xiv, 512.—IXardi (A.) La pressione arteriosa nei tubercolosi in rapporto alio sviluppo del centro circolatorio ed alia tempra nervosa. 1'oliclin., Roma, 1909, xvi, sez. prat., 5: 37.— Pasinctti (C.) Ricerche sulla pressione arteriosa nei tnberculotiei iii rapporto alio statodelle capsulesurrenali e dell' ipotisi. Riv. veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 1910, liii, 481; 529.—Fcters(LeR.) Blood pressure in tuberculosis at high altitude. N. Mexico M. J., Las Cruces, 1911-12, vii, 93-95.—Stanton (W. B.) The blood pressure in tuberculosis. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1907, 61-75. Also, Reprint. Tuberculosis (Bovine). See, also, Cattle (Tuberculosis of); Tubercu- losis (Bacillus of, Borine type of). Berstl (S.) Die Rinder-Tuberculose (Perl- sucht) und das Tuberculin. 12°. Wien dc Leip- zig, 1897. Delepine (8.) Bovine tuberculosis. 8°. Lon- don, 1912. Devrient (M.) *Die Tonsillen des Rindes und ihre-Beziehung zur Entstehung der Tuber- kulose. [Bern.] 8°. Hannover, 1908. Also, in: Deutsche tierarztl. Wchnschr., Hannov., 1908, xvi, 729,745, 2 pl. Fritze (G.) * Beitrag zur Infektiositat des Kotes offen lungentuberkuloser Rinder. 8°. [n.p., 1909.] Great Britain. Royal Commission on Tuber- culosis (human and bovine). Interim report of the royal commission appointed to inquire into the relations of human and animal tuberculosis. fol. London, 1904. -----• Second interim report, fol. Lon- don, 1907. CONTEXTS. Pt. 1. Report. Pt. 2. Appendix. v. L pt. 2. The pathogenic effect of bovine viruses. By A. Stanley Griffith. v 2. The pathogenic effects of human viruses. Bv L Cobbett. v. 3. Additional investigations of bovine and human viruses. By L. Cobbett, A. Stanley Griffith, and F. Griffith. v. 4. Comparative histological and bacteriological in- vestigations. By Arthur Eastwood. Tuberculosis (Bovine). ------. Third interim report, fol. Lon- don, 1909. ------. Final report, fol. London, 1911. CONTENTS. Pt. 1. Report. Pt. 2. Appendix. v. 1, pt. 2. Investigations of viruses obtained from cases of human tuberculosis (other than lupus). By A. Stan- ley Griffith. v. 2. Investigation of viruses obtained from lupus. By A. Stanley Griffith. v. 3. Reports on investigations dealing with: 1. Certain human viruses of irregular type. 2. The excretion of tu- bercle bacilli in the milk of animals. 3. Swine tubercu- losis. 4. Immunity. By A. Stanley Griffith and F. Grif- fith, together with two reports submitted to the commis- sion in 1906 by L. Cobbett. v. 4. Investigations into the tuberculosis occurring nat- urally in certain animals other than man; and modifica- tion experiments. By F. Griffith. v. 5. Comparative histological and bacteriological in- vestigations. By Arthur Eastwood. Haring (C. M.), Sawyer (W. A.) & Morgan (D.N.) Bovine tuberculosis investigations. 8°. [Berkeley, Cal, 1909.] Janssen (W. [F.]) * Untersuchungen iiber Infektionswege und Vorkommen der Tuberku- lose bei Kalbern mit besonderer Beriicksichti- gung der fiirberischen Darstellung des Tuberku- losevirus in Ausstrichpriiparaten nach Ziehl, Gram und der Pikrinsaure-Alkoholmethode. [Bern.] Hannover, 1909. Kallina (P. [E. G.]) *Ist die Nierentu- berkulose des Rindes zur "offenen Tuberkulose" zu rechnen? Nebst pathologisch-anatomischen Bemerkungen zur "Ausscheidungstuberkulose." 8°. Berlin, 1910. Legge (T. M.) & Sessions (H.) Cattle tuber- culosis; a practical guide to the farmer, butcher, and meat inspector. 8°. London, 1898. Lesage (L.) De la vente des animaux de l'espece bovine atteints de tuberculose. 8°. Paris, 1896. Minette. De la tuberculose ou phtisie pul- monaire chez les animaux de l'espece bovine. 12°. Compiegne, 1891. New Jersey. State Board of Health. Circu- lar XLIX. (H. as to animals.) Husk or hoose and tuberculosis in cattle. Dec. 1, 1884 8°. Trenton, 1884. Perlich (H.) * Beitrage zur Behandlung der Rindertuberkulose mit Tuberkulosan-Burow. 8°. Leipzig, 1912. Salmon (D. E.) & Smith (T.) Tuberculosis of cattle. Circ No, 7, U. S. Dep. Agric. Bureau animal indust., 1904. Scheele (J.) De tuberculose onder't rundvee; in hoofdzaak bewerkt naar eene lezing van M. van der Vliet. 8°. Goes, 1905. Schroeder (E. C.) Unsuspected but danger- ously tuberculous cow. Circ No. 118, U. S. Dep. Agric Bureau animal indust., 1907. Sessions (H.) Cattle tuberculosis; a practi- cal guide to the agriculturist and inspector. 2. ed. 8°. London, 1905. Uhlenbrock (B.) * Experimentelle Unter- suchungen iiber die Virulenz alter (inaktiver) tuberkuloser Herde beim Rind. [Bern.] 8°. Oberhausen, 1910. University of Minnesota. Agricultural Ex- periment Station. Bulletin Xo. 51. Veterinary Division. Dec, 1896. Bovine tuberculosis. 8°. Delano, 1896. TUBERCULOSIS. 583 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Bovine). ------. Veterinary Division. Bull. No. 103. Dissemination of tuberculosis by the manure of infected cattle. 8°. Delano, 1907. Albrecht. Kurze Bemerkungen zur Frage von der Vererbung der Tuberkulose beim Rinde. Deutsche thier- arztl. Wchnschr., Karlsruhe, 1895, iii, 336.—Arlolng. Demonstration de 1'unite de la tuberculose et examen des causes qui ont pu conduire quelques auteurs k la dualite. Internat. Tuberk.-Konf. 1902. Ber., Berl., 1903, i, 310-363.—Arloing & Laulanle. Des combustions respiratoires chez le bceuf atteint de tuberculose chronique. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 256— Bae rends (P.) Rundvee-tuberculosewet. Tijdschr. v. veeartsenijk. en veeteelt, Utrecht, 1900-1901, xxviii, 481-483.—Baker (G. S.) The cattle tick and tuberculosis in New South Wales. Rep. Bureau Animal Indust. 1898, Wash., 1899, xv, 386. —Barbe. De la tuberculose chez l'espece bovine, de sa manifestation dans la region du Bazadais, partie du departement de la Gironde (frequence, causes'). Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i. 202-205.—Bartel (J.) Zur Biologie des Perlsuchtbazillus. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1907, xx, 155-157. —Beck (M.) &. Rabinowitscli (Lydia). Ueber den Werth und die Bedeutung der Arloing-Courmont'schen Serumreaction, besonders in Bezug auf die frfihzeitige Erkennung der Rindertuber- culose. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infektionskrankh., Leipz., 1901, xxxvii, 205-224.—Bergey (D. H.) Bovine tuber- culosis in its relation to the public health. Phila. M. J., 1898, i, 641-645.—Bergman (A. M.) Ueber kon- genitale Tuberculose beim Rindvieh. Centralbl. f. Bak- teriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1909, Iii, Orig., 193-200. Also, transl: Svensk veteriniirtidskr., Stockholm, 1909, xiv, 235-244.—Bertarelli (E.) Tuberculosi umana, tuber- culosi bovina e le rivendicazioni di Koch. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1910, xxxi, 953-955.—Besnoit (C.) Cornage du a la tuberculose des ganglions retro-pharyngiens chez un bceuf. Toulouse med., 1902, 2. s., iv, 82.—Biggs (G. P.) Bovine tuberculosis. Proc. N. York Path. Soc. (1894), 1895, 34-36.— Boulet. La tuberculose bovine. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1909, xvi, 194-220.— Broil (R.) Ueber das Vorkommen und den Nachweis von Tuberkelbazillen im stromenden Blut lungentuber- kuloser Rinder. Berl. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1909, xxv, 908.—Brown (W.) Examination of carcasses in cases of cattle tuberculosis; illustrated by 100 lantern slides taken from photographs obtained at the Carlisle public slaughter-house. Lancet, Lond., 1901, ii, 205-208.— Barow. Ueber die bisherigen Ergebnisse eines Verfahrens zur Behandlung der Rinder-Tuberkulose. Molkerei-Ztg., Berl., 1909, xix, 518; 530. — Cadeac & Bournay. Sur la propagation de la tuberculose du bceuf par les matieres fecales. Lyon med., 1895, lxxx, 461-463. Also: Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1895, 10. s., ii, 795.—Cary (C. A.) Tuberculosis in animals, with special reference to bovine tuberculosis. Mobile M. & S. J., 1903, iii, 494-519.—Cn.ausse' (P.) Tuber- culose intestinale du bceuf. Bull. Soc. centr. de med. vet., Par.. 1908, lxii, 430-433. -----. La tuberculose de la caillette chez le bceuf. Ibid., 1911, lxv, 452^76. -----. La tuberculose thoracique du bceuf n'est pas d'origine digestive. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1911, xxv, 518-538. -----. La conduite de l'inspecteur lors de tuberculose et de maigreur coexistantes. Rec. de med. vet., Par., 1912, lxxxix, 555-566.— Chau veauf A.) Sur la tuberculose primitive du poumon et des ganglions bron- chiques et m6diastinaux, communiquee aux jeunes bovi- des par l'ingestion de virus tuberculeux d'origine bovine. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1907, cxliv, 777; 817.— Cosco (G.) Untersuchungen fiber die Tuberkulose der Milchkuhe. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1911, Ixi, Orig., 59-63.— Creigliton (C.) Bovine tuber- culosis (Perlsucht) in a nilghau (Antilope picta). Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1881-2, xxxiii, 426^28.—Crouigneau (G.) Cowpox et tuberculose. Med. inf., Par., 1904, 126- 134. Also: 3. de m6d. de Par., 1904, 2. s., xvi, 235-238.— Cust (Aleen). Unusual caseof tuberculosis In a bullock. Vet. J., Lond., 1905, n. s., xii, 336.—Del6pine (S.) Some of the economic aspects of the prevention of tuberculosis in cattle. Veterinarian, Lond., 1899, lxxii, 453; 528.— Dessart (J.-B.) Considerations en matiere redhibitoire, plus sp6cialement au sujet de la tuberculose bovine. Ann. de m6d. vet., Brux., 1906, lv, 193-204.—Eber (A.) Ueber die Widerstandsfahigkeit zweier in Marburg mit Tuberkelbazillen verschiedener Herkunft behandelter Rinder gegen subkutane und intra venose Infektion mit tuberkulosem, vom Rinde stammendem Virus. Berl. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1904, 888-891. Also: Deutsche tier- arztl. Wchnschr., Hannov., 1905, xiii, 1-3. Also: Ztschr. f. Thiermed., Jena, 1905, ix,81; 177.—Ellerman (H. L.) & de Waal (H. C.) Tuberculosis fcetalis bij een kali. Tijdschr. v. Veeartsenijk., Utrecht, 1908, xxxv, 212-217.— Engel. Tuberkulose bei einem Bullen. Wchnschr. f. Tierh. u. Viehzucht, Munchen, 1907, li, 47.—Fiedler (L.) La dualite de la tuberculose. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heil- stattenw., Leipz., 1903, iv, 497-501—Finzi (G.) Rein- oculation de la tuberculose au bceuf. Rec. de med. vet., Tuberculosis (Bovine). Par., 1911, Ixxxviii, 102-107.—Fleischliauer (T.) Ue- ber Behandlucgsmethoden der Rindertuberkulose mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung des Tuberkulosan-Burow. Arcl^ f. wissensch. u. prakt. Tierh., Berl., 1910-11, xxxvii, 243-270.—Gardiner (W. W.) Some reasons why tuber- culosis spreads more rapidly among cattle than in the human race. Pediatrics, N. Y., 1900, ix, 327-330.—Gar- nault (P.) La tuberculose bovite a la Chambre des Deputes. Progres med., Par., 1902,3.S., xv, 265-269.—Gar- ran It (P.) Die Rindertuberkulose und der Talmud. Haben die biblischen und die talmudischen Juden die Rindertuberkulose gekannt und bekampft? Med. Woche, Halle a. S., 1907, viii, 432; 452; 462; 473; 483; 494; 504; 516; 529; 510.—Giucliowski (A.) Kilka uwag w kwestyi gruzlicy u bydla rogatego w pow. Grojeckim gub. war- szawskiej. [Tuberculosis of cattle in Warsaw Govern- ment.] Przegl. lek., Lw6w. 1901, xvi, 39-45— Goodall (T. B.) Difficulties of dealing with tuberculosis in cat- tle. [Abstr.] J. San. Inst., Lond.,1900-1901, xxi,121-127.— Gordieyeflf" (P.) Zhemchuzhnaya bollezn rogatavo skota. [Pearl disease of cattle.] Arch. vet. nauk, St. Pe- tersb., 1877, vii, 3. sect., 36; 257; 367: 1878, viii, 3. sect., 1- 18.—GUntlier. Uebergang latenter Tuberkulose des Rindes in das akute Stadium infolge Abortus. Deutsche tierarztl. Wchnschr., Hannov., 1906, xiv, 253.—Guerin (C.) Les terrains predisposes k la tuberculose chez les bovides. Echomed. du nord, Lille. 1910, xiv, 505-512.— Gulllebeau (A.) Die tuberkulose Gelenk-, Sehnen- scheiden- und Schleimbeutel-Entzundung beim Rinde. Schweiz.-Arch. f. Tierh., Zurich, 1898, xl, 1-14, 2 pl.—Ha- inoir (J.) Sur une claudication particuliere du bceuf due k l'adeno-tuberculose sous-scapulaire. Ann. demed. vet., Brux., 1900, xlix, 401-409, 2 pl.—Harlng (C. M.) Bovine tuberculosis investigations at the University of California farm. Am. Vet. Rev., N. Y., 1910-11, xxxviii, 615-624.—Hastings (E. G.) Postmortems oh tubercu- lous cattle. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1909, Iii, 312.—Hey- inans (J.-F.) Sur la tuberculose pleurale etperitoneale du bceuf (d'apres les experiences du docteur D. Maes). Bull. Acad. roy. de med. de Belg., Brux., 1905, 4. s., xix, 405; 483, 1 pl. Also: Arch, internat. de phar- macod., Brux. et Par., 1906, xiv, 375-387, 1 pl. Also: Ann. de med. vet., Brux., 1905, liv, 660-667, 1 pl. — Holbnrn (A.) The lymphatic system of bovines, with an account of local and general tuberculosis. County & Municip. Rec, Glasg. & Edinb., 1905, v, 357-360. Also: 3. Prevent. M., Loud., 1906, xiv, 25-36. — Hutyra (F.) Beitrag zur Frage der Tilgung der Rindertuberculose. Ztschr. f. Thiermed., Jena, 1904, viii, 364-381.—lessen. Bugorchatka (zhemchuzhnaya bollezn) rogatavo skota. [Tuberculosis of cattle.] Arch. vet. nauk, St. Petersb., 1873, iii. 6. sect., 33-47.—Joest (E.) & Kracht-Pale- jeff" (P.) Untersuchungen, iiber die Friihstadien der Milchdrusentuberkulose des Rindes. Ztschr. f. Infek- tionskr. . . . d. Haustiere, Berl., 1912, xii, 299-320, 5pl.— Jousset (M.) La contagion de la tuberculose chez les bovides. Art med., Par., 1900, xci, 329-332.—JuUlan. Transfusion capillaire et terrain tuberculeux chez les bovides. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1905, viii, 346.—Karliriski (J.) Przyczynek do bodan nad gruz- licy dziedziczna. bydla u zarodka. [Hereditary tubercu- losis of cattle in the embryo.] Przegl.wet., Lw6w, 1905, xx, 389-394.—Kime (J. W.) Bovine tuberculosis. Med. News, N. Y., 1901, lxxxiv, 158.—K.irlllotT(G.) O pro- iskhozhdenii zhemchuzhnol bollezni na seroznol obo- lochkle diafragmi. [Origin of tuberculosis of the serous membrane of the diaphragm.] Arch. vet.nauk.St.Petersb., 1879, ix, 3. sect., 28-30. -----. O razvitii i stroyenii novo- obrazovaniy pri zhemchuzhnol bollezni u rogatavo skota. [Development and structure of tumors in tuberculosis of cattle] Ibid., 1880, x, 3. sect, 43-70, 1 L, 1 pl.—Kita- sato (S.) EfThe relation of our domestic cattle to tuber- culosis.] Tokyo Iji-Shinshi, 1904,1995-2008. Also, transl.: Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infectionskrankh. Leipz., 1904, xlviii, 471^84. Also.transL: Am. Med., Phila., 1905, ix, 13-16.— Kolilliaas. Mitteilungen fiber die Erforschung der Beziehungen zwischen menschlicher und Rindertuber- kulose. Med. Cor.-Bl. d. wurttemb. arztl. Ver., Stuttg., 1906, lxxvi, 578-580.—Lameris (J. F.) Tuberculinisatie van runderen op een hoeveindeprovincieZuid-Holland. Tijdschr. v. veeartsenijk. en veeteelt, Utrecht, 1899-1900, xxvii, 5-16.—lieclainclie (E.) Frequence et distribu- tion geographique de la tuberculose des bovides. Rev. de la tuberculose, Par., 1896, 301-310.—Licnaux (E.) Pseudo-pericardite liee a la presence d'un vaste abces tuberculeux pulmonaire chez la vache. Ann. de med. vet, Par., 1905, liv, 473-476.—Lie nail x (E.) & Vanden Keckhout. Recherches nouvelles concernant la nature tubereuleuse de l'ent6rite hypertrophiante diffuse du bceuf. Ann. de med. vet, Brux., 1906, lv, 84-93.— Lignlferes (J.) La lutte contre la tuberculose des ani- maux, particulierement celle des bovides, d'apres une nouvelle methode. Bull. Soc. centr. de med. vet., Par., 1909, lxiii, 321-331. —Lisi (G.) Di alcune lesione spe- ciali e primitive della tubercolosi dei bovini. N. Erco- lani, Pisa, 1909, xiv, 449-451.—Little (W. L.) Cases of tuberculosis among dairy cows. J. Comp. Path. & Therap., Edinb. & Lond.,"1906, xix, 48-50.—Lvoff(K.) TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Bovine). Stroyeniye novoobrazovaniya pri tak nazivayemol zhemchuzhnol bollezni rogatavo skota. [Structure of the neoplasm in tuberculosis of cattle.] Arch. vet. nauk, St. Petersb., 1881, xi, 3. sect., 199-253, 4 pl— McClure (S. W ) An outbreak ot tuberculosis among cattle at an altitude of 7,400 feet. J. Comp. M. & Vet. Arch., Phila., 1900, xxi, 407-410.—."Tic Fad yean (J.) Congenital tu- berculosis in calves. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1898-9, 1, 268- 271. Also: 3. Comp. Path. & Therap., Edinb. & Lond., 1899, xii, 156-162. -----. Tuberculosis in cattle. J. State M., Lond., 1899, vii, 185-198. -----. The situation and or- der of development of the lesions in bovine tuberculosis. J. Comp. Path.&Therap., Edinb. &Lond.,1898, xi,226-250.— Tlarkus (H.) Een specifieke darmontsteking bij het rund.waarschijnlijk vantuberculeusen aard. Tijdschr.v. veeartsenijk. Maandbl., Utrecht, 1902-3, xxx, 196-206. -----. Overde frequentie van tuberculose bij hetkalf en bij het volwassen rund. Ibid., 1909-10, xxxvii, 386-392 — Uarqucs dos Santos (J.) Um caso de tuberculose do rim. Movimento med., Coimbra, 1904-5, iv, 349-353.— JIarshall (C. J.) The use of tuberculin in controlling tuberculosis in herds. Am. Vet. Rev., N. Y., 1908, xxxiv, 220-227—MatvIeyerT(V. N.) O nfekotorikh dannikh po rasprostraneniyu tuberkuloza v Rossii na rogatom skotle. [Tuberculosis among cattle in Russia.J Dnevnik Syezda Obsh. Russk. Vrach. v pamyat Pirogova, Kazan, 1899, vii, 445-447.—JJIeyer (W.) Beitrag zum Vorkom- men der primiiren Scham- und Scheiden tuberkulose beim Rinde. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl. 1911-12, xxii, 303-306.—JTIitter (S. N.) Four recent cases of bo- vine tuberculosis in Calcutta. J. Comp. Path. & Therap., Edinb. & Lond., 1910, xxiii, 54-56.—Mlonvoisin (A.) L'acidite du lait des vaches tuberculeuses. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1909, cxlix, 695-698.—OTilller (K.) Schamdrtisentuberkulose beim Ochsen. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1902-3, xiii, 280.—Mullie (G.) Con- tribution 4 I'etude de la curabilite de la tuberculose bo- vine. Ann. de med. vet., Brux., 1901.1,651-657.—Oestern (K.) Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Bakterienflora der er- weichten tuberkulosen Herde des Rindes. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1904, xxxvii, 178; 334; 498.— Overbeek (A. A.) Frequentie van tuberculose bij het kalf en bij het volwassen rund. Tijdschr. v. veeart- senijk. Maandbl., Utrecht, 1909-10, xxxvii, 456-458 — Pearson (L.) & Bavencl (M. P.) Report on tuber- culosis of cattle. Rep. Penn. Dep. Agric 1899, Harrisb., 1900, v, 323-533.—Piettre. Calcification des lesions tu- berculeuses chez les bovides; leur richesse en bacilles de Koch. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1909, cxlviii, 954- 956.—Pillers (A. W. N.) A rare lesion of bovine tuber- culosis. J. Comp. Path. & Therap., Edinb. & Lond., 1907, xx, 343-348.—Poppe (K.) Beitrag zur Frage der atypi- schen Generalisation der Tuberculose beim Rind. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1909-10, xx, 76-79.—R. Bestrijding der tuberculose onder het rundvee. Tijdschr. v. sociale hyg. [etc.], Zwolle, 1904, vi, 321-324.—Regner (G.) Nagra resultat af de senare arens forskning i fraga om forhkllandetmellan mannisko- och notkreaturstuber- kulosen. [Some resultsof the researches, in late years, of the relation between human and bovine tuberculosis.] Svensk veterinartidskr., Stockholm, 1907, xii, 203-215.— Report of an investigation at the stock yards, Chicago. [Repr. from: Chicago Tribune.] Canad. Pract. & Rev., Toronto, 1899, xxiv, 465-469—Reynolds (M. H.) Some experimental work with bovine tuberculosis. Rep. Bd. Health Minn. 1895-6, St. Paul, 1898,361-371. -----. Bovine tuberculosis. Rep. Agric. Exp. Station Univ. Minn. 1896, St. Paul, 1897, 315-417, 8 pl. Also: Northwest. Lancet, St. Paul, 1898, xviii, 369-375.—Rievel. Kongenitale Tu- berkulose beim Kalbe. Deutsche tierarztl. Wchnschr., Hannov., 1906, xiv, 169.—Roadhouse (C. L.) The prevalence of bovine tuberculosis. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1911, ix, 397—Rossi (R. P.) Del ganglio lin- fatico cervieale superiore dei bovini in rapporto alia tu- bercolosi. Clin, vet, Milano, 1909, xxxii, sez. prat., 612; 627. -----. Sulla tubercolosi congenita dei vitelli. Ibid., 1910, xxxiii, sez. sc, 19-39.—Rossiiinol. Programme concernant des experiences a entreprendre dans le but de determiner la duree d'incubation de la tuberculose chez les bovides et Page des lesions tuberculeuses. Bull. Soc de med. vet. prat, Par., 1900, 11-20.—Ruth- erford (J. G.) Open-air experiments with tuber- culous cattle. Am. Vet. Rev., N. Y., 1910-11, xxxviii, 313-349.—Sauer (K.) Die Tuberkulose als Gewahrman- gel bei Nutz- und Zuchtrindern. Wchnschr. f. Tierh. u. Viehzucht, Munchen, 1907. li, 781: 801: 821.—Schroeder. Generalisierte Tuberkulose beim Rinde. Berl. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1903, 471.— Sherwood (B. W.) Bovine tuber- culosis. Tr. Homceop. M. Soc, N. Y., 1908, Iii, 172-180.— Sivori. La tuberculose bovine dans la Republique Ar- gentine. Rec. de m6d. vet, Par., 1899, 8. s., vi, 603-607 — Somerville(W.) A case of tuberculosis. Veterinarian, Lond., 1899, lxxii, 635-637.—Spa rtz (L.) Sur le role de l'aleool dans la genesede la tuberculose bovine. Bull. Soc. centr. de med. vet. Par., 1907, Ixi, 189-191. -----. La tuberculose des ganglions r'tropharvngiens du b.euf Ilyu. de la viande [etc.], Evreux, 1908, ii, 241-M3 — Mroh (G.) Zur Statistik der Kalbertuberkulose in TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Bovine). Bayern. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1904, xiv, 224-227. -----. Beitriige zur Hiiufigkeit und zur Beurtei- lung der Knochentuherkulo.se bei den Schlachttieren. Ibid., 1909, xix, 265-271.—Takeya (H.) Ueber fotale Tuberkulose beim Kalbe. Arb. a. d. Geb. d. path. Anat. . . . Inst, zu Tiibing., Leipz., 1908, vi,650-669.—Talbot (H. E.) Bovine tuberculosis in Iowa herds. Am. Vet. Rev., N. Y„ 1910, xxxvii, 736-745.—Tedeschl (V.) A Lorenz! (C.) Di un centro di tubercolosi bovina; studio statistico-clinico. Pediatria, Napoli, 1909, 2. s., vii, 321-344.—Thieme. Zwei Fiille von Tuberkulose bei Rinderfoten. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1900, x, 165-168.—Titze (C.) Zur Epidemiologic der Rinder- tuberkulose. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc], 1. Abt., Jena, 1910, xlvii, Ref., Beihft, 191-198.—Trotter (A. M.) Feeding experiments with the faces of tuberculous cows. J. Comp. Path. & Therap., Edinb. & Lond., 1910, xxiii, 271- 275.—Tuberculosis in cattle in Michigan in 1896. Rep. Bd. Health Mich. 1897, Lansing, 1899, xxv, 443-448.— UtendUri'er. Ueber Leukozytose beim Rinde unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Trachtigkeit und der Tuberkulose. Arch. f. wissensch. u. prakt. Tierh., Berl., 1907, xxxiii, 329-371.—Vallee (H.) & Cliausse (T.) Les formes anatomo-pathologiques de la tuberculose bo- vine. Ann. de med. v6t., Brux., 1909, lviii, 388-398.— Veryovkin (A. I.) Tuberkulyoz rogatavo skota v Voronezhskolguberniiineobkhodimostvvedeniyamlero- priyatiy protiv nevo. [Tuberculosis of cattle in the Gov- ernment of Voronezh, and the necessity of measures against it] Vet. Obozr., Mosk., 1907, ix, 255-273.— Watson (I. A.) Some observations on bovine tubercu- losis in New Hampshire. Rep. Bd. Health N. Hampshire 1898, Manchester, 1899, xv, 209-220. Also: N. Hampshire San. J., Concord, 1898-9, i, 177-187. Also: Am. Pub. Health Ass. Rep., Columbus, 1898. xxiv, 147-156. [Discussion], 331-337. Tuberculosis (Bovine, Diagnosis of). Adams (J. G.) & Martin (C. F.) Report on observations made upon the cattle at the experi- mental station at Outremont, P. Q. Recognized to be tuberculous by the tuberculin test. 8°. Ottawa, 1899. Hieronymi ([E.]C.) * Beitriige zur bakterio- logischen Sputumuntersuchung bei der Lungen- tuberkulose des Rindes. [Bern.] 8°. Berlin, 1910. Also, in: Arch. f. wissensch. u. prakt. Tierh., Berl., 1910, xxxvi, Suppl.-Bd., 108-152. Jonske (W.) * Untersuchungen zur Frage des Vorkommens latenter Tuberkel-Bazillen in den intermuskuliiren Lymphdrtisen genera- lisiert tuberkuloser Rinder. [Bern.] 8°. Ber- lin, 1909. Kiessig (W.) * Ueber die thermische Tuber- kulinreaktion bei vortuberkulinisierten Rindern sowie iiber die Anwendbarkeit der Ophthalmo- und Cutisreaktion zur Diagnose der Rindertu- berkulose. [Leipzig.] 8°. Dresden, 1908. Matschke (J.) *Die Ophthalmo-Reaktion zur Erkennung der Tuberkulose bei Rindern im Vergleich mit der subkutanen Tubevkulin- Injektion und die Konjunktivalprobe mit Tu- berkulin-Priiparaten verschiedener Herstellung und Zusammensetzung. 8°. Bern, 1910. Salmon (D. E.) The tuberculin test of im- ported cattle. 8°. Washington, 1901. Wisconsin. University of Wisconsin, Agri- cultural Experiment Station. Bulletin No. 10. Tuberculosis and the tuberculin test. July, 1894. 8°. Madison, 1894. Wyschelessky (S.) * Beitrag zur Unter- scheidung der aktiven und inaktiven Tuber- kulose des Rindes mit Hilfe der Komplement- bildung, Meiostagmin- und Ophthalmoreak- tion. 4°. Leipzig, 1912. Abel-Graben. Contribution to the ophthalmic re- action obtained with bovo-tuberculin D (Merck). Vet. J., Lond., 1911, n.s., lxvii,457-461.—Arloing. Die Se- rumdiagnostik bei der Tuberculose des Rindes. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1901, xxxviii, 712.—Bailey (G. H.) Bovine tuberculin tests, and their relation to our dairy products. J. Med. & Sc. Portland, 1898-9, v, 105-119.— Bans (B.) Den Koch'ske Lvmfe som diagnostisk Mid- del overfor Kvaegets Tuberkulose. [Koch's lymph as a I diagnostic medium in cattle tuberculosis.] Kj0benh. TUBERCULOSIS. 585 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Bovine, Diagnosis of). med. Selsk. Forh., 1890-91, 89-119. -----. Sur la valeur diagnostique de la tuberculine et sur l'emploi qu'on en peut faire pour combattre la tuberculose bovine. [Rap.] Cong, internat. d'hyg. et de demog. C. r. 1894, Budapest, 1896, viii, pt. 6, 156-159. Also: 3. de med. vet. et zootech., Lvon, 1894, 3. s., xix, 581-587. Also: Nord. med. Ark., Stockholm, 1894, n. F., iv, 6. Hft., 1-7. Also, transl: Vet. J. & Ann. Comp. Path., Lond., 1894, xxxix, 389-3"94. Also, transl.: Vet. Mag., Phila., 1894, i, 777-782.— Ban sch. Die subkutane Bovotuberkulolprobe fur die Diagnose der Rindertuberkulose. Monatsh. f. prakt. Tierh., Stuttir., 1910-11, xxii, 200-214.—Beck (M.) & Babinowitsch (Lydia). Weitere Untersuchungen fiber den Werth der Arloing-Courmont'sehen Serum- reaktion bei Tuberkulose, speziell bei Rindertuberku- lose. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1901, xxvii, 145-147.—Bellini (O.) Contributo alio studio dell' oftalmo-reazione alia tubercolina nei bovini. Arch. seient. d. r. Soc. ed Accad. vet. ital., Torino, 1909, vii, 1-10. -----. L' oftalmo-diagnosi della tubercolosi sulle vacche che danno il latte a Mantova. Ibid., 10-12.— Ben Danon (C.) Les laiteries et la tuberculose; technique de l'epreuve par la tuberculine. Rev. m&l. et pharm. de 1'Afrique du nord, Alger, 1898, i, 51-53.— Bo lie (C.) Zur Frage der Tuberkulinprufung der Kin- dermilchkuhe. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1910, xlvii, 1227 — Braglla (G.) Oftalmo-cuti e dermo-reazione. Clin. vet, Milano, 1908, xxxi, sez. prat., 641-644.—van der Burg (W.) De ophthalmo- en cutireactie voor de onderkenning van tuberculose bij het rund. Tijdschr. v. veeartsenijk. Maandbl., Utrecht, 1908-9, xxxvi, 587- 613.—Carlni (A.) Fehlergebnisse der Tuberkulinprobe beim Rindvieh. Arch. f. wissensch. u. prakt. Tierh., Berl., 1906, xxxii, 562-573— Clute (H. P.) The tuber- culin test; its use in determining the presence of bovine consumption. Am. Vet. Rev., N. Y., 1901-2, xxv, 531- 537.—(onrow (A. E.) Tuberculin as a diagnostic agent in bovine tuberculosis. Vet. Mag.. Phila., 1894, i, 11-18.— Cruchet (J.) Essais de constatation de la tuberculose au moyen de la tuberculine ou lymphe Koch sur du b6- tail bovin, aux Figuiers, a Cour, sous Lausanne, dans les anntJes 1892-3. Bull. Soc. vaudoise d. sc. nat., Lausanne, 1893, xxix, 321-323.—Curtice (C.) The detection of tu- berculosis in cattle. Rep. Bureau Animal Indust. 1895-6, Wash., 1897, xii-xiii. 283-295, 3 pl.— Czastka (Wilhel- mine). Beziehung der Pirquetreaktion zum Gehalt an Antikorpern; Perlsncht-Pirquet. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xxi, 877.—Dalkiewicz (M.) Wartosc odczynu §r6dsk6rnego jako srodka rozpoznawczego przy gruzlicy u bydla rogatego. [Value of cutaneous reaction as a di- agnostic method in bovine tuberculosis.] Przegl. wet, Lw6w, 1912, xxvii, 195; 228.—Dairy inspection and the testing of herds for tuberculosis employed by the U. S. Bureau of Animal Industry of the Department of Agri- culture. Gulf States J. M. & S. [etc.], Mobile, 1909, xv, 509-514.—Degive. Diagnostic de la tuberculose bovine. Cong. p. I'etude de la tuberculose 1893, Par., 1894, iii, 133- 137.—Delepine (S.) A practical note on the applica- tion of the tuberculin test in cattle. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1900, ii, 1201. -----. How can the tuberculin test be util- ised for the stamping out of bovine tuberculosis? J. Comp. Path. & Therap., Edinb. & Lond., 1901, xiv, 239-259. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1901, ii, 509-515.—Eber (A.) Suggestions for a uniform system of interpreting the tuberculin reac- tion in cattle. J. Comp. Path. & Therap., Edinb. & Lond., 1905, xviii, 224-228. -----. Die Tuberkuloseschutz- und Heilimpfung der Rinder nach Hevmans. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], Jena, 1908, xlii, 257-267.—Etchegoy- hen (F.) La tuberculina en el diagn6stico de la tuber- culosis bovina. An. r. Acad, de cien. med. . . . de la Habana, 1896-7, xxxiii, 161-169.—Flonzi (G.) De la reaction pr6cipitante dans le diagnostic de la tuberculose des bovides. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1910, lxviii, 127-129— Florentini (A.), Franceschi (G.) & De- Canitani (N.) Ricercne sperimentali sul valore diag- nostico della tubercolina nella tubercolosi dei bovini. Atti d. Ass. med. lomb. 1895, Milano, 1896, 337-342.— Foth. Tuberkulinproben nach Moussu und Mantoux. Berl. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1909, xxv, 727-730. -----. Der praktische Wert der Tuberkulin-Augenprobe bei Rin- dern. Veroffentl. a. d. J.-Vet-Ber. d. beamt. Tierarzte Preuss. 1908, Berl., 1910, ix, 3-22. Also: Ztschr. f. Tiermed., Jena, 1908, xii, 321-347.—Franke (M.) Experimentelle Untersuchungen fiber den Einfluss und den Unterschied der Wirkung zwischen dem Menschen- und Perlsucht- tuberkulin auf das Blut und die blutbildenden Organe der Tiere. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1908, xi, 351-385.—Galli-Valerio (B.) E la tubercolina un mezzo da raccomandarsi per la diagnosi della tubercolosi latente nelle bestie bovine da adibirse alia produzione del latte e del vaccino? Gior. d. r. Soc. ital. d' ig., Mi- lano, 1894, xvi, 180-184.—Garth, Kranich & Grli- nert. Die Ophthalmo- und Kutanreaktion bei Rinder- tuberkulose. Deutsche tierarztl. Wchnschr., Hannov., 1908, xvi, 197-202.— Gehrmann (A.) Diagnosis of tu- berculosis in cattle by the tuberculin test. P. & S. Plexus, Chicago, 1898-9, iv, 193-196.—GUliland (S. H.) & Corn- man (E. L.) The effect of the tuberculin test upon lac- Tuberculosis (Bovine, Diagnosis of). tation [in cows]. Am. Vet. Rev., N. Y., 1907-8, xxxii, 514-517.—Gulttet. La tuberculose de l'espece bovine; son diagnostic par la tuberculine. Anjou med., Angers, 1894-7, 28-30.—Hammer. Die Serodiagnose der Rind- tuberkulose. Deutsche tierarztl. Wchnschr., Hannov., 1912, xx, 593-596.—Hamoir (J.) Etudes sur le diagnos- tic clinique de la tuberculose dans l'espece bovine. Ann. de med. vet., Brux., 1904, liii, 601; 657. Also: Bull. Soc. centr. de med. vet, Par., 1904, lviii, 627-636. -----. Le di- agnostique clinique dela tuberculose dansl'espece bovine. Ann. de med. vet, Brux., 1906, lv, 156; 215: 271; 328; 386.— Hance (I. H.) Reportof the use of crude tuberculin on cows. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1894, xlvi, 74.—If ess (E.) Ueber den Werth des Tuberculins in der Rindviehpraxis. (Ref.) Cong, internat. d'hyg. et de demog. C. r. 1894, Budapest, 1896, viii, pt. 6, 160-170, 1 tab. [Discussion], 175-178.— Hoetnagel (K.) Ergebnis der Untersuchung einiger Rinder, welche wegen tuberkuloser Erscheinungen von den Besitzern dem Staate tibergeben wurden. Berl. tier- arztl. Wchnschr., 1909, xxv, 377-380.— Jobson (G. B.) Cattle inspection and the tuberculin-test J. Comp. M. & Vet. Arch., Phila., 1901, xxii, 144-14*.—Jullian (A.) La meLhode des congeneres chez les bovides tuberculeux; reaction post-capillaire. Cong, internat. de med. C. r., Par., 1900,sectdepath.gen.,407.—KaltenM.) Odczyny miejscowe na tuberkulin^ u bydla rogatego. [Local tu- berculin reaction in cattle.] Przegl. wet., Lw6w, 1911, xxvi, 341; 390; 429: 483: 1912, xxvii, 1; 90; 133; 177; 221; 265; 309; 353; 416— Kanda(M) Vergleichende Studien fiber die Tuberculine von Menschen- und Rindertuber- kelbacillen bei der Diagnose der Rindertuberculose. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infectionskrankh., Leipz., 1904, xlvii, 202-210.—Kern (F.) Immunisierungsversuche gegen die Tuberkulose an Rindern mit von Behringschem Bovo- vaccin. Berl. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1908, 578.—Klim- ine r. Ueber die Schutzimpfung der Rinder gegen die Tuberkulose mit Hilfe nichtinfektioser Impfstoffe. Miin- ehen. med. Wchnschr., 1908, lv, 1852. -----. Die Haufig- keit, Bedeutung und die spezifische Diagnostik der Rindertuberkulose. Jahresb. d. Gesellsch. f. Nat- u. Heilk. in Dresd., 1910-11, Miinehen. 1911, 116-119.— ■dimmer (M.) & Schmidt. Ueber die diagnostische Bedeutung der Ehrlich'schen Diazoreaktion bei der Tu- berkulose der Rinder. Arch. f. wissensch. u. prakt. Thierh., Berl., 1901, 135-149.—Ko lb. Beitrag zur" Diag- noseder Tuberkulose beim Rind. Wchnschr. f. Tierh. u. Viehzucht, Munchen, 1903, xlvii, 509.—Kranich. Die Erkennung der Tuberkulose mit Hilfe von Bovotuber- kulol. Berl. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1911, xxvii, 341-344.— Laddey (J. V.) The X-ray as an aid in the diagnosis of tuberculosis in cattle. J. Comp. M. & Vet. Arch., Phila., 1902, xxiii, 97-104.—Lanlranthi (A.) Contri- buto al valore diagnostico della oftalmo-reazione e della cuti-reazione nella tubercolosi bovina. Clin, vet., Milano, 1908, xxxi, sez. prat., 19; 35; 68; 161. — Law (J.) Experiments with tuberculin on non-tuberculous cows. Vet. Mag., Phila., 1895, ii, 67-86.—Lienaux. Diagnostic en-one1 de tuberculose chez une vache; lym- phad^nitesinfectieuses banales avec signes respiratoires et uterins concomitants. Ann. de m6d. vet, Brux., 1904, liii, 339-343.—Lignieres (J.) Sur la non-reaction a la tuberculine chez les bovides tuberculeux. Bull. Soc. centr.de med. vet, Par., 1907, Ixi, 90-112. Also, transl: Semana m6d., Buenos Aires, 1907, xiv, 1379-1391.-----. Le diagnostic de la tuberculose des animaux, notamment des bovides, par l'emploi simultan6 de 1'ophtalmo- et de la cutidermo-rehction. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1907, cxiv, 948-950—Lignieres (J.) & Bossi (V.) In- torno all' oftalmo-reazione e cuti-reazione come mezzo diagnostico della tubercolosi bovina. N. Ercolani, Pisa, 1907, xii, 548-554—Liftlejohn (A. R.) The combined tuberculin test for cattle. J. Comp. Path. & Therap., Edinb. & Lond., 1909, xxii, 217-237.—Lusson (L. O.) Tuberculin an infallible test for tuberculosis in cattle. Univ. M. Mat'., Phila., 1895-6, viii, 629.—McCampbell (E. T.) & White (D. S.) The ophthalmo-tuberculin reaction in cattle. J. Exper. M., N. Y., 1908, x, 232-237. ----- -----. Further studies on the oph- thalmo-tuberculin reaction in cattle. Ibid., Lancaster, Pa. & N. Y., 1908, x, 594-607, 1 pl. — lU'Fadyean (J.) Results of the application of the tuberculin test to Her Majesty's dairy cows at Windsor. J. Comp. Path. & Therap., Edinb. & Lond., 1899, xii, 50-56.—McWeeney. On the infectivity of the milk of cows that react to the tuberculin test in the absence of clinical evidence of tuberculosis. Tr. Brit Cong. Tuberc. 1901, Lond., 1902, iii, 614.—.Hello (U.) Gli anticorpi precipitanti nella diagnosi della tubercolosi bovina. Arch, seient. d.r. Soc nat. vet, Torino, 1911, ix, 44-50.—Meyer (M.) Unter- suchungen iiber die Konjunktivalreaktion auf Tuberku- lose beim Rind. Berl. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1910, xxvi, 232-234.— JMoJlers (B.) Die Tuberkulinprufung der zur Kindermilchgewinnung dienenden Kiihe. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1910, xlvii, 1228-1230.— IWoore (B. S.) The experience of Syracuse, N. Y., with the compulsory tu- berculin test of all dairies furnishing milk to the city. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1901, xxxviii, 226-229.— Nelson (J.) On the use of Koch's lymph in the diagno- TUBERCULOSIS. 586 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Bovine, Diagnosis of). sis of tuberculosis in cattle. Rep. Biol. Dept. X. Jersey Auric. Coll. Exper. Station (1893), 1894. 209-275, 5 diag.— Nciihaus. Ein Hilfsmittel zur klinischen Feststellung der Lungentuberkulose des Rindes. Deutsche tierarztl. Wchnschr., Hannov., 1909, xvii, 285-288— Opalka (L.) Ueber eine Ledermaske als Hilfsmittel zur klinischen Feststellung der Lungentuberkulose des Rindes. Ztschr. f. Infektionskr. . . . d. Haustiere, Berl., 1907, ii, 227. -----. Ueber Beobachtungen bei der kombinierten Konjunkti- valen und subkutanen Tuberkulinimpfung zur Ermitt- lung der Rindertuberkulose. Ibid., 1912, xi, 388-100.— Ostertag, Breidert[e£aZ ]. Untersuchungen iiber die klinische und bakteriologische Feststellung der Tuber- kulose des Rindes. Arb. a. d. hygien. Inst d. k. tierarztl. Hochsch. zu Berl., 1905, No. v, 1-174.—Overbeek (A. A.) Auffangen des Sputums unter Anwendung der Tracheo- tomie fiir dfe Diagnostik der offenen Lungentuberkulose des Rindes. Berl. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1907, 254.—Pa- nizza (A.) Contributo alio studio dell' intradermo- reazione nella tubercolosi bovina. Clin, vet., Milano, 1909, xxxii, sez. prat., 257-261.— Parodi (U.) Delia diagnosi della tubercolosi bovina nell' uomo. Gior. d. r. Accad. med.-chir. di Torino, 1908, lxxi, 71-74.—Peters (A.) Obstacles to enforcing regulations requiring the tuberculin test in inter-State cattle traffic. J. Comp. M. & Vet. Arch., Phila., 1900, xxi, 590; 675—Petit (G.) Actinobacillose linguale simulant k s'y m6prendre la tu- berculose chez un bceuf. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1905, lxxx, 388.—Pleronl (N.) La cuti-oftalmo reazione nella diagnosi della tubercolosi dei bovini. Gior. d. r. Soc. ed Accad. vet. ital., Torino, 1908, lvii, 10- 13.—Pochln (L.) An application of opsonic methods in comparing human and bovine tuberculosis. Lancet, Lond., 1908, ii, 713-715.—Pollard (G. S.) The tubercu- lin test in cattle. Bristol M.-Chir. J., 1901, xix, 210-217.— Porter (A. E.) The precipitin, complement-binding, and anti-opsonic tests in tuberculous and normal cattle. J. Hyg., Cambridge, 1911, xi, 105-117.—Belnecke. Ein Beitrag zur kutanen und konjunktivalen Tuberkulinre- aktion beim Rinde. Berl. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1908, 313; 340.—Biddoch (J.) The detection of tuberculosis in cows by the examination of expecorate. J. Path. & Therap., Edinb. & Lond., 1903, xvi, 357-360,1 pl.—Scharr (E.) & Opalka. Ueber ein Verfahren zum bakteriolo- gischen Nachweis der Lungentuberkulose des Rindes. Berl. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1911, xxvii, 833-840. Also: Deutsche tierarztl. Wchnschr., Hannov., 1912, xx, 317.— Schmitt (F. M.) & Proscholdt (O.) Ueber die Ver- wendbarkeit des Antiformins zum Nachweis der offenen Formen der Rindertuberkulose. Ztschr. f. Infektionskr. . . . d. Haustiere, Berl., 1912, xi, 321; 401. — Scholz. Blutkorperchenzahlungen bei gesunden bzw. kunstlich infizierten tuberkulosen Rindern, Kaninchen und Meer- schweinchen, nebst Untersuchungen fiber den Einfluss von Tuberkulininjektionen auf den Blutbefund. Cen- tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etcl, L Abt., Jena, 1912, lxv, Orig., 189-206.—de Scbwelnitz (E. A.) The use of tubercu- lin in the United States for diagnosing tuberculosis in cattle, under the direction of the Bureau of Animal Indus- try, Washington, D. C. Cong. p. I'etude de la tuberculose, Par., 1898, iv, 599-602.—Siegen (C.) Contribution au diagnostic de la tuberculose bovine. Ibid., 1893, Par., 1894, iii, 129-132.—Sochantewlcz (T.) Wyniki rozpozna- wczego badania i szczepienia bydla rogatego tuberku- lina. wykonanych w r. 1900-1901 w oborach zarodowych. [Results of diagnostic investigation and inoculation of cat- tle with tuberculin, executed during 1900-1901.] Przegl. wet., Lw6w, 1901, xvi, 260-269,1 tab.: 1902, xvii, 190; 238.— Stelanski (V.) O primlenenii tuberkulina s diagno- sticheskol tslelyu u krupnavo rogatavo skota. [Use of tu- berculin for diagnostic purposes in cattle.] Protok.odessk. otd. Russk. Obsh. okhran. riarod. zdrav., S.-Peterb., 1901,ii, 100-107.—Storch. Klinische Diagnostik der Tuberkulose des Bauchfellsund derabdominalen Lymphdrtisen beim Rinde durch rektale Untersuchung. Berl. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1908,141-143.—Stuurman (S.) & Vlemlng (E.) Overde waarde vandecutireactie als diagnosticum bij de tuberculose van het rund. Tijdschr. v. veeart- senijkunde, Utrecht, 1912, xxxix, 559-567. — Tho- massen. Les qualites revelatrices de la tuberculine chez les bovides. Cong. p. I'etude de la tuberculose 1893, Par., 1894, iii, 138-142. — Thompson (J. A. ) On the application of the tuberculin test to the ox. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1897, xvi, 582-586.— Tltze (C.) Die Tuberkulin-Augenprobe und die Tuber- kulin-Intrakutanprobe als Mittel zur Feststellung der Tuberkulose des Rindes. Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, Berl., 1913, xliii, 505-519.—Vallee (H.) Kutane und konjunktivale Tuberkulinreaktion beim Rinde. Handb. d. Techn. u. Methodik d. Immunitatsforsch., Jena, 1911, Ergnzngsbd., i, 381-393.—Vallillo (G.) La reazione meiostagminica nella tubercolosi bovina. Biochim. e terap. sper., Milano. 1910. ii,307-312. Also, transl: Ztschr. f. Infektionskr. . . . d. Haustiere, Berl., 1910, viii, 417-423.— Vanderheyden. La cutireaction et l'ophtalmoreac- tion a la tuberculine chez la bete bovine. Ann. de med. vet, Brux., 1907, lvi, 611-616.—Ward (A. R.) & Baker (G. S.) Experiments with the intradermal test for tuber- Tuberculosis (Borine, Diagnosis of). culosis in cattle. Am. Vet. Rev., N. Y., 1910, xxxviii, 184- 193.—White (D. S.) The tuberculin test for tubercu- losis in milch cows. Ibid., 1897-8, xxi, 286-292.- W llson (A.) Tuberculosis in dairy cows, with special reference to the udder and the tuberculin test. Vet. Rec, Lond., 1907-8, xx, 591-696. -----. The ophthalmic test for bovine tuberculosis. J. Comp. Path. & Therap., Edinb. & Lond., 1911, xxiv, 59; 116.—WoTiel (K.) Die konjunktivale Tuberkulinreaktion beim Rind. Berl. tierarztl. Wchn- schr., 1908, 369-372.—Wyschelessky (S.) Beitrag zur Unterscheidung der aktiven und inaktiven Tuberkulose des Rindes mit Hilfe der Komplementbindung, Meiostag- min- und Ophthalmoreaktion. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1912, xix, 209-237.—Young (J. McL.) The value of tu- berculin in the diagnosis of tuberculosis in cattle. J. State M., Lond., 1900, viii, 469-474.—Young (J. McL.) & Walker (J. S. H.) Report on an investigation with re- gard to the value of tuberculin as a test of the presence of tuberculosis in cattle. Veterinarian, Lond., 1899, lxxii, 787-790.—Zwioker. Einige Bemerkungen fiber Fehl- diagnosen bei Tuberculinimpfungen der Rinder. Berl. thierarztl. Wchnschr., 1900, 52-54. Tuberculosis (Bovine, Prevention of). von Behring & Damman. Bekampfung der Tuberkulose beim Rindvieh und hygienische Milcherzeugung. 8°. Berlin, 1906. Birmingham (England). Health Department. Report on the prevention of cattle tuberculosis in Denmark, by Professor Bang's method. 8°. Birmingham, 1908. Btjchli (K.) *Die Klinik und die Bekam- pfung der Rindertuberkulose. [Bern.] 8°. Gouda, 1909. Klimmer. Die Rindertuberkulose und ihre Bekampfung. 8°. Leipzig, 1910. Pearson (L.) The repression of tuberculosis of cattle by sanitation. 8°. Harrisburg, 1901. United States. Department of Agriculture. Bureau of Animal Industry. Circ. 175. The control of bovine tuberculosis. Report of the International Commission of the American Vet- erinary Medical Association. September, 1910. 8°. Washington, 1912. Voges (V.) Der Kampf gegen die Tuberku- lose des Rindviehs. 8°. Jena, 1897. Ad ami (J. G.) On the significance of bovine tuber- culosis and its eradication and prevention in Canada. Canad. J. M. & S., Toronto, 1899, vi, 391-405. Also: Phila. M. J., 1899, iv, 1277-1284. Also, Reprint. -----. Tubercu- losis in Canadian cattle and its prevention. Canada Lan- cet, Toronto, 1899-1900, xxxii, 2-6.—Bang (B.) Om Be- ksempelsen af Tuberkulosen hos Kvaeget. [The strife against tuberkulosis in cattle.] Kj0benh. med. Selsk. Forh.,1895-6,19; 22.-----. Kampen mod Tuberkulosen hos Kvseget. [The fight against tuberculosis in cattle.] Hosp.- Tid., Kj0benh., 1900,4. R.,viii,801-806. Also,Reprint.----- Der Kampf gegen die Tuberkulose desRindviehes in Dane- mark. Tuberculosis, Leipz., 1904, iii, 176-194. Also, transl: Ibid., 249-251.—von Behring. Zustandekom- men und Bekampfung der Rindertuberkulose, nebst Be- merkungen fiber Aehnlichkeiten und Unterschiede der Tuberkelbaeillen von verschiedener Herkunft. Berl. thierarztl. Wchnschr., 1902, 725-730. -----. Studien zur Bekampfung der Rindertuberkulose Internat. Tuberk.- Konf. Ber. 1902, Berl., 1903, i, 368-376. -----. Ueber Rin- dertuberkulose - Bekampfung und iiber hygienisch ein- wandfreie Milchgewinnung. Molkerei-Ztg., Berl., 1907, xvii, 325-328.—Bergey (D. H.) Bovine tuberculosis in its relation to the public health. Am. Pub. Health Ass. Rep. 1897, Concord, 1898, xxiii, 310-324.—Bertln-Sans (H.) &Conte (A.) La lutte contre la tuberculose des vacnes laitieres dans le departement de l'Herault. N. Montpel. med., 1901, xiii, 193-197.—Burow (W.) Mein Verfahren zur Bekampfung der Rindertuberkulose. Berl. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1911, xxvii, 637; 669. -----. Ein neues Verfahren zur Bekampfung der Rindertuberku- lose. Mitt. d. Ver. badisch. Tierarzte, Karlsruhe, 1911, xi, 177-181.—Calmette. Sur les relations de la tuberculose bovine avec la sante publique. Clinique, Par., 1910, v, 498-500. Also: Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1910, xiv, 529- 532. Also: Rev. mea. de Normandie, Rouen, 1910, 365- 370.—Carter (W. S.) The relation of bovine to human tuberculosis from a public health point of view. Texas State J. M., Fort Worth, 1910-11, vi, 208-213.—Delepine (S.) Some of the economic aspects of the prevention of tuberculosis in cattle. Veterinarian, Lond., 1899, lxxii, 453; 528. -----. The stamping out of bovine tuberculosis, with remarks upon the relation of bovine to human tu- berculosis. Tr. Brit. Cong. Tuberc (1901), 1902, ii, 233-235. TUBERCULOSIS. 587 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Bovine, Prevention of). Also, Reprint.—De Vine (W. B.) Bovine tuberculosis and its eradication. J. Roy. Inst. Pub. Health, Lond., 1909, xvii, 288-293.—Di Vestea (A.) A proposito della profilassi ideale della tubercolosi bovina. Ist. di ig. d. r. Univ. di Pisa. Omaggio ... p. la lotta antituberc, Pisa, 1900, 257-275. Aho: Riv. d' ig. e san. pubb., Torino, 1900, xi, 625-638.—Eber (A.) Bedeutung und Bekampfung der Tuberculose des Rindviehs. Deutsche thierarztl. Wchnschr., Karlsruhe, 1897, v, 363-366. -----. Die Tuber- kulose der Rinder und ihre Bekampfung. Jahresb. d. Ge- sellsch. f. Nat.- u. Heilk. in Dresd., 1898-9,129-153. [Dis- cussion], 85.— Goeman Borgesius (H.) Bepalingen tot bestrijding van tuberculose onder het rundvee. Tijd- schr. v. sociale hyg. en opcnb. gzndhdsreg., Zwolle, 1900, ii, 379-411.—(irabouski (M.) O zwalczaniu i zapobie- ganiu gruzliey bydla. [Stamping out and preventing tu- berculosis of "cattle.] Przegl. wet., Lw6w, 1900, xv, 297; 329; 365.—Gu6rin (C.) Les terrains predisposes a la tu- berculose chez les bovides. Rev. d'hyg., Par., 1910, xxxii, 1015-1029. -----. La prophylaxie de la tuberculose bo- vine par les indemnitee leirales. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1912, xvi, 374-376— Harbaugh (W. H.) Bovine tuberculosis in relation to public health. Virginia M. Month., Richmond, 189.5-6, xxii, 1204-1218.—Haring (0. M.) A history of the control of tuberculosis in three Califor- nia dairies. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1911, ix, 389-397.— Hanptmann (E.) Die Heilung der Tuberculose als Schlussstein im Kampfe gegen die Tuberculose des Rin- des. Ztschr. f. Thiermed., Jena, 1903, vii, 161; 321.— Hermans (F.) La lutte contre la tuberculose bovine. Ann. de med. vet., Brux., 1911, lx, 396-402.—Heymans (J.-F.) & Mul lie (G.) La vaccination antituberculeuse chez les bovides. Bull. Acad. rov. de m£d. de Belg., Brux., 1907,4. s., xxi, 124-139.—Howard (W. R.) Rela- tive importance of the infection and transmission of bo- vine and human tuberculosis to public health. Texas State J. M., Fort Worth, 1910-11, vi, 215-217.—Jacquot. De la prophylaxie de la tuberculose bovine. Courrier med., Par., 1901, li, 337. —Johnson (G. A.) The dispo- sition of tuberculous cattle. Am. Vet. Rev., X. Y., 1908, xxxiii, 431-439. — Kanda. Prophylaktische Behand- lung der Rindertuberculose. [Japanese text.] Mitt. d. med. Gesellsch. zu Tokyo, 1906, xx, 139-146. — Keyes (T. B.) The cure and prevention of bovine tuberculosis; subcutaneous injections of oil. Am. Vet. Rev., N. Y., 1904-5, xxviii, 419-431.-Klimmer (M.) Ueber die Be- kampfung der Rindertuberkulose. Berl. tierarztl. Wchn- schr., 1904, 811-817. -----. De bestrijding der tuberculose van het rund. Tijdschr. v. veeartsenijk. Maandbl., Utrecht, 1909-10, xxxvii. 715-726. — Koppitz (W.) Bei- trag zur Bekampfung der Rindertuberkulose. Berl. tier- arztl. Wchnschr., 1905, 489-492.—Law (J.) Tuberculosis and its suppression of herds. Vet. Mag., Phila., 1895, ii, 1-14. -----. Tuberculosis of cattle and its control. Rep. Bd. Health Iowa, Des Moines, 1897-9, x, 371-391. Also, Reprint—Leclainche (E.) La prophylaxie de la tu- berculose des bovides. Rev. de la tuberculose, Par., 1898, 235-248. Also, transl.: Gior. p. i med. periti giud. ed uff. san. [etc.], Napoli, 1900, iv, 288-298.—van Leenwon (A.) Is het inspuiten van tuberculine door veeopzichters geoorloofd? Tijdschr. v. Veeartsenijk., Utrecht, 1908, xxxv. 269-276.—Lellmann (W.) Immunization of cat- tle against tuberculosis. Am. Vet. Rev., N. Y., 1910-11, xxx viii. 528.—JleG-u inness (T.) The housing of cattle; its bearing on the elimination of tuberculosis. J. State M., Lond., 1899, vii, 29-32.—JIajewski (S.) O zwalcza- niu gruilicy u bydla. [Struggle with tuberculosis of cattle.] Przegl. wet., Lwow, 1907, xxii, 341-352—Jlaz- zini (G.) La lotta contro la tubercolosi bovina. Gior. d. r. Soc. ed Accad. vet. ital., Torino, 1904, liii, 540-544.— ^liessner. Die Rindertuberkulosebekampfung. Berl. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1907, 37-10— Tloore (V. A.) The dissemination and control of tuberculosis as illustrated in the bovine species. Proc. Confer. San. Off. N. York, Albany, 1907, vii, 34-50. Also: N. Am. J. Homceop., N. Y., 1908, lvi, 123-137. -----. Can tuberculosis be eliminated from cattle? N. York State J. M., N. Y., 1908, viii, 249- 252. -----. The control and prevention of bovine tuber- culosis in individual herds. Am. Vet. Rev., N. Y., 1908-9, xxxiv, 22-29. -----. Some methods employed in northern Europe to control bovine tuberculosis. Ibid., 1910-11, xxxviii, 48-59.—JIoussu (G.) De la lutte contre la tu- berculose«lo retail. Rec. demed. vet., Par., 1910, lxxxvii, 353; 363. — .Hiiller CO. i Die Bekampfung der Rinder- tuberkulose und die Mitwirkung der Molkerei-Genossen- schaften dabei. Molkerei-Ztsr., Berl., 1907, xv, 577; 689. — JTIuller (A. F.) De strijd fegen de rundertuberculose in verband met de in Nederland gevolgde methode. Tijdschr. v. veeartsenijkunde, Utrecht, 1911, xxxviii, 47- 66.—Mu Hie (G.) La lutte contre la tuberculose bovine en Belgique; cequ'elleest.ee qu'ellepourrait€tre. Ann. de med.vet, Brax.,1910,lix,723-740. Also, transl: J.Comp. Path. & Therap., Edinb. & Lond., 1911, xxiv, 108-116.— Nelson (J.) The suppression and prevention of tuber- culosis of cattle and its relation to human consumption. Rep. Biol. D—Bartel (J.) Zur FragedesConstitutionsproblems. Med. Klin , Hcrl .1913, ix, 217-220.—Basset. Recherches sur la patlioyyniede la tuberculose. Bull. Soc. centr. de med. vet., Par., 1910, lxiv, 263-266.—Batut. De l'influence des tievreserup- tives sur le developpement de la tuberculose. Bull. Soc. de med. de Toulouse, 1892, ii, 262-304.—von Behring (E.) Villemin iiber Tuberculose-Entstehung. Beitr. z. exper. Therap., Berl., 1904, 8. Hft., 130-138.—Bernheim (S.) PathogentJite de la tuberculose. M<5d. orient., Par., 1906, x, 1-4.—Biehelonne. Contribution a I'etude de l'etiologie de la tuberculose. Arch.de med. et pharm. mil., Par., 1903, xli, 435-438.—Blackader. Etiology of tuberculosis. Proc Med.-Chir. Soc. Montreal (1892-4), 1895, vii, 174-181. — B0ckman (M.) Tuberkuloseloven og Cornets laere. [The law regarding tuberculosis and Cornet's theory.] Tidskr. f.d. norske Lsegefor.,Kristiania, 1898, xviii, 111-116.—Bongert (.1. i Beitrage zur Lehre von der Entstehung der Tuberku lose. Deutsche tierarztl. Wchnschr., Hannov., 1906, xiv, 229; 241.— Bouchard. L'unicite de la tuberculose. Tribune med., Par.,1902,2. s., xxxiv, 608-612. — Boucher (H.) Tuberculose et bacte- riologie. Actualite med., Par., 1898, x, 66-68. -----. De l'illegitimite de l'hypothese de Koch en ce qui concerne la tuberculose. Assoc, franc, pour l'avance. d. sc. C.-r. 1898, Par., 1899, xxvii, 206. —Brieger (O.) Ueberdie Bedeutung der Hyperplasie der Rachenmandel fiir die Entwiekelung der Tuberkulose. Ber. ii. d. Kong. z. Be- kampf. d. Tuberk. [etc.], Berl., 1899, 220-228.—Buj wid (O.) Znaczenie czynnik6w socyalnych w powstawaniu gruzlicy. [Importance of social factors in the origin of tuberculosis.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1912, 2. s., xxxii, 957; 982.—Caulneld (A. H.) & Beatty (J. C.) The biologi- cal aspect of tuberculosis. Canad. J. M. & S., Toronto, 1911, xxx, 323-331. —Caverly ( C. S.) The relative importance of heredity, susceptibility and contagion in the development of tuberculosis. Vermont M. Month., Burlington, 1903, ix, 95-98. —Chabas (J.) La pretendida predisposicion & la tuberculosis. Gac med. catal., Barcel., 1911, xxxviii, 89-lJ3.—Cornet (G.) Die Tuberkulose als acute Infectiouskrankheit (acute Miliartuberculose, acute Tuberculos.' der serosen Haute, acute kasige Pneumonie). Deutsche Klinik, Berl. & Wien, 1901, ii, 225-242. -----. Die Entstehung der Tuber- kulose mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der von Beh- ringschen Lehre. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1904, li, 474-480.—Courmont (J.) Les tuberculoses humaines sans bacilles de Koch: deux cas nouveaux. Ber. ii. d. Kong. z. Bekampf. d. Tuberk. [etc.],Berl., 1899, 243-246.— Couvee. Nieuwe strijdvragen over het ontstaan der tuberculosis. Med. Rev., Haarlem, 1904, iv, 329-335.— Crocq. Etiologie de la tuberculose (he>edite et con- tagion). Compt. rend. Cong, internat. de med. 1897, Mosc., 1S99. iii, sect. 5,86-91.—Cumston (C. G.) The in- fluence of growth on the development of tuberculous dis- ease. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1904, lxxix, 1093.—Czerny (A. i Ex-u trier (L.) Un cas d'angiokeratome coexistant avec un lupus pernio et la tuberculose pulmonaire; tuberculides familiales. Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1902, 4. s., iii, 141-144.—Levy (R.) Middle ear disease in tuberculosis. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. [etc.]. Oto-Laryngol. Sect., St. Louis, 1903, 5-12.—Loeper (M.) Laganglio-radiculite zosterienne tubereuleuse. Progres med., Par,, 1911, 3. s., xxvii, 365.—Lortat-Jacob (L.) & Sabareanu (G.) Exostoses osteogeniques congenitales et dystrophic tuber- euleuse. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 517-520.—Lyonnet. Crises epileptiformesprecedees de traumatisme; k l'autopsie, tubercule cerebral; tuberculose pulmonaire et genito-urinaire. Lyon med., 1909, cxiii, 19.—McCarthy (D. J.) Bemerkenswerte Nervenaffek- tionen bei Tuberkulosen. Deutsche med. Presse. Berl., 1906, x, 135-137.—McGuire (H.) Case of tuberculosis cured by caucrum oris. Kansas City M. Rec, 1897, xiv, 117.—Mack t (D. J.) A caseof tuberculosis with periodi- cal hemorrhages from the bowel. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1910, lxxvii, 358.— Marischler (J.) Stosunek gruzlicy do choroby Werlhofa i skazy krwotocznej. [Relationship of tuberculosis to Werlhof's disease and hsemorrhagic dyscrasia..] Lwow. tygodn. lek., 1909, iv, 121; 131; 147; 160.—Miner (C. H.) The relation of tuberculosis to chorea, hyperthyroidism and pharyngeal hyperplasia. Tr. Am. Climat. Ass., Phila., 1911, xxvii, 171-180.—Mon- tenegro (J. V.) Tuberculose et fievre de Malte. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1911, xx, 5-9.— Morgan (G.) Remarks on tuberculous adenitis. Pe- diatries, N. Y. & Lond., 1899, viii, 347-356.—Moulsset & Rome. Melanodermie chez une tubereuleuse. Lyon med., 1905, cv, 513-515.—Nomura (K.) [A tubercular patient with diphtheritic and erysipelatous complica- tions.] Sei-i-Kwai M. J., Tokyo, 1904, xxiii, pt. 2, no. 268, 7-11.—Osier (W.) Profound toxemia with slight tuber- culous lesions. Med. News, Phila., 1893, lxiii, 632.—Pal» TUBERCULOSIS. 596 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Complications and se- quelae, of). mieri. I disturbi di innervazione nella tubercolosi. Cron. d. clin. med. di Genova, 1901, vii, 60.—Ferricone (P.) Ln caso di poliorromenite tubercolare. Riv. sicula di med. c chir., Palermo, 1895, ii, 49-58. — Petruschky (J.) Tuberculose und Septicemic Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1893, xix, 317.—Playiair (E.) Tu- bercular pleurisv, peritonitis, and phthisis; greatimprove- ment. King's Coll. Hosp. Rep. 1896-7, Lond., 1898, iv, 188-192.— Porter (W.) Constipation in tuberculosis. N. Eng. M. Month., Danbury, Conn., 1899, xviii, 430-432.— Potain. Des accidents gastriques chez les tuberculeux. Semaine med., Par., 1893, xiii, 433. -----. Des accidents intestinaux chez les tuberculeux. Ibid., 458-460.—Pou- laiu (A.) Lithiase renale latente & gros calculs ramifies chez un tuberculeux. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat.de Par., 1901, lx.xvi, 274. -Raw (N.) The influence of diabetes and gout on the tuberculous infections of the human body. Tuberculosis, Berl., 1911, x, 169-174. Also [Abstr.]: Med. Times, Lond., 1911, xxxix, 763-765.—Raymond (P.) Les 6rvthemes de la tuberculose. Progres med., Par., 1900, 3.*s., xii, 113-117. —Reed (B.) Stomach-con- ditions in early tuberculosis. Phila. M. J., 1909, vi, 1051- 1056. — Renault (J.) & Bernard (L.) Des adeno- phlegmon tuberculeux de l'aisselle, consecutifs k la tu- berculose pleuro-pulmonaire. Rev. mens. d. mal. de l'enf., Par., 1897, xv, 257-269. — Kenon (L.) Du r61e 4tiologique de la tuberculose dans quelques cas d'as- phyxie et de gangrfene symetriques des extremites (syn- drome de Raynaud). Cong.internat.demed. C.-r.,Pai'., 1900, sect, de path, int., 746. — Richardson (A. J.) A «ase of tuberculosis; anaemia; pyrexia; enlarged liver and spleen; ascites; jaundice. Lancet, Lond., 1894, ii, 1217.— Bobbins (F. C.) Exhaustive psychosis due to tuber- culosis. N. Eng. M. Gaz., Bost., 1909, xliv, 485-491.— Robin (A.) Chlorose tubereuleuse compliquee de ne- phrite. Ann. d. mal. d. org. genito-urin., Par., 1905, ii, 1401-1404.—Rossi (G.) Sul rapporto tra la tubercolosi e le neuropatie. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1899, xx, 1593-1599.— Rudnitski (N. M.) Tuberkulyoz i nevrasteniya; ne- obkhodimost vidlelit iz obshtshavo ponyatiya o nevras- tenii osobuyu formu: pseudoneurasthenia tuberculosa. [Tuberculosis and neurasthenia; the necessity of separat- ing from the general idea of neurasthenia a special form: tubercular pseudoneurasthenia.] Prakt. Vrach,S.-Peterb., 1911, x, 295; 315; 334; 3>2—Sabourin (C.) Les tubercu- leux angio-neurotiques. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1910, xxiv. 626-630. — Sabrazes. Lymphad6nie d'origine tubereuleuse. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. . . . de Bordeaux, 1892, xiii, 53-56.—Sarda. Meningite tu- bereuleuse; pleuresie purulente kochique; symphyse et abces tuberculeux du pericarde. Toulouse med., 1903, 2. s., v, 157-160. —Schmieden (V.) Mittheilung iiber einen Fall von Muskel-Entartung bei chronischer Tuber- culose. Arch. f. path. Anat. Tete], Berl., 1900, clxi, 410- 121.— S£glas & Lhermitte (J.) Tuberculose; psy- chose toxi-infectieuse. Encephale, Par., 1909, ii, 88-95.— Scjournct. Etudes sur la tuberculose; la pleuresie sero-iibrineuse. Union med. du nord-est, Reims, 1894-5, xviii-xix,passim.—Sequeira (J. H.) Symmetrical an- giomatous swellings in a tuberculous subject. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med-, Lond., 1910-11, iv, Dermat. Sect., 28-30.—Ser- gent (E.) Tuberculesetcavernesbiliaires. Pressemed., Par., LS98, ii, 121-123.—Sikora. La dvspepsie des tuber- culeux. Gaz. d.h6p., Par., 1898,lxxi, 1017; 1037.—Smith (T. F.) Diagnosis and treatment of internal hemorrhage and of pulmonary hemorrhage as a complication of tu- berculosis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1909, lxxv, 559-562.—Son- dermann. Vorkommen und Behandlung der Neben- hohlenerkrankungen bei Tuberkulose der Luftwege. Zt- schr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1905, viii, 173- 176.—Sorcl (E.) De quelques formes de la polynevrite des tuberculeux et de leur pathogenie. Prov. med., Par., 1908, xix, 344-346.—Stilmpke (G.) Boeck'sches Sarkoid bei ausgedehnter Allgemein-Tuberkulose. Dermat. Zt- schr., Berl., 1913, xx, 199-212.—Suarez de Mendoza. Manifestations oto-rhino-laryngologiques et oculaires de la tuberculose. Arch, de med. et chir. spec, Par., 1905, vi,376-381. -----■. Quelquesreflexionsmedico-socialessur les manifestations oto-rhino-laryngiennes et oculaires de la tuberculose. J. d'hyg., Par., 1906, xxxi, 20-22.—Tay- lor (A. S.) Tuberculous chondritis and mastitis simu- lating cancer. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1910, li, 114.—Taylor (F.) Localizedascitesfromtubercularperitonitis; tuber- cular pleurisy. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1892, 2. s., ii, 68- 77.—Tixier (L.) Anemie grave de type pernicieux chez un tuberculeux. Rev. de la tuberculose, Par., 1909, 2. s., vi, 199-204.-----. Hypotrophie sans rachitisme dansun casdetuberculose. Ann.demed.etchir.ini., Par.,1910, xiv, 184-187.— Tonnel. L'intradermo-culture dans la pneu- mococcie de la tuberculose. Echo mea. du nord, Lille, 1910, xiv, 517-522.—Trerotoll (A.) Tubercolosi e can- cro. Gazz. internaz. di med., Napoli, 1911, xiv, 776-779.— Troisier. Recidive d'hydropneumothorax tubercu- leux. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1897, 3. s., Tuberculosis (Complications and se- quelae, of). xiv, 1448.—Tutfshkln (P.P.) Tuberkulyoznoye isto- shtsheniye nervnol sistemi. [Tubercular exhaustion of the nervous system.] Obozr. psichiat. nevrol. [etc.], S.- Peterb., 1911, xvi, 194-203.—Vandamme (G.) Des trou- bles gastriques du debut de la tuberculose. Policlin., Brux., 1897, vi, 207-216.—Vandervelde (P.) Pseudo- rhumatisme tuberculeux: pleuresie s6ro-flbrineuse; mort par tuberculose pulmonaire. J. med.de Brux., 1909, xxiv, 1-4.—Verdelet (L.) Tuberculose herniaire etp6ritonite tubereuleuse. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1910, xvii, 3.—Y'inogradolt* (K. N.) Produktivnaya forma vospaleniya limfaticheskikh sosudov (lymphangoitis pro- liferans) v yagodiehnikh mlshtsakh pri bugorchatkle. [Productive form of lymphangitis prohferans in the glu- teal muscles in tuberculosis.] Vrach, St. Petersb., 1894, xv, 197-199.—Voss. Tuberkulose und Nervensystem. Med. Klin., Berl., 1911, vii, 913-916.—Warthin (A. S.) The occurrence of icterus in tuberculosis. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1911,21. s., i, 89-93.—Weber (F. P.) Toxaemic jaundice with hepatic atrophy in connection with tuber- culosis. St. Barth. Hosp. Reps. 1908, Lond., 1909, xliv, 55- 59. -----. Erythema induratum with tuberculosis. Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 1913, xxv, 71.—Weill (E.) Des trou- bles nerveux chez les tuberculeux. Rev. de med., Par., 1893, xiii, 449-491.—Weinberg. Sur un cas de pigmen- tation generale du foie et partielle de la rate chez un tu- berculeux. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1895, lxx, 586-592.— Zleler. [Exantheme der Tuberkulose.1 Jahresb. d. schles. Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Cult. 1907, Bresl., 1908, lxxxv, 169-173. Tuberculosis (Congenital and heredi- tary). See, also, Tuberculosis (Familial); Tubercu- losis (F&tal); Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Con- genital, etc.); Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Fami- lial) ; Tuberculosis and marriage. Bernard (E.) *De la tuberculose congeni- tale (chez l'homme). 8°. Montpellier, 1908. Bugajewski-Goldstein (Sophie). * Beitrag zur Frage von der Erblichkeit der Tuberkulose. [Zurich.] roy. 8°. Bern, 1903. Campana (M.) * Heredity tubereuleuse et neVropathies; manifestations nerveuses chez lea descendants de tuberculeux. 8°. Lyon, 1903. Dale (W.) Inherited consumption and its remedial management. 12°. London, 1891. Didama (H. D.) Tubercular consumption; is it ever inherited? 8°. Syracuse, N. F.,1885. Heinemann (M.) *Ueber die bacilliire Here- ditiit der Tuberkulose an der Hand einiger ge- nau histologisch analysierter Fiille. 8°. Wiirz- burg, 1900. Jeannerat (F.) * Contribution a I'etude de Pheredite paratuberculeuse. 8°. Paris, 1899. Kerscher (M.) * Kasuistischer Beitrag zur Lehre iiber kongenitale Tuberkulose. [Erlan- gen.] 8°. Stuttgart, 1910. Kowner (Mile. Henriette). *De Pheredo- dystrophie paratuberculeuse. 8°. Paris, 1901. Kiss (G.) *De Pheredit6 parasitaire de la tuberculose humaine. 8°. Paris, 1898. ------. The same. 8°. Paris, 1898. Lallement (F.) * De P heredite et de la con- tagion dans la tuberculose. 4°. Paris, 1892. Lebkuchner (F.) * Zwei Fiille von weitfort- geschrittener Tuberkulose im friihesten Kindes- alter, nebst literarischen Nachweisen iiber con- genitale Tuberkulose. [Tubingen.] 8°. Braun- schweig, 1898. Also, in: Arb. a. d. Geb. d. path. Anat. . . . Inst, zu Tii- bing., Brnschwg., 1899, iii, 147-196. Pariente. Part de Pheredite et de la conta- gion dans la tuberculose infantile. 8°. Mont- pellier, 1903. Remlinger (P.) * Etude sur P heredite1 de la tuberculose; quelle part revient a Pheredite et a la contagion dans l'etiologie de cette maladie? 4°. Lyon, 1893. TUBERCULOSIS. 597 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Congenital and heredi- tary). Riffel (A.) Die Erblichkeit der Schwind- sucht und tuberkulosen Prozesse nachgewiesen durch zahlreiches statistisches Material und die praktische Erfahrung. 8°. Karlsruhe, [1891]. ------. Mittheilungen iiber die Erblichkeit und Infektiositat der Schwindsucht. 8°. Braun- schweig, 1892. Schluter (R.) Die Anlage zur Tuberkulose. 8°. Leipzig dc Wien, 1905. Schmidt (W.) * Ueber die Hereditiit der Tuberkulose na-h statistischen Untersuchungen aus der medizinischen Poliklinik. 8°. Erlan- gen, 1897. Shakovski ( A. ) Noviya izsliedovaniya o prichinakh i izllechimosti chakhotki s genealo- . gicheskol tochki zrleniya. [New researches . into the causes and cure of consumption, from a genealogical point of view.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1894. Sitzenfrey (A.) Die Lehre von der kongeni- talen Tuberkulose mit besonderer Beriicksichti- gung der Placentartuberkulose. 8°. Berlin, 1908. Staicovici (X. D.) *De la tuberculose con- genitale. 4°. Paris, 1893. Thompson (R. E.) The different aspects of family phthisis in relation especially to heredity and life assurance. 12°. London, 1884. Vires (J.) L'heredite de la tuberculose. 12°. Paris, [1906]. Vittoz (H.) *De la survie des enfants d'ac- couchees atteintes de tuberculose pulmonaire. 8°. Lyon, 1910. Westermayer (E.) * Beitrag zur Frage von der Vererbung der Tuberkulose. [Erlangen.] 8°. Niirnberg, 1893. Also, in: Sitzungsb. d. phys.-med. Soc. in Erlang., 1893, 25. Hft., 94-97. Zaniboni (B.) Sulla ereditarieta dei malatti di tuberculosi. Osservazioni cliniche. 8°. Pa- dova, 1902. Abramowski (H.) Zur Erblichkeitsfrage der Phthi- sis. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz,, 1909, xv, 178: 1910, xvi, 66.— Achard (H. J.) On the influence of heredity in tuber- culosis. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1910, xviii. 301-312.— Andre wes (F. W.) A specimen of congenital tubercu- losis. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1902-3, liv, 142.—Anglade & Jacqnin. Heredo-tuberculose et idioties congenitales. Encephale, Par., 1907, ii, 136-157.—A roll am bau It (J. L.) Heredo-tuberculosis. Albany M. Ann., 1910, xxxi, 1-5. Also: N. York State J. M., N. Y., 1910, x, 128-130.— Armand (Mile. C. S.) Retard de developpement chez un premature heredo-tuberculeux. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1913. xv, 34-37. Also: Ann. de med. et chir. inf., Par., 1913, xvii, 154-156.—Arthaud (G.) L'heredite et la contagion dela tuberculose d'apres la statistique. Progres m6d., Par., 1905, 3. s., xxi, 657-665.— Atkins (E. C.) Is consumption hereditary? A family history. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1893, xxi, 816.—Babes (A. A.) Considera- tiuni noui la studiul heredit&tii tuberculoase. Spitalul, Bucuresci, 1912, xxxii, 673-677.—Band clac de Pa- riente (A.) Les hvpoplasies et l'heredite tubereuleuse. Rev. internat. de la tuberc. Par., 1902, i, 835-837.— Berend(M ) Tuberculinkiserletekujsziilotteknei; esry adata gumok6r atorokiesenek kerdesehez. [Tuberculin experiments with the newborn, a contribution to the question of hereditary tuberculosis.] Kozlem. a Tauffer V.egyet____noi klin., Budapest, 1900,20-23.—Bierling. Verbreitung der Tuberkulose durch Inzucht. Munchen. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1909, liii, 449.—Blum (Charlotte). Some facts suggested by the examination of the children of tuberculous patients. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1912, xcv, 1323. Also, Reprint. Boeg. Ueber erbhche Disposition zur Lungenphtisis; eine Untersuchung auf den Fiiroern. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infectionskrankh.. Leipz., 1905, xlix, 161-195.—Bolk (L.) Naar aanleiding der erfclijkheid van tuberculose; eenige biologische beschouwingen. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1902, 2. R., xxxviii, d. 2, 1023-1031.—Bondy (O ) Ueber Kutanreaktion bei Neugeborenen. Wien. Jin. Wchnschr., 1908, xxi, 1704.— Bonnet (L.) Tuber ulose hereditaire d'un nourrisson. Lyon med., IH98, lxxxvii, 224-226.—Borobio Diaz (P.) Concepto de la tuberculosis congenita. Clin, mod., Zara- Tuberculosis (Congenital and heredi- tary). goza, 1911, x, 705-714.—Bouchard. L'heredite de la tuberculose et des maladies generales. Tribune med., Par., 1903, 2. s., xxxv, 125-128.—Brindeau (A.) Uncas de tuberculose congenitale. Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par., 1899, ii, 235.—Brown (J. B.) A few thoughts on tuber- culosis, with especial reference to heredity and infection. Med. Brief, St. Louis, 1906, xxxiv, 855-858.—de Bruine PIoos van Amstel (P. J.) Hoe staat het met de pro- genituur verwekt tijdens floride phthisis van de moeder? Med. Weekbl., Amst., 1906-7, xiii, 172; 182; 197.—Bngge (J.) Om medf0dt Tuberkulose. [Congenital tubercu- losis.] Festskr. . . . Prof. Heibergs [etc.], Kristiania, 1895, 223-248. Also, transl: Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1896, xix, 433-442.—Burckhartlt (M.) Ueber Vererbung der Disposition zur Tuberkulose. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1904, v, 297-305.—Cal- mette (A.) L'heredo-predisposition tubereuleuse et le terrain tuberculisable. Ann. del'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1910, xxiv. 771-777. Also: Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1910, xiv, 493-496. Also: Rev. d'hyg., Par., 1910, xxxii, 1007-1015.— Carrlere (G.) Recherches experimentales sur l'here- dite de la tuberculose; influence des poisons tuberculeux. Arch, de med. exper. et d'anat. path., Par., 1900, xii, 782- 787.—Castellino (P. F.) Eredita tubercolare del lato materno; pollacuria dolorosa; probabile tubercolosi re- nale latente. Tommasi, Kapoli, 1907, ii, 407.—Cert" (L.) Observation pour servir a l'histoire de l'heredite de la tu- berculose; h6redite paternelle. Anjou med., Angers, 1899, vi, 24. -----. Heredite de la tuberculose. Ibid., 153-158.—Charrin. Influence des tares des ascendants sur le developpement des rejetons. Cong. p. I'etude de la tuberculose, Par., 1898, iv, 756-762.— Charrin (A.) & Iticlie (A.) Heredite et tuberculose; modificationshe- reditairesde l'organisme. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1897,10. s., iv, 355-357.—Codina Castellvi (J.) Las fa- miliasdelos tuberculosos. Gac. med. catal., Barcel., 1911, xxxviii, 241-245.—Courmont (J.) & Chalier (J.) Un cas de baciliemie tubereuleuse congenitale. J. de physiol. et de path, gen., Par., 1907, ix, 815-817.—Debongnie. Heredo-tuberculose; tuberculose et alimentation infan- tiles: l'ceuvre du lait. Arch. med. beiges, Brux., 1902, 4. s., xix, 86-99.—Delmas (P.) Tuberculose pulmonaire congenitale. Obstetrique, Par., 1910, n. s., iii, 534-539.— Dietrich (A.) Ueber kongenitale Tuberkulose. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 877-879.—Doleris&Bour- ger. Infection tubereuleuse congenitale. Cong, period. internat. de gynec. et d'obst. C.-r., 2. sess., 1896, Geneve, 1897, obst., 288-290.—Dollinger (G.) Adatok a gymo- k6r oroklesi k6rde.sehez. [Contributions to the question of heredity of phthisis.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1889, xxxiii, 377; 389; 403. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Pest, med.- chir. Presse, Budapest, 1889, xxv,989.—Donaldson (F.) Heredity in tuberculosis. Maryland M. J., Bait., 1887, xvii, 81; 101. Also, Reprint.—Dube (J.-E.) Tubercu- lose et heredite. Union med. du Canada, Montreal, 1901, xxx, 470-479.—Due or. R61e negatif de l'heredite dans deux casde tuberculose articulaire et ganglionnaire, dus a la contagion. Cong. p. I'etude de la tuberculose 1893, Par., 1894, iii, 48-56.—Dlinges (A.) Beitrage zur Lehre von der Vererbung unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung des Habitus phthisicus. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1906, xx, 141; 161; 184.—Durand & Gentes. L'heredite et la contagion dans la tuberculose. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 619-621.—Elmgren (R.) Tu- berkulotisen disposition periytyminen. [Heredityin dis- position to tuberculosis.] Duodecim, Helsinki, 1910, xxvi, 448-468—Eve (F. S.) & Bidwell (L. A.) Case of localised tuberculosis of the cheek, noticed at the time of the birth of the child. Lancet, Lond., 1889, ii, 1114.— Flotats. Relaciones entre la herencia tuberculosa y lasordomudez. Rev.barcel. deenferm.deoido.garganta y nariz, Barcel., 1910, vi, 342-345.—Folmer Reddin- gins (T.) Besmettelijkheid of erfelijkheid van tuber- culose. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1902, 2. R., xxviii, d. 1,801-805.—Formento (F.) Tuberculosis; he- redity. Am. Pub. Health Ass. Rep. 1901, Columbus, O., 1902, xxvii, 81-84.— Friedmailii (F. F.) Untersu- chungen fiber Vererbung von Tuberkulose. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u Berl., 1901, xxvii, 813 —Gart- ner. Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiher die Er- blichkeit der Tuberkulose, nebst Bemerkungen fiber die Disposition zur Tuberkulose. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, 1890, Leipz.. 1891, lxiii, pt. 2, 429-435.—Gliiiski (L. K.) Usposobienie anatomiczne a t. zw. dziedzicznosc w grufclicy. [Anatomical predis- position and so-called hereditv in tuberculosis.] Now. lek., Poznan, 1911, xxiii, 403; 589; 656; 715. — Gold- schmidt (J.) Hereditare Uebertragung der Tuber- kulose. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1901, xlviii, 344.— Haaktna Tresling (T.) Besmettelijkheid of er- felijkheid van tuberculose. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Ge- neesk., Amst., 1902, 2. R., xxviii, d. 1,1488-1493.—Hahn (L.) Tuberculose congenitale et tuberculose heredi- taire. Rev. de la tuberculose, Par., 1895, 41-78.— Hamburger (F.) Ein Fall von angeborener Tuberku- lose; zugleich ein Beitrag zur Diagnose der Tuberkulose TUBERCULOSIS. 598 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Congenital and heredi- tary). im friihesten Kindesalter. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1906, v, 197-204.—Hamm (A.) Zur Frage der kongenitalen Tuberkulose. Zentralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1910, xxxiv, 906-908.—Hanns. H6mophilie familiale chez des descendants de tuberculeux. Prov. med., Par., 1911 xxii. 440-442.—Hanot(V.) Herediteheteromorphe dans la tuberculose. Rev. de la tuberculose, Par., 1895, 16-24. _____. Sur le retreeissement de l'artere pulmonaire considere comme manifestation d'heredite tubereuleuse. Gaz. hebd. de med., Par., 1896, xliii, 265-267.—Haupt (A ) Die Bedeutung der Erblichkeit der Tuberkulose im Vergleich zu ihrer Verbreitung durch das Sputum. Veroffentl. d. Hufeland. Gesellsch. in Berl. Balneol. Gesellsch., 1890, xii, 24-61. Also: Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1890, xi, 305; 315; 327; 339, Also, Reprint.— Hauser (G ) Zur Vererbung der Tuberkulose. Deutsches Arch. t. klin. Med., Leipz., 1898, Ixi, 221-279.—Herard. Du rble respectif de l'heredite et de la contagion dans la propagation de la tuberculose. Cong. p. I'etude de la tuberculose 1893, Par., 1894, iii, 32-37.— Herbert (H.) Hereditary disposition in phthisis. Tuberculosis, Berl., 1908, vii, 7-16.—Homann (C.) Om Lungetu- berkulosens Arvelighed sttfttet til egne Iagttagelser. [Heredity of tuberculosis of lungs, based upon personal observations.] Norsk Mag. f. Lsegevidensk., Christiania, 1867, 2. R., xxi, 440; 465. Also, Reprint.—Honjio (W.) Ein Fall von kongenitaler Tuberkulose. Ztschr. f. Tu- berk., Leipz., 1908, xiii, 439-443.—Huber (J. B.) Pre- natal andinfantile tubercularpredispositions. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1911, n. s., cxlii, 687-691.—Hutinel. He- redite de la tuberculose. Cong, internat. de m6d. C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de med. de l'enf., 279-298. Also: Arch, de m6d. d. enf., Par., 1900, iii, 641-662— Jacqulnet (R.) Un cas d'heredite tubereuleuse; syndrome chlorotique; retreeissement mitral; tachveardie. Union med. du nord- est, Reims, 1896, xx, 265-270.— Johnson (H. McC.) A case of probable congenital tuberculosis in a child born of a mother with tuberculosis of the bladder. Phila. M. J., 1899, iii, 231.— Katholicky' (R.) PfispSvky k poz- nani d6di6nosti tuberkulosy. [Contributions to the knowledge of hereditary tuberculosis.] Casop. lek. 6esk., v Praze, 1903, xlii, 687; 613.—Keim (G.) Gemellite et malformations en rapport avec l'her6do-tuberculose. Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par., 1899, ii, 237-245.—Kelsch. Sur le concours du prix de l'Academie en 1896. [L'here- dite dans la tuberculose.] [Kap.] Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1896, 3. s., xxxvi, 389-421.—Kim la (R.) Vrozena tuberkulosa a jeji vztah ku propagaei tuberkulasy. [He- reditary tuberculosis and its relation to the propagation of tuberculosis.] 6asop. iek. Cesk., v Praze, 1896, xxxv, 405; 424: 439; 456; 473; 489; 506—King (H. M.) A study- in heredity; in its relation to immunitv in tuberculosis. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1901, n. s., lxxii, 233-236. Also: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1901, lx, 565-508.—King (J. C.) Healthy children from tubercular parents. South. Calif. Pract.. Les Angeles, 1899, xiv, 20-22.—Korner (O.) Die Vorfahren und Nachkommen einer schwindsiichtigen Generation. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1904, ii, 383-385, lpl.—Kraemer (C.) Die kongenitaleTuberku- lose und ihre Bedeutung liir die Praxis. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1908, ix, 199-215. Also [Abstr.]: Klin.- therap. Wchnschr., Wien, 1907, xiv, 998. Also [Abstr.]: Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u Aerzte 190/, Leipz., 1908, pt. 2. 2. Hlfte., 114. Also [Abstr.]: Verhandl. d.Versamml. d. Gesellsch. f. Kinderh.. . . deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, Wiesb., 1907, xxiv, 29-31. —Krause (A. K.) The inheritance of tuberculo-protein hypersensitiveness in guinea-pif,rs. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1911, xxiv, 469- 482. Also, Reprint. — Kiiss (G.) Du r61e respectif de l'heredite et de la contagion dans l'etiologie de la tuber- culose infantile. Arch. gen. de med., Par., 1898, i, 717- 744.-----. La theorie de Baumgarten sur l'heredite de la tuberculose. Rev. mens. d. ma), de l'enf., Par., 1899, xvii, 11-30. — Kwiatkowski (S. B.) Kilka flow w sprawie usposobienia dziedzieznego wgruzlicy pluc. [On hereditary predisposition in pulmonary tuberculosis.] Przegl. lek., Krakow, 1900, xxxix, 16-18.—Landouzy (L.) Sur les voies conceptionnelle et transplacentaire de penetration dela tuberculose (heredo-tuberculose). Ann. de gynec. et d'obst., Par., 1910, 2. s., viii. 33-46. -----. Voies conceptionnelle et transplacentaire de penetration de la tuberculose (tuberculose congenitale) heredo-tuber- culose; heredite de graine (heredite bacillaire); heredite de terrain (herfiiitfi dystrophiante); les predispositions a la tuberculose du fait des terrains vicies, innes ou acquis. Rev. de la tuberculose, Par., 1910, 2. s., vii, 337; 417. -----. Sur les predispositionsala tucerculose; heredo-pr6disposi- tion, her6do-immunite tubereuleuse. Rev. seient., Par , 1911, i, 65; 104; 13b—Landouzy (L.) & Laedericli (L.) Etudeevperimentaledel'heredo tuberculose. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1911, 3. s., lxvi, 160-174. Also: Presse med., Par., 1911. xix, 833-836. Also: Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1912, xxi, 25-32.—Latham (A.) The influence of heredity upon tuberculosis. Alabama M. J., Birmingh., 1908-9, xxi, 93-102. Also: Lancet, Lond,, 1908, ii, 1512-1514.—Lemiere (G.) L'h6redit6 de la tu- Tuberculosis (Congenital and heredi- tary). berc'ulose. Pratique jour., Lille, 1899, iv, 33; 81: 97.— Leroux (C.) & Grunberg (W.) Enquete sur la de- scendance de 442 families ouvrieres tuberculeuses (f6con- dite, mortalite, morbidite, vitalite residuelle, dystrophies causes de deg6nerescence, conclusion sociale). Rev. de med., I ar., 1912, xxxii, 900-941—Lobenstine (R. W.) Congenital tuberculosis, with the report of a case. Bull. Lying-in Hosp. N. York, 1905, ii, 9-14.—Lobligeois. Note sur l'heredite tubereuleuse. Rev. med., Par., 1903, xii, 658-661.—Loftier (F.) Erblichkeit, Disposition und Immunitat. Ber. ii. d. Kong. z. Bekampf. d. Tuberk. [etc.], Berl., 1899, 202-212.—Londe (P.) Nouveaux faits pour servir k l'histoire de la tuberculose congenitale. Rev. de la tuberculose, Par., 1893, 125-143.—Lozano y Ponce de Letfn (P.) La tuberculosa no se hereda; isehereda la predisposici6n 6 la inmunidad? Actas y mem. d. ix. Cong, internac. de hig. v demog. 1898, Madrid", 1900, iii, 100-107. Also, Reprint.—Ly le (B. F.) Congeni- tal tuberculosis. Phila. M. J., 1900, vi, 219.—M'Fad- yean (Sir J.) The importance of heredity in tubercu- losis. J. Comp. Path. & Therap., Edinb. & Lond., 1908, xxi, 332-336—Malfuecl (A.) Ricerche sperimentali intorno al passaggio del veleno tubercolare dai genitori alia prole. Riv. crit. di clin. med., Firenze, 1899-1900, i, 221-229.—Marcuse (J.) Hereditiit und Disposition in ihren Beziehungen zur Tuberculose. Klin. - therap. Wchnschr., Wien, 1901, viii, 1113; 1153. Also: Med. Woche, Berl., 1901, 317; 333.—Markiewicz (M.) The obliga- tion of the State in reference to hereditary and acquired tuberculosis of children. Med.-Leg. J., N. Y., 1902-3. xx, 319-324.— Martins (F.) Die Vererbbarkheit des consti- tutionellen Factors der Tuberculose. Verhandl... . Tu- berc-Commiss. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1901, Berl., 1902, 18-33. Also: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1901, xxxviii, 1125-1130. —----. Ueberdie Bedeutung der Ver- erbung und die Disposition in der Pathologie mit beson- derer Beriicksichtigung der Tuberkulose. Verhandl. d. Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1905, xx. 63-80. Also [Ab- str.]: Berl. klin.-therap.Wchnschr.,1905,435-438.—Mayet. Documents pour I'etude de I'h6redit6 de la tubercu- lose. Cong, franc, de med. 1894, Par., 1895, i, 603-514.— Mazzeo (P.) Del contagio e della eredita. nella tuber- colosi pulmonale, con speciali considerazioni in quella dei bambini. Incurabili, Napoli, 1903, xviii, 3; 81.— ITIeiidizabal(G) Contribuci6n al estudio dela heredo- tuberculosis. Gac. m6d. de Mexico, 1912, 3. s., vii, 138- 150.—Michael is (R ) Die erbliche Beanlagung bei der menschlichen Tuberkulose nach eigenen Beobachtun- gen. Arch. f. Rassen- u. Gesellsch.-Biol., Berl., 1904, i, 198-209.—Miller (E. E.) Nieskolko slov k voprosu ona- slledstvennostichakhotki. [Heredity of phthisis.] Vrach, St. Petersb., 1901, xxii, 365-367.— Miller (J. A. )& Wood- ruff (I. O.) A clinical study of the children of tuber- culous parents. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1909, Iii, 1016- 1020. — Miller (J. W.) Hereditary predisposition in phthisis. Hospital, Lond., 1907, xlii, 631—Moena;rt. De l'heredite de la tuberculose. Arch. med. beiges, Brux., 1909, 4. s., xxxiii, 15-34.—Molle (J.) Influence de l'he- redite familiale sur la localisation initiale et la distribu- tion geographique des lesions dans la tuberculose pulmo- naire commune. Presse med., Par., 1911, xix, 167-169.— Moore (H. B.) The influence of high altitudes upon heredity in tuberculosis and its effects upon some forms other than pulmonary. Tr. Am. Climat. Ass. 1891, Phila., 1892, viii, 269-276.—Morselll (A.) Contributo alio stu- dio dell' eredita, tubercolare. Boll. d. r. Accad. med. di Genova, 1906, xxi, 344-357.—Mosny (E.) Etude sur les origines de la tuberculose; tuberculose et heredite. Rev. de la tuberculose, Par., 1898, 297: 1899, 1; 311. -----. La descendance des tuberculeux; manifestations speciflques ct indifferentes de l'heredite atypique de la tuberculose; heredo-dystrophie paratuberculeuse. Ibid., 1901, viii, 301; 409. -----. L'heredo-dystrophie paratuberculeuse. [Transl., p. 167.] Tr. Brit. Cong. Tuberc. 1901, Lond., 1902, iii, 167-172.—Naumann (H.) Ein kasuistischer Beitrag zur Lehre von der Vererbung des Locus minoris resistentiae bei Lungentuberkulose. nebst Bemerkungen fiber das Gesetz von der Vererbung im korrespondie- renden Lebensalter. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1902, iii, 97-100.—Nestor (N. I.) & Valeanu (V.) Rolul paternitatei in tuberculoza ereditara. [Paternity and hereditary tuberculosis.] Spitalul, Bucuresci, 1912, xxxii, 617-622.—Oiiilvie (G.) Les descendants des tu- berculeux; h6redo-predisposilion. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 271-274. Also, transl: Lancet, Lond., 1905, ii, 1611.—Ostmann. Leber die durch Tu- berculose der nachsten Blutsverwandten geschaffene Dis- position zu Ohrerkrankungen bei Kindern. Arch. f. Oh- renh., Leipz., 1902, lv, 72-81.—Packard (M.) & Boos (L. L.) Heredity and tuberculosis. X. York M. J., 1903, lxxvii. 979-982.—Pankow. Zur Frage der kongenitalen Uebertragung der Tuberkulose. Monatschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gyniik., Berl., 1910, xxxii, 679-586.—PapllIon (G.) Pretuberculose et heredite; loi de l'heredo-reaction. Cong, internat. de med. C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de path. int., 700-707.—Pearse (W. H.) Correlations of phthisis. TUBERCULOSIS. 599 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Congenital and heredi- tary). Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1901, n. s., lxxi, 163; 192 — Pearson (K.) The inheritance of pulmonarv tubercu- losis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1907, ii, 1806-1808.—Plguricr (A.) Considerations statistiques sur 1'heredite des tuber- culeux. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 288-291. -----. Rapport des unions precoces, tardives et disproportionnees avec la receptivite tubereuleuse de la descendance, et, d'une fncon generale, avec le probieme de la depopulation. Ibid., ii, 677-683. —Pehu (M.) Essai historique et critique sur la tuberculose humaine congenitale. Rev. de med., Par., 1911, xxxi. 600-611.— Pehu (M.) & t'halier (J.) De la tuberculose humaine congenitale. Arch, demed. d. enf., Par., 1908, xi, 1; 100.— Perrin (M.) Influence de la tuberculose des parents sur la natalite et sur la nmrtalite des enfants. Cong, in- ternat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, ii, 587-589.—Peters- son (0. V.) Om den bacillara arftligheten vid lung- tuberkulos. [The bacillarv heredities of pulmonary tu- berculosis.] Upsala Lakafef. Forh., 1899-1900, n. F., v, 155-178.—Petit (L.-H.) L'heredite et la contagion dans la tuberculose des families. Cong. p. I'etude de la tuber- culose 1893, Par., 1894, iii, 37-48.—Piery. L'heredite de la tuberculose; quehpies donnees de la clinique. Lyon med., 1910, xlii, 889-897.—Pissavy (A.) Frequence com- paree de la tuberculose chez les descendants de tubercu- leux et chez les descendants de non-tuberculeux. Bull. et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1909, 3. s., xxviii, 456.—Plauchu & Branche (J.) Un cas de tuber- culose congenitale. Lyon med., 1909, cxii, 637-541.— Pllcque (A.-F.) L'heredite dans la tuberculose. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1895, lxviii, 1301-1306. Also [Abstr.]: Rev. d'hyg. therap., Par., 1896, viii, 166-169.—Portal. Obser- vations sur la phthisie de naissance. Hist. Acad. roy. d. sc. 1781, Par.. 1784, 631-656.—Prioleau. Contribution a I'etude de l'heredite dans la propagation de la tubercu- lose. Cong. p. I'etude de la tuberculose 1893, Par., 1894, iii, 56-58.—Basch (C.) Om medf0dt Tubercu- lose. [On congenital . . .] Hosp.-Tid., Kj0benh., 1893, 4. R., i, 343-347.—Reiche (F.) Die Bedeutung der erbli- chen Belastung bei der Lungenschwindsucht. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1900, 302-310.-----. Ueber Umfang und Bedeutung der elterlichen Belas- tung bei der Lungenschwindsucht. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1911, lviii, 2003-2008. —Bicochon. Des malformations congenitales dans les families qui ont communement des tuberculeux. Rev. de la tubercu- lose, Par., 1894, 11-16.—Rietema (S. P.) Tuberculose en erfelijkheid. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1904, 2. R.,xl, d. 1, 108-136. —Bietschel (H.) Ueber kongenitale Tuberculose. Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Berl.,1909- 10, lxx, 62-81.—Bietschel (H.)& Geipel. Ueber kon- genitale Tuberkulose. Jahresb. d. Gesellsch. f. Nat.- u. Heilk. in Dresd., Munchen, 1908-9,86-89. Also: Munchen med. Wchnschr., 1909, lvi, 1206.-Bivers (W. C.) _ Con- sumption and order of birth. Lancet, Lond., 1911, ii, 999- 1004.—Roinpler. Die Frage der Kontagiositat der Tu- berkulose gegenuber der erblichen Belastung. Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1898, xix, 351-354.—Rostoshfnski(M.) K voprosu o naslledstvannosti lyokhochnavo tuberkulyo- za. [Heredityof pulmonarv tuberculosis.] Tuberkulyoz, S.-Peterb., 1912, i, 100-103.— Buata (C.) Heredite dc la tuberculose et ses limites demontrees par la statistique. Cong, internat. d'hyg. et de demog. C.-r., Par., 1900, x, 1036-1039. -----. Predisposizione ed ereditarieta della tubercolosi. Salute pubb., Perugia, 1900, xiii, 1; 33.— Schenk (F.) Untersuchungen iiber Tuberkuloseanti- korper und deren Uebergang von Mutter auf Kind. Fo- lia serolog., Leipz., 1909, ii, 313-355.— Scio 11a & Pal- mieri. Sulla ereditarieta della tubercolosi. Lavori d. Cong. d. med. int., Roma, 1896, vii, 184-189.—Scott (C.) Prevention of tuberculosis in babes born of tuberculous parents. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1901, xxxvii, 830-832.— Shurley (E. L.) Heredity as a factor in the aetiology of tuberculosis. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1910, xci, 954—Sim- monds. Kongenitale Tuberkulose bei Genitaltuberku- loseder Mutter. Munchen. med. Wchnschr.,1904, li,1366.— Solly(S.E.) Theinfluenceofhereditvupontheprogress ofphthisis. Tr. Am. Climat. Ass.. Phila., 1895, xi, 9-27. Also: Am. J. M. Sc,Phila., 1895, ex, 133-146.—Spanb (F.) Ri- cerche batterioscopiche sullo sperma d' individui affetti da tubercolosi non degli organi genito-urinarj. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1893, xiv, 1418-1423.—Spengler (C.) Die Erbdisposition in der Phthiseentstehung, ihre Diagnose und Behandlung. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1906, xxxii, 580.—Spiers (H. H.) Heredity in tu- berculosis. Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1894, n. s.,xxxii, 180.— Squire (J. E.) The influence of heredity in phthisis. Proc. Rov. M. & Chir. Soc. Lond., 1894-5, vii, 28-39. Also: Med.-Chir. Tr., Lond., 1894-5, lxxviii, 67-87. Also [Abstr.]: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1894, ii, 1364. Also [Abstr]: Lancet, Lond., 1894, ii, 1422. -----. Heredity in phthisis. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1897, n. s., cxiv, 537-545. -----. A note bearing on the statistical evidence of the extent of he- redity in tuberculosis. Tr. Brit. Cong.Tuberc. 1901, Lond., 1902, ii, 523.—Stephan (B. H.) Tuberculose en erfelijk- Tuberculosis (Congenital and heredi- tary). heid. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1904, 2. R., xl, d. 1, 220-223.—Sticker (G.) Zur Diagnose der ange- borenen Schwindsuchtsanlage. Miinehen. med. Wchn- schr., 1902, xlix, 1375-1378.—Strandgaard (N. J.) Ar- velighed af disposition til lungetuberkulose. [Hered- ity .. .] Hosp.-Tid., K0benh., 1911,5. R.,iv, 73; 111. Also, transl: Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1911, xvii, 64-74.— Suess (E.) Ueber ein anatomisches Stigma angeborener tuberkuloser Disposition. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1905, xviii, 1270-1273.—Sweeny (G. B.) Heredity and tuber- culosis. N.York M. J. [etc.], 1911, xciv, 918-922. Also, Reprint.— von Szab6ky (J. ) Ueber die Rolle der ererbten Disposition bei der Aetiologie der Tuberkulose. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1907, xxi, 313; 331.—Teissier. Des albuminuries intermittentesde l'adolescence comme indice d'infection tubereuleuse hereditaire ou comme signe premonitoire d'infection. Cong, internat. de la tu- berc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 270—Thaulow (F.) Litt om taeringens arvelighet og livsforsiknng. [The heredity of consumption and life insurance.] Tidsskr. f. d. norske Lsegefor., Kristiania, 1912, xxxii, 281-283.—Thiercelln (E.) & Londe (P.) Deux nouveaux casde tuberculose congenitale. Med. mod., Par., 1893, iv, 398.—Tukey (F. M.) Sourcesof infection of the tubercle bacilli; heredity. Proc. Connect. M. Soc, Hartford, 1897,190-202.—Turban (K.) Die Vererbung des Locus minoris resistentise bei der Lungentuberkulose. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1900, i, 30; 123.—Unterberger (S.F.) Zur Frage iiber die Erblichkeit der Schwindsucht. St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr., 1901, n. F., xviii, 375-380. -----. Verer- bung der Schwindsucht vom biologischen Standpunkt. Ibid., 1906, xxxi, 273; 283. Also, Reprint. Also, transl: Prakt. Vrach., S.-Peterb., 1907, vi, 1; 23; 46. -----. Die Vererbung in der Schwindsuchtsfrage. St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr., 1909, xxxiv, 167-174. Also, transl: Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1909, viii, 412; 440. -----. Die Verer- bung der Schwindsucht auf Grund der Riffel-Schluter- schen Ahnentafeln. St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr., 1909, xxxiv, 343-346.—Ustinoff (A. N.) Vrozhdenniy tuber- kuloz. [Congenital tuberculosis.] Trudi Obsh. dietsk. vrach., Mosk., 1896-7, v, 48-50. Also, transl: Arch. f. Kinderh., Stuttg., 1898, xxv, 66.—Veszpremi (D.) Ein Fall von congenitaler Tuberculose. Ungar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1904, ix, 519. Also: Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1904, xv, 483-185— Voirin (V.) Ueber congenitale Tuberculose. Deutsche thierarztl. Wchn- schr., Hannov., 1901, ix, 305; 315.—van Voornveld (H. J. A.) Tuberculose, degeneratie en herediteit. Med. Weekbl., Amst., 1904-5, xi, 390; 403; 417; 432; 441.— Wahlen(E.) La tuberculose congenitale. Rev. d'hyg, et de med. inf. [etc.], Par., 1909, viii, 201-223. -----. La tuberculose cong6nitale. Ibid., 1910, ix, 352-375.—"War- thin (A. S.) The present state of our knowledge con- cerning heredity in tuberculosis. Univ. Mich. Contrib. Path. Lab., Ann Arbor, 1908-9, iv, no. 3.—Wassermann (M.) Ueber den vererbten Locus minoris resistentise bei Tuberkulose. Wien. med. Presse, 1904, xiv, 2035-2039.— Weber (A.) De l'heredite dela tuberculose. Rev.gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1899, xiii, 34-37—Weinberg (W.) Die iamiliiire Belastung der Tuberkulosen und ihre Beziehungen zu Infektion und Vererbung. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1907, vii, 257-289.—Wells (G. H.) The influence of heredity in pulmonary tuberculo- sis, with some remarks on the prevention of the disease in children of tuberculous families. Hahneman. Month., Phila., 1909, xliv, 931-937.—Wolff (F.) Zur Hereditats- lehre der Tuberculose. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1896, xliii, 941-945.—Wolff (M.) Die Erblichkeit der Tuber- kulose. Ber. ii. d. Kong. z. Bekampf. d. Tuberk. [etc.], Berl., 1899, 255-258.—Wollstein (Martha). Congenital tuberculosis. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1905, xxii, 321-328.— Zagari (G.) Eredita per tubercolosi. Riforma med., Palermo-Napoli, 1906, xxii, 1187-1191.—von Zander. Zur Frage der Erblichkeit der Tuberculose; aetiologische Statistik. Charit6-Ann., Berl., 1899, xxiv, 391-404.—Zarfl (M.) Ein Fall von kongenitaler Tuberkulose. Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1912, xi, 221.— Kilgicn (H.) Heredite et tuberculose. J. de med. de Par., 1904, 2. s., xvi, 392-396. Also: M6d. inf., Par., 1904, 217-225. -----. Heredite et tuberculose. Trav. prat. d'obst. et de gynec, Par., 1907, 300-309. Tuberculosis (Congresses and exhibits relating to). American Congress of Tuberculosis in joint session with the Medico-Legal Society. Trans- actions. 8°. [New York, 1901.] ------. Bulletin of the Transactions of 1901. 8°. New York, 1902. ------. Descriptive catalogue of the mu- seum and exhibit of the . . . June 2-4, 1902. 8°. Burlington, Vt., 1902. TUBERCULOSIS. 600 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Congresses and exhibits relating to). ------. Joint session with the Medico- Legal Society, July 2-4, 1902. 3. annual ses- sion. Programme. 8°. [New York, 1902.] British Congress on Tuberculosis, for the Prevention of Consumption. Transactions. July 22-26, 1901. 4 v. 8°. London, 1902. Callias (H.) Congres pour I'etude de la tuberculose. Projet d'association pour I'etude des moyens et leur application a l'extinction de la tuberculose (pn'sente au Congres pour I'etude de la tuberculose le 31 juillet 1888). 8°. Paris, 1889. Carriere (H.) & Neumann (E.) Le Congres britannique pour la prevention de la tubercu- lose, reuni a Londres du 22 au 26 juillet 1901. Rapport presente au Conseil federal. 8°. Berne, 1902. Congres pour I'etude de la tuberculose chez l'homme et chez les animaux. Comptes- rendus et memoires. v. 1-4, 1888-98. 8°. Paris, 1889-98. Congres international de la tuberculose. Tenu a Paris, du 2 au 7 octobre 1905. 4 v. 8°. Paris, 1906. -----. L'ceuvre de I'assistance publique ii Paris contre la tuberculose (1896-1905). 8°. Paris dc Nancy, 1905. Festskrift vid tuberkulos - konferensen i Stockholm, 1909. roy. 4°. Stockholm, 1909. Garrigue (S.) Communication presentee au Congres international de la tuberculose, tenu a Paris du 2 au 7 octobre 1905. 8°. Paris, 1905. Gesellschaft deutscher Naturforscher und Aerzte. Verhandlungen der stiindigen Tuber- culose-Commission der . . . 1900; 1901. 8°. Berlin, 1900-1902. Hesse (G.) Bericht iiber den Kongress zur Bekampfung der Tuberkulose als Volkskrank- heit in Berlin vom 24. bis mit 27. Mai 1899. 8°. Dresden, 1900. International Congress on Tuberculosis, Sep- tember 21 to October 12, 1908. A preliminary announcement. 8°. Washington, D. C, 1908. -----. Provisional program. 8°. Wash- ington, 1908. -----. Announcements by the District of Columbia Committee. 16°. Washington, 1908. ------. Descriptive catalogue of the exhibit of the State Department of Health of Pennsyl- vania at Washington, D. C, September 21 to October 12, 190S. 8°. Harrisburg, 1908. ------. Transactions. 8 pts. in 6 v. 8°. Philadelphia, 1908. Internationale Tuberkulose - Konferenz (Erste). Berlin, 22.-26. Oct. 1902. Bericht. 8°. Berlin, 1903. Internationale Tuberkulose - Konferenz (Rechste). Wien, 19.-21. September 1907. Be- richt. 8°. Berlin-Charlottenburg, 1907. Internationale Tuberkulose-Konferenz (Sie- bente). Philadelphia, 24.-26. Sept., 1908. 8°. Berlin-Charlottenburg, 1909. Kongress zur Bekampfung der Tuberkulose als Volkskrankheit. Bericht fiber den . . ., Berlin, 24. bis. 27. Mai 1899. 8°. Berlin, 1899. ------. Tageblatt fiir den . . . Nos. 1-5, May 23-27, 1899. fol. Berlin, 1899. , ■-----• Liste der Delegirten und Mitglieder (abgeschlossen am 18. Mai 1899). 8°. Berlin iaoo ' ' Tuberculosis (Congresses and exhibits relating to). Pennsylvania. State Department of Health. Descriptive catalogue of the exhibit of the de- partment at the International Congress on Tu- berculosis, Washington, D. C, Sept. 21 to Oct. 12, 1908. 8°. Harrisburg, 1908. Porter (I. W.) The International Congress on Tuberculosis; a report of the delegation from the National Fraternal Congress. 8°. Omaha, 1909. van Ryn. Rapport sur le Congres britannique de la tuberculose (1901). 8°. Bruxelles, 1902. Tuberculosis exhibitions; a catalogue of nec- essaries for their outfitting and maintenance. 8°. Providence, 1909. Wezel. Katalog der Sondergruppe Tuberku- lose der Internationalen Hygieneausstellung, Dresden 1911. Deutsches Tuberkulose-Mu- seum. 8°. Dresden, 1911. Williams (C. T.) & Bulstrode (H. T.) Copy of reportof C. T. Williams and H. T. Bulstrode, the delegates of His Majesty's Government to the International Congress on Tuberculosis, held at Parie from the 2nd to the 7th October, 1905. 8°. London-, 1906. Zjazd przyrodnikow i lekarzy polskich w Krakowie. [Congress of Polish Naturalists and Physicians in Cracow.] IX ... w roku 1900. Prace sekcyi gruzliczej. [Papers of the section on tuberculosis.] 8°. Warszawa, 1901. Aleman (J. M.) El Sexto Congreso internacional de tuberculosis. Rev. de med. y cirug. de la Habana 1908, xiii, 401-406.— Allemann (A.) Der Interna- tionale Tuberkulosekongress in Washington. Miin- ehen. med. Wchnschr., 1908, lv, 2308.— American (The) Congress of Tuberculosis. Sanitarian, N. Y., 1900, xliv, 421-438: 1901, xlvi, 481-489.—Baldini (G.j Congres international de la tuberculose, Rome, 14-21 avril 1912. Rev. de chir., Par., 1912, xlvi, 280-330.—Barrick (E. J.) Presidential address delivered at the American International Congress on Tuberculosis at the World's Fair, St. Louis, Oct. 4, 1904. Canada Lancet, Toronto, 1904-5, xxxviii, 330-336.—Berliner (Die) Tuberkulose- woche. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1907, xi, 215-229.— Bertin-Sans (H.), Ardin-Delteil (P.) & Soubel- ran (P.) Congres international de la tuberculose (Paris, 1905); rapportduComit6rt>gionaldeMontpellier. Montpel. med., 1905, xxi, 241; 265: 289; 313; 337.—Blakey (A. R.) Methods and results in arousing the small town by the travelling tuberculosis exhibit. St. Paul M. J., St. Paul, Minn., 1910, xii, 183-189.—Biasing (R.) Ueber den Congress zur Bekampfung der Lungentuberkulose als Volkskrankheit (Berlin, 23.-27. May 1899). Monatsbl. f. off. Gsndhtspflg., Brnschwg., 1899, xxii, 109; 125; 145.— Blumenthal (P.) Expositions et musees antituber- culeux. Tuberculosis, Leipz., 1902, i, 95-97.—Boyd (J. C.) Report on the proceedings of the International Medical Congress on Tuberculosis. Rep. Surg.-Gen. Navy, Wash., 1899, 161-198.—Brouardel (P.) British Congress on Tu- berculosis for the Prevention of Consumption. Ann. d'hyg., Par., 1901, 3. s., xlvi, 139-164.—Bryant (J. D.) Address at the Tuberculosis Exhibition. N. York M. J. etc.], 1909, lxxxix, 357-360. Also, Reprint— Calderon F.) & Heiser (V. G.) Sixth International Congress on Tuberculosis (held at Washington, D. C, September 21 to October 12, 1908. Philippine J. Sc. [B.], Manila, 1909, iv, 311-321.—Calmette (A.) Conference internatio- nale de la tuberculose de Berlin du 21 au 26 octo- bre 1902. Rev. d'hyg., Par., 1902, xxiv, 961-970.— Cazin (M.) Congres pour I'etude de la tuberculose chez l'homme et chez les animaux; troisteme session, tenue a Paris du 27 juillet au 2 aout 1893. Semaine med., Par., 1893, xiii, 361; 382; 395.—Cheinisse (L.) La tuberculose et le Congres de Berlin. Ibid., 1899, xix, 185; 193. Also, Reprint. -----. La premiere conference internationalede la tuberculose et l'etat actuel de nos connaissances sur cettemaladie. Semainem&L,Par., 1902,xxii,357-359. Also, Reprint. Also, transl: Aerztl. Reform-Ztg., Wien, 1903, v, 3; 34. -----. Le Congres international de la tuberculose et l'etat actuel de nos connaissances sur cette maladie. Se- maine med., Par.,1905, xxv, 481^185. Also, Reprint.—Chi- cago (The) Tuberculosis Exhibition; successful, well- attended display of statistics and dataon tuberculosis pro- phylaxis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvii, 217— Co- ellio (S.) 0 3° Congresso dos nucleos da liga nacional contraatuberculose. J.Soq.d.sc.med. deLisb., 1904,lxviii, 43-47.—Collevllle (G.) Aproposdu 4* Congres de latu- TUBERCULOSIS. 601 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Congresses and exhibits relating to). berculose. Union mea. du nord-est, Reims, 1898, xxii, 264; 279.—Conference (La) internationale de la lutte contre la tuberculose a Copenhague (26-29 mai 1904). Tubercul. inf., Par., 1904, vii, 83-107.—Congres pour l'Stude de la tuberculose humaine et animale; troisieme session, a Paris, du 27 juillet au 2 aout 1893. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1893, lxvi, 869; 881.— Conisrfes international de la tuberculose tenu a Paris, du 2 au 7 octobre 1905; compte rendu. Ann. d'hyg., Par., 1905, 4. s., iv, 387-490.—Congres (VII.) international contre la tuberculose, Rome, 14-20 avril 1912. Rev. de la tuberculose, Par., 1912, 2. s., ix, 257-467.— Congresso nacional de tuberculose, realisado em Coimbra de 24 a 27 de marco. Rev. de med. e cirurg. Lisb., 1895, iii, 155-300.— Congresso dos nucleos da Liga nacional contra a tuberculose realizado em Vianna do Castello de3a6desetembrodel902. J. Soc. d;sc.med.de Lisb., 1902, lxvi, 219-271.—Courmont (P.) A propos du Congres de la tuberculose a Washington. J. m6d. franc., Par., 1908, ii, 862-870. Also: Prov. med., Par., 1908, xix, 525-529.—Dav el. El Congreso de la tuberculosis, Paris, octubrel905. Rev. Soc. m6d. argent., Buenos Aires, 1905, xiii, 46i^471.—Denison (C.) Impressions of the London Tuberculosis Congress and the Black Forest Sanatoria for Consumptives. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1901, xxxvii, 590-592. Also, Reprint.—Elliott (J. H.) The Baltimore Tuberculosis Exposition. Canad. J. M.&S.,Toronto,1904, xv, 231-235. Also: Dominion M. Month., Toronto, 1904, xxii, 206-211. Also, Reprint.—Flotats Doraenech. Primer Congresoespanol internacional dela tuberculosis; seccidnvii.oto-rinolaringologia. Rev. barcel. deenferm. de oido, garganta y nariz, Barcel., 1910, vi, 261: 1911, vii, L—Fourth Massachusetts Conference on Tuberculosis. Boston M. & S. J., 1912, clxvi, 808-821.—Gardner (F.) Congres international de la tuberculose. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1908, lxxxi, 1491; 1506.— Garland (C. H.) Round about the third and fourth sections. Tuberculosis, Lond., 1904-5, iii, 308-314.—Hattteld (C. J.) The tubeiculosis exhibit at the Louisiana Purchase Exposition. Rep. Henrv Phipps Inst., study . . . tuberculosis 1904-5, Phila., 1906, ii, 405-409.—Huber (J. B.) Impressions of the Tu- berculosis Exposition at Baltimore. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1904,lxxix, 446-448 — Hurty (J. >'.) Reporton Tubercu- losis Exposition, held under the auspices of the Tubercu- losis Commission of Maryland, in Baltimore, for the week commencing January 25, 1904. Indiana M. J., Indianap., 1903-4, xxii, 317-323.—International Conarressof Tuber- culosis at Washington. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1908, i, 817.—In- ter national (The) Congress on Tuberculosis, Washing- ton, 1908; personal impressions. Brit. J. Tuberculosis, Lond., 1909, iii, 25-40.—lvanoflf(V. M.) Opitorganizatsii tuberkulvoznol vistavki. [Organization of the tubercu- losis exhibit.] Tuberkulyoz, S.-Peterb., 1912, i, 484^92.— Jablonski. Compte rendu des travaux du Congres in- ternational de la tuberculose. Poitou med., Poitiers, 1906, xx. 11-22.—Jacobs(H. B.) Remarks upon the Interna- tional Congress of Tuberculosis, Paris, 1905. Johns Hop- kinsHosp. Bull., Bait., 1906,xvii,354-357. Also, Reprint.— Jane way (E. G.) Some notes on the British Congress on Tuberculosis. Med. News, N. Y., 1902, lxxx, 337-342.— J ewlsh Dav at Tuberculosis Exhibition. [Edit.] Boston M. & S. J., 1909, clx, 57.—Knopf (S. A.) American and international congresses on tuberculosis and tuberculosis exhibits for the years 1904 and 1905. Am. Med.,Phila., 1903, vi, 891. Also, Ueprint. -----. The first tuberculosis exposition in the United States held in Baltimore, Md., from Jan. 25 to Feb. 1,1904. Tuberculosis, Leipz., 1904, iii, 123-128. -----. A visit to the American Tuberculosis Exposition at Baltimore, Maryland, with short reports of the lectures of Hoffman, Flick, Ravenel, Knopf, Adami, Welch, Huber and Osier. Ztschr. i. Tuberk. u. Heil- stattenw., Leipz., 1904, vi, 106-115.-----. Der interna- tionale Tuberk ulosekongTess in Washington vom 21 Sept. bis 12. Okt. 1908. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1908,xiii, 396- 402.—Koranyi (F.) Alondoni tuberculosis-congressus es feladataink a tudovesz lekiizdese koriil Magyarorszag- ban. [The London Tuberculosis Congress and our prog- ress in the strife against phthisis in Hungary.] Buda- pesti k. orvosegy, 1901-ik evkonyve, 1902,109-138.—Laf- ferty(J.D.) Tuberculosis Conference of Canada. Mont- real M. J., 1901, xxx, 271-276.—Landouzy (L.) Mis- sion en Amgrique; au Congres international de la tuber- culose, a Washington. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1908, 3. s., lx, 419-422.—de Lavarenne (E.) Les travaux scientifiques de la Conference internationale de la tuber- culose. Pressemed., Par., 1902, ii, 1060; 1074.—Lemoine (G. H.) Congres international contre la tuberculose (Rome, 14-20 avril 1912). Arch. gen. de med., Par., 1912, v, 602-521.—von lieu be. Vom internationalen Tuberkulose-Kongress in Paris. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz., u. Berl., 1905, xxxi, 1841-1843—von lieyden (E.) Der internationale Kongress der Tu- berkulose. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1905-6, viii, 4-16.— Lowman (J. H.) The Paris Congress of Tuberculosis, 1905; organization, bovine tuberculosis, early diagnosis, isolation, dispensaries. Cleveland M. J., 1906, v, 1-20.— Lyall (W. L.) The Anti-Tuberculosis Conference and Tuberculosis (Congresses and exhibits relating to). Exhibition at Edinburgh. Brit. J. Tuberculosis, Lond., 1910, iv, 242-249.—Mangold (H.) VisszapillantasaBer- linben tartott tuberculosis-congressusra. [A backward glance at the Tuberculosis Congress held in Berlin.] Gy6gyaszat, Budapest, 1899, xxxix, 732-734. — Marcuse (J.) Die internationale Tuberkulosekonferenz in Berlin, 23. bis 26. Oktober 1902. Med. BL, Wien, 1902, xxv, 785; 801.—Matheson (Sir R.) The Dublin Tuberculosis Ex- hibition of 1907, and the lessons to be learned from it. Dublin J. M. Sc, 1908, cxxv, 241-252— Meyer (A.) The International Tuberculosis Conference at the Hague. Charities [etc.], N. Y., 1906, xvii, 344-347.—Moorhead (G. A.) An address on tuberculosis, retrospective and an- ticipatory ; delivered before Her Excellency the Countess of Aberdeen, on the opening of the Tuberculosis Exhibi- tion, Tullamore, June 11th, 1908. J. Irish M. Ass., Dubl., 1908, viii, 125-129.—N. (T.) Resolutionen des interna- tionalen Tuberkulosekongresses zu Paris 1905. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1906, viii, 141-147.—Opening of Tuber- culosis Exhibition and annual meeting of the Royal Vic? toria Hospital for Consumption, 1st July, 1910. Nat. Ass. Prev. Consumpt. Tr. 1910, Edinb., 1911,161-167. — Petit (L.) La tuberculose envisaged au point de vue social au Congres international d'assistance publique et de bien- faisance privee de Paris en 1900. Ber. ii. d. Kong. z. Be- kampf. d. Tuberk. [etc.], Berl.. 1899,753.—Philip (R. W.l The tuberculosis problem as affected by the International Congress on Tuberculosis, held at Paris, October 1905. Edinb. M. J., 1905, n. s., xviii, 515-529. -----. The tuber- culosis problem as affected by the International Congress on Tuberculosis, held at Washington, September to Octo- ber, 1908. Ibid., 1909, n. s., ii, 329-349. — Pitres (A.) A propos du Congres international de la tuberbulose; or- ganisation et fonctionnement de la lutte antitubercu- leuse a Bordeaux et dans la region. J. de m6d. de Bor- deaux, 1906, xxxvi, 61; 77.— Price (M. L.) The Ameri- can Tuberculosis Exhibition. Charities, N. Y., 1905-6, xv, 419-4(14.—Primeiro Congresso nacional portuguez para estudo da tuberculose, reunido em Coimbra de 24 a 27 de marco de 1895. Correio med. de Lisb., 1895, xxiv, 49; 57; 65.—R. El Congreso de la tuberculosis en San Sebastian. Clin, mod., Zaragoza, 1912, xi, 484-489, 4 pl. —Raw (N.) The Berlin Congresson Tuberculosis. Practitioner, Lond., 1902, lxix, 660-664.-----. International Congress against Tuberculosis. Tnberculosis, Lond., 1906-7, iv, 185-188.— -----. Impressions of the International Tuberculosis Con- ference, Brussels, 1910. Brit. J. Tuberculosis, Lond., 1911, v, 28-31.—Begener. Die ix. Internationale Tuberku- losekonferenz in Briissel. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1910, xvi, 600-605.—Belsinger (G.) Reisebericht ans Amerika iiber den Tuberkulosekongress in Washington. Oesterr. San.-Wes., Wien, 1909, xxi,417; 430; 437.—Ribera y Sans (J.) Primer Congreso espanol internacional de la tuberculosis. Rev. de med., y cirug. pract., Madrid, 1911, xc, 5; 49; 89; 129. —Romme (R.) Le bilan de la tuberculose au Congres de 1905. Rev. g£n. d. sc. pures et appliq., Par., 1906, xvii, 561-568.—Roosevelt (T.) The International Congress on Tuberculosis. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1908, xix, 187. —Rothschild (D.) Der Kongress gegen die Tuberkulose zu Neapel vom 25. bis 28. April 1900. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1900, i, 240-254. — Rnneberg (J. W.) Fran den internationella centralbyr&ns for bekampande af tuber- kulosen konferens i Berlin i Oktober 1902. [From the Conference of the Internatioual Central Bureau for Com- batting Tuberculosis, in Berlin, October, 1902.) Finska liik.-sallsk. handl., Helsingfors, 1903, xiv, 87-113.—Sa- voire (C.) La tuberculose au Congres de Berlin. Bull. med., Par., 1902, xvi, 913; 961; 999; 1093. —Schroeder (E. C.) Some comment on Prof. Koch's paper at the In- ternational Congress on Tuberculosis. Proc. Ann. Confer. Am. Ass. Med. Milk Com., Cincin. ,1909, iii, 106-113.—de Sehvveinitz (E. A.) Report on the proceedings of the International Congress for the consideration of the best methods of checking or curing tuberculosis. Am. Pub. Health Ass. Rep.1899, Columbus.1900, xxv, 255-260. Also: Rep. Bureau Animal lndust.1899, Wash.,1900,xvi,126-133.— Smith ( \. E.) Report of the International Con- gress on Tuberculosis. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1909, xv, 303-310.—Stone (A. K.) Impressions of the British Congress on Tuberculosis. Boston M. & S. J., 1901, cxiv, 258. Also, Reprint—Stroll (A) through the Tuberculosis Exhibit. Maryland M. J., Bait., 1908, li, 415-427.—Stuart (E. S.) Descriptive catalogue; the ex- hibit of the State Department of Health of Pennsylvania at the International Congress on Tuberculosis, Washing- ton, D. C, September 21 to October 12,1908. Rep. Com. Health Penn. 1908, Harrisburg, 1909, iii, 485-516. — S wayze (G. B. H.) Washington International Tubercu- losis Congress. Med. Times, .V. Y., 1908, xxxvi,355-360.— Tha yer (W. S.) Remarkson the occasion of the opening of the Tuberculosis Exposition in Baltimore on the 25th of January, 1904. Maryland M. J., Bait., 1904.xlvii. 33.—Tu- berculosisconferience, 1911. Nat.Ass.Prev.Consumpt. Tr. Lond.,1911,21-34.— Tuberculosis (The) Exposition, held at Baltimore, Md., January 25-30and February 1,1904. TUBERCULOSIS. 602 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Congresses and exhibits relating to). Am. Med., Phila., 1904, vii, 210.—Vargas (M.) Primer Congreso espanol internacional de la tuberculosis. Med. de los ninos, Barcel., 1910, xi, 289-320. — de Vasconcellos (A.) O Congresso nacional de tu- berculose. Rev. de med. e cirurg., Lisb., 1895, iii, 301- 313.—Vergara liope (D.) El Congreso de la tuber- culosis celebrado en Nueva York los dias 2. 3 y 4 de junio de 1902 y una visita & los sanatorios de Bedford y Liberty, N. Y. Mem. Soc. cient. '' Antonio Alzate," Mexico, 1904, xxi, 343-364.—Verhand lungen des ii. osterreichi- schen Tuberkulosetages, Wien, 29. Juni 1912. Hrsg. von Ludwig Teleky. Oesterr. San.-Wes., Wien, 1913, xxv, No. 7, Beiheft, 30-124.—Von Ruck (K.) The Inter- national Congress for Tuberculosis. J. Tuberc, Ashe- ville, N. C, 1899, i, 83-93.—Wynn (F. B.) Tuberculosis exhibit and cabinet. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1909, liii, 946.—Younger (Sir W.) Tuberculosis exhibitions and caravans. Nat. Ass. Prev. Consumpt. Tr., Lond., 1911, 49-54. Tuberculosis (Diagnosis of). See, also, Tuberculosis (Bovine, Diagnosis of); Tuberculosis (Latent,etc.); Tuberculosis (Pul- monary, Diagnosis of); Tuberculosis (Pulmo- nary, Diagnosis of, Bacteriological); Tubercu- losis (Pulmonary, Incipient); Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Seroaliagnosis of); Tuberculosis (Serodiagnosis of); Tuberculosis (Temperature in); Tuberculosis (Urine in, Duizo reaction of). Bandelier (B.) & Roepke (O.) Die Klinik der Tuberkulose. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1911. David (H.) * Contribution a I'etude de la polyurie pre tubereuleuse. 4°. Paris, 1895. Echeverkia (F. de P.) *Contribuci6n al estudio de la granulia, su diferenciaci6n de la tuberculosis. 8 . Mexico, 1881. Fligg (F. J.) *Ueber den Wert der Lymph- driisenquetsehung nach Bloch und der intra- mammiiren Infektion fiir die Schnelldiagnose der Tuberkulose bei Meerschweinchenimpfung. [Giessen.] 8°. Braunsberg, 1908. Henry (C.) *Du pouls chez les tuberculeux. 4°. Paris, 1892. Schneider (W.) *Zur Frage der Schnell- diagnose der Tuberkulose. [Bern.] 8°. Bonn, 1909. Aderhold (T. M.) & Hall (W. S.) The respiratory quotient as influenced by tuberculosis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1903, xl, 834-838.—Ambrosini (G.) Le zone di Head negli ammalati di tubercolosi. Riv. veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 1907, xlvii, 577-588. — Aubeau (A.) Contribution au diagnostic de la tuberculose. Cong. p. I'etude de la tuberculose 1893, Par., 1894, iii, 180-188.— von Bamberger (E.) Einige praktische Bemer- kungen iiber den diagnostischen Wert der Chorioideal- tuberculose. Jahrb. d. Wien. k. k. Krankenanst. (1893), 1894, ii, 602-606.—Ba tail Ion, Dubard & Xerre. Un nouveau type de tuberculose. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1X97, 10. a., iv, 446-149—Beitzke (H.) Eine Feh- lerquelle bei der Antiforminmetbode. Berl. klin. Wchn- schr., 1910, xlvii, 1451. —Berg (H. W.) Tuberculosis (symptomatology). Twentieth ( ent. Pract., N. Y., 1900, xx, 141-186. — Bernheim (S.) Du pronostic de la tuberculose. Rev. internat. de la tuberc., Par., 1902, i, 565-583.—Betegh ( L.) A tuberculosis k6rjelzes£nek uj m6dszere. , [A new method for the diagnosis of tuber culosis.]^ Allatorvosi lapok, Budapest, 1907, xxx, 484- 486.— Biondi (A.) Le forme cliniche della invasione infettiva acuta tubercolare. Tommasi, Napoli, 1910, v, 529-533.—Block (J.) Some of the rarer clinical phe- nomena of tuberculosis. Kansas City M. Index, 1894, xv, 211-215.—Bonney (S. G.) The tuberculosis move- ment; recent observations with reference to certain clinical aspects. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, liv, 1099-1104.—Brinch (T.) Erfaringer fra Ribe-Amts tuberkulose-diagnose-station. Ugesk. f. Laeger, Kj0benh., 1911, Ixxiii, 7K-*2.—Brown (L.) The svmptoms of tu- berculosis. In: Mod. Med. (Osier), 8°, Phila. & N. Y., 1907, iii, 248-326. -----. The diagnosis and prognosis of tuberculosis. Ibid., 327-360.—Calm (A.) Ueber die Diagnose der Tuberkulose. Strassb. med. Ztg., 1910, vii, 51-5S.—Calot (F.) Pronostic des tuberculoses externes; les risque- de mort et le moven de les conjurer. Rev. een. de clin. et de therap.. Par., 1909, xxiii, 177-181.— Caul certi o fortemente sospetti di tubercolosi. Ras- segna di terap., Roma, 1908, xxiv, 731-734.—Casini (A.) Sussidii per la diagnosi della tubercolosi. Gazz. med. di Roma, 1902, xxviii, 113-129. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Med. Tuberculosis (Diagnosis of). BL, Wien, 1902, xxv, 371.—chlals (F.') Le diagnostic total dans la tuberculose. Cong. p. I'etude de la tuber- culose 1893, Par., jS94, iii, 189-199.—De Backer. Le Iis6r6 gingival des tuberculeux. Rev. gen. de l'antiseps. med. et chir., Par., 1896, ix, 97-99.—Dleterlen (F.) Beitrag zur Frage der Schnelldiagnose der Tuberkulose im Tierversuch. Tuberk.-Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, Berl., 1908, 9. Hft., 119-126.—Duchene (L.) & IVIazi. Her (R.) L'anesthesie generale chez les tuberculeux. J. d. sc. mod. de Lille, 1904, i, 386-388.—Einstein (O.) & Bosenl'eld (F.) Beitrage zur Diagnostik der Tuber- kulose. Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1908, xviii, 13-15.— Ekstein (L.) Ueber einige iiusserlich wahrnehmbare Zeichen bei Tuberkulose. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1907, xxxii, 368.—Esch (P.) Zur Frage des Tuberkulose- nachweises durch beschleunigten Tierversuch. Miin- ehen. med. Wchnschr., 1913, lx, 187-189. —Fasanl- Volarelli (F.) La semeiologia dell' escreato tuber- colare. Tommasi, Napoli, 1911, vi, 205-210—Flick (L. F.) Prognosis in tuberculosis. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 599-606.—Fornario (G.) Al- cuni risultati coi moderni mezzi d' indagine nei tuber- colotiei. Tubercolosi, Milano, 1911-12, iv, 114-118.— Gasparini (A.) Disturbi della sensibilita nei tuber- colosi. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1907, xxviii, 11(11-1169.— Golovehiner (M.) Chastota pulsa u tuberkuloznikh v otnoshenii prognoza i terapii. [Frequency of pulse in tuberculous patients in relation to prognosis and treat- ment.] Meditsina, St. Petersb., 1898, x, no. 35, 12-25.— Griffiths (F. G.) The exclusion of tuberculosis in diagnosis, with illustrative cases. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1910, xxix, 411-418.—Hallopeau (H.) Des troves dans les manifestations cutanees de la tuberculose. Cong. p. I'etude de la tuberculose 1893, Par., 1894, iii, 117- 124.—Henke (F.) Die Pathogenese des Chalazion, nebst Bemerkungen zur histologischen DifTerenzial- diagnose der Tuberkulose und iiber Fremdkorperriesen- zelten. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch. 1901, Berl., 1902, 166-176, 1 pl.—Heymann (P.) Zur Symptoma- tologie der Tuberculose. Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Ge- sellsch. (1892), 1893, xxiii, pt. 2, 85-87.—Hollos (J.) A szokv&nyos sz^kszorulds, mint a giimokoros intoxicatio egyikjele. [Habitual constipation as a sign of tubercu- lar intoxication.] Gy6gydszat, Budapest, 1909, xlix, 304- 307.—Ho rton (E.G.) The laboratory diagnosis of di ph- theria and tuberculosis. Ohio M. J., Columbus, 1905, i, 178-181.—Hurrell (M. Louise). Laboratory tests for tuberculosis. Woman's M. J., Toledo, 1908, xviii, 165.— Jona (G.) Le porpore tubercolari. Path. Riv. quin- dicin., Genova, 1909-10, ii, 431—Jousset (A.) Diagnos- tic de la granulie. Clinique, Par:, 1907, ii, 275.—Kos- low. Aether-acetonische Kombination der Antiformin- methode. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1910, xlvii, 1181.— Kunkel (O. F.) Diagnosis of tuberculosis in its earlier and more chronic form. N. York M. J. [etc.] ,1911, xciii. 1226-1230. Also, Reprint.—Launois (P.-E.) & Trenio- liferes (F.) Tuberculoses marche subaigue et a locali- sations multiples. Rev. de la tuberculose, Par., 1905, 2. s., ii, 273-279— Lautmann. Ueber die erweiterte Tuberkulosediagnose (Bacillotuberculose non follicu- laire). Internat. Centralbl. f. d. ges. Tuberk.-Forsch., Wiirzb., 1909, iii, 435-440.—LeavelI (R. B.) Some uses of the microscope in diagnosis, prognosis and treatment of tuberculosis. Texas State J. M., Fort Worth, 1910-11, vi, 217-219.—Legroux. Considerations generales sur les troves de la tuberculose. Cong. p. I'etude de la tu- berculose 1893, Par., 1894, iii, 106-116.—Levitski (V. A.) K voprosu ob uskorenii diagnoza tuberkulyoza pometodu Bloch'a. [Hastening the diagnosis of tuberculosis by Bloch's method.] Prakt. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1909, viii, 381; 402. Also, transl: Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1909-10, xv, 56-62.—Levy-Valensi (J.) Diagnostic de la tu- berculose au laboratoire (etude de quelques notions recentes). Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1909, lxxxii, 287-294.— liyle (B. F.) Systemic manifestations of tuberculosis. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1910, ciii, 669-672.—fflasuccl (U.) Del valore semiologico della micropoliadenopatia nella tubercolosi. N. riv. clin.-terap., Napoli, 1905. viii, 287- 295— Hie heli (F.) & Quarelli (G.) Sul valore diag- nostico di una nucleina tubercolare. Rassegna di terap., Torino, 1907, vi, 230-237.—.Hi Hi it (J.) Diagnostic de la tuberculose. Rev. de la tuberculose, Par., 1910, 2. s., vii, 208-235.—Milton (J. P.) Colour types in tuberculosis. Brit. J. Tuberculosis, Lond., 1911, v, 41-43.—OTircoll (S.) Contributo alia fenomenologia dell' intossicazione tuber- colare umana. Boll. d. r. Accad. med. di Genova, 1899, xiv, 110-113.—WIoretti-Foggia (Amalia). Su di un casodi linfosarcoma simulante una forma tubercolare. Specialista mod., Milano, 1903-4, i, 113-119.—Naegell- Akerblom (H.) & Vernier. Beitrag zur Diagnose der Tuberkulose. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1908, xxii, 33.—Oppenheimer (R.) Tuberkulosenachweis durch beschleunigten Tierversuch. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1911, lviii, 2164-2166.—Otis (E. 0.) Some of the difficul- ties, professional and social, of the early recognition of tuberculosis, and some suggestions as to the remedy. Boston M. & S. J., 1908, clix, 813-815. Also, Reprint — Parassin (J.) Ujabb eljarasok a gumosodes klinikai TUBERCULOSIS. 603 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Diagnosis of). k6rismezes6ben. [New experiments with the clinical diagnosis of tuberculosis.] Budapesti orv. ujsag, 1908, vi, 535-538. — Polyakoff (V.) O diagnosticheskom zna- chenii vpriskivaniy solyanikh rastvorov tuberkulyoznim bolnim. |On the diagnostic value of injections of salt solutions in tuberculous patients.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1898, xlix, 445-447.—Porter (W.) Some phenomena of tubercular infection. J. Missouri M. Ass., St. Louis, 1906-7, iii, 287-294. Also, Reprint. -----. Clinical deduc- tions in the study of tuberculosis. Arch. Diagn., N. Y., 1910, iii, 113-117. Also: 3. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, lvii, 208-210. Also: 3. Missouri M. Ass., St. Louis, 1910-11, vii, 61- 59.—Pottenger (F. M.) Some practical suggestions for the facilitating of an earlier diagnosis in tuberculosis. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1910, xcii, 46J-471. -----. Some im- portant points in the diagnosis of tuberculosis. Wiscon- sin M. J., Milwaukee, 1912-13, xi, 4-14.—Banke (K. E.) Ueber den zyklischen Verlauf der menschlichen Tuber- kulose. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1911, xxi, 1- 16.—Boasenda (G.) Sindrome cerebellare da tuber- colosi. Arch, di psichiat. [etc.], Torino, 1905, xxvi, SOS- SIS.—Robin (A.) & Binet (M.) L s conditions et le diagnostic du terrain de la tuberculose. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1901, 3. s., xiv, 351-363.—Koiner & Joseph. Ueber ein tuberkulose-prognostisehes Verfahren. Si- tzungsb. d. Gesellsch. z. Beford. d. ges. Naturw. zu Marb. (1909), 1910,133-141.— Roepke (O.) Der gegenwiirtige Stand der Tuberkulosediagnostik. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1911, xxxvii, 1882; 1937,2377; 2423: 1912, xxxviii, 509; 654; 5%.—Kossolimo (G. I.) Ob ot- noshenii ushnol moehki k bugorchatkle. [Relationship of the ear lobe to tuberculosis.] Russk. Vrach. S.-Peterb., 1907, vi, 1479-1483. — Sabourin (C.) Les tuberculeux maigres. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1902, xvi, 417-119.—Squire (J. E.) Tuberculosis and the rate of the pulse. Polyclin., Lond., 1903, vii, 112.—Stoll (H. F.) The relative value of symptoms, physical signs, tubercu- lin, and the X-ray in the diagnosis of tuberculosis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1910, lxxviii, 670-672. —Stone (B. H.) Re- lation of laboratory examinations to the diagnosis of tu- berculosis. Vermont M. Month., Burlington, 1910, xvi, 221-224.—Symmers (W. St. C.) A clinical lecture on some land marks in the study of tuberculosis. Med. Press &Circ. Lond., 1908, n. s., lxxxv, 630-633.—von Szab6ky (J.) Ueber den diagnostischen und prognostischen Wert der Russoschen Methvlenblaureaktion bei Tuberkulose. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1911, xvii, 261-267. —Vallee (EL) Sur un nouveau precede1 de diagnostic experimental de la tuberculose. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1907, cxliv, 1383-13*5.—Variot. Hypotrophie symptomatique de tuberculose. J. de nted. int., Par., 1905, ix, 159.—Von Ruck (S.) Speciiic aids in the diagnosis and prognosis of tuberculosis Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1909, n. s., exxxvii, 536-549. Also, transl: Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1909, xiii, 93-130. — Wal ley (T.) Tuberculosis, its diagnosis, sanitary aspect, etc. J. Comp. Path. & Therap., Edinb. & Lond., 1892, v, 232; 297.—White (S. M.) Earlier diagnosis in tuberculosis. St. Paul M. J., St. Paul, Minn., 1913, xv, 107-125.—Wilson (G.) The diagnosis of tuberculosis in doubtful cases. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1910, xcii, 471-473. — WoHF-Eisner (A.) Die Progno- senstellung bei der Tuberkulose mit besonderer Beriick- sichtigung der Balneologie, nebst Bemerkungen iiber die Friihdiagnose und Tuberkulintherapie. Veroffentl. d. balneol. Gesellsch. in Berl., Berl. u. Wien, 1909, pt. 2,207- 214.—Wright (A. E.) & Reid (S. T.) On the possi- bility of determining the presence or absence of tuber- cular infection by the examination of a patient's blood and tissue fluids. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1905-6, s. B., lxxvii, 194-241.— Yenmoff(I. I.) Dvle khimicheskiya reaktsii v diagnostikle bugorchatki. [Two chemical re- actions in the diagnosis of tuberculosis.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1910, xvii, 1602. Tuberculosis (Diagnosis of Bacterio- logical). See, also, Tuberculosis (Bacillus of, Culture, etc., of); Tuberculosis (Bacillus of) in blood; Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Diagnosis of'). Mammen (H.) * Ueber df-n Nachweis von Tuberkelbazillen im stromenden Blute und seine praktische Bedeutung. [Giessen.] 8°. Borna- Leipzig, 1911. New York (City). Health Department. The importance of bacteriological examinations in the early diagnosis of pulmonary tuberculosis. 8°. [New York], 1897. Rubio (I.) * Breve estudio del bacillus de la tuberculosis y su valor diagnostico. 8°. Mexico, 1885. Tuberculosis (Diagnosis of Bacterio- logical). Trouilhet (E.) *Des pseudo-tuberculoses bacteriennes. 8°. Toulouse, 1899. Acevedo (M.) Seudo-tuberculosis cocobacilar. Rev. Soc. med. argent., Buenos Aires, 1902, x. 930-944.—A sch (P.) Ueber den Nachweiskleiner Mengen von Tuberkel- bazillen mittels Filtrataggressine. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Urol., Wien, 1911, iii, Berl.u. Leipz., 1912,120- 127.— Aujeszky (A.) Die Bedeutung der saurefesten, tuberkelbacillenahnlichen Stiibchen beider Beurtheilung der Untersuchungen auf Tuberculose. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1905, xli, 1035; 1059— Belfantl (S.) Die vitale Reaktion nach Gosio beim Tuberkelbazillus. Ztschr. f. Chemotherap. [etc], Leipz., 1912, i, Orig., 113- 121.—von Betegh (L.) Der Tuberkelbacillus und die chromogenen saurefesten Bakterien vom Standpunkte der Differentialdiagnose. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt, Jena, 1912, lxvi, Orig., 463-468.—Bezancon (F.), Griffon (V.) & Philibert. Cause d'erreur dans le diagnostic du bacille tuberculeux recherche' dans les caillots par l'examen microscopique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1903, lv, 203.—Celll (A.) & Ouarnlerl (G.) Sopra talune forme cristalline che potrebbero simu- lare il bacillo del tubercolo. Atti d. r. Accad. d. Lincei, Roma, 1882-3, 3. s., xv, 287-289, 1 pl.—Cohen (M. S.) Bacteriological examination of the faeces as a means of early diagnosis in tuberculosis. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1907, lxxxvi, 392-395.—Courmont (P.) Les bacilles acido- resistants et le diagnostic de la tuberculose. Bull. Soc. med. d. hop. deLyon, 1904, iii, 4-12.—Dilg(C) Kritische Studien zur Beurteilung der Sedimentier-Verfahren beim Nachweise von Tuberkel-Bazillen in organisierten Sedi- menten, neben Epithelien, Eiterzellen, etc., durch Centri- fugieren oder einfaches Sedimentieren. Ztschr. f. ang. Mikr., 1903, ix, 141-155.—Bl Pace (I.) I bacilli acido- resistenti nella diagnosi della tubercolosi. Med. ital., Na- poli, 1910, viii, 27; 50; 135; 157.—Esch (P.) Experimen- telle Untersuchungen iiber den beschleunigten Nachweis von Tuberkelbazillen durch den Meerschweinchenver- such. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1912, xxv, 638-662.—Fernando (M.) Ricerche batteriologiche nel succo polmonare e nel sangue ciroolante dei tuberco- losi. Tommasi, Napoli, 1912, vii, 558-666.—Frenkel. Re- cherches sur l'existence des bacilles de Koch dansl'or- ganismedesnon-tuberculeux. Lyon nted., 1896, lxxxi,439- 441._Gabbett (H. S.) The diagnostic value of the dis- covery of Koch's bacilli in sputum. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1884, i, 805-808. ^4teo,Reprint.—Gargano(C.)&Nesti(G.) Su di alcuni recenti metodi di ricerca del bacillo di Koch nei liquidi coagulabili. Riv. crit. di clin. med., Firenze, 1903, iv, 481-485.—Oasis (D.) Ueber eine neue Reaktion der Tuberkelbaeillen und eine darauf begrundetedifferential- diagnostische Farbungsmethode derselben. Centralbl. f Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1909, 1, Orig., 111-128.— Hellendall (H.) Die experimentelle Lumbalpunk- tion zum Nachweis von Tuberkelbaeillen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1901, xxvii, 199-202.— Henke. Zur Frage der latenten Tuberkelbazillen. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch., Jena, 1909,170- 173.—Honl (I.) Bakteriologicka diagnosa tuberkulosy. Casop. lek. 6esk., v Praze, 1902, xli, 1159; 1185; 1209; 1238; 1264; 1292.—Irwin (J. W.) Bacteriological findings in comparison with the pathological diagnosis. Rep. Henry Phipps Inst., study . . . tuberculosis, Phila., 1905-6, 223- 228.—Kanthack (A. A.) The microscopic diagnosis of tuberculosis. St. Barth. Hosp. J., Lond., 1898-9, vi, 6.— Kasuya. [Bacteriological diagnosis of tuberculosis.] Sei-i-Kwai M. J., Tokyo, 1905, xxiv, no. 280, 18-28.— Klose (F.) Ist der Nachweis von Tuberkelbazillen im Stuhl von Phthisikern fiir die Diagnose Darmtuberkulose verwertbar? Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1910 lvii, 133.— Kurashige (T.) On the presence of tubercle bacilli in the blood of tubercular patients. Sei-i-Kwai M. J., Tokyo, 1911, xxx, 69; 79.—Leray. La clinique et le ba- cille de Koch. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1896, lxix, 581-590.— fcord (F. T.) Infections of the respiratory tract with influenza bacilli and other organisms, their clinical and pathological similarity, and confusion with tuberculosis. Boston M. & S. J., 1905, clii, 637; 574. Also. Reprint.— JUankovski (A. F.) & Notkin (I. A.) Sluchal oshi- bochnavo raspoznavaniya tuberkuloza pockek vslled- stviye nakhozhdeniya batsill smegmi v mochie. [Sur le smegma bacille et sur le diagnostic differentiel avec le bacille de la tuberculose. Extr., 643.] Russk. arch. patol., klin. med. i bakteriol., S.-Peterb., 1898, vi, 698- 607.—JTIarchetti (G.) & Stefanelll (P.) Sui mezzi nutritivi proposti per la diagnosi batteriologica rapida della tubercolosi. Riv. crit. di clin. med., Firenze, 1903, iv, 529-534.—Mayer (G.) Zur histologischen Differen- tial-Diagnose der saurefesten Bakterien aus der Tuber- culose-Gruppe. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1900, clx, 324-358, 1 pl.—JUikhallofT (P. I.) K voprosu o bakteriologicheskom raspoznavanii bugorchatkovlkh TUBERCULOSIS. 604 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Diagnosis of, Bacterio- logical). zabolle vaniy. [Bacteriological diagnosis of tuberculosis.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1910, ix, 617-619—Moeller (A.) Ein neuer siiure- und alkoholfester Bacillus aus der Tuberkelbacillengruppe, welcher echte Verzweigungs- formen bildet; Beitrag zur Pleomorphic der Bakterien. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1899, xxv, 869-373, 1 pl.—Miiller (V.) A reaction precoee jelento- sege a diagnostic&ban es az altal&nos hygien£ben. [The significance of precocious reaction (tubercle bacillus) in diagnosis and in general hygiene.] Budapesti orv. ujs&g, 1904, ii 185.—Oppenheimer (R.) Zur Frage des Tu- berkulosenachweises durch beschleunigten Tierversuch. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1912, lix, 2817.—Perm in (G. E.) Tilfadde af lungetuberkulose med positivt bacilfund, men tvivl somme stetoskopiske forhold. [A case of pulmonary tuberculosis with positive finding of baccilli, but doubtful stethoscopic condition.] Hosp.- Tid., K0benh., 1910, 5. R., iii, 141-143— Piontkovski (S.) Spori lycopodium, simuliruyushtshiya tuberku- lyozniya batsilli v mokrotle. [Lycopodium spores simu- lating tubercle bacilli in the sputum.] Vrach. Gaz., S.- Peterb., ^03, x, 1241.—Babinowitsch (Lydia). Zur Frage latenter Tubei kelbacillen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1907, xliv, 35-39.—Renon (L.) Sur les formes actino- mycosiques de l'aspergillus iumigatus; essai de com- paraison entre ces formes et celles du bacille de Koch. Bull, med., Par., 1898, xii, 844.—Sturm. Tuberkel- bazillen im Blute von Tuberkulosen. Keitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk.,Wiirzb.,1911,xxi.239-246. —Tecon. Les tubercu- loses pulmonaires "sans bacilles." Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1911, xxxi, 797-814.— Wilkinson (W. C.) The setiological diagnosis of the tuberculosis. Brit. J. Tuberculosis, Lond., 1910, iv, 40. Tuberculosis (Diagnosis of, Radio- scopic). See, also, Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Diag- nosis of , Radioscopic). Becleee (A.) Les rayons de Rontgen et le diagnostic des affections thoraciques non tuber- culeuses. 12°. Peiris, 1901. Barret. L'examen radioscopique du thorax chez l'enfant au point de vue du diagnostic de la tuberculose et particulierement de l'adenopathie tracheo-bronchique. Rev. mens. d. mal. de l'enf., Par., 1906, xxiv, 155-164.— Bficlere (A.) Les rayons de Rontgen et le diagnostic de la tuberculose. Cong. p. I'etude de la tuberculose, Par., 1898, iv, 31-75. Also: Arch, d'eleetric nted., Bor- deaux, 1898, vi, 480; 515. Also [Abstr.]: Bull, nted., Par., 1898, xii, 738-742. Also, Reprint. -----. Sur la technique de l'application des rayons de Rontgen au diagnostic de la tuberculose. [Transl., pp. 278-284.] Tr. Brit. Cong. Tuberc. 1901. Lond., 1902, ui, 276-278.—Boggs (R. H.) Tuberculous lesions illustrated bv the Roentgen rays. St. Louis M. Rev., 1910, n. s., iv, 77.—Beady (H. P.) X-rays as applied to the diagnosis and treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis: outdoor treatment of consumptives. N. Am. J. Homceop., N. Y., 1905, liii, 499-515.—Bestot. La tuberculose au ctebut et la radioscopie orthogonale. Bull. nted., Par., 1903, xvii, 96-98.—Espin (T. E.) The trans- parency of bones to X rays in cases of tuberculous disease. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1897, i, 799.—Espina y Capo (A.) Diagnostic precoee de la tuberculose par les rayons X. Cong. p. I'etude de la tuberculose, Par., 1898, iv, 113-124. -----. The importance of the X-rays as a means for the early diagnosis of tuberculosis. Therap. Month., Phila., 1901, i, 251. Also: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1901, n. s., lxxii, 564. Also: Tr. Brit. Cong. Tuberc. 1901, Lond., 1902, iii, 289-293— Gulllemlnot (H.) Application de la ra- dioscopie de precision au diagnostic de la tuberculose. Cong, internat. de la tuberc, 1905, Par., 1906, i, 402-405.— Holding (A.) The diagnosis of tuberculosis in incipi- ent cases by the Roentgen method. N. York State J. M., N. Y., 1908, viii, 237-239.—Magruder (F. B.) X-ray in the diagnosis and treatment of tuberculosis. Med. Coun- cil, Phila., 1908, xiii, 88.—Mignon (M.) Des rayons X dans lediagnosticde la tuberculose. Cong.p.l'^tudedela tuberculose, Par., 1898, iv, 124-126.— Moucliet (A.) Sur un cas d'osteo-arthrite tubereuleuse du coude a foyer hu- nteral precise1 par les ravonsX. Gaz.hebd.demed.,Par., 1897,n.s.,ii,733-735.—Budis-Jicinsky(J.) TheX-ray in the diagnosis of tuberculosis. N. York M. J., 1899, lxix, 217-223—Santos (C.) Os raios X e o 4° Congresso para o estudo da tuberculose. Rev. portugueza demed. e cirurg. prat., Lisb.,1898-9, v,161; 204.—S< iallcro (M.) Laradio- scopia del cuore nella diagnosi eprognosi della tubercolosi. Lavori d. Cong.di med.int. 1902,Roma. 1903, xii, 523-526.— Sewall (H.) & Childs (8. B.) A comparison of phys- ical signs and X-ray pictures of the chest in early stages of tuberculosis. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1912, x, 45- 67.—Torres Carreras (R.) Importancia de la radios- copia y radiografia en la tuberculosis. Clin, y lab., rev. quincen. de espec. med., Zaragoza, 1911, vii, 122-124. Tuberculosis (Diagnosis of) by con- junctival reactions [Calmette, ^Voljf- Einner], Bechert(H.) * Etude clinique de l'oculo- reaction ii la tuberculine. 8°. Lausanne, 1908. Debelut (L.) *Ophtalmo-reaction a la tu- berculine. 8°. Paris, 1908. Debombovrg (G.) *De l'ophtalmo-rtaction a la tuberculine en medecine humaine. 8°. Lyon, 1907. Ducasse (B.-F.-F.) Contribution a I'etude de l'ophtalmo-rtaction chez les vieillards. 8°. Bordeaux, 1911. Difovk (R.) *Etude clinique sur l'oculo- reaction a la tuberculine. 8°. Geneve, 1908. Faltin ([E. W.] W. [J.]) * Ueber den klinischen Wert der Conjunctivalreaktion auf Tuberkulin. 8°. Leipzig, 1908. Feickinger (H.) *Die Konjunktivalreak- tion als Diagnosticum der Tuberkulose beim Rind. [Bern.] 8°. Munchen, 1909. Goldenberg (J.) - * Ophtalmo reaction a la tuberculine; technique, dangers, pathogenie et valeur diagnostique. 8 . Paris, 1909. Halad.tian (J.-S.) * L'ophtalmo-rtaction a la tuberculine, sa valeur semeiologique. 8°. Nancy, 1909. Heinecke (W.) * Untersuchungen iiber die Ophthalmoreaktion bei Tuberkulose. 8°. Kiel, 1908. Kraemer (E.) *Die Yerwendbarkeit der Konjunktivalreaktion zur Diagnose chirurgi- scher Tuberkulose. [Strassburg.] 8°. Tu- bingen, 1908. Lafon (E.) Contribution a, I'etude du dia- gnostic de la tuberculose par l'ophtalmo-reac- tion. 8°. Toulouse, 1908. Lautier (A.-R.) *De l'ophtalmo-diagnostic de la tuberculose en clinique. 8°. Bordeaux, 1908. von Marenholz (M. [H. K. E.]) * Ueber die conjunctivale Tuberkulinreaction. (Ein Beitrag aus dem Garnisonlazarett II, Berlin.) 8°. Leipzig, 1908. Meyer (M.) * Untersuchungen uber die Konjunktivalreaktion auf Tuberkulose beim Rind. [Bern.] 8°. Seesen a. Harz, 1908. Petit (L.) Le diagnostic de la tuberculose par l'ophtalmo-rtaction; etude clinique et ex- perimentale. 8°. Paris, 1907. Sprakel (E. H. H.) * Beitrage zur Kon- junktivalreaktion. 8°. Halle a. S., 1908. Vallardi (C.) Le reazioni congiuntivale e cutanea alia tubercolina nella diagnosi e nella prognosi dell' infezione tubercolare. 8°. Mi- lano, 1909. Abate (L. A.) Sulla oftalmareazione di Calmette. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1908, Roma, 1909, xviii, 457.— Abel. Beitrag zur Ophthalmo-Reaktion unter Anwen- dung des Bovo-Tuberkulol D Merck. Berl. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1911, xxvii, 236.—Acliard (C.) & FeuilliS (E.) Influence des tesions nerveuses sur l'oculo-reaction a la tuberculine. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1907, 3. s., xxiv, 1318-1321.—Ac-hard (H. J.) The conjunctival tuberculin test. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. & Oto-Laryngol., St. Louis, 1910, xv, 166-179.— Adam (C.) Ueber Schiidigungen des Auges durch die Ophthalmo- reaktion und die hierdurch bedingten Kontraindika- tionen. Med. Klin., Berl., 1908, iv, 193-196.—Alessan- dri (G.) Contributo alia diagnosi precoee della tuber- colosi colla oftalmo-reazione di Calmette. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1907, xxviii, 1423. -----. Di una complicazione grave della reazione di Calmette. Atti Accad. d. sc. med. e nat. in Ferrara, 1907-8, lxxxii, 87-91.— Almaslo (P.) & Buscagllno (A.) Ricerche sul valore diag- nostico della oftalmo-reazione alia tubercolina. Ras- segna di terap.. Torino, 1908, 593-596.—Andreyeff (K. L.) Tuberkulin i oftalmo-reaktsiya yevo pri bugor- chatkle. [Tuberculin and its ophthalmo-reaction in TUBERCULOSIS. 605 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Diagnosis of) by con- < junctical reactions [Calmette, Wblff- Eisner], tuberculosis.] Voyenno-med. J., St. Petersb., 1910, ccxxviii, med.-spec. pt., 299-308.— Appleman (L. F.) The status of the ophthalmo-reaction to tuberculin. Therap. Gaz. [etc.], Detroit, 1908, 3. s., xxiv, 613-615.— Arloing (F.) Essai sur le mecanisme de l'oculo- reaction a la tuberculine; l'oculo-reaction est-elle speci- fique? Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1908, lxiv, 128- 130. Also: Poitou med., Poitiers, 1908, xxii, 31-33. Also: Prov. med., Par., 1908, xix, 64. -----. Oculo-reaction a la tuberculine et tuberculinotherapie. Bull. Soc. med. d. hop. de Lyon, 1908, vii, 403-406. Also: Lyon med., 1908, cxi, 511-513. -----. Nouvelles considerations sur le nteeanisme et la valeur specifique de l'oculo-reaction a la tuberculine. Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1908, lxiv, 722-724.—Arloing (F.) & Debombourg. Etude sur l'ophtalmo-reaetion a la tuberculine et la st>ro-reaction agglutinante bacillaire. J. de physiol. et de path, gen., Par., 1908, x, 98-110.—Assinann (W.) Vergleichende Untersuchungen iiber die thermische Tuberkulinprobe und die Phymatin-Ophthalmoreaktion. Berl. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1911, xxvii, 449-4Y2.—Aubi- neau (E.) Sur les symptomes et les complications de 1'ophtalmo-reaction a la tuberculine. Ann. d'ocul., Par., 1908, cxl, 1-L2. Also: Bull, et mem. Soc. franc. d'opht., Par., 1908, xxv, 411-424. Also: Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1908, 2. s., xxvi, 701-714.—Ausset (E.) Cent cas d'ophtalmo-reaction a la tuberculine. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1907, ix, 301-318. Also: Pediatric prat., Lille, 1907, v, 265-272. -----. Etude clinique de 300 cas d'ophtalmo-reaction a la tuberculine. Pediatric prat., Lille, 1908, vi, 73; 85. Also: Rev. med., Par., 1908, xxviii, 359-386.—Austin (L. J.) & Griinbaum (O.) Some experiences with the tuberculin ophthalmic reaction. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1907-8, l, Path. Sect., 74-78.— Baer (O.) Gibt uns die Wolff-Eisnersche Probe im Verein mit der von Pirquetschen Probe Aufschlusse in bezug auf Aktivitat und Prognosestellung tuberkuloser Lungenerkrankungen? Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1911- 12, xviii, 249-277.—Baglioni (G.) Contributo all' oftal- moreazione di Calmette. Policlin., Roma, 1908, xv, sez. prat., 520-522.—Bailliart (M. le D.) The ophthalmic reaction to tuberculin. J. Comp. Path. & Therap., Edinb. & Lond., 1908, xxi, 308-321.—Baldwin (E. B.) The ophtbalmo-tuberculin diagnostic test. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907 xlix, 1969-1972. Also, Reprint. -----. The ophthalmo-tuberculin test; a new diagnostic method in tuberculosis. Am. Pub. Health A«s. Rep. 1907, Bost., 1908, xxxiii, pt. 2,121-127.-----. Conclusions from 1,087 conjunctival tuberculin tests b<- a uniform method. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1909, Iii. 603-605. Also, Reprint.— Barney (C. N.) & Brooke (R.), jr. The ophthalmo- reaction to tuberculin tests in 321 cases, including 260 tu- berculous. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1908, lxxiv, 96-101. Also,R& print.—Bass (C. C.) Theophthalmo-tuberculin reaction in the diagnosis of tuberculosis. N. Orl. M. &S. J., 1907-8, lx,713-717. [Discussion],755-761.—Baur (J.) L'ophtal- mo-diagnostic dela tuberculose. Rev. de la tuberculose, Par., 1908,2. s., v, 216-226.—Bechert (H.) Oculo-reaction d i'H6pital cantonal de Lausanne. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1908, xxviii, 122-130.—Becigneul 192.—Bonier (P. H.) & Joseph (K.) Zur Verwertung der intraku- tanen Reaktion auf Tuberkulin. Ibid., 1909-10, xiv, 1-35.—Bolly (F.) Ueber die Beeinflussung der von Pirquetschen Tuberkulinreaktion durcn verschiedene Krankheiten. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1910, lvii, 2275-2277.—Rondinini (G.) Sulla cuti-reazione del von Pirquet. Ann. di Ippocrate, Milano, 1909-10, iv, 533- 635.—Ronzoni (G.) A proposito dell' intradermorea- zione tubercolinare. Corriere san., Milano, 1910, xxi, 148- 150.—Bosenberg (M.) Die Bedeutung der intracuta- nen Tuberculinreaetion fiir die Diagnose und Prognose der Lungentuberculose. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. The- rap., Berl., 1912-13, xii, 649-563.—Bothschild (M.) Value of the Moro skin-reaction as compared with other methods of using tuberculin for diagnosis in tuberculo- sis. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1909, vii, 123-125.—Sal- vini (E.) La cuti-reazione tubercolinica nella diagnosi di tubercolosi. Riforma med., Napoli, 1908, xxiv, 710- 712.—Sch lapfer. Beitrage zur Frage der Spezifiuit der kutanen Tuberkulinreaktion nach von Pirquet. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1908, ix, 217-224—Sebilleau. Intra-dermo-reaction a la tuberculose. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1909, 2. s., xxvii, 130-134.—Secchi (R.) Sul va- lore diagnostico delle reazioni locali alia tubercolina, con speciale riguardo alia cutireazione di von Pirquet negli adulti. Bull. d. sc. med. di Bologna, 1910, 8. s., x, 505-520.—Servacs (C.) Bemerkungen iiber die Gefahr- lichkeit der probatorischen Tuberkulinimpfung. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1904, ii, 243-247.—Sezary (A.) Etude comparative des reactions intradermiques sous-cutanees et focales k la tuberculine. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, lxxi, 95-97.—Slegert (F.) Die Bedeutung der kutanen Tuberkulinreaktion (von Pir- quet) fiir die tiigliche Praxis des Arztes. Ztschr. f. arztl. Fortbild., Jena, 1908, v, 581-584— Slatineano (A.) Sur la cuti-reaction de Pirquet (chez l'homme). Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1907, lxiii, 219.—Sternberg (A.) Ueber das Verhalten entziindlicher Bildungen der Haut gegen Tuberkulin. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xlviii, 1176.—Stewart (D. A.) & Peirce (S.) Observa- tions on a new method of securing a tuberculin skin re- action. West. Canada M. J., Winnipeg, 1910, iv, 108-113.— Sthceman (H. A.) De percutane tuberkulinereactie volgens Moro. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1908, ii, 1842-1845.—Stoll (H. F.) The diagnostic use of tuber- culin with special reference to the cutaneous and percu- taneous tests. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1909, lxxv, 265-268.— Streitz (R.) Zur von Pirquetschen kutanen Tuberku- linreaction. Zentralbl. f. Kinderh., Leipz., 1908, xiii, 203- 205.—Sutton (R. L.) A protector for use in the cutane- ous test for tuberculosis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1909, liii, 948.—Suzuki (Y.) & Takaki (Z.) Ueber die Be- ziehung zwischen der von Pirquetschen Reaktion und den Tuberkelbaeillen im Blut. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1911, Ixi, Orig., 149-165.—von Sza- b6ky (J.) Ueber den diagnostischen und prognosti- schen Wert der Kutanreaktion von Pirquet, der Perku- tanreaktion von Pirquet-Moro und der Differential-Kutan- reaktion von Pirquet-Detre; schliesslich iiber das Ver- halten der Kutanreaktion von Pirquet bei der spezifischen Therapie. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1911, xvii, 145-162.— Teueschi (V.) & Lorenzi (C. i Appunti sull' "intra- dermoreazioneallatubercolina'' del Mantoux. Pediatria, Napoli, 1908, 2. s., vi, 721-721.—Tezncr (E.) Ueber die Spezifitat die Pirquetschen Reaktion. Monatschr. f. Kin- TUBERCULOSIS. 613 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Diagnosis of) by cuta- neous reactions [vo/1 Pirquet, Moro, Man- toux]. derh., Leipz. u. Wien, 1911, x, Orig., 131-138. Also, transl: Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1911, lv, 349-351.—Thomas. Ein weiterer Beitrag zur Cutanreaktion mit Eisentuber- kulin. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1910, xlvii, 438.—TIce (F.) Cutaneous reactions of tuberculin. Illinois M. J., Spring- field, 1909, xvi, 274-294.— Trimble (W. B.) The diagnos- tic value of the inunction tuberculin reaction in cutaneous tuberculosis. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1909, xxxviii, 1034-1038. Also, Reprint.—Tuz S.) Spostrzezeniaklinicznenadpr6- bami tuberkulinowemi sposobem Mantoux'a i Pirquet'a. [Clinical observations on Mantoux's and Pirquet's tuber- culin tests.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1912, 2. s., xxxii, 819, 847.—Valtias (G.) Znacheniye kozhnol reaktsii Pirquet dlya raspoznavaniya tuberkuioza v dietskom vozrastie. [The importance of Pirquet's skin reaction for the dia- gnosis of tuberculosis in childhood.] Kazan. M. J., 1908, viii, 301-332.—Vallardi (C.) Reperti istologici nella reazione cutanea alia tubercolina. Gazz. med. ital., Torino, 1908, lix, 241. -----. II reperto isto-patologico ha nella cuti-reazione alia tubercolina un valore diagnostico -- differenziale? Tubercolosi, Milano, 1908, i, 153-156,1 pl.— Valine (H.) Sur un nouveau proeede de diagnostic ex- perimental de la tuberculose. [von Pirquet.] Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1907, cxliv, 1243.—Valine (II.), Deglaire & Herbet. Sur l'intra-dermo-r6action a la . tuberculine. Bull. Soc. centr. de nted. veL, Par., 1909, lxiii, 107-115.—Vallee (H.) & Fernandez (H.) Sur la reaction locale sous-cutanee a la tuberculine et sur une nouvelle tuberculine. Ibid., 283-287.— Van Heels- bergen (T.) De intradermoreactie van Moussu en Mantoux. Tijdschr. v. veeartsenijkunde, Utrecht, 1912, xxxix, 721-724.—Vivaldi (M.) La cutireazione alia tu- bercolina umana e bovina. Tubercolosi, Milano, 1910-11, iii, 53-59.— Waehenheim (F. L.) The diagnostic value of the cutaneous tuberculin test of von Pirquet. Am. J. Dis. Child., Chicago, 1912, vi, 27-32.—Waller- stein (P. S.) Ueber den diagnostischen Wert der von Pirquetschen Reaktion und die Behandlung der Tuber- kulose mit Tuberkulin-Cutanimpfungen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xlviii, 426—Warneld (L. M.) The cutaneous tuberculin reaction; a clinical report. Inter- state M. J., St. Louis, 1908, xv, 274-281.—Webb (G. B.) & Williams (W. W.) The integumental tuberculin reac- tionSj with report of 155 Moro inunction reactions. Colo- rado Med., Denver, 1909, vi, 26-35.—Wetzell (F.) Bei- trage zur perkutanen Tuberkulinreaktion nach Moro. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1908, xi, 271-298.— White (W. C.) & Graham (D. A, L.) A quantitative modification of the von Pirquet tuberculin reaction and its value in diagnosis and prognosis. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1909, xx, 347-357.-----------. Studies of the action of sera on tuberculin cutaneous reaction. Ibid., 1909-10, xxi, 261-265.—White (W. C), Graham (D. A. L.) & van Norman (K. H.) An index to tuberculin treat- ment in tuberculosis by the minimal cutaneous reaction method. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1909, xxiv, 129- 134.— Wlegmann (E.) Ein Fall von Pirquet'scher Kutanreaktion mit letaler Komplikation. Wchnschr. f. Therap. u. Hyg. d. Auges, Dresd., 1910, xiii, 221. — Williams (F. H.) Some observations on the cutane- ous tubercular reaction. Boston M. & S. J., 1909, clx, 380— Wilms. Zur diagnostischen und prognostischen Bedeutung der Pirquetschen Reaktion. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1911, xxxvii, 1635.—Wink- ler (F.) Das Auftreten einer Hautreaktion bei der elek- trolvtischen Einfuhrung von Tuberkulin. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1909, xxii, 1487.—Wolff-Eisner (A.) Die differenzierenden Kutantuberkulinreaktionen. Ibid., 1908, xxi, 149-154.—Wolfsohn (G.) Zur Tuberkulin- Herdreaktion. Med. Klin., Berl., 1910, vi, 1444.—Wood- cock (H. DeC.) The tuberculin blister reaction. Kan- sas City M. Index-Lancet, 1910, xxxiii, 226.—Zieler. Zur Anatomie der Tuberkulin-Hautimpfungen nach von Pirquet. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xiv, 426.—Ziesche (H.) Die cutane Impfung mit Tuberkulin nach von Pirquet in ihrer Bedeutung fiir die Diagnose und Prog- nose der Tuberkulose. Ibid., 1168-1172. Tuberculosis (Diagnosis of) by cuta- neous reactions [in children]. Batigxe (L.) *La cuti-reaction a. la tubercu- line chez leg enfants. 8°. Paris, 1908. Behrend (Charlotte). * Ueber den Wert der Pirquetschen Kutan - Reaktion bei Kindern; 2000 Fiille aus der Heidelberger Universitiits- Kinderklinik. [Heidelberg.] 8°. Berlin, 1910. Eilers ([K.] W. F.) *D,ie Bedeutung der von Pirquet'sehen kutanen Tuberkulinprobe bei Fallen von exsudativer Diathese und iiber das Vorkommen von exsudativen Erscheinun- gen bei tuberkulosen Kindern. [Gottingen.] 8°. Hannover, 1910. Tuberculosis (Diagnosis of) by cuta- neous reactions [in children]. Kasper (K.) ^Erfahrungen mit der von Pirquetschen Tuberkulinimpfung am Kind. 8°. Erlangen, 1908. Lem.wke (J.) * Recherches sur la cutireac- tion a la tuberculine en particulier chez les en- fants. 8°. Paris, 1909. Mayrhofer (K.) *Die Anwendung der Mo- roschen perkutanen Tuberkulinreaktion im Kindesalter. 8°. Munchen, 1908. Oknoff (I. G.) *Klinicheskoye znacheniye kozhnol tuberkulinnol probi von Pirquet u dle- teL [Clinical significance of von Pirquet cuta- neous tuberculin test in children.] 8°. S.-Pe- terburg, 1909. Uterhart (H. [E. F.]) * Ueber Weeen und Brauchbarkeit der von Pirquet'schen Tuberku- locutanprobe als Diagnosticum im Kindesalter. 8°. Rostock, 1909. Aronade (O.) Die kutane Tuberkulinreaktion von Pirquets als Mittel zur Erkennung der Tuberkulose im Kindesalter. Med.Klin.,Berl., 1907,iii,1548-155L—Banza (LA.) La tuberculosis y la cutireacci6n de Pirquet en la primera infancia. Rev. m4d. d. Uruguay, Montevideo, 1909, xii, 355-367.—Bar bier (H.) & Baron. Contribu- tion a l'Stude du diagnostic de la tuberculose chez l'en- fant par l'iutradermo-reaction a la tuberculine. Bull. Soc. d'etudes seient. dela tuberc, Par., 1911-12, 2. s.,5-17.— Bech (J.) Om den diagnostiske vaerdiaf von Pirquet's kutane tuberkulinreaktion hosb0rn. [On the diagnostic value of von Pirquet's cutaneous tuberculin reaction in the treatmentof children.] Nord. Tidsskr. f. Terapi, K0benh., 1908-9, vii, 161-174.—Brannan (J. W.) Obser- vations on the Calmette and von Pirquet tuberculin tests in children. Tr. Am. Climat. Ass., Phila., 1908, xxiv, 76- 83. [Discussion], 115.—Colin (L.) Die Bedeutung der von Pirquetschen Hautreaktion im Kindesalter. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1910, xlvii, 1817-1820.—Comby (J.) Les injections sous-cutan£es de tuberculine pour le di- agnostic de la tuberculose chez les enfants. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1903,3. s., xxiv, 706. -----. Oculo-reaction et cuti-r6action k la tuberculine chez les enfants. Ibid., 1908, 3. s., xxv, 108-110. -----. La cuti- reaction a la tuberculine chez les enfants. Ibid., 663-673. Also [Abstr.]: Bull. med., Par., 1908, xxii, 469.—Costa (R.) La reazione cutanea alia tubercolina nei neonati didonne affette da tubercolosi. Ann. di ostet., Milano, 1909, ii, 621- 639.—Dufour (H.) Cuti-reaction a la tuberculine chez les enfants par la methode de von Pirquet. Bull, etmem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1907, 3. s., xxiv, 627-630. -----. Nouveaux cas de cuti-reaction k la tuberculine chez les nourrissons et enfants du premier age. Ibid., 707-709.— Dufour (H.), Cottenot & JWeaux-Saint-Marc. Tuberculose cavitaire et granulique chez un nourrisson; intradermo-reaction negative. Ibid., 1909,3. s., xxvi, 777- 779.—Ellenbeck. Kutane Tuberkulinreaktion bei Siiuglingen. Med. Klin., Berl., 1908, iv, 1599-1602.—En- gel (S.) Beitrage zur Tuberkulosediagnostikim Kindes- alter (die Intrakutanreaktion). Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1911, xxxvii, 1637-1641.—Epifanio (G.) Un nuovo metodo per la rivelazione di sostanze sensibilizzatrici nel siero dei tubercolosi applicato in pe- diatria. Atti d. Cong, pediat. ital. 1911, Palermo, 1912, vii, 378-381.—Feer (E.) Die kutane Tuberkulinprobe (von Pirquet) im Kindesalter. Munchen. med. Wchn- schr., 1908, lv, 6-9.—Ferrand (M.) & Lemaire (J.) Etude clinique et histologique de la cuti-r£action k la tu- berculine chez les enfants. Presse med., Par., 1907, xv, 617-619.—Fischer (L.) An aid to the diagnosis of tu- berculosis in infancy and childhood by means of the cu- taneous inoculation of diluted tuberculin »r pure tuber- culin (von Pirquet's method). N. York M.J. [etc.], 1909, lxxxix, 577-579.—Ge win (J.) von Pirquet's cutane tu- berculine-reactie bij kinderen. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Ge- neesk., Amst., 1908, ii, 473-481.—Gindes (Ye. Ya.) & IUenclelson (Mme. M. S.) K voprosu o reaktsii von Pirquet v dietskom vozrastie [Von Pirquet's reaction in childhood.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1912, lxxviii, 445^54.— Gr6sz (G.) & Ban (Ilona). Adatok e Pirquet-fcle b6r- reactio ertekeliez a gyermekkori tuberculosis korai felis- meres£ben. [Contribution to the importanceof Pirquet's reaction for trie diagnosis of tuberculosis in childhood.] Gyermekorvos, Budapest, 1907, v, 37-40.—Hellesen (E.) Om den kutane tuberkulinreaktion i barnealderen. [Cu- taneous tuberculin reaction in children.] Norsk Mag. f. Lsegevidensk., Kristiania, 1909, 5. R., vii, 334-342. Also, transl: Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1909, lxix, 665-672.— M.ope6(T.)&Zembrzuski (S.) OmetodziePirquet'a w zastosowaniu u dzieci. [Pirquet's method in children.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1908, 2. s., xxviii, 23; 50.—Kram- sztyk. (S.) Wyniki sk6rnego szczepienia tuberkuliny u dzieci. [Results of cutaneous injection of tuberculin in children.] Przegl. pedyat., Krak6w, 1910, ii, 38-48. — TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Diagnosis of) by cuta- neous reactions [in children]. Lapagc (C.P.) The cutaneous reaction to tuberculin in childhood. Brit. J. Child. Dis., Lond., 1912, ix, 493; 532.— JI'Neil ^C.) Tuberculous infection in infancy and childhood, as revealed by the cutaneous tuberculin test; an analvsis of 541 cases. Edinb. M. J., 1912, n. s., viii, 324-341, 1 pl.—ITIantoux (C.) Effet de la tuber- culine concentree en injections intra-dermiques chez les enfants non tuberculeux. Compt. rend. Soe. de biol., Par., 1909, lxvii, 436.—JM an toil x (C.) & Lemaire (J.) Intradermo-reaction a la tuberculine chez 300 enfants nonmaladesdel-15ans. JMd.,356. Also: Tribune med., Par., 1909, n. s., xli, 551.— Meisels (S.) & Progulski (S.) Spostrzezenia nad odczynem sk6rnym (Pirqueta) wywolanym u dzieci tuberkulina. ludzka. i bydleca.. [On the cutaneous reaction produced in children by human and bovine tuberculin.] Lwow. tvgodn. lek., 1908, iii, 102— Jleroz (E.) & K.halatoff(B.) Valeur clinique de la cuti-reaction k la tuberculine chez l'enfant. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Gen6ve, 1911, xxxi, 673-687 — Michael (May). A study of the von Pirquet tuber- culin reaction in one hundred and fifty-four children in an orphanage. Woman's M. J., Toledo, 1909, xix, 117.— ITIills (P.) A study of von Pirquet's tuberculin reac- tion in the surgical diseases of children; analysis of 223 cases. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, i, 1159.—JWol- chanoflr* (V. I.) Nablyudeniya nad tuberkulinovol reaktsiyel von Pirquet'a pri ostrikh zaraznikh bollez- nyakh u dietet. [Observations on von Pirquet's tubercu- lin reaction in acute infectious diseases in children.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1911, x, 1637-1642. Also, transl: Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1912, n. F., lxxv, 435-151.— Morgenroth. Die kutane Tuberkulinimpfung nach von Pirquet bei Kindern des 1. Lebensjahres. Mun- chen. med. Wchnschr., 1908, lv, 1381-1384.— Moro (E.) Ergebnisder Salbenreaktion im Kindesalter. Verhandl. d. Versamml. d. Gesellsch. f. Kinderh. . . . deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1908, Wiesb., 1909, xxv, 89-96.—Nas- tase (N. I.) Valoarea noilor procedee experimentale pentru a diagnostica tuberculoza la copii (cuti-reactiunea si of talmo-reacts unea). [The value of our experimental proceeding in the diagnosis of tuberculosis in children (cutaneous reaction and ophthalmic reaction).] Spita- lul, Bucuresci, 1907, xxvii, 294-297.—Paisscau (G.) & Tixier (L.) Quelques remarques k propos de 1,900 cas d'intra-dermo-r6action a la tuberculine chez l'enfant. Paris med., 1911-12, 206-209.—von Pirquet (C.) Der diagnostische Wert der kutanen Tuberkulinreaktion bei der Tuberkulose des Kindesalters auf Grund von 100 Sektionen. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1907, xx, 1123-112S. Also: Festschr. enthalt. Arb. ii. Tuberk. . . . vi. Inter- nat. Tuberk.-Konf. [etc.], Wien u. Leipz., 1907, 273-289. -----. The reaction to tuberculosis to tuberculin by the cutaneous method, and the frequency of tuberculosis in infancy. Med. Brief, St. Louis, 1908, xxxvi, 672-675.— Beuschel (F.) Vergleichende Bewertung der Tuber- kulinreaktionen im Kindesalter. 3. Von Pirquets Kutis- reaktion. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1908, lv, 397-400.— Siegert (F.) Die kutane Tuberkulinreaktion (von Pirquet) im ersten Lebensjahr, speziell im ersten Lebens- halbjahr. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1908, xxxiv, 1665.—Zuuieroff (A.) O rannem raspoz- navanii tuberkuloza u dletel pri pomoshtshi kozhnol reaktsii von Pirquet. [Early diagnosis of tuberculosis of children bv von Pirquet's cutaneous reaction.] Izvlest. Obsh. "Astrakhan, Vrach., 1909, ii, no. 6, 1-10, ltab. Tuberculosis (Diagnosis of) with tu- berculin. See, also, Tuberculin; Tuberculosis (Diag- nosis of) by conjunctival reeictions; Tuberculosis (Diagnosis of) by cutaneous reactions. Albrechtsen (J.) Om tuberkulinpr^verne paa Bornholm. 8°. Bonne, 1900. Baillou (A.) * Diagnostic de l'empoisonne- ment tuberculeux chez l'homme par Tinjection a des cobayes tuberculeux de la serosite de vesi- catoires appliques chez des malades tubercu- leux. 8°. Lyon, 1905. Baxdelter & Roepke. Tuberculin in diag- nosis and treatment, a text-book of the specific diagnosis and therapy of tuberculosis for prac- titioners and students. 8°. London, 1909. Blum (M.) * Die Tuberculin-Frage einst und jetzt. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1902. Chapius (S.) * Etude clinique de l'oculo- reaction et de la dermo-r£action dans la tuber- culose. 8°. Lausanne, 1909. TUBKRCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Diagnosis of) with tu- berculin. Coquelix (R.-M.-V.) *De l'emploi de la tuberculine pour le diagnostic differentiel dea affections tuberculeuses ou non tuberculeuses de l'axe cerebrospinal. 8°. Bordeaux, 1902. Ducasse (M.) * Diagnostic precoee de la tu- berculose par l'inoculation experimentale au cobaye. 8°. Nancy, 1900. Esnouf (J.) *De I'utilite de la recherche des reactions a la tuberculine dans le diagnostic des affections qui peuvent etre prises pour des tuberculoses externes. 8°. Paris, 1910. Ealk (A.) * Ueber Wirkung der Stauung auf die lokalen Tuberkulinreaktionen und die lokalen tuberkulosen Prozesse, nebst einem Ver- such zur Erklarung derselben. [Miinehen.] 8°. Erlangen, 1911. Gaertner (L. F. W.) * Beitrage zur Oph- thalmoreaktion und Intrakutan-Impfung beim Rinde. [Giessen.] 8°. Raslatt, 1910. Gaffie (J.) * Diagnostic de la tuberculose pulmonaire infantile par les injections de tuber- culine. 4°. Paris, 1895. Grundmann. Merkbuch fiir Tuberkulinpro- ben. 12°. Hannover, 1902. Haag (F.) * Untersuchungen iiber die Fest- stellung der Tuberkulose nach conjunctivaler und cutaner Einverleibung von Tuberkulin. [Bern.] 8°. Gorlitz, 1908. Hoffmann (W.) * Ueber den Wert des Alt- tuberkulins als diagnostisches Spezifikum in der Gvniikologie. [Freiburg i. B.] 8°. Leip- zig, 19*08. Hollmann (R. P.) * Ueber den Verlauf von Tuberkulinreaktionen bei Tag und bei Nacht. 8°. Leipzig, 1911. Also [Abstr.], in: Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1911, xxi, 127-134. Illinois. State Board of Lire Slock Commis- sioners. Bulletin Ko. 1. (Series of 1900.) Tu- berculosis and the tuberculin test. 8°. Spring- field, 1900. Kraus (Anna). * Ueber die diagnostische Bedeutung der Koch'schen Tuberculininjection nach Beobachtungen auf der Ziiricher Universi- tiitsklinik. [Zurich. ] 8°. Karlsruhe, 1903. Lahrtz (H. H.) *Ueber Tuberculininjec- tionen mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der in der Greifswalder medicinischen Universitats- klinik angestellten Versuche. 8°. Greifswald, 1898. Lobedaxk. Ueber die fri'ihzeitige Erkennung und die Behandlung der Lungenschwindsucht (Lungentuberkulose) durch Tuberkulin. Ge- meinverstandlicheAufkliirungssch rift, mit einem Vorwort von O. Roepke. 8°. Miinehen, 1909. Mouton (J. M. C ) *De waarde van het tu- berculinum als diagnosticum. 8°. Den Haag, 1897. Also, transl, in: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1897, xliv, 579-581. Poissenot (L.) * Valeur diagnostique de la tuberculine: R; quelques remarques sur la reac- tion thermique. 8°. Pan's, 1904. Regnard (H.) *Les tuberculino-n'actions dans la tuberculose ganglio-pulmonaire. 8°. Paris, 1909. Ritter (P.) * Beitrag zur Bewertung der konjunktivalen und kutanen Tuberkulinreak- tion. 8°. Jena, 1909. Rothschild (D.) Das Tuberkulin in der Hand des praktischen Arztes. 4°. Wiesbaden, 1910. TUBERCULOSIS. 615 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Diagnosis of) with tu- berculin. Schmid (0.) * Ueber die Beziehungen zwi- schen Tuberkulinreaktion un'd Krankheitssta- dium der Tuberkulose. [ Tubingen. ] 8°. Stuttgart, 1906. Schmitt (A.) *De la valeur diagnostique et therapeutique de la tuberculine en dermatologie. 8°. Paris, 1907. Seigel (J.) * Ueber die Cuti-und Ophthalmo- Reaktion. [Bern.] 8°. Heppenheim, 1909. Serbource (M.) * Methode de diagnostic precoee de la tuberculose par les injections de tuberculine. 8°. Paris, 1908. Weigert (E.) *Les tuberculines; experi- mentation, diagnostic, therapeutique; revue generale. [Lyon.] 8°. Lyon dc Paris, 1902. Wilkinson (VV. C.) Tuberculin in the diag- nosis and treatment of tuberculosis (Weber- Parkes prize-essay, 1909), with additions. 8°. London, 1912. Wolff-Eisner (A.) Die Ophtalmo- und / Kutan-Diagnose der Tuberkulose (kutane und konjunctivale Tuberkulin-Reaktion nach von Pirquet und Wolff-Eisner), nebst Besprechung der klinischen Methoden zur Friihdiagnose der Lungen-Tuberkulose. Mit einem Vorwort von H. Senator. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1908. -----. The same. The ophthalmic and cutaneous diagnosis of tuberculosis (the cutane- ous and conjunctival tuberculin reactions ac- cording to von Pirquet and Wolf-Eisner). To- gether with a discussion of the clinical methods for the early diagnosis of pulmonary tubercu- losis. A preface by H. Senator, and an intro- ductory note to the English reader, by C. Theo- dore Williams. Transl. from the German by Bernard I. Robert. 8°. London, 1908. -----. The same. 8°. New York, 1908. Wurm (H.) * Ueber den Wert der Meer- schweinchenimpfung zur Diagnose der Tuber- kulose. 8°. Erlangen, 1906. Abadie (J.) L'epreuve de la tuberculine dans le diagnostic des affections tuberculeuses ou non tubercu- leuses du svsteme nerveux. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1902, il. s., iv, 1414-1416.—Achard (C.) Leuco- reaction a la tuberculine. J. med. franc., Par., 1910, iv, 17-19. —Aitkin (C. W.) Diagnostic and therapeutic uses of tuberculin. Denver M. Times, 1898-9, xviii, 209- 214. Also: Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1898-9, iii, 483.—Anders (J. M.) The value of the tuberculin test in the diagnosis of pulmonarv tuberculosis. Tr. Am. Climat. Ass., Phila., 1900, xvi, 89-104. Also: Internat. M. Mag., N. Y., 1901, x, IL—Andersen (K.) Nogen un- ders0kelseroverde lokale tuberknlinreaktionerskliniske anvendelighet. [The clinical application of the local tuberculin reaction.] Norsk Tidsskr. f. Mil.-Med., Kris- tiania, 1912, xvi, 159-185.—Anderson (T. McC.) The value of tuberculin in diagnosis and treatment. Lancet, Lond., 1900, i, 1703-1706. -----. A plea for the more gen- eral use of tuberculin by the profession. Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 1905, xvii, 317-331, 7 pl. Also, Reprint.—Arloing (F.) Statistiques concernant la sero-r6action aggluti- nante tubereuleuse, l'ophtalmo-reaetion et Tintradermo- reaction a la tuberculine. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1909, xvi, 163-166. Also: Prov. med., Par., 1909, xx, 349. -----. De l'infection tubereuleuse dans ses rapports avec la reaction a la tuberculine. J. de med. vet. et zootech., Lyon, 1909, 5. s., xiii, 65-74—Baer (W. S.) & Kennard (H. W.) The diagnostic value of tuberculin in orthopedic surgery. Johns HopkinsHosp. Bull., Bait., 1905, xvi, 13-18.—Baerts. Quelques applications de 3a tuberculine Denvs. Ann. de l'Inst. chir. de Brux., 1904, xi, 109-113. — Bahrdt (H.) Experimentelle Unter- suchungen iiber die Tuberkulinreaktion. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1906, lxxxvi, 418: 1908, xciii, 232-240.—van Balen (A.) Dosierung in der Tuberku- lindiagnostik, nebst Mitteilung der Erfahrungen iiber lokale Tuberkulinreaktionen bei klinisch gesunden Er- wachsenen. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1910, xv, 175-184, 1 pl.—Bandelier. Ueber die diagnostische Bedeutung des alten Tuberkulins. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1902, xxviii, 357-360. -----. Die Tuberkulindiagnostik in den Lungenheil- stfitten. Beitr z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1904, ii, Tuberculosis (Diagnosis of) with tu- berculin. 285-321. -----. Die Maximaldosis in der Tuberkulin- diagnostik. Ibid., 1906, vi, 45-83. -----. Der diagnosti- sche Wert der Tuberkulininhalation. Ibid., 85-114.— Barabasclii (P.) Nuovo metodo innocuo, facile e comodo di reazione tubercolinica. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1910, xxxi, 987-989. -----. A proposito del mio metodo speciale di reazione tubercolinica. Ibid., 1911, xxxii,795- 797.—Barber (M. A.) The use of tuberculin in the di- agnosis of tuberculosis. J. Kansas M. Soc, Kansas City, Kan., 1910, x, 205-211.—Barbour (L. P.) The thera- peutic and diagnostic use of tuberculin. Memphis M. Month., 1909, xxix, 113-120. —Barcroft (D. M.) The administration of tuberculin. Brit. J. Tuberculosis, Lond., 1912, vi, 203-218.—Barnes (H.L.) The use of tu- berculin as a diagnostic agent in pulmonary tuberculosis. Tr. Am. Climat. Ass., Phila., 1908, xxiv, 84-103. Also: Boston M. & S. J., 1908, clix, 331-336. —Bartel (J.) Tu- berkulin und Organismus. Veroffentl. d. osterr. Zen- tralkom. z. Bekampf. d. Tuberk.. Wien. 1911.1. Hft.. 328- 330.—Bauer (J.) Le mode d'emploi et la valeur the- rapeutique des tuberculines en general et de la tubercu- line Beraneck en particulier. Cong, franc, de med. 1907, Par., 1908, Compt. rend., 249-254. -----. Leber das Pro- blem der Tuberkulinreaktion. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1912,Suppl.-Bd. iii, 8-15.—Beck (M.) Ueberdie diagnostische Bedeutung des Koch'schen Tuberkulins. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1899, xxv, 137- 141.—Be 11 an ti (S.) Sul valore diagnostico della tuber- colina e sua importanza nella profilassi della tubercolosi. Rassegna di baet.-opo- e sieroterap., Milano, 1907, iii, 3-8.— Bcnker (O. H.) The tuberculin reactions and their comparative value as diagnostic aids. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1911. xviii, 1206-1210.—Bergmark (G.) Ras- sel efter tuberkulininjektion, som ikhe aro uttryck for specifik hardreaktion. [Rale after injection of tubercu- lin, not an expression of tuberculin reaction.] Upsala Lakaref. F6rh., 1910-11, n. f., xvi, 106-119.—Bertrand. De la valeur de la tuberculine ancienne de Koch comme moyen de diagnostic. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1910, xvii, 325-329.—Beryozoff". Inyektsii tuberkulina s diagnosticheskoyu tselyu. [Injection of tuberculin for diagnostic purposes.] Arch. vet. nauk, St. Petersb., 1896, xxvi, 2. sect., 187-209.—Biesenthal (M.) Ocular and cutaneous tuberculin diagnosis. Chicago M. Recorder, 1909, xxxi, 455-459.—Bing (H. J.) & Ellenuaiin (V.) Ein Phosphatid als A ktivator fiir Tuberkulin. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1912, xlii, 289-301. —Binswanger (E.) Ueber probatorische Tuberkulin-Injektionen bei gesun- den stillendenFrauen. Beitr. z.Klin. d.Tuberk.,Wiirzb., 1905, iv, 1-21.—Blumeni'eld (S.) A tuberculin keris- meszeti es gv6gyert6kerol. [Diagnostic and therapeutic value of tuberculin.] Gv6gyaszat, Budapest, 1908, xlviii, 748; 766; 785. Also, transl.: Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Buda- pest, 1909, xiv, 30; 44; 55.—Boeri (G.) Sull' impiego della tubercolina a scopo diagnostico. N. riv. clin.- terap., Napoli, 1901, iv, 295-297.—von BonsdorflE" (A.) Om tuberkulindiagnostiken. Finska lak.-sallsk. handl., Helsingfors, 1908, 1, pt. 2, 249-325.—Borras (P.) Va- lor clinic, de la rino-reacci6 en el diagn6stico de la tuberculosis An de med. Butll. mens, de l'Acad. . . . deCatalunya, Barcel., 1910, iv, 802-806. —Braglia (G.) Oftaimoeuti- e dermo-reazione. Clin, vet., Milano, 1908, xxxi, sez. prat., 641-644. — Brammer (M.) Om tidlig Diagnose af Tuberkulose og om Anvendelse af diagnos- tiske Tuberkulininjektioner hos Mennesket. [. . . in man.] Hosp.-Tid., K0benh., 1907, 4. R., xiv, 1101; 1132 — Brown (G. E.) The practical use of tuberculin in diag- nosis. J. Minn. M. Ass. [etc], Minneap., 1911,n. s., xxxi, IS^-ISS.— Brown (L.) The diagnostic and therapeutic use of tuberculin. BostonM.&S.J.,1908,clix, 97-106. [Dis- cussion], 111-114. -----. The present status of the tubercu- lin tests. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila.,1911, xxvi,22-32. -----. The specificity, danger, and accuracy of the tuber- culin tests. Am.J. M. Sc,Phila.,1911,n.s.,cxlii,469-476.— Browning (C. C.) Tuberculin; some suggestions regarding its use. South. Calif. Pract., Los Angeles, 1907, xxii, 459-464.—Bushnell (G. F.) The diagnostic use of tuberculin in pulmonary tuberculosis. Mexico M. J., Las Cruces, 1911-12, vii, 79-85. Also, Reprint.—Butler (W. J.) Cutaneous tuberculin vaccination in the diagnosis of tu- berculosis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1908, Ixxiii, 176-179.—Cabot (R. C.) & Whoriskey(J.J.) Substitutes for tuberculin as a means of diagnosis. J. Bost. Soc. M. Sc, 1898-9, iii, 71-74. Also, Reprint.—Cadiz C. (M.) La tuberculina; su objeto i su utilidad. Rev. chilena de hij., Sant. de Chile 1899-1900, v, 64-65— < ailliau. Tuberculose et tuberculines. Gaz. d. hoi-.. Par., 1909, lxxxii, 1195-1201.— von Calcar (R. P.) Beitriige zur Kenntnis des Wesens der Tuberkulinreaktion. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 2262-2264.—Calmette (A.) Les nouveaux precedes de diagnostic precoee de l'infection tubereuleuse. Rev. d'hyg., Par., 1908, xxx, 817-s.3s._-Calzolari (M.) La tubercolin-reazione come mezzo di diagnosi della tuber- colosi genitale primitiva. Atti Accad. d. sc. med. e nat. in Ferrara, 1907-8, lxxxii, 93-109.—Canipana (R.) Alcuni infermi della clinica dermosifilopatica sotto TUBERCULOSIS. 616 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Diagnosis of) with tu- berculin. V azione della tubercolina antica; col suo uso si possono ottenere effetti lodeveli se vi si accompagna adatta cura locale. Clin, dermosifllopat. d. r. Univ. di Roma, 1903, xxi, 19-31.—Cappelli (M.) La siero-agglutinazione, la cuti-reazione, 1'oftalmoreazione e la ricerca dell' indice opsoniconelladiagnosi della tubercolosi chirurgica. Ann. di Ippocrate, Milano, 1908-9, iii, 285-28*.—Carducei (A.) Sul valore diagnostico della tubercolina di Koch. Suppl. al Policlin., Roma, 1898-9, v, 1057-1061.—Cassel ber ry (W. E.) Cases in which the tuberculin test seemed justi- fied and decisive. Tr. Am. Climat. Ass., Phila., 1901. xvii, 128-141. Also: Med. News, N. Y., 1901, lxxix, 575-578.— Casta! gne. Fievre provoquee et reactions par la tu- berculine, dans le diagnostic precoee de la tuberculose. J. dem6d.de Par., 1909, 2. s., xxi, 333.—Castaigne (J.)& Gouraud. Les reactions a la tuberculine. Arch. gin. demed., Par., 1912, v, 869-894.—de Christmas (J.) Le diagnostic precoee de la tuberculose par la tuberculine- reaction. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1904, lvi, 239- 241.—Chybczyhski (L.) O stosowaniu w celach rozpo- znawczych wcierah masci z tuberkulina;. [On the use of tuberculin ointments for diagnostic purposes.] Przegl. chor6b sk6r. i wen., Warszawa, 1908, iii, 209-222.—Claisse (P.) L'emploi de la tuberculine pour le diagnostic de la tuberculose. Bull, et mem. Soc. m6d. d. hop. de Par., 1907, 3. s., xxiv, 0*9-095.—Clemens (J. R.) The practice of bacterial inoculation as guided by Wright's opsonic index curve, with special reference to the use of tubercu- lin. St. Louis M. Rev., 1906, liii, 81.—Clendening (L.) The r61e of tuberculin in the diagnosis of pulmonary tu- berculosis. Med. Herald, St. Joseph, 1911, xxx, 307-314.— Copelli (M.) Sul valore diagnostico e prognostico dei metodi opsonici e fagocitarii nella tubercolosi. Boll. d. Soc. med. di Parma, 1909, 2. s., ii, 189-204.—Coppock (H.) On the use of tuberculin in the diagnosis of pulmon- ary tuberculosis. Med. Chron., Manchester, 1912-13, lvii, 77-93.—Cornick (B.) The tuberculin test in the diagno- sisof tuberculosis in man. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Rich- mond, 1903-4, viii, 83-87.—Courmont (P.), Arloing(F.) & Berard. Sero-reaction et ophtalmo-reaction com- parers chezle vieillard. Bull. Soc. med.d. h6p. de Par., 1909, viii, 260-270.—Crowe (H. W.) The autoinocula- tion test in tuberculosis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, i, 1229- 1232.—Curscliiuann (H.) Diagnostische und therapeu- tische Erfahrungen mit Tuberkulin Rosenbach. Ver- handl. d. deutsch. Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1912, xxix, 359-371— Datta (L.) Influenza della tubercolina ed al- tre tossine sullo sviluppo dei germi. Rev. d' ig. e san. pubb., Torino, 1908, xix, 363-371.—Dautwitz. Die diagnosti- schen Tuberkulinreaktionen bei Lungentuberkulose und ihre praktische Bedeutung fiir den Sanitatsoffizier. Deutsche mil.-arztl. Ztschr., Berl., 1909, xxxviii, 247-228.— Debre (R.) Expose d'une technique pour avoir des re- sultats relativement rapides apres l'inoculation de sub- stances tuberculeuses au cobaye. Progres m£d., Par., 1908, 3. s., xxiv, 900.—Delaunay (H.) Doit-on rendre obligatoires les injections de tuberculine? Poitoumed., Poitiers, 1897, xi, 5*-03.—Denison (C.) The diagnosis of tuberculosis bv tuberculin injections. N. York M. J., 1894, lix, 140-144. Also, Reprint. -----. The uses of tu- berculin. Tr. Brit. Cong. Tuberc. 1901, Lond., 1902, iii, 117-128. Also, Reprint,—Denys (J.) L'epreuvede Koch dans la tuberculose. Ann. de lTnst.,chir. de Brux., 1907, xiv, 113-119.—Derscheid (G.) Apropos de l'emploi de differentes tuberculines. Soc. roy. d. sc. m6d. et nat. de Brux. Bull., 1901, lix, 59-65. -----. Le diagnostic de la tuberculose par la cuti-reaction et l'oculo-reaction k la tuberculine. Ibid., 1907. lxv. 184-192.—Detre (L.) Meg- kulonbozteto tuberculinreactiok. [Different tubercu- lin reactions.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1907, li, 797; 848; 864. Also [Abstr.]: Orvosi heti szemle, Budapest, 1907, xliii, 648-652. Also, transl: Wien. klin. Wchn- schr., 1908, xxi, 173-182. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Verhandl, d. Budapest, k. Gesellsch. d. Aerzte 1907, Budapest, 1908, 80-82. -----. Megkulbnbozteto tuberculinreacti6m ellen elhangzott egyn^mely ellenvete\srol. [Some objections to my differentiating tuberculin reaction.] Orvosihetil., Budapest, 1907, li, 905-907.—De Waele (H.) La tuber- culine-r^action et la possibility d'obtenir une reaction analogue avec d'autres microbes. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1906, Ixi, 280. Also: Ann. Soc. de med. de Gand, 1906, lxxxvi, 2*0-2*3. Also: Belgique med., Gand- Haarlem, 1906, xiii, 522.—Donitz(W.) Untersuchungen iiber die Wertbestimmung des gewohnlichen Tuberku- lins. Klin. Jahrb., Jena, 1898, vii, 225; 257.—Dourlet (A.) Diagnostic precoee de la tuberculose par la tuber- culine. Ann. m^d.-chir., Dour, 1908, xvi, 87-96.—Dun- ham (H. B.) The safety and the value of the tubercu- lin te'-t when safeguarded solelv by the clinical method. J. Med. s:,,c. N. Jersey, Newark, 1907-8, iv, 373-380.— Dupont (M.) Diagnostic dela nature des tumeurs cere'- brales au moven de la tuberculine. Cong, internat. de iik'mI. c. r., Par., 1900, sect, de neurol., 415-418.—Dwelle (E. H.) The diagnostic value of tuberculin with respect to its various modes of application. J. IowaState M. Soc, Clinton, 1912-13, ii, 241-247.—Elliott (J. H.) Tuberculin Tuberculosis (Diagnosis of) with tu- berculin. in diagnosis. Dominion M. Month., Toronto, 1910, xxxiv, 227-232.—Eloire (A.) Des difficultes pratiques dans le diagnostic de la tuberculose par la tuberculine. Bull. Soc. centr. de med. vet., Par., 1913, xc, 61-66.—Engel- bach (W.) & Shankland (J. W.) The diagnostic value of the cutaneous and conjunctival tuberculin reac- tions. [Abstr.] J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1909, Iii, 37-45.— Enslin. Ueber die diagnostische Bedeutung des Tu- berculins auf ophthalmologischem Gebiete. Jahresb. d. schles. Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Cult. 1902, Bresl., 1903, lxxx, med. Sect., 257-265.—Erlandsen (A.) Om diagnostisk Udnyttelse af de lokale Tuberkulinreaktioner. Hosp.- Tid., Kj0benh., 1908, 5. R., i, 985; 1019. Also, transl: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xiv, 1720-1723. -----. Om lokale tuberkulinreaktioner. Hosp.-Tid., Kobenh., 1909, 5. R., ii, 633; 718; 751; 804; 832.—Erlandsen (A.) & Peter- sen (0. V. C. E.) Unders0gelser over tuberkulintiterens diagnostiske betydning. Ibid., 1910, 5. R., iii, 657; 681. Also, transl: Beitr. z. Klin.d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1910, xvi, 291-325— EsnouffJ.) De I'utilite de la recherche des reactions k la tuberculine dans le diagnostic des affections qui peuvent eLre prises pour des tuberculoses externes. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1910, xviii, 427-438.— Ewart (W.) Koch's tuberculin in the diagnosis of phthisis pulmonalis. Polyclin., Lond., 1902, vi, 293.— Fabretti (C.) Sulla prova della tubercolina entro il periodo di garanzia all' insaputadelvenditore. N. Erco- lani, Pisa, 1905, x, 361; 381; 401; 421; 441.—Fasani-Vo- larelli (F.) Sopra un' applicazione pratica e faci- lissima dei fermenti leucocitari permettere in eviden- za e controllare le reazioni tubercoliniche (la tuber- colinzimoreazione). Tommasi, Napoli, 1910, v, 777-779. -----. La precipitoreazione nella dingnosi della tu- bercolosi. Policlin., Roma, 1911, xviii, sez. prat., 1225.— Feistinantel. Die Tuberkulinreaktion. Centrabl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1904, xxxvi, 282; 400—Feliziani (F.) Oftalmoreazione, cutireazione, strie vasali oi Francke. Boll. d. Soc. Lancisiana d. osp. di Roma, 1908, xxviii, 62-90.—Ferrannini (A.) Dermo- reazione e'oftalmo-reazione tubercolare; oftalmo-reazione tifica. Tommasi, Napoli, 1908, iii, 258-260.—Figuerola A u trail. Tuberculosis pulmonary tuberculinas. Rev. decien. med. de Barcel., 1910, xxxvi, 501; 551.—Finkel- shteln (L. O.) O kozhnol i konyunktivalnol reak- tsiyakh na tuberkulin. [Cutaneous and conjunctival reaction to tuberculin.1 Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1908, vii, 431-437.—Floyd (C.) & Bontwell (H.K.) Tuber- culin as a means to diagnosis in tuberculosis. Med. Com- municat. Mass. M. Soc, Bost., 1908, xxi, 173-192,1 pl.— Fraenkel (A.) Das Tuberculinum Kochii als Diag- nosticum. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz.. 1900, i, 291-296.—FrRnkel (B.) Das Tuberculin und die Friih-Diagnose der Tuberculose. Berl. klin. Wchn- schr., 1900, xxxvii, 255-258.— Franz (K.) Die Bedeu- tung des Tuberculins fiir die Friihdiagnose der Tuber- culose und erste Anwendung desselben in derArmee. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1902, Iii, 1689; 1746; 1794. -----. Ergebnis mehrjahriger Beobachtungen an tausend im Jahre 1901-2 mit Tuberkulin zum diagnostischen Zwecke injizierten Soldaten. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1909, xxii, 991-993—Frelt'eld( Ye.) Teoreticheskiyaosnovi dlelst- viya tuberkulina. [Theoretic principles of the action of tuberculin.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1912, lxxvii, 167- 175.—Freund (H.) Ueber cutane und conjunctivale Tuberkulinreaktion bei Gesunden und Kranken. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1908, lviii, 1241; 1302.— Frey ninth (W.) ErfahrungenmiteiweissfreiemTuberkulin. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1911, xx, 215-229. -----. Ent- gegnung auf die Arbeit von Herrn Dr. Gabrilowitch: "Zu den Erfal rungen mit eiweissfreiem Tuberkulin." Ibid., 1912, xxii,255-262.—Fried (F.) Luzne uwagi co dostosc- wania tuberkuliny. [On the use of tuberculin.] Przegl. wet.. L\v6w, 1901, xvi, 9-15— Frink (J. H.) A puzzling tuberculin reaction [incows]. Vet. J., Lond.,1908,n.s.,xv, 193.—Frohner. DasTuberculinalsDiagnosticum beim Hunde und Affen. Monatsh. f. prakt. Thierh., Stuttg., 1893-4, v, 52-61—Fukuliara (Y.) Ist das Kochsche Alttuberkulin zur Antikorpermessung des Tuberkulose- serums nicht anwendbar? Leber thermolabile Pepton- ambozeptoren. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1912, Orig., xii, 183-189.—Gabrichevski (G. N.) Tuberkulin, kak diagnosticheskoye sredstvo. [Tuberculin as a diagnostic means.] Russk. arch. patol., klin. med. i bakteriol., S.-Peterb., 1901, xi, 691- 603. — Gabrilowitsch (J.) Zu den Erfahrungen mit eiweissfreiem Tuberkulin von W. Frevmuth. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1911, xxi, 235-238.—Gal- lier (A.) La tuberculine et la tuberculinisation au point de vue legal. Rec.de m<5d. veL, Par., 1909, lxxxvi, 695-700.—Gelbel (P.) Ist das Tuberkulin fur den ge- sunden Organismus ungiftig? Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infek- tionskrankh., Leipz., 1912, Ixxiii, 13-30.—Gesztl (J.) Mi tort&iik a szervezetben termelttuberculinnal? [What happens to the organism after tuberculinization?] Or- vosi hetil., Budapest, 1911, lv, 240-242.—Gibson (W.) A review of the uses of tuberculin. Queen's M. Quart., TUBERCULOSIS. 617 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Diagnosis of) with tu- berculin. Kingston, Canada, 1908-9, xiii, 105-113.—Gonzalez (E.) Valor diagn6stico comparativo de la oftalmo-cutireaccidn e inyecci6n de tuberculina. Rev. med. de Chile, Sant. de Chile, 1909, xxxvii, 162-169.—Gordon. Zur Frage von dem praktischen Wert der Tuberkulin-Fieber-Reak- tion und der Behandlung der Tuberkulose mit dem eiweissfreien Tuberkulin Endotin (Tuberculin pur.). [Mit Entgegnung von Joehmann und Mollers.] Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1911, xxxvii, 120; 126.— Gouraud (F.-X.) Diagnostic et traitement de la tu- berculose. J. de med. de Par., 1909, 2. s., xxi, 303.— Grasset & Vedcl. Du diagnostic precoee de la tuber- culose humainepar les faiblesdosesdetuberculine. Bull. Acad.demed.,Par., 1896,3.s.,xxxv, 174-182. Also: N.Mont- pel, med., 1896, v, 204-212,1 pl.-----------. Diagnostic de la tuberculose humaine par la tuberculine a tres faibles doses. Cong, frang.de med. Rapp., Par., 1899, v, 834-838.— Greene (C. L.) & Burch (F. E.) The practical utility of the cutaneous and conjunctival tuberculin tests. Tr. Ass. Am.Physicians.Phila., 1908, xxiii,358-364.—Grlinen- wald (T.) Ueber die Verwendung des alten Kochschen Tuberkulins zur Erkennung der Lungentuberkulose. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1903,1,1870-1872.—Guinard (L.) Valeur pratique de la tuberculine dans le diagnostic et dans le traitement des lfoions tuberculeuses. Lutte antituberc, Par., 1906-7, vii, no. 6, 3-22.—Hamburger (F.) Ueber den Wert der Stichreaktion nach Tuberku- lininjektionen. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xxi, 381- 386.-----•. Die pathologische Bedeutung der Tuberkulin- reaktion. Ibid., 1043-1046.—Hamiil (S. McO), Car- penter (H. C.) & Cope (T. A.) A comparison of the von Pirquet, Calmette and Moro tuberculin tests and their diagnostic value. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1908-9, ii, 405-447. Also, Reprint.—Haiuiuan (L. V.) The use and the valueof tuberculin in the diagnosis of pulmonary tuberculosis. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1908, i. 413-484.— Hainman (L. V.), Cole (R. I.) & Taylor (R. T.) The use of tuberculin in diagnosis and treatment. Maryland M. J., Bait., 1908, li, 27-32 —Haniman (L. V.) & Woh- nan (S.) The cutaneous and conjunctival tuberculin tests in the diagnosis of pulmonary tuberculosis. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1909, iii, 307-349.-----------. The cu- taneous and coniunctival tuberculin tests in the diagnosis of pulmonary tuberculosis. Ibid., 1910, vi, 690-701. -----■ -----. Cutaneous and conjunctival tuberculin tests in pulmonarv tuberculosis; a reportof 1,000 cases. Nat. Ass. Study & Prevent. Tuberculosis. Trans., N. Y., 1910, vi, 240-251.—Hammer. Ueber die diagnostische Tuber- kulininjektion und ihre Verwendung beim Heilstatten- material. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk.. Wiirzb., 1904, i, 325- 360, 8 diag.—Harris (A. B.) On the use and misuse of tuberculin. Practitioner, Lond., 1906, lxxvi, 67-80. — Hastings (E. G.) The limitations of the tuberculin test. Am. Vet. Rev., N. Y., 1912-13, xlii, 384.—Hawes (J. B.), jr., & Floyd (C.) The use of tuberculin in the early diagnosis of tuberculosis in a large out-patient clinic Boston M. & S. J., 1907, clvi, 694-702. Also, Re- print.—Head (G. D.) Some experiments demonstrating the use of bureau tuberculin as a diagnostic agent in pul- monary tuberculosis. Northwest. Lancet, St. Paul, 1897, xvii, 121-125.—Helm (P.) A tuberculin-reactio lenye- g6rol. [The essence of the tuberculin reaction.] Orvosi heti szemle. Budapest, 1902, xxxii, 336-338.—Heim (P.) & John (M. K.) A tuberculinreactio a vorhenyhez es kanyar6hoz val6 vonatkozasaban. [Tuberculin reaction in its relation to scarlatina and measles.] Ibid., 1908, Iii, 620-622.—Hell (F.) Interne Tuberkulindarreichung zu diagnostischen Zvvecken. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1910, xviii, 137-144.—Heron (G. A.) Discussion on the therapeutic and diagnostic value of tuberculin in human tuberculosis. Phila. M. J., 1901, viii, 494-498.— Hirschler (A.) Ueber den diagnostischen Wert der kutanen und konjunktivalen Tuberkulinimpfungen. Wien. med. Presse, 1907, xlviii, 1765-1775.—Holmgren (I.) & Labatt (A.) Beobachtungen fiber einige Ein- zelheiten bei der Konjunktival- und Kutanreaktion auf Tuberkulin. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1910, xvi, 322- 325.—Holt (L. E.) A report upon one thousand tuber- culin testsin young children. Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc, N. Y., 1908, xx, 65-79. Also: Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1909, xxvi, 1- 9.—Honl (I.) Tuberkulin, diagnostic^ jeho vyznam apraktickeupotifebeni. [Tuberculin, its diagnostic sig- nificance and practical use.] Casop. cesk. zvfirolek., ve Vala§. Mezifici, 1898-9, iv, 145; 175: 1899-1900, v, 29: 1900- 1901, vi, 97: 1902, viii L—Hynek (C.) Die Hamoreak- tion, ein neuer Seroreaktionstypus. Veroffentl. d. osterr. Zentralkom. z. Bekampf. d. Tuberk., Wien, ■ 1911, 1. Hft., 330-338.—Idelicato (G.) La diagnosi della tubercolosi con speciale riguardo alle modificazioni del sangue nelle reazioni tubercoliniche. Gazz. inter- naz. di med., Napoli, 1909, xii, 559; 575.—I oris (L.) Sui metodi principali della reazione colla tubercolina a scopo diagnostico. Boll. d. Ass. med. tridentina, Trento, 1910, xxix, 257-260.—Jaeobi (A.) Inoculations with Pro- fessor Koch's tuberculin. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1891, xxxix, 249-254. Also, Reprint.—Jacobsohn (D.) La fluores- cence et la tuberculine-reaction precoee. Compt. rend. Tuberculosis (Diagnosis of) with tu- berculin. Soc. de biol., Par., 1904, lvi, 713.—Joannovies (G.) & Kapsamincr (G.) Untersuchungen iiber die Verwert- barkeit neuerer Methoden zur Diagnose der Tuberkulose im Tierversuch. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1907, xliv, 1439- 1443.—Joehmann (G.) Die specifische Diagnostik der Tuberkulose. Med. Klin., Berl., 1911, vii, 1187-1191.— Josefsoii (A.) Om de lokala tuberkulinreaktionerna. Hygiea, Stork holm, 1908,2. F., viii, 368-386.—Jo wett(W.) Tuberculin as a diagnostic agent; a r&um6 of the new methods of diagnosis by means of local applications of tuberculin. J. Comp. Path. & Therap., Edinb. & Lond., 1909, xxii, 10-22.—Jiirgens. Experimentelle und kli- nische Untersuchungen iiber Tuberculin. Ztschr. f. ex- per. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1905, i, 569-602.—Junker (F.) Zur Tuberkulindiagnostik der Lungentuberkulose. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1906, vi, 341-389.—Ka- miner (S.) & Meyer (E.) Experimentelle Untersu- chungen iiber die Bedeutung des Applikationsortes fiir die Reaktionshohe bei diagnostischen Tuberkulininjek- tionen. VerhandJ. d. Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1905, xx, 348-352.—Ka5pa.rok (T.) Ueber die diagnostischen Tuberculinimpfungen mit Koch'schem Tuberculin und ihre Bedeutung fiir die Prophylaxis der Tuberculose. Med.-chir. Centralbl., Wien, 1899, xxxiv, 163.—Kaurin (E.) Om anvendelse af tuberkulin som diagnosticum for lungetuberkulose. [The use of tuberculin in the diag- nosis of pulmonary tuberculosis.] Norsk Mag. f. Laege- vidensk., Kristiania, 1905, 6. R., iii, 357-369.—Kausch. Erfahrungen fiber Tuberkulin-Rosenbach. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 2437.—Kirleyeff (M. P.) K vop- rosu o primienenii glaznol i kozhnol reaktsii pri raspoz- navanii tuberkulyoza. [On the application of ophthal- mic and cutaneous reaction in the diagnosis of tu- berculosis.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1909, lxxi, 201-211. — Kirshenblat (D. A.) Doklad komissii, izbrannol Pra- vleniyem Obshtshestva borbi s tuberkulyozom na Kavka- zle, ob ambulatornom spetsificheskom Hechenii tuberku- lyoza tuberkulinami v svyazi s ustrolstvom dispensera po tipu Calmette'a. [Report of the commission, elected by the directorate of the Society for the Struggle with Tu- berculosis in the Caucasus, concerning the dispensary specific treatment of tuberculosis with tuberculins, in connection with the construction of a dispensary of Cal- mette's type.] Trudi i Protok. Imp. Kavkazsk. Med. Obsh., Tiflis, 1909-10, xlvi, 250-259.—Klebs (A. C.) The diagnostic and therapeutic value of tuberculin and its derivatives. Boston M. & S. J., 1898, exxxviii, 121; 150. [Discussion], 132-137. -----. Tuberculin tests. Nat. Ass. Study and Prevent. Tuberculosis. Trans., N. Y., 1908, iv, 91-99.—KlingmtlHer. Mikroskopische Un- tersuchungen iiber die Bedeutung der Reactionszone nach Tuberculin-Injectionen. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien u. Leipz., 1902, lx, 109-118. Also, transl: Rev. prat. d. mal. cutan. [etc.], Par., 1903, ii, 234- 240.—Klotz (W. C.) The practical significance of the diagnostic tuberculin reaction. Arizona M. J , Phoenix, 1913, i, 14-19.—Koch (R.) Combined discussion with the section of pathology on the therapeutic and diagnos- tic value of tuberculin in human tuberculosis. Tr. Brit. Cong. Tuberc. 1901, Lond., 1902, iii, 93-96.—Kdhler (F.) Zur Tuberkulindiagnostik, nebst Bemerkungen zu Schiiles Aufsatz: Ueber die probatorische Tuberkulinin- jektion. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wurzb., 1904, ii, 235- 241. -----. Tuberkulindiagnose in der Unfallbegutach- tung. Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl., 1905, xi, 297-300.— Konig (W.) Ueber die von Pirquetsche kutane Tuber- kulinimpfung und die Ophthalmoreaktion bei luposen Erkrankungen. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien u. Leipz., 1908, lxxxix, 385-399.—KOppen (A.) Ueber die probatorische Tuberkulin-Injektion. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1904, ii, 225-233.—Korb (A. I.) K vop- rosu o shirokom primienenii v voiskakh glaznol i kozh- nol tuberkulinovikh reaktsiy. [Extensive application in the Army of ophthalmic and cutaneous tuberculin re- action.] Voyenno-med. J., St. Petersb., 1912, ccxxxiv, med.-spec, pt., 679-587.—Krannhals (H.) Ueber die localen Tuberculinreactionen. St. Petersb. med. Wchn- schr., 1909, xxxiv, 613-618.—Kraus (A.) Ueber Ver- suche mit T. O. A. (Hoechst). Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien u. Leipz., 1908, xcii. 453-464.—Kraus (R.). 1.8- vvenstein (E.) & Volk (R.) Zur Frage des Mechanis- mus der Tuberkulinreaktion. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1911, xxxvii, 389-391.—Krause (P.) Ueber den diagnostischen und therapeutischen Wert des Tuberculins. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1895, lxiv, 607; 617.—Krauss (H.) Das Tuberkulin in Diagnose und Therapie. Reichs-Med.-Anz.,Leipz., 1912, xxxvii, 737- 742.—Kuhii (E.) Kutane und konjunktivale Tuberku- linreaktion. Charite-Ann., Berl., 1908, xxxii, 26.—Labbe (M.) Le tuberculino-diagnostic; le diagnostic par la tuber- culine. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1907, lxxx, 1011-1019.— L.ante- Dupont&Molinier. Reaction de la muqueusenasale a la tuberculine; rhino-reaction. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1908, lxiv, 702. Also: Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1909, xxxv, 560-563.—Laid law (G. F.) Tuberculin in diagnosis and treatment. Hahne- man. Month., Phila., 1912, xlvii, 721-726.—Latham (A.) TUBERCULOSIS. 618 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Diagnosis of) with tu- berculin. On the early diagnosis of pulmonary consumption, with especial reference to the value of tuberculin. Lancet, Lond., 1901, ii, 1781-1785.—Laub (M.) Tuberkuliudiag- nostik und ambulatorische Tuberkulinbehandlung. Wion. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xxiv, 10-12.—Lawson(D.) & Stewart (I. S.) A study of some points in relation to the administration of tuberculin (T. R.) controlled by observation of the opsonic index in pulmonary tubercu- losis. Lancet, Lond., 1905, ii, 1679-1684.—Leber (A.) & Steinharter (S.) Diagnostische Impfungsversuche mit einem fettfreien Tuberkulin. Munchen. med. Wchn- schr., 1908, lv, 1324-1327.—Leinaire (J.) Cutireaction; oculoreaction; injection sous-cutanee de tuberculine. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1907, ix, 279-284.— Lesh (A.) K diagnostikle tuberkuloza tuberkulinom. [On the diagnosis of tuberculosis by tuberculin.] Arch. biol. nauk . . ., S.-Peterb., 1895-6, iv, 477-496. Also, transl: Arch. d. sc. biol., St.-Petersb., 1895-6, iv, 483-503.—L'Espe- rence (Elsie S.) Resum6 of the various preparations used in the tuberculin tests. Woman's M. J., Toledo, 1909, xix, 107.—Levison (L. A.) Tuberculin reactions and their interpretation. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1909, ci, 685-591.—Levy (L.) Neh&ny sz6 a megkiilonboz- tetd tuberculin-reacti6r61. [On the different tubercu- lin reactions.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1907, li, 821.— Llgniferes (J.) Nouvelle contribution k l'6tude des d6faillances des injections de tuberculine; apercu de son importance dans la pratique. Bull. Soc. centr. de med. vet.. Par., 1909, lxiii, 91-103. -----. Nouvelle contribution k I'etude des reactions locales k la tuberculine. Ibid., 146-168. -----. Le diagnostic de la tuberculose a l'aide de la tuberculine d'apres les nouvelles recherches. Ibid., 206-217. Also, transl: 3. Comp. Path. & Therap., Edinb. & Lond., 1909, xxii, 237-245.—Lincoln (Mary C.) Serum diagnosis of tuberculosis; the tuberculo-opsonic index; the von Pirquet tuberculin test and the conjunctival tu- berculin test. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1908, li, 1756- 1761.—Litterer (W.) A comparison of the various tu- berculin tests in the early diagnosis of tuberculosis. J. Tenn. State M. Ass., Nashville, 1909, ii, 137-144. -----. The early diagnosis of tuberculosis by the tuberculin test. Alabama M. J., Birmingh., 1910-11, xxiii, 63-73.—Little- john(A.R.) Tuberculin as a diagnostic agent. J.Roy. Inst. Pub. Health, Lond., 1910, xviii, 655-667.—Loesch (A.) Contribution au diagnostic de la tuberculose par la tuberculine. Arch. d. sc. biol., St.-P6tersb., 1895-6, iv, 483-503.—Loewenstein (E.) Ueber Tuberkulinprapa- rate zu diagnostischen und Heilzwecken. Handb. d. Techn. u. Methodik d. Immunitiitsforsch., Jena, 1911, Ergnzngsbd. i, 355-380.— LtJwenstein (E.) & Kan II- mann. Leber die Dosierung des A lttuberkulinszu diag- nostischen Zwecken. Ztschr.f.Tuberk.,Leipz., 1906-7, x, 17-33.—Lord (F. T.) The subcutaneous, cutaneous and conjunctival use of tuberculin in diagnosis; technic; re- liability; results of animal experimentation. Tr. Rhode Island M. Soc, Providence, 1908, vii, 624-635. Also: Bos- ton M. & S. J., 1908, clix, 779-783. Also: Pub. Mass. Gen. Hosp., Bost, 1909, ii, 702-714.—Lossen (J.) Ueber die Verwendbarkeit der kutanen und konjunktivalen Tu- berkulinreaktion zur Diagnose der Lungentuberkulose unter besonderer Berucksichtigung verschiedener Tu- berkulinkonzentrationen. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1910, xvii, 247-267.—Louis (A.) De la tubercu- line etde ses divers modesd'emploi. Rupert, de police san. veL. et d'hyg. pub., Par., 1909, xxv, 355; 407.—Low (R. C.) Tuberculin as an aid to diagnosis and treatment. Scot. M.&S. J.,Edinb.,1905,xvi,397-410,lpl.—Ludke(H.) Tuberkulinreaktion und Tuberkulinimmunitat. Beitr. z,Klin. d. Tuberk.,Wiirzb., 1906, vi, 153-16?..—Ldidke (H.) & Sturm (J.) Zur Spezifitat der Tuberkulinreaktion. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1912, lix, 1985-19*8.—Lyons (W.C.) A new form of tuberculin (T. F.); some notes on its diagnostic and therapeutic value. Lancet, Lond., 1912, ii, 1582.—Mace de Lepinay. Valeur compara- tive de la cuti et de l'intradermo-reaction a la tuberculine chez l'enfant. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1909, 3. s., xxvi, 6*0-685.— McNeil (C.) A study of the tuberculin reactions in skin and eye; a series of one hun- dred and fiftv-three cases. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1909, ii, 1335-1337.—Magnan (T.) Service de tuberculination de Nice; resultats et conclusions. Cong. p. I'etude de la tuberculose, Par., 1898, iv, 302-306.—Mainini (C.) Haut- und Ophthalmoreaktion auf Tuberkulin. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1907, lix, 2583-2586.—MaIfatti (E.) & Sareinelli(F.) Sulvalorediagnosticodellatubercolina. Riforma med., Roma, 1903, xix, 929-934.—Ma lis (J.) Die Kntandiagnose der Tuberkulose bei chirurgischen Lei- den. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1908, xciii, 252- 281.— Muiiuiloir ^A. S.) Diagnosticheskoye i terapev- ticheskoye znacheniye tuberkulina; bolniehniya i ambu- lyatorniya nablyudeniya. [Diagnostic and therapeutic value of tuberculin; hospital and dispensary observa- tions.] Prakt. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1911, x, 89; 109.—Marie A.) & Titteneau. Note sur la sensibility des mammi- eres a la tuberculine. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1908, lxiv,50L—Martin (C.F.)&Kobins(G.D.) Onthediag- nostic value of tuberculin. Brit.M.J.,Lond.,1898,i,357-369.— Tuberculosis (Diagnosis of) with tu- berculin. Masen t i & Biey. Le iniezioni di tubercolina secca Bel- fanti nella diagnosi della tubercolosi umana. Rassegna di bact.- opo- e sieroterap., Milano, 1907, iii, fasc. 12, 3-11.— MaMsalongo(R.) Della cutireazione e della oftalmorea- zione nella diagnostica della tubercolosi. Gazz. d. osp., Mi- lano, 1907, xxviii, 1482.—Massini (G.) La semeiologia delle reazioni tubercoliniche. Ibid., 1908, xxix, 1678-1680. Also: Policlin., Roma, 1908, xv, sez. prat., 1605-1608.—Mas- sini (L.) Moderna letteratura su la tubercolosi; la reazi- one tubercolinicageneralee locale (sinergiea). Tommasi, Napoli, 1909, iv, 587; 605. -----. Le reazioni tubercolini- che mucose. Ibid., 1910, v, 3-7.—Mastri (C.) Intorno al valore diagnostico della tubercolina. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1904, xxv, 1244-1247.—Matson (R. W.) The specific diagnosis of tuberculosis. Brit. J. Tuberculosis, Lond., 1910, iv, 190-192.—May. Ueber diagnostische Tu- berculininjektionen. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1910, lvii, 480.—Mayo (Countess of) & Wilkinson (W. C.) The Tuberculin Dispensary League. Brit. J. Tuberculosis, Lond., 1911, v, 83-86.—Mazzotti (L.) Della tubercolina adoperata a scopo diagnostico. Mem. r. Accad. d. sc. d. Ist. di Bologna, 1900-1902, 5. s., ix, 403-414. Also: Clin. med. ital.. Milano, 1901, xl, 513-524.—Meakins (J. C.) Tuberculin in the diagnosis of tuberculosis. Canad. M. Ass. J., Toronto, 1911, i, 223-231. —— An experimental study of the phagocytic immunity produced by tubercu- lin. Ibid., 1141-1153, 3 pl.—Meinicke (E.) Die Bedeu- tung der lokalen Tuberkulinreaktionen fiir die arztliche Praxis. Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg., Berl., 1909, 313-318. -----. Die Bedeutung der lokalen Tuberkulinreaktionen fiir die Erforschung und Bekampfung der Tuberkulose. Ztschr. f. arztl. Fortbild., Jena, 1910, vii, 395-401. — Meissen. Erfahrungen mit Tuberkulin. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1912, Suppl.-Bd. iii, 15-17.—Mekeshina (S. N.) Nosovaya reaktsiya Lafite-Dupont et Moulinier na tuber- kulin i sravneniye yeya s kozhnol reaktsiyei Pirquet. [The Lafite-Dupont and Moulinier nasal tuberculin reac- tion and its comparison with Pirquet's cutaneous reac- tion.] Vestnik Ushn., Gorlov. i Nosov. Bollezn., S.-Pe- terb., 1910, ii, 265-270.—Merieux. Diagnostic de la tu- berculose; nouvelle methode bas6e sur la reaction obte- nue en injectant k des cobayes tuberculeux certains li- quides de l'organisme. Rev. de m6d., Par., 1906, xxvi, 155-163.—Metcalf (W. B.) The use and misuse of tuber- culin. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1912, xxi, 714-719.—von Meyer (E.) Ein Beitrag zur Verwendung des Koch'- schen Tuberkulins als diagnostisches Hiilfsmittel. Deut- sche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1893, xix, 200.— Meyer (F.) & Schmitz (K. E. F.) Experimentelle Untersuchungen fiber das Wesen der Tuberkulinreak- tion. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 1446. -----. Ue- ber das Wesen der Tuberkulinreaktion. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1912, xxxviii, 1963-1966 — Meyer (W.) Koch's emulsion of bacilli in the diag- nosis of incipient thoracic tuberculosis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1907, lxxi, 307-311.—Micheli (F.) &Quarelll (G.) Sul valore diagnostico della tubercolina. Rassegna di bact.-opo-e sieroterap., Milano, 1907, iii, 8-16.----------. Sull' ipersensibilitd, locale provocata dalla tubercolina. Ibid., fasc 12, 11-16.—Miller (A. F.) The diagnostic value of tuberculin in pulmonary tuberculosis. Maritime M. News, Halifax, 1910, xxii, 23-29.—Mills (G. W. T.) Diagnostic value of tuberculin as shown by nineteen au- topsies. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1911, lxxix, 532-534—Mitu- lescu ( J. ) Spezifische Substanzen in der Diagnose und Behandlung der Tuberkulose. Berl. klin. Wchn- schr., 1909, xlvi, 1477; 1536.—Moeller (A.) & Kay- serling (A.) Ueber die diagnostische und therapeu- tische Verwendung des Tuberkulins. Ztschr. f. Tu- berk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1902, iii, 279-313, 1 ch.— Moeller (A.), Loweiistein (E.) & Ostrovsky (E.) Une nouvelle methode de diagnostic de la tuberculose pulmonaire par la tuberculine de Koch; sa valeur cli- nique. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 373-380. Also: Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1906, x, 88-96.—MOIIer (S.) Ueber kutane und intrakutane Tuberkulinimpfung unter Verwendung abgestufter Dosen und ihre Bedeutung fiir die Diagnose der Tuber- kulose. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1911, xxxvii, 294-298.—Moore (V. A.) The preparation of tuberculin, its value as a diagnostic agent, and remarks on the human and bovine tubercle bacilli. Tr. M. Soc. N. Y., Phila., 1900, 131-152. [Discussion], 152. Also, Re- print.—Moorehouse (G. W.) Tuberculin reactions. Cleveland J. M., 1900, v, 342-353.—Morelle (A.) De l'ancienne tuberculine de Koch comme moyen de diag- nostic. Ann. de l'Inst. chir. de Brux., 1902, ix, 201-224. Also: Presse med. beige, Brux., 1902, liv, 800; 817.— MorelH (G.) Ueber kutane und konjunktivale Tuber- kulinreaktionen. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xxi, 83 — Moro (E.) The tuberculin inunction; a diagnostic measure without rupture of continuity of the skin. N. York M. J. [etcl, 1908, lxxxvii, 1233.—Morone (G.) La reazione congiuntivale e cutanea alia tubercolina nelle affezioni chirurgiche. Corriere san., Milano, 1909, xx, 781-784. —Morse (L. B.) Tuberculin dosage; a further study of the value of a ratio method of dosage TUBERCULOSIS. 619 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Diagnosis of) with tu- berculin. increase. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1912, cviii. 274-279.— Most! (R.) Sopra un nuovo metodo di reazione tuber- colinica. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1911, xxxii, 580-582.— Moussu (G.) Tuberculine et tuberculose; a propos de la communication de M. Lignieres. Bull. Soc centr. de med. vet., Par., 1911, lxv, 514-519.—Mudgett (W. C.) Ocular and cutaneous tuberculin reactions. Charlotte LN. C.l M. J., 1910, Ixi, 309-311.—Nattan-Larrier (L.) Etude des liquides tuberculeux par la tuberculine-reac- tion indirecte. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1904, lvi, 135-137. -----. Nouveaux precedes de diagnostic par la tuberculine. Presse med., Par., 1904, i, 234.—Neff (I. H.) The tuberculin test. Am. J. Insan., Bait., 1898-9, lv, 405- 415, 2 diag. -----. The value of the tuberculin test. J. Mich. M. Soc, Detroit, 1904, iii, 515-526.—Nelson (J.) Experimental studies of the Koch test for tuberculosis. Rep. Biol. Dep. N. Jersey Agric. Coll. Exper. Station (1895), 1896, 179-246.—Nichols (J. B.) The tuberculins and their diagnostic and therapeutic use. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1910, 20. s., i, 62-75.—Nicola (B.) Sulla cuti- ed oftalmo-reazione tubercolinica nell' adulto. Gazz. d. 06p., Milano, 1908, xxix, 1446-1448. — Nicolas (J.) & Ganthier (P.) Cuti-reaction et ophtalmo reaction dans diverses dermatoses d'origiae tubereuleuse ou non. Bull. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Lyon, 1907, vi, 319-324. — Nobeeourt (P.) & Mantoux (C.) Ophthalmo et cuti-reaction dans la tuberculose experimentale du lapin. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1907, lxiii, 382-384.— Nocard (E.) Sur la valeur diagnostique de la tubercu- line. Cong. p. I'etude de la tuberculose 1893, Par.. 1894, ii, 145-180.—Northrup (W. P.) The tuberculin test for the presence of tuberculosis. Med. News, N. Y., 1898, lxxii, 622-530. Also, Reprint.—Ogilvy fC.) A contri- bution to the study of the Calmette ophthalmo-tubercu- lin reaction, based upon a study of forty cases. Contrib. Sc. Med. & Surg. ... 25. anniv. founding of N. Y. Post- Grad. M. Sch. 8.—Kime (R. R.) Tu- berculosis as a sociological factor. Atlanta Jour.-Rec. Med., 1904-5, vi, 649-058.—Knopf (S. A.) Tuberculosis a social disease. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906. xlvi, 1815- 1824. -----. The social aspect of tuberculosis. Tr. M. Ass. Alabama, Montgomery, 1908, 547-662. -----. Die moderne Tuberkulosebekampfung vom sozialmedizini- schen Standpunkte betrachtet. Tuberculosis, Berl., 1909, viii, 201-214.—Levi (G.) La tuberculosi sociale. Ri- forma med., Palermo, 1900, xvi, pt. 3,194; 206.—.JIaixner (E.) Socidlni vdosah tuberkulosy. [The social reach of tuberculosis.] Casop. p. vefej. zdravot., Praha, 1905. vii, 173-178.—Ulays (T. J.) Pulmonary consumption as a factor for the elimination of the unfit. Med. News, N. Y., 18%, lxviii, 54S-550.—Pannwltz. Social life and tuberculosis. Internat. Tuberk. Konf. Ber. 1908, Berl., 1909, 229-244.—Pennell (W. W.) The social status of tuberculous persons. Med. News, N. Y., 1905, lxxxvii, 445-447.—Peracchia (A.) L' educazione antituber- colare in rapporto alle esigenze sociali ed economiche delle citta e delle campagne. Corriere san., Milano, 1905, xvi, 477; 486.—Pettit (J.W.) The economic aspect of the modern treatment of tuberculosis. Medicine, De- troit, 1906, xii, 9-12— Price (M. L.) Study of the eco- nomic course of consumption in wage-earners. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1905, xliv, 1160-1175.—Bousseau (A.) La lutte contre la tuberculose est aussi pour l'homme une sauvegarde contre la deg£neLescence. Bull. med. de Quebec, 1910, xi, 439-452.—Taylor (C. F.) Tuberculosis as an economic factor. Colorado M. J., Denver, 1904, x, 97-101.—Wright (J.) Politico-sociological aspects of tuberculosis problems. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1905, lxxxi, 885-888. Tuberculosis (Exhibits of). See Tuberculosis (Congresses, etc., relating to). Tuberculosis (Experimental). See, also, Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Experi- mental). Dembinski (B.-S.) * Recherches sur le r61e des leucocytes dans la tuberculose experimen- tale sous-cutanee. 8°. Paris, 1899. Gherardini (P.) Sul diverso modo di reagire della cavia alle inoculazioni dei prodotti viru- lenti della tubercolosi bovina e della tubercolosi umana. 8°. Bologna, 1902. Hawara (N.-Y.) *De la tuberculose expe- rimentale chez les animaux a, sang froid. 4°. Lyon, 1892. Laffert (G.) * Experimentelle Studien iiber die Futterungstuberkulose der Meerschwein- chen und die Beeinflussung derselben durch stomachal verabreichtes Tuberkulin, [Bern.] 8°. Jena, 1908. Marchesini (R.) & Pende (N.) Evoluzione istologica della tubercolosi sperimentale sotto 1' influenza di una tubercolina, modificata dallo jodio. (Contributo alia istologia patologica della tubercolosi.) 4°. Roma, 1911. Morey (A.) * Tuberculose experimentale de quelques poissons et de la grenouille. 8°. Lyon, 1900. Tuberculosis (Experimental). United States. Department of Agriculture. Bureau of Animal Lndustry. Experiments con- cerning tuberculosis, under the supervision of the Biochemic Division. Parts i-iii. 8°. Wash- ington, 1904-5. Achard (C.) & Gaillard (L.) Influence de l'al- eool sur la marche de la tuberculose experimentale. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 323-327. Also [Abstr.]: Tribune med., Par., 1905, n.s., xxxvii, 725.—Aievoll (E.) Sulla istogenesi del tubercolo speri- mentale. Progresso med., Napoli, 1893, vii, 57; 89.—Al- exander (J.) Das Verhalten des Kaninchens gegen- uber den verschiedenen In fektionswegen bei Tuberku- lose und gegenuber den verschiedenen Typen des Tuber- kelbacillus. Ztschr. f. Hvg. u. Infektionskrankh., Leipz., 1908, lx, 467-478.—Arloing (F.) Reaction cutanee a la tuberculine dans la tuberculose experimentale du veau et du chien. Cpmpt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par ,1907, lxiii, 499-501. -----. Evolution de l'infection tubereuleuse ex- perimentale par le bacille de Koch en culture homogfene chez les mammiferes, les oiseaux et les vertebr6s a sang froid. J6id.,1910,lxviii,701-7U3.—Arloiniii F.) &Stazzi (P.) Etude histologique des lesions tulxrculeusesexperi- mentales produites par le bacille de Koch en culture ho- mogene chez les mammiferes, les oiseaux et les vertebresd, sangfioid. Ibid., 813-815.—Arloing (S.) Tuberculisa- tion ettuberculination de Pane. J. de phvsiol. etde path. gen., Par., 1900, ii, 601-614, 1 pl. -----. inoculabilite de la tuberculose humaine aux herbivores. Lvon med., 1901, xcvii, 751-755—Arloing (S. ) & Paviot (J.) Du diagnostic histologique de la tuberculose experi- mentale chez les mammiferes domestiques; sa valeur au point de vue de l'unit6 ou de la duality de la tubercu- lose. J. de med. vet. et zootech., Lyon, 1904, 6. s., viii, 257-274. Also: Rev. de la tuberculose, Par., 1904, 2. s., i, 1-17, 2 pl.—Ascher (L.) Eine Bemerkung zur Experi- mental-Tuberkulose. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1907, xviii, 121-123.— Atkinson (J. P.) & Fitzpatrick (C. B.) Notes on the vaso-reaction in dogs produced bv injections of extrac's of the tubercle bacillus. Proc. Soc Exper. Biol. & Med.,N. Y., 1909-10, vii, 104-107.—Auche & Carriere. Polyadenite tuber- euleuse expeirimentale. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux, 1896, xvii, 360-362.—Auche &Hobbs(J.) Recherches sur la tuberculose experimentale des ver- tebr§s k sang froid (tuberculose humaine). Ibid., 1897, xviii, 479-483, 1 pl.-----------. Des reactions phagocy- taires determin6es chez la grenouille par des inoculations intra-peritoneales de tuberculose humaine. Ibid., 497- 499.----------. Recherches sur la tuberculose experi- mentale desvertebres a sang froid (tuberculose aviaire). Ibid., 499-500.— Bartel (J.) Ueberchronisch entzund- liche Veranderungen in Organgeweben bei Experi- mentaltuberkulose. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1907, xx, 850. -----. Experimentaluntersuchungen fiber natur- liche Infektionsgelegenheit mit Tuberkulose. Ibid., 1144-1150.—Bartel (J.) & Spieler (F.) Der Gang der naturlichen Tuberkuloseinfektion beim jungen Meer- schweinchen. Ibid., 1906, xix, 25-37.—Bernard (L.) & Salomon. Retentions renales tuberculeuses experi- mentales. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1906, lxxxi, 604-607.—von Betegh (L.) Weitere Beitrage zur ex- perimentellen Tuberkulose der Meeresfische, nebst Stu- dien iiber die Transmutationsfrage der Warmbltitertu- berkulosebacillen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1910, liv, Orig., 211-216. -----. Studien uber experimentelle Tuberkulose der Meeresfische. Ibid., 1911, lviii, Orig., 495-504.—Bettencourt (A.) Pseudotuber- culose da cobaia consecutiva a inoculacao de vegetacoes adenoides da pharynge. Arch, de med., Lisb., 1897-8, i, 392-399.—Bizzozero (G.) Sulla struttura dei tubercoli prodotti per inoculazione. In his: Opere seient. 1862-79, Milano, 1905, i, 143-151,1 tab—Borrel (A.) Necrotuber- culose et sensibilisation (anaphylaxie) par bacilles tuber- culeux morts. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1908, i, 420.— Brandts (C. E.) Ueber die Wechselbeziehungen von Lymphosarkomatose und Tuberkulose; gleichzeitig ein Beitrag zur experimentellen Leberzirrhose. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1908, lv, 735-739.—Bruyant (L.) Ef- fets des inoculations de doses faibles et repetees de ba- cilles tuberculeux chez le cobave. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, lxxi, 143-145.—van den Bulcke (L.) Contribution a I'etude de la tuberculose experimentale chez le lapin. Arch, internat.de pharmacod., Brux. & Par., 1902, xi, 101-154.—Burnet (E.) & Mantoux (C.) Inoculation tubereuleuse par voie intradermique. Oompt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1912, Ixxiii, 384.— Cadiot. Tuberculose du chien. Cong. p. I'etude de la tuberculose 1893, Par., 1894, iii, 454-460.—Cadiot, Gil- bert & Kogor. Tuberculose experimentale de la chevre. Ibid', 445-448.----------------. Inoculabilite de la tuberculose des mammiferes aux gallinaces. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1895, 10. s., ii, 785-789. _________________. Inoculation de la tuberculose des TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Experimental). gallinac6s aux mammiferes. Ibid., 1896, 10. s., iii, 140- 144.----------------. Inoculabilite de la tuberculose des mammiferes au dindon. Ibid., 1898, 10. s., v, 1112.— Calmette (A.), Guerin (C.) & Breton. Contribu- tion a I'etude de la tuberculose experimentale du cobaye (infection et essais de vaccination par la voie digestive). Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1907, xxi, 401-416.—Cal- mette (A.), Guerin (C.) & Grysez (V.) Infection tubereuleuse experimentale du cobaye par la conjonc- tive oculaire. Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1913, lxxiv, 310-312.—Campani (A.) & Leopardi (G.) La tubercolosi sperimentale negli animali castrati. Gazz. internaz. di med., Napoli, 1912, xv, 616.—Carini (F.) Sull' istogenesi del pseudotubercolo sperimentale. Speri- mentale. Arch, di biol., Firenze, 1901, lv, 633-669. — Casavecchia. Sulla tubercolosi sperimentale del cane e sulla tossiemia che ne consegue. Gazz. d. osp., Mi- lano, 1903, xxiv, 782-784.—Charrin (A.) & Tissot (J.) Les combustions intraorganiques mesurees par les 6changes respiratoires ne subissent aucune augmentation pendant le cours de la tuberculose experimentale chez le cobaye; elles subissent une diminution progressive a partir du moment oil les animaux maignssent. J. de physiol. et de path, gen., Par., 1905, vii, 1009-1018. — Chausse (P.) Experiences d'ingestion de matiere tu- bereuleuse bovine chez le chat. Rec. de med. vet, Par., 1909, lxxxvi, 426-432. Also [Abstr.]: Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1909, lxvi, 1095. -----. Experiences d'in- halation de matiere tubereuleuse bovine chez le chat. Compt. rend. Soc de biol.. Par., 1910, lxix, 380-382.-----. L'inhalationdematiere tubereuleuse bovine produite chez le boeuf a dose infinitesimale, de la tuberculose thora- cique primitive. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1910, cli, 1009-1011 -----. Dans les conditions normales, le chien guerit sa tuberculose mesenterique occulte experi- mentale. Ibid., 1911, clii, 979-981. Also: Rec. de med. vet., Par., 1911, Ixxxviii, 354-356.-----. Experience d'in- halation de matiere tubereuleuse humaine chez le chat. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1912, lxxii, 50-52.— Claude (H.) & Zaky (A.) Recherches hematologiques dans la tuberculose experimentale du cobave. Ibid., 1902, 11. s., iv, 505-507. —Corper (H. J.), De Witt (LydiaM.) & Wells (H. G.) The effect of copper on experimental tuberculous lesions; preliminary note. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1913, lx, 887-889.—Costantini (G.) Sulla tubercolosi sperimentale dei muscoli. Ann. d. Ist. Maragliano p. la cura d. tuberc. [etc.], Genova, 1910-11, v, 132-136.—Courmont (J.), Lesieur (C.) & Andre (C.) L'inoculation transcutanee de la tubercu- lose; passage des bacilles tuberculeux a travers la peau du cobaye, du veau, du lapin. Lyon med., 1907, cix, 965-967.—Dean (G.) Experiments on tuberculosis. J. Path. & Bacteriol., Edinb. & Lond., 1902-3, viii, 458-489.— Dean (G.) & Todd (C.) Abstract of certain experi- ments on tuberculosis. Lancet, Lond., 1902, ii, 1186.— Delepine (S.) On the value of experimental tubercu- losis in diagnosis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1893, ii, 665. Also: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1893, n. s., lvi, 368-370. —De Benzi (E.) & Caflero (C.) Studio comparative sul- 1' efiicacia di alcuni preparati nella tubercolosi sperimen- tale. N. riv. clin.-terap., Napoli, 1900, iii, 497-502.—Des- grez (A.) & Adler (J.) Influence de la tuberculose experimentale, sur les processus synthetiques et sur la demineralisation de l'organisme. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 300-302.—Dessy (S.) Tu- bercolosi sperimentale del midollo spinale nella cavia. Gazz. med. di Torino, 1*94, xiv, 201-206.—Din- widdie (R. R.) Experimental tuberculosis, human and bovine, in the domestic animals. J. Comp. M. & Vet. Arch., Phila., 1900, xxi, 715: 1901, xxii, 33.— Dominici (H.) Tuberculose experimentale; transfor- mation myeioide de la rate. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1900, 11. s., ii, 851-853.—Du bard. Etude experi- mentale et clinique sur la tuberculose. Presse med., Par., 1898, ii, 18.—Eber (A.) Experimentelle Uebertragung der Tuberkulose vom Menschen auf das Rind. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1905, iii,257-295,1 pl. Also: Zt- schr. i. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1905, xv, 193-204. -----. Experimentelle Uebertragung der Tuberkulose vom Menschen auf das Rind. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1906, v, 207-223. Also: Ztschr. f. Fleisch-u. Milch- hyg., Berl., 1906, xvi, 218-223. -----. Experimentelle Ue- bertragung der Tuberkulose vom Menschen auf das Rind, nebst Bemerkungen iiber die Beziehungen zwischen Men- schen- und Rindertuberkulose. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1906, xxxviii, 449; 535. -----. Zwei Falle von erfolgreicher Uebertragung tuberkulosen Ma- terials von an Lungenphthise gestorbenen erwachsenen Menschen auf das Rind. Berl. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1907, 171-175.-----. Experimentelle Uebertragung der Tuber- kulose vom Menschen auf das Rind. Centralbl. f. Bak- teriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1911, lix, Orig., 193-364. -----. Experimentelle Uebertragung der Tuberkulose vom Men- schen auf das Rind; weitere Beweise fiir die Arteinheit der beim Menschen und beim Rind vorkommenden Tu- berkelbazillen. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1911, lviii, 2247-2249. Also: Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhvg., Berl., 1911,xxi, 352-356.—Esser (J.) & Orth (J.) Was 1st Perl- TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Experimental). sucht? nebst kurzem Bericht iiber experimentelle Ueber- tragung der menschlichen Tuberculose auf grossere Haus- thiere. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1902, xxxix, 79:1-798. — Evoli (G.) Influenze delle aggressine del tifo sul deter- minarsi e sul decorso della tubercolosi sperimentale. Tommasi, Napoli, 1908, iii, 319. — Experimental re- searches of the Royal Commission on Tuberculosis. Lan- cet, Lond., 1896, i, 674; 944.—Figari (F.) L' azione del siero antibacillare nella tubercolosi sperimentale delle scimmie. Ann. d. Ist. Maragliano p. la cura d. tuberc. [etc.], Genova. 1904, i, 250-256.—Flurer (C.) Beeinflus- sung des Wachstums des Tuberkelbacillus bei vorher ge- sunden Ziegen, welche mit gleichdosierten Quantitiiten von Tuberkelbaeillen infiziert worden sind. Zentralbl. f. d. ges. Physiol, u. Path. d. Stoffwechs., Berl. u. Wien, 1909, n. F., lv, 564-569.—Fortineau (L.) & Fortineau (C.) Effets produits par des injections de bacilles de Koch modifies sur la marche de la tuberculose experi- mentale du cobaye. Cone:, internat. de med., Lisbonne, 1906, xv,sect. 3,360.—de Freudenreich (E.) Notesur Taction toxique des produits de cultures de la tuberculose aviaire. Ann. de microgr., Par., 1893, v, 31-33.—Froth- Ingham (L.) Results of a few inoculation experiments upon calves with the bacillus of human tuberculosis. J. Bost. Soc. M. Sc, 1897-8, ii, 4-6. Also, transl: Ztschr. f. Thiermed., Jena, 1897, i, 330-338. — Gamier ( M. ) & Chaoul (A.) Pseudo-tuberculoses par substances ina- nimees. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1912, lxxii, 1005- 1007.—Genaudet. Inoculation de la tuberculose aux lapins; degenerescence tubereuleuse des ganglions me- senteriques; integrite des plevres et des poumons; excep- tion k la loi de Louis. J. de med. de Lyon, 1867, vii, 35- 37.—Gilbert (A.) Les tubercules hepatiques experi- mentaux; histogenese des tubercules. Presse m6d., Par., 1898, i, 225.—Gillet de Grandniont. Sur l'inocula- tion de la tuberculose dans la chambre interieure de l'ceil du lapin. Bull. Soc. de m6d. prat, de Par. (1885), 1886, 104-108.—Goggia (C. P.) Influenza della tubercolina sulle infezioni sperimentali. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1905, Roma, 1906, xv, 247.—Grande Bossi (F.) Tuber- culosis bacilar experimental. Cron. med.-quir. de la Ha- bana, 1902, xxviii, 6; 24.— Griinbaum. Die Uebertrag- barkeit der Perlsucht auf Affen. Verhandl.. . . Tuberc- Commiss. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1901, Berl., 1902, 36.—Griiner (O.) & Hamburger (F.) Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Tuberkulose- infektion. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1910, xvii, 1-37.—deHaan (J.) ExperimentelleTuberkulosebeim Affen. Fortschr. d.Vet.-Hyg., Berl., 1903, i, 147-149. ----- Experimentelle Tuberkulose. Virchow's Areh. f. path. Anat. [etc.],Berl.,1903, clxxiv,1-14.-----. Experimentelle Tuberkulose beim Affen mit Vogeltuberkelbazillen. Deutsche med.Wchnschr.,Leipz.u.Berl.,1908,xxxiv, 1386.— Hericourt (J.) & Bichet (C.) Deux experiences sur la tuberculose experimentale chez le chien. Compt. Tend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1893, 9. s., v. 413-415.----------. Tuberculose experimentale du chien; influence de la dose et des substances solubles. Cong. p. I'etude de la tuberculose 1893, Par., 1894, iii, 263-281. Also, in: Richet (C.) Physiol. Trav. du lab., 8°, Par., 1895, iii, 377-398.— Hewetson (S. W.) The gopher; a possible substitute for the guinea pig. Med. News, N. Y., 1905, lxxxvii, 824.— Heymans (J.-F.) Quelques considerations sur la tu- berculose experimentale. Ann. d. mal. d. org. g6nito- urin., Par., 1904, xxii, 672-682. Also: Arch, internat. de pharmacod., Brux. et Par., 1904-6, xiii, 469-478,1 pl. Also: Beh?iquemed.,Gand-Haarlem,1904,xi,351-355. Also: Bull. Acad. roy.demed.deBelg.,Brux.,1904,4. s.,xviii,319-329.— Homen (E. A.) Studien fiber experimentelle Tuber- culose in den peripheren Nerven und dem Bindege- webe bei gesunden und bei alkoholisierten Tieren. Arb. a. d. path. Inst. d. Univ. Helsingfors, Berl., 1911, iii, 91-138, 3 pl. Also, transl [Abstr.]: Finska liik.-sallsk.handl., Hel- singfors,1910,lii,v.l,60-68— Hughes(D. A.)Thelatestob- servations and experiments on the transmission of bovine tuberculosis. Am. Vet. Rev., N. Y., 1903-4, xxvii, 1154- 1160.—Humbert (G.) De la resistance globulaire dana la tuberculose experimentale. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1904, lvi, 896.—Jousset (P.) Verification des ex- periences de Ferran sur la tuberculisation spontanee des cobayes par une nourriture souill6e de leurs excrements. Art med., Par., 1906, ciii, 105-107.—Kiralyti (G.) A giandulae retrojugulares a kiserleti tengerimalacz-tuber- culosis korai felismereseben. [The retrojugular glands and experiments on guinea-pig tuberculosis; preliminary communication.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1910, liv, 835- 837.—Kleinhans(F.) Ueber Superinfektionsversuche mit Tuberkulose. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1910, lxvii, 677-687.—Kossel (H.) Mittheilungen fiber Ver- suche an Rindern mit Tuberkelbaeillen verschiedener Herkunft. Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. 1903. Berl.. 1904, xxxiv, pt. 2, 312-324. [Discussion], pt. 1, 225-246. Also: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1903, xl. 653-657. Also: Zt- schr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1902-3, xiii, 329-337.— Kraus (R.) Ueber differenzierende Reaktionen mit Tuberkelbazillen bei tuberkulosen Meerschweinchen. Mitt d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med.u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1909, ix 33.—Kraus (R.) & Grosz (S.) Ueber experimen- TUBERCULOSIS. 625 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Experimental). telle Hauttuberkulose bei Affen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1908, xlvii, Orig., 298-307.—Lafltbut ( M. ) Recherches sur la tuberculose experimentale. Progres med., Par., 1906, 3. s., xvii, 177.—La Franca (S.) Influenza delle aggressine dello streptococco sul determinarsi e sul decorso della tubercolosi sperimentale. Med. ital., Napoli, 1908, vi, 430.—Lagrittbu 1 & De- noyes. Action des courants de haute frequence sur la tuberculose experimentale chez le cobaye. Cong, inter- nat. de med. C. r.. Par., 1900, sect, de path, gen., 706- 708. — Lannelongue, Ac-hard & Gaillard. De l'influence des variations de temperature sur revolution de la tuberculose experimentale. Bull, med., Par., 1901, xv, 873. Also: Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1901, cxxxiii, 577-579.----------------. De l'influence com- paree des climats et de la resistance individuelle dans la tuberculose experimentale. Tr. Brit. Cong. Tuberc. 1901, Lond., 1902, iii, 52-56.—Lassar (O.) Ueber bovine Impf- tuberculose. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1903, xl, 708-711. [Discussion], 716.—Lawford (J. B.) Drawing of a case of episcleral tubercle (experimental evidence of tubercle). Tr. Ophth.Soc U. Kingdom, Lond., 1909-10, xxx, 134-136 — Leber (A.) Experimentelle Beitrage zur Kenntnis der biologischen Vorgange bei Tuberkulose. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infektionskrankh., Leipz., 1908, Ixi, 465-484.—Lel'as ( E. ) & Bender ( X. ) Hyperglobulie par injections intra-spieniques de cultures de tuberculose. (Premiere note.) Compt.-rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1902, lvi, 832.— Lesieur(C) &Legrand. Influencedel'alcoolismeet de l'aromatisme chroniques sur la tuberculose experi- mentale. Bull. Socmed.d. h6p.de Lyon,1906, v,327-33L— Leudet & Petit (G.) Resultats d'experiences d'inocu- lation de la tuberculose humaine au chien; infection na- turelle de ce dernier par les voies digestives. Rec.de m6d. vet., Par., 1904, lxxxi, 298-303.—Levy (E.), Blumen- thal (F.) i.llarxer (A.) Experimentelle Untersuchun- gen iiber Tuberkulose. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt.,Jena,1908,xlvi,278-285.—Ldnk(R.) Wird bei Kanin- chen und Meerschweinchen experimentell hervorgeru- fene Tuberkulose durch Injektionen von Hundeblutse- rum beeinflusst? Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1904, lxxix, 234-273, 2 pl.—Llvlerato (S.) Dell' azione che gli estratti di tessuto tubercolare esercitano sulla evo- luzione della tubercolosi sperimentale. (Contributo alio studio dei rapporti fra scrofolosi e tubercolosi.) Ann. d. Ist. Maragliano p. la curad. tuberc. [etc.], Genova, 1908-9, iii, 90-107.-----. Ancora dell' influenza che gli estratti di tessuto linfatico esercitano sulla evoluzione della tu- bercolosi sperimentale; ulteriore ricerche sull' azione degli estratti di ghiandole linfatiche normali, scrofo- lose e tubercolari. Ibid., 325-334. Also: Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1910, xxxi, 113-115. Also, transl: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1910, liv, Orig., 332-337.— Iiortat-Jacob & Vitry. Adrenaline et tuberculose experimentale. Cong, franc, de med. Compt. rend. 1910, Par., 1911, xi, 102. — Macfadyen (A.) Upon the viru- lence of the bacillus of bovine and human tuberculosis for monkeys. Lancet, Lond.,1903, ii,744.—IttcFarland (J.) Experimental tuberculosis in cats. Proc Path. Soc. Phila., 1900-1901, n. s., iv, 22-25.—Manfred! (L.) I gangli linfatici nella difesa dell' organismo contro la tu- bercolosi; studio sperimentale. Ist. d' ig. d. r. Univ. di Palermo. Lav. di lab., Roma, 1899-1901, V, 211-295.— maragliano (E.) Studi sperimentali e clinici sulla tubercolosi praticafc nel corso dell' anno scolastico 1902-3. Riforma med., Roma, 1903, xix, 1177-1181.— Ustragllano (E.) & JUarzagalll. Tubercolosi sperimentale acutis- sima nella cavia, Cron. d. clin. med. di Genova, 1898-9, v, 209.—Martin (L.) & Vaudremer (A.) Sur quel- ques cas de guerison apparente de tuberculoses experi- mentales. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1906, Ixi, 260- 262. — JIarxer (A.) Experimentelle Tuberkulosestu- dien. Berl. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1911, xxvii, 115-117.— Mettam ( A. E.) The transmissibility of tuberculosis of the monkey to the ox and goat, with observations re- garding the reactions of the experimentally infected ani- mals to tuberculin. J. Comp. Path. & Therap., Edinb. & Lond., 1905, xviii, 146-155.—OTircoli (S.) Sulla tuber- colosi sperimentale. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1897, Roma, 1898, viii, 523-527.—Morel (C.) Cirrhose tubereu- leuse experimentale. Arch, de parasitol., Par., 1899, ii, 121-137.—ITIorel(C.) & Dalous. Contribution a I'etude de l'histogenese du tubercule (tuberculose broncho-pul- monaire experimentale). Arch, de med. exper. et d'anat. path., Par., 1901, xiii, 225-242, 1 pl— moussu (G.) Cul- tures de tuberculose in vivo chez des animaux sains. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1905, lix, 463. —Nelson (J.) Six years of observations on a tuberculous experi- mental herd. Rep. Biol. Dep. N. Jersey Agric. Coll. Exper. Station (1899), 19C0, 286-294.—Nicolas (J.) & Lesleur (C.) Effets de l'ingestion de crachats tubercu- leux humains chez les poissons. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1899, U.S.,i,774-776. Also: Province med.,Lyon, 1899, xiii, 483-485.—Oehlecker(F.) Ueber die Verbrei- tungswege der Tuberkulose im Tierexperiment mit be- sonderer Beriicksichtigung des Weges nach den Bron- chialdriisen. Tuberk.-Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, Berl., vol xviii, 2d series---40 Tuberculosis (Experimental). 1907, 7. Hft., 65-101.—Ople (E. L.) The effect of injected leucocytes upon the development of a tuberculous lesion. J. Exper. M.,Lancaster, Pa., &N.Y.,1908, x,419-455. Also, in: Stud. Rockfellerlnst. M. Research, [N. Y.l, 1903, viii.— Orth i.l.) & Babinowitsch (Lydia). Leber experi- mentelle enterogene Tuberkulose. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1908, exciv, Beihft., 305-367.— Otolski & Biernackl. Ueberdie Phosphatide in den Organen der mit getoteten Tuberkelbazillen geimpften Kaninchen. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1912, xli, 375-385.— Palamidessl (T.) Sulla possibile guarigione sponta- nea della tubercolosi sperimentale localizzata nei conigli. Morgagni, Milano, 1896, xxxviii, 805-823.—Park (W. H.) Preliminary communication of experiments upon the feeding and inoculating of calves with human tubercu- lous material. Proc. N. York Path. Soc, 1901, n.s., i, 111.— Park(W. H.)& Wilson (R.J.) The feeding and sub- cutaneous inoculation of the bacilli of human tuberculosis in^calves. N. York Univ. Bull. M. Sc, 1902, ii, 142-144.— Peron (A.) Tuberculose locale (testiculaire) chez le cobaye apres injection intra-p6ritoneale d'exudats tuber- culeux humains serofibrineux. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1898, lxxxiii, 599.—Prettner (M.) O vnimavosti zvifat pro experimennilni ozhfivku a tuberculosu. [The recep- tivity oLanimals for experimental glanders and tubercu- losis.] Casop. cesk. zveroiek., ve ValaS. MezifiCi, 1901-2, vii, 301-305. Also, transl: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1902, xxxi, 681-686.—Babinowitsch (Lydia). Neuere experimentelle Untersuchungen fiber Tuberkulose. Berl. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1906, 817-819, 2 pl. Also: Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1906, xxxii, 1809-1811.—Bappin. Action exerc6e par les diastases de quelques esp6ces saprophytes sur la tu- berculose experimentale du cobaye. Province med., Par., 1913, xxiv, 45.—Bavenel (M. P.) & While (C. Y.) A case of experimental tuberculosis in a goat. Proc. Path. Soc. Phila., 1899-1900, n. s., iii, 146-148.—Benaut (J.) & Dubreull (G.) Les premiers stadesde la defense du tissu conjonctif contre sa tuberculisation experimen- tale. Bull. Soc. med. d. h6p. Lvon, 1909, viii, 292-298. Also: Bibliog. anat., Par. & Nancy, 1909-10. 27-46, 1 pl. Also: Compt. rend, de l'Assoc. d. anat., Par., 1909, xi, 114- 118. Also: Lynn m6d., 1909, cxiii, 110-116.—Bicci (G.) Sulla tuberculosi sperimentale nella camera anteriore dell' occhio in animali immunizzati. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1904, Roma, 1905, xiv, 159-161.—Bichet (C.) La tuberculose experimentale. Rev. seient., Par., 1901, 4. s., xv, 769-780.—Bichet (C), Lassabliere (P.) & Lesne (E.) De l'alimentation par la viande cuite dans la tuberculose experimentale. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1905, lviii, 960-963.—Bizzo (L.) La tuberco- losi chirurgica sperimentale dei mammiferi prodotta con la tubercolosi aviaria. Arch, ed atti d. Soc. ital. di chir., Roma, 1897, xi, 423-449.—BSmer (P. H.) Experimen- telle Tuberkuloseinfektion des Siiuglings. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1910, xvii, 345-355— BSmer (P. H.) & Joseph (K.) Kasuistisches iiber experimentelle Meerschweintuberkulose. Ibid., 357-364.-----------. Prognose und Inkubationsstadium bei experimenteller Meerschweintuberkulose. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1909, xlvi, 1300-1304.—Bolla (C.) Tubercolosi sperimentale in animali precedentem^nte immunizzati contro altre infezioni. Ann. d. Ist. Maragliano p. la cura d. tuberc. tete], Genova, 1908-9, iii, 125-130.—Bomanelli (G.) Le oscillazioni di temperatura e di peso in rapporto alle alterazioni anatomo-patologiche nella tubercolosi speri- mentale. Gaz. d. osp., Milano, 1906, xxvii, 1297-1299. -----. Le modificazioni degli elementi morfologici della crasi sanguigna nella tubercolosi sperimentale. Ibid., 1907, xxviii, 49-53. -----. Rapporto tra tubercolosi speri- mentale e trauma renale. Ann. d. Ist. Maragliano p. la cura d. tuberc [etc.], Genova, 1908-9, iii, 33-47. Also: Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1909, xlviii, 176-187.—Bosa (U.) Studio sperimentale sulle masse caseose sterilizzate. Arch, ed atti d. Soc. ital. di chir. 1897, Roma, 1898, xii, 99- 103. Also: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1897, xxii, 433-436. Also: Gazz. med. di Roma, 1897, xxiii, 409-454. Also: Policlin., Roma, 1897, iv-C, 368-370.— Bossi (R. P.) Sulla tubercolosi esperimentale della cavia. N. Ercolani, Pisa, 1912, xvii, 453; 470; 4*1.—Salo- mon (M.) pt.-rend. Soc. d. sc. med. de Lyon (1898), 1899, xxxviii, pt. 2, 12-17.—Figari (F.) Sul passaggio delle agglutinine tubercolari nelle uova dei polli. Ann. d. Ist. Maragliano p. la cura d. tu- berc [etc.], Genova, 1904, i, 241-244. Also: Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1905, Roma, 1906, xv, 172-174. — Friedmann (F. F.) Experimentelle Studien iiber die Erblichkeit der Tuberculose; die nachweislich mit dem Samen direct und ohne Vermittelung der Mutter auf die Frucht iibertragene tuberculose Infection. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1901, xliii, 11-41, 1 pl. Also [Abstr.]: Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1901, xxvii, 129. -----. Experimentelle Beitrage zur Frage kongeni- taler Tuberkelbazilleniibertragung und kongenitaler Tuberkulose. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1905, clxxxi, 150-179.—Fuster (O ) Experimen- telle Beitrage zur Frage des Vorkommens von Tuberkel- bazillen in Kolostruin und Muttermilch. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1906, xix, 588-592.—Gonzalez Alvarez (B.) Peritonitis generalizada septica en un recien nacido de tres dias; extensa ulceraci6n c61ica sin colitis: tuber- culosis heredada. Independ. med., Barcel., 1892-3, xxiv, 344.—Hamm (A.) & Sclirunipf (P.) Beitrag zur Frage des Ueberganges von Mikroorganismen (Tuberkel- baeillen) von Mutter auf Fotus. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1906-7, xliii, Orig., 305-311.— Haw- thorn (E.) Sur la transmission du pouvoir agglutinant de la m6re au foetus dans la tuberculose experimentale. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1904, lvi, 127.—Heine- man n. Ueber die erbliche Uebertragung des Tuberkel- bacillus, an der Hand dreier histologisch untersuchter Fiille. Verhandl. d. phys.-med. Gesellsch. zu Wiirzb., 1900-1901., n. F., xxxiv, 31-35.— Heitz (J.) Transmis- sion placentaire du bacille de Koch au foetus, dans un cas de tuberculose pulmonaire k marche rapide. Rev. de la tuberculose, Par., 1902, ix, 271-288.—Henke (F.) Beitrag zur Frage der intrauterinen Infection der Frucht mit Tuberkelbaeillen. Arb. a. d. Geb. d. path. Anat.. . . Inst, zu Tiibing., Brnschwg., 1894-6, ii, 268-278.—Iascone (P.) Ricerche sperimentali sul passaggio del bacillo tu- bercolare dalla madre al feto. Arch, di ostet. e ginec, Napoli, 1908, 2. s., i, 679-719.— Jezierski (P. J.) Ueber- tragbarkeit der Tuberkulose von der Mutter auf die Frucht. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, Leipz.. 1909, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 23-26.—Keating (J. M.) Plausibility of the direct transmission of tubercu- losis to the foetus from either parent. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1893, x, 707-718. Also: Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc, N. Y., 1893, v, 47-58.—l»agriflfoul & Pages. Sur le passage de 1'agglutinine de la mereau foetus dans les casde tuber- culose maternelle. Montpel. med., 1903, xvii, 618-622. Also [Abstr.]: Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1903, lv, 1115.—Landouzy (L.) Voies conceptionnelle et trans- placentaire de penetration de la tuberculose (tuberculose congenitale); heredo-tuberculose; her6dit6 de graine (heredite bacillaire); heredite de terrain; les predisposi- tions a la tuberculose; du fait de terrains vicies, innes ou acquis. Rev. de la tuberculose, Par., 1910, 2. s., vii, 417- 470.—Iiandouzy (L.) & Lsederich (L.) Heredo-tu- berculose maternelle, experimentale. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1910,cli, 707-709.—von derlieyden (Else). Ueber die Schleimzone des menschlichen Magen- und Darmepithels vorund nach der Geburt. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1905, clxxx, 99-107.—Mac- Laclilan (Mary). Should a tuberculous mother nurse her child? Northwest Med., Seattle, 1911, n. s., iii, 308.— ittaffiicci (A.) Patologia embrionaleinfettiva; ricerche sperimentali intorno al passaggio del veleno tubercolare dai genitori alia prole. Arch, ed atti d. Soc. ital. di chir. 1899, Roma, 1900, xiv, 229-240. Also: Clin, chir., Milano, 1899, vii, 858-860. Also: Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1899, xx, 1476. -----. Ricerche sperimentali intorno al passaggio del veleno tubercolare dai genitori alia prole. Riv. crit. di clin. med., Firenze, 1900, i, 221-229. Also: In- TUBERCULOSIS. 628 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Fcetal). curabili, Napoli, 1900, xv, 193-209.—.Tlorsclli (A.) Le lesioni nervose dei feti nati da madre tuberculosa. Riv. di patol. nerv., Firenze, 1906, xi, 541-544.—Seige. Zur UebertragungderTuberkelbazillendurch den vaterlichen Samen auf die Frucht. Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, Berl., 1903-4, xx, 139-147.—Torhomian (V.) Une anence- phale d'un pere tuberculeux. Cong. p. I'etude de la tu- berculose 1893, Par., 1894, iii, 58-63.—Voron. De la sur- vie des enfants d'accouchees atteintes de tuberculoses pulmonaire. Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par., 1911, xiv, 61-65.— Warthin ("A. S.) The placental transmission of tuber- culosis. Univ. Mich. Contrib. Path. Lab., Ann Arbor, 1908-9, iv, no. 2.—Weinberg (W.) Nachtrag zur Frage der Lebensaussichten der Friichte tuberkuloser Mutter. Med. Reform, Berl., 1909, xvii, 76—Williams (J. R.) Probable placental transmission of tuberculosis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlviii, 1184. Tuberculosis (Glandular) [including scrofula]. See, also, Neck (Tuberculosis of); Scrofula; Tracheo-bronchial glands (Diseases of); Tu- berculosis (Surgical). Anelli (L.) Patologia della scrofola nelle sue varieta tubercolare rachitico-tubercolare e sifilitica. 4°. Piacenza, 1892. Baudelocque (A.-C.) Etude sur les causes, la nature et le traitement de la maladie scrophu- leuse. 12°. Bruxelles, 1835. ------. The same. Monographic der Scro- phelkrankhe t in ihren Formen, Verzweigun- gen, Ursachen, Kennzeichen ihrer Heilung und Verhutung. Nach den neuesten Erfahrungen und eigenthtimlichen Ansichten. Uebersetzt von Eduard Martiny. 12°. Weimar, 1836. Boulton (R.) A treatise of the kings-evil; giving a rational account of the cause of that distemper, together with the diagnosticks and prognosticks and method of cure, both of the distemper and its symptoms, whether physical or chyrurgical, according to the different consti- tutions of the persons affected with it. In his: Phvsico-chyrurgical treatises [etc.]. 12°. Lon- don, 1714, 129-228. Bullen (G.) *De scrophula. 12°. Edin- burgi, 1792. Cornet (G.) Die Scrophulose. 8°. Wien, 1900. von Dietrich (E.) Ueber die Natur, Erkennt- niss, Mittel, Vorbauung und Heilart der Scro- pheln und des Kropfes, mit besonderer Arbeit iiber die Krankheiten des Driisensystems im Allgemeinen. 16°. Altenburg, 1837. Essay (An) on the nature and cure of the king's evil, deduced from observations and prac- tice and designed for the publick good,- by a private gentleman. 8°. London, 1760. Goullon (H.) Die skrophulOsen Erkrankun- gen und die Vorziige ihrer Behandlungsweise nach den Principien und Erfahrungen der Ho- moopathie dargestellt und durch zahlreiche Bei- spiele gelungener Heilung begriindet. 8°. Leip- zig, 1871. ------. The same. Scrofulous affections and the advantages of their treatment according to the principles and experiences of homoeopathy; described and demonstrated by numerous ex- amples of successful cures. Transl. from the German by Emil Tietze. 8°. New York, [1872]. Grasset (P.) * Etude sur les rapports du scrofulo-lymphatisme avec la tuberculose et la syphilis. 4°. Paris, 1894. ------. The same. 8°. Paris, 1894. Hamilton (R.) Observations on scrophulous affections, with remarks on schirrus, cancer, and rachitis. 12°. Jjondon, 1791. Hartge (A.) * Ueber einen Fall von Scrofu- lose. [Freiburg i. B.] 8°. Hamburg, 1892. 'uberculosis (Glandular) [including scrofula]. Hillebrand (O.) Tuberculose und Scrophu- lose. 8°. Stuttgart, 1902. Hufeland (C. W.) Ueber die Natur, Er- kenntnissmittel und Heilart der Scrofelkrank- heit. 8°. Jena, 1795. ------. Thesame. 2. Aufl. 8°. Jena, 1797. -----. The same. Trattato delle malattie scrofolose, opera coronata dall' Accademia im- periale de' curiosi della natura. Tradotto dal tedesco sulla 3. edizione (1819) con note da J. B. Bousquet ed accresciuta di una memoria sulle scrofole unitamente ad alcune riflessioni sopra la cura del cancro del Sig. Barone Larrey. 8°. Firenze, 1821. Klencke (P. F. H.) Ueber die Ansteckung und Verbreitung der Scrophelkrankheit bei Menschen durch den Genuss der Kuhmilch. 12°. Leipzig, 1846. Kortum (C. G. T.) Commentarius de vitto scrofuloso quique inde pendent morbis secunda- riis, qui nuper illustris Societatis regise medi- corum quae Parisiis est plausum tulit. 2 v. in 1. 12°. Lemgovise, 1789-90. Lalouette (P.) Traite des scrophules, vul- gairement appelees £crouelles ou humeurs f roides. 2 v. 12°. Paris, 1780-82. Lorentz (A.) *Sur les maladies scrophu- leuses. 4°. Strasbourg, 1819. Lugol (J. G. A.) Why will you die? or, researches on scrofula, with reference to the propagation of disease by inheritance and in- termarriage. Transl. from the French by A. D. Doane. 12°. New York, 1847. Nicolai (H.) * Beziehungen der Scrophulose zur Tuberkulose mit spezieller Untersuchung einer erkrankten Halslymphdruse. 8°. Wiirz- burg, 1899. Pauli (C.) Afhandling om skrofler och en- gelska sjukan, jemte tillforlitliga uppgifter pa de biista, och siikraste botemedel deremot. [Essay on scrofula and English disease (rickets) with instructions for the best and safest method of cure.] 16°. Stockholm, 1848. Pelletier (A.) Traite complet sur la mala- die scrophuleuse et les differentes varietes qu'elle peut offrir. Ouvrage renfermant toutes les opinions des auteurs sur cette affection. Sa theorie naturelle, ses causes, ses symptomes et ses complications [etc.]. 8°. Paris, 1818. Roberts (D.) Remarks on the king's evil, or scrophula; with an account of a specific medi- cine for the cura of it. 8°. London, 1791. Rosenberger (G. A. K.) *Die Hypertrophie der lymphatischen Gebilde des Rachens als Symptom der Skrofulose. 8°. Leipzig, 1902. Seja (M.) * Contribution a l'Stude de la scrofulose. 4°. Montpellier, 1883. Smith (W. T.) Scrofula; its nature, causes, and treatment; and on the prevention and eradi- cation of the strumous diathesis. 8°. London, 1844. Sprenker (T.) Ueber die Beziehungen der Skrophulose zu den hiiufigsten Binde- und Hornhauterkrankungen des Kindesalters. 8°. Giessen, 1902. Suchannek (H.) Ueber Skrofulose, ihr We- sen und ihre Beziehungen zur ruhenden Tuber- kulose der Mandeln, Halslymphdrusen und be- nachbarter Organe. 8°. Halle a. S., 1896. Wessberge (H.) *La scrofule moderne com- pared & la scrofule ancienne. 4°. Paris, 1895. Also [Abstr.], in: Presse med., Par., 1895, 363. TUBERCULOSIS. 629 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Glandular) [including scrofula]. W'hite (T.) A treatise on struma, or scrofula, commonly called the king's evil; in which the impropriety of considering it as an hereditary disease is pointed out, etc. 8°. London, 1784. ------. The same. Ueber Skrofeln und Kropfe; neb^t der Widerlegung ihrer Erblich- keit. Aus dem Englischen mit einem Anhang des Uebersetzers. 16°. Offenbach a. M., 1788. Wohlgemuth (H.) *Zur Pathologie und Therapie der scrofulos-tuberculosen Lymphdrii- sengeschwulste bei Kindern bis zu 10 Jahren. 8°. Berlin, [1889]. Abderhalden (E.) Skrofulose oder Tuberkulose oder eine sonstige Erkrankung des lymphatischen Svs- tems? Med. Klin., Berl., 1906, ii, 1338—Allbutt (T. C.) & Teale (T. P.) Scrofula. Svst. Med. (Allbutt), N. Y. & Lond., 1897, iv, 597-606.—Anthony (H. G.) Scrofula. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1906, ix, 492-499. -----. The acrodermatoses of scrofula, hyperhidrosis and granulosis rubra nasi. J. Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph., X. Y., 1907, xxv, 241-246.—Arinkin (M. I.) K voprosu ob izmlenenii morfologicheskavo sostava krovi pri zheltukhakh. [Changes in the morphological composition of the blood in scrofula.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1906, xiii, 1; 39 — Armstrong (J.) A few remarks on the existence of scrofula amongst the inhabitants of one district of the Island of Dominica. Leeward Islands M. J., Lond., 1891, i, 85-93.—Barot. De quelques signes cliniques per- mettant de deceler la tuberculose dans son stade primitif de germination ganglionnaire. Arch. med. d'Angers, 1907, xi, 18-27.—Bartel (J.) Der normale und abnor- male Bau des lymphatischen Systems und seine Be- ziehungen zur Tuberkulose. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1907, xx, 1143.— Bat ut (L.) Nouvelle contribution a I'etude des adenopathies. Bull. Soc. med.-chir. de la Dr6me [etc.], Valence, 1910, xi, 251-268.—Beale (P. T. B.) Tuberculous glands of the neck. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1906, n. s., lxxxi, 471.—Beclere (A.) Presentation de stereoradiogrammes de ganglions tuber- culeux cretaces. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1903, 3. s., xx, 1443.—Berger (P.) & Bezancon (F.) Tuberculose ganglionnaire pseudo-lymphadenique (lymphome tuberculeux). Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1899, 3. s., xlii, 175-194. Also: Bull, med., Par., 1899, xiii, 697-702.—Bernheim (S.) & Dieupart (L.) Adenites tuberculeuses; leurs causes et leurs effets. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1907, xi, 410-419.—Bezancon (P.) La tuberculose ganglionnaire latente chez l'adulte. Progres med., Par., 1912, 3. s., xxviii, 209; 226.—Blake (J. E.) Tuberculosis of the cervical lymph glands. Long Island M. J., Brooklyn, 1907, i, 299; 321.—Bloch (A.) Nature et pathogenie de la scrofule. Assoc, franc. pour l'avance. d. sc. C.-r. 1893, Par., 1894, xxii, pt. 2, 768-773.—Boidin (L.) La scrofulo-tuberculose. Rev. de la tuberculose, Par., 1902, ix, 30-51.—von Bolten- stern. Moderne Anschauungen fiber Skrofulose. Aerztl. Prax., Berl. & Leipz., 1904, xvii, 109-117.—Bor- den. Determiner le caractere des tumeurs scrophu- leuses, leurs especes, leurs signes, leur cure. Rec. d. pieces . . . p. le prix de l'Acad. roy. de chir., Par., 1759, iii, 43-141.—Bonvet (G.) De la pathogenie des ade- nopathies tuberculeuses externes. Presse med., Par., 1900, ii, 307.—Bramwell (B.) Scrofula. In his: Atlas of Clin, med., fob, Edinb., 1892-3, ii, 1-5, 2 pl.—Broca (A.) Tuberculose ganglionnaire k forme hypertrophique et pretendu lymphadenome benin. Gaz. hebd. de m6d., Par., 1902, n. s., vii, 25-30.—Brodler (L.) & Lecene (P.) Caverne ganglionnaire tubereuleuse ouverte dans l'aorte, la bronche gauche et l'cesophage sans tubercu- lose pulmonaire. Arch. gen. de med., Par., 1900, n. s., iii. 197-201.—Brnce (E. T.) Glandular involvement of neck and axilla. Kentucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1909-10, viii, 1898—Bulcllu. Tuberculosa ganglionara forma pseudo-leucemica. Presa med. rom., Bucuresci, 1903, ix, 225; 241. Also, transl: M6d. orient., Par., 1904, viii, 121-124.—Capobianco (D.) Contributo alio studio del lichene degli scrofolosi. Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 1904, n. s., xxvi, 817-827.—('ar- riere. Ad6nie tubereuleuse. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et phvsiol. de Bordeaux, 1896, xvii, 134-138.—Castel- lliio (P. F.) Diatesi scrofolosa Cforma torpida); sifi- lide pregressa. Tommasi, Napoli, 1905-6, i, 152.— Charles (J. J.) Scrofulous pyelitis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1875, i, 370-379. Also, Reprint. — C'hauniicr (E.) La scrofule. Gaz. d. mal. infant, [etc.], Par., 1901, iii, 209- 212 —Cobb (C. M.) The relation of scrofula to tubercu- losis. J. Tuberc, Asheville, N. C, 1902, iv, 224-228.— Co Icy (W. B.) & lowing (J.) Acute lymphatic tuber- culosis with purpura hemorrhagica. Tr. Ass. Am. Physi- cians, Phila., 1911, xxvi, 178-190.—Collet (F.-J.) Tubercu- lose du larynx et tuberculose cesophagienne. Lyon med., 1911, cxvii, 265-268.—David (E.) La tuberculose gan- Tuberculosis (Glandular) [including scrofula], glionnaire. Limousin med., Limoges, 1908, xxxii, 35-44.— Day (H. F.) Unilateral cervical [tuberculous] adenitis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lviii, 1756.—Degre (W.) Beitrag zur Lehre von der Skrophulose; angeborene una erworbene Skrophulose. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1904, liv, 1101; 1172. —Delia Monica (A.) Scrofolosi; etio- logia; profilassi; cura. Pratica d. med., Napoli, 1905-6, vi, 225; 257.—De-Benzi (E.) Scrofolosi. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1906, xxvii, 1267-1270. — Donoghue (F. D.) Cervical adenitis with reference to mouth infection. Boston M. & S. J., 1907, clvi, 392-394. -----. Enlarged glands in the neck, so-called scrofulous glands. N. Enj-r. M. Month., Bost., 1910, xxix, 319-326.—Ehrenreich (S.) Scrofula. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1911, lxxx, 218-222.— Ehrmann. [Drei Falle von Bazins Erythema indu- ratum scrophulorum.l Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med.u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1904, iii, 143. —Eisendrath (D. N.) Tuberculosis of the cervical lymphnodes. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1906, ii, 37-42. Also: Plexus, Chicago, 1906, xii, 106-116. Also: Oklahoma M.News-Jour., 1908, xvi, 477-485.—Evers (J. C. G.) lets over de klierziekte. Nederl. Lancet, 's Gravenhage, 1851-2, 3. s., i, 189-213. Also, Reprint. — Evoli (G.) Rapporti tra tubercolosi glandolare a forma pseudoleucemica e tubercolosi delle basi polmonali. Tommasi, Napoli, 1911, vi, 605-612. — Fail re. Determiner le caractere des tumeurs scrophu- leuses, leurs especes, leurs signes, leur cure. Rec. d. pieces . . . p. le prix de l'Acad. roy. de chir., Par., 1759, iii, 25-42. — Fenwick (W. S.) Thedysyepsia of strumous childrenand its treatment. Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1894, 3. s., x, 661-665.—Filatoff(N.F.) Zolotukha. [Scrofula.] In his: Klin, lektsii, 8°, Mosk., 1900, i, 77-96.—Forch- heimer (F.) Scrofula and tuberculosis. Internat. En- cycl. Surg. (Ashhurst), N. Y., 1895, vii, 139-148.—Four- nier. Le phagedenisme scrofuleux. Union med., Par., 1894, 3. s., lviii, 157; 169.—Gallois. Qu'est devenue la scrofule? Bull, med., Par., 1897, xi, 117-119. — Gastou (P.) La scrofule, terrain septico-pyoh6mique hereditaire ou acquis et diathese lymphoide pr6- ou post-tubercu- leuse (maladie systematisee du systeme lymphatique et de ses dependances). Rev. d'hvg. et de med. inf. [etc.], Par., 1904, iii, 313-422, 4 pl—Gaudiani (V.) Dei rap- porti tra la pseudoleucemia e alcune forme di tuber- colosi glandolare. Riforma med., Napoli, 1910, xxvi, 741-744. — Gilbert (A.) & Well (E.) De la tuber- culisation secondaire des ganglions neoplasiques. Arch. de med. exper. et d'anat. path., Par., 1900, xii, 257- 286. — Gilchrist. Indurated scrofulous erythema. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait.. 1902, xiii, 58.— Girode (J.) Tuberculose aigue' ganglionnaire et m6- ningee. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1892, lxvii, 133-137.— Glagoleff (D. M.) Zolotukha, kak samostoyatelnaya nosologicheskaya yedinitsa. [Scrofula as an independ- ent nosological unit.] Vrach. Zapiski, Mosk., 1896, ii, 249-259.— Glasgow (McP.) Tuberculous cervical adeni- tis. Internat. J. Surg., N. Y., 1907, xx, 203-205.—Gou- reau. La scrofule et l'adenoidisme. Actualite med., Par., 1904, xvi, 131; 152; 164.—Goursand. Determiner le caractere des tumeurs scrophuleuses, leurs especes, leurs signes, leur cure. Rec. d. pieces ... p. le prix de l'Acad. roy. de chir., Par., 1759, iii, 288-310.—Gran- cher. Scrofolosi e tubercolosi. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1899, xx, 950.—Gregor (A.) Tuberculous cervical ade- nitis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, ii, 778.—Griswold (W. S.) Tuberculosis of the cervical lymph glands. North- west Med., Seattle, 1911, n. s., iii, 189-192.— Gutierrez (M.) Estudio critico de las diatesis; escrofulismo. Rev. desan. mil., Madrid, 1899, xiii, 97-102.—Hamza (F.) O skrofulose. Casop. lek. cesk., v Praze, 1906, xiv, 824; 849; 874; 900; 950— Handley (W. S.) Some notes on tuber- culous cervical glands. Arch. Middlesex Hosp., Lond., 1910, xxi, 63-68.—Heubncr (O.) Fall von ausgebreite- ter Driisentuberkulose. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1907, xliv, 1421. -----. Hufeland's Anschauungen iiber Scroohulose, nebst Randglossen. Ibid., 1910, xlvii, 192-194.—Hille- brecht. Skrophulose und Tuberkulose, ein einheit- liches Krankheitsbild. Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1897, vii, 65; 81; 97. Also, Reprint.—Honey (J. A.) The importance of mediastinal glands and failure to make proper diagnosis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, lvii, 958- 962.—Hulsholf (S. K.) Over de beteekenis van het begrep "scrophulose." Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1888, 2. R., xxiv, 245; 281. Also, Reprint— Hutchinson (J.) Scrofula simulating syphilis. Arch. Surg., Lond., 1895, vi. 68. -----. Illustrations of scrofula. Ibid., 1900, xi, 239-243.—Hymanson (A.) Remarkson the exudative diathesis of Czerny. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1907, xxiv, 927-931.—Irish (J. H.) Tubercular enlarge- ment of the cervical glands. Tr. Homceop. M. Soc. N. Y., 1909, liii, 231-236.—Kiinuoczi (E.) Polyadenitis tuber- culosa mit Polvirlobulie. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Buda- pest, 1906, xlii, 602.—Kriickmann (E.) Ueber die Be- ziehungen der Tulicrculose 'lor Halslymphdrusen zu der der Tonsillen. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc], Berl., 1894, exxxviii, 534-553.—I.abb6 (M.) & Ferrand (J.)* Ade- nolipomatose d'origine tubereuleuse a localisation ex- TUBERCULOSIS. 630 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Glandular) [including scrofula]. clusivement cervieale. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1901, 3. s., xviii, 601-605.—Larrabee (J. A.) The strumous or scrofulous diathesis. Pediatrics, N. Y. & Lond.. 1896, i, 398-401.—Larsen (C. F.) Oversigt over udviklingen af laeren om skrofulose og tuberkulose. [La theorie de la scrofulose et de la tuberculose dans son de- veloppement historique. Res., 1290] Norsk Mag. f. Lae- gevidensk., Kristiania, 1899, 4. R., xiv, 985; 1129; 1278; 1347.—Lau(H.) Zur Frage der SkroDhulose. St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr., 1904, xxix, 131; 143.—L.e Dentu. La tuberculose ganglionnaire. Independ. med., Par., 1896, ii, 385.—lie Gendre (P.) De la scrofule (nature, etiolo- gie et pathogenie, traitement). J. d. mal. cutan. et syph., Par., 1890-91, ii, 320-328.—Leriche. Adenopathie de nature tubereuleuse. Lyon med., 1904, cii, 932-936.— Lewis (P. A.) Tuberculous cervical adenitis; a study of the tubercle bacilli cultivated from fifteen consecutive cases. J. Exper. M., Lancaster, Pa., 1910, xii, 82-104.— Lincoln (M.) Tuberculous retroperitoneal adenitis connecting by a sinus with the duodenum; report of a case with autopsy. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1911, vii, 680-690. — Lindenbaum (V. F.) O tuberkuloznikh limfadenitakh she'i. [Tubercular cervical lymphadeni- tis.] Trudi Syezda Russk. Vrach. v pam. Pirogova 1891, Mosk., 1892, iv, 519-526.—Livierato (S.) Sulla presenza e sulladimostrazionedi sensibilizzatrici tubercolari negli estratti di ghiandole linfatiche scrofolose umane. Ann. d. Ist. Maragliano p. la cura d. tuberc. [etc.], Genova, 1910, iv, 43-51. Also, transl: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol.[etc.], Jena, 1910-11, lvii, Orig., 366-371.—Lucas (C.) Manifes- tations of the strumous diathesis. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1893, n. s., vii, 97-99.—Majault. Determiner le caractere des tumeurs scrophuleuses, leurs especes, leurs signes, leur cure. Rec. d. pieces . . . p. le prix de l'Acad. roy. de chir., Par., 1759, iii, 311-335.—Marian. Adeno- pathies sus-claviculaires, sous-claviculaires et axillaires consecutives k la tuberculose pleuro-pulmonaire et ayant determine une nevrite du plexus brachial. Gaz. d. mal. infant, [etc.], Par., 1900, ii, 156— Marnoch (J.) Tuber- cular cervical glands. [Abstr.] Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1906, n. s., lxxxii, 409-411.—Marston (C. L.) Cervical lvmphadenitis [tubercular]. Iowa M. J., Des Moines, 1906, xii, 103-109.—Martin (S. C.) Scrofula. St. Louis M. Era, 1898-9, viii, 241-244.—Mailclaire. Les adenites tuberculeuses du cou. Clinique, Par., 1911, vi, 363-366.—Mellleur (.1. B.) An inaugural disserta- tion on the svmptoms, causes, pathology and treatment of scrofula. Quebec M. J.. 1826, i. 233: 1827, ii, 81; 217; 361.—Meshtsherski (G. I.) Sluchal mnozhestvennikh skrofulozno-tuberkuloznikh gumm s neobichno bistrim techeniyem. [Multiple scrofulo-tubercular gummata with unusual course.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1902, lvii, 997-1000.—Meyer (W.) Tuberculosis of retroperitoneal glands. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1903, xxxvii, 620.—Michel (G.) & Hoc he (L.) Une observation de tuberculose ganglionnaire pseudo-lymphadenique. Rev. med. de Pest, Nancy, 1900, xxxii, 20-5-212, 1 pl.—von Mikulicz [J.] Discussionsbemerkungen zu dem Vortrage des Herren Ponrick fiber die Beziehungen der Scrophulose zur Tuberculose. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1901, No. 2, 21. Also, Reprint.—Miller (F. P.) Tuberculosis of cervical lvmphatic glands. Bull. El Paso Co. M. Soc, El Paso, Tex., 1909, i, no. 3, 17-22.—Monti (A.) Scro- phulose. Wien. Klinik, 1899, Suppl.-Hft. iv, 63-108.— Moore (F. C.) Scrofulous lvmphadenitis. J. Path. & Bacteriol., Edinb. & Lond., 1899-1900, vi, 94-145, 2 pl.— Moro (E.) & Doganolt* (A.) Zur Pathogenese ge- wisser Integumentveriinderungen bei Skrofulose. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1907, xx, 933-936.—Morris (R. T.) Tu- berculous glands of the neck. Am. J. Surg., N. Y., 1908, xxii, 22.—Most (A.) Ueber die Entstehung, Verhiitung und die Behandlung der Halsdriisentuberkulose. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1909, xlvi, 93-97. Also [Abstr.]: Jahresb. d. schles. Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Cult. 1908, Bresl., 1909, 246- 248. -----. Die Halsdriisentuberkulose. Heilkunde, Berl., 1909, 237-241.—Motter (M. G.) Tuberculosis or scrofula. Tr. M. Soc. Dist. Columb. 1899, Wash., 1900, iv, 182-185.—Muzio (G.) Sui rapporti-tra scrofola e tuber- colosi. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1899, 4. s., xlvii, 289-292.—Newbolt (G. P.) Tuberculous mesen- teric glands and some abdominal conditions they may giv rise to. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, ii, 1101- 1103. — >'ocffehtl. d. Hufeland. Ge- sellsch. in Berl. Balneol. Gesellsch., 1906, pt. 2.36-68. Also: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1906, xliii, 465-475. Also \ Abstr ]: Med. f. Alle, Wien u. Leipz., 1906, i, 189.—K ran we. Be- handlung der Driisentuberkulose mit bubkutaner und interner Anwendung von Koch's Bacillen-Emulsion. Tuberculosis (Glandular, 'Treatment of). Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1907, xliv, 63.—Lardcimols. Traitement logique et rationnel des adenopathies tuber- culeuses du cou. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, ii, 171-173.—Latham (A.) The diagnosis and treat- ment of tuberculous glands. CI n. J., Lond., 1909, xxxiv. 209-214.—Lazarus (A.) Physikalische Therapie bei Anamie, Chlorose una Skrophulose. Handb. d. physikal. Therap., Leipz., 1902, pt. 2, i, 295-310—Le Dentu. Traitement de la tuberculose ganglionnaire. Presse m6d., Par., 1894, 237. -----. Traitement de la tuberculose gan- glionnaire. Rev. internat. de med. et de chir. prat., Par., 1895, vi, 325-327.—Lei li (A.) Del valore terapeutico dell1 idroclorato di barite nella scrofolosi, e specialmente nelle sue manifestazioni entero-mesenteriche. Atti d. Cong. pediat. ital. 1890, Napoli, 1891, 304-308.—Lenglet & Soiirdeau. Association de l'ionisation eieetrolytiquea la scarification, au grattage, it la haute frequence et par- ticulierement k la radiotherapie, dans le traitement des adenites tuberculeuses et de certaines dermatoses rebelles. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1908, xix, 265- 269.—Liegeois. Indications et modes d'emploi de cer- taines plantes indigenes dans la scrofule. Rev. g6n. de clin. etde therap., Par., 1900, xiv, 593. -----. Formules pour l'emploi du chlorure de sodium et du chlorure de calcium k l'interieur dans la scrofule. Ibid., 1903, xvii, 163-165.—Llvierato (S.) Dei rapporti fra scrofolosi e tubercolosi. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1908, Roma, 1909, xviii, 351-353.—Miller (A. G.) Note on Bier's new method of treating strumous diseases of the extremi- ties by passive congestion. Edinb. M. J., 1893-4, xxxix, 702-708. -----. On the treatment of the pretuberculous condition in gland-tuberculosis. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1898, n. s., lxv, 269.—Miller (J.) Case treated by injections of bacterial vaccines; tuberculous glands. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Glasg., 1909-10, ix, 104.—Moro (E.) Zur Diatetik der Skrofulose. Monatschr. f. Kinderh., Leipz. u. Wien, 1912, xi, Orig., 21-28.—Monton (J. M. C.) Over de behandling van scrophuleuse en an- dere aandoeningen met inwrijvingen van groene zeep. Med. Weekbl., Amst., 1911-12, xviii, 239.—Oldenburg (T.) Om skrofulose som tuberkul0s Intoksikations- tilstand. Ugeskr. f. Laeger, K0benh., 1908, 5. R., i, 565: 689.—Overend (W.) Note on the value of ichthyol in tuberculous glands. Lancet, Lond., 1904, i, 296.—Pe- den (Mary C.) Improvement in medical compounds. Pat. spec] No. 195,531; Sept. 25,1877.—Peterson (R.) "uberculosis of the mesenteric lymph-glands and its treatment by abdominal section. Tr. Am. Gynec. Soc, Phila., 1897, xxii, 290-304.—de Pezzer. Traitement des adenites tuberculeuses par les inj ectons d' ether iodoforme. Union med., Par., 1891, 3. s., li, 710-713.—Polls (A.) Traitement de la tuberculose ganglionnaire. Scalpel, Liege, 1895-6, xlviii, 222-224.—Pybus (F. C.) A note on the treatment of tuberculous glands in the neck. North- umberland & Durham M. J., Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 1911, xix, 268-270.— Que line. La medication cacodylique chez les scrofuleux. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1901, cxlii, 312-315.—Beboul (J.) Traitement des ade- nopathies scrofulo-tuberculeuses par les injections inter- stitielles de naphtol camphre. Marseille med., 1891, xxviii, 23-35. -----. Sur le traitement des adenopathies scrofulo-tuberculeuses par les injections interstitielles de naphtol camphre. J. d. mal. cutan. et syph., Par., 1892, iv, 336-340.-----. Traitement des adenites tuberculeuses par les injections interstitielles de naphtol camphre. Marseille med., 1893, xxx, 433-441.—Riva (A.) Sulla cura delle adeniti scrofolose colle iniezioni parenchima- tose di jodio. Rendic. d. Ass. med.-chir. di Parma, 1904, v, 3-5.—Robin (A.) Traitement d'un cas de tubercu- lose ganglionnaire du cou, non ulceree, chez un jeune homme, avec etat g6n6ral satisfaisant. Bull, med., Par., 1906, xx, 531-533. -----. Traitement medical des adenites tuberculeuses. Ibid., 1907, xxi, 581-584. Also: Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1907, lxxx, 907. ------. Tuberculose gan- glionnaire; traitement. J. de med. int., Par., 1907, xi,269-271.-----. Du traitement general des adenites tuberculeuses. Ann. de med. et chir. inf., Par., 1908, xii, 192-195. Also: Med. mod., Par., 1908, xix, 9.— Rodionoflf*(G. P.) Listya gretskavo orTekha (fol. nu- cum juglainds) v terapii zolotukhi. [Leaves of the walnut in the treatment of scrofula.] Russk. Med., St. Petersb., 1893, xviii, 663.—Rolid en (B.) Zur Inunc- tionscur der Scrophulose und Tuberculose. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1901, xv, 415-417.—Rothholz. De be- handeling der zoogenaamde scrofuleuse oogonstekingen. Med. Weekbl., Amst., 1905-6, xii, 647-650.— Rousseau- Saint-Philippe. L'iodure d'arsenic contre la scro- fule et la scrofulo-tuberculose. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1906, xxxvi, 226.—Roux (J.) L'h61iotherapie dans les tuberculoses locales et la methode de Dreyer dans les adenites tuberculeuses experimentales. Pediatrieprat., Lille, 1907, v, 181-184.—Sa lire (B.) Einige Bemerkungen iiber die Therapie der Skrophulose. Berl. klin. Wchn- schr.. 1906, xliii, 912-914. —Salzborn. Ein Beitrag zur Therapie der Skrophulose. Wien. med. Wchn- schr., 1905^ lv, 371-374.—Simon (R.) Traitement de TUBERCULOSIS. 633 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Glandular, Treatment of). la tuberculose ganglionnaire par des injections inter- stitielles de faibles doses de ga'facol camphre. Cong. franc de raed. C.-r. 1904, Par., 1905, 274-279. Also: Gaz. d. mal.infant, [etc.], Par., 1905, vii, 65-68. —Soltntann (O.) Die Behandlung der Skrofulose. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1908, xxxiv, 1497-1500.—Som- inerbrodt (J.) Aufforderung zur Behandlung der Scrophulose mit Kreosot. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1892, xxix, 641.—Stewart (I. S.) The vaccine treatment of glandular tuberculosis. J. Vaccin Therap., Lond., 1912, i, 187-192.—Tausz (B.) Die Therapie der scrophulosen Lymphdrusen. Ungar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1904, ix, 501-504.— Thacker (J. A.) Antimony and mercury in scrofulous affections. Cincin. M. News, 1891, n. s., xx, 289-295. —Tomlinson (O. R.) Nuclein in scrofula. Therap. Notes, Detroit, 1898-9, v, 1-3.—Treves (VV. K.) On the diagnosis and treatment of scrofulous glands. Lancet, Lond., 1889, ii, 633; 687. Also, Reprint. — Tur- zaiiski (G. J.) Wyniki leczenia zo!z6w w Iwoniczu. [Treatment of scrofula in Iwonicz.] Przegl. lek., Kra- kow, 1911, 1, 233-237.—Tytgat (E.) A propos de la me- thode de Beck. Belgique med., Gand, 1911, xviii, 147- 152.—Van Velsor (W. W.) Note on the treatment of scrofula by iodia. Med. Press & Circ, 1888, xiv, 583. Also, Reprint.—Vollnier (E.) Skrofulosis und Solbii- der. Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1899, xx, 293-295—We- elewskl (T.) Ueberdie Anwendung des 10%igen Jodi- pins bei skrophulosen Erkrankungen. Ibid., 1905, xxvi, 1007.— Weigert (R.) Die Behandlung der Skrofulose und Tuberkulose mit Soletrinkkuren. Monatschr. f. Kinderh., Leipz. & Wien, 1904, iii. 57-68.—Wewtern (G. T.) A series of cases of scrofulodermia and lupus treated by tuberculin injections. Proc. R<>v. Soc Med., Lond., 1909-10, iii, Dermat. Sect., 8-12.—Weyll (L.) New meth- ods of treatment; scrofulous fistula; scrofulous glands; aneemia and chlorosis; spasmodic convulsive affections. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1904, n. s., lxxviii, 141.— Wheaton (C. L.) Non-surgical treatment of tubercu- lar glands. Dietet. & Hyg. Gaz., N. Y., 1910, xxvi, 656.— Willems (C.) Traitement des tuberculoses ganglion- naire?. J. de chir. et Ann. Soc. beige de chir., Brux., 1902, ii, 8-15.—Witczak. Zur Behandlung der Scrofu- lose. Balneol. Centr.-Ztg.. Berl., 1902, iii, 127-229.—Wolff (W.) Ueber Schmierseifenbehandlung tuberkuloser Er- krankungen. Berl. klin.-therap. Wchnschr., 1905,575-581. Also: Wien. klin.-therap. Wchnschr., 1905, 575-581. Tuberculosis (Glandular, Treatment of, Operative). See, also, Tuberculosis (Surgical). Furnrohr (W.) * Erfolge der Exstirpation tuberkuloser Lymphdriisen. 8°. Erlangen, 1896. Ludewig (A. [A. K.)] * Ueber die in den letzten drei Jahren in der hiesigen chirurgi- schen Klinik zur Behandlung gekommenen Falle von Struma. 8°. Kiel, 1902. Ricard (X.-E.-M.-E.-J.) Contribution a I'etude de l'extirpation des ganglions tubercu- leux de l'aisselle; technique de la section tem- poraire des muscles pectoraux. 8°. Bordeaux, 1910. Ashhurst. Temporary paralysis of left vocal cord after excision of tuberculous cervical lymph-nodes. Tr. Phila. Acad. Surg., 1909, xi, 193-195.—Attridge (J. A.) The surgical treatment of tuberculous adenitis, with spe- cial reference to the cervical lymphatics. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1908, vii, 685-692.—Reck (C.) How is exophthalmus, tachycardia and tremor following extir- pation of tuberculous glands of the neck to be explained? Arch. Diagn., N. Y., 1908, i, 358-361.—Rroca (A.) De l'extirpation des ganglions tuberculeux. Rev.gen.de clin. et de therap., Par., 1901, xv, 641; 660; 675.— Carothers(R.) Surgery of cervical tubercular lymph nodes. Ohio M. J., Columbus, 1906, ii, 273-278.—Court- ney (J. W.) Three cases of extensive nerve injury from removal of cervical glands. Boston M. & S. J., 1907, clvi, 568-571.—Crile (G. W.) Operation for excision of tuber- culous glands of the neck, ln: Stereo Clinic (H. A. Kelly), 4°, [Troy, N. Y., 1911], 2-30, 26 stereos.—Del bet (P.) Sur une indication peu connue d'extirpation des ganglions iliaques. Assoc, franc, de chir. Proc.-verb. [etc.], Par., 1901, xiv, 813-820. — D'Este (L. S.) La terapia chirurgica nei linfomi tubercolari del collo. Morgagni, Milano, 1906, xlviii, 575-585.—Dollinger (G.) A giimds nyaki nyirokcsom6k subcutan elutvolitasa 200 mfitdtt eset alapjiin. [Subcutaneous removal of tuber- cular cervical lymphatic glands, based on 200 operated cases.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1909, liii, 321.—Dowd (C. N.) Tuberculosis of the cervical lymph nodes; re- port on 275 cases treated by radical extirpation. Surg., Tuberculosis (Glandular, Treatment of, Operative). Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1909, viii, 232-237.—Edington (G. H.) Some notes on the treatment of tuberculous glands in the neck by excision. Tr. M.-Chir. Soc. Glasg. (1904-5), 1906, v, 168-175.—Edmunds (A.) The surgical treatment of tuberculous glands. Hospital, Lond., 1909, xlvi, 7.—Herrera Vegas (M.) El tratamiento quiriir- gico de las adenitis tuberculosas del cuello. Arch. Latino-Am. de pediat., Buenos Aires, 1912, v, 71; 155.— House (A. F.) The surgical aspect of tuberculous cer- vical lymph nodes in children. Cleveland M. J., 1910, ix, 757-763.—Jacobson (J. H.) The radical operation for the removal of tuberculous glands of the neck. Ohio M. J., Columbus, 1908, iv, 9-12. Also, Reprint.—Jowett (W.) Tuberculosis of retro-pharyngeal lymphatic glands. Vet. Rec, Lond., 1908-9, xxi, 203, 1 pl.—Judd (E. S.) Treatment of tuberculous glands of the neck; a study of 649 operated cases. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1910, Iii, 768-766, 7 pl— Krttger. Ueber kosmetische Operation der Halsdriisentuberkulose. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1910, cvi, 477^86. — Meyer (W.) Extirpation of retroperitoneal tuberculous glands. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1902, xxxvi, 273. -----. The possibility of avoiding conspicuous scar formation in softened tuberculosis of the cervical glands. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1908, lxxiv, 865.—Jlilhlet (H.) Les adenopathies chirurgicales tuberculeuses. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1900, xiv, 315-317.—Mohr (H.) Stauungs- hyperamie zur Nachbehandlung nach Exstirpation tu- berculoser Halsdriisen. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1910, lvii, 1177.— iTIorestin (H.) Extirpation par la bouche d'un ganglion tuberculeux sous-maxillaire. Bull, et mem. Soc de chir. de Par., 1907, n. s., xxxiii, 734-736. -----. Extirpation par la bouche d'un ganglion sus-hyoidien tuberculeux. Ibid., 1908, n. s., xxxiv, 52-54.—Most (A.) Ueber die Verhutung und Be- kampfung der Halsdriisentuberkulose mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung ihrer Chirurgie. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1909, xcvii, 294-353.—Ortiz (J. P.) Ade- nitis cervical de naturaleza tuberculosa; consideraciones clinicas; metodos de tratamiento. Rev. de med. y cirug. pract., Madrid, 1908, lxxix, 5-17.—Owen (E.) Notes on the surgical treatment of tuberculous cervical glands. Practitioner, Lond., 1891, xlvii, 321-329.—Parker (R.) Experiences in the extirpation of tuberculous lymph glands during the last thirty years, comprising over 300 operations. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1902, ii, 1312-1314.— Pluiiiiner (S. C.) Technique of removal of tubercular glands of the neck. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1907, v, 556-558.—Sharp (H. C.) Tuberculosis of the cervical lymphatics and its treatment. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1906, n. s., lvi, 454-461.—Sutcliflfe (W. G.) Treatment of tuberculous glands of the neck in children. Practitioner, Lond., 1912, Ixxxviii. 641-650.—Synis (P.) Tubercular glands of the neck; their surgical treatment. Pediatrics, N. Y., 1908, xx, 75-79.—Tuberculous glands of neck; operation; injury to thoracic duct; recovery. St. Thomas's Hosp. Rep. 1903, Lond., 1904, n. s., xxxii, 249.—Turner (G. G.) A series of cases after operations for tuberculous glands in the neck. Northumberland & Durham M. J., Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 1906, xiv, 91. -----. The ultimate fate of cases operated on for tuber- culous glands in the neck, ibid., 102-107.—Walton (C. E.) Operative treatment of tubercular glands. Tr. Am. Inst. Homceop. 1901, N. Y., 1902, lvii, 244-255. Tuberculosis (Glandular, Treatment of) by Rontgen rays. Collard (L.) *Le traitement radiothera- pique des polyadenites inflammatoires simples et principalement des adenopathies tubercu- leuses. 8°. Lyon, 1911. Gontier (J.) *Le traitement local des ade- nopathies tuberculeuses par les rayons de Ront- gen. 8°. Paris, 1910. Rafalowski (M.) *Zur Frage der Behand- lung der Halsdriisen und Knochentuberkulose mit Rontgenlicht. 8°. Basel, 1910. Adenopathiestuberculeuses et radiotherapie. Rev. prat, d'obst. et de gyn6c, Par., 1905, 213— Barjon (F.) La radiotherapie comme traitement des adenites tuber- culeuses. Lyon med., 1906, cvii, 638-641.—Beckett (T. G.) Tuberculous glands treated by X-rays. Intercolon. M.J. Australas., Melbourne, 1909, xiv, 150-152.—Bei-tran (E.) Radioterapia en las adenitis tuberculosas. Kev.dc cien. med. de Barcel., 1906, xxxii, 405.—Hoggs (It. II.) Report of tuberculous adenitis treated with Roentgen rays. Am. Q. Roentgenol., Pittsburg, 1906-7, i, no. 4, 58- 66. Also: St. Louis M. Rev., 1906, liv, 601-603.—Bruneau de Laborie. Traitement radiotherapique des adeno- pathies tuberculeuses. Bull, et mem. Soc. m6d. d. hdp. de Par., 1912, 3. a., xxxiii, 533-536. — Caccia ( G. ) & Francioni (C.) Sulla roentgenterapia delle adenopa- TUBERCULOSIS. 634 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Glandular, Treatment of) by Riintgen rays. tie tubercolari. Riv. di clin. pediat., Firenze, 1906, iv, 666-670, 1 pl.—Davis (F. A.) The treatment of some cases of tubercular glands of the neck by Roentgen rays. J. Advanc Therap.,N.Y.,1910, xxviii, 17-24.—Dupeyrac. La radiotherapie dans les adenites. Marseille med., 1909, xlvi, 225-234.—Feldstein (S. L.) The treatment of tu- berculous glands of the neck by the X-ravs. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1907, lxxxv, 20. Also: Med. Electrol. & Radiol., Lond., 1907, viii, 26-28.— Ghilarducci (F.) Azione dei raggi X sulle artriti ed adeniti tubercolari. Policlin., Roma, 1910, xvii, sez. med., 429-445.—Ff endrix. Traite- ment des adenopathies tuberculeuses ou adenites chro- niques liar la radiotherapie. Policlin., Brux., 1905, xiv, 177-1*2.— Holding (A. F.) The treatmentof tubercu- lous adenitis with the X-rays. Albany M.Ann.,1910, xxxi, 140-144.—Leonard (C. L.) The treatment of tubercu- lous cervical adenitis by the Roentgen rays. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, liv, 1596.—JUahar (V.) Radiothera- pie des adenites tuberculeuses. Cong, internat. de phy- siothi'rap. Compt. rend. 1910, Par., 1911, iii, 654-656.— Pirie (A. H.) Treatment of tubercular glands by X- rays. Med. Electrol. & Radiol., Lond., 1907, viii, 242-247. -----. The treatment of tuberculous glands by X-ravs. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1908-9, ii, Electro-Therap. Sect., 97-105. Also [Abstr.]: Arch. Roentg. Ray, Lond., 1908-9, xiii. 347. -----. The X-ray treatmentof tubercular glands. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1909, n. s., lxxxvii, 351-353.-----. Treatmentof tuberculous glands by means of measured doses of X rays. Cong, internat. de phvsio- therap. Compt. rend. 1910, Par., 1911, iii, 650-653.—Rab b (E. M.) Glandular tuberculosis successfully treated by the X-ray. Texas State J. M., Fort Worth, 1906-7, ii, 327.— Redard (P.) Radiotherapie dans les adenopathies tu- berculeuses. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, ii, 143-145. Also: Arch, d'eleetric med., Bordeaux, 1905, xiii, 931. Also: Ann. de chir. et d'orthop., Par., 1906, xix, 42-44.—Rodman (J. J.) Roentgen rays in the treat- ment of tubercular cervical glands. Kentucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1908-9, vii, 126-128.— Stover (G. H.) The treatment of glandular tuberculosis by the Roentgen ray. J. Advance. Therap., N. Y., 1907, xxv, 123-128. Also, Reprint.—Titus (E. C.) X-ray treatment of tubercu- lous adenitis. Internat. J. Surg., N. Y., 1910, xxiii, 148.— Vale (F. P.) A brief note on the X-ray treatment of glandular tuberculosis. Wash. M. Ann., 1903, ii, 324-32S. Also: Med. News, N. Y., 1904, lxxxiv, 207-209. Also, Re- print.—Tilanova (P.) Tratamiento de las adenitis tu- berculosas por los rayos X. Rev. de med. y cirug., Bar- cel.. 1906, xx, 433-437. Tuberculosis (Glandular, Treatment of) by sea baths. See, also, Scrofulous children (Seaside hos- pitals for). Berruti (G.) La scrofola e gli ospizi marini. 8°. [Torino, 1871.] Bourcart (A.) * Des bains de mer en hivers dans le traitement de la scrofule. 4°. Paris, 1890. Fomiliant (V. I.) *K voprosu o primienenii talaysoterapii pri zolotukhle, mlestnom tuber- kulozie i rakhitie. [Thalassotherapy for scrof- ula, local tuberculosis, and rickets.] 8°. S.-Pe- terburg, 1901. Gherardi (G.) La cura della scrofula; re- lazione sanitaria dell' ospizio marino di Tano, 1902. roy. 8°. Pesaro, 1903. Paul (C.) & Rodet (P.) Traitement hydro- therapique, climatique et thermal du lympha- tisme et de la scrofule. 12°. Paris, 1894. Pierre (J.) * De la nature des maladies dites scrofuleuses des yeux, des oreilles, du nez, du pharynx et de leur traitement au bord de la mer Berck. 4°. Paris, 1895. Abramowski. Einfluss der Seebader auf skrofulose Kinder. Ztschr. f. Schulgsndhtspfl., Hamb., 1910, xxiii, 545.—Rlencke (A.) Die balneologische Behandlung der Skrophulose. Arch. d. Balneoth. u. Hydroth., Halle a. S., 1898-9, ii, 2. Hft., 1-39— Czarnik (S.) Wplyw pobytu w Rymanowiena dzieci skrofuliczne. [Influence of sojourn in Rvmanow upon scrofulous children.] Lw6w. tygodn. lek., 1910, v, 157; 172; 185.—Ely (L. W.) Treat- ment of cervical tuberculous adenitis at the Sea Breeze Hospital. Am. J. Obst N.Y., 1910, lxii, 162-165.—Engel- mann (F.) Saline treatment of scrofulous lesions; a German view. Practitioner, Lond., 1908, lxxxi, 26.— Faivre. Traitement thermo-mineral des enfants lym- phatico-scrofuleux. Cong, period, de gvnec, d'obst. et de paediat. 1898. Mem. et disc, Par., 1900, ii, 700-703.—Hertz Tuberculosis (Glandular, Treatment of) by sea baths. (R.) & Thomsen (O.) En undersdgelse af kysthos- pitalets skrofu!0se bprn ved hjaelp at von Pirquet's og Wassermann's reaction. [Examination of scrofulous children, in the coast-hospital, with von Pirquet's and Wassermann's reaction.] Hosp.-Tid., K0benh., 1910,6. R., iii, 1433-1440. Also, transl: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xlviii, 243-245.—Janota (O.) Vvsledky leCeni d6ti krti6nat^ch v morskych Mznich. [Results of the treat- ment of scrofulous children by sea baths.] Casop. lek. 6esk., v Praze, 1899, xxxviii, 856-858.—Ruble. Skrofu- lose und Solbad. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1904, xviii, 196.—Lalesque. Sur un nouveau cas de tuberculose ganglionnaire mediastinique et peritoneale febrile guerie encuremarine. Cong, internat. dephysiotherap. Compt. rend. 1910, Par., 1911, iii, 54s—Laranza (A.) Du traite- ment salin dans les manifestations scrofuleuses de l'en- fance J. declin. et de therap. inf., Par., 1896, iv, 347.— Menard (V.) Tuberculose externe au bord de la mer. Cong, internat. de med. C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de chir. de l'enf., 203-214.— Okolicsanyi-Kuthy (D.) A scrofu- ldzis hydrotherapi&ja, [The hydrotherapy of scrofula.] Fiirdo- es vizgy6gyaszat, Budapest, 1907, 37-42.—Pagano (G.) Tentativi d'i cura della scrofolosi con le iniezioni ipodermiche di acqua di mare. Riv. crit. di clin. med., Firenze, 1904, v, 813-817.—Perier (E.) La medication marine de la scrofule et du lvmphatisme. Ann. de med. etchir. inf., Par., 1906, x, 397-408. -----. Cure d'air et cure d'eaux de la scrofule et du lymphatisme quand la medication marine est contre indiquee, Ibid., 476-486.— Poncet (A.) & Leriche (R.) Tuberculose inflamma- toire et glandes vasculaires sanguines. Rev. de therap. med.-chir., Par.,1911, lxxviii, 469-484.—Pulle(F.) Quali scrofolosi debbano essere prescelti dai comitati di bene- flcenza per la cura marina. Atti d. cong. naz. " Pro inf." 1902, Torino, 1903, 76-80.—Richardiere (H.) De Taction combinee du traitement marin et de la cure chloruree sodique dans la tuberculose ganglionnaire. Rev. dela tuberculose, Par., 1908, 2. s.. v, 97-106. Also: Ann. de med. et chir. inf., Par., 1908, xii, 419-426.—von Sassy (J.) Die Scrophulose und deren Balneotherapie. Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1900, xiv, 405; 417. Also, transl: Gy6gyaszat, Budapest, 1900, xl, 375-378.—SillverskiOld (P.) Nagra bidrag till kannedomen om detterapeutiska vardet af Vastkustensvinterklimat, specielltmed hansyn till behandling af skrofulosa barn k Styrso. [Some con- tributions to the knowledge of the therapeutic value of the winter climate of the west coast, with special refer- ence to the treatment of scrofulous children at Stvrso.] Hygiea, Stockholm, 1902, n. L, ii, pt. 2, 528-564, 1 tab.— Sinding-Larsen. Kystklima ved skrofulose. Tids- skr. f. d. norske Lsegefor., Kristiania, 1906, xxvi, 437- 439.—Szegit (K.) Prinzipien in der Behandlung der Skrophulose am Strande. Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1910, lv, 85.—Tausz (B.) A skrophulosis balneotherapiAjanak mai all&sa. [The present position of balneotherapy in scrofula.] Budapesti orv. ujsag, 1906, iv, 586-588.—von Torday (F.) A scrophulosis, tengeri es gy6gyfiird6k. [. . . and curative sea baths.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1899, xliii, 583: 598. Also, transl: Wien. med. Bl., 1900, xxiii, 7; 21.—Unterberger (S.) Russkaya banya i russkoye tolokno v borble s zolotukhol u dietel v blednol praktikle. [The Russian bath and Russian oat meal in the struggle with scrofula among children in the practice among the poor.] Prakt. Vrach., S. Peterb., 1905, iv, 335- 337.—de Valeourt. Traitement de la scrofule paries bains de mer en hiver. Assoc, franc, pour l'avance. d. sc C.-r. 1886, Par., 1887, xv, pt. 2, 724-727.—Variot (G.) Le climat marin et la scrofule dans les lies de la c6te bretonne. Gaz. med. de Par., 1892, 8. s., i, 553; 565; 578.— Vollmer (E.) Skrofulosis und Solbader. Veroffentl. d. Hufeland. Gesellsch. in Berl. Balneol. Gesellsch., 1899, xx, 140-149.—Weber (S/rH.) A plea for seaside sanatoria for children, especially for the prevention and treatment of scrofulous complaints. Tr. Brit. Cong. Tuberc. 1901, Lond., 1902, iii, 234-237. Tuberculosis (Glandular) in children [including Czerny^s '"''exudative diathe- sis^]. See, also, Tuberculosis (Glandular, Treatment of) by sea-baths. Bialyk (M.) *Zur Diagnose der Skrofulo- tuberkulose im friihen Kindesalter. 8°, Ber- lin, 1905. Pascal (J.) * Contribution a I'etude de la tuberculose du premier age; polyad^nite primi- tive. 4°. Paris, 1892. Rau in el (L.) La scrofule chez l'enfant. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Kontpel., 1891, xiii, 613-617.—Rertl (G.) Singolare simmetrica localizzazione scrofulo-tubercolare in una bambina. Pediatria, Napoli, 1909, 2. s., vii, 369-380.—Roucht (K.) Bidrag till kannedomen om freqvensen af skrofulo-tuberkulosa kortelsvulnader hos TUBERCULOSIS. 635 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Glandular) in children [including Czernfs kt exudative diathe- sis'-]. barn. [Beitrag zur Kenntnis der skrophulos-tuberku- losen Drusenschwellungen bei Kindern. Rep., p. xviii.] Finska liik.-sallsk handl., Helsingfors, 1906, xlviii, pt. 2, 345-355— Hrudziriski (J.) O stosunku wzajemnym zolz6w i gruzlicy u dzieci. [Mutual relation of scrofula and tuberculosis in children.] Medycyna, Warszawa, 1901, xxix, 993; 1012.—RrUnig(H.) Zur Lehre der Tuber- kulose im Kindesalter mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der primaren Darm-Mesenterialdriisen-Tuberkulose. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1905, iii, 241-256, lpl.— Christin (E.-F.) La cure arsenicale et d'altitude pour les enfants serofuleux et nerveux. Medecin prat., Par., 1908, iv, 181.—Czerny (A.) Ein Vorschlag zur Abgren- zung des Begriffes Skrofulose. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heil- stattenw., Leipz., 1901, ii, 204-210.-----. Ueber die Be- ziehungen zwischen Mastung und skrofulosen Hautaffek- tionen. Monatschr. f. Kinderh., Leipz. u. Wien, 1903, ii, 67-62.-----. Die exsudative Diathese. Jahrb.f. Kinderh., Berl., 1905, Ixi, 199-221. -----. Zur Kenntnis der exuda- tiven Diathese. Monatschr. f. Kinderh., Leipz. u. Wien, 1905-6, iv, 1-13. -----. Zur Kenntnis der exsudativen Dia- these. Ibid., 1907-8, vi, 1-9.-----. Zur Kenntnis der ex- sudativen Diathese. Ibid., 1908-9, vii, 1-6. -----. Exsu- dative Diathese, Skrophulose und Tuberkulose. Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1909, n. F., lxx, 529-538.—Dautwiz. Ue- ber Diagnose und speziflsche Behandlung d er latenten en- dothorakalen Driisentuberkulose des kindlichen Alters. Beihfte z. Med. Klin., Berl., 1908, iv, 241-264.—He Ronis (T.)&Fede(F.) Scrofolosi e tubercolosi. Atti d. Cong. pediat.ital.lsyj.Xapoli,1896,ii,85-112.-Fisher(T.) Some complications of tuberculous infection of the lymphatic glands in children. Clin. J., Lond., 1906-7, xxix, 108- 111.—Gerstenberger (H. J.) Exudative diathesis with demonstration of cases. Cleveland M. J., 1909, viii, 458-469.—Gorter (E.) Over exsudatieve diathese, lymphatismus en scrofuleuze constitutie en hunne be- trekking tot tuberculose. Geneesk. Bl. u. Klin, en Lab. v. de prakt., Haarlem, 1909-10, xv, 1-39— Grulee (C. G.) The exudative diathesis. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1908, xiii, 658-661.—Hacks (C.) La scrofule des enfants, ce qu'elle est? Contribution a I'etude clinique de l'etiologie et du traitement. Rev. med. de Nor- mandie, Rouen, 1901, 205-213. -----. La scrofule des en- fants; ce qu'elle est; contribution a I'etude clinique de l'etiologie et du traitement. Cong. nat. period, de gy- nec, d'obstet. et de paediat., Rouen, 1904, iv, 543-599.— Hussy (A.) Die exsudative Diathese (Czerny). Cor.- Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1905, xxxv, 253-256.—Huti- nel(V.) Adenopathiestuberculeusesdumediastin; leur role dans Involution de la tuberculose chez l'enfant. Rev. de la tuberculose, Par., 1908, 2. s., v, 413-426.—Kuss (G.) & Nobeeourt (P.) Tuberculose occulte des gan- glions mesenteriques chez l'enfant. Cong, franc, de med. 1907, Par., 1908, Compt. rend., 227-229.—La Fetra (L. E.) Tuberculous cervical lymph nodes in an infant of four months. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1907, xxiv, 418-425. Also: Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc. 1906, N. Y., 1907, xviii, 300-307.— Laser (H.) Ueber die Hiiufigkeit des Vorkommens von tuberkulosen Halsdriisen bei Kindern. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1896, xxii, 600-504.—Lesage (A.) & Pascal (J.) Contribution a I'etude de la tuber- lose du premier ≥ polvadenite generalisee primitive. Arch. gen. de med.. Par.," 1893, i, 270-308.— JTIoizard & Grenet. Deux observations de granulie k forme he- morrhagique. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1903, v, 322- 343.—lUonti. Statistische Beitrage zur Lehre von der Scrophulose. Arch. f. Kinderh., Stuttg., 1899, xxvi, 161- 204.—Neumann (H.) Die klinische Diagnose der Scro- phulose. Ibid., 1897, xxiv, 8-24. -----. Skrophulose und Tuberkulose im Kindesalter. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1901, xxvii. 5K0.—Po tier (F.) La micro- Eolyadenie dans la tuberculose infantile au point de vue istogenique et pathogenique. Cong, internat. de la tu- berc. 1905, Par., 1906, ii, 217-220.—Ritter (J.) The patho- genesis of the glandular or secondary form of infantile tuberculosis; clinical importance, etiological factors, pro- phylactic measures, its favorable prognosis and rational treatment. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1913, xxiii, 58-66.— Riva ■ Kocci (S.) Diatesi essudati va o artritismo? Gazz. med. ital.. Torino. 1910, Ixi, 251-253.—Rosenstern (J.) Exsudative Diathese und Eosinophilie. Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1909, lxix, 631-651. — Schiitz (A.) Bei- trage zur exsudativen Diathese. Heilkunde, Berl., 1910, 327-329. Also: Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1910, xxxvi, 271.—Shennan (T.) Tuberculosis in chil- dren, especially with reference to tuberculosis of lym- phatic glands, and its importance in the invasion and discrimination of the disease. Lancet, Lond., 1909, i, 315- 31«. — Soltmann (O.) Scrophulose und Tuberculose der Kinder. Deutsche Klinik, Berl. & Wien, 1901, vii, 34-56. — Velasco Blanco (L.) Diatesis exudativa. Gac. med. d. Sur de Espana, Granada, 1912, xxx, 31; 53.— Ventura (C.) La diatesi essudativa. Riv. di clin. pe- Tuberculosis (Glandular) in children [including Czerny''s "exudative diathe- sis "]. diat., Firenze, 1909, vii, 473-506.—Willard (De F.) Tu- berculosis of the superficial glands. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., Phila., 1896, xiv, 163-175.—Zelle. Die Skrofulose in den Volksschulen und ihre Bedeutung nach den Ergebnissen der Untersuchung im Kreise Lotzen. Ztschr. f. Med.- Beamte, Berl., 1911, xxiv, 120-128. Tuberculosis (Glandular) in children [Hospitals for]. See, also, Scrofulous children (Seaside hospitals for). Lalanne (P.-P.) *Du traitement au Sana- torium de Cap-Breton des lesions scrofuleuses et des affections qui accompagnent le plus sou- vent la scrofule. Resultats obtenus. 8°. Bor- deaux, 1900. Baginsky (A.) Einrichtung von Heilstatten fiir tuberculose Kinder. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1900, xlvii, 1128-1132.—Raumel (L.) Rapport sur un sana- torium d'altitude pour enfants k edirier sur le plateau de Bayssiere. Lutte antituberc, Par., 1905-6, vi, 8-13.— Bokay (J.) A tengermelieki korh&zakr61. [Maritime sanatoria.] Gyermekgy6gyaszat, Budapest, 1902, 33-38.— B in non (R.) & Nee (L.) Tuberculose des enfants; son traitement k l'aerium de 1'hospice-general de Rouen. Normandie med., Rouen, 1903, xviii, 165; 197, 1 pl.— Deiupel. Die Kinderheilstatte in Alupka. Tubercu- losis, Leipz., 1904, iii, 62-66.—EngeIsted (S.) L'hdpital maritime k Refsnaes (Danemark). Cong, period, internat. d. sc. m6d. Compt.-rend. 1884, Copenh., 1886, iv, sect, de med. pub. et d'hyg., 39-45, 1 plan. —d'Espine (A.) La cure marine de la scrofule k l'asile Dollfus de Cannes. Gaz. d. eaux, Par., 1905, xlviii, 281; 289; 297. -----. Sana- toriumsmaritimes pour enfants. [Rap.] Cong, internat. de la tuberc. Rap., Par., 1905, 347-368. — Ewald. Die Kinderheilstatten an den Seekiisten in ihrer curativen und prophylaktischen Bedeutung. Ber. ii. d. Kong. z. Bekampf. d. Tuberk. [etc.], Berl., 1899, 545-547—Ferra- resi (P.) Relazione sul sanatorio marittimodi Anzio. Atti d. Cong. naz. . . . contro la tuberc. 1909, Firenze, 1910, ii, 370-374. -----. II sanatorio marittimo di Anzio. Riv. ospedal., Roma, 1912, ii, 473-479. —Gerner (J. C.) Skro- ful0se B0rns Ophold i Snogebaek 1896. [The maintenance of scrofulous children in Snogebsek 1896.] Ugesk. f. Leeger, K0benh., 1896, 6. R., iii, 1159-1162. -----. Skrofu- l0se B0rns Ophold i Snogebeek 1898. Ibid.,1898, 5. R., v, 1207-1209.—Gillet(H.) Sanatoria pour enfants. Thalas- sotherapie, aerotherapie; sanatorium marin d'Arcachon. Gaz. d. mal. inf. Tete], Par., 1903, v, 298.— Greiss. Das Kinderheim in M.-Gladbach zur Pflege und Heilung tu- berkuloser Kinder. Centralbl. f. allg. Gsndhtspfl., Bonn, 1910, xxix, 292-297.—Hajech (C.) Sanatori per bambini tubercolosi. Atti d. Cong, pediat. ital. 1901, Firenze, 1902, iv, 417-420.—Heu bner (O.) Ueber Errichtung von Heil- statten und Heimstatten zur Prophylaxis der Tuberkulose im Kindesalter. Verhandl. d. Versamml. d. Gesellsch. f. Kinderh. . . . deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1899, Wiesb., 1900, xvi, 246-250. -----. Ueber die Verhutung der Tubercu- lose im Kindesalter in ihren Beziehungen zu Heil- und Heimstatten. Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Leipz., 1900, n. F., li, 55-66.—Homa (E.) Ueber Dauererfolgeund Schicksale von im Seehospize zu Triest 189:1-1903 behandelten Briin- ner Kindern. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1913, xxvi, 420.— Kaurln (E.) Beretning om Reknaes sanatorium for tu- berkul0se for aaret 1910. Tidsskr. f. d. norske Laegefor., Kristiania, 1911, xxxi, 667-676.—Laiargue (G.) La pre- tuberculose et le sanatorium de Banvuls-sur-Mer. Lutte antituberc, Par., 1902, iii, 259; 300.—Leroux (C.) L'as- sistance maritime des enfants et l'ceuvre des h6pitaux marins (sanatoriums maritimes pour enfants). Gaz. d. eaux, Par., 1901, xliv, 297; 305. -----. La cure marine des tuberculoses infantiles aux sanatoriums de Banyuls et de Saint-Trojan; resultats portantsurl,196observations; bilan des depenses avec profits et pertes. Arch. g6n. d'hvdrol. [etc.], Par., 1905, xvi, 193-207. — Lin da 111 (E.) Kron- prinsessan Victorias kustsanatorium vid Skelderviken. [Crown Princess Victoria's coast sanatorium at Skeldervi- ken.] Halsovannen, Stockholm, 1907,xxii, 8; 27.— JJIos- cucci (A.) L' efflcacia degli ospizi ma rini nella cura dei bambini poveri. Atti d. Cong. naz. d' idrol. e climat. 1906, Perugia, 1907, 499-508. — Petit (R.) & de Lostalot- Bachoue. Rapport concernant les enfants tuberculeux et serofuleux pauvres envoves a Salies-de-Bearn. CEuvre antituberc, Par., 1900, 270-273.—Pettit (J. W.) The ma- rine hospitalsof France; a visit toBerck. Chicago M. Re- corder, 1912, xxxiv, 493-506.—Reggiani (A.) Relazione per 1' anno 1899 intorno ai risultati ottenuti nei bambini mandati al mare ed in quelli curati nel sanatorium di Salsomaggiore. Bull. d. sc. med. di Bologna, 1900, 7. s., xi, 811-828.—Schepelern (V.) Aarsberetning for 1888 TUBERCULOSIS. 636 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Glandular) in children [Hospitals for]. fra Kysthospitaiet paa Refsnaes. [Annual report for 1888, from the coast hospital in Refsnaes.] Ugesk. f. Laeger, Kj0benh., 1889, 4. R., xix, 617-628. -----. Das Kiisten- hospital auf Refsnas (Diinemark). Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1901, ii, 74-79.—Sersiron (G.) La pretuberculose et le sanatorium de Banyuls-sur-Mer. Tu- berculosis, Leipz., 1903, ii, 54-57.—Zuber (A.) & Ar- mand-Delille (P.) R61e des dispensaires pour en- fants dans la lutte contre la tuberculose. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, ii, 292. Tuberculosis (Heredity in). See Tuberculosis (Congenital, etc.). Tuberculosis (History of Ancient). Miqueu-Rey (L.) Contribution a, l't'tude de la phtisie pulmonaire dans l'inde ancienne d'apres 1'Ayurveda de Sucruta. 8°. Paris, 1905. Also, in: France med., Par., 1905, Iii, 187-191. Streve (W.) *Die Pathologie und Therapie der Phthisis bei Cselius Aurelianus. 8°. Jena, 1910. Ashmead (A. S.) Origin of pre-Columbian tuber- culosis. Am. Med., Phila., 1902, iv, 250.—Garnault (P.) La tuberculose chez les anciens. Rev. internat. de la tuberc. Par., 1902, i, 265; 361; 432; 507. -----. La tuber- culose humaine et la tuberculose bovine pendant l'an- tiquite et le moyen-flge. Arch, de parasitol., Par., 1902, v, 251-293.—McClelland (C. C.) Galen on tuberculosis. Physician & Surg., Detroit & Ann Arbor, 1909, xxxi, 400- 404.—Oberlin (Emily M.) The conception of tuber- culosis in the time of Aretaeus, circa 50-150 anno Domini. Univ. Mich. Contrib. Path. Lab., Ann Arbor, 1909, iv, no. 10. Also: Physician & Surg., Detroit & Ann Arbor, 1909, xxxi, 6-13.—Osier (W.) The phthisiologia of Richard Morton, M. D. Med. Libr. & Hist. J., Brooklyn, 1904, ii, 1-7, port.—Smitli (F. N.) The medical con- ceptions of tuberculosis in the time of Celsus. Physician & Surg., Detroit & Ann Arbor, 1909, xxxi, 300-303. Tuberculosis (History and statistics of). See, also, Tuberculosis (Mortality from); Tuberculosis (Mortality from) [in children']; Tuberculosis (Pace incidence in); Tuberculo- sis in children (Frequency, etc., of); Tubercu- losis in Jews. von Behring (E.) Moderne phthisiogene- tische und phthisiotherapeutische Probleme in historischer Beleuchtung. 8°. Berlin, 1906. Bock ([L.] R.) *Ergebniss einer Unter- suchung iiber Zu- resp. Abnahme der Lungen- schwindsucht. 8°. Berlin, [1888]. Hall (F.) Die Tuberkulose und verwandte Krankheiten. Ueber die Ursache und Behand- lung dieser Krankheit von altester bis neuster Zeit. 8°. Kalamazoo, Mich., 1912. Harris (A.) The etiology, diagnosis, and prophylaxis of pulmonary phthisis, considered chiefly from the public health point of view, and an appendix on the tuberculin treatment of the disease. 8°. Bristol, 1912. Pearson (K.) A first study of the statistics of pulmonary tuberculosis. 4°. London, 1907. Pope (E. G.) A second study of the statistics of pulmonary tuberculosis: Marital infection. Edited and revised by Karl Pearson, with an appendix on assortative mating from data re- duced by Ethel M. Elderton. 4°. London, 1908. Remy (A. ) *La phtisiotherapie dans Pantiquite; Orientaux, Grecs, Arabes. 8°. Lyon, 1910. Sarrazin (L.-L.-G.) *La phtisiotherapie en Occident pendant le moyen age et les temps modernes. 8°. Lyon, 1910. Spina (A.) A history of tuberculosis from the time of Sylvius to the present day. Being in part a transl. with notes and additions from Tuberculosis (History and statistics of). the German, containing also an account of the researches and discoveries of R. Koch and other recent investigators by E. E: Sattler. 8°. Cin- cinnati, 1883. Andvord (F.) Nogle traek af tuberkulosens his- toric i de sidste 20 aar. [Some sketches of the history of tuberculosis in the last 20 years.] Tidskr. f. d. norske Lsegefor., Kristiania, 1902, xx'ii, 10-1-1088.—Arniain- gaud. Quelles sont les causes reelles de la decrois- sance progressive des dcces, par tuberculose pulmo- naire, dans les vingt dernieres annees, a Berlin, Londres, New-York, Vienne et Paris? Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1908, 3. s., lx, 13-46.—Ausin (E.) Resumen histdrico de la tuberculosis pulmonar. Rev. de med. y cirug. pract., Madrid, 1898. xliii, 721-725.—Bacliniaiin. Die geschichtliche Entwiekelung des Neugalenismus und die Lungentuberkulose im Lichte derselben. Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1902, xxiii, 217; 225; 237; 249; 261.— Baldwin (E. R.) Tuberculosis; history and etiology. In: Mod. Med. (Osier). 8°, Phila. & N. Y., 1907, iii, 137- 199.—Beckett (W. W.) Tuberculosis; an historical sketch. South. Calif. Pract., Los Angeles, 1902, xvii, 208- 211.—Bertillon (J.) Commentdoivent etre etabliesles statistiques relatives k la tuberculose dans les villes, dans les campagnes, dans les h6pitaux, dans les sanatoriums. Lutte antituberc, Par., 1905-6, vi, no. 9, 3-22. Also: Bull. de l'Inst. internat. de statist., Copenhague, 1908, xvii, pt. 2, 3-19.— Biedert. Das Verhaltniss der Tuberkulose zur Kindersterblichkeit und zur Thiertuberkulose, nach statistischen Curven analysirt. Verhandl. d. Versamml. d. Gesellsch. f. Kinderh. . . . deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1898, Wiesb., 1899, xv, 257-261.—Blumenthal. Anre- gung zu einer rationellen Gestaltung der Tuberkulosesta- tistik. Internat. Tuberk.-Konf. 1902. Ber., Berl., 1903, i, 279-281.—BShm (J.) ZurTuberkulosestatistik. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 19U6-7, xvii, 124-126.— Brown (L.) The classification of pulmonary tubercu- losis and statistical reports of sanatoriums. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1909, Iii, 341-348.—Bugge (J.) Historisk oversigt over tuberkuloselseren. [La question de la tu- berculose et son historique (historique de la tuberculose). Res., p. 969.] Norsk Mag. f. Laegevidensk., Kristiania, 1897, 4. R., xii, 938-956.—Caldwell (Delia). Thepresent day status of tuberculosis. Kentucky M. J.v Bowling Green, 1908, vi, 275-277.—Chanteaud (G.) A propos des sta- tistiques de la tuberculose. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, ii, 589-591.—Clarke (J. T.) The inci- dence of tuberculosis. Lancet. Lond., 1911, ii, 187.— Comrle (J. D.) Early knowledge regarding phthisis. Edinb. M. J., 1910, n. s., v, 19-37.—Dickey (J. L.) The treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis in the remote and recent past. Tr. W. Virg. M. Ass., Wheeling, 1902, 634- 642.—Evans (W. A.) Zoologie and geographic distribu- tion of tuberculosis. P. & S. Plexus, Chicago, 1900-1901, vi, 39-46. Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1900, xxxv, 994- 996.—Frankel (B.) Internationale Tuberkulose-Statis- tik; Bemerkungen zu Punkt 3 der Tagesordnung des engeren Rates. Tuberculosis, Leipz., 1905, iv, 424-428.— Gavazzoni (A.) Le ultime conquistedella scienzanel campo della tubercolosi. Pratica d. med., Napoli, 1909-10, x, 257-363.—di Giovanni (A.) Intorno alia storia della tubercolosi. Rev. de med., Par., 1911, xxxi, num. spec, 310-318.—Gottsteln (A.) Die Klinik der Lungen- schwindsucht vor 200 Jahren. Deutsche med. Presse, Berl., 1902, vi, 79. -----. Zur Geschichte der Lungen- schwindsucht. Hyg. Rundschau, Berl., 1902, xii, 265- 272.—Hoftmann (F. L.) The statistical laws of tuber- culosis. Maryland M. J., Bait., 1904, xlvii, 35-52. Also: Med. Exam. & Pract., N. Y., 1906, xvi, 95-101.—Huber (J.B.) The history of tuberculosis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1904, lxvi, 645-647.—Irwell (L.) Is tuberculosis decreasing in cities of between three hundred thousand and half a million inhabitants? N. York M. J., 1909, xc, 503-505. Also, Reprint. -----. Natural selection; the etiological factor in the decrease of tuberculosis. Inernat. Clin., Phila., 1912, 22. s., iv, 125-132.—Jacobs (H. B ) Some distinguished American students of tuberculosis. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., 1902, xiii, 199- 208,- 6 port. Also, Reprint.—Katz (J.) Bemerkungen zur Tuberkulosestatistik. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 407.—Katzenstein (L.) Die Tuberkulose und ihre Beziehung zur sozialen Frage, eine statistische Betrachtung. Soziale Med. u. Hyg., Hamb., 1907, ii, 291- 298. -----. Die Statistik der Tuberkulose nnd ihre Bedeu- tung fiir die Prophvlaxe und Therapie der Tuberku- lose. Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg., Berl., 1910, 170; 196.— Klebs (E.) Ueber einige weitere Ergebnisse meiner Forschungen zur Geschichte und Behandlung der Tu- berkulose. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xiv, 1520.— Knlbbs (G. H.) Proposals of the International Sta- tistical Institute regarding the statistics of tuberculosis. Australas. M. Cong. Tr. 1908, Victoria, 1909, ii, 176-178. -----. The tuberculosis frequency and duration curves and the number of existing cases ultimately fatal. Ibid., TUBERCULOSIS. 637 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (History and statistics of). 196-202.—Knopf (S. A.) A few thoughts on the medical and social aspect of tuberculosis at the beginning of the twentieth century. Internat. Beitr. z. inn. Med. (Leyden), Berl., 1902, i, 261-275. Also, Reprint. -----. Robert Koch the father of modern tuberculosis science. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, lvi, 1307-1309.— Kober (G. M.) The general movement of typhoid fever and tuberculosis in the last thirty years. Tr. Ass. Am. Phy- sicians, Phila., 1909, xxiv, 234-247. Also, Reprint.— Koch (R.) Epidemiologic der Tuberkulose. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infektionskrankh., Leipz., 1910, lxvii, 1-18.— Koliler. Allgemeines fiber die Ausbreitung und Be- deutung der Tuberkulose als Volkskrankheit. Ber. ii. d. Kong. z. Bekampf. d. Tuberk. [etc.], Berl., 1899, 42-69, 14 ch., 2 diag.—Kraemer (0.) Ueber die Hiiufigkeit der Tuberkulose des Menschen. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1904, Leipz., 1905, ii, 2. Hlfte., 7. -----. Die Hiiufigkeit der Tuberculose des Menschen nach den Ergebnissen von Leichenuntersuchungen und Tuberculinpriifungen.und ihre Bedeutung fiir die Thera- pie. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infectionskrankh., Leipz., 1906,1, 265-304.—Kutsciier. Neuere Arbeiten iiber die Epi- demiologic der Tuberkulose. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1905, xlii, 615-617— Laidlaw (G. F.) The history of tuberculosis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1909, lxxv, 604.—Lam- borelle (A.) Frequence" de la tuberculose; conse- quences au point de vue economique. Ann. Soc. de med. de Gand, 1901, lxxx, 177-185.—Landouzy (L.) L'evolution historique de la phtisiologie; le concept moderne de la bacillo-tuberculose, les bacillaires, les tuberculeux, les phtisiques. Presse med., Par., 1912, xx, 237-241.—Lereboullet (P.) Les deux doyens de la phtisiologie francaise: Hippolyte Herard; Georges Empis. Paris med., 1912-13, x, suppl., 373-379.—Lexis (W.) La statistique de la tuberculose. [Rap.] Bull, de l'Inst, internat. de statist., Londres, 1905-6, xv, livr. 2, 352-362. -----. Zur Statistik der Tuberkulose. Ibid., Copenha- fne, 1908, xvii, pt. 2, 20-28.—Londini (A.) A proposito ell' epidemiologia della tubercolosi. Igiene mod., Ge- nova, 1912, v, 33-35.—van der Loo (C. J.) Een ge- meentelijke keuring. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1906. i, 138.5-1388.— Mareuse (J.) Die Entwieke- lung der Lehre von der Lungenschwindsucht vom Alter- tum bis zur Neuzeit. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1901, ii, 218-228.—Meyer (G.) Statistischer Bei- trag zur Verbreitung der Tuberculose. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1899, xxxvi, 465-467.— Jlosse (M.) Zur Tu- berkulosestatistik. Ibid., 1911, xlviii, 2298-2302.— Motta Coco (A.) La tubercolosi alia fine del secolo xix. Guerra a. tuberc, Catania, 1901, i, 1; 16: 28; 37; 52; 61.—Novoselski (S. A.) & Tlamoiioff" (V. N.) K mezhdunarodnol statistikle tuberkulyoza i raka. [In- ternational statistics of tuberculosis and cancer.) J. russk. Obsh. okhran. narod. zdrav., St. Petersb., 1908, xviii, no. 8. 3: no. 9, 9; no. 10, 26; no. 11, 27; no. 12, 25.— Pagensteeher (A.) Tabes nervosa (eine Kranken- gescbichte von 1819i. B'itr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1912. xxiii, 277-281.—Peuurier (A.) Ascendants et descendants de tuberculeux; etude clinique et statis- tique de 700 families. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1910, xviii, 92-118.—Pursche. Geschichtliches iiber die Lungentuberkulose. Aerztl. Rundschau, Minchen. 1908, xviii, 417^19.—Kansome (A.) Phthisis rates; their significance and their teachings. Tr. Epidemiol. Soc, Lond., 1904-5, n. s., xxiv, 259-294, 6ch.—Revision (A) of the statistics presented by the Committee on Tuberculosis. J. Ment. Sc, Lond., 1903, xlix, 606-614 — Riedel (H.) Geschichtliches zur Tuberkulosenfrage auf Grand neuer medizinisch-philologischer Funde. N. Yorker med. Monatschr. 1909-10, xxi, 10-13—Romer (P. H.) Experimentelles und Epidemiologisches zur Lungenschwindsuchtfrage. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 732-735.—Roth (E.) Die Anschauungen iiber Tuberkulose im Altertum und in spateren Zeiten. Therap. Rundschau, Berl., 1910, iv, 196-199.— Rubin (L.) The history of tuberculosis. Hosp. Bull. Univ. Maryland. Bait., 1910, vi, 26-29—Selmckiiik Kool (A.) Statistisch onderzoek omtrent de al of niet be- smettelijkheid van tuberculose. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1908. 2. R., xliv, 1. Afd., 593-609.— Shattuck (F. C.) The past, present and future of tuberculosis. Boston M. & S J., 1907, clvii, 133-141. Also, Reprint—Shurly (E. L.) Remarks on the prob- lems connected with the study of pulmonary tubercu- losis; and suggestions of a new plan for improving statistics relating to the disease. N. York M. J., 1905, lxxxi, 904-906.—Stewart (J.) Tuberculosis; a histori- cal sketch. Indiana M. J., Indianap.. 1907-8, xxvi, 175-180.—Stoll (H. F.) Dr. Samuel Sheldon Fitch, a New England consumption specialist of seventy-five years ago. Boston M. & S. J., 1912. clxvi, 658-660.— Taylor (R. B.) Geografia y climatologia de la tuber- culosis. Actas y mem. d. ix. Cong, internac de hig. y demog. 1898, Madrid, 1900, iii, 19-34.—Tich^ (F.) Hun- dert Jahre der Tuberkulose. 1750-1850. Arch. f. Gesch. Tuberculosis (History and statistics of). d. Med., Leipz., 1910, iv, 84-88.—Wehrle (B.) Zur Mortalitiit und Morbiditat der Tuberkulose. Med. Neuigk., Munchen, 1897, xlvii, 233; 243; 252.—von Zander. Aetiologische Statistik fiber Tuberkulose. Ber. ii. d. Kong. z. Bekampf. d. Tuberk, [etc.], Berl., 1899, 627. Tuberculosis (History and statistics of), by localities. AFRICA. See, also, in this list, Algeria; Cape Colony; Congo (French); Egypt; South Africa; Transvaal; Tunis. Blln. Alcoolisme et tuberculose chez les indigenes du Dahomey. Ann d'hyg. etde m6d. colon., Par., 1903, vi, 460-467.—Boigey. Tuberculose et syphilis chez les indi- genesdunordde 1'Afrique. Rev. d'hyg., Par., 1907, xxix, 680-688.—Brumcker. Quelques remarques statistiques et cliniques sur des cas de tuberculose chez les indigenes du nord de l'Afrique, observes du ler Janvier 1896 au l" juillet 1898. Rev. med. et pharm. de l'Afrique du nord, Alger, 1898,i,399; 426.—Katz (J.) Die Ansiedluag leichtlungenkranker Arbeiter in Deutsch-Slid westa- frika. Ztschr. f. Krankenpflg., Berl., 1907, xxix, 101- 103. — Mouchet (R.) La tuberculose a L6opoldville (Congo beige). Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1913, vi, 56- 68. — JHozzetti (E. F.) La tubercolosi nella colonia Eritrea e in Abissinia; contributo alio studio della pato- logia della colonia Eritrea. Gior. med. d. r. esercito, Roma, 1900, xlviii, 761-776.— Peiper (O.) Die Ausbrei- tung der Tuberkulose in Deutsch-Ostafrika. Arch. f. Schiffs- u. Tropen-Hyg., Leipz., 1912, xvi, 431-442.—Rus- sell (W.) An analysis of the consumptive cases ad- mitted into the Kimberly Hospital. South African M. Rec, Cape Town, 1906, iv, 213-215.—Smith (F.) Tuber- culosis among civilised Africans; special prevalence and fatality. J. Trop. M., Lond., 1905, viii, 19-21. ALGERIA. de Mouzon (A.) *La tuberculose et la lutte antituberculeuse en Algerie. Ce qu'on a fait, ce qu'il faut faire. 8°. Montpellier, 1907. Aubert (L.) La. tuberculose; pathologie, etiologie dans les populations ksouriennes des oasis du Touat. Bull. med. de l'Alg6rie, Alger, 1907, xviii, 605; 653.— Benoit(F.) Contribution a I'etude de la tuberculose en Algerie. Rev.de la tuberculose, Par., 1909, 2. s., vi, 117-137.— Bertheraud (E.-L.) Statistique de la phthi- sie pulmonaire a Alger (1884-8). J. de med. et pharm. de l'Algerie, Alger, 1888, xiii, 156-164. Also, Reprint — Brault (J.) Contribution a I'etude de la tuberculose chez les indigenes musulmans d'Alg6rie. Ann. d'hyg., Par., 1905, 4. s., iii, 447-453.—Ferrier & Huber. Quel- ques remarques sur la frequence de la tuberculose chez les indigenes, et en particulier les tirailleurs algeriens. Bull. med. de l'Algerie, Alger, 1905, xvi, 593-597.— Feuillet. La phthisie pulmonaire en Algerie. Compt. rend. Cong, internat. d'homceop., Par., 1889, 181-186.— tiros (H.) Contribution a I'etude de la tuberculose dans les centres ruraux du departement d'Oran. Janus, Amst., 1899, iv, 570; 623: 1900, v, 122.—Gu6gan> Une cause possible de la frequence de la tuberculose chez les Arabes. Caducee, Par., 1905, v, 123.—L. La tuberculose a la maison centrale de Lambese, surtout chez les indigenes. Rev. nn'd. de l'Afrique du nord, Alger., 1905, viii, 83-41.— Itlartcl. Tuberculose et mortalite dans le departement de Constantine. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, ii, 634.—JJIolle. Note sur une epidemie de tuber- culose observ6e dans une maison a Oran. Bull. m6d. de l'Algerie, Alger, 1908, xix, 699-701.—Poujol (J.) Im- portance de la tuberculose en pathologie musulmane algerienne. Ibid., 1910, xxi, 86-94.—Toslivint& Rem- linger. Sur la situation favorisee de l'Algerie et privi- ligi6e de la Tunisie vis-a-vis de la tuberculose; frequence plusgrandede la maladie chez les Arabes que chez les Europeens et les Israelites. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1900, ii. s., ii, 833.—Verhaeren. Indications de l'hivernage des tuberculeux, a Alger-Mustapha. Rev. med. et pharm. de l'Afrique du nord, Alger, 1898, i, 450- 452.—WIda I (V.) La phtisie en Algerie. Gaz.med.de l'Algerie, Alger, 1890, xxxv, 18-21. ANNAM. Bernard (N.), Koun (L.) & IWeslin (C.) Epi- demiologic de la tuberculose en Annam. Bull. Soc. path. exot., Par., 1912, v, 234-240.— Gouzien (P.) Considera- tions sur la tuberculose dans l'lnde francaise. Ann. d'hyg. et de med. colon., Par., 1904, vii, 543-547.— Henaff. La tuberculose chez les indigenes de Cochin- chine. Arch, d'hyg. et de med. colon., Par., 1903, vi, 50- 60.—Jeanselme (E.) La tuberculose dans la presqu'ile indo-chinoise et dans le Junnan. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 544-548. TUBERCULOSIS. 638 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (History and statistics of), by localities. ARGENTINE REPUBLIC. Benitez (M. E.) La tuberculosis en la ciudad de Dolores (Prov. de Buenos Aires). Semana med., Buenos Aires, 1901, viii, 532-537.—Coni (E.-R.) La tuberculose dans la Republique Argentine. Rev. d'hyg., Par., 1900, xxii, 75-81. Also, transl: Semana med., Buenos Aires, 1901, viii, 103-105. -----. Prorilaxis y tratamiento de la tuberculosis pulmonar en la capital federal. Semana med., Buenos Aires, 1910, xvii, 789-792.—Gaelic (S.) La tuberculosis en la Repdblica Argentina. Prim. reun. d. Cong, cient. lat. amer., Buenos Aires, 1898, iv, 183-209. Also [Abstr.]: An. d. Circ. med. argent., Buenos Aires, 1899, xxii, 101-107. Also, transl. [Abstr.j: Med.-Leg. J., N. Y., 1902-3, xx, 177-179. -----. La lucha contra la tu- berculosis en la Republica Argentina; necesidad de or- ganizar la defensa por medio de ligas populares. An. san. mil., Buenos Aires, 1901, iii, 728-747.—Itlesnard (P.-A.) La tuberculose dans la Republique Argentine. Presse med., Par., 1900, i, annexes, s. 80. ASIA. See, in this list, Annam; China; India; Indo- China; Japan; Philippine Islands; Syria. AUSTRALASIA. See, also, in this list, Australia. Couteaud. La partde l'Europe dans 1'epidemie de tuberculose des Polynesiens. Rev. de m6d., Par., 1912, xxxii, 865-877.—Jones (Sir P. S.) The tuberculosis problem in Australasia. Brit. J. Tuberculosis, Lond., 1910, iv, 1-16. AUSTRALIA. See, also, in this list, Victoria. Cumpston (H.) Phthisis in Australia, with more especial reference to western Australia. 8°. Perth, 1909. Trivett (J. B.) Tuberculosis in New South Wales; a statistical analysis of the mortality from tubercular diseases during the last thirty- three years. Sydney, 1909. Armstrong (W. G.) The control of tuberculosis in Australia. Brit. J. Tuberculosis, Lond., 1907, i, 115-120 — Barnes (A. W.) Tuberculosis in Australia. Veterina- rian, Lond., 1901, lxxiv, 540-542.—Bertillon (J.) Sta- tistics relative to tuberculosis in towns, in the country, and in sanatoria. Australas. M. Cong. Tr. 1908, Vic- toria, 1909, ii, 178-191. — Mullins (G. L.) Notes on phthisis in New South Wales and other Australasian colonies. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1895, xiv, 303-314. -----. Phthisis in Australia. Lancet, Lond., 1895, ii, 1081.—O'Neill (W. H.) Some notes on tuberculosis and its treatment in Australia. Australas.M. Gaz., Sydney, 1899, 485-491. [Discussion], 506. AUSTRO-HUNGARY. See, also, in this list, Bohemia; Budapest; Hungary; Prague; Vienna. Rosenleld (S.) Zur Verbreitung der Tuberkulose in Oesterreich. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1901, ii, 112-120. -----. Die Ausbreitung der Tu- berkulose in Oesterreich. Ibid., 1906, viii, 407-445.— Teleky (L.) Die Sterblichkeit an Tuberkulose in Oes- terreich (1873-1904). Wien. klin. Wchnschr.. 1906, xix, 1164-1167. Also: Festschr. enthalt. Arb. ii. Tuberk. . . . vi. Tuberk.-Konf. [etc.], Wien u. Leipz., 1907, 317-334. BADEN (Grand Duchy of). Fischer ([J. C] F.) * Ueber die Entste- hungs- und Verbreitungsweise der Tuberkulose in den Schwarzwalddorfern Langenschiltach und Gremmelsbach. [Heidelberg.] 8°. Wiirz- burg, 1904. Also, in: Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1904, iii, 19-36. Hoffmann (W.) * Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Tuberkuloseverbreitung in Baden. [Heidel- berg.] 8°. Wiirzburg, 1903. Rockenbach (P. F. J.) * Ueber die Entste- hungs- und Verbreitungsweise der Tuberkulose in dem badischen Orte Walldorf. [Marburg.] 8°. Wiirzburg, 1905. Also, in: Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1905, iv, 413- 436. Schmidt (O.) Die Bekampfung der Lungentuberku- lose und ihre volkswirtschaftliche Bedeutung mit beson- derer Beriicksichtiguor de^JrossherzogtumsBaden. Zt- schr.LTuberk.,Leipz.,iyio,xvi,52l-566.—Starek(H.)Die Tuberculosis (History and statistics of), by localities. BADEN (Grand Duchy of)—continued. Bekampfung der Lungentuberkulose im Grossherzogtum Baden. Aerztl. Mitt. a. Baden, Karlsruhe, 1908, lxii, 9- 13.—Wertheimer (M.) Die Lungenschwindsucht im Grossherzogthum Baden in dem Zeitraume von 1882 bis 1891 inclusive. Ibid., 1895, xlix, 83; 89. BARCELONA. Casanovas (A.) La tuberculosis en Barcelona du- rante el ultimo decenio; datos estadisticos; causas que la favorecen. Gac. m6d. catal., Barcel., 1908, xxxiii, 321; 370; 405; 444.—de Lloren* y Gallard (I.) La tubercu- losis en Barcelona. Independ. med., Barcel., 1900, xxxi, 162; 173; 196. Also: Gac san. de Barcel., 1900, xii, Bol. Acad., 20-52—Sola y Kspriu (R.) La tuberculosis en Barcelona durante el ultimo decenio; datos estadisticos; causas que la favorecen. Gac. m6d. catal., Barcel., 1909, xxxiv, 361; 401; 441. BAVARIA. Carossa. Passau auf dem Wege zur Befrei- ung von Lungentuberkulose. Ein Wort an die Bewohner Passau's. 8°. Passau, [n. d.~\. Krimer (M.) *Ueber das Vorkommen der Tuberkulose in bayerischen Gefiingnissen. 8°. Miinehen, 1891. Bollinger (O.) Ueber Schwindsucht-Sterblichkeit in verschiedenen Stadten Deutschlands, nebst Bemer- kungen iiber Haufigkeit der Rindertuberculose. Miin- ehen. med. Wchnschr., 1895, xlii, 1; 31. Also, Reprint.— Frankenburger (A.) Erhebungen und Betraehtun- gen iiber 10 Jahre Sterblichkeit an Tuberkulose in Niirn- berg; mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Lungentu- berkulose. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1905, lxxxiv, 272-298. — Goldschmidt ( E. ) & Luxen- burger (A.) Zur Tuberculose-Mortalitat und -Morbidi- tatin Munchen. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1896, xliii, 820-825.—Grassi (J.) Die gegenwartige Tuberkulosen- mortalitiit in Bayern. Deutsche Vrtljschr. f. off. Gsndhts- pflg., Brnschwg., 1906, xxxviii, 304-322.—May (F.) Zur Tuberculose-Statistik in Bayern. Munchen. med. Wchn- schr., 1897, xliv, 253-255. Also: Sitzungsb. d. arztl. Ver. Miinehen. (1897), 1898, vii, 1-7.—Schaeier. Die Tuber- culose in den Gefiingnissen mit besonderer Beriicksichti- gung meiner Erfahrungen als Hausarzt in zwei bayeri- schen Strafanstalten. Wien. med. Bl., 1899, xxii, 291; 311; 836.—Tuberkulose. Gen.-Ber. ii. d. San.-Verwalt. im Konigr. Bayern, Munchen, 1892, xxi, 65-76, 2 diag.— Weis (O.) Vergleichende Betraehtungen iiber die Tu- berculosen-Todesfalle in den Irren- und Strafanstalten Bayerns. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1893, xl, 47-50.— Werner. Die Sterblichkeit der Bevolkerung Lipp- springes an Tuberkulose von 1801-1909. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1911, xix, 355-372.—von Ziemssen. Ueber die Haufigkeit des Lungenschwindsucht in Miin- ehen. Ann. d. stadt. allg. Krankenh. zu Munchen (1880- 84), 1889, iv, 431-436. BELGIUM. van Bogaert. Colonies scolaires anversoises. In- ternat. Tuberk.-Konf. 1902. Ber., Berl., 1903, i, 116-118.— D'Haenens. La dime de la tuberculose a Anvers. Ann. et bull. Soc. de med. d'Anvers. 1903, lxv, 55-62.— Godart-Danhieux. Mortalite par affections tuber- culeuses en Belgique. Tr. Brit. Cong. Tuberc. 1901, Lond., 1902, ii, 606, 4 diag.—Knborn. Quelques re- flexions a propos du developpement de la phtisie pul- monaire et des maladies du coeur en Belgique. Bull. Acad. roy. de med. de Belg., Brux., 1901, 4. s., xv, 303- 311. Also: Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1902, i, 254-258.—Ulahillon. Expose des principales mesures prophylactiques prises contre la tuberculose pulmonaire par l'administration de la caisse g6n6rale d'epargne et de retraite sous la garantie de l'etat beige. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, ii, 758-762. BELGRADE. Ivkovid (M. K.) [Tuberkuloza u Beogradu.] Srpski arh. za celok. lek., Beograd, 1906, xii, 514-556. BERLIN. Wachsmuth (G. F.) Die Lungenschwind- i-ucht illustrirt durch die Statistik von Berlin nach amtlichen Quellen, mit Beriicksichtigung der bisher bei Krankheiten der Respirations- organe bekannten Kurorte. 2. Aufl. 8°. Ber- lin, 1889. Beitzke (H.) Ueber die Haufigkeit der Tuberkulose am Leichenmaterial des Berliner pathologischen Institu- tes. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1909, xlvi, 388-390—Kayser- llng (A.) Die Schwindsuchtssterblichkeit in den Woh- nungen derStadtBerlin. Tuberculosis, Leipz., 1902, i,249- 262. -----. Das Tuberkulose-Museum in Berlin. Ibid* TUBERCULOSIS. 639 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (History and statistics of), by localities. BERLIN—continued. 1903, ii, 297-307. L. (R.) Von den Berliner Auskunfts- und Ftirsorgestellen fiir Tuberkulose. Med. Reform, Berl., 1906, xiv, 389.—Meyer (G.) Ueber das Vorkommen der Tuberkulose bei den Berliner Buchdruckern und Schrift- setzern. Ber. ii. d. Kong. z. Bekampf. d. Tuberk. [etc.], Berl., 1899, 146-154. BOHEMIA. Dvorak (J.) Die Verbreitung der Tuberkulose unter der Landbevolkerung in Bohmen mit besonderer Beriick- sichtigung der Wohnungs- und Ernahrungsunzukomm- lichkeiten im Bezirke Opocno. Ber. vi. d. Kong. z. Be- kampf. d. Tuberk. [etc.], Berl., 1899, 619-623.— Haering (V.) & 'ilahor (A.) Tuberkulosa srovnanA statisticky podle materialu ieskeho dstavu patholog.-anatomic- keho. [Tuberculous statistics from the Bohemian Patho- logico-Anatomical Institute] Casop. lek. 6esk., v Praze, 1907, xlvi, 791-799.—K.rej of (D.) Ktery vek, kter6 povo- lani a jak velika mista trpi u n&s nejvice tuberkulosou. [What ages, what places and how large the cities among us which suffer most from tuberculosis.] Zdravi, v Praze, 1902, viii, 133-138.— Quirsfeld (E.) &. Reisinger (G.) Die Verbreitung der Tuberkulose im nordlichen Bohmen. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1904, xxix, 455-457.—Taussig (A.) DieVerbreitungderTuberkuloseinBohmen. Ibid., 1908, xxxiii, 28; 43; 50. BOLIVIA. Treutlein (A.) Das Vorkommen der Lungentuber- kulose in Bolivia und der Einfluss des dortigen Klimas auf zugereiste Phthisiker. Deutsches Arch, f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1910, c, 88-93. Also: Festschr. . . . W. von Leube gewidmet, Leipz., 1910,102-107. BORDEAUX. Mulot (C.) *La tuberculose a Lyon de 1905 a 1909; etude statistique et considerations hy- gi6niques. [Lyon.] 8°. Villeurbanne, 1910. Davezae. Quelques mots de statistique locale sur la tuberculose. Mem. et bull. Soc. de med. et chir. de Bor- deaux (1902), 1903, 477^81. -----. Ordre decroissantdela mortalite tubereuleuse bordelaise par professions de 1895 a 1905 inclus. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1906, xxvii, 487. BOSTON. Hawes (J. B.) Tuberculosis classes in Boston. J. Outdoor Life, Trudeau, N. Y., 1907, iv, 7-12. Also, Reprint.—Iiocke (E. A.) & Floyd /.., 1904, xlvi, 517-546.—Kalits. Untersuchungen iiber die Haufigkeit der Sterbefiille an Lungenschwindsucht un- ter der Bevolkerung des Deutschen Reiches und einiger anderen Staaten Europas. Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte., Berl., 1898, xiv. 480-505. Also, Reprint.—Walsii (J.) Tuberculosis work in Europe. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1906, xvii, 325-332. VOL XVIII, 2d series----41 Tuberculosis (History and statistics of), by localities. FINLAND. See, also, in this list, Helsingfors. Dreijer (T.) Lung- och korteltuberkulosens fore- komst i Rantasalmi socken af S:t Michels Ian ar 1911. [Pulmonary and glandular tuberculosis in the commu- nity of Rantasalmi iii the district of St. Michel in 1911.] Finska lak.-sallsk. handl., Helsingfors, 1911, ii, 363-381, 1 pl. -----. Lung- och korteltuberkulosens forekomst i Kiuruvesi socken af Kuopio Ian ar 1912. [The occurrence of tuberculosis of the lungs and glands in the village of Kiuruvesi, of the government district Kuopio, during 1912.] Ibid., 1912, ii, 373-388, 1 map.—Emeleus (N.) Bidrag till tuberkulosstatistiken. Ibid., 1908, 1, v. 2, 219- 225.—Fagerlund (L. W.) Bidrag till kannedom om lungsotens forekomst i Finland. [Contribution k la con- naissanee de la phtisie pulmonaire en Finlande. Res., p. xv.] Ibid., 1898, xl, 173-224, lmap.—Frisk (J.) Lisii- tietoja keuhkotuberkuloosin levenemisesta Suomessa. [The increase of phthisis ill Finland.] [Resume, p. 202.] Duodecim, Helsinki, 1897, xiii, 199-202.—Linden (K.) Nodarens inflytande pa tuberkulosfreqvensen i Finland [Unfavorable influence upon the frequency of tuberculosis in Finland.] Finska lak.-sallsk. handl. Helsingfors, 1909, li, v. 1, 797-805.—Manner (V.) Keuhkotauti Hameen- linnan kaupungissa vuosina 1891-1900. [Tuberculosis in Tavastehus for the years 1891-1900.] Duodecim, Helsinki, 1901, xvii, 152-158.—Palm berg (A.) [Contribution a la gfiographie de la tuberculose; phthisie pulmonaire en Finlande.] Finska lak.-sallsk. handl., Helsingfors, 1898, xl, 973-988, 1 map; pp. cii-cvi. Also; Actas y mem. d. ix. Cong, internac. de hig. y demog. 1898, Madrid, 1900, iii, 52-62— Kyomii (H.) Keuhkotautikuolevaisuus ja yleinen Kuolevaisuus Turun ja Porin laanissa. [Mor- tality from phthisis, especially in the Turun and Porin districts.] Duodecim, Helsingissa, 1908, xxiv, 65-79.— Sandr. Chakhotka v Finlyandii. [Phthisis in Fin- land.] Ejened. jour. "Prakt. med.," St. Petersb., 1901, viii, 401-406. Continued in: Vrach. gaz., S.-Peterb., 1901, viii, 528-531.—Snndelius (H.) En nyare tids uppfatt- ning af tuberkulosen. [Tuberculosis according to recent investigations.] Finska lak.-sallsk. handl., Helsingfors, 1913,17-51. FRANCE [and its colonies]. See, also, in this list, Algeria; Annam; Bor- deaux; Brest; Congo (French); Lille; Limo- ges; Lyons; Madagascar; Marseilles; Mar- tinique; Nancy; Nantes; Paris; Reunion; Rheims; Rouen; Saint-Etienne; Toulouse; Tunis. Drain (J.) *La tuberculose a Saint-Quentin de 1889 a 1913; prophylaxie; traitement. 8°. Paris, 1904. Durand (M.-P.) Contribution a I'etude de la tuberculose rurale, statistique en Beauce. 8°. Paris, 1906. Duvernoy (M.) * Hopital de Besancon. Mor- bidity et mortalite tuberculeuses de 1886 a 1907; causes de leur accroissement. 8°. Paris, 1910. H.\not (R.) *La tuberculose a la Maison de Nanterre. Etiologie et prophylaxie. 8°. Pa- ris, 1899. Loncq (E.) La tuberculose dans PAisne (statistique et etiologie). 8°. Laon, 1902. Renault (L.) *La tuberculose chez les Bre- tons; etude etiologique. 8°. Paris, 1899. Thiel (P.-H.) *Le quartierdes tuberculeux adultes de Brevannes; historique; description; climatologie. 8°. Pans, 1909. Voillot (A.) * Contribution a, I'etude de la tuberculose aux colonies. 8°. Paris, 1898. Aufory (P.) Facteurs de la tuberculose, maladie so- ciale, dans les grandes villes et a Nantes en particulier. ■ Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, ii, 535-644.— Anger (G.) Etude sur la mortalite par tuberculose k Bolbec (Seine-Inferieure) pendant une periode de 26 annees (1879-1904). Normandie med., Rouen, 1905, xx, 345-348. Also: Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, ii, 469-473.—Barot. Topographie tubereuleuse de la ville d'Angers. Arch. med. d'Angers, 1909, xiii, 198-203.— Barthe (L.) Un peu de statistique hospitaliere sur la tuberculose. J. de m6d. de Bordeaux, 1906, xxxvi, 887.— de Batz (E.), Bourdier & Beaure. Recherche de la tuberculose et de la pretuberculose dans la population 42 TUBERCULOSIS. TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (History and statistics of), by localities. FRANCE [and its colonies]—continued. scolaire d'Arcachon (d'apres la methode de Grancher). Ibid., 1906, xxxv, 453-455.—Baudin (L.) La tuberculose en Franche-Comte, plus particulierement dans le Doubs eta Besancon. Rev. d'hyg.. Par., 1903, xxv, 723-742. Also: Rev. med.de la Franche-Comte, Besancon, 1903, xi, 175- 184.—Bertrand. Contribution k I'etude etiologique de la tuberculose dans l'Aube. Cong, internat. dela tuberc. 1905. Par., 1906, ii, 466^68.—Blin. La tuberculose k Ma- yotte. Ann. d'hyg. et de med. colon., Par., 1904, vii, 335- 339.— Bourret (G.) & Bourrague (N.) La diffusion de la tuberculose a St. Louis (Senegal). Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1913, vi, 11-14.—Brouardel. Lalutte contre la tuberculose en France. Presse med., Par., 1903, i, 357-360.—Brunon. Alcoolisme et tuberculose; la tu- berculose chez les Bretons. Normandie med., Rouen, 1900, xv, 8-12.—Calmette (A.) Enquete sur l'6pid6mio- logie de la tuberculose dans les colonies francaises. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1912? xxvi. 497-514.—Cuu- quet (A.) Les tuberculeux k Cannes. Cong, franc, de med. Rapp., Par., 1899, v, 808-813.—Decouvelaere (J.) Situation de l'arrondissementd'Hazebrouck (Nord) par rapport a la tuberculose pendant les annees 1901, 1902, 1903 et 1904. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, ii, 491-193.—De Witt (L. H. S.) History of tuberculosis: France during the fifteenth, sixteenth, and seventeenth centuries. Physician & Surg., Detroit & Ann Arbor, 1910, xxxii, 337-339.—Estor (F.) & Cadil- lac. Distribution geographique des tuberculoses chirur- gicales dans le departement de l'Herault. Cong, inter- nat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par.. 1906, ii, 163-167. Also: Mont- pel. med., 1905, xxi, 505-511—Expansion (L') tuber- euleuse a Tours 1900-1904. Lutte antituberc, Par., 1905-6, vi, no. ii, 1-36.—Farge. De la phtisie acquise ou tar- dive des adultes a l'H6tel-Dieu d' Angers. Bull. Soc. de med. d'Angers, 1887, n. s., xv, 14-22.—Fleury (CM.) Mortality par tuberculose k Saint-Etienne (1884-1904). Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, ii, 512-616.— Eon eau It. Etude statistique sur la mortality tuber- euleuse de Fontainebleau. Ibid., 474-483.—Oaide. Note sur la tuberculose au Tonkin. Ann. d'hyg. et de med. colon., Par., 1905, viii, 112-130.—Gautrez. Con- siderations sur la mortality tubereuleuse a Clermont- Ferrand pendant les annees 1900 k 1904. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, ii, 516-527.—Gibert. De la phthisie pulmonaire au Havre (1880-89). Tr. vii. In- ternat. Cong. Hyg. & Demog. 1891, Lond., 1892, i, 178-182.— Guinard. La tuberculose en France et l'organisation de nos defenses contre cette maladie. Pratique jour., Lille, 1911,1; 17.— Kermorgant. Mortalite par tuber- culose chez les transported, les relegu6s et les surveil- lants militaires en Guyane et en Nouvelle-Caiedonie. Com. de la tuberc, Par., 1900, 191-196. -----. La tuber- culose aux colonies francaises et plus particulierement chez les indigenes d'apres les rapports fournis par les chefs du service de sant^. [Rap.] Cong, internat. de la tuberc. Rap., Par., 1905, 601-617; 1906, ii. [Discussion], 744. Also: Ann. d'hyg. et de med. colon.. Par., 1906, ix, 220-241.—La IIier. La tuberculose dans le canton de Taunav (NiSvre). Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, ii, 486.—Lancry (L.) Mortalite par tuber- culose; en France, k Paris, et dans les principales villes du monde. Nord med., Lille, 1901, vii, 257-261.— Landouzy (L.) Cent ans de phtisiologie (1808-1908). Rev. seient.. Par., 1909, 5. 8., xi. 289; 328. Also, Re- print. — Landouzy (L.) &. Wei ll-JIan toil (J.) L'6tat de la tuberculose dans les petites villes, bourgades et communes de France. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, ii, 454-465.—Launois (P.-E.) & Bour- geois (G.) Etude sur la mortalite par tuberculose a l'H6pital Tenon de 1879 a 1903. Rev. de la tuberculose, Par., 1904, 2. s., i, 463-481.—Ledoux (E.) L'augmenta- tion de la tuberculose a Besancon. Rev. med. de la Franehe-Comte, Besancon, 1910, xviii, 129-131. — Le Holne. La tuberculose dans les etablissements fran- cais de l'Oceanie. Ann. d'hyg. et de med. colon., Par., 1903, vi, 593-597.—Lepage. La tuberculose a Orleans. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, ii, 635-646.— de Hagny (M.) De la distribution des malades tuber- culeux dans un grand hdpital de province a la date du ler octobre 1905. /bid., 835-837.—Mercier (R.) La tu- berculose pulmonaire et l'alcoolisrae en Touraine en 1900. Bull, med., Par., 1904, xviii, 299-304.—tlerveill- eux. Notes sur la tuberculose pulmonaire a la Re- union. Arch, d'hyg. et de med. colon., Par., 1903, vi, 66- 73— Mesnard. La tuberculose en Nouvelle-Caiedonie. Ann. d'hyg. et de m6d. colon., Par., 1903, vi, 597-601.— tEuvrc (L') antituberculeuse de la Loire-Inferieure. Gaz. m.-.l. de Nantes, 1901-2, xx, 146; 156.—Perrin. La lutte antituberculeuse dans le departement de l'Aube. Rev. med. de l'est, Nancy, 1912, xliv, 458.—Robin (A.) La mortalite par tuberculose en France et en Allemagne. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1906, 3. s., lv, 115-125. Aiso: Rev. de la tuberculose, Par., 1906, 2. s., iii, 172-182. -----. Sur la mortalite par tuberculose en France. Bull. Acad. Tuberculosis (History and statistics of), by localities. FRANCE [and its colonies]—continued. de med., Par., 1910, 3. s., lxiv, 246-250. Also: Bull. g6n. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1910, clx, 742-746.—de Saint- Elorent. Enquete sur la tuberculose a Saint-Junien (Haute-Vienne). Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, ii, 488-490.—Secheyron. Lne page d'his- toire de la preservation sociale contre la tuberculose; la contagion et le traitement de la phtisie pulmonaire avant le xix« siecle dans la region toulousaine; les idees de Sanchez et de Du Chasteau-Castellan. Arch. m6d. de Toulouse, 1907, xiv, 137; 183. ^4/«o [Abstr.]: Rev. inter- nat. de la tuberc, Par., 1908, xiii, 255-258.—Simon. Essai d'enqufite sur la morbidite et la mortalite tuberculeuses en Lorraine. Rev. med. de Test, Nancy, 1905, xxxvii, 417^127.— Treille (A.) Diminution de la mortalite tu- bereuleuse en France. Rev. m6d., Par., 1906," xv, 575- 580. Also [Abstr.]: Medecin, Brux., 1906, xvi, 321. GENOA. Bonetti (E.) La mortalita da tuberculosi in Genova nel decennio 1894-1903. fol. Genova, 1905. Studi (Gli) sulla tubercolosi della Clinica medica di Genova, 1895-1912. Ann. d. Ist. Maragliano p. la cura d. tuberc. [etc.], Genova, 1911-12, vi, 1-11. GERMANY. See, also, in this list, Baden (Grand Duchy of); Bavaria; Berlin; Hamburg; Marburg; Po- sen; Prussia; Saxony; Tubingen; Wiirttem- berg. Dercum (T.) * Statistisches iiber Tuberku- lose aus der Erlanger medizinischen Poliklinik. [Erlangen.] 8°. Wiesbaden, 1906. Frank (B.) * Statistik der Lungenschwind- sucht in der medizinischen Klinik zu Freiburg i. B. [Freiburg i. B.] 8°. Crefeld, 1895. Gleichner (A.) *De tuberculosi pulmonum acuta, adjecto casu in nosocomio, Lipsiensi ob- servato. 8°. Lipsire, 1857. Braunberger. Ueber Tuberculose auf dem Lande. Arch. f. off. Gsndhtspflg., Strassb., 1899, xviii, 268-272.— Frankel (B.) Weitere Mitteilungen zur Abnahme der Tuberkulosesterblichkeit. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1909, xlvi, 2010.—Friedlander. Zur Statistik der Erkran- kungen an Tuberkulose. Ber. ii. d. Kong. z. Bekampf. d. Tuberk. [etc.],Berl., 1899,166.—Friedrich (W.) & Jur- kini (E.) Statistischer Beitrag zur Frage der Tuberku- lose in Grossstadten und bei Arbeitern. Soziale Med. u. Hyg., Hamb., 1907, ii, 281; 352.—Froeliner. Die Lun- genseuche im Deutschen Reiche wahrend des Jahres 1898. Deutsche thierarztl. Wchnschr., Hannov., 1900, viii, 92. — Gottstein (A.) Statistische Beitrage zur Verbreitung der Tuberkulose. Miinehen. med. Wchn- schr., 1901, xlviii, 1610-1612.—Henscnel (F.) Zur Tu- berkulosestatistik. Ztschr. f.Fleisch-u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1906-7, xvii, 84-87.—Jacubasch (H.) Statistische Mit- teilungen iiber Tuberculose. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1902, lxxi, 359; 371.—Kraut wig. Die Lungentuberku- lose und ihre Bekampfung in Coin. Centralbl. f. allg. Gsndhtspflg., Bonn, 1912, xxxi, 409-431.—Leubuscher. Die Ausbreitung derTuberkuloseimHerzogthumSachsen, Meiningen. Cor.-Bl. d. allg. iirztl. Ver. v. Thuringen- Weimar, 1899, xxviii, 495; 539. Also: Ber. ii. d. Kong. z. Bekampf. d. Tuberk. [etc.], Berl., 1899,605-616.—Lieber- melster(G.) Ueber verschiedene histologische Erschei- nungsformen der Tuberkulose. Verhandl. d. Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1909, 485-487.—Loth. Die Tuberku- losensterblichkeit wahrend der letzten 20 Jahre in Erfurt. Cor.-Bl. d. allg. arztl. Ver. v. Thuringen, Weimar, 1899, xxviii, 345-351.—du Mont (E.) Die neuesten Bestre- bungen zur Bekampfung der Schwindsuchtsgefahr in Deutschland. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1903, xvii, 637.— mil I Ier. Ueber die Verbreitung der Tuberkulose im Regierungsbezirk Stade. Deutsche Vrtljschr. f. off. Gsnd- htspflg., Brnschwg., 1905, xxxvii, 346-358.—Naeg 11. Le- ber die Haufigkeit der Tuberkulose. Verhandl. d. Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1907, xxiv, 166-173.—Neumayer. Die Tuberkulose inderPfalz. Vereinsbl.d.pfalz. Aerzte, Frankenthal,1897,xiii,62-71.—Pannwitz. Bekampfung der Lungenschwindsucht in Deutschland. Actas y mem. d. ix. Cong, internac. de hig. y demog. 1X98, Madrid, 1900, iii, 125-128. -----. Die planmassige Schwindsuchts-Be- kampfung in Deutschland. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1900, xxxvii, 659-662.—Kahts. Die Bedeutung der Tuberku- lose alsUrsache des vorzeitigen Todes bei erwachsenen Bewohnern des Deutschen Reiches. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1900, i, 25-30.—Banke (K. E.) Zur Morbiditatsstatistik der Lungentuberkulose. /tad.,1906-7, x,61; 136.—Bitter (J.) Nochmals Bemerkungen zurTu- berkulosestatistik. Berl. klin.Wchnschr., 1912,xlix, 1803- TUBERCULOSIS. 643 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (History and statistics of), by localities. GERMANY—continued. 1805.— Schaier(F.) Die Tuberculose imZuchthause Kais- heim. Arch. f. Hyg., Miinehen u. Leipz., 1890, x, 445-463 -----. Die Tuberkulosesterblichkeit der Stadt M.-Glad- bachvon 1875-1907. Ztsehr.f.Tuberk.,Leipz.,1908,xii,308 — Tuberkulose und Beruf. Aled.-statist. Nac'hr., Berl 1910, ii, 159-167.—Wellrle (B.) Zur Mortalitiitund Mor- biditiit der Tuberculose. Aerztl. Mitth. a. Baden Karls- ruhe, 1897, li, 74, 81; 90.—Weinberg (W.) Die Tuber- kulose in Stuttgart 1873-1902; Krgebnisse der Untersu- chungen einer vom Stuttgarterarztlichen Vereine einge- setzten Kommission. Med. Cor.-Bl. d. wiirttemb arztl Ver., Stuttg., 1906, lxxvi, 1; 24. Also: Med. Bl., Wien, 1907' xxx, 25; 49; 75; 99; 111.—Wollf(F) Jahresbericht voii 1890. Beitr. z. Kenntn. d. Tuberk., Wiesb., 1891,1-21. GREAT BRITAIN [and its colonies]. See. also, in this list, Australasia; Australia; British Guiana; Calcutta; Canada; Cape Colony; England; India; Ireland, London; Malta; Newfoundland; New Zealand; On- tario; Scotland; South Africa; Transvaal; Trinidad; Victoria; Wales. Beevor (Sir H.) An oration on the declension of phthisis (pulmonary tuberculosis). Lancet, Lond., 1899 i, 1005-1020.—Circulars, memorandum,and order as to pulmonary tuberculosis issued by the Local Government Board during the year ended 31 March, 1909. Rep. Med Off. Local Gov. Bd. Suppl., Lond., 1908-9, 221-239 — Do Ian (T. M.) The incidence of phthisis pulmonalis in the Halifax Poor Law Union, with some remarks on sanatoria. Tr. Brit. Cong. Tuberc. 1901, Lond., 1902 ii 417-422,5 pl— Pattln (H. C.) On the tuberculoses, in England and Wales. Cong, internat. d'hyg. et de demog C. r. 1894, Budapest, 1896, viii, pt. 2, 430-434.— Raw (N.) A scheme for the prevention and treatment of consump- tion in Liverpool. Tuberculosis, Lond., 1902, ii, 159-165 — Symons (\V. H.) The distribution of phthisis Pub Health Lond., 1901-2, xiv, 352-364, 2 diag., 2 maps — Tathani (J.) Memorandum on mortality from tuber- cular phthisis in England and Wales during the last forty years. Tr. Brit. Cong. Tuberc. 1901, Lond., 1902, ii 494- 498.—Tuberculosis in England and Wales. Lancet Lond., 1899, i, 1111-1114. GREECE. Patriktos (B.) La tuberculose en Grece. 8°. Athenes, 1903. CaIris(M.) La tuberculose des prisons en Grece. Grece med., Syra, 1901, iii,87.—Kardamates (I.) 2Tai-«n-i/cat, Tiyes a-Tj^eicucrei? eirl tt}9 <£u/oiaTicosews Kai eAo/uiapcrews. 'Ia' TpiK-q npooSos, 'Ev Xvpta, 1902, vii, 79.—fllakkas (N.) riepi <2>0iVea>s ital 0iv 'ev "EAAoSi. Ibid., 1901, vi, 130.__ Patrlkios(B.) 'H iropeiaTijs s iv 'EWaSi awbrov 1890-1905. 'IaTpixb; fivvvriap, 'AflrJKai, 1906, V, 111. Also transl: Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, ii, 887- 889.—Rondopoulo (P.-J.) La tuberculose pulmonaire en Grdce pendant les cinq dernieres annees (frequence, formes, etc.). Cong, internat. dela tuberc 1905, Par., 1906 ii, 890-892. Also: Tuberculosis, Leipz., 1906, v, 21-24 — Verhaeghe (D.-D.) La tuberculose en Grece. Rev. d'hyg., Par., 1904, xxvi, 517-529. HAMBURG. Rosatzin (T.) Die Verteilung der Tuberkulosester- befiille in einem alten Stadtviertel Hamburgs von 1894- 1903. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1906, ix 441-448, 1 map.—Sieveking (G. H.) Die Tuberkulose- sterblichkeit Hamburgs in den Jahren 1820 bis 1899 Ibid., 1900, i, 320-334.-----. Der Stand der Tuberkulose in Hamburg Ende 1911. Ibid., 1911-12, xviii, 460-464. HELSINGFORS. Rpxeberg (J. W.) *Om tuberkulos mortali- teten i Helsingfors under de senaste tjugu aren (1881-1900). 8°. Helsingfors, 1902. Also, in: Finska lak.-sallsk. handl., Helsingfors, 1902. xliv, 295-337. Klirabrostin (M.) NIeskolkoslov o bugorchatkle v Helsingfors'fe. [Tuberculosis in . . .] Med. pribav. k morsk. sborniku, St. Petersb., 1904, pt. 2, 142-151. HOLLAND. See, in this list, Netherlands. HUNGARY. See, also, in this list, Budapest. Farkas(J.) A tiiddvfez ellen val6 vedekezes ker- dese Magyarorszagon. [Prevention of phthisis in Hun- gary.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1898, xlii, 84; 95; 106. Also, transl: Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1898, xxxiv, 533; 553. [Discussion], 641; 658— Koranyi (F.) Die Lungenschwindsucht in Ungarn. [From: Pester Tuberculosis (History and statistics °f)j by localities. H U N G A RY—continued. klo/d' Ap.r.a 14' 1896-J Pest- med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1896, xxxii, 394-397. -----. A London! tuberculosis-con- gressus es feladataink a tiiddvesz lekuzdese korfil Ma- gyarorszagban. [The London tuberculosis congress and pur task in mastering phthisis in Hungary. I Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1901, xiv, 691-697— Kuthy (D ) Die Angelegenheit der unbemittelten Phthisiker in Angara. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1898, xxxiv, 342-345. ;——. Ueber die Ausbreitung der Lungenschwindsucht in Ungarn. Ber. ii. d. Kong. z. Bekampf. d. Tuberk. [etc.], Berl., 1899, 115-119. ICELAND. Chastang. Note sur l'extension de la tuberculose pulmonaire en Islande. Arch, de med. nav., Par 1898 lxx, 232-231.— fllagnusson (G.) Tuberkulose paa Island. Hosp.-Tid., Kj0benh., 1895, 4. R., iii, 483-486. ILLINOIS. Blcknell(E. P.) Tuberculosis in Illinois. Charities [etc.], N. Y., 1906-7, xvii, 949-951.—Bo bison (J. A ) Tuberculosis in our district. Illinois M. J., Springfield 1906, ix, 631-633.—Thomas (H. M.) The annual eco- nomic loss to Illinois from tuberculosis. Ibid., 1904-5 vi 330-334. Also: Medicine, Detroit, 1904, x, 494-496 — Webster (G. W.) Mortality from tuberculosis in Illi- nois for the years 1902 and 1903. Illinois M. J SDrine- field, 1904-5, vi, 334; 360. s INDIA. See, also, in this list, Calcutta. Buchanan (W. J.) Tuberculosis in India. J. Tron M., Lond., 1899-1900, ii, 31-34—Cook (J. N.) Bovine and human tuberculosis in India. Tr. Epidemiol Soc Lond., 1902-3, xxii, 151-159.—Cordier (P.) Histoire de la medecine indienne; la phtisie pulmonaire. Ann d'hyg. et de med. colon., Par., 1912, xv, 255; 535.—Harris (G. A.) Tuberculous diseases in India. Indian M. Gaz Calcutta, 1909, xliv, 41-44.—Increase (The) of tuber- culosis in the jails of India. [Edit.] Ibid., 1900 xxxv 358-360.—Pulmonary tuberculosis in Calcutta. Lan- cet, Lond., 1906, i, 1842.—Roberts (J. R.) Some fea- tures of tuberculosis in India. Brit. M. J., Lond. 1910 ii, 866. —Rogers ( L.) Gleanings from the Calcutta post-mortem records. II. The incidence of tuberculous diseases in Bengal. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1909 ~xh\ 44-48. Also, Reprint.—Sarat Kumar fllullick! Alarming spread of consumption in Bengal. Indian Lancet, Calcutta, 1903, xxii, 797-800.—Sekhar (P. S. C ) Prevention of tuberculosis in Madras. Antiseptic, Ma- dras, 1912, ix, 652-667.—Thomas (E. H.) Phthisis; its modern conception and treatment, with special reference to India. Indian M. Rec, Calcutta, 1899, xvii, 550-553. INDIANA. Davis (T. H.) Tuberculosis in Indiana. Med -Lee- J., N. Y., 1902-3, xx, 180-182. ' s" INDO-CHINA. Angier. La tuberculose au Cambodge. Ann. d'hyg et de med. colon., Par., 1903, vi, 61-66. IOWA. Carhart (W. G.) Tuberculosis in Iowa. Iowa M J [etcl, Des Moines, 1910-11, xvii, 434-442. IRELAND. Great Britain. Lreland. Local Government Board for Ireland. Medical Department. Tuber- culosis in Ireland, fol. Dublin, 1908. Ireland's crusade against tuberculosis; being a series of lectures delivered at the Tuberculosis Exposition, 1907, under the auspices of the Women's National Health Association of Ire- land; edited by the Countess of Aberdeen. II. 8°. Dublin, 1908. Boyd (A. E.) The present position of the tuberculo- sis problem in Ireland. Tuberculosis, Lond., 1904, iii, 11-17. -----. Tuberculosis and pauperism in Ireland' Brit. J. Tuberculosis, Lond., 1908, ii, 159-166.—Grim- shaw (T. W.) The prevalence of tuberculosis in Ire- land, and the measures necessary for its control. Tr Roy. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl., 1898-9, xvii, 530-564.—In- crease (The) in consumption in Ireland. Tuberculo- sis, Lond., 1902-3, ii, 257-262.—Letters (P.) A statistical inquiry into the distribution of tuberculosis in Ireland Tr. Roy. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl., 1898-9, xvii, 565-583 Also: Med. Matr., Lond., 1899, viii, 401-412.—fll'Ardle (J. 8.) Consumption in Ireland. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, ii, 1136— fllacDermott (W. R.) A note on tuberculo- sis as a factor in the Irish death-rate. Med. Press & Circ Lond., 1907, n. s., lxxxiv, 690.—flicWeeney (E. J.j Some Irish aspects of the tuberculosis problem. Brit. J. Tuberculosis, Lond., 1907, i, 120-123.—flloore (Sir 3 ) TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (History and statistics of), by localities. IRELAND—continued. Tuberculosis in Ireland. Practitioner, Lond., 1913, xc, 312-:>;il.—O'flleara (T.J.) The chief causes of the in- cidence of tuberculosis in Ireland. J. Roy. Inst. Pub. Health, Lond., 1907, xv, 83-85. -----. Tuberculosis in Ireland. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1908, n. s., lxxxvi, 253-257. Al«o: 3. Roy. Inst. Pub. Health, Lond., 1909, xvii,^.38-150.—Poor-law reform in Ireland. II. Con- sumption. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, ii, 1313.—Tobin (R. F.) The ravages of tuberculosis in Ireland. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1907, n. s., lxxxiv, 386-388.—Tubercu- losis in Connemara. [Edit.] J. Irish M. Ass., Dubl., 1909, ix, 4-6.—Whitaker (H.) The excessive mortality from phthisis, etc., in Ireland. Pub. Health, Lond., 1895-6, viii, 10.—Wynne (J. D.) Tuberculosis in the south of Ireland. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, i, 1243-1245. -----. On some aspects of the tuberculosis problem in Ireland. J. Roy. Inst. Pub. Health, Lond., 1909, xvii, 129-137. ITALY. See, also, in this list, Genoa; Naples. Gobbi (G.) La tubercolosi nel comune di Bassano. Notee statistiche. 8°. Bassano, 1901. Kayserling (A.) *Bekiimpfung der Lun- genschwindsucht in Italien wahrend des 18. Jahrhunderts. 4°. Berlin, 1910. Meschinelli (C.) La tubercolosi nel comune di Vicenza durante 1' ultimo sessennio, 1893-8; ricerche statische. 8°. Vicenza, 1899. Solieri (H.) Studio statistico sul'a tuberco- losi nel commune d' Imola. 8°. Jinolu, 1899. Vivante (R.) La tubercolosi polmonare in Venezia; sua diffuzione e profilassi. 8°. Vene- zia, 1904. Angelini (A.) Gli istituti per il trattamento e l'as- sistenza dei tubercolosi poveri ed il funzionamento del- 1' Ospizio Umberto I in Roma nel suo primo quadriennio. Tubercolosi, Milano, 1908-9, ii, 186-190. —Antoniotti (F.) LatisipolmonarenelcircondariodiBiella. Osserva- tore, Torino, 1889, xl, 647: 678; 707; 721, 2 tabs.—Bada- lonl (G.) La tubercolosi in rapporto alle altre malattie infettive nella popolazione di Bologna. Bull. d. sc. med. di Bologna, 1899, 7. s., x, 324-328, lpl. -----. La morta- lity per tubercolosi polmonare in Bologna. Ibid., 1905, 8. s., v, 119-133.—Baldassari (L.) Mortalitaper tuber- colosi, in Vercelli, nel ventennio 1879-98. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1899, xx, 1537-1539. -----. Della tubercolosi in Ferrara negli ultimi anni e del trattamento ospitaliero dei tisici. Atti Accad. d. sc. med. e nat. in Ferrara, 1907, lxxxi, 43-52.—Bertarelli (E.) La diffusione della tu- bercolosi, con speciale riguardo a Milano e alia Lom- bardia. Tubercolosi, Milano, 1908-9, ii, 1-16.—Bonardi (E.) La tubercolosi nel quadriennio 1892-6. Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1898, xxxvii. 270-288. —Breitung (M.) Die Tuberkulose in der Republik San Marino. Bl. f. Volksgsndhtspfig., Munchen u. Leipz., 1900-1901, i, 161- 163.—Cell! (F.) La tubercolosi in Cremona, appunti d' igiene demografica e profilattica. Bull. med. cremo- nese, Cremona, 1892, xii, 108-118.—De Hieronymis (T.) La diffusione della tubercolosi nella Provincia di Pisa. Ist. di ig. d. r. Univ. di Pisa. Omaggio ... p. la lotta antituberc,Pisa, 1900, 17-116,1 diag.—Devoto (L.) Sul ricovero dei tubercolosi a Pammatone. Pammatone, Genova, 1899-1900, iii, 129-137. —Bi Vestea (A.) La distribuzione della tubercolosi in Italia; nota di geo- grafia nosologica. Ist. d' ig. d. r. Univ. di Pisa. Omag- gio ... p. la lotta antituberc, Pisa, 1900, 1-14, 2 maps. -----. Stato della tubercolosi in Italia, influenza sul relativo andamento epidemiologico delle leggi e istitu- zioni vigenti. Tubercolosi, Milano, 1909-10, ii, 273-293, 1 pl. Also: Atti d. Cong. naz. . . . contro la tuberc. 1909, Firenze, 1910, ii, 1-35, 7 pl.—Errera (A.) Contribu- zione demografica alia statistica della tisi, redatta dal Prof. . . . Riv. internaz. d' ig., Napoli, 1891, ii. 118; 177; 244: 309; 366; 419. Also, Reprint—Flick (L. F.) The prevention of tuberculosis; a century's experience in Italy under the influence of the preventive laws of the Kingdom of Naples enacted in 17*2. Am. Pub. Health Ass. Rep. 1890, Concord, 1891,xvi,60-70.—Frassi(A.)&Kicc5 (G.) La tubercolosi polmonare nello spedale e comune di Pisa durante ildecennio 1888-97. Ist. diig.d.r. Univ. di Pisa. Omaggio...p.lalottaantituberc,Pisa,1900,117-199,1 ch.,lmap.—Galli(V.) Della tubercolosi in Brescia e della suaprorilassispecialmenterispettoalla igiene ospedaliera. Gior. d. r. Soe. ital. d' ig., Milano, 1897, xix,513-530 —Ciiu- sti (U.) La mortalitaper tubercolosi a Firence nel quin- quennio 1907-11. Ramazzini, Firenze, 1912, vi, 207-248.— (xiialdi. La tubercolosi a Roma. Bull. d. Soc. Lanci- siana d. osp. di Roma, 1900, xx, 212-214.—Ibra (F.) Le malattie infettive nel comune d' iglesias con speciale TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (History and statistics of), by localities. ITALY—continued. riguardo alia tubercolosi. Tubercolosi, Milano, 1911-12, iv,198-213.—liaureati(F.) La tubercolosi nelle Marche. Gazz.med. d. Marche, Porto Civitanova, 1899, vii,nos. 10-11, 1-6; no 12, L—Ma la to Cal vino (V. E.) La tubercolosi in Sardegna nel quadriennio 1893-6 ed al presente. Riv. d'ig. esan.pubb.,Torino,1899.x, 812-817,1 tab.—Norsa((i.) Note statistiche sulla tubercolosi. Riv. crit. di clin. med., Firenze, 1911, xii, 225-230.—Pagnini (P.) La tubercolosi polmonare nel comune di Lucca, tuudiata specialmente in rapporto al fenomeno della emigrazione al Nord Ame- rica ed al lavoro nelle fabbriche. Atti d. Cong. naz. . .. contro la tuberc. 1909, Firenze, 1910, ii, 251-267.—Peri (A.) Qualche cenno statistico sul decorso della tubercolosi in Sestri Ponente con speciale riguardo alle abitazioni. Corriere san., Milano, 1903, xiv, 684; 699. -----. Contri- buto alio studio della mortalita per tubercolosi nei centri industriali; dati statistici riguardanti il comune di Sestri Ponente. Cesalpino, Arezzo, 1906, ii, 205-220, 2 pl.— It add i (A.) Cenni statistici edeconomici sulla reparti- zione della tubercolosi in Italia con speciale riguardo alle grandi citta. Gior. d. Soc. fiorent. d' ig., Firenze, 1894-5, x-xi, 1-18.—de Benzi (E.) Das Studium der Tuberkulose in Italien wahrend des letzten Jahres. In- ternat. Centralbl. f. d. ges. Tuberk.-Lit., Wiirzb., 1907, i, 122; 159.—Bizzo (A.) La tubercolosi nell' ultimo de- cennio in Biancavilla. Gazz. internaz. di med., Napoli, 1906, ix, 613-616.—Buata (C.) Appunti statistici sulla tubercolosi. Salute pubb., Perugia, 1898, xi, 139-143.— Salvini (G.) Due anni presso il comparto tubercolosi (uomini) all' Ospedale Maggiore (1902-3). Tribunamed., Milano, 1904, x, 225-238.—Sforza (C.) & Caporaso (L.) Morlalita per tubercolosi, in Italia, durante gli anni 1897-1902 Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1906, xxvii, 49- 53. Also, transl: Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, ii, 861-865.—Sormani (G.) Note statistiche sulla frequenza della tubercolosi nella Provinciadi Pavia. Boll.d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1899,221-223.—Spadini ( P.) Tubercolosi polmonale. Statist, d. sez. med. n. sped, di Faenza (1869-78), 1887, i, 178-258.— Ughetti (G. B.) La tubercolosi in Catania in rapporto alia tuberco- losi delle varie regioni d' Italia. Corriere san. Settim., Milano, 1897, viii, no. 3, 1-3.—Vivante (R.) La tuber- colosi polmonare in Venezia; sua diffusione e profilassi. Riv. veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 1904, xl, 395; 501: xli, 263; 310; 371; 471. JAPAN. Hagitani (T.) [The prevalence and localization of tuberculosis in Japan.] Tokyo Iji-Shinshi, 1904, 1291- 1318.—Hagiya. [The prevalence and localization of tuberculosis in Japan.] Daihan Igaku Kwai Zasshi, Tokyo, 1906, v, 931-985, 4 tab. Also: Mitt. d. med. Ge- sellsch. zu Tokyo, 1906, xx, 621-658.—Kitasato (S.) Die Tuberkulose in Japan. Mitt. a.d. k. Inst. f. Infektionskr. zu Tokyo, 1911, 27-33.—Mitsunaga (T.) [Some statis- tics of consumption.] Sei-i-Kwai M. J., Tokyo, 1905, xxiv, no. 283, 1-10. LILLE. Berquet (A.-P.-L.) *De la tuberculose pul- monaire, son etiologie generale. (Statistique de l'hopital de la Charite* de Lille.) 4°. Lille, 1896. Laroy (J.-B.) *La lutte contre la tubercu- lose a, Lille (de 1900 a 1910). [Lille.] 8°. Tourcoing, 1911. Delearde. Le pavilion des tuberculeux a l'hdpital de la Charite (decembre 1900-avril 1902). Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1902, vi, 340-342.—Lemiere (G.) La mortalite par phtisie pulmonaire a Lille. J. d. se. med. de Lille, 1896, ii, 129-133. -----. La mortalite par tuber- culose a Lille; ses causes; sa prophylaxie. Pratique jour., Lille, 1905-6, vi, 161; 177; 225; 314: 1907-8. vii, 1; 17; 33; 321. Also [Abstr.]: Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, ii, 494.—Surmont (H.) & Pred- homine (F.) La phtisie pulmonaire a Lille. Rev. d'hyg. Par., 1896, xviii, 591-606. LIMA. Alvarado (J. F.) Etiologia v. profilaxis de la tuber- culosis en Lima. Cr6n. med., Lima, 1893, x, 164; 202; 240; 295; 564.—Eyza«ruirre (R.) La tuberculosis pulmo- nar en Lima; tratamiento higienico; sanatoria. Ibid., 1896, xiii, 321: 337; 353; 369: 1897, xiv, 17; 33; 61. -----. La tuberculosis pulmonar en Lima. Ibid., 1907, xxiv, 257-261. LIMOGES. Boulland. Latuberculoseprofessionnellea Limoges. Limousin mM.,Limoges, 1898, xxii, 99-102 — .loiihaud. Etude statistique sur les cas de tuberculose observes ii l'h6pital general deL imoges Dendant les annees 1900,1901, 1902, 1903 et 1904, par MM. les" Drs. Delor, Jouhaud, P. Le- TUBERCULOSIS. 645 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (History and statistics of), by localities. LIMOGES—continued. maistre, Marcland et Pautet. [Rap.] Ibid., 1905, xxix, 159: 185; 212; 242. Also [Abstr.]: Cong, internat. dela tu- berc. 1905, Par., 1906, ii, 508— Ma re hand (R.) La tu berculose a Limoges et en Limousin en 1905. Cong, inter- nat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, ii, 497-507. -----. En- quete clinique sur la tuberculose en Limousin. Limou- sin med., Limoges, 1905, xxix, 44-47. -----. Mortalite tu- bereuleuse des Limousins de Paris. Ibid., 1906, xxx, 112-114. LISBON. de Azevedo (A.) Mortalidade pela tuberculose em Lisboa. Med. contemp., Lisb., 1912, xxx, 177-180.— Lopes (A. L.) Os tuberculosos no hospital de S. Jose' de Lisboa. Rev. portugueza de med. e cirurg. prat., Lisb., 1898, iv, 357-362.—Tuberculose (A) em Lisboa. Med. contemp., Lisb., 1903, xxi, 270-272. LONDON. Elderton (W. T.) & Perry (S. J.) A third study of the statistics of pulmonary tubercu- losis; the mortality of the tuberculous and san- atorium treatment, fol. London, 1910. Newman (G.) Some notes on phthisis and house propertv in Finsbury. Tuberculosis, Lond., 1902, ii, 9- 15.—Public health of London. III. Phthisis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1908, i, 399.—Stamping out consumption; what the post office has done in ten years. Lancet, Lond., 1905, ii, 791.—Toogood (F. S.) Tuberculosis and metro- politan pauperism. Brit. J. Tuberculosis, Lond., 1908, n, 166-174. LOUISIANA. Patton (G. F.) Vital statistics of tuberculosis in Louisiana. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1902-3, lv, 234-238. LYONS. Dtjpin (P.) * Topographie dela tuberculose a Lyon 1900-1904. (Mortalite.) 8°. Lyon, 1905. Julliand (E.) * Lutte contre la tuberculose a Lyon. 8°. Lyon, 1909. Mulot (C.) *La tuberculose a Lyon de 1905 a 1909. Etude statistique et considerations hy- gi£niques. [Lyon.] 8°. Villeurbanne, 1910. Brivon (J.) La phtisie pulmonaire dans la region lyonnaise. Lyon med., 1903, c, 1015-1021.—Lacomme (L.) & Dupi'ii (P.) Topographie de la tuberculose a Lyon, 1900-1904. (Mortalite?.) Bull. Soc. med. d. hdp. de Lyon, 1905, iv, 317-320. Also: Lyon med., 1905, cv, 817- 819. Also: Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, ii, 509-512. Also, Reprint.—Navarre (P.-J.) La tu- berculose sur le personnel lyonnais des postes et t616- graphes. Lyon med., 1900, xciv, 148; 181.—Perroud. Recherches statistiques sur la phthisie pulmonaire a l'H6tel-Dieu de Lvon pendant les annees 1856,1857,1858, 1859,1860. J. de med. de Lyon, 1864, ii, 1-12. MADAGASCAR. Clarac. Enquete sur la tuberculose a Madagascar. Ann. d'hyg. et de med. colon., Par., 1905, viii, 230-250. MALTA. Zammit (T.) Tuberculosis in the Maltese islands. Tr. Brit. Cong. Tuberc. 1901, Lond., 1902, iii, 74. MANILA. And re\vs. The incidence of tuberculosis as found in autopsies at Manila morgue and San Lazaro morgue. Bull. Manila M. Soc, 1909, i, 1.—Christensen. Inci- dence of tuberculosis in Bilibid Prison. Ibid., 5. MARBURG. Haedicke (A. G.) * Ueber die Ausbreitung der Tuberkulose im Distriktder Marburger Poli- klinik. 8°. Marburg, 1902. MARSEILLES. Laporte (J.) * Quelques considerations sur l'etiologie et la prophylaxie de la tuberculose a Marseille. 8°. Lyon, 1899. Boinet (E.) & Iluim (E.) La tuberculose a Marseille et sa prophylaxie. Marseille med., 1898, xxxv, 166; 197; 270; 398. MARTINIQUE. L.idin. La tuberculose a la Martinique. Ann. d'hyg. et de m&L colon., Par., 1904, vii, 250-256. Tuberculosis (History and statistics of), by localities. MARYLAND. Report of the tuberculosis commission of the State of Maryland, 1902. 8°. Baltimore, 1904. Buckler (H. W.) Pulmonary tuberculosis in Balti- more. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1901, xii, 288- 290.—Jacobs (H. B.) The tuberculosis situation in Maryland. Ibid., 1907, xviii, 309-314. — Jones (C. H.) Distribution of tuberculosis in the city of Baltimore. Maryland M. J., Bait., 1901, xliv, 346-347. MASSACHUSETTS. See, also, in this list, Boston. Geographical distribution of consumption in Massachusetts. 8°. [Boston, 1867.] Abbott (S. W.) Reduced mortality from consump- tion in Massachusetts. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1897, xxviii, 711. — French (J.M.) Consumption in Massa- chusetts. Boston M. & S. J., 1890, exxiii, 340-343.—Jos I in (E. P.) Consumption in a Massachusetts town. Ibid., 1905, cliii, 436-441. Also, Reprint—Smitli (W. E.) A study of phthisis and pneumonia in Massachusetts; sta- tistical and climatological. Med. Communicat. Mass. M. Soc, Bost., 1888, xiv, 245-272, 3 ch. Also, Reprint. MEXICO. Conejo (A. J.) *La tuberculosis pulmonar en Guanajuato; etiologia y profilaxia. 8°. Mexico, 1894. Benitz (J. M.) Phthisis in Guadalajara, Mexico. Am. Pub. Health Ass. Rep. 1892, Concord, 1893, xviii, 210-214. Also, Reprint. —Espinosa (L.) Statistics of the mortalitv from tuberculosis in the city of Xalapa from 1892 to 1901," inclusive. Med.-Leg. J., N. Y., 1902-3. xx, 162-164.—Iglesias (M. S.) La tuberculosis in Vera Cruz. Gac. med., Mexico, 1897, xxxiv, 70-76,1 tab— Lavista (R.) Formas clinicas de la tuberculosis en Mexico. Rev. quincen. de anat. patol. [etc.], Mexico, 1896, i, 35; 119.— Liceaga (E.) Algunos datos num6ricos sobre la tuber- culosis en Mexico. Gac. med.i Mexico, 1899, xxxvi, 399- 405,1 ch., 2 tab.—Martinez del Campo (J.) Fre- cuencia y causas de la tuberculosis en Mexico y partici- pacidn que pueden tomar en el tratamiento de esta en- fermedad algunos de los medicamentos estudiados en el Instituto medico nacional. |An. d. Inst. m6d. nac, Mexico, 1901-2, v, 312-317. — JWejla (D.) Des diverses formes de la tuberculose selon les diff£rentes altitudes au Mexique. Atti d. xi. Cong. med. internaz., Roma, 1894, iii, med. int., 117-120.—Prieto (I.) Estudios clinicos de la tuberculosis en Mexico. Rev. quin.deanat. patol. [etc.], Mexico, 1896, i, 13-23.—Terres (J.) La tuberculosis en el Distrito Federal. Gac. m6d., Mexico, 1903, 2. s., iii, 204-206.—Toussaint (M.) Formas anat6micas de la tuberculosis en Mexico. Rev. quincen. de anat. patol. [etc.], Mexico, 1896, i, 1; 44; 83; 132; 156; 195; 276; 408; 471, 11 pl. Also [Abstr.]: Rev. de anat. patol. y clin., Mexico, 1897, ii, 16-19. f MICHIGAN. Consumption in Michigan during the year 1891. Rep. Bd. Health Mich. 1891-2, Lansing, 1894, xx, 270- 275.—Consumption in Michigan, year ending Decem- ber 31, 1895. Ibid., 1896, Lansing, 1897, xxiv, pt. 2, 334- 354,—Glover (J. W.) A study of tuberculosis in the United States based on the returns of the Twelfth Census; with some special applications to the State of Michigan. J. Mich. M. Soc, Detroit, 1909, viii, 66-77.—Kiefer (G. L.) Tuberculosis in Detroit. Detroit M. J., 1906, vi, 270.—King (H. M.) Resume" of one hundred cases of tuberculosis. Med. News, N. Y., 1898, Ixxiii, 705-709.— Mortality from tuberculosis in Michigan forfive years, 1900-1904. Michigan Month. Bull. Vitil Statist., Lansing, 1905, viii, 57; 64.—Sliumway (F. W.) Tuberculosis in Michigan to-day. Detroit M. J., 1907, vii, 75-83. MINNESOTA. Bracken (H. M.) Tuberculosis instate institutions. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1902, xxxviii, 157-160. -----. A history of the organization of the department of tuber- culosis in Minneapolis. Northwest. Lancet, Minneap., 1904, xxiv, 16.—Easton (C.) Some statistical aspects of tuberculosis, with special reference to Minnesota. St. Paul M. J., St. Paul, Minn., 1908, x, 395-403.—Head (G. D.) Pulmonary tuberculosis among the Scandinavians. J. Minn. M. Ass. [etc.], Minneap., 1909, xxix, 433-438.— Becord of 420 cases of tuberculosis, 1901-2. Rep. Bd. Health Minn., St. Paul, 1901-2, 160-177. MISSOURI. Decker (C. E.) The increase in the number of cases of tuberculosis of lung, during the first three months of 1897, at the United States Marine Hospital, St. Louis, Mo., ft TUBERCULOSIS. 646 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (History and statistics of), by localities. MISSOURI—continued. with an inquirv into its probable results. Rep. Superv. Mar. Hosp. 1896-7, Wash., 1899, 283-288.—Bit-liter (G.) Tuberculosis in St. Louis. St. Louis Cour. Med., 1906, xxxiv, 129-134. MOSCOW. Schnaubert (W. N.) Lyokhochnaya cha- khotka v Moskvle 1880-1889 gg. La phthisie pulmonaire a Moscou, 1880-89. 8°. Moskva, 1893. Also [Rev.], in: Rev. de la tuberculose, Par., 1894,49-53. Skibnevski (A. I.) Chakhotka lyokhkikh i pro- chiya lyokhochniya zabollevaniya v selskom naselenii Bogorodskavo uyezda (Moskovskoi gub.). [Pulmonary phthisis and other lung diseases in the village population of Bogorodsk County (Moscow Government).] Vestnik obsh. hig., sudeb. i prakt. med., St. Petersb., 1900, pt. 2, 1023-1061. NANCY. £tienne (G.) Recherches statistiques sur la morbi- dity et la mortality tuberculeuses k l'hopital civil de Nancy, 1895-1904. Rev. m6d. de Pest, Nancy, 1905, xxxvii, 577-589.—£tienne (G.) & Tliouvenin (A.) Re- cherches sur la mortalite par la tuberculose k Nancv. Ibid., 1895, xxvii, 756-762—Haushalter (P.) Note pr&enWe a la Soci6t6 de medecine de Nancy a propos de la discussion sur les tuberculeux k l'hdpital (s6ance du % juin 1902). Ibid., 1902, xxxiv, 485-492.—Sognles (H.) Etiologie de la tuberculose a Nancy. Ibid., 581-588. NAPLES. Istruzionl al pubblico sul contagio della tisichezza scritte per sovrano comando dalla FacoltA medica del su- premo magistrato di sanita di Napoli. 1782. Boll.d.ord. d. san. d. prov. di Teramo, 1903, iii, 19-32.—Seranno (R.) Mortality per tubercolosi in Napoli. Benessere, Napoli, 1902-3, n. s., i, 385-388. NETHERLANDS. Bavinck (B. J. F.) * De sterfte aan tubercu- losis pulmonum in Nederland (1875-95). [Am- sterdam.] 8°. Kampen, 1897. Haver Droeze (J. J.), jr. *De sterfte aan phthisis in Nederland. 8°. Leiden, 1879. van der Burg (C. L.) Sterfte aan tering in ver- schillende gemeenten. Hyg. BL, Amst., 1900, iii, 357.— van Deventer (J.) Sz. & Benders (A. M.) De tu- berculose in Meerenberg. Psychiat.en Neurol. Bl., Amst., 1899, iii, 406-440, 7 tab.—de Josselin de Long (R.) The treatment of phthisis as a prevalent disease in Hol- land. Tr. Brit. Cong. Tuberc. 1901, Lond., 1902, ii, 183- 186. Also: Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1902, iii, 39-42. Also [Abstr.]: Lancet, Lond., 1901, ii, 202.— Bietema (S. P.) Over sterfte aan longtuberculose in Nederland. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1905, 2. r., xli, d. 1, 77-85.—Buy sch (W. P.) De uitroeiing der longziekte in Nederland. Feestbundel a. F. C. Don- ders [etc.], Amst., 1888,353-369.—Sanders (J.) Bijdrage tot de kennis omtrent de sterfte aan tuberculose te Am- sterdam over de jaren 1901 tot 1910. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1912, i, 142-154. NEW ENGLAND. Bowditch (H.L) Consumption in New Eng- land; or locality one of its chief causes. 8°. Boston, 1862. ADhott(S. W.) The decrease of consumption in New England. Pub. Am. Statist. Ass., Bost., 1904, n. s., ix, 1-20. NEWFOUNDLAND. Mfartine. La tuberculose a Terre-Neuve. Arch, de med. nav., Par., 1894, Ixi, 371-375. NEW HAMPSHIRE. Consumption. N. Hampshire San. J., Concord, 1898-9, i. 200-209.—Beport on pulmonary phthisis. Rep. Bd. Health N. Hampshire, Manchester, 1889-90, ix, 14- 112.—Watson (I. A.) The extent and distribution of consumption in New Hampshire. Tr. N. Hampshire M. Soc, Concord, 18S8, 60-78. Also: Rep. Bd. Health N. Hampshire, Manchester, 1887-8, vii, 177-188. NEW JERSEY. Hinsdale (G.) The distribution of tuberculosis in New Jersey. Tr. Am. Climat. Ass., Phila., 1898, xiv, 179- 185. Also: Phila. M. J., 1898, ii, 861. Also: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1898, liv, 387. Tuberculosis (History and statistics of), by localities. NEW YORK (City). New York (City). Health Department. The action of the health department in relation to pulmonary tuberculosis, and the scope and pur- pose of the measures recently adopted for its prevention. A report of the board of health of the city of New York to Hon. Wm. L. Strong, mayor of the city of New York. 8°. Albany dc New York, 1897. Biggs (H. M.) The prevention and restriction of pul- monary tuberculosis in the city of New York. Practi- tioner, Lond., 1898, lx, 712-716. -----. Sanitary measures for the prevention of tuberculosis in New York City and their results. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1902, xxxix, 1635- 1640.—Billings (J. S.), jr. Sanitary supervision of pul- monary tuberculosis and other communicable diseases by the department of health of the city of New York. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1906, lxix, 790-795.—Brandt (Lilian b What statistics show of mortality from tuberculosis in New York City; a preliminary survey of the held. Charities, N. Y., 1902, ix, 285-290.—Barlington (T.) The work of the tuberculosis clinic of the health department of New York City. Tr. Am. Climat. Ass., Phila., 1904, xx, 143- 148. [Discussion], 160-163.—Folks (H.) The adminis- trative control of tuberculosis; what the New York de- partment of public charities is doing and intends to do for consumptives. Charities, N. Y., 1903, xi, 451.—Guil- t'oy (W. H.) At what age periods and in what measure has the reduction in the mortality rate from tuberculosis manifested itself in the city of New York during the past forty vears? N. York M. J., 1908, Ixxxviii, 1018-1022. Also, Reprint.—Lederle (E. J.) & Biggs (H. M.) The administrative control of tuberculosis; measures adopted by the New York board of health for the sanitary super- vision of tuberculosis in the city of New York. Charities, N. Y., 1903, xi, 570-574.— Loomis (H. P.) Clinical sug- gestions from the study of 500 cases of pulmonarv tuber- culosis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1905, lxviii, 165-168.—I»IiHer (J. A.) The tuberculosis clinic of the Bellevue Hospital out-patient department. M. & S. Rep. Bellevue . . . Hosp., N. Y., 1904, i, 197-211. -----. A study of the tuber- culosis problem in New York Citv. Med. News, N. Y., 1904, lxxxiv, 1014-1021.—Poole (E.) The lung block; some pictures of consumption in its stronghold. Chari- ties, N. Y., 1903, xi, 193-199.—Shively (H. L.) Immi- gration a factor in the spread of tuberculosis in the city of New York. N. York M. J., 1903, lxxvii, 222-226. Also: Am. Pract. & News, Louisville, 1903, xxxv, 376-386.— Waters (B. H.) A statistical review of the work of the tuberculosis clinics of the department of health for 1910. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1911, xciv, 879-883. Also, Reprint — Wilkins (G. C.) Tuberculosis at the Long Island Hos- pital. Boston M. & S. J., 1902, cxlvii, 579. NEW YORK (State). See, also, in this list, New York (City); Troy. New York. State Board of Health. Four- teenth annual report, v. 2. Tuberculosis. 8°. Albany, 1894. Pry or (J. H.) The tuberculosis problem in Buffalo. Buffalo M. J., 1908-9, lxiv, 411^21. NEW ZEALAND. Colqulioun (D.) Phthisis in New Zealand. Inter- colon. M. Cong. Tr., Melbourne, 1889, ii, 79-87,1 tab.— Gilruth (J. A.) Tuberculosis in New Zealand. Veter- inarian, Lond., 1900, Ixxiii, 359-370.—Mason (J. M.) The relation of the state towards consumption, with special reference to New Zealand. Cong, internat. de med., Lisbonne, 1906-7, xv, sect. 14, 305-315. -----. The attitude of New Zealand towards consumption. Brit. J. Tuberculosis, Lond., 1907, i, 281-288.—Beakes (C. J.) Tuberculosis in New Zealand. Veterinarian, Lond., 1901, lxxiv, 538-640.—Stephen (W.) Observations on tuber- culosis in New Zealand. Dominion M. Month., Toronto, 1905, xxv, 210-215.—Ward (Sir 3. G.) New Zealand's attitude towards consumption, from a legislative point of view. N. Zealand M. J., Wellington, 1903-4, iii,267-261. NORTH AMERICA. See, in this list, Canada; Mexico; Newfound- land; United States. NORWAY. See, also, in this list, Christiania. Andvord (K. F.) Studier over Tuberkulosens Fore- komst i Norge. [Studies on the distribution of tubercu- losis in Norwav.] Norsk Mag. f. Laegevidensk., Kristia- nia, 1895, 4. R., x, 1013-1103,1 diag., 2 ch., 1 map. -----. A TUBERCULOSIS. 647 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (History and statistics of), by localities. NORWAY—continued. Tuberkulosens mortalitet og morbiditet. [Sur la mor- talite et la morbidite dans la tuberculose. Res., p. 583-589. ] Ibid., 1902, 4. R., xvii, 525-554,1 tab., 1 ch.—Arbo (C. O. E.) Nogle Tanker om Tuberkulosens Aarsagsforhold og Hyppighed i Lister og Mandals Amt. [Some considera- tions on the casualty and frequency of tuberculosis in the district of Lister and Mandal.] Ibid., 1896, 4. R., xi, 686-710.—Dah 1 (L.) Til Oplysningom Lungesvindsot i Norge. [An interpretation of the phthisis in Norway.] Ibid., 1>79, ix, 281; 417. Also, Reprint.—Harboe (L.) Tuberkulosen i Thedemarkens lsegedistrikt og tuberku- lose lovens § 6. Tidsskr. f. d. norske Lsegefor, Kristiania, 1908, xxviii, 550-555.— Holm bo e (M.) Lungtuberku- losens bevsegelse i Norge, navnlig i de senere aar. [Pul- monary tuberculosis in Norway in recent years.] Ibid., 1907, xxvii, 1135-1142, 1 map.—Hoist (P. F.), Nicolay- sen (L.) & Ustvedt (Y.) Undersdgelser over livsva- igheden hos tseringssyge i Norge. [Researches on the length of life of consumptives in Norway.] Norsk Mag. f. Lregevidensk., Kristiania, 1906, 5. R., iv, 425-459. Also, transl: Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1906-7, Ixxxviii, 325-350.—Larsen (C. F.) Hvorfor tiltager Ud- bredningen af Lungetuberkulose i Norge? [Why does pulmonary tuberculosis increase in Norwav.'] Norsk Mag. f. Laegevidensk., Christiania,1889,4. R., iv, 229-263.— Neumann (T.) Tuberkulosehjemsaken i Buskeruds amt. [Tuberculosis colonies in the county of Buskerud.] Tidsskr. f. d. norske Laegefor., Kristiania, 1908, xxviii, 592- 595.—S0mme (J.) Tuberkulosearbeidet iNorge. Ibid., 1909, xxix, 449-462. OHIO. See, in this list, Cincinnati; Cleveland. ONTARIO. Bryce (P. H.) Report on tuberculosis in Ontario, presented to the provincial board of health and adopted with recommendations therein contained. 8°. Toronto, 1894. Cassidy (J. J.) Some causes of tuberculosis in On- tario. [Edit.] Canad. J. M. & S., Toronto, 1902, xii, 131- 134.—Elliott (J. H.) The treatment of tuberculosis in Ontario. Ibid., 1905, xvii, 289-294.—McCullough (J. W.S.) Tuberculosis in Ontario, Canada. Am.Pract., N. Y.,1912, xlvi, 321-328.—Sweetapple (C. H.) Tubercu- losis in the Province of Ontario, Canada. Tr. Brit. Cong. Tuberc. 1901, Lond., 1902, iv. 162-164. PANAMA. Brem (W. V.) Tuberculosis in Panama; incidence and association with pleural adhesions. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1909, Iii, 349. PARIS Eugene (F.) *La tuberculose dans le per- sonnel infirmier des h6pitaux de Paris. Ses causes; quelques reformes. 8°. Paris, 1906. Ladeveze (i.-P.-A.) *Comment les families ouvrieres parisiennes disparaissent par tubercu- lose. 8°. Paris, 1901. Mathey (P.) *La tuberculose a Paris. 8°. Paris, 1901. Pierrhughes (C.) Le phtisique parisien a, l'hopital. 8°. Paris, 1898. Barbier (H.) Sur la frequence de la tuberculose chez les immigres a Paris. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1899, 3. s., xvi, 637: 1900, 3. s., xvii, 37-44.— Boureille. Sur la limitation de l'espace respirable, cause de la tuberculose a Paris. Cong, internat. d'assain., ...del'habitat. C. r. 1904, Par., 1905,129-135.— (S.) Miliary tuberculosis, caries of spine, double psoas abscess and appendix abscess; appendi- citis; death from secondary infection of a pre-existing psoas abscess. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1912, n. s., xciv, 435— von Hanseniaiin (D.) Ueber die Miliar tuberkulose der Lungen. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch., Jena, 1904, xv, Ergnzngshft, 224-230. Also [Abstr. ]: Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1903, Leipz., 1904, ii, 2. Hlfte., 20. —Haus- halter (P.) &Fruhinsholz (A.) Frequence et valeur de l'adenopathie tubereuleuse tracheo-bronchique dans la tuberculose miliaire des enfants et dans la meningite tubereuleuse. Arch, de med. d. euf., Par., 1902, v, 157-168.— Head (G. D.) The symptoms of acute miliary tuber- culosis of the lungs, with report of a case. Northwest. Lancet, Minneap., 1903, xxiii, 101-104.—Hemmeter (J. C.) Acute miliary tuberculosis treated with Koch's tu- berculin. Maryland M. J., Bait., 1891, xxv, 221-224. Also, Reprint.— Herz (A.) Ueber Erscheinungen von Kreislaufsstorung bei Miliartuberkulose. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1906, xix, 943-949.—Hess (A. F.) A case of miliary tuberculosis diagnosed by finding tubercle ba- cilli in the blood. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1909, xxvi, 220. Also: Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1909, lix, 727.—Hodges (A. D.) A ease of acute miliary tuberculosis. Ann. Gynec. & Pediat., Bost., 1898, xi, 466-468.—Hotinann. [Ein Kind mit akuter allgemeiner Miliartuberkulose.] Jahrb. d. Hamb. Staatskrankenanst. 1909, Hamb. u. Leipz., 1910. xiv, pt. 1, 101.—Button (H. R.) Acute miliary tuberculosis with infarcts in spleen (card speci- men). Tr. Path. Soc. Manchester, 18"91-2, i, 71.—Ka- posi (M.) Ueber Miliartuberkulose der Haut (und der angrenzenden Schleimhaut); Tuberculosis miliaris (s. Tuberculosis propria cutis et mucosae). Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1897, xlvii, 1841; 1890.— Keniston (J. M.) A case of acute miliary tuberculosis, of so-called typhoid form. Proc. Connect. M. Soc, Bridgeport, 1895, 203-210.— Kockel (R.) Beitrag zur Histogenese des miliaren Tu- berkels. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1896, cxliii, 574-639.—Lange (J. C.) A.cute miliary tuberculosis. Pittsburgh M. Rev., 1896, x, 69-71.—Lemaire (A.) Con- siderations sur la granulie. Rev. med. de Louvain, 1910, 33-39.—Leotard. Tuberculose miliaire. Arch. m£d. beiges, Brux., 1897, 4. s., x, 304-312.—Levy (L.) He- venv miliaris giim6sod6s. [Acute miliary tuberculosis.] Gy6gyaszat, Budapest, 1901, xli, 409-412.—Londe (P.) & Brecy (M.) Tuberculose miliaire aigue hemorragique. Gaz. hebd. de med., Par., 1902, n. s., iv, 337-339.—Lu- blinski. Angina und Miliartuberkulose. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xiv, 1272.— Malinas (A.) Tuberculose miliaire aigue pharyngo-laryng6e (maladie d'Isambert). Arch, de m6d. et pharm. mil., Par., 1902, xxxix, 50-55.— Marcus. Miliartuberkulose, eine mittelbare Unfall- folge. Monatschr. f. Unfallheilk., Leipz., 1910, xvii, 233- 239. -----. Akute Miliartuberkulose als Unfallfolge. Ibid., 1911, xviii, 255-259.—Margulies (E.) Die Miliar- tuberculose der Chorioidea als Symptom der acuten all- gemeinen Miliartuberculose. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1903, xlviii, 23S-244, 1 pl.—Matsumoto. [Miliary tu- berculosis.] Gun Igaku Kwai Zasshi, Tokyo, 1902, 1123- 112'/.—Matthes (M.) Die Diagnose der Miliartuberku- lose. Med. Klin., Berl., 1912, viii, 1769-1773.-Mayer (G.) Zur Pathologie der Miliartuberculose. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1900, xlvii, 71; 121.—Micheleau. Tuber- culose miliaire aigue; sero-diagnostic positif. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux, 1898, xix, 173.— ITHra- glia (L.) Sopra un caso di tubercolosi miliare acuta. Arch, internaz. di med. e chir., Napoli, 1903, xix, 80-90.— Mita (H.) A case of miliary tuberculosis with pysemia symptoms. Sei-i-Kwai M. J., T6ky6, 1911, xxx, no. 6.— Mitchell (R. E.) A case of miliarv tuberculosis. N. York State J. M., N. Y.,1905, v. 202-204.—Molliere (H.) Note sur deux cas de tuberculisation miliaire de la plevre et du peritoine sans tubercules dans le poumon. J. de med. de Lvon, 1867, viii, 418-422—Obraztsoff" (V. P.) & Vfsokovich (V. K.) Sluchal zlokachestven- navo malokroviya na pochvle prosovidnol bugorchatki. [Pernicious anemia in a case of miliarv tuberculosis.] Bolnitseh. gaz. Botkina, St. Petersb., 1898^ ix, 1793-1800.— Pa no It". Sluchal prosovidnol bugorchatki lyokhkikh s obshtshel podkozhnol emfizemol. [Miliary pulmonary tuberculosis with general subcutaneous emphvsema.] Russk. Med., si. Petersb., 1891, xvi, 700.—von Pirquet (C.) Verlauf der tuberkulosen Allergie bei einem Falle von Masern und Miliartuberkulose. Wien. klin. Wchn- schr. 3908, xxi, 861-864.—Plessi (A.) Trasmissione a tutto 1' addomedelrumore respiratorioedei tonicardiaci in un caso di timpanismo intestinale per tubercolosi mi- hare acuta. Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1900, xxxix, 688- Tuberculosis (Miliary, Acute). 696. Also: Clin. med. ital. p. il giubil. clin. Tkulose. Verhandl.d.deutsch.path.Gesellsch. 1901, tierl.. Iyu2, 251. Also: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1901. xlviii. 1'.64-1568. -----. Parasitiire Begleiter der Tu- berkulose. Kausale Therap., Hannov , 1903-4, i, 11; 51.—Klein (E.) Report on the action of the bacillus pyocyaneus on the process of tuberculosis. Rep. Local Gov. Bd. 1891-2, Lond., 1893, xxi, 141-146. — Le Gendre & Beaussenat. Influence de l'erysipele sur revolution de la tuberculose. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. dePar., 1893, 3. s., x, 45-54.—Lewis (P. A.) Double infection with the human and bovine types of bacillus tuberculosis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1913, lx, 202.—Lucet (A.) Sur un nouveau cas de tuberculo-c streptobacillaire chez le lapin. Arch, de parasitol.. Par., 1898, i,100-122.—Luzzatto f A. M.) Le associazioni mi- crobiche nella tuborcol.»-i senile. Riv. veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 1896, xxv, 469; 497.—Maragliano (E ) Tuberculosis (Mired infection in). Le associazioni microbiche della tubercolosi. Tuberco, losi, Milano, 1895, iii, 33-39. Al»o: Clin, mod., Firenze- 1895, i. 115-119.—JWarotte. Ln cas d'infection mixte a tetrairene et bacille tuberculeux. Bull, med., Par., 1909, xxiii, 259-261.—JTIattirolo (G.) Tubercolosi miliare e setticemia da micrococeo tetrageno. Clin. med. ital., Mi- lano, 1903, xlii, 455-469.—iTIcnzer. Leber die Behand- lung der Tubereulosemischinfektioii mit Streptokokken- serum. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1903, i, 1357. -----. Die Streptokokkenserumbehandlimg der Tuberkulose- mischinfektion. Ibid.,1%11.—JluiriW. S.) Tuberculo- sis of the arm cured by accidental ervsipelas. Maritime M. News, Halifax, 1895, vii, 1— Nannotti (A.) Osser- vazione clinica e ricerche sperimentali intorno alia in- fluenza delle infiammazioni da streptococco nelle affe- zioni tubercolari. Riforma med., Napoli, 1893, ix, pt. 2, 627; 638; 652.—Oehler (R.) Ueber secundare Tubercu- lose Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1905, lxxiv, 101-103.— Orsl(G.) Sull' azione predisponente degli espettorati tubercolari all' infezione da streptococco o da pneumo- cocco. Riforma med., Palermo-Napoli, 1907, xxiii, 505- 508.—Pfeiffer (R.) Die Mischinfection bei der Tuber- kulose. Ber. ii. d. Kong. z. Bekampf. d. Tuberk. [etc.], Berl., 1899, 195-201. Also: Arch. f. wissensch. u. prakt. Thierh., Berl., 1899, xxv, 418-126.—Pogue (G. R.) Pyo- genic infections in tuberculosis. Denver M. Times [etc.], 1910-11. xxx, 85-88—Polyanski (N.S.) Sovmiestnoye techeniye aktinomikoza i tuberkulyoza u chelovleka. [Coexistent actinomycosis aud tuberculosis in man.] Prakt. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1905, iv, 275; 296.— Pottenger (F. M.) & Browning (C. C.) A clinical study of mixed infection in tuberculosis. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 591-597. Also: 3. Am. M. Ass., Chi- cago, 1907, xlvi, 863-866— Bavenel (M. P.) Mixed in- fections in tuberculosis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1908, li, 2047.—Bavenel (M. P.) & Irwin (J. W.) Studies of mixed infection in tuberculosis. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 586-590. Also: Nat, A*s. Study & Prevent. Tuberculosis. Trans., 1906, i, 231-238.—Be- villiod (L.) Les rapports entre la tuberculose et la diphterie. Rev. de la tuberculose, Par., 1894, 205-217.— Bizzuti (G.) Sulla virulenza dei bacilli pseudo-difte- rici associati al bacillo di Koch. Gior. med. d. r. esercito, Roma, 1907, lv, 425-130.—Sata (A.) [On the diagnostic value of mixed infection for the clinical phenomena and course of tuberculosis.] Tokyo Iji-Shinshi,1901,21:308. Also, transl: Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1901, ii, 43-54.—Schroer H.) Mixed infection in tuberculosis. LancetClinic, Cincin., 1908, lxxxix, 271-273.—Straus (I.) Tuberculosis and secondary infection. Med. Week, Par., 1894, ii. 265-268. Also: Semaine med.. Par., 1894, xiv, 253- 255.—Time (K.) Om sekundserinfektioner ved tuberku- lose. [Secondary infection in tuberculosis.] Norsk Mag. f. Laegevidensk., Kristiania, 1905, 5. R., iii, 465-481. Also, transl: Nord. med. Ark., Stockholm, 1904, 3. f., iv, afd. 2, no. 15, 1-16. Also, transl: Wien. med. Presse, 1906, xlvii, 521-525.—Tripler (R.) Rapports de la tuberculose avec la diphterie. Rev. de med.. Par., 1911, xxxi, num. spec, 828-S3L—Voje (J. H.) Staphylococcus infection not tu- berculosis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1898, xxx, 622.— Wilkie (D. P. D.) Vaccine therapy in tuberculous dis- ease with mixed infection. Edinburgh M. J., 1908, n. s., i, 420-442.—Voung (J. K.) Mixed infection in tubercu- losis and its treatment. Month. Cvcl. & M. Bull., Phila., 1910, iii, 718-721.— Zanoni (G.) Contributo alio studio delle associazioni microbiche nella tubercolosi. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1898, Roma, 1899, ix, 507-510. -----. Lapoeaattendibilitidel repertodellosputopergiudicare le associazioni microbiche nella tubercolosi. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1899, xx, 742. Tuberculosis (Mortality from [and expectation of life in]). Baranoff (A. I.) *K voprosu o vliyanii nle- kotorikh professiy na smertnost ot chakhotki. (Statisticheskiy material.) [Statistical contribu- tion to influence of some professions on mortal- ity from pulmonary phthisis.] 8°. S.-Peter- burg, 1892. Dupuy (C.) * De la mort subite dans le cours de la phtisie pulmonaire. 4°. Paris, 1893. Melcion (M.-G.-P.) *De quelques signes pr£curseurs de la mort chez les phtisiques. 8°. Nancy, 1906. Mortality from consumption in dusty trades. Chart exhibit of the Prudential Insurance Com- pany of America. Internation Tuberculosis Congress, Washington, D. C, 1908. large fol. [n. p., n. d.] Pearson ( K.) The fight against tuberculosis and the death-rate from phthisis. 8°. London, 1911. TUBERCULOSIS. 659 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Mortality from [and expectation of life in])* Schultz ([E. W.'] A.) * Fiille von Tuberku- lose mit anderer Todesursache. 8°. Kiel, 1895. Thomson (VV.) Digest of the return ordered by the Legislative Council of all the deaths (2,143) from phthisis in Melbourne and sub- urbs, during the years 1865-9 and first half of 1870, forming a sequel to the essay pn phthisis, etc. 8°. Melbourne, 1871. Woollcombe (W.) Remarks on the fre- quency and fatality of different diseases, par- ticularly on the progressive increase of con- sumption; with observations on the influence of the seasons on mortality. 8°. London, 1808. Adam (T.) Mortality from phthisis in Yorkshire. Pub. Health, Lond., 1909-10, xxiii. 314-320.—Anders (H. S.) Street-width; its causal relation to the mortality of phthisis. Univ. M. Mag., Phila., 1890-1891, iii, 13-21.— AndreyeflE* (P.) Smertnosteta ot tuberkuloza v gr. Veliko fornovo. [Death from tuberculosis in Big Tor- novo.] Sovrlem. Khig., Soliya, 1912, vi, 10-21.—Ar- maignac. Tuberculose primitive de la conjonctive suivie de tuberculose laryngee et pulmonaire; mort. Rev. internat. de rhinol., otol. et laryngol., Par., 1898, ix, 272.—Arinaingaud. Sur la mortalite par la tubercu- lose. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1909, 3. s., Ixi, 196.— Barbour (L. P.) How can we lessen the present great mortality rate from consumption? Memphis M. Month., 1897, xvii, 8-21.—Beevor (Sir H.) Mortality returns; tuberculosis. Practitioner, Lond., 1910, lxxxiv, 8-12.— Benaky (N*.-F.) De la mort des tuberculeux par causes mediates. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1905, vii, 88-92.— Brown (L.) The causes of death in pulmonary tuberculosis. Tr. Am. Climat. Ass., Phila., 1911, xxvii", 65-86, 1 pl. Also: Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1911-12, xviii, 43-52.—Brown (L.) & Pope (E. G.) The postdischarge mortality among the patients of the Adirondack Cottage Sanitarium. Am. Med., Phila., 1904, viii, 879-882.—But- ler (W.) The value from a public health standpoint of the declining phthisical death-rate. Pub. Health, Lond., 1898-9, xi, 326-339.—Coste de Lagrave. Pourquoi les tuberculeux meurent-ils? I. A la ville. II. A la cam- pagne. III. Au sanatorium. Rev. internat. de la tu- berc, Par., 1903, ii, 805-832.—Craig (F. A.) A study of the deaths from tuberculosis in the fifth ward (Philadel- phia) during a period of fortv-seven years. Am. J. Pub. Health, N.Y., 1913, iii, 24-33.—Bavies (C. A.) Wind ex- posure and phthisis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901, i, 387.—Bud- fleld (R.) Note on the mortality from tuberculosis from 1851-1905. J. Roy. Statist. Soc, Lond., 1907. lxx, 454-470.— Elliott (J. H.) The mortality from tuberculosis in the neighborhood of sanatoriums. Tr. Am. Climat. Ass., Phila., 1906, xxii, 280-286.—Eversned. A case of phthisis, in which the fatal result was due to pulmonary embolism. Lancet, Lond., 1889, ii, 851.—Finlay (C. 3) Importancia de cierros factores secundarios en el desa- rrollo y la mortalidad de la tuberculosis pulmonar. Rev. demed. trop., Habana, 1905, vi, 97-109—Frankel (B.) Die Abnahme der Tuberkulosesterblichkeit und ihre Ur- sachen. Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. (1908), 1909, xxxix, pt. 2, 89-101, 1 tab. [Discussion], pt. 1. 129; 133. Also: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xiv, 593-599. -----. Tuberkulosesterblichkeit und Lebensalter. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1911, xvii, 378.—French (J. M.) Cer- tain factors influencing the death rate from consumption. Med. Exam., N. Y., 1901, xi, 679-687. —Furukawa (S.) [Rate of deaths from tuberculosis] Kokka Igaku Kwai Zasshi, Tokyo, 1897, 229-233.—van Geuns (J.) Ueber Sterblichkeit an Tuberkulose. Ber. u. Verhandl. d. internat. Kong. f. Versicher.- Med., Berl., 1906, 67-71. Also, transl: Med. Exam. & Pract., N. Y., 1907, xvii, 49-51. Also, transl: Bull, de l'Ass. internat. d. med. exp. de comp. d'assur., Brux., 1906, v, 144-146.— Gottstein (A.) Ueber die Abnahme der Tuberkulose- sterblichkeit. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1909, xlvi, 2138.— Haag (G.) 1st der Tod an Lungentuberculose Folge einer behaupteten Ueberanstrengung? Monatschr. f. Un- fallheilk., Leipz,, 1902, ix, 411-415. -----. Tod an Lun- gentuberkulose; Folge einer Quetschung des rechten Schultergelenks? Arch. f. Orthop [etc.J, Wiesb., 1905, iii, 31-34.—Hanseom (S.) Mortality from consumption in the Royal Arcanum at different periods. Royal Arcanum Bull., Bost., 1909, xvi, 6.—Haskell (C.N.) The mor- tality of indifference. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1912, lxxxi, 893- 896— Hay ward (T. E.) The mortality from phthisis and from other tuberculous diseases considered in some aspects which mav be demonstrated by means of life- tables. Lancet, Lond., 1901, ii, 356-360. Also: Tr. Brit. Cong. Tuberc. 1901, Lond., 1902, ii, 382-393, 4 pl. -----. On the construction of life-tables, and on their applica- tion to a comparison of the mortality from phthisis in England and Wales, during the decennia 1881-90 and 1891- Tuberculosis (Mortality from [and expectation of life in\). 1900. Arch. Pub. Health Lab. Univ. Manchester, 1906. i, 113-190.—Holsti (H.) Ueber den Einfluss von Alter, (h'schlccht und socialen Verhaltnissen auf die Sterblich- keit an tuberculosen Krankheiten, insbesondere an Lun- genschwindsucht. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1893, xxii, 317-330.— Horber. Zur Mortalitiitsstatistik nach Beru- fen. Tuberculosis, Berl., 1911, x, 479-485.—Irwell (L.) Natural selection among civilized communities; au ex- planation of the decrease of tuberculosis both before and since Koch's discovery of the bacillus. Med. Rev. of Rev., N. Y., 1911, xvii, 571-576.—de Jager (L.) De waarde van de sterftestatistiek voor de oorzaak van tu- berculose. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1905, 2. r., xli, d. 2, 382-389.—Koelscli. Arbeit und Tuberku- lose; die Tuberkulosesterblichkeit der erwerbsfiihigeii Bevolkerung Bayerns im Jahre 1908 vom sozial-hygie- nischen Stankpunkte aus. Arch. f. soz Hyg. [etc.], Leipz., 1910-11, vi,29; 212; 276.—vonKiirosy (J.) Some observations on the influence of certain social conditions and of food on the mortality from phthisis. Tr. Brit. Cong. Tuberc. 1901, Lond., 1902, ii, 499-505.—Lagneau (G.) De la mortalite par tuberculose selon les professions, scion 1'habitat. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1894, 3. a., xxxi, 167-180.—Land is (H. R M.) Death in pulmonary tuberculosis. Rep. Henry Phipps Inst., study . . . tuber- culosis, Phila., 1905-6,145-150, 1 ch.—Law (R.) Acute- phthisis pulmonalis; duration onlv ten days. Proc. Path. Soc. Dubl., 1862-5, n. s., ii, 93-95.—Lehinann (J.) Om Svindsotsd0delighedens Aftagen. [The di- minution of the mortality of consumption.] Tidsskr. f. Sundhdspl , K0benh., 1899-1900, vii, 167-175, 1 ch.— Liiiiiai F.) Morte rapida per meningite tubercolaredella volta nel decorso diuna peritonite tubercolare. Pediatria, Napoli, 1912, 2. s.,xx, 203-209.— Luukhouen (E.) Tu- berkulo0siin kuolevaisuudesta kakisalmen kaupungissa. [The mortality of tuberculosis in cities.] Duodecim, Hel- sinki, 1910, xxvi, 494-499.—MatDerniott (W. R.) The limitation of mortality from tuberculosis. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1907, n. s., lxxxiv, 523-525.—Medellifs- langd och dddlighet genom lungsot bland man i olika st&ndoeh klasser. [Average length of life and mortality fromphthisisin men of differentstationsand classes.] Hal- sovannen, Stockholm, 1902, xvii, 121-125— Miller (L. C.) The decrease in the death-rate of consumption. Boston M. & S. J., 1904, cli, 678-682.—Newsliolme (A.) An inquiry into the principal causes of the reduction in the death-rate from phthisis during the last forty years, with special reference to the segregation of phthisical patients ingeneral institutions. J. Hyg., Cambridge, 1906, vi, 304- 384.—Petit (L.-H.) Sur la statistique de la mortalite par tuberculose. Rev. de la tuberculose. Par., 1894, 1-6.— Peyroux (A.-L.) La mortality par tuberculose pulmo- naire a Paris. Rev. mM. de Normandie, Rouen, 1909,176- 179.—Beibmayr (A.) Ueber die Verbreitung und Mortalitat der Tuberkulose. Cong, internat. d'hvg. et de demog;, C. r. 1894, Budapest, 1896, viii, pt. 2, 365-378.— Smetanka (F.) Vtfvoj umrtnosti tuberkulosou u nas a jinde. [Mortality from tuberculosis among us and else- where.] Casop. lek. 6esk., v Praze, 1911, 1, 448; 479.— Smith (W. R.) A mortality curve for phthisis. Scot. M. &S.J.,Edinb.,1902,xi,294-301. -----. Thepraeticalappli- cationof Wilton's mortality curve for phthisis. Brit. J. Tu- berc,Lond., 1908, ii,47-51.—S0egaard (M.) Tuberkulo- sed0deligheteniNorgeslukkedeanstaltcr. [Tuberculosis mortality in Norwegian in-doorinstitutions.] Norsk Mag. f. Laegevidensk., Kristiania, 1913, 5. R., xi, 190-203.— Steiner (L.) Die Lebensdauer bei Lungentuberkulose in einerGrossstadtunter Beriicksichtigung von Belastung, Beruf, etc. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1910, xvi, 161-168.— Stewart (C. H.) The sex and age incidence of mortality from pul monary tuberculosis in Scotland and in its groups of registration districts since 1861. Proc Rov. Soc. Edinb., 1910-11, pt. 3, xxxi, 352-373, 8 pl., 5 tab.—Swayze (G. B. H.) To die or not to die of tuberculosis. Med. Times, N. Y., 1908, xxxvi, 9-1).—Synies (J. O.) & Fisher (T.) An inquiry into the primary seat of infec- tion in 500 cases of death from tuberculosis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, i. 884.—Tuberculosis pulmonum; Tu- berculum solitarium lobi prsecentralis sinistri; Tod. Jahrb. d. Wien. k. k. Krankenanst. (1893), 1894, ii, 791- 793.—Van Hoesen (L.) What can we do to lessen the death rate of pulmonary tuberculosis? N. York State J. M., 1908, viii, 472-475.—Voigt (A.) Die Statistik der Tu- berkulose-Erkrankungen und Sterbefiille. Ber. ii. d. Kong. z. Bekampf. d. Tuberk. [etc.], Berl., 1899,604.— Werner. Die Sterblichkeit der Bevolkerung der Bau- erschafteri Schlangen und Kohlstadt an Tuberkulose von 1801-1908 inkl. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1912, xxiv, 125-130.—Westergaard (H.) Some remarkson the mortality among persons with consumptive family history. [From: Economic Journal, 1894.] J.Inst. Actu- aries, Lond., 1893-4, xxxi, 375-386.—Wilkinson (CH.) The medical profession; a contributory factor to the death rate of consumptives. Texas M. J., Austin, 1904-5, xx, 43-47. TUBERCULOSIS. 660 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Mortality from) in children. Briskmanx (R.) * Die Todesfalle an Tuber- kulose im Alter von 5 bis 15 Jahren im Kin- derspital in Zurich wahrend der Jahre 1874 bis 1904. 8°. Zurich, 1907. Belila (R.) Sterblichkeit an Tuberkulose bei Kindern bis zum 15. Lebensjahre in Preussen in den Jahren von 1876 bis 1910. Med. statist. Nachr., Berl., 1911-12, iii, 18S- 490.—Borobio (P.) Mortalidad infantil por tuberculo- sis. Clin, mod., Zaragoza, 1909, viii, 484^89.—Branson (W. P. S.) Tuberculosis and mortality in childhood. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, i, 72.—Brouardcl (P.) Morta- lite par tuberculose des enfants assistes et moralement abandonnes (1895-9). Com. de la tuberc, Par., 1900,151- 153.—Carrifere (H.) La mortalite tubereuleuse infantile de la Suisse. Cong, franc, de med., 10. session, 1908, Ge- neve, 1909, ii, 218-221. Also: Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1908, xxviii, 654-662.—Bietrich. Tuberkulose und Sauglingssterblichkeit. Tuberculosis, Leipz., 1906, v, 193-200.—Divine (T.) The tuberculous diseases of the Registrar General with special reference to mortality iu infancy. J. Prevent. M., Lond., 1906, xiv, 522-530.— d'Espine (A.) Tuberculose et mortality infantile. [Rap.] Gaz. d. mal. infant, [etc.], Par., 1907, ix, 180- 184.—Hillenberg. Die Beziehungen zwischen Kinder- sterblichkeit und Tuberkulose in Preussen unterstatisti- schen Gesichtsptinkten. Tuberculosis, Berl., 1908, vii, 519-539.—Jordan (H. E.) Hereditary tuberculosis and infant mortality. Tr. Am. Ass. Study & Prev. Inf. Mortal. 1911, Bait., 1912, ii, 144. -----. Intant mortality in relation to the hereditary effects of tuberculosis. Ibid., 1912, Bait., 1913. iii, 154.—Levy. Das Verhaltniss der Tuber- culose zur Kindersterblichkeit und Thiertuberculose, nach statistischen Curven von Herrn Biedert-Hagenau. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1898, Leipz., 1899, lxx, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 230-233.—Neumann (E.) Die Tuberkulose als Todesursache im Kindesalter in der Stadt Bremen. Ztschr. f. soziale Med., Leipz., 1909- 10, v, 65-64.—von Pirquet (C.) The relation of tu- berculosis to infant mortality. Bull. Am. Acad. M., Easton, Pa., 1910, xi, 73-79. Also [Abstr.]: N. York M. J. [etcl, 1909, xc, 1045.—von Vogel. Ueber den Zusam- menhang von latenter Tuberkulose, Kindersterblichkeit und Wehrfahigkeit. Kor.-Bl. d. allg. arztl. Ver. v. Thii- ringen, Jena, 1905, xxxiv, 435-439.—Weinberg (W.) Die Sterblichkeit der Kinder der Tuberkulosen, insbe- sondere nach der Geburtszeit. Arch. f. soz. Hyg. [etcl, Leipz., 1910-11, vi, 165-194. Tuberculosis (Muck's granules in). Bolokhowsky (Mile. Rebecca). *Sur la for- mation des granulations semblables a des spores dans le corps des bacilles de Koch. 8°. Ge- ri&ve, 1908. Bihtolff (R.) & Momose (K.) Zur Frage des gra- nularen Tuberkulosevirus. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u.Berl., 1912, xxxviii, 16-18.—Batta (L.)& Gofli (P.) Sulla forma granulare del bacillo della tubercolosi (Much). Riv. d' ig. e san. pubb., Torino, 1910, xxi, 485- 489— Debiiiski (B.) Ziarenka (granula) Mucha i ich znaczenie w rozpoznawaniu gruzlicy. [Much's granules and their importance in the diagnosis of tuberculosis.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1911, 2. s., xxxi, 254-259.—Ditlev- sen (C.) Nyere unders0gelser over Much's granulsere tuberkulosevirus. Hosp.-Tid., K0benh., 1912,5. R., v, 182- 189.—Doutrelepont. Ueber die Muchschen Granula und Tuberkulide. Sitzungb. d. naturh. Ver. d. preuss. Rheinl. u. Westphal. 1910, Bonn, 1911, B, 15-18.—Fuchs- Woli'riiiir, (Sophie). Die Muchschen Granula und die Carl Spenulcrschen Splitter. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb 1908, x, 175-182.— Knoll (W.) Versuch einer Entwicklung verschiedener Formen des Tuberkulose- virus beim Menschen aus einander auf Grund einer Dop- pelfarbung mit Methylviolett-Fuchsin. Schweiz. arztl. Mitt. a. Univ.-Inst., Zurich, 1910, 55-77.—Korber (N.) Beitrag zur klinischen Bedeutung der Muchschen Gra- nula. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1912, xxxviii, 1494.—Kozloff(A. A.) K voprosu o kliniches- kom znachenii obnaruzheniya bugorchatkovikh palo- chek v krovi; okraska zernistikh form Much'a po vido'fz- mlenennomumnoyusposobuGram'a. [Theclinical value of finding tubercle bacilli in the blood; staining of Much's granular forms by my modified Gram's method.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1910, ix, 661.—Krylow (D. O.) Ueber die Bedeutung und das Vorkommen der Muchschen Gra- nula. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infektionskrankh., Leipz., 1911, lxx, 135-14S.—Leschke (E.) Ueber die granulare Form des Tuberkulosevirus. [Mit Erwiderung von S. Rosen- blat] Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1911, lix, Orig., 365-373. — Llchtenhahn (F.) Die neuere Forschung fiber die kornige Form des Tuberkuloser- regers. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1910, xl, 1109- 1116.—Marmann. Beitrage zur Bedeutung der Much- schen Granula im Sputum Tuberkuloser. Arch. f. Hyg Munchen u. Berl., 1912, lxxvi, 245-255—M.as y Magro Tuberculosis (Muciis (jranules in). (F.) Sobre la presenciade granules cianofilosen el bacilo de la tuberculosis. Rev. valenc. de cien. med., Valencia, 1915, xiv, 89-92.—Matozzl Scal'a (G.) Ricerca delle forme del Much negli espettorati tubercolari. Gazz. in- ternaz. di med., Napoli, 1910, xiii, 829-832.—Ittuch (H.) Ueber die granulare, nach Ziehl nicht farbbare Form des Tuberkulosevirus. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb 1907, viii, 85-99. -----. Granula und Splitter; eine Ent- gegnung auf den Artikel von Sophie Fuchs-Wolfring- Die Muchschen Granula und die C. Spenglerschen Split- ter. Ibid., 1908, xi, 67-71. -----. Welche Erkenntnisse wurden durch die Entdeckung der granularen Form de> Tuberkulosevirus bisher gewonnen? Dermat. Stud Hamb. u. Leipz., 1910, xxi, 95-121. -----. Neuere Ergeb- nisse uber die Biologie des Tuberkelbazillus. Ergebn. d wissensch. Med., Leipz., 1910-11, ii, 207-224.—Neumann (W.) & JTIatson (R. C. ) Leber Lungentuberkulose- Formen mit ausschliesslichem Vorkommen Muchscher Granula. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1912, xxiv, 79-124.—Pekanovich (S.) Ueber die Granulae Much. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1912, xlviii, 49; 59; 68- 75; 90.—Bochaix (A.) & Colin (G.) Action des ra- yons ultra-violets sur la colorabilite des bacilles acido- r£sistants; coloration des bacilles tuberculeux et granu- lations de Much; non specificite' de ces granulations. Bull. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Lyon, 1912, x, 13-16.—Van Giesen (I.) The so-called Much granules in tubercu- losis. Collect. Stud. Research Lab. Dep. Health N. Y 1911, vi, 265. — Wehrli (E.) & Knoll (W.) Ueberdie nach Much farbbare granulare Form des Tuberkulose- virus. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1909, xiv, 135- 146, 1 pl.—Weihrauch (K.) Beitrag zur Farbung der Tuberkelbazillen und Granula im Sputum. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., 1909, xiv, 511-513. —Wirths (M.) Die Much- schen Granula und die C. Spenglerschen Splitter. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1908, xi, 73-78. -----. Ueber die Muchsche granulare Form des Tuberkulosevirus. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1908, lv, 1687-1690. — Wolff (P.) Ueber latentes Vorkommen der Muchschen Form des Tuberkelbazillus. Ibid., 1909, lvi, 2312-2314. Tuberculosis (Museums of). See, also, Tuberculosis (Congresses, etc., of). Kaiserling (A.) Das badische Tuberkulose-Mu- seum. Tuberculosis, Leipz., 1904, iii, 465-469.—Kleh- met (F.) Das Tuberkulose-Wandermuseum des deut- schen Zentral-Komitees zur Bekampfung der Tuberku- lose. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1909, xiv, 384-389. — Kuthy (D. O.) Das soziale Museum in Budapest und die Tuberkulose. Tuberculosis, Leipz., 1910, ix, 268-275.— Lefevre (B.) Le musee de la tuberculose. Scalpel, Liege, 1905-6, lviii, 92.—Marcuse (J.) Das badische Tuberkulosemuseum zu Karlsruhe. Bl. f. Volksgsndhts- •pfl., Munchen u. Berl., 1904, iv, 376. Also: Ztschr. f. Tu- berk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1905, vii, 66-69. -----. Tu- berkulosemuseen. Deutsche Vrtljschr. f. off. Gsndhts- pfi., Brnschwg., 1905, xxxvii, 422^25.—Pfeiffer (T.) & Prausnitz (W.) Ein kleines Tuberkulosemuseum. Mitt. d. Ver. d. Aerzte in Steiermark, Graz, 1907, xliv, L— Sterling (S.) Muzea gruzlicze. [Tuberculosis muse- ums.] Gruzlica, Warszawa & L6dz, 1909, i, 136-139.— Taussig (A.) Ueber Tuberkulosemuseen. Veroffentl. d. osterr. Zentralkom. z. Bekampf. d. Tuberk., Wien, 1911, 1. Hft., 278-284. —Tuberculosenmuseum in Karlsruhe. Balneol. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1905,109. Tuberculosis ( Opsonic index in). Sonnenberg-Bergson (H.) *Opsoninunter- suchungen bei Lungentuberkulose. 8°. Leip- zig, 1911. Actual (The) technique of tuberculo-opsonic estima- tion. Hospital, Lond., 1908-9, xiv, 277.—Bacmeister. Die praktische Bedeutung des opsonischen Index bei Tuberkulose. Klin.-therap. Wchnschr., Wien, 1909, xvi, 517-519.— Baecher (S.) & Laub (M.) Ueber Opsonine und ihre Bedeutung fiir die Tuberkulinbehandlung. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xxi, 1514-1522.—Baldwin (E. R.) Opsonins in tuberculosis. Tr. Ass. Am. Phvsi- cians, Phila., 1907, xxii, 517-522. [Discussion], 603-606.— Banks (A. G.) The effect of diphtheria anti-toxin on the tuberculo-opsonic index. Lancet, Lond., 1909, i, 1825.—Beyer (W.) Ueber die Fehlerquellen der Me- thode der Opsoninbestimmung nach Wright. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1909, xxxv, 334.— Bine (R.) & Llssner (H.) Die Technik der Opsonin- bestimmung und ihre Anwendung bei Lungentuberku- lose. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1907, liv, 2513-2517.— Blackwood (J. D.) The oponic index in pulmonary tuberculosis. Rep. Henry Phipps Inst. 1907-8, Phila., 1909, v, 188-216.—Blumenfeld (S.) & Kappel (I.) Az opsonin-index meghat&rozasanak drt£kesithetos£- ge>61 tudogum6k6rnal. [Value of determining the opsonic index in pulmonarv tuberculosis.] Gy6gy4szat, Budapest, 1910, 1, 4-7.— Bosanquet (W. C.) & French (R. E.) The influence of antituberculous serum on the opsonic index. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1907, i, 862-865.— Bradshaw (T. R.) A note on the influence of anti- TUBERCULOSIS. 661 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Opsonic index in). toxic serum on the tuberculo-opsonic index. Lancet, Lond., 1906, i, 1387.—Brazil (W. H.) The opsonic in- dex in tuberculosis. Brit. J. Tuberculosis, Lond., 1911, v, 120-122.—Campbell (R. D.) Suggested modification in the opsonic estimation of tubercle. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1907. i, 866.—Carpi (U.) Sulle opsonine e sul loro sig- niticato nella clinica della tubercolosi. Tubercolosi, Mi- lano, 1908-9, ii, 52-65.—Castex IM. R.) Indice ops6nico (LO.) en los estados normales y Datol6gicos; su valor diagn6stico y progn6stico; impor'taheia de su detcrmina- ci6n en la inmunizaci6n terapeutica. Semana m<5d., Buenos Aires, 1908, xv, 1667-1669.—Caullield (A. H.) On the activation of opsonin in heated human serum; modification of Wright's heated serum test for tuberculosis. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1908, v, 245- 248.—Clarke (H. H.) & Sutherland (H. G.) On the effect of tuberculin on the general tuberculo-opsonic index in tuberculous patients. Lancet, Lond., 1907, ii, 158. — Colebrook (L.) The opsonic method in re- lation to tuberculosis. Practitioner, Lond., 1913, xc, 138- 151.—Crace-Calvert (G. A.) On opsonins and the op- sonic index and their practical value in the treatment of disease,especially with regard to pulmonary tuberculosis in sanatorium patients. Lancet, Lond., 1907. i, 279-282.— Bodds (H. B.) The opsonic index in the diagnosis of tuberculosis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, ii, 22.—Dunham (T.) Tuberculins and the tuberculo-opsonic index. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1907, xlvi, 597-602.—Fainshiuidt (I. I.) Tekhnika opredleleniya opsonicheskavo pokaza- telya, po sposobu Wright'a. [Technique of determining the opsonic index bv Wright's method.] Kharkov. M. J., 1908, vi, 177-185.—Fornet (W.) i Krencker (E.) Der diagnostische und prognostische Wert von Opsonin- u»tersuchungen bei Tuberkulose. Deutsche Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1909, xcvii, 282-302.—Fornet (W.) & Porter (A. E.) Opsonine und Antiopsoniiie in ihrer Wirkung auf Tuberkelbaeillen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. AU.. Jena. 1909, li, Orig., 138-170. —Foster (G. S.) The opsonic index. South. M.J., Nashville, 1909, ii, 1039-104=..—Fraser (Elizabeth T.) On the value of the tuberculo-opsonic index in diagnosis. Glasgow M. J., 1907, lxvii, 194; 279.—Guinness (W. G.) The value of the tuberculo-opsonic index in diagnosis, prognosis, and as a guide to treatment. Australas. M. Cong. Tr. 1908, Victoria, 1909, i, 178-181.—Gubb. La methode op- sonique dans le traitement de la tuberculose au moyen d'injections de la nouvelle tuberculine de Koch. Bull. med. de l'Algerie, Alger, 1906, xvii, 28-30.—Hager. Die WrightseheOpsoninlehre und die spezifische Behandlung der Tuberkulose. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1908, lv, 771.—Hewlett (R.T.) The effect of the injection of the various tuberculins and of tubercle endotoxin on the op- sonizing action of the serum of healthy rabbits. Proc. Roy. Soe. Med., Lond., 1909-10, iii, no. 6, Path. Sect., 165- 168.—Holmes (E. B.) The opsonic theory in relation to tuberculosis Am. J. Pharm., Phila., 1907, lxxix, 563- 569. — Jacobs (P. A.) The tuberculo-opsonic index. Cleveland M. J., 1909, viii, 474-478.—Taworski (W.) & Korolewicz (P.) Opsoniny Wright'a; ich badanie, technika i znaczenie kliniczne w scharzeniach gruzli- czych. [Wright's opsonins; their examination, tech- nique, and clinical value in tubercular diseases] Przegl. lek., Krak6w, 1909, xlviii, 451; 467; 483; 495.—Jeans (P. C.)&Sel lards (A. W.) The tuberculo-opsonic index and treatment by tuberculin. Johns Hopkins Hosp.Bull.,Bait., 1907, xvi ii,232-236.—Jousset(A.) La methode opsonique de Wright (phagocytose); ses applications au diagnostic, au pronostic et au traitement de la tuberculose. Bull. med., Par.,1907, xxi,425; 439.—Kellogg (W. R. M.) The value of the tuberculo-opsonic index in the diagnosis and treat- ment of strictlv localized tuberculous lesions. Northwest Med., Seattle, 1907, v, 20-26. -----. The opsonic index in tuberculosis. Ibid., 236-242. Also: Maritime M. News, Halifax, 1907, xix, 181-185— King (H. M.) The tuber- culo-opsonic index in its relation to the temperature curve in active tuberculosis and its value in diagnosis in suspected or arrested cases. Nat. Ass. Study & Pre- vent. Tuberculosis. Trans., N. Y., 1909, v, 278-292. Also Abstr.]: Med. Rec.N. Y.,1909, lxxvi, 1-6.—Kinghorn H. M.) & Twichell (D. C.) The technique of the tu- berculo-opsonic test. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1906, n. s., exxxii, 203-210.—Kinghorn (H. M.), Twichell (D. C.) [etal~\. The value of the tuberculo-opsonic test in the diagnosisof pulmonary tuberculosis. Nat. Ass. Study & Prevent. Tuberculosis. Trans., N. Y.,1909, v, 249-277.— Ktfhllsch. Untersuchungen iiber die Bedeutung der Opsonine bei Tuberkulose. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infections- krankh., Leipz., 1911, lxviii, 193-208.—K8ssler(K. K.) Opsonischer Index und Tuberkulosetherapie, nebst Bei- tragen zur Technik und Dosierung der Tuberkulininjek- tionen. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1909, xxii, 1546-1555 — Kossovski (V.) Opsonin! i auto-vaktsinatsiya pri tu- berkulyozle. [Opsonins and auto-vaccination in tubercu- losis.] Tuberkulyoz, S.-Peterb., 1912, i, 321; 383.—Law- son (D.) Observations on the opsonic index of patients undergoing sanatorium treatment for phthisis. Brit. M.J., Lond., 1905, ii. 1617.—Lawson (D.) & Stewart (I. S.) Tuberculosis (Opsonic index in). Some observations on the use of the opsonic index of the blood in the diagnosis and treatment of pulmonary tuber- culosis. Tr. Med.-Chir.Soc,Edinb.,1905-6,n.s.,xxv,18-38.— Lincoln (M. C.) The tuberculo-opsonic index, the von Pirquet tuberculin skin test, and the conjunctival tuber- culin test in the diagnosis of tuberculosis. Nat. Ass. Study & Prevent. Tuberculosis. Trans., N. Y., 1908, iv, 263-276.—Lilthle (H.) Einige Bemerkungen iiber die Bedeutung der Opsonine, speziell fiir die Diagnose und Therapie der Tuberkulose. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1909, xxiii, 12-17— Meakin (H.) & Wheeler (C. E.) Ob- servations on the opsonic index of patients undergoing sanatorium treatment for phthisis, with special reference to the effect of exercise. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, ii, 1396; 1677 — Uilliit (J.) Maladies tuberculisantes et opsonines tuberculeuses. Rev. de la tuberculose, Par., 1909, 2. s., vi, 431-433.—Miller (H. B.) Opsonic therapy in tuberculosis of bones and joints. Univ. Penn. M. Bull., Phila., 1908, xxi, 64-67.—Mills (H. C.) Value of opsonic estimations and the use of tuberculin in practice. Aus- tralas. M. Cong. Tr. 1908, Victoria, 1909, i, 143-149.— Ohlmacher(A.P.) An improved technic for tuberculo- opsonic preparations. Am. Med., Phila. & York, 1907, n. s., ii, 74.—Pettit (R. T.) The opsonic index in the diagnosis of mixed infection in pulmonary tuberculosis. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1911, vii, 357-361.—Poggenpol (S. M.) L'indice opsonique chez des cobayes tubercu- leux. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1909, lxvi, 132-134. -----. Otslenka raspoznavatelnavo znacheniya opsoni- nov pri bugorchatkle. [Diagnostic value of opsonins in tuberculosis.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1911, x, 45-48. Potter (N. B.), Ditman (N. E.) & Bradley (E. B.) Review of the work upon the opsonic index (Wright and Douglas) in tuberculosis. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1906, n. s., exxxii, 186-202. Also, Reprint.—Boinanelli (G.) II potere opsonico del siero di sangue di soggetti tubercolosi. Ann. d. Ist. Maragliano p. la cura d. tuberc. [etc.], Genova, 1906-7, ii, 174-181. Also: Gazz. d. osp., Mi- lano, 1907, xxviii, 1127-1129. Also: Tommasi, Napoli, 1907, ii, 675-677.—Kothsehild{D.) Ueber die Notwendigkeit der Opsonin-Kontrolle bei Behandlung Tuberkuloser. Veroffentl. d. balneol. Gesellsch. in Berl., Berl. u. Wien, 1909, pt. 2, 156-159. Also: Med. Klin,, Berl., 1909, v, 818.— Shaw (C. J.) The opsonic index to various organisms in the sane and insane, with the results produced by in- jecting tuberculin. Lancet, Lond., 1907, i, 1287-1290.— Smith (D. L.) [et al.]. Observations on the opsonic in- dex in pulmonary tuberculosis. Ibid., 1908, ii, 148-151.— Smith (J.)- Tuberculo-opsonins. Australas. M. Cong. Tr. 1908, Victoria, 1909, i, 103-137, 1 pl.—Squire (J. E.) A clinical lecture on opsonins in relation to the specific treatment of tuberculosis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1907, i, 1417- 1421.—Stewart (I. S.) & Bitchie (L. C. P.) On the use of the opsonic index in the diagnosis of tuberculosis. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Edinb., 1906-7, n. s., xxvi, 137-142. Also: Edinb. M. J., 1907, n. s., xxi, 435-440. Also [Abstr.]: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, ii, 87.—Strubell (A.) & Felber (W.) Ueber die Fehlerquellen bei der Bestimmung des opsonischen Index. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1909, xlvi, 1487-1489.----------. Der tuberkulo-opsonische Index beim Menschen und beim Rinde. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1910, liv, Orig., 44; 73.— Sweeny (G. B.) The influence of animal therapy upon the opsonic index in tuberculosis. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1908. lxxxvii, 587.—Szabdky (J.) Az opsoninokr61 es eTtekesithetosegukrol a tuberculosis diagnosisaban, pro- gnosisaban e-s therapi&j&ban. [Opsonins and their value in diagnosis, prognosis, and treatment of tuberculosis.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1908, Iii, 210; 232; 247. Also, traiixl: Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1908, xiii, 1-24.—Torday (F.) Az opsoninvizsg&latok gyakorlati 6rteke a csecsemokori giimdk6r korismv hiatpopuiv rponiav tt)s jueTa66creios T7Js s icoria (T.) Profilassi della tubercolosi nelle ferrovie. Atti d. Cong. naz. . . . contro la tuberc. 1909, Firenze, 1910, ii, 218-232.—Rothschild (D.) Die Stellung der offenen Kurorte im Kampfe gegen die Tuberkulose. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1907, xliv, 494-496.—Rousseau (A.) La lutte contre la tuberculose est aussi pour l'homme une sauvegarde contre la degeLierescence. Union m6d. du Canada. Montreal, 1910, xxxix, 382-392.—Roux. La demolition des ilots insalubres. M6d. orient., Par., 1911, xv, 675-677.—Royer (B. F.) The department of health's activity in handling tuberculosis in Pennsylvania. Penn. M. J., Athens, 1912-13. xvi, 381-389.— Rubner (M.) Pro- phylaxe der Wohn- und Arbeitsraume und des Verkehrs. Ber. ii. d. Kong. z. Bekampf. d. Tuberk. [etc.], Berl., 1899, 308-334. -----. Die Wohnung und ihre Beziehung zur Tuberculose. Deutsche Klinik, Berl. u. Wien, 1905, xi, 379-414.—Saltet (R. H.) Over tuberculose en demiddelen tot haar bestrijding. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1911, ii, 83-95.—Sarason (D.) Bekampfung der Tuberkulose durch Hygienisierung des Wohnens der Massen vermittelst einer neuen, okonomisch durchfiihr- baren Hausform. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1912, lix, 2230-2232.—Saugmann. Der Kampf gegen die Tu- berkulose darf nicht ein Kampf gegen die Tuberkulosen werden. Internat.Tuberk.-Konf. 1902. Ber., Berl., 1903, i, 389-392.—Savage (W. G.) The prevention of human tuberculosis of bovine origin. Pub. Health, Lond., 1911- 12, xxv, 128-133.—Scarpa (L. G.) L'azione del dispen- sario antitubercolare tipo "Calmette" non pud riuscire profilattica in modo completo ed efficace, ove non sia in pari tempo curativa delle predisposizioni toraciche alia tubercolosi polmonare. Atti d. Cong. naz. . . . contro la tuberc. 1909, Firenze, 1910, ii, 340-345.—Schaepelynek (L.) Les jardins ouvriers et la prophylaxie de la tuber- culose; dispensaires antitubereuleux. Pratique jour., Lille, 1905-6, vi, 33; 49— Schlegtendal. Von Erfolgen im Kampfe gegen die Tuberkulose. Centralbl. f. allg. Gsndhtspfl., Bonn, 1909, xxviii, 131-140.—Schrakamp (F.) Kommunale Aufgaben auf dem Gebiete der Tuber- kulosebekampfung und Tuberkulosefursorge. Ibid., 1912, xxxi, 263-279.—Schilrmeyer (K.) Die Tuberkulose und ihre Bekampfung im Kreise Hummling. Ztschr. f. Med.-Beamte, Berl., 1912, xxv,753-763.—Schllz. Haben die Bestrebungen zur Bekampfung der Tuberkulose in Wiirttemberg schon einen nachweisbaren Erfolg aufzu- weisen und nach welcher Richtung sollten sie ausgebaut werden? Med.-Cor.-Bl. d. wiirttemb. arztl. Landesver., Stuttg., 1910, lxxx, 905; 929.—Schultze (E.) Der Kampf gegen die Tuberkulose in den Vereinigten Staaten. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1910, xv, 409-418. Also, Re- print.—Schwabe (M. E.) Welche praktisch durch- fiihrbaren und unter alien Umstandendurchzufuhrenden Fundamental-Forderungen zur Bekampfung der Tuber- kulose ergeben sich aus der Praxis des Arztes und Medi- cinalbeamten? Ber. ii. d. Kong. z. Bekampf. d. Tuberk. [etc.], Berl., 1899, 681-686.—Scurfleld (H.) Preventive measures and the administrative control of tuberculosis. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1910, n. s., xc, 59-61. Also: San. Rec, Lond., 1910, xlvi, 160-163. -----. Tuberculosis in the British Isles, and measures for its preven- tion. Pub. Health, Lond., 1911-12, xxv, 322-337 — Seymour (N. G.) Some features of the present crusade against tuberculosis in New York City. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1908, lxxiv, 700-705. — Sibello (N.) Profilaxis de la tuberculosis en la Provincia de Buenos Aires. (Esta- distica, decenio 1899-1908). Semana med., Buenos Aires, 1910, xvii, 1092-1097.—Sofer (L.) Die Bekampfung der Tuberkulose. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1906, xx, 348; 385.— Spaet (F.) Die Tuberkulose in Ffirth und ihre Bekam- pfung. Deutsche Vrtljschr.f. off. Gsndhtspflg.,Brnschwg., 1912, xliv, 715-735— Sprlngfeld. Der Kampf mit den menschlichen Tuberkelbazillen und seine Organisation in landhchen Kreisen. Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl., Tuberculosis (Prevention of). 1912, xviii, 261-267.—Squire (J. E.) Some points in re- lation to tuberculosis and its prevention. Proc. Rov. Soc. Med., Lond., 1910-ll,iv, Epidemiol.Sect.,27-49. Also: Clin. J., Lond. ,1910-11, xxxvii, 161-170— Staub. Zur Frage der Tuberkulosebekampfung unter den Eisenbahnbedienste- ten. Ztschr. f. Bahn- u. Bahnkassenarzte, Leipz., 1907, ii, 327-331.—Steinhaeuser (J. R.) The control of tuber- culosis as practised in the county town of Lewes. J. Roy. San. Inst., Lond., 1912-13, xxxiii, 533-537.— Steintlial (S.) Die Prophylaxe der Disposition. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1901, ii, 505-508. — Stella ( A.) Assicurazione obbligatoria degli emigranti contro In tu- bercolosi. Riv. crit. in materia di infortuni [etc.], Roma, 1912, i, 49-53.—Stites (T. H. A.) The State's campaign against tuberculosis in Pennsylvania. Penn. M. J., Athens, 1910-11, xiv, 951-958. — Stone (S. H.) The rela- tion of clean streets to tuberculosis. Boston M. & S. J., 1911, clxv, 47^9. —Sutherland (H.) The Edinburgh system for the control and eradication of tuberculosis. J. State Med., Lond., 1912, xx, 641-657.—Talma (S.) Over de hoofdpuuten in den strijd tegen de tuberkulose. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1906, ii, 645-671.— Teleky(L) ZurBekampfungderTuberculo.se. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1902, xv, 977; 1010; 1035; 1071. -----. Ue- ber neuere Vorkehrungen zur Bekampfung der Tuberku- lose. Ibid., 1904, xvii, 1179-1183. -----. Die Bekampfung der Tuberkulose in Oesterreich 1907. Festschr. enthalt. Arb. ii. Tuberk. . . . vi. Tuberk.-Konf. [etc.], Wien u. Leipz., 1907, 33,5-445. — Tennberg (C.) Det socialhy- gieniska arbetet for tuberkulosens bekampande i Kronoby socken och viirksamheten vid den diirstades forlagda tu- berkulosdispensiiren under ar 1901. [The social-hygienic work regarding tuberculosis in the village of Kronoby,] Finska lak.-sallsk. handl., Helsingfors, 1910, Iii, v. 1, 475- 495, 1 pl.—de Torres y Martinez (J. R.) La lucha contra la tuberculosis; reglamento y consejos higienicos. Med. pract., San Fernando, 1905, iv, 437; 455; 465: 1906, v, 35; 71.—Trevelyan (E. F.) The control and preven- tion of tuberculosis. J. Roy Inst. Pub. Health, Lond.. 1910, xviii, 345-353.—Van Rensselaer (H.) The field of the Albany Red Cross in the fight against tuberculosis. Albany M. Ann., 1909, xxx, 599-608.— Y'illaret (G.) Les travaux de la commission permanente de preservation contre la tuberculose. Rev. de la tuberculose. Rev. de la tuberculose, Par., 1905, 2. s., ii, 7-37.—Von Ruck (K.) The prevention of tuberculosis. J. Tuberc, Asheville, N. C, 1899, i, 76; 157; 257. -----. Man's natural protec- tive agencies against tuberculosis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1906, lxx, 768-772. — Wall (C.) The r61e of hospital out patients' departments in the detection of tuberculosis. Brit. J. Tuberculosis, Lond., 1911, v, 302-304. — Wallace (J. S.) Some observations on the prevention of tubercu- losis. Lancet, Lond., 1912, i, 18.—Wattam (G. S.) Tu- berculosis, its prevention and its treatment otherwise than by the use of drugs. St. Paul M. J., 1903, v, 338-344.— Waxiiam (F. E.) Prophylactic treatmentof tubercu- losis. Tr. Colorado M. Soc, Denver, 1897, 196-214.— Weber (Sir H.) On the international relations in the prevention of tuberculosis. Practitioner,Lond.,1901, lxvii, 11-18.—Weichselbaum (A.) Der gegen wartige Stand der Lehre von der Entstehung und der Verhiitung der Tu- berculose. Wien.klin. Wchnschr., 1902, xv,377; 420.—von Weismayr(A.) Prophylaxe und Therapieder Tubercu- lose als Volkskrankheit. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1900, xiv, 778; 797.—'Welch (W. H.) Address. Nat. Ass. Study & Prevent. Tuberculosis. Trans., N. Y., 1909, vi, 34-36.— Wertenbaker (C. P.) Practical methods for the sup- pression of tuberculosis in Virginia. Old Dominion J. M. & S., Richmond, 1909, ix, 14-27.—Wesbrook (F. F.) Modern public health teaching and practice in relation to the control of tuberculosis. J. Prev. M. O.) The treatment of ad- vanced (hopeless) cases of phthisis. Boston M. & S. J., 1895, exxxii, 609-612. Also, Reprint. Also: Colorado Climat, Denver, 1894-5, i, 246-253. -----. Public pro- vision for advanced cases of tuberculosis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlix 818-820. Also, Reprint. — Rump('(E.) De verpleging van vergevorderde tuber- culoselijders. Tuberc. Org. v. de Nederl. centr. Vereen. [etc.], 's Gravenh., 3909, v, 42-60.—Stanton (W. B.) The prognosis in advanced tuberculosis. Internat. Ciin., Phila., 1909, 19. s., iv, 99-107. Also: Penn. M. J., Athens, 1909-10, xiii, 769-775.—Walsh (J.) The treatment of advanced and acute cases of tuberculosis of the lungs. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1910, 20. s.. iii, 35-40.—Wilson (F. C.) A plea for more humane treatment of advanced cases of tuberculosis. Med. Brief, St. Louis, 1907, xxxv, 22-24. Also, Reprint. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Anal fis- tula, in). Barie (E.) Les fistules ano-rectales prgmonitoires de la tuberculose pulmonaire. Bull, et m6m. Soc. m£d. d. h6p. de Par., 1900, 3. s., xvii, 1217-1224.—Binot. Tuber- culose pulmonaire et des capsules surrSnales; mort subite aprSs operation de fistule a l'anus. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1893, lxviii, 117.—Fedden (W. F.) On fistula in ano complicating pulmonary tuberculosis. Treatment, Lond., 1906-7, x, 561-564.—Gant (S. G.) Fistula in ano; its relation to phthisis. Med. Rec, M. Y., 1900, lviii, 14- 16. Also: Internat. M. Mag., N. Y., 1902, xi, 203-205. Also [Abstr.]: Internat. M. Mag., N. Y., 1902, xi, 16. -----. Die Beziehung von Phthisis pulmonum zur Fistula in ano. Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1903, xiii, 551; 576. Also: Deutsche Prax., Miinehen, 1903, xii, 579; 615.— Meyer (A.) On the relationship of fistula in ano to pulmonary tuberculosis. Mt. Sinai Hosp. Rep., N. Y., 1899-1900, ii, 30-37.—Plaza y Blanco (V.) Relaciones de la tuberculosis pulmonar con la fistula rectal. Rev. san. mil. y med. mil. espafi., Madrid, 1907, i, 569-577.— Straus (L.) Relations of pulmonary phthisis to rectal fistula. Tr. M. Ass. Missouri, St. Louis, 1892, 178-183. [Discussion], 285.—Wells (E. F.) Anal fistula in pul- monary tuberculosis. Chicago M. Recorder, 1895, ix, 302-305. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Anaphy- laxis in). See Tuberculosis (Anaphylaxis in). Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Antago- nism ft in). See Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Mixed infection in); Tuberculosis (Pulmonary) and syphilis. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Atypical). See Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Latent and atypical). Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Blood in). See, also, Tuberculosis (Blood in). Akneth (J.) Die Lungenschwindsucht auf Grundlage klinischer und experimenteller hii- matologischer Untersuchungen. Mit besonderer Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Blood in). Beriicksichtigung der sich in diagnostischer, prognostischer und therapeutischer Hinsicht (speziell mit Bezug auf die Tuberkulinbehand- lung) ergebenden Gesichtspunkte. 8°. Leip- zig, 1905. Also [Abstr.], in: Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1905, vii, 309; 405. Baumholts (I. L.) *K voprosu ob izmle- nenit krovi pri lyokhochnol bugorchatkle. [Alteration of the blood in phthisis.] 8°. ,S.- Peterburg, 18.9. Bocrmoff ( T. ) *Die Blut-Beschaffenheit bei Lungentuberculose. 8°. Berlin, iy07. Brissaid (E.) *Etude sur la figure neutro- phil sanguine d'Arneth dans la tuberculose pulmonaire; expose d'une serie de recherches personnels. [Lyon.] 8°. Paris, 1912. Pavillard (H.) * Recherches sur la leuco- cytose dans la tuberculose pulmonaire. 8°. Paris, 1900. Routaboul (F.-A.) *Les elements figures du sang dans la tuberculose pulmonaire. 8°. Lyon, 1911. Schroder (G. H. F.) * Ueber Veriinderungen des Blutes in Gorbersdorf bei Gesunden und Phthisikern. 8°. Halle a. S., 1894. A brains (A.) Pulmonary anemia; an early symptom of phthisis. Med. Standard, Chicago, 1900, xxiii, 7-9.— Appelbaum ( L.) Blutuntersuchungen an Phthisi- kern. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1902, xxxix, 7-10. —Ar- loing (F.) & tienty (M.) Sur quelques partieularites hematologiques dans la tuberculose pulmonaire. J. de physiol. et de path, gen., Par., 1910, xii, 236-247. ----- -----. Variations du nombre des diverses categories de leucocytes neutrophiles dans la tuberculose pulmonaire; la figure du saug. Bull. Soc. med. d. hop. de Lyon, 1910, ix,130-132. Also: Lyon med.,1910,cxiv,966-969.—Arneth (J.) Blutuntersuchungen bei der Tuberkulose der Lun- gen und bei der Tuberkulinkur. Munchen. med. Wchn- schr., 1905, Iii, 642-545.—Bar bier (H.) & Ravry. Note sur la reconstitution du sangchezlesenfants tuberculeux du sanatorium de l'Hopital Herold; considerations sur l'an^miedeces malades. Tubercul. inf., Par., 1906, ix, 100; 138.—Bards well (N.) &€hapman (J.E.) Changesoc- curringin thenumber of red corpusclesand their haemoglo- bin content in cases of pulmonary tuberculosis undergoing sanatorium treatment. Med.-Chr. Tr., Lond., 1907, xc, 479-509.—Barlocco (A.) Sul contenuto di precipitine diplocoeciche nel sangue dei polmonitici. Ann. d. Ist. Maragliano p. la cura d. tuberc. [etc], Genova, 1908, ii, 327-335.—Barlow (W. J.) & Cunningham (R. L.) Effects of hypodermic injection on the secondary anemia of chronic pulmonary tuberculosis. J. Am. M. Ass. Chi- cago, 1911, lvii, 1435-1441.—Blelyayeff (A. A.) O pri- sutstvii tuberkulyoznikh palochek i zernistikh form Much'a v krovi bolnikh tuberkulyozom lyokhkikh. [Presence of tubercle bacilli and Much's granular forms in the blood in pulmonary phthisis.] Tuberkulyoz, S.- Peterb., 1913, ii, 74-85.—Bluiiiel (C.) Ueber die Bedeu- tung von Hamoglobinuntersuchungen fiir die Prognose der chronisehen Lungentuberkulose. Med. Klin., Berl., 1906, ii, 844.—von Bonsdorff (A.) Ueber die Bedeu- tung des Arneth'schen Blutbildes bei der Lungentuber- kulose. Verhandl. d. 6. nord. Kong. f. inn. Med., Skagen, 1909, Stockholm, 1910, 94-109, 3 diag.—Canter. Tuber- culose pulmonaire; pathogenie; evolution; acidose san- guine. Ann. Soc. med.-chir. de Liege, 1904, xliii, 240; 262.—Carletti (M. V.) Sulle granulazioni albuminose e grasse dei leucociti, nel sangue degli ammalati di tu- bercolosi polmonare. Gazz.d. osp., Milano, 1908,425-430.— Carpi (U.) Beitrag zur klinischen Hamatologie der tu- berkulosen Aniimien. Med. Klin., Berl.,1907, iii,637-640.— Clialier (J.) & Routaboul (F.-A.) Contribution a I'etude des elements figures du sang dans la tuberculose pulmonaire. J. de physiol. et de path, gen., Par., 1912, xiv, 318-828.—Chauttard. L'association de la chlorose et de la tuberculose pulmonaire. Rev. internat. de med. et de chir., Par., 1906, xvii, 61-63. Also, transl: Med. Weekbl., Amst, 1906-7, xiii, 440-443. -----. Chlorose et tuberculose. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1906, xx, 355-357.—Cohen (M. S.) The coagulability of the blood in pulmonary tuberculosis; a preliminarv investi- gation. Med. Rec, N. Y., .1909, lxxv, 341-344. 'Also, Re- print—Cohen (M. S.) & Strickler (A.) A study of the leucocytes in pulmonary tuberculosis; a prelimin- ary investigation. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1910, xcii, 248- 252. Also: Nat. Ass. Study & Prevent. Tuberculosis. Trans., N. Y., 1910, vi, 308-323.-----------. The leu- cocytic picture in pulmonary tuberculosis. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1911, n. s., cxlii, 691-698. Also, Reprint— TUBERCULOSIS. 685 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Blood in). Colson. Objections au r61e attribue par le Dr Canter a l'acidose sanguine dans la cure et la pathogenie de la tu- berculose pulmonaire. Ann. Soc. med.-chir. de Liege, 1904, xliii, 454-487.—Craig (F. A.) A study of the blood in pulmonary tuberculosis. Rep. Henry Phipps Inst., study . .. tuberculosis, 1906-7, Phila., 1908, iv, 108-119.— 11 utouit (A.) [On the endurance and the indication of endurance of red blood cellsin phthisic patients.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1902, 2. s., xxii, 1198-1203.—Grawitz (E.) Ueber die Anamieen bei Lungentuberculose und Carcinose. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1893, xix, 1347-1350.—Griffiths (F. G.) Arneth's classi- fication of the neutrophile leucocytes and its application in pulmonary tuberculosis. Australas. M. Gaz., Svdney, 1908, xxvii, 457-460.—Halbron. Le sang dans" la tu- berculose. Rev. de la tuberculose, Par., 1903, x, 319-355.— Hultgen (J. F.) The leukocytes in the diagnosis, classi- fication and prognosis of pulmonary tuberculosis. Illi- nois M. J., Springfield, 1911, xix, 166-174.—James (A.) Clinical remarks on tuberculous chlorosis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1907, ii, 1816-1818.—Jensen (W.) Sur le pouvoir phagocytaire du sang chez les phtisiques. Cong, inter- nat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 327-331.—Joehmann (G.) Ueber die Bakteriamie bei der Lungentuberkulose. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1905, lxxxiii, 658- 566.—Jones (E. F.) Tuberculous chlorosis. Brit. M.J., Lond., 1908, i, 117.—Josue (O.) & Halbron (P.) Les oscillations leucocytaires chez les tuberculeux. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1903, 3. s., xx, 1126-1132.— Kentzler (J.) Der Komplementgehalt des Blutes bei verschiedenen Formen der Lungentuberkulose. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1905, xlii, 284-288.—Kjer-Petersen (R.) Ueber die numerischen Verhaltmsse der Leuko- cyten bei der Lungentuberkulose. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tu- berk., Wiirzb., 1906, i, Suppl.-Bd., 1-217, 15 diag.—Kretz (R.) Ueber ein junges Stadium der experimentellen, namatogenen Lungentuberkulose. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch., Jena, 1909,73-75.—Lab be (M.) Formes diverses de l'an£mie des tuberculeux chroniques. Bull. et mem. Soc. med. d. hdp. de Par., 1906, 3. s., xxiii, 734- 739.-----. Les anemies des tuberculeux. Rev. de mecl.. Par., 1906, xxvi, 225-254.—Landouzy (L.) & Labbe (M.) Tuberculose k forme chlorotique. Cong, internat. dela tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 506-509.—Landouzy (L.), Gougerot & Sal in. Anamie et ictere h£molytiques tuberculeux; bacillo-tuberculose hemolysante; anemie grave et subictere, par fragility globulaire, chez un phtisique pulmonaire. Bull. Acad, de m£d., Par., 1910, 3. s., lxiv, 192-194.----------------. Bacillo-tuberculose hgmolysante; contribution a. I'etude pathog6nique des an6mies tuberculeuses. Presse mecl., Par., 1912, xx, 473.— JTIaHay (E. M.) La hematologia de altura en sus rela- ciones con la tuberculosis pulmonar. Semana mecl., Buenos Aires, 1904, xi, 1194-1202. -----. La hematologia de montana en sus relaciones con la tuberculosis pulmo- nar. Ibid., 1215-1230.—Masenti (P.) & Borgogno (M.) Reperti ematologici nella tubercolosi polmonare. Riforma med.,Napoli,1912,xxviii,1065-1068.—Michaelis (L.) & Eisner (G.) Nachweis und Bedeutung des Anti- tuberkulins im Blutserum von Phthisikern. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1910, vi, Orig., 671-591.—Miller (A. F.), Iaipton (E.J. S.) & Brown (L.) A study of the blood of patients with pulmonary tu- berculosis undergoing sanatorium and tuberculin treat- ment. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1912, clxiii, 683-693.— Minor (C.L.) & Ringer (P. H.) Theprognostic value of the study of the nuclei of the neutrophile leucocytes ac- cording to Arneth, in pulmonary tuberculosis. Tr. Am. Climat. Ass., Phila., 1909, xxv, 37-52. Also: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y.,1911, cxii, 638-649.—Montgomery (C. M.) Chlorosis and tuberculosis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1912, lxxxii, 604-607.—Nau man n (H.) Blutdruckmessun- gen an Lungenkranken. Ztschr. f diatet.u. physik.The- rap., Leipz., 1903, v, 118-125.—Pesel (H. G.) Some ob- servations on the blood in phthisis pulmonalis. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1903, n. s., lxxvi, 474.—Peters (L. S.) Treatment of secondary anemia of tuberculosis with hvpodermics of iron. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1908, lxxiv, 620.—Pottenjjer (F. M.) Factors which alter blood- pressure in pulmonary tuberculosis. Month. Cvcl. & M. Bull., Phila., 1912, v, 577-580. Also: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1912, xcvi, 418.—Richard (G.) Le sang des tubercu- leux. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1908, xiii, 330- 343.—Ringer (P. H.) A further study of the prognostic value of Arneth's leucocytic blood picture in pulmonary Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Blood in). tuberculosis, based upon 729 counts in 475 patients. Am. J.M.Sc,Phila.&N.Y., 1912,cxliv,561-567.—Rubino (C.) Ricerche ematologiche nella tubercolosi polmonare con speciale riguardo alle varieta leucocitarie. Ann. d. Ist. Maragliano p. la cura d. tuberc. [etc.], Genova, 1906-7, ii, 229-244. Also: Boll. d. r. Accad. med. di Genova, 1908, xxiii, 25-49.—Sabrazes (J.), Muratet (L.) & Mou- gneau (R.) Syndrome hemolytique par fragility globu- laire avec anemie grave, subictere, splenomegalie, se re- velant chez une tubereuleuse avancee, ayant toujours eu anterieurement le teint blafard. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1910, xxxi, 603-606. — Simon & Spill- maim (L.) Les elements figures du sang dans la tuber- culose pulmonaire. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 432-434.-----------. Analyse quantitative et qualitative du sang, au point de vue leucocytaire, dans douze cas de tuberculose pulmonaire. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1905, lix, 227-229. —Steffen (L.) Ueber Blutbefunde bei Lungentuberkulose. Deu- tsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1910, xcviii, 355-378.— Stevens (M.) Quantitative changes in the blood in pulmonary tuberculosis. Med. Rec.N. Y.,1902, lxii, 133- 136. Also, Reprint — Stoerk (E.) Zur Prazipitation im Serum bei Phthise und anderen Krankheiten. Beibl. z. d. Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f.. inn. Med. u. Kin- derh. in Wien, 1909, viii, 42-44. Also: Wien. med. Wchn- schr., 1909, lix, 417.—Swan (J. M.) The condition of the blood in patients suffering from pulmonary tubercu- losis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1904, xlii, 696-701. Also: Proc. Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila., 1904, n. s., vi, 64-71.— Swan (J. M.) &Karsner (H. T.) On the behavior of the eosinophile-leueocytes in cases of pulmonary tuber- culosis. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1907, lxxxv, 539-547. Also, Reprint—TJHorn (J.T.) & Craig (F. A.) Examination of the blood in pulmonary tuberculosis, with special ref- erence to prognosis. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1905, n.s., exxx,386-399. Also: Nat. Ass. Study & Prevent. Tu- berculosis. Trans.,N. Y., 1906, i, 166-181.—Valenti (F.) Contributo alio studio della resistenza dei globuli rossi nella tubercolosi polmonare. Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1909, xlviii, 690-699. -----. La resistenza globulare nella tubercolosi polmonare. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1909, Roma, 1910, xix, 790.—Vogt (E.) Ueber Autolysine im Blute bei schwerer Lungentuberkulose. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1910, lvii, 15-17.—Warbrick (J. C.) The blood findings in the last stages of chronic pulmonary tubercolosis. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1911, xix, 738- 741.—Watkins (R. L.) The key to consumption. N. Albany M. Herald, 1896,xvi, 268-270.—West (S.) Blood- casts in phthisis. Rep. St. Barth. Hosp., Lond., 1894, xxx, 253.—Wright (B. L.) & King (R. W.) The cellular ■ elements of the blood in tuberculosis. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1911, cxii, 852-856. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Blood pressure and pulse in). See, also, Tuberculosis (Bloodpressure in). Brockmann (C. H..F.) * Lungentuberkulose und Blutdruckerniedrigung. 8°. Berlin, 1911. Chon (H.) indications pronostiques des variations du pouls chez les tuberculeux. 8°. Lyon, 1904. Igerscheimer (J.) * Ueber den Blutdruck bei Tuberkulosen. 8°. Tubingen, 1904. Jumelais (C.) * Contribution a I'etude de la tension arterielle dans la tuberculose pulmo- naire. 8°. Toulouse, 1906. Ledoux (S.-A.) Contribution a I'etude du pOuls dans la tuberculose pulmonaire. [Paris.] 8°. Lille, 1902. Spengel (R.) * Ueber Blutdruckerniedri- gung bei beginnender Lungentuberkulose. 8°. Munchen, 1907. Barbary (F.) La tension arterielle chez les tuber- culeux; interpretation nouvelle du mecanisme de Th6- moptysie. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 566-568.—Battistessa (P.) Contributo clinico alio studio della pressione arteriosa nella tubercolosi polmo- nare. Gazz. med. ital., Torino, 1907, lviii, 91; 101.— Belliboni (E.) La pressione del sangue nei tuberco- losi. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1905, xxvi, 1337-1340.— Boschi (G.) Della pressione sanguigna nella tubercolosi polmonare. Ibid., 1906, xxvii, 1645-1549.—Campbell (S.) The pulse-rate in pulmonary tuberculosis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901, i, 1334.—Condulmer (P.) & Ghil- lini (A.) Della pressione arteriosa nella tubercolosi polmonare. Riv. med., Milano, 1907, xv, 22-25.—Emer- son (H.) Blood-pressure in tuberculosis. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1911, vii, 441-467.—Fourmeaux. Va- leur pronostique des variations de la tension sanguine dans la tuberculose pulmonaire chronique. Cong, inter- TUBERCULOSIS. 686 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Blood pressure and pulse in). nat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 564-566.—Galecki (S.) Tettio i cisnienie krwi u chorych na grufclice, pluc. [Pulse and blood pressure in phthisis.] Medycyna, War- szawa,1906,xxxiv, 199; 222; 212; 259; 278. Also, transl: Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1905-6. iv, 269-294.—Hernan- do Sciiui (D.) La presi6n arterial y la tuberculosis pulmonar en Cuba. Actas y trab. d. 1« Cong. med. nac, Habana, 1905, i, 51-71.—John (M.) Ueber den arteriel- len Blutdruck der Phthisiker. Ztschr. f. diatet. u. phy- sik. Therap., Leipz., 1901, v, 275-278.—Lequyer (J.) Le pouls chez les tuberculeux. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1908, 2. s., xxvi, 181-185. Also: 3. de med. de Par., 1908, 2. s., xx, 169.—Levy (L.) Blutdruckmessungen an Tuberkulosen. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1905, iv, 99-104.—Marfan (A.-B.) La tension arterielle dans la tuberculose pulmonaire chronique et son importance pour le pronostic. Rev. de m£d., Par., 1907, xxvii, 1005- 1022.—Paslnetti (C.) Ricerche sulla pressione arteri- osa nei tubercolotici in rapporto alio stato delle capsule surrenali e dell' ipofisi. Riv. veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 1910, liii, 529: 1911, liv, 26.—Peters (L. S.) Blood pres- sure in one hundred cases of tuberculosis at high alti- tude. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1908, ii, 42-54.—Pome- roy (J. L.) The relation between blood pressure and barometric pressure, especially in pulmonary tubercu- losis. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1911, xviii, 731-741.— Schnitter. Klinische Beobachtungen iiber das Ver- halten des Blutdrucks wahrend der Lungentuberkulose. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1912, xxiii, 233-247, 1 ch. — Spengel (R.) Ueber Blutdruckerniedrigung bei beginnender Lungentuberkulose. Wien. klin. Rund- schau, 1912, xxvi, 305; 323; 342.—Stanton (W. B.) The blood pressure in tuberculosis. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1907, 17. s., iii, 60-74.—Sterling (S.) Cisnienie tetnicze (PD) u gruzliczych okresu pierwszego. [Arterial pres- sure (PD) in incipient phthisis.] Przegl. lek., Krakow, 1911,1, 627.—Strandgaard (N. J.) Om Blodtrykket ved Lungetuberkulose. [The blood pressure in pulmo- narv tuberculosis.] Hosp.-Tid., Kpbenh., 1907, 4. R., xv, J041; 1065; 1089; 1121.—Teissier (P.) La pression ar- terielle dans la tuberculose. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 564-664. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Cases and statistics of). See, also, Tuberculosis (History and statistics of). Bock (L. R.) * Ergebniss einer Untersuchung iiber Zu- resp. Abnahme der Lungenschwind- sucht. 8°. Berlin, 1888. Grande (E.) Anno 1894 e 1895. Resoconto statistico-clinico-terapeutico e cura della tuber- colosi polmonare. 8°. Nicastro, 1896. Halle (W. [T. A. R.]) *Die Verbreitung der Lungenschwindsucht, mit besonderer Be- riicksichtigung der Zu- bezw. Abnahme dersel- ben. 8°. Halle a. S., 1891. Kambosseff (K. N.) *Klinisch-statistische. Untersuchungen iiber Lungenschwindsucht. 8°. Zurich, 1894. Magalifp (R.) * Klinisch-statistische Unter- suchungen iiber Lungenschwindsucht. [Zu- rich.] 8°. AffoUem a. A., 1907. Ostroumoff (A. A.) Tri sluchaya lyokhoch- nol chakhotki. [Three cases of pulmonary phthisis.] In his: Klin, lektsii 1893-4. 2. ed. 8°. Moskva, 1895, 153-190. Reinbold ( P.) * Etudes sur quelques cas rare d'affections pulmonaires. 8°. Lausanne, 1904. Riffel (A.) Schwindsucht und Krebs im Lichte vergleichend - statistisch - genealogischer Forschung. I. Tabellarischer Teil. II. Be- schreibender Teil. 4°. Karlsruhe, 1905. Winckelmann (W.) *Studie iiber Lungen- schwindsucht in Anlehnung an 1000 beobachtete Falle. 8°. Berlin, 1901. " Aleman (J.) Consideracionessobrel44eniermos exa- minadosbajo el punto de vista de tuberculosis pulmonar. Actas y trab. d. ii. Cong. mea.. nac, Habana, 1911,24-29.— Ball (M. V.) Remarksonpulmonarvtuberculosis.witha reportof fivecases. Phila. M.J.. 1898,i"i, 471-473.—Beevor (.Sir H.) The declension of phthisis (pulmonary tuberculo- sis). Abstr. Tr. Hunterian Soc,Lond., 1898-9,21-61,lmap.— Bennett (J. M.) Notes on a case of pulmonary tuber- Tu berylliosis (Pulmonary, Cases and statistics of). culosis. Lancet, Lond., 1912, ii, 84.—Bonney (S. G.) An interesting case of pulmonary tuberculosis. Lancet- Clinic, Cincin., 1909, ci, 249-254. [Discussion], 258.— Botescu (H.) O privire generala asupra cazurilor de tuberculoza pulmonara, ce ad trecut prin serviciul clinico- medical al D. Pr. Dr. Stoicescu din Spitalul Coltea, in cursul anulni 1894. Spitalul, Bucuresci, 1896, xvi, 525; 647; 568.—Bourland (P. D.) Four casesof pulmonary tu- berculosis. Phila. M. J., 1899, iv, 1243-1247—Camac (C. N. B.) & Weber (L. G.) Report on cases of pulmon- ary tuberculosis. Cornell Univ. Med. Coll. Dispensary, N. Y. City, N. Y., 1905, i, 106-108.—Carriere (G.) Sur un cas d'hydropneumothorax tuberculeux- resorption de l'^panchement intra-pleural; arret de revolution de la tu- berculose pulmonaire. Arch. clin. de Bordeaux, 1894, iii, 262-270.—Cooper (J. C.) Acute and chronic tuberculous phthisis, with cases. Med. News, N. Y., 1912, lxxxi, 784- 787.—Fisk (S. A.) Further consideration of the analysis of recorded cases of phthisis pulmonalis. Tr. Am. Climat. Ass. 1891, Phila., 1892, viii, 71-76. Also: Climatologist, Phila., 1891-2, i, 342-347.—Forme acute della tubercolosi polmonare. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1902, xxiii, 1257.— Gibson (J. D.) Report of one hundred and fifty cases of tuberculosis pulmonalis. Denver M. Times [etc.], 1907-8, xxvii, 272-283.—Hawes (J. B.), jr. Cases from the suburban tuberculosis class. Boston M. & S. J., 1908, clviii, 833.—Heinrich. Ein seltenes Vorkommniss bei Lungentuberkulose. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1902, xxviii,709.— Horder (T. J.) The history of a case of pulmonary phthisis. St. Barth. Hosp. J., Lond., 1907-8, xv, 4.—Jacubasch (H.) Zur Sta- tistik der Lungen-Phthise resp. Tuberculose. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1892, xvii, 329-332. — Loewen- thai (M.) A case of basal pulmonary tuber- culosis. Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 1903, xxiii, 107-109.— Matson (R. W.) A review of 150 cases of open pulmo- nary tuberculosis. Northwest Med., Seattle, 1912, n. s., iv, 298-302.—Morrison (J. R.) Report of a case of pul- monary tuberculosis. Kentucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1909-10, viii, 1290-1294.—Paul (S. C.) Cases of consump- tion; phthisis pulmonalis. Indian Lancet, Calcutta, 1903, xxi, 702.—Pearse (W. H.) Some illustrations of con- sumption. Prov. M. J., Leicester, 1889, viii, 578-681.— Pepper (W.) Two cases of pulmonary tuberculosis; one chronic, one acute. Med. News, Phila., 1893, lxii, 544-547.—Pfannenstlll (S. A.) "Fallet Ester." [The Ester case.] Hygiea, Stockholm, 1911, Ixxiii, 735-750.— Philip (R. W.J A thousand cases of pulmonary tuber- culosis, with etiological and therapeutic considerations. Edinb. M. J., 1891-2, xxxvii, 998-1016, 3 ch. Also: Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Edinb., 1891-2, n. s., xi, 104-124, 2 ch., 1 map.—Phthisis pulmonalis. [13 cases.] Rep. Superv. Surg. Mar. Hosp., Wash., 1883-4, 159-167.—Pyasetski (A. I.) K klinikle postpnelmorragicheskikh tuberkulizi- rovannikh pnelmoniy (phthisis acutissima). [On the clinic of post-pneumorrhagic tuberculous pneumoniasj Ejened. jour. "Prakt. med.," St. Petersb., 1896, iii, 417; 429.—Bobey (W. H.) & Larrabee (R. C.) Tubercu- losis and related diseases of the lungs in the medical out- patient department. Med. & Surg. Rep. Bost. City Hosp., 1905,146-155.—von Buck (K.) Report of three hundred and nine cases of pulmonary tuberculosis with remarks on classification and treatment employed. J. Tuberc, Asheville, N. C, 1903, v, 165-179. -----. A classification for cases of pulmonary tuberculosis and phthisis. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1905, lxxxi, 484-490. Also, Reprint— -----. A clinical study of 292 cases of pulmonary tuber- culosis. Therap. Gaz. fete], Detroit, 1911, 3.s.,xxvii, 768- 777.—Sandwith (F.M.) Four hundred cases of phthisis. Lancet, Lond., 1892,ii,711-714. Also, Reprint—Scarpa (G.) Esiti favorevoli in casi gravissimi di tisi e tubercolosi polmonare. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1901, Roma, 1902, 154.—Sears (G. G.) Remarks on two hundred casesof phthisis. Boston M. & 8. J., 1895, exxxii, 323-326 —Si- mon (C.) Report of casesexamined for the National Jew- ish Hospital for consumptives, at Denver, Colorado. Phila. M. J., 1901, viii, 156-158.—Symons (W. H.) Statistica concerning consumption and other preventable diseases. Bristol M.-Chir. J., 1901, xix, 7-17. Also: Pub. Health, Lond., 1900-1901, xiii, 627-636.—Tubercle of lungs. [33 cases.] Rep. Superv. Surg. Mar. Hosp., Wash., 1885-6,187- 201.—Tubercle of lungs. [60 cases.] Ibid., 1886-7,181- 203.—Tubercle of lungs. [75 cases.] Ibid., 1887-8,291- 319.—Tubercle of lungs. [69 cases.] Rep. Superv. Surg.-Gen. Mar. Hosp., Wash., 1889, 316-340.—Tubercle of lungs. [34 cases.] Ibid., 1898, Wash., 1899, 95-128.— Tubercle of lung. [46 cases.] Rep. Superv. Surg. Mar. Hosp. 1896-7, Wash., 1899, 79-116.—Van Byn. Une classification uniforme des cas de tuberculose pulmonaire. J. med. de Brux., 1903, viii, 643.—Vlntras (L.) Ten cases of phthisis. Lancet, Lond., 1896, ii, 877.—Walters (F. R.) An improved classification for cases of pulmo- nary tuberculosis; with a view to comparative statistics. Ibid., 1912, n, 153.—Waxham (F. E.) A report of an interesting case. [Tuberculosis of the lung.l Univ Colo- rado M. Bull., Boulder, 1905-6, ii, 28-31.—Wells (E F ) Pulmonary tuberculosis; its diminishing prevalence' J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1896, xxvi, 267-269. TUBERCULOSIS. 687 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Causes of). See also, Tuberculosis (Bacillus oj); Tuber- culosis (Causes of); Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Transmission of); Tuberculosis and occupation. Adriani (A.) La tubercolosi polmonare nei suoi rapporti cogli infortuni del lavoro. 8°. Perugia, 1910. Amat (L). * De 1' influence des boissons alcoo- liques sur la genese, la forme et revolution de la tuberculose pulmonaire. 4°. Paris, 1893. Aufrecht (E.) Die Ursache und der ortliche Beginn der Lungenschwindsucht. 8°. Wien, 1900. Beuchet (F.) De l'influence des maladies de l'aorte sur le developpement de la tuberculose pulmonaire. 8°. Paris, 1901. Blumenfeld (F.) Ueber den Einfluss me- teorologischer Vorgange auf den Verlauf der bacilliiren Lungenschwindsucht. 8°. Osna- briick, [n. d.]. B0cher (C. C.) Tuberkulosens Forhold til den saakaldte primaere Lungehindebetaendelse; en historisk-klinisk Studie. 8° Kjebenhavn, 1891. Boeg (A.) *Et epidemiologisk bidrag til lungeftisens setiologi. 8°. K0benhavn, 1902. Burwinkel (O.) Die Lungenschwindsucht, ihre Ursachen und Bekampfung. 8°. Miin- ehen, 1901. Callier(P.) * Alcool et phtisie. 8°. Paris, 1899. Chanoine (G.) *De 1'origine peripherique de la tuberculose polmonaire chronique. (Etude experimentale, clinique et prophylactique). 8". Lyon, 1908. de Cisternes (E.) *De l'influence de la pleuresie intercurrente sur Involution des le- sions tuberculeuses pulmonaires. 8°. Paris, 1901. Dejean de la Batie (T.) * La phthisie des alcooliques. [Paris.] 4°. Chdteauroux, 1890. Drysdale (C. R.) Recent views as to the causes and nature of pulmonary consumption. 8°. London, 1868. Fasano (A.) Sulla teoria parassitaria della tisi e 1'atmiatria e l'aeroterapia. 8°. Napoli, 1885. Hart (C.) Die mechanische Disposition der Lungenspitzen zur tuberculosen Phthise. 8°. Stuttgart, 1906. Jungmann(P. ) * Beitrage zur Freund'schen Lehre vom Zusammenhange primarer Rippen- kuorpelanomalien mit Lungentuberkulose und Emphysem. [Miinehen.] 8°. Wiesbaden, 1909. Lacoste (P.-M.) * Quelques recherches sur la frequence des antecedents alcooliques chez les tuberculeux. 8°. Bordeaux, 1903. Leccelr (F.) *De la tuberculose pulmonaire consecutive au cancer de l'cesophage. 8°. Pa- ris, 1898. Lessing (O. F.) *Ein Beitrag zur Frage der Entstehung der tuberkulosen Lungenspitzen- phthise. 8°. Leipzig, 1909. Leudet (T.-E.) De la tuberculose pulmo- naire consecutive a l'empoisonnement chro- nique par le plomb. In his: Etudes de path, et de clin. med. 8°. Paris, 1891, ii, 361-365. Liebknecht (C.) * Ueber die akuten Aspira- tionstuberkulosen der Erwachsenen. 8°. Leip- zig, 1907. Lyubimoff (N. M.) * Chakhotka, yeya pri- chini i predostorozhnosti protiv neya. [Phthi- sis; its causes and prevention.] 2. ed. 16°. Kazan, 1887. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Causes of). ------. Thesame. 3. ed. 16°. Kazan, 1893. Marsh (E. J.) Value of family history and personal condition in estimating a liability to consumption. 8°. New York, 1895. Maschi (L.) Nuova teoria della tisi tuberco- lare. 8°. Torino, 1855. Mierzowski (J.) *Wodurch kann der Ue- bergang einer genuinen Pneumonie in Phthisis vorgetiLuscht werden? 8°. Greifswald, 1898. O'Halloran (G. S.) *De phthisi pulmonali scrofulosa. 12°. Edinburgi, 1788. Pirski (A.) * Material! k voprosu o cha- khotkie lyokhkikh i yeya etiologii. [Phthisis and its etiology.] 8°. S.-Pelerburg, 1888. Raxsome (A.) The Milroy lectures for 1890. The causes and prevention of phthisis. 12°. London, 1890. Also, in: Lancet, Lond., 1890, i,531; 586; 635; 688. Reflexions sur la phthisie. Reflexions sur les causes et les progres de la phthisie en con- somption, plus frequemment observee depuis un certain temps. 12°. [n. p., n. d.~\ Ruhemann (J.) Aetiologie und Prophylaxe der Lungentuberkulose. 8°. Jena, 1900. Savelyeff (M. V.) * Zabolievaemost lyo- khochnoi chakhotkoi i nlekotoriye yeya etio- logicheskiye moment! v vzroslom krestyanskom naselenii. [Phthisis and some of its causes among the adult peasant population.] 8°. S.- Peterburg, 1891. Schneider (G.-E.) * Etude sur le role des hyperemies et phlegmasies bronchopulmonaires ou pleurales dans revolution des lesions tuber- culeuses des poumons. 4°. Lyon, 1894. Sobernheim (G.) * Ueber die Beziehungen zwischen Preumonie und Lungen-Tuberculose. 8°. Berlin, [1891]. Tendeloo (N. P.) Studien iiber die Ursachen der Lungenkrankheiten. Physiologischer Teil. 8°. Wiesbaden, 19 ,1-2. Also [Rev.],in: Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1903, xxiv,829. Thorain (J.) *Essai sur le rapport patho- genique de l'alcoolisme chronique avec la tuber- culose pulmonaire. 4°. Paris, 1894. Torstensson (O.) Om lungsotens orsaker sammt skydds- och botemedlen mot densamma enligt andras och trettioarig egen erfarenhet. [On the causes of phthisis, together with safe- guards against and remedies for that disease, from the practice of others and a personal ex- perience of thirty years.] 8°. Lund, [1896]. Tzaneff (A.) Contribution a Petude de la tuberculose pulmonaire chez les alcooliques. 8°. Montpellier, 1900. Vergne (C.) * An vinum ad tabem pulmonis vergentibus perniciosissimum? 8°. Parisiis, 1701. Vysokovitch (V.) Ob otnoshenii zolotuchi k bugorkhatke. [Relation of scrofula to phthisis pulmonalis.] 8°. Charkoff, 1890. Werner (C.) *Zur Aetiologie der Spitzen- tuberkulose. 8°. Jena, 1901. Yakub (P. I.) *K etiologii chakhotki v krestyanskom naselenii. [Etiology of phthisis among the peasant population.] 8°. S.-Peter- burg, 1891. Abbott (S. W.) Consumption; an indoor disease. Am, Pub. Health Ass. Rep. 1897, Concord, 1898, xxiii, 266. [Discussion], 320. Also [Abstr.j: Boston M. & S. J., 1898, exxxviii, 1-4.—Abbott (W. C.) The recruiting field of the great white plague. Milwaukee M. J., 1905, xiii, 62-64.—Allard (H.) Ueber die tuberkulosen Folgezu- stande der Pleuritis idiopathica. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tu- berk., Wiirzb., 1910, xvi, 205-224.—Angear (J. J. M.) Consumption primarily a nerve disease. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1893, xx, 558-560.—Ascoll. Alcuni dati etiolo- gici sulla tubercolosi polmonare in servizio della profi- lassi. Bull. d. Soc. Lancisiana d. osp. di Roma, 1900, xx, TUBERCULOSIS. 688 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Causes of). 209-212.—Aulreclit (E.) Die Lrsache und der ortl'iche Beginn der Lungenschwindsucht. Cong, internat. de med. C. r , Par., 1900, sect, de path, int., 634-638. Also [Abstr.]: Aerztl. Rundschau, Miinehen, 1900, x, 181. Also [Abstr.j: Allg. med. Cemr.-Ztg., Berl., 1900, lxix, 353. Also [Abstr.j: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1900, xxxvii, 605. -----. Die Genese der Lungenphthise und die Verschie- denheit der mit dem Nam en Tuberkel bezeichneten Ge- bilde. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1902-3, lxxv, 193-238, 4 pl. Also [Abstr.j: Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch. 1901, Berl., 1902, 65-72. Also [Abstr.j: Ver- handl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerze 1901, Leipz., 1902, Ixxiii, pt. 2, med. Abth., 20. -----. Der gegenwar- tige Stand der Lungenschwindsuchtsfrage. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1907, xliv, 829-835. -----. Neue Beweise fiir die vaskulare Entstehung der Lungenschwindsucht. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1908, xciv, 308-334, 2 pl.-----. Die vaskulare Genese der Lungenschwind- sucht. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, Leipz., 1909, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 33-37.—Ayton-Douglas (C.) Observation sur une phtisie occasionnte par une tumeur situee au-dessous de l'omoplate gauche. Essais et obs.de med. de la Soc. d'Edinb., Par., 1747, vi, 208- 214 — Bankston (R. C.) Struma and its consequences, phthisis pulmonalis. Alabama M. & S. Age, Birmingh., 1898-9, xi, 122-130.—von Behring (E.) On the etiology of phthisis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903. ii, 993. -----. Leit- satze betreffend die Phthisiogenese beim Menschen und bei Thieren. Beitr. z. exper. Therap., Berl., 1904, 8. Hft., 63-70. Also: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1904, xli, 90-94.-----. Phthisiogenetische Probleme der Gegenwart in histori- scher Beleuchtung. Tuberculosis, Leipz., 1905, ix, 371- 414.—Beitzke(H.) Ueberden WegderTuberkelbacillen von der Mund- und Rachenhohle zu den Lungen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr.,1905, xlii,975.—Bell (J.W.) Theetiology of phthisis pulmonalis. Northwest. Lancet, St. Paul, 1890, x, 220-223.—Bernard (J.) Haussch wamm und Tuberku- lose. Monatschr. f. Gsndhtspflg., Wien, 1903, xxi, 33-37.— Bezancon (F.) : N. Am. J. Homceop., N. Y., 1895, 3. s., x, 600-608.— Kaiisome (A.) Causes and prevention of phthisis. Wood's M. AS. Monog., N. Y , 1891, x, 171-283.-----. Con- sumption; a filth-disease. Med.Chron., Manchester,1897-8, viii. 161-171. Also [Abstr.j: Lancet, Lond., 1898, i, 14-17. -----. The public-house as a source of phthisis. Med. Chron., Manchester, 1904, 4. s., vii, 78-87. Also: Rev. in- ternat. de la tuberc, Par., 1905, vii, 3-9.—Reinders (D.) Over het ontstaan van de tuberculose in den top van de longen. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1907, i, 621- 534.—Rlbbert. Ueber die Genese der Lungentuberku- lose. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1902, xxviii, 301-305. -----. [Ueberdie Genese der Lungentu- berkulose.] Ibid., 1904, xxx, 300.—Riva-Rocci (S.) Contributo agli studii sulla natura del processo tisiogeno dei polmoni. Morgagni, Milano, 1890, xxxii, 1-6.— Rogers (J. F.) Theeffectofblowingupon windmusical instruments with special reference to tuberculosis. Med. Rec, N.Y., 1906. lxx, 529-535. Also, Reprint.—Roiuer (P. H.) Kritisches und Antikritisches zur Lehre von der Phthiseogenese. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1912, xxii, 301-339,1 ch.—Roninie (R.) Les conditions econo- miques dans l'etiologie sociale de la tuberculose. Rev. de med., Par., 1906, xxv, 754-788.—Ronzoni (G.) L'etiologia del processo tisiogeno. Gazz. med. ital., To- rino, 1902, liii, 3-s.v:«m.—Rottot. Broncho-pneumonie et tuberculose. Union med. du Canada, Montreal, 1905, xxxiv, 293— Ruheniaiin (K.) Lungenentziindung und Lungentuberkulose im Anschluss an eine Fingerver- letzung als Unfallfolge nicht anerkannt. Med. Klin , Berl., 1911, vii, 427.—Saenger (M.) Zur Aetiologie der Lungentuberculose. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1902, clxvii, 116-124.—Sakorraphos (M.) Scrofule et phtisie pulmonaire. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1906, lx. 380. Also: Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1907-8, xi, 123.—Sanurelli (G.) L' evoluzione biologica della tu- bercolosi nella specie umana. Ramazzini, Firenze, 1912, vi, 397-429.—Scarpa (L. G.) Funzionalita polmonare e bacillo di Koch. Atti d. Cong. naz. d' idrol. e climat Perugia, 190*. 400-407.—Scheiny (J. E.) Symposium on pulmonary tuberculosis; aetiology and symptoms. Tr. Luzerne Co. M. Soc, Wilkesbarre, 1903, xi, 45-49 Also: Penn. M.J Pittsburg, 1902-3,vi,505-508.—Schmorl (G.) Zur Frage* der Genese der Lungentuberkulose. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1902, xlix, 1379: 1419.— Schober (P.) Zur socialen Aetiologie der Tubercu- lose. Heilkunde, Berl., 1906, 104-107.—von Sell roll 'O.) La grande scoverta. Gazz. internaz. di med., Na- l>oli. 1904, vn, 191-196. -----. IImicrobiotisiogeno. Gazz -ieil. di med. chir. [etc.], Palermo, 1906, v, 305-307 — Sch wa rzkopl" (E.) Leber die Bedeutung von Infek- n >n Mereditatund Disposition fiir die Entstehung der Lungentuberkulose. Deutsches Arch. T. klin. Med Leipz., 1903, lxxviii, 73-93—Sergent (E.) La medins- tinite chronique considered dam ses rapports avec la tu- Tuberculosis (Pulmonarv/, Causes of), berculose. Presse med., Par., 1912, xx,(W -655.—Shtsher- bakollt A. S.) Chakhotka, yeyaprichinii mlerl predu- prezhdeniya. [Phthisis, its causes and means of preven- tion.] Med. besieda, Voronezh, 1889, iii, 359-368. Also, Reprint.—Shurly (E. L.) Causes and prevention of pulmonary consumption. Rep. Bd. Health Mich., Lan- sing, 18SS, 30-35. -----. Questions concerning the eti- ology and prevention of pulmonary consumption. Tr. Mich. M. Soc, Grand Rapids, 1896, xx, 401-415. Also: Physician & Surg., Detroit, 1896, xviii, 292-294. Also, Reprint.—Silver (E. V.) Pulmonary tuberculosis; eti- ology, symptoms, and pathologv. West. M. Rev., Lin- coln, Neb., 1897, ii, 323-326.—Smith (S. C.) Dyspepsia and consumption. Hospital, Lond., 1895-6, xix, 325; 357; 409.—von Sokolowski (A.) Statistisches, betreffend gewisse Momente, welche zur Lungentuberkulose veran- lagen (Vererbung, Brustfellentzundung, Missbrauch von Alkoholgetriinken, Syphilis). Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heil- stattenw., Leipz., 1901, ii, 210-217.—Spengler (C.) Zur von Behringschen Schwindsuchtsentstehung. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1904, xli, 270-273.—Squire (J. E.) Pul- monary affections which may lead to phthisis. Med. Press <& Circ, Lond,, 1892, n. s., liii, 390-394. Also, Re- print.—Stephenson ( R. S.) Another factor in the causation of phthisis. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1906, xxv, 458.—Stjbren (E.) Etiologiske studier over lunge- tuberkulose fra en landspraksis. [Etiological studies on pulmonary tuberculosis from a country practiced Tidsskr. f. d. norske Laegefor., Kristiania, 1905, xxv, 397; 443; 637.—Straight (H. S.) Catarrhal conditions of the lungs predisposing to tuberculosis. Tr. Ohio M. Soc, Cincin., 1893, 196-200.—Strandgaard (N. J.) Welche Lunge wird vorzugsweise durch Tuberkulose ange- griffen? Ztschr f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1910, xvi, 326-337.— Strassner (H.) Zur Frage der Entstehung der Lungen- tuberkulose. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1907, liv, 1774.— Strail b (H.) —ix.—Volland. Zur Entstehung der tuberkulosen Lungenschwindsucht. Therap. Rundschau, Berl., 1909, iii, 529-532.—WateI (C.) A propos de l'origine intestinale de la tuberculose pulmo- naire. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1907, xii, 83-90.— von Weisinayr. Die Aetiologie der Lungentuber- kulose. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb.. 1904, iii, 151- 177,1 pl. Also [Abstr.j: Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1904, xviii. 115-418.—Weleminsky(F.) Zur Pathogenese der Lungentuberculose. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1903, xl, 84:!-845. -----. Zur Pathogenese der Lungentuberku- lose. Md., 1905, xlii, 743, 975; 1010. —AVendt (H.) Die moderne Phthisiogenese und die Vorgeschichte der Tuberkulosen. Arch. f. phvs.-diatet. Therap., Frankf. a. O., 1912, xiv, 33, 66—White (R. P.) Infective bron- chitis and its relation to consumption. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1907, cxxxiv, 117-120.—Whitla (,S7rW.) The Cavendish lecture, 1908, on the etiology of pulmonary tuberculosis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 190*. ii, 61-68. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1908, ii. 135-142. Also: West Lond. M. J., TUBERCULOSIS. 691 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Causes of). Lond., 1908, xiii. 153-179. Also: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1908, n. s., lxxxvi, 35-39. Also, transl.: Salute pubb.. Perugia, 1908, xxi, 217-235.—Whytc (W. F.) Factors causing phthisis; bacilli, dampness, hereditv. Tr. M. Soc. Wisconsin, Madison, 1896, xxx, 298-303.—Wil- liams (L.) Chlorosis and early tuberculosis. Med. Press&Circ, Lond., 1907, n. s., lxxxiv, 310.—Yeo (LB.) On some points in the etiology of phthisis. Proc M. Soc. Lond., 1885, viii, 236-252.—Zieliriski (E. W.) O zbo- czeniach w budowie ciala suchotnikow. [Deviations in the structure of the body in phthisis.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1900, 2. s.. xx, 1177-1179.—Kingale (G.) Un caso di bronco-polmonite con esito in tubercolosi. Med. nuova, Roma, 1912, iii, IS.—Zolotavln (N. A.) Zabo- Hevaniye chakhotkol v Osminskom uchastkie S.-Peter- burgskavo gubernskavo zemstva v zavisimosti ot ukhoda na zarabotki v stolitsu. [Phthisis as a result of flocking to the Capital from the country in search of work.] Obsh.-san. obzor, S.-Peterb., 1896, i. 265-267.—Xonder. Les elements nmtameriques consid^res dans la physio- anatomo-pathologie des tuberculoses bilaterales et svme- triques. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1912, xxii 117-119. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary. Causes of Climatic and meteorological). Blumenpeld (F.) * Ueber den Einfluss me- teorologischer Vorgange auf den Verlauf der bacillaren Lungenschwindsucht. 8°. Osna- briick, 1S92. Gordon (W.) The influence of strong, pre- valent, rain-bearing winds on the prevalence of phthisis. 8°. London, 1910. Havilaxd (A.) Consumption; the social and geographical causes conducing to its prevalence, illustrated by a colored map, showing the geo- graphical distribution of consumption in the Isle of Man; with supplement containing names of six hundred and thirty-one districts in Eng- land and Wales, and directions for the use of persons predisposed to or suffering from con- sumption, in selecting residences in those parts of the British Isles. 12°. Douglas, [1883]. Lefevre (A.) De l'influence des lieux ma- recageux sur le developpement de la phthisie et de la fievre typhoide a Rochefort. 8°. Bor- deaux, 1845. Wykowski (G.) * Ueber die Abnahme der Lungenphthisis in hoheren nordischen Breiten. [Bern.] 8°. Berlin, 1890. Atkins (S. A.) & Gordon (W.) Influence of rainy windsonphthisis. Brit.M. J., Lond.,1906,ii,1670.—Baker (H. B.) Tables, and diagrams representing the same, ac- companying a paper entitled: The climatic causation of consumption. J. Am. M. Ass.,Chicago,1890, xiv,73; 116; 152. Also, Reprint.—Bliimenfeld (F.) De l'influence des phenomSnes meLeorologiques sur le cours de la phtisie bacillaire. Rev. de la tuberculose, Par., 1894, 299- 323.—Catrin. Contribution a I'etude de l'etiologie de la tuberculose et de l'influence du terrain sur la dur6e de son evolution. Med. mod., Par., 1899, x, 393-395.— Cobb (.1. O.) The arid region of the United States for pulmonary tuberculosis. Med. News, N. Y., 1899, lxxv, 513-518.—Curry ij. J.) Tuberculosis in the Tropics. I. Ass. Mil. Surg; U. S., Carlisle, Pa., 1903, xii, 117- 120.—Gardiner (C. F.) Colorado-born tuberculosis. Denver M. Times [etc.], 1908-9, xxviii, 149-152.—Gibson (D. M.) Can climate induce tuberculosis? Clin. Re- porter, St. Louis, 1900, xiii, 367-370.—Goebel (C.) Ueber die Beziehungen der atmospharischen Luft zur Tuberku- lose. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1910, xvi, 136-150.—Gor- don (W.) Wind exposure and phthisis. Med.-Chir. Tr., Lond., 1901, lxxxiv, 1-33, 3 maps. -----. Wet winds and phthisis. Tr. Brit. Cong. Tuberc. 1901, Lond., 1902, ii, 524-535. -----. Remarks on the influence of wind on phthisis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, i, 1189-1192. -----. The influence of rainy winds on phthisis. Lancet, Lond., 1905, i, 10; 77. -----. The influence of rainy winds on phthisis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1907, i, 111; 233. -----. The influence of soil on phthisis as illustrating a neglected principle in climatology. Ibid., 1909. ii, 840-843. -----. The influence of strong, prevalent, rain-bearing windson the course of phthisis. Ibid., 1912, i, 291-294.-----. Rain- bearing winds and the prevalence of tuberculosis. Prac- titioner, Lond., 1913, xc, 300-311— Gordon (W.) & Har- per (J. R.) Remarks on the influence of rainy winds on phthisis in twenty-three parishes of North Devon. Brit. M. J, Lond., 1906, ii, 1165-1170.—Haz I ett (H. F.) Cli- matic influence in the causation and prevention of I Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Causes of Climatic and mdeorolot/ical). phthisis pulmonalis. N. Lug. M. Month., Danbury, Conn., 1897, xvi, 65-68.— HirsclileId (E.) Ueber das Vorkom- men der Lungentuberculose in der warmen Zone. Deut- sches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1894, liii, 457-486.— .fagot. Resultats obtenus au point de vue de la sante ilcs enfants par l'ceuvre angevine des colonies de va- cances. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, ii, 339-345.—Lawson (C. W.) The influence of wind on phthisis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, i, 1466.— JTIacvicar (N. 1 The relation of altitude and dryness of atmosphere to the spread of consumption among the native races of South Africa. South African M. Rec, Cape Town, 1906, iv,133.—Miller (H.C.)&Milton(J. P.) Theinfluence of rainy winds on phthisis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, ii, 1889— Ncwsholme (A.) The influence of soil on the prevalence of pulmonary phthisis. Practitioner, Lond., 1901, lxvi, 206-213.—Newton (R. C.) Dampness of the soil as a factor in the production of human tuberculosis. J. Balneol. & Climat., Loud., 1900, iv, 290-299. AlsotAbstr ]■ Med. Rec, N. Y., 1900, lvii, 1081-1084. Also, Reprint — Pa I m berg (A.) Lungsotenslorhallendetill arstiderna och till de epidemiska sjukdomarne. [Relation de la phthisie pulmonaire aux saisons et aux maladies epi- demiques. Res., pp. xcii-xciv. ] Finska liik.-sallsk. handl., Helsingfors, 1898, xl, 853-860.—Pilgrim (H. W.) Tuberculosis amongst Europeans in Calcutta. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1909, xliv, 121-124.—Stout (H. R.) The climate of Florida in tuberculosis. N. Am. J. Homceop N. Y., 1905, liii, 521-523.—Weber (H.) Ueber den Ein- fluss der klimatischen, Boden- und gesellschaftlichen Verhatnisse auf das Vorkommen und den Verlauf der Lungentuberculose mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Krankheit in heissen Zonen. Munchen. med. Wchn- schr., 1890, xxxvii, 683-685. Also, Reprint. -----. Strong winds and phthisis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, i, 1377.— Whyte (G. D.) Causes of the prevalence of pulmonary tuberculosis in South-East China. Edinb. M. J 1911 n s., vii, 439-451. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Causes of, Predisposing). See, also, Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Physical conformation [Habitus] in). Hale (J. A.) The significance of the pre- disposition to tuberculosis. 8°. [n. p., u. d.] Le Coat de Kerveguen (G.) *Le terrain tuberculeux et sa transformation. 8°. Paris, 1902. Levy (L.) Die tuberculose Disposition. S°. Ludwichshnfen a. Rh., 1902. Mays (T. J.) Pulmonary consumption, a nervous disease. Considered as such from a practical, a clinical, and a therapeutic stand- point, sm. 4°. Detroit, Mich., 1891. Pennsylvania Society for the Prevention of Tuberculosis. Predisposing causes of tubercu- losis and how to avoid or overcome them. Tract No. 5. 8°. [Philadelphia, n. d.~\ Schweizer (K.) Schwindsucht eine Nerven- krankheit. 8°. Miinehen, 1903. Arloing (S.) Demonstration experimentale de la predisposition cnSee par la tuberculose septicemique ou infeetieuse vis-a-visd'eile-meme. Cong, internat. dem^d. C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de path, gen., 384-387.—Bacmeis- ter (A.) Die mechanische Disposition derLungenspitzen und die Entstehung der Spitzentuberkulose. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1911, xxiii, 583-636— Karadat. L'education moderne de la jeunesse en- visaged' comme cause predisposante a la tuberculose. Tr. Hrit. Cong. Tuberc. 1901, Lond., 1902, ii, 84-87. Also: Actualite med., Par., 1902, xiii, 35-40.— Barbour (L. P.) Some of the factors that predispose to phthisis. Med. Rec N. Y., 1906, lxx, 447-450.—Beebe (H. E.) Phthisis as a neurosis. J. Orific Surg., Chicago, 1895-6, iv, 349-355.— Beevor (,SVr H.) Sex constitution and its relation to pulmonary tuberculosis. Med. Mag., Lond., 1900, ix, 333- 339.—Beiitley (N.) The relation between tonsils and adenoids and tuberculosis. Homicop. Kve, Far & Throat J., Lancaster, Pa., 1909, xv, 347-352.—Bergvall (J. E.) Om anlag for lungsot. [The foundation of phthisis.] Halsovannen,Stockholm, 1902, xvii,39-12.—Bernheim (S.) & Dieupart(L.) Lapretubereulose. Cong, franc. de med. 1907. Compt. rend., Par., 1908, 215-227—Bosch I'celay (A.) La insufieiencia nasal rcpiratoria como causa de tuberculosis. Rev. barcel. de enferm. deoido, garganta y nariz, Barcel., 1910, vi, 307-330. Also: Rev. ile cien. med. de Barcel., 1911, xxxvii, 57-74—Bou- chard fC.) La petitesse relative du cceur et la predispo- sition a la tuberculose dans la croissance excessive. Berl. TrBERCl'LOSIS. 692 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary. Causes of Predisposing). klin Wchnschr.. 1905, xlii, 1408.—Boureille. Luxuna, pecunia, phthisisparisiensis, plaisir, salaire et tuberculo>e k Paris. J. d'hyg., Par., 1904, xxix, pt. 2, 100-104.— Buchman (A. P.) Thepretubercular state, some of its etiological factors. Fort Wayne M. J.-Mag., 1902, xxii, 437-441.—Bulloch (W.) & Greenwood (M.) jr. The problem of pulmonary tuberculosis considered from the standpoint of disposition. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1910-11, iv, Epidemiol. Sect., 147-184.—Burr (C. R.) The tuberculous diathesis; an inquiry into the causes that lead to pulmonary consumption. Boston M. & S. J., 1897, exxxvii, 542-547.—Byers (J. W.) Precedent causes of tuberculosis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1896, xxvi, 1249 — Campbell (D. S.) Predisposing causes of pulmonary tuberculosis. Physician &Surg., Detroit & Ann Arbor, 1901, xxiii, 152-157. [Discussion], 179-181.—Catrin. Con- tribution a I'etude de l'etiologie de la tuberculose et de l'influence du terrain sur la duree de son evolution. Nord med., Lille, 1899, v, 157-160.—Chaffey (W. C.) On constitutional susceptibility to tuberculous disease. Brit. Phys., Lond., 1899, i, 4—Cigrand (B. J.) Dental de- rangements; contributory to tuberculosis. Dental Pract., Toronto, 1909, vii, 193-200.—DeGiovanni (A.) Die zur Tuberkulose Disponierten. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heil- stattenw., Leipz., 1901, ii, 395-406. -----. Die Predisposi- tion zur Tuberkulose. Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1907, Hi, 496; 508. Also, transl: Gior. d. r. Soc. ital. d' ig., Milano, 1907, xxix, H«5-39ti.—Dotti (G. A.) Sulle malattie dell' infanziain rapporto con latubercolosi delgentilizio. Atti d. Cong. naz. . . . contro la Tuberc. 1909, Firenze, 1910, ii, 281-287, lch.—Fermi (C.) &Salsano (T.) Sulla predis- posizioneallatubercolosi. Riformamed., Napoli, 1892, viii, pt.4,25.—Fliigge (C.) Die Ubiquitat der Tuberkelbazil- len und die DispositionzurPhthise. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1904, xxx, 161-166.—Friedrich (W.) Leber die Bedeutung der Disposition bei Lungen- schwindsucht. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1907, xliii, 629; 658.—tiessner (W.) Die Predisposition der LungenspitzefurTuberkuloseinentwickelungsgeschicht- licher Beleuchtung. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1905, iv, 173-183.—tilalm (J.) Tuberculosis in its rela- tion to physical life, pertaining to the organization of man. Louisville Month. J. M. P? la determination precoee d'une predispo- sition a la tuberculose et specialement a la tuberculose pulmonaire. Bull, de l'Ass internat. d. med -cxp de comp. d'assur., Brux., 1906, v, 141. Also, transl.: Med Exam. A: Pract., N. Y., 1906, xvi, 357-362.-.Ways (T I ) Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Causes of Predisposing). Toxicosis of the nervous system as a cause of pulmonary consumption. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. V., 1896, xxiii, 741-755.—Meyer. Schwindsucht eineNervenkrankheitV Aerztl. Rundschau, Miinehen, 1903, xiii, 337-340. -----. Tuberculose et predisposition. Kev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, I9i).s, xxviii, 499-501.—Oettiuger. Die Disposition der Lunge zur Erkrankung an Tuberkulose. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infektionskrankh., Leipz., 1908, lx, 557-571.—Orth. Zur Frage der Disposition bei Tuber- culose. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1904, xli, 260; 301; 335. Also [Abstr.]; Med. Bl., Wien, 1905, xxviii, 4.—Patton (C.) The relation of nasal catarrh to tuberculosis. Centr. States M. Monit., Indianap., 1908, xi, 391-394. Pearse (W. H.) On prsephthisis. Prov. M.J., Leicester, 1894, xiii, 2-9. -----. Prsephthisis and phthisis viewed in relation to constitution and general method. Scal- pel, Lond., 1899, iv, 49; 131; 150; 257.—Powell ( C. H.) The relation of hydrothorax to tuberculous in- volvement of the lungs and pleura. Gaillard's M. J., N. Y., 1902, lxxvii, 14-17. Also [Abstr.j: Med. Exam. & Pract., N. Y., 1902, xii, 435.—Rivers (W. C.) A note on mouth-breathing as a common antecedent to phthisis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, i, 941.-----. Some comparison of phthisical with non-tuberculous males, chiefly in re- spect of healthy height-weight ratio, and of mouth breathing. Ibid., 1906, i, 1394-1397.—Robin (A.) Le terrain de la phtisie pulmonaire; ses elements; son diag- nostic; les principes de son amendement. Bull. gen. de thgrap. [etc.], Par., 1909, clvii, 241; 289; 353; 438.—Ro- senberg (M.) Die Beziehungen der chronisehen Na- senstenosezurLungentuberkulose. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1911, xxxvii, 1596-1598.—Roth- schild (D.) Die meehanische Disposition der Lungen- spitzen zur tuberkulosen Phthisis. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1907, xliv, 836-842. Also: Veroffentl. d. Hufeland. Gesell- sch. in Berl. (1907),1908,pt.2,7-27. [Discussion],4-8.—von Ruck(K.) The cause of tuberculosis and the condi- tions which predispose to its acquirement. Georgia J.M.& S., Savannah,1897, i, 8-15. Also: 3. Tuberc,Asheville, N. C, 1899, i, 61-75.—Runnels (0. S.) The personal equation in tuberculosis. N. Am. J. Homceop., N. Y., 1909, lvii, 283-294.—Sclianz (F.) Die besondere Disposition zur Tuberkulose. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1903, liii, 1201- 1203.—von Schrlitter. Zum Studium der Frage der Disposition zur Tuberkulose. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1904, xvii, 680-683. Also [Abstr.]: Tuberculosis, Leipz., 1905, iv, 436.—Serog (C.) Zur Disposition der Lungen fur Tuberkulose. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 2126- 2128.—Sliurly (E. L.) Susceptibility to tuberculosis un- der different conditions. Colorado M. J., Denver, 1904, x, 123-126.—Sobotta (E.) Ueber die tuberkulose Disposi- tion und ihre Behiimpf ung. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1911, xvii, 230-236.—Solly (S. E.) The influence of diathesis upon the progress of phthisis. Tr. Colorado M. Soc, Den- ver, 1892,172-176. Also [Abstr.]: Med. Rec,N. Y., 1892,xlii, 651.—Tetau. Diagnostic pratique de la predisposition & la tuberculose pulmonaire; indications du traitement. Tubercul. inf., Par., 1903, vi, 177-188.—Unterberger (S.) O roli predraspolozheniya pri zabollevanii chakhot- kol. [Predisposition in phthisis.] Prakt. Vrach, S.- Peterb., 1905, iv, 1-4. Also, transl: St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr., 1905, xxx, 39-43. -----. Disposition oder Ex- position; zur Frage der Pathogenese der Schwindsucht. St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr., 1910, xxxv, 6-9.—Viola (G.) La predisposizione alia tubercolosi e isegnichela rivelano. Atti d. Cong. naz. . . . contro la tuberc. 1909, Firenze, 1910, ii, 173-198.—Volland. Die Disposition zur Erkrankung an Tuberkulose. Therap. Rundschau, Berl., 1909, iii, 785-788.—"Weiss (M.) Ueber die bioche- mische Grundlage der besonderen Disposition des Lun- gengewebes zur tuberkulosen Erkrankung. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xxv, 697-704.—Wcstenhoeflfer (M.) Zur Frage der Disposition bei der Lungentuberkulose mit Beziehung auf ihre Therapie. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1906, xlvii, 529-535— Wliittaker (J. T.) Predisposition to phthisis. Tr. M. & Chir. Fac. Maryland, Bait., 1894, xcvi, 64-87. Also, Reprint. Also: Maryland M. J., Bait., 1894, xxxi, 39; 65.—Zilz (J.) Die phthisiogenetische Bedeutung der Zahnwurzelzvsten; eine histologisch-bak- terielle Studie. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1912, xxii, 97-119, 9pl. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Cavernous). Altmann (D.) * Ueber einen Fall von Aneu- rysma der Arteria pulmonalis in tuberculoser Lungencaverne. 8°. Freiburg, 1900. Bikner (C. H.) *De vomica pulmonum. 4°. Raise Magdeb., 1762. Brcnniche <\.) Phthisis cavernosa, Stenosis- laryngis. In his: Praktikantklin. x-. Kjebenhavn, 1*92, 65-69. Cremer (J. P.) *De cavernis tuberculosis. 8°. Bonme, [1846]. TUBERCULOSIS. 693 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Cavivnous). Cromius (J. C.) *De vomica pulmonis. 4°. Gottingse, 1741. Jay (N.-J.-B.) Des anevrysmes dans les ca- vernes de la phtisie pulmonaire (anevrysmes de Rasmussen). 8°. Paris, 1895. Liisberg (J.) * Studie over nogle physiske cavernesymptomer. 8°. Kdbenhani, 1S8IL Petit (G.) * Les tuberculoses pulmonaires cavitaires fermees. 8°. Paris, 1905. Richterid (G. G.) * [Pr.J de vomica pul- monis. 4°. Gottingse, 1741. Robert (L.-E.) *Contribution a la semeiolo- gie et au diagnostic differentiel des cavernes pul- monaires tuberculeuses. 8°. Paris, 1911. Roy (C.) * Contribution a I'etude des ca- vernes muettes. 4°. Lyon, 1895. Pallet ( A.-B.-S. ) *Les cavernes pulmo- naires tuberculeuses et leur flore mycosique. 8°. Bordeaux, 1902. Serta (L.) * Semeiotica da caverna pulmo- nar. 8°. Bio de Janeiro, 1902. Velasco (A.) * Estudio sobre la patogenia y anatomia de las cavernas pulmonares. 8°. Mexico, 1873. Allyn (H. B.) The diagnosis of tuberculous cavities in the lungs. Tr. Coll. Phvs. Phila., 1904, xxvi, 287-303. Also: Colorado M. J., Denver, 1905, xi, 101-113. Also: Phila. Hosp. Rep., 1905, vi. 152-165. Also: Am. Med., Phila,, 1905, ix, 190-194.— Ausset (E.) Caverne pul- monaire, seule lesion tubereuleuse chez un enfant de quatorze mois. Bull. Soe. centr. do m6d. du nord, Lille, 1897, 2. s., i, 199-202.—Bau mler (C.) Ueber eine beson- dere, durch Aspiration von Caverneninhalt hervorgeru- fene Form acuter Bronchopneumonie bei Lungentuber- kulose. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1893, xix, 1-5.—Banks (J. T.) Pulmonary cavity simulating pneumothorax. Proc.Path. Soc. Dubl., 1852-8, 164-166.— Barie (E.) Tuberculose pulmonaire; tumeur r6ducti- ble du cinquieme espace intercostal droit (contenant de l'air et du pus) en communication sous-pleuraleavec une caverne sous-claviculaire du meme cote. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1893, 3. s., x, 871-873.—Bejsgs (W. N.) Disappearance of signs of pulmonary cavity; re- portof a case. Colorado M. J., Denver, 1904, x, 577-581.— Bianchi. Sulle escavazioni della base del polmone. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1882, iii, 378; 386.—Braun. Die Erscheinungen der Vomica. Jahrb. d. phil.-med. Gesell- sch. zu Wiirzb., 1828, i, 3. Hft, 160-164.—Brooke (B.) Specimen of phthisical cavity communicating with pleu- ral space; early course of case simulating typhoid fever. Tr. Path. Soc. Phila., 1889-91, xv, 167.—Bruce (J. M.) On basic cavities. Practitioner, Lond., 1882, xxviii, 161; 260.— Burnand (R.) Existe-t-il des tuberculoses pul- monaires cavitaires fermees? Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1911, xxxi, 412-427— Burnand (R.) & Tecon (H.) Le pronostic des tuberculoses cavitaires de la base du poumon. Ibid., 1910, xxx, 511-526.—Cartier. Caverne du poumon devenue sous-cutanee. Lyon m£d., 1879,xxxi, 17.—Cbistovich (N. Ya.) [Tschistowitsch in German]. Tuberkulyoznaya kaverna, vskrivshayasya na- ruzhu; bakteriologicheskoye izslledovaniyegnoya, vidle- lyavshavosya iz svishtshevovo khoda. [Tuberculous cavern opening outwards; bacteriological investiga- tion of the pus coming of the fistula. 1 Bolnitseh. gaz. Botkina, St. Petersb., 1892, iii, 345; 373; 393; 423. Also, transl: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1892, xxix, 476; 512.—Coats (J.) Large active cavity whicli simu- lated pneumothorax. Tr. Glasg. Path. & Clin. Soc. (1886-91), 1892, iii, 277.—Co up I and (S.) Clinical lec- ture on basic pulmonary cavities, their diagnosis and treatment. Lancet, Lond., 1892, ii, 869-872.— Cybulski (H.) Przyczynek do rozpoznawania jamptucnych. [On the diagnosis of luntc caverns.] Medycyna, Warszawa,1902, xxx, 1070. Also, tmiid.: Munchen.med. Wchnschr., 1902, xlix, 1839.—Das (K.j A caseof pyo-pneumothoraxfrom perforation of a phthisical cavity and pale granular kid- ney. Indian M.Gaz..Calcutta, 1894,xxix,379.—Dasara- Cao (D.) Considerazioni semiologicbe intorno ad un caso di caverna polmonare. Riv. clin., Milano, 1890, xxix, 92-104.—I)eni«. Lne vomique singuliere. J. d'obs. de med., chir. et pharm., Calais, [1786?], 68-61.—Devereux (R. T.) Enormous tuberculous cavity simulating pyo- pneumothorax. Phila.Gen. Hosp.Rep.,1910, viii, 1911,48.— Erni (H.) Le signedu tapotage dans la phtisie pulmo- naire avec cavernes. Semaine m6d., Par., 1904, xxiv, 75. Also, transl: Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1905, vii, 128-132.—Evans (C. S.) Ueber in Lungenca- vernen vorkommende Mikroorganismen. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1889, cxv, 185-192, 1 pl.-Ewart (W.) The Gulstonian lectures on pulmonary cavities; their Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Cavernous). origin, growth, and repair. Brit. M'. J., Lond., 1882, i, 333; 369; 415; 453; 493; 530; 569. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1882, i, 383; 426; 470: 515; 556; 595; 637. -----. A case of unilateral phthisis with early excavation in the middle lobe; remarks on the diagnosis of apex excavations; and on the importance of a careful examination of the axil- lary region. Clin. J., Lond., 1892-3, i, 113-117.—Fischel (F.) Ein Beitrag zur Aetiologie und Genese der Verkii- sungsprocesse. Ztschr. f. Heilk., Berl., 1892, xiii, 89-100, 1 pl.—Fischer (C.) Zur Diagnose der Kavernen bei Lungentuberkulose. Beitr. z. Kiin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1905, iii, 397-410— linnet (II.) Broncho-pneumonie caseeuse simulant un epanchement pleural; cavernes tu- berculeuses de la base du poumon. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1902, lxxvii, 55S-500.—Guitard. Observa- tion de vomique gu^rie par les inhalations d'iode. J. de med., chir. et pharm. de Toulouse, 1859, 3. s., iv, 173-184.— Habershon (S. H.) On pulmonary excavation. Clin. J., Lond., 1901-2, xix, 321-326 — Haentjens. Spontane perforatie van een longcaverne door den borstwand (zon- der vorming van pneumothorax). Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1898, 2. R., xxxiv, d. 1, 153-156—Klebs (E.) Zur Behandlung der kavernosen Lungen-Phthise. Kausale Therap., Hannov., 1903-4, i, 102-118.—Klippel. Tuberculose pulmonaire; grande caverne simulant un pneumothorax; hvpertrophie fibreuse des mammelles. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1887, lxii, 246-250.—Lampronti (C.) Istoria di una vasta e profonda vomica curata e perfettamente sanata, etc. In: Rac. di opusc. med.-prat., 8°, Firenze, 1775, iii, 333-347.—Landis (H. R. M.) The clinical, anatomical, and pathological comparison of tuberculous cavities in the lungs. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1906, n. s., exxxii, 554-559.—Legroux. Caverne tubereuleuse du poumon ouverte dans la plevre et dans le tissu cellulaire sous-costal. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1902, lxxvii, 372.—Lejonne & IHllanofT. Caverne pulmonaire de dimensions anormalement grandes. Ibid., 1900, lxxv, 41.—Linares (A.) Vomica- ascessoide polmonale. Indipendente, Torino, 1883, xxxiv, 34-36.—Maguire (R.) Aclinical lecture and demonstra- tion on the physical signs of cavitation of the lungs. Clin. J., Lond., 1897, x, 97-101.—JUenetrter (P.) Des anevrysmes et des lesions vasculaires tuberculeuses sp£ci- fiques dans les cavernes de la phtisie pulmonaire chro- nique. Arch, de m6d. exper. et d'anat. path., Par., 1890, ii, 97-138.—IHercaut (J.) V6mica pulmonar recidi- vate. Rev. balear de cien. m£d., Palma de Mallorca, 1900, xix, 321-328.—Ortega JTIorejon (L.) [Tubercu- losis pulmonal, llegando & formarse una gran caverna en el vertice del pulmon derecho.] An. r. Acad, demed., Madrid, 1901, xxi, 265.—Pail lard (H.) & Bobert (L.) Quelques points de s6m6iologie des cavernes pulmonaires tuberculeuses. Progres med., Par., 1911, 3. s., xxvii, 462- 466.—Pascucci (L.) Febbre acuta catarrale con infiam- mazione sintomatica al petto, degenerata in una vomica purulenta per qualche giorno rimasta chiusapoi apertasi con abbondante espettorazione di marce uscita successi- vamente, con guarigione dell' infermo. In: Rac. di opusc. med.-prat., 8°, Firenze, 1775, ii, 213-230.—Panli (P. A.) Ueber Veranderung von Arterien in Cavernen bei Phthisis pulmonum. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1879, lxxvii, 69-85,1 pl.—Perrin (M.) & Blum (P.) Tuberculose cavitaire; Evolution clinique anor- male. Soc. demed.de Nancy. C.-r.....1905-6, pt. 2, 64- 56. Also: Rev. med. de Test, Nancy, 1906, xxxviii, 248- 250.—Piet. Caverne pulmonaire gigantesque. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1903, i, 347-349— Popham (J.) Large tuberculous vomica in the lung of a female past seventy years of age. Dublin Q. J. M. Sc, 1864, xxxvii, 227-229.— Prudden (T. M.) Concurrent infections and the for- mation of cavities in acute pulmonary tuberculosis; an experimental study. N. York M. J., 1894, lx, 1-11, 2 pl. Also, Reprint.—Rciche (F.) Die Infektion der Blut- bahn bei fieberhal'ten kavernoser Lungenphthise. Med. Klin., Berl., 1909, v, 1962.—Revilliod. Lecon sur la caverne. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1881, i, 373-383.—Ribas y Pcrdigo (M.) Importancia clinica del ruido de olla cascada en el diagn6stico de las caver- nas tuberculosas; manera de reconocerlo en ciertos casos en que no se pone de maniriesto por la percusi6n ordina- ria. Cong, internat. de med. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, de path, int., 734-738.—Richard. Observa- tion sur la rupture et le vomissement de deux vomiques, dont le resultat a 6te heureux. Ann. Soc. de m6d.-prat. de Montpel., 1808, xii, 96-102.—Richer (P.) Note sur la formation des cavernes pulmonaires dans la phthisie vul- gaire subaigue. Progres med., Par., 1879, vii, 85.—Rie- der (H.) Kavernen bei beginnender und bei vorge- schrittener Lungentuberkulose. Fortschr. a. d. Geb. d. Rontgenstrahlen, Hamb., 1910, xvi, 1-12. -----. Kaver- nen bei Anfangstuberkulose der Lungen. Zentralbl. f. Rontgenstr. Jetc], Wiesb., 1910, i, 201-204.—Rouse (E. R.) Phthisical cavity causing abscess in the breast. Lancet, Lond., 1892, i, 1185.—Rumpl'. Zur Diagnostik der Lungencavernen: der inspiratorische Schallhohen- uechsel. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1890, xxvii, 1007-1010.— Nebulize IF.) Zur Diagnostik grosserer Lungenhoh- len. Centralbl. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1891, xii, 345.—Se- 194 TUBERCULOSIS. TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Cavernous). crctan (H.) Abces aigu du poumon: vomique; vaste cavite pulmonaire; guerison. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1887, vii, 91-96. Also, trims/.: Boll. d. clin., Milano, 1887, iv, 168-172.—Sliclsivell (O. B.) A ease of extensive subcutaneous emphysema following the rupture of a vomica; remarks. Lancet, Lond., 1889, ii, un;.— Smith (T. G.) Acaseof large phthisical cav- ity witli ulcerous openings through the intercostal mus- cles. I'roe. M. Soc Lond., 1884, vi, 174-177.—Snoy (T.) Ein Fall von ungewohnlich grosser Lungenkaverne. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1910, xvi, 165-169.— Solares (M.) Patagonia, estructura y tratamiento de las cavernas pulmonares. An de cien. med., Madrid, 1879, vii, 73-80.—Soupault (M.) Vaste caverne pulmo- naire k parois gangreneuses ayant donn6 tous les signes physiques du pyopneumothorax et causee par un kyste hydatique suppur6 ^limine' par les bronches. Bull. Soc anat. de Par., 1889, lxiv, 273-275—Spencer (W. G.) Tu- berculous cavities in the lungs complicated by gaseousme- tastaticabscesses. Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond.,1898-9,xxxii,96.— Spengler. Zur Behandlung starrwandiger Hohlen bei Lungenphthise. Verhandl. d.Gesellsch.deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1890,Leipz., 1891,lxiii,pt.2,237-241.—Sternberg I A.) ZurSymptomatologiederLungencavernen. St. Pe- tersb. med. Wchnschr., 1910, xxxv, 626. Also, transl: No- voye v Med., S.-Peterb., 1910, iv, 971-975.—Stordeur. Cavernepulmonairesimulantun pneumothorax. J", mecl. de Brux., 1903, viii, 237.—Tidey (S.) High tension and cavitation. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, i, 1231.—Tordeus (E.) Tuberculose pulmonaire avec caverne; degeneres- cence amyloide du foie, de la rate et des reins. Clinique, Brux., 1895, ix, 113-119.—Tozzetti (G. T.) Istoria di una vomica polmonare, con la sezione del cadavere. In: Rac. di opusc. med.-prat., 8°, Firenze, 1775, ii, 59-98.— Tripier (R.) Sur la non-cicatrisation des cavernes tu- berculeuses du poumon avec persistance de leur cavite, et sur une disposition de ces lesions q ui favorise la generalisa- tion hativedelatubereulose. Cong. p. l'etudedela tuber- culose, Par., 1898, iv,s;7-842.—Vei Hard. Vaste caverne tubereuleuse ayant dctruitla totalite du poumon gauche. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1879, liv, 817.—"Walsh (J.) Tu- berculous cavities resembling cysts at apices of lungs. Proc. Path. Soc. Phila.. 1910, n. s., xiii. 161.—West (S.) Two cases of complete excavation oi one lung, with death in one case from exhaustion; in the other from rupture of an aneurysm of the pulmonary artery. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1879-80, xxxi, 50-53.—Wethered (F. J.) A clinical demonstration on pulmonary cavities in tuberculosis. Clin. J., Lond., 1898, xii, 121-125.—Wil- liams (C. T.) On tubercular cavities, their modes of formation and of contraction. Polyclin., Lond., 1900, ii, 91-96.-----. A large intra-pulmonary cavity. Ibid., 1903, viii, 94.—Ifeo (G.) Diphtheritic gangrene of a pulmo- nary vomica. Proc. Path. Soc. Dubl. (1871-3), n. s., v, 167. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Chronic). Allard (E.) Contribution a I'etude des adenopathies thoraciques ( tracheo-bronchi- ques etaxillaires) dans la tuberculose pulmo- naire chronique. 8°. Paris, 1901. Balvay (A.) *De la toux dans la tubercu- lose pulmonaire chronique. 8°. Lyon, 1903. Bellinger (J. S.) *An inaugural disserta- tion on chronic pneumony, or pulmonary con- sumption. 8°. Philadelphia, 1799. Bougon (E.) *Des signes du d6but de la tuberculose pulmonaire chronique, en particu- lier dts alterations de la transsonance pulmo- naire. 8°. Paris, 1898. Brehmer (H.) Die chronische Lungen- schwindsucht, ihre Ursache und ihre Heilung, fiir vorurtheilsfreie Aerzte und gebildete den- kende Laien dargestellt. 8°. Berlin, 1857. -----. The same. Aetiologie und Therapie der chronisehen Lungenschwindsucht. In ver- kiirzter Form hrsg. und mit Anmerkungen verse- hen von R. J. Petri. 8°. Berlin, 1902. de Bbunel de Serbonnes (H.) *Les pous- s6es eVolutives de la tuberculose pulmonaire chronique. 8°. Paris, 1910. Hahx (F.-L.) Des complications qui peuvent se presenter du cote du systeme nerveux dans la phthisie pulmonaire chronique. 8°. Paris, 1*74. Kast (A.) & Rumpel (T.) Chronische Lun- trentu ber eu lose mit beginnender Cavernenbil- dung. In their: Path.-anat. Tafeln . . . Hamb., Staatskran- kenh., Wandsbek-Hamb., 18%, 13. Hft., pl. R4, with text. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Chronic). Koster (W.) * lTntersuchungen iiber die Ursache der chronisehen Lungentuberculose beim Menschen. 8°. Leiden, 1S(»;L du Pakquier (E.) * Les troubles gastriques dans la tuberculose pulmonaire chronique. 8°. Paris, 1903. Platey (L.) *De la frequence et de l'insta- bilite du pouls dans la tuberculose pulmonaire chronique; leur importance pour le diagnostic precoee. 8°. Paris, 1901. Summa (H.) Ueber degenerative Veriinde- rungen im Riickenmark bei chronischer Lun- genschwindsucht. 8°. Freiburg i. B., 1891. Aul'reclit. Ueber Verhutung und Heilung der chro- nisehen Lungentuberculose. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1898, xiv, 155-157.—Barie (E.) L'etat et le volume du cceur dans la tuberculose pulmonaire chronique. Bull. et mem. Soc. meM. d. hop. de Par., 1906, 3. s., xxiii, 1285- 1288. Also [Abstr.]: Rev. gen. declin. et de therap., Par., 1907, xxi, 17.—Begel (H. L.) Fever in chronic pulmo- nary tuberculosis. Physician & Surg., Detroit & Ann Arbor, 1905, xxvii, 441-445, 1 ch.— Beggs (W. N.) Chronic parenchymatous pulmonary tuberculosis. Col- orado M. J., Denver, 1903, ix, 97-113. Also: Med. News, N. Y., 1903, lxxxii, 774-782.—Bezancon i F. )&de Ser- bonnes (H.) Caracteres generaux des poussees e"volu- tivesdela tuberculose pulmonaire chronique. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1910, 3. s., xxix, 232-239. Also [Abstr.]: Cong, franc- de mdd. Compt. rend. 1910, Par., 1911, xi, 103-106.—Chatin (H.) De la phthisie Epitheliale chronique. J. de med. de Lyon, 1865, iii, 81- 95.—Chelnionski (A.) Ueber den Einfluss acuter fleberhafter Erkrankungen auf den Verlauf der chroni- sehen Lungentuberculose. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz., 1891, xvii, 496-498.—Chronic pneumonic phthi- sis. [21 cases.] Rep. Superv. Surg. Mar. Hosp., Wash., 1885-6, 236-246.—Chronic pneumonic phthisis. [12 cases.] Ibid., 1886-7, 254-259.—Couturier. Desmoyens de diagnostic preVoce dans la tuberculose pulmonaire chronique. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1912, xxii, 27-32.—Fernet '(C) De quelques signes du dfibut de la tuberculose pulmonaire chronique. Ann. de m6d. et chir. inf., Par., 1899, iii, 20-28. Also: Pratique jour., Lille, 1898, iii, 369-380. -----. D'un syndrome particulier au deTmt de la tuberculose pulmonaire chronique. Bull. et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1899,3. s.,xvi, 732-736 — Fraenkel (A.) Ueber die Einteilung der chronisehen Lungentuberkulose. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1910, xxvii, 174-181.—Oabrylo- wiez (J.) Zur Lehre von der Disposition des mensch- lichen Organismus zurchronischen Lungenschwindsucht. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1891, xli, 685; 737; 791; 833.-----. Die Stellung der Prognose bei chronischer Lungen- schwindsucht vermittels der Wege. Ibid., 1393; 1427. -----. Prophylaxe der chronisehen Lungenschwind- sucht. Ibid., 1933; 1971; 2016; 2059; 2096: 1892, xlii, 10; 67. -----. Weitere Beitrage zur Lehre von der Disposi- tion des menschlichen Organismus zurchronischen Lun- genschwindsucht. Ibid., 1894, xliv, 1667; 1717; 1757. -----. Ueber Lungenblutungen bei der chronisehen Lungenschwindsucht. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1899, xxxvi, 14. -----. Ueber klinische Formen der chroni- sehen Lungentuberkulose. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1907, xi, 35-44.—Harris (V. D.) The condition of the salivary glands and pancreas in chronic tuberculosis. J. Path. & Bacteriol., Edinb. & Lond., 1898, v, 302-304, 1 pl.—Hirtz. Les reactions de deTense de l'organisme contre la tuberculose pulmonaire chronique. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1907, lxxx, 903-907.—Hodgson (J. F.) A case of chronic pulmonary tuberculosis terminating in acute surgical emphysema. Lancet, Lond., 1902, ii, 152.— Khonry (A.) Les ascites providentielles au cours de la tuberculose chronique. Rev. gen. de clin. et de thS- rap., Par., 1905, xix, 626-629.—Klippel. Phthisie chro- nique; tuberculose du rein et de la vessie. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1987, lxii, 661-666.—Kliss. Classifications des diverses formes de tuberculose pulmonaire chronique apyr&ique. Bull. meU, Par., 1904, xviii, 489-493.— Lambinet (J.) & IJclcominette (F.) Contribution a l'6tude de revolution de la tuberculose chronique en l'absenee de traitement specifique. Ann. Soc. m<>d.-chir. de Liege, 1902, xli, 548-580.—.McCarthy (J. G.) The distribution of lesions in chronic phthisis. Montreal M. J., 1890-91, xix, 81-91.—Mackenzie (H. W. G.) On chronic pulmonary phthisis in later adult life. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1892, n. s., liv, 341-341.—Menetricr (P.) Accidents me"ningitiques chez un malade attcint de tuberculose pulmonaire chronique; apparition brusque d'une phlegmatia du membre inferieur gauche, coinci- dent avec la disparition complete des sympt6mes de meningite. Bull, et mem. Soc. meM. d. h6p. de Par., 1900, 3. s., xvii, 31-;il — .llircoll (S.) Concetto e diagnosi della piotubercolosi polmonare cronica. Clin. med. ital., M ilano, 1899, xxxviii, 287-299.—Jlitsuda&lshihashi. TUBERCULOSIS. 695 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Chronic). [Chronic pulmonary consumption in the aged.] Nippon Igaku, Tokyo, 1905, no. 11, 6-19.—Mitulescu (J.) Die Entwicklung der chronisehen Tuberkulose, vom Stand- punkte des Zellstoffwechscls aus be.rachtet. Centralbl. 1. innere Med., Leipz., 1902, xxiii, 1065-1074.—OTolle. Essai de systematisation individuelle des legions de la tuberculose pulmonaire chronique au d^but. Loire med., St.-Etieune, 1905, xxiv, 243-249. — JHorel-l.a- vallee. Sur le diagnostic et pronostic prccoces de la tuberculose pulmonaire chronique commune a d^but corticopleural. J. de me£es de la phtisie pulmonaire chronique. Presse meM., Par., 18'.<5,361-363.— Reisz (C.) Den kroniske Lungetuberkuloses Prognose. Biblioth. f. Laeger, Kj0benh., 1893, 7. R., iv, 98-110.— Rendu. La meningite au cours de la tuberculose pul- monaire chronique. Rev. internat. de m6d. et de chir., Par., 1901, xii, 361-363.—Renon (L.) Deux cas de tu- berculose pulmonaire chronique ayant d6but6 par un ac- c£s d'asthme. Mercredi mid., Par., 1895, vi, 481. -----. L'emphys^me sous-cutane dans la tuberculose pulmo- naire chronique. Arch. gen. de med., Par., 1903, ii, 3028- 3035.-----. Le traitement pr6coce de la tuberculose pul- monaire chronique. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1905, xix, 1-4. -----. Le traitement precoee de la tuberculose pulmonaire chronique. Ibid., 161-163.—Ri- chardiere ( H. ) De l'emphys£me sous-cutane dans la tuberculose pulmonaire chronique. M£d. mod., Par., 1894, v. 433-435.—Rieder (H.) Zur Diagnose der chro- nisehen Lungentuberkulose durch das radiologische Ver- fahren. Fortschr. a. d. Geb. d. Rontgenstrahlen, Hamb., 1903^1, vii, 1-21, 4 pl. -----. Die Sekundarerkrankungen der chronisehen Lungentuberkulose vom rontgenologi- schen Standpunkte. Ibid., 1910-11, xvi, 409-422, 3 pl.— Robin (A.) Etudes cliniques sur la nutrition dans la phtisie pulmonaire chronique; des variations du rfeidu fixe de l'urine et des indications cliniques qui en resul- tent. Arch. gen. de med., Par., 1895, i, 385-400.—Robin (A.) & du Pasquier. La secretion gastrique dans la tuberculose pulmonaire chronique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1903, lv, 743-745. Also: Bull. gen. de thS- rap. [etc.]. Par., 1903, cxlvi, 453-458.—Rodriguez CM. A.) Diagn6stico preeoz y tratamiento de la tuberculosis pulmonar cr6nica. Semana med., Buenos Aires, 1911, xviii.pt. 1,133; 179; 233.—Ru bei (A. N.) Komp'nsatsiya pri khronicheskol lyokhochnol bugorchatkle. [Compen- sation in chronic pulmonary tuberculosis.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1910, ix, 485; 521.—von Kink (K.) Chronic pulmonary tuberculosis; its clinical course and sympto- matology. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1897-8, ii, 217; 245; 297.—Saloma (J. I.) Contribucion al estu- dio de la tuberculosis especialmente de la forma pulmo- nar cr6nica. Gac. med. de Mexico, 1906, 3. s., i, apend., 122-135. Dictamen de D. Mejia, J. Cosio & J. Olvera, 136- 140.—Schamelhout (G.) Le pronostic de la tubercu- lose pulmonaire chronique. Ann. Soc. de raid, d'Anvers, 1900, lxii, 35-48.—Sch rttder (G.) Ueber das Fieber bei der chronisehen Lungentuberkulose. Deutsche Med.- Ztg., Berl., 1897, xviii, 11; 19. ----- Streitfragen in der Lehre vom Fieber der chronisehen Lungentuberkulose. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1906, v, 73-81. -----. Ueber neuere Medikamente und Nahrmittel fiir die Be- handlung der chronisehen Lungentuberkulose. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1907, xi, 47-55. — Sexton (N. O.) Chronic pulmonary tuberculosis. Med. Mirror, St. Louis, 1902, xiii, 204-220.—Shively (H. L.) The care of incur- able cases of chronic pulmonary tuberculosis. N. York M. J., 1902, lxxv, 403-406. — Stern ( H. ) Jod-Amei- sensiiure in der Therapie der chronisehen ulzerativen Phthise. Therap. Rundschau, Berl., 1909, iii, 401-403.— Teissier (P.) Infections sanguines secondaires dans la tuberculose pulmonaire chronique ulcereuse. Cong. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Chronic). internat. de med. C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de path, gen., 169-171.—I'llom (J. T.) The thoracic duct in chronic pulmonary tuberculosis. Rep. Henry Phipps Inst., study . . . tuberculosis, 1907-8, Phila., 1909, v, 423-436.—von Weismayr (A. R.) Die Prognose der chronisehen Lun- gentuberkulose. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1907, xxi, 165; 182; 199.—West (S.) Clinical lecture on some forms of chronic phthisis. Clin. J., Lond., 1895, vi, 221-225.—Win- ternitz (H.) Ueber den respiratorischen Stoflwechsel bei der chronisehen Lungentuberkulose. Therap. d. Ge- genw., Berl., 1904, xiv, 146-149. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Complica- tions [and seqnelse] of). See, also, Tuberculosis (Complications, etc., of); Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Anal fistula in); Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Diabetes in); Tuber- culosis (Pulmonary, Diarrhea in); Tuberculo- sis (Pulmonary, Haemoptysis in); Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Mixed infection in). Benoit (J.-C.-M.-R.) * Contribution a I'etude des amyotrophies chez les tuberculeux. 4°. Paris, 1889. Beuchet (F.) *De l'influence des maladies de l'aorte sur le developpement de la tubercu- lose pulmonaire. 8°. Paris, 1901. Bonney (S. G.) Pulmonary tuberculosis, and its complications, with special reference to di- agnosis and treatment for general practitioners and students. 2. ed. Philadelphia dc London, 1910. Bouyer (C.) *De la tuberculose pulmonaire dans les kystes hydatiques. 4°. Paris, 1896. Carcassonne (P.) * Etude des amyotrophies scapulo-thoraciques au cours de la tuberculose pulmonaire. 8°. Paris, 1900. Couvreur (A.) De l'adenopathie cervieale tubereuleuse consid£r£e surtout dans ses rap- ports avec la tuberculose pulmonaire. 8°. Paris, 1892. Faneau de la Cour (F. V.) *Du feminisme et de Tinfantilisme chez les tuberculeux. 4°. Paris, 1871. Hold (A.) * Ueber degenerative Verande- rungen der Leber und des Herzens bei Phthisi- kern. 8°. Freiburg i. B., 1891. Naret (H.-A.-J.) * Contribution a. I'etude de la tuberculose pulmonaire chez les tubercu- leux chirurgicaux adultes. 8°. Lille, 1906. Pachot (L.-C.) Des differentes especes d'ee- deme des membres inf£rieurs chez les phthisi- ques et en particulier de l'cedeme consecutif a la pneumonie chronique peri-tuberculeux. 8°. Paris, 1878. Richard (J.-G.) * Syndromes basedowiens chez les tuberculeux. 8°. Nancy, 1907. Saint-Pe (J.-B.) *De l'cedeme dit cachec- tique chez les phtisiques. 4°. Paris, 1895. Barbier(H.) Surlesph6nom&nesextra-pulmonaires de la tuberculose a la periode de germination. Bull. med., Par., 1903, xvii, 265-267.—Barbler (H.) & Lian (C.) Le zona, accident tuberculeux secondaire ou cli- niquement primitif. Progres med., Par., 1911,3.8., xxvii, 361-364.—Bauer (A.) Zur Frage der Haufigkeitund Be- deutung palpabler Lymphdrtisen in den supraklaviku- laren Halsdreiecken bei Lungentuberkulose. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1909, xiii, 225-239. — Becker (W.) The co-relation between splanchnoptosis and pul- monary tuberculosis. Wisconsin M. J., Milwaukee, 1910- 11, ix, 717-725.—Bensaude (R.) & €laisse (A.) Atro- phie extreme des organesdans la tuberculose pulmonaire; cachexie profonde. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1895, lxx, 249-252.—Bialokur (F.) Basedow-Symptome als Zei- chen tuberkuloser Infektion und ihre Bedeutung fiir Di- agnose und Therapie der Lungenschwindsucht. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1910, xvi, 567-576.—von Branden- stein (Hedwig). Basedow-Svmptome bei Lungentuber- kulose. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 1840-1845.— Braun (E.) Gehauftes familiiires Vorkommen von Pseudoleukiimie (malignem Lymphom) und von Sarkom, beierblicherBelastung mitTuberkulose. Munchen.med. Wchnschr., 1912, lix, 1913-1916.— Broadbent (W.) My- TUBERCULOSIS. 696 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Complica- tions [and sequel*] of). oidema in pulmonary tuberculosis. Lancet, Lond., 1900, i, 575— rampant (A.) & Foruiaggini (G.) Sul ca- tarro vescicale nella tubercolosi de! polmone. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1905, xxvi, 852.—Claude (H.) & Bloch (P.) Stenonite a bacilles de Koch au cours d'une tuber- culose pulmonaire. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1903, lxxvi, 297.— t'occolato(C) ITn casde tuberculose pulmonaire chez un geant acromegalique. Gaz. med. d'Orient, Constant., 1906, li, 29-31.—t'ohn (E.) Purpura hemorrhagica bei Lungentuberkulose. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1901, xlviii, 2001-2003.—Cruice (J. M.) The incidence of pur- pura in the course of chronic pulmonary tuberculosis. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., cxliv, 875-884.— Debove, Tuberculose pulmonaire, rtoale et cardiaque. Rev. gfin. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1910, xxiv. 819-822.— Be San- ti ro (D.) Pollachiuria e borborigmi nella tubercolosi polmonale. Med. ital., Napoli, 1908, vi, 511-514.—Dino- diowMki (Z.) Leber secundare Erkrankungen der Mandeln und der Balgdriisen an der Zungenwarzel bei SeliwiiHLiichtigen. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. allg. Path., .iena. 1891. x, 481-493. — Eisner ( H. L.) Splenic- nivelogeiious leukaemia with pulmonary tuberculosis; report of case. Tr. Am. Climat. Ass., Phila., 1900, xvi, 143-157, 1 pl. — Erni. Ueber den Durchbruch von Kaseherden in der tuberkulosen Lunge. Cor.- Bl. f. Schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1911, xli, 845-851. — Esser. Chronische Bronchialdriisenschwellung und Lungenspitzentuberkulose. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1902, xlix, 356.— Foveau de Courmelles. De la co- existence d'accidents tuberculeux genitaux et pulmo- naires. Rev. clin. d'androl. et de gynec, Par., 1899, v, 52-55.—Fran cine (A. P.) The effect of tuberculosis on intrathoracic relations. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1910, exxxix, 732-74L—von Frisch (H.) Tuberculose der Lungen; Amyloiddegeneration der Leber, Milz und Nieren; Tod infolge von Ruptur der Milz. Jahrb. d. Wien. k. k. Krankenanst. 1894, Wien u. Leipz., 1896, iii, 1025.—tra+eckl (S.) Dobroczynne powiklania w grufc- licvpluc [Benign complications of phthisis.] Now.lek., 1'oznan, 1904, xvi, 52-54.—Galliard (L.) & Marchais IM.) Purpura h^morrhagique mortel chez un Dhtisique. Rev. de la tuberculose, Par., 1895, 320-322.—Gordon (■I. K. M.) Some complications of pulmonary tubercu- losisand theirtreatment. Dominion M. Month., Toronto, 1909, xxxii, 93-101.—Hanot (V.) Modes de terminaison de la phtisie pulmonaire. Semaine m6d., Par., 1896 xvi 2S9-292. Also, transl: Med. Week, Par., 1896, iv, 470-474.— Harris (V. D.) A case of osteoarthropathy in phthisis. ■ Brit. M. J., Lond., 1897, i, 7 — Haskin. Pulmonary tu- berculosis complicated by tubercular mastoiditis and swelling of the neck. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Larvngol., St. Louis, 1909, xviii, 942.—Heincz (H.) & Frohlich (J.) Vastag szivacsos csontlemezek kepzodese phthisises szemben. [Thick spongy bony lamina? formed in the eye of a consumptivej Szemeszeti lapok, Budapest, 1905, 11.—Heiuien (W. D.) Report of a case of extensive emphysema complicating tuberculosis of the lungs and urinary organs. N. York Al. J. [etc.], 1908, Ixxxviii, 162.— Hett (G. F.) A case of tuberculosis of the lungs, the cervical glands, and the ears. Rep. Soc. Study Dis. Child Lond., 1904-5, v, 185-188.—Holmes (B.), jr. A case of hernia of the linea alba complicating tuberculosis of the lung. IllinoisM.J.,Springfield, 1906,x,89-92.—Hughes (W.E.) Partialperforationofthechestwallinphthisis Tr Path. Soc. Phila.,1889-91, xv, 166.—Jaccoud (S.) Granu- lose suffocante; auto-infection. In his: Lee. de clin med 1886-7, 8°, Par., 1888, 70-103. -----. Tuberculose pulmo- naire; adenopathie tracheo-bronchique: compression de la veine cave inferieure. Ann. de med. seient. et prat Par., 1895, v, 225.—Kennedy (D.) Genito-urinary com- plications of pulmonary tuberculosis. Colorado M J Denver, 1904, x, 27*-2x2.-Klebs (E.) Bronchialdrii- sentuberkulose, Lungenblutungen und Tuberkel bazil- lenzahl. Kausale Therap., Hannov., 1904, i 127-147 — K.dhler(F.) Lungentuberkulose und Tetanie. Beitr z. Kim. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1904, ii, 373-381. ----- Ueber Dauererfolge bei Lungentuberkulose. Ztschr f Tuberk Leipz., 1910, xvi, 5-17.—von Krclil. Leber die Frage der angeblichen Beschteunigung der Tuberkulose durch die auf einen Unfall zuruckzufuhrende allgemeine Kor- perschwache. Med. Klin., Berl., 1907, iii, 122.—Lai on (C ) Tuberculose pulmonaire et mediastinal propagee au ne'- ricarde. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1903, xxxiii 515- Laiznel-lLavastine & Bloch (P.) Syndrome de Basedow chez une tubereuleuse. Arch, gen de m<5d n^V imd " 12156-2461.-Lamb (D. S.) cfse of amyloid w„ I an«I spleen in ulcerated pulmonary tuberculosis. Wash. M.Ann., 1903, n, 184.-Lenoble& Attila. Ictere par compression des voies biliaires observe au cours d'une r!v.t?J£ "se Pul™0,'aire terminee par des phenomenesde P«l81-«f,gliei_?u,y-,etT>m6y- S°°' anat- de p«r- 1905, Wn' R,7t7 iri-H Basedow-symptomebeiTuberku- loscm Beitr z. Klin. d.Tuberk., Wiirzb.,1905,iv 105-112- Liebermeister (G.) Studien fiber Komplikationen hfrL^Kge-ntub-er^ulose und uber dje Verbreitung der Tu- berkelbazillen in den Organen und im Blutder Phthisiker Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Complica- tions \and sequel ;c\ of). Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1909, exevii, 332- 425 — Maggiore (s.) Contributo alia conoscenza delle distrofie paratubercolari. Pediatria, Napoli, 1912,2.s., xx, 773-775.—Maler (G.) Kollapsinduration und Tuberku- lose der Lungenspitzen. Med. Klin., Berl., 1912, viii, 142.— Matsushita & Oshtma (S.) [Pulmonary consump- tion with fatal tuberculous diathesis.] Igaku Chuwo Zasshi, Tokyo, 1904, 406-412—Mears (Isabella). Some complications occurring in pulmonary tuberculosis, with reference to prognosis ana treatment. Lancet, Lond., 1905, ii, 184.—Myers (T. H.) & Wood (F. C.) Sarco- matosis of the vertebrae simulating tuberculous osteitis in a case of pulmonarv tuberculosis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1900, lviii, 394.—Parisot (J.) & Lucien (M.) Ktude physi- ologique et anatomique des capsules surrenalcs chez les tuberculeux. Compt. rend. Soc. do biol., Par., 1907, lxiii, 525-527.—Fassini (R.) Frattura spontanea della terza costola destra per osteomielite tubercolare nel corso di una tisi polmonare. Corriere san., Milano, 1908, xix, 759.— Pilkington (F. W.) Lympho-sarcoma complicated by pulmonary tuberculosis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1909, ii, 1529.— Poncet. Mal de Pott dorso-lombaire; tuberculose pul- monaire; retraction de l'apon<5vrose palmaire d'origine tubereuleuse. Lyon med., 1904, cii, 250-252.—Porges (O.) Ueber Myalgien bei Lungentuberkulose. Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1912, xi, 175- 180.—Powell (R. D.) Notes on the pneumothorax oc- curring in phthisis. Med. Times & Gaz., Lond., 1869, i, 112; 166; 194. Also, Reprint.—Bedtenbachcr (L.) Tu- berculosis pulmonum et glandularum suprarenalium; Addison; Tod. Jahrb. d. Wien. k. k. Krankenanst. 1895, Wien u. Leipz., 1897, iv, pt. 2, 66-68.—Reinders (D.) Over het verband tusschen tandlijden en longtoptuber- eulose, naar aanleiding van een onderzoek bij de 64 pa- tienten in het sanatorium te Hellendoorn verpleegd van 1 juni tot 6 juli 1904. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst, 1904, 2. r., xl, d. 2, 609-611.—Rendu (H.) Note sur un cas de medanodermie produite au cours d'une phti- sie confirmee, par le fait de la tuberculisation d'une cap- sule surrenale. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1899, 3. s., xvi, 508-510.—Robin (A.) Retard de la con- solidation d'une fracture chez un phtisique; traitement fonde' sur I'etude des troublessurvenus dans les echanges. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1912, cliv, 1108.—Robin- son (B.) The laryngeal affections of pulmonary phthi- sis. Arch. Laryngol., N. Y., 1881, ii, 300-322. Also, Re- print.—Roger (H.) & Garnler (M.) La sclerose du corps thyro'ide chez les tuberculeux. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1898, 10. s., v, 873-875.—Rubino (C.) Pseudoleucemia e tubercolosi. Morgagni, Milano, 1909, li, 609-617.—Russell (J. F.) The management of ex- acerbations in the course of pulmonary tuberculosis. Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1903, xviii, 978. Also, Reprint— Sabourin (C.) Les accidents du surmenage chez les phtisiques. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap.. Par., 1898, xii, 658-663. -----. L'ad6nite sus-claviculaire chez les phtisiques. Ibid., 1902, xvi, 817-819.—Schilling. Ein Fall von acuter jauchiger Kniegelenksentziindung in Folge von Lungenphthise. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1897, xliv, 141. Also: Sitzungsb. d. aerztl. Ver. Niirnb.1896, Munchen, 1897, 41-44.—Sergent (E.) L'insuffisancesur- renale chez les tuberculeux. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1912, lxxxv, 1151-1154. -----. Tuberculose et syndrome solaire. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1912, xxvi, 353-358.— Simon (AL) Ett fall af juvenil atheroskleros hos en ftisiker med kronisk nefrit. [A case of juvenile arterio- sclerosis and chronic nephritis in a consumptive.] Hy- giea, Stockholm, 1910, 2. f., x, 645-675.—Skillern (R. H.) The exploratoryneedlepunctureof the maxillary antrum in one hundred tuberculous individuals; demonstrating the marked dissimilarity between the clinical and post- mortem findings. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lix, 1136-1138.—Walsham (H.) Myoidema in pulmonary tuberculosis. Lancet, Lond., 1900, i, 230.—Wiener (A. C.) Abdominal tumors of tuberculous origin. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1912, lxxxii, 151-156. Also, Reprint.—von /(■• browski (E.) Ueber die subkutanen Lymphdru-eii des Thorax bei Lungentuberkulose. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1910, xxxvi, 1311-1316— 'Acsas (D. G.) Zu den Osteoarthropathien bei Lungentuberku- lose. Med. Klin., Berl., 1909-10, v, 1480. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Complica- tions of Cardiac and vascular). Banquet (P.-H.) * Contribution a I'etude anatomo-pathologique de l'endocardite tubereu- leuse. 8°. Bordeaux, 1898. Bouilly (L.) * Contribution a I'etude de la tachycardie tubereuleuse. 8°. Paris, 1907. Caen-ens (H.) * Coincidence de la tubercu- lose pulmonaire et des lesions du cneur; antago- nisme dans revolution simultanee des deux affections. 4°. Li/on, ls,HL>. TUBERCULOSIS. 697 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary. Complica- tions of, Cardiac and vascular). Caxtillo (M.) *De 1'endoeardite dans l'in- fection tubereuleuse. 4°. Paris, 1892. Caziot (P.) Etude de quelques phenomenes vaso-moteurs chez les tuberculeux pulmonaires; cyanose, cryesthesie, doigt mort. 8°. Lyon, 1894. Dagreve (M.) ^Contribution a I'etude de la tuberculose pulmonaire au eours des affections valvulaires du coeur gauche. 8°. Lyon, 1910. Also [Abstr.], in: Rev. internat. dela tuberc'., Par., 1910, xviii, 188-192. Fossier (C.) * De la tuberculose pulmonaire dans les affections du cceur gauche. 8°. Paris, 1898. FrsiLLi (A.) *I1 cuore nella tubercolosi pul- monare. [Napoli, 1903.] 8°. Caslellamare Adriatico, 1906. Grandin(H.-P.-R. ) * Contribution a I'etude des maladies du cceur, et en particulier de la tachycardie, chez les tuberculeux. 8°. Paris, 1S99. Grosset (M.) De l'erethisme cardiaque par- ticulierement Studie au cours de la tuberculose pulmonaire chronique. 8°. Paris, 1904. Ippa (N. [S.]) K voprosu ob izmieneniyakh arteriy pri chakhotkie. [On the changes in arteries in phthisis.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1889. Jouanneau (H.) *De la tachycardie dans la tuberculose pulmonaire. 4°. Paris, 1889. Klose (R.) * Tuberkulose und Herzfehler. Eine Betrachtung auf Grund der in der 2. med. Universitiitsklinik zur Beobachtung gelangten Falle. 8°. Berlin, 1902. Kortz (H.) *Les maladies de l'aorte et du systeme arteriel dans leurs rapports avec la tu- berculose pulmonaire. 4°. Paris, 1892. Krechman (I. [I.]) * Material! k ucheniyu o velichinie serdsa i kishechnika u chakhotoch- nikh. [On the size of the heart and intestines in phthisis.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1890. Kreutzahler (J. A.) *Uel>erdas gleichzei- tige Vorkommen von Lungentuberkulose und Klappenfehlern des linken Herzens. 8°. Leip- zig, 1911. Maisonneuve (C.) * De la dilatation du cceur droit dans la tuberculose pulmonaire. 8°. Paris, 1898. Malmonte (E.) * Tuberculose pulmonaire et retreeissement mitral pur. 8°. Lyon, 1905. Meslin (R.) *Tuberculose pulmonaire, chro- nique cavitaire et retreeissement mitral. 8°. Lyon, 1907. Monaschktn (Beila). * Ueber das gleichzei- tige Vorkommen von Lungentuberkulose und Herzklappenfehlern. 8°. Berlin, 1911. Palhter (A.) Contribution k I'etude ana- tomo-pathologique du cceur dans la phthisie chronique. 4°. Paris, 1890. Pail (C.) Du retreeissement des orifices de l'artere pulmonaire contracte apres la naissance de ses symptomes, de ses complications et par- ticulierement de la phthisie pulmonaire conse- cutive. 8°. Paris, 1872. Ratner (C.) *Du coeur dans la tuberculose. 8°. Paris, 1898. Resch (J.) * Ueber die Grossenverhaltnisse des Herzens bei Tuberkulose. 8°. Miinehen, 1905. Schnellenberg (G. A.) *Thrombose bei Lungentuberkulose. 8°. Leipzig, 1904. Schutz (M.) * Ueber das Verhalten des Herzens bei der Lungentuberkulose, Ixobach- tet in mehreren Fallen der Heilstiitte Naurod. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1903. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Complica- tions of Cardiac and vascular). Sequer (J.) *Le coeur des tuberculeux. 8°. Paris, 1903. Souhaut (L.) * Etude sur le retreeissement de l'artere pulmonaire dans ses rapports avec la tuberculose du poumon. 8°. Paris, 1902. Teissier (P.-J.) *Des lesions de l'endo- carde chez les tuberculeux. 4°. Paris, 1894. ------. The same. Maladies du cceur et tu- berculose. Des , lesions de l'endocarde chez les tuberculeux. (Etude anatomo-pathologique, pathog£nique, experimentale, clinique.) 8°. Paris, 1894. Thym (R.) * Ueber gleichzeitige Tuberku- lose der Lungen und des Herzbeutels. 8°. Jena, 1897. Visseq de la Prade (J.-J.-A.) *Troublea du cceur et scleroses pulmonaires d'origine tu- bereuleuse; etude clinique avec traces cardio- graphiques. 8°. Paris, 1899. VVateau (R.-M.) *De la tachycardie chez les tuberculeux. 8°. Paris, 1900. Aclielis ( W.) Orthodiagraphische Herzuntersu- chungen bei Tuberkulosen. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1911, civ, 353-369.—Achert (E.) Tuber- kulose und Herzkrankheiten unter therapeutischen Gesichtspunkten. Ztschr. f. diatet. u. physik. Therap., Leipz., 1901, v, 404-412.—A Id rich (C.J.) Thrombosis of the jugular veins in pulmonary tuberculosis; with re- port of a case. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1904, lxxix, 442^145. Also, Reprint.—Anders (J. M.) The relation of valvu- lar disease and pulmonary tuberculosis. Am. Med., Phila., 1901, ii, 167. ------. The association of pulmonary tuberculosis with both primary and secondary endo- carditis, and the effect of valvular disease upon lung tuberculosis. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1902, n. s., exxiii, 93- 109. Also, Reprint.—Arnulphy (B. L.) Aortic stenosis and phthisis pulmonalis. Clinique, Chicago, 1890, xi, 309- 317.—Aubry (P.) De l'asystolie chez les tuberculeux. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1910, 2. s., xxviii, 61-66.—Baum- ler. Kreislaufstorungen und Lungentuberculose. Med. Woche, Berl., 1901, 317-321.—Barie (E.) La thrombose cardiaque dans la tuberculose pulmonaire. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1904, xviii, 257-260. -----. Cceur et tuberculose. J. de m<5d. int., Par., 1907, xi, 3-5. -----. Le volume du cceur dans la tuberculose pulmonaire. Cong, franc, de med. 1907. Compt. rend., Par., 1908, 70- 74.—de Bartoloine Relimpio (J.) La taquicardia con hipotensi6n como signo precoz de la tuberculosis pul- monar. Rev. san. mil. y Med. mil. espan., Madrid, 1910, iv, 449; 562; 692; 632.—Bay lac (J.) Un cas de dextrocar- die avec tuberculose pulmonaire. Toulouse med., 1899, 2. s., i, 85-88. Also: Echo med., Toulouse, 1899, 2. s., xiii, 385-388.—Beau lieu (M.-F.) Le coeur des tuberculeux. Rev. de la tuberculose, Par., 1909, 2. s., vi, 434-462.—Beck ( R.) Orthodiagraphische Untersuchungen fiber die Herzgrosse bei Tuberkulosen. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1910, c, 429-447.—Bern lie i in (S.) Le cceur chez les phthisiques. Cong, franc, de m6d. Rapp., Par., 1899, v, 710-726. Also: Med. orient., Par., 1899, iii, 169-184.— Bertier(J.) Tachycardie paroxystique au cours de la tuberculose pulmonaire. Lyon med., 1905, cv, 653-663.— Bezancon (F.) Le coeur chez les tuberculeux. Ann. de med. seient. et prat., Par., 1893, iii, 201; 209. -----. De la tachycardie symptomatique dans le cours de la tuber- culose. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1893,9. s., v, 303.— Boinet (E.) Vaste Epanchement p£ricardique chez un tuberculeux. Marseille mod., 1904, xli, 690. -----. Tu- berculose pulmonaire et atherome aortique. Bull. Acad. de med., Par., 1907, 3. s., lviii, 511-518.—Boitz (R.) Zur Casuistik desgleichzeitigen Vorkommens von Herzkrank- heiten und Lungentuberkulase. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz.u. Berl., 1896,xxii, 832-834.— Bouchard (C.) & Balthazard. Le cceur des tuberculeux. Rev. dela tuberculose, Par., 1903, x, 1-12. Also [Abstr.]: Compt. rend. Acad, d, sc. Par., 1903,exxxvi, 238-271.----------•. Le coeur des tuberculeux. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 550—Bouilly (L.) Contribution a I'etude do la tachycardie tubereuleuse. Rev. internat. de la tuberc. Par., 1907, xii, 215-256.—Brail Ion (L.) Tu- berculose fibreuse du poumon droit; stenose mitrale pure avec symphyse tubereuleuse du pericarde; mort par gra- nulie. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1905, lxxviii, 213-245.—BreJet (M.) Le cceur des tuberculeux. Ibid., 1912, lxxxv, 15-20.— Breton. De la tachycardie chez les tuberculeux pulmo- naires. Rev.g6n.de clin etde therap.. Par., 1S99, xiii, 788- 792.—Briquet. Coutiibiitionaretudeanatomo-patholo- giqueilicneurrlanslaphtisiechronique. Bull. Soe. anat.- clin.de bille.1890, v.227-217. Also: 3A.scmed.de Lille,18n0, 1,313:337.—Brown (L.) The heart in pulmonarytuoer- eulosis. I.Theheartitselfnotdiseased. Am.I.M.Sc,Phila. &N.Y..1908, n.s., exxxvi, 819-829.-----. The heart in pul- TUBERCULOSIS. 698 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Complica- tions of, Cardiac and vascular). monary tuberculosis. II. The heart itself diseased. Ibid., 1909, n.s., exxxvii, 186-199.—Burnet (J.) A suggested explanation of certain peculiar cardiac physical signs in phthisis. Lancet, Lond., 1898, ii, 1816. — Cnopf (J.) Ueber einen Fall von Thrombophlebitis. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1903,1, 205-207. Also: Sitzungsb. d. arztl. Ver. Nurnb.1902, Munchen, 1903, 66-73.—Cochez (A.) Affec- tions cardiaques et tuberculose pulmonaire. Arch. prov. de med., Par., 1899, i, 478-486.—Curtin (R. G.) Obser- vations on the phlebitis of advanced phthisis. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1901, 10. s., iv, 143-145.—Cybulski (H.) 0 zmianie polozenia serca w przebiegu przewleklej gru- Slicv plvenej. [Altered position of the heart in chronic phthisis.] Now. lek., Pozhan, 1902, xiv, 645-619.—Danlos & (iii let. Tuberculose pulmonaire ancienne; regression de celle-ci apres le developpement d'un retreeissement mitral; folliclis. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop.de Par.. 1930, 3. s., xvii, 1210-1214.—De-Giovanni (A.) Del cuore nei tisici. Gazz. med. di Torino, 1893, xliv, 141-15J. ^toJAbstr.]: Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1893, xiv, 618-621.— Dimtrenko (L. F.) Suzheniye llevavo venoznavo otverstiyaituberkulyoz lyokhkikh. [Mitral stenosis and pulmonary tuberculosis.] Terap. Obozr., Odessa, 1911, iv, 240-245.—Dodwell (P. R.) Thrombosis of the femoral vein in phthisis. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1893, n. s., cv, 641- 653.—Ducamp. Nouvelle observation de lesion mitrale et tuberculose pulmonaire. Montpel. m&L, 1891, 2. s., xvii,314-321.—Duffy (R.N.) Dextrocardia in pulmonary tuberculosis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, liv, 2043.— Dufour. Affection cardiaque; tuberculose pulmonaire; arthrite du genou droit a evolution lente. Bull. Soc anat. de Par., 1892, lxvii, 813-817.—Dunham (H. B.) Contractile processes in the lung as a result of phthisis, with reference especially to their production of perma- nent dextrocardia. Boston M. & S. J., 1906, cliv, 155-157.— Durand & IHongour (C.) De la tachycardie dans la tuberculose pulmonaire; valeur semeiologique et pro- nostique. Cong. p. I'etude de la tuberculose, Par., 1898, iv, 819-826. Also: Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bor- deaux, 1898, xix, 376-379.—Epstein (D.) Die Beziehun- gen der Lungentuberkulose zu den Herzaffektionen. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1909, xxiii, 545-547.—£tienne (G.) Des endocardites dans la tuberculose et en particu- lier des endocardites a bacilles de Koch. Arch, de med. exper. et d'anat. path., Par., 1898, x, 146-159.—Ewart (W.) A note on cases of phthisis with peculiar cardiac physical signs. Lancet, Lond., 1899, i, 369.—Faisans. De la tachycardie chez les tuberculeux; son importance au point de vue du diagnostic, du pronostic et du traite- ment. Semaine m6d., Par., 1898, xviii, 305-307. Also, transl: Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1899,ix, 5-8. Also, transl: Wien. med. Presse, 1898, xxxix. 2023; 2055. Also, transl: Riforma med., Napoli, 1898, xiv, pt. 3, 197-200.— Fassan (M.) Ueber Tachycardie bei Tuberculose und ihre Bedeutung in diagnostischer, prognostischer und therapeutischer Beziehung. Med.-chir. Centralbl.,Wien, 1901, xxxvi, 395-398. Also: Wien. med. Bl., 1901, xxiv, 183; 203.—Fear (R. C.) The influence of valvular lesions upon pulmonary tuberculosis. J. Kansas M. Soc, Law- rence, 1904, iv, 536-540.—Feiiwick (W. S.) The morbid states of the heart in chronic phthisis. Practitioner, Lond., 1891, xlvii, 339-356.—Fiessinger (N.) Perfora- tion cireulaire de la valvule mitrale et symphyse du pe- ricarde chez un tuberculeux. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1905, lxxx, 782-784.—Fischer (C.) Das Vor- kommen der Lungentuberkulose bei Personen mit Herz- klappenfehlern. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1904, v, 236-239.—Foresti (C. B.) Estrechez i insuficiencia pulmonar; tuberculosis pulmonar; nefritis tuberculosa aguda. Rev. med. d. Uruguay, Montevideo, 1908, xi, 369-375.—Freixas (J.) La llegenda de l'im- possibilitat de la coexistencia de la tuberculosis pulmo- nar y 1'insuficiencia mitral. An. Acad, y lab. de cien. med.de Cataluna.Barcel., 1912, vi, 599-603.—Flirbrinsrer (J.) Zur Frage des Verhaltens des Herzens bei Lungen- tuberkulose. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiiizb., 1910-11, xviii, 337-358. —Futcher (T, B.) [Thrombosis of the left femoral vein in a case of pulmonary tuberculosis.] Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1900, xi, 49—Gal I i (P.) Insufficienza delle semilunare aortiche e tubercolosi pul- monare. Tommasi, Napoli, 1907, ii, 376-380.—Gaultier (R.) Les endocardites des tuberculeux. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1906, lxxix, 615-620.—Gendron & Lepine. Peri- cardite avec epanchement volumineux chez une tuber- euleuse. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1912, lxxxvii, 400.—Gibson (W. M.) The tachycardia of early pul- monary tuberculosis. Tr. Am. Climat. Ass., Phila., 1906, xxii, 96-101— Giraudeau. Endocardite tubereuleuse et endocardite chez les tuberculeux. Bull, med., Par 1895, ix, 695-697.—Glauning & IUerkel (G.) Die Ver- grosserung des Herzens bei Bleichsiichtigen. Festschr. z. Eroffn. d.n. Krankenh. d. Stadt Numb., 1898,465-470.— Goiuier (A.) Ueber den Einfluss der Hvperiimie der Lunge bedingenden Herzfehler und Riickg'ratsverkrum- mungen auf Immunitiit und Heilung der Lungentuber- culose. Aerztl. Centr.-Anz., Wien, 1895, vii, 113; 323.— Tuberculosis (Pulmonary. Complica- tions of, Cardiac and vascular). Graham (J. E.) The influence of mitral lesion on the existence of pulmonary tuberculosis. Montreal M. J., 1896-7,xxv,190-20L—Grau(H.) Die Wech.selbeziehungen zwischen der Lungentuberkulose und Erkrankungen des Herzens und der Gefiisse. II. Internat.Centralbl.f.d.ges. Tuberk.-Forsch., Wiirzb. & Par., 1910-11, v, 227; 276: 387.— Greeley (H.) A case of pulmonary tuberculosis with heart displaced to right side. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1911, lxxix, 1055.—tinerin. Endocardite aigue chez un tu- berculeux. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. .. . de Bor- deaux, 1893, xiv, 118.—H. (P.) Tachycardie et palpita- tions chez les tuberculeux. Tribune med., Par., 1906, n. s., xxxviii, 551.—Hay (J.) The heart in pulmonary tu- berculosis. Brit. J. Tuberculosis, Lond., 1909, iii, 249- 256. Also: Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 1910, xxx, 86-95. Also: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1910, n. s., lxxxix, 36- 38. — Heise. [Carditis following pulmonary tubercu- losis.] Chiugai Iji Shinpo, Tokio, 1906, xxvii, 1387-1390.— Hoche (L.) An6vrysmes multiples dans un cas de tu- berculose ulcereuse pulmonaire. Rev. med. de Test, Nancy, 1912, xliv, 253.—Hotting (R.) Ueber Herzfehler und Tuberculose. Med.-chir. Centralbl., Wien, 1896, xxxi, 309; 325.—Huchard (H.) & IWougeot (A.) Tu- berculose pulmonaire; anevrysmeaortique latent (reveie seulement par les douleurs); pericardite tubereuleuse h6morrhagique latente; mort subite. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1904, lxxix, 497-601.—Hutchinson (W.) The heart in tuberculosis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1906, lxix, 335-340.—Hutinel. Tuberculose pulmonaire et cardio- pathies chez les enfants. Bull. m6d., Par., 1912, xxvi, 645-648.—IngaIs (E. F.) Hypertrophy and dilatation of the heart with fibroid phthisis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1897, xxviii, 304.—Jaccoud. Retreeissement acquis de l'artere pulmonaire et tuberculose pulmonaire. Courrier m6d.. Par., 1899, xlix, 232. -----. Le retreeissement de l'artere pulmonaire et la tuberculose. Tribune med., Par., 1901, 2. s., xxxiii, 306-309.—Jackson iH.) Pulmonary tuberculosis, with gangrene of the leg. St. Paul M. J., St. Paul, Minn., 1900, ii, 313-315.— James (A.) On a case of fibroid phthisis, with great displacement of the heart. Edinb. M. J., 1892-3, xxxviii, 601-608. 1 pl.—Kersten (P.) Orthodiagraphische Untersuchungen iiber die Herzgrosse bei Tuberkulosen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1911, xxxvii, 982.—Kiber (E. E.) Slu- chal bugorchatki oslozhnennol mediastinoperikarditom. [Case of phthisis complicated with mediastinopericardi- tis.] Protok. Obsh. vrach. v g. Nikolayeve (1893), 1894, 75-79.—Kiemann. Vitium cordis et tuberculosis; Tod. Ber. d. k. k. Krankenanst. Rudolph-Stiftung in Wien (1883), 1884, 330.—Knoch. Ueber Endocarditis der Ar- teria pulmonalis nach Tuberkulose. Deutsche mil.- arztl. Ztschr., Berl., 1903, xxxii, 332.—Krechmann (Yu.) Material! k ucheniyu o velichinle serdtsa i kishe- chnika chakhotochnikh. [Size of heart and intestines in phthisic patients.] Vrach, St. Petersb., 1889, x, 1143.—Lamborelle (A.) Tuberculose et tachycardie. Ann. Soc. de med. de Gand, 1904, lxxxiv, 19-30.—Lan- nois (M.) Coexistence de lesions cardiaques anciennes et de tuberculose pulmonaire aigue. Rev. de m6d., Par., 1892, xii, 830-835.—Lautier & Parouty. Sur un cas de cyanose generalisee; k l'autopie: tuberculose pulmo- naire, persistance du trou de Botal. J. de m6d. de Bor- deaux, 1910, xl, 25.—Lefebvre. Un cas de tachy- cardie par compression du pneumogastrique droit au cours d'une tuberculose pulmonaire avec adenopa- thie tracheo-bronchique. Bull. med. du nord, Lille, 1896. xxxv, 434-439.—Lepine. Tuberculose pulmo- naire; aortite chronique atrophique; ulceration locali- see de la tunique interne. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1911, lxxxvi, 311-314.—Lesage (A.) Retreeisse- ment mitral pur et tuberculose pulmonaire. Union med. du Canada, Montreal, 1908, xxxvii, 720-732.— Letulle (M.) Pathogeniede Panevrysmedel'artere pul- monaire dans la phthisie ulcereuse. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1909, lxvii, 674-676.—Levi (C.) Aortite sub-aigue avec exsudat fibrineux au cours d'une phtisie galopante. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1897, lxxii, 327-329.— Leyden (E.) Ueber die Affection des Herzens mit Tu- berkulose. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1896, xxii, L—Licci (P.) Contributo alio studio del cuore destro nella tubercolosi polmonare. Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1900, xxxix, 558-574.—Lichty (M. J.) A report of a case of pulmonary tuberculosis and transposi- tion (?) of the heart. Cleveland M. J., 1904, iii, 114-117.— Liszt (N.) Tuberculosus alapon feliepett endocarditis ezy esete. [Case of endocarditis upon tuberculous base.] Gy6gy;iszat, Budapest, 1892, xxxiv, 247. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1*92, xxviii, 623.—Lucien & Hartcr. Anomalie numerique des valvules sigmoides de l'aorte et endocardite ulcereuse chez un tuberculeux. Mem Soc. de med. de Nancy, 1907-8, 201. Also: Rev. med. de l'est, Nancy, 1908. xl, 620.—Mader. Insufficientla et stenosis aortse; Aneu- rysma sinus Valsalvse; Tuberc. pulm. und terminale Tuberculose der Tonsillen, etc.; Tod. Ber. d. k. k. Krankenanst. Rudolph-Stiftung in Wien (1886), 1887, 351- TUBERCULOSIS. 699 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary. Complica- tions of, Cardiac and vascular). o")3.—Martins da Silva. Tachycardia; suas relacoes com a tuberculose pulmonar incipiente. Med. mod., Porto, 1900, vii, 61.—Meisenburg. Leber das gleich- zeitige Vorkommen von Herzklappenfehlern und Lun- genschwindsucht. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., . Leipz., 1902, iii, 378-3*9.— IHendl (J.) & Solig (A.) Leber Herz- und Blutbefunde bei Lungentuberkulose. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1907, xxxii, 629-534.— Itloeller (A.) Die Behandlung der Tachvkardie bei Lungentu- berkulose. Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg., Berl., 1909,122.—Mon- | nier(U.) Insufflsance aortique arterielle; influence des maladies de l'aorte sur la tuberculose pulmonaire. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1899-1900, xviii, 366-369.—de Uloraes (F.) Notas sobre um caso de tuberculose pulmonar e estreitamento mitral. Brazil-med., Rio de Jan., 1906, xx, 482-484.—Mosny (E.) Manifestations cardio-vasculaires de 1'heredo-dystrophie para-tuberculeuse. Rev. de med., Par., 1903, x'xiii, 269-296.—IHuller & Tavernler. Dextrocardie acquise: lesions tuberculeuses des deux poumons; symphyse pleurale du cote droit; attraction en masse vers la droite du m6S gumrjs dyspepsia. [. . .and tuberculous dyspepsia.] Orvosihetil!, Budapest, 1905, xlix, 461-464.—Thompson (E. S.) Observations on indigestion in early phthisis. Med. Mirror, Lond., 1864,i,334-342. Also,Reprint.—Tim- bal (L.) Les dvspepsies gastriques des tuberculeux. Arch, med.de Toulouse, 1911, xviii, 31; 49.—Torrey (R. G.) The treatment of the gastric complications of the earlier stages of pulmonarv tuberculosis. Therap. Gaz. [etc.], Detroit, 1910, 3. v, xxvi, 7-lo — Touche. Tuber- culose pulmonaire; dy-pepsie progressive puis vomisse- ments incoercibles; adenite peribronchique comprimant le pneumogastrique gauche Bull, et mem. Soc. anat.de Par , 1900, lxxv, 815-M7.—Van Kant (C.B.J Thecauses and importance of digestive disturbances in pulmonary tuberculosis. Denver M. Times, 1900-1901, xx, 1-5.—Vol- land. Etwas iiber die Folgen der Magen- und Darmer- schlaffung und Weiteres iiber die Uebertreibungen bei der heutigen Behandlung der Lungenschwindsiichtigen. Therap. Monatsh.. Berl., 1896. x, 355; 434. See, also, supra, Gabrilowitsch.—Wakayama (S.) [A case of tubercu- losis of lungs and cancer of peritoneum and stomach.] Kyoto Igakkwai Zasshi, 1899,398-404.—Wilson (J. C.) & Osier (W.) Specimen from a case of tuberculosis of both lungs, with implication of the suprarenal bodies and tuberculous ulceration of the colon; symptoms of Addison's di-ease. Tr. Path. Soc Phila., 1885-7, xiii, 248-251.—WolflHE.) Anamie bei Phthisikern als Folge gastro - intestinalcr Storungen. Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg., Berl., 1906, 289-292.—Xoja (L.) Su un caso di tubercolosi polmonare e intestinale. Boll. d. Soc. med. di Parma, 1909, 2. s., ii, 158-168. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Complica- tions of, Hepatic). Bouygues (J.-M.) *De la cirrhose du foie I chez les tuberculeux alcooliques. 4°. Paris, 1889. Dallemagne (J.) Du foie des tuberculeux. 8°. Paris, 1891. Alburger (H. R.) Anthracosis of the liver in pul- monary tuberculosis. Proc Path. Soc. Phila., 1905, n. s., viii, 137-140.—.Vscoll (V.) Le alterazioni funzionali ed aaatomichc del fegato nella tubercolosi nolmonare come Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Complica- tions of, Hepatic). contributo alio studio della sua evoluzione. Policlin., Roma, 1904. xi, sez. med., 1-16.—Gucrder (J.) Le role des engorgements du foie dans la predisposition a la phtisie pulmonaire et seeondairement dans sa marche. Rev. de therap. med.-chir.. Par., 1900, lxvii, 253-268.— Hanoi (X.)& L.cllenne(L.) Note sur la bilecystique dans la tuberculose. Cong. p. I'etude de la tuberculose 1891, Par., 1892, ii, 599-617.—Laennec. Tuberculose pul- monaire; mort; kyste hydatique du foie m6connu. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1892-3, xi, 60.—L.agane (L.) Le foie des tuberculeux. Arch. gen. de med., Par., 1910,139-164.— L[ucas]-<[haiiipionniere] (P.) Sur une cause de dyspnee chez un phthisii|ue; cirrhose avec asphyxie he- patique. J. de med. et eliir. prat., Par., 1901, lxxii, 253- 257.—ITIcPlicdran (A.) & Cavcn (J.) Diffuse tuber- cular hepatitis with tubercular pericarditis. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1893, n. s., cv, 511-516.—IWenetrier & Thiroloix. Infection hepatique secondaire a strep- tocoques che/. un phtisique. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1891, lxvi, 81-87.— Mouisset (F.) & Bonnamour (S.) Du foie des tuberculeux. Rev. de med., Par., 1904, xxiv, 337-374. — Pernice (R.) & Scagliosi (G.) Sul fegato dei tisici; osservazioni anatomo-patolo- giche. Morgagni, Milano, 1892, xxxiv, 623-538, 1 pl.— Pouliot(L) Sur un syndrome d'hyposystolie hepa- tique chez les tuberculeux pulmonaires. Bull, et m6m. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1906, 3. s., xxiii, 1250-1259.— Tolot (G.) Un cas de cancer primitif du foie (adenome sans cirrhose) developpee chez un tuberculeux pulmo- naire. Rev. de m6d., Par., 1904, xxiv, 948-954.—UI lorn (J. T.) The liver in tuberculosis. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1909, n. s., exxxvii, 694-699. Tuberculosis '(Pulmonary, Complica- tions of, Xervous and cerebral). Bascoul (P.) *Hyperesthesies systematisees et troubles connexes dans la tuberculose pul- monaire. 8°. Paris, 1911. Also [Abstr.], m: Rev. internat. dela tuberc, Par., 1911, xix,268-274. Calba (H.) *Troubles moteurs et sensitifs chez les tuberculeux pulmonaires. 4°. Lyon, 1894. Carriere (G.-L.) * Contribution a I'etude des troubles nerveux peripheriques qui survien- nent dans le cours de la tuberculose pulmonaire et de leur pathogenie. 4°. Bordeaux, 1894. Gelly (A.) * Les troubles nerveux periphe- riques au d6but de la tuberculose pulmonaire. 8°. Montpellier, 1906. Gibotteau (A.) *De l'influence de l'hys- tt-rie sur la marche de la tuberculose pulmo- naire. 4°. Paris, 1894. Gimbert (J.-H.) *Contribution a I'etude des psychonevroses chez les tuberculeux. 8°. Paris, 1906. Goldenstein (Charlotte). *Le pseudo-ery- sipele vaso-moteur chez les tuberculeux. Etude clinique et pathogenique. 8°. Paris, 1905. Hanel (A.) *Psychische Storungen bei der Lungentuberkulose, insbesondere bei Phthisis incipiens tuberculosa. 8°. Leipzig, 1906. Jannot (L.) *De l'hemi-hyperesthesie neu- romusculaire dans la tuberculose pulmonaire (svndrome de Weill.) 8°. Pans, 1899. Jessen (F.) Lungenschwindsucht und Ner- vensystem. 8°. Jena, 1905. Lesage (L.) * Contribution a. I'etude des nevrites sensitivo-motrices de la tuberculose pulmonaire. (Historique, etiologie, patho- genic, symptomatologie.) 8°. Paris, 1900. Margouliss (A.) * Contribution a I'etude I des troubles nerveux dans la tuberculose pul- monaire. 8°. Paris, 1898. Ayer(J. B.) Cerebralsymptomsconnected withphthi- sis. Boston M. &S. J., 1889, exxi, 128-130.—Bitot (E.) & Papin (F.) Retraction bilat6ralede 1'aponevrose pal- maire chez un tuberculeux. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1912, xlii, 478.—de Block. Neurasth6nie et tubercu- lose; la pseudoneurasthenie tubereuleuse. Arch. med. beiges, Brux., 1912, 4. s., xl, 386-401.-Bonney (S. G.) Functional nervous disturbances in pulmonary invalids. .1. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1898, xxxi, 1395-1398. Also, Re- TUBERCULOSIS. 702 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmojiary, Complica- tions of, Nervous and cerebral). print. —Carriere (G.) Les troubles nerveux periphe- riques de la tuberculose pulmonaire. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1901, lxxiv, 1041-1048.—Chalier (J.) & Bebattu (J.) Sarcoma de la dure-mere envahissant les lobes occipi- taux, avec c6cite et nombreux noyaux de generalisation neoplasique chez un tuberculeux pulmonaire cavitaire. Bull. Soc. med. d. hop. de Lyon, 1911, x, 162-166. — Chelmohski (A.) Stan ukladu nerwowego u suchot- nik6w i jego wplyw na przebieg gruzlicy. [Condition of the nervous system in phthisics and its effect on the course of tuberculosis.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1901, 2. s., xxi, 588-592.—Claude. La tuberculose chez les 6pilep- tiques hospitalises. Semaine med., Par., 1906, xxvi, 379.— Closier (L.) Paralysie recurrentielle gauche chez un tuberculeux. Arch. med. d'Angers, 1911, xv, 147-151.— Courtney (J. E.) Neurasthenia in pulmonary tuber- culosis. Denver M. Times, 1904-5, xxiv, 515-518.—Daw- son (B.) Phthisis in conjunction with albuminuria and paralysis of the left sixth and seventh cranial nerves. Tr. M. Soc. Lond., 1901-2, xxv, 356.—Derscheid. Tu- berculose pulmonaire et polynevrite tubereuleuse. Poli- clin., Brux., 1911, xx, 101.—Dumarest (F.) Des m§- vroses et nevrites du pneumogastrique chez les tubercu- leux, et particulierement de l'asthme des tuberculeux. Bull med., Par., 1906, xx, 53-56.—Dupre (£.) Euphorie deiirante des phtisiques; etude anatomo-clinique. Cong. d. med. alienistes et neurol. de France 1904, Par., 1905, ii, 400-402.—Dupre (E.) & Camus. Euphorie deiirante et onirisme chez un phtisique; double tubercule cortico- m6ninge frontal symetrique. J. de neurol., Par., 1906, xi, 154.—Edmunds. Case of acute phthisis, terminat- ing with rapid gangrene of face and cerebral abscess. Lancet, Lond., 1890, i, 79. — Feldman (M.) Neu- ritis in phthisis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, ii, 253. — Finny (J. M.) Phthisis witfi peculiar nervous symp- toms. Proc. Path. Soc. Dubl., 1880-82, n. s., ix, 15.—Glu- ranna (G. D.) Tubercolo solitario alia base del cer- vello con compressione sul 6°, 9°, 11°, e 12° paio; tuber- colosi polmonare. Lucina, Bologna, 1900, v, 337-313.— Haasz (A.) Tuberkulosa, chrleni krve, smrt, mal^ nadorek na tentoriu u 20 mesicu stareho devfiete. [Tu- berculosis; haemoptoe; death; malignant tumors on ten- torium in 20 months' old girl.] Casop. 16k. cesk., v Praze, 1894, xxxiii, 24-27.—Heyse. Ein Fall von dop- pelseitiger Neuritis des Plexus brachialis (obere Wur- zelneuritis) bei Phthisis pulmonum. Berl. klin. Wchn- schr., 1892, xxix, 1325-1327.-Kohler (F.) Zur Lehre von den Sympathikusaffektionen bei Lungentuberkulose (He- mihidrosis capitis). Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1906, v, 337-342.—Levien (H.) Tuberculous (basilar) cerebrospinal meningitis and delusional insanity com- plicating pulmonary and laryngeal tuberculosis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1903, lxiii, 612-614.—Levin (A- M.j Izmle- neniya sochuvstvennikh nervnikh uzlov pri lyokhoch chakhotkle. [Alterationsof the sympathetic nerve gan- glia in pulmonary phthisis.] Vrach, St. Petersb., 1886, vii, 765; 787.—Ltppmami (A.) Tuberculose pulmo- naire; aphasie premonitoire d'une meningite tubercu- culeuse; meningite tubereuleuse profonde. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1902, lxxvii, 121.—Liszt (N.) Phthisis pulmonum folyaman subacut fell6pett mind- ket als6 vegtag paraplegia sparticaja. [Spastic para- plegia of both lower extremities in course-of phthisis pulmonum.] Gy6gyaszat, Budapest, 1891,xxxi. 293. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1891, xxvii, 926.—McCarthy (D.J.) Landry's paralvsis complicating pulmonary tuberculosis. Nat. Ass. Study & Prevent. Tuberculosis. Trans., N. Y., 1906, i, 243-249.— Mays (T. J.) The nervous system in the treatment of consumption. Proc. Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila., 1891, xii, 33-42. -----. The neurotic element in pulmonary con- sumption. Times & Reg., Phila., 1895, xxix, 477-482. -----. Some thoughts on the nervous system in pulmo- nary phthisis as a basis for treatment. J. Balneol & Climat., Lond., 1901, v, 299-303.—OTichel (M.) & Gaul- tier (R.) M6ningite tubereuleuse en plaques au cours d'une phtisie pulmonaire. Arch. gen. de med.. Par 1904, ii, 1678-1681.—von Huralt (L.) Lungentuber- kulose und Nervensystem. Ann. d. schweiz. balneol Gesellsch., Aarau, 1912, 8. Hft., 16-27.— Pomeroy (.j. l ) Critical review of the theorv of muscle rigidity and degeneration in pulmonary tuberculosis and other con- ditions of the thorax; nervous mechanism and diag- nostic limitations. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1912, xix, 829-843. -----. The variations of the clinical picture of meningeal affection in pulmonary tuberculosis in adults with case reports. Calif. State J, M., San Fran.. 1913, xi, 107-112. -----. Pulmonary tuberculosis and peripheral nervous system. N. York M.J. [etc.], 1913, xcvii 235- 239.—Uuerner ( E.) Ueber schwere cerebrale Svmp- tome bei Phthisikern ohne anatomischen Befund. Berl klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 2169-2171.—Beisman (S. C.) The treatment of insomnia of pulmonary tuber- culosis. Buffalo M. .L, 1902-3, n. s., xlii, 179-182 —Bie- bold. Leber eigentliiiinli.he Delirien bei Phthisikern. Jahresb. d. Gesellsch. f. Nat.-u. Heilk. in Dresd. 1903-4 Munchen, 1905, 102-1 IV-lloger (H.) Abcfes c6rebraux multiples A forme hemipiegique au cours d'une tubercu- Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Complica- tions of Nervous and cerebral). lose pulmonaire avec dilatation et infection bronchiques. Rev. neurol., Par., 1909, xvii, 772-775.—Ron bier (C.) & Brette (P.) De l'hemiplegie terminale dans la tuber- culose pulmonaire. Province med., Par., 1911, xxii, 450- 453.—Salomonson (W.) Toxische Polyneuritis bei einem Phthisiker. Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1906, xxv, 434-437.—Schmidt (R.) Zur klinischen Pathologie des peripheren Nervensystems bei Lungentuberculose mit specieller Riicksichtnahme auf AkropariMhcsien. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1899, xii, 721; 746; 770.—Siebcn- iiiann (F.) Ein Fall von Lungentuberculose mil re- trolabyrintharer Neuritis interstitialis beider Schncckeu- nerven (und mit Persistenz von Resten embryonalen Bindegewebes in der Scala tvmpani). Ztschr. f. Oh- renh., Wiesb., 1903, xliii, 216-233", 2 pl. Also, transl: Arch. Otol., N. Y., 1904, xxxiii, 368-385, 2 pl.—Stark (J.) Neu- ritis in phthisis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, i, 1464. —de Ulacia y Beitia (F.) Frecuencia de la polineuritis en los tuberculosospulmonares. Independ. med., Barcel., 1903, xxxiii, 218-222.—White (W. C.) & van Norman (K. H.) Hyperalgesia of the skin overlying active lesions in pulmonary tuberculosis. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1909, iv, 1-7.—Yappa (P. A.) Sluchal chakhotki,oslo- zhnenniy paralichami konech nostel. [Phthisis, compli- cated with paralvsis of extremities.] Vrach, St. Petersb., 1889, x, 809. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Complica- tions of, Penal). Cahen (A.) Les nephrites et l'uremie au cours de la tuberculose pulmonaire. 8°. Paris, 1904. Schwarz (J.) * Ueber Nephritis bei Phthi- sikern. 8°. Freiburg i. B,, 1890. W eber (F. P.) * On the association of chronic interstitial nephritis with pulmonary tuberculo- sis. [Cambridge.] 8°. London, 1892. Bernheim (H.) & Simon (P.) Tuberculose pul- monaire chronique; nephrite interstitielle contempo- raine; cachexie progressive, sans hypertrophic du cceur. In their: Rec. de faits clin. 1883-6, 8°, Par., 1890, 39-42.— Charcot (J. M.) Coloration bronzee de la peau dans un cas de phthisie pulmonaire avec albuminurie; altera- tion graisseuse des capsules surrenales. In his: GSuvres compl., 8°, Par., 1889, viii, 203-207. — Oh ail Hard. Les nephrites chez les tuberculeux. J. de med. et chir. prat., Par., 1905, lxxvi, 807-809.— Cunningham (J. H.), jr. Facts regarding the relation of tuberculosis of the kidney to tuberculosis of the lungs. (A prelimi- nary report of autopsies, clinical examinations and ex- perimental work.) Tr. Am. Ass. Genito-Lrin. Surg., N. Y., 1909, iv, 23-41.—D'Arrigo (G.) Le alterazioni del rene nella tubercolosi polmonare in rapporto al passag- gio delle tossine e dei bacilli tubercolari. Gazz. internaz. di med. prat., Napoli, 1900, iii, 155. Also, transl: Cen- tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1900, xxviii, 225-228. — Debove. Lesions r6nales dans la phtisie pulmonaire. Rev. internat. de med. et de chir., Par., 1906, xvii, 241. — Frnian (M.) Phthisis bronchiec- tatica tuberculosa; atrophia granularis renum. Objazat. pat.-anat. izslied. stud.-med. imp. Charkov. Univ.. 1895, 40-50.—Filippe (G. M.) Um caso de tuberculose pul- monar com nephrite parenchvmatosa consecutiva. Med. mod., Porto, 1909, xvi, v. 6, 24-28.—GausscI (A.) Des rapports de la tuberculose avec le chloro-brightisme. Rev. internat. de med. et de chir., Par., 1904, xv, 325- 328.—Jaccoud. Tuberculose pulmonaire et nephrite parenchymateuse. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1889, lxii, 1229.— von Kahlden (C.) Ueber Nephritis bei Phthisikern. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat.. Jena, 1891, ii, 97- 104.—King (H. M.) A case of renal phthisis complicat- ing pulmonary tuberculosis. N. York M. J., 1896, lxiv, 39-41. Also, Reprint.—Lyman (H. M.) Pulmonaryand renal tuberculosis. Chicago Clin. Rev., 1895-6, v, 352- 356.—Peacock (T. B.) On the co-existence of granular disease of the kidneys with pulmonary consumption; and on the influence of the strumous diathesis in predisposing to renal disease. Month. J. M. Sc, Lond. & Edinb., 1845, v, 556-566. Also. Reprint.—Pernioe (B.) Sul rene dei tisici. Sicilia med., Palermo, 1890, ii, 217-236, 1 pl. Also, Reprint.—Pisani (A.) Le alterazioni renali nella tu- bercolosi polmonare. Gazz. med. di Milano, 1902 i, 33- 38.— Plicque (A.-F.) L'uremie chez les phtisiques. Rev. de la tuberculose, Par., 1897, 41; 132; 251— Sariua- kesheft(L) Phthisis bronchiectatica tuberculosa, in duratio cyanotica renum. Objazat. put.-anat. izdied stud.-med. imp. Charkov. Univ., 1895, 880-SH4.—Shapiro (I.) Phthisis tuberculosa (calculus vesicae urinaria; Ibid., 50-60.—Tissier (P.) Le rein des phthisiques. Ann. de med. seient. et prat, Par., 1891, i, 97- 113- L29 — Tobiescn (F.) Leber akute hamorrhagische Nephritis bei Lungentuberkulose. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk Wiirzb 1912, xxiv,131-144 —Turner (F. C.) A kidney from a case of phthisis, showing mortification of the apices of the pyramids. Tr. Path. Soc, Lond., 1884-5, xxxvi ''68 TUBERCULOSIS. 703 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Complica- tions of, Respiratory). Bricage (L.) *Du pneumothorax prolonge chez les tuberculeux. 4°. Lyon, 1894. Chlemovitch (D.) *De l'emphyseme gene- ralise avec pneumothorax dans la tuberculose. 8°. Paris, 1899. Di'cot (A.) Contribution a I'etude des cavi- tes naso-pharyngiennes chez les tuberculeux pulmonaires. 8°. Bordeaux, 1905. Epchtein (Rachel). *De l'asthme tubercu- leux essentiel. Etude clinique. 8°. Lyon, 1906. Fehde (P.) *Ueber Combination von Lun- gentuberkulose mit Brusthohlengeschwulsten. [Leipzig.] 8°. Berlin, 1894. Fraenkel (A.) & Troje (G.) Ueber die pneu- monische Form der acuten Lungentuberculose. Klinische und pathologisch-anatomisehe Mit- theilungen aus der inneren Abtheilung des stadtischen Krankenhauses am Urban in Ber- lin. 8°. Berlin, 1893. Hildebraxd (R. C. H.) * Zwei Fiille von primiiren malignen Lungentumoren im An- schluss an Lungen-Tuberkulose. 8°. Marburg, 1887. Koniger (F.) * Ueber den giinstigen Ein- fluss der Pleuritis auf den Verlauf der Lungen- tuberkulose. 8°. Erlangen, 1911. Konzelmanx (R.) * Ueber den Einfluss pleu- ritischer Exsudate auf den Verlauf der Lungen- tuberkulose. [Zurich.] 8°. Wiizburg, 1908. Lanos (E.) * Influence de la pleuresie sur la marche de la tuberculose pulmonaire. 4°. Paris, 1895. Lequyer (J.) *De revolution de la pneu- monie tranche chez les tuberculeux. [Paris.] 8°. NanUs, 1901. Maimin (H.) *Die laterale Korrespondenz der Lungenkehlkopftuberkulose. 8°. Bern, 1907. Moore (J. VV.) Two cases illustrative of the clinical history of secondary pleuritis in phthi- sis. 8°. [Dublin, 1876?] Mosnier (E.) *Des crises de dyspnee pa- roxystique dans la tuberculose pleuro-pulmo- naire; pseudo-asthme tuberculeux. 8°. Mont- pellier, 1906. Orsat (L.) *Le processus pneumonique dans la tuberculose pulmonaire. 8°. Lyon, 1912. Salditt (A.) *Bronchiectasie vergesell- schaftet mit Tuberculose. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1897. de Sousa (L. F.) *Do pyo-pneumothorax tuberculose 4°. Bio de Janeiro, 1903. Straatex (K.) * Ueber die pneumonische oder pseudolobiire Form der akuten Lungen- tuberkulose. [Erlangen.] 8°. Goeh, 1897. Imperfect. Anderson (W. S.) Tho importance of correcting pathologic conditions of the nose and throat in patients who have incipient tuberculosis. Tr. Am. Larvngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc, St. Louis, 1907, 417-423—Arnozan. Tuberculose pulmonaire; pneumonie pleurogene; dilata- tion bronchique. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. . . . de Bordeaux, 1881, ii, 75-78— Barth (H.) Cancer primitif obliterant de la grosse bronche gauche; broncho-pneu- monie tubereuleuse du poumon correspondant. Bull. med., Par.,1902, xvi, 757-759.—Barwel I (H.) Thethroat and nose in relation to phthisis. Practitioner, Lond., 1906, lxxvi, 775-785. -----. A note on some non-tubercu- lous throat complications of phthisis. Lancet, Lond., 1909, i, 1249.—Basseres (F.) Kyste dermoide du m6- diastin anterieur et tuberculose pulmonaire. Bull, med., Par., 1906, xx, s24—Bernard (R.) Sur une forme de pleuresie adhesive d'embl6e au debut de la tuberculose pulmonaire. Lyonmed., 1901,xcvi,933:xcvii,41.—Bern- heim (H.) & Simon (P.) Tuberculose pulmonaire; pneumothorax limite a la base de la cavite pleurale gauche; survie de quatre moisjtuberculisation meningee ultime. In thfir: Rec. de faits clin. 1883-6, 8°, Par., 1890, 34-37— Besold (G.) Ueberdie Miterkrankungdes Kehl- Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Complica- tions of, Respiratory). kopfes bei Lungentuberculose. Munchen. med. Wchn- schr., 1898, xiv, 814-818. —Biggs (T. J.) Case of tuber- cular abscess of the lung. Indian Lancet, Calcutta, 1900, xv, 322.—Bouncy (S. G.) Intrapleural complications in pulmonary tuberculosis. Med. News, N. Y., 1905, lxxxvi, 289-294. Also, Beprint. Also: Colorado. Med., Denver, 1905, ii, 33-40.—Boulay (M.) & Meckel (P.) Origine naso-pharyngee de la tuberculose pulmonaire humaine. Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1906, xxi, 345; 768. Also, Reprint. Also: Dauphine m6d., Grenoble, 1907, xxxi, 131; 153; 173; 206; 221. — Bourgeois (H.) Naso- pharynx et tuberculose pulmonaire. Presse med., Par., 1905, 827.—Bramwell (B.) Clinical remarks on a case of tuberculous disease of the lungs and larynx showing the need forthe eompulsorynotincation of phthisis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, l, 363.—Briinniche (A.) Pleuritis sinistra; Tuberculosispulmonum. Inhis: Praktikantklin., 8°, Kj0benhavn, 1892, 46-60.— Burnard (R.) Un cas de tuberculose sous-pleurale etendue supportee plusieurs annees par un otheier en activite. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1909, xxix, 605-512.—Bushnell (F. G.) & Broadbent (W.) Caseof mediastinal malignant growth and tuberculous disease of lung. J. Path. & Bacteriol., Cambridge, 1908-9,xiii,204.—Cabannes (C.) & Kocher (L.) Cancer primitif et tuberculose fibreuse du poumon. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. m6d. de Bordeux, 1899, xx, 486-489.— Castellvi (J. C.) La tuberculosis pulmonar y la recal- cificacion. Gac. med. catal., Barcel, 1909; xxxv, 161-171.— < liabas (J.) Traitement de l'hypersecretion des bran- ches dans la tuberculose pulmonaire. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1905, viii, 27-31. —Charrin (A.) & Du- camp (V.) Suppuration du poumon; tuberculose et abces pulmonaires k coli-bacilles et streptocoques; deux infections secondaires; complication de l'infection primi- tive. Rev. de med., Par., 1893, xiii, 214-224.—< liaul- f'ard. Cancer du poumon et tuberculose. M6d. mod., Par., 1908, xix, 321.—Chirie (J.-L.) Broncho-pneumonie diffuse et septicemic k pneumobacillts de Friedlander chez une tubereuleuse de la deuxieme periode; injection intraveineuse d'argent colloidal electrique k petits grains, isotonique; guerison. Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par., 1906, ix, 357-362. —Clark (J. P.) The condition of the nose in phthisical patients. Boston M. & S. J., 1895, cxxxiii, 342- 344. Also, Reprint.— Collet. Le larynx du tuberculeux.' Arch. gen. de med., Par., 1912, v, 1061-1067.—Cornll (V.) Sur quelques points d'histologie pathologique relatifs a la pneumonie interstitielle des phtisiques. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1899, lxxiv, 21-29, 3 pl. — Crulce (J. W.) The clinical study of forty-four cases of pneumothorax occurring in the course of pulmonary tu- berculosis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1911, lxxx, 619-623.—Ba Gradi (A.) Ueber den Verlauf der Kehlkopftuberku- lose bei der mit kunstlichein Pneumothorax behandel- ten Lungenschwindsucht. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1910, xxxvi, 1023-1025.—Delepine (J.) Abc6s du poumon; vomiques; guerison. J. d. sc. m6d. de Lille, 1902, ii, 497-499.—Uesoil (P.) Note sur une \;ariete anormale de tuberculose pleuropulmonaire. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1898; ii, 344-347. — Dmo- chowski (Z.) O wt6rnem cierpieniu jamy nosogar- dzielowej u suchotnik6w. [Secondary affections of nasopharynx in phthisis.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1894, 2. s., xiv, 27; 61; 85. Also, transl.: Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1894, xvi, 109-133.—Doerlier (H.) Beitrag zur Behandlung der Pleuritis exsudativa im Verlaufe der Lungentuberkulose. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1905, lxxxiv, 251-260.— Douillet. Tuberculose pulmonaire ameiioree par une pleuresie in- tercurrente. Dauphine med., Grenoble, 1894, xviii, 58- 63. — Drozda (J. V.) Zajimav^ pfipad tuberkulosy plic sdruzene se vzdutim trubic [bronchiectasia], sneti plic [gangrsena pulm.] i rozedmou [emphysema pulm.]. [Interesting case of pulmonary tuberculosis associated with . . .] Casop. lek. cesk.,v Praze, 1880, xix, 49. -----. Pyopneumothorax dexter; Tuberculosis pulmonum chron.: Toil. Jahrb. d. Wien. k. k. Krankenanst. 1895, Wienu. Leipz., 1897, iv, pt. 2, 337.—Dumarest (F.) & .Tillrard (('.) Pourquoi et comment le pneumothorax spontane des tuberculeux est-il tantdt favorable, tantfit aggravant. Presse med . Par., 1912, xx, 854-857.—Duro- die. Guerison spontanee d'un pneumothorax chez un tuberculeux cavitaire. Bull, et mem. Soc. de med. et chir. de Bordeaux (1911), 1912, 128. [Discussion], 137 — Fiselt (B.) Rozslflivost plic stisnenych po plynnatosti hrudni tuberkulosni. [Expansion of lung contracted through tuberculous abscess of the chest.] Casop. lek. 6esk., v Praze, 1883, xxii, 561.—Ferguson (A. R.) Acute diffuse phthisis; large cavity; acute pneumonia; tuber- culosis of bronchial glands; thrombus in pulmonary artery. In: Cat. Pathol. Mus., Cairo, 1910, 44.—Frese. Die Beziehungen zwischen Kehlkopf und Lungentuber- kulose. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1904, li, 552-555.— Freudenthal (W.) On the aetiology of pulmonary tuberculosis in its relation to diseases of the nose and throat. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1903, lxxviii, 1165-1170. Also: Cong, internat. dc med. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, TUBERCULOSIS. 704 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary. Complica- tions of, Respiratory). xiv, sect, de path. int.. 589-610. Also, transl: Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1904, i, 51-68.—Galliard (L.) Le pneumothorax des tuberculeux et son traitement. Med. mod., Par., 1894, v, 291-293. -----. Pyopneumo- thorax de neeessite chez une phtisique. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1902, 3. s., xix, 60-63. -----. Guerison, dans deux cas, de l'hvdropneumothorax tu- berculeux. Ibid., 1911, 3. s., xxxi, 20-22— Uanzh (M.) Phthisis bronchiectatica tuberculosa. Objazat. pat.-anat. izslied. stud.-med. imp. Charkov. Univ., 1895, 862-866.— Gaussel. Apoplexie pulmonaire chez une tubereu- leuse au debut. Montpel. med., 1905, xxi, 282-286.— Glazebrook (L. VV.) Tubercular abscess of right lung. Nat. M. Rev., Wash., 1898-9, viii, 428.—Goodall (H. S.) The relation of pleurisy to pidmonary tubercu- losis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1908, Ixxiii, 1074-1077.—Gordon (S.) Phthisis; pneumothorax. Proc Path. Soc. Dubl., 1852-8, 280-285.—Gorriti (F.) El triangulo paraverte- bral de Grocco en un enfermo de neumotorax de origen tuberculoso. Semana med., Buenos Aires, 1908, xv, 197- 199.—Go ttstein: E.) Ueber Bronchi tis fibrinosa bei ei nem Tuberkulosen. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1906-7, Ixxxviii, 585-590. — Guenot. Sclerose pleuro- pulmonaire totale unilaterale d'origine tubereuleuse. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1904, lxxix, 290-294.— Hall (J. N.) Two cases of bronchial obstruction in phthisis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1902, lxii, 149 — Hainet. Tuberculose pulmonaire au 3«degre; pyopneumothorax. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1910, xl, 235.—Hardy (A. R.) An aid to treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis compli- cated by obstinate bronchial catarrh. Med. Mag., Lond., 1912, xxi, 156-166.—Hartz (H. J.) The role of acute bronchitis, exacerbations, and remissions in pulmonary tuberculosis. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1911, xciii, 733-735.— Hauscr (G.) Ueber einen Fall von beiderseitiger abge- heilter Lungenspitzentuberkulose mit Bronchiektasien bei gleichzeitiger Tuberkulose des Kehlkopfes. Deut- sches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1905, lxxxiv, 99-109.— Hayden. Phthisis; tubercular abscess rinding exit through the intercostal space. Proc. Path. Soc. Dubl., 1861-2, n. s., i, 247.—Hedenlus (I.) Om kombinationen asthma bronchiale och lungtuberkulos. Upsala Lakaref. F6rh., 1910-11, n. f., xvi, 137-159.—Herrick (J. B.) Pul- monary tuberculosis; tubercular pleurisy with effusion; amyloid kidney. Chicago Clin. Rev., 1895-6, v, 33-39.— Ingals (E. F.) The relation of nasal disease to pulmo- nary tuberculosis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1897, ii, 1394.— Jaccoud. Histoire d'un tuberculeux mort avec dyspnee et cyanose. J. de med. int., Par., 1900, iv, 801-803.—Jcs- sen (F.) Ein Fall von Karzinom und Tuberkulose der Lunge, intra vitam diagnostiziert. Zentralbl. f. innere Med., Leipz., 1906, xxvii, 2-5.—Kanesugi (E.) [Four cases of muscular paralysisof the larynx following pulmo- nary tuberculosis.] Dai Nippon Ji-Bi-In-Ko-Kwa-Kwai Kwai Ho, Tokyo, 1897, iii, 315-321.—Khazhinski (M.) Phthisis bronchiectatica tuberculosa. Objazat. pat.-anat. izslied. stud.-med. imp. Charkov. Univ., 1895, 349-358.— Kobisbtshanoff'(N.) Tubercula obsoleta; pleuritis tuberculosa haemorrhagica sinistra et pneumonia desqua- mativa lobularis dextra. Ibid., 776-782.—Koster (H.) Pleuritis und Tuberkulose. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1911, Ixxiii, 460-47h—Kouzelinann (R.) Ueber den Einfluss pleuritischer Exsudate auf den Verlauf der Lun- gentuberkulose. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1908, x, 373-399.— Lamy. Ulceration laryngo-traeheo-bron- ehique chez un tuberculeux cavltaire mort k la suite d'unelaryngo-tracheite devolution aigue. Bull, etmem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1912, lxxxvii, 149.—Landouzy (L.) & Lsi'derit-h (L.) Phtisie septic6mique; sur une forme subaigue de septicemic tubereuleuse avec determinations pulm< mairesetpleurales; cutaneesferythemepolymorphe, noueux); periostees (nodosites sur le crime et les coudes); articulaires et periarticulaires; endo- et pericardiaques. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1908, 3. s., lx, 113-128. Also: Presse med., Par., 1908, xvi,481-484.—Laub (M.) Ueber tuberculose Lungenhautfisteln. Jahrb. d. Wien. k. k. Krankenanst. 1898, Wien u. Leipz.,1900, vii, pt. 2,186-194 — Lautenbach (L. J.) Nose and throat disease a con- tributory cause of pulmonary tuberculosis. Louisville Month. J. M. & S., 1910-11, xvii, 120-126.—Law (S. H.) The relationship of the nose to pulmonary consumption. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1902, n. s., lxxiv, 428.—Le- grand. Tuberculose pulmonaire chronique; calcifica- tion de la pievre. J. med. de Brux., 1912, xvii, suppl., 86. Also: Clinique, Brux., 1912, xxvi, 363-365.—Leslie (R. M.) Hilusi (and peri-hilus) tuberculosis and its sequelae. Clin. J., Lond., 1912-13, xli, 241-256.—Letulle. Lymphangite aigue pulmonaire et lesions peri-lvmphangitiques al- veolairesau coursde la tuberculose pulmonaire. Bull, et m6m. Soe. anat. de Par., 1902, lxxvii, 571.—Levin (X. P.) Laryngeal complications of tuberculosis. J. Mich. M. Soc, Battle Creek, 1911, x, 411— Llpowskl (J.) Kli- nische Beobachtungen fiber Larvnxerkrankungen bei bestehender Tuberculose der Lungen. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1898, xii. 596; 648. —Jlclntyre (M.) Primary carcinoma arising from the bronchus in a tubercular Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, < 'amplica- tions of Respiratorg). lung. Glasgow M. J., 1912, 'lxxviii, 95-99, 2 pl.—Mac- kenzie (J. N.) Aphthous ulceration of the upper air- passages in pulmonarv tuberculosis; a retrospect and a review. Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass., N. Y., 1912, xxxiv, 101- 113. —JttacSwiney (S. M.) Phthisis with phthisis laryngea. Proc. Path. Soc. Dubl., 186.5-8, n. s., 295.— IManloiix (C.) La congestion pulmonaire froide vari- able des tuberculeux. Medecin prat., Par., 1907, iii, 437.— Marfan. Tuberculisationsecondaire d'infarctus embo- liques du poumon. Bull, med., Par., 1909, xxiii, 415.— iTIarshall (M.) Acaseof pulmonary tuberculosis with mediastinal complications. Phys. & Surg., Ann Arbor & Detroit, 1912, xxxiv, 497-502. [Discussion], 521.—Ml- chant. La pleuresie phtisiogene; les Goncourt et le prol'esseur Landouzy. Chron. med., Par., 1903, x, 801- 804— Minor (C. L.) Early changes in the larynx in pulmonarv tuberculosis. Nat. Ass. Study & Prevent. Tuberculosis. Trans., N. Y., 1910, vi, 186-191.—Mongour & C'reyx. Pneumothorax spontane chez un tubercu- leux; evolution de la tuberculose. J. de med. de Bor- deaux, 1911, xli, 570.—Netter. - Recherches bacteriolo- giques sur les hydropneumothorax et les pyopneumo- thorax des tuberculeux, indications qui en decoulentpour le traitement. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1891, 3. s., viii, 620-631.—Noi'ca. Tuberculose pulmo- naire compliquee de fetidite. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1899,3. s., xvi, 83-86.—Ophills (VV.) Pneu- monic complications in pulmonary phthisis. Tr. M. Soc. Calif., San Fran., 1900, xxx, 58-69. Also: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1900, n. s., exx, 56-64.—Parker (C. A. Case of chronic tuberculosis of the nose, larynx, and lungs. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1910-11, iv, Laryn- gol. Sect., 64.—Pascheles (W.) Infiltratio pulmonum tuberculosa praecipue pulmonis sinistrse; Haemorrhagiss multiplices (cutis, musculorum, gingivae, conjunc- tivae, intestini, renum, etc.). Jahrb. d. Wien. k. k. Krankenanst. (1893), 1894, ii, 631-633. Also: Med.- chir. Centralbl., Wien, 1895, xxx, 160. — Perrone (A.) Entwicklung eines primaren Kankroids von der Wand einer tuberkulosen Lungenkaverne. Arb. a. d. path. Inst, zu Berl. Feier . . . Johannes Orth, Berl., 1906, 235-255.—Pettit (J. W.) The effect of intercurrent pneu- monic complications on the course of chronic pulmonary tuberculosis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lviii, 852- 854.—Pick(F.) Larynxpolyp und Lungentuberculose. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1903, xxviii, 244.—Pie>y. Tu- berculose pulmonaire et tuberculose laryngee; frequence du paralieiisme de leur evolution chez le meme sujet. Lyon med., 1905, cv, 897-905. -----. De l'asthme tubercu- leux. Bull. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Lyon, 1906, v, 84-103. [Discussion], 104. Also: Lyon med., 1906, cvi, 461^78.— IMieque (A.-F.) Traitement dela dyspnee aux periodes avancees de la phtisie. Bull, med., Par., 1908, xxii, 103- 105.—Polito (G.) Tubercolosi polmonare e pneumo- torace. N. riv. clin.-therap., Napoli, 1908, xi, 396.— Powell (R. D.) Hydro-pneumothorax; pulmonary tuberculosis. Middlesex Hosp. Rep. 1898, Lond., 1899, 33.—Quelrolo (G. B.) Pneumotorace spontaneo in un tubercoloso. Clin, mod., Pisa, 1896, ii, 262-265.—Renon (L.) De la gravite de la pneumonie tranche au cours de la tuberculose pulmonaire. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1903, xvii, 481-483.—Blbadeau-Dumas & Ameuille. Pneumonie blanche et tuberculose. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1909, lxxxiv, 545-547.— Bibbert. Primaire tuberculose en anthracose der longen en der bronchiale klieren. Geneesk. Courant, Amst., 1907, Ixi, 288-290.—Bobertson (G. A.) Care of the throat in pulmonary phthisis. Am. Pract. & News, Louisville, 1905, xxxix, 68-71. [Discussion], 91-93.— Rubin (A.) Causes et traitement de la dyspnee chez les phtisiques. Bull. gen. de th6rap. [etc.], Par., 1910, clix, 433; 481.—Robinson (F. N.) The symptoms, diagnosis, and treatment of tuberculous laryngitis as a complication of pulmonary tuberculosis. Month. Cvcl. & M. Bull., Phila., 1912, v, 523-527.—BoseuthaI (G.) Prophylaxie de la tuberculose laryngee che/. le tubercu- leux pulmonaire, traite par Tinjection intratracheale transglottique a haute dose; sa regression possible. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1912, clxiii, 705-710.—Sa- bourin (C.) Lespleuresiesbienfaisanteschezlesphtisi- ques. Rev.g6n.de clin. etde therap., Par.,1904, xviii, 645- 547.-----. Lesepanchementssero-fibrineux del'interlobe chez les tuberculeux. Rev. de med., Par., 1908, xxix, 41; 113. -----. La repercussion des rhino-pharyngites sur la tuberculose pulmonaire. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1909, xxiii, 513-517. -----. Pseudo-epanchemcnt de l'interlobe et interlobites mixtes chez les tuberculeux. Arch. gen. de med., Par., 1911, v, 226-211. -----. Interlo- bites seches et pleurites en bouton de chemise chez les phtisiques. Ibid., 1912, v, 5-16.—Scalese (F.) Idro- pueumotorace e tubercolosi pulmonale. Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 1895, xvii, 177-189. —SchoIz (F.) Bronchialcarcinom; Lungentuberculose; Tod. Jahrb. d. Wien. k. k. Krankenanst. 1897, Wien u. Leipz., 1899, vi, pt. 2, 46. — Scy;cl (K.) Phthisis bronchiectatica circumscripta putrida. Objazat. pat.-anat. izslied. TUBERCULOSIS. 705 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Complica- tions of, Respiratory). stud.-med. imp. Charkov. Lniv., 1895, 208-217.—Sciler (C.) On the pathology of phthisis pulmonalis and its laryngeal complications. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1883, i, 625-530. Also, Reprint.—Soca (F.) Des rapports de l'asthme et de la tuberculose; statistique de 700 cas d'asthme. Arch. g6n. de med.,Par., 1906, i, 1601-1610.— Sokolowski(A.) O nieiytach oskrzelowych wiklaja- cych suchoty plucne. [On bronchial catarrhs complicat- ing pulmonary phthisis.J Medycyna, Warszawa, 1880, viii, 785; 801.—Solly (S. E.) The relation of chronic nasal and laryngeal diseases to pulmonary tuberculosis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1894, xxiii, 427-429. -----. Bronchiecta- sis in the tuberculous; an unusual case reported. Tr. Am. Climat. Ass., Phila., 1903, xix, 207-215. Also: Med. News, N. Y., 1903, lxxxiii, 721-723. — Stanton (W. B.) The pleura in pulmonarv tuberculosis. Rep. Henry Phipps Inst., study . . . tuberculosis 1906-7, Phila., 1908, iv, 265- 289. -----. Pneumothorax in pulmonary tuberculosis. Ibid., 1907-8, Phila., 1909, v, 251-287.—Stchastni (A. I.) Bronchopnevmon., chron. bronchit i chakhotka legkikh. [. . . and pulmonary phthisis.] Med. Sbornik varshav. Ujazd. voyenn. hosp., Varshava, 1890, iii, pt. 3, 1-16.— Stoll (R. F.) Pleurisy with effusion and pulmonary tu- berculosis, with cases observed at the Hartford Hospital. Med.Rec.N.Y., 1906.lxx,371-f>76—Takeya(H) Unter- suchungen der Bronehialdrusen bei Phthisikern. Arb. a. d. Geb. d. path. Anat. u. Bakteriol. . . . Inst, zu Tiibing., Leipz., 1910, vii, 374-396— Taniurri (D.) Quelle est la nature de l'abces peritonsillaire chez les malades atteinls de tuberculose pulmonaire? Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1910, xxix, 381-386.—Thielle. Tuberculose pulmonaire et anemie intense; pneumonie du sommet et du lobe moyen du poumon droit survenue en cours de traitement. Bull. off. Soc. franc, d'eiectrother., Par., 1907, xv, 133-142.—Trask (J. W.) A report of ten cases of pneumothorax occurring in pulmonary tuberculosis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1904, xlii, 641-645. Also, Re- print.—Trevelyan (E. F.) The laryngeal complica- tions of pulmonary tuberculosis. Internat. Clin., Phila. & Lond., 1906, 16. a, iv, 281-296, 2 pl.—Trevisanello (C. ) II pneumotorace nella tubercolosi polmonare. Cron. d. clin. med. di Genova, 1906, xii, 180-182.—Van Zant (C. B.) A case of pneumo-pyo-thorax complicat- ing pulmonary tuberculosis. Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1896, n. s., xxxvi, 31-34.—Weill & Challer (J.) Tuberculose attenuee ancienne chez un enfant de 15 mois; perivisce- rites(adherencespleurales; symphysedupericarde); bron- cho-pneumonie banale terminale. Lvon med., 1909, cxiii, 949-952.—Weill & Garde re. Tuberculose et dilatation bronchique. Ibid., 1912, cxviii, 1221-1226. —Whalen (C. J.) Larvngo-pulmonary phthisis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1897, xxviii, 298-302. — Williams ( H. U. ) Pneumothorax occurring in the course of phthisis; re- covery. N. York M. J., 1890, li, 323.—Xalabarder (E.) La cirrosis pulmonar d'origen tubercul6s. An. Acad, v lab. de cien. med. de Catal una, Barcel., 1912, vi, 432^36.— Yanahara (S.) [A case of primary sarcoma of the lungs in connection with tuberculosis.] Chiugai Iji Shinpo, Tokio, 1904, xxv, 1310-1321. — Xlckgraf (G.) Ueber die Komplikationen der Lungentuberkulose von Seiten der oberen Luftwege. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1909, xiv, 480-490. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Congeni- tal). .See Tuberculosis (Congenital, etc.). Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Conjugal and familial). Hazen (H. H.) The home factor in tuberculosis; a study of tuberculous families. Johns Hopkins Hosp.Bull., Bait., 1907, xviii, 298.—Leudet (T.-E.) La tuberculose pulmonaire dans les families. Inhis: Etudesdepath. etde clin.med., 8°, Par.,1891,ii,373-39'J.— Tin rrcll (VV.) A case of phthisis communicated from husband to wife. Lancet Lond., 1897, i, 1018.—Nills (J.) Notable instances of suc- cessive cases of phthisis in certain families and house- holds. Charlotte [N. C] M. J., 1896, ix, 30-32—Shlvely (H. L.) The incidence of pulmonary tuberculosis in large families. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1905, lxxxii, 69. Also, Reprint. —Shtsherbakoff (A. S.) Semelnaya chakhotka. [Phthisis in a family.) Vrach. Gaz., S.-Pe- terb., 1906, xiii, 985.—Verco (J. C.) Phthisis in married couples. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1911, xxx, 655- 660.—Weinberg (W.) Lungenschwindsucht beider Ehegatten; ein Beitrag zur Lehre von der Tuberculose in der Ehe. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1906, v, 365- 398. -----. Zur Statistik der Tuberkulose beider Ehegat- ten. Ztschr. f. sociale Med. [etc.], Leipz., 1910, v, 309-316. vol xvm, 2d series---45 Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Contagious- ness of). SeerI\ibercvdosis(Puhnonary, Transmission of). Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Cough in). Barbler (P.) Sur la toux emetisante des tubercu- leux. ,Gaz. med. de Par., 1905, 12. s., v, 69 —Berlioz (F.) Etude sur l'emploi du narcyl dans la toux, specia- lement chez les tuberculeux. Bull. g6n. de therap. fete], Par., 1905, cxlix, 789-797. ^Iteo [Abstr.]: J. de med. de Par., 1905, 2. s., xvii, 239. Also [Abstr.]: Med. orient., Par., 1905, ix, 293-296. Also [Abstr.]: Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1905, vii, 421-427.—Brown (L.) The heart in pulmonary tuberculosis. Nat. Ass. Study & Prevent. Tuberculosis. Trans., N. Y., 1908, iv, 116-146.—Bruce (J. M.)~ The treatmentof cough in phthisis. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1891, i, 43-52.—Class (F. M.) The treat- ment of cough in the consumptive. J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- cago, 1911, lvi, 1441-1443.—Coflfmaii (W. H.) Cough in consumption and its management. Virginia M. Semi- Month., Richmond, 1906-7, xi, 2*4-287.—D. (L.) La dis- cipline de la toux chez les tuberculeux. Rev. med., Louvain, 1901-2, xix, 33-35.—Derscheid (G.) De la toux emetisante chez les tuberculeux et de son traite- ment. Policlin., Brux., 1901, x, 1-7.—£tlenne(G.) Sur la toux emetisante. Scalpel, Liege, 1909-10, lxii, 353.—Fitch (M.E.) Cough in phthisis. Med. Age, Detroit, 1903, xxi, 46-51.—Gaussel (A.) Traitementdelatoux des tubercu- leux. Rev.internat. demed.etde chir.,Par.,1910, xxi,24L— Hatch (J. L.) Cough in pulmonary phthisis. South. Pract., Nashville, 1903, xxv, 500-504. Also: St. Louis M. & S. J., 1903, lxxxv, 169-173. Also. Reprint.—King (D.B.) Some observations on the treatment of cough in advanced casesof pulmonary tuberculosis. Scot. M. & S. J., Edinb., 1904, xiv, 193-200.—Lalesque (F.) La discipline de la toux chez les tuberculeux. J. demed. de Bordeaux, 1901, xxxi, 165. -----. La discipline de la toux chez lez tuber- culeux. Rev. internat. de med. et de chir., Par., 1904, xv, 128-130. Also, transl: Med. Weekbl., Amst., 1904-5, xi, 293-295.—Latham (A.) The treatment of the cough in pulmonary consumption. Edinb. M. J., 1901, n. s., ix, 552-559.—Leven (G.) Toux et suralimentation. Cong. internat. de physiotherap. Compt. rend. 1910, Par., 1911, iii, 1074-1083.—Levien (H.) Cough and its treatment in pulmonary and laryngeal tuberculosis. Buffalo M. J., 1901-2, n. s., xli, 110-117.—Mantoux (C.) Education de la toux chez les tuberculeux; proeede du pointage des quintes. Presse med., Par., 1907, xvi, 21.—Mathieu. La toux emetisante des phtisiques et son traitement. Rev, de therap. med.-chir., Par., 1900, lxvii, 505-511.— Mathieu (A.) & Roux (J.-C.) Traitement de la toux emetisante des tuberculeux. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1903, lxxvi, 1378.—Mesnard (P.-A.) Traitement de la toux, de l'insomnie et des sueurs nocturnes chez les tubercu- leux. Bull. med. de Quebec, 1902, iv, 151-157.—Mosse. Les injections de Mendel contre la toux des phtisiques. Languedoc m6d.-chir., Toulouse, 1905, xiii, 174.—Noe (J.) La toux de la tuberculose; son traitement rationnel par le chlorhydrate d'ethvlnarceine (narcyl). Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1905, lxxviii, 630-632.—Palliard (H.) La toux emetisante des tuberculeux. Progres med., Par., 1911, 3. s., xxviii, 41-46. —Permin (G. E.) Om behand- ling af hoste0mhed hos ftisikere med plaster band- age. [Treatment of phthisical cough with plaster band- age.] Nord. Tidsskr. f. Terapi, K0benh., 1912-13, xi, 140.—Renon (L.) Action isoiee et combinee de la peronine, de la theba'ine, de la narceine, de la papa- verine et del'heienine sur la toux des phtisiques. Gaz. med. de Par., 1913, lxxxiv, 15.—Robin (A.) Traite- ment de la toux dans la tuberculose pulmonaire. Ann. de la Policlin. de Par., 1913, xxiv; 38-40.—Roux (J.- C.) La toux emetisante des tuberculeux et son traite- ment. Clinique, Par., 1906, i, 684.— Sallba (M. M.) Cough and its treatment in consumption. Tr. M. Ass. Georgia, Atlanta, 1907, lviii, 199-204.—Schroder. Ueber den Husten der Phthisiker und die therapeutische Ver- wendbarkeit des Peronins gegen denselben. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1897, xi, 4-8. Also: Bayer arztl. Cor.-Bl., Munchen, 1898, i, 97-100.—Simon (S.) Treatment of cough in pulmonary tuberculosis. Denver M. Times [etc.], 1905-6, xxv, 672.—Velasco (L. V.) Modalidades clinicas y valor semiol6gico de la tos en la tuberculosis pulmonar. Clin, y lab. Rev. quincen. de espec. med., Zaragoza, 1911, vii, 449^51. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Curability of) [Quiescent cases]. Aupinel (P.) * Considerations sur le pro- cessus curatif spontan6 de la tuberculose pul- monaire. 4°. Paris, 1895. TUBERCULOSIS. 706 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Curability of) [Quiescent cases], Beyer (T.) * Ueber abgelaufene Lungentu- berkulose. Statistischer Beitrag nach Sektions- protokollen des stiidt. Krankenhauses Moabit zu Berlin. 8°. Leipzig, 1906. Boudant. La phthisie pulmonaire est-elle curable? Parmi ses varietes indiquer celles qui sont susceptibles de guerison et celles qui ne le sont pas. Reponse a cette question. (Congres medical de Lyon, octobre, 1864.) 8°. Cler- mont-Ferrand, 1865. Boyer (J.) Genezing der longtering, en de middelen om deze ziekte te voorkomen met behulp van eene nieuwe behandeling. Naar het Fransch. 8°. Amsterdam, 1864. Chantier (G.) * De la persistance de certains signes physiques chez les tuberculeux pulmo- naires gueris. 8°. Paris, 1905. Hiltermann (P.) *Drei Fiille von vollkom- men glattwandig ausgeheilten grossen Lungen- kavernen. 8°. Kiel, 1902. Idel (R.) * Ueber einen Fall von geheilter Lungentuberkulose und deren Beziehungen zur Pigmentinduration. , 8°. Wiirzburg, 1889. Jacxjuet (A.) *Etude sur les tuberculeux pulmonaires apparemment gueris. 8°. Paris, 1906. Lexschau (E.) *SpontanheilungeinesPneu- mothoraxphthisicus. 8°. Kiel, 1903. Le Roy (R.) Guerit-on la phthisie? Par quels moyens? 8°. Paris, 1875. M'Dowell (W- A.) Reply of ... to Dr. YandelFs rejoinder, in a controversy relative to cure of consumption. 8°. Louisville, Ky.,184A. Masciotta (A.) Tisijatria e sociologia; biolo- gia del bacillo e meccanismo della guarigione spontanea della tubercolosi polmonare. 8°. Alutri, 1905. Morin (F.) Mo moire a consul ter pour la gue- rison des phthisiques. 8°. Paris, 1880. Muller (J.) * Ueber abgeheilte Lungentu- berkulose. [Erlangen.] 8°. Bostock, 1903. Mulert (F. [J. G. ]) * Ueber die Heilung der bacilliiren Lungenschwindsucht. 8°. Greifs- wald, 1891. Pereyra (E. L.) Cura della tisi polmonare; osservazioni fatte nello spedale S. Andrea a Bor- deaux. Prima versione italiana, con note del Alessandro Del-Corso, arricchita da una interes- sante appendice del D. R. Cartoni. 12°. Li- vorno, 1844. Ramadge (F. H.) Consumption curable; and the manner in which nature as well as remedial art operates in effecting a healing process in cases of consumption; explained and illustrated by numerous remarkable and interesting cases; to which is added a mode of treatment by which the development of tubercles mav be prevented in persons liable thereto, from hereditary pre- disposition, or a bad state of the system induced by various causes. 3. ed. 8°. London, 1836. -----. The curability of consumption; being the reprint of a series of papers, presenting the most prominent and important practical points in the diagnosis, prognosis, and treatment of the disease. 12°. London, 1856. Rose (J. S.) Consumption curable, a practi- cal treatise on the lungs to prove consumption a manageable disease; containing the causes, cure and prevention of consumption. 8°. New York, 1847. Ruata (C.) Cura e guarigione della tuber- colosi polmonare. 8°. Ciltd di Castello, 1900. Tuberculosis (Pulmonury, Curability of) [Quiescent cases]. Russell (J. F.) Report of fifty-five apparent cures of pulmonary tuberculosis occurring in working people who were treated at a dispen- sary without interruption to their work; being an appeal for systematic treatment of consump- tive working people. 8°. New York, 1906. ------. Report of five more apparent cures of pulmonary tuberculosis occurring in working people who were treated at a dispensary with- out interruption to their work. 8°. New York, 1906. Stoeber (H.) * Ueber ausgedehnte Hei- lungsvorgange bei einem Fall von vorgeschrit- tener Lungen- und Darm-Tuberkulose. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1904. Trouve (G.) * Etude historique et statis- tique sur les preuves anatomo-pathologiques de la guerison de la tuberculose pleuro-pulmonaire. 8°. Paris, 1903. Vrevski (V.) Chakhotka i polnoye izlleche- niye ot etol bollezni. [Phthisis and complete cure of this disease.] 16°. Moskra, 1894-5. W^rk (D.) Prevention and cure of chronic consumption. 12°. New York, 1880. Ambler (C. P.) What constitutes a cure in pulmo- nary tuberculosis? Columbus M. J., 1896, xvi, 145-149.— Apostolico (E.) Meccanismo della guarigione spon- tanea del tubercolo pulmonare e suo rapporto coll' ele- mento nervoso. N. riv. clin.-terap., Napoli, 1900, iii, 399- 413.—Arbogast. Ueber das Verhalten des klinisch ge- heilten Lungentuberkulosen. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1906, viii, 235-239. — Arnot (T.) Observation sur une phtisie, gu6rie apres l'expulsion d'un os par la toux. Es- sais et obs. de med. de la Soc. d'Edinb., Par., 1747, vi, 188- 191.—Blumer (6.) Healed and quiescent pulmonary tuberculosis; an analysis of five hundred cases, with re- marks on pleural tubercles. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1904, ii, 273-277. — Borland (E. B.) Curability of pul- monary tuberculosis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1897, xxix, 111-113. Also, Reprint.—Bo wditch (V. Y.) A caseof arrested phthisis. J. Respir. Org., N. Y., 1890, ii, 78.-----. Subsequent histories of arrested cases of phthisis treated at the Sharon Sanitarium. Boston M. & S. J., 1899, cxl, 698-603. -----. Subsequent histories of seventy-nine ar- rested cases of phthisis treated at the Sharon Sanitarium, from 1891 to 1902. Tr. Am. Climat. Ass., Phila., 1903, xix, 64-70, 1 tab. Also, Reprint. Also: 3. Am. M. Ass., Chi- cago, 1903, xli, 1203-1207. -----. Arrested tuberculosis; subsequent histories of cases treated at the Sharon Sana- torium. Boston M. & S. J., 1904, cl, 308.—Bow ditch (V. Y.) & Griffin (VV. A.) Subsequent histories of one hundred and sixty "arrested cases" of pulmonary tuber- culosis treated at the Sharon Sanatorium, 1891-1906. Tr. Am. Climat. Ass., Phila., 1907, xxiii, 168-179.—Bratz (H.) Ueber klinisch geheilte Lungentuberkulose. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1911-12, xviii, 144-167. — Browne (J. C.) The cure of consumption. Scalpel, Lond., 1900, v, 183-185. — Cambiaso (A.) Cento guarigioni persis- tenti di tubercolosi polmonare. Ann. d. 1st. Maragliano p. la cura d. tuberc. [etc.], Genova, 1908-9, iii, 236-258. -----. Broncopneumonite tubercolare febbrile trattata colla terapia specifica; guarigione persi.stente da due anni. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1908, xxix, 460.— Campa (F.) Curabilidad de ta tuberculosis pulmonar. Rev. med.-hidrol. espafi., Madrid, 1901, ii, 36-39.—<"antlerl (A.) Sulla curabilita della tubercolosi polmonare. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1899, xx, 903.—Carter (J. E.) The cure of phthisis. J. Roy. Army M. Corps, Lond., 1904, ii, 435; 535.—de Carvalho (L.) Curabilidade da tuberculose pulmonar. Coimbra med., 1900, xx, 257; 273; 289, 1 pl.; 305. — Cassuto (C.) Osservazioni cliniche sulla cura della tubercolosi polmonare. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1898, Roma, 1899, ix, 407-109. — Ca stall e* (J.) Dos casos de curaci6n de tuberculosis pulmonar. Rev. de san. mil., Madrid, 1898, xii, 447-450.—Cavazzani (A.) Sulla cura e guarigione di alcuni tisici. Clin. med. ital., Mi- lano, 1902, xli, 361-371.—Cervcllo (V.) Comportamento di alcuni segni fisici nel processo di guarigione della tu- bercolosi polmonare. Riforma med., Roma, 1901, xvii, pt. 2, 813-847.—Chambers (R. E ) Is consumption cura- ble? [Abstr.] Tr. Ohi > M. Soc, Toledo, 1894, xlix, 85- 90.—Coats (J.) Presidential address on the spontane- ous healing of tuberculosis; its frequencv and the mode of its occurrence. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1891, ii, 933-938.—Cortejareno. Tuberculosis pulmonar eurada. An. r. Acad, de med., Madrid, 1906, xxvi, 206- 220. Also [Abstr.]: Rev. de med. y cirug, pract., Madrid, TUBERCULOSIS. 707 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Curability of) [Quiescent cases], 1906, lxxi, 259.—Crismond (J.W.) Phthisis pulmonalis; it is a curable disease. Med. & Surg. Monitor,Indianap., 1902, v, 376-379.—Cure (The) of consumption. Pall Mall Mag., Lond., 1903, xxx, 245-254.—Daremberg & Chuqiiet. Histoire de tuberculeux gueris. Cong, inter- nat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 803-805.—Datsenko (A.N.) Shest sluchayev vizdorovleniya ot lyokhochdol chakhotki i nleskolkodannikho Hechenii yeya v dereven- skol obstanovkle. [Six casesof recovery from pulmonary phthisis and on its treatment in the village.] Vrach, St. Petersb., 1893, xiv, 1216.—Densmore (Helen). The cure of consumption. Med.-Leg. J., N. Y., 1900-1901, xviii, 282-291.—Dentl (B.) Contributo alia cura radi- cale della tubercolosi polmonare coil' aglinaZoja. Gazz. internaz. di med., Napoli, 1903, vi, 87-90.—Dionis des Carriferes. Deux cas de guerison de phthisie pulmo- naire. Bull. Soc. med. de l'Yonne 1897, Auxerre, 1898, xxxviii, 76-85. Also [Abstr.]: Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1897, lxx, 576-578.— Doughty (W. H.) A case of arrested pulmonary tuberculosis ['.']. Tr. M. Ass. Georgia, Atlanta, 1891, 99-103. Also [Abstr.]: South. M. Rec, Atlanta, 1891, xxi, 313-317.—Duhourcau (E.) Traitement thermal et climatique de la phtisie, combine avec la cauterisation ponctueeoules injectionsdeliquidesorganiques. Assoc. franc, pour l'avance. d. sc. C.-r. 1892, Par., 1S93, xxi, pt. 2, 692-697.—Fattic(J.B.) Is consumpt ion curable? Tr. Indiana M. Soe., Fort Wayne, 1896,161-166.—Fedele (N.) Guarigione di un caso di tubercolosi polmonare. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1896, xvii, 1029.—Fischer (B.) Leber Ausheiluug grosser tuberkuloser Lungeukavornen. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1904, i, 153-1">8.— Forester (A. M.) The emplovment of arrested cases. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1909, xx, 259-263.— Fowler (J. K.) Remarks on arrested pulmonary tu- berculosis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1891. ii, 938-943. -----. The arrest of pulmonarv tuberculosis. Lancet, Lond., 1899, ii, 399-403.—Freund ( VV. A.) Leber die Beziehun- gen gewisser geheilter Luimeiiphthisen zur Gelenkbil- dung am ersten Rippenknorpel. Veroffentl. d. Hufe- land. Gesellsch. in Berl. (1902), 1903, 12-17. Also [Abstr.]: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1902, xxxix, 774.— Gayford (C.) An interesting case of arrested tu- berculosis? Lancet, Lond., 1912, ii, 1583.—Gonzalez Campo (J.) Un dato clinico en pro de la curabilidad de la tuberculosis del pulm6n. Rev. de med. y cirug. pract., Madrid, 1895, xxxvii, 375-377.—Gullleminot (H.) L'airecardiaquechezlestuberculeuxgu6ris. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1905, cxl, 811-813. Also: Arch. d'eleetric. med., Bordeaux, 1905, xiii, 283.—Hamble- ton. The cure of pulmonary tuberculosis. Ber. ii. d. Kong. z. Bekampf. d. Tuberk. [etc.], Berl., 1899. 697 —von Ilanseinann (D.) Ueber Heilung und Heilbarkeit der Lungenphthise. Veroffentl. d. Hufeland. Gesellsch. in Berl. (1902), 1903, 1-11. Also: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1902, xxxix, 74,5-748.—Harris (T.) The curability of phthisis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1889, ii, 1385-1388.—Hazel- ton (W.F.) Tbe curability and treatmentof early phthi- sis. Vermont M. Month., Burlington, 1898, iv, 313-318.— Heltler (M.) Mittheilung einiger Falle spoil tan geheil- ter Lungentuberculose. Centralbl. f. d. ges. Therap., Wien, 1892, x, 577-584. -----. Ein Fall von geheilter Lun- gentuberculose; Bemerkungen iiber die Prognose bei Lungenschwindsucht. Ibid., 1899, xvii, 129-132. -----. Ein Fall von geheilter Lungentuberculose. Ibid., 1900, xviii, 139-141.—Her vier. La guerison de la tuberculose pulmonaire. Rev. franv. de med. etde Pharmacol., Nice, 1895, vii, L-4—Higginson (C. G.) The cure of con- sumption. Birmingh. M. Rev., 1905, lvii, 1-2S. — Ilol- manii (A.) Welchen Anteil an der Ausheilung der tu- berkulosen Lungenspitzenerkrankung nehmen die Ge- lenkbildung des Knorpels der ersten Rippe und die ge- lockerte Verbindung zwischen Manubrium und Corpus sterni? Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1904, li, 299-301.— Holmes (A M.) Problems for the tuberculous con- valescent. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1904, xliii, 1200-1202.— Jacqilet (A.) L'avenir des tuberculeux gueris. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1906, x, 328-335—von JTaksch (R.) Einige geheilte Falle von bazillarer Lun- genphthise mit Rontgenaufnahmen. Fortschr. a. d. Geb. d. Rontgenstrahlen, Hamb., 1906, x, 123-126, 1 pl.— Keyes (T. B.) Proofs of the curability of pulmonary tuberculosis. Med. Progress, Louisville, 1904, xx, 360- 363. -----. The cure of consumption. Pacific M. J., San Fran., 1905, xlviii, 65-72.—Khellets (M. N.) O prichi- nle, zarazitelnosti i Hechenii lyokhochnol chakhotki; (chetire sluchaya uspleshnavo hecheniya chakhotki v selskol bolnitsle). [Cause, infectiveness, and treatment of pulmonary phthisis; four cases of successful treatment of phthisis in country practicej Vrach, gaz., S.-Peterb., 1901, viii, 894; 914.—Klebs (F/.) Ueber Todesursachen bei heilender und geheilter Tuberkulose. Ztschr. f. kau- sale Therap., Bremerhaven, 1905, ii, 1-9.—Koenlg. De la curabilitede la phthisie. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1858, xlvii, 27.—von Koranyi (F.) [Ueber die Heilbarkeit der Phthise.] Ungar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1903, viii, 387.—Kroenig. Anamlscher Lungensequester Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Curability of) [Quiescent cases]. bei einem in Heilung begriffenen Phthisiker. Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. (1894), 1895, xxv, pt. 1,129-131.— Langhorst (H. F.) The curability ot tuberculosis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1906, lxix, 417-419.—Lanigan (J. A.) Phthisis and its natural cure. Med. Reg,, Phila., 1889, v, 249. Continued in: Times & Register, Phila., 1889, xx, 202.—Lcale (C. A.) Cure of consumption and empyema without a resort to thoracic surgery. Gaillard's M. J., N. Y., 1893, lvii, 505-507.—LedesmaCasado (F.) Cura- bilidad de la tuberculosis pulmonar. Rev. de med. y. cirug. pract., Madrid, 1896, xxxviii, 287-294.—Leiuoinc Tuberculoses pulmonaires fermees. Nord med., Lille, 1903, ix, 37-42. Also: Rev. internat. de med. etde chir., Par., 1903, xiv, 77-80.—Loomis (A. L.) The histological changes which take place in the lungs in cured phthisis pulmonalis, and the influence of diathesis in the develop- ment of such change. Tr. Am. Climat. Ass. 1891, Phila., 1892, viii, 59-70.—Loomis (H. P.) A study of the proc- esses which result in the arrest or cure of phthisis. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1892, xli, 29-34. Also, Reprint. -----. The anatomical changes of cured phthisis. Proc. N. York Path. Soc. (1891), 1892, 33-35.—Lord (F. T.) Arrested tuberculosis; should unproved cases be thus recorded? Boston M.&S. J., 1904, cl,224. Also, Reprint.—Luce (D.) Reportof five cases of pulmonarv tuberculosis apparently cured. Post-Graduate, N. Y., i904, xix, 533-536, Also, Reprint.—Lyman (D. R.) The employment of arrested cases. J. Outdoor Life, N. Y., 1911, viii, 1-7, 1 pl.—Lyon (G.) Cured phthisis. Abstr. Tr. Hunterian Soc, Lond., 1902-3,95.—JMc Cabe (N.) An apparent cure of acute pul- monary tuberculosis. Med. Rec, N. Y.,1891, xxxix, 80.— McLaughlin (W. B.) The rationale of the natural arrest of consumption; a study explaining the effect of sea voyages, out-door life, etc., on the disease, with sug- gestions as to ideal treatment. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1904, lxv, 367-369. [Discussion], 393— Maragliano (E.) Curability della tubercolosi polmonare. Tubercolosi, Milano, 1892, ii, 225-237.—Mariani (J. M.) Formes cu- rables de la tuberculose pulmonaire. Cong, internat. de m6d. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, de m6d. int., 511* 522. Also: Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1903, ii, 410- 416. Also, trans!.: Gac. m6d. catal., Barcel., 1904, xxvii, 137-143.—Masearel (J.) Observation de phtisie pul- monaire pseudo-galopante terminee par la guerison. Tribune med., Par., 1898, 2. s., xxx, 409.—Mays (T. J.) The management of the convalescent stage of phthisis. Tr. Am. Climat. Ass. 1893-4, Phila., 1895, x, 65-80.—Meis- sen (E.) Ueber den Begriff der Heilung bei Lungentu- berculose. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1898, xii, 643-648. -----. Bericht iiber 208 seit 3-11 Jahren geheilt geblie- bene Fiille von Lungentuberkulose. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1903, iv, 115-142.—iTlcnnella (A.) Contributo alia curabilita, della tubercolosi pol- monare. Gior. med. d. r. esercito [etc.], Roma,1896, xliv, 1064-1068. Also: Lavori d. Cong, di med. int., Roma, 1896, vii, 242-245. -----. Sulla curability della tubercolosi polmonare. Ann. di med. nav., Roma, 1898, iv, 188- 191. Also: Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1897, Roma,. 1898, viii, 251-253. Also: Corriere san. Settim., Milano, 1897, viii, no. 49,1. Also, transl: Compt. rend. Cong, in- ternat. de m6d. 1897, Mosc, 1899, iii, sect. 6, 383.—Mer- screau (W. J.) Report of the apparent cure of two cases of pulmonary tuberculosis treated in the annex of the Post-Graduate Hospital. Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1906, xxi, 272-276.—Mieheleau. Tuberculose pulmonaire guerie; caverne caleifiee. Gaz. d. h6p. de Toulouse, 1898, xii, 410.—Ormerod (J. A.) Lecture on quiescent phthi- sis. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1890, n. s., 1, 245-250.— Paquin (P.) The cure of consumption. Med. Brief, St. Louis, 1897, xxv, 1317-1322. -----. Recovered con- sumptives who remain well. N. York M. J., 1900, lxxi, 192-195. Also, Reprint.—Pattec (A. F.) The considera- tion and cure of chronic tubercular consumption of the lungs. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1891, xvi, 793-800.— Pepper (W.) A case of phthisis apparently cured. Univ. M. Mag., Phila., 1895-6, viii, 157-1 r>9 — Perrotta (S.) Retrazione cronica unilaterale del polmone; guari- gione spontanea della tubercolosi. Gazz. d. osp., Napoli, 1892, xiii, 15— Petruschky. Kriterien und Kontrolle der Heilung der Lungentuberkulose. Festschr. z 60. Geburtst. v. Robert Koch, Jena, 1903, 105-118.—Pieil- Schncidcr. Die Reconvalescentenpflege in ihrer Be- deutung zur Bekampfung der Lungenschwindsucht. Verhandl. u. Mitth. d. Ver. f. off. Gsndhtspflg. in Mag- deb., 1898, xxiv, 93-115.—Pottenger (F. M.) The per- manency of results in pulmonary tuberculosis; the after history of 27 cases treated by the combined hygienic-die- tetic-open-airand tuberculin treatment. Tr. Am. Climat. Ass., Detroit, 1905, xxi, 90-99, 1 tab. -----. Upon what does the cure of tuberculosis depend? Woman's M. J., Toledo, 1908, xviii, 37-41.—R. (W.) The cure of con- sumption. Indian Lancet, Calcutta, 1906, xxvii, 565.— Ken a ud (A.) Tuberculose pulmonaire avec poussee g6nerale aigue et guerison spontanee. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1908, xxviii, 134-140.—Rennie (G. R.) Healed pulmonary tubercle. Intercolon. M. TUBERCULOSIS. 708 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Curability of) [Quiescent cases], Cong. Australas. Tr. 1892, Sydney, 1893, iii, 733-738.— Revillod. Des formes cliniques de la tuberculose pul- monaire consid6rees au point de vue de la curabilite spontanee. [Rap.] M6d. mod., Par., 1898, ix, 249.— Hibas y Perdig6 (M.) Tratamiento curati vo de la tuberculosis pulmonar. Gac. med. catal., Barcel., 1899, xxii, 289; 334; 376; 418; 455; 494. Also [Abstr.]: Gac. san. de Barcel., 1898, x, 237-240.—Rieck. Die Heilung der Schwindsucht. Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1901, xxii, 1201; 1213; 1225: xxiii, 25; 37; 49; 61.—Rogee (C.) Essai sur la curabilite de la phthisie pulmonaire, ou recher- ches anatomico-pathologiques sur la transformation des tubercules et la cicatrisation des affections tuber- culeuses des poumons. Arch, gen.de med., Par., 1839, 3. s., v, 191; 289; 460. Also, Reprint.—von Ruck (K.) Latency or cure of pulmonarv tuberculosis. J. Tuberc, Asheville, N. C, 1900, ii, 112-118.—S. (L. G.) Sulla guari- bilita della tisi. Boll. d. Policlin., Torino, 1897, ii, 1-6.— Sinclair (M. McL) Some cases of arrested pulmonary tuberculosis from King's Tableland Sanatorium, N. S. W. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1905, xxiv, 303-309.—Solles (E.) Une observation de guerison momentan6e de phtisie pulmonaire sous l'influence d'un erysipele grave. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1890-91, xx, 148-151.—Squire (J. E.) Recovery from acute pulmonary tuberculosis. Polyclin., Lond., 1902, vi, 431. -----. The modes of cure and arrest in pulmonary tuberculosis. West Lond. M. J., Lond., 1903, viii, 202-215. [Discussion.], 222;225.—Stein. Ueber die Heilbarkeit der Lungentuberculose. Vereins- bl. d. pfiilz. Aerzte, Frankenthal, 1899, xv, 139-151.— Stubbert (J. E.) A historical sketch of some of the so-called cures for consumption, with a few notes on later-day treatment. Med. News, N. Y., 1904, lxxxiv, 688; 734.—Syers (H. W.) Healed phthisis, and some remarks on the treatment of the disease in connectian therewith. Treatment, Lond., 1900-1901, iv, 145-152.— Vandam (A.) Considerations sur le traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire par la thalassotherapie et l'a6- rotherapie. Courrier med., Par., 1897, xlvii, 127.— Vaudremer. Rapport sur la colonie agricole du Can- net pour adultes (indigents) .convalescents de tuberculose pulmonaire. Tr. Brit. Cong. Tuberc. 1901, Loud., 1902, ii, 482-493.—Veeder (M. A.) Defective development and disease, with special reference to the curability of con- sumption and cancer. Tr. Am. Micr. Soc. 1899, Lincoln, Neb., 1900, xxii, 17-29.—Vincent (L.) A propos de la curabilite de la tuberculose pulmonaire. Clinique, Par., 1906, i, 803-805.—Weber (F. P.) Arrested pulmonary tuberculosis chiefly from the clinical point of view. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1904, v, 213- 220.—"\Vertheimer(W.) Ein Fall von akuter Lungen- tuberkulose mit hektischem Fieber, extremer Abma- gerung; Heilung. Bl. f. klin. Hydrotherap., Wien, 1906, xvi, 234-236.—Wilder (J. A.) The after-treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis. Am. Med., Phila., 1906, x, 618- 620. Also: Nat. Ass. Study & Prevent. Tuberculosis. Trans., N. Y., 1906, i, 413-420.—Williams (C. T.) On the arrest of pulmonarv tuberculosis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901, ii, 4-6.—Woltf(F.) Washeisst Heilung der Lungen- tuberkulose? Verhandl. d. Cong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1891, x, 416-426.—Wo Iff (F.) & Saugman (C.) Ueber dauernde Heilung der Lungen-Tuberkulose (mit 142 Krankengeschichten). Beitr. z. Kenntn. d. Tuberk., Wiesb.,1891,67-124. Also, Reprint.—Yeo (LB.) Remarks on the conditions of cure in consumption, Tr. M. Soc. Lond., 1891-2, xv, 77-91. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Curiosities relating to). Corday(M.) Lesembrases. 8°. Paris [1911]. Refutation d'un ouvrage anonyme intitule: Lettre de M. Tronchin, sa declaration sur la maladie de Madame la Dauphine, et proces- verbal de l'ouverture du corps de cette prin- cesse; avec des reflexions proposees a toutes les facultes de medecine du royaume. 8°. [n. p.], 1767. Cabanfes. Les phthisiques ceiebres; la maladie de Chopin. Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par., 1899, ii, 673-685, 1 port. Also: Chron. med., Par., 1899, vi, no. 21, 673-685. -----. La maladie et la mort de la Dame aux Cameiias. Chron. med., Par., 1899, vi, 70-79. -----. Trois phtisiques ceiebres: Watteau, Chopin, Rachel. Ibid., 1910, xvii, 182- 1K4— Fauvel (H.) La contagion de la tuberculose; George Sand et Chopin. Ibid., 1903, x, 338-340.— Helot (R.) La tuberculose d' Achille-C16ophas Flaubert. Rev. med. de Normandie, Rouen, 1904, iv, 475-481.— Jacob- son (A. C.) Tuberculosis and the creative mind. Med. Libr. & Hist. J., Brooklyn, 1907, v, 225. Also, Reprint.— Level (M.) La tuberculose dans le roman. Rev. in- ternat. de la tuberc, Par., 1902, i, 194; 765. Also, transl: Heilkunde, Berl., 1903, 209-214—Mathot. Quels sont les tuberculeux et tuberculeuses ceiebres? Chron. m6d., Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Curiosities relating to). Par., 1901, viii, 161; 648: 1902, ix, 273.—Poncet (A.) & Leriche(R.) La maladie deFinsen. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1907, lxxx, 315-318.-----------. La maladie de Calvin. Bull, etmem. Soc. med. d. h6p.de Par., 1908, 3. s., xxv, 626- 533. Also: Bull, med., Par., 1908, xxii, 309-311.—Simon (C.) The case of Frederick Hammann. Am. Cong. Tu- berc. Bull. 1901,N.Y., 1902,117-123.—Tuberculose (La) dansle roman; la genese des embras6s, exposee par l'au- teur, M. Corday. Chron. med., Par., 1902, ix, 677-709. Tuhercu\osis(Pulmonary, Diabetes in). Darker (W. S.) Polyuria in phthisis controlled by full doses of ergot. Med. News, Phila., 1892, lx, 19.— Blumenteld (FA Ueber die Phthise der Diabetiker. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1899, xiii, 70-74.— Duchek (V.) Diabetes mellitus, tuberculosis pulmonum chron. .amenor- rhoea. Casop. lek. desk., v Praze, 1874, xiii, 73; 81.—Eh- ret (H.) Ueber Symbiose bei diabetischer Lungentu- berculose. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1897, xliv, 1495.— Hayden (T.) Phthisis with diabetes mellitus. Proc Path. Soc. Dubl., 1875-7, n. s., vii, 183.— Kelynack (T. N.) On the occurrence of pulmonary tuberculosis in diabetic subjects. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1901, n. s., lxxi, 681.—Oeder (G.) Wie lange kann ein Mensch leben, der zum Diabetes eine Lungentuberkulose be- kommen hat? Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1901, xxvii, 693-695.—Parhon (C.) & Goldstein (M.) Asupra naturel raporturilor dintre tabes si tuberculosa pulmonara. Romania med., Bucuresci, 1899, vii, SOS- SOS.—Piery. Sur un ca3 d'association de goitre exoph- talmique, de diabete sucr6 et de tuberculose pulmonaire. Bull. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Lyon, 1902, i, 458-464.—Renon (L.) La tuberculose pulmonaire diabetique a forme he- moptoi'que. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1903, xvii, 673-675.— Ropke. Betriebsunfall; Lungentuber- kulose; Zuckerharnruhr; Wasserbruch. Aerztl. Sach- verst-Ztg., Berk, 1906, xii, 286-288.—Schellenberg (G.) Gleichzeitig mit Gichtanfallen auftretende Glykosurie bei einem Fall von Lungentuberkulose. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1907, xxxiii, 1633.—Shively (H. L.) The association of tuberculosis of the lungs with diabetes mellitus. Med. & Surg. Rep. Presbyterian Hosp., N. Y., 1908, viii, 258-270. Also: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1908, lxxxvii, 933-937. —Smith ( F. J.) Phthisis and glycosuria. Abstr. Tr. Hunterian Soc. 1900-1901, Lond., 1902, 113. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Diagnosis and semeiology of). See, also, Tuberculosis (Diagnosis of); Tu- berculosis (Pulmonary, Incipient); Tubercu- losis (Pulmonary, Urine in); Tuberculosis (Serodiagnosis of). Bard (L.) Formes cliniques de la tubercu- lose pulmonaire. Classification et description sommaire. 12°. Paris dc Genice, 1901. Becker (H.) * Zur Begrfindung einiger sub- jektiven Symptome bei der initialen Phthise mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Bronchial- undMediastinaldrfisenvergrosserung. 12°. Mar- burg, 1907. Belbeze (R.) *Le signe de la douleur pro- voquee et les reflexes thoraciques dans les affec- tions pleuro-pulmonaires et particulierement dans la tuberculose. [Lyon.] 8°. Moissac, 1902. Bezancon (A.) Conformations thoraciques chez les tuberculeux. 8°. Paris, 1906. Biermann (E. G.) *Die diagnostische Be- deutung des Nachweises der Tuberkelbazillen in den Stuhlentleerungen. 8°. Berlin, 1897. Bischofswerder (N.) * Beitrag zur Diagnose der offenen Lungentuberkulose, zugleich eine Studie uber die Hilfsmittel zur Gewinnung des Lungennchleims, die sich ftir die Praxis vor- nehmlich eignen. [Bern.] 8°. Berlin, 1910. Boiet (E.) *La capacity pulmonaire et les mesures spirom^triques chez les tuberculeux. 8°. Paris, 1905. Boudreaux (G.) * Contribution a I'etude de la fievre chez les tuberculeux a la periode de germination et en particulier chez les enfants. 8°. Paris, 1904. TUBERCULOSIS. 709 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Diagnosis and semeiology of). Bouic (V. E.) * De la secretion sudorale dans la tuberculose pulmonaire. 8°. Paris, 1903. Braun (P.) * Formes cliniques et pathogenie des foyers pneumoniques tuberculeux. 8°. Paris, 1911. Bresselle (L.) * Le doigt hippocratique dans les formes cliniques de la tuberculose pul- monaire. 8°. Paris, 1904. Bunz (M.) * Stetliographische Aufnahmen der Regio supraclavicularis bei Lungentubercu- lose. 8°. Munchen, 1907. Cathala (J.-E.) *La cephalee dans la tu- berculose. 8°. Lyon, 1905. Charlier ( A.) Mensuration de la capacite pulmonaire. Application a I'etude de la tuber- culose. 8°. Clermont, 1905. Corchado (M. R.) El microbio de la tisis, su valor diagnostico, investigacion y fotograffa. Con un prologo del Dr. Gabriel Villaronga. 8°. Ponce, P. B., 1885. Duncan (A.), sr. Observations on the dis- tinguishing symptoms of three different species of pulmonary consumption, the catarrhal, the apostematous, and the tuberculous; with some remarks on the remedies and regimen best fitted for the prevention, removal, or alleviation of each species. 8°. Edinburgh, 1813. -----. Thesame. 2. ed., to which is added an appendix on the preparation and use of lactucarium, or lettuce-opium. 8°. Eelinburgh, 1816. Dupouy (S.-.l.-M.-R.) * La douleur a la pres- sion du pneumogastrique au cou dans la tuber- culose pulmonaire, sa valeur semeiologique et pronostique. 8°. Bordeaux, 1905. Fowler (J. K.) The localisation of the lesions of phthisis in relation to diagnosis and prognosis. 8°. London, 1888. -----. The same. De la localisation des lesions de la phthisie. Traduit de l'anglais et annote par le docteur J. Tussau. 8°. Paris, 1889. Gaunet (M.) *Contribution a I'etude des fonctions hepatiques et renales dans la tubercu- lose pulmonaire. 8°. Lyon, 1900. Giol del Valle (I.) Diagnostico y trata- miento de la tuberculosis del pulmon. 8°. Madrid, 1898. Goldenberg (E. M.) *K voprosu o bakte- riologicheskom raspoznavanii bugorchatki. [On the bacteriological diagnosis of consumption.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1895. Grancher (J.) Maladies de l'appareil res- piratoire; tuberculose et auscultation. Lecons cliniques recueillies par le docteur L. Faisons. 8°. Paris, 1890. Hart (C.) & Harrass (P.) Der Thorax phthisicus; eine anatomisch-physiologische Stu- die. 4°. Stuttgart, 1908. Horand (H. j * Les formes basales de la tu- berculose pulmonaire. 8°. Lyon, 1910. Kraemer(C) *Ein eigenthiimlich verlau- fender Fall von Phthisis pulmonum. 8°. Tu- bingen, 1889. Kyritz (E.[A.]) *Das Rontgen verfahren und seine Entwicklung fiir die Diagnostik der Lungen- und Bronchialdriisentuberkulose. [Marburg.] 8°. Wiirzlmrg, 1908. Litzner (M.) *Der Sternalwinkel (Angulus Ludovici) am phthisischen Thorax. 8°. Leip- zig, [1903]. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Diagnosis and semeiology of). Lucet (L.) * Contribution a I'etude des echanges nutritifs dans la tuberculose. 8°. Pa- ris, 1905. Martin (B.-J.-C.-F.) *Les phtisiques gras. 8°. Lille, 1899. Murat (P.) *La tuberculose pulmonaire be- nigne. 8°. Montpellier, 1908. Nattan-Larrier (L.) Diagnostic de la tu- berculose par les nouveaux procedes de labora- toire. 8°. Paris, 1905. New York (City). Health Department. The importance of bacteriological examinations in the early diagnosis of pulmonary tuberculosis. 1897. 8°. [New York, 1897.] Parsons (C.) *On a form of bronchitis (sim- ulating phthisis) which is peculiar to certain branches of the potting trade. 8°. Edinburgh, 1804. Pla y Armengol (R.) Diagnostico precoz de la tuberculosis pulmonar. 8°. Barcelona, 1912. Plicque (A.-F.) Les formes cliniques de la phtisie pulmonaire. 8°. Paris, 1896. Poncet (J ) *Sur la constatation des bacilles de Koch dans les premieres manifestations de la tuberculose pulmonaire. 8°. Paris, 1896. Quidet (L.) * Essai historique sur les indices du debut de la tuberculose pulmonaire. 8°. Paris, 1898. Rapmund (C.) *Die Fortschritte der bakte- riologischen Diagnostik der Lungentuberkulose durch Uhlenhuths Antiforminverfahren und Muchs modifizierte Grainfiirbung. [Marburg.] 8°. Melxungen, 1910. Reynaud (C.) *Contribution a I'etude de la douleur phrenique au cours de la tuberculose pulmonaire. 8°. Paris, 1901. Richter (G. G.) [Pr.] de phthisi sine ulcere. Gottingse, 1744. In his: Opusc. med. 4°. Francof. et Lipsix, 1780, iii, 126-132. Robin (A.) & Binet (M.) Conditions et di- agnostic du terrain de la tuberculose pulmo- naire. 4°. Paris, 1901. Samocovlieff (B.-A.) *Des congestions pul- monaires non tuberculeuses localisees au som- met et simulant la tuberculose. 8°. Lyon, 1900. Sanooz (C.) * Untersuchungen fiber die Be- deutung des Sternalwinkels bei Lungentubercu- lose. [Basel.] 8°. Bern, 1907. von Schroen (O.) Der neue Microbe der Lungenphthise und der Unterschied zwischen Tuberkulose und Schwindsucht. Ein demons- trativer Vortrag. 8°. Munchen, 1904. ------. The same. Schli'issel zu den techni- schen Eachausdriicken in der Broschure: Der neue Mikrobe der Lungenphthise, von O. von Schroen. 8°. Miinehen, 1904. Schulze (K.) * Das Verhalten der Vitalka- pazitiit bei Lungentuberculose. 8°. Leipzig, 1904. Sichere (C.) * Considerations sur les bron- chites albuminuriques; diagnostic clinique avec la tuberculose pulmonaire. 8°. Pan's, 1899. Slussareff (G.) * Symptomes et le diagnos- tic differeutiel de la tuberculose aigue a forme typhoide. 4°. Paris, 1893. Spengler (C.) Zur Diagnose geschlossener Lungentuberkulose, der Sekundiirinfektion, tu- berkuloser und syphilitischer Phthise. 8°. Da- vos, 1900. TU BERCULOS IS. 710 TU BERCULOSLS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Diagnosis und semeiology of). Sqitre (J. E.) Essays on consumption, to- gether with some clinical observations and re- marks on pneumonia; with an introduction by Sir William Broadbent. 8°. London, 1900. Steell (G.) The physical signs of pulmo- nary disease, for the use of clinical students. 2. ed. 8°. Manchester dc London, 1900. ------. The physical signs of pulmonary disease. 2. ed. 12°. Philadelphia, 1900. _ Timbal (L.) * Essai de coprologie clinique. Les dyspepsies intestinales des tuberculeux. 8°. Toulouse, 1911. Ecole de pharmacie. Abrams (A.) The classification and diagnosis of pulmonary tuberculosis. Colorado M. J., Denver, 1904, x, 147-160.—Adams (B.) A few pitfalls in the diagnosis of pulmonary tuberculosis. St. Barth. Hosp. J., Lond., 1909-10, xvii, 138.—Alberto (C. C.) II segno angolo- scapolare del Baccelli ed il sintoma acromiale di Kuthy. Policlin., Roma, 1911, xviii, sez. prat., 69-71.—Albrecht (E.) Zur klinischen EinteilungderTuberkuloseprozesse in den Lungen. Frankf. Ztschr. f. Path., Wiesb., 1907, i, 361-370.—Alexander (B.I Ueber die Kronig'schen Schallfelder bei der Lungenspitzentuberkulose und iiber den I'erkussionsschall der Wirbelsiiule. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1903, xxix, 552-555.—Allard (E.) Ueber pseudopulmonale Geriiusche und ihre Ver- meidung bei der Auscultation der Lungenspitzen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1910, xlviii, 1494.—Ambler (C. P.) The physician's paramount duty to the patient and fam- ily in pulmonary tuberculosis. Bull. N. Car. Bd. Health, Raleigh, 1905-6, xx, 65-69. Also: Am. J. Tuberc, Detroit, 1905, i, no. 2, 7-9. Also: Colorado M. J., Denver, 1905, xi, 392-3J4.—Amreln (O.) Zur Auscultation der Fliister- stimme, speziell bei Lungentuberkulose. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1908, xxxviii, 323-326. -----. Pot- tenger's Lehre von den Muskelveriinderungen (Spasmus una Degeneration) bei intrathoracalen Entziindungen, speziell bei Lungentuberkulose. Ibid., 1912, xlii, 1111- 1116.—Andreesen (A.) Ueber die diagnostische und prognostiche Bedeutung des Zahnfleischsaumes bei der Lungentuberculose. St.Petersb. med. Wchnschr., 1895, n. F., xii, 89—Arbogast. Ueber eine bei der Inspektion der Sknpula haurig sichtbare, zur Diagnose der Lun- genphthise mit verwertbare Erscheinung. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., lyns, xii, 302-307.— Arnaud (J.) Zona intercostal prodromedelatuberculosepuimonaire. Mar- seille med.. is;;.—Scarpa (L. G.) Sul rapporto tra motilita del pol- mone, tubercolosi polmonare e tisi. Clin, e terap. fis. d. mal. dei polmoni e del cuore, Torino, 1910, i, no. 1; no. 2.—Scharr (E.) &©palka(L.) Uber einen Tra- cheotubus als Hilfsmittel zur Entnahme von Bronchial- schleim zwecks Feststellung der Lungentuberkulose. Ztsehr.f. Infektionskr___d. Haustiere, Berl.,1911, ix 332.— Schick (B.) Exspiratorisches Keuchen als Symptom der Lungendriisentuberkulose im ersten Lebensjahre. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1910, xxiii, 153-156.—Schmidt (A.) Bemerkungen zur Diagnose der Lungenschwind- sucht. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., jLeipz. u. Berl., 1903, xxix, 713-716. Also [Abstr.]: Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1903,1,1275. ^so[Abstr.]: Jahresb. d. Gesellsch. f. Nat.- u. Heilk. in Dresd. 1902-3, Munchen, 1904,161. [Discussion], 164-169.—Schroeder(G.) Phthisiatrische Streitfragen; ein BeitragzurKlinikderLungentuberkulose. Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1899, xx, 489; 497; 509.—Schroder (G.) &Briihl(T.) Ueberdie Beziehungen von Korperbe- wegungen, Korperwarme und Albumosurie zu einander una zum Fieber im Verlaufe der Phthise. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1902, xlix, 1373; 1417. —von Schron (O.) La grande scoverta. Gazz. internaz di med., Na- poli, 1904, vii, 150-152. -----. II nuovo microbo della tisi. N. riv. clin.-terap., Napoli, 1904, vii, 281-283. Also: Gior. ital. d. sc. med., Pisa, 1904, ii, 258-260. -----. The phthi- si ogenous microbe and the difference between tubercu- losis and phthisis of the lung. Med.-Leg. J., N. Y., 1904-5, xxii, 401: 1905-6, xxiii, 1, 4 pl. Also, Reprint. -----. Der Unterschied zwischen Tuberkulose und Schwind- sucht. Re pert. d. prakt. Med., Leipz., 1905, ii, 101-104. TUBERCULOSIS. 16 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Diagnosis and. semeiology of). -----. The phthisiogeneous microbe and the difference between tuberculosis and phthisis of the lungs. Med.- Leg. J., N. Y., 1907-8, xxv, 167-174, 6 pl. -----. The phthisiogenous microbe and the difference between tu- berculosis and phthisis. Ibid., 1908-9, xxvi, 1-14.— Schulze (W.) Ueber die Verwertbarkeit der subku- tanen Thoraxlymphdriisen fiir die Diagnose der Lungen- tuberkulose. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1910, lvii, 2693.—Schut (H.) Over vroegtijdige diagnose van longtuberculose. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1905, 2. r., xli, d. 2,1424-1432. -----. Eine neue Einteilung der Lungentuberkulose. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xxv, 827-830. — Secher (K.) Thilken lunge Andes fortrinsvis angreben ved lungetuberkulosens sidste sta- dium? [Which of the lungsis firstseized with pulmonary tuberculosis?] Hosp.-Tid., K0benh., 1911, 5. R., iv, 369- 373. [Discussion], 435.—Senator (H.) Sopra alcuni punti scelti della diagnosi e cura della tubercolosi pulmo- nale. Gazz. internaz. di med. prat., Napoli, 1900, iii, 169- 173.—Seppanen (V.) Keuhkotuberkulosin diagno- sista. [The diagnosis of tuberkulosis of the lungs.] Duo- decim, Helsinki, 1912, xxviii, 292-299,—Seufferheld (F.) Ueber den Unterschied im physikalischen Ver- halten beider Lungenspitzen. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1907, vii, 65-78.—Sewall (H.) A preliminary note on the relation of the form of the tubercle bacillus to the clinical aspects of pulmonarv tuberculosis. Tr. Colorado M. Soc, Denver, 1900, "219-225. Also: Med. News. N. Y., 1901, lxxviii, 418-420. Also, Re- print.—Sezary (A.) Pression arterielle et glandes sur- renales chez les tuberculeux. Arch. d. mal. du cceur [etc.], Par. 1910, iii, 73-79. -----. La respiration granu- leuse danse la tuberculose pulmonaire. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1911, lxxxiv, 1579. -----. L'auscultation quoti- dienne dans la tuberculose pulmonaire au detiut. Pro- gres med., Par., 1911, 3. s., xxvii, 453.—Shaw (H. B.) A clinical lecture on ultra-chronic pulmonary tubercu- losis. Lancet, Lond., 1911, i, 3-6. Shively (H. L.) A clinical study of myoidema with especial reference to its occurrence in pulmonary tuberculosis. N. York M. J. [etc.], N. Y. & Phila., 1905. Also, Reprint.—Shurly (E. L.) On the clinical history of phthisis pulmonalis. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1890, xcix, 462-476. Also, Reprint. Also, in: Gibbes (H.) & Shurley (E. L.) An inves- tigation [etc.], 8°, Phila., 1890,1-5.—Sinks (E, D.) Pul- monary tuberculosis; its diagnosis and course under fa- vorable climatic conditions. J. Ass. Mil. Surg., Carlisle, Pa.,1905,xvi,399413. .4teo, Reprint.—Smith (C.S.) Isit advisable to conceal the diagnosis of phthisis from pa- tients? Atlantic M. Weekly, Providence, 1898, ix,113-116 — Smith (E.) Rate of hourly pulsation and respiration in phthisis, in its relations to sleep,food, sunlight etc.; with four diagrams and tables. Med.-Chir. Tr., Lond., 1855-6, xxxix, 151-192. Also, Reprint.—Smith (F. C.) Cough during auscultation in the diagnosis of pulmonary tuber- culosis; a plea for its routine employment to elicit fine rales; technic and convenient signal. J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- cago, 1911, lvi, 245.—SnaderfE. R.) The value and signifi- cance of a red line along the gums as a diagnostic sign of phthisis pulmonalis. Hahneman. Month., Phila., 1889, xxiv, 776-781. -----. The modern vs. the old fashioned methods in the diagnosis of phthisis pulmonalis. Ibid., 1905, xl, 891-902.—Snellen (K.) De la valeur de cer- taines mensurations au point de vue de la tuberculose. Cong, internat. d. med. de comp. d'assur. Rap., Par., 1903, iii, v. 1, 59-63. Also [Discussion]: Cong, internat. d. med. de comp. d'assur. Proc.-verb., Par. 1903, 39-44. Also [Rap.]: Bull, de l'Ass. internat. d. med.-exp. de comp. d'assur., Brux., 1903, ii, 149.—Sokolowski (A.) O niekt6rych odrebnych postaciach suchot plucnvch. [On some distinct forms of phthisis.] Przegl. lek., Kra- k6w, 1879, xviii, 409; 417.—Solari (E.) Di un sintomo precoee nella tisi polmonare florida. Pratica d. med.. Napoli, 1908-9, ix, 40-42— Soulier. Phthisie tcranuleuse suraigue. J. de med. de Lyon, 1865, iii, 289-3f>0.—Squire (J. E.) Phthisis pulmonalis without obtrusive symp- toms. Polyclin., Lond., 1903, vii, 112. -----. A case of pulmonary tuberculosis with symptoms due to infection of the central nervous system. Ibid., 1906, x, 89-91.— Stud linger (H. E.j How to recognize tubercular changes in the apices of the lung on percussion. Phila M. J., 1902, x, 367-369.—Starr (I. P.) The differential diagnosis of pulmonary tuberculosis; a study based upon 519 non-tuberculous cases admitted to Gouverneur Tu- berculosis Clinic from November 1, 1903, to November 1910. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1912, lxxxii, 22— Stavski (I. V ) K voprosu o differentsialnol diagnostikle mezhdu khlo- rozom l tuberkulyozom. [Differential diagnosis between chlorosis and tuberculosis.] Med. Obozr Mosk 1912 lxxvu, 9-15.—Stewart (A.) The importance of symp- toms in the diagnosis of phthisis. Australas. M. Gaz Sydney 1912, xxxi, 517-519,-stlcker (G.) Beitrag zur Diagnostik der tuberkulosen Lungenaffektionen und zur regionaren Beeinflussung derselben. Centralbl. f. klin Med Leipz., 1891, xii, 49-54.—Strandgaard (N. J ) Hvilken lunge angribes fortrinsvis af tuberkulose? Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Diagnosis and semeiology of). [Which lung is first affected with tuberculosis?] Hosp.- Tid., Kribenh., 1910, 5. R., iii, 929-942.—Street (E.) Un- justifiable negligence in the diagnosis of pulmonary tu- berculosis. Carolina M. J.. Charlotte, 1906, lv, 9-12.— Stubbert (J. E.) The X-rays as a diagnostic agent in pulmonary diseases. Phila. M. J., 1900, v, 67-61. Also, Reprint. -----. A plea for an accepted nomenclature with reference to the classification of pulmonary tuber- culosis. Med. News, N. Y., 1902, lxxx, 346-352.—Take- naka (S.) [A method of determining the intensity of pulmonary tuberculosis.] Tokyo Iji-Shinshi, 1902,1698.— Tedeschi (E.) Di un rumore scapolare e del suo sig- nificato diagnostico. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1908, xxix, 1440-1442.—Tendeloo (N. P.) Aero-lymphogene Lun- gentuberkulose. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1907, liv, 105-110.—Thomson (J.J.) The early diagnosis of pul- monary tuberculosis. Canad. M. Ass. J., Toronto, 1911, i, 47-52.—Thorburn (J. D.) Points of clinical interest in pulmonary tuberculosis. Montreal M. J., 1892-3, xxi, 11-18.—Tobiesen (T.) SpirometrischeUntersuchungen an Schwindsiichtigen. Skandin. Arch, f. Physiol., Leipz., 1911, xxv, 209-230.—Tornu (E.) Sur la valeur de la dis- tribution du systeme pileux chez les malades atteints de tuberculose locale. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. . . . de Bordeaux, 1892, xiii, 265-267.—Tumminla (P.) Ri- cerche sulla morfologia del bacillo di Koch nelle diverse forme cliniche di tubercolosi polmonare. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1906, xxvii, 1299.—Upson (C. R.) Mensuration as an aid to the diagnosis of pulmonary tuberculosis. Am. Med., Phila., 1902, iii, 913-916.—Uriarte (L.) Dos nuevos metodos biologicos para el diagn6stico de la tu- berculosis. Semana m6d., Buenos Aires, 1907, xiv, 957- 964.—Valin (C.-N.) Syndrome phtisique de nature hysterique. Union m6d. du Canada, Montreal, 1905, xxxiv, 136-145.—Valllvero (S.) L' importanza del rantolo orale nella diagnosi di tubercolosi polmonare. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1907, xxviii, 340-342. —Veil- lard (J.) Contribution a I'etude des ralesetnis au tra- vers des voies aSriennes superieures dans la tuberculose pulmonaire et quelques autres affections bronchiques et pulmonaires. Rev. m6d. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1904, xxiv, 350-368.—von den Velden (R.) Lungen- randgerausche. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1905, iv, 113-121.—Vennat (H.) Contribution a I'etude des congestions pleuropulmonaires apyretiques de la base, comme signe precurseur de la tuberculose. Arch, de med. et pharm. mil., Par., 1905, xiv, 521-527.—Verdalle (H.) Les formes cliniques de la tuberculose pulmonaire et la contagion. Gaz. d. eaux, Par., 1898, xli, 185-188.— Vergely & Bard. Formes cliniques de la tuberculose pulmonaire. [Rap.] Semaine med., Par., 1898, xviii, 157; 164.—Vitry (G.) & Giraud (G.) Lesions histolo- giques du corps thyro'ide des tuberculeux, leurs rapports avec la teneur en iode. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1908, lxv, 405.—van Voornveld (H. J. A.) Over in- dicates bij longtuberculose. Med. Weekbl., Amst., 1897-8, iv, 583; 599; 610; 625.—Walker (J. B.) A foreign body in the air passages simulating rapid phthisis. Tr. Am. Climat. Ass., Phila., 1901, xvii, 154-157. Also: Inter- nat. Clin., Phila., 1902, 11. s., iv, 128-130.—Wall (C.) The hospital out-patient department as a machine for the detection of pulmonary tuberculosis. Nat. Ass. Prev. Consumpt. Tr., Lond., 1911, 74-82.—Walsham (H.) Two cases of pulmonary tuberculosis. Arch. Roentg. Ray, Lond., 1903-4, viii, 18,1 pl.—Weinberger (M.) Ueber neuere Ergebnisse der Diagnostik der Lun- gentuberkulose (neue Perkussionsmethoden, Rontgen- Diagnostik und Tuberkulindiagnostik). Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1911, Ixi, 1473; 1557; 1615; 1684.—Wells (G. H.) The circulatory phenomena of pulmonary tubercu- losis and their relation to diagnosis and treatment. Hahneman. Month., Phila., 1907, xlii, 501-511.— Wenzel (G.) Ueber die Wandperkussion. Klin.-therap. Wchn- schr., Berl., 1911, xviii, 1177-1181.—AVest (S.) Case of acute phthisis, with rapid extension of physical signs, but without expectoration for four months, when tu- bercle bacilli were found. Lancet, Lond., 1896, ii, 750.— Westenhoeffer. Demonstration von Einzel- und Situspriiparaten zu der Goldscheiderschen Perkussion der Lungenspitzen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1907, xliv, 1053.— Wethered (F. J.) Types of pulmonary tuberculosis. Clin. J., Lond., 1896-7, viii, 168-172.—Wheaton (C. L.) Integument atrophy; a sign of diagnostic importance in early pulmonary tuberculosis. Chicago M. Recorder, 1910, xxxii, 673. Also: 3. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, liv, 2123.—Wheaton (S. W.) Case primarily of tubercle, in which a fungus (aspergillus) grew in the bronchi and lung, simulating actinomycosis. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1889-90, xli, 34-37, 1 1., 1 pl.—Whipple (E. G.) The relative and absolute signs of pulmonarv tuberculosis. Albany M. Ann., 1908, xxix, 717-752.—Hi I Icms (H.) Etude du murmure v6siculaire; son importance dans le diagnostic precoee de la tuberculose pulmonaire. Scal- pel, Liege, 1910-11, lxiii, 529; 543; 561— Williams (C. T.) On the diagnosisof pulmonary tuberculosis. Brit. M. J., Lond.. 1903, i. 589: ii, 1317. Also: Internat. Clin. TUBERCULOSIS. 717 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Diagnosis and semeiology of). Phila., 1892, 2. s., i, 48-56 —Williams (R. F.) Physical findings of pulmonary tuberculosis. Virginia M. Semi- Month., Richmond, 1903-4, viii, 4074111.— Willmore (W. S.) Phthisis with peculiar cardiac physical signs. Lancet, Lond., 1898, ii, 1548— Willson (R. N.) Ss Ro- rjenberger (R. C.) The duration of the actively infec- tious stage of tuberculosis. Phila. Hosp. Rep. (1908), 1909, vii, 126-141.—WoM'enstein (J.) Paresthesia of the pharynx and larynx as a premonitory symptom of tuberculosis of the lungs. Med. News, Phila., 1893, lxiii, 377-380. Also, Reprint.—Wiirtzen (C. H.) Om kutan Reflekshyperalgesi og dens Forhold ved Lungetuberku- lose. [Cutaneous reflex hyperalgesia and its relation to pulmonary tuberculosis.] Bibliot. f. Laeger, K0benh., 1905, 8. R., vi, 495-548. Also, transl: Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1906, viii, 275-299—Xalabarder (K.) Oontri- buci6n al estudio de la tuberculosis pseudo-nsmatiea. Clin, mod., Zaragoza, 1909, vii, 161-172.—Vanovski (F. G.) [Janowski (T. G.) in German]. K postukivaniyu lyo- khochnikh verkhushek pri bugorchatkle. [Percussion of the lung apices in tuberculosis.] Russk. Vrach, S.- Peterb., 1912, xi, 1165-1168. Also, transl: Med. Klin., Berl., 1912, viii. 17S6-17S9.—Ziegler (0.) Die Turban- Gerhardtsche Stadieneinteilung der Lungentuberkulose. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1909, xiv, 115-119. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Diagnosis of, Graphic and radiographic). See, also, Tuberculosis (Diagnosis of, Badio- scopic). Benucci (D.) La tubercolosi polmonare e i raggi di Rontgen. I. Aumento del rendimento fotografico. II. Preparazione speciale delle las- tre sensibili. III. Ombre di polmoni tuberco- losi. IV. Tubercolosi latenti e larvate. V. Criterio diagnostico della localizzazione delle ombre. 8°. Genova, 1896. ------. La radiografia degli apici polmonari nella diagnosi della tubercolosi. 8°. Firenze, 1897. Uxtted States. General Hospital, Fort Bay- ard, X. M. X-ray prints. 20 prints, fol. [n. p., 1905.] Achelis (W.) Ueber die Rontgendiagnose der milia- ren Lungentuberkulose. Miinehen.med.Wchnschr.. 1910, lvii, 1875. —Adam (H.) Rontgenologische Befunde bei Lungenspitzentuberkulose. Fortschr. a. d. Geb. d. Ront- genstrahlen, Hamb., 1906, x, 182-187, 1 pl.—Albers- Sehonberg. Zur Rontgendiagnose der Lungenspitzen- tuberkulose. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Rontg.-Gesellsch., Hamb., 1908, iv, 42-46. Also: Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1908, xxxiv, 864-866.—Allaire (G.) Exa- men a l'ecran fluorescent du thorax des tuberculeux. Gaz. med.deNantes,1903,2.s.,xxi,3U; 325.-----. Examen radioscopique de deux malades atteintes de tuberculose pulmonaire avec lesions siegeant au niveau de la seissure interlobaire horizontale. Ann. d'electrobiol. [etc.], Par., 1904, vii, 235-238,1 pl.—Arnsperger (H.) Die Rontgen- diagnostik der Lungenkrankheiten. Reichs-Med.-Anz., Leipz., 1910, xxxv, 99-103.—Assmann (H.) Beitrage zur Rontgendiagnostik der latenten bzw. inzipienten Lungentuberkulose. Fortschr. a. d. Geb. d. Rontgen- strahlen, Hamb., 1911, xviii, 27-60, 3 pl. — Auld (A. G.) The Roentgen ravs in the diagnosis of pulmonary dis- ease. Lancet,Lond.,1903,ii,34L—Reale (E. C.) & Wal- sham (EL) The diagnosis of tubercular disease of the lungs by means of the Rontgen rays. Practitioner, Lond., 1901, lxvii, 57-69. —Beck (E. G.) Stereoskopi- sche Radiographic als diagnostisches Hilfsmittel bei Lungentuberkulose. Fortschr. a. d. Geb, d. Rontgen- strahlen, Hamb., 1910, xv, 303-310.—Behn. Zur Ront- gendiagnostik der beginnenden Lungentuberkulose. Mitt. f. d. Ver. Schlesw.-Holst. Aerzte, Kiel, 1906, xv, 5- 9.—Bibb (R. H. L.) The X-rays as an aid in the early diagnosisof pulmonary tuberculosis. TexasM. J., Austin, 1907-8, xxiii, 345-348. — Bollag (M. 1 Ein neues System zur graphisehen und stenographisehen Darstellung des Lungenbefundes. Tuberculosis, Leipz., 1910, ix, 320-327.— Bolt (R. A.) Relative value of the Rontgen rays in the diagnosis of pulmonary tuberculosis; radiographic illus- trations by Vernon J. Willey. Arch. Diagn., N. Y., 1908, i, 229-240, 2 pl.—Bonnet (L.) Sur l'emploi des rayons de Roentgen pour le diagnostic precoee de la tuber- culose pulmonaire. Tr. Brit. Cong. Tuberc. 1901, Lond.t 1902, iii, 285-288. — Bouchard (C.J Les rayons de Rontgen appliques au diagnostic de la tuberculose pulmonaire. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1896, exxiii 1042. Also: Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1896, lxix, 1439.— Bouchard (C.) & Claude. The Roentgen rays in the diagnosis of pulmonary tuberculosis. Am. X-Ray J., St. Louis, 1898, ui, 468-470.—de Bourgade La Dardye Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Diagnosis of Graphic and radiographic). (E.) Des causes d'erreur dans Papplication des rayons X au diagnostic de la tuberculose pulmonaire. Cong. p. I'etude de la tuberculose, Par., 1898, iv, 127-130.—Caflero (C.) Studio pneumograflco nella tubercolosi polmonare. Clin. med. ital.,Milano, 1903, xlii, 756-772.—Claude (H.) De l'application des rayons de Rontgen au diagnostic de la tuberculose pulmonaire. Cong. p. I'etude de la tuber- culose.Par.,I898,iv, 1-30. Also:Arch.d'electric.merL,Bor- deaux, 1898, vi,387-108. Also [Abstr.]: Bull.med.,Par.,1898, xii, 737.—Colin (M.) Die anatomischen Substrate der Lun- genrontgenogramme und i hre Bedeutung fiir die Rontgen- diagnostik der Lungentuberkulose. Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. 1910, Berl., 1911, xli, pt. 2, 348-354. Also: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xlviii, 16-18.-----. Die ana- tomische Bedeutung der Lungenrontgenogramme und ihre Beziehungen zur Rontgendiagnostik der Lungentu- berkulose. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1911, xvii, 217-229.— < ole (L. G.) A plea for radiographic diagnoses in early pulmonary tuberculosis. Tr. Am. Roentgen Ray Soc, Cincin., 1907, viii, 143-156, 3 pl. -----. The radiographic diagnosis and classification of early pulmonary tuber- culosis. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1910, cxl, 29- 53. Also [Abstr.l: Tr. Homceop. M. Soc, N. Y., 1910, liv, 116-125. — 61 a tud6giim6k6rdiagnosisa.n&l, prognosianal a speci- fikus therapiajanal. [The value of Ehrlich's diazoreac- tion in pulmonary phthisis as to diagnosis, prognosis, and specific treatment.] Budapesti orv. ujsag, 1911, ix, 23- 28. Also, transl: Ztschr. f.Luberk., Leipz., 1911, xvii, 105- 119.—CJpson (C. R.) The diazo-reaction; its value as a prognostic sign in pulmonarv tuberculosis. J. Tuberc, Asheville, N. ('., 1902, iv, 366-369.—Van Beneden (A.) Diazoreaction et tuberculose. Ann. Soc med.-chir. de Liege, 1901, xl, 467-483.—V ermeersch (T.) Diazoreac- tie en longtering. Handel, v. h. vlaamsch nat.- en ge- neesk. Cong., Gent en Antwerpen, 1901, v, 139-148. — Weiss (M.) Beobachtungen iiber die Ehrlichsche Dia- zoreaktion bei Lungentuberkulose. Wien. klin. Wchn- schr., 1906, xix, 1307-1312. -----. Leber das Chromogen des Urochromsals Ursache der Ehrlichschen Diazo-Reak- tion, auf Grund von Untersuchungen des Harnesbei Lun- gentuberkulose. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1907, TUBERCULOSIS. 720 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary. Diazo-reac- \ tion in). viii, 177-220.-----. Ueber eine Vorstuffe der Ehrlichschen Diazoreaktion im Harne von Tuberkulosen. Med. Klin., Berl., 1910, vi, 867.—Widstrand (A.) & Holmgren (I.) Studier ofver diazo-reaktionen vid lungtuherkulos och dess prognostiska betydelse. [Die Ehrlichsche Dia- zoreaktion als Prognostikon bei Lungenphthise. Kef., p. 905.] Hvgiea, Stockholm, 1904,2. L, v, 848-905.—Wil- liams (J.'R.) The prognostic value of the diazoreac- tion in tuberculosis, with interesting observations as to racial differences in whites and blacks. Med. Rec.,N. Y., 1907, lxxi, 480. -----. Further observations as to the diazo reaction in tuberculosis with interesting observations as to radical differences in whites and blacks. Charlotte [N. C] M. J., 1911, lxiv, 91-93. — Wood (F. C.) A note on the prognostic value of the diazo reaction in phthisis. Proc. N. York Path. Soc, 1901, n. s., i,80. -----. The prog- nostic value of the diazo-reaction in pulmonary tubercu- losis. Med. News, N. Y., 1903, lxxxii, 631-633.—Yokota (K.) Ueber die Diazoreaction des Phtisikerharns. | Ja- panese text.] Ztschr. d. med. Gesellsch. zu Tokyo, 1896, x, 93-97. Tuberculosis (Pulmonury. Disinfec- tion in). See Tuberculosis (Disinfection in). Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Dysphagia in). Renoux (G.) *Du traitement de la dyspha- gie des tuberculeux par les injections au niveau du larynge superieur. 8°. Lyon, 1911. Ber tra n (F.) Las injecciones de alcohol como trata- miento de las disfagias do los tuberculosos. Bol. de larin- gol., otol. y rinol., Madrid, 1912, xii. 222-238. —Connell (J. C.) The dysphagia of tuberculosis. Kingston M. Quart., 1902-3, vii, 90-95. — Freudenthal (W.) The treatmentof dysphagia and cough, especially in tubercu- losis. Phila. M. J., 1899, iii, 666-671. Also, transl: Mo- natschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1899, xxxiii, 110-122.—Garel (J.) Injections anesthesiques au niveau du larynge su- perieur dans le traitement de la dysphagie des tubercu- leux. Bull. Soc. med. d. imp. de Lvon, 1911, x, 228- 230. Also: Lyon med., 1911, cxvi, 1191-1193.—Genta (S.) Sulla disfagia dei tubercolosi. Ann. di laringol. [etc.], Genova, 1900, i, 382; 411. Also: Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.] 1900, Empoli, 1901, v, 146—Gruz- deft"(S.) Lyokhochnaya chakhotka s pripodkami su- zheniya pishtshevoda. [Phthisis with cesophagismus.] Protok. zasaid. Obsh. morok. vrach. v Kronstadte, 1903^, xli, 33.—Helot (R.) Traitement de la dysphagie des tuberculeux par les injections d'alcool au niveau dula- rvnge superieur. Rev. m6d. de Normandie, Rouen, 1912, 65-69. Also [Absrr/j: Gaz. med.dePar.,1912,lxxxiii,207.— Lannoi*. Le traitement de la dysphagie des tubercu- leux par les injections de cocaine au niveau du laryng6 inferieur. Bull. Soc. med. d. hop. de Lvon, 1911, x, 226- 228. Also: Lyon med., 1911, cxvi, 1189-1191. Also: Rev. internat.dela tuberc,Par.,1912,xxi, 85-91. -----. Lesin- jections anesthesiantes du larynge supeneur dans la dys- phagie des tuberculeux. Lyon med., 1912, cxix, 451-459. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Economic and social aspect of). See Tuberculosis (Economic, etc., aspect of). Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Emphy- sema in). Colas (A.) * Essai sur une complication rare de la tuberculose (emphyseme sous-cutane gene- ralise). 4°. Paris, 1893. Henrion (A.) * Considerations sur 1'em- physeme sous-cutane dans la tuberculose \ ul- monaire. 8°. Paris, 1905. Hubner (H. W.) * Ueber Hautemphysem bei Phthise. 8°. Leipzig, 1901. Martin (P.-E.) *De la manifestation em- physemateuse de la tuberculose pulmonaire. S°. Paris, 1901. Radicke (P.) *Sehutzt das Emphvsem vor Erkrankung an Lungentuberkulose? *8°. Er- langen, 1902. Reiff (Lise). * Emphyseme sous-cutane ge- neralise au cours de la tuberculose pulmonaire. s:. Paris, 19(is. 'uberculosis (Pulmonary, Emphy- sema in). Rueff (L.) *De la tuberculose emphyw'ma- teuse (emphyseme generalise au cours de la tuberculose pulmonaire). 8°. Nancy, 1903. Aronhcim. Ausgedehntes Hautemphysem und Ma- nifestation einer latenten Phthisis pulmonum nach einer kleinen perforierenden Brustverletzung bei einem 19 Jahre alten Arbeiter. Monatschr. f. Unfallheilk., Leipz., 1907, xiv, 336-340.—Attwood (R. D.) A case of surgical emphysema in pulmonary tuberculosis. Lancet, Lond., 1904, ii, 1714.—Aveiiderio. Enflsema sub-cuuineo en el eurso de una tuberculosis polmonar sub aguda. Cr6n. med., Lima, 1909, xxvi, 281-289.—BaSta (J.) Podkozni emfysem pfi miliarni tuberkulose plic [Subcutaneous emphysema in pulmonarv tuberculosis.] Casop. lek. cesk., v Praze, 1903, xlii, 1220.—Bernard (L.) & Cain (A.) Tuberculose pulmonaire aigue; emphyseme me- diastinal et sous-cutane terminal par rupture des parois alv^olaires; lesion pulmonaire initiale basilaire. Pro- gres med., Par., 1912, 3. s., xxviii, 401-403.— Bernheim. De la tuberculose emphysemateuse. Rev. med. de Test, Nancy, 1900, xxxii, 143-145. Also: Soc. de med. de Nancy. C.-r., 1899-1900, pp. xlix-lii. -----. De la tuberculose em- physemateuse. Bull, med., Par., 1903, xvii, 733-735.—De- Icarde (A.) Emphyseme et tuberculose pulmonaire. Ibid., 1902, xvi, 383-3»9.—Durand. Tuberculose pulmo- naire avec emphyseme sous-cutan6 de la paroi thoracique. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux, 1898, xix, 244.— Fiehler (W.) Przypadek odmy podskbrnej (emphy- sema subcutaneum) u osobnika z gruzlica. pluc. [... in a consumptive.] Kron. lek., Warszawa, 1902, xxiii, 559- 563.—Freund (W. A.) Ueber Thoraxanomalien bei Phthisis und Emphysem. [Discussion.] Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. (1902), 1903, xxxiii, pt. 1, 5; 18.— Fuller (J. R.) General emphysema as a result of pul- monary, tubercle. Lancet, Lond., 1893, i, 996.—Halipre' (A.) A. propos de deux cas d'emphyseme sous-cutan6 dans la tuberculose chronique. Rev. med. de Normandie, Rouen, 1904, iv, 381-389.—Hirtz. Tuberculose et em- physeme. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1906, lxxix, 631.—Imbert (L.) Un cas d'aerocele bilat6rale du cou chez un phthi- sique. Ibid., 1892, lxv, 273; 296.—Klimenko (V. N.) Sluchal podkozhnol emfizeml she! i grudi u chakho- tochnavo. [Subcutaneous emphysema of the neck and chest in a consumptive.] Vrach, St. Petersb., 1897, xviii, 1146.—Krencker (E.) Ein Fall von subkutanem Em- physem bei Lungentuberkulose. Munchen. med. Wchn- schr., 1907, liv, 264.—Lawson (J. B.) Case of phthisis pulmonalis complicated during the last week of the ill- ness with extensive subcutaneous emphysema. Glasgow M. J., 1890, xxxiv, 115-117.—Loring (S.) Subcutaneous emphysema from perforation of the pleura by extension of tubercular ulceration from the lung. Phila. M. J., 1903, xi, 604.—Lunn (J. R.) A case of subcutaneous em- physema in pulmonary tuberculosis. Lancet, Lond.,1905, l, 158.—Orth. Ueber tuberkuloses Emphysem. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1910, xlvii, 644.—Renon (L.) & G£- raudel (E.) Un casd'emphys6me sous-cutane au cours de la tuberculose; pulmonaire chronique; guenson de l'emphyseme. Bull, et mem. Soc. m6d. d. h6p. de Par., 1902, 3. s., xix, 840-843.—Buotsalainen (A.) Tho- emfysemista keukkotuberkulosin komplikationa. [Com- plications of subcutaneous emphysema resulting from tuberculosis.] Duodecim, Helsinki, 1910, xxvi, 131-152.— Swiatecki (W.) Rzadki przypadek bardzo rozleglej rozedmy podskdrnej (emphysema subcutaneum), pow- stalej na tie gruzlicy pluc. [A rare case of most extreme . . . arising in tuberculosis of lungs.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1890,2. s, x, 452-459.—Stokes (W.) Pulmonary phthisis, with emphysema. Proc Path. Soc. Dubl., 1868-71, n. s., iv, 42. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Experi- mental). See, also, Tuberculosis (Experimental). Piltz ([E.] G.) * Beitrage zum experimen- tellen Studium der Lungen-Hilusdrusentuber- kulose im Rontgenbild. 8°. Marburg, 1911. Serpovski (K. G.) *Nekrotuberkuloz i psev- dotuberkuloz lyokhkikh u krolikov; eksperi- mentalnoye izslledovaniye. [Necro-tuberculosis and tuberculosis of the lungs in rabbits; experi- mental investigation.] 8°. Yuryev, 1903. Zhebrovski (E. A.) * K voprosu o Hechenii eksperimentalnavo tuberkuloza. [Treatment of experimental tuberculosis.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1902. Arloing & Laulanie. Des variations des combus- tions respiratoires et de la temperature centrale chez le TUBERCULOSIS. 721 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Experi- mental). lapin, au debut de la tuberculose experimentale. Cong. internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 257-260.—Bae- meister. Experimentelle Lungenspitzentuberkulose. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1911, xxviii, 290-292.—Barr (A. D.) The cure of tuberculosis proven by an experiment on guinea pigs. St. Louis M. & S. J., 1899, lxxvi, 149-151.—Bartel (J.) & Neumann (W.) Ueberexperimentellelnhalationstuberkulosebeim Meerschweinchen, Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1906, xix,167; 213.—von Baumgarten. Ueber experimentelle Lun- genphthise. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch. 1901, Berl., 1902, 73-82— Borrel (A.) Tuberculose pulmo- naire experimentale; etude anatomo-pathologiqoe du processus obtenu par injection veineuse. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1893, vii, 693-627, 3 pl.—Corper (H. J.) Intra-vitam staining of tuberculous guinea-pigs with fat- soluble dyes; studies on the biochemistry and chemo- therapy of tuberculosis. II. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1912, ii, 373-387.—Derewenko (W. N.) Experimente fiber Inhalationstuberkulose. Arb. a. d. Geb. d. path. Anat. u. Bakteriol. . . . zu Tiibing., Brnschwg., 1911, vii, 423; 436.—Dietl (K.) & Hamburger (F.) Ueber tu- berkulose Exazerbation; experimentelle Studie. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1912, xxiv, 55-65.—Ferran (J.) Evoluci6n de la tuberculosis producida en los co- bayas por el bacilo ftisi6geno 6 espermigeno, contenido en los esputos de personas enfermas de tuberculosis pul- monar, y clase de alteraciones tuberculosas quepueden ser eflcazmente combatidas por el suero antifimico, obtenido de animales hiperinmunizados con las toxinas de dicho bacilo. Clin, mod., Zaragoza, 1903, ii, 1-13, 4 pl. Also, transl: Arch. gen. de med., Par., 1903, i, 3-18.— Gamier (M.) & Chaoul (A.) Recherches sur les pseudo-tuberculoses par substances inanimees. Arch, de med. exper. et d'anat. path., Par., 1912, xxiv, 609-632.— Grysez (V.) & Fetit-Dutaillis (D.) Contribution a l'Stude de la tuberculose pulmonaire experimentale par inhalation. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1912, Ixxiii, 728-730.—Halbron (P.) Tuberculose pulmonaire ex- perimentale par inoculation intraperitoneale. Ibid.,1906, Ixi, 34.—Hericourt (J.) & Bichet (C.) De l'effet des medications diverses dans le traitement dela tuberculose experimentale; metatropisme et therapeutique. Ibid., 1900, U.S., ii, 27.5-278.—Herxheimer (G.) Ueberdie Wirkungsweise des Tuberkelbacillus bei experimenteller Lungentuberkulose. Beitr.z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1903. xxxiii, 363-408, 2pl.—Heymann (B.) Ver- suche an Meerschweinchen iiber die Aufnahme inhalier- ter Tuberkelbazillen in die Lunge. Ztschr. f. Hvg. u. Infektionskrankh., Leipz., 1908, lx, 490-507.—L alio lit (M.) & Lombard (A.) E tudes experimentales et clini- ques sur le traitement de la tuberculose. Progres med., Par., 1903, 3. s., xvii, 177; 289; 338; 423.—Lannelongue, Achard & Gaillard. De l'influence du climat sur 1'evolution de la tuberculose pleuro-pulmonaire experi- mentale. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1901, exxxii, 114-117. Also: Bull. m6d., Par., 1901, xv, 67. Also: Gaz. hebd. de med., Par., 1901, n. s., vi, 97.—Letulle (M.) & Halbron (P.) Histogenese des lesions pul- monaires tuberculeuses experimentales. Cong, inter- nat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 462-464.—Levy (E.) Ueber die Erzeugung von tuberkulosen Lungenkavcrnen im Tierexperiment und deren Bedeutung. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc] 1. Abt., Jena, 1909, li, Orig., 476-479.— Lewis (P. A.i & Montgomery (0. M.) Observations on experimental pulmonary tuberculosis in the dog. [Abstr.]: Proc. Path. Soc. Phila., 1912, n. s., xv, 134.—Mar- morek (A.) Production experimentale de cavernes pulmonaires chez le cobave et le lapin. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1907, lxii, 123-125.—Prudden (T. M.) Experimental phthisis in rabbits with the formation of cavities; a demonstration, Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1894, ix, 166.—Bodet & Galavielle. Experi- ences concernant l'influence d'un bacille acido-resistant saprophyte (bacille de la phieole) sur la receptivite du cobaye a Tegard de la tuberculose. Cong, franc, de med. 1907. Compt. rend., Par., 1908,280-282.—ROmer (P. H.) Ueber experimentelle kavernose Lungentuberkulose. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1909, xlvi, 813-816.—Rossle (R.) Experimentelle Tuberkuloseforschung und pathologische Anatomie. Kor.-Bl. d. allg. arztl. Ver. v. Thiiringen, Jena, 1912, xli, 143-153. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Eye in). Axenfeld. Le role dela tuberculose dans l'etiologie des hemorragies intra-oculaireset lesalterationsvasculai- resetproliferantesdela retine. J. m6d.de Brux., 1910, xv, 707-709.—Bichelonne(H.) Delamydriase unilaterale dans la tuberculose pulmonaire au debut. Ann. d'ocul., Par.,1905,cxxxiv,273-285.— Cantonnet (A.) L'in6galite pupillaire latente dans la tuberculose pulmonaire. J. de m6d.int., Par., 1909, xiii,235.—Destree (E.) De la dila- tation inegale des pupilles dans la tuberculose des pou- mons et des ganglions bronchiques; sa valeur comme signe premonitoirede tubercu isation pulmonaire. J. de vol xviii, 2d series---46 Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Eye in). med., chir. et Pharmacol., Brux., 1894,241-245.—Froma- get(C) Syndrome oculo-sympathique chez une tuber- euleuse pulmonaire. Ann. d'ocul., Par., 1911, cxliv, 266- 272.—Harrington (T. F.) Dilated pupils, a sign of a tubercular diathesis. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par 1906, i, 509-512.—Neese (E.) Zwei Falle von intra- okularem Tumor in phtliisischen Augen. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1906, xliv, 469-493.—Petit (P.) Les troubles pupillaires dans la tuberculose pulmonaire. Rev. med. de Normandie, Rouen, 1905, 452^55. — de Schw cinitz (G. E.) & Holloway (T. B.) Unusual retinal lesions in association with incipient pulmonary tuberculosis; a report of two cases. Univ. Penn. M. Bull., Phila., 1910-11, xxiii, 39-46.—Souques (A.) Syndrome oeulo-pupillairedans la tuberculose du sommet du pou- mon. Bull, et mem. Soc. m6d. d. hop. de Par., 1902, 3. s., xix, 484-488.—Tuechter (J. L.) Unequal pupils as an early sign in phthisis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lviii, 548.-\Voll'er (L.) Ungleiche Pupillenweite als Fruhsymptom der Lungentuberkulose. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1911, Ixi, 705. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Familial). See Tuberculosis (Familial).' Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Fever in). See, also, Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Tempera- ture in). Aguilar (A. R.) * Contribution al estudio de la hipertermia local en la tuberculosis pulmonar. 8°. Mexico, 1884. Chommer (A.) * Ueber die Steigerung der Rektaltemperatur nach Korperbewegungen und ihre Bedeutung fiir die Diagnose der Lungen- tuberkulose. 8°. Basel, 1912. Debidour (A.) Contribution a. I'etude du pyramidon et de ses sels dans la fievre des tu- berculeux. 8°. Paris, 1902. Guillermin (L.) *La phenacetine dans la fievre des tuberculeux. „ 8°. Lyon, 1897. Meline (J.-A.-V.) *Etude sur l'emploi de cryogenine dans la fievre des tuberculeux. 8°. Bordeaux, 1903. Puy (L.) *De la fievre chez les tuberculeux. 8°. Paris, 1905. Seytre (P.) La fievre des tuberculeux et son traitement. 16°. Paris, 1901. Vinit (A.) * Contribution a I'etude de la maretine dans le traitement des pyrexies tuber- culeuses. 8°. Paris, 1909. Voillemot (L.) * L'hyperthermic et ses rap- ports avec le diagnostic de la tuberculose au de- but; etude critique. 8°. Paris, 1909. Ararein (O.) De 1'influencede l'altitude sur la fievre des tuberculeux. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1912, xxii, 323-326.—At^anasio (G.) La febbre dei tisiei ed il nuovo antipiretieo maretina. Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 1906, n. s., xxviii, 97; 145.—Audibert (V.) & Combes (J.) Cryog6nine et tuberculose. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1903, lxxvi, 364-367.—Bar bier (H.) Obser- vation de tuberculose febrile ameiior6e au boutde huit mois de traitement. Tubercul. inf., Par., 1903, vi, 226- 236. -----. A propos de la fievre des tuberculeux. Ibid., 1904, vii, 123-125.—Benfey (A.) Klinische Erfahrungen iiber Maretinbehandlung bei Phthisis pulmonum und akutem Gelenkrheumatismus. Med. Klin., Berl., 1905, i, 1166-1168.—Bernheim (S.) La fievre des tubercu- leux. Assoc, franc, pour Tavance. d. sc. C.-r. 1899, Par., 1900, xxviii, pt 2, 654-663.—Boudreaux. Contribution a I'etude de la fievre tubereuleuse. Tubercul. inf., Par., 1904, vii, 142-149.—Braga (A.) Alcune note sull' im- piego della maretina nelle febbri dei tubercolotici. Boll. d. Soc. med. di Parma, 1908, 2. s., i, 85-98.—Braillon. La fievre tubereuleuse premeningitique. Clinique, Par., 1910, v, 372.—Brown (O. H.) Excessively high tem- perature in a case of incipient pulmonary tuberculosis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, lv, 128.—Brunon (R.) La fievre des tuberculeux; son traitement hygienique et general. Normandie med., Rouen, 1909, xxv, 441-444.— Calvert (J.) On the use of cryogerin in phthisis. St. Barth. Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1908, xliii, 51-56.—Carnot. La fievre des tuberculeux; types divers; signification semeiologique; traitement. J. de med, int., Par., 1905,ix, 347-349. Also, transl: Brazil-med., Rio de Jan., 1906, xx, 141-143.—Dobrzyckl (H.) Spostrzezenia dotyczace ?rzeciwgoraczkowego dzialania kryogeniny w gruzlicy. Antipyretic action of cryogenin in tuberculosis.] Medy- TUBERCULOSIS. 722 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Fever in). cyna. Warszawa, 1904, xxxii. 955; 978; 992; 1011— Duma- re«l i F ) La cryogenine dans la fievre des tuberculeux. Lvon med ,1902, xcix, 705-710, lch. Also [Abstr.] • Presse med, Par., 1902, ii, 1121.—Durand i.l.-M.) & Gentos (L ) La cryogenine dans la tuberculose. Gaz. hebd. d. sc med. de Bordeaux, 1903, xxiv, 234.—Edson (C. E.) On some recurrent febrile attacks in chronic tuberculo- sis. Tr. Am. Climat. Ass., Phila., 1912, xxviii, 201-211. Also: Boston M. & S. J., 1912, clxvii, 151-153— Elger (Ya. B.) Zharoponizhayushtsheye dlelstviye maretina pri lvokhochnol bugorchatkle. [The antipyretic action of maretin in pulmonary tuberculosis.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1910, ix, 1727-1729.—Elkan. Ueber die Wir- kung des Maretins, eines neuen Antipyreticums, auf das Fieber der Phthisiker. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1904, li, 1341-1343.—Fabris (U.) Intorno all' azione antipire- tica della maretinanelle forme tubercolari. Gazz. d. osp., Milano. 1907, xxviii, 1225-1228.—Fernandez Caiupa. Lacriogeninaenlafiebrede los tuberculosos. Rev. med.- hidrol. espafi., Madrid, 1903, iv, 31-35.— Georgiyevski (N.) Zharoponizhayushtsheye dlelstviye sulfonala u chakhotochnavo bolnovo. [Antipyrectic action of sul- fonal in phthisis.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1889, xxxii, 305-307.—Gervino (U.) La febbre nei tubercolosi e la maretina. Riforma med., Napoli, 1908, xxiv, 540-544. Giuffre (L.) La febbre nella tubercolosi del polmone. Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1900, xxxix, 609-617. Also: Clin. med. ital. p. il giubil. clin. d. E. Galvagni, Milano, 1901, 33-41.—Gordon (J. E.) Action of cryogenine on phthi- sical temperature. Lancet, Lond., 1909, ii, 1812-1814.— Gouraud (F.-X.) Quelques reflexions sur l'antither- mie dans la tuberculose; un nouvel antithermique "l'el- bon". Bull. gen. de th6rap. [etc.], Par., 1912, clxiv, 593-606.—Grasset (J.) De la fievre initiale des tu- berculeux et de son traitement. Montpel. med., 1890, 2. s., xv, 549: 1891, 2. s., xvi, 22; 73, 1 pl.—Griffiths (F. G.) Fever in pulmonary tuberculosis. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1907, xxvi, 280-2*6. — Guinard (L.) Action des aiitipvretiques sur la fievre des tuberculeux. [Rap.] Bull, nied.. Par., 1907, xxi, 261-265.—11ara. [Tuberculous fever.] Tokyo Iji-Shinshi, 1907, 653-661.— Hess (K.) Ueber Temperaturmessungen bei Lungen- tuberkulose. Ztschr. f. prakt. Aerzte, Munchen, 1900, ix, 485-489. Also: Aerztl. Rundschau, Miinehen, 1900, x, 328.—Hesse (().) Melubrin als Antipyreticum bei Tu- berkulose. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1913, liv, 68-71.— Hochhalt(K.) Ueber die Behandlung desFiebersbei Lungenphthisie. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1893, xxix, 971-975.—Hutinel. Fievre continue et adenopa- thie m6diastine tubereuleuse. J. demed. de Par.,1910, 2. s., xxii,23.—Ishigami(T.)&iVIatsiida{ K.) Bacteriolog- ical antipyretic treatment for pulmonarv tubercles. Sei- i-Kwai M.J.,T6ky6,1909,xxviii,431-445.—Jaime (O.) La criogenina en lafiebrede los tuberculosos. Rev. demed. y cirug. de la Habana, 1905, x, 322— Kitasato (S.) Kekkakuhyo in Okeru keiyuretsu no kenin. [The cause of fever in phthisis.] Ijish'impo, Tokio, 1893, no. 1, 5-2.— KUhler (F.) Die medikamentose Bekampfung des Fiebers bei der Lungentuberkulose. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1901, xlviii, 1996.—Kohler (F.j & Belir (M.) Ueber suggestives "Injektionsfieber" bei Phthisi- kern. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1904-5, lxxxii, 340-360— Krannhals (H.) Ueber Beeinflus- sung der lokalen Tuberkulinreaktionen durch aknt fie- berhafte Prozesse. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1910, lvii, 836-838.—Krause. Entfieberung mit Bazillenemulsion. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1909-10, xv, 284.—Kiihnel (A.) Zur medikamentosen Behandlung des Fiebers bei Lungentuberkulose. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1906, xix, 43-45.—Kuthy (D.) Adatok a tud6gumok6r homene- tenek ismeretehez. [Contributions to the knowledge of the rise of temperature in pulmonary tuberculosis.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1902, xlvi, 791-793.—Le Gendre & Poisot. A propos d'une communication anterieure sur un cas de fievre a type recurrent chez un tubercu- leux. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1908, 3. s., xxv, 307.—Lemoine (G.) Traitement de la fievre tu- bereuleuse a la periode de ramollissement. Nord med., Lille, 1897, iii, 24.5-250. Also [Abstr.]: Rev. prat. d. trav. de med., Par., 1897, liv, 403-405. -----. La fievre tuber- euleuse a la periode de ramollissement, et son traite- ment. Nord med., Lille, 1907, xiii, 49-53. Also, transl: Gaz. med. da Bahia, 1907-8, xxxix, 13-29.—Le Noir & Camus (P.) La fievre des tuberculeux. Cons:, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 577.— Loomis (H. P.) Pyrexia in tuberculosis; what it tells us and how it may be controlled. Med. Rec, N. Y 1907 lxxi, 1019-1022.—Lorentz (H.) Zur Behandlung der fiebernden Phthisiker in den Lungenheilanstalten. Ztschr. f. diatet. u. physik. Therap., Leipz., 1903, v, 111- 117.—Lorenz (P.) Ueber suggestive Temperaturstei- gerungen bei Tuberkulosen. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1906, v, 1S3-1 15 — Lublinski (W.) Ueber die \\ irksamkeit des Pyraiuidon bei dem Fieber der Phthisi- ker. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1901, xv, 513-515.—Jli- Connell (J. F.) The fever of phthisis: its etiology, sequels and treatment. Colorado Med., Denver, 1905 ii I Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Fever t7i). 165-167.—Mangiii-Bocquet (G.) Le traitement de la fievre dans la tuberculose. Gaz. hebd. de med., Par., 1896, xliii, 277-280.—IMantoux (C.) La fievre a type periodiquedes tuberculeux pulmonaires. Tribune med., Par., 1908, n. s., xl, 408.—Mays (T. J.) Antipyrin in the treatment of pulmonary consumption. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1890, xv, 822— JMeline (V.) La cryogenine dans la fievre des tuberculeux. [Abstr.] J. de m6d. de Bordeaux, 1904, xxxiv, 713.—IMeyer (A.) Ueber das Fieber bei der Lungentuberculose und seine Behandlung. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1901, xv, 611-513.—IHeyero- wltsch (N.) Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Kochsalzstoff- wechsels bei fiebernder Tuberculose. Folia clin. chim, etmicros., Salsomaggiore. 1910-12, iii, 223-212.—ITIinnlch (W.) Ueber die Behandlung des tuberkulosen Fiebers durch kontinuierliche Benzoylierung mit Cinnamoyl- para-oxyphenylharnstoff (Elbon). Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1911, xx, 311-323, 3 pl.—.Mircoli (S.) Latenze e riviveseenze febbrili in tubercolosi polmonari. Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1907, xlvi, 657-564.—IMwIler. Le pronostic et le traitement de la fievre dans la tubercu- lose pulmonaire. Rev. med., Louvain, 1896-7, xv, 441- 453.—Nieveling (W.) Ueber die Behandlung des Fie- bers Tuberkuloser, insbesondere mit Hydropyrin-Grifa. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1912, xxxviii, 2359.—Ostenfeld (J.) Zur Frage der Entfieberung Lungentuberkuloser. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1905, iii, 319-324.—Petruschky (J.) ZurBehandlungfie- bernderPhthisiker. Charite-Ann., Berl., 1892-4, xvii-xix, passim.—Philippi. Ueber Entfieberungen bei Lungen- tuberkulose durch kleinste Dosen Tuberkulin. Beitr. z. Klin. d.Tuberk.,Wiirzb., 1910,xvi,183-204.—Plieque(A.- F.) La fievre et son traitementchez les tuberculeux. Pro- gres med.,Par.,1895,3. s.,i,L— Pottenger (F. M.) A study of fever in tuberculosis with reference to its causation and treatment. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, lvii, 1025-1031.— Beissmann (C.) The significance and management of fever in pulmonary tuberculosis. Intercolon. M. J. Australas., Melbourne, 1907, xii, 365-378.—R6non (L.) La fievre des tuberculeux. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1905, xix, 753-756.—Renon (L.) & Ver- llac. Action du carbaminate de M-tolylhydrazide (ma- retine) sur la fievre des phtisiques. Arch. gen. de med., Par., 1905, i, 1258. Also: Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1905, xix, 131.—von Ruck (K.) The cause of fever and its treatment in chronic pulmonary tubercu- losis. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1898-9, li, 1-15.—Sabourin (C.) Inconvenients et dangers des antipyretiques chez les phtisiques. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1909, xxiii, 305-307.— Sato (K.) [An effect of lactophenin and pyramidon upon the fever of con- sumption.] Tokyo Iji-Shinshi, 1903,1683-1594—Schon- helm (L.) A maretin, mint antipyretikus szer phthisi- kusoknal. [Maretin as an antipyretic in phthisis.] Budapesti orv. ujsag, 1904, ii, 1023. — Schulz fR.) Ueber die Behandlung fieberhafter Lungentuberkulose mit Pyramidon. Ztschr. f. Krankenpfl., Berl., 1904, xxvi, 417-421.— Sokolowski (A.) O leczeniu przeciwgo- raczkowem suchotnik6w. [Antipyretic treatment of phthisis.] Medycyna, Warszawa, 1906, xxxiii, 1-8.— Sommer. Ueber Maretin [bei PhthisikernJ. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1906, xx, 123-126. —Steinhaner (E.) Erfahrungen mit Maretin. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz.u. Berl., 1905, xxxi, 1968.— Strilmpell (A.) Ueber das Fieber bei der Lungentuberculose und seine prognos- tische Bedeutung. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1892, xxxix, 905; 932.—Thiago d'Almeida. Le syndrome febrile dans la tuberculose pulmonaire. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1906,x, 1-6.—Thomson (H. H.) The rational treatment of pyrexia in phthisis. Hospital, Lond., 1906, xl, 63-65.—To liens. Zur Behandlung des Fiebers der Phthisiker mit Antipyreticis. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1907, xxxiii, 299-301.— Turban. Demonstration von Entfieberungscurven bei chroniseh-fieberhafter Lungentuberkulose. Verhandl.d. Cong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1895, xiii, 372.—Van Ryn. La fievre des tuberculeux et son traitement. J. med. de Brux., 1905, x, 659-666.—Wild (0.) Ueber vollkommene und unvollkommene Entfieberung bei hochrieberhafter Lungentuberkulose. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1905, iii, 179-189.—Wilder (J. A.) The treatment of fe- ver in pulmonary tuberculosis. Denver M. Times [etc.], 1905-6, xxv, 673-677.—Williams (C. T.) Remarks on the treatment of the pvrexia of phthisis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1891, i, 683-685.—Williams (T.) Persistent py- rexia in phthisis reduced by diet. Proc. M. Soc. Lond., 1877-9, iv, 17-22.—Wolir(F.) Moderne Fieberforschung und Tuberkulose-Fieber. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wurzb., 1912, xxiv, 217-234. Also [Abstr.]: Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, Konigsb. 1910, Leipz., 1911, xxxii, pt. 2, 43-45. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Fibroid). Bard (L.) *De la phtisie fibreuse chronique, ses rapports avec 1'emphyseme pulmonaire et la I dilatation du cceur droit. 4°. Lyon, 1879. TUBERCULOSIS. 723 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Fibroid). Clark (A.) Abstract of case of fibroid phthi- sis. 8°. [n. p., 1867, vel subseq.'] Au Id (A. G.) Remarks on the scope and origin of fibroid phthisis. Lancet, Lond., 1892, ii, 1041.—Bir- mingham (C. L.) Gannister disease. J. San. Inst., Lond., 1900-1901, xxi, 66-71.—Bridge (N.) Fibroid phthisis. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1898, 8. s., i, 140-144.— Clark. (Sir A.) Lectures on cases of fibroid phthisis. Lancet, Lond., 1892, ii, 1, 1 pl— Dyusushe (I.) Phthi- sis pulmonum tuberculosa fibrosa; marasmus. Objazat. pat.-anat. izslied. stud.-med. imp. Charkov. Univ., 1895, 370-377.—Fawcett (J.) Fibrosis of lung following broncho-pneumonia, with remarks upon ninety-five autopsies from the Guv's Hospital records, from 1875 to 1898. inclusive. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1899-1900, li, 241- 243.—Frid (D.) Phthisis fibrosa tuberculosa bronchiec- tatica. Objazat. pat.-anat. izslied. stud.-med. imp. Char- kov. Univ., 1895, 659-668— Galperin (A.) Phthisis bronchiectatica fibrosa tuberculosa. Ibid., 753-759.— Gaultier (R.) De quelques considerations patbogeni- ques a propos d'un cas de phtisie fibreuse ches un arterio- sciereux generalise. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1906, lxxxi, 454.—Hawthorne (C. O.) Fibroid phthi- sis pulmonalis with dexiocardia; pulmonary symptoms inconspicuous. Polvclin., Lond., 1905, ix, 150.—James (A.) A case of fibroid phthisis. Scot, M. & S. J., Edinb., 1901, xv, 199-207, 1 pl.—Kuchinski (M.) Phthisis bronchiectatica fibrosa: pleuritis exsudativa dextra; pneumothorax. Objazat. pat.-anat. izslied. stud.-med. imp. Charkov. Univ., 1895, 525-528.—Lamonoff (V.) Phthisis fibrosa tuberculosa; atrophiarenisdextri. Ibid., 217-224.—Lyon (G.) Fibrosis of the left lung, with par- alysis of the left vocal cord. Abstr. Tr. Hunterian Soc, Lond., 1897-8, 37.—>eet (J. D.) Some considerations on the etiology of fibrous phthisis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1881, • xix, 505-508.—Nixon (C. J.) Fibroid phthisis. Proc. Path. Soc. Dubl., 1873-5, n. s., vi, 41-U.— Osier (W.) Clinical lecture on a case of fibroid phthisis. Canada M. & S. J., Montreal, 1880-81, ix, 641-6.50. Also, Reprint.— Patton (J. M.) Pulmonarv fibrosis. Clin. Rev., Chi- cago, 1898-9, ix, 150-158.—Plicque (A.-F.) La phtisie fibreuse et son traitement. Presse med., Par., 1899, ii, 6. Also: Clinique, Montreal, 1899-1900, vi, 33-36.-^Renaut (J.) Note sur la tuberculose en general et sur ses formes fibreuses pneumoniques en particulier. Lyon med., 1879, xxxi, 114; 141; 185. — Robinson. Fibrous phthisis; laryngeal phthisis (so-called); waxy liver,spleen, stom- ach, and intestines; old ulcerations of large and small intestines. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1879, xvi, 114.—Shattuck (F. C.) Fibroid phthisis. Boston M. & S. J., 1880, cii, 241-243.—Sokolowski (A.) O w!6knistej postaci su- chot plucnych (phthisis fibrosa). Gaz. lek., Warszawa. 1885, 2. s., v, 718; 762; 789; 808. Also, in: Matlakowski (W.) Ksiega pamietkowa. .. Hoyerowi; 4°, Warszawa, 1884, 155-194. Also, transl.: Deutsches Arch, f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1885, xxxvii, 433-464.— Trullas (M.) Medicina histbrica; metodo de curar la atrophia hectiquez, y la ftisis venereas, por el Sr. Nicol&s Robvnson. Siglo med., Madrid, 1899, xlvi, 673-677.— Vragni'zan (P.) Intorno ad un caso di tisi fibrosa; contributo alia clinica degli induramenti polmonari acuti. Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1899, xxxviii, 193-205.— YevseyefF (V.) Phthisis pul- monum fibrosa tuberculosa (tuberculosis miliaris et me- ningitis tuberculosa). Objazat. pat.-anat. izslied. stud.- med. imp. Charkov. Univ., 1895, 695-703. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Foetal). See Tuberculosis (Fatal). Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Habita- tions for victims of). See Tuberculous (Charitable care of). Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Haemopty- sis in). See, also, Haemoptysis; Tuberculosis (Pul- monary, Complications of). Abraham (S.) * Ueber die Bedeutung der Haemoptoe bei der Lungentuberkulose. [Er- langen.] 8°. Konitz, 1893. Barbary (F.) Interpretation nouvelle du mecanisme de 1' hemoptysie tubereuleuse. The- rapeutique preventive de 1'hemoptysie. 8°. Paris, 1905. Berthe (E.) * Traitement des hemoptysies tuberculeuses par l'opotherapie hepatique. 8°. Paris, 1898. Bii.lard (J.) *Sur la forme de tuberculose pulmonaire hemoptoi'que a etapes eloignees. 8°. Paris, 1903. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Haemopty- sis in). Dugrais (P.) * Etude sur une variete rela- tivement benigne de 1'hemoptysie chez les tu- berculeux. 8°. Pern's, 1899. Glumm (J. A.) *De ilia haemoptysi quam phthisis segni solet. 4°. Teutoburgi, 1780. Neymann (Marie). * Emploi du serum gela- tin et du chlorure de calcium dans le traite- ment des hemoptyBies tuberculeuses. 8°. Mont- pellier, 1901. Poujadb(A.) * Valeur pronostique de 1'he- moptysie chez les tuberculeux a la periode de germination. 8°. Paris, 1905. Rogale (P.) Quelques considerations sur le traitement des hemoptysies tuberculeuses, et en particulier sur les indications respectives des vaso-constricteursetdeshypotenseurs. 8°. Tou- louse, 1911. Uhrig (L.) * Welchen Einfluss hat das Blut- speien auf die Temperatur bei Phthisis? 8°. Wiirzburg, 1885. Winsch (G. E. W.) * Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Heemoptoptoe phthisicorum. 8°. Berlin, [1898]. d'Almeida (T ) Les hemoptysies dans la tubercu- lose pulmonaire. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1907, xi, 83-91.—Anders (J. M.) Haemoptysis due to tubercu- losis; a preliminary study. Tr. Am. Climat. Ass., Phila., 1907, xxiii, 127-140. Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlix, 1067-1071. -----. The incidence and causes of tu- berculous haemoptysis; a statistical study. Tr. Am. Cli- mat. Ass.. Phila., 1909, xxv, 27-36. Also: 3. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1909, liii, 455-457.—Raumel (L.) Tuber- culose pulmonaire avec hemoptysies precoces en rap- port avec la puberte. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1911, xxv, 737.—Rello (E.) Empleo de los puntos de fuego en las hemoptisis de los tuberculosos. Cr6n. med., Lima, 1894, xi, 58-65.— Rerg Nilssen (A.) Plud- selig dgd paa grund af hsemoptyse i et ikke langt frems- kredet tilfaelde af phthisis calculosa. [Sudden death from haemoptysis and a case of incipient phthisis calcu- losa.] Norsk Mag. f. Laegevidensk., Kristiania, 1907, 5. R.,v, 653-658.—Rernabei (C.) L' ipecacuananell'emot- tisi tubercolari. Boll. d. sez. d. cult. d. sc. med., n. r. Accad. d. fisiocrit. di Siena, 1887, v, 103-110. Also: Riv. ital. di terap. ed ig., Piacenza, 1888, viii, 225; 275.—Res- son (A.) H6moptysie grave chez un tuberculeux (3e pe- riode); r6cidive deux jours apres; mort foudroyante. J. d. sc. m6d. de Lille, 1897, i, 368-370. -----. Trois nou- veaux cas de mort par hemoptysie foudroyante chez des tuberculeux arrives k la troisi'eme periode. Ibid., 541- 546. -----. De la mort par hemoptysie foudroyante chez les tuberculeux arrives a la troisieme periode; huit nou- veaux cas. Ibid., ii, 313-319.—Rezancon (F.) & de Jong (L.-I.) Formes cliniques des hemoptysies tu- berculeuses. Bull. m6d., Par., 1908, xxii, 451-455. Also: Tubercul. inf., Par., 1908, xi, 144; 167. Also, transl: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1908, n. s., lxxxvi, 56-58.— Rezancon (F.) & Weil (M.-P.) Bacille de Koch et hemoptysies initiales de la tuberculose pulmonaire. Bull. med., Par., 1911, xxv, 899-902. Also, transl: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1912, n. s., xciii,434.—Rlrd(A. C.) Adrenalin in pulmonary haemoptysis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, i, 191.—Hliimel. Unzweckmassiges und Zweckmassiges bei Behandlung von Lungenblutungen der Phhisiker. Therap. Centralbl., Wien, 1910, v, 73; 90. Also: Med. Klin., Berl., 1910, vi, 1131; 1175.—Rowen (0.) Adre- nalin in pulmonary haemoptysis, Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, i, 781.—von Rozoky (D.) Einiges iiber Lungen- blutungen. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1904, v, 221-227.—Rraffa (A.) Sull' impiego del nitrito d' amile nella cura delle emottisi tubercolari. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1907, xxviii. 1604-1606. -----. I moderni criteri di cura delle emottisi tubercolari nella loro appli- cazione pratica. Boll. d. Soc. med. di Parma, 1909, 2. s., ii, 80-86.—Brain well (B.) Fatal haemoptysis in chronic phthisis; rupture of a small aneurism on a terminal branch of the pulmonary artery. Clin. Stud., Edinb., 1907-8, vi, 159-164.—Bridge (N.) Dangerous pulmonary hemorrhage in tuberculosis and its management. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1900, xxxiv, 598-600.—Rrown (R.) A case of fatal haemoptysis in childhood. Lancet, Lond., 1910, i, 1201. — Rutt'etti (V.) Sull' uso del vischio nell' emottisi. Rassegna di clin. e terap., Roma, 1909, xxxii, 2033-2041.—Rutruillc. L'hemoptysie du debut de la tuberculose occasionnce par un effort professionnel ne doit pas etre consid6ree comme un accident de travail (lcttre ouverte a M. Deiearde). Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1901, v, 185; 221.—Chauftard. Traitement de '24 TUBERCULOSIS TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Haemopty- sis in). l'hemoptysie chez les tuberculeux. J. de med. et chir. prat. Par., 1903, lxxiv,726-730. Also: 3. dem6d. int., Par., 1903, vii, 110-113.—Cliigayeff (N. F.) Llecheniye nie- kotorikh zatvazhnikh form krovokharkanya u chakho- tochnikh. [Treatment of certain persistent forms of haem< >ptvsis in consumptives.] Terap. vestnik S.-Peterb., 1899, ii, 1-8.— Cizek (K.) Nahla tuberku'.osa plic s prudkym, dloulio trvajicim krve chrlenim. [Acute tu- berculosis of lungs with quick, long-lasting haemoptysis.] Casop. lek. cesk., v Praze, 1874, xiii, 33.—Claisse (P.) Ligne de conduite en presence de 1'hemoptysie d'un tu- berculeux. Clinique, Par., 1906, i, 294-296. -----■. L'em- ploi du nitrite d'amvle contre l'hemoptysie des tubercu- leux. Ibid., 1909, iv, 295.—Clement. De l'hematinop-. tysie cristalline ou amorphe. J. de med. de Lyon, 1867, viii, 369-381.—Collet (H.) Des hemoptysies dans la granulie. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1912, 2. s., xxx, 1077- 1086.— Combe,iuale. Traitement de l'hemoptysie tu- bereuleuse. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1898, ii, 411- 419—Crace-Calvert (G. A.) Amyl nitrite and the treatment of haemoptvsis in pulmonary tuberculosis. Brit. J. Tuberculosis, Lond., 1908, ii, 189-193.—Deguy. Traitement des hemoptysies de ia tuberculose pulmo- naire. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1899, xiii, 7-9.—Delgarde. L'hemoptysie du debut de la tubercu- lose pulmonaire est-elle un accident du travail? Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1901, v, 176; 197. -----. L'hemopty- sie du debut de la tuberculose pulmonaire est-elle un ac- cident du travail? Lettre ouverte au docteur Butruille. Ibid.,261.—Desplats (H.) Traitement des hemoptysies iles tuberculeux. J. a. sc. med. de Lille, 18%, i, 361- 369. Also: Poitou med., Poitiers, 1.^96, x, 128-133.— Ilcwar (T. W.) Severe persistent hemoptysis cheeked bv imravenous injection of normal serum after other means had failed. Therap. Med., N. Y., 1911, xxv, 99- 101.—Dumarest (F.) Etiologie clinique des hemopty- sies des tuberculeux. Bull, med., Par., 1907, xxi,365-367.— Flliott (.1. H.) Haemoptysisin pulmonary tuberculosis. Canada Lancet, 1908-9, xlii, 245-250. — Kwart (W.) A case of persistent haemoptysis in phthisis relieved by vene- section. Lancet, Lond., 1897, ii, 539. — Ferreira de Castro. Tratamento das hemoptvMS tuberculosas. Med. mod., Porto, 1906, xiii, 79. —Flick (L. F.) The re- lation of micro-organisms to hemorrhage in tuberculosis. Hep. Henry Phipps Inst., study . . . tuberculosis, Phila., 1905-6. 229-244.—Foclil (L.) II nitrito di amile nelle emottisi tubercolari. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1908, xxix, 114— Fraucine (A.T.) The etiology and treatment of haemoptysis in pulmonary tuberculosis. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1907,17. s., iv, 16-27.—Frazer (J. E.) The treat- ment of hemoptysis in phthisis. Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1900, xvi, 5L —Frazer (T.) Hemoptysis in tuberculosis; its significance and its treatment. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1912, lxxxii, 839-843. — Gabrilowitch (J.) Beitrag zur hy- gienisehen Meteorologie; fiber Hasten und Blutspeien. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1906, ix,221-225.— Galante (P.) La cura dell' emottisi con la galvanizzazione del petto. Ann. di elett. med. [etc.], Napoli, 1909, viii, 71-76.— Gar- magnano (C.) L* iniezione endovenosa di ergotina e di morfina nelle emottisi tubercolari. Gazz. d. osp., Mi- lano, 1912, xxxiii, 1268—Gerhardt (C.) Ueber Blut- speien Tuberculoser. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1899, xxxvi, 457— Grunbaum (O.) A clinical lecture on treatment of haemoptysis. Clin. J., Lond., 1912-13, xli, 65-69.—Gru- ziuolt' (F. A.) Krovokharkanye i tuberkuloz. [Hae- moptysis and tuberculosis.] Klin. J., Mosk., 1901, v, 245- 275.—Gueit (C.) Traitement des hemoptysies base sur leurs indications. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1912, lxxxv, 1523- 1525.—Guinard (L.) Mode d'action des precedes em- ployes dans le traitement des hemoptvsies des tubercu- leux. Bull, med., Par., 1908, xxii, IIS-^. Also, transl: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1908, n. s., lxxxvi, 316-319.— Guinon (L.) Hemoptysie mortelle par rupture de l'ar- tere pulmonaire au niveau d'une caverne tubereuleuse chez un enfant de deux ans et demi. Bull. Soc, de pediat. de Par., 1900, ii, 138-140. —Hawes (J. B.) Hemoptvsis; its significance and treatment at out-patient departments, dispensaries and in private practice; a studv 6f 114 cases from theout-patientdepartment of the Massachusetts Gen- eral Hospital, Boston. Boston M. &S. J., 1912, clxvi 735- 737— Hayden (T.) Pulmonary tubercle: h:euinptvsis Proc. Path. Soc. Dubl., 1868-71, n. s., iv, 43.—Hcclit'( \ ) Zur Therapie der Hiimoptyse Tuberculoser. Therap Mo- natsh., Berl,, 1900, xiv,531.—Hedley (A. S ) Adrenalin in pulmonary h?emoptvsis. Brit. M. J., Lond l«ioi i 365.—Heisler (A.) & Tonior (E.) Altes und Neues zur Behandlung der tuberkulosen HamoDtoe. Munchen med. Wchnschr.,1910,lvii,907-911.—Iterard de Hesse. Les hemoptysies des tuberculeux; un cas d'hemoptvsie a repetition arretee a la suited'uneinjectionde serum gela- tine. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1905, xix, 150- 152.—Higginson - C. G.) Therational treatmentof capil- lary haemoptysis in phthisis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, ii, 577— HirschleWl E.) The influence of haemorrhage on the course ot pulmonary consumption. Intercolon M Cong. Australas. Tr. 1899, Brisbane, 1901,109-113.—Hug- Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Haemopty- sis in). gard(W. R.) Venesection in certain haemorrhagic forms of phthisis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1893, i, 171.— Huguenin (G.) Einiges fiber Lungenblutungen bei Tuberculose. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1898, xxviii, 97-104. — Janssen (T.) Inwiefern wird das Auftreten von Lun- genblutungen durch Witterungsverhiiltnisse beeinflusst? Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1907, viii, 289-308, 3 diag.—Johanson (N. A.) The treatment of hemop- tysis in pulmonary tuberculosis. Denver M. Times [etc.], 1905-6, xxv, 668.— Justman (S.) O leczeniu krwioplucia przy gruzlicy pluc [Treatment of haemop- tysis in pulmonary tuberculosis.]. Przegl. lek., Krak6w, 1910, xlix, 77-79.— Kbliler (F.) Rezidivierende nicht- tuberkuloseLungenblutung bei Lungentuberkulose nach Unl'all; Lungentuberkulose, in Kombination mit Magen- blutung und Magenneurose nach Trauma. Aerztl. Sach- verst.-Ztg., Berl., 1903, ix, 308-312.—Kraus (V.) K vyznamu horedky u haemoptoe fthisikflv. [Significance of fever in the haemoptysis of phthisis] Casop. 16k.6esk., v Praze, 1912, li, 332-334.—Krause (A.) Korperlangeund Lungenblutungen. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1910, xvi, 263.—L.-C. (P.) Les hemoptysies tuberculeuses. J. de med. et chir. prat., Par., 1912, lxxxiii, 321-325.—de La- mare (E.l Importance de l'hemoptysie comme signe de la phtnisie pulmonaire. [ Abstr. ] Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1856, xliii, 1003. —Lamari (A.) & Gatta (R.) Sulla emottisi tubercolare. N. riv. clin.- terap., Napoli, 1900, iii, 246-249.—Lemoine (G.) Hemop- tvsies chez les tuberculeux. Nord med., Lille, 1905, xi, 13-16. Also, transl.: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1906, n. s., lxxxii, 138-140.—Lev rat. Leguidansle traitement des hemoptvsies tuberculeuses. Lyon m6d., 1908, ex, 596- 598—Mera (F. E.) & Riskind (I. J.) Pulmonary hemorrhage and its relation to high altitude. Cleveland M. J., 1912, xi, 425-429.—Minns (F. S.) The value of ni- troglycerine as a preventive of hemoptysis inpulmonary tuberculosis. Canad. Pract. & Rev., Toronto, 1910, xxxv, 137-152.—Mircoli (S.) L' emottisi tubercolare dai mo- derni punti di vista. Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1904, xliii, 523-541.—MoncorgS. Hemoptysies tuberculeuses et rapports sexuels. Med. mod., Par., 1899, x, 289.—Mont- gomery (C. M.) Hemorrhages occurring within a brief period in a group of cases of pulmonary tuberculosis. Am. J. M.Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1911, cxlii, 98-105.—Moore (J. W.) Phthisis, fatal by haemorrhage. Proc. Path. Soc. Dubl., 1875-7, n. s., vii, 181-183.—Mosny (E.) & Stern. De la fievre et des hemoptysies menstruelles chez les tuberculeuses. Rev. de la tuberculose, Par., 1909, 2. s., vi, 338-358.—MUHer (B.) Hamoptoe als Friih- symptom der Lungentuberkulose. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tu- berk., Wiirzb., 1909, xiii, 133-137.—MU Her (W.) Neues Verfahren zur friihzeitigen Diagnose und Verhutung der Lungenblutungen. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1910, Tx, 1694-1696. Also: Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1910, xvi, 34- 36.—Naegelsbaeh (W.) Zur Kenntnis der Blutungen bei Lungentuberkulosen. Deutsche Prax., Miinehen, 1900, iii, 29-34.—Naumann (H.) Kreosot und Blut- druck; ein Beitrag zur Prophylaxe der Hamoptoe. Zt- schr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1909, xiv, 213-218.—Neild (N.) Some noteson the treatmentof haemoptysis in pulmonary tuberculosis. Bristol M.-Chir. J., 1908, xxvi, 124-130.— Oddo & Monier. Modification de la formule leuco- cytaire apres l'hemoptysie chez le tuberculeux. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1910, lxviii, 944-946.—Osier (W.) Acute phthisis; erosion of a large branch of the pulmo- nary artery; sudden fatal haemoptvsis. Tr. Path. Soc. Phila. (1887-9), 1891, xiv, 169.—Pettit (R. T.) Prevention of hemorrhage in pulmonary tuberculosis by the admin- istration of autogenous vaccines. J.Am. M. As<., Chi- cago, 1910, lv, 2230-2232. Also, Reprint. Also: Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1911, xix, 470-474.—Pic APctitjeaii. De quelques applications nouvelles de la medication vaso-motrice au traitement des hemoptysies d'origine pulmonaire chez les tuberculeux. Bull. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Lyon, 1906, v, 20-35. Also: Lyon med., 1906, cvi, 309- 322.—Piery. Valeur semeiologique de rhemoptysie dans la tuberculose pulmonaire. Lyon med., 1909, cxiii, 769-786.—Plicque (A.-F.) Les hemoptysies dans la tu- berculose et leur traitement. Presse med., Par., 1899, ii, 319.—Pyasetski (A.) K voprosu o prichinakh i He- chenii prodolzhitelnikh krovokharkaniy, nablyudaye- mikh pri lyokhochnol chakhotkle. [On the reasons for and treatment of persistent haemoptysis, observed in lung phthisis.] Ejened. jour. "Prakt. med.", St. Petersb., 1895, ii, 709-717.—Ramond (F.) A propos du traite- ment de l'hemoptvsie des tuberculeux. Progres m6d., Par., 1912, 3. s., xxviii, 451-453.—Raybaud (A.) Pous- see congestive avec hemoptysies abondantes cnez une tu- bereuleuse pulmonaire a la suite d'injections dedioradin iode-menthoie-radioactif). Marseille med., 1912, il, 8h- 90.—Reboles (G.) Las inyeeciones subcutaneas de suero gelatinado en las hemoptisis tuberculosas. Rev. mens, de med. [etc.], Madrid, 1902, vii, 49; 65; 81.— Reiclie (F.) Ueber Bluthustenalslnitialsymptom der Lungenschwindsucht. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstat- tenw., Leipz., 1902, iii, 222-228. -----. Zur Behandlung TUBERCULOSIS. 725 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Haemopty- sis in). desBluthustensderTuberkulosen. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1907, xxxiii, 1707. -----. Der Blut- husten der Phthisiker und seine Behandlung. Ztschr, f. arztl. Fortbild., Jena, 1909, vi, 465-469.—Ki cli a rds (R. \V.) Expectoration of bronchial casts after hainoptvsis in phthisis. Lancet, Lond., 1893, i, 1194.—Hobison (J. A.) Acaseof phthisis pulmonalis, with uncontrollable nasal haemorrhages; death from exhaustion. N. Am. Pract., Chicago, 1889, i, 449. Also: Canad. Pract., Toronto, 1889, xiv, 413.—Rothschild (M.) The treatment of hemoptysis in pulmonary tuberculosis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911,1424-1426. Also: Calif.StateJ.M.,SanFran., 1911, ix, 288-291.—Sabourin (C.) Les hemoptysies d'origine alimentaire chez les tuberculeux. Rev. gen. de clin. et de th6rap.. Par., 1903, xvii, 513-515. -----. Les hemoptysies a moules bronchiques chez les tuberculeux. Rev. de med., Par., 1910, xxx, 900-926.—Sears (Julia S.) Minute pulmonary hemorrhages and their relation to early phthisis. Colorado M. J., Denver, 1904, x, 617-623.— Serposslan (S.) Hemorrhagic bronchique opiniatre chez un tuberculeux arretee par Tinjection sous-cutanee d'ergotinine de Tanret. Gaz. d. h6p. de l'Empire Otto- man, Constant., 1887, i, no. 1, 5-7.—Skreinka (S. L.) Ueber verschiedene Formen des Bluthustens bei Lungen- phthise. Wien. med. Presse, 1896, xxxvii, 894; 930.— Smith (E.T.) Some remarks on vaso-dilatation in haem- optysis. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1906, xxv, 284-286.— Smith (F. C.) Hemoptysis in pulmonary tuberculosis; a comparative analysis of four hundred and fifty-three hemorrhagic cases treated at the United States Marine Hospital Sanatorium, Fort Stanton, New Mexico. Nat. Ass. Study & Prevent. Tuberculosis. Trans., N. Y., 1908, iv, 246-259,1 pl. -----. Pulmonary hemorrhagein the tu- berculous at high altitude (6,200 feet); report of 56 deaths; frequency of associated heart disease. Pub. Health Rep. U. S. Mar. Hosp. Serv., Wash., 1910, xxv, 1399-1405. Also, Reprint.—Smith (Q. C.) The prognostics of small hemorrhages in tvphoid fever and in phthisis pulmonalis. South. Pract., Nashville, 1907, xxix, 260—Spirt (E.) Tratamentul hemoptysiilor cu gelatina pe calea rectaia. [The treatment of haemoptyses with gelatin by the way of the rectum.] Spitalul, Bucuresci, 1906, xxvi, 307-309.— Strandgaard (N.J.) Ueber konstitutionelle Ursachen zu Lungenblutungen. Ztschr. f. Tuberk , Leipz., 1908, xiii, 209-221.—Strieker (F.) Ueber Lungenblutung in der Armee: Ergebniss einer funfjahrigen (1890-95) mili- tararztlichen Sammelforschung. Festschr. z. lOOj. Stif- tungsfeier d. med.-chir. Fried.-Wilh. Inst., Berl., 1895,183- 254, 6 pl.—Tennant (C. E.) The significance of hemor- rhage in pulmonary tuberculosis. Tr. Am.Inst.Homceop., Chicago, 1904, 221-230.—Tetau (J.) Hemoptysie mens- truelle et tuberculose. Bull, med., Par., 1899, xiii, 1067.— Thiago d'Almeida. Hemoptyses na tuberculose pulmonar. Rev. portugueza de med. e cirurg. prat., Lisb., 1899-1900, vii, 165; 205; 263; 289. -----. Les h6mop- tysiesdansla tuberculose pulmonaire (symptomatologie, diagnostic, pronostic et traitement). Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1907, xi, 333-343.—Thomas (E. H.) Fatal haemoptysisin an infant. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1909, i, 1356— Thue (K.) D0dsfald under haemoptyse ved lungetuberkulose. Norsk Mag. f. Laegevidensk., Kris- tiania, 1907, 5. R., v. 37^46.—Umber. Lungenbluten. Ztschr. f.iirztl. Fortbild., Jena, 1912 ix, 609-616.—Valen- zuela (F.) Las hemoptisis tuberculosas; diagn6stico, pron6stico y tratamiento. Rev. clin. de 1. hosp., Ma- drid, 1889, i, 97-104. Also: Siglo m6d., Madrid, 1899, xlvi, 39.—Van Ryn (J.-A.) Les petites hemoptysies dans la tuberculose pulmonaire, et les perturbations atmospheriques. J. demfid., chir. et Pharmacol., Brux., 1895,161-171,2 ch.—Verstraete. Hemoptysie foudroy- ante chezun tuberculeux; autopsie. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1899, i, 236-239.—Walker (J. B.) Treatment other than climatic of hemoptvsisinchronicpulmonary disease. Tr. Am. Climat. Ass., Phila., 1889, vi, 122-131.— Walsh (J.) The relation of the pneumococcus to hemorrhage. Rep. Henry Phipps Inst., study . . . tuberculosis 1906-7, Phila., 1908, iv,390-395. -----. Treatmentof hemorrhage in tuberculosis of the lungs. Penn. M. J., Athens, 1910- 11, xiv, 612-623.—Well (M.-P.) Lacourbedu poids dans les poussees evolutivesethemopto'iques dela tuberculose. Medecin prat., Par., 1912, viii, 485. -----. Etude clinique des hemoptysies sans poussee evolutive. Rev. internat. dela tuberc, Par.,1912, xxii, 15-26.—von Weismayr (A.) Die tuberculose Haemaptoe und ihre Behandlung. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1902, xvi, 330-336.—William- son (J. M.) Expectoration of bronchial casts after haemoptysis in phthisis. Lancet, Lond., 1893, i, 1316.— WolflfiF.) Zur Kenntniss der Haemoptoe bei Phthisi- kern. Munchen.med. Wchnschr., 1896, xliii,789-792. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Heredity in). See Tuberculosis (Congenital, etc.). Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, History and .statistic* of). See Tuberculosis (History and statistics of). Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Hospitals and sanatoria for). See, also, Tuberculin (Dispensaries for); Tu- berculosis (Dispensaries for). Aciieray (P.-E.) *La lutte contre la tuber- culose dans les milieux populaires. Dispen- saires antitubereuleux. 8°. Lille, 1901. Andres (A.-J.-FL) *L'hopitalactuelrepond- il aux besoins du traitement des tuberculeux? 8°. Lille, 1908. Also [Abstr.], in: Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1909. xv, 83-92. Baer (0.) * Statistische Beitrage zur Beur- teilung des Wertes der Heilstiittenbeharidluug bei Lungentuberkulose. [ Erlangen. ] 8°. Zweibriicken, 1909. Bardswell (N. D.) The consumptive work- ing man. What can sanatoria do for him? 8°. London, 1906. -----. The expectation of life of the con- sumptive after sanatorium treatment. 8°. Edin- burgh, 1910. Beaclavon ( A. -M. -P. ) Contribution a I'etude du traitement de la tuberculose pulmo- naire dans les sanatoria. 4°. Paris, 1896. Bekampfung (Die) der Schwindsucht durch Heilstatten fiir Lungenkranke. Denkschrift. 8°. Berlin, 1899. Beltrame(V. ) Tubercolosi e sanatorii. 12°. Casale, 1900. Berg ( H. ) Om lungsotssanatorier. 8°. Stockholm, 1899. Boullet (J.) Prophylaxie et traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire par l'hygiene et lea sanatoria. 8°. Paris, 1898. Bretheau (R.) * Les dispensaires antituber- euleux; leur role hygienique et social. 8°. Paris, 1904. Canalis (P.) I sanatorii popolari per i tisici e la profilassi della tubercolosi, discorso letto il 5 novembre 1898 nella solenne iuaugurazione dell' anno accademico 1898-9. roy. 8°. Ge- nova, 1899. Coste de Lagrave. Sanatorium-ecole. Le vade-mecum du tuberculeux. 16°. Paris, 1906. ------. Sanatorium-ecole. Hygiene alimen- taire du tuberculeux. 8°. Paris, 1907. Cozzolino (V.) La cura del tubercolotico polmonare nel sanatorio, considerata anche come questione sociale. roy. 8°. Torino, 1901. Croissant (K.) * Zur Frage der Dauererfolge der Lungenheilstatten. 8°. Munchen, 1908. Also, t'n.r Miinehen.med. Wchnschr., 1907, liv, 2322-2326. Dehau (H.) *Les sanator'a dans le traite- ment de la tuberculose. 8°. Paris, 1903. Detweiler (P.) Die Behandlung der Lun- genschwindsucht in ge chlossenen Heilanstal- ten. 2. Aufl. 8°. Berlin, 1884. ------. The same. Die Anstaltsbehandlung der Tuberkulose der Atmungswege. 3. Aufl. des Buches Die Behandlung der Lungenschwind- sucht in geschlossenen Heilanstalten, von P. Dettweiler, im Auftrage des Verfassers vSllig neu bearbeitet und hrsg. von G. Besold. 8°. Ber- lin, 1902. Douty (E.-H.) *Le sanatorium ideal. 8°. Paris, 1904. Dyrenfurth (M.) Ueber Heilstatten fur Schwindsuchtige. 8°. Berlin. 1890. TUBERCULOSIS. 726 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Hospitals and sanatoria for). Ebstein (L.) *De la valeur du traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire par les sanatoriums. 8°. Lyon, 1901. -----. The same. Les sanatoriums pour le traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire. 8°. Paris, 1902. ERoEBNissEdesvonderLandes-Versicherungs- anstalt der Hansestadte eingeleiteten Heilver- fahren s bei lungenkranken Versicherten bis Ende 1904. 4°. Liibeck, [1905]. Ettore (Z.) La lotta contra la tubercolosi (i sanatori). 12°. Bologna, 1902. Ff.lix (J.) Creation de eanatoires de villas, de colonies sanitaires populaires et a bon marche pour les tuberculeux. 8°. Bruxelles, 1900. von Fetzer (B.) Lungentuberkulose und Heilstiittenbehandlung, eine medicinisch-sociale Studie. 8°. Stuttgart, 1900. Galli (F.) 1 sanatori popolari per la profi- lassi e per la cura della tubercolosi. 8°. [Mi- lano, 1897.] Gaussel (A.) Voyage d'etudes dans les sana- toriums populaires; etude de quelques sanato- riums populaires suisses, allemands et francais; le sanatorium populaire et Phopital sanatorium; les tuberculines, Pheliotherapie, le pneumo- thorax artificiel dans le traitement de la tubercu- lose pulmonaire. 8°. Montpellier, 1910. Georges (P.) * Hospitalisation des tubercu- leux. Le role de Phopital dans la lutte antitu- berculeuse. 8°. Paris, 1904. van Gorkom (W. J.) Over tuberculose- ziekenhuizen. Met opmerkingen over armen- zorg en tuberculose-bestrijding. 8°. Amsterdam, 1907. Hanssen (K.) Om ftisens behandling paa sanatorier. [The treatment of phthisis in sana- toriums.] 8°. Bergen, 1904. Heilstatten- und Tuberkulin-Behandlung (Ueber) in gegenseitigerErgiinzung. I. Die bis- herigen in Heilstatten erzielten Dauererfolge, von Th. Wecker. II. Der gegenwiirtige Stand derTuberkulin-Behandlung, von J. Petruschky. 12°. Leipzig, 1901. Helwes (F.) Der Kampf gegen die Tuberku- lose. Gemeinverstiindliche Darstellung, nebst einer Uebersicht iiber die Lungenheilstatten in Deutschland und der Schweiz. 12°. Leipzig, 1901. Hoerder (C.) *Ueber Heilstatten-Wesen. 8°. Leipzig, 1907. Hohe (A.) Die Bekampfung und Heilung der Lungenschwindsucht und Deutschlands ge- schlossene Heilanstalten fiir Lungenkranke. 8°. Munchen, 1897. Jacob (P.) & Pannwitz (G.) Entstehung und Bekampfung der Lungentuberculose. Auf Grund ihrer in den deutschen Lungenheilstat- ten angestellten Sammelforschung. v. 1. 8°. Leipzig, 1901. von Jaruntowski (A.) Die geschlossenen Heilanstalten fiir Lungenkranke und die Be- handlung in denselben. 8°. Berlin, 1896. Knopf (S.-A.) *Les sanatoria; traitement et prophylaxie de la phtisie pulmonaire. 4°. Paris, 1895. ------. The same. 8°. Pans, 1895. ------. Pulmonary tuberculosis, its modern prophylaxis and the treatment in special insti- tutions and at home. Alvarenga prize essay of the College of Physicians of Philadelphia for the year 1898, revised and enlarged. With de- Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Hospitals and san a toria for). scriptions and illustrations of the most impor- tant sanatoria of Europe, the United States, and Canada. 8°. Philadelphia, 1899. ------. A plea for more sanatoria for the consumptive poor in all stages of the disease. 8°. New York, 1908. Robert (R.) Ueber die Schwierigkeiten bei der Auslese der Kranken fiir die Volkslungen- heilstiitten und iiber den Modus der Aufnahme in dieselben. Ein auf Grundlage der Antwor- ten auf ein Rundscnreiben zusammengesfellter Bericht, dem Rostocker Aerzteverein erstattet. 8°. Stuttgart, 1902. -M.\der ( M.) Heilstatten fiir Tuberculose und die Schulmedicin. 2. Aufl. 12°. Wien, 1902. Mark (S. A.) O narodnikh sanatoriyakh dlya slabogrudnikh; k voprosu o borbie s bu- gorehatkoL [On popular sanatoria for those of weak chest; on the struggle with consumption.] 8°. Tiflis, 1895. Massachusetts Commission on Hospitals for Consumptives, Boston. Annual reports to the governor of the Commonwealth and to the council. 1907 to 1908-9 (1.-3.). 8°. Boston, 1908-9. Moeller (A.) Les sanatoria pour le traite- ment de la phtisie. 8°. Bruxelles, 1894. Morin (R.) * Etude critique des sanatoriums populaires dans la lutte contre la tuberculose. 8°. Paris, 1909. Muthu ( C. ) Pulmonary tuberculosis and sanatorium treatment. A record of ten years' observation and work in open-air sanatoria. 8°. London, 1910. Nahm. The erection of a consumptive sana- torium for the people. Transl. and published with an introduction by William Caldwell. 8°. Belfast, 1898. See, also, infra. Nilsson (E.) Lungsot kan botas. Grund- dragen i nutidens behandlungsmetod. Sanato- rierna och sanatorievarden. 16°. Stockholm, 1900. Petermann. Die Lungenschwindsucht, ihre Heilstatten und ihre Heilung. 8°. Leipzig, [1898]. Reneff (D. I.) *K voprosu o znachenii sa- natoriy dlya profllaktiki i llecheniya lyokhoch- noi chakhotki. [On the value of sanatoria for the prophylaxis and treatment of pulmonary consumption.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1896. Richer (A. J.) On sanatoria, locality, and care. 8°. Montreal, 1899. Richter (K.) Lecenf tuberkulosy mlekem (lactotherapie). [The treatmentof tuberculo- sis by milk.] 8°. v Praze, 1900. Riva (A.) & Cattaneo (C) Le idee attuali sulla difesa contro la tubercolosi ed i sanatorii per i tisici. roy. 8°. Parma, 1899. Roshem (J.) *La phtisiotherapie au xixe siecle. De la saignee aux sanatoriums. 8°. Lyon, 1910. Roth-Schulz (V.) A tuberculosis elleni ve- dekezes mai allasar61, iranyelveirol s elert ered- menyeirol, kiilonos tekintettel a sanatoriumi mozgalomra. [The present position of the pro- phylaxis against tuberculosis, its guiding prin- ciples and final results, especially in regard to the movement for sanatoria.] fol. Budapest, 1905. TUBERCULOSIS. 727 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Hospitals and .sanatoria for). Rubel (A. N.) Liechebniya dachi-kolonii dlya grudnikh bolnikh i osnovniye printsipi llecheniya tuberkulyoznikh v sanatoriyakh. [Medical villa colonies for chest patients, and fundamental principles of the treatment of tu- berculosis in sanatoria.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1911. Solieki (S.) La tubercolosi e i sanatori popo- lari per i tisiei. 8°. Imola, 1899. Spiegel (H. A.) * Ueber Dauererfolge der Anstaltsbehandlung der chronisehen Lungen- tuberkulose. Ein statistischer Beitrag. 8°. Bonn, 1897. Stcertz. Praktische Anleitung sur Organi- sation von Fiirsorgestellen fiir Lungenkranke und deren Familien. Fiir Aerzte. Kommunal- behorden, Organe der Privatwohltiitigkeit und Arbeitgeber. Mit einem Vorwort von F. Kraus. 8°. Berlin dc Wien, 1905. Taeschner. Die Bekampfung der Lungen- schwindsucht und die Nutzlosigkeit sog. Lun- genheilstiitten. Eine soziale Frage. 8°. Ber- lin, [1899?] Tartarin (A.-C.) Tuberculose et sanitari- ums; preface du Pr. Landouzy. 12°. Paris, 1902. Valenzuela. Sanatorios para tuberculosos. Base cientifica de la secuestracion de los tuber- culosos en estos establecimientos en su doble fin de su tratamiento higienico y de la defensa de la humanidad. 8°. Madrid, 1896. Van Epen (J. H.) De onmisbaarheid der sanatoria voor lijders aan longtuberculose. 8°. Amsterdam, 1909. Vivaldi (M.) L' ospedalizzazione dei tuber- colosi. (Relazione letta al Congresso medico di Brescia 1901.) 8°. Padova, 1901. Walters (F. R.) Sanatoria for consumptives in various parts of the world (France, Germany, Norway, Russia, Switzerland, the United States and the British possessions). A critical and de- tailed description, together with an exposition of the open-air or hygienic treatment of phthisis. With an introduction by Sir Richard Douglas Powell. 8°. London, 1899. -----. The same. 8°. London, 1899. -----. The same. 3. ed. 8°. London, 1905. Weicker (H.) Die Volksheilstiitten fiir Lun- genkranke in ihrer socialpolitischen Bedeutung. 8°. Kbln, 1895. -----. Beitrage zur Frage der Volksheilstiit- ten; Mittheilungen aus Dr. Weicker's "Kran- kenheim." No. V-VII. 8°. Berlin u. Leip- zig, 1901-3. Wesener. Ueber Behandlung von Lungen- kranken in Volksheilstiitten. Vortrag gehalten in der Sitzung der naturwissenschaftlichen Gesellschaft zu Aachen am 9. April 1900. 8°. Aachen, 1900. Wheaton (C. L.) Sanatoria in the United States and Canada for the treatment of tuber- culosis. 12°. Chicago, [1906]. Yakovleff (P. N.) O prizrlenii chakho- tochnikh bolnikh v spetsialnikh bolnitsakh; k voprosu o borbie s lyokhochnol bugorchatkoL [On the care of consumptive patients in spe- cial hospitals; on the struggle with pulmonary phthisis.] 8°. Moskva, 1897. Acr-orlmbonl (F.) La cura igienica della tuber- colosi e i sanatori pei tisiei. Idrol. e climat.,'Firenze, 1899, x, 46-73.—Adrlanl (P.) Het tuberculose vraag- stuck en de volkssanatoria. Nederl. mil. geneesk. Arch. [etc.], 's-Gravenhage, 1899, xxiii, 287; 381.—Albert (A.) Ueber die Auswahl der Lungenkranken zur Heilstatten- I Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Hospitals and -sanatoria for). behandlung. Verelnsbl. d. pfalz. Aerzte, Frankenthal, 1905, xxi, 225-231.—Allan (J. W.) Sanatorium treat- ment of pulmonary tuberculosis. Glasgow M. J., 1912, lxxviii, 333-350. Also, Reprint.—Allbutt (T. C.) The sanatorium in the treatment of phthisis. Lancet, Lond., 1901, ii, 1255-1259.-----. Discussion on sanatorium treat- ment. Tr. Brit. Cong. Tuberc. 1901, Lond., 1902, iii, 175- 186.—Ambler(C. P.) Public sanitaria. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1902, xxxviii, 160-163.—Anders (J. M.) Sana- toria and special hospitals for the poor consumptive and , persons with slight means. Tr. Am. Climat. Ass., Phila., 1898, xiv, 154-178. Also: Therap. Gaz., Phila., 1898, 3. s., xiv, 795-806.—Andrae. Ueber Wasserbehandlung der Tuberkulosen in den Heilstatten. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1904, vi, 432-434.—Ascher. Die Volksheilstiitten fiir Lungenkranke; ein Beitrag zur so- cialen Hygiene. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1896, xxii, 581-583.—Assemblee gemjrale an- nuelle des dispensaires de l'ceuvre de la tuberculose humaine. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1903, ii, 895- 908.—Aut'recht. Lungentuberculose und Heilstatten. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1901, xxxviii, 1062; 1089. Also, transl: 3. Tuberc, Asheville, N. C, 1902, iv, 162-176.— Ausset (E.) Les sanatoria; leur necessite et leurs avantages; le choix de leur emplacement. Echo m6d. du nord, Lille, 1900, iv, 195-200.—Azleres. Sur la crea- tion de sanatoria pour phtisiques indigents. Gaz. d. eaux, Par., 1898, xli, 171-173. Also: Rev. d'hyg., Par., 1898, xx, 344-350. [Discussion], 361-364.—Babcock (R. H.) The sanatorium treatment of pulmonary tubercu- losis and how it may be carried on at home. Tr. Mis- sissippi Valley M. Ass. 1902, Kansas City, 1903, iv, 235-249.— de Backer. L'ceuvre des pavilions separes. Cong. p. Petude de la tuberculose, Par., 1898, iv, 227-231.—Baer (A.) Die Spitalsbehandlung der Lungentuberkulose. (Serumtherapie, medikamentdse Behandlung.) Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1904, liv, 1537; 1575; 1628.—Baumler (C.) Muskeltatigkeit und korperliche Arbeit im Heilplan der Lungentuberkulose. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1911-12, xviii, 521-533.—Baginsky (A.) Ueber die Einrichtungen von Kinderheilstatten. Ber. ii. d. Kong. z. Bekampf. d. Tuberk. [etc.], Berl., 1899, 550-552.— Baldwin (E. R.) The selection of favorable cases of pulmonary tuberculosis for sanatorium treatment. In- ternat. Clin., Phila., 1901, 2. s., iii, 78-81. Also, Reprint.— Baldwin (W. H.) Influence of a tuberculosis sana- torium on the value of surrounding property. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvii, 2055-2059.—Bang (S.) Fremgangsmaaden ved Optagelse af Patienter paa Nationalforeningens Sanatorier. [Reformed methods in receiving patients in the sanatoriums of the National Union.] Ugeskr. f. Laeger, K0benh., 1904, 5. R., xi, 97-101. -----. Om Indretningen af Tuberkulose- hospital er. [The arrangement of tuberculosis hospitals.] Nord. Tidsskr. f. Terapi, K0benh., 1907-8, vi, 36-43.— Barbier (H.) L'hospitalisation des tuberculeux. Tu- bercul. inf., Par., 1904, vii, 248-255.—Bardswell (N.) The position of general hospitals with regard to the sana- torium treatment of consumption. J. State M., Lond., 1900, viii, 751-753. -----. The immediate and ultimate re- sults of the sanatorium treatment of pulmonary tubercu- losis. Lancet, Lond., 1907, i, 1073.—Bardswell (N. D.) & Chapman (3. E.) The economic value of the sana- torium treatment for the working classes based upon after-histories. Med.-Chir. Tr., Lond., 1904, lxxxvii, 373- 401.—Barduzzl(D.) I dispensari antitubercolari. Atti d. r. Accad. d. fisiocrit. in Siena (1904), 1905,4. s., xvi, 277- 282.—Barlett (W. B.) Results in sanatorium treatment of the tuberculous. Yale M. J., N. Haven, 1910-11, xvii, 281-289.—Barrlck (E. J.) Sanatoria for consumptives. Canad. Pract. & Rev., Toronto, 1903, xxviii, 535-540.— Barth (H.) Rapport sur le choix de Pemplacement de l'h6pital regulateur destine aux tuberculeux. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1905, 3. s., xxii, 157-160.— Baudach. Zur Behandlung der Lungenschwindsucht in gesehlossenen Heilanstalten. Med. Cor.-Bl. d. wiirt- temb. arztl. Ver., Stuttg., 1894, lxiv, 177; 185.—Baudouin (P.) La vie des tuberculeux au sanatorium. Marseille med., 1906, xliii, 168-178.—Bax (J. F.) Gene zing van longtuberculose en volkssanatoria. Med. Weekbl., Amst., 1900-1901, vii, 461-165.—Beak es (R. O.) Sanatorium treatment of tuberculosis. Physician & Surg., Detroit & Ann Arbor, 1905, xxvii, 448-453,1 ch.—Beardsley (E. J. G.) Pulmonary tuberculosis as studied in the general medical dispensary. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1910, xcii, 1268- 1270.—Beasley (T. J.) Supplementary observation in the institutional treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis. Indianapolis M. J., 1909, xii, 415-417.—Beauvalon (P.) Lessanatoria pourphtisiques indigents a l'6tranger. Rev. dela tuberculose, Par., 1896,311: 1897,15.-----. Nossana- toria francais pour tuberculeux. France med., Par., 1898, xiv, 233-236.-----. Considerations sur l'hospitalisation des tuberculeux et sur la creation d'une caisse de secours pour la famille des hospitalises. Rev. de la tuberculose, Par., 1898, 38-49.—Becher (W.) Die Wald-Erholungs- stiitten und ihre Bedeutung fiir die Tuberkulosebekam- 28 TUBERCULOSIS. TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Hospitals and sanatoria for). pfung. Tuberculosis, Leipz., 1905, iv, 312-320.—Becker (E.) Amtliche Fiirsorgestellen fiir Lungenkranke. Med. Reform, Berl., 1908, xvi, 441-443.—Beco (E.) R61e des dispensaires et des sanatoriums dans la lutte anti-tuber- culeuse. [Rap.] Cong, internat. de la tuberc. Rap., Par 1905, 527-549.—Bell (C.) Sanitoria for consump- tives in the United States and the Canadas. Med.-Leg. J., N. Y„ 1901-2, xix, 175-210.—Bennet (E. H.) The necessity for county sanatoria, for the treatment of tu- berculosis. Tr. Maine M. Ass., Portland, 1905, 347-360.— Be n tlvegn a (R.) Sull' edilizia dei sanatori per tuber- colotici. Ingegnere igien., Torino, 1900, i, 185; 197.— Bernheim (F.) Le pour et le contre du sanatorium. Gaz. hebd. de med., Par., 1901, n. s., vi, 1213-1218.—Bern- heim (S.) Le dispensaire antitubereuleux. Rev., in- ternat. de la tuberc, Par., 1905, viii, 35-42.—Bernheim (S ) & Collin (E.) Le dispensaire antitubereuleux cor- Soratif. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1906, viii, 490-508 — ternheim (S.) & Dieupart. Du r61e educateur du dispensaire antitubereuleux. Rev. internat. de la tu- berc, Par., 1910, xviii, 335-357.—Bernheim (S.) & Ta- bary. Du r61e des dispensaires antitubereuleux dans les grands centres. Scalpel, Liege, 1901-2, liv, 22-25 — Bertillon (J.) Comment doit etre etablie la sta- tistique d'un sanatorium. Cong, internat. de la tu- berc. 1905, Par., 1906, ii, 826-830.—Beschorner (H.) Die Stellung der Fiirsorgestellen fiir Lungenkranke im Kampfe gegen die Tuberkulose als Volkskrank- heit. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1907, liv, 1878; 1937.— Besold (G.) Zur Kritik der Anstaltsbehandlung der Lungentuberkulose. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1906, xx, 21-23.—Bielefeldt. Heilstatten oder Invalidenheime fiir Tuberkulose? Soziale Med. u. Hyg., Hamb., 1907, ii, 403-415.—Bing (L. H.) Nogle undersggelser over luf- tens forurensning med tuberkelbaciller i sygerum, hvor der opholder sig ftisikere. [Quelques recherches sur l'infection de Pair par des bacilles tuberculeux dans des locaux d'h6pital ou Pon soigne des phtisiques. Res., p. 927.] N orsk Mag. f. Lsegevidensk., K ristiania, 1904,5. R., ii, 914-919.—Birke. Die Tuberkulosengefahr und die Lungenheilstatten. Cor.-Bl. d. Ver. deutsch. Aerzte in Reichenberg, 1908, xxi. No. 6, 2-4.—Blum (J.) Zur Heilstiittenbehandlung der Lungentuberkulose. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1906, viii, 155-169.—Blumenl'eld (F.) Wo soil man Heilstatten fiir Lungenkranke errich- ten? Ztschr. f. Krankenpfl., Berl., 1896, xviii, 97-102. -----. Zur Schwindsuchtsbehandlung in Volksheilstiit- ten. Ztschr. f. prakt. Aerzte, Frankf. a. M., 1898, vii, 77- 86.—Blumenthal (P.) Das Dispensaire (Poliklinik fiir Lungenkranke) im Dienste der Tuberkulosebekiim- pfung. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1904, v, 331-347.—B**ckman (M.) Om planen til foranstalt- ninger mod tuberkulosen. [The project for antituber- culous institutes. Tidskr. f. d. norske Laegefor., Kris- tiania, 1896, xvi, 374-387.—Bouncy (S. G.) The sana- torium treatment of consumption. J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- cago. 1902, xxxix, 1438-1442. Also, Reprint. -----. The sanatorium in its application to tuberculosis. Alabama M. J., Birmingh., 1908-9, xxi, 321-327. Also: Gulf States J. M. & S. [etc.], Mobile, 1909, xv, 709-718. Also: Colo- rado Med., Denver, 1910, vii, 244-249.—Borntraeger (J.) Heilstatten, Heimstatten und Fiirsorgestellen im Kampf gegen die Tuberkulose. Hvg. Rundschau, Berl., 1906, xvi, 225-244.—Borzecki (T.) Jakie wyniki osia- gaja. suchotnicy z pobytu w szpitalach naszych. [Ad- vantages derived by phthisics from residing in our nos- pitals.J Kron. lek., Warszawa, 1902, xxiii, 249-255.— Bourcart (A.) Landwirthschaftliche Colonien in Verbindung mit Sanatorien. Ber. ii. d. Kong. z. Be- kampf. d. Tuberk. fete], Berl., 1899, 737-739.—Bour- geois (L.) Die Isolierang der Tuberkulosen und der Kampf gegen die Tuberkulose; Dispensaire, Spezialsta- tion im Krankenhaus, Heilstatte. Beitr. z. Kim. d. Tu- berk., Wiirzb., 1907 vii, 27-46.—Bowditch (V. Y.) The establishment of sanitaria for pulmonarv diseases in the vicinity of our great cities. Boston M. & S. J., 1892, exxvi, 190-192. Also, Reprint. -----. The treatment of phthisis in sanitaria near our homes. Boston M. & S. J., 1896, cxxxv, 125-129. Also: Med. Communicat. Mass. M. Soc, Bost., 1896, xvii, no. 1,101-122. Also, Reprint.-----. State sanatoria for tuberculosis. Providence M. J., 1901, ii, 5-8. -----. Pulmonary tuberculosis and sanatorium treatment. Boston M. & S. J., 1904, cli, 588-590. Also, Reprint.-----. The scope and aim of state sanatoria for tuberculosis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvii, 317. Also, Reprint.-----. Remarks upon the present status of sanatorium treatment for tuberculosis. Tr. Am. Cli- mat. Ass., Phila., 1908, xxiv, 29-36— Brabrook (E. W.) The attitude of friendlv societies towards sanatoria. Tr. Brit. Cong. Tuberc. 1901 Lond., 1902, ii, 333-336.—Bra- gagnolo (G.) La tubercolosi ed i sanatori. Riv. veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 1901, xxxiv, 409; 460.— Brandenburg (K.) Die Auswahl der Kranken fiir die Lungenheilstatten und die friihzeitige Erkennung der Lungentuberkulose in der arztlichen Praxis. Berl Klinik, 1902, 169. Hft., 1-37—Brecke. Ueber Anstal- Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Hospitals anil sanatoria for). ten fiir minderbemittelte Lungenkranke. Miinchen- med. Wchnschr., 1902, lix, 839. -----. Ueber die Ent. wicklung der Anstaltsbehandlung bei Lungentuber- kulose. Med. Cor.-Bl. d. wurttemb. arztl. Landes- ver., Stuttg., 1910, lxxx, 829-837. — Brewer (C. C.) Sanatoria; existing continental models. Sanitarian, N. Y., 1903, 1, 105-114. — Broadbent (Sir W. H.) The sanatorium treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis. Lancet, Lond., 1906, i, 3.—Broca (A.) Les tubercu- leux dans les hfipitaux. Gaz. hebd. de m£d., Par., 1898, n. s., iii, 1187; 1211; 1235.—Brouardel (P.) Trophy- laxie de la tuberculose et sanatoriums. Ann d'hyg., Par., 1900, 3. s., xliii, 385-434.—Brouardel (P.) & Grancher. Note sur les sanatoriums et leurs vandtes necessaires. Ber. ii. d. Kong. z. Bekampf. d. Tuberk. [etc.], Berl., 1899, 567-575.—Brown. The hygienic re- quirements for the construction and equipment of sani- tariums. Internat. Tuberk. Konf. Ber. 1908, Berl., 1909, 68-73.—Brown (Sir 3. C.) On the treatment of tuber- culosis in sanatoria. Lancet, Lond., 1901, ii, 505-608.— Brown (L.) Sanatorium. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1908, 18. s., i, 1-21, 5 pl—Brown (L.), Barnes (H.L.) & Cull en (V. F.) Routine medical work in a sanatorium. Boston M. & S. J., 1912, clxvii, 613.—Brown (R.) Sug- gestions for the sanatorium treatment of the poor. Tu- berculosis, Lond., 1901, i, 428.—BrUIII. Zur Behand- lung der Larynxtuberkulose in Lungenheilanstalten. Verhandl. d. Ver. siiddeutsch. Laryngol., Wiirzb., 1906, 296-306.—Brim on (R.) Traitement de la tuberculose par le regime des sanatoria. Cong. p. I'etude de la tuber- culose 1S'.i3, Par., 18>.)4, iii, 334-344. -----. Les sanatoriums de fortune pour tuberculeux pauvres. Bull. mecl., Par., 1901, xv, 299-301. -----. Le traitement des tuberculeux indigents; sanatoriums de fortune. Ann. d'hyg., Par., 1902, 3. s., xlviii, 358-377. -----. La question des sanato- riums; un projet de sanatorium de fortune rouennais. Normandie mid., Rouen, 1902, xvii, 145-119.—Brunton (Sirh.) On a model sanatorium for consumptives. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1902, i, 1398-1399. Also, Reprint.—Bryant (W.N.) Tuberculosis and the sanatorium. Vermont M. Month., Burlington, 1904, x, 230-236.—Bryce (P. H.) The relation of the profession to sanatoria for consump- tives. Canad. J. M. & S., Toronto, 1900, viii, 150-153. -----. The treatment of tuberculosis in sanatoria. N. York M. J., 1900, lxxii, 1121-1126.—Buchanan (R. J. M.) The treatment of consumption in sanatoriums. Lancet, Lond., 1906, i, 1819-1821.—Budde (V.) Bor vore Lun- gesvindsotige behandles i indenlandske Sanatorier og saerlige Fthisishospitaler? [Ought our consumptive pa- tients be treated in home sanatoriums and special hospi- tals for phthisis?] Ugesk. f. Laeger, Kyabenh., 1890, 4. R., xxii, 193; 217; 241.—Bullock (E. K.) Phthisis-therapy in southern New Mexico, with particular reference to the Government sanitarium at Fort Bayard and the St. Jo- seph's Sanitarium at Silver City. Detroit M. J., 1902-3, ii, 390-392.—Burjihart. Ueber die Behandlung der Lun- genschwindsucht im Krankenhause und in der armeren Praxis. Berl. klin. Wclmschr., 1900, xxxvii, 592; 621.— Burnham (M. P.) The State and tuberculosis sanato- ria. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1906, lxix, 746-748.—Burton- Fanning (F. W.), [etal]. Symposium; the future of sanatorium treatment, a collection of representative opin- ions. Brit. J. Tuberculosis, Lond., 1911, v, 255-274 — Bushnell (F. G.), Marriott (E. D.) & Diver (E.W.) The sanatorium treatment of phthisis; is it worth while? Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, ii, 159— Bushnell (G. E.) Sanatorium treatment in an appropriate climate. Nat. Ass. Study & Prevent. Tuberculosis. Trans., N. Y., 1906, i, 362-370.—Butler (D. P.) Medical and board of health supervision of boarding-houses and sanatoria for the treatment of tuberculosis. J6t'd.,1310, vi, 132-135.—But- terfleld (E. H.) Sanatorium treatment of tuberculosis. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1907, xii, 125-130. [Discussion]. 154-162.—Oalandra (A.) Tubercolosi e sanatorio, Rassegna san. di Roma, 1908, vi, 189; 215; 225; 239; 249.— Calmette (A.) Le preventoriums ou dispensaires de prophylaxie sociale antituberculeuse. Tuberculosis, Leipz., 1906, v, 113-125.—Cambiaso (A.) Studio critico sui sanatori per tubercolosi. Lavori di Cong, di med. int. 1904, Roma, 1905, xiv, 345-348.—de la Camp (O.) Resultate 20jiihriger Krankenhausbehandlung der Lun- gentuberculose auf Grund rationeller statistischer Ver- wertung der Gewichts- und Fieberverhaltnisse. Jahrb. d. Hamb. Staatskrankenanst. 1897-8. Hamb. u. Leipz., 1900, vi, 313-347, 6 diag. Also [Abstr.]: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1900, xlvii, 403. -----. Lungenheilstattener- folg und Familienfursorge. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1906, viii, 120-133.—Campana (R.) Der Kampf gegen die Tuberkulose als soziale Krankheit; die Kranken- hauser und andere Heilstatten. Tuberculosis, Leipz., 1903, ii, 17-25.—Campbell (T.) Duration of re-idence in sanatoriums for pulmonary tuberculosis. Lancet. Lond., 1901,ii, 1581.—Carlsson (S.) Nagraanteckningar om lungtuberkulos och utlandska vaidanstalterforlung- sjuke. Hygiea, Stockholm, 1902, lxiv, n. f., ii, 81; 234.— Carrledo (A.) Summary of a paper on sanatoria for TUBERCULOSIS. 729 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Hospitals and sanatoria for). consumptives. Am. Pub. Health Ass. Rep. 1901, Colum- bus, O., 1902, xxvii, 85. — Carrington (P. M.) & Thomas (J. R.) An economical plan for a consump- tive sanatorium, with description of a new "tent house." Mil. Surgeon, Carlisle, Pa., 1907, xx, 267-284.—Carring- ton (T. S.) Economical construction of county hospitals for tuberculosis. Survey, N. Y., 1909, xxii,826-832. -----. The sanitarium milk supply. J. Outdoor Life, N. Y., 1911, viii, 13-16.-----. Modern methods of constructing hos- f>itals for advanced tuberculous cases. Brit. J. Tubercu- osis, Lond., 1912, vi, 1-11.—t'aspersz (A.) Some notes on the Nordrach treatment of tubercle of the lung. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1901, xxxvi, 374-377.— < uzaux (M.J Des sanatoriums ouverts et fermes. [Rap.] Bull. med., Par., 1902, xvi, 838— Chadwick (H. D.) The sanitorium treatment of tuberculosis. Vermont M. Month., Burlington, 1909, xv, 79-83 — Chretien (H.) De la necessite' de creer un sanatorium pour les phtisi- ques indigents. Poitou med., Poitiers, 1898, xii, 241- 243.—Clark (Hilda). Tuberculin indispensarypractice. Brit. J. Tuberculosis, Lond., 1911, v, 123.— 4'odina Cas- tellvi (J.) La lucha antituberculosa v los dispensarios. Gac. med. catal., Barcel., 1912, xli, 322-344.— Colin (M.) Ist die jetzige Gestaltung und die fernere Errichtung von Volksheilstiitten ausreiehend und zweckmiissig fiir die Bekampfung der Tuberkulose als Volkskrankheit? Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg., Berl., 1903, 416; 440—Colasu- onno (S.) I sanatorii pei tisiei. Puglia med., Bari, 1899, vii, 187; 223. Also: Stomaco, Napoli, 1899, v. 49; 65; 89: 1900, vi, 9; 17; 34; 45; 58.—Cornet (P.) Die Hygiene der Curorte und Heilanstalten fiir Tuberculose. [Ref.] Cong, internat. d'hyg. et de demog. C. r. 1894, Budapest, 1896, viii, pt. 6, 89-98.—Correa Fernandez (A.) De los sanatorios. Siglo med., Madrid, 1904, li. 1S4-187. -----. Hospitalizaci6n de los tisicos 6 tuberculosos pul- monales. Ibid., 1890, xxxvii, 442; 455; 469; 489; 502.— Cosie de Lairrave. Sanatorium-ecole; premiers pr6- ceptes aux tuberculeux. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par.,1903.ii,886-895. Also, Reprint. -----. Le sanatorium- ecole. N. medic, Brux., 1904, iv, no. 14, 4; no. 15, 5; no. 16, 5; no. 19, 4. Also: Rev. internat. de la tuberc. Par., 1904, iii, 81-100.—Courtois-Sufflt & Laubry (C.) R61e des sanatoriums et des dispensaires dans la lutte anti- tuberculeuse. Tribune med., Par., 1905, n. s., xxxvii, 677-681.—Crace-Calvert (G. A.) Observations on the opsonic index of tuberculous patients undergoing sana- torium treatment. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, ii, 19-21.— Crichton-Browne (Sir J.) The provision of sana- toria. Tr.Brit. Cong.Tuberc.1901, Lond., 1902, ii, 322-333.— Crlstoflni. Conditions generates d'organisation des sanatoriums maritimes modernes. Gaz. d. eaux, Par., 1905, xlviii, 322.—Critzman. La lutte contre la tuber- culose pulmonaire; les sanatoria etla prophylaxie. Rev. d'hvg., Par., 1900, xxii, 429-442. Also, transl: Salute pubb., Perugia, 1900, xiii, 203-208.—Cross (A. W. S.) & Welsford (A. G.) The provision and construction of sanatoria for pulmonary tuberculosis. J. San. Inst., Lond., 1902-3, xxiii, 566-571. [Discussion], 575-581.— Crouzon (O.) Le sanatorium et le traitement de la tu- berculose pulmonaire envisages au double point de vue therapeutique et economique. Rev. de la tuberculose, Par., 1906, 2. s., iii, 240-247.—Crowley (R. H.) The sanatorium treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis. St. Barth. Hosp. J., Lond., 1899-1900, vii, 36.—Cutter (E.) Upon the treatment of consumption in hospitals for con- sumption. Tr. Internat. M. Cong., Berl., 1890, ii, 5. Abth., 102. Also, in his: [Med. Repr.], 8°, N. Y., 1897,18.—D. (E.) De la cure libre de la tuberculose et de la cure dans le sanatorium. Rev. therap. et clin. de la tuberc, Par., 1904, i, 37-41.—D'Amours (J.-E.) Nous avons besoin de sanatoriums d'isolement et de cure pour nos tubercu- leux. Union med. du Canada, Montreal, 1906, xxxv, 565- 572.-----. Sanatoriumsgratuits pour tuberculeux. Ibid., 649: 1907, xxxvi, 10.—Dawson (J. L.) A plea for State sanatoria for tuberculous patients. J. South Car. M. Ass., Charleston, 1905-6, i, 102-106.—Dedlichen (L.) Modum tuberkulosehjem. Tidsskr. f. d. norske Laegefor., Kristia- nia, 1912, xxxii, 601-605.—Delany (T. H.) The sana- torium treatment of tuberculosis. Indian M. Gaz., Cal- cutta, 1909, xliv, 81-83, 1 ch.—Denham (J. K.) The treatmentof pulmonary consumption in special hospitals and dispensaries. Tr. Rov. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl., 1892-3, xi, 67-73. Also: Dublin J. M. Sc, 1893, xcv, 212- 216. [Discussion], 263.—Deshayes (C.) Des sanatoria et de la cure d'air dans la tuberculose pulmonaire. Nor- mandie med., Rouen, 1899, xiv, 357-365. Also: Tribune med., Par., 1899, 2. s., xxxi, 565-569.—Dettweiler (P.) Ueberdie Hygiene der Sch windsiiehtigen in geschlosse- nen Heilanstalten. Cong, internat. d'hvg. et de demog. C. r. 1894, Budapest, 1896, viii, pt. 6, 98-105— Detwller (B. H.) Sanatorium treatment for the indigent tubercu- lous. Penn. M. J., Athens, 1905-6, ix, 269-271.— Dickey (C. A.) The cost of maintenance and management of hospitals and sanatoria for the treatment of consumption. Proc. Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila., 1900, n. s., ii, 16-19.— Dlestel. Ueber die Anlagekosten von Lungenheilstat- Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Hospitals and sanatoria for). ten. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1901, ii, 16-26.—Dietz. Ueber die Beschaftigung in Heilstatten fiir Lungenkranke. Tuberculosis, Leipz., 1905, iv, 599- 601.—Discussion; the construction of sanatoria. Brit. J. Tuberculosis, Lond., 1907, i, 294-317.—Discussion de la question des sanatoriums. Bull. Acad. roy. de m6d. de Belg., Brux., 1904, 4. s., xviii, 330; 807.—Discussion (A) on sanatoriums for the poorer consumptives. Brit. M. J., Loud., 1905, ii, 636-639—Diver (E. W.) On the "sanatorium treatment" of tuberculosis, and its results. Northumberland & Durham M. J., Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 1902, x, 246-251. -----. The treatmentof phthisis by sana- torium methods. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, ii, 1536.— Dowucs (H.) The multiplication of sanatoria. Tu- berculosis, Lond., 1906-7, iv, 249-252. -----. The man- agement of sanatoria for working men. Brit. J. Tu- berc, Lond., 1908, ii, 52-55.—Dragomiroff. Pak po sanatoriumitle za okhtichavitle. [Sanatoria for con- sumption.] Med. naprled., Sofiya, 1901, ii, 22-41.— Drake (F. J.) Sanatorium treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis. Australas. M.Cong. Tr. 1908, Victoria, 1909, i, 151-155. — Dreyftis-Brisac. Le traitement de la phtisie pulmonaire par les sanatoria et par les stations d'altitude. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1895, ix, pt. 2, 65-67.—Dudneld (T. O.) The need of sana- toria for persons suffering from consumption, and how it may be supplied. Tuberculosis, Lond., 1904, iii, 154-175.— Duhourcau (E.) Des conditions generales d'installa- tion d'un sanatorium pour tuberculeux. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1896, cxxxi, 60-78.—Dumarest (F.) Cure libre et sanatorium. Lutte antituberc, Par., 1901, ii, 2-8. -----. La valeur educatrice du sanatorium, de- montree par ses resultats eioignes. Gaz. d. eaux, Par., 1905, xlviii, 209-212. -----. L'avenir du sanatorium popu- laire. Tubercolosi, Milano, 1908-9, i, 325-335. -----. Sur Phospitalisation des tuberculeux. Lyon m&L, 1910, cxiv, 541-545.-----. L'etat actuel de la question de la tu- berculose et des sanatoriums. Rev. mod. de med. etde chir., Par., 1910, viii, 446-459. — Dunham (H. B.) Incipiency in tuberculosis from the standpoint of sanatoria; the safety and the value of the tuberculin test when safeguarded solely by the clinical method. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1908, Ixxiii, 220-225.—Durel (W. A.) Results in some cases of pulmonary tuberculosis treated by the sanitarium method. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1906-7, lix, 439-449.—Easton (C.) The anti-toxin of self-respect; the educational and social work which can be carried on at a public institution. Charities, N. Y., 1904, xii, 330- 333.—Elkan. Wohin soil der Arzt seine Lungenkran- ken schicken? Krankenhaus, HeimstatteoderHeilstiitte? Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1899, xx, 597. -----. Was ist rationeller fiir die Schwindsuchtsbekampfung, Anstalts- pflege oder offener Kurort? Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heil- stattenw., Leipz., 1901, ii, 228-232. -----. Beschaftigung Lungenkranker wahrend der Anstaltsbehandlung. Ibid., 1904, v, 404-407.—Elliott (J. H.) Pulmonary tuberculo- sis; its treatment in special sanatoria. Canad. J. M. & S., Toronto, 1901, x, 186-192. Also [Abstr.]: Dominion M. Month., Toronto, 1901, xvii, 17.—Espina y Capo. Re- vision du probieme des sanatoires pour tuberculeux pau- vres dans les grandes villes et leur meilleur emplacement. Internat. Tuberk.-Konf. 1902. Ber., Berl., 1903, i, 228- 235.—Esslemont (J. E.) Sanatoriums from within; in conjunction with a patient. Lancet, Lond., 1911, i, 1639- 1641— Etlinger (F. K.) & Mathews (P.) Sanitarium treatment of tuberculosis. Birming. M. Rev., 1909, lxvi, 233: 1910, lxvii, L—Fanning (W. J.) Work for con- sumptives while in the sanatorium, and after. Tubercu- losis, Lond., 1904-6, iii, 369-375.—Fanning (W. J.) & Carte (L. D'O.) Sanatorium sleeping accommodation for poor patients. Ibid., 1903, ii, 297-301.—Fasano (A.) I sanatorii e la lotta contro la tubercolosi. Arch, inter- naz. di med. e chir., Napoli, 1904, xx, 12-19.—Felix (J.) De la creation des sanatoires et des stations climatiques a bon marche. Cong, internat. d'hydrol. et de climatol. C.-r., Liege, 1898, v.3-25. [Discussion], 646-650. ;Usr..-Rev. rle la tuberculose. Par., 1898, 201-227. -----. Bilan de la tuberculose et creation de villas aux colonies sanitaires. J. d'hyg., Par., 1900, xxv,257-262. -----. Sanatoires popu- laires et colonies sanitaires au point de vue de la prophy- laxie de la tuberculose et du traitement des tuberculeux. Cong, internat. de thalassoth6rap., Biarritz, 1903, iii, 80- 85. Also: Arch. g6n. d'hydrol. [etcJ, Par., 1903, xiv, 88- 94. Also, Reprint— Felkln (H. G.) The relative ad- vantages of different locations for sanatoria and phthisi- cal patients. Abstr. Tr. Hunterian Soc, Lond., 1902-3, 106-114.—Ferlin. Tuberculose pulmonaire; sejour dans un sanatorium de moyenne altitude; amelioration mo- mentanfie; rechute; hemoptysies; laryngite; aphonie; pneumothorax; meningite; mort. Bull. Soc med.-chir. de la Drdme [etc.], Valence & Par., 1903, iv, 13-18.— Fernandez Campa. Organizacion medica de los dispensarios y diagn6stico precoz de la tuberculosis pul- monar. Siglo med., Madrid, 1903, 1, 67-70.—Fiedler (L.) L'ceuvre de Villepinte. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heil- stattenw., Leipz., 1905, vii, 61-66.—Fin du referendum- TUBERCULOSIS. 730 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Hospitals and sanatoria for). questionnaire sur la tuberculose et les sanatoriums. Rev. mod. de med. et de chir., Par., 1904, ii, 735-751.—Fin- kelnburg. Ueber die Errichtung von Volks-Sanato- rien fiir Lungenschwindsuchtige. Centralbl. f. allg. Gsndhtspflg., Bonn, 1890, ix, 1-11. Also, Reprint.—Fish (C. E.) The Nordrach system for treating consumption. Midland M. J., Birmingham, 1903, ii, 56-59.—Fishberg (M.) The inadequacy of the sanatorium treatmentof tuberculosis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1909, lxxv, 1001-1012.— Fite (C. C.) Institutions for consumptives; a review of the newer and more successful methods of treating this disease, together with a description of institutions espe- cially adapted to this work. Dietet. Gaz., N. Y., 1891. 199-204. Also, Reprint.—Flick (L. F.) The hospital and the dispensary in the warfare against tuberculosis. Am. Med., Phila., 1905, ix, 824-826. -----. The hospital for advanced cases of tuberculosis. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1909,19. s., i, 1-15.—Flindt (N.) Bema;rkninger om Opf0relse af Sanatoriebygninger for Tuberkulose. [Remarks on the erection of sanatoriums for tubercu- lous.] Hosp.-Tid., K0benh., 1902, 4. R., x, 1296; 1313.— Floyd (C.) Some results of dispensary work in the control of tuberculosis. Boston M. & S. J., 1913, clxviii, 43-46.—Fontaine (H. T.) Advantages of sanatorium treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis. Ibid., 1901, cxiv, 68-70.—Forbes (D.) Municipal sanatoria for phthisis. J. Roy. San. Inst., Lond., 1910-11, xxxi, 557-565. [Discus- sion] , 571.—Foss. Fehler der Flaehlandheilstatten und deren mogliche Verhutung. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heil- stattenw., Leipz., 1904, v, 536-542.—Foster (J. P. C.) Detention institutions for ignorant and vicious consump- tives. Nat. Ass. Study & Prevent. Tuberculosis. Trans., N. Y., 1906, i, 333-338.—Foulerton (A. G. R.) & Cole (R. L.) A model sanatorium for the treatment of pul- monary tuberculosis. An e»say submitted in the compe- tition for the erection of a sanatorium for tuberculosis. Pub. Health, Lond., 1902-3, xv, 326-361.—Fowler (J.K.) The therapeutic value of sanatorium treatment in pul- monary tuberculosis. Lancet, Lond., 1906. i, 4-7.— Frankenburger (A.) Zur Frage der Hcilstatten- behandlung und der Anzeigen fiir dieselbe. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1908, lv, 907: 970.—Eraser (A. M.) The sanatorium treatment of consumption v. tuberculin dispensaries. San. Rec, Lond., 1910^ xlvi, 629:1911, xlvii, 10; 53. -----. Tuberculin dispensaries. Brit. J. Tuber- culosis, Lond., 1911, v, 124-126. -----. Report on the san- atorium treatment of consumption v. tuberculin dispen- saries. Med. Mag., Lond., 1911, xx, 104-112.—Frey- ninth (W.) Ueber Heilstattenbehandlung Tuberku- loser und die wichtigsten Gesichtspunkte bei der Aus- wahl der Patienten. Arch. f. off. Gsndhtspflg., Strassb., 1900-1901, xx, 117-125. -----. Heilstattenerfahrungen fiber Tuberkuloseinfektion und Schwindsuchtsentste- hung mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Romerschen Anschauungen. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1912, xxiii, 5254534.—Friedlander (J.) Die psychische Be- handlung der Tuberkulose im Sanatorium. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl.-Wien, 1899, n. F., i, 341-347.—Frottier. Hospitalisation des tuberculeux; le r61ede Phopital dans la lutte antituberculeuse. Rev. med. de Normandie, Rouen, 1904, iv, 193-197—G. (A.) Zur Auswahlder Lun- genkranken fur die Heilstattenbehandlung. Berl. Aerzte-Corresp., 1900. v, 141.—Gabrilovich (I. G.) 0 zakritikh llechebnikh zavedeniyakh dlya lyokhochuikh bolnikh. [On the establishments for the treatment of lung patients.] Vrach, St. Petersb., 1894, xv, 201; 264.-----. Zur Anstaltsbehandlung der Phthise; die Beeinflussung des Korpergewichts durch Luft.Nahrung und Bewegung. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1900-1901, i, 458-464.. -----. Sollen Heilanstalten fiir Lungen- kranke das ganze Jahr im Betrieb bleiben? Inter- nat. Tuberk.-Konf. 1902. Ber., Berl., 1903, 276-279. -----. Sanatorii. Tuberkulyoz, S.-Peterb., 1912, i, 231-235.— Gagniere. Le lait de chevre dans les dystrophies et tuberculoses infantiles. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1909, xv, 335-350.—Garland (C. H.) Sanatoriums for the workers: their need and utility. Lancet, Lond., 1905, li, 1793. -----. An account of the Post Office Sana- torium movement. Ibid., 1908, ii, 1164-1167.— Garland (C. H.) & Lister (T. D.) A national school for con- sumptives; a study of the relation of the sanatorium to the problem of the working-class consumptive. Ibid., 1907, i, 677-681.—Garvin (A. H.) Improved organiza- tion and management. Nat. Ass. Study & Prevent. Tu- berculosis. Trans., N. Y., 1909, v, 142-148.—Gatti (F ) I sanatorii popolari per la profilassi e per la cura della tubercolosi. Atti d. Cong. med. interprov. d. Lomb. e d. Veneto 1897, Bergamo, 1898, v, 15-25. -----. I sana- tori pei tubercolosi poveri. Gior. d. r. Soc. ital. d' ig Milano, 1899, xxi, 485-500. -----. La questione finanzia- nain nspettoalla costruzione ed all' esercizio dei sana- tori popolari pei tubercolosi. Ibid., 1902, xxiv, 74-98.— <»ault (A. H.) A plea for the sanatorium treatment of consumption. Intercolon. M. Cong. Australas. Tr.1902 Hobart, 1903, 138-144-Gebhard (H.) Maassnahmen zur Erganzung der durch Unterbringung in Heilstatten Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Hospitals and sanatoria for). geubten Fursorge fur Lungenkranke, mit besonderer Be- riicksichtigung der Familienangehorigen der an Tuber- culose erkrankten Personen. Verhandl. . . . Tuberc.- Commis. d.Gesellsch. deutsch.Naturf.u. Aerztel901, Berl., 1902,744*6. Also: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1902, xxxix, 514)4. -----. Invalidenheime fiir Tuberkulose. Internat. Tu- berk.-Konf. 1902. Ber., Berl., 1903, i, 219-267.—Gebser. Beschaftigung der Lungenkranken in den Heilstatten. Tuberculosis, Leipz., 1902, i, 82-86.—Gero (S.) A tiidd- v£sz sanatoriumokban val6 gy6gyitasanak haladasa. [The progress of the treatment of phthisis in sanatoria.] Gy6gyaszat, Budapest, 1900, xl, 457-460.—Getye (F. A.) Sovremennoye sostoyaniye voprosa o narodnikh sanato- riyakh dlya chakhotochnikh. [Public sanatoria for con- sumptives.] Klin. J., Mosk., 1900, iii, 326; 445, 3 diag. -----. K voprosu o narodnikh sanatoriyakh dlya cha- khotochnikh. [Popular sanatoria for consumptives.] Ibid., 1901, v, 449-478.—Gibier (P.) Proposed hospital for physicians affected with tuberculosis of the lungs. Bull. Pasteur Inst., Danbury, Conn., 1897, v. 1-5. Also: N. Eng. M. Month., Danbury, Conn., 1897, xvi, 101-105.— Gidionsen (H.) Ueber Bau und Einrichtung von Sanatorien fiir Lungenkranke. Krankenpflege, Berl., 1902-3, ii, 420-434.—GlUckmann (S.) Offene stiidtische Sanatorien. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1906, lxxv, 177- 182.—Goldenblyum (M. A.) O Hechenii lyokhochnol chakhotki vzakritikh llechebnikh zavedeniyakh (sanato- riyakh) . [Treatment of pulmonarv tuberculosis in sana- toria.] Terap. vestnik, S.-Peterb., 1900, iii, 1; 49.—Gold- schmidt (D.) Zur Frage der Tuberkulosebekampfung durch Heilstittten, Erholungsstiitten und Dispensaires. Strassb. med. Ztg., 1905, ii, 11-14.—Goldschmldt (J.) Anstaltsbehandlung der Lungenphthise. Ztschr. f. Tu- berk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1901, ii, 420-423.—Goodali (H. S.) Some results of sanatorium treatment of pul- monary tuberculosis in children. Nat. Ass. Study & Pre- vent. Tuberculosis. Trans., N. Y., 1910, vi, 198-202.— Gordon-Smith (H.) Sanatorium treatment and the selection of suitable cases. Pub. Health, Lond., 1910-11, xxiv, 173-179.—Gottschalk (S.) Heilstiittenresultate bei lungentuberkulosen Steinhauern mit Bezug auf die gesetzliche Invalidenrente. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1911, xxi, 59-65.—Gouel. L'hospitalisation des tuberculeux pulmonaires. Internat. Tuberk.-Konf, 1902. Ber., Berl., 1903, i, 242-244.—Grancher (J.) Tubercu- lose pulmonaire et sanatoriums. Bull. m6d., Par., 1903, xvii, 213-222. Also, Reprint. — Grancher ( J. ) & Thoinot. Hospitalisation des tuberculeux; rapport general au nom de la Commission de la tubercu- lose. Ann. d'hyg., Par., 1896, 3. s., xxxvi, 535-657.— Gray (E. A.) Home sanatoria. Chicago M. Recorder, 1904, xxvi, 506-509. Also: Illinois M. J., Springfield, 19044), n. s., vi, 473-475.—Greco (V.) La lotta contro la tuber- colosi ed i dispensari anti tubercolari. Gazz. sicil. di med. e chir. [etc.], Palermo, 1904, iii, 181-184.—Greeley (H.) The great improvement in many advanced cases of pul- monary tuberculosis under sanatorium care. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1909, lxxvi, 648.— Gr0n (F.) Indikationerne for ophold og behandling ved de norske h0ifjeldssanatorier, [Information concerning sojourn and treatment in Norwegian mountain sanatoriums.] Tidsskr. f. d. norske Lsegefcr., Kristiania, 1909, xxix, 439-493. Also: Lgesk. f. Lager, Kj0benh., 1909, lxxi, 477-487— Grotjahu (A.) Die Krisis in der Lungenheilstiittenbewegung. Med. Reform, Berl., 1907, xv, 219-223. -----. Die Lungenheil- stattenbewegungim Lichte der sozialen HTgiene. Ztschr. f. soziale Med., Leipz., 1907, ii, 196-233.—Grundt (E.) Om tuberkulosestationerformindre byer. [Tuberculosis stations for small communities.] Tidsskr. f. d. norske Lseeefor., Kristiania, 1911, xxxi, 483-4K6.—Halipre (A.) Tuberculose pulmonaire. I. Sanatoria. II. Isolement des tuberculeux dans les hopitaux. Normandie med., Rouen, 1896, xi, 393-401,—Hall (E. T.) Sanatoria for consumptives. Tr. Brit. Cong. Tuberc. 1901, Lond., 1902, ii, 422-436. Also: 3. San. Inst., Lond., 1902-3, xxiii, 546- 562. [Discussion], 575-581. -----. Sanatoria for consump- tion, location and design. J. Roy. San. Inst., Lond., 1905- 6, xxvi, 357-377,1 plan— Haniant (H.) Quelques con- siderations sur l'application du traitement de la tubercu- lose pulmonaire par le sanatorium aux tuberculeux indi- gents. Tribune med., Par., 1904, 2. s., xxxvi, 373-375.— Hamel. Deutsche Heilstatten fiir Lungenkranke. Tuberk.-Arb., Berl., 1904, 2. Hft., 1-365.—Hammer. Die Heilstattenbehandlung der Tuberkulose. Miinehen.med. Wchnschr., 1902, xlix, 1081-1085.—Hanson (W. C.) Maintenance of isolation hospitals. Boston M. & S. J., 1912, clxvi, 812-815.—Hard (A. D.) The family sana- torium for pulmonarv tuberculosis. Phila. Month. M. J., 1899, i, 297-299.—Hairdenbergh (D. B.) County hos- pital care for the tuberculous. N. York State J. M., N. Y., 1911, xi, 180-182.—Hardisty (W. C.) The provision and construction of sanatoria for tuberculosis. J. San. Inst., Lond., 1902-3, xxiii, 563-565. [Discussion], 575-581.— Harper (C. A.) Tuberculosis sanatoria and treatment. Wisconsin M. J., Milwaukee, 1906-7, v, 418-428.—Hartz (H. J.) About sanatorium treatment and the value of a TUBERCULOSIS. 731 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Hospitals and sanatoria for). state sanatorium in the combat against tuberculosis. J. Mich. M. Soc, Detroit, 1907, vi, 153-160.—Harvey (T. W.) Sanatoria and health resorts and the general practitioner. Tr. Am. Climat. Ass., Phila., 1912, xxviii, 193-200.—Hay (T. H.) Treatment of consumption from a sanatorium viewpoint. Wisconsin M. J., Milwaukee, 1907-8, vi, 621- 633.—Heinzelmann (H.) Ueber wunschenswerthe Vervollkommnung der Lungentuberculosebehandlung in offenen Curorten. Wien. med. Presse, 1894, xxxv, 1145-1149.—Herbert (H.) Individuelleund allgemeine Hygiene Schwindsfichtiger mit spezieller Beriicksichti- gung von Sanatorien. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1902, iii, 484-488.—Hesse (P.) Ueber die Aus- kunfts.-und Fiirsorgestellen fiir Lungenkranke. Deutsche Vrtljschr. f. off Gsndhtspflg., Brnschwg., 1906, xxxviii, 289-294.—Hiehens (P. L.) The sanatorium treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis with especial reference to Nord- rach methods. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, i, 6024505.—Hills (F. L.) The sanatorium forincipientpulmonary tubercu- losis; its aims, methods, and results. Tr. N. Hampshire M. Soc, Concord, 1904, cxiii, 217-251. Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1905, xliv, 528-535.—Holmboe. Ompleiehjem for tuberkulose, saerligi landdistrikterne. [Hospitals for the tuberculous, especially in country districts.] Tidsskr. i. d. norske Loegefor., Kristiania, 1901, xxi, 1-14, 2 plans.— Holmes (A. M.) The need of national cooperation in the establishment of sanatoria for tuberculosis. Bull. Am. Acad. M., Easton, Pa., 1900-1901, v, 637-651.—von Holten (K.) Heilstiittenerfolge und ihre Kritik. Zt- schr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1908, xiii, 67457.—Homan (G.) Public sanatoriums for tuberculous persons. St. Louis Cour. Med., 1903 xxviii, 179-183. [Discussion], 218-220. -----. The educational influence and significance of sanatoriums for cases of incipient tuberculosis. Med. Fortnightly, St. Louis, 1906, xxix, 293-297.—Horton- Smith (P.) Some impressions of the sanatorium treat- ment by a healthy patient. Practitioner, Lond., 1903, lxxi, 383-388, 1 pl.—Huber (J. B.) Sanitaria for con- sumptives. Trained Nur*e [etc.], N. Y., 1905, xxxiv, 11- 16.—Huchard. Tuberculose et sanatorium. Rev. in- ternat. de la tuberc, Par., 1906, ix, 418-430.—Hutchin- son (W.) The tent sanatorium for consumptives. Am. Med., Phila., 1906, n. s., i, 65-71.— lngals (E. F.) & Dod- son (J. M.) Tent cottages for consumptives. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906,xlvi, 176.—Internationale(Die) Enquete fiber die Betriebskosten in Sanatorien. [Also, French and English texts.] Tuberculosis, Berl., 1911 x, 9S-131.—Irving (R.W.) Patientssuitableforsanatorium treatment. West Canada M. J., Winnipeg, 1909, iii, 195- 206.—Jacobs (H. B.) The treatment of consumption in local sanatoria. Maryland M. J., Bait., 1901, xliv, 494- 503.—Jacobsohn (P.) Das Krankenpflege-Personal in den Special-Krankenanstalten, insbesondere in den Volksheilstiitten fiir Lungenkranke. Verhandl. d. Ge- sellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1898, Leipz., 1899, lxx, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 421-424. Also: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1898, xxxv, 1097; 1117.—Jacoby (E.) Autotransfusion und Prophylaxe bei Lungentuberculose, nebst Mittheilungen aus Dr. Weicker's Heilanstalt der Grafin Pfickler in Gor- bersdorf. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1899, xlvi, 628; 659— Jagot. L'hospitalisation des tuberculeux; les resultats; etat actuel de la question. Arch. m6d. d'Angers, 1906, x, 5854)94.—Jorissenne (G.) Od et comment il faut batir les sanatoria dans les regions accident6es de moyenne altitude. Cong, internat. d'hydrol. et de cli- matol. C.-r., Liege, 1898, v, 117-127. Also: Rev. de la tu- berculose, Par., 1898, 320-331.—Kaiserliches Gesund- heitsamt. Ein Beitrag zur Beurtheilung des Nutzens von Heilstatten fur Lungenkranke. Med. Cor.-Bl. d. wfirt- temb. arztl. Ver., Stuttg., 1896, lxvi, 197-199.—Kalb (G. B.) The sanatorium treatment of tuberculosis. Am. Med., Phila., 1906, xi, 289-292. Also: N. Eng. M. Month., Danburv, Conn., 1906, xxv, 246-250. Also: Penn. M. J., Athens,*1905-6,ix, 255-260. [Discussion] ,267-269.—Kami- ner(S.) Zur Frage der Heilstattentherapie. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl.-Wien, 1900, n. F., ii, 402^05.— Kaurin (E.) Om ftisis-hospitaler. Tidsskr. f.d. norske Lsegefor., Kristiania & Ki0benh., 1893, xiii, 49-57. -----. Sanatorie- behandling af lungetuberkulose og dens resultater. Ibid., 1907, xxvii, 863-871.—Kaye. Sanatoria from the point of view of county councils. Tr. Brit. Cong. Tuberc. 1901, Lond., 1902, ii, 404-409.—K_elley (E. R.) Problems of State tuberculosis sanatoria. Northwest Med., Seattle, 1910, n. s., li, 115-119.—Kelsey (O.) Taxation with re- lation to the state care of consumptives. Albany M. Am., 1900, xxi, 228-240.—Kelynack (T. N.) The selection of cases of pulmonary tuberculosis for sana- torium treatment. Abstr. Tr. Hunterian Soc, Lond., 1902-3, 114-124. Also: Edinb. M. J., 1903, n. s., xiii, 409-415. Also: Hospital, Lond., 1902-3, xxxiii, 6- 10. -----. The sanatorium treatment of consumption. Hospital, Lond., 1903-4, xxxv, 387; 403; 421. -----. The evolution of the sanatorium treatmentof consumption. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1904, n. s., lxxviii, 356-358.— King (H. M.) The sanatorium treatment of tuberculo- sis. Med. News, N. Y., 1903, lxxxiii, 13; 69. Also, Re- print. -----. The scope and value of the sanatorium in Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Hospitals and sanatoria for). the antituberculosis movement. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1906, lxx, 941-944. Also: Nat. Hosp. Rec, Detroit, 1906-7, x, no. 6, 22-26.—King (H. M.) & Neagle (H. B.) Sana- torium provision with industrial opportunities for indi- gent consumptives. Med. News, N. Y., 1905, lxxxvii, 679- 682. Also: Nat. Ass. Study & Prevent. Tuberculosis. Trans., N. Y., 1906, i, 325-332.—King (J. C.) Observa- tions upon sanatoria for pulmonary tuberculosis. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1904, ii, 271.—Kinghorn (H. Me L.) The results of sanatoria and special hospital treat- ment in pulmonary tuberculosis. Montreal M. J., 1899, xxviii, 488-497.— Klebs (A. C.) The necessity of special institutions for the treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis. Tri-State M. J. & Pract., St. Louis, 1897, iv, 204-209. -----. The construction and management of small cottage sana- toria for consumptives, with plans by J. G. Rogers, archi- tect. Tr. Am. Climat. Ass., Phila., 1900, xvi, 105-125, 2 plans. Also: Med. News. N. Y., 1900, lxxvii, 279-286. Also, Reprint. -----. Sanatoria and hospitals for consumptives and their position in the fight against the disease as a public menace. St. Paul M. J., St. Paul, Minn., 1903, v, 125-135. -----. How far has the sanatorium treatment of tuberculosis proven successful? Ibid., 1907, ix, 226-232. -----. Economic and efficient construction. Nat. Ass. Study & Prevent. Tuberculosis. Trans., N. Y., 1909, v, 126-141.—Klynens & Schamelhout. Le dispensaire antitubereuleux. Ann. Soc. de med. d'Anvers, 1903, lxv, 71-114.—Knapp. Ueber die Auslese der fiir Volksheil- stiitten geeigneten Kranken. Med. Cor.-Bl. d. wurttemb. iirztl. Ver., Stuttg., 1901, lxxi, 6594562.—Knight (F. I.) Importance of supervision of patients after leaving sana- toria apparently cured of tuberculosis. Tr. Am. Climat. Ass., Phila., 1907, xxiii, 180-182.—Knobel (W. B.) Sana- torium treatment of tuberculosis. Birmingh. M. Rev., 1910, lxvii, 1-8.—Knopf (S. A.) Sanitariums for the treatment and prophylaxis of pulmonary phthisis. N. York M. J., 1895, lxii, 419; 460. -----. The urgent need of sanatoria for the consumptive poor of our large cities. Am. Pub. Health Ass. Rep. 1897, Concord, 1898, xxiii, 302-309. [Discussion], 320-324. Also: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1897, Iii, 775-778. Also, Reprint. -----. The communica- bility of tuberculosis and special hospitals for pulmonary consumption. M. Rec, N. Y., 1897, li, 502. -----. Sana- torium treatment at home for patients suffering from tu- berculosis. Ibid., 1900, lvii, 138-143. -----. The value of local sanatoria in the combat of tuberculosis in large centers of population. Ibid., 1901, lx, 8-10. Also, Re- print. -----. State and individual prophylaxis of tuber- culosis during childhood and the need of children's sana- toria. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1902, iii, 11-23. -----. The special dispensary as a factor in the combat of tuberculosis as a disease of the masses. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1903, lxxvii, 644-546. Also, Reprint. -----. The treatment and management of postoperative tuberculous patients and a plea for the establishment for seaside sanatoria and convalescent homes. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1903, lxxviii, 1028-1038. Also, Reprint. -----. The treatment and care of consumptives at their homes and the urgentneedof local sanatoria. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1903, lxiii, 281; 314. Also, Reprint. -----. The modern tuberculosis dispensary. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1904, lxvi, 125-130. -----. Hermann Brehmer, and the semi-centen- nial celebration of Brehmer's sanatorium for the treat- ment of consumptives; the first institution of its kind. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1904, lxxx, 3-6. Also, Reprint. -----. The sanatorium for tuberculous patients and its medical and social mission. N.York M. J. [etc.], 1905, lxxxii, 833-838. Also: Woman's M. J., Toledo, 1906, xvi, 41-45. Also, Reprint. Also, transl: N. Yorker med. Monatschr., 1905, xvi, 509-521. Also, transl: Tuberculosis, Leipz., 1906, v, 1-12. Also, transl: Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1906, viii, 353-361. -----. The mission of the municipal or State sanatorium for the tuberculous, and the urgent need of more institutions of this kind. Texas State J. M., Fort Worth, 1907-8, iii, 206-209. Also, Reprint. -----. The un- justified prejudice of tuberculous patients against sanato- ria and hospitals. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1912, lxxxii, 553-559.— Kobert(R.) Ueberdie Schwierigkeiten bei der Aus- wahl der Kranken ffir die Lungenheilstatten und fiber den Modus der Aufnahme in dieselben. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1902, xlix, 1385-1388. -----. Kann, ja soil man an der Ostseektiste Volkslungenheilstiitten errich- ten? Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg., Berl., 1908, 3; 29. -----. Ue- ber den jetzigen Stand der Heilstiittenfrage ffir Lungen- kranke. Ztschr. f. Krankenpflg., Berl., 1908, xxx, 33; 75.—Kohler (F.) Die Bewertung der modernen Lun- genheilst&ttenbehandlung im Lichte der Statistik, ihrer Praxis und ihrer Aufgaben. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1903,1,809; 861. -----. Die moderne allgemeine Behand- lung der Lungentuberkulose, mit besonderer Beriicksich- tigung der Heilstatten. Ztschr. f. iirztl. Fortbild., Jena, 1906, iii, 646-657. -----. Volksheilstiitten und Heilstiitten- volk. Tuberculosis, Leipz., 1907, vi, 244-255. -----. Ueber den Begriff der Heilung nach Heilstiittenkuren Lungen- tuberkuloser und seine statistische Verwertung. Ibid., 1908, vii, 69-65. -----. Statistische Analyse von Todesfal- len in der Heilstatte behandelter Lungentuberkuloser, TUBERCULOSIS. 732 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Hospitals and sanatoria for). nebst Untersuchungen fiber die Beziehungen des tuber- kelbazillenhaltigen und tuberkelbazillenfreien Auswurl's zur Lebensprognose. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1908, xii, 97-119. -----. Ueber den Ausbau und die wissenschaft- lichen Aufgaben der modernen Lungenheilstatten. Ztschr. f. iirztl. Fortbild., Jena, 1908, v, 173-179. -----. Statistische Beitrage zur Frage der Kurerfolge Lungen- tuberkuloser in den Heilstatten. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1909, xxxv, 1101. -----. Die Lun- genheilstatten im Lichte der historischen Entwicklung der Tuberkulosebekampfung. Tuberculosis, Berl., 1909, viii, 166-170. -----. Die Arbeitsfahigkeit nach Heilstiit- tenkuren in der Statistik. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1911, xvii 320-333. -----. Statistische Beitrage zur Heilstatten- frage. Ibid., 1912, xix, 243-257.—Ko lb (K.) Stimmen fiber den Wert der Lungenheilstatten und der Kampf gegen die Tuberkulose. Vereinsbl. d. pfalz. Aerzte, Frankenthal, 1903, xix, 122-130.—Korting (G.) Zur Bewertung der Lungenheilstatten. Med. Reform, Berl., 1907, xv, 279.—Kraus (F.) Ueber die Behandlung der chronisehen Lungenschwindsucht in geschlossenen Heil- anstalten. Mitth. d. Ver. d. Aerzte in Steiermark, Graz., 1895, xxxiii, 21-30. -----. Ueber die Bewertung der in den Volksheilstatten erzielten Behandlungserfolge. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1907, x, 381-391.—Kraus (H.) Ueber die hygienischen Einrichtungen in Sanatorien ffir Lungenkranke. Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kin- derh. in Wien, 1904, iii, 148-150. Also: Wien. med. Presse, 1904, xiv, 1453-1461. —KUhler (W.) Kinder- heilanstalten und Tuberkuloseprophylaxe. Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1900, xxi, 473-475.— Kliss (G.) Resul- tats que Pon obtient dans les sanatoriums. Bull, med., Par., 1900, xiv, 357; 369. -----. Les sanatoriums popu- laires de repartition. Ibid., 1901, xv, 676-678. -----. Sanatoriums populaires et dispensaires antitubereuleux. Ibid., 1903, xvii, 105; 117. -----. Indications cliniques et r61e social dessanatoriums populaires d'apres les resultats obtenus au sanatorium d'Angicourt depuis cinq ans. Ibid., 1906, xx, 387-393.—Kuthy (D.) Sanatorien ftir Lungenschwindsuchtige. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Buda- pest, 1898, xxxiv, 154; 179; 202. -----. A ttidovesz sana- toriumi gv6gyitilsa. [The sanatorium treatment of phthi- sis.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1900, xliv, 692; 709; 729. -----. Zur Beschaftigung der Heilstattenpfleglinge. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw.,Leipz., 1905, vii, 391-396. -----. Erfahrungen fiber die hygienisch-erzieherische Wirkungder Lungenheilstatten. Ibid., 1906, ix, 449-456.— Kuttner (A.) Was dfirfen Heilstatten kosten? Ibid., 1907, xi, 483-486.—Laird (A. T.l The tuberculosis dispensary. Albany M. Ann., 1909, xxx, 174-177.— Lalesqiie (F.) La prophylaxie de la tuberculose pul- monaire aux stationsnivernalesfrancaises. Mem. etbull. Soc. de med. et chir. de Bordeaux (1898), 1899, 423-435. Also: 3. de med. de Bordeaux, 1899, xxix, 52-56. -----. Valeur sociale du sanatorium populaire dans Parmement antitubereuleux. J. de m6d. de Bordeaux, 1902, xxxii, 743-848.—Lamarchia (L.) Come dovrebbe costruirsi un sanatorio per la cura dei tubercolotici. Ingegner. san., Torino, 19ol, xii, 1; 23; 41. — Laiuarque (H.) La cure pratique de la tuberculose; cure libre et cure de sanatorium. Gaz.d. eaux, Par., 1901, xliv, 201-205. -----. La question de la tuberculose dans les sanatoriums. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1902, xxxii, 741-743.—Landis (H. R. M.) A study of the ultimate results in the dispensary treatmentof tuberculosis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lix, 1369-1371.—Landouzy (L.) Associations therapeu- tiques et tuberculose pulmonaire; cure de sanatorium, simple et associee. Ber. U. d. Kong. z. Bekampf. d. Tu- berk. [etc.],Berl., 1899,410-413. Also, transl: Presse m6d., Par., 1899, l, 249-251. -----. A propos de la creation et du fonctionnement des sanatoriums. Internat.Tuberk. Konf. Ber. 1908, Berl., 1909,73-78.—Lange (B.) Bemerkninger til lovforslaget angaaende foranstaltninger mod tuberku- losen. [On the project of a law for antituberculosis es- tablishments.] Tidskr. f. d. norske Laegefor., Kristiania, 1896, xvi, 176-181.—Lapsh in (A. I.) K voprosu o bol- nichnom Hechenii chakhotochnikh. THospital treat- ment of consumptives.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1906, lxv, 361-384,—Larsen (C. A.) Om Behandling af Lungetu- berkulose paa Provinssygehuse. [The treatment of pul- monary tuberculosis in provincial hospitals.] Hosp.-Tid. Kabenh., 1903, 4. R., xi, 1-22.—Latham (A.) The need and use of sanatoria. Tuberculosis, Lond., 1904, iii, 118- 123. -----. The economic value of sanatoriums. Lan- cet, Lond., 1906, i, 11-17. -----. The value of sanatorium treatment. Nat. Ass. Prev. Consumpt. Tr., Lond., 1911, 123-128. — Lawson (D.) The Nordrach treatment of phthisis in Scotland. Dublin J. M. Sc, 1899, cviii, 324- 326. -----. Consumptive sanatoria; are they worth while? Glasgow M. J., 1908. lxix, 161-178.—Lazarus. Fursorge fur die schwerkranken Tuberkulosen in Krankenhau- sern. Ber.fi. d. Kong. z. Bekampf. d. Tuberk. [etc.], Berl., 1899, 722-725. -----. Krankenhausbehandlung der schwerkranken Tuberkulosen. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1899, xxv, 124; 144. —Le Gendre (P.) De la necessity de multiplier les petits sanatoriums Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Hospitals and sanatoria for). pour le traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire. Cong. p. I'etude de la tuberculose, Par., 1898, iv, 156-163. -----. Le facteur moral dans les sanatoriums et les qualites ne- cessaires aux medecins qui les dirigent. CEuvre antitu- berc, Par., 1900, 31-35. — Lennhott (R.) Walderho- lungsstadten una Genesungsheime. Deutsche Vrtljschr. f. off. Gsndhtspfl., Brnschwg., 1907, xxxix, 71-107.— Lentz. Les sanatorium* pour tuberculeux indigents et Pinitiative privee. Bull. Acad. roy. de med. de Belg., 1904, 4. s., xviii, 118-134— Letulle (M.) Cure d'alimen- tation pour les tuberculeux k l'hdpital. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1900, 3. s., xvii, 710-724. -----. Sanatoriums populaires pour tuberculeux adultes pau- vres. Com. de la tuberc, Par., 1900, 303-311. -----. Or- ganisation d'un service hospitalier en vue de Pisolement et de la cure de la phtisie pulmonaire. Ibid., 312-319. -----. Conditions necessaires a Pinstallation etau fonc- tionnement d'un sanatorium populaire pour tuberculeux adultes. [Rap.] CEuvre antituberc, Par., 1900,102-108. Le sanatorium populaire anti-tuberculeux; ceuvre desoli- darite et de preservation sociale. Rev. d'hyg., Par., 1901, xxiii, 925-929.—von Leube. Ueber Tuberkulose-Sta- tionen in allgemeinen Spitiilern. Internat. Tuberk.- Konf. 1902. Ber., Berl., 1903, i, 235-242. -----. Referat fiber die ErrichtungeigenerSpitalerfurSchwindsuchtige im vorgeschrittenen Stadium der Erkrankung bezw. iiber die getrennte Unterbringung derselben in allgemeinen KrankenhiLusern. Tuberculosis, Leipz., 1904,iii,529-539.— L6vy(L.) Atuddtuberculosisintezetikezeieserol. [The sanatorium treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis.] Gv6- gyaszat, Budapest, 1904, xliv, 708; 724; 741—Leyden (E.) Ueber die Nothwendigkeit der Errichtung von Volksheilstatten ffir Lungenkranke. Ztschr. f. Kran- kenpfl., Berl., 1895, xvii, 121-131. -----. Entwiekelung der Heilstiittenbestrebungen. Ber. fi. d. Kong. z. Be- kiimpf. d. Tuberk. [etc.], Berl., 1899, 468-476. -----. Ge- neralversammlung des Centralcomites ffir die Errich- tung von Lungenheilstatten. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1899, xxv, Ver.-Beil, 25—Llchty (D.) Sanitaria and tent colonies; do they prevent and cure tuberculosis? J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvi, 1435-1439.—Liebe (G.) Beitrage zur Volksheilstatten- frage. Hyg. Rundschau, Berl., 1895, v, 781-791.-----. Einige Bemerkungen fiber die Aufnahme wenig bemit- telter Kranker in Lungenheilanstalten. Ztschr. f. Kran- kenpfl., Berl., 1896, xviii, 133-136. -----. Einige Bemer- kungen zu der Bewegung ffir Volksheilstatten im Aus- lande. Hyg. Rundschau, Berl., 1897, vii, 1069-1072.-----. Volksheilstatten fiir Lungenkranke. Aerztl. Monatschr., Leipz., 1898, 385-389.-----. Die Aufgaben des Pflegeper- sonals in den modernen Volksheilstatten fiir Lungen- kranke. Deutsche Krankenpfl.-Ztg., Berl., 1898, i, 11-15. -----. Der Stand der Bewegung fiir Volksheilstatten im Auslande im Jahre 1898. Hyg. Rundschau, Berl., 1899, ix, 482-503. -----. Lungenheilstatten als wissenschaft- liche und volkshygienische Centralstellen. Ztschr. f. Krankenpfl.,Berl.,1899,xxi,164-173. -----. DerStandder Bewegung ffir Volksheilstatten im Auslande Ende 1899. Bayer, arztl. Cor.-Bl., Miinehen, 1900, iii, 137; 145; 154; 173; 179; 199. -----. Zur Frage des Pflegepersonalsin den Lun- genheilstatten. Deutsche Krankenpflg.-Ztg., Berl., 1902,v, 124-127. -----. Wert oder Unwert der Heilstatten ftir Lun- genkranke. Reichs-Med.-Anz., Leipz., 1902,xxvii, 263; 285. See, also,infra, Rieck.-----. Landerziehungsheimegegen die Tuberkulose. Ztschr. f. Schnlgsndhtspfl., Hamb., 1903, xvi, 770-775. -----. Die Aufnahme von Nichttuber- kulosen in die Lungenheilanstalten. Aerztl. Rundschau, Miinehen, 1904, xiv, 99-101. -----. Bemerkungen zu einem neuen Vorstoss j;egen die Heilstatten. Reichs- Med.-Anz., Leipz., 1904, xxix, 423-425. -----. Luft- und SonnenbiLder in Heilstatten ftir Lungenkranke. Ztschr. f. phys. u. diatet. Therap., Leipz., 1907, xi, 197-204.— Lindley (W.) Mountain sanatoria for tuberculosis. Boston M. & S. J., 1903, cxlviii, 468-470.—List of tuber- culosis hospitals. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1904, xliii, 482.—Lister (T. D.) The problem of after-care of sana- torium patients. Lancet, Lond., 1912, i, 667-669.— Lorentz (H.) Nagot om sanatoriebehandlingen af lung- och struphufvudtuberkulos. [Einiges tiber die Sanatoriumbehandlung der Lungen- und Kehlkopftu- berkulose. Ref., p. xxviii.] Finska lak.-sallsk. handl., Helsingfors, 1902, xliv, 313-336.—Lowentlia 1 (V.) Les sanatoriums et la lutte antituberculeuse. Rev. de la tu- bereuleuse, Par., 1903, x, 30-83.—Luard (H. B.) Out- door labour for sanatorium patients. Tuberculosis, Lond., 1906, iv, 13; 76.—Lucas-Championnlere (J.) La tuberculose; son traitement dans les sanatoriums et la prophylaxie sociale. J. de m6d. et chir. prat., Par., 1904, lxxv, 3-12.—Lyle (B. F.) Practical deductions from experiences in a hospital for pulmonary tubercu- losis. Tr. Ohio M. Soc, Cleveland, 1902, 113-124. Also: Am. Med., Phila., 1902, iv, 782-784.—Lyman (D. R.) The advantages of local sanatoria in the treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1906, xvii, 361-364.-----. The economic value of the sanatorium treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis. TUBERCULOSIS. 733 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Hospitals and sanatoria for). Tr. Am. Climat. Ass., Phila., 1911, xxvii, 149-160.— Macalister (C. J.) The results of the sanatorium treatment of phthisis; a criticism. Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 1902, xxii, 3354516.— Ma/:Corison (C. C.) A method of recording exercise data in a sanatorium for consump- tives. Boston M. & S. J., 1912, clxvi, 705.—Mct'rindle (J. D.) Some recent experiences of the sanatorium in dealing with tuberculosis. Pub. Health., Lond., 1912-13, xxvi, 41-48.— McElwee (L. 0.) The state sanatorium lor the treatment of incipient tuberculosis. J. Missouri M. Ass., St. Louis, 1905-6, ii, 8424353.—Maerie (R. C.) Sanatoriums for the poor and the eradication of con- sumption. Lancet, Lond., 1905, ii, 958-962. -----. An analysis of the results obtained at the Sidlaw Sanatorium, during the two yours ending April 30th, 1905. Ibid., 1906, i, 16S5-16S7.—McGalian (C.) The sanatorium treat- ment ot pulmonary phthisis. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond. 1897, ii,4XM54. .4teo,Reprint.—Mac Knight (A. S.) What happens to patients released from state sanatoria? Boston M. & S. J.,1912,clxvi.M5-SlS.— McNeil (H. G.) Sanatorium treatmentof tuberculosis. South. Calif. Pract., Los Angeles, 1902, 242-211.—-lie Walter (J. C.) Ten years after sanatorium treatment [for tubercu- losis], Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, ii, 860.—M'Weeney (E. J.) Remarks on the sanatorium question. J. Irish M Ass., Dubl., 1907, vii, 28-31.—Madsen (S.) Om ftisis- hospitaler. Tidsskr. f. d. norske Lsegefor., Kristiania & Kj0benh., 1892,xii,313-324.—Maggiorani(A.) Lacura della tubercolosi polmonale ed i sanatori per malatti e per convalescenti. Guerraa.tuberc, Catania, 1903,iii, 98- 100. Also: Stomaco,Napoli,1904,x,73-75.—Maragliano (E.) Del sanatorio per i tubercolosi e delle sue funzioni in rapporto alia igiene pubblica e alle industrie clima- tiche. Atti d. Cong. naz. d' idrol. e climat., Perugia, 1908, 40450.—Maragliano (E.) & Pesci (G.) Del sanatorio per i tubercolosi e delle sue funzioni in rapporto alia igiene pubblica e alle industrie climatiche. Tommasi, Napoli, 1908, iii, 276-278— Marcley (W. J.) The state sanatorium for consumptives and its relation to public health. St. Paul M. J., St. Paul, Minn., 1907, ix,767-776.— Marcuse (J.) Erholungs- und Genesungsheime. Zt- schr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1904, vi, 101-106. -----. ZurAuslese des Krankenmateriales in den Lun- genheilstatten. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1905, iv, 93-97.—Mareclial (A.) La tuberculose; ce qu'ilfaut attendredusanatorium; le traitement specifique. Presse med. beige, Brux., 1906, lviii, 1229-1257.—Massalongo (R.) L' ospitalizzazione dei tisiei. Gazz. d.osp., Milano, 1895, xvi, 1601-1603. -----. I sanatori pei tubercolosi po- veri al monte o al piano? Gior. d. r. Soc. ital. d' ig., Mi- lano, 1906, xxviii, 533-538.—May (F.) & Piltter. Fiir- sorgestellen ffir Lungenkranke. Deutsche Vrttjschr.f.off. Gsndhtspflg., Brnschwg., 1910, xlii, 11-59.—Mayer (H.) Ueber Volksheilstatten. Fortschr. d. off. Gsndhtspflg., Frankf. a. M., 1896, v, 174-179.—Mayer (M.) Die Tu- berkulose und deren heutige Behandlung in Sanatorien und Asylen dargestellt in ihrer medizinischen und so- cialen Bedeutung. Klin.,Zeit- u. Streitfragen, Wien, 1893, vii, 123; 213,1 pl. -----. E permesso nello stato attuale della scienza alia luce delle odierne nozioni igieniche e batteriologiche accogliere tisiei negli ospedali? Riv. in- ternaz. d' ig., Napoli, 1893, iv, 373:1894, v, 25; 77.—Mayer ( O. ) Fiirsorgestellen ffir Lungenkranke. Vereinsbl. d. pfalz. Aerzte, Frankenthal, 1906, xxii, 195.—Meis- sen (E.) Zur Heilstatten-Behandlung der Tuberku- lose. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1902, xlix, 1388-1390.— deMello Vianna (J.) O tratamento hygienico dos tuberculosos nos sanatorios. Rev. portugueza demed. e cirurg. prat., Lisb., 189^-9, v, 1; 52; 70; 112; 173; 198; 297; 327.—Mennes (F.) Tuberculose et sanatoria. Ann. Soc. med.-chir. d'Anvers, 1>98, 211-252.—Mow (A.) Jak powinny bye urzadzone stacye klimatyczne dla chorych piersiowych. [Construction of sanatoria for phthisis patients.] Zdrowie, Warszawa, 1904, 2. s., iv, 105-135.— Meyer. Fiirsorge ftir Lungenkranke vorgeschrittenen Stadiums. Klin. Jahrb., Jena, 1909, xxi, 689-596.—Meyer (A.) The city and its consumptive poor; a plea for a municipal sanatorium outside of the corporate limits. Med. News, N. Y., 1900, lxxvii, 639-643. Also: Med. Rec, N. y., 1900, lviii, 716-749. -----. Sanitarium treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis, including hygienic and dietetic treatment. Colorado M. J., Denver, 1904, x, 236-242.— Miller (J. A.) The management of cases of pulmonary tuberculosis in the dispensary. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1903, lxiv, 282-286.—Minola (G.) Tubercolosi e dispensarii. Corriere san., Milano, 1906, xvii, 1196-1198.—Minor (C. L.) On the feasibility and management of a hygienic cure of pulmonary tuberculosis outside of closed sana- toria. Tr. Am. Climat. Ass., Phila., 1901, xvii, 278-311.— Moeller (A.) Les sanatoria pour le traitement des phtisiques. Mouvement hyg., Brux., 1893, ix, 453; 493; 533: 1894, x, 10. -----. Zur Auswahl geeigneter Fiille von Tuberkulose ffir die Heilstattenbehandlung. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1900, i, 109-112. -----. Die Piidagogik in der geschlossenen Lungenheilanstalt. | Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Hospitals and sanatoria for). Ibid 209-213. -----1. Die Behandlung Tuberculoser in geschlossenen Heilanstalten. Deutsche Klinik, Berl & Wien, 1901, iv, 1. Abth., 109-176. -----. Nach welchen Bedmgungen soil die Aufnahme von Lungenkranken in Heilstatten erfolgen? Ztschr. f. Tuberk, u. Heilstattenw. Leipz., 1903, iv, 110-115. -----. Bekampfung der Tuber- kulose und Heilstiittenwesen. Ztschr. f. arztl. Fortbild Jena, 1904, i, 382; 403.—Mongour (C.) Tuberculose et sanatorium; le sanatorium-ecole. Mem. et bull Soc de med. et chir.de Bordeaux (1902), 1903, 399. [Discussionl, 426; 431; 441; 455. Also: Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bor- deaux 1902, xxiii, 519-530. -----. La valeur therapeu- tique des sanatoriumset leurinsuffisance au point devue prophylaciiiiue. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1902, xxxii, 754-7h;.—Montetiore. The provision of sanatoria, with reference to some of the difficulties which arise in assisting the phthisical poor. Tr. Brit. Cong. Tuberc. 1901, Lond., 1902, ii, 393-404.—Moritz. Errichtung von Sanitarien zur Behandlung von Lungenkranken. Miin- ehen med. Wchnschr., 1892, xxxix, 174. Also: Sitzungsb. d. arztl. Ver. Munchen (1892), 1893, ii, 19.—Morland (E. C.) Random notes on sanatoria. St. Barth. Hosp J Lond., 1902-3, x, 69451.—Morland (E. C.) & Morland (G.) Essay and plansforthe erection of a sanatorium for tuberculosis. Lancet, Lond., 1903, 1, 69-68, 1 plan.— Morse (L. B.) The sanatorium treatment of tuberculo- sis. Charlotte [N. C] M. J., 1909, lix, 361-364.—Mosny (E.) H6pitaux et tuberculose. Tribune med., Par., 1904, 2. s., xxxvi, 197-199.—Mouisset. Hospitalisation des tuberculeux indigents. Lyon med., 1904, cii, 917-925.— Mouton (J. M. C.) De beteekenis van de volkssanatoria voor de behandeling van longlijders, besehouwd van het standpunt der levensverzekeringsmaatschappijen. Ne- derl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1909, i. 155-159.— Mudgett (J. H.) Sanitarium treatment of tuberculosis in private practice. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1912, 22. s., i, 71-79, 5pl.—Mullins (G.L.) The sanatorium treatment of consumption. Intercolon. M. Cong. Australas. Tr. 1899, Brisbane, 1901, 513-522. Also: Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1899, xviii, 417-422. —Muthu (D. J. C.) Some points in the sanatorium treatment of phthi- sis. Treatment, Lond., 1900-1901, iv, 235-238. -----. Some points in the sanatorium treatment of pulmo- nary tuberculosis. Arch. Roentg. Ray, Lond., 1906-7, xi, 196-200. -----. The sanatorium treatment of pulmo- nary tuberculosis; is it a success? Bristol M.-Chir. J., 1907, xxv, 60-54. -----. The sanatorium treatment of pul- monary tuberculosis. J. Roy. Inst. Pub. Health, Lond., 1908, xvi, 37-41.—Muttrey. Ueber Lungenheilstatten. Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl., 1905, xi, 362-364—Myers (A. A.) The sanatorium treatment of phthisis from a prophylactic point of view. J. Roy. Inst. Pub. Health, Lond., 1908, xvi, 42-44.— Nahm. Ueber die firztliche Thatigkeit in Volksheilstatten. Ztschr. f. Krankenpfl., Berl., 1895, xvii, 372-375. -----. Ueber die Einrichtung von Volksheilstatten. Ibid., 1898, xx, 205; 246. See, also, supra. -----. Ueberdie Einweisungvon Lungenkranken in die Volksheilstatten. Ibid., 1901, xxiii, 101-110.— Nammack (C. E.) The state care of consumptives. Phila. M. J., 1900, v, 408-410.—Nardi (M.) I sanatori e loro importanza nella lotta contro la tubercolosi. Clin. mod., Pisa, 1904, x, 518; 532.—Navarre (P.-J.) Hospi- talisation des tuberculeux indigents. Lvon m6d., 1904, cii, 811; 863.—Navarre (P.-J.) & Nir'ot. L'h6pital- hospice suburbain organise en sanatoire pour les tubercu- leux indigents adultes. Rev. d'hyg., Par., 1900, xxii, 516- 532.—Neale (H. M.) Sanatorium treatment of pulmo- nary tuberculosis. Penn. M. J., Athens, 1907-8, xi, 278- 285. [Discussion], 289-292.—Neisser (E.), Wechsel- mami & Kaweran. Ueber Plan und Entwurf zu einem Tuberkulose-Krankenhause einer Provinzial- hauptstadt. Tuberculosis, Leipz., 1902, i, 210: 1903, ii, 139.—IVetter & Beaulavon. Du traitement des tu- berculeux indigents dans les sanatoriums. Presse med., Par., 1898, ii, 61-63.—Neumann (T.) Forskjellige for- hold ved udenlandske tuberkulosesanatorier. [Differ- ences in foreign sanatoria for the tuberculous.] Tidsskr. f. d. norske Laegefor., Kristiania, 1906, xxvi, 340; 374.— Newsholme (A.) A study on the relation between the treatment of tubercular patients in general institu- tions and the reduction in the death-rate from tubercu- losis. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. Rap., Par., 1905, 413- 437.—Nicaise (E.) De Petablissement d'un sanatorium pour les phtisiques. Bull, etmem Soc. de therap., Par., 1890,337-343. Also, Reprint.—Nordlander (O.) Fran den enskilda lungsotssanatorievarden. [From private sanatoria for the tuberculous.] Hygiea, Stockholm, 1907, 2. f., vii, 124-131.—Notes on sanatoria for consumption. Brit. M. J., Lond.,1899, ii, 283-289.— Ogston (F.) Sanato- ria for consumption. N. Zealand M. J., Wellington, 1901-2, ii, 263-278.— Okolicsanyi (D. K.) A tiidobeteg-sanato- riumok hygienikus nevelo hatasar61. [The hygienico- educational effect of sanatoriums for patien ts with pulmo- nary diseases.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1906,1, 112-114.— Ollarl. Dei sanatori popolari nella profilassi contro la TUBERCULOSIS. 734 TUBERCULOMA Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Hospitals and sanatoria for). tubercolosi. Rendic. d. Ass. med.-chir. di Parma, 1903, iv, 65 -71.—Oliver (E. S.) The advantages of the sanitarium treatment of tuberculosis wher change of climate is not possible. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1900, xxxv, 1005-1010.— 4$nodi (A.) Ttidobajosok sanatoriumok es k'.imatikus helyeken. [Sanatoria for ohthisis and climatic health resorts.] Orvosi hetil..Budapest, 1898, xlii, 222; 235.-----. A ttidobajosok sanatoriumair61. [The sanatorium for lung diseases.] Orvos.lapja, Budapest, 1901, xii, 222; 242.— Otis (li. U.) The sanatorium or closed treatment of phthisis. Tr. Am. Climat. Ass., Phila., 1896, xii, 26-45. Also: N. York M. J., 1896, lxiii, 761-767. Also, Reprint. -----. Hospitals and sanatoria for consumption abroad. Boston M. & S. I., 1898, exxxviii, 265; 313. [Discussion], 329-331. Also, Reprint. -----. The sanatorium; or closed treatment of phthisis. J. Balneol. & Climat., Lond., 1899, iii, 32-50. -----. The duty of state and municipality in the care of pulmonary tuberculosis among the poor. Albany M. Ann., 1900, xxi, 198-207. -----. Especial hos- pitals for consumptives among the poor in our cities. Proc. Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila., 1900, n. s., ii, 21-32. Also: Phila. M. J., 1900, v, 1468-1471. Also, Reprint.-----. State sanatoria for tuberculosis. Providence M. J., 1901, ii, 8- 16. -----. The city consumptive hospitals and the duty of the municipalitv and people regarding consumption. Boston M. & S. J.,"1902, cxlvi, 461-463. -----. What is a tuberculosis sanatorium? Tr. Am. Climat. Ass., Phila., 1911, xxvii, 161-170. -----. Institutions for the preven- tion and cure of tuberculosis as elements in the social defense against the disease. Boston M. & S. J., 1912, clxvii, 145-149. Also, Reprint.—Ott. Kurze Uebersicht fiber den Stand der Heilstatten bewegung. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1899, xxxvi, 932-934.—Pack (H.) Die Lun- genheilstattenbewegung. Med. Reform, Berl., 1907, xv, 625-627.—Paget-Tomlinson (W.S.) The sanatorium treatment of phthisis; is it worth while? An answer from the Westmoreland Sanatorium. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, i, 1266-1268.—Papillon (G.-E.) Hygiene des tu- berculeux; PUtopie des sanatoria populaires. Ass. franc. pour l'avance. d. sc." C.-r., Par., 1900, xxix, 262.—Pa- quin (C.-R.) La lutte contre la tuberculose; le r61e du sanatorium, du dispensaire, du legislateur, de I'assistance public]ue. Bull.med.deQuebec, 1908-9, x,145-159.-Par- fltt (C. D.) The care of the patient after leaving the sanatorium. J. Prev. M. & Sociol., Toronto, 1913, xiv. 102- 112.—Parker < W. R.) Homes for advanced consump- tives. Tuberculosis, Lond., 1902-3, ii, 220-225.-----. Sana- toria plus homes for consumptives. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, i, 605.—Parker (W. T.) A national sanitarium for consumptives. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1896, xxvi, 570- 672.—Paterson(M.) Educativevalueof sanatoria. Nat. Ass. Prev. Consnmp. Tr., Lond., 1911, 132-135. —Pav- lovskaya (Raisa A.) O neobkhodimosti zagorodnikh Hechebnitsfsanatoriy)dlyaizlIechimikhnedostatochnikh chakotochnikh. [Necessity for sanatoria beyond city limits for curable poor consumptives.] Bolnitseh. gaz. Botkina, St. Petersb., 1895, vi, 145; 169; 197.—Pearson (K.) Sanatorium treatment of tuberculosis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, ii, 905-908.—Pearson (K.), Wilkinson (W. C.) & Porter (F.) On the influence of sanatorium treatment of tuberculosis. Ibid., 46.—P^gurier (A.) Principes generaux d'installation, d'organisation et d'amenagement d'un sanatorium modeie pour les tuber- culeux indigents. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1902, i, 8054527. -----. Les fondations antituberculeuses dans leurs rapports avec l'hygiene urinaire. Ibid., 1904, iii, 241-245.— Pelizaeus. Ueber die Anlage- und Betriebs- kosten von Volksheilstatten und die Unterbringung von Kassenkranken in Kurorten und Badern. Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1903, xxiv, 741; 753. —Perkins (J.) Sanatoria for consumptives. Providence M. J., 1900, i, 9-16.—Perkins (J. J.) The educational use of the sanatorium. Nat. Ass. Prev. Consumpt. Tr., Lond., 1911, 135-140—Perrin (M.) Le futur hdpital suburbain pour les tuberculeux. Rev. med. de Pest, Nancy, 1905, xxxvii, 491-499.~Peters (L. S.) & Bullock (E. S.) Sanatorium treatment of tuberculosis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1912, lxxxii, 461-465. Also: Arizona M. J., Phoenix, 1913, i, 1-13.— Petit (L.-H.) De la participation de l'etat et des grandes villes a la fondation de sanatoriums populaires pour tu- berculeux. Cong.internat. d'hydrol.etdeclimatol. C.-r. Liege, 1898, v, 6504554. Also: Rev. de la tuberculose, Par., 1898, 228-234. -----. De la prophylaxie et du traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire par les sanatoria. Rev. de la tuberculose, Par.,1899, vii, 215-222.—Petruschky (J.) Heilstatten- und Tuberculinbehandlung in gegenseitiger Erganzung; der gegenwartige Stand der Tuberculinbe- handlung. Verhandl. . . . Tuberc-Commiss. d. Gesell- sch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1901, Berl., 1902, 110-125.— Pettit (J. W.) The modern treatment of pulmonarv tu- berculosis; the sanatorium; its function and value, "illi- noisM. J.,Springfield, 1908, xiii,391-402. -----. The sana- torium; its influence and value. Ibid., 1909. xv 425-429 — vonJPezT°'d (A-> Einiges tiber die Tuberkulosefrage und das Heilstattenwesen. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heil- Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Hospitals and sanatoria for). stattenw., Leipz., 190*4, v, 432-451.—Pfeiffer (T.) Erfah- rungen filter Einrichtung und Betrieb von Heilstatten fur Lungentuberkulose. Mitt. d. Ver. d. Aerzte in Steier- mark,Graz,1903,xl.305-314. -----. Walderholungsstiitten und Fiirsorgestellen ftir Tuberkulose. Ibid , 1906, xliii, 181-186.—Philip (R. W.) On sanatorium treatment. Tr. Brit. Cong. Tuberc. 1901, Lond., 1902, iii, 190-199, 2 diag. Also: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901, ii, 1728-1732. -----. The erection of municipal dispensaries and a completer organization against tuberculosis. Tuberculosis, Lond., 1904-6, iii, 352-359—Piazza (L.) L' impianto dei sana- tori per i tubercolosi. Corriere san., Milano, 1899, x, 348; 361— Pielicke. Lungenheilstatten und Invaliditats- versicherung. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1898, xxxv, 1150- 1152.—Pierce (E. A.) The sanatorium and its impor- tance in the treatment of tuberculosis. Med. Sentinel Portland, Oreg., 1906, xiv, 515-522.—Pierce (E. B.) The sanatorium treatment for tuberculosis. Physician & Surg., Detroit & Ann Arbor, 1910, xxxii, 156-169. -----. Some pertinent facts concerning the state sanatorium J. Mich. M. Soc, Battle Creek, 1911, x, 408-410.—Pitt (G. N.) On the advantages and disadvantages of the treat- ment of tuberculosis in sanatoria and at home. Abstr Tr. Hunterian Soc, Lond., 1902-3, 99-106.—Pllcque (A. F.) Une condition de succes pour les sanatori urns popu- laires. Lutte antituberc, Par., 1903, iv, 223-225. -----. La tuberculose etles orphelinats. Rev. seient., Par., 1903 4. s., xx, 499-502.—Pollock (J. E.) The hospital treat- ment of consumption. Practitioner, Lond., 1898, lx. 609- 615.—Pottenger(F.M.) The advantages of sanatorium regime in tuberculosis, with especial reference to the treatmentof extrapulmonary lesions. N. YorkM.J. [etc.], 1908, lxxxvii, 49-53. -----. The tuberculosis sanatorium and what it stands for. Month. Cycl. & M. Bull. Phila., 1911, xiv, 193-198.—Powell (N. A.) The selection of casesof pulmonary tuberculosis suitable for sanatorium treatment. Canada Lancet, Toronto, 1901-2, xxxv, 233- 236.—Powell (Sir R. D.) The therapeutic value of the treatment of consumption on sanatorium lines. Lancet, Lond., 1906, i, 1-3.—Pratt (J. H.) The home sanatorium treatment of consumption. Boston M. & S. J., 1906, cliv, 210-216. Also, Reprint—PredOh 1 (A.) Leitende Ge- sichtspunkte bei der Auswahl und Nachbesichtigung der in Heilstatten behandelten Lungenkranken im Bezirke der Hanseatischen Versicherungsanstalt und Bemer- kungen tiber Somm er-und Winterkuren. Ber. ti. d. Kong. z. Bekampf. d. Tuberk. [etc.], Berl., 1899, 557-563.— Priestley (J.) Public health and tuberculosis (with special reference to the "sanatorium benefit" under the national insurance act). Practitioner, Lond., 1913, xc, 355-369.—Proust. La cure d'altitude etles sanatoriums d'altitude; indications et contre-indications de la cure d'altitude. J. de med. int., Par., 1902, vi, 211-213.— Pryor (J. H.) Report of the committee on sanatoria for consumptives. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1902, Ixi, 130-133.— Radtsikh (P. A.) Sovremennoyepolozheniye voprosa o Hechenii tuberkuloznikh bolnikh v zagorodnikh sana- toriyakh. [Present position of the question of treating tuberculous patients in suburban sanatoria.] Med. ukazatel, Mosk., 1899, ii, nos. 5-6, 1-39.—Ransom (W. B.) The sanatorium treatment of phthisis; is it worth while? Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, i, 594)2.—Ransome (A.) Remarks on sanatoria for the open-air treatment of consumption. Ibid., 1898, ii, 69-73.—Raw (N.) The treatment of tuberculosis in sanatoria. Liverpool M.- Chir. J., 1899, xix, 60-77. -----. Rate-supported sanatoria for consumptives. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1900, ii, 405.-----. The value of the sanatorium in the prevention and treat- ment of consumption. Tuberculosis, Lond., 1904-6, iii, 267-272. -----. Sanatoria for consumptives. J. Prevent. M., Lond., 1905, xiii, 275-279.— Reiclie (F.) Die Erfolge der Heilstattenbehandlung Lungenschwindstichtiger und klinische Bemerkungen zur Tuberculosis pulmo- num. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1899, xxv, 517: 632. -----. Kurerfolge und Dauerfolge bei der von der Hanseatischen Versicherungsanstalt ftir Invali- dities- und Altersversicherung in Heilstatten unterge- bracht gewesenen Lungenschwindstichtigen. Ber. ii. d. Kong. z. Bekampf. d. Tuberk. [etc.], Berl., 1899, 564-566. -----. Zur Kritikder Erfolge der Heilstattenbehandlung Lungenschwindstichtiger. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heil- stattenw., Leipz., 1901, ii, 405-411. -----. Die Dauerfolge der Heilstattenbehandlung Lungenschwindstichtiger. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1902, xlix, 1369-1373.-----. Die Erfolge der Heilstattenkuren bei Lungenschwind- stichtigen. Ibid., 1905, Hi, 697-700. -----. Das spiitere Schicksal der in Heilstatten behandelten Lungen- schwindstichtigen. Ibid., 1911, lviii, 1719.—Reille (P.) Les sanatoriums et Phospitalisation des tuberculeux in- digents au iv« Congres de la tuberculose. Ann. d'hyg., Par., 1898, 3. s., xl, 433; 511.-Report (A) on the open- air treatment of phthisis in sanatoria. Brit. M. J.. Lond., 1898, i, 1164; 1229; 1356: 1421.—Resultats du referen- dum-questionnaire sur la tuberculose et les sanatoriums. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1904, iii, 667-682. Also: TUBERCULOSIS. 735 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Hospitals and sanatoria for). Rev. mod. de m6d. et de chir., Par., 1904, ii, 651; 689.— Rhodes (J. M.) [The prevention of tuberculosis|; the provision of public and private sanatoria. J. San. Inst., Lond., 1902-3, xxiii, 540-542.—Ribas (E.) & Foiuiu (A.) Pavilion a toit mobile pour le traitement de la tuberculose. Rev. d'hyg., Par., 1901, xxiii, 28-35. — Richards (G. L.) Sanatoria for consumptives. Sani- tarian, N. Y., 1901, xlvi, 106-113.—Richards (P. S.) The Nordrach method of treating consumption and some of its results. Birmingh. M. Rev., 1902, li, 94-111. — Richer (A. J.) The sanatorium treatment of tubercu- losis. Canad. J. M. & S., Toronto, 1901, x, 266-271. Also: Phila. M. J., 1901, viii, 664-566.—Rieck. Die Heilung der Schwindsucht, eine Entgegnung auf Dr. Liebe's " Wert oder Lnwert der Heilstatten ftir Lungenkranke." Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1902, xxiii, 1129; 1141. Aho, Reprint— Ritter (J.) Stellung und Aufgaben des Aerztes in den Volksheilstiitten ffir Lungenkranke. Handb. d. sozial. Med., Jena, 1904, iv, 273-338.—Roberts (E.G.) The need of sanatoria treatment for the con- sumptive poor. Vermont M. Month., Burlington, 1905, xi, 286-288.—Robertson (A.) General hospitals and pulmonary consumption. Brit. M. I., Lond., 1902, i, 445-447.— Robinson (B.) Sanatoria for consump- tives. St. Louis Cour. Med., 1900, xxii, 1-3. Also, Reprint. — Rochard (J.) Hospitalisation des phtisi- ques. Union med., Par., 1893, 3. s., lvi, 811-844.— Rochester (De L.) The r61e of local sanatoria in pre- venting the spread of tuberculosis. Tr. Am. Climat. Ass., Phila., 1903, xix, 60-63.—Roepke (O.) Tuberku- lose und Heilstatte. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1904. iii, 9-18. —Romme (R.) La crise actuelle des sanatoriums populaires. Rev. seient., Par., 1903, 4. s., xix, 263-268.—Ronzoni (G.) Sulla organizzazione pra- tica dei nostri dispensari antitubercolari. Atti d. Cong. naz. . . . contro la tuberc. 1909, Firenze, 1910, ii, 330.— Rosenberg (L.) The sanatorium or the home? Med. Rec, N. Y., 1913, lxxxiii, 153-155. — Rosenberger (J. A.) Errichtung von Heilanstalten zur Behandlung von Lungenkrankheiten jeder Art, speciell aber der Tu- berculose mit den bei der Cellulosefabrikation sich erge- benden Gasen und Diimpfen in den Cellulosefabriken. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1896, xliii, 153-155. —Ros- qvist (T.) Om upplysnings- och understodsbyrfier for tuberkulosa eller s. k. dispensiirer; pauppdragaf Fore- ningen for bekampandet af tuberkulosen. [Bureaus of information and sanatoriums for tuberculous patients.] Finska liik -sallsk. handl., Helsingfors, 1909, li, v. 1, 633- 678—Ross (R. M.) A general consideration of pulmo- nary tuberculosis, with plea for its treatment as specially fitted institutions. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1901, viii, 421-426.—Rumpf (E.) Ueber die Auswahl der in die Heilstatte entsandten Lungenkranken. Aerztl. Mitth. a. Baden, Karlsruhe, 1900, lvi, 5-8. -----. Zum Stande der Heilstatteufrage ffir Lungenkranke. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1900, xlvii, 1037. -----. Beitrag zur Bewer- tung der Heilstattenbehandlung Lungenkranker. Aerztl. Mitt. a. Baden, Karlsruhe, 1904, lviii, 216-218. Also: Miin- ehen. med. Wchnschr., 1904, li, 1691. — Rzetkowski (K.) Wyniki i najnowoze metody leczenia suchot pluc- nych w sanatoryach. [Results and recent methods of treatmentof phthisis in sanatoria.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1902, 2. s., xxii, 1007; 1029.—S. (I.) I sanatori pei tisiei. Ingegner. san.,Torino,1899, x, 114-118.—Sampol Vidal (J.) Los sanatorios de altura en el tratamiento de tuber- culosis. Rev. balear de cien. m6d., Palma de Mallorca, 1902, xxiii, 241; 265.—Sanatoria from within. [By a patient.] Brit. J. Tuberculosis, Lond., 1911, v, 98-106.— sanatorium (Le) des instituteurs. Lutte antituberc, Par.,1903,iv,310-326.—Sanatorium (The) and the treat- ment of pulmonary tuberculosis; the question considered in its therapeutic and economic aspects. Lancet, Lond., 1906, i, 1-19.—Sartels (C.) Ueber Heilstatten ffir tuber- culose Kinder. St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr., 1910, xxxv, 687-689.—Saugman(C) Om Forholdsregler mod Tuber- kulose og saerlig om Sanatorier for brystsyge. [Measures against tuberculosis, and especially sanitaria for consump- tives.] Ugeskr. f. Laeger, K0benh., 1895, 5. R., 11,837; 861. Also, Reprint. -----•. Sanatorier for brvstsvge. Ugeskr. f. Laeger, K0benh., 1897, 6. R., iv, 1091-1100. -----. Et Bidrag til Kundskaben om Sanatoriepatienters senere skaebne. [A contribution to the knowledge of the later fate of sanatorium patients.] Ibid., 1905, 5. R., xii, 385- 396. -----. Om invendinger mod Sanatoriebehandlingaf Brystsvge. [The objections to the sanatorium treatment of phthisis.] Ibid., 889-904.— Saugmann (C.) [etal.]. Om Oprettelsen af et dansk Sanatorium for Brystsyge. SOn the erection of a Danish sanatorium for pulmonary lisease.] ibid., 1894-5, i-ii,passim.—Savoire (C.) Com- munication sur les sanatoria, maisons de convalescence et placement familial des tuberculeuxetpretuberculeux. Cong, internat. de med. C. r.. Par., 1900, sect, de path. int., 779-781.—Schaeffer (E. M.) The white death, and the sanatorium, or school for consumptives; prevention better than cure; through sanitation and practical teach- ing of hygiene to the young. Maryland M. J., Bait., 1900, xliii, 531-538. — Scbamelhout (G.) De gasthuis be- Tuberculosis (Pulmonury, Hospitals and sanatoria for). handeling van zware gevallen van longtuberculose. Handel, v. h. vlaamsch nat.- en geneesk. Cong., Antwer- pen, 1899, iii, 172-177.—Schaper (H.) Die Pflege der Tuberkulosen in Krankenhiiusern, Lungenheilstatten und Lungenheimstiitten. Ztschr. f. diatet. u. physik. Therap., Leipz., 1899, iii, 94-99. ------. Die Ausgestal- tung der Krankenhausftirsorge fiir Lungenkranke mit vorgeschrittener Tuberkulose, insbesondere die ge- trennte Unterbringung von Tuberkulosen in den Kran- kenhiiusern. Tuberculosis, Leipz., 1904, iii, 539-548.— Scheib. Die Heilstattenbehandlung der Tuberkulose. Arch. f. off. Gsndhtspflg., Strassb., 1902, xxii, 462-469.— Scherer (A.) Die Auslese Lungenkranker fiir die Volksheilstatten. Med. Klin., Berl., 1907, iii, 535; 571.— Schiele (G.) Heilstatten ffir schwerkranke Tuberku- lose. Ztschr. f. Krankenpfl., Berl., 1904, xxvi, 257-262.— Schmid. Ueber Volkssanatorien fur Lungenkranke. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1893, xl, 211; 229. Also: Si- tzungsb. d. arztl. Ver. Miinehen (1893), 1894, iii, 35-53. Also, Reprint. —Schmieden. Bauliche Herstellung von Heilstatten. Ber. fi. d. Kong. z. Bekampf. d. Tuberk. [etc.], Berl., 1899, 500-509.—Schneider (P.) Volksheil- statten und Reconvalescentenpflege in ihrer Bedeutung ffir die Bekampfung der Lungenschwindsucht an der Hand der im Erholungshause zu Braunlage gemachten Erfahrungen. Deutsche Vrtljschr. f. off. Gsndhtspflg., Brnschwg., 1898, xxx, 690-710.—Schroder (G.) Ueber Grundlagen und Begrenzung der Heilstattenerfolge bei Lungenkranken. Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1900, x, 459-463. Also: Med. Cor.-Bl. d. wtirttemb. arztl. Ver., Stuttg., 1900, lxx, 367-372. Also: Ztschr. f. klimat. Kur- orte u. San., Miinehen, 1901, ii, 1; 9. Also, Reprint. -----. Bemerkungen zu Weicker's und Petruschky's: Die Heilstatten- und Tuberkulinbehandlung in gegen- seitiger Ergiinzung. Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1902, xxiii, 73. -----. Bemerkungen zur Frage der Heilstatten- behandlung Lungenkranker. Ibid., 1903, xxiv, 681-683.— Sch rotter. Contributions on the curing of tuberculo- sis in sanitaria. Med.-Leg. J., N. Y., 1901-2, xix, 70-72.— Schultzen. Einrichtung und Betrieb von Volksheil- statten und Heilerfolge. Ber. ti. d. Kong. z. Bekampf. d. Tuberk. [etc.], Berl., 1899, 510-519. — Schwalbe (J.) Volksheilstatten ftir Lungenschwindsfichtige. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1898, xxiv, 705; 720.— Sclavo (A.) Lo stato attuale della questione dei sana- tori. Atti d. Cong. naz. . . . contro la tuberc. 1909, Firenze, 1910, ii, 233-249. — Scurfleld (H.) Should a sanitary authority contribute towards the support of sanatoria for consumptives? J. San. Inst., Lond., 1900-1901, xxi, 55451. -----. Suggestions for the employment of consumptives after leaving sanatoria, etc. Ibid., 1902-3, xxiii, 543-545. Discussion],575-581.—See (G.) & Juiuon. De I'utilite es maisons de sante pour les phtisiques des classes moyennes. Med. mod., Par.,1889-90, i, 401-405.—Sell (F.) Belehrungskurse in Volksheilstatten. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1909, xiv, 201-212.—Selling (A. M.), Rietz (S. V.) & Rudberg (A.) Om vardanstalterforobemedlade lungsjuka. [Homes for indigent consumptives.] Eira, Stockholm, 1896, xx, 271; 305.—Sergent (E.) Les con- sultations des h6pitaux et la tuberculose; necessite de prescrire la desinfection periodique et frequente des lo- caux affectes a ces consultations. Tribune med., Par., 1905, n. s., xxxvii, 625.—Sersiron (G.) L'initiative pri- v6e et les sanatoriums pour tuberculeux adultes et pau- vres. Cong. p. I'etude de la tuberculose, Par., 1893, iv, 186-193. -----. Prix de revient, d'entretien et de fonc- tionnementd'un sanatorium pour la cure hygienique des tuberculeux pauvres. Rev. d'hyg., Par., 1899, xxi, 295- 309. -----. Des sanatoriums ouverts et fermes; hospitali- sation des tuberculeux pauvres. Gaz. d. eaux, Par., 1903, xlvi, 273; 282; 289.—Shively (H. L.) Some obser- vations on the occurrence, early diagnosis, and treatment of incipient pulmonary tuberculosis in dispensary prac- tice. Phila. M. J., 1900, vi, 1035-1039.—Shoemaker (J. V.) The pavilion and open-air treatment of tuberculosis. Med. Bull., Phila., 1903, xxv, 1-8. —Shurly (E. L.) The sanitorium treatment of phthisis pulmonalis. J. Mich. M. Soc, Detroit, 1903, ii, 85-89. Also, Reprint. -----. Country sanatoria for pulmonary tuberculosis and other chronic pulmonary affections. Detroit M. J., 1904-5, iv, 298-300. Also, Reprint.—Sievers. Om inrat- tandet af ett sanatorium for lunsiktige. [On the estab- lishment of a sanatorium for consumptives.] Forh. v. Finska Lak.-Sallsk. 1897, Helsingfors, 1898, 168-170.— Sinclair (M. McL) On some practical details of sana- torium treatment. Glasgow M. J., 1902,lvii,99-106.—van der Siiian ( L. F.) De sanatorium-behandeling bij de tuberculose der ademhalingsorganen. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst.. 1907, i, 1330-1337.—Smyth (R. M.) Re- marks on the rational treatment of phthisis, with refer- ence to Nordrach Sanatorium. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1898, ii, 983-986.—Sobotta (E.) Betraehtungen zur Heilsstat- ten-Behandlung der Tuberculose. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1901, lxx, 622-624. -----. Zur HeilstiLttenbewegung im Ausland. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1901, ii, 514-516. -----. Die Liegekur in der Anstaltsbe- handlung. Ibid., 1902, iii, 100-104—Socher (0.) Die 36 TUBERCULOSIS. TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Hospitals and sanatoria for). Volksheilstatte, eine Erziehungsstatte. Ibid., 1903, iv, 215-227. —Sohn (D. L.) A sanatorium school for con- sumptives. Am. Med., Burlington, Vt. & N. Y., 1910, n. s., v, 591-593.—Solly (S. E.) Sanatorium treatment and its relation to climate. Phila. M. J., 1900, vi, 1039-1043. Also, Reprint.—Sommeri'eld (T.) Zur Geschichte der Lungenheilstattenfrage in den letzten drei Jahren. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg.,Berl., 1899,lxviii,399; 411; 435; 448. Also, Reprint.-----. Zur Beurtheilung der Erfolge der Heilstat- tenbehandlung. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1899, xiii, 141- 144. -----. Hauptversammlung des deutschen Central- Komitees zur Errichtung von Heilstatten ffir Lungen- kranke. Hyg. Volksbl., Berl. u. Leipz., 1902, iii, 105.— Splllmanh (L.) Hospitalisation et isolement des tu- berculeux. Rev. med. de Pest, Nancy, 1904, xxxvi, 221- 229.—Sprengel. Welche Fiille von sogenannter chirur- gischer Tuberculose eignen sich ffir die Behandlung in den Heilstatten? Verhandl. . . . Tuberc-Commiss. d. Ge- sellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1901, Berl., 1902, 53-73. Also: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1901, xxxviii, 1271-1277 — Squire (J. E.) The role of hospitals and dispensaries for consumption in the prevention of phthisis. Tr. Brit. Cong. Tuberc. 1901, Lond., 1902, ii, 443-447. -----. The problem of how best to utilise hospitals and sanatoriums in the treatment and prevention of consumption. Lan- cet, Lond., 1905, ii, 1239-1241. -----. The results of sana- torium treatment of consumptives. Tuberculosis, Lond., 1906, iv, 103-115. -----. The selection of cases of pulmon- ary tuberculosis for sanatorium treatment. Clin. J., Lond.. 1912, xli, 161-167.—Stadler (E.) Der Einfluss der Lungentuberkulose auf Lebensdauer und Erwerbsfa- higkeit und der Werth der Volksheilstiittenbehandlung. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1902-3, lxxv, 412-440.—Stang (J. G. H.) Teeringssyges indlaeggelse i pleiehjem. [Quarteringconsumptives in hospitals.] Tids- skr. f. d. norske Laegefor., Kristiania, 1904, xxiv, 899-901.— Stanley (D.) The selection of cases of phthisis for san- atorium treatment. Birmingh. M. Rev., 1907, Ixi, 117-128. -----. Phthisis and the municipal sanatorium. Ibid., 1910, lxviii, 81-89.—Stauffer. Ursachen der verspate- ren Aufnahme der Lungenkranken in den Volkssheilstat- ten und Vorschliige zu deren Beseitigung. Ztschr. f. Tu- berk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1902, iii, 134-138.— Stein- haeuser (J. R.) Municipal sanatoria for phthisis. J. Roy. San. Inst, Lond., 1910-11, xxxi, 566-572.—Stern- berg (G. M.) Sanatorium treatment. Wash. M. Ann., 1904-5, iii, 305-308.—Sternberg (M.) Die Tuberkulose in den offentlichen Krankenanstalten. Veroffentl. d. os- terr. Zentralkom. z. Bekampf. d. Tuberk., Wien, 1911, 1. Hft., 256; 339.—Stewart (D. A.) Sanatorium cases and results. West Canada M. J., Winnipeg, 1911, v, 316-355.— Stirling (D. H.) Pulmonary tuberculosis; in the sana- torium and after. Scot. M. & S. J., Edinb., 1906, xviii, 29- 35.—Stites (T. H. A.) Six months' work in a dispensary for diseases of the lungs. Am. Med., Phila., 1904, vii, 399.— Stockdale (E.) Sanatorium treatment for tuberculo- sis. Tr. Luzerne Co. M. Soc, Wilkesbarre, 1903, xi, 58-64. Also: Penn. M. J., Pittsburg, 1902-3, vi, 508-511. Stoltz- man (G.) Wynik badanchemiczno-bakteryologicznych powietrza sal szpitalnych, jako przyczynek do kwestyi "oile powietrze szpitalne jest odpowiednie do leczenia chorych gruzliczych metoda^ sanatoryjnsL" [Chemical and bacteriological examination of the air of hospital halls, as a contribution to the question whether hospital air is suitable for the treatment of phthisic patients in sanatoria.] Zdrowie, Warszawa, 1903, 2. s., iii, 133-145.— Stone (A. K.) & Floyd (C.) The daily care of con- sumptives at a general hospital as an aid to solving local tuberculosis problems. Tr. Am. Climat. Ass., Phila., 1907, xxiii, 212-228. Also: Boston M. & S. J., 1907, civil, 141- 147.—Stone (W. R.) The crowding of consumptives into the municipal general hospitals. Med. News, N. Y., 1901, lxxix, 573.—Strandgaard (N. J.) Sanatorieku- ren ved Lungetuberkulose. Bibliot. f. Laeger, K«Sbenh., 1911, 8. R., 223-250. — Stuart (J. H.) On the need of sanatoria in the treatment of pulmonarv tuberculosis. Med. Dial. Minneap., 1900, ii, 277-282.—Stubbsrt (J. E.) Sanitarium treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1898, lxviii, 159-164. Also, Reprint. -----. Some practical points on sanatorium treatmentof pulmonary tuberculosis. Nat. Hosp. Rec. Detroit, 1902-3, vi, 12-18. Also: Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1902, xvii, 776-798. Also: Brit. J. Nursing, Lond ,1902, xxix, 321; 340.—Stub- bert (J. E.) & Wells (S. W.) Sanitarium treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis. St. Louis M. Gaz., 1898-9, ii, 1- 18. Also, Reprint —Sutherland (H. G.) The dispen- sary system for the control and prevention of tuberculo- sis. Brit. J. Tuberculosis. Lond., 1911, v, 93-97. -----. The anti-tuberculosis dispensary. Nat. Ass. Prev Con- sumpt. Tr., Lond., 1911, 82-89, 1 ch.— Sutujrin (V. V.) K voprosu o dopustinosti pri sanatoriyakh dlvachakho- tochnikh ustrolstva osobikh pomleshtsheniy" dlya ane- michnikh,vlzdoravlivayushtshikh poslle tyazholikhzabo- llevaniy i predraspolozhonnikh k zabollevaniyu tuberku- lozom lyokhkikh. [Admissibility, sanatoria for con- sumptives, of special wards for the anaemic, convales- Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Hospitals and .sanatoria for). cents from severe diseases, and those predisposed to pul- monary phthisis.] Bolnitseh. gaz. Botkina, St. Petersb., 1899, x, 2047-2053.— Sykes. Consumption and sanatoria. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, i, 868.—Symposium. With a state sanatorium secured, what next? Nat. Ass. Study & Prevent. Tuberculosis. Trans., N. Y., 1908, iv, 294)2.— Symposium on the sanatorium treatment of tubercu- losis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1902, xxxix, 1309; 1367; 1373; 1432; 1571; 1635.—Szeged y-JHaszak (E. Beitrage zur Spitalsbehandlung der Lungentuberculose mit be- sonderer Beriicksichtigung der Verhaltnisse Ungarns. Heilkunde, Wien [etc.], 1901,72-75.— Talbot (E.) On Dr. Meissen's results of sanatorium treatment for pulmonary tuberculosis. St. Barth. Hosp. J., Loud., 1902-3, x, 132- 134.—Taussin (A. S.) The free dispensary as a factor in the tuberculosis crusade. Colorado Med., Denver, 1907, iv, 137-147.—Taylor (H. L.) The necessity of spe- cial institutions for the consumptive poor; the first step toward the complete eradication of tuberculosis. North- west. Lancet, St. Paul, 1893, xiii, 469-473. Also, Reprint, -----. State sanatoria for consumptives. St. Paul. M. J.. St. Paul, Minn., 1901, iii, 237: 1902, iv, 475. -----. Sana- torial care of tuberculosis. J. Minn. M. Ass. [etc.], Min- neap., 1906, xxvi, 92-95. -----. The sanatorium treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis. St. Paul M. J., 1907, ix, 659- 664.—Tenner. Die Behandlung Lungenkranker in einem offentlichen Krankenhause. Wien. klin. Wchn- schr., 1903, xvi, 16-20. -----. TJkol vefejnych nemocnic v akei proti tuberkulose. [R61e of public hospitals in the struggle against tuberculosis.] Lek. rozhledy, Praha, 1908, xvi,246; 292. — Thompson ( E. S. ) Treatment in institutions and in open-air nursing homes. Tr. Brit. Cong. Tuberc. 1901, Lond., 1902, iii, 249-264. — Thomson (H. H.) The selection of sanitarium cases for treatment with tuberculin. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1909, i, 136-139.— Thurnam (R.) & Wheeler (C. E.) Re- sults of four vears' sanatorium work in the treatment of phthisis. Ibid., 1905, i, 65.—Tice(F.) The functions of the tuberculosis dispensary, with a report of the work for the first year. Plexus, Chicago, 1909, xv, 221-235—Tll- lisch (A.) Behandlingen af lungetuberkulose i uden- landske anstalter; indtryk og kritik. [Treatment of pul- monary tuberculosis in foreign institutions; impressions and critique.] Tidsskr. f. d. norske Laegefor., Kristia- nia, 1904, xxiv, 865; 915.—Tillman (J.) Hvilka fall af lungtuberkulos lampa sig for folksanatorievard? [What cases of pulmonary tuberculosis are suitable for care in public sanatoria?] Hvgiea, Stockholm, 1906, 2. f., vi, 1016-1028. Also, transl: Zentralbl. f. d. ges. Therap., Wien u. Berl., 1907, xxv, 113-119.—Tischner. Brief eines jungen Arztes aus einem Sanatorium. Ztschr. f. Krankenpfl , Berl., 1905, xxvii, 182-184.—Tolnlewski (I.) The leading sanatoriums of the world (les princi- Eaux sanatoriums du monde). Rev. internat de la tu- erc, Par., 1905, vii, 22-31.—Traversler. Hospitalisa- tion des tuberculeux. Dauphine m6d., Grenoble, 1905, xxix, 25; 331.—Treatment (The) of tuberculosis in hospitals and infirmaries. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1902, ii, 1542; 1599; 1658.—Trevelyan (E. F.) A lecture on the institution and sanatorium treatment of pulmonary tu- berculosis in relation to large centers of population. Lancet, Lond., 1906, i, 206-207.—Tripier & Courmont (J ) Sur Phospitalisation des tuberculeux medicaux. Bull. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Lyon, 1906, v, 310-312.—Tru- deau (E. D.) Sanitaria for the treatment of incipient tuberculosis. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1897, lxv, 276-281. Also, Reprint. -----. The sanitarium treatmentof incipi- ent pulmonarv tuberculosis, and its results. Tr. Ass. Am. Phvsicians, Phila., 1900, xv, 36-51. Also: Med. News, N. Y., 1900, lxxvi, 852-857. Also, Reprint.—Tuohy (E. L.) The necessity of institutional care for the tubercu- lous. St. Paul M. J., St. Paul, Minn., 1910, xii, 510-517 — Tyson (J.) Founding of a hospital for consumptives. Univ. M. Mag., Phila., ]X9S~9, xi, 646-651.—Ulrlcl (H.) Die Verminderung der Moglichkeit der tuberkulosen In- fection durch die Heilstatten. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 2316.—von liiterberjjer (S. F.) Haus- Sanatorium; einfache und billige Heilstatte ffir Schwind- suchtige. St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr., 1896, n. F., xiii, 287-290. Also, transl. [with additions]: Terap. vest- nik, S.-Peterb., 1898, i, 929: 969. Also, Reprint. -----. Ueber die Disposition zur Tuberkulose und deren Be- kampfung durch Sanatorien. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heil- stattenw., Leipz., 1901, ii, 32-43. -----. Ueberdie Bedeu- tung der Hans-Sanatorien im Kampfe mit der Tuberku- lose. Internat. Tuberk.-Konf. 1902. Ber., Berl., 1903, i, 244-249. -----. Volksheilstatten oder Haus-Sanatorien. St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr.. 1902, n. F., xix, 269-272. -----. Tuberkulose; Schwindsucht; Sanatorien. Ibid., 1904, xxix, 23-25.—Van Dunne (P.) L'hospitalisation des tuberculeux. Belgique med., Gand, 1908, xv, 195; 207.—Van Ryn. Les sanatoria pour tuberculeux. Cli- nique, Brux., 1896, x, 653-555. -----. Hospitalisation communale et inter-communale des tuberculeux. Com:. internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, ii, 574-576.—Ve.jc I (J.) Hospitalsbehandling af Lungetuberkulose. [The TUBERCULOSIS. 737 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pidmonary, Hospitals and sanatoria for). hospital treatment "of lung tuberculosis.] Hosp.-Tid., K0benh., 1903, 4. R., xi, 909-915— Verhandlungen der Vereinigung der Lungenheilanstaltsiirzte auf der vii. Versammlung zu Hamburg am 2.-5. Juni 1912. Beitr. z. klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1913, Suppl.-Bd. iv, 83-317.— Vldal (E.) La cure fermee de la tuberculose pulmo- naire et de la scrofulose dans les etablissements d'assis- tance situes sur les rives francaises de la Mediterranee. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1904, 3. s., Hi, 121-126.— Walker (A.) The provision of sanatoria for the cura- tive treatment of phthisis among the poorer classes. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Edinb., 1907-8, n. s., xxvii, 129-143. Also: Edinb. M. J., 1908, n. s., xxiii, 321-333.—Walker (Jane H.) Sanatorium treatment of phthisis among the poor. Tr. Brit. Cong. Tuberc. 1901, Lond., 1902, ii, 410-417. -----. Institutions for the tuberculous. Brit. J. Tuberculosis, Lond., 1907, i. 60; 161; 253; 327, 1 map: 1908, ii, 126; 198; 284: 1909, iii, 130; 274: 1910, iv, 45; 195 -----. Sana- torium treatment of consumption. Nat. Ass. Prev. Con- sumpt. Tr., Lond., 1911, 128-132.—Walsh (J.) The sanatorium treatment of tuberculosis in the United States and Europe. Month. Cycl. Pract. Med., Phila., 1907, xxi, 53-59.—Walters (F. R.) Observations on sanatoria for consumptives. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1898, ii, 1126. Also: Med. Mag., Lond., 1898, vii, 864-868. -----. Sanatoria for consumptive patients. Practitioner, Lond., 1898, lx, 664- 675.-----. The constructien of sanatoria for consump- tives. J. San. Inst., Lond., 1899-1900, xx, 524-532. [Dis- cussion], 538. -----. Sanatoriums for consumptives. Lancet, Lond., 1906, i, 17-19. -----. Sanatorium treat- ment in pulmonary tuberculosis. Brit. J. Tuberculosis, Lond., 1911, v, 32-35.-----. Sanatoria, tuberculosis dis- pensaries, and the government insurance scheme. Prac- titioner, Lond., 1911, lxxxvii. 168-177. -----. Recent views on sanatorium treatment. Brit. J. Tuberculosis, Lond., 1912, vi, 103-108. -----. Sanatorium treatment and the after-care of cases of pulmonarv tuberculosis. Prac- titioner, Lond., 1913, xc, 69-78.—Weatherly (L. A.) A plea for sanatoria for the poorer consumptives. Bristol M.-Chir. J., 1900, xviii, 305-313. -----. The treatment of tuberculosis in asylums. J. Ment. Sc, Lond., 1901, xlvii, 28-3-1.—Weber (F.) Das Internat des Jaltaer Gymna- siums als permanent* Kinderheilkolonie. Ztschr. f. Tu- berk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1905, vii. 55450.—Weber (H.) Ueber die Behandlung der Lungenschwindsucht, besonders in den Hospitalern ffir Schwindsfichtige. Ver- handl. d. x. internat. med. Cong. 1890, Berl., 1891, ii, 5. Abth., 16-22. [Discussion], 30. Also: Med. Rev. f. Bal- neol., Wien, 1890, i, 85-88. Also: Miinehen. med. Wchn- schr., 1890, xxxvii, 587-589.—Weicker (H.) Beitrage zur Frage der Volksheilstatten. Ztschr. f. Kran- kenpfl., Berl., 1896, xviii, 48; 77. Also, Reprint. -----. Ueber Heilstatten- und Tuberkulin-Behandlung in gegen- seitiger Erganzung. Gesundheit, Leipz., 1901, xxvi, 261- 265. -----. Ueber Heilstatten- und Tuberculin-Behand- lung in gegenseitiger Beziehung; die bisherigen in Heil- statten erzielten Dauererfolge. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1902. xxxix, 74-78.—von Weismayr (A.) Die Hand- habung der Krankenpflege in Lungenheilstatten. Kran- kenpflege, Berl., 1902,ii, 37-41.— Wethered ( F. J.) The sanatorium treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis. Lancet, Lond., 1906, i, 7-11.—Wheaton (C. L.) The value of the sanatorium in the crusade against tuberculosis. J.Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlviii, 212-214.— Whinery (J. B.) Results of sanatorium treatment for tuberculosis. Detroit M. J., 1904-5, iv, 295-298.—Whitby (C. J.) Notes on the sanatorium treatment of phthisis and its present limita- tions. J.Balneol. & Climat.,Lond., 1905, ix, 15-22.—Wijn- hoff(J.A.) Sanatoria voor phthisici. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1897, 2. R., xxxiii, d. 1, 899-907.— Wilder (Dora Lee). The state sanitorium in the pre- vention and cure of tuberculosis. J. Tenn. M. Ass., Nash- ville, 1909, ii, 109-116— 'Wilkinson (W. C.) Tubercu- lin and tuberculin dispensaries. Brit. M. J,, Lond., 1911, i, 403.— Williams (C. T.) Oration on the sanatorium treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis. Lancet, Lond., 1904, i, 278-281. -----. On the objects and limitations of sanatoriums for consumptives. Ibid., 1906, i, 3.—'Wil- liamson (D.J.) The future of dispensary and domi- ciliary management of tuberculosis. Brit. J. Tubercu- losis, Lond., 1913, vii, 25-29. -----. Dispensaries for the Prevention and treatment of consumption. J. Roy. San. nst., Lond., 1912-13, xxxiii, 408-415. [Discussion], 424- 432.—Williamson (J. B.) A winter in a sanatorium. Univ. Durham Coll. Med. Gaz., Newcastle, 1907-8, viii, 57-64.—Wills (E.) Sanatorium treatment and early diagnosis of pulmonary tuberculosis. Canad. Pract. & Rev., Toronto, 1904, xxix, 272-283.—Wilson (J. C.) The necessity for isolation and hospital careforpqprconsump- tives. Proc. Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila., 1900, It. »., ii, 4-8. Also: Internat. Clin., Phila., 1900,10. s., i, 107-111. Also: 3. Tuberc, Asheville, N. C, 1900, ii, 105-109.—Winter- nitz (U.) Sulla cura della tubercolosi polmonare negli ospedali. Rassegna med., Bologna, 1902, x, no. 5, 3; no. 6, 2; no. 7, 3.—Woehrel (T.) Le r61e social des dispen- I VOL XVIII, 2d series----17 Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Hospitals and sanatoria for). saircs antitubereuleux; bains douches; habitations ou- vrieros salubres. Tuberculosis, Leipz., 1903, ii, 515-523.— Wo Icott (E. H.) The advantages of sanatorium treat- ment for tuberculosis. J. Am. Inst. Homceop.,Cleveland, 1911, iv, 63-71.—Wolff. Ueber K ankenauswahl und Kurdauer in den Volksheilstatten. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1907,xi, 206-214.—Wolff (F.) Bemerkungen zur Heilstattenbehandlung Lungenkranker. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1903,1, 815-820.—Wolff (M.) Polikli- niken ffir Lungenkranke. Internat. Tuberk.-Konf. 1902. Ber., Berl., 1903, i, 160-165.-Woodcock (H. de C.) Sanatorium employment. Tuberculosis, Lond., 1906-7, iv, 243-248.—Wood worth (W.S.) The treatment of tuberculosis at the provincial sanatorium. Maritime M. News, Halifax, 1907, xix, 20-22.— Wynn (W.H.)& Dix- on (G. B.) The r61eof the sanatorium in the treatment and prevention of consumption. J. Roy. San. Inst., Lond., 1912-13, xxxiii, 416-432.—Yakovleff (P. N.) Znacheniye razlichnikh spetsialnikh uchrezhdeniy v borbie s tuberkulyozom. [The value of various special institutions in the struggle with tuberculosis.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1911, lxxxvi, 254-262.—Zickgraf. Ueber die Einrichtung von Luftbadern in Lungenheilstatten. Ztschr. f. phys. u. diatet. Therap., Leipz., 1909-10, xiii, 674-680, -----. Erfolge bei Heilstattenbehandlung Tu- berkuloser des 2. und 3. Stadiums. Zentralbl. f. innere Med., Leipz., 1909, xxx, 689-696. -----. Kritisehe Be- merkungen zur Auslese von Lungenheilstattenpatienten. Ibid., 1910, xxxi, 2974504. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Hospitals and sanatoria for, Contagion in). Bardet (M.-A.-G.) * Contribution a l'Stude de la contagion hospitaliere de la tuberculose et de 1'hospitalisation des tuberculeux. 8°. Bor- deaux, 1898. Schaefbr (R. F. K.) *Bilden Volksheilstat- ten eine Gefahr fiir ihre TJmgebung? 8°. Miin- ehen, 1912. Aebi (W.) Liegt ftir die umwohnende Bevolkerung von Lungen-Kurorten eine vergrosserte Ansteckungs- gefahr fiir Tuberculose vor? Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1898, xxviii, 33-38. Also, Reprint.—Armain- gaud. De la necessite de rendre obligatoire l'isolement des tuberculeux dans les h6pitaux. [Rap.] Rev. inter- nat. de la tuberc, Par., 1904, iii, 112-115. Also: Tubercu- losis, Leipz., 1901, iii, 89-92.—Aron (E.) Sind Special- Abtheilungen ftir die Tuberculosen in den Krankenhau- sern nothwendig? Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1900, xxxvii, 463-465.—Barth (H.) L'isolement pratique des tubercu- leux dans les hopitaux. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1906, Par., 1906, ii, 768-772.—Breitnng (M.) Sind Heil- statten ffir Lungenkranke ftir die Umwohner gefiihrlich? Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl.,1899, xx,657.—BUdingen(T.) Der Schutz vor Lungenschwindsucht in Kurorten una in offenen Kuranstalten. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1903, xxix, 106-108. See, also, infra, Karger and Pelizaeus.—Carmichael (J. A.) The hospital origin of £hthisis. N. York. M.Times, 1896, xxiv, 108-111— Fraen- kel (C.) Zur Frage der Beseitigung von Abwassern aus Lungenheilstatten. Tuberkulosis, Leipz., 1903, ii,655- 564.—Glikman (S.) Gorodskiya bezpilniya sanatorii. [Municipal dustless sanatoria.] J. Obsh. Russk. Vrach. v pam. Pirogova, Mosk., 1903, ix, 96-109.—Guerard (A. R.) The dangerof the unrestricted entertainment of tuberculosis patients in our mountain health resorts; a popular exposition of consumption, what it is and how to restrict it. CharlotteJN. C] M. J., 1905, xxvi, 292-300.— Haiischka von Treuenlels (M.) Die Mindest- massnahmen der Tuberkuloseprophylaxe in offenen Kur- orten. Monatschr. f. Gsndhtspfl., Wien, 1905, xxiii, 185- 190.—Heron (G. A.) & Chaplin (T. H. A.) The rela- tion of dust in hospitals to tuberculous fnfection. Lancet, Lond., 1894, i, 14-16.— Hueppe (F.) Die Tuberkulose in Kurorten und Anstalten; fiber die bei der gemeinsamen Verjaflegung Tuberkuloser sich ergebenden Gefahren der Infektionsfibertragunpr und die Mittel zur Bekampfung derselben vom hygienisch-wissenschaftlichen Stand- punkte. Monatschr. f. Gsndhtspfl., Wien, 1905, xxiii, 157-160.—Jaccoud. Sur l'origine hospitaliere de la phtisie pulmonaire. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 18%, 3. s., xxxv, 63; 102. [Discussion], 90-95.—Karger (M.) Der Schutz vor Lungenschwindsucht in Kurorten und in offe- nen Kuranstalten; Erwiderung auf den gleichnamigen Aufsatz von Dr. Budingen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1903, xxix,271.—Knopf (S. A.) Aresani- toriums for consumptives a danger to the neighborhood? Med.Rec.N.Y. 1896,1,482. Also, Reprint. Also, transl: Rev. de la tuberculose, Par.. 1895, 313-319.—Letulle (M.) L'h6pital et ses contaminations tuberculeuses. Presse med., Par., 1900. i, annexes, S. 108. -----. Les contamina- tions tuberculeuses a 1'hdpHal. Rev. d'hyg., Par., 1900, TUBERCULOSIS. 738 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Hospitals and sanatoria for, Contagion in). xxii, 394-409.—von Leube. Prophylaxe der Tuberku- lose in Spitalern. Ber. ti. d. Kong. z. Bekampf. d. Tuberk. [etc.], Berl., 1899,335-345.—von Lindheim (A.) Wirkt der Aufenthalt Tuberkuloser auf dem flachen Lande, in Kurorten u. dgl. auf die Umgebung verseuchend. Mo- natschr. f. Gsndhtspfl., Wien, 1905, xxiii, 161.—Majnoni (R.) II contagio della tubercolosi ed i sanatori. Boll. clin.-scient. d. Poliambul. di Milano, 1900, xiii, 233-254.— Malibran (C.) & Gassot (L.) Les dangers de conta- gion au sanatorium. Presse med., Par., 1904, ii, 611.— Nalmi. Sind Lungenheilanstalten eine Gefahr ftir die Umgebung? Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1895, xlii, 927.— Netter. Sur les precautions a prendre pour pr6venir les dangers provenant du voisinage des sanatoria destines aux phtisiques. Ann.d'hvg.,Par.,1895,3. s.,xxxiii,430-438. Also: Rev. dela tuberculose, Par., 1895,33-40. Also: Rec. a. trav. Comite consult, d'hyg. pub.de France 1895, Melun, 1896, xxv, 67-73.—Niclot & Braun. De la virulence, quant a latuberculose en particulier, des poussieres d'h6pi- tal. Assoc, franc.pourl'avance. d.sc C.-r. 1900,Par., 1901, xxix, pt. 2, 8314*35.—Otis (E. O.) Are especial hospitals or homes for consumptives a source of danger to their neighborhood? Boston M. & S. J., 1897, exxxvi, 305-307. Also, Reprint.—Parisot (P.) Quelques cas de tubercu- lose pulmonaire contractee k la suite d'un sejour prolonge dans les salles d'hdpitaux ou sont recus des tuberculeux. Soc. de m6d. de Nancy. C.-r., 1901-2, 148-153.—Peli- zaeus. Der Schutz vor Lungenschwindsucht in den Kurorten und offenen Heilanstalten; einige Bemerkungen zu dem Aufsatz von Dr. Btidingen. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1903, xxix, 358.—Porter (W.) The growing necessity for sanitaria for the tuberculous; the increasing distrust in climate alone; infection of health resorts; the tubercular patient a menace to the public; advantages of sanitaria; comparative results. J. Tuberc-., Asheville, N. C, 1900, ii, 380-386.—Kandi (A.) Gli ospi- tali e i padiglioni speciali per tisiei costituiscono un peri- colo per gli abitanti vicini? Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1908, xxix, 745-747.—Kompler. Kontagiositat der Tuberku- lose und ihr Einfluss auf die Mortalitiit derEingeborenen in den vorzugsweise von Phthisikern besuchten Kurorten, auf Grund statistischen Materials und einer eigenen 15 Jahre umfassenden Beobachtung. Veroffentl. d. Hufe- land. Gesellsch. in Berl. Balneol. Gesellsch., 1890, xii, 61-79. -----. Prophylaxis gegen Lungeschwindsucht in den Kurorten. Monatschr. f. prakt. Balneol., Miinehen, 1896, ii, 317-327.—Sergent (E.) Les consultations des hdpitaux et la tuberculose; necessite de prescrire la de- sinfection periodique et frfiquente des locaux affectes a. ces consultations. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, ii, 609-612.—Sorgo (E.) Die Mindestmassnahmen zur Tuberkuloseprophvlaxe in Lungenheilstatten. Berl. klin.-therap. Wchnschr., 1905, 394-396. Also: Wien. klin.- therap. Wchnschr., 1905, 394-396.—Sorgo (J.) Die Min- destmassnahmen zur Tuberkuloseprophylaxe in Kur- orten. Monatschr. f. Gsndhtspfl., Wien, 1905, xxiii, 162- 175.-----. Bilden Heilstatten ffir Lungenkranke eine Ge- fahr ftir ihre Umgebung? Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xxv, 207.—Stchepotiev (V.) Les sanatoria pour les phtisiques pauvres au point de vue de la protection de la sante publique. Compt.-rend Cong, internat. de med. 1897, Mosc, 1900, vii, 47-54.—Sternberg (M.) Massre- geln zur Tuberkuloseprophylaxe in Spitalern und Sana- torien. Monatschr. f. Gsndhtspfl., Wien, 1905, xxiii, 175- 177.—IJllinanii (K.) Inwieweit besteht in Lupusheil- statten, dermatologischen Abteilungen und Ambulato- rien eine Gefahr der Tuberkulosetibertragung und worin bestehen die Mindestmassnahmen zu wirksamer Prophy- laxe? Ibid., 178-185.—von Weismayr(A.) DieFurcht vor Heilanstalten ffir Tuberculose. Wien. klin. Wchn- schr., 1897, x, 555-557. -----. Die Verhiitung der Infec- tionsgefahr in Heilanstalten und Kurorten. Ber. ii. d. Kong. z. Bekampf. d. Tuberk. [etc.], Berl., 1899, 654. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Hospitals and sanatoria for, Maritime and float- ing). See, also, Scrofulous children (Seaside hospitals for). Edom (A.) Tuberculose et sanatoriums flot- tants. Preface du Prof. E. von Leyden. 8°. Paris, 1906. Armaingand. Sur le r61e des sanatoriums marins dans la lutte contre la tuberculose. Com. de la tuberc, Par., 1900, 325-334. -----. Sanatoriums maritimes'et de- fense sociale contre la tuberculose; thalassotherapie; thalassophylaxie. [Rap.] Cong, internat. de la tuberc. Rap., Par., 1905, 325-346.—B. I sanatori presso al mare. Riv. di ingegner. san., Torino, 1905, i, 66.—Baer (G.) Ein Beitrag zur Heilstattenfrage; fiber Schiffsanatorien. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1903, 1,1878-1880.—Barbier (H.) Le sanatorium economique d'hdpital pour enfants tuberculeux. Bull. m6d., Par., 1910, xxiv, 621-523.— Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Hospitals and sanatoria for, Maritime and float- ing). Bolt ay (J.) A tengermelieki hospice-ek a gfimok6r elleni kfizdelemben. [Seaside sanatoria in the strife against pulmonary consumption.] Budapesti orv. ujsag, 1904, ii, 365-367. Also [Abstr.]: Orvosi heti szemle, Buda- pest, 1904, xxxvi, 601. Also, transl: Ungar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1904, ix, 305-307.—Cervera Destin (E.) Sanatorios maritimos. Rev. balear de cien. med., Palma de Mallorca, 1903, xxv, 265; 289.—De Hieronymis. Deicriteridirettivichedebbonoinformarel'assistenzame- dica negli ospizi marini e nelle colonie alpine per la pro- filassi della tubercolosi; proposte relative. Idrol. e cli- mat., Firenze, 1903, xiv, 153-158.—Fomiliant (V. I.) K voprosu o znachenii primorskikhsanatoriy. [Valueof seashore sanatoria.] Russk. chir. arch., S.-Peterb., 1902, xviii, 386-404.—l.evertln (A.) Nagra betraktelser vor- ande anliiggandet af lungsots-sanatorier vid vara hafs- kurorter. IA few considerations concerning the estab- lishment of sanatoriums for pulmonary diseases in our sea resorts.] Hygiea, Stockholm, 1909, 2. f., ix, 854-856.— Michael tF.)&Maurer (H.) The floating sanatorium for pulmonary tuberculosis. J. Tuberc, Asheville, N.C., 1903, v, 335-339.—So botta (E.) Schwimmende Sana- torien. Tuberculosis, Leipz., 1902, i, 62454.—de Tolosa Latonr (M.) Los sanatorios maritimos, su importancia en la lucha contra la tuberculosis. Rev. m6d. de Sevilla, 1912, lix, 131; 161. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Hospitals and sanatoria for), hy localities. See, also, Tuberculosis (Hospitals for), by lo- calities; Tuberculosis (Treatment of, Climatic). AFRICA. See, in this list, Algeria. ALGERIA. Verhaeren. Indicationsde l'hivernage destubercu- leux a Alger-Mustapha. Gaz. med. de Strasb., 1898, lvii, 126. -----. Sanatorium d'Alger. Cong, internat. dem6d. C.-r. .1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, de path, int., 296-299. ALLAND. Verbin "Heilanstalt Alland." Die Tubercu- lose. Mit Beitragen von Max Scheimpflug, Carl Gussenbauer, Alexander R. von Weismayr, J. Rabl, Ernst Freund, J. Csokor und einer Ein- leitung von L. von Schrotter. 8°. Wien & Leipzig, 1898. Dakura (O.) Zaklad lichebniy dlya sukhotnikiv v Alland. [Sanitarium for consumptives in . . .] Zbirn. sekts, mat.-prir.-lik. [etc.], Lvov, 1897, ii, pt. 5, 1-8.— Miiller (V.) Az allandi tfidovesz-sanatorium. [The phthisis sanatorium at Alland.] Orvos. lapja, Budapest, 1900, xi, no. 24, 5-7. ALSACE-LORRAINE. See, also, in this list, Saales; Strassburg. von Frey berg. Ueber den Stand der Lungen heil- stattenfrage in Elsass-Lothringen. Arch. f. off. Gsndhts- pflg., Strassb., 1899, xviii, 237-239.—Freymuth. Loth- thringisches Sanatorium Alberschweiler. Ztschr. f. Tu- berk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1901, ii, 371. ANGERS. Jagot. Le nouveau service des tuberculeux a l'H6tel- Dieu d'Angers. Arch. med. d'Angers, 1903, vii, 211-216, lpl., 1 ch. -----. Le service des tuberculeux (homines) a PH6tel-Dieu d'Angers. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1906, Par., 1906, ii, 847. ANGICOURT. Belouet. Le sanatorium d'Angicourt. Rev. d'hyg., Par., 1901, xxiii, 416-440.—Kuss (GA Indications clini- ques et role social des sanatoriums populaires d'apres les resultats obtenus au sanatorium d'Angicourt depuis cinq ans. Bull, med., Par., 1906, xx, 387; 447; 471—lWiosny(E.) Rapport sur les conditions d'admission des tuberculeux au sanatorium d'Angicourt. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1900, 3. s., xvii, 1204-1207.—Plicque (A.- F.) Le sanatorium d'Angicourt. GSuvre antituberc, Par., 1900, 348-352. ANTWERP. Van Bogaert. Le dispensaire antitubereuleux provincial de la rue St. Antoine & Anvers. Internat. Tu- berk.-Konf. 1902. Ber., Berl., 1903, i, 148-153. -----. CEuvre anversoise des dispensaires antitubereuleux. Lutte antituberc, Par., 1903. iv, 277-284—Wi Idlers. Le dispensaire antitubereuleux de la province d'Anvers. Ann. et bull. Soc. de med. d'Anvers, 1903, lxv, 49-54.— Willems & Van Bogaert. L'ceuvre des dispensaires antitubereuleux anversois. Rev. de la tuberculose, Par., 1907, 2. s., iv, 27-32. TV BERCULOSIS. 739 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Hospitals and sanatoria for), hy localities. ARCO. von Weisniayr. Sanatorium St. Pancratius in Arco. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1904, v, 362-374. ARGELES. Raynaud ( C.-A.-J.-N. ) *Le sanatorium d'Argeles. 8°. Paris, 1901. Pilate. Le sanatorium d'Argeles. Lutte antitu- berc, Par., 1901, ii, 141-148. ARGENTINE REPUBLIC. See, also, in this list, Buenos Aires; Chaca- rita. Cabezon (J. M.) Tratamiento de los tisicos al aire libre; el primer sanatorio para tuberculosos de la Re- pfiblica, en la Sierra de C6rdoba; proyecto del Doctor Fermin Rodriguez. An. san. mil., Buenos Aires, 1899, i, 827-856, 2 pl.—Coni (E. R.) Hospital Frances; su pa- bell6n de tuberculosos. Semana med., Buenos Aires, 1902, ix, 620. ASHEVILLE. von Ruck (K.) Clinical report from the Win yah Sanitarium; 78 cases of pulmonary tu- berculosis treated and discharged in 1898. 8°. Asheville, N. C, 1899. von Ruck (K.) & von Ruck (S.) A clinical study of two hundred and sixty cases of pul- monary tuberculosis, treated in the Wynyah Sanitarium, Asheville, N. C, 1903 and 1904. 8°. Asherille, 1905. ------------. A clinical study of two hun- dred and ninety-three cases of pulmonary tuber- culosis, treated at the Winyah Sanitarium, Ashe- ville, N. C, in 1905 and 1906, with special ref- erence to specific medication and its results. 8°. Asheville, N. C, 1907. ------------. A clinical study of three hun- dred and thirty-seven cases of pulmonary tuber- culosis, treated at the Winyah Sanitarium, Ashe- ville, N. C, in 1907 and 1908. 8°. Asheville, N. C, 1909. ------------. A clinical study of two hun- dred and ninety-two cases of pulmonary tuber- culosis treated at the Winyah Sanatorium, Ashe- ville, N. C, in 1909 and 1910. 4°. Asherille, N. C, 1911. Also, transl. in: Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1911-12, xviii, 328-341. Winyah Sanitarium, Asheville, N. C. Clini- cal report from the . . ., giving the results in 225 cases of pulmonary tuberculosis treated in the institution from Jan. 1, 1899, to Dec. 31, 1900, with watery extract of tubercle bacilli, with an appendix of results obtained with this remedy by other physicians in private practice. By Karl von Ruck, M. D., medical director. 8°. Asheville, 1901. ASIA. See, in this list, China; Japan. AUBRAC. Andrieu (C.-L.-M.) *Aubrac; climat et sana- torium. 8°. Paris, 1900. Anglade (P.) * Essai clinique de sanatorium de haute altitude a Aubrac (Aveyron). 8°. Paris, 1899. AUSTRALIA. See, also, in this list, Kyoomba; Victoria; Wentworth. Gault (A. H.) The present position of the sanatorium treatment in Australasia. Australas. M. Cong. Tr. 1905, Adelaide, 1907, vii, 33-38. AUSTRO-HUNGARY. See, also, in this list, Alland; Arco; Bohemia; Budapest; Gratwein; Gries; Gyula; Horgas; Hungary; Krummau; Lemberg; Prague; Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Hospitals and sanatoria for), hy localities. AUSTRO-HUNGARY—continued. Reichenberg; Stayer; Styria; Tannwald; Uj-Tatraf tired; Zakopane. Bvofak(J.) Ueber die Frage der Errichtung von Lsoherabteilungen oder Krankenhaussanatorien in allge- meinen offentlichen Krunkenhausern in Oesterreich. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1901, ii, 487- 497.—von Selirotter (L.) Histoire de Taction en vue de la creation de sanatoria pour le traitement des phti- siques pauvres et de la prophylaxie de phtisie pulmo- naire en Autriche. Cong. p. I'etude de la tuberculose, Par., 1898, iv, 193-204. Also, Reprint. -----. Ueber die Tuberculosen-Heilstattenbewegung in Oesterreich. Veroffentl. d. Centralverb.d. Balneolog. Oest. 1902, Wien, 1903, iii, pt. 4, 1-6.—von Weismayr (A.) Der Stand der Volksheilstiitten-Bewegung in Oesterreich. Ver- handl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1897, Leipz., 1898, lxix, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 293-305. BADEN (Grand Duchy of). See, also, in this list, Nordrach; Sankt Bla- sien; Schxiesheim; Wehrawald. Fraenkel (A.) Die Villa Paul-Badenweiler, ein Haus fur Lungenkranke. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstat- tenw., Leipz., 1904, vi, 361-364.—Limman (J. H.) An ideal sanatorium, with notes on the Black Forest. Cleve- land M. J., 1903, ii, 18-27.—R. Ein Muster-Sanatorium im Schwarzwald. Ztschr. f. klimat. Kurorte u. San., Munchen, 1902, 41-45. — Rum pi (E.) Die Heilstatte Luisenheim der Landesversicherungsanstalt Baden. Zt- schr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1906, viii, 404-406. BALTIMORE. Hamman (L.) A brief report of the first two years' work in the Phipps Dispensary for Tuberculosis of the Johns Hopkins Hospital. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1907, xviii, 293-297.—Hamman(L.)& Wohnan (S.) A further report of the work in the Phipps Dispen- sary for tuberculosis of the Johns Hopkins Hospital. Ibid., 1909, xx, 248-253.—Wilson (G.) The municipal tuberculosis hospital of Baltimore. Bull. Med.-Chir. Fac. Maryland, Bait., 1908, i, 95-97. BANYULS-SUR-MER. Lafargue (G.) La gu6rison et la prophylaxie de la tuberculose au sanatorium de Banyuls- sur-Mer. 8°. Paris, 1904. BASEL. Hurckliardt(H.) StatistischeZusammenstellungen aus den an der Basler allgemeinen Poliklinikbehandelten Fallen von Lungentuberkulose, mit besonderer Beriick- sichtigung der Heilstattenbehandlung. Ztschr.f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1906, ix, 1-25. BAVARIA. See, also, in this Ztst, Ludwigshafen; Munich. von Vogl. Ueberdie Aufgabe des "Vereins zur Grtindung eines Sanatoriums fiir Lungen- kranke in Bayern." 8°. Munchen, 1898. BEAUMONT-DE-LOMAGNE. Itteslier (Mme.) Le sanatorium de Beaumont-de-Lo- magne. Cong, internat de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, ii, 676. BEDFORD. Meyer (A.) History and work of the Bedford Sani- tarium for Consumptives. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1905, lxviii, 48-52. Also: Nat. Ass. Study & Prevent. Tuberculosis. Trans., N. Y., 1906, i, 438-448. BELGIUM. See, also, in this list, Antwerp; Beverloo; Brussels; Hulpe-Waterloo; Liege; Ostend. Carpi (L.) La lotta contro la tubercolosi nel Belgio e la questione dei sanatorii. Com- municazione fatta al Congresso internazionale contro la tuberculosi in Napoli 1900. 8°. Napoli, 1900. Lambrichts (A.) La tuberculose et les sani- toria pour tuberculeux. Rapport pr^sente au Congres mutualiste d'Arlon. 12°. Bruxelles, 1900. Plettinck-Bauchau. La phtisie en Belgi- gue; sa guerison les sanatoria populaires; situa- tions privilegies a la cote: Middelkerke, Oost- duinkerke, Knocke-sur-Mer. 12° Bruges, 1900. Felix (J.) La lutte contre la tuberculose etles stations baln6aires de la Belgique. Gaz. d. eaux, Par., 1902,xiv, 153- TUBERCULOSIS. 740 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Hospitals and sanatoria for), hy localities. BELGIUM—continued. 159.—Freymutli. Die Dispeusaires antitubereuleux in Belgien und Frankreich und ihre Bedeutung fiir den deutschen Tuberkulosekampf. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1904 xviii,470; 486. ,4Zso.-Jahresb.d.schles.Gesellsch. f. va- terl. Cult.1904, Bresl., 1905,lxxxii,hyg.Sect.,16-23.—Lentz (H.) L'inspection gouvernementale des dispensaires an li- tuberculeux en Belgique. Tuberculosis, Leipz., 1908, vii, 170-174.— Moeller. De l'intervention des pouvoirs pu- blics dans la creation de sanatoriums pour tuberculeux indigents en Belgique. Bull. Acad. roy. de med. de Belg., Brux., 1903, 4. s., xvii, 859-870. —., n. d.] Home for Consumptives, Chestnut Hill. Opening of the . . . and the address of Rev. Benjamin Watson on the occasion, Monday, May 3, 1886. 8°. Philadelphia, [1886]. Philadelphia Protestant Episcopal City Mis- sion. Annual report of the . . ., Home for Consumptives, sick-diet kitchens, and depart- ment for the aged and infirm. 14., 1883-4. 8°. Philadelphia, 1884. Rush Hospital for Consumption and Allied Diseases, Philadelphia. Annual reports of the board of trustees and officers to the contribu- tors. 2., 1892-3 to 1893-4; 5., 1896-7. 8°. Philadelphia, 1894-7. ------. Report of the board of trustees and medical staff, from Feb. 1,1872, to Feb. 1, 1894. With the report of the Women's Board of the Rush Hospital. 8°. Philadelphia, 1894. Bertrand (M.) Une visite a 1'Institut Phipps, de Philadelphie. J. med. de Brux , 1912, xvii, 145-149.— Brinton (W.) The department for tuberculosis of the Philadelphia Hospital; a report upon its work for the year 1910. Phila. Gen. Hosp. Rep. (1910), 1911, viii, 215- 228.—Bush Hospital, for consumption and allied dis- eases. Med. News, Phila., 1892, Ixi, 698.—Taylor (M. R.) A report of the management of tubercular patients applying for treatment to the dispensary of the Samaritan Hospital. Philadelphia. Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1906, 3. s., xxii, 598-602. PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. Beyer (H. G.) The United States Naval Tuberculosis Hospital, Las Animas. Tuberculosis, Berl., 1911, x, 416- 419. PINE CITY. Taylor (H. L.) Second annual reportof the Poke- gama Sanatorium, Pine City, Minnesota. St. Paul M. J., St. Paul, Minneap., 1907, ix, 243-218. vol xviii, 2d series---48 Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Hospitals and sanatoria fo?'), hy localities. PISA. Oherardl (G.) L'ospitalizzazionedei tubercolosi in Pisa; miglioramenti ottenuti e miglioramenti avvenire. Atti d. Cong. naz. . . . contro la tuberc. 1909, Firenze, 1910, ii, 319-328. PITKAJARVI. von Bezold (A.) Bericht fiber die Thatigkeit des Evangelischen Sanatoriums fiir Lungenkranke in Pitka- jarvi, 1. Januar 1890 bis 31. December 1900. St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr., 1901, n. F., xviii, 173; 193.—Feldt (A.) Erster Bericht iiber die Thatigkeit des Evangelischen Sanatoriums fiir Lungenkranke zu Pitktijarvi, 15. October 1898 bis 31. December 1899. Ibid., 1900, n. F., xvii, 165- 177.—von Pezold (A.) Berichte iiber die Thatigkeit des Evangelischen Sanatoriums fiir Lungenkranke in Pitkajarvi, 1901^1. Ibid., 1902-6, xxvii-xxxi, passim. POLAND. See, also, in this list, Lemberg; Lodz; Mienia; Posen; Rudka; Szczawnica; Zakopane. Selzer (M.) Wynikileczenia w uzdrowisku ludowem w Holosku. [Extracts from treatment in the Holosek Sanatorium.] Lwow. tygodn. lek., 1909, iv, 565-568. -----. Wyniki lecznicze w uzdrowisku ludowem w Ho- losku. [Therapeutic notes from the popular sanitarium of Holosek.] Ibid., 1911, vi, 157-159.—Sterling (S.) Rola szpitali w walce z gruzlica. u nas. [The r6Ie of the hos- pital in the struggle with tuberculosis among us.] Gruz- lica, Warszawa & L6dz, 1909, i, 65-71. PORTA CCELI. Ddmine (J. J.) Ueber das National-Sanatorium von Porta-Cceli fiir an Schwindsucht leidende Arme. Ber. ii. d. Kong. z. Bekampf. d. Tuberk. [etc.], Berl., 1899, 731- 733.—Sanchez-Bosal. Ueber das National-Sanato- rium von Porta Coeli fiir an Schwindsucht leidende Arme. Ibid., 542-544. PORTUGAL. See, in this list, Lisbon; Madeira. POSEN. Wernicke (E.) Birgt die Errichtung einer Erholungsstatte fiir Tuberkulose in der Forst zu Unterberg eine Ansteckungsgefahr in sich ? 8°. Posen, 1903. PRAGUE. Teuner (K.) O leeeni tuberkulosy v okresni nemoc- nici v Benesove u Prahy. [The treatment of tuberculosis in the Benedict L istrict Hospital in Prague.] Casop. 16k. 6esk., v Praze, 1902, xli, 667; 694. PRUSSIA. See, also, in this list, Belzig; Berlin; Brom- berg; Charlottenburg; Cottbus; Dortmund; Elgershausen; Falkenstein; Frankfort on the Oder; Gladbach; Gorbersdorf; Grabow- see; Gommern; Greifswald; Hagen; Halle; Hanover; Holsterhausen; Honnef; Lipp- springe; Ldtzen; Loslau; Lostau; Liiden- scheid; Lychen; Magdeburg; Melsungen; Niederschreiberhau; Posen; Ronsdorf; Ros- bach; Rupperthain; Schleswig-Holstein; Schomberg; Schonholz; Sorge; Stralsund; Stubeckshorn. Braehmer (O.) Die Lungenheilstatten der Pen- sionskasse fiir die Arbeiter der preussischen Staatsbah- nen. Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl., 1901, vii, 133.—Meis- sen (E.) Betraehtungen iiber eine neue Heilanstalt fiir Lungenkranke. Centralbl. f. allg. Gsndhtspflg., Bonn, 1889, viii, 250-265. RALEIGH. Lewis (R. H.) The State Sanatorium for Tubercu- losis. Bull. N. Car. Bd. Health, Raleigh, 1908-9, xxiii, 129-132. * REICHENBERG. Pavilion (Ein) fiir Lungenkranke im Stefans-Hos- pital zu Reichenberg. Cor.-Bl. d. Ver. d. Aerzte in Rei- chenberg, 1908, xxi, No. 4, 1-3.—Binglhaan (O.) Zur Errichtung einer Lungenheilanstalt in Reichenberg. Ibid., 1904, xvii, No. 8,1-8. REKNAES. Kan riu (E.) Beretninger om Reknses sanatorium fortuberkul^se, 1899-1911. [Reportof ReknaesSanatorium for tuberculosis.] Tidskr. f. d. norske Laegefor., Kristia- nia, 1900-1912, xx-xxxii, passim. -----. Hyppigheten av tuberculose paa Molde f0r- og efter oprettelsen av Reknees TUBERCULOSIS. 754 TUBERCULOSIS, Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Hospitals and sanatoria for), hy localities. REKNAES—continued. sanatorium. [Frequency of tuberculosis in Molde before and after the founding of Reknaes sanatorium.] Ibid., 1909, xxix, 676-679.—Lorentzen (T. F.) En tiaarssta- tistik fra Reknes sanatorium for tuberkul0se. [Statisti- cal report of the last 10 years from the Reknaes tubercu- losis sanatorium.] Norsk Mag. f. Laegevidensk., Kris- tiania, 1910, 5. R., viii, 1317-1351. RENKUM. Gentis. HetsanatoriumOranje-Nassauoord. Nederl. mil. geneesk. Arch. [etc.J.'s-Gravenhage, 1900, xxiv, 426- 433.—Beijnvaan (J. P.) lets over het sanatorium Oranje-Nassau's-Oord bij Renkum. Maanbl. v. zieken- verpleg., Amst., 1903-4, xiv, 262-264. RHODE ISLAND. Hammond (R.) Treatmentof tuberculosis at the Crawford Allen Hospital (seashore branch of the Rhode Island Hospital). Boston M. & S. J., 1911, clxv, 49-51.— Perkins (J.) & Williams (Pearl). Report of theDe- partment of Pulmonary Tuberculosis (Out Patient) of the R. I. Hospital, for five years, ending June30, 1905. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1906, lxxxiii, 919-921. Also, Reprint, RIGA. iTIasinjr, (E.) Zum Project eines Asyls fiir Lungen- kranke in Riga. St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr., 1910, xxxv, 495. ROME. Angelini (A.) Gli istituti per il trattamento e 1' as- sistenza dei tubercolosi poveri, ed il funzionamento dell' Ospizio Umberto I in Roma nel suo primo periodo di eser- cizio (7 agosto 1905—31 decembre 1908). Atti d. Cong. naz. . . . contro la tuberc 1909, Firenze, 1910, ii, 295-318.— Pagllani (L.) Ospizio Umberto I per tubercolotici in Roma. Riv. di ingegner. san., Torino, 1905, i, 349-355. RONSDORF. von Wlengershausen. Die Auswurf-Beseitigung in der Bergischen Volksheilstatte bei Ronsdorf. Ztschr. f. Krankenpfl., Berl., 1903, xxv, 462-467. ROSBACH. Kleetisch. Die Volksheilstatte fiir Lungenkranke bei Rosbach a. d. Sieg, Auguste-Victoria-Stiftung des Kolner Heilstatten-Vereins. Centralbl. f. allg Gsndhts- pflg., Bonn,1903, xxii, 138-144, 2pl.—Weischer (T.) Die stadtcolnische Augustl-Viktoria-Stiftung bei Rosbach an der Sieg (Volksheilstatte). Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heil- stattenw., Leipz., 1903, iv, 347-381. ROSCOFF. Bagot (L.) Resultats obtenus au sanatorium de P6- rarhidy, pres Roscoff (Finistere). Lutte antituberc, Par., 1903, iv, 79-85.—Descoings. Le sanatorium marin de Roscoff. OSuvre antituberc, Par.,1900,343-347. -----. Le sanatorium de Roscoff; description. Lutte antituberc, Par., 1901, ii, 132-140. ROSTOCK. Robert (R.) Ueber Lungenheilanstalten. Votrag gehalten unter Vorzeigung zahlreicher Abbildungen bei der Konstituierung des Meck- lenburger Landesvereins zur Griindung von Lungenheilstatten am 26. Sept. 1900 im Fiir- stensaale des Rathauses zu Rostock. 12°. Bos- tock, 1900. ROUEN. Halipre (A.) L'ceuvre du Sanatorium rouennais. CEuvre antituberc, Par., 1900,173-178. -----. A propos de l'eeuvre du Sanatorium rouennais. Normandie med., Rouen, 1901, xix. 403-405.—CEuvre du Sanatorium rouen- nais. Lutte antituberc, Par., 1904-5, v, no. 6, 14-21. Also: Rev. med. de Normandie, Rouen, 1905, 455-477. RUDGWICK. Rud^wick(The) Sanatorium. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., l.iui, n. s., lxxvi, 611. RUDKA. (ialecki (S.) Sanatoryumdlachorychpiersiowych w Rudce. [Sanitarium for diseases of the chest in Rudka.j Zdrowie, "Warszawa, 1908, xxiv, 850-856. -----. Pierwszy rok istnienia sanatorium w Rudce. [First year of the Rudka Sanatorium.] Gruzlica, Warszawa & L6dz, 1909, i, 193-204. — "Rudka,'' uzdrowisko dla niezamoznych chorych piersiowych. [. . ., a sanitarium for indigent chest patients.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1903 2. s.. xxiii 719-725. RUPPERTSHAIN. Belouet. Le sanatorium de Ruppertshain pour les phtisniuesnecesMteux. Rev. d'hyg., Par., 1896, xviii, 216- 223.—Nali m. Die neue Heilstatte fiir unbemittelte Lun- genkranke zu Ruppertshain im Taunus. Ztschr. f Kran- kenpfl., Berl., 1896, xviii, 32-39. Tuberculosis (Puhnonarry, Hospitals and sanatoria for), hy localities. RUSSIA. See, also, in this list, Crimea; Finland; Kiyev; Lodz; Mienia; Moscow; Riga; Rudka; Taitsi; Yalta. Feldt (A.) Die Anfiinge des Heilstattenwesens in Russland. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1901, ii, 347-353. —Van (Ya. N.) Otchot o dleyatelnosti Zdravnitsi Yevo lmperatorskavo Visochestva Velikavo Knyazya Mikhaila Aleksandrovicha. [Report of the Sanitarium of H. I. H. Grand Duke Mikhail Aleksandro- vich.] Voyenno-med. J.,St. Petersb., 1912,ccxxxiii, med.- spec. pt., 363-377. RUTLAND. Massachusetts State.Sanatorium at Rutland. Annual reports of the trustees and officers to the governor and council. 1.-7., 1895 to 1902-3. 8°. Boston, 1898-1904. Bo wditch (V. Y.) Remarks upon the work accom- plished at the State Hospital for Consumptives, at Rut- land, Mass. Tr. M. Soc. N.Y., Phila., 1900, 85-90. Also: Albany M. Ann., 1900, xxi, 207-213. -----. The Massachu- setts State Hospital for Consumptives, at Rutland; its purpose and the work accomplished during the first year. Boston M. & S. J., 1900, cxlii. 127-130. [Discussion], 142- 146. Also, Reprint. — Bo wditch (V. Y.) & On n ham (H. B.) Six years' experience at the Massachusetts State Sanatorium for Tuberculosis. J.Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1905, xliv, 1973-1976. Also: Nat. Ass. Study & Prevent. Tuberculosis. Trans., N. Y., 1907, i, 349-358. Also, Re- print.— 4'lapp (H. C.) The hygienic treatment of phthi- sis at the State Hospital at Rutland, Mass. N. Eng. M. Gaz., Bost., 1899, xxxiv, 397-404. -----. The Massachu- setts State Sanatorium for Consumptives, at Rutland, Mass. Tr. Am. Inst. Homceop., Chicago, 1903, 210-220. Also: 'N. Am. J. Homceop., N. Y.,1903, li, 617-625— Meyer (A.) Staatliche Fursorge fiir unbemittelteSchwindsuch- tige, mit einer Beschreibung des ersten State Hospitals fiir Tuberculose in den Vereinigten Staaten. [Massachusetts State Hospital for Tuberculosis, Rutland, 1898.] N. Yorker med. Monatschr., 1900, xii, 1-13. SAALES. Scheib. Das Sanatorium Tannenberg bei Saales im Unter-Elsass. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw. Leipz., 1904, vi, 169-172. SAINTE-FEYRE. Union nationale des soctetes de secours mutuels et amicales des instituteurs et institutrices. Inauguration du Sanatorium de Sainte-Feyre. Lutte antituberc, Par., 1906-7, vii, no. 8, 3-30. SAINT-ETIENNE, Descos (A.) Rapport presents k TAdministration des hospices au sujet de l'isolement des tuberculeux & l'ho- pital au nom du comity medico-chirurgical. Loire med., St.-Etienne, 1905, xxiv, 68-62. SAINT LEONARD'S. Eversfield Hospital and Home for Consump- tion and Diseases of the Chest and Throat, St. Leonards-on-Sea. Annual report of the officers to the subscribers, for the year 1895. obi. 32°. [n. p., 1896.] SAINT LOUIS. Bayliss (W. M.) Missouri Sanatorium for the Treat- ment of Incipient Tuberculosis, and its legal foundation. J. Missouri M. Ass., St. Louis, 1906-7, iii, 321-324.—Iiip- sitz (S. T.) &Henske (A. C.) TheSt. Louis Municipal Tuberculosis Clinic; a clinical and statistical review of six vears' progress, with observations and conclusions. Week. Bull. St. Louis M. Soc, 1912, vi, 403. Also: 3. Mis- souri M. Ass., St. Louis, 1912-13, ix, 172-181—Porter (W.) Methods for prevention of tubercular infection at Mount St. Rose Sanatorium. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1902, xxxix, 1333. -----. Clinical studies at Mount St. Rose. Colorado M. J., Denver, 1905, xi, 233-238. SAINT-POL-SUR-MER. Vancauwenberghe. Le sanatorium de Saint Pol-sur-Mer. Lutte antituberc, Par., 1905-6, vi, no. 12, 5-15. SAINT-VIAUD. Becigneul. Sanatorium de preservation antituber- culeuse du P6-au-Midy, Saint-Viaud (Loire-InfeTieure). Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1906, 2. s., xxiv, 101-108.—Treille (A.) Le sanatorium de preservation antituberculeuse du Pe-au-Midy. Rev. me\L, Par., 1907, xvi, 788-794. SANDGATE. Folkestone (The) Public Health Congress and the Sand-ate scandal. Lancet, Lond., 1904. i, 1688; 1752: ii, 47.—Nordrach (The) Colonie Sanatorium; the bill be- fore the House of Lords and the Sandgate Sanatorium TUBERCULOSIS. 755 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Hospitals and sanatoria for), hy localities. SANDGATE—continued. scandal; what is really meant by the Nordrach open-air cure. Ibid., 1905, i, 1164; 1233.—Sandgate (The) sana- toria for the open-air treatment of consumption and other diseases of the chest. Ibid., 1903, ii, 565-569. SANKT BLASIEN. Sanatorio (II) per tubercolotici a St. Blasien (nel sud dello Schwarzwald). Guerra a. tuberc, Catania, 1902, ii, 134-136. SANKT GORAN. Carlsson (S.) Tuberkuloseabteilung des Kranken- hauses St. Goran, nebst einigen Mitteilungen fiir das Jahr 1902. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1904, V, 469-475. SANTA MARIA DE OLOST DE LLU- SANES. Kovira Brusi'nera (J.) Sanatorio Catalan para en- fermos pretubereulosos y tuberculosos en Santa Maria de Olost de Llusanes (Vieh). Gac. med. catal., Barcel., 1910, xxxvi, 41-16. SARANAC LAKE. Adirondack Cottage Sanitarium, Saranac Lake, New York. Annual reports of the offi- cers to the board of directors. 1.-27., 1885-6 to 1910-11. 16° & 12°. [New York], 18S(M911. -----. Medical supplement to annual re- ports. 21.-27. 8°. [n. p., n. d] Reception Cottage, Saranac Lake, N. Y. An- nual reports of the managers to the contribu- tors. 2., 1902-3; 3., 1903-4; 10., 1910-11. 12°. [Saranac Lake, 1903-4.] Brown (L.) A study of the cases of pulmonary tu- berculosis treated with tuberculin at the Adirondack Cot- tage Sanitarium. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1904, vi, 235; 315. -----. The ultimate test of the sanatorium treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis and its application to the results obtained in the Adirondack Cottage Sanitarium. Ibid., 1908, xii, 206-215.—Trudeau (E. L.) The Adirondac k Cottage Sani tarium for the treat- mentof incipient pulmonary tuberculosis. Canad. J.M. & S., Toronto, 1899, v, 370-380. -----. The first people's sana- torium in America for the treatment of pulmonary tuber- culosis. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1900, i, 230-239.-----. ThehistoryoftuberculousworkatSaranac Lake.N. Y. Rep. HenrvPhipps Inst., study . . . tubercu- losis, Phila., 1905, i, 12i-140, 6 pl. SAXE-WEIMAR. See, also, in this list, Berka; Jena. Servaes (C.) Ueber Aufnahme und Behandlung Tu- berkuloser in Heilstatten sowie Mittheilungen iiber Lage und Einrichtung der Sophienheilstatte. Cor.-Bl. d. allg. arztl. Ver. v. Thuringen, Weimar, 1899, xxviii, 265; 325. SCANDINAVIA. See, also, in this list, Denmark; Finland; Norway; Sweden. Williams (P. T.) Scandinavian sanatoria for tu- berculosis. Tuberculosis, Lond., 1904, iii, 52; 103. SCHLESWIG-HOLSTEIN. Klose. Eignensich Heilstatten, Genesungs-und Erho- lungsheimefiirLungenkrankefiirdie schlesischen Bader? Balneol. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1901,149; 153— Oetken. Ue- ber ErrichtungeinesVolkssanatoriumsfur Lungenkranke in der Provinz (Schleswig-Holstein). Mitth. f. d. Ver. Schlesw.-Holst. Aerzte, Kiel, 1897, n. F., vi, 45-54. SCHOMBERG. Baudach. Ist der wurttembergische Schwarzwald zur Errichtung von Hohencurorten oder Heilanstalten fiir Lungenkranke geeignet? Nebst einem kurzen Be- richt fiber die erste wurttembergische Heilanstalt fiir Lungenkranke in Sehomberg, Oberamts Neuenbiirg. Med. Cor.-Bl. d. wurttemb. arztl. Ver., Stuttg., 1893, lxiii, 25-29. -----. Jahresbericht der Heilanstalt fur Lungen- kranke in Sehomberg OA. Neuenbiirg. Ibid., 1894, lxiv, 153-155.—DiingcM (A.) Jahresbericht der siiddeutschen Heilanstalt fiir Lungenkranke zu Sehomberg O.-A. Neu- enbiirg. 7&iYL, 1905,lxxv,430-437.— Koch (A.) Jahresbe- richt des Sanatoriums Sehomberg, OA. Neuenbiirg, aiteste Heilanstalt Wiirtembergs fiir Lungenkranke, fiir das Jahr 1903; mit kurzen Bemerkungen fiber die Frequenz in den verschiedenen Jahren, iiber Tuberkulin, Winterkuren, Ansteckungsfurcht u. a. m. Ibid., 1904, lxxiv, 1055; 1079. -----. Jahresbericht des Sanatoriums Sehomberg (G. m. b. H.) Neuenbiirg, aiteste Heilanstalt Wiirtembergs fiir Lungenkranke, fiir das Jahr 1904. Ibid., 1905, lxxv, 1022; 1041. -----. Jahresbericht des Sanatoriums Sehomberg Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Hospitals and sanatoria for), hy localities. SCHOMBERG—continued. G. m. b. H. OA. Neuenbiirg, Heilanstalt fiir Lungen- kranke, fiir die Jahre LJ08 und 1909; mit therapeuti- schen Bemerkuneren (Tuberkulin, etc.) und Mittei- lungen fiber Dauererfolge. Ibid., 1911, lxxxi, 151- 155.—Schroder (G.) Die neue Heilanstalt fur Lun- genkranke in Sehomberg (Oberamt Neuenbiirg, Wiir- temberg, Schwarzwald), ihre Ziele, Lage und Ein- trichtungen. Ztschr. f. Krankenpfl., Berl., 1899, xxi, 298-302. -----. Jahresbericht der neuen Heilanstalt fiir Lungenkranke zu Sehomberg, OA. Neuenbiirg, nebst Bemerkungen zur medikamentosen Therapie der Lun- gentuberkulose. Med. Cor.-Bl. d. wurttemb. arztl. Ver., Stuttg., 1904, lxxiv, 295-304.-----. Sechster Jahresbericht der neuen Heilanstalt fiir Lungenkranke zu Sehomberg, OA. Neuenbiirg, nebst Bemerkungen zur Behandlung der oberen Luftwege des Phthisikers. Ibid., 1905, lxxv, 233- 242. -----. Achter Jahresbericht der neuen Heilanstalt fiir Lungenkranke zu Sehomberg O.-A. Neuenbiirg; nebst Bemerkungen zur Therapie der Hamoptoe. Ibid., 1907, lxxvii, 277; 301.—Schroder (G.) & Kaufmann (K.) Achter Jahresbericht der neuen Heilanstalt fiir Lungen- kranke zu Sehomberg O.-A. Neuenbiirg, nebst Bemer- kungen zur Therapie der Hamoptoe. Ibid., 277-301. -----------. Neunter Jahresbericht der neuen Heilan- stalt fiir Lungenkranke zu Sehomberg OA. Neuenbiirg. nebst Bemerkungen fiber das therapeutische, Mass von Ruhe und Arbeit bei Lungentuberkulosen. Ibid., 1910, lxxx, 561-569.-----------. Zwolfter Jahresbericht der neuen Heilanstalt fiir Lungenkranke zu Sehomberg OA. Neuenbiirg, nebst kasuistischen Beitragen zur Klinik der Tuberkulose. Anhang: Witterungsbericht des Ortes Sehomberg OA. Neuenbiirg fiber das Jahr 1910. Ibid., 1911, lxxxi, 401-106.—Schroder (G.) & Nagelsbach (W.) Dritter Jahresbericht der neuen Heilanstalt fiir Lungenkranke zu Sehomberg, OA. Neuenburg, nebst Be- merkungen zur Behandlung der Larynxtubereulose. Ibid:, 1902, lxxii, 169-176.----------. Vierter Jahresbe- richt der neuen Heilanstalt fiir Lungenkranke zu Sehom- berg, OA. Neuenburg, nebst casuistischen Beitragen zur Klinik der Tuberculose. Ibid., Ver., 1903, Ixxiii, 221-224. SCHONHOLZ. Becher (W.) Ueber Walderholungsstiitten fiir kranke Kinder, mit besonderer Beriicksich- tigung der Tuberkulosen; nach Beobachtungen in der ersten Kindererholungsstiitte vom Ro- then Kreuz in Schonholz. Hft. 1. Mittheilun- gen iiber Erholungsstatten. 8°. Berlin, 1903. -----. The same. [Leipzig dissertation.] 8°. Berlin, 1904. SCHRIESHEIM. Schutz. Lungenheilstatte Stammberg bei Sc.hries- heim a. d. B. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1904, vi, 268. SCOTLAND. See, also, in this list, Bridge-of-Wier; Dun- dee; Edinburgh; Gartloch; Glasgow; Kin- gussie; Milnathort. Napier (A.) Note on the treatment of phthisis pul- monalis in the Victoria Infirmary. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc Glasg., 1911, x, 91-99. Also: Glasgow M. J., 1911, lxxv, 241-248, 1 pl.—Nordraeh-on-Dee Sanatorium, Ban- chory, N. B. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1903, n. s., lxxvi, 115.—Nordrach-on-Dee Sanatorium on the Scottish hills. Our Hosp. & Char., Lond., 1904, i, no. 7, 12-14. SHARON. Sharon Sanitarium, Sharon, Mass. Annual reports of the directors and medical officers to the contributors. 1.-21., 1891-2 to 1910-11. 12° & 4°. Boston, 1892-1912. . Bo wditch (V. Y.) Subsequent histories of arrested cases of phthisis treated at the Sharon Sanitarium. Tr. Am. Climat. Ass., Phila., 1899, xv, 53-67. Also, Reprint. -----. Arrested tuberculosis; subsequent histories of seventy-nine arrested cases treated at the Sharon Sani- tarium from 1891 to 1902. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1903, xli, 1203-1207. Also, Reprint. -----. Subsequent histories of one hundred and sixty "arrested cases" of tubercu- losis treated at the Sharon Sanatorium 1891-1906, with the collaboration of W. A. Griffin. J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- cago, 1907, xlviii, 2016-2019. Also, Reprint.—Bowditch (V. Y.) & Griflln (W. A.) Subsequent histories of cases treated during the years 1891-1911, at the Sharon Sana- torium. Tr. Am. Climat. Ass. Phila., 1912, xxviii, 168- 177. Also: 3. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lix, 2132-2134 — (xriftin (W. A.) Weather conditions at the Sharon Sanatorium. Boston M. & S. J., 1905, clii, 428. TUBERCULOSIS. 756 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Hospitals and sanatoria for), hy localities. SHEFFIELD. Bardswell (N. D.) & Chapman (J. E.) Report on eight-months' trial of the sanatorium treatment of consumption. Quart. M. J., Sheffield, 1899-1900, viii, 152- 170,2 pl.,1 ch.—Chapman (J. E.) & Williams (R. P.) The Sheffield School Tuberculosis Dispensary. J. Roy. San. Inst., Lond., 1912-13, xxxiii, 643-648. SHERWOOD FOREST. Kansom (W. B.) The Nottinghamshire Sanatorium, Sherwood Forest. Tuberculosis, Lond., 1902, ii, 124-126, 1 pl.—Sherwood Forest Sanatorium. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1904, n. s., lxxvii, 257. S LKEBORG. Ban? (S.) Die Volksheilstatte Silkeborg in Dane- mark. Tuberculosis, Leipz., 1904, iii, 73-77. SILVER CITY. Bullock (E. S.) Report of the medical director of St. Joseph's Sanatorium to the advisory board. Med. News, X. Y., 1904, lxxxv, 963-969. SONDALO. Galli (G.) Das erste italienische Sanatorium fiir Lun- genleidende in Sondalo (oberes Veltlin). Med. Woche, Berl., 1905, vi, 105-107.—Sanatorio (II 1°) italiano in Sondalo (Alta Valtellina) del Dott. Zubiani. Ingegner. san., Torino, 1904, xv, 41-50. SORGE. liun^enheilanstalt (Die) des Johanniter-Ordens bei Sorge im Harz. Rothe Kreuz, Berl., 1902, xx, 297. SOUTH AMERICA. See, in this list, Argentine Republic; Brazil; Chile; Peru. ^ SOUTH CAROLINA. Pine Heights Sanatorium, North Augusta, S. C. [Descriptive circular.] sm. 8°. Balti- more, [n. d.]. SPAIN. See, also, in this list, Madrid; Porta Cceli; Santa Maria de Olost de Llusanes; Tene- riffe; Tolox. Cortezo. Ueber Spanische Tuberkulose-Sanatorien. Ber. ii. d. Kong. z. Bekampf. d. Tuberk. [etc.], Berl., 1899, 576.—liiipiatiez (G.) La cuesti6n de los sanato- rios para la cura de la tuberculosis. Rev. m6d. de Se- villa, 1909, Iii, 14; 33; 79; 103.—Jlartfn «iil (R.) Un sanatorio para tuberculosos pobres en los montes de Ma- laga. Independ. mfd., Barcel., 1900, xxxi, 14-17.—Pe- set y Cervera (V.) Del regimen alimenticio en los sanatorios espanoles para tuberculosos pobres. Rev. de med. y cirug. pract., Madrid, 1899, xiv, 681-691. SPEZIA. Casavecchia (E.) Relazione sulla sezione dei tubercolosi dell' ospedale di Sant' Andrea per 1' anno 1898. 8°. Spezia, 1899. STANNINGTON. Allison (T. M.) Sanatoria and sanatorium treat- ment (with special reference to the Children's Sanato- rium, Stannington). Univ. Durham Coll. Med. Gaz., Newcastle, 1908-9, ix, 101-107. STAYER. Okolicsanyi-Kuthy (D.) A st&jer tiidoveszes nepsanatorium. [The St&yer popular sanatorium for consumptives.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1906, 1, 647-649. STOCKHOLM. Potthoff (E.) Soderby. dasgrosse Lungenkranken- haus Stockholms. Tuberculosis, Berl., 1911, x, 293-297.— YVart'viniie (F. W.) Ueber den Tuberkulosepavillon beim stadtischen Krankenhause zu Sabbatsberg, Stock- holm. Tuberculosis, Leipz., 1902, i, 231-234. -----. Na- gra ord om tuberkulos och om tuberkulospaviliongen vid Sabbatsbergs sjukhus. [Ueber den Tuberkulose- Pavillon bei dem stadtischen Krankenhause zu Sabbats- berg, Stockholm. Res., 129.1 Hygiea, Stockholm, 1903, 2. f., iii, 97-130. STRALSUND. Engels. Die Einrichtung einer Fursorgestelle fiir Lungenkranke im Anschluss an die bakteriologische Untersuchungsstelle der koniglichen Regierung in Stral- sund. Ztschr. f. Med.-Beamte, Berl., 1904, xvii, 341-348. STRASSBURG. Knittel. Aerztlicher Bericht fiber die Lungenheil- statte Leopoldinenheim fiir das Jahr 1904. Strassb. med. Ztg., 1905, ii, 43-45. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Hospitals and sanatoria for), hy localities. STUBECKSHORN. liandliche (Die) Kolonie fiir Lungenkranke in Stu- beckshorn (Hannover). RotheKreuz, Berl., 1902,xx, 417. STUTTGART. Mauser. (M.) * Ueber die Begutachtung Tuberkuloser zur Aufnahme in Lungenheilstat- ten. Nach den im Marienhospital zu Stuttgart mit 100 Begutachtungen gemachten Erfahrun- gen. 8°. Tubingen, 1905. STYRIA. See, also, in this list, Gratwein; Horgas. Kraus (F.) Referat, betreffend die Errichtung einer Heilanstalt fur Tuberculose in Steiermark. Mitth. d. Ver. d. Aerzte in Steiermark, Graz, 1900, xxxvii, 133- 139.—von Kutschera (A.) Denkschrift, betreffend die Errichtung einer Heilanstalt fiir Tuberculose in Stei- ermark. Ibid., 139: 1902, xxxix, 241,—Pfeiffer (T.) Die steirische Tuberkulose - Heilstatte. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1906, xix, 1350-1352. STYRSO. SilfverskiSld (P.) Kustsjukhuset pi Styrso. [Sea hospital in Styrso.] Halsovannen, Stockholm. 1910, xxv, 289; 305. SURREY. Ockley (The) Sanatorium, Surrey. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1903, n. s., lxxvi, 530. SWEDEN. See, also, in this list, Gothenburg; Morsil; Scandinavia; Stockholm; Styrso. Carlsson (S.) Institutions tor the treatment of tu- berculosis in Sweden. Tuberculosis, Berl., 1909, viii, 133- 140.—Edgren (J.-G.) Quelques mots au sujet des sana- toriums du fondsjubilaire. In: Festskrift vid tuberkulos konferensen i Stockholm, 8°, 1909, 33-42, 2 pl.—Llnroth (K.) Die auf Kosten des Jubilaumsfonds des Konigs Oscar II. errichteten Volksheilstatten in Schweden. Ber. ii. d. Kong. z. Bekampf. d.Tuberk. [etcl. Berl., 1899,749- 752.—von PrintzskiUd. Das Heilstattenwesen in Schweden. Ibid., 740-742.—Varalungsotssanatorier och deras lakare. [Our sanatoria for tuberculosis and their physicians.] Halsovannen, Stockholm, 1902, xvii, 186- 188. SWITZERLAND. See, also, in this list, Basel; Davos; Geneva; Heiligenschwendi; Lausanne; Leysin. Egger (F.) Statistik der Lungenheilanstalten in der Schweiz fiir die Jahre 1900-1901. Ztschr. f. diatet. u. physik. Therap., Leipz., 1903, v, 173-184. — Hager. Zwei neue Schweizer-Sanatorien. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1903, iv, 257-259.—Hegi (K.) Leber die Erfolge der Heilstattenbehandlung im Hochgebirge bei den Lungenkranken des 3. Stadi- ums, nebst kritischen Bemerkungen iiber die Stadien- einteilung. Schweiz. arztl. Mitt. a. Univ.-Inst., Zurich, 1910, 18-54. — Ost (W.) Statistik der Lungenheilan- stalten in der Schweiz fiir die Jahre 1902, 1903 und 1904, und zusammenfassend iiber den fiinfiahrigcn Zeit- raum von 1900-1904. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1906, viii, 207-216.—Schmid (F.) Die Volksheilstatten fiir Tuberkulose in der Schweiz. Ber. ii. d. Kong. z. Be- kampf. d. Tuberk. [etc.], Berl., 1899, 746-748. -----. Die Verbreitung der Heilstatten fiir Tuberkulose in der Schweiz im Jahre 1902. Tuberculosis, Leipz., 1902-3, i, 261-265. -----. Die Leistungen der schweizerischen Volksheilstatten fur Tuberkulose in den Jahren 1899-1901. Ibid., 1903, ii, 261-290— Staub (H.) Ueber die in den schweizerischen Heilanstalten fiir unbemittelte Lungen- kranke erzielten Erfolge. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1903, xxxiii, 572; 597,1 diag.—Zangger (T.) Der Stand der Volksheilstattenbewegung in der Schweiz. Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1902, xxiii, 6-57-659. Also: Ver- offentl. d. Hufeland. Gesellsch. in Berl. Balneol. Ge- sellsch. 1902, xxiii, 293-300. Also, transl: Therap. Month., Phila., 1902, ii, 134-136. SZCZAWNICA. Barzycki (J.) Wyniki leczenia gruzlicy w Szczaw- nicy w roku 1902. [Treatment of tuberculosis in 1908 in Szczawnica.] Przegl. lek., Krak6w, 1908, xlvii, 672. TAITSL Iiitinski (O. A.) Ta'itskaya sanatoriya dlya chakho- tochnikh. [The Tai'tsi sanatorium for consumptives.] Sputnik zdorov., S.-Peterb., 1898-9. i, 824-826.-Pav- lowskaja (Mme. R.) Taitzi; le premier sanatorium TUBERCULOSIS. 757 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Hospitals and sanatoria for), by localities. TAlTSl—continued. suburbain pour les tuberculeux necessitex en Russieu. Rev. de la tuberculose. Par., 1899, vii, 205-214. -----. Die Heilstatte Taitzi (Russland). Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heil- stattenw., Leipz., 1902, iii, 344. TAMBORAQUE. Dulanto (D.).Odriozolo (E.) & AvendaHo (L.) Sanatorium de Tamboraque; informe de la comisi6n tec- nica nombrada por la Facultad de medicina a solicitud de la Sociedad de beneficencia pdblica de Lima. Cr6n. med., Lima, 1903, xx, 3; 29. TANNWALD. Heller '.t-2'.t7.—Li- vlerato (S.) & Crossonini (E.) Studi su^-i e-sudati tubercolari umani considerati in rapporto alia immunita. Ann. d. Ist. Maragliano p. la cura d. tuberc [etc.], Genova, 1910, iv, 137-149. Also: Gazz. d. osp., Mi- lano, 1911, xxxii, 33-36. Also, transl: Centralbl. f. Bak- teriol. [etc.], 1. Abt, Jena, 1911, lviii, Orig., 139-147.— Lowenstein (E.) Der gegenwartige Stand der For- schungsergebnisse iiber Tuberkuloseimmunitiit. Tuber- culosis, Berl., 1907, vii, 287-299. -----. Ueber Antikorper bei Tuberkulose. Handb. d. Techn. u. Methodik d. Im- munitiitsforsch., Jena, 1911, Ergnzngsbd. i, 560-591.—Lo- wenstein (E.) & Bappoport (E.) Bemerkung zu dem Aufsatze des Prof. E. Neisser: Die Schlusstabelle in der Arbeit: Ueber den Mechanismus der Tuberkulinim- munitiit, von E. Lowenstein und E. Rappoport. Beitr. z. Klin.d. Tuberk.,Wiirzb.,1905, iii,417-426.—Lyman(D.R.) Immunity in tuberculosis. Yale M. J., N. Haven, 1906-7, xiii, 281; 327; 368—McFadyean(J.) Further experiments regarding the immunisation of cattle against tuberculosis. J. Comp. Path. & Therap.,Eding. &Lond., 1902, xv, 60-71.— Magnant (E.) De la vaccination antituberculeuse intra-uterine; immunite par la mere phtisique k son en- fant. Rev. m6d. de Test, Nancy, 1902, xxxiv, 74-86.— Malvoz (E.) Tuberculose et immunite. Ann. Soc. med.-chir. de Liege, 1902, xli, 505-547.—Man fred 1 (L.) & Frisco (B.) I gangli linfatici nella difesa dell' or- ganismo contro la tubercolosi. Atti d. r. Accad. d. sc. med. di Palermo, 1901, 240-326. Also: Policlin., Roma, 1902, ix, sez. chir., 245; 293; 337. Also, transl. [Abstr.l: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1902, xxxii, Referate, 296-306.— Maragliano (E.) Importance de la refracteriete organique contre la tuberculose et moyens utiles a la developper. Internat. Tuberk.-Konf. 1902. Ber., Berl., 1903, i, 384. -----. La lucha y la inmuniza- ci6n del organismo contra la tuberculosis. Rev. de med. y cirug. pract., Madrid, 1903, lix, 377; 417. Also, transl: Med. News, N. Y., 1903, lxxxiii, 1-8. Also, transl: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1903, xl, 563; 593. -----. Immunita e immunizzazione contro la tubercolosi; conferenza del Prof. Edoardo Maragliano, tenuta agli Istituti clinici di perfezionamento in Milano la domenica del 13 giugno 1909. Ann. d. Ist. Maragliano p. la cura d. tuberc. [etc.], Genova, 1908-9, iii, 195-210.—Mar kl. Ueber die Ab- wehrkrafte des Organismus gegen tuberkulose Infektion. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1905, lv, 2249-2252.—Massino (G.) Immunitd, e tubercolosi. Tommasi, Napoli, 1907, ii, 614-618.—Matson (R. C.) Tuberculosis immunity. Northwest Med., Seattle, 1910, n. s., ii, 236-240.—Mays (T. J.) Some new points of least resistance in the con- sumption-diathesis. Physician & Surg., Detroit & Ann Arbor, 1905, xxvii, 385-391.—Metalnikoff (S. I.) K voprosu ob immunitetle po otnosheniyu k tuberkuloznol infektsii. [On immunity to tuberculous infection.] Arch. biol. nauk . . ., S.-Peterb., 1907-8, xiii, 163-199. Also, transl: Areh. d. sc. biol., St.-Petersb., 1907-8, xiii, 169-206.—Mitchell (W. C.) & Crouch (H.C.£ The in- fluence of sunlight on tuberculous sputum in Denver; a study as to the cause of the great degree of immunity against tuberculosis enjoyed by those living in high alti- tudes. J. Path. & Bacteriol., Edinb. & Lond., 1899, vi, 14r-31.—Moussu. A propos des proprietes du serum de chevaux hyperimmuns. Bull. Soc. centr. d. med. v6t., Par., 1911, Ixxxviii, 252-254.—Neisser (E.) Die Schluss- tabelle in der Arbeit: Ueber den Mechanismus der Tu- berkulinimmunitiit, von E. Lowenstein und E. Rappo- port. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1905, iii, 325- 329.—Neuleld (F.) Zur Immunisierung gegen Tuber- kulose. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1904, xxx, 1241.—Nichols (J. L.) Studies on immunity in tuberculosis. An histological study of the lesions of im- munized rabbits. Nat. Ass. Study & Prevent. Tubercu- losis. Trans., N. Y., 1906, i, 149-156. [Discussion], 157; 163. Also: Med. News, N. Y., 1905, lxxxvii,638-641.—von Niessen. Ein Protest gegen Koch's Tuberculosierung. Wien. med. W2hnschr., 1902, Iii, 215-220.—Nourry (C.) & Michel (C.) Immunisation contre la tuberculose par les injections sous-cutanees de liquide testiculaire. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Immunity from). Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1892, 9. s., iv, 507.— Omelchenko (F. Z.) Danniya opitov nad predraspo- lozheniyem i nevospriimchivostyu k bugorchatkle. [Data obtained from experiments on predisposition to and immunity from tuberculosis.J Vrach, St. Petersb., 1900, xxi, 875.—Ouspensky (D.-M.) Action exerc6o par 1'emulsion testiculaire sur Involution de la tubercu- lose. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1892, 9. s., iv, 518- 524.—Pliisalix (C.) Resistance du herisson a la tuber- culose humaine. lWd.,1900,11. s., ii, 776-778.—Potten- ger (F. M.) The prevalence of tuberculosis, and meas- ures for increasing the individual resistance to its attacks. Medicine, Detroit, 1903, ix, 656-662.-----. Im- munity in tuberculosis considered from both the ex- perimental and clinical standpoint. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1910, lxxvii, 1042-1046.—Ban some (A.) On certain bodily conditions resisting phthisis. Med. Chron., Man- chester, 1903, 4. s., v, 16-28.—Bendu. [Rechercher s'il cxiste chez l'homme des constitutions r6fractaires a la tuberculose et en fournir la preuve.l [Rap.] Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1898, 3. s., xl, 235-240.— Bieher (A. J.) The r61e played by resistance in pul- monary tuberculosis. Tr. Am. Climat. Ass., Phila., 1912, xxviii, 178-192.—Komer (P. H.) Weitere Versuche fiber Immunitat gegen Tuberkulose durch Tuberkulose, zu- gleich ein Beitrag zurPhthisiogenese. Beitr.z.Klin.d.Tu- berk., Wiirzb., 1909, xiii, 1-63, 2 pl. -----. Experimentell- kritische Untersuchung zur Frage der Tuberkulose- Immunitat. Ztschr. f. Infektionskr. . . . d. Haustiere, Berl., 1909, vi, 393-405. -----. Tuberkulose-Immunitat. Med.-krit. Bl. in Hamb., 1910, i, 5-20.-----. Ueber Im- munitat gegen "naturliche" Infektion mit Tuberkel- bazillen. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1912, xxii, 265-300.—Bonier (P. H.) lilt (W. H.) Treatment of incipient tuberculosis. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1908-9, xiii, 4y"..—Branmell (B.) The difficulty that there is, in some cases, in diag- nosing early phthisis. Stud. clin. med., Edinb., 1889-90, i, 153-156.-----. Early phthisis; the diagnosis of early phthisis. Clin. Stud., Edinb., 1904-5, iii, 44-50.—Brande (M ) [etal] How do you make an early diagnosis of pulmonary tuberculous disease? N. York M J. [etc] 1909, lxxxix, 1312: xc, 22; 71; lis.—Brandenburg ((' j Ueberdie Friihdiagnose der Lunsrentuberculose und die Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Incipient). Auswahl der Kranken furdie Lungenheilstatten. Med- Reform, Berl., 1902, x, 455.—Brclol. Des resultats four. nis par i'etude de la temperature pour le diagnostic pre- coee de la tuberculose. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1909, lxxxii, 301.—Brem (W. V.) Concerning the diagnosis of early pulmonary tuberculosis. Proc. Canal Zone M. Ass., Mount Hope, C. Z., 1910-11, iii, pt. 2. 73-S9. Also: 3. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, lvi, 1631-10;;:> — Brinton (W.) The early symptoms of tuberculosis and how they may be developed when the applicant attempts to conceal them. N. York M.J. [etc.], 1906, lxxxiv, 17-20.—Brown (L.) The early physical signs of pulmonary .tuberculosis. Med. News. N. Y., 1904, lxxxv, 721-728. -----. The early diagnosis of pulmonary tuberculosis. Albany M. Ann., 1908, xxix, 323-332. -----. The diagnosis of early pulmo- nary tuberculosis. N. York State J. M., N. Y., 1908, viii, 234-237.—Bru (L.) Pour servir au diagnostic precoee et a l'6tude de la pathogenie de la tuberculose pulmonaire. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1910, xvii, 170-182.— liii lire (B.) Om diagnos af borjande lungsot. [The diagnosis or incipient phthisis.] Hygiea, Stockholm, 1901, n. f., i, pt. 2, 606-615.—Burckhardt (O.) Sur un symptdme precoee de la phtisie pulmonaire. Rev. inter- nat. de la tuberc, Par., 1903, ii. 483.—Burroughs (J. A.) The value of some of the early symptoms of pulmo- nary tuberculosis. Charlotte [N. C] M. J., 1902, xxi, 263. -----. Physical characteristics and their value in their early diagnosis of pulmonary tuberculosis. Med. Exam. & Pract., N. Y., 1906, xvi, 333-335— Butler (C.) Los nuevos me4odos para el diagn6stico precoz de la tu- berculosis pulmonar. Rev. med. d. Uruguav, Montevideo, 1907, x, 151-157. — Butterlicld (E. H.) The early diagnosis of pulmonary tuberculosis. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1908, xiii, 529-534. -----. A brief report of cases of early pulmonary tuberculosis treated by different tuberculins. Ibid., 1909, xvi, 267-274.— Calloway (A. W.) A clinical study of pulmonary tu- berculosis. Med. Century, Chicago, 1908, xvi, 71.—Cal- mette (A.) Neue Methoden zur Fruhdiagnose der Tu- berkulose. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1908, xxxiv, 1707-1713. ----—. The early diagnosis of tu- berculosis; its importance in regard to efficacy of treat- ment. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1909, ii, 528-530— Canfield (VV. B.) The early detection of pulmonary consump- tion. Maryland M. J., Bait., 1889-90, xxii, 241-243. Also, Reprint.—Carcassonne (P.) De l'atrophie des masses musculaires scapulo-thoraciques dans la tuberculose pul- monaire, principalement au d6but; valeur diagnostique; pathogenie. Arch. gen. de m6d., Par., 1900, n. s., iii, 226- 250.—Cattle (C. H.) On the diagnosisof incipient con- sumption and the cases suitable for sanatoria. Practi- tioner, Lond., 1904, lxxii, 218-234.—Caussldou. Sur un nouveausigned'auscultation dans les periodesprecocesde la tuberculose pulmonaire. Assoc, franc pour l'avance. d. sc. C.-r., Par., 1889, xviii. pt. 2,839-841—Ceraulo (S.) L' adenopatia ascellare nella diagnosi della tubercolosi incipiente. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1903, xxiv, 654.—de CHampeaux(P.) Une cause inattendue deletion pul- monaire offrant les caracteres de la tuberculose au debut. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1900, i, 401^06.— Cliapin (C. W.) Incipient tuberculosis; diagnosis and treatment Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1910, xviii, 38-41.— Charlesworth (I. E.) The early diagnosis of pul- monary tuberculosis. J. Med. Soc. N. Jersey, Orange, 1911-12, viii, 283-289.—CHavigny. Les palpitations car- diaques du d6but de la tuberculose pulmonaire. Bull. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Lyon, 1903, ii,240.—Cheney (W. F.) The early diagnosis of pulmonary tuberculosis. Am. Med., Phila., 1904, viii, 724-726— Clunelicck-Luhau (T. F.) Early sign of tuberculosis. Phila. M. J., 1900, v, 1168.— Chupin. Simulation et diagnostic precoee de la tuber- culose pulmonaire au delout. Soc. de m6d. mil. franc. Bull., Par., 1910, iv, 269-271.—Claisse (P.) Le diagnostic precoee de la tuberculose pulmonaire par l'auscultation. Clinique, Par., 1908, iii, 725— Clapp (H. C.) The dan- gers of the microscope in the early diagnosis of pulmon- ary tuberculosis. Am. Med., Phila., 1904, viii, 1010-1012. -----. On the importance of early diagnosis in cases of pulmonary tuberculosis. Boston M. & S. J., 1906, cliv, 65.— Clarke (F. S.) The early diagnosis of pulmonary tu- berculosis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1904, lxv, 55— Claude (H.) ErythSme scarlatiniforme pr^tuberculeux et infection tu- bereuleuse suraigue. Rev. de la tuberculose, Par., 1902, ix, 261-270—Claytor (T.A.) The early diagnosis of pul- monary tuberculosis. Wash. M. Ann., 1904-5, iii, 316-321. Also, Reprint.—Cochrane (W. R.) The diagnosis of initial stages of pulmonary tuberculosis. J. Tuberc, Asheville, N. C, 1900, ii, 7-13— Coffmann (W. H.) The earlv diagnosis of pulmonary tuberculosis with especial reference to svmptoms. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1907, lxxxv, 203-208.—Coiiibemale & Bavlart. Diagnostic pre- coee de la tuberculose pulmonaire par la tuberculine; 6tats g£neraux et eruptions que comporte parfois la reac- tion. Bull. med. du nord, Lille, 1896, xxxv, 593-604.— C'oiinlfi'(R. E.) Earlv diagnosis in tuberculosis. Iowa M. J., Des Moines, 1909-10, xvi, 561-563. — Contl (A.) Sulla diagnosi precoee della tubercolosi polmonare. Gazz.med. di Torino, 1900, li, 609-516.— p.0oAii eis top 7rpo<£uju.aTiuJSr) nvperov. TaTpi/crj npooSo';, Ef 2upu>. 1906, xi,161. Also, transl: Grece med., Syra,1907,ix, 1'.).—Kar- polt'(G. Y.) K voprosu o raspoznavanii rannikh •-tadiy buirorchatavo zabolievaniya lyokhkikh. [Hininio-N of early stages of pulmonary phthisis.] Dnevnik syezda obsh. russk. vrach. v pamyat Pirogova, S.-Peterb., 188S-9, iii. 327-330.—Keating (E.) Points in the early diagno- sis of pulmonary tuberculosis. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1908, TUBERCULOSIS. 765 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary. Incipient). lxxxvii, 528-530. Also, Reprint.— Kii«g (H. M.) Algu- nos puntos referentes al diagn6stico precoz dela tubercu- losis pulmonar. Rev. med. cubana, Habana, 1908, xii, 57-66.—Kinghorn (H. M.) The early diagnosis of pul- monarv tuberculosis. Montreal M. J., 1903. xxxii, 335- 348.—Klebs (A. C), Musser (J. H.) [et al.]. Report of the committee on early diagnosis of tuberculosis. Nat. Ass. Study A Prevent. Tuberculosis. Trans., N. Y., 1906, i, 268-280. Also: Am. Med., Phila., 1905,ix, 1000.—Kline (R.J.) Early diagnosis and management of pulmonary tuberculosis. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1906, xi, 97-102.—Knobel (W. B.) The early diagnosis of phthisis. Midland M. J., Birmingh., 1910, ix, 34-39.— Knopf (S. A.) Early recognition of pulmonarv tuber- culosis J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1899, xxxiii, 1445-1450. Also, Reprint. -----. Die Friiherkennung der Tubercu- lose. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1900, i, 100; 187. Also, Reprint. See, also, infra, Weicker. -----. A clinical lecture on early diagnosis and prognosisof pul- monary tuberculosis. Med. Exam. . %vpui, 1904, ix, 8-10.—Mariani (F.) Le diagnostic precocede la tuber- culose. Bull, de l'Ass. internat. d. med.-exp. de comp. d'assur., Brux., 1905, iv, 284-305.—Marrs (W. T.) The early signs of tuberculosis. Pacific M. J., San Fran., 1908, li, 285.—Martin (S.) A clinical lecture on the modes of commencement of phthisis (pulmonary tuberculosis). Clin. J., Lond., 1895-6, vii, 302-307. -----. A clinical lec- ture on the early diagnosis of pulmonary tuberculosis. Ibid., 1896-7, ix, 193-196.—Martius (F.) Die friihzeitige Feststellung des Vorhandenseins einer Veranlagung zur Tuberkulose, insbesondere zur Lungentuberkulose. Ber. u. Verhandl. d. internat. Kong. f. Versicher.-Med., Berl., 1906. 5-17. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Med. Exam. & Pract., N. Y., 1906, xvi, 273.—Matcos (J. P.) Diagn6stico pre- coz de la tuberculosis. Cr6n. med. mexicana, Mexico, 1908, xi, 284; 312.—Matson (H. S.) Early tuberculosis. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1912, xlvii, 273-275, 2 ch.— Meissen (E.) Ueber die friihe Erkennung der Lungen- tuberkulose. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1898, xii, 589-595.— Menard. Impossibility du diagnostic precoee de la tu- berculose pulmonaire a l'aide des rayons de Rontgen. Bull, med., Par., 1911, xxv, Suppl., pp. xlv-li.— Meyer (W.) The early diagnosis of phthisis. N. York State J. M., N. Y., 1908, viii, 239-242.—Mignon (M.) Nouvelles observations sur l'emploi du diapason dans l'exploration du thorax, particulierement dans le diagnostic de la tu- berculose. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 390-395.—Miller I A. F.) The diagnosis of early pul- monarv tuberculosis. Maritime M. News, Halifax, 1908, xx, 413^417.—Miner (C. H.) The diagnosis and progno- sis of early pulmonary tuberculosis. Tr. Luzerne Co. M. Soc, Wilkesbarre, 1903, xi, 50-57. Also: Penn. M. J., Pitts- burg, 1902-3, vi. 512-516. -----. The early diagnosis of pulmonary tuberculosis. Penn. M. J., Athens, 1909-10, xiii, 756-761— Minor (C. L.) The value of a study of the apical outline in the diagnosisof incipient pulmonary tuberculosis. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1906, n. s., exxxii, 522-526.—Mitulescu (I.) Semnele sigure de diagnostic in tuberculosa pulmonara incepinda. [Cer- tain diagnostic signs of incipient pulmonary tuberculo- sis.] Spitalul, Bucuresci, 1904, xxiv, 229-235.—Moritz (S.) On the diagnosis of early pulmonary tuberculosis. Med. Chron., Manchester, 1907, xlvi, 73-97.—Morris (E.) Diagnosis of incipient pulmonary tuberculosis. Kentucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1911-12, x, 391-394.— Morse (L. B.) Pulmonary tuberculosis: the persistent need of earlier diagnosis. J. South Car. M. Ass., Charles- ton, 1910, x. 242-245.—Most! (R.) Un nuovo metodo per la delimitazione plessimetrica posteriore desli apici pol- monarifmetododellatriangolazione). Cesalpino,Arezzo, 1911, vii, 361-373—Muccini (9.— Pegurier. Les nouveaux ele- ments du diagnostic precoee de la tuberculose pulmo- naire. Rev. internnt.de la tuberc, Par.,1902, i, 323-338.— Pelton (H. H.) The diagnosis of incipient pulmonary tuberculosis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1910, lxxviii, 573-577. Also: Canad. Pract. & Rev., Toronto, 1911. xxxvi, 29-39.— Penn (G. W.) Incipient pulmonarv tuberculosis, with special reference to treatment. Memphis M. Month., 1899, xix, 389-395.—Perkins (J.) The diagnosis of in- cipient pulmonarv tuberculosis. Boston M. & S. J., 1904, cli, 627-629.—Perkins (J. J.) The early diagnosis of pulmonary tuberculosis. Practitioner, Lond., 1901, lxvii, 69-79.—Peters (Le R. S.) A few points on the early diagnosis of tuberculosis. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1909, xc, 642-646— Pet ruse hky (3.) Die experimentelle Friih- diagnose der Tuberkulose. Gesundheit, Leipz., 1900, xxv, 77-79. -----. Sui eriteri sperimentali per la diag- nosi precoee della tubercolosi. Guerra a. tuberc, Ca- tania, 1903, iii, 85-87. -----. Spintlgie als Fruhsvmptom tuberkuloser Infekti. v. de therap. med.-chir., Par., 1910, lxxvii, 361; 397.—Roth (E.) In welcher Weise konnen die offentlichen Krankenanstalten fur die Feststellung beginnender Tuberkulose nutzbar gemacht werden? Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl., 1904, x, 28-30.—Roussel. Le signe de la douleur et les reflexes thoraciques dans la periode de,deT>ut de la tuberculose pulmonaire. Loire m£d., St.-Etienne, 1900, xix, 53-67. Also: Echo med., Toulouse, 1900, 2. s., xiv, 265; 289.— Russell (C. R.) Early diagnosis of tuberculosis. Med. Fortnightly, St. Louis, 1906, xxix, 123.—Russell (J. F.) The management of exacerbations in the course of pulmonarv tuberculosis. Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1903. xviii, 978-991. —Salisbury (J. H.) The diagnosis of incipient phthisis. Chicago Clinic, 1899, xii, 430-433.—Salvini (G.) La diagnosi precoee della tubercolosi polmonare. Tribuna med., Milano, 1903, ix, 324-335.—Santa Marfa y Rustamante (M.) De las respiraciones anomales loealizadas en los vertices pulmo- nales, como signos de gran valor en el diagnostico de la tuberculosis pulmonal comun incipiente. Siglo m6d., Madrid, 18<»2, xxxix, 418—Saugman (C.) Die Diag- nose der Phtisis incipiens. Verhandl. d. 6. nord. Kong. f. inn. Med., Skagon, 1909, Stockholm, 1910, 28-57. [Dis- cussion], 67-65.—Scarborough (H. V.) Early diag- nosis of tuberculosis. Iowa M. J.. Des Moines. 1910-11, xvii, 591-599.—Schaffer. Zur Friihdiagnose der Lun- gen-Tuberculose. Prakt. Arzt, Wetzlar, 1906, xlvi, 217- 224.—Scherer (A.) Die Friihdiagnose der Lungentu- berkulose. Reichs-Med.-Anz., Leipz., 1905, xxx, 104- 108— Schmey (F.) Ueber die Friihdiagnose der Lun- gentuberkulose. Tuberculosis, Berl., 1911, x, 457-469.— Schmorl. Zur Frage der beginnenden Lungentuber- kulose. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1901, xlviii, 1995.— Sehober(P.) Die Fruhdiagnose der Lungentubercu- lose nach den Verhandlungen.des letzten Welt-Tubercu- losecongresses in Paris. Heilkunde, Berl. u. Wien, 1905, 534-536.—Schorer (E. H.) Early positive diagnosis of tuberculosis and use of tuberculin in diagnosis and treat- ment. J. Missouri M. Ass., St. Louis, 1908-9, v, 263-272.— Schultes. Fruhdiagnose der Lungentuberkulose. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1912, xxxviii, 1597-1599.—Schwalm. Welche Bedeutung haben die neueren Untersuchungsmethoden zur Fruhdiagnose der Lungentuberkulose fiir den praktischen Arzt? Med. Klin., Berl., 1911, vii, 481-486.—Sergent (E.) Dans quelle region du sommet faut-il chercher les premiers signes physiques de la tuberculose pulmonaire? Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1912, 3. s., xxxiii, 845- 852. Also: Monde med., Par., 1912, xxii, 1121-1132. See, also, supra, Ribadeau-Dumas. — Sewall (H.) & Childs (S. B.) A comparison of physical signs and X-ray pictures of the chest in early stages of tuber- culosis. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1912, xxvii, 48- 71, 4pl. Also: Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1912, x, 45-67. Also, Reprint.—Sexton (L.) The early diagnosis and treatment of phthisis pulmonalis. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1906-7, lix, 298-311. Also: Charlotte LN. C] M. J., 1907, xxx, 65-70.—Shearer (T. L.) The early recognition of pulmonary tuberculosis. Homceop. Eye, Ear & Throat J., N. Y., 1898, iv, 305-311— Shepard (C.A.) Early diagnosis in tuberculosis. Lancet Clinic, Cincin., 1911, cvi, 288-290.— Simoes (A.) Novo signal de diagnose precoee da tu- berculose pulmonar. Brazil-med., Rio de Jan., 1904, xviii, 53; 63.—Singer. Ueber Venenentzundung als Friih- symptom der Lungentuberkulose. Wien. med. Wchn- schr., 1903, liii, 601-604.—Slracott" (G.) Ein wichtiges ausserliches Symptom der beginnenden Lungen- und Bronchialdriisentuberkulose. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1907, xi, 410.—Smith (Q. C.) The importance of the early recognition of apex catarrh, as being indicative of incipient phthisis pulmonalis. Nashville J. M. &S., 1896, lxxx, 151-153.— Snader (E. R.) On the impossibility of diagnosing phthisis pulmonalis in the earlier stages with certainty, without the evidence afforded by physical signs. Hahneman. Month., 1893, xxviii, 155-164. Also, Reprint.—Sognies. Diagnostic precoee dela tubercu- lose par les nouvelles methodes; du signe de Williams. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 396.—von Sokolowskt (A.) Diagnose und Therapie der begin- nenden Lungentuberkulose mit Hilfe moderner diagnos- tischer und therapeutischer Methoden, vom klinischen Staudpunkte aus dargestellt. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1909, xlvi, 1880-188).—Solly (S. E.) Neglect of the early diagnosis and treatment of pulmonarv tuber- culosis. Mud. News, Phila., 1893, lxii, 117-120. Also, Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Incipient). Reprint. —dc Sonza (C.) Os primeiros signaes da tuberculosepulmonar (diagnostico precoee). Gaz. clin., S. Paulo, 1906, iv, 96 103. — Npendlove ( F. M. R.) Some observations upon the nature, symptoms, and treat- ment of the pretubereular stage of pulmonary consump- tion. Canada M. Rec, Montreal, 1892-3, xxi, 217-224.— Spitta (H. R. D.) An account of some experiments in connection with Dr. Marmorek's method for the early diagnosis of tuberculosis. J. Path. & Bacteriol., Edinb. & Lond., 1906, xi, 383-393.—Squire (J. E.) The early recognition of pulmonary tuberculosis. Med.Mag.,Lond., 1901, x, 321-332, lpl. -----. On early pulmonarv consump- tion. Polyclin., Lond., 1904, viii, 119-121.—Stark (N. N.) The diagnosisof incipient pulmonary tuberculosis. Med. Times, N. Y., 1910, xxxviii, 361.—Stengel (A.) The early diagnosis of pulmonarv tuberculosis. Penn. M. J., Athens, 1910-11, xiv, 712-720— Stcphan(B. H.) Dediag- nose van tuberculosis incipiens. Geneesk. Bl. u. Klin. en Lab. v. de prakt., Haarlem, 1898, v, 239-277.—Sterling (S.) O wczesnych objawach przewleklyeh suchotpluc- nych. [Early symptoms of chronic pulmonary phthisis.] Czasopismo lek., Lodz, 1900,ii,53-58.—Stewart (A.) The early recognition of consumption; a plea to the profes- sion. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1909, xxviii, 178-181.— Stoll (H. F.) The diagnosis and differential diagnosis of incipient pulmonary tuberculosis. Med. News, N. Y., 1905, lxxxvii, 544-547. -----. Why is incipient pulmonary tuberculosis so rarely recognized? A study of 150 cases. Yale M. J., N. Haven, 1908-9, xv, 335-348.—Strauss (H.) Ueber die Wege zur Fruhdiagnose der Lungentuberculose. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1900, xxx vii, 544-547.—Stroh bach (G.) Early diagnosis of phthisis pulmonalis in adole- scents. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1907, n. s., lviii, 492-498.— Strong (R.J. C.) The early diagnosis of consumption. Wisconsin M. J., Milwaukee, 1905-6, iv, 393-401.— Stubbs (W. P.) The early diagnosis of pulmonary tuberculosis. Maryland M. J., Bait., 1905, xlviii, 168-172.—Syers (H. W.) The detection of phthisis in its earliest stage. Clin. J., Lond., 1902, xx, 70-74 —Tartiere (E.) Diagnostic pre- coee de la tuberculose au moyen des pes£es fr6quentes; symptomesdudeLut; hvgicnedepr^servation. Rev.nnkL, Par., 1905, xiv, 244-2IX.— Terray (P.) Ueber die Diag- nostik der beginnenden Lungentuberkulose. Pest, med.- chir. Presse, Budapest, 1912, xlviii, 309; 317.—Terrile (E.) La diagnosi precoee della tubercolosi polmonare. Cong. med. region, ligure 1899. Atti, Genova, 1900, 113-128.—Terry (J. A. ) The diagnosis of incipient phthisis. N. Am. J. Homceop., N. Y., 1890, 3. s., v, 297-301. — Tessier (J.) De Falbuminurie pretuber- culeuse. Semaine m<5d., Par., 1896, xvi, 9-11. Also, transl: Med. Week, Par., 1896, iv, 37-40.—Tetau (J.) Methode du diagnostic precoee du terrain de predisposi- tion k la tuberculose pulmonaire par I'etude de la tem- perature moyenne de l'homme. Bull. g<5n. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1901, cxii, 744-752.—Tewksbury (W. D.) Early diagnosis and treatmentof pulmonary tuberculosis. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1909-10, xiv, SOS- SOS. -----. Pulmonary tuberculosis; its early diagnosis and subsequent management. Old Dominion J. M. & S., Richmond, 1910, x, 178-184.— Thibau It. Signes du d6but de la tuberculose pulmonaire, chronique, reguliere, manifeste. Anjou med., Angers, 1899, vi, 204-215.— Thiltges. Du diagnostic pr6coce de la tuberculose pul- monaire. Bull, de l'Ass. internat. d. m^d.-exp. decomp. d'assur., Brux., 1904, iii, 213-229.—Thomayer (J.) K diagnosetuberkulosy plicni v casnem obdobi. [La valeur de la methode physicale, dans le diagnostic de la phtisie commencante. R6s., 213-215.] Sborn. klin., v Praze, 1901-2, iii, 201-213. -----•. Rozpoznawanie pierwszych okres6w rozwoju grufclicy pluc [Diagnosis of the first stages of phthisis.] Now. lek., Poznaii, 1904, xvi, 48-52.— Thomson (H. H.) The early diagnosisof pulmonary tuberculosis. Lancet,ILond.,|1903, i, 231-233— Tillinann (J.) Die spezifische Diagnostik der beginnenden Lun- gentuberkulose. Verhandl. d. 6. nord. Kong.f. inn. Med., Skagen, 1909, Stockholm, 1910, 18-27.— Tinozzi (S.) Delia transonanza plessimetrica del torace applicata alia diagnosi dellatubercolosipolmonare incipiente. Riforma med., Palermo, 1900, xvi, pt.3, 507; 519; 531; 542.—Troup (F.) The diagnosis of early phthisis by the microscope. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Edinb., 1887-8, n. s., vii, 206-215.— Trudeau (E. L.) The importance of a recognition of the significance of early tuberculosis in its relation to treatment. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1901, xvi, 113-118. Also: Med. News, N. Y., 1901, lxxviii, 1013.— Tiidos (K.) A tiidov6sz korai felismerese. [The early diagnosis of phthisis.] Budapesti orv. ujsag, 1905, iii, 1061-1065. Also, transl: Pest, med.-chir. Press , Budapest, 1906, xlii, 493; 517: 541.—Turban. Das erste klinische Stadium der Lungentuberculose. Atti d. xi. Cong. med. internaz., Roma, 1894, iii, med. int., 329.—Tyndale (J. H.) The pre-tubercular condition. Tr. Am. Climat. Ass. 1891, Phila., 1892, viii, 180-183. Also: Climatologist, Phila., 1892, ii, 219-222. -----. The skirmish line of incip- ient tuberculosis. J. Tuberc, Asheville, 1901, iii, 313-316. -----. The very earliest manifestations of pulmonarv tu- berculosis. Ibid., 1903, v, 940-943.—fllricl (H.) Ueber die Diagnose der beginnenden Lungentuberkulose. TUBERCULOSIS. '68 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Incipient). Reichs-Med.-Anz., Leipz., 1912, xxxvii, 165; 196.—Unter- berger (S. F.) K voprosu o rannikh simptomakh lyo- khochnol chakhotki. [Early symptoms of pulmonary phthisis.l Prakt. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1906, v, 283; 301. -----. Herz-Lebervergrosserung, ein Fruhsymptom der Schwindsucht. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xiv, 2058 — (pliant iC. H.) The earlv direction of rales in phthisis. Brit. M. J.. Lond., 1904, i, 137t).—Vphain (J. H. J.) Indi- cations of incipient phthisis. Columbus M. J., 1902, xxvi, 563-569.—Ure (Edith). A plea for the early diag- nosis and treatment of incipient phthisis by tuber- culin. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1911, xxx, 20-24.— Utley (J. H.) The diagnosis and treatmentof incipient phthisis. Tr. M. Soc. Calif., San Fran., 1892,21-32.—Val- low (H.) Apical percussion in the diagnosis of early pulmonary tuberculosis. Brit. J. Tuberculosis, Lond., 1912, vi, 79-85.—Van Baun (W. W.) Cases illustrating the importance of the early recognition of pulmonary in- vasion. Tr. Homneop. M. Soc. N. Y., 1899, xxxiv, 36-42.— Villaret(M.)&Tixier (L.) Le diagnostic clinique de la tuberculose pulmonaire chronique au debut. Rev. de la tuberculose, Par., 1910, 2. s., vii, 36-79.—Vires (J.) fetudes pratiques et generates sur la tuberculose; diag- nostic de la tuberculose au dfibut. Montpel. m6d., 1903, xvi, 625; 654: xvii, 6. -----. Diagnostic precoee de la tu- berculose. Ibid., 1907, xxiv, 339; 363; 436: xxv, 169; 193; 217; 241; 265: xxix, 409-427.-----■. Diagnostic de la tu- berculose au debut. Ibid., 1908, xxvi, 217; 247; 273.— Von Ruck (K.) The causes for failure in the di- agnosis of the early stage of pulmonary tuberculosis. Gaillard's M. J., N. Y., 1891, liii, 301-308.—Von Ruck (S.) The early diagnosis of pulmonary tuberculosis. Tr. M. Soc. N. Car , Charlotte, 1902, xlix, 188-195. Also: Buffalo M. J., 1902-3, n. s., xlii, 77-83. —Voskre- senski (S. A. ) O priznakakh prebugorchatki i yeya otnoshenii k nervnol sistemle. [Symptoms of pre- tuberculosis and its relation to the nervous svstem ] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1908, vii, 1030-1035 —Walsh (J. J.) The early diagnosis of pulmonarv tuberculosis. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1904, 14. s., i, 75-87. Also: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1908, lxxiv, 479-482. -----. Pulmonary tuber- culosis as an infectious disease; its early diagnosis. Med. News, N. Y., 1901, lxxxiv, 682-685. -----. Early diag- nosis and treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis. N. York State J. M., N. Y., 1905, v, 50-54.—Walterhofer (F.) Zur Friihdiagnose der Lungentuberkulose. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1911, xxi, 189-199.—Watkins (A. A.) The general practitioner and the incipient case of pulmonary tuberculosis. Penn. M. J., Athens, 1909-10, xiii, 766-769— Weaver (B. P.) Early diagnosis of pul- monary tuberculosis. Fort Wayne M. J.-Mag , 1905, xxv, 357-367.—Weaver (H. B.) Problems in the study of the etiology and pathology of pulmonary tuberculosis upon which is based the early diagnosis of the disease. Tr. M. Soc N. Car., Raleigh, 1903, 1, 244-261. Also: Char- lotte [N. C] M. J., 1903, xxiii, 166-173.—Webster (G. VV.) The earlv diagnosis of pulmonary tuberculosis. Med. Exam., N. Y., 1900, x, 135-142. [Discussion], 145- 147. Also: Chicago Med. Recorder, 1900, xviii, 343-363 — Weicker (H.) Zur Fruhdiagnose der Lungentuberku- lose; eine kritisehe Beleuchtung des Vortrages von S. A. Knopf. Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg., Berl., 1900, 340; 360.— Wells (E. F.) Pulmonary tuberculosis; its early diag- nosis. Med. News, Phila., 1895, lxvii, 313-317.-----. The early diagnosis of pulmonary tuberculosis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago. 1900, xxxiv, 1107-1111.— Wethered (F. J.) Incipient pulmonary tuberculosis. Clin. J., Lond., 1898, xii, 32.5-330. -----. On the early diagnosis of pulmonary tuberculosis. Ibid., 1905-6, xxvii, 209-214.— White (J. E.) Significance of pulse and temperature in the diagnosis and treatment of pulmonary tubercu- losis. Arch. Physiol. Therap., Bost., 1906, iv, 169-173 — Whiting (A. J.) A clinical lecture on the diagnosis of early pulmonary tuberculosis. Med. Press& Circ, Lond., 1913, n. s., xcv, 142-111.—Whitney (H. B.) The para- mount value of localized rales as a sign of incipient phthisis. Boston M. & S. J., 1905, clii, 569-572.—Whit- taker (J. T.) The earliest possible recognition of tu- beroulo^R [Abstr.] Med. News, N. Y., 1897, lxxi, 389- 392 —Wilkes (W. O.) The early diagnosisof consump- tion. Texas Cour.-Ree. Med., Fort Worth, 1906-7, xxiv, 1-6.—Williams (C. T.) Report on the early diagnosis of tuberculosis by new methods. [Rep.] Bull, de l'Ass. internat, d. med.-exp. de comp. d'assur., Brux., 1906, v, 34-50.—Williams (L.) A lecture on the stigmata of pretuberculosis. Polyclin., Lond., 1907, xi, 119-125 — Willson (R. N.) The diagnosis of incipient thoracic tuberculosis; based on a study of fifteen incipient and seventy-one advanced cases. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1905, 15. s., ii, 50-105.—Wilson (G.) Incipient tuberculosis of the lungs and its diagnosis. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1909, lxxxix, 166-16s.-Wollendale (G. A.) The import- ance of early diagnosis and treatment of pulmonary tu- berculosis. Practitioner, Lond., 1912, lxxxix, 289-294— Uollenstein (J.) Paresthesia of the pharynx and larynx as a premonitory symptom of tuberculosis of the lungs. Tr. Ohio M. Soc, Cincin., 1893, 205-214.—Wolff" (M.) Ueber initiale Lungentuberkulose. Verhhandl. d. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Incipient). deutsch. R6ntg.-Gesellsch.,Hamb., 1906,ii, 86.—Wright (B. L.) A plea for the early diagnosis of pulmonary tu- berculosis. Mil. Surgeon, Richmond, Va., 1909, xxiv, 75- 99.—Vanovski (V. L.) Yavleniya so storonl zheludka i kishek v nachalnom periodle bugorchatki lyokhkikh. [Phenomena on the part of the stomach and intestines in the initial period of pulmonary phthisis.] Vrach Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1907, xiv, 661; 584; 950.—Zannelli (P.) Tu- bercolosi polmonare incipiente; diagnosi; cura. Suppl. al Policlin., Roma, 1899-1900, vi, 1478. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Isolation in). A rmaingaud. De la necessity de rendre obligatoire l'isolement des tuberculeux dans les hdpitaux. Bull. med., Par., 1904, xviii, 63-75.—Baldwin (E. R.) The tuberculous patient, when and to what extent shall his liberty be limited? Med. Rev. of Rev., N. Y., 1903, ix, 34-37.—Benedict (A. L.) The segregation of the tuber- culous. Med. Times, N. Y., 1902, xxx, 353-355.—Biele- l'eldt (A.) Welche Massnahmen sind zur Isolierung tuberkuloser Personen zu empfehlen? Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1909, xiii, 201-208.—Brasher (C.W. J.) The segregation of tuberculous patients among factory workers. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, ii, 442.—Da vis (N. S.), jr. Segregation for the tuberculous. Phila. M. J., 1898, i, 204-206.—Fraenkel (B.) Bemerkungen zur Prophylaxe der Tuberculose und die Isolierung der Phthisiker. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1901, xxxviii, 961-965.—Halipre (A.) L'isolement des tuberculeux au Havre. Normandie med., Rouen, 1898, xiii, 406-413.—l.einoine(G.-H.) Isolement des tuberculeux dans l'habitation. Bull, mecl., Par., 1905, xix, 362.—Letulle (M.) La lutte contre la tuber- culose; comment isoler nos tuberculeux hospitalises? Presse med., Par., 1904, i, 173.— OTauelaire. De la pro- portion des tuberculeux contagieux dans les services de chirurgie; necessite de leur isolement. Tribune med.. Par., 1905, n. s., xxxvii, 673.—Pieraccini (G.) Del dovere e del dirittosociale di isolare i tubercolosi. Gazz. med. lomb., Milano, 1906, lxv, 261-266. Also: Riv. crit. di clin. med., Firenze, 1906, vii, 367-363.—Ileiiou (L.) L'isolement des tuberculeux dans les hopitaux de Paris. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1910, xxiv, 593.— Scabia (L.) La circolare di S. E. 1' on. Pelloux circa 1' isolamento dei tubercolosi negli ospedab; sua impor- tanza pei manicomii. Ann. di freniat. [etc.], Torino, 1899, ix, 280-282.—Spillmann (L.) Der isolement des tuberculeux dans les hdpitaux. Rev. med. de l'est, Nancy, 1902, xxxiv, 517-523.—Teuner. Ueber die Not- wendigkeit der Errichtung eigener Abteilungen fiir Tu- berkulose bei den allgemeinen Krankenhiiusern. Berl. klin.-therap. Wchnschr., 1905, 1298-1304. Also: Wien. klin.-therap. Wchnschr., 1905, 1298-1304.— Vail (W. H.) Sanitation and isolation, two requisite factors in the era- dication of the tubercle bacilli. Med. Times, N. Y., 1905, xxxiii, 161-163. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Jurispru- dence of). See Tuberculosis (Jurisprudence of). Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, latent or atypical). See, also, Tuberculosis (Latent, etc.). Allaire. Phthisie irreguliere manifesto chez l'adulte (exceptions a, la loi de 31. Louis). 8°. Paris, 1862. Boquillon (P.-H.) *Le zona symptoma- tique d'une tuberculose pulmonaire latente. 8°. Lille, 1911. Chaix (A.) *Les tuberculoses latentes pul- monaires. S°. Paris, 1904. Chartier (J.) De la phtisie et en particulier de la phtisie latente dans ses rapports avec lea psychoses. 8°. Paris, 1899. Sokolowski (A.) Ueber die larvierten For- men der Lungentuberkulose. 8°. [ Wien, 1890.] ------. The same. O skritich formakh le- gokhnol chakhotki. Klinicheskoe nabloude- niye. Pere vel s polskago s soglasija avtora E. Stoscha. [On the occult forms of pulmo- nary phthisis. Clinical researches. Transl. from the Polish by permission of the author, by E. Stosch.] 8°. Moskea, 1892. Also, transl. in: Med. Standard, Chicago, 1891, ix, 3; 40; 169. d'Almedla (T.) Tuberculoses pulmonares latentes. Med. mod., Porto, 1912, xix, 1-6.— Courmont (P.) Sur TUBERCULOSIS. 769 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, latent or atypical). deiix cas de tuberculose humaine atypique. Cong. p. I'etude de la tuberculose 1893, Par., 1894, iii, 469-473.— Elting (A. W.) The acute pneumonic form of tubercu- losis. Am. J.M. Sc, Phila., 1900, n.s.,cxix,509-520.—.) Adenopatie tubercolari e pneumotisi latente e incipiente (nuova teoria intorno alia origine e cura della tisichezza polmonare); studio sperimentale e clinico-terapeutico dal punto di vista chirurgico. Gazz. internaz. di med., Na- poli, 1904, vii, 21-23.—von Hanseiuann (D.) Ueber typische und atypische Lungenphthise. Berl. klin. Wchn- schr., 1911, xlviii, 1-5.—Hill (W. B.) A case of tubercu- losis pulmonalis with some symptoms of meningitis; re- covery. Lancet, Lond., 1906, i, 1318.— Hoke (E.) Ein unter dem Bilde der crouposen Pneumonie verlaufender Fall von acuter infiltrirter Tuberculoe der Lungen. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1897, xxii, 549.—John«<>ii (S. H.) Acuteatvpical pulmonary tuberculosis. Northwest Med., Seattle, 1906, iv, 16-21.—Landouzy (L.) & Laederich (L.) Sur une forme subaigue de phtisie septicemique. Rev. de med., Par., 1908, xxviii, 76.V796. — Latente Tu- berkulose, die durch einen Unfa 11 verursachte Lungen- blutung manifest geworden ist; aus einem Gutachten des Chefarztes der Heilstatte Ober-Kaufungen. Med. Klin., Berl., 1907, iii, 122.—Latham (A.) The treatment of latent tuberculosis. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1905, vii, 163-165. — Lj onnet (B.) & Chatin (!'.) Tu- berculose pulmonaire; syndrome dela maladie d' Addison; hypertoxicite enorme des urines; insueces de9 injections d'extrait de capsules surrenales; pas deletions du sympa- thique abdominal ni des capsules surrenales a l'autopsie. Province med., Lyon, 1895, ix, 7; 13.—Malloizel (L.i Tuberculose ephemere atypique; spleriopneumonies tu- berculeuses. Me ieein prat., Par., 1908, iv,69; 85.—floret (C.) & Oalous (E.) Les tuberculoses a forme pneumo- niae. Arch. gen. de med., Par., 1906, ii, 2433-2445.— Pierret&Boqulllon. Le zonasjrmptomatique d'une tuberculose pulmonaire latente. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1912, xvi,37-16.—Pokrovski (D. M.) Ostrayabu- gorchatka s klinicheskoyu kartinol tifa. [Acute phthisis with clinical typhoid picture.] Med. Stornik, Tiflis, 1877, no. 24, 1. sect., 15-24. — Ribierre (P.) & Merle (E.) Ict£re infectieux benin et hemoptysies chez un tubercu- leux latent, r61e de l'hvpertension pulmonaire. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1910, 3. s., xxx, 399^403. Also: Gaz. mecl. de Par., 1911, lxxxii, 25. Also: Rev. in- ternat. de med. et de chir., Par., 1911, xxii, 146-148.— Rothschild (M.) Latent tuberculosis; its symptoms, treatment and prognosis. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1909, vii, 201. — Rotky (H.) Ein Fall von Lungentuber- kulose unter dem Bilde eines Herzfehlers. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1911, xxxvii, 1311-1313.— Ruede (C.) Slow respiration in phthisis. Internat. M. Mag., Phila., 1892-3,1, 1251-1258.—Takazaki. [A case of tuberculosis simulating neurasthenia of the neart.] Geibi Iji, Tokyo, 1907, 135-140.— Tedeschi (G.) Semio- logia e diagnosi delle tubercolosi larvate. Tommasi, Napoli, 1905-6, i, 249-253.—Terrtle. Due casi di tuber- colosi pulmonare a decorso latente. Cron. d. clin. med. di Genova, 1895-6, iii, 264-267.—Upson (C. R.) Latent pulmonary tuberculosis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1901, lx, 94.— Walsh (J.) Tuberculosis of the lungs without cough or expectoration. Penn. M. J., Athens, 1909-10, xiii, 764- 766.— Ward (S. B.) Report of an unusual case of tu- berculosis. Albany M. Ann., 1911, xxxii, 653-664. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, legislation relating to). See Tuberculosis (Prevention of, Legislation relating to). Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Manuals and treatise* o?i). Barry (E.) A treatise on a consumption of j the lungs. With a previous account of nutri- tion, and of the structure and use of the lungs. sm. 8°. London, 1727. Bartlett (T.) Consumption; its causes, pre- vention, and cure. 2. ed. 12°. London, 1856. Bernheim (S.) Traite clinique et therapeu- tique de la tuberculose pulmonaire. rov. 8°. Paris, 1893. Blackmore (E.) A practical treatise on the forms, causes, sanability and treatment of pul- monary consumption. 8°. London, Dublin, Edinburgh dc Plymouth, 1832. vol xviii, 2d series---49 Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Manuals and treatises on). Bouillet (P.) Traite pratique de la tuber- culose pulmonaire. 12°. * Paris, 1899. De Renzi (E.) La tisichezza polmonare; stu- dio clinico. Patogenesi, sintomatologia e cura. 8°. Napoli, 1889. ------. The same. Pathogenese, Sympto- matologie und Behandlung der Lungenschwind- sucht. Bearbeitet nach der 11. Aufl. des italieni- sehen Originals. 8°. Wien, 1894. Dupre. Trattato delle malattie del petto co- nosciute sotto il nome di tisi polmonale, dove rischiaransi le cagioni che concorrono a pro- durle, i sintomi che ne resultano, e la maniera di trattarle nei loro differenti gradi. Opera tra- dotta dal dottor fisico Gaetano Grimaldi. 12°. Napoli, 1778. Garcia del Real (E.) Tuberculosis pul- monar. 8°. Va/ladolid, 1910. Hall (W. W.) Consumption. 12°. Bed- field, 1857. Herard (H.), Cornil (V.) & Hanat (V.) La phthisie pulmonaire. 2. ed. 8°. Paris, 1S88. Jacobi. Die Lungenschwindsucht. 12°. Leipzig, 1902. Luda (G.) Die Lungenschwindsucht; Ent- stehung, Verhutung und Heilung. 8°. Berlin, [1912]. Mcller(W.) Kompendium der Lungentu- berkulose fiir praktische Aerzte und Studie- rende. 8°. Wiesbaden, 1908. de Niemeyer (F.) Lecons cliniques sur la phthisie pulmonaire, recueillies par le docteur Ott. Traduction de l'allemand par le Dr. Louis Culmann. 8°. Paris, 1867. Raulin (J.) Traits de la phthisie pul- monaire, avec la methode preservative et cura- tive de cette maladie. 8°. Paris, 1782. -----. The same. 8°. Paris, 1784. ------. The same. Abhandlung von der Lungensucht, nebst ihrer auf Wahrnehmungen gegriindeten Verwah rungs- und Heilungs- methode. Mit Anmerkungen und Vorrede von B. C. Vogel. Aus dem Franzosischen ubersetzt und mit einigen Anmerkungen begleitet von J. G. Grundmann. 1. Theil. 8°. Jena, 1784. Ruddock (E. H.) On consumption and tu- berculosis of the lungs; their diagnosis, causes, and preventive and general treatment. 2. ed. 24°. London, 1873. Salvadori (M.) Del morbo tisico libri tre. sm. 4°. Trento, 1787. -----. The same. Ueber die Lungensucht und die mit ihr mehr oder weniger verwandten Krankheiten. A us dem Ital iiinischen ubersetzt und mit vielen Veranderungen und Zusiitzen hrsg. von J. C. F. Leune. 12°. Leipzig, 1791. Thomson (H. H.) Pulmonary phthisis; its diagnosis, prognosis and treatment. 8°. New York, 1906. ------. Consumption in general practice. 8°. London, 1912. Volland (A.) Die Entstehung, Verhutung, Behandlung und Heilung der Lungenschwind- sucht. 8°. Tubingen, 1898. Vries (J. H.) A treatise, theoretical and practical, on phthisis and tubercular disease; with a preliminary essay, tracing the stream of physic from the earliest era to the present time. 8°. London, 1852. TUBERCULOSIS. 770 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Manuals and treatises on). Williams (C. J. B.) & Williams (C. T.) Pulmonary consumption; its nature, varieties and treatment. With an analysis of one thou- sand cases to exemplify its duration. 8°. Philadelphia, 1872. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Mental con- dition in). Beraud (M.) * Essai sur la pyschologie du tuberculeux. 8°. Lyon, 1902. Bolte. * Les troubles psychiques des tuber- culeux. 8°. Toulouse, 1909. Chartier (J.) * De la phtisie et en particu- lier de la phtisie latente dans ses rapports avec les psychoses. 8°. Paris, 1899. Knopf (S. A.) Consumptive heroes. 8°. Denver, Col., 1904. Rouffiandis (A.-V.-F.) *De l'influence des emotions sur revolution de la tuberculose pul- monaire. 8°. Bordeaux, 1898. Alexander (Harriet C. B.) Mental phases of tubercu- losis. Medicine, Detroit, 1898, iv, 384-389. Also: Woman's M. J., Toledo, 1898, vii, 159-165.-----. Tuberculo-toxinand genius. Woman's M. J., Cincin.,1912, xxii, 197-199.—An- glade & Jacquln. Tuberculose et arrieration mentale. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 609.—Bern- heim (S.) Troubles psychiques d'origine tubereuleuse. Rev. de l'hypnot. et psychol. physiol., Par., 1899-1900, xiv, pt.2,211-250.—Bien venu (P.) Des etats melancoliques au cours des granulies tuberculeuses. Ann. med.-psy- chol., Par., 1903, 8. s.,xvii, 115-121.—Brock (A. J.) The psychology of the consumptive. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, i, 1519.—Burr (W. H.) The psychology of the consump- tive. Am. Med., Phila., 1901, ii, 244.— Carncross (H.) The mental attitude in tuberculosis. Rep. Henrv Phipps lust., study . . . tuberculosis, 1904-5, Phila., 1906, ii, 137- 146.—Oamaye (H.) & Desruelles (M.) Affaiblisse- ment intelleetuel post-confusionnel chez une tubereu- leuse; granulie mCningee. Echo m6d. du nord, Lille, 1908, xii, 188-290.—Dui'our & Rabaud. Tuberculose pulmonaire et mfilancolie. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1899, lxxiv. 312-319.—Dupre (E.) Euphorie deii- rante des phtisiques. Rev. neurol., Par., 1904, xii, 920.— Dupre (E.) & Camus (P.j Euphorie deiirante des phtisiques; heterotopic medullaire. Encephale, Par., 1906, i, 452-458, 2 pl.—Engel (H.) Ueber den Einfluss chronischer Lunirentuberkulose auf Psyche und Nerven. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1902, xlix, 1383; 1424.—Fish- berg (M.) The psychology of the consumptive. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1910, lxxvii, 65L-661.—Fitzgerald (G. H.) The mental side of the consumptive. Cleveland M. J., 1905, iv, 221-228. — Frisco ( B. ) Della imputabilira dei tubercolosi. Riv. ital. di neuropat. [etc.], Cata- nia, 1910-11, iii. 402-409.— Gimbert ( H. ) Contri- bution k I'etude des psychonevroses chez les tubercu- leux. Rev. de la tuberculose. Par., 1907, 2. s., iv, 1-26.— Gubb (A. S. ) The psychology of the tuberculous. Lancet, Lond., 1906, i, 594.— Hoepfrner (C.) Ein Fall phantastischer Erlebnisse im Verlauf einer chronisehen Lungentuberkulose. Ztschr. f. d. ges. Neurol, u. Psy- chiat.. Berl. u. Leipz. 1910-11, iv, Orig., 678-688.— Iranzo (J. E.) La psi-olojria del tuberculoso. Clin, mod., Zara- goza, 1912, xi, 671-6*5.—Jacobson (A. C.) Tuberculosis and the creative mind. Med. Libr. & Hist. J., Brooklyn, 1907. Concluded in: ^Esculapian, X. Y., 1908-9, i, 22-33.— Kidder (W. 11.) The psychology of tuberculosis. N. York State J. M..N. Y.. 1911, xi, 17.—Kiernan (J. G.) The mental symptoms of phthisis, as illustrated by Keats and Emily Bronte. Alienist & Neurol., St. Louis, 1890, xi, 346-353. Also: Med. Standard, Chicago, 1890, viii, 93-96.— Knopf (S. A.) Mental status in phthisis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1903, xli, 862— Kohler (F.) Die psycho- phvsische Gleichgewichtsstorung, nebst Beobachtungen an Phthisikern. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1907, viii, 41-54. -----. Zur psychologischen Analyse in der Medizin und den Intoxikationspsychosen bei Infektions- krankheiten, insbesondere bei Lungentuberkulose. Ibid., 1908, ix, 225-236.-----. Tuberkulose und Psyche. Med. Klin., Berl., 1911, vii, 1808-1813. -----. Ueber die psychi- schen Einwirkungen der Tuberkuloseinfektion. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1912, iii, Suppl.-Bd., 2-8.— Kuthy (D.) Das Gemiit des Lungenkranken. Heil- stiitten-Bote, Frankf. a. M., 1902, 75.—Laignel-Lavas- tine. La psychologie des tuberculeux. Rev. demed., Par., 1907, xxvii, 237-275. -----. Amour-passion et phtisie (a propos de documents recemment publies). Chron. med., Par., 1911, xviii, 769-77L—Laszlo (J.) Der Ein- fluss des psychischen Zustandesauf den Temperaturgang der Lungenkranken. I'ngar. med. Presse, Budapest, 'uberculosis (Pulmonary, Mental con- dition in). 1903, viii, 534.—Legrand (C.) Sur la psychologie du tuberculeux; l'optimisme. Bull, med., Par., 1902, xvi, 773-776. Also, transl: Med. Bl., Wien, 1902, xxv, 737- 740.—Letulle(M.) Essaisurlapsychologieduphtisique. Arch. gen. de med., Par., 1900, n. s., iv, 257-269. Also: J. de med. et chir. prat., Par., 1900, lxxi, 801-808. Also, transl: Colorado M. J., Denver, 1901, iii, 112-120. Also, transl: 3. Tuberc, Asheville, N. C, 1901, iii, 19-29.— Liebe (G.) Zur Psychopathologie der Tuberkulose. Med. Klin.. Berl., 1910, vi, 1133-1135.—Mendelsohn (M.) Zur Psyche der Tuberkulosen. Ztschr. f. Krankenpfl., Berl., 1900, xxii, 80-82—Mills (W.S.) Some psychologi- cal tests made on tuberculosis patients. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1908, Ixxxviii, 638-641. Also, Reprint.—Naumann (H.) Zur Psyche der Tuberkulosen. St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr., 1901, n. F., xviii, 435-437. Also: Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg., Berl., 1902, 433-436. Also: Krankenpflege, Berl., 1902-3, ii, 111-116.—Norbury (F. P.) Some nerv- ous and mental phases of tuberculosis. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1907, xii, 131-139. [Discussion], 154-162.— Pegurler (A.) Les facultes aflectives chez les phti- siques. Chron. med., Par., 1902, ix, 709-714.—Fell (G.) Stato mentale e responsabilita dei tisiei. Bull. d. sc. med. di Bologna, 1901, 8. s., i, 94-101.—Peon del Valle (J.) El estado mental de los enf ermos de tuberculosis pulmonar er6nica. Eseuela de med., Mexico, 1907, xxii, 529-535. Also: Rev. frenopat. espan., Barcel., 1908, vi, 41-50.— Petin (S.) Tuberculosis pulmonum: samoubiystvo. [ . . . ; suicide.] Objazat. pat.-anat. izslied. stud.-med. imp. Charkov. Univ., 1895, 703-710.—Punton (J.) The psychologv of the consumptive. Colorado M. J., Denver, 1904, x, 290-299.—RieboId (G.) Ueber eigentumliche Delirien bei Phthisikern. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1904, li, 511-516.—Sapigni (S.) La psiche del tisico. N. raccoglitore med., Imola, 1902, i, 241-245.—Saxe (G. A. De S.) The psychical relations of tuberculosis in fact and Action. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1903, lxxviii, 211; 263. Also, Reprint.—Wendt. Die Psyche des Tuberkulosen und ihre Behandlung. Arch. f. phys.-diatet. Therap., Frankf. a. O., 1908, x, 353-362.— Weygandt (W.) Der Seelenzustand der Tuberkulosen. Med. Klin., Berl., 1912, viii, 91; 137. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Metabo- lism in). See Tuberculosis (Metabolism in); Tubercu- losis (Pulmonary, Bespiratory exchanges in). Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Mixed in- fection in). See, also, Tuberculosis (Mixed infection in); Tuberculosis (Pulmonary) and syphilis; Tu- berculosis and typhoid fever. Chazarian-Wetzel (P.) * Recherches bac- te>iologiques sur les associes du bacille de Koch dans la tuberculose pulmonaire. 8°. Paris, 1904. -----. The same. La bacteriologie de la tu- berculose pulmonaire. Les associes du bacille de Koch. 8°. Paris, 1905. Dodero (P.) * Contribution a I'etude des rapports de la tuberculose pulmonaire et de la fievre typhoide. 4°. Lyon, 1894. -----. The same. 8°. Lyon, 1894. Dutton (G.) Consumption and rheumatism. A scientific statement in plain language of their origin, treatment and cure. 8°. Boston, Mass., 1891. Ehrhardt (A.) * Ueber die Mischinfektion bei Lungentuberkulose. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., 1897. Halbron (P.) Tuberculose et infections as- sociees. Etude critique et experimentale. 8°. Paris, 1906. Jabin-Dudognon (F.) *Des rapports de la fievre paludeenne, de la phtisie pulmonaire et de la fievre typhoide en general et en particu- lier a, Rochefort. 4°. Montpellier, 1884. Lion net (A.) *Les arthropathies rhumati- formes au cours de la tuberculose pulmonaire chez l'enfant (rhumatisme tuberculeux). 8°. Paris, 1904. TUBERCULOSIS. 771 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Mixed in- fection in). Menzer (A.) Die Behandlung der Lungen- schwindsucht durch Bekampfung der Mischin- fektion. 8°. Berlin, 1904. Ortner (N.) Die Lungentuberculose als Misch-Infection. 8°. Wien dc Leipzig, 1893. Sc iiabad (I. A.) *K voprosu o smleshannol infektsii pri bugorchatkle lyokhkikh. [On mixed infection in pulmonarv phthisis.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1896. Also, in: Russk. arch, patol., klin. med. i bakteriol., S.-Peterb., 1896, ii, 223; 354; 627. Also, transl [Abstr.]: Ibid., 617-619. Also, transl: Ztschr. f. Klin. Med.. Berl., 1897, xxxiii, 476-537, 1 pl. Schroder (G.) & Mexxes (F.) Ueber die Mischinfektion bei der chronisehen Lungentu- berkulose. 8°. Bonn, 1898. Simeray (F.) * Consequences du develop- pement de l'arthritisme dans revolution de la tuberculose pulmonaire. 4°. Lyon, 1894. ^,Son antagonistas la caquexia pahidica y la tisis? Debate sostenido en la prensa profesional durante el ano 1883, por varios medicos rurales; recopilado y anotado por los licenciados D. Felix Antigiiedad Diez y D. Arturo Masoti Ar- royo, con un estenso prologo del Dr. D. Kafael Rodriguez Mendez. 8°. (hrtagenn, 1884. Wateau (L.) * Contribution a I'etude de l'influence des affections a streptocoques sur revolution de la tuberculose pulmonaire. 4°. Paris, 1894. Alcazar (B.) ^ Son antagonistas la caquexia palu- dica y la tisis pulmonar? Genio med.-quir., Madrid, 1883, xxix* 118-121.—Alexander (A.) Beweise gegen das Ausschliessungsvermdgen von knotiger Lungensucht und Wechselfiebem. Ztschr.f.ges. Med., Hamb.,]848,xxxviii, 1-30. Also, Reprint.—Alexander (I. H.) Secondary infections in pulmonarv tuberculosis. N. York M.J. [etc]., 1912, xcvi, 677-682. Also, Reprint.—Antigiiedad (F.) I Son antagonistas la caquexia paludica y la tisis? Geriio m&l.-quir., Madrid, 1883, xxix, 5; 28; 68; 148.—Ardin- Delteil. [Attenuation tresmarqu^e d'unepneumococ- cie thoracique survenue chez un tuberculeux.] Montpel. med., 1903, xvi, 130-133.—Baduel (C.) Contributo alio studio delle associazioni batteriche nella tubercolosi pol- monare. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1909, Roma, 1910, xix, 621-623. Also: Riv. crit. di clin. med., Firenze, 1909, x, 669; 685.—Barozzi (J.) Tuberculose pulmonaire et infections mixtes. Rev. dela tuberculose, Par., 1895. 323- 346.—Bertrand. Antagonisme de la phthisie pulmo- naire etde l'impaludisme. Gaz. hebd.demed., Par.,1886, 2. s., xxiii, 208—Biggs (T. J.) Malarial incipient con- sumption. Indian Lancet, Calcutta, 1901, xviii, 588.— Breton (M.) & Vansteenberghe(P.) Rhumatisme tuberculeux franc aigu au cours d'une tuberculose pul- monaire. Echomed. du nord, Lille, 1905, ix,313-315.— Buchanan (R. J. M.) Observations on the pure and mixed infections in pulmonary tuberculosis in relation to the prognosis, with an analysis of twenty-one cases. Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 1898, xviii, 376-392.—Bulalinl (B.) Sopra T antagonismo fra la tise e la febbre intermittenti. Gazz. tosc. d. sc. med.-fis., Firenze, 1846, iv, 349-359. -----. Appendice alia nota sopra 1' antagonismo fra la tise e le febbri intermittenti. Ibid., 1847, v, 1; 81.—Caultield (A. H.) Complicating micro-organisms and their rela- tions to haemoptysis in pulmonary tuberculosis. Montreal M. J., 1909, xxxviii, 738-743. — Chelmoriski (A.) 0 wplvwie ostrych goraczek na przebieg suchot plucnych. [Influenceof acute fever on the course of phthisis.] Gaz. Iek.,Warszawa,1891,2.s.,xi, 77-82.—Cooper (A. D.) The possible antagonism between malaria and phthisis. In- dian M. Rec, Calcutta, 1895, ix, 247-249. Also: Indian Lancet, Calcutta, 1898, xi, 208-210.—Cornet id.) Ueber Mischinfektion der Lungentuberkulose. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1892, xlii, 737; 797.—Corsini (F.) La diplo- coccemia nel decorso della tubercolosi polmonare. Atti d. r. Accad. d. fisiocrit. in Siena, 1911, 5. s., iii, 235-253.— He Silvestri (E.) Tubercolosi polmonare migliorata in seguito ad erisipela. Progresso med., Torino, 1904, iii, 73.—Desplats (H.) Tuberculose pulmonaire localisee; generalisation au pharynx et a tout le tube digestif pen- dant le cours d'une fievre typhoide. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1896, i, 577-581.—Devic (E.) Un cas de colo-typhoide chez un malade atteint de tuberculose pulmonaire chro- nique; autopsie. Province med., Lyon, 1895, ix, 97-102.— Oroba CS.) Badania nad mieszanem zakazeniem gruz- licy plue i nad udzialem w nlem beztlenowcowych mi- krobow. [On mixed infection in pulmonary tuber- Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Mixed in- fection in). culosis, and on the part taken therein by anaero- bic bacteria.] Rozr. wydz. matemat. - przvr. Akad. Umiej., Krak6w, 1904, 3. s., iv, B, 122-152. Also, transl [Abstr.]: Bull, internat. Acad. d. sc. de Cracovie, 1904, 299-301.—Eisner (H. L.) On the clinical and bacterio- logical aspect of mixed or concurrent infection in pul- monary tuberculosis. Tr. M. Ass. Central N. Y. 1894, Buf- falo, 1895, 1-18. Also: Buffalo M. .—ltobiusoii (F. N.) The symp- toms and treatment of pneumococcus infection in pul- monary tubercolosis. Month. Cycl. & M. Bull., Phila., 1912, v, 152-154.—Romanelli (G.) Influenza di pre- gressa infezione da diplococco lnneeolato di Frankel sul decorso della tubercolosi sperimentale. Ann. d. Ist. Maragliano, p. la cura d. tuberc. [etc.], Genova, 1906-7, ii,210-221.—Ronzoui((i.) Contributo alio studio delle associazioni microbiche nel decorso del processo tisiogeno; nota preventiva. Gazz. med. ital., Torino, 1902, liii, isi- 487. -----. Le associazioni microbiche nella tisi polmo- nare; contributo alia patogenesi del processo tisiogeno. Ibid., 1903, liv, 421; 431. —Sarda (G.) & Vires (J.) Treves et guerison de la tuberculose pulmonaire chez les arthritiques; essai de pathosre'nie. N. Montpel. me\L Suppl., 1894, iii, 6:17-672. Also: Rev. de la tuberculose, Par., 1894, 97-132.—Sata i A.) Leber die Bedeutung der Misehinfection bei der Lungenschwindsucht; patholo- gisch-anatomische, bakteriologische und experimentelle Untersuchungen. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1899, iii, Suppl.-Hft.. 1-179, 2 pl. —Sata (A.) & Tanaka. [The significance of mixed infection in pul- monaryconsumption.l Iji Shinbun, Tokio, 1.(05, 743; 857; 926; 1002; 1077.—Schater. Ein weiterer Fall von Lun- gentuberculose durch Gesiehtserysipel geheilt. Miin- ehen. med. Wchnschr., 1890, xxxvii, 468. — Schroder (G.) Ueber die Bedeutung der intrazelluliiren Glyko- genreaktion der Leukozyten fiir die Lehre von der Misch- infektion im Verlaufe der chronisehen Lungentuber- culose. Ibid., 1904, li, 473. -----. Zur Frage der chroni- sehen Mischinfektion im Verlaufe der Phthisis pulmo- num (Methodik der Sputumuntersuchung: Serumbehand- lung). Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1905, iv, 57-70.— Scliiitz. Zur Frage der Misehinfection bei Lungentu- berculose (Diphtherie- und diphtherieahnliche Bacillen in tuberculosen Lungen). Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1898, xxxv, 297; 335; 356.—Silvestri (T.) Pud la tubercolosi polmonare arrestarsi e guarire per il sopraggiungere di una nuova infezione? Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1903, xxiv, 655.—Sivori, Corradi [et al]. Le associazioni micro- biche nella tubercolosi polmonare studiate col metodo biologico della fissazione del complemento. Ann. d. Ist. Maragliano p. la cura d. tuberc. [etc.], Genova, 1910-11, v, 121-128.—Sokoloivski (A.) Kilka uwag nad stosun- kiem rozajemnym dyjatezy artrytycznej do suchot pluc- nvch. [Relation between arthritic diathesis and phthi- sis.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1890, 2. s., x, 393; 417. Also, transl: Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1890-91, xlvii, 558-577. Also, transl [Abstr.1: Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1890, xx, 721-723.—Sorel. De Involution lentede phthisie chez les arthritiques. Normandie med., Rouen, 1892, vii, 61-69.—Sorgo (J.) Ueber Tuberkel- bazillenzuchtung aus Sputum und aus Exsudat bei Pleu- ritis und Seropneumothorax; ein Beitrag zur Frage der Mischinfektion bei Lungenphthise. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1904, vi, 335-35S. -----. Ueber die Mischinfektion bei Lungentuberkulose und iiber die atiologische Bedeutung derselben sowie der Darmtuber- kulose fiir die Amyloiddegeneration. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1907, Ixi, 250-268.—Spengler (C.) Ueber Lungen- tuberculose und bei ihr vorkommende Mischinfectionen. Ztschr.f. Hyg.u. Infectionskrankh.. Leipz., 1894, xviii, 343- 410, 1 pl. -----. Zur Diagnose und Prognose der Misch- und Be?leitinfektion bei Lungentuberkulose. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1901, xxx, 765-772.— Sterling (S.) Ospa a suchotv. [Small-pox and phthi- sis.] Czasopisomo lek., L6dz, 1899.i, 345-348. Also, transl.: Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw.. Leipz., l'.'oo i. 338- 340.—Strauss (H.) Gicht und Tuberkulose. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1904, ii, 365-372.—Struve. Leber Malariafieber als Ursache der Phthisis pnlmoii. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1880, li, 181-185.—Syines (J. O.) The bacteriology of some suppurations compli- cating pulmonary disease. Bristol M.-Chir. J., 1899, xvii, 30-35.—Teissier (P.) De la penetration dans le sang des microorganismes d'infection secondaire au cours de la tuberculose pulmonaire chronique. J. de physiol. et de path, gen., Par., 1901, iii, 223-230.—Terrlle (E.) In- fezione tubercolare; broncopolmonite a forma ulcerante a desira; febbre; focolaj di sclerosi diffusi a sinistra; asso- ciazioni microbiche; prosciugamento complete; apiressia; scomparsa dei bacilli e dello espettorato; aumento di 10 cgr. di peso. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1896, xvii, 1059.— Time (K.) Colotvphus: bakteriologisk Diagnose, pyae- misk Blandings-Infektion ved Ftisis. [Cdlotyphus; bac- teriological diagnosis; pyaemia combined with tubercu- lar infection.] Norsk Mag. f. Leegevidensk.. Christiania, 1889, 4. R., iv, 272-278. -----. Ueber Sekundarinfektionen beiTuberkulose. Verhandl.d.nord.Kong.f. inn. Med. 1904, Stockholm, 1905, v. 54-60— Veillon (A.) & Repacl (G.) Des infections secondaires dans la tuberculose ulcereuse du poumon Ann.de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1912, xxvi, 300-312.—Vieta (A.) <\Son antagonistas la caquexia TUBERCULOSIS. 773 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Mixed in- fection in). 'paludica y la tisis? Genio med.-quir., Madrid, 1883, xxix, 15; 42; 186; 331.—Vilchur (A.I.) O vliyanii influents! na techeniye chakhotki i o klinicheskol kartinle pos- llednel pri oslozhnenii influentsol. [Influence of in- fluenza on the course of phthisis, and clinical picture of the latter when complicated with influenza.] Protok. i soobsh. zasied. St.-Peterb., Med. Obsh. (1889), 1890, vii, pt. 2, 137-146. — Weber (F. P.) Remarks on the relations of pulmonary tuberculosis to other diseases. Lancet, Lond., 1904, i,924-928. Also, Reprint.— von Weismayr (A. R.) Zur Frage der Misehinfection bei der Lungentuberculose. Ztschr. f. Heilk., Wien u. Leipz., 1901, xxii, Abth. f. int. Med. [etc.], 105-155 — Wirths (M.) Opsoninuntersuchungen, betreffend die Bedeutung der Mischinfektion bei der chronisehen Lun- gentuberkulose. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1909, xii, 159-177.—von Wunschheim. Die Lungentuber- culose als Misehinfection. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1895, xx, 167; 178; 190.—Zanoni (G.) Contributo alio studio delle associazioni microbiche polmonari della tubercolosi polmonare. Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1899, xxxviii, 270- 282, 1 pl. -----. La ponction du poumon pour l'Stude des associations microbiennes de la tuberculose pulmonaire. Med. mod., Par., 1900, xi, 41. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Mortality from and expectation of life in). See Tuberculosis (Mortality from). Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, MucKs granules in). See Tuberculosis (Much's granules in). Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Wight- sweats in). Afanasyeff (A. A.) *K voprosu o vliyanii kamfornol kisloti na poti chakhotochnikh. [Action of camphoric acid on the sweats of phthisis.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1891. Bisson (E.) Memoire sur l'emploi de l'agaric blanc contre les sueurs dans la phthisie pul- monaire. 8°. Pan's, 1832. Crouch (H. C.) * Ueber die neueren Anti- hydrotica in der Behandlung der Nachtsch weisse der Phthisiker. 8°. Giessen, 1890. Dhacssy (J.-B.-M.) * Contribution a, I'etude de l'acetate de thallium contre les sueurs noc- turnes des phtisiques. 8°. Lille, 1898. Grenet (C.) *De Faction de l'acide cam- phorique sur les sueurs des phthisiques. 4°. Lyon, 1891. Joguet (F.) * De 1' action du tellurate de soude contre les sueurs de phthisiques. 4°. Paris, 1896. Lancon (C.) * De l'emploi du camphoratede pyramidon chez les phtisiques. 8°. Lyon, 1901. Went (J. C.) *Eenige beschouwinujen over het nachtzweet bij 1 ngtuberculose. 8°. Am- sterdam, 1902. Baric (E.) Les sueurs des phtisiques et leur traite- ment par le tellurate de soude. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1900, xiv, 97-99. Also, transl: Internat. Clin., Phila., 1900,10. s., ii, 49-54.—Bojasinski (M.) O potach w gruzlicv plucnej. [On sweats in phthisis.] Medycyna, Warszawa, 1891, xix, 68-71.—Briggs (A. B.) Camphoric acid in the treatment of night sweats of phthisis. R. I. Med. Sc. Month., Providence, 1894, ii, 159-162.— CJebrian (V.) El telurato de soda contra los sudores nocturnos de los tisicos. Siglo med., Madrid, 1891, xxxviii, 706-708. —Cotnbemale (F.) L'acetate de thallium contre les sueurs nocturnes des phtis- iques. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1898, ii, 100-102. Also: Gaz. med. de Strasb., 1898, lvii, 44. Also [Rap. de Hufhard]: Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1898, 3. s., xxxix, 572. — Coinbcmale ( F. ) & Descheemaker. Du sulfonal contre les sueurs nocturnes des phtisiques. Bull. med. du nord, Lille, 1896, xxxv, 641-651.— Conk- ling (H.) Treatment of the night sweats of pul- monary tuberculosis: personal cases. Brooklyn M. J., 1894. viii, 414-417. -D'Ainore (L.) Sull' azione della picrotoxi'na nei sudori dei tisiei; nota di terapia clinica. Progresso med., Napoli, 1892, vi, 7-13.—von Gebhardt (F.) Die Behandlung des Nachtschweisses der Lungen- suchtigen und die Lysol-Therapie. Pest, med.-chir. Presse Budapest, 1908, xliv, 629-634. Also, transl: Buda- pesti orv. ujsag, 1908, vi, 219-221. — Goldendach (J.) Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Xight- s treats in). Secalecornutum (respect. Ergotin) gegen die nachtlichen Schweisse der Phthisiker. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1894, xx, 551.—Hare (H. A.) Camphoric acid in night-sweats. Med. News, Phila., 1891,lviii,384.— f leiin (G.) Ursprung und Bedeutung der tuberkulosen Schweisse. Ztschr. f. Tuberk.,Leipz., 1910,xvi, 365-375.— Hii'sclii'dti (TU Traitement des sueurs nocturnes des phtisiques par les badigeonages a l'aleool formaline. Semaine med., Par., 1899, xix, 361. Also, transl: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1900, xxxvii, 326.—Howard (W. T.), jr. Note on the use of camphoric acid in the night sweats of phthisis. Maryland M. J., Bait., 1892-3, xxviii, 353- 361.—ltle (M.) Un nouvel anhydrotique: l'eumydrine. Rev. med. de Louvain, 1906,268-271.—Joguet. De Tac- tion du tellurate desoude contre les sueurs des phtisiques. Province med., Lyon, 1896, x, 431. — Jonas (S.) Ueber die Wirkung des Atropinderivat^s Eumydrin auf die Nachtschweisse der Phthisiker. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1905, xviii, 85-87.—Lasker (A.) Guacamphol, ein Mit- tel gegen Nachtschweiss bei Phthisikern. Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg., Berl., 1900, 377. — Iieao (S.) Do tratamento dos suores dos tisicos. Brazil-med., Rio de Jan., 1894, viii, 27-219.—Levi (E.) I sudoriprofusi nella tubercolosi pol- monare. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1910, xxxi, 305-307.—von Limbeck (R.) Zur Lehre von den Nachtschweissen der Phthisiker. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1894, xix, 595; 611.—JTIezernitski (P. G.) K voprosu o potoostanavli- vayushtshem dlelstvii olei setherei salvise officinalis u chakhotochnikh bolnikh. [The action of ethereal oil of sage in checking perspiration in phthisis.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1907, xiv, 78; 106.—miiller (V.) A salicylsa- vas es camphorsavas pyramidon €rt6ke a phthiseothera- piaban. [The value of salicylic acid and camphoric acid pyramidon in the therapeutics of phthisis.] Bu- dapesti orv. ujsag, 1903, i, 447-449.—OTurrell (W.) Treatment of the night-sweating of phthisis. Month. Rev. M. & Pharm., Phila., 1879, ii, 287: 1880, iii, 1.— Neusser (E.) Ueber tellursaures Kalium als Mittel gegen die Nachtschweisse der Phthisiker. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1890, iii, 437. Also: Ber. d. k. k. Kran- kenanst, Rudolph-Stiftung in Wien (1891), 1892, 211- 213. Also: Wien. med. Bl., 1892, xv, 613.— Nikolski (A. V.) K voprosu o Hechenii potov pri chakhotkle. [Treatment of sweats in phthisis.] Prakt. Vrach, S.- Peterb., 1904, iii, 1129-1131. Also, transl: Wien. med. Presse, 1907, xlviii, 94-99.—Nolda (A.) ZurTannoform- Behandlung der Nachtschweisse der Phthisiker. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1901, xxxviii, 698.—Pertik (F.) A tiidoveszesek asthmajanak orvoslasa eumydrinnel. [Treatment of asthma in tuberculosis with eumydrin.1 Gy6gyaszat, Budapest, 1910, 1, 96-99.—Pohovecki (W.) O wplywie kali telluricum na poty u suchotnikow. Action of . . . sweats in phthisis.] Przegl. lek., Krak6w, 1891, xxx, 580-582.—Renon (L.) Les sueurs des tuberculeux. Clinique, Brux., 1906, xx, 873-875. Also: Rev. gen.declin.etde therap., Par., 1906, xx, 681.—Both (G. B.) Camphoric acid and its relation to the night sweats of tuberculosis. Physician & Surg., Detroit & Ann Arbor, 1911, xxxiii, 177-179. [Discussion], 202.—Seu. Die Wirkung der Kamphersauregegen die Nachtschweisse der Phthisiker. Charite-Ann., Berl., 1889, xiv, 345-352 — Sinythe (A. G.) Atropia in phthisical sweating. South. M. J., Atlanta, 1875, v, 21.—Sorgo (J.) Ueberdie Aetiologie und Prophylaxe der Nachtschweisse Tuberku- loser. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1904, liv, 2365; 2415; 2461.— Staehelin (R.) Der respiratorische Stoflwechsel eines Phthisikers wahrend des Nachtschweisses. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1908, xlvi, 241-246.—Sternberg. Die Behandlung der Nachtschweisse der Phthisiker und sonstiger krankhafter Schweisse. Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1905, xv, 160.—Strasburger (J.) Die Be- handlung der Nachtschweisse von Lungenphthisikern mit Tannoformstreupulver. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1901, xv, 109-111.—Strasser (A.) Ueber den phthisi- schen Schweiss. Ztschr.f. phys. u. diatet. Therap., Leipz., 1911, xv, 1-5.—Tauszk (F.) Eumydrin, a tiidobetegek ejjeli izzadasiin.11. [F.umydrin in the night sweats oi tu- berculous patients.] Budapesti orv. ujsag, 1904, ii, 593- 595. Also, transl: Ungar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1904, ix, 424—Taylor (T. E.) Night-sweats of phthisis. Inter- nat. Clin., Phila., 1892, 2. s., i, 76-78.—Traitement des sueurs nocturnes des tuberculeux. Clinique, Brux., 1905, xix, 369-373.—Tslekhanovich (A. Z.) Sluchal odno- storonnyavo pota u chakhotochnikh. [Case of onesided perspiration in a consumptive. ] Meditsina, St. Petersb., 1894, vi, 167.—Ulricl (H.) Ueber Nachtschweisse bei Lungentuberkulose und deren Bekampfung, insbesondere durch Veronal. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1904, xviii, 614- 620— Villetti (R.) II sulfonalio nei 9udori dei tisiei. Bull d. r. Accad. med. di Roma, 1892-3, xix, 525-527.— X intra* (L.) Warm salt baths in the treatment of night- sweats in phthisis. Clin, sketches, Lond., 1895, ii, 37.— Voliryzek (V.) Pfispevek k therapii nofinich potu phthisiku. [Contribution to the treatment of the night sweatsof consumptives.] Casop. lek. cesk., v Praze, 1889, xxviii, 780.—Weil (LA Die Bekampfung der Nacht- TUBERCULOSIS. 774 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Nighl- streats in). schweisse der Phthisiker. Med. Cor.-Bl. d. wurttemb. iirztl. Ver., Stuttg., 1904, lxxiv, 435.—Williamson (I. M.) Observations on the use of atropia in phthisical sweating, made at the R. National Hospital for Consump- tion, Ventnor, I. W. Lancet, Lond., 1874, ii, 116.—Wood (J.) Camphoric acid for the night-sweats of pulmonary tuberculosis. Med. News, Phila., 1892, x, 293-295'. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Notifica- tion and registration of). Billings (J. S.), jr. The registration and sani- tary supervision of pulmonary tuberculosis in New York City, by the Department of Health. Monograph series No. I, February, 1912. 8°. New York, 1912. Bramwell (B.) Lectures on the causation and prevention of phthisis, with special refer- ence to compulsory notification. 8°. Edin- burgh, 1903. Caire (C.) * La declaration obligatoire de la tuberculose. 8°. Paris, 1907. Pennsylvania Society for the Prevention of Tuberculosis. Registration of tuberculosis. Tract No. 6. 8°. [Philadelphia, 1901.] Allan (F.J.) The voluntary notification of pulmo- nary tuberculosis. Cong, internat. d'hyg. et de demog. C.-r., Brux., 1904, vii,99-108.—Andvord. Mittheilungen zur Frage der Anzeigepflicht. Internat. Tuberk.-Konf. 1902. Ber., Berl., 1903, i, 127-135.—Armstrong (W. G.) The working of the compulsory notification of phthisis in Sydney. Pub. Health, Lond., 1907-8, xx, 206.—Baker (H. B.) Compulsory notification of tuberculosis. J Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1899, xxxiii, 742.—Baldwin (W. H.) Compulsory reports and registration of tuberculosis in the United States. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1906, lxxxiv, 1120-1123.—Battlehner (F.) Die Anzeigepflicht bei Tuberkulose im Grossherzogtum Baden. Tuberculosis, Leipz., 1906, iv, 156-168. —Beatty (J.) The disadvantages of voluntary notification of phthisis. Pub. Health, Lond., 1905-6, xviii, 706.—Belcher (G. C.) Notification of phthisis. Birmingh. M. Rev., 1903, n. s., i, 301-304.— Benincasa (F.) Sull' inopportunitd, della denuncia obbligatoria dei casi di tubercolosi polmonare. Corriere san., Milano, 1896, vii, no. 88,1-3.—Bernheim (S.) Des consequences de la declaration obligatoire de la tubercu- lose; prophylaxie et desinfection. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1912, xxii, 327-345.—Bernheim (S.) & Die■■ part (L.) La declaration obligatoire de la tuber- culo>e. Bull. med. de Quebec, 1906-7, viii, 141-156. Also: Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1906-7, x, 206-215. Also, transl: Gazz. med. ital., Torino, 1906, lvii, 463; 471. Also, transl: Rev. de med. y cirug., Barcel., 1906, xx, 401-113.— Berthod. La declaration obligatoire de la tuberculose. Rev. d'hyg., Par., 1901, xxiii, 413-416.—Bib by (M. E.) Municipal work in relation to the discovery of cases of consumption. Nat. Ass. Prev. Consumption. Tr.,Lond., 1911,103-106.—Biggs (H.M.) The registration of tuber- culosis. Proc. Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila., 1900-1901, xxi, 297- 324. Also: Phila. M. J., 1900, vi, 1023-1029. Also, Reprint.— Billings (J. S.) Compulsory notification of tuberculo- sis. Phila. Polyclin., 1894, iii, 73.—Boinet (E.) & Sau- van (A. ) Rapport sur la declaration obligatoire de la tuberculose; ses consequences administratives. Mar- seille med., 1913, 1, 41-53. — Bonizzardl. Sulla ne- cessity della denuncia nei casi di tubercolosi. Cor- riere san., Milano, 1896, vii, no. 87, 1-4. — Borth- wick (T.) Compulsory notification of phthisis. Aus- tralas. M. Cong. Tr. 1905, Adelaide, 1907, vii, 449-451.— Bramwell (B.) Tuberculous disease of the lungs and larynx, showing; the need for the compulsory notification of phthisis; with note on the position of the compulsory notification of phthisis in the United States of America. Clin. Stud., Edinb., 1905-6, n. s., iv, 208-211. -----. Two cases of phthisis; what cases of phthisis should be noti- fied? What'action should be taken after notification? Ibid., 1907, n. s., v, 213-216.—Brauer (L.) Anzeige- recht, Anzeiirepflicht und Morbiditiits-Statistik der Tu- berkulo-e. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk.. Wiirzb., 1904, ii, 155-198.- Bridge (J. C.) The value of compulsory noti- fication as a preventive measure against pulmonary tu- berculosis. Med. Officer, Lond., 1911, vi, 253.—Broiigh (D. D.) The importance of registration and control of casesof larvngeal and pulmonary tuberculosis. Am. J. Pub. Hyg., Bost., 1909-10, vi, 166-180.—Br lice i W.) The compulsory notification of pulmonary tuberculosis. Lan- cet, Lond., 1906, i, 1279.—Cameron (SirC. A.) Com- pulsory notification of tuberculosis. Med. Press ii Circ, Lond.,"1901, n. s., lxxi, 299.—Cameron (S.) Notification of phthisis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1900, i, 444.—Campbell (T.) Compulsorv notification of pulmonarv tubercul' i-is. J. Roy. Inst. Pub. Health. Lond., 1908, xvi, 172-170.— Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Xotifea- cation and registration of). Carling (Esther). Notifiable tuberculosis in children and von Pirquet's test. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, i, 217.— Caverhlll (T. F. S.) The compulsory notification of pulmonary phthisis; a plea for its immediate adoption by local authorities in Scotland. Ibid., 1906, i, 929.— Chapman (W. C.) Should casesof pulmonary tuber- culosis (consumption) be reported to the health au- thorities? Ohio San. Bull., Columbus, 1901, v, 53-57 — Chrom (J. P.) Tuberkuloseanmeldelserne. [The no- tification of tuberculosis.] Ugesk. f. La;ger, K0benh., 1907, 5. R., xiv, 859-873.—Cohen (S. S.) Against com- pulsory registration of patients having tuberculosis. Phila. Polvclin., 1894, iii, 71.—Compulsory notification of phthisis in Norway. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1900, ii, 947.— Compulsory (The) notification of phthisis; reasons for and against. Med. Mag., Lond., 1899, viii, 556-565.— Corson (E. R.) Compulsory returns of all eases of pul- monary tuberculosis the first step towards public meas- ures of prevention and treatment. Atlanta J.-Rec. Med., 1904-5, vi, 586-591.—Craig (D. A.) Notification of phthi- sis. Am. Pract., N. Y., 1912, xlvi, 315-321.—Da Costa (J.M.) Registration-of tuberculosis unnecessary and oppressive. Phila. Polyclin., 1894, iii, 72.—Davezac. Au sujet du d£bat sur la declaration obligatoire de la tu- berculose. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. m6d. de Bordeaux, 1906, xxvii, 487.—Davies (D. S.) Notes on the voluntary notification of phthisis, and on the municipal attitude in Bristol in regard to the disease. Bristol M.-Chir. J., 1905, xxiii, 351-359.—Davis (N.S.) What will be the effect of having pulmonary tuberculosis, or consumption, official^ declared a contagious disease, and every case reported by the physician, and subjected to official sani- tary regulation? Bull. Am. M. Temper. Ass.. Battle Creek, 1897, iv, no. 3, 45-52. — Delmond-BSbet & Doury. La declaration de la tuberculose doit-elle etre obligatoire? [Rap.] Gaz. m<§d. de Par., 1912, lxxxiii, 102-105.—Farquharson (R.) On the notification of consumption. Lancet, Lond., 1910, ii, 224-226.—Flick (L. F.) The registration of tuberculosis. Phila. Poly- clin., 1894, iii, 61-65. -----. The registration of tubercu- losis. Phila. M. J., 1900, v, 1246-1250. Also: Maryland M. J., Bait., 1901, xliv, 339-345.—Forensicus [pseud.]. On the notification of consumption. Lancet, Lond., 1910, ii, 432.—Forms used in connection with the notification of phthisis in Manchester, and referred to in Alderman McDougall's paper on notification. Tr. Brit. Cong. Tuberc 1901, Lond., 1902, ii, 44-65. See, also, infra, McDougall. — Fraenkel (C.) Die Anzeigepflicht bei Tuberkulose. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1902, xxviii, 181-185. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Scalpel, Liege, 1901-2, liv, 278.— Gaucher. Sur la declaration obligatoire de la tuber- culose. [Discussion.] Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1912, lxviii, 158; 302; 334; 372; 412— Olalster (J.) The com- pulsory notification of phthisis. Med. Mag., Lond., 1899, viii, 660-669.—Gottstcin (A.) Einfiihrung der Anzei- gepflicht bei Erkrankungen an Lungen- und Kehlkopf- tuberkulose. Med. Reform, Berl., 1912, xx, 223-230.— Greenwood (A.) The notification of pulmonary tu- berculosis in Blackburn. Lancet, Lond., 1905, ii, 948.— Harris (A. E.) The notification of phthisis. San. Rec, Lond., 1902, n. s., xxx, 233-235—Helives. Die Anzei- gepflicht bei Tuberkulose und Erwagungen iiber ihre Durchfuhrung. Ztschr. f. Med.-Beamte, Berl., 1902, xv, 532-537.—Holmboe (M.) On the notification of tuber- culous diseases in Norway. Tr. Brit. Cong. Tuberc 1901, Lond., 1902, ii, 26-40. -----. Die Anzeigepflicht bei der Tuberkulose. Tuberculosis, Leipz., 1904. iii, Beihft., 9-12. Also, transl: Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1904, iii, 881-884. -----. Weitere Erfahrungen iiber die Durch- fuhrung der Anzeigepflicht in Norwegen. Tuberculosis, Leipz., 1906, v, 277-287.—Hull (T. Y.) Compulsory noti- fication in tuberculosis; the necessity and feasibilitv. Texas State J. M., Fort Worth, 1909-10, v, 207-211.— James (A.) The compulsory notification of phthisis. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Edinb., 1906-7, n. s., xxvi, 88-97. Also: Scot. M. & S. J., Edinb., 1907, xx, 136-140,5diag.—Jenk- ins (.1. F.) Should cases of tubercular con-umptioi. be reported to local boards of health? J. Am. M. A-s., Chi- cago, 1894, xxiii, 387-389.—Kayserling (A.) Das Ver- fahren der freiwilligen Tuberkuloseanzeige in England. Tuberculosis, Leipz., 1904, iii, 267-271.—Kenwood (H. R.) & Taylor (G. C.) Two years' experience of the voluntary notification of phthisis in the metropolis, and its lessons. J.San. Inst., Lond., 1903-4, xxiv, 261-265. [Discussion], 275-287.—Klrchner I'M.) Ueberdie An- zeigepflicht bei Tuberkulose. Festschr. z. 60. Geburtst. v. Robert Koch, Jena, 1903, 025-03*.—Knopf (S. A.) The compulsory reporting of tuberculosis. X. York M. J. [etc.], 1899. lxx, 443.—Kress (G. H.) Compulsory registration and fumigation, the most important of all prophylactic measures in the prevention of pulmonary tuberculosis. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1906, iv, 238- 242. Also: Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1906, ix, 537-545.— Kuss (G.) La declaration de la tuberculose: son objet; sa limitation. Arch. gen. de mecl., Par., 1912, v, 895- TUBERCULOSIS. 775 TUBERCULOSIS, Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Notifica- tion and registration of). 967.—Letulle. Sur la declaration obligatoire de la tu- berculose. [Rap.] Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1912, 3. s., lxviii, 158-229. Also: Ann. d'hyg., Par., 1912, 4. s., xviii, 430; 513.—Lewis (D.) The value of publicity regarding tuberculosis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1905, lxvii, 44-47.—Ly- man (D. R.) The notification of tuberculosis. Yale M. J., N. Haven, 1907-8, xiv, 158-166.—OTcDougall. On the notification of phthisis as carried out in the city of Manchester. Tr. Brit. Cong. Tuberc. 1901, Lond., 1902, ii, 14-25. See, also, supra, Forms [etc.].— M'Leaii (C.J.R.) Pulmonary tuberculosis; its spread; provision of sana- toria; adoption of notification. Caledon. M. J., Glasg., 1902-3, v, 242-248.— lieVail (J. C), Niven (J.) [et al]. Discussion on administrative measures consequent upon the compulsory notification of phthisis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, ii, 361-367.—Marsden (R. S.1 The com- pulsory notification of phthisis as an infectious disease, in relation to the public and the general medical prac- titioner. Med. Mag., Lond., 1895, iv,252-261.—llatteson (J.) Notification and State supervision of the tubercu- lous. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1900, xxxiv, 1154-1160.— Mays (T. J.) Is registration and disinfection a suc- cessful method of combating pulmonary consumption? N. York M. J. [etc.J, 1903, lxxviii, 590-595. Also: Penn. M. J., Pittsburg, 1903-4, vii, 227-234.— HiI Ion ( R. ) De la declaration obligatoire de la tuberculose. M&i. leg. et jurisp. m&l. Trav. [etc.]. Par., 1902, 73-80.— Ho 1 son (J. E.) On the voluntary notification of pul- monary tuberculosis in Brighton. Tuberculosis, Leipz., 1905, iv, 233-246.—Mongour (C.) A propos de la decla- ration obligatoire de la tuberculose. [Rap.] Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1906, xxvii, 379-381. -----. La tuberculose doit-elle 6tre comprise dans le groupe des maladies a declaration obligatoire; le langagede la vraie science et de la saine raison. Presse m6d. beige, Brux., 1907, lix, 251-255.—lloszeik (O.) Zur Anzeigepflicht. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1912, xix, 323-326.—Neech (J. T.) The compulsatory notification of phthisis. San. Rec, Lond., 1902, n. s.. xxx, 558-560. Also: 3. State M., Lond., 1903, xi, 337-343.— Newsholme (A.) The pre- vention of phthisis, with special reference to its notifica- tion to the medical officer of health. Pub. Health, Lond., 1898-9, xi, 309-325. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1899, i, 279- 282. -----. Notification of consumption; its pros and cons; remarks introductory to a discussion on the pre- vention of phthisis. J. San. Inst., Lond., 1900-1901, xxi, 49-54. [Discussion], 56-61. -----. The notification of phthisis pulmonalis. Practitioner, Lond., 1901, lxvii, 26- 36. -----. Four and a half years' experience of the vol- untary notification of pulmonary tuberculosis. J. San. Inst., Lond., 1903-4, xxiv, 253-260. [Discussion], 275-287. -----. The voluntary notification of phthisis in Brighton including a comparison of results with those obtained in other towns. J. Roy. San. Inst., Lond., 1906-7, xxvii. 26- 35. [Discussion], 40^17.—Newsholme (A.) & Lecky (H. C.) An account of the system of voluntary notifica- tion of phthisis in Brighton, and of the treatment and training of patients in its isolation hospital. Tuberculo- sis, Lond., 1906-7, iv, 226-242.—Nicolle (C.) & Halipre (A.) Declaration obligatoire de la tuberculose et de quelques autres maladies contagieuses. Normandie m6d., Rouen, 1900, xv, 203-208.—Niven (J.) The notification of tuberculosis. Lancet, Lond., 1897, i, 1196-1199. -----. On the notification of phthisis in Manchester. J. San. Inst., Lond., 1903-4, xxiv, 266-287.—Osier (W.) The registration of pulmonarv tuberculosis. Phila. Polyclin., 1894, iii, 65.—Parker (W. R.) The voluntary notifica- tion of phthisis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1900, ii, 1115.—Petit. La declaration obligatoire de la tuberculose. [Rap.] Rev. de med. leg., Par., 1906, xiii, 241-245.—Pousson. A propos de la declaration obligatoire de la tuberculose. Bull, et mem. Soc. de med. et chir. de Bordeaux 1906, Par. & Bordeaux, 1907, 335-337. [Discussion], 368; 372; 413.—Proposed (The) action of the board of health in reference to the registration of tuberculosis. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1894, lix, 214-223.—Putzeys (F.) La declara- tion obligatoire de la tuberculose. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1904, iii, 884-898. Also, transl: Tuberculosis, Leipz., 1904, iii, Beihft., 13-30.—Ravcnei (M. P.) Reg- istration of tuberculosis. Phila. M. J., 1900, vi, 93.—Raw (N.) The compulsory notification of tuberculosis. Lan- cet, Lond., 1907,ii, 1150-1152.—Kejjulierung (Die) der Anzeigepflicht bei Tuberculose in Preussen in dem Ent- wurf eines Ausfuhrungsgesetzes zu dem Reichsgesetz be- treffend die Bekampfung gemeingefahrlicher Krankhei- ten. Tuberculosis, Leipz., 1903, ii, 68-77.—Reynolds (A. R.) Notification of tuberculosis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1900, xxxv, 1017-1019.—Bobertson (J.) No- tification of tuberculosis. J. Roy. San. Inst., Lond., 1904-5, xxv, 757-77J —Robertson (W.) Compulsory notification of consumption. County & Municip. Rec, Glasg. & Edinb., 1903-4, ii, 46; 61: 73.—van Ryn. La declaration de la tuberculose. Tuberculosis, Leipz., 1902, i( 8-10.—von Selirotter (L.) Leber Anzeigepflicht bei der Tuberculose. Festschr. enthalt. Arb. ii. Tuberk. vi. Tuberk.-Konf. [etc.], Wien. u. Leipz., 1907, 446- Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Notifica- tion and registration of). 450. Also: Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1907, xx, 1122.—Sey- mour (A. H.) The laws relating to the registration of tuberculosis. N. Am. J. Homceop., N. Y., 1909, lvii, 306- 310.—Shaw (H. B.) Pulmonary tuberculosis and no- tification. Clin. J., Lond., 1911-12, xxxix, 353-358.— Shurly (E. L.) Some reasons against the public regis- tration or notification of cases of phthisis pulmonalis. N. York M. J., 1902, lxxv, 671-673. Also, Reprint.—Sin- clair (R.) An address on notification of pulmonary phthisis. Lancet, Lond., 1906, ii, 139.—Some animad- versions with regard to thoughts on the compulsory noti- fication of phthisis. Scot. M. & S. J., Edinb., 1907, xx, 29-34.—Stone (A. K.) The notification of tuberculosis in Boston. Tr. Brit. Cong. Tuberc. 1901, Lond., 1902, ii, 40^4.—Thoughts on the compulsory notification of phthisis. By a general practitioner in Edinburgh. Scot. M.&S.J., Edinb.,1907, xx, 24-29.—Trotter (G. C.) The adoption of notification of phthisis by local authorities. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1909, n. s., Ixxxviii, 314-316.— Turner (A.J.) The notification of phthisis. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1904, xxiii, 103-105. Also: Intercolon. M.J. Australas., Melbourne, 1904, ix, 357-367.—V Ida 1 (E.) Urgence de la recherche ofncielle et methodique des tuberculeux pulmonaires au point de vue de la preserva- tion sociale. Gaz. d. eaux, Par., 1906,xlix, 289.—Vintras (L.) La declaration obligatoire de la tuberculose pul- monaire en Angleterre. Rev. de la tuberculose, Par., 1912, 2. s.,ix, 549-557.—Waters (B. H.) The importance of registration, special dispensaries, and early diagnosis of pulmonary tuberculosis. N. York State J. M., N. Y., 1908, viii, 242-246.—Wldal (F.) La declaration obliga- toire de la tuberculose et l'isolement des tuberculeux dans les hopitaux. Gaz. m6d. de. Par., 1912, lxxxiii, 405.— Woods (M.) The registration of tuberculosis from the standpoint of private practice. Proc. Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila., 1901, xxii, 59-65.—Zahor (H.) La necessite et I'utilite! de la declaration de tout cas de maladie de tu- berculose. Cong, internat. de m6d. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, d'hyg. [etc.], 488-495. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Nursing in). Aui'reeht. Lungentuberkulose und Pflege. Ztschr. f. Krankenpfl., Berl., 1901, xxiii, 9; 61.—Cohen (M. S.) The nursing of the consumptive. Trained Nurse, N. Y., 1902, xxix, 7; 75.—Dan vers (H.) A plea for the phthi- sical. J. Balneol. & Climat., Lond., 1897, i, 236-241.— Ewert (Alma). Thatigkeit einer Bureauschwester an einer Lungenheilstatte. Deutsche Krankenpflg.-Ztg., Berl., 1902, v, 231.—Fairbanks (A. W.) The district nurse in her relation to cases of pulmonary disease. Med. Xews, N. Y., 1904, lxxxv, 785-793. Also, Reprint.—Fied- ler (L.) Assistance aux convalescents. Tuberculosis, Leipz., 1902, i, 74-81.—Knopf (S. A.) A practical talk to the nurses of tuberculous patients. Am. j. Nursing, Phila., 1902-3, iii,435-446. Also,Reprint.—Mendelsohn (M.) Krankenpflege und Phthiseotherapie. Ztschr. f. Krankenpfl., Berl., 1897, xix, 233-237. Also: Heilkunde, Wien [etc.], 1898. ii, 77-80, Also: Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1898, xii, 372-375.—Nutting (M. Adelaide). Visiting nurses in the homes of tuberculous patients. Am. J. Nursing, Phila., 1903-4, iv, 500-506. -----. The visiting nurse for tuberculosis. Charities, N. Y., 1906, xvi, 51-55.— Perkins (J.) The care of the consumptive. Tr. Rhode Island M. Soc, Providence, 1906, vii, 331-337.—Petit (G.) Les visites k domicile organisees par les dispensaires de l'ceuvre de la tuberculose humaine. [Rap.l Rev. inter- nat. de la tuberc, Par., 1904, iii, 830-835.—Schroder (G.) Zu den Streitfragen in der Pflege der Lungenschwind- siichtigen. Ztschr. f. Krankenpfl., Berl., 1904, xxvi, 457- 462.—Shively (H. L.) District nursing and extra diet in the treatment of tuberculous patients at the Presby- terian Hospital Dispensary. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1907, lxxxv, 292-294. Also, Reprint.— Thelin (Reiba). Visit- ing nurses and the prevention of tuberculosis. Am. J. Nursing, Phila., 1904-5, v, 743-756. -----. Report of results of nursing dispensary tubercular patients. Johns Hop- kins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1904,xv, 171.—Walker (JaneH.) The modern nursing of consumption. Hospital, Lond., 1904, [Nursing Section], xxxvi, 6; 32; 58; 98; 124; 150; 178; 206. Also, Reprint.—Windsor (Miss A. E.) The home nursing of pulmonary tuberculosis. Brit. J. Nursing, Lond., 1905, xxxv, 511-514. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Open-air schools and vacation colonies for). See, also, Schools (Open-air) ; Vacation colonies. Basso (E.) *Les colonies de vacances. His- torique; fonctionnement; resultats. 8°. Lyon, 1906. Clippet (C.-J.) *Ecoles de plein air a P etranger. 8°. Lille, 1912. TUBERCULOSIS. 776 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Open-air schools and vacation colonies for). Desdouity (A.) Les colonies de vacances. Etude d'hygiene sociale. 8°. Paris, 1906. Gauthier (M.) *Une etape dans la lutte sociale anti-tuberculeuse: les ecoles de plein air. [Lvon.] 8°. Trevoux, 1911. Warren (B. S.) Open-air schools for the prevention and cure of tuberculosis among children. 8°. Washington, 1912. Forms Bull. no. 58, of: Treas. Dep. Pub. Health & Mar.-Hosp. Serv. U. S. Pub. Health. Baudouin (F.) Organisation des vacances scolaires a la campagne en Touraine. Bull, de la Ligue contre la tuberc. en Touraine, Tours, 1906, iii, 49; 65.—Bernheim (S.) & Farmentier (H.) Les ecoles de plein air et leur r61e dans la lutte antituberculeuse. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1912, xxii, 413-430. —Coste de Lagrave. Le sanatorium-ecole. Ibid., 1904, iii, 81-100. Also, Re- print.— Belperier (L.) Ecoles de plein air. Rev. in- ternat. de la tuberc, Par., 1910, xvii, 4-8, 1 pl — Des- douity (A.) Les colonies de vacances; le role du me- decin. Pratique jour., Lille, 1905-6, vi, 241; 257; 273. — Fomario (G.) La scuola all'aperto. Tubercolosi, Mi- lano, 1910-11, iii, 309-321.—Harrington (T. F.) The open-air school rooms. School Hyg., Lond., 1910, i, 700- 704.—Hawes (J. B.) Tuberculosis classes. J. Outdoor Life, N. Y., 1911, viii, 8-12. —Home school (The), High- gate. School Hyg., Lond., 1910, i, 581-590. —Hyams (Isabel F.) & fllinot (J. J.) The outdoor school for tu- berculous children, Boston, U. S. A. Brit. J. Tuberculo- sis, Lond., 1909, iii, 171-180.—Kingsley (S. C.) Open- air school work in Chicago. Ibid., 1911, v, 188-194.— Landouzy (L.) La defense contre la tuberculose; armes preventives; les colonies scolaires de vacances. Presse med., Par., 1901, ii, annexes, s. 127; s. 134.— Leen (T. F.) Open-air rooms and schools. Med. Communicat. Mass. M. Soc, Bost., 1911, xxii,370-379.— Mcttaw (Miss). Tuberculosis schools; the need for tuberculosis schools. Nat. Ass. Prev. Consumpt. Tr. Lond., 1911,157-165,1 ch.— Open-air recovery school at Whiteley Wood, 1910. School Hyg.,Lond., 1911, ii, 337-342.—Rose (G.) Open- air recovery schools. Med. Mag., Lond., 1911, xx, 208- 214.—S. (G.) Les colonies scolaires de vacances et la cure d'air dans les pins. CEuvre antituberc, Par., 1900, 216.— Snedden (D.) Open-air schools. Med. Communicat. Mass. M. Soc, Bost., 1911, xxii,365-369.—Steinhaus (F.) Die Waldschule der Stadt Dortmund im ersten Jahre ihres Bestehens. Centralbl. f. allg. Gsndhtspflg., Bonn, 1909, xxviii, 1-26.—Tuberculosis (The) preventorium for children. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1912, xcv, 944-947 — Volland. Ueber den Weg der Tuberculose zu den Lungenspitzen und iiber die Nothwendigkeit der Errich- tung von Kinder-Pflegerinnenschulen zur Verhutung der Infection. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1893, xxiii,50-69.— Williams (R. P.) Sheffield Open-Air Recovery School. School Hyg.-Lond., 1910, i, 136-143. Also: Brit. J. Tuber- culosis, Lond., 1911, v, 204-211. -----. Open-air recovery schools. Nat. Ass. Prev. Consumpt. Tr. Lond., 1911,151- 157.—Zuber (A.) & Armand-Delille (P.) Du r61e des colonies de vacances dans la lutte contre la tubercu- lose chez l'enfant. Rev. mens. d. mal. de l'enf., Par., 1906, xxiv, 168-179. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Opsonic index in). See Tuberculosis (Opsonic index in). Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Pathology of). See, also, Tuberculosis (Pathology of); Tu- berculosis (Pulmonary, Cavernous). Blos (E.) *Ueber tuberkulose Lyinphome und ihr Verhaltnis zur Lungentuberkulose. [Heidelberg.] 8°. Jena, 1899. Also, in: Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1898-9, iv, 520-564. Crooke (G. F.) Post graduate lectures on the medical pathology of tuberculosis. (Pul- monary tuberculosis and tubercular phthisis.) 8°. London, 1S91. Hirschkowitz (P.) *Zur Frage iiber die Natur der Grundsubstanz in den Exsudaten bei Bronchitis fibrinosa und deren Beziehungen zur Lungentuberkulose. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1904. Also, in: Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberc, Wiirzb., 1904, ii, 323- Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Pathology of). Hwasser (F.) [Pathologia phthiseos pul- monalis.] Respondente G. W. Himberg. sm. 4°. Helsingforsise, [1829]. Labrevoit (J.) *Tuberculose et adipose. 8°. Paris, 1906. Molle. L'homme droit et l'homme gauche, au point de vue pathologique. Essai de syste- matisation des lesions de quelques affections, et en particulier de la tuberculose pulmonaire. 8°. Paris, 1905. van Peski (H.-C.) * Etudes historiques sur la tuberkulose pulmonaire au point de vue ana- tomo-pathologique. 8°. Montpellier, 1880. Roussefp(M.) *Des rapports qui existent entre la tuberculose intestinale et les alterations stomacales dans la tuberculose pulmonaire. 8°. Geneve, 1890. Sallet (A.-B.-S.) *Les cavernes pulmo- naires tuberculeuses et leur flore mycosique. 8°. Bordeaux, 1902. Scholz (P.) * Ueber das Entstehen der lo- kalisierten Tuberkulose in den Lungen. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1895. Tyndale (J. H.) The present status of the pathology of consumption and tuberculosis. 8°. New York. 1878. Watel (L.) *A propos de l'origine intesti- nale de la tuberculose pulmonaire. 8°. Paris, 1907. Winter (E.) * Histologische Untersuchun- gen tiber miliare Tuberkulose und Pseudotuber- kulose der Lunge. [Wiirzburg.] 8°. Got- tingen, 1898. Yusupoff (D. [Y.]) *0 vliyanii chastichnavo udaleniya epiteliya bronkhov na zabollevaniye lyokhkikh tuberkulozom. [On the influence of partial removal of epithelium of the bronchi upon tuberculosis of the lungs.] 8°. S.-Peter- burg, 1896. Abrikosoff'(A.) K voprosu o sushtshnosti samikh nachalnikh izmleneniy pri lyokhochnol chakhotkle. [Nature of the very first changes in phthisis.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1903. lix, 619-625. — Aguilar ( Z. ) Esclerosis pulmonar (tuberculosa). Rev. Soc. med. ar- gent. , Buenos Aires, 1896, v, 25-38.—Allard (H.) & KSs- ter(H.) Tuberkulos efter pleurit. Hygiea, Stockholm, 1911, Ixxiii, 1105-1139.—Arthaud (G.) Etude sur les scleroses pulmonaires. Cong. p. l'6tude de la tuberculose, Par., 1898, iv, 812-815.—Babes (V.) L'hyalin, la graisse et les substances rapprochees des graisses dans le poumon tuberculeux. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1912,lxxii, 891-893.—Babes (V.) & Goldenberg. Sur la fibrine et la graisse dans la tuberculose pulmonaire. Ibid., 290- 292.—Bakody (T.) Studien fiber die Histogenese des Lungentuberkels. Areh. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1867, xli, 155-177. Also, Reprint.—van BaIen(A.) Eengeval van "tuberculose inflammatoire." Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1912, i, 744-750. — Barnes (A. E.) The pathology of grinder's phthisis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1908, ii, 483.—Barnes(H.L.) The amount of lung involvement at the onset of pulmonarv tuberculosis. Nat. Ass. Study & Prevent, Tuberculosis. "Trans.,N.Y., 1909,v,302-315. Also [Abstr.]: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1909, lxxvi, 438.—de Batz (K.) Existe-t-il une localisation pr6f£rentielle de la tubercu- lose pulmonaire a l'un des sommets? Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 582-586.~Bauer (A.) Zur Beurteilung einseitiger Unterlappenbefunde. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1911, xix, 397-416—Baum- garten (P.) Ueber das Verhaltniss der kiisigen Pneu- monie zum miliaren Lungentuberkel. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1902. Ixxiii, 464-483. — Bezan- con (F.) & Gastinel (P.) Corticalite pulmonaire caseeuse tubereuleuse. Progres m6d., Par., 1912, 3. s., xxviii, 515-517. — Biggs (H. M.) Tuberculosis of the lung, showing a peculiar distribution of the lesions. Proc. N. York Path. Soc. (1891), 1892, 23. Also: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1891, xl, 80. — Birch-Hirschleld (F. V.) Ueber den Sitz und die Entwicklung der primaren Lungentuberkulose. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1899, lxiv, 58-128, 6 pl— Boudet (F.) Re- cherches sur la composition chimique du parenchyme TUBERCULOSIS. 777 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Pathology of). pulmonaire et des tubercules dans leurs differents etats. [Rap. de Bussy.] Bull.Acad.de med., Par., 1844, ix, 1160- 1171. Also, Reprint.—Burgess (A. M.) The origin of the giant cell in tuberculous lesions. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1912-13, xxvii, 125-131.—Cadbury (W. \V.) Stud- ies of the bone-marrow of cases dying of pulmonary tu- berculosis. Rep. Henry Phipps Inst., study . . . tubercu- losis, 1907-8, Phila,, 1909, v, 89-169, 2 pl.— Cicconardi (G.) Sulle alterazioni delle fibre elastiche nel polmone umano affetto da tubercolosi. Sperimentale. Arch, di biol., Firenze, 1910, lxiv, 213-230,1 pl.—Cobb (J. O.) The point of election in tuberculosis. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1903, lxxviii, 1217-1221. Also, Reprint. Also: Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1904, v, 391-397.—Col- beck (E. H.) & Pritchard (E.) An explanation of the vulnerability of the apices in tuberculosis of the lungs. Lancet, Lond., 1901, i, 1595-1597.—Dekester. Pieces necropsiques. [Tuberculose pleuro-pulmonaire siegeant au lobe inferieur droit avec caseification en masse et sequestre] J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1912, ii, 108.— Discussion on the pathology of phthisis pulmonalis. Glasgow M. J., 1881, xv, 254-303. Also, Reprint.—Fow- ler (J. K.) The lobar arrangement of the lesions of phthisis, and its relation to diagnosis, and prognosis. Practitioner, Lond., 1887, xxxix, 265-277. Also, Re- print.— Francine (A. P.) Intrathoracic displacements in pulmonary tuberculosis. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1910, xxi, 244-246.—Francois-Daiiiville. Ade- nopathie tracheo-bronchique; toux coqueluchoide et spasme de la glotte; mort par broncho-pneumonie tuber-' culeuse; r61e de la compression des nerf.s du poumon dans la localisation des 16sions tuberculeuses de cet ortrane Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1902, lxxvii, 77s.—Fussell (M. H.) A case of pulmonary tuber- culosis. Tr. Path. Soc. Phila., 1898, xviii, 434-436.— tickler i\V. A.) Erfahrungen mit der von Brauer empfohlenen Sektionstechnik der Lungen. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk.. Wiirzb., 1912, xxii, 121-136, 3 pl. — G'bbes(H.) Pathology of phthisis pulmonalis. J.Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1891. xvi, 253-258. -----. Tubercular and inflammatory phthisis. Toledo M. & S. Reporter, 1899, xii, 244-246.—Sittings (J. C.) Phthisis originat- ing in the bronchial glands. Proc. Path. Soc. Phila., 1898-9, n. s., ii, 80.—Halbron (P.) Les lesions bron- chiques du poumon tuberculeux. Rev. de mecl.. Par., 1909, xxix, 593-611.—Hart (C.) Die Schmorl'sche Lun- gendruckfurche. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1909, xx, 49-52. -----. Die anatomischen Grund- lagen der Disposition der Lungen zu tuberkuloser Er- krankung. Ergebn. d. allg. Path. u. path. Anat. [etc.], 1910, Wiesb., 1910, xiv, 1. Abt., 337-^28. — Hess (K. ) Ueber das Verhalten und die Bedeutung des elastischen Fasernetzes in der Lunge bei Erkrankung an Tuberku- lose, nebst Betraehtungen fiber den Begriff der Disposi- tion. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1904, ii, 103-117 — Hughes (H.) Die Aufhellung tuberkulos-infiltrierter Lungenteile. Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1904, xxv, 697.— Hutlnel. Tuberculoses p^ritoneb-pleurale et pleuro- peritoneale. PSdiatrie prat., Lille, 1912, x, 434-440. — Jaquerod. La tuberculose pleuro-corticale. ftev. med. de Ja Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1911, xxxi, 568-574.— Joest ( E. ) Untersuchungen fiber den Fettgehalt tuberkuloser Herde. Berl. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1911, xxvii, 357-359.—Jordan (A. C.) Peribronchial phthi- sis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, ii, 484-486, 2 pl. Also: Practitioner, Lond., 1912, Ixxxviii, 248-254, 5 pl.— Kishidai (M.) [Once more the law of tuberculous deposits in the lungs.] Kyo-rin-no Shiori, Tokyo [?], 1897, ix, no. 4, 7-13.—K.Union"(I.) Phthisis pulmonum tuberculosa. Objazat. pat.-anat. izslied. stud. med. imp. Charkov. Univ., 1893, ii, 1-6.—Klippel. Alteration des muscles dans la tuberculose pulmonaire. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1887, lxii, 364-368.—Knapp (M. I.) Does zymo- sia gastrica solve the soil problem of tuberculosis? A study of the gastric condition of one hundred cases of the New York Board of Health Clinic for Pulmonary Tuber- culosis. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1909, xc, 254-256.—Kolba- senko (I. S.) K voprosu o patologoanatomicheskikh yavleniyakh oslablennol bugorchatkiu krolikov. [Path- ological anatomy of weakened phthisis in rabbits.] Vrach, St. Petersb., 1893, xiv, 1299-1301.—Ko ran yi i F.) K6rboncztani keszitmeny bemutatasa. [Presentation of pathologic anatomical specimen (phthisis).] Orvosi he- til., Budapest, 1903, xlvii, 375.—Lab be (H.J, Vitry (G.) & t.iraud (G. i Dosages de l'iode contenu dans les corps thvroide.s des tuberculeux. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par,. 1908, lxv,371.—Laignel-Lavastine. Ana- tomie pathologique du plexus solaire des tuberculeux. Rev. dem&L, Par., 1908, xxviii, 515-523— Legnaui (T.) Su alcuni casi di tubercolosi polmonare comineiata alia base dei polrnoni. Gazz. d. osp., Napoli, 1892, xiii, 372- 374.—licitli < K. F. C.) The probable lesions in a case of incipient caseous pulmonary phthisis of over four years' duration, with no physical signs, but abundant bacilli in sputum with some remarks upon their diagnostic and prognostic value. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Edinb., 1894-5, n. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Pathology of)- s., xiv, 181-199, 1 pl.—Letulle (M.) Histogenese des lesions tuberculeuses du poumon humain. Presse m&L, Par., 1905, 634-636. -----. Histogenese des lesions tuber- culeuses du poumon de l'homme. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1906, Ixi, 263. -----. Histogenese de la tuber- culose pulmonaire chez l'homme. Bull, me\L, Par., 1907, xxi, 165. -----. Signification des tubercules anthraco- siquessous-pleuraux. Ibid., 166.—Loomis (A. L.) The histological changes which take place in the lungs in cured phthisis pulmonalis, and the influence of diathesis in the development of such change. Climatologist, Phila., 1891-2, i, 330-341.—Me< arthy (J. E.) The distributions of lesions in chronic phthisis. Proc. Med.-Chir. Soc. Mon- treal (1889-91), 1892, v, 72-S2—Martin (C. F.) Observa- tions upon the relationship of tuberculosis to perirectal suppurations. Proctologist, St. Louis, 1912, vii, 164-171.— Massalongo (P.) & /ambclli (G.) L'acidosi san- guigna e urinaria nella tubercolosi polmonale. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1904, Roma, 1905, xiv, 200-202. ----- ——. L'acidosi sanguigna ed urinaria nella tuberco- losi polmonare. Morgagni, Milano, 1906, xlviii, 32-51.— .Hays (T.J.) Certain phases of pulmonary consumption viewed from the standpoint of the theory of develop- ment. N. York M. J. fete], 1897, lxvi, 422-424.—Melt- zer (S. J.) Ueber die Localisation der Tuberkulose in der Lungenspitze und iiber den Mechanismus des Hin- eingelangens von corpusculiiren Elementen in die Lun- genalveolen. Verhandl. d. x. internat. med. Cong. 1890, Berl., 1891, ii, 3. Abth., 191.—Miller (J.) The changes in the elastic tissue of the lung in tuberculous disease. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 477-480.— MIodovoi (D.) Phthisis pulmonum, lymphadenitis tuberculosa universalis; tuberculosis miliaris. Objazat. pat.-anat. izslied. stud.-med. imp. Charkov. Univ., 1895, 18-29.—Mitchell (H. W.) The influence of the bacil- lus in pulmonary tuberculosis. Am. Cong. Tuberc. Trans. 1901, N. Y., 1902, 56-59.— Molle. Essai de syste- matisation individuelle des lemons de la tuberculose pulmonaire chronique au debut. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 578-582. — Moncorge La phtisie commune et la premiere loi de Louis. Lyon med., 1898, Ixxxviii, 292-299.—Northrup (W. P.) Tu- berculosis limited to the bronchial lymph nodes. Proc. N. York Path. Soc. (1890), 1891, 115.—Patrlcelli (V.) La cachessia tubercolare. N. riv. clin.-terap., Napoli, 1908, xi, 356-363.—Polozott"(M.) Phthisis tuberculosa; peripleuritis diaphragmatica et fistula cesophagea. Obja- zat. pat.-anat. izslied. stud. med. imp. Charkov. Univ., 1893, ii, 291-295.—Kockhill (C. S.) Pathological physi- ology of tuberculosis. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin, 1912, cvii, 320-322. [Discussion], 328.—Bond ot (E.) Tuberculose pulmonaire de la region du hile. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. m6d. de Bordeaux, 1901, xxii, 387-389.—Boosevelt (J. VV.) The gross anatomy of chronic pulmonary consumption in relation to diagnosis and prognosis. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1890, Iii, 58-62. -----. The anatomy of the lungs as snown by corrosion, considered in relation to pulmonary phthi- sis. Ibid., 1891. liii, 257-263. Also, Reprint.—Bosen- bach (().) Ueber die Auskultation des Respirationsap- parates, nebst Bemerkungen zur Pathologie der Lungen- phthise. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1902, xlix, 131- 134. Also: Med.-chir. Centralbl., Wien, 1902, xxxvii, 207-209.—Bwediger (E.) Die Organverlagerungen bei Phthise. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1910, xvii, 151-167, 4 pl.—Sawata (K.) [To the knowledge of the hematogenic miliary tuberculosis of the lungs.] Jen- tendo Iji Kenkiu Kwai Zasshi, Tokyo, 1903, 787-806. Also, transl: Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1903, lxxvi, 343-363, 1 pl.—Stanton (VV. B.) The pleural pressure after death from tuberculosis. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1907, cxxxiv, 411-417.— Takeya (H.) Untersu- rhungen der Bronchialdriisen bei Phthisikern. Arb. a. d. Geb. d. path. Anat. u. Bakteriol. . . . Inst, zu Tiibing, Leipz., 1910, vii, 374-396. — Toyosumi ( H. ) Intima- tuberkel in den kleinen Lungenarterien; Beitrag zur Kenntnis fiber die Entstehung der miliaren Tuberkel der Lunge. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.],Berl., 1908, exci, 403-410.—Tubercle of lungs; fatal cases, with ne- cropsies. Rep. Superv. Surg.-Gen. Mar. Hosp., Wash., 1890-91, xix, 155-188 —Tuberculosis of lungs (32 fatal cases, with necropsies. Rep. Surg.-Gen. Pub. Health & Mar.-Hosp. Serv. U. S., Wash., 1904, 511-543.—Uffenhel- mer (A.) Die Knotchenlunge. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1907, xc, 248-266, 2 pl.—Vincenzi ( L. ) Sulla tubercolosi dei grossi bronchi. Arch, per le sc. med., Torino e Palermo, 1891, xv, 421-424.—Vir- cliow (R.) I. Ein Fall von echter schwarzer Phthi- sis. Berl. klin. Wchnschr.. 1896, xxxiii, 659-661.— Von Buck (K.) The pathology and symptomatology of pulmonarv tuberculosis. J. Tube re. Asheville, N. C., 1899, i, 259: ]900,ii,76; 157.—Walsh (.1.) Comparison of the pathological findings with the recorded clinical signs in nine casesof tuberculosis of the lungs. Rep. Henry Phipps Inst., study . . . tuberculosis, 1906-7, Phila., 1908, iv, 290-315. -----. Primary location and development of tuberculosis in the lungs. Nat. Ass. Study & Prevent, TUBERCULOSIS. 778 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Pathology of). Tuberculosis. Trans.. N. Y., 1909, v, 298-301. -----. The gross pathology in fatal casesof tuberculosis of the lungs. Ibid., 1910, vi,'321-331.—Weinstok (G.) Phthisis pul- monum et ulcera tuberculosa linguae. Objazat. pat.-anat. izslied. stud.-med. imp. Charkov. Univ., 1895, 85-95.— Williams (C. T.) Unusual lesions in pulmonary tu- berculosis. Polvclin., Lond., 1906, x, 93-95.—Wo#dhead (G. L.) The morbid anatomy and histology of pulmonary tuberculosis in relation to its general pathology and clini- cal manifestations. Am. Med., Phila., 1904, vii, 26-30. Also: Med. News.N. Y., 1901, lxxxiv, 23-28. Also: Mont- real M. J., 1904, xxxiii, Kl-93. Also: Rep. Henry Phipps Inst., study . . . tuberculosis, Phila., 1905,i, 155-168.—¥eo (I. B.) An addresson the pathology of pulmonary phthi- sis; a retrospect. Lancet, Lond., 1897, ii, 181-185.—Yush- kevich (L. A.) K voprosu ob ochagakh bugorchatko- vikh zabollevamy. [Foci of tubercular diseases.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1910, ix, 1717.—Zaril(M.) Zur Kennt- nis des primaren tuberkulosen Lungenherdes. Ztschr. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1912, Orig., v, 303-311, 2 pl— Zhebrov- ski (E. A.) O podkozhnikh limfaticheskikh zhelyo zakh grudnol klletki pri bugorchatkle lyokhkikh. [The subcutaneouslymphatic glands of the chest in pulmonary tuberculosis.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1910, ix, 688-693. Also, transl: Przegl. lek., Krak6w, 1910, xlix, 673; 755; 771. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Personal hygiene in). See, also, Tuberculosis (Hygiene in); Tuber- culosis (Pulmonary, Prevention of, Personal, etc.); Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Sputum in, Disinfection of). Bennet (J. H.) On the treatment of pul- monary consumption by hygiene, climate, and medicine. 8°. London, 1866. -----. The same. 2. ed. 8°. New York, 1872. ------. The same. Recherches sur le traite- ment de la phthisie pulmonaire par l'hygiene, les climats et la medecine dans ses rapports avec les doctrines modernes. Reproduit par l'auteur sur la 2. £d. anglaise. 8°. Paris, 1874. Bernard (P.) Tuberculose et hygiene. Cli- mat. Traitement. 8°. Paris, [1904]. Boullet (J.) * Prophylaxie et traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire par l'hygiene et les sanatoria. 8°. Paris, 1898. Chuquet (A.) L'hygiene des tuberculeux. Precede d'une introduction par M. Daremberg. 16°. Paris, 1899. -----. The same. 2. ed. 12°. Paris, 1906. Durante (F.) L' igiene profilattica e cura- tiva della tubercolosi pulmonare. 8°. Potenza, 1892. Grechko (V. A.) *K voprosu o vliyanii sherstyanavo blelya na kozhno-lyokhochniya poteri, kozhnuyu temperaturu i arterialnoye krovyanoyu davleniye u chakhotochnikh. [Influence of woolen undergarments on losses by skin and lungs, skin temperature and arte- rial blood pressure in consumptives.] 8°. S - Peterburg, 1889. Holbrook (M. L.) The hygienic treatment of consumption. In three parts. Pt. I. Nature and causes of the disease. Pt. II. Prevention and treatment in its earlier stages. Pt. III. Treatment in more advanced stages. 12°. New York, [1891]. Lewix (K.) Eine physiologische Begrfin- dung der hygienisch-diiitetischen Phthiseo- Therapie. 8°. Berlin, 1900. Weber (H.) Vortriige iiber die hygienische und klimatische Behandlung der chronisehen Lungenphthise. Deutsche Ausg. von Hugo Dippe. 12°. Leipzig, 1886. Benedict (A. L.) The cleanlv consumptive. Med Age, Detroit, lyoe, xxiv, 441-447— Itoi-iili.-im i p , Re- flexions critiques a propos du traitement des tuberculeux pulmonaires par le repos, l'aeration et l'alimentation Arch. gen. de med., Par., 1904, ii, 3030-3038.-Boulay (M.) Traitement hygienique de la phtisie pulmonaire. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Personal hygiene in). Gaz'. d. hop., Par., 1S92, lxv, 1265-1271.—Brown (O. H.) The importance of proper advice to the consumptive. St. Louis M. Rev., 1908, lvii, 213-215.—Ohlgayeir (N. F.) Higiena bolnikh bugorchatkoyu lyokhkikh. [Hygiene of phthisical patients.] Russk, Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1905, iv, 1571-1573—Clapp (H. C.) Pulmonary tuberculosis; some of the details of its modern hygienic treatment which can be applied in treating the patient at his own home. Med. Rec., N. Y., 1907, lxxi, 717-722.—Cohen (S. S.) The respective spheres of hygienic and medicinal measures in the treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, ii, 1456.—Luzner (A. T.) Tuberculosis; its hygiene and therapeutics. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1898, xxxi, 1458-1463.— Daremberg (G.) Du traitement hygienique de la tu- berculose, et specialement de la cure a Pair et au repos. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1890, cxviii, 529-546.— Dettweiler (P.) Die Therapie der Phthisis. Ver- handl. d. Cong. f. inn. Med.. Wiesb., 1887, vi, 13-43. Also, Reprint. Also, transl: Rev.demed., Par..1888, viii,752-772. Also, Reprint.—Du rel (W. J.) The mode of life and the use of culture products in the treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis. Proc. Orleans Parish M. Soc. 1903, N. Orl., 1904, 209-223.—Francine (A. P.) Rest, exercise, and food in the management of tuberculosis. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1910, xcii, 1323-1326. Also, Reprint.—Guelpa (G.) Le traitement hygienique de la tuberculose dans l'ado- lescence. Med. inf., Par., 1899, ii, 291-296. Also: Repert. de therap., Par., 1900, xvii, 331-336.—Guiraud. Des divers modes de traitement de la phtisie pulmonaire et du traitement hygienique en particulier. Midi med., Tou- louse, 1892, i, 339; 352; 357; 368.—Haibe & Laruelle. Hvgiene du tuberculeux pendant la maladie. Presse med. beige, Brux., 1904, lvi, 841-848.—Hall (S. S.) Hy- giene of pulmonary tuberculosis. Tr. M. Soc. Wisconsin, Madison, 1896, xxx, 314-318. Also: Milwaukee M. J., 1897, v, 47-49.— Herbert (H.) Zur Lebensweise Schwind- suchtiger. Krankenpflege, Berl., 1902-3, ii, 315-317 — Kelynack (T. N.) The hygienic treatment of con- sumption. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1904, n. s., lxxvii, 27-29. -----. Some points in the hygienic treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis. Ibid., 416-418.—Kennedy (J. P.) The hygienic treatment of tuberculosis. Rep. Bd. Health Iowa, Des Moines, 1897-9, x, 410-414. Also: Tr. Iowa M. Soc, Burlington, 1898, 50-59.—Knopf (S. A.) The hygienic, educational and sympathetic treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis, with a plea for sanatoriums for the poor. Med. Rec., N. Y., 1897, li, 222-227.—Kuthy (D.) MacCormac. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstiittenw., Leipz.; 1901, ii, 318-321.—Le Fevre (E.) Pulmonary tuberculosis; etiology and prevention and treatment by hygienic measures. Ann. Hyg., Phila., 1896, xi, 457-466.— Lelte da Faria. Considerations sur le traitement hy- gienique et medicamenteux de la tuberculose pulmo- naire. Cong, internat. de med. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, de path, int., 693-700.— Halo y Fcija (B.> Nuevo tratamiento higienico de la tuberculosis pulmo- nar. Actas y mem. d. ix. Cong, internac. de hig. y de- mog. 1898, Madrid, 1900, ii, 316-322.—Jtta re use (J.) Wie sollen unsere Lungenkranken leben? Bl. f. Volksgsnd- htspflg., Munchen u. Berl., 1902, ii, 133-137.—Meunier & Plicque (A.-F.) Le traitement hygienique des tu- berculeux dans l'ancienne medecine. Bull. m6d.. Par., 1900, xiv, 1329-1331.—Elinor (C. L.) Hygiene versus drugs in the treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1899, lxix, 50; 82. Also, Reprint. -----. On the feasibility and management of a hygienic cure of pulmonarv tuberculosis outside of closed sanatoria. N. York M. J. ["etc.], 1902, lxxv, 49-57. Also: Ztschr. f. Tu- berk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1902, iii, 510-520. Also, Re- print.—lTfyer (W.) The hygienic treatment of tubercu- losis. Therap. Med., N. Y., 1908, ii, 129-133.—Nicaiae (E.) Traitement hygienique de la phtisie. Assoc, franc. pour l'avance. d. sc. C.-r. 1893, Par., 1894, xxii, pt. 2, 1050-1060.—Otis (E. O.) Pulmonary tuberculosis with especial reference to its prophylaxis, hygienic and cli- matic treatment. Boston M. & S. J., 1893, exxix, 337; 365— Pieragnoli(E) Della profilassi ecurabilita della tubercolosi polmonare con i mezzi igienici e delle conse- guenti desiderabili riforme spedaliere. Gior. d. Soc. no- rent, d' ig., Firenze, 1890, vi, 75-87.—PricKtman (Miss I. M.) The personal hygiene of consumptives. J.San. Inst., Lond., 1903-4, xxiv, 771.—Robin ( A.i L'hygiene du tuberculeux. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1905, xix, 279.—Stevens (M. L.) Things every tubercu- lous patient should know. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1903, lxxviii, 1181-1183.—Toussaint ( F.) Le traitement hy- gienique de la phtisie. Concours med., Par., 1896, xviii, 601; 606.—UI rich (C. F.) Hygienic treatment of tuber- culosis. Tr. W. Virg. M. Ass., Wheeling, 1902. 627-633 — de la Vega (A.) Hygiene y tratamiento general de la tuberculosis. Actas v mem. d. ix. Cong, internac. de hig.ydemog. 1898, Madrid, 1900, iii,246-271.—Williams (C. T.) On the treatment of pulmonarv tuberculosis by hygiene. Lancet, Lond., 1902, i, 1675-1677.—Williams (L.) The clothing of the tuberculous. Dietet. & Hyg. Gaz., N. Y., 1908, xxiv, 196-199.—Ail-ien (H.) Un traitement hygienique de la tuberculose. trouve dans un livre de 1738. Chron. med., Par., 1905, xii, 801-806. 79 TUBERCULOSIS. TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Physical conformation [Habitus] in). See, also, Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Causes, Predisposing, etc., of). Bezancon (A.) * Conformations thoraciques chez les tuberculeux. 8°. Paris, 1906. Also [Abstr.], in: Medecin prat., Par., 1906, 349-351. Joffres (G.) De la section thoracique et de ses variations au cours de la tuberculose. 8°. Toulouse, 1906. Mayr (J.) * Ueber die Beziehungen der Sko- liose zur Lungentuberkulose. 8°. Erlangen, 190-4. Thomas (L.) * Dugonrlement mammaire dans la tuberculose pulmonaire. 4°. Paris, 1893. Bachuianu. Welche Umstiinde sprechen ftir eine alimentare Disposition zur Tuberkulose? Aerztl. Rund- schau, Munchen, 1909, xix, 613-615.—Bessesen (W. A.) Variations in the ratio of diameters of the normal chest at different ages; the form of the phthisical chest. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1905, xiv, 2003-2008.—Boureille. Mensurations de poitrines saines et tuberculeuses, au re- pos et en activite. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 57i)-57i;.—Brown (L.) & Pope (E. G.) The shape of the chest in health and in pulmonary tuber- culosis. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1904, n. s., cxxviii, 619-636.—Caccini (A.) II torace paralitico e il probabile suo significato ontogenetico. Riv. ospedal., Roma, 1911, i, 753-759.—Catrin. Les tuberculeux gras. Coiur. inter- nat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 520-524— lie I pencil (A.) De l'habitus tuberculeux et en particulier de la predisposition des roux &, la phtisie selon Hippocrate. Presse med., Par., 1899. ii, 25-29.—Evans (W. A.) & REcHugh (M. G.) The shape of the chest in some tho- racic conditions, and especiallv in tuberculosis. Med. Exam. & Pract., N. Y., 1902, xiij 641-643.—Freund (W. A.) Thorax-Anomalien als Praedisposition zu Lungen- phthise und -Emphvsem. Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Ge- sellsch. (1900-1901), 1902, xxxii, pt. 2,463-481. [Discus- sion] , pt. 1, 219. Also: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1902, xxxix, 1; 29. Also: Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1902, xvi, 1-8 — Gasperini (U.) & Cartolari (E.) La disuguaglianza delle mammelle od anisomastia nella tubercolosi pol- monare. Riforma med., Napoli, 1910, xxvi, 121-125. Also [Abstr.]: Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1909, Roma, 1910, xix, 680.—von Hansemann (D.) Einige Be- merkungen iiber die Stenose der oberen Brustapertur und ihre Beziehung zur Lungenphthise. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1907, xliv, 814—Hart (C.) Die Beziehungen des knochernen Thorax zu den Lungen und ihre Bedeu- tung fiir die Genese der tuberkulosen Lungenphthise. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1907, vii, 353-362. -----. Die Manubriumcorpusverbindung des Sternum und die Genese der primaren tuberkulosen Phthise der Lungen- spitzen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1907, xliv, 842-844. -----. Der Thorax phthisicus. Deutsche mil.-arztl. Ztschr., Berl., 1908, xxxvii, 985-998. -----. Thoraxanomalien und tuberkulose Lungenphthise. Ergebn. d. wissensch. Med., Leipz., 1909-10, i, 25-33. -----. DerThoraxphthisicusund die tuberkulose Disposition. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 2024-2027.-Hutchinson (W.) The form of the chest in phthisis and its significance. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1899, ii, 1176-1178. -----. The shape of the tuberculous chest. Gaillard's M. J., N. Y., 1902, lxxvii, 61-65. Also: Med. Exam. & Pract., N. Y., 1902, xii, 361-363. -----. Is the consumptive chest flat? J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- cago, 1903, xl, 1196 -1199. — Joffres & Maurel. Du thorax des tuberculeux et des pretuberculeux. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 569 — Kaminer (S.) & Zade (H.) Die Wechselbeziehungen zwischen Lungentuberkulose und den seitlichen Ver- krummungen der Wirbelsaule. Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg., Berl., 1902, 457-459.—Leudet (T.-E.) De l'hypertrophie de la mamelle chez les hommes atteints de tuberculose pulmonaire. Arch gen. de med., Par., 1886, 7. s., xvii, 18-32. Also, in his: Etudes de path, et de clin. med., 8°, Par., 1891, ii, 319-331.—1*1 asauer (M.) Die Manubrium- corpusverbindung des Sternums und ihre Beziehungen zur Genese der tuberkulosen Lungenphthise. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1907, xliv, 815.— Mendelsohn (L.) Rip- penknorpelanomalien und Lungentuberculose. Erste Mittheilung (Sauglingsalter). Arch. f. Kinderh., Stuttg., 1903-4, xxxviii, 57-70.—Mi Hon (R.) Le thorax des tuberculeux. Rev. internat. de med. et de chir., Par., 1906, xvii, 363-366 —Polanski (W.) Fizyczna charak- terystyka os6b dotknietyeh gruzlica., specyalnie gruz- liea, pluc. [Physical characteristics of those suffering from tuberculosis, especially that of the lungs.] Pam. Towarz. Lek. Warszaw., 1903, xcix, 1-40. Also, transl: Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1904, vi, 140- 158—Richer (A.-M.-J.) Asymetriedes seinset tubercu- lose. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1908, xiii, 88-93.— Roersch (C.) De certaines anomalies du thorax pre- disposant a l'emphyseme et a la tuberculose pulmonaire, et de leur traitement chirurgical. Scalpel, Liege, 1908-9, lx 97-99— Rothschild (D.) Zur Charakteristik des Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Physical conformation [Habitus] in). Thorax paralyticus. St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr., 1900, n. F.,xvii, 183-186.—Schwienlng. Ueber Korpergrosse und Brustumfang bei Tuberkulosen und Nichttuberku- losen. Med. Reform, Berl., 1906, xiv, 169-172.—Shively (H. L.) The physiognomy of chronic pulmonary tuber- culosis: a characteristic peculiarity in the appearance of the nose. Phila. M. J., 1900, vi, 357.—Snader (E. R.) Stoop and round shoulders; their relation to chest expan- sion and phthisis pulmonalis. Hahneman. Month., Phila., 1890, xxv, 744-753. Also, Reprint. — Soboleff (D. V.) O tonkol sheye u tuberkulyoznikh. [Thin neck in tubercular patients.] Tuberkuloyz, S.-Peterb., 1912, i, 273-276.—Stiller (B.) Habitus phthisicus und tuberku- lose Dyspepsie. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1905, xlii, 1201- 1204. -----. Der Thorax phthisicus und die tuberkulose Disposition. Ibid., 1912, xlix, 97-101.—Viola (G.) Le leggi di correlazione morfologica dei tipi individuali; P abito tisico e l'abito apoplettico studiati nei loro opposti caratteri; primanotapreventiva. Clin.med. ital., Milano, 1910, xlviii, 649-671.—Washburn (W. H.) Is there a phthisical conformation of chest? Wisconsin M. J., Mil- waukee, 1909-10, viii, 597-605.—Woodcoch (H. deC.) The physique of the phthisical. Lancet, Lond., 1910, ii, 997-1001. Also [Abstr.]: J.Roy. San. Inst., Lond., 1909-10, xxx, 331.—Zlckgraf (G.) Ueber die Brustmasse bei Menschen mit hohem spitzbogigen Gaumen. Ztschr. f. Tuberk.. Leipz., 1909, xv, 124-134.—Zielinski (E. W.) Ueber die Veranderungen des Korpers bei Schwindsuch- tigen. Fortschr. d. Med., Berl., 1900, xviii, 621-623. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Prevention of)- See, also, Tuberculosis (Disinfection in); Tu- berculosis (Preventionof); Tuberculosis (Pre- ventive inoculation against); Tuberculosis (Pul- monary, Isolation in); Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Notification, etc., of); Tuberculosis (Pulmo- nary, Sputum in, Disinfection of). Albrecht (J. F.) Wie ist die Schwindsucht zu verhuten, zu lindern undmoglichst zuheilen? 4. neu bearbeitete Aufl. von Max Birnbaum. 12°. Leipzig, [1900]. Anwein (O.) Wie verhiitet man die Ueber- tragung der Lungentuberkulose? 3. Aufl. 8°. Wiesbaden, 1910. Bartenstein (K. L.) *Zur Bekampfung der Phtise. 8°. Breslau, 1900. Bollag (M.) Zum Kampfe gegen die Lun- genschwindsucht. 8°. Basel, 1906. Burwinkel (O.) Die Lungenschwindsucht; ihre Ursachen und Bekiimpfung. 8°. Munchen, 1901. Clark (A. A.) Germs. The prevention of consumption. Questions and answers. 8°. Lansing, [1890]. -----. The prevention of consumption. 8°. Lansing, 1891. Consumption, its restriction and prevention. 8°. [Sacramento, 1896.] Cornet (G.) Hoe beveiligt men zich tegen detering? 12°. Amsterdam, [1889]. Gezundheids-Bibliotheek, no. 18. Couetoux (R.) Traitement prophylactique de la phtisie. roy. 8°. Paris, 1910. Dalmanulha. De roeping der kerk tegeno- ver on- en minvermogende teringlijders, en een middel om er aan te voldoen. 8°. Middelburg, 1904. Davis (N. S.) Consumption; how to pre- vent it, and how to live with it; its nature, its causes, its prevention, and the mode of life, cli- mate, exercise, food, clothing necessary for its cure. 2. ed. 8°. Philadelphia, 1908. Dieudonxe (H.) De longtering en hare be- strijding. Met een voorwoord van Dr. van Ryn. 8°. Mechelen, 1902. Dobczynski (B.) Die Tuberkulose (Schwind- sucht) und deren Bekampfung nach den An- schauungen eines praktischen Arztes. 8°. Frankfurt am Main, 1899. TUBERCULOSIS. 780 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Prevention. of). ' Fischer. Die Schwindsucht (Tuberkulose). Praktische Winke fiir Gesunde und Kranke. Geeignet zur Verteilung an Behorden, in Kur- orten, Krankenhiiusern, Fabriken, Schulen, etc. 12°. Wiirzburg, 1901. Fisher (J.) The modern crusade against consumption. 8°. New York, 1903. ------. The war upon the great white plague. 8°. [New York, 1909.] Geill (C.) Brystsyge. Lungetuberkulosens. Opstaaen, Forebyggelse og Helbredelse med sasrligt Hensyn til hjemlige Forhold, almenfat- telight fremstillet. [Diseases of the chest; tuber- culosis of lungs, etiology, prevention, and treat- ment with special regard to home relations, popularly presented.] 12°. Kjobenharn, 1890. Girdner (J. H.) The war against consump- tion. 8°. New York, 1900. Hambleton (G. W.) The scientific preven- tion of consumption. 8°. London, 1886. Hillier (A.) The prevention of consump- tion. Revised by R. Koch. 12.° London, 1903. Huber (J. B.) Consumption. Its relation to man and his civilisation; its prevention and cure. 12° Philadelphia de London, 1906. Jackson (J. C.) Consumption; how to pre- vent it and how to cure it. 8°. New York, 1879. Josefson (A.) Om lungsoten och dess be- kiimpande. Foredrag. [Consumption and its prevention.] 12°. Stockholm, 1905. Knopf (S. A.) Die Tuberkulose als Volks- krankheit und deren Bekampfung. 8°. [New York, 1900.] -----. The same. Tuberculosis as a disease of the masses and how to combat it. 8°. New York, 1901. ------. The same. A tuberculose como doenca populare e meios de combatel-a. Tra- duzido e ampliado com um capitulo sobre: O pro- blema da tuberculose em Portugal e no Brasil pelo C. Ferreira. S°. Sao Paulo, 1901. -----. The same. La tuberculose consideree comme maladie du peuple. Des moyens de la combattre. Traduit et annote par G. Sersiron. Preface de Brouardel. 8°. Paris, 1902. -----. The same. La tuberculosis es una enfermedad del pueblo, medios de combatirla. Tiaducido del texto ingles por D. Vergara Lope, precedido de un prologo escrito por E. Liceaga. 8°. Mexico, 1902. -----. The same. Tuberquloza (Auszeh- rung—Schwindsucht) als a krankheit zwischen das volk, und wege im zu bekiimpfen. Ueber- setzt und ausgegeben in Yiddish von L. W. Zwi- sohn. 8°. New York, 1902. -----. The patient's duty. 16°. [n. p., n. d.] Latham (A.) dc Garland (C. H.) The con- quest of consumption; an economic study. New and revised ed. 8°. London, 1911. Levison (F.) Svindsoten og dens Forebyg- gelse. [Phthisis and its prevention.] 12°. Kojbenhavn, 1890. Lewis (O. F.) The war on the white death. S°. New York, 1909. McClure (W. K.) The bovcott of consump- tives. S°. [London, 1906.] McCoy (J.) Consumption, or pulmonary tuberculosis. How to stay its ravages. How to prevent it. How to cure it. How to eradi- cate it from civilization In language that the masses can understand. 12*. Los Angeles, 1900. 'uberculosis (Pulmonary, Prerention of). Moeller (A.) Die Lunirentuberkulose und ihre Bekampfung. 12°. Leipzig, 1900. Murrell (W.) Clinical lectures on the pre- vention of consumption. 12°. London, 1895. ------. The same. 12°. New York, 1895. Neustab (J. T.) Chakhotka i nauchno- sanitarnii plan borbii snezhu. [Phthisis and scientific sanitarv plans for its prevention.] 8°. St. Petersburg, 1890. Oertel (W.) Die Bekiimpfung der Schwind- suchtsgefahr. 12°. Floha, 1905. Pennsylvania Society for the Prevention of Tuberculosis. How hotel keepers can aid in preventing the spread of tuberculosis. Tract No. 3. 8°. [Philadelphia, 18i»7.] ------. How storekeepers and manufacturers can help to prevent the spread of tuberculosis. Tract No. 4. 8°. [Philadelphia, 1897.] Pick (G.) Die Lungentuberkulose als Volks- krankheit und die Mittel zu ihrer Bekiimpfung. 8°. Prag, 1904. Reich (E.) Die Wahrheit iiber die Lungen- schwindsucht, deren Entstehung und Verhu- tung. 12°. Berlin, 1892. Reimann (M.) Die Schwindsucht, ihre Be- kampfung und Abwehr. 8°. Kiel dc Leipzig, 1901. Rosenau (M. J.), Schroeder (E. C.) & Ber- liner (E.) Simple lessons on tuberculosis or consumption with reference to its cause and prevention. 2. ed. 8°. Washington, 1908. Rulle (J.) Zur Phthisisfrage. 8°. Biga, 1902. Schuld (A.) Vragen en antwoorden aan- gaande longtuberculose en longtering. 24°. s' Gravenhage, [1908]. Schwarzbach (B.) Consumption; how to avoid it and weak eyes. Two lectures. 12°. London, 1897. Simon (R.) Eine neue rationelle Methode zur Bekiimpfung der Lungenschwindsucht. 12°. Gottingen, 1901. Thurgau (E.) Die Lungenschwindsucht und die Ansteckungsfurcht. Ein Aufruf an die Menschheit. 8°. Bamberg, [n. d.]. Tscholl (J.) War on the white plague. 8°. St. Paul, 1910. Vinrace (D.) The war against consumption. A popular handbook of the proceedings of the British Conference on Consumption, held in London, 1901. Revised by John H. Vinrace. 8°. London, 1901. Wapen (Te) tegen de tering! Katechismus betreffende de tuberculose, uitgegeven vanwege de afdeeling Rotterdam der zuid-hollandsche vereeniging, het Groene Kruis. 8°. Botterdam, 1902. War (A) on consumption; the nature of the disease, its extent, growth and spread, its cure and prevention, including friendly advice to persons having diseases of the lungs. 8°. New York, 1912. Wills (C.) The prevention of phthisis. 12°. [n. p., 1895.] Wood (E.) The campaign against consump- tion. 8°. New York, 1906. \ ndes. Profllaxis de la tisis. Rev. de med. contemp., Madrid, 1899, xxi, 225-227—A «h by fA.) The preven- tion of phthisis. Pub. Health, Lond., 1 s91-5, vii, 403 — Bacmeister. Entstehung und Verhutung der Lun- genspitzentuberkulose. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1911, xxxvii, 13*">-13x7.—Baumel (A.) Vor- schliige zur Bekampfung der Tuberculose, insbesondere jener der Lungen. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1002, xxvii, TUBERCULOSIS. 781 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Prerention of). 478-4S1. Also, Reprint. — Baivy (Z.) Traitement pre- ventif de la tuberculose pulmonaire. Ann. Soc. de med. de Gand, 1894, Ixxiii, 11-86. Also, Reprint.—Baker (H. B.) The communicability and the restriction of con- sumption. Med.-Leg. J., X. Y., 1900, xvii, 543-548. Also: Sanitarian, N. Y., 1900, xliv, 497-501. -----. What shall we do with the consumptives? Proc. Nat. Confer. Char., Bost., 1902, xxix, 231-237. — Bardswell (N. D.) The responsibility of the medical profession with regard to pulmonary tuberculosis. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1901, n.s., lxxii, 353-355.—Barkan(L.) Prevention and cure of consumption. Pacific M. J., San Fran., 1901, xliv, 444- 448.—Baskette (G. H.) Prophylaxis of tuberculosis from the standpoint of the daily press. Tr. M. Soc. Ten- nessee, Nashville, lxxii, 60-04. — von Behring (E.) Ueber Lungenschwindsnchtentstehung und Tuberku- losebekampfung. Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1903, xlviii, 446; 458: 470; 480. Also: Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl.,1903, xxix, 689-697. See, also, infra, Weigert. -----. Phthisiogenese und Tuberkulosebekampfung. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u Berl., 1904, xxx, 193-198. [Dis- cussion], 226. Also: Beitr. z. exper. Therap., Berl., 1904, S. Hft., 53-62 Also, transl: N. progr. internaz. med.- chir., Napoli, 1904, i, 55; 78. See, also, infra, Kossel.— Bekampfung der Verbreitung der Schwindsucht in offentlichen Anstalten. Centralbl. f. allg. Gsndhtspflg., Bonn, 1889, viii, 354.—Benoit (E.-P.) La lutte contre la consomption. Union med. du Canada, Montreal, 1906, xxxiv, 206-215. — Bergey (D. H.) A rational basis for prophylactic measures against pulmonary tuberculosis. Tr. Am. Climat. Ass., Phila., 1896, xii, 52-63. —Bern- heiui (S.) Contribution k I'etude de la sterilisation de l'air. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1908, xii, 198-205.—Be- schorner. Die Stellung der Fiirsorgestellen fiir Lun- genkranke im Kampfe gegen die Tuberkulose als Volks- krankheit. Jahresb. d. Gesellsch. f. Nat.- u. Heilk. in Dresd. 1906-7, Munchen, 1908, 148-176. — Betti (T.) Sulla profilassi della tubercolosi; lettera aoerta al dott. G. Zambelli. Raccoglitore med., Forli, 1889, 5. s., viii, 289-293. See, also, infra, Zambelli.—Biggs (H. M.) To rob consumption of its terrors. Forum, N. Y., 1891, xvi, 758-767. — Blote (H. W.) Over de fon- tanel als prophylactische en therapeutische maatregel tegen longtering. Geneesk. Courant, Amst., 1903, lvii, 77.—Boreh (G.) Kampen mod Tuberkulosen. [The strife against tuberculosis.] Ugesk. f. Laeger, K0benh., 1896, 5. R., iii, 1177-1181.—Bo wditch ( V. Y.) A plea for moderation in our statement regarding the contagious- ness of pulmonary consumption. Boston M. & S. J., 1896, cxxxiv. 637-639. ' Also, Reprint. -----. Suggestions; the result of recsut experience with phthisical patients. Boston M. & S. J., 1898, cxxxix, 486. [Discussion], 496.— Bracken (H. M.) The case of the tuberculous, st. PaulM. J., St. Paul, Minn., 1903, v, 81-90. — Bramwell (B.) The causation and prevention of phthisis. Canada Lancet, Toronto, 1902-3, xxxvi, 523-531. -----. Clinical lectureonthepreventionnfphthi-is. Clin. Stud.. Edinb., 1901-7, v, 105-131—Breitenleld (S.) Der Kampf des deutschen Hospitals in der Stadt New York gegen die Lungentuberkulose. Fest-chr. z. 40jahr. Sitzungsfeier d. Deutsch. Hosp.. N. Y., 1909, 125-133. Also, transl: Am. Med., Burlington, Vt., & X. Y., 1910, n. s., v, 34-39.— Broadbent (SirW.) On the prevention of consump- tion and other formsof tuberculosis. Lancet, Lond., 1898. ii, 1101-1103.—Brouardel. Measures for the prevention of consumption. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1901, n. s., lxxii, 108-110.—Browne (Sir J. C.) The prevention of consumption. Tuberculosis, Lond., 1902, ii, 69-77.— Bryce (P. H.) How can we lessen consumption? Rep. Ass. Health Off. Ontario, Toronto, 1894, ix, 123-136.— Bulstrode (H. T.) On the causes, prevalence, and control of pulmonary tuberculosis. Lancet, Lond., 1903, ii, 73; 206; 297: 361; 437.—Burgerhout (H.) Armenzorg en tuberculose bestrijding in de praktijk. Volksgzndhd., Amst., 1906, 240-245.—Burnet (J.) On the importance of the after-treatment of certain diseases as a preventive measure against pulmonary tuberculosis. Med. Times & Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1905, xxxiii, 409-411—Byalokur (F.) K voprosu o profilakticheskom Hechenii tuberkuloza lyokhkikh. [Prophylactic treatment of pulmonary tu- berculosis.] Prakt. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1908, vii, 241-243.— falandralA ) Contegno del medico innanzi al caso di tubercolosi pulmonare nel doppio rapporto della profi- lassi dei sani e dell' umanitA verso i pazienti. Rassegna san. di Roma, 1907, v, 4; 6; 51.—Carmlchael (X.) Con- sumption, from a public health point of view. San. Jour., Glasg., 1892-3, n. s., xvi, 289-306.—Carossa (K.) Ein anderer Weg zur Bekampfung der Lungentuberku- lose. Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1897, vii, 417.— Cattle (C. H.) The co-operation of public and private efforts in the campaign against consumption. Brit. J. Tuberculosis, Lond., 1909, iii, 113-117.— Caverhill (T. F. S.) The crusade against consumption. Edinb. Health Soc. Health Lect., 1898-9, xv, 169-196.—Chiga- yetTCS. F.) Bugorchatka i obshtshestvennaya borba s hevu. [Phthisis and the public struggle with it.] Russk. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Prevention of). med. vestnik, S.-Peterb., 1901, iii, no. 23, 1-9.— thud- no vskl (Yu. T.) Osnovi borbi s lyokhochnol cha- khotkol. [The principle of the struggle with pulmonary phthisis.] Vestnik obsh. hig. sudeb. i prakt. med., St. Petersb., 1891, ix, 4. sect., 1-27. Also, Reprint. -----. O predokhranitelnom Hechenii lyokhochnol chakhotki. [Preventive treatment of pulmonarv tuberculosis.] Trudi Syezda Russk. Vrach. v pam. Pirogova 1891, Mosk., 1892, iv, 3-23. Also [Abstr.]: Vrach, St. Petersb., 1891, xi, 29.—Cipriani (F.) Un' ultima parola sulla questione del la profilassi della tisi. Corriere san., Milano, 1903, xiv, 87-92.—Cochrane (J.) Can consumption be banished from the world? Alabama M. & S. Age, Anniston, 1891-2, iv, 1-4.—Coghill (S.) Die Vorbeugung der Schwind- sucht. Ztschr. f. diatet. u. physik. Therap., Leipz., 1899, iii, 100-109.—Consumption, its prevalence, cause, re- striction and prevention. N. Hampshire San. Bull., Con- cord, 1906,ii, 172-188.—Cothran (L.) The extirpation of consumption. Arena, Bost., 1898, xx, 248-253.—Cowen (Hetty). The Jewish board of guardians; an example of voluntary effort in dealing with consumption. Nat. Ass. Prev. Consumpt. Tr., Lond., 1911, 106-118.—Craig (J.) The prophylaxis of consumption. [Abstr.] Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1900, n. s., lxx, 419-421.—Currier (C. G.) The origin and restriction of tuberculosis. Tr. N. York Acad. M. (1892), 1893, 2. s., ix, 39-45.— Dahl (J.) Om profylaktiske Forholdsregler mod Lung- teering. Norsk Mag. f. Laegevidensk., Christiania, 1890, 4. R., v, 154-158.—Davis (N. S.) Some observations on the principles'involved in prophylaxis or prevention of diseases in general, and of pulmonary tuberculosis in particular. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1897, xxix, 845-847.— Dearholt (H. E.) The relation of the physician to the public campaign against tuberculosis. Wisconsin M. J., Milwaukee, 1911-12, x, 65-84.—De' Bossi (G.) Di un apparecchio per la determinazione del grado di prosciu- gamento delle case nuove. Ist. di ig. d. r. Univ. di Pisa. Omaggio ... p. la lotta antituberc, Pisa, 1900, 297-308.— Dock(G.) The prevention of consumption. Proc. Nat. Confer. Char., Bost., 1902, xxix, 237-239.—Dominguez (A.) La educacidn antituberculosa. Med. pr&ct., San Fernando, 1905, iv, 339-343.—Drey fuss (R.) Die Stel- lung der Larvngologie bei der Bekampfung der Tuber- kulose. Strassb. med. Ztg.. 1906, iii, 185-187. Also, transl: Arch, internat. de larvngol. [etc.], Par., 1906, xxii, 464-468. — Dudfleld (t. O.) The prevention of consumption. San. Rec, Lond., 1905, n. s., xxxvi, 397-400.—Duncan (E.) On the causes of the spread of pulmonary consumption and other tubercular diseases, and on the means which may be taken to prevent their dissemination. San. Jour., Glasg., 1892-3, n.s., xvi, 49; 108; 145.—En gel (IL) Phthisiatrische Streitfragen. Deutsche klin.-therap. Wchnschr., Leipz., 1906, xiii, 1014; 1039. Also: Wien. klin.-therap. Wchnschr., 1906, xiii, 1014; 1039.—Evans (Z. H.) What has modern science accomplished to prevent consumption? Physician & Surg., Detroit & Ann Arbor, 1900, xxii, 272-277.—Fal- kenberg. I anledning af redaktionens bemerkninger till mit forslag til lov om taeringsyge. [On the editorial comments on my proposition of a law for the phthisical.] Tidskr. f. d. norske Laegefor., Kristiania, 1895, xv, 111- 113.—Fanoni (A.) What shall we do with the con- sumptive? N. York M. J., 1902, lxxv, 237-239.—Fergu- son. The prevention of consumption. San. Rec, Lond., 1894-5, n. s., xvi, 1533-1535.—Fernandez de Ybarra (A. M.) Air, food, and exercise in the preven- tion of tuberculosis. Medicine, Detroit, 1905, xi, 16-20. Also, Reprint.—Ferreri (G.) Le diagnostic precoee de certaines K'sions des premieres voies respiratoires au point de vue de la prophylaxie antituberculeuse. Arch. internat. de laryngol. [etc.J, Par., 1912, xxxiv, 1-16. Also: Clin. prat, med.-chir. de path, [etc.], Par., 1912, viii, 217- 226.—-Finarty (J. W.) Phthisis pulmonalis; its preven- tion and treatment. Iowa M. J., Des Moines, 1905, xi, 244-246.—Fink (E.) Ueber Lungenschwindsuchtsent- stehung und Tuberkulosebekampfung. Therap. Mo- natsh., Berl., 1904, xviii, 79-84.—Fischer (E.) Thun wir unsere Pflicht im Kampfe gegen die Schwindsucht als Volkskrankheit? Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1902, xxxii, 681-691.—Fliigge (C.) Ueber die nachsten Aufgaben zur Erforschung der Vdbreitungsweise der Phthise. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1897, xxiii, 665-668. -----. Weitere Beitrage zur Verbreitungs- weise und Bekampfung der Phthise. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infectionskrankh., Leipz., 1901, xxxviii, 1-20.—Forres- ter (J.) The prophvlaxis and management of phthisis. Penn. M. J., Pittsburg, 1899-1900, iii, 578-582.—Francine (A. P.) Today's crusade against consumption. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1905, xiv, 1531-1535.—Franco (D.) A prevenire la tubercolosi polmonare su la terapia phi efficace e promettente dello stato prctubercolare. Benes- ser, Napoli, 1902-3, n. s., i, 15-19— Fraunfelter (J.) Preventive treatment of consumption. Columbus M. J., 1895, xiv, 1-12.— Freeman (G. L.) Pulmonary phthisis and the care of consumptives. N. York M. Times, 1894, xxii, 225-230.—Fiirst (L.) Zur Prophy- TUBERCULOSIS. 782 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Prevention of). laxe der Lungentuberkulose. Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1889, x, 875. — Gailor (T. F.) The prophylaxis of tuberculosis from a theoretical standpoint. Tr. M. Soc. Tennessee, Memphis, 1906, Ixxiii, 61-64.— Gard- ner (A. B.) What shall we do with our consump- tives? Tr. Texas M. Ass., Austin, 1898, 65-70. — Oar- land (C. H.) A popular crusade against consumption. Brit. J. Tuberculosis, Lond., 1911, v, 1-6. — Gatohell (C.) Prevention and general treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis. Tr. Am. Inst. Homceop. 1899, N. Y., 1900, 143 -162.—Gird wood (J.) The responsibility of the physician in the campaign against tuberculosis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1909, liii, 1881-1883.—Greenley (T. B.) Prevention and treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis. Am. Pract. & News, Louisville, 1895, xx, 251-260.—Guil- bert (E. A.) The relation borne by ventilation and out- door life to the prevention, management, and cure of pulmonary consumption. Iowa Health Bull., Des Moines, 1898, xii,58-61.—H. (A.) Vedekezziink a tiidovesz ellen. [Our prophylaxis of phthisis.] Orvos. lapja, Budapest, 1901, xii, 351.—Hambleton (G. W.) The suppression of consumption. Illust. M. News, Lond., 1889, v, 275; 300: 1890, vi, 11; 35. Also, Reprint. -----. The prevention of pulmonary tuberculosis. Ber. ii. d. Kong. z. Bekampf. d. Tuberk. [etc.], Berl., 1899, 670-672.—Harrass (P.) Zur Prophylaxe der Lungentuberkulose. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1908, lv, 2321-2324.—Harris (A. J.) Prophy- laxis of tuberculosis from the standpoint of a lavman. Tr. M. Soc. Tennessee, Nashville, 1905, lxxii, 56-59.— Hart (C.) Zur Prophylaxe der Lungentuberkulose. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1909, xiv, 337-346.—Harvey (T. W.) The prevention of consumption. J. Med. Soc. N. Jersey, Newark, 1905-6, ii, 133-137.—Hecht (A.) Ein Beitrag zur Prophylaxis der Lungentuberkulose. Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1900, xiv, 592.— Hennlng (B. G.) The prevention of pulmonary consumption; prophylaxis of tuberculosis from the standpoint of the physician. Tr. M. Soc. Tennessee, Memphis, 1906, Ixxiii, 55-60.—Hlers (J. L.) Consumption; its relation to the general public. Atlanta Jour.-Rec Med., 1901-2, iii, 793-801.—Huber (J. B.) The winning fight against consumption. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1908, Ixxiii, 973-978. -----. The prevention and treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis. Merck's Arch., N. •Y., 1911, xiii, 308-315. -----. Pulmonary prophylaxis. Med. Times, N. Y., 1911, xxxix, 198-200. -----. Tubercu- losis; its nature, causes and prevention. St. Louis M. Rev., 1911, n. s., v, 33; 74.—Hubs (E.) Experimenteller Beitrag zur Frage der Serviettenhiille. Tuberculosis, Leipz., 1906, v, 633-637. Also: Ztschr. f. Hvg. u. Infek- tionskrankh., Leipz., 1906-7, lv, 171-178.—Hull (T. Y.) The anti-tuberculosis crusade and phthisiophobia. Texas M. J., Austin, 1908-9, xxiv, 453-460— Hunt (E. M.) The prevention of phthisis pulmonalis, and methods for its limitation. Am. Pub. Health Ass. Rep. 1889, Concord, 1890, xv, 136-144. [Discussion], 249; 271.— Jaccoud. Prophylaxie de la tuberculose. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1890, lxiii, 75-78.—Janeway (E. G.) The necessity and fea- sibility of efforts to prevent the spread of pulmonary tu- berculosis. Tr. N. York Acad. M. (1892), 1893, 2. s., ix, 26- 35.—Joseph (Hilda). A scheme for the employment of consumptives whose disease has been arrested. Tuber- culosis, Lond., 1906, iv, 83-92.—Kelynack (T. N.) Pio- neers in the combat with consumption. Med. Press Prophylaxie pretuberculeuse. Cor- resp. med., Par., 1904, x, no. 244, 5.—Rriscoe (J. F.) Choral singing as a preventive of tuberculosis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, i, 1349.—Cavazzani (G.) Azione profi- lattica dell' aglio contro 1' infezione tubercolare. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1903, Padova, 1904, xiii, 282.—Cipri- ani (P.) La bocca dell' uomo nella profilassi della tisi. Corriere san., Milano, 1902, xiii, 436; 468; 486; 534; 580; 613; 659; 720; 738.—Cook (J. W.) Preventive influence of to- bacco chewing in phthisis pulmonalis. Texas Cour.-Rec Med., Dallas, 1888-9, vi, 221; 251— Dettweller (P.) Ue- ber die Hygiene der Schwindsiichtigen in geschlossenen Heilanstalten. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1894, xxx, 1030-1033.—Feld (C. R.) Best means of protecting the healthy of the household against phthisis. Tr. M. Soc. Wisconsin, Madison, 1896, xxx, 309-313. — Filch: (L. F.) The hygiene of phthisis. Proc. Phila. Co. M. Soc, 1888, ix, 24-39.—Gardiner (Blanche). The woman's part in the cause and prevention of pulmonary tubercu- losis. J. Roy. San. Inst., Lond., 1904-5, xxv, 884-889.— Griffin (T.) Tobacco vs. consumption. Pacific M. J., San Fran., 1892, xxxv, 328-330.—Haibe & Laruelle. L'hygiene du pretuberculeux. Mouvement hyg., Brux., 1904, xx, 373-385. Also: Presse med. beige, Brux., 1905, lvii, 53-61.—Hall (S. S.) Hygiene of pulmonary tuber- culosis. Med. Times, N. Y., 1897, xxv, 76-78.— Heftron (J. W.) Personal hygiene; a factor most important in at- tempting the control of tuberculosis; the need for fresher, purer air, and more of it; higher environments, stricter care of the body and better care of the inner man. J. Outdoor Life, Trudeau, N. Y., 1906-7, iii, 411-415.—Hug- gard (W. R.) Hints to patients concerning the spread of consumption. Practitioner, Lond., 1893, 1, 79.—Hutch- inson (W.) Let the lungsalone in consumption. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1905, lxvii, 645-649. — Keyes (T. B.) The prevention of tuberculosis by building up the defensive powersof the body. Med. Brief, St. Louis, 1904, xxxii, 1056- 1059. Also, Reprint.—Knopf (S. A.) The family physi- cian as a factor in the solution of the tuberculosis problem. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1904, xliii, 1196-1200.—Lemoine (G.-H.) Contagion familiale et prophylaxie dela tubercu- lose pulmonaire. Bull. m&L, Par., 1903, xvii, 981.—Lutte dela famille: [tuberculose ou consomption]. Bull. mecl. do Quebec,1901-2,iii,485-494.— JHartin (A.-J.) Surlesconse- quenees des mesures d'hygiene pour les locataires atteints de tuberculose. Rev. d'hyg., Par., 1910, xxxii, 565-577.— IHigiion (M.) Le r61e des fossesnasales danslaprophy- laxie et le traitement de la tuberculose, pulmonaire et laryngee. Arch.internat.delaryngol. [etc.],Par.,1902,xv, 88-95.—Moeller (A.) Mundhygiene una Lungentuber- kulose. Munchen.med. Wchnschr., 1910, lvii, 80.—New- ton (R. C.) Personal hygiene in the prophylaxis and treatment of consumption. Tr. Am. Climat. Ass., Phila., 1907, xxiii, 200-211. Also: J. Balneol. & Climat., Lond., 1908, xii, 21-31.—von Oldenbarnevelt (Mile. Jeanne). La gymnastique respiratoire. Rev. internat. de la tu- berc, Par., 1906, x, 97-102.—Osier (W.) The home in its relation to the tuberculosis problem. Canada Lancet, Toronto, 1904-5, xxxviii, 600-612. Also: Med. News, N. Y., 1903, lxxxiii, 1105-1110. Also: Rev. internat. de la tu- berc, Par., 1905, vii, 403-413. — Patterson (M.) & Slirnbsall (F. C.) Practical hints for consumptives. Clin. J., Lond., 1909-10, xxxv, 310; 332.—Pece (M.) Co- nocimientos mas rudimentarios que deben tener los pa- dres de familia para conservar la salud de sus hijosyalgo de profilAxis contra la tuberculosis pulmonar. Med. pract., San Fernando, 1905, iv, 259; 277; 297; 319; 345; 388.—Petit (G.) La tuberculose et les fumeurs. Mecl. orient., Par., 1905, ix ,149-151,—Prettyman (J. S.) Tu- berculosis and bacteriophobia. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1896,1, 611.—Roepke (0.) Weitere Beitrage zur Frage der Waschedesinfektion bei Tuberkuloseerkrankungen. Tu- berculosis, Leipz., 1906, v, 624-632.—Ruata (C.) Ancora TUBERCULOSIS. 786 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Prevention of, Personal and domestic). la posata ed il bacio dei tisiei. Corriere san., Milano, 1902, xiii, 705-707.—Trask (J. W.) The dangers of un- restricted travelling of consumptives. J. Ass. Mil. Surg. U. S., Carlisle, Pa., 1905, xvi, 322-333. Also, Reprint — Wheaton (C. L.) The hygiene of tuberculosis. J. Am. M. ,\>s., Chicago, 1909, Iii, 24. [Discussion], 33-37.— Wo 111". Der personiiche Schutz gegen die Schwind- sucht. Bl. f. Volksgsndhtspfl., Munchen u. Berl., 1905, v, 178-185. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Prevention of) by segregation and isolation. ' See, also, Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Isolation in). Adams (J. F. A.) The segregation of con- sumptives. 8°. Boston, 1907. Chalret du Rieu (M.-D.-J.) *De l'isole- ment du phtisique a, Phopital Lariboisiere. 8°. Paris, 1899. Adams (J. F. A.) The segregation of consumptives. Med. Communicat. Mass. M. Soc, Bost., 1907, xx, 397-415. Also [Abstr.]: Boston M. & S. J., 1907, clvii, 35-40.— Adams (J. H.) Shall we make our consumptives social outcasts? Med. Age, Detroit, 1902, xx, 693-698.— Rarth. L'isolement des tuberculeux dans les services hospitaliers par le sectionnement des salles communes. [Rap.] Bull, et mem. Soc med. d. h6p. de Par., 1904, 3. s., xxi, 67-69.—Cleemann (R. A.) A note on the state segre- gation of consumptives. Tr. Am. Climat. Ass., Phila., 1906, xxii, 274-280.—Cobb (J. O.) The danger to the public from the ambulant consumptive. Phila. M. J., 1902, ix, 763-760.—Fairfield (W. J.) What shall we do with our sonsumptives? Tr. Indiana M. Soc, Logans- port, 1901, 69-78.—Heron (G. A.) The recognition and isolation of pulmonary tuberculosis. J. San. Inst., Lond., 1899-1900, xx, 532-539, 4 pl— Kretzschmar (P. H.) The isolation of consumptives. Tr. M. Soc. N. Y., [Phila.], 1890, 170-174.— .Mays (T. J.) Does segregation diminish the prevalence of pulmonary consumption? Sanitarian, N. Y., 1891, 350-352. Also, Reprint.—Probst (C. O.) The compulsory isolation of dangerous, uncon- trollable consumptives. Quart. Bull. Ohio State Bd. Health, Columbus, 1910, ii, 113-121.—Sauer (F. N.) Shall the state take charge of phthisical patients and treat them as contagious? Tr. M. Soc. Wisconsin, Madi- son, 1896, xxx, 328-330.—Sewall (H.) The climatic segregation of consumptives. Colorado Climat., Denver, 1894-5, 184-191.—Williamson (A. M.) Tuberculosis; advanced cases and segregation. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1911, n. s., xcii, 317-319.—Zeldler (P. N.) K voprosu ob isolyatsii bugorehatikh. [On the isolation of consumptives.] Trudi V syezda Obsh. russk. vrach. v pamyat Pirogova, S.-Peterb., 1894, ii, 537-541. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Preventive inoculation against). See Tuberculosis (Preeentive inoculation against); Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) with tuberculin; Tuberculosis ( Treatmentof) with tuberculin. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Prognosis in). See, also, Tuberculosis (Mortality from [and expectation of life m]; Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Chronic); Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Sputum in); Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Temperature in). Daremberg (G.) Les difterentes formes cliniques et sociales de la tuberculose pul- monaire. Pronostic, diagnostic, traitement. 8°. Paris, 1905. Dexis (C.) * Tuberculose pulmonaire a ba- cilles att£nu£s (methode de pronostic experi- mental). 4°. Lyon, 1894. Gas.six (A.-M.-H.) * Influence inverse de la fatigue et du repos sur la temperature des tu- berculeux. Importance de 1'instability ther- mique comme element de diagnostic precoee et de pronostic de la phtisie pulmonaire. 8°. Bordeaux, 1905. Arthand (G.) Etude sur le pronostic de la tubercu- lose pulmonai e et sur les procedes cliniques qui servent a l'etablir. Cons. p. I'etude de la tuberculose i893, Par. 1894, iii, 437-441 — Harms (H.L.) The prognosis of, febrile cases of pulmonary tuberculosis. Tr. Am. Climat. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Prognosis in). Ass., Phila., 1909, xxv, 53-63. Also: Month. Cvcl. & M. Bull., Phila., 1909, ii, 580-587.—Hehrend (M.) Nach welchen Gesichtspunkteu muss die Prognose der Lun- gentuberkulose beurteilt werden? Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1903, iv, 232-234.—R[ernhelm] (S.) Pronostic de la phtisie pulmonaire. Independ. med., Par., 1896, ii, 417.—Rleyer (J. M.) Prognosis in the consumptive. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1907, lxxi, 95-99.— Rlumer (G.) The infectious character of tuberculosis and the prognosis of incipient consumption. Albany M. Ann., 1900, xxi, 217-224.—Rruce (J. M.) A clinical lecture on the elements of prognosis in pulmonary tu- berculosis. Lancet, Lond., 1913,1,591-595.—Buchanan (R. J. M.) Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 1905, xxv, 292-307.— Chapman (W. C.) Prognosis in pulmonary tubercu- losis. Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1889, n. s., xxiii, 359-362.— Courmont (J.) & Denis (C.) Tuberculose pulmonaire a bacilles att6nues; methode de pronostic experimental. Cong, franc, de med. 1894, Par., 1895, i, 518.----------. De la tuberculose pulmonaire k bacilles attenues (me- thode de pronostic experimental). Rev. de la tubercu- lose, Par., 1897, 289-317.—Courmont (P.) [et at.]. In- dications pronostiques tirees des proprietes humorales d'un epanchement tuberculeux mortel; polynueleose; hypofibrinose; sero-pronostic Lyon m6d., 1908, cxi, 258- 272.—Elmgren (R.) Keuhkotautistigmatain prognos- tisesta merkityksesta. [The prognostic significance of sundry consumption stigmata.] Duodecim, Helsinki, 1913, xxix, 18-38.—Fagart (L.) La pression arterielle dans les pleurisies comme pronostic de la tuberculose. J. de med. de Par., 1906, 2. s., xviii, 139.—Fisher (T. C.) Prognosis of pulmonary tuberculosis. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1905, n. s., lxxx, 635-537.—Flick (L. F.) Prog- nosis in tuberculosis. Am. Med., Phila., 1906, xi, 13-16.— Gottsteln (A.) Beitrage zur Prognose der Lungen- schwindsucht. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1900, xiv, 403- 414.—Hanot ( V. ) Dur£e de la phtisie pulmonaire. Semaine m6d., Par., 1896, xvi, 97-101. Also, transl: Med. Week, Par., 1896, iv, 313-319. Also, transl: Areh. de ginecop., Barcel., 1896, ix, 516; 566; 577; 639; 656.—Har- land (W. G. B.) Diagnostic and prognostic value of an examination of the throat in pulmonary tuberculosis. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1906, lxxxiii, 504. Also, Re- print.—King (J. C.) Prognosis of pulmonary tubercu- losis. Clin. Rev., Chicago, 1906-7, xxiv, 632-638.— Kodym (O.) O prognose tuberkulosy. [Le pronostic de la phthisie. R6s., 56.] Sborn. klin., v Praze, 1901-2, iii, 34-58.—Lapham (Mary). Prognosis in pulmonary tuberculosis. Atlanta Jour.-Rec Med., 1906-7, viii, 441- 450.—Lister (T. D.) A clinical lecture on prognosis in phthisis pulmonalis. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1910, n. s., xc, 302-304. Also: Canad. Pract. & Rev., Toronto, 1910, xxxv, 789-795. -----. A clinical lecture on prognosis in phthisis. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1911, n. s., xci, 138-140.—Lucas (J. J. S.) The prognosis of pulmonary tuberculosis. Bristol M.-Chir. J., 1906, xxiv, 12-17. Also: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1906, n. s., lxxxii, 213-215.— IHaene (R. C.) Prognosis in consumption. Brit. J; Tu- berculosis, Lond., 1910, iv, 168-172.—ITlarsden (R. W.) Diagnosis and prognosis in pulmonary tuberculosis. Med. Chron., Manchester, 1910, Hi, 145-159.—Okolic- sanyi-Kuthy (D.) A tuddgumdk6r prognosis4r61; ielentosege 6s neh6ssegei. [Prognosis in pulmonary phthisis; its importance and difficulty.] Budapesti orv. ujsag, 1911, ix, 499-502.—Ott (A.) Ueber die Beziehun- gen von Korperbewegungen, Korperwarme und Albu- mosurie zu einander und zum Fieber im Verlauf der Phthise; Entgegnung auf die Arbeit von Schroder und Briihh Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1902, xlix, 1580.— Pelnar (J.) Rokowanie przy grufclicy. [Prognosis in phthisis.] Now. lek., Poznan, 1904, xvi, 55.—Pollock (J. E.) Prognosis in phthisis. Practitioner, Lond., 1896, lvi, 359-369.—Pons (J. B.) "Divergeneia" entre el pulso y la temperatura de los tuberculosos, especialmente en los periodos terminaies hacia la curaei6n. Arch, de la Soc. estud. clin. de la Habana, 1909, xvi, 143-153.—Porter (W.) The prognosis of laryngeal phthisis. Arch. Laryn- gol., N. Y., 1881, ii, 323-329. Also, Reprint—Reisz. Bidrag til den kroniske Lungetuberkuloses Prognose. [Contribution to the prognosis of pulmonary tuberculo- sis.] Kj0benh.med. Selsk. Forh., 18yj-3,20-25.—Rivero (F.) El pron6stico en la tuberculosis polmonar. Arch. de la Soc. estud. clin. de la Habana, 1909, xvi, 89-101, 1 ch.—von Ruck (K.) Prognosis in pulmonary tuber- culosis, based upon an analysis of five hundred and fif- teen cases. Med. News, Phila., 1890, lvii, 251-258. Also, Reprint. -----. The prognosis in pulmonary tuberculo- sis. J. Tuberc, Asheville, N. C, 1900, ii, 454-469. -----. The influence of tuberculous ancestry on the prognosis in pulmonary tuberculosis. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1907, cxxxiv, 222-227.—Rump 1" (E.) Die Prognose der Lungentuberkulose. Deutsche med. Wchnschr Leipz. u. Berl., 1907, xxxiii, 335-337. Also [Abstr.]: Miin- ehen. med. Wchnschr., 1906, liii, 1407.—Sawyer (J.) Prognosis of pulmonary tuberculosis. Charlotte [\ C.J M. J., 1906, xxix, 155-190.—Sbordone (A.) Prognosi TUBERCULOSIS. 787 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Prognosis in). della tubercolosi polmonare. Arte med., Napoli, 1901, iii, 141-147.—Schneider(H.) DieprognostischeBedeutung des Pulses bei chronischer Lungentuberkulose. Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg.,Berl., 1904,533-536. Also: Verhandl.d.Gesell- sch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1904, Leipz., 1905, ii, 2. Hlfte., 68-72.—Schroder (G.) &Rrllhl (T.) Ein weiterer Bei- trag zu der Frage: InwelcherBeziehungstehenKbrperbe- wegungen, Korperwarme und Albumosurie zu einander una zum Fieber im Verlauf der Phthise. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1902,xlix, 1887. See, also,supra, Ott.—Schus- ter (H.) Die PrognosederklinischenLunsrentuberkulose auf Grund der Wolff-Eisnerschen Konjunktivalreaktion. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1909, xiv, 33^5.—Shaw (H. B.) A lecture on prognosis in pulmonary tuberculosis. Clin. J., Lond., 1906, xxviii, 166-170.—Sinclair (M. McL) The prognosisof pulmonarv tuberculosis. Australas. M. Cong. Tr. 1905,Adelaide, 1907,vii,38-43.—Sinks(E.D.) Pulmo- nary tuberculosis; its diagnosis and course under favor- able conditions. J. Ass. Mil. Surg. U. S., Carlisle, 1905, xvi, 899-413. Also, Reprint.—Sj8berg(N.) Omprognosen vid phtisispulmonum. Eira, Stockholm, 1899, xxiii, 668-671.— Squire (J. E.) On the elements of prognosis in pul- monary tuberculosis. Med. Mag., Lond., 1903, n. s., xii, 374-389. -----. Prognosis in pulmonary tuberculosis. Hospital, Lond., 1909, xlvi, 305-308.—Sterling (S.) O prognostycznem znaczeniu stalego przyspieszenia t^tna Erzebiegu gruzlicy pluc; zarazem przyczynek do klasy- kacyi tego cierpienia. [On the prognostic value of con- stant acceleration of the pulse in phthisis; also on the classification of this disease.] Czasopismo lek., L6dz, 1903, v, 359-365. Also, transl: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1904, li, 103-105.-----. O rokowaniu w gruzlicy pluc [Prognosis in pulmonary phthisis.] Czasopismo lek., L6dz, 1907, ix, 266-270.— Szabtfky (J.) A Russo-fele methylenkek-reactio diagnostikai 6s prognostikai ert6- kerol tud6gumdk6rban. [Value of Russo's methylene reaction in the diagnosis and prognosis of phthisis.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1911, lv, 102-104.—Tecon. In- fluence de l'altitude sur le perimetre thoracique des tu- berculeux; relations entre les variations du poidset celles du perimetre thoracique; valeur pronostique et clinique. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1912, xxxii, 575- 584.—Valle y Aldabalde. El pron6stico en la tu- berculosis pulmonar. Rev. de med. y cirug. pract., Madrid, 1902, lvii, 293; 374; 416; 451.—Virshubski (A. M.) O nlekotorikh rukovodyashtshikh simptomakh pri prognozle u chakhotochnikh. [Some guiding symptoms in the prognosis of phthisis.] Voyenno-med. J., St. Petersb., 1901, lxxix, med.-spec pt., 3685-3689.—Walsh (J.) Prognosis in tuberculosis of the lungs. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1906, lxxxiii, 602-605. Also, Reprint. -----. Prognosis of tuberculous lesions involving the whole of or more than one lobe. Nat. Ass. Study & Prevent. Tu- berculosis. Trans., N. Y., 1910, vi, 166-171. Also: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1911, cxii, 589-593.—Walsham (H.) The X-ravs in prognosis of pulmonary tubercu- losis. Lancet, Lond., 1899, ii, 152-155.—Wehmer (F.) Die Bedeutung des Herzbefundes fur die Prognose der Lungenschwindsucht. Med. Woche, Berl., 1903, 133.— Welsz (M.) Ueber Prognosestellung bei der Lungen- tuberkulose. Med. Klin., Berl., 1912, viii, 2095-2098.— Wolff-Eisner (A.) Die Prognosenstellung bei der Tuberkulose mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Bal- neologie, nebst Bemerkunsren fiber die Fruhdiagnose und Tuberkulintherapie. Med. Klin., Berl., 1909, v, 890-892. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Public assistance in). »See Tuberculous (Charitable care of). Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Pace inci- dence in). See Tuberculosis (Bace incidence in). Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Registra- tion of). See Tuberculosis (Notification, etc., of). Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Reinfec- tion and relapse in). Roemisch (W.) Wie schiitzen wir uns vor Wiedererkrankung an Lungentuberkulose? Vortrag zum Besten unbemittelter Lungen- kranker. 8°. Essen, 1902. Rezancon (F.) & de Serbonnes (H.) Reinfec- tion a dose massive des cobayes tuberculeux par voie sus-cutanee et par voie intra-tracheale. Progres med., Par., 1912, 3. s., xxviii, 293-297.—Minor (C. L.) The problem of relapse after apparent cure in the treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1909, ci, 254-262. Also: South. M. J., Nashville, 1909, ii, 512- 617.—Moser. Wiederauftreten einer zur Ruhe ge- Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Reinfec- tion and relapse in). kommenen Lungentuberkulose nach einem Trauma. Ztschr. f. Bahn- u. Bahnkassenarzte, Leipz., 1907, ii, 48- 61.—iHulr (J.) Re-infection in consumption. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1896, xxvii, 1198. Also, Reprint.— Ransome (A.) On reinfection in phthisis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1892, ii, 172-174. Also: Med. Chron., Manches- ter, 1892-3, xvii, 7-12. Also, Reprint.—Timasheff (S. M.) Vtorichniya zarazheniya pri tuberkulyozle lyokh- kikh. [Secondary infection in pulmonary tuberculosis.] Izvlest. Imp. Tomsk. Univ., 1896, x, no. 6, 1-88. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Respira- tory exchanges in). Charrin (A.) & Tissot (J.) Les combustions intra- organiques mesurtes par les echanges respiratoires ne subissent aucune augmentation pendant le cours de la tuberculose experimentale chezle cobaye; ellessubissent une diminution progressive k partir du moment od les animaux maigrissent. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 240; 255. — Hauser (P.) L'elevation des echanges respiratoires chez les tuberculeux consideTee au point de vue de la physiologie pathologique. Med. mod., Par., 1903,xiv, 185.—Joly (F.), Ciautrelet (J.) & Soule" (E.) Les echanges respiratoires dans la tuberculose (pre- miere s6rie d'exp^riences chez les tuberculeux soumis au regime des sanatoriums). Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 268-270.—K uss (G.) Les echanges res- piratoires dans les tuberculoses ouvertes apyretiques soumises k la cure de sanatorium. Ibid., 261-263.—Labbe (H.) & Vltry (G.) Echanges azotes chez les tubercu- leux. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 314- 317. Also: Rev. de med., Par., 1912, xxxii, 819-832. Also Abstr.]: Presse med., Par., 1912, xx,788.— Qulnquaud C.-E.) Note sur les phenomenes chimiques de la respi- ration chez les tuberculeux. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1889,9. s., i, 587-592.—Robin (A.) L'acceleration des echanges respiratoires et la demineralisation orga- nique chez les pr6tuberculeux et chez les phtisiques. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1909, 3. s., lxii, 217-232. -----. Les echanges respiratoires et le volume de l'expiration maxima chez les phtisiques a tous les degres. Bull, med., Par., 1909, xxiii. 211-213. Also: Tuberculosis, Leipz., 1910, ix, 443-447. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1910, n. s., lxxxix, 493. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Semeiology of). . . ' See Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Diagnosis and semeiology of). Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Senile). See Tuberculosis (Pulmonary) in old age. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Serodiag- nosis of). See Tuberculosis (Serodiagnosis of). Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Societies for the prevention of). See Tuberculosis (Societies for the prevention of). Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Spurious). £ee Tuberculosis (Spurious). Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Sputum in). See, also, Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Trans- mission of) by dust and sputum. Amrei'n (O.) * Welche Schlussfolgerungen lassen sich aus dem Vorkommen von abgestor- benen oder in ihrer Virulenz abgeschwachten Tuberkelbaeillen im Sputum ziehen? [Zurich. ] 8°. St. Gallen, 1900. Cabiean (F.) *Les faux bacilles de Koch de Pexpectoration; contribution a I'etude du diag- nostic. 8°. Paris, 1908.. Eichhorn (H.) * Beitrage zur Kenntniss des Einflusses von Temperatur- und Witterungsver- hiiltnissen auf die Tenacittit des tuberkulosen Sputums. 8°. Jena, 1893. Goerbes (H.) * Ueber den Nachweis der Tuberkelbazillen im Sputum mittels der Anti- ferminmethode. [Bonn.] 8°. Berlin, 1910. Also, in: Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1910, lxx, 86-102. TUBERCULOSIS. 788 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Sputum in). Hempel (H.) * Untersuchungen iiber den Nachweis von Tuberkelbaeillen und ihre Ziih- lung im Sputum. 8°. Leipzig, 1902. Kaatzer (P.) Die Technik der Sputum- Untersuchung auf Tuberkel-Bacillen (Bacillus tuberculosis Kochii) nach den bis jetzt ange- wandten Methoden zusammengestellt und nach eigener Erfahrung erliiutert. 12°. Wiesbaden, 1884. Kawai (M.) * Neuere Methoden zum Nach- weis von Tuberkelbazillen in Sputum und in pathologischen Sekreten und Geweben. 8°. Berlin, 1910. Also, in: Med. Klin., Berl., 1911, vii, 142; 186. Kohls (K.) * Ueber intracellulare Lagerung der Tuberkelbazillen im Sputum. 8°. Leipzig, 1908. Land (A. A. G.) *De beteekenisvan dever- schillende vormen der tuberkelbaeillen in het sputum voor de prognose. [Leiden.] 8°. Haarlem, 1906. Mandoul (A.) *Bacille de Koch et semiolo- gie de la tuberculose pulmonaire. Son poly- morphisme et ses variations chromatiques et numeriques dans les produits de 1'expectoration. 8°. Lyon, 1904. Massachusetts. State Board of Health. The examination of sputum for tubercle bacilli, 8°. [Boston, 1900.] Orta l (E.) * Hemoptysie et bacille de Koch. 8°. Lyon, 1904. Orvaxanos (D.) * Valor clinico de la pre- sencia de los bacilos de Koch en los esputos. 8°. Mexico, 1S88. van Voornveld (H. J. A.) *Ueber die Re- sultate von Sputumuntersuchungen bei Lun- gentuberculose. [Zurich. ] 8°. Amsterdam, 1900. Witte (J.) * Studien iiber das Verhaltnis von elastischen Fasern und Tuberkelbaeillen im tuberkulosen Sputum. 8°. Miinehen, 1902. Wurmlin (E.) *Kommen im Sputum von Phthisikern bovine Tuberkelbazillen vor? [Leipzig.] 8°. Dresden, 1911. Abba (F.) & Barelli (F.) Sulla resistenza del ba- cillo tubercolare negli sputi, sopra diverse specie di pavi- menti e dentro le biancherie. Riv. d' ig. e san. publ., Torino, 1901, xii, 115-127.—Abe (N.) Der Nachweis des Tuberkelbazillus im Sputum. Arch. f. Hyg., Miinehen u. Berl., 1908, lxvii, 372-378.—Abrams (A.) New meth- ods of demonstrating tubercle bacilli in the sputum. Oc- cidental M. Times, Sacramento, 1896, x, 74-77.—Albu (A.) & Weyl (T.) Das tuberculose Sputum nach an- daiierndem Kr.-cxnt-Gebraueh enthalt lebende Tuber- kelbneillrn. Ztschr. f. Hvg. u. Infectionskrankh., Leipz., 1893, xiii, 38-41. —Amann (J.) Der Nach- weis des Tuberkelbacillus im Sputum. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. u. Parasitenk., 1. Abt., Jena, 1895, xvii, 513- 522— Anderson-Berry (D.) The technique of the examination of sputum for tubercle bacilli. Lancet, Lond., 1905, ii, 785.—Anglada (J.) Les nouvelles me- thodes de recherche du baciile de Koch dans les crachats; proeede d'homogeneisation. Arch. gen. de me\L, Par., 1912. v, 389-419. -----. Examen bacteriologique des era- chars tuberculeux. Prov. med.. Par., 1912, xxiii, 506 — A»*itiaiin (G.) Ueber eine neue Kontrastfarbung zur Darstellungintrazellularer Tuberkelbazillen im Auswurf. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1909, lvi, 658.—B. La substi- tution des crachats tuberculeux dans les hopitaux mili- taires. Med. mod., Par., 1896, vii, 188.—Babcock (W. ''H .) Laboratory methods of diagnosing tuberculosis- the training nf sputum. Internat. M. Mag., Phila., 1899, viii 901-90, —Baccarani (U.) Das einfache katarrhalische bputum als Culturmedium des Tuberkelbacillus. Med. \Voche, Berl., 1902, 449-451.-Bery.eron (A.) La re- cherche des bacilles de Koch dans les crachats. J med franc, Par., 1910, iv, 31-35— Berka (F.) Ueber das Ver- haltnis der zur Darstellung gelangenden Tuberkelbazil- len bei Sputumfiirbemethoden. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol [etc.], 1. Abt.. Jena, 1909, li, 456-458— Bernhardt (Or.) Leber die Verwendung von Antiformin und Li- groin lur den Nachweis der Tuberkelbazillen im Spu- Tuberculosis (Pidmonary, Sputum in). turn. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1909 xxxv, 1428— BertarelU (E.) Ueber einen ziemlich seltenen Tuberkelsputumbefund. Centralbl. f. Bak- teriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1903, xxxiv, 411.—Ber- liner. Valeur pronostique de l'expectoration bacil- laire. Cong, franc, de med. C. r., Par., 1902, ii, 16&-170. Also: Rev. de la tuberculose, Par., 1902, ix. 255-260 — Beyer (A.) Unders0gelse af Opspyt forTuberkelbaciller ved Anvendelse af Centrifugering. [The examination of sputum for tuberculosis bacilli and the use of centrifu- ging.] Hosp.-Tid.. K0benh., 1907, 4. R..xv, 1139-1145.— Bezancon (F.) & de Jong (S.-I.) Etude histo-chi- mique et cytologique du crachat des tuberculeux. Bull et mem. Soc. med. d. hop.de Par., 1908,3. s., xxv,696-700.— Bezancon (F.),de Jons & Braun. Reactions d'al- veolite au cours de la tuberculose deceives par l'examen cytologique des crachats. Bull. Soc. d'etudes seient. de la tuberc, Par., 1911-12, 2. s., 17-20.—Bezancon (F.) & Pliilibert (A.) Importance de la notion de densite pour la recherche du bacille de Koch dans les precedes d'homogeneisation du crachat. Progres inM., Par 1911 3. s., xxvii, 229-233.—Bezancon (F.), Pliilibert (A.) & Gastinel (P.) Importance clinique de l'homogene- isation des crachats. Bull, etmem.Soc. med. d. hop de Par., 1912, 3. s., xxxiv, 467-476. — Bialobrzeski (M.) Oznaczenie bakteryj gruzliczych w plwocinie. [Deter- mination of tubercle bacilli in the sputum.] Czasopismo towarz. aptek., Lw6w, 1898, 57-60.—Biernackl (S.) 0 obecnosci aglutynin gruzliczych w plwocinie. [On the presence of tubercular agglutinins in the sputum.1 Gaz lek., Warszawa, 1911, 2. s., xxxi, 147; 181.—Bierotte (E.) Vergleichende Untersuchungen fiber den Wert der Anti- formin-Ligroin- und der Doppelmethode von Ellermann- Erlandsen zum Nachweis von Tuberkelbaeillen im Spu- tum. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1910,xlvii,877.—Boardman (W. W.) The useof antiformin in theexamination of spu- tum for the tubercle bacillus. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull Bait., 1911, xxii, 269-272.— Boccliia (I.) Dell' arricchi- mento con bacilli di Koch dei preparati da sputo tuber- colare col metodo al perossido d' idrogeno e col nuovo metodo all' antiformina. Ann. d' ig. sper., Roma, 1909 n. s., xix, 265-268.—Bogason (P.) Om vserdien af for- skellige homogeniserings- og sedimenteringsmetoder til paavisning af TB i expektorat. [The value of differ- ential homogeneous and sedimentary methods in the application of TB in expectoration.] Ugesk. f. Laeger. Kj0benh„ 1910, lxxii, 1199; 1239. -----. Eine neue Me- thode zum Nachweis von T. B. im Sputum und im Urin Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1910, xv, 554-659.—Bonardl (E.) Le ptomaine negli sputi dei tisiei. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, Milano, 1888, no. 1, 31-37.-----. Nuove ricerche chimiche e biologiche sui veleni conte- nuti negli sputi e nei visceri tubercolosi. Gazz. d. osp., Napoli, 1891, xii. 851— Bonnemaison. Des vomiques. Rev.med. de Toulouse, 18s9, xxiii, 279-283.—Bramwell (B.) Phthisis; sputum swarming with tubercle bacilli; no pyrexia. Clin. Stud., Edinb., 1903-4, n. s., ii, 242-244.— Brieger (L.) Ueber die diagnostische und therapeu- tische Bedeutung der Tuberkelbaeillen undanderer Bac- terien im Auswurf. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1900, xxxvii, 272-274.—Brieger (L.) & Neuleld (F.) Zur Diagnose beginnender Tuberkulose aus dem Sputum. Deutsche m ed. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1900, xxvi, 93-95.—Brown (L.) Sputum examination in pulmonary tuberculosis and its prognostic value. Montreal M. J., 1901, xxx, 769- 785. Also, Reprint. -----. The prognostic value of tu- bercle bacilli in sputum. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1903, xl, 514-517.— Brown (L.) & Smitli (D.) The cultiva- tion of tubercle bacilli directly from sputum by the use of antiformin. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1910, xxii, 517- 527.—Bruliat (J.) Examen des produits d'expeetora- tion tubereuleuse. Rev. gen. de l'antiseps. et de ferments therap., Par., 1897, 724: 753.— Bucbholz (W.) Leber Ziichtung von Tuberkelbaeillen aus menschlichem Spu- tum. Hyg.Rundschau,Berl.,1904, xiv,821-823.—Bulilig (W. H.) An error sometimes made in the examination of sputum for tubercle bacilli. Quart. Bull. Northwest. Univ. Med. Sch., Chicago, 1908-9, x, 29. — Buttersack. Zur Aufflndung von einzelnen Tuberkelbazillen in Spu- tumpraparaten. Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, Berl., 1*93, ix, 121.—Carrifere & Bouruoville. Sur la presence des cellules cosinophiles dans les crachats des tubercu- leux. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1898,10. s., v, 1073.— Catrln. Recherche du bacille tuberculeux dans les crachats. Presse med., Par., 1899, i, 35.— < liauvain (L.) Morphologie du bacille de Koch dans les formes et les degres de la tuberculose pulmonaire. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 407-109.—Chrelien (E.) Toxicity des crachats tuberculeux; de son r61e dans la pathogenie de la fievre hectique. Compt. rend. Soe. de biol., Par., 1896,10. s., iii, 138-140.—Collina (M.) Sulla morfologia del bacillo di Koch nell' espettorato dei tu- bercolosi. Progresso med., Torino, 1905, iv, 125.—Cook (G. W.) Bacteriological investigation of 220mouths with special reference to tubercular infection. Plexus, Chi- cago, 1904-5, x, 106-113. — Couratte-Arnaude (A.) TUBERCULOSIS. 789 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Sputum in). Nouvelle methode pour la recherche des bacilles de Koch dans les crachats. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bor- deaux, 1902, xxiii, 591. —Courmont (P.) Proprietes humorales dos exsudats tuberculeux. Union med. du Canada, Montreal, 1908, xxxvii, 621-623.—Craig (C. F.) The branched form of the bacillus tuberculosis in spu- tum. J. Exper. M., N. Y., 1898, iii, 363-370, 1 pl.— Cunningham (R. L.) The inconclusiveness of the sputum content in cases of pulmonary tuberculosis. South. Calif. Pract., Los Angeles, 1911, xxvi, 679-581. Also: Calif. M. & S. Reporter, Los Angeles, 1912, viii, 11; 203. — Czaplewski. Zum Nachweis der Tuberkelba- eillen im Sputum. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1900, i, 387 — De-Cigna (V.) II bacillo tuberco- lare negli espettorati e in rapporto alle associazioni mi- crobiche, dal punto di vista della guarabilita dell' infe- zione. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1901, xxii, 1554-1556.— IMeterlen. Zur Frage tier im Auswurf Lungenkranker vorkommenden Tuberkelbazillen. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1910, xxxvi, 207-209. -----. Unter- suchungen iiber die im Auswurf Lungenkranker vorkom- menden Tuberkelbazillen. Tuberk.-Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhts- amte, Berl., 1910,10. Hft., 101-145. — Bock(G.) The ex- amination of sputum in the diagnosis of tuberculosis; a lecture and demonstration in the Texas Medical College, delivered Dec.23. Texas Cour.-Rec. Med., Dallas, 1889-90, vii, 143-148. Also, Reprint.—Dopter. Analyse bacterio- logique des crachats tuberculeux. Paris med., 1911-12, 372-374. — Braghlescu (P.) Un nou procedeu pentnl examinarea sputel in cazurile de tuberculesa, pulmonara. Spitalul, Bucuresci, .1896, xvi, 382-384.—Bumarest (F.) & Mnrard (C.) Etude comparative des precedes de coloration de Ziehl et de Much (Grammodifie) pour la recherche des bacilles de Koch dans les crachats. Pro- vince med., Par., 1911, xxii, 507-509. —Else It (R.) Ein Beitrag zu den biochemischen und chemischen Eigen- schaften des tuberkulosen Sputums. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1912, lxxv, 71-92—Eisen (P.) & Hatzfeld (A.) Ist die zytodiagnostische Untersuchung des Sputums als Mittel zur Fruhdiagnose der Lungentuberkulose ver wen d- bar? Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1908, xi, 339-350.— Ellermann (V.) & Erlandsen (A.) Nachweis von Tuberkelbazillen im Sputum; Studien fiber die physikali- schen Verhaltnisse bei verschiedenen Homogenisierungs- undSedimentierungsmethoden; neue Methoden. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infektionskrankh., Leipz., 1908, Ixi, 219-246. Also, transl: Hosp.-Tid., Kj0benh., 1908,5. R.,i, 465; 494.— Eltsberg(A.R.) Antiformin priopredleleniipalochek Koch'a v mokrotle. [Antiformin in finding tubercle ba- cilli in the sputum.] Voyenno-med. J., St. Petersb., 1912, ccxxxiii,med.-spec. pt.,49-52.—Engel (H.) Ueber Fett- organisation im tuberkulosen Sputum. Ztschr. f. Tu- berk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1901, ii, 120-130.—Euricli (F. W.) The detection of tubercle bacilli in sputum. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, ii, 596.—Examinations of sputum and other material suspected of contain- ing the bacilli of tuberculosis. Rep. Bd. Health Mass., 1896-1902, xxix-xxxiii, passini. — Fantonl ( A.) Di un .nuovo metodo per la ricerca dei bacilli tuberco- lari negli snuti e negli altri liquidi organici. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1910, xxxi, 945—Fasani-Volarelii (F.) L' attivita idrolitica degli escreati tubercolari sui ter-eni grassi. Gazz. internaz. di med., Napoli, 1911, xiv, 684.— Felizianl (F.) Sull' importanza del reperto dei leu- cociti eosinofili nell' escreato dei tubercolosi. Boll. d. Soc. Lancisianad. osp. di Roma, 1908, xxviii, 44-61.—Fest (F. T. B.) Improved methods for the examination of spu- tum and blood in relation to tuberculosis. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1909, xvi, 738. — Finkelshteln (Yu. A.) Antiforminniy metod obnaruzheniya tuberkulyoznikh bakteriy v mokrotle i drugikh patologicheskikh produk- takh. [Antiformin method of determining tubercle ba- cilli in the sputum and in other pathological products.] Prakt. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1909, viii, 867; 890.—Fitzpat- rlck (C. B.) The practical recognition of the tubercle bacillus in the sputum. N. YorkM. J. [etc.], 1903, lxxvii, 592-594. —Fladen (M. M.) Sputum examinations and tuberculin tests at the Gouverneur Hospital Tuberculosis Clinic. Ibid., 1912, xcvi, 747. Also, Reprint.—Fox well (A.) The varieties of the expectoration in pulmonary phthisis; their signification and treatment. Birmingh. M. Rev., 1885, xviii, 145-168.—French (H.) Calcareous concretions expectorated in the sputum in a case of phthisis in a voung man. Guy's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1912, lxvi, 375-378, 1 pl.—Fusco (G.) Contributo alia ricerca del b. tubercolare nello sputo. N. riv. clin.- terap., Napoli, 1905, viii, 295. — Gabrilovich (I. G.) Ob uproshtshenii sposoba opredleleniya chisla palochek v mokrotle chakhotochnikh. [Simplified method of de- termining the number of bacteria in the sputum of tubercular patients.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1909, viii, 298. Also, transl: Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1909, xiv,141.— Gamua (C.) Dei nuovi metodi di ricerca dei bacilli di Koch nell' espettorato. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1912, xxxiii, 1467.—Gaussel & Corone. L'homogeneisation des crachats pour la recherche du bacille de Koch. Montpel. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Sputum in). med., 1911, xxxiii, 35.—Gibson (C. M.) Methods of detecting bacillus tuberculosis in sputum in doubtful cases. J. Kansas M. Soc, Lawrence, 1905, v, 21-23.—Gill (H. Z.) Examination of sputum in pulmonary tubercu- losis, with a record of twenty-five cases. Kansas City M. Rec., 1902, xix, 325-329.—Glrard (A.) Nouvellemethode de recherche du bacillede latuberculosedanslescrachats. J. de med. de Par., 1900, 2. s., xii, 205. Also: Repert. de pharm., Par., 1900,3. s., xii, 245. Also: Rupert, de therap., Par., 1900, xvii, 403. Also: Schweiz. Wchnschr. f. Chem. u.Pharm.,Zurich, 1900, xxxviii, 308.— Goodman(E. H.) A new method of examining sputa for tubercle bacilli. Proc. Path. Soc. Phila., 1910, n. s., xiii, 215-218. Also: N. YorkM.J. [etc.], 1910,xcii,27.—Griffon (V.) Recherche du bacille tuberculeux dans les crachats. Presse m6d., Par., bxy$, ii, 334.— Guyot (G.) L' espettorato come mezzo di cultura del bacillo della tubercolosi. Boll. d. r. Accad. med. di Genova, Siena, 1903, xviii, 273-277. Also: Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1903, xxiv, 841.—Hamburger (Ya. E.) Diagnostika tuberkuloza putyom izslledovan i ya mokroti i krovi. [Diagnosisof tuberculosis by examining the sputum and blood.] Trudi i Protok. Imp. Kavkazsk. Med. Obsh., Tiflis, 1910-11, xlvii, 281-292.—Hammond (E. W.) Note upon the carbolic method for the detection of tubercle bacilli in sputum. Montreal M. J., 1900, xxix, 202.—Hance (I. H.) A single test of the virulency of sputum keptmany monthsv ,Med. News, N.Y., 1898, Ixxiii, 787.—Hawthorn (E.) A propos de la communication de M. Fontes relative a l'action de la glycerine sur les crachats tuberculeux. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1909, lxvi, 899.—Herzfeld (E.) Vergleichende Unter- suchungen mit der Antiformin-, Ligroin-und Ellermann- Erlandsenschen-Methode zum Nachweis von Tuberkel- bazillen im Sputum. Ztschr. f. Hvg.u.Infektionskrankh., Leipz., 1910, lxvi, 336-340.—Hesse (W.) Die Bedeutung des Auswurfsals Nahrboden fiir den Tuberkelbacillus. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1903, lxxvii, 539- 552. -----. Ein neuer elektiver Nahrboden fur Auswurf- Tuberkelbacillen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1903, xxxv, 384-386. -----. Methodik der Ziichtung der Tuberkelbaeillen aus menschlichem Auswurf. Ibid., 386. -----. Ein neues Verfahren eur Ziichtung der Tuber- kelbazillen im menschlichen Luftrohrenschleim, nebst Bemerkungen zur Aetiologie der Lungenschwindsucht. Jahresb. d. Gesellsch. f. Nat.- u. Heilk. in Dresd. 1902-3, Munchen, 1904, 25-28.—Hey man (J.) Jiimforande undersokning ofver de nyare metoderna for p&visande af tuberkelbacilleri upphostningar. [Comparative examin- ation of the recent methods for detecting tubercle bacilli in expectorations. ] Upsala Lakaref. Forh., 1910-11, n. f., xvi, 322-344.—Hierocles (C. X.) Befund von Tuberkelbaeillen in einem vor 6 Jahren expektorirten Lungensteinchen eines Phthisikers. Hyg. Rundschau, Berl., 1898, viii, 67-69.—Higginson (C. G.) The tech- nique of the examination of sputum for tubercle bacilli fully described. Lancet, Lond., 1905, ii, 600.—Hill (E. C.) The sputum in the diagnosis of pulmonary tuberculosis. Denver M. Times. 1896-7, xvi, 377-381.—Hirtz (E.) & Beaufiime. Les vomiques nummulaires simulant la tuberculose pulmonaire. Bull. m£d., Par., 1910, xxiv, 463-465. Also: Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1910, 3. s., xxix, 564-569.—Hobbel (H. K.) Onderzoek naar tuberkelbaeillen in sputum. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1910, xiv, pt. 2, 1746. — Hodenpyl (E.) A plea for the more careful and systematic ex- amination of sputum for the detection of the bacillus tuberculosis in cases of suspected pulmonary tu- berculosis. Brooklyn M. J., 1895, ix, 416-421. — Ilkevich (K.) Sposob otiskivat bugorkoviya palochki v mokrotle chakhotochnih. [Method of finding tubercle bacilli in the sputum of phthisical patients.] Vrach, St. Petersb., 1892, xiii, 796. Also,transl: Centralbl. f. Bak- teriol. u. Parasitenk., Jena, 1894, xv, 162-165.—Ingra- liam (C. W.) Microscopical examinations in thediag- nosis of incipient pulmonary tuberculosis. N. York M. Reporter, Rochester.1895-6, ii, 20-23.— Izabolinski (M.) Antiformin pri izsliedovanii mokroti. [Antiformin in the examination of sputum.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1909, xvi, 1167-1169.—JSrgensen (G.) Ueber den Wert verschiedener Homogenisierungs-u. Sedimentierungsme- thoden behufs des Nachweises von Tuberkelbazillen im Sputum. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infektionskrankh., Leipz., 1910, lxvi, 314-335.—Jousset (P.) Action de la lumiere solaire et de la lumiere diffuse sur le bacille de Koch con- tenu dans les crachats tuberculeux. Compt. rend. Soe. debiol., Par., 1900,11. s., ii, 884. — Kales (J. D.) Rapid method of demonstrating tubercle bacilli in sputa. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1894, xxii, 617. Also, Reprint.— Karwacki (L.) O wartosci dyagnostycznej przeciw- cial ogniskowych w gruzlicy. I. Sputodyagnostyka. [Diagnostic value of focal antibodies in tuberculosis. I. Sputum diagnosis.] Gaz., lek., Warszawa, 1910, 2. s., xxx, 1125-1129.—Karwacki(L.) &Czes*aw(0.) Oobecno- sci cial wiazacych komplement w plwocinie grufcliczej. [Presence of complement fixation bodies in tubercular TUBERCULOSIS. 790 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Sputum in). sputum. | Ibid., 1911, 2. s., xxxi, 813-820.— Karwacki (L.) A: Otto (C.) Sur la reaction de fixation avec des crachats tuherculeux. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, lxxi, 523-525.—Kidd (P.) The examination of the sputum for tubercle bacilli, and its bearing on diagnosis and treatment. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1891, iii, 47-57.— Kiu:>' (J. W.) Noteson the bacteriological examination i >i the sputum in some cases of phthisis. Northumberland A- Durham M. J., Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 1899, vii, 280-293 — Kircbensteln (A.) Zur Technik der Phagocytenfar- bungamSputumTuberkuloser. Ztschr.f.Tuberk.,Leipz., 1911-12, xviii, 342-351. —Klebs (E.) Tubercular infec- tion bv sputum. Chicago M. Recorder. 1898, xv, 172-176.— KOgel (H.) Ueber den Nachweis von Tuberkelbazillen im Sputum nach der Doppelmethode von Ellermann- Erlandsen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1909, xxxv, 2105.—Kozloff( A. A.) Efirno-atsetonovoye sochetaniye antiforminovavo sposoba. [The ether-ace- tone combination of the antiformin method.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1910, ix, 450-453. — Kremyanski (Y. S.) Oneobkhodimikhpodrobnostyakhvlernavoopre- dleleniya Koch'oskikh bugorchatikh palochek vezuvin- nol reaktsii v kharkotinle zdorovikh i bolnikh lyudel. [Indispensable particulars of accurate determination of Koch's tubercle bacilli of vesuvin reaction in sputum of healthy and of diseased peoplej Russk. med. vestnik, S.-Peterb., 1902, iv.no. 23,1-21.—KriJuig (G.) Nachweis der Tuberkelbaeillen im Auswurf. a) Maximale Farbung derselben. b) Anreicherunssverfahren. Deutsche Klinik, Berl., 1907, xi, 617-633.— Ktiss (G.) Mobility et dissemi- nation des poussieres infectantes dues au balayage de crachats tuberculeux dess6ches. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1908, cxlvii, 760-763.—Kusy von Bubrav. Die technischen Hiilfsmittel zur Aufnahme tuberkulo- sen Sputums zum individuellen und allgemeinen Ge- brauche. Internat. Tuberk.-Konf. 1902. Ber., Berl., 1903, i, 186-196.—Leith (R. F. C.) The probable lesions in a case of incipient caseous pulmonary phthisis of over four years' duration, with no physical signs, but abundant bacilli in sputum, with some remarks upon their diag- nostic and prognostic value. Edinb. M. J., 1895-6, xli, 319-336, 1 pl.-Lemoine (G.) & Gerard (E.) Sur l'61imination de la cholesterine dans les crachats tuber- culeux. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1912, 3. s., xxxiv, 115.—Iilchtenstein (E.) Ueber das Vorkom- men von Pseudotuberkeibacillen im menschlichen Spu- tum. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1902,iii, 193-198, lpl.—liiebe (G.) Zwei neue Spuckflaschen fiir Tuberculose. Illust. Monatschr. d. arztl. Polytech., Berl., 1898, xx, 92-94. -----. Kurze Bemerkung zu von Weis- mayrs Aufsatz: Die Beseitigung des Auswurfs Tuberku- loser in No. 12, 1898 dieser Zeitschrift. Ztschr. f. Kran- kenpfl., Berl., 1899, xxi, 17-19.—Lindemann (E. A.) Untersuchungen iiber den Typus der im Auswurf Lun- genkranker vorkommenden Tuberkelbazillen. Tuberk.- Arb. a. d.k. Gsndhtsamte, Berl., 1912, 12. Hft., 11-108.— L.owenstein (E.) Ein Beitrag zur Histologie des tuberkulosen Auswurfes. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1906-7, x, 47-60. -----. Ueber die intrazellulare Lage- rung der Tuberkelbazillen im Sputum und ihre prog- nostisehe Bedeutung. Deutsche med Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1907, xxxiii, 1778-1780. — Mam (F.) Bacilli di Koch endocellulari nello sputo tubercolare. Riv d ii;. san. pubb., Torino, 1913, xxiv, 65-67.— Malinov*ki (K. N.) Kharakterniyepriznaki mokroti v nachallc lyokhochnol bugorchatki. [Characteristic signs of the sputnminincipientpulmonarvtuberculosis.] Novoye v Med., S.-Peterb., 1910, iv, 271-280.—Mandoul (A.) Rapports dela morphologie du bacillede Koch dans 1'expectoration avecles stapes du processus tuberculeux. Arch. med. d'Angers, 1907, xi, 517-522.—Maimeri (G.) II metodo dell' antiformi^a per la ricerca del bacillo tu- bercolarenellosputo. Riformamcd., Napoli. 1911. xxvii, 236-238.—Maruta (M.) Examination of the tubercle bacilli in sputum with antiformin and ligrom. Sei-i-Kwai M. J., T6ky6, 1910, xxix, no. 3.— 'I.itson (C.) Der Ver- gleichunu'swert einiger neuerer Methoden der Sputum- untersuchung auf Tuberkelbazillen des Ziehlschen und Muchschen Typus. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1912,xxiv, 193-216.—Meakiu (H.)&Cammidge (P. J.) The technique of the examination of the sputum for tubercle bacilli. Lancet. Lond., 1905, ii, 919.—Memmi (G.) Valore prognostico dell a eosinofilia negli escreati dei tubercolosi. Gazz. d. osp.. Milano, 1901, xxii, 1188-1190.— Meyer (F.) Ein Beitragzur Bedeutung der eosinophilen Zellen im Auswurf d< r Tuberkulosen. Deutsche Aerzte- Ztg., Berl., 1901, 7-10.—Meyer (K.) Zum Nachweis von Tuberkelbazillen im Sputum mittels Antiform. Tuber- culosis. Leipz., T.'O'.i, viii. 71-74.—Mietsch (W.) Ueber die Frage des VorkoiiiinciHVon Perlsuehtbacillenimspu- tum der Phthisiker. Arb. a. d. Geb. d. path. Anat.u. Ba k- teriol.. . . Inst, zu Tubing., Leipz., 1910, vii, 306-339.—Hi- khallovskaya (AnnaO.) Vidoi'zmlenenniy antifor- minniyst)osob(enrno-atsetonoviv)dlvaizsltedovaniva mo- kroti naprisutstviye bugorchatkovikh palochek. [Modi- fied antiformin (ether-aceton) method of examination of Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Sputum in). sputumfortuberclebaci]li.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1912, xi, 1074.—Mills (A.) A propos de la valeur pronostique de l'expectoration bacillaire des tuberculeux. Clinique, Brux., 1903, xvii, 201-203—Hoe I Icr (A.) Zur Sputum- beseitigung. Ztschr. 1. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1901, ii, 147-151.— Mollers (B.) Ueber den Typus der Tuberkelbazillen im Auswurf der Phthisiker. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl., 1911, xxxvii, 341-313. Also: Ver- offentl. d. R. Koch-Stift. z. Bekampf. d. Tuberk., Leipz., 1911, 1. Hft., 1-65.—Montgomery (C. M.) Expectora- tion in tuberculosis of the lungs. Rep. Henry Phipps Inst., study . . . tuberculosis, Phila., 1905-6, 58-63.—Mos- zeik (O.) Das Spuckverbot. Ztschr. f. Tuberk.. Leipz., 1911-12. xviii, 175-181.—Murphy (Anne I.) & Koucrs (J. B.) The antiformin-sedimentation method of sputum examination for tubercle bacilli. Illinois M. J.. Spring- field, 1912, xxii, 336-338.—Nebel (A.) Ueber den Nach- weis der Tuberkelbaeillen im Sputum. Arch. f. Hyg., Munchen u. Berl., 1903, xlvii, 57-67.—Nemmser (M.) & Martos-Lissowska (E.) Zur Untersuchung des tu- berkuloseverdaehtigen Sputums. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1911, xxxvii, 1697.—Nicola (B.) I leucociti eosinofllinel sanguee nello sputo dei tubercolo- tici. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1910, xxxi, 1201-1203.—Nut- tall (G. H. F.) Eine Methode zur Bestimmung der ab- soluten Anzahl der Tuberkelbaeillen in tuberkulosem Sputum; mit Bemerkungen fiber deren Anwendung in der Bakteriologie im Allgemeinen. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1892, xxi, 241; 486. Also, Reprint.—Ohlmaclier (A. P.) An atypical acid- ttnd alcohol-proof fungus from the sputum of a case clinicallv resembling pulmonary tuberculosis. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc. 1901-2, v, 33-38. Also: Cleveland M. J., 1902, i, 29-33.—Orr (C. R.) Sputum from public places containing bacillus tuberculosis. Buffalo M.J., 1897-8. xxxvii,747-750.—Orszag (O.) Ueber den Stickstoffgehalt des Sputums bei Lungengangran. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1909, lxvii, 204-210.—Ott (A.) Zur Bedeutung der eosinophilen Zellen im Phthisiker- sputum. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1900, lxviii, 169-174.—Overbeek (A. A.) Het verzamelen van sputum door middel van tracheotomie voor de diag- nostiek van open longtuberculose. Tijdschr. v. vee- artsenijk. Maandbl., Utrecht, 1906-7, xxxiv, 371-375.— Pagan i (C.) Per un processo rapido di doppia colora- zione dei preparati di sputo tubercolare. Rev. veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 1900, xxxii, 234-238.—Papanaglotu (A.) Diagnostic microscopique de la tuberculose pulmo- naire et du croup d'emblee chez les enfants. Ann. de med. et chir. inf., Par., 1899, iii, 533-539.— Pelnar (J.) O vyznamu bunicnlch elements v ehrk- lich zvlaSte u fthisikfl. [Lei Pigments cellulaires dans l'expectoration, sp6cialement des phthisiques. R6s., 64.] Sborn. klin., v Praze, 3899, 1, 28-64.—Peltrlsot (C. N.) Observations pratiques sur la recherche du bacille tuber- culeux dans les crachats. Bull. d. sc. Pharmacol., Par., 1903, viii, 121-123. -----. Sur une methode nouvelle et rapide pour la recherche du bacille tuberculeux dans les crachats. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par,, 1906, i, 386-388.—Petersen (T.) Nogle forhold vedrorende til- fselde af lungetuberkulose med og uden tuberkelbaciller i opspyttet. [Some peculiar cases of tuberculosis with and without tubercle bacilli in the expectoration.] Ugesk. f. Lseger, Kjobenh., 1908, lxx, 1021-1028.—PfeM- ier (T.) & Adler (M.) Ueber die Bedeutung intra- zelluliirer Lagerung von Tuberkelbazillen im Sputum. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1908, xii, 89-96.— Philibert (A.) Semeiologie de l'expectoration dans quelques affec- tions pulmonaires. Progres m6d,, Par., 1912, 3. s., xxviii, 657.—Piatkowski (S.) Lykopodium und Tuberkel- bazillen im Sputum. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 19'4, xvii, 277; 305. Also [Abstr.]: St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr., 1904, xxix, 43.—Fiery & Mandoul. Polymorphisme du bacille de Koch dans les produits de l'expectoration des phtisiques. Compt. rend. Soc. debiol., Par., 1904, lvii, 586-588. Also, transl: Cron. med.-quir. de la Habana, 1905, xxxi, 36.—Piery, Mandoul & Ortal. Bacilles de Koch et hemoptysies. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1905, lviii, 99.—Plnkus (L.) Osnosobachbadaniaplwo- ciny w pierwszych okresach gruzlicy. [Methods of exam- ining the sputum in the first stagesof phthisis ] O/.asopismo lek.,L6d2,1902,iv,347; 404. AlsoJransL: St. Petersb.med. Wchnschr.,1904, xxix,353; 363—PiotrowskLW.j Przy- czynek do badaniaplwocinynalaseczniki gruzlieze. [In- vestigation of the sputum fortuberclebacilli.) (iaz. lek., Warszawa, 1910,2. s., xxx, 11.81-1183.—Pleseh(J.> Anyag- es erglyforgalmi vizsg&lat tiid66szn61, kiilonds tekintettel a kopetre. [Examination of the material and energetic content in phthisis, with special reference to the salivaj Orvostud. ertek., gyujt. Mayg. orv. Arch. Budapest, 1907, ii. f., viii, 45-62.—Popcscu (H.) Dovidirea bacilului tuberculos prin omogenizarea sputei. Spitalul, Bucure- sci, 1910, xxx. 634-639.—Port (J.) Ueber die Beziehung zwischen Hamoptoe und Fibringerinnsel im Auswurf. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1906, vi, 319-325.— Prorok (A.) Zur Chemie des Sputums Tuberkuloser. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1909, lvi, 2053. -----. Die TUBERCULOSIS. 791 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Sputum in). Bewertung des Phosphor-, Kalk- und Magnesiagehaltes im Sputum. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1912-13, xix, 449- 457.—Bau (S.) Vergleichende Untersuchungen iiber einige neuere Methoden des Nachweises von Tuberkel- baeillen im Sputum. Hyg. Rundschau, Berl., 1909, xix, 1333-1338.—Belcher (K.) Tuberkelbazillennachweis im Sputum nach der Uhlenhuthsehen Antiforminme- thode. Med. Klin., Berl., 1910, vi, 820.— Keynes (II.) Recherche des bacilles tuberculeux dans les crachats. Marseille med., 1893, xxx, 202-206.—Bickards (B. R.) Notes on a case of apparent pulmonary tuberculosis as- sociated with the constant presence of diphtheria-like organisms in the sputum. Biol. Stud. . . . W. T. Sedg- wick 25. anniv., Bost., 1906, 327-329, 1 pl. Also, Reprint. -----. The bacterial examination of sputum and its rela- tive value in the diagnosis of tuberculosis. Quart. Bull. Ohio State Bd. Health, Columbus, 1909, i, 144-147.— Bickards (B. R.) & Parker (L. V.) Some results obtained from the digestion of suspected tubercular spu- tum. J. Am. Pub. Health Ass., Columbus, Ohio, 1911, i, 640-642.—Bickards (B. R.), Slack (T. H.)&Arms (B. L.) Longevity of B. tuberculosis in sputum. Am. Pub. Health Ass. Rep. 1908, Columbus, 1909, xxxiv, pt. 1, 338-345. Also: Am. J. Pub. Hyg.,Bost., 1909, xix, 586-593.— Rizzoli (A.) Le cellule eosinotile nel sangue e nello sputo dei tubercolosi. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1905, xxvi, 701-703.—Robertson (J.) Spitting and the spread of tu- berculosis. Brit. J. tuberculosis, Lond., 1910, iv, 120-122.— RBrig. Eine spezifische Reaktion auf tuberkuloses Sputum. Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1895, vi, 81.— floinanelli (G.) ProprietA immunizzanti dell' espetto- rato tubercolare disseccato al caiore. Ann. d. Ist. Mara- gliano p. la cura d. tuberc. [etc.], Genova, 1910-11, v, 206- 210. Also: Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1911, xxxii, 1163.— Bosenberger (R. C.) The prognosis of pulmonary tuberculosis as determined by the morphology of the tubercle bacillus in the sputum. Proc. Path. Soc. Phila., 1906-7, n. s., ix, 188-193. Also: Medicine, Detroit, 1906, xii, 507-509. Also, Reprint.—Bosenblat (Stephanie). Ueber die granulare Form der Tuberkelbazillen im Sputum. Munchen med. Wchnschr., 1909, lvi, 2521.— Sab razes (J.) Colorabilite' des bacilles de Koch dans les crachats incorpor6s a diverses substances. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1903,xvii, 303-305.—Sachs-MUcke. Ein Sedimentierungsverfahren des Auswurfs mit Wasser- Btoffsuperoxyd. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1906, liii, 1660.—ten Sande (A.) Het verkrijgen van sputum ter onderkenning van tuberculose van de luchtwegen bij het rund. Tijdschr. v. veeartsenijk. Maandbl., Utrecht,1909- 10, xxxvii, 87-94.—SangerF. D.) Prophylactic therapeu- tics as applied to tubercular sputum. Maryland M. J., Bait., 1892,xxvii,837-843.—Sarvonat. Teneur enchaux de l'expectoration des tuberculeux pulmonaires. Pro- vince m6d., Par., 1910, xxi, 5-18.—Schmaus (H.) Ueber das Verhalten der elastischen Fasern in tuberkulosen Lun- genherden. Verhandl. d. Cong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1895, xiii, 374-394.—Schneider (W.) Vergleichende Untersuchungen mit den neueren Verfahren zum Nach- weis von Tuberkelbazillen im Soutum. Ztschr.f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1911-12. xviii, 321-327.—Schrtfder (G.) Ueber das Vorkommen von Perlsuchtbazillen im Sputum der Phthisiker und ihre Bedeutung ffir die Therapie der chronisehen Lungentuberkulose. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tu- berk., Wiirzb., 1908, xi, 219-227. Also: Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, Leipz., 1909, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 92.—Schuld (A.) Het onderzoek van sputum op tuberkelbazillen. Nederl. Tijdschr.v.Geneesk., Amst., 1912, ii, 1046.—Schnlte. Methodik und Technik der neueren Verfahren zum Nachweis von Tuberkelbazillen im Sputum mit besonderer Berucksichtigung des Uh- lenhuthsehen Antiforminverfahrens. Med. Klin., Berl., 1910, vi, 172-177.—Schulz (E.) Ueber die granulare FormdesTuberkulosevirusim Lungenauswurf. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1909, xxxv, 1569.— Shurly (E. L.) A study of the sputum in pulmonary consumption. Climatologist, Phila., 1891, i, 282-292. Also: Tr. Am. Climat. Ass. 1891. Phila., 1892, viii, 36-46. Also, Reprint.—Skutezky (A.) Der fruhzeitige Nach- weis der Tuberkelbazillen im Sputum mittels der Anti- formin-und Antiformin Ligroinmethode und deren Be- deutung fiir den Militararzt. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1910, lx, 2045-2051.—Smith (T.) A comparative study of bovine tubercle bacilli and of human bacilli from sputum. J. Exper. M., N. Y., 1898, iii, 451-511.—Solly (S. E.) Sputum analvsis and the early diagnosis of pulmonary tuberculosis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1899, xxxiii, 1138.— Sorgo (J.) Zum Nachweise der Tuberkelbazillen im Sputum. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1903, xvi, 1447-1450.— -----. Ueber den sogenannten Sputumkern. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz, 1905, vi, 532-534.— Spengler (C.) Pankreatinverdauung des Sputums zum Sedimentiren der Tuberkelbaeillen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1895, xxi, 244. -----. Ueber Splittersputa Tuberculoser. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infec- tionskr., Leipz., 1905, xlix, 541-544.—Stephan (A.) Nachweis von Tuberkelbazillen im Sputum mittels des Antiforminverfahrens. Apoth.-Ztg., Berl., 1910, xxv, Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Sputum in). 250.—Sterling (S.) Ein Beitrag zum Nachweise des Tuberkelbacillus im Sputum. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. u. Parasitenk., 1. Abt., Jena, 1895, xvii, 874-878.—Suplno (R.) La ricerca delle fibre elastiche nell' espettorato; l'importanza del loro reperto di fronte al bacillo di Koch nella diagnosi della tubercolosi polmonare. Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1901, xl, 538-547.—Susanna (V.) Con- tributo alia ricerca dei bacilli tubercolari nello sputo. Gazz. internaz. di med., Napoli, 1911, xiv, 541-544.— Swithinbank (H.) The virulence of dried tubercu- lous sputum. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1902, ii, 999.—Take- yama (T.) Vergleichende Versuche der Nachweis- methoden der Tuberkelbaeillen im Sputum. Ztschr. f. Mil.-Aerzte, Tokyo, 1912, No. 34, 81-83. — Teich- milller (W.) Das Vorkommen und die Bedeutung der eosinophilen Zellen im tuberkulosen Sputum. Centralbl. f. innere Med., Leipz., 1898, xix, K05. — Tlilfnot (J.) Technique de la recherche de la tu- berculose dans les crachats. Rev. illust. de polytech. m&L et chir., Par., 1899, xii. 175-178.—Thrasher (J.R.) A practical method of detecting tubercle bacilli when present in the sputum in small numbers. Centr. States M. Monit., Indianap., 1908, xi, 7.— TrStrop. Valeur pronostique de l'expectoration bacillaire. Clinique, Brux., 1903, xvii, L—Trono (P.) Sull' azione dell' an- tiformina sui microbi dell' espettorato tubercolare. N. riv. clin.-terap.,Napoli, 1912,xv, 125-130.— Tuberovski (N. A.) Znacheniye mikroskopicheskavo izslledovaniya mokroti chakhotochnikh. [Value of microscopical ex- amination of the sputum of consumptives.] Protok. Obsh. Omsk, vrach., 1883-4, i, 86-91.—Turrd. Sobre'l medi nutritiu de Hayden pera Tex&men dels esputs sus- pectes de tuberculosis. An. de med. Butll. mens, de l'Acad. . . . de Catalunya, Barcel., 1909, iii, 565.—Uhlen- huth & Kersten. Eine neue Methode zum culturel- len und mikroskopischen Nachweis von Tuberkelba- eillen im Sputum und anderem tuberculosen Material. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1909, vi, 759- 776.—Ulrich (E.) Algunas consideraciones sobre la in- vestigacidn del B. de Koch en los esputos. Arch, de ginecop. [etc.], Barcel., 1908, xxi, 338-351.—Valerio (F.) Contributo alia ricerca del bacillo tubercolare nell' espet- torato. Riforma med., Napoli, 1908, xxiv, 813-815. — Vaughan (V. C.) Detection of tubercle germs in spu- tum by the inoculation of guinea pigs. Proc. 2d Confer. Health Off. in Mich., Lansing, 1894,14.—Verdes Mon- tenegro (J.) Sobre el valor, diagn6stico y pron6stico del resultado de los an&lisis de esputos en la tuberculosis pulmonar. Corresp. m6d., Madrid, 1902, xxxvii, 509-514. -----. Valor pron6stico de la expectoraci6n bacilar. Siglo med., Madrid, 1902, xlix, 742—Vetter (W. J.) Het kweeken van tuberkelbaeillen uit sputum. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst,, 1906, ii, 325-327.—Wagner. Sputumbeseitigung in offenen Kurorten. Med. Bl., Wien, 1911, xxxiii, 121; 133.—Weber (A.) & Bieterlen. Un- tersuchungen fiber den Typus der im Auswurf Lungen- kranker vorkommenden Tuberkelbazillen; Virulenz- priifung von mittelst der Antiforminmethodegeziichteten Tuberkelbazillen. Tuberk.-Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, Berl., 1912,12. Hft., 1-10.—Weidner (C.) The examina- tion of sputum for tubercle bacilli. Medicine, Detroit, 1900, vi, 617-622.—von Weismayr (A.) Die Beseitigung des AuswurfsTuberkuloser. Ztschr. f. Krankenpfl.,Berl., 1898, xx, 341-347. See, also, supra, Liebe.—Werner (P.) Das neue Verfahren von Dahmen zur Auffindung von Tuberkelbaeillen im Sputum. St. Petersb. med. Wchn- schr., 1892, n. F., ix, 40.—Wethered (F. J.) The diag- nostic and prognostic value of tubercle bacilli in the sputum. Tr. M. Soc. Lond., 1891-2, xv, 297-306. — Wheeler (C. E.) On a micrococcus appearing fre- quently in the sputum of lung tuberculosis, occasionally without bacillary evidence of tubercle. Brit. Homcep. Rev., Lond., 1908, ii, 150-154.1 pl.—Williams (B. G. R.) Some experiences with the Lessilur-Prirey test. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1912, xcvi, 377— Wilson (R. N.) The phy- sical signs and the sputum of incipient pulmonary tuber- ' culosis. Proc. Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila., 1904, xxv, 209- 220. Also: St. Louis M. & S. J., 1904, lxxxvii, 294-307.— Wood (CM.) Necessity of examination of the sputum in the diagnosis of pulmonary tuberculosis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1900, xxxv, 1019.—Zickgraf. Ueber den Gehalt des Speichels an Rhodankalium bei Tuberku- losen. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1907, viii, 249- 253.-----Beitrag zur Morphologie des tuberkulosen Sputums. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1908, xii, 120-127. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Sputum,in, Albumino-reaction of). Lefebvre (F.-J.-F.) De 1'albumino-reaction dans les crachats des tuberculeux. 8°. Lille, 1911. Privey (P.) *Del'albumoptysie; albumino- reaction des expectorations du Professeur Roger. 8°. Lyon, 1911. TUBERCULOSIS. 792 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Sputum in, Albumino-reaction of). Smolizanski (L.) *L'albumine dans les era- ! chats des tuberculeux, ya valeur diagnostique et pronostique. 8°. Paris, 1911. Acs-Nagy (S.) Das Sputumeiweiss und sein prak- tischer Wert in der Diagnose bei Erkrankungen der At- mungsorgane; besonders bei Lungentuberkulose. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xxv, 1904-1909.—d'Alessandro (F ) Dell' albumino-reazione negli escreati. Tommasi, Napoli, 1911, vi, 532-540.—Balestra (D.) Albuminorea- zione dello sputo nella tubercolosi polmonare. Gior. di med. mil., Roma, 1912, lx, 184-192.— Codina Castellvl (J.) Nuevas investigaciones acerea de la albumino-reac- ci6n en la tuberculosis pulmonar. Rev. Ibero-Am. de cien. med., Madrid, 1911, xxv, 34-48— Condat (Mile.) & Tim bal ( L.) L' albumino-reaction des crachats tuberculeux. Toulouse med., 1911, 2. s., xiii, 81-92.— Cornu (E.) L'albumino reaction des crachats dans le diagnostic de la tuberculose pulmonaire en psychiatrie. Progres med., Par., 1910,3. s., xxvi, 210-212.—Dieuzeide. L'albumino-reaction de Roger; sa technique; son intgret pratique. Gaz. d. prat., Lille, 1912, xix, 151-153.—Fish- berg (M.) The clinical significance of the albumin re- action in sputum. Arch. Diagn., N. Y., 1912, v, 220-227. Also: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1912, n. s., xciv, 352-354 — Fishberg(M-) & Felberbaum (O.) The albumin reaction of the sputum in pulmonary tuberculosis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1911, lxxx. 870-S73.—Fullarton (R.S.) The albumen-reaction of the sputum in pulmonary tubercu- losis. Glasgow M. J., 1912, lxxviii, 8-15.— Geeraerd. L'albumino-reaction de l'expectoration chez les tubercu- leux. Tuberculosis, Berl., 1910, ix, 372-375.—Goggia (C. P.) Sul valore dell' albumino-reazione nell' espettorato. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1910, xxxi, 955-958.—Hempel- Jdrgeneen i^E.) Om Albuminstofbestemmelse i Eks- pectorat. Ugesk. f. Lager, Kjobenh., 1913, lxxv, 181-186 — Herman, Dascotte & Ghysen. L'albuminoreac- tion des crachats chez le tuberculeux. Bull. Acad. roy. de med. de Belg., Brux., 1911, 4. s., xxv, 736-742, 2 tab.— Lanz (F.) Ueber den Stickstoff- bezw. Eiweissgehalt der Sputa bei verschiedenen Lungenerkrankungen und den dadureh bedingten Stickstoffverlust fur den Organis- mus. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1895-6, lvi, 619-627.—Ledoux. L'albumino-reaction des crachats. Rev. med. de la Franche-Comte, Besancon, 1911, xix, 17- 20.—lieroy (E.) L'albumino-reaction des crachats. Echo med. dunord, Lille, 1910, xiv, 22— Levy-Valensi (J.) French clinical lecture on the albumin test of the expec- toration in tuberculosis (Roger's reaction). Med. Press & Circ, Lond.,1912, n. s., xciii,506-508.—Luchlnin (V. A.) Albuminoreaktsiya, kak spOsob rannyavo raspoznavaniya tuberkulyoza lyokhkikh. [Albumino-reaction as a means of early diagnosis of tuberculosis.] Terap. Obozr., Odessa, 1912, v, 79-83.—liucibel 11 (G.) L' albumino- reazione negli espettorati. Gazz. internaz. di med., Napoli, 1912, xv, 769-775.—Maragliano (E.) Sopra un caso d' espettorazione albuminosa. Cron. d. clin. med. di Genova, 1906, xii, 1-8.—Nicola (B.) Contributo alia diagnosi di sputo tubercolare mediante 1' albumino-rea- zione. Riv. d'ig. e san. pubb., Torino, 1911, xxii, 233-237. -----. SulF uso del reattivo di Millon per 1' esame delP escreato tubercolare. Ibid.. 296-304.—Oddo & Gachet. L'albumino-reaction (reaction de Roger). Marseille med., 1910, xlvii, 62-66. [Discussion], 73.— Pastor (E.) Albumino-reacci6n de los esputos en el diagn6sticode la tuberculosis. Clin, mod., Zaragoza, 1911, x, 105-110.—Pliilibert (A.) L'albumino-reaction dans l'expectoration des tuberculeux. Progres m6d., Par., 1911, 3. s., xxvii, 343.—Pindborg (J.) Unders0gelser over iEggehvidestofs Forekomst i tuberkul0st Opspyt. [The existence of albumen in tuberculous expectorations.] Hosp.-Tid., Kobenh., 1912, 5. R., v, 1181-1227. Also, transl: Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1912-13, xix, 431-448.—Poz- zilli(P.) L'albuminoreazione negli espettorati e sua importanza nella diagnosi precoee di tubercolosi pol- monare. Riv. ospedal., Roma, 1912, ii, 293-298.—Prorok (A.) Die Eiweissreaktion im Sputum und ihre Bezie- hung zur Fruhdiagnose der Lungentuberkulose. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1912, xix, 258-263.—Baw (N.) The albumen reaction in tuberculous sputum. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, ii, 1470.—Roger (H.) L'albumino-reaction des crachats tuberculeux. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1909, 3. s., xxviii, 427-129. -----. La recher- che de l'albumine dans les expectorations. Bull. Acad. de med., Par., 1911, 3. s., lxv, 480-486. Also: Gaz. med. de Par., 1911, lxxxii,241.—Roger (H.)& Levy-Valensi. L'albumino-reaction dans la tuberculose pulmonaire. Presse med., Par., 1911, xix, 409-411.—Roger (H.) & TlikhaYloft (D.) De l'albumino-reaction des crachats tuberculeux. Prov. med., Par., 1910, xxi, 217-219. — Roulet (E.) Recherchesde l'albumine dans les expec- torations des tuberculeux. Rev. m6d. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1910, xxx, 353-356.—Salmon! (G.) Diagnosi differenziale fra sputi tubercolari e quelli di altra natura per mezzo del reattivo di Millon. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Sputum in, Albumino-reaction of). 1908, xxix, 1381.—Scott (J. R.) A critical study of the albumin reaction in the sputum of tuberculous patients. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago. 1913, lx, 440-442.—Simon (u.) Zur Kenntniss der Albumosen im Sputum Tuberculoser. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1903, xxxix, 449-456.—Trona (A.) L' albumino-reazione nell' espet- torato tubercolare. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1910, 849-850.— Works (B. O.) The quantitative examination of albu- min in the sputum in pulmonary tuberculosis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lix, 1537. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Sputum in, Disinfection of). Chambissetr (M.-A.) *Les crachoirs hygi6- niques (etude critique). [Lyon.] 8°. Ville- franche, 1902. Geilixger (H.) * Experimenteller Beitrag zur chemischen Disinfektion des tuberkelba- cillenhaltigen Sputums. [Zurich. ] 8°. Miin- ehen, 1909. Also, in: Arch. f. Hyg., Munchen u. Berl., 1909, lxxi, 87-123. Goryanski (G. I.) *Dezinfetsiruyushtsheye delstiviye shtsholochnikh rastvorov dyokhtya i podsmolnol vodi na mokrotu chakhotochnikh i chistuyu razvodku bugorchatki, v sravnenii s delstviyem lizola i karbolovol kisloti. [On the disinfecting action of alkaline solutions of tar and tar water upon the sputum of consumptives and pure tuberculous cultures, as compared with the action of lysol and carbolic acid.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1894. Martin (R.) * Etude sur la desinfection chimique du crachat tuberculeux. [Lyon, 1909.] 8°. Valence, 1910. Spengler (A.) * Untersuchungen iiber Des- infection tuberkulosen Sputums. [Freiburg i. B.] 8°. Munchen, 1891. Annett (H. E.) Tubercular expectoration in public thoroughfares; anexperimentalenquiry. First communi- cation. Thompson Yates Lab. Rep., Liverp., 1902,iv,pt.2, 359-370. -----. Tubercular expectoration in public thoroughfares. J. State M., Lond., 1903, xi, 462-466.— Bal off* (A.) Obezvrezhivaniye mokroti chakhotoch- nikh. [Disinfection of phthisical sputum.] Bolnitseh. gaz. Botkina, St. Petersb., 1902, xiii, 95. —Barbour (L. P.) A plea for the more careful instruction of con- sumptives as to the disposal of sputa and other discharges. Memphis M. Month., 1896, xvi, 225-229.—Bard (L.) Sur deux points de la prophylaxie de la tuberculose a l'h6pital (desinfection des crachoirs et suppression du balayage). Rev. d'hyg., Par., 1892, xiv, 34-39.—Boccardl (G.) Os- servazioni intorno agli espettorati dei tubercolosi. N. riv. clin.-terap., Napoli, 1898, l, 68-71.— Bo finger. Zur Desin- fektion tuberkulosen Auswurfs. Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhts- amte, Berl., 1903-4, xx, 114-138.— Bonl (I.) Sul potere disinfettante della calce viva riguardo agli sputi tuber- colari. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1902, xxiii, 1373-1376.— Bouloumie. Du crachoir dans la prophylaxie de la tuberculose. Bull. med. d. Vosges, Epinal, 1896, x, no. 40, 31-35. Also: France med., Par., 1896, xliii, 273.—Cadeac. Sur l'innocuite des poussieres provenant de la dessiccation des crachats tuberculeux. J. de med. vet. et zootech., Lyon, 1907, 5. s., xi. 65-71. Also: Lyon med., 1908, ex, 532-537.— Calendoll (E.) Sulla disinfezionedegli sputi tubercolari. Benessere, Napoli, 1902-3, n. s., i, 265; 301; 345.—de la Camp. Desinfektion tuberkulosen Sputums in Anstalten. Charite-Ann., Berl., 1902, xxvi, 5K-63.— Chuquet(A.) Les crachoirs et leur sterilisation. Cong. p. I'etude de la tuberculose, Par., 1898, iv, 430-442— IM Vestea (A.) Per la metodica disinfezione degli escreati nel regime ospitaliero dei tubercolotici. Riv. d' ig. e san. pubb., Torino, 1898, ix, 476: 504— Bobrzyckl (H.) Obecnieuzvwane spluwaczki kieszonkowe dla kaszlacycn i ich znaczenie pod wzgle.demprofilaktycznymw gruzlicy. [Commonly used spittoons for phthisics and their value in the prophvlaxis of tuberculosis.] Czasopismo lek., L6dz, 1901, iii, 169-176.—Dr. Dettweller's pocket flask for the disposal of the sputa in phthisis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1889, ii, 825.—Elliott (J. H.) On the disposal of tuberculous sputum. Canada Lancet, Toronto, 1901-2, xxxv, 341-344. Also, Reprint.—Francon. Les crachats tuberculeux et les cracnoirs. Rev. therap. et clin. de la tuberc, Par., 1904, i. 117; 141—Glrard (A.) Les pro- prietes desinfectantes de l'aldehyde formique; ses appli- TUBERCULOSIS. 793 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Sputumin, Disinfection of). cations aux crachats et vetements des tuberculeux. Repert. de therap., Par., 1897, xiv, 72-75.—Grancher(J.) & de Gennes. Sur la disinfection des crachoirs des tuberculeux. Bull. Soc. de med. pub., Par., 1888, xi, 90- 96. [Discussion], 100.—Grasselli (G.) Note ed espe- rienze sulla disinfezione degii sputi nelle infermerie dei tubercolosi. Osp. magg. Riv. scient.-prat. d. . . . di Milano, 1908, iii, 94-103.—Greeley (H.) A substitute for the sputum cup. N. York State J. M., N. Y., 1908, viii, 259.—Griffon (V.) Sterilisation des crachats tuber- culeux par aniodol. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1901,11. s., iii, 663. Also: Lutte antituberc, Par., 1901, ii, 149. Also: Marseille med., 1901, xxxviii, 437.—Guiard (F.-P.) La prophylaxie de la tuberculose par la guerre au crachat J. de med. de Par., 1903, 2. s., xv, 495: 1904, xvi, 87.—Helot (R.) & Petit (P.) La guerre aux cra- chats. Rev. med. de Normandie, Rouen, 1904, iv, 21.— Hubs (E.) Die desinfektorisehe Wirkung desFormalins auf tuberkelbazillenhaltigen Lungenauswurf (Versuche mit dem Roepkeschen Apparat zur Wohnungs-Desinfek- tion). Ztschr. f. Med.-Beamte, Berl., 1905, xviii,208-211.— Jousset (P.) Action de la lumiere solaire et de la lumiere diffuse sur les crachats tuberculeux. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1902, 11. s., iv, 328.—Jung- mann. Ein neuer Speitopf ftir Phthisiker. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1900, xlvii, 175.—Kime (J. W.) Care of sputum of tuberculous patients. Am. Med., Phila., 1904, vii, 65-67.—Kirk land (T.) & Paterson (M. S.) The sterilisation of tuberculous sputum and articles in- fected by the tubercle bacillus. Lancet, Lond., 1906, ii, 426-428.—Liebe (G.) Die Spuckflasche eine Illusion. Med. Klin., Berl., 1911, vii, 1690-1692.—Ligorlo (E.) La disinfezione degli sputi tubercolari. Med. ital., Napoli, 1906, iv, 123-126. — Luclbelli (G.) Sulla resistenza del bacillo tubercolare dello sputo al disseccamento ed alia putrefazione e sue modificazioni in rapporto alia colorabilita. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1899, xx, 1498-1502. Also: Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1899, Roma, 1900, x, 315-322. — IHeissen. Zur Frage der Sputumbeseitigung und -desinfektion. Tuberculosis, Leipz., 1902-3, i, 275. — JTIusehold (P.) Ueber die Widerstandsfahigkeit der mit dem Lungenauswurf herausbeforderten Tuberkelbazillen in Abwassern, im Flusswasser und im kultivirten Boden. Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, Berl., 1900, xvii, 56-107. —INoetel. Die Unschadlichmachung des Auswurfs der Phthisiker. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infectionskrankh., Leipz., 1904-5, xxviii, 1-26.—Oetiker (Julia). Beitrage zur Desinfek- tion des Auswurfs in Spucknapfen und an Wolldecken. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1905, vi, 501- 516.—Ottolenghi (D.) Sulla disinfezione degli sputi tubercolari negli ambienti. Gior. p. i med. periti giud. ed uff. san. [etc], Napoli, 1898, ii, 421-424. Also: Atti d. Cong. naz. d* ig. [etc.] 1898, Torino, 1899, 253-256. Also: Arch, per le sc. med., Torino, 1899, xxiii, 349-378. -----. Ueber die Desinfection der tuberculosen Sputa in Wohn- raumen. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infectionskrankh., Leipz., 1900, xxxiv, 259-281. -----. Sulla disinfezione degli sputi tubercolari. Riv. d' ig. e san. pubb., Torino, 1902, xiv, 174-185.—Peters. Ein guter und zugleich billiger Spu- tum-Desinfektionsapparat. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1907, xi, 332.—Petrescu. Over eene methode om de besmettelijkheid van tubereuleuse sputa weg te nemen (met demonstratie van een nieuw door Prof. Petrescu te Bukarest uitgevonden inhalatietoestel). Handel. v. h. Nederl. Nat.- en Geneesk. Cong. Leiden, 1889, ii, 197-202.—Pinto Rodrigues de Britto (J.) Uten- silios contra a tuberculose. Brazil-med., Rio de Jan., 1906, xix, 265-270.—Rawnsley. Contra sputum. Tu- berculosis, Lond., 1901, i, 351-357.—Bay baud (A.) Sur la sterilisation des crachats tuberculeux. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1902, 11. s., iv, 776.—Reztkowski (K.) Plwocina suchotnik6w, iako 2r6dlo zakazen gruz- liczych, i sposoby iej unieszkodliwiania. [Sputum in phthisis as a medium of tuberculous infection, and methods of rendering it harmless.] Zdrowie, Warszawa, 1901, xvii, 669-684.—Savage (W.G.) Note upon the ger- micidal action of the disinfectants kerol and cyllin upon virulent tubercle bacilli in sputum. Pub. Health, Lond., 1905-6, xviii, 524. -----. Further note upon the germici- dal action of kerol upon virulent tubercle bacilli in spu- tum. Ibid., 624. -----. Further note upon the germici- dal action of kerol upon virulent tubercle bacilli in spu- tum. Ibid., 1907-8, xviii, 624.—SchrUder (G.) Ueber einen neuen Apparat zur Sputumdesinfektion. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1908, xii, 299-301. -----. Ueber einen Spucknapfe-Desinfektionsapparat. Ibid., 1909, xiv, 127. Also, transl: Brit.J.Tuberculosis,Lond.,1909,iii,196-198.— Schrtttter. Destruction of tuberculous sputa. Tr. Brit. Cong. Tuberc. 1901, Lond., 1902, ii, 101.—Sobotta (E.) Ueber Sputum-Verbrennung. Tuberculosis, Leipz., 1902, i, 148-152.—Steinitz (F.) Die Beseitigung und Desinfection des phthisischen Sputums; ein Beitrag zur Prophylaxe der Phthise. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infections- krankh., Leipz., 1901, xxxviii, 118-151.—Stokes (W. R.) & Schmitz (W. N.) A new method for the disinfec- ' Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Sputum in, Disinfection of). tion of tuberculous sputum. Am. J. Pub. Health, N. Y., 1912, ii, 359.—Stone (A. K.) Why the sputa of tubercu- lous patients should be destroyed; an observation on the viability of the bacilli of tuberculosis. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1891. ci, 275-279. Also, Reprint.—Thoinot (L.) La lutte contre la tuberculose; organisation dans les hdpitaux d'un service pratique de desinfection des cra- chats. Ann. d'hyg., Par., 1897, 3. s., xxxviii, 542-553.— Thorn (W.) Neue Beitrage zur Frage der Sputumbe- seitigung und chemisch-physikalischen Sputumdesinfek- tion. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1903, iv, 143-153.—To blesen (F.) En Sterilisator for tuberku- l0st Opspyt. [A sterilizer for tuberculous sputum.] Ugesk. f. Laeger, Kpbenh., 1907, 5. R., xiv, 747-753.— Vallin (E.) Ce qu'on fait des crachats tuberculeux dans les hopitaux de phtisiques en Angleterre. Rev. d'hyg., Par., 1894, xvi, 51-63.—Vincent (H.) Sur la desinfection des crachats tuberculeux; etudede la valeur comparee de quelques disinfectants chimiques. Ibid., 1905, xxvii, 30-42.—Woods (E. F.) Disinfection of sputa in tuberculosis. Tr. M. Soc. Wisconsin, Madison, 1896, xxx, 307. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Teeth in). See Tuberculosis (Teeth in). Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Tempera- ture in). See, also, Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Fever in). Boisson (P.) * La temperature axillaire chez les tuberculeux; comparaison de la temperature des deux aisselles. 8°. Paris, 1909. Burkhardt (H. A.) * Ueber das Verhalten der Eigenwiirme bei der Lungentuberkulose. [Erlangen.] 8°. Niirnberg, 1891. Channing (W.) The importance of frequent observations of temperature in the diagnosis of chronic tuberculosis. (With illustrative charts.) roy. 8°. [Brookline, 1895.] Haenisch (E. M. F. A.) * Ueber den Ein- fluss der klinischen Behandlung auf die Entfie- berung bei Lungentuberulose. 8°. Tubingen, 1911. Hochstetter (F.) *Einwirkung der Bewe- gung auf die Temperatur des fieberfreien Lun- gentuberkulosen. [Erlangen.] 8°. Miinehen, 1895. Mouchnino (M.) * Contribution a I'etude de la marche thermique dans la tuberculose; ses rapports avec devolution clinique. 8°. Paris, 1906. Schneider (H.) *Die normale Temperatur bei initialer Lungentuberculose in Ruhe und Bewegung. 8°. Breslau, 1901. Baker (Madeleine S.) Temperature curve in pulmo- nary tuberculosis. Dublin J. M. Sc, 1910, xxx, 95-195.— Berger (E.) La temperatura ascellare ed il valore di- agnostico delle differenze termiche fra le due ascelle nella tubercolosi pulmonare. Incurabili, Napoli, 1912, xxvii, 385; 441.— Bertrand (M.) Contribution a I'etude des variations individuelles de la temperature chez l'homme normal et le pr6tuberculeux. Bull. Soc. d. sc. m6d. et nat. de Brux., 1911, lxix, 153-180.—Bezancon (F.)&de Serbonnes (H.) Les courbes thermiques des pouss^es eVolutivesde la tuberculose pulmonaire chronique. Rev. de la tuberculose, Par., 1911, 2. s., viii, 65-81.—Braine- Hartnell (J. C.) On the value of the rectal tempera- ture in pulmonary tuberculosis. Phila. M. J., 1901, viii, 1094-10%. Also: Tr. Brit. Cong. Tuberc. 1901, Lond., 1902, iii, 299-309.—Calleja (C.) Eupyrexia. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1908, lxxiv, 705-707. —Casall (L.) Le differenze fra le due temperature ascellari nei tubercolosi. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1909, xxx, 1041-1044. — Collins (M.) Sub- normal temperature in tuberculosis. Colorado Med..Den- ver, 1905, ii, 203-206.—Daremberg & Chuquet. In- fluence inverse de la fatigue et du repos sur la tempera- ture des tuberculeux; importance de 1'instability ther- mique comme 616ment de diagnostic precoee et de pro- nostic de la phtisie pulmonaire. Rev. de med., Par., 1899, xix, 681-690.—Diver (E. W.) The comparative value of oral and rectal temperatures in the studv of pulmonary tuberculosis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, ii, i498. -----. On temperature in phthisis, and interesting points arising therefrom. Northumberland & Durham M. J., Newcastle- upon-Tyne, 1906, xiv. 191-195. — Emanuel (J. G.) The significance of the temperature chart in phthisis. Bir- TUBERCULOSIS. 794 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Tempera- ture in). mingh. M. Rev., 1904, lv, 18-28,1 ch.—Englander (M.) Die subfebrilen Temperaturen in der Diagnostik und Therapie der Lungentuberkulose. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tu- berk., Wiirzb., 1910, xvi, 19-36.—Frugonl (C.) & Leidi (F.) Di alcuni rilievi topo-termometrici nella tubercu- losi polmonare. Riforma med., Napoli, 1910, xxvi, 197.— Galbraith (J. J.) Physiological factors which govern the temperature rangein tuberculosis. Proc Physiol. Soc. Lond., 1903, pp. xxii-xxiv. -----. The normal daily tem- perature variation and its modifications in pulmonary tuberculosis. Practitioner, Lond., 1906, lxxvi, 145-156.— If ess ( K.) Ueber Temperaturmessungen bei Lungen- tuberkulose. Ztschr. f. prakt. Aerzte, Munchen, 1900, ix, 1S.V-4S9.—Kelynack (T. N.) & Williams (S. R.) The comparative value of oral and rectal temperatures in the study of pulmonarv tuberculosis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, ii, 1054. Also: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., Lond., 1903, n. s., lxxvi, 139-141.—Khoury (A.) Les tuberculeux hypo- thermiques. Rev. gen. de clin. et de theTap., Par., 1906, xx,455.—Koliler(F.) &Behr(M.) Temperatursugges- tionen bei Tuberkulosen. Munchen. med. Wchnschr.,1904, li, 2132-2134.—Kuthy (D.) Zur Kenntniss der Tempera- turschwankungen bei Lungenschwindsucht wahrend der Heilstattenbehandlung. Ztschr. f. diatet. u. physik. The- rap., Leipz.,1902, vi, 513-519.-----. Beitrage zur Kenntniss des Temperaturganges bei Lungentuberkulose. Ungar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1903, viii, 5-7.—Laird (A. T.) The clinical significance of subfebrile temperature in pulmonarv tuberculosis. Albany M. Ann., 1910, xxxi, 311-321. Also: N. York State J. M N. Y., 1910, x, 200- 205.—Lawson (D.) Some clinical observations upon the temperature of phthisis, based upon the experience of one hundred consecutive cases treated by open-air methods. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Edinb., 1901-2, n. s., xxi, 36-47. Also: Scot. M. & S. J., Edinb., 1902, x, 1-12, 2 pl.—Lazarus-Barlow (W.S.) Observations on the temperature of phthisical patients in relation to the temperature of the atmosphere. Lancet, Lond., 1891, ii, 285. -----. The relation between the temperature of phthisisand that of the external air. Practitioner, Lond., 1891, xlvi, 435-^40.—de Lisle (F. I.) A case of acute tuberculosis without a rise of temperature. N. Zealand M. J., Wellington, 1905, iv, 119.—Lorenz (P.) Ueber suggestive Temperatursteigerungen bei Tuberkulosen. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1906, v, 183-195. Also, Reprint.— JVlantoiix (C.) Temperatures urinaires, buc- cales, axillaireset rectales, en particulier chez les tubercu- leux. Bull, etmem.Soc.med. 8. v, 145-149. -----. Die Behandlung der Tuberkulose durch den praktischen Arzt. Klin.-therap. Wchnschr., Wien, 1909, xvi, 81-105.—Moeller (J.) Physiological therapy and its application as an adjuvant to the drug treatment of consumption. Wisconsin M, J., Milwaukee, 1905-6, iv, 698-702.—Moncll(S. H.) Pulmonary tuberculosis; how should it be treated in city practice? Med. Standard, Chicago, 1908, xxxi, 133-137. — Montenegro (V.) & TUBERCULOSIS. 807 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment Sampelayo (H.) La quimioterapia de la tuberculosis en Espana. Rev. Ibero-Am. de cien. m6d., Madrid, 1912, xxviii, 402-407.— Mori (G.) La cura della tubercolosi polmonare. Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1911, 1, 751-757.— Mosler (F.) Ueber locale Behandlung von Lungen- cavernen. Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1874, xix, 133; 143.— Moulsset. Traitement individuel des tuberculeux. Lyon med., 1901, xcvii, 823; 864— Mund (C.) Results obtained from a new local treatment of pulmonary tuber- culosis. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1894, lx, 489-493. — Munk (J.) Beitrag zur Behandlung der Lungentuberculose. Aerztl. Centr.-Anz., Wien, 1898, x, 465-467. Also: Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1898, viii, 724.—Murrell (W.) A new method of treating phthisis. Med. Brief, St. Louis, 1899, xxvii, 673-682.— Museller. Le traitement de la tuberculose. Bull. g6n. deth6rap. [etc.], Par.,1896,cxxxi, 145; 193; 241; 311; 366. — Musser (J. H.) The manage- ment of tuberculosis, sanity, candor, humanity. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvii, 2131-2133. — Naame. Con- sideration sur le traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire apropos d'un cas de tuberculose gueri. Bull, de l'Hop. civ. franc, de Tunis, 1902, v, 97-99. -----. Un point de vue a considerer dans le traitement des tuberculeux, a pro- pos d'un cas de guerison de tuberculose pulmonaire. Rev. de therap. med.-chir., Par., 1902, lxix, 333. -----. Pathogenie et traitement des vomissements, sueurs, flux diarrheique, bronchopiegie, etc., chez les tubercu- leux. J. de med. et chir. prat., Par., 1912, lxxxiii, 371.— Naunyn. Behandlung der Lungentuberkulose vom Standpunkt der Wissenschaft und des praktischen Arztes. Arch. f. off. Gsndhtspflg., Strassb., 1903, xxii, 455-462 — Neilson (W. H.) The medical treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis. Milwaukee M. J., 1906, xiv, 125-127.—Nes- poli (G.) Contributo alia cura della tubercolosi pol- monare. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1901, Roma, 1902, 282-286. Also, Reprint.—Netter. Traitement de la tu- berculose pulmonaire chronique au commencement du xx° siecle (d'apres le traite de Schroeder et Blumenfeld). Presse med., Par., 1904, ii, 755-758.—NeudSrfer (I.) Die allgemeine und locale Behandlung der Tuberculose mittelst Spirotherapie. Wien. Klinik, 1892, 95-174.— Newton (R. C.) Some of the rules for the treatment of consumption, laid down by Sydenham and his succes- sors. Tr. Am. Climat. Ass., Phila., 1911, xxvii, 132-148. Also [Abstr.]: N.Albany M. Herald, 1912, xxx, 169-174. -----. The present non-medical treatment of tuberculosis not new. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lviii, 1423-1427.— Nicola (B.) Contributo alia terapia della tubercolosi polmonare. Ann. di Ippocrate, Milano, 1907-8, ii, 183- 185— Mkolski (O. P.) K terapii tuberkuloza lyokh- kikh. [Treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis.] Sovrem. terap., Mosk., 1900, ii, 1; 63; 125; 189; 257; 329. -----. K terapii niekotorlkh simptomov lyokhochnol chakhotki. [Treatment of various symptoms of pulmonary phthisis.] Ibid., 1902, ii, 189; 253; 325. -----. K terapii bugorchatki lyokhkikh. [Treatment of phthisis.] Ibid., 1903, i, 3; 61; 121; 185; 249. -----. Dalnlelshiya sodbshtsheniya po terapii bugorchatki lyokhkikh. [Further communica- tions on the treatment of phthisis.] Ibid., 1904, i, 8; 70; 131; 193; 256; 317.—Norris (G. W.) Cocillana as an ex- pectorant in pulmonarv tuberculosis. Therap. Gaz., De- troit, 1906, xxx, 370-372.—Norway (N. E.) Cervello's treatmentof phthisis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1900, ii, 662 — Oliva (P.) I metodi del Tranjen, del Liebreich, del Picot-Pignol, nella cura della tubercolosi polmonare. Riforma med., Napoli, 1892, viii, pt. 1, 233-237.—Oppen- licini (R.) & Laubry (C.) Les grandes indications du traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire. Tribune med., Par., 1905, n. s., xxxvii, 198; 328; 375; 552; 586.-OsIer (Sir W.) Treatment; introductory address. Nat. Ass. Prev. Consumpt. Tr., Lond., 1911, 119-123—Otis (E. O.) The treatment of advanced (hopeless) cases of phthisis. Boston M. & S. J., 1895, exxxii, 609-612. [Discussion], 621-624.-----. Some modern methods of the treatment of phthisis, and its symptoms. Med. Communicat. Mass. M. Soc, Bost., 1898, xvii, 651-676.—Paqnin (P.) The phvsiologie treatment of tuberculosis. Tr. M. Ass. Mis- souri, Columbia, 1895, xxxviii, 311-321. -----. Special and general treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis. Med. Rev., St. Louis, 1896, xxxiv, 309-311.—Parmentier (H.) Nouveau traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire par les injections de cholergine. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1910, xviii, 186. -----. Cent vingt cas de tuberculose pulmonaire traites par la cholergine. Cong. franc, de m6d. Compt. rend. 1910, Par., 1911, xi, 53-56.— Pavia (G. V.) Onalld tapasztalatok a tiidovesz legu- jabb gy6gykezeiesi mddjairol. [Independent experi- ences in the latest methods of treating phthisis.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1906, 1, 60-62.—Peavy (J. F.) Treat- ment of tuberculosis; a therapeutic measure based on physiologic consideration. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1899, xxxiii, 79-81.—Peers (R. A.) The management of cases of pulmonary tuberculosis; with remarks on treatment. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1912, x, 103-110.— Pegu- rier. Des formes cliniques de la tuberculose pulmo- naire; leurs indications therapeutiques. Presse m6d. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of). beige, Brux., 1903, lv, 313-319.—Penzoldt (F.) Be- handlung der Lungentuberkulose. Handb. d. Therap innerer Krankh., Jena, 1897, iii, 300-409.—Perkins (J ) Some remarks on the present day treatment of pulmo- nary tuberculosis. Providence M. J., 1903, iv, 50-57 — Peter. De l'emploi des revulsifs cutanes dans le traite- ment de la phthisie pulmonaire. Abeille med., Par., 1879, xxxvi, 233-237.—Petersen (I.) Omobjektivetegn paa bedring og helbredelse af lungetuberkulose. [On objective indications of improvement and recovery in tuberculosis of the lungs.] Ugeskr. f. Lager, Kjpbenh., 1910, lxxii, 519-525.—Petit (G.) De l'emploi des sels biliaires dans le traitement de la tuberculose. Rev. in- ternat. de la tuberc, Par., 1909, xv, 19-30.—Petit (J.W.) The economic aspect of the modern treatment of tuber- culosis. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1906, ix, 10-13. -----. The modern treatment of pulmonarv tuberculosis; the importance and difficulty of making *an early diagnosis. Ibid., 1908, xiii, 127; 249. -----. Mistakes and miscon- ceptions with regard to the modern treatment of tuber- culosis. Ibid., 1910, xvii, 1-10.—Pl'eiffer (T.) Zur Therapie der chronisehen Lungen-Tuberkulose. Aerztl. Standesztg. [etc.], Wien u. Leipz., 1912, xvi, 15-19.— Philippe (F.) Revue clinique et contribution au traitement des points de c6te des tuberculeux. Rev. in- ternat. de la tuberc, Par., 1912, xxii, 111-116.—Pierce (A. B.) Some practical hints drawn from an observation of fifty years concerning the management and treatment of pulmonary phthisis. Tr. M. Soc. N. Car., Wilmington, 1895, 187-189. Also: North Car. M. J., Wilmington, 189^, xxxvi, 228-230.—Pierce (E. A.) The formation of cor- rect habits, as a factor in the treatment of pulmonary tu- berculosis. Northwest Med., Seattle, 1908, vi, 419-427.— Piery (M.) & Rcmy (A.) La phtisiotherapie dans l'antiquite, Orientaux, Grecs, Arabes. Rev. de med., Par., 1911, xxxi, 715-743.—Piery (M.) & Sarrazin (L.) La phtisiotherapie en Occident pendant le moyen-age et les temps modernes. Ibid., 780-801.—Place (O. G.) Non-alcoholic treatment of consumption. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1896, xxvii, 478-780.— Plicque (A.-F.) Le traitement des tuberculoses inflammatoires. Bull. med.. Par., 1912, xxvi, 881-883.—Pogne (G. R.) Tuber- culosis and patent medicines. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvi, 63s.—Poll (C.) II metodo di Hoffmann nella disfagia dei tubercolosi. Tubercolosi, Milano, 1912-13, v, 157-161.—Pollak (J.) Einige neue Medicamente in der Phthiseotherapie. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1900, xiii, 59; 575.—Pollard (S. P.) Treatmentof phthisical cavities without operation. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, i, 17.— Poore (G. V.) A clinical lecture on the treatment and management of pulmonary tuberculosis. Clin. J., Lond., 1893-4, iii, 195; 209.—Pope (C.) The physical forces in tuberculosis. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1910, civ, 336-339.— Porter (W.) Clinical observations on the care of tuber- culous subjects. Internat. Clin., Phila. & Lond., 1906, 16. s., iv, 77-89.—Potin. La phtisiotherapie; a propos d'un article du Professeur Grancher. J. de med. de Par., 1903,2. s., xv, 189-191.—Pottenger (F. M.) The rational treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis, with report of eases, Am. Med., Phila., 1903, vi, 468-472. -----. When and how should the tuberculous patient be treated? N. York M. J. [etc.], 1905, lxxxi 952-956. Also, Reprint. -----. Results of treatment in ninety-four cases of pulmonary tubercu- losis. Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1906,3. s., xxii, 582-588.-----. The cause of failure in the treatment of tuberculosis. Lan- cet-Clinic, Cincin., 1908, c, 539-543.-----. Upon whatdoes the cure of tuberculosis depend? Med. Rec, N. Y., 1908, Ixxiii, 129-132. -----. The gradual evolution of a sane therapy in tuberculosis. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1911, cv, 285-288.—Powell (SirR. D.) The general treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis. Practitioner, Lond., 1913, xc, 59- 68.—Preble (R. B.) The treatmentof pulmonarv tuber- culosis. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1904-5, vi, 326-330.— Prest (E. E.) Some points in the treatment of pulmo- nary tuberculosis. Lancet, Lond., 1911, ii, 723. -----. Reflections on the importance of toxin saturation of tissues, considered in relation to the treatment of pulmo- nary tuberculosis. Brit. M. J. Lond., 1912, ii, 1354-1356.— Price (F. W.) The prognosis and treatment of early pulmonary tuberculosis. Edinb. M. J., 1905, n. s., xvii, 451-468.— Purschke (R.) Ueber die Behandlung der Lungentuberkulose durch den praktischen Arzt. Oesterr. Aerzte-ztg., Wien, 1912, ix, 245; 264.—Rabinowitz (M. A.) The conditions for the discharge of a patient with pulmonary tuberculosis as cured. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1910, xcii, 1078.—Raw (N.) The modern treatment of tuberculosis by drugs. Ann. Gynec. & Pediat., Bost., 1908, xxi, 160-162. -----. Drug therapv in tuberculosis. Folia Therap., Lond., 1910, iv, 94-96.—Renon (L.) Kli- nische Studie iiber die medikamentose Behandlung der chronisehen Lungentuberkulose. Med. BL, Wien, 1905, xxviii, 544; 556. -----. L'esprit d'un traitement scienti- flque reel de la tuberculose pulmonaire. Rev. g6n. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1910, xxiv, 753-757. -----. Le traitement rationnel simple de la tuberculose pulmo- naire. Clinique, Par., 1911, vi, 53-55. -----. L'avenir TUBERCULOSIS. 808 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of). de la phtisiotherapie. Rev. seient., Par., 1912, i, 779- 783. Also: Tribune med., Par., 1912, n. s., xlvi, 2S9- 297._Richards (W. M.) The city treatment of pul- monary tuberculosis. Dietet. & Hyg. Gaz., N. Y., 1911, xxvii, 274-280.—Riley (W. H.) Report of fifty cases illustrating the successful treatment of pulmon- arv tuberculosis. Mod. Med. & Bacteriol. Rev., Battle Creek, Mich., 1897, vi, 181; 205; 232; 264; 287: 1898, vii,|8.— Rivers (W. C.) Rhinological treatment of consump- tives. Practitioner,Lond.,1909,lxxxii,527-533.—Robert- son (W.) Treatmentof tuberculosis in Leith. County & Municip. Rec. Glasg. & Edinb., 1905-6, vi, 469.— Robin (A.) Indications therapeutiques fondees sur la composition chimique comparee du poumon tuberculeux et du poumon sain. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 305. -----. Le traitement general de la tu- berculose pulmonaire. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1905, xix, 359. -----. Composition chimique et mi- neralisation du poumon chez l'individu sain et chez le phtisique; applications a la physiologie pathologique et a la therapeutique de la phtisie pulmonaire. Bull, med., Par., 1907, xxi, 169-171. -----. Traitement symptoma- tique de la tuberculose pulmonaire. Clinique, Par., 1909, iv, 193-197. -----. Les indications therapeutiques dans la tuberculose pulmonaire. Rev. gen. de clin. etde therap., Par., 1909, xxiii, 115. -----. L'orientation du traitement de la phtisie pulmonaire. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1910, 3. s., lxiii, 72-75. Also: Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1910, clix, 95-97. -----. Le traitement de la phtisie pul- monaire. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1910, clx, 161. -----. Traitement de la tuberculose; traitement des sympt6mes, des accidents evolutifs et des complications; appareil renal, fievre et sueurs. Ibid., 1912, clxiii, 161-176.— Robin (A.) Rinet(M.) Les indications prophylacti- ques et therapeutiques de la phtisie pulmonaire fondees sur la connaissance de son terrain. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1902, 3. s., xlvii, 51-71. Also, Reprint. Also: Cong, in- ternat. demed. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, vol.g6n., 296-325.— Robinson (B.) Pulmonary tuberculosis; awordabout its treatment. Med.-Pharm. Critic, N. Y., 1913, xvi, 17-19.— Rochester (De L.) Report on the treatmentof pul- monary tuberculosis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1897, xxix, 68-74.—Roepke (O.) Erfahrungen mit Mesbe bei Lungen- und Kehlkopftuberkulose. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz.u. Berl., 1913, xxxix, 150-154.—Rogers (A. E.) The successful treatment of tuberculosis. Bos- ton M. & S. J., 1906, cliv, 291-293.—Rolidenburg (G. L.) The results of treatment in 172 cases of pulmonary tuber- culosis in the out-patient department of the German Hospital. N. York M. J. [etc.,] 1909, xc, 400-402.—Ro- manovski (M.) Llecheniye bugorchatki lyokhkikh nedokislennimi soyedineniyami fosfora (fosfatsidom). [Treatment of pulmonarv tuberculosis by phosphacid.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1910, xvii, 1401; 1446.—Rosen- thal (G.) Recherches sur le traitement direct de la tu- berculose pulmonaire; 1'instrumentation de la haute dose dans Tinjection intratracheale; seringue et canule inter- changeable pour la dose unite de 20 cc. Arch. gen. de med., Par., 1912, v, 593-595.—Roshem (J.) Un traite- ment desuet de la phtisie; la medecine et. . . le cheval. Paris med., 1912-13, x, suppl., 381-389.—Roth (M.) Mitteilung fiber Behandlung der Lungentuberkulose. Kor.-Bl. d.allg.arztl. Ver. v. Thiiringen, Jena, 1910, xxxix, 29-35.—Royo Villanova. Tratamiento de la tuber- culosis del pulm6n por la tuberculosis provocada por el virus de origen bovino. Rev. Ibero-Am. de cien. med., Madrid, 1912, xxviii, 391-402.—Ruata (C.) Sulla cura della tubercolosi polmonare. Salute pubb., Perugia, 1899, xii, 261-270. Also: Unione med. ital., Torino, 1899, iii, 316; 322. -----. Sopra alcuni punti importanti di terapia della tubercolosi polmonare. Salute pubb., Perugia, 1906, xix, 257-261.—Rumpl"(E.) Prophylaxe oder Therapie der Lungentuberkulose. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1907, xi,27-35.—Sabourin (C.) Lesexutoirestuberculeuxdu poumon. Rev. de med., Par., 1903, xxiii, 211-225.—Sa- korraphos (M.) 0\iya Tiva Trepi ttjs avvai^OT^jTOS to>i> 0is. raAijvbs, 'AStjvkl, 1891, xxi, 467; 481. -----. Les grandes medications contre la tuberculose pulmonaire; tubercu- line, suralimentation, sanatorium. Grece med., Syra, 1909-10, xi, 49-52.—Saliba (M. M.) The true value of drugs in the treatment of consumption. Tr. M. Ass. Georgia, Atlanta, 1905, lvi. 251-269. Also: Georgia Pract., Savannah, 1905, i, 173-179.—Sanchez Herrero (A.) El tratamiento curativo de la tuberculosis pulmonar. Cong, internat. de med. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, de path, int., 228-262.—Sanders (G.) Bacterine treatment in pulmonary tuberculosis. Med. Rec, N. Y 1912, lxxxi, 367-369. -----. Bacterin treatment in pul- monary tuberculosis. Ibid., lxxxii, 939-941.—Sander- son (SirJ.B.) On our duty to the consumptive bread- earner. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901, ii, 1-4.—Sarailhac. R61e du microbe dans le traitement et la contagion de la phtisie. Art med., Par., 1898, lxxxvi, 161-175.—Saug- inan (C.) Om Helbredelse af Lungetuberkulose. [The Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of). cure of pulmonary tuberculosis.] Ugeskr. f. Laeger, Kd- benh., 1901, 5. R., viii, 1105; 1149.—Scarpa (L. G.) Sulfa cura della tubercolosi polmonare nella pratica privata Boll. d. Policlin., Torino, 1899, iv, 1-4. -----. Modifika- tion der pleuropulmonalen Funktionstatigkeit als Mittel zur Behandlung und Heilung der Lungentuberkulose und Phthise. Oesterr. Aerzte-Ztg., Wien, 1911, viii, 37; 65.— Schloessing (K.) Der Griinder der Phthiseotherapie. Reichs-Med.-Anz.,Leipz., 1904, xxix, 283.—Schmidt (F. J.J.) Over het gebruik van ijzer in tering en over de hygiene dezer ziekte, door J. Jones, geneesheer van het Hospital voor teringlijders te London; in het neder- duitsch overgebragt door H. J. Broers, Utrecht, Kemink en zoon, 1863. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk, Amst., 1863, vii, 538-540. Also, Reprint.—Schmidt-Nielsen (S.) Arkanum mot tuberkulose. [Secret remedy for tubercu- losis ] Norsk Mag. f. Lsegevidensk., Christiania, 1911, 5. R., ix, 478-480.—Schneider (H.) Mitteilungen iiber die Verwendung neuer Agaricin-Priiparate bei der Pflege Lungenkranker. Ztschr. f. Krankenpfl., Berl., 1903, xxv, 187-190.—Schnirer (M. F.) Zur medicamentosen Be- handlung der Lungentuberculose. Klin.-therap. Wchn- schr., Wien, 1899, vi, 1113; 1151. Also, Reprint. Also, transl: Presse med., Par., 1899, ii, 199-202. Also, transl: N. medic, Brux., 1903, iii, no. 10, 4-6; no. 11, 4-6. Also, Reprint.—Schriider (G.) Ueber neuere Medikamente und Nahrmittel fiir die Behandlung der chronisehen Lungentuberkulose. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1905-9, vii-xiv, passim.—Schtltze (C.) Meine Grundsatze der Phthiseotherapie. Deutsche med. Presse, Berl., 1901, v, 38.—Schultze. Traitement de la tuber- culose avec la bande elastique et la ventouse. Progrfes med., Par., 1908, 3. s., xxiv, 42.—Schweninger. Ei- niges fiber Schwindsiichtige und deren Behandlung. Arch. f. phys.-diiitet. Therap., Berl., 1903, v, 1-7.—Sco- bie (J.) The tonic pill in phthisis. Prescriber, Edinb., 1910, iv, 121.—Seebass (A. R.) A treatment of phthisis. Colorado M. J., Denver, 1897, iii, 45-48—Selter (H.) Heilungsversuche bei Tuberkulose. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tu- berk., Wiirzb., 1912, xxiv,261-278.—Senator (H.) Ueber einige ausgewahlte Punkte der Diagnose und Therapie der Lungentuberculose. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1900, xxxvii, 317; 346. -----. Ueber die symptomatische Be- handlung der Lungentuberkulose. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1908, xlix, 481-485.—Senetz (M. K.) Primieniye Brown-Sequard vitiazhki k llecheniye chakhotki. [Brown-Sequard's experiment in treatment of phthisis pulmonum.] Vrach, St. Petersb., 1891, xii, 241.—Shaw (H. B.) An address on pulmonary tuberculosis and fam- ily practice. Lancet, Lond., 1910, i, 656-559.—Shepard (C. A.) Intravenous injections in tuberculosis. South. Calif. Pract., Los Angeles, 1909, xxv, 8-11.—Shoup (J.) Treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis; the medical treat- ment. Tr. Am. Therap. Soc. 1900-1902, N. Y., 1903, 90-93. Also: Am. Med.,Phila., 1902, iv, 541-544.—Shurly (B.R.) Relation between anemia and early stages of tuberculo- sis, with reference to treatment by hypodermic medica- tion. J. Mich. M. Soc, Detroit, 1907, vi, 111-114— Sim- mons (S. F.) Observations pratiques sur le traitement de la phthisie. Biblioth. med.-phys. du nord, Lausanne, 1783, i, 1-61.—Simon (F.R.) Ueber ein neues Verfahren bei der Behandlung der Lungenschwindsucht. Med. Woche, Berl., 1903, 65-59. -----. Neue Gesichtspunkte bei der Behandlung der Lungenschwindsucht una deren practische Verwertung. Med. Reform, Berl., 1904, xii, 107; 115.—Simon (R.) Der Erfolg bei der symptoma- tischen und der atiologischen Behandlung der Schwind- sucht in mediziniseher und volkswirtschaftlicher Hin- sicht. Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1902, xii, 205-207.— Skralnka (L.S.) Die Heilung der Lungentuberkulose. Wien.med. Wchnschr., 1910, lx, 1933-1938.—Smith (C.B.) Hydronaphthol in phthisis pulmonalis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1894, xlvi, 72.—Smith (Q. C.) The treatment of chronic tubercular consumption, and the importance of the recog- nition of its curability, and early diagnosis, and prompt, diligent treatment by home hygiene and drugs. Tr. Texas M. Ass., Austin, 1890, 156-178. Also, Reprint.— Sokolowskl (E.) Ueber das Verhaltnis der Blutbe- schaffenheit zur Lungentuberkulose und deren Thera- pie. St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr., 1908, xxxiii, 285-288.— Sorison (V.) Einige neue Medikamente in der Phthiseo- therapie. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1905,xviii, 307.—Stadel- mann (E.) Klinische und therapeutische Untereuchun- gen bei Phthisis pulmonum. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz.u.Berl.,1901,xxvii,411; 426. [Discussion],Ver.-Beil., 193-198.—Stadelmann(H.) Versucheiner naturlichen BehandlungderTuberculose. Allg.med.Centr.-Ztg.,Berl., 1896, lxv, 549-551.—Stark (N. N.) The treatment of tu- berculosis in New York City. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1912, xcv, 927-929.—Starkloff (F.) Sanatogen in der Lungen- heilstatte. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1911, xvii, 553-558.— Steffen (L.) Ueber die Behandlung der Lungentuber- kulose mit Tebean. Munchen. med. Wchnschr.. 1910, lvii, 838-840.—SteinhaMiser (J. R.) Treatment and prevention of consumption in country towns. Pub. TUBERCULOSIS. 809 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of). Health, Lond., 1903-4, xvi, 598-605— Stern (C.) Zur medikamentosen Behandlung der Lungentuberkulose. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1905, xix, 244-248.—Stoll (H. F.) A retrospect in phthisiotherapy; showing some cu- rious ideas as to the treatment and the development of the modern method. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1908, lxxxvii, 738; 743.—Stone (H. H.) Neglected points in phthisis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1898, liii, 877.—Stone (R. F.) Pulmo- nary tuberculosis; considered mainly with reference to its complications and its hygienic and medical treatment. Indiana M. Reporter, Evansville, 1880, i, 197-214.— Strlckler (W. M,) Fibrosis in the treatment of phthi- sis. Tr. Colorado M. Soc, Denver, 1892, 6-27— Stroud (H. E.) The drug treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis. Merck's Arch., N. Y., 1904, vi, 44; 77.—Stubbert (J. E.) Some practical points on the treatment of pulmo- nary tuberculosis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1902, xxxix, 1442-1415.—Symes-Thompson (H. E.) A clinical lecture on the selection of cases of pulmonary tubercu- losis for institutional, domiciliary and dispensary treat- ment under the national insurance act. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1912, n. s., xciv, 678.— Tam.burrini (N.) Un nuovo rimedio contro la tubercolosi pulmonare. Med. ital., Napoli, 1905, Hi, 645.—Tauslg (A.) Die Be- handlung der Lungentuberkulose und anderer Lungen- erkrankungen. Aerztl. Centr.-Ztg., Wien, 1901, xiii, 353; 37s; 390.—Tauszk (F.) A tudotuberculosis medi- camentosus gy6gykezelese. [Medicinal treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1900, xliv, 483; 499. -----. Neues Heilmittel zur Verhii- tung der Verbreitung der Tuberkulose und zur sympto- matischen Behandlung der Lungentuberkulose. Phar- makol. u. therap. Rundschau, Wien, 1904. i, 41.—Taylor (H. L.) The treatment of casesof pulmonary tubercu- losis, discharged from a sanatorium. St. Paul M. J., 1908, x, 616-618.—Tetau (J.) Contribution al'etudedu traite- ment preventif et curatif de la phtisie pulmonaire par modification du terrain de predisposition. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1903. exlv,831-341.—Thompson (J. H.) The treatment of consumption by the oil of cinnamon. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1896, ii, 1374-1376.—Thorowgood (J. C.) The use of drugs in the treatment of early phthi- sis. Ibid., 1891, ii, 836. [Discussion], 849.—Tillotson (H.T.) A proposed treatment for consumptives. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1S97, xxviii, 632.—Tollens i C.) Ueber die Verwendung des Santonins gegen Lungentuberku- lose. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1905, Iii, 764.—Tom- bleson (J. B.) On the use of potassium bichromate in the treatment of phthisis. Lancet, Lond., 1910, ii, 1484.— Torkomian. Traitemont de la phthisie pulmonaire par la teinture de stcechas. Cong. p. I'etude de la tuber- culose 1891, Par., 1892, ii, 535-537.—Torstensson (O.J Om svafvelsyrlighetens anvandning i lungsotstera- pien. [Application of sulphuric acid in treatment of phthisis.] Eira, Stockholm, 1892, xvi, 197-201. -----. Nagra nyare medel mot den bacilliira ftisen. [Some new remedies for phthisis.] Ibid., 1895, xix, 539-546.— Tranjen. Ueber eine neue Methode der Behandlung der Lungentuberculose. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1891, xxviii, 386-390.—Trouve (G.) Frequence des tubercu- loses de guerison; etude statistique. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 607.—Turner (D.) Notes on a new system of treatment in pulmonary phthisis. Lancet, Lond., 1902, ii, 1047.—Tyson (J.) Niemeyer's pill. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, lvi, 211.—Upson (C. R.) Important points in the management and treatment of consumption. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1901, lix, 94-96.— Urban (M.) Zur altvolkstiimlichen Therapie der Lun- gentuberkulose. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1906, xxxi, 17; 33.—Valdambrinl (G.) Risposta al D. Francesco Marzi sull' uso dell' etiope minerale nella cura della tisi- chezza polmonale. Rac di opusc. med.-prat., Firenze, 1778, iv, 248-254— Valenzuela (F.) Tratamiento at- mi&trico de la tuberculosis pulmonar; el Acido 6smico. Progresomed.-farm., Madrid, 1891, iv, 133-136. Also: Rev. clin. de 1. hosp., Madrid, 1891, iii, 97-107.—Verney (L.) Sulla curabilita della tubercolosi polmonare. Med. ital., Napoli, 1911, ix, 425-427.—Vlllar (C. L.) Tratamiento de la tuberculosis. Rev. Soc. m6d. argent., Buenos Aires, 1901, ix, 298-317.—Voigt (J. C.) A summary of three hundred and forty cases of pulmonary tuberculosis treat- ed during 25 years' practice. Lancet, Lond., 1913, i, 607.— Volland. Ueber die Uebertreibungen bei der heutigen Behandlung der Lungenschwindsuchtigen. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1895, ix, 457-466. -----. Noch etwa.s iiber die Behandlung der Lungenschwindsiichtigen. Ibid., 1897, xi, 293-299. -----. Ueber Luftcur, Gymnastik, Was- sercur bei der Behandlung der Lungenschwindsiichti- gen. Ibid., 1899, xiii, 16-22. -----. Meine Behandlung der Lungenschwindsucht. Ibid., 1901, xv, 348-352.— Von Ruck(K.) Obstruction of the pulmonary circula- tion in pulmonary tuberculosis and some suggestions for its treatment. Georgia J. M. & S., Savannah, 1898, ii, 353-362.-----. The treatmentof pulmonary tuberculosis. J. Tuberc, Asheville, N. C, 1901, iii, 89-104. -----. The successful treatment of pulmonary phthisis in general Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of). practice. Therap. Gaz. [etc.], Detroit, 1907,3. s., xxiii- 383-386.-----. On the selection of cases and the limita- tions of specific treatment in tuberculosis. Ibid., 1909, xxxiii, 533-540.—Von Ruck (K.) & Von Ruck (S.) Specific treatment in pulmonary tuberculosis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, liv, 954-960. Also [Abstr.j: Illi- nois M. J., Springfield, 1910, xvii, 34-37. Also, transl: Zt- schr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1909-10, xv, 443-457.—Von Ruck (S.) Specific diagnosis and treatment in pulmonary tuberculosis. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1910, ciii, 91-97.— Vorschulze. Ueber die Wirkung der Arsa-Guajakol- Turiopin-Priiparate bei der Behandlung der Lungentu- berkulose. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1912, lxxxi, 263.—Waechter (C.) De saluberrimo usu ipecacuanhae et opii in phthisi pulmonali purulenta, observatione con- rirmato. In his: Diss, sistens obs. med., 12°, Rostochii, 1793, 1-19.—Wahlen (E.) Loi de limitation automati- que des processus tuberculeux; guerison spontanee et guerison provoquee. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 791-795— Walker (F. M.) The diagnosis and treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis. Louisville Month. J. M. & S., 1907, xiii, 333-340.—Walsh (J.) Med- ication in tuberculosis. Georgia Pract., Savannah, 1905, i, 171-173. -----. Treatment of tuberculosis of the lungs. Month. Cycl. & M. Bull., Phila., 1908, i, 585-591.—Wal- ters (F. R.) The estimation of general improvement in pulmonary tuberculosis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, ii, 962- 964.—Ward (S. B.) The favorable aspects of the medi- cal treatment of pulmonarv tuberculosis. Albany M. Ann., 1909, xxx, 169-174.—Wark (D.) The successful treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis, mechanical and medicinal. N. YorkM. J. [etc.], 1903, lxxvii, 18-20.— Wassermann (M.) Zur Therapie der Tuberkulose. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1905, Leipz., 1907, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte, 18-20.—Waters (G. M.) A new treatment for consumption. Columbus M. J., 1896, xvii, 374-378.—Waugh (W. F.) Tuberculosis; some therapeutic suggestions. Am. J. Clin. M., Chicago, 1909, xvi, 770-772. -----. The latest in treating tuberculosis. Therap. Med., N. Y., 1909, iii, 96-99.—Waxham (F. E.) Proper environment a necessity in the successful treat- ment of pulmonary tuberculosis. Chicago M. Recorder, 1897, xiii, 338.—Weaver (H. B.) The combined method of treatment in the arrest and cure of tuberculosis. Lan- cet-Clinic, Cincin., 1906, n. s., lvi, 323-328. [Discussion], 333-336.—Weber (H.) Methode und Individuum in der Behandlung der Tuberkulose. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstiittenw., Leipz., 1901, ii, 286-290. -----. Die gemeinschaftliche Basis der verschiedenen Behand- lungjweisen der Lungentuberkulose. Therap. Mo- natsh., Berl., 1903, xvii, 18 - 22.— Weihrauch ( K.) Ueber Injectio vacuo bei Tuberkulosen. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1910-11, xviii, 309-314, 1 pl.—Weiss (J.) Leber einige mit Torosan behandelte Fiille von Lun- gentuberkulose. Med.-technol. J., Leipz., 1906-7, ii, 278- 281.—von Weissmayr (A.) Die medicamentose und svmptomatische Behandlung der Lungentuberkulose. Klin.-therap. Wchnschr., Wien, 1902, ix, 249; 288; 593; 636; 1215; 1246; 1279; 1311. -----. Ein Vorschlag zur medika- mentosen Behandlung der Lungentuberkulose. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1903, xvii, 28.—W eisz (A.) Beitrag zur Therapie der Lungentuberculose. Pest.med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1899, xxxv, 390-393. -----. A tiidovesz keze- 16se comainnal. (The treatment of pulmonary phthisis by comain.] Budapesti orv. ujsag, 1907, v, 819-821.— Welsz (M.) Die Bedeutung des Urochromogens fiir die Prognose und Therapie der Lungentuberkulose. Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1911, x, 109.— Wells (H.G.) .feHedenburg (0. F.) Studies on the biochemistry and chemotherapy of tuberculosis. I. The permeability of tubercles for iodin compounds and proteins. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1912, ii, 349-372.— Wernicke (R.) [etal]. Informe de la comisi6n nom- brada para estudiar el tratamiento del Doctor Villar en la tuberculosis. Rev. Soc. med. argent., Buenos Aires, 1901, ix, 318-330.—Wertenbaker (C. P.) The salva- tion of the consumptive. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1912, xcv, 270-273. Also, Reprint.—West (S.) On the sending of phthisical patients abroad. Lancet, Lond., 1895, ii, 1099- 1101.—Wethered (F. J.) The modern treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis. Ibid., 1910, i, 987-989.—Whea- ton (C. L.) Pulmonary tuberculosis; some general con- siderations and its treatment. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1904, lxxx, 401.—Whiltaker (J. T.) On nature's cure of phthisis and an effort to imitate it. J. Am. M. Ass.. Chi- cago, 1898, xxxi, 265-272.—Widal. Traitement de la tuberculose. Rev. prat. d. trav. de med., Par., 1896, liii, 470.—Wilkinson (C. H.) The model method of treat- ing tuberculosis of the lungs. Chicago M. Recorder, 1904, xxvi, 615-653.— Willcox (W. F.) The care of advanced cases of tuberculosis. Penn. M. J., Athens, 1911-12, xv, 121-128—W i I le. Thesen zu einer Behandlung der Tu- berkulose, insbesondere der Tuberkulose der Lungen. Deutsche Prax., Munchen, 1906, xv, 549-556.—Williams (C. T.) Lecture on the principles of treatment in pul- monary tuberculosis. Polyclin., Lond., 1905, ix, 1-5. TUBERCULOSIS. 810 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of). -----. Lecture on the evolution of the treatment of pul- monary tuberculosis, delivered before the International Congress on Tuberculosis. Internat. Tuberk.-Konf. Ber. 1908, Berl., 1909, 245-267. -----. Harveian oration on old and new views on the treatment of consumption. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, ii,961-968.—Wilmart (L.) Du traite- ment des premieresphases de la tuberculose pulmonaire au moyen de 1'aeide chlorhvdrique k haute dose. Cli- nique, Brux., 1899, xiii, 33-36.—Wise (A. T. T.) L'ori- gine della moderna cura della tubercolosi polmonare. Salute pubb., Perugia, 1902, xv, 194-197. — Wohr (F.) Czynniki lecznicze przewleklej gruzlicy pluc. [Thera- peutic agents for chronic pulmonary tuberculosis.] Przegl.lek., Krak6w,1903, xlii, 93-95.—Wolle (S.) Note on the use of acetanilid and resorcin in the later stages of phthisis. Phila. Hosp. Rep., 1896, iii, 48.—Wolffen- steln. Ueber Sputan als Heilmittel gegen Tuberkulose. Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg., Berl., 1909, 254.—Wood (N. E.) Six years' treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis by the class method. Boston M. & S. J., 1913, clxviii, 7-L2.— Wood (W. B. H.J The treatment of consumption. Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 1907, xxvii, 66-83.—Woodcock (H. de C.) Chloroform in consumption. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, i, 557.—Wynn (W. H.) Some points in the treatment of phthisis. Midland M. J., Birmingh., 1909, viii, 50; 66.—Xalabarder (E.) Sur Taction generale des revulsifs dans la tuberculose pulmonaire; examens hematiques. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1907, xi, 3-6.—Yeo (I. B.) Remarks on the conditions of cure in consumption. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1892, i, 106-110 — Zenker (F.) Ein Geradehalter fiir Lungenkranke, be- sonders bei dem sogenannten Habitus phthisicus. Illust. Monatschr. d. arztl. Polytech., Berl., 1898, xx, 175-179.— Zeuner (W.) Ein Beitrag zur Behandlung der Tuber- kulose. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1899, xxv, therap. Beil., 39-41.—Zickgral" (G.) Ueber die Verwendung von Limonen anstatt Terpentinol bei Lun- genkranken. Miinchen.med.Wchnschr., 1910,lvii, 1070.— von Ziemssen. Ueberdie Behandlung der Lungen- tuberculose. Compt.-rend. Cong, internat. de med. 1897, Mosc, 1899, iii, sect. 5, 77-84. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of, Climatic). See, also, Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treat- ment of, Open-air). Andre (L.) *De 1'influence du climat dans le traitement dea tuberculeux. 8°. Paris, 1905. Baux (G.) Zur klimati^chen Behandlung der Lungenkranken. 2. Aufl. 16°. Bad Ems, 1898. Bernheim (S.) Etude climatologique et the- rapeutique. Le sanatorium des tuberculeux. 8°. Paris, 1896. Campbell (C. G.) The treatment of pul- monary tuberculosis, with an additional note on climate. 12°. [n. p., 1900.] Cazenave de la Roche (E.) Answer to Chas. Th. Williams. Transl. from the French by Richard de la Madelaine. 8°. Pau, [n. d.~\. Denison (C.) The climatic treatment of pul- monary consumption. 8°. Denver, 1883. Dozy (J. P.) Waar zullen teringlijders de meeste kansen op herstel hebben? 12°. De- venter, 1873. Efros (S.) * Beitrage zur Klimatotherapie der Lungentuberkulose. 8°. Zurich, 1911. Elliott (J. H.) Treatment of tuberculosis in Ontario. 8°. Toronto, 1905. Lee (E.) The effects of climate on tubercu- lous disease. 8°. Philadelphia, 1857. Lindsay (J.-A.) Traitement climaterique de la phtisie pulmonaire; contribution de climato- logie medicale. Traduit et annote par F. La- lesque. 8°. Pan's, 1891. Platt (I. H.) Suggestions regarding the management of phthisical patients at health re- sorts. 12°. Detroit, 1888. Schreiber (J.) Ueber das Wesen klimati- scher Kuren bei Lungenkranken. 12°. JF*Y//, 1876. Smith (F. C.) The relation of climate to the treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis. 8°. Wash- ington, 1910. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of, Climatic). South-West (The) and New Mexico for phthisis, weak lungs, asthma, bronchitis, etc. 8°. Chicago, [1891]. Thomas (W. R.) On the climatic treatment of phthisis. 8°. London, 1882. Thomson (W.) On phthisis and the supposed influence of climate; being an analysis of sta- tistics of consumption in this part ot Australia, with remarks on the cause of the increase of that disease in Melbourne. 8°. Melbourne, 1879. [Vesperleder (F. P. J.)] *Qua>stio medica, an phthisi pulmonari mutatio aeris? sm. 4°. Monspelii, 1714. Zamora y Cabanas (B.) *Tratamiento cli- materico de la tuberculosis pulmonar. 8°. Mexico, 1894. Ambler (C. P.) Whenshould the tuberculous patient be sent from home? N. York M. J. [etc.], 1904, lxxix, 629-631.—Anirein (O.) Climatology and tuberculosis. Brit. J. Tuberculosis, Lond., 1910, iv, 255-260.—Ashmead (A. S.) What peculiarity is there in climate that favors the growth of pine trees, and does this peculiarity, what- ever it may be, favor the cure of consumption? Med. Brief, St. Louis, 1907, xxxv, 855.—B. (J. L.) Climatic treatment of tuberculosis. Phila. M. J., 1900, v, 703.— Baradat. Wahl des Klimas in der Behandlung der Tuberkulose. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1903, iv, 492-497.—Barlow (W.J.) Climate in the treat- ment of pulmonary tuberculosis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, lvii, 1426-1428.—Bellamy (R.) Notes on the selec- tion of a climate for the treatment of tuberculosis. Med. News, N. Y., 1903, lxxxiii,54-60.—Benoil. Leclimatde itoyan.son influence sur les tuberculoses. PSdiatrie prat., Lille, 1909, xix, 141-146.— Besold (G.) Ueber Klima und Lungentuberkulose. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1904, li, 2228-2230—Bissey (H. S.) Change of climate in the treatment of phthisis. Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1903, 3. s., xix, 519-526.—Bonney (S. G.) Discussion upon "cli- matic treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis versus home sanatoria." Tr. Am. Climat. Ass., Phila., 1901, xvii, 224- 234. Also, Reprint. — Bowditcli (V. Y.) Suggestions. the result of recent experiences with phthisicalpatients. Tr. Am. Climat. Ass., Phila., 1898, xiv, 28-39.—Brewer (I. W.) Shall the tubercular patient be treated in the home climate or sent to some region with a more equi- table climate, where more hours can be spent in the open air with less discomfort? Boston M. & S. J., 1908, clix, 823- 825. Also, Reprint.—Bridge (N.) Climate for tubercu- losis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago.1900,xxxv.993.—Brown- ing (C. C.) Theeffectof climatic conditions on important svmptoms in tuberculosis. Tr. Am. Climat. Ass., Phila., 1908, xxiv, 10-14,2 ch. Also: South. Calif. Pract., Los An- geles, 1908, xxiii, 519-524.— Bucklin (C. A.) Treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis, diseased lacrymal ducts, ca- tarrhal otitis media, hay fever, and chronic asthma not complicating heart diseases. J. Laryngol., Lond., 1911, xxvi, 455-457.—Bullock (E. S.) The treatment of pul- monary invalids in favorable climates. Med. Rec., N. Y., 1902, lxii, 47-51. Also, Reprint. -----. The climate con- troversy. Detroit M. J., 1908, viii, 430-437.—Buringli Boeklioudt (H.) Meet de borstlijder uitsluitend in zlin eigen vaderland genezing zoeken? Geneesk. Bl. u. Klin, en Lab. v. de prakt., Haarlem, 1905, xii, 45-70.— Campbell (C. G.) The constant quantity in the vari- ous climatic treatments of tuberculosis. Med. Rec., N. Y., 1900, lviii, 729-731. —Campbell (E. T.) Tuberculosis and climate. Ibid., 1897, li, 836. — Carrinjilon (T. S ) A plea for the advanced consumptive. Survry, N. Y., 1911, xxvi, 142-146.—Cerny (V.) Specielni indikacev klima- toterapii tuberkulosy. Casop. lek. cesk., v Praze, 1899, xxxviii, 858-860. — Cliapell (C. F.) Consumption at health resorts. N. Am. Rev., N. Y., 1892, cliv, 377-380.- Cltial's (F.) Le choix d'un climat pour un tuberculeux. Cong. p. I'etude de la tuberculose 1893, Par., 1894, iii, 363- 372. —Chodounsky'(K.) Le6eni thermalni a klima- ticke vzhledem k tuberkulose. [Thermal and climatic therapy with reference to tuberculosis.] Casop. lek. cesk., v Praze, 1881, xx, 453; 467; 481.—Cobb (J. 0.) Where to send consumptives. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1907, lxxxv, 10-12.—Coi'er (L.) A suggestion to philanthro- pists. Ibid., 1898, lxvii, 648.—Cornlck (B.) Some per- sonal observations on the management and treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis at a climatic resort. Texas State J. M., Fort Worth, 1906-7, ii, 128-131. Also [Abstr.]: J. Outdoor Life, Trudeau, N. Y., 1906-7, iii, 387.— Cox (J. A.) Climate in the treatmentof consumption. Med. Brief, St. Louis, 1906, xxxiv, 260-263.-Crook (J. K.) Observations on American climates and localities in the treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis. Tr. M. Soc. N. Y., Albanv, 1903, 173-183. Also: Med. Neivs, N. Y., 1903, lxxxii, 552-556.—Crosson (F.) Climate; a factor in the 1 treatment of tuberculosis. Gaillard's M. J., N. \., 1900, TUBERCULOSIS. 811 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of, Climatic). Ixxiii 245-248. Also: Med. Dial, Minneap., 1900, ii. 210- 212—Davidson (A. H.) Climate and tuberculosis. Louisville Month. J. M. & S., 1901-2, viii. 219-225—Dela- cliaux (C ) Tuberculeux et stations climateriques pour non-tuberculeux. Ann. d. schweiz. balneol. Gesellsch., Aarau, 1911, 7. Hft., 19-26.—Denison (('.) Is change of climate a necessity for successful treatment? Med.-Leg. J N.Y., 1900, xvii,552-555. -----. The climatotherapy of tuberculosis; considered on physical rather than bacil- lary grounds. J. Advanc. Therap., N. Y., 1908, xxvi, 346-352.—Dixon (A.), jr. The treatment of tuberculosis; a word for climate. Louisville Month. J. M. & S., 1902-3, ix 334-336. -----. Climate and relapses, in pulmonary tuberculosis. Kentuckv M. J., Louisville, 1905-6, iii, 539. Also: St. Louis M. Rev., 1905, Iii, 237.—Dunham (H. B.) Favorable and unfavorable climates for tuberculosis. Colorado M. J., Denver, 1904, x, 223-228— Dun lap (H. M.) The relation of climatic to other methods of treat- ment in pulmonarv tuberculosis. Tr. Mich. M. Soc, Grand Rapids, 1899, xxiii, 348-352.—Dunn (W. S.) To what extent is climate a negligible factor in the treat- mentof pulmonarv tuberculosis? Am. Med., Burlington, Vt & N. Y., 1905," x, 363-366. Also, Reprint.—Elliott (E"E ) Climates for consumptives. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1909, xxxix, 542-544—Engel (H.) Zur differentiellen Klimatotherapie der Lungentuberculose. Ztschr. f. Bal- neol., Berl., 1908-9, i, 521-621.—Ford («. S.) The cli- matological treatment of tuberculosis. Proc. Connect. M Soc., Hartford, 1897, 229-235— Gabrilovich (I. G.) Klimatieheskoye llechenive. [Climatic treatment (of phthisis).] Tuberkulyoz, S.-Peterb., 1912, i, 471-475.— Gara (G.) Tapasztalatok klimatikus ktirak kozben, kiilonds tekintettel a tiidovesz gy6gykezelesere. [Expe- riences of climatic cures, especially in the treatment of phthisis.] Fiirdc- es vizgy6gyaszat, Budapest, 1903, no. 3, 1-5.—Gardiner (C. F.) The dangers of tubercular in- fection and their partial arrest by climatic influences. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1898, n. s., cxv, 131-146.—Garratt (J. R.) The utilization of our climate in the treatment of tuberculosis in the home. Dublin J. M. Sc, 1903, cxv, 251-255.—Gordon (W.) Observations on wind exposure and phthisis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901, i, 69-75.— Grasset (H.) Historique de l'aerotherapie et de la climatothera- pie. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1911, xix, 418- 434.—Greeley (H.) Climate in the treatment of pulmo- nary tuberculosis. Long Island M. J., 1909, iii, 171-178.— Greene (H. M.) Treatment of tuberculosis in the State of Washington. Northwest Med., Seattle, 1907, v, 26- 30 —Griffith (J. P. C.) Climatic treatment of phthisis. Med. & Surg. Reporter, Phila., 1891, lxiv, 182-186. Also, Reprint.—Halliburton (W. D.) Climate for con- sumption. St. Louis M. Rev., 1904,1, 421.—Hare (H. A.) The question of climate in the treatment of tuberculosis. Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1907, xxxi, 96.—Hinsdale (G.) Climatic treatment of tuberculosis. Boston M. & S. J., 1911, clxiv, 596-604. Also, Reprint.—Homan (R. B.) Instructions which should be given a tuberculous patient making a change of climate. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1908-9, Ixi, 171-174.—Horner (J. S.) Some observations on the climatic treatment of tuberculosis. Vermont M. Month., Burlington, 1905, xi, 259-261.— Ingals (E. F.) The anti- septic treatment and the limitation of climatic treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1897, xxviii, 913-918. Also, Reprint.—Jacobsen (J. L.) Una localidad para tuberculosos. Ann. roy. Acad, de cien. med. . . . de la Habana, 1894-5, xxxi, 88; 119, 2 maps. Also, Reprint.—Jagot (L.) Les colonies de vacan- ces au Congres de la tuberculose; reponse a une ob- jection. Arch. med. d'Angers, 1905, ix, 664-667.— Kline (J. VV.) The fallacy of climate in the treatment of tuberculosis. Phila. M. J.,1900, vi, 1056.—King (A. F. A.) The climatic treatmen t of pul monary tuberc ulosis. Wash. M.Ann.,1904-5,iii,296-301. Aiso,Reprint.—Knight(F. I.) On the selection of a climate for patients with pulmonary tuberculosis. BostonM.&S.J.,1888,cxviii,343; 353. Also, Reprint.-----. What shall we do with patients having pulmonary tuberculosis? Tr. Am. Climat. Ass., Phila., 1904, xx, 137-142. [Discussion], 160-163.—Knopf (S. A.) Max- ims for the selection of climate in pulmonary, laryngeal, and bone tuberculosis. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1906, lxxxiv, 168.—Kress (G. H.) Some misapplications of climato- therapy as applied to tuberculosis. Toledo M. & S. Re- porter, 1905, xxxi, 555-557.—Kuthy (D.) A tuberkulo- zis agy6gyhelyek szempontjab61. [Tuberculosis from the standpoint of health resorts.] Furdo- es vizgy6gya- szat, Budapest, 1903,1-4 — Larue (H.-A.) Histologie et traitement climaterique de la tuberculose. Rev. med., Quebec, 1897, i. 145-148.—L,lnn (T.) On the choice of a climate for tubercular patients. Med. Fortnightly, St. Louis, 1894, vi, 409-412.—Lombardo. L'influence des climats. Ber. ii. d. Kong. z. Bekampf. d. Tuberk. [etc.], Berl., 1899, 595-597.—McConnell (J. F.) Our tubercu- lar patients; whom to send and where to send them. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1899, xxxiii, 702.—McDowell (W. J ) Theory and practice of the counter-environment treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis. N. York M. J., Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of, Climatic). 1896, lxiii, 642; 676.—macMullen (J. C.) The colonies as a health resort for consumptives. Intercolon. M. Cong. Tr., Melbourne, 1889,ii,509-512.—Markotun (K. S.) Slabogrudiye kak klinicheskiy termin i ukrleplya- yushtsheye klimatieheskoye polzovaniye slabogrudikh. [Chest weakness as a term and strengthening climatic treatment of those with weak chest.] Vestnik obsh. hig., sudeb. i prakt. med., St. Petersb., 1903, pt. 2,14-22.—Mat- son (R. W.) The fallacies of climate in the treatment of tuberculosis. Northwest Med., Seattle, 1911, n. s., iii, 286-288.— Metzerott (J. H.) Tuberculosis; my own case, with deductions derived from the same. Sanitarian, N. Y., 1900, xiv, 109-115.—minor (C. L.) [et al.]. Report of the committee on the influence of climate in pulmonary tuberculosis. Med. News, N. Y., 1905, lxxxvii, 918-921.— mitchell (E. W.) The question of change of climate for the tuberculous. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1910, ciii, 124- 128.—moeller (A.) Die klimatische Behandlung Lun- genkranker. Veroffentl. d. balneol. Gesellsch. in Berl., Berl. u. Wien, 1910,173-180. Also: Med. Klin., Berl., 1910, vi, 861-863.—moore (H. B.) The early recognition and the climatic treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis. Med. News, Phila., 1895, lxvii, 149-151.-morris (J. M.) The influence of climate on pulmonary tuberculosis. Ken- tucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1909-10, viii, 1454-1460.— Neathery (E. J.) Benefits derived by young children from climatic changes. Texas State J. M., Fort Worth, 1907, ii, 245.—Newton (C. B.) President's address: Our climate and its relation to tuberculosis. Proc. Connect. M. Soc, Bridgeport, 1893, 43-58.—Otis (E. Q.) Pulmonary tuberculosis with especial reference to its prophylaxis, hygienic and climatic treatment. Boston M. & S. J., 1893, exxix, 337; 352; 361. Ateo,Reprint.-----. Climatic thera- peutics in the treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis. Bos- ton M.& S.J.,1894,cxxxi,51-55. Also, Reprint.—Paquin (P ) Climate and outdoor life in the treatment of tuber- culosis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlix, 908-915.— Pearse (W.H.) PhthisisviewedinrelationtoDartmoor, to Devonshire in general, and to constitution. J. Balneol. &Climat.,Lond.,1904,viii,283-295.—Peters ( L. S.) Thecli- matic fallacy. IllinoisM.J.,Springfield,1908,xiv,586-592.— Pettit (J. W.) The modern treatment of tuberculosis; the climatic fallacy. Ibid., xiii, 1-9.—Pollak(J.) Zur Klimatotherapie der Tuberkulose. Centralbl. f. d. ges. Therap., Wien, 1903, xxi, 257; 327; 392.—Porter (W.) Summer care of the tubercular. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1899, xxxii, 926.—de la Prade. Des indications cli- materiques selon les constitutions pulmonaires et, en particulier, dans les formes muqueuses de la tuberculose pulmonaire. Gaz. d. eaux, Par., 1904, xlvii, 329.—Pre- gowski (P.) Zur Frage der Behandlung Lungen- kranker nach ihrer Ueberbringung in Klima-Heilanstal- ten. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1904, v, 329-331.— Renon (L.) Une precaution desirable dans la climatologie de la tuberculose pulmonaire. Cong, in- ternat. de phvsiotherap. Compt. rend. 1910, Par., 1911, iii, 509.— Richter (C. M.) The climatic treatment of tuberculosis of the air passages. Pacific M. J., San Fran., 1893 xxxvi, 401-407.—Billtaric (G.) Nekoliko rieci o puckom ljedilistu za tuberkulozne na Sljemenu. [Re- marks on the popular treatment of tuberculosis in Slje- men.] Lie6. viestnik, u Zagrebu, 1903, xxv, 1-12.—Rob- inson (W. D.) Climatology of nudity; partial and com- plete J. Balneol. & Climat., Lond., 1899, iii, 290-296.— Rochard (J.) De l'influence de la navigation et des pavs chauds sur la marche de la phthisie pulmonaire, en reponse a cette question: Determiner par des faits precis le degre d'influence que les changements de lieux, tels que Immigration dans des pays chauds et les voyages en mer exercent sur la marche de la tuberculisationpulmo- naire- ouvrage couronne dans la seance publique dull de- cembrel855. Mem.Acad.demed.,Par.,1855,xx,75-168. Also, Reprint.—RodgersM. A.) A retrospective view of seven years experience in the climatic treatment of tuberculo- sis Penn. M. J., Pittsburg, 1901-2, v, 587-591.—Sardou (G ) Climats stimulants et climats mod6rateurs. Rev. gen de clin. et de therap., Par., 1908, xxii, 773-776.—Sen- ator (H.) Ueber die klimatische Behandlung der Lun- gentuberkulose. Ztschr. f. Balneol., Klimat. [etc.], Berl., 1908-9 i 45-51.—Sewall (H.). Climatic treatment of consumption. Illinois M. Bull., Chicago, 1903-4, iv, 35- 38 —Sh u rly (E. L.) The climatic treatment of phthisis pulmonalis. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1897, iii, 65-69.— Sinks (E. D.) Pulmonary tuberculosis; its diagnosis and course under favorable climatic conditions. J. Ass. Mil Surg. U. S., Carlisle, Pa., 1905, xvi, 399^113.—Smith (E H.) The climatologie treatment of tuberculosis. Phvsician & Surg., Detroit & Ann Arbor, 1903, xxv, 210- 216— Sommerleld (T.) Erholungsstatten. Deutsche Vrtljschr. f. off. Gsndhtspflg., Brnschwg., 1901, xxxm, 285-293.—Spiers (H. H.) Tuberculosis; climate. Cin- cin. Lancet-Clinic, 1899, n. s., xlii, 257-260.—Stevens (B. F ) The climatic treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis. Kansas City M. Rec, 1904, xxi, 109-lll.-Stcvciis (M. L ) Things to consider before sending the tuberculosis patient away from home. Phila. M. J., 1903, xi, 974-976.— TUBERCULOSIS. 812 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary. Treatment of Climatic). Stewart (A. H.) The most suitable American climate for consumptives. Sanitarian, N. Y., 1896, xxxvi, 12-18.— SwanjW.H.) Phthisis; some causes of failure in its cli- matic treatment. BostonM.&S. J., 1900, cxliii, 448.—To- mor (E.) Ueber klimatische Behandlung der Lungen- tuberkulose. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1909, xxii, 513-516.— Tout-hard (P.) La climatotherapie dela tuberculose. Rev.de la tuberculose, Par., 1906, 2. s., iii, 21-45.—Tyler (G. E.) The climatic treatment of tuberculosis. Therap. Month., Phila., 1902, ii, 206-209.— Unger (J. W.) Some thoughts on climatic treatment of tuberculosis. Med. Standard, Chicago, 1910, xxxiii, 313-315. — Vaughan (G. T.) Climatic treatment of tuberculosis. Ber. ii. d. Kong, z, Bekampf. d. Tuberk. [etc.], Berl., 1899, 679-582.— Verneuil. De l'emigration ou changement de milieu dans la prophvlaxie et le traitement de la tuberculose. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1891, lxiv, 807-810.—Vivant. Traite- ment climatique des tuberculoses. Compt.-rend. Cong. internal, demed. 1897, Mosc, 1899, iii, sect. 5, 85.—Von Ruck (C.) Phthisical patients at climatic resorts. Med.News,Phila., 1890,lvi,472-475. AZso,Reprint. -----. The choice of climatic resorts fortubereular patients. N. York M. J., 1892, lv, 433-436. Also, Reprint. -----. Tu- berculosis; is change of climate a necessity in the treat- ment? Med.-Leg. J., N. Y., 1900, xvii, 649-551. Also: Sanitarian, N. Y., 1900, xiv, 107-109. -----The influence of climate on the treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis. J. Tuberc, Asheville, N. C, 1902, iv, 319; 413.—Wal- ker (S. L.) Tuberculosis; disadvantage of sending con- sumptives away from home. Maritime M. News, Halifax, 1903, xv, 170-173.—Walsh (J.) The folly of sending tu- berculous patients away from medical supervision. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, lvi, 1638.—Ward (S. B.) Cli- matic treatment of pulmonary phthisis. Tr. M. Soc. N. Y., Phila., 1891, 76-80. Also, Reprint. —Wassermann (M.) Ueber den Einfluss des Klimas auf die Lungen- tuberkulose. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, Leipz., 1905, ii, 2. Hlfte., 16-20.-----. DasKlimain der Therapie der Lungentuberkulose. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1905, vi,523-529.—Watkins(W. W.) Ignorance or malpractice? Financial and climatic conditions in the treatment of tuberculosis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1909, Iii, 1175.—Watson (VV. S.) Sanita- riums and climatic conditions for the tuberculous. Sani- tarian, N. Y., 1900, xiv, 7-11.—Waxham (F. E.) Some considerations regarding the climatic treatmentof tuber- culosis. N. York M. J., 1899, lxx, 926.—Weber (Sir H.) Climate as a factor in the treatment of tuberculosis. Brit. J. Tuberculosis, Lond., 1907, i, 46-52.—Wheaton (C. L.) Climate in the hygiene of consumption, Dietet. & Hyg. Gaz., N. Y., 1907, xxiii, 519-621. — White (J. E.) The climatic and sanatorium treatment of tuberculosis. Cleveland M. & S. Reporter, 1905, xiii, 281.—Williams (C. T.) On the classification of climates for consump- tives. Med. Mag., Lond., 1901, x, 501-508. — Williams (H.) The climatic treatment of phthisis. Boston M. & S. J., 1885, cxiii, 313-317. Also, Reprint. — Williams (T. A.) The value of the elimatic factor in the treatment of pulmonarv tuberculosis. Am. Med., Phila., 1903, vi, 656-658.— Wolff (F.) Vorschlage zur Pruning klima- tischer Einflusse auf die Tuberkulose. Ber. ii. d. Kong. z. Bekampf. d. Tuberk. [etc.], Berl., 1899. 715. -----. Wel- chen Einfluss bei der Behandlung Schwindsiichtiger kon- nen wir von klimatischen Faktoren erwarten? Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1905, xxx, 96-111. -----. Ueberden Ein- fluss des Klimas auf den Verlauf der Lungen-Tuberkulose. Klin.-therap. Wchnschr., Berl., 1911, xviii, 106-114.— Wood (N.) The climatic treatment of tuberculosis. Practitioner, Lond., 1913, xc, 94-101.—Woodcock (H. de C.) Remarks on the treatment of town phthisicals in the country, with special reference to the need of con- tinued treatment after leaving the sanatorium. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1900, ii, 1098. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of, Climatic) [Altitudes and winter resorts], Amreix (O.) Die Heilung der Lungentuber- kulose im Hochgebirge, unter spezieller Be- riicksichtigung der Behandlung fieberhafter Fiille. 4. Aufl. 8°. Wiesbaden, 1910. Anderson ( M'C. ) Address on the treat- ment of pulmonary consumption, delivered at the Glasgow Pathological and Clinical Society, 14th November, 1882; with note of a visit to Davos-Platz. 8°. Glasgow, 1883. Beiugaud (J.) *Cure hyio-dietetique as- sociee a la cure d'altitude dans le traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire. 8°. Paris, 1902. de Berlino (L.) Importancia de la Ciudad de Mexico como estacion sanitaria para los tisi- cos. sG. Mexico, 1882. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of, Climatic) [Altitudes and winter resorts]. Bernstein-Koh-an (A.) * Untersuchungen iiber den Verlauf und die Dauererfolge der Lungentuberkulose im Hochgebirge (Arosa, 1750-1850 Meter ii. M.), mit besonderer Be- rucksichtigung sozial-mediziniacher Momente. 8°. Ziirieh, 1910. Carbajal (A. J.) Influence of climate on the progress and severity of pulmonary tuber- culosis in the United States of Mexico, and practical consequences that are inferred, sm. 4\ Mexico, 1892. Courier (The) lor Ragaz, Priitigau, Davos and the Engadine. v. 15-36, 1901-2 to 1912, 4°. Duvos. Deschamps (P.-M.-J.-M.) * Etude critique du traitement de la phtisie pulmonaire par les climats d'altitude. 8 . Bordeaux, 1897. Ducocrrech de Raquine (J.-A.-C.-R.) *La cure d'altitude en hiver. S°. Bordeaux, 1910. Gastaldi (B.) Influenza salutare del clima delle montagne nella cura della tisi polmonare incipiente. Memoria. 8°. Torino, 1858. Hallock (J. H.) Tuberculosis in the Adi- rondacka. 4°. New York, 1898. Repr.from: Chironian, N. Y., 1898. Huggard(W. R.) Davos-Platz. 12°. Lon- don, 1886. Jaccoitd (S.) Les stations d'altitude dans la phtisie pulmonaire. 8°. Paris, 1891. Jeantelet (R.) *De Paugmentation de l'am- plitude thoracique chez les tuberculeux soumis ii la cure d'altitude. 8°. Lyon, 1901. Knight (F. I.) Indications and contra-indi- cations for altitude in the treatment of pulmo- nary tuberculosis. 16°. [Philadelphia, 1888.] Lauth (G.) Traitement de la tuberculose par l'altitude (etudes de climatologie et de thera- peutique). 12°. Paris, 1896. von Liebermeister. Ueber Lungenschwind- sucht und Hohenkurorte. 8°. Leipzig, 1898. MacCormac (H.) The air cure of tubercular consumption, as conducted at Davos and the Engadine. 8°. London, 1883. Melcion (C.-N.) *Du traitement de la tu- berculose pulmonaire dans les sanatoria d'alti- tude. 8°. Nancy, 1899. Philippi (H.) Die Lungentuberkulose im Hochgebirge. Die Indikationen und Kontrain- dikationen desselben sowie die Anwendung dea alten Kochschen Tuberkulins. 8°. Stuttgart, 1905. Sec, also, infra, Schroder. Radovici (J.-G.) *Le climat des altitudes dans le traitement de la phtisie pulmonaire; ac- tion speciale exercee sur l'hematopoiese par l'air rare fie des altitudes. 4°. Paris, 1896. Restrepo-H. ( A.-I.-E. ) * Contribution a I'etude de la pathologie des altitudes. La tu- berculose pulmonaire dans ses rapports avec le climat et les races au plateau de Bogota. 4°. Paris, 1890. Serras e Silva (J.) 0 clima d'altitude e a tuberculose pulmonar. (Estudio climaterico da Serra da Estrella.) 8°. Coimbra, 1898. Spengler (A.) Die Landsehaft Davos ala Kurort gegen Lungenschwindsucht; klimatolo- gisch-medicinische Skizze. 2. Aufl. 8°. Da- vos, 1S99. Thorne (W. B.) The open-air treatment of phthisis as practised at Falkenstein in the Tau- nus Mountain^, German v. A sessional lecture of the Roval British Nurses' Association, deliv- ered on Nov. 17, 1893. 16°. London, 18<>4. TUBERCULOSIS. 813 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of, Climatic) [Altitudes and iv inter resorts). Tussey (A. E.) Principles or guides for a bet- ter selection or classification of consumptives amenable to high altitude treatment and to the selection of patients who may be more success- fully treated in the environment to which they were accustomed previous to their illness. 8°. Philadelphia, 1896. University of New Mexico, Albuquerque. Bulletins. Biological series, v. 3, No. 13. The action of a high, dry climate in the cure of tu- berculosis, bv John Weinzirl. 8°. Albuquer- que, 1909. van Voornveld (H. J. A.) Tuberculose. Naar eene voordracht gehouden in het Neder- landsch sanatorium voor minvermogende long- lijders te Davos Platz op 28 en 29 December 1897. 8°. Amsterdam, 1898. Wise (A. T.) Some remarks on the climate of the Swiss Alps, with pulmonary cases treated at Maloja (6,000 feet). 8°. London, 1887. A ia rein (O.) Ueber die physiologischen Grundlagen der Hochgebirgskuren und deren Bedeutung fiir die Tuberculose. [Transl, p. 67-73.] Tr. Brit. Cong. Tu- berc. 1901, Lond., 1902, iii, 57-67. -----. Ueber Brustum- fang-Messungenan Lungentuberkulosen im Hochgebirge. Ztschr. f. Balneol., Klimat. [etc.], Berl.. 1910, ii, 669-675.— Anderson (B. P.) Intermediate altitude for the con- sumptive invalid. Tr. Am. Climat. Ass., Phila., 1899, xv, 87-93. Also: Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1899, 3. s., xv, 433- 435.—Baldwin (E. R.) Some results of the climatic and sanatorium treatment of tuberculosis in the Adiron- dacks. Albany M. Ann., 1900, xxi, 213-217.—Baudach. Ueber Winterkuren Lungenkranker im Gebirge, nebst Jahresbericht der Heilanstalt fiir Lungenkranke in Sehomberg. Aerztl. Mitth. a. Baden, Karlsruhe, 1895, xlix, 123; 133; 137.—Beck (C.) Individualisation, gra- duation et localisation mdthodiques de la cure d'altitude applique* au traitement de la tuberculose. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1907, cxiv, 954.—Beggs (W. N.) Con- sumption and high altitudes. West. M. & S. Gaz., Den- ver, 1897-8, i, 394-398.—Bernlieim (S.) La cure d'alti- tude dans la tuberculose. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1902, i, 650-684.—Bonney (S. G.) The influence of the Colorado climate upon pulmonary hemorrhages. Med. News, N. Y., 1901. lxxix, 563-565. Also, Reprint.— Brown (J. P.) Asheville, North Carolina, as a health resort for pulmonary tuberculosis. Canad. Pract. & Rev., Toronto, 1901, xxvi, 131-140.—Brown (L.) An analysis of fifteen hundred cases of tuberculosis discharged from two toeighteen vears ago. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1903, xli, 1268-1272.—Bryee (P. H.) The Canadian north- west and Rocky Mountain districts in the treatment of tuberculosis. Canad. J. M. Sc, Toronto, 1898, iv, 26-30. Also: Dominion M. Month., Toronto, 1898, x, 229-232.— Bullae. Spitzbergen, ein Kurort fiir Lungentuberku- lose. ZNehr. f. Balneol., Klimat. [etc.], Berl., 1908, i, 131- 133.— Buol(F.) Eroffnungsrededes Priisidenten [Davos als Kurort fiir Tuberkulose]. Ann. d. schweiz. balneol. Gesellsch., Aarau, 1906, 2. Hft., 10-22.—Burgerhout (H.) Cijfers uit Hellendoorn en uit Davos. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1905, 2. r., xli, d. 1, 232-237.— Burroughs (J. A.) Management and treatment of tu- berculosis in the Asheville climate; with report of cases. Tr. M. Soc. N. Car., Wilmington, 1896, 19-25. Also: North Car. M. J., Wilmington, 1896, xxxvii, 322-329. Also, Re- print. -----. Report of 1,371 cases of tuberculosis treated in the Asheville climate. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1899-1900, iv, 691-695. Also, Reprint. Also: Charlotte [N. C] M. J., 1900, xvi, 209-212. Also: Georgia J. M. & S., Savannah, 1900, vi, 176-182. -----. A report of twenty-one hundred and thirty-three cases of pulmonary tuberculosis treated in the Asheville climate from 1898 to January, 1907. Charlotte M. J., 1909, xxxiv-xxxv, 241-215. Also, Reprint.—Carrington (P. M.) Altitude and ex- pansion. J. Ass. Mil. Surg. U. S., Carlisle, Pa., 1905, xvi, 110-124.—Chapman (G. H.) The proper altitude for the consumptive. Louisville Month. J. M. & S., 1907-8, xiv, 36-39.—Corniek (B.) The influence of high alti- tudes on the arrest of pulmonary phthisis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1893, xx, 630-637.—Courtney (J. E.) Early mechanical effects of altitude of the Rocky Moun- tain plateau in pulmonary tuberculosis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1902, Ixi, 168.—Cozzolino (V.) I tubercolotici pul- monari con localizzazioni bacillari delle prime vie respi- ratorie e nelle eavita. auricolari in rapporto del sanatorio di montagna e marittimo. Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.] 1900, Empoli, 1901, v, 160-163.—Curry(J. J.) On the nature of the blood changes due to altitude; a Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of, Climatic) [Altitudes and winter resorts], study of the effect of altitude on the blood of normal individuals and of those suffering from pulmonary tuberculosis, made at the U. S. General Hospital, Fort Bayard, N. M. Am Med., Phila., 1902, iv, 367.— D. (F.) South African health resorts and the treatment of phthisis. Indian Lancet, Calcutta, 1899, xiv, 303-305.— Davisson (J. H.) Altitudes in California in relation to immunity to tuberculosis. Tr. M. Soc. Calif., San Fran., 1895, xxv, 161-173. — Bavos-Plalz; laws and- regulations in regard to tuberculous patients; private sanatoriums; public and popular sanatoriums. Lancet, Lond., 1905, ii, 113; 250.—Beligny (L.) De l'antimicro- biose de l'air des altitudes au point de vue de la prophy- laxie et du traitement de la phthisie bacillaire des pou- mons. Bull. Soc. de med. de Par. (1886), 1887, xxi, 63-70. -----. La phtisie et les climats d'altitude. Cong, inter- nat. d'hydrol. et de climatol. Compt. rend. 1889, Par., 1890, ii, 448-452.—Delogu (A.) Una gita a Davos. Ann. di med. nav., Roma, 1908, i, 137-145.—Denison (C.) The advantage of high altitudes in tuberculosis. Colorado M. J., Denver, 1904, x, 191-203. — Dumarest ( F.) & Maignon (F.) Influence de la transportation climate^ riqueet de l'etat Evolutif actuel sur les combustions orga- niques des tuberculeux pulmonaires; recherches experi- mentales faites comparativement a Lyon (180 m) et au sanatorium F. Mangini a Hauteville (900 m). Rev. de tuberculose, Par., 1912, 2. s., ix, 19-34. — Egger (F.) Einige Bemerkungen zur Behandlung Lungenschwind- suchtiger im Hochgebirge. Ber. ii. d. Kong. z. Bekampf. d. Tuberk. [etcl, Berl., 1899, 451^54. -----. Ueber den Xutzen des Hochgebirgsklimas in der Behandlung der Lungenschwindsucht; Versuch einer Aufstellung von Indikationen und Kontraindikationen fiir den Hochge- birgsaufenthalt Lungenkranker. Ztschr. f. diatet. u. physik. Therap., Leipz., 1899, iii, 110-136.—Ewart (W.) An address entitled: Alpine or home climates for early tuberculosis? Brit.M. J.,Lond., 1909, i, 133-136.—Fischer (E.) Phthisis im Gebirge. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1903, xxix, 998.—Fleming (R. A.) Gla- cier expeditions for certain of our phthisical patients. Edinb. M. J., 1903, n. s., xiv, 529-531.—Fonde (K.) Tu- berculosis; the pine belt of south Alabama versus high altitudes. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1897, Hi. 778.—Frilhwald (F.) Die Behandlung der Tuberkulose nach Carl Speng- ler in Davos. Deutsche klin.-therap. Wchnschr., Leipz., 1906, xiii, 1100-1102. Also: Wien. klin.-therap. Wchnschr., 1906, xiii, 1100-1102.—Oajardoni (L.) Lenostrecolonie alpine; la lotta antitubercolare. Fracastoro, Verona, 1912, viii, 63-70.—traiecki (S.) Znaczenie klimatu g6rskiego w leczeniu gruzlicy. [Value of mountain climate in the treatment of tuberculosis.] Zdrowie, Warszawa, 1903, 2. s., iii, 1285-1307.—Gripat (H.) La Baule; station d'hiver pour les tuberculeux. Arch. me'd. d'Angers, 1902, vi, 469- 475.—Grlshenko (A.) Vliyaniye gornavo klimata na bugorchatku lyokhkikh. [Influence of mountain cli- mate upon pulmonary phthisis.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1909, xvi, 1477[1457]-146L—Hallock (J. H.) The result of the Adirondack climate and the results secured in out- door and sanitarium treatment. Med. Century, N. Y. & Chicago, 1905, xxiii, 372. — Hallopeau (H.) Sur les cures solaires directes des tuberculoses dans les stations d'altitude. Rev. seient., Par., 1909, 5. s., xi, 225-230.— Ileinzelmann (H.) Finden bemittelte Tuberculose Heilung mit grosserer Wahrscheinlichkeit in Hotels siid- licher Wintercurorte oder in nordischen Anstalten? Miin- ehen. med.Wchnschr., 1893,xl,244-246.—Hensler. R61e du sanatorium d'altitude dans le traitementde la tubercu- lose pulmonaire. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1905,xxv,600-609.—Herrera (A.L.)& "Vergara Lope. El tratamiento dela tuberculosis por los climasde altitud; opinionesdeautoresnacionalesyextranjeros. Mem. Soc. cient. "Antonio Alzate," Mexico, 1898-9, xii, 17; 333. Also, transl: Ibid., 1900-1901, xv,249-273.—Hess (K.) The treat- ment of phthisis at the Falkenstein Sanatorium on Mount Taunus. Practitioner.Lond.,1897,lix,485-497.—Hinsdale (G.) The comparative rarity of pulmonary tuberculosis in the highlands of Pennsylvania and the adjacent coun- ties of New York. Med. News, Phila., 1894, liv, 113-116.— Jaecoud(S.) Les stations d'altitude dans la phtisie pulmonaire. Semaine med., Par., 1894, xiv, 97-100. Also, transl: Med. Week, Par., 1894, ii, 109; 121.—Jacquemin (T. J.) High altitudes in the treatment of pulmonary phthisis. Med. Times, N. Y., 1901, xxix, 70-72.—Jaquc- rod. Influence de Paltitude sur la tension arterielle chez les tuberculeux; indications et contre-indications qui en decoulent. Gaz. d. eaux, Par., 1905, xlviii, 234-236. -----. Action du climat d'altitude sur la fievre des tuber- culeux. Cong, internat. de physiotherap. Compt. rend. 1910, Par., 1911, iii, 535-538.—Joel (E.) Davos und seine Statistik. Ztschr.f.Tuberk., Leipz., 1906,ix,36-46.—Jones (Sir P. S.) The value of a moderately high altitude in the treatmentof pulmonary consumption. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1906, xxv, 400.—Kahn (M.) The progress of a case of phthisis at a very high altitude. Phila. M. J., TUBERCULOSIS. 814 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of, Climatic) [Altitudes and winter resorts]. 1899, iv, 1247.—Khudatolt"(N.) Opit klimaticheskavo lecheniya lyokhochnikh bolnikh na zakavkazskikh zhe- lleznikh doirogakh. [Climatic treatment of diseasesof the lungs along the railroads of the Caucasus.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1903, x, therap. pt., 87-90.—Knight (F. 1.) Indications and contraindications for altitude in the treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis. Med. News, Phila., 1888, liii, 582. Also, Reprint. -----. On the re- turn of cured tubercular patients from high altitudes. Tr. Am. Climat. Ass. 1890, N. Y., 1891, vii, 189-209. Also: Sanitarian, N. Y., 1891, xxvi, 221-241. Also, Reprint— Kilndig (A.) Die Krankenpflege in der Basler Heil- statte fiir Brustkranke in Davos-Dorf. Ztschr. f. Kran- kenpfl. ,Berl., 1900,xxii,493-515.—Kuss (G.) Recherches experimentales sur le mode d'action des cures d'altitude. Bull, med., Par., 1909, xxiii, 515-520.—Ladendorf (A.) Hohenklima und Tuberkelbaeillen. Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1895, xvi, 643-645.—Laquer (B.) Ueber Winter- kuren im Hochgebirge. Berl. klin.-therap. Wchnschr., 1904, 352-356. Also: Ztschr. f. diatet. u. physik. Therap., Leipz., 1904, viii, 46-48.—Lauth (G.) Cura della tuber- colosi per mezzo dell' altitudine. Corriere san., Milano, 1904, xv, 1; 143; 153; 165; 185; 195; 207; 217; 230; 239; 251; 261; 273; 285; 295; 307; 317; 328; 340; 353; 364; 375; 385; 407; 417; 429.—Leudet. De Taction des climats d'altitude dans les affections de poitrine. [Rap.l Cong, internat. d'hy- drol. et de climatol. Compt. rend. 1889, Par., 1890, ii, 440- 448.—Liebe (G.) Sollen Heilstatten fiir Lungenkranke im Gebirge errichtet werden? Gesundheit, Frankf. a. M., 1895, xx, 244.—Lindley (W.) Mountain sanatoria for tuberculosis. South. Calif. Pract., Los Angeles,1903, xviii, 237-240.—Linn (T.E.) Asheville for pulmonary diseases; with clinical cases. Med. Century, Chicago, 1896, iv, 544- 548.—Littlejohn (E. M.) The Rocky Mountain region for consumptives. Med. Rec.N. Y., 1892, xlii, 152-155.— Lope (D. V.) Influence gen6rale des grandes altitudes sur 1' organisme des tuberculeux. Mem. Soc. cient. "An- tonio Alzate," Mexico, 1907-8, xxvi, 147-157.—McDon- ald (H. H.) Tuberculosis work at Mount St. Rose. Dietet. & Hyg. Gaz.,N. Y., 19.5, xxi, 582-585— Mann (A.) Climatic conditions in the Rocky Mountains for the treat- ment of phthisis and allied affections. Med. News, N. Y., 1896, lxviii, 197-199.—Markuszewski. Les trcis ele- ments de la cure de haute altitude. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1903, ii, 881-885.— Meissen (E.) Gebirgs- klima und Tuberkulose. Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1895, xvi, 807-809. -----. Hohenklima und Tuberkulose. Deut- sche Praxis. Ztschr. f. prakt. Aerzte, Munchen, 1902, xi, 457; 485.—Moore (H.B.) Some considerations on the selec- tion of cases of pulmonary tuberculosis suited to the high- altitude treatment. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1893, xliii,331-333.— Moreton (J.) The value of altitude in the treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis. Med. Chron., Manchester, 1903-4, 4. s., vi, 369-375.—Morin. Du traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire par les climats d'altitude. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1890, x, 5-20. -----. Le traitement de la tuberculose par l'altitude. Gaz. med. de Strasb.,1900, lix, 78-82.-----. Tuberkulose- Behandlungim Hohenklima. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1906, xx, 519-523.—Mrazek (V.) Horskepodnebiajeho l&Sebny ve sluzbach f tiseoterapie. [Mountain climates and theircurative power in cases of phthisiotherapy.] Casop. l£k, desk., v. Praze, 1899, xxxviii, 853; 875.—Murat (L.) Etude clinique sur les contre-indications de la cure d'altitude. Arch. gen. de med., Par., 1900, n. s., iii. 165- 179.—Mussey (L.l A chapter in aerotherapeutics; con- sumption as influenced by high altitudes. Cincin. Lan- cet-Clinic, 1896, n. s., xxxvi, 561-565.—van Oort (M.) Der Wintersport in der Prophylaxe der Lungentuberku- lose. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1904, ii, 141-153.— von Pacht (T.) Bemerkungen zur Therapie der Lungentuberculose im Hochgebirge. St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr., 1899, n. F., xvi, 465-468. Also: Memorabilien, Heilbr., 1900, n.-F., xvii, 513-523. Also: Monatschr. f. prakt. Wasserh., Munchen, 1900, vii, 32-39.—Porter (W.) Clinical studies at Mount St. Rose. St. Louis M. Rev., 1905, li, 493^97. Also, Reprint. Also: Nat. Ass. Study & Prevent. Tuberculosis. Trans., N. Y., 1906, i, 431-437.— Pottenger (F. M.) The relative value of high and low altitude in the treatment of tuberculosis. Tr. Am. Cli- mat. Ass., Phila., 1907, xxiii, 155-161. Also: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1907, cxxxiv, 371-375. Also: J. Balneol & Climat., Lond., 1908, xii, 32-37.—Pronier (H.) Davos, station climaterique d'altitude pour les tuberculeux; Suisse, 1,560 metres au-dessus de la mer. Med. orient., Par., 1901, v, 483; 507.—Bobertson (J. A.) CapeColony as a health resort for those suffering from pulmo- nary phthisis, with special reference to the graded al- titude system. Edinb. M. J., 1904, n. s., xv, 434-443 — Komeny(M.B.) Vordeelenvanhethooggebergtebijde behandeling van longtuberculose. Med. Weekbl., Amst., 1905-6, xii, 217; 229— Both rock (J. T.) Outdoor treat- ment of tuberculosis at Mount Alto. Penn.M. J., Pitts- burg, 1904-5, viii, 164-168.—Bousseau (H.) Cure d'alti- Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of, Climatic) [Altitudes and winter resorts]. tudeen France. Med. orient, Par., 1903, vii, 220-222. Also- Rev. internat. dela tuberc., Par., 1903, ii, 325-327.—K u ed i (C.) On indications and contraindications of hijrh alti- tudes in phthisis. Climatologist, Phila., 1892, ii, 356-393. Also, Reprint. -----. Personal experiences in chest- measuring in cases of pulmonary tuberculosis treated at high altitudes. Tr. Brit. Cong. Tuberc. 1901; Lond., 1902 iii, 74-76—Buge (H.) Dauererfolgenach 10Jahren bei Lungentuberkulose im Hochgebirge. Ztschr. f. Tuberk Leipz., 1909. xv, 146-168.—Bussell (L.) TheSantaCru'z Mountains of Jamaica, West Indies, for the tuberculous; and climatology of the mountain heights of Malvern Range, by L. Alexander. Am. Med., Phila., 1904, vii, 868.—Sabourin (C.) De l'acclimatementaufroid pour les phthisiques. Gaz. hebd. de med., Par., 1891, 2. s., xxviii, 625-527.—Saugman (C.) Can as good results be obtained by the treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis in the lowlands as at high altitudes? Lancet, Lond., 1912, i, 1127.—Scheib (J.) Winterkuren in Lungenheilstatten. Strassb. med. Ztg., 1904, i, 320-322.—Schroeder (G.) Der gegenwiirtige Stand der Frage iiber die Blutverande- rungen im Gebirge und ihre Bedeutung fiir das Heil- stattenwesen. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1900-1901, i, 505-510. -----. Die Lungentuberkulose im Hochgebirge, zugleich eine kritisehe Besprechung des gleichnamigen Werkes von Dr. Philippi. Deutsche Med.- Ztg., Berl., 1906, xxvii, 440-443.—Selller (J.) & Verger (H.) Maladie d'Addison et tuberkulose pulmonaire; traitement par l'extrait de capsules surrenales et la cure d'altitude. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1898, xxviii, 469.— Smith (F. C.) Pulmonary hemorrhage in the tubercu- lous at high altitude (6,200 feet); report of 56 deaths; fre- quency of associated heart disease. Pub. Health. Rep. U. S. Mar. Hosp. Serv., Wash., 1910, xxv, 1399-1405.— Snow (S. F.) The Adirondacks in winter for tubercular patients. Tr. M. Ass., Central N. Y. 1897, Buffalo, 1898, 71-77. Also: Buffalo M. J., 1897-8, xxxvii, 657-663.— Sohon (F.) Personal observations on the advantages of certain Arctic localities in the treatment of tubercu- losis. Am. Med., Phila., 1904, vii, 667-670. Also, Reprint— -----. The applicability of the Greenland fjords to the treatment of tuberculosis. Wash. M. Ann., 1904-5, iii, 308-313. Also, Reprint. -----. The therapeutic merits of the Arctic climate; meteorologic data of a summer cruise. J.Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906. xlvi. 331-334.—Solly (S. E.) Indications for and utility of altitude treatment in pulmonary tuberculosis. Ibid., 1902, xxxviii, 287-289. [Discussion], 292-295.—de Sousa Martins (J. T.) A tuberculose pulmonar e o clima de altitude da Serra da Estrella. J. Soc. d. sc. med. de Lisb., 1890, liv, 258-298.— Spangler (C. F.) TheAlleghenies for our tuberculous. Penn. M. J., Pittsburg, 1899-1900, iii, 575-578.—Spengler (L.) Zur Phthiseotherapie im Hochgebirge. Fortschr. d. Krankenpfl., Berl., 1893, xv, 93-107. Also: J. de med., chir. et Pharmacol., Brux., 1893,299-319.—Stephani(T.) Statistiques et resultats de la cure d'altitude dans la tu- berculose pulmonaire. [Transl., p. 79.] Tr. Brit. Cong. Tuberc. 1901, Lond., 1902, iii, 77.—Stern. Ist das Hohen- klima noch als Heilfaktor in der Phthiseotherapie zu be- trachten? Ztschr. f. prakt. Aerzte, Munchen, 1900, ixl29- 134.—Swope (S. D.) The advantages of the Western plateau in the treatment of phthisis pulmonalis. Tr. Kentucky M. Soc, Louisville, 1894, n. s., iii, 188-194.— Tennant (C. E.) The influence and limitations of cer- tain climatic elevations upon pulmonary tuberculosis. Tr. Am. Inst. Homceop., Chicago, 1903,255-260.— Tlatoif (A.) Tselskiy lyodnik, kak klimatollechebnaya stant- siya dlya bugorchatki lyokhkikh. [The Tseis Glacier asaclimaticstation in the treatment of pulmonary tuber- culosis.] Vrach. Gaz.,S.-Peterb., 1910, xvii, 634-637.—Van- dam (A.) La tuberculose pulmonaire traitee aux bords de la mer ouau haut des montagnes. Ann. dela policlin. cent, de Brux., 1901, i, 145-153—Van Meter (S. D.) Per- sonal views regarding the climate of the Rocky Moun- tains in the treatment of tuberculosis. Phila. M. J.. 1900, vi, 1045-1049.—Volland. Einige practisch-phthisia- trische Bemerkungen aus dem Hochgebirge. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg.,Berl., 1897,lxvi, 1031.—Von Buck (K.) The climatic treatment of phthisis, with a description of the cli- mate of Asheville.N.C. Med. Rec,N.Y., 1893,xliii,232-236. Also, Reprint.-----. The climate of western North Caro- lina with a consideration of the relative value of high and medium levels in the treatment of pulmonary tu- berculosis. Tr. Pan.-Am. M. Cong., 1893, Wash., 1895, n, 2012-2017. Ateo.Reprint-----. The resultsinninety eases of pulmonary tuberculosis treated at the Winyah Sanita- rium at Asheville, N. C, from May 1, 1891, to May 1, 1892, with a comparison of results obtained with ana without the use of tuberculin. Med. News, Phila., 1893, lxiii, 317-319. Also, Reprint — "Weber (F.) Der Al- pinismus im Kampfe gegen die Tuberkulose. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1904, vi, 262-265.— Vi'elnzirl (J.) The action of a high, dry climate in the cure of tuberculosis. Am. Pub. Health. Ass. Rep., bo- TUBERCULOSIS. 815 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of, Climatic) [Altitudes and winter resorts]. lumbus, 1908, xxxiii, 111-122.—Whltmore (B. T.) A southern health resort; climatic advantages of Asheville, N. C, as a temporary residence for tuberculous patients. N.York M.J.,1900,lxxii, 760-762— Wilder (J. A.) Theout- door treatment of tuberculosis in the Adirondacks. Ibid 1899,lxix,302-304.—Williams (C.T.) Phthisis treated at high altitudes. Proc.M.Soe.Lond.,1877-9,iv,256-261.-----. The treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis bv residence at high altitudes. Practitioner, Lond., 1S98, lx, 623-629.— Williams (J. H.) Eighteen years of personal observa- tion of tuberculosis in Asheville, N. C. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1897, xxix, 363-365. [Discussion], 380-383.— Wills (E.) The climate of Calgary in the treatment of tuberculosis. Montreal M. J., 1904, xxxiii, 487-499. Also, Reprint—Wrolff(F.) Davos als Kurort fur Schwer- kranke. Ztschr.f. Tuberk., Leipz.,1906,viii, 170-172.-----. Ueber die Krankenpflege Tuberkuloser im Gebirgsklima. Ztschr. f. Krankenpfl., Berl., 1896, xviii, 217; 242.—Wy- ko wski (G.) Ueber die Abnahme der Lungenphvthisis in hoheren nordisehen Breiten. VrtlJM'hr. L gerichtl. Med., Berl., 1890, n. F., Iii, 339-359.— Kubianl (A.) II clima di montagna nella cura della tubercolosi polmo- nare. Idrol. e climat, Firenze, 1909, xx, 562-569. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of, Climatic) [Arid and semi-tropical], Chigayeff (I. F.) Gagri, kak klimatiche- skaya stantsiya dlya slabogrudnikh. [. . . as a climatic station for consumptives.] 8°. >'.- Peterburg, 1903. Edson (C. E.) The pulmonary invalid in Colorado. 8°. Boston, 1896. Myers (T. D.) Some of the peculiarities of the climate of California and their relation to the treatment of consumption of the lungs. 8°. Philadelphia, 1891. Eichards (G. L.) Consumption; cases that should go to Colorado and cases that should stay at home. 16°. Fall Biver, Mass. ,1898. Both (C.) Eine Anregung zur Bekampfung der Lungenschwindsucht durch Herstellung der trockenen Athmungsluft bevorzugter siid- licher Klimate. 8°. Berlin, [1899?] Sewall (H.) Some considerations on the climatic treatment of consumption with especial reference to Denver as a health resort. 8°. Chicago, 1903. South-West (The) and New Mexico for phthisis, weak lungs, asthma, bronchitis, etc. 8°. Chicago, [1891]. Speir(R. F.) Going south for the winter, with hints to consumptives. 8°. New York, 1875. Abbott (G. E.) The climate of Southern California with reference to pulmonary tuberculosis. Colorado M. J., Denver, 1904, x, 210-212. — Bag by (B. B.) Some dis- advantages of New Mexico in the treatment of consump- tion. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1908,1, 1918. —Bayless (H. G.) The climate of Southern California in tubercu- losis of the respiratory tract. Pacific Coast J. Homceop., San. Fran., 1902, x, 302-304. — von Becker. Aegypten und die Tuberkulose. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1904, li, 391.—Beggs (W. N.) Denver and pulmonary tuber- culosis. Colorado M. J., Denver, 1904, x, 204-209. -----. What consumptives should not come to Colorado. Den- ver M. Times [etc.], 1908-9, xxviii, 147-149.—Betts (W. W.) A comparative climatic study of the arid and semi- tropic Southwest and its relations to tuberculosis. Ibid., 1901-2, xxi, 214-229. Also: Am. Med., Phila., 1902, iii, 781; 824. Also, Reprint—Biedert. Zur Entsendung von Lun- genkranken nach Deutsch- Siid westafrika. Strassb. med. Ztg., 1906, iii, 233-235—Bonney (S. G.) Some phases of the tuberculosis promblem in Colorado. Phila. M. J., 1900, vi, 709-712. Also, Reprint. -----. The influence of the Colorado climate upon pulmonary hemorrhages. Med. News, N. Y., 1901, lxxix, 563-565. Also, Reprint— Bratton (W.D.) New Mexico for consumptives. North Car. M. J., Wilmington, 1896, xxxvii, 25-29. — Brewer (I. W.) The climate of Fort Huachuca, Cochise Countv, Arizona. Am. Med.,Phila., 1905,x,516-518. Also, Reprint. -----. The climateof Fort Grant,Graham County, Arizona. J. Outdoor Liie, Trudeau, N. Y., 1906-7, iii, 376-380.-----. Observations on the treatmentof tuberculosis in Arizona. Med. Rec., N. Y., 1907, lxxi, 646-649. Also, Reprint- Bullock (E. S.) The Southwest as a resort for pulmo- Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of, Climatic) [Arid and semi-tropical]. nary patients. J. Outdoor Life, Trudeau, N. Y., 1906-7 in. 46-48— Bullock (E. S.) & Sands (C. T.) Twelve years of pulmonary tuberculosis treatment in the West I v IS,uM- Ass" chica&o, 1909, Iii, 1973-1980.—By les (F. G.) Therapeutic value of Colorado climate. Med. News N. \ ., 1904, lxxxv, 1015-1017.—Campbell (W. A ) The character of pulmonary cases coming to Colorado. Tr Colorado M. Soc, Denver, 1897, 292-302. -----. What class of pulmonary patients do well in Colorado? Tr. Missis- sippi Valley M. Ass. 1902, Kansas City, 1903, iv, 256-263. -----. Colorado and the Eastern pulmonary case. Lan- cet-Clinic, Cincin., 1908, c, 35-39. [Discussion], 43-49 — Carrington (P. M.) Further observations on the treat- ment of tuberculosis at Fort Stanton, New Mexico. J. Ass. Mil. Surg. IT. S., Carlisle, Pa., 1904, xiv, 207-234. Also, Reprint. -----. The climate of New Mexico; nature's sanatorium for consumotives. Tr. Am. Climat. Ass , Phila., 1907, xxiii, 71-100, 6 pl. Also: J. Alumni Ass. Coll. Phys. & Surg., Bait., 1907-8, x, 82; 110.—<'anthorn (F.) New Mexico as a health resort for consumptives. Proc Oregon M. Soc, Portland, 1897, 37-44. Also: Med. Senti- nel, Portland, Oreg., 1897, v, 388-397.—Church (W. F.) Observations on tuberculosis in Colorado. Med. Stand- ard, Chicago, 1903, xxvi, 627-629—Cllmatography of Arizona, with especial reference to the treatment of pul- monary tuberculosis. Tr.. ArizonaM. Ass., Phoenix, 1901, 70-75.—Colllster (G.) The Boise Valley for consump- tives. Cleveland M. & S. Reporter, 1902, x, 379-382.— Consumptives in Arizona. [Edit.] Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, ii, 1533.—Craig (R. W.) Climatography of Arizona, with especial reference to the climatic treatment of pul- monary tuberculosis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1902, xxxviii, 229-233. -----. Open-air treatment of tubercu- losis; tent life in Arizona. Ibid., xxxix, 840-842.—Veni- son (C.) The climate of Colorado for respiratory diseases. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1898, xxx, 1069; 1137. Also, Re- print. -----. How does Colorado climate influence tuber- culosis? Denver M. Times [etc.], 1908-9, xxviii, 141-144.— Duftteld (A. M.) Special advantages and results of southern climatic and sanitarium treatment of tuberculo- sis. Med. Century, N. Y. & Chicago, 1905, xiii, 373-375.— Dukeman (W. H.) The hygienic and dietetic treat- ment of consumption, with reference to Southern Cali- fornia climate. N. Eng. M. Month., Danbury, Conn., 1895, xiv, 613-520. -----. The consumptive in Los Ange- les. Med. News, N. Y., 1900, lxxvii, 165-167.—Dumont (L.) Le Sahara algerien pour sanatoria d'hiver. Cong. p. I'etude dela tuberculose, Par., 1898, iv, 234-246.—Elliott (E. E.) A practical view of tent life in the Southwest. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1906, lxxxiv, 685-689.—Fisk (S. A.) A study of the climate of Colorado as applied to the ar- rest and cure of pulmonarv disease. Med. News, Phila., 1889, liv, 57-62. Also, Reprint. -----. The cottage plan of treating consumption in Colorado. Med. News, Phila., 1889, liv, 480-483. Also, Reprint. -----. Concerning Col- orado. Med. News, Phila., 1899, lxxv, 360-366. Also, Re- print.—Gardiner (C. F.) Immunity from phthisis as affected by altitude in Colorado. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1892, n. s., civ, 65-60. -----. Light and air in the treat- ment of consumption in Colorado. Tr. Am. Climat. Ass., Phila., 1899, xv, 19-29,2 pl.—Goldschmldt (J.) Acker- baukolonien und Sanatorien fiir Tuberkulose auf Ma- deira. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1903, xxix, 727.—Goodhue (E. S.l Hawaii for the climatic and sanatorium treatment of consumption. Med. Brief, St. Louis, 1908, xxxvi, 377-386. — Griffith ( J. P. C. ) Details about Colorado Springs in the climatic treat- ment of phthisis. Med. & Surg. Reporter, Phila., 1892, lxvi, 15-21.—Harshbarger (M. M.) The treatment and prognosis of tubercular phthisis in Idaho. Med. Sentinel, Portland, Oreg., 1904, xii, 114-117.— Helm (G.) Entsendung Lungenkranker nach Deutsch-Siid- westafrika. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1909, xxxv, 2119.—Katz (J.) Deutsch-Sud-West-Afrika als Kuraufenthalt fiir Tuberculose. Berl. klin. Wchn- schr., 1903, xl, 979-981. Also [Abstr.]: Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1903, Leipz., 1904, ii, 2. Hlfte., 57. —KUhler (F. ) Die Bedeu- tung Aegyptens in der Behandlung unserer Lungentu- berkulosen. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1909, xiv, 390- 416. — Kuhn ( P. ) Ist Siidwestafnka zur Aufnahme Lungenkranker geeignet? Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1907, xliv, 175-179.—Laws (.1. W.) What class of tuberculosis patients shall we send west? Memphis M. Month., 1910, xxx, 1-4.—Liittle (W. T.) Consumptives in Colorado. Colorado Med., Denver, 1903-4, i, 275-278. Also: Med. Fortnightly, St. Louis, 1904, xxv, 15-17.—McConnell (J. F.) The arid climates. Colorado M. J., Denver, 1904, x, 213-217.—IWcGehee (E. L.) Influence of southern Louisiana climate on pulmonary tuberculosis. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1911-12, lxiv, 438-440.—MacNei 11 (J. E.) Col- orado tent life in the treatment of tuberculosis. N. Al- bany M. Herald, 1902-3, xxii, 51. -----. Climatic and electric peculiarities of Colorado favoring recovery in pulmonary and other diseases. Tr. Mississippi Valley M. Ass. 1902, Kansas Citv, 1903, iv, 263-273. Also: Texas M. TUBERCULOSIS. 816 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of, Climatic) [Arid and semi-tropical]. Gaz., Fort Worth, 1902-3, ii. 8-17. Also: Med. Fortnight- ly, St. Louis, 1902, xxii, 714-720.—Jlerrill. Tuberculosis andthegreatSouthwest N.Eng.M. Gaz.,Bost.,1901,xxxvi, 391-394.—Palmer (E. P.) Phoenix, Arizona, as a health resort for tuberculous patients. N. York M. J.,1900, lxxii, 852-854.—Parker(W.T.) Arid regions in the UnitedStates for consumptives. Med. Age, Detroit, 1900, xviii, 571-576.— Patterson (J. E.) The climate of Colorado etiologi- cally and therapeutically considered. Tr. Am. Larvngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc, St. Louis, 1908,194-197.—Pecnik. Einfluss der Wiiste auf Tuberkulose. Ber. ii. d. Kong. z. Bekampf. d. Tuberk. [etc.], Berl., 1899, 699-702. Also, Re- print.—Peers (R. A.) The influence of climate upon tuberculosis; with remarkson the climate of Colfax, Cali- fornia. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1909, vii, 106-110.— Phelps (R. M.) The desert climate for consumptives. Northwest. Lancet, Minneap., 1901, xxi, 438-441.—Piper (S. S.) Texas and tuberculosis. Tr. Homceop. M. Soc, N.Y.,1909,liii,278-282.-Plehn(F.) Ueberdie Klimakur der Tuberkulose in Aegypten und die Begriindung eines Sanatoriums in der Wiiste bei Helouan. Ztschr. f. Tu- berk. u. Heilstiittenw., Leipz., 1903, v, 29-44.—Bobinson (F. A.J The open-air treatment of tuberculosis of the lungs in Natal. South African M. Rec, Cape Town, 1904, ii, 101-104.—Rodgers(M. A.) Some observations on tu- berculosis, by a dweller in the desert. Charities, N. Y., 1,906, xvi, 558-563.—Rogers (J. A.) Les tuberculeux en Egypte. Med. mod., Par., 1904, xv, 91.—Sabourin (C.) De l'acclimatement au froid pour les phthisiques. Cong. p. I'etude de la tuberculose 1891, Par., 1892, ii, 488-494 — Saltzgaber (W. R.) The climate of the Southwest in relation to tuberculosis. N. Mexico M. J.. Las Cru- ces, 1910-11, vi, 143-146.-Sandwith (F. M.) Desert climate for lung tuberculosis. Practitioner, Lond., 1898, lx, 640-618. — Silvano. Contributo alle cure clima- tiche della tubercolosi sul Lago di Garda. Atti d. Cong. naz. d' idrol. e climat. 1906, Perugia, 1907, 174- 179, 1 ch. —Slusher (R. S.) Open-air treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis in Arizona. St. Louis M. Rev., 1901, xliv, 181-183. —von Sokolowski (A.) Die therapeutische Bedeutung des Siidklimas, mit be- sonderer Berucksichtigung Algeriens. Ztschr. f. Tu- berk., Leipz., 1906, ix, 150-167.-----. Zur Klimatotherapie Madeiras und der Kanarischen Inseln. Ibid., 1910, xvi, 40-56. — Solly (S. E.) Treatment of pulmonary con- sumption by residence in Colorado as exemplified by the analysis of 141 cases. Sanitarian, N. Y., 1891, xxvi, 132- 162. -----. The comparative merits of resorts in New Mexico, Colorado, and Arizona. Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1897,xxi,685-591. Also,Reprint—Stevens (B.F.) Some remarks about the climate of the Southwest, and the treatment of tuberculosis. St. Louis M. Rev., 1903, xlviii, 325-327.—Stone (H. H.) Tent life in Arizona in the treatmentof tuberculosis. Phila. M.J., I902,x, 555. -----. Arizona in the treatment of tuberculosis. Med. Herald, St. Joseph, 1904, n. s, xiii, 1-3.—Stout (H. R.) The cli- mate of Florida in tuberculosis. Georgia Pract., savan- nah, 1905, i, 179. Also: Med.Counselor, Detroit, 1905, xxiv, [no. 7],22.—Swetnam (J. M.) The climate of Arizona in the treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis. Am. Med., Phila., 1901, ii.683. Also, Reprint—Tostivint & Rem- linger. Sur la situation favorisee de l'Algerie et privi- legiee de la Tunisie vis-i-vis dela tuberculose; frequence plus grande de la maladie chez les Arabes que chez les Europeens. Arch, de med. et pharm. mil., Par., 1901, xxxviii, 272-306. Also [Abstr.]: Rev. seient., Par., 1901, 4. s., xvi, 593-595.—Upson (H. S.) California for the con- sumptive. Cleveland M. Gaz., 1891-2, vii, 367-373.—Van Someren (G. A.) Impressions and reflections upon the Australian colonies as a resort suitable for tuberculosis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1896, ii, 101.5-1017.—Waxham (F. E.) Where shall we send our tubercular patients? The health resorts of the West and Southwest. J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- cago, 1899, xxxii, 847-852.—Weber (H.) Ueber den Ein- fluss der klimatisehen, Boden- und gesellschaftlichen Verhaltnisse auf das Vorkommen und den Verlauf der Lungentuberculose (Lungenschwindsucht) mit beson- derer Berucksichtigung der Krankheit in heissen Zonen. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 189), xxxvii, 683-687. — Wheaton (C. L.) The climatic treatment of tubercu- losis, with special reference to Colorado. Am. Med., Phila., 1905, x, 863-865.—Also, Reprint—Wilkinson (C. H.) The adaptability of western Texas climate for the treatment of consumptives. Med. News, N. Y., 1903, lxxxiii, 444-446. Also: Virginia M. Semi-Month., Rich- mond, 1903, viii, 220-223.—Wright (B. L.) Report upon the experimental tubercular camp at the United States Naval Hospital, Pensacola, Fla. Rep. Surg.-Gen. U. S. Navy, Wash., 1904, 263-268.—Wyman (W.) Sanatory ranch of the Marine-Hospital Service at Fort Stanton, New Mexico. Med. Mirror, St. Louis, 1900, xi, 315-318.— Yakovlyofr (P. N.) O Hechenii khronicheskol lyo- khochnol chakhotki v klimatle ravninnol polosl Rossii i ob ustrolstvle sanatoriy i spetsialnikh bolnits diva ne'i- mushtshikh chakhotochnikh. (Treatment of chronic Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of, Climatic) [Arid and semi-tropical]. pulmonary phthisis in the climate of Russian plains, and on the construction of sanatoria and special hospitals for indigent consumptives.] Bibliot. vrach., Mosk., 1897, iv, 361-373. Also, transl: Compt.-rend. Contr. internat. de med. 1897, Mosc, 1899,ii,sect4b,38-42— Voung (Agnes G.) Notes from Fort Bayard, New Mexico. Am. J.Nurs- ing, Phila., 1905-6, vi, 270-272,5pl. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of, Climatic) [Sea-shoreandsea-royages], Bielisheff (V. V.) * Material! k ucheniy u o vliyanii 1 f0 solenikh vann v 35° C. na chakho- tochnikh. [Data on the action of 1 per cent salt baths at 35° C. in phthisis.] 8°. S.-Peter- burg, 1892. Blennerhassett ( H.) On the extremely rare occurrence of consumption in Dingle and its neighborhood, to which are annexed ther- mometrical tables, from registries kept at Din- gle, Ferriter's Cove and Tralee. 8°. Dublin, 1859. Burgess (T. H.) Climate of Italy in relation to pulmonary consumption; with remarks on the influence of foreign climates upon invalids. 8°. London, 1852. Ewart (W.) Marine climates in the treat- ment of tuberculosis, obi. 12°. London, 1907. Gandil. Alger et la tuberculose pulmonaire. 16°. Paris, 1890. Hanedoes van Almkerk (A. N. J.) De be- handeling van tuberculose op zee. 8°. Haar- lem, 1905. Lalesque (F.) Cure marine de la phtisie pulmonaire. 8°. Paris, 1897. -----. La mer et les tuberculeux. Phtisio- therapie marine. 8°. Paris, 1904. Legrand (G.) De l'influence du climat ma- rin de Biarritz sur la marche de la phtisie pul- monaire. 8°. Paris, 1901. Michael (F.) & Matrer (L. H.) Das Kur- schiff fiir Lungenkranke und Kreutzungsgrund (ein Sanatorium auf hoher See). 8°. Lobau i. S., 1903. Pompeani (P.) *Le climat d'Ajaccio et le traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire. 8°. Paris, 1897. Remondixo (P. C.) The mild climate treat- ment of invalids with pulmonary consumption in Southern California. 12°. Detroit, Mich., 1893. -----. The marine climate of the Southern California coast and its relations to phthisis. 8°. [n. p., n. d.] Taussig (G.) Venedig von Seite seiner kli- matisehen Verhaltnis e mit besonderer Beriick- sichtigung seines Einflusses auf Scropheln und Lungenkrankheiten. 8°. Venedig, 1847. Antonelli (F.) Vita di mare e tubercolosi. Ann.di med. nav., Roma, 1909, xv, 609; 627.— Arnozan (X.) Les resultats de la prophylaxie antituberculeuse a Arca- chon. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1905, xxxv, 297.—de Backer. Du traitement maritime comme adjuvant du traitement mycodermique dans les tuberculoses a marche torpide. Cong, internat. de bains de mer . . . C.-r. 1894, Par.. 1895, i, 235-238.—Baradat. Des conditions hygie- niques des stations hivernales de la Mediterranee, et en particulier de Cannes, au point de vue de la prophylaxie de la tuberculose. Ber. ii. d. Kong. z. Bekampf. d. Tu- berk. [etc.], Berl., 1899, 707-711. Also: Ann. d'hydrol. et de climat. med., Par., 1899, iv, 270-277.—Barbary (F.) Cure libre de la tuberculose et climat mediterraneen. Gaz. d. eaux, Par., 1904, xlvii, 3%; 403.—Barely (A.) Etude clinique et considerations critiques sur l'influence du climat de Nice et, par extension, de la C6te d'Azur dans la prophylaxie et le traitement de la tuberculose pul- monaire et, en particulier, des conditions pour bien etudier cette influence. Ibid., 1905, xlviii, 83; 89; 97; 105.—Bartet (A.) Quatre ans au service de tuberculeux a l'h6pital mari- time de Rochefort. Arch, de mea. nav., Par., 1911, xcvi, TUBERCULOSIS. 817 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of, Climatic) [Seashore and sea-voyages], 401: xcvii, 5; 81,1 pl.—Bonney (S. G.) A few considera- tions regarding climatic change and serum therapy in pulmonary tuberculosis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1898, xxxi, 907-910.—Brinek (T.) Das Klima an der dani- schen Nordseekuste und sein Verhiiltnis zur Tuberkulose. Ber. ii. d. internat. Kong. f. Thalassotherap., Berl., 1911, v, 208-211. Also: Ztschr. f. Balneol., Klimat. [etc.], Berl., 1911-12, iv, 294; 326; 355; 389.—Calot (F.) De la valeur du traitement marin contre les tuberculoses. Cong, in- ternat. de bains de mer . . . C.-r. 1894, Par., 1895, i, 31-44. Also: Rev. mens. d. mal. de l'enf., Par., 1895, xiii, 357- 370. -----. Sur les indications et les contre-indications du traitement marin. Cong, internat de bains de mer ... C.-r. 1894, Par., 1»95, i, 79-81.— famous (L.) & Gayrard (E.) La tuberculose pulmonaire et la Riviera francaise. Assoc, franc, pour l'avance. d. sc. C.-r. 1901, Par., 1902, xxx, pt. 2, 810-814.— Casse (J.) La tuberculose pul- monaire au bord de la mer. Clinique, Brux., 1895, ix, 561-570. Also: Presse med. beige, Brux., 1895, xlvii, 293- 296.—Castelain (L.) Quelques considerations relatives a la technique de la cure marine. Ann. de l'Inst chir. de Brux., 18%, iii, 127-142.—Decamps (E.) Le climat des lies Canaries et son influence dans le traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire. [Rap. de A. Boddaert, 43.] Bull. Soc. de med. de Gand, 1898, lxv, 23-33. — De- champ. Climat marin et phtisie pulmonaire. Poitou med., Poitiers, 1896, x, 9; 35.—Drouineau (A.) In- fluence exercee sur Involution de la tuberculose pulmo- naire par le sejour au bord de la mer, et, en particulier, par le sejour dans Tile de R6. Tubercul. inf., Par., 1903, vi, 248: 1904, vii, 29. —Dutoit (A.) Die Bedeu- tung des Kiistenklimas in der Behandlung der Tuberku- lose. (Sammelreferat aus den Arbeiten von A. Robin.) Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1911, xxi, 49-51.—d'Eca (R.) Orla maritima de Portugal. Med. contemp., Lisb., 1906, xxiv, 301; 307.—Effler (E.) Walderholungsstatten an der See. Klin.-therap. Wchnschr., Berl., 1911, xviii, 912-914.—Engel (H.) Die Kanarischen Inseln als Kur- orte fiir Lungenkranke. Ztschr. f. diatet. u. phvsik. Therap., Leipz., 1903, v, 131-141.—E wart (W.) The pres- ent position of the treatment of tuberculosis by marine climates. J. Balneol. & Climat., Lond., 1907, xi, 135-184. Also: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1907, n. s., lxxxiii, 390; 446; 476.—Felix (J.) La cure marine et les plages du littoral beige. Scalpel, Liege, 1903-4,lvi.233-235.—Foster (M. G.) On the selection of winter resorts for the phthi- sical. Treatment, Lond., 1897, i, 337-341. -----. The Mediterranean littoral as a health resort for phthisis. Practitioner, Lond., 1898, lx, 629-639. — Freund (E.) Sollen lungenkranke Aerzte Schiffsdienst nehmen? Ztschr. f. diatet. u. physik., Therap., Leipz., 1900, iv, 54- 64.—Friedrich (E.) Seereisen in Prophylaxe und The- rapie der Lungenschwindsucht. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1899, xxxvi, 908-910. -----. Ueber Seereisen als prophy- laktisches Heilmittel der Lungenphthise. Ber. ii. d. Kong. z. Bekampf. d. Tuberk. [etc.], Berl., 1899, 707.— Frottier. Traitement des tuberculeux par la cure d'air a l'h6pital Pasteur du Havre. Rev. med. de Nor- mandie, Rouen, 1901, 308-311.— Gallo (G.) II clima di Napoli e la tubercolosi infantile. Arch, internaz. di med. e chir., Napoli, 1900, xvi, 222-229.— Gillebert- Dhercourtfils. Examen critique de l'influence que le s6jour sur le littoral franco-italien exerce sur la marche de la phthisie pulmonaire. Bull. Soc. de med. de Par. (1874), 1875, ix, 11-25. [Discussion], 76; 89; 111— Giller- son (S.) O znachenii talassoterapii vborbie s zolotukhol i tuber kulozom. [Value of thalassotherapy in the struggle with scrofula and tuberculosis.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1903, lix, 867-873. — Gubb (A. S.) The seaside cure: its indications and contra-indications. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1904, n. s., lxxviii, 112-114.—Guinon (L.) La mer en therapeutique antituberculeuse. Bull. m6d., Par., 1905, xix, 371-375. -----. Les indications de la cure ma- rine et forestifere. Rev. mens. d. mal. de l'enf., Par., 1905, xxiii, 311-321. -----. Les pretuberculeux et les tu- berculeux en cure forestiere et marine. Gaz. d. eaux, Par., 1906, xlix, 41; 49; 57; 65. Also: J. de physiotherap., Par., 1905, iii, 150; 177. Also [Abstr.]: J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1905, xxxv, 294-297. — Guiter (E.) La cure de la tuberculose pulmonaire et les stations du litoral mediterraneen. Presse med., Par., 1900, i, 58- 60.-----. De la cure libre de la tuberculose & Cannes et aux stations de la M6diterran<5e. Cannes m£d., 1903, i, no. 1, 4-12. Also: Poitou m&L, Poitiers, 1903, xvii, 8-18. -----. Cure libre dans la tuberculose pulmonaire; influ- ence du climat mediterraneen sur la tuberculose et les tuberculeux. Gaz. d. eaux, Par., 1904, xlvii, 300; 305; 313.—Guthmann (A.) Phthiseotherapie und Ostsee- klima. Med. Woche, Halle a. S., 1907, viii, 383.—Havi- land (A.) Phthisis and the Isle of Man. J. Bal- neol. & Climat., Lond., 1897, i, 241-247.—Hennig (A.) Der Einfluss der deutschen Meere (Ost- und Nordsee) auf die Tuberkulose der oberen Luftwege. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xxi, 910-915. Also: Klin.-therap. Wchnschr., Wien, 1908, xv, 537; 574. Also: Ztschr. f. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of, Climatic)[Sea-shoreu?idSea-voyages]. Tuberk Leipz., 1908, xiii, 25-36. Also, transl.} Hygiea, Stockholm, 1909, 2. f„ ix, 850. Also, transl: Rev. hebd. de ^n$?,L [etc-]> Par., 1908, ii, 641-648. —Hinsdale (G.) The effect of the climate of the Atlantic coast on pulmonary tuberculosis. Colorado M. J., Denver 1904, x, 218-222.— Hou zel (G.) De l'influence du traitement marin chez les pauvres et chez les riches. Cong, internat. de thalassotherap., Biarritz, 1903, iii, 202- 208. -----. Guerison definitive par la mer de tubercu- loses multiples chez deux sujets qui se sont maries ulte- neurement et ont engeudre des enfants sains. 'Cong, in- ternat. de bains de mer . . . C.-r. 1894, Par., 1895, i, 61-66. Also [Abstr.]: Progres med., Par., 1894, 2.s.,xx,81.-----. La phtisie pulmonaire ii la mer. Rev. de la tuberculose, Par., 1895, 295-304.—Ide. Ueber den Nutzen und die Verwendung des Seeklimas, specie!! des Nordseeklimas, bei der Lungenschwindsucht. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1899, xiii, 659-662.—von Jaruntowski (A.) Ein Bei- trag zur Wiirdigung der siidlichen klimatischen Kurorte bei der Behandlung von Lungenkranken. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1896, lxv, 909-911.—KJJhler (F.) Die Behandlungder Lungentuberkulose an der See. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1909, xiv, 60-72.—Kuthy (D.) See- klimaund Tuberkulose. Bl. f. klin. Hydrotherap., Wien, 1904, xiv, 245-250. Also: Ungar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1904, ix, 581-583. Also: Wien. med. Presse, 1904, 2229- 2233. Also, transl: Furdo- es vizgy6gyaszat, Budapest, 1904, 37-39.—Ladeuze (O.) Climat maritime et tuber- culose. J. med. de Brux., 1907, xii, 56-59.—Lalesque (F.) La cure marine de la tuberculose pulmonaire. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1895, xxv, 219-223. Also: M6m. et bull. Soc. de med. et chir. de Bordeaux (1895), 1896, 224- 240. Also: Rev. d'hyg. therap., Par., 1897, ix, 227-230. -----. Indications et contre-indications de la cure ma- rine dans la tuberculose pulmonaire. Concours med., Par., 1897, xix, 282-284. Also: Rev. de therap. med.-chir., Par., 1897, lxiv, 324-328. -----. La cure marine de la tu- berculose pulmonaire sur le bassin d'Arcachon. Cong. internat. de med. C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de therap., 511- 518. Also: Gaz. d. eaux. Par., 1901, xliv, 65-68. -----. Quels sont, au point de vue de la generalisation de la tu- berculose, les effets de la cure marine? Cong, internat. de thalassotherap., Biarritz, 1903, iii, 148-177. Also: J. de physiotherap., Par., 1903, i, 144-156. Also [Abstr.]: J: de med. de Bordeaux, 1903, xxxiii, 320. Also [Abstr.]: Gaz. d. eaux, Par., 1903, xlvi, 173. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Balneol. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1903, 183. -----. La cure marine des tuberculeux; un mot d'histoire. Gaz. d. eaux, Par., 1904, xlvii, 81; 89. Also: J. de med. de Bor- deaux, 1904, xxxiv, 81-83. -----. Du role de la pres- sion barom^trique dans la cure marine. J. de mea. de Bordeaux, 1904, xxxiv, 409-411. -----. L'hemoptysie en cure marine. Ibid., 1905, xxxv, 77-79. -----. La cure marine de la tuberculose pulmonaire. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 736-744. -----. Cure ma- rine de la tuberculose pulmonaire; specialisation des zones littorales. J. de physiotherap.. Par., 1908, vi, 377- 384.-----. La cure marine de la tuberculose pulmonaire. Arcachon. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1911, 2. s., xxix, 949- 953. -----. La prophylaxie marine de la tubercu- lose pulmonaire. J. de m6d. de Par., 1912, 2. s., xxiv, 738-741. Also: Med. inf., Par., 1912, ix, 270-278. — von Langenhagen. Die Kur der Tuberkulose auf der Riviera und in Menton. Med. Klin., Berl., 1905, i, 1115-1119.—Legrand (G.) La cure marine ^.Biarritz de la tuberculose pulmonaire confirmee. Cong, internat. de thalassotherap., Biarritz, 1903, iii, 261-269. Also: J. de physiotherap., Par., 1903, i, 156-161.—Leroux (C.) Indi- cations et contre-indications du traitement marin chez les enfants. Cong, internat. de bains de mer . . . C.-r. 1894, Par., 1895, i, 67-78. -----. La cure marine de la tu- berculose pulmonaire. M<5d. mod., Par., 1897, viii, 753- 755. Also: Arch. gen. d'hydrol. [etc.], Par., 1898, ix, 317- 329. -----. La cure marine des tuberculoses infantiles aux sanatoriums de Banyuls et de Saint-Trojan; resul- tats portants sur 1,196 observations; bilan des depenses avec profits et pertes. Arch, de m6d. d. enf., Par., 1906, ix, 10-21.—Leyden (H.) Ueber den heutigen Stand der Schifssanatorienfrage. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1905, xxxi, 1193-1196.—Lillzh0ft (F.) Om Be- handling af Lungetuberkulose ved Kysten. [The treat- ment of pulmonary tuberculosis at the coast.] Ugeskr. f. Laeger, Kpbenh., 1897, 5. R., iv, 923; 947; 971; 995.—l.inde- mann (E.) Ueber den Einfluss des Seeklimas auf Lun- gentuberkulose nach Beobachtungen auf Helgoland. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1902, iv, 4-13 — van ITlaaiieii (A.) Behandeling van longtuberculose aan zee. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1909, i, 206- 212.—JUalgat. La cure solaire de la tuberculose pulmo- naire a Nice. Ann. Soc. de med. phys., d'Anvers, 1905, iii, 31-36. Also: Gaz. d. eaux, Par., 1904, xlvii, 242; 250; 274; 283; 290; 299.—JTIalihran. Cure ferm6e dans la tuberculose pulmonaire: influence du climat mediterraneen sur la tuberculose et les tuberculeux. Gaz. d. eaux, Par., 1904, xlvii, 226; 233.-----. L'influence du climat mentonais si: r VOL XVIII, 2d SERIES- 'S TUBERCULOSIS. 818 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of. Climatic) [Sea-shore and sea-voyages]. la tuberculose. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 733-735.—Michael (F.) & Maurer (H.) Das Kursehiff fiir Lungenkranke. Tuberculosis, Leipz., 1902, i, 237-243.—Mol (C. M.) Behandeling van tuberculose aan zee. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst, 1906, ii, 1339-1347. Also: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xiv, 1976.— Morain ( W. ) Sur I'utilite du climat marin et des eaux mineTales dans le lympho-scrofule. Rev. inter- nat. de med. et de chir., Par., 1898, ix, 119-151.—Morel- liavallee (A.) & Gandil. Des contre-indieations du climat dans la phtisie. Arch. gen. d'hydrol. [etc.], Par., 1898, ix, 349-360.—Naumann (H.) Einiges iiber die Riviera als Aufenthalt fiir Lungenkranke. Monatschr. f. prakt. Wasserh., Munchen, 1900, vii, 163-166. Also: Ztschr. f. prakt. Aerzte, Munchen, 1900, ix, 531-534 — Ortenau (G.) Ist die Riviera fiir Lungenkranke ein iiberwundener Standpunkt? Ztschr f. Tuberk. u. Heil- stattenw., Leipz., 1904, vi, 254-262.—Ovion. Indications et contre-indications du traitement marin. Cong, inter- nat. de bains de mer . . . C.-r. 1894, Par., 1895, i, 85.— Pascalin. De l'influence du traitement marin dans les tuberculoses; indications et contre-indications. Ibid., 45-48.—pggurier (A.) De 1'actionditecongestionnante, du climat mediterraneen francais; son influence sur les tuberculeux. Gaz. d. eaux, Par., 1905, xlviii, 313.—Petit (L.-H.) Sur les inconvenients du traitement libre de la phtisie pulmonaire dans les stations du littoral de la M6- diterranee. Cong. p. I'etude de la tuberculose 1893, Par., 1894, iii, 345-351.—Pierre. La tuberculose et l'atmos- phere maritime. Concours med., Par., 1902, xxiv, 692- 694.—Pollard (R.) Some features of the climate of Torquay in connection with the treatment of phthi- sis. J. Balneol. & Climat, Lond., 1897, i, 124-133.— Quintrie (E.) La cure marine a Soulac-sur-Mer. Cong, internat. de thalassotherap., Biarritz, 1903, iii, 278- 299.—Raw (N.) The treatment of tuberculosis in France; a visit to the Maritime Hospital, Berck-sur-Mer. Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 1910, xxx, 246-251.—ltenon (L.) Influence du climat mediterraneen sur la tuberculose et les tuberculeux. Arch. gen. de med., Par., 1904, i, 862- S78. Also: Gaz. d.,eaux, Par., 1904, xlvii, 177; 185.— Roberts (J. L.) The North Wales coastas a health re- sort, andfortheopen-airtreatmentofphthisis. Med.Mag., Lond., 1898, vii,869; 934.—Robin (A.) Du climatmarin dans le traitement de la tuberculose. J. m6d. de Brux., 1910, xv, 633-639.—RbVhling. Klimatische Behandlung der Tuberkulose an der Ostseekuste. Ber. ii. d.Kong. z. Bekampf. d. Tuberk. [etc.], Berl., 1899, 695.—Silva (G.) Ricerche ematologiche; formola leucocitaria e cura ma- rina. Pediatria, Napoli, 1905,2. s., iii, 528-537.—Stewart (A. H.) The most suitable American climate for con- sumptives. Tr. Kentucky M. Soc, Louisville, 1895, n. s., iv, 226-233.—Thompson (E. S.) Sea voyages in ca- tarrhal phthisis. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1894, n. s., lvii, 219.— Tjaden. Nordseeklima und Tuberkulosebe- kiimpfung. Med. klin., Berl., 1907, iii, 1123-1129.—Van- dam (A.) Considerations sur le traitement de la tuber- culose pulmonaire par la thalassotherapie et Pa6roth6ro- therapie. Ann. Soc. m6d.-chir. du Brabant, Brux., 1896, vi, 119-129. Also [Abstr.]: Pressem6d. beige, Brux., 1896, xlviii, 329-332.—Van Merrls. Sur Paction therapeuti- quedusejouralamerdanslestuberculoses. Rev. d'hyg., Par., 1890, xii,970-981.—Vaudremer. Influence de l'air marin sur I'her6ditt5 tubereuleuse. Cong, internat. de bains de mer . . . C.-r. 1894, Par., 1895, i, 55-60.—Verde- let (L.) Tuberculoses chirurgicales et climat d'Arca- chon. J. dem&L de Bordeaux, 1905, xxxv, 350.—Weber (F. P.) Ocean voyages in phthisis. Practitioner, Lond., 1898, lx, 662-664.—Weber (Sir H.) Remarks on climate and sea voyages in the treatment of tuberculosis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1899, i, 1321-1324. Also: Boston M. & S. J., 1899, cxl, 552-557. Also: Phila. M. J.. 1899, iii, 1256-1259. Also: Sanitarian, N. Y., 1899, xliii, 97-111. Also, transl: Ber. ii. d. Kong. z. Bekampf. d.Tuberk. [etc.], Berl., 1899, 381-394.—Wilkinson (W. C.) The climate of the coast of New South Wales in relation to pulmonary tuberculo- sis. Australas. M. Gaz., Svdney, 1901, xx, 307-315. [Dis- cussion] 333-335.—Williams (C. T.) Climatology; what influence has climate on the treatment of consump- tion, and how far can cases be grouped for treatment in certain climates? Tr. Brit. Cong. Tuberc. 1901, Lond., 1902, iii, 4-15. [Discussion], 21-38.—Wolff. Madeira als moderner Kurort fiir Lungenkranke. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1904, xxx, 1278.—Yandell (W. M.) Winter health resorts for consumptives. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1894-5, n. s., xxiL481-489.—Veo (J. Bl), Anderson (Elizabeth G.) & Male (H. C.) Ocean voyages in pulmonary phthisis. Brit. M. L, Lond., 1900, 1, 108.—Youngman (M. D.) The classes of cases of pulmonary disease in which the climate of Atlantic Citv, N. J., is beneficial. Tr. Homceop. M. Soe. Penn. 1897, Phila., 1898, 285-291. Also: Hahueman. Month., Phila., 1897, xxxii, 713-719. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of, Dietetic). See, also, Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treat- ment of) with fats, etc.; Tuberculosis (Pulmo- nary, Treatment of) with koumiss; Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) with meat, etc. Adda (M.) * Alimentation et tuberculose; etude pathogenique. 8°. Bordeaux, 1906. Avril (J.) *Lea dangers de la suralimenta- tion chez les tuberculeux. 8°. Lyon, 1904. Bardswell (N. D.) & Chapman (J. E.) Diets in tuberculosis; principles and economics. 12°. London, 1908. Blanche (M.) *L'alimentation rationnelle du tuberculeux. 8°. Paris, 1905. Blumenpeld (F.) Specielle Diiitetik und Hy- giene des Lungen-und Kehlkopf-Schwindsiichti- gen. 8°. Berlin, 1897. van Eeden (F.) * Kunstmatige voeding bij tuberculose. 8 . Amsterdam, 1886. Elkan (S.) Hygiene und Diiitetik fiir Lun- genkranke. 12°. Leipzig, 1901. Gabrilovich (I.) Chakhotka i osnovi yeya llecheniya po higieno-dieteticheskomu metodu v zakritikh llechebnikh zavedeniyakh dlya lyokhochnikh bolnikh. [Consumption and the principles of its treatment by the hygienic- dietetic method in private hospitals for con- sumptives.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1896. Giraud (C.) *De certaines manifestations dyscrasiques chez les tuberculeux soumis au repos et suralimentes. 8°. Paris, 1911. Hultgren (E. 0.) Om lungsiktigas kost under anstaltsbehandling enligt undersokningar vid Osterasens folksanatorium. [On diet of consumptives under treatment according to in- vestigations in "Osterasens folksanatorium."] 8°. Stockholm, 1908. Kayserling (A.) Die Organisation der Adolf vom Rath-Stiftung zur unentgeltlichen Speisung Tuberkuloser. 4°. [n. p.], 1908. Kleinpaul (D. A. H.) * Quantum valeant pinguia alimenta ad sanandam pulmonum tu- berculosin, quaeritur. 8°. Lipsix, 1856. Lyonnet (B.) L'alimentation des tubercu- leux. 8°. Lyon, 1903. Manasse (P.) *Die Heilung der Lungentu- berkulose durch diiitetisch-hygienische Behand- lung in Anstalten und Kurorten. [Freiburg i. B.] 8°. Berlin, [1892]. Mishvelofp (R. I.) * Material k voprosu ob usvoyenii zhira kefira chakhotochnimi. [On assimilation of kephyr in phthisis.] 8°. S.- Peterburg, 1891. Palle (B.) * L'alimentation des tubercu- leux. 8°. Paris, 1898. Roberts (C. J.) * De diseta et regimine phti- sicorum. 8°. Edinburgi, 1820. Rousseau (H.) *Le regime alimentaire des tuberculeux. 8°. Paris, 1902. Rush (E. F.) Diet and hygiene in the treat- ment of consumption. 12°. [Chicago, 1887.] Sognies (H.-A.) * Traitement prophylactique et dieteto-hygienique de la tuberculose. s°. Nancy, 1900. Ter-Grigoryants(G.L) Chakhotka; higieno- dieteticheskoye llecheniye; preduprezhdeniye. [Phthisis; hygienic-dietetic treatment; preven- tion.] 8°. Baku, 1911. Wolff (F.) Die moderne Behandlung dei I Lungenschwindsucht mit besonderer Beruck- TUBERCULOSIS. 819 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of, Dietetic). sichtigungderphysikalisch-diiitetischenHeilme- thoden. Mit einem Vorwort von H. Cursch- mann. 8°. Wiesbaden, 1894. Anders (H. S.) Some dietetic points in the home treat- ment of tuberculosis. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1910, xci, 377- 380.—Archer (I. J.) The importance of the digestive tract in the treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis. Old Dominion J. M. & S., Richmond, 1909, viii, 257-264.— Ash mead (A. S.) Night-feeding of patients, an im- portant factor in the hygienic-dietetic method of curing consumption. Therap. Gaz. [etc.], Detroit, 1910, 3. s., xxvi, 734-637.—Austin (A. E.), Ordway (Mabel) & Montague (Ruth). On the absorption of protein and fat in pulmonary tuberculosis. Boston M. & S. J., 1910, clxiii, 575-578.—Barbary (F.) La ration alimentaire utile du tuberculeux; les dangers de la suralimentation. Bull.gen.detherap. [etc.], Par., 1903, cxiv,517-544. -----. Le tube digestif chez les tuberculeux; les dangers de la suralimentation. Cong, internat. de med. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, de path, int., 775-778.— Barbour (L. P.) The hygienic and dietetic management of phthi- sis. South. M. Rec, Atlanta, 1894, xxiv, 581-5*9. Also, Reprint.—Bardswell (N. D.) Some observations upon dietetics in pulmonarv tuberculosis. Tr. Brit. Cong. Tu- berc. 1901, Lond., 1902, iii, 309-312.—Bardswell (N. D.) & Chapman (J. E.) The dietetic treatment of pulmo- nary tuberculosis. [Abstr.] Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1902, n. s., lxxiv, 264.-----------. Dietetics in tubercu- losis; principles and economics Proc Roy. Soc. Lond., 1908, s. B., lxxx. 151-160. Also [Abstr.l: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1902, ii, 1423.-----------. Diet in tubercdlosis. J. Out- door Life, Saranac Lake, N. Y., 190S, v, 323-325.—Bards- well (N. D.). Uoodbody (F. W.) & Chapman (J. E.) On the effects of forced feeding in cases of pulmonary tu- berculosis and in normal individuals. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1902, i. 449-451.—Barnay. Le pain et la tuberculose. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, ii, 743.— Barreiro (A.) Consideracoes sobre regimens alimen- tares na tuberculose; a propositod'um caso clinico. Med. mod., Porto, 1908, xv, v, 261; 273; 283.—Bartlett (P. C.) & Murphy (C. V.j The use of lactic acid, soured milk and lactic acid bacilli in pulmonary tuberculosis. Med. Communicat. Mass. M. Soc, Bost., 1912, xxiii, 441-457. Also [Abstr.]: Boston M. & S. J., 1912, clxvii, 311-316.— Bayle (C.) Des injections sous-cutanees ou intra-mus- culaires de jaune d'oeuf dans le traitement de la tubercu- lose. Lyon med., 1902, xcviii, 274-277.—Berlioz. La nutrition dans la tuberculose; influence des scrums m6- dicamentaux. Cong, franc. de me\L Rap., Par., 1899, v, 883-896. Also: Dauphine" med., Grenoble, 1899, xxiii. 193; 222; 247.—Berniingham (E. J.) Suggestions upon hvgiene and diet forthe pulmonary invalid. Sanitarian, X. Y., 1898, xl, 193-205.—Bernheim (S.) La cure ali- mentaire du tuberculeux. Independ. m6d., Par., 1901, vii, 298; 306. Also: Rev. internat. de therap. phys., Rome, 1901, ii, 337; 361; 385. Also: Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heil- stattenw., Leipz., 1902, iii, 104-123— Blumenield (F.) Die Ernahrung des Lungenschwindsiichtigen mit beson- derer Berucksichtigung der Ernahrung im Hause. Ver- handl. d. Tuberc.-Comm. d. Versamml. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte in Munchen 1899, Berl., 1900,94-104. Also: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1899, xxxvi, 1075-1078. Also [Abstr.]: Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1899, Leipz., 1900, lxxi, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 698. —Boureille. Faut-il suralimenter les tuberculeux? Gaz. mecl. de Par., 1908, no. 23, 8.—Brandon (J. P.) Tuberculo- sis; its prevention and cure; with a few words regard- ing diet. St. Louis Clinique, 1908, xxi, 372 - 377. — Brewer. New food for consumptives. Maryland M. J., Bait., 1895-6, xxxiii, 329.—Brown (L.) Recent ad- vances in the treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis by air, food, and rest. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lviii, 1678-1681. -----. The later conception of the hygienic- dietetic treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis. Long Island M. J., Brooklyn, 1912, vi, 46-50.—Browning (C. C.) Nutrition in tuberculosis. South. Calif. Pract., Los Angeles, 1906, xxi, 610-616. -----. Some suggestions as to diet in tubercular patients. Ibid.,1909, xxiv, 495-500.— Burton-Fanning (F. W.) Diet in the treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis. Practitioner, Lond., 1905, lxxiv, 24-37.—Calloway(A.W.) Thedietin pulmonary tubercu- losis. J. Am.Inst. Homceop., N.Y.,1909,i,57L—Camphau- sen (A.) Erfahrungen mit Kufeke bei der Behandlung Lungenkranker. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1911, xxi, 53-57.—Carles (J.) & Adda. Alimentation et tuberculose. Bull, et m6m. Soc. de med. et chir. de Bordeaux 1906, Par. & Bordeaux, 1907, 516-519. Also: Gaz. hebd. d. sc. m6d. de Bordeaux, 1906, xxvii, 582.—Cas- taigne. L'alimentation des tuberculeux. J. de m6d. de Par.,1909. 2. s., xxi, 2S3.-(Iazenave de la Roche. De la di6t6tique du phtisique. Bull. Soc. de med. prat, de Par., 1890, 760-705.—Cellou. Traitement rationnel de la tuberculose et de tous cas de deriutrition. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1910, xvii, 261— Chavas (J.) L'ali- mentation du tuberculeux et sa medication par voie gas- Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of, Dietetic). trique. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 795. Also: Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1906, ix, 173-177. -----. La alimentaci6n del tuberculoso; su concepto y bases. Clin, mod., Zaragoza, 1909, viii, 202- 220.—< heron (P.) L'alimentation dans la phtisie pul- monaire. Tribune med., Par., 1896, 2. s., xxviii, 706; 726; 746.—Clapp (H. C.) Diet in tuberculosis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1907, lxxi, 1074. — Claret. L'hypochloruration brusque chez les tuberculeux. Comp. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1907, lxii, 356-358.—Cohen (S. S.) Food in the treat- mentof pulmonary consumption. J. Am. M. Ass.,Chicago, 1890, xiv, 186-191.—< ole (G. L.) On the diet and general careofconsumptivescoming to Southern California. Ibid,., 1898,xxx,320.—Consoli(N.) Ricerchesulchimismogas- trico nella tubercolosi pulmonare. Gazz. internaz.di med., Napoli,1910,xiii,151-153.—Cutter (E.) Food versus bacilli in consumption (opus 286). An open letter from... to his son, John Ashburton Cutter, with answer. Virginia M. Month., Richmond, 1888, xv, 614-633. Also, Reprint- Cutter (J. A.) Diet in tuberculosis. Am. Med., Bur- lington, Vt., & N. Y., 1909, n. s., iv, 630-633.—Daly (J. R. L.) Feeding in tuberculosis. Buffalo M. J., 190s, lxiii, 440-444.—Barling (W.H.) The diet for the tuberculous in the St. Peter State Hospital. J. Minn. M. Ass. [etc.], Minneap., 1907, xxvii, 10-12.—De Costa (J. F.) Food in consumption. J. Med. & Sc, Portland, 1894-5, i, 255.— Del Torre (A.) L' ipernutrizione nella cura della tu- bercolosi. Policlin., Roma, 1902-3, ix, sez. prat., 1332-1334. Also: Rendic. d. Ass. med.-chir. di Parma, 1904, v, 6-10.— De Moor (L.) Dietetische behandeling der longtuber- culose. Med. Weekbl., Amst., 1896-7, iii, 253-258. Also, transl: Belgique m6d., Gand-Haarlem, 1896, iii, 651-559.— Denison (C.) Food for chronic pulmonary invalids. Tr. Colorado M. Soc, Denver, 1894, 296-314.—De Benzi (E.) II pane di crusca nei tubercolotici. N. riv. clin.- terap., Napoli, 1903, vi, 510-516.—Derscheid (G.) Tu- berculose pulmonaire; cure hygieno-dieteTique et arseni- cale; guerison apparente. Policlin., Brux., 1904, xiii, 317. — Dettweiler. Die hygienisch-diatetisehe An- staltsbehandlung der Lungentuberkulose. Ber. ii. d. Kong. z. Bekampf. d. Tuberk. [etc.], Berl., 1899, 395-406.— Droogleever Fortuijn (H. J. W.) Het dieet bij lijders aan ongecompliceerde longtuberculose. Med. Weekbl., Amst., 1904-5, xi, 225; 237.—Dubard. Essais cliniques et exp^rimentaux sur le mode d'action de cer- taines substances et de certains aliments, pris par la bouche, dans la tuberculose. Cong, internat. de la tu- berc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 781-784.—Engel (H.) Nutrition in tubercular consumption. Med. Summary, Phila., 1895-6, xvii, 205.—Euriquez & Ambard. Regime de l'elimination chloruree dans les tuberculoses au debut. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1907, lxii, 73.—de Fenis de Lac o in be. Des cer6ales dans l'alimentation des tuberculeux. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1908, xiv, 351-358.—Finkler. Ernahrungszustande im Fie- ber, speciell bei Tuberculose. [Discussion.] Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1898, Leipz., 1899, lxx, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 412.—Fisher (I.) Statistics of diet in sanatoria for consumptives. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1906, n. s., cxxvii, 559-570.—Fisk (S. A.) Diges- tion vs. drugs in the treatment of pulmonary tubercu- losis. Tr. Am. Climat. Ass., Phila., 1897, xiii, 102-106. Also, Reprint.—Fitzgerald (Marion). The food prob- lem in the home treatment of consumption. J. Roy. San. Inst., Lond., 1912-13, xxxiii, 637.—Francine (A. P.) Rest, exercise, and food in the management of tubercu- losis. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1910, xcii, 1323-1326.—Fran- cis (C. F. d'A.) Mineralization in the treatment of pul- monary tuberculosis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1911, lxxx, 1236.—Freudenthal (W.) Tuberculosis, with remarks on the etiology, diagnosis and treatment of the same. Dietet. & Hyg. Gaz., N. Y., 1905, xxi, 1-6.—Gabrilo- witsch (J.) Ueber die Ernahrung Lungenkranker. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1895, xiv, 1942; 1983.—Galbraith (J. J.) The dietetic treatment of pulmonary tuberculo- sis from the point of view of its hsematologv and histo- pathology. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, i, 600-602. -----. The dietary of the consumptive. Brit. J. Tuberculosis, Lond., 1908, ii, 115-119.—Gallavardin. Traitement alimen- taire de la phtisie pulmonaire. Art m6d., Par., 1897, lxxxv, 104-114. Also: Lyon med., 1897, lxxxv, 399-406. Also: Poitou med., Poitiers, 1897, xi, 193-198.—Gardiner (C. F.) Nutrition in tuberculosis. Month. Cvcl. Pract. Med., Phila., 1906, xix, 102-105.-Gaultier (R.) Les troubles de l'intestin chez les tuberculeux gtudigs k l'aide • ch methodes nouvelles de eoprologie clinique; leur therapeutique fonctionnelle; le regime alimentaire cal- culi' d'apres la capacite digestive. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 318-323.—Gaussel (A.) La cure alimentaire de la tuberculose pulmonaire. Rev. in- ternat. de la tuberc, Par., 1909, xvi, 416-434.—Gautrelet (E.) L'alimentation des tuberculeux. Rev. theor. et prat. d. mal. de la nutrition, Par., 1897, v, 232-256.— Giraud (C.) Certaines manifestations dyscrasiques chez les tuberculeux soumis au repos et suralimentes. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1911, xix, 40.5-411.— TUBERCULOSIS. 821 Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of, Dietetic). Go liner. Beitrag zur Ernahrung Lungenkranker. Wien. med. Presse, 1906, xlvii, 2042-2044.—Gotlschalk (A.) Le traitement dietetique de la tuberculose pul- monaire. J. de physiotherap., Par., 1909, vii, 469-485.— Gouraud (F.-X.) La suralimentation dans la tuber- culose. Rev. prat. d. conn, med., Par., 1906, ii, 186-193.— Grancher (J.) Traitement de la tuberculose; alimen- tation., Bull, med., Par., 1896, x, 199; 155: 1897, xi, 105. Also: Echo med., Toulouse, 1896,2. s.,x, 145; 157; 169: 1897, 2.s.,xi,97; 109; 121:1898,2.s.,xii,73; 85.-----. Del'alimen- tation des tuberculeux. Rev. d'hyg. therap., Par., 1897, ix, 283-287. Also [Abstr.]: Rev. prat. d. trav.demed.,Par.,1897, liv, 81. Also, transl: Gazz. d. osp.,Milano,1896,xvii,210.— Guinard (L.) Influence d'une alimentation sucree excessive sur la marche de l'infection tubereuleuse. Cong, internat. de med. C. r., Par., 1900, sect, depath. gen., 38-40.—Haedicke. Ueber Appetitlosigkeit und appetitanregende Mittel bei Lungentuberkulose. The- rap. Monatsh., Berl., 1906, xx, 127-131.—Hall (S. H.) Practical points in the diet of the tuberculous patient. Practitioner, Lond., 1909; lxxxii, 692-701.—Harris (V. D.) The feeding of phthisical patients in relation to the wasting of the body. Edinb. M. J., 1900, n. s., viii, 101- 113.—Hatch (J. L.) Trophonine an ideal nutritive in phthisis pulmonalis. Am. Therapist, N. Y., 1901-2, x, 41- 44. Also, Reprint. -----. Trophonine in phthisis pul- monalis. Med. Progress, Louisville, 1902, xviii, 83.— Hector (F. M.) Algunas consideraciones sobre el regi- men alimenticio y tratamiento de los tuberculosos he- mopt6icos. Cr6n. m<5d.-quir. de la Habana, 1907, xxxiii, 28-33.—Heinrich (G.) Hufekemehlinderdiatetischen Therapie erwachsener Tuberkuloser. Reichs-Med.-Anz., Leipz., 1907, xxxii, 506.—Hirtz. Le regime alimentaire et le traitement medicamenteux des tuberculeux. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 19,03, xvii, 469-471.— Jaubert (L.) Erreurs de regime et accidents de surali- mentation chez les tuberculeux. Lvon mecl., 1908, ex, 298-307.—Judd (H.) Diet in consumption. J.Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1890, xv, 132-135.—Kalistratofl*(X. M.) Higieno-dieticheskoye llecheniye chakhotki lyokhkikh. [Hygienic-dietetic treatmentof phthisis.] Voyenno-med. J., St. Petersb., 1902, lxxx, med.-spec. pt., 2090-2120.— Kayserling (A.) Die Organisation der Adolph vom Rath-Stiftung zur unentgeltlichen Speisung Tuberku- loser. Tuberculosis, Leipz., 190S, vii, 309-317. Also, Re- print.—Kellogg (J. H.) The low-protein diet in rela- tion to tuberculosis. Good Health, Battle Creek, 1909, xliv, 771-777. -----. Diet as a means of increasing vital resistance in tuberculosis, with special reference to the protein ration. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1909, lxxv, 253-263.— Kendall (W. B.) Observations relating to diet in tu- berculosis. Canada Lancet, Toronto, 1912-13, xlvi, 8-16. -----. Observations relating to diet in tuberculosis. Canad. M. Ass. J., Toronto, 1912, ii, 670-679.—Keyes (T. B.) Dieting and cooking for the cure and prevention of consumption. Pacific M. J., San Fran., 1907, 1, 278-283.— King (H. M.) Diet in tuberculosis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1906, lxx, 88-93. -----. On the construction of an effi- cient and economic diet in tuberculosis. Nat. Ass. Study & Prevent. Tuberculosis. Trans., N. Y., 1909, v, 154-180. Also: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1909, lxxvi, 633-641.—Kinghorn (H. M.) The hygienic and dietetic treatment of pulmo- nary tuberculosis. Montreal M. J., 1907, xxxvi, 735-742.— Ko I bl (F.) Die hygienisch-diiitetische oder abhartende Behandlung der Lungentuberculose. Wien. med. Presse, 1897, xxxviii, 1573-1577.—Krai! (G. H.) The adminis- tration of proteids in tuberculosis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1907, lxxii, 474-476.—Krause (A.) Kufeke als Hilfsnah- rung bei Tuberkulosen. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1911, xvii, 268-271.—Kundryutskoff(A.) Plodl struchko- vavo rozhechnika (fructus ceratoniae, siliqua dulcis), kak pishtshevoye sredstvo dlya chakhotochnikh bolnikh. [. . . as a food for consumptives.] Voyenno-med. J., St. Petersb., 1895, clxxxiv, 2. sect., 65-72.—L. De l'alimenta- tion dans le traitement de la tuberculose. Rev. med., Louvain, 1896-7, xv, 247; 489— Labbe (H.) & Vitry (G.) L'albumine dans l'alimentation des tuberculeux. Presse med., Par.,1906, xiv, 97.----------. Utilisation del'azote chez les tuberculeux. Cong, internat. de physiotherap. Compt. rend. 1910, Par., 1911, iii, 1067-1070.—Labbe (M.) Les dangers de la suralimentation chez les tuberculeux. Clinique, Par., 1908, iii, 465-468. Also, transl: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1908, n. s., lxxxvi, 361-366.—Labbe (M.) & Jumentie. Les difficultes de la suralimentation chez les tuberculeux. Cong, internat. de phvsiotherap. Compt. rend. 1910, Par., 1911, iii, 1070-1074.—Latferre. Suralimentation des tuberculeux. Med. orient., Par., 1905, ix, 101-103. -----. Nutrition et alimentation des tu- berculeux. Ibid., 1906, x, 71-74.—Lafond-Grellety. Considerations sur la tuberculose et le regime. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux. 1905. xxvi, 15-20.—La- tham (A.) The principles of the dietetic treatmentof pulmonary tuberculosis. Practitioner, Lond., 1905, lxxiv, 38-49.—Laufer (R.) Utilisation comparee des hydrates de carbone et des graisses chez les tuberculeux. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1904, cxlviii, 689-696. -----. TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of, Dietetic). Determination quantitative de la ration des tuberculeux' les limites de la suralimentation; le sucre chez les tu- berculeux. Ibid., 1905, cxlix, 383-397. [Discussion], 455- 465. -----. Suralimentation et alimentation rationnelle du tuberculeux. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1906, lxxix, 1719- 1723. -----. Nouvelles recherches cliniques et experi- mentales sur la ration alimentaire des tuberculeux; l'ali- mentation rationnelle des tuberculeux. Cong, internat de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 641-651. Also: Rev. de la tuberculose, Par., 1906, 2. s., iii, 15; 128. — Lawney (Eleanor). Over-feeding and exposure to cold in a case of tuberculosis. Woman's M. J., Toledo, 1904, xiv, 271.— Leech (O.) Dietetic treatinent of pulmonary tubercu- losis. Am. Med., Phila., 1902, iv, 141.—Lemberre. La cure alimentaire du tuberculeux. M6d. orient., Par 1904, viii, 76-78— Letulle (M.) L'alimentation des tu- berculeux a l'hopital. France med.. Par., 1900, xlvii, 224-227. -----. Phthisiotherapie; cure d'aliments a l'hrj- pital. Presse med., Par., 1900, i, 293-297.—Letulle (M.) & Pompilian (Mile.) La nutrition des tuberculeux; methodes de recherches; ^changes azotes et phosphorus. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 294.— Lewin (K.) Eine physiologische Begrfindung der hygienisch-diatetischen Phthiseo-Therapie. Arch. f. phys.-diatet. Therap., Berl., 1900, ii, 141-145. Also: Bl. f. klin. Hydrotherap., Wien, 1900, x, 147-153.— Loomis (H. P.) The dietetic treatment of phthisis. Practitioner, Lond., 1894, Iii, 321-330. Also: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1894, xiv, 353-355. Also: N. York M. J., 1897, lix, 698-600.— Lustverk ( E. Y.) Nablyudeniya nad dlelstviyem chornol rledki pri zabollevanii tuberku- lozom lyokhkikh. [Observations on the action of black radishes in pulmonary tuberculosis.] Russk. med. vestnik, S.-Peterb., 1905, vii, 601-606.—McGHllcuddy (T. J.) The dietetic and hygienic treatment of consump- tion. N. York M. J., 1894, lx, 427-432. Also [Abstr.]: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1895, xlviii, 654-656.—Mackenzie (H.) On dietetics in consumption and other wasting diseases. Practitioner, Lond., 1906, lxxvi, 527-514.—Maggiorani (A.) Vomiti dei tubercolosi; iperalimentazione e iper- nutrizione. Progresso med., Torino, 1903, ii, 224.—Mali- bran (C.) L'alimentation dans la tuberculose pulmo- naire. Presse med., Par., 1907, xv, 52.—Mannheimer (G.) Die hygienisch-dietetische Behandlungsmethode der Lungentuberkulose, nebst Bemerkungen fiber die Versorgung tuberkuloser Armer. N. Yorker med. Mo- natschr., 1897, ix, 253-278.— Maragliano. Experimen- telle Beitrage zur Kenntniss der wissenschaftlichen Grundlagen der hygienisch-diatetischen Behandlung der Tuberkulose. Ber. ii. d. Kong. z. Bekampf. d. Tuberk. [etc.], Berl., 1899, 428-430.—Martinet (A.) La surali- mentation des tuberculeux. Presse m6d., Par., 1903, i, 74.—Massalongo (R.) & Danio (G.) Lo zucchero nella cura della tisichezza polmonale. Lavori d. Cong. di med. int. 1904, Roma, 1905, xiv, 198-200. Also: Riforma med., Palermo-Napoli, 1904, xx, 1405— Matsuyama. [Nutrition in pulmonary tuberculosis.] I-Cho-byo Ken- kyu Kwai Kwaiho, Tokyo, 1902, iii, 802-813.—Matthes. Ueber die Einwirkung von Verdauungsalbumosen auf den thierischen, insbesondere den tuberculos inficirten Organismus. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1894, Leipz., 1895, lxvi, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 64-68 — Maurel (E.) Du reglage de la surnutrition azotee par le dosage de Puree. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 651-657.—Mays (T. J.) Concentrated food in the treatment of pulmonary consumption. Buffalo M. & S. J., 1891-2, xxxi, 74-76.—Mersereau (W. J.) Management of diet in pulmonary tuberculosis. Post- Graduate, N. Y., 1907, xxii, 1200-1213.—Meyer. Die Be- handlung der Tuberculose (und andere Erkrankungen) der Lunge, vom Darm aus. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1904, xviii, 573-580.—MitehelI (H. W.) Pulmonary tu- berculosis with special reference to diet. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1898, xxx, 317-320.—Mitulescu (I.) Influenza medicamentelor fosforate asupra schimburilor nutritive celulare in tuberculosa pulmonara cronica. [Influence of phosphated remedies on the nutritive cellular changes in chronic pulmonary tuberculosis.] Spitalul, Bucuresci, 1906, xxvi, 1-10.—Moeller (A.) Ueber Eraahrungskur Lungenkranker. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1907, xlviii, 59-64.-----. Coffe'infreier Kaffee bei der Behandlung Lun- genkranker. Therap. Rundschau, Berl., 1908, ii, 693. Also: N. Yorker med. Monatschr., 1910, xxi, 254-256.— Monin (E.) L'alimentation des phtisiques. J. de la sante, Par., 1903, xx, 62-65.—Moulsset. Dangers de la suralimentation chez les tuberculeux. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 668-675. Also: Lyonmed., 1905, cv, 641-653. Also: J. de med. de Par., 1906,2. s., xviii, 137-139. Also [Abstr.]: Medicin, Brux., 1906. xvi, 89 — Niles (G. M.) A discussion concerning the dietetic management of tuberculosis. N. Orl. M. 6icreL. Tarpijci) n-pooSos, 'Ei» 2vpa>, 1901, vi, 260-263.—Kelynack (T. N.) Open-air treat- ment in Great Britain; a survey and a criticism. Hospi- tal, Lond., 1903, xxxiv, 65-61. -----. Open-air treatment. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1903, n. s., lxxv, 535.—lieyes (T. B.) Camp and out-door life asan aid to the permanent cure of tuberculosis. Med.-Leg. J., N. Y., 1900, xvii, 514- 518. AIso, Reprint, -----. Some results of camp and out- door life in northern Wisconsin. Am.Cong.Tuberc Bull. Trans. 1901, N. Y., 1902,12.5-134. -----. Evidence as to the valueof fresh air andout.of-doortent life for the tubercular. Med. Brief, St. Louis, 1904, xxxii, 985-989. Also, Reprint.— TUBERCULOSIS. 824 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of, Open-air). Kime (J. W.) Modern treatment of tuberculosis in sanatoria with reference to a maximum of sunlight, open air, and hygienic measures. Med. Herald, St. Joseph, 1901, n. s., xx, 347-357.—Kloiber (H.) Organisation und Leistungen der W'alderholungsstatten. Centralbl. f. allg. Gsndhtspflg., Bonn, 1911, xxx, 259-331.—Knopf (S. A.) Aerotherapeutics in the treatment and preven- tion of pulmonary tuberculosis. Tr. Am. Climat. Ass., Phila., 1897, xiii, 116-129. Also: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1897, lxvi, 113-117. -----. Aerotherapy and solar therapy in the home treatment of tuberculosis; with description of a window tent. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlviii, 214-218. -----. Aerotherapy in cold weather, with par- ticular reference to tuberculous diseases, and demonstra- tion of a new model of a window tent. N. YorkM. J. [etc.], 1907, lxxxv, 961-971. -----. A window-tent for the prevention and treatment of tuberculosis. Med. Era, St. Louis, 1909, xviii, 173-176. -----. The starnook and the window tent; two devices for the rest cure in the open air and for outdoor sleeping. N. York M.J. [etc.], 1911, xciii, 761-763. Also, Reprint.—Knopf (S. A.) & Mc- Laughlin (W. B.) The open-air treatment at home for tuberculous patients, with a description of a window tent and a half tent. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1905, lxxxi, 425-430. Also, Reprint.—Krautwig. Schrebergarten fiir Lun- genkranke in Coin. Centralbl. f. allg. Gsndhtspflg., Bonn, 1912, xxxi, 407.—Ladendorf (K.) Die Bezie- hung der atmospharischen Luft zur Tuberkulose. Ztschr. f. phys. u. diatet. Therap., Leipz., 1909-10, xiii, 597; 681.— Lalesque (F.) La cure d'air et la cure de repos dans leurs rapports avec les pesees des tuberculeux. Mem. et Bull. Soc. de m&L et chir. de Bordeaux (1898), 1899, 159- 169. Also: J. de me"d. de Bordeaux, 1898, xxviii, 266-270. Also: Gaz. d. eaux. Par., 1898, xli, 361-364. -----. La cure libre de la tuberculose pulmonaire. J. de mecl. de Bor- deaux, 1899, xxix. 504; 517; 529; 541. -----. La cure libre de la tuberculose pulmonaire. Gaz. d. mal. infant, [etc.], Par., 1900, ii, 65-67. -----. La suraeration en cure libre. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1902, xxxii, 66-58. Also: Poitou med., Poitiers, 1902, xvi, 81-88. -----. La cure libre des tuberculeux. [Etude analytique par Dhourdin.] Arch. gen. d'hydrol, [etc.], Par., 1904, xv, 139-152. -----. Les cures forestieres. Tribune m6d., Par., 1910, n. s., xliii, 600.—La Motte (Ellen N.) The danger of sending con- sumptives to the country. Charities [etc.], N. Y., 1907, xvii, 1061.—Lancry (G.) Tuberculose et iardins ou- vriers. Normandie m<§d., Rouen, 1903, xviii, 417-422.— Lane (H.) Open air treatment of tuberculosis, espe- cially by the tepee method. Med. Sentinel, Portland, Oreg., 1902, x, 425-431.—Laphain (Mary E.) The Lap- ham tuberculosis tent. Am. Med., Phila., 1905, ix, 517.— Law (W. T.) Case of phthisis treated by the open-air method. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1899, i, 849.—Lawson (D.) Some clinical observations on the temperature of phthisis treated by open-air methods. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1901,n.s., lxxii, 652. -----■. The results of treatment in 301 cases of phthisis bv open air methods. Lancet, Lond., 1904, i, 1120-1423.—Lemoine (G.) Du traitement de la phtisie pulmonaire par la vie au grand air et par les fen6- tres ouvertes. Rev. d'hyg., Par., 1890, xii, 734-752.— Lentz. La cure d'air des dispensaires du Hainaut (Belgique) et les resultats. Tuberculosis, Leipz., 1904, iii, 244-249. — Letulle (M.) Phtisiotherapie; cure d'air a l'hopital. Presse med., Par., 1899, i, 273-275.—Leveqac (A.) Traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire par la cure d'air. Normandie med., Rouen, 1894,ix,37; 67; 114.— Little (J. F.) & Ross (F. W. F.) The open-air treat- ment of phthisis; an interesting case. Lancet, Lond., ii, 1567.—London (A. A.) The "openair" treatmentof consumption. Intercolon. M. J. Australas., Melbourne, 1906, xi,240-248. Also: Australas. M. Gaz.,Sydney, 1906,xxv, 443-416.—Lyle (B. F.) Out-door treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1905, n. s., lix, 645- 648. Also: Ohio M. J., Columbus, 1905, i, 49-54.—mac- Donald (A.E.) Tent treatment for the tuberculous in- sane. Cong, internat. de med., Lisbonne, 1906-7, xv, sect. 7, 588-594.—Mackenzie (H.) Open-air treatment of phthisis in London. Practitioner, Lond., 1901, lxvii, 48- 56—Mackinnon (A.) The open-air treatmentfor con- sumption. Canada Lancet, Toronto, 1902-3, xxxvi, 651- 556— Madinaveitia (J.) Tratamiento de la tubercu- losis pulmonar en el campo pr6ximo a Madrid. Rev. clin. d^ Madrid, 1909, i, 27-29.—Maillart (H.)& Revil- liod i ID Organisation de la cure d'air pour les tuber- culeux a l'hopital cantonal de Geneve pendant l'hiver 1.898-9. Presse med., Par., 1899, i, 265-267.—Malgat (J.) A propos de la cure solaire de la tuberculose. Ann. Soc. de med. phys. d'Anvers, 1905, iii, 103-105. -----. Cure solaire de la tuberculose pulmonaire. Atti d. Cong, in- ternaz. de terap. fis. 1907, Roma, 1908, ii, pt. 1, 929-938. —:—. Les energies solaires dans la tuberculose pulmo- naire. Tuberculosis,Berl.,1909,viii, 11-26.—Malvoz (E.) La cure d'air en dehors des sanatoria. Scalpel, Liege, 1898- 1900,Iii,283.—Marrett(H.N.) Theopen-airtreatmentof phthisis and other tuberculous affections by an improved form of shelter. St. Barth. Hosp. J., Lond., 1907-8, xv, Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of, Open-air). 116,1 pl. -----. An improved form of shelter for use in the open-air treatment of phthisis. Hospital, Lond 1911-12, ii, 407.—Marten (R. H.) The open-air treat- ment of pulmonary cousumption. Australas. M. Gaz Sydney, 1899, xviii, 235-238. — Martin (C.) Open-air treatment of tuberculosis. St. Louis M. Era, 1901-2, xi 835-838.—Masten (H. B.) Ideal tent life for consumpt fives. N.YorkM.J. [etc.],1904,lxxx,974-976.—Matthew (F. C.) The open-air treatment of consumption; what it ought to be. Midland M. J., Birmingh., 1904, iii, 98-103 — Meissen (E.) Ueber die Freiluftkur und Vorrichtun- genzuihrer Durchfuhrung. Ztschr. f. Krankenpfl., Berl. 1902, xxiv, 201-209.—Meyer (A.) Tuberculosis in the tenements; a new use for fire-escapes. Med. News, N. Y., 1903, lxxxiii, 8-10.—Meyer (J.) Les cures d'air de pas- sage, pres de Berlin. Lutte antituberc, Par., 1902, iii, 36- 42—.Millet (C. S.) The night air of New England in the treatment of consumption. Maryland M. J., Bait., 1900 xliii, 12-19. Also: Med. Mirror, St. Louis, 1900, xi, 169-175! Also, Reprint. — Minor (C. L.) On the feasibility and management of a hygienic cure of pulmonary tuberculo- sis outside of closed sanatoria. N. York M. J. [etc], 1901, lxxiv, 1137: 1902, lxxv, 49. -----. Hints and helps to tu- berculosis patients; "a word to the wise." J. Outdoor Life, N. Y., 1911, viii, 105-110.—Moeller (A.) Dieersten Brehmerschen Prinzipien in der Behandlung der Lun- gentuberkulose. Veroffentl. d. Hufeland. Gesellsch. in Berl. Balneol. Gesellsch., Berl. u. Wien, 1908, pt. 2,146- 153.—Morin. Le traitement de la tuberculose pulmo- naire par l'heliotherapie. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1910, xxx, 5-23.—Miiller (E.) De la fenetre ouverte pendant la nuit dans le traitement de la phtisie. Mem. Soc de med. de Strasb. (1887-8), 1889, xxv, 305-307.— Mutliu (C.) The inhalation of formic aldehyde as an aid in the open-air treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis. Phila. M. J., 1901, viii, 365.—Naumann (H.) Ueber die Luftliegekur bei der Behandlung der chronisehen Lun- gentuberculose. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1900, lxix, 983.—Newton (R. J.) A tuberculosis platform. J. Out- door Life, N. Y., 1911, viii, 86.—Nichols (E.) Open air pavilions or sleeping shelters. Ibid., Trudeau, N. Y., 1906-7, iii, 41-45—Nietscher (J.) Die Waldschule in Charlottenburg. Tuberculosis, Leipz., 1905, iv, 228-230.— Northrup (W. P.) Roof gardens on city private houses. Med. News, N. Y., 1905, lxxxvi, 529-532. Also, Reprint. -----. Air de luxe. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1906, lxix, 181. Also, Reprint.—Novel (A) use for old ferry boats in treat- ing consumptives. Buffalo M. J., 1907-8, lxiii, 41.—Ober (R. B.) Open-air rooms in Springfield. Boston M. &S. J., 1912, clxvi,809.—Open-air (The) treatment of consump- tion; the Royal National Hospital for Consumption for Ireland. Brit. M.J., Lond., 1906, i, 747.—Open-air treat- ment of phthisis in Scotland 100 years ago. Ibid., 1905, i, 960.—O'Kourke (W. P.) The tent treatment of con- sumptionat the King County Hospital. Northwest Med., Seattle, 1904, ii, 110-113.—Pallas pere. Phthisis pulmo- naire: cured'airparh6matoseintensive. M6m.etbull.Soc. de med.et chir. de Bordeaux (1899), 1900, 276-278.—Pa- quin (P.) How to sleep in the open air with safety and benefit. Dietet. & Hyg. Gaz., N. Y., 1908, xxiv, 1-3.— Peck (C. W.) The logic of the open-air treatment of tuberculosis. Vermont M. Month., Burlington, 1903, ix, 98-100.—Pentland (A.) The open-air treatment of consumption. Australas M. Gaz., Sydney, 1901, xx, 426.— Peters (W. H.) Pine Ridge Camp for Consumptives, at Foster, R. I. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1904, xlii, 1232. -----. Superannuated trolley cars for consumptives. W. York, M. J. [etc.], 1904, lxxx, 1111.—Petitelerc. Con- tribution k I'etude du traitement de la' tuberculose pul- monaire par la cure libre en Normandie. Normandie med., Rouen, 1900, xv, 429-433.— Pettit (J. W.) The Ottawa Tent Colony in Illinois. Am. J. Tuberc, Detroit, 1905, i, no. 1,10-12. Also: Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1906, x, 262-267. Also: J. Outdoor Life, Trudeau, N. Y., 1906-7, iii, 209-213. -----. Teut colonies in management of tu- berculosis. Nat. Ass. Study & Prevent. Tuberculosis. Trans., N. Y., 1906, i, 359-361. -----. Brief report of work done at Ottawa Tent Colony, with suggestions for im- provement. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1911, xix, 189- 197.—Phelps (R. M.) Details of tent and porch living for consumptive patients. St. Paul M. J., St. Paul, Minn., 1907, ix, 75-86.—Philip (R. W.) Remarks on the uni- versal applicability of the open-air treatment of pulmo- nary tuberculosis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1898, ii. 217-220. -----. What is to be expected from the open-air treat- ment of pulmonary tuberculosis. Practitioner, Lond., 1899, lxiii, 11-21. -----. On the open-air treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis. Scot. M. & S. J., Edinb., 1900, vi, Zl-Ab, 6 pl— Pitfard (H. G.), Murray (A. L.), Burroughs (C. F.) [etal]. What is the best form of tent or shack for tuberculous persons? N. York M. J. [etc.], 1906, lxxxiv, 26; 76.—Pitt (G. N.) On the treatment of patients with consumption in the open air. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1903, xvii, 81-87 — Pott (F.) The open-air treatmentof phthisis in Eng- land. Lancet, Lond., 1898, i, 921.—Potter (H.B.) Tent TUBERCULOSIS. 825 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of, Open-air). life for consumptives in Rhode Island; a brief history of Pine Ridge Camp; its inception, achievements and plans. Providence M. J., 1903, iv, 185-191.—Prevention (The) of consumption; -the open-air treatment at Hampstead. [Edit] Brit. M. J., Lond., 1902, i, 991.—Prioleau (W. H ) The use and abuse of fresh air and overfeeding in tuberculosis. Am. Med., Phila., 1903, vi, 824-826.—Kan- kin (G.) The open-air treatment of tuberculosis; the Dreadnaught Hospital, Greenwich. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1902, i, 152— Kansoin (W. H.). Beall (L. S.) & H— (M.O.) The open-air treatmentof tuberculosis. Lancet, Lond., 1898, ii, 1580.— Kansome (A.) Remarks on the pure-air treatment of phthisisathome. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1900, i, 18o-186. -----. On certain adjuncts to the open- air treatment of tuberculosis. Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 1908, xxviii, 305-311.—Raw (N.) The diagnosis and treat- ment of consumption with special reference to the open- air method. Med. Mag., Lond., 1902, xi, 67; 168.—Rein- liardt (C.) Notes on the open-air treatment of con- sumption. Hospital, Lond., 1906-7, xli, 23-28.—Report (A) on the open-air treatment of phthisis in sanatoria. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1898, i, 1164; 1229; 1356; 142L— Rischawy (B.) Zur Behandlung Schwindsuchtiger in offenen Kur- orten. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1903, xvii, 264-266.— Bobbins (S.F.) The dav camp for tuberculosis patients. Am. J. Nursing, Phila., 1905-6, vi, 593-597, 2 pl.—Robin- son (E.) Emphasising a few points in the treatment of phthisis at Nordrach. Australas. M. Gaz., 1900, xix, 34.— Rohardt. Ueber Nachtkuren in Walderhohlunps- statten (night-camps). Tuberculosis, Berl., 1910, ix, 524- &30.—Bol Her. Die Sonnenbehandlung der Tuberku- lose. Monatschr. f. Kinderh., Leipz. u. Wien, 1912, xi, Orig., 3-57-386.—Rothroek (J. T.) The open-air treat- ment of tuberculosis in the State reservations of Penn- sylvania. Phila. M. J., 1902, x, 162.—Kouyer. Au sujet des colonies agricoles pour les pr^tuberculeux. Soc. de med. mil. franc. Bull., Par., 1912, vi, 84-89.—Bubino (A.) La cura d' aria nella tubercolosi polmonare. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1901, xxii, 1387-1390.—Sawyer (J. P.) The open-air treatment of tuberculosis in northern Ohio. Columbus M. J., 1904, xxviii, 392-397.—Seymour (N. G.) The use of day camps and night camps in the home treat- ment of tuberculosis in New York City. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1910, lxviii, 400-403.—SinclairfF. H.) The open-air treat- ment in Ireland. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1900, ii. 1097. -----. Two years of open-air treatment of consumption in Ire- land. Tr. Roy. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl.. 1900-1931, xix, 1-11.—Smith (F. R.) The out-of-door life and rest in the treatment of tuberculous disease. Colorado Med., Denver, 1908,v,366-373.—Somerville (T. A.) -----. Die Pfeilerresektion der Rippen zur Verengerung des Thorax bei Lungentuberkulose. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1913, liv, 17-24.—Wood (W. C.) The surgical treatment of phthisis. N. York M. J., 1899, lxx, 966-958. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of, Specif c). See, also, Tuberculosis (Treatment of, Speci- fic) ; Tuberculosis (Treatment of) with bacteria, etc.; Tuberculosis (Treatment of) with Koch's tuberculin; Tuberculosis (Treatment of) with serum; Tuberculin (Treatment of) with tuber- culin. Bandelier (B.) & Roepke (O.) Lehrbuch der spezifischen Diagnostik und Therapie der Tuberculose, fiir Aerzte und Studierende. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1908. ------ ------. The sar Wiirzburg, 1909. Wiirzburg, 1909. Wiirzburg, 1910. Wiirzburg, 1911. 2. Aufl. 8C The same. 3. Aufl. 8° The same. 4. Aufl. 8° The same. 5. Aufl. 8° The same. 6. Aufl. 8C Wiirzburg, 1911. ------ ------. The same. Diagnostic , et traitment specifique de la tuberculose. Ed. franc, par L. de Reynier. 8°. Paris, 1911. Chapin (C. V.) What changes has the ac- ceptance of the germ theory made in measures for the prevention and treatment of consump- tion? 8°. Providence, 1888. TUBERCULOSIS. 828 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of Specif c). Klebs (E.) Die causale Behandlung der Tu- berculose. Experimentelle und klinische Stu- dien. 8°. Hamburg dc Leipzig, 1894. Baker (J. N.) Treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis with special reference to specific medication. J. Tuberc, Asheville, N. C, 1900, ii, 13-20. —Calmette (A.) La thera- peutique specifique active de la tuberculose. Tuberculo- sis, Berl., 1912, xi, 463-468. Also: Echomed. du nord, Lille, 1912, xvi, 201-204.—Ceci (M.) Soggetto tubercolitico sottoposto a trattamento specifico, morto repentinamente per emottisi. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1906, xxvii, 1613.— Epler (E. G.) Specific treatment of tuberculosis pulmo- nalis. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1907, n. s., lviii, 647-653.— Ferrer JMera. Contributo alia patogenesi della tuber- colosi polmonare e alia sua terapia specifica. Gazz.d. osp., Milano, 1905, xxvi, 169.—Guinard (D.-L.) La thera- peutique specifique de la tuberculose. Belgique med., Gand, 1909, xvi, 579-581.—Jindra (J.) Aetiologicka therapie tuberkulosy. Lek. rozhledy, Praha, 1912, n. f., i, 141-148.—K. 1 e bs (E.) On the development of the causal treatment of tuberculosis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago. 1897, xxix, 1-3. -----. Zur causalen Behandlung der Tuber- culose. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1900, xlvii, 1688- 1693. -----. Zur Behandlung schwerer Tuberkulose- falle. Ztschr. f. kausale Therap., Bremerhaven, 1905, ii, 24-56. -----. Ueber antagonistische Therapie der Tu- berkulose und reversible Phvlogenese. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1909, xlvi, 1524; 1571. Also: Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. 1909, Berl., 1910, xv, pt. 2, 341- 362.—Krause. ZuDluskis Artikel: Einige Bemerkungen iiber die spezifische Therapie der Tuberkulose. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1910-11, xviii, 331.—l.evashoff (S. V.) K voprosu o spetsificheskom Hechenii lyokhoch- nol bugorchatki. [Specific treatment of pulmonary thisis.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1912, xi, 218-221. Also, transl: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1912, lix, 1372-1374.— l«evy (E.) Probleme der spezifischen Tuberkulosebe- handlung. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1912, xxxviii, 2414-2446.—McLean (T. N.) The etiology of the inductive and incipient stages of pulmonary tuber- culosis and specific treatment based thereon. J. Tuberc, Asheville, N. C, 1902 iv, 372-381.—Maragliano (E.) Sulla cura specifica della tubercolosi polmonare. Tom- masi, Napoli, 1908, iii, 230-232.—Maragliano (E.) & Isola (D.) La terapia specifica della tubercolosi. Cron. d. clin. med. di Genova, 1908, xiv, 17-20.—Massini (L.) La terapia specifica della tubercolosi. Tommasi, Napoli, 1910, v, 457-460.—Mays (T.J.) The specific and non- specific treatment of pulmonary consumption. Boston M. & S. J., 1891, cxxiv, 551-554. Also: Med. sotosol, ga'iacosol et iodosol). M£d. orient, Par., 1907, 2-8. Also: Progres m&L, Par., 1906, 3. s., xxii, 940-943. Also: Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1907, xi, 22-29.— Petteruti (G.) & Ittirto (G.) Iniezioni parenchimali di pioctanina nella tubercolosi polmonare. Riforma med., Napoli, 1892, viii, pt. 1, 279; 291.—Robin (A.) Traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire; la revulsion et l'antisepsie directe. Clinique, Par., 1912, vii, 87-90.— Boussel(J.) Antiseptisch-hypodermischeTherapieder Lungentuberculose. Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1891, xxxvi, 255; 265; 288; 301. -----. Resultats eioignes du traitement antiseptique de la tuberculose. Bull. Soc. de m6d. prat. de Par., 1891, 40^416.—Saliba (M.) The antiseptic in- halation treatment of phthisis. Tr. M. Soc. Georgia, Atlanta, 1903, 228-236.— Vallovv (H. Treatment of pul- monary tuberculosis by means of carbolic acid injections. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, ii, 106.—Walters (F. R.) On antisepsis and elimination in pulmonary phthisis. Lan- cet, Lond., 1896, ii, 368-372.—Walton (A.) Pulmonary tuberculosis; a new method of treatment by continuous inhalations of antiseptic and germicidal air. J. Med. & Sc, Portland, 1898-9, v, 358-366.—Warren (S.) Phenol- petrolatum in the treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis. Oklahoma M. News-Jour., 1913, xxi, 1-3.—AVeitlaner (F.) Zur Behandlung der Tuberkulose, speziell der Lungentuberkulose; ein Beitrag zur inneren Desinfek- tion. Klin.-therap. Wchnschr., Berl., 1911, xviii, 573- 579.—Wesener (F.) Die antiparasitare Therapie der Lungenschwindsucht im Jahre 1888. Centralbl. f. Bac- teriol. u. Parasitenk., Jena, 1889, vi, 276; 300. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) with aristol. 'Berardlnone (N.) L' aristolo per iniezioni ipoder- miche nella tubercolosi polmonare. Riforma med., Napoli, 1893, ix, pt. 4, 460; 470.—Grippo (F.) La cura della tubercolosi pulmonare con le iniezioni ipoder- miche di aristolo in soggetti con sifllide costituzionale. Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 1894, n. s., xvi, 450- 462.—Gruzdeff (S. S.) Podkozhniya vpriskivaniya aristola pri lyokhochnol chakhotkle. [Subcutaneous injections of aristol in consumption.] Med. pribav. k morsk. sborniku, St. Petersb., 1895, 95-101. Also, transl: Therap. Wchnschr., Wien, 1895, ii, 733-737.—Nad and (A.) Traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire par les injections hvpodermiques d'aristol. Bull, et mem. Soc. de therap., Par., 1891, 341-346.—Ochs (J.) Ueber Aris- tolbehandlung der Lungentuberculose. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1892, xvii, 415-417. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) with arsenic [and compounds]. See, also, Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) with helol; Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treat- ment of) with histogenol; Tuberculosis (Treat- ment of) with arsenic and compounds. Darthenay (M.) * Contribution a I'etude de Taction de Parrhenal sur la nutrition des tuber- culeux. 8°. Lyon, 1902. Descombins (M.) *Le cacodylate de soude a doses massives et espacees dans le traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire. 8°. Lyon, 1911. Jalaguier (A.) *Le cacodylate de soude dans la tuberculose pulmonaire et quelques autres affections. 8°. Paris, 1901. Monnamy (V.-F.) ^Contribution clinique au traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire par le cacodylate de soude. 8°. Pom, 1901. Nicati (A.) *Le cacodylate de sonde dans la tuberculose pulmonaire. (Etude therapeu- tique et pharmacodynamique.) 8°. Genere, 1902. Tuberculosis (Pulmonury, Treatment of) with arsenic [and compounds], Reteossian (M.) *L'acide cacodylique dans le traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire. 8°. Pan's, 1901. Sandoz (A.-A.) * Etude sur l'emploi thera- peutique de l'acide cacodylique dans la tubercu- lose pulmonaire chronique. 8°. Paris, 1900. A Hard (E.) Kakodylsaure und Lungentuberkulose. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl. u. Wien, 1902, xliii, 494-498.— Anelli. Le iniezioni endovenose di cacodilato dl soda nella tubercolosi polmonare. Riforma med., Roma, 1901, xvii. pt. 3, 196-198—Becares (F.) Tratamiento dela tuberculosis pulmonar por el cacodilato de sosa. Rev. de med. y cirug. pr&ct, Madrid, 1900, xlvii, 138-143.— rybulski (H.) Podsk6rne zastrzykiwania arsenu w terapii gruzlicy. [Subcutaneous injections of arsenic in the treatment of phthisis.] Przegl. lek., Krak6w, 1902, xli, 517. Also, transl: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1902, xlix,1393.—Evoli (G.) II cacodilato di sodio nella cura della tubercolosi pulmonare. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1901, Roma, 1902, 73-75. Also: Artemed., Napoli, 1902, iv, 292-296.—Golinet. Comment administrer le caco- dylate 0, haute dose. Gaz. med. de Par., 1908, no. 17, 2.— Grodeckl(F.) Kilka s!6w z powodu praey J. Se,dziaka p. t. "Przyczynek do leczenia gruzlicy pluc za pomoca. podsk6rnych zastrzykiwan surowicy arszenikalnej. [Some remarks apropos of Sedziak's work: On the treat- ment of pulmonary tuberculosis by subcutaneous injec- tions of arsenical serum.] Przegl. lek., Krak6w, 1897, xxxvi, 558-560.—Kock (A.) Ueber die therapeutische Anwendung der Kakodylverbindungen besonders bei Lungentuberkulose. Nord. med. Ark., Stockholm, 1902, 3. f., ii, afd. 2, no. 5, 1; no. 9, 25.—Levrat (G.) Indica- tions et contre-indications du cacodylate de soude dans le traitement adjuvant de la tuberculose pulmonaire. Rev. de m6d., Par., 1911, xxxi, num. spec, 493-496.— Lundie (R. A.) & Blaikie (R. H.) The treatmentof phthisis and other conditions by arvlarsonates. Tr. Med.- Chir. Soc. Edinb., 1909-10, n. s., xxix, 80-87. Also: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, i, 196-198— Mayor (A.) Cacodylate et vanadate de soude. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1904, xxiv, 711-725.—Nizzoll (A.) Nota sul cacodilato di sodio nella tubercolosi polmonare. Rac- coglitore med., Forli, 1901, 6. s., vii, 3-15.—Pagan! (C.) La terapia cacodilica della tubercolosi polmonare. Riv. veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 1905, xliii, 530-540.—Pllcque (A.-F.l L'arsenic et ses derives dans la tuberculose. J. de med. int., Par., 1904, viii, 294-297.—Renon (L.) & Delille (A.) L'atoxyl dans la tuberculose. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.]. Par., 1907, cliv, 7-10.—Sedzlak (J.) Przyczynek do leczenia gruzlicy pluc za pomoca, pod- sk6ruych zastrzykiwan surowicy arszenikalnej. [On the treatment of tuberculosis of the lungs by subcu- taneousinjections of arsenical serum.] Przegl. lek., Kra- k6w, 1897, xxxvi, 447; 462.—Snurly (B. R.) Pretuber- eular conditions and the treatment of associated anemia by hypodermic injections of iron and arsenic. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvi, 1833-1835.— Torregrosa (C.) Breve estudio clinico y terapeutico sobre la fosfo-arsenio- terapia en el tratamiento de la tuberculosis. Clin, mod., Zaragoza, 1909, viii, 397-400. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) by artificial hyperemia. Courage (J. W.) * Behandlung der Lungen- tuberkulose durch Stauungshyperamie. 8°. Bonn, 1907. Hahn (E. F. C.) * Beitrag zur Hyperaemie- behandlung der Lungentuberkulose vermittelst der Kuhnschen Lungensaugmaske. 8°. Leip- zig, 1909. Beal (F. E.) Artificial hyperemia in the treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis, with especial reference to the Kuhnmask. N. YorkState J. M., N. Y., 1909, ix, 15.—Ber- lin. Klinische Erfahrungen mit der Lungen-Saugmaske bei 52 Fallen von Lungentuberkulose. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1912, xxiii, 317-453,2 pl. See, also, infra, Kuhn.—Gudzent (F.) Ueber Benandlunp mit der Kuhn'schen Lungensaugmaske. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1909, xlvi, 201. [Discussion], 414-417.—Hauffe (G.) Chronische Hautinfiltration bei einem Phthisiker, mit hyperamisierenden Prozeduren behandelt. Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1907, xvii, 1.—Jacoby (E.) Die kiinstliche und naturliche Hyperaemie der Lungenspi- tzen gegen Lungentuberculose durch Thermotherapie und Autotransfusion, nebst Mittheilungen aus der Heilstatte Ruppertshain im Taunus. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1897, xliv, 197-232. -----. Zumeiner Methode der Hyperamiebehandlung der Lungentuberkulose Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl., 1911, xxxvii, 345-348. -----. Demonstration zur physikalischen Hyperiimie- behandlung der Lungentuberkulose. Veroffentl. d. bal- neol. Gesellsch in Berl., Berl. u. Wien, 1911, xxxii, 205- 207— Koelensmid (A. J. A.) Het zuigmasker van Kuhn. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst, 1911, ii, TUBERCULOSIS. 831 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) by artificial hypenemia. 290-297.—Kuhn (E.) Lungensaugmaske zur Erzeugung ' von Stauungs-Hyperiimie in den Lungen [bei tuberku- losen Prozessen]. Deutsche mil.-arztl. Ztschr., Berl., 1906, xxxv, 308-311. -----. Weitere Erfahrungen mit der Hy- peramiebehandlung der Lungen vermittels der Lungen- saugmaske. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1907, liv, 782- 786.-----. On the mechanical treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis by hypersemia and acceleration of the lymph stream induced by the pulmonarv suction mask. Folia Therap., Lond., 1907, i, 108-110. ----- Physikalische Be- handlung der Lungentuberkulose durch Hyperamie, Lymphstrombeforderung usvv. vermittels der Lungen- saugmaske. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1908, xiii, 309-325. -----. Entgegnung auf den Aufsatz von L. Melchior: Ueber Behandlung der Lungentuberkulose durch Blutii- berfullungdes Lungengewebes. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1909, xiii, 241. -----. Bemerkungen zu der Arbeit Berlins in Heft 3, Band xxiii, iiber Erfahrungen mit der Saugmaske. Ibid., 1912, xxv, 27-32.—Lemoiiie. De la congestion therapeutique dans la tuberculose. Rev. in- ternat. de med. et de chir., Par., 1901, xii, 222-224.—Leo (H.) Ueber Hvperamiebehandlung der Lungentuberku- lose.Berl.klin.Wchnschr., 1906,xliii,897-901. Also,transl: Med. ital., Napoli, 1906, iv, 548-550.—Melcliior (L.) Om behandlingaf lungetuberkulose med blodoverfyldningaf lungevsevet. [On treatment of tuberculosis by hyperemia in the tissues of the lung.] Hosp.-Tid., K0benh., 1909, 6. R., ii, 97-108. Also, transl: Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1909, xii, 295-306.— JUeyer (W.) Kuhn's lung suction mask for the hyperemic treatinent (Bier) of pul- monary tuberculosis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1907, lxxii, 757- 760.—Priese (M.) Ueber die Einwirkung periodisch erzeugter Dyspnoe auf das Blut; experimentelle Unter- suchungen im Anschluss an Kuhn's Berichte fiber seine Lungensaugmaske. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1908-9, v. 562-578—Buediger (E.) Zur Kollaps- therapie der Lungentuberkulose. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tu- berk., Wiirzb., 1910, xviii, 131-135. —Saner ( K.) Zur Anwendung der Kuhnsehen Lungensaugmaske. Klin.- therap. Wchnschr., Berl., 1912, xix, 401; 434.—Sclienk(A.) Die physikalische Therapie der Lungentuberkulose mit- tels Stauungshyperamie. Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1901, xxii, 541-546. Also: Veroffentl. d. Hufeland. Gesellsch. in Berl., 1901, 202-220. -----. Die Therapie der Lungen- tuberculose mittels Stauungshvperiimie. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1901, li, 1311; 1361.—Seebens ( P.) Ueber die Kuhnsche Lungensaugmaske aus der Praxis. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1911, Iii, 352-355.—Silvestri (T.) Di alcune modificazioni al metodo di Schenk (iperemia arti- ( ficiale) nella cura della tubercolosi polmonare. Riforma med., Roma, 1902, xviii, pt. 2, 458-461.—Spinetto (D.J.) Consideraciones sobre el tratamiento de la tuberculosis pulmonar por la hiperemia. Semana m6d., Buenos Airos, 1910, xvii, 121-126.—Spude (H.) Ein Vorschlag zur Be- handlung der beginnenden Lungentuberkulose durch kunstliche Hyperamie. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstat- tenw., Leipz , 1903, iv, 227-231.—Stolzenburg. Ueber die mit der Kuhnsehen Lungensaugmaske in der Heil- statte Slawentzitz gemachten Erfahrungen. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1907, liv, 780-782.—Tiegel (M.) Opera- tive Lungenstauung und deren Einfluss auf die Tubercu- lose. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 1911, xl, pt.2, 369-385. Also: Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1911, xcv, 810-826.—Tileston (W.) Passive hyperemia of the lungs and tuberculosis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1908,1, 1179-1182. Also, transl: Ann. di med. nav., Roma, 1908, i, 639-646.—Veliling (A.) Beitrag zu den Ergeb- nissen der Behandlung der Lungentuberkulose mit der Kuhn'schen Lungensaugmaske. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xiv, 2270-2273.—Wassermann (M.) Die Verwen- dung passi ver Hyperamie der Lunge bei Lungenschwind- sucht. Ztschr. "f. diatet. u. physick. Therap., Leipz., 1904-5, viii, 595-603.—Williams (G. J.) Kuhn's suction mask for treatment of pulmonarv tuberculosis. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1908-9, xiii, 67.—Wise (A. T. T.) The treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis by a postural method, encouraging the drainage of the lung and inducing artificial hypersemia of the apex. Lancet, Lond., 1908, i, 1516. Also, Reprint—Zickgraf. Beitrag zur Behandlung der Lungentuberkulose mit der Kuhn'- schen Saugmaske. Zentrabl. f. innere Med., Leipz., 1908, xxix, 965-967. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) by artificial pneumothorax [Forla- nini, 189-7]. Bruno (A.) Sulla cura della tuberculosi pol- monare col pneumatoraceartificiale (metodo del prof. Forlanini). 8°. Prato, [1910]. Chapuis (R.) Contribution a I'etude du pneumothorax artificiel suivant la methode Forlanini. [Geneve.] 8°. Bdle, 1910. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) by artificial pneumothorax [Forla- nini, 1895]. Fourgous (M.-M.) * La pneumothorax arti- ficiel dans le traitement de la tuberculose pul- monaire; indications, accidents, technique ope- ratoires. 8°. Paris, 1910. Le Bourdelles (B.) * Traitement de la tuber- culose pulmonaire par le pneumothorax artifi- ciel; methode de Forlanini. 8°. Lyon, 1911. Martin (F. W.) * Beitrage zur Behandlung der Lungenschwindsucht mittels des kunstlichen Pneumothorax. 8°. Berlin, 1912. Molhui.isen (J. A.) *De behandeling der longtuberculose door middel van kunstmatigen pneumothorax. 8°. 's Oravenlage, 1911. Mosheim (K. L.) *Die Heilungsaussichten der Lungentuberkulose bei spontanem und kunstlichem Pneumothorax. 8°. Marburg, 1905. Also,in: Beitr.z.Klin.d.Tuberk.,Wiirzb., 1905,ih,331-396. Pisani (A.) La cura della tisi polmonare mediante il pneumotorace artificiale. 8°. Mi- lano, 1908. Scarpa (L. G.) Nova cura fisio-meccanica della tubercolosi polmonare e della pleurite me- diante lo emi-esotorace pneumatico. 8°. Torino, 1907. Shingu (S.) * Beitrage zur Physiologie des kunstlichen Pneumothorax und seiner Wirkung auf die Lungentuberkulose [Marburg.] 8°. Wiirzburg, 1908. Vourch (J.-A.-H.) * Le pneumothorax arti- ficiel therapeutique (methode de Forlanini). 8°. Bordeaux, 1910. Adad. Un cas de tuberculose grave traitee par le pneu- mothorax artificiel. Rev. mecl. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1912, xxxii, 251-256.—Aleksin (A. N.) O vliyanii plev- riticheskavo ekssudata i pnevmotoraksa na fceeheniye lyokhochnavo tuberkulyoza; iskusstoenniy pnevmoto- raks. [On the influence of pleuritic exudate and pneu- mothorax upon the course of pulmonary tuberculosis; artificial pneumothorax.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1909, lxxii, 929-941.—Ascoli (M.) Intorno al pneumotorace artifi- ciale secondo Fonanini. Riforma med., Napoli, 1912, xxviii, 953-957. Also, transl: Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1912, xxxviii, 1782-1784.—Baer (A.) & Kraus (H.) Behandlung der Lungentuberkulose mit kunstlichem Pneumothorax. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1910, xxiii, 529-535.-----------. Unsere weiteren Erfah- rungen iiber die Behandlung der Lungentuberkulose mit kunstlichem Pneumothorax. Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1912, lvii, 129; 139; 151.— Bal boil i (G. M.) The treatmentof pulmonary tuberculosis by artificial pneumothorax ac- cording to the method of Forlanini; with a report of twenty-one cases. Boston M. & S. J., 1912, clxvii, 755; 804; 844; 882; 928. Also: Med. Communicat. Mass. M. Soc, Bost., 1912, xxiii, 369-437.—Balvay. Dix-sept cas de tu- berculose traites par le pneumothorax artificiel. Lyon med., 1910, cxv, 1052-1057—Balvay & Arcelin. Tu- berculose pulmonaire, son traitement par lamiseau repos du poumon au moyen de 1'injection d'azotedans la cavity pleurale (methode de Forlanini.) Ibid., 1909, cxiii, 633- 638.-----------. The evolution of an artificial pneumo- thorax. Arch. Roentg. Ray, Lond., 1912-13, xvii, 300-304, 2pl.—Bernard (L.) Sur le pneumothorax therapeu- tique chez les tuberculeux (renseignementsradiologiques et indications cliniques generales). Bull, et mem. Soc med. d. hdp. de Par., 1912, 3. s., xxxiv, 387-392.—Billon (L.j La piesitherapie pulmonaire (pneumothorax artifi- ciel chirurgical) antiseptique. Ibid.,681-687. Also: Gaz. d. h6D., Par., 1912, lxxxv, 1415-1418. Also [Abstr.]: J. de med.'int., Par., 1912, 2. s„ xvi, 254. -----. La piesithera- pie pulmonaire (pneumothorax artificiels chirurgicaux) dans la tuberculose pulmonaire. Marseille meet., 1912, xlix, 468; 499, 1 pl. -----. Le pneumothorax artificiel chirurgical partiel et antiseptique dans la tuberculose pulmonaire. Province m6d., Par., 1912, xxiii, 283-286.— Billon (L.) & Kiiilier. Reflexions sur nos 100 pre- mieres injections dc pneumothorax artificiel dans la tu- berculose pulmonaire. Marseille med., 1912, xlix, 249- 276.—Boehalli. Beitrag zur Pneumothorax-Behand- lung schwerer Lungtuberkulose. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tu- berk., Wiirzb., 1912, xxiv, 1-18, 2 pl.—Borzecki (T.) Zastosowanie sztucznej odmy piorsiowej w leczeniu suchot plucnych. [Artificial pneumathorax in the treat- ment of pulmonary phthisis.] Medycyna i Kron. lek., TUBERCULOSIS. 832 TUBERCULOSIS. ___________-----------•--------------------—------.______________ Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) by artificial pneumothorax [Forla- nini, 1895. \ Warszawa, 1911, xlvi, 381; 410; 436.—Brauns (H.) Zur Behandlung der Lungenschwindsucht mittels kunstli- chen Pneumothorax. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1909-10, xv, 425-438.—Bresciani (T.) Cura della tisi polmonare col metodo del Prof. Forlanini (pneumotoraceartificiale). Boll. d. Ass. med. tridentina, Trento, 1909, xxviii, 31; 75, 3 pl. Also, transl: Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1909, xxiii, 661; 677; 696. -----. Ueber die Behandlung der Lungen- phthise mittels kiinstlich erzeugten Pneumothorax nach der Methode des Prof. Forlanini. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1909, Leipz., 1910, lxxxi, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 71-73. -----. Weitere Erfahrungen mit dem kunstlichen Pneumothorax in der Therapie der Lungen- tuberkulose. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1912, xxvi, 705- 717.—Buchslitab (L. B.) K voprosu o Hechenii lyo- khochnavo tuberkulyoza iskusstvennim pnevmotorak- som. [Treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis by artificial pneumothorax.] Terap. Obozr., Odessa, 1912, v, 33-42.— Bunzl (V.) Die Behandlung der Lungentuberkulose durch kiinstlich erzeugten Pneumothorax. Centralbl. f. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1908, xi. 81-90.— Burnand (R.) L'autoserotherapie des exsudats con- secutifs au pneumothorax artificiel ou spontane. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1912, xxxii, 565-574.— Calm (A.) Ueber die Behandlung der Lungentuberku- lose mit kunstlichem Pneumothorax. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1911, xxv, 581-594.— Carlstrom (P. G.) Beitrag zur Frage der Wirkung des kunstlichen Pneumothorax auf das Herz und die Zirkulation. Beitz. z. Klin. d. Tu- berk., Wiirzb.,1912, xxii,243-254, 2 pl.— Carpi (U.) L' in- dice opsonieo nella cura della tisi polmonare col pneu- motorace artificiale. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1909, xxiii, 355-361. Also: Gazz. med. ital., Torino, 1909, lx, 221; 231.—Cecikas (J.) Pleur6sie artiflcielle, traite- ment rationnel de la tuberculose pulmonaire. Rev. de med., Par., 1912, xxxii, 833-847.—CliaYmoviteh (S.) Le pneumothorax artificiel dans le traitement de la tu- berculose pulmonaire. Montpel. m6d., 1912, xxxv, 145; 173.—Cliiarolanza (R.) II pneumotorace artificiale nella cura della tubercolosi polmonare. Tommassi, Na- poli, 1912, vii, 792-794.—Cliitty (H.) The artificial pro- duction of pneumothorax in phthisis by injection of ni- trogen. Bristol M.-Chir. J., 1912, xxx, 141-150. Also: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1912, n. s., xciv, 518-520.— Claisse (P.) Le traitement de la tuberculose pulmo- naire par le pneumothorax artificiel; methode de For- lanini. Clinique, Par., 1909, iv, 550-554— Colin (L.) Die Behandlung der Lungentuberkulose mittelst kunstlichen Pneumothorax. Klin.-therap. Wchnschr., Berl., 1911. xviii, 877-883.— Colebrook (L.) Notes on four cases of phthisis in which artificial pneumothorax was induced. Lancet, Lond., 1911, ii, 150-153.—Courmont (J.) Le traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire par le pneumo- thorax artificiel. Bull. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Lyon, 1910, ix, 378-390. Also: Lyon med., 1910, cxv, 981-992. -----. Sur le pneumothorax artificiel comme traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire. Bull, et mem. Soc med. d. h6p. de Par., 1912, 3. s., xxxiii, 935-943.—Courmont (P.) Nouvel instrument pour pratiquer le pneumothorax arti- ficiel dans le traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire. Lyon med., 1911, cxvi, 460-468. -----. Pratique de la me- thode de Forlanini pour le traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire. Paris med., 1911-12, 241-246. -----. Des modifications des reactions humorales des tuberculeux, traites par la methode de Forlanini. Rev. de med., Par., 1911, xxxi, num. spec, 225-228.—Da-Gradi (A.) Sul decorso della tubercolosi laringea nei casi di tisi polmo- nare curati con il pneumotorace artificiale. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1910, xxiv, 175-177. Also: Gazz. med. ital., Torino, 1910, Ixi, 281-283.—Daus (S.) Historisches und Kritisches iiber kunstlichen Pneumothorax bei Lun- genschwindsucht. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1909, 1, 221-227. Also, transl: Gazz. med. ital , Torino, 1909, lx, 371; 385— Debinski (B.) Pare, uwag z powodu stoso- wania sztucznej odmy piersiowej u chorych, dotknietych gruzl ica; plucnq,. [Artificial pneumothorax in pulmonarv phthisis.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1912, 2. s., xxxii, 1127- 1131.— Delbet (P.) Traitement de la tuberculose pul- monaire par le pneumothorax artificiel (eollapsothera- pie). Paris chirurg., 1912, iv, 216-233.—Deneke (T.) Der kiinstliche Pneumothorax, seine Technik und seine Erfolge. Ztschr. f. arztl. Fortbild., Jena, 1911, viii, 546- 554.—De Vries (.1. C.) The advantages of the pneu- matic cabinet or differentiator in the treatmentof phthi- sis pulmonalis. N. YorkM. J., 1900, lxxi, 991-994. Also, Reprint —Dufour (H.) Le pneumothorax artificiel chez les tuberculeux. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. Imp. de Par., 1912, 3. s., xxxv, 385— Dumarest (F.) Du pneu- mothorax chirurgical dans le traitement de la phtisie pulmonaire. Bull, med., Par., 1909, xxiii, 123-128. Also, transl: Internat. Clin., Phila., 1909, 19. s., ii, 153-166. ———.Le traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire par la methode de Forlanini. Bull. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Lyon, 1910, ix, 396; 401. Also: Lyon m&L, 1910, cxv, 1058-1063.— E.lmgren (R.) Keuhkotaudin hoitamisesta keinote- Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) by artificial pneumothorax [Forla- nini, 1895]. koisen pneumotoraksin avulla. [Phthisis treated by arti- ficial pneumothorax.] Duodecim, Helsinski, 1909, xxv, 1-14.—Fava (A.) Le pleuriti nella cura della tisi polmo- nare col pneumotorace artificiale. Gazz. med. ital., To- rino, 1912, lxiii, 382; 391; 411.— Ferrarlo (R.) Di un caso di tisi polmonare trattato col pneumotorace artifici- ale. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1910, xxxi, 881.—Ferretti (M.) Sulla cura della tubercolosi polmonare col pneu- motorace artificiale. Riforma med., Napoli, 1912, xxviii 647-655.—Feulgen (R.) Zur Technik der Behandlung der Lungentuberkulose mittels kunstlichen Pneumotho- rax. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1912, xxxviii, 1125-1127.—Finzi (G.) II pneumotorace artifi- ciale come mezzo di arresto delle emottisi tubercolari. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1912, xxxiii, 817.—Fontana (E.) Contributo alia cura della tisi polmonare col pneumoto- race artificiale (metodo Forlanini). Gazz. med. ital., To- rino, 1908, lix, 381; 392.—Forlanini (C.) Primi tentativi di pneumotorace artificiale nella tisi polmonare. Gazz. med. di Torino, 1894, xiv, 381; 401.-----. Primo caso di tisi polmonare monolaterale avanzata curato felicemente col pneumotorace artificiale. Ibid., 1895, xlvi, 857-859. Also: Lavori d. Cong, di med. int., Milano, 1895, vi, 299-302, -----. Zur Behandlung der Lungenschwindsucht durch kiinstlich erzeugten Pneumothorax. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1906, xxxii, 1401-1405. -----. Cura della tisi polmonare col pneumotorace artificiale. Gazz. med. ital., Torino, 1907, lviii, 261; 271; 281. Also: Saluta pubb., Perugia, 1907, xx, 225-237. Also: Tribuna san., Milano, 1907, i, 161-171. Also [Abstr.]: Riv. internaz. di clin. e terap., Napoli, 1907, ii, 209. -----. Cura della tisi polmonare col pneumotorace artificiale. Gazz. med. ital., Torino, 1908, lix, 1; 12; 21; 32; 41. -----. Die Indika- tionen und die Technik des kunstlichen Pneumothorax bei der Behandlung der Lungenschwindsucht. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1908, xlix, 485; 631. -----. Cura della tisi polmonare col metodo del Forlanini. Boll. d. Ass. med. tridentina, Trento, 1909, xxviii, 2-6. -----. Pneu- motorace artificiale (nella tisi), indicazioni; tecnica dell' atto operativo, suoi accidenti. Gazz. med. ital., Torino, 1909, lx, 1-6. -----. Lo stato attuale della terapia pneumotoracica nella tisi polmonare. Riforma med., Napoli, 1910, xxvi, 533-539. -----. Di una questione di priorita intorno al pneumotorace artificiale nella cura della tisi polmonare e del meccanismo della sua azione. Ibid., 1910, Ixi, 321; 331; 341; 351. Also,transL: Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1910, li, 198-206. -----. Del pneumotorace artificiale consecutivamente bilaterale. Gazz. med. ital., Torino, 1911, lxii, 41; 51; 61; 71. -----. Sulla funzione res- piratoria del polmone guarito di tisi col pneumotorace artificiale e riespanso dopo la cura. Ibid., 111-115. -----. II pneumotorace artificiale guarisce la tisi? e qual modo? Riformamed.,Napoli,1911,xxvii,28-30.-----. II pneumo- torace artificiale negli ospedali di Lione. Gazz. med. ital., Torino, 1911, lxii, 161; 171; 181; 191. -----. Apparate und Operationstechnik fiir den kunstlichen Pneumotho- rax. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1911, xxxvii, 2313; 2380. -----. Die Behandlung der Lungen- schwindsucht mit dem kunstlichen Pneumothorax. Er- gebn. d. inn. Med. u. Kinderh., Berl.. 1912, ix, 621-755,9pl. -----. Apparati e tecnica operativa del pneumotorace artificiale. Gazz. med. ital., Torino, 1912, lxiii, 41; 51; 61; 81. -----. II meccanismo d' azione del pneumotorace ar- tificiale nella tisi polmonare. Ibid., 461-465. -----. II pneumotorace artificiale nella cura della tisi polmonare; relazione; generality ed indicazioni. Ibid., suppl., 2-7, port. Also: Riv. ospedal., Roma, 1912, ii. 438-447. Also, transl: Repert. de med. internat, Par., 1912, ii, fasc. 21,7- 11.—Fornaroll (E.) II pneumotorace artificiale nella cura della tubercolosi polmonare; considerazioni sul suo meccanismo d' azione. Tubercolosi, Milano, 1912-13, v, 89-107.—Fornaroli (G.) Contributo alia cura della tu- bercolosi polmonare col pneumotorace artificiale. Gazz. med. ital., Torino, 1913, lxiv, 21-25.—Frank (O.) Ueber Pneumothoraxtherapie. Wien. med.Wchnschr., 1911, Ixi, 2135-2141. — Friedriclt. Traitement chirurgical de la tuberculose pulmonaire. Scalpel, Liege, 1911-12, xiv, 238.—Gaussel (A.) Les tuberculines, l'heliotherapie, le pneumothorax artificiel, dans le traitement de la tuber- culose pulmonaire. Montpel. med., 1910, xxx, 409-418 — Geeraerd (N.) Le traitement de la tuberculose pul- monaire par le pneumothorax artificiel (methode de Forlanini). Ann. et bull. Soc. roy. d. sc. med. et nat. de Brux., 1912, lxx, 214-226. [Discussion], 229-303. Also: J. med. de Brux., 1912, xvii, 207-213. Also: Presse med. beige, Brux., 1912, lxiv, 295; 411—Gekler (W. A.) The treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis with artificial pneumothorax. J. Indiana M. Ass., Fort Wayne, 1912, v, 439-446.—Gennari (C.) Sopra alcuni casidi tubercolosi polmonare curati col pneumotorace artificiale. Gazz. med. ital., Torino, 1912, lxiii, 451-153.— Glikman (T. S.) K voprosu o pnelmotoraksle, kak Hechebnom sred- stvle. [Pneumothorax as a therapeutic remedy.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1912, xix, 903.—Graetz (F.) Der Ein- TUBERCULOSIS. 833 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) ty artificial pneumothorax [Forla- nini, 1895]. fluss des kunstlichen Pneumothorax auf die tuberkulose Lunge. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1908, x, 249- 278t 3 pl.—Gunzburg. Deux cas de pneumothorax artificiel applique au traitement de la tuberculose. Ann. Soc de med. d'Anvers, 1911, Ixxiii, 239-252, 2 pl. Also: Arch. gen. de med., Par., 1912, v, 448-463. Also, transl: Ann. di elett. med. [etc.], Napoli, 1912, xi, 5-17.— Hamman (L.) & Sloan (M. F.) Induced pneumo- thorax in the treatment of pulmonary disease. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait, 1913, xxiv, 63-62.—Harris (S. T.) Treatmentof pulmonary tuberculosis by artificial pneumothorax. Atlanta Jour.-Rec. Med., 1910-11, lvi, 435-449. -----. Treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis by artificial pneumothorax, showing author's apparatus. Ibid., 1911-12, lviii, 125-138.—Herve & PColand (L.) Pourquoi on differe dans l'appreeiation des resultats du pneumothorax artificiel. Bull, med., Par., 1912, xxvi, 1147-1149.—Hijmans van den Ber gk (A. A), de Josselin de Jong (R.) & Sclmt (H.) De behande- ling von longtuberculose door middel van den kunst- matigen pneumothorax volgens Forlanini. Geneesk. Bl. u. Klin, en Lab. v. de prakt., Haarlem, 1911-12, xvi, 45-88.—Holmboe (W.) Behandling av lungetuberku- lose ved hjaelp av kunstig pueumotoraks. Tidsskr. f. d. norske Lcegefor., Kristiania, 1908, xxviii, 807-810. -----. Note on a case of artificial pneumothorax. Lancet, Lond., 1910, ii, 460.—ldone (C.) Vi sono casi di tuber- colosi polmonare guariti in seguito a sviluppo di pneumo- torace? I versamenti pleurici tubercolari bisogna vuotar- li? Vuotandoli aggravano gli infermi, migliorano o guariscono? II pneumo-torace che si determina coll' operazione giova a loro o no? Gazz. internaz. di med., Napoli, 1906, ix, 728-730.—von Jagic (N.) Ueber Pneumothoraxbehandlung der Lungentuberkulose. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1912, lxii, 905-908. -----. Ueber die Indikationen der Pneumothoraxtherapie der Lun- gentuberkulose. Ibid., 1913, lxiii, 379-383.—Jaquerod. lie traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire par le pneu- mothorax artificiel. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1909, xxix, 55-57.—Jessen (F.) Ueber den kunstli- chen Pneumothorax in der Behandlung der Lungentu- berkulose und die Grenzen dieses Verfahrens. Wiirzb. Abhandl. a. d. Gesamtgeb. d. prakt. Med., 1911, xi, 145- 168.—J ex-Blake (A. J.) Artificial pneumothorax in the treatment of pulmonarv tuberculosis. Univ. M. Rec, Lond., 1912, ii, 289-304.—Karpilovski (D.) Iskusst- venniy pnelmotoraks, kak metod llecheniya tyazholol bugorchatki lyokhkikh. [Artificial pneumothorax as a method of treatment of severe pulmonary phthisis.] Tuberkulyoz, S.-Peterb., 1912, i, 403-418.—Kausch (W ) Die Resektion des ersten Rippenknorpels wegen begin- nender Lungenspitzentuberkulose. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1907, xxxiii, 2080-2082.—Kel- ler. Erfahrungen fiber den kunstlichen Pneumotho- rax. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb. ,1912, xxii, 165-242 — Klemperer (F.) Zur Behandlung der Lungenphthise mit kunstlichem Pneumothorax. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1906, xlvii, 545-548. -----. Ueberdie Behandlung der Lungentuberkulose mittels kunstlicher Pneumotho- raxbildung. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xlviii, 2285-2293. [Discussion],2269. Also: Verhandl.d.Berl.med.Gesellsch. 1911, Berl., 1912, xlii, pt. 2, 473-498. Also [Abstr.j: Deut- sche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1911, xxxvii, 2353.— Knopf (S. A.) Artificial pneumothorax, indications and contraindications. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1913, xcvii, 581.— Kolilhaas. Die Behandlung vorgeschnttener Lungentuberkulose mit dem kunstlichen Pneumothorax. Med. Cor.-Bl. d. wurttemb.arztl. Landesver., Stuttg., 1910, lxxx 757; 773. -----. Die Pneumothoraxbehandlung der Lungentuberkulose. Klin.-therap. Wchnschr., Berl., 1912, xix, 1426-1432.— Kuss (G.) La technique et les re- sultats imm^diats du pneumothorax artificiel dans les formes avancees unilaterales de tuberculose pulmonaire. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h&p. de Par., 1910, 3. s., xxx, 88-97.— Lapliam (Mary E.) A case: pulmonary tuber- culosis treated by artificial pneumothorax. Atlanta Jour.-Rec. Med., 1910-11, lvi, 369; 413. -----. Artificial pneumothorax in the treatment of pulmonary tuberculo- sis. Ibid., 493-502. -----. The treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis by artificial pneumothorax. South. M. J., Nashville, 1911, iv, 742-744. -----. A preliminary report of eight cases of pulmonary tuberculosis treated by in- jecting nitrogen into the pleural cavity. J. South. Car. M. Ass., Charleston, S. C, 1911, vii, 431-436. ------. Arti- ficial pneumothorax, technic and results. N. York M.J. [etc.], 1913. xcvii, 582-584— Lapshin (A. I.) Metod l perviye opltl primleneniya iskusstvennavo pneTmoto- raksa. [Method and first experiments in the application of artificial pneumothorax.] Tuberkulyoz, S.-Peterb., 1912 i 439-452.—Lemke (A. F.) Report of cases of pul- monary tuberculosis, treated with intrapleural injections of nitrogen, with a consideration of the pathology of com- pression of a tuberculous lung. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1899, xxxiii, 959; 1023; 1077. Also, Repnnt.-Lenor- vol xviii, 2d series---53 Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) by artificial pneumothorax [Forla- nini, 1895]. mant (C.) Les tentatives chirurgicales recentes dans la tuberculose pulmonaire (thoracoplastie, pneumothorax artificiel). J. de chir., Par., 1909, ii, 1-16.—Leuret (E.) Deux cas de tuberculose pulmonaire subaigue traites par la methode de Forlanini. Bull, et mem. Soc. de m6d. et chir. de Bordeaux (1910), 1911, 497-5C8,1 ch. Also: Gaz. hebd. d. sc med. de Bordeaux, 1910, xxxi, 583-586. -----. Le traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire par la me- thode de Forlanini, sa technique, ses indications et ses resultats. J. med. franc., Par., 1911, v, 356-362. Also, transl: Clin, mod., Zaragoza. 1911, x, 571; 605. -----. Trois nouveaux cas de tuberculose traites par la methode de Forlanini. Bull, et mem. Soc. de m&L et chir. de Bordeaux (1911), 1912, 514-516. Also: Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1911, xxxii, 609. -----. Le traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire par la methode de Forla- nini; mon instrumentation; la technique; observations et resultats; indications et resultats. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1912, xxxiii, 591; 603; 613; 617—Lil- lingston (C.) The treatment of pulmonary tubercu- losis by inducing an artificial pneumothorax. Brit. M, J., Lond., 1911, ii, 1328. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1911, ii, 145- 149. -----. Artificial pneumothorax in treatment of tu- berculosis. Lancet, Lond., 1911, ii, 474. -----. Further observations on the pneumothorax treatment of phthisis. Ibid., 1912, ii, 1642-1644. -----. The pneumothorax treat- ment of pulmonary tuberculosis. Practitioner, Lond., 1913, xc, 129-133.—Iiinnell (J. W.) The treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis by "artificial pneumothorax." Brit. J. Tuberculosis, Lond.,1913,vii,38-40.—Iiippens(A.) Le traitement de la tuberculose par le pneumothorax arti- ficiel chirurgical. Progres med. beige, Brux., 1913, xv, 1- 4.—Loomis (H. P.) Some personal observations on the effect of intra-pleural injection of nitrogen gasintubercu- losis. Tr. Am. Climat. Ass., Phila., 1900, xvi. [Discus- sion] , 61-63. Also: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1900, lviii, 48L486.— Lyonnet (B.) & Piery (M.) Operation de Forlanini; coma immediat, crises convulsives; mort en treute-sept heures. Lyon med., 1911, cxvi, 761-766.—JMLacne (J. D.) The treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis by inducing an artificial pneumothorax. Brit. M. J., Lond.,1911,ii,1445.— JJIareelial. Traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire par le pneumo thorax artificiel: operation de Forlanini. Presse m6d. beige, Brux., 1912, lxiv, 263-269.—Ulasentl (P.) & Biey (C.) Contributo alia cura della tisi polmo- nare col pneumotorace artificiale. Gazz. med. ital., To- rino, 1912, lxiii, 231-234—ITIayer (A.) Der kiinstliche Pneumothorax als Behandlungsmethode der Lungentu- berkulose. Deutsche med. Presse, Berl., 1912, xvi, 165- 167.— OTelik-Nubaryan (O. V.) Iskusstvenniy pnev- motoraks pri odnostoronnem tuberkulyoznom porazhe- nii lyokhkikh. [Artificial pneumothorax in unilateral phthisis.] Trudi i Protok. Imp. Kavkazsk. Med. Obsh., Tiflis, 1911-12, xlviii, 89-104.—Meyerstein (W.) Expe- rimentelle Untersuchungen fiber die Resorption und Ex- sudation bei kunstlichem Pneumothorax. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1912, xxiv, 19-54— Miotto (D.) In- terpretazione del modo di guarigione di focolai tuberco- lari con i metodi del Forlanini, dello Scarpa e del Bier. Riv. ospedal., Roma, 1911, i, 802-810.— JTIjoen (J.) Kuns- tig pneumotoraks ved lungetuberkulose; ti forspu ved "Glittre'' og "Grefsen nye Sanatorium." [Artificial pneumothorax and tuberculosis of the lungs; ten experi- ments at the sanatorium "Glittre" and at "Grefsen nye Sanatorium."] Tidsskr. f. d. norske Lcegefor., Kristiania, 1908, xxviii, 941-953.—ITIolle. Note sur un cas de mort par thrombose cardiaque au cours du traitement d'une tuberculose a forme cavitaire, par le pneumothorax arti- ficiel (methode de Forlanini). Bull. med. de l'Algerie, Alger, 1909, xx, 579-584. -----. Quelques considerations sur le mecanisme de Paction curative du pneumothorax artificiel (methode de Forlanini) dans la tuberculose pul- monaire chronique. Presse med., Par., 1912, xx, 81-83.— IHolon (C.) Osservazioni cliniche sulla cura della tu- bercolosi polmonare col pneumotorace artificiale. Gazz. d osp.. Milano, 1912, xxxiii. 1063-1066.—itlongour & Leuret. Mort et autopsie d'un tuberculeux traite par la methode de Forlanini. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bor- deaux, 1913, xxxiv, 90-92.—Mosheim (K.) Die Hei- lungsaussicliten der Lungentuberkulose bei spontanem und kunstlichem Pneumothorax. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tu- berk., Wiirzb., 1905, iii, 331-396.—von fUuralt (L.) Die Behandlung schwerer einseitiger Lungentuberkulose mit kunstlichem Pneumothorax. Munchen. med. W7chn- schr., 1909, lvi, 2561; 2642.—IVebel. Pneumothoraxthe- rapie'bei Lungentuberkulose. Ibid., 1911, lviii, 923.-----. Der kiinstliche Pneumothorax im Rontgenbilde mit Pro- jektionen. Ibid., 1913, lx, 271.—Nouille. Deux cas de tuberculose traites par injections intrapleurales d'azote de Forlanini. J. mM. de Brux., 1911, xvii, suppl., 73.— Orlandi (E.) & Antonini. Guarigione clinica otte- nuta col pneumotorace artificiale (metodo Forlanini) in due casi di tubercolosi polmonare. Gazz. med. ital., To- rino, 1908, lix, 411-413.— Otis (E. O.) Artificial pneumo- TUBERCULOSIS. 834 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) by artificial pneumothorax [Forla- nini, 1895]. thorax in advanced unilateral cases of pulmonary tuber- culosis. Boston M. & S. J., 1912, clxvii, 612. Also, Re- priut—Pearson (S. V.) The choice of the patient for artificial pneumothorax in the treatment of chronic pul- monary tuberculosis. Practitioner, Lond., 1911, lxxxvii, 382-391. -----. Some further experiences of artificial pneumothorax in the treatment of pulmonary tuberculo- sis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, ii, 957.—Pearson (S. V.), Snowden (A. de W.) & Lillingston (C.) A case of artificial pneumothorax, produced in treating chronic pulmonary tuberculosis. Lancet, Lond., 1911, ii, 153 — Pedrazziui (F.) Sul pneumotorace artificiale nella cura della tubercolosi polmonare e della tisi. Gazz. med. lomb., Milano, 1907, lxvi. 394; 404; 419. Also: Tribuna san.. Milano, 1907, i, 234-244.—Perscli (R.) Kritischer Beitrag zur Behandlung der Lungentuberkulose mittelst kunstlichem Pneumothorax. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tii- bing., 1912, lxxxi, 703-720.—Peters (L. S.) & Bullock (E. S. ) Artificial pneumothorax in the treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis. N. Mexico M. J., Las Cruees, 1912-13, ix, 95-97.—Piery. Le traitement de la tubercu- lose pulmonaire par le pneumothorax artificiel (mSthode de Forlanini); statistique et resultats. Lyon med., 1912, cxviii, 465; 529.—Piery & Le Bourdelles (B.) Les indications et contre-indications du pneumothorax arti- ficiel en phtisiotherapie. Ibid., cxix, 1169-1181. ----- ———. Effets generaux et mode d'action du pneumotho- rax artificiel dans le traitement de la tuberculose pul- monaire. Paris m6d., 1912-13, i, 71-75.-----------."Les resultats cliniques de la cure de Forlanini dans le traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1913, xxxvi, 21-24.-----------. Les acci- dents opetatoires et les complications du pneumothorax artificiel dans le traitement de la tuberculose pulmo- naire. Progres mecl., Par., 1913, 3. s., xxix, 4-8.— Pisani (A.) Sulla cura della tisi polmonare mediante il pneumotorace artificiale. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1908, Roma, 1909, xviii, 355-358. Also: Morgagni, Milano, 1908, 1, 485-503. Also: Ann. di Ippocrate, Milano, 1908-9, iii, 96-98. Also [Abstr.]: Corriere san., Milano, 1908, xix, 565. -----. Sulla cura della tisi col metodo del Prof. Forlanini. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1908, Roma, 1909, xviii, 616-518.— Quimby (C. E.) The pneumatic cabinet in the treatment of pulmonary phthisis. Inter- nat M. Mag., Phila., 1892-3, i, 1261-1277. Also, Reprint— Kenon (L.) Action d'arret du pneumothorax artificiel sur r6volution de quelques tuberculoses aigues. Arch. gen. de med., Par., 1912, v, 918-920. Also [Abst.]: J. de med. de Par, 1912, 2. s., xxiv, 997. Also [Abstr.]: Rev. gid.,1912,xxiv,333-365.—Wellmann. Klinische Erfahrungen in der Behandlung mittels kunstli- chen Pneumothorax. 76id.,1910,xviii,81-116,lpL—Wolff (M.) Pneumothoraxoperation bei Tuberkulose. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1913,1, 276.—Wiirtzen (C. H.) & Pe- tersen (R. K.) Lungetuberkulosens behandling med kunstig pneumothorax. Nord. Tidsskr. f. Terapi, K0- benh., 1908-9, vii, 282-288.----------. Die Behandlung der Lungentuberkulose mit kunstlichem Pneumothorax. Verhandl. d. 6. nord. Kong. f. inn. Med., Skagen, 1909, Stockholm, 1910, 72-84. [Discussion], 84-94. Also, transl: Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1909, xvi, 332-373.— Yanovich (S. A.) Tekhnika iskusstvennavo pnevmo- toraksa pri Hechenii tuberkulyoza lyokhkikh. [Tech- nique of artificial pneumothorax in the treatment of pul- monarv phthisis.] Morsk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1912, 449- 462.—Yanovski (G.) K voprosu o blagotvornom vli- yanii pnevmotoraksa na chakhotochnikh. [On the fa- vorable influence of pneumothorax upon consumptives.] Yuzhno-russk. med. gaz., Odessa, 1895, iv, 617; 632. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) with aspirin. Combemale & Petit (E.) L'aspirine contre la fievre des tuberculeux. Bull. Soc. centr. de med. du nord, Lille, 1900, 2. s., iv, 215-264. Also [Abstr.]: Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1900, iv, 455-462.—Hlrtz (E.) & TUBERCULOSIS. 835 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) with aspirin. Salomon (M.) Sur la valeur de l'aspirine dans le traitement de la fievre des tuberculeux. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1901, cxlii, 890-898.—Kawashima (K ) [The use of aspirin in the fever of tuberculosis.] Iji Shinbun, Tokio, 1901,1805-1814.—Renon (L.) & La- tron. Action de l'aspirine sur la fievre des tuberculeux. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1900, 3. s., xvii, 78S-794. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) by bloodletting and transfusion. Schroeder (T. G.) De vensesectionis in phthisi ex ulcere pnesvrtim pulmonali usu quie- dam proponit. 4°. Gcettingse, [1780]. Bernheim (S.) Transfusion de sang de chevre et tuberculose pulmonaire. Cong. p. I'etude de la tubercu- lose 1891, Par., 1892, ii, 430-442.—Berlin c\: Picq. Traite- ment dela phthisie pulmonaire par les injections de ^;ing de chevre. Ibid., 418-429.—Brancaccio (F.) & So- laro (A.) Osservazioni terapeutiche sul siero di sangue di cane nella tubercolosi polmonare. Incurabili, Napoli, 1893, viii, 377; 401.—Guerison (De la) de l'ulcere des poumons par le moven de lasaU'nee. Essais et obs. de med.de la Soc. d'Edinb., Par., 1742, iv, 525-534.—ITlircoli (S.) Patogenesi dell' emottisi essenziale tubercolare in rapporto al valore pronlattico e curativo del salasso. Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1911, 1, 586-601 —Piery (M.) & Roshem (J.) La phtisiotherapie au xix» siecle de la saignee au sanatorium. Rev. de m<5d., Par., 1911, xxxi, 872-906. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) with calcium compounds. Colin (R. -E.) * Traitement de la tuberculose paries sels de chaux (methode de Ferrier). 8°. Paris, 1910. Davezac [L.] *Du tubercule pulmonaire et de l'influence de la chaux sur sa marche. 4°. Strasbourg, 1864. Angiulli (G.) Traitement de la tuberculose pulmo- naire avec les injections hypodermiques de phosphate de chaux. Cons:, internat. de med. C. r., Par., 1900, sect. de therap., 34S-352. -----. Traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire par les injections hypodermiques de phos- phate de chaux (CalLtPhO^HsO); valeur therapeutique de la phosphaturie pretuberculaire expliquee comme phenomene precoee d'intoxication du systeme nerveux. Tr. Brit. Cong. Tuberc. 19111, Lond., 1902, iii, 423-428. -----. Sulla cura razionale della tubercolosi pulmonare cronica col fosfato di calcio. Gazz. internaz. di med., Napoli, 1903, vi, 136.-----. La cura mineralizzatrice della tubercolosi polmonare con i sali solubilidi calcio. Gior. med. d. r. esercito, Roma, 1905, liii, 892-896. Also, Re- print.—Boston (S. C.) Tuberculosis apparently cured by accidental inhalation of lime dust. Am. Med., Bur- lington, Vt.,& N. Y., 1908, n. s., iii, 480.—Bracci (C.) Ricerche sulla fissazione dei sali di calcio nel polmone del coniglio. Clin, mod., Pisa, 1903, ix, 452.—CastaHe y Otero (J.) Dos curaciones de tuberculosis pulmonar por altas dosis de creta preparada. Med. mil. espaii., Ma- drid, 1897-8, iv, 336; 353.—Castiella (E.) Las sales de cal en el tratamiento de la tuberculosis. Gac. med. d. Norte, Bilbao, 1911, xvii, 6.5-74.—Hacker (P.) Gips- staub (Calciumsulfat) als Heilmittel gegen Lungentu- berkulose. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1905, vii, 347-349.—Letulle (M.) Le tuberculeux et la methode "recalcifiante" de Ferrier. Med. mod., Par., 1909, xx, 106.—Letulle (M.) & Ferrier (P.) Le traite- ment de la tuberculose par la recalcification chez les ouvriers et les petits employes a Paris. Rev. internat. de med. et de chir., Par., 1909, xx, 263-265.—Levison (L. A.) Calcium in tuberculosis; a note on its effect on the temperature curve. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, liv, 613. Also, Reprint,—Jlichelazzi (A.) L' influenza del trattamento calcareo sul decorso della tubercolosi sperimentale. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1901, xxv, 425.—N. (F.) Recalcification et tuberculose pulmonaire. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1911, xxix, 41-48— Bostaine (P.) Paris clinical lecture on recalcification in the treatment of tuberculosis. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1911, n. s., xcii, 244.—Bussell (J. F.) The treatmentof pulmonary tuberculosis based on the assumption that the dietetic cause of the disease is lime starvation; discussion of the hypotheses. Mi-1. Rec, N. Y., 1909, lxxvi, 1021-1028. Also, Reprint.—Serjjent (E.) La valeur th6rapeutique de la recalcification (methode de Ferrier) dans la tuber- culose pulmonaire ju<,'ee par six annees de pratique. Presse med., Par., 1910, xviii, 865-869.—Teiro. If solfato di calce nella cura Teiro per la Kuarigione della tuberco- losi. Cirillo, Aversa, 1904, xii, 134.—Wells (E. F.) Cal- cium sulphide in the treatment of pulmonary tuberculo- sis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1893, xx, 439. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) with camphor [and compounds]. See, also, Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Night- sweats in). Alexander (B.) Behandlung der Lungenschwind- sucht mit subcutanen Injectionen von Oleum camphora- tum. Verhandl d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. (1892), 1893, xxiii, pt. 1, 247-253. -----. Behandlung der Lungentu- berculose mit subcutanen Injectionen von Oleum cam- phoratum officinale Pharm. germ. Berl. klin. Wchn- schr., 1898, xxxv, 1062-1066. Also, Reprint. Also: Ber. ii. d. Kong. z. Bekampf. d. Tuberk. [etc.], Berl., 1899, 702-705. Also [Abstr.]: Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1900, xlvii, 291. -----. Meine Behandlungsmethode der Lun- gentuberculose mit subcutanen Injectionen von 01. cam- phor, officin. Pharm. germ. Cong, internat. de med. C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de therap., 496-501. -----.. Meine Behandlungsmethode der Lungentuberculose mit sub- cutanen Injektionen von Oleum camph. officin. Ph. G. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1908, lviii, 2803-2808.—von Criegern. Zur Kenntniss der Alexander'schen Be- handlungsmethode der Phthisis durch Injectionen von Oleum camphoratum Ph. G.' Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1899, xxxvi, 939-942.—Huchard (H.) & Faure-MYl- ler (R.) Injections d'huile camphree dans la phthisie pulmonaire. Cong. p. I'etude de la tuberculose 1891, Par., 1892, ii, 532-535.—Koch (W.) Ueber percutane Campheranwendung, speciell bei Lungentuberculose. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1904, xli, 474-477. Also, transl: N. medic, Brux., 1904, iv, no. 13, 3; no. 18, 3-5. -----. Kampfer in der Behandlung der Lungenschwindsucht. Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1906, xvi, 505-507. -----. Ueber die Verwendung des Kampf ers bei Lungen kranken; Bemerkungen zu dem Artikel von Volland in No. 2 d. Therap. Monatsh. und zu seiuem Vortrag auf dem Kongress in Stuttgart. Therap. Monatsh., Berl , 1906, xx, 546.—Nienhaus (E.) Kampferolinjektionen bei Lungentuberkulose. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1903, v, 16-22. —Volland. Ueberdie Verwendung des Kampfers bei Lungenkranken. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1906, xx, 57-64. See, also, supra, Koch. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) with cantharides [and derivatives], Aynsley (J. H. M.) Notes on cases of phthisis treated by injections of cantharidinate of potash. N. Zealand M. J., Dunedin, 1894, vii, 73-78.—de Christmas (J.) Le cantharidate de potasse dans le traitement de la tu- berculose. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1891, v, 668- 670—Fenwick (W. S.) & Welslord (A. G.) On the use of cantharidinate of potash in the treatment of pul- monary tuberculosis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1891, ii, 1349- 1351.—Gagniere. Le vfeicatoire a la cantharide dans la tuberculose pleuro-pulmonaire et la meningite tuber- euleuse cereLro-spinale infantile. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1910, xviii, 193-203.—Golyakhovski (A. I.) Vrednoye znacheniye otvlekayushtshikh sredstv speredi grudhol klletki, osobenno mushek pod klyuchi- tsami dlya preduprezhdeniya i liecheniya chakhotki. [Harmful effects of revulsants to the thoracic walls, especially cantharides under the clavicles for the pre- vention and treatment of phthisis.] Dnevnik syezda Obsh. russk. vrach. v pamyat PiroRova, S.-Peterb., 1888-9, iii, 129.—Grandmaison. Nephrite canthari- dienne chez une tubereuleuse. Med. mod., Par., 1897, viii,809.—Levashoff (S. V.) Oresultatakhliecheniya kantaridinom bugorchatki dikhatelnikh organov. [Re- sults of treatment of tuberculosis of respiratory organs by cantharidin.] Vrach, St. Petersb., 1892, xiii, 225; 258; 285.— Miiller (J.) Mittheilungen iiber Cantharidinbe- handlung. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1891, v, 273-277.— Petterutl (G.) Tre casi di tubercolosi polmonare cu- rati col cautaridato di potassio. Policlin., Roma, 1893-4, i, 501-507. Also, transl: Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1896, ix, 57-61. — Sokolowski (A.) Kilka s!6w o dzialaniu kantarvdynianu potasu (metoda Liebreich'a w suchto- nach ptucno-krtaniowych. [Action of potassium cantha- ridinate (Liebreich's method) in phthisis of the larynx and lungs.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1891, 2. s., xi, 339-345. Also,transl.[Abstr.]: Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1891,xxxvi,472. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) with carbon dioxide. Weber (H.) Die Heilung der chronisehen Lungenschwindsucht durch Entwiekelung von Kohlensiiure im Magen. 8°. Wiesbaden, 1894. ------. Die Heilung der Lungenschwind- sucht durch Beforderung der Kohlensaurebil- dung im Korper. 8°. Halle a. S., 1906. Fphraim (A.) Ueber die Wirkung der Kohlen- saurezufuhr. Centralbl. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1889, x, 673. _ Funke (E.) Kohlensiiure und Tuberkulose. Berl. klin.-therap. Wchnschr., 1905, 105. Also: Wien. klin.-therap. Wchnschr., 1905, 105.—Bemouchamps TUBERCULOSIS. 836 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) with carbon dioxide. (E.) L'acide carbonique dans la tuberculose pulmo- naire. Scalpel, Liege, 1895-6, xlviii, 34.—Samuely. Ueber Kohlensaurebaderbehandlung bei Tuberkulose. Deutsche med. Presse, Berl., 19T1, xv,37-39.—Wefoer(H.) Die Behandlung der Schwindsucht mit Kohlensaure. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1889, xxvi, 779-781. ------. Das Kohlensaureprincip in der Behandlung der Lungen- schwindsucht. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1901, xv, 130- 138.-----. Ueber den Antagonismus zwischen Kohlen- saure und Lungenschwindsucht und das darauf begriin- dete Heilverfahren. Verhandl. d. Cong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1902, xx, 379-383. -----. Nochmals das Kohlen- saureprinzip in der Behandlung der Lungenschwind- sucht. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1903, iv, 505-509. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) with cod-liner oil. Gueder (P.-E.) * Etude clinique sur le traitement local de la tuberculose par un ex- trait de foie de morue. 8°. Paris, 1904. Kohos. Traitement de la phthisie pulmonaire par les injections sous-cutanees d'huile de foie de morue. Union med., Par., 1891, 3. s., Iii, 930.— O'Zoux. Huile de foie de morue simple ou creosot6e dans les tubercu- loses locales. Cong, period, de gyn€c, d'obst. et de psediat. Mem. et disc 1895, Par., 1896,895-898.—Plicque (A. F.) L'hui'ede foie de morue dans la tuberculose. Presse med., Par., 1900, ii, 192.—Bohden. Ueberfettete Leberthranseife bei Lunarentuberkulose. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1900, xxvi, therap. Beil., 35.— Kusscll (J. F.) On the use of extractof liver, glycerin, and cod-liver oil in the treatment of phthisis pulmonalis. N. York M. J., 1894, lx, 776-778.—Von Buck (K.) The use of cod-liver oil in the treatment of pulmonary phthi- sis. J. Pract. M., N. Y., 1896-7, vii, 193-197.—Williams (O. T.) Cod-liver oil and its action in phthisis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, ii, 700-702.—Zeuner. Leberthran-Ein- spritzungen bei Tuberkulose. Ber. ii. d. Kong. z. Be- kampf. d. Tuberk. [etc], Berl., 1899, 720-722. -----. Le- berthraninjeetionenbei Tuberculose. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1900, xiv, 305-311. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) by cold. Baduc 1 (C.) La frigoterapia precordiale nei tisiei. Atti d. Cong. naz. d' idrol. e climat., Perugia, 1908, 432- 449.—Clapp(H.C) Cold airin incurable consumption. Boston M. & S. J., 1907, clvi, 850.—Kinghorn (H. M.) The employment of cold in the treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1910, xvi, 255- 263.—Playter (E.) Cold air in the treatment of phthi- sis. Am. Med.-Surg. Bull., N. Y., 1896, x, 446.—Winck- ler (A.) Prof. Dr. Aberg's Eiswassercur bei Lungen- phthise. Bl. f. klin. Hydrotherap., Wien, 1895, v, 146-150. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) by compressed air. Krull(E.)" Die neuesten Beobachtungen und Er- fahrungen beider Behandlung der Lungenschwindsucht mittelst Einathmungen feuchtwarmer Luft. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1889, xxvi, 892-894.—See (G.) Sur le traite- ment de la phtisie par atmospheres artificielles sous pression. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1891, 3. s., xxv, 582- 591. Also: Med. mod., Par., 1891, ii, 293-295. Afeo[Abstr.]: Med. mod., Par., 1891, ii, 317. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) by compression of lungs. Holmgren (J.) Bidrag till tekniken vid kompres- sionsbehandling af lungtuberkulos. Hygiea, Stockholm, 1910, 2. f., x, 982-985. Also, transl: Munchen. med. Wchn- schr., 1910, lvii, 1884.—Kolb. Eine neue Methode zur Verengerung des Thorax bei Lungentuberkulose und Em- pyemnach Wilms. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1911, lviii, 2188.—Lap ha in (Mary E.) The treatmentof pulmonary tuberculosis by compression of the lung. Woman's M. J., Cincin., 1911, xxi, 194-196. -----. A preliminary report of nine cases of pulmonary tuberculosis treated by com- pression of the lung. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Rich- mond, 1911-12, xvi, 29-31. -----. The treatment of pul- monary tuberculosis by compression of the lung. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1912, clxiii, 503-518. Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lix, 866-869. Also [Abstr.]: Month. Cycl. & M. Bull., Phila., 1912, v, 583-588. -----. The technique for compression of the lung in pulmonary tuberculosis. South. M. J., Nashville, 1912, v, 31-38.— Lemke (A. F.) The rationale of compression of the lung for tuberculosis. P. & S. Plexus, Chicago, 1899-1900, y, 249-258.—Perseh (R.) Zur Kompressionsbehand- lung der Lunsrentuberkulose mittels kunstlichen Pneu- mothorax. _ Wien. klin.Wchnschr., 1911, xxiv, 1323-1332.— Stuart-Tidey. De la compression du poumon dans le Tuberculosis (Pulmonury, Treatment of) by compression of lungs. traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire. • ^ong. internat de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 760-764.—Wilms. Eine neue Methode zur Verengerung des Thorax bei Lungen- tuberkulose. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1911, lviii, 777. Tuberculosis (Pulmonury, Treatment of) with creosote [and compounds]. Audeoud (H.) * Creosote et tuberculose; re- vue generale. Traitement de la tuberculose pul- monaire par la creosote, administree par voie rectale. 8°. GenZce, 1893. ------. The same.' 8°. Geneve, 1893. Balland (H. ) Le creosal, son emploi dans le traitement des bronchites en general et de la tuberculose en particulier. 8°. Paris, 1895. Beldau (G.) Ueber Heilbarkeit der Lungen- schwindsucht mittelst assimilierbarer Kreoso- tallosungen. 8°. Biga, 1905. Bernheim (S.) La tuberculose et la medica- tion creosotee. 8°. Paris, 1901. Burlureaux. Traitement de la tuberculose par la creosote. Ouvrage couronne par 1'Insti- tut. 8°. Paris, 1894. Chaumier (E.) Du traitement intensif de la tuberculose, et en particulier de la phtisie pul- monaire par le carbonate de creosote de hetre. 8°. Pons, 1893. ------. The same. O usilnem leczeniu gruz- licy a szczegolniej suchot plucnych za pomace weglanu kreozotu bukowego. 12°. Warszawa, 1894. ------. Traitement de la tuberculose par le carbonate de creosote au creosotal. Communica- tions. 8°. Tours, 1894. Diener (A.) *Die Creosotbehandlung bei Phthise. 8°. Wiirzburg, LSS9. Doniol (J.-P.-H.) *La creosote, son action adjuvante dans le traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire. 8°. Lyon, 1908. Flintzer (R.) Ueber die Kreosot-Behand- lung der Phthise. 8°. Jena, 1893. Fournier (G.) De la creosote du hetre dans le traitement de la phthisie pulmonaire et dea affections catarrhales des voies respiratoires. 8°. Fans, [1880]. Heilmanx (H. O.) *Zur Behandlung der Lungenphthise mit Salveol. 8°. Leipzig, 1907. Holm (E. H. J.) *Zur Kreosot-Therapiebei Lungentuberkulose. 8°. Greifswald, 1889. Karpoff (G. Ya.) *0 raspoznavanii raznikh stadiy bugorchatki lyokhkikh po mokrotle i o Hechenii ikh kreozotom i gvayakolom. [Diag- nosis of various stages of tuberculosis of the lungs from the sputum, and treatment by creosote and guaiacol.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1889. Lafond (F.) *Recherches sur quelques-uns des nouveaux traitements meclicamenteux de la tuberculose pulmonaire (creosote, carbonate de creosote, tannin, huile camphree). 4°. Paris, 1893. Lorot (C.) *Le combinaisons de la creosote dans la tuberculose pulmonaire. 8°. Paris, 1899. Mariani (J. M.) Tratamiento de la tuber- culosis pulmonar por las inyecciones de fosfato de creosota y de tuberculina de Marechal; co- municacion oral hecha a la Real Academia de medicina de Madrid en sesion de 5 de marzo de 1904. Madrid, 1904. Mathian (A.) *Des injections hypoder- miques de creosote et d'aristol dans la tubercu- lose pulmonaire. [Lyons.] 4°. Saint-Etienne, 1893. TUBERCULOSIS. 837 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) with creosote [and compounds], Note sur l'emploi de la creosote vraie dans le traitement de la phthisie pulmonaire. 8°. [Paris, n. d.] Pepin (W.) *La creosal (phospho-tannate de creosote) dans certaines formes de tuberculose pulmonaire; quelques considerations sur le traitement associe (cure hygieno-di6t£tique et meclecine pharmaceutique) dans la tuberculose pulmonaire. 8°. Paris, 1903. Ricklin (E.) * Beitrag zur Beurteilung des Kreosots und dessen therapeutischen Werts bei der Behandlung der Lungentuberculose. 8°. Erlangen, 1888. Rouse (E.) Traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire par les injections hypodermiques de solutions concent n'es d'huile creosotee. 8°. Paris, 1892. Simon (I.) *Etude sur le traitement de la tu- berculose pulmonaire par les injections rectales concentred d'huile creosotee iodoformee et salolee. 4°. Paris, 1894. Spivacoff (Z.) *Traitement de la tubercu- lose pulmonaire par les injections sous-cuta- nees d'huile creosotee assoeiees aux pulverisa- tions biiodo-mercuriques. 4°. Paris, 1890. Albu (A.) Klinische undexperimentelleBeitragezur KreosotbehandlungderLungentuberculose. Verhandl.d. Berl.med. Gesellsch. (1892), 1893, xxiii, pt.2,226-234. [Dis- cussion] , pt. 1,257. Also: Berl. klin. Wchnschr.,1892, xxix, 1300-1303.—Annequin. De l'emploi dulait dans la pre- paration de lavements creosotes, quelques considerations sur la generalisation de ce mode de traitement. Dau- phine" med., Grenoble, 1895, xix, 109-112.—ArezzifF.) Sull' uso del creosoto nella tubercolosi polmonare. Riv. med., Milano, 1907, xv, 76-78.—Barbier (P.) Nouvelles considerations sur l'emploi du phosphotal (phosphite de creosote). Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1908, xiv, 204-213.—Barclay (H. C.) A case of phthisis; treated with creosote. N. Zealand M. J., Dunedin, 1889-90, iii, 165-169.—de Belerd. Comment la medication creoso- tee est devenue pratique. Marseille med., 1904, xli, 631- 635.—Berezoff (F.) Kreozot pri tuberkulozle. [Creo- sote in tuberculosis.] Vestnik obsh. vet., St. Petersb., 1896, viii, 443-447.—Bernheim (S.) La tuberculose et la medication phospho-creosotee. Independ. med., Par., 1901, vii, 25-29. ----. Medication phospho - creosotee dans la tuberculose. Ann.de la Policlin.de Par., 1907, xvii, 1; 33. Also: Med. orient., Par., 1906, x, 737-750. Also: Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1906, x, 335-351.— Bernheim (S. i & Kofoiot (A.) La tuberculose et la medication phospho-creosotee. Belgique med., Gand- Haarlem, 1901, i, 161; 193.—Botey (R.) Las inyec- ciones traqueales de creosota en la tuberculosis la- ringo-pulmonar. Gac med. catal., Barcel., 1896, xix, 719-724. Also: Rev. de med. y ciruj. de la Habana, 1896, i, 119-126. Also, transl: Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du la- rynx [etc.]. Par., 1897, xxiii, 26-33.— Bouchard (C.) & (iimbert. Note sur l'emploi de la creosote vraie dans le traitement de la phthisie pulmonaire. Gaz. hebd. de med., Par., 1877, 2. s., xiv, 486; 504; 522.—Bou- lengier. Le traitement creosote de la tuberculose pul- monaire. Presse med. beige, Brux., 1896, xlviii, 281; 339. -----. Le traitement creosote de la tuberculose. Ibid., 1899, li, 313-321. Also: Courrier med., Par., 1899, xlix, 261- 264.—Briggs (A. B.) On the use of valerianates of creo- sote and guaiacol in rhe treatment of pulmonary tuber- culosis. N.York M. J., 1899, lxix, 706-709. Also, Reprint.— Brissonnet (J.) Le phosphate de creosote et le tan- nophosphate de creosote dans la tuberculose pulmonaire. Repert. de therap., Par., 1898, xv, 697.—Bucquoy. Sur une note intitulee: Essais therapeutiques dans la tubercu- lose pulmonaire au moyen de doses eievees de creosote, lue . . . par Camille Savoire. [Rap.] Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1899, 3. s., xli, 691-697.—Burlureaux. Coup d'ceil d'ensemble sur l'usage therapeutique de l'huile creo- sotee a hautes doses en injections sous-cutanees. Cong. p. I'etude de la tuberculose 1891, Par., 1892, ii, 449-461. -----. Traitement de la tuberculose par la creosote; ef- fets generaux de la creosote; tolerance et intolerance; valepr pronostique de la tolerance et surtout de l'intoie- rance. Med. mod., Par., 1893, iv, 1046-1048. -----. Sur l'emploi de la creosote dans la tuberculose. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1894, lxvii, 664-670.—Burroughs (J. A.) Observa- tions with creosote in tuberculosis. Georgia J. M. & 8., Savannah, 1897, i, 142. -----. Nineteen years' experience with creosote in tuberculosis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1902, xxxviii, 291-295—Burvvinkel (O.) Ueber Kreo- sottherapie. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1903, lxxii, Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) with creosote [and compounds], 357—Caporali. Le iniezioni di creosoto nella tuberco- losi polmonare. Atti d. Ass. med. lomb., Milano, 1891-2 81-99— Caracciolo (S.) II sulfosoto Roche e la medi- cazione creosotata nella tubercolosi pulmonare e nelle bronchiti croniche. Gazz. med. di Roma, 1902 xxviii 175-184—Chaumier (E.) Du traitement intensif de la tuberculose, et en particulier de la phtisie pulmonaire, par le carbonate de creosote de hetre. Gaz. med de Par 1893, 8. s., ii, 301-307. Also: Poitou med., Poitiers, 1893] vii, 25-29. Also, transl: Deutsche med. Wchnschr Berl 1893, xix, 587; 610. Also, Reprint. -----. Le carbonate de creosote dans le traitement de la tuberculose; le sanato- rium de Touraine; la cure d'air dans les environs de Tours. Cong. p. I'etude de la tuberculose 1893, Par., 1894, m, 351-356. Also: Poitou med., Poitiers, 1894, viii, 1-6. -----. Ueber die Behandlung der Tuberculose mittels des kohlensauren Kreosots. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1894, xli, 651.-----. Du phosphite de creosote dans les tuberculoses assoeiees. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc] Par 1903, cxlvi, 167-180.—Cheron (P.) Injections rectales d'huile creosotee dans la tuberculose. Tribune med., Par., 1894, 2. s., xxvii, 667.— Chrostowski (B.) & AVis- locki (K.) O stosowaniu kreozotu w lawatywach u suchotnik6w. [Application of creosote in clysters in phthisical patients.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1892, 2. s.,xii, 758. Also, Reprint.— Cobb (J. O.) Eleven years' obser- vation in the use of creosote, in the treatment of tubercle of the lungs. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1896, xxvi, 370.— Cole (J. F.) Tuberculosis, and its treatment with large doses of creosote. Tr. Iowa M. Soc, Burlington, 1898, 249-257.—Compaired. A prop6sito de las inyecciones intratraqueales y de las inyecciones creosotadas en la tuberculosis pulmonar. Siglo med., Madrid, 1897, xliv, 644.—Conway (J. R.) Creosote as a specific in tubercu- losis when used in large doses. N.York M.J., 1895, Ixi, 685-688. Also, Reprint.—Cordero (A.) La creosote a altas dosis en la tuberculosis pulmonar. Rev. med. d. Uruguay, Montevideo, 1902, v, 355-361. Also: Semana med., Buenos Aires, 1903, x, 30-33.—Coulter (J. H.) Tu- berculosis treated w th large dosesof beechwood creosote. VirginiaM. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1899-1900, iv, 35-37.— Creosotal (Du) dans le traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire, Repeit. de therap.. Par., 1896, xiii, 57-59.— Croner (W.) Ueber den gegen wiirtigen Stand der Kreo- sottherapie bei Lungenschwindsucht. Berl. klin.-therap. Wchnschr., 1904, 1295-1298. Also: Wien. klin.-therap. Wchnschr., 1904,1295-1298.—Crook (J. K.) The present status of creosote in the treatment of pulmonary tubercu- losis, with an analytical review of forty-five cases. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1897, li, 433-437.—Crosth waite (D. W.) Cre- osote in phthisis; a clinical reoort. Louisville Month. J. M. & S., 1900-1901, vii, 104— Curtin (R. G.I Phenolic sub- stances (nascent phenic acid, carbolic acid, creosote, guai- acol, and benzoyl of guaiacol) in the treatmentof pulmo- narytuberculo^is. Tr. Am. Climat. Ass. 1893-4, Phila.,1895, x, 275-284.—Dans (S.) Ueber Anwendungsweise und Nutzen der Kreosottherapie als eines medikamentosen Adjuvans der modernen Lungenheilstatten.- Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1908, ix. 249-260.—Daywalt (G. W.) Impure creosote the cause of failure in the treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis. Occidental M. Times, Sacramento, 1890, iv, 299-302. Also, Reprint.— De Orazia (F.) & Casaretti (V.) I derivati del creo- soto nella cura della tisi polmonare (benzoilguaiacolo, carbonato di guaiacolo, acido guaiacol-carbonico, car- bonato di creosoto). Riforma med., Napoli, 1893, ix, pt. 3, 817-824. Also: Terap. clin., Pisa, 1893, ii. 497-509. Also, Reprint.—Diamantberger. La creosote et le gaiacol dans le traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire; resul- tats obtenus a l'aide des injections sous-cutanees de gaia- col. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1890, lxiii, 1230; 1317; 1339.—Dis- cussion sur l'emploi de la creosote dans le traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire. Bull, et mem. Soc med. d. hop. do Par., 1896, 3. s., xiii, 163-193.—Dor (L.) Des Injections intra-tracheales d'huile creosotee chez les tu- berculeux. Rev. de med., Par., 1889, ix, 881:1890, x, 147.— Dukeman (W. H.) Creosote carbonate in the treat- ment of pulmonary tuberculosis. Med. News, Phila., 1895, lxvii, 648-650. Also. Reprint. Also: N. Eng. M. Month., Danbury, Conn., 1896, xv, 109-111. —Ellmann (M.) & Popper(.1.) Ueber die Behandlung der Tuberkulose mit Creosotklvsmen. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1893, xliii, 549; 599; 650.—Kngel (S.) Zur Behandlung der Lungen- schwindMiclitmit Kreosot. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1889, iii,501-504.—Kscliua um. Ueberdie Wirkung des Kreo- sotpriiparatesPneumin bei Tuberkulose. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1909, lvi, 239-241.—Fabre. De la prophy- laxie dela tuberculose et de son traitement par les in- halations antiseptiques creosotees a 200 degres. Cong. p. I'etude de la tuberculose 1893, Par., 1894, iii, 320-325.— Farnficld (W. W.) Creosote in tuberculous disease. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1898, ii, 237.—Ferrannini (L.) II creosoto e i suoi derivati nella terapia della tubercolosi. Terap. clin., Palermo, 1899, viii. 337-350. — Ferrari (P.) Esperienze sull' assorbimento del creosoto di faggio nei tubercolosi. Atti d. Ass. med. lomb., Milano, 1892, i, 1- TUBERCULOSIS. 838 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) with creosote [and compounds], 10 —Flint(A.) Creasote in the treatment of phthisis pul- monalis. N. York M. J., 1888, xlviii,617-620. Also, in his: Collect, essays, 8°, N. Y., 1903,ii, 158-167.—Flint (W. H.) The dosage and administration of creosote in phthisis. N. York M. J., 1890, Iii, 8.5-88.—Foy (G.) Creasote in phthisis. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1890, n. s., 1, 253.— Freudenthal (W.) The creosote treatmentof tuber- culosis; [occurrence of deafness during treatment]. N. York M. J., 1895, Ixi, 755.— Frey (L.) Die Behandlung der Lungentuberculose mittelst subcutaner Creosotol- injectionen. Wien. Klinik, 1893, 97-116. Also [Abstr.]: Mitth. d. Wien. med. Doct.-Coll., 1893, xix, 70-73. Also [Abstr.]: Wien.med. Wchnschr., 1893,xliii,345.—Fried- heim (L.) Experimenteller Beitrag zur Behandlung der Tuberkulose mit besonderer Berucksichtigung des Kreosots. Dermat. Ztschr., Berl., 1894, i, 55-79.—Gatt- heil (W. S.) An improved creosote preparation in the treatment of pulmonary disease. Times & Reg., Phila., 1894, xxvii, 106.—Gimbert. Note sur l'antisepsie de la phthisie pulmonaire par Tinjection lente d'huile creo- sotee au quinzieme. Gaz. med. de Par., 1891, 7. s., viii, 373; 385. -----. Methode pour realiser l'antisepsie de la phthisie pulmonaire par Tinjection lente d'huile creo- sotee au quinzieme. Cong. p. T6tude de la tuberculose 1891, Par., 1892, ii, 442-449.—Gingeot. La creosote et la forme erithique de la tuberculose pulmonaire. Rev. g6n. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1897, xi, 385-388.—Glasgow (W. C.) Creasote in pulmonary disease. Tr. Am. Cli- mat. Ass. 1891, Phila., 1892, viii, 262-268. — Goldmann (H.) Ueber die Behandlung der Lungentuberculose mit Creosotum carbonicum und Ammonium sulfo-ichthvoli- cum. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1898, xi, 817-819. —Gold- stein (S.) Creosote in tuberculosis. Gaillard's M. J., N. Y., 1899, lxxi, 487-489. Also, Reprint.—Gomez de la ITIata (F.) Tratamiento de la tisis por la creosota vegetal. Corresp. med., Madrid, 1889, xxiv, 355; 365.— Gram (C.) Kreosotcarbonat og Guajakolcarbonat i store DoservedLungetuberkulo.se. [Creosote carbonate and guaiacol carbonate in massive doses for pulmonary tuberculosis.] Hosp.-Tid., Kj0benh., 1897, 4. R., v, 797- 802.—Gray (W. W.) The treatment of tuberculosis with the valerianates of creosote and guaiacol. Med. Rev., St. Louis, 1898, xxxviii, 401-403.—Greil" (G.) Beobach- tungen iiber die Behandlung der Tuberkulose mit Kreosotcarbonat. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1894, xx, 979— Guerder (P.) Subcutaneous in- jections of creosoted oil in pulmonarv phthisis. Med. Age, Detroit, 1891, ix, 289-291.—Gutter (E.) Des resul- tats cliniques du traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire par la creosote a hautes doses. Gaz. hebd. de med., Par., 1891, 2. s., xxviii, 610-613. -----. La creosote dans la tu- berculose pulmonaire. Ibid.. 1*96, xliii, 193.—Hall (A. L.) Creosotein the treatment oi pulmonary tuberculosis. Med. Rec, N. Y.. 1*92, xlii, 151.—Hewelke (0.) Zna- czenie kreozotu w lec/eiiiu suchot plucnych. [Applica- tion of creosote in treatment of phthisis.] Kron. lek., Warszawa, 1894, xv, 1-24.—Houbotte. Note sur l'emploi de la creosote dans le traitement de la tuberculose pul- monaire. Arch. m6d. beiges, Brux., 1892, 3. s., xli, 164- 166. — Ingraham (C. W.) A successful mode of administering beechwood creosote in pulmonary tu- berculosis and other diseases. Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1898, 3. s., xiv, 299-302.—Jacob (P.) & Nordt (H.) Ueber Creosotal. Charite-Ann., Berl., 1897, xxii, 159- 174. —Jones-Humphreys (Y. M.) Guaiacol and creosote in pulmonary phthisis. Lancet, Lond., 1896, ii, 1792.—Kaatzer (P.) Zur Kreosottherapie der Lungen- phthise. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1896, x, 265-267.— Karwacki (L.) 0 stosowaniu kreozotu w gruzlicy pluc i o nowym zwiazku kreozotowym: kreozalbinie. [On the use of creosote in pulmonary phthisis, and on a new preparation, creosalbmc] Medycyna, Warszawa, 1899, xxvii, 302-308.—Kebler(F.) Creosotein the treat- mentof phthisis. Cindin.Lancet-Clinic, 1892,n.s., xxviii, 713-716. [Discussion], 722.—Kossow-Geronay. Die Behandlung der Tuberculose mittelst Kreosot. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1889, ii, 881-887.—L. Creosote dans la tuberculose pulmonaire. Rev. med., Louvain, 1895-6, xiv, 41L413.—Lamplough (C.) One hundred cases of pulmonary tuberculosis treated with large doses of beech- wood creosote. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1898, i, 1383-1386.- Lauth (G.) Traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire par la creosote et le ga'iacol au sanatorium de Leysin. Cong. p. Tetude de la tuberculose 1893, Par., 1894, iii, 356- 363.—Lemoine (E.) Indications et contre-indications de l'emploi de la creosote dans la phtisie pulmonaire. Nord med., Lille, 1897, iii, 201-207. Also: Rev. imernat. de med. et de chir., Par.', 1897, viii, 330-334.— Margonl- ner (J.) Weitere Erfahrungen iiber die Behandlung der Lungentuberkulose mit dem Kreosot pruparat Pneumin (Speier). Med. Klin.,Berl., 1906. ii, 35x.—Marinovloh (P.M.) Kreozotal pri chakhotkie lyokhkikh. [Creoso- tal in pulmonary phthisis.] Feldscher, St. Petersb., 1900, x, 473— Ha ron i (A.) Sugli effetti terapeutici delle inie- zioni ipodermiche di creosoto nella tubercolosi polmonare. Atti d. Ass. med. lomb., Milano, 1891-2,100-108.—Martin Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) with creosote [and compounds], (C.) Maltine with creosote in the treatment of tubercu- losis. St. Louis M. Era, 1899-1900, ix. 51-53—.Hazza- rotto (G.) II carbonate di creosoto (creosotalei in al cune linfo-adeno-tubercolopatie. Corriere san., Milano 1899, x, 748-752.—iUeituer (W.) Creosotal bei Behandl lung nicht tuberculoser Lungenkrankheiten. Med - chir. Centralbl., Wien, 1900, xxxv, 339-343.— JTIou- corvo filho. Tratamento da tysica pelo creosoto era altas doses. Brazil-med., Rio de Jan., 1898, xii, 142.—Monteiro (J. F.) Sobre o emprego do creosoto nas affeccoes de origem tuberculosa, especialmente nas tuberculose pulmonar. Ibid., 1888, iii, 98; 105. — Morin (A.) La creosote et les phtisiques. ActualitO med., Par., 1898, x, 8—Murphey (C. E.) Creosote in treatment of phthisis. Atlanta M. & S. J., 1890-91, n. s., vii, 674-677.—TVishi. Kritik iiber Beitrage zur Kreosot- behandlung von R. Seifert und etwas iiber den gegen- wartigen Standpunkt der Kreosotbehandlung. Ztschr. d. med. Gesellsch. zu Tokyo, 1895, ix, 317; 394.—Nozli- nikoff (B. P.) Misli i faktl po voprosu o znachenii kre- ozota i gvayakolya v terapii bugorchatki. [Thoughts and facts on the value of creosote and guaiacal in the treatment of consumption.] Yuzhno-russk. med. gaz., Odessa, 1896, v, 329; 345.—Penrose (G. H.) The treat- ment of pulmonary tuberculosis by creosote. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1892, xli, 402-104. Also, Reprint,—Polyak (L) Kreosot es guajakol bdr ala fecskendesek erteke tiido- vesznei. [Subcutaneous creosote and guajacal injections in phthisical patients.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1889, xxxiii, 511. Also, transl: Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Buda- pest, 1889, xxv, 1091. Also, transl: Wien. med. Presse, 1889, xxx, 1565-1567.—Potter (T.) The creosote treat- ment and the use of drugs in tuberculosis. Proc. Indiana M. Soc, Indianap., 1900, 2.50-266. Also: J. Tuberc, Ashe- ville, N. C, 1900, ii, 224-337.— Kachlord (B. K.) Creo- sote and guaiacol in tuberculosis. Ohio M. J., Cincin., 1894, v, 97-100.—Reiner (S.) Zur therapeutischen Ver- wendung des Kreosotcarbonats. Therap. Wchnschr., Wien, 1895, ii, 773-776.—Righi (G.) Le iniezioni di cre- osote nella cura della tubercolosi polmonale. Riv. ve- neta di sc. med., "Venezia, 1896, xxiv, 228; 247.—Bobin- son (B.) On the use of creosote in the treatment of pulmonary phthisis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1892, xli, 229-233. Also, Reprint. -----. Creosote treatment of pulmonarv tuberculosis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1909, lxxvi, 855.—Rob- lot. L'administration intestinale de la creosote et des sels creosotes. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1903, ii, 511-514.—Sainsbury (H.) The use of creosote and cre- osote derivatives in the treatment of tuberculous affec- tions, in particular of phthisis. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1898, 7. s., iv, 31-38.—Salazar (T.) Curaci6n de la tu- berculosis en su primer periodo por las inyecciones hipo- dermicas de creosota. Cron. med., Lima, 1898, xxv, 193- 200.—Santa Maria y Bustamaute (M.) Concepto clinico de la tuberculosis pulmonar y su tratamiento por los enemas de creosota. Rev. de terap. y farm., Madrid, 1891-2, v, 145; 162; 173; 193; 205; 220; 236: 1892-3, vi, 26; 49: 61; 75; 92; 106; 127; 139; 164; 185; 200; 208; 225; 232; 246. -----. Mis sobre el tratamiento de la tuberculosis pulmo- nar por las enemas de creosota. Rev. balear de cien. med., Palma de Mallorca, 1893, ix, 517; 554. Also: Siglo m6d., Ma- drid, 1893, xl, 551; 564.—Savoire(C.) Communication sur le traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire par la creosote a. doses eievees. Cong, internat. de med. C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de path, int., 781.—Scognamiglio (G.) II carbonato di creosoto Heyden nei processi tubercolari. Arch, internaz. d. spec, med.-chir., Napoli, 1895, xi, 462- 471.—Seifert (R.) Beitrage zur Kreosottherapie. Deut- sche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1895, xvi, 37.—Slcard de Plait- zoles. Sur les avantages de l'emploi du cr6osotal dans le traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire. Cong. p. Tetude de la tuberculose, Par., 1898, iv. 889-894.—Skan- geyeff(F. T.) K voprosu o Hechenii lyokhochnol cha- khotki kreozotom i ribyim zhirom, s koilektionim mnle- niyem vrachel g. Yalti o kreozotovol terapii. [On the treatment of pulmonary phthisis with creosote and cod- liver oil, with the collective opinion of Yalta physicians on the creosote treatment.] Dnevnik syezda Obsh. russk. vrach. v pamyat Pirogova, Kiev, 1896, vi, no. 6, 8-14.— Sokolowskl (A.) Kilka s!6w w kwestyi stosowania kreozotu przy leczeniu suchot plucnych. [On the ap- plication of "creosote in treatment of phthisis pulmo- nalis.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1894, 2. s., xiv, 14-19.— von Stare k. Zur Kreosotbehandlung der Lungen- tuberkulose. Mitth. f. d. Ver. Schlesw.-Holst. Aerzte, Kiel, 1896-7. n. F., v, 36-^2.—Stoerk (C.) Leber die Kreo- sottherapie bei Tuberculose des Kehlkopfs und der Lun- gen. Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1893, i, 208- 214.—Storck (J. A.) The treatmentof tuberculosis by h vpodermic in j ection of creosote, with report of two cases. Proc Orleans Parish M. Soc. 1897, N. Orl., 1898, 225-227.— Taylor (IL L.) The use of creosote in the treatment of pulmonarv tuberculosis. Colorado M. J., Denver, 1905, xi, 271-276. AJso:St.Paul M.L.St Paul,Minn.,1905,vii,236-213.— Tltiago d'Almeida. A therapeutica da tuberculose; a creosota. Med. mod., Porto, 1895, ii. 121-123—'I or- TUBERCULOSIS. 839 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) with creosote [and compound*], s'tensson (0.) Om anvandningen af kreosot och gua- jakolkarbonaten vid ftisis. Eira, Stockholm, 1895, xix, | 103-105. Also, Reprint.—Tucci (G.) & Bazzicalupo (G.) Le iniezioni di creosoto e.guajacolo nella tuberco- losi pulmonale. Gazz. internaz. di med. prat., Napoli, 1901, iv, 253-257.—Turner (D.) The abuse of creosote and guaiacol in the treatment of phthisis. Intercolon. M. J. Australas., Melbourne, 1902, vii, 430-432.—Valvas- sori-Peroni. La cura della tubercolosi polmonare colle iniezioni sotto-cutanee di olio e creosoto ad alte dosi. Arch. ital. di clin. med., Milano, 1893, xxxii, 443- 457.—Van Geison (i.) & L}iiah(H. L.) Creosote and calcium medication in respiratory affections in children and in pulmonary tuberculosis. Russell's generalizations in tuberculosis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1912, lxxxi, 883-890.— Van Ryn. La creosote dans le traitement de la phthisie pulmonaire. Clinique, Brux., 1897, xi, 1-7.— Vehmeyer. Zur Wirkung des Creosotal und Duotal bei beginnender Lungenphthise. Aerztl. Prax., Wiirzb., 1898, xi, 296.—Vigenaud (E.) Note sur le traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire par les injections hypoder- miques de creosote. Cong.p.Tetude dela tuberculose 1891, Par., 1892,ii,461-465.—van Voornveld(H. J. A.) Kreo- soottherapie bij longtuberculose. Med. Weekbl., Amst., 1897-8, iv, 165-172.—Vreden (R. R.) Obshtsheye lleche- niye podkozhnlmi vpriskivaniyami kreozota razlichnikh bugorehatkovlkh protsessov. [General treatment of tubercular processes by subcutaneous injections of creo- sote.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1910, ix, 449. -----. Kreosot, kak sredstvo borbi s tuberkulyozom. [Creosote as a method of treating tuberculosis.] Syezd rossivsk. khirurg., Mosk., 1911, x, 95-104.—Walters (F. R.) The subcutaneons use of creosote and guaiacol in pulmonary phthisis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1895, ii, 1488. -----. Guaia- col and creosote in pulmonary phthisis. Lancet, Lond., 1896, ii, 1717.—Warner (F. M.) Creosote in the treat- mentof phthisis pulmonalis. N. York M. J., 1892, lviii, 557-660.— Warner (L. H.) Creosote in phthisis pul- monalis. South. M. Rec, Atlanta, 1899, xxix, 126.— Weiss (J.) Der gegenwartige Stand der Kreosotthera- pie der Tuberculose. [Abstr.] Centralbl. f. d. ges. Therap., Wien, 1894, xii, 129-137.—Whiltaker (J. T.) Creosote in tuberculosis pulmonum. Tr. Ass. Am. Phy- sycians, Phila., 1893, viii, 77-90. Also: Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1893, 3. s., ix, 438-444.—Wllkens (G. D.) Kreosotterapi vid Lungtuberkulos. [Creosote treatment in tubercles of lungs] Festskr. . . . med. dokt. F. W. Warfvinge [etc.], Stockholm, 1894, 39-49.—Xalaharder (E.) Sobre el empleo de la creosota en la tuberculosis pulmonar. Rev. de cien. med. de Barcel., 1911, xxxvii, 249-253.—Vamada (T.) Tuberculosis no creosote ryoho nizukete. [Creosote treatment of tuberculosis.] Ztschr. d. med. Gesellsch. z. Tokyo, 1893, vii, no. 14, 6-13.— Yanovski (A. Ya.) Kreozot pri chakhotkle vnutr i v vidle parenkhimatoznikh vpriskivaniy. [Creosote internally in phthisis, also in the shape of parenchy- matous injections.] Protok. zasaid. Tavrich. med.- pharm. Obsh., Simpheropol, 1890, i, 103-105, 8 diag.— Ifonge (E. S.) The administration of creosotal and duotal in phthisis. Med. Mag., Lond., 1899, viii, 710- 712—Zaslein (T.) Ueber Lungenschwindsucht und deren Behandlung mit Kreosot bei der italienischen Rivierabevolkerung. Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1890, xi, 977.—Zahn(A.) Ueber Kreosottherapie. Aerztl. Rund- schau, Miinehen, 1911, xxi, 541. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary. Treatment of) with cryogenin. See Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Fever in). Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) with dioradin. Andronolf (S. K.) K voprosu o Hechenii tuberku- lyoza dioradenom. [Treatment of tuberculosis with dio- radin.] Tuberkulyoz, S.-Peterb., 1912, i, 276-302, 1 diag. Also, transl: Independ. med. et M6d. orient.. Par., 1912, xvi, 547-559.—Berliner (M.) Ueber Jodmentholinjek- tionen bei Tuberkulose. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 408.—Bernheim (S.) Klinische und therapeu- tische Untersuchungen iiber die Behandlung der Tuber- kulose mit dem radioaktiven Jodmenthol. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1912, xxix, 389- 396— Bernheim (S.) & Bieupart (L.) Nouveau traitement de la tuberculose par l'iode menthoie radio- actif .Med. orient, Par., 1911, xv, 289-311. Also: Rev. internat de la tuberc, Par., 1911, xix, 332-371. Also: Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1911, xx, 104-142. Also, transl: Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1911, xvii. 440-483. Also, transl: Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1911, xlvii, 198; 208; 216; 224; 232; 240; 248; 254; 265; 273; 281; 290; 296; 304; 313.—Boatman. Cas avanc6 de tuberculose pulmo- naire traite par les injections de dioradin. Independ. med. et Med. orient., Par., 1912, xvi, 131.—Kahn (J.) Ueber Dioradin. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1912-13, xix, 458-465.—Perott (B. A.) K voprosu o Hechenii tuber- Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) with dioradin. k'ulyoza lyokhkikh dioradinom (Tiode-menthol radio- actit) [Treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis with dio- radin.] Novoye v Med., S.-Peterb., 1911, v, 875-879.— Robinson (L.) A note concerning the treatment of tuberculosis by radio-active iodine and menthol. Brit, M. J., Lond., 1911, ii, 66. Also, transl: Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1911, xx, 194-197.—Schwerd (M. J.) & Gold water (A. L.) Preliminary report of twenty-one cases of pulmonary tuberculosis treated by dioradin. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1912, cviii. 333-337. Also: Med. Herald, St. Joseph, 1912, n. s., xxxi, 524-530. Also: South. Calif. Pract., Los Angeles, 1911, xxvii, 443^447.—von Szendetty (A.) Die Anwendung des Dioradins bei Tu- berculose. Pest, med.-chir. Tresse, Budapest, 1911, xlvii, 185; 192; 198.—de SzendefTy (A.), Bernheim (S.) [et al.]. The treatment of tuberculosis by iode menthol radio-actif. Lancet, Lond., 1911, i, 1729.—Wall (C.) Experience of the dioradin treatment; a report upon ten patients who received the treatment. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, ii, 109-112— Wells (S. W.) Report, based on 16 eases of advanced pulmonary tuberculosis, treated with dioradin. Med. Rev. of Rev., N. Y., 1912, xviii, 389-399. Also, transl: Allg, med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1912, lxxxi, 537; 551. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Ireatment of) with electricity. See, also, Tuberculosis (Treatment of) with electricity. Guimbail (H.) Le nouveau traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire par transfixion Elec- trique (passage d'un puissant effluve a travers le poumon). 8°. Paris, 1902. Hani iim (O. S.) The X-ray and Tesla currents in pulmonary tuberculosis. Pacific Coast J. Homceop., San Fran., 1904, xii, 263-266. -----. The high frequency cur- rent and the X-ray in pulmonary tuberculosis. Arch. Physiol.Therap., Bost., 1905, ii,61-66,2pl.—Barshinger (M. L.) The high frequency current in pulmonary tu- berculosis. Penn. M. J., Athens, 1906-7, x, 337-314 — Bellemaniere (P.) Action de la phototherapie sur Tadenite tubereuleuse et des courants de haute fre- quence sur la tuberculose pulmonaire. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 727-731.—Bleyer (J. M.) Treatment for consumption by electricity. Seient. Am., N. Y., 1897, [Suppl.], xliv, 18100; 18117. Also, Reprint.— Bowie (J. C.) The treatment of pulmonary tubercu- losis by high-frequency currents (low potential) and intralaryngeal injections of antiseptics. Lancet, Lond., 1903, ii, 1224.—Burch (J. H.) The treatmentof pulmo- nary tuberculosis by means of electrical currents of high potential and frequency. J. Advanc Therap., N. Y.,1905, xxiii, 724-731.—Canu. Traitement et guerison de la tu- berculose pulmonaire par transport de substances anti-tuberculeuses sur les lesions & l'aide des courants de haute tension. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1908, xiv, 108-116. — Chowry-Muthu (D. J.) The value of static electricity in the treatment of pul- monary tuberculosis. West Lond. M. J., Lond., 1906, xi, 7-13.—i»aglncourt(E.) Tratamiento dela tuberculosis pulmonar por la transfusi6n de los medicamentos, por la electricidad est&tica a alta tensi6n (metodo de Crotte); sus resultados. Corresp. m6d., Madrid, 1903, xxxviii, 89.— Dielfenbach(W. H.) Electrioaladjuvantsin the treat- ment of pulmonary tuberculosis. Tr. Am. Inst. Homceop., Chicago,1902,551-556. Also: N.Am.J.Homceop.,N.Y., 1902, 1, 715-719.—Boumer (E.) Action des courants de haute frequence et de haute tension sur la tuberculose pulmo- nairechronique. Ann.d'eiectrobiol.[etc],Par.,1900,iii,123- 137. Also: Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1900, exxx, 602- 605. Also [Abstr.]: Nord med., Lille, 1900, vi, 73.—Dubois (S.) serie) ren- dus tuberculeux par l'inhalation de crachats contenant les bacilles de la tuberculose. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1887, lxii, 304-306.—Lachmann (C.) Ursache und Vor- beugungsmaassregeln der Lungentuberkulose sowie Heilung derselben durch Einatmen mittels Beimengung von Steinkohlenleuchtgas antiseptisch wirkender Zim- merluft. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1902, iii, 123; 235.—Leconte (A.-F.-P.) Nouveau traitement des affections des voies respiratoires par les injections rectales gazeuses. Hdp. Cochin. Compt. rend. d. trav. du lab. de therap., Par., 1889,119.—Lenike (A. F.) Tu- berculosis of the lungs treated by compression with nitro- gen after the method of Murphy; with further remarks on the rationale of the procedure and a record of experi- ments on dogs. J. Am. M. Ass,, Chicago, 1901, xxxvi, 157-168.—Raimondi. Sur le traitement de la tubercu- lose pulmonaire paries injectionsintestinales gazeuses. Cong. p. I'etude de la tuberculose, Par., 1898, iv, 919-924 — Koeth (A. G.) A report of ten cases of phthisis treated with gaseous enemata. Boston M. & S. J., 1887, cxvii, 61- 53. Also, Reprint. — Saladrigas (E.) Tuberculosis pulmonar; breves consideraciones relativas a su trata- miento por las inyecciones rectales gaseosas v por el tani- no. Cong. med. region, de Cuba, Habana, 1890, 601-517.— Schuster. Ein Beitrag zu den Bergeon'sehen Gas- klystieren. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. f. Heilk. in Berl. Balneol. Sekt., 1888, x, 59-68— Young (W. B.) Mur- phv's gas bandages. Clin. Reporter, St. Louis, 1898, xi, 387-389. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) with gomenol. de la Foulhauze (R.) * Les injections in- tratrachSales d'huile gomenol^e dans le traite- ment de la tuberculose pulmonaire. [Paris.] 8°. Fontenay-aux-Boses, 1905. Also, in: Med. orient., Par., 1906, x, 609-616. Also [Abstr.], in: Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1906, ix, 332-340. Bernheim (S.) & Quentin. Note sur le traitement de la tuberculose par le gomenol. Cong, internat. de med. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, de therap., 116- 127. Also: Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1903, ii, 341- 348— Domine (J.-A.) & Chabas (J.) Le gomenol dans le traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire. Med. orient., Par., 1905, ix, 481. Also: Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1905, viii, 343-345. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) with griserin. Brlihl. Ueber Erfahrungen mit Griserin bei der Be- handlung der chronisehen Lungentuberkulose. Miin- ehen. med. Wchnschr., 1905, Iii, 356.—Huhs (E.) Thera- peutische und experimentelle Feststellungen fiber die Wirkung des Griserins bei Tuberkulose. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1905-6, iv, 29.5-329.—Krokicwicz (A.) Dzialanie lecznicze gryzeryny w gruzlicy pluc. [Therapeutic action of griserin in pulmonary phthisis 1 Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1905, 2. s., xxv, 381; 409. Also, transl ■ N. Therap., Wien, 1905, iii, 209-218. —Ritter. Leber Griserin als Heilmittel gegen Lungentuberkulose. Berl klin. Wchnschr., 1905, xlii, 682-684.—SchOnheim (L ) Ueber den Werth des Griserins bei der Lungenschwind- sucht. Pe-t. med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1905, xli, 197; 221. Also, ti-nnsl.: Budapesti orv. ujsag, 1905, iii, 117-119— Sprmgleldt. 1st Griserin ein Heilmittel derTuberku- h>-,-: Arch. f. wissensch. u. prakt, Tierh., Berl., 1906 xxxn, 545-561.—Steiner(M.) Zur Griseriubehandlunsr. Repert. prakt. Med., Leipz., 1905, ii, 147-155. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatinent of) with guaiac compounds. See, also, Tuberculosis (Treatment of) iritk guaiac compounds. Bucking (F.) *'Wirkung des Guajacols bei Lungentuberkulose. 8°. Erlangen, 1888. Demahis(C) *Des injections hypodermiques de gai'acol iodoform6 dans le traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire. 4°. Paris, 1891. Devauchelle (E.) * Du gai'acol synthctique dans le traitement de la tuberculose. 4°. Paris, 1895. Domer (E.) * Contribution il I'etude des effets therapeutiques des badigeonnages de gai'- acol, particulierement dans la tuberculose pul- monaire. 4°. Toulouse, 1895. Goetzel (E.) * Ueber die therapeutische Verwertung des Guajacol und des Codein bei der Lungenphthise. [Erlangen.] 8°. Miin- ehen, 1890. Hensel (R.) * Ueber Resorption und Aus- scheidung des Guajakols und Kreosots bei Phthisikern. 8°. Konigsberg in Pr., 1894. Krieger (R.) * Ueber die Wirkung des Guajacetins bei Lungenphthise. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1900. Lavroff (N. I.) *Klinicheskiya nablyude- niya nad nakozhnim primleneniyem gvayakola pri bugorchatkle lyokhkikh. [Clinical obser- vations on the cutaneous use of guaiacol in phthisis.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1901. Le Tanneur. Du traitement de la phtisie ou tuberculose pulmonaire par les injections sous-cutanees de gai'acol. Avec une preface de M. le docteur Lutaud. 16°. Paris, [1895]. Moncenix (G.) * Contribution a 1'etude du gaiaforme, son action sur les sueurs des phti- siques. 8°. Paris, 1908. Oblette (H.) *Des injections de gai'acol a doses edevees et progressives dans la tuberculose pulmonaire. 4°. Lyon, 1894. ------. The same. 8°. Lyon, 1896. Schneider (K. F.) *Die Behandlung der Tuberkulose mit Geosot (Guajacolum valeriani- cum). 8°. Basel, 1904. Also, in: Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1906, v, 17-42 Voisin (A.) *Des injections hypodermiques de gai'acol dans le traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire. 8°. Paris, 1898. ------. The same. 8°. Paris, 1898. Acland (T. D.) Cases of phthisis treated with guaia- colateof piperidine. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1898, ii, 154.— Amelin (V.) Bornaya kislota kak adjuvans gvayakola pri tuberkolozle lyokhkikh. [Boric acid as an adjuvant to guaiacol in pulmonary tuberculosis.] Vestnik obsh. vet., St. Petersb., 1899, xi, 636-639.—Arnaud (F.) Note sur le traitement de la phtisie pulmonaire par les injec- tions hypodermiques de ga'iacol iodoforme. Marseille m6d., 1891, xxviii, 267-285.—Ausset. Contribution au traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire par le gai'acol iodoforme, methode du professeur Picot. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med de Bordeaux, 1892, xiii, 524-527.— Barbier (P.) & Ralller (G.) La medication gai'acoiee dans la tuber- culose. Prov. med., Par., 1910, xxi, 527.—Basu (B. M.) Guaiacol carbonate in phthisis. IndianM. Rec, Calcutta, 1896, xi, 159-161.—Brancaccio (F.) Sull' azione del guaiacolo nella tubercolosi polmonare. Incurabili, Na- poli, 1893, viii, 321-326.—Breton. Des injections d'huile d'olive steriliseeau ga'iacol iodoforme dans la tuberculose pulmonaire. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1896, x, 134.— Camphausen (A.) Zur Guajakolbehandlung Lungenkranker. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1911-12, xviii, 53-58— Carreray Bellunder (M.) Un caso de tuber- culosis pulmonar incipiente tratado por la guayacose. Med. de los ninos, Barcel., 1908, ix, 242-244— Chaplin (A.) & Tunnicllffe (F. W.) The treatmentof phthisis by guaiacolate of piperidine. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1897, i, 136.—Coghill (J.G.S.) The hypodermic use of guaiacol in acute pulmonary tuberculosis. Ibid., 1896, i, 686-590.— Cooley (F. C.) Phthisis, guaiacol carbonate. North- umberland & Durham M. J., Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 1894, ii, 180-182 —Courmont (J.) & Nicolas (J.) Dutraite- ment de la tuberculose experimentale par les badigeon- nages cutan6s de ga'iacol. Cong, franc, de med. 1894, TUBERCULOSIS. 843 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) with guaiac compounds. Par 1895 i, 539-511.— Czirfus (D.) Das Novocol in der Phthiseotherapie. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1911, Ixi,2714- 2717 — Dc Renzi (E.) II guajacol per uso esternonella cura della tisichezza polmonare. Rev. clin. e terap., Napoli. 1S9L xvi, 561-564.— Biamantberger. La cre- osote et le gaiacol dans le traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire: resultats obtenus a l'aide des injections sous-cut.uu es de gaiacol. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1890, lxiii, 1230-1233.—Fischer(H.) BeitragzurTherapiederLun- gentuberkulose; fiber Sirolin-Behandlung. Reichs-Med.- Anz., Leipz., 1903, xxviii, 45; 67.—Gardner (J. T ) Therapeutic use of guaiamar; a plea for its further use in phthisis pulmonalis. Med. Age, Detroit, 1900, xviii, 532- 534.—Green (M.) Guaiacol carbonate as a substitute for creosote in phthisis. Mass. M. J., Bost, 1896, xvi, 1_9—Gregg (W. H.) The administration of guaiacol iodide by the intestines in the treatment of tuberculous disease of the lungs. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1891, liv, 347.— Guibert (H.) Traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire par les injections hvpodermiques ae ga'iacol iodoforme. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Montpel., 1891, xiii, 385-387.— Haagner (L.) Ueber Guajakose. Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1910, lv, 321.—Jaeobi \ A.) Notes on guaiacol in the treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis. Tr. Am. Climat. Ass. 1892, Phila., 1893, ix, 3-8. Also: Internat. M. Mag., Phila., 1891, i, 1025-1029.—Kolbl (F.) Beitrag zur Behandlung der Lungentubereulose mit besonderer Berucksichtigung des Aphthisin (Synonym: Guajacolum compositum Hell), einer loslichen Guajacol-Petrosulfol- Verbindung. Wien. med. Presse, 1902, xliii, 2028-2034 — Kilhn (A.) Ueber die Behandlung der Lungentuber- culose mit Geosot (Guajacolum valerianicum). Therap. Monatsh.,Berl.,1902,xvi,567.—liavrofl'(N. I.) Nakozh- noye primleneniye gvayakola pri bugorchatkle lyokh- kikh. [Cutaneous use of guaiacol in pulmonary phthisis.] Izvlest. Imp. Vovenno-Med. Akad., S.-Peterb., 1901, iii, 348-367.—Lehr (J.) Die Guajacol-Therapie und dasMal- tacol. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1909, xiv, 226.— Lesh (F. A.) O Hechenii chakhotochnikh kozhnimi smazivanivami guaiacol'om. [Treatment of phthisis by rubbing the skin with guaiacol.] Trudi Obsh. Kievsk. vrach., Kiev, 1895, i, 25-35.—Le Tanneur. Technique et dosage des injections sous-cutanees de gaiacol dans le traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire. J. de med. de Par., 1896, 2. s., viii, 74. Also: Repert.de therap., Par., 1896, xiii, 6-8.—.Halkoff (G. M.) O Hechenii tuberku- lyoza lyokhkikh nakozhnim primleneniyem chistavo gvayakola. [Treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis by cutaneous application of pure guaiacol.] Tuberkulyoz, S.-Peterb., 1918, ii, 63-€8—Mandl (H.) Die therapeu- tische Verwendung von Torosan in der Behandlung der Lungentuberculose. Heilkunde, Berl., 1907, 227-232.— IVIassalongo (R.) Delia guajacose nelle affezioni croniche broncopolmonali ed in ispecienella tubercolosi. Fracastoro. Gazz. med. Veronese, Verona, 1909, v, 145-150. Also, transl: Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1909, lxxviii, 167.—.Heissen. Guajakol bei Phthise. Therap. Mo- natsh., Berl., 1889, iii, 400.—Picot. Du traitement de la tuberculose et de la pleuresie tubereuleuse par les injec- tions sous-cutanees de gayacol et d' iod< >f< >rme, en solution dans l'huile d'olives sterilisee et la vaseline. Bull. Acad. de med., Par., 1891, 3. s., xxv, 314-330. -----. Traitement de tuberculose pulmonaire et de la pleuresie d'origine tubereuleuse par les injections hypodermiques de ga'iacol iodoforme. Gaz. hebd. de med., Par., 1891, 2. s., xxvm, 112-118. Also: Semaine med., Par., 1891, xi, 77-79. Also, transl: Rev. balear de cien. med., Palma de Mallorca, 1891, vii, 513-628.—Reese (D. M.) Note on the use of guaiacol in pulmonarv tuberculosis. Internat. M. Mag., Phila., 1893 ii, 28.—Robertson (R.) Treatment of con- sumption by the hvpodermic administration of guaiacol and iodoform. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1891, ii, 1040.—Sahli. Ueber das benzoesaure Guaiacol und uber die Ursache der giinstigen therapeutischen Wirkung der Kreosot- und Guaiacolpriiparate bei gewissen Fallen von Lungentu- berculose. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1890, xx, 505-512.—Scarpa (L. G ) Guaicolo ed eucaliptolo iodo- formiati per iniezioni ipodermiche nella cura della tisi pulmonare. Gazz. med. di Torino, 1891, xlii, 601-608. Also: Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1891, 3. s., xxxix 907-912. -----. Guaiacoloed eucaliptolo nella tisi polmonare. Lavori d. Cong, di med int. 1892, Milano, [1893] v 439-444—SeilVrt (R.) On the internal admin- istration'of guaiacol and creosote in phthisis pulmonalis. Lancet, Lond., 1896, ii, 1373-1375.—Seifert (R.) & H»l- scher (F ) Ueber die Anwendung von Guajacolcarbo- nat bei Tuberculose. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1891, xxviii, 1195-1197—Sezenovski (V.D.) Odlelstviiuglekislavo gvayakola v dvukh sluchayakh lyokhochnol chakhotki. [On the action of carbonate of guajacol in two cases of pulmonary phthisis.] Voyenno-med. J , St. Petersb., 1897, clxxxix, med.-spec pt., 408-414 1 diag.-Shoyer IA p) Treatment of phthisis by epidermic application of guaiacol Scot. M. & 8. J., Edinb., 1899, v, 204-212.- Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) with guaiac compounds. Squire (J. E.) The administration of large doses of guaiacol in phthisis. Lancet, Lond., 1898, i, 993.—Ste- vens (A. A.) Guaiacol in phthisis, with special refer- ence to the hypodermic use of the drug. Univ. M. Mag., Phila., 1895-6, viii, 704-709.—Strauss (J.) Ueber die Anwendung von Guajecetin bei Lungentuberkulose. Centralbl. f. innere Med., Leipz., 1896, xvii, 641-643.— Turin (D.) Sul valore delle iniezioni ipodermiche di guajacolo e di jodoformio nella cura della tuberculosi polmonare. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1892, xiii, 1098-1103.— Weill (A.) & Di;imautl) How shall the physician treat pulmonary tuberculosis at home? Tr. M. Soc. N. Car., Wilmington, 1894,30-41. .Use- North Car. M. J., Wilmington, 1894, xxxiv, 8-16.—Wcbc r (L.) On the home treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis Tr. Am. Climat. Ass., Phila., 1901, xvii, 183-195. Also: N. York M. J., 1901, lxxiv, 100-104. Also: Post-Graduate, N. Y , 1901, xvi, 1041-1054. [Discussion], 155-170.—von Weis- mayr (A.) Die hausliche Behandlung der Lungen- tuberkulose. Krankenpflege, Berl., 1901-2, i, 961-975.— Wertheimer (W.) Zur Behandlung der Lungen- tuberculose in hiiuslicher Pflege. Bl. i. klin. Hydro- therapy Wien, 1899, ix, 288-292.— Wilson (H.) Some points on the home management of pulmonary tuber- culosis. Med. Times, Loud., 1911, xxxix, 376. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) in hospitals. See Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Hospitals, etc., for). Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) by hot air inhalations. Gatit (F.) Le inalazioni di aria asciutta so- prariscaldata col metodo del dott. L. Weigert per la cura della tisi pulmonare. Relazione all' onor. consiglio degli istituti ospitalieri in Milano degli esperimenti eseguiti dai dottori Francesco Gatti ed Achille Visconti coll' ajuto del dott. I. Sormani. 8°. Milano, 1889. Weigert (L.) Die Heissluftbehandlung der Lungentuberkulose. 8°. Berlin, 1889. ------. The same. Consumption and its cure. Transl. by R. B. Earee. 8°. New York, 1889. ------. The same. De nieuwe geneeswijze der tering. Vertaald door J. Nord. 8°. Am- sterdam, 1889. ------. The same. II nuovo metodo di guari- gione della tisi. Dichiarato in maniera popolare e con spiegazione dell' apparato usatovi per 1' ina- lazione d' aria asciutta riscaldata al massinio grado. 8°. Torino, 1889. Achurra (P.) Juicio critico acerca del valor terapeu- tico de las inhalaciones de aire caliente en el tratamiento de la tuberculosis pulmonar. Rev. med. de Chile, Rant. de Chile, 1890-91, xix, 193-206.—Baratoux (J.) Trai- tement de la tuberculose pulmonaire et laryngee par les inhalations d'air surchauffe. Pratique med., Par., 1890, iv, 265-272. Also: Rev. d'hyg. therap., Par., 1890, ii, 171- 178.—Bivalkevich (M. G.) K voprosu o Hechenii chakhotki vdikhaniyami goryachavo vozdukha po spo- sobu Weigert'a. [Treatment of phthisis Dy inhalations of hot air by Weigert's method.] Vrach, St. Petersb., 1890, xi, 206; 229.—Cary (W. L.) A criticism of the Weigert hot air treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis. Brooklyn M. J., 1890, iv, 193-205.— Charles (T. C.) Pulmonary phthisis; some remarks as to its pathology and its cura- bility in early stages, particularly by the use of hot air inhalations. Lancet, Lond., 1891, i, 418; 481.—Di Vcstea (A.) Sulle inalazioni di aria soprariscaldata nella cura della tisi e sopra un facile mezzo di determinare la tem- perature polmonare. Riforma med., Napoli, 1889, v, 1070- 1073.—Filleau (A.) Traitement de la phtisie par l'air surchauffe (methode du Dr. Weigert, de New-York). Union med., Par., 1890, 3. s., xlix,870-872— Gilbert(V.) Du traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire par l'air surchauffe. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1890, x, 445-458.—Giordano (D.) Sulla cura della tuberco- losi polmonare colle inalazioni di aria soy ru riscaldata. Osservatore, Torino, 1890, xli, 865-873.—I una Is (R. F.) The Shurly-Gibbes treatment of tuberculosis, Internat. M. Mag., Phila., 1893, ii, 41 >3-Kln-liiionski (A.) Llechenive lyokhochnol chakhotki sukhim nagrietim vozdukhom. [Treatment of phthisis with dry hot air.] Vrach, St. Petersb., 1890, xi, 676— Krull (E.) Die Hei- lung der Lungenschwindsucht durch Einathmungen feuchtwarmer Luft von bestimmter gUichbleibender Temperatur. Tagebl. d. Versamml. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1888, Koln, 1889, Ixi, 95-97.—Leubuscher (G.) Ueber die Behandlung der Lungentuberculose mittelst des Krull'schen Apparates. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1890, xxvii, 97—Moser (H.) Beobachtungen bei der An- wendung des Weigert'schen Heissluftapparates bei der Tuberculose der Lungen und des Kehlkopfes. Ibid., 1889, xxvi, 1130.—Mosso (U.) & Bondelli (A.) Sulla TUBERCULOSIS. 847 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) by hot air inhalations. respirazione dell' aria riscaldata a 200° coll' apparecchio proposto dal dott. L. Weigert per la cura della tisi. Riv. clin., Milano, 1889, xxviii, 349-357. Also: Riv. gen. ital. di clin. med., Pisa, 1889-90, i, 1^1.—Ribbing (S.) Fil. Dr. Hakanssons attike-behandling vid tuberkulos. [Dr. Hakanssons vinegar treatment of tubercolosis (inhala- tion).] Eira, Stockholm, 1891, xv, 723-727.—Riva (A.) Alcune osservazioni sulla cura della tuberculosi polmo- nare mediante 1' apparecchio di Weigert. Ateneo med. parmense, Parma, 1890, iv, 1-19. Also: Morgagni, Milano, 1890, xxxii, 303-321.—Schmid. Zur Kritik der Behand- lung der Lungentuberkulose mittelst des Weigert'schen Heissluftapparates. Verhandl. d. Cons:, f. innere Med Wiesb., 1890, ix, 412-118—Schoengut (S.) & Pie Iter (S.) Die Heissluftbehandlung der Lungentuberculose. Centralbl. f. d. ges. Therap., Wien, 1890, viii, 524-536 — Sehrwald (E.) Die Krull'sche Methode der Tubercu- losebehandlung in ihrer thermischen Einwirkung auf die Lunge. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl 1890, xvi, 989; 1015.-Taylor (H. H.) Cases illustrating the treatment of phthisis by the inhalation of superheated air. Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1890, xxiii,236-239.—Thomp- son (W. G.) The fallacy of the so-called hot-air treat- ment of phthisis. Tr. N. York Acad. M. (1890), 1891, 2. s., vii, 161-182. Also: Boston M. & S. J., 1890, cxxii, 378-381. Also: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1890, xxxvii, 457-462.— Trudeau (E. L.) Hot air inhalations in pulmonarv tuberculosis. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1889, iv, 287-291. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) with hydrofluoric acid. Alvaro-Alberto. Les composes fluor^s, et en particulier le fluorure de bore dans le traite- ment de la tuberculose pulmonaire. 8°. Paris, 1889. Brunet (J.) * Recherches sur le traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire par les inhalations d'acide fluorhydrique. 4°. Paris, 1889. -----. The same. 8°. Paris, 1889. Ampngnani & Nciolla. L'acido fluoridrico nella cura della tubercolosi polmonare. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1888, Milano, 1889, i, 63-73.----------. Acido fluoridrico; sua applicazione nel trattamento della tu- bercolosi polmonare. Riv. clin., Milano, 1889, xxviii, 147-176.—Bardet (G.) Inhalateur automatique pour l'emploi therapeutique de l'acide fluorhydrique. H6p. Cochin. Compt. rend. d. trav. du lab. de therap., Par., 1889, 149-157.—Bourgois. Deux cas de phtisie gueris par les inhalations fluorhydriques. Bull. Soc. anat.-clin. de Lille, 1890, v, 162-179. Also [Abstr.]: J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1890, ii, 345-347.—Francois. Note sur l'emploi des inhalations d'acide fluorhydrique dans le traitement de la phtisie pulmonaire. Arch. m6d. beiges, Brux., 1889, 3. s., xxxvi, 289-305.—Gallois (E.) De l'emploi therapeutique du fluorure de bore. Ann. de l'enseign. sup. de Grenoble, 1889, i, 205-223.—Graarud (G.) Om Inhalationsterapien ved Lungetuberkulose, specielt dens Behandlung med Fluorvandstof. Norsk. Mag. f. Lse- gevidensk., Christiania, 1889, 4. R., iv, 365-398.—Mar- tins Costa. Nota sobre o valor therapeutico das injec- coes sulfo-carbonicos e das inhalacoes de acido fluorhy- drico no tratamento da tuberculose pulmonar. Cong. brazil, de med. e cirug., Rio de Jan., 1889, i, 23-28.— de Micas. • Notes sur le traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire par les inhalations d'acide fluorhvdrique. Bull. Soc. de med. de Toulouse, 1891, i, 126-148.—Seiler. Note sur le traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire par les inhalations d'acide fluorhvdrique. Assoc, franc, pour l'avance. d. sc. C.-r. 1886, Par., 1887, pt. 2, 718. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) by hydrotherapy. See, also, Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) with mineral waters; Tuberculosis (Treat- ment of) by hydrotherapy. Bam; (S.) Brystsygdomme; behandling med Bade- og Kurrejser. [Consumption; treatment with baths and traveling.] 8°. K0benhavn, 1902. Cazaux (M.) Nature et traitement hydrolo- gique de la phtisie pulmonaire. 8°. Paris, 1883. Armbrust (G.) Die Hydrotherapie bei der Lungen- tuberkulose. Monatschr. f. phys. diatet. Heilmeth. [etcl Munchen, 1909, i, 145-150. Also, transl: Tribuna med.', Rio de Jan., 1909, xv, 65-70. — Buxbaum (B.) Die hydriatische Behandlung der Lungentuberkulose. Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1903, xlviii, 547.—Casarini (C.) Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) by hydrotherapy. L' idroterapia nella tubercolosi polmonare. Gior. in- ternaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 1896, n. s., xviii, 281-292 — Cathomas (J. B.) Ueber den Werth der Hydrothera- pie bei Lungentuberculose. Bl. f. klin. Hydrotherap., Wien, 1896, vi, 10-17.-Cla r (C.) Erfahrungen fiber Hy- drotherapie bei der Lungenphthise. Ibid., 1892, ii, 29- 35.—Daus (S.) Ueber Wasserprozeduren bei Lungen- schwindsucht. Arch. f. phys.-diatet. Therap., Frankf. a. d.O., 1908, x, 101-104.—De Renzi (E.) II moto ed il freddo nella cura dei tubercolosi. Atti d. r. Accad. med. chir. di Napoli, 1912, lxvi, 15-23.—Fai (M. M.) A tudo- gumdk6r hydrotherapiajar61. [Hydrotherapy in pul- monary tuberculosis.] Fiirdo- es vizgy6gyaszat, Buda- pest, 1905, 1-3— Guryan (Annas.) Hidroterapiya pri lyokhochnol chakhotkle. [. . . in consumption.] Trudi V syezda Obsh. russk. vrach. v pamyat Pirogova, S.-Pe- terb., 1894, i, 302-307.—Kaiser (J.) Lungenschwind- sucht-Hydrotherapie. Aerztl. Mitth. a. Baden, Karls- ruhe, 1898, Iii, 171-176.—Kuthy (D. O.) Hydrotherapiai tapasztalatok 1000 tiiddgiim6k6ros betegen. [Hydro- therapeutical observations in 1,000 patients with pul- monary tuberculosis.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1904, xlviii, 509; 529. Also, transl: Ungar. med. Presse, Buda- pest, 1904, ix, 453-456. -----. Der hydriatische Faktor in der modernen Phthisiotherapie. Monatschr. f. d. phys.- diatet. Heilmeth. [etc.], Munchen, 1909, i, 280-290.— Luton (E.) De l'eau oxygenee dans le traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire au second degre. Union med. du nord-est, Reims, 1901, xxv, 297-304. —Maturi (E.) L'hydrotherapie dans la tuberculose et dans la phtisie pulmonaire. Tubercul. inf., Par., 1908, xi, 87; 123.— Meffert (H.) Beitrag zur hydriatischen Behand- lung der beginnenden Lungentuberkulose im Hause. Monatschr. f. prakt. Wasserh., Munchen, 1901, viii, 99- 103.—Moeller (A.) Die Hydrotherapie der Lungen- schwindsucht. Veroffentl. d. balneol. Gesellsch. in Berl., Berl. u. Wien, 1909, pt. 2, 74-81. Also: Med. Klin., Berl., 1909, v, 668-670.—Munter (S.) Die Hvdrotherapie der Lungentherapie. Verhandl.. . . Tuberc.-Commis. d. Ge- sellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1901, Berl., 1902, 139- 153. Also: Bl. f. klin. Hydrotherap., Wien, 1901, xi, 249- 260. Also: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1902, xxxix, 212-216. Also: Monatschr. f. prakt. Wasserh., Munchen, 1902, ix, 54; 85: 97.— Naumann (H.) Die Heilfactoren bei chro- nischer Lungentuberculose. Balneol. Centr.-Ztg., Berl 1902, 73; 77.— Okolicsanyi-Kuthy (D.) A tiidogu- mok6r hydrotherapi&ja. [Hydrotherapy in pulmonary phthisis.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1909, liii, 610-615.— Reld (G. M.) Treatment of acute phthisis, by continu- ous and persistent reduction of body temperature; low- ering the vitality, and consequent virulence of the tu- bercle bacillus. Austral. M. J., Melbourne, 1895, n. s., xvii, 49-54.—Robin (A.) Traitement de la tuberculose; l'hydrotherapie. Bull. gen. de thdrap. [etc.], Par., 1912, clxiii, 250-260.—Rose (A.) Treatment of phymatiasis by means of the continuous bath. N. York M. J. [etc], 1912, xcv, 736. Also: Internat. Centralbl. f. d. ges. Tu- berk.-Forsch., Wiirzb. & Par., 1912, vi, 403.—Schmieden & Booth ke. Die Riiumlichkeiten und ihre Einrich- tungen zur hydrotherapeutischen Behandlung der Lungenkranken in den Heilstatten der Landes-Ver- sicherungsanstalt Berlin zu Beelitz. Tuberculosis, Leipz., 1902, i, 205-210.—Sch litze (C.) Die Hydrothera- pie der Lungenschwindsucht. Ber. ii. d. Kong. z. Be- kampf. d. Tuberk. [etc], Berl., 1899, 459-461. Also: Bl. f. klin. Hydrotherap., Wien, 1899, ix, 161-164. — SevastyanotT(A. T.) K voprosu ob usvoyenii azota pishtshi i azotistom obmlenle u chakhotochnikh pod vliyaniyem solenikh vann (35° C). [Assimilation of the nitrogen from food, and nitrogenous metabolism, in phthisis under the influence of salt baths (35° C.).] Vrach, St. Petersb., 1891, xii, 843.—Simon (G.) Ueber Wirkungen und Nebenvvirkungen von Brustumschlagen. Med. Klin., Berl., 1910, vi, 539-542.—Siotis & Melachri- nos. L'hydrotherapie dans le traitement de la tuber- culose pulmonaire. Gaz. med. d'Orient, Constant., 1900, 283-303.—Stern (M.) Das Wasser in der Schwindsucht- behandlung. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1898, xii, 323-327.— Strasser (A.) Hydrotherapie der Lungentuberkulose. Jahresb. f. iirztl. Fortbild., Munchen, 1911, 8. Hft., 24-33.— Szontagh (N.) Ueber die hydrotherapeutische Be- handlung der Phthisiker. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Buda- pest, 1894, xxx, 705-708.—Von Ruck (K.) Hydrothe- rapy in the treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis. The- rap. Gaz., Detroit, 1894, 3. s., x, 728.—Winternitz (W.) Die Hydrotherapie der Lungentuberkulose und -Schwind- sucht. Bl. f. klin. Hydrotherap., Wien, 1895, v, 145. -----. Zur Hydrotherapie der Lungenphthise (Schwind- sucht). Ibid., 161-166. -----. Die Hvdrotherapie der Lungenphthise. Ibid., 1896, vi, 89-95. Also: Med.-chir. Centralbl . Wien, 1896, xxxi, 282-285. Also: Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1896, xxii, 243-245. Also: Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., Berl., 1896, xvii, 461-463. Also: Therap. Wchnschr., Wien, 1896, iii, 341-343. Also: Verof- fentl. d. Hufeland. Gesellsch. in Berl. Balneol. Gesell- TUBERCULOSIS. 848 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) by hydrotherapy. sch., 1896, xvii, 140-148. [Discussion], 188-192. -----. Die Hydrotherapie der Lungenphthise. Ber. ii. d. Kong. z. Bekampf. d. Tuberk. [etc.], Berl., 1899, 423-425. -----. Lungentuberculose una Hvdrotherapie. Wien. med. Presse, 1902, xliii, 113-123. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) with hypnotics and sedatives. Ernst (H. W.) *Das Pyramidon und sein saures kampfersaures Salz mit einigen Beobach- tungen ihrer Wirkung bei Phthisikern. 8°. Halle a. S., 1905. Abraham (K.) Ueber Versuche mit Veronal bei Er- regungszustiindenderParalytiker. Centralbl. f. Nervenh. u. Psychiat., Berl. u. Leipz., 1904, xxvii, 176-180.—von Behring. Bedingungen fiir die Abgabe der Tulase an Kliniken. Tuberculosis, Leipz., 1906, v, 346-349.—Bill (J. G.) On the use of modified opium-smoking in pul- monary tuberculosis. Lancet, Lond., 1891, ii, 60. — Gaussel. Note sur l'emploi du pantopon dans la tuber- culose pulmonaire. Montpel. med., 1912, xxxiv, 140- 142.—Guinard (L.) La diacetylmorphine (heroine) et ses indications, particulierement contre la toux des tu- berculeux. Cong, franc, de med., 10. sess. 1908, Geneve, 1909, ii, 307-310.—Lorenz (E.) Die Anwendung des Adalin in der Lungenheilstatte. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1912, xix, 337.—Sakorraphos (M.) La mor- §hine stimule les phtisiques. Internat. Centralbl. f. . ges. Tuberk.-Forsch., Wiirzb. & Par., 1911-13, vii, 129. Also: Progres m6d., Par., 1912, 3. s., xxviii, 469.—Smith (S. C.) Theuseof sedatives in phthisis. Hospital, Lond., 1895-6, xix, 277.—Van Marter (J. G.), jr. Modified opium smoking in pulmonary tuberculosis. Georgia J. M. & S., Savannah, 1897, i, 143-145. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) with hypophosphites. Chorchill's method of using the hypophos- phites in phthisis. Therapeutic results observed in seventy-nine cases treated at his dispensary at Paris, during one year. Dr. Churchill's sum- mary of argument upon the theory of tubercu- losis. Mode and rules of action of the hypo- phosphites. Indications for the use of the sev- eral salts. Contra-indicated remedies, etc. [3. ed.] 8°. [n. p.], 1884. Fellows (J. I.) The "wills-o'-the wisp" of disease. Part xiii. 12°. New York, Paris &• London, 1894. Marsillach y Parera (J.) Observaciones sobre el tratamiento de la tisis pulmonar por medio de los hipofosfitos. Memoria a la que fue adjudicado el primer premio que consiste en el titulo de socio corresponsal y una medalla de oro por la Academia de medicina y cirugia de Barcelona en el concurso de 1850. 8°. Bar- celona, 1860. Pulmonary phthisis, and the value of hypo- phosphites of lime and soda in its treatment. sm. 4°. [Boston, 1886.] Blank (T.) Churchill's method applied with success in forty-five cases of phthisis pulmonalis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1897, xxviii, 392-395.—Churchill (J. F.) Me- moire sur le traitement de la phtisie pulmonaire et sur Paction physiologique et therapeutique des hypophos- phites. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1858, xlvi, 1042- 1044.—Pisani (A.) Gl' ipofosfiti Churchill nella cura ricostituente della tubercolosi. Gazz. med. d. Marche, 1906, xiv, no. 8, 5-7. Also: Gior. di med. e chir., Napoli, 1906, ii, 601-608.—Rainstord (H.) Petroleum and hy- pophosphites in tuberculosis. Med. Times & Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1893, xxi, 266. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) with ichthyol. See, also, Tuberculosis (Treatment of) with ichthyol. Astrakhan (I. D.) Ikhtiol pri tuberkulozle lyokh- kikh. [Ichthyol in tuberculosis of the lungs.] Sovrem. terap., Mosk., 1901, ii, 65; 129. Also, transl: Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1902, lxxi, 206; 219— Branthonne. De l'ichthyol dans la tuberculose pulmonaire. France med., Par., 1897, xliv, 723-726.—Burnet (J.) The true therapeutic action of ichthyol in pulmonary tuberculosis. J. Tuberc, Asheville, N. C, 1903, v, 349-352. _____. Ich- Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) with ichthyol. thyol in the treatment of pulmonary disease. Lancet Lond., 1903, ii, 384-387.—Colin (M.) Die Behandlung der Lungentuberkulose mittels Ichthyol. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1896, xxii, 447-4,50. Also, Re- print.— Combemale & BesoiI. Valeur de l'ichthyol dans le traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire. Bull. med., Par., 1898. xii, 385. Also: Echo med. du nord, Lille 1898,187-189.—De Renzi (E.) L'ittiolo nella curadella tubercolosi polmonare. N. riv. clin.-terap., Napoli, 1902, v,337-340.—Desoil (P.) Du traitementdelatuberculose pulmonaire par l'ichtyol. Bull. Soc. centr. de med. du nord, Lille, 1898, 2. s., ii, 58-84.—Fornaseri (G.) L' uso dell' ittiolo nella tubercolosi polmonare. Pensiero med., Milano, 1911,i, 1-4.—Fraenkel (H.) Ichtyolwgruzlicy pluc. [. . . in pulmonary tuberculosis.] Przegl. lek., Krak6w, 1897, xxxvi, 135. Also, transl: Therap. Wchn- schr., Wien, 1897, iv, 357-359.—Lebrun. De l'ichtyol dans le traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire. Arch. med. beiges, Brux., 1897,4. s., x, 379-383.—Le Tanneur. De l'ichthyol dans le traitement de la tuberculose pulmo- naire. Repert. de therap., Par., 1896, xiii, 83; 179. Also, Reprint—Mostkoff( A.) K voprosuodielstviiikhtiola pri lyokhochnol bugorchatkle. [Ichthyol in pulmonary tuberculosis.] Vrach. gaz., S.-Peterb, 1901, viii, 501-603. Also,transl: Allg.med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl. ,1901, lxx,885-887.— Also, Reprint. Also, transl: Kinder-Arzt, Leipz., 1902,xiii, 202-205.— Odell (W.) Treatmentof pulmonary tuberculo- sis with ichthyol. Merck's Arch.,N. Y.,1909, xi, 212-215. -----. Weitere Erfahrungen iiber die Bedeutung der Ich- thyoltherapie bei Lungentuberkulose. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1912, xix, 264-267.— Pergher. La cura della tu- bercolosi polmonare coll' ittiolo. Boll. med. trentino, Trento, 1897, xvi, 37-44.—Rohden (B.) Die Heilkraft des Ichthyolsalicyl; Beitrag zur medicamentosen Phthi- siotherapie. Med. Woche, Berl., 1903, 258.—Scarpa (L. G.) L' ittiolo nella cura della tisi polmonare. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1895, lviii, 187-199. Also [Ab- str.]: Lavori d. Cong, di med. int., Milano, 1895, vi, 211. Also, transl: Therap. Wchnschr., Wien, 1895, ii, 342-346. Also, Reprint. -----. L' ittiolo nelle malattie bronco-pol- monari e sopra tutto nella tisi. Boll. d. Policlin., Torino, 1897, ii, 256; 265.—Schaefer. Hatlchthyol eine Wirkung ■bei tuberkulosen Erkrankungen der Lunge und bei Lun- genschwindsucht und welche? Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl.- Wien, 1900,n.F.,ii,495-501. Also,Reprint.—Schlele(W.) Ichtyol bei der Lungentuberculose. St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr., 1899, n. F., xvi, 65-67.—Williams (J. R.) A report of cases treated with ichthyolated emulsion compound. Atlanta Jour.-Rec. Med., 1908-9, x, 430-434. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) with igazol. 'Avellone (D.), Pitlni (A.) & Sorgi (A.) I tisiei dell' Ospedale della Guadagna curati colle inalazioni d' igazolo. Arch, di farm, e terap., Palermo, 1900, viii, 157-210.—Cervello (V.) Sur le traitement de la tuber- culose pulmonaire par 1'igazol. Cong, internat. de m6d. C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de therap., 36-40. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1900, xiv, 433. -----. Cura della tubercolosi polmonare coi vapori di igazolo. N. scuola med. napol., 1906, xxi, 85-87.—Ehrenfeld (M.) La cura della tubercolosi polmonare coi vapori d" igazolo. Arch, di farm, e terap., Palermo, 1901, ix, 91; 158, 2 tab—Gioffredi (C.) & Bazzlcalupo (G.) L'igazolo nella cura della tubercolosi polmonare. Ibid., 1900, viii, 131-149. Also: Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 1900, n. s., xxii, 241-253.—Preisach (I.) A tii- dotuberculosis kezel6se igazol-lal. [The treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis by igazol.] Orvosi hetil., Buda- pest, 1901, xiv, 409-411. Also, transl: Pest, med.-chir., Presse, Budapest, 1901, xxxvii, 757-761. Also, transl: Un- gar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1901, vi, 489.—Tomaselli (S.) Le inalazioni d' igazolo nella tubercolosi pulmo- nare. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1900, xxi, 1126. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) by immobilization of thorax. See, also, Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treat- ment of) by artificial pneumothorax. Champion (G.) *Traitement adjuvant de la tuberculose pulmonaire par 1'immobilisation temporaire du thorax. 8°. Paris, 1899. Bloch (A.-M.) Traitement adjuvant de la tubercu- lose pulmonaire par l'immobilisation du c6t6 malade du thorax. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1898, 10. s., v, 489-492. -----. Traitement adjuvant de la tuberculose pulmonaire par l'immobilisation partielle du thorax. Ibid., 1899, 10. s., vi, 44-46. -----. Recherches pneumo- graphiques sur les tuberculeux traites par l'immobilisa- tion partielle du thorax. Cong. p. I'etude de la tubercu- lose, Par., 1898, iv, 867-870.—Denison (C.) Remarks on intra-thoracic pressure; also the illustration of the au- thor's method of lung immobilisation. Tr. Am. Climat. TUBERCULOSIS. 849 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) by immobilization of thorax. Ass., Phila., 1902, xviii, 80-91. Also: Med. News, Phila., 1902, lxxxi, 772-775. Also, Reprint.— Giuelin. Korblie- gestuhl [fiir Lungenkranke]. Med. Woche, Berl., 1902, 355.—Grau (H.) Tuberkulose und Thoraxstarre. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1912, Suppl.-Bd. iii, 43-49.— Harrass (P.) Mobilisierungoder Immobilisierung der Lunge wegen Tuberkulose. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1910, xxi, 491-512.—Mlgnon. Traite- ment adjuvant de la tuberculose pulmonaire par l'im- mobilisation du thorax. Med. mod., Par., 3898, ix, 441.— Rohden (B.) Dr. Zenker's Fixations-Stutzkorsett im Vergleich zu unseren Aufgaben in der Phthisiotherapie. Ztschr. f. diatet. u. physik. Ttierap., Leipz., 1900, iv, 138- 141.—Rubel (A. X.) Funksionalniy pokol lyokhkavo i koordinatsiya dikhatelnikh dvizheniy pri lyokhochnol bugorchatkle. [Functional rest of the lung and co- ordination of the respiratory movements in pulmo- nary phthisis.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1906, v, 544; 608; 643; 705. Also, transl: Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1906-7, x, 193; 319.—Schepelmann (E.) Einsei- tige Lungenimmobilisierung durch Phrenikusresektion. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1913, lx, 490.—Turban (K.) Bemerkung zu dem Aufsatze von A. N. Rubel: Funktionelle Ruhe der Lungen und Koordination der Atmungsbewegungen bei Lungentuberkulose. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1907, xi, 63—Williams (B. G. R.) Treatment of phthisis by immobilization of portions of the trunk with compensatory increase of motion of parts directly over tuberculous involvement. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1910, xcii, 510-515.—Zenker (F.) Fixations- und Stiitz-Corsett fiir Lungenphthisiker. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1899, xxv, Therap. Beil., 76- 79. See, also, supra, Rohden. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) by immunizing bodies [Spengler s Berezovski (S. E.) Llecheniye bugorchatki tuberkulinom Karla Spengler. [Treatment of tuberculosis with Spengler's tuberculin.] 8°, S.-Peterburg, 1908. Breuer (J.) * Klinische Erfahrungen mit der IK (Immunkorper)-Behandlung nach C. Spengler. 8°. Bonn, 1911. Fearis (W. H.) The treatment of tuberculosis by means of the immune substances (I. K.) the- rapy; an introduction to Carl Spengler's work on immunity and tuberculosis. 8°. London, 1912. Alexander. Ueber unsere mit IK bei Behandlung der Lungentuberkulose gemachten Erfahrungen. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1909, xiv, 97-122.— Avto- kratoff(F.) Llecheniye bugorchatki immunnimi tle- lami "I.-K." K. Spengler'a v selskol ambulatorii. [Treatment of tuberculosis by Spengler's "I.-K." immune bodies in village practice.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1909, xvi, 1521; 1658.—Baer (O.) Erfahrungen mit C. Speng- ler's I.-K. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 208-210.— Benker (O. H.) Theoretical considerations, practical applications and results of Carl Spengler's "I. K." in the treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1910, xvii, 932-934—Benohr (R.) Tuberku- lose-Therapie nach Carl Spengler mit besonderer Beriick- sichtigung des IK. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1910, xvi, 327-338,1 diag.—Ben oil r (R.) & Hottinaiin (A.) Anwendung und Wirkungsweise des IK an der Hand von Krankengeschichten aus der Carl Spengler- schen Praxis. Ibid., 339-399, 9 pl.—Exner (A.) & Lenk (R.) Ueber Erfahrungen mit Anwendung der Spengler- schen lK-Therapie bei chirurgischer Tuberkulose. Zen- tralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1910, xxxvii, 977.—Fearis (W. H.) Carl Spengler's views and methods regarding tubercu- losis. Brit. J. Tuberculosis, Lond.,1913, vii, 19-24.—Frey (H.) Einige Bemerkungen zu C. Spenglers neuem Heil- verfahren. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1905, xix, 239-242 — Fuchs-Wolffring (Sophie). Die Karl Spenglersche Schnellpriizipitationsmethode und ihre Bedeutung fiir die Diagnose und die spezifische Therapie der Tuberku- lose. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1909, Leipz., 1910, lxxxi, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 39-41. -----. Le traitement de la tuberculose par IK (corps immunisants de Carl Spengler); comparaison avec les r&sultats obtenus par la cure sanatoriale, simple ou combin6e avec le traite- ment tuberculinique. Rev. de la tuberculose, Par., 1912, 2. s., ix, 1-18— Galeeki (S.) & Budzytiskl (T.) 0 dzialaniu leczniczem "IK" C. Spengler'a w gruzlicy plucnej. [Therapeutic action of Spengler's "IK" in pul- monary tuberculosis.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1910, 2. s., xxx, 285; 317; 341; 362.—Gantz (M.) Oleczeniugruzlicy pluc za pomoca. substancyi uodparniacych (I. K.) Speng- vol xviii, 2d series---54 Tuberculosis (Pidmonary, Treatment of) by immunizing bodies [Spengler's lera. [Treatment of pulmonary phthisis by Spengler's immunizing substances (I. K.).] Medycyna i Kron. lek., 1910, xiv, 411; 431. Also, transl: Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1910, xxiii, 1036.—Giao (A.) Le diagnostic et le traite- ment de la tuberculose dans la clinique du Dr. Carl Speng- ler ;i Davos. Cong, internat. de med., Lisbonne, 1906, xv, sect. 3, 312-316.—Gr6sz (M.) Spengler elmeiete a tuber- culosis gy6gyitasar61. [The theorv of Spengler in the treatment of tuberculosis.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1907, li, 632.—Hollos (J.) A Spengler-feie gy6gyoltasokerte- kerol. [Value of Spengler's inoculation method.] Bu- dapest!' orv. ujsag, 1908, vi, 384. -----. A gumok6r gy6- gyitasa a Spengler-feie vaccinatioval. [Treatment of tuberculosis by Spengler's vaccination.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1908, li,297; 313— Karpilovski (D. A.) Opit primleneniya "IK" C. Spengler'a pri Hechenii bugor- chatki. [Application of Spengler's "IK" in the treatment of tuberculosis] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1910, xvii, 1411- 1415.—Kasherininova (N. A.) K voprosu ob "I. K." Spengler'a. Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1910, ix, 1723.— Kerle (K.) Beitrag zur Behandlung mit IK. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1910, xlvii, 627-629.— Kgtly (L.) A Spengler-feie gy6gyoltasok ertekerol. [The value of Spengler's inoculation.] Budapesti orv. ujsag, 1908, vi, 346.— Kirschenblatt (D.) Bemerkungen zum Artikel G. Simons; Erfahrungen mit der I. K.- (Immunkorper-) Behandlung nach C. Spengler. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1909-10, xv, 280 - 283. — Leigh (C. W.) Carl Spengler's "I. K." treatment. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1911, xix, 461-470. — Lukin ( F.) I. K.-Behandluhg. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1910-11, xviii, 385-397, 8 pl.—Minet (J.) & Leclercq (J.) Traitement de la tuberculose par les corps immunisants de Carl Spengler. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1912, xvi, 85-89.—von Nies- sen. Vertheidigung meines Protestes gegen Koch's Tu- bereulosierung gegenuber Karl Spengler's Angriffen. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1902, Iii, 1444; 1493.—Pumr (W.) Die Behandlung der Tuberkulose mit IK (n. C. Spengler) in der Landpraxis. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1910, xvi, 401-412. —Robinson (F. N.) The treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis with Carl Spengler's I.-K. (immune Korper). St. Louis M. Rev., 1912, Ixi, 321-335.— Roepke'(Q.) Ergebnisse der Tuberkulose-Immunblut- (I.-K.-) Behandlung. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1909, xxxv, 1831-1833.—Roth (M.) Mitteilung iiber die Behandlung der Lungentuberkulose mit I. K. Spengler. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1910, lvii, 296.— Ryan (G. N.) A preliminary report of cases of tubercu- losis treated with Carl Spengler's tuberculosis immune blood. J. Iowa State M. Soc, Clinton, 1911-12, i, 371-379. Also: Med. Herald, St. Joseph, 1911, n. s., xxx, 347-353.— Schaefer (H.) Ueber Behandlung mit Carl Spengler's IK. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1909, lvi, 2375-2377.— Simons(G.) Erfahrungen mit der I. K.(Immunkorper)- Behandlung nach C. Spengler. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1909-10, xv, 63-81. See, also, supra, Kirschenblatt.-----. Weiteres fiber I. K. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1910, xvi, 169-182.—Spengler (C.) Ueber die Behandlung tuber- culoser Meerschweinchen mit Originaltuberculin. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infectionskrankh., Leipz., 1897, xxvi, 323-336. -----. Tuberkulose-Immunblut, Tuberkulose-Immunitat und Tuberkulose-Immunblut (I.-K.)-Behandlung. Deut- sche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1908, xxxiv, 1620- 1623. Also, transl: Therapist, Lond., 1908, xviii, 121-126. -----. Ueber Tuberkulose-Immunblut-(I. K.)-Behand- lung. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1909, xxxv, 2172.—Spengler's inoculation treatment of tu- berculosis. Lancet, Lond., 1908, i, 893.—Starkloff (F.) Erfahrungen iiber I. K. (Spengler). Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1911, xvii, 559-561.—von Szaboky (J.) Meine mit der C. Spenglerschen Behandlung erzielten Resultate. Ibid., 1909, xiv, 1-32.—Torday (A.) A giimbkor ugyne- vezett specifikus gy6gykezel6serol, kiilonds tekintettel a Spengler-feie ol&sokra. [On the specific treatment of tu- berculosis, with reference to Spengler's inoculations.] Budapesti orv. ujsag, 1908, vi, 567; 683.—Udintseff (A.) Klinicheskiya nablyudeniya nad primleneniyem pri lyokhochnol bugorchatkle tuberkulinov Denys, Koch'a i Immun Korper K. Spengler'a. [Clinical observations on the application of the Denys ana Koch tuberculins and K. Spengler's immune bodies in pulmonarv tuberculosis.] Tuberkulyoz, S.-Peterb., 1912,i, 193-205.—Weicker (H.) & Bandeller (B.) Ueber "I. K." Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1909, xxxv, 1833-1835.— Weihrauch (K.) Ein Beitrag zur Behandlung mit Spengler's I. K. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1910, xvi, 133-156.—Westph a 1. Erfolgreiche Anwendungs- weise des I. K. Spengler bei der Behandlung der Tuber- kulose. Ibid.. 413-417.— Wolff (M.) Tuberkulinbe- handlung, insbesondere Perlsucbttherapie,nach Spengler (Davos). Wien. med. Wcbnsebr., 1907. lvii, 2516-2519.— Woolston (W. F.) Preliminary report of cases treated by Dr.Carl Spengler's tuberculosis immune blood. Lancet- Clinic, Cincin., 1911, cv, 73-76. TUBERCULOSIS. 850 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pidmonary, Treatment of) by inhalations. See, also, Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treat- ment of) by hot-air inhalations; Tuberculosis (Pulmonury, Treatment of) with igazol; Tuber- culosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) with menthol. Coudert (A.-M.-L.) * Traitement de la tu- berculose pulmonaire par les inhalations de poussieres de verdet (methode de G. Billard). 8°. Paris, 1912. Gilbert (V.) * Etude sur les diverses medica- tions de la tuberculose pulmonaire, et en parti- culier sur le traitement par les inhalations d' acide fluorhydrique. 8°. Geneve, 1889. Roux (G.) * Contribution a I'etude du traite- ment de la tuberculose par les inhalations sous pression. 8°. Toulouse, 1909. Arnold. Du traitement de la tuberculose pulmo- naire par inhalations antiseptiques; ses effets et ses resul- tats. Cong-, franr;. de med., 10. session, Geneve, 1909, ii, 261.—Ashton (J.) Continuous inhalation treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, i, 891.— Ballard (J. C.) The treatmentof phthisis pulmonalis with the nascent chloride of ammonia. Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1900, n.s.,xi, 156.—Bean (CE.) Observations on the treatment of pulmonary consumption by the Shurly- Gibbes method. Northwest. Lancet, St. Paul, 1891, xi, 405- 408.—Bickerton. Chlorine as a cure for consumption. N. Zealand M. J., Dunedin, 1896, ix, 3-7.—Billard (G.) Traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire par les inhala- tions de poussieres de verdet. Presse med., Par., 1909, xvii, 252.—Boblerre(A.) De Paction chimique duchlore dans le traitement de la phthisie pulmonaire. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1848, xxvi, 177.—Brown (P.) The Shurly-Gibbes treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis, with a report of cases. Canad. Pract., Toronto, 1891, xvi, 132-137.—Bruce (S. N.) On the treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis by the prolonged inhalation of antiseptic and sedative vapours. Lancet, Lond., 1912, ii, 1318-1320.— Brilgelmann (W.) Wirksamkeit der N-Inhalationen bei Phthisis. Veroffentl. d. Gesellsch. f. Heilk. in Berl. Balneol. Sect., 1880, ii, 28-36.— Brilhl (T.) Ueber An- wendung von Inhalationen in der Phthiseotherapie. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1906, v, 225-239.— Bulling. Inhalation von phenylpropiolsaurem Na- trium gegen Kehlkopf- und Lungentuberkulose. Miin- ehen. med. Wchnschr., 1904, li, 752; 1613. -----. Inhalation von phenylpropiolsaurem Natron gegen Kehlkopf- und Lungentuberkulose. Ibid., 1905, Iii, 354-356.—Cadier & Jolly (L.) Inhalations d'air iodot6rebenthine contre la tuberculose. Bull, et mem. Soc. de med. et chir. prat. de Par., 1893, 83-86. [Discussion], 101-105.—Centra (C.) Le inalazioni continue nella tubercolosi polmonare. Sa- lute pubb., Perugia, 1903, xvi, 197.—Chowry-Muthu. Continuous antiseptic inhalation in the treatment of pul- monary tuberculosis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, ii, 671-673. -----. Some points in the treatment of pulmonary tu- berculosis, including continuous antiseptic inhalation. Ibid., 1912, ii, 955-957. -----. Continuous antiseptic inha- lation in the treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis. Practi- tioner, Lond., 1913, xc, 134-137.—Chuckerbutty (K. P.) Three typical cases of pulmonary consumption treated with Doctor S. C. Paul's phthisis inhalation. Indian Lancet, Calcutta, 1903, xxi, 1006.—Coromilas (G.) Des inhalations de sulfure de carbone dans le traitement de la phthisie. Bull. Soc. de med. prat, de Par., 1889, 691- 695.-----. Traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire au moyen d'inhalations de sulfure de carbone melange au phosphate de chaux. J. de med. de Par., 1892, 2. s., iv, 195.—rolietonx (R.) Puissance curato-prophylactique des remedes inspires dans les maladies contagieuses des voies respiratoires (nouveau traitement de la phtisie). Cong, franc, de med. Rap., Par., 1899, v, 796-802.—Csa- tary (A ) A sublimat-beiegze.sek 6rteker61 tuberculosis ellen. [Value of inhalations of sublimate in tubercu- losis.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1890, xxxiv, 235. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1890, xxvi, 533.—Dariex (X.) Traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire par les inhalations et les injections hypoder- miques d'acide sulfureux. Hop. Cochin. Compt. rend. d. trav. du lab. de therap., Par., 1889, 129-132.— Davis (C. E.) Acute tuberculosis, or galloping consumption, cured by bromine inhalation. Am. J. Clin. M., Chicago, 1910, xvii. 1230.—Delthil. Traitement antiseptique local de la phtisie pulmonaire par les inhalations gazeuses d'essen'-e de terebenthine idoformee ou iodolatee. J. de med. de Par., 1892, 2. s., iv, 426-429.—Bower (A. J.) In- halations in phthisis with a new form of inhaler. Brook- lyn M. J., 1896, x, 691-701.—Dutt(H.C) A tvpical case of pulmonary consumption (phthisis pulmonalis) treated by Dr. Paul's phthisis inhalation. [2 cases.] Indian Lancet, Calcutta, 1903. xxi, 743; 787: xxii, 14.— Elwell (W. E.) The Carasso treatment of pulmonarv tuberculosis I Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) by inhalations. by peppermint inhalations. J. Med. & Sc, Portland, 1894-5, i, 254.—Faivre. [Ln masque qui permet de donner des inhalations aux phtisiques rebelles a 1'in- jection intratracheale] Poitou med., Poitiers, 1903, xvii, 2.—Fasano (A.) Sulle inalazioni e sulle inje- zioni percutanee tracheali nella tisi pulmonare con la catramina Bertelli. Arch, internaz. di laringol., rinol., otol. [etc.], Napoli, 1890, vi, 3-16. -----. Sulla efficacia terapeutica della catramina Bertelli nelle tubercolosi locali ed esplicitazioni morbose affini. Ibid., 116-122.— Favreau (E.) Methode de traitement de la tubercu- lose pulmonaire et des maladies des voies respiratoires, par les poussieres medicamenteuses. J. de med. de Par., 1903, 2. s., xv, 131-133. Also: Repert. de therap., Par., 1903, xx, 67-71. -----. Traitement de la tuberculose pul- monaire et des maladies des voies respiratoires par la res- piration methodique de poussieres medicamenteuses a l'aide du pulvi-pneumo-respirateur. Cong, internat. de med. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, de therap., 141- 147.—Flsac (G.) Algunas consideraciones sobre las in- halaciones pulverulentas calcareas en la tuberculosis pul- monar. Gac. med. catal., Barcel., 1909, xxv, 296-298.— Flooer (H.) Ueber Behandlung der Lungentuberku- lose durch Einatmer von Fumiformdiimpfen. TheraDie d. Gegenw., Berl , 1912, liii, 543-545.—Frank (O.) Ein neuer Stickstoffapparat zur Behandlung der Lungentu- berkulose und anderer nicht tuberkuloser Erkrankungen der Lungen. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xxiv, 940.— Germicidal inhalations in pulmonarv tuberculosis. J. Tuberc, Asheville,N.C, 1899, i, 94-102.— Gibbes (II.) & Shurly (E. L.) On the value of the inhalation of chlo- rine gas and the use of iodine and chloride of gold and sodium hypodermieally in the treatment of pulmonary consumption, with an abstract of the clinical history of twenty-seven cases. Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1891,3. s.,vii, 217-242. Also, Reprint.-----------. On the value of the inhalations of chlorine gas, and the use hypodermieally of iodine and chloride of gold and sodium in the treat- ment of pulmonary consumption. Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1892, 3. s., viii, 235; 305.—Glbert. Sur un nouveau traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire par des inhala- tions d'aniline. N. Montpel. med., 1899, ix, 27-31.— Grant (D.) Continuous inhalation in pulmonary tu- berculosis. Lancet, Lond., 1911, i, 262.—Grysez (V.) Sur le traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire par les inhalations de verdet. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, lxx, 780-782.—Habershon (S. H.) Continuous antiseptic inhalation in tuberculosis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, i, 525.—Heryng(T.) Zastosowanie terapii inhala- cyjnej w leczeniu suchot plucnych. [Inhalation treat- ment in phthisis.] Przegl. lek., Krak6w, 1904, xliii, 799.— Hodgson (W.J.) Continuous antiseptic inhalation in pulmonary consumption. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, i, 935.— Huchard. Traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire par les inhalations medicamenteuses. J. d. m6d. de Par., 1895, 2. s., vii, 497.—Huguenin (G.) Pradisposition der Lungenspitzen und Inhalations-Tuberkulose. Cor.- Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1911, xli, 145; 182; 238; 260.— Ingals (E. F.) The Shurley-Gibbes treatment of pul- monary tuberculosis. Med. News, Phila., 1891, lviii, 371- 373—Ingals (E. F.) & Rhodes (J. E.) The Shurly- Gibbes treatment of tuberculosis. Chicago Med. Rec, 1891, i, 115-123. Also, Reprint— Johnson (G. W.) A report of the treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis by the inhalation of antiseptic vapors. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1898, xxx, 315-317. Also, Reprint.—Klein (E.) Cyllin inhalant. Lancet, Lond., 1905, i, 987.—Kopfloff(Ya.) Inhalyatsionnaya terapiya pri tuberkulyozle gortani l lyokhkikh. [Inhalation therapy in tuberculosis of the larynx and lungs.] Yezhemles. Cshn., Gorlov. i Nosov. Bollezn., S.-Peterb.,1910, v,87-96.—Lacroix(L.) Traite- ment de tuberculoselaryngee et pulmonaire par les inha- lationsantiseptiquesde menthol bromoformoie. Cong.in- ternat. demed. C.-r., Par., 1900, sect.de therap.,305-310.— Lee (R.) On the use of antiseptic vapors in th e treatment of pulmonary phthisis. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1908, n. s., lxxxvi, 393.—Lees (D. B.) Twenty casesof pulmonary tuberculosis treated by continuous antiseptic inhalation. Lancet, Lond., 1910, ii, 1475-1478. -----. A third series of twenty cases of pulmonary tuberculosis treated by con- tinuous antiseptic inhalation. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, l, 767-771.—Leonard (R. R.) The action of tincture amal in tvpical cases of phthisis pulmonalis. Gail- lard's M. J., N. Y., 1901, lxxv, 52.—Leprevost (F.) Inhalations d'air exterieur, lave, chauffe et charge de vapeurs medicamenteuses, dans le traitement de la tu- berculose pulmonaire. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hOp. de Par., 1S92, 3. s., ix, 99-102. — Lodwidge (V. C.) Cvllin in tuberculosis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, U, HI?-— ^iaggiorani ( A.) Cura razionale della tubercolosi polmonare mediante inalazioni battericide. Gazz. med. di Roma, 1900, xxvi, 309-315. Also: Guerra a. tuberc, Ca- tania, 1901, i, 46-48. -----. Traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire au moyen d'inhalations bactericides. Rev. internat. de therap. phys., Turin, 1900, i, 217-221. ——-. Traitement rationnel de la tuberculose pulmonaire et ne- TUBERCULOSIS. 851 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) by inhalations. bulisations au moyen d'inhalations bactericides et du bain hydro-electrique. Progres med.,Par., 1901,3. s.,xiii, 419.—?lakka (N.) He/u tt)? Oepaireias TJjs iri'ev/noi'tKrjs s SCeianvoiov /Sev^oixoD varpiou. TaAij^o?, 'Aflrji'ai, 1879, ii, 220; 266.—Mitter (S. N.) Cases of pulmonary consumption in which Paul's phthisis inhalation was used. Indian Lancet, Calcutta, 1903, xxi, 921.— Poletik (M. I.) Vliyaniye vdikhaniy parov anilina pri chakhot- kle. [Action of inhalation of vapors of aniline in phthi- sis.] Russk. Med., St. Petersb., 1890, xv, 3-5.—Rosen- berg (A.) Die praktische Bedeutung der Inhalation fiir die Behandlung von Kehlkopf- und Lungenerkrankun- gen. Ztschr. f. iirztl. Fortbild., Jena, 1906, iii, 613-646.— Buata (C.) Les inhalations continuelles dans le traite- ment de la tuberculose pulmonaire. Cong, internat. de med. C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de therap., 522-528. Also, transl: Raccoglitoremed., Forli, 1900, 6.s.,vi, 69-85.-----. Inalazioni continue nella tubercolosi polmonare; loro valore terapeutico e preventivo. Salute pubb., Perugia, 1904, xvii, 326-334. -----. Osservazioni sulle inalazioni continue nella cura della tubercolosi polmonare. Ibid., 1907, xx, 289-296.—Rudolph (V.) Die locale Behand- lung der Lungentuberculose durch Einathmung antibac- teriell wirkender Gase und ein zu diesem Zweek neu construirter Apparat. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1902, xvi, 396-407. — Sandra* ( L. ) Les inhalations balsa- miques antiseptiques dans le traitement prophylactique et curatif de la tuberculose pulmonaire. Cong. p. I'etude de la tuberculose 1893, Par., 1894, iii, 328-334. — von Selirotter (L.) Neue Versuche iiber Inhalationsthera- pie. Tuberculosis, Leipz., 1903, ii, 207-216.—Shurly (E. L.) The inhalation method in the treatment of phthisis pulmonalis. Harper Hosp. Bull., Detroit, 1890-91, i, 37-45, 3 pl. -----. The treatment of phthisis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1891,xvi,258-262.—Sloan (J. B.) A cure for con- sumption by the inhalation of medicine through the me- dium of hot air. Denver M. Times, 1901-2, xxi, 186-189.— Smith (W. W.) Large apical cavity; treatment by a ca- pacious form of carbolic respirator; quiescence. Tr. Clin. Soc.Lond., 1893-4,xxvii,2S0.—Stovall (J. H.) & Tivitty (F. S ) Inhalations of iodine and carbon disulphide in tuberculous pulmonary disease. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1896, lxiii, 555,—Tapret. Des atmospheres medicamen- teuses dans le traitement de la phthisie pulmonaire. Cong. p. I'etude de la tuberculose 1891, Par., 1892, ii, 465- 484.—Taylor (H. L.) The results of the Shurly-Gibbs treatment of tuberculosis at Asheville, N. C. Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1891, 3. s., vii, 800-803. Also, Reprint — Thomas (H. M.) The treatment of pulmonary tuber- culosis by the inhalation of antiseptic nebulae. Tr. Mis- sissippi Valley M. Ass., Louisville, 1899, i, 305-317. Also: Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1899-1900, iv, 383- 387.-----. Mechanism of nebulization in the treatment of pulmonarv tuberculosis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1899, xxxii, 129; 365. Also: Chicago M. Recorder, 1899, xvi, 122- 126. [Discussion], 161-166. -----. The value of antisep- tic nebulae in pulmonary tuberculosis. Chicago M. Re- corder, 1900, xix, 235-243—Valenzuela (F.) Traite- ment de la tuberculose pulmonaire par les inhalations presque continues d'acide osmique et d'air suboxvgen6. Cong. p. I'etude de la tuberculose 1891, Par., 1893, ii, 484- 487.—Von Buck (K.) Germicidal inhalations in pul- monary tuberculosis. J. Tuberc, Asheville, N. C, 1899, i, 94-102.—Wehmer (F.) Inhalationen bei der Phthisio- therapie. Med. Klin.. Berl., 1911, vii, 2019.—Veo (I. B.) Pulmonary tuberculosis treated by continuous antiseptic inhalation. Lancet, Lond., 1911, i, 16. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) by intrapulmonary injections. Bowditch (V. Y.) & Bullard (AV. X.) Two cases of phthisis treated by intra-pulmonary in- jections. 12°. [Boston, 1889.] Chaudebois (C.) *Des injections intrapa- renchymateuses du poumon dans le cas de tu- berculose pulmonaire. 4°. Paris, 1895. Vignerox (L.-P.) *Traitement de la phtisie par les injections intra-pulmonaires antisepti- ques. 4°. Nancy, 1889. Comby (J.) Essai de traitement direct de la tubercu- lose pulmonaire par les injections interstitielles de chlo- rure de zinc. Bull, et m6m. Soc. med. d. hdp. de Par., 1892, 3. s., ix, 885-892.—Coromilas (G.) Traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire au moyen du sulfure de car- bone (medicinal) t6r6binthine injecte directement dans les poumons iU'aide de messering-uesinjecto-respiratoires. Cong, internat. de med. C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de terap., 429-431.—Fernet (C.) Du traitement de la tuberculose du poumon par les injections intrapulmonaires. Bull, et mem. Soc. de therap., Par., 1895, 69-97.—French (R. T.) Death from intra-pulmonary injection. Med. News, Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment °f) by intrapulmonary injections. Phila., 1890, lvii, 573.—Gessner (W.) Die Behandlung der Lungentuberkulose mit intrapulmonalen Injek- tionen von Jodoform - Glyzerin. Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1904, xxxi, 481-486.—Gomez de la Mata (F.) Inyecciones intrapulmonares medicamentosas en la tu- berculosis pulmonar. Nuevos remedios, Madrid, 1896, ix,387; 411.—Jacob (P.) Ueberdie Bedeutung der Lun- geninfusionen fur die Diagnose und Therapie der Lungen- tuberkulose. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1901, xxx, 945; 984; 1024.—Millard (P. H.) Treatment of phthisis pulmonalis by intra-pulmonary injections; report of three cases. Tr. Minnesota M. Soc, St. Paul, 1886, 58-63.—Biva (A.) Sulla cura diretta della tuber- colosi pulmonare. Arch, internaz. di laringol., rinol., otol. [etc.], Napoli, 1887, iii, 3-11.—Scarpa (L. G.) La cura locale della tisi con le iniezioni intrapolmonari. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int., Milano, 1895, vi, 191-211. -----. La cura locale della tisi con le iniezioni intrapol- monari. Ibid., Roma, 1896, vii, 227-232. Also: Boll. d. Policlin., Torino, 1896, i, 17-29.—Smirnow (M. R.) Hemostasis in pulmonary tuberculosis, by means of intra- pulmonary (intracavital) injection. J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- cago, 1907, xlix, 2149-2151.—White (J. B.) Remarks on the intrapulmonary and subcutaneous treatment of tu- berculosis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1890, xxxviii, 726-728. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) by intratracheal injections. Barbier-Bouvet (F.) * Traitement de la tu- berculose pulmonaire par les injections intra- tracheales. 8°. Montpellier, 1904. Mendel (H.) Traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire par la medication intra-tracheale. Introduction par E. Brissaud. 2. ed. 8°. Pa- ris, 1904. Anderson (W. S.) Intratracheal injections in phthi- sis pulmonalis. J. Tuberc. Asheville, N. C, 1902, iv, 217- 222.—Campbell (C.) The technique of the intratrach- eal "direct" method of treatmentof phthisis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1902, i, 1399-1400. -----. Intratracheal injec- tions in phthisis. Ibid., 1619.—Coley (F. C.) Phthisis; laryngeal injections. Northumberland & Durham M. J., Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 1894, ii, 179.—Becr6quy. Injec- tions intra-tracheales; dilatation des branches et tubercu- lose pulmonaire concomitantes^ Bull, de laryngol., otol. et rhinol., Par., 1906, ix, 291.—Etude sur les injections intra-tracheales dans le traitement de la tuberculose pul- monaire. Bull. m6d. de Toulouse, 1905, iii, no. 4,1-16.— Foucher (A.-A.) Les injections intra-tracheales dans le traitement de la tuberculose. Union med. du Canada, Montreal, 1906, xxxv, 455-459.—Hobbs (J.) Le traite- ment de la tuberculose pulmonaire par les injections intra- tracheales d'huile chargee d'essences. Cong, internat. demed. C. r., Par.,1900, sect, detherap., 206-210.—Lalle- mand (E.) Notes et impressions sur la medication intra- tracheale dans la tuberculose pulmonaire. Arch. gen. de med., Par., 1905, i, 288-293.—Lemoine (G.) De l'em- ploi des injections intralaryngees dans le traitement de la tuberculose par les produits biliaires. Bull, etmem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1908, 3. s., xxv, 94.—Man gum (W. W.) Intra-tracheal injections in the treatmentof pulmonary tuberculosis. AlabamaM. J., Birmingh., 1903- 4, xvi, 281-289. Also: Charlotte [N. C] M. J., 1904, xxv, 152-156. Also: Mobile M. & S. J., 1904, iv, 306-316.—Ma- ragliano (E.) Leiniezioni intratracheal! e bronchiali per la via della laringe nella tisi pulmonare. Gazz. d. osp., Napoli, 1891, xii, 10.—Mendel (H.) Des modifica- tions respiratoires produites dans la tuberculose pulmo- naire par le traitement tracheal. Arch. g6n. de med., Par., 1903, i, 918-927.-----. Traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire par la medication intratracheale. [Rev.] J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1904, ii, 21. -----. L'injection in- tratracheale dans le traitement de la tuberculose pulmo- naire. Clin.prat. d. mal. d. yeux [etc.], Par., 1905, i, 94: 1906, ii, 24. -----. L'injection tracheale dans le traite- ment de la tuberculose pulmonaire. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 788-790. -----. Les injections intratracheal dans le traitement de la tuberculose pul- monaire. Gaz. d. h6p., Par.. 1905, lxxviii, 567-570. -----. On tracheal injection; its simplification and its use in pulmonary tuberculosis. Lancet, Lond., 1905, ii, 133-136. -----. RSsultats de la therapeutique intra-tracheale dans la tuberculose pulmonaire. Rev. de therap. med.-chir., Par., 1907, lxxiv, 5-10.—Morehead (T. G.) A short note on the treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis by intra- tracheal injections. Dublin J. M. Sc, 1904, cxvii, 15-20.— Murray (T. M.) Tracheal injections in the treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis. Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass. 1900, N. Y., 1901,173-177. Also: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1901, Ixxiii, 241.—Richter (E.) Zur medikamentosen und instru- mentellen Behandlungder Lungentuberkulose auf Grund neuer Gesichtspunkte, insbesondere auf Grund der Re- TUBERCULOSIS. 852 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) by hit rut rac heal injections. sorptionsfahigkeit des Korpers per tracheam. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1903, iv, 401-416 — Rosenthal (G.) L'injection intratracheale massive transglottique sans anesthesie locale, traitement palliatif de la tuberculose pulmonaire; mecanisme de son action par la suppression de l'infection secondaire. J. de med. de Par., 1912, 2. s., xxiv, 961.—Ruauit (A.) Les injec- tions intra-tracheales appliquees au traitement de la tu- berculose laryngo-pulmonaire. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1905, i, 721-731.—Sedziak (J.) Przyczynek do leczenia gruzlicy pluc za pomoca. podglosyniowych (intratrachealnych) wstrzykiw&n plyn6w antyseptycz- nych. [Treatment of phthisis by intratracheal injec- tions of antiseptic fluids.] Kron. lek., Warszawa, 1895, xvi, 1; 51; 128.—Servel. A propos de l'injection intra- tracheale dans le traitement de la tuberculose pulmo- naire. Bull, etmem. Soc. de med. deVaucluse, Avignon, 1906, ii, 384-386.—Shields (A.W.) Intra-laryngealmedi- cation in the treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis. Pa- cific Rec. M. & S., San Fran., 1897-8, xii, 258-261.— Thorpe (V. G.) Intratracheal injections. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, i, 545.—Viollet (P.) Les injections intra- tracheales; techniques, resultats therapeutiques dans les affections pulmonaires et en particulier dans la tubercu- lose pulmonaire. Gaz.d. hop., Par., 1905, lxxviii, 255-259. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) with iodine [and compounds]. See, also, Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treat- ment of) with iodoform; Tuberculosis (Treat- ment of) with iodine and compounds. Mantelin (D.) *Des injections sous-cutanees d'iode metallique dans le traitement de la tu- berculose pulmonaire. 4°. Lyon, 1893. Bellini (G. C.) La cura della tubercolosi con i vapori ioilati. Arch, ed atti d. Soc. ital. di chir., Roma, 1911, xxiv, 273-280, 4 pl.—Cadier & Jolly (L.) Phtisies pul- monaires et laryngees; note sur les resultats cliniques obtenus en une annee de traitement des tuberculoses par l'emploi intensif de l'iode metallo'ide en combinaison or- ganique instable associe a des phosphates physiologiques et en inhalations. Bull, et mem. Soc. de med. et chir. prat.de Par., 1893,23-43.—Cantani (A.) Ueber die anti- toxische Wirkung des Jods bei Tuberkulose. Ztschr. f. Hvk. u. Infektionskrankh., Leipz., 1909, lxii, 34-67.— 4'avazzanl (A.) Indicazioni e controindicazioni dello iodic e di altri rimedi nella cura della tubercolosi polmo- nale. Riv. crit. di clin. med., Firenze, 1912, xiii, 417; 433.— Cervello (V.) Influenza del iodio sulla temperatura dei tisiei. Arch, di farm, e terap., Palermo, 1894, ii, 673; 705.— Copelli (M.) II iodio nella terapia della tuber- colosi. Boll. d. Soc. med. di Parma, 1909, 2. s.,ii, 141-158, 10 ch.—Crawford (M. P.) Report of two cases of phthisis, apparently cured by the use of iodine and gly- cerine. Tr. South Car. M. Ass., Charleston, 1895, xiv, 83.— Croftan (A. C.) Iodin used hypodermieally in the treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1900, xxxv, 1273-1275.—Curie (D.) Observa- tions on the action of iodine. Practitioner, Lond., 1912, lxxxix, 846-865. -----. Notes and answers to cor- respondents on "Observations on the action of iodine," published in the December, 1912, issue of the Practitioner. Ibid., 1913, xc, 496-498.—B'Auria (S.) Le iniezioni alia Durante nella cura della tubercolosi polmonare. Mor- gagni, Milano, 1904, xlvi, 264-269.—Gibbes (H.) & Shurly (E. L.) On the value of the inhalation of chlo- rine gas and the use of iodine and chloride of gold and sodium hypodermieally in the treatment of pulmonary consumption. Therap. Gaz.. Detroit, 1891, xv, 217-250. Also, Reprint.—Ingals (E. F.) The Shurly-Gibbes treat- ment of tuberculosis. Tr. Am. Climat. Ass. 1892, Phila., 1893, ix, 76-v.i.—Ingraham (('. W.) The successful treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis by the hypodermic ,nse of a compound solution of iodine. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1897, lxvi, 565-567. Also, Reprint. -----. A prac- tical mode of administering iodine hypodermieally in the treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1898, liv, 483.—Knapp (H. L.) Successful treat- ment of pulmonary tuberculosis with hypodermic in- jections of bromine-iodine compound. N. York M. Re- porter, Rochester, 1896, iii, 451-456.—Land is (H. R. M.) Is the use of iodide of potassium admissible in pulmo- nary tuberculosis? Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1907,3. s., xxiii, 235-238.—Leonardo (D.) Ricerche chimiche sull' azione dello iodio nei tessuti tubercolari. Policlin., Roma, 1909, xvii, sez. chir., 253-272.—Meissen (E.) Meine Erfahrungen bei Lungrentu berk ulose mit Jod- Methylenblau und Kupferpniparaten. Ztschr. f. Chemo- therap. [etc.], Leipz., 1912. i, Ref., w>9.—Nardelll (G.) La terapia iodica nella tubercolosi polmonare. Corriere san., Milano, 1907, xviii, 155; 464.—Nicveling. Ueber die Jodtherapie bei Lungentuberkulose. Berl. klin. Tuberculosis (Pidmonary, Treatment of) with iodine [and comjiounds], Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 1973.—Pertik (T.) Leber Jodo- starin und Jodprfiparate in der Therapie der Lungen- schwindsucht. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1912, xlviii, 362-364. Also: Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1913, xxxix, 75.—Pitini (A.) La cura iodica nella tubercolosi pulmonare. Arch. di. farm, e terap., Palermo, 1898, vi, 21-29.—Plummer (P.) Pulmonary tuberculosis treated with hypodermic injections of bromine-iodine compound, with clinical reports. To- ledo M. & S. Reporter, 1900, xxvi, 30; 97.— Riccl (S.) Sull' azione antitossica dello iodio nella tubercolosi. Ann. d. r. Ist. di clin. chir. di Roma, 1912, iv, 199-207. Also: Arch, ed atti d. Soc. ital. di chir., Roma, 1911, xxiv, 225-240.—Schmitt (A.) Schwere Lungentuberkulose rontgenologiseh vorgetiiuscht durch Niederschlage nach subkutanen Jodipininjektionen im Riicken. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1912, xxiii, 543-546, 1 pl.— Sorel (F.) Iodure de potassium et tuberculine. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1909, xxiii, 533-546.—Stefanile (G.) & Fabozzi (S.) Le iniezioni Durante nel paren- chima pulmonale. Policlin., Roma, 1902, ix, sez. chir., 110-113.—Stern (H.) Iodo-formic acid in the treatment of chronic ulcerative phthisis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1908, 1, 357-361.—Trimble (R. T.) The hypodermic ad- ministration of iodine and chloride of goldin pulmonary consumption. Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1891, n. s., xxvii, 533-535.—Turmann (J.) Ueber die Behandlung der Tuberculose mit einem spezilisch wirkenden Jodpra- parat. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1909, lvi, 1532.—Ty- son (T. M.) The use of iodol in the treatment of tuber- culosis of the lung. J. Tuberc, Asheville, N. C, 1901, iii, 12-14.—Vetlesen (H. J.) Iodkalium som reagens paa begyndende lungetuberkulose. [De l'iodure de potas- sium comme reactif de la tuberculosa pulmonaire a ses debuts. Res., 1144-1146.] Norsk Mag. f. Laegevidensk., Kristiania, 1897,4. R., xii, 1081-1097.—Wells (E. F.) Pul- monary tuberculosis; its early diagnosis and the locating of the local lesion bv the use of potassium iodid. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1899, xxxii, 216-218. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) with iodoform. See, also, Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treat- ment of) with igazol; Tuberculosis (Treatment of) with iodoform. Laplanche (E.) * Traitement de la tubercu- lose pulmonaire chez les enfants par les injec- tions de gai'acol iodoforme. 4°. Paris, 1892. Bain (J.) The treatment of phthisis by the intraven- ous injection of iodoform. Glasgow M. J., 1909, lxxi, 345- 354.—Rlesh (A. L.) Iodoform in chronic lung disease. Alkaloid. Clin., Chicago, 1903, x, 21-24.—Cairns (P. T.) Report of a case of phthisis treated by intravenous injec- tion of iodoform. South African M. Rec, Cape Town, 1906, iv, 152.—Cerioli (A.) Iniezioni endovenose di iodo- formio per la cura della tisi polmonare? Policlin., Roma, 1912, xix, sez. prat, 657-560.—Dawson (E. L.) Iodo- form in phthisis. Med. News, N. Y., 1898, Ixxiii, 474.— Dewar (T. W.) A preliminary report on the treat- ment of advanced pulmonary tuberculosis by intra- venous injections of iodoform. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, ii, 1328. -----. A plea for the recognition of the treatment of disease by intravenous injections, with a theory as to action of iodoform in phthisis. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Edinb., 1904-5, n. s., xxiv, 176-1S1, 2 ch. -----. Further report on the treatment of phthisis by iodoform infusion. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, i, 65-67. -----. Intravenous injections of iodoform in phthisis (clinical results and chemistry). Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 769-773. -----. The treatment of phthisis by means of the intravenous injection of an ethereal solution of iodoform. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Glasg., 1911, x, 81-90, Also: Glasgow M. J., 1911, lxxvi, 1-14. [Discussion],44.—Ehrenleld (M.) ZurBehandlungder Lungentuberculose durch Inhalationen mit Jodoform- Formaldehyd (Igazol) nach Cervello in Palermo. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1901, li, 116; 172; 222.—Ferguson (A. H.) Case of pulmonary tuberculosis successfully treated by drainage and iodoform, with apparent recovery. Chi- cago M. Recorder, 1900, xviii, 1-7. [Discussion], 54-58.— Gallot (P.) L'iodoforme en injections sous-cutan6es dans les hemoptvsies a repetition du debut de la tubercu- lose. Gaz. med."de Par., 1898, 11. s., i, 384—Russell (J. W.) On iodoform in the treatmentof phthisis, with an analysis of 123 cases. Birmingh. M. Rev., 1898, xliii, 345- 359.—Semmola (M.) Du traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire par Paction combinee de l'iodoforme et des injections hypodermiques de serum de sang de chien. Cong. p. l'etiide de la tuberculose 1891, Par., 1892, ii, 386- 392. Also, transl: Progresso med., Napoli, 1892, vi, 97-104. Also, transl: Riv. ital. di terap. e ig., Piacenza, 1892, xii, 273-279. TUBERCULOSIS. 853 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) with izal. Campbell (0.) The treatment of phthisis by intra- tracheal injection of large quantities of izal. Tr. Brit. Cong. Tuberc. 1901, Lond., 1902, iii, 406-414.—Duncan (W.) The treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis by the intrapulmonarv injection of izal. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1902, ii, 1282.—Tunniellffe (F. W.) Izal in the treat- ment of phthisis. Lancet. Lond., 1902, i, 116-148. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) with KoeKs tuberculins. See Tuberculosis (Treatment of) with Koch's tuberculin [new variety, T. B.~\; Tuberculosis (Treatment of) with Koch's tuberculin [old rariety]. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) with Tcoumiss. Carrick (G."A.) 0 kumisle i yevo upotre- blenii v lyokhochnol chakhotkle i drugikh iz- nuritelnikh bolleznyakh. [Koumiss and its use in phthisis and other emaciating diseases.] 2. ed. 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1903. Lowensohn (M. \V) *Der Kumys und seine Anwendung bei der Lungentuberkulose. 8°. Berlin, 1901. Also in: Ztschr. f. diatet. u. physik. Therap., Leipz., 1901, v, 302-313. Zolotavin (N. A.) Ocherk sovremennol postanovki kumisollecheniya v vidu borbi s tu- berkulozom i ukazatel kumisoliechebnikh za- vedeniy, kumisnikh seleniy, khutorov i koche- vok Rossiyskoi. Imperii. [Present condition of koumiss treatment in view of the struggle with tuberculosis, and index of institutions, settle- ments, farm house, and camps for koumiss treatment in the Russian Empire.] 8°. S.-Pe- terburg, 1902. Dokhman (A. M.) Chakhotka i kumls. [Phthisis and koumiss.] Dnevnik obsh. vrach. pri imp. Kazan. univ., 1891,124-133.—Glinchikoflf(V.I.) Izmleneniya reaktsii v. Pirquet'a u bolnikh bugorchatkol pod vliya- niyem kumisollecheniya. [Alterations in von Pirquet's reaction in phthisis under the influence of koumiss treat- ment.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1912, xi, 1758; 1804; 1834.—Rodziewicz (A.) Ueber die Kumysstherapie der Lungenschwindsucht. Bl. f. klin. Hydrother., Wien, 1906, xvi, 115-126.—Rubel (A. N.) Iz nablyudeniy nad kumisollecheniyem pri bugorchatkle lyokhkikh. [Treat- ment of phthisis with koumiss.] Russk. Vrach, S.- Peterb., 1912, xi, 361; 401; 436.—Smorodintseflt" (A. I.) K voprosu o chakhotkle i kumisolecheniya yeya na Uralie. [De la phthisie et de son traitement par le koumys dans l'Oural. R6s., 66.1 Zapiski Uralski. med. Obsh. v g. Yekaterinburge, 1891, ii, 46-55.—Virshubski. K voprosu o vliyanii kumisa na temperaturu tuberku- loznikh. [On the influence of koumiss on the tempera- ture in tuberculosis] Meditsina, St. Petersb., 1890, x, no. 19, 10-15.—Zolotavin (N. A.) Sovremennaya posta- novka kumisollecheniva i neotlozhniya nuzhdi yeya v vidu borbi s bugorchatkoyu. [Treatment with koumiss at the present time and its immediate need in view of the struggle with phthisis.] Vrach, St. Petersb., 1901, xxii, 1477; 1513; 1550.—Zolotnitskl (V. N.) O sovremennol postanovkle kumisollecheniya na yugo-vostokle Rossii. [Present condition of the treatment with koumiss in southwestern Russia.] Tuberkulyoz, S.-Peterb., 1912, i, 235-251. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) by light. See, also, Tuberculosis ( Treatment of) by light. Malgat (J.) La cure solaire de la tubercu- lose pulmonaire a Nice. 8°. Nice, 1903. Rleyer (J. M.) Why consumptives should be solar- ized by light rays. Med.-Leg. J., N. Y., 1900, xviii, 415-419. Also, Reprint.—Freudenthal (W.) Electric light; its physiological action and therapeutic value in tubercu- losis of the throat and lungs. Tr. Am. Electrother. Ass. 1899-1900, Phila., 1901, 211-221. Also: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1900, lviii, 647-650.—Gardiner (C. F.) Light and air in the treatment of consumption in Colorado. Med. News, N. Y., 1899, lxxv, 105-108.—Glasgow (W. C.) Some ex- periments in the treatment of pulmonary and laryngeal tuberculosis with the concentrated electric arc light. Tr. Am. Climat. Ass., Phila., 1903, xix, 110-121.—Kaiser (G.) Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) by light. Behandlung der Lungentuberculose und anderer tuber- culoser Erkrankungen mit ausschliesslich blauem Lichte. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1902, xv, 323. Also, Reprint- Rime (.!. W.) Actinic sunlight in the treatmentof pul- monary tuberculosis. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1904, lxxix, 823-825.— Klebs (A. C.) Heliotherapy of tuberculosis in Switzerland. Brit. J. Tuberculosis, Lond., 1912, vi, 227- 231.—Iflalgat. Cure solaire de la tuberculose pulmo- naire chronique. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 744-752. -----. Indications et contre-indications de la cure solaire. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1911, xix, 250-262.—Ittinin < A. V.) K llecheniyu bugorchatki svletom. [Onthetrcatmentofphthisisbylight.] Vrach, St. Petersb., 1899, xx, 632.—Pegurier. L'heliotherapie pratique chez les tuberculeux; sa realisation par la Villa- Tournesol. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1903, ii, 643- 648.—Renon (L.) L'heliotherapie de la tuberculose pulmonaire. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1910, xxiv, 849-853. Also: Bull, de la ligue contre la tuberc. en Tunisie, Tours, 1911, viii, 5-15.—Rollier. DieSonnenbe- handlung der Tuberkulose. Oesterr. San.-Wes., Wien, 1912, xxiv, 587-603.—Sudeikln (N. P.) Zhellezniy svlet i yevo dlelstviye pri lyokhochnol chakhotkle i khirurgi- cheskom tuberkulyozle. [Ferric light and its action in pulmonary phthisis and surgical tuberculosis.] Prakt. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1906, v, 853.—Williams (R. F.) Ex- periment with light in the treatment of pulmonary tu- berculosis. Atlanta Jour.-Rec. Med., 1902-3, iv, 294-299. Also: Gaillard's M. J., N. Y., 1902, lxxvii, 41-44. Also: Old Dominion J. M. & S., Richmond, 1902, i, 3-7— Wood - rutt'(C. E.) The dangers of excessive sunlight in tuber- culosis. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1908, Ixxxviii, 490-496. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) with lignosulphite. See Tuberculosis ( Treatment of) with lignosul- phite. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) with meat and meat juices [zomo- therapy]. See, also, Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treat- ment of) ivith fats. Raisonnier (V.-G.) *La zomotherapie dans la tuberculose pulmonaire chez les enfants; pro- cede de Richet-Hericourt. 8°. Paris, 1902. ------. The same. 8°. Paris, 1902. Rarbier (P.) La zomotherapie dans le traitement de la tuberculose. Med. orient., Par., 1910, xiv, 291-293. Also: Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1910, xvii, 330-333. -----. Contribution a I'etude clinique et experimentale de la zomotherapie dans la tuberculose et les divers etats consomptifs. Med orient., Par., 1911, xv, 707-739. Also: Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1911, xx, 410-439. -----. La pratique de la zomotherapie dans la tuberculose. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1912, xxi, 336-356. Also [Abstr].: Independ. med. et M6d. orient., Par., 1912, xvi, 195-198.—Rerller (F.) La zomotherapie dans la tuber- culose. Scalpel, Liege, 1900-1901, liii, 17; 115.— Bern- heim (S.) Les extraits de viande dans l'alimentation des tuberculeux. M6d. orient., Par., 1907, xi, 193-201. Also: Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1907, xi, 252-261. -----. Traitement de la tuberculose par le sue de viande de cheval. Med. orient., Par., 1910, xiv, 67-72. Also: Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1910, xvii, 98-108. Also [Abstr.]: Gaz. d. hdp. de Lyon, 1910, xi, 20.—Bernheim (S.) & Rarbier (P.) Zomotherapie des etats consomp- tifs et des tuberculeux en particulier. Med. orient., Par., 1910, xiv, 579-588. Also: Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1910, xviii,252-263.—Bonnet(L.) Les dispensaires antitu- bereuleux; premiers resultats; la viande crue de cheval dans le traitement de la tuberculose. Cong, internat. de med. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, d'hyg. [etc.], 55- 61— Bronshteln (I. O.) K voprosu o Hechenii bugor- chatki myasnim sokom (z6moth6rapie.) [Treatmentof phthisis with meat juice] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1902, ix, therap. pt., 3:3-37.—Brown (L.) Zomotherapy in tuberculosis. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1903, n. s.,cxxv, 1071- 1079.—Celloii. Contribution a I'etude de la zomothe- rapie dans la tuberculose. M6d. orient., Par., 1910, xiv, 519. Also: Rev. internat. de la tuberc. Par., 1910, xviii, 171.—Coca (F.) Dela alimentaci6n con came cruda en las afecciones consuntivas. Gac. med. de Sevilla, 1880, ii, 423.—Coop (S.) Risultati clinici della cura della tu- bercolosi pulmonare colla zomoterapia, P iperalimente- zione e P aerazione continua. Med. ital., Napoli, 1904, ii, 4-7.— Cornll & Chantemesse. Etude anatomique experimentale touchant l'influence de l'alimentation par la viande crue sur Involution de la tuberculose experi- mentale. Tr. Brit. Cong. Tuberc. 1901, Lond., 1902, iii, 312-316.—Dleupart. La zomotherapie dans la tuber- TUBERCULOSIS. 854 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonury, Treatment of) with meat and meat juices [zomo- therapy]. culose. Med. orient., Par., 1905, ix, 570-572. Also: Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1905, viii, 347-349. -----. La zomotherapie dans la tuberculose. M6d. orient..Par.,1906, x,354-357. -----. Quel estlemeilleurmodedezomothera- pie? Rev. internat de la tuberc, Par., 1911, xix, 118-125.— Duhourcau (E.) A propos dela zomotherapie. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. HeiKtattenw, Leipz., 1901, ii, 202-204.— Frankel (C.) & Sobernheiin (G.) Zur Frage der Zomotherapie. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1901, xxxviii, 733- 735.—Fuster (L.) La viande crue et le traitement de la tuberculose; reflexions generales. Cong, internat. de med. C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de path, int., 758-766. Also: N. Montpel. med., 1900, xi, 402-412.—Galbraith (J. J.) The effect of raw meat on the nitrogen metabolism. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 664-668. -----. Effect of raw meat on the nitrogen metabolism in pulmonary tuberculosis; zomotherapy. Practitioner, Lond., 1905, lxxiv, 162-176.—Garnault (P.) Traitement de la tuberculose par la viande crue et par les injections intratracheales d'orthoforme. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1901, cxii, 269-272. Also: Med. mod., Par., 1901, xii, 57-59.—Grancher (J.) Traitement de la tuberculose; alimentation. Bull, med., Par., 1897, xi, 1141-1115.—Hericourt (J.) Zomotherapie de la tuber- culose chez l'homme; formulaire du traitement. Cong. internat. de m6d. C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de therap., 503- 510. -----. Trente-cinq observations de zomotherapie anti-tuberculeuse. Rev. de la tuberculose, Par., 1901, viii, 165-202. -----. Raw meat and raw meat juice in the treatment of consumptive diseases (zomotherapy). Lancet, Lond., 1911, i, 22.—Hericourt (J.) & Richet (0.) De la prophvlaxie de la tuberculose par la viande crue. Art med., Par., 1900, xci, 241-245.-----------. Du traitement de l'infection tubereuleuse par le plasma musculaire, ou z6motherapie. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1900, cxxx, 605-609. Also: Compt rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1900,11. s., ii, 527-532. Also: Rev. seient., Par., 1900, 4.s.,xiii,306-308.—Honig(L) Azomotherapiarol. Orvos. lapja, Budapest, 1901, xii, 429; 446. Also, transl: Klin.- therap. Wchnschr., Wien, 1901, viii, 985-989.—Josias (A.) Traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire chez les enfants par le sue musculaire et la viande crue. Rev. d'hvg. etde med. inf. letc], Par., 1902, i, 3-25.—Josias (A.) & Roux (I.-C.) Essai sur le traitement de la tuberculose pul- monaire chez les enfants par le serum musculaire, sui- vant le proeede de MM. Charles Richet et Hericourt. Bull. gen. de therap. Letc], Par., 1901, cxii, 249-269. Also [Abstr.]: Med. mod., Par., 1901, xii, 68-70. ----- -----. Resultats du traitement de la tuberculose pul- monaire chez les enfants par le sue musculaire et la viande erne. [Transl. [Abstr.], 317.] Tr. Brit. Cong. Tuberc. 1901, Lond., 1902, iii, 318-330. Also [Abstr.]: Med. mod., Par., 1901, xii, 241-243.----------. Traite- ment de la tuberculose chez les enfants par le sue mus- culaire et la viande crue. Rev. de la tuberculose, Par., 1903, x, 133; 269—Knotte (B. S.) Nleskolko sluchayev liecheniya sirimmyasom(zomoterapii)bugorchatkilyokh- kikh. [Several cases of pulmonary phthisis treated bv raw meat (zomotherapy).] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1903, ii, 1543-1547.—Laborde (J.-V.) Contribution a la pro- phylaxie de la tuberculose par le regime alimentaire; la viande crue; sa digestibilite relative et son assimilation; demonstration experimentale. Compt. rend. Soe. debiol., Par., 1900, 11. s., ii, 557-560. -----. Le traitement medical de choix de la tuberculose combine avec le regime carne. Ibid., 572-575— Lassabliere (P.) & Richet (C.) De la leucocytose dans la zomotherapie (alimenta- tion avec lejusde viande crue). Ibid., 1911, lxx, 945-947.— Llanso (F.) Tratamiento de la tuberculosis por medio del jugo de carne; historia; acci6n terapeutica; composi- ci6n quimica; modo de preparaci6n; resultados obteni- dos; bibliosrrafia. Rev. de cien. m6d. de Bareel., 1901, xxvii, 168-176.—.TIalo. Tratamiento de la tuberculosis por la zomoterapia. An. med. gaditanos, Cadiz, 1900- 1901, xix, 246-249. Also: Rev. espec. med. La oto-rino- laringol. espan., Madrid, 1901, iv, 241-244.— OTartiu (O.) Zomotherapie, ou traitement de la tuberculose par la viiimle crue. Presse med., Par., 1900, i, annexes, s. 229.—.Hears (Isabella). Note on the effect of the raw meat treatment on the percentage incidence of heemop- tysis in pulmonary tuberculosis. Practitioner, Lond., 1905, lxxv, 76-79.—Monier (M.) Recherches sur le traitement dela tuberculose par le sue de viande crue, ou zomotherapie. Arch, internat. de pharmacod., Brux. et Par., 1901, viii, 303-310. -----. La z6motherapie. J. de pharm., Anvers, 1902, lviii, 41-54. -----. Une methode rationnelle contre la tuberculose (zomotherapie, cure d'air, suralimentation rationnelle). Cong, internat.de med. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, path. g6n., 359-367. Also, tmnsl: Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1903, xxiv, 841- 8^4.—Petit (G.) The raw meat treatment of tubercu- losis. Med. Press & Circ, Lond.. 1905, n. s., lxxx, 106- 108.—Philip (R. \V.) L'alimentation par la viande crue dans la tuberculose. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Tuberculosis (Pulmonury, Treatment of) with meat and meat juices [zomo- therapy]. Par., 1906, i, 660-664. Also, transl: Lancet, Lond., 1906, ii, 1834. -----. On zomotherapy in pulmonarv tubercu- losis. Practitioner, Lond., 1905, lxxiv, 14-23.—Phlores (I. G.) 'H ^lUfioSepaireia ij to ci/u.bi' Kpeas iv rrj 9i, 1901, VI, 7.—RicllCt (C.)' Therapeutique experimentale; l'alimentation exclusive par la viande dans le traitement de la tuberculose, chez le chien. B.ull. Acad, de med., Par., 1899, 3. s„ xlii, 643- 550. -----. Etude historique et bibliographique sur l'em- ploi de la viande crue dans le traitement de la tubercu- lose. Ann. demed. vet., Brux., 1900, xlix, 410-427. Also- Semaine med., Par., 1900, xx, 239-241. -----. De l'ali- mentation dans la tuberculose experimentale; influence noeive de la viande cuite. Bull. Acad, de med., Par 1905, 3. s., liii, 593-609. Also: Rev. de med., Par., 1905 xxv, 573-606.—Robin (A.) & Rinet (M.) Recherches sur l'alimentation des phtisiques; la viande crue. Cong. internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 639.—Robin- son (L.) Zomotherapy in phthisis. Practitioner,Lond., 1901, lxvii, 132-139.—Ross (F. M. F.) Meat albumin dietarv in the treatment of tuberculosis. Tr. Brit. Cong. Tuberc. 1909, Lond., 1902, iii, 330-331. Also: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901, ii, 1061-1063. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1901, ii, 523- 525.—Royo Villanova (R.) Zomoterapia y tubercu- losis. Clin, mod., Zaragoza, 1904, iii, 203-211.—Salmon (P.) Traitement de la tuberculose par la viande crue. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1900, 11. s., ii, 819-821.— Sapeller. De l'emploi du plasmon chez les tubercu- leux. J. de med. de Par., 1902, 2. s., xiv, 311.—Slcard (A.) Zomotherapie, ou traitement de la tuberculose par la viande crue. Presse med., Par., 1900, i, annexes, s. 219- s. 221.—Steinitz (F.) & Weigert (R.) Ueber Demine- ralisation und Fleischtherapie bei Tuberkulose. Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1905, Ixi, 147-161.—Troteanu (V.) Cite-va considerariunl asupra suculul de carne in alimen- taria tifieilor. [Some considerations on the juice of meat as nutriment for tuberculosis patients.] Spitalul, Bu- curesci, 1904, xxiv, 59-62.—Vandeputte (F.) L'ali- mentation carnee chez les tuberculeux. Nord med., Lille, 1909, xvi, 194-196. — Verbrugghen (L.) La methode Richet experiment6e rationnellement chez l'homme. Bull. Soc. de med. de Gand, 1900, lxvi, 425- 427—Weber (F. P.) The value of meat in the pre- ventive and curative treatment of pulmonary tubercu- losis. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstiittenw., Leipz., 1900, i, 93-95. Also, Reprint. Also, transl: Bull. g6n. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1902, cxliv, 57-63. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) with menthol [ Carasso's method]. See, also, Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treat- mentof) with dioradin. Aronsohn (E1 ) Quelques considerations sur la curabilite de la tuberculose pulmonaire et sur l'effet favorable des inhalations de menthol. 4°. Lvon, 1895. ------. The same. 8°. Bois-Le-Duc, 1895. Carasso (G. M.) Zur Losung des Problems der Heilbarkeit der Lungentuberkulose. 8°. Miinehen, 1899. ------. Ein sicherer Weg zur pathologisch- anatomischen Heilung der beginnenden Lungen- Tuberkulose. 8°. Passau, 1903. Despixey (F.) *Du menthol dans le traite- ment des vomissements de la tuberculose pulmo- naire. 8°. Lyon, 1898. Jay (A.) *Des injections intra-tracheales de menthol dans la tuberculose pulmonaire. 4°. Paris, 1894. Ossexdovski (A. I.) *K voprosu o Hechenii mentolom bugorchatki lyokhkikh i gortani. (Klinicheskoye izslledovaniye.) [Concerning the treatinent of tuberculosis of the lungs and larynx by menthol. (Clinical investigation.)] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1890. Sichere Heilung der Lungentuberkulose in jedem Stadium. Bewahrtes Verfahren von G. M. Carasso, mitgetheilt von Joh. Matern. 8°. Wien, 1900. Rrookhouse (J. O.) The menthol treatment of pulmonary phthisis. Lancet, Lond., 1902, ii, 403.—Ca- rasso (G. M.) Nuovo metodo di cura nella tubercolosi polmonare. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1893, xiv, 1379. —;—■ Nuovo metodo di cura della tubercolosi polmonare. Gior. TUBERCULOSIS. 855 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) with menthol [ Carasso s method]. med. d. r. esercito, etc., Roma, 1894, xlii, 324-422. Also, Reprint. -----. A new method of treatment of pulmo- nary phthisis. Med. Mag., Lond., 1894-5, iii, 1-11. -----. Neue Methode der Behandlung der Lungentuberkulose. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. u. Parasitenk., Jena, 1894, xv, 990: xvj( g_ -----. Beitrag zur Behandlung der Lungentu- berkulose nach der Methode des Dr. G. M. Carasso. Ibid., 1895, xvii, 295-299. -----. Neue Behandlungsmethode der Lungentuberkulose. Ibid., 1. Abt., Jena, 1895, xvii, 600-604. -----. Nuovo contributo alia casuistica della cura della tubercolosi polmonare coll' olio essenziale di menta piperita. Ibid., 1896, xx, 508-521. -----. Un nuovo metodo per la cura della tubercolosi polmo- nare. Cirillo, A versa, 1896, iv, 115-118. -----. Die Weiter- entwicklung meines vor zwei Jahren hier beschrie- benen Heilverfahrens gegen Tuberkulose und Veran- schaulichung der Wirkung desselben in der Praxis. Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1899, ix, 449-455.—Krnsl (H. C.) Caras>o's treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1895, x, 237-257. Also, Reprint.—tienti's. Beschrijving der methode van Dr. Carasso, Giovanni Michele, tergenezing van tuberculosis pulmonum. Nederl. mil. geneesk. Arch, [etc.], Leiden, 1894, xviii, 169-172.— Lamy (IL) Note sur l'emploi du menthol dans le traitement dela tuberculose pulmonaire. Compt., rend.Soc. debiol., Par.. ISS'.i, 9. s., i, 5*5.—Liizic (P.) A salimenthol a tiidoveszesek fajdalmainal. [Sali- menthol against pains in tuberculosis] Gyogy&szat Bu- dapest, 1909, xlix, 432-434.— Plannenstill (S. A.) Nagra forsok med Carasso's metod att behandla lungtu- berkulos medelst kontinuerlig inandning af pepparmin- tolja. [Attempts to treat pulmonary tuberculosis by Ca- rasso's method, by continual inhalation of peppermint oil.] Tidskr. i mil. Helsov. Stockholm, 1879, xxii, 274- 282.—Rochester (De L.) A report of thirty-four cases of pulmonarv tuberculosis treated by the method of Ca- rasso, of Genoa. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1895, xxiv, 840- 842.—Rotinan. Zur Behandlung der Lungentuberku- lose mit Essentia Menthse (nach Carasso). Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. u. Parasitenk., 1. Abt., Jena, 1895, xviii, 436-447. Sh. (P.) K Kazuistikie liecheniya bugorchatki lyokh- kikh mentolom; samonablyudeniye. [Treatment of pulmonary phthisis by menthol; observation on himself.] Voyenno-med. J., St. Petersb., 1900, lxxviii, med.-spec pt., 759-766.—Stepp. Ueber die Behandlung der Lungen- tuberkulose mit Menthol. Klin.-therap. Wchnschr., Berl., 1910, xvii, 565-569. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) with mercurials. See, also, Tuberculosis (Treatment of) with mercurials. Dochmax (A.). Llecheniye chakhotki ka- lomelem. [Treatment of phthisis with calo- mel.] 8°. Kazan, 1890. Anderson (A. J.) The mercurial treatment of pul- monarv tuberculosis. Lancet, Lond., 1909,ii,414.—Reas- ley (T. J ) The mercurial treatment for tuberculosis; with a report of t airteen cases, and a suggestion for a new method of administering mercury. Indianapolis M. J., 1909 xii, 190-192.—Reggs (W. N.i Is mercury a specific in pulmonary tuberculosis.' Med. Rec, N. Y., 1910, lxxviii, 311-318— Be mart (W. F.) Mercury and tuberculosis. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1908, lxxxvii, 1236— Edelheit (S.) Die combinirte Calomelbehandlung zur Bekampfung der Tuberculosis pulmonum incipiens; Beitrag zur Physiolo- gic Pathologie und Therapie der Leber- und Lungen- krankheiten. Wien. Klinik, 1895, xxi, 259-2*8.—1<_ree- mau (H.) The treatmentof tuberculosis by succinimide of mercurv injections. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1909, xc, 1270-1272.—Grande (E.) Del sublimatocorrosivo e bleu di metilene nella cura della tuberculosi polmonare. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1893, xiv, 1475. Also, Reprint. Also, transl: Rev. de la tuberculose, Par., 1894, 25-28.—Hall (J. R.) The treatment of phthisis pulmonalis with small doses of mercurv bichloride combined with potassium io- dide. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1889, n. s., xcviii, 4)1-456.— Hartz (H.L) Ultimate results in the treatment of pul- monary tuberculosis with mercury suecinimid. J. Am. M. Ass.. Chicago, 1910, lv, 915-918.—Hayden (R.) Re- ports on four cases of tuberculosis (three pulmonary and one pulmonary and glandular) treated by mercurial in- jections. U. S. Nav. M. Bull., Wash., 1908, ii, no. 4 32-40, 4 tab.— Martell. Weitere Beitrage zur Fruhtuberkulose und ihrerTherapie mitCalomel. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1905, lv, 131; 185; 234; 281; 326; 375; 423 — .Tloseley (G.G.) Mercury in the treatment of tuberculosis. Calif. State J. M., San Fran.. 1909, vii, 338-340—Penrose (C. A.) The injection of thesalts of mercury and arsenic during the reaction period following tuberculin injections as a treat- ment for tuberculosis. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1910, xci, 1211 —Placak (J ) Mercurial treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis. Cleveland M. J., 1910, ix 187-192.-Rob- bins (H. A.) The therapeutic action of iodine and mer- Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) with mercurials. cury in diseases other than svphilis. Month. Cycl. & M. Bull., Phila., 1909, ii, 519-522—Squire (.I.E.) & Kil- patrick (J. A.) Pulmonary tuberculosis treated by deep muscular injections of mercuric succinimide. Lan- cet, Lond . 1909, ii, 141. Also: Merck's Arch., N. Y., 1909, xi, 381.—strizower (M.) Die graue Mercursalbe bei der Baeillarschwindsucht. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1894, vii, 43.—Wright (B. L.) The treatment of tuberculosis by the administration of mercury. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1908, xxxviii, 385:1909, lxxxix, 1180. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatm.ent of) with methylene blue. Mory (F.) *Le bleu de methylene dans la diarrhee des tuberculeux. 8°. Paris, 1904. Herbert (II.) Methylene blue in consumption. J. Tuberc, Asheville, N. C, 1903, v, 32-34.—Yamada (T.) Methylin ao no jusei shiro ni taisuru koro. [Effect of methylene blue on phthisis.] Chiugai Iji Shimpo, Tokio, 1893, no. 327,1-4. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) with mineral waters. See, also, Tuberculosis (Treatment of) with mineral waters. Bourgarel (E.) De l'emploi des eaux de Pierref onds dans la tuberculose pulmonaire. 8°. Hyh-es, 1881. Dumoulin (A.) Des conditions pathogeniques de la phthisie au point de vue de son traitement par les eaux min6rales. 8°. Paris, 1865. Lamarque (A.) *Principales indications et contre-indications de quelques stations mine- rales et climateriques francaises dans le traite- ment de la tuberculose pulmonaire; pratiques minerale et climaterique; resultats. 4°. Paris, 1S89. Leudet. Des effets immediats et eioignes des Eaux-Bonnes dans le traitement de la phthisie pulmonaire. 8°. Paris, 1868. Mielvaqtje (J.-M.-L.) *Les stations ther- males et climateriques de tuberculeux. 8°. Bordeaux, 1897. Andre (J.) Le Mont-Dore et la tuberculose pulmo- naire. Echo med. d. Cevennes, Nimes, 1902, iii, 48-60 — Armendariz (A.) Las estaciones termales en la tisis pulmonar crdnica. Siglo med., Madrid, 1896, xliii, 359; 376; 390; 408.—Haudin (L.) Du traitement de certaines formes de la tuberculose pulmonaire au debut, par les eaux chlorureessodiques fortes; iodo-bromurees (type de Mouilliere-Besancon). Cong, franc, de med., Par. & Nancy, 1896-7, iii, fasc. 2, 656-663.—Berg. Die Lungen- schwindsucht und ihre balneotherapeutische Behand- lung. Veroffentl. d. Gesellsch. f. Heilk. in Berl. Bal- neol. Sect., 1880, ii, 37-68.—Berthier. Action des eaux sulfureuses sur la tuberculose pulmonaire. Cong, inter- nat de med. C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de med. et chir. mil., 159-175. Also: Gaz. d. eaux, Par., 1900, xliii, 273; 281; 289. _____. cure sulfuree dela tuberculose pulmonaire. Cong. internat d'hydrol. et de climatol. [etc.], 1902. C. r., Grenoble, 1903, vi, 316-328. De la douche ecossaise sulfureuse dans le traitement de la tuberculose pulmo- naire. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1903, cxiv, 357- 364 —Cazaux. Les eaux minerales dans la tubercu- lose pulmonaire. Arch. gen. d'hydrol. [etc.], Par., 1901, xii 177-186. Also: J. de med. de Par., 1901,3. s., xm, 216- 218— Garrigou (F.) Le traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire par l'emploi des eaux minerales. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1901, cxii, 356: 404.—Hinsch. Der Einfluss der Arminiusquelle in Lippspringe auf Lun- generkrankungen, insbesondere Lungenschwindsucht. Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1898,xix,283; 291.—Koeniger (K ) Erfahrungen uber Lungentuberculose aus Lipp- springe- Bericht fiber 192 geheilte und seit mindestens 5 Jahren geheilt gebliebene Fiille von Lungentuberculose. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1895, ix, 513-538—Kolbe. Ue- ber die Wirkungen der Mineral wasser bei Schwindsuchts- behandlung. Veroffentl. d. Hufeland. Gesellsch. in Berl. Balneol. Gesellsch., 1893, x v, 87-100. Also: Deutsche Med.- Ztg Berl , 1893, xiv, 423-426. -----. Ueber Anwendung vonMoorbadern bei Lungentuberkulose. Veroffentl. d. Hufeland. Gesellsch. in Berl. Balneol. Gesellsch., 1896, xvii 186-192. Also: Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1896, xvii, 481 —lieudet & Schlemmer. Du traitement hydro- mineral de la phtisie pulmonaire. Cong, internat. d'hy- drol. et de climatol. [etc.], 1902. C. r., Grenoble, 1903, vi, 459-500. Also: Gaz. d. eaux, Par., 1903, xlvi, 1; 9; 17.— TUBERCULOSIS. 856 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treutment of) with mineral waters. Nan man ii (11.) Leber Badekuren bei der Behandlung Tuberculoser. Balneol. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1904, 201.— Ortega Itlorejon. Tratamiento dela tuberculosis pul- monar con las uguas azoadas de Santa Teresa de Avila. Siglo med., Madrid, 1898, xiv, 325.—Perpere (E.) Les indications du traitement hydro-mineral dans la tubercu- lose pulmonaire. Me'decin prat., Par., 1908, iv, 167-169.— Renon (L.) Les cures hydrominerales dans la tuber- culose pulmonaire. Gaz. d. eaux, Par., 1908, li, 89-91. Also: Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1908, xxii, 81- 84— Richelot (G.) Etudes cliniques sur la phthisie pulmonaire au Mont-Dore. Union m£d., Par., 1879, xxvii, 513; 546; 601; 644. Also, Reprint.—Robin (A.) Traite- ment hvdro-mineral de la phtisie pulmonaire. J. de phy- siotherap., Par., 1909, vii, 213-227. -----. Traitement de la tuberculose; les cures hydro-minerales. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1912, clxiii, 353-380.—Roepke (O.) Zur Aufklarung iiber die Kurerfolge des Bades Lipp- springe im Vergleich zu denen der Lungenheilstatten. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1907, xi, 9; 134.—Rohden (B.) Die N- und O-therapie in der Lungentuberkulose im Ver- haltnis zu den Kurmitteln des Bades Lippspringe. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1900-1901, i, 482-487. -----. Die Bedeutung des Lippspringer Silicium-Kalk- Stahlbrunnens in der Phthisiotherapie. Aerztl. Prax., Berl. n. Leipz., 1902, xv, 83—Werner & Schreiber (C.) Die Wirkung der Arminiusquelle bei Lungentuber- kulose. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1911, xlviii, 1067-1072.—Zickgraf. Ueber die Darreiehung von kieselsaurehaltigem Mineralwasser in Lungenheil- statten. Zentralbl. f. innere Med., Leipz., 1908, xxix, 509-518. Tuberculosis (Pulmonury, Treatment of) with nuclein. Arles-Dufour (M.) * Etude clinique du trai- tement de la tuberculose pulmonaire chroni- que par 1'histogenol. 8°. Montpellier, 1905. Vergnoux (L.) * Traitement nucleinique de la tuberculose pulmonaire chronique; recherches experimentales sur la leucotherapie. 8°. Paris, 1904. Clarke (N. L.) Nuclein in the treatment of pulmo- nary tuberculosis, with report of some cases. Alabama M. & S. Age, Anniston, 1896-7, ix, 250-255.—Wilcox (R. \V.) The treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis by hypo- dermic injections of nuclein. Therap. Gaz., Detroit, i.895, 3. s, xi, 518-523, lpl. Also, Reprint. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) with oils. See Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) with fats, etc. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) with oxygen and ozone. Galopin (A.) * L'oxygene et le chlorure de sodium dans la scrofule et la tuberculose. 4°. Paris, 1894. Labbe (D.) & Oudin. Om Behandlingen af Lunge-Tuberkulose ved Indaanding af ozonise- retLuft. 8°. Kj0benhavn, [1891]. Le Stunf (P.) *De 1'ozone et de son emploi dans le traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire. 4°. Paris, 1891. Ouzilleau (F.-M.-F.) *Des injections sous- cutanees d'eau oxygenee dans la tuberculose experimentale du cobaye, 8°. Bordeaux, 1902. von Stein (P.) Llecheniye chakhotki ozo- nom; primleneniye novavo elektro-staticheskavo ozonatora. [Treatment of phthisis with ozone; application of the new electrostatic ozonator.] 8°. Moskva, 1894. Bayeux (R.) Traitement de la tuberculose pulmo- naire par les injections hypodermiques de gaz oxy- gene. Ann. de me"d. et chir. inf., Par., 1912, xvi, 337-344. Also: Arch. gen. de me"d., Par., 1912, v, 811-824. Also: J. dem&L de Par.,1912, 2. s., xxiv. 371-371. —Biryukoff (A. A.) Ozonator iz ploskikh stvokol diva liecheniva- chakhotki lyokhkikh ozonom. [An ozonator of glass planes for the treatment of pulmonary phthisis bv ozone.] Russk. Med.. St. Petersb., 1893, xviii, 775— Boardman (H. S.) Ozone and static electricity in a case of tubercu- losis of riirlit lung. J. Advanc Therap., N. Y., 1902, xx, 501-50'i— de Bois (C.) Traitement de la tuberculose Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) with oxygen and ozone. pulmonaire par les inhalations d'air ozonise". Union med. du Canada, Montreal, 1910, xxxix, 497-.r>09.—ap.,Par., 1904, xviii,789. -----, Edu- cation et gymnastique respiratoires dans le traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire des rhino-adSnoidiens; son emploi dans la cure des " sommets de Grancher" (tuber- culose au stade de germination), avec 8 observations de guerison. J. de physiotherap., Par., 1905, iii, 386-409. -----. La gymnastique et les exercices respiratoires dans le traitement preventif et curatif de la tuberculose pulmonaire chronique au stade d'invasion (stade du sommet de Grancher). Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, ii, 355-357. -----. Recherches sur la gymnastique respiratoire; de l'emploi des exercices physiologiques de respiration dans le traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire ouverte; la correction physio- logique, l'epreuve d'essai et l'anmlioration inhibitrice. J. de physiotherap., Par., 1907, v, 1-20. -----. Recherches sur la gymnastique respiratoire medicale; hypersensi- bilit6 d'un tuberculeux a. l'exercice physiologique de respiration; Evolution des lesions malgr6 l'accroissement en poids; necessity de la direction medicale. Arch. g(5n. de kinesitherapie, Par., 1909, xi, 217-224. -----. Resultats eioignes des cures d'exercices physiologiques de respira- tion dans la prophylaxie et le traitement de la tubercu- lose a. la pe"riode de germination. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1910, xviii, 358-373.—Schultzen. Ueber Atemiibungen bei der Behandlung der Lungentuber- kulose. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1900, i, 135; 2S2— Simon (F. R.) Athmung und Schwind- sucht; Athmungsgvmnastik. Med. Woche, Berl., 1903, iv, 373-375.—Simon (R.) Ueber den Werth der Ath- mun.u'sirymnastik bei der Lignosulfltbehandlung der Scbwindsurht. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1901, xv, 653- 558.—Tendeloo (N. P.) Die Bedeutung der Atmungs- grosse fiir die Entstehung und die Ausdehnung bezw. Heilung der Lungentuberkulose. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1908, xi, 229-243.—Valenzuela (F.) La atmiatria en la tuberculosis pulmonar. Rev. de med. y cirug. pract., Madrid, 1892, xxx, 617-622.— Weaver (W. H.) Forcible apex expansion in incipient phthisis. N. York M. J., 1894, lx, 466. -----. Forcible alveolar expansion in the treatment of consumption. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1895, xxiv, 658-661. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) by rest. Coste de Lagrave. Cure de repos pour les tuberculeux. 2. 6d. 12°. Paris, 1905. Poussahdain (A.) *De la cure de repos dans la tuberculose. 8°. Paris, 1902. Ter-Markosoff (N.) * Ruhe und Bewegung beim initialen Stadium der Lungentuberkulose. 8°. Heidelberg, 1911. Andvord (K. F.) Hvilens betydning saavel psvkisk som fysisk under ftisisbehandlingen. [Sur les effets du repos, tant psychique que physique, dans le traitement de la phtisie. Res., 654-656.] Norsk Mag. f. Laegevidensk., Kristiania, 1899, 4. R., xiv, 593-613.—Rernheim (S.) La cure de repos chez les phtisiques. Cong, internat. de med. C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de therap., 628-542. Also: Med. orient., Par., 1900, iv, 377-389. Also: Rev. internat. de therap. phys., Turin, 1900, i, 169-179. Also: Gaz. med. beige, Liege, 1900-1901, xiii, 3; 14. Also: Rev. med., Mont- real, 1900-1901, iv, 145; 153. Also: Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1900-1901, i, 447-458.—Brunon (R.) Le repos dans le traitement de la tuberculose. Normandie med., Rouen, 1912, xxviii, 383; 399.—Burns (N. B.) The respective significance of rest and exercise in the treatment of phthisis. Boston M. & S. J. 1912 clxvi, 703-705.—Campbell (H. J.) On the importance of rest in the treatment of acute phthisis. Brit. M. J., Loud., 1897, ii, 1418.—Chaplin (A.) Phvsiological rest for the lung in phthisis. Abstr. Tr. Hunterian Soc, Lond., 1895-6, 121-126.—Cobbett (L.) The progress of infection in phthisis; containing a plea for the treatment of early cases by absolute rest. Lancet, Lond., 1910, ii, 1539-lol2.—Coste de Lagrave. Cure de repos pour le tuberculeux. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1904 iii 568; 649; 733: 1905. vii, 92.—Denys (J.) L'influence dti repos complet sur la fievTe et l'infection tubereuleuse Rev. med. de Louvain, 1908, 225-232.—Dettweiler. Einige Bemerkungen zur Ruhe- und Luftliegekur bei Schwindsiichtigen. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw. Leipz., 1900, i, 96; 180.—Edson (C. E.) The importance of rest in pulmonary tuberculosis. Med. News, N. Y 1900, lxxvii, 647— Gaussel (A.) Cure de repos des tu- berculeux. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1909, xvi 167-170.—Hllleary (J. G.) Rest in pulmonary tubercu- Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treutment of) by rest. losis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvi, 174.—Hins- dale (W. B.) Considerations upon rest and diet in the treatment of tuberculosis pulmonalis. Med. Counselor Detroit, 1898, xvii, 355-360.—Kanelles (S.I.) 'Hijpeno- Oepaneia Kai criTtodeparreta iv rjj nvevfiovixf, 9ie lac liana I. Cavernestuberculeu- ses chez un nourrisson de 3 mois. Lyon med., 1910, cxv, 317-320.—Comba (C.) Sopra una complicanza non fre- quente della tubercolosi delle ghiandole peribronchiali nei bambini. Riv. di chir. pediat., Firenze, 1905, iii, 241- 254—Comby (J.) Tuberculose pulmonaire chez l'en- fant. Arch, de med. d. enf., Par., 1898, i, 279-293. -----. Le poumon porte d'entree de la tuberculose chez l'enfant. Bull, et m6m. Soc. m6d. d. hop. de Par., 1908, 3. s., xxv, 232-234.— Couetoiix (R.) Forme rare de tuberculose pulmonaire chez une fillette de quatre ans et demi; ame- lioration inesperee. J. d. sc. m6d. de Lille, 1912, ii, 515- 521.—Coutts (J. A.) The incidence of pulmonary phthi- sis in children of school age. J. Roy. Inst. Pub. Health, Tuberculosis (Pulmonary) in children. Lond., 1909, xvii, 83-87. Also [Abstr.]: Med. Press & Circ Lond., 1908, n. s., lxxxvi, 226. — 4 ozzolino (0.) Sulla diagnosi della tubercolosi polmonare nei bambini. Clin mod., Pisa. 1900, vi, 313-315. -----. Contribuzioni alia clinica degli accidenti rari nella tubercolosi infantile; un caso di pneumotorace ed un caso di emottisi profusa e rapidamente mortale. Pediatria, Napoli, 19J6, 2. s., iv 881-909. — Cumston (C. G.) Remarks on certain acci- dents occurring in pulmonary tuberculosis in childhood. Boston M. & S. J., 1894, cxxxi, 179-181.—I)[andois] (L.) Diagnostic de la tuberculose pulmonaire chez les jeunes enfants. Rev. med., Louvain, 1900, xviii, 154-162.—De- learde. Caverne pulmonaire chez un enfant de dix mois. Echo m6d. du nord, Lille, 1905, ix, 606.—Durante (D.) II massaggio addominale nell' idropeascite dei bam- bini specie nella tubercolosi peritoneale a forma ascitica. Pediatria, Napoli, 1900, viii, 177-LS8.—Espina y Capo. Diagnostic de la tuberculose des poumons dans la pre- miere enfance. Compt.-rend. Cong, internat. de med. 1897, Mosc, 1898, iii, sect. 6, 55-81. — d'Espine (A.) Le diagnostic precoee de la tuberculose des ganglions bronchiques chez les enfants. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1907, 3. s., lvii, 167-174— Fievez (R.) Un cas de tuberculose pulmonaire chez un nourrisson. Scalpel, Li6ge, 1911-12, lxiv, 811. —Fischer (L.) The treat- ment of pulmonary tuberculosis. N. York M. J., 1895, lxii, 193-196. Also, Reprint.—Foulatier (A.) Tuber- culose intestinale primitive; tuberculose pulmonaire propagee chez un enfant de 15 mois. Pediatrie prat., Lille, 1909, vii, 418.—Friedjung (J. K.) Bemerkungen iiber den Habitus tuberculosus im friihen Kindesalter. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1910, xxiii, 930-932.—Fry (F. M.) & Shaw (H.S.) Marked tuberculosis of the mesenteric lymph nodes in acute miliary tuberculosis, secondary to basal pulmonary phthisis with cavity in a breast-fed infant; partial autopsy. Arch. Pediat., N.Y., 1905, xxii, 922-924.— Galiei and. Granulie chez un nourrisson de 3 mois; observation et presentation des pieces anatomiques. Marseille m6d., 1908, xiv, 111.—Garmagnani (C.) La guaiacose nella terapia delle afiezioni broncopolmonari specifiche. Rassegna di pediat., Parma, 1911, ii, no. 6, 1-5.—Gaujoux (E.) & Brunei. La tuberculose pul- monaire caverneuse chez l'enfant. Ann. de m6d. et chir. inf., Par., 1909, xiii, 397; 443; 472; 516.—Gendron. Les tuberculoses pulmonaires aigues et curables de l'enfant et l'adenopathie mediastine. Rev. prat, d'obst. et depaediat., Par., 1911,xxiv, 279-288.— Gillet(H.) Traite- ment pour un enfant d'environ 8 ans; tuberculeux (tu- berculose pulmonaire ler degre ou debut du 2<» degre). Med. inf., Par., 1901-2, hi, 487-490. -----. Traite- ment pharmaceutique de la tuberculose pulmonaire chez l'enfant. Gaz. d. mal. infant, [etc.], Par., 1906, viii, 36.—Goodall (H. S.) Some results of sanatorium treat- ment of pulmonary tuberculosis in children. Boston M. & S. J., 1910, clxiii, 432-431.—Griffon (V.) Phiebite ob- literante de la veine cave inferieure dans un cas de tuberculose cavitaire de la premiere enfance. Rev. mens. d. mal. de l'enf., Par., 1899, xvii, 30-35.— Hali- pre (A.) Mort subite chez un enfant (caverne gan- glionnaire ouverte dans la trachee). Rev. med. de Nor- mandie, Rouen, 1911, 376-379.—Hart (C.) Kindheits- infektion und Schwindsuchtsproblem vom Standpunkt der pathologisch-anatomischen Forschung und die Pro- phylaxe der tuberkulosen Lungenschwindsucht. Tu- berculosis, Berl., 1910, ix, 378-390.—Hartmann (A.) Ueber Korpergewichtsveranderungen erholungsbedurf- tiger Kinder in der Basler Kinderheilstatte Langenbruck. Ztschr. f. Tuberk.u. Heilstattenw.,Leipz.,1901, ii, 241-258.— Hautant (A.) Tuberculose pulmonaire avec grande caverne chez un enfant de neuf mois. Tubercul. inf., Par., 1903, vi, 83-86—Hervolt. Emphyseme generalisee par rupture pulmonaire, chez une enfant tubereuleuse, atteinte de croup et tubee; mort. Rev. mens. d. mal. de l'enf., Par., 1906, xxiv, 67-70.—Heymann (B.) Statis- tische und ethnographische Beitrage zur Frage iiber die Beziehungen zwischen Sauglingsernahruug und Lun- genschwindsucht. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infectionskrankh., Leipz., 1904-5, xxviii, 45-64.—Hillenberg. Kindheits- infektion und Schwindsuchtsproblem. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1912, xxxviii, 2032-2034.— Hoehsinger. [Ein Fall von Trommelschlagelfingern bei einem zwei Jahre alten Kinde.] Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1904, iii, 17-19. Also: Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1904, liv, 236.—Hohlfeld (M.) Zur tuberkulosen Lungenphthise im Sauglingsalter. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1902, xlix, 1955.—Holt (L. E.) Some points in infantile tuberculosis. I. The fre- quency and mode of infection in pulmonary tuberculosis. II. A study of the fluid in tuberculous meningitis. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1907, xxii, 76-81.—Hoob- ler (B. R.) Effects of cold air on blood pressures of children and young adults in various stages of tuber- culosis. Am. J. Dis. Child., Chicago, 1912, iv, 307-310.— ■Iimlics (W. E.) Apical phthisis with double tuber- cular pleurisy in an infant. Tr. Path. Soc. Phila. (1893-5), 1896, xvii, 114.—Hutchinson (W.) A study of tuber- culosis in children. Brit. J. Tuberculosis, Lond., 1912, vi, 19-24.—Hutinel. La tuberculose pulmonaire de la TUBERCULOSIS. 864 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary) in children. deuxieme enfance. Rev. gen. declin.et de th6rap.,Par., 190S, xxii,614-616.—Hutinel&Lereboullet (P.) Les etapes de la tuberculose chez les enfants. Ann. de med. et chir. inf., Par., 1905, ix, 793-803.—Jolly (L.) Pour- quoi la tuberculose proclamee curable est-elle si rare- ment guerie? Pourquoi prend-elle une extension con- tinue, ainsi que la plupart des autres maladies infec- tieuses? Considerations speciales a l'enfance. Med. inf., Par., 1899-1900, ii, 408-419.— Josias (A.) & Roux (J.-C.) Evolution de la tuberculose pulmonaire chronique chez les enfants sous l'influence du sue de viande et de la viande crue. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, ii, 320-334. Also: Med. mod., Par., 1905, xvi, 337-340. Also: Rev. d'hyg. et de med. inf. [etc.], Par., 1906, v, 11- 27.—Josserand & Roux. La tuberculose pulmonaire et l'adenopathie tracheo-bronchique de l'enfant a Cannes. Bull. off. Soc. franc, d'eiectrother., Par., 1906, xiv, 85-88.— Karasawa. [The diet of nurslings suffering from phthisis.] Iji Shinbun, Tokio, 1906, 1693-1698.—Kaul- mann (J.) Zur Diagnose der Lungentuberculose bei Sauglingen. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1892, xvii, 628-630.— Kerley (C. G.) Three cases of pulmonary tuberculosis in young infants; with a report upon the distribution of the lesions in twenty cases of infantile tuberculosis. N. York M. J., 1890, li, 518.—Koch (M.) Kavernose Lungen- phthise bei einem 5 Monate alten Kinde. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch. 1906, Jena, 1907,262-264.—Koh- ler. Fruhdiagnostikderkindlichen Lungendrusentuber- kulose. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Rontg.-Gesellsch., Hamb., 1905, i, 98-104.—Kiihner (A.) Lungentuberkulose bei Kindern. Prakt. Arzt, Leipz., 1907, xlvii, 81-87.—Kuss (G.) Analogie de certaines tuberculoses experimentales d'inhalation et des formes habituelles de la tuberculose infantile primitive. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1908, 3. s., xxv, 229-232.—Latham (A.) On pul- monary tuberculosis in childhood, with special reference to its prevention and to its diagnosis from other wasting disorders. Lancet, Lond., 1900, ii, 1785-1788.—Lel'evre. Le diagnostic precoee de la tuberculose pulmonaire chez les enfants. J. d'accouch., Liege, 1905, xxvi, 335.—Le- roux (C.) Rapports de l'adenopathie tracheo-bron- chique avec la tuberculose pulmonaire chronique chez les enfants. Bull, med., Par., 1907, xxi, 1028. -----. L'adenopathie tracheo-bronchique dans ses rapports avec la tuberculose pulmonaire chronique chez les en- fants. ^Arch. de med. d. enf., Par., 1908, xi, 116-122.— Leslie (E.) De la tuberculose pulmonaire dans la premiere enfance. Clinique, Par., 1907, ii, 195-198.— Lhomme (H.) Cavernes tuberculeuses chez les nour- rissons. Rev. internat. de la tuberc., Par., 1906, x, 401- 406.—Lorenzi ( C.) Ricerche emoferrometriche nei bambini tubercolotici. Pediatria, Napoli, 1908, 2. s., vi, 725-764— Lortat-Jacob & Vitry (G.) Caverne pul- monaire chez un nourrisson; r61e de la compression du pneumogastrique par un ganglion dans revolution des lesions. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, ii, 350-354.-----------. Lesions nerveuses et tuberculose cavitaire chez le nourrisson. Presse med., Par., 1906, xiv, 25.—MeConaghy (A.) Some suggestions in the man- agement of children predisposed to phthisis. Internat. M. Mag., N. Y., 1903, xii, 523-525.—Mackenzie (H. W. G.) On pulmonary phthisis in children. Med. Press & Circ., Lond., 1892, n.s.,liv,315-318.—Meunier (H.) Diagnostic de la tuberculose pulmonaire de l'enfant par la bacillosco- pie des crachats extraits de l'estomac. Cong. p. I'etude de la tuberculose, Par., 1898, iv, 829-834. Also: Presse med., Par., 1898, ii,8L—ITlicliatowiez (M.) O mylnem uzaleznianiu goraczki od sprawy gruzliczej u odzywia- nych forsownie dzieci gruzliczych. [Forced feeding as a cause of fever in tubercular children.] Lwow. tvgodn. lek., 1912, vii, 681; 700; 719.—Miller (J.) Types of pul- monary tuberculosis in voung children. Brit. J. Child. Dis., Lond., 1909, vi, 247-264.—Monrad (S.) Bidrag til Sp0rgsmaalet om Inhalatiens- og Fodringstuberkulose hos B0rn. [Contribution to the question of inhalation and nutrition tuberculosis in children.] Kdbenh. med. Selsk. Forh., 1901-2, 24-39.—Morkovitin (A. P.) Ob izmleneniyakh viesa grudnikh dletel pri bugorchatkle. [Change in weight in nurslings in phthisis.] Russk. arch, patol.. klin. med. i bakteriol., S.-Peterb., 1900, ix, 609-613.—.tIoussous( A.) Formes cliniques dela tuber- culose du premier age, particulierement les formes g6ne- 'alisees. rung, internat.de med. C. r., Par., 1900, sect. de med. de l'enf., 298-315.—Nathan (M.) Diagnostic de la tuberculose pulmonaire chez l'enfant. Rev. de la tuberculose, Par., 1904, 2. s., i, 482-511.—Neumann (H.) Ueber die Bronchialdrusentuberculose und ihre Bezie- hungen zur Tuberculose im Kindesalter. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1893, xix, 202; 226; 280- 306' 331: 352; 376; 3J'.t — Norbury (F. P.) Pulmonary tuber- culosis m infants and children. Tr. Mississippi Valley M. Ass., 1900, ii, 302-318. Also: Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1900 xvn, 907-917.— (Euvre (L') Grancher. Corresp. med ' Par., 1910, xvii, no. 381, 3-7— Otto (C.) Gruzlica wl6k- nista pluc, powiklana wylewem krwi do m6zgu u 13- letniej dziewczynki. [Fibrous phthisis of the lungs complicated by brain haemorrhage in a girl 13 vears old ]' Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1907, 2. s., xxvii, li57- 1181 —■ Tuberculosis (Pulmonary) in children. Pach (H.) Die Kindersterblichkeit und Lungentuber- kulose in Budapest. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1906, xix, 1485.—Pater (H.) Sur deux formes anatomiques rares de la tuberculose dans la premiere enfance. Rev. mens. d. mal. de l'enf., Par., 1906, xxiv, 65-67.—Pearson \S. V.) The diagnosisof pulmonary tuberculosis in infants and young children. Practitioner, Lond., 1904, Ixxiii, 326-345.—Perier (E.) Tuberculose pulmonaire; enfant simplement menace. Ann. de med. et chir. inf., Par., 1902, vi, no. 11, p. vii.—Petit (G.) La tuberculose pul- monaire des enfants. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1905, vii, 416-423.—Potherat (E.) Paralysie infantile, tuberculose pulmonaire; phlegmatia alba dolens. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1887, lxii, 157-168.—Powell (R. D.) Fatal haemoptysis in early life. Lancet, Lond., 1912, i, 321.—Qurin (A.) Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Lungen- phthise im Sauglingsalter (mit Kasuistik). Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1902, xlix, 223-225—Itabot & Varay (F.) Tuberculose pulmonaire ulcereuse (cavernes) chez un enfant de cinq mois; meningite tubereuleuse (forme hemipiegique). Rev. mens. d. mal. de l'enf., Par., 1902, xx, 216-254.—Ranke (K. E.) Diagnose und Epidemiolo- gic der Lungentuberkulose des K ndes. Arch. f. Kin- derh., Stuttg., 1910, liv, 279-306.—Ribadeau-Dumas (L.), Weill (A.) & ITIaingot. Etude radiologique de la tuberculose pulmonaire du nourrisson. Bull.Soc.de pediat. de Par., 1912, xiv, 442-456.—Richardiere (H.) Formes cliniques de la tuberculose du premier ftge (par- ticulierement les formes thoraciques). Cong, internat. de med. C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de med. de l'enf., 316-326.— Rist (E.) La localisation initiale de la tuberculose pul- monaire chez l'enfant et chez l'adulte. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1912, 3. s., xxxiii, 965-969.— Riviere (C.) Phthisis in children. Lancet, Lond., 191,0, i, 156-160. -----. Conditions which simulate phthisis pulmonalis in children. Polyclin., Lond., 1910, xiv, 93- 97.—Robison (J. A.) The preventive treatment of children predisposed to pulmonary tuberculosis. Am. Gynaec, & Obst. J., N. Y., 1898, xiii, 555-565. -----. The prevention of pulmonary tuberculosis in predisposed children. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1901, xxxvii, SOS- SOS.—Rocher. Tuberculose thoracique d'origine pleu- rale &, marche envahissante chez un enfant de quatorze ans. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1906, xxxvi, 326; 843.— Roeder (H.) Die Lungentuberkulose im schulpflichti- gen Alter. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1906, xliii, 390-392.— Rttmer(P. H.) Kindheitsinfektionund Schwindsuchts- problem im Lichte der Immunitiitswissenschaft. Tuber- culosis, Leipz., 1910, ix, 129-154.—Rogers (F. G. A.) Acute phthisis in a child; recovery. Lancet, Lond., 1898, i, 1536.—Rohiner (P.) Tuberculose und Tuberkulin- therapie im Siiuglings- und friihen Kindesalter. Arch. f. Kinderh., Stuttg., 1909, Iii, 305-323—Rongel (A.) Rap- port entre la tuberculose et l'asthme dans l'enfance. Arch, de med. d. enf., Par., 1913, xvi, 95-101.—Roux (J.) & Josserand (P.) La tuberculose pulmonaire latente et l'adenopathie tracheo-bronchique chez l'en- fant, a Cannes (ecoles, gouttes de lait). Cong, in- ternat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, ii, 220-225. Also: Rev. mens. d. mal. de l'enf., Par., 1906, xxiv, 12-25.— Sanchez de Fuentes (A.) La tuberculosis pulmo- nar en la infancia. San. y benefic. Bol. ofic, Habana, 1911, v, 623-626. — Sauvan. Caverne tubereuleuse chez un enfant de 13 mois. Marseille med., 1907, xliv, 343.—Sawyer (J. E. H.) The frequency of pulmo- nary tuberculosis in children. Brit. J. Child. Dis., Lond., 1909, vi, 205-211. Also: Midland M. J., Birmingh., 1909, viii, 114-120. -----. The frequency of consumption in children. Birmingh. M. Rev., 1912, lxxi, 57-67.— Schick. Exspiratorisches Keuchen als Symptom der Lungen-Driisentuberkulose im ersten Lebensjahre. Ver- handl. d. Versamml. d. Gesellsch.f.Kinderh. . . . deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1909, Wiesb., 1910, 121-128.—Schr5der (G.) Beitrag zur Frage von der Bedeutung derSiiuglings- erniihrung fiir die Entstehung der chronisehen Lungen- tuberculose. Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1904, xxv, 209.— Serio-Basile (N.) Importanza diagnostica della ri- cerca del bacillo di Koch nelle feci dei bambini affetti da tubercolosi polmonare. Pediatria, Napoli, 1909, 2. s.,v, 881-895, 1 fold. tab. — Simon (G.) Zur Anwendung des Tuberkulins bei der Lungentuberkulose unter Beriick- sichtigung des Kindesalters. Ztschr. f. Laryngol., Rhinol. [etc.], Wiirzb., 1911, iv, 437-448. —Simon (P.) & Spill- maun (L.) Preservation de la jeunesse contre la tuber- culose. Rev. med. de Test, Nancv, 1906, xxxviii, 501-504.— Sluka (E.) Ueber Rontgenbefunde bei tuberkulosen Kindern mit exspiratorischem Keuchen. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1910, xxiii, 156. —Snader (E. R.) On the frequency of pulmonary phthisis in infancy and child- hood. Hahneman. Month., Phila., 1904, xxxix, 903-908. -----. The diagnosis of pulmonary tuberculosis in in- fancy and childhood. Ibid., 1907, xlii. 491-500— Speck (A.) Die Beziehung der Sauglingserniihrung zur Entste- hung der Lungentuberculose. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infec- tionskrankh., Leipz., 1904-5,xxviii,27-44. Also, Reprint.— Squire (J. E.) A lecture on pulmonary tuberculosis in children. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, ii, 133-137.—Stickler (J. W.) The prevention of pulmonary phthisis in the TUBERCULOSIS. 865 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary) in ch ildren. adult by the proper care of children who have pulmonary disease or are predisposed to it bv heredity. Areh. Pe- diat., Phila., 1891, viii, 730-736. —Still (G. F.) Observa- tions on the morbid anatomy of tuberculosis in child- hood. J. Comi>. Path. & Therap., Edinb. & Lond., 1899, xii, 292-299.—Stirniuianii (F.) Tuberkulose im ersten Lebensjahre. Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1905, n. F., Ixi, 756-774. Also, Reprint—Sutherland (H.G.) Acaseof rapid phthisis with pulmonary hypertrophic osteo-arthro- pathv, in a child of six. Edinb. M. J., 1907, n. s., xxii, 505- 514, i pl. —Taylor (D. M.) "The tuberculous school- child:" with special reference to open-air schools. Brit. J. Tuberculosis, Lond., 1911, v, 195-203.—Va riot & Petit (P.) Bruit de clapolis synchrone aux buttements du cceur dans une caverne pulmonaire chez un enfant. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1911, xiii, 333-337—Vidal (E.) Statistiques des enfants tuberculeux hospitalises dans le sanatorium Renee-Sabran, k Hyeres (Var). Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1904, 3. s., li, 568-570. -----. Le traitement des tuberculoses infantiles par l'extrait de ganglions lymphatiques. Pediatric prat., Lille, 1907, v, 97-99.—Vogt (H.) Zur Diagnose der Lungentuberkulose im Kindesalter. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1912, lix, 1957.—Volland. Ueber den Weg der Tuberculose zu den Lungenspitzen und die Nothwendigkeit der Errich- tung von Kinkerpflegerinnenschulen. Verhandl. d. Ge- sellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1891, Leipz., 1892, lxiv, pt. 2, 216-221. — Weber ( F.) Ueber die von der russi- schen Gesellschaft zur Wahrung der Volksgesundheit gestifteten Kinderheilkolonien in Russland. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw.,Leipz.,1903,iv,542-550.—Weill. Tuberculose cavitaire de la base, grefiee sur un ancien foyer de broncho-pneumonie, chez un enfant de un an et demi. Lyon med., 1909, cxiii, 743-745.—Weill & llau- vergne. Tuberculose ulcereusedupoumoutorpkie chez un enfant. Bull. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Lvon, 1903, ii, 375- 377.—White (C. Y.) & Carpenter (H. C.) Tubercu- lous pulmonary cavities in infants. Am. J. M. Se., Phila., 1909, n. s., exxxviii, 79-91.—van Wien. Insuflisance aortique chez un enfant tuberculeux. Policlin., Brux., 1911, xx, 330-332— Williams (E. G. H.) The existence and results of treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis in children of school age. Brit. J. Child. Dis., Lond., 1909, vi, 416-423.— Williams (Marv H.) Pulmonary tuber- culosis in children. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1909, i, 337-391. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1910, i, 1531-1533.—Wolff*(F.) Die Fiirsorge fiir schwindsuchtbedrohte Kinder. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1912, xix, 190-198.—Wyss (O.) Ueber Perkussion und Auskultation der Sliuglinge und iiber die Symptome der Lungentuberkulose im ersten Lebensjahre. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1906, lxxxix, 351- 366.—Young (R. A.) Clinical remarks on pulmonary tuberculosis in infancy and childhood. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1908, i, 545-550.—Zarfl (M.) Primarer tuberkuloser Lun- genherd bei einem 24 Tage alten Saugling. Mitt. d. Ge- sellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1912, xi, 187. Also: Wien. med. Wchnschr.. 1912, lxii, 2624. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary) in insane. See Tuberculosis in insane. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary) in Jews. See Tuberculosis in Jen-s. Tuberculosis (Pul mormry) and lacta- tion. Nceggerath (C. T.) Das Stillverbot bei Tu- berkulose und Tuberkuloseverdacht. roy. 8°. Wiesbaelen, 1911. Also, in: Prakt. Ergebn. d. Geburtsh. u. Gynak., Wiesb., 1911-12, iv, 17-71. Patron (P.) * Recherches experimentales sur le lait des femmes tuberculeuses; applica- tions a l'allaitement maternel. 8°. Nantes, 1909. Deutsch (A.) Tuberkulose und Stillen. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1910, lvii, 1336-1338.—Nahm. Ueber das Stillen tuberkuloser Mutter. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tu- berk., Wiirzb., 1912, Suppl.-Bd., iii, 72-78. Tuberculosis (Puhnonury) and life insurance. See Tuberculosis and life insurance. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary) and mar- riage. See Tuberculosis in pregnancy, etc.; Tuber- culosis and marriage. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary)' and men- struation. See Tuberculosis and menstruation. vol xviii, 2d series----55 Tuberculosis (Pulmonary) in old age. Combes (J.) * Contribution a I'etude de la tuberculose pulmonaire des vieillards. 8°. Montpellier, 1905. Le Coz (C.-E.-M.) * Frequence et formes cliniques de la tuberculose pulmonaire des vieillards. 8°. Pan's, 1911. Pizzorno (G.) Tubercolosi polmonare nei vecchi. Op.piade' Ferrari Brignole Sale in Genova. Resoc. clin.- statist, d. osp. (1895), 1896, 69-72.—Staehelin (R.) Ue- ber Altersphthise. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1910, xlvii, 373- 376.— Tauszk (F.) A tuddtuberculosis az aggkorban. [Pulmonary tuberculosis in old age.] Budapesti orv. ujsag, 1909, vii, 731-736. -----. Die Lungentuberkulose imGreisenalter. Oesterr. Aerzte-Ztg., Wien, 1911, viii,3; 21 Tuberculosis (Pulmonary) in preg- nancy and puerperal state. See Tuberculosis in pregnancy and puerperal state. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary) in sailors. See Tuberculosis in sailors. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary) in schools. See Tuberculosis in schools. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary) and sexual instinct. Baril (G.-P.-A.) *Le sens genesique chez les tuberculeux. 8°. Bordeaux, 1907. Landret (P.) *De 1'excitation genitale chez les tuberculeux; ses causes, ses consequences, son traitement. 8°. Lyon, 1904. Cainpani (A.) Funzione sessuale e tubercolosi. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1909, xxx, 1298.—Davison (j. T. R.) Tuberculosis in its relation to the generative func- tions Lancet, Lond., 1910, ii, 233.—Goudard. Tuber- culeux erethiques et mariage. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 623-626.—Kilhne (W.) Ueber den Einfluss der Generationsvorgange auf die Lungen- tuberkulose. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1913, xxvi, 71-91.—Peters (W. H.) The management of the sexual factor in tuberculosis, and its relation to the home treatment. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1908, 1, 938. -----. The sexual factor in tuberculosis. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1909, lxxxix, 116-120.—Von Ruck (K.) Phthisis as a cause of sexual excesses. Am. J. Dermat. & Genito-Urin. Dis., St. Louis, 1907, xi, 284-286.—Weilli (E.) Der Ein- fluss der Tuberkulose auf das Seelenleben, speziell das Sexualgefuhl. Heilkunde, Berl., 1903, 67-69.—Wein- berg (H.) Ueber die Fruchtbarkeit der Phthisiker bei- derlei Geschlechts. Med. Reform, Berl., 1908, xvi, 285; 298. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary) and syph- ilis. See, also Syphilis and tuberculosis. Alibert (L.) *Quelques considerations sur la pathogenie et le traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire chez les syphilitiques. 8°. Paris, 1900. Chabbert (P.) * Valeur semeiologique de la tuberculose pulmonaire fibreuse dans la re- cherche de la syphilis. 8°. Paris, 1908. Jacuuinet (R.) Contribution a. I'etude de la tuberculose pulmonaire chez les syphilitiques. 8°. Paris, 1895. Laurent (A.-J.-M.) *Etude sur un cas de pseudo-svphilide pigmentaire chez un tubercu- leux. 86. Paris, 1897. van Riemsdijk (D. A.) *Over syphilis acqui- sita en longtuberculose. 8°. Amsterdam, 1899. d'Almeida (T.) Tratamento da tuberculose pul- monar nos syphiliticos. Med. mod., Porto, 1911, xviii, 334-338.—Babcock (R. H.) Pulmonary tuberculosis and syphilis, with reports of three eases. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1911, cv, 384-386.— Borst (M.) Die gegenseitige Beeinflussung von Syphilis und Tuberkulose in der Lunge. Verhandl. d. phys.-med. Gesellsch. zu Wiirzb., 1897, n; F., xxxi, 237.—Brousse (A.) Svphilis et infec- tion pulmonaire. N. Montpel. med., 1900, xi, 683-688.— fautineau. [Tuberculose pulmonaire survenue chez un syphilitique.] Ann. Soc. d'anat. path, de Brux., 1882, no. 31, 94-98.— Castagnary. Gomme c6rebrale et tu- berculose pulmonaire. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1905, 2. s., xxiii, 376.—Castellino (P. F.) Tubercolosi pulmo- nare; sirilide costituzionale. Tommasi, Napoli, 1907, ii, TUBERCULOSIS. 866 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Pulmonary) and syph- ilis. 477._Creutz (F.) Syphilis et tuberculose pulmonaire chez les indigenes des hauts-plateaux. Bull. med. de l'Algerie, Alger, 1905, xvi, 557-562— Curtin(R. G.) The influence of sea air on syphilitic phthisis. Tr. Am. Cli- mat. Ass. 1887, Phila., 31-41. Also, Reprint.—Der- scheid. Svphilis et tuberculose pulmonaire. Policlin., Brux., 1909, xviii, 21-23.—Desplats (H.) Syphilis et tu- berculose du poumon. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1905, ii, 557-560.—Dubois Havenith. Syphilis et tuberculose pulmonaire. Policlin., Brux., 1908, xvii, 376 - 378.— l';ii.—Combemale & IWouton. Le serum artificiel, moyen de diagnostic precoee de la tuberculose pulmonaire. Cpng. franc, de med. Rap. Par., 1899, v, 838-841. Alsb: Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1899, iii, 623.— Courmont (P.) Sero-diagnostic des epanchements tu- berculeux. Cong.p.l'etudedelatuberculose,Par.,l898,iv, 5(3- ;j83. Also: Presse med., Par., 1898,i,313.-----. Valeur semeiologique de la reaction agglutinante chez les tuber- culeux; sero-diagnostic; sero-pronostic. Ann. de m6d. et chir. inf., Par., 1906, x, 653-659. -----. Le s6ro-diagnostic dans les formes attenuees et fibreuses de la tuberculose; arthritismeet tuberculose. Lvon med.,1906,cvii,404-405.— Courmont (P.) & Bevol. Tuberculose latente et sero-diagnostic. Bull. Soc. med. d. hop. de Lyon, 1904, iii, 137-140. Also: Lyon med., 1904, cii, 764-766.—Bescos (A.) La sero-r6action tubereuleuse chez l'enfant. J. de physiol. et de path, gen., Par., 1903, v, 127-139.—Earl (R.) Serum diagnosis and serum treatmentof tubercu- losis. J. Minn. M. Ass. [etc.], Minneap., 1910, n. s., xxx, 219-221.—Flsenberg (P.) & Keller (E.) Ueber die Spezifizitat der Serodiagnostik der Tuberkulose. Cen- tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1903, xxxiii, 549- 567.—Eitner (E.) & Stoerk (E.) Serologische Unter- suchungen bei Tuberkulose der Lunge und der Haut. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1909, xxii, 808-810.—Fasani- Volarelli (F.) Un nuovo metodo per la sierodiagnosi della tubercolosi. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1910, xxxi, 674.— Ferre (G.) & Buard (G.) sero-diagnostic dans la tu- berculose. Cong, internat. de la tuberc, 1905, Par., 1906, l, 337-339.—Finck. Sur le diagnostic de la tuberculose par les injectionsde serum artificiel. Courriermed.,Par., 1901, li, 289.—Francine (A. P.) Pulmonary tubercu- losis with late Wassermann reaction. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1910, xci, 846-850.—Froment (J.) Sero-diagnos- tic de la tuberculose chez le vieillard. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 353-359.—Gaspar (G.) A giimok6r serodiagnostikaja. [Serodiagnosis of tubercu- losis.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1910, liv, 300-302.—Cieb- hardt (F.) & Torday (A.) Ueber die Serodiagnose der Tuberculose. Ungar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1902, vii, 54-56.—(Rentes & Bibereau. Tuberculose aigue; sero-diagnostic de Widal positif. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. . . . de Bordeaux, 1900, xxi, 122.—de Grazia (F.) La sierodiagnosi nella tubercolosi polmonare. Cron. d. clin. med. di Genova, 1901, vii, 241-251. Also: Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1901, xxii, 1128-1132. Also, transl: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1902, xxxix, 229; 262-Harrower (H. R.) Laboratory help in tuberculosis. Am. J. Clin. M., Chicago, 1909, xvi, 767-769.—Hawthorn (E.) De la sero-r6action tubereuleuse par agglutination de cul- tures liquides homogenes du bacille de Koch. Marseille med., 1902, xxxix, 487; 513; 597. Also: J. de physiol. et de path, gen., Par., 1903, v, 104-116. Also [Abstr.]: Compt. rend. Soc.de biol., Par., 1902, 11. s., iv, 632-634. -----. Essais de sero-reaction tubereuleuse avec les cultures homogenes du bacille de Koch en eau peptonee. Compt. rend.Soc.de biol., Par., 1903. lv, 402.— Humbert (G.) Du sero-diagnostic tuberculeux dans le diagnostic de la granulie. Rev. de la tuberculose, Par., 1904, 2. s., i, 233- 253.—Kinghorn (H. M.) The serum diagnosis of tu- berculosis. Nat. Ass. Study & Prevent. Tuberculosis. Trans., N. Y., 1906, i, 136-139.—Kinghorn (H. M.) & Twichell (D. C.) Further notes on the serum diag- nosis of tuberculosis. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1906, n. s., exxxii, 549-554.—LagrifFoul (A.) Le sero-dia- gnostic de la tuberculose; revue generale et nouvelle statistique. Montpel. med., 1903, xvi, 1; 92; 126; 164; 198; 221.—Laidlaw (G. F.) Serum diagnosis of tuber- culosis. Tr. Homceop. M. Soc. N. Y., 1908, Hi, 68-72.— Landouzy (L.) Rapport sur l'emploi des serums et des toxines dans le diagnostic et le traitement de la tu- berculose. Cong. p. I'etude de la tuberculose, Par., 1898, iv, 602-636.—I.oeb (L. M.) The serum diagnosis of tu- berculosis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1903, xl, 1423-1428.— Longard (J.) Zur spezifischen Diagnostik der Tuber- kulose. Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl., 1911, xvii, 398- 401.— Ltidke (H.) Serodiagnostik der Tuberkulose. Sitzungsb. d. phys.-med. Gesellsch. zu Wiirzb., 1910, 60.— I*ildke(H.)& Fischer (F.) Die klinische Verwer- tung der serologischen Untersuch ungsmethoden bei der Tuberkulose. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1911, lxxii, 545-554. — Ma lis (Yu.) K voprosu o biologicheskol diagnostikle tuberkulyoza. [Biological diagnosis of tu- berculosis.] Prakt. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1909, viii, 557- 560. — Marchetti (G.) & Stefaiiclli (P.) Sulla siero-reazione tubercolare. Riv. crit. di clin. med., Firenze, 1903, iv, 657; 673; 689: 1905, vi, 617. — Iflarie (A.) & Beaussart (P.) Le s6rodiagnostic de la tu- berculose et l'etiologie des affections mentales. Rev. de med., Par., 1910, xxx, 745-766.—Itlarini (G.) La siero- reazione nella tubercolosi. Bull. d. sc. med. di Bologna, 1901, 8. s., iv, 330-379 —OTartelli (L,) La reazione iodo- fila nella tubercolosi. Morgagni, Milano, 1910, Iii, pt. 1, 349; 373—Marzagalli (E.) Sopra di un nuovo metodo per la siero-diagnosi della tubercolosi. Gazz. d. osp., Mi- TUBERCULOSIS. 868 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Serodiagnosis of). lauo, 1905, xxvi, 197.— Jlasius (V.) & Beeo (L.) Re- cherches sur la sero-reaction de la tuberculose. Bull. Acad. roy. de med. de Belg., Brux., 1902, 4. s., xvi, 107- 141.—rJKjrieux. Diagnostic de l'intoxication tubereu- leuse chez l'homme par l'injection sous-eutan6e, a des cobaves tuberculeux, de divers liquides de l'organisme. Lyon med., 1904, cii, 625-»>ii7— IHongour & Buard. Note sur le serodiagnostic de la tuberculose. Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1898. 10. s., v, 1142-1144. ----- -----. Note sur le sero-diagnostic de la tuberculose pul- monaire. Ibid., 1899, U.S., i, 656.—Nesfield (V. B.) A simple serum diagnosis for tubercle; also a method of obtaining an immunity index. Lancet, Lond., 1910, ii, 1875-1877.—Nicolas (J.), Favre (M.) & Augagneur (A.) Valeur de la reaction de Yamamouchi pour le di- agnostic experimental de la tuberculose. [Anaphylaxe.] Lvon med., 1912, cxviii, 1055-1060.—Paganelli (E.) Sulla siero-reazione tubercolare. Clin mod., Pisa, 1904, x, 469-176.— Patella (V.) Sulla citodiagnosi degli essu- dati tubercolari delle sierose; sulla provenienza e signifi- cazionedei cosidetti linfocitidi tali essudati; valore della citodiagnosi. Policlin., Roma, 1901-2, viii, sez. prat., 481- 484.—Roepke (O.) Beitrage zur serologisehen Diagnos- tik der Lungentuberkulose. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1910-11, xviii, 315-318. -----. Die Fruhdiagnose der Lungentuberkulose auf serologischem Wege. Ztschr. f. Med.-Beamte, Berl., 1910, xxiii, 149-157.—Romberg (E.) Zur Serumdiagnose der Tuberkulose. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1901, xxvii, 273; 292. -----. Weitere Mittheilungen zur Serumdiagnose der Tuberkulose. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1902, xlix, 89- 94.—Romo lotti (E.) Contributo alio studio della siero- diagnosi della tubercolosi. Rendic. d. Ass. med.-chir. di Parma, 1904, v, 158-168.—Buppel (W. G.) Ueber Tuber- kulose-Serum und Tuberkulose-Sero-Vaccin. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Cong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1910, xxvii, 166- 173.—Sabareanu (G.) & Salomon (M.) Contribu- tion a I'etude de la sero-reaction de la bacillo-tuberculose (methode Arloing-Courmont). Rev. de med., Par., 1905, xxv, 624-533.—Sirot (O.) Recherches serotherapiques appliquees au diagnostic precoee de la tuberculose. Cong. p. I'etude de la tuberculose, Par., 1898, iv, 564-578.— Smithies (F.) Further studies of the diagnostic value of the hemolytic test in cancer and tuberculosis. Arch. Diagn., N. Y., 1910, iii, 24-36. Also: J.,Mich. M. Soc, De- troit, 1910, ix, 237-245. —Spehl (P.) A propos de la reac- tion deMarmorekdansle diagnosticde la tuberculose. J. med. de Brux.,1910,x v,619-62L—Stein (R.O.) Zur biologi- schen Differentialdiagnose von Lepra und Tuberkulose. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xxv, 1559-1562.—Terre. Re- cherches experimentales sur la valeur diagnostique dus6- rumartificieldansla tuberculose. Dauphinemed., Greno- ble, 1898, xxii, 136; 160.—Thomesco (N.) &Gracoski (S.) Le sero-diagnostic tuberculeux en general et particu- lierement chez les enfants. Arch, de med. d. enf., Par., 1906,ix,458-479. Also [Abstr.]: Cong, internat. delatuberc 1905, Par., 1906, ii, 254-260.—Torday (A.) A tuberculo- sis serodiagnosisa viscosit&smeresek alapj&n. [Funda- mental principles of serodiagnosis of tuberculosis.] Or- vosi hetil., Budapest, 1911, lv, 638-641.—Well I A: Beseos (A.) Cvtologie et sero-diagnostic tuberculeux. Bull. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Lyon, 1902, i, 167-169.—Zweig (V.) Beitrag zur Serodiagnostik der Tuberkulose. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 1845-1847. Tuberculosis (Serodiagnosis of) by agglutination. Bredow (F.) * Ueber die agglutinierende Wirkung des Serums Tuberkuloser auf Typhus- bakterien und Tuberkclbazillenemuision. [Wurtzburg.] 8°. Erlangen, 1907. Scherrer (P.) * Pouvoir agglutinant des serosites tuberculeuses. Sero-diagnostic local des tuberculosen articulaires et des hydroceles. 8°. Lyon, 1907. Arloing (S.) & < ouriuoiit (P.) Diagnostic pre- coee de la tuberculose par ia sero-agglutination. Cong. internat. de m6d. C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de path, int., 748-758.----------. Valeur comparee de la sero-agglu- tination et des reactions a la tuberculine dans le diag- nostic et le pronostic de la tuberculose. Rev. internat. de le tuberc, Par., 1900, xvi, 243-246. Also [Abstr.]: Prov. med., Par., 1909, xx, 377.— Caryophillis (G.) Bacillotuberculose et reaction de Widal. Presse med., Par., 1910, xviii, 124.—Counnont (P.) Valeur semeio- logique de la reaction agglutinante chez les tuberculeux; serodiagnostic; s6ro-pronostic. [Rap.] Bull, med., Par., 1906, xx, 744-748. -----. The agglutinating power in tuberculous patients; serum diagnosis and serum prog- nosis. Lancet, Lond., 1908, ii, 1740.—Be Nobele (J.) & Beyer (C.) Recherches sur la valeur de l'agglutination ilu barille d'Arloing et Courmont au point de vue du diagnostic precoee de la tuberculose. Ann. Soe. de med. de Gand, 1902, lxxxi, 13-62.—Figari. Sopra un nuovo metodo di sierodiagnosi della tubercolosi. [Agglutina- Tuberculosis (Serodiagnosis of) by agglutination. zione.] Cron. d. clin. med. di Genova, 1906, xii, 125.— Figari (F.) & Borelli (G.) Come si comportano le agglutinine specifiehe tubercolari nell' uomo e negli animali; batteriolosine e loro relazioni. Ann. d. 1st., Maragliano p. la cura d. tuberc. [etc.], Genova, 1906-7, ii, 149-154.—Grilner (O. > Leber Agglutination bei tuberkulosen Kindern. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1909-10, xiv, 87-9\—llortoii-Suiith (P.) & Armit (H. W.) The agglutinating rear lion in casesof pulmonary tuberculosis. Tr. Brit. Cong. Tuberc. 1901, Lond., 1902, iii. 151-153.— Jessen (F.) Ueber die Agglu- tination bei Lungentuberkulose. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1906, vi, 209-224.—Luigi (M.) La semeiologia della reazione agglutinante nella tubercu- losi. Policlin., Roma, 1908, xv, sez. med., 156-165.— Rumpf(E) & Guinard (L.) Recherches sur la sero- agglutination tubereuleuse. Echomed. de Lyon, 1902, vii, 100-107. Also: Presse m6d., Par., 1902, i, 282— Schrapl. La tuberculose; son diagnostic precoee par la sero-agglu- tination. Areh. de m6d. et pharm. mil., Par., 1902, xxxix, 89-115.—von Szaboky (J.) Agglutinations- versuche bei Tuberkulose. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1909, xiv, 276-296.—Von Ruck (S. H.) Tbe Widal reac- tion in tuberculosis. J. Tuberc. Asheville, N. C, 1899, i, 179-186.—Wigham (J. T.) Upon the agglutination test in the diagnosis of tuberculosis. J. Hvg., Cambridge, 1906, vi, 212-214. Tuberculosis (Serodiagnosis of) with cobra venoms. Krauss E. * Ueber den Wert der CJalmette'- schen Cobrareaktion zur Fruhdiagnose der Tuberkulose. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1911. Alessandrini (P.) Die Bedeutung und das Wesen der Calmette'schen Cobragiftreaction fiir die Diagnose der Tuberculose Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1911, ix, 238-245.—Bermbach (P.) Ueber Cal- mettes Kobragiftaktivierungsmethode zur Diagnose der Tuberkulose. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1911, xvii, 334- 339.— Calmette (A.),Itfassol (L.) & Guerin (C.) Sur les proprietes activantes des serums d'animaux sains et d'animaux tuberculeux ou tuberculin6sa l'egarddu venin de cobra. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc., Par., 1908, cxlvi, 1076- 1079.—Nowaczynski (J.) Die Kobragiftreaktion von Calmette und ihre diagnostische Bedeutung in bezng auf Tuberkulose. Ztschr. f. Tuberk, Leipz., 1911-12, xviii, 26- 39.—Pekanovich (I.) A gumok6r seroreactidinak dia- gnostikai ertekerol, kiilonos tekintettel a cobrareacti6ra, [On the diagnostic valueof serum reaction in tuberculosis, withspeeial referencetocobra reaction.] Budapesti orv. ujsdg, 1909, vii, 563-566. Also, transl: Deutschemed. Wchn- schr.,Leipz. u.Berl., 1910, xxxvi,161.—Pontano(T.) At- tivazione del veleno di cobra permezzodei sieri dei tuber- colosi (valore diagnostico; studio comparato con le rea- zioni locali alia tubercolina). Policlin., Roma, 1911, xviii, sez. med., 105-132. Tuberculosis (Serodiagnosis of) by fixation and deviation of the complement. Fischer (F.) *Zur Frage der Komplement- bindungsreaktion bei der Tuberkulose. 8°. Viixrzburg, 1910. Hanns (A.-A.) * Reaction de fixation dans la tuberculose. Existence d'une sensibilisatrice antituberculeuse dans le serum des tuberculeux. 8°. Nancy, 1909. Armand-Delille (P.-F.) Methode simplifi6e de deviation du complement a 1 a tuberculine. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1909, lxvii, 155-157.—Bauer. Kom- plementablenkung bei tuberkulosen Kindern. Ver- handl. d. Versamml. d. Gesellsch. f. Kinderh. .. . deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1908, Wiesb., 1909, xxv, 106-114. -----. Also [Abstr.]: Munchen.med. Wchnschr., 1908, lv,2208 — Bergeron (A.) Recherches sur le diagnostic de la tu- berculose par la deviation du complement (methode de Marmorek). Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1909, lxvii, 588.-----. Le diagnostic de la tuberculose par la fixation de complement; methode de Marmorek. Presse med., Par., 1910, xviii, 3.—de Bonis (V.) & Benga (G.) Sulla diagnosi della tubercolosi col methodo di Marmo- reck. Riforma med., Napoli, 1912, xxviii, 731-735—Cal- mette (A.) Itlassol (L.) Sur les conditions d'obtention de la reaction de deviation de l'alexine (Bordet-Gengou) avec les antigenes et les anticorps tuberculeux. Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1909, lxvii, 528-530.----------• Sur la fonction antigene des tuberculines. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1911, cliii, 420-422.----------. Deter- mination du pouvoir antigenedes diverses tuberculines et titrages des sensibilisatrices ou anticorps des serums de tuberculeux. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1912, lxxn, 15-17.—Cappelli (J.) Sullafissazione del complemento nella tubercolosi cutanea. Atti d. Accad. med.-fis. no- TUBERCULOSIS. 869 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Serodiagnosis of) by fixation anddeviation, of the compl emen t. rent. 1910, Firenze, 1911, 76-79.—Chiarolanza (R.) Studii sulla tubercolosi chirurgica; ricerche sulla devia- zione del complemento in infermi di tubercolosi chirur- giche. Clin, chir., Milano, 1911, xix, 2449-2487.—Citron (J.) & Klinkert (D.) Ueber den biologischen Nach- weis lipoider Substanzen durch die Komplementbin- dungsmethode im Blut und Harn bei Tuberkulose und deren Bedeutung. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1910, xlvii, 1614-1617.— Cohn (S.) Ueber kompiementbindende Tu- berkulose-Antikdrper und ihre Beziehungen zur Tuber- kulinreaktion. Ibid., 1908, xiv, 1309-1311. -----. Ueber die durch Komplementbindung nachweisbaren Tuberku- lose-Antlkorperim Blute von Phthisikern. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1908, xi, 143-174,—Bebre (R.) & Parat'(J.) Nouvelle application de la reaction de Bor- det-Gengou au diagnostic de la tuberculose; la reaction de 1'antigSne. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911,lxxi, 65-67.—Budgeon \L S.), Meek (W. O.), & AVeir (H. B.) A preliminary inquiry as to the value of the comple- ment fixation test in tuberculosis. Lancet, Lond., 1913, i, 19-21.—JEmery (W. d'E.) A method of serum diag- nosis for tubercle. [Complement fixation.] Ibid., 1911, i, 55,190.^Facchini (V.) & Tornani (E.) Ricerche sulla diagnosi di tubercolosi per mezzo della deviazione del complemento. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1909, Roma, 1910, xix, 666-669.-----------. Ricerche sulla diagnosi di tuberculosi per mezzo della deviazione del complemento. Med. nuova, Roma, 1910, i, 1.—Ferran (J.) Reaccion Bordet-Gengou, llamada tambien fijaci6n del complemento; apendice & la comunicaci6n titulada: Errores doetrinales concernientes & la tuberculosis y a su bacilo. Rev. espec. med., Madrid, 1910, xiii, 325-333.— Fornaca (L.) Sulla siero-diagnosi della tubercolosi (metodo di Marmorek). Riv. crit. di. clin. med., Firenze, 1910, xi, 553-557.—Frugoni (C.) Studi sul siero di sangue dei tubercolosi e sugli essudati delle cavitasierose, a mezzo della fissazione del complemento. Atti d. Accad. med.-fis. fiorent. 1910, Firenze, 1911, l-l.-Fuk (R.) & Koch (H.) Zur Kenntnis der mit Tuberkulin komple- mentbindenden Stoffe im Serum tuberkuloser Kinder. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1909-10, xiv, 79-86. Also, transl: Biochim. e terap. sper., Milano, 1910- 11, ii, 483-490.—Gaucher (E.) Salin (H.) & Bricout (G.) Un tissu riche en granulations tuberculeuses peut- ll servir d'antigene dans la reaction de deviation du complement? Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1912, lxiii, 439.—Guillain (G.) & Laroche (G.) Fixation de la tuberculine par la substance nerveuse. Ibid., 1910, lxviii, 220.—Hammer (C.) Die Komplement- bindungsreaktion bei Tuberkulose. Vorliiufige Mittei- lung. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1912, lix, 1750-1752.— Jaeobson (D.) Sur le diagnostic de la tuberculose par la deviation du complement; methode de Marmorek. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1910, lxviii, 50-52.— Karwacki (L.) Dyagnostyka spraw gruzliczych na mocy stwierdzania przeci wcial ogniskowych. [Diagnosis of tubercular processes bv focal antibodies.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa,1912,2.s.,lxxii,1183-1191.—Klinkert(D.) Ue- ber die klinische Verwerthbarkeit und das Wesen der Com- plementbindungsreaction bei Tuberculose nach Mar- morek. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1910-11, viii, 451-464.—Koch (H.) Beitrage zur Frage der Kom- plementbindungsreaktion bei Tuberkulose. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1909, lvi, 2310-2312.—Laird (A. T.) Notes on complement fixation in tuberculosis. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1912-13, xxvii, 163-175.—Lanb (M.) Ueber die Bildung von komplementbindenden Substan- zen fiir Tuberkulin bei tuberkulosen und gesunden Tie- ren. Ztschr. f. Immunitiitsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1911, Orig., ix, 126-135.—Lucibelli (G.) Sulla diagnosi della tubercolosi col metodo di Marmorek, e su di un nuovo mezzo di accertamento di questa infezione. N.riv. clin.-terap., Napoli, 1910, xi, 393-406.—Marmorek (A.) Diagnostic de la tuberculose par la methode de la deviation du complement. Presse med., Par., 1909, xvii, 12.-----. Le diagnostic de la tuberculose par la methode de la deviation du complement. [Rap. de Widal.] Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1910, 3. s., lxiii, 115-118. -----. Rec- tification a propos de la communication de MM. Debre et Paraf sur une nouvelle application de la reaction de Bordet-Gengou au diagnostic de la tuberculose. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, lxxi, 176.—Meyer (K.) Ueber die Verwendbarkeit der Komplementbindungs- methode zur Diagnose tuberkuloser Exsudate. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1908, xxxiv, 868.—Mil- ler (J.) Complement fixation in tuberculosis. Edinb. M. J., 1913, n. s., x, 81-85.—Much (H.) & Hoessli (H.) Tuberculosestudien (Komplementbindung und Anderes). Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk.. Wiirzb., 1910, xvii, 199-228.— TVesfield (V. B.) A method of serum diagnosis for tu- bercle. [Complement fixation.] Lancet, Lond., 1911. i, 126; 470. -----. Tubercle anti-bodies; and a method for the serum diagnosis of tubercle. [Complement fixation.] St. Mary's Hosp. Gaz.. Lond., 1912, xviii, 3-8.-Pirera (A.; Tmportanza della prova della deviazione del com- Tuberculosis (Serodiagnosis of) by fixation anddeviation of the complement. piemen to nella diagnosi della tubercolosi cronica del pol- mone (studio comparativo con la siero-agglutinazione). Tommasi,Napoli, 1911, vi,828; 850.—Bosencrantz (E.) Reaction de Bordet-Gengou dans la tuberculose chez les nouveau-nes. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, lxxi, 142.—Shreders (V. D.) K voprosu o reaktsii svvaziva- niya komplementa pri bugorchatkle. [Influence "of fixa- tion of the complement in tuberculosis.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1910, ix, 332.—Sivori (L.), Corradi (R.) & Caff'arena (D.) Dimostrazione degli antigeni e degli anticorpi tubercolari nei sieri di tubercolosi col metodo biologico della fissazione del complemento. Ann. d. Ist. Maragliano p. la cura d. tuberc. [etc.], Genova, 1910-11, v, 50-59— Slatineanu (A.) & Banielopolu (D.) Pre- sence du fixateur dans les exsudats pleuraux et peri- toneaux d'origine tubereuleuse. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1909, lxvi, 48S487—Szabdky (J.) Tapasztala- toka complement-kotes es egyeb vizsgalati eljarasok gva- korlati ertekerol a tudogum6k6r diagnosisanal. [Experi- mentson the practical value of complement fixation, and other methods of exploration in the diagnosis of pulmo- nary phthisis.] Budapesti orv. ujsag, 1909, vii, 203-213. Also, transl: Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1909, xiv, 249- 275. — Weil (E.) & Strauss ( W.) Ueber die Rolle der Antikorper bei der Tuberkulinreaktion. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xxi, 1058-1064.—Wolff-Eisner (A.) & Ascher. Ueber Ergebnisse der Komplementablenkung mit Tuberkelbazillenderivaten als Antigen bei Tuberku- lose und Infektionskrankheiten. Ibid., 1296-1300. Tuberculosis (Serodiagnosis of) by precipitins. Arloing (S.) & Courmont (P.) Precipitation d'une tuberculine aqueuse avec le serum des tuberculeux. Lyon med., 1910, cxiv, 968-972.—Baldwin (E. R.) Anti- tuberculin or tuberculin-precipitin serums. J. Med. Re- search, Bost., 1904, xii, 235-242.—Bonoine (A.) Prazipi- tin-Reaktion als diagnostisches Mittel der Tuberkulose und zur Differenzierung zwischen Menschen- und Rin- dertuberkulose. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1906-7, xliii, Orig., 391-407. Also, transl: Riforma med., Palermo-Napoli, 1907, xxiii, 141-149.— Bamtnann & Stedel'eder. Priifung der von Bonome aufgestellten Prazipitin-Reaktion als diagnostisches Mittel der Tuber- kulose und zur Differenzierung zwischen Menschen- und Rindertuberkulose. Deutsche tieriirztl. Wchnschr., Han- nov., 1909, xvii, 17.—Banielopolou (D.) Action de Ia pepsine in vitro sur la tuberculine precipitee. Compt. rend. Soc. debiol., Par., 1910, lxviii, 896.—Fagiuoli (A.) Sulla reazione delle termo-precipitine nella tubercolosi. Path. Riv. quindicin., Genova, 1911-12, iv, 410.—Felici (F.) La reazione di agglutinazione e di precipitazione nella diagnosi precoee della tubercolosi polmonare. Gazz. med. di Roma, 1911, xxxvii, 394-404.—Fernando (M.) Di un nuovo metodo di precipito-diagnosi nella infezione tubercolare. Ann. d. Ist. Maragliano p. la cura d. tuberc. [etcl, Genova, 1910-11, v, 196-206. -----. Ancora della precipito-diagnosi nella infezione tubercolare. Ibid., 1911-12, vi, 290-297.—Jousset (A.) Les serums antitu- berculineux; precipito - diagnostic de la tuberculose. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1909, lxvii, 758-760.-----. Pr6cipito-diagnostic de la tuberculose. Clinique, Par., 1910, v, 13.—Neuf'eld (F.) Ueber Tuberkuloseprazipi- tine. Arch. f. wissensch. u. prakt. Tierh., Berl., 1910, xxxvi, Suppl.-Bd., 347-354.—Porter (A. E.) The pre- cipitin reaction in tuberculosis. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1910, vii, 87-98.—Row (R.) Some observations on tu- bercle in Bombay; with special reference to a precipita- tion serum-reaction. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1909, ii, 1333- 1335.—Stoerk (E.) Bemerkungen zur Prazipitation bei Tuberculose. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xxi, 282.-----. Zur Prazipitation im Serum bei Phthise und anderen Krankheiten. Beibl. z. d. Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1909, viii, 42-44.—von Szahtfky (J.) Praecipitati6sviszgalatokgiimdk6reseteiben. [Precipita- tions in tuberculosis.] Orvosihetil., Budapest, 1909, liii, 81; 100. Also,transl: Ztschr. f. Tuberk.,Leipz., 1909,xiv,169-181. Tuberculosis (Serodiagnosis of) by surface tension [meiostagmin reaction]. Abbo (C.) Sulle modificazioni della tensione superfi- ciale del siero di tubercolosi. Path. Riv. quindicin., Genova, 1909-10, ii, 280-283.—Filia (A.) La reazione meiostagminica nella tubercolosi infantile. Policlin., Roma, 1910, xvii, sez. prat., 1379; 1382.—Gasbarrini (A.) La reazione meiostagminica nella tubercolosi spe- rimentale. (Contributo alia diagnosi dei bacilli della tu- bercolosi umana, bovina, aviaria ed infezioni relative.) Biochim. e. terap. sper., Milano, 1910, ii, 256-265. Also: Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia. 1910, xxiv, 535-541. Also, transl: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1910, lvii, 1688.— Boncaglio(G.) Contributoallaconoscenzadella "rea- zione meiostagminica" nella diagnosi della tubercolosi umana e bovina. Clin, vet., Milano, 1912, xxxv, 633-644. TUBERCULOSIS. 870 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Serology of). Arloing (F.) Existe-t-il un rapport entre Paction chimio-taxique de certains serums se rapportant & la tu- berculose et leur pouvoir agglutinant sur le bacille de Koch? Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1902, 11. s., iv, 1428-1430.—Arloing (S.j, Bayle& Bumarest. Rap- ports entre la seroagglutination, la localisation anatomi- que et 1'evolution de la tuberculose chez l'homme. Rev. de la tuberculose, Par., 1907,2.s.,iv,435-448.—Atkinson (J. P.) & Fitzpatrick (C. B.) Notes on sensitization with tuberculin to tubercular rabbit serum. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. Med., N. Y., 1909-10, vii, 77-79.—Bail (O.) Ueber das Aggressin des Tuberkelbazillus; Entgegnung anC. von Pirquet und B.Schick. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1905, xviii, 547-560.—Baldwin (E. R.) & Price (J. W.) Die Aggressine der Tuberkelbaeillen. Centralbl. i. Bak- teriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1906, xxxviii, 751.—Bohme (A.) Ueber Tuberkulose-Immunopsonine (Bakteriotro- pine). Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1909, lvi, 1117-1120.— Bonome (A.) Sulle precipitine tubercolari. Atti d. Soc. ital. di patol., Pavia, 1906, iv, 348-351.—Caleaterra (E.) Ricerche sugli essudati aggresinici tubercolari. Ann. d. Ist. Maragliano p. la cura d. tuberc. [etc.], Ge- nova, 1908-9, iii, 85-89.—Caleaterra (G.) Sulle aggres- sine tubercolari. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1908, Roma, 1909, xviii, 465— Calmette (A.) & Massol (L.) Sur les reactions de precipitation des serums de tuberculeux et des serums d'animaux hyperimmunises contre la tuber- culose en presence des tuberculines. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1910,cli, 285-287.—Calmette (A.), Massol (L.)& Breton (M.) Sur les proprietes lecithinophiles du bacille tuberculeux et de la tuberculine. Ibid., 1908, cxlvi, 676-679.—Camus (J.) & Pagniez (P.) Au su- jet d'une sensibilisatrice dans le serum des tuberculeux. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1901, 11. s., iii, 734.— Corradi (R.) Sulla formazione di sostanzeantagoniste delle agglutinine tubercolari. Ann. d. Ist. Maragliano p. la cura d. tuberc. [etc.], Genova, 1904-6, i, 329-342.— Bufourt (A.) & Gate. Le bacille de Koch a-t-il un pouvoir hemolvtique? Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1912, lxxii, 320-322.—Engel & Bauer. Ueber die Be- deutung und die Spezifitat der komplementbindenden Antikorper bei Tuberkulose und deren Beziehungen zu Heilungsvorgangen. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1908, lv, 2273.—Fernando (M.) Sulla presenza di anticorpi specifici tubercolari nel siero di sangue di neonati da ca- vie tubercolizzatenel periodo di gestazione. Ann. d. Ist. Maragliano p. la cura d. tuberc. [etc.], Genova, 1910-11, v, 244-248.—Figari (F.) Sul passaggio delle aggluti- nine ed antitossine tubercolari nel latte e loro assorbi- mento per via tel tubo gastro-enterico. Ibid., 1904,1,.97- 109.—Finzi (G.) Les divers bacilles tuberculeux con- siders comme antigenes a Pegard de serums riches en anticorps antitubereuleux. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1910, lxviii, 704-706. Also, transl: Clin, vet., Milano, 1911, xxxiv, 145-154. -----. Recherches sur le serum d'animaux atteints de tuberculose et d'enterite chroni- que. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1910, lxix, 4.— Gautrelet(G.) Le serum pre-tuberculeux hyperacide. Cong. p. Petude de la tuberculose, Par., 1898, iv, 521-524.— Hawthorn (E.) Reactionsdes cobayes tuberculeux aux inoculations de serosites extraites d'organismes tubercu- leux ou indemnes de tuberculose. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.,Par., 1909,lxvi,363.—Laub (M.) Ueberkomplement- bindendeSubstanzen bei Tuberkulose. Wien. klin. Wchn- schr., 1909, xxii, 1104.—L.evene (P. A.) On the absorp- tion of alexins bv tubercle bacilli. Med. News, N. Y., 1902, lxxx, 25.—Lftwenstein (E.)&Pick (E. P.) Stu- dien iiber Antigenbildung in eiweissfreien Nahrmedien. I. Beitrage zur Kenntnis.des Tuberkulins. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1911, xxxi, 142-152.—Marmorek (A.) Weitere Untersuchungen iiber den Tuberkelbacillus und das Antituberkuloseserum. Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Ge- sellsch. (1907), 1908, xxxviii, pt. 2, 167-187. [Discussion], pt.l, 153.—Meyer(K.) Ueberdie komplementbindenden Bestandteile des Tuberkelbacillus. V. Ueber antigene Eigenschaften von Lipoiden. Ztschr.f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1912, xiv, 359-368.—Mitulescu. Le sostanze specifiche nella diagnosi e nella cura della tu- bercolosi. Riforma med., Napoli, 1909, xxv, 1191-1193.— Pellegrini(E.) Sierobatterioliticotubercolare. Ann. d. Ist. Maraglianop. la cura d. tuberc. [etc.], Genova, 1909- 10, iv, 261-269.—von Pirquet (C.) & Schick (B.) Zur Frage des Aggressins. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1905. xviii, 431-135. Se<; also, supra, Baldwin & Price.—Baybaud (A.)&Ha\vtliorn (E.) Del'actionhemolytiqueinvitro des cultures nv bacilles tuberculeux sur le sang de cobave sain et de cobaye tuberculise. Compt.rend.Soc. debiol, Par., 1903, lv. 403.— Bomanelli (G. Determinazionedel potere alessinico delsiero di sangue umano nell' infezione tubercolare. Ann. d. Ist. Maragliano p. la cura d. tuberc. [etc.], Genova, 1910, iv,81-94. -----. Determinazionedel potere alessinico del siero disangueumanonell'infezione tubercolare. Tommasi, Napoli,l9ll.vi,627-632.—Sata (A.) Immunisierung.LeberempfindlichkeitundAntikorperbil- dung gegen Tuberkulose. Ztschr.f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1911- 12, xvin. 1-25.— Simon & Hanns. Recherche des anti- corps tuberculeux dans le s6rum humain par la methode de la deviation du complement. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Tuberculosis (Serology of). Par.,1909,lxvi,40L—Slatineanu (A.) ABanielopolu (D.) Presence dun fixateur dans le serum des cobaves sensibilises a l'infection tubereuleuse. Ibid., 61-63 — Stevenin (H.) Le pouvoir antitrvptique du serum san- guin chez les tuberculeux. Rev. de la tuberculose, Par 1911, 2. s., viii, 327-338.—Widal (F.) & L,e Sourd (L) La sensibilisatrice dans le serum des tuberculeux. Bull et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1901, 3. s., xviii, 7*7-797. Tuberculosis (Societies for the preven- tion and care of). See, also, Tuberculosis (Congresses, etc., re- lating to). Boston Association for the Relief and Control of Tuberculosis. 8°. [Boston], 1904. ------. A narrative of the work done in a year. 8°. Boston, 1907. Commission de la tuberculose. Moyens pra- tiques de combattre la propagation de la tuber- culose. 8°. Paris, 1900. District of Columbia. Annual reports of the Association for the prevention of tuberculosis of the District of Columbia. 1.-2., 1908-9 to 1909-10. 12°. Washington, 1909-10. Door tuberculose lichamelijk en finantieel vernietigd door eilers. Erste Nederlandsche inrichting ter bestrijding der tuberculose. 8°. Aalsmeer, 1907.* Federation des ceuvres antituberculeuses francaises. Premier Congres des ceuvres antitu- berculeuses. Comptes rendus in extenso. 8°. Paris, 1902. Fernandez (J. S.) La liga contra la tubercu- losis en el xiv Congreso internacional de medi- cina. 8°. Habana, 1903. Lega nazionale contro la tubercolosi. II comitato mandamentale di Maniago dal 29 otto- bre 1899 al 31 dicembre 1902. fol. Udine, 1903. Liga contra la tuberculosis en Cuba. Boletin mensual. Red.: Jose A. Tremois [etal.]. No. 5, v. 1, October, 1902. 8°. Habana. Ligi'e nationale beige contre la tuberculose. Rapport general sur l'exercice 1901. 8°- B-ru- xelles, 1902. ------. Rapport general sur le troisieme exercice, 1902. 8°. Bruxelles, [1903]. ------. Rapport general sur le sixieme exer- cice, 1905. 8°. _ Bruxelles, 1906. -----•. Section du Brabant (Dispensaire Al- bert-Elisabeth), exercice 1902. 8°. Bruxelles, [1903]. Michigan Association for the Prevention and Relief of Tuberculosis. Biennial reports, 1-3., 1908-11. 8°. Ann Arbor, 1909-11. National Association for the Study and Pre- vention of Tuberculosis. Report. June 1, 1905, to June 1, 1906. 8°. New York, 1906. Schmid (F.) & Egger (F.) Der Kongress zur Bekampfung der Tuberkulose als Volks- krankheit in Berlin, Mai 1899. Bericht der schweizerischen Delegierten. 8°. Bern, 1899. Svenska nationalfiireningen mot tuberkulos. Hft. No. 4,1905. [The Swedish National Union against Tuberculosis.] 12°. Stockholm, 1905. Verhandlungen der stiindigen Tuberculose- Commission der Gesellschaft deutscher Natur- forscher und Aerzte in Hamburg 1900-1901. Hrsg. von Ferdinand Hueppe. 8°. Berlin, 1901-2. Armaingaud. Compte rendu de lapremiere annee de fonctionnement de la Ligue preventive contre la tuberculose. Cong. p. I'etude de la tuberculose 1893, Par., 1894, iii, 534-549.-----. Compte rendu du fonctionne- ment de la Ligue contre la tuberculose en France de 1893 a 1898. Ibid., Par., 1898, iv, pp. xlvii-lxi.—Assemblee generale de l'CEuvre de la tuberculose humaine du 7 avril 1908. Rapport moral, par M. Level: rapport medi- cal, par G. Petit. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1908, TUBERCULOSIS. 87 1 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Societies for the preven- tion and care of). xiii, 264-271.—de Az'evedo (R.) Liga bahiana contra a tuberculose. Gaz. med. da Bahia, 1900-1901, 5. s., iv, 358; 532— Beeher& I^ennliolt". Die Bedeutung der Erholungsstiitten vom Rothen Kreuz fiir die Bekampfung der Tuberkulose als Volkskrankheit. Internat. Tuberk.- Konf. 1902. Ber., Berl., 1903, i, 221-228.— Bericlit des Komitees der k. k. Gesellschaft der Aerzte zur Beratung von Massregeln beziiglich der Prophylaxe und der Be- kiimpfung der Tuberkulose. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1903, xvi, 10-12.—van Bogaert. Ligue nationale beige contre la tuberculose; Antwerpener Local-Abtheilung. Ber. ii. d. Kong. z. Bekampf. d. Tuberk. [etc.], Berl., 1899, 686-689.—Borch (G.) Nationalforeningen til tuberku- losens Beksempelse. [National Union for the suppression of tuberculosis.] Ugeskr. f. Laeger, K0benh., 1901, 5. R., viii, 649.—Bourireois (L.) Le r61e des ceuvres mutua- listes dans la lutte contre la tuberculose. Lutte antitu- berc, Par., 1906-7, vii, no. 3, 6-20.— Brouardel (P.) Commission chargee de rechercher les moyens de com- battre la propagation de la tuberculose. Com. de la tu- berc, Par., 1900, 3-107, 2 maps. -----. Rapport general presente au nom de la Commission de la tuberculose. Ibid., 359-462.—Bull re (B.) Der schwedische National- verein gegen Tuberkulose. Tuberculosis, Leipz., 1906, v, 13-19.—Conclusions votees par la commission dans la seance du 4 juillet 1900. Com. de la tuberc, Par., 1900, 341-357.—Conisresso dos nucleos da Liga nacional con- tra a tuberculose. Med. contemp., Lisb., 1901, xix, 133- 140.— Congresso dos nucleos da Liga nacional contra a tuberculose (Vianna do Castello). Ibid., 1902, xx, 285- 302.—Costituzione del Comitato Aretino per la lotta contro la tubercolosi. Cesalpino, Arezzo, 1907, iii, 25-28.— Barde & Baudouin. Communication de la Ligue contre la tuberculose en Touraine. Bull, de la Ligue contre la tuberc. en Touraine, Tours, 1905, ii, 81-85. -----■-----. Ligue contre la tuberculose en Touraine. Cong, internat. de ia tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, ii, 625-628.— Benlson. The most useful direction the discussion of the Conference can take, fnternat. Tuberk.-Konf. 1902. Ber., Berl., 1903, i, 183-186.—Be vine (E. T.) Warfare against tuberculosis; report of the sub-committee. Proc. Nat. Confer. Char, [etc.], Columbus, 1905, xxxii, 233-240. -----. A working program for associations for the pre- vention of tuberculosis, national, state and local. Am. Med , Phila., 1905, ix, 826-829. Also: Lancet-Clinic, Cin- cin., 1905, n. s., liv, 655-660. Also: Nat. Ass. Study & Pre- vent. Tuberculosis. Trans. N. Y., 1906, i, 51-69.—Pagan (C.J.) Reportof B.C. Anti-Tuberculosis S< >ciety. West. Canada M. J., Winnipeg, 1907, i, 398-402.—Fajarnes (E.) Necesidad de una asociacion anti-tuberculnsa ebusitana. Rev. balear de cien. med., Palma de Mallon-a. 1904, xxvi, 673-677.—Flick (L. F.) Plans of the Pennsylvania So- ciety for the Prevention of Tuberculosis. Proc Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila., 1900, n. s., ii, 2-4. -----. Report of the committee on tuberculosis. Am. Pub. Health Ass. Rep., Columbus, O., 1905, xxx, 106-112. -----. The duties, responsibilities and opportunities of the National Asso- ciation for the Study and Prevention of Tuberculosis. Tuberculosis, Berl., 1907, vii, 274-285.—Garcia (C. M.) Las ligas contra la tuberculosis. Arch, de la Soc. estud. clin. de la Habana, 1901-2, xi, 323-334.—General ver- sammlung des deutschen Zentralkomitees zur Be- kampfung der Tuberkulose. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1907, xxi, 541-544.—Grancher (J.) & Thoinot. Rap- port de la commission de la tuberculose. Com. de la tu- berc, Par., 1900,127-147.—Guiiiard (L.) La lutte in- ternationale contre la tuberculose et la premiere con- ference du Bureau central, tenue a Berlin du 22 au 27 octobre 1902 Rev. de la tuberculose, Par.,1902, ix, 421- 455.—Harrison (W. K.) A consideration of what fra- ternal societies may do in the crusade against tubercu- losis. Med. Exam. & Pract., N. Y., 1905, xv, 153-162.— Hottlet. Sur Porganisation d'une ligue preventive contre la tuberculose. Mouvement hytr., Brux., 1898, xiv, 361-387. Also: Belgique m6d., Gand-Haarlem, 1898, ii, 385-407.—Jacquet (A.) La ligue P.-L.-M. contre la tuberculose, 3, rue de Lvon, 3. Lutte antituberc, Par., 1906-7, vii, 1-5. — Knopf (S. A.) The mission of socie- ties for the prevention of consumption in the anti-tuber- culous crusade. Montreal M. J., 1902, xxxi, 211-255. Also, Reprint. Also: N. York M. J., 1902, lxxv, 718-725. -----. National Association for the Study and Preven- tion of Tuberculosis in the United States. Tuberculosis, Lond., 1904, iii, 176-179. Also: Tuberculosis, Leipz., 1904, iii, 262-266. Also, Reprint. -----. The first annual meet- ing of the National Association for the study and preven- tion of tuberculosis of the United States, held at Wash- ington, D. C, May 18 and 19, 1905. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1905, viii, 67-70.—Kraus (F.) Er- gebnisse und Ziele des Berliner Congresses zur Bekam- pfung der Tuberculose als Volkskrankheit. Memorubi- lien, Heilbr., 1899, n. F., xvii, 322; 394.—Kuborn (H.) Ligue contre la tuberculose, organisee par la Societe royale de medecine publique et de topographie de Bel- gique; expose; instructions. Presse med. beige, Brux., 1898,1 105.—JLega nazionale contro la tubercolosi. Gazz. ' u berylliosis (Societies for the preven- tion and care of). d. osp., Milano, 1899, xx, 857-859,—Legrand (H.) & Valassopoulo (A.) La Ligue egvptienne contre la tuberculose. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, ii, 886.—liiebe (G.) Eine deutsche Gesellschaft zur Be- kampfung der Tuberculose. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1897, xliv, 178.—Ligue contre la tuberculose en Tou- raine; assemblee generale du 12 avril 1905. Bull, de la Ligue contre la tuberc. en Touraine, Tours, 1905, ii, 17- 26.—Lotta contro la tubercolosi; ordine del giorno vo- tato dalle facolta mediehe della Toscana e dalla Scuola superiore di medicina veterinaria di Pisa ... 24 gennaio 1904. Idrol. e climat., Firenze, 1904, xv, 16.—lUctior- mack (J. N.) [etal.]. Report of the committee on re- striction and prevention of tuberculosis. Am. Pub. Health Ass. Rep. 1893, Concord, 1894, xix, 208.—Mc- Gehee (E. L.) A report from the Anti-Tuberculosis League to the State Medical Society. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1907-8, lx, 725-731.— iUartfnez (E.) Memoria-resumen; de los trabajos realizados por la Liga contra la tubercu- losis durante el primer ano de su fundaci6n. Bol. mens. de la Liga contra la tuberc. en Cuba, Habana, 1902, i, 42- 47.—fUode d'organisation de la ligue contre la tubercu- lose. Gaz. m6d. de Picardie, Amiens, 1896, xiv, 498-509.— illoniz (G.) Liga bahiana contra a tuberculose. Gaz. med. da Bahia, 1900-1901, 5. s., iv, 579-593. —National (The) Association for the Prevention of Consumption. Lancet, Lond., 1898, ii, 1725-1729. —Nationaler Verein zur Verhutung der Schwindsucht und anderer Formen von Tuberkulose in London. Ber. ii. d. Kong. z. Be- kampf. d. Tuberk. [etc.], Berl., 1899,689-692.— Pauly (J.) In welcherWeise konnen sichdie vaterlandischen Frauen- vereine an der Bekampfung der Tuberkulose als Volks- krankheit bet eiligen? Ztschr.f.Samariter-u. Rettungsw., Leipz., 1901, vii, 67-70.—Plan de campagne de la Ligue contre la tuberculose en France. Bull, de la Ligue contre la tuberc. en Touraine, Tours, 1905, ii, 6-14. — Ponce (J. A.) Importancia de las ligas contra la tuberculosis. Rev. med. cubana, Habana, 1908, xii, 341-345.—Potten- ger (F. M.) Societies for the prevention of the spread of tuberculosis; the necessity of such organizations and the work to be accomplished by them. Med. News, N. Y., 1903, lxxxiii, 10-13.—Price (M. L.) Supplemental report of committee on tuberculosis. Am. Pub. Health Ass. Rep., Columbus, O., 1905, xxx, 113-121.—Quarto Con- gresso da Liga nacional contra a tuberculose (Porto). Med. contemp., Lisb., 1907, xxv, 97; 105; 141.—Reine- both. Die inneren Ursachen der Tuberculosebewegung und die Angriffspunkte der Wohlthatigkeitsvereine in dem Kampfe gegen die Schwindsucht. Ztschr. f. Kran- kenpfl., Berl., 1901, xxiii, 169-171.—Beportof committee on "the restriction and prevention of tuberculosis." Nat. M. Rev., Wash. 1894-5, iii. 60-62. Also, Reprint.—Beport of the committee on tuberculosis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- cago, 1900, xxxv, 987-989.—Beportof the sub-committee appointed by the Medico-Chirurgical Society [of Mont- real] to draw up rules for the prevention of the spread of tuberculosis. Proc Med.-Chir. Soc. Montreal (1892-4), 1895, vii, 225-235.—Beportof the tuberculosis cemmittee of the Medico-Psychological Association of Great Britain and Ireland. J. Ment. Sc, Lond., 1902, xlviii, 393-433, 9 tab., 1 ch. —Reunion du Bureau international de la tuberculose, seance publique du 5 mai 1903; allocution de Casimir-P6rier; discoursde Brouardel: Plan de campagne de la lutte contre la tuberculose en France. Lutte anti- tuberc, Par., 1903, iv, 99. Also, Reprint.—Reuss (L.) La Ligue preventive contre la tuberculose. Ann. d'hyg., Par,, 1893, 3. s., xxix, 320-339.—Bo bison (J. A.) The need of a national society for the prevention of tubercu- losis. Med.-Leg. J., N. Y., 1901-2, xix, 111-113. Also: Am. Cong. Tuberc. Trans. 1901, N. Y., 1902, 88-90.—Rous- seau (A.) Congres des Trois-Rivieres; la tuberculose; etiologie; prophilaxie. Union med. du Canada, Montreal, 1906, xxxv, 435-451.—Satzungen des Internationalen Zentralbureaus zur Bekampfung der Tuberkulose. Tu- berculosis, Leipz., 1902, i, 17-22.—Savoire (C.) L'ceuvre de la commission permanente de preservation contre la tuberculose. Bull. m6d., Par., 1905, xix, 24-26.—von Selirotter (L.) Das internationale Komitee zur Be- kampfung der Tuberkulose. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heil- stattenw., Leipz., 1902, iii, 191-193.—Sersiron. La Ligue francaise contre la tuberculose; son fonctionnement; son r61e actuel dans la lutte contre la tuberculose; les services qu'elle est appeiee a rendre. CEuvre antituberc, Par., 1900, 132-139. -----. Proposition d'un insigne interna- tional au Comite international de la lutte contre la tuber- culose. Internat. Tuberk.-Konf. 1902. Ber., Berl., 1903, i, 118-120.—Sievers (R.) Bordeicke i vart land en nation- alforeningforbekampandeaftuberkulosenbilda? [Should there not be established a national union in our land for the strife against tuberculosis?] Finska lak. sallsk. handl., Helsingfors, 1905, xlvii, pt. 2, 260-279.—Spring- thorpe (J. W.) The scope and operations of the pro- posed anti-tuberculosis association. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1899, xviii, 422-425.—Taussig (A. E.) The tight against tuberculosis at the Louisiana Purchase Exposi- tion. Interstate M. J., St, Louis, 1904, xi, 734-742.—Ter- TUBERCULOSIS. 872 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Societies for the preven- tion and care of). cero Congresso dos nucleos da Liga nacional contra a tuberculose (Coimbra). Med. contemp. Lisb., 1904, 2. s., vi, 129-136.—Thiron (C.) Fondation d'une ligue rou- maine contre la tuberculose. Rev. de la tuberculose, Par., 1899, 45-19.—Trudeau (E. L.) National Associa- tion for the Study and Prevention of Tuberculosis; presi- dent's address. 'Med. News, N. Y., 1905, lxxxvii, 1-3. -----. The National Association for the Study and Pre- vention of Tuberculosis. Nat. Ass. Study & Prevent. Tu- berculosis. Trans., N. Y., 1906, i, 13-19.—Tuberculose (La); la Liguenationale contre la tuberculose. Technol. san., Louvain, 1898-9, iv, 366; 385.—Tuberculosis Con- ference of Canada. Montreal M. J., 1901, xxx, 169-190.— Verhandlungen der ii. Tagung des osterreichischen Zentralkomiteeszur Bekiimpfung der Tuberkulose, Wien, 28.Juni 1912. Hrsg. von Hermann von Selirotter. Oesterr. San.-Wes., Wien, 1913, xxv, No. 7, Beiheft, 1-29.—Welll- Iflantou (J.) La Societe de preservation contre la tu- berculose par l'education populaire. CEuvre antituberc, Par., 1900,118-125. Tuberculosis (Spurious). See, also, Tuberculosis (Animal, Dubious va- rieties of). Apostolopoulos (G. B.) * Zur Histologie der Pseudotuberculose. [Tubingen. ] 8°. Budol- stadt, 1893. Also, in: Arb. a. d. Geb. d. path. Anat. . . . Inst, zu Tii- bing., Brnschwg., 1894-6, ii, 198-210. Renon (L.) Recherches cliniques et experi- mentales sur la pseudo-tuberculose aspergillaire. 8°. Paris, 1893. Acevedo (M.) Las pseudo-tuberculosis humanas con presentaci6n de casos. An. d. Circ med. argent., Buenos Aires, 1903, xxvi, 447-453.—BatailIon &Terre. Tuber- culose et pseudotuberculoses. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par.,1898,cxxvi,538-541.—Baumel. Surun casde pseudo- tuberculose pulmonaire; fonction de syphilis hereditaire tardive. Gaz. d. hdp., Par., 1904, lxxvii, 357.—Bonome (A.) Sulla pseudo-tubercolosi microbica. Arch, per le sc. med., Torino, 1897, xxi, 395-436.—Cagnetto (J.) Sur une variete de tuberculose zoogleique et de ses rapports avec lapseudo-morve. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1905, xix, 449-476,1 pl.—Clpollina (A.) Sulla pseudo tuber- colosi di origine bacillare. Ann. d' ig. sper., Roma, 1900, n. s., x, 1-22.—C'rida (C.) La micosi aspergillare o pseudo-tubercolosi polmonare. Boll. d. Policlin., Torino, 1897, ii, 109-114.—Bestot. Faux tuberculeux. Lyon med., 1905, civ, 472; 511; 574. Also: Bull. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Lyon, 1905, iv, 75-78.—Discussion on pseudo-tuber- culosis. Tr.Path.Soc, Lond., 1898-9,1,331-360,2 pl. Also: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1899, i, 470. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1899, i, 516.—BuCazal. Pseudo-tuberculose. Bull.Soc.anat.de Par., 1895, lxx, 517-519. Also: Gaz. hebd. demed., Par., 1895, xlii, 306-308.—Flexner(S.) Pseudo-tuberculosis hominis streptotrieha. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1897, viii, 128. Also: J. Exper. M., N. Y., 1898, iii, 435-450,1 pl.—H. Pseudotuberculosis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1899, xxxii, 1376.—Henle (A.) Pseudotuberkulose bei neugeborenen Zwillingen. Arb.a.d.path.Inst.inGotting.,Berl..1893,143- 146.—Huber &Silberschmidt. Ueber Pseudotuber- culosen. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte,Basel,1898,xxviii,370- 372.—Kalindero. Un cas de pseudotuberculose asper- gillaire aigue. Med. orient., Par.,1898,ii,3-6. Also, transl: Med.-chir. Centralbl., Wien, 1898, xxxiii, 653.— Klein (E.) On pseudo-tuberculosis, its pathology and etiology. Rep. Med. Off. Local Gov. Bd. 1899-1900, Lond., 1901, xxix, 355-384.—Kotliar (E.) Contribution a I'etude de la pseudo-tuberculose aspergillaire. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., lsyi, viii, 479-439.—WcPhail (J.) Pseudo-tuber- culosis. J. State M., Lond., 1901, ix, 121-128.—Mazza (C.) & Iflensi (E.) Un caso di pseudotubercolosi nel- P uomo. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1895. 3. s., xliii, 697-700.-----------. La pseudo-tubercolosi nel- P uomo. Gazz. med. di Torino, 1896, xlvii, 301; 321; 341.— Moreno (J.) Pseudotuberculosis pulmonar cocobaci- lar. An. d. Circ. med. argent., Buenos Aires, 1905,xxviii, 129-139.— Binir (R.) On pseudo-tuberculosis. Proc. Scot. Micr. S<>c, Lond. & Edinb., 1895-9, ii, 53-55. Also: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1896, ii, 1024.—Pane (N.) Nota su alcuni casi di pseudotubercolosi polmonare. Riforma med., Napoli, 1897, xiii, pt. 3, 494-497.—Petit (G.) Une fausse tuberculose. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1908, xiii, 253.—Preisz (H.) Recherches comparatives sur les pseudotuberculoses bacillaires et une nouvelle espece de pseudo-tuberculose. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1891, viii, 231-255,1 pl.—Renon. Deux cas fami- liaux de tuberculose aspergillaire simple chez des pei- gneurs de eheveux. Compt rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1895, 10. s., ii, 691-696. Also: J. d. conn. med. prat., Par., 1895, 349. -----. Du processus de curabilite dans la tubercu- lose aspergillaire. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1895, 10. s., ii, 169-171.—Report of the committee of the Pathological Society of London appointed to consider the Tuberculosis (Spurious). nomenclature of the conditions sometimes described as pseudo-tuberculosis. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1898-9,1, 361- 364.—Russovicl. Asupra pseudoscrofulosel. Spitalul, Bucuresci, 1898, xviii, 426-430.—Saisawa (K.) Ueber die Pseudotuberkulose beim Menschen. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infektionskrankh., Leipz., 1913, Ixxiii, 353-400, 4 pl.— Sanfelice (F.) Tubercolosi e pseudotubercolosi. Ri- forma med., Palermo-Napoli, 1904, xx, 591-594.— Warthin (A. S.) & Olney (H. S.) Pulmonary strep- tothricosis; notes on a case with clinical picture of pul- monary tuberculosis; sputum containing an acid-resisting streptothrix; no tubercle bacilli. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1904. Also, Reprint. Tuberculosis (Strepto-bacillary). See Tuberculosis (Mixed infection in). Tuberculosis (Subcutaneous) [ Verrucae necrogenicse, Wilks]. Athanassoff (W.) Contribution a, I'etude d'une variete de tubercules sous-cutanes dou- loureux dus it la presence de corps etrangers. 8°. Bordeaux, 1902. Gockel (M.) *Zur Aetiologie des Leichen- tuberkels. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1893. Beclere (A.) Note sur la frequence de la tubercu- lose verruqueuse du dos de la main droite (pouce et in- dex) au cours de la tuberculose pulmonaire. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1898, 3. s., xv, 369-374.— Bietlen (H.) Behandlung des Leichentuberkels mit Rontgenstrahlen. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1911, xxv, 20.—BuBois(C) Tuberculose verruqueuse de Riehl et Paltauf. Rev. m6d. de la Suisse rom., Geneve, 1912, xxxii, 858-861.—Filaretopoulo. Apercu sommaire du traitement actuel de la tuberculose sous-cutanee. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1902, i, 645-650.— Fischer (M. H.) Report of an anatomical tubercle. T. Chicago Path. Soc, 1899-1901, iv, 377.—Grothan (O.) Topical application of cream the cause of primary sub- cutaneous tuberculosis. Omaha Clinic, 1895-6, viii, 319.— Hess (A. F.) On the type of cultures from old cutane- ous tubercles of butchers. Proc N. York Path. Soc, 1909- 10, n. s., ix, 61-66.—Jaffrey (F.) Case of multiple sub- cutaneous tuberculous nodules. Rep Soc. Study Dis. Child., Lond., 1903-4, iv, 25-27.—Malherbe (H.) A propos de la transmission de la pommeliere a l'homme; un cas de tuberculose verruqueuse chez un boucher. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1904, 2. s., xxii, 933-939.— Oppenheiin (R.) & Crepin (R.) Tuberculose sous- cutanee consecutive au traitement autoserotherapeutique d'un epanchement pleural. Tribune med., Par., 1910, n. s., xliii, 661. Also, transl: Tribune med., N. Y., 1911, vii, 1-3.—Puglisi-Allegra (S.) Studio istologico sopra alcuni casi di tubercoli sottocutanei dolorosi. Arch, ed atti d. Soc. ital. di chir. 1905, Roma, 1906, xix, 46-65.— Thibaudet. Tuberculose cutanee verruqueuse, par inoculation accidentelle, chez la garde-malade d'un phthisique; excision et ignipuncture. J. d. sc. m6d. de Lille, 1894, ii, 353-359.—Wilks (SirS.) Disease of the skin produced by post-mortem examinations, or verruca necrogenica. Guy's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1862, 3. s., viii, 263-265. Tuberculosis (Suppuratiee). Coutant (A.) *Du traitement des suppura- tions tuberculeuses prolongees par le brome et ses derives obtenus par voie d'61ectrolyse. 8°. Paris, 1898. Michelet (G. F. G.) *Die Behandlung tu- berculoser A.bscesse mit Jodoforminjectionen. 12°. Berlin, 1893. Achard (C.) A propos des abces chauds tuberculeux, Bull, et m6m. Soc. m6d. d. h6p. de Par., 1908, 3. s., xxv, 307.— Auvray (M.) AbcSs tuberculeux intra-h6patique etperihepatique tubereuleuse. Rev. dechir., Par., 1903, xxiii, 305-323.—Bolsseau du Roeher. Suppuration tubereuleuse prolongee de la cuisse guerie par le brome et ses derives, obtenusparvoied'eiectrolyse. Rev. d'hyg. th6rap., Par., 1897, ix, 56-58.— Calot. Le traitement des tuberculoses suppurees. Paris med., 1911-12, vii, 601-503.— Calve. Traitement des abces froids tuberculeux d'ori- gine osseuse par la methode conservatrice; ponctions; injectionsmodincatrices. M6d. inf., Par., 1910, vii, 49- 71.—Bi Fiore (S.) Un nuovo metodo per diflerenziare il pus tubercolare dal pus comune col reattivo del Millon. Tommasi, Napoli, 1907, ii, 529.—Bold (H.) Note on the differentiation of tnberculous and pvogenie pus. J. Roy. Inst. Pub. Health, Lond., 1908, xvi, 083.—Brozna. Ab- scessus tuberculosis supra tuber parietale dextrum etin regione vertebrarum v-vii columns; vertebralis; menin- gitis basilaris tuberculosa; tuberculosis miliaris pleurae; catarrhus bronchialis chronicus; Tod. Jahrb. d. Wien. k. k. Krankenanst. (1892), 1893, i, 784— Furgluele (C.) TUBERCULOSIS. 873 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Suppurative). Ricerche sperimentali ed istiuogiche sull'azione del pus tubercolare sterilizzato. Progresso med., Napoli, 1894, viii, 16-29.—Hallopeau & lick. Cas de tuberculose suppurative veg£tante des os, de l'hypoderme et des ganglions. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph.. Par., 1903, xiv, 6-9.—Hallopeau & Roy. Sur un cas de suppurations tuberculeuses multiples avec grains rizi- formes. Ibid., 1906, xvii, 185-187. Also: Ann. dedermat. et syph., Par., 1906, 4. s., vii, 305-307.—Hoseniann. Eignetsich das Miiller'sche Verfahren zurUnterscheidung von akutem und tuberkulosem Eiter mittels MillonsRe- agens. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1908, lv, 2030-2032.— l-touzel (G.) Nouveau trocart pour ponctions d'abces tuberculeux. Arch. prov. de chir., Par., 1908, xvii, 412.— Kolaczek (H.) & Itlliller (E.) Leber ein einfaches Hilfsmittel zur Unterscheidung tuberculoser und anders- artiger Eiterungen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1907, xxxiii, 253; 685.—Lannelongue. Des tu- berculomes, ou abces tuberculeux, du tissu cellulaire et ossifluent^ envisages au point de vue du traitement. Bull. med., Par., 1899, xiii, 67; 81. -----. Sur le traitement des tuberculomes (abces tuberculeux) symptomatiques ou non d'une alteration des os. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par.,1899, cxxviii, 151-153.—Iiannelongne ..t A chard. Associations microbiennes et suppurations tuberculeuses. Rev. de la tuberculose, Par., 1896, iii, 9-13. Also: Rev. gen. de Pantiseps. m6d. et chir., Par., 1S96, ix, 43-49.— ITIarlan & Oppert. Abces chauds tuberculeux multi- ganglionnairesatresnombreuxbacillesdeKoch. Bull, et mem.Soc.med.d.h6p.de Par., 1908,3. s.. xxv.282-287. Also: Ann.dem6d. etchir. inf., Par., 1908, xii, 227-232.—.Hau- claire. Abces froid s tuberculeux: injections moditieatri- cesen position declive. Med. mod., Par., 1905, xvi, 193. Also: J. demed. dePar., 1905, 2. s., xvii, 478.—Mezie (A.) & Besruelles (M.) De l'emploi du collargol dans le traitement de la tuberculose chronique. Echo med. du nord, Lille. 1909, xiii, 173-175.—Miller (C. C.) Tubercular abscesses and their treatment. Wisconsin M. Recorder, Janesville, 1903, vi, 65-68.—Jlilliken (S. E.) Local treatment of tubercular abscesses. Texas M. News, Austin, 1897-8. vi, 100-106.—Miiller (E.) IstdasMuller- sche Verfahren zur Unterscheidung des tuberkulosen Eiters Cocceneiter mittels des Millon'schen Reagens brauchbar? Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1908, xxxiv, 972.—Nannotti (A.) La cura degli ascessi tubercolari colla essenza di garofani. Boll. Soc. med. pisana, 1894-5, i, 20-22.— Ostermayer (N.) Ueberdie Behandlung tuberkuloser Ab»ze-se und anderweitiger Eiterungen mit Klever'sehem Jodoformvasogen. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1896, xlvi, 575-581.—Pierre. De l'in- fluence du changement d'air sur revolution des abces froids tuberculeux; presentation d'un apoareil en cellu- loid. Gaz. m6d. de Picardie, Amiens, 1903, xxi, 165.— Primrose (A.) Specimens illustrating some points in the pathology of a tuberculous abscess. Canad. Pract., Toronto, 1898, xxiii, 434-436.—Prothon (P.) Traite- ment des abces tuberculeux paries injections modiflca- tricesde glvcerine iodoformee. Bull. Soc. med.-chir. de la Dr6me [etc.]. Valence, 1908, ix, 51-54— Romme (R.) Diagnostic rapide des suppurations tuberculeuses. Presse med., Par., 1907, xv, 159.—Ryerson (E. W.) Tubercu- lous abscesses; their management. Nat. Ass. Study & Prevent. Tuberculosis. Trans., N. Y.. 1908, iv, 277-280 — Simons (C. E. G.) Case of tuberculous abscesses fol- lowing the treatment of enlarged cervical glands with tuberculin. Lancet, Lond., 1893, ii, 494.—Starr (E. L.) Treatmentof tuberculous abscess. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, ii, 923-925—Van verts (J.) Du traitement des abces tuberculeux par le bleu de methylene. Rev. g6n. de clin. etde therap., Par., 1904, xviii, 195.—Walker (J. R.) >t Walker (G. W.) The treatmentof tuberculosis and other abscesses and local infections by pure carbolic acid, with report of cases. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1900-1901, n. s., ii, 511-513. Tuberculosis (Surgical [andregional]). See, also, Bones ( Tuberculosis of); Genito- urinary organs ( Tuberculosis of); Joints (Tu- berculosis of); Lupus; Sinuses (Fistulous, etc.); Tuberculosis (dlanebilar). Bouvet (G.) *Les adenopathies tuberculeu- ses chirurgicales. (Etude pathogenique et quel" ques points de diagnostic.) 8°. Paris, 1900. Dehler (A.) Die chirurgische Tuberkulose (Lymphknoten, Knochen und Gelenke). 8°. Frankenthal, 1909. Dobberstein (C. E.) * Beitrag zur Casuistik der lokalen Tuberkulose. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., 1897. Faraglia (M.1 Brevi considerazioni sopra alcuni casi di tubercolosi chirurgica. 8°. Sal- mona, 1898. Tuberculosis (Surgical[andregional]). Messmer (Gr.) * Ueber einen Fall von aus- gedehnter Tuberkulose mit eigentiimlicher Localisation. 8°. Tubingen, 1901. Moiutcci (A.) * Contribution a I'etude de la tuberculose chirurgicale senile et de ses locali- sations osteo-articulaires. 8°. Montpellier, 1903. Adami (J. G.) Localized tuberculosis of ascending frontal convolution; tuberculosis of one suprarenal. Proc. Med.-Chir. Soc. Montreal (1892-4), 1895, vii, 236.— ArapolliA. B.) Khirurgicheskiy tuberkulyoz i yevo svyaz s lyokhochnol chakhotkoi i travmami. [Surgical tuberculosis and its connection with pulmonary tubercu- losis and traumata.] Khirurg. Arkh. Velyaminova, S.- Peterb., 1910, xxvi, 491-498.—Baldwin (P. A.) Some unusual localizations of tuberculosis. Med. News, N. Y., 1901, lxxiv,894-896. Also, Reprint.—Barling (G.) Note on tubercle of bone and of joints. Birmingh. M. Rev., 1893, xxxiv, 216-222—Batut(L.) Tuberculoses chirurgi- cales osseuses. Bull. Soc. med.-chir. de la Drome [etc.], Valence, 1908, ix, 212-248.—Beebe (A. G.) Surgical tu- berculosis. Med. Era, Chicago, 1896, xii, 206; 263.—Bel- lini (G. C.) I mezzi di difesa dell' organismo e la cura della tubercolosi chirurgica. Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 1909, n. s., xxxi, 655-658.—Benniiighotr"(G. E.) Surgical tuberculosis. Buffalo M. J., 1902-3, n. s., xlii, 256-260. Also: Gaillard's M. J., N. Y., 1902, lxxvii, 131- 134.— Benoit (t'.) Le traitement moderne des tubercu- loses locales. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. m6d. de Bordeaux, 1912, xxxiii, 421-424.—Biggs. A case of tuberculosis of the bile ducts and solitary tubercles of the cerebrum. Proc. N. York Path. Soc. (1899-1900), 1901. 263-265.—Bobrott (A. A.) O sredstvakh borbi s khirurgicheskoyu bugor- chatkol. [Measures for combating surgical tuberculosis.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1903,ii, 81. Also, transl: Russ. med.Rundschau,Berl.,1902-3,305-310.—Bristow (A. T.) A phase of surgical tuberculosis. Brooklyn M. J., 1902, xvi, 452-456. Also: Med. Times & Reg., Phila., 1902, xl, 315- 321. Also: Texas M. Gaz., Fort Worth, 1902, ii, no. 11, 28-36. — Brown (E. M.) Tuberculosis of bones and joints. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1910, xcii, 905-912. Also, Re- print.—Burckhardt (H.) Typus humanus und bo- vinus bei chirurgischen Tuberkulosen. Centralbl. f. Bak- teriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1910-11, xlviii, Ref., 416-423 — Bur re 11 (H. L.) Surgical tuberculosis. Med. Commu- nicat. Mass. M. Soc, Bost., 1903, xix, 303-335, 14 pl. Also: Boston M. & S. J., 1903, cxlviii, 685: cxlix, 1. Also, Re- print. — Calot (F.) Le traitement des tuberculoses locales. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1910, clx, 353-372. — Cameron (I. H.) Surgical tuberculosis. Internat. Text-Bk. Surg. (Warren & Gould), Phila., 1899, i, 235-262. — Chirurgische Tuberkulosen. Kin- dersp. in Basel. Jahresb. (1900), 1902, xxxviii, 114-118.— le Clado. Etude sur quelques tuberculoses locales; formes cliniques et anatomiques particulieres de la lo- calisation tubereuleuse. Tr. Brit. Cong. Tuberc. 1901, Lond., 1902, iii, 648-657.—Cook (A. G.) The surgical aspects of tuberculosis, with special reference to bone tu- berculosis. Yale M. J., N. Haven, 1908-9, xv, 118-123.— Coppez (H.) Un cas de tuberculose cutanee et ocu- laire sans manifestations viscerales. Rev. gen. d'opht., Par., 1896, xv, 433^42.—Courtney ( W.) Surgical tuber- culosis. St. Paul M. J., 1908, x, 625-635.—BejardIn. Les traitements actuels des tuberculoses locales et des trajets fistuleux. Arch. med. beiges, Brux., 1910, xxxvi, 1-23.—Bematteis (P.) Sopra un caso di tubercolosi chirurgica. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1899, xx, 1243.—Dixon (R. L.) Someunusual localizations of tuberculosis. Physi- cian & Surg., Detroit & Ann Arbor, 1909, xxxi,13-19. Also, Reprint.—Bubois-Havenith. Tuberculose a. locali- sations diverses. Policlin., Brux., 1906, xv. 163.—Bu khl- nofr"(Z. I.) Prisutstviye bugorc atkovikh palochek v krovi i mlestnikh ochagakh zabollevaniya u bolnikh khirurgicheskoi bugorchatkol. [Presence of tubercle bacilli in the blood and in local disease foci in surgical tuberculosis.] Khirurg. Arkh. Velyaminova, S.-Peterb., 1911, xxvii, 836-907.—B'Urso (G.) Ricerche sperimen- tali sulla tubercolosi chirurgica. Policlin., Roma, 1895, ii-C, 537-554.—von Eberts (E. M.) Surgical tubercu- losis. Montreal M. J., 1909, xxxviii, 256-260. Also: Canad. J. M. &S., Toronto, 1909, xxvi, 163-167.—Elmergreen (R.) The present status of surgical tuberculosis; a re- port of three cases, with exhibition of pathological speci- mens. Tr. M. Soc. Wisconsin. Madison, 1899, xxxiii, 174- 182. Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1900, xxxiv, 144- 146.—Estor (E.) Des tuberculoses chirurgicales. N. Montpel. m6d., 1894, iii, 152-183.—Fish (H.) Pulmo- nary tuberculosis as a primary factor in the causation of surgical tuberculosis. Colorado M. J., Denver, 1904, x, 285-289.—Fleming (J. C.) Surgical aspects of tubercu- losis. Fort Wayne M. J.-Mag., 1904, xxiv, 335-341.— Fowler (G. R.) General observations upon surgical tuberculosis. Brooklyn M. J., 1894, viii, 473; 542.— Fraenkel (E.) Ueber seltenere Loealisationen der Tuberculose (disseminirte knotige Oesophagus-Tubercu- lose; papillare Cervix-Tuberculose). Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1896, xliii, 27-29.—Friedrich. Experimen- TUBERCULOSIS. 874 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Surgical[andregional\). telle Beitrage zur Kenntniss der chirurgischen Tuberku- lose, insbesondere der Tuberkulose der Knochen, Ge- lenke und Nieren, und zur Kenntniss ihrer Beziehung zu Traumen. Deutsche Ztschr., Leipz., 1899, liii, 512- 546.—Fulcl (F.) Tubercolosi cronica primitiva di al- cuni organi emopoietici. Riv. ospedal., Roma, 1911, i, 983-987.—Gaston (J. McF.) The relations of the tuber- cular diathesis to its local manifestations. Tr. South. Surg. & Gynec. Ass. 1896, [Phila.], 1897, ix, 175-185.— Gaudier, Gongerot & Bricout. Tuberculose gom- meuse et ganglionnaire cervico-faciale actino-mycosi- forme. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1912, xxiii, 162— Gessner (H. B.) The importance of surgi- cal tuberculosis to the general practitioner. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1904-5, lvii, 205-210.—Gibney (V. P.) Tubercu- losis, from a surgical standpoint. Am. Pract. Surg. [Brvant & Buck], N. Y., 1907, ii, 75-90, 1 1., 1 pl.—Greco (N.'V.) Tuberculosis de Riehl y Paltauf. An. d. Cfrc. med. argent., Buenos Aires, 1905, xxviii, 283-288, 1 pl.— Guidone (P.) La tuberculose chirurgicale precede or- dinairement celle medicale (etude clinique experimen- tale). Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1912, xxi, 411- 415.—Guthrie (G. W.) Surgical tuberculosis. Penn. M. J., Athens, 1906-7, x, 766-768. [Discussion], 772-774 — Guthrie (W. E.) Surgical tuberculosis. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1905, n. s., viii, 11-17 Also: Internat J. Surg., N, Y., 1907, xx, 1-5.—Hallopeau & Sourdille. Sur un cas d'ulcerations tuberculeuses multiples dans des cicatrices chirurgicales. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et svph., Par., 1902, xiii, 452-154.—Harris (W. J.) Surgical tuberculosis. Clin. Reporter, St. Louis, 1906, xix, 220- 224.—Isnardi (L.) Larisipola ed i microbi piogeni nella tubercolosi chirurgica. Gazz. med.di Torino, 1894, xiv, 281; 301.—Jacobson (J. H.) Surgical tuberculosis. Am. M. Compend., Toledo, 1907, xxiii, 275-281. Also, Reprint.— Jacobson (N.) Surgical tuberculosis. Med. News, Phila., 1895, lxvi, 253-257. Also, Reprint.—Jeanbrau (E.) Des tuberculoses chirurgicales dans leurs rapports avec les accidents du travail. Assoc, franc, de chir. Proc.-verb. [etc.], Par., 1907, 782-813. Also: J. de chir. et ann. Soc. beige dechir., Brux., 1907, vii, 573-578.—Jean- nerct (A.) Tuberculose chirurgicale & manifestations multiples. Rev. m6d. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1909, xxix, 154.—Judet. Sur un nouveau liquide modifica- teur dans le traitement des tuberculoses locales. Paris chirurg.,1910, ii,834-837.—Kelller (W.) Theprevention of surgical tuberculosis. Tr. Texas M. Ass., Austin, 1902, 412-417. Also: Texas M. News, Austin, 1901-2, xi, 477- 482.—King (H. M.) A case of tuberculosis involving the hip-joint, lungs, testicles, inguinal glands, and one or more of the vertebrae. Med. News, N. Y., 1897, lxxi, 437.— Kinuisson (E.) De l'etat actuel de la question de la pathogenie et de la nature de la tuberculose chirurgicale. Bull, med., Par., 1908, xxii, 1095-1099.—Koliler (A.) Mehrere bemerkenswerthe Falle von ortlicher Tubercu- lose. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1893, xix, 210.—Konig (F.) Die Entwicklung der Tubercu- losenlehre mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der iiusseren (Local-) Tuberculose und der Tuberculose der Gelenke. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1896, xxxiii, 485-487.—Kraemer (C.) Ein Sanatorium ftir chirurgische Tuberkulose in Boblingen (Wurttemberg). Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstat- tenw., Leipz., 1901, ii, 259-267.— Kuss (G.) Etiologie des tuberculoses chirurgicales. Cong. p. I'etude de la tuber- culose, Par., 1898, iv, 763-766.-----. Etiologie des tubercu- loses chirurgicales primitives. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1898, lxxi, 888.—Lambert (F. E.) Regional tuberculosis. Brooklyn M. J., 1903, xvii, 129-131.—Lambret (O.) L'origine des tuberculoses chirurgicales fermees. tcho med. du nord, Lille, 1903, vii, 97-102.—Lapeyre (L.) Des affections chirurgicales ehrnniques (tuberculose et cancer) dans leurs relations avec les accidents du travail. Assoc, franc, de chir. Proc.-verb. [etc.], Par., 1907, 910- 916.—McOaw (J. F.) Tuberculous otitis media, mastoi- ditis and meningitis in an otherwise apparently healthy adult. Med. News, N. Y., 1901, lxxix, 674.—MeOulston (L. P.) Surgical tuberculosis. Kansas City M. Index- Lancet, 1903, xxiv, 263-267.—1T1 ail laud (M.) Des exos- toses tuberculeuses. Rev. de chir., Par., 1902, xxii, 704- 720.—JIaly (G. W.) Ueber eine selteneLokalisation und Form von Tuberkulose. Beitr. z klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1903, xxxviii, 116-121.—Mauelaire. De la proportion des tuberculeux contagieux dans les services de chirur- gie; necessite de leur isolement. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, ii, 150-153.—Maxwell (T. J.) Tuberculosis in surgery. Tr. Iowa M. Soc, Omaha, 1893, xi, 49-51. Also: Omaha Clinic. 1893-4, vi, 239-241.—May- hew (D. P.) Surgerv in the tuberculous. Colorado Med., Denver, 1910, vii, 91-98.—May lard (E.) Surgery in relation to tubercular diseases. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1899, 9. s., i, |179-189.— Ma yo (W.J.) Surgical tubercu- losis in the abdominal cavity with special reference to tuberculous peritonitis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1905, xliv, 1157-1160—Morpurgo (B.) Sulle localizzazioni dell' infezione tubercolare di origine ematogena. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1906, 4. s., xii, 89-92.— Mussey (\v. L.) A case of local tuberculosis. Cincin. Tuberculosis (Surgical [andregional]). Lancet-Clinic, 1894,n.s.,xxxii, 152-154. [Discussion], 158.— Nanuottl (A.) Sul valore degl' innesti nella diagnosi delle tubercolosi chirurgiche. Policlin., Roma, 1906, iii- C, 461-463.—Nicholson (J. L.) Something of surgi- cal tuberculosis and anaesthesia. Tr. M. Soc. N. Car., Wilmington, 1896, 113-125. Also: North Car. M. J. Wilmington, 1896, xxxviii, 129-142.—Oehleeker (F.) Untersuchungen fiber chirurgische Tuberkulosen. Tu- berk.-Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, Berl., 1907, 6. Hft., 88-214, 1 pl.—Oliver (J. C.) A study of tuberculosis from a surgical standpoint. Lancet Clinic, Cincin., 1905, n. s., liv, 421-126.—Owen (E.) Abstract of the address in sur- gery on tuberculous lesions from a clinical point of view. Lancet, Lond., 1900, ii, 789-792—Pete rs (G. A.) Surgical tuberculosis. Canad. Pract., Toronto, 1891, xvi 272-275. Also: Post-Grad. lect. Univ. Toronto (1890), 1891, 71-73.— Petrott' (N. N.) Smleshannaya infektsiyapri khirurgi- cheskoi bugorchatkle. [Mixed infection in surgical tuber- culosis.] Russk. chir. arch., S.-Peterb., 1904, xx, 272-301. Also, transl: Ann. di l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1904, xviii, 602- 610.—Philip (R. W.) Surgical bearings of tuberculosis. Edinb. M. J., 1909, n. s., ii, 140-144.—Phillips (W. H.) Tuberculosis of the nose, throat and ear. J. Ophth., Otol. & Laryngol., Lancaster, Pa., 1912, xviii, 230-235.—Pho- cas. Sur un cas de tuberculose locale. Nord med., Lille, 1897, iii, 146-148.—Pierre. Pronostic des tubercu- loses locales. Ibid., 1904, x, 163-166—Poncet (A.) & Lcriclie (R.) La tuberculose inflammatoire des gaines svnoviales, des bourses sereuses, des muscles et des apo- rievroses. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1912, lxxxv, 485-489— Poul- ton (B.) Surgical tuberculosis. Australas M. Cong. Tr. 1908, Victoria, 1909, i, 295-305.—Powers (C. A.) Local- ized subphrenic tuberculosis; excision of the tuberculous mass; recovery; freedom from relapse at the end of two years. J.Am. M. Ass.,Chicago, 1909, liii, 2058-2060— Baw (N.) The treatmentof localized tuberculous infections. Practitioner, Lond., 1913, xc, 296-299.—Beynier (P.) Necessite urgente de creer des sanatoriums marins pour les tuberculoses chirurgicales des adultes. Cong, inter- nat. dela tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, ii, 148-150.—Biesmeyer (L. T.) Surgical tuberculosis. Tr. M. Ass., Missouri 1896-7, Kansas City, 1898, 389-393. Also [Abstr.]: Med. Rev., St. Louis, 1897, xxxvi, 307.—Boberts (J. B.) Some surgical aspects of tuberculosis. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1907, iii, 162-169. Also, Reprint.—Bochard. De l'isolement des tuberculeux chirurgicaux. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1905, cl, 805-807.—SanduHi (A.) Prognosi e cura in alcune localizzazione della tubercolosi osteo-artieolare. Gior. internaz. d. sc med., Napoli, 1904, n. s., xxvi, 673-684.—Sauerbrueh & Monnier. De- monstrationen znr chirurgischen Tuberkulose. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1912, xlii, 1168.—Sealone (I.) La ricerca dei bacilli, con metodo dell' antiformina nella diagnosi delle lesioni tubercolari chirurgiche. Studium, Napoli, 1911, iv, 253-256. -----. La tubercolosi chirurgica illustrata dal punto di vista della virulenza, di alcune rare localizzazioni e speciali forme anatomo-patolo- giche. Tommasi, Napoli, 1911, vi, 656; 673; 706—Senn (N.) Surgical tuberculosis. South. Pract., Nashville, 1896, xviii, 7-16.—Stewart (J. C.) Some local tubercu- loses. Northwest. Lancet, Minneap., 1904, xxiv, 105-107.— Sulli (G.) Le tubercolosi chirurgiche in rapporto agli infortuni e alle malattie professional!. Osp. di Paler- mo. Boll, trimest., 1909, ii, 252-264.—Syme (G. A.) Surgical tuberculosis in old age. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1899, xviii, 491-193. [Discussion], 508—Taruffl (P.) Influenza dell' erisipela sulla tubercolosi chi- rurgica. Policlin., Roma, 1904, xi, sez. prat., 17-19.— Taylor (R. T.) Surgical tuberculosis, with especial reference to the use of tuberculin in diagnosis and treat- ment. Richmond J. Pract., 1908, xxii, 261-271.—Tinker (M. B.) Important factors in diagnosis and treat- ment of surgical tuberculosis. Buffalo M. J., 1910-11, lxvi, 68-75.—Treves (F.) Tuberculosis. Syst. Surg. (Treves), Phila., 1895, i, 339-362. -----. The surgical as- pect of tuberculosis. Prov. M. J., Leicester, 1895, xiv, 579-584. -----. An address on the surgical aspect of tuberculosis. Lancet, Lond., 1895, ii, 1030-1034.—Trofi- moflf (V.) K voprosu o borbie s khirurgieheskol bugorchatkoL [Struggle with surgical tuberculosis.] Khirurgia, Mosk., 1911, xxix, 3-12.—Tubby (A. H.) Some cases of surgical tuberculosis and appendicitis. Clin. J., Lond., 1903, xxii, 407-412.—Vander Veer (E. A.) Some surgical aspects of tubercular lesions. N. York State J. M., N. Y., 1909, ix, 443-446.— Verchere. H6pitaux marins et tuberculose chirurgicale. Assoc. franc, pour l'avance. d. sc. C.-r. 1899, Par., 1900, xxym, pt. 1,12-27.—Viannay (C.) Deux cas de localisations multiples et systematisees de la tuberculose; polysyno- vites tendineuses, spina ventosa multiples. Lyon med., 1901, xcvii, 545-552.—Warthin (A. S.) Unusual locali- zations of tuberculosis. Med. News, N. Y., 1899, lxxiv, 550-552. Also, Reprint,—Wathcn (J. R.) Surgical tu- berculosis. Am. Pract. & News, Louisville, 1909, xlm, 163-174.—Wilcox (S. F.) Surgical tuberculosis Tr. Homceop. M. Soc. N. Y., 1896, xxxi, 318-324. Also: N. Am. J. Homceop., N. Y., 1897, 3. s., xii, 177-182.—Wluznicw- TUBERCULOSIS. 875 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Surgical [andregional]). ski (E.) O gruzlicy chirurgicznej w szpitalu N. M. P. w Siedlcach w ubieglem dzieciecioleciu. [Surgical tu- berculosis In the N. M. P. Hospital in Siedlic in the last decade.] Medvcyna i Kron. lek., Warszawa, 1911, xlvi, 906-912. Tuberculosis (Surgical, Diagnosis of). Yoshikawa (H.) *Die Kutandiagnose der Tuberkulose bei chirurgischen Krankheiten. [Giessen.] 8°. Gottingen, 1909. Areoleo (E.) Ricerche ematologiche nella tuber- colosi chirurgica. Riv. sicula di med. e chir., Palermo, 1896, iii, 145-153.—Bazy. De l'ophtalmo-reaetion en chirurgie. Rev. internat. de med. et de chir., Par., 1907, xviii, 401-403.—Bullara (L.) L' oftalmo-reazione nella tubercolosi chirurgica. Tommasi, Napoli, 1909, iv, 728- 732.—Burekhardt (H.) Bakteriologische Untersu- chungen iiber chirurgische Tuberkulosen, ein Beitrag zur Frage der Verschiedenheit der Tuberkulose des Men- schen und der Tiere. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1910, cvi, 1-183.—Butler (T. L.) The X-ray and surgical tuberculosis. Louisville Month. J. M. & S., 1903-4, x, 260-264.—Cappelli (M.) La siero-agglutinazione, la cuti-reazione, 1' oftalmo-reazione e la ricerca dell' indice opsonico nella diagnosi della tubercolosi chirurgica. Policlin., Roma, 1908, xv, sez. prat., 1381-1384.—Casti- glioni (G.) Ricerche sulla patogenesi e sulla diagnosi specifica della tubercolosi chirurgica. Atti d. Soc. lomb. di sc. med. e biol., Milano, 1912, i, 42-45. -----. Ricerche sull' etiopatogenesi, sulla diagnosi specifica e considera- zioni sulla terapia della tubercolosi chirurgica. Osp. magg. Riv. scient.-prat. d. . . . di Milano, 1912, vii, 83; 98; 146.—Chlumsky ( V.) Ma§6 tuberkulinowa Moro w przypadkach gruzlicy chirurgicznej. [Moro's tuber- culin "ointment in surgical tuberculosi-;.1 Przegl. lek., Krak6w, 1910, xlix, 213. Also, transl: Wien. klin. Rund- schau, 1910, xxiv, 211. —Eisendratli (D. N.) The timely diagnosis of surgical tuberculosis. Med. Exam., N. Y., 1900, x, 347-350. [Discussion], 363. Also: Gaillard's M. J., N. Y., 1901, lxxv, 31-38.—Elder (J. M.) Notes on the use of tuberculin as an aid to surgical diagnosis. Montreal M. J., 1901, xxx, 759-762, 4 ch. Also, Reprint.— Hagemann (R.) Ueber die Diagnose chirurgischer Tuberkulosen aus den pathologischen Ausscheidungen mit Angabe eines neuen Verfahrens im Tierversuch. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1912, lxxxii, 1-35.—Hol- lensen (M.) Ueber den Wert der von Pirquetschen Reaktion fiir Prognose und Therapie bei den verschie- denen Formen der chirurgischen Tuberculose; sowie einiges fiber den diagnostischen Wert der Rhinoreaktion. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1912, cxv, 533-554.— Krabbel (M.) Tuberkelbazillen im stromenden Blut bei chirurgischen Tuberkulosen. Ibid., 1912-13, exx, 370-378.—Kraemer(E.) Die Verwendbarkeitder Kon- junktivalreaktion zur Diagnose chirurgischer Tuber- kulose. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1908, lvii, 581-608. Also, Reprint.—Palazzo (G.) Tentativi di applica- zione dell' anafilassi alia diagnosi di tubercolosi chirur- gica. Arch, ed atti d. Soc. ital. di chir., Roma, 1911, xxiv, 709-717.—Parassin (J.) A Wolff-Eisner-Calmette-feie reaetio erteke a tuberculosis sebe.szi alakjainak koris- mezeseben. [Value of the Wolff-Eisner-Calmette reac- tion in the diagnosis of surgical tuberculosis.] Buda- pesti orv. ujsag, 1909, vii, 899-906.—Pelligrini (A.) La siero-reazione nelle malattie tubercolari chirurgiche. Clin, mod., Pisa, 1904, x, 313; 325.—Sand berg. The use of tuberculin in surgical diagnosis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 18%, ii, 1108.—Tinker (M. B.) The valde of tuberculin in surgical diagnosis. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Rep., Bait., 1903, xi, 535-555—Tornfi (E.) Sobre el valor diagn6s- tico de la distribucion del sistema piloso en los en- fermos atacados de tuberculosis local. An. d. Circ med. argent., Buenos Aires, 1893, xvi, 6-19. —Tsitronblat (A. Ya.) Reaktsiya Pirquet v khirurgicheskol praktikle. [Pirquet's reaction in surgical practice.] Syezd rossiysk. khirurg., Mosk., 1912, xi, 82-85.—Videman (G. K.) 0 raspoznavatelnom znachenii reaktsii von Pirquet'a pri khirurgicheskol bugorchatkle. [Diagnostic value of von Pirquet's reaction in surgical tuberculosis.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1910, ix, 1726.—Weinberger (C. F.) Wert der Ophthalmoreaktion in chirurgischen Fallen. N. Yorker med. Monatschr., 1908, xx, 74-76. Tuberculosis (Surgical, Treatment of)- See, also, Tuberculosis (Glandular, Treat- ment of). Bou.iu (T.) * Essai sur les indications thera- peutiques dans les tuberculoses chirurgicales. 4°. Paris, 1893. Eisberg (M.) * Contribution a I'etude des tubercules chirurgicales. Processus tubercu- leux et sa curabilite\ 4°. Paris, 1896. Tuberculosis (Surgical, Treatment of)- Gaudemard (E.-C.) * Contribution a l'Stude du traitement des tuberculoses chirurgicales par le naphtol camphre\ 4°. Paris, 1893. Isnardi (L.) Contributo alia cura della tu- bercolosi chirurgica. 8°. Tejrino, 1894. Levy (A.) *Du traitement des tuberculoses locales en general et de la coxalgie fistuleuse en particulier. 4°. Paris, 1896. Monnier (P.) Le permanganate de potasse dans le traitement des tuberculoses chirurgicales. 8°. Montpellier, 1903. Pagello (G.) La catramina nella cura di alcune forme di tuberculosi locale. 8°. Milano, 1890. Perlis (G.) * Contribution a I'etude du traite- ment des tuberculoses locales par la methode sclcrogene (methode de M. Lannelongue). 4°. Paris, 1892. Porte (A.) * Contribution a I'etude de la methode sclerogtine dans la pratique a la cam- pagne. 4°. Paris, 1896. Tribes (T.) * Contributions a I'etude du traitement des tuberculoses externes par les in- jections modificatrices; les injections d'huile gomenolee. 8°. Paris, 1911. ------. The same. 4°. Paris, 1912. Vernier (A.) * Essais de traitement des tu- berculose locales par l'ether sulfurique; con- siderations sur le traitement ethero-opiace dans la tuberculose pulmonaire; la methode de du Castel completee par la methode de Bier. 8°. Paris, 1907. ------. The same. 8°. Paris, 1908. Zdralek (K.) *Ein Fall von geheiltem tu- berkulosetn Geschwiire. 8°. Kiel, 1900. AlibizatOS (N.) Tiola r) kot' e£oxyv Sepaneia. Ttjs x£t" povpyiKrfs g>vju.aT(.aa"eo>5. TaTtKT/ Upoo&os 'Ev 2vpu>, 1912, xvii, 211; 242.—Alvaro Esquerdo. Criterio actual sobre el tratamiento moderno de las tuberculosis quiriir- gicas. Rev. de med. y cirug., Barcel., 1910, xxiv, 299- 315.—Amat (C.) Traitement des tuberculoses locales. Bull. g6n. de th6rap. [etc.], Par., 1898, cxxxv, 433; 518 — d'Antona (A.) Sulla cura moderna della tubercolosi chirurgica, specie delle parti molli. Riforma med., Napoli, 1911, xxviii, 21.— Arnould. Des injections in- traarticulaires dans les tumeurs blanches. Paris chi- rurg., 1910, ii, 136-142.—Audry (C.) Sur une loi de la mortalite et des recidives chez les individus atteints de tuberculose chirurgicale (loi de decroissance). Assoc franc, dechir. Proc.-verb. [etc.],Par., 1893, vii,207.—Bel- lini (G. C.) Sudiun nuovo sistema per la cura della tu- bercolosi chirurgica. Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 1909,n. s.,xxxi,893-897.—Bernabeo(G.) Contributoalla cura della tubercolosi chirurgica. Atti d.r. Accad. med.- chir. di Napoli, 1908, n. s., lxii, 120-132. [Discussion], 113- 119. Also: Riforma med., Napoli, 1908, xxiv, 679-683.— BernabeoiG.) &Perilli(G.) Sulla"curaBernabeo" nella tubercolosi chirurgica. Tommasi, Napoli, 1908, iii, 422-427.— Bernliard (O.) Heliotherapie der chirur- gischen Tuberkulose im Hochgebirge. Kinder-Arzt, Leipz., 1912, xxiii, 265: 1913, xxiv, 2. —Bolognesi (G.) Del trattamento conservativo della tubercolosi chirurgica. Arch, internat. de chir., Gand, 1910-11, v, 174-206.—Brannan (J. W.) Treatment of surgical tuberculosis. Nat. Ass. Studv & Prevent. Tuberculosis. Trans., N. Y., 1909, v, 368-370.—Butzengeiger. Er- fahrungen mit Mesbe in der Behandlung chirurgischer Tuberkulosen. Miinehen. med, Wchnschr., 1913, lx, 128.—dale (G. W. ) Serotherapy in bone and joint tuberculosis. Med. Rev., St. Louis, 1895, xxxii, 219.— Calot (A.) A clinical lecture on the treatment of local tuberculous lesions by injections. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1909, n. s., lxxxvii, 318-320.—Calot (F.) Traite- ment local de la tuberculose externe. Arch. prov. de chir., Par., 1900, ix, 621-652. -----. Le traitement des tu- berculoses externes. Rev. g6n. de clin. et de th6rap., Par., 1906, xx, 561-564. -----. La conduite a tenir en face des tuberculoses externes. Rev. de, therap. m6d.-chir., Par., 1907, lxxiv, 613-626. -----. La traitement des tu- berculoses seches ou fongueuses. Ibid., 649-662. -----. Les injections dans le traitement des tuberculoses ex- ternes. Rev. mod. demed. et de chir., Par., 1908, vi, 354- 368. -----. Principes du traitement des tuberculoses ex- ternes. Rev. g6n. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1909, xxiii, TUBERCULOSIS. 876 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Surgical, Treatment of). 817-820. -----. Le traitement des tuberculoses externes. Ann. de m6d. et chir. inf., Par., 1910, xiv, 372-377. -----. Le traitement des tuberculoses externes ganglionnaires, articulaires et osseuses. Clinique, Par., 1912, vii, 331.— I "a re re (G.) Ricerche sui fermenti proteolitico e lipoli- tico sull' antifermento proteolitico nelle tubercolosi chi- rurgiche. Clin, chir., Milano, 1911, xix, 2515-2528.—Caso (Un) de tuberculosis de los huesos, curada por las inyec- ciones del liquido testicular. Cienciamod., Madrid, 1894, i, 37.—Clieyne (W. W.) Abstracts of lectures on the treatment of surgical tuberculous diseases. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1892, i, 1290; 1352: ii, 11. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1892, i, 1404: ii, 78.—(illey (A. H.) The local and general treatment of tuberculous abscesses and sinuses. Post- Graduate, N. Y., 1912, xxvii, 1021-103;-:.—Coudray (P.) Resultats eioignes de la methode sclerogene dans le traite- ment des tuberculoses chirurgicales et de quelques autres affections. Assoc, franc, de chir. Proc.-verb. [etc.], Par., 1897, xi, 739-743.—Coulllard (E.) Quelques ob- servations de tuberculose locale traitee par des injections modiflcatriees. Bull. med. de Quebec, 1904-5, vi, 93- 101.—Curti (E.) Le iniezioni dei sali mereuriali nelle tubercolosi chirurgiche. Gazz. d. osp., M ilano, 1904, xxv, 1409-1412. -----. Ancora della cura della tubercolosi chirurgica con i sali di mercurio. Ibid., 1910, xxxi, 1009- 1012.—Daniel (P.) A clinical lecture on the treatment of surgical tuberculosi-; by iodoform, glycerine and Bier's congestion method. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1908, n. s., lxxxvi, 518-520.—Delbet (P.) L'azotyl dans le traite- ment des tuberculoses chirurgicales. Paris chirurg., 1909, i, 1003-1017— Della Valle (L.) Le cure della tu- bercolosi chirurgica. Clin, chir., Milano, 1910, xviii, 1433-1162.—Delrez (L.) Seifeninjektionen in der chi- rurgischen Therapie, speziell bei chirurgischer Tuberku- lose. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1910, xv, 521-512.— Distelano (S.) Contributo alia cura della tubercolosi chirurgicu. Guerra a. tuberc, Catania, 1902, ii, 78.—van Dorp (,!).) De behandeling van chirurgische tubercu- lose te Berck s. Mer. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1909, i, 197-206.—Durante (F.) Conclusioni in- torno alia guarigione anatomica e clinica della tuberco- losi chirurgica. Atti d. xi. Cong. med. internaz. 1894, Roma, 1895, iv, chirurg. [etc.], 83.— FisendratU (D. N.) Treatment of tuberculosis of the bones and joints by the injection of 10% solution of iodoform in glycerin. Chi- cago M. Recorder, 1899, xvii, 173-177.—Fasano (M.) Con- tributoallacuradellatubercolosichirurgica. Arch, ed atti d. Soc. ital. di chir., Roma, 1911, xxiv, 241-271.—Felegy- liazl (E.) Pangasos verboseggel kezelt scbeszi giimos ban- talmakra vonatkoz6 k6rszovettani viszgalatok. [Histolog- ical investigation of tubercular tissues treated by passive hyperemia.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1908, Iii, 685; 713.— Fiori (P.) L' airol nella pratica chirurgica, conspeciale riguardo alia terapia delle forme tubercolari. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1905, xxvi, 1145-1147.—Forniieliella (J.) The Polyclinic of Rome; surgical tuberculosis treated by Durante's method; spinal anesthesia. Internat. J. Surg., N. Y., 1913, xxvi, 16-21.—Fraenkel (A.) Ueber die Bidroth'sehe Methode der Behandlung chirurgischer Tuberculose. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1897, x, 990-992.— Gaston (J. McF.) Discussion of the surgical treat- ment of tuberculosis. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., Phila., 1896, xiv, 176-ISO. —Gau vain ( H. J.) The conservative treatment of tuberculous cripples. Brit. M.J, Lond 1910, ii. 1124-1126. -----. Surgical tuberculosis; its needs and treatment. Lancet, Lond., 1912, ii, 356-360.—Gay (G. W.) Discussion on the surgical treatmentof tubercu- losis. Tr. Am Surg. Ass., Phila., 1896, xiv, 181-188.— Giacomelli (G,) Sulla cura della tubercolosi chirur- gica. Riv. med.. Milano, 1912, xx, 78; 97; 112—Gibnoy (V. P.) Clinical experience in the management of tuberculous sinuses, abscesses, and foci. Tr. M. Soc. Virg., Richmond, 1898, 106-115. Also: Virginia M. Semi- Month., Richmond, 1898-9, iii, 375-379.— Giordano (D.) La cianosi nella cura delle tuberculosi chirurgiche. Riv. veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 1895, xxii, 546-552.—Gleits- mann (J. W.) Primary pharvngeal and laryngeal tuberculosis; two cases cured. J. Tuberc, Asheville NC 1901, iii, 105-111.—Goldenberg (T.) Ueber die Fer- mentbehandlung tuberkuloser Abszesse. Vorlauflge Mit- teilung. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1909, lvi, 28 — Guerder. Guerison des tuberculoses locales par des in- jections d'extraitglycerinede foies fraisde morue. J. de m6d. de Par., 1900,2. s., xii, 114-118. Also: Rev. de therap. med.-chir.,Par., 1900,lxvii,5-12.— Guiinbail. Les tuber- culoses externes; leur traitement par les agents physiques. Therap. p. 1. agents phys. et nat., Monaco, 1903, vii, nos. 114-130, passim.—Halm (J.) Formalin als Heilmittel chirurgischer Tuberkulose. Centralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1899, xxvi,689-692.—Hollander (E.) Zur Behandlung ?ne£ Sehleimhauttuberkul se. Berl. klin. Wchnschr* 1906, xlm, 718-7^1. [Discussion], 727.-IIuliner (E. J.) Surgical tuberculosis from an orthopedic standpoint. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1904-5, lvii, 214-223, 1 pl.-Inglanni (G ) iniezioni endo-ossee nel trattamento conservative 'Ml' osteo-tubercolosi chiusa. Arch, ed atti d. Soc. ital/di Tuberculosis of)- (Surg icul, Treat in en t chir. 1906, Roma, 1907, xx, 35-39.—Isaia (G.) Contributo terapeutico nelle lesioni primitive di natura tubercolare del cavo orale, faringe eeeelsa e dell' orecchio. Atti d. Cong. d. Soe. ital. di laringol. [etc.] 1900, Empoli, 1901, v, 151-153.—Isnardi (L.) Contributo alia cura della tu- bercolosi chirurgica. Saggi. d. chir. . . . giubileo di L. Bruno, Torino, 1894, 121-128.—Janson (C.) En ny metod for behandling af den kirurgiska tuberkulosen. Forhandl. v. nord. Kong. f. inv. med., Stockholm, JM)6, i, 86-90. Also, transl: Arch, de med. exper. et d'anat path., Par., 1897, ix, 318-328.—Jeannel. Des accidents de la methode scierogene. Midi med., Toulouse, 1894, iii, 309-312.—Jutiet. Des injections intra-articulairesdans les tumeurs blanches. Paris chirurg., 1910, ii, 160-170. -----. A propos du traitement des tuberculoses locales par lesinjectionsmodiflcatriees. Ibid., 930-932.—Klapp. Die Behandlung der chirurgischen Tuberculose mit dem Schropfverfahren. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1906, lxxx, 42-18. Also: Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 1906, xxxv, pt. 2, 96-102.—Knopf (S. A.) The treatment and management of post-operative tuberculous patients and a pLa for the establish- ment of seaside sanatoria and convalescent homes. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1903, lxxviii, 1028-1037.—Koch (C. F. A.) De behandeling van de locale tuberculose. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk:, Amst., 1891, 2. R., xxvii, pt. 2, 103-119. Also, Reprint.—Koelilcr (A.) Ueber die Behandlung der multiplen ortlichen Tubercu- lose. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1893, xxxvii, 149- 160.—Kol'man (S. V.) Problem! liecheniya khirurgi- cheskavo tuberkulyoza. [Problems of treatment of sur- gical tuberculosis.] Terap. Obozr., Odessa, 1912, v, 158- 102.—Kraemer (C.) Ueber die Nachbehandlung der chirurgischen Tuberkulose. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1905, lxxix, 665-675.—Lan nc long lie. Therapeu- tique generale des tuberculoses d'ord re chirurgical et plus speeialement des tuberculoses osteo-artieulaires. Ann. de chir. et d'orthop., Par., 1897, x, 230-235. Also: Bull. med., Par., 1897, xi, 785-789. Also: Rev. de la tubercu- lose, Par., 1897, 193-205. Also: Tribune med., Par., 1897, 2. s., xxix, 686-691. Also, transl: Med.-chir. Centralbl., Wien, 1897, xxxii, 615-518. Also, transl: Therap. Wchn- schr., Wien, 1897, iv, 884-888. -----. De la therapeutique des tuberculoses chirurgicales. Compt.-rend. Cong, in- ternat. de m6d. 1897, Mosc, 1900, i, 176-180.—Layral & Peju (G.) Sur l'emploi du gai'acol en applications lo- cales dans le traitement des tuberculoses chirurgicales. Loire med., St.-Etienne, 1907, xxvi, 399-406. [Discussion], 440 -Le Calve (J.) De l'emploi systematique du chlo- rure de zinc dans le traitement de certaines tuberculoses ouvertes superficielles (adenites, gourmes, ulcerations). Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par , 1906, i, 753-766. Also: Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1906, 2. s., xxiv, 61-71.—Low (V. W.) The treatment of surgical tuberculosis. Lan- cet, Lond., 1906, ii, 74-78. -----. An address on the mod- ern treatmentof surgical tuberculosis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1908, i, 550-554. Also [Abstr.]: Med. Mag., Lond., 1908, xvii, 20-26.—JWcDi 11 (J. R.) A report on the present status of the treatment and prognosis of accessible surgi- cal tuberculosis. Chicago M. Recorder, 1895, ix, 191-212. Also, Reprint. -----. Continuation of " a report on the present status of the treatment and prognosis of accessible surgical tuberculosis," published in the Recorder, Oct., 1895. Chicago M. Recorder, 1897, xiii, 76; 154. Also, Re- print. Also: Tr. M. Soc. Wisconsin, Madison, 1897, xxxi, 141-183.—illacEwan (D.) The treatment of surgical tuberculosis. Scot. M. & S. J., Edinb., 1902, xi, 211-222.— Macleod (J. A.) The treatment of surgical tuberculo- sis. N. York State J. M., N. Y., 1912, xii, 24-28.—Mandl (R.) Zur Behandlung der chirurgisch-tuberkulotischen Erkrankungen und der triigen nekrotischen Geschwii- re. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1912, xxxviii, 2417.—Itlarroni (O.) Contributo alia terapia delle tubercolosi chirurgiche. Boll. d. Soc. Lancisiana d. osp. di Roma, 1911, xxxi, pt. 2,18-20.—Mayet (H.) Les manifestations arthritiques survenant au cours du traitement de la tuberculose chirurgicale. Rev. d. mal. de la nutrition, Par., 1911, 2. s., ix, 264-273.— Maylard (A. E.) Ought tubercular diseases to be treated in the surgical wards of a city general hospital? A statistical study. Glasgow Hosp. Rep. 1901, iii, 239-251.—IMer- cler (A.) Considerations sur le traitement des tu- berculoses externes. Arch, de med. nav., Par., 1908, xc, 161-182.— tlonturiol (E.) Efectos de los pro- ductos de la toja en los procesos tuberculosos qui- rurgicos. Areh. dc ginecop., Barcel., 1907, xx, 399-405.— Mosberg (B.) Zur Sudianbehandlung der Skrofulose und chirurgischen Tuberkulose. Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1912, xxii. 230.—von IWosctig-ITIoorhor. Zur Behandlung der Localtuberculose mit Teucrin. Wien. med. Presse, 1893, xxxiv, 1293-1296.—Ombre- danne. Injections interstitielles de la solution du pro- fesseur Lannelongue. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, ii, 124-128— Onano (G.) Le forme di tuberco- losi localizzate trattate col guaiadol (paraiodio-guaiacolo). Gazz. internaz. di med., Napoli, 1909, xii, 99— Onorato TUBERCULOSIS. 877 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Surgical, Treatment of)- (R.) La cura della tubercolosi chirurgica. Boll. d. r. Accad. med. di Genova, 1908, xxiii, 181-188. Also: Morgagni, Milano, 1909, li, 33-40.-----. Sul trattamento dei seni flstolosi e delle cavita ascessuali. Boll. d. r. Accad. med. di Roma, 1910, xxv, 117-160.—Pavlovslti (A. D.) 0 Hechenii mlestnol bugorchatki bryuMiini, sustavov i podkozhnol klletchatki iskusstvennim "lelkotsi- tozom. [Treatment of local tuberculosis of the perito- neum, joints, and subcutaneous cellular tissue,bv artificial leueocytosis.] Russk. Med., St. Petersb., 1894, xix, 289- 292. Also, transl: Atti d. xi. Cong. med. internaz. 1891, Roma, 1895, iv, chirurg. [etc.], 260-267.—Peterka (H.) Ueber das Recidiv in der cnirurgischen Tuberkulose. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing. 1912, lxxxi, 728-733.—Pettit (J.W.) A plea for improved h ygiene in the management of surgical tuberculosis. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1913, xxiii, 136-141.—Plannenstiel (S. A.) Ein neues Heil- verfahren bei der Tuberkulose und dem Lupus der ober- sten Luftwege. Zentralbl. f. d. ges. Therap., Wien, 1911, xxix, 1; 67. -----. Zur Behandlung lokalinfektioser insbesondere tuberkuloser Prozesse mit JNa+03, respek- tive Hj Oj. Ibid., 449-159. -----. Einige allgemeine Be- merkungen und Versuche betreffend die Behandlungsme- thode lokalinfektioser Prozesse nam. Lupus und Tuber- kulose mittelst Jodnatrium und Ozon oder Wasserstoff- superoxyd. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1911, xxxvi, 71-74.— de Quervain (F.) Les principes modernes dans le traitement des tuberculoses dites chirurgicales. Semaine m6d., Par., 1912, xxxii, 433-437.—Ballier du Baty. Cinq cas de tuberculoses externes suppurees, traitees et gueries par les injections de gomenol ou d'huile gomeno- lee. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1909, lxxxii, 1756-1758.—Beed (J. V.) The conservative treatment of surgical tubercu- losis. Lancet-Clinic. Cincin., 1912, cvii, 326-329.—Renon (L.) &Geraudel (E.) Action dubleudemethyienesur les ulcerations des tuberculeux. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc ], Par., 1903, cxiv, 220.—Beynier (P.) Traitement des tuberculoses osseuses par le salol iodoforme. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1896, n. s., xxii, 288-295. -----. De l'emploi des eaux chlorurees sodiques dans le traite- ment des tuberculoses locales. Gaz. med. beige, Liege, 1905-6, xviii, 46. -----. Traitement par l'eau salee de tu- berculoses externes, avec guerison. Bull, et m6m. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1907, n. s., xxxiii, 332-334.—Bindone Lo Be (S.) Ancora sulla cura della tubercolosi chirur- gica. Gazz. internaz. dl med. prat., Napoli, 1901, iv, 10; 20—Roberts (J. B.) Some surgical aspects of tubercu- losis. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1907, 17. s., iii, 162-169.— Rocheblave. Du traitementde la tuberculosearticu- laire et osseuse. Bull, de la Soc. med.-chir. de la Drome [etc.], Valence & Par., 1900, i, 22-32.—Boederer & Tribes. Essai d'un nouvel agent modiricateur dans le traitement des tuberculoses externes. Arch. gen. de m6d., Par., 1910, 653-669. ----- -----. Les injections d'huile gomenoiee dans le traitement des tuberculoses externes. Rev. gen. de clin. etde therap., Par., 1910, xxiv, 647.—Rubaslioft*(S. M.) K voprosu o fermentnom He- chenii khirurgicheskavo tuberkulyoza. [On the ferment treatment of surgical tuberculosis.} Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1912, lxxvii, 126-136.—Seheimpflug (M.) Die exspec- tative und initiative Behandlung chirurgischer Tubercu- lose im Erzherzogin Maria Theresia-Seehospize von 1888- 91. Arch. f. Kinderh., Stuttg., 1892-3, xv, 234.— Schober (P.) Die Calot'sche Lehre fiber die Behandlung deraus- seren Tuberculose. Med. Woche, Berl., 1901, 391-394.— Shade (N. B.) The mineral treatment in diseasesof the mucous surfaces, tulx-reulosis; pathology and treatment. North Car. M. J . Wilmington, 1893, xxxi, 258-260.— van der Sluys i\\'.) Zur Behandlung der chirugi- schen Tuberkuloseim Kindesalter und bei Erwachsenen. Ztschr. f. iirztl., Fortbild., Jena, 1911, viii, 520— Smith (E. H.) Treatment of localized tuberculous lesions. Pa- cific M. J., San Fran., 1905, xlviii, 9-12.—Smith (0.) The treatment of surgical tuberculosis. Carolina M. J., Charlotte, 1907, lvi, 993-1001.—Sou bey ran (P.) Le per- manganate de potasse dans le traitement de la tubercu- lose chirurgicale. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1903, cxiv, 676-692.—Stampa (U.) Sulla cura della tuberco- losi secondo il metodo di Lannelongue. Atti d. Cong. pediat. ital. 1892, Napoli, 1896. ii, 271-278.—Steinthal. Die Grundzuge in der Behandlung der chirurgischen Tu- berculose. Med. Cor.-Bl. d. wurttemb.iirztl. Ver., Stuttg., 1902, lxxii, 465-467. Also: Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1902, xii, 560-562. —Steward (F. J.) Clinical remarks on the treatment of surgical tuberculosis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1907, i, 855-858.—Stoney(R. A.) Dioradin. Ibid., 1911, ii, 1697. -----. Treatment of surgical tuberculosis by "dioradin." Tr. Rov. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl., 1912, xxx, 151-168. Also: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1912, n. s., xciii,325-329. Also, transl: Klin.-therap. Wchnschr.,Berl., 1912, xix, 1097-1103. -----. A year's experience of diora- din in surgical tuberculosis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1913, i, 215-218.—Strauss (A.) Meine Erfahrungen mit Jodme- thylenblau und Kupferpriiparaten bei ausserer Tuberku- lose, speziell bei Lupus. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1912 xxiii, 223-231, 2 pl.—Teolili (R.) Per la cura della Tuberculosis (Surgical, Treatment ■of). tubercolosi chirurgica e del lupus. Policlin., Roma, 1902-3, ix, sez. prat., 293.—Thistle (W. B.) The medi- cal treatment in surgical tuberculosis. Canad. Pract. & Rev., Toronto, 1901, xxvi, 556-561.—Tubby (A. H.) Is the urban hospital treatment of external or surgical tu- berculosis j ustifiable? Rep. Soc. Study Dis. Child., Lond., 1902-3, iii, 263-272. Also: Practitioner, Lond., 1903, lxxi, 313-319. -----. The urban hospital treatmentof external or surgical tuberculosis; its defects and a suggestion for their remedy. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, 454-456. —Van Langendonek. Quelques mots k propos des injec- tions modiflcatriees des tuberculoses locales. Presse m6d. beige, Brux., 1903, lv, 39.— Vaughan (J. W.) A pre- liminary report upon the use of the tubercle residue of V. C. Vaughan in surgical tuberculosis. J. Mich. M. Soc, Detroit, 1908, vii, 634-539.—Veiel. Ueber die Behand- lung tuberculoser Processe mit Pyrogallol. Arch. f. Der- mat. u. Syph., Wien u. Leipz., 1898, xliv, 353-358.—Vul- pius (O.) Die Einrichtungen des Sanatoriums Solbad Rappenau fiir Knochen- Gelenk- und Driisenleiden (chi- rurgische Tuberkulose). Strahlentherapie, Berl. u.Wien, 1912, i, 274-276.—Weed en (R. R.) Konservative Be- handlung der chirurgischen Tuberkulose mit Einspri- tzungen von Kampfer-Naphthol. Ztschr. f. orthop. Chir., Stuttg., 1908, xxi, 493-512.—Weigel (L. A.) Remarks on the management of suppuration, complicating tuber- culous disease of the bones and joints. Buffalo M. & S. J., 1892-3, xxxii, 596-599.—Wyss (M. O.) Zur Behand- lung chirurgischer Tuberkulosen. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1903, xxxiii, 191-196. Tuberculosis (Surgical, Treatment of, Operative). Addicks (H.) * Operative Eingriffe beein- flussen tuberkulose Herde, die entfernt von der Operationsstelle gelegen sind. 8°. Berlin, 1902. Bourigault (A.) * Essai sur les resultats de 1'intervention chirurgicale (grandes operations) dans les tuberculoses internes: Peritoine, intes- tin, plevre, poumon, larynx, systeme nerveux central. 4°. Paris, 1894. Klose (B.) * Ueber das spiitere Schicksal der wegen Tuberkulose Amputierten. 8°. Er- langen, 1896. Lange ([M. G.] F.) Beitrag zur Statistik der chirurgischen Tuberkulose unter Verwer- tung der vom 1. April 1888 bis 31. December 1890 in der chirurgischen Klinik zu Greifswald behandelten Fiille von tuberculoser Erkran- kung. 8°. Greifswald, 1891. Mathiot (G.) *Des resultats eioignes du traitement de la tuberculose osseuse et osteo- articulaire chez l'adolescent et l'adulte par la methode de von Mosetig Moorhof. 8°. Lyon, 1910. Rendu (A.) * Contribution a I'etude de l'o- bliteration des cavites osseuses et articulaires tuberculeuses de von Mosetig Moorhof. 8°. Lyon, 1910. Tukettes-La venture (L.) * Contribution a I'etude du traitement des tuberculoses externes suppurees; (ponctionsetinjections). 8°. Paris, 1910. Weinbrenner (E.) * Ueber die Dauerhei- lung operativ behandelter chirurgischer Tuber- kulosen. 8°. Tubingen, 1906. Alessandri (R.) Importanza e limiti del tratta- mento incruento nelle tubercolosi chirurgiche. Policlin., Roma, 1912, xix, sez. chir., 193-205 —Billiard (Rose T.) When is surgical interference indicated in tuberculosis? South. Calif., Pract., Los Angeles, 1902, xvii, 131-135.— Bullitt (J. B.) Comparison of Rontgen-ray and sur- gical treatment of tuberculosis. Am. Med., Phila., 1905, ix, 62-65.—t-aramaiina (G.) Esito di operazioni chi- rurgiche su tubercolotici. Gazz. sicil. di med. e chir. [etc.J, Palermo, 1903, ii, 139-141— Carless (A.) The surgical treatment of tubercular disease. Practitioner, Lond., 1901, lxvii, 104-125.—Carr (W. P.) The surgery of tuberculosis. Wash. M. Ann., 1904-5, iii, 301-304.— Cheyne (W. W.) The Harveian lectures on the surgical treatment of tuberculous diseases. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1899, ii, 1659-1663. Also [Abstr.]: Lancet, Lond., 1899, ii, 1641-1643.— Chlumsky (V.) 0 iec§ni chirurgicke tu- TUBERCULOSIS. 878 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Surgical, Treatment of Operative). berkulosy. [Surgical treatment of tuberculosis.] Casop. iek. 6esk., v Praze, 1910, xlix, 75-78—Bepage & Gallet. Des generalisations tuberculeuses apres intervention chi- rurgicale sur des foyers tuberculeux. Ann. Soc. beige de chir., Brux., 1894, ii, 79-118. Also: Rev. de la tu- berculose, Par., 1894, 239-250.—Burante (F.) Sul trat- tamento chirurgico delle tubercolosi: Arch, ed atti d. Soc. ital. di chir., Roma, 1896, x, 99-102. [Discussion], p. liv.—Edington (G. H.) Acute tuberculous choroiditis following operation for tuberculous lesions in a limb. Glasgow M. J., 1898, 1, 303.—Fraenkel (A.) ZurWund- behandlung nach Operationen wegen localer Tubercu- lose. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir., Berl , 1901, xxx, pt. 2, 468-482. [Discussion], pt. 1, 24.—Frees (G.) Die operative Behandlung des tuberkulosen Ascites. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1894, xx, 849; 873.—lialbaiies (I.) Ilepl T7JS Oepaweias )s xc'P°"P7l,c'i?- TaTpifci) npoo&os, 'Ev 20pci>, 1901, vi, 149.— Gaston (J. McF.) The surgical treatment of tubercu- losis. Med. & Surg. Reporter, Phila., 1896, lxxiv, 683-685. Also: Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1896-7, i, 129- 131.—Gessner (H. B.) Surgical aspects of tuberculosis. J. Am. M. Ass.,Chicago, 1906, xlvii, 1367.—von Heineke (W.) Bekampfung der Tuberkulose im allgemeinen durch die chirurgische Ausrottung der tuberkulosen Krankheitsherde in Knochen und Gelenken. Handb. d. spec. Therap. inner. Krankh., Jena, 1896, v, pt. 1, 243-258. Also: Ibid., 2. Aufl., 1898, vi, 620-635.—John- son ( M. M. ) Surgery in the treatment of tuberculo- sis. Med.-Leg. J., N. Y., 1901-2, xix, 116-120. Also: Am. Cong. Tuberc. Trans. 1901, N. Y., 1902, 93-97.— Kausch (W.) Die chirurgische Behandlung der Tu- berkulose. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1910, li, 160-170 — King (G.) The surgical treatment of tuberculosis. Tr. M. Ass. Alabama, Montgomery, 1899, 306-312.— Klapp. Die konservative Behandlung der chirur- gischen Tuberkulose. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. n. Berl., 1909, xxxv, 1739-1743.—Larsen (C. A.) Om operativ og ikke operativ Behandlung af Tuberculosis cavitatis abdominalis, ledsaget af et Par andre Tiffeelde af Underlivskirurgi. [The operative and nonoperative treatmentof .. ..accompanied by two other cases of abdom- inal surgery.] Hosp.-Tid., K0benh., 1900, 4. R., viii, 1145- 1154.—Leriche (E.) Remarques sur la chirurgie des tuberculeux dans la region nicoise. J. de med. de Par., 1905, 2. s., xvii, 549.—Levy (R.) Surgical treatment of tuberculosis of the upper air passages and the ear. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol, St. Louis, 1906, xv, 585-592.— Lilienllial (H.) The surgical treatment of tubercu- losis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1897, li, 3-5.—McArdle (T. E.) Abdominal sections for tubercular disease. Kansas M. J., 1897, ix, 1-4—JMarkham (R. M.) Surgical treatment of tuberculosis. J. Kansas M. Soc, Columbus, 1908, viii, 1259-1267.—Martin (W.) Removal of multiple tubercu- lous foci, including resection of ankle joint and of the seventh costosternal articulation, double castration and removal of the seminal vesicles. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1909,1, 477-179.—Moty. Du traitement des tuberculoses multiples par le curetage et l'ebouillantage. Bull. Soc. centr. de med. du nord, Lille, 1900, 2. s., iv, 23-27. Also: Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1900, iv, 39.—Owen (E.) Tuberculous lesions from a clinical point of view. Med. Mirror. St. Louis, 1900, xi, 528-542.—Pailloz. Relation de quelques interventions pour tuberculose locale. Soc. demed.mil. franc. Bull., Par., 1911, v,481-486.—Perassi (A.) Esiti immediatidi sette cure operative per affezioni tubercolari. Policlin., Roma, 1905, xii, sez. prat., 558-561.— Plantier! (A.) II raschiamento nella cura di alcuni processi tubercolari locali. Gazz. internaz. di med. prat., Napoli, 1901,1901, iv, 210-213.—Plummer (C. G.) Sur- gical treatment of tubercular disease. Proc. Utah M. Soc, Salt Lake City, 1895-6, 133-141.— Pousson (A.) Valeur de Pintervention chirurgicale dans la tubercu- lose renale. [Rap.] Gaz. hebd. d. sc med. de Bordeaux, 1900, xxi, 366; 387; 400; 413.—Ransohon" (J.) The sur- gical treatment of tubercular lesion. Tr. Ohio M. Soc, Toledo, 1896, 244-253. Also: Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1896, n.s., xxxvi, 653-657.—Reed (R. H.) A report of the tubercular cases treated at the surgical clinics of the Protestant Hospital in the order in which they occurred, giving date, name, ag£, sex, location of disease, clinical condition, diagnosis, prognosis, history of operation, after treatment, date of discharge ana result, from Sept. 19, 1894, to March 4, 1895. Columbus M. J., 1895, xiv, 356- 368.—Renon. The surgical treatment of tuberculosis. Tribune m6d., Am. ed., N. Y., 1911. vii, 197-204.—Res- einiti (S.) Valore della terapia incruenta nella tuber- colosi chirurgica. Incurabill, Napoli, 1899, xiv, 493-507 — von Roselszewski. Bemerkungen fiber die chirur- gische Behandlung tuberculoser Affectionen bei gleich- zeitiger Behandlung mit Jod und bromhaltigen Soolba- dem Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1894, vii, 616-618.—Rose. Erne Dauerheilung durch den Bauchschnitt bei Tuber- kulose. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1902 xxvni,Ver.-Beil.,14.-Tatchell(W.A.) Surgical treat- ment of tubercular disease. Med. Times, Lond. 1909 Tuberculosis (Surgical, Treatment of Operative). xxxvii, 148. Also: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1909, lxxxix 956.—Verneuil. On the post-operative treatment of tuberculous patients. Phila. M. Times, 1887-8, xviii, 193- 196.—Wood (G. B.) The actual cautery in the treat- ment of localized tuberculous lesions. Tr. Am. Laryngol Ass., N. Y., 1911, 181-186. Also: Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1911, xx, 531-535.—Wright (J. W.) The pathology and surgical treatment of tuberculosis. Proc. Connect. M. Soc, Bridgeport, 1896,158-170. Tuberculosis (Surgical, Treatment of) with bismuth paste. Lissonde (C.) *Sur le traitement des ristules et des cavites tuberculeuses par l'injection de pate bismuthee (methode de Beck). 8°. Paris, 1910. Baer (W. S.) Some results of the injection of Beck's bismuth paste in the treatment of tuberculous sinuses. Nat. Ass. Study & Prevent. Tuberculosis. Trans., N. Y., 1909, v, 319-331.—Beck (E. G.) Further studies in the treatment of tuberculous sinuses, fistulous tracts and ab- scess cavities. Illinois M. J. Springfield, 1908, xiv, 38-46, 2 pl., 1 ch.—Bollinger (B.) Giimos eredetii talyogok 6s sipolyok gy6gykezel6se bismuthpastaval E. G. Beck szerint. [Treatment of tubercular abscesses and fistuhe by Beck's method.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1908, Iii, 639.—Bujarier (C.) Sur l'emploi de la pate bismuthee dans le traitement des trajetsfistuleux et des cavites sup- purantes, en particulier dans la tuberculose. J. de chir., Par., 1909, iii, 117-137.—de Fourmestraux (J.) Les injections de sous-nitrate de bismuth dans les fistules et cavites tuberculeuses. Assoc, franc, de chir. Proc.- verb. [etc. |, Par., 1910, xxiii, 1116-1124. — Jerusalem ( M.) Technisehes zur Beckschen Wismutbehandlung tuberkuloser Fisteln und Abszesse. Wien. klin. Rund- schau, 1912, xxvi, 737. Also: Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xxv, 1765.—Lippens (A.) Une application nou- velle de la pate bismuthee de Beck. Bull. Soc. d. sc. m6d. et nat. de Brux., 1910, lxviii, 61-65.—Shober (J. B.) Treatment of chronic tuberculous sinuses by Beck's bismuth vaseline paste injections. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1910, li, 715-722. [Discussion], 751. Also: Tr. Phila. Aead. Surg., 1911, xiii, 60-68, 1 pl.—Tytgat. La Methode de Beck dans le traitement des affections tuberculeuses. Ann. et bull. Soc. de med de Gand, 1910, n. s., i, 210-214. Tuberculosis (Surgical, Treatment of) by climate, sunlight, and open air. Armand (R.) *De l'heliotherapie a l'alti- tude dans le traitement des tuberculoses dites chirurgicales. 8°. Lyon, 1911. Bernhard (O.) Heliotherapie im Hochge- birge, mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Be- handlung der chirurgischen Tuberkulose. 8°. Stuttgart, 1912. Borriglione (A.) *Contribution a. I'etude du traitement des tuberculoses chirurg cales par l'heliotherapie sur le littoral mediterraneen. 8°. Paris, 1905. Wolffian (E.) *Die Beeinflussung der chi- rurgischen Tuberkulose durch das Hochgebirge mit spezieller Berucksichtigung des Engadins. 8°. Basel, 1899. Aequaviva. Les bienfaits des bains de mer chauds dans la tuberculose chirurgicale au sanatorium Jean Martin. Marseille med., 1906, xliii, 275-279.— Armand- Delille (P.-F.) L'heliotherapie par la methode de Rol- lier dans les tuberculoses chirurgicales. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1912, xiv, 145-149. Also: Ann. de med. et chir. inf. Par., 1912, xvi, 302-304. -----. L'heliotherapie dans le traitement des tuberculoses externes; ses indica- tions, ses modes d'application, ses resultats. Presse med., Par., 1913, xxi, suppl., 180-184.—Austin (Gertrude). Heliotherapv in surgical tuberculosis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1912, lxxxi, "1074-1081.—Bardenheuer. Die heliotro- pische Behandlung der peripheren Tuberkulosis, beson- ders der Knochen und Gelenke. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir.. Leipz., 1911, cxii, 135-175.—Brannan (J. W.J The sea-air treatment of tuberculosis of the bones and glands in children. Med. News, N. Y., 1905, lxxxvii, 913- 918,—Calot. Le r61e respectif de la mer et du medecin dans le traitement des tuberculoses externes. Cong, in- ternat. de thalassotherap., Biarritz, 1903, iii, 300-302.— Calve (J.) De 1'importance des h6pitaux marins dans le traitement des tuberculoses chirurgicales. Areh. de med. d. enf., Par., 1912, xv, 561-590. Also,transl. [Abstr.]: Am. J. Orthop. Surg., Phila., 1912-13, x, 467— Carling (J.) Open air treatment of tuberculous bone and joint TUBERCULOSIS. 879 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Surgical, Treatmentof) by climate, sunlight, and open air. disease. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1907, lxxxv, 1070-1072.— Castro (M.) Tratamiento maritimo de las tuberculosis quinirgicas. Semana med., Buenos Aires, 1902, ix, 639- 646. Also, transl: Gaz. d. eaux, Par., 19u3, xlvi, 297; 305.— Beanesley ( E.) The open-air treatment of surgical tuberculosis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, ii, 986.—Belbet (P.) Le traitement des tuberculoses chirurgicales en dehors des grandes villes; convient-il d'envoyer ces tu- berculoses k la campagne ou a la mer? Paris chirurg., 1910, ii, 275-280.—Beleroix (A.) Les tuberculoses chi- rurgicales, le rachitisme et la cure marine. Ann. de l'Inst. chir. de Brux.. 1S9S. v. 27-35.—Felten-Stoltzen- berg (R.) & Felten-stoltzenberg (Felicitas). Die Wirkung der Insolation an der See auf tuberkulose Entziindungen. Strahlentherapie, Berl. u. Wien, 1912, i, 438-441. Also [Abstr.]: Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1912, xxxviii, 2100. — Franzoni ( A. ) Ueber den Einfluss der Sonnenstrahlen auf tuberkulose Sequester. Deutsche Ztschr. f.Chir., Leipz., 1911-12, cxiv, 371^409. Also, Reprint.— Hajeeh (C.) Dell' importanza dell' Ospizio marino nella cura della tubercolosi chirur- gica. Riv. ospedal., Roma, 1912, ii, 447-473.—Halsted (W. S.) Results of the open air treatment of surgical tuberculosis. Nat. Ass. Study & Prevent. Tuberculosis. Trans., N. Y., 1906, i, 281-303. Also, Reprint.—Hoplen- hauzen (Olgal.) K voprosuoborbies khirurgicheskol bugorchatkol; rezultati liecheniya dletel v Vindavskol primorskol sanatorii. [On the struggle with surgical tuberculosis; results of the treatment of children in the Vindava seaside sanatorium.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1909, viii, 540; 575.—Hilssy (A.) Die Sonnen- und Freiluftbehandlung der chirurgischen Tuberkulose im Hochgebirge. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1912, xlii, 698-713.—Jerusalem (M.) Ueber die Sonnen- lichtbehandlung der chirurgischen Tuberkulose. Miin- ehen. med. Wchnschr.,. 1911, lviii, 660. -----. Zur Son- nenlichtbehandlung der chirureischen Tuberkulose. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1911, Ixi, 2084-2089. Also: Ztschr. f. phys. u. diatet. Therap., Leipz., 1911, xv, 385-392. -----. Ein Beitrag zur Heilstattenbehandlung der chirurgischen Tuberkulose. Med. Klin., Berl., 1912, viii, 823-827 — J udet. Le traitement des tuberculoses chirurgicales en dehors des grandes villes; convient-il d'envoyer ces tu- berculoses k la campagne et k la mer? Paris chirurg., 1910, ii, 352-366. [Discussion], 391.—Karewski. Die Behandlung der Knochen- und Gelenktuberkulose an der See. Ber. ii. d. internat. Kong. f. Thalassotherap., Berl., 1911, v, 173-186.—Knopf (S. A.) The treatment and management of the post-operative tuberculous patients and a plea for the establishment of seaside sana- toria and convalescent homes. Ann. Gynsec & Paediat., Bost., 1903, xvi, 661-677. Also, Reprint.—Lalesque (F.) De quelques objections ou critiques formuiees contre les hdpitaux marins a propos de leur importance dans la cure de la tuberculose chirurgicale. J. de med. de Bor- deaux, 1912, xlii, 101-103.—Le Fur. Des cures marines, d'altitude et hydrominerales dans le traitement des tu- berculoses chirurgicales et, en particulier, dans les tuberculoses urinaires et genitales. Paris chirurg., 1910, ii, 431-437.—lieroux: (C.) La cure marine des tubercu- loses articulaires et osseuses; resultats immediats; re- sultats eioignes. Ann. demed. et chir. inf., Par., 1900,iv, 644-651. Also: Arch. gen. d'hydrol. [etc.], Par., 1900, xi. 255-2ii5.—Tlayet. Le traitement heiiotherapique des tuberculoses chirurgicales. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1913, xxvii, 25-31.—Uleyer (W.) Open-air and hyperemic treatment as powerful aids to the man- agement of complicated surgical tuberculosis in adults. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1909, n. s., exxxvii, 180- 185.—fflol (C. M.) De behandeling der chirurgische tu- berculose aan zee. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1907, ii, 1725-1744.—Ozenne. Des cures marines, d'alti- tude et hydrominerales dans le traitement des tubercu- loses chirurgicales et en particulier dans les tuberculoses genitales et urinaires. Paris chirurg., 1910, ii, 485-487.— de Quervain (F.) Zur Sonnenbehandlung bei chi- rurgischen Tuberkulosen. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1912, cxiv, 301-307.—Reboul. Heiiotherapie des affections chirurgicales tuberculeuses. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, ii, 139. Also: Echo med. d. Cevennes, Nimes, 1906, vii, 213-215.—RolHer. Le traite- ment de la tuberculose chirurgicale al'altitude. Cong. internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, ii, 134-138. -----. La cure d'altitude etla cure solaire de la tuberculose chi. rurgicale. An. de med. Butll. mens, del'Acad. . . . de Catalunya. Barcel., 1909, iii, 77. -----. La cure solaire de la tuberculose chirurgicale. Rev. med. dela Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1909, xxix, 842-853. Also: Paris med., 1910-11, 140-147. -----. La cure solaire de la tuberculose chirur- gicale, nouveaux resultats cliniques. Cong.internat.de physiotherap. Compt. rend. 1910, Par., 1911, iii, 789-794. -----. Hohen- und Sonnenkur der chirurgischen Tuber- kulose, deren Tiefenwirkung und Kontrolle durch die Rontgenstrahlen. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1912, cxvi, 643-670. -----. Die Sonnenbehandlung der chi- rurgischen Tuberkulose. Ztschr. f. Balneol., Klimat, [etc.], Berl., 1911-12, iv, 15-20. -----. La pratique de la cure solaire de la tuberculose externe et ses re- sultats cliniques. Paris mM., 1912-13, ix, 257-274.— Tuberculosis (Surgical, Treatmentof) by climate, sunlight, and open air. Sabatueei(R.) La tubercolosi chirurgica ed il mare; ilati statistici e ricerche ematologiche. Gazz. med. di Roma, 1906, xxxii, 617; 645—Sehlichthorst. Eignen sich die deutschen Nordseeinseln fur die Behandlung von Fallen chirurgischer Tuberkulose im Kindesalter? Ztschr. f. Kruppelfiirsorge, Hamb. u. Leipz., 1908-9, i, 295- 298.—Smith (O.) Results of open-air treatment in sur- gical tuberculosis, with a word about sunshine. Old Do- minion J M. & S., Richmond, 1909, viii, 264-269.—Snow (S. F.) Aural, nasal and larvngeal tuberculosis, with special reference to the Adirondacks as a winter health resort. Tr. M. Ass. Central N. Y. 1895, Buffalo, 1896,19-30. Also: BuffaloM.J.,1895-6, xxxv,38,5-392.—Taylor (H. L.) Fresh air work for surgical tuberculosis. Contiib. Sc. Med. & Surg. ... 25. anniv. founding of N. Y. Post-Grad. M. Sch. & Hosp., N. Y., 1908, 346-352, 3 pl. — Thornton (B.) The importance of earlv climatic treatment in sur- gical tuberculosis. Tuberculosis, Lond., 1902, ii, 61-66.— Verdelet (L.) Tuberculoses chirurgicales et climat d'Arcachon. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1905, xxvi, 223. Also: Gaz. d. eaux, Par., 1906, xlix, 33.—Vio- lin (Ya. A.) O Hechenii khirurgicheskol bugorchatki v gornikh zavodakh. [Treatmentof surgical tuberculosis in mountain sanitoria.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1910, xvii, 1271-1274.—Vulpius (O.) Sanatorium-Behandlung der chirurgischen Tuberculose. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1912, xxxviii, 1336.—Wallace (C.) Sea-air treatment of surgical tuberculosis; with report of cases. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1905, lxviii, 130-133.—Wetten- dor!T(H.) Traitement des tuberculoses chirurgicales par les radiations solaires. Policlin., Brux., 1912, xxi, 97; 113. —Whitteck (B. H.) The fresh air treatment of surgical tuberculosis. N. York State J. M., N. Y., 1910, x, 8-15.—Willard (De F.) Open-air treatment of surgical tuberculosis. South. M. J.. Nashville, 1909, ii, 424-431. Also, Reprint.—Williams (L. R.) The fresh air treat- ment of surgical tuberculosis. Med. News, N- Y., 1905, lxxxvi, 481^83.—Witmer (J.) Ueber den Einfluss der Sonnenbehandlung bei der Hochgebirgsbehandlung der chirurgischen Tuberkulosen. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1911-12, cxiv, 308-370. Also, Reprint.—Wittek (A.) Zur Sonnenbehandlung der chirurgischen Tuber- kulose. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1912, lxxxi,694-702. Tuberculosis (Surgical, Treatment of), by electricity, Rontgen rays, and radium. Leveque (H.) * Essai de traitement des tuberculoses chirurgicales par les courants con- tinus. 8°. Lyon, 1903. Roederer (C.) La radiotherapie dans les tuberculoses ganglionnafres, articulaires et os- seuses. 8°. Paris, 1906. Baisch (B.) Die Behandlung der chirurgischen Tu- berkulose, insbesondere der tuberkulosen Lymphome mit Rontgenstrahlen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xlviii, 1968-1973. -----. Die Rontegentherapie der chirurgischen Tuberkulose. Klin, therap. Wchnschr., Berl., 1912, xix, 613-620. — < atellani (S.) Stato attuale delle applica- zioni del campo medico delle correnti ad alta frequenza e ad alta tensione; tentativi di cura della tubercolosi chirurgica. Riforma med., Napoli, 1898, xiv, pt. 1, 569; 579.—Guthrie (J. B.) X-ray therapeutics of surgical tuberculosis. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1904-5, lvii, 210-214.— Hendrix (L.) Essais therapeutique chirurgicale par les radiations de Rontgen. Ann. Soc. beige de chir., Brux., 1897-8,v, 130-133.—Imbert(L.) & Be Noyes(J.) Note sur le traitement des tuberculoses chirurgicales par les courants de haute frequence. Ann.d'eiectrobiol.[etc], Par., 1902, v, 140-151. Also: Gaz. d. h6p , Par., 1902, lxxv, 137-141.—Massey (G. B.) Ionic sterilization in surgical tuberculosis. Am. J. Surg., N. Y., 1913, xxvii, 15-17.— Redard (P.) Radiotherapie dans les tumeurs blanches et dans les tuberculoses osseuses. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, ii, 145-147.—Schmerz (H.) Die Rontgenradiotherapie der chirurgischen Tuberkulose. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1912, lxxxi, 634-683. -----. Ueber die Einwirkung des Rontgenlichtes auf chirur- gische Tuberkulose. Mitt. d. Ver. d. Aerzte in Steier- mark, Graz, 1912, xlix, 177-184. Tuberculosis (Surgical, Treatment of) with hetol. Flamm (K.) * Ein weiterer Beitrag zur Be- handlung der chirurgischen Tuberculose, spe- ciell des Talocrural-Gelenks, mit Zimmtsiiure- Injektionen nach A. Landerer. 8°. Leipzig, 1894. Niehues. Die Resultate der Zimmtsaurebehandlung bei chirurgischer Tuberculose. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1900, lvii, 468-517.—Skultecki (E.) II cacodilato di soda nelle tubercolosi chirurgiche. Atti Cong, region. ligure, Genova, 1901, vii, 63. TUBERCULOSIS. 880 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Surgical, Treatm.ent of) by hydrotherapy. Bau by. Traitementdes tuberculoses chirurgicales par l'eau bouillante. Arch. prov. de chir., Par., 1894, iii, 641- 568. Also: Midi med. Toulouse, 1894, iii, 603; 616; 635; 653. Also [Abstr.]: Atti d. xi. Cong. med. internaz. 1894, Roma, 1895, iv, chirurg. [etc.], 531. Also, Reprint. -----. Nou- velles considerations sur le traitement des tuberculoses chirurgicales par l'eau bouillante. Assoc, franc, de chir. Proc.-verb. [etc.], Par., 1897, xi, 775-785. Also [Abstr.]: Rev. de chir., Par., 1897, xvii, 1002.—Jeannel. Traite- ment des tuberculoses chirurgicales suppurees par l'eau bouillante. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1893, lxvi, 563; 595. Also: Midi med., Toulouse, 1893, ii, 247; 253.—Jul Hard (C.) Injections d'eau saiee dans les cas de tuberculose chirur- gicale. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1904, xxiv, 235-238.—Winternitz (W.) Tuberkulose und Hydro- therapie. Tuberculosis, Berl., 1911, x, 401-115. Tuberculosis (Surgical, Treatment of) with iodine compounds. Greco (D.) II metodo del Durante nella tu- bercolosi chirurgica. 8°. Napoli, 1896. Angioni (G.) Sul valore terapeutico della jodogela- tina Selavo nelle varie forme di tubercolosi chirurgica. Policlin., Roma, 1905, xii, sez. prat., 1245-1252.— Asaja (A.) Sul meccanismodiazione dell' jodio nella tuberco- losi chirurgica. Ann. d. Ist. di clin. chir. di Roma, 1909, ii, 123-127.—Ban clii (G.) La cura della tubercolosi chirurgica con le iniezioni iodo-iodurate alia Durante. Policlin., Roma, 1906, xiii, sez. prat., 785.—Bellini (G. C.) Calore, pressione e vapori jodati nella cura della tu- bercolosi chirurgica. Clin, chir., Milano, 1911, xix. 2071- 2081.—Biondi (D.) II latte iodato Selavo nelle affe- zioni tubercolari chirurgiche. Cong, internat. de med. C. r., Par., 1900, sect.de chir. gen., 8-11.—Bolli (A.) La cura della tubercolosi chirurgica merce le iniezioni iodo- iodurate Durante. Policlin., Roma, 1906, xiii, sez. prat., 786-789.—Cam pan in i (F.) Le iniezioni alia Durante in varie forme di tubercolosi chirurgica. Ibid., 1896, iii-C, 485-492.—Ceccherelli (A.) Nouvelles applications des eaux saiees iodiques de Salsomaggiore dans les lesions tu- berculeuses chirurgicales. Cong, internat. demed. C.r., Par., 1900, sect, dechir. gen.,2-8.—Curtl(E.) Contributo alia casuistica della cura della tubercolosi chirurgica col metodo del prof. Durante. RaccoRlitore med., Forli, 1895, 6. s., xx, 73-84. -----. Ancora della cura della tu- bercolosi chirurgica colle iniezioni jodo-jodurate. Ibid., 1897, 5. s., xxiv, 381; 401.—Belaini (F.) & Gaiardoni (L.) L'iotione nella terapia della tubercolosi chirurgi- ca. Fracastoro. Gazz. med. Veronese, Verona, 1906, ii, 135; 147.—Bel Vecehlo (E.) Sulle iniezioni ipoder- miche di jodo e guajacolo nella tubercolosi chirurgica. Incurabili, Napoli, 1897, xii, 569-578. — Besesquelle (E.) Traitement des tuberculoses locales par l'iodo- forme en dissolution dans le napthol 0 camphre. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1903, cxiv, 299-301.—van Bort Kroon (D. W. C.) Iodoform en chirurgische tuberculose. Med. Weekbl., Amst., 1901-2, viii, 37; 177.— D rac liter. Ueber Anwendung von Novojodin bei chirurgischer Tuberkulose. Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1911, xxxviii, 1145-1147— Durante (F.) L' iodio nella tubercolosi chirurgica. Farmacoterap., Lodi, 1908, viii, 132 -139. -----. II jodo nella tubercolosi chirurgica. Riv. internaz. di clin. e terap., Napoli, 1908, iii, 184. — Federiei ( N. ) Sul valore terapeutico dei grassi jodati nel trattamento delle tubercolosi chi- rurgiche. Studi sassaresi, Sassari, 1902, ii, 134-137.— Franke (F.) Die Jodtinktur in der Behandlung der chirurgischen Tuberkulose. Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1911,xxxviii,953-955.—Frassi (A.) Contributoallacura della tubercolosi chirurgica colle iniezioni iodo-iodurate. Policlin., Roma, 1897, iv-O, 122-129.—Giani (R.) Sulla cura iodica alia Durante in varie forme di tubercolosi chi- rurgica; considerazioni pratiche; presentazionediamma- lati. Ann. d. r. Ist. di clin. chir. di Roma, 1912, iv, 291- 296.—Giannettasio (S.) II iodio ed i suoi preparati nella cura della tubercolosi chirurgica. Atti d. r. Accad. d. fisiocrit. in Siena, 1898,4. s.,ix, 1-28.—Griinberg(K.) Ueber den giinst'gen Einfluss des innerlichenGebrauches von Jodkali auf die Tuberkulose der oberen Luftwege. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1907, liii, 346-358.—Herman- sen (Margrethe). Iodine as a specific remedy for sur- gical tuberculosis. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1902, n. s., Ixxiii, 430.—Isaja (A.) Ricerche sperimentali sul mec- canismo di azione dell' jodio nella tubercolosi chirurgica. Bull. d.r. Accad. med. di Roma, 1908, xxxiv,288-292.-----. Lo iodio nella tubercolosi chirurgica e suo meccanismo di azione. Arch, ed atti d. Soc. ital. di chir. 1908, Roma, 1909, i, 169-266. Also: Ann. d. r. Ist. di clin. chir. di Roma, 1909, ii, 305-402.—Madia (E.) Contributo al trattamento della tubercolosi chirurgica a mezzo delle iniezioni iodo- iodurate del prof. Durante. Ann. di med. nav., Roma, 1895, i, 917-926 -Mastri (C.) Le iniezioni di olio iodato nella tubercolosi chirurgica. Riforma med., Roma, 1903, xix, 1077-1080—Meynier (E.) Contributo alia cura della tubercolosi chirurgica colle iniezioni ipodermiche di jodo (metodo Durante). Policlin., Roma, 1896, iii-O, Tuberculosis (Surgical, Treatment of) with iodine compounds. 115-140.— Mincrvini (R.) Le iniezioni ipodermiche di iodo nella cura della tubercolosi chirurgica. Arch, in- ternaz. di med. e chir., Napoli, 1896, xii," 100-105.—JII- renghi (A.) II iodo nella cura della tubercolosi chi- rurgica. Incurabili, Napoli, 1904, xix,599-609.— -JHortari (G.) Trattamento della tubercolosi chirurgica collo jo- dio. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1900, xxi, 839-sil.—Pulzu (F.) La cura iodo-iodurata alia Dur nte nella tuberco- losi chirurgica. Policlin., Roma, 1906, xiii, sez. prat., 776-783.—Ricci Canzio. Altri casi di tubercolosi chi- rurgica, guariti colle iniezioni iodo-iodurateallaDurante; trattamento collo iodio nella clorosi grave. Suppl. al Policlin., Roma, 1899-1900, vi, 1133-1136.—Rindone l,o Re (S.) Contributo alia cura della tubercolosi chirur- gica colle iniezioni di jodo e guajacolo. Riforma med., Napoli, 1897, xiii, pt. 2, 267; 280: 291; 303.—Salomon! (A.) Sulla cura della tubercolosi chirurgica colle inie- zioni di preparati di jodio. Clin, chir., Milano, 1894, ii, 665-676.—Sassone (N.) Contribuzione all' uso della iodipina, specialmente nella tubercolosi chirurgica. Cor- riere san., Milano, 1903, xiv, 440-443. Also: Incurabili, Napoli,1903,xviii,271-282— Scarpari(G.B.) Sull'azione di un recente preparato iodico nelle tubercolosi chirur- giche. Riv. veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 1912, lvii, 116; 161.—Sinding-Larsen. Jodoform ved chirurgisk tu- berkulose. [De l'iodoforme dans la tuberculose chirur- gicale. Res., 659-661.] Norsk Mag. f. Lffigevidensk., Kris- tiania, 1903, 5. R., i, 593-612.—Tasso (G.) L' iodio per via ipodermica nella tubercolosi chirurgica. Suppl. al Policlin., Roma, 1896-7, iii, 1023-1027.—Tatchell (W. A.) Iodinein surgical tuberculous disease. Brit. M.J., Lond., 1909, i, 391.— To Ira (A. J.) Las inyecciones de yodo en la curaci6n de la tuberculosis quinirgica. Arch, de ginecop., Barcel , 1896, ix, 626-629.—Topal (F.) Tratta- menio della tubercolosi chirurgica collo iodio alio stato nascente. Suppl. al Policlin., Roma, 1898-9, v, 833-836.— Woll'(W.) Ueber die Verwendung der Jodtinktur bei Behandlung der chirurgischen Tuberkulose. Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1912, xxxix, 347-350. Tuberculosis (Surgical, Treatment of) by passive hypersemia. Ciani (R.) * Della terapia incruenta nella tubercolosi chirurgica ed in particolare della iperemia da stasi venosa. 8°. Bocca S. Casciano, 1896. Roesen (H.) * Beitrag zur Behandlung der chirurgischen Tuberkulose mit hyperamisieren- dem Verfahren. 8°. Bonn, 1906. Wagner (0.) * Erfolge der Behandlung von Knochen- und Gelenktuberkulose der Extremi- tiiten mit Stauungshyperamie nach Bier. 8°. Breslau, [1895]. Bier (A.) Behandlung chirurgischer Tuberculose der Gliedmassen mit Stauungshvperiimie. Wien. med. Bl., 1893. xvi, 207; 219; 230; 242; 258; 267. -----. Weitere Mit- theilungen fiber die Behandlung chirurgischer Tuberku- lose mit Stauungshyperamie. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1894, xlviii, 306-342. Also: Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesell- sch. f. Chir., Berl., 1894, xxiii, pt. 2, 94-130. [Discussion], pt. 1, 122. Also, transl: Biblioth. f. Lseger, K0benh., 1894, 7. R., v, 490-506. Also [Abstr.]: Ber. ii. d. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir., Leipz., 1894, xxiii, 12.-----. Ueber eine wesentliche Verbesserung der Behandlung chirurgischer Tuberkulose mit Stauungshyperamie. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1912, xxxviii, 1121.—Rottenbiller (O.) A sebeszi gtimos megbetege- ddsek kezeie.se a Bier-f ele visszeres verpang&ssal. [Treat- ment of surgical tuberculous lesions by Bier's hyperemia from engorgement.] Orvosi hetil.,Budapest,1894,xxxviii, 632. Also, transl: Pest, med.-chir., Presse, Budapest, 1895, xxxi, 244.—Schmieden (V.) The treatment of surgical tuberculosis by hyperemia (Bier). Med. Rec.N. Y., 1907, lxxii, 253-255.—Sever (J. W.) The Bier suction treat- ment of tubercular sinuses; a report of sixteen cases from the Convalescent Home of the Children's Hospital. Boston M. & S. J., 1907, clvi, 736-738. Also, Reprint.— Keller. Leber die Behandlung chirurgischer Tuberku- lose durch Stauungshvperamie. Ber. ii. d. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir., Leipz., 1894, xxiii, 14. Tuberculosis (Surgical, Treatment of) with sera and vaccines. Cuvelier. Reforme radicale de la therapeu- tique des tuberculoses chirurgicales. Guerison des tuberculoses osseuse et ganglionnaire par le serum Cuguillere; resume des communications faites aux Congres internationaux de la tuber- culose a Paris, Lisbonne et Valence. 8°. Lens- sur-Dendre, 1911. TUBERCULOSIS. 881 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Surgical, Treatmentof) with sera and vaccines. GritiNOT (F.) *Le serum anti-tuberculeux Marmorek dans,le traitement des tuberculoses chirurgicales. Etude clinique basee sur vingt- cinq observations personnelles et in^dites. 8°. Montpellier, 1908. Beasley (T. J.) Local use of tuberculin in the treat- ment of open or surface forms of tuberculosis. J. Indiana M. Ass., Fort Wayne, 1911, iv, 432-436.—Canall (M.) Lo siero artificiale iodato Zambeletti nella cura della tuber- colosi peritoneale, ghiandolare ed ossea. Corriere san., Milano, 1903, xiv, 667-669.—Catz (A.) Le traitement des tuberculoses chirurgicales par le serum antitubereuleux de Marmorek. Clinique, Par., 1907, ii, 7-10.—Fraser (J.)& HcGowan (J. P.) Preliminary note on a method of vaccinal treatment of surgical tuberculosis. Lancet, Lond., 1912, ii, 5os.—Gaines ( L. M.) Vaccine therapy with special reference to so-called surgical tuberculosis. Atlanta Jour.-Kec. Med., 1910-11, lvi, 615-021.—Glaess- ner (P.) Das Marmorekserum beider Behandlung der chirurgischen Tuberkulose. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1910, xvi, 454-473.— Gouraud (F.-X.) & Roederer (C.) Essai de traitement des tuberculoses externes par le serum de Marmoreck. Progres med., Par., 1912, 3. s., xxviii, 65- 70.—Hoffa (A.) Leber das Marmorek-Serum in der Therapie der chirurgischen Tuberkulosen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1906, xliii, 1119-1421.—Kuzmik (P.) Adatok a sebeszeti gumok6rnak Spengler-olt&ssal val6 gy6gyita- sahoz. [Treatment of surgical tuberculosis by Spengler's vaccination.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1908, Iii, 385-387.— McArthur (L. L.) Vaccine therapy in surgical tuber- culosis. N. York State J. M., N. Y., 1910, x, 229-231.— MacLeod (I. A.) & MacLeod (N. K.) The treatment of surgical tuberculosis bv vaccines. Buffalo M. J., 1910-11, lxvi, 16-26. Also: N. York State J. M., N. Y., 1910, x, 231-235.—Sikemeier (E. W.) De behandeling der chirurgische tuberculose met het serum van Mar- morek. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1908, ii, 1555-1565. Also, transl: Med. Klin., Berl., 1909, v, 1039- 1043.—Skultecki (E.) La sieroterapia applicata alle tubercolosi chirurgiche. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1897, xviii, 1280-1283.—Strauss (M.) Das Marmorekserum in der Therapie chirurgischer Tuberkulose. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1908, lv, 2175-2181.— Wilms. Die Tu- berkulintherapie bei chirurgischer Tuberkulose. Deut- sche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1911, xxxvii, 1636. Tuberculosis (Surgical, Treatmentof) with trypsin. Speck (A.) *Die Behandlung der chirur- gischen Tuberkulose mit Trypsin. [Giessen.] 8°. Berlin, 1911. Batzncr (W.) Zur Trypsinbehandlung der chirur- gischen Tuberculose. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1911, xcv, 89-111, 5pl. -----. The trypsin treatment of surgi- cal tuberculosis. Practitioner, Lond., 1913, xc, 203-219, 6 pl.—Brandes (M.) Ueber Trypsinanwendung in der Behandlung chirurgischer Tuberkulosen. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1911, lviii, 1501-1503.—Joehmann. Ueber die Behandlung der ortlichen chirurgischen Tu- berkulose mit Tryp-in. Ztschr. f. arztl. Fortbild., Jena, 1911, viii, 69-71—Joehmann & Baetzner. Ueber die Einwirkung von tryptischen Fermentlosungen auf ortliche chirurgische Tuberkulose und fiber die Anti- fermentbehandlung eitriger Prozesse. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1908, lv, 2473-2476.—Saidmann (M.) Ueber die Wirkung von tryptischen Fermentlosungen auf ortliche chirurgische Tuberkulose und iiber die Antifer- mentbehandlung eitriger Prozesse. Wien. klin. Wchn- schr., 1912, xxv, 204-206.—Sohler (T.) Ueber Trypsin- behandlung bei chirurgischer Tuberkulose. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1910, lvii, 2412-2414. Also [Abstr.]: Ver- handl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, Konigsb. 1910, Leipz., 1911, lxxxii, pt. 2, 116-119. Tuberculosis (Surgical, Treatment of) with tuberculin. Attenhofer (C.) *La tuberculine Beraneck dans les tuberculoses chirurgicales. 8°. Lau- sanne, 1910. Dresel (E. G.) * Beitrage zur Therapie chi- rurgischer Tuberkulosen mit Alttuberkulin Koch. 8°. Heidelberg, 1911. Benjamin (E. A.) Surgical tuberculosis; tubercu- lin: report of cases. J. Minn. M. Ass. [etc.], Minneap., 1909, xxix, 438-443.— Beraneck (E.) Sur la technique des injections de ma tuberculine dans les tuberculoses chirurgicales. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, ii, 8-11.—Bungart (J.) Ueber Versuche mit Tu- berkulin in der Behandlung der chirurgischen Tuber- kulose. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1911-12. cxiii, vol xviii, 2d series---56 Tuberculosis (Surgical, Treatment of) with tuberculin. 243-284.—Forster (C.) Ueber Tuberkulintherapie bei der chirurgischen Tuberkulose des Kindesalters. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1912, xxv, 1-26— Ifartwell (H. F.) & Streeter (E. C.) The therapeutic adminis- tration of tuberculin in surgical tuberculosis. Boston M. 6pmv Tpoiriav Trjs /neTo5dx p.oKvva*<>><;. TaTpifci) irpooSo;, 'V.v 2iipu>, 1909, xiv, 250-262.—Carnot (P.) A propos d'un cas de super- tuberculisation; contamination mutuelle des tubercu- leux et necessite de leur isolement individuel. Presse m6d., Par., 1904, i, 418-420.—Carr (.1. W.) The ways in which tubercle bacilli enter and spread in the body. Practitioner, Lond., 1913, xc, 23-37— t'habas (J.) Vias de infecci6n de la tuberculosis, i Cual es su bacteriologia? Deducciones profilacticas. Siglo med., Madrid, 1907, liv, 739-741.—Chausse (T.) Les portes d'entree de la tuber- culose. Rec. de med. vet., Par., 1909, lxxxvi, 573; 640.— < hiari (H.) Ueber die Eingangspforten der Tuberku- lose vom pathologisch-anatomischen Standpunkte aus. Strassb. med. Ztg., 1910, vii, 1-4. -----. Ueber die Ein- gangspforten der menschlichen Tuberkulose. Albany M. Ann., 1910, xxxi, 635-638.—Chretien. Contagiosite de TUBERCULOSIS. 885 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Transmission of). la tuberculose. Poitou med., Poitiers, 1901, x'v, 152-155.— Cieehanowski (S.) W sprawie wr6t zakazenia gruz- liczego. [On the manner of tuberculous infection.] Now. lek., Poznan, 1904, xvi, 2-21.—Cobbett (L.) Por- tals of entry of tubercle bacilli into the bodv. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1909, ii, 867.—Codina-Castellv'f (C.) De- mostraci6n clinica del contagio en la tuberculosis. Gac. m6d. catal., Barcel., 1895, xviii, 214; 256; 280; 310; 345; 378.—Combemale. Les poissons peuvent-ils etre des intermediaires dans la transmission de la tuberculose. Bull. med. du nord, Lille, 1893, xxxii, 161-166.—Conn ill- (R. E.) Conditions favoring tubercular infection. Iowa M. J.. Des Moines, 1902, viii, 526-630. [Discussion], 537- 543.—Contagiousness (The) of tuberculosis and the province of the Board of Health in its prevention. (Dis- cussion before the Pathological Society of Philadelphia, February 15,1894). Univ. M. Mag., Phila., 1893-4, vi,826- 845.—Cornet (G.) Dielnfectionsgefahr bei Tbereulose. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1899, xxxvi, 232; 254. [Discus- sion], 262; 264; 281. Also: Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Ge- sellsch. (1899), 1900, xxx, pt. 2, 91-110. [Discussion], pt. 1, 115; 121.—Courmont (J.) -793. Also: J. San. Inst., Lond., 1898-9, xix, 534-561.—Oberwarth (E.) & Babinowitsch ( Lydia). Ueber die Resorptionsinfektion mit Tuberkel- baeillen vom Magendarmkanal aus. Berl. klin. Wchn- schr., 1908, xiv, 298-301.—Ostertag. The use of the flesh and milk of tuberculous animals. J. Comp. Path. & The- rap., Edinb. <& Lond., 1899, xii, 240-250.—Paine (H. M.) The communicability of tuberculosis by means of the flesh and milk of^kine. Tr. Homceop. M. Soc. N. Y., 1894, xxix, 166-179.—Pericaud (H.) Recherches sur l'infectiosite de la viande et du lait provenant d'animaux tuber- culeux. Progres veL, Agen, 1906, n. s., xxvi, 135-137.— Peter & Jess. Verwendung des Fleisches und der Milch tuberculoser Thiere. Berl. thierarztl. Wchnschr., 1899, 433.—Petit (G.) Le pain propagateur de la tuber- culose. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1905, viii, 83- 87.—Plate ( E.) Ueber die Resorptionsinfektion mit Tuberkelbazillen vom Magendarmkanal. Arch. f. wis- sensch. u. prakt. Tierh., Berl., 1906, xxxii, 186-206.— Purdy (J. S.) Tuberculosis and feeding with mutton birds (Puffinus). Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney 1900, xix, 469.—Bavenel (M. P.) The passage of tubercle bacilli through the normal intestinal wall; a preliminary re- port. Am. Pub. Health Ass. Rep. 1903, Columbus, 1904, xxix, 404. Also: J. Med. Research, Bost., 1903, x, 460-462. -----. Aetiologie der Tuberkulose. Experimentelles und Statistisches fiber die tuberkulose Infektion durch Nahrungsaufnahme und Kontakte. Berl. klin. Wchn- schr., 1908, xiv, 788-793.—Ravenel (M. P.) & Reiehel (J.) Tuberculous infection through the alimentary canal. Proc. Path. Soc. Phila., 1907, n. s., x, 67-84. Also: J. Med. Research, Bost., 1908, xviii, 1-18.—Report of the Royal Commission on the effect of food derived from tu- berculous animals. J. State M., Lond., 1895, iii, 246-252.— Repp (J.J.) Transmission of tuberculosis through the meat and milk-supply. Phila. M. J., 1900, vi, 253-259. Also: Am. Med., Phila., 1901, ii, 645; 688. Also: Am. Vet. Rev., N. Y., 1901-2, xxv, 624; 707. Also: J. Comp. M. & Vet. Arch., Phila., 1901, xxii, 683; 764.—Roos (L.) In- fluence de l'ingestion du vin sur revolution de la tuber- culose. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1901, cxxxiii, 830-832.—Salmon (D. E.) Tuberculosis and the food supply. Am. Pub. Health Ass. Rep. 1893, Concord, 1894, xix, 196-201.—Scuriield (H.) Measures for the pre- vention of tuberculous infection by milk and meat. Pub. Health, Lond., 1894-5, vii, 105-108.—Spiers (H. H.) Infection in tuberculosis; food product. Tr. Ohio M. Soc, Toledo, 1894, xlix, 80-84.—Strauss (J.) Ueber die Resorption derTuberkelbazillen aus dem Darm. Frankf. Ztschr. f. Path., Wiesb., 1910, v, 447-108. Also, Reprint.— Tron (A.) Bacillo della tubercolosi e pane. Riv. ve- neta di sc. med., Venezia, 1903, xxxviii, 385-396.—Van- steenberghe (P.) Le passage du bacille tuberculeux a travers la paroi intestinale saine. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1910, xxiv, 316-320, 1 pl.—Virehow (R.) Nahrungsmittel. Ber. ii. d. Kong. z. Bekampf. d. Tuberk. [etc.], Berl., 1899, 346-352.—Winslow (C. E.) Tuber- culosis infection from food. Ann. Hyg., Phila., 1896, xi, 608-613. Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1896, xxvii, 527. Tuberculosis (Transmission of) in habitations and hospitals. Menusier (G.) * La contagion de la tubercu- lose par les appartements; £tat sanitaire et desin- fection obligatoire. 8°. Paris, 1900. Almeras. De la disinfection des locaux habites par les tuberculeux. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1X89, cxvii, 551. — Barsikow. Die Lungenschwind- suchts- und Wohnungsfrage mit Rucksicht auf Magde- burg. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1897, xliv, 1273.— Bernheim (S.) De l'influence de Thabitation sur la propagation de la tuberculose. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1904, iii, 808-830. Also: Cong, internat TUBERCULOSIS. 890 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Transmission of) in habitations and hospitals. d'assain. . . . de l'habitat. C. r. 1904, Par., 1905,135-139. -----. Tuberculose et logements insalubres. Rev. inter- nat. de la tuberc, Par., 1906, x, 406-423. Also: Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1906, ix, 685-605. -----. Les parquets des maisons principaux facteurs de maladies contagieuses, et principalement de la tuberculose. Med. orient., Par., 1907, xi, 513-517. Also: Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1907, xii, 164-170.—Binnie (J.) Instances of successive cases of phthisis [in same house]. Tr. M. Soc. Wisconsin, Madison, 1896, xxx, 296.—Brouardel (P.) Le voisi- nage d'un eTablissement dans lequel ou soigne desmalades tuberculeux constitue-t-il un danger pour les personnes qui habitent les proprietes ou les maisons y attenant? Ann. d'hyg., Par., 1906, 4. s., v, 452-474. Also: Lutte antituberc, Par., 1906-7, vii, no. 2, 3-24.—Coates (H.) An investigation into the presence of infective material in dwellings occupied bv consumptive persons. Tr. Brit. Cong. Tuberc. 1901, "Lond., 1902, ii, 88-101, 1 tab. Also: Therap. Month., Phila., 1902, ii, 18-25.—Be Hie- ronymis (T.) Un controllo alia dottrina dell' in- fettivita cUir aria negli ambienti abitati dai tisiei. Ist. di ig. d. r. I'niv. di Pisa. Omaggio ... p. la lotta anti- tuberc, Pisa, 1900, 309-322. — Disinfection after phthisis. Tuberculosis, Lond., 1901, i, 362-364.—Du- bousquet-Laborderie. Quelques recherches et reflexions sur la contagion familiale et maisonniere de la tuberculose. Cong. p. I'etude dela tuberculose, Par., 1898, iv, 783-788.—Dueor. Habitat du tuberculeux; longue duree de la virulence des crachats; transmission de la tuberculose dans un logement occup6 deux ans aupara- vant par un tuberculeux. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1893, cxxiv, 445-452. [Rap. de Dujardin-Beau- metz], 452-457.—Durozoy. La tuberculose; la chau- miere homicide. Cong, internat. d'assain. . . . de l'habitat. C. r. 1904, Par., 1905, 206-209.—Flick (L. F.) House infection of tuberculosis. Maryland M. J., Bait., 1904, xlvii, 52-63. Also: Med. News, N. Y., 1904, lxxxiv, 345-350.—Glalster (J.) Public health and tuberculosis; with special reference to the housing problem. Prac- titioner, Lond., 1913, xc, 344-354.—Gutierrez (M.) Some considerations about the influence of habitation in the development of tuberculosis. Am. Pub. Health Ass. Rep. 1893, Concord, 1894, xix, 202. [Discussion], 269-274.—Hallock (J. H.) The danger of the con- sumptive house and the importance of proper fumi- gation. Clinique, Chicago, 1902, xxiii, 418-421. Also: Homceop. Eye, Ear & Throat J., N.Y.,1902, viii, 248-253.— Julllerat (P.) Tuberculose et logement. Gaz.m6d.de Par., 1907, 13. s., ii, 1. -----. Recherches effectuees au bureau du easier sanitaire pendant l'annee 1906; relatives a la repartition de la tuberculose dans les maisons de Paris. Rev. de med. leg., Par., 1907, xiv, 104-112.— Juillerat(P.)&Bonnier. Enquetes effectuees en 1908 dans les maisons signalees comme foyers de tuberculose. J. de med. de Par., 1908. 2. s., xx, 365. Also: Rev. de med. leg., Par., 1908, xv, 246-249.—Kaup (J.) Tuberku- lose und Wohnung. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1912, xxxviii, 659; 711.—Kenwood (H.) & Allan (F. J.) Practical disinfection in rooms and work- shops occupied by sufferers from consumption. J. Roy. San. Inst., Lond., 1904-5, xxv, 385-394.—Level. Tuber- culose et habitations insalubres. Rev. prat, d'obst. et de gynec, Par., 1906, 344-346— Llnroth (K.) & Anders- son (I.) Om bostadsdesinfektion, sarskildt med hansyn till lungsot. [The disinfection of dwelling-house sites, with special reference to pulmonary consumption.] Hiil- soviinnen, Stockholm, 1904, xix, 121-126.—Marcuse (J.) Die Wohnung in ihren Beziehungen zur Tuberkulose, auf Grund einer Wohnungsenquete in Mannheim. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1904, ii, 265-283. Also: Deut- sche Vrtljschr. f. off. Gsndhtspfl., Brnschwg., 1904, xxxvi, 493-507.—Mills (J.) Notable instances of successive cases of phthisis [insame house]. Tr. M. Soc Wisconsin, Madison, 1896, xxx, 292-295.—Ottolenghi (D.) Ueber die Desinfektion der von Phthisikern bevvohnten Raume. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1901, xlviii, 2039.—Picot (G.) Influence du logement et de l'agglomeration. Tr. Brit. Cong. Tuberc. 1901, Lond., 1902, ii, 138-143.—Pllcque ( A.-F.) Conditions de logement et tuberculose; la tu- berculose des garnis; la tuberculose des families nom- breuses. [Rap.] Cong, internat. d'hyg. et de demog. C.-r., Par., 1900, x, 1007-1009.— Putter. Die Bekampfung der Schwindsucht in den Wohnungen. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1903, iv, 213-215— Raymond (J. H.) Are tuberculosis clinics dangerous to the public health? Brooklyn M. J., 1906, xx, 162; 189.—Richard. De la transmission de la tuberculose par les objets de literie, tapis, tentures, etc. Bull.Soc. demed.pub., Par., 1886, ix, 125-142. [Discussion], 164-171.—Robert (H.) Les malades tuberculeux et la contagion; le voisinage d'unetablissement dans lequel on soigne les malades tu- berculeux constitue-t-il un danger pour les personnes qui habitent les proprtetes ou les maisons y attenant. Lutte antituberc, Par., 1906-7, vii, no. 6, 3-26.—Roepke (O.) Das Wohnungsdesinfektionswesen bei Tuberkulose im Bereiche der preussisch-hessischen Eisenbahngemein- I Tuberculosis (Transmission of) in habitations and hospitals. schaft. Ztschr. f. Bahn-u. Bahnkassenarzte, Leipz., 1909, iv, 1-10.—Schutz gegen Verbreitung der Schwindsucht in geschlossenen Riiumen. Schweiz. Bl. f. Gsndhtspfl., Zurich, 1904, xix, 234.—Scopes (W. H.) & Feustinann (M. M.) Housing the tuberculous patient. Brit. J. Tuber- culosis, Lond., 1913, vii, 1-19.—Shively(H. L.) Sanitary tenements for tuberculous families. Ibid., 1909, iii, 193- 196.—Slndlco (G. L.) Infettivitadegli ambientiabitati dai tisiei. Corriere san., Milano, 1904, xv, 623; 635.— Squire (J. E.) Hospital infection of tuberculosis as ex- emplified by the records of the resident staff of the Mount Vernon Hospital for Consumption and Diseases of the Chest, for the past fifteen years. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1909-10, Med. Sect., 137-162. Also: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, i, 1039-1045.—Strauss (P.) La lutte contre la tuberculose dans ses rapports avec les logements. Hygiene gen. etappliq., Par., 1909, iv, 385-391.—Thorn (R. T.) The dwelling house in relation to tuberculous consumption. Practitioner, Lond., 1891, xlvi, 141-160. Also, Reprint. — Werner. Die Formalindesinfektion von Phthisikerwohnungen. Ztschr. f. Med.-Beamte, Berl., 1904, xvii, 408-413. Tuberculosis (Transmission of) by insects. Andre. (C.) Dissemination du bacille tuberculeux par les mouches. Bull. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Lvon, 1906, v, 321-327. Also: Lyon med., 1906, cvii, 882-887.—Aylett (W. R.),jr. Do flies spread tuberculosis? Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1896-7, i, 163.—Cobb (J. O.) Is the common house fly a factor in the spread of tubercu- losis? Am. Med., Phila., 1905, ix, 475-477. Also: J. Ass. Mil. Surg. U. S., Carlisle, Pa., 1905, xvi, 237-244.—Hay- ward (E. H.) The fly as a carrier of tuberculous infec- tion. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1904, lxxx, 643. Also, Re- print.—Hull (T. Y.) Musca domestica in tuberculosis. Texas M. J., Austin, 1907-8, xxiii, 499-506.—Imhofl'(F.) Transmission de la tuberculose par les poux. Rev. inter- nat. de la tuberc, Par., 1908, xiii. 243-246.—Jacob (P.) Die Uebertragungen der Tuberkulose durch Fliegen. Rothe Kreuz, Berl., 1911,No. 1, 5.—Jacob (P.) & Klop- stock (M.) Die Uebertragung der Tuberkulose durch Fliegen. [German, French, and English texts.] Tuber- culosis, Leipz., 1910, ix, 496-510. Also: Repert. d. prakt. Med., Berl., 1911, viii, 448-451.—Lord (F. T.) Flies and tuberculosis. Boston M. & S. J., 1904, cli, 651. Also: Pub. Mass. Gen. Hosp., Bost., 1906, i, 118-125.—Manders. Le r61e des mouches dans la tuberculose. Rev. gen. de l'antiseps. et d. ferments therap., Par., 1899, 1254-1257.— Mays (T. J.) The fly and tuberculosis. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1905, lxxxii, 437.—Melrelles (Z.) A tubercu- lose e as moscas. Rev. med.-cirurg. do Brazil, Rio de Jan., 1908, xvi, 24; 64; 102. Also: Tribuna med., Rio de Jan., 1908, xiv, 14; 57; 69; 77.—Rose (A.) Phymatiasis (tuberculosis) and bedbugs. N. York M. J., [etc.], 1910, xcii, 944. Also, Reprint.—Weber (S. E.) The possible dissemination of tubercle bacilli by insects. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1906, lxxxiv, 884-888. Also, Reprint. Tuberculosis (Transmission of) from man to animals. Chausse (P.) Experiences d'ingestion de matiere tubereuleuse humaine chez le chat. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1909, lxvii, 694-696.-Cliquet (F.) R61e accidentel des plantes dans la transmission de la tuber- culose de l'homme aux animaux. Lutte antituberc, Par., 1901, ii, 42^45. — Bammann & Stedel'elder. Tuberkulose Erkrankung eines Elefanten, hervorgenifen durch Bazillen des sogenannten Typus humanus. Deut- sche tierarztl. Wchnschr., Hannov., 1909, xvii, 345.— Barmagnac. Enzootie de tuberculose aviaire d'ori- gine humaine possible. Rec. de med. veL, Par., 1909, lxxxvi, 504-506.—Bean (G.) & Todd (C.) The suscep- tibility of the pig to human tuberculosis. J. State M., Lond., 1903, xi, 587-590.—Beetz (E.) Zur Frage der Uebertragung menschlicher Tuberculose auf Schweine. Path.-anat. Arb. . . . Joh. Orth z. . . . Prof.-Jubil., Berl., 1903, 130-136.— BelSpine (S.) The communicability of tuberculosis to cattle. Brit. M.J., Lond.,1901,ii, 1224-1226. Also: Vet. J., Lond., 1901, n. s., lv, 309; 349.—Bubous- quet-Laborderie. Cas de contagion de la tubercu- lose de l'homme aux animaux domestiques et de ces ani- maux entr'eux. Cong. p. I'etude de la tuberculose, Par., 1898, iv,. 789-792.—Eber (A.) Zwei Fiille von erfolg- reicher Uebertragung tuberculosen Materials von an Lungenphthise gestorbenen erwachsenen Menschen auf das Rind, nebst Bemerkungen von A. Weber. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1907, xxxiii, 378-381. -----. Einige weitere Falle erfolgreicher Uebertragung vom Menschen stammenden tuberkulosen Materials auf das Rind. Deutsche tierarztl. Wchnschr., Hannov., 1908, xvi, 601-603. Also: Wien.med. Wchnschr., 1908, lviii,2353- 2358. -----. Experimentelle Uebertragung der Tuberku- lose vom Menschen auf das Rind. Ztschr. f. Infektionskr. . . . d. Haustiere, Berl., 1908, iv, 374-412. -----. Expen- TUBERCULOSIS. 891 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Transmission of) from man to animals. mentelle Uebertragung der Tuberkulose vom Menschen auf das Rind. 3. Mitteilung. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1908 xi, 37-65. -----. Experimentelle Uebertra- gung der Tuberkulose vom Menschen auf das Rind. 4. Mitteilung. Deutsche tierarztl. Wchnschr., Hannov., 1911, xix, 609; 625.—Fibiger (J.) & Jensen (CO.) Ue- bertragung der Tuberculose des Menschen auf das Rind. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1902, xxxix, 881-886. -----. Ue- bertragung der Tuberculose des Menschen auf das Rind. 2. Mitteilung. Ibid., 1904, xli, 129; 171. Also, transl: Hosp.-Tid., K0benh., 1906, 4. R., xiv, 1373-1391.—Forti- neau (L.) Une tumeur blanche experimentale realisee chez le lapin par inoculation intra-articulaire de trois gouttes d'une emulsion en bouillon de vieille culture de tuberculose humaine. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1906, 2. s., xxiv, 115.—Guerin (G.) Un nouvel exemple de trans- mission de la tuberculose humaine chez le chien. Bull. Soc. centr. de med. vet., Par., 1910, lxiv, 277.—Guinard (L.) Un mode de propagation de la tuberculose de T hom- me aux animaux domestiques. Assoc, franc, pour l'a- vance. d. sc C.-r. 1898, Par., 1899, xxvii, 244.—Huon (E.) Observation clinique sur un cas de tuberculose hu- maine transmis a une vache. Cong. p. I'etude de la tuberculose, Par., 1898, iv, 792. -----. Sur un cas de tu- berculose humaine transmis a une vache. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1904, lvi, 1109.—Kantselmakher (N.) K voprosu o zarazhenii ot chelovleka tuberkulo- zom ptits i mlekopitayushtshikh. [Infection of birds and mammals with tuberculosis from man.] Vestnik obsh. vet., St. Petersb., 1898, x, 444-147. — Karlinski (J.) W kwestyi przenoszenia sie gruzlicy ludzkiej na bydlo rogate. [Transmissibility of human tuberculosis to cattle.] Przegl. wet., Lw6w, 1901, xvi, 367; 401. Also, transl: Oesterr. Monatschr. f. Thierh., Wien, 1901, xxv, 481-493. -----■. W kwestyi przenoszenia sie gruzlicy ludz- kiej na bydlo rogate. [Communication of human tuber- culosis to cattle.] Przegl. wet., Lwow, 1904, xix, 1-10. Also, transl: Ztschr. f. Thiermed., Jena, 1904, viii, 1; 401. -----. W kwestyi przenoszenia sie gruzlicy ludzkiej na zwierzeta. [Communication of human tuberculosis to animals.] Przegl. wet., Lw6w, 1904, xix, 383; 460; 503.— Kentzler (J.) Ueber experimentelle Riickenmarks- veranderungen nach Blutinjektionen. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1906, lx, 157-173— Leudet & Petit (G.) Transmission naturelle au chien, par la voie digestive, de la tuberculose humaine; exemple d'une tuberculose ouverte primitivement ganglionnaire. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1903, lxxviii, 697. -----. Resultats d'ex- peTiences d'inoculation de la tuberculose humaine au chien; infection naturelle de ce dernier par les voies di- gestives. Ibid., 1904, lxxix, 301-307.—Moeller (A.) Zur Frage der Uebertragbarkeit der Menschentuberkulose auf Rinder und Ziegen. Deutsche med.Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1902, xxviii, 718.—Murzayefr" (B. V.) Mate- rial! dlya kharakteristiki bugorchatki chelovleka i ptits. [Characteristics of tuberculosis of man and birds.] Vest- nik obsh. hig., sudeb. i prakt. med., St. Petersb., 1902, pt. 2, 1318; 1439.—Petit. (L.) Transmission directe de la tuberculose de l'homme au chien. Bull. Soc. de med. prat, de Par., 1887, 226-233. -----. Observation de trans- mission de la tuberculose de l'homme au chat. Ibid., 417-420.—Prettner (M.) Beitrag zur Uebertragungsfii- higkeit der Menschentuberculose auf Thiere. Ztschr. f. Thiermed., Jena, 1902, vi, 108-115.—de Schwelnitz (E. A.)_ Abstract of a paper entitled: Tuberculosis in cattle induced by subcutaneous inoculation of material obtained from a child. Am. Pub. Health Ass. Rep. 1902, Columbus, 1903, xxviii, 464.—de Schweinitz (E. A.), Borset (M.) & Schroeder (E. C.) Some facts which show that the tuberculosis bacillus of human origin may cause tuberculosis in cattle, and that the mor- phology and virulence of the tubercle bacilli from various' sources are greatly influenced bv their sur- roundings. Am. Med., Phila., 1902, iv, 850. Also, Re- print.—Smith (T.) The relation between human and animal tuberculosis, with special reference to the ques- tion of the transformation of human and other types of the tubercle bacillus. Boston M. & S. J., 1908, clix, 707- 711.—Solles (E.) Transmission de la tuberculose au cobaye par inoculation de sperme de phtisique. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. . . . de Bordeaux, 1892, xiii, 5-7. -----. Inoculation tubereuleuse positive de cobayes avec de la matiere fecal e de phtisique. Ibid., 12-17.— Sorger (L.) Zur Entstehung der Tuberkulose vom Darm aus. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1903, i, 1557.— Tempel (M.) Beitrag zur Uebertragungsmoglichkeit der Tuberkulose vom Menschen auf das Schwein. Ztschr. f. Fleisch-u.Milchhyg., Berl.,1901,xii,11. -----. Weiterer Beitrag zur Uebertragungsmoglichkeit der Tuberkulose vom Menschen auf das Schwein. Ibid., 231.—Thomas- sen. Is tuberculosis of man transmissible to cattle? J. Comp. Path & Therap., Edinb. & Lond., 1901, xiv, 259- 265. Also, transl: Rec. de med. vet., Par., 1901, 8. s., viii, 529-538.—Weber (A.) Bemerkungen zu der Ar- beit von Eber. [Uebertragung tuberculosen Materials von an Lungenphthise gestorbenen Menschen auf das Tuberculosis (Transmission of) from man to animals. Rind.] Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl. 1907 xxxiii 381.--Weber (A.), Schiitz [et al.]. Versuche uber die Haltbarkeit der behufs Immunisierung einge- spritzten menschlichen Tuberkelbazillen im Korper des Rindes. Tuberk.-Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, Berl., 1908, 9. Hft., 27-49.—Westenhoefter. Demonstration von Praparaten von positiver direkter Uebertragung mensch- licher Tuberculose auf das Rind. Berl. klin. Wchnschr 1903, xl, 332-334. Also: Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. 1903, Berl., 1904, xxxiv, 106-112.—Wiener (E.) Beitrag zur Uebertragbarkeit der Tuberkulose auf verschiedene Tierarten. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1903, xvi, 581-583. Tuberculosis (Transmission of) by meat. See, also, Tuberculosis (Bacillus of) in meat. Blanke (A.) * Welche Gefahren bietet das Fleisch tuberkuloser Tiere fiir den Menschen und wie weit darf solches als Nahrungsmittel verwandt werden? 8°. Berlin, 1900. Buchanan (G. S.) Report to the Local Gov- ernment Board, on administration in London with regard to meat of pigs affected by tuber- culosis. Dec. 7, 1905. fol. London, 1906. Curradi (G. ) Dell' uso alimentare delle carni di animali tubercolosi. 8°. Firenze, 1897. Great Britain. Royal commission on tu- berculosis. Report of the Royal Commission appointed to inquire into the effect of food derived from tuberculous animals on human health, fol. London, 1895. Marsden (R. S.) Experimental observations on tuberculous meat with special reference to the report of the Royal Commission on tuber- culosis (1895), and the seizure of meat so affected. 8°. [Birkenhead, 1895.] Moyano y Moyano (P.) La tuberculosis ba- cilar de Koch en los animales domesticos con- siderada bajo el doble punto de vista de la policia sanitaria y de la higiene alimenticia del hombre. Prologo del Dr. L. del Rio y de Lara 12°. Zaragoza, 1900. Oldfield (J.) Tuberculosis, or flesheating a cause of consumption. With an appendix re- lating to the objections raised at the Sanitary Congress, 1892, by Chas. Cameron, Thomas Crawford and Ruffer. 12°. London, 1892. Westenhoeffer (M.) Ueber die Grenzen der Uebertragbarkeit der Tuberculose durch Fleisch tuberculoser Rinder auf den Menschen. 8°. Berlin, 1904. Alaphllippe (C.) Ventede viande provenant d'une vache reconnue atteinte de tuberculose generalised. Rec. de med. vet., Par., 1905, lxxxii, 729-732. — Bach (V.) Statistische Angaben iiber Tuberkulose der Fleischlymph- driisen bei Rindern. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1910-11, xxi, 215.—Barella (H.) Autour du ba- cille de Koch; sur la consommation de la viande des bovides tuberculeux. Mouvement hyg., Brux., 1898, xiv, 201-211.—Basset (J.) Sur la saisie de viandes maigres provenant de bovides tuberculeux. Bull. Soc. centr. de med. vet., Par., 1912, lxvi, 345-349.—Baudry (L.-T.) La tuberculose sous le rapport de l'insufrisance de l'inspec- tion des viandes et des dangers qu'elle cree k la sant6 publique. Cong. p. I'etude de la tuberculose, Par., 1898, iv, 767-772.—Beckwith (D. H.) Is pork eating a cause of consumption? Med. Advance, Ann Arbor, Mich., 1890, xxiv, 65-72.—Berry (W.) Tuberculous meat; uniform- ity as to seizure. Pub. Health, Lond., 1899-1900, xii, 280- 285.—Bertolini (G.) & Gabbuti (G.) Sull' ammissi- bilitS, al consumo alimentare delle carni di animali affetti da tubercolosi in rapporto alia legislazione sanitaria delle varie nazioni. Clin, vet., Milano, 1912, xxxv, 370-398.— Bond (W. A.) The establishment of public abattoirs in the metropolis in relation to the prevention of tubercu- losis. J. San. Inst., Lond., 1899-1900, xx, 214-237. Also I Abstr.]: Med. Mag., Lond., 1899, viii, 393-400.—Bongert (J.) Untersuchungen iiber den Tuberkelbazillengehalt des Blutes, des Fleisches und der Lymphdrtisen tuberku- loser Schlachttiere. Arch. f. Hyg., Munchen u. Berl., 1909, lxix, 263-368.—Bordoni-Uffreduzi (G.) II pe- ricolo della tubercolosi nelle carni congelate d'America. TUBERCULOSIS. 892 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Transmission of) by meat. R. Ist. Lomb. di sc. e left. Rendic. Milano, 1912, 2. s., xiv, 612-616.—Buchanan (G. S.) Practical difficulties in administration with regard to tuberculosis in imported pork. [Abstr.] Pub. Health, Lond., 1907-8, xxi, 307- 310.—Clarke (W. B.) Butchers' meat the chief cause of consumption; diseases from animals and animal food; ac- tinomycosis; theptomaines; suicide. Rep. Bd. of Health Indiana, Indianap., 1889. Also, Reprint.—Decker (G.) Ueber die Verunreinigung des Fleisches gesunder Tiere mit Tuberkelbazillen durch nicht desinflzierte Sehlacht- und Untersuchungs-Instrumente. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1901-2, xii, 161; 225. Also, Reprint.— Deetz. Zur Frage der Tuberkulose bei Schlachttieren. Kor.-Bl. d. allg. mecklenb. Aerztever., Rostock, 1903, No. 228, 1296-1298.—Desliayes (C.) Du danger des viandes provenant d'animaux tuberculeux. Rev.d'hyg., Par.,1893, xv,1074-1078. ^so.-Assocfranc.pourl'avance.d.sc C.-r. 1893,Par.,1894,xxii,pt.2,1042-1047— Dewar. The utilisa- tion of the flesh of tuberculousanimals. J. State M.,Lond., 1898, vi, 619-627. Also: Veterinarian, Lond., 1898, lxxi, 617-656.—Dupuy (J.) Cireulaire ministerielle relative aux indemnitee dans les casde tuberculose apres saisie des viandes. Rev. vet., Toulouse, 1902, lix, 311-314. Fn- tress (E.) Beitrag zur Aetiologie der Larynx- und Tracheatuberkulo.se bei den Schlachttieren und ihre Bedeutung fiir die Fleischbeschau. Arch. f. wissensch. u. prakt. Tierh., Berl., 1910-11, xxxvii, 343-366, 3 pl.— Falk (P.) Bemerkungen iiber das Vorkommen der Tu- berkulose, Finnen und Trichinen auf dem Schlachthofe zu Schwiebus. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg. Berl., 1898, viii, 65-67.—Fiorentini (A.) Le carni ed i visceri di animali da macello trovati tubercolotiei contengono prorlotti tossici? e se sterilizzati col calore sono nocivi pel consumatore? Gior. d. r. Soc. ital. d' ig., Milano, 1907, xxix, 207.—Fiorentini (A.) & Oarino (E.) Sull' innocuita del succo delle carni tuberculotiche sterilizzate. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1900, 249-256. Also: Gior. d. r. Soc. ital. d' ig., Milano, 1900, xxii, 385-391.— Flick (L. F.) Are meat and milk a source of seed supply for human tuberculosis? J. Tuberc, Asheville, N. C, 1902, iv, 321-329.—Galli-Valerio (B.) Le carni degli animali tubercolosi in rapporto coll' igiene pubblica. Gior. d. r. Soc. ital. d' ig., Milano, 1897, xix, 257; 289 — Galtier (V.) Dangers des viandes d'animaux tubercu- leux. J. de med. vet. et zootech., Lyon, 1895, 3. s., xx, 449^54. -----. R61e de la contagion par ingestion dans la propagation de la tuberculose; dangers presumes des viandes tuberculeuses. Ibid., 1898, 5. s., ii, 709-715. -----. La consommation de viandes ou d'organes tuberculeux, prealablement sterilises par la chaleur, peut-elle s'accom- pagner d'empoisonnements? Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1900,11, s., ii, 122. Also: J. de med. vet. et zootech., Lyon, 1900, 5. s., iv, 3-5. -----. Animaux vendus pour la boucherie et reconnus tuberculeux apres l'abatage. Bull. Soc. centr. de med. vet., Par., 1902, n. s., xx, 127-140. -----. L'ingestion de la viande des animaux atteints de tuberculose est-elle dangereuse pour les personnes? J. de m6d. vet. et zootech., Lyon, 1902, 5. s., vi, 1-7. -----. La consommation de viandes, de produits ou d'organes tuberculeux, prealablement sterilises par la chaleur, peut- elle s'accompagner d'empoisonnement? Ibid., 1906, 5. s., x, 341-344. -----. La consommation de viandes, de pro- duits ou d'organes tuberculeux, prealablement sterilises par la chaleur, ne s'accompagne pas d'empoisonnement et n'aggrave pas 1'eTat des sujets de"ja atteintsde tubercu- lose. Ibid., 1907, 5. s„ xi 129-132. -----. Dangers inh(§- rents k la consommation des viandes provenant d'ani- maux tuberculeux; non-toxicite des viandes, des laits et des lesions stenlisees par la cuisson; traitement de la tu- berculose par la strychnine. 1 bid., 705-712.—Hensehel. Bemerkungen zu den von der Tuberkulosekommission des Vereins der Schlachthoftierarzte der Rheinprovinz aufgestellten Grundsatzen fiir die Beurteilung der tu- berkulosen Schlaehttiere. Ztschr. f. Fieisch- u. Milch- hyg., Berl., 1909-10, xx, 69-76. -----. Zur Frage der Be- urteilung und Untersuchung des Fleisches tuberkulo- ser Schlaehttiere. Ibid., 285; 326; 355; 396. -----. Zur Frage der Beurteilung des Fleisches tuberkuloser Schlaehttiere unter Berucksichtigung der neueren Un- tersuchungsergebnisse und der zur Zeit geltenden gesetzlichen Vorschriften. Ibid., 1912, xxii, 234; 271.— Hoefnagel (K.) De beoordeling van het vleesh af- komstig van tuberculeus slachtvee. Tijdschr. v. vee- artsenijk. Maandbl..Utrecht, 1905-6, xxxiii, 520.—Hope (E. W.) Tuberculosis in cattle, and its bearing upon the meat supply. Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 1890, x, 428-436.— de Jong (D. A.) The use of the flesh of tuberculous animals. J. Compt. Path. & Therap., Edinb. & Lond., 1899, xii, 315-325. Also, transl: Geneesk. Bl. u. Klin, en Lab. v. de prakt., Haarlem, 1900, vii, 49-71.—Junack (M.) Zur Beurteilung des Schweinedarmes bei Tuber- kulose der Gekroslymphknoten. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1910-11, xxi, 65-68.— Kastner (W.) Ein weiterer Beitrag zur Lehre von der Infectiositat des Fleisches perlsuchtiger Rinder. Munchen. med. Wchn- schr., 1892, xxxix, 342-344.—Keuten (J.) Tuberkulose Tuberculosis (Transmission ef) by meat. als Hauptmangel bei Schlachttieren. Ztschr. f. Floisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1904, xv, 36-39.— King (J.) Tuber- culosis and the meat supply. Tr. Brit. Cong. Tuberc 1901, Lond., 1902, iv, 78-107. Also [Abstr.]: Veterinarian" Lond., 1901, lxxiv, 462-466.—Kleptwoll't lv.) Vliyaniye soleniya na tuberkulozniya batsilli. [The influence of salting (of meats) upon bacilli of tuberculosis.] Arch. vet. nauk, St. Petersb., 1895, xxv, pt. 2, 107. -----. K vo- prosu o toksicheskikh svoistvakh myasa tuberkuloznikh zhivotnikh. [On the toxic properties of meat from tu- berculous animals.] Ibid., 176-181.—Lcclainclie (M. E.) La virulence des viandes tuberculeuses. Rev. dela tuberculose, Par., 1894, 133-153. Also, transl: Vet. J. & Ann. Comp. Path., Lond., 1894, xxxix, 225; 317.—Levi (G.) La tubercolosi dell' uomo e dei bovini in rapporto alia profilassi. Gior. d. r. Soc. ital. d' ig., Milano, 1900, xxii, 121-127.—Linossier (G.) & Lenioine (G.-H.) R61e des viandes non tuberculeuses dans la diffusion de la tuberculose. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1910, 3. s., lxiii, 337-339.—Iiittlejohn (A. R.)' Meat as a source of infection in tuberculosis. Practitioner, Lond., 1909, lxxxii, 843-853. Also: Vet. J., Lond., 1909, n. s., xvi, 239- 246.—Lokoff (K.) Darmtuberkulose und Verfahren mit dem Darmkanal bei Tuberkulose der Gekrosdriisen. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1906, xvi, 415-417. -----. Ist es erlorderlich, bei Tuberkulose einer Fleisch- lvmphdriisedasganze Fleischviertei alsbedingt tauglich zu behandeln. Ibid., 1907, xvii, 338.— Maier (A.) Ueber Tuberkulose der Schlaehttiere als Hauptmangel. Ibid., 1904-5, 11-14.—Malkinus. Tuberkulose Erkrankung als Hauptmangel beim Sehlachtvieh. Deutsche tierarztl. Wchnschr., Hannov., 1904, xii, 122-124.—Mallet (L.) Die Entschadigungen fiir tuberculoses Vieh. Rev. inter- nat. de la tuberc, Par., 1903, ii, 751-758.—Marschner (L.) Ueber die Beurteilung des Fleisches von Tieren, die tuberkulose Erkrankung einzelner Fleischdriisen oder Knochen aufweisen. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milch- hyg., Berl., 1907, xvii, 336-338.—Martel (H.) La radio- graphic appliquees a l'inspection des viandes tubercu- leuses. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1907, cxliv, 1298- 1300. -----. Les indemnitee dans les cas de saisie de viande et d'abatage d'animaux pour cause de tubercu- lose. Hyg. de la viande [etc.], Evreux, 1907, i, 289-302. Also, transl: J. Comp. Path. & Therap., Edinb. & Lond., 1907, xx, 324-334.—Mei re lies (E.) A tuberculose e a carne. Tribuna med., Rio de Jan., 1907, xiii«455; 475.— Mittenzweig (H.) Die Ministerialverfiigung vom 15. Sept. 1887, betreffend den zulassigen Genuss des Fleisches perlsuchtiger Thiere. Ztschr. Med.-Beamte, Berl., 1888, i, 23; 42.—Morot (C.) De la sterilisation des viandes d'animaux tuberculeux et de diverses appreciations dont elie a £te l'objet (emploi pratique: Conserves de com- merce et conserves de menage). Cong. p. I'etude de la tuberculose, Par., 1898, iv, 323-339. Also [Abstr.]: Ann. d'hyg., Par., 1898, 3. s., xl, 359-363. -----. La lutte contre la tuberculose animale dans les abattoirs publics et par- ticuliers, les clos d'equarrisageet les vacheries. Compt.- rend. Cong, internat. de m6d. 1897, Mosc, 1900, vii, 440- 456. -----. La sterilisation des viandes d'animaux tuber- culeux ofnciellement recommandee. J. de med. vet. et zootech., Lyon, 1909, 5. s., xiii, 392-406.—Miiller (K.) Tuberkulose der Achsel- und Kniekehllvmphdriisen. Ztschr.f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1905-6, xvi, 86.— Murphy (S. F.) What administrative measures are necessary for preventing the sale to the public of tuber- culous meat? Tr. Brit. Cong. Tuberc. 1901, Lond., 1902, ii, 144-152.—Nieberle. Zur Frage der Bontgertschen Tuberkulose-Untersuchungen. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u Milchhyg., Berl., 1910-11, xxi, 237-243.—Oldneld (J.) On tuberculosis; or, does consumption arise from flesh- eating? Tr. San. Inst. 1892, Lond., 1893, xiii, 102-115.— Perroncito (E.) Sur l'utilisation des viandes des ani- maux tuberculeux. Tr. vii. Internat. Cong. Hyg. & Demog. 1891, Lond., 1892, ii, 203-209. -----. Ueber die Verwerthung des Fleisches von tuberlosem Sehlacht- vieh. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. u. Parasitenk., Jena, 1892, xi, 429-431.—Pitt (W.) Tuberkulose des Herzfleisches. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1904, xiv, 342.— Plath. Tuberkulose alsHauptmangel. Ibid.,xv,33-36.— Ptttz. Die Tuberkulose der Hausthiere als Gegenstand der praktischen Fleischschau. Centralbl. f. Thiermed., Stuttg., 1884, i, 49-51.—Beissmann. Der jetzige Stand unserer Kenntnisse und Anschauungen von der Gesund- heitsschiidlichkeit des Fleisches tuberkuloser Thiere. Hyg. Rundschau. Berl., 1896, vi, 865; 936; 979; 1037.— Rennes (J.) Utilisation des viandes provenant des animaux tuberculeux. Presse med., Par., 1912, xx, suppl., 385-389.—del Rio y Lara (L.) jSedebe prohibiren absoluto, como alimentaci6n del hombre, el uso de la carne y de la leche procedentes de animales tuberculosos, cualqiiiera que sea el estado de estos? An. r. Acad, de med., Madrid, 1902, xxii, 310-407.—Rumpel (O.) Leber die Verwendung tuberculosen Fleisches zu Genuss- zwecken. Arch. f. Hvg., Munchen u. Leipz., 1896, xxvi, 386-398.—Schneidemiihl (G.) Die Beurtheilung des Fleisches tuberculoser Schlachtthiere und die Errichtung TUBERCULOSIS. 893 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Transmission of) by meat. von Freibanken an den offentlichen Schlachthausern. Thiermed. Rundschau, Halle a. S., 1891, v, 85; 97.— Schiiepp (H.) Ueberdie Beurteilung der Tuberkulose inderFleischbeschau. [Abstr.] SeInveiz.-Arch. f. Tierh., Zurich, 1901, xliii, 287-290,—JSiesfen (C.) De la sterilisa- tion des viandes provenant d'animaux tuberculeux. Cong. p. Tetude de la tuberculose, Par., 1898, iv,314-322.— vaii der Slnys i, D.I Versuche iiber die Schadlichkeit des Fleisches tuberkuloser Tiere. Zt-eUr. f. Fleisch-u. Milchhyg., Berl. 1*99; x, 8-12.—Stiles (C. W.) The three-class (Freibank) meat system as an aid to eradicat- ing tuberculosis. J. Am. M* Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlix, 1483-14*7.—Mroh. Die Haufigkeit tuberkuloser Erkran- kung der Fleischlymphdrtisen bei den Schlachtlicren. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1905, xv, 137-111.— Swlerstra (J.) Kommen in dem Fleisch und in makroskopisch unveriindert ersel.einenden Lymphdrii- sen von tuberkulosen Tieren Tuberkelbazillen vor? Vorliiurige Mitteilung. Ibid., 1906,xvii.37-42.—Thierry (E.) De la saisie des viandes provenant d'animaux tu- berculeux. Rev. gen. de clin. et de thgrap.. Par., 1897, xi, 179-181.—Thoiiiassen (H.-J.-P.) Sur le danger de l'ingestion des viandes tuberculeuses. Cong. p. I'etude de la tuberculose, Par., 1898, iv, 308-314.—Tonzisj- (C.) Sulla possibilita della diffusione della tubercolosi per mezzo delle carni insaccate. Gazz. d. osp., Milano. 1904, xxv, 1631-1633.—Tuberculous meat; the importance of a uniform standard of inspection and condemnation. (By a meat inspector.) San Rec, Lond., 1911, n. s., xlvii, 145.—Vaillard. Sterilisation des viandes provenant d'animaux saLis pour tuberculose. Ann. d'hyg., Par., 1912, 4. s., xvii, 117-130. -----. Au sujet de l'installation, a l'abattoir de la Villette, d'un autoclave, destine a la sterilisation des viandes provenant d'animaux saisis pcitir tuberculose. Rec. de med. vet., Par., 1912, lxxxix, 148:214.—Watson (A.) Meat inspection and tubercu- losis. J. Roy. San. Inst., Lond., 1908-9, xxix, 700-711.— Z.abala (J.) Experiencias que prueban la no trans- mision de la tuberculosis por la carne de los cerdos ataca- dos de esta enfermedad. Semana med., Buenos Aires, 1903, x, 167-177. Tuberculosis (Transmission of) by milk. See, also, Tuberculosis (Bacillus of) in milk. Berliner (¥,.) Some neglected essentials in the fight against consumption. 8°. Washing- ton, 1907. Coombe (E.) *Dela t-ansmission de la tu- berculose par le lait; de l'hygiene des vacheries. 4°. Paris, 18S8. Curradi (G.) II latte e la tubercolosi. Di- lucidazioni ed esperimenti. 8°. Firenze, 1897. Dreyfus (C.) * Contribution a I'etude de la transmission de la tuberculose par le lait de vache. 4°. Xancy, 1891. Fournier (V.) *Etude sur la sterilisation du lait dans ses rapports avec la prophylaxie de la tuberculose. 8°. Lyon, 1903. Hessler (G.) *Ein Beitrag zur Frage der Infektiositat der Milch tuberkulos3r Kiihe. [Bern.] 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., 1909. Hirschberger (K.) * Experimentelle Bei- triige zur Infectiositiit der Milch tuberkuloser Kiihe. [Munchen.] 8°. Leipzig, 1889. Also, in: Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1888-9, xliv, 500-522. 1 pl. Mandereau (L.) * Contribution a. I'etude de la tuberculose; de la viande et du lait de prove- nance tubereuleuse dans l'alimentation hu- maine; utilisation du lait apres ebullition et de la viande apres salaison. [Nancy.] 4°. Vesoul, 1894. Massachusetts Society for Promoting Agri- culture. Hearing before the committee on pub- lic health on dangers to human life from bacilli of tuberculosis in milk. 8°. Boston, 1891. von Moser (W.) *Das Verhaltnis der Blu- tung zur Verbreitung der Tuberkulose in der Lunge. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1905. Si'emama (I.) * Mesures destinees a eviter la transmission de la tuberculose bovine a l'homme Tuberculosis (Transmission of) by mill'. et notamment la transmission de la tuberculose a l'homme par ingestion de lait de vaches tu- berculeuses. 8°. Montpellier, 1904. Also [Abstr.],mi; Montpel. med., 1903, xvii, 563-572. Schroeder (E. C.) Milk and its products as carriers of tuberculosis infection. 8°. Wash- ington, 1909. ------& Cotton _(W. E.) Experiments with milk artificially infected with tubercle ba- cilli. 8°. Washington, 1906. ScHUPPENHAUisER (R.) Sur Frage der tuber- kulosen Infection durch Nahrungsmittel mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Milch. 8°. Berlin, 1900. Sexteix-Sipiere (G.) Lelait et le bacille de la tuberculose. 8°. Toulouse, 1909. Sextende Beretning fra den Kgl. Veterin&'r- og Landboh0jskoles Laboratorium for land0ko- nomiske Fors0g. Om tuberkul0s Melk. Un- ders0gelser over Smitteevnen af Mielk af tu- berkul0se Kper og over Varmens Indvirkning paa Tuberkelbaciller i Mselk. Af . . . B. Bang. II. Unders0gelser over Mselkens Omdannelse ved Yvertuberkulose. Af V. Storch. 12°. Kjdbenhavn, 1889. van der Sluis (Y.) *Ueber die Abtotung der Tuberkelbaeillen in natiirlich infizierter Milch und iiber die Pasteurisierung der Milch. [Bern.] 8°. Jena, 1909. Also, in: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc], 1. Abt., Jena, 1909, Orig., 1, 3. Hft., 378-401. Smit (H.J.) * Ueber das Vorkommen von Tuberkelbaeillen in der Milch und den Lymph- drtisen des Rindes. [Bern.] 8°. Jena, 1909. Also, in: CentraJbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1909, Orig., xlix, 1. Hft., 36-71. Tormav (B.) A tuberculosis a haziallatok kozott is atejkerdes. [Tuberculosis of domes- tic animals and the milk question.] fol. Buda- pest, 1904. Anderson (J. F.) The frequency of tubercle bacilli in the market milk of the city of Washington, D. C. U. S. Mar. Hosp. Serv. Hvg, Lab. Bull. No. 41., Wash., 1908, 163-192. Also [Abstr.]: J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1908, v, 107-115.—Armstrong (H. E.) Milk in relation to hu- man tuberculosis. Med. Press & Circ. Lond., 1907, n. s., lxxxiv, 145-148.—Aspe (N.) Papeletiol6gicodela leche en la transmision de la tuberculosis. Rev. de med. y cirug. pract., Madrid, 1901, liii, 241-246.—Bad la (J.) El bacilo dela tuberculosis en las leches de coi lsunio: estudio experimental. Semana med., Buenos Aires, 1902, ix, 847- 849.—Baker (H. B.) Is milk a factor in the spread of tuberculosis? N. York M. J. [etc.], 1904, lxxx, 425.— Baltliazard & Aly /aky. Le pouvoir tuberculigene du lait consomme dans les grandes villes (speeialement k Paris). Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i209- 212.—Banir ( H.) Ueber die Tuberculose des Kuheuters und fiber die Gefahr der Ueberfiihrung der Tuberculose durch die Milch. Cong, period, internat. d. sc. med. Compt.-rend. 1884, Copenh., 1886, i, Sect, de path. gen. [etc.|, 11-27. -----. Dangers du lait tuberculeux. Cong. p. retime do la tuberculose 1888, Par., 1889, i, 69-72. -----. Er Miilken af tuberkulose Koer virulent, nar yveret er sundl? [Sur la virulence du lait des vaches tuberculeuses a mamellessainesl. Nord. med. Ark., Stockholm, 1890, xxii, no.24,1-6. Also, transl: Munchen.med. Wchnschr., 1890, xxxvii, 705. Also, transl: Verhandl. d. x. internat. med. Cong. 1890, Berl., 1891, ii, 3. Abth., 167-170. -----. Fortsatte Lnders0gelserover Smitteevnen af tuberkulose Koers Mselk. [Continued investigations on the conta- giousnature of milk of tubercular cows.] Tidsskr. f. Vet., Ki0benh., 1890, 2. R., xx, 301-306. Also, transl: Deutsche Ztschr. f. Thiermed., Leipz., 1890-91, xvii, 1-17. Also, transl: J. Comp. Path. & Therap., Edinb. & Lond., 1890, iii, 219-230. -----. Ledangersupposede la consommation du lait et de la viande sains en apparence mais provenant d'animaux atteints de la tuberculose. Tr. vii. Internat. Cong. Hyg. & Demog, 1891, Lond., 1892, ii, 193-197.— Banks (P. W.) Milk; a possible means of communicat- ing tuberculosis. Dietet. & Hyg. Gaz., N. Y., 1905, xxi, 712-718.—von Behring (E.) Tuberculosebekampfung, Milchconservirung und Kalberaufzucht. Beitr. z. exper. TUBERCULOSIS. 894 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Transmission of) by mill'. Therap., Berl,, 1904, 8. Hft., 71-129. -----. Ueber alimen- tare Tuberkuloseinfektionen im Sauglingsalter. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1904, iii, 83-100.—lie I Ian ti (S.) Ooggi (C.) L' industria del burro con panna pastoriz- zata come mezzo di difesa contro la trasmissione della tubercolosi. Gior. d. r. Soc ital. d' ig., Milano, 1902, xxiv, n;ii_l>7.—Bergman (A. M.) &Hultman (C.) Bericht iilier einige Versuchenatiirlich tuberkulose Milch durch Bihldisirrung zn sterilisieren. Fortschr. d. Vet.-Hyg., berl., I9(i6, iv, 97-100. Also, transl: Svensk veterinartid- skr., Stockholm, 1906, ix, 190-195.—Bernlieim (S.) Nourriee et tuberculose. Independ. med., Par., 1895, 68.—Bertin-Sans(H.) Mesures hygi6niques pour em- pficher la transmission de la tuberculose par le lait de vache. [Rap] N. Montpel. med., 1901, xii, 644; 689.— Bledert & Biedert (E.) Milchgenuss und Tubercu- losesterblichkeit. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1901, xxxviii, 1177-1180.—Bieliler (Matylda). Przyczynek do badah nad mlekiem kobiecem, jakozr6d!em gruzlicy. [Mother's milk as a source of tuberculosis.] Medycyna i Kron. lek., Warszawa, 1908, xliii, 593-596. Alto, transl: Arch. de med. d. enf., Par., 1908, xi, 473-476—Bohm (E.) I hvad m&n inverkar den subkutana injektionen af tuberkulin pa. kornas mjolkafkastning? [What effect on the yield of cows' milk does the subcutaneous injections of tuberculin have?] Svensk veterinartidskr., Stockholm, 1907, xii, 241-248, 1 tab. —Bollinger. Ueber kiinstliche Tuberculose, erzeugt durch den Ge- nuss der Milch tuberculoser Kiihe. Aerztl. Int.-Bl., Miinehen, 1879, xxvi,507. Also: Tagebl. d. Versamml. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, Baden-Baden, 1879, Iii, 263- 205.—Bontarlc. Propagation de la tuberculose par le lait provenant de vaches tuberculeuses. Repert. de police san. vet. et d'hyg. pub., Par., 1909. xxi, 525.— Brown (J. N. E.) Tuberculosis in the general hospital and its relation to the milk problem. Dominion M. Month., Toronto, 1909, xxxii, 218-220.—Brush (E. F.) Coincident geographical distribution of tuberculosis and dairy cattle. Tr. M. Soc. N. Y., [Phila.], 1890, 175-184. Also: N. York M. J., 1890, li, 253-256. Also, Reprint. -----. The danger of milk from tuberculous cows. Tr. M. Soc. N. Y., Phila., 1892, 371 -376.—Bujwid (O.) Wyniki badania mleka krakowskiego na zarazki gruzlicy. [Examination of the milk of Cracow for tubercle bacilli.] Przegl. lek., Krakdw, 1901, xl, 255-257.—Busscher & Wleuriee. Sur la propagation de la tuberculose par le lait. Belgique med., Gand, 1908. xv, 543-546.—Busson (B.) Untersuchungen fiber das Vorkommen von Tuber- kelbazillen in der Grazer Milch und Handelsbutter. Monatschr. f. Gsndhtspfl., Wien, 1909, xxvii, 18-20.— Campbell (H. C.) Tubercle bacilli in market milk in Philadelphia. U. S. Dep. Agric. Bureau animal indust. 1909, Wash., 1911, 163-177.—Chalmers (A. K.) The present position of the milk supply in relation to tuber- culosis. San. Jour., Glasg., 1896-7, iii, 13-29.—Cobb (J. 0.) Is milk a factor in the spread of tuberculosis? Tr. Am. Climat. Ass., Phila., 1904, xx, 100-114. Also: N.York M. J. [etc.], 1904, lxxx, 304-307. Also, Reprint.—Coles (S.) Tubercle bacilli in human milk; with reportof two eases from the service of Prof. E. P. Davis at Polyclinic Hospital. Phila. Polyclin., 1894, iii, 431.—Coll y Bofill (J.) La leche de vaca y la tuberculosis del nino. Clin. mod., Zaragoza, 1909, viii, 573-579. Also: Gac. med. catal., Barcel., 1909, xxxv, 41-47.—Coquot (A.) & Cesari (E ) Sur le passage des bacilles tuberculeux dans le lait. Rec. de med. vet., Par., 1908, lxxv, 146-152— Cowie (J. M.) Two casesof consumption probably infected by tubercu- lous milk. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1902, ii, 1706.—Delaunay (H.) Dur61edulait dans l'etiologie de la tuberculose. Poitou med., Poitiers, 1894, viii, 49-52.—Delepine (S.) A lecture on tuberculosis and the milk supply, with some general remarks on the dangers of bad milk. Lancet, Lond., 1898, ii, 73:1-738. -----. A probable effect of con- trol of milk supply upon infantile mortality from tuber- culosis; evidence obtained in Manchester regarding the question. Ibid., 1912, i, 1424-1426. Also: J. Comp. Path. & Therap., Edinb. & Lond., 1912, xxv, 126-133. Also, Re- print.—Dl JIarco (C.) Sulla virulenza del latte di vacche chehanno reagito alia prova tubercolinica. Gior. d. r. Soc. naz. ed Accad. vet. ital., Torino, 1909, lviii, 737- 748.—Dollar (J. A. W.) Tuberculosis and the milk sup- ply. Tr. Brit. Cong. Tuberc. 1901. Lond., 1902, iv,44-77. Also: Pub. Health, Lond., 1900-1901, xiii, 840-846. Also: Veterinarian, Lond., 1901, lxxiv, 393-400.—Duncan (E. M.) The application of the tuberculin test in city milk inspection, and the resulting benefits to public health Alabama M. J., Birmingh., 1910, xxiii, 570-586.—Eber (A.) Ueber den Tuberkelbazillengehalt der in Leipzig zum Verkauf kommenden Milch und Molkereiprodukte. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xxi, 1203-1208. -----. Unter- suchungen uber den Tuberkelbazillengehalt der Milch und der Molkereiprodukte einer Kleinstadt, nebst Be- merkungen iiber die Rolle der Geno=senschaf tsmolkereien bei der Verbreitung der Tuberkulose. Deutsche tier- arztl. Wchnschr., Hannov., 1912, xx, 457-461. Also: Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1912, xxii Tuberculosis (Transmission of) by mill'. 243; 277.—Engel (J.) Sauglingsmilch und Tuberku- lose. Berl. klin.-therap. Wchnschr., 1901. 797 - Mil Also: Wien. klin. therap. Wchnschr., 1904, 797-801.-1 Ernst (H. C.) How far may a cow be tuberculous be- fore her milk becomes dangerous as an article of food' Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1889, iv, 201-286. Also- Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1889, n. s., xcviii, 439-151. Uso- Am. Vet. Rev.,N. Y., 1890-91, xiv, 125-141. Also: Med' Pub. Harv. M. School, [Bost.], 1890, [no. 12J, 1-12. Also- Practitioner, Lond., 1890, xiv, 140-160. Also, Reprint. -----. General tuberculosis of intestine after inoculation of milk from a suspected cow. Tr. Ass. Am. Phvsicians Phila., 1890, v, 181. Also: Med. Pub. Harv. M.' School' [Bost.], 1890, [no. 18], 2.—Evans (A.) Tuberculosis of the mammary gland and of the milk. J. Mississippi M Ass.. Biloxi, 1898-9, ii, 328-330.—Figari (F.) Sul pas- saggio delle agglutinine ed antitossine tubercolari nel latte e loroassorbimento per via del tubo gastro-enterico. Riforma. med., Palermo-Napoli, 1905, xxi, 365; 729.—Fio- rentini (A.) Sulla possibile trasmissione della tuber- colosi mediante il latte di vacche tubercolotiche. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia. Rendic, 1891-2, 22. -----. Come avviene il passaggio del bacillo tubercolare nel latte? Clin, vet., Milano, 1908, xxxi, sez. prat., 465; 497.—Fio- rentini (A.) , xxvii, 1057-1071,1 pl. Also, transl: Arch. f. wissen- sch. u. prakt. Tierh., Berl., 1906, xxxii,277-294.—Moussu (G.) & Monvoisin. Sur les variations de composition chimique du lait chez les vaches tuberculeuses avec ou sans lesions mammaires. Compt.rend.Soc.debiol., Par., 1907, lxiii. 150-158.—Miiller (O.) Milk and dairy prod- ucts as sources of infection in tuberculosis. J. Comp. j Path. ATherap., Edinb.& Lond., 1906,xix, 19-33.—News- holme (A.) Tuberculosis in relation to milk supply. Practitioner, Lond., 1901,lxvi, 675-683. Also: Pub.Health, Lond., 1900-1901, xiii, 637-643.— Niven (J.) The admin- I istration of the Manchester milk clauses. 1899. Tr. Brit. Cong. Tuberc 1901, Lond., 1902, ii, 282-293. -----. Work done in Manchester under the voluntary notification of phthisis and the milk clauses. Nat. Ass. Prev. Consumpt. Tr., Lond., 1911, 89-103.—Nocard (E.) Pour le main- tien et le renforcement des mesures prises contre le danger du lait des vaches atteintes de mammite tubereuleuse. Internat. Tuberk.-Konf. 1902. Ber., Berl., 1903, i, 303-310. Also, transl: J. San. Inst., Lond., 1902-3, xxiii, 571-581.— ObcrmUller (K.) Ueber Tuberkelbacillenbefunde in der Marktmilch. Hyg. Rundschau, Berl., 1895, v, 877-SS3. -----. Ueber neuere Untersuchungen, das Vorkommen echter Siiugetiertuberkelbazillen in der Milch und den Molkereiprodukten betreffend, mit spezieller Beriick- \ sichtigung der Methodik des Nachweises. Munchen. j med. Wchnschr., 1903,1,1188.—Ollivier (A.) Contribu- I tion a I'etude de la transmissibilite de la tuberculose par I le lait de vache. Bull. Aead.demed., Par.,1891,3.s., xxv, 288-296— Ortega-Morejony Fernandcz(L.) Papel I etiol6gieo de la leche en la transmisi6n de la tuberculosis, I y medidas que conviene tomar para evitar el uso de la que pueda contener bacilos fimicos. Actas y mem. d. ix. I Cong, internac. de hig. y demog. 1898, Madrid, 1900, v, 13- 22.—Ostermann (A.) Infektionschancen beimGenuss von Milch und Milchpriiparaten von perlsiichtigen Kii- hen. Ztschr. f. Hvg. u. Infektionskrankh., Leipz., 1908, lx, 410-423. —Ostertag (R.) Ueber die Virulenz der Milch von Kiihen, welche lediglich auf Tuberkulin re- agierten, klinische Erscheinungen der Tuberkulose aber nicht zeigen. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1898-9, ix, 168. See.also. infra, Rabinowitsch ( L.) & Kemp- ner (W.). -----. Weitere Untersuchungen iiber den Tu- berkelbazillengehalt der Milch von Kiihen, welche ledig- lich auf Tuberkulin reagiert haben, klinische Ersehei- I nungen der Tuberkulose aber noch nicht zeigten. Ztschr. f. Fleisch-u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1901-2, xii, 1; 72; 109. Also: Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infectionskrankh., Leipz., 1901, xxxviii, 415-457. -----. Die Milchwirtschaft und die Bekampfung der Rindertuberkulose. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Leipz., 1907-8, xviii, 41-50. -----. Ist die Milch von Kii- hen die lediglich auf Tuberkulin reagierten, klinische Erscheinungen derTuberkulose aber nicht zeigten,sehad- heh? Ibid., 207-211. — Panisset (L.) Dangers du lait des animaux tuberculeux; moyens defeseviter. Hygiene gen. et appliq., Par., 1906, i, 151-160.—Park ( W. H.) Bo- vine tuberculosis. Arch. Pediat, N. Y., 1910, xxvii, 448- 450.—Porter (C.) The changes requisite in existing legislative and administrative measures for improving the condition of cowsheds, and ensuring the health and cleanliness of milch cows. Tr. Brit. Cong. Tuberc. 1901, Lond., 1902,ii, 305-311.—Preisz(H.) A budapesti keres- kedesbeli tej vizsgalata gumobacillusra. [Examination of the Budapest commercial milk for the tuberculosis bacillus.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1904, xlviii, 361-363.— Premier. Beitrag zur Frage der Infektiositat der Milch von mit Tuberkulose infizierten Tieren. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1904, xiv, 222-224. — Babi- nowitsch (Lydia). Ueber die Gefahr der Uebertra- gung der Tuberkulose durch Milch und Milchprodukte. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1900, xxvi, 416- 418. -----. On the infectivity of the milk of tuberculous cows, the bacteriological diagnosis, and the practical value of tuberculin in the extirpation of tuberculosis among cattle. Tr. Brit. Cong. Tuberc. 1901, Lond., 1902, 111,507-514. [Discussion], 515-522. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1901, ii 83H-X40. Also: J. Comp. Path. & Therap., Edinb. & Lond., 1902, xv, 209-215. Also, transl: Ztschr. f. Hvg. u. Infectionskrankh., Leipz., 1901, xxxvii, 439-448. -----. Zur Frage der Infectiosttiit der Milch tuberculoser Kuhe. Ztschr. f. Thiermed., Jena, 1904, viii, 202-219. -----. Die Infektiositat der Milch tuberkuloser Kiihe im Lichte der neueren Forschungen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1903, xxxiv, 225-236.— Babinowitsch (Lydia) & Kempner (W.) Beitrag zur Frage der Infektiositutder Milch tuberkuloser Kiihe, sowie uber den Nutzen der Tuberkulinimpfung. Arch f. wissensch. u. prakt. Thierh., Berl., 1899, xxv, 281-297 Tubcreulosis (Transmission of) by mill: Also: Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infectionskrankh., Leipz., 1899, xxxi, 137-152. Also [Abstr.]: Deutuche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1899, xxv, 342.----------. Bemerkun- gen zu Prof. Ostertag's Arbeit: Ueber die Virulenz der Milch von Kiihen, welche lediglich auf Tuberkulin rea- gierten, klinische Erscheinungen der Tuberkulose aber nicht zeigen; sowie Erwiderung auf seine unseren dies- beziigliehen Untersuchungen gegenuber gemachten Einwiinde. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1899, xxvi, 289-292.—Bavenel (M. P.) Tuberculosis and milk supply. Am. Pub. Health Ass. Rep. 1897, Con- cord, 1898, xxiii, 289-301. [Discussion], 320-324. Also: J. Compt. M. & Vet. Arch., Phila., 1897, xviii, 753-761. -----. The transmission of tuberculosis through milk. Pedia- trics, N. Y., 1908, xx, 564-566. -----. The prevention of tuberculosis in children by guarding the milk supply. Tr. Am. Ass. Study & Prev. Inf. Mortal. 1911, Bait, 1912, ii, 258-263.—Raw (N.) Human and bovine tuberculo- sis; the danger of infected milk. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, ii, 357.—Beed (J. H.) How to purchase safe dairy cows. Rep. Ass. Health Off. Ontario 1893, Toronto, 1894, viii, 118-126.— Regner (G.) Fran kampen mot tuberkulo- sen i ladugardarne. [The strife against tuberculosis in dairies.] Svensk veteriniirtidskr., Stockholm, 1904-5, ix, 301-310.—Beitz (A.) Milchhygiene und Tuberkulose- bekiimpfung in Diinemark und Schweden zugleich ein Beitrag zur Technik der Pasteurisierapparate. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1906, xvi, 143-151.—Ron- delli (A.) Sulla presenza del bacillo della tubercolosi nel latte e nel burro del mercato di Torino. Riv. d' ig. e san. pubb., Torino, 1898, ix, 873.—Buata (C.) L' in- nocuita del latte di vacca tubercolare per 1' uomo. La- vori d. Cong, di med. int. 1901, Roma, 1902, 457-463. Also, transl: Klin.-therap. Wchnschr., Wien, 1902, ix, 5-10.— Bussell (H. L.) Bovine tuberculosis and milk sup- plies. Phila. M. J., 1901, viii, 829-833. Also: Canada Lancet, Toronto, 1901-2, xxxv, 206-215. -----. Spread of Tuberculosis through factory skim milk. Am. Pub. Health Ass. Rep. 1906, Columbus, O., 1907, xxxii, pt. 1, 139-152, 1 diag.—Saforazes. Vitalite et non-d6veloppe- ment du bacille de Koch incorpore au lait de vache. Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1898, 10. s., v, 441.—St. Friis. Fortgesetzte Untersuchungen zur Beleuehtung der Frage, ob unsere Handelsinilch Ansteckungsgefahr mit Bezug auf die Tuberculose enthalt, und wo diese Gefahr in Sonderheit zusuchen ist. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Thiermed., Leipz., 1893-4, xx, 19.5-202.—Schmidt. Die Priifung der Milch auf Tuberkelkeime. Berl. thierarztl, Wchnschr., 1889, v, 371.—Schroeder (E. C.) Tubercu- lous infection through milk. Louisville M. J., 1908, xv, 37-42. Also: Pediatrics, N. Y., 1908, xx, 422-430. -----. Medical milk commissions and bovine tuberculosis. U.S. Dep. Agric Bureau animal indust. 1909, Wash., 1911, 193-200. Also: Louisville Month. J. M. S., 1910-11, xvii, 42-49.—Semmer (E.) Zur Frage iiber die Unschad- lichkeit der Milch tuberculoser Kiihe und der Schad- lichkeit und unsicheren Wirkung des Tuberkulins als diagnostisches Mittel. Oesterr. Monatschr. f. Thierh., Wien, 1901, xxv, 385-387.—Smith (T.) & Schroeder (E. C.) Some experimental observations on the presence of tubercle bacilli in the milk of tuberculous cows when the udder is not visibly diseased. U. S. Dep. Agric. Bu- reau animal indust, Wash., 1893, Bull. No. 3, 60-66.— Sprague (G. P.) The value of the tuberculin test in the dairy. Kentucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1909-10, viii, 1337-1339. —von Starek ( W. ) Bemerkungen iiber Kuhmilchgenuss und Tuberkulosesterblichkeit. Monat- schr. f. Kinderh., Leipz. u. Wien, 1904, iii, 108-116.— Stowell (W. L.) The relation of tuberculous cows to tuberculosis in children. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1908, Ixxiii, 1023-1026.— Thomassen (H. J. P.) Sur la virulence du lait tuberculeux dilue. Cong. p. I'etude de la tubercu- lose, Par., 1898, iv, 306-308.— Tinschert. Untersuchun- gen iiber den Tuberkelbazillengehalt der Milch tuberku- loser Kiihe. Internat Areh. f. Vet.-Med., Magdeb., 1908-9, i, 67-112.—Tonney (F. O.) Tuberculosis in market milk of Chicago. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, lv, 1252- 1255.—Tonzlg (C.) Sulla parte che il latte prende nella diffusione della tubercolosi con speciali ricerche sul latte del mercato di Padova. Ann. d' ig. sper., Roma, 1901, n. s., xi, 125-141. Also, transl: Arch. f. Hyg., Munchen u. Leipz., 1901, xli, 46-67.—Trevisan (A.) Le carni degli animali tubercolotici. Arch, seient d. r. Soc. ed Accad. vet. ital., Torino, 1907, v, 1-9.—Ungermann (E.) Welche Gefahr droht dem Menschen durch den Genuss von Milch und Milchprodukten euterluberkuloser Kuhe? Tuberk.-Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, Berl., 1912,12. Hft, 213-264.—Val I in (E.) Le lait des vaches phthisi- ques, peut-il transmettre la tuberculose? Ann. d'hyg., Par., 1878,1. 15-50. Also: Bull. Soc. de med. pub. 1877-9, Par., 1879, i, 363-398. Also, Reprint—Veyssiere. De la surveillance du lait et des vaches laitieres au point de vue de la contagion de la tuberculose. Normandie med., Rouen, 1890, v, 53-57.—de Villiers. Sur le lait comme agent de transmission de la tuberculose. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1890, 2. s., xxiii, 145.—Vincent (R.) Falla- TUBERCULOSIS. 897 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Tra?ismission of) by milk. cies in the report of the Royal Commission on Tubercu- losis. Science Progr. 20. cent., Lond., 1911-12, vi, 507-513, 1 pl.—Weber (A.) Welche Gefahr droht den Menschen durch den Genuss von Milch und Milchprodukten euter- tuberkuloser Kiihe? Tuberk.-Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, Berl.,1910,10.Hft,l-100. Also [Abstr.]: Molkerei-Ztg.,Berl., 1910, xvii, 193; 205.—Weiss (G.) Dell' uso alimentare del latte e della carne di animali tubercolosi. Corriere san., MilaDO, 1896, vii, no. 94,1; no. 95, L—Williamson (A. M.) Tuberculous milk. J. Roy. San. Inst., Lond., 1907, xxviii, 477.—Wine (J. W.) Tuberculosis and milk. Cleveland M. & S. Reporter, 1911, xix, 17-20.—Wolff (f. G.) Die Sauglingsmilch als die Hauptquelle fiir die Schwindsuchtsentstehung. Med. Klin., Berl., 1905, i, 281-284.— Ifoung (J. M'L.) Report of an investigation into the milk of tuberculous cows for the University of Aberdeen. Vet. Rec, Lond., 1902-3, xv, 560.—^6raw- ski (M.) Nabial jako przyczyna gruzlicy u czlow eka i srodki zaradcze. [Milk products as a cause of tuberculo- sis in man, and preventive means.] Zdrowie, Warszawa, 1901, xvii, 684-692. Tuberculosis (Transmission of) from mother to foetus or child. See Tuberculosis (Congenital, etc.); Tubercu- losis (Fatal); Tuberculosis (Pulmonary) and lactation. Tuberculosis (Transmission of) by postal and telegraph service. Busquet. Sur un mode de transmission de la tuber- culose par les timbres-poste. Bull, med.. Par., 1899, xiii, 1126.—Garcia (J.) La tuberculosis en la administraci6n decorreosyteiegrafos. Semana m6d., Buenos Aires, 1902, ix, 812-814.—Garland (C. H.) La tuberculose dans Tadministration britannique des postes. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, ii, 813-815,—Grenier (R.) La tuberculose dans Tadministration des postes et tele- graphes. Presse m6d., Par., 1901, il, annexes, S. 54.— Hericourt. La tuberculose et les employes des postes. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1905, viii, 32.—Ulster (T. D.) & Garland (C. H.) Tuberculosis and the postal service. Brit. J. Tuberculosis, Lond., 1908, ii, 177-181.— Mlgnot. La contagion tubereuleuse dans Tadministra- tion des postes et teiegraphes. Courrier med., Par., 1901, li, 95-98. Tuberculosis (Transmission of) by railway carriages. Amat (C.) Tuberculose et chemins de fer. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1899, exxxviii, 257-266.— Bernheim (S.) Contagion de la tuberculose dans les chemins de fer. Independ. med., Par., 1899, v, 33.— Dudley (C. B.) The dissemination of tuberculosis as affected by railway travel. Am. Pub. Health Ass. Rep. 1905, Columbus, O., 1906, xxxi, 187-197. Also: Med. News, N. Y., 1905, lxxxvii, 1164-1169.—Gilbert. Die Beforde- rung sjhwer Lungenkranker in den Ziigen und die Spucknapfe in den Ziigen. Ztschr. f. Bahn- u. Bahn- kassenarzte, Melsungen, 1912, vii, 57-61.—Guinard (L.) Tuberculose et personnel des compagnies de chemins de fer. Lutte antituberc, Par., 1904-5, v, 3-9.---Haynes (J. R.) Duty of railroads in transportation of tubercu- lous passengers. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlviii, 210-212.—Hess (A. F.) Car conductors as disseminators of tuberculosis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1908, 1, 119.— Holmboe (M.) Das 8puckverbot auf den norwegi- schen Eisenbahnen. Tuberculosis, Leipz., 1905, iv, 595- 598.—Hunt (A. E. B.) Steam-heated railway carriages and the spread of tuberculosis. Tr. Brit. Cong. Tuberc. 1901, Lond., 1902, iii, 660-663.—Petit (L.-H.) Du danger du transport des phtisiques en chemin de fer et des moyens d'y rem6dier. Rev. de la tuberculose, Par., 1893, 337-353. — Petri. Versuche iiber die Verbreitung an- steckender Krankheiten, insbesondere der Tuberkulose durch den Eisenbahnverkehr und iiber die dagegen zu ergreifenden Massnahmen. Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, Berl., 1893, ix, 111-120. Also, transl: Rev. de la tubercu- lose, Par., 1894,16-25.—Prausnltz (W.) Weitere Un- tersuchungen fiber die Moglichkeit einer Verbreitung der Tuberculose durch das Reisen auf Eisenbahnen. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1893, xl, 4. -----. Ueber die Verbreitung der Tuberkulose durch den Eisenbahnver- kehr. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1894, xx, 584. Also, transl: Rev. de la tuberculose, Par., 1894, 251- 257 — Rocchi (G.) Le ferrovie dello Stato nella lotta sociale contro la tubercolosi. Tubercolosi, Milano, 1908- 9, ii, 191-197.—Sch wechten & Hager. Sind geheilte tuberkulose Bahnarbeiter in das Beamten- oder Hilfs- beamtenverhaltnis zu ubernehmen? Ztschr. f. Bahn- u. Bahnkassenarzte, Melsungen, 1911, vi, 182-192.—Zeitl- mann. Die Lungentuberkulose in ihrer Verbreitung beim Eisenbahnpersonal und ihre Bekampfung. Pro- tok. d. Verhandl. d. Versamml. deutsch. Bahnarzte zu Baden-Baden, Nurnb., 1900, 13-34. vol xviii, 2d series---57 Tuberculosis (Transmission of) by vaccination. Sse, also. Vaccination (Accidents in). Breit. Zur Tuberkulosefrage der Kuhpockenlymphe. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1905, xxxviii, 271-274.—Bunch (J. L.) Case of tuberculosis develop- ing on the site of a vaccination scar. Proc Roy. Soc Med., Lond., 1907-8, i, Dermat. Sect., 164.—McGovern (W. P.) The relation of vaccination to tuberculosis. Phila. M. J., 1898, ii, 640.—Onorato (R.J Sulla tras- missione della tubercolosi per mezzo della liofa vac- cinica. Ann. d. Ist. Maragliano p. la cura d. tuberc. [etc.], Genova, 1904, i, 237-240. Tuberculosis (Transmission of) by water and sewage. Dixon (S. G.) May not drinking water, when pol- luted with sewage, be one medium of dissemination of the tubercle bacillus? J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1908, li 380-382. — Smith (A. J.) May drinking water, when polluted with sewage, be one medium of dissemination of the tubercle bacillus? Rep. Com. Health Penn. 1907, Harrisburg, 1908, ii, 115-119. -----. Experimental work upon the viability of tubercle bacilli and sewage organ- isms. Ibid., 119-121. Tuberculosis (Traumatic and post- operative). Gurewitsch (D.) * Traumatische Tuberku- lose. 8°. Bern, 1910. Hilffert (W.) * Ueber traumatische Tuber- kulose mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Urogenital-Tuberkulose. 8°. Heidelberg, 1911. Ippa (H.) * Contribution a I'etude de la ge- neralisation tubereuleuse post-op6ratoire. 8°. Paris, 1898. Labhardt (A.) * Ueber traumatische Tuber- culosen in der Chirurgie. [Basel.] 8°. Aarau, 1899. Lemgen (A. J.) *Zur Aetiologie der lokalen Tuberkulose mit besonderer Berucksichtigung vonTraumen. [Bonn.] 8°. Andernach, 1898. Reichel (G. V. A. E.) * Ueber die ursach- liche Beziehung zwischen Trauma und Tubercu- lose. [Breslau.] 8°. Oels, 1898. Schwarz (A.) * Beitrag zur Lehre von der traumatischen Entstehung und Ausbreitung der Tuberkulose im Korper. 8°. Munchen, 1900. Spelten ([F.] J.) * Beitrag zur traumati- schen Tuberculose. 8°. Bonn, 1898. Wahllander (B. E. L.) * Ueber die Verall- gemeinerung der Tuberkulose nach chirurgi- schen Eingriffen. (Mit Benutzung des Mate- rials der chirurgischen Klinik des Geheimrats von Bardeleben.) 8°. Berlin, 1893. Weber (F. P.) Traumatic tuberculosis, pneu- monia, and pleurisy. 8°. London, 1910. Bayet. Quelques mots sur la pathogenie de la gene- ralisation tubereuleuse aprSs intervention chirurgicale. Ann. Soc. beige de chir., Brux., 1894-5, ii, 96-100.—Becker (G.) Ueber Contusionstuberculose. Vereinsbl. d. pfalz. Aerzte, Frankenthal, 1895, xi, 226-232.—Berard (L.) Les rapports des traumatismes et de la tuberculose en matiere d'accidents du travail. Bull, med., Par., 1912, xxvi, 215-218.—Bosanquet (W. C.) A lecture on the relationship of tuberculosis to accident and injury. Lan- cet, Lond., 1912, i, 75-79.—Brodnitz. Tuberculose als Unfallfolge. Ztschr. f. arztl. Fortbild., Jena, 1909, vi, 567- 571.—Brouardel (P.) Tuberculose et traumatisme. Ann. d'hyg., Par., 1906, 4. s., v, 116-144.—€harrier (A.) Accident du travail; tuberculose osteo-articulaire du genou; tuberculose pulmonaire; mort. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1911, xli, 629.— Coppolino (C.) Sopra un caso di tubercolosi cutanea ulcerata consecutiva ad un trauma del calcagno, con adenite inguinale tubercolare. Gior. ital. d. mal. ven., Milano, 1910, xiv, 457-463.—Cor- ner (E. M.) & Dudgeon (L. S.) Post-operative acute local tuberculous infection. Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1904-5, xxxviii, 49-64. Also: Clin. J., Lond., 1905, xxvi, 206-208.— Depage & Gallet. Des generalisations tuberculeuses aprls intervention chirurgicale sur des foyers tubercu- leux. [Rap.] Ann. Soc. beige de chir., Brux., 1894-5, ii, 79-96.—Deutschlander (C.) Tuberculose und Trau- ma; Sammelreferat. Arch. f. Orthop. [etc.], Wiesb., 1906, iv, 300-326.—Durando (D.) Sul rapporto fra trauma e tubercolosi; contributo clinico e sperimentale. Pediatria, Napoli, 1911, 2. s., xix, 850-860.—Epstein (A.) Das Ohr- ringstechen und seine Gefahren, insbesondere die tuber- kulose Ansteckung der Stichoffnungen. Ztschr. f. Kin- TUBERCULOSIS. 898 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Traumatic and post- operative). derh., Berl., 1912, Orig., iv, 372-388.—Estor (E.l Tuber- culose et traumatisme; resultats founds par le depouille- ment de 372 observations de tuberculose des os et des ar- ticulations. Assoc, franc de chir. Proc-verb, [etc.], Par., 1907, 871-873. Also: Montpel. med., 1907, xxv, 385- 389._Feilchenleld (L.) Ueber die Verschlimmerung der Tuberkulose durch Unfalle. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1908, xxxiv, 493-496.—von Fried- laender(F.) Trauma und Tuberculose. [Ref.] Cong. internat. de la tuberc. Rap., Par., 1905, 240-251.—Gal- llehi (D.) Trauma e tubercolosi. Riv. di diritto e giur. . . . s. infortuni d. lavoro, Modena, 1004, n. s., i, 24- 32.—Gass (A.) Tuberkulose und Unfall. Monatschr. f. Unfallheilk., Leipz., 1904, xi, 85-89.—van H. Ongeval- lenwet; tuberculose en trauma. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Ge- neesk., Amst., 1907, ii, 53-55.—Hassler. Piqure anato- mique et tuberculose par inoculation; adenite tubereu- leuse des ganglions sus-epitrochieens; adenite tubereu- leuse suppuree de l'aisselle; cure chirurgicale; resultats eioignes. Mem. et bull. Soc. de med. et chir. de Bordeaux (1902), 1903, 271-280.—Hemery. Tuberculose et trau- matismes. Soc. de med. mil. franc., Par., 1909, iii, 42; 87; 99; 162; 191; 229.—Iinbert (L.) & Oddo (C.) Tubercu- lose et traumatisme. Rev. de la, tuberculose, Par., 1912, 2. s., ix, 469-489.—Jeanbrau (E.) Les rapports de la tuberculose avec les accidents du travail devant le Con- gres de chirurgie de 1907. Montpel. med., 1907, xxv, 433- 454.—Jeannel. Tuberculose et traumatisme. Cong. internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, ii, 153-157.—Rap- pis (A.) Beitrag zur traumatischen Tuberkulose. Deut- sche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1910, xxxvi, 1310.— Lannelongue & Aehard. Traumatisme et tubercu- lose. Rev. de la tuberculose. Par., 1899, 133-137. Also [Abstr.]: Bull, med., Par., 1899, xiii, 511.—liapeyre (L.) Des affections chirurgicales chroniques, tuberculose et cancer, dans leurs relations avec les accidents du travail. Med. d. accid. du travail, Par., 1908, vi, 267-274.—Led- dcrhose. Trauma und chirurgische Tuberkulose. Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl., 1905, xi, 209-212.—Man- dry. Zur Casuistik der traumatischen Tuberculosen. Memorabilien, Heilbr., 1899, n. F., xvii, 385-394.— JHarix. Tuberculose traumatique. Soc. de med. de Nancy. C.-r. . . „ 1904-5, 55-57. Also: Rev. med. de l'est, Nancy, 1905, xxxvii, 276-278— Itlauelaire (P.) & Ba- rozzi. Tuberculose et traumatisme; revue analytique et critique. Rev. de la tuberculose, Par., 1895,135-155.— Mosny (E.) Le traumatisme, la tuberculose et la loi sur les accidents du travail. Ann. d'hyg., Par., 1902, 3. s., xlviii, 97-128. Also: Presse med., Par., 1902, ii, 855-858. -----. La tuberculose traumatique et la loi ' relative aux accidents du travail. Rev. seient., Par., 1909, 6. s., xii, 688-690.—Itlultanovskl (N. M.) 0 znachenii traumi dlya vozniknoveniya bugorchatkovikh zabollevaniy. [Role of traumatism in the origin of tu- bercular diseases.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1911, x, 404.—iTIurray (R. W.) General tuberculosis following upon an operation. Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 1907, xxvii, 179-181.—Pietrzikowski(E.) Ueberdie Beziehungen von Unfall und Tuberkulose mit besonderer Beriicksich- tigung der Gelenk- und Knochentuberculose. Ztschr. f. Heilk., Wien u. Leipz., 1903, xxiv, 187-272.—Ponsot. Traumatisme et tuberculose. Soc. de med. mil. franc., Par., 1909, iii, 87-94.—Proehazka (F.) Ovztahumezi urazem a Tuberkulosou. [Traumatisme dans l'etiologie de la tuberculose. Res., 164.] Sborn. klin., v. Praze, 1900-1901, ii, 119-166.—Beelus (P.) Les accidents du travail et la tuberculose. Rev. gen. de clin. etdeth6rap., Par., 1907, xxi, 561-564. -----. Tuberculose et accidents du travail. Presse med., Par., 1912, xx, 1-3.—Bibera y Sans (J.) La tuberculosisy el traumatismo; estudio ex- perimental. An. de la Acad, de obst. [etc.], Madrid, 1910, iii. 81-86.—Bodet (A.) & Jeanbrau. Contribution a I'etude de l'influence des traumatismes sur la localisation de la tuberculose; resultats de traumatismes articulaires chez des lapins tuberculises par la voie digestive. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1907, cxiv, 1361-1363. Also: Montpel. med., 1908, xxvi, 193-197.—Itomme (R.) La tuberculose chez les anciens tracln'otomises et intubes. Presse med., Par., 1901, ii, 290.— Bottenbiller (6.) Adatok giimos betegsegek koroktanahoz, kiilonos tekin- tettel a traumaknak giimos csontbantalmaknal val6 szerepere. [Contributions on the pathological origin of tubercular diseases, with special reference to traumata in tubereulous bone affections.] Orvostud.ertek.gyiijt. Magy. orv. Arch., Budapest, 1900, u. L, i, 460; 603.— Sachet(A.) Tuberculose et accidents du travail. Med. d. accid. du travail, Par., 1907, v, 176; 199.—Salazar (.1. G.) La tuberculosis y el traumatismo. Juventud med Guatemala, 1899, i, 61-67.—Salomoni(A.) Sulla tuber- colosi traumatica. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1911, xxxii, 539- 541.—Salvia (E.) L' influenza dei piccoli traumi sulla locahzzazione della tubercolosi. Policlin., Roma, 1904 xi, sez. chir.. 336; 367-Schaffer (E) Trauma und Tu- berculose. Vrtljschr. f. gerichtl. Med., Berl., 1895, 3. F. X' 29-36.—Scluichardt (B.) Ein Fall von trauma- tischer Tuberculose bei einer Unfallversicherung. Ibid Tuberculosis (Traumatic and post- operative). 1896, 3. F., xii, 193-228.—Schilller (M.) Einige Be- merkungen zur traumatischen Tuberkulose. Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl., 1899, v, 161-163—cie Schutte- laere. Tuberculose et traumatisme. Soc. de med. mil. franc., Par., 1909, iii, 348.—Siorza (C.) Tubercolosi e trauma. Gior. di med. mil., Roma, 1910, lviii, 688-708. Also, transl.: Mil. Surgeon, Wash., 1909, xxv, 578-601.— Sinding-Larsen (C.-M.-F.) Om traumaetsbetydning for tuberkulosens opstadenogudbredning. [Significance of traumatism in the origin and spread of tuberculosis.] Norsk Mag. f. Laegevidensk., Stockholm, 1908, 5. R., vi, 1- 25.—Slomaini (IL C.) Tuberkulose og Trauma. Bi- bliot. f. Laeger, K0benh.,19O2,8. R., iii, 463-497.—Thiem. ■ Des affections chirurgicales chroniques (tuberculose et cancer) dans leurs relations avec les accidents du travail. LRap.] Med. d. accid. du travail, Par., 1907, v, 321-334. - -----. Tuberkulose und Unfall. Monatschr. f. Unfall- - heilk., Leipz., 1911, xviii, 167-177.—Urban. Trauma und Tuberculose. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1899, xlvi. 346-348.—Villani (G.) La tubercolosi traumatica nei riguardi della legge sugli infortuni del lavoro. Gazz. med. lomb., Milano, 1908, lxvii, 489-492.— Vlllemln (M.) Tuberculose et traumatisme. [Rap.] Cong, in- ternat. de la tuberc. Rap., Par., 1905, 223-239. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1906, li, 212.— Weitzel. Les tuberculoses traumatiques (a propos de deux observations). Bull, med., Par., 1912, xxvi, 853- 855.—Wolfendale (G. A.) A case of'traumatic tuber- culosis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, ii, 444-446. Tuberculosis (Treatment of). See, also, Tuberculosis (Experimental, Treat- ment of); Tuberculosis (Glandular, Treatment of); Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of); Tuberculosis (Surgical, Treatment of); Tuber- culosis ( Visceral); Tuberculosis in children. Alves Quintella (J.-L.) Traitement de la tuberculose; deuxieme relation des experiences cliniques sur la guerison de la tuberculose faites pendant le court espace de 7 mois a l'hopital general de Saint-Antoine de Porto et dans la clinique particuliere par le depurateur Harva, badiane phosphatee de Sued, puissant microbi- cide antitubereuleux. 8°. Paris, 1902. Bernard (P.-J.-M.) *De l'emploi des pro- duits a base de cholest£rine dans le traitement de la tuberculose. 8°. Bordeaux, 1909. Borgiotti (F.) Vari casi di tubercolosi trat- tati col preparato Partini. 8°. Siena, 1908. Cahour (P.) * La tuberculine Beraneck dans les phtisies du 2e et du 3e degr6. 8°. Paris, 1912". Chabeaux (P.-R.) *Le traitement de la tu- berculose pulmonaire par la tuberculine Bera- neck. 8°. Nancy, 1912. Chancel (P.-F.-E) *Etude clinique experi- mentale de Paction du bleu de methylene comme antitubereuleux. 8°. Lille, 1904. Also, in: Nord med., Lille, 1904, x, 241: 1905, xi, 1. Conan. Traitement homceopathique et homo- homceopathique de la tuberculose ou sero-ihera- pie artiflcielle de la tuberculose. 8°. Paris, [n. d.]. Coromilas (G.-P.) Etudes sur la tuberculose et son traitement. Tuberculoses chirurgicale, pulmonale, intestinale avec extraits d'un me- moire communique' a 1'Academie de medecine de Paris, juillet 1900. 8°. Paris, 1902. Crotte (F.) Cure de la tuberculose et de toutes les autres affections de nature micro- bienne. Historique et exposed, adjuvants, obser- vations de cas de guerison. 8°. Paris, [1903]. Czyzowska (Eugenie). * Contribution a l'S- tude des nouveaux traitements de la tubercu- lose. 8°. Genbe, 1899. De Silvestri (E.) Come si evita e si cura la tubercolosi. 8°. Torino, 1906. Ferrier (P.) La guerison de la tuberculose basee sur l'Stude des cas de guerison spontanee. Traitement et prophylaxie. 12°. Paris, 1906. TUBERCULOSIS. 899 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Treutment of). Gerard (E.) & Lemoine (G.) Traitement de la tuberculose par la paratoxine base sur Taction antitoxique du foie. 8°. Paris, 1907. Haentjens (A.-H.) Tuberculose. Voorbe- hoeding, behandelingen levenswijze nade kuur. 12°. Schiedam, 1901. -----. Een nieuw middel tegen tuberculose en de resultaten, mededeelingen over de be- handeling metfiltrase. roy. 4°. Schiedam, 1909. Heller (0.) * Ueber den Gebrauch von Kampf er bei Tuberkulose. 8°. Freiburg i. B., 1901. Intensive (The) treatment of tuberculosis by hypodermic injections of sterilised medicated oils. 12°. London, [n. d.~\ Kraemer (C.) Das Prinzip der Dauerheilung der Tuberkulose. 8°. Tubingen, 1904. Laird (J.) Notes on the treatment of tuber- culosis (preventive and curative.) 8°. Bristol, 1912. Landerer (A.) Le traitement de la tubercu- lose et la cicatrisation des processus tubercu- leux. Ouvrage traduit par le docteur J. Al- quier. 8°. Paris, 1899. Maciel ( M. ) Valeur des differentes me- thodes de traitement dans la tuberculose. 8°. Bio de Janeiro, 1905. Maitre (P.) * Etude critique sur la recher- che du traitement de la tuberculose. 8°. Lyon, 1900. Minchin (W. C.) The treatment, preven- tion and cure of tuberculosis and lupus with allyl sulphide. 8°. London, 1912. Plicque (A.-F.) Traitement de la tubercu- lose. 8°. Paris, 1906. Pujade (P.) La cure pratique de la tubercu- lose. Preface par E. Boirac. 12°. Paris, 1900. Ribard ( E.) La tuberculose est curable; moyens de la reconnaitre et de la gu£rir, ins- tructions pratiques a, l'usage des families. Pre- cede d'une preface par Maurice Letulle. 16°. Paris, 1900. de Saint-Cyr (D.) La tuberculose et sa gue- rison par une plante des Antilles. Avec une preface par H. Gonzalve-Menusier, suivie d'une note explicative sur la saintcyrflor et les resul- tats obtenus parson emploi contre la tubercu- lose par Acard. 12°. Paris, 1903. Sprixgefeld (E. O. F.) *Ist Griserin ein Heilmittel der Tuberkulose? [Giessen.] 8°. Berlin, 1906. Also, in: Arch. f. wissensch. u. prakt. Tierh., Berl., 1906, xxxii, 545-561.- Tesson (M.) * Contribution a I'etude de la tuberculine dans le traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire. 8°. Paris, 1912. Abramovitch (Eva). Aniline blanche et tubercu- lose. N. Montpel. med., 1901, xiii, 99; 155, 1 pl., 4 ch.— AI lard (V.) Sulla cura della tubercolosi e del cancro. Ann. di Ippocrate, Milano, 1907-8, ii, 266: 1909, iv, 536.— Araoz Allaro (G.) Tuberculosis agudas curables; la tifo-bacilosis. Semana m<5d., Buenos Aires, 1912, xix, pt. 2, 1281-1290.—Aravandlnos (A.) Ueber kombi- nierte spezifische Behandlung der Tuberkulose. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1910, xvi, 243-246— Arthand (G.) Quelques critiques sur les id6es modernes en ma- tiere de tuberculose. Progres m<5d., Par., 1907, 3. s., xxiii, 529-532.—Badi inann. Die Bekampfung der Tubercu- lose mit Blutentziehungskuren. Ber. ii. d. Kong. z. Bekampf. d. Tuberk. [etc.], Berl., 1899, 716-720.—de Backer & fharlier. Emploi des injections mycoder- miques dans la tuberculose. Rev. gen. de rantiseps. mea. et chir., Par., 1895, viii, 161-171— Bauinler. Die Behandlung der Tuberculose im 19. Jahrhundert. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1900, xxxvii, 293-29*.—Bane (W. C.) The medical treatment of tuberculosis of the upper air passages and the ear. Am. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1906, xv, 494-497. Also: Colorado M.J., Denver, 1906, xii, 287-289.—Baradat. La tuberculose et les me- dication's nouvelles. Cong, internat. de med, C. r., Par., Tuberculosis (Treatment of). 1900, sect, de path, int., 772-778. Also: G'az. d. eaux, Par., 1900, xliii, 377. -----. Remarks on tuberculosis and its treatment. Tr. Brit. Cong. Tuberc. 1901, Lond., 1902, iii, 401-400—Barne* (X. P.) The symptomatic treatment of tuberculosis. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1905, 15. s., iii, 67-65. Also, Reprint.—Barton (J. L.) Hvpodermoclvsis in tuberculosis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1902, Ixi, 347.—Bauer (A.) Krapp bei Tuberkulose. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1911, xxi, 359-362.—Bauer (J.) & Mnrscli- liauser (H.) Zur Chemotherapie der Tuberkulose. (Zu dem gleichnamigen Artikel von G. Kapsenberg.) Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 1888.—Bayer. De la valeur therapeutique des hydrocarbures en general, spe- cialement des vasogenes Klever (oxyvaseline), avec ap- plications speciales au traitement des maladies des voies respiratoires, notamment de la tuberculose. Rev. de la- ryngol. [etc.], Par., 1893, xiii, 513-532.—Behr(M.) Ueber den Einfluss der Crede'schen Silbertherapie auf die den Tuberkelbazillus begleitenden Bakterien. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1904, xviii, 517-521.—Berlin (W. C. K.) A new departure in the treatment of tubercu- losis. Denver M. Times [etc.], 1911-12, xxxi, 513-518 — Berliner ( M. ) Zur Behandlung der Tuberkulose. Berl. klin.-therap. Wchnschr., 1905, xiii, 396-399. Also: Wien.-klin. Therap. Wchnschr., 1905, xiii, 396-399.— Bernheim (S.) Medicaments-reclame contre la tuber- culose. Rev. internat. dela tuberc, Par., 1903, ii, 909-911. -----. Guerison spontanee et gu6rison therapeutique de la tuberculose. Ibid., 1912, xxii, 248-296.—Bernheim (S.)&t£uentin. Note sur le traitement de la tubercu- lose par le gomenol. Med. orient., Par., 1903, vii, 193- 199.—Bloch (M.) La greffe anhritique. BulLgen.de therap. [etc.], Par., 1907, cliv. 146-150.—Blillidorn (K.) Versuche mit Chinosol und Formaldehyd bei Tuberku- lose. Veroffentl. d. R. Koch-Stift. z. Bekampf d. Tuberk., Leipz., 1912, 3. Hft., 57-68.—Boulengier(0.) Quelques considerations sur la tuberculose et son traitement metal- lique. Presse med. beige, Brux., 1905, lvii, 1061-1075.— Bourgois (L.) De Taction antituberculeuse et toxique des fluorures, employes dans le traitement de la tubercu- lose. Rev. de la tuberculose, Par., 1903, x, 22-27.—Bru- schettini (A.) Immunitat und Therapie der Tuberku- lose. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1912, lxvi, Orig., 531-537. Also, transl: Rev. internat. de la tu- berc, Par., 1912, xxi, 405-410.—Cervello (V.) Le traite- ment de la tuberculose par l'igazol. [Transl., abstr., 415.] Tr. Brit. Cong. Tuberc. 1901, Lond., 1902, iii, 416-421.— Charteris (E. J.) Medicaments in the management of tuberculosis. Brit. J. Tuberculosis, Lond., 1910, iv, 250- 254.—Chew (R. Q. S.) Gynocyanauridzarin; a new remedy for tubercular diseases. Indian M.-Chir. Rev., Bombay, 1895, iii, 361-364.—Cipriani (A. G.) Beitrag zur Behandlung der chirurgischen Formen der Tuber- culose und der Lungentuberculose durch Chinosol. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1897, lxvi, 953-955. -----. Weitere Fiille von Chinosolbehandlung bei Tuberkulose. Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1899, xx, 257.—Clarke (H.) & Forsyth (C. E. P.) On the value of some modern methods of diagnosis and treatment in tubercular diseases. Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 1908, xxix, 85-99.— Cohen (M. S.) Some new features in the class method of treating tuberculosis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- cago, 1910, liv, 1193-1196.—Cohen (S. S.) The use of palladium chloride internally in the treatment of tuber- culosis. Tr. Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila., 1899, xx, 357-360. -----. Preliminary report upon the use of palladium chloride (PdCl2) internally in the treatment of tubercu- losis. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1900, i, 178-180.—Coleman (T. D.) The general management of tuberculosis. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1912, cvii, 465- 469.—Coromilas. Traitement des tuberculoses chi- rurgicales et de la tuberculose pulmonaire par le sulfure de carbone ter6benthine. [Rap. de Delorme.l Bull. Acad, de med.. Par., 1901, 3. s., xlvi, 443-456—Darti- Bekiimpfung der Tuberculose als Volkskrankheit und die Aufgaben der Hydrotherapie dabei. Bl. f. klin. Hydrotherap., Wien, 1899, ix, 133-142. Also: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1900, xxxvii, 384-387. Tuberculosis (Treatment of) with ichthyol. See, also, Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treat- ment of) with ichthyol. Leva! (D.) Az ichthyol hatasa tuberculosisnal. [The effect of ichthyol in tuberculosis.] Magy. orv. lapja, Budapest, 1902, ii, 503. Also, transl: Ungar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1902, vii, 539. Also, transl: Aerztl. Prax., Berl. u. Leipz., 1902, xv, 243-245.—Badice (G.) Influenza dell'ittiolo sulla eliminazione dello zolfo nei tubercolotici. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1904, xxiv, 528-531.— Spangler (C. F.) Ichthyol in tuberculosis. Proc. Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila., 1901-2, xxii, 387-395.—Wert- heimber. Die Ichthyoltherapie der Tuberculose? Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1899, xlvi, 795. Also, Reprint. Also: Sitzungsb. d. arztl. Ver. Niirnb. 1899, Munchen, 1900, 3-7— Williams (J. H.) Ichthyol in tuberculosis. J. Tuberc, Asheville, 1902, iv, 361-366. Tuberculosis (Treatment of) by in- unction. See Tuberculosis (Surgical, Treatment of). Tuberculosis (Treatment of) with io- dine [and compounds]. See, also, Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treat- ment of) with iodine, etc.; Tuberculosis (Sur- gical, Treatment of) with iodine compounds. Vandermeersch (J.-V.) * Traitement des tuberculoses locales par l'iode metalloidique. 4°. Lille, 1895. Abanese (A.) Guarigione stabile della tubercolosi ossea, peritoneale e glandolare ottenuta colle iniezioni iodo-iodurate alia Durante. Policlin., Roma, 1906, xiii, sez.'prat., 789-792.—Aievoll (E.) La jodipina sottocu- taneamente usata contro la tubercolosi chirurgica. Cor- riere san., Milano, 1899, x, 433.—Andreoli (I.) Con- tributo alia cura dello iodio nelle affezioni tubercolari. Suppl. al Policlin., Roma, 1895-6, ii, 895-901. —Bern- heim (S.) & Dieupart (L.) Nouveau traitement de la tuberculose par l'iode menthol^ radio-actif. Gaz. d. h6pdeLyon, 1911, xii, 84.—Brown (G. A.) Iodine in the treatment of tuberculosis. Montreal M. J., 1906, xxxv, 233-216.—Cadier & Jolly (L.) Deuxieme note sur l'application au traitement de la tuberculose de l'iode metallo'ide assooi6 k des phosphates physiologiques. Bull, et mem. Soc. de med. et chir. prat, de Par., 1894, 155-163.—Calabrese (A.) Osservazioni cliniche e ri- cerche sperimentali circa 1' azione del jodo nella cura degli essudati tubercolari. Riforma med,, Palermo-Na- poli, 1907, xxiii, 1093.—Carraroli (A.) JT1 jodio, per far si che esso arrivi a curare la tubercolosi.] Arch, in- ternaz. di med. e chir., Napoli, 1905, xxi, 353-367.—Ca- vazzaul (A,) Sulla cura della tubercolosi coll' iodio. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1903, Padova, 1904, xiii, 382.— Consoli (G.) Ricerche chimiebe sul comDortarsi dell' iodo nei tessuti tubercolari. Clin, chir., Milano, 1911, xix, 2529-2550.—Dominica (L.) Ricerche chimiche sull' azione dello iodio nei tessuti tubercolari. Arch, ed atti d. Soc. ital. di chir. 1908, Roma, 1909, i, 267-292 — Ghiotti (A.) Influenza delle iniezioni iodo-iodurate sulla tubercolosi con particolare riguardo alia costitu- zione del sangue. Gazz. internaz. di med., Napoli, 1006, ix, 1009, 1015,— Gomez (R.) II jodo nella cura della tubercolosi glandolare; un caso di guarigione di linfomi tubercolari suppurati colle iniezioni jodo-jodurate (me- todo Durante). Suppl. al Policlin., Roma, 1897-8, iv- 1085-1087. — Guermonprez. Traitement des tuber, culoses locales par l'iode pur. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1895, lxviii, 730.— Ilotz (G.) Die Jodbehandlung der Tuber- kulose. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1912, xxv, 100-118.—Jolly (L.) L'iode applique au traite- TUBERCULOSIS. 90! Tuberculosis (Treatment of) with io- dine [and compounds]. ment preventif et curatif dela tuberculose. Assoc, franc. pour l'avance. d. sc. C.-r., Par., 1889, xviii, pt. 2, 734- 736. [Discussion], pt. 1, 350.—Iflegllo (S.) Sulla rea- zione jodofila del sangue di infermi con lesioni tuberco- lari esterne in rapporto al trattamento jodico e a quello con la emulsione di bacilli tubercolari e con le tuberco- Iine Spengler e ferrica. Med. ital,, Napoli, 1912, x, 229- 233.—Moresco (G.) Contributo alia cura di lesioni tu- bercolari con le iniezione ipodermiche iodate (Durante). Suppl. al Policlin., Roma, 1894-5, i, 353—Morettl (O.) Lo jodio e suoi derivati nella tubercolosi. Ibid., 281- 285.—Palamldessi (T.) La tubercolosi umana nelle cavie e le iniezioni iodiche. Morgagni, Milano, 1897, xxxix, 498-512.—Petrilli (A.) La cura iodo-iodurata alia Durante nella tubercolosi articolare e glandolare. Policlin., Roma, 1902-3, ix, 1135.—Pisani (R.) La cata- foresi iodica nella cura delle adeniti tubercolari. (Nota di elettroterapia.) Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 1903, n. s., xxv, 989-993.—Pit'zorno (G. A.) II latte iodato Selavo nelle affezioni tubercolari chirurgicne. Atti d. r. Accad. d. fisiocrit. in Siena, 1900, 4. s., xii, 275.— Bieci (S.) Sull' azione antitossica dello iodio nella tu- bercolosi; studio sperimentale. Policlin., Rema, 1911, xviii, sez. chir., 306-315.—Simoninl (R.) Alcuni casi di tubercolosi chirurgica curati colle iniezioni iodo-iodu- rate alia Durante. Suppl. al Policlin., Roma, 1898-9, v, 108; 142. -----. Dieci casi di forme tubercolari trattate colle iniezioni di iodio alia Durante. Corriere san., Mi- lano, 1900, xi, 264-267.—Stelanuccl-Ala. Studio sull' azione dello jodio nella cura della tubercolosi. Bull. d. Soc. Lancisiana d. osp. di Roma, 1901-2, xxi fasc. 2.194- 196.—Vaccari (A.) La cura jodica della tubercolosi. Ann. di med. nav., Roma, 1899, v, 1263-1277.—Zickgraf (G.) Ueber therapeutische Anwendung von Projodin. Zentralbl. f. innere Med., Leipz., 1910, xxxi, 417-422. Tuberculosis (Treatment of) with iodo- form. See, also, Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) with iodoform. de Fine Licht (H. V. C.) *Studier over Jo- doformbehandlingen ved Tuberkulose. 8°. Kj0benhavn, 1893. A lek sand rod* (L. P.) Iodoformno-gelatin'ovaya smles dlya vpriskivaniya pri tuberkuloznikh porazhe- niyakh. [Iodoform-gelatin mixture for injection in tu- berculous diseases.] Dietsk. med.,Mosk., 1896, i,289-292.— Bruns (P.) & Nauwerck (C.) Ueber die antituber- kulose Wirkung des Jodoform; klinische und histolo- gische Untersuchungen. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1887, iii, 133-163.-Connon (M.) The iodoform treatment of tuberculous disease. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, ii, 77.— Flick (L. F.) A further report on the treatment, of tuberculosis by iodoform inunctions. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1897, xxix, 203-208.—Gallot (P.) L'iodoforme en injections sous-cutanees dans les hemoptysies a re- petitions du debut de la tuberculose. Cong. p. I'etude de la tuberculose, Par., 1898, iv, 859-863.—Goebel. Zur Frage der Behandlung tuberkuloser Erkrankungen mit Jodoforminjektionen. Ges. Beitr. a. d. Geb. d. Chir. u. Med. d. prakt. Lebens, Wiesb., 1893, 297-310.—Lesions tuberculeuses multiples gueries par les injections de glycerine iodoformee. Mem. et compt.-rend. Soc. d. sc. med. de Lyon (1896), 1897, xxxvi, pt. 2. 100.—Oster- mayer (N.) Ueber die Behandlung tuberkuloser Ab- szesse una anderweitiger Eiterungen mit Klever'schem lodoformvasogen. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1896, xlvi, 575-581.—Bovsing (T.) Har Jodoform en antituber- kulfts Virkning? En experimentel Undes0gelse. [Has iodoform an antituberculous effect? An experimental research.] Hosp.-Tid., Kj0benh., 1887, 3. R., v, 337-348. Also, transl: Fortschr. d. Med., Berl., 1887, v, 257-266.— SchiiHer (M.) Ueber die Ausfiihrung der Guajacol - Jodoforminjectionen bei tuberkulosen Lokalerkrankun- gen. Ztschr. f. iirztl. Landpraxis, Frankf. a. M., 1893, ii, 201-222.—Venturl (T.) Azione dell' iodoformio e del guaiacolo sui prodotti tossici della tubercolosi. Speri- mentale. Comunicaz. e riv., Firenze, 1893, 279-290. Tuberculosis (Treatment of) with Koch's tuberculin [new varieties, T. R.]. Altshuller (I. N.) K voprosu o primie- nenii tuberkulinov v raspoznavanii i Hechenii lyokhochnol bugorchatki. [On the use of tu- berculins in the diagnosis and treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis.] 8°. Yalta, 1907. Biermer. Bericht iiber die Wirksamkeit dog Koch'schen Heilmittels gegen Tuberkulose. S°. Berlin, 1891. Bohmeyer (H. J.) * Ueber die offene Tu- berkulose im Krankenmaterial der Heilstatten TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Treatment of) with Koch's tuberculin [new varieties, T. R.\ und das Schwinden der Bazillen wahrend der Behandlung, insbesondere der Tuberkulin- behandlung. 8°. Halle, 1911. Burnett (J. C.) The new cure of consump- tion bv its own virus; illustrated bv numerous cases. " 12°. Philadelphia, 1892. Bussenius (W.) & Cossmann (H.) Das Tu- berculin T. R. Seine Wirkung und seine Stel- lung in der Therapie der inneren und ausseren Tuberculose. 8°. Berlin, 1898. Cevey (F.) Les tuberculines et le traitement specifique de la tuberculose. 8°. Paris dc Lausanne, 1909. Clerq (C.-G.-J.) Tuberculinotherapie; re- cherches sur les variations humorales sous l'in- fluence du traitement par diverses tuberculines. 8°. Lille, 1912. Cohn (E.) *Die Erfahrung mit Tuberkulin R. bei der Behandlung der Tuberkulose an der kgl. mediz. Klinik zu Breslau. 8°. Freiburg i. B., 1898. Dechandt (C. [R.] ) * Ueber Darstellung und Bestandteile des Tuberculins. 8°. Leip- zig, 1901. Engelking (O.) *Zur Behandlung der Tu- berkulose mit Tuberkulin R. 8°. Marburg, 1898. Fallot (C.-L.) *Le probleme actuel de la tuberculine dans la therapeutique de la tuber- culose pulmonaire. 8°. Paris, 1910. Gabrielle (H.) *Tuberculines et tuber- culinotherapie dans le traitement de la tuber- culose pulmonaire. [Lyon.] 8°. Valence, 1910. Gaikovioch (R.) Llecheniye bugorchatki lyokhkikh i drugikh organov'tuberkulinami; prakticheskoye rukovodtsvo dlya vrachel. [Treatment of tuberculosis of the lungs and other organs by tuberculins; practical manual for physicians.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1911. Grisak (L. J. S. P. M.) * Werden bei Tu- berkulosen, welche zu therapeutischen Zwecken Tuberkulin erhalten haben, Aenderungen im Auftreten der Pirquet'schen Reaktion beobach- tet? Sind daraus Schliisse ftir eine erfolgreiche Tuberkulinkur zu ziehen? 8°. Bonn, 1911. Hamman (L. V.) & Wolman (S.) Tuberculin in diagnosis and treatment. 8°. New York & London, 1912. Haupt (E. G. H.) * Untersuchungen uber die therapeutische Wirkung des Tuberkulins gegen die Tuberkulose des Meerschweinchens und Kaninchens. [Leipzig.] 8°. Wiirzburg, 1912. Hodesmann (B.) *Der gegenwiirtige Stand der Tuberkulosebehandlung unter besonderer Berucksichtigung des Tuberkulins, Hetols und des Marmorekschen Serums. 8°. Leipzig, 1906. Khorol (S. L.) K voprosu o Hechenii tu- berkulyoza tuberkulinom. [Treatment of tu- berculosis with tuberculin.] 8°. Kiyev, 1909. Kopp (K. A.) * Beitrage zur Casuistik der Tuberkulinbehandlung. 8°. Greifswald, 1906. Kossovski (V. N.) Ranneye raspoznavaniye bugorchatki i lfechebnoye primleneniye tu- berkulinov. [Early diagnosis of tuberculosis, and therapeutic use of tuberculins.] 8°. S.- Peterburg, 1909. Leibowitsch (J.) *Die Methodik der Tuber- kulinbehandlung. 8°. Berlin, 1911. Middendorp (H. W.) Die Ursache der Tu- berkulose nach Prof. Dr. Koch und dessen Heilverfahren. Vortrag gehalten auf dem 1 '■'>. internationalen medizinischen Kongress in Paris 1900. 8°. Leipzig, 1902. TUBERCULOSIS. 909 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Treatment of) with Koch's tuberculin [new varieties, T. R. ]. Petruschky (J.) The treatment of tubercu- losis after Koch. Read before the Twelfth International Medical Congress at Moscow, and before the Society of Physicians of the Depart- ment of Dantzic. 24°. St. Louis, 1897. See, also, infra. Riviere (C.) & Morland (E. C.) Tubercu- lin treatment. 8°. London, 1912. Sahli (H.) Ueber Tuberkulinbehandlung. 2. Aufl. 8°. Basel, 1907. -----. The same. 3. Aufl. Nebst einem zweiten Teil: Ueber das Wesen des Tuber- kulins und der Tuberkulinwirkung sowie der Tuberculoseheilung und Tuberkuloseimmunitiit. 8°. Basel, 1910. Schulz (H.) * Ueber Phthisis pulmonum und deren Behandlung, mit besonderer Beriick- sichtigung der Wirkung des Koch'schen Heil- mittels auf tuberkuloses Lungengewebe. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1891. Sezary (A.) Tuberculinotherapie et sero- therapie antituberculeuse. 12°. Paris, 1912. Spengler (C.) Tuberkulinbehandlung im Hochgebirge. 12°. Davos, 1904. Traitement dela tuberculose par les injections combinees de tuberculine et de phosote. 8°. Paris, [1905]. Verdes Montenegro (J.) Tratamiento de la tuberculosis por la tuberculina. 8°. Madrid, 1909. Abadie(C) De la tuberculinotherapie. Clin.opht., Par., 1912, xviii, 624-627.—Add) (G. A. B.) Scope for the employment of tuberculin, and the general rules for the management of tubercular cases. Maritime M. News, Halifax, 1909, xxi, 154-156.—Adler (R.) Erwiderung auf die Bemerkungen zur Tubereulinbehandlung von Dr. Miinzer. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1903, xxviii, 181- 183.—Adrian (C.) Ueberdie Resultate mit dem Koch'- schen Tuberculin R bei Lupus und Scrophuloderma. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien u. Leipz., 1898, xiv, 97- 116.—Ager (L. C.) The therapeutic use of tuberculin in intrathoracic tuberculosis of children. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1911, lxiii, 368-371.—Amrein (O.) Beitrag zur Tu- berkulinbehandlung der Lungentuberkulose. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1905, iv, 195-226. -----. Zur Be- handlung der Lungentuberkulose mit Eisentuberkulin. Ibid., 1912, xxiii, 249-264.—Anderson (T. McC.) A plea for the more general use of tuberculin by the profes- sion. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1898, ii, 944-946. -----. Some ob- servations on the tuberculin treatment. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Glasg., 1898-9, ii, 310-316. Also: Glasgow M. J., 1899, li, 321-327.—Arloing (F.) Sur la tuberculinotherapie et la serotherapie antituberculineuse. Cong, franc, de med. Compt. rend. 1910, Par., 1911, xi, 67-70.—Arloing (S.) De I'utilite de remettre a Tetude les caracteres de la reaction des animaux tuberculeux a la tuberculine. J. de med. veL etzootech., Lyon, 1905,5. s., ix, 1-5.—A rnetli (J.) Blutuntersuchungen bei der Tuberkulose der Lun- gen und bei der Tuberkulinkur. Sitzungsb. d. phvs.-med. Gesellsch. zu Wiirzb., 1905, 13; 17.— Aulreeht (E.) Ue- ber erfolgreiche Anwendung des Tnberkulins beifiebern- den Phthisikern. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Na- turf. u. Aerzte 1905, Leipz., 1906, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 11-13. -----. Die Anwendung des Tuberkulins bei Lungentu- berkulose. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1910, xlvii, 427; 481.— Autran (F.) Tuberculosis pulmonar y tuberculinas. Rev. Ibero-Am. de cien. mea., Madrid, 1911, xxv, 285; 364.—Avtokratow (T.) Bemerkungen tiber Tuber- kulinbehandlung per os. Russ. med. Rundschau, Berl., 1910, viii, 514-517. -----. Ambulatornoye llecheniye tu- berkulinom per os. [Ambulatory treatment of tubercu- losis wth tuberculin per os.] Tuberculvoz, S.-Peterb., 1912, i, 46-52.—Baldwin (E. R.) Bacterio-therapeutics with especial reference to tuberculosis. Tr. Am. Climat. Ass., Phila., 1900, xvi, 64-73. Also: Tr. Cong. Am. Phys. & Surg., N. Haven, 1900, v, 42-49. Also: Boston M. & S. J., 1900, cxlii, 477-479.—van Balen (A.) Een nieuwe techniek der tuberculine-inspuiting. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1908, ii,90-93.— Bandelier. Weitere Beitrage zur Tuberkulinbehandlung. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1898, xxiv, 798; 813. -----. Ueber die Heilwirkung das Neutuberculins (Bacillen- emulsion). Ztschr.f. Hyg. u. Infectionskrankh., Leipz., 1903, xliii, 315-347, 1 pl. -----. Die Leistungrsfiihigkeit der kombinierten Anstalts- und Tuberkulinbehandlung bei der Lungentuberkulose. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., | Tuberculosis (Treatment of) with Koch's tuberculin [new varieties, T. R.]. Wiirzb., 1910, xv, 1-179.—Barber (H. V.) The tuber- culin treatment. Clin. J., Lond., 1911-12, xxxix, 396- 400— Barbour (L. P.) The treatment of phthisis by tuberculin; report of my own case, with observations on its use in other cases. Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1894 3. a., x, 438-440. -----. The use of the tuberculin preparations in the treatmentof tuberculosis. Memphis M. Month., 1899, xix, 481: 1900, xx, 57.—Bardswell (N. D.) Some observations upon the treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis with small doses of tubercu- lin; the dose being regulated by frequent estimations of the opsonic index. Lancet, Lond., 1913, i, 17.— Barnes(H. L.) Report of 150 cases of pulmonary tu- berculosis treated with tuberculin. J. Am. M. Ass Chi- cago, 1912, lix, 332— Basile (G.) Contributo alia tu- bercolino-terapia. Policlin., Roma, 1909, xvi, sez. prat., 1221-1225.—Bauer (E.) Tuberculine et tuberculino- therapie. Cong, franc, de med. Compt. rend. 1910, Par., 1911, xi, 38-43. -----. Tuberculinotherapie et prophy- laxie antituberculeuse. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom. Geneve, 1911, xxxi, 722-732.—Bauer (J.) Ueber die theoretischen Grundlagen der Tuberkulin - Therapie. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1912, xxvi, 89-94.—Baumgar- ten (P.) & Walz (K.) Ueber den Heilwert des neuen Koch'schen Tuberkulins nach Experimenten an tuber- kulos iqfizierten Kaninchen und Meerschweinchen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt, Jena, 1898, xxiii, 587-593.—Beasley (T. J.) The prolonged use of tuber- culin in the treatment of tuberculosis, and a report of one hundred cases treated during the last three years. Indianapolis M. J., 1911, xiv, 272.—Bern (F. F.l K spetsifieheskomu llecheniyu bugorchatki; chistiy tuber- kulin (tuberculinum purum) i yevo spetsifichnost. [Spe- cific treatment of tuberculosis; pure tuberculin and its specificity.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1909, viii, 1145- 1150.—Bendix. Ueber den gegenwartigen Stand der Tuberkulinanwendung. Klin.-therap. Wchnschr.,Wien, 1907, xiv, 1142; 1174; 1202.—Beninde. Zur Frage der ambulanten Tuberkulintherapie. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. u.Berl.,1910, xxxvi, 1081-1084.—Bernheim (S.)& Barbier (P.) Valeur therapeutique des tuber- culines. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1908, xiv, 241- 286. Also: Med. orient., Par., 1908, xii, 481; 513; 545; 577. Also [Abstr.]: Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1908, xiii, 356- 368. Also, transl [Abstr.]: Rev. valenc. de cien. m6d., Valencia, 1908, x, 289. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Rev. de med. y cirug., Barcel., 1908, xxii, 265-279.— Bernheim (S.) & Quentin. Traitement de la tuberculose par l'emploi combing de la tuberculine et de sels etheres de creo- sote. Bull. med. de Quebec, 1902-3, iv, 337-350. Also: Bull, gen.de therap. [etc.], Par., 1903, cxiv, 376-379. Also: Med. et hyg., Brux., 1903, i, 49-58. Also: Presse med. beige, Brux., 1903, lv, 198-206. Also, transl: Rassegna internaz. d. med. mod., Catania, 1902-3, iv, 121-125.— Bernheim (S.) & Saint-Laurent (M.) Traitement de la tuberculose par la tuberculine. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1906, ix, 401HU2. Also: Med. orient., Par., 1906, x, 449-457. Also: Progres med. beige, Brux., 1906, viii, 97-103.—Bertarelli (E.) La tubercolina lina di Koch in terapia e la cura a tappe colla tubercolina T. A. Rassegna di terap., Torino, 1906, v, 65-71.—Ber- tarelli (E.) & Batta (L.) Ricerche sperimentali sulle antitubercoline. Tuberculosi, Milano, 1910-11, iii, 187- 197.—Beijers (P.) Ervaringen uitde praktijk bij de be- handeling van verschillende vormen van tuberculose met inspuiting van tuberculine. Med. Weekbl., Amst., 1910-11, xvii, 505 - 509. -----. Tuberculine - therapie. Ibid., 1911-12, xviii, 457.—Black (E. H.) The qual- itative and quantitative effect observed on polymorph neutrophile leucocytes in the treatment of tuber- culosis by tuberculin. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1913, i, 113.— Bliimel. Die Notwendigkeit und Moglichkeit ambu- lanter Tuberkulinbehandlung durch den praktischen Arzt. Med. Klin., Berl., 1911, vii, 405-408.—Blumenau (E. B.) Opit bolnichnavo liecheniya lyokhochnol i gorlovol bugorchatki tuberkulinom (tuberculinum pu- rum). [Experience of hospital treatment of pulmonary and throat tuberculosis by tuberculin.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1909, xvi, 570; 601.—Bosquier (R.) La nou- velle tuberculine de Koch et son emploi, en particulier dans la tuberculose pulmonaire. J. d. sc. mea. de Lille, 1898, i, 239; 287; 311.—Bozzolo (C.) Sul potere curativo della nuova tubercolina di Koch. Lavori d. Cong. di med. int. 1897, Roma, 1898, viii, 81-88. Also: Gazz. d. os_p., Milano, 1897, xviii, 1411-1413.—Brennsohn (J.) Die Tuberkulinbehandlung der chronisehen Lungen- schwindsucht; Bemerkungen. St. Petersb. med. Wchn- schr., 1907, xxxii, 191-199.—Brieger. Behandlung der Lungentuberkulose mit Tuberkulin und ahnlichen Mitteln. Ber. ii. d. Kong. z. Bekampf. d. Tuberk. [etc.], Berl., 1899, 376-380.—Brooks (E. R.) Tuberculin, its use find administration. Cleveland M. J., 1911, x, 565- 571.—Brothers(S. F.) Chronic phthisis; acasetreated with Koch's improved tuberculin, etc. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1899,xxxii,301-304. ^so.Reprint.—Brown(L.) The therapeutic use of tuberculin: a working hypothesis TUBERCULOSIS. 910 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Treatment of) with Koch's tuberculin [new varieties, T. R.]. and some personal observations. Am. J, M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1912, cxliv, 524-535.—Brown (T. W.) Treatment of tuberculosis and tuberculin inoculation. Brit. M.J., Lond., 1905, i, 1089.—Bruschettini (A.) Die Immuni- sierung und Behandlung der Tuberkulose. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1911, lviii,Orig., 148-151.— Bryan (O. N.) Tuberculin treatment of tuberculosis. Smith. M. J., Nashville, 1909, ii, 1097-1101.—Bukovsky (J.) Vorlaufiger Bericht liber die Anwendung des Tu- berkulins TR. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1897, xlvii. 1844- 1849.—Bulie. Fiille von Tuberkulinbehandlung in der Praxis. Ztschr. f. Bahn- u. Bahnkassenarzte, Melsungen, 1908-9, iv, 321-335.—Bulloch (W.) The treatment of tuberculosis bv tuberculin. Med.-Chir. Tr., Lond., 1906, lxxxix, 69-84. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1905, ii, 1603- 1606.—Bullock (E. S.) & Peters (L. S.) Tuberculin therapv; a rational empiricism. J. Mich. M. Soc, Battle Creek, 1912, xi, 480-497.—Burghart. Ueber die Ergeb- nisse der Anwendung des neuen Koch'schen Tuberculins (T. R.) bei Lungentuberculose. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1898, xxxv, 143-146.—Calloway (A. W.) Tuberculin as a therapeutic agent in pulmonary tuberculosis. Med. Century, N. Y. & Chicago, 1907, xv, 5.—Calmette (A.), Massol (L.) & Itlezie (A.) Recherche et dosage des sensibilisatrices tuberculeuses, ou anticorps, au cours de latuberculino-therapiepar diverses tuberculines. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1912, Ixxiii, 122-125.—Campana (R.) La tubercolina R. nel lupus ed in alcune altre le- sioni tubercolose. Policlin., Roma, 1897, iv-C, 410-444. -----. Tubercolosi e tubercoline. Clin, dermosirilopat. d. r. Univ. di Roma, 1912, xxx, 7-17. -----. Terapia com- parata delle tubercoline di R. Koch. Clin, dermosifllo- pat. d. r. Univ. di Roma, 1913, xxxi, 9-12.—Oaparroni (A.) Ricerche sperimentali di tubercolino-terapia. La- vori d. Cong, di med. int. 1909, Roma, 1910, xix, 463.— Chatterjee (G. C.) Therapeutic use of tuberculin in tuberculosis. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1912, xlvii, 427- 432, lch.—. et d'anat. path.. Par., 1893, v, 1-28.—Kotula (D.) fcujiaTiVj) eiStxij depaTTtla Tr}; (pu^aTiaTeco?. TaTpiKrj ttoooSos, 'Ev %vPV, 1910, xv, 387-390.—Kovacs (J.) A tuberculin a tuddtuberculosis therapiajaban. [Tuberculin in the treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis.] Gy6gyaszat, Bu- dapest, 1911, li, 812; 829.—Kowenieki (A.) O stosa- waniu tuberkuliny w celach leczniczveh. [On tuberculin treatment.l Lwow. tvgodn. lek., 1908, iii, 649-651.— Kraemer (C.) Tuberkulin und Hamoptoe. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1908, lviii, 2139; 2218.—Kramer (R.) Vienna clinical lecture on angina in tuberculin treatment. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1911, n. s xci, 164-166.—Krantsi'eld (M.I.) Sovremennoye sosto- yaniye voprosa o tuberkulinoterapii. [Present state of the question of tuberculinotherapy.] Terap. Obozr. Odessa, 1910, iii, 225: 259.—Krause. Die Tuberkulin- therapie in der ambulanten Behandlung und bei Fie- bernden. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1905, Iii, 2523. ———. Ueber interne Anwendung von Neu-Tuberkulin Koch (Bazillen-Emulsion). Deutsche Prax., Munchen, 1906, xv 421-423. -----. Spezifisches Tuberkulin; eine neue Behandlungsmethode der Tuberkulose, bisher er- probt an Tuberkulose der Lungen, Driisen und des Kehl- kopfes. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1907, xi, 394-405. ——i Spezifische Bazillenemulsion und Anwendung lebender spezifischer Tuberkelbazillen zu therapeuti- schen Zwecken. Ibid., 1909-10, xv, 368. ----- Ueber i?,*61?}?- Anwendung von Kochs Bazillen-Emulsion. Med Bl., Wien 1906, xxix, 406.-----. Interne Anwendung von Tuberkulin. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1909, xiv Tuberculosis (Treatment of) with Koch's tuberculin [new varieties, T. R.]. 73.—Krause (P. F.) Ueber Behandlung der Lungentu- berkulose mit Tuberkulin und anderen ahnlichen Pra- paraten. Ber. ii. d. Kong. z. Bekampf. d. Tuberk. [etc.], Berl., 1899, 462-464. -----. Die Koch'sche Behandlung der Tuberkulose, nach sechsjahriger Erfahrung beur- theilt. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1899, xxv, 340-342. -----. Sechsjahrige Erfahrungen bei der Behandlung der Tuberculose nach Robert Koch. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infectionskrankh., Leipz., 1899, xxxii, 42-96. -----. Auf welche Ursachen ist der Misserfolg der Tuber- culintherapie des Jahres 1891 zuriickzufuhren? Ibid., 1900, xxxiii, 89-108. Also, transl: J. Tuberc, Asheville, N. C, 1900, ii, 237-255.—Krilger (F.) Die Anwendung des Tuberkulin neu bei der Behandlung von Lungen- schwindsucht. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1906,liii,1257.— Lafront (M.) Tuberculine nouvelle; son action com- biner a celle d'un s6rum artificiel invigorateur. Progres med., Par., 1905, 3. s., xxi, 641-643.—Landman (A.J.) Some remarks on tuberculin therapy. Lancet, Lond. 1909, i, 1044-1047.—Lapshln (A. I.) Opit bolnichnavo primleneniya tuberkulinov u tuberkulyoznikh po dan- nim Staro-Yekaterininskol bolnitsi. [Application of tu- berculin in tuberculosis in the Old Yekaterinin Hos- pital.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1910, lxxiv, 229-236. -----. K voprosu o primienenii tuberkulinov u ambulatorulkh i statsiotarnikh bolnikh bugorchatkol. [Application of tuberculin in phthisical patients who are about, and those who are stationary.] Vseross. Vrach. Vestnik, Mosk., 1911, i, 6-10.—Latham (A.) Caseating pulmon- ary tuberculosis treated by tuberculin (T. R.) and fresh horse serum, both administered by the mouth. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond , 1907-8, i, Clin. Sec. 100-104. -----. The administration of tuberculin. Brit. J. Tuberculosis, Lond., 1910, iv, 119.-----. The use of tuberculin in pul- monary tuberculosis. Proc. Rov. Soc. Med., Lond., 1911- 12, v, Therap. & Pharmacol. Sect,, 65-132. -----. An address on the uses of tuberculin in pulmonary tubercu- losis. Lancet, Lond., 1912, i, 1109-1115.—Latham (A.) & lnman (A. C.) A contribution to the study of the administration of tuberculin in pulmonary tuberculosis. Ibid., 1908, ii, 1280-1291.—Lawson rD.) & Gettings (H. S.) Some observations on the oral administration of T. R. tuberculin in pulmonary tuberculosis. Quart. J. Med., Oxford, 1909-10, iii, 73-77.—Lawson (D.) & Stewart (I. S.) A study of some points in relation to the administration of tuberculin T. R. controlled by observation of the opsonic index in pulmonary tubercu- losis. Med.-Chir. Tr., Lond., 1906, lxxxix, 45-68.—Lee (R. I.) The use of tuberculin in the treatment of local- ized tuberculosis excluding pulmonary tuberculosis. Boston M. & S. J., 1908, clviii, 671-676. Also: Pub. Mass. Gen. Hosp., Bost., 1908, ii, 125-140—Leggett (W.j The present position of tuberculin therapy. Dublin J. M. Sc., 1910, lxxx, 175; 259.—Leigh (C. W.) Tuberculin therapy in pulmonary tuberculosis. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1910, xvii, 29-34.—Levy (L.) Ueber den diagnostischen und therapeutischen Wert des Koch'schen Tuberculins bei Lungentuberculose. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Buda- pest, 1905, xli, 1231; 1255; 1279.—Lincoln (Mary C.) Bacterial vaccine therapy in tuberculosis. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1908, xiii, 19-22. — Lipsitz (S. T.) Some observations on experiences with tuberculin therapy in dispensary practice. J. Missouri M. Ass., St. Louis, 1910- 11, vii, 326-331.—Lissauer (A.) Tuberkulinsupposi- torien. Vorlauflge Mitteilung. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1907, xxxiii, 1335-1337.—Litterer (W.) Treatment and prevention of tuberculosis by tu- berculin immunization. J. Tenn. M. Ass., Nashville, 1908-9, i, no. 3, 33-45. -----. Tuberculin treatment in pulmonary tuberculosis. South. M. J., Nashville, 1910, iii, 352-359.—Little (W. T.) Some observations on the use of tuberculin in pulmonary tuberculosis. Colorado Med., Denver, 1910, vii, 98-100. Also: Virginia M. Semi- Month., Richmond, 1909-10, xiv, 392.—Litzner. Tuber- kulin als Entfieberungsmittel. Ztschr. f.Tuberk.,Leipz., 1909, xv, 173-175. -----. Entfieberungen mit Tuberku- lin. Ibid., 1909-10, xv, 370-374. -----. Die Tuberkulinbe- handlung der chronisehen Lungentuberkulose. Ibid., 1910, xiii, 60-65. -----. Die Dosierung des Tuberkulins. Ibid., 1911, xvii, 549-552.—Lowenstein(!C.) Dieinner- licheDarreichung des Alttuberkulins. /bid,1906, ix, 392. -----. Die Behandlung der Lungentuberkulose nach Robert Koch. Therap. Rundschau, Berl., 1909, xxiii, 593-605. -----. Tuberkulinerfolgebei682offenenLungen- tuberkulosen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1910, xxxvi, 1654-1656. -----. Die wissenschaftlichen Grundlagen der Tuberkulinbehandlung. Zentralbl. f. d. ges. Therap., Wien, 1911, xxix, 169-178. Also, transl: Kharkov. M. J., 1911, xi, 118-166.— LUdke (H.) Ueber die diagnostische und therapeutische Verwertung des Alttuberkulins in der internen Praxis. Wiirzb. Abhandl. a. d. Gesamtgeb. d. prakt. Med., 1907, vii, 223-248 — Lu komski (M.) Ambulatornoye llecheniye tuberku- linom (46 sluchavev). [Ambulatory tuberculin treat- ment; 46 cases.] Prakt. Vrach., S.-Peterb., 1911, x, 263; 279; 297.—Lundh (K.) Tuberkulintiterbestemmelser TUBERCULOSIS. 913 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Treatment of) with Koch's tuberculin [new varieties, T. R.]. hos ftisikere. Ugesk. f. Lseger, Kj0benh., 1911, Ixxiii, 477- 485.—Luyssen. Des injections de tuberculine dans le traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire. Arch. m6d. beiges, Brux, 1903, 4. s., xxxi, 88-104.—Luzzatti (T.) La tubercolina nella terapia della tubercolosi. Riv. os- pedal., Roma, 1911, i, 118; 150.—Lyman (1). R.) The therapeutic use of tuberculin. Yale M. J., N. Haven, 1910-11, xvii, 78-89.—Lyon (J. A.) Specific treatment against pulmonary tuberculosis and its complications; one hundred tubercular patients treated with baete- rins and tuberculin. Boston M. & S. J., 1912, clxvii, 149- 151.—Lyter(J.C) Tuberculinasatherapeuticageni. J. Missouri M. Ass., St. Louis, 1911-12, viii, 285-287.—McEl- roy (J.) Tuberculin in pulmonary tuberculosis. Brit. M.J., Lond, 1911. ii, 70^.— UcFarland (J.) Antituber- culin. Univ. M.Mag.,Phila.,1897-8,x,90-97. Also, Reprint. M'lutosli (J.) Some notes on the treatment by tuber- culin (T. R.) of tuberculosis among children in the Royal Aberdeen Hospital for Sick Children. Scot. M. & S. J., Edinb., 1907, xx, 411-416. — Maere & Beernaert. Resultat sur les injections de la tuberculine Koch T. R. dans des cas de lupus et de tuberculose pulmonaire. Bull. Soc. demed. de Gand, 1899, lxvi, 27-31—Manaud (A.) Sur la resistance des cobayes tuberculeux k la tu- berculine. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1909, lxvi, 502.— Mantoux (C.) L'intradermo-reaotion a la tu- berculine dans le traitement de la tuberculose: intrader- mo-tuberculinisation. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1909, cxlviii, 996-998. -----. La voie intradermiqne en tuberculinothe'rapie. Presse me"d., Par., 1912, xx, 146- 148.—Marechal ( A. ) Traitement de la tuberculose par l'emploi combine des tuberculines et des composes creosotes. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1902, i, 725- 743. Also TAbstr.]: Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1902, i, 855-893. Also [Abstr.]: Gaz. med. beige, Liege, 1902-3, xv, 204-206. Also: Presse ms Tuberculosis (Treatment of) with Koch's tuberculin [new varieties, T. R.]. Monetli (A.) La tuberculinoterapia nella tuberco- losi polmonare. Gazz. internaz. di med., Napoli, 1912, xv, 58.—Morse (L. B.) Tuberculin administration; a perfect system of dose graduation. Charlotte [N. C.l M. J., 1909, lx, 230-232.-Muller (K.) Koch-fele anyaggal kezlt beteg. [A patient treated by Koch's material.] Budapesti k. orvosegy. 1891-iki evkorvve, 1892, 1892, 35- 41.—Miinzer. Bemerkungen zur Tuberkulinbehand- lung. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1903, xxviii, 145.-----. Zur Tuberculinbehandlung. Ibid., 183.—Munro (J. M. H.) Is opsonic treatment useful in phthisis? Bristol M.-Chir. J., 1908, xxvi, 112,1 ch.—Murell (W.) Case of phthisis treated with tuberculin " R." Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1897 n. s., lxiv, 657. -----. Three cases of phthisis treated with tuberculin R. Lancet, Lond., 1900, ii, 105— Muttray. Tuberkulose und Tuberkulin. Ztschr. f. Bahn- u. Bahnkassenarzte, Melsungen, 1911, vi, 346-36;;.—Nan-el (J.) Tausend Heilstattenfalle; statis- tische Wertung der Jahrgange 1900-1904 und kritisehe Wiirdigung der kombinierten Anstalts- und Tuberkulin- behandlung in der Lungenheilstatte Cottbus. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1906, v, 451-505. Also, Reprint.— Napp (H.) & Grouven (C.) Ueber die Resultate der TR-Behandlung an der Bonner Hautklinik. Arch. f. Der- mat. u. Syph., Wien u. Leipz., 1898, xlvi, 399-42S— Nelson (C. D.) Pulmonary tuberculosis treatment with Koch's new tuberculin. Boston M. & S. J., 1898, exxxviii, 688.— Neumann (J.) Tuberkulosebehandlung mit grossen Tuberkulindosen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1910, xxxvi, 209.—Nice (C. M.) The home treat- ment of tuberculosis, with comments on the use of tu- berculin. South. M. J., Nashville, 1911, iv, 660-664.— Nocard. Instructions pour l'emploi de la tuberculine. Tribune m6d., Par., 1902, 2. s., xxxiv, 633.—Nourney. Eine ungefahrliche Methode der Tuberkulinanwendung und Versuch ihrer Begriindung. Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1903, xxiv, 149.—O'Connor (B. J.) The thera- peusis of tuberculin; with observations as to its value in the treatment of tuberculosis. Am. Pract. & News, Louis- ville, 1911, xl v, 291-302.—Oppenheim (R.) Traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire par la tuberculina. Pro- gres med., Par., 1911, 3. s., xxvii, 87-89.—Osborne (J. D.) The treatmentof phthisis pulmonalis with watery extract of tubercle bacilli. Texas M. J., Austin, 1900- 1901, xvi, 49-56.—Pangrats (A.) O novom sposoble primfeneniya tuberkulina Koch'a pri lyokhochnol bugor- chatkle. [New method of applying Koch's tuberculin in pulmonary phthisis.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1908, xv, ■ 65-68.-----. O spetsificheskol terapii tuberkulinom. No- voye v Med., S.-Peterb., 1912, vi, 957-966.—Paquin (P.) In what treatment may the tuberculous have confidence? A word about standardizing tuberculin. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1911, xciv, 89-93. Also, Reprint.—Parsons (L. D.) Tuberculin in the diagnosis and treatment of tuber- culous diseases. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, ii, 959-961.—Pel (P. K.) Die Tuberkulinbehandlung der Lungentuber- kulose. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1909, xlvi, 1717-1721.— Penzoldt (F.) Ueber den Krankheitsverlauf bei vor 19 Jahren mit Tuberkulin behandelten Lungentuber- kulosen. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1910, c, 68-87. — Petrusehky (J.) Ueber die Behandlung der Tuberkulose nach Koch. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1897, xxiii, 623; 639. Also: Compt.- rend. Cong, internat. de m6d. 1897, Mosc, 1898, ii, sect. 4a, 97-107. See, also, supra. -----. Zur Koch'fchen Tuberkulin-Behandlung. Ber. ii. d. Kong. z. Bekampf. d. Tuberk. [etc.], Berl., 1899, 444-446. -----. Der ge- genwiirtige Stand der Tuberkulin-Behandlung. Ge- sundheit, Leipz., 1901, xxvi, 271-277. -----. Heilstatten- und Tuberkulinbehandlung in gegenseitiger Ergiinzung; der gegenwiirtige Stand der Tuberculinbehandlung. Berl..klin. Wchnschr., 1902, xxxix, 98-103. -----. Beob- achtungen iiber Ehen und Naehkommenschaft Tuber- kuloser, die mit Tuberkulin behandelt wurden. Ver- handl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1904, Leipz., 1905, ii, 2. Hlfte., 45-48. Also: Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heil- stattenw., Leipz., 1904, vi, 304-312.—Pettit (R. T.) The tuberculin therapy of pulmonary tuberculosis. J. Iowa State M. Soc, Clinton, 1912-13, ii, 650-660.— Pieitrer (T.) & Leyacker (J.) Versuch fiber die Wirksamkeit in- nerlich gegebener Tuberkelbazillenpraparate. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1910, xxiii, 1797-1799— Philippi (H.) Ueber die Entfieberungen bei Lungentuberkulose durch kleinste Dosen Tuberkulin. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1910, xxvii, 769-776.—Poda (G.) Sul trattamento della tubercolosi con la tubercolina Boll. d. Ass. med. tridentina, Trento, 1906, xxv, 147; 167.— PSppelmann (W.) Die Behandlung der Lungen- schwindsucht mit Bacillen-Emulsion-Koch. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1905, xlii, 1151-1156. -----. Behandlung der Tuberkulose mittels Hautimpfung mit Tuberkulin. Ibid., 1910, xlvii, 1930-1933. —Pogue (G. R.) Tu- berculin in the treatment of tuberculosis; with the report of 167 cases. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1906, lxx, 169-173.— -----. Tuberculosis other than pulmonary treated with TUBERCULOSIS. 91 Tuberculosis (Treatment of) with Koch's tuberculin [new varieties, T. R.]. tuberculin; report of cases. Ibid., 1908, lxxiv, 352-354.— Pottenger (F. M.) Culture products in the treatment of tuberculosis. Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1902, 3. s., xviii, 13-24. -----. The permanency of results in pulmonary tuberculosis; the after-history of 27 cases treated by the combined hygienic, dietetic open-air, and tuberculin treatment. Ibid., 1905, 3. s., xxi, 652-660. -----. The underlying principles of tubercular therapy. Tr. Am. Therap. Soc, N. Y., 1905-6, 105-108. Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlviii, 1570-1573. -----. Practical sugges- tions in the administration of tuberculin, together with a discussion of theorv upon which its action is based. Month. Cycl. & M. Bull., Phila., 1909, ii, 1-7. -----. Some difficulties encountered in the therapeutic use of tubercu- lin. J. Am. M. Ass.,Chicago, 1911, lvii, 940-945.-----. Un- mistakable clinical proof of the therapeutic value of tu- berculin. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1913, cix, 118-122.—Pot- ter(T.) Tuberculin treatment. J. Indiana M. Ass., Fort Wayne, 1912, v, 469-473.—Purjesz (Z.) A tuberculin ve- sz61yesseg<§rol, megjegyzessel a gumok6r aetiologiaj&ra n6z ve. [The danger of tuberculin, remarks on the etiology of phthisis.] Orvostud. eTtek. gyiijt. Magy. orv. Arch., Budapest, 1892, i, 263-273.—Kadcliffe (J. A. D.) The immediate results of sanatorium treatment contrasted with the results obtained by a combined sanatorium and tuberculin treatment. Lancet, Lond., 1912, i, 791.— Bamsay (J.) An obstinate surgical case treated by Koch's tuberculin. Intercolon. M. J. Australas., Mel- bourne, 1901, vi, 314-316.—Kaude (A.) Ueber einige mit Tuberculin R. Behandelte. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1898, xxxv, 146.—Raw (N.) Human and bovine tuber- culosis, with special reference to treatment by special kinds of tuberculin. Tuberculosis, Leipz., 1907, vi, 198- 208. -----. The treatment of tuberculosis by different kinds of tuberculin. Ibid., 1908, vii, 130-137. -----. Tu- berculin treatment. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912,ii, 100.-----. The varieties of tuberculin in the treatment of tubercu- losis. Tuberculosis, Berl., 1912, xi. 459-462. -----. The treatment of tuberculosis with tuberculin. Liverp. Med.- Chir. J., 1913, xxxiii, 105-116.—Raw (N.) & Abram (J. H.) The treatment of tuberculosis by tuberculin R. Lancet, Lond., 1898, ii, 191-196.—Rayevsky (C.) The treatmentof tuberculin reactions. J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- . cago, 1909, liii, 1637.—Reed (B.) The tuberculin treat- ment; results reported at the recent congress of tubercu- losis. Internat. M. Mag., Phila., 1898, vii, 593-597.— Beed (E. D.) & Mull'ord (H. K.) Tuberculin and tuberculin therapy. Tr. Lehigh Vallev M. Ass., Easton, Pa., 190S, 2. s., ii, 61-67.—Reinhard. Tuberkulinbe- handlung in der stadtischen Krankenanstalt in Kiel. Mitt. f. d. Ver. Sehlesw.-Holst. Aerzte, Kiel, 1910-11, n. F., xix, 65.—Reinhold (H.) Klinische Erfahrungen fiber die Behandlung mit dem neuen Tuberculin TR. Miin- ehen. med. Wchnschr., 1898, xiv, 681-686.—Reissmann (C.) The technique of tuberculin administration at Kalyra Sanatorium. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1911, xxx, 724-732.—Reissmann (C.) & Mayo (Helen). Note on the opsonic method of treatment in cases of pulmonary tuberculosis. Ibid., 1907, xxvi, 395.—Rem- bold (S.) Heilwirkung des Tuberculins bei Lungen- tuberculose. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infectionskrankh., Leipz., 1897, xxvi, 193-342.—Renon (L.) Etude critique de l'emploi de la tuberculine dans la phtisiotherapie. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1909, xvi, 3-6. Also: Bull. m6d.. Par., 1909, xxiii, 539. -----. Les indications de la tuberculine dans la phtisiotherapie. Rev. g<5n. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1909, xxiii, 185-187. Also: Gaz. med. de Par., 1909, no. 36, 6. -----. Va- leur pratique de l'emploi limits des tuberculines dans la phtisiotherapie. Cong, franc de med. Compt. rend. 1910, Par., 1911, xi, 36-38.-----. Sur la tuberculino-thera- pie. Rev. g6n. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1911, xxx, 100. -----. Doit-on traiter les tuberculoses febriles par la tu- berculine? Ibid., 673. Also, transl: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1912, n. s., xciii, 111. -----. L'etat actuel de la tu- berculino-thdrapie de la tuberculose pulmonaire. Presse m&L, Par., 1911-12, xx, 665.—Rentoul (J. L.) Tuber- culin in pulmonary tuberculosis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, ii, 710.—Reunert (0.) Ueber die durch Tuberculose bedingten pseudoleukamisehen Erkrankungen und ihre Behandlung mit Neutuberculin. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1905, xxxi, 907-910. —Reyburn (R.) Life history of bacillus tuberculosis in its relations to the treatment bv tuberculin. J. Am. M. Ass Chi- cago, 1898, xxxi, 749-752. Also, Reprint.—Rigg (E. E. A. T.) On the alleged diagnostic value of the provoca- tive injection of old tuberculin in suspected "closed pul- monary tuberculosis." Lancet, Lond., 1913, i, 97-99.— Rimbaud (L.) Essais d'immunisation et de prepara- tion dun se"rum antitubereuleux au moyen d'extraits de ganglions tuberculeux. Bull. Soc. meU d. h6p. de Lyon, 1905, iv, 117.—Riniser (P. H.) The therapeutic admin- istration of tuberculin to wage-earners. South. M. J., Nashville, 1909, ii, 933-937.—Hitter (J.) The therapeu- tic application of tuberculin in the treatment of ambula- tory pulmonary tuberculosis: its indications and contra- il LTBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Treatment of) with Koch's tuberculin [n.7 — White (W. C), Van Norman (K.) & Ziiblin (E.) Methode der Bestimmung der Tuberkulindosen fiir die Therapie auf der Basis einer quantitativen Modiflkation der von Pirquetschen Reaktion. Ztschr. f. Tuberk Leipz., 1910, xvi, 230-237.— Wihstntz (A.) Zur Tuber- kulinanwendung. St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr , 1911 xxxvi, 389-395.—Wilczyriski (H.) O dzialaniu szcze- pionek przeciwgruzliczych J. Czajkovvskiego. [Action of Czajkowski's antitubercular serum.] Przegl. lek Krak6w, 1910, xlix, 644; 661.—Wilkinson (W. C.) Ob- servations on tuberculin as a remedy in tuberculosis of the lungs. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1902, i, 1389-1394. -----. Tuberculin as a specific remedy for pulmonary tuber- culosis. Intercolon. M. Cong. Australas. Tr. 1902 Ho- bart, 1903, 124-137. -----. A plea for the use of tuber- culin within and without sanatoriums. Brit. M J Lond., 1907, i, 1298-1301. -----. Tuberculin in pulmonary tuberculosis. Ibid., 1910, ii, 1055-1057. -----. The diag- nosis and treatment of tuberculosis by tuberculin. Practitioner, Lond., 1910, lxxxiv, 145-197. -----. Tuber- culin in pulmonary tuberculosis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, ii, 774— AVIIson (C. S.) Tuberculin in treatment of tuberculosis. Northwest Med.,Seattle, 1910, n.s.,ii,151.— Wilson (H.) Tuberculin in pulmonary tuberculosis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, ii, 710.—Wolir (L.) Nagra ord med anledning af von Behring's meddelande till den internationella tuberkuloskongressen i Paris (Oktober 1905) rorande hans nya lakemedel mot tuberkulos. [Remarks on von Behring's communication to the Inter- national Tuberculosis Congress at Paris (October, 1905) on his new remedy for tuberculosis.] Hygiea, Stockholm, 1906, 2. f., vi, 643-648.—WolfF-Eisner (A.) Ueber die Beziehungen zwischen der Theorie der Tuberkulin- wirkung und der Tuberkulintherapie. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1910, xlvii, 1661-1656. -----. Die Tuberkulin- behandlung der Tuberkulose und die Klimatotherapie TUBERCULOSIS. 9 16 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Treatment of) with Koch's tuberculin [new varieties, T. R.]. im Rahmen derselben. Veroffentl. d. balneol. Gesellsch. in Berl., Berl. u. Wien, 1911, xxxii, 155-163. Also: Med. Klin., Berl., 1911, vii, 1236-1239.—Wright (A.E.) A note on the serum reaction of tubercle, with special reference to the intimate nature of agglutination reactions gen- erally and to the therapeutic inoculation of the new tuberculin. Lancet, Lond., 1903, i, 1299-1301. -----. On the inoculation treatment of tuberculosis. Clin. J., Lond., 1904-5, xxv, 54-61. Also, transl: Presse med., Par., 1905, i, 97. — Wiirtzen (C. H. ) Fors0g med Tuberkulinbehandling ved Lungetuberkulose. [Re- searches on the tuberculin treatment in tuberculosis.] Nord. Tidsskr. f. Terapi, K0benh., 1902-3, i, 269; 301. Also, transl: Tuberculosis, Leipz., 1904, iii, 53-60. -----. Om Tuberkulinets Anvendelse ved Lungetuberkulose. [The use of tuberculin in pulmonary tuberculosis.] Nord. Tidsskr. f. Terapi, K0benh., 1905-6, iv, 19-27 — Wynn (W. H.) The use of tuberculin in the treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis. J. Vaccine Therap., Lond., 1912, i, 329-340. Tuberculosis (Treatment of) with Koch's tuberculin [old variety], Baudevin ([B.] H. M.) *Beitrag zur Be- handlung der Lungentuberkulose mit Koch's Alt-Tuberkulin. 8°. Kiel, 1910. Beretta (E.) Appunti sulla cura della tu- bercolosi col metodo del Prof. Koch, raccolti nelle cliniche di Berlino. 8°. Alessandria, [n. d.] Candler (C.) Koch's proposed cure for con- sumption, with suggestions for the prevention of consumption. 8°. Melbourne, 1891. Consumption and its cure; a handbook to the discoveries of Dr. Koch. 4°. London, 1890. Feller (H.) Professor Koch's Heilung der Schwindsucht (Tuberculose) und ihre Bedeu- tung fiir das Wohl der Menschheit. 8°. Berlin, [1890]. -----. The same. Professor Koch's cure for consumption (tuberculosis), popularly ex- plained. 12°. London, New York dc Melbourne, 1890. Friedel (E.) *Der Fieberverlauf nach In- jectionen des Koch'schen Heilmittels. 8°. Greifswald, 1891. Glaeser (J. A.) UnbequemeErinnerungen, oder Riickblick auf ein Jahr Vor-Koch'scher Phthisiotherapie im Allgemeinen Krankenhaus zu Hamburg. 8°. Hamburg, 1891. Gott (E.) Die Koch'sche Heilung der Schwindsucht. Eine ketzerische Betrachtung. S°. Freiburg i. B., 1890. Heilung (Die) der Schwindsucht durch Pro- fessor R. Koch. 8°. Berlin, 1890. Herkt. * Das Sputum und seine Veriinde- rungen bei den mit Koch'scher Lymphe Behan- delten der medizinischen Abteilung des Julius- epitals zu Wiirzburg. 8°. Wurzburg, 1891. von Heusinger (O. [D. F. E.]) *Ueber die anatomischen Veranderungen tuberkuloser Lungen nach Behandlung mit Koch'schen In- jectionen. 8°. Marburg, 1891. Klein (J.) * Ueber einige Fiille von Phthisis pulmonum. welche durch das Koch'sche Tuber- culin geheilt oder wesentlich gebessert wurden. S°. Bonn, 1891. Leser ( V. ) * Ueber den Typus der Reac- tionen des Koch'schen Heilmittels gegen Lungentuberculose. ( Einundzwanzig Fiille Lungenschwindsucht und ein Fall Spondylitis.) 8°. Bonn, 1891. Maragliano (E.) Sul trattamento nella tisi pulmonare colla linfa Koch. Lezioni cliniche tenute nella r. Universita di Genova. 8°. Milano, [1S91]. Middendorp (H. AV.) De waarde van Koch's jreneesmiddel tegen tuberculose. 8°. Groningen, Tuberculosis {Treatment of) with Koch's tuberculin [old variety]. -----. Tuberkelbaeillen besta'an niet. Ver- dere bijdragen tot de dwaalleer van R. Koch in zake de oorzaak der tuberculose en tot de on- waarde van diens geneesmiddel. IId'' open brief aan den Heer Dr. Al. Straub, officier van gezondheid 1st'' klasso. 8°. Groningen, 1893. [Milbrot.] Gegen R. Koch's Schwindsuchts- behandlung von einem Nichtarzt. 8°. Berlin, 1890. Most (A.) * Therapeutische Erfolge mit Tuberkulin in refracta dosi bei Phthisis pulmo- num auf der medizinischen Abteilung des Julius-Spitale in AViirzburg. [Wurtzburg.] 8°. Breslau, 1892. Osann (F.) * Ueber die allgemeine Reaktion bei Kindern nach Injektion mit Koch'scher Lymphe. [Heidelberg.] 8°. Karlsruhe, 1891. Reimarus. Die Rettung der Lungenkranken. EinSegen der Menschheit. Auf Grund derEnt- deckungen Dr. Koch's. 5. Aufl. 8°. Leipzig, 1890. Rietzkow ([O.] A.) * Beitrag zur Behand- lung beginnender Lungentuberkulose mit Koch's Tuberkulin. 8°. Greifswald, 1891. Saint Petersburg. O hechenii bugorchatki po sposobu prof. R. Koch'a vS.-Peterburgskikh bolnitsakh. Sovleshtshaniye gg. vrachel v zalle gorodskol dumi. [Treatment of tuberculosis by Prof. R. Koch's method in the city hospitals of St. Petersburg. Conference of physicians in the City Hall.] 8°. [Saint Petersburg, 1891,] Schatten im Lichte der Koch'schen Schwind- suchts-Behandlung. Ein Mahnwort an Aerzte und Brustkranke von einem deutschen Arzte. 8°. Leipzig, 1890. Schrotter. Ueber die Lungentuberculose und die Mittel zu ihrer Heilung. Ueber das Koch'sche Heilverfahren der Tulierculose. Zwei Vortriige. 8°. Wien, 1891. Schwalbach (E.) Die Erkennungszeichen der Lungenschwindsucht an sich selbst und deren HeilungnachProf. Koch's neuer Methode. 12°, Berlin, 1891. Sommerfeld (T.) Die Heilung der Lungen- schwindsucht und der tuberkulosen Erkran- kungen vom Standpunkte des neuen Koch'- schen Heilverfahrens volkstiimlich dargestellt. 8°. Wiesbaden, 1890. Spengler (C.) Therapeutische und diagnos- tische Resultate der Tuberculinbehandlung bei 41 Lungenkranken. 8°. Davos, 1892. Thorner (E.) Zur Behandlung der Lungen- tuberculose mittels Koch'scher Injectionen. 12°. Berlin, 1894. AVegener ( A. ) Erfahrungen iiber das Koch'sche Mittel bei Lungentuberkulose aus dem Sanatorium Alichaelis zu Bad Rehburg. 8°. Gottingen, 1891. AVieger (A.) Die Heilung der Lungen- schwindsucht (Widerlegung der Koch'schen Lehre); Studien und Erfahrungen iiber die sogenannte Lungentuberculose, ihr Wesen, ihre Entstehung, nebst Alitteilung einer neuen Hei- lungsmethode. 8°. Berlin & yeuvied, 1891. Abadlc(C) Des causes probables d'insucces de la lymphe de Koch. Bull. Soc. de med. de Par. (1891),1892, xxvi, 24-29.—Adami (J. G.) Notes on the lungs of one of Koch's earliest tuberculin patients. Montreal M. J., 189.5-6, xxiv, 187.—Adler (R.) Therapeutische und di- agnostische Verwendung des Tuberculins. Prag. med. Wchnschr.. 1903, xxviii, 25; 40; 51; 64; 76; 87; 101; 114; 125.—Andrews (E.) A remarkable effect of Kochs ivmph. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1893, 3. s., ii, 241-243.- Bardaeli (J.) L'emploi de la tuberculine comme moyen preVentif et comme traitement de la tuberculose. Tr. vii. Internat. Cong. Hyg. & Demog. 1891, Lond 1892, ii *'09-211 —Barucliello (L.) La resistenza del siero TUBERCULOSIS. 917 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Treatment of) with Koch's tuberculin [old variety]. di sangue, trattato con tubercolina, etc., studiato in qualche applicazione terapeutica. Policlin., Roma, 1897, iv, sez. med., 624-641.— Baumgarten. Ueber recidivirende Tuberkulose nach Behandlung mit- tels Tuberkulins. Arb. a. d. Geb. d. path. Anat. . . . Inst, zu Tiibing., Brnschwg., 1894, ii, 91-104.—Bear- ing. Communication sur le traitement de la tubercu- lose. Progres med., Par., 1905, 3. s., xxi. 607—Bern- lieim (S.) & Quentin. Traitement de la tubercu- lose par l'emploi combine de la tuberculine et de sels etheres de creosote. Med. orient., Par., 1903, vii, 97-101.— Bezold. Ueber das Verhalten der im Verlaufe von Phthisis pulmonum auftretenden Mittelohreiterungen uutjer dem Einfluss der Koch'schen Behandlung. Arb. a.-d. med.-klin. Inst. d. k. Ludwig-Maximilians-Univ.zu Munchen, Leipz., 1893, iii, 36-50. Also: Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1890-91, xlvii, 622-636.—Biewend (E.F.) Twenty-four cases of tubercular phthisis treated with tuberculin Kochii. St. Louis M. & S. J., 1892, lxii, 329: lxiii, 18.— Bissange (R.) La thermometrie dans l'emploi de la tuberculine. Rec. de med. vet., Par., 1896, 8. s., iii, 5-9.—Bondet. Traitement de la tubercu- lose pulmonaire (4 malades traites par la tuberculine). Province med., Lyon, 1891. v, lsl; 193; 205, 4 diag.—Boyd (M. A.) Notes on a series of phthisical cases in various stages under treatment bv Koch's method. Tr. Rov. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl., 1890-91, ix, 88-101. Also: Dublin J. M. Sc, 1891, xci, 193-205. [Discussion], 261-264.—Bro- den (A.) Recherches sur rhistog^nese du tubercule et Taction curative de la tuberculine. Arch, de m£d. ex- p6r. et d'anat. path., Par.. 1899, xi, 1-53, 4 pl.—Browne (L.) Cases illustrating the effect of tuberculin (Koch's remedy) and of cantharidinate of potash (Liebreieh's remedy) on cases of lupus and tuberculosis. Tr. Brit. Laryngol. & Rhinol. Ass. 1891, Lond. & Phila., 1892, i, 29- 34.—Burkart (R.) Bericht fiber Behandlung der Lungenschwindsucht mit dem Koch'schen Mittel im Bonner Johanneshospital vom 21. November bis 8. De- cember 1890. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1890, xxvii, 1208- 1210.—Can tlerl (A.) Ulteriori esperienze sulle urine dei tubercolosi inoculati colla linfa di Koch. Atti Cong. gen. d. Ass. med. ital. 1891, Siena, 1893, xiv, 135-145.—Cer- vello (V.) Studi clinici sulla linfa Koch. Atti d. r. Accad. d. sc. med. in Palermo, 1891, 27-32.—Cbiari (H.) Ueber den pathologisch-anatomischen Befund in drei mit Koch'schen Injectionen behandelten Fallen von schwerer Lungentuberculose. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1890, xv, 653-656. Also: Wien. med. Presse, 1891, xxxii, 44; 85.— Cogliill (J. G. S.) Koch's treatment at the Royal Na- tional Hospital for Consumption, Ventnor. Lancet, Lond., 1891, i, 1086; 1141; 1194. -----. Sequel of a case treated by Koch's tuberculin, with the results of the necropsy. Ibid., 1895, ii, 1219.— Czaplewski (E.) & Rolott" (F.) Ueber den Heilwerth des Tuberkulins nach Experimenten an tuberkulos inficirten Kaninchen und Meerschweinchen. Arb. a. d. Geb. d. path. Anat. . . . Inst, zu Tiibing., Brnschwg., 1894. ii, 1-90.—De Gio- vanni (A.) Communicazione intorno alia cura della tubercolosi polmonale mediante la linfa Koch e cenni critici sulla teoria della patogenesi della tubercolosi. Atti r. Ist. Veneto di sc, lett. ed arti, 1890-91, 7. s., ii, 481- 501.—Delprat (C. C.) Twee gevallen met het genees- middel van Koch behandeld. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Ge- neesk., Amst., 1891, 2.R., xxvii. 144-148, 1 pl.—Oenison (C.) Tuberculin, the value and limitations of its use in consumption. J.Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1891, xvii, 105- 111. -----. Favorable results of Koch's tuberculin treat- ment in other than pulmonary tuberculosis. Tr. Colo- rado M. Soc. Denver, 1895, 182-190. Also: N. York M. J., 1895, lxii, 129-131. Also, Reprint. -----. Ten years' experience with tuberculins. J. Tuberc, Asheville, N. C, 1901, iii, 111-116.—Dominic! (S. A.), Flegel (E. M.) & Guardia (N.) hijo. De la tuberculina en el tra- tamiento de la tisis pulmonar. Gac med. de Caracas, 1896, iv, 105-109.—Ehrlich (P.) Ueber neuere Erfah- rungen in der Behandlung der Tuberkulose nach Koch, insbesondere der Lungenschwindsucht. Tr. vii. Inter- nat. Cong. Hyg. & Demog. 1891, Lond., 1892, ii, 211-222.— Engel (H.) Zur Entfieberung Tuberkuloser durch Koch'sches Alttuberkulin. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1910, lvii, 1742.—Ernst (H. C.) Preliminary report on the clinical uueof tuberculin. Boston M. & S. J., 1891, exxv, 5; 25; 55; 76; 105; 131:136. Also, Reprint.—T/rant- zel. Systematische Anwendung; des Koch'schen Speci- ficum gegen Tuberculose bei inneren Krankheiten. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1890, xvi, 1053- 1056. Also: Verhandl. d. Ver. f. innere Med.zu Berl.. 1890- 91, x, 133-143,1 pl.—Ftirbriimer. Zur Kenntniss der GefahrenderTuberculincurenbei Lungenkranken. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1*91, xxviii, 642-614. Also: Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. (1891), 1892, xxii, pt. 2, 108-116. [Discussionl, pt. 1, 202. — Gluziriski. Einige Bemer- kungen fiber das Koch'sche Heilverfahren gey en Tuber- culose, namentlieh bei Lungenkranken. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1890, iii, 1009-1011.—Gottstein (A.) Sem- mola's Gutachten iiber die Koch'sche Behandlung der Tuberculosis (Treatment of) with Koch's tuberculin [old variety). Lungenschwindsucht; eine Entgegnung. Deutsche Rev., Bresl. u. Berl., 1891,xvi, 350-353.—Grasset. Tuberculose pleuro-pulmonaire apyretique; injection de un milli- gramme de lymphe de Koch; marche rapide (fievre et hemoptysies); mort. Semainemed., Par., 1891, xi, 21-23.— Gualdi (T.) & Torti (A.) Relazione sull' impiego del rimedio di Koch sugli infermi di tubercolosi polmonare curati nell' Istituto di clinica medica dal dicembre al febbraio 1891. Bull. d. Soc. Lancisiana d. osp. di Roma (1891), 1892, xi, 36-55— Guttmann (P.) Ueber die An- wendung des Koch'schen Mittels bei Lungentuberculose. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1891, xxviii, 5-8. Also: Veroffentl. d. Hufeland. Gesellsch. in Berl. Vortr., 1891-2, 1; 6. -----. UeberAnwendungdes Koch'schen Heilverfahrens bei Lungentuberkulose. Veroffentl. d. Hufeland. Ge- sellsch. in Berl. Balneol.Gesellsch.,1891,xiii,16-26. [Dis- cussion], 136-140.— fiance (I. H.) A clinical study of the use of crude tuberculin and modifications of the lymph in the Adirondack Cottage Sanitarium. Tr. Am. Climat. Ass. 1*93-4, Phila., 1895, x, 180-19*.—Heer- mann. Ueber einen schmerzlosen Injektionsmodus des Alttuberkulins. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1905, vii, 60— Heineman (H.N.) Observations on the use of Koch's tuberculin in the treatment of pul- monary tuberculosis in Mount Sinai Hospital. Tr. N. York Acad. M. (1891), 1892,2. s., viii, 162.—Helm. Ueber den jetzigen Stand der Behandlung der Lungentuber- kulose mit Alttuberkulin. Tuberculosis, Leipz., 1906, v, 126-141.—Heron (G. A.) On Koch's treatment in tuberculosis of the lung and in lupus vul- garis. Tr. M. Soc. Lond., 1890-91, xiv, 372-395.— Hirschleld ( F.) Stoffwechseluntersuchungen bei Lungentuberculose nach Anwendung des Koch'schen Mittels. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1891, xxviii, 29-31.— Holdlieim (W.) Ueber Erfahrungen mit Alttuberku- lin in der Privatpraxis. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1904, Leipz., 1905, ii, 2. Hlfte., 11-14. -----. Erfahrungen mit Alttuberkulin in der Privat- praxis. Med. Klin., Berl., 1907, iii, 1521-1523.—Hoyer (H.) Poglad teoretyczny na przeciwgruzliczy srodek Koch'a. [Theoretic view of the antiphthisical remedy of Koch.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1891, 2. s., xi, 25; 44; 59.— Ignatyefr" (V. Ye.) O rezultatakh liecheniya bolnikh s lyokhoehnoyu bugorchatkoyu tuberkulinom Koch'a. [Results of the treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis with Koch's tuberculin.] Trudi Obsh. Russk. Vrach. v Mosk., 1891, xxx, 147-184.—Iv anolf (V.) O rezultatakh liecheniya lyokhochnikh bolnikh po sposobu Koch'a v Yaltle. [Results of the treatment of pulmonary patients in Yalta bv Koch's method.] Russk. Med., St. Petersb., 1891, xvi,409: 425; 439.—Janovsky (V.) O Kochoveme- thodfi leceni tuberkulosy. [Koch's method of treating tu- berculosis.] Casop. lek. desk., v Praze, 1890, xxix, 965; 989; 1017; 1041.—Jaquerod. Traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire par la tuberculine primitive de Koch; resul- tats cliniques. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 828-835.—von Jarnntowski (A.) Bericht fiber die mit dem Koch'schen Heilverfahren in der Breh- mer'schen Heilanstalt fiir Lungenkranke in Gorbersdorf erzielten Erfolge. Beitr. z. Kenntn. d. Tuberk., Wiesb., 1891, 31-66.—Kaatzer (P.) Ueber 14 Dauer-Heilungen von Lungenschwindsucht nach Tuberculinbehandlung. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infectionskrankh., Leipz., 1893, xiv, 76- 102. -----. Bericht iiber 5 Jahre Tuberkulinbehandlung bei Lungenschwindsucht. Veroffentl. d. Hufeland. Ge- sellsch. in Berl. Balneol. Gesellsch., 1896, xvii, 148-185, 1 tab. [Discussion], 188-192. Also: Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1896, xvii, 471-473.—Kernijj (W.) Kurzer vor- liiufiger Bericht fiber die in der Frauen-Abtheilung des Obuchow'schen Hospitals nach Koch'scher Methode be- handelten Schwindsiichtigen. St. Petersb. med. Wchn- schr., 1891, n. F., viii, 99-101— Kinnicntt (F. P.) Ob- servations on the use of Koch's tuberculin in the treat- ment of pulmonary tuberculosis in St. Luke's Hospital. Tr. N. York Acad. M. (1891), 1892, 2, s., viii, 145-147.— Kleinperer. Leber den Stoflwechsel Tuberculoser un- ter der Koch'schen Behandlunsr. Deutsche med. Wrfin- schr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1891, xvii, 515-549. Also: Verhandl. d. Ver. f. innere Med. zu Berl., 1S90-91, x, 277-290. |Dis- cussion], 294-305.—Klintiinii lie r & SchoItZ. Leber den Wert des alten Kochschen Tuberkulin. Verhandl. d. deutsch. dermat. Gesellsch., Wien u. Leipz., 1901, vii, 222. — KJJkler (F.) Die therapeutische Wirksam- keit des Alttuberkulins bei Lungentuberkulose. Ztschr. f. iirztl. Fortbild., Jena, 1908, v, 431-434. —Koranyi (F.) Koch-fele szerrel kezelt betegek. [Patients treated bv Koch's remedy.] Budapesti k. orvosegy. lsoi-iki evkonyve, 1892. 12fv-127.—Korczyikskl. Wyniki doty- chczasowych doSwiadczen nad d/.ialaniem szczepianki Kocha na pluca chorych dotknie.tych gruzlica. pluc. [Results of the observations up to date on the action of Koch's lymph in pulmonary tuberculosis.] Przegl. lek., Krak6w, 1891, xxx, 61-63. Also, transl: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1891, xxviii, 195-197.—Korolko (A. M.) 0 nablyudeniyakli nad liecheniyem tuberkuloznikh bol- nikh po metodu R. Koch'a, sdlelannikh v klinicheskom TUBERCULOSIS. 918 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Treatment of) with Koch's tuberculin [old variety]. institutle Velikol Knyagini Y'eleni Pavlovni. [Treat- ment of tuberculous patients by Koch's method, in the Clinical Institute of Helena Pavlovna.] Trudi Syezda Russk. Vrach. v pam. Pirogova 1891, Mosk., 1892, iv, 29- 33—Krause (P.) Erfahrungen aus der Praxis iiber das Koch'sche Tuberkulin. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1895, xxi, 94; 108; 129.—Lambl. O me- thode lefieni souchotin prof. Kocha. [The consumption cure of Prof. Koch.] Casop.lek. cesk., v Praze, 1891, xxx, 26-28.—Langenbuch (C.) Sc Wolff (P.) Ueber die in 8 Monaten im Lazarus-Krankenhause zu Berlin mit der Tuberkulinbehandlung resp. einer Combination der- selben an 99 Fallen von Lungentuberkulose gemachten Erfahrungen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1891, xvii, 935-943.—Leoni (G.) & Gozzi (S.) Risultati della cura colla linfa Koch sopra 12 ammalati di tuberco- losi polmonare. Riv. veneta disc med..Venezia, 1891, xv, 61-63.—Lesli (F. A.) O rezultatakh, poluchonnikh pri Hechenii chakhotochnikh po sposobu Koch'avpropedev- ticheskol klinikle v Kiyevle. [Results obtained in the treatmentof phthisis by Koch's method in the propaedeu- tic clinic in Kiyev.] Vrach, St. Petersb., 1891, xii, 325- 333.—Liborius (P. F.) Liecheniya bugorchatki tuber- kulinom Koch'a v Kronshtadskom Morskom Hospitalle v techeniye 1891 goda. [Treatment of tuberculosis with Koch's tuberculin in the Cronstadt Naval Hospital during 1891.] Med. pribav. k morsk. sborniku, St. Petersb., 1893, pt. 1,324; 394: pt.2,44.—L.ieeaga(EJ Inoculacionesde la linfa del Dr. Koch,en el Hospital de Ninos. Gac. med., Me- xico, 1891, xxvi, 127; 116 — Liebmann (V.) Studien iiber das Koch'sche Tuberculin. Arch.f.path. Anat. [etc J,Berl., 1896, cxliv, Suppl., 123-201, 2 pl.—liindemann(L.) Er- fahrungen iiber das Koch'sche Tuberculin. Ann. d. stadt. allg. Krankeuh. zu Munchen (1890-92), 1894, 219-242.— L>ipari(G.) Sui bacilli tubercolari e sulle fibre elastiche nello espettorato di tisiei sottoposti alia cura di Koch. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int., Milano, 1891, iv, 250-253.— l.itterer (W.) Treatment and prevention of tubercu- losis by tuberculin immunization. South. M. J., Nash- ville, 1908, i, 40-46. -----. Tuberculin treatment in pul- monary tuberculosis. J.Tenn.M.Ass.,Nashville, 1910-11, xxx, 242-250.—liitzner. Ein Beitrag zur Tuberkulin- behandlung in der Landpraxis. Ztschr. f. arztl. Fort- bild., Jena, 1908, v,46L—Lobasott'lN' I.) Koch'ovskiy sposob lecheniya tuberkulyoza v Varshavskom Uyaz- dovskom voyennom hospitalle. [Koch'smethod of treat- ing tuberculosis in the WarsawUyazdovMilitary Hospital.] Med. Sbornk varshav. Uyazd. voyenn. hosp., Varshava, 1891, iv, pt. 3,1-8.—LooniisfA. L.) Observations on the use of Koch's tuberculin in the treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis in Bellevue Hospital. Climatologist, Phila., 1891, i, 17-29. Also: Tr. N. York Acad. M. (1891), 1892, 2. s., viii, 147-162.—Loomis (H. P.) Pulmonary tubercu- losis treated with Koch's lymph. Proc. N. York Path., Soc. (1891), 1892, 26-28.— Lttdke (H.) Beobachtungen iiber 100 mit altem Kochschem Tuberkulin behandelte Falle. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1906, ix, 113-149.— von IT1. (J.) Bericht fiber die Behandlung meines Lungen- leidens nach der Koch'schen Methode, Wien. klin. Wchnschr,, 1891, iv, 67; 109.— McConnell (J. B. Cases treated with tuberculin. Proc. Med.-Chir. Soc. Montreal (1889-91), 1892, v, 286-295. — ftlantegazza (U.) Os- s'srvazioni sopra le modificazioni istologiche indotte nei tessuti luposi dalla linfa Koch. Atti Cong. gen. d. Ass. med. ital. 1891, Siena, 1893, xiv. 417-420.—Maragliano (E.) Quattro casi di tubercolosi polmonare incipiente curati colla tubercolina e provvisoriamente guariti; sul modo di usare la tubercolina. Riv. clin., Milano, 1891, xxx, 183-203. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Berl. klin. Wchn- schr., 1891, xxviii, 582-584. -----. Sul valore terapeutico della tubercolina. Atti Cong. gen. d. Ass. med. ital. 1891, Siena, 1893, xiv, 160-163. -----. II vaccino per la tuber- eolosi. Gazz. med. lomb., Milano, 1895, liv, 331-333.— Itlassalongo (R.) & Silvestri (S.) Primi resultati ottenuti colla linfa Koch nella cura della tisi polmonale. Riv. veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 1891, xiv, 458^80.— Malthes (M.) Ueber das Zustandekommen der fieberhaften Allgemeinreaktion nach Injektionen von Tuberkulin beim tuberkulosen Organismus. Centralbl. f. innere Med., Leipz., 1895, xvi, 385-392.—Mazzue- elielli (A.) Osservazioni sulla cura della tubercolosi chirurgica con la linfa di Koch. Riforma med., Napoli, 1891, i, 846-848. Also, Reprint.—Melnikoft' (N. F.) Demonstratsiyaanatomicheskikh izmleneniy v thanyakh bolnikh, llechonnikh Koch'ovskol limfol v khirurgiche- skol klinikie prof. Sklifosovskavo. [Demonstration of anatomical changes in the tissues of patients treated by Koch's lymph in Prof. Sklifosovski's surgical clinic] Trudi Syezda Russk. Vrach. v pam. Pirogova 1891, Mosk., 1892, iv, 403-406.—Mikulicz (J.) Die bisherigen Er- folge des Koch'schen Heilverfahrens gegen Tuberculose. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz., 1891, xvii, 373-381. Also, Reprint.—Moore (J. W.) A series of six cases of pulmonary disease treated bv Koch's method. Tr. Roy. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl., 1890-91, ix, 102-110. Also: Dub- lin J.M. Sc, 1891, xci, 205-212. [Discussion], 261-264.— Tuberculosis (Treatinent of) with Koch's tuberculin [old variety]. Mourek (J.) Leceni methodpu Kochovou. [Treat- ment by the method of Koch.] Casop. lek.cesk., v Praze 1891, xxx, 161; 182; 207; 225; 251; 937; 961; 9H2; 1004- Natlian (J.) Tuberculin und Kreosot; eine verglei- chende Studie zur Phthisiotherapie. Med. Rev. f. int Med. u. Therap., Wien, 1891, ii, 205; 213; 225; 233— Nixon (C. J.) Professor Koch's treatment of pulmonary tuber- culosis. Tr. Roy. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl., 1890-91,ix 111- 123. Also: Dublin J. M.Sc, 1891, xci, 185-193. [Diseus- cussion], 261-264. Also: Med. Press & Circ, Lond. 1891, n. s., li, 215-217. — Nourney (G. A.) Das Tuberculin im Lichte der Serumtherapie. Therap. Wchnschr., Wien, 1896, ii, 833-837. — Observations on the use of Koch's tuberculin in the treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis. Med. News, Phila. 1891, lviii, 621-623.—de Oyarzabal (E. ) Valor de la tuberculina vieja (Alt-Tuberculin) de Koch, en ciertas enfermedades de la piel. «Rev. clin. de Madrid, 1909, ii, 324-327.—Patschkowski. Ueberdie Behandlung der Lungentuberkulose und die Anwendung des Tuberculin. Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. (1891), 1892, xxii, pt.2, 295-301. Also: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1892, xxix, 117-119.— Pavlovski (A. D.) Printsipialniya osnovi metoda Koch'a i rezultati Lecheniya yevo zhidkostyu khirurgi- cheskavo tuberkuloza v bolhitsle Krasnavo Kresta v Kiye- vle. [Fundamental principles of Koch's method and results of treatment of surgical tuberculosis with his lymph in the Red Cross Hospital in Kiyev.1 Trudi Syezda Russk. Vrach. v pam. Pirogova 1891, Mosk., 1892, iv, 550- 561.—Petrone f A.) Contributo sull'azione della tuber- colina nei tisiei (con due autopsie). Riv. clin., Milano, 1891, xxx, 551-568,— Pizzini (L.) Due casi di tisi pol- monare curati colla linfa di Koch. Gazz. med. di Torino, 1891, xlii, 4-10.—Pribram (A.) Ueber Indication und Methodik des Koch'schen Verfahrens bei Lungentuber- culose auf Grund der bisherigen eigenen Erfahrungen. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1891, xvi, 123; 137.—Przedbor- ski (L.) Wyniki stosowania plynu Koch'a w szpitalu Starozakonnych w todzi. [Results obtained by Koch'a lymph in the Jewish Hospital in Lodz.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1891,2. s., xi, 669; 688.—Queirel & Bietscli. Rapport sur la methode de Koch sur le traitement de ia tuberculose. Ann. de m6d. seient. et prat., Par., 1891, i, 9; 17; 25.— Quiinby (C. E.) Observations on the use of Koch's tuberculin in the treatment of pul- monary tuberculosis in conjunction with the use of the pneumatic cabinet. Tr. N. York Acad. M. (1891), 1892, 2. s., viii, 167-176. -----. The treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis by Koch'smethod. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1891, xxxix, 73-76.—Beid (P. McP.) Notes on a case of phthisis, treated with Koch's tuberculin. Austral. M. J., Melbourne, 1891, n. s.,xiii,265-271.—Bompler. Phthi- seo-Therapie und Koch'sche Methode. Veroffentl. d. Hufeland. Gesellsch. in Berl. Balneol. Gesellsch., 1892, xiv, 42-69. Also: Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1892, xiii, 311; 327.—Bosenbaeli (F. J.) Beobachtungen iiber die Anwendung des neuen Tuberkulins bei Fallen von Lungentuberkulose. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1910, xxxvi, 1553-1557.—Boss (F. W. F.) Tu- berculotberapy in tuberculosis. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1907, lxxxvi,869-873.—Blitimeyer (L) Ein Fall vonacuter Meningitis tuberculosa nach Koch'scher Behandlung einer Phthisis pulmonum. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1891, xxviii, 124.—de Sardac. Injections de la lymphe de Koch dans le service de M. le professeur Picot. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. . . . de Bordeaux, 1891, xii, 25.— Schafer. Erfahrungen iiber die Behandlung mit Tu- berculin bei dem kgl. Zuchthause Kaisheim. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1893, xl, 641-643.—Schiess Bey & Kartulis. Ueber die Resultate von 48 mit Tuberculin behandelten Tuberculosen. Ztschr. f. Hvg. u. Infections- krankh., Leipz., 1893, xv, 229-282.—Schnauberg (V.) O liecheniya legoch bugorchatki Kochinom. [Treat- ment of phthisis bv Koch's injection.] Trudi Obsh. Russk. vrach. v Mosk., Moskva, 1891, 119-136—Sclirii- der(G.) Ueberdie Wirkungen des Alttuberkulins; ex- perimentelle Studie. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1906, vi, 397-431.-----. Ueber die Wirkung des alten Kochschen Tuberkulins. Med. Woche, Halle a. S., 1906 vii, 641-543.—Seliiini (O.) Versuche mit Koehin. Ann. d. stadt. allg. Krankenh. zu Miinehen. 1890-92, vi, 257-275. Also, Reprint.-Semmola (M.l Pro- fessor Koch und die Behandlung der Lungenschwind- sucht; ein kritisches Gutachten. Deutsche Rev., Bresl, u. Berl., 1891, xvi, 111-120. — SilfverskioTd (P.) Nigra fall af lungtuberkulos, behandlade med tuber- kulin. [Some cases of phthisis treated by tuberculin.] Eira, Stockholm, 1892, xvi, 103-111.—Skllfosovskl (N.V ) Vpriskivanive Koch'ovskol zhidkosti pri khirur- gicheskikh bugorchatikh zabollevanigakh. [Injection of Koch's fluid in surgical tubercular diseases.] Trudi Svezda Russk. Vrach. vpam. Pirogova 1891, Mosk., 1892, iv 536-549. [Discussion], 564-561.—Smith (A. J.) Spec- imens from a case of tuberculosis treated by Koch's method. Tr. Path. Soc Phila., 1891-3, xvi, 238-240.- Smith (F. F.) The value of Koch's remedy employed TUBERCULOSIS. 919 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Treatment of) with Koch's tuberculin [old variety]. as an alterative; reactive fever prevented. Tr. Am. Cli- mat. Ass. 1891, Phila., 1892, viii, 223-233.—Sokoloff (N. I.) Nablyudeniya nad liecheniycm chakhotochnikh bolnikh Koch'ovskol zhidkostyu. [Cases of treatment of phthisis by Koch's liquid.] Bolnitseh. gaz. Botkina, St. Peterb., 1890, i, 1153-1166.—Soniinerbrodt (J.) Ueber Ersatz und Erganzung der Koch'schen Behandlung der Lungentuberculose durch meine Kreosotbehandlung. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1891, xxviii, 167-172.—Sonnen- burg. Tuberkulincuren und Lungenchirurgie. Ver- handl. d. Cong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1891, x, 177-185.— Stickler (J. W.) A consideration of Professor Koch's method of treating pulmonary tuberculosis. Med. Rec, N.Y., 1891,xxxix,44-47.—Stiller(B.) Koch-szerrelkezelt betegagykeszitmenye. [The effect of Koch's remedy on the brain.] Budapesti k. orvosegv. 1891-iki Evkonyve, 1892, 70-73.—Sudzilovski (N. G.) O Hechenii lyokho- chnol bugochatki Koch'inom. [Treatmentof phthisis by Koch'slymphJ Trudi Obsh. Russk. vrach. v Mosk., 1891, xxx, 79-84.—Taylor (H. L.) The therapeutic value of tuberculin.] Northwest.Lancet, St.Paul,1895,xv,184-187. [Discussion|, 193-197.— Tliorner (E.) Ueber den Ge- brauch des Tuberkulins in vorgeschrittenen Fallen von Tuberkulose. Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1893, xiv, 249.— Torstensson (O.) Om behandlingen af lungsot, huf- vudsakligen med Koch's lymfa. [Treatment of phthisis, especially with Koch's lymph.] Eira, Stockholm, 1891, xv, 149-157.—Trudeau (E. L.) Observations on the use of Koch's tuberculin in the treatment of pulmonary tu- berculosis in Adirondack Cottage Hospital. Tr. N. York Acad. M. (1891), 1892, 2. s., viii, 163-167. -----. Results of the employment of tuberculin and its modifications at the Adirondack Cottage Sanitarium. Tr. Am. Climat. Ass. 1892, Phila., 1893, ix, 18-23.—Van Beneden (A.) Tuberculines et curehvgienodietetique. Ann. Soc. med.- chir. de Liege, 1902, xli, 581-601.—Viquerat (A.) Zur Gewinnung von Antituberkulin. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1896, xx, 674-678.—Von Buck (K.) A contribution to the treatment of pulmonary tuberculo- sis with Professor Koch's tuberculin; supplementary re- port, showing the present condition of twenty-five cases treated two years ago. Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1893, 3. s., ix, 369-374. Also, Reprint. -----. Contribution to the treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis with Professor Koch's tuberculin. Internat. M. Mag., Phila., 1894-5, iii, 45-53.—Warfvinge (F. W.) Om de vid behandling med tuberkulin & Sabbatsbergs sjukhus' medicinska af- delning iakttagna resultaten. [Observation on the results of tuberculin treatment at Sabbatsberg Hospital, medici- nal department.] Arsberatt. f. Sabbattsbergs Sjukh. i Stockholm (1890). 1891, xii, 88-171.— Wethered (F.J.) Demonstration of Koch's treatment of tuberculosis. Bris- tol M.-Chir. J., 1890, viii, App., 18-27.—Whiltaker (J. T.) The action and use of tuberculin. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1893, xxi, 78-81. -----. Six years with tubercu- lin. Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1897, n. s., xxxix, 245-248. [Discussion], 250. -----. General impressions from six years' use of tuberculin. Internat. M. Mag., Phila, 1897, vi, 639-645. Also: Ohio M. J., Cincin., 1897, viii, 217-222.— Williams (C. T.) Abstract of a lecture on the treat- ment of phthisis by Professor Koch's method. Lancet, Lond., 1891, i, 1417-1420.—Worcester (A.) The treat- ment of tuberculosis with tuberculin and its derivatives. Boston M. & S. J., 1896, cxxxv, 177-184.—Vamanouchi (T.) Action de la tuberculine sur les animaux pr6par6s avec du sang de tuberculeux. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., lxvi, 531-533. Tuberculosis (Treatment of) with le- cithin. Bernheim (S.) & Boblot (A.) Traitement de la tuberculose par la leeithine gaiacolee. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1902, i, 426-431.—Claude (H.) & Zaky (A.) La lecithine dans la tuberculose. Compt. rend. Soc.de biol., Par., 1901, U.S., iii, 821-823. Also: Compt. rend. Acad.d. sc,Par., 1901, cxxxiii,486-488. Also: Presse med.. Par., 1901, ii, 173-178. Also: Gaz. d. h6p„ Par., 1901, lxxiv, 1084.—Boblot (A.) Traitement dela tuberculose par une lecithine composed. Rev.internat.de la tuberc, Par., 1903, ii, 566-583. Tuberculosis (Treatment of) by light. See, also, Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) by light; Tuberculosis (Surgical, Treatment ofYby climate, etc. Baradat. Du r61e de la lumiere dans la cure de la tuberculose. Actualite" mCd., Par., 1903, xv, 148; 163. Also: Ztschr. f. Tuberk.u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1903, v, 1-5.— Below (W.) Tuberkulose-Heilungen durch Licht und Luft der Tropen. Arch. f. Lichttherap. [etc.], Berl., 1900- 1901, ii, 152-155.—Bleyer (J. M.) Light; its therapeutic importance in tuberculosis as founded upon scientific re- searches. J. Tuberc, Asheville, N. C, 1902, iv, 105; 233; 329 4 pl Also, Reprint. Also: Colorado M. J., Denver, 1905, xi, 1,52; 93; 134; 163; 202; 246; 267; 310; 346. -----. Col- Tuberculosis (Treatment of) by light. ored raysof light; experiments show them to become a most important adjunct in the treatment of tuberculosis. Med -Leg. J., N. Y., 1899-1900, xvii, 485-498, 2 pl. Also: Sanitarian, N.Y., 1900, xliv, 506-521. Also [Abstr.l: Med Times, N. Y., 1900, xxviii, 102. -----. J. Mount Bleyer's electro-arc-chromolumes for generating colored light as an adjunct to the regular treatment of tuberculosis. Zt- schr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1901, ii, 1-6 — Brineh (T.) Behandling af intern Tuberkulose med. absorberet Lysenergi. Ugesk. f. Larger, Kjobenh., 1912, Lxxiv, 1777-1786: 1913, lxxv, 229-240. — Dumarest, Bayle & Baudouin. Essai sur l'application the- rapeutique de l'hemoplase lumiere chez les tubercu- leux. Marseille med., 1907 xliv, 38-45.—Foveau de t'ourmelles. Action profonde dela lumiere chimique sur la tuberculose. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1901, 11. s., iii, 980-982.— Hernandez (T.) La tuberculosis y la luz azul. Cr6n. med.-quir. de la Habana, 1908, xxxiv, 95-97.—Kime (J. W.) The use of light in the treatment of tuberculosis. Am. Cong. Tuberc. Trans. 1901, N. Y., 1902, 251-261. Also: Med.-Leg. J., N. Y., 1901-2, xix, 679- 689. -----. The use of concentrated actinic sunlight in the treatment of tuberculosis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1902, lxii, 681-686. -----. The mostpowerfullightin the world; to be used in the treatment of tuberculosis. Iowa M. J., Des Moines, 1905, xi, 288.—Knopf (S. A.) Sunlight and solar-therapy in its relation to tuberculosis. Am. Med., Burlington, Vt., & N. Y., 1908, n. s, iii, 320-322.—Morin. Le traitement de la tuberculose parl'heliotherapie. Cong. franc, de med., 10. session, 1908. Geneve, 1909, ii, 255-260.— Page (M. W.) Actinic sunlight in the treatment of tu- berculosis. Alkaloid. Clin., Chicago, 1904, xi, 1135-1137.— Key (A.) Lumiere et tuberculose; la lumiere dans la chambre du logement ouvrier. Presse m&L, Par., 1905, annexes, 657-659.—Bol lier. Die Sonnenbehandlung der Tuberkulose. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xxv, 1071-1080.—Sterkel (E.) & Kaiser (G.) Treatment of tuberculosis by spectral analytical blue light. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1902, n. s., Ixxiii,320. Tuberculosis (Treatmentof) with lig- no-sulphite. Dannegger (L.) * Experimentelle Untersu- chungen iiber das Lignosulfit in Eiicksicht auf seine Verwendbarkeit in der Behandlung der Tuberkulose. [Miinehen.] 8°. Naumburg a. S., 1900. Also, in: Deutsches Arch. f. klin Med., Leipz., 1900, lxviii, 209-263. Simon (R.) Die Lungenschwindsucht und das Lignosulfit. 8°. Leipzig, [1900]. Bramesfeld (F.) Ueber die Verwerthbarkeit des Lignosulfit in der Therapie der Tuberkulose, besonders der Kehlkopf tuberkulose. Deutsche med. Wchnschr. Leipz. u. Berl., 1897, xxiii, therap. Beil., 20-22.—Klilicli (K.) Einige Beobachtungen iiber Lignosulfit-Inhalatio- nen bei Lungentuberculose. Wien. klin. Wchnschr.,1896, ix,270-274.—Heindl(A.) Vorlauflge Mittheilungen iiber die Wirkung von Lignosulfitinhalationen bei Kehlkopf- und Lungentuberculose. Ibid., 1895, viii.683; 701.—Prii- wer (J.E.) I resultati del trattamento dei tisiei col lijrno- sultito nell' ospitale civico di Trieste. Riv. veneta di sc med., Venezia, 1898, xxviii, 81-89.—Simon (F. R.) Le- ber Anwendung des Lignosulfits bei Tuberkulose. Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1900, x, 13-17. -----. Welche Ge- sichtspunkte kommen beider Lignosulfitbehandlungder Lungenschwindsucht in Betracht? Ibid., 385; 397.-----. Ueber Lignosulfit-Inhalation bei Schwindsucht. Kau- sale Therap., Hannov., 1903-4, i, 71-75. -----. Ueber die Wirkung- des Lignosulfit auf den Lungenprocess bei der Schwindsucht. Theiap. Monatsh., Berl., 1900, xiv, 525-531. Tuberculosis (Treatment of) with mer- curials. See, also, Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treat- ment of) with mercurials. Bern a rt ( W. F.) Mercury and tuberculosis. N. York M. J., 1908, lxxxvii, 1236. Also, Reprint.—Bucco (M.) Vantaggi ottenuti dalla cura mercuriale in un infermo tubercolotico con sifilide. N. riv. clin.-terap., Napoli, 1903, vi, 9.—Campani (A.) Sublimato corrosivo e tu- bercolosi. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1904, xxv, 712-714.— Comba (D.) Un nuovo reagente della tubercolosi nel bicloruro di mercurio. Lavori di Cong, di med. int. 1904, Roma, 1905, xiv, 189-192.—Cuneo (J.) Advantages of the intra-venous over the intra-muscular method in the treatment of tuberculosis with mercury. Denver M. Times [etc.], 1908-9, xxviii, 490.—de Oorsse (B.) Le traitement de certaines tuberculoses locales par les in- jections intra-musculaires de calomel. Cong, internat. de med. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect de therap., 128-130.—Hertzberg (R.) On the use of mercury suc- cinimide in superficial tuberculous lesions; report and demonstration of cases. N.York M. J. [etc.], 1909, xc, TUBERCULOSIS. 9S Tuberculosis (Treatment of) withmer- curials. 1014-1016.—Laborde. Sur une note de M. le Dr. Du- bois intitulee: Traitement de la tuberculose par le mer- cure. [Rap.] Bull. Aead. de med., Par., 1897, 3. s., xxxvii, 120-124.—Martell. Die Fnihtuberkulose und ihre Therapie durch Calomel. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1903, liii, 316; 364; 415; 472.— Meirelles (E.) Os saes mercuriales no tratamento da tuberculose. Gaz. clin., S. Paulo, 1904, ii, 154-165.—Nash (J. T. C.) Note on the therapeutic effects of unguentum hydrargyri in a case of tuberculosis. Lancet, Lond., 1905, ii, 1837.—Peters (L. S.) A preliminary report on the hypodermic injection of mercury in the treatment of tuberculosis. J. N. M exico M. Soc, Albuquerque, 1909, v, 15-18. -----. Mercury suc- cinamid in the treatment of tuberculosis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1910, lxxviii, 1188.—Sajous (C. E. de M.) Mer- cury in the treatment of tuberculosis; its mode of action; a warning. Month. Cycl. & Med. Bull., Phila., 1908, i, 537-540.—Silvestri (T.) II sublimato corrosivo nella tubercolosi con speciale riguardo alia forma ossea ed ar- ticolare. (iazz. d. osp., Milano, 1900, xxi, 377-380.— Steiner(U. E. L.) Report of patients treated in the open-air tubercular wards of the Oregon State Insane Hospital. Med. Sentinel, Portland, Oreg., 1910, xviii, 455-462.—AV right ( B. L.) The treatment of tubercu- losis by the administration of mercury at the United states Naval Hospital, New Fort Lyon, Colo. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1908, li, 1854-1856. -----. The treatment of tuberculosis by the administration of mercury at the U. S. Naval Hospital, New Fort Lvon, Colorado. N. York M. J., 1908, Ixxxviii, 385-400. Also. Reprint. -----. Per- fected routine of dosage, etc., in the treatmentof tuber- culosis by the administration of mercury. U. States Nav. M. Bull., Wash., 1909, iii, 46. -----. The treatmentof tu- berculosis by the administration of mercury; being a com- pilation of a preliminary report and a second paper on the subject. Ibid., 1908-9, i, 1: ii, 1. -----. Tuberculosis and its treatment by the administration of mercury. Colo- rado Med., Denver, 1909, vi, 416-428. Also: N. Y'ork M. J. [etc.], 1910, xci, 579-583. -----. The treatment of tuber- culosis by deep muscular injection of mercury. N. York M.J. [etc.], 1911, xciii, 513-517. Also, Reprint. -----. The treatment of tuberculosis and other diseases of vegetable parasitic origin by deep muscular injections of mercuric succinimide; a theory and the results of its application in twenty-six cases. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1911, lxxx, 1109-1115. Tuberculosis (Treatment of) by min- eral waters. See, also, Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treat- ment of) by mineral waters. Cazaux (M.) La tuberculose et son traitement hy- dro-mineral. [Rap.] Cong, internat. de m6d. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv. sect, d'hydrol. med., 6-18. Also [Ab- str.]: Ann. d'hydrol. et de climat. me"d., Par., 1903, viii, 353-359.—Chevreux. Vichy et la tuberculose. J. de med. de Par., 1905. 2. s., xvii, 201.—Claisse (A.) Cures salines chlorurees sodiques; leurs indications a Biarritz dans certaines tuberculoses. Clinique, Par., 1906, i, 423.— Clcrc (A.) Des tuberculeux a Vichy Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 731.—Gabryszevvski (A.) Solankie jodowe w swietle nowszych badah i ich dzialanie na zolzy. [Iodin mineral waters in the light of new investigations and their action on scrofula.] Lwow. tygodn. lek.,1909, iv, 416; 424.—Lacort (A.) Latubercu- loseetsontraitementhydro-mineral. [Rap.j Cong.inter- nat. de me"d. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, d'hydrol. me\L,18-34.—MoralesyMoreno(.1.) Tratamientode las tuberculosis locales por las aguas minerales de Medina del Campo. Rev. de med. y cirug. pract., Madrid, 1906; lxxi,5-9.— Privat(J.) La tuberculose etles eaux sulfu- reuses. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 732.—Beynler (P.) Traitement desdiverses manifesta- tions dela tuberculose externe par l'eau de Salies, de Sa- lins, et des differentes eaux ehlorurees sodiques. Cong. internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, ii, 117-123. Tuberculosis (Treatment of) with niycolysine [Doyen]. <<>nii. Resultats cliniques du traitement de la tu- berculose pulmonaire par la me"thode phagogene de Doyen. Cong, franc, de mdd. Compt. rend. 1910, Par., 1911, xi, 48-53.—Doyen (E.) Traitement de la tubercu- lose par la methode phagogene. Rev.de therap. mCd.- chir., Par., 1911, lxxvii, 625-627. -----. Traitement anti- tubereuleux de Doyen. Arch, de Doyen, Par., 1910-11, i, 377-392.-----. Le remedede Doyen contre la tuberculose estun nouveau mode d'emploi de la tuberculine de Ro- bert Koch. Ibid., 396. -----. Application, traitement de la tuberculose par la me"thode phagogene Doven dans le dispensaire de la Place Marceau, 30, rue Malaval, Mar- seille. Ibid., 406.-----. Traitement des affections tu- berculeuses. Ibid., 433-436.-----. Traitement de la tu- berculose pulmonaire par la phvmalose (eombinaison de la mycolysirie et de la tuberculine de Koch). Ibid., 1911- 12, ii, 846.—MasKon, Tuberculose pulmonaire conse- cutive a une coqueluche; congestion des deux sommets. Ibid., 1910-11, i, 572. TUBEKCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Treatment of) with nu- clein S. See Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) with nucleins. Tuberculosis (Treatment of) with oxytuberculine [llirschfelde?]. Hirschfelder (J. O.) The treatment of tuberculo- sis and other infectious diseases with oxytoxines. Occi- dental M. Times, Sacramento, 1896, x, 682-685. Also: North Car. M.J.,Wilmington, 1896, xxxviii, 349-359. Also: Indian Lancet, Calcutta, 1897, ix, 629-534. Also, transl: Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1897, xxiii, therap. Beil., 25-28. -----. Oxy tuberculin in tuberculo- sis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1897, xxix, 208-213. -----. The cure of tuberculosis by oxytuberculine, with exper- iments on patients, animals, and cultures. Tr. M. Soc. Calif., San Fran., 1897, 251-274,4 pl. Also, Reprint. -----. Report on oxytuberculin in the treatment of tuberculo- sis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1898, xxx, 299-303.—Keddy (H.L.) Oxytuberculine in the treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis. Canada M. Rec, Montreal, 1S98, xxvi, 483- 487.—Richer (A. J.) Oxytuberculin in the treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis. Memphis, Lancet, 1899, ii, xs- 90.—Bixlord (E.) Tubercular cases treated with oxy- tuberculin. Pacific Rec. M. & 8., San Fran., 1897-8, xii, 311-314.—Vaux (F. L.) The oxytuberculine of Hirsch- felder in the treatmentof tuberculosis. Canada Lancet, Toronto, 1897-8, xxx, 267-273. Tuberculosis (Treatment of) by pas- sive hyperemia. See, also, Tuberculosis (Surgical, Treatment of) by passive hyperemia. Kirchhoff (C. R. E.) *TJeber Behandlung der Tuberkulose nach Bier. 8°. Munchen, 1906. Rubel (A. N.) *K ucheniyu o dleMvii Bier'ovskol zastolnol hiperemii na mlestniy tuberkulozniy protsess; eksperimentalnoye izslledovaniye; literaturno-kriticheskiy ocherk ucheniya o sushtshnosti tsielebnikh evoistv hiperemii. [On the action of Bier's passive hyperemia upon local tubercular process; ex- perimental investigation; literary-critical sketch concerning the essence of the therapeutic prop- erties of hyperemia.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1909. Baldassari (L.) Contributo alia cura delle affezioni tubercolari col metodo del Bier. Riforma med., Palermo- Napoli, 1907, xxiii, 515-517.—Buschke. Ein erfolgrei- cher Versuch mit der Behandlung von Tuberculose der Extremitiiten mittels Stauung nach Dr. Bier. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1893, xix, 835.—Fa- siani (G. M.) Sul decorso della tubercolosi locale trat- tata con 1' iperemia secondo Bier. Gior. d. r. Accad. di Torino, 1909,4. s., xv, 266-268.—Fischer (B.) Histolo- gische Untersuchungen iiber den Einfluss der Bierschen Stauungshvperaroie auf die menschliche Tuberkulose. Frankf. Ztschr. f. Path., Wiesb., 1909, iii, 926-930.—Gau- gele (K.) Zur Behandlung der tuberkulosen Fisteln mit der Bierschen Saugglocke. Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1906, xxxiii, 775.—Mikulicz (J.) Zur Behand- lung der Tuberkulose mit Stauungshyperamie nach Bier. Centralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1894, xxi, 265-273.—Moresco (G.) La cura di Bier nelle lesioni tubercolari degli arti. Boll. d. r. Accad. med. di Genova, 1896, xi, 237.—Tur- chaninoff* (I. V.) Eksperimentalnaya provlerka me- toda liecheniya mfestnavo tuberkuloza zastolnol hipere- miyeyl (spos. Bier'a). [Experimental control of the method of treating local tuberculosis by passive hyper- emia (Bier's method).] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1896, xiv, 86-90. Tuberculosis (Treatment of) with phosphorus compounds. Romanowsky (M.-Y.) Le traitement des af- fections tuberculeuses par les deutoxydes de phosphore. (Traduit du ruse par le Dr. (ryr.) 8°. Geneve, 1910. See, also, infra. Akatsatoff (N. Ye.) K voprosu o Hechenii bugor- kovikh bolleznel nedokislennimi soyedineniyami fosfora (fosfatsidom M. V. Romanovskavo). [On the treatment of tuberculosis bv phosphacid combinations (Romanov- ski's method). Vrach. Gaz., S. Peterb., 1911, xviii, 740; 1010; 1033. Also, transl: Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg., Berl., 1912, 305; 321; 339; 353— Brj liriski (A.) Oznaczeniulecznic- zem niedotlenionvch zwiazk6w fosforu w przebiejru gruz- licv [Therapeutic value of suboxides of phosphorus in tuberculosis.] Przegl. lek., Krak6w, 1911, 1, 158; 172.— Plieque (A.-F.) Le phosphore et ses derives dans I la tuberculose. Presse med.. Par., 1902, ii, 1182-1184.- TUBERCULOSIS. 921 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Treatment of) with phosphorous compounds. Bomanovski (M.) Llecheniye bugorkovikh bollez- nel nedokislennimisoyedineniyami fosfora. [Treatment of tuberculosis by incompletely oxidized combinations of phosphorus.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1909, xvi, 255- 258. Also, transl.: Begique med., Gand, 1910, xvii, 207-219. Tuberculosis (Treatment of) by physi- cal methods. Bang; (S.) Det fysiske Grundlag for den moderne Tuberkulosebehandling. [The physical foundation for the modern treatment of tuberculosis.] Nord. Tidsskr. f. Terapi, K0benh., 1902-3, i, 51-66.—Baradat. Les agents physiques et les theories nouvelles dans la cure de la tuberculose. Rev. med., Par., 1903, xii, 435; 467; 483; 500; 513. Also, Reprint. Also: Rev. internat. de therap. phys., Rome, 1903, iv, 145; 19a Also, transl: Bl. f. klin. Hydrotherap., Wien, 1903, xiii, 166-172. -----. Les agents physiques dans la cure de la tuberculose. Cannes med., 1903, i, no. 6, 7-16; no. 7,11: no. 8, 15. Also: Gaz. d. eaux, Par.,1903,xlvi,265-267.—Diaz de la Quintana. Trata- miento fisico-ter&picode la tuberculosis. Cong, internat. de med. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, de therap., 428-130.—Jnettner (O.) Physical methods in the treat- ment of tuberculosis. Eclect. M. J., Cincin., 1908, lxviii, 425-431.—Minor (C. L.) Effect of heat and cold in tuberculosis. Old Dominion J. M. & S., Richmond, 1910, xi, 108-113.—Syinposlum (A) on the treatment of tu- berculosis by physical agents. Med. Electrol. & Radiol., Lond., 1903, iv, 2L-53. Tuberculosis (Treatment of) with po- tassium cantharidate. Branthomme (G.) Sur un cas de tuberculose du poignet (d'origine professionnelle) guerie par les injec- tions de cantharidate de potasse. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1896, vii, 40.—Coccia (T.) II cantaridato di potassio nella cura della tubercolosi. Bull. d. r. Accad. med. di Roma (1892-3), 1894, xix, 697- 718.—Masueel (P.) Contributo alia cura di Liebreich. Atti Cong. gen. d. Ass. med. ital. 1891, Siena, 1893, xiv, 621-627. — Polyak (L.) Cantharidinsavas kaliummal kezelt betegek. [Patients treated by cantharidate of potash (tuberculosis).] Budapesti k. orvosegy. 1891-iki evkomyve, 1892; 79-83. Tuberculosis (Treatment of) with po- tassium permanganate. Gantois ( A.-F.-G.-H. ) *Traitement des ulcerations tuberculeuses par le permanganate de potasse. 8°. Lille, 1903. Also, in: Pratique jour., Lille, 1903, viii, 107; 119; 129. Barkan (L.) Permanganate of potassium in the treatment of tuberculosis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1896, xlix, 355. Tuberculosis (Treatment of) with ra- dium. See, also, Tuberculosis (Glandular, Treat- mentof); Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) with radium; Tuberculosis (Surgical, Treat- ment of). Baud (A.) Contribution aTetude de la radium-th6- rapie dans la tuberculose. ^Esculape, Par., 1912, ii, suppl. p. xiii.—Bernlieim (S.) Nouvelles recherches sur la radium-th6rapie dans la tuberculose. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1911, xx, 325-371. Also: Med. orient., Par., 1911, xv, 643-667. Also: Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1911-12, xviii, 108; 278. — Burdiek ( G. G. ) Radio- therapy in tuberculosis. Tr. Am. Roentgen Rav Soc. 1902, Louisville, 1903,123-141. Also [Abstr.]: Med. Stand- ard, Chicago, 1903, xxvi, 61-63. Also, transl [Abstr,]: Ztschr. f. Elektroth., Berl. u. Leipz., 1903, v, 105-110.— Contremoulins (G.) La radiologic au Congres de la tuberculose. Rev. seient., Par., 1905, 5. s., iv, 649-652.— Dominici (H.) & Oheron (H.) Radiumtherapie des tuberculoses profondes extra-pulmonaires. Paris med., 1910-11, 502-504. Also: Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1911, xx, 405-408.— G8rl (L.) Ein neues Feld fiir die Radiotherapie? (Strumenbehandlung.) Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1905,Iii, 914.—Puntoni(V.) Sullaresistenza del virus tubercolare e dei suoi prodotti all' azione del radio. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1912, xxxiii, 530.—Salz- inan n. Die Anwendung des Radiums bei tuberkulosen Erkrankungen. Ztschr. f. Tuberk, Leipz., 1910. xvi, 225- 229.—Stern (A. H.) The radioactive treatment for tu- berculosis. Med. Rev. of Rev., N. Y., 1913, xix, 165-169.— von Szendeffy (A.) Die heutige Kenntnis der Tu- berkulose und die Wirkung radioaktiver (strahlender) Substanzen gegen diese Erkrankung. Pest, med.-chir. Tuberculosis (Treatinent of) with ra- dium. Presse, Budapest, 1910, xlvi, 274-278.—Verny. Gomme tubereuleuse guerie par la radiotherapie. Bull. off. Soc franc, d'eiectrothe'r., Par., 1904, xi, 194-196.—Wickham & Degrais. Traitement des tuberculoses locales par le radium. Clinique, Par., 1912, vii, 395. Tuberculosis (Treatment of) by Roent- gen rays. See, also, Lupus (Treatment of) by light; Phototherapy; Roentgen rays (Therapeutic use of); Skin (Diseases of, Treatment of) by Boentgen rays; Tuberculosis (Glandular, Treat- inent of) by Boentgen rays; Tuberculosis (Pul- monary, Treatment of) by Boentgen rays; Tuber- culosis (Surgical, Treatment of) by electricity, etc. Sinapius. Die Heilung der Tuberkulose durch Rontgenbestrahlung. 8°. Leipzig, 1897. Ausset (E.) Sur l'application des rayons Roentgen au traitement de la tuberculose. J. de clin. et de therap. inf., Par., 1897, v, 102-107.—Beckett (T. G.) X-ravs in the treatment of tuberculous diseases. Australas". M. Cong. Tr. 1908, Victoria, 1909, 199-207.—Bergonie (J.) & Teissier (P.) Rapport sur Faction des rayons X sur la tuberculose. Cong. p. I'etude de la tuberculose. Par., 1898, iv, 76-112. Also: Arch, d'eleetric med., Bordeaux, 1898, vi, 334-360. Also, transl: Tr. Am. Electrother. Ass. 1898, Buffalo, 1899, viii, 231-270.—Boggs (R. H.) X-ray and light in the treatment of tuberculosis. J. Advanc. Therap., N. Y., 1904, xxii, 9-19. -----. The treatment of cervical tuberculous lymphadenitis and tuberculous dermatosis bv means of the X ray. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1910, xci, 380.—Boido (L.) & Boido (RosaG.) X-ray treatmentfor tuberculosis, report of fourteen cases treated two years ago under peculiar conditions. Am. Electro- Therap. & X-RayEra, Chicago, 1903, iii, 76-83.—Capie (S.) & Bidden (J. R.) Demonstration of cases treated by X-rays, including lupus, rodent ulcer, favus, and loco- motor ataxia. Glasgow M. J., 1904, Ixi, 306.—Dieffen- bach (W. H.) The X-ray in tuberculosis. Electro- Therap., Lima, Ohio, 1903, vii, 17-22.—El ling wood (F.) Tuberculosis treated by the X-ray. Chicago M. Times, 1896, xxix, 247-249.—Cierling (R.) Die Behandlung der Tuberkulose mit X-Strahlen. Neue Heil kunst, Berl., 1896, viii, 105.—Gissler (C. F.) A suggestion as to the proper time to use the ultraviolet and Rontgen rays in the treat- mentof tuberculosis. Am. Med. Phila. & York, 1907, n. s., ii, 476.—lselin (H.) Entgiftung des tuberkulosen Her- des durch Rontgenbestrahlung. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. & Berl., 1913, xxxix, 297; 349.—Johnston G. C.) The Roentgen treatment of tubercular glands. . Advanc. Therap., N. Y., 1906, xxiv, 15-25.—Keller (H. S.) Use of X-ray in diagnosis and treatment of tu- berculosis. Med. Century, N. Y. & Chicago, 1905, xiii, 370-372.—King (W. H.) Treatment of tuberculosis of the skin, bones and joints with the X-ray and the violet rav. Tr. Homceop. M. Soc. N. Y., Buffalo, 1902, xxxvii, 295-298.—McCulloch (H. D.) Observations on the induction of auto-vaccination in tuberculosis and other chronic glandular infections by the X-rays (as revealed by the opsonic chart ofthe former). Lancet, Lond., 1907, i, 215-218.— Miihsain (R.) Versuche mit Rontgen- strahlen bei experimenteller Tuberculose. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1898, xlvii, 365-379.—Neu (H.) Wirkung der Rontgenstrahlen bei chirurgischer Tuberku- lose. Ibid., 1913, exxi, 256-279.—Newcomet (W. S.) Tuberculosis and the Roentgen ray. Therap. Gaz., De- troit, 1904, 3. s., xx, 305-307. -----. The X-rays in super- ficial tuberculosis. Proc. Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila., 1905, n. s., xxvi, 251-254.—Pancoast (H. K.) The X-rays in the treatment of deep-seated tuberculosis. Ibid., 254- 262. Also: Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1905, 3. s., xxi, 510- 512. -----. The value of the X-ray in the treatment of tuberculosis. Arch. Physiol. Therapy, Bost., 1905, i, 164-169, 3 pl.-----. The advantages and limitations of the X-ray in the treatment of surgical tuberculosis. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1907, lxxxvi, 536-542.—Peck ham (F. E.) X-ray therapy in the treatment of malignant disease and tuberculosis in its external forms, i. e. lupus and tubercular glands. Tr. Rhode Island M. Soc, Provi- dence, 1903-4, vi, 604-611. [Discussion], 565-568.— Pilcher (P. [M.]) X-ray treatment of tubercular le- sions; with report of cases. Long Island M. J., Brooklyn, 1907, i, 246-249.— Pirie (A. H.) The treatment of tuber- culous glands by X-rays. Brit. J. Tuberculosis, Lond., 1908, ii, 120-125. -----. The treatmentof tuberculous con- ditions by radio-therapy. Ibid., 1911, v, 218-227.—Ban- som (J. B.) The ordinary X and ultraviolet rays *n the treatment of tuberculosis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1904, lxv, 331-333.—Kebou I (J.) Sur quelques casde cancer et de tuberculose traites par les rayons de Roentgen. Echo TUBERCULOSIS. 922 TU BERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Treatmentof) by Roent- gen rugs. med. d. c'evennes, Nimes, 1904, v, 181-193.—Budis-Ji- clnsky (J.) X-rays in tuberculosis. J. Advanc. Therap., N. Y., 1902, xx, 235-337. -----. The Rontgen rays in the treatment of tuberculosis. Am. Med., Phila., 1904, viii, 1061. -----. The electrochemical action of the X-rays in tuberculosis. N. York M. J., 1901, Ixxiii, 364-367.— Schmidt (H. E.) Die Bedeutung der Rontgenstrahlen fiir die Behandlung der Tuberculose. Reichs-Med.-Anz., Leipz., 1910, xxxv, 211-218.—Stover (G. H.) Roentgen therapy of tubercular glands. Colorado Med., Denver, 1906, iii, 164-166.—Symposium on X-rays in tubercu- losis. Proc. Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila., 1905, n.s., xxvi, 240-262.— Tbielle (H.) Traitement de la tuberculose par les courants de haute frequence et de haute tension base' sur I'etude du chimisme respiratoire. Ann. d'elec- trobiol. [etc.], Par,, 1904, vii,513-533.—Tousey (S.) The treatment of tuberculosis of the larynx and of the prostate gland by the X-ray, high-frequency currents, and the Cooper-Hewitt light; demonstration of special apparatus and of a rapid method of skiagraphy. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1904, lxvi, 365-370.—Wctterer (J.) Rontgentherapeu- tische Bestrebungen zur Bekampfung der Tuberkulose. Aerztl. Mitt. a. Baden, Karlsruhe, 1911, lxv, 177. Tuberculosis (Treatment of) by ^ea baths. See, also, Tuberculosis (Glandular, Treatment of) by sea baths; Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) by sea water, etc. Gautrelet (J.) & Soule (E.) Les injections d'eau de mer dans la tuberculose; essai de physioclinique. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1905, xxvi, 555.— Mongour. Critique de Paction de l'eau de mer chez les tuberculeux. Ibid., 1907, xxvii, 285.—Passini (R.I Contributo alia cura di alcuni processi tubercolari merce i bagni marini. Gazz. d. osp., Milano. 1908, xxix, 1415- 1417.—Pouillot. L'eaudemeretlatuberculose. Bull. Soc. med. de l'Yonne 1905, Auxerre, 1906, xlvi 70-73.— Bcynier (P.) De l'emploi de l'eau salee dansle traite- ment de la tuberculose externe. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1906, n. s., xxxii, 667-669.—Bo bert- Sinion & Quinton (R.) L'eau de mer en injections isotoniques sous-cutanees dans 18 cas de tuberculose. [Rap.] Rev. de therap. med.-chir., Par., 1905, lxxii, 433- 444. Also: Gaz. d. hdp., Par., 1905, lxxviii, 831-833. Tuberculosis (Treatmentof) with sera. See, also, Tuberculosis (Treatment of, Specific). Bartoli (B.) Patogenesi trasmissibilita e sieroterapia nella tubercolosi pulmonale. 8°. Messina, 1898. Buard (G.-G.-P.) *De la s£ro-reaction tu- bereuleuse. Cultures du bacille agglutinable. Etude speciale chez l'enfant. (Travail du labo- ratoire de M. le Prof. Ferre.) 8°. Bordeaux, 1900. de Fossey (A.-M.) *La serotherapie anti- tuberculeuse; ^tude generale et nouvelles re- cherches experimentales. 8°. Lyon, 1907. Kraemer (C.) Aetiologie und spezifische Therapie der Tuberkulose. I. Halite, roy. 8°. Stuttgart, 1912. Lupatj (H.) * Contribution a I'etude de la serotherapie antituberculeuse. 8°. Bordeaux, 1901. Mas6 Bru (A.) Algo sobre la sueroterapia en la tuberculosis pulmonar. 8°. Barcelona, 1899. Morard (G.) *Du role des sels min6raux de l'organisme dans les phenomenes de nutri- tion et de defense contre l'infection; traitement de la tuberculose par la mineralisation au moyen des injections sous-cutanees de serum artificiel a petites doses; resultats experimen- taux. 8°. Paris, 1899. Moravec (V.) Splenotherapie tuberculosy. Dalsf zkusenosti o lecitelnosti tuberculosy. [The splenotherapy of tuberculosis. Further re- searches on the curability of tuberculosis.] 8°. v Praze, 1900. Ostrovsky (E.) Du traitement de la phtisie pulmonaire par le serum antistreptococcique de Menzer. 8°. Paris, 1903. Tuberculosis (Treatment of) with sera. Piel (P.) *Die bisherigen serotherapeuti- schen Bestrebungen bei Tuberkulose. [Strass- burg.] Also in: Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1911, xxi 303-330. Sero-therapy in tuberculosis. With reports of cases, recoveries, methods of treatment, etc. 8°. St. Louis, 1896. Siniaver (S.) * La serotherapie antitubercu- leuse. 8°. Lausanne, 1897. Abramowski. Lungentuberkulose und Antistrep- tokokkenserum. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1909-10, xv 377-384.—Acosta(E.) & Diaz Brito (A.) Sieroterapia antituberculosa. Cron. med.-quir. de la Habana, 1904, XXX, 222-226.—Angelldes (I.) IlepaTreia ttjs ^UfiaTiui' creajs Si' ai>Tivii.a.Ti.u>Sovs bppov. TaKr]v'o';, ASr/vat, 1895, XXV, 714; 731; 746.—Apostoleanu (I.) Relatiune asupra tratamentulul tuberculosel prin serum antituberculos. Spitalul,Bucuresci,1897,xvii,16.—Argentoi V.) Cinque casi di tubercolosi curati col siero antitubercolare. La- vori d. Cong, di med. int., Milano, 1895, vi, 72-74.—Ar- loing (F.) Action favorisante du s^rum autitubercu- lineux vis-a-vis de l'infection par le bacille de Koch en cultures liquides homogenes. Compt. rend. Soe.de biol., Par., 1901, 11. s., iii, 950. -----. Action favorisante du s<§- rum antituberculineux introduit par la voie sanguine on conjonctive sur l'infection par des cultures homogenes du bacille de Koch. Ibid., 1074-1076. -----. Pouvoirs chi- miotaxiques de divers serums se rattachant a la tubercu- lose. Ibid., 1902,11. s., iv, 556-558. -----. Le sdrum anti- tuberculineux exerce-t-il une influence sur la marche de la temperature au cours de la tuberculose experimentale? Ibid., 1904, lvii, 412-414. -----. Quelques considerations cliniques et experimentales sur les proprietes du serum antituberculineux. J. med. franc., Par., 1910, iv, 439-442. -----. Les medications speeifiques antituberculeuses. Progres me"d., Par., 1912, 3. s., xxviii, 238-241.—Arloing (F.)& Courmont. Serum diagnosis of tuberculosis. Boston M. &S. J., 1904, cli, 617-623.—Arloing (F.) & de Gebhardt (F.) Sur les proprietes chimiotaxiquesd'un serum antituberculineux. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1901, U.S., iii, 587-589. Also, transl: Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1901, xiv, 451.—Arloing (S.) & Guinard (L.) Recherches sur l'obtention d'un sdrum antituberculi- neux. Cong.internat.de mecl. C.r., Par., 1900, sect.de bacteriol. et parasitol., 178-181.—Ascenzi (R.) Tre casi di tubercolosi trattati colla sieroterapia. Lavori d. Cong. di med. int., Milano, 1895, vi, 85.—Auclair (J.) Essais de serotherapie experimentale antituberculeuse a l'aide du sang de poules traitees. Areh. demed. exper. et d'anat. path., Par., 1896, viii, 445-458.—Augstein. Erfahrungen iiber die spezifische Behandlung der Tuberkulose. Zt- schr. f. Bahn- u. Bahnkassenarzte, Melsungen, 1911, vi, 146-150. — Autokratoff" (T.) Individualisierung der spezifischen Tuberkulosebehandlung auf Grund der Er- gebnisse der Intradermoreaktion. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1910, xvi, 474-477.—Babcock (R. H.) Antitoxin, or serum-therapy; with special reference to tuberculosis. N. Am. Pract., Chicago, 1896, viii, 433-442.—Babes (V.) Essais de traitement de la tuberculose par l'injection du serum de chiens rendus refractaires a cette maladie. Cong. p. I'etude de la tuberculose 1893, Par , 1894, iii, 255- 263.—Bafofes (V.) & Proca (G.) Sur la serotherapie de la tuberculose. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1896, exxii, 37-40— Ballero. Contributo clinico alia terapia specifica antitubercolare. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1908, xxix, 210. — Baradat. Tuberculose et selums anti- toxiques. Tr. Brit. Cong. Tuberc. 1901, Lond., 1902, iii, 429-433. Also: Actualitemed., Par., 1901, xiii, 135; 154; 170; 180.—Berlioz (F.) Traitement de la tuberculose par les serums medicamenteux. Cong. p. I'etude de la tuber- culose, Par., 1898, iv, 524-535. Also: Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1899, exxxvii, 113-121. Also: Dauphine med., Grenoble, 1898, xxii, 145; 174.—Bernard (L.), Before (R.), & Porak (R.) Surle mecanisme et la prevention des accidents de la serotherapie antituberculeuse. Presse med., Par., 1912, xx, 809-811—Bernheim (S.) Immu- nisation tubereuleuse et serumtherapie. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1896,10. s., iii, 291-294. Also: Indcpend. m6d., Par., 1896, ii, 97.—Blache (R.) De l'emploi d<■■< injections de serum artificiel chez les enfants tubercu- leux au point de vue clinique et therapeutic!ue Coiw. p.l'etudedela tuberculose, Par., 1898,iv,557-561— Blaise (H.) Immunisation et s6roth6rapie dans la tubercu- lose. Gaz. hebd. de med.. Par., 1896, xliii, 493-495.— Boinet. Traitement de la tuberculose humaine par le s6rum de sang de chevre inocuiee avec de la tuberculine. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1895,10. s., ii, 543. Also: Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1895, lxviii, 875. -----. Traitement de la tuberculose humaine par le serum du sang de chevre immunisee au moven de la tuberculine. Cong, franc, de m6d. 1894, Par., 1895, i, 538. -----. Essai de traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire au moyen de substances extraites du s6rum de cheval. Cong, internat. de med. C. r., Par , 1900, sect, depath. int., 766— BonneyfS.G.( TUBERCULOSIS. 923 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Treat men t of) with sera. A tew considerations regarding climatic change and se- rum therapy in pulmonary tuberculosis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1898, xxxi, 907-910. Also, Reprint. -----. Four months' experience with antistreptococcic serum in pul- monary tuberculosis. Med. News, N. Y., 1903, lxxxii, 1108-1117. Also, Reprint.—Bose. La serotherapie anti- tuberculeuse. Gaz. med. du centre, Tours, 1911, xvi, 2-6.— Broca (A.) & Charrin (A.) Traitement des tubercu- loses cutanees par le serum de chiens tuberculeux. Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1895, 10. s., ii, 605.— Bronshteln (O. I.) & Freukel (L. Y.) Sovremen- noye sostoyaniye voprosa o seroterapii tuberkuloza. [Present condition of the question of serumtherapy of tuberculosis.] Russk. arch, patol., klin. med. i bakte- riol., S.-Peterb., 1902, xiv, 1147-1160. Also, transl: Cen- tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1902-3, xxxii, Ref., 481-493.-----------. Nachtrag zu: Der gegenwar- tige Stand der Serumtherapie der Tuberkulose. Cen- tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1903, xxxiii, Ref., 33. — Brossard. Sur la valeur de la serotherapie dans la tuberculose pulmonaire. Poitou med., Poi- tiers, 1909, xxiv, 145-151— Browning (C. C. ) Se- rum in tuberculosis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1897, Iii, 794.— Bruno (D.) II siero antitossico nella cura della tu- bercolosi polmonare. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1902, xxiii, 860.—Bullock (E. S.) A report on the use of anti- phthisic serum T. R. Med. News, N. Y., 1902, lxxx, 532- 537. Also, Reprint.—Caffarena (T.) Sul potere agglu- tinante ed antitossico del siero di cavallo normale e di immunizzato contro la tubercolosi. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1903, xxiv, 721-726.—* ale (G. W.) Sero-therapy in bone and joint tuberculosis. Tr. M. As*. Missouri, Columbia, 1895, xxxviii, 179-184.—Calmette (A.) Les scrums anti- tubereuleux. Bull, de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1912, x, 193- 204. -----. La therapeutique specifique active de la tu- berculose. Rev. d'hyg., Par., 1912, xxxiv, 366-372.—Cal- vet. Le nouveau serum antitubereuleux de M. Viguier de Maillane. Bull. Soc. med.-chir.de la Drome [etc.], Valence & Par., 1904, v, 100-111.—Cambiaso (A.) Ra- pida guarigione di tubercolosi polmonare ottenuta colla antitossina. Gazz. d.osp., Milano, 1902, xxiii, 250. -----. Contributi clinici alio studio della terapia specifica della tubercolosi. Ibid., 190s. xxix, 299; 431; 1303. -----. Con- tributi clinici alia terapia specifica della tubercolosi pol- monare; tubercolosi polmonare guarita colla antitossina; guarigione persistente. Ibid., 1142.—Campbell (T.) Antistreptococcus serum in pulmonary tuberculosis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1900, ii, 1158.—Carrieu. De l'injec- tion de lymph du chien dans le traitement de la tuber- culose. Atti d. xi. Cong. med. internaz., Roma, 1894, iii, med. int., 128-130.—de Carvaiho (L.) Serotherapia na tuberculose pulmonar. Coimbra med., 1898, xviii, 145; 161; 177; 193; 209; 225.—Caultield (A. H.) Correlation of clinical progress with the results of immunological studies in pulmonary tuberculosis. Arch. Int. Med., Chi- cago, 1911, viii, 440-456.—Ceei (M.) Sopra un caso di tu- bercolosi gravissima trattata coll' emoantitossina. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1905, xxvi, 297. -----. Soggetto tuberco- lotico notevolmente migliorato coll' uso dell' emo anti- tossina. Ibid., 1907, xxviii, 60.—Chamberlin (F. T.) The treatment of tuberculosis with the anti-tubercle serum. Virginia M. Month., Richmond, 1895-6, xxii, 1266-1269.—Ciom (E.) Ancora della sieroterapia della tubercolosi. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1902, xxiii, 13- 15— Clarke (J. M.) A case of acute miliary tubercu- losis treated with antistreptococcic serum on account of the presence in the blood of the Streptococcus pyo- genes albus. Bristol M.-Chir. J., 1897, xv, 148-151.— Comtek (B.) Streptolytic serum in the treatment of mixed (streptococcic) infection of pulmonary tuber- culosis. Texas M. News, Austin, 1903-4, xiii, 4-10.— Croce (S.) Contributo alio studio della sieroterapia nella tubercolosi polmonale. Riforma med., Napoli, 1897, xiii, pt. 1,110; 127.—Cuguillere. Traitement de la tu- berculose par le serum Cuguillere. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, ii, 11-14.—Cutileiro (E.) Tra- tamento da tuberculose; notas clinicas acerca do s6ro de Cuguillere. Med. mod., Porto, 1906, xiii, 36; 67.—Be Busseher (L.) Nouvelles experiences d'immunisa- tion et de serotherapie antituberculeuses. Belgique med., Gand-Haarlem, 1904, xi, 579-581.—De Capoa (M.) II siero antidifterico Behring nella cura della tubercolosi pulmonare. Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 1905, n. s., xxvii, 558. Also: Riforma med., Palermo-Napoli, 1905, xxi 882.—De Coster (V.) Du s6rum et des inha- lations d'aldehyde formique dans la tuberculose pulmo- naire. Presse med. beige, Brux., 1896, xlviii, 289. -----. Action du serum antitubereuleux sur une tumeur fibro- tuberculeuse de la face. Ibid., 1897, xlix, 114.—Denison (C.) The antitoxin treatment of tuberculosis; or the di- rect (tuberculin preparations) versus the indirect (ani- mal serum) method of immunization against tubercu- losis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1898, xxx, 290-294. Also, Reprint—Derscheid (G.) La sero-r6action de la tu- berculose. Policlin., Brux., 1902, xi, 441-448.—Darren- berg. Ueber die Aussichten der Serumtherapie bei Tu- berculose Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1896, Leipz., 1897, lxviii, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 39-44.— Tuberculosis (Treatment of) with sera. Dulour (H.) & Detre. Anaphylaxie pulmonaire (ce- d6me pulmonaire localise) chez une malade atteintede tuberculose pulmonaire et traitee par un serum equin prepare contre la tuberculose. Bull, etmem. Soc. med. d. hdp. de Par., 1910, 3. s., xxix, 117-119.—Duhourcau. Traitement thermal de la tuberculose combine avec la cauterisation poncturee ou les injections de serum anti- tubereuleux. Cong, internat. d'hydrol. et de climatol. C.-r., Liege, 1898, v, 788-799.-----. [Traitement de la tu- berculose pulmonaire par le s6rum de Ferran associe a la cure de Cauterets.] Poitou med., Poitiers, 1903, xvii, 151-157. -----. La tuberculose, la tuberculine et les se- rums antitubereuleux. Cong, internat. de med. C.-r. 1905, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, de therap., 102-109.—Dun- wody (J. A.) Horse serum in consumption; report of recoveries and improvements. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1896,1, 51. -----. Tuberculosis permanently cured by serum. Tri-State M. J. & Pract., St, Louis, 1898, v, 6.—Dupa- quier (E. M.) Serum-therapy of tuberculosis. Proc. Orleans Parish M. Soc. 1895, N. Orl., 1896, iii, pp. lxxxviii- xciii. Also: N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1895-6, n. s., xxiii, 136- 142.—Edwards (L. B.) Antitubercle serum in tuber- culosis. Med. Rev., St. Louis, 1898, xxxvii, 243.—Elsen- berg (F.) O swoistem leczeniu gruzlicy. [Specific treat- ment of tuberculosis.] Medycyna i KronJ lek., War- szawa, 1910, xiv, 52; 73—Engelmann (G. J.) A new serum treatment for tuberculous diseases. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1903, lxxvii, 574.—Evans (W. E.) Serums in the diagnosis and treatment of tuberculosis. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1907-8, lx, 644-654.—Faivre & Jablonski. Em- ploi du serum de Ferran chez un tuberculeux pulmo- naire. Poitou med., Poitiers, 1903, xvii, 271.—Fasano (A.) Sulla sieroterapia in genere e su quella della tu- bercolosi pulmonale in ispecie e dei metodi adottati negli esperimenti clinici dell' Ospedale della Pace. Arch, in- ternaz. di med. e chir., Napoli, 1896, xii, 10-20. Also: Cirillo, Aversa, 1896, iv, 17-25. -----. La sieroterapia della tubercolosi. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1896, xvii, 271.— Fe rnando (M.) Valore dell' auto sieroterapia nell' in- fezione tubercolare. Ann. d. Ist. Maragliano p. la cura d. tuberc. [etc.], Genova, 1910-11, v, 181-187.—Ferran (J.) Investigaciones sobre la sueroterapia en la tuberculosis. Independ. med., Barcel., 1896-7, xxviii, 517-521. Also: Gac. med. catal., Barcel., 1898, xxi, 65-71. Also: Rev. balear de cien. med., Palma de Mallorca, 1898, xiv, 274- 283. Also: Rev. med. de Sevilla, 1899, xxxiii, 161-172.— Ferrari. Autosieroterapia nella tubercolosi polmonare. Atti Accad. d. sc. med. e. nat. in Ferrara, 1910, lxxxiv, 15.— Ferrer Piera. Sobre el tratamiento de la tuberculosis pulmonar con la sueroterapia. Gac. m6d. catal., Barcel., 1903, xxvi, 97-100. Also, transl: Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1903, xxiv, 592-594.—Ferrier (A.) & Turon (T.) De la tuberculose; quelquesreflexionsausujetd'essaisde traite- ment par l'injection au malade de son propre serum. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. m6d. de Bordeaux, 1910, xxxi, 41.— Figari (F.) La sieroterapia antitubercolare in due anni di ambulatorio alia clinica medica di Genova. Atti Cong, region, ligure, Genova, 1901, vii, 43. -----. Ricer- che sperimentali sull' uso di una antitossina tubercolare per via gastrica. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1903, xxiv, 753. -----. Ricerche sperimentali sull' uso di una antitossina per via gastrica. Ibid., 974-976. -----. Sul passaggio delle agglutinine ed antitossine tubercolari nel latte e loro assorbimento per via del tubo gastro-enterico. Ann. d. Ist. Maragliano p. la cura d. tuberc. [etc.], Genova, 1904, i, 139-144. -----. Contributo casuistico all' uso del- 1' emoantitossine Sofos nella cura della tubercolosi pol- monare. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1904, xxv, 139; 171; 205. -----. Tratamento della tubercolosi polmonare col 1' emo- antitossina Sofos. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1905, Ro- ma, 1906, xv, 176-178.—Figari (F.) & Lattes. Rendi- conto sommario di trattamenti sieroterapici della tuber- colosi polmonare. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1901, xxii, 1230. -----------. Sieroterapia antitubercolare in un biennio di ambulatorio. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1901, Roma, 1902,145.—Filaretopoulo (G.) Traitement de la tu- berculose pulmonaire par le serum F. Atti d. r. Accad. med.-chir. di Napoli, 1909-10, lxiii, 271-274. Also: Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1908, xiii, 247-252.—Fisch (C.) Contribution to our knowledge of tuberculosis anti- toxin. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1899, xxxii, 705; 746.— Flick (L. F.) Serum treatment in tuberculosis. Rep. Henry Phipps Inst., study . . . tuberculosis, Phila, 1905-6, 87-102.—Fraikin (A.) & Buard (G.) Etude sur les injections de serum artificiel dans la tuberculose pulmo- naire. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1898, xix, 305- 311. Also [Abstr.]: Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1898, lxxi, 839.— Freudenthal (W.) Pulmonary and laryngeal tuber- culosis treated with antiphthisic serum T. R., with re- marks on the etiology of tuberculosis. Med. News, N. Y., 1899, lxxiv, 193-196. Also: Canad. J. M. & S., Toronto, 1899, v, 217-228.—Gamgee (A.) Dr. Viquerat's treatment of tuberculosis. Lancet. Lond., 1894, ii, 811- 813.—Gardi (I.), Sivori (L.) & Caftarena (D.) Ri- cerche biologiche sopra un antisiero tubercolare. Ann. d. Ist. Maragliano p. la cura d. tuberc. [etc.], Genova, 1910, iv, 224-234.—Gaussel. Les voies d'administration des serums antitubereuleux. Paris med., 1912-13, x, 229- TUBERCULOSIS. 924 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Treatment of) with sent. 232.—GausKcl & Gueit. Sur les voies d'administra- tion des scrums antitubereuleux. Montpel. med., 1913, xxxvi. 10--10S. — Gerard (E.) & LiCinoine (G.) Traite- ment de la tuberculose base sur Taction antitoxique du foie. Con?, franc, de med. Compt. rend. 1907, Par., 1908, 258-264. Also: Tribune med., Par., 1907, n. s., xxxix, 741- 743 —Germani (A.) Contributo clinico alio studio della terapia speeiiica della tubercolosi. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1908, xxix, 692-695.—Ghedini (G.) Come evolve il tubercolo soggetto all' azione diretta del siero specirico antibacillare. Ann. d. Ist. Maragliano p. la cura d. tu- berc. [etc], Genova, 1904, i, 245-249.—Gliersi (D.) Sopra un caso di tubercolosi polmonare guarita rapidamente coll' antitossina tubercolare. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1902, xxiii, 605.—Gibson (J. D.) Tubercular antitoxine. J. Advanc. Therap., N. Y., 1906, xxiv, 593-606.— Giovanelli (G.) Contributo alia sieroterapia anti-tubereolare. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1897, xviii, 517-520.—Giudiceandrea (V.) Le iniezioni di siero artificiale a scopo diagnostico nelle affezioni tubercolari. Bull. d. Soc. Lancisiana d. osp. di Roma, 1899, xix, fasc. 1, 111-118.—dc GouvSa (H.) Tratamento da tuberculose pulmonar pela tuber- culina. ,Brazil-med., Rio de Jan , 1907, xxi, 339.—Guer- der. Etude clinique sur une antitoxine tubereu- leuse; resultats therapeutiques dans les tuberculoses externes. Rev. de med., Par., 1903, xxiii, 196-210.— Hager (H.) Nuovo contributo alia cura della tuber- colosi polmonare col siero antitubercolare. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1903, xxiv, 182.—Hahn (C.) Guerison de la tuberculose par l'antixenine ou serum y de Velas- quez. Cong, franc, de med. Compt. rend. 1910, Par., 1911, xi, 80-85.—Hardy (J. B.) Serum therapv in the treat- ment of tuberculosis. St. Louis M. Rev , 1904, xlix, 17.— Hayden (A. M.) Report of results and recoveries ob- tained by the use of anti-tubercle serum. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1896, xxvi, 965.—Hericourt (J.) Le serum du chien dans le traitement de la tuberculose. In: Richet (C.) Physiol. Trav. du lab., 8°, Par., 1895, iii, 358-376. -----. A propos de la serotherapie anti-tuberculeuse. Rev. seient., Par., 1903, 4. s., xx, 673.—Hericourt (J.) & Bichet (C.) Experiences sur la serotherapie dans la tuberculose. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1895, 10. s., ii, 13.----------. A propos de la serotherapie dans la tuberculose. Ibid., 15-17.—Hinsdale (G.) Remarks on the treatment of tuberculosis by the anti-tubercular serum. Tr. Am. Climat. Ass., Phila., J897, xiii, 97-101. Also: Boston M. & S. J., 1897, exxxvii, 416.—Holloway (J. M.) Sudden development of acute pulmonary tuber- culosis during the treatment of a case of tuberculous (?) peripheral neuritis by the anti-phthisic serum. Louis- ville M. Month., 1897-8, v, 87.—Holloway (S. W.) A report of some cases of consumption treated with anti- tubercular serum. Louisville Month. J. M. & S. 1907 xiii, 327-333.—Holmes (A. M.) A clinical study of tu- berculous cases treated with the newantiphthisic T. R. (formulae of Fisch). J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1898, xxx, 303-308. Also, Reprint. -----. A further report on the use of antiphthisic serum, T. R. (Fisch), in tuberculosis. N. York M. J., 1899, lxix, 405; 440; 482. Also [Abstr.]: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1899, xxxiii, 886-888.—Hope (W. B.) The benefit of diphtheria antitoxic serum in tuber- culous disease. Therap. Soc. Tr., Lond., 1907, v, 88-92 Also: Med. Mag., Lond., 1907, xvi, 39-42.—Hovent (J.) Le traitement serotherapique de la tuberculose. Scalpel, Liege, 1895-6, xlviii, 127; 133.—Ikoda. [Okubo's blood serum treatment of tuberculosis and beriberi.] Juntendo Iji Kenkiu Kwai Zasshi, Tokyo, 1907, 715-726.—Inn-ra- hani (0. W.) Serum theraphy in pulmonary tuberculo- sis, with an explanation of secondary symptoms follow- ing the administration of antitoxin. J. Am. M Ass Chicago, 1895, xxiv, 661.—de la Jarrige. Sur un cas de tuberculose pulmonaire, traite par la serotherapie. Compt, rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1896, 10. s., iii, 668-670 — Johannessen (A.) Einige Erfahrungen fiber subku- tane Injektionen mit Kochsalzlosungen und antidiphte- rischem Serum bei tuberkulosen und nichttuberkufosen Individuen. Biol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1895, xv, 647-649 — Johnson (F. L.) Two cases of pulmonary consump- tion successfully treated with immunized serum. N York M. J. [etc.], 1897, lxvi, 837— Jollifie (C. H. H ) The serum treatment of pulmonary affections in the horse. Vet. J., Lond., 1911, lxvii, 22-41.— Jousset (P ) Experiences sur le traitement de la tuberculose par la culture de tuberculose attenuee. Art med., Par 1897 lxxxv, 321-332.—Kazem-Bek (A.N.) Klinicheskiva nablyudeniya nad dlelstviyem protivobugorchatkovol sivorotki S. D. Neporozhnyavo. [Clinical observations on the action of Neporozhniy's antitubercular serum.l Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1908, vii, 961; 1007.-Kelseh. Relation d une serie d'experiences faites en vue de la re- cherche d'un serum antitubereuleux. Bull. Acad de med. Par., 1903, 3. s., xlix, 375-377.—Kersber»-eii'(L C.) Oyer de specifieke behandeling der tuberculose Geneesk. Bl.u. Klin, en Lab. v. de prakt., Haarlem, 1907-8 xllVu 19l-239— Kitashima (T.) [Researches on new methods of using blood serum in tuberculosis.] Saitake Gaku Zasshi, Tokyo, 1902, 340-347.-KiK« (G.) De I'uti- lite des reactions de foyer dans le traitement des tubercu- Tuberculosis (Treatmentof) with sera. loses pulmonaires par la tuberculine. Bull, med Par 1909, xxiii, 563-566.—Lamarre [et alA. Appreciation's et nouvelles observations sur l'emploi du serum anti- tubereuleux du Docteur Viguier deMaillane. Echo med d. cevennes, Nimes, 1906, vii, 138; 165; 198.—Landouzy! Rapport sur l'emploi des serums et des toxines dans le traitement dela tuberculose. Presse med., Par., 189s ji 49, 55. Also: Rev.detherap.med.-chir.,Par., is>»8,lxv,n05;54l.— Land ret. Les injections intra-veineusesdesMim anti- tubereuleux. Cong, franc, de med. Compt. rend 1910 Par., 1911, xi, 325-327.—Lannelongue, Achard & Gaillard. Sur le traitement de la tuberculose pulmo- naire par la serotherapie. Compt. rend. Aead. d se Par., _19CS, cxlii, 1479-1482. Also: Bull. med.. Par., 1906' xx, 579.----------------. Essai de serotherapie antitu- berculeuse. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, 11,2-8.----------------.Applications a l'homme d'un serum antitubereuleux. Bull, med., Par., 1908, xxii 891 Also: Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1908, cxlvii,'612- 615.—La Vecchia (L.) Tin caso di tubercolosi polmo- nare guarito col siero antitubercolare. Gazz. d. osp Milano, 1896, xvii, 1287.—Lelevre. Traitement de la tuberculose par les injections de s>enun et les inhalations de vapeurs de formol (aldehvde formique). J. demed de Par., 1895, 2. s., vii, 341-343.—Leuien (J. R.) Three years of serum therapy in tuberculosis. N. York M. J [etc.], 1898, lxvii, 672-677. Also, Reprint.—Lemiere (G j La serotherapie de la tuberculose. J. d. sc. med. de Lille 1895, ii, 208-215.—Lemoine (G.) & Gerard (E.) Essais sur une therapeutique nouvelle de la tuberculose bas6e sur Taction antitoxique du foie. Nord med Lille 1907 xiii, 241.—Lesieur(C) & de Fossey (A.-M.) Essais de serotherapie antituberculeuse et antituberculineuse. Prov. med., Par., 1907, xx, 236.—Leu llier(E.) Apropos de la serotherapie de la tuberculose; traitement par le serum du Dr. Hanseval. J. de med. de Par., 1909 2 s xxi, 76-78.—Lichtenstein (H.) Die Behandlung der Tuberkulose mittels naturlichen menschlichen Serums Med. Klin., Berl., 1910, vi, 945-947.—Lignieres (J.) A propos du serum antitubereuleux de M. le professeur H. Vallee; les proprietes therapeutiques des serums et notamment du serum anticharbonneux peuventtoujours etre mises en evidence. Rec. de med. vet Par 1911 Ixxxviii, 641-546—Livet (G.) Le traitement de la tu- berculose par un serum antitubereuleux, la bacillosine. Arch. gen. de med., Par., 1906, i, 961-979,—L11 catello (L.) Note terapeutiche; sieroterapia antitubercolare. Boll. d. r. Accad. med. di Genova, 1896, xi, 239-242.— McArdle (J. S.) The serum treatment of tuberculosis. J. Irish M. Ass., Dubl., 1907, vii, 188-192.—ITIaftiicci (A.) cfc Di Vestea (A.) Ricerche sperimentali sulla siero- terapia nella tubercolosi. Arch, ed atti d. Soc. ital. di chir., Roma, 1896, x, 83-91. [Discussion], pp. xxxviii- xlii. Also, transl: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc], 1 Abt., Jena, 1896, xix, 208-213. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Med. Week- Par., 1895, iii, 645.----------. Llteriori ricerche speri, mentali sulla sieroterapia della tubercolosi. Arch, ed atti d. Soc. ital. di chir. 1898, Roma, 1899, xiii, 116-127. Also, transl: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1899, xxv, 809-815. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Rev. de chir., Par., 1899, xix, 276-278.-----------. Delia sieroterapia della tubercolosi. Riv. d' ig. e san. pubb., Torino, 1901, xii, 7; 46; 82, 1 ch.—Maragliano (E.) Heilung der Lungentuberculose mittelst des Tuberculose-Heilserums. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1895, xxxii, 689-693. Also, transl: Rev. med. de Chile, Sant. de Chile, 1895, xxiii, 366-379. Also, transl: Presse med., Par., 1898, ii, 66. -----. Note cliniche sulla sieroterapia nella tubercolosi polmoiiare. Cron. d. clin. med. di Genova, 1895-6, iii, 31-155. ,Uar- cantonio (A.) Propriety terapeutiche del siero di san- gue e dell' estratto idro-alcoolico di visceri di cane sotto- posto ad uno speciale trattamento d' immunizzazione alia tubercolosi. Suppl. al Policlin., Roma, 1896-7, iii.680-684.— mariani (F ) Contributo alia sieroterapia nella tuber- colosi. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int., Milano, 1395, vi, 68-72. -----■. La sieroterapia nella tubercolosi. Bull. d. Soc. Lancisiana d. osp. di Roma, 1895-6, xvi, fasc. i, 27- 31. Also [Abstr.]: Suppl. al Policlin., Roma, 1895-6, ii, 279.—ITIarzagalli (E.) Infezione tubercolare aeutis- sima ed azione difensiva del siero. Ann. d. 1st. Mara- gliano p. la cura d. tuberc. [etc.], Genova, 1904, i, 65- 72. Also: Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1904, xxv, 1606-1508.— Max 11 tow (A. M.) Immunisi rung und Serothera- pie der Tuberkulose. Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1899, xx, 841; 853.—Miotto (D.) Sul valore e sull' azione dell' autosieroterapia nella tubercolosi delle sierose. Riv. ospedal., Roma, 1911, i, 719-728. -----. Ln metodo di cura della tubercolosi. Ibid., 917-923.—."Tlireoli (S.) Sieroterapia nella tubercolosi sperimentale. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1897, Roma, 1898, viii, 528. -----. sull' equivalente clinico dell' intossicazione tubercolare e sull' azione e reazione da antitossina. Clin, med, ital.. Mi- lano, 1900, xxxix, 401-427. -----. Sul valore curativo dell' antitossina tubercolare. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1900, xxi, 1121-1124.— ITIorard (G.) Traitement de la tuber- culose experimentale par les injections sous-cutanees de serum artificiel a petites doses. Compt. rend. Soc. de TUBERCULOSIS. 925 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Tr< atmentof)withs ra. biol., Par., 1899, 11. s., i, 335 —Morrill.y (C. B.) Tenta- tivi e ricerche sul potere curativo della tossina attivis- sima del Bacterium coli nella tubercolosi sperimentale. Policlin., Roma, 1897. iv-C 306-312. —Mottola (F.) Latenza tubercolare e terapia specifica. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1910, xxxi, 1241-1244—Moussu (G.) Le bilan actuel de la vaccination et de la serotherapie antitubercu- leuses. Rec.demed. v6t., Par., 1906, lxxxiii, 741-758. Also [Abstr.]: Gaz. med. du centre, Tours, 1907, xii, 29.—Navel. Du serum animal naturel sterilise dans la tuberculose. Compt.-rend. Cong, internat. de med. 1897, Mosc, 1898, iii, sect. 6, 301-303.—Neporozhnfy (S. D.) Nlekoto- riya eksperimentalniya i klinicheskiva danniya o spetsi- ficheskol protivubugorehatkovol sivorotkle. [Experi- mental and clinical data concerning specific antituber- cular serum.] Russk. Vrach., S.-Peterb., 1906, v, 1243. Morfologicheskiya izmleneniya tuberkuloznavo bugorka pri Hechenii morskol svinki protivotuberkulyoznol si- yorotkoyu. [Morphological alteration of the tubercle in the treatment of the guinea pig with antitubercular se- rum.] Kharkov M. J., 1907, iv, 218-226. Also, transl : Russ. med. Rundschau, Berl., 1908, vi, 6-9. -----. Mate- rial! k ucheniyu odlelstvii protivotuberkuloznol sivorotki na zarazhonriikh morskikh svinok. [Action of antitu- bercular serum upon infected guinea pigs.] Arch biol. nauk . . ., S.-Peterb., 1907-8, xiii, 431-463. A/*o. tionsl: Arch. d. sc. biol., St.-Petersb., 1907-8, xiii, 137-109.—Neu- mann (W.) Anwendung derImmunitaisl'orschungauf die Klinik der Tuberkulose; die aktive spezitisehe The- rapie der tuberkulosen Erkrankungen. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1912 xxv, 830-838.—Niceolini (G.) L' emo- antitossina nella cura della tubercolosi nolmonare. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1904, xxv, 1313-1315.—Nicholls (A. G.) The experimental production of antitoxic sera and their value in the treatment of tuberculosis. Canada Lancet, Toronto, 1903-4, xxxuii, 689-700. -----. An experimental study on the effect of the blood-serum of normal and im- munized goats in modifying the progress of tuberculous infection. Montreal M. J., 1903, xxxii, 475-488.—Nie- mann (F.) Ueber Tuberculoseheilserum. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1897, xliv, 59-61.—Observations cliniques sur l'emploi du serum antitubereuleux du Dr. Viguier de Maillane. Echo med. d. C6vennes, Nimes, 1904, v, 15-24.—Ogata (T.) [Investigations on the care to be taken with and the reaction of serotherapy in tu- berculous patients.] Saitake Gaku Zasshi, Tokyo, 1901, 499-508. —Okamoto (S.) The mixed serum treatment in tuberculosis. Sei-i-Kwai M,J..T6ky6,1910, xxix.no.5.— Oliva (P.) Su di alcuni fenomeni osservati nella siero- terapia delta tubercolosi. Riv. veneta di sc. med., Vene- zia, 1S96, xxv, 383-385.—Packard (E. A.) & Willson (R. N.)- Antitubercle serum. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1902, exxiv, 1015-1050. ^4/so, Reprint — Pagani (L.) Sopra tre casi di tubercolosi ad esito infausto avuto colla siero- terapia. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1902, xxiii, 1276-1278.— Pallard I i Le traitement specifique dela tuberculose, serotherapieettuberculinotherapie. Cong.franc.demed., 10. session, 1908, Geneve, 1909, ii, 234-240.—Paquin (P.) Antitubercleserum; the treatment of consumption by sero- therapy; report and presentation of cases treated: exhibi- tion of serum, etc. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1895, xxiv, 341-346. Also: St. Louis M. & S. J., 1895, lxviii, 137-150.— Parker (W. T.) The use of normal (horse) blood serum in the treatment of tuberculosis. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1897-8, ii, 234-238. -----. Sc- rum-therapy in tuberculosis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1899, xxxii, 73.— Pawlowsky (A. D.) Ueber die Im- munisierung gegen die Tuberkulose und ihre Serum- behandlung. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1911, xvii, 1-26.— Perkins (J.) Specific therapv in tuberculosis. Provi- dence M..!., 1908, ix, 87-95—Peron (A.) Serotherapie tubereuleuse naturelle chez 1'horn me. Compt. rend. Soc. debiol., Par., 1898,10. s.. v, 974-976— Perron (G.) Du rdle immunisant et therapeutique du scrum d'anedans la tuberculose. Actas v mem. d. ix. Cong, internac. de hig. v demog. 1898, Madrid, 1900, iii, 138-113. — Pc- trusehky. Die freie Vereinigung von Freunden der spezifischen Tuberkulosetherapie und ihre Ge«ner. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1907, liv, 1788— Pleitter (E.) Zur Tuberkulin-und Antitoxinbehandlung. Cor.- Bl. d. allg. arztl. Ver. v. Thuringen, Weimar, 1897, xxvi, 300-303.—Piekert (M.) Ueber das gesetzmassige Auf- treten von Tuberkulin-Antikorpern im Laufe der spezi- fischen Behandlung und seine Bedeutung fur die The- rapie. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz., u. Berl., 1909, xxxv, 1514-1516.—Piiiero (H. G.) Informe de la comi- sidn nombrada para estudiar el suero del Dr. Vi liar. Semana m6d., Buenos Aires, 1901, viii, 425-430.—Piola (G. L.) Un caso di tubercolosi polmonare curato e guarito col siero antituber-colare. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1906, xxvii, 1363-1365.—Pittaluga (G.) Sobre la posi- bilidad de determinar un suero antituberculoso con una substancia medicamentosa. Clin, mod., Zaragoza, 190), iv 786-788 —Plumier (L.-L.) Le traitement specifique dela tuberculose Scalpel. Lifegre, 1910-11, lxiii, 227-229.— Poda. Klinische Versuche mit antikenotoxinhaltigen Praparaten an tuberkulosen Menschen. Zentralbl. f. d. ges Physiol u Path. d. Stoffwechs., Berl. u. Wien, 1909, Tuberculosis (Treatment of) with sera. n. F„ iv, 569-572.—Potter (S. 0. L.) The serum therapy of tuberculosis. Phila. M. J., 1898, i, 383-386.— Prb (C.) II siero antidifterico nella cura della tubercolosi. Med. ital., Napoli, 1905, iii, 439-442.—Pucci (P.) Un caso di tubercolosi polmonare curato col siero antitubercolare. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1896, xvii, 1097.—Bappin. Pre- paration de serum contre la tuberculose. Courrier m6d., Par., 1895, xiv, 293. Also: Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1894-5, xiii, 109. -----. Recherches experimentales sur la sero- therapie de la tuberculose. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1895-6, xiv, 59. -----. Serum antitubereuleux. Cong, franc, de med. Compt. rend. 1910, Par., 1911, xi, 78-80.—Bappin & Blaizot. Essais de serotherapie antituberculeuse par le serum d'animaux vaccines. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1904, lvii, 448.— Bappin, Blaizot [et al]. Essais de vaccination et de serotherapie antitubercu- leuses. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1905, 2. s., xxiii, 801-809.— Bapport de la commission nominee par la Societe medicale des hopitaux pour examiner le s6rum anti- tubereuleux du Dr. Viguier de Maillane. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1906, 3. s., xxiii, 347.— Bedon & Che not. serotherapie dans la tuberculose. Compt. rend. Soe. de biol., Par., 1895, 10. s., ii, 493-496.— Benon (L.) L'anaphylaxie dans la serotherapie anti- tuberculeuse. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par.. 1909, xxiii, 209-214. -----. Les accidents de la serotherapie antituberculeuse et l'anaphylaxie. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1910, lxxxiii, 1611. Also: Cong, franc, de med. Compt. rend. 1910, Par., 1911, xi, 310-312. -----. Le traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire par les serums. Paris med., 1910-11, 122-128. Also: Bull. med. de Quebec, 1911, xii, 346-365.—Bicci (G.) La sieroterapia nella cura delle adenopatie tubercolari. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1904, xxv, 1350. -----. Sul valore terapeutico del sieroantibacillare. Morgagni, Milano, 1905, xlvii, 515-520.—Biehards (G. L.) The serum treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis, with a report of two cases treated with anti-tubercle serum. Atlantic M. Weekly, Providence, 1898, x, 81-86 — Bichardson (C. W.) Serum treatmentof tuberculosis. Nat. M. Rev., Wash., 1897-8, vii, 286-288—Bimbaud (L.) Nouvelles recherches sur le traitement et la pre- paration d'un scrum antitubereuleux au moyen d'extraits de ganglions tuberculeux. Montpel. med., 1905, xxi, 553- 557.—Bisquez. El suero antidifterico en la tuberculo- sis. Rev. espec. med., Madrid, 1905, viii, 33.—Bobison (J. A.) Casesof phthisis pulmonalis treated by antitu- bercle serum. N. Am. Pract., Chicago, 1896, viii, 199- 202.—Bodet (A.) Essaideserotherapieantituberculeuse au moyen du serum d'une chevre traitee par des emul- sions de ganglions tuberculeux de cobaye. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1903, lv, 1112-1114.—Bodet (A.) & Bimbaud (L.) Essai de serotherapie antituberculeuse au moyen d'un bacille acido-resistant. Arch, de med. exper. et d'anat. path., Par., 1906, xviii, 675-679.—Ro- drfauez Mendez. Orroterapia y oroterapia; cuatro- cienfos casos tratados con el suero antituberculoso. Gac med. catal., Barcel., 1896, xix, 494-496.- Borneo (C> Tubercolosi della pleura e del polmone; febbre; sieiotera- pia: guarigione. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1902, xxiii, 1536.— Boncagliolo (E.) Tubercolosi polmonare provviso- riamente guarita col siero antitubercolare. Ibid., 1896, xvii, 903.—Rosenthal (G.) Absence d'anaphylaxie experimentale aux injections intratraeheales de serum antitubereuleux. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1912, clxiv, 79.—Rouglin (L. C.) Serum therapy in tuber- culosis. Atlanta Jour.-Rec Med., 1908-9, x, 434-140.— Boyo Vlllanova (R.) La sueroterapia vegetal en el tratamiento de la tuberculosis. Clin, mod., Zaragoza, 1910, ix, 492-506.—Buppel (W. G.) Ueber Tuberkulose- serum und Tuberkulose-Sero-Vaccin. Berl. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1910, xxvi, 495.—Buppel (W. G.) & Biek- uiiimi (W.) Ueber Tuberkuloseserum. Ztschr. f. Im- munitatsforsch. u. exper.Therap., Jena, 1910, vi, 314-389 — Salomon (M.) & Paris (A.) Activation d'un cas de tuberculose pulmonaire par des injections de serum anti- diphterique. Cong, franc de med. Compt. rend. 1910, Par., 1911, xi, 312-315.—Sa voire (C.) La therapeutique specifique de la tuberculose; vaccino-therapie immuni- sante; serotherapie; tuberculinotherapie. J. de med. de Par., 1910,2. s., xxii, 689-696.—Schivardi (P.) La siero- terapia naturale per la cura della tubercolosi. Sierotera- pia, Roma, 1900, iv, 109-116.—Schlossmann (A.) Ue- ber die therapeutische Verwendung des Tuberkulins bei der Tuberkulose der Siiuglinge und Kinder. Deutsche med. Wchnschr.. Leipz. u. Berl., 1909, xxxv, 289-295.— de Scliweinitz ( E. A.) Antitoxic serum for tubercu- losis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1897, xxix, 113-115. -----. Some results in the treatment of tuberculosis with anti- tuberculosisserum. Tr. M. Soc. Dist. Columb.1898, Wash., 1899, iii, 17-22. Also: Nat. M. Rev., Wash., 1897-8, vii, 281: 1898-9, viii, 33. Also, tronsl.: Cong. p. I'etude dela tubercu- lose, Par., 1898, iv, 488-496. -----. Behandlung mit Serum. Ber. ii. d. Kong. z. Bekampf. d. Tuberk. [etc.], Berl., 1899, 431-433. -----. Some products of the tuberculosis bacillus and the treatment of experimental tuberculosis with anti- toxic serum. Rep. Bureau Animal Indust. 1898, Wash., 1899, xv, 305-317, 2 pl. -----. The use of serum in the treatment of tuberculosis. Nat. M. Rev., Wash., 1900- TUBERCULOSIS. 926 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Treatment of) with sera. 1901, x, 379-383.—de Sehweinitz (E. A.) & Dorset l,M.) Some products of the tuberculosis bacillus and the treatment of experimental tuberculosis with antitoxic serum. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1897, lxvi, 105-111. Also, Re- print. Also: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1897, xxii, 209-221.—Seinniola (M.) La sieroterapia nella tubercolosi. Progresso med., Napoli, 1895, ix, 213- ■ 229. Also, transl: Wien.med.Presse, 1896, xxxvii,95-98.— Serra (P.) Di qua e di la per le cliniche italiane, spe- cialmente a proposito della sieroterapia antitubercolare. Raccoglitore, Forli, 1898, 6. s., i. 2sl 29\—Silvestrini (R.) Contributo sperimentale alio studio della vaccina- zione e della sieroterapia nell' infezione tubercolare. Settimana med. d. Sperimentale, Firenze, 1897, li, 461; 473; 485.— Simpson (W.) The treatment of tuberculosis by tuberculin and antituberculous sera. Northumberland & Durham M..)., Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 1906, xiv,267-300, 4 ch.—Sivori (L.) Esaurimento del potere antigene della polpa baci 11are verso i principii anticorpi contenuti nel siero antitossicoe batterioliticoMaraglianoe nel siero antitubercolare di Marmorek. Ann. d. Ist. Maragliano p. la cura d. tuberc. [etc.], Genova, 1911-12, vi, 269-280.— Sivori (L.) & Costantini (G.) La metodica del con- trollo dei sieri antitubercolari. Ibid., 249-259. -----. Die CntersuchungderantituberkulosenlmmunseraimLichte der neueren serodiagnostisehen Methoden. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. Letc], 1. Abt., Jena, 1912, lxvi, Orig., 124-131.— Slatineau (A.) & Danielopol (D.) Serum antitu- berculineux et fixation du complement. Compt. rend. Soc. debiol.,Par., 1908,lxiv, 772.—Sobernheiin. Ueber einige Eigenschaften des Tuberkuloseserums. Centralbl. f.Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1906, xxxviii, Beil., 114- 119.—Sobotta(E.) Zur Serumbehandlung der Lungen- tuberkulose. Ztschr.f.Tuberk.,Leipz.,1911,xvii,536-540.— Soer A. F.) Waarnemingen over de specificke serum- behandelingder longtering. Nederl.Tijdschr.v.Geneesk., Amst., 1911, ii. 812-857.— Squire (.1. E.) Some considera- tions with regard to the treat ment of pulmonary tuberculo- sis, and the limitations to the usefulness of antitoxins and antiseptics in the treatmentof thisdisease. Clin..I.,Lond., 1898, xii, 406-410.—Meriopulo (S. S.) Sovremennoye sostoyaniye voprosa o spetsiricheskoi terapii tuberkuloza. [Present state of the question of specific treatment of tu- berculosis.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1909, lxxii, 223-228.— Stubbert (J. E.) Some statistics upon serotherapy in tuberculosis. Tr. Am. Climat. Ass., Phila., 1898, xiv, 214- 230. Also: Climate, St. Louis, 1899, ii, 61-69. Also: Med. News, N. Y., 1899, lxxiv, 294-298. Also, Reprint. -----. Subsequent histories of patients apparently cured under administration of anti-tubercle serum as an auxiliary to the climatic treatment. Tr. Am. Climat. Ass., Phila., 1900, xvi, 74-88. Also: J. Balneol. & Climat., Lond., 1901, v, 45-57. Med. News, N. Y., 1900, lxxvii, 241-245. Also, Reprint. Also, transl: Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstat- tenw., Leipz., 1901, ii, 130-138.— Szekely (A.) A giimdk6r gy6gyit&sa serummal. [The cure of tuber- culosis with serumj Ujabb gy6gyszer. es gy6gyinod., Budapest, 1895, 9.—Tabaklan (G.) Deux ans et demi de serotherapie antituberculeuse. Poitou m6d., Poitiers, 1906, xx. 155. -----. Serotherapie antituberculeuse. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1906, ix, 412-417.—Tatsu- saburo Yabe. Sur l'immunite' et la serotherapie de la tuberculose. Sei-i-Kwai M. J., Tokyo, 1902, xxi, 31- 39.—Teissier (I.) Tubercolosi e sua cura specifica. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1910, xxxi, 65-70. -----. La thera- peutique des maladies tuberculeuses au moyen des se- rums specifiques. Rev. de therap. med.-chir., Par., 1912, lxxix, 298-302—Teissier (J.) & Arloing (F.) Applica- tions des conquetes sur l'immunite a la clinique de la tu- berculose; la therapeutique des maladies tuberculeuses au moyen des serums specifiques. Lyon med., 1912, cxviii, 1297-1303.-----------. La therapeutique des maladies tuberculeuses au moyen des serumsspecifiques. Province med., Par., 1912, xxiii, 125-141.—Tennant (C. E.) Some observations on the use of antistreptococcic serum in mixed tubercular infections. N. Am. J. Homceop., N.Y., 1905, liii, 371-375.—Terrile (E.) Infezione tu- bercolare; polisierostite specifica; focolai di bronco- polmonite al lobo superiore del polmone sinlstro; oli- goemia; sieroterapia antitubercolare: guarigione. Cron. d. clin. med. di Genova, 1895-6, iii, 280-282. -----. La sieroterapia antitubercolare applicata nelle forme gravi di tubercolosi polmonare con fatti cavitarii dimostrabili. Ibid., 1896-7, iv, 54; 73. -----. Esplosioni rapide di orti- caria nella sieroterapia della tubercolosi. Ibid., 1896-7, iv, 318-320.-----. L' emoantitossina nella cura della tu- bercolosi polmonare. Gazz. d. osp., Milano. 1912, xxxiii, 1553.—Toso (G.) Un caso di tubercolosi polmonare, trattata con 1' emoantitossina. Ibid., 1905, xxvi, 488.— Traitement (Du) de la tuberculose pulmonaire par le serum de sang de poule i methode du docteur Viguier de Maillane). Loiremed. St.-Etienne,1904, xxiii, 139-142.— Trudeau (E.L.) et Baldwin (E. R.) Ardsume of ex- perimental studies on the preparation and effects of anti- toxic serum in tuberculosis. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1898, xiii, 111-123. Also, Reprint.-----------. Ex- Tuberculosis (Treat men t of) with sent. perimental studies on the preparation and effects of anti- toxins for tuberculosis. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., Is9s, n. s cxvi, 692: 1899, n. s., cxvii, 66. Also, Reprint.—Tnrkin (E.) K voprosu o Hechenii bugorchatki sivorotkol. [On the treatment of phthisis bv blood serum.J Areh vet. nauk, St. Petersb., 1897, xxvii, 2. sect., 129; 219; 264- 349. Also [Abstr.]: Vrach, St. Petersb., 1896, xvii, 833.— Tyler (H.) Serum therapy in tuberculosis. South. Calif. Pract., Los Angeles, 1897, xii, 57-59.—I riarie (L.) A propositode los sueros no especificos en el tratamiento de la tuberculosis; sobre una comunicacion del Prof. Loeffler. Semana med., Buenos Aires, 1905, xii, 297- 300.—Vallee (H.) Sur les proprietes du serum du che- val hyperimmunisee contre la tuberculose a l'aide de ba- cilles humains virulents. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol Par., 1909, lxvii, 700-702.—Vallee (H.) & Finzi (G.) Sur le precipito-diagnostic de la tuberculose et les pro- prietes ciu serum du cheval hyperimmun contre cette in- fection. Ibid., 1910, lxviii, 259.—Vandeputte. Des- dangers dela serotherapie antituberculeuse etde la tuber- berculino-therapie. Nord med., Lille, 1911, xviii, 105-107. Vanney (A.) Serotherapie antituberculeuse et s6rum de Vallee. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1912, xxi, 248-253.—Vidal (E.) Des injections hypodermiques de serum de chien dans le traitement de la tuberculose pul- monaire. Cong. p. I'etude de la tuberculose 1891, Par., 1892, ii, 392-395.—Viguier dc Huillane. Relation d'une serie d'experiences faites en vue de la recherche d'un serum antitubereuleux. Echo med. d. C6vennes, Nimes, 1903, iv, 58: 75; 93. -----. Une observation sur l'emploi du s6rum antitubereuleux du Dr. Viguier de Maillane, prise par un de nos confreres sur lui-meme. Ibid., 1904, v, 103-106. -----. Klinische Beobachtungen fiber die Anwendung des Huhnerblutserums gegen Tu- berkulose. Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1904, xiv, 97- 99. -----. Serum antitubereuleux. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 816-820.—Vogel (O. E.) Versuche mit Lorenzsehem Brustseuche-Serum des phar- mazeutischen Instituts Gans. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1910, xxvi, 277-279.—Von Buck (K.) Should the use of antitoxins in tuberculosis be condemned from a purely • scientific point of view? Tr. Texas M. Ass., Austin, 1900, 189-193. Also: Med.-Leg. J., X. Y., 1900, xvii, 663-567. Also: Texas M. J, Austin, 1900-1901, xvi, 66-60—Wax- liam (F. E.) Report of cases of tuberculosis treated with antiphthisic serum T. R. (Fisch.) J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1898, xxx, 643-646. -----. The serum treatment of tuberculosis. Ibid., 859-861.—Weaver (W. H.) An- tistreptococcus serum in the treatment of consumption. Ibid., 1896, xxvii, 542.—Weill (E.) Bestimmung und Behandlung der tuberculosen Infektion mittels antito- xischer Mittel. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xxv, 108-116. Also, transl: Terap. Obozr., Odessa, 1912, v, 42-53—Wil- liams (C. T.) & Horrocks (H.) On the treatment of tuberculosis bv anti-tubercular serum. Proc. Roy. M. & Chir. Soc, Lond., 1899, 3. s., xi, 89-93. Also: Med.-Chir. Tr., Lond., 1899, lxxxii, 281-301. Also, Reprint.—Wil- liams (.!. H.) The relative efficiency of toxin and anti- toxin in the treatment of tuberculosis. Charlotte [N.C.] M. J., 1899, xv, 217-220.—Wilson (F. C.) Serum-therapy in tuberculosis. Tr. Kentucky M. Soc, Louisville, 1897, n. s., vi, 68-81.—Yabe (T.) [On the serum which I made for the cure of tuberculosis.] Tokyo Iji-Shinshi, 1901, 2064-2069.—Vavein (G. Yu.) Klinicheskiya na- blyudeniya nad dlelstviyem protivubugorchatkovol si- vorotkoi S. D. Neporozhnyavo. [Clinical observations on the action of Neporozhniv's antitubercular serum.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1908, vii, 1177-1180— Zaeslein. Ueber Serumtherapie der Lungentuberkulose. Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1896, xvii, 647-651.— Zilgien (H.) No- tions necessaires au praticien pourle traitement speciti- que de la tuberculose. Rev. m6d. de 1'est, Nancy, 1911, xliii, 641-652. Tuberculosis (Treutment of) with se- rum [JIa ragl ia.no's]. de Cardexal (P.-G.) ^Contribution a l'Stude clinique du traitement de la tuberculose pulmo- naire par le serum de Maragliano. 8°. Lyon, 1898. Cassuto (C.) Tubercolosi polmonare e siero Maragliano. 8°. Borna, 1898. Galvagni (E.) Sullo siero Maragliano, le- zione di chiusura. 8°. Genova, 1899. Maragliano (E.) La sieroterapia nella tu- bercolosi. Conferenze e note raccolte dal . . . A. Crotto. 8°. Milano, [WW]. ------. H undred cases of tuberculosis treated with the antitubercular serum. 8°; Genoa, 1896. TUBERCULOSIS. 927 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Treutment of) irith se- rum [Maragliano's]. Zanoni (G.) * Essais de serumtherapie anti- tuberculeuse (methode Maragliano). 8°. Ge- nu>ve, 1S9S. Andreoli (1.) Un caso di tubercolosi polmonare cu- rato col siero Maragliano. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1896, xvii, 397-401.—Hacialli (P.) La cura della tubercolosi eon speciale riguardo al metodo Maragliano (siero anti- tubercolare) e al metodo Coronedi (iodo-guaiacolo-can- forato). Bull. d. sc med. di Bologna, 1898, 7. s., ix, 81; 147. Also [Abstr.]: Soc. med.-chir. di Bologna. Resoc. (1898), 1899, 6-8— Baeque. Le serum antitubereuleux du professeur Maragliano, de Genes. Limousin med., Limoges, 1896, xx, 18-20.— Bandiera (G.) Maraglia- no's anti-tuberculous serum. Boston M. & S. J., 1896, cxxxiv, 10-12.—Bertlielon. Traitement de la tuber- culose par la bacteriolvsine du professeur Maragliano. Progresmed. Par., 1912,"3.s., xxviii, 329-331.—Blaise (H.) Casde tuberculose pulmonaire traite par le serum du pro- fesseur Maragliano. Gaz. hebd. de med., Par., 1896, xliii, 61-64.—Boeri iG.) Ingorghiglandolari pmdotti dal siero Maragliano. Riv. clin. e terap, Napoli, 1896, xviii, 11.— Bruno (D.) Terapiasintomaticaantitubereolareesiero Maragliano. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1901, xxv, 1250.— Bueeo (M.) Antitossina tubercolare Maragliano per via gastrica. N. riv. clin.-terap., Napoli, 1903, vi, 337.— Bussenius. DieBacteriologieim DienstederPhthisio- therapie; klinische Pruning des Tuberculose-Heilserums Maragliano's. Charite-Ann., Berl., 1896, xxi, 235-263.— Calasuoiino (S.) II siero Maragliano nella profilassi e nei casi incipient! della tubercolosi. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1904, xxv, 744.—Carlueci (F.) Pulmonary tu- berculosis treated with Maragliano serum. Med. Rec, N. Y.,1896. xlix, 515.—Casarini (C.) Sull' azione del siero Maragliano. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1896, xvii, 1194- 1196. Also: Rassegna di sc. med., Modena, 1896, xi, 7; 129.—Caso (Vn) di tubercolosi polmonare diagnosticata con la tubercolina, curata col siero Maragliano. Gazz. d. . osp., Milano, 1904, xxv, 811.—Cattaneo (('.) Due casi di tubercolosi infantile diffusa, curati col siero Maragliano. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1896, xvii, 331-334.— Cliavanis. Le serum Maragliano dans le traitement de la phtisie pulmonaire. Loire med., St.-Etienne, 1896, xv, 293-298.— Cliinelal (B.) SpecifickA therapie tuberkulosy die methody Maraglianovy. Lek. rozhledy, Praha, 1908, xvi, 249; 294. Also, transl: Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg., Berl., 1908, 560-563. Also, transl: Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1908, xxix, 1041-1043— Cresclmanno (S.) Tubercolosi laringo- polmonare curata col siero Maragliano. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 18%, xvii, 435-437. -----. Ulteriori esperienze cliniche sul siero antitubercolare Maragliano. Sierotera- pia, Roma,ls98. ii, 126-128.—Dagnini (G.) & Silvagni (L.) Relazione sui casi di tubercolosi curati col siero Maragliano nella clinica medica di Bologna. Soc. med.- chir. di Bologna. Resoc. (1898), 1899, 71-73. Also: Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1898, Roma, 1899, ix, 398-406. ^IZso Bull. d. sc. med. dl Bologna, 1899, 7. s., x, 170-204.— Be Bernardi (A.) Contributo alia cura col siero antitubercolare Maragliano. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1896, xvii, 61.—De Francesco (G.) Contributo alio studio della sieroterapia antitubercolare Maragliano. Sierotera- pia, Roma, 1899, iii, 89-92.—De Benzi (E.) Sull' azione del siero Maragliano. Riforma med., Napoli, 1896, xii, pt. 1, 87-89. Also: Riv. clin. e terap., Napoli, 1896, xviii, 4-7. Also: Terap. clin., Napoli, 1896, v. 15-17.—Devay. Tuberculose pulmonaire aigue; serotherapie par la me- thode de Maragliano; resultats n6gatifs. Echo med. de Lyon, 1897, ii, 97-101.—Ducliateau. Deux cas de tuber- culose pulmonaire traites par le serum de Maragliano. J. d. sc. m6d. de Lille, 1898, ii, 34 36— Falconl (A.) Qual' e il giudizio odierno del siero Maragliano. N. riv. clin.-terap., Napoli, 1899, ii, 362-369.—Farina (P.) Ac- tion du serum de Maragliano dans la tuberculose pulmo- naire. Nouv. remedes, Par., 1897,xiii.417-422.-----. Anti- thermic dans la tuberculose pulmonaire a l'aide du serum de Maragliano. J.de clin. et de therap. inf., Par.,1897, v, 4*1.—Fasano (A.) II siero Maragliano nella cura della tubercolosi polmonale. Lavori d. Cong, dimed. int., Mi- lano, 1895, vi, 62-67. Also: Arch, internaz. d. spec, med.- chir., Napoli, 1895, xi, 372-375. Also: Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1896, xvii, 1157-1164.—Fileti (F.) & L.a JVIeiisa (N.) II siero Maragliano nella cura della tubercolosi cu- tanea. Gior. ital. d. mal. ven., Milano, 1897, xxxii, 89- 117.—Gal van ni (E.) Sullo siero Maragliano. Clin. mod., Pisa, 1896, ii, 473-476— Gasparlni (A.) Di alcuni casi di tubercolosi polmonare tra ttati con il siero Maragliano ecollaemoantitossina. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1905, xxvi, 984-988.—Gemelli (G.) Sulla terapia della tubercolosi secondo il nuovo metodo del Prof. Maraglia- no. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1903, xxiv, 1512-1511.—If auer (O.) Meine Erfahrungen mit dem Maragliatio'sch& Eng- lander (B.) Spostrzezenia nad dzialaniem surowicy Marmorka w gruzlicy pluc. [Marmorek's serum in pul- monary phthisis.] Przegl. lek., Krak6w, 1906, xiv, 177- 179. Also, transl: Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1906, xix, 304- 306.—Latham (A.) Marmorek'santituberculousserum. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, i, S57. -----. On the use of Dr. Marmorek's antituberculous serum. Lancet, Lond., 1904, i, 979-981.—Lemieux (L.-J.) Essais de traitement dela tuberculose par le serum antitubereuleux de Marmorek. Union med. du Canada, Montreal, 1904, xxxiii, 491^96.— Lemieux (L.-J.) & Richer (A.-J.) Tuberculose pul- monaire (apyretique) traitee au moyen des injections de serum anti-tuberculeux Marmorek. Ibid., 280-286.—Le- tulle (M.) Traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire ulcereuse et febrile par le serum de Marmorek. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1909, 3. s., xxviii, 966-971, 3 diag. Also.transl.: Gazz.internaz.dimed.,Napoli,1910,xiii, 640.—Levin (E.) Behandlingen af tuberkulos med Mar- moreks serum antitubereuleux fran experimentellt veten- skapligochpraktisksynpunkt. Hygiea, Stockholm, 1905, 2. f., v, 197-222. Also, transl: Nord. med. Ark., Stock- holm, 1905, 3. L, v, afd. 2, no. 16, 1-21. Also, transl: Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 824-828. Also, transl: Bull, gen.de therap. [etc.], Par., 1905, cxlix, 841-855. Also, transl: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1906, xliii, 95-100.—Lucas - Championniere. Sur le serum antitubereuleux de Marmoreek. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1903, 3. s., 1, 480 —du Magny (M.) Contribution & I'etude du traitement de la tuberculose par le serum de Marmorek. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1911, xxxii, 110-113.—Mann (G.) Das Serum Marmorek bei Lungentuberkulose. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1906, xix, 1258.—Mannheim (P.) Paris und das An tituberculose- Serum Marmorek. Ibid., 1903, xl, 1165. -----. Weitere Erfahrungen mit dem Antituberkulose-Serum Marmorek. Ibid., 1906, xliii, 332.—Marmorek (A.) serum et vac- cin antitubereuleux. Arch. gen. de med., Par, 1903, ii, 2945-2958. Also: Rev. med. du Canada, Montreal, 1903-4, vii, 421; 435. Also: Bull. med. de Quebec, 1903-4, v, 176-180. Also, transl: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1903, xl, 1108-1113. Also, transl: Lancet, Lond., 1903, ii, 1642-1645. -----. On treatment with antituberculous serum. Lan- cet, Lond., 1904, i, 854-859. -----. Le serum antitubereu- leux et ses effets dans le traitement de la tuberculose. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 820-824. -----. Les resultats cliniques et l'application du serum antitubereuleux. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1905, cl, 921-942. Also, transl: Canada Lancet, Toronto, 1905-6, xxxix, 614-622. Also, transl: Med. Klin., Berl., 1906, ii, 58-62. -----. Weitere Untersuchungen iiber den Tuber- kelbacillus und das Antituberkuloseserum. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1907, xliv, 621-627. -----. Le serum antituber- euleux, ses effets et son application. Cong, franc, de med. Compt. rend. 1910, Par., 1911, xi, 61-67. Also, transl: fiazz. internaz. di med., Napoli, 1911, xiv, 197-200.— .TIasenti (P.) Contributo alia cura della tubercolosi polmonare col siero Marmorek. Gazz. internaz. di med., Napoli, 1909, xii, 383-385.—Uleissen. Erfahrungen mit Marmorek's Heilserum und Koch's Alttuberkulin bei Lungentuberkulose. Ztschr. f. arztl. Fortbild., Jena, 1909. vi, 383-386.—XI itcliell (J. P.) Notes on clini- cal trials with Marmorek's antituberculous serum. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, i, 299.—Mongour (C.) Traite- ' vol xviii, 2d series---59 Tuberculosis (Treatment of) with se- rum [MarmoreFs). ment de la tuberculose pulmonaire par le serum de Marmorek. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1911, xli, 453; 773 Also, transl: Gazz. internaz. di med., Napoli, 1911, xiv, 8f4- ——-• Sur la serotherapie antituberculeuse par le serum de Marmorek. Bull, et mem. Soc. de med. et chir de Bordeaux (1911), 1912, 145-152. Also: Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1911, xxxii, 271-274.— Mongour (C.) & Creyx. Tuberculose pulmonaire ameiioree par la tuberculino-therapie et le serum de Mar- morek. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1911, xli, 553; 570 — Monod (C.) Sur la serotherapie dans la tuberculose (serum antitubereuleux de Marmorek). Bull. Acad de med., Par., 1907, 3. s., lvii, 122-134. Also: Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1907, xi, 172-180. Also, transl: Klin - therap. Wchnschr., Wien, 1907, xiv, 183-189. -----. De quelques nouveaux documents relatifs au traitement de la tuberculose par le serum de Marmorek. Bull. Acad. de m6d., Par., 1909, 3. s., Ixi, 116-133. Also [Abstr.]: Gaz. d. hop. de Lyon, 1909, x, 113-115. Also, transl [Abstr.]: Gazz. internaz. di med., Napoli, 1909, xii, 169-171.—Mon- talti. Essais de traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire par le serum antitubereuleux de Marmorek. Progres med., Par., 1904, 3. s., xix, 283-286.—Miiller (W.) Zur Behandlung der Lungentuberkulose mit dem Marmorek'- schen Serum. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1905, lv, 2297; 2349.—Pamiier. Deux cas de tuberculose pulmonaire traites et ameliores par le s6rum de Marmorek. Soc. de med. mil. franc. Bull., Par., 1911, v, 302-307.—Petit (G.) Le serum antitubereuleux de Marmorek (resume de son emploi au dispensaire antitubereuleux du xi» arrondis- sement de-Paris). Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1906, x, 6-11.—Pfeiffer (T.) & Trunk (H.) Ueber die Be- handlung von Lungentuberkulosen mit Marmoreks An- tituberkuloseserum. Ztschr. f. Tuberk.. Leipz., 1907, xi, 283-307.-----------. Weitere Beobachtungen fiber die Behandlung von Lungentuberkulosen mit Marmoreks Serum. Ibid., 1908-9. xiii, 471-486.—Postnlkoff"(A.I.) K voprosu o Hechenii lyokhochnol bugorchatki sivo- rotkol Marmorek'a. [Treatment of pulmonary tubercu- losis by Marmorek's serum.] Prakt. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1910, ix, 61; 83; 93; 115.—Preleitner (K.) Ueber Er- fahrungen mit Marmoreks Antituberkuloseserum. Beibl. z. d. Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1909, viii, 26-36. Also: Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1909, lix| 419-425.— Bicher (A. J.) Marmorek's anti-tubercular serum in the treatmentof pulmonary tuberculosis. Mont- real M. J., 1904, xxxiii, 613-622. -----. The therapeutic value of Marmorek's anti-tubercular serum. Tr. Nat. Ass. Study & Prevent. Tuberculosis, N. Y., 1906, i, 127- 129. Also: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1905, lxxxi, 1158.—Bo- blot (A.) Sur le serum antitubereuleux de Marmorek. Rev. internat. de la tuberc. Par., 1907, xi, 16-21.—Hoe- derer (C.) Saggio di trattamento delle tubercolosi esterne col siero di Marmorek. Gazz. internaz. di med. Napoli, 1913, xvi, 130-133.—BOver (F.) Ueber 25 mit Marmoreks Serum behandelte Falle von Tuberkulose Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1906, v, 299-336, 1 diag.— Boque & Nove-Josserand (L.) Essai de traite- ment de la tuberculose pulmonaire par le serum antitu- bereuleux de Marmorek. Bull. Soc. med.d. h6p. de Lyon, 1909, viii, 455-459. Also: Lyon med., 1910, cxiv, 247-250. Also: Presse med., Par., 1910, xviii, 170-172. Also, transl: Gazz. internaz. di med., Napoli, 1910, xiii, 495.—de Bothsehild (H.) & Brunier (L.) Quatre cas de tu- berculose traites par les injections sous-cutanes de s6rum de Marmorek. Progres med., Par., 1904, 3. s., xix, 265- 267.—Bubinstein (G. R.) Nablyudeniya nad die- stviyem protivubugorchatkovol sivorotki A. Marmo- rek'a. [Action of Marmorek's antitubercular serum.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1907, vi, 507-513.—Schenker (G.) Meine Beobachtungen in der Tuberkulosetherapie bei der Anwendung von Marmorek-Serum. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1907, Leipz., 1908, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 32-34. Also: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1907, liv, 2125-2130. -----. Weitere Beobachtungen in der Tuberkulosetherapie beider Anwendung von Marmorek- serum. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1909, lvi, 174-176.— Schleisick. Antituberkuloseserum Marmorek. The- rap. Neuheiten, Leipz., 1908, iii, 1. — Sclmollcr (A.) Ueber intrafokale Anwendung des Marmorekschen Tu- berkuloseserum. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1909, lvi, 1731-1733— Sell wartz. Heilung eines Falles von allge- meiner Tuberculose mit lokalen Erscheinungen am Larynx durch Dr. Marmoreks Antituberculoseserum. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1904, Ixxiii, 791-793.—Sie- vers (R.) Om behandling i Finland af tuberkulos med Marmoreks antituberkuloseserum. Arsberatt. f. Maria SjukhusiHelsingfors(1905), 1906,xi.pt.2,1-11. Also: Fin- ska lak.-sallsk. handl., Helsingfors, 1906, xlviii, 285-295.— Sokolowski (A.) & Debinski (B.) Badania klinicz- ne nad surowica. przeciwgruzliczq Marmorka. [Clini- cal investigations of Marmorek's antitubercular serum.j Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1908, 2. s., xxviii, 549; 600; 620. Also, transl: Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1908-9, xiii, 163-176.— Steinsberg (L.) Ueber fiinf mit Marmoreks Antitu- TUBERCULOSIS. 930 TUBERCULOSIS. i Tuberculosis (Treatment of) with se- rum [Marmorek's]. berkuloseserum behandelte Falle. Wien. med. Presse, 1906, xlvii, 2088-2092.—Stephani (T.) Resultats statis- tiques de Taction du serum antitubereuleux du Dr. Marmorek. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 835-840. Also: Progres med., Par., 1905, 3. s., xxi, 835- 837. -----. Contribution au traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire par le s6rum antitubereuleux de Marmorek. Progres m6d., Par., 1905,3. s., xxi, 393-397. -----. Indica- tion pour l'emploi du serum antitubereuleux de Marmo- rek et pourcentage des r6sultats. Cong, franc, de med., 10. session, 1908, Geneve, 1909, ii, 243. -----. Resultats eioignes du traitement avec le serum antitubereuleux de Marmorek. Ztschr.f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1911, xvii, 272-274.— von Sydow (F. E.) Om doktor Alex. Marmoreks serum mot tuberkulosa sjukdomar. Hvgiea, Stockholm, 1906, 2. L, vi, 879-894.—Szurek (S.) O wartosci leczni- czej surowicy przeciwgruiliczej Marmorka. [The cura- tivequalityofMarmorek'santitubercularserum.] Przegl. lek., Krak6w, 1909, xlviii, 243; 257; ,275. Also, transl: Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1909, lix, 1721; 1791; 1846; 1896.— Thorspecken(C) EinjahrigeambulanteBehandlung mit Antituberkuloseserum Marmorek. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1909, xxxv, 797-800.—Lliry (E.) Traitement de la tuberculose par le serum anti- tubereuleux de Marmorek. Cong, franc, de med., 10. session, 1908, Geneve, 1909, ii, 243-246. -----. Une annee de traitement de la tuberculose par le serum antitubereu- leux de Marmorek. Rev. de med., Par., 1908, xxviii, 134- 171— Lllmaiin (E.) Ueber meine Erfolge mit Dr. Marmoreks Anti-Tuberkuloseserum. Wien. klin. Wchn- schr., 1906, xix, 671-674. Also: Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1906-7, x, 97-114. -----. Ueber meine Erfolge mit Dr. Marmoreks Antituberkuloseserum. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1908, xii, 46-54.—Veillard (J.) Contribution a I'etude du traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire par les injections de serum antitubereuleux de Marmorek. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 840-846.— Viguier de Maillane (H.) Les6rum antitubereuleux de Marmorek. Echo med. d. C6vennes, Nlmes, 1904, v, 213-215.—Vos (B. H.) Ervaringenmet derectaleaanwen- ding van Marmorek'sserum bij longtuberculose. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1909, i, 139-147. Also, transl: Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1909, xiv, 346-356.—Watters (W. H.) Vaccines in tuberculosis. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1912, xcv, 382-385. Also, Reprint.— "Weill (M.) A Mar- morek-feie gumbk6rellenes serumr61. [On Marmorek's antitubercular serum.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1908, Iii, 351; 369; 387; 406. Also, transl.: Verhandl. d. Budapest. k. Gesellsch. d. Aerzte 1908, Budapest, 1909, 45. -----. Meine Erfahrungen iiber das Marmorek'sche Antituber- culose-Serum. Verhandl. d. Budapest, k. Gesellsch. d. Aerzte 1908, Budapest, 1909, 74. [Uiscussion], 78. -----. Meine Erfahrungen mit Marmoreks Antituberkulose- serum. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1909, lix, 519; 576. Also, transl: Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1909, liii, 113; 131: 152.— -----. Die spezifische Behandlung der Tuberkulose, ins- besondere mit Marmorek's Serum. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1909, xiv, 6; 18.—Weisz (E.) Nehany sz6 a Marmorek-feie gumok6rellenes serumr61. [On Marmorek's antitubercular serum.] Orvosi hetil., Buda- pest, 1908, Iii, 8. Also, transl: Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1908, xliv, 273-277. — Wohl berg. Ueber Versuche mit dem Antituberkuloseserum Marmorek. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1907, xliv, I486.—Wolman (S.) Marmorek's serum in the treatment of pulmonary tubercu- losis. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1909, xx, 253- 259.—Zelenoi (G. P.) Opit liecheniya bugorchatki- lyokhkikh protivubugorchatovol sivorotkol Marmorek'a. [Treatment of pulmonary phthisis by Marmorek's anti- tubercular serum.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1904, iii, 1397-1400. Tuberculosis (Treatment of) with se- rum [Ihqui/i's]. Andersen (S. L.) My experience with Paquin's anti-tubercle serum. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1897, xxix, 369.—Bridges (J. R.) Report of cases treated with Pa- quin's anti-tubercle serum. Charlotte [N. C] M. J., 1899, xiv, 342.—Dunwoody (J. A.) Paquin's horse-blood serum in consumption. Tri-State M. J., St. Louis, 1896, iii, 401.—Irving (P. A.) Acute poisoning from Pa- quin's anti-tubercle serum. Bi-Month. Bull. Univ. Coll. Med., Richmond, 1896, i, 151-153.—Le men (J. R.) A case of acute tuberculosis treated with Paquin's anti- tubercle serum; recovery. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1895, lxii, 371. Also, Reprint.—Loeb (H. W.) Experiences with Paquin's antitubercle serum in the treatment of la- ryngeal tuberculosis. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1895, lxii, 425- 430.— Mitchell (H. C.) Report of two cases of tubercu- losis treated with the Paul Paquin serum. N. Am. Pract., Chicago, 1896, viii. 400-403.—Paquin (P.) The treat- mentof tuberculosis by injections of immunized blood serum. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1895, xxiv, 842-845. -----. Sero-theraDV and accessory treatments of tubercu- losis. Ibid., 927-929. Also: Med. Fortnightly, St. Louis, Tuberculosis (Treutment of) with se- rum [Paquin's]. 1895, vii, 287-292. -----. Further report of the serum- therapy in tuberculosis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1895, xxv, 668-670. -----. Sero-therapy in the treatment of tu- berculosis; report of cases. Ibid., 1896, xxvi, 760-768 Also: St. Louis Clinique, 1896, ix, 386-408. -----. Tubercle antitoxin or antituberculin. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago 1896, xxvii, 125-128.-----. The experience of several physicians with serotherapy in tuberculosis. Ibid., 365- 370. Also: West. M. & S. Reporter, St. Joseph, Mo., 1896, viii, 111; 130; 145; 156. -----. Observations on some criticisms of serum therapy; the action of serum on the blood; the results of serum therapy in tuberculo- sis. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1896, lxiii, 732-738. -----. The effect and result of sero-therapy and tuberculosis. Texas M. J., Austin, 1896, xii, 8-18. -----. Acute poi- soning from Paquin's anti-tubercle serum. Bi-Month. Bull. Univ. Coll. Med., Richmond, 1897, ii, 34. -----. Further icport of cases treated with anti-tubercle serum. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1897, xxix, 98. -----. Serum in tuberculosis. Charlotte M. J., 1899, xv, 112. -----. The serums in tuberculosis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1900, xxxv, 1076-1079.—Powell (A. E.) Tuberculosis; pre- vention and treatment; with some personal observations on the use of anti-tubercle serum (Paquin). Tr. Indiana M. Soc, Indianap., 1898, 131-144— Prioleau (W. H.) Paquin's antitubercle serum in tuberculosis. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1897, lxv, 872-874.-----. Antitubercle serum (Paquin) in tuberculosis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1898, xxxi, 687.—Shropshire (L. L.) A limited experience with the Paul Paquin antitubercle serum. N. York M. J. [etc], 1896, lxiii, 15.—Taylor (H.) Sero-therapy in tuberculosis; reportof cases treated with Paquin's serum. South. Calif. Pract., Los Angeles, 1896, xi, 368-372. Tuberculosis (Treatment of) by Spen- glei''s immunizing bodies. See Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of) by immunizing bodies. Tuberculosis (Treatment of) with tliiocol. See, also, Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treat- ment of) with thiocol. Heukeshoven (R.) * Experimentelles iiber die Wirkung des "Thiocols" bei der Tuberku- lose. 8°. Bern, 1899. Braun (J.) Die Resultate der Behandlung der Tu- berculose mit Thiocol. Klin.-therap. Wchnschr., Wien, 1900, vii, 1189-1192.—Maramaldi (L.) Valore del tio- eolo Roche nella tubercolosi. Gazz. internaz. di med. prat., Napoli, 1899, 35-39. Tuberculosis (Treatment of) with thy- mol. Risacher (P.) * Contribution a l'Stude du thymol camphre" comme agent de fonte des fon- gosites tuberculeuses. 8°. Paris, 1907. Lapiiiskl (W.) Tymol kamforowy w leczeniu gruz- licv kosci, staw6w i gruczo!6w. [Thymol camphorate in "the treatment of tuberculosis of bones, joints, and glands.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1905, 2. s., xxv, 11-16.— Bisaeher (P.) Le thymol camphre comme agent de fonte des fongosites tuberculeuses. J. de med. de Par., 1907, 2. s., xix, 320-322. Also: Med. inf., Par., 1907, iv, 455-460. Also: Rev. prat, d'obst. et de gyn6c, Par., 1907, 283-288. Also [Abstr.]: Ann. med.-chir., Dour, 1907, xv, 223. Tuberculosis (Treatment of) with tu- berculin [ Beraneck's]. Bauer. Die Behandlung der internen Tuberculose durch das Tuberculin B6raneck. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1907, xxxvii, 505.—Beraneck (E.) Bera- neck's tuberculin and its method of application. Edinb. M. J., 1909, n. s., iii, 522-533.—Dluski (K.) O stosowanm tuberkuliny B6ranecka (TBk) w gruzlicy. [Action of B6raneck's tuberculin (TBk) in tuberculosis.] Przegl. lek., Krak6w, 1910, xlix, 336-344. Also, transl: Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk.,Wiirzb., 1910, xvi,97-119.— Guillermin (R.) La tuberculine Beraneck et la regulation thermique. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1908, xxvm, 477- 489.—Humbert. Quels resultats pouvons-nous obtemr avec la tuberculine B6raneck? Ibid., 1906, xxvi, 586-590.- Landmann (G.) Tuberkulol und Tuberkulin Bera- neck. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1908, x, 303-323. See, also, infra, Sahli— Pallard (J.) Le traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire par la tuberculine de Bera- neck. Prov. m6d., Par., 1907, xx, 623-628. Also: J. med. franc., Par., 1908, ii, 42-52— Paris. La tuberculine Be- raneck dans le traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire. TUBERCULOSIS. 931 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Treatment of) with tu- berculin [Beraneck* s]. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1904, xxiv, 629-647, 2 ch.—Philip (R. W.) A case of extreme dyspnoea suc- cessfully treated bv means of B6raneck's tuberculin. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Edinb., 1906-7, n. s., xxvi, 67. — Sahli ( H.) Erwiderung auf den Artikel des Herrn Land- mann [iiber Tuberkulol und Tuberkulin Beraneck], Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1908, x, 324-345.— Shvertsel (S.) Nablyudeniya na 60 ambulatornikh bolnikh terapevticheskavo dlelstviya vpriskivaniy tu- berkulinov Denys, Beraneck'a i tuberkulina zhemchu- zhini. [Observations on 50 dispensary patients of the therapeutic act ion of the injections of Deny s's, Beraneck's, and pearl-disease tuberculins.] Kharkov. M. J., 1909, viii, 421-435.—Wilson (A. C.) The treatment of tuber- culosis bv the tuberculin of Prof. Beraneck, of Neuchatel. Med. Mag., Lond., 1904, xiii, 90-94. Tuberculosis (Treatment of) with tu- berculin [Deny* s filter ed bouillon]. Denys (J.) Le bouillon filtre du bacille de la tuberculose dans le traitement de la tubercu- lose humaine. 8°. Louvain, 1905. -----. L'action curative du bouillon filtr<5 du bacille de la tuberculose dans la tuberculose humaine. 8°. Bruxelles, 1906. Schnoller (A.) Theoretisches und Prakti- sches iiber Immunisierung gegen Tuberkulose, nebst Statistik von 211 mitDenys'schem Tuber- kulin behandelten Lungenkranken. 8°. Strass- burg i. E., 1905. Delflno (L.) Tuberculosis laringea y pulmonar cu- rada con la vacuna Denvs-Dessv. Semana med., Buenos Aires, 1907, xiv, 197-200.—Denys (J.) Sur le traitement de la tuberculose par la tuberculine. Cong. p. I'etude de la tuberculose, Par., 1898, iv, 497-500. -----. Action cura- tive de la tuberculine de Denys contre la tuberculose. Gaz. med. beige, Liege, 1901-2, xiv, 2.54-256. Also: Bull. Acad. roy. de med. de Belg., Brux., 1902, 4. s., xvi, 153-217. Also: Ann. Soc. med.-chir. de Liege, 1902, xli, 282-302. -----. De l'emploi de la tuberculine (bouillon filtr6 du bacille de Koch) dans la tuberculose pulmonaire. Bull. Acad. roy. de med. de Belg., Brux., 1902. 4. s., xvi. 449- 501, 2 pl. -----. Le bouillon filtre du bacille de Koch dans le traitement de la tuberculose. Ann. de l'Inst. chir. de Brux., 1903, x, 113-123. -----. Le bouillon filtre du bacille de la tuberculose dans le traitement de la tuberculose humaine. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 863-868. -----. Le bouillon filtre du bacille de la tuberculose comme agent curatif de la tuberculose humaine. Bull, med., Par., 1906, xx, 772.—Besplats. Traitement de la tuberculose par les tuberculines et par- ticulierement par le bouillon filtre du professeur Denys, de Louvain. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1906, i, 553; 577.— Dunne (F. J.) A case of tuberculosis of lungs and of knee treated by Professor Deny's tuberculin. Dublin J. M. Sc, 1905, cxx, 22-26. -----. Cases of tuberculosis treated by Professor Denys' tuberculin. Tr. Roy. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl., 1907, 130-136. — Fridman ( K. G. ) Opit primleneniva tuberkulina Denys pri lyokhochnol bugorchatkle. [Application of Denys's tuberculin in pulmonary tuberculosis.] Med. Obozr., Mosk.,19l0,lxxiii, 927-952.—de .—Da- man. Note sur la valeur de la methode de Marechal dans la tuberculide pulmonaire. Presse med. beige, Brux., 1904, lvi, 1061-1063.—Delattre (A.) Traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire par la T. J., sous le contr61e de l'examen opsonique. Progres m6d. beige, Brux., 1906, viii, 105; 161. Also: Med. orient., Par., 1906, x, 641- 645. Also: Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1906, x, 265- 270.—Diaz (J.) ct Triana. Tuberculina Jacobs; ana- lisis experimental de sus efectos terapeuticos. Cr6n. med.-quir, de la Habana, 1908, xxxiv, 119-126.—Dokii- maii (A.) O Hechenii lyokhochnavo tuberkulyoza vaktsinatsiyeb [Treatment of pulmonary tuberculo- sis bv vaccination.] Meditsina, St. Petersb., 1891, iii, 85.—Dor (L.) Des tuberculines TK, BE, TBK; leur action curative puissante sur les tuberculoses, les tuber- culides et les tuberculies oculaires. Clin, opht., Par., 1909, xv, 165; 227.—Duquaire. Nouveau traitement de la tuberculose chez l'homme par la vaccination curative. Province med., Par., 1911, xxii, 615-519. Also: Rev. inter- nat. de la tuberc, Par., 1912, xxi, 110-115.—Durodie. Nouveau cas de tuberculose pulmonaire traite et gueri par les injections de tuberculine de Jacobs. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1910, xxxi, 354-356. Also: Bull. et mem. Soc. de med. et chir. de Bordeaux (1910), 1911, 277-282.—KIsasser. Kritisehe Bemerkungen zur Tu- berkulosebehandlung, Immunisierung oder Heilung. Kausale Therap., Hannov., 1903-4, i, 5.—Feldt (A.) Moderne Methoden der Tuberkulinanwendung. St. Pe- tersb. med. Wchnschr., 1905, xxx, 179-186.—Fidler (H.) O stosowaniu TBK w gruzlicy pluc. [Use of TBK in pul- monary phthisis.] Przegl. lek., Krakow, 1909, xlviii, 697-701.—Franeine (A. P.) & Hartz (H.J.) Results with tuberculin (Dixon's) in advanced chronic ambula- tory tuberculosis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1913, lx, 717- 721.—Freymuth (W.) Erfahrungen mit eiweissfreiem Tuberkulin. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1911, xx, 215-229.—Friedmaiiii (F. F.) Heil- und Schutzim- pfung der menschlichen Tuberkulose. Berl. klin. Wchn- schr., 1912, xlix, 2214-2217. [Discussion], 2241.—Gibbes (H.) Is the unity of phthisis an established fact? An important consideration in regard to the cure of the dis- ease by inoculation. Tr. Detroit M. & Libr. Ass., 1891, 21-30. [Discussion], 37-45. Also: Phvsician & Surg., Ann Arbor & Detroit, 1891, xiii, 1-10. [Discussion], 26-34.— Ciiusto (F. S.) Varios casos de tuberculosis pulmonar tratados por la tuberculina Jacobs en San Jos6 de Maipo. Rev. med. de Chile, Santde Chile, 1910, xxxviii, 295-311 — Olaudot. Institut balneaire del'armdeaOstende; con- tribution si I'etude de la tuberculine du Dr. Marechal. Arch. med. beiges, Brux., 1909,4. s.,xxxiii, 145-163. Also: Presse med. beige, Brux., 1909, Ixi, 401-412.—Hoke (E.) Ueber die Behandlung der Lungentuberculose mit Pon- zio's Tuberculin. Ztschr. f. Heilk., Wien u. Leipz., 1901, xxii, Abth. f. int. Med., 245-249.—Hudson (B.) The practical use of vaccine treatment in pulmonary tuber- culosis. Lancet, Lond.,1912, ii, 1148.— Janson (C.) Be- handlingaf tuberkulos med streptokok-kulturer. [Treat- ment af tuberculosis with streptococcus cultures.] Forh. Svens.- Lak.-Sallsk. Sammank., Stockholm, 1896, 203- 206.—Jessen (F.) Zur Verbesserang der Tuberkulinbe- handlung. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1908, lv, 1776.— Kausch (W.) Erfahrungen iiber Tuberkulin Rosen- bach. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1913, xxxix, 252-255.— Khorol (S. L.) O sposobleambulator- navo primleneniya tuberculinum purum i Bacillen- Emulsion. [Home use of endotin and bacillary emul- sion.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1909, xvi, 599-601.— Kins (H. M.) Vaccine therapy in tuberculosis (in in- ternational practice). N.York M. J. [etc.], 1910, xcii, 164- 166.—KittKteiner. Ueber die seitherigen bacterio- therapeutisehen Versuche bei der Lungenschwindsucht. Prakt, Arzt, Wetzlar, 1896, xxxvii, 96-107, 5 diag — Holder (R.) & Plant (Martha). Erfahrungen mit Rosenbachsehem Tuberkulin. Ztschr. f. klin. Med Berl., 1912, lxxiv, 179-214.—Korb (P.) Eine neueModi- fikation der Tuberkulinbehandlung. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1912, xix,339-346.—Kovaesies(S.) Atuberculo- albumin (T. A.) therapeutikushatasar61. [The therapeu- tical effect of tuberculo-albumin.] Budapesti orv. ujsag, 1906, iv, 906.—Landret. Tuberculinotherapie et leuco- therapie assoeiees. Cong, frane.de med. Compt. rend. 1910, Par., 1911 xi, 46-48.—Lange (J.) Vorlautige Mittei- lung fiber TuberkulosebehandTung mit Tuberkulin Ja- cobs. Verhandl. d. Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1908, xxv, 613-619. —Latham (A.) Preliminary- communica- tion on the administration of tuberculin and other vac- cines by the mouth, together with (a) normal saline so- lution; (b) fresh horse serum. Proc Rov Soc. Med., L"'id., 1907-8, i, Med. Sect., 195-252.—Leietsch'- schem Verfahren. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1902, xlix, 1913; 1970— Rosenbach (F. J.) The use of Rosenbach tuberculin in surgical tuberculosis. Lancet, Lond., 1911, ii, 1621-1624.—Rothschild (D.) Neue Gesichtspunkte in der Tuberkulintherapie. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1908, x, 27-39.—Rubemaiiu (J.) Herstellung und Verwendung eines Sputumextraktes zur Behand- lung fortgeschrittemr Tuberkulose. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1912, xix, 54-5<.i.—Sanders (G.) Combined vac- cine therapv in pulmonary tuberculosis. N. YorkM. J. TUBERCULOSIS. 93< Tuberculosis (Treatment of) with tu- berculins and vaccines. [etc.], 1911, xciv, 976. Also, Reprint—Schaefer (H.) Erfahrungen mit Tuberkulin Rosenbach. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1911-12, xviii, 168-174. — Sehiitte (P.) Die Behandlung der Lungentuberkulose mit Tuberkosan - Emulsion. Therap. Neuheiten, Leipz., 1909, iv, 313-320.—Sehultz (\V.) Klinische Erfahrun- gen mit Eisentuberkulin. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1909, xlvi, 1721-1724. — Sempriin ( E. ) Antipneumoko- china. An. r. Acad, de med., Madrid, 1906, xxvi, 312- 317.-----. Curaci6n de la tuberculosis por la antipneu- mokochina. Siglo med., Madrid, 1906, liii, 533-535.— Seyberth (L.) Beitrag zur Behandlung der ortlichen Tuberkulose mit Tuberculin Rosenbach. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1911, lxxiv, 744-751.—Shaw (H. B.) The present position of the vaccine treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis. Practitioner, Lond., 1910, lxxxv, 744-761.— Sinclair i^M. McL) Active immunization measures of treatment in pulmonary tuberculosis. Australas. M. Cong. Tr. 1908, Victoria, 1909, i, 137-143. Also: Australas. M.Gaz., Sydney, 1909,xxviii,66-70.—Spengler (K.) La double etiologie de la phtisie tubereuleuse et son traite- mentaumoyen de la vaccination. Belgique med., Gand- Haarlem, 1906, xiii, 423-425.—Thomson (II. II.) The inoculation treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis. Med. Mag., Lond., 1909, xviii, 441-450, —Thrash (E. 0.) Vaccines in the diagnosis and treatment of tuberculosis. Tr. M. Ass. Georgia, Atlanta, 1909, lx, 69-83.—Tyndale (J. H.) Pulmonary phthisis treated by inoculation with animal virus. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1890, Iii, 602. Also, Reprint. -----. Treatment of the various forms of pulmonary consumption by inoculation with vaccine lymph. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1891, xl, 62. -----. Latest phase of vaccine therapy in pulmonary con- sumption. West. M. Rev., Omaha, 1912, xvii, 636.—Uhl. Ueber die neutrophilen Leukozyten bei der spezifischen Therapie der chronisehen Lungentuberkulose (Alt- Tuberculin, Neu-Tuberkulin Koch [Bazillenemulsion], Tuberculinum Denvs, und Hetol). Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1906, vi, 249-286.—Ureda y Sara- ehaga (M.) & de Prada y Castano (F.) La tuber- culina de von Ruck en la tuberculosis pulmonar. Siglo med., Madrid, 1907, liv, 226; 292. — Verdes Monte- negro (J.) Tratamiento de la tuberculosis pulmonar por las tuberculinas de los b6vidos y humana. Ibid., 1906, lviii, 228; 246; 261; 290. -----. Sur les methodes de traitement par la tuberculine. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1909, xiv, 129-140.—Vitrac (J.) Traitement de la tuber- culose par la tuberculine de Jacobs. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. m6d. de Bordeaux, 1909, xxx, 416^19.—Von Ruck (K.) The treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis with remedies derived from the specific germ. Tr. Acad. M. Cincin., 1897-8, 261-266. Also: Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1898, n. s., xl, 135-140. [Discussion], 142. Also: Kansas M. J., To- peka, 1898, x, 85-90. -----. Report of 78 cases of pul- monary tuberculosis treated at the Winyah Sanitarium, Asheville, N. C, in 1898, with watery extract of tubercle bacilli. J. Tuberc, Asheville, N. C, 1899, i, 3-23. -----. A critical review of Dr. Friedmann's claims to the dis- covery of a cure for tuberculosis. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1913, cix, 226-231.—Voorsanger (W.C.) Bovine tuber- culin in the treatment of pulmonarv tuberculosis. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1910, viii, 337-341.—Vos (B. H.) Mededeeling aangaande 500 gevallen van longtubercu- lose, behandeld met tuberculine. (Utrechtsch tubercu- line—H. B. T. O.) Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1910, xiv, pt. v, 485-504. — Weaver (H. B.) Vaccine or tubercular therapy in the treatment of tuberculosis. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1908, c, 7-11.—Wilcacyiiski (H.) 0 dzialaniu szczepionek przeciwgruzliczych J. Czajkow- skiego. [Action of J. Czajkowski's antitubercular vac- cines.] Medycyna i Kron. lek., Warszawa, 1910, xiv, 897; 961—Williams (J. H.) Report of twelve cases of pul- monary tuberculosis, treated with watery extract tubercle bacilli. J. Tuberc, Asheville, N. C, 1899, i, 47-51.— Wilson (D. S.) Vaccine in tuberculous conditions; report of a case. Kentucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1911, ix, 103.—Worcester (A.) The treatment of tuberculo- sis with tuberculin and its derivatives. Med. Ccmmuni- cat. Mass. M. Soc, Bost., 1896, xvii, no. 1,123-153, 7 diag.— Wright (A. E.) On the general principles of the therapeutic inoculation of bacterial vaccine as applied to the treatment of tuberculous infection. Med.-Chir. Tr., Lond., 1906, lxxxix, 1-44. [Discussion], 117-124. Tuberculosis (Treatment of) with " tuberculinum purum." See Tuberculosis (Treatment of) with endotin. Tuberculosis (Treatment of) with tu- berc doci din [Klebs]. Klebs (E.) The treatment of tuberculosis with tuberculocidin, and a combined tuberculin- tuberculocidin treatment. Preliminary com- munication by Carl Spengler. 8°. London, [1891]. TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Treatment of) with tu- berc uloc idin [ Klebs]. Reddingius (W.) * Klebs tuberculocidine, hare bereiding en waarde als antituberculosum. 8°. Groningen, 1893. Spengler"(C.) Vorlauflge Mittheilung iiber eine combinirte Tuberkulin - Tuberkulocidin- Behandlung. 8°. [Leipzig, 1892.] Fraker (G. W.) The treatmentof tuberculosis with tuberculocide; report of cases. Alkaloid. Clin., Chicago, 1902, ix, 1164-lhis.—Holcomb (C. M.) Tuberculocidin in the treatment of tuberculosis. Proc. Kansas M. Soc, Topeka, 1899, xxxii, 1S6-188. Also: Med. Times, N. Y., 1901, xxix, 8.—Jessen(F.) Ueber Lungenschwindsucht und deren Behandlung, mit besonderer Beriicksichti- gung des Tuberkulocidin Klebs. Centralbl. f. innere Med., Leipz., 1902, xxiii, 585-594. Also: Ztschr. f. diatet. u. physik. Therap., Leipz., 1903, v, 147-173. Also [Abstr.], Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1902, xxviii, Ver.-Beil., 202.—Klebs (E.) The treatment of tuber- culosis with tuberculocidin. Med. Reporter, Calcutta, 1893, ii, 1; 129; 193.—Klebs (E.) & Klebs (H.) Wie wir- ken hohe Gaben von Tuberculocidin und TP H. p. p. auf tuberculos infizierte Tiere? Ztschr. f. kausale Therap., Bremerhaven, 1905, ii, 14-24.—Langermaun. Ueber einige mit Tuberkulocidin behandelte Fiille von Lun- genschwindsucht. Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1892, xiii, 1059.—Peterka (J.) O ledeni tuberkulosy seleninem Klebsov^m a tuberkulocidinem. [The treatment of tuberculosis by Klebs's selenin and tuberculocide.] Casop. lek. 6esk., v Praze, 1905, xliv, 921-924. Tuberculosis (Treatment of) with urea and urine. See, also, Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treat- ment of) with urea, etc. Barraud (A.) * Etude sur le traitement de la tuberculose par l'uree pure. 8°. Lausanne, 1903. Ruck (A. H.) The treatment of tuberculosis by urea. Tr. Brit. Cong. Tuberc. 1901, Lond., 1902, iii, 445-452. Also: Phila. M. J., 1901, viii, 455-458.—Harper (H.) Pure urea in the treatment of tuberculosis. Lancet, Lond., 1901,i,694; 1672: ii, 1567. Also, Reprint. -----. Pure urea in the treatment of tuberculosis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1902, ii, 1235-1238.—JTousset (P.) Traitement de la tubercu- lose par des injections sous-cutanees d'urines sterilisees empruntees k un tuberculeux cachectique avec fievre. Art med., Par., 1898, lxxxvii, 161-170.—Macie 1 (M.) La medication urique dans la tuberculose. Rev. med.- cirurg. do Brazil. Rio de Jan., 1905, xiii, 267:1906, xiv, 43.— Miller (F. W. P.) The urea treatment of tuberculosis. Med. Herald, St. Joseph, 1902, xxi, 220-224.—Morin. Du traitement de la tuberculose par Puree. Bull, med., Par., 1902, xvi, 357.—Pereira (J. A. W.) Pure urea in the treatment of tuberculosis. Lancet, Lond., 1902, ii, 1486. Tuberculosis (Treatment of) with vanadin. Anceau (G.-P.-G.) *De la valeur therapeu- tique du vanadium chez les tuberculeux. 8°. Paris, 1899. Harpel (W. F.) Experience with vanadium in tu- berculosis. J. Am. Inst. Homceop., Cleveland, 1912-13, v, 229-236.—He louis & Delarue (L.) La vanadine; son influence stimulante dans la tuberculose. Cong. p. I'etude de la tuberculose, Par., 1898, iv, 895-901. ----- -----. Traitement de la tuberculose par la vanadine. Gaz. med. de Strasb., 1898, lvii, 128. Tuberculosis (Ulcerative). See Lupus ; Tuberculosis (Subcutaneous) ; Tuberculosis (Suppurative); Ulcers (Tubercu- lar). Tuberculosis (Urine in). See Tuberculosis (Diagnosis of); Tubercu- losis (Pulmonary, Urine in). Tuberculosis (Verrucous). See Tuberculosis (Subcutaneous). Tuberculosis ( Visceral). See, also, Stomach (Tubereu/osis of); Viscera (Tuberculosis of); and under names of special viscera. Benoit (A.) * Tuberculose locale chronique de la region ileo-coecale. Etude anatomo- pathologique, clinique et chirurgicale. 4°. Paris. 1893. TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Visceral). Cros (L.) *De la tuberculose viscerale gene- ralisee consecutive aux tuberculoses cutanees d'inoculation. 8°. Toulouse, 1899. Homburg (A.) *Zur Diagnose und Therapie der Nieren- und Blasentuberkulose. 8°. Frei- burg i. Br., 1911. Lafitte (J.) *De l'erytheme noueux dans ses rapports avec la tuberculose viscerale (et en particulier la meningite tubereuleuse). 8°. Toulouse, 1909. Maylard (A. E.) Abdominal tuberculosis. 8°. London, 1908. Barjon (F.) Sur une forme particuliere de tubercu- lose. Bull. Soc. melere. L'inoscopie appiiquee au diagnostic des ascites tuberculeuses. Bull, et mem. Soc med. d. hop. de Par., 1903, 3. s., xx, 35—Berro (R.) & Bonaba (J.) Un caso de cirrosis cardio-hep&tica tuberculosa. Arch. Latino-Am. de pediat., Buenos Aires, 1912, v, 320-329.— Bonnainour. Abces de l'appendice sans coliques ap- pendiculaires chez un malade atteint de tuberculose iieo- caecale latente et ayant succombe^ -X une phtisie pulmo- naire. Lyon med., 1903, ci, 175-177.—Bramwell (B.) Tuberculous disease of the abdominal glands; tubercu- lous ulceration of the intestine; rarity of abdominal tuberculosis in America and Canada. Clin. Stud., Edinb., 1907-8, vi, 16-21. — Branson ( W. P. S. ) Ab- dominal tuberculosis in childhood, a clinical study. Med. Chir. Tr., Lond., 1905, Ixxxviii, 349-362.—Broca A.) Tuberculose du canal peritoneb-vaginal chez Ten- ant. Per il xxv anno d. insegn. chir. di F. Durante n. Univ. di Roma, Roma, 1898, i, 55-62.—Ciaravaloti (L.) Sopra un caso di entero-peritonite tubercolare con epatite interstiziale della stessa natura. N. riv. clin.-terap., Na- poli, 1912, xv, 69-72.—Col man (W. S.) The distribu- tion of tubercle in abdominal tuberculosis. Brit. M.J., Lond., 1893, ii, 740-742.—CunnlnghanKJ. H.) Further facts regarding the relation of tuberculosis of the kidney to tuberculosis of the lungs. Tr. Am. Ass. Genito-Urin. Surg., N. Y., 1911, vi, 166-169, 1 pl.—D'Antona (A.) Tubercolosi gastro-intestinale. Riforma med., Napoli, 1912, xviii, 1-3.—Bay (.1. R.) Tuberculosis of the abdo- men in children. Homeop. J. Obst., N. Y., 1897, xix, 522- 539.—Be Vecelii (B.) Su di alcune rare localizzazioni del processo tubercolare. I. Tubercolosi del miocardio. II. Tubercolosi dello stomaco. Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1902, xli, 88-116.—Bollinger (G.) Hastuberculosisnak mutet altal meggy6gyitott ritka esete. [A curious case of abdominal tuberculosis cured by operation.] Buda- pesti k. orvosegy. 1894-iki evkonyve, 1895,114-116.—Bun- lop (G.H.M.) Abdominal tuberculosis. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Edinb., 1901-2, n. s., xxi, 219.—Eshner (A. A.) A case of mesenteric tuberculosis with chylous ascites. Proc. Path. Soc. Phila., 1898-9, n. s., ii, 230-232.—Fer- rand (J.) & Kathery. Tuberculose de l'endocarde et de la rate sans tuberculose pulmonaire. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1903, 3. s., xx, 188-191.—Gil- bert (A.) & Weil (P.-E.) Etude anatomo-pathologique comparative de la tuberculose du foie et du pancreas. Arch, de med. exper. et d'anat. path., Par., 1902, xiv, 729- 753.—Godts. Contribution & I'etude de la tuberculose abdominale primitive. Arch. med. beiges, Brux., 1902, 4. s., xix, 311-319.—Gordon (T. E.) The surgical aspect of abdominal tuberculosis. Dublin J. M. Sc, 1906, exxi, 258-262. [Discussion], 303-305.—Hall (C. L.) Fibrous tuberculosis of the peritoneum, involving omentum, intestines and uterus. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1912, xcv, 3S5. — Hotchkiss (L. W.) Tuberculosis of the stomach, liver, gall bladder, and pancreas. South. M. J., Nashville, 1909, ii, 485-494. Also, Reprint.— Ipsen (J.) Untersuchungen fiber primare Tuberkulose im Verdauungskanal. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1906, xliii, 791-796.—Jirus (B.) Tuberkulosa plic, blan mozko- vych, osrdce a pohrudnice, ledvin a sleziny. [Tubercu- losis of lungs, meninges, pericardium and pleura kidneys and spleen]. Casop. iek. 6esk., v Praze, 1867, vi, 205.— Lawrence ( F. F. ) Intra-peritoneal tuberculosis. Ohio M. J., Columbus, 1906, ii, 278 - 284. — Lauder (W.) Tubercular ulceration of bowel, and caseating mesenteric glands (card specimen). Tr. Path. Soc. Manchester, 1891-2, i, 113.—Lebedeff (N. A.) K vop- rosu o raspredlelenii i kharakterle bugorchatki v or- ganakh chelovlecheskavo tiela v svyazi s vnleshnimi usloviyami zhizni. [Distribution and character of tuber- culosis of the organs of the human body in connection with external conditions of life.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1912, xi, 1486; 1657.—Lemaire (J.) Tuberculose a pre- dominance pleuro-pericardique. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1908, lxxxiii, 448-450.—Lippe (M. J.) [Tuber- culosis of the mesentery and viscera]; with presentation of specimen. St. Louis Cour. Med., 1905, xxxiii, 219.— Little (J.) Abdominal tuberculosis in its clinical as- pects. Dublin J. M. Sc, 1906, exxi, 241-249. [Discussion], 303-305.—Luiglonl & Lampugnani. Le iniezioni TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis (Visceral). iodo-iodurate nelle forme tubercolari peritoneali e mesen- teriche. Boll. clin.-seient. d. Poliambul. di Milano, 1902, xv, 121-128.—IttcWeeney (E. J.) Histology of tubercu- losis of intestines and liver. Tr. Roy. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl., 1899-1900, xviii, 383-385.—Mauelaire. Traite- ment chirurgical de la tuberculose abdominale en general et des tuberculoses gastro-intestinale et peritoneale en particulier. Arch. gen. de chir., Par., 1912, viii, 397-427.— Murphy (J. B.) Tuberculosis of the alimentary canal and peritoneum. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1912, xxi, 287-290.—Pels-Leusden (F.) Experimentelle Unter- suchungen zur Pathogenese der Nierentuberculose; Trauma und Nierentuberculose; Trauma und Organtu- berculose. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1911, xcv, 245-291.— Petit (R.) Tuberculose peritoneo-vaginale chez l'en- fant. Rev. dela tuberculose, Par., 1897, 219-253—Peyri (J.) Las alopecias en el curso de las tuberculosis visce- rales. Clin, y lab. Rev. quincen. de espec. med..Zaragoza, 1911, vii, 476-479. Also: Rev. espafi. de dermat. ysif., Madrid, 1911, xiii, 543-548.—Poncet( A.) & Leriehe(R.) Tuberculose inflammatoire, ses localisations multiples, en particulier sur l'estomac, l'intestin, etc. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1905, 3. s., liii, 532-542.-----------. La tuber- culose inflammatoire de l'appareil digestif. Clinique, Par., 1912, vii, 244-248.—Prieto (I.) Breves apuntes acerca de la tuberculosis intestinal. Gac. med., Mexico, 1896, xxxiii, 563-568.—Tendeloo (N. P.) Lymphogene retrograde Tuberkulose einiger Bauchorgane. Munchen, med. Wchnschr., 1905, Iii, 988; 1051. Thomson (J.) The relative prevalence of abdominal tuberculosis in children in Great Britain and America. Brit. J. Tuber- culosis, Lond., 1907, i,250-252.—Vandeput. Un casde tuberculose spienohepatique. J. med. de Brux., 1913, xviii, suppl. 12.—Whipple (G. H.) The relation of in- testinal infection to visceral tuberculosis. Johns Hop- kins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1907, xviii, 379-382. Tuberculosis and alcoholism. See, also, Tuberculosis (Causes of). Amat (L.) De l'influence des boissons alcooli- ques sur la genese, la forme et devolution de la tuberculose pulmonaire. Precede d'une pre- face du Dr. E. Lancereaux. 8°. Paris, 1894. Bell (J.) On the effects of the use of alco- holic liquors in tubercular disease, or in consti- tutions predisposed to such disease. 8°. Phila- delphia, 1859. Bonsirven (L.) * Rapport de la tuberculose et de l'alcoolisme. 8°. Toulouse, 1900. Imbault (F.) * Contribution a I'etude dela frequence de la tuberculose chez les alcooliques. 8°. Paris, 1901. Kleindorp (F.) Scrophulose; tuberculose; alcohol. Voorbehoeding en levenswijze ter voorkoming of beperking van de tuberculose. 8°. Amsterdam, 1904. Legrande (A.) Alcoolisme et tuberculose; etude statistique geographique, clinique et experimentale. 8°. Lyon, 1906. Liebe(G.) Alkohol und Tuberculose, mit be- sonderer Berucksichtigung der Frage: Soil in Volksheilstatten Alkohol gegeben werden? 8°. Tiibingen, 1899. Manaud (M.-L.) * Recherches nouvelles sur les rapports de 1'alcoolisme et de la tuberculose. 8°. Bordeaux, 1907. Radivoef (T.-S.) *Les opinions emises sur les rapports de l'alcoolisme et de la tuberculose. 8°. Bordeaux, 1907. Stubenvoll (F. B.) Alkoholismus und Tu- berkulose. 16°. Berlin, [1907]. Abadie (J.) & Grenier de Cardenal (H.) Les rapports sociaux de la tuberculose et de l'alcoolisme i Bordeaux. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, ii, 658; 812. Also: J. de m6d. de Bordeaux, 1905, xxxv, 789-791.—Baer. Alkohol und Tuberkulose. Ber. ii. d. Kong. z. Bekampf. d.Tuberk. [etc.], Berl., 1899, 630-638.— Battle (J. T. J.) Why the tuberculous should not use alcoholic preparations. Charlotte [N. C] M. J., 1910, Ixi, 308.—Bertlllon(J.) Alcooletphtisie. Arch.d'anthrop. crim., Lyon & Par., 1910, xxv, 200-209. -----. Frequence de la phtisie dans ses rapports avec l'alcoolisme. Rev. d'hyg., Par., 1910, xxxii, 244-259. Also: Tuberculosis, Berl., 1910, ix, 169-182.—Bonnet (L.) Les dispensaires de preservation sociale contre la tuberculose et l'al- coolisme. Cong, internat. de med. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, d'hyg. [etc.], 61.—Brunon. Aleool et TUBERCULOSIS. 935 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis and alcoholism. tuberculose. Normandie m6d., Rouen, 1909, xxv, 261- 264.—Cassagnou. Tuberculose et alcoolisme a la Gua- deloupe. Ann. d'hyg. et de med. colon., Par., 1904, vii, 84-102.— Chiodi (W.) Tubercolosi e alcoolismo. Propa- ganda san., Firenze, 1908, ii, 308-310.—Crothers (T. D.) Inebriety and tuberculosis, allied diseases. J. Am, M. Ass., Chicago, 1898, xxx, 844-846.—Mclabrosse. Etio- logie et prophylaxie de la tuberculose; alcoolisme et tu- berculose. Normandie med., Rouen, 1900, xv, 433-438.— D ii re n £ (J.) La tuberculose, l'alcoolisme et les condi- tions modernes du travail. Ann. med.-chir. du centre, Tours, 1904, iv, 420-425.—Espina y Capo (A.) Alco- holismo y tuberculosis. Rev. de med. v cirug. pr&ct., Madrid, 1898, xlii, 177; 262. -----. Alcool et tuberculose. Cong, internat. de la tuberc 1905, Par., 1906, ii, 775-777. Also, transl: Rev. de med. y cirug. pract., Madrid, 1906, lxx, 129-140.—Frequency (The) of tuberculosis among alcoholics. Sanitarian. N. Y., 1902, xlix,204.—Hammer (H.) Alkohol und Tuberculose. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1901, xxvi, 310.—Hensehen (S. E.) On the relation be- tween alcoholism and tuberculosis. Tuberculosis, Berl., 1909, viii, 425-445. —Holitscher. Alkohol und Tu- berkulose. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1906, xxxi, 142; 155. Also: N. Yorker med. Monatschr., X. Y\, 1907, xix, 165-179. Alsojransl: Am. J. Clin. M., Chicago, 1907, xiv, 720-727.— Jaar. Ueber den Einfluss der kleinen Alkoholgaben auf die Entwicklung der Tuberkulose im tierischen Korper, mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Nachkom- menschaft. Arch. L phys.-diatet. Therap., Frankf. a. 0..1911, xiii,335;374.— Jacquet (L.) Lacroisadecontre la tuberculose et l'alcoolisme. [Rap.] Tribune med., Par., 1900, 2. s., xxxii, 121; 161; 181; 221; 241; 281; 301; 321; 361; 381; 401; 421; 441:461; 481; 501; 521; 541; 562.—Kainneff (M.) Vredno iii polezno dlya chakhotochnikh upotreble- niye alkoholya? [Is it injurious or useful for consump- tives to use alcohol?] Tuberkulvoz, S.-Peterb., 1912, i, 498-500.— Kelynack (T. X.) The relation of alcohol- ism to tuberculosis. Tr. Brit. Cong. Tuberc. 1901, Lond., 1902, iii, 334-344. Also: Edinb. M. J., 1901, n. s., x, 251- 261. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1901, ii, 277-279. Also: J. Tu- berc, Asheville, 1901, iii, 549-356. Also: Quart. J. Inebr., Hartford, 1902, xxiv, 165-178.—Kern (W.) Leber den Einfluss des Alkohols auf die Tuberkulose; experimen- telle Untersuchungen am Meerschweinchen. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infektionskrankh., Leipz., 1910, lxvi, 456-480.— Korovin (A. M.) Bugorchatka i alkoholizm. [Tuber- culosis and alcoholism.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1903, x, 1161 -1163. — Laitinens. Ueber den Einfluss der kleinen Alkoholgaben auf die Entwiekelung der Tuber- kulose im tierischen Korper. mit besonderer Beriick- sichtigung der Nachkommenschaft. Kinder-Arzt, Leipz., 1911, xxii, 169-177.— Lassabatie. La tuberculose et l'alcoolisme. Tribune med., Par., 1901, 2. s., xxxiii, 368- 370.—de Lavarenne (E.) Alcoolisme et tuberculose. Com. de la tuberc, Par., 1900, 27M-302. Also: Ann. d'hyg., Par., 1001, 3. s., xiv, 193-220.—L.e Costes. Tuberculose et alcoolisme. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, ii, 853-855.—Legrain. Alcoholism and tuberculo- sis. Quart. J. Inebr., Hartford, 1904, xxvi, 259-267.—Le- sieur (C.) & Legrand. Influence de l'alcoolisme et de l'aromatisme chroniques sur la tuberculose experi- mentale. Lyon m6d., 1906, cvii, 887-891. — Liebe (G.) Weiteres fiber Alkohol und Tuberculose. Alkoholismus, Dresd., 1900, i, 151-163. -----. Alkohol und Tuberculose. Ibid., 1901, ii, 251-262. -----. Alkohol und Tuberculose; eine Entgegnung auf den gleichnamigen Aufsatz von Dr. Wolff. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1906, v, 241- 258. See, also, infra. -----. Alkohol und Tuberkulose. Alkoholfrage, Dresd., 1907, iv, 319-344. -----. Alkohol und Tuberkulose. Centralbl. f. allg. Gsndhtspflg., Bonn, 1911, xxx, 215-228.—Lubllner (L.) Alcohol i suchoty. [Alcohol and phthisis.] Zdrowie, Warszawa, 1909, xxv, 58t-590. — Mlchelean. Broncho-pneumonie chez un alcoolique tuberculeux; p6ritonite purulente; foie cir- rhotique. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux, 1899, xix, 110-113.—Niven (J.) Relation between the proportion of public-houses and the phthisis death-rate. Med. Officer, Lond..1911, vi, 207.—Beynier(P.) L'alcoo- lisme et les tuberculoses externes chez l'adulte et chez l'enfant. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1907, 3. s., lviii, 407- 414.—Rhodes (H.) Alcoholism and tuberculosis. Brit. J. Inebr., Lond., 1912-13, x, 115-129.—Ronglin (L. C.) Alcoholism and tuberculosis. Atlanta Jour.-Rec. Med., 1907-8, ix, 400-405.—Sorel (F.) Tuberculose et alcoo- lisme a la C6te d' Ivoire. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1912, v, 855-859.—Stein (P.) Alcoholismus und Tuber- kulose. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1904, xl, 453; 477. — Sztolcman (G. ) Alcohol i gruzlica. [. . . and tuberculosis.] Zdrowie, Warszawa, 1903, 2. s., iii, 1314-1344.—Tatnam (J.) Alcoolisme et tu- berculose; le rapport de . . . sur la mortalite pro- fessionnelle anglaise. Extr. du rapport de M. le Dr. Jacquet. Tribune med., Par., 1900, 2. s., xxxii, 289-291.— Thlron (C.) L'alcoolisme, considere comme une des grandes causes predisoosantes, par heredite ou acquise individuellement, de la tuberculose. Cong. p. I'etude de la tuberculose, Par., 1898, iv, 737-749.—Tiberti (N.) L'alcoolismo e la tubercolosi. Ramazzini, Firenze, 1912, Tuberculosis and alcoholism. vi, 605-618.—Tison. Du troglodytisme et de l'alcoolisme dans 1 etiologie de la tuberculose. Bull, et mem. Soc de m6d. et chir. prat, de Par., 1894, 165-174. [Discussion], 174-181.—Trlboulet (H.) Alcool; tuberculose. Cong. internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, iii, 212-226. -----. Alcool; tuberculose. Bull, de la Ligue contre la tuberc. en Touraine, Tours, 1908, v, 6-10. -----. R6sum6 du rapport sur alcoolisme-tuberculose. Clinique, Par., 1912, vii, 329- 331 —Tussey (A. E.) Tuberculosis and cardiac alcohol- ism. Phila. Polyclin., 1896, v, 244; 251. Also: Quart. J. Inebr., Hartford, 1897, xix, 44-53.—Vos (B. H.) Ver- schiedene Gesichtspunkte iiber den Zusammenhang zwi- schen Alkoholismus und Tuberkulose. Internat. Mo- natschr. z. Erforsch. d. Alkoholismus [etc.], Basel, 1911, xxi, 441-448.—West (S.) Alcohol and tuberculosis. Clin. J„ Lond., 1906, xxviii, 106.—Wolff. Alkohol und Tuberkulose. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1905-6, iv, 239; 391. See, also, supra, Liebe. Tuberculosis in animals. See Cattle (Tuberculosis of); Tuberculosis (Animal); Tuberculosis (Bovine); Tuberculo- sis (Experimental). Tuberculosis and arthritic diathesis. Berard & Petitjean. Rhumatisme tuberculeux des deux 6paules; myosite tubereuleuse du biceps; perfo- ration spontanee d'une ulceration tubereuleuse cseco- appendiculaire. Lyon med., 1905, civ, 1169-1173.—Ber- nard (L.) Tuberculose et arthritisme. Cong, internat. de la tuberc, 1905, Par., 1906, i, 527-533. Also [Abstr.]: Tribune med., Par., 1905, n. s., xxxvii, 629.—Bougie (J.) Rhumatisme deformant chez un tuberculeux. Bull. et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1901, lxxvi, 75-80.—Boureau. Terrain tuberculeux et terrain arthritique; leur antago- nisme et ses consequences therapeutiques. Courrier med., Par., 1899, xlix, 12; 22.—Carles (J.) Les rapports de l'arthritisme et de la tuberculose. J. de med. de Bor- deaux, 1907, xxxvii, 247.—Courmont (P.) Le sero- diagnostic dans les formes attenuees et fibreuses de la tuberculose; arthritisme et tuberculose. Bull. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Lyon, 1906, v, 317-320.—Dedet. Des bacil- laires arthritiques, lithiasiques primitifs [tuberculeux arthritiques]. Gaz. d. eaux, Par., 1905, xlviii, 369-373.— Phelps (A. M.) Purulent tuberculosis and rheumatic hip-joint disease. Peoria M. J., 1898, iii, 405-412. Also. Re- print.—Poncet (A.) Tuberculose septicemique; rhuma- tisme articulaire aigu tuberculeux; tuberculose specifique ou classique. Lyon med., 1903, c, 704-708.-----. Tubercu- lose septicemique, rhumatismale, specifique ou classique. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1903, n. s., xxix, 405- 409.—Poneet (A.) &Leriche (R.) Tuberculose inflam- matoire et arthritisme. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1907, cliii, 5-18.-----------. Tuberculose inflammatoire et arthritisme; les arthritiques, ou pretendus tels, nesont souvent que des tuberculeux. Progres med., Par., 1907, 3. s., xxiii, 25-27.—Raw (N.) The influence of diabetes and gout on the tuberculous infections of the human body. Clin. J., Lond., 1911, xxxviii, 318-320.—Robin (A.) & Binet (M.) Les echanges respiratoires dans les etats antagonistesdela tuberculose; l'arthritisme. Cong. internat. de med. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, de path, int., 137-142. Tuberculosis and cancer. Burdel (E.) Le cancer considere comme souche tubereuleuse. 8°. Paris, 1872. -----. The same. De verwantschap tus- schen kanker en tuberculose. Yrij uit het Fransch vertaald, met een slotwoord door B. J. Winkelman. 8°. Leiden, 1872. Oahen(F.) *Carcinom und Phthise. [Strass- burg.] 8°. Kbln, 1885. Claude (H.) Cancer et tuberculose, hybri- dites tuberculo-cancereuses. 12°. Paris, 1900. Ehrler (W.) *Ein Beitrag zur Casuistik der Combination von Carcinom und Tuberku- lose im gleichen Organ. 8°. Munchen, 1906. Gosselin (U.) * Etude sur les rapports de la tuberculose et du cancer. 4°. Paris, 1882. Haldane (D. R.) The coexistence of tubercle and cancer. 8°. Edinburgh, 1862. Kuker (A.) * Ueber gleichzeitiges Vorkom- men von Krebs und Tuberkulose. 8°. Kiel, 1899. Kyriazopoulos (K.) * Ueber Kombination von Krebs und Tuberkulose im Anschluss an einen Fall von Carcinom und Tuberkulose der rechten Niere. 8°. Munchen, 1906. TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis and cancer. Le Goupils (J.) * Coincidence et rapports de la tuberculose et du cancer. 4°. Paris, 1882. Leuchs (G.) * Ueber Kombination von Krebs und Tuberkulose im Anschluss an einen Fall von Lungentuberkulose und latentem Carcinom des Coecums. 8°. Munchen, 1902. Martin (E.) *Le easier sanitaire des mai- sons; son importance dans la lutte contre la tu- berculose et le cancer; etude d'un projet pour la ville de Lyon. [Lyon.] 8°. Paris, 1911. Metterhausex (B.) * Ueber Combination von Krebs und Tuberkulose. 8°. Gottingen, 1897. Modzelewska (Mile. A.) *Cinq carcinomes primaires d'un systeme anatomique chez un tu- berculeux. 8°. Genive, 1908. Riffel (A.) Weitere pathogenetische Stu- dien iiber Schwindsucht und Krebs und einige andere Krankheiten nach eigener Methodik angestellt. 8°. Frankfurt a. M., 1901. -----. Schwindsucht und Krebs im Lichte vergleichend - statintisch - genealogischer For- schung. 4°. Karlsruhe, 1905. Schafer (C.) *Ein Beitrag zur Casuistik der Symbiose von Carcinom und Tuberkulose. 8°. Heidelberg, 1911. Tauschwitz (K.) * Ueber die Kombination von Carcinom una Tuberkulose. 8°. Berlin, 1911. Aronsohn (E.) Beziehungen zwischen Tuberkulose und Krebs. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1902, xxviii, 842-S45.-----. Tuberkulose und Krebs in der- selben Pamilie. Ibid., 1903, xxix, 472.—de Backer & Brubat (J.) Des rapports de la tuberculose et du can- cer; therapeutique des affections microbiennes par les fer- ments figures. Rev. g6n. de l'antiseps. med. et chir., Par., 1892, v, 325; 353: 1893, vi, 1; 33; 97; 129; 161; 193; 225; 257; 289; 321; 353: 1894, vii, 1, 33; 65; 129; 161; 193; 225; 257; 289; 321; 353: 1895, viii, 33.—Bastedo (W. A.) The associa- tion of cancer and tuberculosis. Med. News, N. Y., 1904, lxxxv, 1165-1171. —Boinet (E.) Cancer et tubercu- lose. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1907, 3. s., lviii, 228-230 — Brown (O. H.) Report of an autopsy in which both cancer and tuberculosis were found. St. Louis M. Rev., 1907, lv, 603.—Clement (G.) Ueber seltnere Arten der Combination von Krebs und Tuberculose. Arch, f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1895, exxxix, 35-58. Also, transl: Rev, de la tuberculose, Par., 1895, 111-134.—Cooke (T. W.) Relations of cancer and phthisis. Med. Times & Gaz., Lond., 1867, i, 538.—Crouzon (O.) Cancer et tubercu- lose (association des deux processus morbides). Rev. de la tuberculose, Par., 1902, ix, 456^184.—Effects of tubercle products on epithelium; experiments directed to demon- strate a relationship between cancer and tuberculosis. Penn. Health Bull., Harrisburg, 1911, no. 24,4.—Fischer (W.) Ueber Tuberkulose in einem Krebs der Brustdriise und in einem Krebs der Gallenblase. Arb. a. d. Geb. d. path. Anat. u. Bakteriol. . . . Inst, zu Tiibing., Leipz., 1910, vii, 215-225.—Giordani (S.) Tubercolo e cancro coesis- tenti in uno stesso individuo. Imparziale, Firenze, 1878, xviii, 465.—Giordano (D.) Cancro e tubercolosi; os- servazioni cliniche e sperimentali (con contributo alia trapanazione del cranio e alia resezione del ventricolo. Gazz. med. di Torino, 1891, xlii, 291-299.—Guberman (M. O.) K voprosu o sovmlestnosti raka i tuberkuloza. [Coexistence of cancer and tuberculosis.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1903, lx, 759-701.—Guipon. Observation de dia- theses tubereuleuse et cancereuse concomitants, mais principalement de squirrhe volumineux de l'estomac (pylore et petit cul-de-sac), du pancreas, de l'epiploon et des ganglions mesenteriques, avec traces cachectiques dans un testicule et l'appareil glandulaire bronchique, etc. Rec. de mem.de med. . .. mil., Par., 1855, 2. s., xvi, 179-190.—Haldane (D. R.) The coexistence of tubercle andcancer. Edinb.M.J.,1862,viii,l;343. .47so,Keprint.— Hamilton (W. F.) A note on concurrent carcinoma and tuberculosis. Montreal M. J., 1898, xxvii, 509.—Ho- denpyl (E.) The association of malignant disease and tuberculosis. Proc.N. YorkPath.Soc(1896), 1897,20-23.— Ilopmaiin sen. Primares Epitheliom der Uvula und des Velum bei einem Tuberkulosen. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1905, Iii, 2244.—Hunter (C. H.) The differ- entiation between cancerous and tuberculous tissues. Northwest. Lancet, Minneap., 1901, xxi, 260-262.—Kely- nack (T. N.) Notes from the post-mortem room: Tu- berculosis and malignant disease. Med. Chron., Man- chester, 1897, vii, 177-180.—Krisclie IK.) Kombination von Krebs und Tuberkulose in metastatisch erkrankten TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis and cancer. Driisen. Frankfurt. Ztschr. f. Path., Wiesb., 1913, xii,63- 79.—Lianbie & Brengnes. Coexistence du cancer et delatuberculo.se. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de Bor- deaux, 1898, xix, 176-178.—Liepine (R.) Ancienne phthisie pulmonaire guerie; epithelioma du larynx; tu- berculose pulmonaire recente; mort. Ann. d. mal. de l'oreilleetdularynx, Par., 1879, v, 187-191.—Letulle (M ) Le cancer primitif de l'appendice chez les tuberculeux Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1903, lxxviii, 63S-643.— liorthioir. Tuberculose ancienne; pleuropneumoiiie et endocardite; carcinomes generalises. Presse med. beige, Brux., 1885, xxxvii, 401.—Luiuitla (R.) & Nai- kwa(B.) [The combination of tuberculosis and cancer 1 Kyoto Igakkwai Zasshi, 1900, 25-35.—ITl't a*key (G. W.) The clinical association of cancer and tuberculosis, with report of a ease. Tr. Indiana M. Soc, Indianap., 1902, 282-291. Also: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1902, n.s., exxiv, 97-105. Also, Reprint.—UlcConkey (T. G.) Is not the tubercle bacillus the cause of cancer? N. YorkM J .[etc.], 1908, Ixxxviii, 1166-1170. Also, Reprint.—Moak (H.) On the occurrence of carcinoma and tuberculosis in the same organ or tissue. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1902, viii, 128-147.—Nagle (J. D.) The relationship between cancer and tuberculosis. Med. Exam., N. Y 1900, x, 311-313.—Osier (W.) Chronic phthisis; cancer of the vertebrae and ribs. [Case.] Montreal Gen. Hosp. Path. Rep., 1877, i, 40.—Pennato (P.) Tubercolosi e cancro. Riv. veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 1907, xlvi, 347- 350.—Pierrct & Leroy (H.) Association du cancer pleuro-pulmonaire,latent etde tuberculose, recidives d'un cancer du sein. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1913, xvii, 82.—Puech (P.) Cancer de la trachee et tuberculose pulmonaire. Montpel. med., 1888, 2. s., xi, 5-12.—Rib- bert. Carcinom und Tuberculose. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1894, xli, 321-324.—Kizzo (L.) Sulla com- binazione fra tubercolosi e cancro. Arch, ed atti d. Soc. ital. di chir. 1899, Roma, 1900, xiv, 241-251— lloland, Du cancer chez les tuberculeux; note sur un cas d'evolu- tion simultan6e d'une tuberculose pulmonaire et d'un cancer de l'estomac chez le meme sujet. Rev. m6d.de la Franche-Comte, Besancon, 1892, i, 61-68.—Roth (M.) Ueber das Carcinom und dessen Verhaltniss zur Tubercu- lose in der Pfarrei Lenggries (Oberbayern); einehisto- risch-statistische Studie. Friedreieh'sBl.f.gerichtl.Med., Nurnb., 1889, xl, 26-45.—Smith (F. J.) Lungs and liver from a case of advanced tuberculosis and carcinoma. Abstr. Tr. Hunterian Soc. 1900-1901, Lond., 1902,101-103.— Stetten (D.) The coexistence of tuberculosis and carci- noma in the same portion of the intestine. Festschr. z. 40jahr. Stiftungsfeier d. Deutsch. Hosp., N. Y., 1910, 343- 364. Also, Reprint.—Xlii cm (C.) Die Beziehungen von Unfallen zum Krebs und zur Tuberkulose. Jahresk. f. iirztl. Fortbild., Munchen, 1911,12. Hft., 91-108.—Trero- toli (A.) Tubercolosi e cancro. Ann. d. Fac. di med. 1911, Perugia, 1912, 4. s., ii, 59-71.—Tsumoda (R,) & Naikwa (K.) [The connection of cancer and tubercu- losis.] Kyoto IgakkwaiZasshi, 1900,149-164.—Ullmann. [Fall von tuberkulosen Tumoren (Uebergang in Karzi- nom?).] Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1907, xx,431.—Tonden Velden. Die gemeinsame Grundlage von Schwind- sucht und Krebs. Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1908, xviii, 234.—Weinberg (W.) Die Beziehungen zwischen Krebs und Tuberkulose. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1906, liii, 1473-1476.—Williams (J. T.) Tuberculosis and carcinoma; case reported. Tr. Luzerne Co. M. Soc. 1910, Wilkes-Barre, Pa., 1911, xviii, 68-70.—Williams [W. R.) Cancer and phthisis as correlated diseases. Lancet, Lond., 1887, i, 977. Tuberculosis in cattle. (See Tuberculosis (Bovine). Tuberculosis in children [and in- fants]. See, also, Meningitis (Tuberculous) in chil- dren; Scrofulous children (Seaside hospitals for); Tuberculosis (Congenital); Tuberculosis (Glandular) in children; Tuberculosis (Hered- ity in); Tuberculosis (Prevention of) in chil- dren; Tuberculosis (Pulmonary) in children; Tuberculosis (Surgical) in children; Tubercu- losis in schools, etc. Aviragnet (P.-C.-E.) *De la tuberculose chez les enfants. 4°. Paris, 1892. Braun (F.) Skrofulose und Tuberkulose des Kindesalters. 12°. Leipzig, 1902. Claus (L.-P.) Etude sur la tuberculose in- fantile. [Nancy.] 8°. Malzeville, 1901. Delepine (S.) The share taken by human and bovine tuberculous products in the infec- tion of young children. 8°. London, 1912. TUBERCULOSIS. 937 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis in children [and in- fants]. Delius (R. D. K.) * Beitrag zur Kasuistik der Tuberkulose im Kindesalter. 8°. Miin- ehen, 1905. Dennig (A.) Ueber die Tuberkulose iin Kindesalter. 8°. Leipzig, 1896. Ettixger (N. E.) Bugorchatka v grudnom vozrastle. [Tuberculosis in infancy.] 8°. S.- Peterburg, 1908. Finsterwalder (G.) *Kasuistischer Beitrag zur Lehre von der Tuberkulose im Siiuglings- und friihesten Kindesalter. 8°. Miinehen, 1904. Giarre (C.) La tubercolosi infantile. 8°. Firenze, 1894. Goldschmid (E.) *Zur Kenntnis der Siiug- lingstuberkulose. 8°. Munchen, 1905. Hamburger (F.) Allgemeine Pathologie und Diagnostik der Kindertuberkulose. roy. 8°. Leipzig dc Wien, 1910. Herb (J.) *Ein kleiner Beitrag zur Tuber- kulose in der friihesten Kindheit. 8°. Miin- ehen, 1912. Heukelom (J. B.) & Veldheer (J. G.) Het gulden boek voor de tubereuleuse kinderen. 8°. Amsterdam, 1908. Hutzler (M.) *Casuistischer Beitrag zur Lehre von der Tuberkulose im ersten Kindes- alter. 8°. Miinehen, 1899. Legrand (G.) * Contribution a I'etude des rapports de la tuberculose avec quelques der- matoses de l'enfance. 8°. Paris, 1898. Maleterre (A.) Contribution a I'etude de la tuberculose de la premiere enfance. 8°. Nancy, 1905. Mizoguchi (O.) *Ein Beitrag zur Lokalisa- tion der Tuberkulose im Kindesalter. 8°. Miinehen, 1910. Motschin (Sarra). * Ueber Tuberkulose im ersten Lebensjahre. 8°. Zurich, 1910. Mutelet (M.-L.-C.) Contribution a I'etude de la tuberculose diffuse chez l'enfant (a l'ex- clusion de la tuberculose miliaire aigue). 8°. Nancy, 1898. Osler(W.) Tuberculosis. 8°. Philadelphia, 1894. In: Am. Text-Bk. Dis. Child. (Starr), 2. ed., Phila., 1898, 270-302,1 pl. Papapanagiotos (A.) 'H (pvuarioodn itapa xfj a. naidiKff yXiKiex.. 8°. ,A8fjvai, 1900. Parel (A.-A.) ^Observations faites a l'Hopi- tal des enfants de Bale sur la tuberculose dans la premiere annee de l'enfance. [Basel.] 8°. Neuchdtel, 1901. Simon (P.) Conferences cliniques sur la tu- berculose des enfants. 8°. Paris, 1893. Syrkin (C.) * Ueber Tuberkulone im Kindes- alter vom zweiten bis zum eechsten Lebens- jahre. 8°. Zurich, 1907. Tuberculosis in infancy and childhood, its pathology, prevention, and treatment. By various writers. Edited by T. N. Kelynack. 8°. London, 1908. -----. The same. 8°. New York, 1908. Abercromble (J.) Acute tuberculosis [in a girl 2 years old]. Clin. J., Lond., 1898, xii, 323.—Adams (S. S.) A study of four hundred cases of tuberculosis in children. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1905, li, 742-752. [Discus- sion], 842.—Aguilar Jordan (J.) Tuberculosis infan- til Rev valenc. de cien. med., Valencia, 1908, x. 337; 353: 1909 xi,l;49; 65; 90: 1910,xii,257; 314; 330.—Albreclit(IL) Ueber Tuberkulose des Kindesalters. Wien. klin. Wchn- schr., 1909, xxii,327-334.—Araoz All'aro (G.) Latuber- culosis dif usa de los ninos. Rev. Soc. med .Argent., Buenos Aires 1894 iii 157-165. -----■ Sur la tuberculose infantile a Buenos Avr'es. Cong, internat. de med. C.-r. 1903, Ma- drid, 1904, xiv, sect, de p6diat.. 674-687.—A rmaingand. Tuberculosis in children [and in- fants]. Sanatoriums marins pour la cure des enfants debiles.rachi- tiques, lymphatiques, serofuleux, candidats a la tuber- culose. Internat. Tuberk.-Konf. 1902. Ber., Berl.. 1903, i, 215-221.—Aronade (O.) Die Tuberkulose der Siiug- linge. Ergebn.d.inn.Med.u. Kinderh.,Berl.,1909,iv,134- 164.-----. Ueber Siiuglingstuberculose. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1909, xiii, 209-223.—Ausset (E.) Tuber- culose generalisee chez un enfant de 14 mois . . . Rev. mens. d. mal. de l'enf., Par,, 1897, xv, 379-387.—A vila ItIendez(M.) La tuberculosis difusade los ninos (tuber- culosisgeneralizada, cr6nicaapiretica). An.d.Circ.m6d. argent., Buenos Aires, 1895, xviii, 565-573.—Barbier (H.) La tuberculose des nourrissons. Ann. de med. et chir. inf., Par., 1909, xiii, 677-588. Also: Rev. mens, de gynec., d'obstet. etde pediat., Par., 1909, iv, 417-431. Also [Abstr.]: Med. inf., Par., 1910, vii, 25-28.—Barbier (H.) & Tol- lemer. Note sur un cas de bacillose tubereuleuse chez un enfant de 3 ans. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1900, ii, 151-159.—Bauer. Die Tuberkulose im Kindesalter, eine Uebersicht. Internat. Centralbl. f. d. ges. Tuberk.- Forsch., Wiirzb. & Par., 1910, iv, 227-231.—Bergliinz (G.) Nuove note sulla tubercolosi nel bambino. Ri v. di clin. pediat., Firenze, 1905, iii, 115-123. Also [Abstr.]: Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1904, Roma, 1905, xiv, 202- 204.—de Besche (A.) Untersuchungen fiber die tuber- kulose Infektion im Kindesalter. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1913,xxxix,452-454.—Bezy. Con- tribution a la tuberculose infantile. Arch. med. de Tou- louse, 1902, viii, 145-155. Also: Ann.demed. et chir. inf., Par., 1902, vi, 613-620.— Binswanger (E.) Ueber die Frequenz der Tuberculose im ersten Lebensjahre. Arch. f. Kinderh., Stuttg., 1906, xliii, 110-120.—Bovaird (D.), jr. Three steps in the tuberculous process in children, N. York M. J., 1899, lxx, 1-6.—Broadbent (Miss M. E.) Tuberculosis in childhood. Tuberculosis, Lond., 1904-5, iii, 301-307.—Broadbent (W.) The tuberculous child. J. Roy. San. Inst., Lond., 1911-12, xxxii, 148-152.—Bruck (A. W.) Beitrag zur Tuberkulose des Sauglingsalters. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1906, liii, 2385.—Butter- worth (W. W.) Tuberculosis in infancy and child- hood. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1907-8, lx, 1003-1010.—Cnopf. Ueber Tuberculose im Kindesalter. Sitz.-Protok. d. arztl. Lokalver. zu Nurnb. 1893, Munchen, 1894, 1-15. Also: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1893, xl, 727; 751.— Comby (J.) Tuberculose chez un nourrisson de cin- quante-six jours. Arch, de m6d. d. enf., Par., 1900, iii, 547. -----. Tuberculose chez un enfant de quarante jours. Ibid., 1904, vi, 98-101— Copeland (E. P.) Tu- berculosis in early life. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1913, lxxxiii, 476^78.—Cozzolino (O.) Intorno ad alcune odierne quistioni diagnostiche e prognostiche relative alia tubercolosi nell' infanzia. Pediatria, Napoli, 1912, 2. s., xx, 721-736. — Cummins (W. T.) Tubercu- losis in orphan children. Rep. Henry Phipps Inst., study . . . tuberculosis, Phila., 1905-6, 381-387.—Da- nel (L.) Tuberculose generalisee chez une fillette de 2 ans; volumineux tubercules du foie et cavernes biliaires. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1898, ii, 203-206 — Derecq (L.) La tuberculose infantile. Med. inf., Par., 1899, ii, 221-227.—Dingwall-Fordyce (A.) The diag- nosis and treatment of a common form of dyspepsia and of early tuberculous infection in children. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, i, 251-263.—Dossin (M.) La tuberculose chez le nourrisson. Scalpel, Liege, 1911-12, lxiv, 703.— Dunn (C. H.) Recent advances in the knowledge of tu- berculosis in early life. Boston M.& S.J.,1907,clvii,389-393. Also, Reprint.—Duperie (R.) Gommes tuberculeuses hypodermiques multiples chez un nourrisson; meningite aigue terminale & meningocoques et a. bacilles de Koch. Arch, de med. d. enf., Par., 1912, xv, 599-609.—Duthoit (R.) Latuberculosedansl'enfance. Clinique,Brux.,1912, 535-545—Englemann (Rosa). Pedriatric aspect of tuberculosis. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1898- 9, iii, 11-13.— Fttlinger (N.) DieTuberkulo.se im Saug- lingsalter. St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr., 1910, xxxv, 317-323.—Feer (E.) Het voorkomen van tuberculose bij kinderen. Nosok6mos. Tijdschr. d. Nederl. Vereen. ... V. Verpleg., Amst., 1900-1901, i, 106-112. —Feld- mann (I.) Adatok a gyermek- es kiilonosen a csecse- mokor tuberculosisahoz. [Contribution on tuberculosis in children and especially in nurslings.] Budapesti orv. ujsag, 1906, iv, 663; 682— Finkelshteln (L. O.) K voprosu o bugorchatkle u dletel. [Tuberculosis in chil- dren.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1908, xv, 1097; 1127.— Fischer (L.) Infantile tuberculosis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- cago, 1898, xxxi, 1007-1011. Also, Reprint.—Fischl (R.) Neueres zur Pathogenese und Diagnostik der infantilen Tuberkulose. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1910, xxxv, 479- 483.—Frazier(B. C.) Tuberculosis of childhood. Am. Pract. & News, Louisville, 1901, xxxi, 44H50. [Discus- sion], 462-470.—French (G. T.) Tuberculosis in chil- dren. Mass. M. J., Bost., 1901, xxi, 395-403.—Fyodoroff (P. I.) DIetskiy tuberkulyoz. [Tuberculosis of chil- dren.] Prakt. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1908, vii, 407; 419; 437; 456; 467.—Geipel (P.) Ueber Siiuglingstuberkulose. Jahresb. d. Gesellsch. f. Natur- u. Heilk. in Dresd. 1903-4, TUBERCULOSIS. 938 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis in children [and in- fants]. Miinehen, 1905, 74-76. [Discussion], 77-81. -----. Ueber Sauglingstuberkulose; eine Studie. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infektionskrankh., Leipz., 1906-7, liii, 1-88, 2 pl.—Gene- vrler. Syndrome pedonculaire complexe. Bull. Soc. de pecliat.de Par., 1908, x, 177-181.—Giorgi (G.) Tu- berculosi linfoematogena in una neonata. Pediatria, Napoli, 1909,2. s., vii, 687-694.—Goldschmidt (F.) Zur Casuistik der Tuberculose im Kindesalter; nach Beob- achtungen aus dem Niirnberger Kinderspital. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1893, xl, 1001. Also: Sitz.-Protok. d. iirztl. Lokalver. zu Numb., 1893, Munchen, 1894, 23-25.— Grant (Sir J.) Our children and tuberculosis. Canada Lancet, Toronto, 1905-6, xxxix, 783-786. Also: Montreal M. J., 1906, xxxv, 331-334.—Grinnan (St. G. T.) Tuber- culosis in children. Richmond J. Pract., 1905, xix, 138-147. Also: Gaillard's South. Med., Savannah, 1905, lxxxiii, 134-143. Also: Old Dominion J. M. & S., Richmond, 1905-*;, iv, 62-69. Also: Virginia M. Semi- Month., Richmond, 1905-6, x, 131-135. Also [Abstr.]: Am. J. Tuberc., Detroit, 1905, i, no. 3, 3-7. Also [Abstr.]: South. M. & S., Chattanooga, 1906, iv, 158-161.—Grosz (G.) A gyermekkori tuberculosisrol. (Tuberculosis in children.] Gyermekorvos, Budapest, 1907, 25-30.— Grilnfeld (F.) Tuberculosa in prima copilarie. [Tu- berculosis in young children.] Spitalul, Bucuresci, 1904, xxiv, 106-113.—Guglielmettl (E.) Della tubercolosi tra i bambini ed i fanciulli considerata dal punto di vista delle sorgenti d' infezione, della profilassi e della cura ospedaliera. Policlin., Roma, 1904, xi, sez. prat., 1023- 1031.—Hamburger (F.) Die Tuberkulose als Kinder- krankheit. Munchen.med.Wchnschr., 1908,lv,2702-2704. -----. Die Tuberkulose als Kinderkrankheit. Ibid., 1909, lvi, 398-400. Also, transl [Abstr.]: Gazz.internaz. di med., Napoli, 1909, xii, 37. -----. Tuberkulose und Kindheit. Veroffentl. d. osterr. Zentralkom. z. Bekampf. d. Tuberk., Wien,1911,1.Hft.,301-317.—Hamburger (F.) &Sluka (E.) Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Tuberkulose im Kindesal- ter. Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1905, lxii, 517-536.—Hap- pel(W. H.) Tuberculosis in children. Albany M. Ann., 1900, xxi, 11-18. -----. Zur Frage der Tuberculose im Kindesalter. Wien. med. BL, 1901, xxiv,_ 95-97. Also: Med.-chir. Centralbl., Wien, 1901, xxxvi, 36,-3,0.—Har- bitz (F.) Bidrag til kjendskapet til tuberkulosen i bar- nealderen. [Tuberculosis in childhood.] Norsk Mag. f. Lsegevidensk., Kristiania, 1913. 5. R., xi, 1-36, 1 pl.— Hawes (J. B. ),2d. The tuberculosis problem as applied to children. Boston M. & S. J., 1910, clxiii, 904-906.— Hecker (R.) Ueber Tuberculose im Kindes- und Saug- lingsalter. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1894, xli, 391; 413.—Hohlfeld. Ueber Sauglingstuberkulose. Ver- handl. d. Versamml. d. Gesellsch. f. Kinderh. . . . deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, Wiesb., 1907, xxiv, 26-28.—Huber (J. B.) Some aspects of tuberculosis in children. Pediatrics, N. Y., 1907, xix, 65.5-659.—Hutinel (V.) L'evolution schematique de la tuberculose infantile. Pediatrie prat., Lille, 1910, viii, 563-565.— Hutinel (V.) & Lereboullet (P.) Les etapes de la tuberculose chez les enfants. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, ii, 206-211. Also: Rev. mens. d. mal. de l'enf., Par., 1906, xxiii, 481- 495—Hutinel (V.) & Tixier (L.) La tuberculose latente des nourrissons, son diagnostic. Rev. de la tu- berculose, Par., 1912,2. s., ix, 97-163.—Hymanson (A.) Tuberculosis in young children. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1912, xxix, 591-595.—Ibrahim (J.) Die SaiiKlingstnber- kulose im Lichte alterer und neuerer Forsclmngen. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1905. iv, 33-56.—lo vane (A.) Tubercolosi primaria dell'intestino con incipiente tubercolosi secondaria del pulmone in un bambino di trenta mesi. Pediatria, Napoli, 1904, 2. s., ii, 253-259.— Jaeobi (A.) Tuberculosis and children. Charities, N. Y.,1903,xi,308-316. -----. Tuberculosis in children. Ibid., 1908-9, xxi, 193-196.—Jacobson (G.) Nouvelle contri- bution a I'etude des tubercules et cavernes biliaires chez l'enfant. Rev. mens. d. mal. de l'enf., Par., 1898, xvi, 473- 499.—Kayserling (A.) Bemerkungen iiber Tuberku- lose bei Kindern. Rothe Kreuz, Berl., 1903, xxvi, 480.— Keene (T. V.) Tuberculosis in children. J. Indiana M. Ass., Fort Wayne, 1912, v, 405-469.—Kelynack (T.N.) The tuberculous child. J. Rov. Inst. Pub. Health, Lond., 1907, xv, 598-609. -----. Tuberculosis and the child. Brit. J. Tuberculosis, Lond., 1912, vi, 219-226. —Kerley (C. G.) Tuberculosis in children. N. York State J. M., N. Y., 1908, viii, 246-2)8. Also [Abstr.]: Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1908, lviii, 321.—Kettner. Tuberkulosa v nejiitlej- sim veku dfitskem. [Tuberculosis in children of tender age.] Casop. 16k. ecsk., v Praze, 1895, xxxiv, 43-47.— Klepetar ( D.) Ein Beitrag zur Kasuistik der Sau- glingstuberkulose. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1905, xxx, 4. — Knopf ( S. A.) Overcoming the predisposition to tuberculosis and the danger from infection during childhood. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1908, lxxiv, 949-955 — Koplik (H.) Tuberculosis in infancy and childhood. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1912, xxiii, 113-120 — Kossel (H.) Ueber die Tuberculose im friihen Kin- desalter. Ztschr.f.Hyg.u.Infectionskrankh., Leipz., 1895, xxi, 59-88.—Landouzy. Tuberculose infantile et fa- Tuberculosis in children [and in- fants]. miliale. J. de m6d. et chir. prat, Par., 1906, lxxvii, 572.— Lapage (C. P.) Tuberculous infection and tubercu- lous disease in infancy and childhood. Brit. M. J Lond., 1912, ii, 1375-1377.—von Leube. Ueber die Be- kiimpfung der Tuberkulose im Kindesalter. Tuberkulo- sis, Berl., 1913, xii, 3-19.—Levy-Franckel (A.) Sur un cas de tuberculose diffuse chez un nourrisson de 2 mois i. Tribune med., Par., 1907, n. s., xxxix, 215.— Iiillie (C. W.) Tuberculosis in infants and children Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1909, xvi, 261-267.—Linden (K. E.) De senaste arens forskning rorande barntuber- kulosen och dess bekiimpande. [Studies during the last years on tuberculosis of children.] Finska lak-sallsk. handl., Helsingfors. 1910, Iii, pt. 2, 49-74.—Lister (T. D.) The terminations of tubercle infection occurring in childhood. Med.Mag., Lond., 1901, x, 166-170.—Longo (T.) La diffusione della tubercolosi nei neonati. Tuber- colosi, Milano, 1908, i, 57.—McKee & Biesman. Or- gans from a case of general tuberculosis in a child. Tr. Path. Soc. Phila. (1893-5), 1896, xvii, 232-235—Marfan. De la tuberculose generalisee, chronique, apyretique des nourrissons et des enfants du premier age. Semaine med., Par., 1892, xii, 509-511. Also, transl: Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 1893, n. s., xv, 171-181. -----. De la tu- berculose chez les enfants. Independ. med., Par., 1896, ii, 17.—Matthews (P.) A case of tuberculosis of the retro-pharyngeal glands, larynx, and temporal bone in a child, aged 2 years. Brit. J. Child. Dis., Lond., 1905, ii, 507- 510.—Max. Cas de tuberculose generalisee chez un en- fant de trois mois et demi. Ann. Soc. d'anat. path, de Brux., 1893, no. 42, 35.—MedovikoiT (S. P.) Chastota bugorchatki u dletel. [Frequencv of tuberculosis in chil- dren.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1910, ix, 2115-2117.— Mensi(E.) Contributo alio studio della tubercolosi in- fantile. Gazz. med. di Torino, 1894, xiv, 661; 581. -----. Sopra un caso di tubercolosi in un bambino di quattro mesi. Atti d. Cong, pediat. ital. 1905, Roma, 1906, v, 98.— Michael (May). Resume of work on tuberculosis in children for 1912. Am. J. Dis. Child., Chicago, 1913,v. 162- 196.— Michalowicz (M.) Odrebnoscgruzlicy w wieku dzieciecym, jej rozpoznaniei sposoby leczenia. [Tubercu- losis in childhood, its diagnosis and treatment.] Zdrowie, Warszawa, 1912, xxviii, 74; 165.—Monti (A.) Tubercu- lose im Kindesalter. Wien. Klinik, 1899, xxv, 191-276.— Moro (E.) Neuere Forschungsergebnisse auf dem Ge- biete der Tuberkulose im Kindesalter. Jahresk. f. iirztl. Fortbild., Munchen, 1910, 6. Hft., 41-66.—Morquio (L.) Tuberculosis infantil. Bol. d. Cons. sup. de salub., S.Sal- vador, 1909, viii, 407-434: 1910, ix, 162. Also: Rev. med. d. Uruguay, Montevideo, 1910, xiii, 6-27. — Muggia (A.) La tubercolosi nei lattanti. Tommasi, Napoli, 1911, vi, 793-802.—Nauwelaers. Tuberculose de la premiere enfance. Presse m6d. beige, Brux., 1905, lvii, 1109-1141.— Oliari (A.) La tuberculosi nei bambini. Rassegna di pediat., Roma, 1910, i, 17-24.—Oppenheimer (K.) Ue- ber die Gewiehtsverhaltnisse des Korpers und der Organe bei Tuberculosen im iugendlichen Alter. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1895, xlii, 467-471—Orr (H. W.) Tuberculo- sis in children; a brief review of sixty-seven papers read at the International Congress on Tuberculosis, Washing- ton, D. O, September 28-October 3, 1908. Bull. Univ. Ne- braska Coll.Med..Lincoln, 1908,iii,lll-122. AIso,Reprint.— Osier (W.) Notes on tuberculosis in children. Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc, N. Y., 1893, v, 178-185. Also: Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1893, x, 979-986. Also, Reprint.—Otis (E. O.) The mother and the child in the tuberculosis problem. Bos- ton M. &S. J., 1910, clxii, 233-238.—Owen (E.) Notes on some tuberculous affections in children. Birmingh. M. Rev., 1901, xlix, 1-26. Also: Med. Mag., Lond., 1901, x, 78; 222.— Pannwitz (K.) Die zur Zeit herrsehenden Anschauungen iiber Kindertuberkulose. Vrtljschr. f. ge- richtl. Med., Berl., 1911, 3. F., xli, 398-416.—Penrose (F. G.) A lecture on tuberculosis in children. Clin. J., Lond., 18934, iii, 387-390.—von Pirquet. Ueber Tu- berkulose im Kindesalter. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xlviii, 690.—Pogue (G. R.) Tuberculosis in childhood. Colorado Med., Denver, 1910, vii, 136-139.—Pol la k (R.) Ueber Sauglingstuberkulose. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1911, xix, 373-396.—Potter (H. N.) Tuberculo- sis of the young. Vermont M. Month., Burlington, 1898, iv, 29-37.—Preisieli (K.) Tuberkulose im Sauglings- und Kindesalter. Beibl. z. d. Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1911, ix, 1-28. Also: Wien. med.Wchnschr., 1911, Ixi, 190; 261; 31* — Pritchard (E.) Tuberculosis in children. Practitioner, Lond.,1913, xc,280- 295.—Bachford (B. K.) Anaemia of tuberculosis. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1892, ix, 801-824. Also: Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc. 1892,[N.Y.],1893.iv,151-17t.—Baczyhski(L) Wsprawie gruzlicy u dzieci; czestose i szerzenie sie gruzlicy u dzieci; uwagi nad jej rozpoznawaniem. [Tuberculosis in chil- dren; frequency and propagation of it among them; on its diagnosis.] Przegl. lek., Krak6w, 1900, xxxix, 410-443. Also, transl: Jahrb. f. Kinderh.. Berl., 1901, n. F., liv, 67- 88 —Banners (E.) Tuberkulosen i barnealderen. [Sur la tuberculose de l'enfance. Res., 328.] Norsk Mag. f. Lsegevidensk., Kristiania, 1902, 4. R., xvii, 221-269.— TUBERCULOSIS. 939 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis in children [arid in- fants]. Bemy (C.) Tuberculose du premier age. J. de clin. et de therap. inf., Par., 1893, i, 49-53.—Rich (H. M.) Tu- berculosis in children; some aspects of the problem. J. Mich. M. Soc, Battle Creek, 1911, x, 97-106. Also: Pedia- trics, N. Y., 1911, xxiii, 148-157.—Rlchardiere (H.) Formes cliniques de la tuberculose du 1" &ge. Ann. de med. et chir. inf., Par., 1900, ix, 661-670.—Risinger (W. E.) Tuberculosis in children. Med. Mirror, St. Louis, 1900, xi, 268-274.—Bitter & Vehling. Kind- heits-Tuberkulose und Immunitat. Berl. klin. Wchn- schr., 1909, xlvi, 1924-1929.—Blvlere (C.) Tuberculosis in children. St. Barth. Hosp. J., Lond., 1902-3, x, 99- 104.—Sanhueza (A. C.) Tuberculosis infantil. Rev. med. de Chile, Sant. de Chile, 1911, xxxix, 1; 80.— Scliarlieb (Mary A. D.) Tuberculosis in women and children. Brit. J. Tuberculosis, Lond., 1907, i, 239-250.— Scharling (H.) Der infantile Mongolismus und die Tuberkulose. Ztschr. f. d. Erforsch. u. Behandl. d. jugendl. Schwachsinns, Jena, 1910, iv. 45-60.—Schel- tema (G.) Kindertuberculose. Nederl. maandschr. v. verlosk. en vrouwenziekten en v. kindergenees., Leiden, 1912, i, 66; 161. Also: Ibid., 258; 444.—Schindler (I.) N6- kolik pozorovani o krupieovite tuberkulosi z detske ne- mocnice FrantiSka Josefa. [Some observations on crou- pous tuberculosis from the Francis Joseph Children's Hospital.] Casop. lek. cesk., v Praze, 1863, ii, 140; 152; 165.—Schl ossmann (A.) Ueber Tuberkulose im f riihen Kindesalter. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1902, Leipz., 1903, ii, 2. Hlfte., 285-288. -----. Die Tuberkulose im friihen Kindesalter. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiiizb., 1906, vi, 229-247. -----. Tuberculose. Handb. d. Kinderh. (Pfaundler u. Schlossmann), Leipz., 1906, i, 952-1007,4 pl. Also, transl: Dis. child. . . . Pfaund- ler & Schlossmann. Eng. transl., Phila. & Lond., 1908, ii, 568-611, 4 pl. — Schoedel (J.) Sauglingstuberku- lose und Sauglingsfiirsorge. Ztschr. f. Siiuglingsschutz, Berl., 1913, v, 45-54. — Shor ( G. V.) Materiall k voprosu o bugorchatkle v dietskom vozrastle. [Tuber- culosis in children] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1904, xi, 1231; 1258; 1279; 1321 — Sonnenberger. Der gegen- wartige Stand der Lehre von der Tuberkulose des Kin- desalters. Kinderarzt, Leipz., 1910, xxi, 145: 169. -----. Neuere Beitrage zur Pathogenese, Aetiologie, Prophy- laxe und Therapie der Tuberkulose des Kindesalters. Ibid., 1912, xxiii, 193-201.—Steffenhagen (K.) Unter- suchungen iiber Sauglingstuberkulose. Tuberk.-Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, Berl., 1912,11. Hft., 52-170.—Still (G. F.) Tuberculosis in childhood. Practitioner, Lond., 1901, lxvii, 91-103.—Stirnimann (F.) Tuberkulose im ersten Lebensjahre. Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1905, Ixi, 756-774. -----. Tuberkulose des Siiuglings. Heilkunde, Berl., 1905, 437-442.—Sumida (M.) [The tuberculosis of nurslings.] Igaku Chuwo Zasshi, Tokyo, 1905, no. 25, 4-15.—Szontagh (F.) Az infantilis giimokor neti&ny kerdeserol. [Some questions of infantile tuberculosis.] Budapesti orv. ujsag, 1905, iii, 65-77. — Torday (F.) Adatok a gyermekkor tuberculosis&hoz. [Contributions to tuberculosis in children.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1897, xli, 529; 543: 555. -----. A csecsemokori gumok6r- rol. [Tuberculosis in infancy.] Budapest, orv. ujsag, 1908, vi, 827-830.—Townsend (C. W.) An unusual case of tuberculosis in an infant. Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc. 1905, N. Y., 1906, xvii, 123-132. Also: Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1906, xxiii, 1-10. Also, Reprint. Also: Boston M. & S. J., 1905, cliii, 17-19—Triboulet (H.) & Ribadeau- Dumas. Osteoperiostites nodulaires symetriques des os plats du cr&ne chez les nourrissons tuberculeux. Arch. de med. d. enf., Par., 1910, xiii, 731-743.—Tubercolosi. Osp. d. bambini in Milano. Rendic, 1899-1901, 48-69.— Tuberkulose im Kindesalter. Tuberculosis, Berl., 1907, vi, 61-105.—Ustinoflr"(A. N.) K kazuitikle tuber- kuloza u grudnlkh dietel. [Tuberculosis among nurs- lings.] Trudi Obsh. dietsk. vrach. 1895-6, Mosk., 1897, iv, 28-53. -----. K voprosu o tuberkulozle u dlete!. [On tuberculosis in children.] Ibid., 69-98— Wakushima (M.) Ueber das Verhalten der Tuberkulose im Stiuglings- organismus. Arb. a. d. Geb. d. path. Anat. u. Bakteriol. . . . zu Tubing., Brnschwg., 1911, vii, 521-545.—Wasser- mann (A.) Beitrag zur Lehre von der Tuberkulose im friihesten Kindesalter. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infektions- krankh., Leipz., 1894, xvii, 343-354, 1 pl. Tuberculosis in children (Causes and transmission of). See aho Tuberculosis (Pathology of) in chil- dren. de Besche (A.) Bakteriologiske studier over barnetuberkulose. 8°. Kristiania, 1912. Braschi (M.) Sulle vie d'ingresso della tu- bercolosi nei bambini. 16°. Qitta di Costello, 1903. Tuberculosis in children (Causes and transmission of). Constantinovitch (C.) * Essai sur la tuber- culose de la premiere enfance; la porte d'entree principale du bacille, sa localisation primitive dans les ganglions. 8°. Paris, 1899. Duenas (J. L.) Etiologia de la tuberculosis infantil. 8°. Habana, 1903. Kempner (W.) Beitrag zur Aetiologie des Sauglingstuberkulose. 8°. Munchen, 1894. Piettre (0.) * Voies d'introduction de la tuberculose chez les enfants. R61e de la conta- gion familiale. 8°. Paris, 1905. Semlinger (C.) * Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Genese der Tuberkulose im Sauglingsalter. 8°. Munchen, 1900. Zellpelder ([K.] A.) *Casuistischer Bei- trag zur Entstehung der Sauglingstuberkulose. 8°. Miinehen, 1904. Auden (G. A.) The focus of tuberculous infection in children. St. Barth. Hosp. Rep. 1899, Lond., 1900, xxxv, 79-^0.—Aulrecht. Lungentuberkulose und Pflege. Zt- schr.f. Krankenpfl.,Berl.,1901,xxiii,51-58. See, also, infra, Moeller.— Baginski. Sur la propagation dela tubercu- lose chez les enfants. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1910, xviii, 5-7.—Bartel (J.) Ueber Tuberculoseinfek- tion im Sauglinsalter durch Meerschweinchen. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1910, xxiii, 1025-1029.—Beitzke (H.) Ueber Untersuchungen an Kindern in Riicksieht auf die von Behring'sche Tuberkulose-lnfectionstheorie. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1905, xlii, 33-35. [Discussion], 76 — Bolt (R. A.) The babv in the tuberculous home. Cleveland M. J., 1910, ix,"495-505. — Bovaird (D.), jr. The portals of entry and sources of infection in the tuberculosis of children. N. York, State J. M., N. Y., 1906, vi, 349-353.—Calmette (A.) Etiologie de la tuber- culose infantile. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1906, x, 565-568. Also: Presse med., Par., 1906, xiv, 833. -----. Intestinal infection and immunity in tuberculosis. Har- vey Lect. 1908-9, Phila. & Lond., 1910, 13-26. —Carr (J.W.) The starting point of tuberculous disease in children. Tr. M. Soc. Lond., 1893-4, xvii, 288-304. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1894, i, 1177-1181. — Charrin & Nattan-JLarrier. Lesions constatees chez des nou- veau-nes non tuberculeux mais issus de meres tubercu- leuses. Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1898, 10. s., v, 1025.—Comby (J.) Etiologie et prophylaxie de la tuberculose infantile. Med. mod.. Par., 1899. x, i. -----. Etiologie de la tuberculose infantile. Presse med., Par., 1906, xiv, 765. -----. Contagion familiale de la tubercu- lose chez l'enfant. Bull, de la Ligue contre la tuberc. en Touraine, Tours, 1908, v, 25-27. -----. R&le de la conta- gion humaine dans la tuberculose infantile. Arch, de m6d. d. enf., Par., 1909, xii, 161-169.—Coon (W. H.) Eighteen cases of tuberculosis among children employed in textile factories. Month. Bull. State Bd. Health, Mass., Bost., 1911, vi, 49-52.— Copeland (E. P.) The relation of the infectious diseases, measles, whooping- cough, and influenza, to tuberculosis in childhood. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1909, xxvi, 490-495.—Cuoghi- Costantini (F.) Sulle vie d' ingresso dell' infezione tubercolare nei bambini. Corriere san., Milano, 1902, xiii, 443-447.—Davies (S.) The role of the public house in tuberculous infection of children. Brit. J. Inebr., Lond., 1907-8, v, 218-220.—Dieudonne. Experimentelle Un- tersuchungen fiber die Tubckulose-lnfektion im Kin- desalter. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1901, xlviii, 1439. -----. Ueber die Tuberkulose Infektion im Kindes- alter. Aerztl. Prax., Berl. u. Leipz., 1902, xv, 291. Also: Heilstatten-Bote, Frankf. a. M., 1902, 59.—Dotti (G. A.) Ueber Kinderkrankheiten mit besonderer Beziehung zur familiaren Belastung durch Tuberkulose. Monatschr_f. Kinderh., Leipz. u. Wien, 1909-10, viii, 535-537, 1 diag.— Emrys-Roberts (E.) The portals of entry of#the tubercle bacillus, especially in childhood. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1913, i, 210-212.—Engel. Sauglingstuberculose und Ernahrung. Monatschr. f. Kinderh., Leipz. u. Wien, 1908-9, vii, 28-35. -----. Zur Anatomie der Sauglings- tuberculose. Verhandl. d. Versamml. d. Gesellsch. f. Kinderh. . . . deutsch. Naturf. u. Aertze 1908, Wiesb., 1909, xxv, 97-99.—Escherich (T.) Die Infektionswege der Tuberkulose, insbesondere im Sauglingsalter. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1909, xxii. 515-522.—Finkelstein (H.l Die tuberkulose Infektion im Sauglingsalter. Ztschr. i. arztl. Fortbild., Jena, 1904, i, 14; 41. —Floyd (C.) & Bo wditch (H. I.) A clinical study of the transmission and progress of tuberculosis in children through family association. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1909, xxvi, 177-188. Also: Boston M. & S. J., 1908, clix, 783- 787. — Free- man ( R. G.) Infantile tuberculosis; its portals of TUBERCULOSIS. 940 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis in children (Causes and transmission of). entry, topographv, and clinical manifestations. Med. N. Y., 1905, lxxxvi, 967-972. — Friedmann (F. F.) Ueberdie Bedeutung der Gaumentonsillen von jungen Kindern als Eingangspforte fiir die tuberkulose Infection. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1900, xxviii, 66-135. Also [Abstr.]: Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1900, xxvi, 381-383.— Ganghofner. Zur Frage der Futterungstubercu- lose. Arch. f. Kinderh., Stuttg., 1903, xxxvii, 451^62 — Gastou. Portes d'entree de la tuberculose chez l'en- fant. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, ii, 334-339. — Gautrelet ( E. ) Influence de l'heredo- alcoolisme sur 1'evolution de la tuberculose infantile. Rev. theor. et prat. d. mal. de la nutrit., Par., 1898, vi, 405-411. — Guthrie ( L. G. ) The distribution and origin of tuberculosis in children; an analysis of post- mortem records in 77 cases. Lancet, Lond., 1899, i, 286- 290.—Hamburger (F.) ZurKenntnisderTuberkulose- infektion im Kindesalter. Festschr. enthalt. Arb. ii. Tuberk. . . . xvi. Internat. Tuberk.-Konf. [etc.], Wien u. Leipz., 1907, 34-45. Also: Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1907, xx, 1069-1073. -----. Ueber die Stichreaktion bei der Diagnose kindlicher Tuberkulose. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1909, lvi, 22.—Hasche-Klilnder. Die Tuberkulose im Sauglingsalter vom Standpunkte der offentlichen Gesundheitspflege. Mitt. a. d. Hamb. Staats- krankenanst., 1909, ix, 295-326.—Hauser. Aetiologie und Infektionsmodus der Kindertuberkulose; Sammelre- ferat. Monatschr. f. Kinderh., Leipz. u. Wien, 1906, v, 125-135.—Hedren (G.) Pathologische Anatomie und Infektionsweise der Tuberkulose der Kinder, besonders der Sauglinge. Ztschr. f. Hvg. u. Infektionskrankh., Leipz., 1912, Ixxiii, 273-323.—Heimann (G.) Die Le- bensaussichten der Kinder tuberkuloser Schwangerer und Wochnerinnen. Med. Reform, Berl., 1908, xvi, 586.— Heymann (B.) Weitere Beitrage zur Frage iiber die Beziehungen zwischen Siiuglingsernilhrung und Tu- berkulose. Ztschr. f. Hvg. u. Infektionskrankh., Leipz., 1908, lx, 424-445—Hiekey (C. G.) Avenues of tubercu- lous infection in children. Colorado Med., Denver, 1908, v, 491-49.").—Holt (L. E.) Tuberculosis in infancy and early childhood with special reference to the mode of in- fection. Med. News, N. Y., 1896, lxix, 656-659.-----. Some points in infantile tuberculosis; the frequency and mode of infection, etc. Arch. Pediat., N. Y.,1907, xxiv, 641-645.— Hutinel (V.) Les portes d'entree de la tu- berculose chez les nourrissons. Arch, de med. d. enf.. Par., 1909, xii, 481-496.—Hynds (R. W.) Origin of tu- berculosis in children. Tr. M. Ass. Georgia, Atlanta, 1905, lvi, 422-431. Also: Pediatrics, N. Y., 1906, xviii, 78-84. Also: Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1905-6, x, 77-80. — Iovane (A.) Grave tubercolosi in un bambino di 10 mesi; combinazione delle sindromi di Benedict e di Millard-Gluber (autopsia e reperto isto- logico.) Pediatria, Napoli, 1903, 2. s., i, 776-789.—K.elly- nack (T. N.) Tuberculous and tuberculouslv dis- posed children. J. Rov. Inst. Pub. Health, Lond.', 1908, xvi, 66.">-670. Also: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1908, n. s., lxxxvi. 340-342.—Kingsford (L.) The channels of infection in tuberculosis in childhood. Lancet, Lond., 1904, ii, 889-892.—Knrikopoulos (O. P.) 'AinoAoyia tt)s ? rdv nai8u>v. TaTpixbs fj.r)vvTtop 'A&rjvai, 1907, vii 66; 76.—Labbe (M.) Tuberculose generalisee chez un enfant de quatre mois; tubercules du pericarde visceral et de la face externe de l'aorte; caverne pulmo- naire. Bull, et m6m. Soc. anat. de Par., 1899, lxxiv, 191.— IiUton(E.) Un casde contagion dela tuberculose. Union med. du nord-est, Reims, 1894, xviii, 99.— McCrae (J.) The pathology of tuberculosisin children. Arch. Pediat., N. Y.,1908, xxv, 277-282.—Manara (G.) Sulle vie d'in- gresso della infezione tubercolare nei bambini. Corriere san., Milano, 1903, xiv, 565-567.—Marian (A.-B.) Sur un cas de tuberculose par ingestion chez une flllette de 16 mois (tuberculose dela bouche, des ganglions du cou et de l'intestin). Rev. mens. d. mal. de l'enf., Par., 1896, xiv, 273-279.— Mathews (P.) On the etiologv of tuber- culosis in infancy and childhood. Brit. J. Child. Dis., Lond., 1906, iii, 96-110.—Moeller (A.) Die angebliche Gefahr der Infektion mit Tuberkelbaeillen fiir die in Sandhaufen spielenden Kinder: eine Bemerkung zudem Artikel: Tuberkulose und Pflege von Dr. Aufrecht. Ztschr. f. Krankenpfl., Berl., 1901, xxiii, 110-112.—Mon- corvo filho. A tuberculose e ascollectividadesinfantis. Arch. Latino-Am. de pediat., Buenos Aires, 1912, v, 352- 374— Muratore (A.) Sulle vie d' ingresso dell' infe- zione tubercolare nei bambini. Corriere san., Milano, 1901 xv, 1037-1040.—Oliari (A.) Eredita e predisposizione nella tubercolosi infantile. Pediatria.Napoli,1910,2.s.,viii, 339-368. — Ostermann (A.) Die Bedeutung der Kon- taktinfektion ftir die Ausbreitung der Tuberkulose. na- mentlich im Kindesalter. Ztschr. f. Hvg. u. Infektions- krankh., Leipz., 1908, lx, 375-409.—Paisseau & Tixier (L.) Cavernes tuberculeuses biliaires et hvdronephrose chez une enfant de cinq ans. Bull. Soc de pediat. dePar., 1909, xi, 266-270.—Parisot (J.) & Hanns. Recherche du bacille et des anticorps chez un foetus issu de mere Tuberculosis in children (Causes and transmission of). tubereuleuse. Rev. med. de Test, Nancy, 1910, xlii, 236.— Perrin (M.) Tuberculose dans la population ouvriere de Nancy; influence de la tuberculose des parents sur la natalite et sur la morbidite et la mortalite des enfants Ann. demed. et chir. inf., Par.. 1905, ix, 836-846.—Plau- chu & Gardfere. Le nourrisson premature in'- de mere tubereuleuse. Prov. m6d., Par., 1907, xx. 540-515.—Pol- iak (R.) Das Kind im tuberkulosen Milieu. lieitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1911, xix, 469-484.—Poticr (F.) La micropolyadenie dans la tuberculose infantile au point de vue histogenique et pathog6nique. Arch.de med. d. enf., Par., 1905, viii, 738-740.—Pottenger (F. M.) Tuberculosis of childhood with especial reference to infection. South. Calif. Pract., Los Angeles, 1902, xvii, 227-236. Also, Reprint. -----. A study of tuberculous infection; special susceptibility of childhood; causes and methods of infection; factors of development of the dis- ease. N. Y'ork M. J., 1903, lxxvii, 496-502. -----. Tuber- culosis of childhood with especial reference to infection. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1903, iv, 383- 393.—Potter (P. S.) The portals of entry of tubercu- losis in children. Pediatrics, N. Y.,,1911, xxiii, 454-465.— Preisich (K.) & Sell 11 tz (A.) Ujabb adat a tubercu- losissal val6 fert6V.es modjaihoz gyermeknei. [Later con- tribution to the manner of infection of children bv tu- berculosis.] Orvosihetil., Budapest, 1901, xiv, 735; 753.— ----------. A gyermekek tuberculosissal val6 fertoze- senek m6d jai 6s azok megelozese. [Modes of infection of tuberculosis in children, and its prevention.] Ibid., 1902, xlvi, 361; 377.—Price-Jones (('.) An enquiry into the causation of tuberculosis in children. Practitioner, Lond., 1903, lxxi, 191-217.—Revillet. La tuberculose infantile a la campagne; son origine intestinale. Cong. franc, de med. Compt. rend. 1907, Par., 1908,205-208 — Rothe. Untersuchungen iiber tuberkulose Infektion im Kindesalter. Veroffentl. d. R. Koch-Stift. z. Bekampf. d. Tuberk., Leipz., 1911, 2. Hft., 1-11.—Sachs (T. B.) Children of the tuberculous. J. Am. M. Ass.. Chicago, 1908, li, 1413-1416.—Salire (B.) Ein Beitrag zur Frage der tuberkulosen Infektion im ersten Kindesalter. Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1906, lxiii, 1-10.—Saunders (E. W.) The acquisition of tuberculosis in infancy. St. LouisM. Rev., 1904,xlix, 1-3. [Discussion], 6-8.—Schel- tema. Tuberkulose-Infektion unter dem poliklinischen Material des Groninger Kinderkrankenhauses. Ver- handl. d. Versamml. d. Gesellsch. f. Kinderh. .. . deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1911, Wiesb., 1912, xxviii, 184-188 — Schlossmann (A.) Ueber die Entstehung der Tuberkulose im friihen Kindesalter. Ibid., 1905, Wiesb., 1906, 113-130. Also: Arch. f. Kinderh., Stuttg., 1906. xliii, 99-110. Also [Abstr.]: Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1906, li, 389. — Scbilrmayer ( B. ) Zur Aetiologie der Tuberkulose des Kindesalters. Kinder - Arzt, Leipz., 1894, v, 33-36. — Sehlbach ( P. ) Ueber die Haufigkeit der Tuberkulose und die beiden Hauptzeit- punkte der Ansteckung mit derselben im Sauglingsalter. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1908, lv, 322-326—Seratini (A.) La tubercolinizzazione nel periodo della garanzia. N. Ercolani, Pisa, 1905, x,221; 241.—Shennan (T.) Tu- berculosis in children; a statistical examination of the post-mortem records in the Royal Hospital for Sick Chil- dren, Edinburgh. Edinb. Hosp. Rep., 1900, vi, 130-145.— Sherman (H. M.) The sources of contagion of those forms of tuberculosis most commonly seen in children, withcases. Tr.M.Soc.Calif., San Fran.,1894,204-215. Also [Abstr.]: South. Calif.Pract.,LosAngeles,1894,ix,317-323.— still (G. F.) Observations on the morbid anatomy of tuberculosis in childhood. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1899, ii, 455- 458. -----. Observations on the morbid anatomy of tuber- culosis in childhood, with special reference to the primary channels of infection. Pediatrics, N. Y. & Lond., 1899, viii, 335-346. -----. The channels of tubercular infection in childhood. Clin. J., Lond., 1899, xiv,363-367—Suth- erland (H.) The predisposition to tubercle in the child; its nature, signs, and treatment. Edinb. M. J., 1909, ii, 551-562.—Tamayo (F. L.) La diffusione della tuberco- losi nei neonati. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1908, xxii, 138-140.—Terrien (E.) Les principales voies de tubercul isation chez le jeune enfant. J. de med. int., Par., 1909, xiii, 85. — IJngermann ( E.) Untersu- chungen fiber die tuberkulose Infektion der Lymphdrti- sen im Kindesalter; ein Beitrag zur Frage der Infek- tionswege und der Bedeutung der Bazillentypen fiir die Pathologie des Menschen. Tuberk. Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, Berl., 1912, 12. Hft., 109-212. —I'stinofi" (A. N.) Tuberkulvoz u dletel i istochniki yevo proi's- khozhdeniya. [Tuberculosis in children, and its ori- gin.] Trudi Obsh. dietsk. vrach., Mosk., 1898-9, vii, 3_13, — Valagussa ( F.) Sulla tubercolosi infantile: etiologia e patogenesi. Atti d. Cong, pediat. ital. 1905, Roma,1906,v,3H7.—Westenhoeffer. Leber die Wege der tuberculosen Infection im kindlichen Korper. Ver- handl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. 1904, Berl., 1906, xxxv.pt. 2, 31-56. [Discussion], pt. 1, 47; 68. Also: Berl. klin. Wchnschr.. 1904, xli, 153; 191. [Discussion], 202; 256.— Wilson (W. H.) Tuberculosis in children; manner of TUBERCULOSIS. 941 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis in children (Causes and transmission of). invasion, blood conditions and relation to prognosis and progress. N. Am. J. Homceop., N. Y., 1907, lv, 21-25.— Winkler. Zur Pathologie der Tuberkulose des Kindes- alters. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch. 1904, Jena, 1905, viii, 118-128.—Wollstein (Martha). The distribu- tion of tuberculous lesions in infants and young children; a study based on postmortem examinations. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1909, iii, 221-231. — Vokoyama. [Tu- berculosis in a child following hypnotism.] Tokvo, Iji- Shinshi, 1906, 324-328. Tuberculosis in children (Diagnosis of). See, also, Tuberculosis (Diagnosis of) by con- junctival reaction in children; Tuberculosis (Di- agnosis of) by cutaneous reaction in children: Tu- berculosis (Diagnosis of) with tuberculin in chil- dren. Bulitjs (O. W.) *Zur Klinik und Diagnostik der Tuberculose im ersten Lebensjahr. [Ber- lin.] 8°. Leipzig, 1899. Also, in: Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Leipz., 1899, n. F., xlix, 304- 340. Hahn (B.) *Die Prognose der offenen Tu- berkulose im Kindesalter. [Berlin.] roy. 8°. Leipzig, 1911. Lubowski (P.) *Zur Kenntnis des Verlaufs. der Tuberkulose im Kindesalter. 8°. Berlin, [1907]. Luzzati (T.) * Ricerche cliniche e conside- razioni critiche, sui moderni metodi d' indagine per la diagnosi della tubercolosi occulta nei bam- bini, roy. 8°. Borna, 1910. Michoff (M.) Contribution a I'etude de quelques formes de la tuberculose chez l'enfant. 8°. Montpellier, 1902. Takeno (Y.) * Beitrag zur Diagnose der Tu- berkulose im friihen Kindesalter. 8°. Miin- ehen, 1910. Zwiebel ( G. ) * Ueber die Yerwertbarkeit der Indicanurie fiir die Diagnose der Tuberku- lose im Kindesalter. 8°. Bern, 1895. Aschott'. Ein Fall von Pseudotuberkulose beim Neugeborenen und ihr Erreger. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch. 1901, Berl., 1902,178-186.— Babcock (R. H.) Some remarks on tuberculosis in children, with re- ports of two tuberculous and two non-tuberculous cases that illustrate points in diagnosis. Illinois M. J., Spring- field, 1904, vi, 113-117. Also: Med. Standard, Chicago, 1904, xxvii,296-299. Also: Pediatrics, N. Y., 1904, xvi, 536-543.— Benati (R.) L' albuminuria nella tubercolosi infantile. Rev.di clin.pediat.,Firenze, 1905,iii,t>>.'.<-> 7' —Berghinz (G.) La tubercolosi latente dell' inianzia e la sua dia- gnosi. Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1900, xxxix, 385-391.— Bezy. Des formes cliniques de la tuberculose chez l'enfant. Midi med., Toulouse, 1S94, iii, 261; 277.— Coffin (T. H.) Laboratory aids to the diagnosisof tuber- culosis in infantsandchildren. Arch. Pediat.,N. Y., 1908, xxv,283-287. Also: Post-Graduate,N.Y.,1908,xxiii,239-243.— Crisan (D.) Alcune considerazioni a proposito dell' elevazione del coefficiente ammoniacale in una bambina tubercolotica, in istado di iponutrizione e con fegato degenerato. Riv. di clin. pediat., Firenze, 1905, iii, 641- 658.—Cruchet (R.) & Lepage. Le bacille de Koch dans les selles chez l'enfant; son importance diagnos- tique. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, ii, 243-247.—David (E.) Tuberculose infantile precoee. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1898, i, 341-343.—Dingwall- Fordyee (A.) The differential diagnosis and treat- ment of a common form of dyspepsia and of early tuber- culous infection in children. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Edinb., 1909-10, n. s.,xxix, 35-40.— Eichelberg. Ein Beitrag zur Klinik der Sauglingstuberkulose. Monatschr. f. Kinderh., Leipz. u. Wien, 1911-12, x, Orig., 668-670.— Engel. Zur Klinik der Sauglingstuberkulose. Ver- handl. d. Versamml. d. Gesellsch. f. Kinderh. . . . deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1908, Wiesb., 1909, xxv, 100-105.— Fall in (J.) Ueber den diagnostischen Werth der Indi- canreaction bei Tuberculose im Kindesalter. Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Leipz., 1893-4, n. F., xxxvii, 176-188.—Feer. Ueber den Wert der kutanen und konjunktivalen Tuber- kulinprobe im Kindesalter. Aerztl. Mitt. a. Baden, Karlsruhe, 1910, lxiv, 221-224.—Fischer (L.) An aid to the diagnosis of tuberculosis in infancy and childhood. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1907, lxxxvi, 734-736. Also, Reprint.— _!___. An aid to the diagnosis of tuberculosis in infancy Tuberculosis in children (Diagnosis of)- and childhood; by means of the cutaneous inoculation ot diluted tuberculin (von Pirquet's method). N. York M. J. [etc.], 1909, lxxxix, 577-579. Also, Reprint.—Fran- ch etti (U.) & Fuk (R.) La prova di Yamanouchi per la diagnosi della tubercolosi in pediatria. Riv. di clin. pediat., Firenze, 1910, viii, 740-747.—Ciehlig. Beobach- tungen iiber Indicanausscheidung bei Kindern, speciell bei der kindlichen Tubercul,.sc. Jahrb.f.Kinderh.,Leipz., 1894,xxxviii,285-312. Also: Arb.a.d.piidiat.Klin.zuLeipz., 1894, 285-312.—Would i C. M. i Clinical aspects of tuber- culosis in early life. Milwaukee M.J.,1896, iv, 109-116.— Graham (E. E.) Diagnosis of tuberculosis in infants and children. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvii, 1555; 1586.— vol xviii, 2d series---60 Tuberculosis in insane. Bull., Phila., 1908, i, 659-665.—Wulff. Bemerkungen uber das Vorkommen von Tuberculose in den Idiotenan- stalten. Allg. Ztschr. f. Psychiat. [etc.], Berl., 1892-3 xlix, 529-539. Tuberculosis in Jews. Benedict (A. L.) Tuberculosis among Russian Jews. Phila. M. J., 1901, vii, 93.—Blegaiiski (W.) Gruzlica u zyd6w, na podstawie dat statystycznvch, zebranych przez Towarzystwo lekarskie Czestochowskie. [Tubercu- losis among Jews, based on statistical data collected bv the Czenstochow Medical Society.] Czasopismo lek" L6dz, 1904 vi, 241-246.-Cheinlsse (L.) La tuberculose chez les Juifs. Semaine med., Par., 1910, xxx, 193-195. Also, Reprint.—Collins (M.) How the Jewish people care for their consumptive poor. Am. J. Tuberc., Detroit, 1905, i, no. 2, 3-7— Fishberg (M.) The relative in- frequency of tuberculosis among the Jews. Am. Med Phila., 1901, ii, 695-699. -----. Tuberculosis and Russian Jews. Phila. M. J., 1901, vii, 7. -----. Tuberculosis among the Jews. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1908, lxxiv, 1077-1081. Also, transl: Med. Bl., Wien, 1909, xxxii, 181; 193; 205; 218.—Mikolajski (Sz.) Gruzlica u zyd6w we Lwowie. [Tuberculosis among the Jews of Lemberg.] Glos lek., Lw6w, 1911, ix, 37.—Phthisis among Jews. [Edit.l Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, i, 1078— Bokhliu (L. L.) Nle- kotoriya danniya o smertnosti ot bugorchatki yevreyev voobshtshe i yevreyev g. Kharkova v chastnosti. [Data on the mortality from tuberculosis among the Jews in general and among those in Kharkov in particular.] Kharkov. M. J., 1908, vi, 141-157.—Sachs (T. B.) Tuber- culosis in the Jewish district of Chicago, J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1904, xliii, 390-395. Also, Reprint. Also: Plexus, Chicago,1904-5,x,129; 157.—Sokolowski (A.) Czylud- nosc zydowska czesciej niz chrzescijariska zapada u nas na suchoty plucne. [Is there a smaller percentage of pulmonary tuberculosis among the Jews than the Chris- tians?} Lwow. tygodn. lek., 1907, ii, 608. -----. Czy lud- nosc zydowska czesciej niz chrzescijanska zapada u nas na suchoty plucna i niekt6re inne choroby dr6g oddecho- wych? Na podstawie analizy dziesieciu tysiecy wlasnych spostrzezeh; przyczynek do tak zwanej patologii ras. [Does our Jewish population suffer less from phthisisand other diseases of the respiratory organs? Based on the analysis of 10,000 personal observations; contribution to the so-called race pathologyj Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1912, 2. s., xxxii, 621-644, 3 tab.—Tostivint & Bemlinger. Note sur la rarete de la tuberculose chez les Israelites tu- nisiens. Rev. d'hyg., Par., 1900, xxii, 984-986.—Tuber- eulosis among the Hebrews. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1904, lxvi, 340.—Tuberculosis among Jews. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1908, i, 1000. Tuberculosis and life insurance. See, also, Tuberculosis (Prevention of) by in- surance societies; Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Mortality from, etc.). Bardswell (N. D.) The expectation of life of the consumptive after sanatorium treatment. 8°. Edinburgh, 1910. Allen (T. G.) Tuberculosis and life insurance. Chi- cago M. Recorder, 1904, xxvi, 10-21. Also [Abstr.]: Med. Exam. & Pract., N. Y., 1904, xiv, 23-25.—Brinton (W.) The early symptoms of tuberculosis and how they may be developed when the applicant attempts to conceal them. Med. Exam. & Pract., N. Y., 1906, xvi, 366-369.— Gates (C. F.) The insidious characteristics of pulmo- nary tuberculosis: their relation to life insurance. Ibid., 1907, xvii, 258-260. —Gebhard ( H.) Die Dauer des Erfolges des von der Landesversicherungsanstalt der Hansestadte bei Lungenschwindsuchtigen eingeleiteten Heilverfahrens. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1906, viii, 134-140, 1 tab. — Grau ( G. ) Essai sur les conditions dans lesquelles peut se realiserl'assurance pour les tuber- culeux, specialement dans le departement de l'Aube. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, ii, 422-427.— Greene (C. L.) Life insurance companies and the pre- vention of tuberculosis. Am. Med., Phila., 1906, xi, 363. Also: Med. Exam. & Pract., N. Y., 1906, xvi, 107.—Hil- ton (W. M.) Tuberculosis; its consideration in relation to risks in life insurance. Med. Exam. & Pract., N. Y., 1906, xvi, 270-273.—Hoffman (F. L.) The logical posi- tion of the Government and insurance companies in the crusade against tuberculosis. Ibid., 1907, xvii, 260-264. -----. The relation of life insurance institutions to the problem of tuberculosis prevention. Ibid., 1909, xix, 55- 59.—Ingals (E. F.) Tuberculosis and insurance. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1900, xxxv, 1001-1003.—Klein- schmidt. Tuberkulose und Lebensversieherung. Zt- schr. f. Versicherungsmed., Leipz., 1910, iii, 129-135.— Knopf (S. A.) Life insurance in its relation to the pre- vention of tuberculosis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1909, lxxvi, 297-300. Also, Reprint.—Lister (T. D.) Pulmonary tu- TUBERCULOSIS. 946 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis and life insurance. berculosis in relation to life insurance. Practitioner, Lond., 1913, xc, 370-374.—Lyon (G.) Phthisis in rela- tion to life assurance. Abstr. Tr. Hunter. Soc, Lond., 1892-3, 68-88, 1 diag.—Lyon (T. G.) Phthisical family history in relation to life assurance. Lancet, Lond., 1894, ii, 10-18.— Mahillon. La selection medicale envisagee au point de vue de la tuberculose pulmonaire dans ses rapports avec les collectivites. Rev. internat. de la tu- berc., Par., 1904, iii, 263-270.—O'Connor (B. J.) Limit- ing the excessive mortality from tuberculosis in life in- surance. Med. Exam. & Pract., N. Y., 1906, xvi, 339-342.— Parker (G.) The healed tuberculous lesion from a life insurance standpoint. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1911, lxxx, 915-919.—Szigeti (H.) Tiidovesz es munk&sbiztosit&s. [Phthisis and workmen's insurance] Gy6gy&szat, Buda- pest, 1906, xlvi, 790.—Thompson (S.) Consumption in relation to life assurance. Treatment, Lond., 1898-9, ii, 324-326.—Wehner (W. H. E.) A prognosis of cured cases of tuberculosis from an insurance standpoint. Med. Exam. & Pract., N. Y., 1906, xvi, 102-104. Tuberculosis and marriage. See, also, Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Conju- gal); Tuberculosis (Transmission of, Conjugal, etc.). Atjbert (G.-J.-A.) * Tuberculose et mariage. 8°. Bordeaux, 1908. de la Croix (J.) *An pulmonicis matrimo- nium? 8°. Cadomi, 1763. Reibmayk (A.) Die Ehe Tuberculoser und ihre Folgen. 8°. Leipzig dc Wien, 1894. Bircliett (J.G.) Consanguineous marriages a cause of tuberculosis. Tr. Kentucky M. Soc, Louisville, 1894, n. s., iii, 195-199. Also: Am. Pract. & News, Louisville, 1894, xviii, 295-297. — Daremberg ( G. ) Le mariage des tuberculeux. Etudes exper. et clin. s. la tuberculose [Verneuil et al], Par., 1891, iii, 164- 168. — Davies ( C. A.) Consanguinity as a factor in the etiology of tuberculosis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1900, ii, 904-906. Also: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1900, n. s., lxx, 338-340.—Denison (C.) Rule of marriage selec- tion to avoid consumptive offspring. Tr. Colorado M. Soc, Denver, 1900,168-176.—Doksiyadis (A.) Tuber- kulozata i brakot. [Tuberculosis and marriage.] Med. napried., Sofiya, 1900, i, 681-687.—Gebser. Ehe und Tuberkulose. Klin.-therap. Wchnschr., Berl., 1911, xviii, 333-340.—Gerhardt (C.) Ueber Eheschliessung Tuber- kuloser. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz.,1900, i. 275-282. Also TAbstr.l: Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz., u. Berl., 1900, xxvi, Ver.-Beil., 177.—Grancher. Tuberculose et mariage. Bull, med., Par., 1»89, iii, 1531- 1534. — Greiner (A. B. ) The matrimonial aspect of tuberculosis. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1905-6, x, 204-206— Jeannel (S.) Tuberculose et ma- riage. Montpel. med., 1902, 2. s., xv, 780-788.—J a wor- ski (J.) Malzehstwoa gruzlica. [Marriage and phthi- sis.] Zdrowie, Warszawa, 1902, xviii, 128; 236.—Jousset (P.) La question de la transmission de la phtisie dans ses rapports avec le mariage. Art med., Par., 1895, lxxxi, 97-119. -----. De la non contagion de la tubercu- lose dans le mariage. Ibid., 1905, ci, 5-13.—Kirehner. Die Gefahren der Eheschliessung von Tuberkulosen und deren Verhutung und Bekampfung. Ber. ii. d. Kong. z. Bekampf. d. Tuberk. [etc.], Berl., 1899, 293-307—Knopf (S. A.) The marriage of the tuberculous and the size of the family in their bearing on the tuberculosis problem. Am. Med., Phila., 1906, xi, 11. Also, Reprint.—Laitinen (T.) Milloin tuberkelitautia sairastava voi menna, nai- misiin? [When may tuberculous patients marry?] Duo- decim, Helsinki, 1900, xvi, 296-302.—Lalesque (F.) Tuberculose et mariage. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1906, xxxvi, 339. -----. La femme tubereuleuse et le mariage. Ibid., 1902, xxxii, 501-503.—Leon-Petit. Tuberculose et manage. Gaz. de gynec, Par., 1900, xv, 33; 49.—Mc- S wain ([. A.) Marriage and intermarriage of tubercu- lous subjects. J.Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1908, 1,2057-2059 — Massalongo (R.) Tubercolosi et matrimonio. Gior. d. r. Soc. ital. d' ig., Milano, 1900, xxii, 337-343.—Meissen (E.) Mariage et tuberculose. Gaz. de gynec, Par., 1902, xvii, 209; 225; 241. Also: Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1902, i, 495-501. — Mennella (A.) Matrimonio e tubercolosi. Cong, internat. de med. C.-r. 1903, Ma- drid, 1904, xiv, sect, d'hyg. [etc.], 552-558.—Paquin (P.) Should the marriage of consumptives be discouraged? Am. Pub. Health Ass. Rep., Concord, 1895, xx, 144-147. Also: Texas Health J., Dallas, 1895-6, viii, 1-4.—Petit (L.) Tuberculose et mariage. Rev. seient., Par., 1893, Iii, 385- 393. -----. Tuberculose et mariage. Concours med., Par., 1898,xx, 54.—de Bosas (N. G.) Algunas considera- ciones sobre la tuberculosis y el matrimonio. Liga con- tra tuberc. en Cuba, Habana, 1902, i, 15.—Bothsehild. Das Heirathen Tuberkuloser. Veroffentl. d. Hufeland. Gesellsch. in Berl. Balneol. Gesellsch., 1902, xxiii, 226- 280.—Scherer (A.) Die Gefiihrdung eines gesunden Ehegatten durch einen tuberkulosen. Repert. d. prakt. Med., Leipz., 1907, iv, 563. Also: Wien. med. Presse, 1907, Tuberculosis and marriage. xlviii, 1395-1401.-Spiers (H. H.) Tuberculosis; whom to marry. Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1897, n.s., xxxix 51- 53.—Thom (W.) Ueber die Furcht vor dem Tuberku- losen und die Tuberkuloseansteckung in der Ehe Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1905, xxvi, 501-503.—Valen- tino (C.) L'admissibilite des tuberculeux au mariage Rev. seient., Par., 1905, 5. s., iii, 740-744.—Van V sen- dyck. Contribution a I'etude du mariage des tubercu- leux. Bull. Acad. roy. de med. de Belg., Brux., 1898,4. s xii, 439-538. Also [Rap. de Barella]: Ibid., 268-286. Tuberculosis and menstruation. Arteaga(J. F.) La menstruaci6n en las tuberculo- sas. Rev. demed. y cirug. de la Habana, 1909, xiv, 119- 122.—Bilancioni (G.) Tubercolosi polmonare e fun- zione mestruale. Riv. ospedal., Roma, 1911, i, 833-842.— Cotte (G.) Tuberculose inflammatoire, dysmenorrhea d'origine tubereuleuse. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1909, lxxxii, 1447.—DaiUtsas (N. I.) npoKaTaju.rji'ios irvperbs (cai \av- Savovaa (ris. TaTpi/cr) irpoo&os, 'Ev Siipui, 1908, Xlii, 241-245.—Daremberg. Influence de la fonction mens- truelle sur la marche de la phthisie pulmonaire. Bull Soc. de med. de Par. (1879), 1880, xiv, 135— Diuski (K.) O goraczce menstruacyjnej u kobiet gruzliczych (z uwzglednieniem niekt6ryeh objaw6w patologieznych). [Menstruation fever in tubercular women; with special consideration of certain symptoms.] Przegl. lek., Kra- kow, 1911,1, 755; 774; 788.—Gelsler (F. K.) Bugorehatka imlesyachniya. [Tuberculosisand menstruation. 1 Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1909, viii, 76-78. — ltoll6V( J. ) & Eisenstein (K.) Tuberculosis es menstruatio. Gy6- gyaszat, Budapest, 1908, xlviii, 730-733. Also, transl: Zen- tralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1908, xxxii, 1441-1448.—Jaubert (L.) Tuberculose et menstruation; influencedelacurecli- matique. Lyon med., 1907, cviii, 1163-1170.—Kessel(L.) The relation of premenstrual fever to pulmonary tuber- culosis, a study of one hundred cases. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, lvi, 1239.—Kraus (H.) Ueber pramen- struelle Temperatursteigerung bei Lungentuberkulose. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1905, lv, 610-612.—Lai (M.) A ease of phthisis due to menorrhagia treated by Hommel's haematogen. Indian Lancet, Calcutta, 1900, xvi, 8.— Maeht (D. I.) Tuberculosis and menstruation. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y.,1910, cxl, 835-859.—Neumann. Beziehungen zwischen Menstruation und Lungentuber- culose. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1899, xxxvi, 459-461.— Welch (C. G.) On the variations of temperature in phthisis during the menstrual period. Lancet, Lond., 1910, i, 639-641.—Ziekgrai"(G.) Zusammenhang zwi- schen Dysmenorrhoe und Tuberkulose. Ztschr. f. Tu- berk., Leipz., 1910, xvi, 57-59. Tuberculosis in negroes. See, also, Negroes (Morbidity, etc., of). Barrier (J. M.) Tuberculosis among our negroes in Louisiana. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1902-3, lv, 226-233.—Boyle (E. M.) The negro and tuberculosis. J. Nat. M. Ass., Tuskegee, Ala., 1912, iv, 344-348.—Burt (R. T.) Tuber- culosis, the negro's most cruel foe. Ibid., 1909, i, 150- 152.—Coleman (T. D.) The susceptibility of the negro to tuberculosis. Tr. Am. Climat. Ass., Phila., 1903, xix, 122-132. Also: Am. Med., Phila., 1903, vi, 666-668. Also, Re- print.—Edgar (J. L.) Syphilis as a cause of phthisis. Georgia Pract., Savannah, 1906, iv, 219.— Harris ( S.) Tuberculosis in the negro. Alabama M. J., Birmingham, 1902-3,xv,53-71. Also: J.Am.M.Ass.,Chicago,1903,xli,834- ss*.—Hubbard (G.W.) Consumption among the colored population of the Southern States. Tr. M. Soc. Tennessee, Chattanooga, 1896, 313-318. Also: Med. & Surg. Reporter, Phila.,1896,lxxv,423-425.—Hunter (J.E.) Tuberculosis in the negro; causes and treatment. Colorado M. J., Den- ver, 1905, xi, 250-257.—Jones (E. H.) Tuberculosis in the negro. Tr. M. Soc. Tennessee, Nashville, 1907, lxxiv, 175-182.—Jones (T, J.) Tuberculosis among the negroes. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1906, n.s., exxxii,592-599 — M'Kle (T. J.) An inquiry into the cause or causes of pulmonary tuberculosis in the negro. Tr. South Car. M. Ass., Charleston, 1890, 53-57.—UlcVicar (N.) Tubercu- losis amongst the coloured population of South Africa. South African M. Rec, Cape Town, 1910, viii, 39-45.— Mays (T. J.) Increase of insanity and consumption among the negro population of the South since the war. Boston M. & S. J., 1897, exxxvi, 537-540.—Northern (W. J.) Tuberculosis among negroes. J. South. M. Ass., Shreveport, 1909, i, 407-419.—Parker (T. A.) The negro as a factor in the spread of tuberculosis. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1909-10, xiv, 289-293.—Pritcli- ett (J. A.) Tuberculosis in the negro. Tr. M. Ass. Ala- bama, Montgomery, 1893, 352-370.— Bawl ins (J. S.) What can we do to prevent thespread of consumption by the negro race in the Southern States? Memphis M. Month., 1904, xxiv, 630-633. [Discussion], 652— Boy (G. G.) Syphilitic phthisis in the negro. South. M. Rec., Atlanta, 1881, xi, 175-177— Sutherland (H.I.) Health conditions of the negro in the South; with special refer- ence to tuberculosis. J. South. M. Ass., Shreveport, 1909, i, 399-407.— Wertenbaker (C. P.) A working plan for colored antituberculosis leagues. Pub. Health Rep. U. S. Mar. Hosp. Serv., Wash., 1909, xxiv, 1274-1281. TUBERCULOSIS. 947 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis and occupations. See, also, Tuberculosis (Causes of); Tuber- culosis in sailors; Tuberculosis in soldiers. Bibet (M.) *La tuberculose chez les insti- tuteurs. 8°. Paris, 1903. Costes (T.) * Tuberculose et contagion dans la classe ouvriere; etude statistique, etiologique et prophylactique. 8°. Paris, 1899. Foatelli (R.) * La tuberculose; accident du travail et maladie professionnelle. 8°. Paris, 1908. Muller (E. G. H. W.) *Die nichtbakte- riellen Nebenursachen de'- Lungenschwindsucht im Eisenbahndienst. 8°. Leipzig, 1906. Pate (G.) * Recherches sur la phtisie des faienciers. 4°. Paris, 1892. Sachs (T. B.) A plan of examination of em- ployees for tuberculosis. 8°. Chicago, 1912. Salle (M.) * Tuberculose et prostitution. 8°. Nancy, 1908. Schuster (C. F. 0.) * Ueber die Tuberku- lose bei Handwerksburschen, Gelegenheitsar- beitern und Landstreichern. 8°. Kiel, 1901. Spaceeler (L.) * Ueber die Lungentuberku- lose infolge beruflicher Staubinhalation. 8°. Berlin, 1903. Thouart (G.) *La tuberculose chez les macons de la Creuse a Paris. 8°. Paris, 1911. United States. Department of Commerce and Labor. Bureau of Labor. Bull. No. 101. Care of tuberculous wage earners in Germany. 8°. Washington, 1912. Anagnostopoulos (G.) Quelques observations et deductions en egard au developpement de la tuberculose parmi les classes ouvrieres. Grece med., Syra, 1903, v, 53- 55.—Antie(D.) O uzrocima tuberkuloze u planinskim krajevima. [Causes of tuberculosis among mountain- eers.] SrtKkiarh.zacelok. lek., Beograd, 1900, vi, 293-298.— Baradat. La tuberculose et les transactions. Ann. d'hyg., Par.. 1908, 4. s., x, 481-501.—Baranoff(A. I.) K voprosu o vliyanii niekotorikh professiy na smertnost ot chakhotki. (Statist, material.) [On the influence of some occupations on mortality from phthisis. (Sta- tistics.)] J. russk. Obsh. ochran. narod. zdravija, St. Petersb., 1892, ii (Priloj.), 1^8.— Bardswell (N.) The consumptive working man; a study of the social and economic conditions which govern his life. Med. Chir. Tr., Lond., 1905, Ixxxviii, 283-347. —Bernheim (S.) Prophylaxie de la tuberculose dans l'industrie. Rev. in- ternat. de la tuberc, Par., 1912, xxi, 421-449. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Lavoro, Milano, 1912, v,99.—Bernheim (S.) & Dieupart (L.) Blanchisseurs et tuberculose. M6d. orient., Par., 1906, x, 257-363. Also: Rev. internat.dela tu- berc, Par., 1906, ix, 264-271. -----------. Raffineurs et tu- berculose. Rev. internat. dela tuberculose,Par.,1908,xiv, 11-25.-----------. La tuberculose dans les collectivites. Med. orient., Par., 1909, xiii, 547-556. Also: Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1910, xvii, 15-51.-----------. Preser- vation de la tuberculose dans l'atelier. Med. orient., Par., 1911, xv, 549. Also: Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1911, xx, 174-176.—Bramwell (B.) Coal-miner's phthisis. Clin. Stud., Edinb., 1905-S, iv, 369. -----. Pot- ter's phthisis. Ibid., &71.—Brauer (L.) Die Verbrei- tung der Tuberkulose in Cigarrenfabriken. Ber. ii. d. Kong. z. Bekampf. d. Tuberk. [etc.], Berl., 1899, 140-145, 2 diag. -----. Das Auftreten der Tuberkulose in Cigar- renfabriken. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1904, i, 1-47, 1 tab., 5 diag.—van Bruggen (A. C.) Is long- tuberculose in sommige bedrijven te beschouwen als een beroepsziekte? Oentral-Org. v. d. Werklieden- Verzeke- ringen, Haarlem, 1908, 7. Aflev., 300-313.—Burkard (O.) Erhebung fiber 250 Wohnungen tuberkuloser Arbeiter in Graz. Ztschr. f. soziale Med., Leipz., 1909, iv, 433-483.— Carr (M. C.) Is the bituminous coal miner immune from tubercular infection while actively engaged in his occupation? J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1905, xiv, 1892.— Carrozzi (L.) II lavoro a domicilio nelle citta mani- fatturiere in rapporto colla tubercolosi. Tubercolosi, Roma, 1911-12, iv, 353-367.—Chanteurs (Les) sont-ils a l'abri de la tuberculose? Chron. m£d., Par., 1904, xi, 104; 583; 651; 683; 732: 1905,xii,20; 443.—Christian (W.S.) Oc- cupation in the fish factories in tide-water Virginia cura- tive of tuberculosis of the lungs. Virginia M. Semi- Month., Richmond, 1903-4, viii, 446.—Cowen (B. S.) Tuberculosis in a mining community. Intercolon. M. J. Australas., Melbourne, 1902, vii, 432-438.—Cowie (J. M.) Occupational phthisis and social habits. Tuberculosis, Lond., 1904, iii, 18-28.—De Witt (G. E.) Tuberculosis; domicile and workshop. Maritime M. News, Halifax, Tuberculosis and occupations. 1907 xix 175-180.—Discussion f A) on the relation of phthisis to factory and workshop conditions. Brit. M.J Lond., 1902, ii, 761-772.-Douyain. Communication taite au nom de 1'Association generale des agents des postes, telegraphes et telephones. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, ii, 815-817.-Dupuy (J.) La tu- berculose parmi les equipages des paquebots. Rev. d hyg. Par., 1905, xxvii, 1094-1101.—Em lie (Mary L.) Obstacles which tuberculosis nurses meet in their work Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1912, cvii, I8s-190.—Fliigge [et al.]. Werkstatten und sonstige geschlossene Raume. Internat.Tuberk.-Konf. 1902. Ber.,Berl., 1903,i, 165-186.— Foatelli (R.) La tuberculose, maladie professionnelle. Rev.internat.de la tuberc,Par., 1909,xv,92-100.-Fonta- nelli (G.) Osservazioni sulla tubercolosi e sulle ma- lattie professionali dei raffinatori di zucchero in Italia. Igiene mod., Genova, 1909, ii, 353-363.—F'reudenthal (W.) In welcher Beziehung steht die Beschaftigung zur Tuberkulose? Ztschr. f. prakt. Aerzte, Munchen, 1900, ix, 572-577. Also, transl: Med. News, N. Y., 1900, lxxvii 402-404. — Frew (A.) Tuberculosis among mine na- tives, with some notes on the use of Calmette's eye reaction. Transvaal M. J., Johannesburg, 1910-11 vi, 63.— Friedrich (V.) A gumokort eloidezo okok Budapest iparoslakossaga kozott. [Causes of tuber- culosis among the craftsmen of Budapest.] Buda- pesti k. orvosegy. evkonyve, 1905, 126. Also, transl: Un- gar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1905, x, 598. -----. Sur les causes favorisant la propagation de la tuberculose parmi la population ouvriere de la ville de Budapest. Cong. internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, ii, 434-436. -----. Die Ursachen der Tuberkulose bei der industriellen Be- volkerung Budapests. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1906-7, x, 115-135.—Garland, M'Vail [et al]. The working man in relation to tuberculosis. Nat. Ass. Prev. Con- sumpt. Tr. 1910, Edinb., 1911,129-160.—Gatti (F.) Pro- fession! e tubercolosi; la tubercolosi nei lavandai. Tu- bercolosi, Milano, 1908, i, 15-21.—Gourichon (L.) De la tuberculose chez les membres du corps enseignant des ecoles primaires publiques de la ville de Paris et du departement de la Seine. Cong, internat. de la tu- berc. 1905, Par., 1906, ii, 806-808.—de Grandmaison. La tuberculose chez les ouvriers. M6d. mod., Par., 1900, xi, 9.—GuHand (G. L.) On stone-masons' phthisis. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Edinb., 1908-9, n. s., xxviii, 43-50. Also: Edinb. M. J., 1909, n. s., ii, 235-242.—Hall (J. N.) Tuberculosis among physicians; with report of one hundred cases. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1911, cxliii, 75-77.— IIeiberg (P.) De letale tuberku- losetilfaeldes Varighed i en Rsekke forskellige Erhverv. [The duration of fatal cases of tuberculosis in differ- ent trades.] Ugeskr. f. Lseger, K0benh., 1902, 5. R., ix, 1057-1063. Also, transl: Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heil- stattenw., Leipz., 1903, iv, 6. Hft., 509-514. -----. Die Tuberkulosesterblichkeit unter den Schlachtern Kopen- hagens^in den Jahren 1891-1900. Ibid., 1904, v, 235.— Herve. De la classification des professions compatibles avec l'etat de guerison de la tuberculose. Internat. Tuberk.-Konf. 1902. Ber., Beil., 1903, i, 274-276.— Hoff- man (P. L.) The relation of occupation to tuberculosis. Med. Exam. & Pract., N. Y., 1907, xvii, 265-277.—Huber (J. B.) Occupations with relation to tuberculosis. Am. Med.,Phila., 1905,ix,112-114.—Huffman (O.V.) Miner's consumption. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, lv, 1891.— Irvine (L. G.) & Watt (A. H.) Miners' phthisis. Transvaal M. J., Johannesburg, 1912-13, viii, 30-39, 2 pl.— .1 on hand (L.) Les porcelainiers tuberculeux a l'Hopi- tal general de Limoges (1900-1904). Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905,Par., 1906, ii,447-453.— Kahn (I.S.) Mexican mining practice from a tubercular point of view. Boston M. & S. J., 1908, clviii, 41-47.—Kern (R.) Die Tuberku- lose bei Steinhauern und Landwirten. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1900, i, 218-223.—Kisskalt (K.) Ueber den Einfluss der Inhalation schwefliger Siiure auf die Entwiekelung der Lungentuberculose; ein Bei- trag zum Studium der Gewerbekrankheiten. Ztschr. i. Hyg. u. Infectionskrankh., Leipz., 1904, xlviii, 269-279.— Krause (P. E. T.), Porter (C.) & Hey ma mi (A.) Miners' phthisis in the Transvaal. Lancet, Lond., 1912, i,. 121-123.—Kruse. Verbreitung der Tuberkulose na- mentlich in den wohlhabenden Klassen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1913, xxxix, 141. Also: Med. Klin., Berl., 1913, ix, 128.—La ITIotte (Ellen L.) The present attitude of the tuberculosis nurse towards her work. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1910, xxi, 115- 117.—Land is (H. R. M.) Tuberculosis in the workshop. [Abstr.] J. Outdoor Life, Trudeau, N. Y., 1906-7, iii, 131- 133.—Landouzy (L.) Mortilite par tuberculose des gardiensde la paixde Paris. Com.de la tuberc, Par., 1900, 197-202. ----- La tuberculose des buandiers, blanchis- seurs, buandiftres, blanchisseuses et repasseuses. Cong. internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, ii, 801-806. Also: Bull, de la Ligue contre la tuberc. en Touraine, Tours, 1906, iii, 5-10. Also: Presse med., Par., 1905, 633. -----. Me'tier et habitats de blanchisseurs dans leurs rap- ports avec la tuberculose. Bull. Acad, de mM„ Par., 1908, 3. s., lix, 706-713. Also: Presse me\L, Par., 1908, xvi, 385. Also: Rev. d'hyg., Par., 1908, xxx, 467-471.—Le TUBERCULOSIS. 948 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis and occupations. Gendre & Plieque. La tuberculose et les influences professionnelles. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, ii, 799.—Lister (T. D.) Pulmonary tuberculosis among printers. Brit. J. Tuberculosis, Lond., 1909, iii, 256-262. -----. Industrial tuberculosis. Lancet, Lond., 1910, ii, 1122-1126.—Markham (M. Grace). The prob- lem of finding employment for tuberculous individuals. Yale M. J., N. Haven, 1909-10, xvi, 447-451.—OTeyer (G.) Ueber Maassregeln zur Verhutung der Tuberkulose im Buchdruckereiberuf. Ber. ii. d. Kong. z. Bekampf. d. Tuberk. [etc.], Berl., 1899, 655.—Jloritz. Zur Verbrei- tung der Tuberkulose unter den mit Staubentwickelung verbundenenBerufsarten. Ibid., 158-161.—Nilsson (E.) Lungsot och yrkesarbete. [Consumption and profes- sional labor.] Halsovannen, Stockholm, 1899, xiv, 225- 230.—Niven (J.) The influence of occupation on the production of phthisis. Pub. Health, Lond., 1903-4, xvi, 151-155. Also: San. Rec, Lond., 1903, n. s., xxxii, 449- 451.—Novy (K.l Tuberkulosni, personal v mle'karmich. [Tuberculosis in milkers.] Zdravi, v Praze, 1903, ix, 257.—Oliver (T.) On Rand miners' phthisis. Brit. M. L, Lond., 1905, il, 919-922.—Paterson (M. S.)& Shrub- sail (F. C.) A few suggestions for the future of con- sumptive patients of the working classes. Lancet, Lond., 1906, ii, 217.—Peers (R. A.) The problem presented by the tuberculous railway employee. Calif. State J. M.', San Fran., 1910, viii, 8-11.—Pellegrini (P.) Sulla ge- nesi dei tubercoli ferruginosi delle condutture. Rev. d' ig.e san pubb., Torino, 1899, x, 348; 386,1 pl.—Peri (A.) In quali casi pud la tubercolosi polmonare essere conside- rata malattia del lavoro. Tubercolosi, Milano, 1910-11, iii, 102-114.—Petit (G.) Les boulangers et la tuberculose. Med. orient., Par., 1905, ix, 569.-----. La tuberculose ou- vriere. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1905, vii, 13-22.— Pinilla. El " sweating system " v la tuberculosis. Si- glo me'd., Madrid, 1908, lv, 738-740.—Plieque (A.-F.) La tuberculose de* instituteurs. Presse m£d. Par., 1901, ii, annexes, S. 18— Ranelletti (A.) Per la difesa con- tro la tubercolosi in rapporto al lavoro a domicilio. Ra- mazzini, Firenze, 1912, vi, 196-198.—Rathinann. Die Tuberkulose bei Volksschullehrern. Klin. Jahrb., Jena, 1911, xxv, 516-522.—Reekzeto. (P.) Kalkstaubinhala- tion und Lungentuberkulose. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1903, xl, 1022-1026.—Reitter (C.) jun. Die Lohgerberei in ihrer Beziehung zur Tuberkulose. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. ii. Heilstattenw:, Leipz., 1902,iii, 325-332.—Rey (A.) La tuberculose et le lavage du linge dans 1'habitation ou- vriere. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, ii, 725-729.—Roblot (A.) La tuberculose chez les maitres de I'enseignement primaire. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1905, viii, 350-354.—Rogers (J. F.) The effect of blowing upon wind musical instruments with special reference to tuberculosis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1906, lxx. 529- 535.—Ronzaisi (E.) Azione della polvere di carbone sui microrganismi, con speciale riguardo alio sviluppo della tubercolosi nei polmoni antracotici; contributo alio studio della rarita della tubercolosi fra gli operai soggetti ad inalare polveri di carbone. Ann. d' ig. sper., Roma, 1905, n. s., xv, 499-522.—Ronzoni (G.) La tubercolosi si pud considerare malattia del lavoro? (Sunto.) Atti d. Cong. naz. . . . controla tuberc. 1909, Firenze, 1910,ii,329.— Rosell6 y Parleris (G.) La tuberculosis pulmonar y su relaciOn con la industria corchotaponera. Gac. me'd. catal., Barcel., 1912, xli, 81; 132.—Russell (J. F.) The plight of the consumptive wage earner. Med. Rec- ord. N. Y., 1912, lxxxi, 464-468. Also, Reprint.—S. (J. E.) Employment for consumptive girls. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, i, 1508.—Sachs (T. B.) Systematic examination of employees for tuberculosis. Brit. J. Tuberculosis, Lond., 1912, vi,24-26. Also: Survey, N. Y., 1912-13,xxviii, 129-132. Also: ChicagoM.Recorder,1913,xxxv, 150-156. Also: Illin- ois M. J..Springfield,1913,xxiii,146-154.—Schmidt. Die Tuberkulose bei Volksschullehrern. Klin. Jahrb., Jena, 1909-10, xxii, 557-570.—Schilrmann (F.) Die Lungen- und Kehlkopftuberkulose als Ausscheidungsursache bei den in den letzten 20 Jahren im Stadtkreise Diisseldorf vor Ablauf des 65. Lebensjahres pensionierten und gestorbe- nen Lehrpersonen. Ibid., 1911, xxv, 509-515.—Sehiitze (C.) Die Lungentuberkulose unter den Eisenbahnarbei- tern im Direktionsbezirk Erfurt und ihre Verhutung. Cor.-Bl. d. allg. arztl. Ver. v. Thiiringen, Weimar, 1899, xxviii, 633-538. Also: Ber. ii. d. Kong. z. Bekampf. d. Tuberk. [etc.], Berl., 1899, 629— Selkirk (W. J. B.) Tuberculosis in limeworkers. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1908, ii, 1493.—Siegheim. Zur Sehwindsuchtsprophylaxe unter den Bureauarbeitern. Ber. ii. d. Kong. z. Bekampf. d. Tuberk. [etcl, Berl., 1899,680. Also: Gesundheit, Leipz., 1899, xxiv, 421.—Sternberg (G. M.) Housing of the working classes a factor in the prevention of tuberculosis. J. Outdoor Life, N. Y., 1910, vii, 319-326.—Stover (C.) The relation of tuberculosis to municipal and industrial life. Buffalo M. J., 1906-7, lxii, 5H3-591.—Stratmann. Die Tuberkulose unter den Stahlschleifern. Ber. ii. d. Kong. z. Bekampf. d. Tuberk. [etc.], Berl., 1399, 155- 157—Suchy (J.) Zur Frage der Bekampfung der Tu- berkulose in den Eisenbahnwerkstatten. Oesterr. Ei- senbahnsanitatsw., Wien, 1910, vi, 65-72.—Szegedy- Maszak (E.) Az ipari munkasok tiidovesze e"s a lekiiz Tuberculosis and occupations. desire szolgal6 eszkozok. [Phthisis of industrial work- men and the use of instruments.] Orvosi hetil., Bu- dapest, 1904, xlviii, 29; 42. Also, transl: Pest, med- chir. Presse, Budapest, 1904, xl, 339-311.—Takenaka (S.) [Phthisis of the coal mines of Japan.] To- kyo Iji-Shinshi, 1903, 1265-1268. — Teleky (L.) Fur- sorge bei der Berufswahl mit Rucksicht auf die Tuber- kulose. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1913, xxvi 421-425 — Thibault (Mme.J.) A: Raulin (J.) La tuberculose et 1 hygiene des ateliers de femmes a Paris. [Rap.] Cong internat. de la tuberc. Rap., Par., 1905, 618-625.— Ton- king (J. H.) Appliances for prevention of miner's phthisis. Lancet, Lond., 1904, ii, 44.—Walker (Jane) The industrial aspect of tuberculosis. [Abstr.] J. Rov San. Inst., Lond., 1908-9, xxix, 763-766.—Walthcr. Ue- ber den Einfluss der Beschaftigung in Cigarrenfabriken auf die Entstehung der Lungentuberculose. Aerztl Mitth. a. Baden, Karlsruhe, 1899, liii, 224-230.—Weisz (A.) Die Verheerungen der Tuberculose in einzelnen Gewerben. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1903, xxxix, 375-378.—'Wile (U. J.) Tuberculosis among medical stu- dents and its possible prevention. N. York M. J. [etc | 1908, lxxxvii, 209. Also, Reprint.—Wll kins (W. D.) Tuberculosis among the working class; a solution of the problem. Med. Times, Lond., 1910, xxxviii, 102-104.— Worcester (A.) The necessity of providing suitable employments for tuberculous patients. Boston M. & S. J., 1909, clxi, 576-581.—Znber. Secret medical et tubercu- lose des domestiques. Arch, d'anthrop. crim., Lyon & Par., 1906, xxi, 125-128. Tuberculosis in old age. Michel (M.) * Etude sur la tuberculose pul- monaire des vieillards. 4°. Paris, 1894. ------. The same. 8°. Paris, 1894. Barie (E.) Recherches sur la tuberculose senile. Rev. de med., Par., 1895, xv, 793: 1896, xvi, 17.—Boinet. Frequence et dangers de la tuberculose senile. Marseille med., 1905, xlii, 497-510. Also: Rev. internat. de la tu- berc, Par., 1906, viii, 246-252.—Crespin (J.) Tubercu- lose pulmonaire senile. Bull, med., Par., 1898, xii, 286- 288.—fitienne (G.) Tuberculose chez les vieillards. Rev. med. de Test, Nancy, 1905, xxxvii, 622-624.—Fischer (W.) UeberreaktivierteTuberkulose bei Tumorkachexie und chronisehen Krankheiten alterer Leute. Deutsches Arch.f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1910, xcix,317-332.—Froment (J.) Sero-diagnostie de la tuberculose chez le vieillard. Bull. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Lyon, 1903, ii, 517-522—Hart (C.) Die tuberkulose Lungenphthise alter Leute. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xlviii, 1072-1076.—Liotta (P.) Scrofolosi senile. Atti d. r. Accad. d. fisiocrit. in Siena, 1898, 4. s., x, 549-552.— JVIarsh (J. H.) Senile tuberculosis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1896,i, 1090. -----. On senile tuberculo- sis and subcutaneous (tuberculous) ulceration. Tr.M.Soc. Lond., 1896-7, xx,274-281. Also: Lancet, Lond.,1897,i,1262- 1264. -----. Acaseof senile tuberculosis. Tr. Clin. Soe. Lond., 1900, xxxiii, 26-28—Michel (M.) De la tubercu- lose pulmonaire des vieillards. Union med., Par., 1894, 3. s.,lviii,497; 508. Also, transl: Tribunamed.,Riode Jan., 1895, i, 176; 201— Minerbi (G.) Sulle forme rare ed ati- piche della tubercolosi senile. Riv. crit. di clin. med., Firenze, 1911, xii, 145-153.—Oppenheim (R.)&Le Coz (C.) Frequence de la tuberculose pulmonaire des vieil- lards. Progres med.. Par., 1911, xxvii, 5-8.—Parisot (P.) Etiologie de la tuberculose pulmonaire chez le vieillard. Rev. med. de l'est, Nancy, 1894, xxvi, 353-357.—Parisot (P.) & Spillmann (L.) Valeur diagnostique du bacille de Koch dans la tuberculose pulmonaire senile. Ibid., 1897, xxix, 703-709.—Potain. La tuberculose pulmo- naire chez le vieillard. Bull, med., Par., 1894, viii, 1083.— Powell (Sir R. D.) A clinical lecture on acaseof senile tuberculosis of the lung with chronic tubercular peri- tonitis with effusion. Middlesex Hosp. J., Lond., 1897, i, 171-177. — Reynier (P.) Des adenites tuberculeuses chez les vieillards. Assoc, franc, de chir. Proc.-verb. [etc.], Par., 1901, xiv, 738-741.—Robin (A.) Un cas de tuberculose et de gastrite chronique chez un vieil- lard. J. de med. int., Par., 1903, vii, 123. Also, transl: Internat. Clin., Phila., 1905, 15. s., i, 18—Squire (J. E.) Pulmonarv tuberculosis in the middle-aged and the aged. Ibid., Phil. & Lond.. 1906, 16. s., iv, 90-104.— Stoll (H. F.) Tuberculosis in the aged and the diagnos- tic value of increased whisper in the interscapular space. Boston M. & S. J., 1912, clxvii, 291-293.—von den Vel- den (F.) Ueber die Schwindsucht im hohen Alter und die Schwindsucht bei Ehegatlen. Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1908, xviii, 321.—Wilder (J. A.) Pulmonarv tuberculosis in the aged. Colorado M. J., Denver, 1904, x, 361. Tuberculosis and poverty. See, also, Tuberculosis (Causes of). Arloing. Assistance des tuberculeux indigents a domicile. Internat. Tuberk. Konf. Ber. 1908, Berl., 1909, 138-145.—Flick (L. F.) Tuberculosis among the poor. Dietet. & Hyg. Gaz., N. Y., 1911, xxvii, 79-83.—Lies (E. TUBERCULOSIS. 949 TUBERCULOSIS, i Tuberculosis and poverty. T.) Tuberculosis and poverty. Am. Pub. Health Ass. Rep. 1908, Columbus, 1909, xxxiv, pt. i, 62-66.—Me Vail (J. C.) Pauperism in relation to phthisis. Pub. Health, Lond., 1909-10, xxiii, 404.—Roberts (H.) Consumption and the Poor Law. Brit. J. Tuberculosis, Lond., 1911, v, 39-41.—Wilkinson (C.) Tuberculosis among the poor. Brit, M. J., Lond., 1912, i, 1364. Tuberculosis in jpregnancy and jouer- perul state. See, also, Tuberculosis (Fietal). Albien (W. G. R.) * Untersuchungen fiber intra-uterine Tuberkuloseinfektion. [Giessen.] 8°. Jena, 1909. Aleksandroff (F. A.) Beremennost i tuber- kuloz. [Pregnancy and tuberculosis] 8°. S.- Peterburg, 1908. Angres (A.) * Behandlung von Tuberkulose und Schwangerschaft. 8. Greifswald, 1911. Bizouard (J.) *Tuberculose et grossesse. 4°. Lyon, 1892. ----—. The same. 8°. Lyon, 1892. Colombet (J.) * Conduite ii tenir en pre- sence d'une femme enceinte atteinte de tubercu- lose pulmonaire. L'avortement therapeutique est-il indique au cours de la tuberculose pulmo- naire? 8°. Lyon, 1912. Deibel (L.) *Kann Phthise als Indication zur Einleitung der Friih- resp. Fehlgeburt gel- ten? 8°. Heidelberg, 1899. Eich ([L. F.]G.) *Zur Frage des kiinst- lichen Abortes bei Phthisis pulmonum. 8°. Marburg, 1904. Engelmann (F.) * Komplikation der Lungen- tuberkulose mit Schwangerschaft. 8°. Strass- burg i.E., 1906. Favee-Thomas (E.) *Tuberculose et puer- peralite. Lsssai critique des indications de l'a- vortement provoque dans la tuberculose. 8°. Paris, 1905. Frischbier (G.) * Der Einfluss vun Schwan- gerschaft, Entbindung und Wochenbett auf die Lungen- und Kehlkopftuberkulose. 8°. Frei- burg i. Br., 1906. Gibeet (J.) Contribution a I'etude de la grossesse et de I'accouchement dans leurs rap- ports avec la tuberculose pulmonaire. 8°. Bor- deaux, 1898. Kalmanowitsch (Frieda). * Einfluss der Schwangerschaft und der Geburt auf die Tu- berkulose. 8°. Strassburg i. E., 1911. ' Kellmann (F. F. K.) *Zur Frage der kiinst- lichen Unterbrechung der Schwangerschaft we- gen Lungentuberkulose. 8°. Berlin, 1905. Kiewe (S.) * Schwangerschaft und Tuber- kulose. [Konigsberg i. Pr.] 8°. Graudenz, 1909. Lempert (Mile. Vera). *De l'influence de la grossesse, de I'accouchement et du post partum sur la tuberculose pulmonaire. 8°. Pan's, 1909. Magnette(L. ) * Contribution a, I'etude clini- que de revolution de la tuberculose pulmonaire apres I'accouchement et l'avortement spontane ou provoque. 8°. Lyon, 1908. Martin (L. G.) * Operative Behandlung und Schwangerschaftsunterbrechung wegen Tuber- kulose. 8°. Berlin, 1912. Mercier (B.-J.-M.) *De l'influence de la grossesse sur le developpement et la marche de la tuberculose. 4°. Paris, 1894. Meyer (V.) *De l'influence de la grossesse sur la phthisie pulmonaire. 4°. Strasbourg, 1867. Monxier (C.) * Considerations sur les rap- ports de la tuberculose et de la puerperalite. Erreur de l'anatheme de Peter. 8°. Paris, 1908. Tuberculosis in pregnancy and puer- perul state. Mordkowitsch (D.) * Ueber die Behandlung der Lungentuberkulose wahrend der Schwan- gerschaft. 8°. Berlin, 1911. Neltner (J.) * Tuberkulose und Schwanger- schaft. 8°. Strassburg i. E., 1907. Ostrowski (B.) * 1st die Disposition Schwan- gerer fiir Tuberkulose Aenderungen des Leu- kocytenapparates zuzuschreiben? 8°. Konigs- berg i. Pr., 1910. Pankow (O. R.) & Kupferle (L.) Die Schwangerschaftsunterbrechung bei Lungen- und Kehlkopftuberkulose. 4°. Leipzig, 1911. Pilod (M.) *Granulie generalisee et puer- peralite. [Lyon.] 8°. Treroux, 1909. Pradella (C.) * Zur Frage der kunstlichen Unterbrechung der Schwangerschaft wegen Lungentuberkulose. 8°. Basel, 1906. Proust (G.) Influence qu'exercent la gros- sesse, I'accouchement et l'etat puerperal sur la tuberculose pulmonaire. 8°. Paris, 1903. Rabixowitsch (N.) * Ueber den kunstlichen Abortus bei Tuberkulose. 8°. Heidelberg, 1909. Rebiere (J.-J.) Contribution a I'etude de la tuberculose dans ses relations avec la gros- sesse et les suites de couches. 8°. Paris, 1900. Rubix (J.) *Tuberkulose und Schwanger- schaft. [Freiburg i. Br.] 8°. Berlin, 1905. Schaffler (L.) * Tuberkulose und kiinst- licher Abort. [Munchen.] 8°. Straubing, 1911. Schlomka (T.) * Ueber eine neue Methode zur Sterilisierung tuberkuloser Schwangerer. 8°. Berlin, 1911. Serno (O.) * Ueber die Beziehungen zwi- schen Schwangerschaft, Wochenbett und Tuber- kulose. 8°. Jena, 1906. Tecklenborg (A.) *Tuberkulose und Schwan- gerschaft. 8°. Giessen, 1906. Tiesler (G.) * Tuberkulose und Schwanger- schaft. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., 1905. Vincenzo (P.) Studio sulle relazioni tra gravidanza, parto, puerperio e tubercolosi pul- monare. 8°. Napoli, 1901. Warren (E.) The influence of pregnancy on the development of tubercules. 8°. Philadel- phia, 1857. Woita (H.) *Tuberkulose und Graviditiit. 8°. Munchen, 1909. Zirkel (K.) * Beitriige zur Complikation von Schwangerschaft und Tuberkulose. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1908. Abuladze (D.) K voprosu o vliyanii beremennosti na techeniye bugorchatki lyokhkikh. [Influence of pregnancy upon the course of tuberculosis.] J. akush. i jensk. boliez., St. Petersb., 1911, 1151-1178.—Aceonci (L.) Tubercolosi e gravidanza. Clin, mod., Firenze, 1895, i, 125-128. Also: Levatrice cond., Roma, 1896, v, 57; 77; 93.—Allen (L. M.) Tuberculosis and pregnancy. Hosp. Bull. Univ. Marvland, Bait., 1909, iv, 401^05. Also: Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1910-11, xv, 313- 317.—Arndt. Die Indikation zur Unterbrechung der Schwangerschaft bei Lungentuberkulose und Nierener- krankungen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1911, xxxvii, 2259.—Bacon (C.S.) Pulmonary tubercu- losis as an obstetrical complication. J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- cago, 1905, xiv, 1067-1070.-----. Pulmonary tuberculosis as an ob tetric complication. Ibid., 1912, lix, 2197-2202. -----. What should be done with tuberculous puerperse and their children? Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1913, xxiii, 141-146.— Baerts. Un cas de tuberculose pulmonaire avec grossesse traite a la tuberculine Denvs. Ann. de l'Inst. chir. de Brux., 1905, xii, 14-16.—Bar (P.) De l'in- tra-dermo-reaction ;\ la tuberculine chez les femmes en- ceintes tuberculeuses; son utility au point de vue du pro- nostic et comme element d'indication pour l'interruption de la grossesse. Monatschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gvnaek., Berl., 1912, xxxvi, Ergnzngshft., 7-11.—Bar (P.) Dau- nay [et al]. Faits pour servir A. l'eludede la tuberculose pendant la grossesse. Ann. degvnec.et d'obst., Par., 1911, 2. s., viii, 723-728.—Bar (P.) & Devraigne (L.) De la sensibilite des femmes enceintes et re'cemment accouch<5e TUBERCULOSIS. 950 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis in pregnancy and puer- peral state. a la tuberculose. Obste'trique, Par., 1911, n. s., iv, 345- 373._von Bardeleben (H.) Lungentuberkulose und Schwangerschaft. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 1764- 1766.—Beektel (A. D.) Tuberculosis and pregnancy. S< mt h. Calif. Pract., Los Angeles, 1909, xxiv, 62-70.—Bern- li«'iiu(S.) Tuberculose et grossesse. Cong.internat.de med. C.r., Par., 1900. sect, d'obst., 439-443. Also: Gaz. de gynec, Par., 1900, xv, 337; 354. Also: Rev. mens, de gynec. [etc.], Bordeaux, 1900, ii, 384-404. Also, transl: Ann.Gynec. & Pediat., Bost., 1901, xiv, 545; 632. Also, Reprint.—Bol- lenhagen (H.) Schwangerschaft und Tuberkulose. Wiirzb. Abhandl. a. d. Gesamtgeb. d. prakt. Med., 1907, viii, 1-24.—Bonnaire & JMLercier (R.) Tuberculose meningee et grossesse. Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par., 1898, 52-56.—Bossi (L. M.) Sull' interruzione della gravi- danza nelle tubercolotiche. Arch. ital. di ginec, Napoli, 1905, ii, 241-251. Also: Corriere san., Milano, 1906, xvii, 4-8. -----. Ueber die Unterbrechung der Schwanger- schaft Tuberkuloser. Gynaek. Rundschau, Berl. u. Wien, 1910, iv, 633-641.—Brindeau. Conduite a tenir dans les cas de tuberculose compliquant la grossesse. J. de med. de Par.. 1912,2.s., xxiv, 511-513.—de Bruin e Ploos van Ainstel (P. J.) Phthisis pulmonum en abortus provocatus. Med.Weekbl.,Amst., 1906-7,xiii,549; 561; 573. Also, transl: Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1907, vii, 79-177.—Bud in. La grossesseet la tuberculose. J. med. de Brux., 1905, x, 819. Also: Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1905, xix, 787-789.—Bue (V.) Tuberculose et grossesse. Nord med., Lille, 1909, xvi, 1-5. Also: Ann. dela Polyclin. dePar., 1910, xx, 241-244.— Bukdyemski (F. V.) Beremennost i bugorchatka i ikh vza'imniya otnosheniya. [Pregnancy and tuberculosis and their mutual relations.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1909, viii, 710; 752.—Bum ill (E.) Lungentuberkulose und Unter- brechung der Graviditat. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1908, xxxiv, 569.—Burckliardt (O.) Ueber Lungentuberkulose und Schwangerschaft, nach Beobachtungen im Hochgebirge. Ibid., 1905, xxxi. 949- 952. Also: Ann. d. schweiz. balneol. Gesellsch., Aarau, 1906, 2. Hft., 23-34. -----. Le pronostic de la tubercu- lose pulmonaire compliquee de grossesse. Cong, inter- nat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 626-632. Also: Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1907, xi, 247-251. -----. Ueber die Hiiufigkeit und die Bedeutung der klinisch nachweisbaren Lungentuberkulose bei Gebarenden. Verhandl.d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Gyniik., Leipz., 1911, xiv, 359.—Burns (T. M.) Tuberculosis and pregnancy. Colorado M. J., Denver, 1904, x, 322; 362.—Calderini. La tubercolosi in relazione colla ostetricia e la gineco- logia. Lucina, Bologna, 1896, i, 65-69.—Cliainbre- lant. Note sur l'influence de la gestation sur la marche de l'infection tubereuleuse. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1903, lv, 988-990. Also: Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par., 1903, vi, 317-319. Also: Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1903, xxiv, 375.—Cioffl (E.) La gravi- danza e il puerperio sul decorso della tubercolosi pol- monare. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1899, xx, 926-930.— Clemens (T.) Ueber den Stillstand der Lungenschwind- sucht wahrend der Schwangerschaft und dem Wochen- bett. Allg. med. Chir.-Ztg., Berl., 1891, lx, 397-399. Also: Med.-chir. Centralbl., Wien, 1891, xxvi, 167.—Colin (L0 Tuberkulose und Schwangerschaft. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1911, xxi, 17-31.—Commandeur. My61ite tubereuleuse et grossesse. Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par., 1906, ix, 368-372.—Cristofoletti (R.) & Thaler (H.) Experimentelle und klinische Beitrage zur Frage nach den Beziehungen zwischen Tuberkulose und Schwangerschaft. Monatschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynaek., Berl., 1911, xxxiv, 513-536.—Dae Is (F.) Au sujet de l'avortement medical dans les cas de tuberculose pul- monaire. Belgique med., Gand, 1908, xv, 147-150.— Bavis (E. P.) Tuberculosis of the breast during preg- nancy; acute polyhydramnios and its treatment. Inter- nat. Clin., Phila., 1897, 7. s., i, 288-294.—Decio(C). Due casi di tubercolosi miliare con meningite tubercolare in rapporto col travaglio del parto. Ann. di ostet., Mi- lano, 1912, i, 337-356.—De Marin* (S.) Tubercolosi e gravidanza. Rasserna d' ostet. e ginec, Napoli, 1900, ix, 199-210.—Demelin (L.) Tuberculose et grossesse. MC- dicin prat., Par., 1908, iv, 773-777.— Diitzmann. Gravi- ditat und Tuberkulose; weitere Erfahrungen mit derein- seitigen Operationsmethode, Abort und Sterilisation. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Gvnak., Leipz., 1911, xiv, 423-428.—Duncan (W.) Should pregnancy be ter- minated prematurely in cases of phthisis? Brit. M. J., Lond., 1890, i, 132. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1890, i, 134. Also: Tr. Obst. Soc.Lond. (1890), 1891, xxxii,7-16.—Fa<»onski (F. F.) K voprosu o vliyanii beremennosti na techenive tuberkuloza. [Sur l'influence de la grossesse sur la marche de la tubereuleuse. Extr., 164.] Russk. arch, patol., klin. med.ibakteriol.,S.-Peterb.,1898,vi,143-146.—Fedele (N.) Condotta del medico nei casi di gravidanza in donna tu- berculosa. Clin, ostet., Roma, 1907, ix, 488^96.—Fede- rici (X.) Contributo alio studio dei rapporti fra gra- vidanza, puerperio e tubercolosi. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1900, xxi, 1258.—Fehling (H.) Ueber Tuberkulose und Tuberculosis in pregnancy and puer- peral state. Schwangerschaft. Ztschr. f. arztl. Fortbild., Jena, 1912, ix, 97-102.—Felix (E.) Tuberculose laryngee et gros- sesse. Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par 1906, xxxii, 114-140— Fellner (O. U.) Tuberkulose und Schwangerschaft. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1904, liv, 1157- 1213; 1273. -----. Weitere Beitriige zur Frage der Tuber- kulose in der Schwangerschaft. Gvnuek. Rundschau, Berl. u. Wien, 1907, i, 152-160.—Fetzer. Diagnose und therapeutische Erfolge bei der Genitaltuberkulose und der mit Schwangerschaft komplizierten Lungentuberku- lose. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1911, xiv, 416-422.—Fieux. Tuberculose et puerpera- lite. Rev. prat, d'obst. et de paediat., Par., 1898, xi, 137; 201.—Fisli berg (M.) Tuberculosis and pregnancy. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1909, xc, 1166-1169.—Frijiyesi (J. A terhessegnek es tiidotuberculosisnak egymasru vala hatas4r61. [The reciprocal effects of pregnancy and tu- berculosis.] Gynaekologia, Budapest, 1906, 54-63.-----. A terhesseg miivi megaszakit&s&nak ke'rdese ttidbtubercu- losisban szenveddkneL [The question of artificial abortion in patients having pulmonary tuberculosis.] Orvosi hetil, Budapest, 1906,1,315. Also,transl: Pest.med.-chir.Presse, Budapest, 1906, xlii, 866. Also, transl: Ungar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1906, xi, 160.—Gaulard. Etat puerperal et tuberculose. Presse me'd., Par., 1894, 389.-----. Grossesse et tuberculose. Nord me'd., Lille, 1896, ii, 97; 105; 113.— (>illes & Ducuing. Tuberculose pleuro-pentoneale et grossesse. Rev. prat, d'obst. et de gynec., Par., 1912, 103-107. — Godskesen. Strubetuberkulosen under Svangerskab og F0dsel. [Throat tuberculosis in pregnan- cy and parturition.] Kj0benh. med. Selsk. Forh.,1902-3, 75-77.—tiduiez(J.) Inrluencia de la tuberculosis sobre el embarazo. Gac. m£d., MCxico, 1898, xxxv, 452-462.— Gueniot (P.) De la tubercolose dans ses rapports avec la grossesse, I'accouchement et l'allaitement. Medecin prat., Par., 1905,25-27.—Guerdjikoff(N.) Tuberculose et grossesse; la conduite du medecin traitant et du gynecologue en presence d'une femme enceinte tubereu- leuse. Rev. mecl. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1908, xxviii, 821-831.—Guicciardi (G.) Tubercolosi e gravidanza. Ginecologia, Firenze, 1907, iv, 481-512, 2 tab.—Haehn- len (W. F.) Pregnancy as tne exciting cause of necrosis in a patient of tubercular diathesis. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1895, 4. s., iv, 262-265.—Hamburger (C.) Ueber die Berechtigung und Nothwendigkeit bei tuberculosen Arbeiterfrauen die Schwangerschaft zu unterbrechen. Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. (1902), 1903, xxxiii, pt. 2, 292-311. [Discussion], pt. 1, 168-175— Heimann (G.) Das tuberkulose Weib in der Schwangerschaft und der Arzt. Med. Klin., Berl., 1907, iii, 538-544. -----. Tu- berkulose, Schwangerschaft und Statistik. Ibid., 861.— Heinus (K.) Tuberculose und Schwangerschaft. Mo- natschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynaek., Rerl., 1911, xxx, 345- 349.—Hellendall (H.) Tuberkulose und Schwanger- schaft. Gynaek. Rundschau, Berl. u. Wien, 1911, v, 228- 236.—Herrgott (A.) Tuberkulose et gestation; etude clinique. Rev. m6d. de l'est, Nancy, 1891, xxiii, 457; 484; 517; 554.—Herrmann (E.) & Hartl (R.) Der Einfluss der Schwangerschaft auf die Tuberkulose der Respira- tionsorgane; eine tierexperimentelle Studie. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infektionskrankh., Leipz., 1907, lvi, 230-306.— - Herz (M.) Gruzlica krtani, a ciaza. [Tuberculosis of the larynx and pregnancy.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1904, 2. s., xxiv, 110.—Hiinmelfarb (G.) Ob iskusstven- nompereri vie beremennosti pri lyokhochnol bugorchat- kle. [On artificial interruption of pregnancy during pulmonary tuberculosis.] Yuzhno-russk. med. gaz., Odessa, 1895, iv, 93; 112.—Hot bau er (J.) Schwanger- schaft und Tuberculose. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1910, xxxvi 2335-2338. Also [Abstr.]: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1910, lvii, 2110. Also [Ab- str.] : Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, Konigsb., 1910, Leipz., 1911, lxxxii, pt. 2, 161-166. -----. Die Bedeutung der Generationsvorgange fiir die Klinik der Tuberkulose. Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynak., Stuttg., 1910, lxviii, 572-599. -----. Experimen- teller Beitrag zur Frage der Beziehungen von Gravidi- tatsvorgiingen zur tuberkulosen Infektion. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Gyniik., Leipz., 1911, xiv, 377.— von Hoist (M.) Tuberkulose und Schwangerschaft. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1905, Iii, 417—Howard (T.) Phthisis pulmonum and abortus provocatus. Lan- cet-Clinic, Cincin., 1907, Ixxxviii, 16. — Hiinziker. ' Uber miliare Tuberkulose bei Schwangerschaft, Gcburt und Wochenbett. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1911, xiv, 360-364— Jacob! (A.) Pul- monary tuberculosis of the pregnant woman. N. York State J. M.,N. Y., 1913, xiii, 192-195.—Kalabin (I. S.) O vliyannii beremennosti i rodov na tuberkulyoz l o Hechenii tuberkulyoza lvokhkikh tuberkulinom Denis'a pri beremennosti. [Influence of pregnancy and labor upon tuberculosis, and the treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis by Denis's tuberculin.] J. akush. i jensk. boliez., St. Petersb., 1908, xxii, 1293-1302.— Kaminer (S.) Ueberden Einfluss von Schwangerschaft und Entbindung auf den phthisischen Prozess und den therapeutischen TUBERCULOSIS. 95 1 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis in pregnancy and puer- peral state. Werth der Einleitung von kunstlichen Aborten. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1901, xxvii, 587-591. -----. Die Indikationen zur Unterbrechung der Schwangerschaft bei der Tuberkulose. Med. Klin., Berl., 1910, vi, 1447-1449.—Kania. De l'influence de la puerperalite sur les femmes predisposees a la tuberculose. Rev. prat, d'obst. et de psediat., Par., 1904, xvii, 261-289.— Klliutli (M.) Ehe, Tuberkulose und Schwangerschaft. St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr., 1904, xxix, 549-551. — Kiralyri (G.) & Frigyesl (J.) Adatok a tuberculosis es terhessegkerdeWhez. [On tuberculosis and pregnancy.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1911, lv, 699; 723. Also, transl: Gynaek. Rundschau, Berl. u. Wien, 1911, v, 373-391.— Kramer (C.) Schwangerschaft und Heilstattenkur. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leip/., 1911, xvii, 484-487.—l.elour (R.) Tuberculose et grossest. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1897, xviii, 5. — I^elour (R.) & Gibert. Bassin coxalgique; tuberculose pulmonaire; hemoptysie foudroyante; accouchement artificiel par les voies natu- relles; enfant mort. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1*98, xix, 99-101.—Lequeux. Des rapports entre la tuberculose et la grossesse au point de vue pronos- tic et therapeutique. J. de med. int., Par., 1909, xiii, 105-108.—Licliteiistein. Tuberkulose und Schwan- gerschaft. Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg., Berl., 1906, 241-244.— von Lingen (L.) Graviditat und Tuberculose. St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr., 1911, xxxvi, 437-140.— Iiobenstine (R. W.) Tuberculosis as a complication of pregnancy and parturition. Bull. Lying-in Hosp. N. Y., 1908, v, 101-115, 1 ch. -----. Tuberculosis in its rela- tion to pregnancv, labor and the puerperium. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1913,"lxvii, 363-371.—LSlinberg. Weiterer Beitrag zur Kehlkopfschwindsucht der Sch wangeren und zur Frage des kunstlichen Aborts. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1905, Iii, 311-313.—Lop (P.-A.) De l'avorte- ment, ou de I'accouchement premature^ dans la tubercu- lose pulmonaire. Arch, de tocol., Par., 1894, xxi, 575- 581. Also: Marseille med., 1894, xxxi, 571-579. -----. Tuberculose au cours de la grossesse. J. de med. int., Par., 1902, vi, 209.—Lora (C.) Tubercolosi polmo- nare e gravidanza. Corriere san., Milano, 1902, xiii, 589. -----. Condotta del medico in caso di gravi- danza in donna tubercolare. Ibid., 1907, xviii, 449.— Lnbliner ( L. ) Wplvw ci%zy na przebieg suchot krtaniowych l plucnych. [Effect of pregnancy upon the course of laryngeal and pulmonarv phthisis.] Medycvna i Kron. lek., 1910, xiv, 489-496.—Lyman (H. M.) Post- puerperal pulmonary tuberculosis. Chicago Clin. Rev., 1895-6, v, 356.—.McCoy (W. A.) Pregnancy in consump- tives. Indiana M. J., Indianap., 1892-3, xi, 298-300.— Malsbary (G. E.) Tuberculosis and pregnancy. Am. J. Obst.,N. Y.,1905, Iii, 28-56. [Discussion], 136-144.— Manueeo Villapadierna (E.) Tuberculosis y em- barazo. An de la Acad, de obst. [etc.], Madrid, 1910, iii, 369-372.—Marasliano (E.) Tubercolosi e gravidanza. Cron. d. clin. med. di Genova, 1898-9, v, 337-344. Also: Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1899, xx, 685-5*8. -----. Ueber die Zweckmassigkeit der Unterbrechung der Schwanger- schaft bei Tuberkulosen. Ber. ii. d. Kong. z. Bekampf. d. Tuberk. [etc.], Berl., 1899,714. -----. Tubercolosi e gravidanza dal punto di vista terapeutico. Clin, ostet., Roma, 1906, viii, 241-251. Also: Cron. d. clin. med. di Genova, 1906, xii, 81-87. Also: Tommasi, Napoli, 1907, ii, 323-326.—Marconi (A.) La tubercolosi considerata specialmente in rapporto alia gravidanza. Lucina, Bo- logna, 1907, xii, 145; 162.—Martin (A.) Grossesse chez une tubereuleuse. Rev. med. de Normandie, Rouen, 1907, viii, 25-30. — Martin (A.) Schwangerschaft und Lungentuberkulose. Frauenarzt, Leipz., 1911, xxvi, 2. -----. Ueber die Zweckmassigkeit der Unterbrechung der' Schwangerschaft im Verlaufe der Lungentuberkulose. Samml. klin. Vortr., Leipz., 1912, n. F., No. 665 (Gyniik., No. 247), 565-581.— Martin (E.) Die Ophthalmoreak- tion und die Prognosenstellung hei tuberkulosen Er- krankungen in der Graviditat. Munchen. med. Wchn- schr., 1909, lvi, 121-123.—Merletti (C.) Tubercolosi e gravidanza. Atti Soc. ital. di ostet. e ginec 1904, Roma, 1905, x, 3-74. Also [Abstr.]: Arch. ital. di ginec, Napoli, 1904, vii, v. 2,153-162. Also [Abstr.]: Rassegna internaz. d. med. mod., Catania, 1903-4, v, 173-175.—Meurer (R. J. T.) Over tuberculose en zwangerschap. Feestb. opgedr. aan H. Treub, Leiden, 1912, 443-456— Nattan-Liarrier (L.) Tuberculose et gestation. Rev. de la tuberculose, Par., 1904, 2. s., i, 35-40.—Paddock (C. E.) The effect of pregnancy upon tuberculosis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1898, xxx, 1356. -----. Pregnancy and tuberculosis. Gail- lard's M. J., N. Y., 1898, lxviii, 338-341. Also: Medicine, Detroit, 1898, iv, 365-369.— Pankow. Lungentuberku- lose und Schwangerschaftsunterbrechung. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1911, xiv, 368-376.— Partridge (H. G.) Cardiac disease and tuberculosis in relation to pregnancy. Providence M. J., 1908, ix 189- ]93—peri (A.) Sulla interruzione artificiale della gravi- danza nella tubercolosi polmonare. Policlin., Roma, 1902-3, ix, sez. prat., 1281-1288 —Petit (G.) Tuberculose et grossesse. Rev. internat. de ia tuberc, Par., 1912, xxi, Tuberculosis in pregna?icy and puer- peral state. 92-98— Pinard. De l'avortement soi-disant therapeu- tique chez les femmes tuberculeuses en etat de gestation. Ann. de gynec. et d'obst., Par., 1912, 2. s, ix, 321-330. Also: Rev. prat, d'obst. et de psediat., Par., 1912, xxv, 129- 146.—Platon. Tuberculose et grossesse. Marseille med., 1900, xxxvii, 417-424— Plan cli u & Aloin. Le premature ne de mere tubereuleuse. Lvon med., 1911, cxvi, 72-74.—Poux (R.) Grossesse et tuberculose. Languedoc med.-chir., Toulouse, 1900, viii, 171-177.— Pradella (C.) Zur Frage der kunstlichen Unterbre- chung der Schwangerschaft wesen Lungentuberkulose. Arch. f. Gynaek., Berl., 1907, lxxxiii, 369-410.—Puecli (P.) Tuberculose pulmonaire rapidement aggravee par une grossesse; mort au 7° mois de la grossesse; operation cesarienne post mortem. N. Montpel. m6d., 1893, ii, suppl., 34. Also: Arch de tocol. et de gynec, Par., 1893, xx, 27S— Babnow & Beielier (K) Kasuistik zur Frage der Lungentuberkulose und Graviditat. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u.Berl., 1911, xxxvii, 1019-1021 — Rani (A.) Tubercolosi e gravidanza. Clin, ostet., Roma, 1909, xi, 59-61.—Reeasens Girol (S.) Tuber- culosis y embarazo. Arch, de gineeop., Barcel., 1905, xviii, 69-74.—Reielie (F.) Tuberkulose und Schwan- gerschaft. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1905, Iii, 1331- 1334.—Renon (L.) La tuberculose pulmonaire et la grossesse. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1906, xx, 65-68.—Resinelli. Considerazioni cliniche sulla tu- bercolosi polmonare complicante la gravidanza. Gine- cologia, Firenze, 1912, ix, 158-162.—Rielander (A.) & Mayer (K.) Ein Beitrag zur Tuberkulose in der Schwangerschaft. Arch. f. Gynaek., Berl., 1909, lxxxvii, 131-143.—Riviere (M.) Tuberculose et grossesse. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1909, xxx, 128.—Ros- tltorn (A.) Tuberkulose und Schwangerschaft. Mo- natschr. f. Geburtsh, u. Gyniik., Berl., 1906, xxiii, 581- 601.—Rostliorn (A.) & Fraenkel (A.) Tuberculose und Schwangerschaft. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1906, xxxii, 675-678—Rousseau (A.) Tuber- culose latente et avortement suivis de troubles ut^rins, gastriques et nerveux. Bull, med de Quebec, 1906-7, viii, 108-117.—Rudaux (P.) Tuberculose et puerperalite. Clinique, Par., 1909, iv, 485-488.—Saks (J.) Gruzlica i ciaza. [Tuberculosis and pregnancv.] Czasopismo lek., L6dz, 1907. ix, 90-95.—Schauta (F.) Tuberkulose und Schwangerschaft. Monatschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynak., Berl., 1911, xxxiii, 265-276—Scheltema (G.) Tubercu- lose-besmetting onder de poliklinische patientjes van het Groningsche Kinderziekenhuis. Feestb. opgedr. aan H. Treub, Leiden, 1912, 536-540.—Schickele. Zur Beur- teilung der Komplikation der Lungentuberkulose mit Schwangerschaft. Strassb. med. Zt£., 1906, iii, 187-192.— Schwartz (G.) Tuberkulose und Graviditat. Med. Klin., Berl., 1907, iii, 284-286.—Seifert. Lungentuberku- lose^und Graviditat. Heilkunde,Berl, 1903,49.—Shtern- berg (A. Ya.) Vliyaniye beremennosti i rodov natecch- niye lyokhochnol bugorchatki. [Influence of pregnancy arid labor upon the course of pulmonary tuberculosis.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1910 ix, 91-94.—Sippel (A.) Ein neuer Vorschlag zur Ermoglichung einer Prognose bei Tuberkulose und Schwangerschaft, Gynaek. Rund- schau, Berl. u. Wien, 1908, ii, 696-701.—Sizemski (V.) Dopustima-li borba s tuberkulozom putyom shirokavo primleneniya iskusstvennavo vikidisha? [Is it admissi- ble to struggle with tuberculosis by extensive application of artificial abortion?] J. Obsh. Russk. Vrach. v pam. Pirogova, Mosk., 1908, xiv, 641-645.—Sokolowski (A.) Wplyw ciazy na przebieg gruzlicy pluc i krtani. [In- fluence of pregnancy upon the course of pulmonary and laryngeal tuberculosis. ] Medycyna i Kron. lek., Warszawa, 1910, xiv, 496-499. —Sterling (S.) O wplywie cia/y i porodu na przebieg gruzlicy pluc. [Influence of pregnancy and labor upon the course of phthisis.] Czasopismo lek., L6dz, 1907, ix, 12-22.— Stern (R.) Systematische Untersuchungen iiber die lokalen Tuberkulinreaktionen in der Schwangerschaft und im Wochenbett und Schlussfolgerungen hinsichtlich der Diagnosen- und Prognosenstellung. Ztschr. f. Gebu- rtsh. u. Gyniik., Stuttg., 1910, lxvi, 532-550.—Stewart (D. H.) Thepregnantwoman.tuberculosisandhersafetv. Med. Rec.N. Y., 1912, lxxxii, 897; 1085.—Tallant (Alice W.) Pulmonary tuberculosis as a complication of preg- nancy, with areport of three cases. Woman'sM. J.,Cincin., 1912, xxii, 53-57.—Tapret & Londe. Etude comparee de la nutrition chez les femmes enceintes et chez les phtisiques. Rev. de la tuberculose, Par., 1894, 217-228.— Tecon. Grossesse et tuberculose pulmonaire. Gynaecol. Helvet., Geneve, 1911, xi, 384-398. Also: Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1911, xxxi, 427-440.—Terzaghi (G.) Tubercolosi in gravidanza. Arte ostet., Milano, 1903, xvii, 369-374.—Thaler. Experimentelle und kli- nische Beitrage zur Frage der Beziehungen zwischen Schwangerschaft und Tuberkulose. Verhandl. d.deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Gyniik., Leipz., 1911, xiv, 378-380.—Town- send (C. W.) Phthisis and child-bearing. Boston M. & S. J., 1897, exxxvii, 391. [Discussion], 398.—del Valley Aldabalde (R.) La hemoptisis en el embarazo. Rev. TUBERCULOSIS. 952 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis in pregnancy and puer- peral state. de med. y cirug. pract., Madrid, 1902. lvii, 442-445.—Van Meenen(E.) L'influence de lagrossesseoudel'eclamp- sie sur la production de la tuberculose. Flandre med., Gand, 1895, ii, 421-426.—Veit (J.) Tuberkulose und Schwangerschaft. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Na- turf. u. Aerzte 1903, Leipz., 1904, ii, 2. Hlfte., 178-181.-----. Ueber Tuberkulose und Schwangerschaft. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1906, Leipz., 1907, pt. 2,2. Hlfte., 137-141. Also: Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1906, xlvii. 4M-485. Also: Zentralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1906, xxx, 1217. — Vieira de Campos de Carvalho (A.) Tuberculose e gestacao. Coimbra med.. 1S90, xvi, 310; 321; 343: 359; 374; 392; 405; 420: 436: 451; 469: 485; 503: 521; 532.—Wartield (L. M.) Tuberculosis as an indica- tion for the interruption of pregnancv. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1906, xiii, 866-869.—Washburn (F. H.) Pul- monarv tuberculosis in its relation to obstetrics. Am. Med., Phila., 1906, n. s., i, 132-135.—Weinberg (W.) Die Beziehungen zwischen der Tuberkulose und Schwan- gerschaft, Geburt und Wochenbett. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1906, v, 59-298. —---. Zur Frage des Schicksals der Kinder tuberkuloser Mutter und kunstli- chen Abortus. Ibid., 1908, xi, 299.—Wilson (W. R.) Phthisis in pregnancy and labor. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1899, xxxix, 501-507.—Yokoyama. [A case of tuber- culosis of the nutritive organs in a pregnant woman.] Tokyo Iji-Shinshi, 1905, 1201-1214— Zanoni (G.) Con- tributo alle moderne indicazioni dell' aborto; 1' aborto nella tubercolosi polmonare. Cron. d. clin. med. di Genova, 1902, viii, 33-39. Also: Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1902, xxiii, 180-183. Tuberculosis in prisons and prisoners. See, also, Tuberculosis and crime. Krimer (M.) *TJeber das Vorkommen der Tuberkulose in bayerischen Gefiingnissen. 8°. Miinehen, 1891. Metjvret (H.) *La tuberculose dans les prisons. Etude statistique, etiologique et pro- phylactique. 8°. Paris, 1908. Ransom (J. B.) A history of the tuberculosis work at Clinton prison. 8°. Dannemora, N.Y., 1904. ------. Tuberculosis in penal institutions, report prepared for the Eighth International Prison Congress, 1905. 8°. Washington, 1904. Bennett (O. J.) Tuberculosis and cellular confine- ment. Bull. Iowa Inst., Dubuque, 1904, vi, 422-432.— Rlake (W. H.) The need of a separate prison for con- sumptive convicts. Alabama M. J., Birmingh., 1899-1900, xii, 517-521. Also: Tr. M. Ass. Alabama, Montgomery, 1900, 536-544. Also: Med.-Leg. J., N. Y., 1901-2, xix, 121- 123. — Rriggs (W. A.) Tuberculosis and convicts. Pacific M. J., San Fran., 1909, Iii, 26-29.—Brouardel (P.) Mortalite par tuberculose dans les 6tablisse- ments penitentiaires (1894-8). Com. de la tuberc., Par., 1900, 187-190.—Buchanan (W. J.) Tubercle of the lungs as a factor in the mortalitv of Bengal jails. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1893, xxviii, 222-224 — Biidingen (T.) Zur Bekampfung der Lungenschwindsucht; Streifzuge eines Arztesin dasGebiet der strairechtspflege. Deutsche Vrtljschr, f. off. Gsndhtspfl^.. Brnschwg., 1899, xxxi, 449- 479,1 tab.—Cooke (T. t, jr. The whys and wherefores of tuberculosis in our Slate prisons. Maryland M. J., Bait., 1910, liii, 405-411.—dc la Cueva (R.) La tuberculosisy la peniteneiaria de Mexico. Escuela de med., Mexico, 1907, xxii, 193; 222.—Brossbach. Die Tuberkulose in den bayerischen Strafanstalten, 1863-1902. Friedreich's Bl. f. gerichtl. Med.. Niirnb., 1906, lvii,321: 401.—Fowler (W.R.) Tuberculosis in pri son sand reformatories. Med. Rec., N. Y., 1901, lix,475.—<-uiuii (E. E.) Consumption in the penitentiaries. Med. Recorder, Shreveport, La., 1905, ii, 225-231. -----. Tuberculosis in Texas peniten- tiaries. TexasStateJ.M.,Fort Worth,1906, i,229.—Hins- dale (G.) An inspection of the Eastern Pennsvlvania State Penitentiary with reference to tuberculosis. Tr.Am. Climat. Ass., Detroit, 1905, xxi, 100-106. Also: Am. J. Tu- berc, Detroit, 1905, i, no. 4, 5-8. Also, Reprint—Knopf (S. A.) Tuberculosis in prisons and reformatories. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1901, lix, 334-336. Also, Reprint. -----. The tuberculosis situation in penal institutions with especial reference to the State prisons at Sing Sing, N. Y., and Co- lumbus, Ohio. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1905, lxvii, 721-726. Also, Reprint. -----. The tuberculosis problem in prisons and reformatories. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1906, lxxxiv, 968- 975. Also, Reprint.—Kolb ( K.) Beobachtungen uber Tuberculose in Gefiingnissen. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infec- tionskrankh.. Leipz., 1895, xix, 484-506. -----. Die Be- kampfung der Lungentuberkulose in den Gefangnissen. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1905, viii, 103- 129— Kit thy (D. O.) Die Frage der Gefangnistuberku- lose am vii. internationalen Congress fiir Gefangniswe- Tuberculosis in prisons and prisoners. sen. Ungar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1905, x, 465- 479 Also, transl: Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1905-6, viii, 59-7o! -----. Sur les moyens de combattre la tuberculose dans les etablissements p6nitentiaires. Tuberculosis, Leipz 1906, v, 41-51.—Landouzy. Rapport sur un avis de- mande a 1'Academie de medecine par la direction de Tad- ministration penitentiaire sur Installation, dans ses etablissements, de crachoirs comme moyen de combattre la propagation de la tuberculose dans l'es prisons. Bull Acad, de med., Par., 1903, 3. s., xlix, 571.—Le Filliatre (G.) Note communiquee au vii« Congres penitentiaire sur la tuberculose ganglionnaire dans les prisons; ses causes, son traitement et les mesures a prendre pour l'eviter. Rev. med., Par., 1906, xv, 164-169.—Luzzato ( 0. ) La tubercolosi negli stabilimenti careerari Areh. di psichiat. [etc.], Torino, 1898, xix, 630-633. Also, transl: Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1898, xii, 460.— Marini (E.) La profilassi della tubercolosi negli sta- bilimenti penali. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1899, xx, 1026.— Mulvany (J.) Tubercle of lungs in Bengal jails. In- dian M.Gaz., Calcutta, 1903, xxxviii, 131-134. -----. Tu- bercle of lungs in Bengal jails. Ibid., 1909, xliv, 84,6 ch.— Bansoni (J. B.) Tuberculosis in penal institutions. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1906, xvii, 144-150. Also- Clin. Rev., Chicago, 1905-6, xxiii, 794-810.—Beed (J. V.) The management of prison tuberculosis, with the aid of tuberculin as a diagnostic agency. J. Am. M. Ass.,Chi- cago, 1905, xliv, 383-386.—Bidolii (A.) Sulla applica- zione pratica dell' oftalmoreazione Calmette nelle case di pena. Rev. med., Milano, 1909, xvii, 97-99.—Biva. Un po' di statistica della tubercolosi nelle earceri italiane. Rendic d. Ass. med.-chir. di Parma, 1900, i, 140-142.— Schal'er (F.) Die Tuberkulose in den Gefangnissen. Bayer, arztl. Cor.-Bl., Munchen, 1899, ii, 142; 154; 164:173.— Seek. Ueber die Ursachen der Seltenheit der Tuberku- lose in der Kaiserlichen Strafanstalt zu Ensisheim. Arch. f. off. Gsndhtspflg., Strassb., 1899, xix, 150-156.—Sharp (H. C.) Tuberculosis in prisons. Nat. Ass. Study & Pre- vent. Tuberculosis. Trans., N. Y., 1908, iv, 71-75.—Sul- livan (W. C.) Tuberculosis in prisons. Brit. J. Tuber- culosis, Lond., 1909, iii, 19-24.—Tracy (E. E.) Prison tu- berculosis. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1905, vii, 437-441.— Waters (E.E.) A note on jail tuberculosis. IndianM. Gaz., Calcutta, 1902, xxxvii, 421^424.—Weichselbaum (A.) Absonderung von tuberkulosen und tuberkulose- verdaehtigen Striiflingen und Gcfangenen. Oesterr .-San.- Wes., Wien, 1905, xvii, 125. Tuberculosis in sailors. See, also, Tuberculosis on ships. Laurent (L.-C.-E.-G.) * La tuberculose dans les equipages de la flotte (etiologie—prophy- laxie). Etude d'hygiene navale. 8°. Bordeaux, 1908. Perree (F.) * La tuberculose dans la marine marchande. 8°. Paris, 1909. Presuhn (V.) Die Hilfsmittel zur Friihdiag- nose der Lungentuberkulose und ihre Verwend- barkeit in der Marine, roy. 8°. Berlin, 1911. Zinovyeff (K. N.) *K voprosu o bugor- chatkle v russkom flotle; statisticheskiy mate- rial. [Tuberculosa in the Russian navy; sta- tistics.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1905. Auflfret (C.) Etiologie et prophylaxie de la tubercu- lose dans la marine. Arch, de m£d. nav., Par., 1905, lxxxiv, 321-340. Also: Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par, 1906, ii. [Discussion], 746-747. -----. La tubercu- lose dans la marine. Caducee, Par., 1905, v, 287. Also: Cong, internat. de mecl., Lisbonne, 1906-7, xv, sect. 17, 277-282.—Beyer i H.-G.) La lutte contre la tuberculose dans la marine des Etats-Unis. Cong, internat. de la tu- berc. 1905, Par., 1906, ii, 749-757.-----. Tuberculosis in the United States Navv. Tuberculosis, Berl., 1911, x, 519- 526.—Bourges. Les tuberculeux de l'arsenal de Brest traites au sanatorium de Trebe'ron pendant l'annee 1909. Arch, de me'd. nav., Par., 1912, xcvii, 441-446—Caro (A. F.) Profilaxiade la tuberculosis en el ejercito y en la marina. Bol. de med. nav., Madrid, 1*98, xxi, 121-125.— Cobb (J. O.) Observations, comments, and statistics on the diagnosis, climatic isolation, and future control of the consumptive sailor. Rep. Superv. Surg.-Gen. Mar. Hosp. 1898, Wash., 1899, 236-250.—Conteaud. Lutte contre la tuberculose a bord. Arch, de med. nav.. Par., 1903, lxxix, 81-144. -----. Rapport sur la tuberculose dans la marine de guerre. Ibid., 1910, xciv, 81-112.— Fernandez Caro (A.) La tuberculosis en la marina de guerra y su profilaxis. Med. mil. espafi., Madrid, 1905-6, xii, 245; 284; 335; 367; 397; 445; 461.-----. La tu- berculose dans les marines de guerre: sa prophylaxie. Cong, internat. de m&L, Lisbonne, 1906-7, xv, sect. 17, 75_96.-----. La tuberculosis en la marina de guerra. Med. pract., San Fernando, 1912, xi, 157; 175.—Frio- court. La tuberculose dans la marine au port de Brest. TUBERCULOSIS. 953 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis in sailors. Arch, de med. nav., Par., 1904, lxxi, 401-422.—Uazeau. La tuberculose a bord du "Desaix." Ibid., 1908, lxxxix, 222-225.—Gues. Contribution a la prophylaxie de la tu- berculose dans la marine. Ibid., 1904, lxxxii, 241-253.— Hibbett (C. T.) What can the Navy do with its tuber- culous? Mil. Surgeon, Wash., 1910, xxvii, 645-652.— Home (W. E.) Consumption in the navy. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, i, 1200.—Knorre (V. K.) K voprosu o bu- gorchatkle i rasprostranenii yeya sredi nizhnikh chinov Morskavo VIedomstva Kronstadtskavo porta i o mlerakh k yeya preduprezhdeniyu. [On the extent of tuberculosis among the marines of the port of Cronstadt, and the pro- phylactic measures against it.] Med. pribav. k morsk. sborniku, St. Petersb., 1896, pt. 2, 71; 141, 2 diag. Also transl: Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infectionskrankh., Leipz., 1897, xxiv, 351-372.—Laearriere. Hygiene et tuberculose a l'arsenal de Lorient. Arch, de mod. nav., Par., 1906, lxxxvi, 374; 425: 1907. lxxxvii, 55.—March (J. E.) Tu- berculosis and the forecastle. Maritime M. News, Hali- fax, 1898, x. 330-335— Mar kl. Die Tuberkulose in der osterreichischen Handelsmarine und deren Bekampfung. Arch. f. Schiffs- u. Tropen-Hyg., Leipz., 1906, x, 22-24. Also, transl: Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, ii, 747-749.—Momose (K.) An essay on the preventive measures for tuberculosis in the whole Navv. Sei-i-Kwai M. J., Tokyo, 1901, xx, 1; 21.—Pryn (W. \V.) Tubercu- losis in the Navy, 1860-1906; its influence on invaliding and the death-rate. Brit. J. Tuberc. Lond., 1908, ii, 5- 10.—Baybaud (A.) & Brunean (A.) La tuberculose dans la marine marchande. Marseille med., 1903, xl, 129- 141.—Bixey (P. M.) A study of tuberculosis in the United States Navy. Mil. Surgeon, Carlisle, 1908, xxii, 1- 36. Also, Reprint, with additions.—Santini (F.) La tu- bercolosi in online al reclutamento nelle armate, relativa profilassi in questa e negli stabilimenti militari marittimi in genere e nelle navi in ispecie. Atti d. xi. Cong. med. internaz. 1894, Roma, 1895. vi, chir. emed.mil., 14.—Sar- inento (A.) La tuberculose dans la marine de guerre portugaise. Arch, dehfg. e path, exotic. Lisb., 1905-6, i, K9-132.—Sestini(L.) Latubercolosi nellagentedimare con speciale riguardo alia marineria da guerra. Ann. di med. nav., Roma, 1906, ii, 413-469, 2 pl. -----. Circa il rapporto fra selezione all' arruolamento e morbosita ge- nerale e specifica per malattie tubercolari nell' armata italiana. ibid., 1910, ii, 469-487, 2 ch.-----. Latubercolosi polmonare nell' armata italiana a seconda delle varie destinazionidiservizio. Ibid., 1912, xviii, 12-29.—Sichel (G.i Consumption in the Navy. Brit. M.J., Lond.,1902, ii, 1029.—Silvado (J.) A tuberculose na marinha mer- cante brazileira. Tribuna med., Rio de Jan., 1911, xvii, 37; 57.—Talairach. La tuberculose dans la flotte. Arch, de med. nav., Par., 1894, lxii, 241-255.—Tartarin (A.-C.) Etudes sur la tuberculose dans les milieux mari- times en Allemagne. Tbid., 1906, lxxxv, 86; 176. Also: Lutte antituberc, Par., 1906-7, vii, 6-24. Also, Reprint. -----. La tuberculose chez les marins du commerce en France. Arch, de med. nav., Par., 1906, lxxxv, 263- 278.—Thierry (H.) Navires de guerre; frequence de la tuberculose dans la marine. Cong, internat. d'as- sain. . . . de l'habitat. C. r. 1904, Par., 1905, 559-572.— Vigne (C.) Prophylaxie de la tuberculose dans la marine marchande. Hygiene gen. et appliq., Par., 1906, i, 129; 203. -----. La tuberculose et les risques profession- nels des gens de mer. Ibid., 1907, ii, 205-213.—Vincent (L.) La tuberculose dans la marine (statistique; mesures prophylactiques). Arch, de me'd. nav., Par., 1899, l,xxi, 36-54. -----. La tuberculose dans la marine de l'Etat. Com. de la tuberc, Par., 1900, 173-136.—Young (G. B.) The admission rate for tuberculosis among merchant seamen during the past twenty years. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, liv, 1284-1286.—Zinovyell"i K. N.) Zabo- llevayemost nizhnikh chinov flota bugorchatkoyu lyokh- kikh za posllekniya desyat llet. [Phthisis among the en- listed men of the fleet for the last ten years.] Protok. za- said. Obsh. morsk. vrach. v. Kronstadte, 1903-4, xvi, no. 2, 67-76. -----. K voprosu o bugorchatkle v russkom flotle. [Tuberculosis in the Russian Navy.] Med. pri- bav. k morsk. sborniku, St. Petersb., 1905, pt. 1, 339; pt.2, 1; 65. -----•. Zavisimost bugorchatki ot tieloslozheniya matrosov. [Relation of tuberculosis in sailors to their physique.] Ibid., 1908, pt. 2, 93-107. -----. Bugorchatka vo flotle i sanatorii. [Tuberculosis in the fleet and sani- tarium.] Ibid., 286-297. -----. K voprosu o borbie s bu- gorchatkol vo flotle. [Struggle with tuberculosis in the navy.] Ibid., 1911, 248-256. -----. K voprosu o bugor- chatkle v russkom flotle. [Tuberculosis in the Russian navy.] Morsk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1911, 55-83. Tuberculosis in schools and school- children. See, also, Schools (Open-air). Baur (A.) Die Tuberkulose und ihre Be- kiimpfung durch die Schule. Gemeinverstiind- lich dargestellt. 8°. Berlin, 1902. Bockendahl (A. W.) Tuberkulose und Schule. 8°. Kiel, 1911. Tuberculosis in schools and school- children. Dixon (S. G.) Producers and consumers; Pennsylvania's tuberculosis schools. 8°. Har- risburg, 1910. Hart (C.) Die korperliche Fortbildung der schulentlassenen Jugend im Lichte der Tuber- kulosebekiimpfung. 8°. Stuttgart, 1911. Holmgren (I.) Tuberkulosen kort fram- stiillning till skolornas tjanat. [Tuberculosis, a short statement concerning schools.] 8°. Stockholm, 1908. Huleux (R.) * Contribution a I'etude de la tuberculose a l'Ecole et de quelques points de sa prophylaxie; inspection medicale des ecoles, cantines scolaires, ecoles de plein air. 8°. Paris, 1908. Krtjmholz. Die Infektion durch Tuberku- lose in den Lehrsiilen der Normalschulen. Hy- gienisch-technische Studie. 8°. Wien, 1903. Wack (A.) *Die Prophylaxe der Tubercu- lose in der Schule. 8°. Strassburg, 1900. Allan (J.) Tuberculosis in children and school in- spection. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1909, ii, 1716.—Ascher (L.) Die Tuberkulose im schulpflichtigen Alter. Hyg. Rund- schau, Berl., 1908, xviii, 565-571.—Baradat. Les eta- blissements centralises d'education et la tuberculose. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1902, iii, 228- 235. Also Reprint. -----. Die physische Erziehung der Jugend im Kampf gegen die Tuberkulose; die rationel- len Schulen. Allg. Wien. med. Ztg^, 1904, xlix, 345.—de Batz (E.) Sur les caracteres physiques de l'etat sain et de l'etat prgtuberculeux dans la population scolaire d'Arcachon. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, ii, 285-288.—de Batz, Bourdier & Beaure. Recherche de la tuberculose et de la pretuberculose dans la population scolaire d'Arcachon. Rev. med de Nor- mandie, Rouen, 1905, 297-303.—Baudouin (F.) La tu- berculose El I'ecole. Bull, de la Ligue contre la tuberc. en Touraine, Tours, 1904, i, 8; 28.—Belotti (S.) A pro- posito della prevenzione tubercolare nelle scuole ele- mentari. Gior. d. r. Soc. ed Accad. vet. ital., Torino, 1905, liv, 371-381.—Berger. Die Bekampfung der Tuberku- lose in der Schule. Ber. ii. d. Kong. z. Bekampf. d. Tu- berk. [etc.], Berl., 1899, 640-651. Also: Ztschr. f. Schul- gsndhtspflg., Hamb., 1899, xii, 396-415.—Berlioz (F.) Enquete sur la tuberculose dans les Ecoles de Grenoble. DauphinS med., Grenoble, 1911, xxxv, 199-211.—Bern- heim (S.) & Dieupart (L.) Le easier sanitaire des ecoliers. Me'd. orient., Par., 1907, xi, 481-490. -----. Le livret sanitaire des ecoliers. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1907, xii, 97-108.—Bidwell(L. A.) A possible way by which tuberculosis mav be disseminated in schools. J. State M., Lond., 1895, iii, 226-229.—Bompard (R.) Colonies scolaires. Tr. Brit. Cong. Tuberc. 1901, Lond., 1902, ii, 81-84.—Busey (C. E.) The cultivation of vocal music in our schools as one of the means of preventing phthisis. Tr. M. Soc. Virg., Richmond, 1888, 244-246.— Cabot (A. T.) Tuberculosis and the schools. Atlantic Month., N. Y., 1912, ex, 702-708—Calinescu. Scoala in profilaxia tuberculosei. Spitalul, Bucuresci,' 1908, xxviii, 376.—Carrieu. Mutualite scolaire et son r61e antitubereuleux. Montpel. med., 1905, xxi, 254-263. Also: Lutte antituberc, Par., 1905-6, vi, 14-26.—Casti- ella (E.) La defensa contra la tuberculosis en la es- cuela. Clin mod., Zaragoza, 1909, viii, 582-586.—Circu- laire et instructions de M. le Ministre de l'lnstruction publique concernant la prophylaxie de la tuberculose dans les ecoles. Lutte antituberc. Par., 1902 iii, 399- 408.—Crain (F. M.) The compulsory education of tu- bercular school children in State institutions combining educational and sanatorial features. J. Minn. M. Ass. [etc.], Minneap., 1907, xxvii, 526-530.—Daske (O.) Die Tuberkulose in den Volksschulen Diisseldorfs. Klin. Jahrb., Jena, 1909, xxii, 95-126. —Deipser. Ueber Schulstaub-Tuberkulose. Cor.-Bl. d. allg. arztl. Ver. v. Thuringen, Weimar, 1900, xxix, 513-516.—Belearde. La pretuberculose a I'ecole et les colonies de vacances; l'ceuvre Grancher. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1911, xv, 221-225.— Dettweiler (P.) Zur Prophylaxis der Phthi- sis in den Schulen. Ztschr.f. Schulgsndhtspflg., Hamb. u. Leipz., 1889, ii, 317-325.—Dul'estel. Tuberculose sco- laire et gymnastique respiratoire. Arch, de med. d. enf., Par., 1908, xi, 324-334. -----. Les moyens d'enrayer la tuberculose k I'ecole primaire. M6d. scolaire. Par., 1908, i, 170-178.—TCloas (J. P.) School en tuberculose. Med. Weekbl., Amst., 1909-10, xvi, 599; 611.—Eiiunert (J. M.) Is our public school system conducive to tuberculosis? Tr. Iowa M. Soc, Burlington, 1898, 59-73. Also: Ann.- Gynec. & Pediat., Bost., 1897-8, xi, 913-918.—Fairlield (Letitia D.) A note on infectious disease, tubercu- losis, and education. School Hyg., Lond., 1912, iii, TUBERCULOSIS. 954 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis in schools and school- children. 106-108.—Fraenkel (A.) Tuberkulose und Schule. Zt- schr.f. Schulgsndhtspfl., Hamb., 1906,xix,389-409.—Fran- cine (A. P.) The teaching of tuberculosis. A plea for its specialization in medical schools. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1910, xci, 1285-1287.—Frassi (A.) Scuola e tubercolosi. Tubercolosi, Milano, 1908-9, ii, 181-185.—Ganghofner (F.) Preservation scolaire contre la tuberculose. [Ref.] Cong, internat. de la tuberc. Rap., Par., 1905, 314-324. [Discussion], J6mL,1906, ii, 248-254.—Grancher. Pre- servation scolaire contre la tuberculose. Bull. med., Par., 1904, xviii, 1109-1114. -Also: Internat. Arch. f. Schulhyg., Leipz., 1905,i, 131-144.—Grancher [et al]. La tubercu- lose ganglio-pulmonaire dans l'6cole parisienne. Bull. Acad, de m6d., Par., 1906, 3. s., lvi, 379-388. Also: Bull. med., Par., 1906, xx,971-974. Also: Clinique, Brux., 1906, xx, 1010-1019. Also: Rev. deth6rap. med.-chir., Par., 1906, Ixxiii, 757-764.—Granj ux. La tuberculose a I'ecole. Internat. Arch. f. Schulhyg., Leipz., 1906, ii, 334-350.— Guaita (R.) Una questione poco studiata d' igiene preventiva scolastiea; la tubercolosi ganglio-polmonare nelle scuole. Pediatria, Napoli, 1906, 2. s., iv, 721-734. Also, transl: Clinique, Brux., 1907, xxi, 5-17. Also, transl: Pediatrie prat., Lille, 1907, v, 1-7. Also, transl: Rev. in- ternat. de la tuberc, Par., 1907, xi, 163-172.—Gulick (L. H.) Tuberculosis and the public schools. Charities fete], N. Y., 1908-9, xxi, 253-258. Also, transl: Tuberc. Org. v. de Nederl. centr. Vereen. [etc.], 's Gravenh., 1909, v,19.—Hawes(I.B.) Tuberculosis classes. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1907, lxxxvi, 485-497. Also, Reprint. -----. Re- port on replies to a circular letter concerning fresh-air rooms and out-door schools, sent out by the associated tuberculosis committees of the Massachusetts Medical Society. Boston M. & S. J., 1911, cxiv, 633—Hay (J.) The school and its part in the prevention of tuberculosis. Lancet, Lond., 1908, i, 1327-1330.—Hillenberg. Die Verwendbarkeit der von Pirquet-Reaktion zur Bekiimp- fung der Tuberkulose in der Schule. Ztschr. f. Schul- gsndhtspfl., Hamb., 1910, xxiii, 605-622.—Jab Ion ski. La tuberculose chez les maitres de I'enseignement pu- blic. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, ii, 808- 810.—Jacobs (H. B.) The prevention of tuberculosis among school children. Maryland M. J., Bait., 1908, li, 83-88.—Johnson (G. E.) The playground as an aid in the prevention of tuberculosis. Ibid., 89-96.—Ju ba (A.) Kampf gegen die Tuberkulose in und durch die Schule. Ber. ii. d. Kong. z. Bekampf. d. Tuberk. [etc.], Berl., 1899, 651.— Kelynack (T. N.) Tuberculosis among school children. Lancet, Lond., 1907, ii, 434. Also: Tuberculo- sis, Leipz., 1907, vi, 583-592.—Kerr (J.) Elementary schools and tuberculosis. School Hyg., Lond., 1910, i, 14- 20.—Kircliner (M.) Die Tuberculose und die Schule. Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl., 1905, xi, 2; 25. Also, Reprint. -----. Die Tuberkulose in der Schule, ihre Verhutung und Bekampfung. Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl., 1909, xv, 89-93. Also, Reprint—Knopf (S. A.) The duties of the school teacher in the combat of tuberculosis as a dis- ease of the masses. Am. Med., Phila., 1903, vi, 65-72. Also: Teachers'San. Bull., Lansing, 1903, vi, 89-104. -----. How may the public school be helpful in the prevention of tuberculosis? N. York M. J. [etc.], 1904, lxxx, 433-437. -----. Simple rules for school children to prevent tuber- culosis. Brooklyn M. J., 1906, xx, 205-207. -----. The teachers' part in the tuberculosis problem. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1906, lxix, 245-255. Also, Reprint. -----. Alphabet for school children in the prevention of tuberculosis. Pediatrics, N. Y., & Burlington, Vt., 1909, xxi, 348-350. -----. Tuberculosis and other diseases in schools and colleges, open-air schools and open-air instruction with breathing exercises as preventive measures. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1913,xcvii, 165-173.—Landouzy [ital]. L'edu- cation antituberculeuse a I'ecole. Internat. Tuberk.- Konf. 1902. Ber., Berl., 1903, i, 95-97.—Laukl'ord (J. S.) The public school and the prevention of tuberculosis. Texas State J. M., Fort Worth, 1910, v, 403-406—l.ecky (H. C.) & Horton (W. C.) Revealed tuberculosis in children at school ages, from four to fifteen years. Lan- cet, Lond., 1907, ii, 1813-1816.—Lehmann (H.) Tuber- kuloseloven og Skolerne. [Tuberculosis laws and the schools.] Ugesk. f. Leeger, K0benh., 1906, 5. R., xiii, 1105- 1118.—Leiidberg (M.), K.jelin (G.) & Karlsson (A.) Enquete sur la frequence de la tuberculose pulmonaire dans les ecoles primaires de Stockholm. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1909, xvi, 323-329. Also: Festskrift vid tuberkulos-konferensen i Stockholm, 1909, 72-85.-l.es- sard (A.) La tuberculose a I'ecole. Bull. med. de Quebec, 1910, xi, 337-358.—Locke (E. A.) & Ulurphy (T. J.) Boston's hospital school for tuberculous chil- dren. Boston M. & S. J., 1911, clxv, 240-245. — L.o- rentz (F.) Methodische Atemiibungen in der Schule und ihr Wert fiir die Tuberkuloseverhutung. Ztschr. f. Schulgsndhtspflg., Leipz. u. Hamb., 1912, xxv, 793-801.— Lustig (A.) La tubercolosi fra gli insegnanti ed i rela- tivi provvedimenti sociali. Atti d. Cong. naz. . . con- tro la tuberc. 1909, Firenze, 1910, ii, 53-73.—^1 alandri- llOS (C.) 'O Sia. tou crxoKeiov iytav Kara tt); s. IarpiKO? ixr)vvTup, 'Afloat, 1912, xii, 61-64—.Uauro (C.) Tuberculosis in schools and school- children. Sulla diffusione della tubercolosi fra gli scolari nei co- mune di Palermo. Gazz. internaz. di med., Napoli, 1913 xvi, 79-81.—.11 cry (H.) Preservation scolaire contre la tuberculose. Ann. de med. et chir. inf., Par., 1905, ix, 745-756. Also: Cong, internat. de la tuberc. Rap., Par 1905, 294-314. Also: Arch, de m6d. d. enf., Par., 1906, ix.' 385-408. -----. La tuberculose al't'eole (chez les ecoliers) Med. scolaire, Par., 1913, vi, 5; 60.—.Minor (J.J.) & Bly- ains (Isabel F.) Boston's outdoor Hchools. Nat. Ass Study & Prevent. Tuberculosis. Trans., N. V., 1909, v 88-95.—IVietner. Die Bekampfung der Tuberkulose unter den Schulkindern. Internat. Arch. f. Schulhyg., Leipz., 1912, viii. 461-476. Also, transl: J. State Med. Lond., 1912, xx, 625-636.—Nobeeourt (P.) & Kouyer. La tuberculose a I'ecole normale superieure; mesures preventives. J. de med. de Par., 1910, 2. s., xxii, 705.— Noir (J.) La prophylaxie de la tuberculose pulmonaire par les colonies scolaires; le but de l'ceuvre des colonies scolaires de vacances; le choix des colonies et la selection des enfants. Progres med., Par., 1905, 3. s., xxi, 630-632.— Noir (J.) & Gourichon (H.) La prophylaxie de la tuberculose pulmonaire par les colonies scolaires. Cong. internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, ii, 300-306.— Ober- tilschen. Die Aufgaben der Schule bei der Sehwind- suchtsbekampfung. Internat Tuberk.-Konf. 1902. Ber., Berl., 1903, 1, 107-115.—Pestalozza (F.) La profilassi scolastiea della tubercolosi. Gior. d. r. Soc. ital. d' ig., Milano, 1906, xxviii, 245-264.—Philip ( R. W.) The prevalence of tuberculosis among school children. Lan- cet, Lond., 1910, i, 751.—Poland (A. B.) Relation of the public schools to the anti-tuberculosis movement. Nat. Ass. Study & Prevent. Tuberculosis. Trans., N. Y., 1909, v, 65-87.—Pratt (J. H.) The organization of tuber- culosis classes. Boston M. & S. J., 1907, clvii, 285-291. Also, Reprint.—Prevention (The) of consumption in schools, drawn up by a committee appointed by the Council of the National Association, in response to an application from the National Union of Teachers. Tuber- culosis, Lond., 1901, i, 423^128.—Primer on tuberculosis for school work. Pub. Health Mich., Lansing, 1909, iv, 224-234,1 pl.—Probst (C. O.) Shall consumptives be excluded from the schools. Columbus M. J., 1904, xxviii, 108-112. Also: Ohio San. Bull., Columbus, 1904, ix, 96- 103. Also: Bull. N. Car. Bd. Health, Raleigh, 1907-8, xxii, 82-84.—Bagazzi (M.) La scuola nella profilassi della tuberculosi. Internat. Arch. f. Schulhyg., Leipz., 1908, iv, 339-372.—Kic liter. Die Tuberculose in der Schule, betrachtet vom Standpunkte des Medizinalbe- amten. Ztschr. f. Med.-Beamte, Berl., 1905, xviii, 389- 393.—Boeder (H.) Tuberkulose im schulpflichtigen Alter. Verhandl. d. Versamml. d. Gesellsch. i. Kinderh. . . . deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1905, Wiesb., 1906, 77-79.— Saenz de Cenzano (F.) La inspecci6n de la tuber- culosis en los ninos de las escuelas. Clin, mod., Zara- goza, 1908, vii, 615; 643.—Savoire (C.) & Cave (J.-C.) Mutualites maternelles et scolaires; leur r61e antituber- euleux. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. Rap., Par., 1905, 369-390.—Should a person with consumption be allowed to teach school? [Discussion.] Month. San. Rec, Colum- bus, 1890, iii, 257-262.—Squire (J- E.) & Gowdey (An- nie). Pulmonary tuberculosis among school children. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1908, i, 466-468.—Stark (Bertha L.) Antituberculosis work in the Pittsburgh public schools. Am. J. Nursing, Phila., 1908-9, ix, 98-102.—Steele (H. W.) Modes of preventing tuberculosis in the schools. Mary- land M. J., Bait., 1908, li, 96-100.—Stephani. Die Mit- wirkung der Schularzte bei der Tuberkulosebekamp- fung. Ztschr. f. Schulgsndhtspfl., Hamb., 1910, xxiii, 241-255.—Sterne (J.) La tuberculose dans les ecoles maternelles a Nancy. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1905, vii, 414-416.—Vauthier. Sur les moyens tendant k empecher la propagation de la tuberculose dans les ecoles. Rev. d'hyg. et de m6d. inf. [etc.], Par., 1905, iv, 691-723.— Vergara Lope (D.) Sanatorios-escuelas de agrieul- tura para los ninos pobres escrofulosos y tuberculosos. Mem. Soc. cient. "Antonio Alzate," Mexico, 1905-6, xxiii, 267-275.—Vidal (A.) La organizaei6n profilactiea de las escuelas contra la tuberculosis. Internat. Arch. f. Schulhyg., Leipz., 1912, viii, 264-308.—Volland. Ueber den Weg der Tuberculose zu den Lungenspitzen und iiber die Nothwendigkeit der Errichtung von Kinder- pflegerinnenschulen zur Verhiitung der Infection. Zt- schr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1893, xxiii, 50-69. Also: Wien. med. Bl., 1893, xvi, 435; 448; 461. Also I Abstr.]; Med.-chir. Centralbl., Wien, 1893, xxviii, 597.—Weil (G.) De l'or- ganisation de la prophylaxie de la tuberculose dans les grands etablissements d'instruction secondaire. Cong. p. l'etudede la tuberculose, Par., 1898, iv, 381-384.— Weill- Mantou. La tuberculose dans le corps enseignant. Cong, d'hvg. scolaire [etcl 1905, Par., 1906, 163-184.- Windhe'user (E.) Wie kann die Schule bei der Be- kiimpfung der Tuberkulose mitwirken? Ztschr. f. Schul- gsndhtspflg., Hamb.. 1901, xiv, 530; 595. Tuberculosis of serous membranes. See Serous membranes (Tuberculosis of). TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis on ships. See, also, Tuberculosis in sailors. Barnett (H. N.) Danger of infection from phthisical patients on passenger, ships. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901, ii, 835.—Dupuy (J.) Evolution dela tuberculose pendant les voyages en mer; sa prophylaxie a bord des navires de commerce. Rev. h'hyg., Par., 1905, xxvii, 389-407. -----. Assistance aux tuberculeux; des equipages des navires de commerce. Ibid., 1906, xxviii, 84-93.—LalcKquc (F.) La prophylaxie marine de la tuberculose pulmonaire. Arch. g6n. de med., Par., 1912, v, 581-590.—Leyden (H.) Einiges uber die Tuberkulose und ihre Beziehungen zum Seeverkehr. Arch. f. Schiffs-u. Tropen-Hyg., Leipz., 1907, xi, 160-170.— MacKinnon (M.) The prevalence of pul- monarv tuberculosis in the merchant service. Lancet, Lond., 1911, ii, 885-887. —Matienzo (A.) Some observa- tions regarding the maritime prophylaxis of pulmonary tuberculosis. Am. J. Pub. Hyg., Bost., 1909-10, n. s., vi, 547-552.—Nollet. La tuberculose a bord. Arch, demed. nav., Par., 1909, cxii, 35,5-360.—Tartarin (A. C.) La tu- berculose k bord des navires de commerce. Rev. seient., Par., 1907, 5. s., vii, 233-239. Tuberculosis in soldiers. Austria. K. k. Beichs-Kriegs-Ministerium. Statistischer Bericht iiber die Sammelforschung betreffend die Erkrankungen an Tuberculose im Mannschaftsstande des k. und k. Heeres in den Jahren 1895, 1896 und 1897. tiber Anordnung des k. u. k. Reichs-Kriegs-Ministerium. Bear- beitet und herausgegeben von der iii. Section des k. und k. technischen Militar-Cornite. fol. Wien, 1900. Barthelemy. Saclombaireetalleg£ducharge- men t du fantassin; ses rapports avec le deve- loppement de la tuberculose dans l'infanterie; necessity d'adopter le chargement lombaire et d'alleger le poids du sac et de l'equipement mili- taire; moyens d'y parvenir; avec la collabora- tion du Capitaine Eychene. 8°. Paris, 1904. Boardman (Mabel T.) The Red Cross and tuberculosis. Catting from: Metropolitan Mag., N. Y., 1909, xxx, 129- 133. Bushnell (G. E.) Record of completed cases of tuberculosis at the United States Army Gen- eral Hospital, Fort Bavard, N. Mex., 1908-10. 8°. Washington, 1911. Eichel. Ueber das Auftreten von Sarkomen, sowie von Haut-, Gelenk- und Knochentuber- kulose an verletzten Korperstellen bei Heeres- angehorigen. 8°. Berlin, 1908. Fischer. Die Lungentuberkulose in der Armee. 8°. Berlin, 1906. Geilikh (I. V.) * Material! k voprosu o zabo- lievayemosti lyokhochnoyu chakhotkoyu v vot- skakh. [On consumption among troops. 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1894. Georgiyevski (N. V.) *Materiali k voprosu o zabollevayemosti sredi nizhnikh chinov bu- gorchatkoyu po srokam sluzhbi i rodam oruzhia, s prilozheniyem ocherka prichin razvitiya bu- gorchatki v naselenii i v volskakh. [Materials on the question of soldiers becoming consump- tive, according to length of service and kind of arms; with appendix of a resum6 of the reasons for the development of consumption among the population and troops. 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1895. Kelsch (A.) La tuberculose dans l'armee. 8°. Paris, 1903. Kovatchefp (S.) Contribution a I'etude de la, tuberculose pulmonaire dans les armees. (Etude statistique, £tiologique et prophylacti- que.) 8°. Nancy, 1900. Lemoixe (G. H.) La tuberculose dans l'armee et la marine. Diagnostic de la pretuberculose. 12°. Paris, 1909. Lungentuberkulose in der Armee. Bear- beitet in der Medizinal-Abtheilung des konig- lich preussischen Kriegsministeriums. 8°. Berlin, 1899. 955 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis in soldiers. Mouly (G.) La tuberculose dans l'armee; les sanatoriums militaires. 8°. Paris, 1901. Pineau (J.) *La tuberculose dans l'armee. Contribution a 1'etude de sa pathogenie. 8°. Lyon, 1905. Rapmund (E.) * Ueber den Wert der lokalen Tuberkulinproben fur den militararztlichen Dienst. [Marburg.] 8°. Melsungen, 1909. United States. War Department. Surgeon General's Office. Circular No. 2. Feb. 24, 1902. Statistics of consumption in Army for the years 1894-1900. 12°. Washington, 1902. Welch (F. H.) The nature and varieties of destructive lung disease included under the term pulmonary consumption, as seen among sol- diers, and the hygienic conditions under which they occur. 8°. [n.p.], 1872. Akiyama (H.) [Remarks on the pulmonary tuber- culosis of il officers of the Military Academy.] Gun Igaku Kwai Zasshi, Tokyo, 1900, 131-142. -----. [The prophvlaxis of pulmonary tuberculosis in the army.] Ibid., 248-253.—Alonso (E.) & Sierra ((}.) Orienta- ciones practicas para resolver el problema antitubercu- loso en el ejercito. Rev. de san. mil., Madrid, 1911, 3. s., i, 246; 279; 318.— Altobelli (A.) La lutte contre la tu- berculose dans l'armee italienne. Caducee, Par., 1908, viii, 187.—Andersen (K.) Paavisning af initial tuber- kulose ved militeere afdelinger. Norsk Tidsskr. f. Mil.- Med., Kristiania, 1908, xii, 48-58.-----. Kritiske bemserk- ninger i anledning af den paagaaende tuberkulose diskus- sion. Ibid., 149; 179. [Reply by T. Meyer], 176-178. -----. Tuberculosens hyppighet ved underofficerssko- lerne. [The frequency of tuberculosis in schools for non- commissioned officers.] Tiddskr. f. d. norske Laegefor., Kristiania, 1909, xxix, 399-403.— Antclo (N.) Algunas consideraciones sobre profllaxia de la tuberculosis en el ejercito argentino. An. san. mil., Buenos Aires, 1905, vii, 99-130.—Antony (F.) & Sforza(C) La profilassi della tubercolosi nell' esercito. Atti d. xi. Cong. med. inter- naz. 1894, Roma, 1895, vi, chir. e med. mil., 8-14.—Arentz (B.) Nogle unders0gelser over tuberkulose blandtvore garnisonerende afdelinger. [Some researches on tuber- culosis in our garrisons.] Norsk Tidskr. f. Mil.-Med., Kristiania, 1902-3, vii, 120-128.—Arioz y Jimenez (G.) La tuberculosis en el ejercito. An. san. mil., Buenos Aires, 1904, vi, 981-990.—Arnaud & Lafeuille. La tuberculose dans l'armee francaise (statistique—etiolo- gie). Cong, internat. de med. C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de mecl. etchir. mil., 147-151.-----------. Statistique, Etio- logie et prophylaxie de la tuberculose dans l'armee. Arch, de me'd. et pharm.mil., Par., 1900, xxxv, 166; 256.— Aii(Fret (C.) La tuberculose dans l'arsenal de Brest. Cong, internat. de med. C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de me'd. nav., 27-29. -----. Etiologie et prophylaxie de la tuber- culose dans la marine. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. Rap., Par., 1905, 587-600.—B. (P.) Sanatoria poursoldats tuberculeux. Bull, me'd., Par., 1902, xvi, 783.—Barthe- lemy. Le chargement dufantassin.ee qu'il est,ce qu'il devrait 6tre; ses rapports avec le developpement de la tu- berculose dans l'infanterie. Rev. me'd., Par., 1907, xvi, 443; 455; 467— de Bartolome y Rellmpio (J.) La tuberculosis en el ejercito; sanatorios militares para tu- berculosos. Med. mil. espafi., Madrid, 1901-2, viii, 183; 197; 262; 309; 337.—Bernlieim (S.) & IMeupart (L.) Elimination des tuberculeux de l'armee. Gaz. d. h6p. de Lyon, 1910, xi, 17-19.-----------. Elimination de la tu- berculose et des tuberculeux de l'armee. Rev. internat. de la tuberc., Par., 1910, xviii, 8-29.—Bernlieim (S.) & Tartri. La preservation de la tuberculose dans l'ar- mee. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1905, 2. s., xxiii, 437-439.— Bertliier. Assistance hospitaliere aux officiers de l'armee et aux fonctionnaires coloniaux atteints de la tuberculose. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, ii, 824-826.—Bonlonmi6. Colonies sanitairesagricoles pour reformes temporaires. Soc. de med. mil. franc. Bull., Par., 1912, vi, 57-62.—Braun (A.) Les troubles fonctionnels du cceur et la tuberculose chez le soldat. Arch, de med. et pharm. mil., Par., 1908, li, 273-297.— Brewer (I. W.) Tuberculosis amongst the Philippine Scouts (native troops) of the United States Army. Boston M. & 8. J., 1910, clxiii, 940-942. -----. Tuberculosis amongst the United States troops serving in the tropics. South. M. J., Nashville, 1912, v, 552. Also, Reprint.— Briaard. Prophylaxie de la tuberculose a la caserne; la cure d'air preventive. Bull, med., Par., 1904, xviii, 804-S06. -----. De l'influence des milieux a temperature variable sur le developpement de la tuberculose dans l'armee. Rev. d'hyg., Par., 1905, xvii, 597-604.—Bus- caglino (A.) Sulla diagnosi precoee della tubercolosi nei militari. Gior. med. d. r. esercito, Roma, 1907, lv, 660-665.—Busline!I (e. Rev. de la tuberculose, Par., 1903, x. 151-163. -----. Elimination des tuberculeux de l'arm6e. Ibid., 1908, 2. s., v, 43-56. -----. Frequence dela tuberculose dans l'armee. Presse med., Par., 1909, xvii, annexe, 193-197. -----. Influence du pays d'origine des recrues sur le developpement de la tuberculose dans l'armee. Arch. gen. de med., Par.,1912, v, 101-104. Also: J. de med. de Par., 1912, 2. s., xxiv, 237. -----. La tuberculose et l'armee: traitement social des tuberculeux de l'arm6e. Rev. de la tuberculose. Par., 1912, 2. s., ix, 164-181.—Letulle (M.) La tuberculose dans l'armee francaise. Com. de la tuberc, Par., 1900, 154-172.—Linden (K. E.) Tuberkulosen vid de finska bataljonerna och dragonregementet i forh&llande till samma sjukdoms forekomst inom de sarskilda lanen. [Die Tuberkulose bei den finnlandischen Bataillonen und dem Dragonerregiment im Verhaltnisszum Vorkom- men derselben Krankheit in den verschiedenen Regie- rungsbezirken(lan). Ref., pp. lxxxv-lxxxix.] Finska lak.-sallsk. handl., Helsingfors, 1902, xliv, 521-533. -----. Untersuchung iiber den Einfluss von Notjahren auf die Tuberkulosehaufigkeit sowie die Latenz der Tuberkulose auf Grundlage der Kassationen beim finnischen Militar. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1909, xxii, 1448-1450. — Logle (V.) Prophylaxie de la tuberculose pulmonaire; mor- talite par phtisie dans l'armee beige. Tr. vii. Internat. Cong. Hyg. & Demog. 1891, Lond., 1892, viii, 110-117.— Lowentlial (V.) La tuberculose dans l'armee fran- gaise. Rev. de la tuberculose, Par., 1902, ix, 365-423.— Lungentuberculose ( Die ) in der k. u. k. Armee. Wien. med. Bl., 1892, xv, 117-119. — Lyabomudroff. K bakterioskopicheskol diagnostikle tuberkulyoza v armii. [On bacterioscopic diagnosis of tuberculosis in the army.] Vovenno-med. J., St. Petersb., 1897, exc, med.- spec. pt., 1040-1046. Also, transl: Compt. rend. Cong, in- ternat. de med. 1897, Mosc, 1899, v, m6d. mil., 201-205.— Maekiewicz (H.) De l'anciennete de service des tu- berculeux observes dans l'armee; du perimetre thora- cique, du poids et de la constitution qu'ils presentent au moment de leur incorporation. Arch, de med. et pharm. mil., Par., 1894, xxiv, 194-210. -----. De l'emploi des mensurations du corps pour la fixation d'un minimum de robusticite et la diminution de frequence de la tubercu- lose dans l'armee. Bull, med., Par., 1898, xii, 409-414.— Maistriau. Le traitement des militaires tuberculeux en Belgique. Caducee, Par., 1903, iii, no. 3, annexes. -----. La lutte contre la tuberculose dans l'armee beige. Ibid., 1908, viii, 229. — Manuel Inlgo. Las localizaciones quirdrgicas de las tuberculosis en el ejer- cito. Rev. de san. mil., Madrid, 1911, 3. s., i, 183; 212.— Mark (S. A.) K voprosu o borbie s chakhotkol v armii (po povodu chakhotochnikh molodikh soldat). [Strug- gle with phthisis in the army (apropos of young phthisical soldiers).] Voyenno-med. J., St. Petersb., 1907, ccxix, med.-spec, pt., 408; 690: ccxx, med.-spec, pt., 32-46.— Martin (A.) Les sanatoria de tuberculeux au point de vue de l'armee. J. de med. de Par., 1901, 3. s., xiii, 303.— Masueci (A.) L' oftalmo-diagnostico della tubercolosi tra i militari. Ann. di med. nav., Roma, 1908, xiv. 697- 711 1 pl —Mathael. Ueber die Bedeutung des Perl- suc'httuberkulins (PTO.) fiir das Militar. Militararzt, Wien 1905, xxxix, 71—Melville (C. H.) Tuberculosis in the Army 1860-1906: its influence on invaliding and the death-rate. Brit. J. Tuberc, Lond., 1908, ii, 10-15.— Tuberculosis in soldiers. Merkel (F.) La tuberculosis en el ejercito nacional. Cron. med., Lima, 1903, xx, 193; 209.—Moeller. De I'utilite d'un sanatorium pour militaires tuberculeux en Kolgique. Mouvement hyg., Brux., 1901, xvii, 525-550.— Mollcrs (B.) Die spezifische Diagnostik der Tuberku- lose und ihre Bedeutung fiir den Militararzt. Deutsche mil.-arztl. Ztschr., Berl.. 1911, xl, 920-928.—Molitor. H6pital militaire du camp de Beverloo; service special des tuberculeux au premier degre; exercice 1902. Arch. med. beiges, Brux., 1903, 4. a., xxi, 289-314. -----. H6pi- tal du camp de Beverloo; rapport sur le service special des tuberculeux au 1" degre. Ibid., 1904, 4. s., xxiii, 217- 252.—Morkotun (K. S.) Po voprosu o borbie s bugor- chatkol v volskakh i na flotle. [Struggle with tubercu- losis in the army and navy.] Med. pribav. k morsk. sborniku, St. Petersb., 1903, pt. 2, 146-155. -----. O dle- yatelnosti voyennol i morskol podkommissii po borbie s bugorchatkol v nastoyashtsheye vremya; prizrleniye za- bollevshikh bugorchatkol chinov voyennavo i morskovo vledomstv v nastoyashtshuyu volnu. [Activity of the army and navy subcommission in the struggle with tu- berculosis at the present time; caie of tuberculous pa- tients in the army and navy during the present war.] J. russk. obsh. okhran. narod. zdrav., St. Petersb., 1905, xv, 377-381.—Myrdacz. Die Tuberculose im k. und k, Heere. Militararzt, Wien, 1899, xxxiii, 137-144.—Nils- won (E.) Om lungtuberkulosen bland svenska varn- pliktiga. [Pulmonary tuberculosis amongst those liable to serve in the Swedish army.] Tidsk. i mil. Halsov., Stockholm, 1911, xxxvi, 305: 1*912, xxxvii, 201.—Okada (K.) [The prophylaxis of tuberculosis in the army.] Gun Igaku Kwai Zasshi, Tokyo, 1900, 237-240.— Onsalo (B.) Modo de resolver el problema de la tuberculosis en los institutes armados. Cong, internat. de med. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, de med. et hyg. mil. et nav., 116-134.—Orticoni & Baoul. La tuberculose dans l'armee francaise et le service auxiliaire. Rev. d'hyg., Par., 1912, xxxiv, 925-935. — Ortiz Herrera (J. A.) Un caso de tuberculosis. An. san. mil., Buenos Aires, 1901, iii,416-426.—P. (J.) La instalaci6nde sanidad mili- tar y las conclusiones del Congreso antituberculoso de Barcelona. Rev. de san. mil., Madrid, 1911, 3. s., i, 1-5.— Pannwitz. The Red Cross Society in the crusade against tuberculosis. Internat. Tuberk. Konf. Ber. 1908, Berl., 1909,119-121.— Perassi (A.) Cause predisponenti alia tubercolosi chirurgica nei militari coi risultati di osservazioni proprie. Gior. med. d. r. esercito, Roma, 1903, li, 743-752.—Pl'eiffer (T.) Die Notwendigkeiteines Militarkurhauses fiir Lungenkranke. Wien. klin. Wchn- schr., 1911, xxiv, 715.—de Pierola (L. O.) Profilaxia de la tuberculosis en el ejercito peruano. Cr6n. med., Lima, 1905, xxii, 224; 237.—Policard (A.) La lutte con- tre la tuberculose dans l'armee allemande. Caducee, Par., 1906, vi, 5.—Popovitsch (W. A.) Massnahmen gegen die Tuberkulose im serbischen Heere. Tubercu- losis, Leipz., 1905, iv, 353-355—Pushtsliiviy (B. I.) Klassiflkatsiva patologicheski izmlenennlkh sheinikh limfaticheskikh zhelyoz u nizhnikh chinov i vz^lyad na rleshenie sudbi posllednikh, sostoyashtshikh na dlelstvi- telnol sluzhbie. [Classification of pathologically altered cervical lymphatic glands in enlisted men, and determin- ing the fate of the latter when in active service.] Ejened. jour. "Prakt. med.," St. Petersb., 1901, viii, 190-192.— tfcuiroga (M. V.) La tuberculosis en el ejercito; con- sideraciones etiol6gicas. An. san. mil., Buenos Aires, 1899, i, 222-236.—B. (A.) Katonak6rhazak 6s a tubercu- losis. [Military hospitals and tuberculosis.1 Honv6- dorvos, Budapest, 1903, xvi, 50.—Bichter (M.) Welche Massregeln sind bei der Armee gegen die Verbreitung der Tuberculose moglich? Militaerarzt, Wien, 1902, xxxvi, 49; 65.—Ricochon. Influence reciproque des tuberculoses civiles et militaires. Cong. p. I'etude de la tuberculose, Par., 1898, iv, 778-782.—Rivers (W. C.) A suggestion for the probable reduction, among physically selected classes, of the rate of invaliding for tuberculosis. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1906, vii, 66. — da Bocha (I.) Tuberculose no exercito. Brazil-med., Rio de Jan., 1902, xvi, 161; 175.—Rochon. De la tuber- culose dans l'armee. M6d. mod., Par., 1897, viii, 507.— Roland. La prophylaxie de la tuberculose dans l'ar- mee. Arch. med. beiges, Brux., 1899, 4. s., xiv, 73-104.— Romary. La tuberculose dans la marine allemande. Caducee, Par., 1906, vi, 33—Rouget (J.-F.-A.) Etiolo- gie de la tuberculose pulmonaire dans l'armee. Arch, de m6d. et pharm. mil., Par., 1901, xxxviii, 1; 81; 169.— Rouyer (E.) La lutte contre la tuberculose dans l'ar- mee. Bull. m6d., Par., 1904, xviii, 851.—Rouyer (F.) La tuberculose dans la garnison de Saint-Die de 1894 a 1904. Arch, de mM. et pharm. mil., Par., 1906, xlvii, 189-209.—Samanes (E.) La profilaxia dela tuberculosis y el servicio militar. Cr6n. med., Lima, 1909, xxvi, 393- 39g _ Schjerning. Die Tuberkulose in der Armee. Ber. ii. d. Kong. z. Bekampf. d. Tuberk. [etc.], Berl., 1899, 93-101. Also, Reprint. -----. Einiges iiber die Tu- berkulose in der Armee. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. n. Berl., 1899, xxv, 333-335.—Schmidt (R.) Die Schwindsucht in der Armee. Miinehen. med. Wchn- schr., 1889, xxxvi, 31; 45: 64; 7*.—Schwiening (H.) TUBERCULOSIS. 958 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis in soldiers. Ueber Korpergrosse und Brustumfang bei tuberkulosen und nichttuberkulosen Soldaten. Deutsche mil.-arztl. Ztschr., Berl., 1906, xxxv, 273-291.—Sestini (L.) La tu- bercolosi polmonare nell' esercito e nell' armata italiani. Ann. di med. nav., Roma, 1899, v, 1195-1243,4 maps. Also JAbstr.]: Ist di ig. d. r. Univ. di Pisa. Omaggio ... p. la lotta antituberc, Pisa, 1900, 201-208. -----. Sulla tuber- colosi nell' armata italiana. Atti d. Cong. naz. . . . con- tro la tuberc. 1909, Firenze, 1910, ii, 153-172. -----. La tubercolosi polmonare considerate come malattia pro- fessionale nell' armata italiana. Tubercolosi, Milano, 1911-12, iv, 229-243. -----. Quando la tubercolosi dei militari possa considerarsi malattia professionale. Ann. di med. nav., Roma, 1912, xvii, 560-569. — Sforza (C.) Profilassi della tubercolosi negli eserciti. Riv. in- ternaz. d' ig., Napoli, 1894, v, 220-224. -----. La tu- berculose pulmonaire dans l'armee italienne et dans les autres arm6es. Cong, internat. de med. C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de med. et chir. mil., 131-147. -----. La tuber- colosi nell' esercito italiano con raffronti in altri eserciti. Ann. di med. nav., Roma, 1901, vd, 570-598, 4 ch., 1 map. -----. Latubercolosi negli eserciti. Gior. di med. mil., Roma, 1910, lviii, 558-586. Also, Ironsl: Militararzt, Wien, 1911, xiv, 185; 193.—Sliteiiibery. (K. G.) Nesposobniye nizhn'ie chini, oderzhimiye chakliotkoyu lyokhkikh, kak raznositeli zarazi i mleri protio etovo. [Soldiers suffer- ing from pulmonary phthisis as carriers of infection, and measures against it.] Dnevnik syezda Obsh. russk. vrach. v pamyat Pirogova, Kiev, 1896, vi, no. 1, 13.— Shtshepotyetf (N. K.) K etiologii chakhotki v armii. [On the etiology of phthisis in the army.] Voyenno-med. J., St. Petersb., 1896, clxxxvii, 1. sect., 642-651. -----. Chakhotka v nashel armii. [Consumption in our army.] Vrach, St. Petersb., 1900, xxi, 231-233.—Simpson (R. J. S.) Tuberculosis in the British army on foreign service. Brit. J. Tuberc, Lond., 1908, ii, 16-20. -----. Tuberculosis in the British army, and its prevention. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1909, xii, 18-27. Also, transl: Caducee, Par., 1908, viii, 272-274.—Sluchevskl (A.) O putyakh rasprostraneniya tuberkulyoza v volskakh. [Ways of spreading of tuberculosis among troops.] Obshtshestvo Russk. Vrach. vpam. Pirogova. Trudi ix . . . syezda 1904, S.-Peterb., 1905, v, 8-20—Smith (C. H.) An overcrowd- ing in barracks on tubercular affections among Gurkhas. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1913, xlviii, 59-61. — Snyder (H. D.) The army and tuberculosis. Med.-Leg. J., N. Y., 1902-3, xx, 105.— Solano (E.) Tuberculosis en el ejercito espanol. Rov. de san. mil., Madrid, 1905, xix, 141; 161.— Sormani (G.) Sulla tubercolosi nell' esercito italiano. Gior. med. d. r. esercito, Roma,1907, lv, 241-254.—Stain- forth. Hopital militaire du camp de Beverloo; rap- port sur le fonctionnement du service special des tuber- culeux pendant l'annee 1905 et sur les resultats obtenus. Arch. med. beiges, Brux., 1906, 4. s., xxviii, 217-241.— Testi (F.) La tubercolosi in genere e quella polmonare in ispecie nell' esercito italiano. Tubercolosi, Milano, 1910-11, iii, 198; 226; 293; 322. -----. La diagnosi precoee della tubercolosi in rapporto alia sua profilassi nell' eser- cito. Gior. dimed.mil., Roma, 1912,lx, 323-341.—Thrap- Meyer. Angaaende tuberkulosen ved underofficerssko- lerne i Kristiania. Norsk. Tidsskr. f. Mil.-Med., Kristia- nia, 1908, xii, 59-64.—Titeca. Faiblesse de complexion et predisposition a la phtisie pulmonaire; recherche de moyens propres a en diminuer la frequence dans l'armee. Internat. Cong. f. Hyg. u. Demog. Arb., Wien, 1887, vi, 25. Hft., 27^15. [Discussion], 51-61.—von Tobold (B.) La lutte contre la tuberculose dans l'armee allemande. Caducee, Par., 1908, viii, 201— Torremocha (L.) Tu- berculosis pulmonares agudas en los regimientos. Rev. de san. mil., Madrid, 1901, xv, 87; 129.—Trallero y Sanz (M.), Striker (F.) & MacCulloch (J.) Maniere de resoudre le probleme tuberculeux dans les armees. [Rap.] Cong, internat. de med. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect. de med. et hyg. mil. et nav., 41-95.—Tuberculose blandt Norges underofficerselever m. v. Norsk. Tidsskr f. Mil.-Med., Kristiania, 1908, xii, 136-139.—Tubercu- lose (La) dans l'armee; developpement; prophylaxie. J. de med. et chir. prat., Par., 1898, lxix, 481-490.—Tu- berkulose in der Armee. Tuberculosis, Berl., 1907, vi, 3-8.— Tuberkulosen ved underofficersskolerne. [Tu- berculosis in schools for noncommissioned officers.] Norsk. Tidsskr. f. Mil.-Med., Kristiania, 1909, xiii, 72-74.— ILJnterberger (S.) Ueber die Nothwendigkeit der Einnchtungen von Haus-Sanatorien fur Tuberkulose in den Mihtarhospitalern mit Berucksichtigung des heu- tigen Standpunktes iiber die Tuberkulosefrage. Deutsche mil.-arztl. Ztschr., Berl.,1898, xxvii, 14-27. -----. Kakim obrazom voyenniye vrachi mogut susplekhom borotsya s chakhotkoyu v volskakh. [How army doctors can suc- cessfully struggle with phthisis in the army.] Voyenno- med. J., St. Petersb., 1905, ii, med.-spec, pt., 45; 243. See also, supra, Grimm & Lazarevich.—Vaillard. Impor- tance de la pesee periodique des soldats, au point de vue de la prophylaxie de la tuberculosa dans l'arm6e Cong, internat. de med., Lisbonne. 1906-7, xv, sect 15 Tuberculosis in soldiers. 243-248.— del Valle (H. T.) Necesidad de sanatorios militares para tuberculosos en Espana. Cong, internat. de med. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, de med. et hyg. mil. et nav., 386.—Vennat (H.) La tuberculose dans l'armee au point de vue social. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1910, xviii, 173-185. — Vitiiiier ( E.) La tuberculose et l'armee. Arch. gen. de mvd., Par., 1903 i, ,833-860.—Weber (E. ) La tuberculose latente a l'Ecole de recrues d'infanterie Suisse; observations me- dicales en 1909 a Colombier. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1910, xxx, 889-915.—Vakiinovicli (N.) MIera dliya umensheniya % zabollevaniya bugorchat- koyu sredi nizhnikh chinov i prostleyshiy sposob islle- dovaniya mokroti na bugorchatiya batsilli Koch'a. [Measure for diminishing the percentage of tuberculosis among privates, and the simplest method for examining the sputum for Koch's tubercle bacilli.] Vc>venno-ine(f J., St. Petersb., 1895, clxxxiii, 2. sect., 100-105.—Zander K voprosu o vipiskle trndno chokhotochnikh soldat iz llechebnikhzavedeniy. [Dischargingadvanced phthisical soldiers from hospitals.] Ibid., 1901, clxxix, med.-spec pt., 2486-2489.—Zhantiyeft' (B. N.) K voprosu o borbie s chakhotkol v volskakh. [Struggle with phthisis in the army.] Ibid,, 1907, ccxviii, med.-spec, pt., 259-264. Tuberculosis and syphilis. See Syphilis and tuberculosis; Tuberculosis (Pulmonary) and syphilis. Tuberculosis and typhoid fever. Angermann (C.) *Die Differentialdiagnose des Typhus und der typhosen Form der Miliar- tuberkulose. [Kiel.] 8°. Elberfeld, 1910. Pipet (A.) * Tuberculose et fievre typhoide, 8°. Paris, 1900. Anders (J. M.) The relation of typhoid fever to tu- berculosis. Med.-Chir. J.,Phila., 1904, v, no. 7,25-35. Also, Reprint—Babes (V.) & Kalendero (N.) Lesions tu- berculeuses comme portes d'entree de la fievre typhoide, l'enterohepatite suppuree et l'infection hemorrhagique. Cong. p. 1'etude de la tuberculose 1893, Par., 1894, iii, 99- 105.—Cannaday (E. W.) Typhoid fever vs. general miliary tuberculosis. St. Louis Clinique, 1903, xvi, 442- 448.—Casarini (C.) Tubercolosietifoide. Rassegnadi sc. med., Modena, 1896, xl, 182-184.—Colla (V.) Tuber- colosi miliare; meningite tubercolare od infezione tifosa? Riforma med., Roma, 1901. xvii, pt. 1,555; 566.—Crespin. Tuberculose cavitaire et fievre typhoide. Cong, franc, de med. Rapp., Par., 1899, v, 880-883— Fischer (E.) Typhoid fever occurring in a tuberculous patient, and the influence of tuberculin on this condition. Phila. M. J., 1901, viii, 197.—Guinon (L.) & Meunier (H.) Du sero- diagnostic dans un cas de tuberculose aigue et de fievre typhoide assoeiees. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1897, 3. s., xiv, 476-493.—Hutinel. Septicemie tu- bereuleuse et typhobacillose. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1911, lxxxiv, 1859-181'.:;.—Jaubert (L.) Du pr6tendu anta- gonisme entre fievre typhoide et tuberculose (un cas de dothienenterie suivi de pleuresie et granulie). Arch. g6n. de med., Par., 1907, i, 752-760.—Loeb (0.) The value of ophthalmic examinations in the differential diagnosis between typhoid fever and acute miliary tuberculosis. Arch. Ophth., N. Y., 1903, xxxii, 453-469.—Momchiloff (I.) Antagonizmot mezhdu tuberkulozata i tifusot. [Antagonism between tuberculosis and typhoid fever.] Med. napried., Sofiya, 1900, i, 41.5-423.—Osier (W.) Typhoid fever and tuberculosis. Am. Med., Phila., 1903, vi, 1015. Also, Reprint.—Sumida (R.) [Tuberculosis following tvphoid.] Kyoto Igak kwai Zasshi, 1900, 587- 602.—Verbitski (F. V.) Sluchal kombinatsii bryush- novo tifa s osfrim miliarnim tuberkulyozom. [Combined typhoid fever and acute miliarv tuberculosis/] Izvlest. Imp. Voyenno-Med. Akad., S.-Peterb., 1905, xi, 323-332.— Wilson (D. S.) Typhoid complicating tuberculosis. Kentucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1911, ix, 527. Tuberculosis in women. See, also, Tuberculosis and menstruation; Tu- berculosis in pregnancy and the puerperal state. Brockmann (R.) * Ueber die Tuberkulose des Peritoneums und der weiblichen (ienitalien. 8°. Erlangen, 1895. Hoffmann (W.) *TJeber den Wert des Alt- tuberkulins als diagnostisches Spezifikum in der Gynaekologie. [Freiburg i. B.] 8°. Leip- zig, 1908. Noucher (J.) * Contribution a I'etude de l'influence de la menstruation sur la tubercu- lose pulmonaire. 8°. Paris, 1906. 59 TUBERCULOSIS. TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculosis in women. Richer (A.-M.-J.) *Asymeirie des seins et tuberculose pulmonaire. 8°. Bordeaux, 1907. Wepler (G. W.) *Die Beziehungen der Lungentuberkulose zum Sexualleben der Frau. [Bonn.] 8°. Honnef a. Bh., 1911. Acliard (C.) & Palsseau (G.) Agonie lucide ter- minant au bout d'un an, chez une phtisique, un acces de meiancolie avec catatonie consecutif au rhumatisme et a la choree. Rev. neurol., Par., 1905, xiii, 554-556.— Arteaga (J. F.) La menstruacibn en las tuberculosas. Arch, de ginecop. [etc.], Barcel., 1909, xxii, 214-216.— von Bardelebcn (H.) Rapports entre les poumons et les organes genitaux des femmes tuberculeuses. Arch. gen. de med., Par., 1912. v, 773-781. Also,transl: Lancet, Lond., 1912, i, 1751.—Barth (H.) A propos de l'observation de M. Galliard, intitulee: Fievre hectique juguiee, chez une tubereuleuse, par l'ablation de l'ap- pendice. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1904, 3. s., xxi, 263-267.—Benjamin (A. E.) Case of tubercular peritonitis, pulmonary tuberculosis, cystic ovaries, and appendicitis. J. Minn. M. Ass., Minneap., 1905, xxv. 437.— Boldt (H. J.) Extensive primary peri- toneal tuberculosis; tuberculous omentum, Fallopian tubes and ovaries. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1904, 1, 120.— Bremontler (Mme. Jeanne). La femme tubereuleuse. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1902, i, 416-125—Bru- non (R.) La femme tubereuleuse; ceuvre de preserva- tion et d'assistanee antituberculeuse en faveur des femmes pauvres de Paris. Normandie med., Rouen, 1904, xix. 6.5-OS.—Buskc. Tuberkulinbehandlung in der Gynakologie. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1911, xiv, 340.— Caracach. Des rapports de la tuberculose pulmonaire avec d'autres affections en general et avec la metrite chronique en particulier au point de vue de la defense antituberculeuse. Gaz. med. d'Orient, Constant., 1907-8, Iii, 91-103.—Cliauveau (C.) Dysphonie, dysphagie, insufflsance nasale hysterique chez une tubereuleuse pulmonaire avanc6e. Areh. in- ternat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1905, xix, 867.—Cutts (R. E.) Tuberculosis of tubes, ovaries, peritoneum. Am. J. Surg. <& Gynec.. St. Louis, 1901-2, xv, 70-72. Also: West, M. Rev .Lincoln,Neb., 1901,vi,241-244.—l>e Paoli (Serena). Storia di una donna che presentava tubercolosi di un rene e sviluppo di tubercolosi entro ad adenoma mam- mario. Riv. veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 1907, xlvi, 483- 496.—Dluski (K.) Ueber das menstruelle Fieber tu- berkuloser Frauen (mit Berucksichtigung gewisser patholo^ischer Erscheinungen). Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tu- berk., Wiirzb., 1911, xxi, 153-177.—Edgar (J.) Tuber- culous salpingo-oophoritis and peritonitis. Glasgow M. J.,1903, lix, 56.—Faure-Miller (R.) Tuberculose pul- monaire; salpingite tubereuleuse double. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1890, lxv, 168-173.—Fenwick (B ) The connection between pulmonary phthisis and ovarian disease. Med. Times & Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1901, xxix, 417; 433. -----. The connection between pulmonary phthisis and ovarian disease. Ibid., 1905, xxxiii, 81; 95.—Fleury (C.-M.) De la mortalite par phtisie pulmonaire chez les jeunes personnes du sexe feminin. Actas y mem. d. ix. Cong, internac. de hig. y demog. 1898, Madrid, 1900, xii, 297-307.— Franck (E. ) Zur Frage des Menstruationsflebers tuberkuloser Frauen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1905, xlii, 1344. — (halliard ( L. ) Fievre hectique juguiee, chez une tubereuleuse, par l'ablation de l'appendice. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1904, 3. s., xxi, 241-245. See, also, supra, Barth.— Goflfe (J. R.) Tuberculosis of the female organs of generation and the peritoneum. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, lv, 1362-1367.—Guillemet [et al]. Recherche de la tuberculine dans le lait des femmes tuberculeuses. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1906, Ixi, 26.— Hawes (Mary). The tuberculous women in Colorado. Woman's M. J., Toledo, 1905, xv, 97-101.—Helms ( O.) Erfah- rungen iiber Arbeit weiblicher Patienten auf Heilstatten. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., I'.tlO, xvi, 305-321.—Howe (VV. D.) The education of younggirlsof tubercular diathesis. Critique, Denver, 1901, viii, 281-2S5.—.laubert. Hyperi- drose hemithoracique chez une tubereuleuse. Loire med., St.-Etienne, 1907, xxvi, 229-232.—Leievre. L'ceu- vre de la femme tubereuleuse. J. med. de Brux., 1907, xii, 485.—Manuelides. Un cas de maladie d'Addison observe chez une femme atteinte de tuberculose pul- monaire et de cancer uterin. Arch, orient, de med. et de chir., Par., 1900, ii, 47; 74.—Mills (W. S.) Some ob- servations on twelve hundred hospital eases of pul- monary tuberculosis in women. Tr. Homuop. M. Soc, N. Y., 1908, Iii, 255-259. Also: Hahneman. Month., Phila., 1908, xliii, 721-726.—Neumann (A. E.) Zur Frage der kunstlichen Sterilitiit phthisischer Frauen. Centralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1902, xxvi, 301-303. -----. Bedeutet die Amenorrhoe phthisischer Frauen ein Heilbestrebcn der Natur oder ist sie lediglich Folge des Kraftever- falls? Erwiderung auf den Aufsatz von Pincus. Ibid 779—Oppenheimer(R.) Tuberkulosenachweis durch beschleunigten Tierversuch. Verhandl. d. deut- Tuberculosis in women. sch. Gesellsch. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1911, xiv, 331-333.— Paras*iii(.) ) Amenstruatioval kapcsolatosjelens6gek tuberculosisnal. [Symytoms connected with menstrua- tion in tuberculosis.] Budapesti orv. ujsag, 1907, v, 815- 819.—Peters (K.) Welche Bedeutung ist der Leukor- rhoeund ihren Folgezustiinden (Anamie und Chlorose) fiir die Entwicklung und Ausbreitung der Tuberkulose beizumessen? Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1909, Leipz., 1910, lxxxi, 2. Teil, 2. Hlft., 161.— Peterson (R.) Tubal and peritoneal tuberculosis. Tr. Mich. M. Soc, Detroit, 1893, xvii, 290-305. — Prinzing (F.) Die hohe Tuberkulosesterblichkeit des weiblichen Geschlechts zur Zeit der Entwicklung und der Gebar- tiitigkeit. Centralbl. f. allg. Gsndhtspflg., Bonn, 1904, xxiii, 351-380.—Buata. Influence du corset sur la tu- berculose pulmonaire. Cong, internat. d'hvg. et de de- mog. C.-r., Par.,1900,x,1039.—Sabourin (C.) Lafievre menstruelledes phtisicnies. Rev. de med.. Par.,1905, xxv, 175-205.—Scliapiro. Du r61e des affections du systeme uterin dans le developpement et revolution de la phtisie pulmonaire. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1903, ii, 488-511. — Schlimpert (H.) Die Tuberkulose bei der Frau, insbesondere die Bauchfell- und die Genitaltuber- kulose, die Tuberkulose des uropoetischen Systems, die Tuberkulose wahrend Schwangerschaft und Wochenbett, auf Grund von 3,514 Sektionen. Arch. f. Gvnaek., Berl., 1911, xciv, 863-925. -----. Der diagnostische Wert der Tuberkulinreaktion in der Gynakologie. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1911, xiv, 333-340.— Schottelius (A.) Abortus arteficialis und Tubensteri- lisation wegen Lungentuberkulose. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tu- berk., Wiirzb., 1911, xx, 253-262.—Sell (F.) Frauenklei- dung und Lungentuberkulose. Ibid., xxi,207-234.—Sell- lieini (H.) Die Tuberkulose in Gynakologie und Ge- burtshilfe. Frauenarzt, Leipz., 1912, xxvii, 242-252.—Sip- pel (A.) Bemerkungen zur Tuberkulose der weiblichen Genitalien und des Bauchfells. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1901, xxvii, 33-36.—Szant6 (M.) Metrorrhagia praetuberculosa. Gy6gy&szat, Budapest, 1902, xlii, 359. Also, transl: Ungar. med. Presse, Buda- pest, 1902, vii, 368 —Tanaka (S.) [Tuberculosis of the Fallopian tube, vagina and ovary, with tuberculous in- flammation of the connective tissue of the pelvis minor.] Iji Shinbun, Tokio, 1901,345-363.—Turner (P. D.) Notes on tuberculosis of the Fallopian tubes and uterus in cases of phthisis. Tr. Obst. Soc. Lond. (1899), 1900, xli, 359-366, 2 pl.—Veit (J.) Concerning tuberculosis of the female sexual organs and the peritoneum. Am. Gynec., Bait. .1903, iii, 225-253.—van Voornveld (H. J. A.) Febris inter- menstrualis. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1905, vii, 643-546.—Zoeppritz. Ueber den diagnosti- schen und therapeutischen Wert des Tuberkulins in der Gynakologie. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1911, xiv, 341-343. Tuberculosis. [Proceedings in House of Rep- resentatives, May 16, 1894.] Cutting from: Congressional Record, 1894, p. 5825. Tuberculosis or consumption and how to avoid it; lessons for school children. 48 pp. 12°. Pittsburg, Tuberculosis League, [n. d. ]. Tuberculosis exhibitions; a catalogue of neces- saries for their outfitting and maintenance. 24 pp. 8°. Providence, Educat. Exhib. Co., 1909. Tuberculosis in infancy and childhood, its pathology, prevention, and treatment. By various writers. Edited by T. N. Kelynack. iii, 376 pp. 8°. New York, W. Wood dc Co., 1908. -----. The same, xiii, 376 pp. roy. 8°. Lon- don, Baillitre, Tindall dc Cox, 1908. Tuberculosis. The journal of the National Association for the Prevention of Consumption and Other Forms of Tuberculosis, v. 2-3; v. 4, Nos. 1-5, 1902-7. 8°. London. Tuberculosis, Monatschrift. Redacteur: G. Pannwitz. v. 1-12, 1902-13. 8°. Leipzig. Current. Tuberculosis (The), its spread and the meas- ures for its suppression in the German Empire. 1 1., 4 ch., 2 maps. 4°. [Berlin, 1910.] . Tuberculosis; a treatise by American authors on its etiology, pathology, frequency, semeiol- ogy, diagnosis, prognosis, prevention, and treat- ment. Edited by Arnold C. Klebs. 939 pp., 3 pl. 8°. New York dcLondon, D. Appleton dc Co., 1909. TUBERCULOSIS. 960 TUBERCULOSIS. Tuberculous (Charitable care of). See, also, Tuberculous (Habitations for). Errichtung (Die) und Verwaltung von Aus- kunft- und Fiirsorgestellen fiir Tuberkulose. Hrsg. von Putter und A. Kayserling. 8°. Ber- lin, 1905. Jewish Consumptives Relief Society. An- nual reports. 1.-6., 1904-9. 8°. [n. p., 1905-10.] Louit (P.) *L'assistance a la famille du tu- berculeux en Allemagne. 8°. Paris, 1903. Massachusetts. Report of the commission to investigate measures for the relief of con- sumptives. 8°. Boston, 1907. Stuertz. Praktische Anleitung zur Organisa- tion von Fiirsorgestellen fiir Lungenkranke und deren Familien. Fiir Aerzte, Kammunalbe- horden, Organe der Privatwohltiitigkeit und Arbeitgeber. Mit einem Vorwort von F. Kraus. 8°. Berlin dc Wien, 1905. Wendrinen (H.) Aerztliche Winke fiir Lun- genkranke. 12°. Paderborn, 1902. Anders (H. S.) The necessity for State aid in the treatmentof the consumptive poor. Proc. Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila., 1900, n. s., ii, 11-16. Also: Phila. M. J., 1900, v, 1378-1380.—Ashman (W. N.) The work being done through private charity in the case of the consumptive poor. Proc. Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila., 1900, n. s., ii, 8-11. Also: J. Tuberc, Asheville, N. C, 1900, ii, 109-112.—Auf- recht. Die Fiirsorge fiir Tuberkulose (Fursorgestel- len"). Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xiv, 830-833—Aus- set. L'isolement et le traitement des tuberculeux pau- vres; [lettre ouverte k M. Grasset]. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1902, vi, 461-467.—Baer (A.) Zum Kapitel der Tuberkulosenfiirsorge in Oesterreich. Wien. klin. Wchn- schr., 1907, xx, 136.—Barriclt (E. J.) How to deal with the consumptive poor. Canad. J. M. & S., Toronto, 1899, vi, 254-261. Also: Phila. Month. M. J., 1899, i, 545-548. -----. The best method of dealing with the consumptive poor. St. Louis Cour. Med., 1899, xxi, 180-189. -----. Practical solution of the question of dealing with the consumptive poor. Am. Cong. Tuberc. Bull. Trans. 1901, N. Y., 1902, 171-176. Also: Dominion M. Month., Toronto, 1901, xvii, 130-135. Also: Med.-Leg. J., N. Y., 1901-2, xix, 299-304— Barstow ( D. M. ) Treatment of the con- sumptive poor at the New York Post-Graduate Hospital. Am. J. Tuberc, Detroit, 1905, i, no. 1, 6-9. -----. An ac- count of the treatment of the consumptive poor, as car- ried on at the Post-Graduate Hospital Dispensary from the year l.sys-1905. Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1905, xx, 267-275.— Kerniiciiii (S.) L'assistance du tuberculeux k domi- cile. Assistance pub., Par., 1901, 2. s., iii, 313-324. -----. L'assistance familiale du tuberculeux. Rev. philan- throp., Par., 1906, xix, 442^168.—Bertrand. De I'as- sistance antituberculeuse a la campagne. Cong, inter- nat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, ii, 620-623.—Beschor- ner (H.) Die Unterbringung fortgeschrittener Lungen- kranker. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1912, xix, 406^15.— Bi«i'<>>. Provision for the care of advanced cases of tuber- culosis. Internat.Tuberc. Konf. Ber. 1908, Berl., 1909,30- 37.—Boyd (A. E.) The treatment and classification of pauper consumptives in Irish workhouses. Med. Press & Circ, L,ond., 1904, n. s., lxxviii, 432.—Browning (C.C.) Public provision for incipient cases of tuberculosis, sana- toria and dispensaries. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlix, 905-907. [Discussion], 911-915.—Brunon ( R. ) L'assistance familiale et rurale des tuberculeux. Bull. med., Par., 1901, xv, 949. -----. Traitement des tubercu- leux indigents. Normandie med., Rouen, 1902, xvii, 325- 337.—Buckler (H. W.) Care of the indigent tubercu- lous. Maryland M. J., Bait., 1901, xliv, 348-852.—Bur- ton-Fanning (F. W.) The treatment of consumption amongst the poorer classes. Tuberculosis, Lond., 1906, iv, 6-12.—Calmette (A.) La lutte contre la tubercu- lose et l'assistance aux tuberculeux. Rev. philanthrop., Par., 1907, xxi, 569-578.—Carlsson (S.) Institutions for the treatment of tuberculosis in Sweden in 1909. In: Festskrift vid tuberkulos-konferensen i Stockholm 1909, 42-66.—Collins (M.) How the Jewish people care for their consumptive poor. Med. Counselor, Detroit, 1905, xxiv, no. 6, 9-12.—Dewey (E.) Assistance aux families tuberculeuses et notamment aux enfants sains. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1910, xxii, 85-94.—Discus- sion of the "Provision for the treatment and relief of the tuberculous poor." Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Glasg. (1901), 1902, iii, 355-377. Also: Glasgow M. J., 1901, lvi, 31-53.—Fauchon. Assistance antituberculeuse gratuite a domicile. J. de med. int.. Par., 1906, x, 32- 34.—Ferreira de Castro. Assistencia familiar dos tuberculosos. Med. contemp., Lisb., 1902, xx, 301.— Find lay (W.) The consumptive poor; what to do with them; a plea for notification. Glasgow M. J., 1903, lix, 321- i 'uberculosis (Charitable care of). 323. (Discussion]. 364-376.—Forster i A. M.) The ques- tion ol employment. Nat. Ass.studv&Prevent. Tubercu- losis. Trans., N. Y., 1910, vi, 94-lOb.—Franz. Kleinar- beitin der Tuberkulosefursorge. Kor.-Bl. d. allg. iirztl. Ver. v.Thuringen, 1909, xxxviii, 269-272.—CiouoI. L'ceu- vre de Villepinte au double point 3.—Manley (T. H ) Notes on some of the clinical features of tumors, their anatomical characters, morphological elements and their therapy, by tentative, constitutional, or radical measures. Med Times & Reg., Phila., 1897, xxxiii, 87; 121: 157; 193; 235- 271; 301; 341; 385; 413: xxxiv, 9; 41; 76; 109: 145; 172; 201; 233- 265; 297; 335; 364.-----. A brief review of some of the tu- mors of the periphery of the body, their pathological char- acters and treatment. Tr. M. Soc. N. Y., Albany, 1902, 315- 328.—Muus (N.) Om Svulster. Tidsskr. f. Svgepleje Kjabenh., 1902, ii, 137; 161.—New growths.* North Lond.orUniv. Coll. Hosp. Rep. 1890. Lond., 1892, 156-189.— Nowicki (W.) Nowotwory w swietle nninowszveh ba- dah. [Tumors in the light of recent investigations] Lwow. tygodn. lek., 1909, iv, 319; 329.—Oldright (\X.) Some cases illustrating difficulties in the diagnosis and treatment of tumors. Dominion M. Month., Toronto 1904, xxiii, 223; 272.—Petroff(N. N.) Zadachi izuche- niya opukholel. [Problems in the study of tumors ] Vrach. Gaz., St.-Peterb., 1911, xviii, 1599; 1638.—Pothier (O. L.) Tumors. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1908-9, Ixi, 612-616.— Pujo. Tumeurs benignes et malignes; unite d'origine; pathogenie; prophylaxie; traitement medical. Cong franc, de med. C.-r. 1904, Par., 1905, 447-449.—Ragazzi (G.) Annotazioni storiche, anatomo-patologiche e clini- che sui tumori. Corriere san., Milano, 1899, x, 787; 801.— Ribbert. ZurGeschwulstfrage. Munchen.med.Wchn- schr., 1898, xiv. 774-777—Rodman (W. L.) Benign tumors and cvsts. [Abstr.] Illinois M. J., Springfield 1906, i x, 184-189.—Sch c I ler. Drei Fiille von Geschwulst- bildung. Deutsche mil.-arztl. Ztschr., Berl., 18%, xxv, 466-472— Schone (G.) Ueber einige neuere Fragestel- lungen in der Gesch wulstlehre. Med. Klin., Berl., 1908, iv, 525-527.—Steinlians i.T.) Les tumeurs; leur nature, leur genese, leur etiologie et leur classification. J. med. de Brux., 1908. xiii, 97; 113.— TikhofF(P.) K uchenivu ob opukholyakh. [On tumors.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 19C0, liii, 81-91.—Tripier (R.) Considerations generales sur les tumeurs. Lyon m6d., 1907, cix, 765-776.—Val- lack (A. S.) A contribution to the study of neoplasms. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1904, xxiii, 153-158.—Van Duyse. Problemes fondamentaux de l'6tude des tu- meurs. Ann. Soc. de med. de Gand, 1912, n. s., iii, 404- 415.—Verhoef. Quelques cas de tumeurs peu frequen- tes. Ann. Soc. beige de chir.. Brux., 1898-9, vi, 100-104.— Ward (E. H. P.) The nature oi" tumors. N. York State J. M.,X.Y.,190s,viii, 129-134.—WesteiilioeitVr. Ueber das Wesen und die Natur der Geschwiilste; mit beson- derer Beriicksichtigung des Krebses. Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. (1907). 1908. xxxviii, 2. Teil., 153-166. [Discussion], 1. Teil, 143. Tumors (Adenomatous). See, also, Lymphatic system (Tumors in); Sebaceous glands (Tumors, etc., of). Bernard (J.-B. -A. -L. -P.) * Contributions a I'etude du syringo-cystadenome (cystadenomes £pitheliaux benins). 8°. Paris, 1897. Jacques (L.) * Contribution a I'etude des tumeurs adtmoides de l'adulte. 4°. Bordeaux, 1893. Demons. Polyad6nome. M6m. et Bull. Soe. de med. et chir. de Bordeaux '1899), 1900, 447.—Dockrell (M.) A caseof adenoma sebaceum. Tr. M. Soc. Lond., 1894-5, xviii, 371-373.—Herrmann (E.) Ein Beitrag zur Stellungsf rage des Adenoma malignum in der Onkolo- gie. Monatschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynaek., Berl., 1902, xv, 772-7*5.—Ilile (C. A.) Case of adenoma. Cincin. Lan- cet-Clinic, 1902-3. n.s., 1,511,---Interpretation et pa- thogenie des tumeurs dites adenomes. Gaz. me'd. de Par., 1896, 9. S., iii, 83— Lebovlcl (L.) Ein Fall von Ade- nom bei einer Ratte. Med.-chir. Centralbl., Wien, 1898, xxxiii, 583.—Pick (L.) Ueber Hidradenoma und Ade- noma hidradenoides. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1904, exxv, 312-364.—Selberg (F.) Das maligne Adenom. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1900, clx, 552-573, 1 p).—Sheather (A. L.) A peculiar type of adenoma. J. Comp. Path. & Therap., Edinb. & Lond., 1912, xxv, 45-50.—Young (W.) & Scliultz (E.) A con- tribution to the study of adenomata. Clin. Reporter, St. Louis, 1905, xviii, 17-21. Tumors (Adrenaloid). See, also, Kidney (Tumors of, Embryonal). Fuchs (M.) * Die versprengten Nebennieren- keime und ihre Neubildungen. Ein Fall von Primiiren malignen hypernephroiden Tumor des Beckens. (Beitrag zur Casuistik der extra- renalen hypernephroiden Geschwiilste.) 8°, Heidelberg, 1907. Tumors (Amyloid). Burk (W.) * Ueber einen Amyloidtumor mit Metastasen. 8°. Tubingen, 1901. Hcrxlieimer (G.) Ueber multiple Amyloidtumo- ren des Kehlkopfs und der Lunge. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1903, clxxiv, 130-162. -----. Nachtrag zu meinem Artikel: Ueber multiple Amyloidtu- moren des Kehlkopfes und der Lunge. Ibid., 1904, clxxv, 539.—Saltykow (S.) Ueber die sogenannten Amyloidtumoren der Luftwege und des Anfangsteils des Verdauungskanals. Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1903, xiv, 321-330, 1 pl— Sclidiiliof (S.) Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis des lokalen tumorformigen Amyloids. Frankfurt. Ztschr. f. Path., Wiesb., 1913, xii, 157-165. Tumors (Angio-cavernous). See, also, Nsevus. Blank (A.) * Ueber kavernose Hamangiome mit besonderer Berucksichtigung ihres multi- plen Vorkommens. 8°. Kiel, 1908. Furlkroger (H.) * Ueber Angioma caverno- sum und Mitteilung eines Falles von Angioma cavernosum der rechten Fusssohle und des Calcaneus. 8°. Kiel, 1903. Menzel (L.) *Ein Fall von Angioma caver- nosum. 8°. Greifswald, 1894. Seidener (M.) * Ueber einen seltenen Fall von angio-cavernosen Geschwiilsten entstanden nach Trauma. 8°. Munchen, 1910. Reggs (W. N.) Acase of enormous congenital multi- ple hsemangiomata cavernosa. Colorado M. J., Denver, 1900, vi, 530.— Rrichelt"(A. A.) Lymphangioma super- ficiale; angioma cavernosum. Russk. J. Kozhn. i Ven. Bollezn., Kharkov, 1909, xviii, 253.—Calatayud (C.) Un caso de angioma cavernoso progresivo tratado por la electroionizaci6n zincica. Rev. espanol. de electrol. y. radiol. med., Valencia, 1912, i, 119-122.—Carnett (J. B.) Cervical subcutaneous cavernous hsemangeioma; with report of two cases. Tr. Phila. Acad. Surg., 1910, xii, 156- 166,1 pl.—Crickx. Un cas d'angidme caverneux de la face. Ann. Soc. beige de chir.. Brux., 1893-4, i, 429-432.— Fulton (A. L.) Venocavernous angioma. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1900, xxxiv, 1615.— Gilmour (A. J.) Re- port of a case of congenital cavernous angioma of the neck. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1911, lxxx, 726.— Kauchi (S.) [Treatment of cavernous angioma in growing child.] Kyo-rin-no Shiori, Chidai [?], 1898, x, no. 3, 8-16.—Ken- nedy. Cavernous angioma removed bv operation from the bend of the elbow. Glasgow M. J., 1898, xlix, 128,1 pl.— Koropovskl (P. P.) K kazuistikie .sosudistikh opu- kholel (angioma cavernosum capitis, elephantiasis angio- matodes digiti V manus, angioma sarcomatodes reg. dor- salis). Trudi i protok. zasled Russk. Khirurg. Obsh., Pirogova, S.-Peterb., 1900-02, xix-xx, 116-120.—Kiittner (H.) Kavernose Angiome des intermuskularen Fettge- webes mit partieller Knochenbildung. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1906, li, 80-88.—Kuflewski (W. A.) Cavernous angioma. Chicago Clinic, 1898, xi, 95-98.— van liter (E. H.) Angioma cavernosum. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1909, i, 790.—Litten. [Angioma cavernosum.] Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Ge- sellsch., 1897, Berl., 1898, xxviii, 1. Th., 239.—ITlcCallum (G.) Case of cavernous angioma. Inter.colon. M. J. Australas., Melbourne, 1904, ix, 190-193. [Discussion], 221-227.—M< berger (A.) Sul trattamento dell' angioma piano (mac- chia vinosa) con 1' alta frequenza. Ann. di elett. med. [etc.], Napoli, 1910,ix, 431-435.—McCaIIum (G.) Treat- ment of large vascular tumors by the introduction of ar- rows made of magnesium-metal, after the manner of Dr. PavrofGraz(Austria). Australas.M.Cong. Tr. 1906,Ade- laide, 1907, vii, 222-224.—Mahu (G.) Un cas d'angiome traite par des injections d'eau oxygenee. Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1906, xxxii, 633-636.— Mally. Traitement des angiomes par l'electrolyse. Centre med. et pharm., Gannat, 1905-6, xi, 311; 357; 413. Also, transl: Habana m6d., 1907, x, 1-5.—Martin (E.) Traitement des angiomes par l'61ectrolvse. Rev. med. de laSuisse Rom., Geneve, 1896, xvi, 640-644.—Mon- nier (L.) Quelques considerations sur le traitement des angiomes. Paris chirurg., 1909, i, 39-48, 2 pl.—Neu- mann (M.) Operationslose Behandlung der Angiome. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1905,xxxi, 792- 795.—IVico letti (V.) Contributo alia cura degli angiomi inoperabili. Boll. d. Soc. Lancisiana d. osp. di Roma, 1906, xxvi, 75-80.—de Nobele (J.) Le traitement actuel des angiomes. Belgique med., Gand, 1910, xvii, 531; 543.— Nol'eri(U.) Applicazione e risultati del trattamento del Pusey all'acido carbonico degli angiomi. Atti d. r. Accad. d. fisiocrit. in Siena, 1910, 5. s., ii, 211-215. Also: Corriere san., Milano, 1910, xxi, 626-627. Also: Riforma med., Napoli, 1910, xxvi, 869. Also: Med. ital., Na- poli, 1911, ix, 523-525.—Patton (M. M.) Pathology and treatment of hemangioma cavernosum. Northwest Med., Seattle, 1913, n. s., v, 119-124.—Peters (R. A.) O Hechenii angiom elektrolizom. [On the treatment of angiomata bv electrolysis.] Vrach, St. Petersb., 1895, xvi, 1259; 1290.—Petersen (F.) Unblutige Entfernung grosserer Angiome. Festschr. z. Feier . . . Fr. von Es- march, Kiel u. Leipz., 1893,38.—Piecinino (F.) Angio- ma mostruoso della mano,avambraccioebraccio sinistra di una inferma guarito con la Rontgenterapia. Ann. di elett. med. Tete], Napoli, 1911, x, 111-113.—Redard (P.) De l'electrolyse dans le traitement des angiomes. Presse med., Par., 1896, 433-437.-----. Du traitement des an- giomes graves parl'eiectrolyse. Ann. d'eiectrobiol. [etc.], Par., 1900, iii, 595-598. Also: Ann. de chir. et d'orthop., Par., 1900, xiii, 275-279. -----. De l'electrolyse dans le trai tementdes angiomes et particulierement des angiomes de la region parotidienne. Presse med., Par., 1908, xvi, 145—Salomon (A.) Anatomische und klinische Bei- triige zur Behandlung der Angiome und Naevi mittels Kohlensauresehnee. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1911, cix, 518-539.—Sandor a.) A haemangiomak gv6- gykezeleserol. [The treatment of hsemangiomata.] Or- vosi hetil., Budapest, 1907, li, 506: 526— Sauerbruch TUMOKS. Tumors (Angiomatous, Treatment of). (F.) Die Behandlung der Angiome mit gefrorenef Koh- lensaure. Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1909, xxxvi, 1-3.— ScliSchter (M.) A haemangiomak kezelese alkohol- injecti6kkal. [Treatment of hemangioma bv injection of alcohol.] Gy6gyaszat, Budapest, 1908, xlviii, 883-885.— de Sousa Teixeira (B.) Nota sobre um caso de enorme angioma do membro inferior direito, curado pela electrolyse. Coimbra med., 1897, xvii, 404; 417; 441.— Sterling (W.) Leczenie naczyniak6w za pomoca elek- trolizy. [ Treatment of angiomata by electrolysis 1 Medycyna i Kron. lek., Warszawa, 1911, xlvi, 128-131.— Vidal Solares (F.) Del angioma y su tratamiento. Arch.de ginecop., Barcel., 1902, xv, 1-8.—Vignat(M.) Traitement des angiomes et des nsevi par l'air chaud. Clinique, Par., 1913, viii, 343-316.—Watanabe. [Acase of angioma hypertrophicum simplex treated by medica- ments.] Nippon Gankwa Gakukwai Zasshi, Tokyo, 1906, x, 155-159.—Weil(A.) Radiotherapie des angiomes et des nsevi plans (taches de vin). J. de phvsiotherap., Par., 1909, vii, 325-331. -----. Les traitement des an- giomes et des taches de vin par les rayons X. Rev. gen de clin. et de therap., Par., 1909, xxiii, 520.—Wick- ham (L.l & Degrais. Treatment of vascular birth- spots (angiomata) by radium. Canad. Pract. & Rev., Toronto, 1907, xxxii, 713-716.-----------. Tumeur an- giomateuse erectile traitee par le radium sans action in- flammatoire. Arch.d'eleetric med., Bordeaux, 1908, xvi, 583.-----------. Note sur la decoloration et la reduction de certains tissus angiomateux par le radium, sans reac- tion inflammatoire. Action elective du radium. Bull. Soc franc de dermat. et syph., Par., 1908, xix, 259-261. -----------. Traitement des angiomes (tumeurs vascu- laires et taches de vin) par le radium. Rev. de med., Par., 1908, xxviii, 567; 608, 2 pl.-----------. Les traite- ments des angiomes erectiles cutanes et sous-cutanes (tu- meurs vasculaires) par le radium. Clinique, Par., 1909, iv, 469-473.-----------. Action curative du radium sur les angiomes tubereux. [Rap. par Le Dentu.] Bull, et ni6m. Soc. dechir.de Par., 1909,n.s., xxxv, 1286-1290.----- -----. Tumeurs angiomateusesde dimensions considera- bles gueries par le radium depuis plusieurs annees. Bull. Soc. franc de dermat. et syph., Par., 1911, xxii, 269- 271.-----------. Traitement des angiomes par le radi- um (naevi vasculaires plans, tumeurs erectiles, tumeurs vasculaires sous-cutanees). Cong, internat. radiol. et d'61eetr. 1910, Brux., 1911, ii, 154-167.—Wiesinger. Behandlungvon Angiomen mit Kohlensaureeis.] Jahrb. . Hamb. Staatskrankenanst. 1909, Hamb. u. Leipz., 1910, xiv, pt. 1, 116.—Wnth (E. A.) Ueber die Alkohol- therapie des Rankenangioms. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1900, xxvi, 667-680.—Wyeth (J. A.) The treat- ment of vascular neoplasms by the injection of waterata high temperature. N. York M. J., 1902, lxxvi, 969.-----. The treatment of angiomata by boiling water. J. Med, Soc. N. Jersey, Newark, 1904-5, i, 89-92. Tumors (Angiomatous, Treatment of Operative). Angioma glabellae. Jahresb. ii. d. chir. Abth. d. Spit, zu Basel (1891), 1892,13.—Rayha (H.) Ueber Mus- kelangiome und ihre Exstirpation. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1899, li, 200-206.—Reck (C.) Durch Opera- tion geheilter Fall von Angioma racemosum. N. Yorker med. Monatschr., 1903. xv, 547— Begouin. Du traite- ment des angiomes ulceres chez les tout jeunes enfants par l'extirpation. Mem et bull. Soc. de med. et chir. de Bordeaux (1902), 1903,97-100.—Berger (H.) Die Exstir- pation des Angioma arteriale racemosum am Kopfe. Beitr. z, klin. Chir., Tubing., 1898, xxii, 129-148.— Phila-> 1899, n. s., cxvii, 629-648.—Vamagiwa (K.) [On angiosarcoma and hsemendothehoma.] Chiugai Iii Shinpo, Tokio 1896 xvii, no. 398, 1; no. 399, 8; no. 400, 27, 1 pl.; no. 401, 7. ' Tumors (Artificial production of). See Tumors (Experimental production of). Tumors (Associated). See Tumors (Metastatic, etc.). Tumors (Atheromatous). See, also, Aorta (Diseases of); Arteries (Dis- eases of); Heart (Diseases of). Galibern (A.) *Traitement des loupes; ac- cidents et complications. 4°. Paris, 1882. Zimmermann (W.) Seltene Atheromformen (mit 5 Abbildungen). 8°. Jena, 1909. Allen (H. B.) Notes on atheroma. Australas. M. Cong. Tr. 1908, Victoria, 1909, ii, 262-264.—Raldaui'(L. K.) The chemistry of atheroma and calcification (aorta). Albany M. Ann., 1907, xxviii, 18-23.—Etienne (G.) & Fritsch. Origine de la chaux dans la calcification des arteres et pathogenie de l'atherome calcine. J. de phy- siol. et de path, gen., Par., 1909, xi, 1084-1096.—Etienne (G.) & Parisot (J.) Le r61e de l'eievation de la pres- sion arterielle dans l'etiologie de l'atherome. Ibid., 1908, x, 1055-1065.—Giroux (L.) Atherome experimental et sels de baryum. Tribune med., Par., 1908, n. s., xl, 103.— Gouget (A.) Atherome humain, atherome experimen- tal etcapsulessurrenales. Pressem6d.,Par., 1907,xv,745.— Herz (J.) Aus der Mappe eines alten Arztes. II. Ein praktisches Verfahren zur operativen Entfernung von Atheromen (Griitzbeuteln). Allg.med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1912, lxxxi, 483.—Joannovies (G.) Ein Fall von ver- kalktem und verknochertem Atherom. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat.,Jena, 1901,xii,883-887,lpl.—Josul. Atheromehumain, atherome experimental etcapsules sur- renales. Presse med., Par., 1907, xv, 762.—Loeper (M.) Poisons alimentaires et atherome. Arch. d. mal. du cceur [etc.L, Par., 1908, i, 45-54.—Lortat-Jacob (L.) & Sa- bareanu (G.) Du r61e de la castration dans la produc- tion de l'atherome experimental. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1905, lviii, 583-585.— Luclen (M.) & Parisot (J.) La pathogenie de l'atherome d'apres I'etude de ses lesions experimentales et spontanees. J. med. franc., Par., 1909, iii, 88-93, 2 pl. Also: Prov. m6d., Par., 1908, xix, 490-492.-----------. Atherome experimental et atherome spontane. Presse med., Par., 1909, xvii, 9.— Montgomery (D.W.) Atheroma. Med. News,Phila.. 1894, lxiv, 178. Also, Reprint.—Moulsset (F.), Gate (J.) & Laflfay (M.) A propos d'un cas d'atherome; lo- calisation aux arteres radiates et a la mitrale. Bull. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Lyon, 1912, x, 240-242. Also: Lvon med.. 1912, cxviii, 1049-1052.—Richon (L.) & Perrin (M.) Atherome experimental. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1910, lxviii, 144-146.—Tasaki (R.) [A case of mul- tiple atheroma.] Iji Shinbun, Tokio, 1899, no. 540, 1.— Vladar (M. L.) Atheroma praepatellare. Orvosihetil., Budapest, 1903, xlvii, 675. — Weinberg. Atherome spontane chez le lapin. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1908, lxv, 561. Tumors (Atypical) [Ada?ni]. See Cancer; Tumors (Sarcomatous). Tumors (Bacteriology of). Gobert (E.) * Des n£oplasies experimentales produites par l'inoculation du micrococcus neo- formans. 8°. Paris, 1906. Bra (Marie). Isolement, en provenance des tumeurs epitheliales, d'un microorganisme paraissant appartenirk la famille des myxobacteries, etdeveloppant dans les cul- tures des formes complexes semblables aux cellules canee- reuses. J. m6d. franc., Par., 1909, iii, 519, 1 pl.—Doyen (E.) Le micrococcus neoformans et les neoplasmes. Cong, internat. de m6d. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, path. g6n., 16-43. Also, Reprint.—Galippe (V.) Note sur les methodes employees pour I'etude bacteriologique des tu- meurs. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1899,10. s., vi, 235.—Hiilphers (G.) Bor bacillus pyogenes riiknas till de granulationssvulstbildande bakterierna. [Does bacil- lus pyogenes account for the origin of bacterial granular tumors?] Svensk veterinartidskr., Stockholm, 1911, xvi, 277.—Kaestner (S.) Pathologische Wucherungen, Di- vertikel- und Geschwulstbildungen in friihen Embryonal- studien. Arch.f. Anat. u. Entwcklngsgesch., Leipz., 1907, 250-265, lpl.—Karwacki (L.) Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Geschwulstflora. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena,1905,xxxix,369-380. See,also,infra,Schh\\er.—Lave- ran. Tumeur provoquee par un microcoque rose en zoo- TUMORS. 972 TUMORS. Tumors (Bacteriology of). glees. Ann. d'hvg. etde med. colon., Par., 1907,x, 141-143. Also: Compt. rend. Soc. debiol., Par., 1906,lxi, 340.—Leitch (A ) On the presence of micrococci in tumours. Areh. Middlesex Hosp., Lond., 1907, ix, 35-44—Moro (G.) Contributo alio studio batteriologico dei tumori. Boll. d. r. Accad. med. di Genova, 1907, xxii, 83-106. -----. Tumore infiammatorio pseudoneoplastico del torace da bacterium coli. Ibid., 184-194.—Petroff (N. N.) Dal- nleishiye rezultati zarodishevikh privivok v svyazi s voprosami o proiskhozhdenii opukholel. [Further results of embryonal inoculations in connection with the ques- tion of the origin of tumors.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1908, xv, 133-135.—Profe (O.) Ueber das Vorkommen eines Mikrokokken in Tumoren. Fortschr. d. Vet.-Hyg., Berl., 1905, iii, 210-213. Also: Mitt. a. Schmidt's Lab. f. Krebsforsch., Bonn, 1905, 2. Hft., 32-36.—Sch ii Her (M.) Bemerkungen zu L. Karwackis Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Geschwulstflora. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1905-6, xl, 212.—Sjiibrlng (N.) Ueber die Mikro- organismen in den Geschwiilsten. Ibid., 1900, xxvii, 129- 140. Tumors (Bilateral and symmetrical). See, also, Mikulicz's disease. Meissner (R.) Svmmetrie bei Geschwulst- bildungen. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1902. Yirmechi (A.) Note istologiche su di due casi di rari tumori simmetrici. Gior. d. Ass. napol. di med. e nat.. Napoli, 1902, xii, 313-322, 2 pl.—Williams (W. R.) Malignant and non-malignant tumours of bilateral origin. Lancet, Lond., 1910, i, 426-429. -----. Tumours of bilate- ral origin. Ibid., 680.—Zagoryanski-Kisel. K kazu'istike simmetricheskavo raspolozhen'ia opukholel. [Symmetrical distribution of tumors.] Med. pribav. k morsk. sborniku, St. Petersb., 1895, 198-200. Tumors (Blastomatous). Meyer (G. R. B. [K.]) * Ueber die Beteili- gung von Nerven am Aufbau blastomatoser Tu- moren. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr.,,1910. Adami (J. G.) On the classification of blastomatous tumors. Atti d. Cong, internaz. dei patol., 1911, To- rino, 1912, i, 35-41, 2 pl.—Friedemann (M.) Ueber Mauseblastome. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1911, ccv, 154-160.—Simpson (B. T.) Growth centers of the benign blastomata with especial reference to thyroid and prostatic adenomata. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1912-13, xxvii, 269-289, 4 pl.—Stallr (H.) Blas- tomiibertragungen mit hoher Impfausbeute. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1911, lviii, 1700.—Wolff (B.) Ueber ein Blastom bei einem Aal (Anguilla vulgaris), nebst Bemerkungen zur vergleichenden Pathologie der Ge- schwiilste. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1912, ccx, 365-385, 1 pl. Tumors (Blood in). Bermbach (P.) Beitrag zur Serologic der Ge- schwiilste. Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl., 1913, xix, 76.— Chudovszky (M,) A vervizsg&latok erteke a daga- natok k6rismezesenei. [The value of an examination of the blood in the diagnosis of tumors.] Budapesti k. orvo- segy. 1894-iki evkonyve, 1895, 201-209.—Luzzatto (A. M.) Sulle forme di anemia secondaria a neoplasma. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1909, Roma, 1910, xix, 711- 714.—Milian (G.) Tumeurs et cyth6molvse. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1901, lxxvi, 312.—Mori (A.) Contributo alia fisio-patologia delle anemie nei soggetti eolpiti da neoplasmi. Atti e rendic. d. Accad. med.- chir. di Perugia, 1896, viii, 271-280. Also: Riforma med., Napoli, 1896, xii, pt. 2, 580-582.—Pfeiffer (H.) Zur Frage des Nachweises eines anaphylaktischen Re- aktionskorpers im Blute von Tumorkranken. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch., Jena, 1909, iv, 458-469.—Plaseneia (L.) Formula hematol6gica en los procesos inflamato- rios y en los neoplasmas. Rev. de med. trop., Habana, 1904, v, 174; 187.—Ranzi (E.) Zur Frage des Nachwei- ses eines spezifischen anaphylaktischen Reaktionskor- pers im Blute von Tumorkranken. Wien. klin. Wchn- schr., 1909, xxii, 1372-1375—Tarchetti (C.) Sull'iper- globulia tubercolare. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1904, xxv, 162.x.— Weil (,R.) The hemolytic effects of organ and tumor extracts. [Abstr.] Science,N. Y.&Lancaster, Pa., 1907, n. s., xxv, 422. Tumors (Branchiogenic). See, also, Tumors Cystic). Opp (M.) * Beitrag zu den branchiogenen Geschwiilsten. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1898. Winheim (C.) * Beitrag zur Kenntniss der branchiogenen Geschwiilste. 8°. Giessen, 1889. Fieschi(D.) Beitrag zum Studium der branchiogenen Neubildungen. Arch.f. Dermat. u.Syph., Wienu. Leipz., 1905, lxxv, 17-38, 2 pl.—Miont (G.) Contributo alio studio dei residui branchiogeni e delle neoformazioni cui dannoorigine. Arch, per le sc. med., Torino, 1906, xxx, Tumors (Branchiogenic). 269-2,2.—Sobolelf (L. V.) K voprosu o tak naz. bran- khiomakh (popitkaikh klassiiikatsiib [On the so-called branchiomata; attempt to classify them.] Vrach. Gaz S.-Peterb., 1912, xix, 41-43.—Zapi'iulla (A.) Contributo clinico ed anatomo patologico alio studio delle neoplasie branchiogene. Osp. di Palermo. Boll, trimest., 1909, ii 7-12. Tumors (Carcinomatous). See Cancer. Tumors (Cartilaginous and bony). See, also, Bones (Tumors of); Exostosis; Muscles (Ossification of); Tumors (Osfeo-surco- matous). Chworostansky (P.) *Ueber das Vorkommen von Knorpel in Geschwiilsten. 8°. Zurich, 1S95. Cuppers (F. M. H.) * Ueber Bau und Ent- wiekelung zweier Chondrome der Hand. 12°. Greifswald, 1892. Fraval (L.) ^Contribution a I'etude his- torique et clinique des tumeurs osseuses a mye- loplaxes avec deux observations nouvelles. 8°. Paris, 1909. Freytag (M.) * Ueber ein ungewohnlich grosses Osteom eines Sesambeins am Daumen, traumatischen Ursprungs. 8°. Greifswald, 1904. Goldschmidt (M.) *Casuistische Beitrage zur Bildung heteroplastischer Enchondrome und Osteome. 8°. Freiburg, 1900. Graf (E.) *Deenchondromate, adjecta his- toria morbi. 12°. Gryphise, 1851. Gramann (A.) * Ueber Osteom der Rohren- knochen. 8°. Leipzig, 1895. Laurent (J.) * Contribution ii I'etude des chondromes; degenerescenee muqueuse; forme recidivante. 8°. Toulouse, 1902. von Krebs (B.[G. A.]) *Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der multiplen Enchondrome. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., 1909. Michaloff (I.-K.) * L'Stude de l'enchon- drome avec metastases. 8°. Genere, 1882. Muller (O.) * Ueber recidivierende Chon- drome. [Erlangen.] 8°. Mengeringhausen, 1893. Muller (O.) * Beitrage zur Lehre von der Entstehung von Knorpelgeschwulsten aus bei der Knochenbildung iibriggebliebenen Knorpel- resten. [Bern.] 8°. Leipzig, 1898. Also, in: Arch. f. Entwcklngsmechn. d. Organ., Leipz., 1897, vi, 394-452. Mulert (C.) *Enchondromatis casum rario- rem sistens. 8°. Lipsix, 1852. Pfeiffer (E.) * Ueber die Bedeutung des Traumas fiir die Entstehung von Gewiichsen im Knochensystem. [Breslau.] 8°. Berlin, 1909. Reumaux (E.) * Contribution a I'etude de 1'osteome des cavaliers. 8°. Paris, 1902. Sandelowski (I.) * Ueber die Beziehungen der cartilaginiiren Exostosen zu den multiplen Enchondromen. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., 1907. Spuler fR. W.) *Ueber die feinere Histologie der Chondrome. [Heidelberg.] 8°. Jena, 1902. Studer (M.) * Ueber einen Fall von Osteom nach Trauma. 8°. Zurich, 1896. Vorbrugg (H.) * Ueber multiple Enchon- drome der kurzen Rohrenknochen. 8°. Miin- ehen, 1906. Weise (L.) *Zur Casuistik des Enchon- droms. 8°. Leipzig, 1903. Zeroni (W.) * Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Entstehung und Entwicklung des Enchondrome der Knochen. 4°. Gottingen, 1893. Zuccagni (A.) Istoria di uno vasto osteo- steatoma, sm. 4°. [n. p.,n. d.] Adami. Secondary enchondroma in a hitch. (,an- ada M. Rec, Montreal, 1894-5, xxiii, 105.-Allen (W . L.) Multiple osteoma. Tr. Iowa M. Soc Des .\ ''i''es, 1900, xviii, 181-186. Also: Iowa M. J., Des Moines. 1900, vi, 295- TUMORS. 971 Tumors (Cartilaginous and bony). 299.—Anfuji (S.) [A case of chondroma.] Dai Nippon Ji-Bi-In-Ko-Kwa-Kwai Kwai Ho, Tokyo, 1897, iii, 365- 370.—Barrier (A.) Osteome de l'aponevrose fessiere. Bull. Soc. centr. de med. veL, Par., 1905, lix, 115-117.— Boutelle (C. A.) Enchondroma in the bitch. J. Comp. M.& Vet. Areh., Phila., 1895, xvi, 222-227.—Burchard lA.) Leber multiple Enchondrome in den langen Rohrenknochen von Kindern. Fortschr. a. d. Geb. a. Rontgenstrahlen, Hamb., 1912, xix, 291-294.—Buy (J.) Deux cas de chondromes des os. Toulouse mecl., 1900. 2. s., ii, 117-120. Also: Echo med., Toulouse, 1900, 2. s., xiv, 237-240—Cautley (E.) Multiple enchon- dromata. Clin. J., Lond., 1911-12, xxxix, 277.—Char- bonnel. Generalisation chondromateuse. J. de m6d de Bordeaux, 1912, xlii, 826.—Contl(A.)' Studj sull' en- condroma. Spallanzani, Modena, 1882,2. s., xi, 625-627.— Corner (E. M.) Acaseof multipleenchondromata with irregular ossification in the bones of one limb. Tr. M. Soc. Lond., 1906-7, xxx, 360-364.—Cornil (V.) & Oou- dray (P.) Quelques observations de chondromes et d'osteochondromes; tumeursosteo-chondromateusescom- plexes. Rev. de chir., Par., 1908, xxxviii, 213-227.— Cotterill (J.M.) Multiple symmetrical chondromata. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Edinb., 1904-5, n. s., xxiv, 159.—de Craene (E.) Osteomes siSgeant au niveau d'une cica- trice ancienne de laparotomie aveo envahissement de ces tumeurs par une metastase cancereuse. Arch, de m6d. exp6r. et d'anat. path., Par., 1911, xxiii, 517-522.—Delore (X.) Recherche de la chondrine dans les enchondromes. Lyon med., 1899, xcii, 156-160.—Depage. Osteomes traumatiques. Ann. Soc. beiges de chir., Brux., 1898-9, vi, 233-235, 3 pl. Also, transl. [Abstr.l: Railway Surg., Chicago, 1898-9, v, 183.— Fgiazariantz (I.) Enchon- droma myxomatodes osteoides. Objazat. pat.-anat. iz- slied. stud. med. imp. Charkov. Univ., 1893, ii, 19-26.— Ehrlich. Ueber ein transplantables Chondrom der Maus. Arb. a. d. k. Inst. f. exper. Therap. zu Frankf. a. M., Jena, 1906,1. Hft.,63-73, 1 pl.—Ernst (P.) Verbrei- tung eines Chondrosarkoms durch die Blutbahn. Ver- handl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1899, Leipz, 1900, lxxi, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 10. -----. Verbreitung eines Enchondroms durch dieBlutbahn. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch. 1S99, Berl., 1900, 158-161. -----. Unge- wohnliche Verbreitung einer Knorpelgeschwulst in der Blutbahn. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1900, xxviii, 255-295, 2 pl. -----. Ueber den feineren Bau der Knorpelgeschwiilste (Polymorphism, Metaplasie und Metatypie, Metachromasie, divergierende Differen- zierung des Knorpels). Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1905, xxxviii, 67-100, 2 pl.—Ferguson (R. Y.) Case of multiple chondromas. Am. Med., Phila., 1902, iii, 96.—Fieblger (J.) Ein Osteochondrom bei einem Karpfen. Ztschr.f. Krebsforsch., Berl., 1908-9, vii, 371-381,1 pl.—Fischer (B.) Pathologie des Chondroms und Osteoma. Ergebn. d. allg. Path. u. path. Anat. 1904- 6, Wiesb., 1906, x, 678-700.—Gangolphe. Enchondrome du thorax chez un sujet porteur d'exostoses multiples. Bull. Soc. de chir. de Lyon, 1906, ix, no. 9, 283-286. -----. Enorme enchondrome de laparoithoraciquechezun sujet porteur d'exostoses osteogeniques. Lyon me'd., 1908, ex, 1293-1295.—Grolie (B.) Ueber Chondrome bei multipler Exostosenbildung. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1904, li, 684.—von Haberer (H.) Tffin Fall von multiplen En- chondromen und Exostosen. Areh. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1909, lxxxix, 782-797.— Helmholz (H. F.) An experi- mental multiple chondroma. John Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1907, xviii, 369, 2 pl.—Hintze (R.) Das Wesen der Schnuffelkrankheit der Tiere. Arch. f. wissensch. u. prakt. Thierh., Berl., 1909, xxxv, 635-560.—Holloway (S. W.) A case of multiple chondromata; simultaneous triple amputation. Louisville M. Month., 1894-5, i, 268- 270.—Hue (F.) Fibro-chondrome branchial. Norman- die med., Rouen, 1893, viii, 269. Also: Gaz. d. hop. de Toulouse, 1894, viii, 10.—Hutchinson (J.) Cartilage tumours in the bones of lingers and metacarpus (card specimen). Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1881, xxxii, 241.— Kikuchi (T.) Itji tai kiyu no kotsuso. JClinical obser- vation on osteoma.] Chiugai Iji Shinpo, Tokyo, 1894, no. 335,1.—Koch (W.) Die Osteome als Exostosen, Haut- und Sehnenknochen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1907, xliv, 560- 564. -----. Nachtrag tiber Osteome. Ibid., 1156.— K8- nig (F.) Ueber das cystische Enchondrofibrom und die solitaren Cysten der langen Rohrenknochen. Arb. a. d. chir. Klin. d. k. Univ. Berl., 1898. xiii, 75-93. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Ann. Surg., Phila., 1898, xxviii, 402- 408. -----. Ueber traumatische Osteome, fracturlose Callusgeschwulste. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 1906, xxxv, pt. 2,103-115,1 pl. [Discussion], pt. 1, 176-178. Also: Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1906, lxxx, 64-76, lpl.—Kolaczek; (H.) Branchiogenes En- chondrom. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1910, lxviii, 120-134. — Konjetzny. Multiples Osteoidchondrom des Skeletts. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1908, lv, 1098.— Korin. [A case of osteoma on the left side of the back below the shoulders.] Hokuetsu Ikai Kwaiho Shinto, 1904, 302-310.—Kravchenko (I. I.) Rledkiy sluchal mnozhestvennoi osteomi. [Rare case of multi- ple osteoma.] Khirurgia, Mosk., 1900, viii, 560-563.— TUMORS. Tumors (Cartilaginous and bony). von Kryger. Multiple Knochen- und Knorpelge- schwiilste. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 1898, xxvii, pt. 2, 564-569. [Discussion], pt. 1, 165. Also: Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1898, lvii, 859-864. — Kumano (S.) Multiple Osteome. [Japanese text.] Ztschr. d. med, Gesellsch. zu Tokyo, 1896, x, 1112-1114, lpl.—Lawen (A.) Ueber die Beziehungen der En- chondrome zu den multiplen cartilaginaren Exostosen. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1904, lxxv, 14-36. — Legrand. De l'application de la cauterisation lineaire et destructive au traitement de l'enchondrome. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1860, li, 818.—JLejars. Osteomes pre-coxaux. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1901, n. s., xxvii, 735-739.—Lett (H.) Multiple cancellous osteomata. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1908-9, ii, Sect. Stud. Dis. Child., 191.—Levassort(C) Tumeur osseuse prise pour un osteo-sarcome du perone. Ann. de chir. et d'orthop., Par., 1897, x, 13-23.—Lioison. Osteomes neri- articulaires du coude et du genou. [Rap. de L. Picq'ue.] Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1899, n. s., xxv, 847- Ml—Mala testa (R.) Contributo alio studio dei con- dromi del sistema osseo. Atti d. r. Accad. d. fisiocrit. in Siena, 1908, 4. s., xx, 621-629.—Matsuoka (M.) Mul- tiple Enchondrome der Knochen. Ztschr. f. orthop. Chir., Stuttg., 1910, xxvii, 498-503.—Meller (J.) Mul- tiple Chondrome der Hand. Fiinfz. Beitr. a. d. Geb. d. Res. Med. Festschr. . . . d. Ver. d. Aerzte d. Rgrngsbz. Diisseld., Wiesb., 1894,477-479.—Mensa (A.) Contributo alio studio degli osteomi endocranici neisohpedi; esostosi dia-epifisaria. Clin, vet., Milano, 1913, xxxvi, 385-403.— Merkel (H.) Die feineren Vorgange bei der schlei- migen Umwandlung in Knorpelgeschwiilsten. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1908, xliii, 485-498.— Monier (A.) & Koche (G.) Chondromes des os de la main. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1909, lxxxiv- 675-679.—Moravek (A.) Enchondrom und Unfall. Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl., 1911, xvii, 473-475.—Mores- tin. Enorme enchondrome ayant eu pour point de de- part la region sous-maxillaire. Bull, et mim. Soc. anat. de Par, 1903, lxxviii, 684.—Morgan (J. H.) Case of multiple osteomata undergoing sarcomatous changes. Lancet, Lond.. 1897, i, 954.—Nehrkorn (A.) Multiple Enchondrome der Knochen in Verbindung mit multiplen subcutanen Teleangiektasien. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tii- bing., 1898, xxii, 800-810.—Page. Large chondroma re- moved from the ilium of a man. Northumberland v. 'IaTpucrj irpo- oSos, 'Ev 2iipu>, 1906, xi, 297-301.—Bibbert. Leber die EntstehungderGeschwiilste. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1895, xxi, 9; 24; 45; 62. -----. Zur Enste- hung der Geschwiilste. Ibid., 1896, xxii, 471-474. — Bitter. Zur Entstehung der Neubildungen. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1906, liii, 126.—Boelots (R. J.) Ee- nige gedachten over den aard en de genese der tumoren. Geneesk. Courant, Amst., 1910, lxiv, 113-115.—BttssIe (R.) Die Rolle der Hyperamie und des Alters in der Geschwulstentstehung. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1904 li, 1330; 1392; 1435.—Bohdenburg (G. L.) & Bullock (F. D.) Notes on tumor genesis. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1912, xcvi, 222-226.-Boss (Sir D.) Induced division of leucocytes and the genesis of tumours. Proc. Rov. Soc. Med., Lond., 1911-12, v, Path. Sect., 103-108.—Sarap (A.N.) K voprosu o paraffinovikh opukholyakh. [Pa- raffin tumors.] Trudi i Protok. Imp. Kavkazsk. Med. Obsh., Tiflis, 191L-12, xlviii, 402-421—Saul (E.) Bei- trage zur Biologie der Tumoren. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1904, xxx, 494-496. -----. Untersu- chungen zur Aetiologie der Tumoren. Centralbl. f. Bak- teriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1906, xlii, 518-526. Also [Ab- str.]: Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1906, xxxii, 697. -----. Aetiologie und Biologie der Tumoren. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1907, xxxiii, 2115. -----. Untersuchungen zur Aetiologie und Biolo- gie der Tumoren. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 190X, xlvii, Orig., 440-445, 1 pl.: 1909, xlix, Orig., 80-93. -----. Untersuchungen zur Aetiologie und Biologie der Tumoren. Ibid., 1, Orig., 427-438. -----. Untersuchungen zur Aetiologie und Biologie der Tu- moren. Ibid., Hi, Orig., 235-238. —Scheuthauer (G.) Adatok az uj kepletek fejlodesenek ujabb theo- riaihoz. [Contributions to the later theories of the development of new growths. ] Budapesti k. orvo- segy. 1893-iki evkonyve, 1894, 86-89. —Schllller (M.) Beitrag zur Aetiologie der Geschwiilste. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1900, xxvii, 511-515.— Schwalbe (E.) Neuere Forschungen fiber Morpho- logie und Entstehung der Geschwiilste. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1907, xxxiii, 2025-2030. -----. Die Entstehung der Geschwiilste im Lichte der Terato- logic Verhandl. d. naturh.-med. Ver. zu Heidelb., 1907, n. F., viii, 337-354.—Seppanen (V.) Kasvannaisten histogenesista. [The histogenesis of tumors.] Duode- cim, Helsinki, 1903, xix, 158-171.—Sj8brlng(N.) Ueber die Aetiologie der Geschwiilste. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch. 1900, Berl., 1901, 65-69—Sklitosovski IN. V.) K voprosu ob obslemenenii novodbrazovaniy. On dissemination of neoplasms.] Laitop. russk. chir., S.-Peterb., 1898, iii, 371-378.—Spitzer (L.) Ueber eine Geschwui.stbildung durch Raupenhaare. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1897, x, 629.—Stelnhaus (J.) Nowotwory, ich przyczyny i klasyfikacya w Swietle poglad6w wspol- czesnych. [Tumors, their causes and classification in the light of contemporary views.] Kryt. lek., Warszawa, 1900, iv, 33; 74; 101.—Tlberti (N.) Contributo alio stu- dio della specificity delle cellule dei tumori. Sperimen- tale. Arch, di biol., Firenze, 1905, lix, 550-566.—Ucke (A.) Zur Entstehung der Geschwiilste. Russ. med. Rundschau, Berl., 1906, iv, 589-593. Also: St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr., 1906, xxxi, 437-439—Villani (G.) Etiologia dei tumori. Corriere san., Milano, 1906, xvii, 1053; 1065.—Virchow (R.) Physiologie generale des tumeurs. [Transl.] Rev. d. cours seient., etc., Par., 1865-6, iii, 606-612—Walz (K.) Die modernen Anschau- ungen iiber die Aetiologie der Geschwiilste. Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1901, xi, 3-5. Also: Med. Cor.-Bl. d. wurttemb. arztl. Ver., Stuttg., 1900, lxx, 647-650.— Warbasse (J. P.) Ribbert on the origin of tumors. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1896, xxiii, 75-105.—WassiliefT (A.) De l'origine des nebplasmes en general et du cancer en particulier. Progres med., Par., 1894, 2. s., xix, 249; 276; 299; 338; 387.—Welsh (D. A.) Abstractof an address on the nature of infectivity in relation to tumour growth. Lancet, Lond., 1907, i, 1554-1556.—Werner (R.) Reiz- theorie und Geschwulstentstehung. Ergebn. d. wissen- sch. Med., Leipz., 1910, i, 434-446. -----. Zur Aetiologie der Tumoren. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 376.— White (C. P.) The pathogenesis of tumours. J. Path. & Bacteriol., Edinb. & Lond., 1900-1901, vii, 339-366.— White (Ellen P. C.) & Loeb (L.l Ueber den Einfluss physikalisch schadigender Agentien (Warme) auf das Wachstum der Tumorzellen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etcl, 1. Abt., Jena, 1910, lvi, Orig., 325-338.—Williams (W. R.) The rdle of rests in the origin of tumours. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1896, ii, 1021-1023. Also [Abstr.]: Med. Press Tumors (Causes of). & Circ. Lond. 1896, n.s., lxii, 179.-Wolbach (S. B.) ine etiology of tumors considered from the standpoints ol congenital tumors and tumors following repeated in- juries. Boston M. & S. J., 1909, clxi, 171-177. Also, Re- print.—Young (J. W.) Causation of tumors. Tr. West. Surg. & Gynec. Ass. 1897, Lincoln, 1898, 53-59. Tumors (Causes of Traumatic). See, also, Tumors (Malignant, Causes and pathology of); Tumors (Sarcomatous, Trau- matic). Baumeister (C. H. C.) * Beitrag zur trau- matischen Aetiologie der Geschwiilste. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1905. Bostroem (E.) Traumaticismus und Parasi- tismus als Ursachen der Geschwiilste. 4°. Gies- sen, 1902. Desing (C. G.) * Beitrage zur Entstehung der Tumoren nach Trauma, im Anschluss an einen Fall von Fibro-Sarcoma cruris. 8°. Munchen, 1901. Elsner (T. J.) * Ueber Begutachtung von Tumorbildungen als Unfallfolge. 8°. Jena, 1910. Goede (K. W. R.) * Das Trauma als Ursache von Tumoren. 8°. Greifswald, 1900. Machol (A.) *Die Entstehung von Ge- schwiilsten im Anschluss an Verletzungen. 8°. Strassburg, 1900. Moller (J.) *Zur Casuistik und Aetiologie der Tumoren an Orten vorausgegangener Frak- turen. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1902. Rausch (K.) * Verletzungen als Ursache von Tumoren. 8°. Erlangen, 1900. Wehninck (F.) * Bildung einer Granula- tionsgeschwulst um einen eingedrungenen Fremdkorper. [Erlangen.] 8°. Bocholt, 1906. Adami (J. G.) Concerning the causation of cancer- ous and other new growths. 0Yale M. J., N. Haven, 1901, vii,309; 343. Also, Reprint.—Akerman (J.) Svulstbild- ning och olycksfall. [Tumors and accidents.] Hygiea, Stockholm, 1913, lxxv, 193-202.—Alessandri (R.) Neo- formazione a tipo progressivo intorno ad un corpo es- traneo. Bull.d.r. Accad.med.di Roma, 1905,xxxi,87-90.— Becker (L.) Trauma und Geschwulst. Aerztl. Sach- verst.-Ztg., Berl., 1910, xvi, 153.—Berard (L.) Tumeurs et traumatismes. Bull, med., Par., 1912, xxvi, 465; 621.— von BUngner. Aufruf zu einer Sammelforschung iiber die Entstehung von Geschwiilsten im Anschluss an Verletzungen. Verhandl.d.deutsch.Gesellsch. f.Chir., Berl., 1899, xxviii, pt. 1, 99-101.—Derinilzel. Trauma und Geschwulstbildung. Aerztl. Sachverst., Berl., 1898, iv, 504-506.—Ebstein (W.) Ueber die kausalen Be- ziehungen des Traumas zu der Entwicklung von Ge- schwiilsten mit besonderer Riicksicht auf die Versiche- rungspraxis. Ztschr. f. Versicherungsmed., Leipz., 1909, ii, 321-329.—Gebele. Beziehungen zwischen Unfall und Geschwiilsten. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1909, lvi, 1230- 1235.—Cielnats (V. N.) Travmaticheskiya povrezhde- niya, kak prichina novodbrazovaniy. [Traumatism as a cause of tumors.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1903, x, 301; 329; 347; 371.—Goldman (A. J.) Przyczynek do pow- stawania nowotwor6w w zwiazku z urazem. [Tumors beginning with trauma.] Czasopismo lek., L6dz, 1899, i, 225-228.—Griinwald (C.) Drei Gutachten fiber den Zusammenhang von Geschwiilsten mit Unfallen. Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl., 1906, xii, 160-166.—Herberg (W.) Eine mit Kohlestiickchen durchsetzte Narbengeschwulst. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1906, lxxxi, 506-516.— Herzfeld. Tumor und Trauma. Ztschr. f. Krebs- forsch., Berl., 1905, iii, 73-94.—Jamleson (S.) The part played by injury, chronic irritation and inflammation in the production of new growth. Intercolon. M. Cong. Australas. Tr. 1902, Hobart, 1903, 98-101.—Kathen (T.) Sarkom und Trauma. Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl., 1910, xvi, 277-279.—La Boy (L.) Traumatismes et neoplas- mes. Arch, internat. de chir., Gand, 1910-11, 294-317.— Lefas (E.) Sopra una variety di tumore d' origine trau- matica (inclusione epidermica calcificata). Clin, mod., Firenze, 1905, xi, 295.—Lengnlck (H.) Ueber den atio- logischen Zusammenhang zwischen Trauma und der Entwiekelung von Geschwiilsten. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1899, Hi, 379-396.—Llnlger. Geschwiilste und Unfall. Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl., 1911, xvii, 129; 176.—Ltfwenthal (C.) Ueber die traumatische Ent- stehung der Geschwiilste. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl.,1894, xlix, 1; 267.—Lubarsch. Die Bedeutung des Traumas TUMORS. 976 TUMORS. Tumors (Causes of Traumatic). fiir Entstehung und Wachstum krankhafter Gewachse. Med. Klin., Berl.. 1912, viii, 1651-1654. -----. Geschwiilste und Unfall. Monatschr. f. Unfallheilk., Leipz., 1912, xix, 259-265.—Massei (F.) I traumi ed i tumori; contributo clinico alia genesi di taluni neoplasmi a rapida evoluzione sul palato ed in laringe. Arch. ital. di laringol., Napoli, 1907, xxvii, 143-149.—Mohr (H.) Geschwulstbildung und Trauma. Med. Woche, Berl., 1902, 89; 99. — Morayek. Nador a uraz. [Tumor and accident.] Casop. lek. desk., v Praze, 1911, 1, 1419; 1450- 1475; 1517; l-v-2.— Obendorier. Tumor und Trau- ma. Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl., 1907, xiii, 32-36.— Parascandolo (C.) Importanza del trauma sullo sviluppo dei tumori. Arch, internaz. di med. e chir., Napoli, 1898, xiv, 334-350.— Pastore ( S. ) Contri- buto alia genesi traumatica e irritativa dei tumori. Arte med., Napoli, 1902, iv, 732; 749.—Baffaele (A.) I tumori di origine traumatica in rapporto agli infortuni del lavoro. Gior. p. i med. periti giud. ed uff. san. [etc.], Napoli, 1900, iv, 360-365.—Bibbert. Inwieweit konnen Neubildungen auf traumatische Einflusse zuruckgefuhrt werden? Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl., 1898, iv, 389; 419.— Ropke (W.) Die Bedeutung des Traumas fiir die Ent- stehung der Carcinome und Sarkome an der Hand des Materials der chirurgischen Klinik zu Jena beleuchtet. Habilitationsschrift zur Erlangung der Venia docendi einer hohen medizinischen Fakultiit zu Jena vorgelegt. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1905-6, lxxviii, 201-251. Also, Reprint.—Schlchhold (E.) Trauma und Tumor, i Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl., 1895, i, 170-173.—Schmiz. J Ein Beitrag zur Frage nach der Beziehung zwischen | Trauma und Geschwulst. Ibid., 1905, xi, 433.—Sike- ineier (W.) Verband tusschen trauma en tumor. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1908, ii. 1281-1284.— Steinhaus (J.) Quelques remarques a propos du tra- vail de M. le Dr. La Roy: Traumatismes et neoplasmes. Arch, internat. de chir., Gand, 1910-11, 483.—Tbeilha- < ber (A.) Die Beziehungen von chronischer Entziin- dung, Narbe, Trauma und den Fortpflanzungsvorgiingen zu der Entstehung von Tumoren. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1912, xxxviii, 264-267.—Thieme (C.) Ursiiehlicher Zusammenhang eines vom Inncn des rechten Oberarmkopfes ausgegangenen Sarkomge- wiichses mit dem einige Monate vorher erfolgten Einriss oberflachlicher Muskelbiindel des rechten Deltamuskels abgelehnt. Monatschr. f. Unfallheilk., Leipz., 1910, xvii, 206-208. -----. Trauma und Geschwulstbildung. Trav. de la 2. confer, internat. pour I'etude du cancer 1910, Par., 1911, 401-427. [Discussion], 783-786. -----. Geschwiilste und Unfall mit besonderer Berucksichtigung des Krebs- gewachses. Monatschr. f. Unfallheilk. [etc.], Leipz., 1912, xix, 232-247.—Wtirz (K.) Leber die traumatische Ent- stehung von Geschwiilsten. Beitr. z. klin. Chir.,Tiibing., 1900, xxvi, 567-590. Also. Reprint. Tumors (Cavernous). See, also, Naevus; Tumors (Angio-carernous). Peterssen (G. P.) *Ein Fall von angebore- nem multiplem Kavernom. 8°. Giessen, 1910. Zehbe (VV.) * Ueber einen Fall multipler Cavernome in Leber, Milz, Niere und Darin un- I ter Berucksichtigung ihrer Entstehung. 8°. Leipzig, 1908. d'.iutona (A.) Cavernoma diffuso della mano con notevole dilatazione dei vasi arteriosi e venosi dell' anti- braceio e del braccio. Atti. d. r. Accad. med.-chir. di Napoli, 1906, n. s., lx, 285.—Franco (E. E.) Contribu- tion a I'etude des cavernomes congenitaux. Arch, de med. exper. et d'anat. path., Par., 190, xviii, 347-360.— Koraoto (Y.) [Cavernoma and its treatment.] Nip- pon GankwaGakukwai Zasshi, Tokyo, 1904, viii, 445-448. -----. [A second case of cavernoma cured by medicine.] Ibid., 1905, ix, 90-93.—Pay r (E.) Zur Technik der Be- handlung kavemoser Tumoren. Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz.. 1903, xxx, 233.—Saryehen" (I. D.) O pesbtcheri- stikhopukholvakh. [On cavernous tumors.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1894, xli, 67-66.—Tollens (C.) Zur Behandlung cavernoser Tumoren mit Magnesiumstiften. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1905, lxxvii, 309-311. Tumors (Cell-inclusions in). See Tumors (Pathology of). Tumors (Chemistry and metabolism of). Behr (H.) * Ueber das Vorkommen von Glycogen in Geschwiilsten. [Gottingen.] 8°. I Uildisheitn, 1897. Brailt (A.) Le pronostic des tumeurs bas£ sur la recherche du glycogene. 8°. Paris, 1899. Mtller (E.) *Ueber das Vorkommen und die Verteilung des Glvkogens in Geschwiilsten. 8°. Zurich, 1899. ' \ Tumors (Chemistry and metabolism of). Sc'hutzenberger (J.-P.-E.) *La glycogenese dans les tumeurs. Importance diagnostique et pronostique. 8°. Paris, 1905. Abderhalden (E.) Studien ut»r den Stoflwechsel von Geschwulstzellen. Ztschr. 1. Ko b>f.>rsch., Berl., 1910, ix, 266-274. —Abderhalden ;!•;.,. Koclker (A. H.) & JTIedigreceanu (F.) Zur Kenntnis derpeptoly- tisehen Fermente versehiedenartiger Krebse undanderer Tumorarten. 2. Mitteilung. Ztschr. f. phvsiol. ("hem., Strassb., 1909, lxii, 145-161. — Abderhalden (E.) & Medigreceanu (F.) Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Bau- steine der Zellen von Tumoren. Ibid., 1910, xcvi, 66-71.— Beebe (S. P.) The results of the chemical investigation of tumors. Boston M.& S. J., 1907, clvii, 853-859. Also, Re- print.— Blumenthal IF.). Jacoby (E.) & Ncuberg (C.) Zur Frage der autolytischen Vorgange in Tumoren. Med.Klin..Berl., 1909-10,v.1595-1597.—BraultiA.) Note sur la presence et le mode de repartition du glycogene dans les tumeurs. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1894, lxix, 766- 771. -----. La glycogenese dans les tumeurs. Arch. d. sc. med. . . . de Bucarest, Par., 1896, i, 231; 301; 419. -----. Note sur la presence et le mode de repartition du glyco- gene dans les tumeurs. J. de mdd. de Par., 1897, 2. s., ix, 279-281.-----. La production du glycogene dans les tissus qui avoisinen ties tumeurs. Arch, g6n.de med., Par., 1899, n.s., i.21-32,2pl. -----. Le pronosticdestumeursbasSsur la recherche duglvcogene. Rev.d. mal. canc6r.,Par.,1899, iv, 185; 224: 1900, V, 48.—Buxton (R. H.) Enzymes in tumors. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1903, ix, 356-371. Also, Reprint.—Buxton (B.H.)& Shatter (P.) Enzymesin tumors. Ibid., 1904-5,xiii,543-554.—Doininlci(M.l Die lipoiden Substanzen in den Geschwiilsten. DeutscneZt- schr.f. Chir.,Leipz.,1911,cxii,119-134,2pl.—Fischer (B.) Ueber Neubildung von Elastin in Geschwiilsten. Vir- chow's Arch.f.path. Anat. [etc.], Berl.,19Ot,clxxvi,169-180.— Freund (E.) Ueberdie Aufgaben der medizinischen Che- mie in derGeschwulstforschung. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xxv, 1035-1041.—Fulcl (F.) Contributo alia conos- cenza dei costitueuti chimici dei neoplasmi. Arch.di far- macol. sper.,Roma, 1910,x,131; 145; 193. Also: Boll. d. Soc. Lancisiana d. osp. di Roma, 1910, xxx, 88-105. Also: Gazz. internaz.dimed.,Napoli, 1910,xiii,509-613— Gierke (E.) Leber Beeinflussung des Zellstoffwechsels durch benach- barte Geschwulstzellen. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1905, vii, Suppl., 249-256, 1 pl.—Haaland (M.) The occurrence of gfvoogen in mouse tumours. J. Path. & Bacteriol., Cambridge,1907-8, xii,439-441—Haga (I.) Statistiseher Beitrag fiber das Auftreten von Kett und M velin in Geschwiilsten. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 342-344.—Harden (A.) & Macl'adyen (A.) En- zymesin tumours. Lancet, Lond., 1903, ii, 224.—Harlay (V.) Analyse de concretions provenant d'une tumeur sous-cutanee. J. de pharm. etchim., Par., 1903, 6. s., xviii, 9-11.—Hess (L.) & Saxl (P.) Zur Frage der autolyti- sehen Vorgange in Tumoren. Beitr. z. Carcinomforsch., Berl. u. Wien, 1911,3. Hft., 101-105.—Izar (G.) Propriety antigenica dei lipoidi neoplastiei. Biochim. e terap.sper., Milano, 1910, ii, 276-280. —Keplnow (L.) Ueberdie eiweissspaltenden Fermente der benignen und malignen Gewebe. Ztschr. f. Krebsforsch., Berl , 1908-9, vii, 517- 548.—.tleillere & Lceper. Recherche et dosage du glvcogene dans les tumeurs. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1900,11. s.,ii, 324.—Nepveu. Presence de l'indican et de l'indol dans le tissu des tumeurs. Ibid., 1895,10. s., ii, 475. — Neuberg ( C.) Chemie der Neubildungen. Handb. d. Biochem. [etc.], Jena, 1909, ii, pt. 2,377-385. -----. Weitere Beitrage zur Chemie der Geschwiilste. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1910, xxvi, 344-350. —Panyrek (D.) Pfispevek k nauce o vzajemnem pomeru nadoru benignich a zhoubn^ch. [Contribution to the knowl edgeofthemetabolismof benign and malignant tumors.] Lek. rozhledy, Praha, 1902, x, 337-345.—Pavrilow (P.) La glycogenese dans les tumeurs. Cong, internat. de mis Tumorwachs- tum bestimmenden Faktoren. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.J.l. Abt., Jena, 1912, lxvii, Orig., 135-148.—Mon- turiol (E.) Contribuci6n al estudio clinico de las neo- plasias congenitas. Arch, de ginecop. [etc.], Barcel., 1908, xxi, 425-428.—Morpurgo (B.) & Donati (A.) Beitrag zur Frage der Vererbung der Anlage zur Ge- schwuistentwicklung. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1913, lx,626.—Pott. UebercongenitaleTumoren. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1892, xxxix, 647-649. Also: Sitzungsb. d. Ver.d. Aerzte zu Halle a. S. 1891-2, Munchen, 1893, ii, 100- 109.—Biley(Estella M.) Congenital tumors of childhood. Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1900,n.s., xiv,417-421.—Tarnier. Deux nouveau-nes portant chacun une petite tumeur; l'un dans la narine, Tautre sur le petit doigt. J. d. sages- femmes. Par., 1897, xxv, 217.—Badasch (H. E.) An interesting tumor and its relations to heredity. Am. Med., Phila., 1905, ix, 533-536. Also, Reprint—Tyzzer (E. E.) A study of heredity in relation to the develop- ment of tumors in mice. Rep. Cancer Com. . . . Harv. M. Sch., Bost., 1907,71-83. Also: J. Med. Research, Bost., 1907-8, xvii, 199-211. -----. A series of spontaneous tu- mors in mice, with observations on the influence of heredity on the frequency of their occurrence. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1909, xxi, 479-518, 7 pl. Also: Rep. Can- cer Com. . . . Harv. M. Sch., Bost., 1909, 153-192, 7 pl.— Willemer (W.) Zur operativen Behandlung ange- borener Geschwiilste. Taarebl. d. Versamml. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1888, Kolh, 1889, Ixi, 140. Tumors (Connective tissue) [Cohnheim]. See, also, Tumors (Angiomatous); Tumors (Angio-sarcomotous); Tumors (Cartilaginous and bony); Tumors (Endothelial); Tumors (Fibromatous); Tumors (Lipomatous); Tumors (Lymphangiomatous); Tumors (Lympho-sar- comatous); Tumors (Myelomatous); Tumors Myomatous); Tumors (Myxomatous); Tumors (Sarcomatous). Kra yer (F.) * Ueber das Verhalten elastischer Fasern in Geschwiilsten. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1904. Nopp (P.) * Weitere Untersuchungen iiber elastische Fasern in Geschwiilsten. 8°. Wiirz- burg, 1905. Valyashko (G. A.) *Ob uprugol tkani v novoobrazovaniyakh; patologo-anatomiche- skoye izslledovaniye. [Elastic tissue in tu- mors; pathological investigation.] 8°. S.- Peterburg, 1906. Bindl (F.) Contributo alio studio del tessuto elastico nei tumori. Puglia med., Bari, 1901, viii, 13-19. -----. Contribution a P6tude du tissu 61astique dans les tu- meurs. Rev. de chir., Par., 1905, xxxii, 67-73.—Bizzo- zero (G.) Sulla neoformazione del tessuto connettivo e sulle cellule semoventi. In his: Opere seient. 1862-79, 8°, Milano, 1905, i, 77-128, 1 tab.—Col Una (M.) Le fibre elastiche nei tumori. Morgagni, Milano, 1901, xliii, 419- 424.—Hamilton (Alice). On the presence of new elas- tic fibers in tumors. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1899-1901, iv, 380-387, 2 pl. Also: J. Exper. M., N. Y., 1900, v, 131-138, 2 pl. —Iievings (A. H.) Connective tissue tumors. Clin. Rev., Chicago, 1900-1901, xiii, 12-27.—Maksimoff (A.) O vospalitelnom novoobrazovanii soyedinitelnol tkani i sudble lelkotsitov pri etom. [Inflammatory neo- plasm of the connective tissue, and fate of the leucocytes in this disease.] Izvlest. Imp. Voyenno-Med. Akad., S.- Peterb., 1903, vi, 26-39.—Santantonio (U.) Ricerche intorno al tessuto elastico nei tumori. Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 1910, n. s., xxxii, 1026-1033.—Valya- shko (G. A ) Ob uprugol tkani v novoobrazovaniyakh. [Elastic tissue in tumors.] Pat.-anat. kazuist. . . . Khar- kov. Univ. 1902-3, Mosk., 1904, 31.—Waljaschko(G.) A.) Ueber das elastische Gewebe in Neubildungen. Vir- chow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1907, clxxxvii, 286-309. Tumors (Cystic). See, also, Kidney (Tumors of, Cystic); Neck (Tumors of, Cystic); Ovary (Cysts of); Tumors (Teratomatous, etc.). Chateau (J.) * Inflammation et suppura- tion des kystes et pseudokystes succulaires. 8°. Paris, 1901. TUMORS. 978 TUMORS. Tumors (Cystic). Defosses (E.) * Contribution a I'etude des kystes sereux congenitaux multiloculaires. 8°. Paris, 1909. Gosse (H.-E.) * Contribution a I'etude des kystes sereux des membres et du cou. 4°. Lille, 1893. Kisch (E.) * Traumatische Epithelzysten. 8°. Borna-Leipzig, 1910. Kleintjes (L. L.) * Ueber einen Fall von Epithelioma adenoides cysticum (Brooke). 8°. Miinehen, 1904. von Kugelgen (L.) *Zur Genese der trau- matischen Epithelzysten. (Experimentelle Untersuchung.) 8°. Gottingen, 1908. Leveque (C.) * Kystes sanguins, mesenteri- ques et r^tro-peritoneaux. [Paris.] 8°. Mon- tauban, 1911. Mary (E.-J.) ^Contribution a I'etude des kystes sacculaires. 8°. Bordeaux, 1910. Munch (J. C.) *Diss. sistens animadver- siones nonnullas de tumoribus cystitis, annexa ennaratione succincta operationis steatomatis. sm. 4°. [Wiirzburg, 1818.] Sautriau (F.) * Contribution a I'etude des kystes trauma tiques. 8°. Paris, 1903. Shirshofp (D. I.) *Sosochkoviya kistomi v klinicheskom i patologo-anatomicheskom otno- sheniyakh. [Papillary cystoma in their clinical and pathologico-anatomical relationship.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1898. Worz (A.) * Ueber traumatische Epithel- cysten. 8°. Tubingen, 1897. Abadie (J.) Volumineux kyster&roepiploique d'ori- gine non pancreatique. Bull. med. de l'Algerie, Alger, 1907, xviii, 80-83.—Anufrien°"(A. A.) Instrument dlya zakhvativaniya kist (tsistokrator). [Instrument for seiz- ing a cyst.] Protok. i trudi Obsh-Archangel. vrach. (1896), 1897, 77-79, 1 pl.—Babes (V.) Sur un bacille mvcogene et pathogene trouv6 dans des kystes muqueux. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1912, lxxii, 833-835.— Berger (P.) & Cornil. Kyste sous-cutan£ a paroi bourgeonnante dermo-^pitheliale. Bull, et mta. Soc. anat. de Par., 1901, lxxvi, 468-471.— Bertolinl (G.) Sulla natura delle cisti sierose peritoneali dei bovini e il linfoangioma cistico. Clin, vet., Milano, 1908, xxxi, sez. prat., 229-245.—Bexelius (J.) Ett fall af praesacral cystabildning. Nord. med. Ark., Stockholm, 1911, 3. f., xi, afd. 1, no. 12, 1-6.—Bird (F. D.) An implantation cyst. Intercolon. M. J., Australas., Melbourne, 1902, vii, 522.—Bonnglio (V.) Cisti omologhe con concrezioni calcaree. Gazz, med. lomb., Milano, 1895, liv, 357.—Bli- dlnger (K.) Ueber einen Fall von gashaltiger Cyste. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1893, vi, 364.—Cannaday (J. E.) A cystic mixed tumor of the embrvonal type. West Virg. M. J., Wheeling, 1911-12, vi, 19.—Chajes (B.) Zur Kenntnis traumatischer Epithelcvsten. Berl. klin. Wchn- schr., 1907. xliv, 1576-1578.—Coerien (H.) Ueber hamor- rhagische Cvsten der Lumbalgegend und des Bauches. Ztschr. f. arztl. Fortbild., Jena, 1912, ix, 10-14.—Cor- nil. Note sur la degen^rescence hyaline de capillaires dans les bourgeons charnus de kystes infectes. Bull. et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1906, lxxxi, 128.—Dehaye. Kyste a calculs. Ann. me'd.-chir., Dour, 1906, xiv, 172.— Deutsch (W. S.) A peculiar cystoma. Seient. Tr. M. Soc. City Hosp. Alumni, St. Louis (1905), 1906, 6-10.— Dyer (J.) Multiple benign cystic epitheliomata. Am. J. Dermat. & Genito-Urin. Dis., St. Louis, 1898-9, ii, 52- 55.—Eccles (McA.) A caseof cystic swellings on the forehead and in the thvroid region. West Lond. M. J., Lond., 1911, xvi, 117.—Ekehorn (G.) Cysta-innehall med kristallbildningar af fettsyradt kalcium (+ fett- syradt magnesium.) [Cyst contents with crystals of the salts of calcium from fatty acids (+ the salts of magne- sium from fatty acids).] Upsala Lakaref. Forh., 1899- 1900, n. F., v, 217-220.—Gard. Sur les formations cys- tolithiques des cystes. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1907, cxiv, 136.— Gussman (J.) Beitrage zur Lehre und Anatomie der traumatischen Epithelzysten. Ztschr. f. Heilk., Wien u. Leipz., 1905, xxvi, Abt. f. Chir., 256-273. Also, transl: Orvostud. ertek. gyiijt. Magy. orv. Arch., Budapest, 1904, u. f., v, 205-224, 1 pl.—Hartzell (M. B.) Benign cystic epithelioma and its relationship to so-called syringo-cystadenoma, syringo-cystoma, and haemangio- endothelioma. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, ii,991. Also: Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 1904, xvi, 361-366, 3 pl.—Helnsius (F.) Zur Frage der Rezidive der Pseudomucinkvstome. Gynaek. Rundschau, Berl. u. Wien, 1908, ii, 429-436.— Tumors (Cystic). Hesse (F. A.) Die Entstehung der traumatischen Epi- thelcysten, zugleich eine kritisehe Studie iiber die Athe- romliteratur. Beitr.z. klin.Chir.,Tubing.,1912,lxxx,494- 545.—Hinz (R.) Ueber Chyluscysten. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl.,1910, xci,543-553.—Hodges (F.) Pilo-nidal cysts and sinuses. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1906, n. s., lvi, 643-646.—Katariba (K.) [Epithel ial cysts on the hands, fingers, palms of the hands and face.] Iji Shinbun, Tokio, 1902,1675-1680.—Kobayashi (K.) [A caseof epithelial cysts.] Sei-i-Kwai M. J., Tokyo, 1904, xxiii, pt. 2, no.269, 1-3.—Kliline (F.) Casuistisehe Beitrage zur patholo- gischen Histologie der Cvstenbildungen. Arch. f. path, Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1899, clviii,345-386.—liiebi (W.) Ue- ber retrovesikale und retroprostatische Cvsten. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1908, xciv, 16-46.—Jttair (\V.) Gas-containing cysts or air-bladder tumours. Dreschfeld Memorial, Manchester, 1908, 186-202, 4 pl. Also: Med. Chron., Manchester, 1907-8, xlvii, 422-438, 4 pl.—Mal- lierbe. Fibrome kystique d6velopp6 autour d'un corps Stranger reste 26 ans dans les tissus. Gaz. m6d. de Nantes, 1908, 2. s., xxvi, 172.—OTansleld (O.) Ritkabb megje- len6sii kystadenoma serosum papillare. [... of curious appearance.] Gynaekologia, Budapest, 1906, 212-216.— Menchinski (V. T.) K voprosu ob epitelialnikh trav- maticheskikh kistakh. [Epithelial traumatic cysts.] Raboti hosp. khirurg. klin. Dyakonova, Mosk., 1903, f, 343-350.—Mlddlemiss (I. E.) Removal of a sebaceous cyst during hypnosis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, i, 439.— Morpurgo (B.) Ueber ein Endotheliom mit hyalinen und cvstischen Bildungen. Ztschr. f. Heilk., Berl., 1895. xvi,169-176, lpl.—Morton (C. A.) Two cysts of unusual origin. Bristol M. -Chir. J. ,1894, xii.232-235.—Nicolescu (D. D.) C&te-va cuvinte asupra kistelor sanguine inso- t^ite de doufi observat;iunI. [Some remarks on bloody tu- mors, followed by two cases.l Spitalul, Bucuresci, 1893, xiii, 247-254.—Petrini. Contribution a I'etude histolo- gique des tumeurs kystiques k tissus multiples. Areh. d. sc. med.. . . de Bucarest, Par., 1896, i. 87-96,1 pl.—Pierre (Marie). Les kystes. J. de la sante, Par., 1895, xii, 101- 103.—Plstre ( E.) Kyste paradentaire caseeux; essai de pathogenie de la cas6ifieation. Rev. hebd. de laryn- gol. [etc.]. Par., 1910, ii, 609; 641.—Bobinson (A. R.) (Hydrocvstoma. J. Cutan. & Genito-Urin. Dis., N. Y.,1893, xi, 293-303. Also, Reprint.—Boccatagliata (R. S.) & Aree (J.) Sobre la evoluci6n quistica de algunos tu- mores glandulares. An. d. Circ. m^d. argent, Buenos Aires, 1901, xxiv, 576: 1902, xxv, 210, 2 pl—Schmey (M.) Retroprostatische Zysten bei einem Hunde. Arch. f. wis- sensch. u. prakt. Thierh., Berl., 1909, xxxv, 638-641.— Shattock (S. G.) Mucosal cysts and the significance of the stratum granulosum. J. Path. & Bacteriol.. Edinb. & Lond., 1898, v, 120-127—Syms (P.) The aspirating cup as a tractor. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1911, liv, 271.—Tap- ken (A.) Kolloid-Kvstome beim Rind. Deutsche tier- arztl. Wchnschr., Hannov., 1907, xv, 284—Tereblnskl (V.I.) Travmo'id(travmaticheskayaepitelialnayakista). [Traumoid (traumatic epithelial cyst).] Sborn. rahot po dermat. isifilidol. posv. xxv-llet. vrach. dleyat. Pavlova, S.-Peterb., 1910,166-215,3 tab., 1 pl.—Trloen (C.) Meli- ceria Celsi. In his: Obs. med. chir. fasc, 4°, Lugd. Bat., 1743,124-134, 4 pl.—Vlgnard (E.) Kyste sereux parane- phretique. Ass. franc, d'urol. Proc.-verb. 1901, Par.,1902, V. 477-484. Tumors (Cystic, Congenital). Daraignez (P.-J.) * Contribution a I'etude des kystes sereux congenitaux du tronc et dea membres. 4°. Bordeaux, 1893. Giovannoni (F.) * Contribution a I'etude des kystes sereux congenitaux. 4°. Paris, 1892. Lust (W.) * Ueber angeborene Nieren- und Lungencysten. [Wurtzburg.] 8°. Leipzig- Beudnitz, 1895. Natale(L.) Un caso raro di cisti sierosa congenita. 8°. Senigallia, 1904. Broca (A.) Kystes sereux congenitaux. Tribune med., Par.. 1908, n. s., xl, 805.—Costa (T.) Cisto conge- nita della regione ano-coccigea. Gazz. internaz. di med., Napoli, 1908, xi, 281.—Froelich. Kyste sereux congeni- tal. Mem. Soc. de med. de Nancy, 1907-8, 63— Gold- Ing-Bird. Pulsatile congenital cyst simulating aneu- rysm. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1894, ii, 1240.—Herman. Kystes sereux multiloculaires congenitaux. Ann. Soc. de med. d'Anvers, 1905, lxvii, 19-22,1 pl.-Kirmlsson & Kuss. Contribution a I'etude des tumeurs kystiques congenitales. Rev. d'orthop., Par., 1899, x, 139-148.- Lannelongue. Les kvstes congenitaux. Gaz. d. mal. infant, [etc], Par., 1899, i, l.-Loekyer (C.) A caseof congenitalccelomic cyst. Tr. Obst. Soc. Lond. (1901), 1902, xliii 7-9, 3 1., 3 pl.—Manley (T. H.) Inguinal and scrotal cysts, simple and complicated, in infants and young children. Am. Med.-Surg. Bull., N. Y., 1896, x, 291-295. Also: St. Louis Clinique, 1896, ix, 568-575.— TUMORS. 979 TUMORS. Tumors (Cystic, Congenital). Ortiz y Cottigny (J.) Tres casos de quistes serosos cong6nitos. Rev. m4d. cubana, Habana, 1907, xi,345-347, 2 pl.—Phocas (G.) Kystes sereux congenitaux du cou etdes membres, avec examen anatomique d'une piece par M. le professeur Hermann; . . . Med. inf., Par., 1894, l, 492-498.—Boutier. Kyste congenital mucoide ad- hyo'idien. Bull.et mem. Soc. dechir. de Par., 1912, n. s., xxxviii, 1341. —Salvia (E.) Alcune neoformazioni cistiche congenite in bambini. Gior. d. Ass. napol. di med. e nat., Napoli, 1902, xii, 171; 260.—Simons (M.) A case of papillomatous cyst in a child four years and nine months old. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1900-1901, v, 678-681—Tarnier. Kyste sereux congeni- tal chez un enfant de huit jours. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1890, 2. s., xxiii, 551.—Zahn (W.) Ueber mitFlim- merepithelien ausgekleidete Cysten des Oesophagus, der Pleura und der Leber; Beitrag zur Lehre von den ange- bornen Mucoidcysten. Arch. f. path. Anat. retcl. Berl. 1896, cxliii, 170-187. Tumors (Cystic, Dermoid). See, also, Ovary (Cystsof, Dermoid); Tumors (Teratomatous). Chancenotte (R.) * Kystes dermoides sous- peritoneaux. 8°. Pan's, 1903. Luxenburger (P.) * Ueber die Erblichkeit der dermoiden Geschwiilste. 8°. Bonn, 1906. Preisendanz (H.) *Ein Fall von doppel- seitigem multiloculiirem Dermoid. 8°. Miin- ehen, 1901. Schmid (P. C.) * Anatomischer Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Dermoide. 8°. Tubingen, 1902. Ameseder (F.) Ueber den Cetylalkohol aus Der- moidcystenfett. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1907, Iii, 121-128 — Bandler (S. W.) Zur Entstehung der Der- moidcysten. Arch. f. Gynaek., Berl., 1900, lx, 377-384. See, also, infra, Wilms. Also: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1900, xxxvii, 150.—Baudet. Deux kystes dermoides k topo- graphie mediane. Toulouse med., 1908, 2. s., x, 151-154.— Bergasse. Kystes dermoides. Bull. Soc. med.-chir. de la Drome [etc.], Valence & Par., 1909, x, 189-192.—Berl (V.) Beitrag zum histologischen Bane der circumbulba- renDermoidcysten. Ztschr. f. Augenh.. Berl., 1901, v, 126- 128.—Burger (H.) Een kunstmatigedermo'idkyste. Ne- derl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst.,1906,ii,261-264.—Cavaz- zanl(G.) Cisti dermoide. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1904, xxv, 1183-1187.—Cli vio (I.) Intorno ad alcuni casi di cisti der- moidi. Rac. di scritti ostet.-ginec. . . . d. Luigi Mangia- salli,Pavia, 1906,379-410.— Cumston (C.G.) Dentigerous cysts. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1904, lxv, 725-728. Also, transl: Rev. de chir., Par., 1904,xxix, 31-41.— Czyzewlcz (A.) jun. EinFali von retrosacralem Dermoid. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1902, xxxvi, 282-291.—De Gaetano (L.) Contributo alio studio delle cisti branchiogene, con due casi di cisti dermoidi ed uno di cisti mucoide. Arch, ed atti d. Soc. ital. di chir. 1906, Roma, 1907, xx, 41-44. -----. Contributo alio studio delle cisti branchiogene; due casi di cisti dermoidi ed uno di cisti mucoide. Tommasi, Napoli, 1910, v, 584-590.—De war (J. R. U.) Dermoid cysts. J. Comp. Path. & Therap.. Edinb., 1903, xvi, 127- 138—Dirner (G.) & Wenhardt (J.) Dermoid cysta &ttores6nek esete. [A case of perforation of dermoid cyst.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1899, xliii, 261; 271.— Ehler (F.) Zur Kenntnis der retroperitonealen Der- moidcysten. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1910, xcii, 114- 125.—Florence. Kyste dermoide double. Lvon med., 1911,cxvi,892.—Foster (W.D.) Dermoid tumors. Tr.Am. Inst. Homoeoo. 1901, N. Y., 1902, lvii, 343-355. Also,Re- print. —Guinard & Cambessedes. Kyste dermoide du trajet inguinal. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1909, lxxxii, 263.— KapodiStriaS (A.) lleptnTojcrii SepnoeiSov'; KVj« 6/u.™Pn aermoia cysts and some allied congenital defects. St. Thomas's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1904, n. s., xxxi, 393-405.— Boclier (L.) Kystes dermoides paracoccygiens. J. de med. deBordeaux, 1908, xxxviii, 634.—Bodman (W L ) Removal of a dermoid cyst. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1902 12. s., i, 170,lpl.—Schwalbe (E.) Dermoidkugeln und ihre Entstehung. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat. Jena, 1912, xxiii, 193-196. — Sneguirefr"(G.) Contribu- tion a I'etude des kystes dermoides. Ann. de gynec et d'obst, Par., 1905, 2. s., ii, 265-272.—Stevenson (H. M ") Dentigerous cyst [ina Ally]. Am. Vet. Rev., N. Y., 1905-6 xxix, 1086.—Summers (E. D.) De-moid tumors in gynecology. Physician & Surg., Detroit & Ann Arbor, 1900, xxii, 277-281.—Szenasy (S.) Dermoidcysta miatt operalt beteg es az att61 eredt k6rtani kesitmenye. (Op- eration for dermoid cyst and the oathological prod- ucts.] Budapesti k. orvosegy. 1892-iki evkonyve, 1893 42.—Villemin. Kyste pileux dermoide. J. de med. veLet zootech., Lyon, 1903, 5. s., vii, 711. — Wathen (J. R.) Dermoid cyst. Kentucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1908-9, vii, 217.—White (J. N.) Dermoid cyst, accom- panied by appendicitis, in abdomen of boy four years old. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, liv, 460.—White (S.) A case of post-rectal dermoid tumour containing true bone Quart. M. J., Sheffield, 1901-2, x, 55,1 pl.—Wilms. Eine Bemerkung zu der Arbeit des Dr. S. W. Bandler: Zur Ent- stehung der Dermoidcysten. Arch. f. Gynaek., Berl., 1900; Ixi, 203.—Zannini (W.) Rara localizzazione di una cisti dermoide. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1907, xxviii, 380. Tumors (Cystic, Retroperitoneal). Antipas (M.) * Contribution a I'etude des tumeurs retro-peritoneales et de la variety kys- tique de ces tumeurs. 8°. Lyon, 1907. Abbott (A. W.) A retro-peritoneal cyst. Med. Dial, Minneap., 1898-9, i, 340.—Altteri (E.) Su di una cisti dermoide retroperitoneale a contenuto non comune. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1905, 355-359. Also: Ann. di ostet., Milano, 1905, ii, 149-162,1 pl.—Bauer (A.) Ue- ber mesenteriale und retroperitoneale Cysten. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1910,lxx,829-854,1 pl.— Brinsmade (W. B.) Retroperitoneal cystoma. Brooklyn M. J., 1902, xvi, 472.—Chardon. Un cas de volumineux kyste he- matique retro-peritoneal. Bull, et mem. Soc anat. de Par., 1906, lxxxi,344-346.—Cousins (J. W.) Remarkson a case of retroperitoneal cyst. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901, i, 262.—Donoghue (F. D.) Retroperitoneal cysts devel- oping from the Wolffian body; para-pancreatic cysts. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvii, 2079-2083. — Doran (A.) Two cases of multilocular retroperitoneal cysts in women. J.Obst. & Gynaec.Brit. Emp.,Lond.,l908,xiii,257- 260.—Douglas-Crawlord (D.) A case of retro-peri- toneal fibro-cystic tumour; death from pulmonary em- bolism ten days after operation. Lancet, Lond., 1900, i, 1514.—Elter (J.) Zur retroperitonealen Cystenbildung. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1901, xxx, 558-580—Fra- zier(C. H.) Retroperitoneal cyst. Univ. Penn. M. Bull., Phila., 1903-4, xvi, 121.—Gallina (G.) Sopra un caso di cisti ematica retroperitoneale. Policlin., Roma, 1909, xvi, sez. prat.,273-277 —Heyrovsky (H.) Ein Beitrag zur Ka- suistik der zystischen retroperitonealen Tumoren. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xxi, 185-190.—Jacob & Bour- gulgnon. Tumeur retroperitoneale (lymphangiome polykystique). Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1910, lxxxv, 239-246.—Katz (L.) Ein Fall von lateral-retro- peritonealer Zyste. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1903, xvi, 1329.—Lock wood (C. B.) A retro-peritoneal cyst, sup- posed to have originated in remains of the Wolffian body. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1897-8, xlix, 182-186. — Minssen (H.) & Weydemann. Retroperitoneale Cysten oder Senkungsabszese. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1906, lxxxiii, 577-585.—Monprofit & Morel (L.) Kyste re- troperitoneal parapancreatique: ablation du kyste, abla- tion partielle du pancreas, ablation totale de la rate. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1903, lxxviii, 446-450.— Moore (F. C.) Multilocular cystadenoma of retro-peri- toneal origin. Med. Chron., Manchester, 1902-3, 4. s., iv, 337-351.—Morton (C. A.) Two casesof retroperitoneal cysts; one causing obstructive jaundice and the other simu- lating an ovarian cyst. Brit. M. J., Lond.,1903,ii,1395-1397.— Oser (E. G.) Ein Beitrag zur Casuistik der cystischen multilocularen retroperitonealen Tumoren. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1911, xcv, 131-139.— Papanicol. Chisturile retroperitoneale. [Retroperitoneal cystic tu- mors.] Rev. de chir., Bucuresci, 1908, xii, 466^173.—Per- TUMORS. 980 TUMORS. Tumors (Cystic, Retroperitoneal). assi (A.) Cura di cisti ematica retroperitoneale esito di contusione da calci di cavallo. Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 1906, n. s., xxviii, 366-368.—Post-perito- neal cvst containing bile. Year-Book Pilcher Hosp., Brooklyn & N. Y., 1912, 37-40, 1 pl.—Bamoino (G. B.) Contributo all' anatomia patologica delle cisti (con un rarissimo esempio di ciste retroperitoneale di genesi dai linfatici). Riforma med,, Napoli, 1897, xiii, pt, 3, 304; 326.—Scliorlemmer (R.) Beitrag zur Kasuistik der re- troperitonealen Cysten. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1902, xxviii, 914-917. Also: Ges. Beitr. a. d. Geb. d. Physiol., Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1886-1906, ii, 549-561 — Targett (J. H.) Some retroperitoneal cysts. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1903, xvii, 231-236.—W. (A. S.) An unusual case of dermoid cyst causing dyspepsia. St. Barth. Hosp. J., Lond., 1909-10, xvii, 188.—Weydlich. Eine mehr als faustgrosse retroperitoneale Cyste. Cor.- Bl. d. Ver. deutsch. Aerzte in Reichenberg, 1906, xix, No. 4, 5. Tumors (Degeneration of). Gtjth (A.) * Vorkommen von Amyloidose bei Geschwiilsten. [Zurich. ] 8°. Glarus, 1910. Charrin (A.) &Delamare (G.) Nature parasitaire (Oospora) de certaines degenerescences calcaires, de quelques tumeurs inflammatoires et de lesions speciales de squelette. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par, 1902, cxxxv, 255-257.—Faure. Memoire sur la modification des kystes et autres productions accidentelles ou degene- rescences limitees par des enveloppes celluleuses. Ibid., 1851, xxxii, 17.—Cornil (V.) Note sur les d6g£neres- cences des cellules dans les tumeurs epitheliales et en particulier des formes que revet la chromatine dans les noyaux degeneres. Arcn. d. sc. mecl. . . . de Bucarest, Par., 1896, i, 121-133, 2 pl. Tumors (Degeneration of, Malignant). See, also, Tumors (Lipomatous, Malignant); Tumors (Malignant, Causes, etc., of). Bryant. Sarcoma developed on adeno-fibroma. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1894, xiv, 410.—Gilchrist (T. C.) Are malignant growths arising from pigmented moles of a carcinomatous or of a sarcomatous nature? Report of two cases (one in a negro), with the study of the histo- genesis of pigmented moles. Tr. Am. Dermat. Ass. 1898, Concord. N. H., 1899, xxiii, 30-41, 5 pl.—Greene (W. H. C.) Simple tumours, and their relation to malignant dis- ease. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1906, n. s., lxxxi, 547- 551.—Guharen"(A. P.) K voprosu o sarkomatoznom pererozhdenii fibrom. [On the questions of sarcomatous degenerations of fibromata.] J. akush. i jensk. boliez., St. Petersb., 1896, x, 811-814, 2 pl.—Hutchinson (J.) Transmutation in hereditary transmission of steatomata into malignant growths (the Ancell series). Arch. Surg., Lond., 1895, vi, 2, 3 pl.-I.oeb (L.) Ueber Sarkoment- wicklung bei einem drusenartigen Mausetumor, Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1906, xliii, 798-802—Markoff (I.) Carcinoma verumfibrosum; tubercula obsoleta. Objazat. pat.-anat. izslied. stud. med. imp. Charkov. Univ., 1893, l, 169-174.—Bespighi (E.) Sulla trasformabilita dei nei in tumori maligni. Gior. ital. d. mal. ven., Milano, 1894, xxix, 18-62, 2 pl.—Bichardson (W. G.) The re- lation of innocent to malignant tumours. Univ. Durham Coll. Med. Gaz., Newcastle, 1910-11, xi, 37-44.—Both- aeker (A.) Zur Frage der Carcino-Sarkome; Carcino- Sarkombildung in einem papillaren, multilokularen Adenocystom. Ztschr. f. Krebsforsch., Berl., 1912, xii, 39-54.—Snow (H.) The conversion of benign tumours into cancer. Practitioner, Lond., 1893, li, 182-189.— Tauffer (E.) Dermoidcyst&k elsodleges rakos elfaju- lasar61. [Primary cancerous degeneration of dermoid cysts.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1895, xxxix, 479; 493 506— Winthrop (G.J.) The relation of warts and moles to malignant growths. South. M. J., Nashville, 1912, v, 681-683. Tumors (Diagnosis and semeiology of). See, also, Tumors (Blood in); Tumors (Chemistry and metabolism of); Tumors (Malig- nant, Diagnosis of); Tumors (Phantom and spu- rious); Tumors (Sarcomatous, Diagnosis of). Cetre (A.) * Les rayons Rontgen appliques a I'etude des affections medico-chirurgicales et en particulier a celle des tumeurs. 8°. Lyon, 1898. Galli-Valerio (B.) Le neoformazioni nodu- lari nelP organismo dell' uomo e degli animali domestici e la loro diagnosi differenziale nelle necroscopie. 8°. Parma, 1897. Tumors (Diagnosis and semeiology of). Garros (A.-C.-A.-F.) * De l'expulsion spon- tanee des tumeurs ou de debris neoplasiques a travers les orifices naturels. Valeur semeio- logique. 8°. Bordeaux, 1909. Henke (F.) Mikroskopische Geschwulst- diagnostik. Praktische Anleitung zur Unter- suchung und Beurteilung der in Tumorform auftretenden Gewebswucherungen. Fiir Stu- dierende und Aerzte, besonders Spezialiirzte. 8°. Jena, 1906. Lucke (A.) Surgical diagnosis of tumors. 16°. Boston, 1880. Maurat (G.) *De la fievre dans le neo- plasme. 8°. Montpellier, 1908. Bennett (W. H.) A clinical lecture on some pecu- liarities in the behavior of certain malignant and inno- cent growths. Lancet, Lond., 1899, i, 3-7.—Beuermaun (J. A.) The differential diagnosis between benign lym- phomyxoma and malignant lymphomyeloma. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1896, lxiv, 183-186. Also, Reprint.—Botelho (J.) Methodo rapido para o diagnostico histologico dos tumores. Ann. Acad, de med. do Rio de Jan., 1905-6, lxxi, 217-223.—Chauffard. Le diagnostic des tumeurs du rein et de la rate. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap. Par., 1903, xvii, 52-54.— Chudovszky (M.) Vervizsjjala- tok erteke daganatoknal. [The value of examinations of the blood in tumors.] Magy. orv. Arch., Budapest, 1894, iii, 653-716.—Coomes (M. F.) Two cases in which the ordinary clinical evidences and microscopical exami- nation were misleading. Am. Pract. & News, Louisville, 1899, xxviii,248-250.—Dtlrck (H.) Ueber pathologisches Gewebswachstum und iiber Geschwulstdiagnose. Kor.- Bl. d. allg. arztl. Ver. v. Thuringen, Jena, 1910, xxxix, 273-313.—von Dungeru (E.) Ueber Serodiagnostik der Geschwiilste mittels Komplementbindungsreaktion. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1312, lix, 65; 1093; 2854.— Duroziez. De la palpation des tumeurs facilitee par le cerat. Bull. Soc. de med. de Par. (1881), 1882, xvi, 165.—Ferlin. De la fievre dans le neoplasme. Bull. Soc. med.-chir. de la Dr6me [etc.], Valence, 1908, ix, 45- 49.—von Fieandt(H.) Koe-eksisioista ja tumoridiag- nostiikasta. [Trial excision and tumor diagnosis.] Duo- decim, Helsinki, 1913, xxix, 1-17, 2 pl.—Fraenkel (E.) Ueber den Wert der histologischen Geschwulstdiagnose fiir das chirurgische Handeln. Munchen. med. Wchn- schr., 1908, lv, 2539-2541.—Frommer (I.) Ujkeplet-e, vagy lobos termeszetil tumor ? [Neoplasm or natural lo- bular tumor?] Gy6gyaszat, Budapest, 1898, xxxviii, 669.— Gallo (N.) Una inchiesta su la sindrome fenomenica che precede la manifestazione clinica dei tumori. Pra- tica d. med., Napoli, 1908-9, ix, 193: 1909-10, x, 161.—Gil- pel. Die Probe-Excision und mikroskopische Probe- Untersuchung, eine notwendige Erganzung der klini- schen Geschwulstdiagnose. Jahresb. d. Gesellsch. f. Nat.- u. Heilk. in Dresd., 1893-4, 73-76.—Halpern (J.) Ueber Serodiagnostik der Geschwiilste mittelst Komplement- ablenkungsreaktion. -Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1913, lx, 914.—Hamann (C. A.) On the simulation of neo- plasms by inflammatory processes. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., Phila., 1910, xxviii, 436-450.—Horsley (J. 3.) The im- portance of early diagnosis of tumors. Virginia M. Semi- Month., Richmond, 1908-9, xiii, 562.—Johnson (H. A.) Cases illustrating the importance of a microscopic ex- amination of tumors at time of operation. Occidental M. Times, San Fran., 1903, xvii, 177-179.— Knauer. Ueber Stoffwechselstorungen in einem Fall von Pseudotumor. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1907, xxxiii, 1624.—Lange (F.) Die Untersuchung der Transparenz von Geschwiilsten und Exsudaten mittelst der Erleuch- tungsmethode. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1895, xiii, 240-263, 4 pl.—Leitch (A.) Note on the removal of por- tions of doubtful tumours for diagnostic purposes. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1909, i, 1226.—liindenschatt (.1.) Ueber Serodiagnostik der Geschwiilste mittels Komplement- ablenkungsreaktion nach von Dungern. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1912, xxxviii, 2175—Lock- wood (C. B.) Upon the early microscopical diagnosis of tumours. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, ii, 5-8. ----. The immediate microscopical diagnosis of tumours during the course of operations. Ibid.. 1907, i, 127-129.—Menet (A.) & Beauvy. Note sur deux tumeurs presentant l'appa- rence de la botryomvcose humaine. Chir. d. alien., Par., 1904, iii, 178-185.— MikhaIloff(N. N.) 0 klinicheskom izuchenii opukholel. [Clinical study of tumors.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1907, xiv, 1185: 1267.—Neugebauer (L. A.) Kilka s!6w o swietle palacego sie. magnezynu jako srodku do badania torbieli plynem napelnionych i ply- nostek6w wo og61nosci. [An illumination by magnesium light as a means to explore cysts filled with fluid and fluid accumulations.] Pam. Towarz. Lek. Warszaw., 1868, lix, 169-174. Also, Reprint.—Panlzo (M.) Dela TUMORS. 981 TUMORS. Tumors (Diagnosis and semiology of). necesidad de emplear todos los medios exploratonos antes de decidirse a tratar un enfermo; caso teorico-practico de una neoplasia extra-rectal . . . Rev. med. de Sevilla, 1896, xxvii, 33-37.—Pelieelli (E.) Di un nuovo criterio per laprognosi dei neoplasmi; ricerche istologiche, speri- mentali e cliniche. Clin, chir., Milano, 1901, ix, 193; 320, 2pl.—Picque' (L.) Note sur deux tumeurs presentant l'apparence de la botryomycose humaine. Bull, et m6m. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1903, n. s., xxix, 234-242.—Prey- sing. EinigeBeispielevondiagnostischenlrrtumernund von seltenerenTumoren. Med. Klin., Berl., 1909, v, 1738- 1741.—Quenu (P.) De l'incision exploratrice dans les tu- meurs douteuses. Presse med., Par., 1901, i, 297-300. Also, transl: Internat. Clin., Phila.,1902,11. s., iv,202r206.—Ba- m6n y Cajal (S.) Metodos de coloracion de las neo- plasias. Rev. de cien. med. de Barcel., 1896, xxii, 97-102.— Bichardson (M. H.) On the diagnosis of tumors, with especial reference to the evil results of overeonfi- dence and delay. Boston M. & S. J., 1907, clvi, 287-295.— Bieder (H.) Zur Diagnose derNeubildung bei klinisch- mikroskopisehen Untersuchungen von Transsudaten. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1894-5, liv, 544-554, 2pl.—del Rio y Lara (E.) Caracteres diferenciales entre los granulomas infecciosos y las demds neoplasias. Rev. espec. med. La oto-rino-laringol. espan., Madrid, 1901, iv, 245-248.—Bo vsing (T.) Ueberdie Sicherheit der histologischen Gesch wulstdiagnose als Basis radi kaler chirurgischer Eingriffe. Munchen. med.Wchnschr, 1908, lv, 1989-1992.—Shaw (E. H.) The immediate micro- scopic diagnosis of tumours at the time of operation. Lancet, Lond., 1910, ii, 939-942.—Souchon (E.) The surgical dif gnosis of tumors. Proc. Orleans Parish M. Soc. 1897, N. Orl., 1898, 192-201. Also: Internat. Clin., Phila., 1897, iii, 247-257. Also, Reprint.—Thomayer (J.) K diagnostice nadoru misnich. [On the diagnosis of mixed tumorsd Casop. iek. cesk., v Praze, 1907, xlvi, 1191- 1196.—Thurston (E. O.) Tumours, nature undeter- mined. St. Thomas's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1898-9, n. s., xxvii, 140.—Toussaint (M.) Algunas consideraciones acerca del diagn6stico histol6gico de los tumores. Gac. med., Mexico, 1898, xxxv, 373-378.—Trinca (A. J.) The microscopicdiagnosisof tumoursat the time of operation. Austral. M. J., Melbourne, 1911,xvi,30-32.—Tufltter(T.) & .Haute (A.) La ponction exploratrice des tumeurs solides. Presse med., Par., 1907, xv, 691.—Wessinger (J. A.) A report of two cases of tumor in the digestive tract. Physician & Surg., Detroit & Ann Arbor, ]904, xxvi, 448-450.—Wilms (M.) Verwertung der Rontgographie zum Studium der Geschwiilste. Beitr. z. Geburtsh. u. Gynaek., Leipz., 1900, iii, 367, 1 pl.—Wollsohn (G.) Ueber Serodiagnostik der Geschwulste mittels Komple- mentablenkungsreaktion nach von Dungern. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1912, xxxviii, 1935.— Ifaness (I. 1.) Ponizheniye temperatur! kak klini- cheskiy simptom raspada opukholel. [Sinking of tem- perature, as clinical symptom of disintegration of a tu- mor.] Meditsina, St. Petersb., 1893,v, 414-418.—Zuccaro (G.) Per la conoscenza di due neoplasmi poco comuni. Puglia med., Bari, 1898, vi, 13-20. Tumors (Embryonal). See, also, Kidney (Tumors of, Embryonal); Tumors (Sarcomatous). Freyer (O. J. E.) *Zur Kenntnis der von versprengten Keimen der Nebennieren ausge- henden Abdominalgeschwulste, mit Veroffent- lichung zweier in der chirurg. Klinik und dem pathologischen Institute zu Kiel beobachteter Fiille. 8°. Kiel, 1900. Bonnet. Zur Aetiologie der Embryome. Monatschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynaek., Berl., 1901, xiii, 149-176. Also [Abstr.l: Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1901, xiv, 155—Eyre (J.J.) The author of the embryonic theory of tumours. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1896,ii, 1441.—Hedinger. Malignes, typisches Chorionepithelioma bei einem 23jahrigen Manne. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1913, xliii, 346.—Steinert(H.) Ueber die embryoiden Geschwulste der Keimdriisen und iiber das Vorkommen chorionepi- theliomartiger Bildungen in diesen Tumoren. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1903, clxxiv, 232-270.— von Tiesenhausen(M.) Zur Frage iiber die Implan- tation von Embryonalgewebe. Ibid., 1909, xix, 154-169. Tumors (Enchondromatous). See Tumors (Cartilaginous and bony). Tumors (Endothelial). Brunhammer (F.) *Du pretendu endothe- liome. Contribution a 1'histogenese generale du cancer. 8°. Lyon, 1909. Dreifuss (A.) * Beitrage zur Casuistik der Endotheliome. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1903. Tumors (Endothelial). Eyl (A. [A. L. E.]). * Ueber einen Fall von Hamangio-Endotheliom. 8°. Munchen, 1907. Kummel (R.) * Ueber Endotheliome. 8°. Miinehen, 1903. Pen.neman (G.) Histogenese, structure et classifications des endotheliomes. 8°. Gand, 1905. Also [Rev. par Beyer], in: Bull. Soc. de med. de Gand, 1906, Ixxiii, 36. Auche (B.) & Vitrac (J.) Endotheliome intra-vascu- laire. Presse mgd., Par., 1901, i, 37.—Beckton (H.) A note on the formation of certain types of endothelioma. Arch. Middlesex Hosp., Lond., 1910, xix, 195-197.—Borst (M.) Das Verhalten der Endothelien bei der acuten und chronisehen Entzundung sowie bei dem Wachstum der Geschwulste. Verhandl. d. phys.-med. Gesellsch. zu Wiirzb., 1897, n. F., xxxi, 1-99, 2 pl.—Coenen. Ueber Endotheliome. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1905, xxxi, Ver.-Beil, 1131.—Driessen (L.-F.) Re- cherches sur 1'endotheliome glycogenique. Univ. de Leide. Rec. d. trav. anat.-path, du lab. Boerhaave 1888- 98, Leide, 1899, i, 292-339.—Eberth (C. J.) & Spude. Familiare Endotheliome. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1898, cliii, 60-70,1 pl.—Fick (J.) Ueber die Endo- theliome der Autoren. Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat., Hamb., 1909, xlviii, 251-260. -----. Ueber die Unbrauch- barkeit der Arbeitshypothese " Endotheliom." Dermat. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Hamb., 1912, liv, 488-499.—Glock- ner (A.) Ueber das Vorkommen von Riesenzellen in Endothelialgeschwuren. Compt.-rend. Cong, internat.de m6d. 1897, Mosc, 1899, ii, sect. 3, 234. -----. Ueber das Vorkommen von ein- und mehrkernigen Riesenzellen mit Riesenkeruen in endothelialen Geschwiilsten; zugleich ein Beitrag zur Lehre von den Uterusmetastasen und der Bedeutung des retrograden Transportes fiir deren Zu- standekommen. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1899,xxvi, 73-104, 2pl.—Hansemann (D.) Ueber Endotheliome. Deutschemed. Wchnschr.,Leipz.u.Berl., 1896, xxii, 52.—Harbitz (F.) Om Endotheliomer og dermed beslsegtede Svulstarter. [Endotheliomata and allied tumors.] Norsk Mag. f. Lsegevidensk., Kristiania, 1896, 4. R., xi, 1189-1217, 2 pl.—Hoffmann (E.) Multi- ple z. T. tomatenahnliche Epitheliome der Kopf-, Ge- sichts- und Korperhaut (sog. Endotheliome Spiegler's). Sitzungsb. d. naturh. Ver. d. preuss. Rheinl. u. Westphal. 1910, Bonn, 1911, B, 39.—Hume(W.E.) Endotheliomata. Univ. Durham Coll. Med. Gaz., Newcastle, 1904-5, v, 85- 89.—Kirchner (A.) Bosartiges Endotheliom. Deu- tsche mil.-arztl. Ztschr., Berl., 1905, xxxiv, 16-27.—Laza- rus-Barlow (W. S.) The histological diagnosis of the endotheliomata. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Glasg., 1905-7, vi, 357-366, 2 pl. Also: Arch. Middlesex Hosp., Lond., 1906, vii, 79-87. Also: Glasgow M. J., 1907, lxviii, 265-274, 4 pl. -----. The relations of endothelioma to other forms of new growth. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1907-8, i, Path. Sect., 167-172.—L.ofaro (F.) Endotelioma su di un neo materno dermoidale. Ann. d. r. Ist. di clin. chir. diRoma, 1910, iii, 421-443.— MacCallum (W. G.) On the intra- vascular growth of certain endotheliomata. Contrib. sc. med. . . . pupils W. H. Welch, Bait., 1900, 497-510, 1 pl.— McDonagh (J. E. R.) Case of spontaneous disappear- ance of an endothelioma (naevo-xanthoma). Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1908-9, ii, Dermat. Sect., 142-144.— MUnckeberg (J. G.) Endotheliom. Ergebn. d. allg. Path. u. path. Anat. 1904-5, Wiesb., 1906, x, 789-814.— Bandolph (B. M.) A case of spontaneous arrest of growth in an endothelioma, with subsequent inflamma- tory absorption. Proc. Path. Soc. Phila., 1904, n. s., vii, 130-132. Also: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., exxix, 74-77. Also, Reprint. — Bavenna (H.) Observations anatomo-pa- thologiquesetcritiquessur les tumeurs endothelials. Les endotheliomes primitifs des voies lymphatiques. Arch. de med. exp6r. et d'anat. path., Par., 1905, xvii, 325-358, 1 pl. -----. Alcune considerazioni sui tumori endote- liali. Path. Riv. quindicin., Genova, 1908-9, i, 264-269.— Bolleston(H.D.) &Griinbaum (O.) Fourexamples of endothelioma. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1902-3, liv, 349- 354.—Bosenbach (F.) Zur Kasuistik der Endothe- liome. Charit6-Ann., Berl., 1906, xxx, 496-506.—Scriba (F.) Ueber die klinische Diagnose der Endotheliome und ihre eigenartige Metastasenbildung. Compt.-rend. Cong. internat. dem6d. 1897, Mosc, 1899, v, 667.—Seligmann (C.G.) Specimens of endothelioma. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1902-3, liv, 339-344.—Smith (C.) The histology and nature of the so-called foam-cell tumors; with a report of four casesof endothelioma xanthomatosum. Surg. Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1912, xiv, 551-557.—Ssobolew (L. W.) Zur Lehre von den endothelialen Neubildungen. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1900,clxi,56-70,1 pl.—Tanaka (N.) Ueberdie klinische Diagnose von Endotheliomen und ihre eigenthumliehe Metastasenbildung. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1899, li, 209-238, 2 pl—Vasilyeff (I. P.) Sluchal hsemoendothelioma angioplasticum. Kazan. Med. J., 1910, x, 199-215.—Volkmaiin (R.) TUMORS. 982 TUMORS. Tumors (Endothelial). Ueber die Bezeichnung Endotheliom. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1896, xxii, 223.—Wood (E.J.) Report of a case of metastatic endothelioma. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. V., 1905, n. s., cxxx, 643-648.—Vama- giwa (K.) [Remarks on endothelioma.] Ztschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Tokio, 1896, ii, 81-86.—Zeit (F. R.) Mor- phologic and histogenetic characteristics of endothelial tumors. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvi, 567-576. Tumors (Epiblastic) [Adami]. See Neurofibroma; Neuroma; Tumors (Gli- omatous). Tumors (Epithelial) [Cohnheim']. See, also, Cancer; Papilloma; Tumors (Ade- nomatous); Tumors (Cystic); Warts. Fink ([K.] R.) * Ueber die Entstehung traumatischer Epithelzysten. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., 1910. Albarran (J.) & Bernard (L.) Sur une tumeur epitheliale d'origine parasitaire (Bilharzia hffimatobia). Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1897, 10. s., iv, 645-647 — Alezais & Peyron. Un groupe nouveau de tumeurs epitheliales: les paragangliomes. Ibid., 1908, lxv, 745- 747.—Babef (V.) Despre tumorile epiteliale; papilom, adenom. Romania med., BuscurescI, 1898, vi, 25-39.— Catsaras (J.) Ueber das Verhalten der Mitosen bei den gutartigen papillaren Epitheliomen. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1911, cciv, 105-116.— Crocker (H. R.) Epithelial tumours, probably of con- genital origin. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1898-9, 1, 220-222, 1 pl.—Doyen (E.) Sur la presence habituelled'un micro- coquc dans les tumeurs epitheliales. Bull. Aead. de med., Par.-, 1901, 3. s., xlvi, 875-877.—Fein berg. I. Ueber die feinere Histologie der gutartigen und bosartigen Epi- thelgeschwiilste. II. Ueberdie Aetiologie der gutartigen und bosartigen Epithelgeschwiilste. Verhandl. d. Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb.. 1905, xx, 480-188.—Fiorito (G.) Sulla produzione sperimentale di proliferazioni epiteliali atipiche. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1909, xxiii, 405-410. Also: Gazz. internaz. di med., Napoli, 1909, xii, 323-327. — Hammond (W. N.) Epithelial tumors. Hahneman. Month., Phila., 1905, xl, 578-585.—Hodara (M.) Sur l'etat des fibres epitheliales pendant le deve- loppement des naevi mous et des carcinomes alveolaires. J. d. mal. cutan. et syph., Par., 1899, xi, 65; 136.—Hol- lander. Subcutane benigne Epidermisgeschwulst. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1905, xxxi, 1669.—Meyer (A. W.) Experimentelle Epithelwuehe- rungen. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Fath., Jena, 1909, xlvi, 437-451, 2 pl.—Tietze. Studien fiber Epithel- wachstum. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xlviii, 272.— I Icsko-Stroganowa (K.) Die epithelialen Ge- schwulste der Mause; nebst allgemeinen Anschauungen iiber die Entstehung und Entwiekelung der Geschwulste. Ztschr. f. Krebsforsch., Berl., 19J2-13,xii,583-597.—White (C. P.) Experiments on epithelial proliferation. J. Path. & Bacteriol., Edinb. & Lond., 1909, xiv, 145. Tumors (Erectile). See, also, Tumors (Angiomatous). Tempesti (G. C.) Delle iniezioni considerate qual metodo curativo dei tumori erettili. 12°. Firenze, 1855. Veillet. * Tumeurs erectiles des bourgeons charnus. 8°. Paris, 1895. Anger (T.) Traitement des tumeurs erectiles par les injections eoagulantes. [Rap. de Le Dentu.] Bull. Acad. de med., Par., 1900, 3. s., xliii, 173-180.—Chaumier (E.) Que doit-on penser du traitement des tumeurs erectiles par la vaccination? Rev. internat. de la vaccine, Par., 1910-11, i, 611-615.—Fayolle Nouveau proc6de pour la guerison des tumeurs erectiles. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1847, xxv, 483.—H. Un mot sur le traitement des tumeurs erectiles. Echo m6d. et pharm. de l'Ouest, Rennes, 1882, ii, 99. Tumors (Experimental production of). See, also, Tumors (Malignant, Experimental production and transmission of); Tumors (Sar- comatous, Experimental production and transmis- sion of); Tumors (Transmission and transplan- tation of). Howard (W. T.) & Schultz (O. T.) Studies on the biology of tumor cells. 4°. New York, 1911. Tumors (Experimental production of). Tuliszkowska (Jadwiga). * Experimentelle Erzeugung iiber fibrinose, knorpelige und kno- cherne Geschwulste. 8°. Zurich- Oberstrass, 1900. Albrecht. Entwicklungsmechanische Fragen der Geschwulstlehre. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch. 1906, Jena, 1906, 154-167.—Albrecht (P.)& Joanno- vics (G.) Beitrage zur kunstlichen Kultur menschlicher Tumoren. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1913, xxvi, 781-783, 1 pl.—Apolant (H.) Ueber kiinstliche Tumormischun- gen. Ztschr. f. Krebsforsch., Berl., 1907-8, vi, 251-260.— Baudouin (M.) Kystes experimentaux des maxil- laires inferieurs chez le coehon. Paris chirurg., 1911, iii, 867-869.—Beebe (S. P.) & Tracy (Martha), The treat- ment of experimental tumors with bacterial toxins. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlix, 1493-1498. Also, Re- print.—Benthin (W.) Zum Thema; Erzeugung atypi- scherEpithelwucherungen. Ztschr.f.Krebsforsch.,Berl., 1910-11, x, 227-234, 1 pl.—Bezzola (C.) Sulla produ- zione sperimentale e sulla istogenesi di alcune neoforma- zioni inriammatorie a cellule giganti. Atti d. Soc. lomb. di sc. med. e biol., Milano, 1912, i, 442-447. Also [Abstr.]; Path. Riv. quindicin., Genova, 1911-12, 555.—Borst (M.) Ueber experimentell atypische Epithelwueherun- gen. Atti d. Cong, internaz. dei patol. 1911, Torino, 1912, i, 352-354 —Carinl (A.) Contributo istologico e sperimentale alia etiologia dei tumori. Policlin., Roma, 1900, vii, sez. chir., 193-226, 2 pl. Also [Abstr.]: Arch. ital. di ginec, Napoli, 1900, iii, 244-248. Also [Abstr.]: Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1899, 46-52, 1 pl.— tiarl (W.) Ueber Tumorbildungen bei Kaltbliitern. Med. Klin., Berl., 1913, ix, 464^66. Also [Abstr.]: Deut- sche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 7913, xxxix, 243.— Centanni(E.) Sulle blastine. Principiidichemoterapia indolica pei tumori sperimentali. Path. Riv. quindicin., Genova,1911-12,iv,573-576.-----. Sulle blastine. Ulteriori ricerche sulla influenza dei principii delricambioaroma- tico sopra 1' accrescimentodei tumori sperimentali. Atti d. Soclomb.discmed.ebiol.,Milano,1912,i,381-389.-----. Ladieta aviride per lo sviluppo dei tumori sperimentali. Tumori, Roma, 1912-13, ii,466-473.—Contamin (A.) Re- sorption des tumeurs experimentales de la souris sous l'influence des rayons X. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1910, cl, 1537-1539.—Beton (W.) Kiinstliche Riesenzel- lengranulome. Ztschr. f. Krebsforsch., Berl., 1910-11, x, 224-226.—Dogadkin (E. K.) K kazuistikie iskusstven- nikh opukholel. [Artificial tumors.] Voyenno-med. J., St. Petersb., 1906, ccxv, med.-spec, pt., 262-265.—Boy en. Tumeurs experimentales. Bull, et m6m. Soc. anat. de Par., 1906, lxxxi, 608.—Buplay (S.) & Cazin (M.) Tu- meurs experimentales chez les animaux. Atti d. xi. Cong. med. internaz., Roma, 1894, ii, patol. gen. ed anat. patol., 103-108.—Ehrlich. Experimentelle Studien an Mause tumoren. Ztschr. f. Krebsforsch., Berl., 1907, v, 59- 81, 1 pl.—Fasiani (G. M.) Influenza della iperemia alia Bier sulla neoformazione di epitelio da searlatto. Atti d. Cong, internaz. dei patol. 1911, Torino, 1912, i, 357.— Fichera (G.) Contributo alia biologia dei tumori. Arch, di farmacol. sper., Roma, 1910, x, 29-32.—Fiorito (G.) Sulla produzione sperimentale di proliferazioni epiteliali atipiche. Arch, per le sc. med., Torino, 1909, xxxiii, 399-417, 1 pl.—Flexner (S.) & Jobling (J. W.) On the promoting influence of heated tumor emulsions on tumor growth. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1906-7, iv, 156.—Freund (Paula). Ueber experimentelle Erzeugung teratoider Tumoren bei der weissen Ratte. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1911, li, 490-527, 2 pl.—Gamna (C.) Contributo alio studio delle proli- ferazioni epiteliali atipiche da searlatto. Atti d. Cong. internaz. dei patol. 1911, Torino, 1912, i, 354-357— Gilde- mijn (E.) Over de werking van thromboplastische stoffen op proefondervindelijke gezwellen. [The effect of thromboplastic substances on experimental tumors.] Geneesk. Tijdschr. v. Belgie, Antw., 1913, iv, 81-87.—Gold- niann (E. E.) Ueber experimentell erzeugte Wachs- tumshemmungen an Mausetumoren. Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1912, xxxix, 6.—Graf (R.) Versuche iiber das Wachstum von Tumoren nach Kastration. Cen- tralbl. f. allg. Path, u.path. Anat., Jena, 1909, xx,783-786.— Gussio (S.) Sul potere oncolitico nei ratti. Tumori, Roma, 1911, i, 75-86.—Haga (I.) Experimentelle Unter- suchungen iiber die Erzeugung atypischer Epithel- und Schleimhautwucherungen. Ztschr. f. Krebsforsch.. Berl., 1912-13, xii, 525-576, 7 pl— Haniann (C. A.) On the simulation of neoplasms by inflammatory processes. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1910, li, 782-795— Helmholz (H. F.) Experimental epithelial proliferations of skin and mu- cous membranes. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1907, xviii, 36.5-368, 2 pl— Hertwig (O.) & Poll (H.) Zur Biologie der Mausetumoren. Abhandl. d.k.preuss. Akad. d. Wissensch., Berl., 1907,1. Abhandl., 1-75, 2 pl—Ishi- wara (K.) Experimentelle Studien iiber die Zell- TUMORS. 983 TUMORS. Tumors (Experimental production of). reaktion nach Freund-Kaminer bei Ratten. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1913, xxvi, 370.— Jobling (J. W.) A report on mouse tumors. Proc N. York Path. Soc, 1908-9, viii, 101-104. -----. Multiple tumors in mice. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1908-9, vi, 10.—de Keating Hart. Action de la refrigeration et de la calorification continues sur revolution des n6oplasmes; consequences therapeutiques. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1908, xxii, 246.—Kelling (G.) Neue Versuche zur Er- zeugung von Geschwiilsten mittels arteigner und art- fremder Embryonalzellen. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1913, xxvi, 1; 54. Also [Abstr.]: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1913, lx, 489.— Killanl (O.) Personal observations of Wassermann's experiments on mouse tumors. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1912, lxxxi, 789-791.—Lecene (P.) & Le- gros(G.) Tumeurs experimentales. Bull, etmem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1902, lxxvii, 764-768.—Levin (I.) Cell proliferation under pathological conditions with special reference to the etiology of tumors; an experimental studv. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1901, n. s., i, 145-155.— Levin (I.) & Sittentield (M. J.) The formation of metastases after an intravascular injection of tumor emulsions. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1911, viii, 114-117. Also,.Reprint.—Lew in (C.) Die Biologie der Mausegeschwulste. Charite-Ann., Berl., 1912, xxxvi, 553-559. -----. Versuche fiber die Biologie der Tierge- schwulste. Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. (1912), 1913, xliii, pt. 2, 577-599. [Discussion], pt. 1, 305-311. Also: Berl. Klin. Wchnschr., 1913, 1, 147-154.—Lewin (C.) & Meidner (S.) Versuche iiber die Heilwirkung des Milzgewebes von Tumortieren. Ztschr. f. Krebs- forsch., Berl., 1911-12, xi, 364-375.—von Leyden & Lewin (C.) The appearance of heteroplastic tumors in the transplantations of the new growths of animals. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1908, lxxiv, 801.—Loeb (L.) Cell im- plantation in the production of tumors. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1903, xl, 974-977. -----. On experimentally pro- duced variations in the energv of tumorgrowth. Proc.Soc Exper. Biol. & Med.,N. Y.,1904-5,ii,73-75. Also: Am. Med., Phila., 1905,ix, 1026. -----. On some conditions determin- ing variationsin the energy of tumor growth. Am. Med., Phila., 1905, x, 265-269. -----. Further experimental in- vestigations into the growth of tumors; development of sarcoma and carcinoma after the inoculation of a carci- nomatous tumor of the submaxillary gland in a Japanese mouse. Univ. Penn. M. Bull., Phila., 1906-7, xix, 113- 116.-----. Ueber einige Probleme der experimentellen Tumorforschung. Ztschr. f. Krebsforsch., Berl., 1907, v, 451-470, 1 pl. -----. Tumor growth and tissue growth. Proc. Am. Phil. Soc, Phila., 1908, xlvii, 3-12. -----. Ue- ber einen Kontakt-Kombinationstumor bei einer weissen Maus. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1911, xxii. 993-999. -----. Summary of investigations in tumor growth carried out in the research department of the Bernard (Free) Skin and Cancer Hospital, St. Louis. In- terstate M. J., St. Louis, 1913, xx, 398-412.— Lowenstein (S.) Experimentelle Studien zur Theorie der Aetiologie der Tumoren. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1910, lxix, 693-700, 4 pl.—McConnell (G.) The experimental pro- duction of epithelial proliferation. J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- cago, 1907, xlix, 1498-1502.—Mal lory (F. B) The re- sults of the application of special histological methods to the study of tumors. J. Exper. M., Lancaster, Pa., & N. Y., 1908, x, 575-593. 14 pl. Also [Abstr.]: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1908, Ixxiii, 613.—Marie (R.) Production experimentale de formations epitheliales ad6nomateuses aux depens de fragments de rein greffes. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1899, lxxiv, 113-129, 2 pl— Medigreceanu (F.) Ergebnisse eines Fiitterungsversuches bei Ratten, die uberimpfte Tumoren trugen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1910, xlvii, 772-775.—Meidner (S.) Das Geschwulst- wachstum nach Exstirpation eines Impftumors bei Rat- ten. Ztschr. f. Krebsforsch., Berl., 1911-12, xi, 415-426.— Mellonl (P.) Per un nuovo studio sperimentale sul- 1' origine dei tumori. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1910, 1417- 1419—Morestln (H.) Tumeurs inflammatoires con- secutives a des injections cosmetiques. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1908, n. s., xxxiv, 658— Petroff (N.) Eksperimentalnaya privivka zarodlshevikh tkanel i voprosi pro'iskhozhdeniya opukholel. [Experimental injection of embryonal tissues and questions as to the origin of tumors.] Syezd rossiysk. khirurg. 1906, Mosk., 1907, vi, 99-101. Also, transl: Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1908, xliii, 1-43— Bobertson (T. B.) & Burnett (T. C.) The influence of lecithin and cho- lesterin upon the growth of tumors. J. Exper. M., Lan- caster, Pa., 1913, xvii, 344-352.—Bondoni (P.) Ricer: che sperimentali sui tumori. Sperimentale. Arch, di biol Firenze, 1913, lxvii, 139-154.— Boss (Sir R.) In- duced division of leucocytes and the genesis of tumours. Arch. Roentg. Ray, Lond., 1911-12, xvi, 417-421, 1 pl.— Rous (P.) On the reaction of tumor mice to injections of tumor emulsion. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. ex- per Therap., Jena, 1909-10, iv, 238-242. Also, Reprint. The rate of tumor growth in underfed hosts. Proc Soc Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1910-11, viii, 128- J30 _____, The relations of embryonic tissue and tumor in mixed grafts. J. Exper. M., Lancaster, Pa., 1911, xiii, Tumors (Experimental production of). 239-247, 5 pl. -----. An avian tumor in its relation to the tumor problem. Proc. Am. Phil. Soc, Phila., 1912, li. 201- 205.—Buehinski (B. P.) K voprosu ob eksperimen- talnom atipicheskom razrostanii epitelialnol tkani. [Ex- perimental atypical hypertrophy of epithelial tissue.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1910, ix, 794-797.—Saul (E.) Die Variabilitat der Impftumoren und ihre Spontanhei- lung. Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. 1909, Berl., 1910, xl, pt. 2, 465-462.—Scheuthauer (G.) Geschwulstent- wickelung. aus im embryonalen Leben abgeschnurten Lungenpartikeln. Ungar. Arch. f. Med., Wiesb., 1893-4, ii, 285-288.—Schirokogoroff (J. I.) Kiinstlich her- vorgerufene Neoplasmen nach Kieselguhr-Injektionen. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc], Berl., 1911, ccv, 166-169, 1 pl.—Snow (C.) An attempt to produce an atypical epithelial growth by infection of Scharlach R. in olive oil; a control of Fischer's experiment. J. In- fect. Dis., Chicago, 1907, iv, 385-396. Also, Reprint.— Stahr(K.) Ueber die Erzeugung von Tumorketten, Kogeltumoren und Tumorbriicken beim Arbeiten mit dem transplantablen Mausekarzinom. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1911, cciv, 416-420.—Stoeber (H.) Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Erzeu- gung atypischer Epithelwucherungen. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1909, lvi, 129-131. -----. Die Erzeugung aty- pischer Epithelwucherungen durch Injektion von Schar- lachrot- und Amidoazotoluolol in das subkutane Gewebe des Menschen. Ibid., 1910, lvii, 739-741.—Strauss (M.) Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Wirkung des Scharlach R auf das Epithelwachstum. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1910, xxxvi, 895.—Trasbot (L.) Sur les con- ditions du developpement des tumeurs et les tentatives de leur inoculation ou leur greffe chez les animaux. Atti d. xi. Cong. med. internaz., Roma, 1894, ii, patol. gen. ed anat. patol., 72-84.—Tyzzer (E. E.) The simul- taneous occurrence of two non-related tumors in a mouse. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvii, 1237-1241. -----. The inoculable tumors in mice. J. Med. Re- search, Bost., 1907-8, xvii, 137-153, 2 pl. -----. A series of twenty spontaneous tumors in mice, with accompany- ing pathological changes and the results of the inocula- tion of certain of these tumors into normal mice. Rep. Cancer Com. . . . Harv. M. Sch., Bost., 1907, 27-69, 6 pl. -----. The bearing of the experimental investigation of tumors od the tumor problem in general. Boston M. & S. J., 1909, clxi, 103-107. Also, in: A course of lectures on tumors . . . Cancer Commission Harvard University, Bost., 1909, 5-17.—Uhlenlmth (P.) Untersuchungen iiber Immunitat und Chemotherapie bei experimentell- erzeugten Ratten- und Mausetumoren. Med. Klin., Berl., 1912, viii, 1496-1499.—UhIenhuth (P.), Bold & Bindseil. Experimentelles zur Geschwulstfrage bei Tieren. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1912, liv, Ref., Beilage, 122-125.—Venulet (F. F.) Znache- niye eksperimentalnikh izsliedovaniy v uchenii o proi- skhozhdenii opukholel. [The value of experimental in- vestigations in the study of the origin of tumors.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1912, lxxvii, 251-262.—Wacker (L.) & Schmineke (A.) Experimentelle Untersuchungen zur kausalen Genese atypischer Epithelwucherungen. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1911, lviii, 1607; 1680,1 pl.— Weinberg. Tumeurs a levures. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1899, lxxiv, 768.—Werner (R.) Ueber den Einfluss des Scharlachrotes auf Mausetumoren. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1908, lv, 2267.—Williams (W. R.) The nature of Jensen's mouse tumour. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1906-7, lviii, 38-82.—Wlaeff (G.) & Weinberg. Examen histologique des tumeurs provo- qiK'cs chez les animaux par des levures virulentes. Bull. et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1899, lxxiv, 842-845. Tumors (Extra-vital cultivation of). See Tumors (Experimental production of). Tumors (Fatty). See Tumors (Lipomatous). Tumors (Fibrous). See, also, Molluscum fibrosum; Tumors (Myo- matous); Uterus (Tumors of). Fayrer (J.) Fibrocystic disease. 8°. Cal- cutta, 1864. Heising (J.) * Ueber Nekrose und Verkal- kung von Fibromen. [Heidelberg.] 8°. Speyer, 1911. Schei.ter (G. A.) *Ein Fall von Fibroma ossificans. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1903. Abram (J. H.) Lamellar fibromata. Liverpool M.- Chir. J., 1897, xvii, 145.—Burrell (H. L.), Lovett (R. W.) &Goldthwait (J. E.) Multiple plexiform fibro- mata. Boston M. & S. J., 1901, cxliv, 329-331.—Cameron (8 J ) Fibroids and fibro-myomatous tumours in un- usual sites. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1907, ii, 448-452.—Carne- vali (A.) Modo di reagire del siero di fibromatosi nell' emolisi e nell' agglutinazione. Gior. ital. d., mal. TUMORS. 984 TUMORS. Tumors (Fibrous). ven., Milano, 1909, xliv, 329-331.—Clnotti (F.) Alcuni fibromi nel mulo e nel cavallo. N. Ercolani, Pisa, 1905, x, 101-106.—Claws (A.) Fibro-lipomes generalises; epi- lepsie. Flandre med., Gand, 1895, ii, 609-614.—Bawson G. W.) Case of ribromatous tumours in a man aged 5. Proc. Rov. Soc. Med., Lond., 1911, iv, Dermat. Sect., 101. — Be Boinville (V. C.) Note on multiple fibromata of horses. Vet. J., Lond., 1905, n. s., xi, 130.— Biscussion sur les fibromes gangrenes. Bull, et m6m. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1902, n. s., xxviii, 65-71.— Bobrowolsky (N.) Zur Kasuistik des Fibroma molle. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1908, lv, 854.—Bouthwaite. Symmetrical fibromata. China M. Miss. J., Shanghai, 1894, viii, 88-93, 1 pl.—Fracassini (L.) Raro esempio di fibroma pendulo. Gior. ital. d. sc. ined., Pisa, 1903, i, 50; 61.—Jacobs (C.) A propos d'un cas de fibrome degen6r6. Bull. Soc beige de gynec et d'obst., Brux., 1897, ix, 150-153.—Jones (Mary A. D.) The opinions of different surgeons and pathologists as to the origin and cause of fibroid tumors. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1902, lxii, 323- 331.— Koya. [A caseof large progressive fibroustumors.] Chiugai Iji Shinpo,Tokio, 1906, xxvii,282-284.—Lecene & Esmond. Volumineux fibrome sous-cutane chez un rat. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1905, lxxx, 38.— Leias (E.) Fibrome chez un chien, avec inclusions epi- dermiques d'origine traumatique. Ibid., 1899, lxxiv, 69- 71.—Marsh (M. C.) Fibroma in shad. Wash. M.Ann., 1904-5, iii, 84.—Mislavski (A. A.) Fibrolypoma. Za- piski Uralsk, med. Obsh. v g. Ekaterinburge, 1892, ii, 56, lpl.—Morestin (H.) Fibromelombo-iliaque. Bull.et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1904, lxxix, 693-695.—Petit (G.) Enorme fibrome de la patte chez un chat. Ibid., 1903, lxxviii, 418.—Piazza (G.) Le fibre elastiche nei tumori fibrosi e loro genesi. Atti d. r. Accad. d. sc. med. in Palermo (1902), 1903, 1-8.—Banglaret & Ghika. Fibrome ulcere ayant cause une arterite et une phiebite concomitantes avec gangrene des membres inferieurs. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1892, lxvii, 663-671.—Buchinski (B.) K voprosu o mnozhestvennikh fibromakh. [On multiple fibromata.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1908, xv, 163. Also, transl: Festschr. . . . Hans Chiari . . . seines 25jahr. Prof.-Jubil. [etc.], Wien u. Leipz., 1908, 311-316.— Sappington (S. W.) Elastic tissue proliferation in a fibroma. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1907-8, xvii, 271-275,1 pl.—Shattock (S. G.) A large specimen of lamellar or corneal fibroma. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1892-3, xliv, 151-160,1 1., 1 pl. -----. Supplementary note to a com- munication on a specimen of lamellar fibroma published in the preceding volume. Ibid., 1893-4, xiv, 222. -----. Lamellar fibroma. Lancet, Lond., 1893, i, 932.—Sofflan- tini (J.) Contribution k I'etude du tissu elastique dans les neoplasies fibreuses de la peau. Arch, de med. exper. et d'anat path., Par., 1893, v, 233-253, 1 pl.—Thomson (J.) Anunusual form of fibrocellular growth. Australas. M. Cong. Tr. 1905, Adelaide, 1907, vii, 380-383, 1 pl.— Vanverts (J.) & Paucot (H.) Tumeur fibreuse^ in- flammatoire developp6e autour d'un fil de lin. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1911, xv, 289.—Vogel (E.) 1. Cysto- fibroma mammas beim Schwein. 2. Sarcoma globocellu- lare medullare retroperitoneale beim Pferd. Berl. tier- iirztl. Wchnschr., 1904, 323. Tumors (Giant). See Tumors (Voluminous or heavy). Tumors (Gliomatous) [Klebs]. See, also Brain (Tumors of); Nervous system (Glioma of); Retina (Glioma of). Arneth (J.) Glia und Gliom. 8°. Wiirz- burg, 1897. Baumann (G.) * Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Gliome und Neurogliome. 8°. Tubingen, 1887. Kaufm a n x (S.) * Ein Beitrag zur Lehre vom Gliom. [Wurtzburg.] 8°. Durkheim a. d. H., 1892. Babes (V.) Despre gliome si neurogliome. Romania med., Bucuresci, 1898, vi, 489-496. Also, transl: Wien. med. Presse, 1900, xli, 57-64.—Evans (J. J.) Glioma and pseudo-glioma. Rep. Soc. Study Dis. Child., Lond., 1907-8, viii, 401.—Flexner (S.) Glia and gliomatosis. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1898, xxv, 306-309. [Discussion], 339.—Jones (H. L.) A case of pseudo-glioma. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond., 1883-4, iv, 90-92.—Lan- dau (M.) Ueber Riickbildungsvorgange in Gliomen. Frankf. Ztschr. f. Path., Wiesb., 1911, vii, 351-372,1 pl.— Lewy (H.) Ueber Centralkorperchen in Gliomen. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1903, clxxi, 226-243, 1 pl.—Merzbacher & Uyeda. Gliastudien; das reak- tive Gliom und die reaktive Gliose; ein kritischer Beitrag zur Lehre vom Gliosarkom. Ztschr. f. d. ges. Neurol, u. Psvchiat., Berl. u. Leipz., 1910, i, Orig., 285-317.—Pribft- boff (G. 1.) & Ivanolf(N. S.) K patologischeskol Tumors (Gliomatous) [Klebs]. anatomii gliomatoza. Protok. zasled. Obsh. Nelropat. i Psikhiat. p. Imp. Moskov. Univ., 1897-8, 76-78—Blb- bert(H.) Neuroepithel in Gliomen. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat, Jena, 1910, xxi, 145-148.—Scliridde (H.) Gliome. Ergebn. d. allg. Path. u. path. Anat. 1904- 5, Wiesb., 1906, x, 724-730. Tumors (Histology of). See Tumors (Diagnosis of); Tumors (Pathol- ogy of). Tumors (Hypoblastic) [Adami]. See Chordoma, Nose, TJterus (Polypi of, etc.). Tumors (Immunity from). See, also, Tumors (Malignant, Immunity from); Tumors (Sarcomatous, Immunity from). Apolant (H.) Ueber die Immunitat bei Doppelim- pfungen von Tumoren. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap.,Jena, 1911, Orig., x, 103-118. -----. Ueber die Beziehungen der Milz zur aktiven Geschwulstimmu- nitilt. Ibid., 1913, Orig., xvii, 219-232.— Apolant (H.) & Marks (L. H.) Zur Frage der aktiven Geschwulstim- munitat. Ibid., 1911, Orig., x, 169-163. Also, Reprint.— Ba Fano (C.) Zellulare Analyse der Geschwulstim- munitatsreaktionen. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch., Jena, 1910, v, 1-75, 4 pl.—von Bungern (E.) Ueber Im- munitat gegen Geschwulste. Med. Klin., Berl., 1909, v, 1035-1038.—Fagluoli (A.) Sulla non identita di antigeni neoplastici e pancreatici. Lavori d. Cong. di med. int. 1910, Roma, 1911, xx, 314-317.—firlin- baum (Helen G.) & Griinbaum (A. S. F.) New growth and inefficient immunity. Lancet, Lond., 1913, i, 313.—Gussio (S.) Sviluppo neoplastico tipico e re- sistenze dell' ospite. Tumori, Roma, 1911, i, 129; 276.— Haaland (M.) Beobachtungen fiber naturliche Ge- schwulstresistenz bei Mausen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1907, xliv, 713-719.—Izar (G.) Ueber antigene Eigen- schaften derTumorlipoide. Ztschr. f.Immunitatsforsch., Jena, 1910, vii, 624-628.—Lewin (C.) Immunisierungs- und Heilversuehe mit Autolysaten bei Rattentumoren. Ztschr. f. Krebsforsch., Berl., 1911-12, xi, 317-334. -----. Ueber Immunisierung mit Blutserum von spontan ge- heilten Tumorratten (Nullerratten). Ibid., 335-339.----. Immunitatsreaktionen nach der Vorimpfung mit art- fremden Tumoren. Ibid., 362-363.—Loeb (L.) Quanti- tative Untersuchungen uber Immunitat gegen Tumoren bei Mausen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1912, lxiii, Orig., 450-478.—Palazzo (G.) Sulla resisten- za dei nervi alia invasione da partedei neoplasmi. Gazz. internaz. di med., Napoli, 1910, xiii, 1249-1251.—Banzi (E.) Untersuchungen fiber antigene Eigenschaften der Tumoren. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1907, lxxxv, 280- 297.—Bous (P.) Metastasis and tumor immunity; ob- servations with a transmissible avian neoplasm. J.Am.M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, lv, 1805.—Schilne. Untersuchungen iiber Geschwulstimmunitat bei Mausen. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 1907, xxxvi, 210-217.— Weil (E.) & Braun (H.) Ueber Antikorper bei Tu- moren. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xxi, 650-652—Weil (R.) On tumor immunity in rats. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1911, ix, 32. Tumors (Implantation of). See Tumors (Transmission and transplanta- tion of). Tumors (Inflammatory). de Aratj.!0 Cintra (B.) * Essai sur la sup- puration dans les neoplasmes. 8°. GenZve, 1887. Tortoria (S.) L' infiammazione particolar- mente suppurativa nei tumori. 8°. Oneglia, 1899. Agamennone(M.) Flogosineoplastica. Med.nuo- va, Roma, 1910, i, 193.—Arrou. Tumeurs inflamma- toires simulant les neoplasmes. Bull, et mem. Soc de chir. de Par., 1911, n. s., xxxvii, 1251-1257.— Brand- Ilgt. Les tumeurs inflammatoires. Ann. Soc. de med. d'Anvers, 1912, lxxiv, 143.—Buhring (L. A.) A case of inflammatory fungoid neoplasm. Arch. Dermat., Phila., 1879, v, 1-26. Also, Reprint. -----. Supplement to A case of inflammatorv fungoid neoplasm. Arch. Dermat., Phila., 1880, vi, 1-15. Also. Reprint.—Gan- gitano (F.) Tumore inflammatorio pseudo-neoplastico peri-appendicolare. Riforma med., Napoli, 1909, xxv, 963; 1346. Also, Reprint. Also, transl: Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1909, lxxxix, 399-422.—Ito (H.) & Kawa- narl (S.) [Inflammatory, tumor-like new growths.] Kyoto Igakkwai Zasshi, 1901, 677-686.-JIerkel (H.l Ueber entziindliche und infektiose Neubildung una TUMORS. 985 TUMORS. Tumors (Inflammatory). pathologische Organisation. Erbebn. d. allg. Path. u. path. Anat. [etc.], Wiesb., 1905, ix, 2. Abt., 290-359.— Tissot (J.) A propos des tumeurs inflammatoires. Presse med., Par., 1908, xvi, 626-628.—Yamagiwa (K.) Ueber die entzt'indliche Gefiissneubildung (speciell dieienige innerhalb von Pseudomembranen). Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1893, exxxii, 446-489, 3 pl. Tumors (Inoculation of). See Tumors (Experimental production of); Tumors (Transmission and transplantation of). Tumors (Inoperable). See (Tumors (Malignant, Treatment of) with bacterial toxins; Tumors (Sarcomatous, Treat- ment of) with bacterial toxins; Tumors (Treat- mentof) [and subdivisions}. Tumors (Intra-cranial). See, also, Brain (Tumors of); Dura mater (Tumors and growths of); Meninges (Tumors of); Pia mater (Tumors of). Blackburn (I. W.) A study of ten intracranial tu- mors. Rep. Gov. Hosp. Insane, Wash., 1894, 59-89,19 pl.— Borchardt (M.) Diagnostik und Therapie der Ge- schwulstbildungen in der hinteren Schadelgrube. Er- gebn. d. Chir. u. Orthop., Berl., 1911, ii, 131-173.—Co- heur (L.) Note sur un cas d'hematome extra dural. Ann. Soc. med.-chir. de Liege, 1905, xliv, 93-96.—Bis- cussion (A) on the treatment of intracranial tumours. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1898, ii, 964-970.-n»urante (F.) In- torno a due tumori endocranici della regione frontale. Arch, ed atti d. Soc ital. di chir., Roma, 1897, xi, 3-16. [Discussion], p. xxv.—Fernandez (U.) Un caso de seudo cefalematoma 6 hematoma extraperi6stico del re- cien nacido. Semana med., Buenos Aires, 1908, xiv, 665- 667.—Gonzalez Olaechea (M.) Tumor sanguineo venoso del crdneo en eomunicacion con la prensa de He- rdrilo. Cr6n. med., Lima, 1898, xv, 133.—Hartley (F.) An intracranial implantation dermoid tumor. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1896, xxiii, 573-581. Also, Reprint.— Hitchcock (C. W.) Tumors, cranial and intra-cranial. Detroit M. J., 1904-5, iv, 38-42.— Intra-cranial tumor; round cell sarcoma. Rep. Superv. Surg. Mar. Hosp., Wash., 1886-7, 213-217.—Littig (L. W.) An intra-cranial tumor. Med. News, Phila.. 1894, lxv, 522.— Moorhead (E. L.) An extracerebellar tumor. J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- cago, 1910, lv, 2060.—Nekam (L.) Basalioma adenoides cysticum esete. [A case of .. .] Dolgozatok az egyet. bork6rt. intezetb., Budapest, 1901, sz. 2, 1-10.—Buggi (G.) Di alcuni neoplasmi impiantati sulle ossa del cra- nio e dei loro possibili rapporti colla massa cerebrale. Mem. r. Accad. d. sc. d. Ist. di Bologna, 1909, 5. s., vi, 19- 39—Sanz (F.) [Neoplasia endocraneal.l An. r. Acad. de med., Madrid, 1908, xxviii, 232-234—Stewart (G.) Case of bilateral extra-cerebellar tumours with secondary growth in the spinal roots. Brain, Lond., 1907, xxx, 145.— Taylor (J.) & Bal lance (C. A.) A case of large blood cyst in the arachnoid space simulating brain tumour; operation; recovery. Lancet, Lond., 1903, ii, 597-599.— Vergely. Hematomeintra-cr&nien traumatique. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. .. . de Bordeaux, 1889, x, 48.— Weinberger (M.) Wahrscheinliche Diagnose eines extracerebralen Tumors. Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1905, iv, 141-145. Tumors (Intra-thoracic). See Chest (Tumors of). Tumors (Lipomatous). See, also, Tumors (Retroperitoneal). Barinbaum (B.) * Ueber die Lipome der oberen Luft-und Verdauungswege. 8°. Konigs- berg i. Pr., 1911. Behrens (F. O. R.) * Ueber inter- und sub- muskuliire Lipome. 8°. Berlin [1907]. Cohen (W.) * Ueber einen Fall von Lipoma calcificatum. 8°. Berlin, 1905. Dehay(F.-E. ) * Contribution a l'Stude des lipomes intraniusculaires. 8°. Lille, 1902. Dertinger (K.) * Ueber tiefsitzende Lipome. [Heidelberg.] 8°. Tubingen, 1903. Also, in: Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1903, xxxviii, 76-115. Hi:yne (H.) *Ein Lipomrecidiv. [Wurtz- burg.] 8°. Halle a.S., 1894. van de Kamp (T.) *Zur Kenntnis der sub- fascialen und submuscularen Lipome. 8°. Leipzig, 1908. Tumors (Lipomatous). Koch (F. J.) * Ueber Lipome. Nach Erfah- rungen an der chirurg. Klinik zu Erlangen (1886-93). [Erlangen.] 8°. Kempten, 1893. Krause (K. R. F.) * Beitrage zur Casuistik der Lipome [mit Benutzung des Materials der Krankenjournale der chirurg. Klinik und Poli- klinik des konigl. Universitiits-Krankenhauses zu Greifswald uber die Jahre 1889-96. 8°. Greifswald, 1S96. Lieschke (AL G.) * Lipom und Trauma. 8°. Berlin, 1911. Maillet (J.-L.-C.) ^Contribution a I'etude des lipomes ost6o-periostiques. 8°. Bordeaux, 1908. _ Malencon (A.) * Contribution a I'etude des lipomes intra-musculaires des muscles de la vie de relation. 4°. Paris, 1895. Marloth (K.) * Subpektorales Lipom in der Gegend der Mamma bei einem Manne. 8°. Borna-Leipzig, 1910. Mtjhlmann (A. K. E.) *Zur Kasuistik der Lipome. 8°. Leipzig, 1912. „ Rivet ( L. ) * Des lipomes periostiques. Etiologie, pathogenie. 8°. Montpellier, 1905. Roussel (P.) * Le lipome d'origine tubereu- leuse. 8°. Lyon, 1906. Scheidtmaxn (W.) * Beitrage zur Casuistik seltnerer Lipome. 8°. Kiel, 1903. Schwarz (R.) * Zur Aetiologie der Lipome. [Wurtzburg.] 8°. ,Leipzig, 1895. Tulasne (E.) * Etude sur deux cas de li- pomes de la region epigastrique. 4°. Paris, 1892. Weidmann (J. P.) Annotatio de steatomati- bus. roy. 8°. Moguntiaci, 1817. Winkelmann (A. T. O.) * Ueber subpatel- lare Lipome. 8°. Kiel, 1906. Aievoli(E.) La genesi del lipoma (la teoria di Grosch ed alcune nuove vedute). Policlin., Roma, 1900, vii, sez. chir., 28-49. -----. Documenti clinici ed anatomici per lo studio dei lipomi. Arch, internaz. di med. e chir., Napoli, 1902, xviii, 269; 293. Also: Gazz. med. ital., To- rino, 1902, liii, 413; 423. -----. Per la genesi del lipoma. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1902, xxiii, 1241. -----. Lipomi ex- tra ed intratoracici; lipomi extra ed intraaddominali. Incurabili, Napoli, 1902, xvii, 193-226. -----. Sulle in- time rispondenze etiologiche e patogeniche fra lipomi; adiposi dolorosa; adeno-lipomatosi, etc. Morgagni, Mi- lano, 1905, xlvii, 457; 558 -----. Gli studi sui lipomi nel- 1' ultimo decennio. Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 1911, n. s., xxxiii, 694-700. Also: Med. ital., Napoli, 1911, ix, 315-319.—Alglave (P.) Note sur un volumineux lipome a point de depart osteo-perioste, a noyau central calcifie et a pedieuie scapulaire postero-inferieur. Bull. et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1907, xxxii, 255-257.—Alix. Lipome chez un Malgache. Arch, de med. nav., Par., 1895, lxiv, 445.—Andrews (E.) Deep fatty tumor simu- lating sarcoma; diagnostic points. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1893, 3. s., iii, 229-231.—Babasinoff( A.) K voprosu o lipoma arborescens. Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1910, ix, 1019-1022.—Balzer (F.) Fibro-lipomes cons6cutifs a des injections sous-cutanees de chlorhydrate de quinine et de cacodylate de fer. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1912, xxiii, 121-123.—Barker (F. C.) A case of huge fibro-fatty tumour of 20 years' duration; opera- tion and rapid recovery by an ingenious method of treat- ment. Indian Lancet, Calcutta, 1896, vii, 547.—Bassin. Lipome existant depuis plus de 12 ans, degenere en tu- meur maligne. Centre med. et pharm., Gannat, 1902-3, viii, 16.—von Beck. Ueber tiefsitzende Lipome. Aerztl. Mitth. a. Baden, Karlsruhe, 1900, liv, 257; 275.—Bertini (T.) Sopra un caso di lipomatosi estesa ad un arto. Ann. di freniat. [etc.], Torino, 1910, xx, 71-76, 1 pl.—Bran- der (T. L.) Large fibro-lipoma. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1894, i, 574.—Cecca (R.) Sulla istogenesi del lipoma. Clin. mod., Pisa, 1905, xi, 56-58.— Cliavannaz. Lipome du tenseur du fa-cia lata. Arch. clin. de Bordeaux, 1897, vi, 37-39.—Clii pa u It (A.) Les lipomes pericraniens. Med. mod., Par., 1S95, vi, 753; 761. Also: Trav. de neurol. chir. 1895, Par., 1896, 79-93.— Chrlstopherson (J. B.) A curious case of lipoma, not uncommon in the Egyptian Sudan, taking the form of an apron-like fold extending as far as the middle of the thighs. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1906, vi, 355.—Costa (A.) Anomala es- trinsecazione inguinale di un lipoma. Riforma med., Palermo-Napoli, 1904, xx, 822-824.—Cuff (A.) Note of a TUMORS. 986 TUMORS. Tumors (Lipomatous). ease of lipoma of the hand. Lancet, Lond., 1898, i, 1397.— Belbet i I'.i Au sujet de la lympho-lipomatose. Bull. et mem. Soc de chir. de Par., 1898, n. s., xxiv, 1115-1119.— Bella Bovere (D.) Per la genesi del lipoma. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1902, xxiii, 1403.—Bevaux (E.) Ana- logic entre les lipomes artificiels des porteurs malgaches et les lipomes naturels de certains animaux. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par.. 1904, lvi, 459-461. -----. Des li- pomes provoques chez Its Malgaches porteurs; essai d'in- terpretation pathosrenique. Tribune med., Par., 1904, 2. s., xxxvi, ss.—Unbar (L.) & Potel (G.) Les lipo- mes intramusculaires. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1902, vi, 325-328.—Bugan (W. C.) Lipoma. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1904, 13. s., iv, 198-200.—Duvergey (J.) Une variete de lipome; le lipome rameux. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1908, xxix, 547.—Falcone (It.) Di un voluminoso fibrolipoma con fase elefantiastica; con- siderazioni sull' isto patogenesi del linfangioma in gene- rale. Gazz. internaz. di med., Napoli, 1900, xiii, 488-494.— Fiire (C.) Disparitionsousl'influenced'unerysipeled'un pseudo-lipome sus-claviculaire chez un ataxique. Belg. m6d.,Gand-Haarlem, 1896, iii, 193-199.—Fischer(H.) Zur Lehre von den Lipomen. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1903, lxix, 271-280.—Fitzwilliains(D.C. L.) Caseof (?) fibro- lipoma. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1912-13, vi, Sect. Stud. Dis. Child., 99.—Gamier (0.) & Grosjean (L.) Variete rare de lipome pedieuie douloureux de la region sternale. Rev. med. de Test, Nancy, 1903, xxxv, 654-659.— Gerster (A. G.) Lipoma. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1893, 2. s., iv, 228.—Gold (E.) Zur Casuistik selten grosser Lipome. .Mitth. d. Ver. d. Aerzte in Steiermark, Graz, 1893, xxx, 1-5.—Gomoiu (V.) Asupra catorva casuri de lipome. [Some cases of . . . .] Spitalul, Bucuresci, 1906, xxvi, 262-267.—Grant (H.H.) Fattvtumor. Inter- nat. Clin., Phila., 1897, 7. s., ii, 241-243.—Grieve (W. D.) Lipoma simulating subclavian aneurysm. Lancet, Lond., 1902, ii, 1460.—Hamilton (J. A.) Case of large fatty tu- mour. Ibid., 1898, ii, 750.—Hamilton (J. B.) Lipoma. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1893, 2. s., iv, 254.—Heinricius (G.) Ein Fall von recidivierendem retroperitonealem Lipom. Finska lilk.-siillsk. handl., Helsingfors, 1903, xiv, pt. 2, p. xxxiv.—Hertsenberg (R. L.) K voprosu o mezhmishechnikh lipomakh. [Intramuscular lipomata.] Khirurg. Arkh. Velyaminova, S.-Peterb., 1911, xxvii, 687. Also, transl: Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1911, xxxvii, 1895.—Hutcliinson (Sir J.) Lipomata in hernial regions. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1886, xxxviii, 451- 458. Also, Reprint.-----. Diffuse lipoma. Lancet, Lond., 1910, ii, 1537-1539.—Tackle (H.) Beitrage zur Chemie der Lipome. Arb. a. d. path.-anat. Abt. d. k. hyg. Inst. zu Posen . . . R. Virchow zur Feier [etc.], Wiesb., 1901,269- 276.— Keim (G.) Lipome sous-deltoidien. Bull. Soc anat. de Par., 1896, lxxi, 373-375. — Klaussner. Ein Fall von Lipom. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1895, xlii, 349. Also: Sitzungsb. d. arztl. Ver. Munchen (1894), 1895, iv, 214-217.—Laftranelii (A.) Voluminoso lipoma col- loide. Riforma med., Palermo-Napoli, 1907, xxiii, 573- 575.—Lardier. Loupe degeneree en epithelioma perie. Bull. med. d. Vosges, Epinal, 1892-3, no. 28, vii, 44^7, 2 pl.—Little (E. G. G.) Naevo-lipomata in an infant. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1910-11, iv, Dermat. Sect., 23.—Little (H. C.) A spectacular case of lipomyxoma. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1913, lx, 899.—Lozano Mon- z6n (R.) Casuistieade lipomas de la clinica quirurgica de la Facultad de medicina de Zaragoza. Clin, mod., Zaragoza, 1903, ii, 286-292, 1 pl.—McGuire (S.) A large lipoma. Practice, Richmond, 1898, xii, 69, 1 pl.—Ma- grassi (A.) Due casi rari di lipoma. Gazz. med. di Torino, 1900, li, 81-85.—Martin (M.) Symmetrische Handriickenlipome bei Togo-Negern. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1906, liii, 973.—Matejovsk^ (F.) O prfls- vitnosti lipomu (tueniku) a nekolika jinych tuhych na- doru. [The transparency of lipomata and remarks on other firm tumors.] Casop. lek. cesk., v Praze, 1862, i, 82.—Matsui (Y.) Eine pathologisch-histologische Un- tersuchung des oben genannten Lipoms. [Japanese text.] Mitt. d. med. Gesellsch. zu Tokyo, 1900, xiv, 147- 151, 1 pl.—Mel (A.) Contributo alio studio del lipoma sottocutaneo. Clin, chir., Milano, 1910, xviii, 2183-2192.— Miknallott'(N N.) O tak nazivayemol lipoma arbo- rescens. [Sur.Lelipomaarboresceiw. Abstr., 153.] Russk. arch, patol.. klin. med. i bakteriol., S.-Peterb, 1901, xi, 118-134.—Molony (J. B. de W.) Note on an unusual ease of lipoma. Lancet, Lond., 1910, ii, 1549.—Morales Perez (A.) Los pseudo-lipomas. Siglo med., Madrid, 1905, Iii, 829-831.—IVagelsclimidt. Monstrose Fibro- lipome. Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. 1909, Berl., 1910, xl, pt 2, 130. — Olivi (G.) Un lipoma in sede non comune [al ginocchio sinistro]. Ann. di med. nav., Roma, 1906, i, 329-331.—Olmer (D.) Lipomes sous-cutan6s et tuberculose. Prov. med., Par., 1907, xviii, 603. Also: Marseille m6d., 1907, xliv, 758-760. — Painter(C. F.)&Ewing(W.G.) Lipomaarborescens. Boston M. & S. J., 1903, cxlviii, 305-309. Also, Reprint.— Palazzo (G.) Osservazioni su alcuni casi di lipomi. Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 1913, n. s., xxxv, 110- 116.—Pellicanb (G.) "Lipomi rari"desunti da una casistica di 53 osservazioni. Osp. magg. Riv. ... scient.- Tumors (Lipouuitous). prat. d. . . . di Milano. 1911, vi, 93-120.—Perez Arani- bar (A. E.) Un lipoma raro. Monitor m6d., Lima, 1895, x, 250-253.—Petit. Lipome sous-aponevrotique de la re- gion dorso-lombaire simulant un abces froid. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. . . . de Bordeaux, 1892, xiii, 96-98.— Pi"eiffer(H.) EinRiesenlipom. Munchen.med.Wchn- schr., 1902, xlix, 1502.—Polyak (L.) Tonsilla accessoria partim lipomatosa gorcsovi keszitmenye. [The micro- scopic products of . . .] Orvosihetil., Budapest, 1900, xliv, 569.—Pruszyiiski (J.) Lipomatosisperimusculariscir- cumscripta. Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1897,2. s., xvii,934-941.— Pupovac (D.) Ueber seltene Loealisationen von Fett- geschwiilsten. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1899, xii, 41-46.— Puyliaubert. Lipome retromammaire. J.d. med. de Bordeaux, 1907, xxxvii, 314.—Beboul (J.) Lipomes osteo-periostiquis. Echo med. d. Cevennes, Nimes, 1907. viii, 334-340. — Bievel (H.) Ueber Margaritome bei Pferden. Berl. thierarztl. Wchnschr., 1894, x, 219-221.— Rilial. Observation surun cas de pseudo-lipome reeidi- vant. Lyon med., 1902, xcviii. 773-778.—Buppel (W. G.) Chemische Untersuchung eines Lipoms. Ztschr. i. Biol., Munchen u. Leipz., 1894, n. F., xiii, 101-107.—Sabrazea (J.) & Muratet (L.) Myxome lipomateux intrathora- cique. Arch, de m6d. exper. et d'anat. path., Par., 1909, xxi, 580-616.—Selln lz (O.) Ueber die chemische Zusam- mensetzung des Lipoms; nach Versuchen von. G. Schwal- bach. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1893, lv, 231- 239.—Scliwalbach (G.) Ueberdie chemische Zusam- mensetzung des Lipoms. Sitzungsb. d. phys.-med. Soc. in Erlang., 1893, 25. Hft., 1-26. See, also, supra, Schulz (0.)—Seba (J. D.) Lipoma. Tr. M. Ass. Missouri, St. Louis, 1902, xiv, 116.—Selter (P.) Ueber einige, seltene, heteroplastische Lipombildungen. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1893, cxxxiv, 199-208.—Seratini (G.) Li- pomi a sede rara. Policlin., Roma, 1910, xvii, sez. chir., 193-204. Also [Abstr.]; Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di To- rino, 1910, 4. s., xvi, 137-140.—Sliattock (S.G.) A large laryngeal lipoma of the epiglottis and base of the tongue, with a collection of examples of submucous lipomata of the intestine and of the larynx. Proc. Rov. Soc. Med., Lond., 1908-9, ii, Path. Soc, 285-296. —Stewart (A.) Fatty tumor on back of thigh. Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 1893,xiii,451. —Thomayer (J.) Lipoma prasperitoneale. Casop. lek. desk., vPraze, 1884,xxiii, 2; 18; 37; 54.—(Jineda (S.) [An immense suspended fatty tumor]. Okayama Igaku Kwai Zasshi, 1897, 293-295.—Vedeler. Das Li- pomprotozoon. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1896, xix, 274-276.—Voskresenski (V. A.) Li- poma arborescens, kak vid tuberkuloznavo porazheniya sinovialnol obolochki. [ ... as a form of tubercular dis- ease of the synovial coat.] Dnevnik Obsh. vrach. pri imp. Kazan, univ. (1895), 1896, 52-57.—Wanietscliek (E.) Zur Kasuistik seltener Lipome. Centralbl. f. Kin- derh., Leipz., 1904, ix, 119-121.—Weaver (G. H.) Li- poma developed in the upper end of the semitendinosus muscle. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1896, xxvii, 1242.— Weiss (V.) Vyklouznuti stfeva fiti. zpfisobeno lipo- mem. [Escape by anus of a kind of lipoma.] Casop. ilk. desk., v Praze, 1869, viii, 169.—Wells (H. G.) The fat rnetabolism of lipomas. Arch. Int. Mea., Chicago, 1912, x, 297-304.—Werner (F.) Ueber kongenitale Lipome und scbwanzahnliche Bildungen beim Menschen. Vir- chow's Arch.f.path. Anat. [etc.],Berl.,1908, exciii, 109-121. Tumors (Lipomatous, Congenital). Hurault (R.) *Etude sur les lipomes con- genitaux osteo-periostiques. 8°. Paris, 1900. Pourquier (P.) * Contribution a I'etude du lipome congenital des parties molles. 8°. Mont- pellier, 1906. Braqueliaye (J.) Lipomes congenitaux osteopfiri- ostique de la nuque et du dos. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1894, lxix, 312-315.—Morestin (H.) Lipome intra-mus- culaire congenital. Ibid., 1S97, lxxii, 939.—Ninni (G.) Lipoma a rapido decorso in un bambino. Gior. d. Ass. napol. di med. e nat., Napoli, 1892-3, iii, 136-138. Tumors (Lipomatoux, Malignant). Delachanal (J.) *Des tumeurs malignes du tissu cellulo-adipeux (lipomes malins). 8°. Lyon, 1910. Schramm (L.) * Leber Liposarkom. 8°. Miinehen, 1910. Silberstein (R.) * Ueber Lipoma sarcoma- todes. 8°. Wiirzburg 1896. Wrobel (R. H.) *Beitrag zur Umwandlung von Lipomen in Sarkome. 8°. Rostock, 1906. Beriel (L.) A propos de la classification de certaines tumeurs malignes; les lipomes malins. Lyon chirurg., 1910, iv, 537-542.—Beriel (L.) & Belachanal. Les tu- meurs malignes du tissu cellulo-adipeux (le lipome ma- lin). Arch, de med. exper. et d'anat. path., Par., 1912, xxiv, 717-737, 1 pl— Brito Forestl (J.) & Aguerre (A. J.) Lipo-angiomas-sarcomatosos subcutaneos. Rev. TUMORS. 987 TUMORS. Tumors (Lipomatous, Malignant). med d Uruguav, Montevideo, 1905, viii, 68-72.—Dela- clianal&Gayet. Tumeur maligne du tissu cellulo- adipeux (lipome malin). Lyon m6d., 1911, cxvii, 1432.— Wohlgemuth (H.) Demonstration eines Myxosar- koms aus einem Lipom entstanden. Berl. klin. Wchn- schr., 1909, xlvi, 313. Also: Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Ge- sellsch. 1909, Berl., 1910, xl, pt. 1, 22. Tumors (Lipomatous, Multiple and , symmetrical) [Lipomatosis]. Astaouroff (Mine. 0.) * Contribution a I'etude de l'adenolipomatose symetrique a pre- dominance cervieale. 8°. Paris, 1904. Benassi (P.) Contributo alio studio della patogenesi e localizzazione dei lipomi multipli sottocutanei. 8°. Parma, 1907. Berenbruch (Iv.) *Ein Fall von multiplen Angio-Lipomen kombiniert mit einem Angiom des Riickenmarks. 8°. Tubingen, 1890. Blachez[P.] Lasteatose. 8°. Paris, 1866. Bouju (G.) *Des lipomes multiples sym6- triques d'origine nerveuse. 4°. Paris, 1892. Cremieux (I.) * Contribution a I'etude de la lipomatose multiple symetrique. 8°. Mont pel- far, 1905. Goldstucker (S.) * Ueber symmetrische Li- pome. 8°. Breslau, 1899. Grl nberg (Rosa). *Zwei typische Falle von Lipomatosis symmetrica diffusa (a predomi- nance cervieale). 8°. Zurich, 1910. Katzenellenbogen (M.) *Des lipomes sy- metriques. 4°. Paris, 1895. Lessersohn (H.) *Ein Beitrag zur Lehre von Lipoma multiplex symmetricum. 8°. Ber- lin, 1901. Meyer (A.) Ueber einen seltenen Fall von multipler symmetrischer Lipomatose. 8°. Bothenburgo. Tbr., 1893. Otto (E.) * Ueber diffuse multiple Angio- lipombildung mit Endothelwucherungen. 8°. Berlin, 1895. Queinnec (F.) * Contribution a I'etude des lipomes multiples symetriques et en particu- lier des lipomes circonscrits. 8°. Paris, 1903. Saroumian (Elisabeth). *Contribution a I'etude de lipomes multiples symetriques. 8°. Lausanne, 190S. Schottmuller (A. A. L. G. H.) *Ein Fall von diffuser Lipombildung ( Fetthals). 8°. Greifswald, 1893. Strisower (V.) * Ueber symmetrische Li- pome. 8°. Freiburg i. Br., 1905. Tischler (M.) * Ueber die Aetiologie der multiplensymmetrischen Lipome. 8°. Leipzig, 1906. Train a (R.) Un caso raro di lipomi multi- pli. 8°. Pavia, 1899. Wiel (O.) * Ueber multiple symmetrische Lipome. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1904. Askanazy (M.) Zur Entstehung der multiplen Li- pome. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1899, clviii, 407- 425—Babes (A.) & Bula (I.) Noi contribution! la studiul maladiei lui Dercum si a lipoamelor multiple simetrice. [Dercum's disease and multiple symmetric lipoma/) Spitalul,Bucuresci, 1912, xxxii, 84-89.—Balzer (F.) & Belloir. Lipomatose symetrique a localisation multiple cervieale, thoraco-abdominale et dorso-lom- baire. Bull.Soe.iranc dedermat. etsyph., Par., 1912,xxm, 213-215.—Balzer (F.) & Burnier. Un cas de lipoma- tose symetrique a predominance abdominale. Ibid., 1911, xxii, 88-90.—Barber (C. F.) A case of multiple lipoma. Brooklyn M. J., 1903, xvii, 492.—Barjon (F). Lipomes svmetriques. Bull. Soc. med. d. hdp. de Lyon, 1903, ii, 255 — Batut (L.) Fibro-lipomatose generalisee. Bull. Soc med.-chir. de la Drome [etc.]. Valence, 1908,ix,72.— Bavet. Lipomes multiples symetriques. Socroy.d.sc. med et nat. de Brux. Bull., 1897, lv, 72-74.-Beck (C.) Multiple symmetrical lipomata. N. Am. Praet., Chi- cago, 1893, *v, 279-281.—Bettolo (U.) Contributo alio Tumors (Lipomatous, Multiple and symmetrical) [Lipomatosis]. studio delle lipomatosi. Riv. ospedal., Roma, 1911, i, 641; 679.—Blbergell (E.) Demonstration eines Falles von Lipomatosis. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 1538.— Binet (A.) & Vaivrand (H.) Une observation de li- pomatose symetrique. Province med., Par., 1911, xxii, 245-248.—Bordoni (L.) Sulla lipomatosi dolorosa sim- metrica. Lavori d. Cong. di. med. int. 1901, Roma, 1902, 574-577.—Boutller & Labougle. Lipomatose sy- metrique vol umineuse a type scapulo-thoracique et ab- dominal (cas fruste de la maladie de Dercum). Gaz. hebd d. sc. m6d. de Bordeaux, 1911 xxxii, 438-442.—Bram- well (B.) [Hereditary multiple lipoma.] Tr. Med.- Chir. Soc. Edinb., 1905-6, n. s., xxv, 40. Also: Clin. Stud., Edinb., 1905-6, n. s., iv, 225-227. -----. Multiple fatty tumors. Clin. Stud., Edinb., 1909, vii, 334-337.— t'arless (A.) Multipie symmetrical lipomata. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1907-8, i, Clin. Sect.,233.—Cestan (E.) Deux cas de lipomes symetriques. Toulouse med., 1901, 2. s., iii, 296, 1 pl. Also: Echo med., Toulouse, 1902, 2. s., xvi, 33. -----. Lipomes symetriques multiples de la region lombo-sacree. Toulouse med., 1902, 2. s., iv, 81.— Iii abort. Lipomatose symetrique non douloureuse. Dauphine med., Grenoble, 1911, xxxv, 244-250, 1 pl.— Cherkasoft" (N. N.) Sluchal mnozhestvennavo sim- metricheskavo lipomatoza pri tabes dorsal is. [Multiple symmetrical lipomatosis during . . .1 Vrach Zapiski, Mosk., 1895, ii, 79-83.—Clerc (A.)& Thibaut (D.) Li- pomes multiples et symetriques k topographie radiculaire. Bull, et mem. Soc. m6d. d. h6p. de Par., 1910, 3. s., xxix, 250-258.— Coddou (R.) Carta a un profesor frances sobre un caso clinico. [Adeno-lipomatose symetrique] Rev. med. de Chile, Sant. de Chile, 1909, xxxvii, 344-347.— Cole (H. P.) & Winthrop (G. J.) Multiple symmet- rical lipomata; report of a case. South. M. J., Nashville, 1909, ii, 955.—Collins (J.) Symmetrical adenolipoma- tosis. N.York M. J.,1907, lxxxv, 916-924. Also, Reprint.— de Cordova (A.) Lipomatosis generalizada simetrica. An. Acad.de cien. med. . . . de la Habana, 1906-7, xl, 70- 72. — Delvez ( L. ) Lipomes symetriques perivascu- laires. Arch. gen. de chir., Par., 1910, vi, 221-230.— Demidoff (V. A.) Sluchal mnozhestvennol lipomi. [Multiple lipoma.] Ejened. jour. " Prakt. med.", St. Pe- tersb., 1901, viii, 185.—Dessau (S. H.) Lipomatosis uni- versalis, with symptoms of obscure nerve lesions; versus myxoedema. Clin. Recorder, N. Y., 1896, i, 15.—Dixon. Multiple lipomata of very large size placed symmetri- cally. Polyclin., Lond., 1901, v, 28.—Du Castel. Li- pomes symetriques generalises. Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1896, 3. s., vii, 1436-1438. Also: Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1896, vii, 579-581.— Bujon. Un cas d'adeno-lipomatose symetrique a pre- dominance cervieale. Ann. med.-chir. du centre, Tours, 1912, xii, 37^1.— Eckstein (G.) Multiple symmetrische Lipome. Prag. med.Wchnschr., 1906, xxxi, 182; 194.— Erdmann(J.-F.) Adenolipomatose symetrique. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1903, xxxvii, 932.—Gavrilko (A. S.) 0 mnozhestvennikh simmetricheskikh lipomakh. [Mul- tiple symmetrical lipomata.] Russk. chir. arch., S.- Peterb., 1902, xviii, 1075-1096, 3 pl. — Goebel ( C. ) Ueber multiple Lipome; zusammenfassendes Referat neuerer Arbeiten. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1895, vi, 4-20. — Guthrie ( L.) A case of lipomatosis. Rep. Soc. Study Dis. Child., Lond., 1905-6, vi, 145-119.—Hallopeau & Jeanselme. Sur un cas de lipomes multiples simulant des tumeurs de la parotide et du corps thyroide. Bull. Soc. franq. de der- mat. et syph., Par., 1893, iv, 105. — Hirschleld (H.) Demonstration eines Falles von symmetrischen Lipomen mit dem Blutbefund einer Pseudoleukamie. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1903, xl, 530.—Hutchinson (Sir J.) Multi- ple lipomata in subcutaneous tissue. Arch. Surg., Lond., 1899, x, 280. -----. Diffuse lipoma and animals; pubic lipomata in man, and nuchal lipomata in man and ani- mals. Lancet, Lond., 1911, i, 1345.—Jeanselme (E.) & Bufnoir (M.) Lipomatose symetrique. Bull, etmem. Soc. m6d. d. h6p. de Par., 1898, 3. s., xv, 385-390.—Jouoii (E ) Adeno-lipomatose symetrique k predominance ab- dominale. Rev. d'orthop., Par., 1908, 2. s., ix, 265-268.— Kilianl (O. G. T.) Multiple symmetrical lipoma. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1907, xiv, 141, 3 pl. -----. Multiple symmetrical lipomatosis. Ibid., 1909, 1, 643. — Kiseh (E. H.) Die Lipomatosis universalis als Schonheitsfehler. Internat. klin. Rundschau, Wien, 1894, viii, 713-719.-----. Ueber Herzirregularitaten der Lipomatbsen. Veroffentl. d. Hufeland. Gesellsch. in Berl. Balneol. Gesellsch., 1895, xvi, 4-10. Also [Abstr.]: Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 18951 xvi, 299. -----. Die konstitutionellen Formen der Lipomatosis. Veroffentl. d. Hufeland. Gesellsch.in Berl. Balneol. Gesellsch., 1907, pt. 2,237-242. [Discussion], pt. 1, 15 Also: Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1907, xliii, 501-505. Also [Abstr.]: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1907, xliv, 749—Kleissel (R.) Ueber multiple symmetrische Li- pome. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1912, lxii, 3377-3384.— Klinkowstein (J.) Ueber akute schmerzhafte sym- metrische Lipomatose. Med. Klin., Berl., 1911, vii, 1307- 1309.—KUhler (F.) Zur Aetiologie der Lipomatose. TUMORS. 988 TUMORS. Tumors (Lipomatous, Multiple and symmetrical) [Lipomatosis], Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1904, xli, 416-418.—Koettnitz (A.) Leber symmetrisches Auftreten von Lipomen. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1893-4, xxxviii, 75-123 — Kramer (P. H.) Diffuse lipomatose. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1912, ii, 1767-1774.—Lacouture & Puyhaubert. Lipomatose cervico-faciale. J. de m6d. de Bordeaux, 1907, xxxvii, 200.—Langer (F.) Zur Casuistik der multiplen, symmetrischen Lipome. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1893, xlvi, 899-911.—Launois (P. E.) & Bensaude (R.) De l'adeno-lipomatose symetrique. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1898,3. s., xv, 298-318.-----------. L'adeno-lipomatose symetrique a predominance cervieale. Presse med., Par., 1898, i, 293-298.—Laurenti (T.) Contributo alia casistica della lipomatosi simmetrica. Gazz. med. di Roma, 1912, xxxviii, 606-512.—Lepine. Lipome diffus. Mem. et compt.-rend. Soc. d. sc. med. de Lyon (1893), 1894, xxxiii, pt. 2, 150.—Le Play & Faroy. Lipoma- tose symetrique avec examen histologique. Bull, et mem. Soc anat. de Par., 1909, lxxxiv, 145-148.—Levai (J.) & Schein (M.) Lipoma symmetricum esete. [A case of . . .] Gy6gyaszat, Budapest, 1897, xxxvii, 480- 482. Also, transl: Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1897, xxxiii, 739-744— Li lien thai (H.) Symmetrical adenolipoma. Internat. J. Surg., N. Y., 1909, xxii, 97.— Low (V. W.) A ease of multiple and symmetrical lipomata. Tr. M. Soc. Lond., 1905, xxviii, 300, 1 pl.— Luigi (M.) Un caso di adenolipomatosi cervieale sim- metrica. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1913, xxxiv, 607-609.— Lyon (I P.) Adiposis and lipomatosis, considered in reference to their constitutional relations and symptoma- tology. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1909, xxiv, 499- 501. -----. Adiposis and lipomatosis considered in refer- ence to their constitutional relations and symptomatol- ogy. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1910, vi, 28-120. —Lyon- net & Bovier. Lipomatose symetrique. Bull. Soc. m6d. d. h6p. de Lyon. 1912, x, 384-386. Also: Lyon med., 1912, cxviii, 1463-1465.—Lyu ri. K etiologii mnozhe- stvennikh simmetrichnikh lipom. [On the etiology of multiple symmetrical lipomata.] Voyenno-med. J., St. Petersb., 1896, clxxxvii, 1. sect., 615-618.—IHacAusland (W. R.) & Wood (B. E.) Lipomatosis of the lower ex- tremities, with report of a case. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, lvi, 871.—ITIai-im6ii (J.) Un caso de lipomatosis simetrica trofoneur6tica consecutiva a trauma espinal: lipomas tr6ficos. Rev. de cien. med. de Barcel." 1912, xxxviii, 542-550. — Massabuau. Un cas d'adeno-lipo- matose cervieale symetrique. Montpel. med.,1909,xxviii, 398-401.—Mayet (H.) Lipomatose symetrique et lipome periostique. Bull, med., Par., 1907, xxi, 249.—Milian (G.) Pseudo-lipomes et lipomes multiples. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1895, lxviii, 1273-1279. —Mills (C. K.) Adenolipo- matosis, with report of a case. Univ. Penn. M. Bull., Phila., 1908-9, xxi, 286-290. -----. A case of adeno-lipo- matosis; with some remarks of the differential diagnosis of the affection from adiposis dolorosa and other diseases. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., Lancaster, Pa., 1909, xxxvi, 106- 108. — ITIish (V. M.) K kazuistikie i etiologii mnozhe- stvennikh simmetrichnikh lipom. [Cases and etiology of multiple symmetrical lipomata.] Bolnitseh. gaz. Bot- kina, St. Petersb., 1897, viii. 1637. Also: Vovenno-med. J., St. Petersb., 1898, exci, med.-spec, pt., 787-795.—JWloHard (J.) & Chattot (J.) Un cas de lipomatose symetrique assoeice a un syndrome svringomyeiique. Bull. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Lyon, 1908, vii, 190-195. — OToscato (P.) Li- pomi multipli simmetrici sottocutanei per nevrosi trofica, con distrofla adiposa consecutiva. Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 1896, n.s.. xviii, 372-380. — Neisser. Fall von symmetrischen Lipomen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1904, xli, 798. — Ochsner (A. J.) Multiple symmetrica] lipomata. Medicine, Detroit, 1897, iii, 468-178. Also, Re- print.—01ikhorf(S.) Sluchal mnozhestvennoT lipomi. [Multiple lipomata.] Vovenno-med., St. Petersb., 1900 lxxviii, med.-spec, pt., 2314-2319.—Oiler (A.) Lipomas simetneos. Rev. clin. de Madrid, 1909, ii, 168-143.—Pa- gniez (P.) Lipomatose symetrique a localisation tho- raco-abdominale. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1912, 3. s., xxxiii, 964. — Pallasse. Deux cas d'adeno-lipomatose symetrique. Bull. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Lyon, 1912, x, 267-271. 1 pl. Also: Lyon med., 1912 cxviii, 1107-1111.1 pl— Pasehkis (R.) Ein Fall von symmetrischen Lipomen, kombiniert mit Neurofibroma- tosis Recklinghausen. Jahresb. u. Arb. d. ii, chir. Klin, zu Wien, 1904-5, Berl., 1906,834. — Paton. Lip6mes multi- ples et symetriques chez un aliene. Bull. Soc. de med. de Rouen (1893), 1894. 2. s., vii, 24-28. —Payr (E.) Bei- trag zur Lehre von den multiplen und symmetrischen Lipomen. Wien. klin. Wchnschr,, 1895, viii,733; 756:776.— Pels-Leusden. Ueber multiple svmmetrische Li- pome. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1905 xxxi, 401— Peraire (M.) Lipomatose symetrique des membres avec lipome sus-6pitrochieen douloureux; abla- tion: guerison. Bull, et m6m. Soc. anat. de Par., 1904. lxxix, 5.H.—Petren (K.) Ein Fall von multiplen, sym- metrischen, hereditaren Lipomen. Arch. f. path. Aiiat. fete], Berl.. 1*97, cxlvii, 560.—Pozzi. Lipomatose dif- fuse symetrique. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par. Tumors (Lipomatous, Multiple and symmetrical) [Lipomatosis]. 1910, n. s., xxxvi, 394-396. [Discussion], 405-407—Proe- scher (F.) & Meredith (E. W.) Multiple myxo-cho- lesto-lipomata. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1909, ix 578-586.—Bathery & Binet. Deux cas de lipomatose symetrique. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par 1912,3. s., xxxiv, 204-210.— Raynaud (L.l & Legrain (E.) Lipomatose g6n6ralisee, avec etat elephantiasique de la moitie sous-ombilicale du corps. Rev. med. et pharm. de l'Afrique du nord, Alger, 1899, ii, 32.— Beclus (P.) Lipomatose symetrique. Rev. gen. de elin. et de therap., Par., 1910, xxiv, 657-661—Beverdin (A.) Note sur les lipomes symetriques. Bull, et mem Soc. de chir. de Par., 1904, n. s., xxx, 97-99.-Boeh (M.) Une forme particuliere de lipomatose symetrique; lipo- mes multiples, circonscrits et indolores des avant-bras, des cuisses et de la ceinture. Rev. de med., Par., 1908' xxviii, 540-560. -----. Un casde lipomatose symetrique' Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1908, xxviii, 254-^ 257. -----. La lipomatose discrete. Bull, med., Par 1911, xxv, 761-764.—Rolleston (H. D.) Multiple lipo- mas. Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1905-6, xxxix, 218.—Bosen- stirn (J.) On lipoma of the tongue, multiple symmet- rical lipomata, and their etiology. Med. Rec, N. Y 1893, xliv, 385-389.—Botgans. Multipele symmetrische lipomen. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1906 i 60S.—Sato (K.) [Multiple lipoma.] Tokyo Iji-Shinshi, 1904, 8-12.—Sautreaux. Lipomatose symetrique cer- vico-faciale. Dauphine med.. Grenoble, 1908, xxxii, 34- 39.—Sehemensky (W.) Zur Kasuistik und Aetiologie der multiplen symmetrischen Lipomatosis. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1912, lix, 1496-1498.—Schuehardt. Symmetrisches diffuses Lipom. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1897, xxxiv, 215.—Severeano. Un cas de lipome dou- loureux. Areh. prov. de chir., Par., 1893, ii, 669-671. -----. Des lipomes douloureux. Atti d. xi. Cong. med. internaz. 1894, Roma, 1895, iv, chirurg. [etc.], 560- 563. Also: Progres med., Par., 1894, 2. s., xx, 57.— Sliattock (S. G.) On normal tumor-like formations of fat in man and the lower animals. Proc. Rov. Soc Med., Lond., 1908-9, ii, Path. Sect., 207-270. Also [Abstr.]: Lan- cet, Lond., 1909, i, 899.—Sinnhuber. Fall von multi- plen Lipomen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1903, xxix, Ver.-Beil., 170.—Spitzer (E.) Lipoma multiplex symmetricum. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1906, lvi, 713-716.—Thiery (P.) Lipomes molluscoides gene- ralises. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1908, n. s., xxxiv, 54.—Tliiroloix (J.) & Saiget. Lipomatose symetrique. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hdp. de Par., 1908, 3. s., xxv, 899-903.—Thomas (J. J.) A contribu- tion to the study of lipomatosis. Ohio M. J., Columbus, 1908, iv, 213-216.— Tichofr (P.) K kazuistikie mnozhe- stvennikh simmetricheskikh lipom. [Multiple sym- metrical lipoma.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1894, xlii, 485- 493: 1895, xliii, 763-767.—Traina (R.) Un caso raro di lipomi multipli. Boll.d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1899, 86-93.—Tr6nel & Fassou. Un cas d'adenolipomatose. Rev. neurol., Par., 1912, xx, ii, 601.—Vaechini. Un caso di lipomatosi. Cron. d. clin. med. di Genova, 1904, x, 159.—Variseo (A.) Contributo clinico alia cono- scenza delle lipomatosi. Gazz. med. ital., Torino, 1912, lxiii, 261; 271.—Verhoogen (R.) Lipomes multiples. Soc. roy. d. sc. m6d et nat. de Brux. Bull., 1897, lv, 113- 117.—Y'ushtslieiiko (A. I.) Mnozhestvenniyasimme- tricheskiya lipomi. [Multiple symmetrical lipomata.] Arch, psichiat. [etc.], Varshava, 1896. xxviii, no. 2,88- 99. Also: Yuzhno-russk. med. gaz., Odessa, 1895, iv, 605- 610.—Zerenin (V.) O mnozhestvennikh simmetrich- nikh lipomakh. [Multiple symmetrical lipomata.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1901, lv, 57-64. Tumors (Lipomatous, Retroperitoneal). Buth (F. E. E.) * Ueber einen Fall von re- trorectalem Fibrolipomyxom, mit Ausgang in eine nach der Operation eingetretene todliche Duodenalblutung. 12°. Berlin, 1904. Cadart (F.-W.-J.) *Des tumeurs lipoma- teuses r^troperitoneales. 8°. Lille, 1902. Herisson (G.) *Les lipomes retrop^rito- neaux. 8°. Paris, 1909. Huwe (J.) * Ueber ein Lipo-Fibro-Myosar- coma retroperitoneale. 8°. Greifswald, 1904. vox Vegesach ([H.] T. B. L.) * Ueber re- troperitoneale Lipome. 8°. Tubingen, 1910. Adami (J. G.) On retroperitoneal and perineal lipo- mata. Montreal M. L, 1896-7, xxv, 529; 620. Also, Re- print.—Campbell (J.) Subperitoneal lipomata. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903. ii, 1397.— Ohenieux. Lipdme sous- peritoneal. Limousin med., Limoges. 1902, xxvi, 99- 102.—Cocuzza (V.) Contributo alio studio dei lipomi retroperitoneali. Clin, chir., Milano, 1910, xviii, 1357- 1432.—Dalziel. A large retro-peritoneal lipoma from a child. Tr. Glasg. Path. & Clin. Soc. 1897-x. vii, 107-110. Also: Glasgow M. J., 1898, xlix, 372-374.—Demoulin. • TUMORS. 989 TUMORS. Tumors (Lipomatous, Retroperitoneal). Enorme lipome retroperitoneal; poids 26 kilogrammes. Bull, et m6m. Soc. de chir de Par., 1909, n. s., xxxv, 136.— Dorau (A.) Retro-peritoneal lipoma weighing thirteen pounds twelve ounces. Tr. Obst. Soc. Lond. (1902), 1903, xliv, 265-274. Also: J. Obst. & Gynaec. Brit. Emp., Lond., 1902, ii, 244-250.—Ebner. Retroperitoneales Lipom. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1913, xxxix, 972.—Eeeles (McA.) Specimen of retro-peritoneal myxo-lipoma. West Lond. M. J., 1910, xv, 142-144.— Fiasehi (T.) Case of retro-peritoneal abdomino-pelvic lipoma. Australas M. Gaz., Sydney, 1910, xxix, 662.— Gardner (VV.) & Adami (J. G.) On a case of retro- peritoneal lipoma (lipoma myxomatodes) with accom- panying retroperitoneal fibroma (chondro-myxofibroma). Montreal M. J.. 1900, xxix, 417-421. Also, Reprint.—«ri- inoud & Voivenel. Lipome sous-p6ritoneal d'origine periostique. Toulouse med., 1907, 2. s., ix, 148-150.— Heinrieius ( G.) Ueber retroperitoneale Lipome. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1900, lvi, 579-609. Also, transl: Finska lak.-sallsk. handl., Helsingfors, 1900, xlii, 613-648. -----. Ueber recidivirende retroperitoneale Li- Some. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1903-4, lxxii, 172-182.— oliiiston (G. B.) A case of retroperitoneal fibro- lipoma. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1904, xliii, 1192-1196. Also, Reprint.—Johnstone (R. J.) A case of retro- peritoneal librolipoma; operation; recovery. Brit M. J., Lond., 1905, ii, 1452. -----. Recurrence of retroperito- neal lipoma: operation: recovery. Ibid., 1907, ii, 950.— Kalima(T) Om retroperitoneala lipom. Finska lak.- sallsk. handl., Helsingfors, 1912, ii, 283; 390.—Kondo (T.) Ueber ein retroperitoneales Lipom. Mitt. d. med. Gesellsch. zu Tokyo, 1900, xiv, 143-147.—Levison (C.G.) Retro-peritoneal lipoma with exhibition of patient. Pa- cific M. J., San Fran., 1903, xlvi, 749.—Lexer. Entfer- nung eines grossen retroperitonealen Lipoms mit Aus- gang in Heilung. Deutsehe med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1901, xxvii, Ver.-Beil., 59.—McGuire (S.) Retro- peritoneal lipoma weighing sixteen pounds. Old Do- minion J. M. & S., Richmond, 1904-5, iii, 471.—Michel (G.) Une observation de lipome retro-peritoneal. Rev. med. de Test, Nancy, 1910, xlii, 193-200.— Neuman. Fall af retroperitonealt lipom. Hvgiea, Stockholm, 1909, 2. L, ix, Goteborgs Lak.-Sallsk. Forh., 1908, 10.—Proust (R.) & Treves (A.) Contribution a I'etude des lipomes retro- peritoneaux. Rev. de gvnec et de chir. abd., Par., 1908, xii, 93-160.—Reynolds (E.) & Wadsworth (R. G.) Retroperitoneal perirenal lipomata; a study of large re- troperitoneal lipomata of perirenal origin; the techni- que of their removal, based on anatomical studies, with the report of a case. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1906, xliv, 61- 78. — Binne. Retroperitoneales Lipom. Deutsehe med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1912, xxxviii, 388.— SalvaMercade. Lipome retro-p6ritoneal de la fosse iliaque droite. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1904, lxxix, 754-756.—Strehl (H.) Retroperitoneale Lymph- cyste oder Senkungsabscess? Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1899, li, 178-184, 1 pl.—Vautrin. Considerations k propos d'un cas de lipome retro-peritoneal. Assoc. franc, de chir. Proc.-verb. [etc.], Par., 1908, xxi, 346- 360.— von Vegesack ( H. ) Ueber retroperitoneale Lipome. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1910, lxix, 578- 596.—Voeekler (T.) Zur Kenntnis der retroperito- nealen Lipome. Eeutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1909, xcviii, 149-187,1 pl.—Wanless (W. J.) Retroperitoneal lipoma, with report of a case successfully operated, the tumor weighing twenty-five pounds. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1908, xliii, 336.—Weinhold. Grosses retro- peritoneales Lipom. Gynaek. Rundschau, Berl. u. Wien, 1908, ii, 541. Tumors (Lipomatous, Treatment of). Lebatard (A.) Des loupes et de leur cure radicale. 8°. Paris, 1852. Barjon (F.) Un cas de lipome gueri par les rayons de Rontgen; leur mode d'aetion. Lyon med., 1906, cvi, 772-776. [Discussion], 780-782. Also: Arch, d'eleetric med., Bordeaux, 1906, xiv, 203-205.—Bond (J. H. R.) Electricity and lipomata. West. Canada M. J., Winnipeg, 1910, iv, 558—[Bercum.] Traitement des lipomes par les rayons X. J. de med. de Par., 1904, 2. s., xvi, 372. Also: Lyon. m6d., 1904,ciii,223-225.—Garand. Notesur le traitement des lipomes multiples par l'extrait de corps thyroide. Loire med., St.-Etienne, 1901, xx, 140- 143.—Gillet de Grandmont. De l'emploi des caus- tiques dans l'ablation des lip6mes. Bull. Soc. de med. prat. dePar., 1872, 12-15.—Graham (D. W.) Removal of lipoma. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1906, ix, 50.— Marden (J. K.) LiDomata of unusual size. Detroit M. J., 1907, vii, 27.—Morales Perez (A.) Lipoma gigante trilobulado; operaci6n y curacidn. Siglo med.. Madrid, 1901, xlviii, 716—Przewoski. Leczenie tluszak6w wyskokiem. [Treatment of lipomata with alcohol.] Now. lek., Poznan, 1904, xvi, 403.—Rocky (A. E.) The surgical treatmentof diffuse pseudo lipoma. Pacific M. Rec, Portland, Oreg., 1893, i, 213-218.3 pl.—Sa vii 1 (Agnes F ) A case of multiple circumscribed lipomata treated with ethylate of sodium. Lancet, Lond., 1907, i, 943,— Tumors (Lipomatous, Treatment of). Scarenzio (A.) Un caso di fibro-lipoma nel quale le iniezioni intramuscolari di calomelano servirono come mezzo diagnostico e curativo. Gazz. med. ital., Torino 1903, liv, 131— Trnka. Ein Lipom von ungewohnlicher Grosse, seine Exstirpation; nebst anderen Fallen von Fettgeschwtilsten. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1893, xliii 464-467.—Vasiliu (C.) Tum6ra lipomat6sa in regiunea anteriora si stanga a toracelul; extirpare; vindecare. Spitalul, Bucuresci, 1900, xx, 74-76.—Vickery (W. H.) Large lipoma in an infant; operation; recovery. Middle- sex Hosp. J., Lond., 1900, iv, 106-108. Tumors (Lipomatous) in animals. Abendrotli. Lipoma pendulans als Ursache todli- cher Kolik. Ztschr. f. Veterinark., Berl., 1902, xiv, 468- 470.—Douville. Lipomes chez le chien. Rec. de med. vet., Par., 1907, lxxxiv, 361-367.—Hutchinson (Sir J.) Nuchal lipomata in the lower animals. Lancet, Lond., 911- i, 800. Tumors (Lymphangiomatous). See, also, Lymphatic system (Tumors of); Lymphatics (Dilatation, obstruction, etc., of). Blumenthal (J.) * Ueber den feineren Bau und das Wachstum der Lymphangiome. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1900. Fricke (A.) * Beitrag zur Wirkung des Schar- lachols auf das Lymphgefiisssystem ("experi- mentelles Lymphangioendotheliom" ). 8°. Marburg, 1909. Fusilli (A.) Contributo clinico alio studio dei linfangiomi. 8°. Castellamare Adriatico, 1907. Nager (F. R.) * Beitrag zur Kenntnis selte- ner Abdominaltumoren (Lymphangioendothe- lioma cysticum abdominis). 8°. Jena, 1904. Peters (U. W.) * Ueber combinierte Lymph- angiomformen. 8°. Leipzig, 1904. Rasanskaja (Zipoira). *Ueber Lymphan- giomitis. 8°. Bern, 1910. Reich (W.) *Ein Fall von angeborenem Lymphangioma cysticum des Nackens. 8°. Munchen, 1907. Schrader (W.) * Beitrag zur Kenntnis der congenitalen Lymphangiome. 8°. Leipzig, 1908. Azzurrini (F.) Un caso di linfangioendotelioma primitivo delle ghiandole retroperitoneali e mesente- riche, con ripetizioni nel fegato. Atti d. Soc. ital. di pa- tol., Pavia, 1906, iv, 69.—Bakin (M. P.) K kazuistikie kistovidnikh limfangiom. [Cystoid lymphangiomata.] Russk. chir. arch., S.-Peterb., 1906, xxii, 165-172.—Balas (D.) A koponya feiere terjedo lymphangioma congeni- tum ritk&bb esete. [A curious case of congenital lym- phangioma extending over half of the cranium.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1905, xlix, 851. — Bernardini (D.) Linfangioma cavernoso sottocutaneo in un cavallo. Clin. vet., Milano, 1906, xxix, 437-450.—Biggs (G. P.) Cystic chylangioma. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1894, xiv, 536.—Burns (F. S.) A case of lymphangioma circumscriptum. J. Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph., N. Y., 1905, xxiii, 177—Cabeca (C.) & Moraes (B.) Um linfangioma colossal. Med. contemp., Lisb., 1912, xxx,385-387.—Carless( A.) Some cases of lymphangioma. Rep. Soc. Study Dis. Child., Lond., 1903-4, iv, 70-80.—Dahl (S.) Report of a case of multiple cystic lymphangioma in connection with the peritoneum and viscera. Illinois M.J..Springfield, 1903-4, n. s., v, 790-792. — Ernst. Lymphangioendothelioma cysticum abdominis. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Gesell- sch., Jena, 1904, vii, 150-153.—Ferr&. Tumeur erectile congenitale du cou a croissance rapide. Compt. rend. Soc. d'obst., de gynec et de paediat. de Par., 1911, xiii, 79.—Gottheil (VV. S.) Pseudo-xanthomatous lymphan- gioma. J. Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph., N. Y., 1909, xxvii, 277- 280, 2 pl, Also: Tr. Am. Dermat. Ass., Phila., 1909, 49-54, 2 pl.—Grouven. Lymphangioma circumscriptum cys- ticum cutis. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1906, xxxii, 1805.—Kerr (A. A.) Lymphangioma; with report of a case of macroglossia, and a case of macro- cheilia. Am. J.Surg., N. Y., 1910,xxiv, 155.—Kothe(R.) Beitrag zur Kentnis der Lymphangiome (speziell der Makromelie) mit besonderer Berucksichtigung ihrer Pathogenese. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc], 1904, clxxvi,535-554, lpl.—Lediard (H.A.) Lymphangioma. Edinb. M. J., 1908, n. s., i, 207-211, II pl.—Lilla (P.) Fi- brolinfangiomadel sottocutaneo addominale. Clin, mod., Firenze, 1907, xiii, 1013-1026.—Liv shits (I. M.) O vos- palitelnikh pristupakh pri limfangiomle. [Inflamma- tions in lymphangioma.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., TUMORS. 990 TUMORS. Tumors (Lymphangiomatonx). 1905, iv, 547-551.—von Maltzahn (K.) Frhr. Ueber ein tuberkuloses Lymphangiom. Charite-Ann., Berl., 1911, xxxv, 419-424.—Miroslavleff(A. A.) Vrozhden- niya kistovidniya limfangiomi. [Congenital cystoid lym- pliangiomata.] Raboti hosp. khirurg. klin. Dvakonova, Mosk., 1905, 136-150,1 pl.—Miiller (W.) Beitrage zur Kenntnis des Lymphangioms. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tii- bing., 1913, lxxxiv,511-536.—Nabueo de GouveaCJ. T.) Lymphangioma cavernoso da regiao glutea e postero in- terna de coxa; albacao do tumor, cura, resultado, quatro mezes depois. Brazil-med., Rio de Jan., 1904, xviii, 471- 473.—Newman. Lymphangioma tuberosum multi- plex. J. Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph., N. Y., 1901, xxix, 393.— Opokin (A. A.) Eine besondere Form des Lymphan- gioma der Ohrspeicheldruse (Lymphangioma hypertro- phieum nach Ziegler). Frankf. Ztschr. f. Path., Wiesb., 1910-11, vi, 360-369. -----. K ucheniyu o pato-i gistogene- zle limfangiomi. [On the causes and pathology of lym- phangioma.] Khirurg. Arkh. Vclvaminova, S.-Peterb., 191 Lxxvii,414-426. Also, transl; Frankf.Ztschr. f. Path., Wiesb., 1911, ix, 143-153, 3 pl.—Pollltzer (S.) Lym- phangioma circumscriptum. Tr. Am. Dermat. Ass., [Chi- cago], 1906, xxx, 108-116, 3 pl. Also: J. Cutan. Dis., incl. Syph. ,N. Y.,1906, xxii,493-501,3 pl.—Babere & Bocher. Lymphangiomes kystiques des regions parotidienne et frontale externe gauche. J. de med. de Bordeaux. xxxiv, 299. — Bheindori". Lymphangioma caverno- sum congenitum. Arb. a. d. path. Inst, zu Berl. Feier . . . Johannes Orth, Berl., 1906,229-234.—Biecke. Lym- phangioma circumscriptum cvstieum. Munchen. mecl. Wchnschr., 1906, liii, 2324.—Biether (G.) [Lymphan- gioma lipomatodes.] Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1907, vi, 3.—Boseuthal (B.) Zur Diagnose und Operation der intraabdominellen Lymph- angiome. Zentralbl. f. Gynau., Leipz., 1908, xxxii, 731- 736. — Boughton (J. P. ) Lymphangioma of face. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1907-8, i, Clin. Sect., 91-93.— Schramm (H.) & Doliiiski (E.) Przyczynek do znajmosci ch!oniak6wczyli naczyniak6w limfatycznych. [On the diagnosis of lymphangiomata.] Lwow. tygodn. lek., 1907, ii, 233; 252.----------. Beitrag zur Kenntnis von Lymphangiomen. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1909, lix, 1545; 1625; 1681: 1684; 1731; 1778.—Segkle (M.) Sui lin- fangiomi. Policlin., Roma, 1904, xi, sez. chir., 327; 376.— White (C. J.) & Burns (F. S.) Lymphangioma cir- cumscriptum. Boston M. & S. J., 1905, clii, 750.—Yur- gensen(N.) Sluchal varikoznol limfangiomi. Sibirsk. Vrach. Gaz., Irkutsk, 1908, i, 247-249. Tumors (Lymphosarcomatous). See, also, Lymphatic system (Tumors of). Cohn (A.) *Ein bemerkenswerter Fall von Lymphosarkomatosis im Kindesalter. [Wurtz- burg.] . 8°. Leipzig. 1906. _ Soldan (H.) * Ueber ein retroperitoneales Lympho-Sarkom. 8°. Berlin, 1909. Wolff (W.) * Beitrag zur Kenntnis von den Lymphosarkomen. 8°. Greifswald, 1903. Arcelin. Lymphosarcome traite pendant quatre ans par la radiotherapie, regression ganglionnaire, pleuresie droite, perte de la fonction visuelle de l'ceil droit, restitu- tion ad integrum de cette fonction, amelioration de la dyspnee, de l'etat general; mort par cachexie et anurie. Lyon med., 1912, cxviii, 543-546.—Barcsai (A.) Beitrag zur Kasuistik der Lymphosarkomatose. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1908, lviii, 804-807.-Beebe (S. P.) The growth of lymphosarcoma in dogs. J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- cago, 1907, xlix, 1492.—Beebe (S. P.) & Ewing (J.) A study of the so-called infectious lymphosarcoma of dogs. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1906-7, xv, 209-227, 3 pl. Also: J. Comp. Path. & Therap., Edinb. & Lond., 1906, xix, 323- 334.—Bergonie (J.) Surun casde lympho-sarcomatose rapldement ameiioree paries rayons X. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1904, xxv, 504-506.—Bevacqua (A.) Ueber multiple Knochen-Peritheliome mit Lympho- sarkom der Lymphdriisen. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1910, cc, 101-122.—Bizard (L.) & Weil (E.A.) Lymphosarcome en cuirasse de la poitrine et du cou; traitement par les ravons X; guerison. J. de physiotherap., Par., 1904, ii, 177-i83. Also [Abstr.]: J. de med. de Par., 1904, 2. s., xvi, 246-248.—Braga (A.) & Copelli (M.) Linfosarcomatosi; ricerche cliniche ed istologiche . Boll. d. Soc. med. di Parma, 1911, 2. s., iv, 30-50.—Castellino (P. F.) Linfosarcoma. Tommasi, Napoli, 1905-6, i, 78-80.—Crile (G. VV.) & Beebe (S. P.) Transf usionof blood inthe transplantable lymphosarcoma of dogs. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1908, xviii, 385-405, 6 pl. Also, Reprint.—Danel. Lymphosarcomatose osseuse, ganglionnaire et sous-cutariee. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1905, i, 5-14.—Dl Cristina (G.) Sopra un caso di linfo- sarcoma retroperitoneale in un bambino. Gazz. internaz. di med., Napoli, 1911, xiv, 450.—Dietz (P. J. P.) Een geval van lympho-sarcoom. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Ge- neesk., Amst., 1912, i, 873.—Dlnkel (Hedwig). Zur Tumors (Lymphosarcomatous). Differentialdiagnose zwischen Pseudoleukiimie und Lymphosarkomatose. Arb. a. d. Geb. d. path. Anat. u. Bakteriol. . . . zu Tiibing., Brnschwg., 1911, vii, 492- 502.—Fmerson i F. P.) General lympno-sarcoma espe- cially active in the throat. Boston M. & S. J., 1906, cliv 104. [Discussion], 106.—Ewald (C. A.) Ein Fall von geheiltem Lymphosarkom mit Rontgen und Arsen be- handelt. Verhandl. d. Hufeland Gesellsch. in Berl. (1906), 1907, pt. 1, 10-12. Also: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1906, xliii, 910. Also, transl: Med. ital., Napoli, 1906, iv, 608.—Fazio (F.) Linfosarcoma multiplo a 76 anni. Riforma med., Palermo-Napoli, 1907, xxiii, 67-70.—Feld- maiin (I.) Lymphosarkomatosis dura universalis gigantocellularis. Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1905, xlix, 944.—Greig (D. M.) The clinical aspects of lympho- sarcoma in children. Brit. J. Child. Dis., Lond., 1907, iv, 469-483. —Hanns & Fairise. Un cas de lymphosar- come avec envahissement des poumons. Rev. med. de Test, Nancy, 1912, xliv, 546-550.—Hesse (F. A.) Ein Beitrag zur Diagnostik der aleukamischen Lymphoma- tosen (Lymphosarkomatosen). Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1912, lxxix, 95-119.—Higgs (F. W.) Specimens from a case of lymphosarcomatosis, with clinical and post-mortem notes. Proc. Roy. Soc Med., Lond., 1909-10, iii, Sect. Stud. Dis. Child., 17.—Hunter (J. W.), Laws (G. M.) & Loeb (L.) Investigations into the growth of the lymphosarcomata in dogs. Univ. Penn. M. Bull., Phila., 1909-10, xxii, 302-307.—Hutchison (R.) A case of (?) lymphosarcoma. Polyclin., Lond., 1905, ix, 51.— Jackson (Leila). Report of a case of lymphosarcoma of the abdominal lvmph glands. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1909-12, viii, 269-273.—Jowett (W.) Note on a case of multiple lymphosarcomata in a sheep. Vet. Rec, Lond., 1905-6, xviii, 615, 1 pl. —de Keating-Hart. Presen tation d' un cas de 1 ympho-sarcomatose general isee, avec leg^re spienomegalie, traite par un mode nouveau de radiotherapie. Bull, de 1'Assoc, franc P- I'etude du cancer, Par., 1912, iv, 312-314.—Kraft (F.) Beitrag zur Operabilitat des Lymphosarkoms. Wien. klin. Wchn- schr., 1906, xix, 528-531.—Leader (H.) Notes of a case of lympho-sarcoma. Rep. Soc. Study Dis. Child., Lond., 1904-5, v, 286-290. Also: Brit. J. Child. Dis., Lond., 1906, iii, 111-117.—Lereboullet (P.) & Mareorelles (A.- P.) Un cas de lymphosarcome ganglionnaire et testicu- laire. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1910, xii, 17-36.— LIchtenstern(Hermine). Fall von Lymphosarkoma- tose mit Kompression der Vena cava superior und rascher Riickbildung der Schwellungen unter Arsen-Rosen- Rontgen-Behandlung. Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1911, x, 9. Also: Wien. med. Wchn- schr., 1911, Ixi, 619.—Lichty (J. A.) Report of a case of malignant lymphoma (lymphosarcoma) with autopsy, and a brief consideration of splenic anemia. Penn. M. J., Athens, 1905-6, ix, 195-199.—MacCallum (W. G.) On the pathological anatomy of multiple lymphosarcoma and its status with relation to Hodgkin's disease. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1907, xxii, 350-397. Also Abstr.]: Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1907, xviii, 37-341.—Mendl (J.) Ueber einen mittels Rontgen- strahlen behandelten Fall von Lvmphosarkom. Med. Klin., Berl., 1907, iii, 1041-1043.—Milner(B.) Lympho- sarcoma. Dominion M. Month., Toronto, 1905, xxiv, 193-198. —Moorhead (T. G.) A case of lymphosar- coma, with remarks on the relation of that process to Hodgkin's disease. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1905, n. s., lxxx, 511-513. -----. Lymphosarcoma. Dub- lin J. M. Sc, 1906, exxi, 55—Muscatel lo (G.) Per la clinica dei tumori linfosarcomatosi. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1906, 177-217.—Nevl (A.) Un caso di sarcoma primitivo delle glandole linfatiche retroperi- toneal!. Riv. di clin. pediat., Firenze, 1907, v, 664-571.— Oltramare. Lymphosarcome de toute la moitie su- perieure du corps. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., GenSve, 1905, xxv, 876.— Paltauf (R.) Lymphosarkom (Lym- phosarkomatose, Pseudoleukamie, Myelom, Chlorom). Ergebn. d. allg. Path. u. path. Anat. [etc.] 1896, Wiesb., 1897, 652-691.—Perch (P. H.) Et inoperabelt lymfosar- kom behandlet med Coley's vaeske. Ugesk. f. Laeger, Kj0benh., 1911, Ixxiii, 595-597.—Priest (R. C.) A case of lymphosarcoma closely resembling lymphadenoma. Indian M. Rec, Calcutta, 1911, xxxi, 109.—Bedfern (J. J.) A case of pseudo-leuksemia (lymphosarcoma) in a young child; with note by William Hunter. Lancet, Lond., 1904, ii, 753.—Rodman (J. S.) Retroperitoneal lymphosarcoma. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1909, 19. s.,iv, 136.—Butr"(E.) Riickbildung des Lymphosarkoms auf nicht operativem Wege. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1906, xix, 531-536.—Santorla (F.) Un caso di linfosarcoma- tosi. Policlin., Roma, 1910, xvii, sez. prat., 587-591.— Trembur (F.) Lymphosarkomatose und positive Wassermann'sche Reaktion. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med.. Leipz., 1910, ci, 20-33.—Weil (R.) The hemolytic reactions of the blood in dogs affected with transplantable lymphosarcoma. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1908, i, 23- 27. Also, Reprint.— Wnukoflf (N. N.) Ein Fall der Heilung eines Lymphosarkoms durch Ichthyol. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1904, Ixxiii, 554. TUMORS. 991 TUMORS. Tumors (Malignant). See, also, Cancer; Endothelioma; Epithe- lioma; Plasmodioma; Plimmer's bodies; Tumors (Embryonal); Tumors (Endothelial); Tumors (Lipomatous, Malignant); Tumors (Lymphosarcomatous); Tumors (Sarcomatous); and under names of different parts of body. von Dlxgern ( E. ), Freiherr, & Werner (R.) Das Wesen der bosartigen Geschwulste. Eine biologische Studie. roy. 8°. Leipzig, 1907. Forstner (A.) *Statistik iiber maligne Tu- moren. 8°. Munchen, 1908. Kroger (H.) * Ueber das Vorkommen von bosartigen Geschwiilsten im Heere. 8°. Leip- zig, 1910. Manade (A..) * Contribution a I'etude cli- nique des cylindromes. 8°. Paris, 1899. Reber (E. A. G. H.) * Ueber Sarkome und Endotheliome von seltener Lokalisation. 8°. Berlin, 1911. Scharfe (E.) Ueber einen Fall von malig- nem Leiomyom. 8°. Halle a. S., 1910. Schonstadt (A.) * Beitrag zur Statistik bos- artiger Geschwulste. 12°. Berlin, 1895. Schulz (C.) * Ueber Vorkommen und Ver- breitung bosartiger Tumoren bei den tropischen Rassen. 8°. Leipzig, 1911. Schwarz (K.) * Ueber die direkten Todes- ursachen bei Carcinom und Sarkom. [Miin- ehen.] 8°. Donauworth, 1905. Ahreiner. De la regression spontanee des tumeurs malignes. Gaz. med. deStrasb., 1908, lxvii, 41-44.—Apo- lant (H.) Bemerkungen zu dem Aufsatz des Herrn Orth: Zur Bezeichnung der bosartigen epithelialen Neu- bildungen. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1908, xix, 667-670.— Bainbridge (W. S.) Malignant and non-malignant growths. J. Surg., Gvnec. & Obst., N. Y., 1906, xxviii, 354-361. Also, Reprint.—Ballin (M.) & Vaughan (J. W.) Malignant leiomyoma; a case re- port. N. York M. J, [etc.], 1910, xci, 266-269.—Bernar- deau (M.) Tumeurs malignes en Guinee. Province med., Par., 1912,xxiii, 439.—Burkhardt (L.) Sarkome und Endotheliome nach ihrem pathologisch-anatomi- schenund klinischen Verhalten. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1902, xxxvi, 1-122, 2 pl.—Daels (F.) Over de waarde van seleniuminspuitingen, bij onopereerbare neoplasmen. Geneesk. Tidschr. v. Belgie, Antw., 1912, iii, 373-377, 1 pl.—Dunn (J. T.) Report of some malignant cases. Kentucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1909-10, viii, 1871- 1874.—Edwards (R. F.) The general death rate from malignant growths in the principal American cities, 1883 to 1907. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1909, lxxvi, 1030-1032.- Eve (P. F. ) Origin and treatment of malignant growths. Tr. M. Soc. Tennessee, Nashville, 1905, lxxii, 4L-J6.—Oleitsmann (J. W.) Remarks on the spon- taneous disappearance of malignant growths. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1911, lxxix, 719.—von Hansemann (D.) Zur Bezeichnung der bosartigen epithelialen Neu- bildungen. Ztschr. f. Krebsforsch., Berl., 1908, vii, 1.— Hoffmann ( R. ) Ueber einen Fall von malignem Plasmom. Vorlauflge Mitteilung. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien u. Leipz., 1904, lxviii, 217.—Huguenin (B.) De la determination du foyer primitif dans les tu- meurs malignes gen6ralisees. Semaine med., Par., 1909, xxix, 457-460.— Jobling (J. W.) The study of malig- nant tumors. Iowa M. J., Des Moines, 1911-12, xviii, 511- 529.—Kalinderu. Despre adeno-carcinom pe un ficat cirotic; originasa: variatele opiniunl inaceastaprivinta. Romania med., Bucuresci, 1896, iv, 233-241.—Keith (S.) & Keith (G. E.) A contribution to the study of malig- nant diseases. Hospital, Lond., 1907, xlii, 653-655.— Koschier (H.) Zur Frage der relativen Gutartigkeit mancher Sarkome und Karzinome. Wien. klin. Wchn- schr., 1910, xxiii, 618-622.—Kryiiski (L.) Zur Beein- flussung maligner Tumoren durch kiinstlich hervorge- rufene aseptische Eiterung. Centralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1895, xxii, 697-699.—Lambert (R. A.) &Hanes(F.M.) Characteristics of growth of sarcoma and carcinoma cul- tivated in vitro. J. Exper. M. Lancaster, Pa., & N. Y., 1911, xiii, 495-504. Also, Reprint—Lazarus-Barlow (W. S.) Malignant disease in India and in England (re- marks suggested bv the paper of D. W. Sutherland). Arch. Middlesex Hosp., Lond., 1904, iii, 92-99. -----. The influence of carcinomatous and non-carcinomatous tissues upon electroscopic leak. Ibid., 1909, xv, 118-144.— UlcGraw (T. A.) The correlations of cancer and sar- coma with other tumors. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1904, lxxx, 743-746 _____ Cancer and sarcoma as affected by local- ity Toledo M. & 3. Reporter, 1905, xxxi, 167-173. -----. Tumors (Malignant). Cancer and sarcoma as affected by locality. Ibid., 1907, xxxiii, 489-495.—Morestin (H.) Tumeur maligne pri- mitive de la region sous-maxillaire. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1912, n. s., xxxviii, 1464-1467.—Orth (J.) Zur Bezeichnung der bosartigen epithelialen Neubildun- gen. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1908, xix. 449-452.—Pages. Nouveau tissu morbide d'origine probablement cancereuse. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1861, xxxiv, 438.—Peiper (O.) Ueber Geschwulste in Deutschlands Kolonien; eine Kasuistik und Statistik der gut- und bosirtigen Geschwulste mit besonderer Beriicksichti- gung Deutsch-Ostafrikas. Ztschr. f. Krebsforsch., Berl., 1912, xii, 291-351, 4 pl.— Benov all (G.) Ueber maligne Tumoren in Finnland in den Jahren 1890-1907, mit be- sonderer Berucksichtigung ihrer Verteilung auf ver- schiedene Kdrperreadonen und Organe. Ibid., 1910, ix, 338-344.—Sanl'eliee (F.) Etiologia e cura dei tumori maligni. Ann. di oncol. speriment., Torino, 1912, i, 7-171, 17 pl.—Schmidt (J. E.) Ueber die Behandlung inope- rabler Geschwulste. Reichs-Med.-Anz., Leipz., 1913, xxxviii, 161-166.—Sutherland (D. W.) Statistics of malignant disease admitted to the Mayo Hospital, La- hore, Punjab, India, from 1892 to 1903, inclusive. Arch. Middlesex Hosp., Lond., 1904, iii, 84-91.—Taylor (M. L.) & Teacher (.1. H.) A series of double malignant tu- mours. ,1. Path. & Bacteriol , Cambridge, 1909-10, xiv, 205-217, 2 pl.—Wood (F. C.) & Eggers (C.) An unu- sual form of chondroepithelioma. Festschr. z. 40jiihr. Stiftungsfeier d. Deutsch. Hosp., N. Y., 1909, 567-575.— Wyetli (J. A.) Notes on three cases of sarcoma and epithelioma. N.York Polyclin., 1897, ix, 84-86.—Voting (R. A.) On multiple primary malignant growths. Arch. Middlesex Hosp., Lond., 1904, iii, 165-177. Tumors (Malignant, Blood in). Royer (J.) *De la formule leucocytaire dans les tumeurs malignes. 8°. Montpellier, 1904. Baradulin (G. I.) Izslledovaniye krovi pri zloka- chestvennikh novoobrazovaniyakh. [Investigation of the blood in malignant tumors.] Syezd rossiysk. khi- rurg. 1906, Mosk., 1907, vi, 103-110. -----. Izmleneniya krovi pri zlokachestvennikh novoobrazovaniyakh. [Al- terations in the blood in malignant tumors.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1908, vii, 1489; 1529; 1570; 1648; 1718; 1741.—Bouglas (J. J.) Contribution to the study of the blood in malignant disease with reference to its specific gravity. Arch. Middlesex Hosp., Lond., 1904, iii, 100-108, 2 tab. — Gambaroff (G. G.) Reaktsiya na antitripsin po dannim Moskovskol Ginekologicheskol Kliniki. [An- titrypsin reaction according to data of the Moscow Gyne- cologic Clinic] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1910, xvii, 1197- 1199. — JJaffe ( B.) Blutgerinnungsbestimmungen bei Karzinom undSarkom. Folia haematol., Leipz., 1913, xv, pt. 1, 167-180.—Bichartz (H. L.) Ueber das Vorkom- men von Isolysinen im Blutserum bei malignen Tumoren. Deutschemed. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl.,1909, xxxv,1340- 1314.—Bohdenburg(G.L.) The blood catalasein ma- lignant tumors. N. YorkM. J. [etc.],1913,xcvii,824-826. Tumors (Malignant, Causes and pa- thology of). See, also, Cancer (Causes and pathology of); Tumors (Degeneration of, Malignant); Tumors (Malignant, Blood in); Tumors (Malignant, Ex- perimental production of); Tumors (Malignant, Immunity from); Tumors (Malignant, Metastasis of); Tumors (Sarcomatous, Causes and pathology of). Aichel (O.) Eine neue Hypothese iiber Ur- sachen und Wesen bosartiger Geschwulste. 8°. Munchen, 1908. Allaire (G.) * Contribution a I'etude du polyadenome ou Epitheliome intra-glandulaire. 4°. Paris, 1892. Basl (L.) * Welche Bedeutung kommt dem Trauma in der Aetiologie der malignen Ge- schwiilste zu? 8°. Erlangen, 1908. Bazilevich (M. E.) Plasticheskaya rol bie- lavo krovyanovo sharika i reaktivniya nachala v razvitii zlokachestvennikh novoobrazovaniy epitelialnavo tipa. [Plastic role of the leucocyte and reactive principles in the development of malignant tumors of the epithelial type.] 8°. Zhitomir, 1900. Cathcart (C. W.) The essential similarity of innocent and malignant tumours. A study of tumour growth. 8°. Bristol, 1907. TUMORS. Tumors (Malignant, Causes and pa- thology of). Cerutti (M.-A.) *Du role du traumatisme dans l'etiologie des tumeurs malignes. 8°. Lille, 1909. von Hansemann (D.) Atlas der bosartigen Geschwulste. 4°. Berlin, 1910. Hellweg (F. [A.]) * Ueber Multiplizitat primarer Geschwulste. Endotheliom der Lunge und Adenocarcinom der inneren Genitahen. 8°. Miinehen, 1908. NedIelski (V. F.) K voprosu ob amitoti- cheskom dielenii i patologicheskikh novoobra- zovaniyakh, preimushtshestvenno sarkomakh i rakakh. [Amitotic division in pathological tu- mor, especially sarcomata and cancer.] 8°. [Kiev, 1900.] Nobiling (H.) * Statistik der bosartigen Geschwulste aus dem Sektionsmaterial des pathologischen Instituts des Krankenhauses Munchen r. d. I. in den Jahren 1908 und 1909. [Miinehen.] 8°. Berlin, 1911. Also,in: Ztschr. f. Krebsforsch., Berl., 1910-11, x, 286-316. Nomikos (B.) * Vergleichende Untersuchun- gen iiber die Kerngrose bei den verschiedenartig- sten epithelialen Neubildungen, insbesondere bei Carcinomen. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1910. Raulin (J.) * Etude hemo-leucocytaire des neoplasies malignes. [Nancy.] 8°. Paris, 1907. Rothacker (A. E. M. W.) *Zur Frage der Carcino-Sarkome ; Carcino - Sarkombildung in einem papilliiren, multilokularen Adenocystom. [Miinehen.] 8°. Berlin, 1912. Rues (L.) * Ein Beitrag zur Frage der Spiit- Recidiv- und Metastasen-Bildung der bosartigen Geschwulste. [Erlangen.] 8°. Eschenbach i. 0., 1911. Schmidt (M. B.) Die Verbreitungswege der Karzinome und die Beziehung generalisierter Sarkome zu den leukamischen Neubildungen. 8°. Jena, 1903. Abderhalden (E.) & Medigreeeanu (F.) Zur Kenntnis der peptolytischen Fermente verschiede- ner Krebse und anderer Tumorarten. Ztschr. f. phv- siol. Chem., Strassb., 1910, lxvi, 265-275, 51 diag.—Ab- derhalden (E.) & Pincussohn (L.) Zur Kennt- nis der peptolytischen Fermente verschiedenartiger Krebse und anderer Tumorarten. Ibid., 277-283.— Adami (J. G.) On the causation of cancerous and other new growths. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901, i, 621- 62s.—Albrecht (E.) Die Grundprobleme der Ge- schwulstlehre. 2. Teil. Das Problem der Malignitat. Frankf. Ztschr. f. Path., Wiesb., 1907, i, 377-425 — Alezais & Peyron. Sur la presence d'el&nents specialises de la s6rie lymphoconjonctive dans les fibres musculaires striees envatiies par les tumeurs epitheliales malignes. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1909, lxvi. 898. — Azevedo Neves. Etiologia e pathogenia dos tumores malignos. Med. contemp., Lisb., 1907, xxv, 149; 157.—Beckton (H.) On theabsence of Altmann's granules from cells of malignant new growths. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1909, ii, 859- 861.—Behla (R.) MeineZuchtungsmethode des Blasto- zoon globosum aus krebsartigen Geschwiilsten und seine diagnostische Verwertang. Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1912, xxxiii, 785-797.—Blackford (C. M.), jr. The ma- lignant factor in tumors. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1897-8, ii, 1-6.—Blumenthal (F.) Die In- fektiositat der bosartigen Geschwulste. Ztschr. f. iirztl. Fortbild., Jena, 1910, vii, 356-300.— Bonardi (E.) II trasformismo in istologia; la metsiplasia dei tessuti mor- bosi rivendicata: 1' azione cancerigena dei rasrgi Rontgen e la etiologia dei neoplasmi maligni. R. Ist. Lomb. di se. e lett. Rendic, Milano, 1908, 2. s.. xli, 104-110 — Breni/.7-s05.—Fabian (R.) Drei interessante Fehldiagnosen auf malignen Tumor. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 984— Grossiiianii (J.) Ueber eine, angeblich fiir maligne Tumoren cha- rakteristische Methylenblaureaktion des Harns. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1911, Ixi, 3307-3311. —Hamburger (Ya. E.) Sovremennaya diagnostika zlokachestvennikh novodbrazovaniy. [Contemporary diagnosis of malig- nant tumors.] Trudii Protok.Imp. Kavkazsk. Med.Obsh., Tiflis, 1911-12,xlviii, 165-174.—Honda (T.) [On the differ- entiation of malignant and benign tumors] Sei-i-Kwai M. J.,Tokyo, 1907, xxvi.no. 305, pt. 2,1-4— Licini (C.) La dimostrazione delle fibrille reticolari con il metodo Bielschowsky per la diagnosi differenziale tra sarcoma ed epitelioma. Riforma med., Napoli, 1911, xxvii, 1068- 1070. — Morpurgo (B.) Ueber sarkomahnliche und maligne Leiomyome. Ztschr. f. Heilk., Berl., 1895, xvi, 157-168, 2 pl.—Schenk (F.) Ueber die Bedeutung der Lezithinausflockung bei malignen Tumoren. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1909, lvi, 1415-1417.—Walker (C. E.) & Wittingham (H. E.) Further observations upon the resemblance between the cells of malignant growths and those of normal gametogenic tissue. J. Path. & Bac- teriol., Cambridge, 1911-12, xvi, 185-198.—Wheaton (C. A.) The clinical recognition of malignancy in tumors. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1894, xxii, 976-979. Tumors (Malignant, Diagnosis of) by serum reactions. Agazzi (B.) Lo stato attuale della diagnosi biologica dei tumori maligni. 8°. Paria, 1910. Bevacqua (A.) Emolinfo-peritelioma sotto- cutaneo retroauricolare. (Contributo istolo- gico.) 8°. Roma, 1906. Agazzi (B.) Sul valore delreperto di isolisine nel siero di sangue per la diagnosi dei tumori maligni. Riforma med., Napoli, 1910, xxvi,691-595. Also, transl: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1910, xlvii, 1454-1457.—Alberger (H. R.) The laboratory diagnosis of malignancy. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1913, cix, 442^44— Aperlo (G.) La cobrarea- zione di Calmette in talune affezioni chirurgiche con speciale riguardoai tumori maligni. Tumori, Roma, 1912, ii, 97-109.—Arnold (H. S.) Hemolysis in the diagnosis of malignant neoplasms. Proc. Connect. M. Soc, N. Haven, 1909, 155-166.—Bertone (G.) Sul valore della deviazione del complemento per la sierodiagnosi dei tumori maligni. Arch, per la sc. med., Torino, 1912, xxxvi, 302-321.—Briiggemann. Beitrag zur Serum- diagnose maligner Tumoren. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1912-13, xxv, 877-901.—Castiglioni (G.) Sulla diagnosi biologica dei tumori maligni. Bio- chim. e terap.sper., Milano, 1910-11, ii, 491-509. Also: Osp. magg. Riv. seient.-prat. d. . . . di Milano, 1911, vi, 45-61.— Crile (G. W.) A hemolytic test for malignant tumors. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1908, lviii, 933-938.—B'Agata (G.) Sulla deviazione del complemento nei tumori maligni. Path. Riv. quindicin., Genova, 1911-12, iv, 612-616.—Be Ularchis (F.) Sulla diagnosi biologica dei tumori maligni. Sperimentale. Arch, di biol., Firenze, 1910, lxiv, 969-1020.—Bonati (M.) Deliaanafilassi passivada tumore maligno. Path. Riv. quindicin., Genova, 1909- 10, ii, 413-116—Filosofoff (P.) O sovremennikh po- pitkakh primienit biologicheskiy metod k diagnostikie zlokachestvennikh nozodbrazovaniy. [Modern attempts to apply the biological method to the diagnosis of malig- nant tumors.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1910, xvii, 1061; 1099.—Fisclicl (W.) Leber die hamolytische Reaktion des Blutserums bei malignen Geschwiilsten. Berl. klin. Wehnschr., 1908, xiv, »82.—Hirschleld (H.) Ueber einige neuere Methoden zur Diagnose der bosartigen Geschwiilste; Sammelreferat. Deutschemed. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1911, xxxvii, 1267; 1305; 1353.— Isaja (A.) Dell' anafilassi passiva come mezzo di diagnosi dei tumori maligni. Policlin., Roma, 1910, xvii, sez. chir., 299-305. -----. La reazione antitriptica nei tumori maligni e suo meccanismo. Ann. d. r. Ist. di clin. chir. di Roma, 1912, iv, 335-360. Also: Arch, ed atti d. Soc. ital. di chir., Roma, 1911, xxiv, 541-566. Also: Tumori, Roma, 1911, i, 87-109. -----. Dell' anafilassi passiva come mezzodi diagnosi dei tumori maligni. Ann. d. r. Ist. di clin. chir. di Roma, 1912, iv, 41-47.—Johnstone(O.P.)&Canniiig (0. H.) Hemolysis in the diagnosis of malignant neoplasms. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1909, liii, 1479-1481.—Belling (G.'i Tumors (Malignant, Diagnosis of) by serum reactions. Ueber eine neue hamolytische Reaction des Blutserums bei malignen Geschwiilsten (und bei malignen Blut- krankheiten) und iiber ihre diagnostische und statistische Verwendung in der Chirurgie. Arch.f. klin. Med., Berl., 1906, lxxx, 77-127.—Kraus (R.), von «ran"(K. i & Banzi (E.) Ueber neuere Methoden zur Diagnose maligner Tumoren (Freund-Kaminersche Zellreaktion und Aktivierung des Kobragiftesl. Wien. klin. Wchn- schr., 1911, xxiv, 1003-1009— Lose like. Die Serodia- gnostik des Karzinoms, mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Komplenientbindungsmethode. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr.,1911, lviii, 1642.—Marcliis i. F. i Sulladevia- zione del complemento nei tumori mal ighi. Atti d. Accad. med.-fis. fiorent. 1909, Firenze, 1910,135-137.—Mioni (G.) Sul valore dei nuovi metodi d' indagine biologica per la diagnosi dei tumori maligni; ricerche comparative. Arch, ed atti d. Soc. ital. di chir., Roma, 1911, xxiv, 529- 540.—von Monakow (P.) Beitrag zur Serodiagnostik der malignen Tumoren. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1911, lviii, 2207-2211.—Nassetti (F ) Per la diagnosi bio- logica dei tumori maligni; ricerche cliniche e speri- mentali. Riv. veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 1911, lv, 161; 203.—Petridis ( P. A.) Sero-diagnostic des tumeurs ma- lignes (reaction de von Dungern). Lyon chirurg., 1913, ix, 133-149.—Piceinini (U.) La reazione emolitica nei tumorimaligni. Riv.venetadise. med., Venezia, 1910, liii, 562:1911,liv, 37; 81.—Price-Jones (C.) Thecytologyof the blood in malignant diseasesof man. Arch. Middlesex Hosp., Lond., 1911,xxiii,73-78.— Banzi (E.) Serumreak- tionenbeimalignenTumoren. Handb.d.Techn.u.Metho- dik d. Immunitatsforsch., Jena, 1911, Ergnzngsbd. i, 592- 624.— Baveima(F.) La deviazione del complementoe la diagnosi biologica di tumore maligno. Arch, per lesc. med., Torino, 1908, xxxii, 119-145. Also [Abstr.]: Atti Ac- cad. d.se. med.enat. in Ferrara,1908,lxxxii,175.-----. Ri- cerche sull' anafilassi attiva e passiva dei tumori maligni. Path. Riv. quindicin., Genova, 1911-12, iv, 243-248 — Sampietro (G.) & Tesa (D.) Sulla deviazione del complemento nei tumori maligni. Ann. d' ig. sper., Roma, 1898, n.s., xviii, 657-676.—Santini (C.) Sulla diagnosi dei tumori maligni; deviazione del comple- mento; oftalmoreazione; cutireazione. Policlin., Roma, 1911, xviii, sez. chir., 438-451.—Schenk (F.) Zur Sero- diagnostik der malignen Tumorgeschwulste. Wien. klin.Wchnschr., 1913, xxvi,529.—Sisto (P.) & Jona (E.) La deviazione del complemento nei tumori maligni. Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1909, xlviii, 289-298.—Ugo (P.) La reazione emolitica nei tumori maligni. Riv. veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 1910, liii, 562-570.—Veeclii (A.) Potere antitriptico, indice di refrazione e reazione di Rivalta dei siero di sangue negli individui affetti da tu- mori maligni. Riforma med., Napoli, 1910, xxvi, 1156; 1188.—Warren (L. F.) The cytodiagnosis of new growths; a preliminary abstract of the literature, with a report of two cases. Physician & Surg., Detroit & Ann Arbor, 1910, xxxii, 411-413. [Discussion], 418.— Widcrte (S.) Om de biochemiske reaktioners diagnostiske an- vendelse paa de maligne svulster. [Application of bio- chemic reactions in diagnosis of malignant tumors.J Norsk Mag. f. Lsegevidensk., Kristiania, 1908, 5. R., vi, 118-141.—Williams (B. G. R.) An opinion as to the present value of the serodiagnosis of visceral, malignant neoplasms, and a plea for a universal technic. Arch. Diagn., N. Y., 1912, v, 362-367.—Woolley (P. G.) Labo- ratory diagnosis of malignant tumors. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1912, cvii, 674-677.—Zikotl"(V. M.) & IMenyu- koft*(D. V.) O biologicheskol reaktsii zhivikh tkanel voobshtshe i zlokachestvennikh novoobrazovaniy v chast- nosti v svyazi svoprosom ob okislitelnikh protsessakh proi'skhodyashtshikh v nikh. [Biological reaction of liv- ing tissues in general and of malignant tumors in partic- ular in connection with the question of oxidizing proc- esses in them.] Novove v Med., S.-Peterb., 1911, v, 987; 1050,1 pl. Tumors (Malignant, Diagnosis of) by surface tension [Meiostagmin reaction]. Agapyeva (Nadyozhda N.) & Pantilova (Nadyo: zhda 1.) K voprosu o meiostagminovoi reaktsii pri zlokachestvennikh novoobrazovaniyakh. [Meiostagmin reaction in malignant tumors] Novoye v Med., S.-Pe- terb., 1912, vi, 1081-1088.—Ascoli (M.) & Izar Ki.) La sierodiagnosi dei tumori maligni con la reazione meio- stagmica. Biochim. e. terap. sper., Milano, 1910, ii, 322- 331. Also, transl: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1910, lvii, 1170-1173.-----------. La reazione meiostagminica nei tumori maligni. Biochim. e terap. sper., Milano, 1910, ii, 1-5. Also: Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1910, xxiv, 147- 153. Also, transl: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1910, lvii, 403-405.-----------. Zur Technik der Meiostagminreak- tion beibosartigenGeschwiilsten. Miinehen. med. Wchn- schr., 2129-2131.—Cattorettl(F.) Applieabilitaclinicae valore diagnostico della reazione meiostagminica nei tu- mori maligni. Biochim. e terap. sper., Milano, 1911-12, iii, 385-417.—Cerrano ( K.) La reazione meiostagminica nella diagnosi dei tumori maligni edi altre malattie. Ce- TUMORS. 995 TUMORS. Tumors (Malignant, Diagnosis of) by surface tension [Meiostagmin reaction]. salpi'no. Arezzo, 1912, viii, 106-111.—Be Agostini (P.) Klinische Erfahrungen mit der Meiostagminreaktion bei bosartigen Geschwiilsten. Med. Klin., Berl., 1910, vi, 1143-1145.—Buse (A.) La sierodiagnosi dei tumori ma- ligni colla reazione meiostagmica e il suo valore pratico. Clin, chir., Milano, 1912, xx. 998-1005.—I za r (G.) Su la reazione meiostagminica nei tumori maligni. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1910, xxiv, 513-516. -----. Ge- kreuzte Meiostagminreaktion mit arteigenen und art- fremden Tumorantigenen. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1910, vi, 624-627. -----. Contri- buto alia conoscenza della reazione meiostagmica nei tumori maligni. Biochim. e terap. sper., Milano, 1911-12, iii, 163-165. Also, transl: Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1910, xxix, 13-24. Also, transl: Munchen. med. Wchnschr.,1911, lviii, 1347.-----. Leber Meiostagminreaktion in vivo bei bosartigen Geschwiilsten. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xlviii, 1748-1751. -----. Sulla reazione meio>tagmica nei tumori maligni. Biochem. e. terap. sper., Milano, 1911- 12, iii, 273-288. -----. Antigeni sintetici per la reazione meiostagmica nei tumori maligna. Tommasi, Napoli, 1912, vii, 636.—lzar (G.) & Bi Quattro (G.) Con- tributo alio studio della reazione meiostagmica nei tu- mori maligni. Biochim. e terap. sper., Milano, 1911-12, iii, 175-17S.—Belling (G.) Untersuchungen fiber die praktische Bedeutung der Meiostagminreaktion von As- coli bei malignen Geschwiilsten des Verdauungstraktus und vergleichende Untersuchungen iiber die Meiostag- minreaktion und die heterolytische Blutkorperchen- reaktion. Wien.klin.Wchnschr., 1911,xxiv,90-93.—Leidi (F.) Die Meiostagminreaktion bei malignen Geschwiil- sten. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xlviii, 1716-1718.— Mello (U.) La reazione meiostagminica nella diagnosi dei tumori maligni. Arch, seient. d. r. Soc nat. vet., Torino, 1910, viii, 178-185. -----. Examen du s6rum de chevaux porteurs de tumeurs malignes par la mSthode d'Ascoli. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1910, lxix, 322- 324.—Micheli (F.) & Cattoretti (F.) Sierodiagnosi dei tumori maligni colla reazione meiostagminica prati- cata con antigeni non specifici. Path. Riv. quindicin., Genova, 1909-10, ii, 385-387.-----------. La reazione meiostagminica nei tumori maligni. Gior. d. r. Accad. dimed. di Torino, 1910,4. s., xvi, 156-160. Also, transl.: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1910, lvii, 1122.-----------. Ancora sulla reazione meiostagminica nei tumori ma- ligni. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1910,4. s., xvi, 198. ----- -----. La reazione meiostagminica dei tu- mori maligni con antigeni non specifici. Ibid., 333. -----.-----. Sullaspecificita clinica della reazione meio- stagminica per la diagnosi dei tumori maligni. Ibid., 1911, 4. s., xvii, 56.—Saverio (V.) Contributo alio stu- dio della reazione meiosUigminica nei tumori maligni. I bid., 1910, 4. s., xvi. 30^.—Stabilini (C.) Contributo alio studio della reazione meiostagminica nei tumori maligni. Riformamed. Nanoli, 1910. xxvi, 925-927. Also, transl: Berl. klin. WchiiM-hr., 1910, xlviii, 1498-1500.— Stamtuler (A.) Die serologische Meiostagminreaktion beiKarzinom. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1911, lviii,1643. -----. Ueber Tumorreaktionen mit besonderer Beriick- sichtigung der Meiostagminreaktion. Ibid., 1957-1959. Tumors (Malignant, Experimental pro- duction and transmission of). See, also, Cancer (Contagion and inoculation of); Tumors (Sarcomatous, Experimental pro- duction and transmission of); Tumors (Trans- mission and transplantation of). Ascher (L.) *Ueber endemieartiges Auf- treten von epithelialen Geschwiilsten bei grauen Miiusen. 8°. Marburg, 1911. Clunet ( J. ) * Recherches experimentales sur les tumeurs malignes. 8°. Paris, 1910. ------. Thesame. 4°. Paris, 1910. Cramer (W.) The gaseous metabolism in rats inoculated with malignant new growths. 8°. [n. p.], 1908. Lewin (C.) Die bosartigen Gesch wiilste vom Standpunkte der experimentellen Geschwulst- forschung dargestellt. 8°. Leipzig, 1909. Apolaul Ehrlich. Experimentelle Beitrage zur Geschwul-tlelne. Weitere Erfahrungen iiber die Sar- komentwicklung bei Mausecarcinomen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1906, xliii, 37-41.—Bartkiewicz (B.) Pos- zukiwania nad przeszczepianiem nowotwor6wzlosliwych z czlowieka na zwierze_ta. [Experiments on the trans- plantation of malignant tumors from man to animals.] Gaz lek Warszawa, 1909, 2. s., xxix, 644-655. Also, transl: Ztschr f' Krebsforsch., Berl., 1910, viii, 441-456, lpl.— Busliford (E. F.) & Bussell (B. R. G.) Further evi- dence on che homogeneity of the resistance to the im- Tumors (Malignant, Experimental pro- duction and transmission of). plantation of malignant new growths. Lancet, Lond., 1910, i, 782-787.—Carrel (A.) & Burrows (M. T.) Cul- tivation in vitro of malignant tumors. J. Exper. M., Lancaster, Pa., 1911, xiii, 571-575, 1 pl. Also, Reprint.— Baels (K.) Contribution a I'etude des tumeurs malignes experimentales. Arch, de med. exper. et d'anat. path., Par., 1910, xxii, 645-692.—Gussio (S.) Sul potere oncoli- ticonei ratti. Ann. d. r. Ist. di clin. chir. di Roma. 1912, iv, 191-198.—Ivauolf (V. A.) Ob implantatsii klletok zlokachestvennikh novoobrazovaniy naepitelialnikh po- verkhnostyakh. [Implantation of cells of malignant tumors upon epithelial surfaces.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1907, lxvii, 740-752.—Joltrain (E.) Recherches experi- mentales sur lestumeursmalignes. T. de m6d. int., Par., 1910, xiv, 333— Lambert (R. A.) & Italics (F. M.) A comparison of the growth ot sarcoma and carcinoma cul- tivated in vitro. Proc. Soc Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1911, viii, 59-60. Also, Reprint.—von Lamezan (K.) Ueber Transplantationen experimentell etzeugter atypi- scher Epithelwucherungen. [Mit Bemerkungen von D. von Hansemann.] Ztschr. f. Krebsforsch., Berl., 1912, xii, 389-400.—Leopold (G.) Ueber maligne Tumoren nach Injektion von Reinkulturen von Blastomyceten und fiber maligne Tumoren bei Tieren nach Implantation mensch- lichen Carcinoms. Arch. f. Gynaek,, Berl., 1912, xcvi, 405-435, 3 pl.—Leotta. Innesti di tumori umani ma- ligni sui ratti. Ann. d. r. Ist. di clin. chir. di Roma, 1910, iii, 207-217. Also: Arch, ed atti d. Soc. ital. di chir. 1909, Roma, 1910, xxiii, 141-151.—Lew in (C.) Ex- perimentelle Beitrage zur Morphologie und Biologie bos- artiger Tumoren. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1907, xliv, 1656-1660.---—■. Die Ergebnisse der experimentellen Er- forschung der bosartigen Geschwulste. Ergebn. d. inn. Med. u. Kinderh., Berl., 1908, i, 157-207. -----. Die ex- perimentelle Erzeugung bosartiger Geschwulste. Er- gebn. der wissensch. Med., Leipz., 1910-11, ii, 254-270.— Lipschiitz (B.) Filtrierbare Infektionserreger und maligne Tumoren. Centralbl.f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1913, lxviii, Orig., 323-332—McCampbell (E. F.) Malignant tumors in mice, with a report of spontaneous adenocarcinoma in a house mouse (Mus musculus). [Abstr.] Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1907-9, vii, 214-220.— Marie (P.), Clunet (J.) & Baulot-Lapointe (G.) Nouveau cas de tumeur maligne provoquee par une ra- diodermite experimentale chez le rat blanc Bull, de P Assoc, franc, p. I'etude du cancer, Par., 1912, v, 125-135.— Mello CU.) Etude du serum de chevaux porteurs de tumeurs malignes par la methode de Freund et Kaminer. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1913, lxxiv, 231-233.— Murphy (J. B.) The transplantability of malignant tumors to the embryo of a foreign species. Proc. N. York Path. Soc, 1912, n. s., xii. 206-210. Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lix, 874.—Oppenlieim (M.) Riesenzel- lentumoren nach subkutanen Einspritzungen eines Arsen- Eisenpraparates. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Svph., Wien u. Leipz., 1913, cxvi, Orig., 439-446,1 pl.—Bo us (P.) Trans- mission of a malignant new growth bv means of a cell- free filtrate. J.Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, lvi, 198. Also, Reprint.—Bous (P.)&Murphy (J. B.) Beobachtungen an einem Hiihnersarkom und seiner filtrierbaren Ursache. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1913, 1, 637-639.—Schmidt (O.) Experimentelle Erzeugung maligner Tumoren bei Tieren durch Infektion. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1908, xlvii, Orig., 342-349.—Shaw-Mac- kenzie (J. A.) On pancreatic lipase. The action of serum of mice inoculated with malignant mouse tu- mour. Proc. Physiol. Soc, Lond., 1911, xlii, pp. xi-xvi.— Skudro (S.) VVplyw przetworowrteeiowychna rozw6j nowotworow mysich. [Influence of mercurial solutions on the development of tumors in mice] Przegl. lek., Krak6w, 1912, li, 587-591— Tizenhauzen (M.) K vop- rosu o peresadkle zarodishevol tkani. [Transplantation of embryonic tissue.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1908, vii, 838-846. Tumors (Malignant, Immunity from). See, also, Tumors (Sarcomatous, Immunity from). Apolaut (H.) The question of athrepsia. J. Exper. M. Lancaster. Pa., 1911, xiv, 316-321.— Bermbach. Ueber die Beziehungen der Immunitatslehre zu den ma- lignen Geschwiilsten. Sitzungsb. d. Gesellsch. f. Ge- burtsh. u. Gynak. zu Koln, 1908-10, Berl., 1911, 13-15.— Bindseli. Ueber die sogenannte Operationsimmunitat (bei einemMfiusecarcinom). Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1913, Orig., xvii, 639-656, 21 pl.— Col well (H. A.) A contribution to the study of erepsin in malignant disease. Arch. Middlesex Hosp., Lond., 1909, xv, 96-103.—Colwell (H. A.) & MacCormae (H.) Preliminary note on the ereptic power of the tis- sues of normal and cancerous mice. Ibid., 104.—Emi- net (P. P.) Opiti iskusstvennavo vizivaniya atrepsii u molodikh zhivotnikh. [Artificial production of athrep- sia in young animals.) Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1908. xv, 985; 1015.—von <;rail(E.)& Banzi (E.) Zur Frage TUMORS. 996 TUMORS. Tumors (Malignant, Immunity from). der Immunisierung gegen maligne Tumoren. Mitt..a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1912, xxv, 278-292.— Kraus, Bauzi &l Ehrlich. Studien iiber Immuni- tat bei malignen Geschwiilsten. 3. Mitteilung. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1910, vi, 664-682.—Lewin (C.) Die Ergebnisse der Immunitats- forschung bei den bosartigen Tumoren. Ergebn. d. Wis- sensch. Med., Leipz., 1909-10, i, 154-173. -----. Die Im- munitat bei den bosartigen Geschwiilsten; nach dem ge- genwartigen Stande der Forschung dargestellt, Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1911, Iii, 457; 505.—Lucien. Conside- rations anatomo-pathologiques sur l'athrepsie. Compt. redd. Soc. de biol., Par., 1908, lxiv, 236-238. Tumors (Malignant, Metastatic, multi- ple, and co-e.eistent). Auerbach (F.) * Ueber Multiplizitiit prima- rer maligner Tumoren. 8°. Heidelberg, 1911. Bartholomaeus (Al. G. E. E.) * Ueber Spon- tanfrakturen infolge spiiter Metastasen maligner Tumoren. [Berlin.] 8°. Schwerin, 1911. Muller (M.) * Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Metastasenbildung maligner Tumoren nach statistisehen Zusammenstellungen aus den Sek- tionsprotokollen des bernischen pathologischen Institut. 8°. Bern, 1892. Schiedat (M.) * Ueber den Untergang ma- ligner Geschwulstmetastasen in der Lunge, Leber und Lvmphdrusen. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., 1908. Wischnitz (A.) * Ueber primare Multipli- zitiit maligner Tumoren. [Wurtzburg.] 8°. Gleiieitz, 1906. Beck (K.) Ueber Multiplizitat primarer maligner Tumoren, zugleich ein Beitrag zur Metaplasiefrage. Vir- chow's Arch, f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1909, cxcvii, 335- 341— Busliby (T.) & Warrington (W.B.) Twocases of internal malignant disease accompanied by multiple metastases to the skin. I. Hypernephroma of kidney. II. Carcinomaof the stomach; together with a criticism of the theory of the adrenal origin of renal hyperne- phromata, by E.Glynn. Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 1911, xxxi, 3JG-362, 6pl.—Balia Vedova (R.) Le metastasi da in- nesto dei tumori maligni. Bull. d. r. Accad. med. di Roma, 1908, xxxiv, 293-304. Also: Ann. d. r. Ist. di clin. chir. di Roma, 1909, ii, 5-76.—Bavis (C. B.) Primary multiplemalignancy; with report of a case. Surg.,Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1911, xii, 112-115.—Ernst. Et tilfselde af xeroderma pigment med multiple maligne tumores. Hosp.-Tid., K0benh.,191O, 5. R., iii, 698-700.—Ernst (P.) Verschiedene Arten der Knochenresorption durch Me- tastasen maligner Geschwulste. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1901, Leipz., 1902, Ixxiii, pt. 2, med. Abth.,23.—Haberer (H.) Sarkom und Carcinom bei demselben Individuum. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1901. Ixxiii, 609-619.—Heinemann (J.) Ueberdie Me- la ^tn si eriuig maligner Tumoren ins Zen train ervensystem. Virchow's Areh. f. path. Anat. [etc.]. Berl., 1911,ccv,418- !43.—Kidner (F. C.) Sarcoma and carcinoma in the same patient. BostonM. &S. J., 1908, clviii,836.—Levin (I.) & Sittenneld (M. J.) On the mechanism of the formation of metastases in malignant tumors. J. Exper. M., Lancaster, Pa., & N. Y., 1911, xiv, 118-158, 2pl. Also, Reprint.—Maeh (V. P.) Sluchal mnozhestvennoi me- lanosarkomi. [Multiple melanosarcoma.] Prakt. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1912, xi, 763-766.—Petrolt"(N. V.) Odnovre- mennoye razvitiye u odnovo litsa tryokh razlichnikh zlokachestvennikh novoobrazovaniy:* raka zheludka, adeno-kartsinomi predstatelnol zheiyezi i zlokachest- vennoi miomi brizzhelki. [Simultaneous development in one and the same person of three different tumors: cancer of the stomach, ad eno-carcinoma of the prostate gland, and malignant myoma of the mesentery.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1908, vii, 1633-1636.—Quarelli (G.) Sulla coesistenza di cancro e sarcoma in uno stesso sog- getto. Morgagni, Milano, 1907, xlix, 461-461.—Beich- mann. Kombination von osteoplastischer Careinose mit Osteochondrosarkom. Ztschr. f. Krebsforsch., Berl., 1903-9, vii, 639-654.— Vander Veer (A.) Report of a series of cases of malignant growths, with a clinical study of the possibilities of carcinoma and sarcoma appearing in the same patient. Surg.. Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1906, iii, 242-247. [Discussion], 333. Tumors (Malignant. Transplantation of). See Tumors (Malignant, Experimental produc- tion of). Tumors (Malignant, Treatment of). See, also, Cancer (Treatment of); Tumors (Sarcomatous, Treatment of). Coley (W. B.) Further observations upon the treatinent of malignant tumors with the toxins of erysipelas and bacillus prodigious, with a report of 160 cases. 8°. Baitimore, 1896. Harris (W. L.) The treatment of malignant growths by injections of mercurv, arsenic, and iron. 8°. New York, 1909. Justin (J. G.) An efficient remedy for ma- lignant growths. 8°. [n. p., n. (/.] Mayer (G.) *Rtickblick auf die nicht chi- rurgische Therapie typischer maligner Neoplas- men. 8°. Erlangen, 1S^>4. Napier (A.-G.) *Traitement des tumeurs malignes inoperables ou recidivantes par les sels de quinine (methode de Jaboulay). 8°. Paris, 1901. Patti (S.) La neurolina nella cura dei tu- mori maligni inoperabili. 8°. Palermo, 1909. Eoncali (D. B.) Trattato dei neoplasmi ma- ligni, preceduto da uno studio sulle infezioni chirurgiche in generale. v. 1. 4°. Torino, 1911. Sanfelice (F.) Etiologia e cura dei tumori maligni. fol. Torino, 1911. Scemama de Gialloily (J.) *Sur le traite- ment des tumeurs epitheliales par les injections sous-cutanees. 4°. Paris, 1895. Webber (F. O.) A valuable agent for the re- lief and cure of malignant disease. 8°. [n. p., n. d.~\ Babes (V.) Les dernieres recherches sur le traite- ment du'cancer et du sarcome. Bull, de la sect, seient. de l'Acad. Roumaine, Bucarest, 1912-13, i, 95-105.—Betti (O.) Contributo alia terapia istogena dei tumori maligni. Tumori, Roma, 1912, i, 450-454.—Bier (A.) Beeinflus- sung bosartiger Geschwulste durch Einspritzung von art- fremdem Blut. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1907, xxxiii, 1161-1163.—Blegvad (X. R.) Fore- l0big Meddelelse om Trypsinbehandling af maligne Ny- dannelser. [ Preliminary communication on trypsin treatmentof malignant new growths.] Hosp.-Tid., K&- benh., 1907, 4. R., xv, 1161-1171.—Blumenthal (F.) Die Chemotherapie der bosartigen Geschwulste mit aro- matiscnen Arsenverbindungen. Med. Klin., Berl., 1911, vii, 1147-1150.— Boggs (R. H.) Malignant growths; a plea for more conservative treatment. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1913, xcvii, 178-181. Also, Reprint.—Brown (A. i Malignant tumors, their treatment. J. Mat. Med., Terre Haute, Ind., 1895, xxxiii. 135.—Carraro (A.) & Austoni (A ) Gli autolisati fetali omogenei nella cura dei tu- mori maligni. Atti d. Cong, internaz. dei pat<>l. 1911, Torino, 1912, i, 11.—Carter (J. M. G.) The treatment ef inoperable malignant tumors; carcinoma. Illinoi- M. J.. Springfield, 1907, xi, 45-51. Also, Reprint— t'hiaro- lanza (R.) La chemoterapia dei tumori maligni: le citotrochine di Wassermann. Tommasi, Napoli, 1912, vii, 141-144.—Clark (W. L.) Oscillatory dessication in the treatment of accessible malignant growths and minor surgical conditions; a new electrical effect. J- Advanc. Therap., N. V., 1911, xxix, 169-1S3.—DaeIs (F.) Zur Be- handlung der inoperablen bosartigen Geschwiilste. Zen- tralbl. f. Gyniik., Leipz.. 1912, xxxvi, 1417-1419.—Da- mieno (A.) La sieroterapia nella difterite e nei tu- mori maligni. Attid. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.] 1895. Firenze, 1896, ii, l5-.">5.—Dubois (A.) Le probleme dutraitementdes tumeurs malignes par la voie sanguine. Scalpel, Liege, 1911, lxiv, 461-463.—von Dungern. Zur Therapie maligner Tumoren. Manehen. med. Wchn- schr., 1912, lix, 168.—Eugmaii (M. F.) The nature of some epithelial growths and their treatment with for- malin. Med. Rev., St. Louis, 1900. xli, 405-410. Also, Re- print.— Estradere. De l'emploi du formol dans le traitement des tumeurs malignes. [Rap. de Morestin.J Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1912, n. s., xxxviii, 1348-1362.—Fichera (G.) L' azione dei prodotti diauto- lisi fetali omogenei sui tumori maligni dell' uomo. Poli- clin., Roma, 1910, xvii, sez. prat., S35-M1. Also, transl: Lancet, Lond., 1911, ii, 1194-1197—Flodorolf (S. P.) Itogi liecheniya sivorotkol zlokachestvennikh novoobra- zovaniy. [Results of treatmentof malignant tumors by serum.] Laitop. russk. chir., S.-Peterb., iw,. j, 751-775.— Freeman (H. M.) Treatment of carcinoma and sar- coma. Ohio M. J., Columbus, 1911, vii. l-'.t.—Gay (G. W.) TUMORS. 997 TILMOHS. Tumors (Malignant, Treatment of). The medical treatment of malignant disease. Boston M. A- S. .1., 1909, clx, 297-302. [Discussion], 312-316.—Gib- bon (J. H.) The treatment of far-advanced malignant disease. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., Phila.. 1911. xxix, 417-421. Also: Ann. Surg., Phila., 1911, liv, 297-301.—Gioelli (P.) Studio sulla patogenesi, diffusione del cancro e sarcoma; contributo alia terapia dei tumori maligni. Arch. ital. di ginec, Napoli, 1911, xiv, 161-174.— Goris. Groupe de malades operes depuis longtemps et gueris de tumeurs malignes. Ann. de l'Inst. chir. de Brux., 1907, xiv, 120.— Gosio (B.) Tellurizzazione e selenizzazione dei tumori maligni. Policlin.. Roma, 1912, xix, sez. prat., 225-228.— Graves i W. P.) Trypsin in the treatment of malignant tumors. Boston M. ifc S. J., 1908, clviii, 121-124. Also, Re- print.— Griinberg (J.) Zur Kasuistik der Salvarsan- wirkung bei malignen Tumoren. St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr., 1912, xxxvii, 141.—Hart (R. S.) The serum treatment of malignant growths. Med. & Surg. Monit., Indianap., 1905, viii, 137.—Honda (T.) Advice for op- erations in malignant tumours. Sei-i-Kwai M. J., Tokyo, 1909, xxviii, no. 11, 1909.—Horder (T. J.) Discussion on the non-operative treatment of malignant disease. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1912-13, vi, Therap. & Phar macol. Sect., 55-82.—Horsley (S.) Some remarks on the treatment of malignant tumors. Old Dominion J. M. & S., Richmond, 190.5-6, iv, 380-384.—Klemperer (G.) & Meider tS.) Die Behandlung der inoperablen bosartigen Geschwulste. Deutsche Klinik, Berl., 1912, xiv,Ergnzngsbd. iii, 41-80.—Knox (R.) Discussion on the non-operative treatmentof malignant disease. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1912-13, vi, Therap. & Pharmacol.Sect., 83-lls—Kolb (K.) ZurAntimeristemfrage. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 1912, xlii, pt. 1,60-63 — Krfiu (Ra'isa (S.) K voprosu o primienenii salvarsana pri zlokachestvennikh opukholyakh. [Salvarsan in ma- lignant tumors.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1911, x, 1829- 1831.—Krogius (A.) Hvad kunnavi gora for att i vart land beframja tidig operation af de maligna tumorerna? [What can we do to accelerate an early operation of ma- lignant tumors?] Finsk. liik.-sallsk. handl., Helsingfors, 1911, ii, 121-132. — Bronacher. Die Beeinflussung maligner Neubildungen durch eine kiinstlich erzeugte aseptisc he Entzundung. Centralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1895, xxii, 473-475. — Kryriski ( L. ) O wplywie ropienia aseptycznego wywotanego sztucznie na przebieg nowo- twor6w zlosliwych. [i >n the influence of aseptic suppu- ration, artificially prod need, upon the course of malig- nant tumors.] Przegl. lek., Krak6w, 1895, xxxiv, 405.— Lagueux (P.) Le serum de Colery dans les cas de sar- come ou carcinome ou dans les cas de recidive apres ope- ration. Bull. med. de Quebec, 1908-9, x, 469.—Lam- belle (F. \V.) A case of malignant tumour, treated by trypsin. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1909, xiii, 71- 73.— Langheld. Formaldehyde and malignant tu- mours. Therapist, Lond., 1908, xviii, 61-64.—Larden- nois (H.) A propos de la discussion des rapports sur le traitement des tumeurs malignes. A«nc. franc, de chir. Proc.-verb. [etc.], Par., 1907, 172-171.—Lewin (C.) Ueber Ferment- und Chemotherapie der bosartigen Ge- schwulste. Therap. d. Gegenw., Kerb. 1911, Iii, 411-420. -----. Die spezifische Diagnostik und die nir.htoperative Therapie der bosartigen Geschwulste. Ergebn. d. inn. Med. u. Kinderh., Berl., 1912, viii. 499-592. -----. Die Wirkung von Schwermetallen auf die bosartigen Tierge- schwulste. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1913, 1, 541.—Lin- denmayr (J.) Eine Theorie fiber die Entstehung der bosartigen Neugebilde und eine darauf gegriindete Idee zu ihrer Behandlung. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1912, lxxxi, fil."i.-.Mc('oy (J. N.) The early diagnosis and treatment of superficial malignant growths. J. Indiana M. Ass., Fort Wa\ne. 1909, ii, 315-318.—ITlacdoiiald (J. F.; Treatment of painful growths, malignant and non-malignant, bv the hypodermic use of thiosinamin. Canad. J. M. Sc, Toronto, 1902, xii, 171-174.—Glanders (H.) Novel methods of operation in the removal of ma- lignant tumours. Lancet. Lond., 1908, ii, 1436-1438.— ITIorton (C. A.) The present position of the surgery of malignant growths. Bristol Med.-Chir. J., 1911, xxix, 289-300. Also: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1912, n. s., xciii, 429-432.—Huller (C.) Eine neue Behandlungsmethode bosartiger Geschwulste. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1909, 1, 515-518— Tlunro (J. C.) The humane treatment of malignant disease from a surgical point of view. Boston M. & S. J., 1905, clii, 61-65. Ms,,, Reprint.—Oefele. Technik der Anwendung von Pyoktanin bei bosartigen Neubildungen. Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1893, iii, 195; 213: 229.—Parlaveeehio (G..i Stato attuale della terapia dei tumori maligni e relazione della esperienza per-onale. Gazz. sicil. di med. e chir. [etc.], Palermo, 190x. vii, 273: 313: 330; 350. -----. Wirkungen einiger be- sonderer Behandlungsweisen auf maligne Geschwulste; mit histologischen Priiparaten. Ztschr. f. Krebsforsch., Berl., 1909, viii, 331-354.—Pod wyssotzki (W.) Ueber Autolyse und Autophagismus in Endotheliomen und Sarkomen, als Grundlage zur Ausarbcitung einer Me- thode der Heilung unoperierbarer Geschwulste. Beitr. z path Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1905, xxxviii, 449- T ii mors (Malignant, Treatment of). 4.>5.—Prampollnl. La tripsina nei tumori maligni. Atti Accad. d. sc. med. e nat. in Ferrara, 1907-8, lxxxii, 1 lo-120.—Beieher (K.) Experimentelle Beitrage zur Therapiemaligner Tumoren. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1910, xxxvi, 1356-1359.—Bossi (A.) Con- tributo clinico alia cura dei tumori maligni mediante iniezioni di tripsina. Morgagni. Milano, 1909, li, pt. 1, 297-312, 1 pl.—Bovsing. Den ikke kirurgiske behand- ling af maligne svulster. [Non-surgical treatmentof ma- lignant tumors.] Hosp.-Tid., Kebenh., 1911, 5. R., iv, 194; 244; 270; 294.—Sanleliee ( K.) Sulla natura e sulla eura dei tumori maligni. Atti d. r. Accad. d. fisiocrit. in Siena, 1909, 5. s., i, 445-451. Also, transl: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1909, ii, 1060-1062.—Schmidt O.) Der spezifische Abbau maligner Geschwulste durch das Kankroiden Schmidt. Wien med. Wchnschr., 1908, lviii, 1531; 1594.— Slechta (A.) Die Resultate der operativen Behand- lung der Karzinome und Sarkome im Deutsehbroder Krankenhause in den Jahren 1897-1907. Rev. de med. tcheque, Prague, 1909, ii, 84.—Stearns (B. W.) Some encouragement in the treatmentof malignant growths. N. York State J. M., N. Y., 1904, iv, 324.—Sticker (A.) Die Beeinflussung bosartiger Geschwulste durch Atoxyl und fremdartiges Eiweiss. Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Ge- sellsch. (1908), 1909, xxxix, pt. 2, 271-280. Also: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xiv, 1391-1394.—Tetens Hald (P.) Fermentbehandling af maligne Neoplasmer. [The fermentation treatment of malignant neoplasms.] Nord. Tidsskr. f. Terapi, K0benh., 1906-7, v, 345-350.—Thayer (O. V.) The treatment of cancer, lupus, and other malig- nant growths, with concentrated sun's rays, compared with other methods in general use by the medical profes- sion. Pacific M. J., San Fran.,1903,xlvi,513-519.—Trink- ler (N. P.) Adrenalin, kak sredstvo, vlivayushtsheye na ostanovku rosta zlokachestvennikh opukholei. [Ad- renalin as a remedy checking the growth of malignant tumors.] Prakt. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1912, xi, 563-565.— -----. Sur la question du traitement des nebformations malignes par les solutions colloidales de me'taux iourds (l'electro-se'lemum). Progres m£d., Par., 1912,3. s., xxviii, 489-494.—Veber (F. K.) Chtodostignutoza poslledniye godi v voprosle i Hechenii zlokachestvennikh novoobfa- zovaniy? [What has been attained in recent years in the question and treatment of malignant tumors?] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1912, xi, 1926-1930.—Vidal (E.) Les serotherapies des tumeurs malignes. Trav. de la 2. con- fer, internat. pour I'etude du cancer 1910, Par., 1911, 293- 342. [Discussion], 743-758.—Wagner (K.) Zur Kasuis- tik der Behandlung maligner Tumoren mit Antimeristem- Schmidt. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1912, lxxxi, 629- 633.—Werner (R.) Die nichtoperativen Behandlungs- methoden der bosartigen Neubildungen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1913, 1, 435-441.—Werner (R.) & Caan (A.) Elektro- und Radiochirurgie im Dienste der Behandlung maligner Tumoren. Munchen. med. Wchnschr.. 1911, lviii, 1225-1230.—Werner (R.) & Sz6csi (S.) Neuere Publikationen zur Chemotherapie der malignen Ge- schwulste. Med. Klin.,Berl., 1912, viii, 466. ---'■-------. Experimentelle Beitrage zur Chemotherapie der malignen Geschwulste. Ztschr.f. Chemotherap. [etc.], Leipz., 1913, i, Orig., 357-405.—von Winiwarter (H.) Traitement meclicamenteux des tumeurs malignes. Scalpel, Liege, 1912-13, lxv, 205.—Wlaeff. Nouvelles recherches et observations sur la pathogenie et le traitement des tu- meurs malignes. Trav. prat, d'obst. et de gynec, Par., 1907, 164; 201.—Ziemaeki (J.) Die Resultate der Sero- therapie in 20 Fallen bosartiger Neubildungen. Compt.- rend. Cong, internat, de med. 1897, Mosc., 1899, v, 571- 575.—Zikolf (V. M.) K voprosu o preduprezhdenii vozvratov pri operirovanii zlokachestvennikh opukholel. [Prevention of relapses in operating for malignant tu- mors.] Novoye v Med., S.-Peterb., 1909, iii, 665-679. Tumors (Mal ignant, Treatmentof) with bacterial toxins. See, also, Cancer (Treatment of) with toxins; Tumors (Sarcomatous, Treatment of) with bacte- rial toxins. Kappes (Hanna). *EinwirkungdesErvsipels auf Tumoren. 8°. Freiburg i. Br., 1904." Moullin (C. M.) The treatment of sarcoma and carcinoma by injection of mixed toxins. 8°. London, 1898. \shdownc (W. C. G.) Disappearance of a tumour (sarcoma'.') following injections of Coley's fluid. Lancet, bond., 191)9. i. 1455.—Battle (W. H.) A case illustra- ting the advantage of Colev's fluid in the treatment of inoperable tumours. Tr. M. Soc. Lond., 1897-8, xxi, 362-364. Also: St. Thomas's Hosp. Rep. 1897, Lond., 1898, n. s., xxvi, 53-66.— iJoloiiiiiuo (G.) Maligne Geschwulste und ervsipolatose Infektion. Ztschr. f. Krebsforsch., Berl., 1907-x, vi. 261-260.—t'ampaninl (F.) Sull' azione curativa delle tossine nei tumori ma- TUMORS. 998 TUMORS. Tumors (Malignant, Treatmentof) tcith \ bacterial toxins. ligni. Policlin., Roma, 1895, ii-C, 301-323.—t'oley (W. B.) Treatmentof inoperable malignant tumors with the toxines of erysipelas and the bacillus prodigiosus. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., Phila., 1894, xii, 183-212. -----. The indications for non-operative local treatment of tumors; the value of toxines. Tr. N. York M. Ass., 1895, xii, 307- 324.—Friedrich (P. L.) Heilversuchemit Bacteriegif- tenbei inoperabien bosartigen Neubildungen. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 1895, xxiv, pt. 2, 312-341. [Discussion], pt. 1, 92-97. Also: Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1895, 1, 709-738.—Maass (F.) The toxin and serum treatment of inoperable tumors. Physician & Surg., Detroit & Ann Arbor, 1898, xx, 68-73. [Discussion], 85.—Matagne. Traitement des tumeurs malignes inoperables par l'erysipele et par les toxines de Coley. Presse med. beige, Brux., 1899, li, 603; 624; 633. Also: Ann. Soc. med.-chir. du Brabant, Brux., 1900, x, 9-22. Also: Rev. d. mal. cancer., Par., 1900, v, 142-149.—OTeri- wetlier (F. T.) Some remarks upon Coley's treatment of malignant growths. Louisville Month. J. M. & S., 1899- 1900, vi, 173-177.—IHoullin (C. M.) Two cases in which tumours have almost disappeared after the injection of Coley's fluid. Tr. M. Soc. Lond., 1897-8, xxi, 342-345.— Petersen (W.) Ueber die Grundlagen und die Erfolge der Bakteriotherapie bosartiger Geschwulste. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1896, xvii, 341-397. 1 diag. Also [Abstr.]: Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 1896, xxv, 229-236. • [Discussion], pt. 1, 21-24. -----. Die Bakteriotherapie bosartiger Geschwiilste. Heilkunde, Wien [etc.], 1897-8, ii, 729-733.—Porter (M. F.) Hypo- dermic injection of erysipelas and prodigiosus toxines in the treatment of inoperable malignant tumors. Fort Wayne M. J.-Mag., 1897, xvii, 233-236— Bepin (C.) La toxitherapie des tumeurs malignes. Rev. de chir., Par., 1895, xv, 465-493.— Boberts (J. B.) The treatment of malignant tumors by the toxinesof the erysipelas strepto- coccus and the bacillus prodigiosus. Tr. M. Soc. Penn., Phila., 1895, xxvi, 145-151. Also, transl: Therap. Wchn- schr., Wien, 1895, ii, 753-756.—Scuderi (F.) La batterio- terapia nei tumori maligni inoperabili. Gazz. med. lomb., Milano, 1900, lix, 231-233.—Senn (N.) The treat- ment of malignant tumors by the toxins of the strepto- coccus of erysipelas. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1895, xxv, 131-134.—Warthin (A. S.) Multiple primary neoplasms in one individual (spindle-cell sarcomaof fore-arm,adeno- carcinoma of pylorus, myomata of stomach-wall); treat- ment with Coley's mixture. Phila. M. J., 1901, viii, 701- 703.—Wilson (W. E.) The treatment of inoperable ma- lignant growths with Coley's toxins. Tr. Rhode Island M. Soc. 1905, Providence, 1906, vii, 216-228. Also: Provi- dence M. J., 1905, vi, 139-149. Tumors (Malignant, Treatment of) by electricity. Berg (J.) Ueber die im Seraphimerlazaerett bisher gewonnenen klinischen Erfahrungen in Bezug auf die Keating-Hart'sche Behandlung maligner Tumoren oder die sogenannte Fulguration. Nord. med. Ark., Stock- holm, 1909, 3. f., ix, afd. 1, no. 4, 1-34.—Gaztelu (T.) Las corrientes de alta frecuencia en el tratamiento de los tumores malignos. Rev. Ibero-Am. de cien. m6d., Ma- drid, 1909, xxi, 26-3;'..—Hirschberg (O.) Ueber Opera- tionen mit elektrischen Lichtbogen und Elektrokaustik bei malignen Geschwiilsten. Beitr. z. klin. Chir.,Tiibing., 1911, lxxv, 645-680. — Massey (G. B.) Zinc-amalgam cataphoresis in muco-purulent inflammation and malig- nant growths. Phila. Polyclin., 1895, iv, 425-427. -----. Summary of cases of carcinoma and sarcoma treated by the writer's method of cataphoric sterilization, to Janu- ary 15, 1900. Med. Rec, N. Y.,1900, lvii, 587. -----. Cases of carcinoma and sarcoma recently treated by electric sterilization. Proc. Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila., 1902-3, xxiii, 223-233. Also: Am. Med., Phila., 1902, iv, 421-424. Also, Reprint.—Morelle (A.) De la fulguration dans le traitement des tumeurs malignes. Ann. de l'Inst. chir. de Brux., 1909, xvi, 17-24. — Biviere (J.-A.) Effluves et 6tincelles de haute frequence dans le traitement des tu- meurs malignes. Cong, franc, de m6d. Compt. rend. 1907, Par., 1908, 456-461. Also: Ann. de chir. et d'orthop., Par., 1907, xx, 359-365. Also: Arch, de med. et chir. spec, Par., 1907, viii, 773-779. Also: Clinique, Brux., 1907, xxi, 923-929. Also: Gaz. de gynec, Par., 1907, xxii, 321-327. Also, transl: Am. Physician, N. Y., 1908, xxxiv, 129-135. Also, transl: J. Advanc. Therap., N. Y., 1908, xxvi, 124- 129. -----. Notre traitement des tumeurs malignes par les £tincelles et effluves de haute frequence, appel<5 de- puis: fulguration. Medecine seient., Par., 1908, xvi, 179- 184. -----. Traitement des tumeurs malignes par les eLin- celles et effluves de haute frequence. Ann. de m6d. phvs., Anvers, 1909. vii, 177-187. Also: Gaz. med. de Par., 1909, no. 49, 5-7. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Rev. med. espan. y bol. de hig. y sa'ub.. Madrid, 1910, ii, 138.— Sclniltze (K.) Klinische Beobachtungen nach Fulgu- rationsbehandlunj-, maligner Tumoren. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1908, xxxiv, 1759. -----. Bei- Tuinors (Malignant, Treatment of) by electricity. trag zur Fulgurationsbehandlung maligner Tumoren. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1908, lv, pt. 2,2220-2225. Also, transl. [Abstr.l: Arch. Roentg. Ray, Lond., 1909-10, xiv, 176-178—Zikoft'(V. M.) K voprosu o primienenii iskri dlya liecheniya zlokachestvennikh novoobrazovaniy. [The electric spark in the treatmentof malignant tumors. 1 Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1909, xvi, 1185-1192. lumors (Malignant, Treatmentof) with radium and radioactire substances. Arleninoff (G.) * Ueber Radiunitherapie bei bosartigen Geschwiilsten. 8°. Berlin, 1912. Bazy. Tumeurs malignes traitees par le radium. Bull, et mem. Soe. de chir. de Par., 1912, n. s., xxxviii, 1520-1533. — Bisserle (F.) La radiotherapie dans le traitement des neoplasies malignes superficielles; indica- tions et contre indications; statistiques. J. de physiothe- rap., Par., 1906, iv, 317-330.—de Boter (F.) Posibilidad de regresi6n de los tumores malignos bajo la influencia de las radiaciones ultrapenetrantes del radium. Rev. barcel.de enferm.de oido, garganta y nariz, Barcel., 1909, v, 1-9.—Oaan (A.) Ueber Radiumbehandlung der bos- artigen Geschwulste. Munchen.med.Wchnschr.,1909,lvi, 2147-2149. Also [Abstr.j: Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1909, Leipz., 1910, lxxxi, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 120.-----. Ueber Radiumwirkungauf maligne Tumoren. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1909, xci, 773-829, 3. pl. -----. Zur Behandlung maligner Tumoren mit radio- aktiven Substanzen. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1913, lx, 9-12.—Czerny (V.) Bemerkungen iiber die Injek- tion von Radiumpriiparaten bei malignen Tumoren. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1909, xxxv, 2252.—Czerny (V.) &Caan(A.) Ueberdie Behand- lung bosartiger Geschwiilste mit radioaktiven Substan- zen, speziell mit Aktinium. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1911, lviii, 1801.-----------. Ueber die Behandlung bosartiger Geschwiilste mit Mesothorium und Thorium x. Ibid., 1912, lix, 737-712. Ilomini< i II ) Du traite- ment des tumeurs malignes par le rayonnement ultra- penetrant du radium. Bull. d. l'Assoc. franc, p. I'etude du cancer, Par., 1908, i, 124-156, 4pl. -----. Sur le pro- cessus histologique de la regression des tumeurs malignes sous l'influence du rayonnement du radium. Cong. franc, de m6d. Compt. rend. 1910, Par., 1911, xi, 153-155.— Bominiei (H.) & Warden (A. A.) The technique and results of radium-therapy in malignant disease. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, ii, 516-518, 1 pl. Also, Reprint — Finzi (N. S.) The forms of malignant disease benefited by radium treatment. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, ii, 374- 377.—Freudenthal (W.) Radium as an aid in the treatment of malignant neoplasms. Internat. J. Surg., N. Y., 1913, xxvi, 80-84.—Gaztelu (T.) Tratamiento de los tumores malignos por las sales de radio. Rev. Ibero- Am. de cien. med., Madrid, 1908, xx, 408^13.—Knox (R.) A lecture on radium in the treatment of malignant disease. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1913, i, 1196-1199.—Macdon- aid (T. R,) Radium in malignant disease and varicose ulceration. Ibid., 1911, ii, 1529-1531, 1 pl.—JUayer (L.) Resultats immediats et eioignes de la radiotherapie des tumeu-s malignes. Assoc, franc de chir. Proc.-verb. [etc.], Par., 1907, 152-165—.lleldner (S.) Die Behand- lung bosartiger Geschwulste mit radioaktiven Substan- zen. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl.. 1912, liii, 63-67— Mor- ton (E. R.) The present position of the X-ray and ra- dium treatment of malignant disease. West Lond. M. J., Lond., 1911. xvi, 182-190.— JTIoullin (C. M.) The treatment of malignant growths by radium. J. Rontg Soc, Lond., 1910-11, vii, 67-77. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1911, i, 1337-1339.—Pilcher (P. M.) The use of radium in cases of malignant disease Year-Book Pilcher Hosp., Brooklyn, 1911. i, 93-96, 1 pl.—Potherat (E ) Tumeur maligne et radiotherapie. Bull, et mem. Soc de chir. de Par., 1909, n. s., xxxv, 913.—Biehard i.I.i Contribu- tion a I'etude du traitement des tumeurs malignes par la radiotherapie. Rev. med. de Normandie, Rouen, 1909, 32; 47.—Snow (W. B.) A case of giant cell sarcoma treated successfully bv radium. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1911, lxxx, 419.—Steiner (R.) Fino a qual punto possa la radio-fototerapia sunplire, secondo 1' esperienze fatte fino ad oggi, la cura chirurgica dei tumori maligni (carci- nomi, sarcomi, linfomi). Gior. di elett. med., Napoli, 1906, vii, 208-212. Also: Ann. di elett. med. [etc.], Napoli, 1906, v, 4.54-458. -----. Inwiefern kann heutzutage die Radiophototherapie konkurrieren mit der Chirurgie bei der Behandlung bosartiger Geschwiilste (Karzinome Sar- kome Lvmphome)? Ztschr. f. med. Elektrol. u. Ront- gen k. [etc.], Leipz., 1907, ix, 178; 210; 238; 277.—de Ver- teuil (F. L.) The action of radium on malignant growths. Lancet, Lond., 1912, i, 57.—Wiekham, Be- grais & Gaud. Radiumtherapie des tumeurs ma- lignes; sur une 6tude histologique comparative des effets produits par la methode de IdppoMtioii des appareils, dite du " feu croise"," applique au traitement radiumthe- rapique des cancers. Cong, franc, de med. Compt. rend. 1910, Par., 1911, xi, 293-296. TUMORS. 999 TUMORS. Tumors (Malignant, Treatment of) by Rontgen rays. See, also, ROntgen rays (Therapeutic use of); Skin (Diseases of, Treatment of) by Rontgen rays; Tumors (Sarcomatous, Treatment of) by J Hint- gen rays. Cow ex (R.J.) X-rays; their employment in cancer and other diseases. 12°. London, 1904. Eijkman (P. H.) Kanker en Rontgenstralen. 8°. Haarlem, 1902. Goldstein (P.) * Ueber die Rontgenbehand- lung der malignen Geschwulste, mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Karzinome. [Freiburg i. B.] 8°. Enunendingen, 1909. Henry (L.-G.) Contribution a I'etude du traitement des tumeurs malignes par les ravons Xfiltres. [Bordeaux.] 8°. Nantes, 1912" Salistowsky (Ester). *Zur Rontgentherapie der malignen Tumoren. 8°. Zurich, 1912. Westergaard (V. M.) * Bidrag til belys- ningaf r0ntgenstraalernes virkninger paa hyper- plastik vsew isser paa maligne svulster. roy. 8°. Kobenhavn, 1909. Allen (C. W.) Radiotherapy in cancer and skin dis- eases. N. York State J. M., N. V., 1902, ii, 176-179. -----. The X-ray in cancer and skin diseases. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1903, xl, 508-510.—Beclere (A.) Influence des rayons de Rontgen sur les tumeurs malignes. Assoc. franc, de chir. Proc.-verb. [etc.], Par., 1907,15-62. Also: Arch, d'eleetric. med., Bordeaux, 1907, xv, 736-761.— Berdez. Le traitement des cancers et de certaines manifestations de la tuberculose par les rayons de Roent- gen. Rev. m6d. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1903, xxiii, 800-811.—Bevan (A. D.) The X-ray as a therapeutic agent with special reference to carcinoma. Tr. M. Soc. N. Y., Albany, 1904, xcviii, 213-221.—Buchanan (T.J.) The curative powers of the X-rays upon lupus and malig- nant growths, with report of cases. Phila. M. J., 1903, xl, 720-723.—Castiglioni (G.) Ricerche sperimentali comparative sul comportamento degli innesti di tessuti fetali sottoposti all' azione dei raggi X. Gazz. med. ital., Torino, 1911, lxii, 372; 381. — Cerne. Influence des ra- yons de Rontgen sur les tumeurs malignes. Assoc, franc- de chir. Proc.-verb. [etc.], Par., 1907, 140.—Cleaves (Margaret A.) Methods of Rontgen-ray treatment oi malignant diseases of the uterus, rectum and bladder, with description of tubes. Med. Electrol. & Radiol., Lond, 1903, iv, 213-218.—Coley (W. B.) The present status of the treatment of malignant tumors with the X-rav. Am. Surg., Phila., 1903, xxxvii. [Discussion], 433-436, 1 pl.— Coudray (P.) Influence des rayons de Rontgen sur les tumeurs malignes. Assoc, franc, de chir. Proc.-verb., Par., 1907, 149-151.—Ban los & Gastou. Malades atteints de dermatoses ou de cancer traites avec les rayons X. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1905, 3. s., xxii, 141-144.—Bominici (H.)& Barcat. Note sur le processus histologique de la regression des tumeurs malignes sous l'influence du rayonnement y du radium. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1908, lxiv, 1052- 1054.—Boyen. Influence des rayons de Rontgen sur les tumeurs malignes. Assoc, franc, de chir. Proc.-verb. fete], Par., 1907, 110-114.—Gilman (J. E.) The X-ray as an aid to medicine in the treatment of lupus and can- cer. Am. Electro-Therap & X-Ray Era, Chicago, 1903, ui, l_ll._Girdwood (G. P.) Treatment of three cases of cancer, one case of tuberculosis and seven cases of rodent ulcer and lupus. Tr. Am. Roentgen Ray Soc. 1902, Louis- ville, 1903, 102-111.—Grubbe (E. H.) X-rays in the treatment of cancer and other malignant diseases. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1902, lxii, 692-695.—Haret. Sur la necessite" de continuer pendant longtempsle traitement radiothe- rapique de certains tumeurs malignes. Atti d. Cong. internaz. de terap. lis. 1907, Roma, 1908, ii, pt. 1,759-762.— Hernaman-Johnson (F.) A note on the treatment of malignant tumours by secondary X-radiation. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1911, n. a., xcii, 680-682.—Hett (K. W.) The use of X-rays in cancer, lupus and Hodgkin s disease. Dominion M. Month., Toronto, 1902, xix, 7i,- 8G.—Heuser (C.) Tratamiento del cancer con rayos X y del lupus con rayos azules y ultravioletas. Semana med., Buenos Aires, 1903, x, 227-233.—.Ticinsky (R. J.) The relation of the so-called X-ray burn to the treatment of malignant growths. Tr. Mississippi Valley M. Ass. 1902, Kansas City, 1903, iv, 44-51. [Discussion], 65-67. _____ Rcentgen-ray therapy and its practical applica- tion in malignant lesions. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1911, xciii 173-176. Also, Reprint— Judd (A.) The X-ray as a curative agent in malignant tumors. Med. Rec,N.Y., 1911 lxxx, 471-475.—Led lie (8.) The Roentgen treat- ment of malignant tumours. Arch. Roentg. Ray, Lond., 1910-11, xvi, 164-166.—Leonard (C. L.) Palliative treat- Tumors (Malignant, Treatment of) by Rontgen rays. ment of malignant diseases by means of the Roentgen rays. Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1908, n. s., xxiv, 471-474.— Lucas-Chauipionniere. La radiotherapie dans les tumeurs malignes. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1912, n. s., xxxviii, 1474.—Marie (P.) & Clunet (J.) Actions des rayons X sur les tumeurs malignes. Trav. de la 2. conf6r. internat. pour I'etude du cancer 1910, Par., 1911, 153-163. [Discussion], 706-726. Also: J. de physio- therap., Par., 1910, viii, 633-643. Also: Tribune me'd., Par., 1910, n. s., xliii, 662-664. — Marsehik (H.) & Zollsehan (I.) Zur Rontgen-Behandlung malig- ner Tumoren. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1911, Ixi, 1418- 1424.—lllartini (E.) Ueber die durch die Rontgen- strahlenbehandlung hervorgerufenen histologischen Veranderungen maligner Geschwulste. Fortschr. a. d. Geb. d. Rontgenstrahlen, Hamb., 1908, xii, 240- 275.—itlaunoury (G.) Influence des rayons de Ront- gen sur les tumeurs malignes. Assoc, franc, de chir. Proc.-verb. [etc.], Par., 1907, 63-96. Also: Arch, d'elee- tric med., Bordeaux, 1907, xv, 841-858. Also: J. de physiotherap., Par., 1907, v, 509-528. —Meidner (S.) Stand und Aussichten der Rontgentherapie bosartiger Geschwulste. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1912, liii, 28-35.— Meyer (F. M.) Ueber Erfahrungen mit Adrenalinanil- mie (nach Reicher und Lenz) fiir die Rontgentherapie. Dermat. Ztschr., Berl., 1911, xviii, 904-913.—Morestin (H.) Ravons X et tumeurs malignes. Assoc, franc, de chir. Proc.-verb. [etc.], Par., 1907, 141-146.—Morton (E. R.) The present position of the X-ray and radium treatment of malignant disease. Arch. Roentg. Rav, Lond., 1910-11. xvi, 169-175. -----. The X-ray treatment of malignant disease. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, ii, 901- 904.—Morton (W. J.) Radiotherapy for cancer and other diseases. Year Bk. M. Ass. Gr. N. York, 1902, 139- 150. Also: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1902, Ixi, 803-805. Also, Re- print. -----. The treatment of malignantgrowths by the X-ray, with a provisional report on cases under treat- ment. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1902, Ixi, 362-365. -----. Some cases treated by the X-ray; facial cancer, carbuncle, cheloid, acne, alopecia areata, sychosis, fibroid tumor, psoriasis, lupus, primary and recurrent carcinoma of the breast; artificial fluorescence of living tissue. Ibid., 1903, lxiii, 845; lxiv, 121; 215. Also, Reprint. -----. The X and violet radiations in the treatmentof cancerand otherdis- eases. Med. Brief, St. Louis, 1903, xxxi, 842-844—Muller (C.) Die Aussichten fiir die Behandlung maligner Tu- moren mit Rontgenstrahlen. [Mit Nachwort von G. Klemperer.] Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1911, xxv, 105- 109. -----. Therapeutische Erfahrungen an 100 mit Kombination von Rontgenstrahlen und Hoehfrequenz, resp. Diathermie behandelten bosartigen Neubildungen. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1912, lix,1546-1549.—Peraire (M.) Influence des rayons de Rontgen sur les tumeurs malignes. Assoc, franc de chir. Proc.-verb. [etc.], Par., 1907, 165-172.—Pfahler (G. E.) X-ray therapy, with report of cases of epithelioma, recurrent carcinoma of the breast, carcinoma of the uterus, carcinoma of the esopha- gus, tuberculosis of the skin and psoriasis. Phila. M. J., 1902, x, 940-943.-----. Carcinoma and tuberculosistreated by the Roentgen rays. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1903, xli, 1406-1409.—Pusey (W. A.) Cases of sarcoma and of Hodgkin's disease treated by exposures to X-rays. Ibid., ] 902, xxxviii, 166-169.— Bainear (A. R.) X-rays for the treatmentof cancer and lupus. J. Advanc. Therap., N. Y., 1902, xx, 786-791. Also, Reprint.—Beboul (J.) Sur quelques cas de cancer et de tuberculose traites par les rayons de Rontgen. Arch, d'eleetric med., Bordeaux, 1904, xii, 658-669.— Bice (May C.) The Roentgen X-ray in the treatment of tuberculosis, carcinoma and acne. N. Albany M. Herald, 1903, xxii, 93-95.—Bochard (E.) Du traitement des tumeurs malignes par les rayons de Roentgen. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1907, cliv, 881-885.—Schmidt (H. E.) Beitrag zur Rontgenbe- handlung maligner Tumoren. Ztschr. f. phys. u. diatet. Therap., Leipz., 1910, xiv, 142-145.—Shaw (E. H.) The action of radium and X-ravs on malignant growths. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, ii, 373.—Shaw (E. H.) & Finzi (N *S.) Discussion on ray therapeutics in malignant growths. Ibid., 373-377.—Skinner (C. E.) X-ray treat- ment in intra-abdominal and other deeply located malig- nant growths. Am. X-Ray J., St. Louis, 1902, xi, 1262. I -----. Practical application of the Roentgen ray to the management of malignant growths. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lix, 844-847.—Tomasczewski. Carcinom der linken Wange unter Rontgenstrahlen- behandlung abgeheilt. Jahresb. d. schles. Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Cult. 1902, Bresl., 1903, lxxx, med. Sect., 117.—Tuflier. Influence des rayons de Rontgen sur les tumeurs malignes. Assoc, franc, de chir. Proc.-verb. [etc.], Par., 1907, 107-110.—Umfrage iiber die Behand- lung der bosartigen Geschwulste mit Rontgenstrahlen. Med. Klin., Berl., 1912. viii, 610-612— Varney (H. R.) Therapeutic action of the Roentgen rays in dermatosis and malignant growths. J. Mich. M. Soc, Detroit, 1903, ii, 23-29.—Vermel (S. B.) Llecheniye zlokachestven- nikh opukholel Rentgenovskimi luchami. [Roentgen- TUMORS. 1000 TUMORS. Tumors (Malignant. Treutment of) by Rontgen rays, ray treatment of malignant tumors.] Khirurgia, Mosk., 1912, xxxi, 41-58.—Walker (E.) Some experiences with the X-ray as a therapeutic agent; reportof the cure of a case of alveolar melanotic sarcoma. J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- cago, 1903, xl, 1214. Also, Reprint.—Walker (N.) Lu- pus, carcinoma and X-rays. Scot. M. & S. J.. Edinb., 1904, xv, 5-11.—Werner (R.) Die Rolle der Strahlentherapie bei der Behandlung der malignen Tumoren. Strahlen- therapie, Berl. u. Wien, 1912, i, 100-120.—Werner (R.) & Caan iA.j Leber den Wert der Kombination von Rontgenstrahlen und Hoehfrequenzbehandlung bei ma- lignen Tumoren. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1911, lviii, 1900— Williams (('.) X-rays in the treatmentof carci- noma and sarcoma. Med. Electrol. & Radiol., Lond., 1906, vii, 70; 109. Also [Abstr.]: Lancet, Lond., 1907, i, 211.— Williams (E. G.) Illustrations of theX-ray treatment of malignant growths. Old Dominion J. M. & S., Rich- mond, 1906-7, v, 67.—Witherbee (W. D.) X-ray treat- ment as a preventative of recurrence following extirpa- tion of malignant growths. South. Clinic, Richmond, 1906, xxix, 257-262.—Wright (J. A.) The X-ray treat- ment in cancer and intractable skin diseases; a study and review. Am. M. Compend, Toledo, 1903, xix, 39-44.-----. The cure of cancerous, intractable and destructive dis- eases bv the X-rav. Toledo M. & S. Reporter, 1903, xxix, 167-172.' Tumors (Malignant) in animals. See, also, Cancer in animals; Tumors (Malig- nant, Experimental production of); Tumors (Sarcomatous) in animals. Baumann (K.) * Ueber Geschwulstbildungen bei Tieren; Adenom der Rehleber und saikom- artigeTuberculose der Hundelunge. 8°. Miin- ehen, 1904. Brooks (H.) Concerning the occurrence of neo- plasms in wild mammals, with the report of a case of sar- coma of the ovarv in Nyctereutes albus. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila.&N.Y., 1907,n.s.,cxxxiii, 769-772.—Ehrenreich (M.) Weitere Mitteilungen iiber das Vorkommen ma- ligner Tumoren bei Huhnern. Verhandl. d. Kong. f. innere Med.. Wiesb., 1907, xxiv,549-552.—Field (EvaH.) A contribution to the study of malignant growths in the lower animals. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1894, xxiii, 982- 985.—Jaeger (A.) Ueber den vollwertigen Organbau eines Talgdriisenadenoms und eines Analdriisenkarzi- nomsbeim Hund. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1910, cie, 82-94, 1 pl.—Kinsley (A. T.) Spindle- celled sarcoma; mule. Am. Vet. Rev.,N. Y., 1905-6,xxix, 1347-1349.—Laniranehi (A.) Contributo alio studio dei tumori maligni nel cane. Clin, vet., Milano, 1910, xxxiii, sez. prat., 521-527.—McCampbell (E. F.) Ma- lignant tumors in mice; with a report of a spontaneous adeno-earcinoma in a house mouse (Mus musculus). J. Med. Research., Bost., 1909, xx, 261-273. —Petit (G.) Sarco-epitheLiome generalise chez un chien. Rec. demed. vet., Par., 1908, lxxxv, 132-135. -----. General ites sur les tumeurs malignes des animaux domestiques. Trav. de la 2. confer, internat. pour l'Stude du cancer 1910, Par.,1911, 207-220. [Discussion],787-794. Also: Rec. de med. veL, Par., 1910, lxxx vii, 633-644.—Begaud (C.) Helminthiase extra-intestinaleetneoplasies maligncschezlerat. Lvon med., 1907, cviii, 272-277— Shaw-Mackenzie (LA.) An investigation of the action of digestive ferments and tissue extracts, hypodermieally injected, on malignant tumours in mice. Lancet, bond., r.iuo. i, 1596-15'Js. — Wooldridge (G. H.) Adenoma of the prostate of a dog with adeno-carcinoma of the liver. J. Comp. Path. & Therap., Edinb. Melbourne, 1893. ------. The same. 3. ed. 8°. Chicago, 1903. ------. The same. 4. ed. 8°. London, 1906. Virchow (R.) Die krankhaftenGeschwulste. 3 v. 8°. Berlin, 1864-7. ------. The same. Pathologie des tumeurs. Trad, de l'allemand par P. Aronsohn. v. 1-3, fasc. 1, v. 4. 8°. Paris, 1867-76. Bowen(J.T.) Benign neoplasms. Twentieth Cent. Pract., X. V., 1896, v, 629-723.—Curtis (B. P.) Tumors. Internat. Enevcl. Surg. (Ashhurst). N. Y., 1895, vii, 209- 301.—Dcnni* (F. S.) & Dunham i.E. K.) Tumors. Svst. Surg. (Dennis), Phila., lsgo, iv, 17-141, 2 pl.— Ulorris (H.) Morbid growths. Svst. Med. (Allbutt), Lond., 1897, iv, 445-450.— Sheild ( M. ) Warts and moles; botryomycosis; fibroma; molluscum fibrosum; li- poma; adenoma; neuroma; angioma; naevus; infective naevus; naevus lvmphaticus. Ibid., Lond., 1899, viii, 816- 832—Sutton (J. B.) Tumours. Svst. Surg. (Treves), Phila., 1895. i, 443-495. -----. Tumors. Internat. Text- Bk. Surg. (Warren & Gould), 8°, Phila., 1899, i, 458-496. Tumors (Melanotic). See, also Cancer (Melanotic); Choroid (Tu- mors of); Eye (Tumors of); Tumors (Sarcom- atous, Melanotic). Anger (B.) & Worthington (L. S.) Mela- nomes. 8°. Paris, 1866. Bazilevich ( M. E. ) Melanoma v ryadu zlokachestvennikh novoobrazovaniy zhelyozis- tavo tipa. [Melanoma in the series of malig- nant tumors of glandular tvpe.] 8°. Zhitomir, 1902. Bierbaum (E.) * Ueber das Vorkommen und die Verbreitung des melanotischen Carcinoms. [Kiel.] 8°. Munster, 1896. TUMORS. 1001 TUMORS. Tumors (Melanotic). Calmels (P.) * Contribution ii I'etude des tumeurs melaniques. 8°. Montpellier, 1910. Drexkhahx (R. [F. H. J. F.j) *Die im koniglichen chirurgischen Klinikum zu Berlin vom 1. April 1883 bis 1. April 1888 beobachteten Melanome. 8°. Berlin, 1888. Dubrow (W.) *Zur Frage der Natur der melanotischen Geschwulste und ihres Pig- mentes. [Wurtzburg.] 8°. Berlin, 1896. Eichel (C. H. E.) * Ueber einen Fall von Melanom beim Pferde. 8°. Marburg, 1902. Joos (K.) Ueber den Ursprung des Pigments in melanotischen Tumoren. 8°. Munchen, 1894. Larass (G. M.C.) * Beitrage zur Kenntnis der melanotischen Neubildungen. 8°. Leipzia, 1901. Also, in: Arb. a. d. path.-anat. Abt. d. k. hvg. Inst, zu Posen . . . R. Virchow zur Feier retcl, Wiesb., 1901 67- 96,1 pl. Luther ( VV. G. A.) * Ueber melanotische Geschwulste (mit Aussehluss der Geschwulste der Orbita). 8°. Leipzig, 1900. Muller (A.) *Zur Histogenese der melano- tischen Tumoren und ihrer Metastasen. 8°. Wiirzburg, .1899. Schweikert (A.) •* Ein Beitrag zur Kennt- nis der melanotischen Geschwulste. 8°. Ber- lin, [1908]. .Seybold (C.) * Ueber das Melanom. 8°. Giessen, 1899. • Stephan (R.) * Ueber die Entstehung me- lanotischer Tumoren und des melanotischen Pigmentes. 8°. Leipzig, 1910. Aievoli (E.) Sui tumori melanici partenti da nei in rapporto all' evoluzione del mesenchima e dell' angio- blasto (melano-mesenchimomi). Morgagni, Milano, 1906, xlviii, pt. 1, 637; 673; 745.—Bard (L.) De ra nature parasitaire de la melanose et de certaines tumeurs melaniques. Mem. et compt.-rend. Soc. d. sc. med. de Lyon (l*85>, 1886, xxv, 33-41.—Berard. Sur un cas de tumeur meianique benigne. Lyon med., 1910, cxiv, 228.— Bissau lie (R.) L'acide lactique et le pyoktanin dans le traitement des melanomes. Rec. de med. veL, Par., 1898, 8. s., v, 481^87.—Bonnet iP.) De la melanurie dans les tumeurs melaniques. Lyon chirurg., 1912, viii, 582-600.—Boulay. Du pronostic des tumours melani- ques. Arch. gen. de med., Par., 1888, ii, 157-181.—Bro- wicz (T.) W sprawie pochodzenia melaniu w nowot- worach barwikowych. [Zur Frage der Herkunft des Pigmentes in melanotischen Neubildungen.] Bull, in- ternat. Acad. d. sc. de Cracovie, 1898, 225-231.—Eber- nianii (A. A.) Beitrag zur Casuistik der melanotischen Geschwulste. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1896, xliii, 498-527.—Eve (F.) A lecture on melanoma. (Delivered at the London Hospital, February 7th, 1902.) Prac- titioner, Lond., 1903, lxx, 165-174, 3 pl.—Fry (W. E.) A case of melanotic malignant growth. West Lond. M. J., 1910, xv, 157.—Ciessard (C.) Sur la formation du pig- ment nmlanique dans les tumeurs du cheval. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1903, exxxvi, 1086-1088.—Gibbon (J. H.) et IK'spard (D. L.) Melanotic neoplasms. In- ternat. Clin.. Phila., 1908, is. s., iii, 74-94, 3 pl.—Hand- ley i VV. S.) The Hunterian lectures on the pathology of melanotic growths in relation to their operative treat- ment. Lancet, Lond., 1907, i, 927; 996.— Heitzman (C.) Melanotic myeloma [from the right malar region]. Proc. X. York Path. Soc. (1890), 1891, 106-108.—Heitz- niann i L. i Microscopical studies on melanotic tumors of the skin.' J. Cutan. & Genito-Lrin. Dis., N. Y., 1888, vi, 201-212.— Helman (D.) Beitrag zur Lehre iiber Melanin und Glycogen in melanotischen Geschwiilsten, nebst Bemerkungen iiber Wirkung und physiologisch- chemisches Verhalten einiger Pigmente bei kiinstlicher Einfuhr. Arch, internat. de pharmacod., Brux. et Par., 1903, xii, 271-325, lpl.—fiofi'iuanii (E.) Eine 70jahrige Frau mit sehr zahlreichen multiplen Melanomen. Sitzungsb. d. naturh. Ver. d. preuss. Rheinl. u. West- phal. 1910, Bonn, 1911, B, 61. Also: Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1911, xxxvii, 716.— Johnston (J. C.) Melanoma. J. Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph., N. Y., 1905, xxiii, 1; 49, 11 pl.—Jones (S.) Multiple melanotic tumours. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1876-7, xxviii, 219-221.— Keyser (C. R.) A note on melanoma. Med. Times & Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1903, xxxi, 211— Kunkel. Ueber Tumors (Melanotic). das Vorkommen von Eisen im Harn und in melano- tischen Tumoren. Sitzungsb. d. phvs.-med. Gesellsch. zu Wiirzb., 1881, 69-71— Laignel-Lavastine & Bau- lle (P.) Sarcome meianique avec reaction epithelioma- teuse des travees hepatiques. Arch, de med. exper et d'anat. path., Par., 1910, xxii, 276-286, 1 pl.-Lanz (O ) Experimenteller Beitrag zur Frage der Uebertrag- barkeit melanotiseher Geschwulste. Festschr z Jubilaum v. Theodor Kocher, Wiesb., 1891,299-318.—Las- sar(0.) Zur Therapie des Melanoms. Dermat. Ztschr., Berl., 1894, i, 533-537.—I,eo. Un cas de melanome con- genital atypique. Paris chirurg., 1912, iv, 1001-1007.— Licini (C.) Contributo alio studio dei tumori me- lanotici. Riforma med., Napoli, 1911, xxvii, 648-651 — MaeWillle (J.) Pigmented tumor. China, M. J., Shanghai, 1909, xxiii, 31, 1 pl.—Mauiioury (G.) Sur la benignite de certains neoplasmes melaniques. Assoc. franc, pour l'avance d. sc. C.-r., Par., lssg, xviii, pt. 2, 801-803.—Momer (K. A. H.) Bidrag till kannedomen om fargamnena i melanotiska svulster. [C. r. Contribu- tion a la eonnaissance des matieres colorantes dans les tnmeurs melaniques.] Nord. med. Ark., Stockholm, 1886, xviii, no. 19, 1-58, 2 tab. —Molir. Demonstration eines Falles von recht ungewohnlichem melanotischen Tumor. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1911, lviii, 2090. — Moore (V. A.) A melanoma in the cow. Proc. N. York Path. Soc, 1902-3, n. s., ii, 112-114.—Nepveu (G.) Des contre- indications operatoires des tumeurs melaniques tirees de l'examen du sang, etc. Union med., Par., 1886, 3. s., xlii, 496-498.—Neuberg'(C) Zur Frage der Pigmentbildung. Ztschr.f. Krebsforsch., Berl.,1909,viii, 195-205.—Petrone (L.) La reazione micro-chimica della melanina e sua origine. Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 1907, n. s., xxix, 172-174.—Picliler (K.) Beitrag zur Symptomato- logie und Diagnose der melanotischen Tumoren. Ztschr. i. Heilk., Berl., 1896, xvii, 259-273. —Pilliet (A.) Tu- meurs melaniques de la peau, du foie, de la dure-mere, du cerveau; tumeurs non melaniques dans l'encephale; sar- come perivasculaire. Ann. de physiol. norm, et path., Par., 1887, 3. s., x, 579-589, 1 pl.-Reverd.ln (J.) Deux cas de melanome traites par le topique arsenical de Cerny- Trunecek. Assoc, franc, dechir. Proc.-verb. [etc.], Par., 1907, 1047-1051.—Wieting- & Hamdi. Ueber die phy- siologische und pathologische Melaninpigmentierurig und den epithelialen Ursprung der Melanoblastome; ein primares Melanoblastom der Gallenblase. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1907, xlii, 23-84—Zappe. Zur Histologie der melanotischen Geschwulste. Ver- handl. d. phys.-med. Gesellsch. zu Wiirzb., 1899, n. F., xxxiii, 79-81. Tumors (Mesenchymatous) [Adami]. See Chloroma ; Keloid ; Lymphadenoma; Lymphocythaemia; Lymphoma ; Neurofi- broma; Odontoma; Spleen (Hypertrophy) ivith anaemia; Steatopygia; Tumors (Adeno- matous; Tumors (Cartilaginous and bony); Tu- mors (Fibrous) ; Tumors (Lipomatous) ; Tu- mors (Lymphosarcomatous); Tumors (Myelo- matous); Tumors (Myomatous); Tumors (Myx- omatous). Tumors (Mesoblastic) [Klebs, Senn]. See Tumors (Angiomatous); Tumors (Carti- laginous and bony); Tumors (Fibrous); Tumors (Lymphaugiomatous); Tumors (Lymphomeitous); Tumors (Lymphosarcomatous); Tumors (Myo- matous); Tumors (Myxomatous); Tumors (Neu~ romatous); Tumors (Sarcomatous). Tumors (Mesothelial) [Adami]. See Rhabdomyoma. Tumors (Metalxdism of). See Tumors ( Chemistry and metabolism of). Tumors (Metamorphosis of). < osen tino (A. j Un caso di meta'morfosi neoplastica. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1902, xxiii, 733. — Gargano (C.) VerpflanzungvonepithelialenTumorenaufdieMaus(Mus musculus) und Umwandlung derselben inSarkome. Cen- tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1911, lix, Orig., 35-47.—Leuenberger (S. G.) Beitrage zur Frage der Geschwulstmutation beim Menchen auf Grund der His- togenese eines sarkomatosen Harnblasendivertikelpapil- loms. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1912, cxiv, 1-24, 4 pl.—dc ttuervain (F.) Dela metamorphose des neo- plasmes. J. de med. veL et zootech., Lvon, 1910,5. s., xiv, 525-544. Also: Semaine med., Par., 1910, xxx, 445-448. TUMORS. 1002 TUMORS. Tumors (Metastatic, multiple, and co- existent). See, also, Tumors (Bilateral, etc.); Tumors (Lipomatous, multiple, and symmetrical) ; Tu- mors (Malignant, Metastatic, multiple, and coex- istent); Tumors (Sarcomatous, Metastatic, multi- ple, and coexistent). Casper (C.) * Beitrag zur Kenntnis der mul- tiplen Primartumoren. 8°. Greifswald, 1906. Erkelens (A. N.) *Iets over inetastase van tumoren. 8°. Amsterdam, 1881. Fey (J.) *Ein Beitrag zur Multiplicitiit ver- schiedenartiger Tumoren. 8°. Munchen, 1905. Neumann (H.) * Carcinom des Larynx und Grawitzsche Tumoren der Nieren. Ein Beitrag zu Multiplicitiit der Geschwulste. 8°. Miin- ehen, 1905. Schmidt (E.) * Beitrag zur Kenntnis der multiplen Primartumoren. 8°. Greifswald, 1906. Yetter (E.) Combinationsgeschwulste mit combinirten Metastasen. 8°. Zurich, 1896. Becker (E.) Zur Kasuistik multipler primarer Ge- schwiilste. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1895, xiv, 146- 152.—Beneke (R.) Ueber ein freies Wachsthum me- tastatischer Geschwulstelemente in serosen Hohlen. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1899, lxiv, 237-265.— Betke (R.) Multiple Tumoren bei einem Nashorn. Frankfurt. Ztschr. f. Path., Wiesb., 1910-11, vi, 19-26, 3 pl.—de Beurinann, Bith & Cain. Un cas de tu- meurs primitives multiples chez le meme sujet. Bull, de l'Ass. franc, p. I'etude du cancer, Par., 1911, iv, 116-119.— Blumer (G.) The clinical manifestations of tumor metastases in the bones. Yale M. J., N. Haven, 1911-12, xviii, 153-169.—Bornnann (R.) Zur Frage der Me- tastasenbildung bei sonst gutartigen Tumoren. Ver- handl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1903, Leipz., 1904, ii, 2. Hlfte., 18. -----. Zur Metastasenbildung bei gutartigen Tumoren (Fall von Angioma malignum). Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch., Jena, 1904, xv, Ergnzngshft., 209-212. -----. Metastasenbildung bei his- tologisch gutartigen Geschwiilsten (Fall von metasta- sierendem Angiom). Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1906, xl, 372-392, 5 pl.-Bowen (J. T.) Multiple subcutaneous hemangiomas, together with mul- tiple lipomas, occurring in enormous numbers in an oth- erwise healthy, muscular subject. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. &N. Y., 1912, cxliv, 189-192, 1 pl.— Brugnatelli (E.) Tumore a tipo surrenale di sede ignota con metastasi multiple sottocutanee e sottomucose; importanza del- 1' esame istologico della metastasi per la diagnosi del tu- more primitivo. Policlin., Roma, 1910, xvii, sez. chir., 314-325, 1 pl.—Cases illustrating the occurrence of his- tologically different types of neoplasm in the same per- son. Westminst. Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1905, xiv, 324-327,— Castor (R. H.) A rare case of tumours. J. trop. M. [etc.], Lond., 1910, xiii, 303.— Clairmont (P.) Einige Falle von seltenen Geschwulstmetastasen. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1909, lxxxix, 513-541.—Cotterill (J. M.) A short note on a case of multiple tumours of an unusual type. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Edinb., 1901, xx, n. s., 18-19.—Cullen (E. K.) Acaseof multiple tumors in a dog. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1907, xviii, 101. Also, Reprint.—JDavis(B. B.) Metaplastic tumor. West. M. Rev., Lincoln, Neb., 1896, i, 81.—Ehrlich (P.) & Apolant (H.) Ueber spontane Mischtumoren der Maus. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1907, xliv, 1399-1401.— Faysse. Tumeurs multiples de nature indeterminee. Lyon med., 1903, c, 165.—Federici (X.) Raro caso di neoplasia multipla. Riv. internaz. di elin. e terap., Na- poli, 1911, vi, 61-63.—Foster (G. B.) A Gerhard (C. H.) Two instances of the simultaneous occurrence of hyperne- phroma and carcinoma. N.YorkM.J. [etc],1909,lxxxix, 154-156. Also, Reprint.—Frangenheini (P.) Multiple Primartumoren. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1906, clxxxiv, 201-213.—Would (P.) Multiple tu- mours. Middlesex Hosp. Rep. 1901, Lond., 1903, 83.— Grawitz (P.) Ueber multiple Primartumoren. Deut- sche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1904, xxx, 1794- 1796.—Guinard. Neoplasmes associes. Bull, et mem. Soc de chir. de Par., 1902, n. s., xxix, 13-19.—von Haii- semann. Das gleichzeitige Vorkommen verschieden- artiger Geschwulste bei derselben Person. Ztschr. f. Krebsforsch., Jena, 1904, i, 183-198. Also [Abstr.]: Deut- sche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1904, xxx, 119.— llarbitz (F.) Tuberose Hirnsklerose, gleichzeitig mit Nierengesehwiilsten (Myxo-Liposarkomen) und einer Hautkrankheit (Adenoma sebaceum). Centralbl f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1912, xxiii, 868-875.—Hunter (J. W.) Some observations upon the histological struc- Tumors (Metastatic, multiple, and co- existent). ture of spontaneous subcutaneous tumors in mice, includ- ing five cases of multiple tumors. Univ. Penn. M. Bull., Phila., 1910-11, xxiii, 15-29.—lovane (A.) Fibro-endo- teliomi multipli congeniti in bambina di trenta mesi. contribuzione alio studio clinico ed anatomo-patologico' dei tumori nell' infanzia. Pediatria, Napoli, 1908, 2. s., vi, 770-783, 1 pl.—Jobling (J. W.) Metaplasia and lym- phatic metastasis of a rat tumor. Proc. N. York Path. Soc, 1907-8, n. s., vii, 203-205.—Jorio (C.) Alcune ri- cerche istologiche sui tumori e sulle loro metastasi nei gangli linfatiei. Bull. d. sc. med. di Bologna, 190*, 8. s viii, 389-400, 1 pl. Also, transl: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1908, xlviii, Orig., 151-161.—Levin (I.) & Sittenlield(M. J.) The formation of metastases after an intravascular injection of tumor emulsions. Proc. N. Y. Path. Soc, 1911-12, n. s., xi, 57-61. Also, Re- print.—Lie wis (P. A.) Multiple primary heterogeneous tumors. Med. & Surg. Rep. Bost. City Hosp., 1905, 36-40.— Liiceiardi (S.) Inoculazione ed esame dal lato batte- rico e protozoi del sangue di individui con tumori nella fase di metastasi. Riformamed., Napoli, 1894, x, pt. 3,794- 798.—McMonagh (J. E. R.) Case of mixed tumour (tri- choepithelioma papillosum and syringo-evstadenoma). Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1909-10, iii, Dermat. Sect., 32.—Mace wen (J. A. C.) A case of abdominal, pelvic, and labial tumour. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1908, ii, 1607 — iTlolir. Fall von ungewohnlieher multipler symme- trischer Geschwulstbildung. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1913, lx, 727.—JMonod (C.) Neoplasmes associes. Bull. et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par.,1902, xxviii, 1289-1294.— Nadal(P.) La notion de tumeur mixte. Rev.dechir., Par., 1912, xiv, 629-657.—Nieholls (A. G.) Multiple pri- mary tumours in the stomach and mamma, combined with tuberculosis of the pleura and peribronchial glands, with some remarks on the question of multiple primary growths in general and the association of tuberculosis and carcinoma. Montreal M. J.. 1903, xxxii, 326-335.— Nothdurtt (K.) Ein Fall von mehrfacher Tumorbil- dung. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1911, xxxvi, 610-612.— Oberndorffer. MultiplizitatvonTumoren. Sitzungsb. d. Gesellsch. f. Morphol. u. Physiol, in Munchen, 1905, xxi, 20-33. Also: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1905, Hi, 1477-1481.—Oderfeld (H.) & Stein haus (J.) Przy- czynek do kwestyi guz6w przerzutowyeh o budowie gruczolu tarczowego. [Metastatic tumors presenting the structure of the thyroid gland.] Medycyna, Warszawa, 1902, xxx, 1047-1049.— Quenu. Sur la pluralite des neo- plasmes. Bull, et mem. Soc de chir. de Par., 1903, n. s., xxix, 480.—Belch. [Eine dissemminierte Geschwulst- bildung.] Allg. Ztschr. f. Psychiat. [etc.], Berl., 1904, Ixi, 440.—Riehelot. Sur la pluralite des neoplasmes. Bull. etm6m. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1903, n. s., xxix, 455- 461.—Roman (B.) Ein Beitrag zu den metastatisehen Tumoren des Knochensystems. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1912, liii, 69-90, 1 pl.—School (J.) Ueber combinierte oder polymorphe, bisher noch nicht beobachtete Neubildungen. Klin.-therap. Wchnschr., Wien, 1901, viii, 953-955.—Segond (P.) Pluralite des neoplasmes. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1903, n. s., xxix, 589-594.—Sllwinski (F.) Zur Kasuistik multipler primarer Tumorbildung. Wien. klin. Wchn- schr., 1909, xxii, 1134.—Steiner (L.) Ueber multiple subkutane, harte, fibrose Geschwulste. Arch. f. Sehifls- u. Tropen-Hyg., Leipz., 1909, xiii, 461^170.—Theilhaber (A.) & Edelberg (H.) Zur Lehre von der Multiplizi- tat der Tumoren, insbesondere der Carcinome. Deutsehe Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1912, cxvii, 457-489,—Thompson (R. L.) Two cases of tumor metastases involving the parathyroid glandules. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1911, xxix, "291-297.— Torri (O.) Angiomi ed encondromi multipli nello stesso individuo. Clin, chir., Milano, 1911, x, 81-105, 3 pl.—Vierth (K.) Ueber riicklauflge Metas- tase in den Lymphbahnen. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1895, xviii, 515-533.—Warthin (A. S.) Multiple primary neoplasms in one individual (spindle- cell sarcoma of fore-arm, adeno-carcinome. of pylorus, myomata of stomach-wall); treatment with Coley's mix- ture. Phila. M. J., 1901, viii, 701-703. Also, Reprint.— Woolley (P. G.) Notes on multiple primary tumors. Boston M. & S. J., 1903, cxlviii, 1-6. Tumors (Mucous). See Tumors (Myxomatous). Tumors (Myelomatous). See, also, Bones (Tumors of); Marrow (Tu- mors of); Myeloma. Herz (A.) Zur Kenntnis de Mvcloms. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1908, lviii, 1289-1295—Pappenheim (A.) Ueber den Begriff des Myeloms, seine Klassirizicrung im nosologisehen System der Erkrankungen des hamato- poetischen Apparates und seine Beziehungen zu ver- wandten Krankheitsprozessen. Folia haematol., Leipz., TUMORS. 1003 TUMORS. Tumors (Myelomatosis). 1907, iv. Suppl., 215-222.— Pavlovski (A.) Kostno- mozgoviya opukholi i gigantskiya klietki. [Myeloid tumors and giant cells.] Vovenno-med. J., St. Petersb., 1884, cli, 2. sect., 41; 174: 267, 2 pl.—Permin (C. H.) Ueber Myelom. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1907, clxxxix, 439-466. Tumors (Myomatous). See, also, Muscles (Tumors of); Myoma; Rhabdomyoma; Uterus (Tumors of'). Capgrand (J.-A.) *Le rhabdo-myome pur. Considerations sur sa pathogenie. 8°. Bor- deaux, 1903. Kolesnikoff (N.) *Pigmentnaya rabdo- mioma (rhabdomyoma melanodes). 8°. S.-Pe- terburg, 1876. Also^ in: J. dlya normal, i patol. histol., St. Petersb., 1876. x, 54-92. Also, transl. [Abstr.] in: Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.]. Berl., 1S76, lxviii, 554-575,1 pl. Chavannaz & Pierre-Nadal. Circulation arte- rielle des myomes. Bull, et mem. Soc. de m6d. et chir. de Bordeaux (1910), 1911, 330-333.—Jarisch. Vorstel- lung eines Falles von multiplen Myomen. Verhandl. d. deutsch. dermat. Gesellsch. 1895, Wien u. Leipz., 1896, v, 360-362, 1 pl.- Kessler (L.) Myom, Herz, Ovarium. St. Petersb. mod. Wchnschr., 1905, xxx, 421.—Meyer (R.) Zur Pathologic der Myome, insbesondere iiber ihr Wachstum und ihre Histogenese. Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynak., Stuttg., 1907, lx, 329-342.—Moses. Ueber Ront- gentlefenbestrahlung bei Morb. Basedow und Myom. Munchen. med.Wchnschr., 1913, lx, 1062.—Tilp (A.) Multiple Myombildung im Magendarmkanal und in der Haut. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1907, xviii, 769-773. Tumors (Myxomatous). See, also, Bones ( Tumors of); Brain (Tumors of); Chondro-myxoma; Myxoma; Myxoma- tosis; Pseudomyxoma; Spinal cord ( Tumors of); Tumors (Lipomatous); Tumors (Sarcom- atous) . Auvray (A.-C.) *Duchondro-myxome. 8°. Pans, 1897. Levy ( S.) * Ueber ein metastasierendes Myxom. 8°. Bonn, 1909. Vogel (R.) * Ueber das Wachstum des Myxoms. 8°. Zurich, 1896. Acevedo i.M.) Seudomixoma peritoneal de origen apendicular. Rov. Soc. med. argent., Buenos Aires, 1906, XiV,277-28.^.—ArabailtUlOS (A. I.) Ilepi T7js iradoyeveias TCOP A€/bL-seuse restauratrice. Paris chirurg., 1910, ii, 619-628.—Destot. Diagnostic radio- graphique des osteosarcornes. Lyon m£d., 1911, cxvi, 977.— Dietrich (A.) Ein Osteoidsarkom mit ausge- dehnter Verkalkung. Arb. a. d. Geb. d. path. Anat. . . . Inst, zu Tiibing.. Leipz., 1907, vi, 150-158. — Dunn (L. A.) Sarcoma of bone. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1905, xix, 48-51.—Durand. Osteosarcome. Lyon med., 1909, cxii, 1275-1277.—Dworzak (Z. V.) A substitute for Bel- locq's application of tampon and a very rare case of sar- coma ossis turbinalis. Denver M. Times & Utah M. J., Denver, 1909-10, xxix, 409-412.— Eve (Sir F.) Remarks on the treatment of sarcoma of the long bones. Lancet, Lond., 1912, ii, 1315-13.">7. Also: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1912, n. s., xciv, 511.—(>alliua (G.) Su tre casi di osteo- sarcoma da causa traumatica. Policlin., Roma, 1909, xvi, sez. chir.. 405-411.— tiangolphe. Chirurgie conserva- trice des osteo-sarcomes; resections diaphysaires et dia- phvso epiphysaires. Bull. Soc. de chir. de Lyon, 1903, vi, 367-369. Also: Lyon med., 1904, cii, 155-157. -----. Traite- ment des osteosarcomes des membres. Bull. Soc. dechir. de Lyon, 1904, vii. [Discussion], 142-144. -----. Opera- tions couservatrices pour osteosarcomes malines. Lyon chirurg., 1909, ii, 396. -----. Contribution a I'etude du traitement conservateur dans les sarcomes presumes malins des os longs. Ibid., 523:717. — (iirard (H.) Surles osteosarcomesd'originecostale: sarcome deladixiemecSte droite. Bull, etmem. Soc. dechir.de Par. ,1910, n.s., xxxvi, SS2-890.— Oranger (A.) The diagnosisof sarcoma of bone by means of the X ravs. Arch. Roentg. Ray, Lond., 1909-10, xiv,372-374, 2 pl.— Guinard (U.) Deux cas de resection pour osteosarcome presume malin des os longs. Lyon chirurg., 1912, vii, 140-148—von flaberer (H.) Ein Fall von multiplen Knochentumoren. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1904, xiv, 509. -----. Sarkom der langen Rohrenknochen. Ztschr. f. Heilk., Wien u. Leipz., 1906, xxvii, 100-123, 3 pl.—Hammer. Ueber ein malignes fascialesRiesenzellensarkommit Knochenbildung. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1901, xxxi, 727-733, 1 pl.—Har- bitz (F.) Multiple primsere svulster i bensystemet (myelosarkomer). [Multiple primary tumors in the osseous system i inyelo-sarcomata).] Norsk Map. f. Lsege- .vhlensk., Kri-tiania, 1903, 5. R., i, 89. — Hrrreil- sclimidt (A.) Un nouveau cas de sarcome o-teo- lilastiqne. Bull.de 1'Assoc, franc P- I'etude du cancer, Par., l'.Mu, iii. 462-472.—Holland (C. T.) A note on sarcoma of hone. Arch. Roentg. Ray. Lond., 1904-5, ix, 187, 2 pl.—de Holstein (V.) L'albumosurie comme signe de sarcomes primitifs multiples des os. Semaine med., Par., 1899, xix, 82.—Huguier (A.) Le traite- ment des osteosarcomes des membres par la resection parostale, suivie de greffe osseuse restauratrice. Paris chirurg., 1910, ii, 569-599, 4 pl. -----. Tumeur inflamma- toire juxta femorale simulant un osteo-sarcome perios- tique. Bull, et m^m. Soc. anat. de Par, 1911, lxxxvi, 697-700.—Kieppelin. Trois cas d'osteosarcomes. Loire med., St.-Etienne, 1911, xxx, 224-229. -Kocher (O.) Ueber die Sarkome der langen Rohrenknochen. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1906, 1, 118-146, 2 pl.—Kramer (W.) Beitrag zur chirurgischen Behandlung der bosar- tigen Sarkome der langen Rohrenknochen. Areh. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1902, lxvi, 792-805.—Leser. Drei Falle von Knochensarkom. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1898, xiv, 1482. Also: Sitzungsb. d. iirztl. Ver., Halle a. S. 1898-9, Munchen, 1900,12.—Leslie & David. Chondro- sarcoma du femur; generalisation pulmonaire. Tribune ineil., Par., 1904, 2. s., xxxvi, 390.—Lessiug. Knochen- sarkomeim Rontgenbild. Berl. khn. Wchnschr.. 1903, xl, y2y — -Hartelli (C. D.) Sulla niielosarcomatosi neo- plastica aleucemica (emosarcomatosi mielogena a tipo mieloblastico. Riforma med., Napoli, 1911, xxvii, 1289; 1322.— 'larullaz (M.) Ueberdie Beteiligung dos Peri- ostes bei dem Wachstum der Osteosarkome. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1906, xl, 393-408, 2 pl.— OTayer (K.) Beitrag zur Histologie der Choudrosar- kome. Miinehen. mea. Wchnschr., 1906, liii, 2012-2014.— Meingard (X. A.) K voprosu o sarkomakh dlinnlkh kostel. [Sarcomata of long bones.] Khirurg. Arkh. Velyaminova, S.-Peterb., 1910, xxvi, 721-726.— .Uikh- nevich (I. M.) Sluchai mnozhestvennavo sarkomi- toza kostel s dlitelnim techeniyem u dlevochki 11 1. [Multiple sarcoma of bones with slow course, in a girl 11 years old.] Khirurgia, Mosk., 1912, xxxii, 17-24.—>a- kayama. Das hamorrhagiseh-cystische Sarkom der langen Rohrenknochen.seine Beziehungen zum Knochen- I aneurysma und zur Knochencvste. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing.. 1909, lxiv, 524-537.—\ a rath. Osteosarcomen. Nederl. Ti.idschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1905, 2. r., xli, d. 2, 1525-l"i2s.—Paueliet (V.) Traitement chirurgical du j sarcome des os longs. Clinique, Par., 1909, iv, 566-568.— Petit (G.) Sarcome osteoide teiangiectasique des c6tes i-litv, une vache. Bull. Soc. centr. de med. vet., Par., Tumors (Ostio-sarcomatous). 1903, n. s., xxi, 208. -----. Sarcome ossifiant teiangiecta- sique des c6tes generalise- au diaphragme, au foie, a la rate etal'epiploon chez un chien. Ibid., 209-212.—Potel & Leroy. Le traitemeut ^conomique des osteosarcomes centraux. Bull. Soc. de med. du nord 1908, Lille, 1909, 512-522.—Behn (L.) Multiple Knochensarkome mit Ostitis deformans. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1904, lxxiv 426-433, 2 pl- Iteimaiin (H.) Ein Fall von Diploesar- kom und ein Fall von Osteochondrom traumatischen Ursprungs. Ztschr. f. Heilk., Wien u. Leipz., 1902, xxiii, Abth. f. Chir. [etc.], 72-79, 2 pl.—Bosenback. Ueber konservativ-chirurgische Behandlung von Knochensar- komen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 615.—Hot- gans (J.) Centraal beensarcom. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1912, ii, 1260.—Schaldemose (V.) Om Ledtilbelde ved Osteosarkomer i de lange Rorknogler. [Articular accidents with osteosarcoma in the long bones.] Hosp.-Tid., Kabenh., 1903, 4. It., xi, 121; 153.— Scudder(C. L.) Astudyof certain cases of sarcoma of the long bones from the Massachusetts General Hospital Clinic. Boston M.&S. J.. 1904, cl, 579-585. Also, Reprint.— Sha\rgo(T.) Radiographs of an osteo-sarcoma. Am. Electro-Therap. & X-Ray Era, Chicago, 190:1, iii, 321.—Si- inard (A.) A propos d'osteosarcomes des membres a marche rapide. Bull. mod. de Quebec, 1906-7, viii. 287- 294.—Stachhouse (C. P.) Report of a case [of osteo- sarcoma of gallbladder and ilium?1 Tr. Luzerne Co. M. Soc. 1902, Wilkesbarre, 1903, x, 94-97.—Tillaux. Le sarcome sous-pe>iost£ ossifiant. Rev. g£n. de elin. et de therap., Par., 1904, xviii,69. —Tisserand (G.) Apropos d'un cas d'osteo-sarcome. Rev. med. de la Franche- Comte Besancon, 1910, xvii, 105-108. -----.. Deux obser- vations de traitement conservateur d'osteosarcome (dont un cas avec greffe homoplastique). Lyon chirurg., 1911, v, 195-199. Also: Rev. mecl. de la Franche-Comte\ Besan- con, 1912, xx, 17-20,1 pl.—Tixier. Osteosarcomes trau- matiques avec envahissement articulaire. Lvon med., 1909, cxii, 1279-1281.—Vogel (K.) Zur Therapie der Sar- kome der langen Rohrenknochen. Deutsche Ztschr.f. Chir., Leipz., 1903-4, lxx, 1-12.—Walker (J. B.) Sarco- mata of long bones. Ann. Surg., Phila , 1902, xxxvi. [Discussion], 613.—Waring (H.J.) [Subperiosteal sar- coma.] Clin. J., Lond., 1906-7, xxix, 157-159.—Walts (C. W.) Osteosarcoma; report of a case. J. Missouri M. Ass., St. Louis, 1909-10, vi, 389-391.—Werndorlf" (R.) Zur Frage der multiplen Sarkomatose des jugendliehen KnochensundderOstitisfibrosaRecklinghausen. Ztschr. f. orthop. Chir., Stuttg., 1908, xxii, 122-133— Wheeler (W. I.) Central sarcoma of bone. Tr. Roy. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl., 1898-9, xvii, 510-514.—Xerenin (V. P.) Sluchal osteosarkomi u 97-lIetneI zhenshtshini. [Osteo- sarcoma in a woman 97 years old.l Bolnitseh. gaz. Bot- kina, St. Petersb., 1899, x, 1826-1828". Tumors (Papillomatous), See Papilloma; Skin (Tumors of); Warts. Tumors (Para-intestinal). See, also, Mesentery ( Tumors of); Perito- neum ( Tumors of). Auche (B.) & Peyre. Kyste muqueux juxta-intes- tinal. Areh. de med. d. enf., Par., 1908, xl, 253-258.— Potherat (E.) A propos des tumeurs para-intestinales. Bull, et m^m. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1907, n. s., xxxiii, 1227-1233.—Proust (R.) Tumeur para-intestinale. [Rap. de Lejars.] I bid., 1158-1165. -----. Des tumeurs inHam- matoires para-intestinales. Ibid., 1908, n. s., xxxiv, 9 — Terrier ( P.) & Lecfene (P.) Un nouveau cas de kyste juxta-intestinal. Rev. de chir., Par., 1904, xxix, 161-174. Tumors (Para-renal). See, also, Kidney ( Tumors of). En'gelken(H.) *.\Ictastasirendeembryonale Drusengesehwulst der Nierengegend im Kindes- alter. [Heidelberg.], 8°. Jena, 1899. Rambaud (J.) * Etude sur les tumeurs para- nephritiques. 8°. Toulouse, 1904. Vogelweid (V. A. H.) * Ein Fall von para- renaler Geschwulstbildung und iiber retroperi- toneale Tumoren. 8°. Leipzig, 19 V2. Cestan(E.) Les tumeurs paranephretiques. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1898, lxxi, 390-393.— Cestan (R.) & A/.ema. Tumeur paran^phretique. Arch. med. de Toulouse, l'«>7 xiv, 409-419.—Dartigues & Le Fur. Tumeur solid. pararenale droite. Paris chirurg., 1912, iv. 415-420— Oe- goree. Tumeur mixte paranephretique. Bull. Soc. med.-chir. de l'Indo-Chine, Hanoi & Haifong, 1912, iii, 180-183.—Durand & Verrier (H.) Les tumeurs para- nephretiques. Lvon chirurg., 1912, viii, 389-100— Frat- tin (G.) Contributo alia clinica dei t.imori pararenali. Riv. veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 1913, lviii, 3-15.—tiou I- lioud. Un cas de kvste pararenal. Lyon med., 1912, cxix, 168-172.—Le Fur (R.) Tumeur pararenale prise TUMORS. 1005 TUMORS. Tumors (Para-renal). pour un cancer de l'estomac; nephrectomie lombaire; guerison. Paris chirurg., 1912, iv, 20-26. -----. Tumeurs pararenals. Ibid., 124-127. -----. Contribution a I'etude des tumeurs pararenales. I6td., 441-102, 3 pl. A/so: Gaz. de gvnec.. Par., 1913, xxviii, 97; 113.—Petit (G.)& 1 pl.—Zaayor (J. H.) Makroskopische Farbung von Tumoren. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1907, liii, 729. Tumors (Periosteal). See Periosteum (Tumors of). Tumors (Phantom and spurious). See, also,Abdomen (Tumorsof, Diagnosisof); Pregnancy (Imaginary, etc.). Bennett (Sir W. H.) On the causes and significance of phantom tumours. Lancet, Lond., 1902, i. 1-5.—Fiteli (M. E.) Phantom tumors. St. Louis M. Rev., 1902, xlvi, 253.—Marsh (O. E. B.) A case of phantom tumour in the male. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, ii, 70.—Power (D'A.) Vanishing tumours. Lancet, Lond., 1899, i, 583-586. Also: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1899, n. s., lxvii, 263.— Wart bin (A. S.) & Spitzley (W. A.) Disappearing tumors. Tr. Mich. M. Soc, Detroit, 1901, xxv, 156-172. Also: Med. News, N. Y., 1901, lxxix, 443-447. Also, Re- print.— '/.Iiuclienkon? (M.) K kazuistikie lozhnikh opukholel zhivota. [Imaginary tumors of the abdomen.] J. akush. i jensk. boliez., St. Petersb., 1903, xvii, 1944-1956. Tumors (Polymorphic). iS'ec Tumors (Metastatic, multiple, and coexist- ent). Tumors (Recurrence of). See, also, Tumors (Sarcomatous, Becurrence of). Natale (L.) Recidivita dei tumori. 8°. Seniijalia, 1904. Be riser (P.) Sur la recidive de certaines tumeurs re"- putees benignes. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1894, n. s., xx, 408-414.—Thorne (W. S.) Cavernous angioma of a voluntary muscle and sarcoma of axilla, recurring after seventeen years. Occidental M. Times, San Fran., 1903, xvii, 44-46. Tumors (Retroperitoneal). See, also, Tumors (Cystic, Betroperitoneal); Tumors (Lipomatous, Betroperitoneal); Tumors (Sarcomatous, Betroperitoneal); Tumors (Tera- tomatous). Anti pas (M.) Contribution a P etude des tumeurs retro-peritoneales et de la variete kys- tique de ces tumeurs. 8°. Lyon, 1907. Brandt (H. O. M.) * Ueber Retroperitoneal- geschwiilste. 8°. Greifswald, 1906. Evers (F. A.) *Zur Casuistik der retroperi- tonealen Tumoren. 8°. Kid, 1903. Kryzan (S.) * Ueber zwei ungewohnlich grosse retroperitoneale Tumoren. Ein metasta- tisches Sarkom und ein malignes Lvmphom. 8°. Bostock, 1907. Sikemeier (E. W.) * Zur Diagnostik der re- troperitonealen Tumoren. [Heidelberg.] 8°. Leiden, 1900. Teller ([G.] R.) * Beitriige zur Kenntni der Retroperitonealtumoren. 8°. Greifswald® 1904. Viscontini (C.) I tumori retroperitoneal!. 8°. Torino, 1906. Allport (W. H.) The diagnosis of retroperitoneal enlargements. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, liv, 2035- 2041. Also: J. Tenn. M. Ass., Nashville. 1910-11, iii, 141- 155.—Aimus (H. B.) Retro-peritoneal tumour, involv- ing the blood supply of the ascending colon and caecum; removal of tumour; resection of Cfficum and ascending colon; recovery. Northumberland & Durham M. J., New- castle-upon-Tyne, 1908, xvi, 215-217.—Barbarossa (A.) Contributo ailo studio clinico ed anatomo-patologico dei tumori retroperitoneali. Arch, di ostet e irinec, Na- poli, 1908, 2. s., i, 633-646— Belloni (F.) Sovra un caso di tumore delle linfoglandole retroperitoneali con diflu- TUMORS. Tumors (Retroperitoneal). sione alia pleura. Riv. crit. di elin. med., Firenze, 1909 x,261; 281,1 pl.—Bott (R. H.) Retro-peritoneal tumour' J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond.. 1912, xviii, 177-180 — Cardarelli (A.) Tumore retroperitoneale. Studium Napoli, 1911, iv, 177-179.—Critclilow (G. R.) Some re- marks upon retroperitoneal neoplasms, with report of a case. Tr. Homoeop. M. Soc. N. Y., 1910, liv, 341-341.— .Dorsett (W. B.) An unusual retroperitoneal tumor in the meso-colon simulating impacted fibroid of the uterus J. Missouri M. Ass., St. Louis, 1906-7, iii, 257-263, 1 pl.— Douglas (R.) A study of retro-peritoneal neoplasms with special reference to diagnosis. J. Am. M. Ass Chi- cago, 1898, xxx, 705-708. Also, Reprint.—Flo ri' (p.) Contributo alia conoscenza dei tumori retroperitoneali Policlin., Roma, 1904, xi, sez. chir., 550-668.—Forssner (H.) Fall af retroperitoneal kolossaltumor. Hvgiea Stockholm, 1912, lxxiv, 224-229. —Gabbett (P.) Re- troperitoneal tumour. Indian M. Gaz.. Calcutta, 1906 xli, 366—Gagen-Torn (I. E.) K voprosu o za- bryushinnikh opukolyakh. [Retroperitoneal tumors] Syezdrossiysk.khirurg.1906, Mosk.,1907,vi, 18(L1* I.—Gal- vagni(E.) Uncasodi tumore caseoso delle glandole re- troperitoneali. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1903, xxiv, 836-N39.— Gil be 11 (R.) Zur Kenntniss der lateral retroperitonea- len Tumoren. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1901, Ixi, 1-92.— Grad (H.) Large retro-peritoneal tumor proba- bly arising from the transverse colon between the layers of the transverse mesocolon. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1910, Ixi, 668-670.—Greggio (E.) Due casi di tumore retro- peritoneale. Riv. veneta di se. med., Venezia, 1906, xiv, 574; 907: xlvi, 5. — Gullbaud. Tumeur retro-perito- neale. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1907, 2. s., xxv, 356.—Hall (R. B.) Retroperitoneal tumors; with report of a ease and presentation of specimen. Tr. Am. Ass. Obst. A Gynec. 1899, Phila., 1900, xii, 155-161,1 pl.—Hanncs (\V.) Beitrag zur Lehre von den retroperitonealen Geschwiil- sten. Monatschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gyniik., Berl., 1907, xxv, 161-165, 1 pl.—Hartmann (O.) Ein Beitras zu den re- troperitonealen Geschwiilsten. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1902, lxv, 75-86.—Imai. Leber eine retroperito- neale combinirte Geschwulst bei einem Kinde. [Japan- ese text.] Mitt. d. med. Gesellsch. zu Tokyo, 1902, xvi, 98-110.—Johnson (J. T. ) Large subperitoneal tu- mor. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1907, lvi, 507. — Koettlitz & Neumann. Myxo-fibrome retroperitoneal developpe aux depens de l'aponevrose lombo-iliaque. Clinique, Brux., 1906, xx, 681-687.— Marek (R.) Zur Kasuistik der retroperitonealen Tumoren. Zentralbl. f. Gyniik., Leipz., 1910, xxxiv, 512-515.—Mauclaire. Tumeurs retroperitoneales prevertebrales. Clinique. Par., 1910, v, 39-41.—Morton (C. A.) A clinical lecture on a case of gigantic retro-peritoneal tumour, intimately connected with the kidney, which simulated ascites from tubercu- lous peritonitis; with a report on the pathology of the tu- mour, by E. V. Dunkley. Lancet, Lond., 1908,* ii, 520.— Okada (W.) Retroviscerale Struma. [Japanese text.] Dai Nippon Ji-Bi-In-Ko-Kwai Ho, Tokyo, 1904, x, 413- 419. — Foggiolinl (A.) Contributo alia conoscenza, diagnosi, cura dei tumori solidi retro-peritoneali della piccola pelvi. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1912, xxxiii, 307- 310.—Pollosson (A.) Tumeur retroperitoneale pr£sa- cree. Lyon med., 1908, cxi, 1160.—Itesinelli (G.^ Con- tributo clinico ed anatomo-patologico alio studio dei tu- mori retroperitoneali. Rac. di scritti ostet.-ginec. . . . d. Luigi Mangiagalli, Pavia, 1906, 295-314.— Huge (II.) Ueber einen Fall von ruachtifrer relroperitonealer Der- moidevste beim Manne. Beitr. v.. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1903, xxxiv, 143-152.—Stone (I. S.) Wan- dering, parasitic, or aberrant retroperitoneal fibromata. Tr. South. Surg. & Gynec. Ass. 1905, Phila., 1906, xviii, 128-144. -----. Case of retroperitoneal fibroma. Wash. M. Ann., 1905-6, iv, 66— Tschistowitseh (T. J.) & Akimow-Peretz (K. J.) Amyloider Tumor der Re- troperitonaealdriisen. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1904,clxxvi,313-328.—Verocay (J.) Ueber einige Fiille besonderer retroperitonealer Tumoren. Zt- schr. f. Heilk., Wien u. Leipz., 1906, xxvii, 176-192,1 pl — Young (A.) & Teacher (J. H.) Specimens, sections, and colour drawings of a very large retro-peritoneal tu- mour haying the characters of a hypernephroma. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Glasgow, 1908-9, viii, 171. Also: Glasgow M. J., 1909,lxxii, 57. Tumors (Retropharyngeal). Brunner (C.) Zu den retropharvngealen Tumoren. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1903, xl, 499-5J2— Fieri (L.) Dei tumori parafaringei (retrofaringei di Buseh). Policlin., Roma, 1909. xvi, sez. chir., 89; 97.—Gelnats (V. N.) 0 zaglotochnikh opukholyakh. [On retropha- ryngeal tumors.] Russk.chir. arch., S.-Peterb., 1906, xxii, 695-741. —Hellendall ( H. ) Retropharyngeal Ge- schwiilste. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1903, xxxix, 666-710—Kempt" (F.) Ueber den idioDathischen Retro- pharyngealabscessund seine Beziehung" zu den retropha- ryngeal Tumoren. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1907, lxxxii, 931-950.—Krantsfeld (B. G.) K kazuistikie zaglotochnikh opukholel. [ Retropharyngeal tumor ] TUMORS. 1009 TUMORS. Tumors (Retropharyngeal). Russk. chir. arch., St. Petersb., 1909, xxv, 508-511.—Le- noble (E.) & Aubineau (E.) Volumineuse tumeur r&ro-pharvngienne d'origine conjonctive (sarcome fuso- cellulaire fascicule a petites cellules) ayant envahi l'etage spheno-temporal du crane et une partie du lobe temporal correspondant; exophtalmie, paralysie de la ve paire: ophtalmoplegie complete. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1904, 3. s., xxi, 641-650. Also [Abstr.]: Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1908, 2. s., xxvi, 954.—Litthauer (M.) Ueber retropharyngeal^ Geschwulste. Berl. klin. Wchn- schr., 1907, xliv, 273-276—Odgers (.N. B.) A case of re- tropharyngeal fibroma. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1907,i, 1236.— Peck (C. H.) Retropharyngeal sarcoma. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1904, xl, 270.—Betro-pharjngeal sarcoma. St. Thomas's Hosp. Rep.. Lond., 1904, n. s., xxxi, 179.— Tliorne (A.) Case for diagnosis. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1909-10, iii, Laryngol. Sect., 92. Tumors (Sarcomatous). See, also, Tumors (Angiosarcomatous); Tu- mors (Lymphosarcomatous); Tumors (Osteo- sarcomatous). Lauenstein (H.) * Beitrag zur Statistik des Sarkoms. 8°. Kiel,, 189±. Lemerle (M.) * Etude clinique sur un cas de sarcomatose generalisee. Considerations sur le diagnostic de la generalisation insidieuse des cancers latent*. 8°. Paris, 1903. Malherbe (A.) & Malherbe (H.) Recher- ches sur le sarcome. 8°. Paris, 1904. Zeiss (H.) *Zur Lehre vom Sarkom. [Wurtzburg.] 8°. Marburg a. L., 1895. Axtell (E. R.) Two cases of mammoth sarcoma N. York M.J. [etc.], 1897, lxv, 309-311. Also: Med. Repr., Lond., 1897, viii, 149-151.—Azarevieh (I. I.) K kazuis- tikie sarkom. Med. Sbornik Varshav. Uvazd. vovenn. hosp., Varshava, 1898-9, xi, pt. 3, no, 7, 1-9.— Babes (V.) Despre sarcom. Romania med., Bucuresci, 1898, vi, 109; 160.—Balas (D.) Subscapularis bordasarcoma 76 eves ferfiiiban. [Subscapular costal sarcoma in a patient 76 vears old.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1909, liii, 219.—Bashford (E. F.) Classification des sarcomes. Cong, internat. de med., Lisbonne, 1906, xv, sect. 3, 18- 21— Blue (W. R.) The sarcomata. Louisville Month. J. M. & S., 1903-4, x, 371-373. [Discussion], 386-390.— Borst (M.) Classification des sarcomes. [Einteilung der Sarkome.] [German text.] Cong, internat. de med., Lisbonne, 1906, xv, sect. 3. 183-213. Also: Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena. 1906, xxxix, 507-538.— Chalmersi A. J.) The incidence of sarcoma in Ceylon. J. Ceylon Br. Brit. M. Ass., Colombo, 1904, i, 88-91.— Coley (W. B.) Observations upon the symptomatology and treatment of sarcoma. Tr. Lehigh Valley M. Ass., in. p.], 1903, 2. s., i, pt. 2, 57-78.—Delamare (G.) A: ,ecene (P.) Deux observations de sarcomes kystiques sous-cutanes. Arch, de med. exper. et d'anat. path., Par., 1905, xvii, 359-368.—Delbet (P.) Pathogenie et traitement des sarcomes. Presse med., Par., 1895, 257- 259.— Depage (A.) Sarcomes. [CasesJ Compt. rend. . . . serv. de chir. a l'h6p. St.-Jean de Bruxelles (1900), 1901,127.—Dunsmoor (F. A.) Two cases of sarcoma, with amputation of the extremities. Northwest. Lancet, Minneap., 1902, xxii, 147-150. —Eising (E. H.) Two cases of myoma sarcomatodes. J. Path. & Bacteriol., Edinb. & Lond., 1902, viii, 233-238, 1 pl—Fano (G.) Sarkome und sarkoide Geschwulste. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Svph., Wien u. Leipz., 1907, lxxxiii, 225; 427, 2 pl. — Gibbs (H.) Sarcoma. Physician /)■ Miyata (T.) *Ein Fall von Cystenbildung durch Verliettung eines gemischten Sarkome 8°. Munchen, 1906. Morin (C.) * Observations cliniques et ana- tomo-pathologiques sur le sarcome primitif intra- musculaire. 4°. Paris, 1896. Pfeifer (T.) * Struma maligna (sarcoma- tosa). 8°. Wiirzburg, 1897. Queckenstedt (11. [H. G.]) * Ueber Karzino- sarkome. 8°. Leipzig, 1904. Thiel (A.) * Beitrag zur Lehre von der Ent- wicklung der Sarcome. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1894. Tut \\imel(K.) * Ueber Myeloide. 8°. Halle a. S., 1885. Tullian (N.) * Contribution il I'etude des sarcomes congenitaux. 8°. JS'ancy, 1899. Walter (G.) *Ein Beitrag zur Pathologie des kleinzelligen Spincielzellensarkonis. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1896. Wander (F.) * Sarcoma cavernosum. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1893. von Wilucki (0.) * Zwei Fiille von Struma sarcomatosa. 8°. Miinehen, 1906. Alessandri (R.) Osservazioni anatomo-patologiche e culturali su un caso di sarcoma a rapidissimo decorso. Bull. d. r. Accad. med. di Roma, 1905, xxxi, 80-87.—de Almeida Hagalliaes (P.) Sobre um caso deinfeccao sarcomatosa, com localisa^Oesnabase do cerebro, naface, na parede do thorax, no estomago, no figado, e nos rins. Brazil-med., Rio de Jan., 1894, 2; 9; 17; 25.—Apolant. Leber die Entstehung eines Spindelzellensarkomes im Verlauf lange Zeit fort gesetzter Carcinomimpfungen bei Mausen. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch. 1905, Jena, 1906, 168.—Baron (F. S.) Case of mixed celled sarcoma. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1908, i, 1032.—Bauer (C.) Ueber endotheliale Hautwarzen und ihre Bezie- hungen zum Sarcom. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1895, cxlii, 407-428, 1 pl.-Binnie (J. F.) The relations existing between granulation tissue of repair, the infective granulomata, and the sarcomata. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1897, xxv, 768-786.—Bizzozero (G.) Sullo stroma dei sarcomi. Arch, per le sc. med., Torino, 1878, xii, 465-479. Also, in his: Opere seient. 1,862-79, 8°, Milano, 1905. i, SOS- SIS, 1 tab.—Borrel (A.) Elements intra-cellulaires dans le sarcome. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1910, lxviii, 5,si-5sti.—Brandts. Ueberdie Wechselbeziehungen von bymphosarkomatose und Tuberkulose; gleichzeitig ein Beitrag zur oxperir/icntellen Leberzirrhose. Sitzungsb. d. Gesellsch. f. Morphol. u. Phvsiol. in Munchen (1907), l'.'0\ xxiii, 147-159.—Bridre (.1.) Lt Conseil (E.)' Sar- comes a cysticerques chez le rat. Bull. d. l'Assoc. franc. p. I'etude du cancer, Par., 1909, ii, 171-174.—Bunii (W. S.j Myxo-sarcoma. Kansas M. J., Topeka, 1895, vii, 561-563.— Buslinell (F. G.) Three eases illustrating the relation- ship between certain diseases of the blood and sarcoma. lohns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1908, x, 332-336— Car- bone (T.) & Becchio (G.) Contributo alia conoscenza chimica dei sarcomi. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1896, 3. s., xliv, 298-304.—Cestan. Un sarcome fuso- cellulaire. Toulouse m6d., 1901, 2. s., iii, 219.—Clarke (J. J.) Bemerkungen iiber die Biologie des Al veolarsar- koms. Centralbl.f. Bakteriol.u.Parasitenk., 1. Abt ..Una, 1895, xvii, 604-609, 1 pl.—Coenen (H.) Granulationsge- schwiilste und Sarkome. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1909, lxiii, 337-346.—Coley (W. B.) Inoperable spindle- celled sarcoma of the abdominal wall and pelvis. Aim. Surg., Phila., 1907. xiv, 769.—Cova(F.) Sulla morfologia delle cellule gigantesche del sarcoma. Osp. magg. Riv. seient.-prat. d. . . . di Milano, 1907, ii, 522-52N.—Baniels (L. P.) Ueber das Stroma in Sarcomen. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1901, clxv. 238-248.—Davies (A.) Sar- coma with lvmplnemia. St. Barth. Hosp. Rep.. Loud., 1907, xlii, 207".—Ilelbet (P. i & Herreiischniidt (A.) Sarcome osteoblastiquo: osteoblastome. Bull, del'Assoc. franc, p. I'etude du cancer, Par., 1910, iii, 110-118.—Digby (K.) Case of cicatrizing sarcoma. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond..1910-11, iv.Dermat.Sect., 126-128.—Domiiiicii H.) cfc Bibadeau-Dumas (L.) Revision du lymphosar- come. Compt. rend. Soc. debiol., Par.,1908, lxv, 20*-210.— Dopter (C.) Sur un cas de sarcome angioplastique. Arch, de med. exper. et d'anat. path., Par.. 1900, xii, 769- 781, 1 pl. —liiijer (I. B.) Krugloklietochnaya sarkom a. [Round celled . . . | Soobsh. i protok. S.-1'eterb. med. Obsh. (1895), ism.;, xiii, 28-37.—Favre & Belaud (C.I Stir les mitochondries dans les colludes des sarcomes. Compt. rend. Soe. de biol., Par., 1913, lxxiv, 608-610.— Gargano (C.) Le cariocinesi nei sarcomi parvicellu- lari. Gior. internaz. d. sc, med., Napoli, 190*. n. s., xxx, Tumors (Sarcomatous, Causes and path- ology of). 645-654, 2 pl. Also: Boll. d. Soc. di nat. in Napoli (1908), 1909. 2. s., ii, 71-83. 2 pl. —---. La cinesi nei wrcomia cellule polimorfe. Boll. d. Soc. di nat. in Napoli (1909), 1910, 2. s., iii, 120-137, 2 pl. -----. Sulla presenza di cor- puscoli cheratoidi nei sarcomi ulcerati. Ibid., 138-146.— (•hedini (G.) Leucemie e sarcomatosi. Cron. d. clin. med. di Genova, 1905, xi, 149; 165. Also: Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1905, xxvi, 735-737.— tioubau (F.) Etude bic- chimique surun sarcome globocellulaire. Belgique med., Gand, 1912, xix, 123-426— Honda (C.) [Acaseof stalked mucous gliosarcoma.i Iji Shinbun, Tokio, 1899, no. 535, 1-3.—lina. Leber died illuseSa rcomatose an den Bauch- organen und die Bedeutung der eosinophilen Zellen im Gewebe der Geschwulst. [Japanese text.] Mitt.d. med Gesellsch. zu Tokyo, 1902, xvi, 919-941.—Jagie (N.) Ueber Leukosarkomatose. Wien. med.Wchnschr.. 1908, lviii, 730-736.—Kathe (H.) Zur Kenntnis des mvoblas- tischen Sarkoms. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat."[etc.], Berl., 1907, clxxxvii, 265-286, 1 pl. —Ku'iiig (C. J.) Sar- come a myeloplaxes de la fosse nasale droite. Arch. internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 190s, xxv, 109-111.— Kyrle. Ueber einen Fall von Naevosarkom mit resou- derer Beriicksichtigung der Tumormatrix. Arch. f. Der- mat. u. Syph., Wien u. Leipz., 1908, xc, 131-150, 1 pl.— Lambert (R. A.) Demonstration of the greater sus- ceptibility to heat of sarcoma cells as compared with ac- tively proliferating connective-tissue cells. J. Am. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lix, 2147.—Lambert (R. A.)& Hancs (F. M.) On the phagocytic inclusion of carmin particles by sarcoma cells growing in vitro with consequent stain- ing of the cell granules. Proc. Soc. Kxpcr. Biol. & Med.,N.Y., 1911,viii, 113. 4feo,Reprint— Landau ill.) Krebs und Sarkom am gleiehen Menschen. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1905, Iii, 650.—Lewin (C.) Die Stel- lung des Lymphosarkoms zu den hyperplastischen und blastomatosen Neubildungen. Folia haematol., Leipz., 1909, viii, 21-30.—London (E. S.) O tscntralnikh tlelt- sakh v polovikh i sarkomatoznikh klletkakh. [Central corpuscles in the genital and sarcomatous cells.] Arch. biol. nauk . . ., St. Petersb., 1899-1900, viii, 92-96.—Long- cope ^V. T.) Retrogression in a case of lymphosarcoma of the intestines and peritoneum. Bull. Aver Clin. Lab. Penn. Hosp., Phila., 1910, no. 6, 1-13.—Low (H. C.)& Lund (F. B.) Tubular perivascular sarcoma; its origin, structure and metastasis. Med. A: Surg. Rep. Bost. City Hosp., 1901,12. s., 168-201. Also: ,1. M. Research, Bost., 1902, n.s., ii, 83-112, 2 pl.—JTIcGraw (T. A.) Cancer and sarcoma as affected by locality. Detroit M. J., 1904- 5, iv, 353-360.—JTIait'ucci (A.) Reperti anatomo-pato- logici su 10 casi di sarcomi primari. Arch, ed atti d. Soc. ital. di chir. 1900, Roma, 1901. xv, p. xcvii.—Mager (W.) Zur Klinik der Leukosarkomatose. Wien. med. Wchn- schr., 1909, lix. 1877-1 s,s3.— Malapert & Meridian- Beauehant. Sarcome a mveJoplaxes. Poitou m&L, I'oitiers, 1905, xix, 105-107.—Malherbe (A.) Les limites du genre sarcome; nature des tumeurs sarcomateuses. Assoc, franc;, de chir. Proc.-verb. [etc.], Par., 1907, 1035- 1046.—ill allory (F. B.) Giant cell sarcoma. J.Med. Research, Bost., 1911, xxiv, 463-467, 2 pl— Marro (A.) Sulla frequenzaedassenzadelle cosidetteintimesarcoma- tose. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1902, 4. s., viii, 5S9-60L—Mastrosiiuone (F.) Le cellule a mielo- plassi del sarcoma sono cellule vasoformative. Policlin., Roma. 1907. xiv, sez. chir.,339-344.—Mesa y tiutierrcz (l.i Contribuci6n al estudio de los sarcomas mieloides. Rev. de anat. patol. y clin., Mexico. 189s, iii, 281-2*7.— .VI inieli (K.) Sarcoma myelogenes multiplex k6rbon- c/.tani keszitmeiivei. [The pathological products of . . . ] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1904, xlviii, 248; 263.— Tlonckeberii' (J. G. ) Sarkom. Ergebn. d. allg. Hath. u. path. Anat, 1904-5, Wiesb., 1906, x, 730-789.— Monro (T. K.) Sections of round-celled sarcoma from neck of chicken. Tr. Glasg. Path. & Clin. Soc, 1891-3, iv,96.—Morestin(H.) Sarcome developpe surun lupus. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1907, lxxxii, 618-623.— Morris (R. J.) Attempt at staining sarcoma with me- thvlblue in a living patient. Surg. Gynec. & Obst., Chi- cago, 1912, xv, 474-476.—Moty. Note sur la pathogenie du sarcome. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1894. n. s. xx. 749-758.—.11 ulr. Sarcoma of liver, brain, and lungs. Tr. Glasg. Path. & Clin. Soc, 1900-1901,viii, 169.— Muratoit' (A. A.) K voprosu o peresadkle sarkomi (sarcoma glooccllulare cumcellulismagnis) nazdoroviya chasti tiela u tol zhe samol bolnol. [On the metastasis of giant cells to healthy parts of the body in thesame patient (after ovariotomy).] Ejened. jour. "Prakt. med.," St. Petersb., 1895, ii, 217-221.—Mu ravyeft*( V. V.) Sluchal ostravo raspada mi'elina v tsentralnol i peri- fericheskol nervnol sistemle vslledstviy avtointoksikatsii pri rasprostranvonnom sarkomatozle. [Acute destruc- tion of the myelin in the central and peripheral nervous system in consequence of autointoxication in extensive sarcomatosis.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1898, 1. 685-689.— Nowicki. Przvczvnek do utkania t. zw. rak6w miesa- knwatveh. [Structure of the so-called sarcoearcinoma.] Now. lek., Poznan, 1905, xvii, 511-518.—Niirnberg. TUMORS. 1011 TUMORS. Tumors (Sarcomatous, Causes and juttJi- ology of). Lvmphosarkom. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1910, xxxvi, 2365.—Pestalozza (E.) Sul sarcoma deciduo-cellulare. Attid. Soc ital. di ostet. eginec. 1894, Poggibonsi, 1895. i, 1.9-173. — Poncet (A.) A Leriehe (R.) Tuberculose inflammatoire et sarcomes. Bull, et mem. Soe. dechir. de Par., 1911, xxxvii, 885-896. Also: Lyon m&L, 1911, cxvii, 510; 608— Portcuu'cii (J. W,) Fibrosarcoma. Geneesk. Tijdschr. v. Nederl. indie, Ba- tav., 1889, xxviii, 559-563. 1 pl.—Besinelli (G.) Del sarcoma deciduo-cellulare. Ann. di ostet., Milano, 1895, xvii, 813-846. Also, Reprint.—Kit-he (A.) Surlatrans- formation kystique des sarcomes a propos de deux cas de glio-sarcome. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1907, lxxxii, 5u.—Kieketts(B. M.) Sarcoma in patientswith a history of syphilitic infection. Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1S98. n. s., xli, in, 15s — Kiddell (J. R.) Two cases of sarcoma. Tr. Glasg. Path. & Clin. Soc , 1904-5, x, 205.— Bitehie (H. P.1 A case of sub-ungual giant-celled sar- coma. St. Paul M. J.. St. Paul, Minn.. 1907, ix, 790 — ■Codman (W. L.) Roundcelled sarcoma. Internat. Clin.. Phila., 1902, 12. s., i, 171-173, 1 pl.—Bom-all (D. B.) Intorno all' esistenza de' fermenti organizzati ne' sarcomi. Memoria IV. Sopra 1' etiologia de' neoplasmi maligni. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc], 1. Abt., Jena, 1896, xx, 726-744.—Rons (P), Murphy (J. B.) & Syt- ler(W. H.'i A filterable agent the cause of a second chicken-tumor, an osteochondrosarcoma. J. Am. M. Ass.. Chicago, 1912, lix, 1793.—Santini (C.) Sarcoma e leucodennia: caso clinico. Clin, chir., Milano, 1909, xvii, 1-7. 1 pl.— Sarirent (P.) Case of symmetrical myeloid sarcomata. Tr. M. Soc. Lond., 1906-7, xxx, 364.— Seelig (M. G.) Reticulum in small round-cell and lymphosarcomata: a comparative studv. Surg.. Gvnec. A ()bst„ Chicago, 1907, iv. 319-333. Also,Reprint.—Sufam- bati i O.) Sur un mode de division cellulaire jusqu'a- lors non decrit dans les sarcomes. Compt.-rend. Cong. internat. de m&L 1897, Mosc, 1899, ii, sect. 3, 218. -----. Sulla riproduzione cellulare nei sarcomi. Per il xxv. an- no d. insegn. chir. di F. Durante n. Univ. di Roma, Ro- ma. 1898, iii, 263-340, 1 pi.—Siegenbeek van Heu- keloni (D. E.) Sarcome et inflammation plastique. Univ. de Leide. Rec.de trav. anat.-path, du lab. Boer- haave 1888-98. Leide, 1899, i. 41-55.—Simon m.) Sar- komentwicklungaufeiner Narbe. Ztschr. f. Krebsforsch., Berl., 1910-11. x, 210-218.—Sisto i P.) Su uncasodi "sar- comatosis universalis." Policlin., Roma, 1909, xiv, sez. prat..irvs-690.—Sittenfield (M.J.) Influence of anemia and hyperemia on the growth of sarcoma in the white rat. Proc. Soc Exper. Biol. & Med., N. V., 1911-12, ix, 56.—Slejiiit (B. B.) Fibrosarcoma: a case. Critique, Denver. 1911. xviii, 81-84.—Smith (G. M.) The sponta- neous disappearanceof a sarcomatous tumour. Brisol M.- Chir. J., 1900, xviii. 30-33.—Snow (H.) Is round-celled sarcoma a distinct growth? Med. Week, Par., 1895, iii, 535. -----. The non existence of round celled sarcoma as a distinct class of new growths. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1svi5-i;, xlvii. 259-261. Also: Brit. M. J.. Lond.. 1895, ii, 1163.—Steinliaus (J.) Einige seltenere Formen und bocalisationeii yon Sarkomen. Centralbl. t'. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1900, xi, 813-824, 1 pl.—Sternberg (C.) LeberLeukosarkomato.se. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xxi, 475-480.—Stewart (W. B.) Spindle-cell sar- coma and epithelioma; a report of cases. Am. Med.- Surg. Bull., N.Y., 1894, vii, 1032. Also, Reprint—Sutton (J. B.) On myelomata i myeloid sarcomata i. Edinb. M. J., 1897, n.s., i, 156-159.— Takesaki (K.) Shurio ikuso. [On medullary sarcoma.] Ztschr. d. med. Ge- sellsch. zu Tokyo. 1893, vii, No. 2, 7; No. 3, 16.—Taylor (W. G.) A contribution to the studvof giant cells in sar- comata. Arch. Middle-ex Hosp., Lond., 1905, v, 223-226.— Trambusti (A.) I'eber den Bau und die Theilungdcr Sarkomzellen; cytologic he Untersuchungen. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1897, xxii, sx-104, 2 pl.—Vellcli (A.) Pfispevek k otazce pfenosnosti sarko- mu. [Contribution to the question of the contagiosity of sarcoma.] Rozpr. ceske Akad. eis. Frantiska Josefa [etc.], v Praze, 1897-8, 2. t., vii, no. 25, 1-9. Also, fransl.: Wien. med. Bl., 1X9\ xxi, 711; 729.—Vincent (G. F.) A case of Ivmpho-sarcoma. Brit. J. Child. Di-.. Lond., 1910, vii, 497— Visconti (A.) Sulla origine delle cellule gigan- tescbe del sarcoma giganto-cellulare, del tubercolo,e delle ossa; communicazione preventiva. R. Ist. Lomb. di sc. e lett. Rendic. Milano, 1874, 2. s., vii, 821-836. Also, Re- print.— Wakabayashi (T.) Einige Beobachtungen iiber die feinere Strukturder Riesenzellen in Gummiund Sarkom. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc,,], Berl., 1911, ccv, 54-59—Weber (A.) & Beguet. Evolution du noyau dansun sarcome. Compt. rend.Soc.de biol., Par., 1909, lxvi, 1062-1061.—Zipkin (Rahel). Ueber Riesen- zellen mit randstiindigen Kernen in Sarkomen. Vir- chow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.],Berl., 1906, clxxxvi,240: 1906-7, clxxxvii, 195. Tumors (Sarcomatous, Diagnosis of). Stelnkjer (E. P.) *Ein Fall von "granu- larem Sarkom" [der retroperitonealen Lympli- driisen] mit den klinischen Erscheinungen der Banti'schen Krankheit. 8°. Jena, 1911. Binaghi (R.) L'indice opsonico dei tumori maligni. Clin.chir., Milano, 1910, xviii, 2193-2206,2 pl.—Blumen- tlial (A.) Un cas de sarcomatose a manifestations pM>udo-sy phihtiques. J. mffl. de Brux., 1905, x, 740-744.— Bo re I ins (J.) Om sarkomliknande former af septisk osteoniyeht. [Forms of sarcoma resembling septic osteo- myelitis.] Hygiea, Stockholm, 1899, Ixi, 202-214.—Boz- zolo(C) Pseudosareomiaddominali. Osp magg Riv seient,-prat. d. . . . di Milano, 1908, iii, 2-5.—Bryan (W. A.) Diagnosisof sarcoma. South. M. .I., Nashville 1908 1.151: 215; 303.—Bull (P.) Omfeberved sarkom. Norsk Mag:, f. L;egevidensk., Kristiania, 1906, 6. R.,iv,687-746.— Cliemieux & .louhaud. Sarcomatose generalisee simulant la lymphadenie. Limousin med., Limoges, 1905, xxix, 34-40.—Durante (G.) De l'inflammation stibaigue et des pseudo-sarcomes inflammatoires. Presse me'd., Par.. 1912, xx, 873-876.—Oriinbaum (Helen G.) &4*ruiibaum (A. S.) On an haemolytic test for sus- ceptibility to sarcoma in rats and human beings, with ob- servations on treatmen t. J. Path. & Bacteriol., Cambridge, 1912-13, xvii, 82-91.—Kuru (H.) Differentialdiagnos- tisehe Untersuchungen zwischen Sarkom und Karzinom mit Hilfe der Gitterfasernfarbung. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch., Jena, 1909, 386-389.—Lassen (O.) Et Tilfielde af positiv Wassermann's Reaktion ved Sarcom. Hosp.-Tid., K0benh., 1912, 5. R., 1479-1484.—Lauten- selilager(E.) Ein Fall von positiver Wassermannscher Reaktion bei Sarkom. Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1912, xxvi, 421^23.—Morestin (H.) Des tumeurs inflammatoires simulant les sarcomes. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1911, n. s., xxxxviii, 1299-1307.— Moro (A.) Sulla diagnosi clinica differenziale fra sarcoma e lipoma. Clin, chir., Milano, 1908, xvi, 1464-1469. — Mosher ( B. B. ) Some clinical varia- tions of sarcoma, with report of a rapidly fatal case. Brooklyn M. J., 1904, xviii, 226-228. [Discussion], 238.— Petrina. Ueber hohe typische Temperatur-Steige- rungen bei acuter Sarcomatose innerer Organe. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1894, xix, 27; 40; 54. Also, transl: Riforma med., Napoli, 1894, x, pt. 1, 389-391.—Picque' (R.) Des tumeurs inflammatoires simulant les sarcomes. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1911, n. s., xxxvii, 1337-1349.—Seeliji (M. G.) The pathological and clini- cal diagnosis of sarcoma. St. Louis M. Rev., 1906, liv. 429; 158; 479; 506; 534; 555; 579; 603: 1907, lv, 5; 31; 56; 86; 110.— Slicnton (E. W. H.) X-ray diagnosis of endosteal sar- coma. Med. Electrol. & Radiol., Lond., 1904, v, 116.— Shillito (N. G. L.) A ease of subperitoneal myxo- sar- coma simulating a sciatic hernia. Penn. M. J., Athens, 1906-7, x, 386.—Tytgat & Ban we (O.) Pseudosarcome et pseudoleucemie de nature tubereuleuse. Ann. Soc. de med. de Gand, 1907, lxxxvii, 25-36.—Kikotr (V. M.) & \'enyukotf'(D. V.) K voprosu o biologicheskol reaktsii zhivikh tkanei voobshtshe i zlokachestvennikh novodbra- zovaniy v chastnosti. [Biological reaction of living tissues in general and malignant tumors in particular.] Novoye v Med., S.-Peterb., 1911, v, 361-366. Tumors (Sarcomatous, Experimental production and transmission of). Keale(A.) Tentativi d' inoculazione speri- mentale del sarcoma cutaneo (tipo Kaposi) con speciale riguardo alia etiologia dei tumori. 8°. Napoli, 1902. Viscii er (A.) * Ueber Sarcomai'ibertragungs- ver.suche. [Basel.] 8°. Tubingen, 1904. Also, in: Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1904, xlii, 617-645, 4pl. Itraiicati i li.) Su gli innesti di sarcoma in ratti sple- neetomizzati. Tumori, Roma, 1912, ii. 74-80.—Buschke (A.) Die lebeilragung von Rattensarkom und Miiuse- carcinom auf neugeborene Tiere. Berl. klin. Wchn- schr., 1911, xlviii, 215-217.—Carrel (A.) & Burrows (M. T.) Cultures de sarcome en dehors de l'organisme. Compt. rend. Soe. de biol., Par., 1910, lxix, 332-334. ----- -----. Human sarcoma cultivated outside of the body. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, lv, 1732. Also, transl: Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1910, lxix, 367. ----- -----. Artificial stimulation and inhibition of the growth of normal and sarcomatous tissues; a fourth article on cultivation of tissue in vitro. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, lvi,'32.—Chisolm (R. A.) The influence on the blood of the rat of the presence of a transplanted sar- coma. J. Path. & Bacteriol., Cambridge, 1911-12, xvi, 152-166.—Crile (G. W.) & Beebe (S. P.) Tranfusion of TUMORS. 1012 TUMORS. Tumors (Sarcomatous, Experimental production and transmission of). blood in the transplantable lymphosarcom'a of dogs. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1908, xviii, 385. Also, Reprint.— Ilelbet (P.) Presentation d'animal inocule' I avec un sarcome a mye'loplases d'origine humaine]. Bull, de 1' A— I soc. franc, p." l'e'tude du cancer, Par., 1909, ii, 82-81.—Oo- natii.M.I Esperienze sopra tin sarcoma del ratto. Path. Riv. quindicin.. Genova, 1911-12, iv, 608-612.— Flexner (S.) & Jobling (J. W.) On secondary transplantation of a sarcoma of the rat. Science, N. Y, & Lancaster. Pa., 1907, n. s., xxv, 741.— (ionbau (F.) Etude bioehimique sur un sarcome globocellulaire. Ann. Soc. de me'd. de Gand, 1912, n.s.," iii, 293-301.—tiusslo (S.) Intorno al comportamento della massa sanguigna nei ratti con sar- coma da innesto. Tumori,Roma, 1912, i,661-673.—Hanes (F. M.) & Lambert (R. A.) On the phagocytic inclu- sion of carmine particles by sarcoma cells growing in vitro with consequent staining of the cell granules. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1910-11, viii, 113.— lzar (G.) & Basile (C.) Wirkung des kolloiden Schwefels auf das Rattensarkom. Ztschr. f. Immuni- tiitsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1913, Orig., xviii, 62- 64, 1 pl.—Jennieke (E.) Beitrag zur Frage des post- traumatischen Sarkoms. Kor.-Bl. d. allg. arztl. Ver. v. Thiiringen, Jena, 1911, xl, 122-124.—Lambert (R. A.) The influence of mouse-rat parabiosis on the growth in rats of a transplantable mouse sarcoma. J. Exper. M., Lancaster, Pa., 1911, xiii, 257-262, 3 pl. Also, Reprint- Lambert (R. A.) & Hanes (F. M.) Characteristics of growth of sarcoma cultivated in vitro. J. Exper. M., Lancaster, Pa., 1911, xiii, 495-503, 10 pl.-----------. A comparison of the growth of sarcoma and carcinoma cul- tivated in vitro. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med.. N. Y., 1910-11, viii, 59. ----- -----. Growth in vitro of the transplantable sarcoma of rats and mice. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, lvi, 33. Also, Reprint.-----------. Cultivation in vitro of rat sarcoma; a study in immunity. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, lvi, 587.-----------. Mi- gration by ameboid movement of sarcoma cells growing in vitro, and its bearing on the problem of the spread of malignant growths in the body. Ibid., 791. Also, Reprint.—Loeb (L.) Ueber Entwicklung eines Sarkoms nach Transplantation eines Karzinoms. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1908, xxxiv, 24-26. -----. Leber Entstehung eines Sarkoms nach Transplanta- tion eines Adenocarcinoms einer japanischen Maus. Ztschr. f. Krebsforsch., Berl., 1908, vii, 80-110, 6 pl.— Murphy (LB. i A RousiP.) The behaviour of chicken sarcoma implanted in the developing embryo. J. Exper. M.. Lancaster, l'a, xv, 119-132,6 pl.—Nicholson (G.W.) Changes observed during the absorption of experimen- tally produced sarcomata. J. Path. & Bacteriol., Cam- bridge, 1912-13, xvii, 508-514, 3 pl.— Queyrat. Tenta- tive de transmission du sarcome meianique de l'homme au singe. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1898, 10. s., v, 421-l.il.—Bous (P.) A transmissible avian neoplasm (sarcoma of the common fowl). J. Exper. M., Lancaster, Pa.. & N. Y . 1910, xii, 696-705, 3 pl. -----. A sarcoma of the fowl transmissible by an agent separable from the tumor cells. Ibid., 1911, xiii, 397-411. Also, Reprint. -----. A sarcoma transmitted by an agent separable from the tumor cells. Proc. N. York Path. Soc, 1911-12, n. s., xi,8-17. [Discussion], 39-11.—Bous (P.) & Murphy (J. B.) Tumor implantations in the developing embryo: experiments with a transmissible sarcoma of the fowl. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, lvi, 741.-----------. Va- riations in a chicken sarcoma caused bv a filterable agent. J. Exper. M., Lancaster, Pa., 1913, xvii, 219-231,9 pl.— Bous (P.), Murphy (J. B.) & Tytler (W.H.) Trans- plantable tumors of the fowl: a neglected material for cancer research. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lviii,1682. ----------------. The r61e of injury in the production of a chicken sarcoma by a filterable agent. Ibid., 1751. ----------------. The relation between a chicken sar- coma's behavior and the growth's filterable cause. Ibid., 1840.—Buben (L.) Transplantation von Rattensarkom in Rattenaugen. Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesell- sch., Heidelb.,1911, Wiesb.. 1912. xxxvii, 385-387. -----. Ueber intraokulare Transplantation von Rattensarkom. Arch.f. Ophth., Leipz., 1912. lxxxi, 199-219.2 pl.—Smith (G. B.)& Washbouni (J. W.) Infective sarcomata in dogs. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1898, ii, 1807-1810.—Steft'eu- liagen (K.) Experimentelle Untersuchungen fiber Rat- tensarkom. Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, Berl., 1911, xxxvi, 465-560,1 pl.—Sticker (A.) Transplantables Lympho- sarkom des Hundes: ein Beitrag zur Lehre der Krebs- ubertragbarkeit. Ztschr. f. Krebsforsch., Jena, 1903-4, i, 413-444, 3 pl. -----. Demonstration seiner Uebertragung von Sarkomen bei Hunden. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1906, liii, 627. -----. Priiparate von Sarkomen, welche von Hund auf Hund sich iibertragen lassen. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir.. Berl., 1906, xxxv, 147-155. -----. Transplantables Rundzellensarkom des Hundes; ein Beitrag zur Lehre der Krebsubertragbarkeit. Ztschr. f. Krebsforsch.. Berl.. 1906,iv. 227-314,3 pl. -----. Erfolg- rei. he rebertragung eines Spindelzellensarkoms des Tumors (Sarcomatous, Experimental production and transmission of). Oberarms beim Hunde. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1907, liv. 1627-1629.—Vida 1 (E.) Sarcome polymorphe spon- tane transmissible, chez une souris immunisee par trois greffes de cancer Epithelial. Bull, de l'Ass. .franc, p. I'etude du cancer, Par., 1911, iv, 61-67. -----. Evolution et caracteres des dix premieres gtme/rations de sarcome polymorphe G dela souris blanche. Ibid., 67-70.—Wade (H.) An experimental investigation of infective sar- coma of the dog, with a consideration of its relationship to cancer. J. Path. & Bacteriol., Edinb. <& Lond., 1908, xii, 384-425, 5 pl.—Well (R.) The hemolytic reactions of the blood in dogs affected with transplantable lympho- sarcoma. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1908, i, 21. Also, Re- print. Tumors (Sarcomatous. Idiopathic, mul- tiple, /Hemorrhagic) [Kaposi]. See, also, Skin (San-oma of). Spier (1.) * Ueber einen Fall von Sarkoma idiopathicum multiplex hainorrhagicum. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1906. de Azua (J.) Sarcomatosis cutanea idiopatica mul- tiple pigmentaria hemorrhagica, tipo Kaposi. Rev. clin. de Madrid, 1910, iv, 81-84, 1 pl— Brezovszky (E.) Falle von Sarcoma idiopathicum multiplex hamorrhagi- cum (Kaposi). Pest, med.-chir. I'ivsm.-. Budapest, 1908, xliv, 954.—Bulkley (L. D.) Multiple idiopathic sar- coma; hands, feet and ears (Kaposi type); subsidence of the disease under X-ray treatment. J. Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph., N. Y., 1906, xxii, 530T—Cavagnis (G.) Osserva- zioni sopra tre casi di sarcoma di Kaposi. Gior. ital. d. mal. ven., Milano, 1911, xlvi, 391-401.—Dalla Favera (G. B.) Ueber das sog. Sarcoma idiop. multiplex hsmor- rhagicum (Kaposi). Arch. f. Dermat. u. Svph., Wien. u. Leipz., 1911, cix, 387-440, 3 pl.—tioldhart (C.) Een geval van huidsarcoom van Kaposi: sarcoma idiopathi- cum multiplex hsemorrhagicum. Nederl. Tidjdsehr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1911, i, 1092-1095 —Havas (A.) Zwei Fiille des idiopathischen multiplen Pigment-Sarcoms. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1893, xxix, 250. -----. Sarcoma idiopathicum multiplex pigmentodes esete. [A case of . . .] Gy6gyaszat, Budapest, 1899, xxxix, 235. -----. Sarcoma idiopathicum heemorrhagicum (Kaposi). Orvosihetil.,Budapest,1904,xlviii,374.-----. Sarcomaidio- pathic. multiplex haemorrhag. esete. [Case.] Ibid., 1906, 1,828.—Jackson. Multiple idiopathic hemorrhagic sar- coma. J.Cutan.Dis.incl.Syph.,N.Y.,1911,xxix,555.—Jack- son (G.T.) A caseof idiopathic multiple pigmented sar- coma (Kaposi type). Brit. M. J., Lond., 1897, ii, 866-868.— Khitrovo ( A. A. ) O histogenezle idiopaticheskoi mnozhestvennol hemorragicheskol sarkomi (Kaposi). [Histogenesis of idiopathic, multiple, hemorrhagic sar- coma.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1908, vii, 869-873.— Lawrence ( H. ) Granuloma fungoides (Auspitz). Syn.: Mycosis fungoides i Alibertt. sarcomatosis (Kaposi), multiple sponge-like papillary tumours (Kobner). In- tercolon. M. J., Australas.. Melbourne, 1900, v, 522-52■, 1 pl. — Lesser. Sarcoma hiemorrhagicum multiplex. Berl. klin.Wchnschr., 1909, xlvi. Un—Lieberthal (,D.) Idiopathic multiple hemorrhagic sarcoma [Kaposil. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1908, li, 1204-1207.—Maeleotl (J. M. H.) Notes on the histo-pathology of multiple idio- pathic hsemorrhagic sarcoma. Brit. J. Dermat.. Lond.. 190"). xvii, 173-179.—Mariani (G.) Sarkomatosis Kaposi mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der viszeralen Lokali- sationen. Arch.f. Dermat. u. Syph.. Wien u. Leipz., 1909, xeviii. 267-300. 2 pl. -----. Sopra il sarcoma idiopatico Kaposi, (iior. ital. d. mal. yen.. Milano. 1909. xliv, 284- 287.— Martin (>.) Sarcoma idiopatico, multiple, he- morragico de Kaposi. Rev. Ibero-Am. de cien. med., Madrid. 1907, xvii, 22-24.—Masck (I) ) vit. Slucaj sar- coma idiopathicum multiplex htemorrhagicum. [A case of . . J Liee. viestnik, u Zagrebu, 1901. xxiii, 14-18.— Mendes da Costa. Ein Fall von Kaposis Pigment- sarkom. Dermat. Stud., Hamb. u. Leipz., 1910, xx, 212- 215.—Perrin & Leredde. Sarcome cutane generalise idiopathique a cellules geantes. Bull. Soc. franc, de der- mat. et svph., Par.. 1895, vi,395-400.—Polano. Sarcoma idiopathicum. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1906, ii, 1136— Badaeli (F.) Nuovo contributo alia conoscenza dell' angio-endotelioma cutaneo (sarcoma idiopatico multiplo) di Kaposi. Gior. ital. d. mal. ven., Milano, 1909, xliv, 223, 4 pl.—Schwininier (E.) Sar- coma pigmentosum diffusum multiplex. Internat. Atlas selt. Hautkr., Hamb. u. Leipz , 1889, Pl. iv, with text.— Mellei (I.) Az idiopathicus sarcoma multiplex (pig- mentosum) haemorrhagicumrdl. Orvosi hetil., Buda- pest, 1900, xliv, 571: 592. -----. Tovabbi adatok az u. n. Kaposi-fele sarcoma multiplex pathologiajahoz. [Fur- ther contributions to the pathology of the so-called mul- tiple sarcoma of Kaposi.] Bbr- es bujak6rt., Budapest, 1903, 1-7.—Scmyonoir i F. B.) Mnozhestvennaya sar- koma kozhi, klinieheskovc techenivc. rezultati vskritiya TUMORS. 1013 TUMORS. Tumors (Sarcomatous, Idiopathic, mul- tiple, hemorrhagic) \Kaposi\. i histologicheskiye preparati. [Multiple sarcoma of the skin; clinical history, autopsy, and histological prepara- tions.] Trudi V svezda Obsh. russk. vrach. v pamyat Pi- rogova, S.-Peterb.", 1894, ii, 178-181.—Sequeira (J. H.) Case of multiple idiopathic pigmentary sarcoma (so- called). Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1910-11, iv, Der- mat. Sect., 8-10.—Somnier (B.) Sarcoma idiopatico multiple hemorragicode Kaposi. Rev. Soc.med. argent.. Bnenos Aires, 1901, ix, 669-674.— Stukoveilkott"(M. 1.1 Pyat sluchayev idiopatieheskoi mnozhestvcnnol pig- mentnol sarkomi kozhi (sarcoma pigmentodes idiopathi- cum multiplex cutis Kaposi). [Five cases . . .] Trudi V svezda Obsh. russk. vrach. v pamyat Pirogova, S.-Pe- terb., 1894, i, 158-177.—Tiirok (L.) Zwei Fiille von Sar- coma idiopathicum multiplex. Beitr. z. Dermat. u. Syph. Festschr. ... I. Neumann, Leipz. u. Wien, 1900, 877-882.—TrapesntkofT (F. K.) Sarcoma cutis idio- pathicum, multiplex,pigmentodes (Kaposi). Meditsina, St. Petersb., 1893, v, 224: 238; 254.—Wallhauser (H. J. F.) Biehlorid of mercury in the treatment of idiopathic multiple hemorrhagic sarcoma, with the report of two cases. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1909, liii, 1608-1611.— Weber (F. P.) Idiopathic multiple pigment sarcoma (idiopathic multiple hsemorrhagic sarcoma) of Kaposi. Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 1905, xvii, 135-139. Also, Reprint.— Wende (G. W.) Reportof a case of multiple idiopathic pigmented sarcoma. Buffalo M. J., 1897-8, xxxvii, 818- 822.—von Zumbusell (L.) Multiples, idiopathisches Hautsarkom mit Knochenmetastasen. Arch, f. Dermat. u. Syph., Leipz. u. Wien, 1911, cvii, 329-334,1 pl. Tumors (Sarcomatous, Immunity from). von Dungern. Leber passive rebertragung der Immunitat gegen Hasensarkom. Ztschr. f. Immunitiits- forsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1910, v, 695-697.—Handel & Schonburg. Ueber Immunitat bei Rattensarkom nach Operation des Tumors. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt , Jena. 1912, liv, Ref., Beilage, 119-122.— Lambert i R. A.) A: Hanes (F. M.) Cultivation in vitro of rat sarcoma; a study in immunity. J. Am. M. As*.. Chicago, 1911, lvi, 587. Also, Reprint.—Bous (P.) A Murphy (J. B.) The histological signs of resistance to a transmissible sarcoma of the fowl. J. Exper. M., Lancaster, Pa.. 1912. xv, 270-286, 3 pl.—Uhlenhuth, Haendel it Stettenhagen. Ueber Immunitat bei Rattensarkom. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1910, xlvii, Ref., Beihft., 158-165. Tumors (Sarcomatous, Melanotic). Arnold (A.) * Ueber einen Fall von allge- meiner Melanosarcomatose. 8°. Munchen, 1900. Bechaux (A.) * Contribution a I'etude du sarcome meianique. 8°. Paris, 1909. Cordes (M.) * Beitrag zur Kasuistik der Melanosarkome. 8°. Miinehen, 1908. Deck art (J.) * Beitrag zur Lehre von den Melanosarcomen. 8°. Leipzig, 1899. Decking (E.) * Ueber Melanosarkoma. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1887. Evelt(W.) *Drei Falle von Melanosarkom. 8°. Miinehen, 1901. Frentzel (O.) * Ueber Melanosarcom. 8°. Berlin, 1886. Kirsteix (F.) * Ueber einen Fall von Me- lanosarcom mit ausgedehnten Metastasen unter gleichzeitiyer Berucksichtigung der Theorien iiber die Xaevi. [Freiburg i. Br.] 8°. Mainz, 1898. Kuhlmann (H.) *Ein Beitrag zur Lehre vom Melanosarkom. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1892. Mattisex (J.) *Ein Fall von multiplem me- lanotischem Sarkom. 8°. Bonn, 1879. Michel (G.) *Etude chirurgicale du sar- come meianique, son developpement sur un naevus pigmentaire 4°. , Nancy, 1887. Sainz y Komillo (S.) * Etude sur un cas de sarcome meianique. 8°. Paris, 1899. Steinmetz (C.) * Ueber einen Fall von Me- lanosarcom mit ausgedehnten Metastasen mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Verteilung des Pigments. 8°. Freiburg i. 7?., 1891. Tam.m (A.) * Ueber einen Fall von multiplem Melanosarcom. [Erlangen.] s°. Lobe u stein, 1896. Tumors (Sarcomatous, Melanotic). Tietze (A.) Beobachtungen an einem Falle von multiplem Melanosarcom mit Melanurie. 4°. Cassel, 1893. Acton (H. W.) Melanotic sarcomata. Middlesex Hosp. J., Lond., 1905, ix, 51-67, 2 pl— Aievoli (E.) Sui tumori melanici partenti da nei in rapporto all' evolu- zionedel mesenchima e dell' angioblasto (melano-mesen- chimomi). Morgagni, Milano, 1906, xlviii, 637: 745, 1 pl. -----. Lo studio dei melanosareomi da qualche nuovo punto di vista. Incurabili, Napoli, 1907, xxii,3-8.—Ball (V.) Melanosarcomatose cutanee secondaire chez un chien. J. de mdd. vet. et zootech., Lyon, 1910, 5. s., xiv, 723-726.—Ball (V.) & Cuny (C.) Melanosarcomatose cutanee secondaire chez un chien. Ibid., 1911, 5 s., xv, 338-340.—Bamberger (E.) Melanosarcom der Haut des Stammes und der Extremitaten, der Muskulatur, des Peritoneums und der Pleura, des Herzens, der Nieren und der gesammten Lymphdrtisen; diffuse Dunkelfar- bung der Haut. Ber. d. k. k. Krankenanst. Rudolph- Stiftung in Wien (1891), 1892,295-297.— Basile(G.) Sulla eomposizione ed origine dei pigmenti nei melanosareomi. Tommasi, Napoli, 1905-6, i, 746-748.—Bluiuer (G.) Gen- eralized melanotic sarcoma. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1396, vii, 188.—Boldt (H. J.) Primary melanotic sarcoma of the posterior vaginal wall. Tr. N. York Obst. Soc, 1906-7, 153-155.—Boutay. Me'lanosarcorne cutane; generalisation rapide. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1887, lxii, 817-821.—Browicz (T.) Sztuczna krystalizacya hema- toidyny w kom6rce mie.saka barvvikovvego. [Kiinstliche Krystallisation des Hamatoidins in der Zelle des Melano- sarcoms.] Bull, internat. Acad. d. sc. de Cracovie, 1898, 268-270.—Budnowski. Das Melanosarkom des Pferdes. Ztschr. f. Veterinark., Berl., 1903, xv, 417- t is.—Burns (H.) Note on an interesting case of me- lanotic sarcoma. Lancet, Lond., 1909, ii, 1433.—Cal- lan (P. A.) Melano-sarcoma of the eyeball, orbit and liver. N. York Eye & Ear Infirm. Rep., 1901, ix, 1.— Calvert (J.) & I*igg (T. S.) A ease of melanotic sar- coma. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1897-8, xlix, 297-299.—Car- bone (T.) Contributo alia conoscenza chimica dei melanosareomi. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1890, 3. s., xxxviii, 736-740.—Catterina (A.) Contribu- zione alio studio dei sarcomi melanotici della cute. Riv. veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 1892, xvi, 385-410, 5 pl.— Chapman (W. L.) Melanotic sarcoma, with report of cases. Tr. Rhode Island M. Soc, Providence, 1906, vii, 385-391.—C'ipollone (L. T.) Sulla struttura di alcuni sarcomi melanotici. Ann. di med. nav., Roma, 1896, ii, 431-459, 1 pl.—Cuffaro (V.) cav. Contributo clinico alio studio del sarcoma melanotico nella capra. Gior. d. r. Soc. ed Accad. vet. ital., Torino, 1902, li, 805-809.—Dal- Iemagne & Vandervelde. Sarcome generalise avec pigmentation hematique. J. de med., chir. etpharmacol., Brux., 1893, 481-488. — Danlos & Levy-Frankel. Sarcomatose meianique generalisee secondaire sous- cutanee. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1908, xix, 353.—De Buck & Vanderlinden. Un cas de m61ano-sarcome. generalise. Ann. Soc. de mecl. de Gand, 1899, lxxviii, 119-122. Also: Belgique med., Gand-Haar- lem, 1899, ii, 584-587.—Dietrich (A.) Ueber ein Fibro- xanthosarkom mit eigenartiger Ausbreitung und fiber eine Vena cava sup. sinistra bei dem gleichen Fall. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1913, ccxii, 119-139, 1 pl. — Dull. Melanosarkom beim Pferde. Wchnschr. f. Tierh. u. Viehzucht, Munchen, 1908, li, s07—Epler (C.) Melanotic sarcoma of the liver and other viscera; reportof a case. Colorado Med., Denver, 1903-1. i, 393.—Freytag (F.) Die Beeintrachtigung der Darmtatigkeit infolge Sarkomentwieklung (Melanose). Wchnschr. f. Tierh. u. Viehzucht, Munchen, 1906, 1, 482- 484.—GaskilH fH. K.) Melanotic sarcomas resulting from irritation of the pigmented nevi. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago. 1913, lx, 341-344.—Gordon (D. G.) A ease of melanotic sarcoma. Canad. Pract., Toronto, 1893, xviii, 127-429.—Gould (A. V.) A note on two cases of mela- notic sarcoma. Arch. Middlesex Hosp., Lond., 1906, ix, 1-8.—Gouraud (F.-X.) & de Lacombe. Sarcome meianique; impregnation pigmentaire de l'estomac et du colon. Bull, et m6m. Soc. anat. de Par., 1901, lxxvi, 479- 481.—Gross (J.) Primary epibulbar melano-sarcoma. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1908, xvii, 501-504.—H. (R. R.), Perrin (T. B.) & Gassaway (J. M.) Malignant new growth; melanotic sarcoma; pericarditis. Rep. Superv. Surg.-Gen. Mar. Hosp. 1898, Wash., 1899, 223. — Hal- lopeau & lie ri. Sarcome meianique; autopsie. Ann. dedermat. et svph., Par., 1899, s. s., x, 637. Also: Bull. Soc. franc dc' dermat. et syph., Par., 1899, x, 308.— Hand ley (W. S.) On lymphatic permeation as a factor in the dissemination of melanotic sarcoma, with a note on operative treatment. Arch. Middlesex Hosp., Lond., 1906, vii, 52-74.—Hartert (W.) Zur Kenntnis der pigmentierten riesenzoUenhaltigen Xanthosarkome an Hand und Fuss. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1913, lxxxiv, 546-562. 1 pl— Ilimshalter (P.) Contribution a I'etude du sarcome meianique generalise. Mem. Soc. de med. de Nancy (1886-7), 1888, 17-28.—Havas (A.) Sarcoma idiopathicum multiplex pigmentodes esete. [A TUMORS. 1014 TUMORS. Tumors (Sarcomatous, Melanotic). (use of . . .] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1899, xliii, 122.— Ilenocn & Nolke. Ein Fall von multiplem Melano- sarkom mit allgemeiner Melanose. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1898-9, lxii, 347-357.—Hutchinson (J.) Small growths of melanotic sarcoma rapidly in- ducing extensive gland disease. Areh. Surg., Lond., 1899, x, 85, 1 pl.—Jannes (P.) Ueber Melanosarkom. Med. Klin., Berl., 1907, iii, 1170.—Johnson (A. B.) Multiple melanotic sarcoma (?). Ann. Surg., Phila, 1899, xxx, 221.—Judd (A.) Case of melanotic sarcoma. Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1905, xx, 1212— Katsurada (F.) Ueber eine bedeutende Pigmentirung der Capillarendo- thelien im Gehirn bei einer ausgedehnten Melano- sarkomatose. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1902, xxxii, 193-196, 1 pl.-K.erl (W.) Ueber einen Fall von Melanosarkom. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien u. Leipz,, 1900, civ, 24.5-260, 1 pl.—Kling. Ein Fall von Melanosarkomatose. Militararzt, Wien, 1912, xlvi, 70. — Kohn ( H.) Praparate eines Falles von Melanosarkom. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1907, xxxiii, 1194. — Kromayer (E.) Er- widerung auf den Aufsatz Prof. Ribbert's "Ueber das Melanosarcom." Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1897, xxii, 412 - 415. — Lacapfere & Babonneix. Presentation de pieces provenant de 1'autopsie dun malade atteint de melano-sarcdme. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1902, lxxvii, 704-706.— Laccetti (C.) Sopra un caso di sarcomatosipigmentare multipla. Gazz. internaz. di med., Napoli, 1903, vi, 210- 214, 1 pl. Also: Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 1904, n. s., xxvi, 41-44.— Lagrange. Transformation d'un caillot sanguin en sarcome meianique. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. . . . de Bordeaux, 1X91, xii, 44^16.—Lauren ti (T. ) Sarcoma melanotico della parete anteriore del- V emitorace destro eon metastasi rachidea lombare e sar- comatosi generalizzata. Gazz. med. di Roma, 1913, xxxix, 17H-177.—Lauwers. Over melanosarcoma. Geneesk. Tijdschr. v. Belgie, Amst., 1910, i, 153-156.—Leal'(C.) A caseof melanotic sarcoma. West Lond. M.J., Lond., 1910, xv. 63.—Lediard (H. A.) Melanotic spindle-celled alveolar sarcoma and gland. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1882- 3, xxxiv, 269.—Leri. Sarcomes melaniques, primitive- ment localises au membre inferieur, puis generalises dans la plupart des organes. Bull, etmem Soc. anat. de Par., 1899, lxxiv, 709-711.—Levy-Franckel & Bechaux. Sarcomatose meianique generalisee. Ibid., 1909, lxxxiv, 30-33.—Lewin (G.) Sarcome pigmente. Ann. deder- mat. et syph., Par., 1894, 3. s., v, 93.—Litten. Fall von Melanosarcom. Verhandl. d. Ver. f. innere Med. zu Berl., 1888-9, viii, 145-158. Also: Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1889, xv, 41-45.—Mackenzie (J. C.) Melanotic sarcomatosis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1891, i, 907.— ITIaclaren (P. H.i Melanotic sarcoma. Edinb. M. J., 1888-9, xxxiv, 265.—Magyar. Melanosarkom bei einem 1 Jahr alten Kinde. Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1912, xi, 198.—Martini (E.) Con- tributo clinico ed anatomo-patologico alio studio del me- lanosarcoma. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1906, 4. s., xii, 98-101. Also, transl: Ztschr. f. Krebsforsch., Berl., 1907, vi, 200-249,1 pl.—.Tlehrer (H.) Ein Fall von hochgradiger allgemeiner Melanose bei melanotischem Sarcom. Wien. med. Presse, 1896, xxxvii, 1369-1371.— Minne (A.-J.) Un casde sarcome (alveolaire pigmente, a cellules epitheiioi'des) simulant le mycosis fongoide d'embiee. Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1899, 3. s., x, 751-764.—Minney (J. E.) Report of a case of melano- sarcoma. Kansas M. J., Topeka, 1895, vii, 185.—Morrel! (C. B.) Case of melanotic sarcoma (multiple sarcoma pigmentosum), treated bv the X-ray. Am. Elect. Therap. & X-ray Era, Chicago, 1902, ii, no. 6, 1-5, 1 pl—Moses (O. St. J.) Melanotic sarcoma and sarcomatous mela- noma. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1907, xlii, 218-220 — Mu Itiple Melanosarcome. Jahresb. ii. d. chir. Klin. d. I'niv. Greifswald 1889-90, Leipz., 1892, 163-166.—Musser (J. IL) Universal melanotic sarcomata. Phila. Hosp. Rep., 1893, ii, 26-31. Also, Reprint.—Nieoladoni (C.) Zur Casuistik der Tumoren; zwei Beobachtungen aus der chirurir. Cniversitatsklinik. Deutsehe Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz.. 187:;, ii. 527-537.—Norgren (A.) Ett fall af mul- tipelt melanosarkom. [A case of multiple melanosar- coma,] Hygiea, Stockholm, 1898, lx, 59-71.—Petit (G.) Enorme sarcome meianique de la cuisse chez un cheval; considerations sur la melanose en general. Bull, etmem. Soc. anat. de Par.. 1903, lxxviii, 377.—Petit (G.), Don- ville & Germain (R.) Un cas interessint de melano- sarcome generalise chez un chien. Bull, del' Assoc, franc. p. I'etude du cancer, Par., 1912, v, 55-61. Also: Bull. Soc. centr. demed. vet., Par., 1912, lxvi, 337-345.—Phillips (W. C.) The report of a case of melanotic sarcoma with manifestationsin the nose, nasopharynx, mouth, pharynx and larynx. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1905, xv, 452. Also: Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc. 1905, St. Louis, 1906, xi, 501.—Priinavera (A.) Contributo alio studio del pigmento deimelano.sarcomi; ricerche sulla malanina urinaria. Gior.internaz.d.sc.med.,Napoli, 1907,n.s.,xxix, Tumors (San-omatous, Melanotic). 978-988.—Bautmann. Melanosarkom mit Generalisa- tion beim Hunde. Monatsh. f. prakt. Thiermed., Stuttg., 1904, xv, 363-371.—Bendu(H.)& Del val (O.) Sarcome meianique a localisations multiples. Bull, et m6m.Soc. anat. de Par., 1907, lxxxii, 427-431.—Bibbert H.) Ueber das Melanosarkom. Beitr. z. path. Anat.u.z.allg. Path., Jena, 1897, xxi, 471-499,1 pl. See, also, supra, Kromayer.— Bilssle (R.) Der Pigmentierungsvorgangim Melanosar- kom. Ztschr.f. Krebsforsch., Jena, 1901, ii, 291-332, 1 pl.— Saundby (R.) Case of melanotic sarcoma with me- lanuria. Birmingh. M. Rev., 1891, xxix, 147-158.—Sclilc- singer (A.) Demonstration eines Sarcoma multiplex htemorrhagicum pigmentosum (Kaposi). Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1906, xliii, 1463.—Schmidt (M. B.) Ueber Melanose bei Melanosarkom. Atti d. Cong, internaz. dei patol. 1911, Torino, 1912, i, 65-69.—Sequei ra (J. H.) Case of idiopathic multiple pigment sarcoma (?); with report upon the microscopical appearances, by W. Bulloch. Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 1901, xiii, 201-209, 1 pl. -----. Case of multiple idiopathic pigment-sarcoma (Kaposi). Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1908-9, ii, Dermat. Sect., 15 — Slierwell. A case of multiple idiopathic pigment sar- coma. J. Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph., N. Y., 1905, xxiii, 163 — Sick (('.) Melanosarcom, eritstandenauf traumatischem Wege. Aerztl. Sachverst. Ztg.. Berl., 1897, iii, 294—Si- mon ( L. G. i Sarcome meianique generalise; coexistence d'epithelioma cylindrique. Bull, et m6m. Soc. anat. de Par., 1900, lxxv, 213-215.—Skinner (E.) Recurrence of melanotic sarcoma five years alter removal of primary growth. Quart. M. J., Sheffield, 1901-2, x, 229, 1 pl.— Smalley (C. A.) Metastatic melano-sarcoma with un- usnal^ features. Calif. M. & S. Reporter, Los Angeles, 1906, ii, 087-6.89.—Spiegelberg (II,) Ausgebreitete Melano- sarcomatose als Metastase eines Tumors der Opticus- seheide. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1895, cxlii, 5">3.—Steell (G.) & Williamson (R. T.) Casesof melanotic sarcoma of the brain and liver. Med. Chron., Manchester. lsW-1900, 3. s., ii, 20-27.—Sternberg (C.) [Seltene Befmide hei ausgebreiteter Melanosarkomatose.] Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1905, iv, 247.—Suker (G. F.) & Grosvenor (L. N.) Primary melanotic sarcoma of the iris, followed by extensive me- tastatic melano-sarcoma of the liver. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1912, xxii, 490-497.—Swan (R. H. J.) Two cases of melanotic sarcoma commencing in pigmented moles. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1906, n. s., lxxxi, 13.— Tennent (G. P.) Multiple melanotic sarcomata. Tr. Glasg. Path. & Clin. Soc, 1884-6, ii, 102-119.—Thaeiier (J. S.) Melano-sarcoma with melanuria. Proc. N. York Path. Soc. (1892), 1893, 105-107.—Todd (C. E.) Note on formalin in the treatment of melanotic sarcoma. Aus- tralas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1899, xviii, 296.—Trumbull (J.) Melanotic sarcoma with general melanosis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1890, xxxvii, 351.—Tyson (J.) Primary melanotic sarcoma of the eye; extensive secondary de- posits (melanotic) in the liver; smaller foci in the skin, pancreas, spleen, kidneys, and heart. Tr. Path. Soe. Phila., 1885-7, xiii, 66-68.—Valerlo (G.) Ricerche isto- logiche eseguite su tre casi di melanosarcomatosi. Gior. med. d. r. esercito, Roma, 1905, liii. 897-905.—Vallillo (G.) Ricerche chimiche su un sarcoma melanotico. Sperimentale. Arch, di biol., Firenze, 1909, lxiii, 233- 242.—Vallois >fc Deluias (J.) Sarcome meianique et grossesse. Bull. Soc d'obst. et de gynec. de Par., 1912, i, 159.—Vuilleumier (P.) F^tude sur la pigmentation de la peau dans quelques cas de meianosarcomes. Beitr. z. path. Anat u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1898, xxiii, 598-614. 1 pl.—Wadsack (E.) Melanosarkom und Melanurie. Charit6-Ann., Berl., 1906, xxx, 127-132.—Wageiniiaiiu. Ein Fall von multiplen Melanosarcomeu des Korpers, be- sonders der Haut, bei den eigenartige Gomplicationen von Seiten der beiden Augen in Erscheinnng getreten waren. Cor.-Bl. d. allg. iirztl. Ver. v. Thuringen, Weimar. 1900, xxix, 170-174.—Wagner (P.) Neunzehn Fiille von Melanosarkom. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr.. 1887, xxxiv, 629; 654.—Wainwrlght (J. M.) Melanosarcoma aris- ing from pigmented mole. Tr. Lackawanna Co. Med. Soc, Scranton, 1905, i, 141.—Wallace (W. L.) Mela- notic sarcoma: a case. Buffalo M. J., 1909-10, lxv, 430.— Wallacli (M.) Ein Beitrag zur Lehre vom Melanosar- com. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1890, cxix, 175.— Wende (G . W. i Report of a case of multiple idiopathic pigmented sarcoma. Tr. M. Ass. Central N. Y. 1896, Buf- falo, 1898, 102-105.—Whiteside (G. L.) A case of me- lano-sarcoma. Boston M. & S. J., 1899, cxl, 470-472.— Wilson (J. C.) A case of melano-sarcoma. Tr. Path. Soc. Phila. (1887-9), 1891, xiv, 258-261. Also: Univ. M Mag., Phila., 1888-9. i, 370.—Wood (F. C.) Melano-sar- coma with numerous metastases. Proc. N. York Path Soc, 1905-6, n. s., v. 82-85, 2pl.— '/.ilirjen. Evolution pa r- ticuliere d'une recidive de m61ano-sarcome. Gaz. hebd de med., Par., 1892,2. s., xxix, 32-34—von Zumbuscli (L.) Beitrage zur Charakterisirung des Sarcommelanins vom Menschen. Ztschr. I physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1902, xxxvi, 511-521. TUMORS. 1015 TUMORS. Tumors (Sarcomatous, Metastatic, mul- tiple, and coexistent). See, also, Tumors (Sarcomatous, Idiopathic, etc.); Tumors (Sarcomatous, Melanotic). Austregesilo (A.) Sobre um caso de sar- comatose. 8°. Sao Paulo, 1903. Repr. from: Gaz. clin., Sao Paulo, 1903,1. Bainbridge (W. S.) Metastasen following incision of a sarcoma. 8°. Men: York, 1908. Repr.from: N. York Polyclin. Journal, 1908. Ebmeier ( K. ) * Ein Spindelzellensarkom des Oberschenkels mit Metastasen in Lunge, Gehirn, Nebenniere, Schilddruse, Darm, Zahnfleisch, Pankreas und Pankreasnarkose. [Wurtzburg.] 8°. Leipzig, 1905. Erlanger (A.) * Struma colloides sarcoma- tosa mit multiplen metastatischen Erkrankun- gen der Lunge. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1^96. Jaquet (J.) * Ein Fall von metastasierenden Amyloidtumoren (Lymphosarkom). [Strass- burg.] 8°. Berlin, 1906. Kloenne (A.) * Ueber einen Fall multipler mvelogener Sarkome. [ Wurtzburg. ] 8°. Kernel, 1895. Rehm (O.) *Ein Beitrag zur Kasuistik der multiplen Sarkomatose. 8°. Munchen, J902. Strauss (A.) Sarcomatosis der Haut und des Magens. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1890. Akermaii (J.) Omett fall af multiloculiirt sarcom. Svensk. Lak.-Sallsk. Forh.. Stockholm. 1908. 71-77.—An- bertin (C.) Etude hi-tologip. J., Sagi- naw, Mich., 1895, i, no. 2, 9-11.—Battle ( W. II.) A case of sarcoma treated by Coley's fluid. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1898, ii, 1554. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1898, ii, 132K.—Cham- berlin (F. T.) Notes on a case of round-celled sar- coma, treated by erysipelas and prodigiosus toxines, after excision. Virginia Med. Month., Richmond, 1895-6, xxii, 290-293. Also, Reprint.—Chudnovski (I. B.) K vop. rosu o blagopriyatnom dlelstvii rozhi na obratniy meta- morfoznovoobrazovaniy. [On the favorable effect of ery- sipelas upon the reverse metamorphosis of tumors.] Rusk. Med., St. Petersb., 1886, xi, 772; 791; 811.— Coley (W. B.) A preliminary note on the treatment of inope- rative sarcoma by the toxic products of erysipelas. Post- Graduate, N. Y., 1893, viii, 278-286. Also, Reprint. -----. Recurrent sarcoma of the palm of the hand successfully treated with the toxins of erysipelas and Bacillus pro- digiosus. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1896, xxiv, 501. -----. In- operable sarcoma cured by mixed toxins of erysipelas. Ibid., 1897, xxv, 174-178. -----. Spindle celled sarcoma of the abdominal wall successfully treated by the mixed toxins of erysipelas and bacillus prodigiosus. Ibid., xxvi, 232-234. -----. The treatment of inoperable sar- coma with the mixed toxins of erysipelas and bacillus prodigiosus; immediate and final results in one hundred and forty cases. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1898, xxxi, 389; 456. Also, Reprint. .l^ofAbstr.]: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1898, liv, 294. -----. Acaseof recurrent, inoperable spin- dle-celled sarcoma of the parotid successfully treated with the mixed toxines of erysipelas and bacillus pro- digiosus. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1898, xxviii, 244-246. -----. Recurrent spindle-cell sarcoma with glandular involve- ment, treated successfully with the mixed toxins. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1900, lvii, 125. -----. Late results of the treatment of inoperable sarcoma with the mixed toxin. of erysipelas and bacillus prodigiosus. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass , Phila., 1901, xix, 27-42. Also: Phila. M. J., 1901, vii, 1013-1017. Also, Reprint. —.—. Mixed toxins for sarcoma. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1902, 12. s., ii. 201. -----. Inoperable round-celled sarcoma of the chest wall, involving ribs, successfully treated by mixed toxins of erysipelas and bacillus prodigiosus. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1904, xl, 1019. Also: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1906, n. s.,cxxxi,375-430. Also [Abstr.]: Tr. South. Surg. &Gynec. Ass. 1905, Phila , 1906, xviii, 197-222. -----. Treatment, operative and by the mixed toxines. Brooklyn M. J., 1906, xx, 313-317. -----. Sarcoma of femur treated by mixedtoxins. Ann.Surg.,Phila,,1907,xiv,130-137. -----. Small round-celled sarcoma of the neck and tonsil; entire disappearance in seven weeks under treatment with the mixed toxins of erysipelas and bacillus prodigiosus. Ibid., 115-148.-----. Inoperable sarcoma; a further report of cases successfully treated with the mixed toxins of ery- sipelas and bacillus prodigiosus. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1907, lxxii, 129-137. Also, Reprint. -----. Sarcoma treated by mixed toxins. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1908, xlviii, 455-458" TUMORS. 1019 TUMORS. Tumors (Sarcomatous, Treatment of) with bacterial toxins. -----. Inoperable round-celled sarcoma of the back, with metastatic tumors involving a large portion of the lower jaw; entire disappearance under two and a half months' treatment with the mixed toxins. Ibid., 465-467. -----. The treatment of sarcoma with the mixed toxins oi erysipelas and bacillus prodigiosus. Boston M. & S. J., 1908, clviii, 175-182. Also, Reprint. -----. The treatment of inoperable sarcoma by bacterial toxins (the mixed toxins of the streptococcus of erysipelas and the bacillus prodigiosus). Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1909-10, iii, Surg. Sect., 1-48. Also, Reprint. Also: Practitioner,Lond., 1909, lxxxiii, 689-613.-----. The valueof the mixed toxins of erysipelas and bacillus prodigiosus in inoperable sar- coma, based upon a study of casestreated during the past sixteen years. Detroit M. J., 1909, ix, 197-205. -----. The treatment of sarcoma by bacterial toxins. Lancet, Lond., 1909, ii, 173-175. -----. Large inoperable recurrent intra- abdominal sarcoma following removal of a round-celled sarcoma of the testis a year before; disappearance under the mixed toxins of erysipelas and bacillus prodigiosus. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1911, liii, 299. -----. A report of recent cases of inoperable sarcoma successfully treated with mixed toxins of erysipelasand bacillus prodigiosus. Surg., Gynec. & Obsl., Chicago, 1911, xiii, 174-190. -----. Trata- miento de los sarcomas inoperables por medio de las toxinas bacterianas. Cr6n. med.-quir. de la Habana, 1911, xxxvii, 78; 156—Deanesly. Sarcoma treated with Coley'sfluid. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910,i, 1290.—Doekrell (M.) The treatment of sarcoma by Coley's fluid. Ibid., 1898, ii, 710.—Duncan (R. B.) The treatment of inope- rable and operable sarcomatous growths by Colev's fluid. Austral. M. J., Melbourne, 1911-12, n. s., i, 357-359.— Galippe & Hallopeau (H.) Sur un cas de deforma- tions cicatricielles de la voute palatine, de la langue, du nez etdespaupieressurvenues conseeutivementa des sar- comes gueris par un erysipeie intercurrent. Ann. de dermat, etsyph., Par., 1898, 3. s.,ix. 1117-1120. Also: Rev. de stomatol", Par.,1903, x, 289-29"'.— tireen (R.M.) The use of Coley toxins in the treatment of sarcoma. Boston M. & S. J., 1911, clxv, 1-6.—Green (W. E.) The Coley treatment of inoperable sarcoma by the mixed toxins of erysipelasand bacillus prodigiosus. N. Am. J. Homceop., N. Y., 1907, lv, 685-687.—Green wood (H. H.) Note on aease of melanotic sarcoma treated with Coley's fluid. Lancet, Lond., 1912, ii, 881.—Hanszel (F.) Involution eines Rhinolaryngoscleroms durch Erysipel der Ge- sichtshaut und eines Sarcoms des Rachens durch Strep- tococcen- und Staphvlococceninfection. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh.,Berl., 1902,xxxvi,249-260.—Hertel (V.) Sarko- mer behandlede met Coley's fluid. [Sarcoma treated with Coley's fluid.] Hosp.-Tid.,K0benh., 1909,5. R.,ii,417^25.— Hill (H. K.) Retroperitoneal lymphosarcoma, with re- port of a case treated with Coley'sfluid. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1912, xxix, 682-688.—J ohnson (W. B.) A case of sar- coma of the palate successfully treated with the toxine of erysipelas. Med. Rec, X. Y., 1891,xlvi,616. Also, transl: Ann.Soc.med.-chir.de Liege, 1894,xxxiii.48.L-183.—Large (S.H.) Four cases of sarcoma of the nose and throat treated with Coley's serum. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc, N. Y., 1911, xvii. 364-367. Also: Cleveland M. J., 1911, x, 318-320.—Loeb (L.) The treatmentof inopera- ble sarcoma by erysipelas and prodigiosus toxins. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, liv, 262-264.—Marcnetti (L.) Sarcoma soprajoideo a rapido sviluppo, recidivato due volte e guarito in seguito ad infezione eresipe- lato-a. Gazz. med. lomb., Milano, 1903, lxxii, 51-53.— Mon lin (C. W. M.) The treatment of sarcomata by the ini>ction of mixed toxins (Coley's fluid). Brit. M. J., Loud.. 1898, ii, 451. -----. The treatment of inoperable sarcoma by Colev's fluid. Med. Press& Circ, Lond., 1898, n. s., lxv, 159.—blunter (H.) Et Tilfaelde af Sarkom, helbredet ved Ervsipelastoxin. [A case of sarcoma cured with erysipelas toxin.] Hosp.-Tid., Kj0benh., 1895,4. R.,iii, 248-250.'—Nicholson (C. M.) Report of four cases of sarcoma treated by injection of erysipelas and prodigiosus toxins. Am. J. Surg. & Gynec, St. Lous, 1899, xiii, 10.— Northrop (H. L.) The treatment of sarcoma by the mixed toxins of erysipelas and bacillus prodigiosus. Hahneman. Month.."Phila., 1899, xxxiv, 423-427.—Odier (R.) Traitement des affections sarcomateuses par les toxines de M. Colev. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Ge- neve, 1908, xxviii, 649-654.—O'Kcct ( P.) Report of case of recurring multiple sarcoma cured by contracting ery- sipelas. Internat. J. Surg., N. Y., 1900, xiii, 276.—Oliver (J. C.) Results obtained from the use of Coley's toxins in the treatment of sarcoma. Ohio M. J., Columbus, 1911, vii, 483-489.— Owens (J. E.) The use of toxins in the treatment of sarcoma, particularly in operable cases. Tr. Illinois M. Soc, Chicago, 1897, 28-227. Also: N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1897-9, 1, 1-8.—Paget (S.) The treatment of sar- coma, by the toxines of erysipelas and the bacillus pro- digiosus. Clin, sketches, Lond., 1895, i, 171-173.—Pal- mer (A. W.) Treatment of sarcoma with the mixed toxins of erysipelas and bacillus prodigiosus. J. Ophth., Otol. & LarnygoL, N. Y., 1900, xii, 214-220.—Ramon y Cajal (P.) Sarcoma de las fosas nasales curado por una Tumors (Sarcomatous, Treatment of) with bacterial toxins. infecci6n erisipelada. Clin, mod., Zaragoza, 1911, x, 621- 624. Also: Gac. med. d. Sur de Espafia, Granada, 1911, xxix, 619-523.—Robfoins (F. W.) Mixed toxins in the treatment of sarcoma, with report of a successful case. J. Mich. M. Soc, Detroit, 1910, ix, 64-66.—Schmittlc (J. F.) Toxin-therapy in sarcoma. Proc. Orleans Parish M. Soc. 1895, N. Orl., 1896, iii, pp. xcv-xcviii. Also: N. Orl. M. & 6. J., 1895-6,n. s., xxiii,321-324.—Sheild (A. M.) Note on a case of recurrent sarcoma of the fascia of the back, treated by Coley'sfluid. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1898, ii, 226-228.—Smith (C.J.) Sarcoma with special reference to its treatment by the mixed toxins. Northwest M., Seattle, 1911, n. s., iii, 346-348.—Soper (R. W.) The treat- ment of sarcomata by injections of streptococcus erysipe- latis and bacillus prodigiosus. Dietet. & Hyg. Gaz., N. Y., 1908, xxiv, 10.— Spencer (C. G.) Case of sarcoma treated with Colev's fluid. Proc. Rov. Soc. Med., Lond., 1908-9, ii, Clin. Sect., 152. Also: J. Roy. Armv Med. Corps, Lond., 1909, xii, 449-451.—Sweetser (H. B.) Case of sar- coma of the femur recurring after amputation and cured by injections of Colev's fluid. Northwest. Lancet, Min- neap.,1903, xxiii,323-325.—Tupper( P. Y.) The treatment of inoperable sarcoma with Colev's mixed toxins; report of cases. Tr. M. Ass Missouri, Kansas City, 1899,327-331.— Vaughan (G. T.) Case of recurrent sarcoma treated with toxins. Wash. M. Ann., 1907-8, vi, 158.— Vnkolott" (A. E.) Sluchal sarkomi, llechonniy toksinami po Coley (microc erysip. + bacil. prodig.). [A caseof sarcoma treated by the method of . . .] Bolnitseh. gaz. Botkina, St. Peterb., 1897,viii, 1640-1643.— Woodman (E. M.) An experimental study of the action of Coley's fluid on sar- comata in rats and mice. Arch. Middlesex Hosp., Lond., 1912, xxvii, 217-222, 2 pl. Tumors (Sarcomatous, Treatment of) by electricity. Gaston (J. McF.) Successful treatmentof sarcomaby electrolysis and cataphoresis combined with the internal use of Donovan's solution. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., Phila., 1897,177-187. Also: Ann. Surg., Phila., 1897, xxvi, 196-206. Also: South.M.Rec, Atlanta.1897,xxvii,423^31.—.lolion (E.) Sarcome meianique de la jambe a forme kystique et inextirpable traite par la methode de la fulguration, puis par la radiotherapie; mort rapide par infection sur- ajoutee et par generalisation du neoplasme. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1909, 2. s., xxvii, 333-336.—de Keating-Hart. Un cas de lympho-sarcome traite par fulguration. Bull. de l'Assoc frang. p. I'etude du cancer, Par., 1909, ii, 181. Tumors (Sarcomatous, Treatment of) with radium. Abbe (R.) Radium as a specific in giant cell sarcoma. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1910, lxxvii, 1-5. [Discussion], 40. Also: Canad.Pract.& Rev..Toronto,1910, xxxv,93-97.—Aikins (W. H. B.) & Harrison (F. C.) Radium in the treat- ment of sarcomata. Ibid., 1912, xxxvii, 145-149. — Gri- solia (M.) La radium terapia ed il siero Doyen contro il sarcoma. Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 1910, n. s., xxxii,648-658.—Reynier'(P.) & Fabre (Mme.) Radio- therapie; sarcome de la region inguinale gueri par le ra- dium. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1912, n. s., xxxviii,1436-1448.—Ryerson (G.S.) & Wickham t L.) Two cases of sarcoma; treatment of radium. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, ii, 1081. —Turner (D. F. D.) Notes on the treatment of a case of lymphosarcoma by radium. Edinb. M. J., 1912, n. s., ix, 536.—Watson-Williams (P.) Small round-celled sarcoma; partial removal and subse- quent treatment by radium. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1912-13, vi, Laryngol. Sect., 49. Tumors (Sarcomatous, Treatment of) by Roentgen rays. Desmarquest (J.) *La radiotherapie appii- quee au traitement des sarcomes. 8°. Paris, 1906. Kretschmer (M. K. P.) *TJeber die Ront- gentherapie der Sarkome. 8°. Berlin, [1908]. Le Vot (Y.-M.-I.) ^Contribution a I'etude de la radiotherapie dans le traitement des sar- comes. 8°. Paris, 1909. Lucas (C.-J.-P.) *De la radiotherapie des sarcomes. 8°. Bordeaux, 1909. Reck (C.) On a case of sarcoma treated by the Ront- gen rays. N. York M. J., 1901, lxxiv, 906-909. Also, transl: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1901, xlviii, 1284. Also, Reprint.—Rergon i e (. .1.) Surun cas de lymphosar- comatose rapidement am61ioree par les rayons X. Arch. d'61ectric med., Bordeaux, 1904, xii, 608-613.—Hizard (L.) & Weil (A.) Lymphosarcome en cuirasse de la poitrine et du cou; traitement par les rayons X; gu6ri- TUMORS. 1020 TUMORS. Tumors (Sarcomatous, Treatment of) hy Roentgen rays. son. Bull. Soc. franc de dermat. et syph., Par., 1904, xv, 212-214. Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1904, 4. s., v, 565-567.—Rrosius (W. L.) Roentgen rays in post- operative sarcoma. J. Missouri M. Ass., St. Louis, 1912- 13, ix, 85-87.— Caste lis i E. i Notable mejoria de dos casos de sarcoma por la fontgenoterapia. Rev. med. de Sevilla, 1912, lviii, 299-o0">.—Chrysospathis (J.) Du traitement de sarcome non operable par les rayons de Roentgen. Grece med., Syra, 1903, v.'83. Also, transl: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1903, 1, 2182-2185—Clunet (J.) Action destructive des rayons X sur les sarcomes. Tribune med., Par., 1910, n. s., xliii, 453-456.—Colin (M.) Die Bedeutung der Rontgenstrahlen fiir die Behandlung der lymphatischen Sarkome. Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. (1905), 1906, xxxvi, pt. 2, 528-538. Also: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1906, xliii, 11-16— Coley iW. B.) The influence of Roentgen ray upon the diiferent varieties of sarcoma. Tr. Am. Surg. As>.. Phila., 1902. xx, 308-334, 4 pl. Also: Am. Med., Phila., 1902, iv, 251-256. Also: Med. News, N. Y., 1902, lxxxi, 542-545. -----. Further observations on the influence of the Roentgen ray upon sarcoma. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., Phila., 1903, xxi, 215-229, 2 pl. Also: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1903, lxxviii, 253-260. -----. Late results of X-ray treatment of sarcoma. Med. News, N. Y., 1904, lxxxiv, 246-249. Also: Tr. Am. Roentg. Ray Soc, Pittsb., 1905-6, 126-144. Also: Arch. Physiol. Therapy, Bost., 1906, iv, 161-169.—Dickson (C. R.) The X-ray in sarcoma, with case. Canad. J. M. & S., Toronto, 1903, xiv, 92-94.—Dupeyrae. Action de la radiothera- pie dans les sarcomes et les osteb-sarcomes. Marseille med., 1908, xiv, 104-107.—Evans (B. E. i A- Williams (T. V.) A large complicated enchondrosarcoma removed by simple incision and X-ray. Am. Med., Phila., 1902, iv, 925.—Fischer (J. F.) Et Tilfaelde af inoperabelt Sarkom behandlet med ROntgenstraaler. Hosp.-Tid., K0benh., 1906, 4. R., xiv, 989-997.—Gaucher. Grande amelioration d'un sarcome meianique par la radiothera- pie. J. d. mal. cutan. et syph., Par., 1905, xvii, 356. -----. Sarcome meianique traite par la radiographie. J. de med. et chir. prat., Par., 1905,lxxvi,733.—Hamilton (J. W.) X-ray cure of sarcoma. Calif M. J., San Fran., 1903, xxiv, 5.—Hedluud. Nagra ord om Rontgenbe- handling af sarkom. Hygiea, Stockholm, 1906, 2. f., vi, 914-920.—Holmes (T. K.) Sarcoma treated by excision and subsequent use of the X-ray. Am. J. Surg. & Gynec, St. Louis, 1902-3, xvi, 135.—Holzwarth (J.) Ki nem irthat6 nagy husdaganat elhalasa es kiv&l&sa a Rontgen- kezeies alatt. [Necrosis of an inoperable sarcoma, and its detachment under Rontgen treatment.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1908, Iii, 430—.1 ohnston (G. C.) Three cases of inoperable and recurrent sarcoma successfully treated by Roentgen ray. J. Advanc. Therap., N. Y., 1904, xxii, 648-655.—Judd (A. i The X-ray vs. surgery in sarcoma, with report of cases. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1906, lxx, 1020- 1024.—KienbUck (R.) Leber Kontgenbehandlung der Sarkome. Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1906, li, 305; 317; 329; 341; 353; 363; 375; 387. Also: Fortschr. a. d. Geb. d. Rontgenstrahlen, Hamb., 1906, ix. 329-351, 1 pl. -----. Ueber Rontgen-Behandlung von Sarkomen. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1912, lxii, 1266.—Kirby (F. A.) A case of round-celled sarcoma successfully treated by X-ray exposures. J. Advanc. Therap., X. Y., 1902, xx, 89-94.— Levy-Dorn(M.) Dauererfolge bei der Rontgentherapie von Sarkomen; ein kasuistischer Beitrag. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 10.—Jle^Iaster (J.) Five cases of sarcoma successfully treated with X-rays. Canada Lancet, Toronto, 1904-5, xxxviii. 503-507. -----. The fifth case of sarcoma treated with X-rays. Ibid.. 995-998.— tlarsh (J. P.) A case of multiple melanotic sarcoma unsuccessfully treated bv X-ravs. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1903, n. s., cxxv. 238-243.— Nertens. Ein durch Be- handlung mit Rontgenstrahlen giinstig beeinflusstes Spindelzellensarkom. Deutsche med. Wchnschr , Leipz. u.Berl., 1904, xxx, 461-463.— Pfahler (G. E.) The treat- ment of sarcoma by means of the Roentgen ray. Tr. Am. Roentgen Ray Soc, Cincin., 1907, viii, 66-94, 1 pl. Also: Atti d. Cong, internaz. de terap. fis. 1907, Roma, 1908, ii, pt. 1, 720-730. Also: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1907, lxxxvi, 1153-1161. Also, Reprint. Also: Therap. Gaz., De- troit, 1908, n. s., xxiv, 464-471.—Rozenblat(Ya.M.) K lieeheniyusarkomRoentgenovskimiluchami. [Roentgen- rav treatment of sarcomata.] Terap. Obozr., Odessa, 1912, v, 285.—Sehiiller (M.) Ein inoperables Sarkom behandeltmit Rontgenbestrahlung. Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1903, xxiv, 37.—Shoemaker (G. E.) Sarcoma of the abdominal wall and probably of the pelvic viscera, which has disappeared under the use of the X-ravs. Tr. Coll. Phvs. Phila., 1903, 3. s., xxv, Lis-161. Also [Abstr.]: Am. Med., Phila., 1903, vi, 1019.—Sjogren (T.) Om Rontgrenbehandling af sarkom. [The Roentgen treat- ment of sarcoma.] Hygiea, Stockholm, 1904, 2. f., iv, 1142-1149. Also, transl: Fortschr. a. d. Geb. d. Rontgen- strahlen, Hamb., 1905, viii, 263-267. Also, transl: Zen- tralbl.f.d.ges. Therap., Wien. 1905, xxiii, 1-5.—Skinner (C. E.) A large fibro-sarcoma treated bv Roentgen radi- ation. Arch. Electrol. & Radiol., Chicago, 1904, iv, 359- Tumors (Sarcomatous, Treatment of) by Roentgen rays. 364. Also, Reprint. Also [Abstr.]: Am. J. Surg. & Gynec, St. Louis, 1904-5, xviii, 93.—Smith (J. F.) Rontgen ray in the treatment of sarcoma. Am. Med., Phila., 1904, viii. 813.—S Kin bo (L.) Zwei Fiille von gebessertem resp. geheiltem Sarkom mit Hiilfe \ mi ItmiiwiiMrahlen. Dermat. Ztschr., Berl., 1906, xiii, 27S-2M \\'alker (E.) Some experiences with the X-ray a- a therapeutic agent; report of the cure of a case of alveolar niela notie sarcoma! Tr. Mississippi Valley M. Ass. 1902, Kansas Citv, 1903, iv! 39-44. [Discussion], 65-67. Also: Louisville Month. J. M. & S., 1903-4, 57-60. Also [Abstr.]: J. Am. M. Ass. Chi- cago, 1903. xl, 1214.—Warren (J. C.) Disappearance of a round-cell sarcoma after treatment by X-rays; recur- rence; death. Arch, internat. de chir., Gaud, 1906-7, iii 427-435, 1 pl. Tumors (Sarcomatous) in animals. See, also, Tumors (Sarcomatous, Experimental production and transmission of). Elsner (M. R. K.) * Untersuchungen iiber das Vorkommen und die klinische Bedeutung der Sarkome beim Hausgefliigel. [Leipzig.] 8°. Dresden, 1912. Loffler (H.) *Die Melanosarkombildung beim Menschen und beim Pferde. Eine ver- gleichende Studie. [Wurtzburg.] 8°. Mell- rich stadt, 1903. Rarile (C.) Sarcoma rotondo cellulare multiplo nel connettivo sottocutaneo del collo e della testa nel gallo (Gallus domesticus. Auct. i. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1912, 4. s., xviii. 156-158.—Bauermeister. Sarkomatose beim I'lYrd. Deutsche tierarztl. Wchnschr., Hannov., 1903, xi. 60-52.—Relz (E.) Ein Fall von Myxo- fibrosarkom in der skrotal- und Oberschenkelgegend beim Pferd. Murichen. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1912, lvi, 265.— Biiijjs. Sarcoma in a rat. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1895, xlvii, 280.—Borrel (A.) Lympho-sarcome du chien. Compt. rend. Acad, d.sc. Par., 1907, cxlix, 344.—Bridre (J.) Sarcomatose de Pane, inoculation positive chezle sujet lui meme. Bull, de PAssoc, franc, p. I'etude du cancer, Par., 1909, ii, 197-201.—Brooke (W. Hj Sarco- ma of the sub-lumbar lymphatics in a horse. J. Comp. Path. & Therap., Edinb. & Lond., 1905, xviii, 365.— Bruek (A. W.) Ein Fall von kougenitalem Lebersar- kom und Nebennierensarkom mit Metastasen. Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1905, lxii, 84-92.—Cadeac. Infection sarcoma teuse aigue du chien. J. de m6d. veL et zootech., Lyon, 1907, 5. s., xi, 266-269. ----—. Sarcome eneephalo'ide generalised aux deux reins chez un pore Ibid., 1910, 5. s., xiv,521-523.—Cinotti(F.) Sarcomaparvitondocellu- lare teleangectasico alia coda di una cavalla. N. Ereo- lani, Pisa, 1905, x, 125; 141.—Cornil (V.) & Petit (G.) Enorme chondro-sarcome ossifie de la mamelle chez une chienne. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1906, lxxxi, 21-24.—von Dun<> ern. Zur Biologie des Rundzellen- sarkoms des Hundes. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1912, lix, 238.—von Dungeru & Coca. Ueber Hasensar- kome die in Kaninchen wachsen und iiber das Wesen der Geschwulstimmunitat. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. ii. exper. Therap., Jena, 1909, ii, 391-414, 2 pl.—Flexner (S.) & Jobling (J. W.) Remarks on and exhibition of specimens of a metastasising sarcoma of the rat. Proc Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1906, iv, no. 1, 12. ----- -----. Infiltrating and metastasising sarcoma of the rat. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlviii, 420. Also, transl: Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena. 1907, xviii, 257-259.—Frohner (E.) Sarkom der Mil/, und Bauch- speieheldriise beim Pferd. Monatsh. f. prakt. Tierh., Stuttg., 1910-11, xxii, 165.—Gansehals. Allgemeine Sarkomatosis bei einem Rinde. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1908, xviii, 355. — Haaland. Ein Chondrosarkom der Maus. Ztschr.f. Krebsforsch., Berl., 1907, v, 125.—Hebrant & Antoine. Deux cas de sarcome du fourreau chez le chien. Ann. de m£d. veL, Brux., 1909, lviii, 133-136.—Hoare (E. W.) Caseof fibro- sarcoma. Vet. Rec, Lond., 1902-3, xv, 373. -----. Lym- phosarcoma in the dog. Ibid., 1911-12, xxiv, 291.— Huet (G.) Een geval van rondcellig sarcoom bij een paard. Tijdschr. v. veeartsenijk., Utrecht, 1913, xl, 2*3- 285.—Jaeger (A.) Die Melanosarkomatose der Schim- melpferde. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1909, exeviii, 1-61, 1 pl. Also: Berl. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1910, xxvi, 11-49.—.1 Blink (M.) Generalisierte Sarko- matose beim Schwein. Munchen. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1911, lv, 85—Kraus (R.) & Ishiwara (K.) Leber das Verhalten tierischer Sarkomzellen gegenuber tieri- schen und menschlichem Serum. Wien. klin. Wchn- schr,, 1912, xxv, 615.—Leblanc (P.) Enorme sarcome encephaloi'de chez un chien. J. de med. vet. et zoo- t ch., Lyon, 1903, 5. s., vii. 707-709.—Lud wis ( E.) Sar- kom der Leber mit beidseitiger diff user Nierensarko- matose bei einem Hahn. Ztschr. f. Krebsforsch., Berl., TUMORS. 1021 TUMORS. Tumors (Sarcomatous) in animals. 1913, xiii, 81-88.—Mack (\V. B.) Fibro-sareomatosis with resulting ascites in a fowl. Am. Vet. Rev., N, Y., 1907-8, xxxii, 606-608.—Morpureo ( B. ) & Donati (A ) Studi su un sarcoma dei topi bianchi. Atti d. Cong, internaz. dei patol. 1911, Torino, 1912, i, 47-64.— .Uoussu. Le lympho-sareome de l'encolure et de Pen- tree de la poitrine chez les betes bovines. Rec. de med. veL, Par.,"1912, lxxxix, 349-357.—Peters (A.) Notes on a case of melanosarcoma in a mare. Vet .J., Lond., 1909, n. s., xvi, 453.—Petit (G.) Sarcome ossifiant des cornets et de la face, chez une chienne. Bull, et mem. Soc anat. de Par., 1900, lxxv, 1012. -----. Deux cas de sarcome teiangiectasique de la rate et de l'epdploon, chez le chien. Bull. Soc. centr. de mecl. ve"t., Par., 1903, 8. s., x, 84. Also: Bull, et ineim. Soc. anat. de Par., 1903, lxxviii. 58.—Petit (G ) & Coquot. Sarcome de la vulve gn ireneialisierter Sarkomatose beim Pferde. Zt- schr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1910-11, xxi, 181.— "West i A. K. > A case of round celled sarcoma. Vet. Rec, Lond., 1911-12, xxiv, 54, 1 pl. Tumors (Sarcomatous) in children. Ablon (M.) *Des fibromes embryonnaires (sarcomes) de l'intestin chez les enfants. 8°. Paris, 1898. Bergner (E. F.) * Ueber Sarcomatose im Kindesalter. 8°. Munchen, 1903. Letailleur (V. -C. -J.) Contribution a l'Stude du sarcome des enfants. roy. 8°. Lille, 1895. Mauderli (J.) * Ueber Sarcombildung im Kindesalter. 8°. Basel, 1895. Saidis (S.) * Ueber Sarcombildung im Kin- desalter. 8°. Basel, 1907. Vieille (A. -E.) * Du sarcome congenital des membres chez l'enfant et de quelques affections qui le simulent. 8°. Nancy, 1910. Araoz Altaro (G.) Sobre un caso de sarcomatosis difusa en un nino. An. d. Circ. m&l. argent., Buenos \ire- 1897 xx, 362-365. -----. Les sarcomes visceraux chez les enfants. Cong, internat. de mCd. C.-r. 1903, Madrid 1901, xiv, sect, de pCdiat., 963-966.—Araoz Al- iaro (G i A: Santas (M.-A.) Les sarcomes visceraux chez les enfants. Arch, de mCd. d. enf., Par., 1905 yni, 602-604. Also: An. d. Circ. mv inb rbv enLirecfrvKOTo. eve- tjeiav. TocrpiKT/ np6o&o'2.vpu>, 1904,ix, 199-203.—Beebe (A. G.) Therapeutics of benign tumors. Tr. World's Homceop. Conv., Phila., 1876, i, 759-769. Also, Reprint.— Bloodgood (J. C.) The medical and surgical aspects of tumors, including inflammatory and neoplastic forma- tions. Maryland M. J., Bait,, 1911, liv, 1; 42; 78. Also: Wisconsin M. J., Milwaukee, 1910-11, ix, 115-147.—Boggs (R. H.) The treatment of multiple glandular tumors. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1911, lxxx, 1276.—de Bourgade La llardye (E.) Sur le traitement des tumeurs profondes par un proeede permettant de faire agir la matiere ra- diante dans 1'intimite fles tissus sans alterer les teguments. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1908, cxlvii, 1343-1345.— Ceeeherelli (A.) Le indagini anatomiche dei tumori in rapporto alia loro terapia. Gazz. med. lomb., Milano, 1893, Iii, 379; 393; 405; 416; 426; 436; 446: 456; 464; 475; 485; 494; 516; 524.—Clark (W. L.) A preliminary report upon TUMORS. 1024 TUMORS. Tumors (Treatment of). the destruction of surface and cavity neoplasms by des- iccation. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1911, xciii, 1131-1134.— von Czerny. Die nichtoperative Behandlung der Ge- schwiilste. Cor.-Bl.f. schweiz. Aerzte,Basel, 1912, xlii, 1170- 1172. Also: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1912, lix, 2209- 2214 -Dixon (S. G.) & Fox. The effect of injections of taurin upon tumors of mice and dogs. Penn. Health Bull., Harrisburg, 1911, no. 19.—Khrhardt (O.) Ueber Zerstonm^ von Geschwulstresten in der Wunde durch heisses Wasser. Areh. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1901, lxiv, 741- 745— En roth (E.) Om epitelisering af granulerande sfi,r lormedels skarlakansrodt. [Epithelisation of granular tumors by scarlet red.] Finska lak.-sallsk. handl., Hel- singfors, 1909, li, v. 2, 217-222.—Fichera (G.) Ancora sugli autolizzati di tessuti nella terapia dei tumori; replica alia risposta di Ferd. Blumenthal. Policlin., Roma, 1911, xviii, sez. prat, 297-299.—George (C), jr. The treat- ment of inoperable tumors. Phila. M. J., 1902, ix, 64-69.— Gliozeiies (P. N.) &epanela tuv i^uiTepiKuiv <$>vp.a.Tui>- aeuiv. 'IaTpiKT) 7rpdo6os, 'Ev 2upo>, 1907, xii, 33-35.—Grtln- baum (Helen G.) & Griiiibauni (A.S.) Some experi- ments of the inhibition of tumour growth in ratsandmice, with a suggestion for an empirical treatment in man. Lancet, Lond., 1911, i, 879.—Hessmann (A.) Massen- dosirung bei Tumoren. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1910- 11, xciv, 110-116.—Lockridge (J. E.) Tumorsand their management. Old Dominion J. M. & S., Richmond, 1907- 8, vi, 451-456.—Manley (T. H.) Brief notes on con- servative therapy in the treatment of tumors. Med. & Surg. Reporter, Phila., 1898, Ixxxviii, 95-100.—Nager (F. R.) Bericht iiber die answartigen Untersuchungen der Tumorenstation vom 1. Januar 1900 bis 1. Januar 1904. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, BaseJ, 1904, xxxiv, 297; 332.— Odier(R.) Sur le traitement des tumeurs par les fer- ments glvcolytique et pancreatique. Rev. med. de la Suisse Ro"m., Geneve, 1906, xxvi, 346-349.—Bibbert (H.) Ueber das Gefasssystem und die Heilbarkeit der Ge- schwiilste. Deutsche, med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u.Berl., 1904, xxx,801-803.—Bitter (C.) Zur Behandlunginoperabler Tumoren mit kiinstlicher Hyperamie. Miinohen. med. Wchnschr., 1907, liv, 2124—Seu de Bouville. Neo- plasme et quinine. Bull. Soc. m6d.-chir. de la Dr6me [etc], Valence & Par., 1901, ii, 108-110.—Stenhouse (J.) Nucleins and tumors; case; recovery. Canad. Pract., Toronto, 1898, xxiii, 601.—Szecsi (S.) Ueberdie Wirkung von Cholinsalzen auf das Blut und fiber die Beeinflussung von Mausetumoren durch kolloidale Metalle. Med. Klin., Berl., 1912, viii, 1162.— Tom 1 in (B. F.) Successful treat- ment of external benign tumors, tubercular glands and goitre. Med. Brief, St. Louis, 1903, xxxi, 1373-1376.— Tufller. Essai sur les ligatures vasculaires dans les tumeurs inoperables et dans certaines infections. Assoc. franc, de chir. Proc.-verb. [etc.], Par., 1897, xi, 192-203. Also [Abstr.]: Rev. de chir., Par., 1897, xvii, 999. -----. R6sultats des ligatures atrophiantes dans les tumeurs inoperables. Assoc.franc, de chir. Proc.-verb. [etc.], Par., 1898, xii, 239-243.—Villcker (F.) Chlorzinkatzun- gen bei inoperabelen Tumoren. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1900, xxvii, 592-628. Tumors (Treatment of, Operative) [with Jcnife or cautery\. See, also, Tumors (Angiomatous, Treatment of, Operative); Tumors (Sarcomatous, Treatment of, Operative). Wiggin (F. H.) The necessity of complete extirpation of tumours, and the importance of rapid cicatrization of the wound. 8°. New York, 1895. Bassius (H.) Pourquoi certaines tumeurs doivent 6tre extirpees et d'autres simplement ouvertes; dans l'uneet l'autre de ces operations, quels sont les cas ou le cautere est preferable ft l'instrument tranchant, et les raisons de preference? Rec. d. pieces . . . pourle prix del'Acad.roy. dechir., Par.,1753, i,60-107.—Beeson (H. A.) The removal of abnormal growths on the hands and face. Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1894, n. s., xxxiii, 571-574.— Bender (O.) Beitrage zur Geschwulstlehre. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1903-4, lxx, 316-338, 2 pl.—Bir- kett (J.) Contributions to the practical surgery of new growths or tumours. Series III. Cysts. Guv's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1S59, 3. s., v, 247-281. Also, Reprint—Coenen (H.) Bericht fiber die vom 1. April 1903 bis 1. September 1904 in der Poliklinik der konigl. Universitatsklinik zu Berlin behandelten Geschwulste. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1905, lxxviii, 679-727. Also: Arb. a. d. chir. Klin. d. Univ. Berl., 1906, xviii, 308-356.—Czerny (V.) Bei- triige zur Geschwulstlehre. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1869, x, 894-908, 1 pl.—Dennis (F. S.) & Ferguson (E. D.) The value of subsequent constitutional treat- ment, and the long surveillance of every patient after the operation. Tr. N. York M. Ass., 1895, xii, 292-301.— Foote (E. M.) Operations upon new growths not ab- dominal. N. York M. J., 1895, lxii, 353-360. —Foilr- meaux. Myxo-chondrome central du condyle interne du femur a evolution tres lente, simulant d'abord une tuberculose localisee; trepanation et curettage de la cavite qui contient des matieres caseeuses; recidive Tumors (Treatment of, Operative) [with Tcnife or cautery\ 6 mois apres avec des caracteres de sarcome embryon- naire; amputation; guerison. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1894, i, 432-441.—Gillette. De l'emploi du thermo- cautere dans l'ablation des tumeurs. Bull. Soc. de med. de Par. (1876), 1877, xi, 108-114. —Gouley (J. W. S.) A plea for the early extirpation of tumors. Tr. N. York M. Ass., 1892, ix, 167-186. —Johnson (R. W.) Recent personal experience with tumors of the head and neck. Maryland M. J., Bait., 1897, xxxvii, 9-13. — Kopfstein (V.) Kasuistika vza- cn^ch n&doru v chirurgii. [Statistics of tumors rare in surgery.] Casop. lek. 6esk., v Praze, 1904, xliii, 1017; 1045; 1075; 1123; 1139.—Kravehenko (I. I.) K kazuis- tikie rledkikh novoobrazovaniy. [Rare tumors.] Khi- rurgia, Mosk., 1907, xxii, 599-606.—Le Cat. Pourquoi certaines tumeurs doivent etre extirpees et d'autres sim- plement ouvertes; dans l'une et l'autre de ces opera- tions, quels sont les cas ou le cautere est preferable a l'instrument tranchant, et les raisons de preference? Rec. d. pieces . . . pour le prix de l'Acad. roy. de chir., Par., 1753, i, 40-59.—Legrand (A.) De l'ablation ou de la destruction des loupes et tumeurs analogues sans ope- ration sanglante. [Abstr.] Compt rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1850, xxxi, 78-82. -----. Des tumeurs composees et de leur ablation curative par le caustique. [Abstr.] Ibid., 1861, liii, 544.—Mafiueco Villapadlerna (E.) La curaci6n de los tumores por via sanguinea. An. de la Acad, de obst. [etc.], Madrid, 1912, xii, 20-26.—Meda- lon. Pourquoi certaines tumeurs doivent etre extirpees et d'autres simplement ouvertes; dans l'une et l'autre de ces operations, quels sont les cas ou le cautere est preferable a l'instrument tranchant, et les raisons de preference? Rec. d. pieces . . . pour le prix de l'Acad. roy. de chir., Par., 1753, i, 3-39.—Neve (E. F.) A decade of tumour surgery in the Kashmir Mission Hospital. In- dian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1902, xxxvii, 164-166.—Oviatt (C. W.) Importance of the early removal of all neo- plasms whether malignant or benign. Wisconsin M. J., Milwaukee, 1904-5, iii, 303-319.—Painter (C F.) & Bogers (M. H.) Neoplasms and their relations to or- thopedic surgery. Am. J. Orthop. Surg., Phila., 1907-8, v, 129-151.—Phelps (C.) The early detection and prompt ablation of tumors. Tr. N. York M. Ass., 1895, xii, 274-279.—Bichardson (M. H.) Neoplasms, wherever situated, should if possible be removed, whatever their ap- parent nature. Tr. South. Surg. & Gynec Ass. 1903, Phila., 1904, xvi, 228-256.—Bobertson (J. W.) Early opera- tions for cancers and tumors. West Canada M. J., Win- nipeg, 1910, iv, 56-31.—Sanchez de Silvera (J.) La quinina despues de la enucleaci6n de los tumores recidi- vates. Cong, internat. de med. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, de path, int., 745-747.—Saunders (B.) The early routine extirpation of all neoplasms. Tr. Texas M. Ass., Austin, 1904, xxxvi, 368-372. Also: Am. J. Surg., N. Y., 1905-6, xix, 65-67.—Severeann (C.) & Jlanu (I.) Staza limfatica incercata in tratamentul neoplaz- melor; legatura crosei canalului toracic si legiltura citer- nei lui Pecquet. [Lymphostasis in the treatment of neo- plasm; ligature around the thoracic duct and Pecquet's duct.] Rev. de chir., Bucuresci, 1908, xii, 241-244.— Smith (S.) The management of cases of recurrent tu- mors, and the indications and contra-indications of repeated operations. Tr. N. York M. Ass.. 1895, xii, 302- 306.—Syms (P.) Means of eradication of tumors; the knife versus caustics. Ibid., 280-283.—Tlittler. Les ligatures vasculaires dans les tumeurs inoperables et dans certaines infections. Med. orient, Par., 1897, i, 277-280. Also [Abstr.]: Progres m6d., Par., 1897, 3. s, vi, 263.—Val- las. Greffe operatoire d'un neoplasme. Bull. Soc. de chir de Lyon, 1898-9, ii, 151.—Wiggin (F. H.) The ne- cessity of complete extirpation of tumors, and the impor- tance of rapid cicatrisation of the wound. Tr. N. York M. Ass., 1895, xii, 284-291. Also: South. M. Rec, Atlanta, 1895, xxv, 551-557. Also: Indian M.-Chir. Rev., Bombay, 1896, iv, 281-289. Also: North Car. M. J., Wilmington, 1896, xxxvii, 153-158. Also: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1896, n. s., Ixi,470-472. Tumors (Treatment of) with bacterial toxins. See Tumors (Malignant, Treatment of) with bacterial toxins; Tumors (Sarcomatous, Treat- ment of) with bacterial toxins. Tumors (Treatmentof) by chemotherapy. Excel (H.) * Chemotherapeutische Ver- suche mit Adrenalin und iihnlich constituierten Stoffen bei tumorkranken Tieren. 8°. Berlin, 1912. Also, in: Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1912, xi, 9-39. Crousse. Essais de traitement chimique sur des ani- maux atteintsde tumeurs. Progresm6d. beige, Brux., 1912, xiv,9-11.—Loeb(L.),Fleisher(M.S.), [etal]. Thein- fluence of intravenous injections of various colloidal cop- per preparations upon tumorsinmice. (A preliminary re- HUMORS. 1025 TUMORS. Tumors (Treatmentof) by chemotherapy. port.) Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1913, xx, 16-18.—Nas- settl(F.) Sull'influenza del "dioxydiamidoarsenoben- zol" (salvarsan) sui tumori. Tumori, Roma, 1912, i, 576- 597.—Neuberg(C.), Caspar! (W.) &L. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lix, 1170-1173.—Campbell (D. S.) Electrolytic action in removal of certain neoplasms. Tr. Am. Electrother. Ass., [n.p.], 1892, 166-178.—Carayon. Traitement des angiomes par l'electrolyse bipolaire. Ann. d'electrobiol. [etc.], Par., 1899, ii, 72-75.—Constantin (E.) Sur la fulguration des tumeurs, technique et resultats. Prov. med., Par., 1909, xx, 336.—Darin (G.) Traitement des tumeurs par l'electrolyse; observation d'un immense pa- pillome (?) de la face detruit par ce proeede. Assoc. frany. pour l'avance. d. sc. C.-r. 1894, Par., 1895, xxiii, pt. 2, 771-777. Also: Progres dent., Par., 1894, xxi, 295; 321.—Dickson (C. R.) The treatment of some forms of embryonic growths by electrolysis. Med. Electrol. & Radiol., Lond., 1904, v, 77-80. Also: Canad. J. M. & S., Toronto, 1906, xix, 83-86.—Easley (E. P.) The removal of small growths by electrolysis. Tr. Indiana M. Soc, Indianap., 1897, 248-255.—Horovitz (M ) Die Behand- lung der Balggeschwulste mittels Elektrolyse. Med. Klin., Berl., 1910, vi, 1935.—Juge. La pratique de la fulguration; resultats sur 140 cas. Arch, d'eleetric med., Bordeaux, 1909, xvii, 640-644.—Massey (G. B.) Local electrolysis and zinc-amalgam cataphoresis in malignant and non-malignant tumors. Proc. Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila., 1895, xvi, 15-20. Also: Maryland M. J., Bait, 1894-5, xxxii, 394-397. Also: Coll. & Clin. Rec, Phila., 1895, xvi, 51-53. Also: Med. News, Phila., 1895, lxvi, 260- 262. Also, Reprint. Also: North Car. M. J., Wilmington, i 1895, xxxv, 221-225.—Net'tel (W. B.) The treatment of tumors by electrolysis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1900, lviii, 884- 892.—Bedard (P.) Du traitement des angiomes graves par l'electrolyse. Rev. de cinesie et d'eiectrother., Par., 1900, ii, 211-214.—Bivlere (J.-A.) L'effluvation de haute frequence et la cure des neoplasmes. Atti d. Cong. internaz. di terap. fls. 1907, Roma, 1908, ii, pt. 1, 629-638.— Squler(J. B.) Experimental studies of the action of vol xviii, 2d series---65 Tumors (Treatment of) by electrolysis and fulguration. electrical cauterization on neoplasms. Tr. Am. Ass Genito-Urin. Surg., N. Y., 1913, vii, 192-199. Also: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1912, lxxxii, 614-616.—Verhoo-ien (R.) Electrolyse des tumeurs vasculaires et des tumeurs so- lides. Rev. internat. d'eiectrother., Par., 1893-4, iv, 225- 230. Tumors (Treatment of) with radium. See, also, Tumors (Angiomatous, Treatment of); Tumors (Malignant, Treatmentof) with ra- dium and radioactive substances; Tumors (Sar- comatous, Treatmentof) with radium. Magnon-Pcjo (G.) * Contribution a I'etude de la radiotherapie des tumeurs profondes; technique a employer. 8°. Paris, 1910. Abbe (R.) Action du radium sur quelques tumeurs particulieres. Radium, Par., 1905, ii, 55-57.—Barjon (F.) Traitement radiotherapique des angiomes ou naevi; resultats obtenus. Lyon med., 1910, cxiv, 858-860.—Be- lot (J.) Ueberdie Wichtigkeit der Dosierung und die Methode der radiotherapentischen Behandlung einiger durch Neubildung hervorgerufener Prozesse. Arch. f. phys. Med. u. med. Techn., Leipz., 1906, i, 134-139.—de Beurmann, Wlekham (L.) & Degrais (P.) Note sur Taction du radium dans le traitement des neoplasies. Bull, etmem. Soc. med. d. hdp. de Par., 1908, 3. s., xxv, 482; 518.— Cornovodeanu (Mile.) & Negre. Action des rayons ultra-violets sur les tumeurs. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1909, lxvi, 212.—Dieffenbach (W. H.) Radium therapy in operable tumors. J. Advanc. Therap., N. Y., 1909, xxvii, 557: 1910, xxviii, 25— Do- minic! (H.) & Barcat. L'action therapeutique du radium sur les neoplasies. Arch, d'eleetric med., Bor- deaux, 1908, xvi, 655-663. Also: J .dephysiotherap., Par., 1908, vi, 417^28.—Donnat. Trois observations radio- therapiques avec guerison: 1<> Epithelioma crodteux du nez. 2" Petit lupus de l'aile du nez. 3° Papillome du sein. Bull, et mem. Soc. de med. de Vaucluse, Avignon, 1905, i, 298.—Exner (A.) Behandlung von Neugebilden mit Radiumstrahlung. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1903 i, 1237.—Forssell (G.) Ofversikt ofver resultaten af svulstbehandling vid radiumhemmet i Stockholm 1910- 11. Nord. Tidsskr. f. Terapi, K0benh., 1912-13, xi, 15- 26. — Foveau de Courmelle. La radiotherapie, moyen de diagnostic etde therapeutique de certains fl- bromes. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1904, exxxviii, 114.—Gastou &Decrossas. Adenopathie neoplasique regionale provoquee par le traitement radiotherapique. Bull. Soc. franc de dermat. etsyph., Par., 1906, xvii, 136. Also: Ann. de dermat. etsyph., Par., 1906, 4. s., vii, 256.— Gullleminot (H.) Choix du filtre a employer en ra- diotherapie pour le traitement des tumeurs profondes. Bull, et m6m. Soc. radiol. med. de Par., 1909, i, 120-125.— McLaughlin (T. N.) The range of radiotherapy in the treatment of new growths. Wash. M. Ann., 1903, ii, 313-322.— Boques (C. M.) Radiotherapie des neo- plasmes, expose pratique des indications et de la tech- nique. Arch, d'eleetric med., Bordeaux, 1913, xxii, 145- 160.—Sellg ( A.) Die Behandlung inoperabler Ge- schwiilste mit Radium. Med. Klin., Berl,, 1908, iv, 1149- 1151.—Steiner (R.) Inwiefern kann heutzutage die Radiophototherapie konkurrieren mit der Chirurgie bei der Behandlung bosartiger Geschwulste (Karzinome, Sar- kome, Lvmphome). Ztschr. f. med. Elektrol. u. Ront- genk.,Leipz.,1907,ix,238; 277.—Stlcker(A.) Anwendung des Radiums und des Mesothoriums bei Geschwiilsten. Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. (1912), 1913, xliii, pt. 2,459-478. [Discussion], pt 1, 23.5-247. Also: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 2302; 2360. —Vii lard. Radio- therapie dans les tumeurs. Lyon chirurg., 1912, viii, 323- 329. Also: Lyon med., 1912, exix, 569-575.—Wlekham (L.) The therapeutic application of radium to cancerous and other tumours. Lancet, Lond., 1909, i, 1546-1548.— Wiekham (L.) & Degrais (P.) De Taction speci- fique du radium sur certaines tumeurs (cancereuses, an- gioma teuses, cheioi'diennes . . .), et sur certaines der- matoses rebelles (eczemas chroniques, lichenifications, nevrodermites, prurits localises . ..), sans reaction inflam- matoire secondaire surajoutee. Cong, franc, de med., 10. session, 1908, Geneve, 1909, ii, 299-305.-----------. Traitement, par le radium, des angiomes, des naevi pig- mentaires, des epitheliomes, des cicatrices vicieuses. Pediatrie prat., Lille, 1908, vi, 114-118. Tumors (Treatment of) by Roentgen rays. See, also, Tumors (Angiomatous, Treatment of); Tumors (Malignant, Treat ment of) by Boent- gen rays; Tumors (Sarcomatous, Treatment of) by Boentgen rays. TUMORS. 1026 TUMORS. Tumors (Treatment of) by Roentgen rays. Douvre (E.) *Du traitement de quelques neoplasmes par les rayons X. [Lyon.] 8°. Trevoux, 1905. Audan (J.) Du traitement des tumeurs par les rayons X. Dauphine med., Grenoble, 1905, xxix, 173-180, 2 pl.— Be lot (J.) De Timportance du dosage et de la methode dans le traitement rontgenotherapique de quelques affec- tions neoplasiques. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Rontg.-Gesell- sch., Hamb., 1905, i, 184-188. Also: Areh. d'eleetric. med., Bordeaux, 1905, xiii, 403^09. Also: J. de physiotherap., Par., 1905, iii, 281-287. -----. Radio-therapy and neo- plasms. Arch. Roentg. Ray, Lond., 1906-7, xi, 127-134 — von Bramann. Ueber Tumorenbehandlung mit Rontgenstrahlen. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1905, Iii, 977.—Campana (R.) L'azione dei raggi Rontgen nelle neoplasie e deviazioniepiteliali cutanee. Bull. d.r. Accad. med. di Roma, 1907, xxxiii, 302-304. Also: Clin, dermosi- fllopat d. r. Univ. di Roma, 1908, xxvi, 1-3.—Coley i W. B.) Late results of X-ray treatment of sarcoma. Tr. M. Soc. N. Y., Albany, 1904, xcviii, 229-234. -----. Final results in the X-ray treatment of cancer, including sarcoma. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1905, xlii, 161-184. [Discussion], 607- 610.—Coromilas (G.-P.) Les rayons X comme moyen paregoriqu^ et peut-etre curatif contre certaines tumeurs, c'est-a-dire (a radiotherapie en chirurgie. J. de med. de Par., 1904, 2 s., xvi, 68-70. Also: Rev. prat, d'obst. et de gynec, Par , 1904,36-15.—Dan los & Gastou. Malades atteints de cancroi'des ou de sarcomes et traites a l'aide de la radiotherapie. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1904, 3. s., xxi, 1055-1058. — Desplats (R.) Un cas d'osteo-sarcome chez une jeune rille de 16 ans traitee de- puis deux mois par les rayons X. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1907, i, 92-94. — Destarac. Neoplasmes et rayons X. Languedoc med.-chir., Toulouse, 1906, xiv, 19-26."—Dia- noiix. Tumeurs influencees favorablement par les rayons X. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1904, 2. s., xxii, 175-179.— Douvre (E.) Les accidents causes par lesrayonsX dans le traitement des neoplasmes. Rev. internat. de med. et de chir., Par., 1905, xvi, 189. —Dupeyrac. Les rayons X dans le traitement des tumeurs. Marseille med., 1906, xliii, 361; 373,1 pl.—Eddy (W. J.) Clinical report of two tumors benefited by the X-ray. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1903-4, v, 161.—Exner (A.) Zur Rontgenbehandlung von Tumoren. Wien. klin. Wchnschr.,1903, xvi, 730-735.— Gauthier (C.-L.) Traitement de diverses tumeurs par les rayons X et par la methode de Thistofluoreseence. Arch. prov. de chir., Par., 1904, xiii, 203-214.—Guille- niinot (H.) Choix du filtre a employer en radiotherapie pour le traitement des tumeurs profondes. Bull, etmem. Soc. radiol. med. de Par., 1909, i, 93-100. -----. Rayons X de haute penetration obtenus par filtrage; leur avantage en radiotherapie pour le traitement des tumeurs profon- des. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1909, cxlviii, 186- 188.—Johnston (G. C.) Three eases of inoperable and recurrent sarcoma successfully treated by the Roentgen ray. Arch. Electrol. & Radiol., Chicago, 1904, iv, 405- 409.—Krogius (A.) Om ett med Rontgenstralar fram- ganpsrikt behandladt fall af periostalt sarkom i skalien. [A case of periosteal sarcoma in the cranium; treatment with good result by Roentgen rays.] Finska liik.-sallsk. handl., Helsingfors, 1903, xiv, pt. 2, 65-77. — Lawrence (W. S.) Report of some inoperable tumors successfully treated by the X-ray. J. Tenn. State M. Ass., Nashville, 1909, ii, 121-126.—Magnon-Pujo (G.) Contribution a Tetude de la radiotherapie des tumeursprofondes. M6d. orient, Par., 1911, xv, 227-234.—Schmidt (H. E.) Ue- ber intratumorale Rontgenbestrahlung. Munchen. med. Wchnschr.,1907, liv, 673. -----. Zur Rontgenbehandlung tiefliegender Tumoren. Fortschr. a. d. Geb. d. Rontgen- strahlen, Hamb., 1909, xiv, 134-136—Trevisanello (C.) La terapia delle neoplasie epiteliali coi raggi X. Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1905, xliv, 529-555. Also [Abstr.]: La- vori d. Cong, di med. int. 1904, Roma, 1905, xiv, 348.— "Werner (R.) Erfahrungen iiber die Behandlung von Tumoren mitR6ntgen-,RadiumstrahlenundCholininjek- tion. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1909, xx, 172-186.—Werner (R.) & Caan (A.) Ueber die Wirkung von Rontgenstrahlen auf Geschwiilste. Miin- ehen. med. Wchnschr., 1910, lvii, 1384; 1455.—Wetterer (J.) Die Rontgenbehandlung der tiefliegenden Tumoren. Arch. f. phys. Med. u. Med. Tech., Leipz., 1910, v, 186- 196.—Wiekham (L.) Employment of radium in the treatment of cancer, angioma and keloid. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1910, xviii, 512-518—Williams.(C.) Two cases of internal growths affected by X-rays. West Lond. M. J., Lond., 1905, xii, 293-295. Tumors (Treatment of) with sera and caccines. See, also, Tumors (Malignant, Treatmentof) with bacterial toxins. Beretta (C.) *De la 8('rothe>apie dans les neoplasmes. 4°. Paris, 1896. Blumenthal (F.) Ueberdie Riickbildung bosarti- ger Geschwulste durch die Behandlung mit dem eigenen Tumors (Treatment of) with sera and caccines. Tumorextrakt (Autovaccine). Ztschr. f. Krebsforsch. Berl., 1911-12, xi, 427-448, 2 pl.—Fichera (G.) Gli au- tolizzatidi tessuti nella terapia dei tumori. Path. Riv. quindicin., Genova, 1910-11, iii, 72. Also: Policlin., Roma, 1911, xviii, sez. prat., 197-199.—HI me hie Id (H.) Zur Frage der Einwirkung des Blutserums normaler und tumorkranker Tiere auf Tumorzellen. Ztschr. f. Krebs- forsch., Berl., 1911-12, xi, 388-396, 1 pl.— Neil berg (C ) Caspar! (W.) & Lohe(H.) Weiteres iiber Heilver- suche an geschwulstkranken Tieren mittels tumorafliner Substanzen. Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. (1912) 1913, xliii, pt 2, 300-321. [Discussion], 234, pt. 1. Also- Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1902, xlix, 1405-1412. — Tuftler (T.) Les serums non specifiques dans le traitement des tumeurs. Presse med., Par., 1905, i, 27. Tumors (Tubercular). Coats (J.) Middleton's case of multiple tubercular tumours; further report on the visible growths in the liver (adenomata). Tr. Glasg. Path. & Clin. Soc, 1891-3, iv, 251—Diamare (V.) Ueber entozoische tuberku- lose Neubildungen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt, Jena, 1897, xxi, 459-465.—Poncet (A.) & Leriehe (R.) Tuberculose inflammatoire a forme neoplasique; les lipomes d'origine tubereuleuse. Rev. de therap. med.- chir., Par., 1907, lxxiv, 253-261. Tumors (Vanishing). See Tumors (Phantom and spurious). Tumors (Vegetable). Dale (Elizabeth). Further experiments and histo- logical investigations on intumescences, with some ob- servations on nuclear division in pathological tissues. Proc. Roy. Soc. Loud., 1905, s. B., lxxvi, 587.—Jensen (C. O.) Von echten Geschwiilsten bei Pflanzen. Trav. de la 2. confer, internat. pour Tetude du cancer 1910, Par., 1911, 243-254. [Discussion], 787-794—Smith (E. F.) The etiology of plant tumors. Science, N. Y. & Lancas- ter, Pa., 1909, n. s., xxx, 223.—Vuillemin (P.) Les tu- meurs des plantes comparees aux tumeurs animales. Biologica, Par., 1913, iii, 101-109. Tumors (Visceral). See, also, Tumors (Metastatic, multiple, and coexistent); Tumors (Sarcomatous, Metastatic, multiple, and coexistent); and undernames of the various viscera. Giaufper (E.) * Contribution a, I'etude du diagnostic des grosses tumeurs de l'hypocondre gauche (grosse rate et gros rein). 8°. Ijyon, 1903. Moore (N.) The distribution and duration of visceral new growths, being the Bradsliawe lecture delivered before the Royal College of Physicians of London on August 19,1889. 12°. Edinburgh dc London, 1889. Also, in: Lancet, Lond., 1889, ii, 415-420. Also [Abstr.], in: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1889, n. s., xlviii, 221-224. Schmidt (R.) Interne Klinik der bosartigen Neubildungen der Bauchorgane. 8°. Berlin, 1911. Ayer (J. C). Enteric and mesenteric cysts, with re- port of an ususual case. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1906, n. s., cxxxi, 89-108.—Bazy (P.) Diagnostic des tu- meurs des flancs (foie, rate, rein, instesti-.i). Bull, med., Par., 1912, xxvi, 179-182.—Cabot (H.) A case of myxo- fibrosarcoma originating in the great omentum with in- volvement of the bladder and small intestine. Boston M. & S. J., 1910, clxiii, 841.—Cavazzani (G.) Cisti epiteliale del pancreas; cancro secondario del fegato in- filtrato diffuso. Riforma med., Roma, 1902, xviii, pt. 4, 843-847.— Coenen (H.) Ueber die Cystenbildungen der Niere, Leber, Milz und ihre Entstehung. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xlviii, 153-158.—Deltino (E. A.) Ueber eine peripankreatische, zwischen den Blattern des Meso- colon transversum entstandene Cvste. Deutsehe Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1913, exxi, 280-297.—Feeles (McA.) A specimen of congenital polycystic kidney and one of pri- mary carcinoma of the appendix. West Lond. M. J., Lond., 1911, xvi, 128.—CJiautter (E.) The diagnosis of large neoplasms in the left hvpochondrium. Am. J. Urol., N. Y., 1905-6, ii, 188-201.— tioebel (C.) Demons- trationen zur Abdominalchirurgie: Myoma ventriculi und Tuberculosis omenti. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1907, lxxvi, 375-378.—Goggia. Sopra un caso di fegato cistico e rene cistico bilaterale. Cron. d. clin. med. di Genova,1908, xiv, 40-44.—Hake (M.) Zur Kasuistik der Mvome des Magendarmkanales. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1912, lxxviii, 114-438.—Le Fort. Difficultcs du diagnostic de certaines tumeurs hepatiques et vesicu- lates. Echo m6d. du nord, Lille, 1906, x, 406.—Letulle TUMORS. 10 •21 TUMORS. Tumors (Visceral). (M.) Kvstes congenitaux du cerveau et du foie. fibromes "perles"' des reins (fibromes des pyramides de Malpighi) 1359, B.). Bull, et m6m. Soc. anat. de Par., 1911, lxxxvi, 292.—Letulle (M.) & Verliae. Rein polykystique congenital; kystes du foie; nevrome ganglionnaire de la surrenale. Ibid., 330.— llac.TIuiin (C. A.) A case of combined cystic disease of liver and kidneys. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, i, 199.—Martinet (A.) Administration de lait cailie dans le neoplasme stomaco-pancreatique. Presse med., Par., 1906, xiv, 140.—Beque (H. A.) Cystic kid- ney and liver. Med. News, N. Y., 1905, lxxxvii, 210; 255.— Bobert. Tumeur du pancreas, des voies biliaires ct du foie. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1906, xxxvi, 633.—It otto (A.H.) Angiomas multiples gastro-intestinales. Rev. d. centro estud. de med., Buenos Aires, 1905, iv, 129-132.— Viscoiitinl (C.) Un caso di cisti gassose multiple del- T intestino.mesenteree peritoneo parietale. Gazz.d.osp., Milano, 1904, xxv, 1249. Also, transl: Med. BL, Wien, 1904, xxvi, 575. — Winternitz ( M. C. ) & Boggs (T. R.) A unique coincidence of multiple subcutaneous hfemangio-endothelioma, multiple lymphangio-endothe- lioma of the intestinal tract and multiple polypi of the stomach undergoing malignant changes; associated with generalized vascular sclerosis and cirrhosis of the liver. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait. 1910, xxi, 203-212. Also, Reprint. Tumors ( Voluminous or heavy). von der Heide (A.) * Riesengeschwiilste. 8°. Marburg, 1908. Hoepfel (W.) *Ein Beitrag zur Casuistik der congenitalen elephantiastischen Tumoren. 8°. Erlangen, 1896. Bernhard (O.) Einige grosse solide Tumoren. Cor.- Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1905, xxxv, 357-359. — Jacobson (D. E.) Et sjseldent Tilfselde af medfadt Ksempevskst. [A rare case of congenital giant tumor.] Kjobenh., med. Selsk. Forh., 1892-3, 6-8. — de Ron- ville. A propos de tumeurs volumineuses. Bull, med., Par., 1905, xix. 77S.—Szabo (D.) Haromezernegysz&zad gm. siilyu daganatot. [Tumor weighing 3,400 grams.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1904, xlviii, 295.—Williams (W. R.) Tumours of gigantic size. Lancet, Lond., 1899, ii, 829-831. Also [Abstr.]: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1899, ii, 1354. Tumors in animals. See, also, Tumors (Experimental production of); Tumors (Lipomatous) in animals; Tumors (Malignant) in animals; Tumors (Sarcomatous) in animals; Tumors (Transmission and trans- plantation of); Tumors (Treatment of); and under names of special varieties of tumors. Casper (M.) Pathologie der Geschwulste bei Tieren. Fiir Tierarzte, Studierende und Aerzte. 8°. Wiesbaden, 1899. Gehrig (P. L. V.) * Beitrag zur Kasuistik der Neubildungen des Rindes. [Giessen.] 8°. Hannover, 1912. YVinokuroff (Elsa). * Einige seltenere Ge- schwulste bei Tieren. 8°. Bonn, 1908. Abetti (M.) La reazione cellulare dello stroma nei tumori del topo e del ratto in regressione spontanea. Tumori, Roma, 1911, i, 264-275— Apolant (H.) Die epithelialen Geschwulste der Maus. Arb. a. d. k. Inst. f. exper. Therap. zu Frankf. a. M., Jena, 1906, 1. Hft, 7-62, 4 pl. -----. Ueber eine seltene Geschwulst bei der Maus. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Svph., Wien u. Leipz., 1912, cxiii, Orig., 39-44, 2 pl. -----. Ueber die Natur der Mausege- schwulste. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 495-^97.— Bartke. Ueber Wandergeschwiilste beim Pferde. Deutsche thierarztl. Wchnschr., Karlsruhe, 189*, vi, 367.— Borrel & Haaland. Tumeurs de la souris. Compt. rend. Soc.de biol., Par., 1905, lviii. 14.—Boucek (Z.) Mitteilungen fiber 35 histologisch untersuchte Tierge- schwulste. Arch. f. wissensch? u. prakt. Tierh., Berl., 1906, xxxii, 585-600.—Brooks (H.) Tumors of wild animals under natural conditions. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1905-6, iii, 39. Also: Am. Med., Phila., 1906, xi, 108. —Casper (M.) Geschwulste der Tiere; die gutartigen Geschwiilste. Ergebn. d. allg. Path. u. path. Anat. [etc.] 1><96, Wiesb., 1897, 692-716. -----. Statistik der Geschwulste bei Thieren. Deutsche thierarztl. Wchnschr., Karlsruhe, 1898, vi, 297-300. -----. Geschwulste bei Tieren. Ergebn. d. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Wiesb., 1907, xi, 1068-1122.—Deton (W.) Ein Beitrag zur Histogenese der Mausetumoren. Ztschr. f. Krebsforsch., Berl., 1910, viii, 459-465.—Dorn (C.) Ope- ration von Neubildungen actinomycotischer Natur. Berl. thierarztl. Wchnschr., 1901. 492-494.—Khrenreieh (M.) & .Tlichaelis (L.) Ueber Tumoren bei Huhnern. Ztschr. f. Krebsforsch., Berl., 1906, iv, 586-591, 1 pl.— Flores. Ln caso de espundia. Semana m6d., Buenos Aires, 1903, x, 788.—Fox (H.) Observations upon neo- T ii mors in animals. plasms in wild animals in the Philadelphia Zoological Gardens. J. Path. & Bacteriol., Cambridge, 1912-13, xvii, 217-231.—Frohner. Statistische und casuistische Mit- theilungen iiber das Vorkommen und die chirurgische Behandlung der Geschwulste beim Hunde. Monatsh. f. prakt Thierh., Stuttg., 1894-5, vi, 1; 79; 111.— Gierke (E.) Die hamorrhagischen Mausetumoren mit Untersuchungen iiber Geschwulstresistenz und -dis- position bei Mausen. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1908, xliii, 328-355, 4 pl.—Gilruth (J. A.) Tumor formation in certain of the domes- tic animals. Veterinarian, Lond., 1900, Ixxiii, 291-301.— Haaek (K.) Ein Beitrag zum Kapitel "Neubildun- gen beim Rinde" (Myxochondroma, und gleichzeitiges Sarkom des Uterus bei einer Kuh; Adenocarcinom der Niere bei einem Bullen). Wchnschr. f. Tierh. u. Vieh- zucht, Munchen, 1906, 1, 321-323.—Haaland. Les tu- meurs de la souris. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1905, xix, 165-207, 6 pl.—Hern bei (M.-A.) Sur une tumeur chez un invertebre (Sipunculus nudus). Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1906, cxliii, 979-981. —Jaeger (A.) Zur Kritik des Geschwulstproblems. Berl. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1908, 66; 77.—Koch ^M.) Demonstration einiger Geschwulste bei Tieren. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch., Jena, 1904, vii, 136-147. Also [Abstr.]: Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1904, xv, 544-546.—Lewin (C.) Geschwulstiibertragungen beim Hunde. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1906, xliii, 369. -----. Die Entstehung von verimpfbaren Tumoren bei Hunden nach Uebertragung von menschlichem Krebsmaterial. Med. Klin., Berl., 1906, ii. 145-148. -----. Experimentelle Beitrage zur Morphologie und Biologie bosartiger Ge- schwiilste bei Ratten und Mausen. Ztschr. f. Krebsforsch., Berl., 1907-8, vi, 267-314, 4 pl.—Livingood (L. E.) Tu- mors in the mouse. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1896, vii, 177, 1 pl.—McCoy (G. W.) A preliminary re- port on tumors found in wild rats. J. Med. Research, Bost,1909-10,xxi,285-296.—Jledigreceanu (F.) Ueber die Grossenverhaltnisse einiger der wichtigsten Organe bei tumortragenden Mausen und Ratten. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1910, xlvii, 588-593.—Mesnil (F.) & Caul- lery (M.) Ncoformations papillomateuses chez une ann61ide (Potamilla Torelli), dues probablement a l'in- fluence de parasites (haplosporidie et levure). Bull. seient. de la France et dela Belg., Par., 1911, xiv, 89-105.— .Hikhalloff (V. S.) Material! k statistikle novoobra- zavoniy u domashnikh zhivotnikh. [Statistics of tumors in domestic animals.] Vet. Obozr., Mosk., 1907, ix, 495- 500.—Ohlmacher (A. P.) Several examples illustrat- ing the comparative pathology of tumors. Bull. Ohio Hosp. Epilept, Gallipolis, 1898, i, 223-236, 2 pl.—Orts- child (J. F.) A report of eight cases of canine neoplasm. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1905, xvi, 186-196.— Over (R.) An interesting internal tumour in a ponv. Vet. J., Lond., 1908, lxiv,89.—Petropavlovski (N. I.) K voprosu o novoobrazovaniyakh u nashikh domashnikh zhivotnikh. [Tumors in our domestic animals.l Arch. vet. nauk, St. Petersb., 1901, xxxi, 900; 1011.—Piek (L.) & Poll (H.) Ueber einige bemerkenswerthe Tumorbil- dungen aus der Thierpathologie, insbesondere fiber gutartige und krebsige Neubildungen bei Kaltblutern. Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. 1903, Berl., 1904, xxxiv, pt. 2, 229-250. [Discussion], pt. 1, 153. Also: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1903, xl, 518; 546; 572.—Plehn (Marianne). Ueber Geschwulste bei Kaltblutern. Ztschr. f. Krebs- forsch., Berl., 1906, iv, 525-564. -----. Ueber Geschwulste bei Kaltblutern. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1907, liv, pt. 1, 345-348.-----. Ueber einige bei Fischen beobaehtete Geschwulste und geschwulstartige Bildungen. Ber. a. d. k. bayer. biol. Versuchsstation in Miinehen, Stuttg., 1909, ii, 55-76, 2 pl. -----. Ueber Geschwulste bei niederen Wirbeltieren. Trav. de la 2. confer, internat. pour Tetude du cancer 1910, Par., 1911,221-242, 1 pl. [Discussion], 787- 794. -----. Ueber Geschwulste bei Kaltbliitern. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xxv, 691-697.—Sell limpert (H.) Tumor bei einem Kanarienvogel. Ztschr. f. Krebsforsch., Berl., 1910, viii, 526-528.—Sehmey (M.) Ueber Neu- bildungen bei Fischen. Frankfurt. Ztschr. f. Path., Wiesb., 1910-11, vi, 230-252, 1 pl. —Scotson (A.) An enormous tumour. Vet. J., Lond., 1904, n. s., ix, 186. — Sutton (J. B.) Tumours in animals. J. Anat. & Physiol., Lond., 1884-5, xix, 415-475.—Tyzzer (E. E.) o — Vitpion (P.) Sur l'histologie de la branchie et du tube digestif,chez les ascidies. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1901, exxxii, 714-716.—Willey (A.) Obser- vations on the post-embryonic development of Ciona in- testinalis and Clavelina lepadii'ormis. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1892, li, 513-620.—von Winiwarter (H.) Note sur la glande annexe du tube digestif des ascidies simples. Arch, de biol., Gaud & Leipz., 1895-6, xiv, 261-273,1 pl. TUNING. 1029 TUNNELS. Tuning forks. See, also, Ear (Exploration of). Baber(E.C) Barany's new tuning-fork tests. Lan- cet, Lond., 1910, i, 996.—Bar any (R.) Neue Stimmga- belversuche und Methoden der Funktionsprtifung. Ver- handl. d. deutsch. otol. Gesellsch., Jena, 1909, 183-195. Also, transl: Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1910, xx, 97- 103.—Bezold. Die Abscnwingungskurve der Stimmga- beln. Verhandl. d. deutsch. otol. Gesellsch., Jena, 1897, vi, 6-9.^Iidelmann (M. T.) Die longitudinalen Schwingungen des st teles einer tonenden Stimmgabel. Ztschr.f. Ohrenh.,'Wiesb., 1905-6, li, 64-78. -----. Ober- tonf reie Stimm^abein ohne Belastung. Ibid., 1907, liv, 258-265.—Falta (,M.) Ein neuesStimmgabelphanomen. Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1909-10, lxxxi, 83-87.— Grant (D.) Remarks on tuning fork tests, particularly in view of the rate of decrement. Internat. Otol. Cong.' Tr., Bait., 1912, ix, 449-457.— Green (J. O.) A plea for the more accurate definition of tuning-forks. Arch. Otol., N. Y., 1899, xxviii, 27-31. Also, transl: Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1900, xxxvi, 327-329.—Giitzmanii (H.) De- monstration eines elektriM-h betricbenen Stimmgabel- apparates. Verhandl. <1. deutsch. otol. Gesellsch., Jena, 1909, 213-216.—Hubby iL. M.) Some tuning fork tests with a special auscultation tube. Manhattan Eye, Ear & Throat Hosp. Rep., N. Y., 1911, xii, 120-125.—Jacobson (L.) Ueber die Abnahme der Schwingungsamplituden bei ausklingenden Stimmgabeln. Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 18*7,4.6-483.—I*ake (R.) A brief note on testing the hearing with the higher tuning forks; derived from tests made in acaseof removal of the necrosed labyrinth, together with the membranous cochlea; shown in De- cember, 1904. J. Laryngol., Lond., 1904, xix, 354.—Mi- gnon(M.) Emploi du diapason dans l'exploration de quelques organes. [Rap. de Gley.] Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1903, 3. s., 1, 596-598. Also: Arch, internat. de laryn- gol. [etc.], Par., 1903, xvi, 913-918. Also: Tribune med., Par., 1904, 2. s., xxxvi, 25.—Ostmann (P.) An ob- jective uniform measure of hearing as supplied by the amplitude of vibration of Edelmann'sC and G tuning- forks. J. Laryngol., Lond., 1903, xviii, 561-564. -----. Eine montierte Stimmgabelreihe als allgemein gultiges objektives Hormass. Areh. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1904, lxii, 53-75.—Quix (F. H.) Onderzoekingen omtrent de wijze van uittrillen van stemvorken. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Ge- neesk., Amst, 1901, 2. R., xxxvii, d. 1, 410-415. -----. Die Stimmgabel als Tonquelle. Onderzoek. ged.inh. pbysiol. Lab. d. Utrecht. Hoogesch., 1904-5,5. r., v, 179-238. Also: Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1904, xlvii, 323-370. -----. Die Schwingungsformen eines gabelformiggebogenen Stabes, der Stimmgabel und des Siimmgabelstieles. Onderzoek. ged. in h. physiol. Lab. d. Utrecht. Hoogesch., 1905, 5. r., vi, 38-60. -----. Die Schwingungsart der Stimmgabel. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1906, Iii, 294-320.—Schmiege- low. A new method of measuring the quantitative hearing-power by means of tuning-forks. Arch. Otol., N. Y.,1899,xxviii.406-409—Sonnenscnein (R.) Analysis of the Weber test inlOOcases. Laryngoscope, St.Louis, 1911, xxi,660-66ii.—Stefanini( A.)&C»radenigo (G.) Ueber die Eichung der Stimmgabeln mit Gewichten. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1908-9, lvii, 73.—Striteli (G. S. R.) The tuning-fork as an aid in diagnosis. Lancet, Lond., 1902, ii, 1353.—Waetzinann (E.) Ueber die Sehwingungsform vonStimmgabelstielen. Beitr. z. Anat., Phvsiol., Path. u. Therap.d. Ohres [etc.],Berl.,1910,iii,368-373.—Werndly (L. U. H. C.) Aequisonore Flachen rings um eine erto- nendeStimmgabel. Onderzoek. ged. in h.physiol. Lab.d. Utrecht Hoogesch., 1904-5,6. r., v.167-178.—Willson (R. N.) The tuning fork as an instrument of precision in phys- ical diagnosis. Med. Notes & Quer., Lancaster, Pa., 1905, i, 17.—Zimmerman. The value of our examination with tuning-forks, based on the re-examination of Helm- holtz's theory. Arch. Otol., N. Y., 1899, xxviii, 378-380.— Zwaardemaker (H.) & Quix (F. H.) Oppervlak- ken van gelijkegeluidsterkte om een stemvork. Onder- zoek. ged. in h. physiol. Lab. d. Utrecht. Hoogsch., 1901-2, 5. R., iii, 330-341. Tunis. See, also, Cholera (History and statistics of), Diphtheria (History and statistics of), Fever (Malarial, History and statistics of), Fever (Ty- phus, History and statistics of), Leprosy (History and statistics of), Plague (History and statistics of), by localities. , Bertholon. Etude statistique sur la colonie francaise de Tunisie (1881-92). 8°. Tunis, 1894. Brutjn (D.) The cave dwellers of southern Tunisia. Recollections of a sojourn with the Khalifa of Matmata. Transl. from the Danish of ... by L. A. E. B. 8°. London dc Calcutta, 1898. Tunis. Gomma (F.) * L'assistance medicale en Tu- nisie. Essai sur l'histoire de la medecine et de l'hygiene publiques dans la regence. [Tou- louse.] 8°. Bordeaux, 1904. Pigassou (J.) * Contribution a I'etude des affections gastro-intestinales climatiques en Tu- nisie. 8°. Toulouse, 1905. Rouquerol (J.) *Contribution a l'Stude des eaux dans la regence de Tunis et le Sahara tu- nisien, principalement au point de vue de l'hv- giene. 8°. Paris, 1897. Rouquie (A.) * Etude coloniale sur Tunis; hygiene et maladies locales. 8°. Toulouse, 1901. Brunswic-Le Bill an. L'hdpital Sadiki et l'as- sistance medicale indigene en Tunisie. Presse med., Par., 1905, i, 377-379.—Castellan (A.-C.) Du climat maritime de la Tunisie et de son influence pathologique sur le poumon, le cceur et le foie. Arch de med. nav., Par.,1897, lxviii, 115-121.—Collombar (A.) En Tunisie; les Aissaouas. Corresp. med., Par.. 1903, ix, no. 207, 8.— Fauvel (H.) Notes d'un medecin sur l'Algerie et la Tunisie. Chron. med., Par., 1911, xviii, 274; 306.—Galli- Valerlo (B.) Notes medicales sur la Tunisie. Bull. Soc. vaudoise d. sc. nat, Lausanne, 1907, 5. s., xliii, 201- 227.—Ciuyon. Sur les eaux thermales de Bou-Chater, dans la regence de Tunis. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc Par., 1861, liii. 44-53.—Laignel-Lavastlne. L'hyp- notisme collectif en Tunisie. Presse med., Par., 1901, ii, annexes, s. 61.—Loir (A.) Statistique de la population de Tunis. Assoc, franc, pour l'avance. d. sc. C.-r. 1898 Par., 1899, xxvii, pt, 2, 798-801. -----. Usages et cou- tumes au moment de la mort chez les Tunisiens. Rev seient., Par., 1900, 4. s., xiv, 232-239.—Murat (L.) La Tunisie comme lieu de sejour hivernal. Courrier med. Par., 1902, Iii, 38-40.—Narbesliuber (R.) Anthropo- logisches aus Sud-Tunesien. Mitt. d. anthrop. Gesellsch. in Wien, 1904, xxxiv, 1; 93.—Nicolle (C.) Progr6s de nos connaissances sur la pathologie medicale de la Tu- nisie. Rev. med. de Normandie, Rouen, 1906, 246-252.— Saint-Paul (G.) Reflexions sur les mceurs et sur le caractere des indigenes tunisiens. Bull, et mem. Soc d'anthrop. de Par., 1902, 5. s., iii, 296-308. Tunis (Joseph P[rice]) [1866- ]. Society of the Alumni of the Medical Department of the University of Pennsylvania. Cutting from: Am. Univ. Mag., N. Y.,1897, vi, 114-122. ------. The practical significance of a trace of albumin in the urin. 10 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, 1906. Repr.from: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1906, exxxii. ------. Inflammation of the sinus maxillaris, with special reference to empyema; the surgical pathology, diagnosis and treatment. 46 pp., 36 pl. 8°. St. Louis, 1910. Repr. from: Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1910, xx. ------. Alumni notes. [Medical Department of the University of Pennsylvania.] 3 pp. 8°. [Philadelphia, n. c/.] See Noble (Charles P.) & Tunis (Joseph P.) A case of dermoid tumor of both ovaries [etc.]. 8°. Philadel- phia, 1895. Tuniiumn(Otto). * Ueber die Sekretdriisen. [Bern.] 56 pp., 3 pl. 8°. Leipzig, G. Fock, 1900. Tunnels. See, also, Simplon Tunnel. Croce (S.) * Medizinische und gerichtlich- medizinische Untersuchungen am Rickentun- nelbau unter Vergleichung der Verhaltnisse bei den gleichzeitigen schweizerischen Tunnelbau- ten. 8°. Zurich, 1908. Matheson (E. E.) Timbering in the Ampt- hill second tunnel. 8°. London, 1895. Ilaupt (L. M.) Notes on great tunnels. J. Frankl. Inst., Phila., 1906, clxi, 401-412.—Stadler (F.) Gesund- heitliche Einrichtungen und Verhaltnisse beim Baue des Tauerntunnels; ein Beitrag zur Tunnelbauhygiene. Oesterr. San.-Wes.,Wien, 1910, xxii, Beil., 297-343,1 plan.— Tabor (E. H.) Woolwich footway tunnel. Proc. Inst. Municip. & County Engin., Lond., 1910-11, 563-568. TUNNELS. 1030 TURBA. Tunnels (Ventilation of and asphyxia in). See, also, Air (Compressed, etc.); Mines (Sani- tation of); Subways (Hygiene of). Appreciated (An) inventor. [E. W. Moir's medical air lock.] 4°. New York, 1908. Fox (F.) The ventilation of tunnels and buildings. 8°. London, 1899. Tunnels (The) and water-system of Chicago, under the lake and under the river. 8°. Chi- cago, 1874. Babacci (V.) Asflssie entro le gallerie ferroviarie e modo di prevenirle. Tomassi, Napoli, 1907, ii, 833-838.— Brabbee (K.) Die Luftungsanlagen beim Baue der grossen Alpentunnels in Oesterreich; mit besonderer Be- rucksichtigung der Bewegung atmospharischer Luft in Rohren. Gesundh.-Ingenieur, Munchen, 1905, xxviii, 441; 457: 1906, xxix, 701.—Cliurchill (C. L.) The ventila- tion of tunnels. Engin. Rev., N. Y., 1904, xiv, no. 10,13- 19.—Elms (J. W.) Air testing in tunnel construction. Am. Pub. Health Ass. Rep. 1902, Columbus, 1903, xxviii, 521-527.— Greltant (N.) Analyses de l'air preleve sous le tunnel de la ligne souterraine de Sceaux, pres de la rue Gay-Lussac. Progres med., Par., 1895, 3. s., ii, 257. -----. Analyses de l'air du metropolitain. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1901, 11. s., iii, 1059-1061.—OTosso (U.) L' as- fissia nei tunnels ed esperienze coll' ossido di earbonio fatte sull' uomo. Boll. d. r. Accad. med. di Genova, 1901, xvi, 187-215.—Ventilation (The) of railway tunnels. [Edit.] Lancet, Lond., 1904, i, 592.—Ventilation sys- tem in West Shore tunnel. Engin. Rev., N. Y., 1912, xxii, 36.—Ventilation (The) of the tubes. Nature, Lond., 1902-3, lxvii, 488.—Ventilation (The) of tun- nels, subways and kindred constructions. Engin. Rev., N. Y. & Chicago, 1905, xv, no. 2, 4-7. Tunnels ( Workers in). See, also, Air (Compressed and rarefied); An- kylostomum duodenale and ankylostomiasis. Bauer (E.) *AHgemein medizinische, ge- richtlich-medizinische und statistische Unter- suchungen iiber die Unfallsverhitltnisse bei den grossen schweizerischen Tunnelbauten der letz- ten 50 Jahre. [Zurich.] 8°. Weinfelden, 1908. Perroncito (E.) La malattia dei minatori dal S. Gottardo al Sempione. roy. 8°. Torino, 1910. Erdman (S.) Aeropathy, or compressed air illness among tunnel workers. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlix, 1665-1670.—Ijauenstein (K.) Die Caissonerkran- kungen beim Schachtbau des Elbtunnels auf Stein werder. Monatschr. f. Unfallh., Leipz., 1909, xvi, 213-225.—Per- roncito (E.) Osservazionielmintologiche relative alia malattia sviluppatasi endemica negli operai del Gottardo. Atti d. r. Accad. d. Lincei, Roma, 1879-80, 3. s., vii, 381- 433, 2 pl.—Zangger (H.) Der Tod im Tunnelbau und im Bergwerk vom gerichtlich-medizinischen Standpunkt. Vrtljschr. f. gerichtl. Med., Berl., 1908, xxxv, 1-22. Tunnels (The) and water system of Chicago; under the Lake and under the River. Illus- trated by Wallis. 112 pp. 8°. Chicago, J. M. Wingdc Co., 1874. Tuniiicliff (Ruth). The streptococco-opsonic index in scarlatina, pp. 304-312. 8°. Chicago, 1907. Repr.from: J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1907, iv. See, also, Weaver (George H.) & Tunnicliff(Ruth). Noma; gangrenous stomatitis, water cancer, etc. 8°. Chicago, 1907. Tunnicliffe (F[rancis] W [ hitaker ]). The pharmacology of Izar. [ From the scientific workroom, St. Bartholomew's Hospital.] 4 pp. 4°. [W. L Bichardson, London, 1896. Repr.from: Pharm. J., Lond., 1896, xxvi. Tunstall (A[lfred] C[roudson]). See Warwick (F. J.) & Tunstall (A. C.) First aid to the injured [etc.]. 12°. Bristol & London, 1901. ----- -----. The same. 12°. Bristol, 1903.-----------. The same. 12°. Bristol, 1910. Tuomey (Martin) [1805-7] & Holmes (Fran- cis S.) Pleiocene fossils of South-Carolina: con- taining descriptions and figures of the Polypa- ria, Echinodermata and Mollusca. xvi, 152 pp., 2 1., 30 pl. 4°. Charleston, S. C, Bussell dc Jones, 1857. Tuor (Alois). * Ueber Blutbefunde bei Purpura nach Beobachtungen der Ziircher Klinik. 63 pp. 8°. Zurich, Leemann dc Co., 1907. Tupaja. Kaudern (W.) Ueber einige Aehnlichkeiten zwi- schen Tupaja und den Halbaffen. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1910, xxxvii, 561-573. Tuppert (August) [1819-96]. Tlieile. [Biography.] Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1896, xliii, 429. Tur (I. Ya.) Dopolneniye k morfologii zhen- skavo polovovo apparata mlekopitayushtshikh. [Additional data concerning the morphology of the sexual organs of mammals.] 23 pp. 8°. [Varshava, 1900.] Bound with: Varshav. univ. izvlest., 1900. ------. K kazuistikie i teorii mnogozachatkovikh urodstv. [Cases and theory of multiconcep- tional monsters.] 18 pp., 1 1., 1 pl. 8°. [Var- shara, 1903.] Bound with: Varshav. univ. izvlest., 1903. -----. O vozdMstvii luchef radiya na nachal- noye razvitiye kurinikh zarodishet. [Action of radium rays on the initial development of the chick embryo.] 11 pp. 8°. [Varshava, 1904.] Bound with: Varshav. univ. izvlest., 1904. ------. K voprosu ob embrionalnikh vklyuche- niyakh (fietus in fcetu). 11 pp. 8°. [Var- shava, 1904.] Bound xuith: Varshav. univ. izvlest., 1904. -----. K teorii slozhnikh urodstv. [Theory of multiple monsters.] 4 pp. 8°. [Varshava, 1904.] Bound with: Varshav. univ. izvlest., 1904. -----. Dvolnoi zarodish yashtsheritsi iz ova Yavi. Mabuia multifasciata Kuhl. [Double embryo of . . . from Java.] 35 pp., 1 pl. 8°. [Varshava, 1904.] Bound with: Varshav. univ. izvlest., 1904. -----. Opiti nad vliyaniyem luchel radiya na razvitiye zachatkov nervnol sistemi u zarodi- shel pozvonochnikh. [Experiments on the in- fluence of radium rays on the development of the initial plates of the nervous system in the embryos of vertebrates.] 10 pp. 8°. [Var- shava, 1910.] Bound with: Varshav. univ. izvlest., 1910. Turacin. Cliurch. (A. H.) Turacin, a remarkable animal pig- ment containing copper. Notices Proc. Roy. Inst. Gr. Brit. 1893, Lond., 1894, xiv, 44-49. Tura de Castello. Recepta aquae balnei de Porrecta. In: Balneis (De) omnia quae extant [etc.]. fol. Vene- tiis, 1563, f. 46. Turazza (Guido) [1857-1907]. Oaiardoni (L.) In memoria. Fracastoro. Gazz. med. Veronese, Verona, 1907, iii, 2-6. Turba philosophorum; das ist, das Buch von der giildenen Kunst, neben andern Authoribue, welche mit einander 36 Biicher in sich haben. Darinn die besten uriiltesten Philosophi zu- sammen getragen, welche tractiren alle einhel- lig von der universal Medicin in zwey Biicher abgetheilt, unnd mit schonen Figuren gezieret. Jetzunde newlich zu Nutz und Dienst alien wa- ren Kunstliebenden der Natur (so der lateini- schen Sprach unerfahren) mit besonderm Fleiss, Miihe unnd Arbeit trewlich an Tag ge- ben durch Philippum Morgenstern IsleDiensem. 6 p. 1., 560 pp. 16°. Basel, T. Konig, 1613. -----. Das ander Theil der giildenen Kunst die sie sonst Chymia nennen, welches in sich hellt die Schrifften Mo-;eni Romani von den metalh- TURBA. 1031 TURBINATE. Turba—continued. schen Dingen, unnd von der verborgenen und hOchsten Artzney der alten Philosophorum, mit andern Authoribus, die da auff dem nachfolgen- den Blatt angezeigt werden. Verteutscht durch Philippum Morgenstern, wie forn im ersten Theil geschrieben worden. 2 p. 1., 455 pp. 12°. Basel, J. Schrbter, 1613. Turban (K[arl]). Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Lungen-Tuberkulose. 223 pp. 8°. Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 1899. -----. The diagnosis of tuberculosis of the lung, with special reference to the early stages. With an introduction by Sir Dyce Duckworth. Transl. by Egbert C. Morland. viii, 135 pp. 8°. New York, W. Wooddc Co., 1906. -----. Tuberkulose-Arbeiten 1890-1909, aus Dr. Turbans Sanatorium Davos, bei Anlass des zwanzigjiihrigen Bestehens der Anstalt gesam- melt und mit einem Yorwort hrsg. vii, 274 pp., 1 1. 8°. Davos, 1909. Turbellaria. See, also, Planaria; Prostomum; Rhabdo- ccela; Stenosoma turgidum. Arnold (G.) Intra-cellular and general digestive Drocesses in Planarise. Quart. J. Micr. Sc, Lond., 1909- 10, liv, 207-220, 1 pl.—de Beanchamp (P.) Planaires terrestres des bromeliacees de Costa-Rica recueillies par C. Picado. Arch, dezool. exper. etgen. [etc.]. Notes et rev., Par., 1912, x, 1: 1913, xi, 41. — Berninirer (J.) Ueber die Einwirkung des Hungers auf Planarien. Zool. Jahrb., Jena, 1911, xxx, 181-216.— Bresslau (E.) Bei- trage zur Entwicklungsgeschichte der Turbellarien. Ztschr. f. wissensch. Zool., Leipz., 1904, lxxvi, 212-332, 7 pl. -----. Eine neue Art der marinen Turbellarien- gattung Polycystis (Macrorhynchus) aus dem Susswasser. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1906, xxx, 415-422.—Caullery (M.) & Mesnil (F.) Sur les Fecampia Giard, turbellaries en- doparasites. Compt. rend. Aead. d. sc, Par., 1902, cxxxiv, 911-913. Also: Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1912, 11. s., iv, 439-411.—Cliild(C. M.) Physiological isolation of parts and fission in Planaria. Arch. f. Entwcklngs- mechn. d. Organ., Leipz., 1910, xxx, pt. 2, 159-204. -----. The central nervous system as a factor in the regenera- tion of polyclad Turbellaria. Biol. Bull., Woods Hole, Mass., 1910, xix, 333-338. -----. Antero-posterior domi- nance in Planaria. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1912, n. s., xxxv, 935.—Child (C. M.) & MeKie (E. V. M.) The central nervous system in teratophthalmic and tera- tomorphic forms of Planaria dorotocephala. Biol. Bull., Woods Hole, Mass., 1911-12, xxii, 39-59—De Graff(L.) Sur l'organisation des turbellaries acoeles. Arch, de zool. exper. et g£n. Hist. nat. [etc.], Par., 1891, 2. s., ix, 1-12.—Dorner (G.) Ueber die Turbellarienfauna Ost- preussens. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1902, xxv, 491-493. — Fuhrmann (O.) Note faunique sur les turbellaries rhabdocceles de la baie de Concarneau. Compt. rend. Soc.de biol., Par., 1896, 10. s., iii, 1011-1013. -----. Ein neuer Vertreter eines marinen Turbellariengenus im Susswasser. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1904, xxvii, 381-384.— Gamble (F. W.) Contributions to a knowledge of British marine Turbellaria. Quart. J. Micr. Sc, Lond., 1892-3, n. s., xxxiv, 433-528, 3 pl.—Gamble (F. W.) & Keeble (F.) The bionomics oi Convoluta roscoffensis, with special reference to its green cells. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1903, lxxii, 93-98.—Giard (A.) Sur la ponte des rhabdocceles de la famille des Monotidse. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1897, 10. s., iv, 1011.—von GratF(L.) Marine Turbellarien Orotavas und der Kiisten Europas; Ergebnisse einiger, in den Jahren 1902 und 1903 unter- nommenen Studienreisen. Ztschr. f. wissensch. Zool., Leipz., 1905, lxxxiii, 68-150, 4 pl. -----. Acoela, Rhab- docoela una Allceoccela des Ostens der Vereinigten Staa- ten von Amerika; mit Nachtragenzuden "Marinen Tur- bellarien Orotavas und der Kiisten Europas." Ibid., 1911-12, xcix, 1-108, 6 pl.—Hallez (P.) Biologie d'un rhabdocoele parasite du Cardium edule L. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1908, cxlvi, 1047-1049. -----. Sur la nature syncytiale de l'intestin des rhabdocceles. Ibid., 1106-1108. -----. Destinee des noyaux des cellules leci- thogenes des rhabdocceles. Ibid., cxlvii, 390. -----. Biologie, organisation, histologie et embryologie d'un rhabdocoele parasite du Cardium edule L. Paravortex cardii n. sp. Arch.de zool. exp6r. et g<5n. [etc.], Par., 1908-9, 4. s., ix, 429-544, 11 pl.—Haswell (W. A.) Stu- dies on the Turbellaria. Quart. J. Micr. Sc, Lond., 1905-6, xlix, 425-467, 3 pl.—von Hot'sten (N.) Studien iiber Turbellarien aus dem Berner Oberland. Ztschr. f. wissensch. Zool., Leipz., 1907, lxxxv, 390-654, 6 pl. -----. Ueber die friihzeitige Besamung der Eizellen bei Oto- mesostoma auditivum (Forel und du Plessis); zugleich Turbellaria. ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Turbellarienspermien. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1909, xxxiv, 431-443. -----. Eischale und Dotterzellen bei Turbellarien und Trematoden Ibid., 1912, xxxix, 111-136.—Holmes (S. J.) Minimal size reduction in Planarian through successive regenera- tions. J. Morphol., Phila., 1911, xxii, 989-992.—Joubin (L.) Recherches sur les turbellaries des c6tes de France (nemertes). Arch, de zool. exper. et gen. Hist. nat. [etc.], Par., 1890, 2. s., viii, 461-602, 7 pl.—Keeble (F.) The yellow-brown cells of Convoluta paradoxa. Quart J. Micr.Sc, Lond., 1908, Hi, 431^79,3 pl. [col.] .—Keller (J.) Die ungeschlechtliehe Fortpflanzung der Susswassertur- bellanen. Jenaische Ztschr. f. Naturw., Jena, 1893-4, n. F., xx?, 370-407, 4 pl.—Lang (P.) Beitrage zur Anato- mie und Histologie von Planaria polychroa. Ztschr.f. wis- sensch. Zool., Leipz., 1913. cv, 136-155, lpl.—Luther (A.) Die Eumesostominen. Ibid., 1904, lxxvii, 1-273, 1 pl.— Martin (CH.) The nematocysts of Turbellaria. Quart. J. Micr. Sc, Lond., 1908, n. s., Iii, 261-277, 1 pl.—Moretti (G.) Sulla trasposizione delle varie parti del corpo nella Planaria torva (Muller). Arch. ital. di anat. e diembriol., Firenze, 1911, x, 437-460,4 pl.—Mose!ey(H. N.) Notes on the structure of several forms of land planarians, with a description of two new genera and several new species and a list of all species at present known. Quart. J. Micr. Sc, Lond., 1877, xvii, 273-292, 1 pl.—Saint-Hilaire (C.) Beobachtungen fiber die intrazellulare Verdauung in den Darmzellen der Planarien. Ztschr f. allg. Phy- siol., Jena, 1910, xi, 177-248, 9 pl.—Sekera (E.) Einige Beitrage zur Lebensweise von Planaria vitta Duges. Zool. Anz., Jena, 1909, xxxiv, 161-164. -----. K biologii plostenky Planaria vitta (Duges). [Biology of the laminae of Planaria vitta.] Lek. rozhledy, Praha, 1912, n. t., i, 473-476.- Steinmann (P.) Zur Polypharvngie der Pla- narien. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1909, xxxv, 161-165. -----. Organisatorische Resultanten; Studien an Doppelplana- rien. Arch. f. Entwcklngsmechn. d. Organ., Leipz., 1910, xxix, 169-174.—Stringer (Caroline E.) Notes on Ne- braska Turbellaria, with descriptions of two new species. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1909, xxxiv, 257-262.—Voigt. Die ungeschlechtliehe Fortpflanzung der Turbellarien. Biol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1894, xiv, 745; 771.—Weiss (Annie). Beitrage zur Kenntnis der australischen Turbellarien. Ztschr. f. wissensch. Zool., Leipz., 1909-10, xciv, 541: 1910, xcvi, 336— Woodworth ( W. M.) Contributions to the morphology of the Turbellaria. I. On the structure of Phagocata gracilis, Leidy. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Harv., Cambridge, 1891, xxi, 1-42, 4 pl. -----. Report on the Turbellaria collected by the Michigan State Fish Commission during the summers of 1893 and 1894. Ibid., 1896, xxx, 237-243,1 pl. -----. On some Turbellaria from Illinois. Ibid., 1897, xxxi, 1-16, 1 pl. -----. Some pla- narians from the great barrier reef of Australia. Ibid., 1898, xxxii, 60-67,1 pl—\ ounsr (R. T.) The epithelium of Turbellaria. J. Morphol., Phila., 1912, xxiii, 255-268,1 pl.—Zyltotr"(W.) Beitrage zur Turbellarienfauna Russ- lands. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1902, xxv, 478-480. Turberville (Daubeney) [1612-96]. Carlyle(E.L) [Biography.] Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1899, lvii, 320. Turfoiau(J.) [1863- ]. * Du traitement des pneumonies et des congestions pulmonaires aigues par les enveloppements humides pro- longed. 166 pp. 4°. Paris, 1892, No. 307. Turbidimeters. Dawson (C. F.) & Basset (H. P.) A turbidometer for estimating the number of bacteria in autogenous vac- cines. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1911, lviii, Orig., 638-640.—Schlesinger (E.) Ein neues Ver- fahren zur Messung der Trubuns eines Mediums durch die Turbidometrie. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xlviii, 1888.—Whipple (G. C.) & Jackson (D. D.) Method of calibrating turbidimeters. Technol. Quart., Bost., 1901, xiv, 285-294. Turbinate bone (Inferior, Inflammation See Nose (Inflammation of, Hypertrophic). Turbinate bones. See, also, Nose. Adam (J.) A note on turbinal and sinus function. J. Laryngol., Lond., 1911, xxvi, 288-294.—Alexander (A. S.) A rare nasal case [cleavage of the middle turbi- nate. T Brit. Homceop. Rev., Loud., 1910, iii, 58-61.— Babbitt (J. A.) The nasal turbinate as a vaso-motor index. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol., & Otol. Soc. 1906, St. Louis, 1907,197-206. Also: Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryn- gol., St. Louis, 1906, xv, 473-482.— Bigelow (H. J.) Turbinated corpora cavernosa. Boston M. & S. J., 1875, xcii, 489-492. Also, in his: Orthop. Surg., 8°, Bost., 1900, 310-316.—IngersolI (J. M.) The morphology of the turbinals. Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass., N. Y., 1908, xxxf 390- TURBINATE. 1032 TUKCHI. Turbinate bones. 401.—Loth rop (H. A.) The anatomy of the inferior ethmoidal turbinate bone with particular reference to cell formation; surgical importance of such ethmoidal cells. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1903, xxxviii, 233-255. Also, Reprint.— Peter (K.) Die Entwicklung derNasenmuscheln bei Mensch und Saugetieren. II. Entwicklung der Nasen- muscheln beim Menschen. Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1912, lxxx, 1. Abt., 478-559, 2 pl.—Ross (T.W. E.) Some observations on the nerve supply of the inferior turbinal as shown by vital staining. J. Laryngol., Lond., 1913, xxviii, 57-68, 2 pl. Turbinate bones (Diseases of). See, also, Nose (Diseases of). Andrews (A. H.) Submucous electrolysis of the in- ferior turbinal. J. Ophth. & Oto-Laryngol., Chicago, 1907, i, 219.—Baldwin (KateW.) Abscess of inferior turbi- nal, with report of a case. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. [etc.], Oto-Laryngol. Sect., St. Louis, 1908, xiii, 327-329. -----. Abscess of inferior turbinal, with report of a case. N. Albany M. Herald, 1911, xxix, 174— Casali (P.) La ce- falea riflessa da ipertrofia dei turbinati a coane pervie. Gior. med. d. r. esercito, Roma, 1907, lv, 109-117.—Good- ale (J. L.) Pathology of the middle turbinate. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlviii, 2105-2107. [Discussion], 2157.—Parsons (J. G.) Intumescence of the lower tur- binal; a saw-knife for its reduction. Am. Med., Phila. & York, Pa., 1907, n. s., ii, 694. -----. Hypertrophy of the turbinate. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlviii, 960.— Rabotnow (L.) Ueber submukose Behandlung der Muschelhvpertrophie. Ztschr. f. Larvngol., Rhinol. [etc.], Wiirzb., 1911, iv, 137 -144. —Renner (W. S.) The middle turbinated body; some indications for its re- moval. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1912, xxi, 443-455.—Roe (J. O.) The ethmo-turbinal cells, clinically considered. Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass., N.Y, 1906, 43-48.—Weaver (H. S.) Hypertrophy of the turbinated bones. Hahneman. Month., Phila., 1908, xliii, 102-106. Turbinate bones (Tumors of). See, also, Nose (Tumors of). Bain (E. W.) Papilloma growing from the inferior turbinate. Proc. Roy. Soc.Med., Lond., 1911-12,v,Laryn- gol. Sect., 53-55.—Bo bone (T.) Polipimuccosidelturbi- nato medio ed ascesso freddo del turbinato inferiore nel- 1' istessa narice. Boll. d. mal. d. orrec'chio, d. gola e d. naso, Firenze. 1908, xxvi, 214-219.—Braislin (W. C.) Sarcoma of the nose; tumor springing from the lower turbinate; subsequent enlargement of subcutaneous glands of the entire body. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1907, xvii, 625.-----. A rare nasal tumor: fibroma of the pos- terior and of the middle turbinate; report of case. Ibid., 809.—Connai (J. G.) Cystic enlargement of the middle turbinal (mucocele of the ethmoid). Glasgow M.J.,1911, lxxv, 298. -----. Inferior turbinal spurring polypoid, posteriorend. Ibid.,299.—Dworzak (Z. V.) A substi- tute for Bellocq's application of tampon and a very rare case of sarcoma ossis turbinalis. Denver M. Times [etc.], 1909-10, xxix, 409-^12. Also, Reprint.—Hastings (S.) Acaseof bleeding polvpus of the inferior turbinate. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1909-10, iii, Laryngol. Sect., 102- 106.—Johnson (R.H.) Benign tumorsof the turbinated bodies clinically and pathologically.considered. J. Am. M.Ass.,Chicago, 1909,liii,296-299.—Onodi(A.) Akozepso orrkagyl6 mucocelje. [Mucocele of the middle nasal tur- binated bone.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1909, liii, 390.— Phillips (W.C.) Edematous polyp of inferior turbinate in extreme youth. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1906, xvi, 217- 219.—Skillern (R. H.) A contribution to the study of the so-called bone cyst of the middle turbinate. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc, New Bedford, Mass., 1910, 185-194, 3 pl.—Tilley (H.) Large suppurating bony- walled cyst of right middle turbinal, associated with chronic empyema of corresponding antrum. Proc. Rov. Soc. Med., Lond., 1911-12, v, Laryngol. Sect., 46.—White (E. H.) Polypoidal overgrowth of the inferior turbi- nates. Montreal M. J., 1907, xxxvi, 405-408, 2 pl.—Wil- kinson (G.) Fibro-angioma growing from the inferior turbinal. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1911-12, v, Lar- yngol. Sect., 13. Also: J. Laryngol., Lond., 1912, xxvii, 49. -----. (?) Papilloma removed from the posteriorend of the right inferior turbinal. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1911-12, v, Laryngol. Sect., 109.—Wright (J.) The he- redity of form as illustrated in pathology by a study of the cysts of the middle turbinated bone. Am. J. M.Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1907, n. a., cxxxiii, 760-769. Turbinotomy [and turbinectomy]. See, also, Neuralgia (Facial, Treatment of, Operative); Nose (Surgery of). Badgerow (G. W.) Forceps for removal of turbi- nate bones. Brit.M.J.,Lond.,1910,ii,628.—Blek (J. M.) Partial inferior turbinectomy as performed with Myles' nasal forceps. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1906, x, 508-512.— Cassel berry (W. E.) The indications for resection of .the middle turbinal. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlix, 21-23.—Dillinger (G. A.) Turbinotomy and its results. Turbinotomy [and turbinectomy]. Penn. M. J., Athens, 1907-8, xi, 898-900— Gerbnzi (G.) & Dionisio (I.) La chirurgia dei turbinati e del setto. Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.] 1904, Napoli, 1905, viii, 9-37.— Grifliu (E. H.) Turbinectomy. Med. Rec,N. Y.,1906, lxix,585-588.—Kuyk (D.A.) inopera- tive method for the reduction of hypertrophy of the in- ferior turbinate other than by cauterization or exsection. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlviii, 785-787.—Kyle (J.J.) Some observations upon the removal of the middle tur- binated bodv. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc, New Bedford, Mass., 1910, 352-360. Also: J. Ophth. & Oto- Laryngol., Chicago, 1910, iv, 134-140.—Linhart (C. P.) A submucous operation for the reduction of hypertrophied turbinais. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1908, xviii, 128-134. -----. Some advantages of the submucous incision for the reduction of hypertrophied turbinais. Ohio M. J., Toledo, 1910, vi, 138-142.—Loeb (H. W.) The anatomy of the middle turbinate, with special reference to its to- pographic and surgical relations. J. Am. M. Ass.. Chi- cago, 1907, xlviii, 2098-2105. [Discussion], 2166— Miller (C. C.) The best method of turbinal removal. Wiscon- sin M. Recorder, Janesville, 1909, xii, W.-Moraweck (E.) &Hall (G. C.) Turbinectomy. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1907, xvii,22.5-231.—Packard (F. R.) Pathologic results of operations on the turbinates. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1908,1,1686.—Parsons (J. G.) Indications for the removal of the middle turbinate. J. Minn. M. Ass. [etc.], Minneap., 1909, xxix, 353-357.—Reynolds (D.S.) Complete turbinectomy. Kentucky M. J.. BowiingGreen, 1908, vi, 99-101. -----*. Turbinectomy as a remedy for adenoids and nasal obstructions. Ibid., 1908-9, vii, 768- 775.—Saliba (M. M.) Submucous turbinotomy. Char- lotte [N. C] M. J., 1911, lxiv, 182.—Sluder (G.) Amethod for the removal of the whole or a part of the middle tur- binate. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlviii, 2183. -----. A galvano-cautery operation for the lower turbinate. Weekly Bull.,St. Louis M. Soc, 1911, v, 22.—Solow (J.) Hemorrhage after removal of turbinated bodies. Med. Rec, N.Y., 1910, lxxvii,669.—Stevens (E.W.) Emphy- sema of the orbit and lids following removal of the mid- dle turbinal. Denver M. Times [etc.], 1907-8, xxvii, 157- 159.—Vaughan (G. E.) Operation of turbinectomy and method of packing. South. M J., Nashville, 1911,iv,436- 438.—Watson (C. M.) Nasal scissors for operating on the middle turbinate. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlviii, 140.—Watson (J. A.) Conservative turbinectomy. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1908, xviii, 926-932.—Wurde- lnanu (H. V.) Submucous turbinectomy. Ibid.,284.— Ifankauer (S.) A new method of operating upon tur- binal hypertrophies, with a description of the instru- ments and the technic of the intranasal suture. Ibid., 1907, xvii, 105-114, 2 pl.—Zarniko. Turbinotomia sub- mucosa. Verhandl. d. Ver. deutsch. Laryngolog., Wiirzb., 1910,308-311. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: J. Laryngol., Lond., 1910, n. s., xxv, 425. Turc (Maurice) [1885- ]. *De la centrifu- gation comme moyen rapide d'apprecier la va- leur nutritive du lait de femme. [Lyon.] 104 pp. 8°. Trevoux, J. Jeanniu, 1912, No. 137. Turcan (Henri) [1882- ]. * Contribution a I'etude des gommes syphilitiques de l'iris. No. 107. 103 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1905. Turcan (Louis) [1877- ]. * Contribution a I'etude de l'anesthesie generale par la chlorure d'ethyle ou kelene. 67 pp. 8°. Paris, 1902, No. 494. Turchaninoff (Pyotr Pyotrovich). *Experi- mentalniyaizslfedovaniya s tsslyu opredfeleniya tsentra raznoobraznikh form sudorog vizivaye- mikh vslledstviye otravleniya yadami i imleyu- shtshikh vazhnoye znacheniye v klinicheskom otnosenii. [Experimental investigations with a view of determining the various forms of con- vulsions caused by poisoning, and having an important value clinically.] 107 pp., 2 1. 8°. Yuryev, K. Matisen, 1894. Turchetti (Odoardo). Dell' origine e dei pro- gressi della nuova dottrina medica italiana; me- moria. 56 pp. 12°. Santa Croce, tipog. dei FF. Bartoletti, 1837. Turclii (Marino). Sulla igiene pubblica della citta, di Napoli. Osservazioni e proposte. 2. ed. Con aggiunta d' una proposta di riforma alia legge municipale di Napoli, e d' una esposi- zione di progetti di Napoletani architetti per 1' ampliamento e miglioramento della citta di Napoli. xxvi, 288 pp. 12°. Napoli, presso i freit. Morano, 1862. TURCHINI. 102 Turchini (Sebastien). * Etudes experimentales sur la puissance du tube a rayons X dans ses divers modes d'emploi. 83 pp. 8°. Paris, 1905, No. 229. See, also. Ziiumern (Adolphe) & Turchini (Se- bastien). Les courants de haute frequence [etc.]. 8°. Paris, 1910. Turchinovich-Vizhnikevich( Vla- dislav Icnnorich) [lS(5o-l!»04|. Aleksandroft' (V. V.) [In memoriam.] Med. be- slcdii, Voronezh, 1904, xviii, 574-576. — Pruszynski. [In memoriam.] Caz. lek., Warszawa, 1904, 2. s., xxiv, 119— Viuogradski (S. N.) Nekrolog. Vovenno-med. J., St. Petersb., 1904, i. 457-460. For Portrait, see Vestnik obsh. vet., St. Petersb., 1904, xvi. Turck (Fenton Benedict) [1857- ]. Dis- eases of the mouth, nose, and throat as tetiolog- ical factors in chronic glandular gastritis, with bacteriological studies of the pharyngeal vault. 16 pp. 12°. New York, D. Appleton dc Co., 1895. Repr.from: N. York M. J., 1895, lxii. ■-----. A clinical lecture on the treatment of chronic glandular gastritis, first stage, at the Cook County Hospital, Chicago. 10 pp. 8°. Detroit, Mich., G. S. Davis, 1895. Repr.from: Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1895, xix. ------. The treatment of the second and third stages of chronic glandular gastritis. 11 pp. 8°. Detroit, Mich., G. S. Davis, 1895. Repr.from: Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1895, xix. ------. Demonstration of new methods of diag- nosis and treatment of diseases of the stomach and intestines. 14 pp. 16°. New York, 1895. Repr.from: Am. Med.-Surg. Bull., N. Y., 1895, viii. ------. The early diagnosis of carcinoma of the stomach, with the bacteriology of the stomach contents. 8 pp., 1 pl. roy. 8°. Chicago, 1895. Repr.from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1895, xxiv. ------. Modern method of treatment of diseases of the intestines. 27 pp. 8°. Neu- York, 1897. Repr.from: N. York M. J., 1897, lxv. ------. Experimental and clinical observations on erosions of the stomach. 9 pp. 8°. Fort Wayne, 1897. Repr.from: Fort Wayne M. J.-Mag., 1897, xvii. ------. Experiments and technique of a new hydrotherapeutic method. 4 pp. 8°. Louis- ville, 1898. Repr.from: Louisville J. M. & S., 1898, v. ------. 1. Pneumatic gymnastics. A new meth- od of treatment of gastric myasthenia. 2. Notes on the demonstration of methods in gastric therapeutics. 3. A new operation for gastros- tomy. 16 pp. 8°. Lond em, 1898-9. 1 & 2: Repr.from: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1898, ii. 3: Repr. from: Lancet, Lond., 1899, i. ------. Treatment of the abdominal viscera through the colon. 16 pp., 1 pl. 12° Chicigo, 1899. Repr.from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1899, xxxiii. ------. Further observation on the treatment of the abdominal viscera through the colon. 15 pp. 8°. Chicago, 1900. Repr.from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1899, xxxiii & 1900, xxxiv. ------. Motivity of the stomach. 10 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, 1900. Repr.from: Phila. M. J., 1900, v. ------. The care of patients during surgical operations; with some methods of preventing shock and infection. 30 pp. 8°. Chicago, 1900. Repr. from: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1900, xxxviii. ------. Necessity of a practical knowledge of dietetics, hydrotherapy and physico-mechani- cal therapeutics. 14 pp. 12°. Chicago, 1901. Repr.from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1901, xxxvii. TURENNE. Turck (Fenton Benedict)—continued. ------• The gyromele in the diagnosis of stomach and intestinal diseases. 30 pp. 8°. Chicaao, 1901. Repr.from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1901, xxxvi. ------. Treatment of atony of the stomach and colon. 12 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, 1901. Repr.from: Internat. Clin., Phila., 1901. 11. s., ii. ------. The immediate and remote causes of death in operations on the stomach; treatment before, during and after operation. 12 pp. 8°. Chicago, [1903]. Repr.from: Chicago M. Rec, 1903, xxv. ------. The expulsion method of obtaining stom- ach contents for diagnostic purposes. 12 pp. 12°. Ne;e York, A. B. Elliott, 1905. Repr.from: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1905, lxxxii. ------. Ulcer of the stomach; pathogenesis and pathology. Experiments in producing artificial gastric ulcer and genuine induced peptic ulcer. 31 pp. 8°. Chicago, 1906. Repr.from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvi. ------. Nonoperative treatment of gastric dis- eases. 15 pp. 12°. New York, 1907. Repr.from: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1907, lxxxv. ------. The factors concerned in the healing of peptic ulcers. 4 pp. 8°. [n. p., 1907.] In: Tr. Am. Gastro-Enterol. Ass., [n. p.], 1907. Turck (Leopold) [1797- .]. De la vieillesse etudiee comme maladie et des moyens de la combattre. 123 pp. 8°. Paris, J.-B. Bailliere; Plombieres. chez veuve Blaise, 1852. ------. The same. Suivi d'un memoire sur les composes chlorures du sang et d'une lettre il M. le Docteur Coze, sur l'elasticite de globules du sang et leur compression dans les vaisseaux, par S. A. Turck. 2. ed. xv, 390 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, J.-B. Bail Fere, 1854. See, also, Duval (Vincent). Deux mots de reponse a M. Turck. 16°. Paris, 1850. Turck (Raymond Custer). Surgical anatomy of hernia; observations thereon, with results of fifty dissections. 23 pp. 12°. Chicago, Am. M. Ass. Press, 1899. Repr.from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1899, xxxii. Turck (Sebastien-Antoine) [1796- ]. See Deshayes (Gerard Paul). Analyse du traite de la goutte [etcl. 8°. Paris. 1838.—Turck (Leopold). De la vieillesse etudiee comme maladie [etc.]. 8°. Paris, Plombiires, 1854. Turco (Giacomo). Sulle reazioni catalitiche. 100 pp. 8°. Milano, 1906. Bound with: Atti . . . r. Ist. Lomb. di sc. e lett. 1905, Milano, 1906. Turcomans. Fariarowsky. Les Turcomans du gouvernement de Stavropol (Nord Caucase). Bull, et mem. Soc. d'an- throp. de Par., 1912, 6. s., iii, 161-163. Turdus obscurus. Ciri tioli (G. A.) II Turdus obscurus e il Colymbus Adamsi in Toscana. Boll. d. soc. zool. ital., Roma, 1906, 2. s., vii, 83. Turecki (Rudolph). Etudes prophylactiques. 152 pp., 1 tab. roy. 8°. Paris, 1868. Turel [Emile] [ -1X98]. Necrologie. Dauphine med., Grenoble, 1898, xxii, 234-239. van Turenliout (Leonardus Cornelis Henri- cus Franciscus). * Over de bereiding van diph- theriegif. 2 p. 1., 124 pp. 8°. Utrecht, J van Boekhoren, 1895. Turenne (Henri de la Tour d'Auvergne) marechal de France [1611-75]. Revol (J.) Turenne; essai de psychologie militaire. 8°. Paris, 1910. TURETTES-LA VENTURE. 10c Turellcs-Laventurc (Leon) [1882- ]. * Contribution a l'Stude du traitement des tuberculoses externes suppurees. (Ponctions et injections.) 70 pp. 8°. Paris, 1910, No. 415. Turf. See, also, Peat. Cliristensen (H. R.) Mikrobiologische Unter- suchungen von Hoch- und Niederungsmoortorf. Cen- tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1913, xxxvii, 414-131.—Katin-Yartseff (V. N.) Sanitarniy ocherk torfyauovo proizvodstva v Shlisselburgskom uyezdle. [Sanitary sketch of the turf production in the county of Shlisselsburg.] Vestnik obsh. hig., sudeb. i prakt. med., St. Petersb., 1909, xiv, pt. 2, 70; 181. Turgenieff (Ivan Sergieyevich) [1818- 83]. Brouardel (P.) Proces-verbal de l'autopsie de Mr. Yvan Tourgueneff, septembre, 1883. 4°. [Paris, 1883.] Botkin (S. P.) Po povodu protokola vskritiya pokolnavo I. S. Turgeneva. [Apropos of the protocol of the autopsy of Turgenieff.] Trudi Obsh. Russk. vrach. v S.-Peterb., 1883-4, li, 1-13.—Cerveau d'lvan Tourgueneff. L'homme, Par., 1884, i, 61.—Chizn. (V. F.) Turgenev, kak psikhopatolog. [Turgenieff as an alienist.] Vopr. fllos. i. psichol., Mosk., 1899, x, 624; 714. Turgis (Hippolyte-Eugene) [1828-1903]. Necrologle. Gaz. me'd. de Par., 1904, 12. s., iv, 30. Turgne (Jean-Baptiste). * Dissertation sur la nature et traitement du cancer, sm. 4°. Pise, [1812]. [P., v. 2122.] Turgo-sphygmograph. Fleisclier (P.) Ueber Turgosphygmographie und Fingerplethvsmographie. Veroffentl.d. Hufeland.Gesell- sch. in Berl.(1908),1909, pt.2,76-83.-----. Uebereinekom- pendiose Form des Strauss'schen Turgo-Sphygmographen und Turgo-Tonographen. Veroffentl. d. balneol. Gesell- sch. in Berl., Berl. u. Wien, 1910,162-166. Also: Med. Klin., Berl., 1910, vi, 824-826.—von Koziczkowsky (E.) Ueber Turgo-Sphygmographie und ihre Verwendung fiir Pulsdruckbestimmungen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1907, xliv, 369-372. T nr go t (Anne-Robert-Jacques) [1727-81]. Exhumation (L') des restes de Turgot. Chron. me'd., Par., 1899, vi, 168-173. Turi (A.) [1853- ]. [Biography.] Spitalul, Bucuresci, 1897, xvii, no. 1, suppl., 33. Turicin. Kiing (A.) Die Synthese des Betonicins und Turi- cins. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1913, lxxxv, 217- 224.—Klin»- (A.) & Trier (G.) Ueber Betonicin und Turicin. Ibid., 209-216. Turie (Francois). * Recherches sur la pratique du salage et sur la salure naturelle des vins. 39 pp. 4°. Montpellier, 1893, No. 547. Ecole de pharmacie. Turicff (Nicolaus) [1881- ]. _ * Ueber ma- rantische Sinus-Thrombose bei Pneumonie und Potatorium. 18 pp., 1 1. 8°. Munchen, M. Ernst, 1907. Turin. See, also, Children (Hospitals and asylums for), Cholera (History and statistics of), Diphtheria (History and statistics of), Fever (Typhus, His- tory and statistics of), Hospitals (Description and reports of), Hospitals (Gynaecological and ob- stetric), Hospitals (Management and regulations of), Hospitals (Opthalmic and auric), Influenza (History and statistics of), Insane (Asylums, Description of, etc.), Plague (History and statis- tics of), by localities; Universities; Water (Sup- ply of), by localities. • Abba. Almanacco igienico-sanitario e guida dei medici-chirurghi, degli specialist^ delle far- macie, delle levatrici, degli ospedali e degli altri istituti di beneficenza della citta di Torino, anno 1, 1894. 16°. Torino, 1894. TURKEY. Turin. Citta di Torino. Istituto professionale ope- raio, scuola popolare d' igiene, anno scolastico 1908-1909. 8°. Torino, 1909. Citta di Torino. Statistica demografico- sanitaria e servizi dell' ufficio d' igiene. 4°. Torino, 1908. De-Rolandis (G. M.) Brevi considerazioni mediche sopra Torino. 12°. Torino, 1828. Richa (C.) Morborum vulgarium historia seu constitutio epidemica Taurinensis anni 1720. 8°. Augustas Taurinorum, 1721. Almasio (P.) Influenza dellecondizioni meteoriche sulla morbilita di Torino. Riv. d' ig. e san. pubb., Torino, 1911, xxii,259-278,2 ch.—Balp (S.) Condizioni igieniche della Provincia di Torino dal 1897 al 1903. Ibid., xvi, 257-326.—Cucine (Le) popolari di Torino. Gior. d. Soc. ital. d' ig., Milano, 1887, ix, 449-485. Turin. Modificazioni ed aggiunte alia tariffa dei medicinali per i servizi sanitari municipali di Torino approvate dalla giunta municipale il 16 dicembre 1886. 19 pp. 4°. Torino, E. Botta, 1887. ------. Statistica demografico-sanitaria e servizi dell' ufficio d' igiene per 1' anno 1910. 79 pp. 8°. Torino, 1912. Repr. from: Annuario del municipio di Torino, 1910-11. Turin. Ospedale Maggiore di S. Giovanni Battista e della cittd, di Torino. Sezione chirurgica. Ren- diconto clinico del biennio 1899-1900 pubblicato dal Dottor Giuseppe Lorenzo Lombardi. xiii, 139 pp. 8°. Torino, Unione tipog. editrice, 1902. Turin. Policlinico generate di Torino. Rendi- conto sessennale del . . . (dalla sua fondazione al 30 giugno 1895). 48 pp. 8°. Unione tip. editrice, 1896. Turin. Ufficio d' igiene. Rendiconto dell' ufficio d' igiene. Statistica demografica. (Monthly.) Anni 12-25,1883-99. fol. [Torino, 1883-1901.] Turin (Andre). Application aux sanatoriums et hopitaux. Chauffage, ventilation, eclairage, alimentation et sterilisation des eaux, disinfec- tion. 216 pp. 8°. Paris, H. Dunod dc E. Pinal, 1906. Turin (Eugene) [1876- ]. *Des hemor- ragies foudroyantes dans l'ulcere de l'estomac. 64 pp., 2 1. 8°. Montpellier, 1903, No. 46. Turin (Max). *Blutveriinderungen unter dem Einfluss der Schilddruse und Schilddriisen- substanz. [Bern.] 26 pp. 8°. Leipzig, F. C. W. Vogel, 1910. Turi ni (Gustave). * De 1' amputation osteoplas- tique de Gritti. [Lausanne.] 67 pp., 1 pl. 8°. Geneve, 1905. Turiopin. Oerfoer (H.) Ueber Bayer's Turiopin-Pastillen (Pas- tilli Turionum pini). Klin.-therap. Wchnschr., Wien, 1908, xv, 544-546. Turkestan. See, also, Fever (Malarial, History and statis- tics of), by localities. von Ficker (H.) Zur Meteorologie von West- Turkestan. Denkschr. d. k. Akad. d. Wissensch. Math.- naturw. KL, Wien, 1908, lxxxi, 533-567.—Joyce (T. A.) Notes on the physical anthropology of Chinese Turkestan and the Pamirs. J. Roy. Anthrop. Inst. Gr. Brit. & Ire- land, Lond., 1912, xlii, 450-484, 5 pl—Meltzer (H.) Turkestan die Heimat der Indogermanen. Polit.-anthrop. Rev., Leipz., 1907, v, 552-557.—Petersen (O. V.) Mediko- sanitarniya nablyudeniya v Turkestanle. [Medico-sani- tary observations in Turkestan.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1912, xi, 1118-1122.—Vaillant (L.) Le Tuskestan chi- nois. Bull, et mem. Soc. d'anthrop. de Par., 1910, 6. s., i, 8-17, 2 pl. Turkey. See, also, Cholera (History and statistics of), Epidemics (History and statistics of), Fever (Malarial, History and statistics of), Hygiene TURKEY. 1035 TURNER. Turkey. (Public, Laws, etc., of), Insane (Asylums, De- scription, etc., of), Insane (Care, Condition, etc., of), Leprosy (History and statistics of), Plague (History and statistics of), by localities; Turks; Vaccination (History of); Yalova. Reglement sur 1'administration generale me- dicale (en Turquie). 8°. Constantinople, 1871. Reglement sur 1'exercice de la medecine civile en Turquie. 8°. Constantinople, 1863. Reglement sur 1'exercice de la pharmacie civile. 8°. Constantinople, 1863. Stern (B.) Medizin, Aberglaube und (Je- schlechtsleben der Turkei. Mit Beriicksichti- gung der moslemischen Nachbarlander und der enema!igen Vasallenstaaten. Eigene Ermitte- lungen und gesammte Berichte. 6 pts. in 2 v. 8°. Berlin, 1903. I>odcl (W. S.) Medical work in Turkey. Dietet. & Hyg. Gaz., N. V., 190S, xxiv, 179.—ICccles (R. G.) See- ing Turkey with medical eyes. Med. Fortnightly, St. Louis, 1907, xxxi, 101-105.—Olographic medicale; la Turquie. Independ. med., Par., 1901, vii, 245. Turkey. Instruction sur la disinfection appli- cable dans les etablissements quarantenaires de 1'Empire Ottoman. (Extrait des reglements.) 6 pp. 8°. Constantinople, 1879. Turkeys (Disease* of). Curtice (C.) Notes on experiments with blackhead of turkeys. 8°. Washington, 1907. United Statks. Department of Agriculture, Bu- reau of Animal Industry. Circular No. 5 (re- vised). Blackhead, orinfectiousentero-hepatitis, in turkeys. 8°. [Washington, 1906.] Cole (L. J.) & Hadley (P. B.) Blackhead, a cocci- dial disease of turkevs. Science, N. Y,, & Lancaster, Pa., 1908, n. s., xxvii, 994.—Hadley (P. B.) & Amison (Elizabeth E.) Further studies on blackhead in turkeys. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1911, lviii, Orig., 34-41.—Ligniferes & Petit. PeTitonite asper- gillaire des dindons. Rec. de med. vet., Par., 1898, 8. s., v, 145-148. Turkin (N. V.) Elektricheskoye luchei'spu- skaniye chelovyecheskavo organizma. [Emis- sion of electrical rays by the human organism.] 16pp.,2pl. 8°. Moskva, Pech.C. P. Yakovleva, 1893. Turkiya (V[ladimir] M [atvieyevich or Mamu- kich] ) [1876- ]. * Klinicheskiya nablyude- niya nad dleistviyem amil-nitrita i nitroglitse- rina na krovoobrashtsheniye. [Clinical ob- servations on the action of amyl-nitrite and nitroglycerine upon the blood circulation.] 129 pp., 1 1., 1 diag. 8°. S.-Peterburg, V. Ya. Mdshiein, 1910. Turks. Woclii (A.) Crani di popolazioni Turco-Mongole. Arch, per 1' antrop., Firenze, 1905, xxxv, 71-83.—Pit- tard (E.) La taille, l'indice cephalique et l'indice nasal de 300 Turcs osmanli de la p^ninsule des Balkans. Rev. anthrop., Par., 1911, xxi, 488-493. Turksina (B.) Huwelijk en sterfte. Bijdrage totdestatistiek. 67pp.,2pl. 8°. Amsterdam, H. Eisendralh, 1898. Turlais (Constant). * Sur le traitement chirur- gical de l'ulcere simple d'estomac. 80 pp. 8°. Paris, 1900, No. 11. Turlais (Leo-Fernand-Fr<§deric) [1881- ]. * Phiebite apres la cure radicale de la hernie inguinale. 48 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1907, No. 73. Turlini (Luigi). Le stazioni sanitarie alpine di Brescia nel 1899. 22 pp. 8°. Brescia, tip. La Sentinella, 1900. Turmel [ Joseph - Jean - Marie ] [1858- ]. * Contribution a l'6tude du merycisme. 74 pp. 4°. Paris, 1894, No. 288. I Turmeric. Jackson (C. L.) & Menke (A. E.) On certain sub- stances obtained from turmeric—1. curcumin. Proc Am. Acad. Arts & Sc, Bost,, 1881-2, n. s., ix, 110: 1882-3 n. s., x, 1: 1883-4, n. s., xi, 211.— Leach (A. E.) The composition of turmeric. Brit. Food J., Lond., 1905, vi, 252. Inniaii (Laura). *Statistik der Dauererfolge aus der bernischen Heilstatte fiir Tuberkulose, Heiligenschwendi bei Thun. [ Bern. ] 30 pp. 8°. Leipzig, J. A. Barth, 1909. Turnbull (Alexander]). *De ascite saccato. 3 p. 1., 23 pp. 8°. Edinburgi, B. Allan, 1820. ------. Treatment of the diseases of the eye, by means of prussic acid vapour, and other medi- cinal agents, vi, 89 pp. 12°. London, J. Churchill, 1848. Turnbull (Alexander) [1838-1905]. Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, ii, 109. Turnbull (Charles Smith) [1847- ]. Sec- ond annual abstract of ophthalmological litera- ture for 1881-2. 33 pp. 8°. [Philadelphia'], 1882. Repr.from: Med. & Surg. Reporter, Phila., 1881-2 xlv- xlvi. -----. A consideration of the welfare of deaf children and the duty of the medical profes- sion. 14 pp. 8°. Washington, 1908. See, also, vonArlt (Carl Ferdinand). Injuries of the eye [etc.]. 12°. Philadelphia, 1878. Turnbull (James Muter) [1818-MT]. Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1897, ii, 748. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1897, li, 751. Turnbull (Laurence) [1821-1900]. Aural mas- sage by condensation and rarefaction of the air in the external meatus and middle ear; its value in the treatment of various diseases of the ear. 16 pp. 12°. [Philadelphia, 1894.] Repr.from: Med. News, Phila., 1894, lxv. -----. Artificial anaesthesia. A manual of an- aesthetic agents and their employment in the treatment of disease. 4. ed. xxiv, 550 pp. 12°. Philadelphia, P. Blakiston, Son dc Co., 1896. For Biography, see Alumni Rep., Phila., 1900-1901, xxxvi, 219-222. Also: Boston M. & S. J., 1900, cxliii, 465. Also: Med. News, N. Y., 1900, lxxvii, 662. Also: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1900, lviii, 701. Also: N. York M. J., 1900, lxxii, 770. Also: Rev. internat. de rhinol., otol. et laryngol., Par., 1896, vi, p. xxix. Turnbull (W. P.). See Colin (Hermann Ludwig). The hygiene of the eye in schools [etc.]. 8°. London, [1886]. Turnbull ( William) [1861-1903]. Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, ii, 779. Turnbull (William P.) The birds of East Pennsylvania and New Jersey, vii, 50 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, H. Grambo dc Co., 1869. Turneaure (Frederick] E[ugene] & Russell (H[arry]L[uman])[1866- ]. Public water- supplies. Requirements, resources and the construction of works. With a chapter on pumping-machinery by D. W. Mead, xiv, 746 pp. 8°. New York, J. Wiley dc Sons, 1901. Turnebus (Adrianus) [1512-65]. Poemata. 127 pp. 16°. Parisiis, apud M. Juvenem, 1580. Bound with: Boussuet (Francois). De arte medendi liber xii [etc.]. 16°. Lugduni, 1557. Turner (A[rthur Logan). The accessory si- nuses of the nose; their surgical anatomy and the diagnosis and treatment of their inflamma- tory affections, xiv, 211 pp., 40 pl. 8°. Ed- inburgh, W. Green dc Sons, 1901. See, also. Thomson (John) & Turner (Arthur Lo- gan). Etiologie du stridulisme [etc.]. 8°. Paris, 1901. Turner (Arthur-Robert) [1863- ]. * La dilatation des bronches et l'arte>io-9clerose. 36 pp. 4°. Paris, 1894, No. 230. TURNER. 1036 TURNER. Turner (Charles R.) Prosthesis in its relation to surgery of the face, mouth, jaws, and nasal and laryngeal cavities. In: Am. Pract. Surg. [Bryant i Buck], X. Y., 1909, vi, 3-51. Turner (Daniel) [1667-1741]. A discourse concerning levers in two letters to a young phy- sician. The first dissuading from all hypotheses and theories, whether physical or mechanical, as vain and delusive. The second directing his regimen for the cure, and his conduct to the sick person; with some short, but general remarks upon the pulse and urine, in the way of post- script. As also upon the crises, and critical days in fevers. 377 pp. 8°. London, J. Clarke, 1727. ■-----. Thesame. 3. ed. x (11.), 364pp., port. 8°. London, J. Clarke, 1739. See, also, Hutten (-Ulrich). De morbo gallico [etc.]. 8°. London, 1730. For Biography, see Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1899, lvii, 332 (N. Moore). Turner (Dawson). A manual of practical medi- cal electricity. 2. ed. xvi, 335 pp. 8°. Lon- don, Bailliere, Tindall dc Cox, 1897. -----. The same. 3. ed. xix, 396 pp. 8°. London, Bailliere, Tindall dc Vox, 1902. -----. The same. 4. ed. xxiii, 435 pp. 8°. London, Bailliere, Tindall. dc Cox, 1904. -----. The same. 2. ed. xvi, 335 pp., 19 pl. 8°. New York, W. Wood dc Co., 1898. -----. The same. 3. ed. xix, 396 pp. 8°. New York, Wm. Wood dc Co., 1902. -----. Thesame. 4. ed. xxiii, 435 pp. 8°. New York, 11 Wood dc Co., 1904. -----. Radium, its physics and therapeutics. x, 86 pp., 12 pl. 8°. London, Bailliire, Tin dal I dc Cox, 1911. Turner (Duncan). Air and diet in chronic chest diseases, viii, 79 pp., 4 1. 12°. Melbourne, Melville, Mullen dc Slade, 1893. -----. Is consumption contagious? 54 pp. 12°. Melbourne, Melville, Mullen dc Slade, 1894. Turner (Edward). Elements of chemistry in- cluding the recent discoveries and doctrines of the science. 2. Am. ed. xii, 13-499 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, J. Grigg, 1829. ------. The same. With notes and emendations by Franklin Bache. 3. Am. from 3. Lond. ed. xii, 13-622 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, Grigg dc Elliot, 1832. See, also. Christison (Sir Robert) & Turner (Ed- ward). On the construction of oil and coal gas burners [etc.]. 8°. [Edinburgh, 1825.]— Johnston (John). A manual of chemistry, [etc.]. 12°. Philaddelphia, 1846. For Biography, see Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1899, lvii, 335 (A. Harden). Tnrner (F[rancis] Charlewood) [1843-1900]. * On the function of the vessels in relation to the circulation of the blood. 29 pp. 12°. [London, 1875.] Repr.from: St. Thomas's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1875, vi. -----. On fibroid degeneration of the heart. 12 pp. 8°. London, J. W. Kolckmann, 1881. ------. Inflammation regarded as a physiologi- cal reaction to an infecting lesion; the oration of the Hunterian Society, delivered at the Lon- don Institution, February 11, 1885. 41 pp. 12°. London, J. E. Adlard, 1885. ■-----. A case of congenital malformation of the heart, with systolic and prediastolic basis bruit; with observations on the causation of bruits preceding the cardiac sounds. 8 pp. 8°. Lon- don, 1886. Repr.from: Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1885-6, xx. For Biography, see Brit. M. J., Lond., 1900, i, 421. Also: Lancet, Lond., 190J, i, 504. I Turner (G. I.) Rukovodstvo k nalozheniyu povyazok. [Text-book on bandages.] 162, ix pp. 8°. S.-Peterburg, K. L. Bikker, 1899. Turner (George) [ - 1 CIO]. Moore (N.) [Biography.] Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond.. 1698, lvii, 337. Turner (Sir George). [Sir George Turner infected with leprosv]. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1913, i, 188. Turner (George). Rinderpest; its pathology and the means used to combat its invasion of South Africa. 24 pp. roy. 8°. [East London], 1897. Repr. from: South African M. J., Fust London, 1897, iii. Turner (George A.) [1845-15)00]. Obituary. Brit. M. J. Lond., 1900. i, 421. Also: Glas- gow M. J., 1900, liii, 184. Turner (George Kibbe) [1869- ]. The daughters of the poor. pp. 45-61. 8°. New York, 1909. Catting from: McClure's Mat;., N. Y., 1909, xxxiv. Turner (G[eorge] R[obertson] [1855- ]. Introductory address delivered at St. George's Hospital, October 1, 1898. 28 pp. 8°. Lon- don, 1898. ----—. Clinical lectures on appendicitis, radical cure of inguinal hernia and perforating gastric ulcer. 2p. ]., 136 pp. 8°. London, Bailliere, Tindall dc Cox, 1905. Turner (Gulielmus). *Dissertatio medica in- auguralis de mor o hypochondriaco. 2 p. 1., 29 pp. 8°. Edinburgi, G. Hamilton d J. Bal- four, 1756. Turner (Harward) [1857- ]. *Du pronostic operatoire des fibromes des parois abdominales. 40 pp. 4°. Pons, 1895, No. 291. Turner (Henry Crockford) [1849-1910]. Obituary. Lancet, Lond., 1910, ii, 985. Turner (ILnry Edward) [1816-97]. Obituary. Tr. Rhode Island M. Soc. 1897, Provi- dence, 1898, v. 489-492, port. For Biography, see Collection of Portr. (Libr.). Turner (J.) A discourse on fornication shew- ing the greatness of that sin; and examining the excuses pleaded for it, from the examples of antient times; to which is added an appendix concerning concubinage; as also a remark on Mr. Butler's explication of Hebr. xiii, 4, in his late book on that subject. 2 p. 1., 62 pp. sm. 4°. London, J. Wyat, 1698. Turner (James Edward) [1822-89]. The his- tory of the first inebriate asylum in the world by its founder, an account of his indictment, also a sketch of the Woman's National Hospital bv its projector, xii, 503 pp., 1 pl. 8°. New York, 1898. Turner (James Smith) [1832-1904]. [Obituary.] Brit. Dent. J., Lond., 1904, xxv, 153-181, 2 ports. Aho: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, i, 523. Also: Den- tal Kec. Lond., 1904, xxiv, 149. Also: Internat. Dent. J., Phila., 1904, xxv, 551-553. Turner (J[ohn] B.) [1859- ]. Acute supe- rior and inferior polioencephalitis. 3 pp. 8°. New York, 1907. Repr.from: N. York M. J., 1907, lxxxv. Turner (Joseph Edward) 11822-89]. Crothers (T. D.) Memorial address on Dr. Turner's life and work. Alienist o-fibri- neuse par le regime lacte exclusif. 116 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1897, No. 203. Turpin ( Pierre -Jean -Fran cois) [1775-1840]. Essai d'une iconographie eiementaire et philo- sophique des vegetaux. 199 pp., 56 pl. 8°. Paris, C.-L.-F. Panckoncke, 1826. Forms v. 8 of: Cliaumeton (F.-P.) Flore medicale. 8°. Paris. 1815-20. v. 2-6. Peinte par Mme. E. Panckoucke et par P.-J.-F. Turpin. v. 7-8. Flore medicale. Partie eiementaire, par J.L.- M. Poiret. Iconographie vegetale, par P.-J.-F. Turpin. Turquet (Jean). * Dyspepsie et neurasth6nie ou de la neurasthenie dyspeptique. 91 pp. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 353. Turquoise. Pogne (J. E.) The aboriginal use of turquois in North America. Am. Anthrop., Wash., 1912, n. s., xiv, 436-466, 4 pl. von Turre (Georg) [1607-88]. [Biography.] Abbild. . . . d. Arznk. verd. (ielehr- ten [etc]. 4°. Augsburg, 1805, 111, port. Turretta (A.) Due casi di salpingectomia. 17 pp., 2 pl. 8°. Napoli, E. Detken, 1890. Repr. from: Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 1890, xii. Turrettini (Gustave). * Recherches sur les tremulations fibrillaires du cceur. 162 pp. 8°. Genere, J. Studer, 1908, No. 201. Turri (Rinaldo). Sulla tabe dorsale. 52 pp. 8°. Milano, F. Vallardi, [n. d.]. Forms no. 27, v. 2, of: Confer, clin. ital. Turri an us (Hieronymus) Veronensis. See Gentills de Fulgineo. [Incipit.] Febris est calor extraneus. fol. Patavii. 1176. Turri anus [or Turri us] (Marc. Ant.) [1479-1512]. [Portrait.] Medallion engr. D. Berger, fecit. Turricephaly. See, also, Cranium (Abnormities, etc., of). Yorscliiit/:. Zur Frage des operativen Eingriffsbei Turricrplmlie. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1909, xcix. LiMi-102, 1 pl. Turrisanus [Bernardinus]. Balneandi ca- nones. In: BALNEis(De) omnia quae extant [etc.]. fol. Venetiis 1553, f. 222. Turritella communis. Handles (W. B.) On the presence of a crystalline stvle and stvle-sac in Turritella communis. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1902, xxi, 200-203. Turtach (L.) * La recherche de Vibrio cholera par l'agar au sang alcalinise de Dieudonne. :>2 pp., 1 1., 2 pl. 8°. Lausanne, A. Petter, 1910. Turtles. See Chelonia. TURTON. 1039 TUSZKAL Turton (John) [1735-1806]. J?loore(N.) [Biography.] Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1899, lvii, 376. Turukhan. JUelnlkofr(A.) Turukhanskiy kral [Turukhan region (from a medical point of view).] Vestnik obsh. hig., sudeb. i prakt. med., St. Petersb., 1909, xiv, pt. 2, 44-70.— Venslolf'(M.) Oeherk o dleyatelnosti meditsinskavo personala v Turukhanskom kraye. [Activity of the medical personnel of the Turukhan region.] Sibirsk. Vrach. VIedom., Krasnoyarsk, 1904, ii, 218-224. Tuscaloosa. See Insane (Asylums, Description, etc., of), by localities. Tuscany. See Fever (Malarial, History and statistics of), Fever (Typhus, History and statistics of), by localities. Tuschnow-Philippoff (Anna). *Das Ver- halten der Mekonsiiure, Komensiiure und Kome- naminsaure im tierischen Organismus. 47 pp. 8C. Lausanne, C. Yiret-Gentou, 1902. Tushiioff* (M. P.) Noviy put v voprosie o pre- duprezhdenii beremennosti. [New path in the prevention of pregnancy.] 101 pp., 1 1. 8°. Kazein, I. N. Kha ritonojf, 1911. [Tushnoft(Xikolai).] O mochle travoyadnikh zhivotnikh. (Iz neokonchennoi studencheskoi raboti na medal.) [On the urine of herbivorous animals. (From an unfinished student's work for a medal). ] 19 pp. 8 °. Kazan, A. F. Gross, 1893. de Tusignano (Petrus). See de Tussignano. Tusini (Giuseppe). Di una poliadenopatia cro- nica morvosa a decorso clinico del morbo di Hodgkin. 71 pp., 3 pl. 8°. Pisa, F. Mariotti, 1900. ■-----. Sopra alcuni casi di echinococco del fegato e della milza. Osservazioni e considerazioni cliniche. 36 pp. 8°. Pisa, F. Mariotti, 1900. ■-----. Sopra actinomicosi del piede. 48 pp., 4pl. 8°. Borna, I. Artero, 1900. -----. Istituto di clinica chirurgica della r. Uni- versita. di Pisa. Rendiconto clinico-statistico delle operazioni 'eseguite nei periodi estivo- autunnali 1898-1901 e negli anni scolastici 1895-6 a 1900-1901. 151 pp. 8°. Pisa, F. Mariotti, 1901. Contributo alia cura chirurgica delle cisti Tiison (Richard V.) A pharmacopoeia, includ- ing the outlines of materia medica and thera- peutics, for the use of practitioners and students of veterinary medicine. 6. ed., revised and ed- ited by James Bayne. ix, 376 pp. 12°. Lon- don, J. dc A. Churchill, 1904. ------. The same. 5. [Am.] ed., revised and edited by James Bayne. viii (1 1.), 370 pp. 12°. Philadelphia, P. Blakiston, Sou dc Co., 1895 Tuson ( William ). Enkymoplasma. Der schwangere Uterus und der Blutumlauf im F6- tus in einer zum Auseinanderlegen eingerich- teten Zeichnung dargestellt. Nach dem Engli- schen. 1 pl. fol. Weimar, 1830. Tussau [Jules] [1860- ]. Cascades del'esprit. Preface de Jean Richepin. xi-328 pp. 12°. Parts, A. Maloine, 1910. See, also. Fowler (James Kingston). De la localisa- tion des lesions de la phthisie, [etc.]. 8°. Paris, 1889. van Tussenbroek ([Albertine Philippine] Catharine). Over uterusbloedingen en hare klinische beteekenis. 28 pp. 8°. Haarlem, erven F. Bohn, 1894. Forms no. 11 of: Geneesk. Bl. u. Klin, en Lab. v. de prakt., Haarlem, 1894, i. ------. Eenige ervaringen betreffende de gynae- cologische electro therapie volgens Apostoli. 24 pp. 8°. Haarlem, de erven F. Bohn, 1896. Forms no. 4 of: Geneesk. Bl. u. Klin, en Lab. v. de prakt., Haarlem, 1896, iii, 85-108. Over de sequivalentie van man en vrouw. da echinococco del fegato coll' estirpazione della ciste parassitaria e la chiusura immediata del- 1' avventizia. 7 pp. 8°. Pisa, F. Mariotti, 1903. -----. Contributo alia chirurgia crano-cerebrale. 30 pp. 8°. Pisa, F. Mariotti, 1907. Tuskai (Edmund. See Tuszkai (Odon). Tusks (Disease of). Stannua (H. S.) Di.-cases of elephants' tusks. Lan- cet. Lond.. 1911, i, 617— Sutton (J. B.) The diseases of elephants'tusks in relation to billard balls. Ibid., 1910, ii, 1534-1537. Tusks ( Wounds of). filler C\V. D.) Some very rare cases of gunshot and spear wounds in the tusks of elephants. Dental Cosmos, Phila., 1899, xli, 1239-1244. Tuson (Edward William) [1802-65]. Dissector's guide; or, student's companion. 2. ed. iv, 219 pp. 12°. London, J. Churchill, 1833. ______# The same. 1. Am. ed., with additions by Winslow Lewis, xii, 220 pp. 12°. Boston, Allen dc Tiel nor, 1833. Tuson (John Edward) [1829-1908]. Observa- tions on the efficacy of burning sulphur fires in epidemics of cholera, with addenda regarding disease germs. 5. ed. 20 pp. 8°. London, W. II Allen dc Co., 1884. For Biography, see Brit. M. J., Lond., 1909, i, 193. Weerleggin van de biologische beschouwing van W. H. Cox te Deventer. 15 pp. 12°. Am- sterdam, H. J. Pouts,na, 1898. De ontwikkeling der aseptische verlos- kunde in Nederland; met 8 portretten en 27 graphische voorstellingen. xi, 296 pp., 1 1., 8 port., 3 pl. 4°. Haarlem, F. Bohn, 1911. -. Blok (J.) & de Jong (C. H.) Inleiding tot de studie der schoolhvgiene. Voor onder- wijzers geschreven. vi (1 1.), 183 pp., 1 1. 8°. Haarlem, de erven F. Bohn, 1897. Tussey (A. Edgar) [1859- ]. Principles or guides for a better selection or classification of consumptives amenable to high altitude treat- ment and to the selection of patients who may be more successfully treated in the environment to which they were accustomed previous to their illness. " 141 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, P. Blackiston, Son dc Co., 1896. Tussiculin. Linke. Tussiculin. Therap. Neuheiten, Leipz., 1908, iii, 237-239. de Tussignano (Piero). Incipit tractatus de peste compositus per Magistrum Pe[t]rum de Tusignano artium ac medicinae doctorem celeberrimum. Fol. 25b . . . totus tractatus or- dinatus per me Petrum de Tussigano. 28b Finis, [n. p., u. d.~\ . See, also, Ketam [or Ketliain] (J.) Fasciculo di medicina vulgare, [etc.]. fol. [n. p.. 1509.] Tussis convnlsiva. See Whooping-cough. Tussol. See, also, Whooping-cough (Treatment of) with antipyrin. . . Cattaneo i ('. Osservazioni cliniche sul tussol (amig- dalato di ;mtipinna). Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1896 xvii, 461-467 —Friewer (J. W.) Erfahrungen uber den thera- peutischen Werth des mandelsauren Antipyrin (Tussol). Wien. med. Presse, 1900, xli, 998-1001. Tuszkai (Odon). Klinikai sziileszi inutetek. [Clinical obstetrical operations.] 93 pp., 1 1. 8°. Budapest, K. Grill, 1892. 1040 TITTLE. Tuszkai (Odon)—continued. -----. A vizkezeles a nogyogyiiszatban e.^ szii- leszetben. [Hydrotherapy in gynecology and obstetrics.] 8°. Budapest, A. Xfezei, 1893. Repr. from: Orsz. Balneologiai Egyesiilet Evkonyve. [National Balneological Society's Yearbook.] -----. Ueber ektopische Schwangerschaft. Vor- trag auf der 66. Versammlung deutscher Natur- forscher und Aerzte in Wien, Abtheilung Gynii- kologie und Geburtshilfe. 11 pp. 8°. Wien, M. Perles, 1895. Repr.from: Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1895, xiv. ■-----. Zur Frage der Fruhdiagnose der ekto- pischen Schwangerschaft, Vortrag, gehalten in der gyniik. und Geb.-Section der 66. Versamm- lung deutscher Naturforscher und Aerzte in Wien. (24.-30,Sept., 1894.) 12pp. 8°. Buda- pest, E. Boruth, 1895. Repr.from: Pest.med.-chir.Presse,Budapest, 1895,xxxi. -----. A nemet ndorvosok vi. congressusa (Bees, 1895, Junius 5-7). 30 pp. [The vi. German Congress of Gynaecologists (Vienna, 1895, June 5-7).] 8°. Budapest, A. Pesti Lloyd-tars., 1895. Repr.from: Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1895, xxxix. -----. Ueber das unstillbare Erbrechen der Schwangeren (Hyperemesis gravidarum). 34 pp. 8°. Berlin, 1906. Forms 218. Hft., v. 18, of: Berl. Klinik. -----. Kardiopathie und Schwangerschaft In: Samml. klin. Vortr., Leipz., 1905, n. F., No. 407 (Gy- nak., No. 151, 481-504). Tuteur (Arthur). * Ein Fall von Paraffinkrebs. [Strassburg.] 22 pp. 8°. Kaiserslautern, E. Thieme, 1893. Tuteur (Richard) [1883- ]. *Ueber Koch- salzstoffwechsel und Kochsalzwirkung beim ge- sunden Menschen. 29 pp., 1 1. 8°. Marburg, B. Oldenbourg, 1910. Till Iii 11 [Francis]. .S'tfeColbateH (Sir John). A relation of a very sud- den and extraordinary cure of a person bitten by a viper, [etc.]. 12°. London, 1698. Tuthill (Sir George Leman.) [1772- 183;.]. Webb(W.W.) [Biography.] Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1899, lvii, 381. Tutin. Fltchett (F.) & Malcolm (J.) On the physiologi- cal action of tutin. Quart. J. Exper. Phvsiol., Lond., 1909, ii, 335-362— Marshall (C. R.) The physiological action of tutin. Proc. Physiol, Soc. Lond., 1906, p. xxix. -----. The pharmacological action of tutu, the toot plant of New Zealand. Tr. Roy. Soc. Edinb., 1910, xlvii, pt. 2, 287-316. Tulishkin (P. P.). .See Fere (Charles). Nelrapaticheskaya semya Tete.I. 8°. Moskva, 1895. Tuttle (Albert H[enry] [1861- ]. Animal ligatures and sutures, their variety, preparation and uses. 12 pp. 12°. Chicago, 1892. Repr.from: 3. Am. M. Ass.. Chicago, 1892, xix. -----. The surgical anatomy and surgery of the ear. vii, 96 pp., 22 pl. sm. 4°. Detroit, Mich., G. S. Davis, 1892. Physician's Leisure Libr., 6. s. -----. A study of the radical cure of hernia by Marey's method. 8 pp. 12°. Chicago, 1893. Repr.from: J. Am. M. As>., Chicago, 1893, xxi. -----. Total extirpation of the uterus by a new method. 11 pp. 16°. Boston, Damrell d: Up- ham, 1894. Repr.from: Boston M. & S. J., 1894, cxxxi. -----. Two cases of disease of the Fallopian tubes, with complications, and notes on diagno- sis. 7 pp., 2 pl. 8°. Boston, 1895. Repr.from: Ann. Gynaec. & Paediat., Bost., 1894-5, viii. Tuttle (Albert H[enry]—continued. -----. Total hysterectomy by a new vagino- abdominal method. 11 pp., 4 pl. 8°. Boston, 1895. Repr.from: Ann. Gynaec. & Paediat., Bost., 1894-6, viii. Tuttle (Frank Benjamin) [1840-li'02j. Delaney (M. J.) Obituary. Proc. Connect. M. Soc, Bridgeport, 1903, 406. Tuttle (George M[arvine]) [1866- ]. Dis- eases of children. A manual for students and practitioners. Series edited by Bern B. Gallau- det. 386 pp., 5 p. 1. 8°. Philadelphia dc New York, Lea Bros, dc Co., 1899. -----. The same. Edited by B. B. Gallaudet. 386 pp., 2 pl. 12°. London, H Kimpton, 1900. Tuttle (George Mon th%-l§l% Obituary. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1912, lxxxii, 813. Tuttle (George T.) [1850- ]. Kidney dis- ease and insanity. 12 pp. 8°. Utica, N. Y., 1895. Repr.from: Am. J. Insan., Ltica, 1891-2, xlviii. -----. Hallucinations and illusions, pp. 433- 467. 8°. Baltimore, 1902. Cutting [cover with printed title] from: Am. J. Insan., Bait., 1901-2, lviii. -----. Hydrotherapeutics. pp. 172-192. 8°, Utica, 1904. Cutting [cover -with printed title] from: Am. J. Insan., Utica, N. Y., 1904-5, Ixi. -----. The male nurse, pp. 191-204. 8°. Utica, N. Y, 1906. Cutting [cover with printed title] from: Am. J. Insan., Utica, N. Y., 1906-7, lxiii. Tuttle (J[ames] B.) Homoeopathy vs. allo- pathy, in the Michigan State Prison. 2 1. 24°. Jackson, Mich., 1896. Tuttle (JamesP.) [1857-1913]. The treatment of anorectal fistula. 25 pp. 12°. New York, 1893. Repr.from: N. York M. J., 1893, lviii. -----. The rectum and urethra as related in disease. 14 pp. 12°. [New York, 1894.] Repr.from: N. York Policlin., 1894, iii. -----. Extreme local dilatation in the treatment of urethral stricture and its allied conditions. 6 pp., 1 tab. 12°. [New York, D. Appleton dc Co., 1895.] Repr.from: N. York M. J., 1895, Ixi. -----. Syphilitic ulceration of the rectum. 11 pp. 12°. Chicago, Am. M. Ass. Press, 1896. Repr.from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1896, xxvi. -----. Cancer of the rectum. 30 pp. 12°. Chi- cago, 1897. Repr.from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1897, xxviii. -----. Local examination and treatment of dis- eases of the upper rectum and sigmoid flexure. 19 pp., 1 pl. 12°. [New York, 1898.] Repr.from: N. York M. J., 1898, lxviii. ' -----. A treatise on diseases of the anus, rectum, and pelvic colon, xviii, 961 pp., 8 pl. 8°. New York, D. Appleton dc Co., 1902. -----. Diarrhoea and its diagnostic significance. 7 pp. 8°. New York, 1906. Repr.from: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1906, lxxxiv. -----. Mucous, mucomembranous, and mem- branous colitis. 12 pp. 8°. New York, 1907. Repr.from: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1907, lxxxv. -----. Acute flexures or angulations of the sig- moid and colon. 24 pp. 8°. New York, 1908. Repr.from: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1908, lxxxvii. -----. The fatalities of delay in the diagnosis and treatment of rectal diseases. 16 pp. 8°. New York, 1911. Repr.from: N. York M. J. [etc.J, 1911, xciv. For Biography, see N. York M. J. [etc.], 1913, xcvii, 307. i Also: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1913, lxxxiii, 255. TUTTON. 1041 TWINS. Tutlon (A[lfred] E[dwin] H[oward]) [1864- j. Crystalline structure and chemical con- stitution, viii, 204 pp. 8°. London, Macmillan dc Co., 1910. Tutu. See, also, Corialia; Tutin. Ford (W. W.) On the toxicology of the tutu plant. J. Pharm. & Exper. Therap., Bait., 1910-11, ii, 73-85. Tutwiler (Henry) [1807-84]. Early yearn of the University of Virginia. Address before the Alumni Society of the University of Virginia, June 29, 1882. 14 pp. 8°. Charlottesville, Chronicle Office, 1882. Tuvache (L.-G.-M.) [1866- ]. *De la ne- phrite grippale. 78 pp., 11. 8°. Paris, 1891, No. 54. Tuve (Ernst) [1878- ]. *Ueber die soge- nannten Dubois'schen Thymusabscesse. 36 pp., 1 1. 8°. Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1904. Tuvim (I[saak] I[osifovich]) [1856- ]. *0 vliyanii vnutrennyavo upotrebleniya vodi na gazoviy obmien u zhivotnikh. [On the influ- ence of the internal use of water upon gaseous metabolism in animals.] 1 p. 1., 87 pp., 2 1. 8°. S.-Peterburg, V. A. Tikhanoff, 1889. Tuviin (Rafail losifovich). *K voprosu ob izmieneniyakh spinnavo mozga i spinno-mozgo- vikh uzlov pri aziatskol choler'Ie. [On the changes in the spinal cord and cerebrospinal bundles in Asiatic cholera.] 70 pp. (1 1.), 1 pl. 8°. S.-Peterburg, A. Khomski dc Ko., 1894. Tuxford (James Edward) [ -1902]. Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1902, ii, 734. Tuyl (Adriaan). * Ueber das Registriren der Vorwarts- und Riickwartsbewegungen des Auges. [Freiburg i. B.] 34 pp., 1 pl. 8°. Leipzig, W. Engelmann, 1901. Tvaryanovich (I [van] K[azimirovich]) [1853- ]. *Materialikantropologiiarmyan. [Data on the anthropology of the Armenians.] 150 pp., 1 1., 2 tab. .8°. S.-Peterburg, M. Bo- zenser, 1897. Tvirbut(IppolitAntonoyich) [1859- ]. *K voprosu o vliyanii uglekislavo kaltsa (1.5 grm. v sutfci) na kharakter blelkovavo obmiena u zdorovikh lyudeL [On the influence of cal- cium carbonate (1.5 grams in 24 hours) upon albuminous metabolism in healthy men.] 84 pp. 8°. S.-Peterburg, A. S. Khomski dc Ko., 1895. Tvorkov§ki (S[tanislav] I[vanovich]) [1871- ]. *0 vliyanii nagrlevaniya tiela na mor- fologiyu krovi. [Influence of heating the body on the morphology of the blood.] 115 pp., 3 1. 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1900. Tweddell (Francis) [1863- ]. A mother's guide; a manual for the guidance of mothers and nurses. 182 pp., ix, ill., chart. 8°. New York, J. T. Dougherty, [1911]. Tweedie (Alexander) [1794-1884]. See Correspondence and editorial comments [etc.]. 8°. [London. 1863.] For Biography, see Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1899, lvii, 386 (A. Webb). Tweedy (E[rnest] Hastings) & Wrench (G. T.) Rotunda practical midwifery, xix, 464 pp. 8°. London, H. Frowde, 1908. -----------■, The same. Practical obstetrics. 2. ed. 491 pp. 8°. London, Hodder dc Stough- ton, 1910. Tweedy (Henry) [1810-1906]. Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, ii, 896. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1906, ii, 901. Also: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1906, n. s., lxxxii, 337. vol xviii, 2d series---66 Tweedy (John). Lecture on the aetiology of constitutional diseases of the eye. 11 pp. 12°. London, Ballantyne, Hanson dc Co., 1887. -----. On the meaning of the words nyctalopia and hemeralopia as disclosed by an examina- tion of the diseases described under these terms by the ancient and modern medical authors. 24 pp. 12°. London, [n. d.]. Tweezers (Patent specifications for). Boeliin (F. J.) Combined tweezers and blackhead- extractor. No. 783,924; Feb. 28,1905.—Hammergren (N. O.) Combined needle and tweezers. No. 880,659; March 3, 1908.— Prankard (C. J.), jr. Tweezers. No. 979,697; Dec. 27, 1910. — Tolman (A. L.) Combined tweezers and blackhead-remover. No. 886,338; Aug. 18 1908. Twenhoven (August) [1876- ]. *Casuisti- scher Beitrag zur peripheren Facialisliihmung. 18 pp., 11. 8°. Kiel, C. Paulsen, 1903. Twenliofel (William H.) Physiography of Newfoundland, pp. 1-24. 8°. New Haven, 19! 2. Repr.from: Am. J. Sc, N. Haven, 1912, xxxiii. Twentieth (The) century biographical diction- ary of notable Americans. Editor in chief: Ros- si ter Johnson. Managing editor: John Howard Brown, v. 1-10. roy. 8°. Boston, 1904. Twentieth Century Practice. An international encyclopedia of modern medical science by leading authorities of Europe and America. Edited by Thomas L. Stedman. In 20 v. 8°. New York, W. Wood dc Co., 1895-1900. -----. The same. v. 21. Supplement, xiv, 845 pp. 8°. New York, W. Wood dc Co., 1903. Twenty years in hell, or the life, experience, trials, and tribulations of a morphine fiend. 154 pp. 8°. Kansas City, Mo., Bevelation Pub. Co., 1903. Twilight. Sardou (G.) Les influences du crgpuscule. Clinique, Par., 1907, ii, 648. Twining (William) [1813-48]. Some account of cretinism, and the institution for its cure, on the Abendberg, near Interlacken, in Switzer- land. 40 pp. 16°. London, J. W. Parker, 1843. [P., v. 242.] For Biography, see Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1899, lvii, 388 (S. Lane-Poole). Twining (William) [1790-1835]. Lane-Poole (S.) [Biography.] Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1899, lvii, 389. Twins. See, also, Labor (Complicated) from plural births; Monsters (Double); Superfcetation; Twins—one blighted. Aubeet (F.) *De la non-ligature du bout placentaire du premier cordon dans la grossesse gemellaire. 8°. Pons, 1899. Bruder (R.) * Beitrag zur Lehre von den Zwillingen. 8°. Giessen, 1903. Drejer (P.) Om Tvillinger. 8°. Kristiania, 1895. Gasparri (C.) Note sulla gravidanza gemel- lare. 8°. Camerino, 1895. Hirt (L.) *Zur Kenntnis der Zwillings- schwangerschaft. 8°. Breslau, 1902. Kreienberg (W.) * Beitrage zur Lehre der Zwillingsschwangerschaft. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1909. Momy (E.) * De la conduite a tenir pendant I'accouchement du second jumeau. [Lyon.] 8°. Valence, 1907. Monteiro (M. do S.) Contribution a 1'6- tude clinique de I'accouchement gemellaire. 4°. Paris, 1892. TWINS. 1042 TWINS. Twins. RtJDLiN (R. [T. A. H.]) * Ueber den Me- chanismus des zweiten Zwillings. [Marburg.] 8°. Berlin, [1891]. Sanner (R. [H. A.]) *Der Verlauf der Nachgeburtsperiode bei Zwillingsschwanger- schaft und das Verhalten der Secundinae. 8°. Marburg, 1894. Schapiro (B.) * Zwillings- und Mehrlings- geburten in der Kgl. Charite-Frauenklinik vom 1. Januar 1905 bis 1. Januar 1910. 8°. Berlin, 1912. Soubeyran (M.) *La gemellite est-elle un facteur d'aggravation de l'eclampsie? 8°. Lyon, 1912. Weber ([H] A. [B. ]) * Beitrage zur Lehre von den Zwillingen. 8°. Marburg, 1904. Adami (J. G.) On twins and double monsters and sundry other topics. Dominion M. Month., Toronto, 1907, xxix, 243-250.— Armando (Maria). Su di un caso di gravidanza gemellare. Rassegna d' ostet. e ginec, Napoli, 1903, xii, 565-574.—Bank ston (R. C.) Report of case [of labor; dual pregnancy]. Alabama M. J., Birmingh., 1901-2, xiv, 241.—Bar (P.) Remarques sur quelques cas de gemellite. Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par., 1907, x, 130-152.—Blakelidge (Rose M.) Case of twin pregnancy. Woman's M. J., Toledo, 1902, xii, 78. — Braun (Trina). Zwillingsgeburt. Allg. deutsche He- bam.-Ztg., Berl., 1902, xvii, 455.—Budin (P.) Sur une disposition particuliere des ceufs dans la grossesse ge- mellaire. Rev. internat. d. sc. biol., Par., 1882, ix, 1-8. Also, Reprint.—Costa (R.) La gravidanza gemellare. Arte ostet., Milano, 1911, xxv, 339-349.—de Cotret (E. A. R.) De la grossesse gemellaire. Union med. du Ca- nada, Montreal, 1907, xxxvi, 33; 150; 219.—Cowing (H. A.) A consideration of twins and their relation to ob- stetric procedures. Tr. Indiana M. Soc, Logansport, 1901, 192-202. A/so: Indiana M. J., Indianap., 1900-1901, xix, 45S-462.—Cowley (L. M.) Un oetogenario padre de dos gemelos. Rev. de med. y cirug. de la Habana, 1912, xvii, 327-331.—Oargein (P.) & Etcheverry (Mile. C.) Un 2me cas de grossesse gemellaire. Toulouse med., 1902, 2. s., iv, 113-117.—I>e L.ee (J. B.) A case of twin labor. Chicago M. Recorder, 1895, ix, 223-230.— Ellison (J. N.) Protracted interval between the birth of twins; the ear a possible source of infection which resulted in the death of the mother. Indianapolis M. J., 1912, xv, 241-243.—Faso la (E.) Alcune considerazion, sopra tre gravidanze gernelle. Ann. di ostet., Milanoi 1887, ix, suppl. 1-7.—Fere (C.) Note pour servir a l'his- toire pathologique des jumeaux. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1894, 10.s.,i, 837-839. -----. Contribution a la psychologie des jumeaux; mutations croisees pube>ales. Ibid., 1905, lix, 235-237.—Fernandez (N.) Embarazo gemelar; estadistica v consideraciones clinicas. Semana med., Buenos Aires, 1907, xiv, 385-399.—Uaulard. De la conduite a. tenir dans les aecouchements gemellaires. Nord me'd., Lille, 1896, ii, 169-173. Also [Abstr.]: Rev. prat. d. trav. de med., Par., 1896, liii, 410.—tteijp (A. P.) Tweelings-zwangersehap. Tijdschr. v. prakt. verlosk., Haarlem, 1905-6, ix, 315. — Gillebert-D'harcourt. Parturition gemellaire. Bull. Soc. de m6d. de Par. (1893), 1894, 4. s., i, 102-105— Gottschalk (S.) Zur Lehre von den Placentarverhaltnissen und den pla- centaren Gefassverbindungen eineiiger Zwillinge. Arch. f. Gvnaek., Berl., 1896, li, 389-409, 2 pl—H. (J. B.) Twins in the family. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901, ii, 632.— Hammer (W.) Ein Beitrag zur Lehre von den Zwillingsgeburten. Monatschr. f. Harnkr. u. sex. Hyg., Leipz., 1907, iv, 534.—Harrison (J. P.) Twin concep- tion. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1901, xxxvii, 644.— Hill (F. W.) Twin labor. Am. Med., Phila., 1901, ii, 129.—Hofmeler ( M.) [Demonstration eines Uterus mit Zwillingen etwavom 7. oder 8. Monat.] Sitzungsb, d. phys.-med. Gesellsch. zu Wiirzb., 1907, 94.—Huijer (C.K.) Tweelinggeboorten. Tidjdschr.v. prakt.verlosk., Haarlem, 1902-3, vi, 90.—Jeannin (C.) Les ceufs gemel- laires. Presse me'd., Par.,1906, xiv, 613.—de Jouanny. Priority de naissance et survie entre jumeaux. Med. leg. et jurisp. med. Trav. [etc.], Par., 1902, 101-107.— Kowalski. Entwicklungsdifferenzen bei Zwillingen. Monatschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynaek., Berl., 1913, xxxvii, 389.— Laffbnt. La grossesse gemellaire facteur d'aggra- vation de l'eclampsie. Bull. Soc d'obst. etde gynec. de Par., 1912, i, 790-793.—Laskine. De la conduite a tenir dans les aecouchements gemellaires. J. de m6d. de Par., 1896,2. s., viii, 274.—Le Chevallier. Un cas de gros- sesse gemellaire. Anjou med., Angers, 1906, xiii, 96.— Lindahl (G.) Kaksoisraskaudesta ja synnytyksesta. [Twin pregnancy and birth.] Katilolehti, Helsingissa, 1909, xiv, 161-170.—Iiockridge (J. E.) Obstetrics, twins, reminiscent. N. Albany M. Herald, 1909, xxvii, 137-139.— Jlartfn Mufioz. Parto gemelar. Rev. de med. y ci- rug. pract., Madrid, 1905, lxvii, 473-475.—Matsusakl Twins. 1 K. ) Shotai no sitsuken. [Clinical observations on twins.] Mino Igakkwai Hoko, 1S93, im.i, 49-63.—May- gricr(C) De I'accouchement gemellaire. Obstetrique Par., 1898, iii, 428-439.—NIclioIs ( \V. R.) Twin birth and its management. Illinois M. J., Dekalb, 1895, i, 65- 58.—Nodarse de Erro (M.) Un caso de embarazo y parto gemelar. Rev. med. cubana, Habana. 1910,xvi,270- 275.—Orgler (A.) Beobachtungen an Zwillingen. Mo- natschr. f. Kinderh.? Leipz. u. Wien, 1910, ix, 170-180.— Pointin. La puenculture du premier age chez les en- fants jumeaux de la classe ouvriere. Rev. prat, d'obst. et de paediat., Par., 1908, xxi, 164-176.—Porter (W. D.) Twin pregnancy. Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1897, n.s., 578-581.— Keed(T.E.) Aease of twins. Med. Brief. St. Louis, 1904, xxxii,201-203.— Reuter (K.) Verschieden schnelle Entwiekelung gleichaltriger menschlicher Foten. Vrtlj- schr. f. gerichtl. Med.,Berl.,1912,3. F., xlviii, pt. 2, Suppl.- Hft., 200.—Bodenwaldt (E.) Haufigkeit von Zwil- lingsgeburten im tropischen Westafrika. Arch. f. Schiffs- u. Tropen-Hyg., Leipz., 1912, xvi, 709.—Rosner (A.) Ueber ein ungewohnliches gegenseitiges Verhiiltniss der Eihaute von Zwillingseiern. Monatschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynaek.,Berl., 1897, v, 609-615.—Sample (J.R.) A case of twins. Med. Brief, St. Louis, 1904, xxxii, 32 C—Se- brell (J. E.) Multiple pregnancy. North Car. M. J., Winston, 1898, xlii, 113-115.—Sijbrandy-OTledema (K.) Tweelingbaringen. Tijdschr. v. prakt. verlosk., Haarlem, 1907-8, xi, 36.—Sirtorl (C.) Intorno alle mo- dality di tempo della fecondazione degli ovicini nelle gravidanze gemelle. Ann. di ostet., Milano, 1906, ii, 259- 286.—Smith (P.) Psychoses occurring in twins. N York M. J. [etc.], 1912, xcvi, 1268-1272. Also, Rel print.—Srdinko(0.) Detizdvojcataviceporodu a jich pohlavi. [Twins and other multiple births, and their sex.] Casop. lek. cesk., v Praze, 1908, xlvii, 293-301.— Stephenson (W.) The management of labor in twin pregnancies. Scot. M. & S. J., Edinb., 1897, i, 3; 204; 577. -----. The clinical aspects of twin births as bearing on management. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1898,7. s., iv, 281-289, lpl.—Tate (R.) Twins. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1905,n. s., liv, 297.—Taylor (J. L.) The study of twins and doubles. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1908, i, 900. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1908, i, 1870.—Tliorndike (E. L.) Measure- ment of twins. J. Philos., Psychol, [etc.], Lancaster, Pa.. &N. Y., 1905,ii, 547-553. Also, Reprint.—Twinship and fame. [Edit.] Brit.M.J.,Lond.,1912.ii,653.—Varnier(H.) De I'accouchement gemellaire. Rev. prat, d'obst. et de paediat., Par., 1893, vi, 129; 161.—Waldeyer. Gehirne menschlicher Zwillings- und Drillingsfriichte verschie- denen Geschlechtes. Ztschr. f. Ethnol., Berl., 1908, xl,262- 272.—Waltz (A. L.) Multiple pregnancy. Homceop. J. Obst., N. Y., 1895, xvii, 451^54.—Weber (E.) Die Bedeu- tung der doppelgeschlechtlichen Zwillingsgeburten beim Rinde. Deutsche tierarztl. Wchnschr., Hannov.,1910, xviii, 745-748.—Weinberg (W.) Beitrage zur Physiologie und Pathologie der Mehrlingsgeburten beim Menschen. Arch. f.d.ges. Physiol.,Bonn,1901-2,lxxxviii,346-i30.-----.Neue Beitrage ziir Lehre von den Zwillingen. Ztschr. f. Ge- burtsh. u. Gynak., Stuttg., 1902, xlviii, 94-110.—Wilder (H. H.) Physical identity in duplicate twins. Science, Lancaster, Pa., 1907-8, n. s., xxvii, 451. -----. Zur kor- perlichen Identitat bei Zwillingen. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1908, xxxii, 193-200.— Wolft-de VHeger (C.) Tweelingen van Ik K. G. buiten de couveuse gekwest. Tijdschr. v. prakt. Verlosk., Haarlem, 1908, xi, 277-279.—Karate (E.) Parto gemelar; conducta a tener con el segundo feto. Semana med,, Buenos Aires, 1907, xiv, 1278-1283.—Zwil- lingsgeburt. Allg. deutsche Hebam.-Ztg., Berl., 1902, xvii, 296. Twins (Abnormities of). See, also,Monsters (Double); Twins (Enzyg- otic and monochorial); Twins—one blighted. Emanuel ( R.) * Ueber Eihautverhiiltnisse der Zwillingsschwangerschaft. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1887. Heilgendorfp (M. L. W.) *Ein Fall von Einkeilung oligo- und polyhydramniotischer Zwillinge wahrend der Geburt. 8°. Berlin, 1897. Lebreton (J.) * In6galite de developpement chez les jumeaux. 8°. Paris, 1903. Bartli (J.) En sjelden tvillingmisdannelse; gemini monochorii et monoamnii inaequales. [A rare malforma- tionintwins...] Inhis: Medd.f.Kristianiaf0dselsstift.,8°, 1906, 81-84.—Bentzen (F.) Luxatio congenitalis genua hos et tvillingpar. [Luxatio congenitalis genus in twins.] Hosp.-Tid., Kpbenh., 1909, 5. R., ii, 1513; 1563, 4 pl.— Bodel (J.) Waarneraing van eene zeer zonderlinge overeenkomst van tweelingen, meisjes. Natuurk. Ver- handl. v. de k. Maatseh. d. Wetensch. te Haarlem, Amst., 1806, iii, pt. 1, 339-314.—Borde ( L ) Strana disposizione degli ovi in una gravidanza gemellare. Bull. d. sc. med. di Bologna, 1891, 7. s., ii, 203-218,1 pl—Bramwell (B.) TWINS. 1043 TWINS. Twins (Abnormities of). A peculiar and identical oeula'r condition in twin broth- ers. Clin. Stud., Edinb., 1906-7, v, 148. — Cerecedo. Un caso de aborto gemelar presentando uno de los embriones la monstruosidad que se conoce oon la de- nominaci6n de "celosomas." Rev. de med. y cirug. pract., Madrid, 1908, lxxxi, 261-265.—De Francesco (D.) Gravidanza bigemellare con placenta triloba inter- media. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1900, xxi, 154 >.—Evans (W. \V.) Reportof aease of twins of unequal size ami age. Tr. M. Ass. Georgia, Atlanta, 1904, 289-293.—Gold- berger (H.) Seltene Zwillingsfriichte: a. Kongenitale Hautdefekte an dem ausgetragenen Kinde. b. Foetus papyraceus. Centralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1896, xx, 784r- 786— Grimaldi (A.) Di un interessante anomalia pla- centare in parto gemellare. Gazz. med. d. Marche, Porto Civitanova, 1901, ix, no. 11, 5-7.—Hartog (E.) Unge- wohnliche EntwicklungsdiiTeien/en von Zwillingen. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1907,liv, 1787.—Heijl (C. F.) Ueber Acardie; zur Frage von den Zwillingsmissgeburten. Nord. med. Ark., Stockholm, 1912, 3 L.xii, afd.l, no. 2,51- 82.—Hryncewicz (T. I.) Rzadki przypadek porodu blizniatbedaeych rozmaitegookresu rozwoju. [Rare case oflabor; twiiisindifferentstagesofdevelopment.] Przegl. lek., Krakow, 18.86, xxv, 638.—Hupp (J. C.) Anomalous foetal nutrition in twin gestation. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1894, xlvi, 74.— Kalmikott' (M. A.) & Obraztsofl*(S. N.) Sluchal urodlivavo razvitiya plodov pri dvolnyakh. [Ab- normal development in a case of twins.] J. akush. i jensk. boliez., St. Petersb., 1908, xxii, 1307-1310.—Klin- ker (Frau). Missbildung eines Zwillings. Allg. deut- sche Hebam.-Ztg., 1904, xix, 447.—Lindsay (J.) Gastro- schisis in a twin. Glasgow M. J., 1902, lvtii, 171-179, 2 pl.— Ulilward (F. V.) Non-development of the lower ex- tremities in twins. Brit. J. Child. Dis., Lond., 1908, v, 479-481.—Pernice (L.) Ueber Zwillingschwangersehaft mit heterotopem Sitz der Fruchte. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1912, xxxviii, 320.—Porak. Gros- sesse gemellaire k circulation d^pendante. Bull. & mem. Soc. obst. et gynec. de Par., 1897, 149-165.—Scliaffer (F. T. B.) Twins with short funes. [With comments by J. S. Raudenbush.] Med. Council, Phila., 1908, xiii, 181 — Schatz (F.) Die Gefassverbindungen der Placenta- kreislaufe eineiiger Zwillinge, ihre Entwicklung und ihre Folgen. Arch. f. Gynaek., Berl., 1898, lv, 485-615, 4 pl.—Sl'ameni (P.) Alcune considerazioni sulla pre- senza simultanea di due borse nel parto gemello. Ann. di ostet., Milano, 1899, xxi, 253-278— Straughn (J. H.) Twins with one placenta. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1889, xxxvi, 461.—Tissot (F.) Imbecillite gemellaire. Areh. de neurol., Par., 1909, ii, 8-12.—Verrier. Placenta prove- nant d'une grossesse g6mellaire; double insertion v61a- menteuse. Bull. Soc. d'anthrop. de Par., 1884, 3. s., vii, 708-710. Twins (Causes of). Dargein (P.) Etude sur la gemellite (con- siderations anatomiques et pathogeniques). 8°. Toulouse, 1902. Popoff (Marie). * Du r61e de la syphilis dans la grossesse gemellaire. 8°. Geneve, 1908. Serve (F.) * Zur Beurtheilung der neueren Ansichten uber die Entstehung der Zwillings- schwangerschaft. 8°. Strassburg, 1900. Ballantyne (J. W.) The causation of twins, as illustrated bv some clinical histories. Tr. Edinb. Obst. Soc, 1896-7, "xxii, 29-32.—Bar (P.) Un ceuf a deux jaunes peut-il donner naissance a des jumeaux adherents? Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par., 1903, vi, 154-168. [Discussion], 478-482.—Clerico (P.) Rapporto fra gestazione multipla e pelvi ampia; contributo alio studio della etiologia nella gravidanza gemella. Gior. di ginec. e di pediat., Torino, 1904, i v, 53-58.—Corey (R) The influence of inheritance on the tendency to have twins. Lancet, Lond., 1895, ii, 1105.—Cuenot (L.) L'ovaire de tatou et l'origine des jumeaux. Compt.rend.Soc. debiol., Par., 1903, lv, 1391.— Loeb (J.) Ueberdie chemischen Bedingungen fiir die Entstehung eineiiger Zwillinge beim Seeigel. Arch. f. Entwcklngsmechn. d. Organ., Leipz., 1909, xxvii, 119- 140.—Naegeli-Akerblom (H.) Die Geminitat in ihren erblichen (?) Beziehungen; historische Kritik fal- scher Angaben. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1902, clxx, 151; 605, 7 tab.—Oliver (J.) The hereditary ten- dency toward twin-bearing, and the influence aiding in the determination of sex. Lancet, Lond., 1911, ii, 496.— Vaccari (A.) Sulle affinita di alcuni momenti eziolo- gici della macrosomia fetale e della gemellazione. Rassegna d' ostet. e ginec, Napoli, 1908, xvii, 65; 200. Twins (Complications of). See, also, Labor (Complicated) from plural births; Superfcetation. Abramovsky (A.) * Des diverses formes du placenta dans les grossesses gemellaires et en Twins (Complications of). particulier dans les grossesses biovulaires. (Etude statistique et clinique.) 8°. Paris, 1911. Bayard (J.) * Etude clinique et statistique de 1'accouchement du sommet en occipito- posterieure-directe dans la grossesse gemellaire. 8°. Paris, 1905. Bequain (M.) *De l'hydrammios precoee dans les grossesses gemellaires. [Lvon.] 8°. Trevoux, 1910. Clavaud-Ribourgeon (L.) * Contribution a I'etude clinique de l'hydropisiede l'amnios dans les grossesses gemellaires. 4°. Paris, 1896. Clement (M.-S.) *Des rapports de la gros- sesse gemellaire avec l'eclampsie puerperale. 4°. Paris, 1894. Decker (J. W.) * Ueber einen Fall von Hydramnion bei eineiigen Zwillingen. 8°. Berlin, [1907]. Geisler (R. A. H.) Ein Fall von Verschlin- gung der Nabelschnvire bei Zwillingen im ge- meinsamen Amnion. 8°. Halle a. S., 1898. Grossmann (J. [A. T.]) * Ueber einen Fall von Placenta praevia bei Zwillingen. 8°. Greifs- wald, 1905. Haas (M.) * Ueber Einstellung zweier ne- beneinander liegender Fruchtblasen im Mutter- mund bei Zwillingen. [Marburg.] 8°. Hal- berstadt, 1889. Mannik (H.) *Ein Fall von Hydramnion bei eineiigen Zwillingen. 8°. Munchen, 1911. Noll (P.) *Ein Fall von Verschlingung nebst Knotenbildung und Umschlingung der Nabelschniire bei Zwillingen im gemeinsamen Wassersack. 8°. Marburg, 1889. Pirwass (W.) * Zwillinge in einer Amnion- hohle. 8°. Leipzig, 1906. Re inelli (G.) * Gli annesi nella gravidanza multipla. Dissertazione presentata pel conse- guimento della libera docenza in ostetricia e ginecologia. 8°. Pavia, 1895. Ruckhardt (J.) * Ein Fall von einseitiger Polyhydramnie bei eineiigen Zwillingen. [Giessen.] 8°. Frankfurt a. M., 1901. Scholly (F. L ) * Fiinf Fiille von Poly hy- dramnion bei eineiigen Zwillingen. [Strass- burg i. E.] 8°. Lauterecken, 1907. Sonntag (F. P.) *Ein Fall von Verschlin- gung und Knotenbildung der Nabelschnur bei Zwillingen im gemeinsamen Amnion. 8°. Leipzig, 1905. Soubeyran (M.) *La gemellite est-elle un facteur d'aggravation de l'eclampsie? 8°. Lyon, 1912. Speyer-Ofenberg (E.) * Ueber Blasenmole bei Zwillingsschwangerschaft. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1909. do Amaral (G.) Observac&o de um parto duplo em que o segundo f ceto foi expulso 64 horas depois do primeiro. Brazil-med., Rio de Jan., 1887, i, 83.—Andrews (H. R.) Case of general oedema of a twin foetus. Tr. Obst. Soc. Lond. (1901), 1902, xliii, 169-172.—Anker (P.) Tvilling- svangerskab; den ene tvilling udst0des i 3die md., den anden bliverfuldbaaret. [Pregnancy with twins; one de- livered in the third month, the other at normal time.] Tidsskr. f. jordm0dre, Kristiania, 1907, xiii, 71.—A rteaga (J.F.) Hidramniosagudo en un embarazo gemelar. Rev. de med. y cirug. de la Habana, 1904, ix, 415-417.—Atkin- son (A.) Twin labor complicated with rupture of large varicosed labial veins. Lancet, Lond., 1886, ii, 815.— B. (D.) Zuriickbleiben einer Zwillingsnachgeburt. Allg. deutsche Hebam.-Ztg., Berl., 1905, xx, 437.—B. (T.) Vorliegende Nachgeburt, Zwillinge, Fieber vor der Geburt, Kindbettfieber. Ibid., 1906, xxi,499.— Banerjee (R. P.) A case of twins: forceps delivery; with interest- ing family history. Med. Reporter, Calcutta, 1894, iii, 313.—Barlamides (C.) TLepi SiSv/xoTOKias; Toxero? Sifiu- fbitai' oiv to Sevrepov, eTexSrj /oitTa rpei? lj/uepas. 'IaTpucr; irpo- TWINS. 1044 TWINS. Twins (Complications of). oSos, 'Ev 2upa>, 1900, v, 263-267.—Barnes (W. H.) Diffi- cult twin labor. Med. & Surg. Reporter, Phila., 1888, lviii, 484.—Bays (J. B.) A case of twins with hydram- nios of one sac. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1908, i, 317.—Beck (G.) Verzogerung der Geburt des zweiten Zwillings. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1903, xxviii, 208.—Bejan (V. I.) Grosesse gemellaire; accouchement laborieux; adminis- tration intempestive du seigle ergote'; mort des deux foetus. Bull. Soc. d. med, et nat. de Jassy, 1891-2,65-71.— Bird (J. T. J.) Hydramnios and twin pregnancy. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1898, liv, 424.—Birot. Observation d'un accouchement gemellaire; 11 jours d'intervalle entre la naissance de chaque enfant. Lyon med., 1897, lxxxvi, 601-505. — BShten-Kempeneers (P.i Drie dagen achter elkaar een buitengewoon geval, nl. 1° een twee- ling; 2° een aangezichtsligging; 3° meer tweelingen. Tijdschr. v. prakt. verlosk., Haarlem, 1906-7, x, 213.— Boerma (N. J. A. ¥.) Door de ligging der kinderen veroorzaakte baringsstoornis bij tweelingen. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1907, i, 980-987. Also, transl.: Zentralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1907, xxxi, 1200-1205.— Boissard (A.) Hydramnios et grossesse gemellaire. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1901, xv, 673-675.— Boiling (W. A.) An unique case of twin childbirth. Virginia M. Month., Richmond, 1894-5, xxi, 190.—Bon- net-Laborderie Voituriez. Hydramnios aigue k forme grave au cours d'une grossesse gemellaire univitel- line; traitement par la ponction abdominale. Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par., 1911, xiv, 591-596.—Bosch (Marie). Tweelingzwangerschap van vier maanden; het ei in zijn getieel uitgedreven. Tijdschr. v. prakt. verlosk., Haar- lem, 1908, xii, 214.—Boshouwers (H.) Tweelingge- boorte gecompliceerd door hydrocephalic van het eene kind. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1906, i, 1388- 1390.—Bottaro (O.) Eclampsia gravidica triple (ma- terna y bi-fetal) en un embarazo y parto gemelar, con so- brevida de los 3 pacientes. Semana med., Buenos Aires, 1909, xvi, 1731-1735.—Bouchacourt& Valency. Hy- dramnios aigue avec accidents graves dans un cas de grossesse gemellaire de 4 mois i (univitelline); avorte- ment provoqu^; guerison. Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par., 1904, vii, 230-235.—Braithwaite (P. F.) Twins different sex; double amnion; common chorion. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, i, 952.—Branch. (C. W.) Hydramnios and twins. Ibid., 1896, ii, 70.—Brindeau (A.) Grossesse gemellaire; rupture de varices uterines; mort. Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par., 1906, ix, 363-365.— Brindeau (A.) & Jeannin (C.) Grossesse gemellaire monoamniotique et hydram- nios a'gu. Obstetrique, Par., 1908, n. s., i, 605-608.— Brosin. Aeussere Wendung beim zweiten Zwilling. Centralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1890, xiv, 641-644.— Brown (E. J.) A case of hydramnion in twin pregnancv. N. Am. Pract., Chicago, 1892, iv, 396-399.—Brown (t. W.) Twin labour; birth of common placenta twenty minutes before birth of second child; survival of both children. St. Barth. Hosp. J., Lond., 1897-8, v, 170.—Budin (P.) Presentation du dos dans un cas de grossesse gemellaire; epanchement sanguin entre les membres des deux ceufs. Bull. Soc demed. de Par. (1883), 1884, xviii, 218-224. -----. Grossesse gemellaire; deux foetus superposes; exa- men de l'arriere-faix; opinions exprimees autrefois par Levret. Bull. & mem. Soc. obst. et gvnec de Par., 1890, 135-142. Also: J. de med. de Par., 1890, 2. s., ii, 393-3%. Also: Rev. obstet. et gynec, Par., 1890, vi, 261-266. -----. Grossesse gemellaire et hydramnios. J. d. sages-femmes, Par., 1H98, xxvi, 185; 193.-----. Grossesse gemellaire; foetus superposes; placenta praevia central. Bull. Soc. d'obst. dePar., 1901, iv, 289-294.-----. Grossesse gemellaire etpla- centapraevia. J.d. sages-femmes,Par., 1901, xxix, 281; 297. -----. Accouchement gemellaire; phlegmatia alba do- lens. Ibid., 1905, xxxiii, 305; 313.—Bue (V.) Grossesse gemellaire chez une femme ayant subi une hysteropexie abdominale; double presentation de l'epaule; hemorragie pendant et apres la deiivrance. Nord med., Lille, 1907, xiii, 1-3.—Bush(0. B.) Unique twin labor. Med. Brief, St. Louis, 1900, xxviii, 540.— Cafi'e. Observation d'un accouchement double du siege etde l'epaule gauche, ver- sion cephalique. J. d. conn. m6d. prat., Par., 1836-7, iv, 234-236.—Callahan (J. L.) A case of multiple preg- nancy with forty-six hours between the birth of first and second child. N. York M. J. Letc], 1894, lix, 721.—Ca- nonne. Grossesse gemellaire; expulsion d'un ceuf in- tact, renfermant dans ses membranes un foetus macere. Anjou m6d.. Angers, 1911, xviii, 57-60. —Casati (E.) Gravidanza gemellare; posizione trasversa dei due teti; procidenza d' un funicolo e di due mani ciascuna d' un feto diverso; doppia versione podalica. Raccogli- tore med., Forli, 1890, 5. s., x, 125-133, 1 1. illustr. — Chalke (E. L.) Twin births; the second child born twenty-four hours after the first. Indian M. Rec. Calcutta, 18%, x, 304— Chambrelent. Grossesse gemellaire; sejour prolomre du second foetus dans la cavite uterine, sans production manifeste de contrac- tions. Rev. mens, de gynec. [etc.]. Bordeaux, 1900, ii, 171- 174.—Chambrelent A: Chemin. Grossesse gemellaire; hydramnios; accouchement premature; premier foetus pr^sentant une fusion unilatfirale di-s deux reins; second foetus, monstre omphalosite p6rac6phale. Bull. Soc. 'wins (Complications of). d'anat. et physioL de Bordeaux, 18%, xvii, 20-29. Also: J. de med. de Bordeaux, 18%,xxvi,90-93.—Charles (N.) Grossesse gemellaire pres du terme, chez une multipare bien conform6e; 1« enfant n6 en ville; 2d foetus se pre- sentant en 1« position de l'epaule droite; retraction spas- modique de la matrice; moyens employes pour la com- battre; version podalique et extraction d'un enfant mort; metrite puerperale legere. J. d'aecouch., Li6ge, 1889, x, 37-39.—Charpentier. Grossesse gemellaire; presenta- tion d'un des enfants par l'epaule et de l'autre parle siege; accouchement spontane des enfants par le siege, apres version spontanee du deuxieme enfant. Bull. & mem. Soc. obst. et gynec de Par., 1893,75-80. Also: Rev. obstet. et gynec, Par., 1893, ix, 193-198. — Chazan ( S. ) Ueber Zwillingsgeburten mit langin Pausen zwischen der Geburt des ersten und zweiten Zwillings. Centralbl. f. Gyniik., Leipz., 1901, xxv, 1343.—Colorni (C.) Gravidanza gemellare complicata da parziale de- generazione cistica della placenta; mola veseicolare o pseudomola? Lucina, Bologna, 1910, xv, 150; 167; 183.— Cordelia (G.) Gravidanza gemellare con presentazione podalica di entrambi i feti; idramnios di un sacco e pla- centa velamentosa corrispondente; nota clinica. Ann. di ostet.. Firenze, 1889, xi, 133; 175— Cour rent (P.) Un eas de grossesse gemellaire compliquee d'anteversion ute- rine. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Montpel., 1888, x, 269- 271.—Couvelaire (A.) Dystocie au cours de I'accou- chement gemellaire. Rev. prat, d'obst. et de paediat., Par., 1905, xviii, 79-85. -----. Avortement therapeutique pour grossesse gemellaire d'environ cinq mois, compliquee d'hydramnios d'un des ceufs. Ibid., 1906, xix, 264-269.— Cowen (G. H.) Caesarean section in a case of contracted pelvis with twin pregnancy. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1907, i, 189.—Cramer (H.) Zwillingsgeburt mit 3itiigiger Pause zwischen der Geburt des ersten und zweiten Zwillings. Monatschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gyniik., Berl., 1905, xxi, 439- 415.-----. Ueber die Ursachen des Wehenstillstandes nach der Geburt aes ersten Zwillings. Sitzungsb. d. nied.-rhein. Gesellsch. f. Nat.-u. Heilk. zu Bonn (1905), 1906, med. Abt., 3-8. -----. Zwillingsgeburt bei doppel- tem Uterus. Monatschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gyniik., Berl., 1909, xxix, 809-816.—Crowther (E. E.) Case of eclamp- sia with twins. Lancet, Lond., 1%4, i, 1380.—Cum- mings (H. H.) A reportof a case of twin pregnancy with severe edema of the vulva and lower extremities due to pressure. Phvsician & Surg., Detroit & Ann Ar- bor, 1911, xxxiii, 405-409. [Discussion], 420.— Cunning- ham (S.) An interesting case of pregnancy. Texas M. News, Austin, 1895-6, v, 103-10S.—i'uzzi (A.) Gravi- danza gemellare ed idramnios con placenta previa e ve- lamentosa; storia clinica e considerazioni pel Dr. A. Guzzoni degli Ancarani. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1888, ix, 99; 107; 114.—Da Costa (G. F. A.) Labour (twins) complicated by spina bifida. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1889, i, 588.—David (R.) Zwillingsgeburt bei engem Becken. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1900, xxv, 422^25.—Davies (E. T. H.) Acute hydramnios in uniovular twin pregnancy. Lancet, Lond., 1908, i, 1481. — Desormeaux (V.) Grossesse gemellaire; foetus superposes; double presenta- tion de l'epaule. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1904, 2. s., xxii, 334-336.— Dewey (E. L.) Successful delivery of twins in placenta praevia. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1%6, xlvii, 1301.—Dons (C.) Et ejendommeligt Tilfaelde af Tvil- lingfgdsel. [A peculiar case of twin birth.] Ugeskr. f. Laeger, K0benh., 1902, 5. R., ix, 585.—Dorion (F.-X.-J.) Sur un cas de grossesse gemellaire avec avortement et expulsion des foetus ainsi que des annexes a des epoques differentes. Rev. med., Quebec, 1897, i, 105.—Drappier (A.) Grossesse gemellaire compliquee d'hydramnios; accouchement a terme; mort du premier foetus; presen- tation de l'epaule et naissance par evolution spontanee d'un second foetus vivant. Bull. Soc. anat-clin. de Lille, 1891, vi, 206-208.—Ducarre-Cognard (lfm€.) Grossesse gemellaire compliquee d'hydramnios a evolution rapide vers le 6" mois; accouchement premature a huit mois; les deux oeufs formaient un T droit; le premier enfant en OIGA; le deuxieme en AID dos en arriere; version suivie de l'extraction; deiivrance artiflcielle vingt-cinq minutes apres I'accouchement; bonne terminaison pour la mere et les enfants. J. d. sages-femmes, Par., 1895, xxiii, 227.— Durdfk. Rozeni dvojdat; operace kleStemi; krvotok; kol&6 pfirostly. [Twin birth; operation with forceps; hemorrhage; adherent placenta.] Casop. lek. 6esk., v Praze, 1869, viii, 65-67.— Earnest (J. G.) Twin preg- nancv in a double uterus. J. Med. Ass. Georgia, Augusta, 1912-13, ii, 391.—Edgar (J.) & Bussell (A. W.) Case of hydrops amnii with twins simulating parovarian or ovarian cyst. Tr. Glasgow Obst. & Gynaec. Soc. (1900- 1902), 1903, iii, 74-76. Also: Glasgow M. J., 1901, lv, 449.—Eonnet. Hydramnios et grossesse gemellaire k propos de l'observation du Dr. Le Toux. Anjou med., Angers, 1905, xii, 302-304.—Falgowski ( W.) Kilka uwag krytycznych o przypadkach zasniadu gro- niastego przy cial&y blifcniaczej. [Critical observations on cases of hydatids in twin pregnancy.] Lwow. ty- godn. lek., 1911, vi, 531: 541. Also, transl.: Monatschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gvniik., Berl., 1911, xxxiv, 290-302. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesell- TWINS. 1045 TWINS. Twins (Complications of). sch. f. Gvniik., Leipz., 1911, xiv, 456—Ft'lenyhazi (E.) Daganat-kepzodessel tarsult re-zleges 6riasnoves e-cte. [A case of partial giant growth, with tumor formation.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest. 1907, li, 897-899.— Florence. I'n cas d'eclampsie ;i l'occasion d'une grossesse gemellaire. Bull. Soc. d'obst. et de gynec. de Par., 1912, i. 1085 — Fourdinier (H.) Grossesse gemel- laire bivitelline; expulsion desdeux placentas au-devant du deuxieme tortus vivant. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1912, i, 298-303.—Frankel (R.) Ein Fall von gemischter Zwillingsgeburt anscheinend verschiedenen Alters. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1904, xviii. 151— Frangopulo. K kazuistikie rodov dvoinyami s poperechnim polo- zheniyem pervavo ploda. [Twins with transverse pre- sentation of one foetus.] Kussk. Med.. St. Petersb., 1891, xvi, 20-i.—Frankenstein (K.) Kollision von Zwil- lingen bei der Geburt. Deutsehe med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1906, xxxii, 3M —Filth (J.l Ueber Zwillings- geburten mit langen I'au^jn zwischen < 1 • ■ i Geburt des ersten und zweiten Zwillings. Uer.nalM. f. Gvniik., Leipz., 1901, xxv, 105-V1059.— Galbruith , T.S.) A new procedure fordislodging locked twins. Am. J.Obst..NY., 1882, xv, 919-921.—Galllvan (T. > Pleuropagous twins; difficult labour. Brit. M. J.. Lond.. 1904, i, 74.— Gausscn (D. P.) Twin pregnancv with central placenta previa. Ibid., 1900, i, %0. — Gerigir. A case ot hydram- nion and twin pregnancy. Lancet. Lond., 1893, ii, 136.— Gerosa-Fasce (Maria). Due parti gemelli con com- plicazioni. Levatrice cond., Roma, 1898, vii, 13-15.— Ghezzl (A.) Osservazioni pratiche su di un caso di abortogemellareall3°mese. Arte ostet., Milano, 1905,xix, 200-204. -----. Idramnios acuto in gravidanza gemellare alivemese. Ibid.,190'. xxi, 41^16.—Gibb (G. A.) Aease of acute hvdroamnion associated with uniovial twins. Birmingh. M. Rev.. 1902, Iii, 32-36.—Gllberson (N. S.) An obstetrical emergencv. [Twins interlocked.] Occi- dental M. Times, Sacramento, 1890, iv, 179-181.— Giullni (P.) Eine interessante Zwillingsgeburt. Sitzungsb. d. aerztl. Ver. Niirnb.. 1901. Munchen, 1902, 60.—Goinard (E.) Grossesse gemellaire avec hvdramniosde l'undes ceufs. Obstetrique,Par.,l'.tnn.v.l33-i:i(J—Goth(L.) Iker collisio egy eseterol. [Collision of twins.] Sziileszet 6s nogydgy., "Budapest. l'.'Oy. ii.—Gottscliaik. Eineiige Zwillingsplacenta mit Pol y hydramnios des normal entwi- ckelten Kindes, Oligohydramnios des odematosen Kindes; spontane Friihgeburt. Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gyniik., Stuttg.,1896,xxxiv,289-293.—Green (C. M.) The delivery of the second fetus in labor with twins. Am. J.Ob-t.,N. Y., xvii, 1884, 149-156. Also, Reprint—tireiff ( Frau P.) Eklampsie nach Zwillings-Geburt mit tddlu■ln-ia Aus- gang fiir die Mutter. Allg. deutsche Hebam.-Ztg., Beil., 1903, xviii, 445. — Greiner (Fran). Kino Zwillings- schwangerschaft mit abgestorbener Frucht; Selbst- wendung der Frucht infolge von vielem Frueht- wasser; ein Neugeborenesmit zwei Zahnchen. Ibid.,1902, xvii, 476.—Grondin (S.) Observation d'un casde dysto- cie gemellaire. Bull. med. de Quebec, 1903-4, v, 214-217 — Guiceiardi. Gravidanza gemellare; presentazione di fronte; anomalia del iii« e iv* tempo. Boll. d. Soc. tosc di os-tet. e ginec. Firenze, 1903, ii, 65-72. — Guzzoni degli Ancarani < A.) Due casi interessanti di gravi- danza gemellare. Ginc-ologia, Firenze, 1909, vi,641-646.— H. (Fran-. Zwillingsgeburt mit Selbstwendung. Allg. deutsche Hebam.-Ztg., Berl.,1904,xix,90.—Hands(W.C) A case of sudden and unexpected delivery of twins. Med. Rec. N. Y.. 1900. lviii. t,'.'.—Hanks CH.T.) Placenta prsevia and twin pregnancy. Tr. N. York Obst. Soc. 11*81-5,. 18*5, iii. 336.—Harrison (.1. P.) Case of twin conception: almost pain!, ss miscarriage of one fcetus at seven months: other child born at term: one placenta. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1901-2, vi, 249 — Hartmann. Et e^tramnialt udviklet Tvillingpar. [Extra-amniotic twins.] L'gesk. f. Laeger, Kj0henh., 1912, lxxiv, 1872.—Hauch (K.) Nreuds multiples des cordons dans un casde grossesse gemellaire. Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par., 1908, xi, 277.—Hessele. Verzogerte Zwillingsge- burt. Med. Cor.-Bl. d. wurttemb.arztl. Ver., Stuttg., 1899, lxix, 413.—Herr^ott (A.) Grossesse gemellaire compli- quee dem61ehvdatiforrne. Ann.de gynec.et d'obst.,Par., 1910, 2. s... vii, 321-328. Also: Rev.med.de l'est.Nancy, 1910, xlii, 356-:i63.—Herrmann (A.) Ueber Verschlingung der Nahelschniire bei Zwillingen. Areh. f. Gynaek., Berl.. 1*91. xl. 253-200.—HIll-AItken (C.J.) Natural delivery of the second of twins after fifty hours' delay. Transvaal M. J., Johannesburg, 1909-10, v, 187.—Hirst (B Ci Two cases of complicated twin labor. I'niv. M. Mag.. Phila., 1889-90, ii, 375— Holler (H.) Ein Fall von traumatischer Ruptur bei Zwillinusschwangerschaft. Aerztl. Centr.-Anz., Wien, 1900, xii, 3. —Hubbard (S.) Unique twin labor. Med. Brief, St. L.ui-. 1900, xxviii, 539.—Hubble (J. E.) Unique twin labor. Ibid., 1817.— Hubert (E.) Hydramnios; grossesse gemellaire; lapa- rotomie; ponction de I'oeuf par le vagin; expulsion de deux foetus morts: guerison. Rev. m6d., Louvain, 1894-5, xiii, 5-8. — Hunziker-Kramer (H.) Demonstration einiger seltener Zwiliingsyeburten. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1908, xxxviii, 357-359. -----. Ueber einen Fall von einseitiger Polyhydramnie mit anderseitiger Twins (Conplications of). Oligohydramnie bei eineiigen Zwillingen. Arch. f. Gy- naek., Berl., 1909, lxxxvii, 179-189, 1 pl— Huri'ord (P. c.i Twin pregnancy in uterus bicornis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, lvii, 1450. —Hussey (M. F.) Piacenta pnevia with twins. Med. Rec, N. Y.. 1900, lviii, 238.— Irvine (W. H.) Twin labour, co-Incident, pleurisy fol- lowed by pneumonia; a large pleural effusion: recovery. Maritime M. News, Halifax, 1909, xxi,27s.—Jardine (R.) Caesarean section in a caseof twins with placenta praevia. J. Obst. & Gynaec. Brit. Emp., Lond., 1908. xiv, 399.— Johns (H. M.) Unique twin labor. Med. Brief, St. Louis, 1930, xxviii, 1329.—Jones (H. M. i Case of twins after salpingo-oophorectomy and resection of the other ovary. Brit. Gynaec. J., Lond., 1903, xviii, 34«'.. — Jores. Ein seltener Fail von Zwillingen. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl.. 1 s93, lxii. 253. Also, Reprint.—Keitt'er. Hydram- nios dans un cas de grossesse gemellaire univitelline. Bull. soc. beige de gynec et d'obst , Brux., 1898-9, ix, 54- 56.—Kinch ( F. A.) Another unique twin labor. Med, Brief, St. Louis, 1900, xxviii, 538— Kinkead (R. J.) Some observations on a case of twin abortion with double placenta praevia and a remarkable condition of cervix. Tr. Rov. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl., 1907-8, xxvi, 192-195. A!.--n: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1908, n. s., lxxxv, 316.— Klciniiicr (Margaretha). Zwillingsgeburt mit 48stiin- diger Dauer. Allg. deutsche Hebam.-Ztg., Berl., 1907, xxii, 19s—Kline i D. C.) Complicated twin labor. Tr. Homceop. M. Soc. Penn. 1898, Phila., 1899. 259-262. Also: Hahneman. Month., Phila., 1899, xxxiv, 27-29.—Knapp (L.) Eineiige Zwillingsplacenta; velamentose Inser- tion; Verblutung beider Friichte unter der Geburt. Arch. f. Gynaek., Berl., 1896, li, 586-594, 2 pl. — Knott (E. M.) A case of locked twins. Brit. Guiana M. Ann., Demerara, 1897,19.—Kohl (J.) A case of mul- tiple pregnancy, with twenty-four hours between the birth of the first and second child. N. York M. J. fete], 1894,lx,50.—Kosbab(/mu). Zwillingsgeburts-Eklamp- spie mit gliicklichem Ausgang fiir Mutter und Kind. Allg. deutsche Hebam.-Ztg., Berl., 1903, xviii, 266.— Krupp (E.) Ein Fall von Zangenoperation bei Zwillin- gen. St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr., 1904, xxix, 376.—L. (A.) Zwiliingsgeburt mit gliicklichem Ausgang. Allg. deutsche Hebam.-Ztg., Berl., 1905, xx, 499.—Lamou- roux. Grossesse gemellaire univitelline. Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par., 1899, ii, 129-138.—Landman (X. J. B.) Een zeldzaam voorkomende verlossing. Med. Weekbl., Amst., 1897-8, iv, 450.—Larre (A.) Complication des grossesses et des aecouchements gemellaires. J. de med. et chir. prat., Par., 1897, lxviii, 144-146.—Laskine. De la conduite a tenir dans les aecouchements gemellaires. Rev. obst. et gynec, Par., 18%, xii, 154-158.—Lathrop (W. H.) Twins born fifty-three hours apart. Am. Lan- cet, Detroit, 1890, n. s., xiv, 447.—Leisse. Collision von Zwillingen. Monatschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynaek., Berl., 1899, ix, 119-121. [Discussion], 12.5-127.—Leiste (Frau). Z willingsschwangerschaf t mit einer Traubenmole. Allg. deutsche Hebam.-Ztg., Berl., 1%3, xviii, 5.—Lemaire. Grossesse gemellaire; anurie 4 cinq mois; avortement pro- voque; expulsion de deux foetus dont 1'un est macer6; eclamnsie post partum, six jours de coma; mort. Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par., 1911, xiv, 217-220.—Lengyel (E.) Igen ritka ikerszuies esete. [Very curious twin birth.] Budapesti orv. ujsag, 1907, v, 899.—Leo (A.) Zwillings- schwangerschaft mit heterotvpem Sitz der Friichte. Zen- tralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1%9, xxxiii, 1259-1264.—Le- queux. Sur quelques cas de grossesses gemellaires avec fcetus anteposes. Obstetrique, Par., 1905, x, 104-114.— Le Toux. Hydramnios aigu, necessitant la laparo- tomies grossesse gemellaire consecutive. Anjou med., Angers. 1905, xii, 265-268. S'r, also, supra, Eonnet.— LevyiH.) Ein Fall von Zwillings-Abort. Frauenarzt, Berl.. 1896, xi, 385-389.—Lindahl (Gunilla). Kaksois- synnytys ja saanndlliselta pai kaltaan ennenaikojaan iftautunut istukka. [Birth of twins with placenta prae-' via.] KiLtilo-lehte, Helsingissii. 1910, xv, 153-159—Lips- comb (T. W.) An unusual twin birth. Australas. M. Caz., Sydney, 1904, xxiii, 350.—Lopez Bisbal (C.) Un caso de parto gemelar con retention placentaria. Arch. de la Soc. estud. clin. de la Habana, lsjs Si&vfxov Ki/r)(rea)s. 'laTpucrj 7rpo.—Polloson (A.) Sur lediagnostie de la grossesse gemellaire dans certains cas d'hydramnios. Lyon med., 1898, lxxxix, 14.—Pozzoli. Sulla diagnosi della gravidanza gemellare. Lueina, Bologna. 1896, i, 121.—Rudaux (P.) Grossesse gemellaire: diagnostic et conduite a tenir. Clinique, Par., 1909, iv, 597. —Buiz t'ontreas. Diagnostico de la prenez gemelar. Kev. de med. y cirug., Barcel., 1912, xxvi. 36-43— Spinelli (P. G.) Di un segno certo di parto gemellare. Re- forma med., Napoli, 1889, v, 1760; 1766. —Trachet. Note sur le diagnostic de la grossesse gemellaire com- pliquee d'hydramnios. Arch, de tocol., Par., 1M89, xvi, 84i-853.—Tridondani (E.) Un segno certo di gravi- danza gemellare. Arte ostet., Milano, 1903, xvii, 260- 268.—Verrier. De quelques difticultes qui se rencon- trent dans le diagnostic de la grossesse gemellaire. Cong. internat. de med. C. r., Par., 1900, sect, d'obst., 492-498. Twins (Diseases of). Sacchi (E.) * Contribution a l'Stude de l'anatomie pathologique d'une tumeur congeni- tale de la region sacro-coccygienne; dans un cas de grossesse gemellaire univitelline. 8°. Genhe, 1900. Cockayne (E. A.) Disease in homogeneous twins. Brit. J. Child. Dis., Lond.. 1911, viii, 487-491.—Gaston (J. McF.) A twin-child with hydrocephalus, requiring the use of perforator and hook for delivery. South. M. Rec, Atlanta, 1887, xvii, 141.—TaylertJ. L.) Diseasesof twins. Lancet, Lond., 1907. ii, 1496. Also: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1907, n. s., lxxxiv, 557. Twins (Enzygotic or monochorial). See, also, Twins (Complications of). Derlin (P.) * Ueber eineiige und zweieiige Zwillinge. 8°. Berlin, [1893]. Ahlfeld (F.) Wie stellt sich das Zahlenverhiiltniss der eineiigen Zwillinge zu den zweieiigen. Ztschr. f. Ge- burtsh. u. Gynaek., Stuttg., 1902, xlvii, 230-235.—AI tier! (E.) La gravidanza bigemina monocoriale e monoamni- otica. Ann. di ostet., Milano, 1903, xxv, 280; 331; 525. -----. Gravidanza bigemina monoamniotica. Rendic. d. Ass. med.-chir. di Parma, 1903, iv, 12-16.—Bamberg. [Eineiige Zwillinge.J Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynak., Stuttg., 1904, Hi, 337-340.—Bar & Eleuterescu. Le placenta et les foetus dans la grossesse gemellaire univi- telline. Obstetrique, Par., 1897, ii, 270-273.—tirant (J. A.) Case of twins with a single placenta. Med. Chron. Montreal, 1859, vi, 442 — Greil. Leber die ersten Ent- wicklungsstadien des Menschen, die Entstehung des Am- nions, der eineiigen Zwillinge und der Duplieitas ante- rior. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xxiv, 1110.—Hart ( D. B.) A contribution to the theory of enzvgotic imonochorionic) twins. Tr. Edinb. Obst. Soc., Edinb., 1911, xxxvi, 234-245. Also: Edinb. M. J., 1911, n. s., vii, 297-305. Also [Abstr.]: Brit. M. J., bond., 1911, ii, 215.— Hatch (W. C.) Dual pregnancy with one placenta. Mass. M. J.. Bost, 1897, xvii, 444-446. — Hillier (E.) t 'ase of twins both in one sac, and a common placenta with two chords. Indian M. Rec, Calcutta, 1897, xiii, 233.— .Icannin (C.) Grossesse gemellaire monoamniotique. Presse med., Par., 1906, xiv,645.—JLockyer (C.) Uniovu- lar twins. Tr. Obst. Soe. Lond. (1904), 1905,xlvi, 191-194.— Maygrler (C.) Un placenta de grossesse gemellaire uni- vitelline. Bull. &mem. Soc. obst. et gvnec. de Par.. 1897 147- 149. Also: Obstetrique,Par..l897,ii,301-306.-----. Presenta- tion dun placenta de grossesse gemellaire univitelline. Trav. prat, d'obst, etde gynec., Par.. 189s, 208-210. -----. Presentation d'un placenta de grossesse gemellaire univi- telline a poehe amniotique unijiie. Bull. Soc. d'obst de Par., 1908, xi, 94 —Merry. Observation de deux foetus enformez dans une meine enveloppe. Mem. Acad.rov d sc. 1693, Par., 1730, x, 324, 1 pl. Also, transl: K. Akad. d. Wissensch. in Par. . . . Abhandl. (1692-1701), Bresl., 1719, i, Mi— Pallin (G.) Fall von eineiigen Zwillingen mit gemeinsamem Amnion und znsammengeknotetenNabel- schnuren. Zentralbl. f. Gyniik., Leipz., 1907, xxxi, 1579- 15M. -----. Deux casde grossesse gemellaire univitelline avec amnios unique et cordons noues. Obstetrique. Par 1909, n. s., ii, 47-49.—Podzahradsky (O. I Ein Fall von monamniotischen Zwillingen. Wien klin. Wchn- schr.. 1912, xxv, 413-416.—Prinzing i F.) Die Haufig- keit der eineiigen Zwillinge nach dem Alter der Mutter und nach der Geburtenfolge. Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gv- niik., Stuttg., 1907. Ixi, 296-308.—Bosner (A.) O po- wstawaniu eiazy bmniaczej mouochorialnej. [Origin of monochorial twin pregnancy.] Rozpr. wvdz. matemat.- przyr. Akad. Umief., Krakow, 1901, 3. s., B, 544-600, 1 pl. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Bull, internat. Acad. d. sc. de Cra- covie, 1901, 413-451, 1 pl— Bouvicr (J.) Grossesse ge- mellaire univitelline a deux placentas fusionnes et deux cavites amniotiques, dont l'une compietement separee du Twins (Enzygotic or monochorial). placenta common. Bull. med. de l'Algerie, Alger, 1908, xix, 131.—Buiz Contreras (J.) Acerca de un caso de gemelos residiendo en unamisma cavidad amni6tica, que sucumbieron en distintaepoca de sudesarrollo a causa de la extrangulaci6n entre sus cordones determinada por multiples nudos. Rev. de med. y cirug., Barcel., 1907, xxi, 330-336,1 pl.—Schatz (F.) Die Gefassverbindun- gen der Plaeentakreislaufe eineiiger Zwillinge, ihre Ent- wicklung und ihre Folgen. Arch. f. Gynaek., Berl., 1910, xcii, 13-30.—Stephenson (W. H.) Twins from a sin- gle ovule. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1897, i, 392.—Weinberg (W.) Der Einfluss von Alter und Geburtenzahl der Mut- ter auf die Haufigkeit der ein-und zweieiigen Zwillings- geburten. Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gvnak., Stuttg., 1909, lxv, 318-324.—Wilson (T. G.) A case of undeveloped genitalia with pregnancy, resulting in the birth of une- qual monochorial twins. Australas. M. Gaz.. Sydney, 1911, xxx, 19. Twins (Ertra-uterine). See, also, Twins (Tubal). Cameron (S.J. M.) Twin ectopic pregnancy. Glas- gow M. J., 1911, lxxv, 379.—Child (C. G.) Twin ectopic pregnancy. Tr. N. York Obst. Soc, 1906-7, 179.—Danna (J. A.) Twin ectopic pregnancy. Tr. South. Surg. & Gy- nec. Ass. 1907, Phila., 1908, xx, 536.—Gmeiner. Ein Fall von heterotoper Zwillingsschwangerschaft. Mitt.d. Ver. d. Aerzte in Steiermark, Graz, 1913, 1, 41^14. Also: Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1912, xxxvii, 725. —Kane (E. O'N.) Peculiar twin ectopic gestation. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lviii, 475. — Plishtshenko (P. I.) K voprosu o vnlematochnol beremennosti i o beremen- nosti bliznetsami pri heterotropnom razvitii plodov. [Extrauterine pregnancy and twin pregnancy in hetero- topic development of the foetuses.] Terap. Obozr., Odessa. 1912, v, 282-285. Twins (Ertra- and intra-uterine). Dupouy (L.-J.-F.) * Contribution a I'etude de la grossesse gemellaire intra- et extra-uterine. 8°. Nantes, 1904. Gossmann (J. H.) *De conceptione duplici uterina nimirum et ovaria uno eodeinque tem- poris momento facta. 12°. Marburgi, [1820]. Abell (I.) Twin pregnancies; one uterine and one abdominal; uterine abortion at third month; removal of foetus and placenta from abdomen at seventh month. Kentucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1909-10, viii, 1811.— Bichat & Marchal. Grossesse gemellaire intra- et extra-uterine combinee. Rev. med. de l'est, Nancy, 1909, xli, 672-677. Also: Rev. med. de Normandie, Rouen, 1909, 423-427.—Guillet. Un cas de grossesse gemellaire intra- et extra-uterine combinee. Grossesse extra-uterine; rup- ture de la trompe droite avec volumineuse hematocele retro-uterine; grossesse uterine de 3 mois coexistante; hysterectomie abdominale subtotale: toilette du Douglas, nblation des annexes droites; guerison. Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par.. 1908, xi, 251-256, incl. 1 pl. Also: Rev. mens. de gynec., d'obstet. et de pediat., Par., 1908, iii, 377-3h2.— .Houlonuuet (A.) Grossesse gemellaire extra- et intrauterine. Gaz. med. de Picardie, Amiens, 1902, xx, 499-506. — Nebesky (O.) Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Zwillingsschwangerschaft mit heterotopem Sitze der Friichte. Gynaek. Rundschau, Berl. u. Wien, 1911, v, 533-537.—von Neugebauer (F.) Zwei eigene Beob- achtungen von Zwillingsschwangerschaft mit heteroto> pern Sitz der beiden Eier.je eines intra-uterin und extra- uterin gelagert. Zentralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1905, xxix, 1401-1414.—Pei rson (E. L.) Case of twin intra- and extra-uterine pregnancv: operation without interruption of pregnancy. Boston M. & S. J., 1908, clix, 410.—Red- Hell' A.A.) Sluchal dvoyen.odnovremennolmatochnoli trubnol beremennosti; chrevoslecheniye; vizdorovleniye. [Twins; simultaneous uterine and tubal pregnancy; lapa- rotomy; recovery.] J. akush. i jensk. boliez., St. Petersb., 1908, xxii, 1137-1146.—Shirshoft' (D. I.) Sluchal dvol- noi, matochno-vnlematochnol beremennosti. [Twins; uterine-extra-uterine pregnancy.] Ibid., 1146-1152.— Stolz (M.) Zwillingssehwangerscnaft mit uterinerund tubarer Entwicklung der Friichte. Gynaek. Rundschau, Berl. u. Wien, 1910, iv, 599-604—Vas'ten (V. A.) Dva sluchaya beremennosti dvolnyami pri razvitii odnovo filoda v truble, a drugovo v normalnom plodovmiesti- ishtshie. [Two cases of pregnancy with twins, one foetus being developed in the tube, the other in the normal position.] Bolnitseh. gaz. Botkina, St. Petersb., 1902, xiii, 1817-1821. Twins (Large or heart/). Kick la ml (W. A.) A pair of large twins. J.Am. M. Ass.,Chicago. 1898, xxxi, 1870.—Pazzaglia(Gasperina). Parto gemellare e peso straordinario dei due feti. Leva- trice ital., Roma, 1899, i, 83-85. Twins (Monochorial). S>e Twins (Enzygotic and monochorial). TWINS. 1049 TWINS. Twins (Nutrition of). Kustache (G.) Dumoded'allaitementdesjumeaux. Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par., 1903, vi, 492-500. -----. L'allai- tement des jumeaux. J. d. se. med. de Lille. 1904, i, 497- 507.—Jett(R.L.) Nutrition of twins and triplets. Ohio M. J., Columbus, 1910, vi, 597-599.—Tugendreich (G.l Ueber schlechte Entwicklung von Gesch wistern wahrend der Stillung. Arb. z. lOjahr. Bestehen d. Kinderasvis d. Stadt Berl., 1911, 218-230. Twins (Repeated). Guzzoni degli Ancarani (A.) Gravidanza ge- mellare ripetuta. Arteostet., Milano, 1903, xvii, 161-166.— lie vin (G. L.) K kazuistikie povtornol beremennosti dvolnvami. [Repeated twin pregnancv] Eiened. jour. "Prakt. med.." St. Petersb., 1896, iii, 513-515.— Monte- corboli. Gravidanza gemellare ripetuta nella stessa donna. Boll. d. Soc. tosc. di ostet. e ginec, Firenze. 1903, ii, 166-171. Twins (Statistics of). Jacopix (L.-D.) *De la grossesse gemellaire a la Maternite de Nancy; considerations cliniques et statistiques. (D'apres les observations de 1896 a 1907. [Nancy.] 8°. Fougerolles, 1907. Jullien (L.-J.-E.-C.) * Documents statis- tiques concernant I'etude des grossesses gemel- laires. 8°. Paris, 1897. Kuhnemaxx (A.) *Die Zwillingsgeburten der Bonner geburtshilflichen Klinik aus den Jahren 1893-1909. S°. Bonn, 1910. Nervegno (F.) * Ueber die in der geburts- hilflichen Universitats-Klinik und Poliklinik zu Bonn vom 1. Januar 1885 bis zum 1. Januar 1895 stattgehabten Zwillingsgeburten. 8°. Bonn, 1895. Quenzel (P.) *Die Zwillingsgeburten der Hallenser Universitats-Klinik und Poliklinik von 1887-1897. 8°. Halle a. S., 1898. Raschal (Sarah). *Zur Statistik der in der geburtshulflichen Abteilung des kantonalen j Frauenspitals zu Bern vom 1. Januar 1874 bis j zum 1. Januar 1909 stattgehabten Zwillingsge- burten. 8°. Bern, 1910. Rubinstein (Sophie). * Ueber die in der , geburtshulflichen Universitatsjklinik zu Zurich j vom 1. Januar 1884 bis zum 1. Januar 1904 stattgehabten Zwillingsgeburten. 8°. Zurich, 1905. Sriber (L.) *De la marche de I'accouche- ment gemellaire; etude statistique. 8°. Peiris, 1906. Tigges (W.) *Die Zwillingsgeburten der Marbmger Klinik von 1885-1896. 8°. Mar- burg, 1896. Trohn (M.) * Vorkommen und Ursachen der Friihgeburt bei Zwillingsschwangerschaft. Bearbeitet nach dem Material der Entbindungs- Anstalt zu Leipzig aus den Jahren 1866-1906. 8°. Leipzig, 1908. Willms (W.) *Zur Statistik der Zwillings- schwangerschaft. 8°. Freiburg i. B., 1905. Baillarger. Recherches statistiques, physiologiques et pathologiques sur les enfants jumeaux. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1855, xli, 931.—Bertlllon (J.) La gemellite selon l'age de la mere et le rang chronologique de I'accouchement. Actas y mem. d. ix. Cong, internac. de hig. y demog. 1898, Madrid, 1900, xii, 10-18. Also: J. Soc. de statist, de Par., 1898, xxxix, 146-152. Also: Rev. d'hyg., Par., 1898, xx, 651-654.—Grassi. Die Mehrlings- geburten, insbesonders in Bayern. Friedreich's Bl. f. gerichtl. Med., Numb., 1908, lix, 280; 366.—Guillemot. Enquete numenque sur les jumeaux et leurs freres ger- mains; probability mathematiques relatives a la nata- lite multiple. Centre med. et pharm., Gannat., 1910-11, xvi, 102-los.—Hcijl (C. F.) Om tvillingforlossningerna a Stockholm* stads barnbordshus under det senaste ar- tiondet. [Twin-births in the Stockholm Lying-in Hos- pital in the last ten years.] Hygiea, Stockholm, 1909, 2. i. ix, 1126-1134.—Prinzing (F.) Die ortlichen Ver- sc'hiedenheiten der Zwillingshiiuflgkeit und deren Ur- sachen. Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynak., Stuttg., 1907, lx, 420-136 — Seegert (P.) Zur Zwillings-Statistik und -Di- agnose. /Md.', 1903, Xlix, 206-209. wins (Tubal). See, also, Twins (Extra- and intra-uterine). Andrews (H. R.) A case of twin pregnancy in a Fallopian tube. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1908-9, ii, Obst. & Gynaec Sect., 228.—Cameron (S. J.) Twin tubal pregnancy. Ibid., 1910-11, iv, Obst. & Gynaec Sect., 149-151—Child (C. G.», jr. Tubal twin pregnancy. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlix, 2134.—Lindquist. Fall af tubar-tvilling-graviditet (2 agg). [A case of tu- bal twin-pregnancy (two ova).] Hygiea, Stockholm, 1909, 2. f., ix, Goteborgs Lak.-Sallsk. Forh., 1908, 5-7 — McCann (F. J.) Tubal twin pregnancy. J. Obst. A: Gynaec Brit. Emp., Lond., 1906, x, 628-631, 1 pl.—Pool (E. H ) & Bobbins (F.) Unilateral twin tubal gesta- tion; report of a new case and summary of former case reports. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1910, Ixi, 606-614. Also, Re- print.—Russell (L. E.) Twin tubal pregnancv. Eclect. M. J., Cincin., 1909, lxix, 463-465.—Taylor (H. N.) A. ruptured tubal gestation with twin foetuses. Lancet, Lond., 1909, i, 235.—Violet. Grossesse tubaire gemel- laire de date assez recente; avortement tubaire ne se tra- duisant que par des svmptomes douloureux. Lyon med., 1909, cxii, 14-17.—Young (H. C. T.) Unilateral twin tubal pregnancy. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1911, xxx, 736. Twins ( United). »See Monsters (Double). Twins—one blighted [including foetus papyraceus]. Hahnel (A.) *Ueber Foetus papyraceus bei Zwillingsschwangerschaft. 8°. Halle a. S., 1905. Hellmuth (H. [P.]) *Ein Fall von Foetus papyraceus. 8°. Marburg, 1908. Hohleveg (H.) *F6tus papyraceus und kurze histologische Betrachtung der retinierten Placenten. 8°. Munchen, 1903. Schneideb (E. F.) Eigenartiger Geburtsver- lauf bei Zwillingsgeburt mit Foetus papyraceus. 8°. Berlin, 1906. Tilman (L.[-E.]) *De la mort d'un foetus dans la grossesse gemellaire. 4°. Paris, 1895. Abbondanti (Argia). Su di un caso di gravidanza gemellare complicata da un feto acardiaco amorfo in parte calcificato. Arte ostet., Milano, 1907, xxi, 152-154.— Acconci (G.) Gravidanza gemellare monocoria con feto papiraceo. Ann. di ostet., Milano, 1905, xxvii, pt. 2, 16-33,1 pl.—Anderodias. Avortement gemellaire avec un des fcetus derodymeet monoanenc6phale. J. de m6d.de Bordeaux, 1903, xxxiii, 171.—Audebert & Gilles. Sur un cas de foetus eompressus. Toulouse med., 1903,2. s., v, 92.— B. (D.) Zwillingsgeburt mit abgestorbener Frucht. Allg. deutsche Hebam.-Ztg., Berl., 1905, xx, 361.—Bala- shoflT(A.) Sluchal foetus papvracei. J. akush.i jensk. boliez., St. Petersb., 1904, xviii, 2095-2107.—Bassani (E.) Gravidanza gemellare con un gemello acefalo acardiaco. Ginecologia, Firenze, 1912, ix, 465-481.—Bidder (A.) [Doppelfehlgeburt.] Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. 1897, Berl., 1898, xxviii, pt. 1, 49-52.—Boerma (A.) Een levende en een doode vrucht. Tijdschr. v. prakt. verlosk., Haarlem. 1904-5, viii. 136-138.—Boguszewska (Bertai. Zwillingsschwangerschaft mit einer abgestor- benen Frucht und fnihzeitigem Blasensprung. Allg. deutsch. Hft.am.-Ztg., Berl.. 1903. xviii, 249.—Boissard. Foetus papvraceus. Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par., 1910, xiii, 369.—Bouchacourt. Etude de deux fcetus papyraces par les ravons de Rontgen. Obstetrique, Par., 1899, iv, 153-156. — Bouchacourt & Audion. Fcetus eom- pressus provenant d'un avortement gemellaire. Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par., 1901, iv, 152-157.—Bouchacourt it Valency. Grossesse gemellaire univitelline; mort de l'un des'fietus vers le cinquieme mois de la grossesse (double stenos t du cordon); accouchement spontane du deuxieme fcetus vivant a terme, suivi de l'expulsion de I'oeuf mort, puis du placenta. Ibid., 1904, vii, 90-93.— Brindeau & Bouchacourt. Fcetus papyraceus trois jours apres un accouchement a terme; (radiographie). Ibid 1x98 i, 366-3i;,s.—Bruce iR.) Living child and dead fetus. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, i, 1313.—Christian- sen (Mariane). Tvillingsvangerskab med Omdannelse af det ene .Eg til en Mola. [Twin birth with change of oneovumintoamolc] Tidsskr.f.Jordem0dre,Kj0benh., 1906-7, xvii, 94.—Condio (G.) Gravidanza gemellare; feto papiraceo; mostro peracefalo. Progresso med., To- rino, 1902, i, 169-173.— Cosentino (G.) Feto papiraceo e trasformazione fibro-grassosa del tessuto della placenta corrispondente (gravidanza gemellare). Ann. d'ostet., Milano. 18*5. vii. 321-324. Also, Reprint. Also: Ingrassia, Palermo, 1885, i, 265: 318. Also. Reprint—Costa (D.) Embarazo gemelar con un solo feto. Rev. Ibero-Am. de TWINS. 1050 TWITCH ELL. Twins— one blighted [including fetus ixipyraceus\. cien. ined., Madrid, 1901, vi, 51-53. — Crance (A. J. i Monstrosity. Eelect. M. J., Cincin., 1909, lxix, 541- 543.—Curatulo (G. E.) Gravidanza gemellare mono- corion con feto aneneefalo poliamniotico e foetus papy- raceus. Ann. di ostet. Milano, 1895, xvii, 287-296. Also, Reprint. — Danel (L.) Grossesse gemellaire; mort et momihcation de l'un des foetus. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1899, ii, 127-129. —Denux (M.) Gros- sesse gemellaire; mort de l'un des fcetus au troisieme mois; retention jusqu'a terme. Rev. prat, d'obst. et de paediat., Par., 1898, xi, 73. Alsojransl.: Frauenarzt, Berl., 1898, xiii, 302.—Doleris. Hemorrhagic et mort du deu- xieme enfant par rupture d'un vaisseau des membranes amniochoriales dans la grossesse gemellaire. Semaine med., Par., 1898, xviii, 161.—Doleris & Benoit. Gros- sesse gemellaire; h^morrhagie par dechirure d'un vais- seau des membranes ovulaires; mort du deuxieme ju- meau. Bull. & mem. Soc. obst. et gynec de Par., 1896,13- 16.—Edgar (J.) Papyraceous foetus from a twin preg- nancy. Tr. Glasgow Obst. & Gynaec. Soc. (1900-1902), 1903, iii, 216. Also: Glasgow M. J., 1902, lviii, 130.—Bustache (G.) De la mort de l'un des foetus dans les cas de gros- sesse gemellaire. Bull. Soc. d. sc. med. de Lille (1893), 1894, 35-42. Also: J. d. sc med. de Lille, 1893, i, 289-296. AUo: N. Arch, d'obst. et de gynec, Par. 1893, viii, 145- 151.—Fasce (Maria G.) Aborto interno di tre mesi e mezzo, con espulsione di un feto papiraceo all' epoca in cui doveva av venire il parto a termine. Levatrice cond., Roma, 1895, iv, 81-83.—Feldstein (Z.) A mummified four-month twin-foetus retained in utero till full term of the other twin. Indian M. Rec, Calcutta, 1895, ix, 389.— Fisher (J. B.) Peculiar caseof twin birth. Med. Reg., Richmond, 1899-1900, iii, 54.—Frankel (E.) Ueber vor- zeitigen intrauterinen Fruchttod durch Strangulation eines Zwillingsfotus durch seinen eigenen Nabelstrang, sowie Retention der von der Placentarinsertion abgelos- ten, abgestorbenen Frucht bis zur Geburt des lebenden, ausgetragenen Zwillings. Jahresb. d. schles. Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Kult. 1882, Bresl., 1883, lx, 99-102.—Frenreisz (F.) Azikerterhessegrol. [Twin pregnancies.] Gvnae- kologia, Budapest, 1902, 81-89.—Freund (R.) Ueber Foetus papyraceus bei Zwillingen. Verhandl. d. Gesell- sch. f. Geburtsh. zu Leipz. (1904), 1905, 92.—Genge (G. G.) Five months' foetus and placenta, from a case of twin preg- nancy in which the second child was delivered alive at or near full termalong with the dead fetus. Tr. Obst. Soc. Lond.,1896,xxxviii,5.—Glendenning (R.T.) Congeni- tal deformity in twin birth. Phila. M. J., 1900, vi. 517.— Goldberger (H.) Ritka ikermagzatok; velesziiletett bor-defektusok az erett magzaton; foetus papyraceus. [Cu- rious case of twins; innate skin defects inthematurechild; foetus papvraceus.] Gv6gyaszat, Budapest, 1896, xxxvi, 416.—Goth (L.) Ein Fall von Zwillingskollision. Pest. med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1909, xiv, 371.—Graber (S. S.) Fcetuspapyraceus; aease. Post-Graduate,N. Y.,1906, xxi,350.—Gryni'eltt(E.) & Guerin- Valmale. Pieces provenant d'une grossesse gemellaire bivitelline; pre- miers stades d'un foetus compressus. Montpel. med., 1904, xviii, 133-136.—Guffroy (G. F.) Een geval van foetus papyraceus bij tweelingzwangerschap. Med. Weekbl., Amst., 1898-9, v, 553-560, 1 pl.—Gugglsberg. Ueber Fcetus papyraceus. Gynaec. Helvet., Geneve, 1909, ix, 72-83, 1 pl*— Guillerinin (R.) Un cas de jumeaux d'inegal developpement. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1911, xxxi, 84-91.—Harrison (J. P.) Dead fetus and living child in twin pregnancy. Am. Gynaec. & Obst. J., N. Y., 1901, xix, 242.—Harrison (S. G.) Living child and dead fetus. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, i, 252 — Hearnden (W. C.) A case of dead twin retained to full term. Lancet, Lond., 1898, i, 1053.—Helder (J. C.) Een fuetuspapyraceus. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1910, xlv.pt. 2, 794.—Herrmann (Frau). Zwil- lingsgeburt mit einer siebenmonatlichen lebenden und einer viermonatlichen toten Frucht. Allg. deutsche He- bam.-Ztg., Berl., 1906, xxxii,418.—Hewat(M. L.) Twin laboratterm; one living fcetus, the other blighted at third month and retained to term. South African M. J., Cape Town, lsOs, vi, 118. — Ilott (H. J.), Giles (A. E.) & Doran (A.) Report of committee on specimen of fcetus papyraceus, shown Jan. 2,1896. Tr. Obst. Soc. Lond. (1895), 1896, xxxvii, 16-18.—Kiiine (A. B.) An unusual case of twin pregnancy. Tr. Homceop. M. Soc. X. Y., 1895, xxx, 327.—Kolm (E.) Obumarly p!6d 5-cio miesieczny obok donoszonego zy wego plodu. [One fcetus dead in its fifth month alongside one alive at term.] Czasopismo lek., Lodz, 1899, i, 319.—Krim (J. M.) Twin pregnancy; death of one foetus at four months, the other born alive. Med. & Surg. Reporter, Phila., 1893, lxviii, 849.—Lam- binon (H.) Grossesse gemellaire avec retention d'un foetus papyrac6. J. d'accouch., Liege, 1895, xvi, 413.— Leievre(B.) Grossesse gemellaire; accouchement pre- mature: un enfant vivant: un fetus mort. Ibid., 1901, xxv, 29.—Leo,ueux (P.) Presentation d'un placenta gemellaire dont l'un des fetus ctait compressus. Bull. Soe. d'obst. de Par., 1909, xii, 185-187.— Lewis (H. F.) Twins—one blighted [including foetus papyraceus]. Fetus papyraceus. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1905, vii, 83.—von Liclicin (T.) Zwei Fiille von Foetus papy- raceus. Centralbl. f.Gynak., Leipz., 1902, xxvi, 137-143.— Lindsay (J.) Gastroschisis in a twin. Tr. Glasgow Obst. & Gynaec. Soc. (1900-1902), 1903, iii, 233-242, 2 pl.— Lippincott ( E.) Fcetus papyraceus. Homceop. J. Obst., N. Y., 1890, xii, 529.—Male (H. C.) Foetus com- pressus or papyraceus. Tr. Edinb. Obst. Soc, 1893-4, xix, 21.—JTIaleas. Grossesse gemellaire; presentation d'un foetus papyraee avec ses accessoires. Rev. med.-pharm., Constant., 1893, vi, 2.—Ittalvoz (E.) Deux cas raresde grossesse gemellaire avec sejour prolonge de l'un des pro- duits mort dans la matrice. Ann. Soc. de med. 16g. cie Belg., Charleroi, 1891-2, iii, 51-55, 2 pl.—Martin. Zwil- lingsschwangerschaft mit einer luetischen Frucht. Berl, klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xiv, 1821— xTIurray (Grace P.) Twin pregnancy with blighted fetus; illustrated with a case. Woman's" M. J., Toledo, 1896, v, 44—17.—JWusser (J. H.) Fcetus papyraceus; fetus compressus. Tr. Path. Soc. Phila., 1885-7, xiii, 225.—Napier (L.) A foliaceoua fetus. Tr. Edinb. Obst. Soc. (1886-7), 1887, xii, 17.— Neumann (S.) Foetus papyraceus esete. [A case of. . .] Orvosi heti szemle, Budapest, 1898, xxv, 304.— Nr. Een levende en een doode vrucht. Maandbl. v. prakt. verlosk., Haarlem, 1897-8, i, 91.—tflunan (K. H.) Foetus compressus s. papyraceus. Duodecim, Helsinki, 1912, xxviii, 562-566.—Olshausen. Zwillinge, das eine gestorben, Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gyniik., Stuttg., 1901, xiv, 154.—Paucot (H.) Foetus papyraceus. Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par., 1911, xiv, 571. — Peckham-Murray (Grace). Twin pregnancy with blighted fetus; illus- trated with a case. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1895, xlvii, 711-713.— Perret. Grossesse gemellaire, mort de l'nn des fcetus a 7 mois, accouchement A terme, developpement normal du second foetus. Obstetrique, Par., 1897, ii, 273-275. Also: Rev.obst. internat., Toulouse, 1*97,iii, 131.—Pery. Deux cas de grossesse gemellaire chez des syphilitiques avec un des deux enfants mort. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1905, xxxv, 933-935.—Petit. Description d'un foetus difforme. Hist. Acad. roy. d. sc. Par.(1716) 1718, Mem., 89-95. Also: Hist. Acad. roy. d. sc. [de Par.], 1716, Amst., 1719, Mem., 114-121. Also, transl.: K. Akad. d. Wissensch. in Par. . . . Abhandl. 1716, Bresl., 1753, iv, 659-564.—Pollock ( W, R.) Foetus papyraceus. Tr. Obst. Soc. Lond. (1896), 1897, xxxviii, 320.—Porak. De la lutte pour l'existence entre les jumeaux. Med. mod., Par., 1896, vii, 617-619. Also: Areh. degyn6cetde tocol.. Par.,1896, xxiii, 778-786. Also: J. d. sages-femmes, Par., 1897, xxv, 259-262. -----. Gros- sesse gemellaire a circulation dependante, les deux en- fants 6tant vivants; fetus papyraceus et monstres om- phalosites. Med. mod., Par., 1897, viii, 305; 313.—Pujol (G.) Grossesse gemellaire arrivee a terme malgre la mort d'un des fcetus au quatrieme mois. Arch. degyn6c et de tocol., Par., 1896, xxiii, 161-163.—Beid (J.) Stillborn twin. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, i, 1447.— Keynes (L.) Deux cas de fetus papyraceus. Montpel. med., 1902, xiv, 130-142.—Boss (D.) A case of dead twin retained to full time. Lancet, Lond., 1898, i, 1254.—Botter (H.) Fcetus papvraceus. Gy6gvaszat, Budapest, 1906, xlvi, 135. Also: Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1906, 1, 428.—Sack (Elisabeth). Zwillingsschwangerschaft mit einer abge- storbenen Frucht. Allg. deutsche Hebam.-Ztg., Berl., 1902, xvii, 334.—Schuster (Clara). Zwillingsgeburt mit einem faultoten Kinde. Allg. deutsche Hebam.-Ztg., Berl., 1903, xviii, 148.—Smith (E. D.) Twin pregnancy With abortion of one ovum. Am. Gynaec. & Obst. J., N. Y., 1901, xix, 434-436.—Smyly (SirW.) A case in which a papyraceous fetus was expelled before a living twin. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1912, n. s., xciii, 86. Also: Tr. Roy. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl., 1912, xxx,258-262— Soble- stianski (E. M.) Foetus papyraceus. Protok. zasaid. Kavkazsk. med. Obsh., Tiflis, 1901-2, xxxviii, 94-97.— Speldel (E.) An interesting obstetrical case. Am. Pract. & News, Louisville, 1895, xx, 449—Stratz. [Een foetus papyraceus uit de 2de zwangerschapsmaand.] Ne- derl. Tijdschr. v. Verlosk. en Gynaec, Haarlem, 1904, xv, 210.—Sundberg (C.) Ovanligt fall af foetus compressus. Upsala Lakaref. Forh., 1897-8, n. F., iii, 560. —Tackett (J.) Something rare in tw.ins. Memphis M. Month., 1899, xix, 407.—Tuszkai (O.) Foetus papyraceus. Or- vosi hetil., Budapest, 1902, xlvi, 199. Also, transl.: Ungar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1902, vii, 299. —Vellz (G. 2°) Embarazo gemelar; momificaci6n de un feto. Rev. med. de Chile, Sant. de Chile, 1900, xxviii, 18-21.— Vissing. [Rudiment eines Zwillings.] Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1904, xxx, 268.—Walther (H.) Geburtshindernis durch einen odematosen Acar- diacus bei Zwillingsgeburt. Deutsche Praxis. Ztschr. f. prakt. Aerzte, Munchen. 1903 xii. 3-11— Williamson (B.) An obstetrical anomalv. Tr. Homceop. M. Soc, N. Y., 1901, xxxvi, 244. Twitchell (George Brooks) [1820-1*71. Gay (G. W.) Obituary. Boston M. & S. J., 1897, exxxvi, 342. TWITCHELL. 1051 DE TYMOWSKI. Twiteliell (HerbertF.) [1859- ]. Pleuritic effusion; its treatment. 15 pp. 8°. Portland, S. Berry, 1889. Repr.from: Tr. Maine M. Ass., Portland, 1889. Twitching (Muscular). See Tics. Two monographs on malaria and the parasites of malarial fevers. I by Marehiafava and Big- nami. II by Maunaberg. 8°. London, 1894. Two treatises. The first of the venereal pocks; wherein is showed: I. The name and original of this disease. II. Histories thereof. III. The nature thereof. IV. Its causes. V. Its differ- encies. VI. Several sorts of signs thereof. VII. Several waies of the cure thereof. VIII. How to cure such diseases as are wont to accompany the whores pocks. The second treatise of the gout: 1. Of the nature of the gout. 2. Of the causes thereof. 3. Of the signs thereof. 4. Of the cure thereof. 5. Of the hip-gout or sciatica. 6. The way to prevent the gout. Written in Latin and English. By Daniel Sennert, Nicho- las Culpeper, Abdiah Cole. 75 pp.; 87 pp. fol. London, P. Cole, 1660. Bound with: Golden (A) practice of physick [etc.]. fol. London, 1662. Two treatises concerning the preservation of eie- sight. The first written by Doctor Baily; the other collected out of those two famous phisi- cians Fernelius and Riolanus. 62 pp. 24°. Oxford, J. Barnes, [date mutilated]. Bound with: [Bright (T.)] A treatise wherein is de- clared the sufficiencie of English medicines [etc.]. 24°. London, 1615. ------. The same. 38 pp. sm. 4°. London, ptd. by J. Beale for F. Williams, 1626. Twomfoly (Edward L[ambert]) [1859- ]. A case of anencephalia. viii, 2 pl. 8°. Boston, 1896. Repr.from: Ann. Gynaec. & Psediat., Bost., 1895-6, ix. ------. Vaginal myomectomy. 15 pp. 16°. Boston, Damrell dc Upham, 1897. Repr.from: Boston M. & S. J., 1897, exxxvi. ------. Conservative surgery of the uterine ap- pendages with especial reference to the ovaries. 10 pp. 8°. Boston, 1904. Repr. from: Boston M. & S. J., 1904, cl. Twort (J. F.) dc Hill (Leonard). Compressed air illness. I. Solubilitv of compressed air in water and oil. 2 1. 8°." London, 1910 Repr.from: Proc. Physiol. Soc, Lond., 1910, xli. -------------. Further experiments on the effect of breathing oxygen on the nitrogen dissolved in the urine. 2pp. 4°. London, 1912. Repr.from: Proc Physiol. Soc, Lond., 1912, xliii. Tworz (Emanuel) [1872- ]. *Elektrische Unfallskrankheiten in der Xeurologie. 50 pp. 1 1. 8°. Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1908. Twyne (Thomas) [1543-1613]. iAoore CS.) [Biography.] Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1899, lvii, 403. Twysden (John) [1607-88]. JWoore CS.) [Biography.] Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1899, lvii, 404. Tyacke (Nicholas) [1812-11)00], Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1900, i, 1267. Tyazholoff (D[mitri] Y[asilyevich]) [1859- ]. * Material! k voprosu o pitatelnosti zhe- styanochnikh konservov Azibera. [Nutritive value of Aziber'scanned foods.] 40,67 pp., 11. j 8°. S.-Peterburg, L. N. Skorokhodoff, 1889. _ ! Tydman (Anna). * Recherches sur la voie de propagation de la m^tastase anthracosique et sur l'origine du pigment double (charbon et h6mo- side'rine). 43 pp. 8°. Geneve, C. Zullner, 1907. Tykociner (Alexander Jakob) [1885- ]. * Appendicitis tuberculosa. 8°. Leipzig, E. Lehmann, 1911. Tykociner (Aline). * Etude sur l'electrolyse du chlorure de potassium dans un appareil a, diaphragme. 53 pp. 8°. Genere, A. Kundig, 1911, No. 460. Tylden (Henry John) [1857-92]. Clark (Sir A.) [Biography.] Med.-Chir. Tr., Lond., 1892-3, lxxvi, 26-28.—Obituary. Brit, M. J., Lond., 1892, ii, 696. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1892, ii, 642. Tylenchus. Kitzeuia Bos (J.) Drei bis jetzt unbekannte, von Tvlenchus devastatrix verursachte Pflanzenkrankheiten. Ztschr. f. Pflanzenkr., Stuttg., 1903, xiii, 193-198. -----. Weitere Bemerkungen fiber von Tylenchus devastatrix verursachte Pflanzenkrankheiten. Ibid., 1904, xiv, 145- 150. Tyler (George E.) [1X69-1902]. Obituary. Denver M. Times, 1902-3, xxii, 94, port. Tyler (John M[ason]) [1851- ]. Man in the light of evolution, xiii, 230 pp. 8°. New York, D. Appleton dc Co., 1908. Tyler (Sir John William) [1840-1913]. Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1913, i, 1088. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1913, i, 1498. Tyler (Lachlan). A case of Hodgkin's disease. 5 pp. 8°. New York, 1886. Repr from: Am. J. Obst. N. Y., 1886, xix. ------. Diphtheria and tracheotomy. 11 pp. 16°. Chicago, 1887. Repr.from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1887, ix. Tylicka (Madame), nie Bndzinska [1867- ]. *Du corset; ses mefaits au point de vue hygienique et pathologique. 71 pp. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 77. Tylkowski (Adalbertus). Disquisitio physica ostenti duorum puerorum, quorum unus cum dente aureo, alter cum capite gyganteo Vilnse in Lithuania Regni Poloniae provincia spectaba- tur anno Domini 1673. 40 1. 24°. [n. p.~], typis Monasterii Olivensis, 1674. Tylor (Edward Burnett) [1832- ]. Anthro- pology; an introduction to the study of man and civilization, xv, 448 pp. 12°. London, Macmillan dc Co., 1881. ------. The same, xv, 448 pp. 12°. New York, D. Appleton dc Co., 1894. See, also. Ratzel (Friedrich). The history of man- kind [etc.]. 8°. London & New York, 1897. For Biography, see Anthrop. essays presented to E. B. Tylor . . ., Oxford, 1907, 1-15 (A. Lang), -------. See, also: Frelre-.llarreco (W.) A bibliography of Edward Burnett Tvlor from 1861 to 1907. Anthrop. essays, pre- sented to E. B. Tylor, Oxford, 1907, 375-409. Tylosis. See, also, Keratosis follicularis; Skin (Dis- Eases of i • Franke (K. F. [H.]) * Ueber das Vorkom- men von Tylomen bei den Haussaugetieren mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Pferde und Kinder. [Leipzig.] 8°. Dresden, 1910. Jordan (A.) A case of tyloma. Bi-Month. Bull. I'niv Coll. Med., Richmond, 1896, i, 146-148.—Keyen- burg. Ueber einen besonderen Fall von Tyloma beider Fusssohlen. Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat., Hamb., 1911, liii, 644-650,1 pl.—-flayer (T.) Zur Therapie der Tylosis pal'maris bei Erwachsenen. Dermat. Ztschr., Berl., 1904, xi, 363-365.—1T1 orris (Sir M.) & Dove (S. E.) Tylosis in a woman used 49. Proc Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1911, iv, Dermat. Sect., 108.—Thatcher (L.) On tylosis pal- maris et plantaris, with report of three cases. Edinb. M. J., 1912, n. s., viii, 342-346, 1 pl. de Tymovvski (J.) Contribution a I'etude des eaux sulfureuses. Memoire presente a la So- ctfte francaise d'hygiene. 12 pp. 12°. Brougg, Effingerof, 1891. TYMPANAL. 1052 TYPES. Tympanal organs. von Kennel (J.) Ueber Tympanalorgane im Abdo- men der Spanner und Ziinsler. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1912, xxxix, 163-170. Tympanic plexus. Vitali (E.) Contributo alio studio del plesso tim- panico. Internat. Monatschr. f. Anat. u. Phvsiol., Leipz., 1909, xxvi, 410-431, 1 pl. Tympanites. See, also, Flatulence; Intestines (Gases in). Aaron (C. D.) Flatulence, meteorism and tvm- Sanites. J. Mich. M. Soc, Detroit. 1903, 11, 589-593.— lerg (H. W.) Concentric progressive diminution of the area of liver dullness in the differentiation of free gas in the peritoneal cavity from abdominal tvmpanites. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1911, lxxx, 820.—Condon (A. P.) Meteorism following abdominal operations. Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1904, 3. s., xx, 444-446. Also: West. M. Rev., Lincoln, Neb., 1904, ix, 135-139.—Cutter (E.) Abdom- inal tympanites percussion note. Am. Med., Phila., 1903, vi, 852.—Hayem (G.) Sur deux cas d'aerophagie. Bull, de laryngol., otol. et rhinol., Par., 1898, i, 138-151.— Iiittlefleld (Anna M.) Phvsostigmine for meteorism. Tr. N. Hampshire M. Soc, Concord, 1904, cxiii, 177-181.— Marfan (A.-B.) Le gros ventre flasque des nourris- sons. Arch, de med. d. enf., Par., 1911, xiv, 561-f>81.— O'Day (J.) Tvmpanites. Internat. J. Surg., N. Y., 1904, xvii, 357-359". Also: Penn. M. J., Pittsburg, 1904-5, viii, 214-216.—Oppenlieiiu (A.) Beitrag zur Bekiim- pfung des Meteorismus (Thierversuche). Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1902, xxviii, 226. -----. Das Verschwinden der Leberdiimpfung bei Meteorismus. Ibid., 480. -----. Die Lageveranderungen der Leber und der Brustorgane bei Meteorismus, ihre Verwerthung fiir Diagnose und Therapie. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1903, xl, 959-962.—Prado Tagle (E.) Un caso de timpanismo histerico. Rev. med. de Chile, Sant. de Chile, 1907, xxxv, 210-212. — Ramonede (L.) Ln cas de tympanisme peritoneal sans perforation. [Rap. de Verchlre.] Paris chirurg., 1909, i, 488.—Renon (L.) & .Voncanr. Sur un pseudo-tympanisme par refoulement. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hdp. de Par., 1908, 3. s., xxv, sol-853. — Spivak (C. D.) Tympanites, eructation, merycism and aerophagia. Colorado Med., Denver, 1904, i, 416-421. Also, Reprint.—Stein (B.) Der Meteorismus gastro- intestinalis und seine Behandlung. Wiirzb. Abhandl. a. d.Gesamtgeb.d. prakt. Med., 1904,iv, 83-105.—Williams (A. J.) The value of eserine in the treatment of gastro- intestinal tympany, intestinal tympany, etc. Vet. Rec., Lond., 1903-4, xvi, 34. Tympanitis. See Ear (Middle, inflammation of). Tympano-maxillary ligaments. Cliaine (J.) Sur le ligament tym'pano-maxillaire de la genette (Viverra genetta, L.). Proc.-verb. Soe. d. sc. phys. et nat. de Bordeaux, 1902-3, 59. Tymtschouk (Eugenie). * La reaction micro- cristallographique d'hemochromogene est-elle assez sensible pour le diagnostic du sang dans la pratique medico-iegale? 17 pp. 8°. Lau- sanne, 1910. Tyndale (J[ulius] Hilgard) [1843- ]. A plea for physical diagnosis. 6 pp. 12°. Bos- ton, 1890. Repr.from: Boston M. & S. J., 1890, cxxiii. ------. The skirmish line of incipient tubercu- losis. 3 pp. 8°. Asheville, N C, 1901. Repr.from: J. Tuberc, Asheville, X. C, 1901, iii. Tyndale Mission, Bristol. Annual report of the officers. 23., 1894; 25., 1896; 27., 1898. 8°. Bristol, 1895-9. Tyndall (John) [1820-93]. Heat a mode of motion. 3. ed. xxiii, 520 pp., 1 pl. 8°. Lon- don, Longmans, Green dc Co., 1868. ------. Fragments of science for unscientific people. A series of detached essays, lectures, and reviews. 422 pp. 8°. New York, D. Ap- pleton dc Co., 1871. ------. Contribution to molecular physics in the domain of radiant heat. A series of memoir* published in the Philosophical Transactions and Philosophical Magazine, with additions, xiv, 446 pp., 2 pl. 8°. London, Longmans, Green dc Co., 1872. Tyndall (John)—continued. ------. Six lectures on light, delivered in America inl872-3. xiii, 277 pp., lpl., ill. 8°. London, Longmans, Green dc Co., 1873. ------. Fermentation and its bearings on the phenomena of disease; a discourse delivered in the City Hall, Glasgow, Oct. 19, 1876, under the auspices of the Glasgow Science Lectures Asso- ciation. 37 pp. 12°. Glasgow dc London, W. Collins, Sons dc Co., 1877. ------. Virchow and evolution. Cutting from: Nineteenth Cent., Lond., 1878, iv, 809-833. See, also, DamianI (G.) Spiritualism versus positiv- ism, [etc.]. 8°. London, 1868. For Biography, see Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1899, lvii, 431-436 (Mrs. Tyndall). Also: Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1894, lv, pp. xviii-xxxiv. ------. See, also: Raylei^li (Lord). The scientific work of Tvndall. Proc Roy. hist. Gr. Brit., Lond., 1895, xiv, 216-224." Tyner (E. S.) A treatise on yellow fever; con- taining a synopsis of its causes, nature, symp- toms, treatment, precautions to be used to pre- vent its spread, and being indigenous to the tropical Atlantic and defined as a nautical dis- ease. 65 pp.,port. 12°. Jacksonville, Fla., Da Costa, 1889. Tyng (Anita E.) A case of removal of both ovaries by abdominal section for the relief of an exhausting menorrhagia and uterine fibroid. 11 pp. 8°. [Proiidence, 1888.] Repr.from: Tr. Rhode Island M. Soc, Providence, 1880. Tynsdale (Henry Herbert). SteConquest (John Tricker). Outlinesof midwiferv, [etc.]. 8°. Madras, 1874. Type-fonts (Legibility of). Pergens (E.) La iisibilidad de los caracteres de im- presidn. Arch, de oftal. Hispano-Am., Barcel.. 1905, v, 94-101.— Roethleln (Barbara E.) The relative legi- bility of different faces of printing types. Am. J. Psychol., Worcester, 1912, xxiii, 1-36, 2tab. Also, Reprint— (rbau (F. M.) A remark on the legibility of printed types. Am. J. Psychol., Worcester, 1912, xxiii, 454-456. Type-fonts of fft><< nth-century books. Haebler (K.) Typenrepertorium der Wie- gendrucke. 3 v. in 4. roy. 8°. Halle a. S., 1905-10. Types (Ethnic and physiological). See, also. Temperament. Bessonnet-Favre (C.) La typologie; me- thode d'observation des tvpes humains. 8°. Paris, 1910. Chaillou (A.) & MacAcliffe (L.) Mor- phologie medicale; etude des quatre types hu- mains; applications a la clinique et a la thera- ! peutique. 4°. Paris, 1912. Bean (R. B.) Morbidity and morphology; a com- posite study of the incidence of disease and physical form in New Orleans, Louisiana. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1912, xxiii, 363-370. -----. Seme factors in the differentiation of human types. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1912, n. s., xxxv, 674.—Clialllou . A.) Les difl6rent.s tvpes humains d'apres l'aspect de la tete. Clinique, Par., i909, iv. 97-101.—Chaillou (A.) <£. Hac- Aullfte (L.) Le tvpe musculaire. Bull, et m^m. Soc. d'anthrop de Par., 1910, 201: 344, 1 ch.----------. Le tvpe re-piratoire. Ibid., 344-358. — Chaillou (A.), .TlacAulifT ( L.) & marie (A.) Le tvpe cerebral. Ibid., 311-322.—Farrar (F. W.) The fixity of tvpe. Tr. Ethn. Soc. Lond., 1865, n. s., iii, 394-400.—Patten i 3. N\) Types of men. Pop. Sc. Month., N. Y., 1912, lxxx, 273- 279.—Wells (F. L.) The question of association types. Psvchol. Rev., Bait., 1912, xix, 254-270. Also, Reprint — Wissler (C.) Ethnic types and isolation. Science, N*. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1906, n. s., xxiii, 147-149. Types (Generic). * Bather (F. A.) Misuse of the term "genotype." Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1912, n. s., xxxv, 270.— Johnson (R. D. O. i Reversion of amblystoma. Ibid., xxxvi, 594.—Perrier (E.) Les forces physiques et Yh4- redite" dans la production des types organiques. Rev. I seient., Par., 1904, 5. s., i, 481-489.—Schuchert (C.) TYPES. 10 Types (Generic). What is a type in natural history? Science. N. Y. & Lan- caster, Pa., 1897, n. s., v, 636-640— Shull (G. H.) The genotypes of maize. Am. Naturalist, Lancaster, Pa., 1911, xiv, 234-252.—Stiles (C. W.) A plan to ensure the des- ignation of generic types; an open letter to -^tematic zoologists. Zool. Anz"., Leipz.,1906, xxx, 459-461.—Stone (W.) A plan to ensure the designation of generic types; an open letter to svstematic zoologists. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1906, n. s., xxiii, 700-702. Typesetters. Carozzl (L.) Inchiesta igienico-sanitaria nell' in- dustria poligrariea in Italia. Ramazzini, Firenze, 1912, vi, 1-59, 3 pl— Pieraccinl (G.) & Casagli (F.) Di una particolare lesione delle dita dei tipografl composi- tori. Ibid., 1910, iv, 608-611. Typewriters. Mowry (W. R.) The educational value of the typewriter in schools. 8°. [New York, 1891.] Carpenter (T. M.) The increase in metabolism due to the work of tppewriting. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1911, ix, 231-266.—Carpenter (T. M.) & Benedict (F. G.) The metabolism of man during the work of type-writing. Ibid., 1909, Vi, 271-288.—Rollingworth (H. L.) The influence of caffeine on the speed and quality of perform- ancein typewriting. Psychol. Rev., Bait., 1912, xix, 66-73. Typhlatony. See, aho, Intestines (Atony of). Brosch (A.) Zur Kenntnis der anatomischen For- men der Typhlatonie. [Dilatatio coeci. ] Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.J, Berl., 1912, ccvii, 68-75.— Flschler (F.) Ueberdie Typhlatonie und verwandte Zustarade (chron. Appendizitis, sog. Coecum mobile, Ty- phlektasie, sowie habituelle Zoekumtorsion). Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1911, lviii, 1235-1237. -----. Zur Frage der internen unci operativen Behandlung der Typhlato- nie und verwandter Zustande (sog. Coecum mobile, chron. Appendicitis). Verhandl. d. deutsch. Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1911, xxviii, 361-368. Typhlitis. See, also, Appendicitis; Perityphlitis [Ap- pendicitis] and subdieisions; Typhlo-colitis; Typhlo-hepatitis. Cordes (F.) * Ueber primare Typhlitis. [Wurtzburg.] 8°. Tubingen, 1909. Also, in: Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing.,1909, lxiii, 742-760. Back man (W.) Ett fall af typhlitis stercoralis acuta. Finska lak-sallsk. handl., Helsingfors, 1911, i, 467-475.— Boyd (T. H.) & Piper (J. E.) A case of acute primary typhlitis. Austral. M. J., Melbourne, 1911, xvi, 224-227.— Cordero (A.) La tiflite acuta primitiva. Clin, chir., Milano, 1912, xx, 2005-2017, 4 pl.—Desternes. Presen- tation d'un clich6 du gros intestin chez un malade soup- conn6 de typhlite tubereuleuse. Bull, et mem. Soc. de radiol. med. de Par., 1910, ii, 262.—Dlalti (G.) Contri- buto alia conoscenza della tiflite cronica iperplastica non specifica. Clin, chir., Milano, 1909, xvii, 932-950,1 pl.— Fasano (M.) Tiflite primitiva necrotica perforante. Ibid., 1912, xx, 1713-1722.—Gusaroft (V. I.) Sluchal tiflita, vlzvannavo prisutstviyem kosti v polosti sliepol kishki. [Typhlitis produced by the presence of a bone in the coecum.] Protok. zasaid. Obsh. Morsk. vrach. v Kronstadte, 1907-8, xiv, 74-77.—Herhold. Primare Typhlitis. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1911, xxxvii, 160.—Hinojar (A.) Algunas notas acerca de la tiflitis y appendicitis, a prop6sito de un enfermo de la clinica medica del Hospital de Marina de San Carlos. Med. pract., San Fernando, 1909, viii,226; 239.—Knkula (0.) Aetiologiea pathogenie z&netuslep6hostreva a jeho cervikoviteho pf ivesku. [Typhlite et appendicite, etiolo- gie et pathogenie.] Sborn. klin., v.Praze, 1905-6, vii, 351- 414.—lietulle(M.) &OTarotel. Etuded£styphlites pa- rasitaires; nodules des csecums parasitaires chez lefaisan. Arch, de parasitol., Par., 1908-9,xii, 361-368— Lucet (A.) & Henry (A.) La typhlite verruqueuse des faisans et son parasite (HCtCrakis isolonche v. Linstow). Rec. de me"d. ve"t., Par., 1911, Ixxxviii, 320-334.—Lyons (J. A.) Typh- litis. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1909, lix,76-91.—ITlc Williams (C. A.) Primary typhlitis without appendicitis. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1907, xiv, 852-870. [Discussion], 963-966.— Moosbrugger. The non-surgical treatment of acute and chronic typhlitis. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1912, n. 8., xciii, 167-169.—Ofoal (F.) Primare Typhlitis. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1913, lxxxiv, 201-207.—Pallln (G.) Ueber Typhlitis und Ascendenscolitis. Ibid., 1910, lxxi, 373-383.—Robinson (B.) Primary typhlitis (cecitis) without perityphlitis (appendicitis). Med. Rec, N. Y., 1907, lxxii, 274.—Rodman. Perforating typhlitis. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1909, xlix, 425.—Ropke (W.) Ueber acute primare Typhlitis. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1909, xci, TYPHUS. Typhlitis. 160-176.—Saxlund (E.) Endemisk optraeden av blind- tarmbetaendelse. [Endemic appearance of typhlitis.! Tidsskr. f. d. norske Laegefor., 1909, xxix, 199.—Zimmer- man (E.) Primary typhlitis simulating appendiceal abcess and ileocecal tuberculosis. J. Am. M. Ass. Chi- cago, 1907, xlix, 690. Typhlo-appendieitis. See Appendicitis (Causes and pathology of). Typhlo-colitis. Discussion sur la typhlo-colite muco-membraneuse ou sableuse de l'appendicite. Bull. Acad, de me'd., Par., 1906, 3. s.. lv, 597; 633; 677; 723: 764: lvi, 17.—Oivaris (P.-N.) Un cas de typhlocolite simulant l'appendicite. Grece me'd., Syra, 1906, viii, 49. Also: Gaz. mCd. d'Orient, Constant., 1907-8, Iii, 27.—Huchard. Appendicite e tiflo-colite. Gazz. internaz. di med., Napoli, 1906, ix, 925. Typhlo-hepatitis. Jowett (W.) & Blackhead. Infectious entero- hepatitis or typhlo-hepatitis; a disease of young turkeys. J. Comp. Path. & Therap., Edinb. & Lond., 1911, xxiv, 289-302. Typhlolexis. See, also, Aphasia (Amnesic or sensory). Variot[G.] Typhlolexie congenitale. J. de mecl.int., Par., 1907, xi, 81. Also: Gaz. d. mal. infant, [etc.], Par., 1908, x, 153.—Variot (G.) & Lecomte. Un cas de ty- phlolexie congenitale (cecite congenitale verbale). Bull. et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1906, 3. s., xxiii, 995- 1001. Typhlophiles. Holt ( Winifred). Typhlophiles, or friends of the blind. Charities [etc.], N. Y., 1906, xvii, 405-417. Typhlotomy. See Intestines (Obstruction of, Treatment of, Operative, Methods in). Typhlotriton. Hilton (W. A.) The hyo-branchial apparatus of Typhlotriton spelaeus Stejn. Biol. Bull., Woods Holl, Mass., 1908-9, xvi, 167-171. Typho-hacillosis. See, also, Fever (Typhoid, Diagnosis of). Outoit (A.) Die Typho-Bazillose. Aerztl. Rund- schau, Munchen, 1911, xxi, 73-75.—Rozenblatto wna (H.) Przyczynek kliniczny do typhobacillosis wieku dzieciecego. [Clinical contribution to the typho-bacillosis of childhood.] Przegl. pedyat., Warszawa, 1911, iii, 242- ■ 2V2.—Upham (J. H.J.) Tvphobacillosis. Toledo M. & S. Reporter, 1909, xxxv, 503-507.—Weill (E.) &Mouri- quaud (G.) Typhobacillose de Landouzy et localisa- tions tardives de l'infection tubereuleuse aigue chez l'en- fant. Presse med., Par., 1909, xvii, 849-851. Typhoid, or drain fever and how to prevent it. 11. 8°. London, [n. d.]. National Health Society's Leaflets, no. 8. Typhoid fever in Michigan in 1891. A sum- mary from reports by health officers, clerks and physicians, compiled under the direction of the secretary of the Michigan State Board of Health. pp. 227-268. 8°. Lansing, 1894. Repr. from: Rep. Bd. Health Mich. 1891-2, Lansing, 1894, xx. Typhomania. See Insanity (Acute). Typhopyocyanosis. Lagriftoul, Bousquet & Roger. La typhopyo- cyanie (pyocyanie generalised a forme typhoide). Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1910, lxviii, 1019. Typhoses. See, also, Fever (Typhoid, Diagnosis of). Pissavy (A.), Richet fils (C.) & Pignot (J.) Les typhoses. Clinique, Par., 1912, vii, 104; 165.—Prevost. De l'existence, chez le cheval, des infections d'origine saprophytique, connues sous le nom de typhoses et pasteu- relloses. J. de m6d. vet. et zootech., Lyon, 1912, 6. s., xvi, 1-7. Typhus (Canine). See Pasteurellosis. Typhus abdominalis. See Fever (Typhoid). TYPHUS. 1054 TYROSINE. Typhus c.rantheiiiaticus. See Fever (Typhus). Typhus fever in the United States. 5 pp. 8°. Washington, 1912. Repr.from: Pub. Health Rep. U. S. Mar. Hosp. Serv., Wash., 1912, xxvii. Typhus recurrens. See Fever (Belapsing). Typology. See Types (Ethnic and physiological). Typtology. See Spiritism. Tyramine. Clark (A.) The clinical application of ergotamine (tyramine). Bio-Chem. J., Liverp., 1910, v, 236-242.— Hoyt(D.M.) The therapeutic application of p-hydroxy- phenylethylamine (tyramine). Tr. Coll. Phys. Phila., 1911, 3. s.. xxxiii, 255-273. Also: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1912, cxliv, 76-82. Tyrfoas de Chamberct (Jean-Baptiste-Jo- seph-Anne-Cesar) [1779-1870]. See Chaumeton (Francois-Pierre), Poiret & Tur- bas de Chambert (J.-B.-J.-A.-C.) Flore medicale, [etc]. 8°. Paris, 1828-32. Tyrchowski (Wladyslaw) [1820-1901]. [In memoriam.] Medycyna, Warszawa, 1901, xxix, 72-75. Also: Przegl. lek., Krakow, 1901, xl, 41. Also: Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1901, 2. s., xxi, 80-84. Tyree (J. S.) The history of antiseptics. 2 1. 8°. [n. p., 1890.] Tyrinan (Josef). Die Verletzungen des Ohres, deren Folgezustande und ihre gerichtsarztliche Beurteilung. 1 p. 1., 120 pp. 8°. Wien, M. Perles, 1903. Tyrode (Maurice Vejux) [1878- ]. Phar- macology; the action and uses of drugs. 255 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, P. Blakiston's Son dc Co., 3908. ------. The same, ix, 288 pp. 8°. Philadel- phia, P. Blakiston's Son dc Co., 1912. Tyrogen. von Freudenreich (E.) Ueber einige Versuche mit Tvrogen (Bacillus nobilis Adametz). Centralbl. f. [Bakteriol. etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1901, vii, 857-871. Also, transl.: Rev. gen. du lait, Lierre, 1901-2, i, 78; 104. Tyroglyphinre [Tyroglyphida^]. ITIaurizio (A.) Zur Lebensweise der Milben der Familie der Tvroglvphinse in Futter- und Nahrungsmit- teln. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1905-6, xv, 607; 723.— Tifeche. Ueber massenhaftes Vorkom- men von zur Familie der Tyroglyphidse gehorenden Mil- ben im menschlichen Stuhl. Ibid., 1. Abt., Jena, 1910, liv, 32-36. Tyroglyphus castellani. Castellan! (A.) Note on copra itch. [Tyroglyphus castellani.] J. Trop. M. [etc.], Lond., 1912, xv, 374. Tyrol. Kuntze (M.) Der Winter Siidtirols; eine klimatologische und physiologische Studie. 8°. Meran, 1912. Baumfeld. Klimatische und balneologischeCurorte inTyrol. N. Yorkermed. Monatschr., 1901,xiii, 226; 262.— Verhalten (Das) derlnfectionskrankheitenin Tirol im Jahre 1882. Med.-chir. Centralbl., Wien, 1884, xix, 186; 197; 209: 221; 234.—Walsh (D.) The Austrian Tyrol as a health resort. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1908, n. s., lxxxv, 11-13. Tyrol. Landes-Lrrenanstalt Valduna in Vorarl- berg. Jahresbericht pro 1901. Von P. Pfauster, Director. 5 pp., 7 tab. 8°. Feldkirch, Graf- sche Buchdruckerei, 1903. Tyrol. Manicomio prorincialein Pergine. Reso- conto medico-amministrativo del . . ., per il di- rettore, A. de Zlatarovic. 1897. 11 pp. 8°. Innsbruck, stamperia d. Soc. Marianna, 1898. Tyrolese. Frizzi (E.) Ein Beitrag zur Anthropologie des Homo alpinus tirolensis. Mitt. d. anthrop. Gesellsch. in Wien, 1909, xxxix, 1-65.— Toldt (C.) Zur Somatologie der Tiroler. Mitth. d. anthrop. Gesellsch. in Wien, 1894, n. F., xiv, [77-85]. Also: Cor.-Bl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Anthrop. [etc.], Munchen, 1894, xxv, 87-95.—Wacker (R.) Zur Anthropologie der Walser des grossen Walser- tales in Vorarlberg. Ztschr. f. Ethnol., Berl.. 1912 xliv, 437-524, 6 pl. Tyronase. Staub (W.) * Nouvelles recherches sur la tyronase. 8°. Geneve, 1908. Tyrosinase. Harlay (V.-A.) *De l'application de la tyrosinase, ferment oxydant du Russula delica, a I'etude des ferments proteolytiques. [Paris.] 8°. Lons-le-Saunier, 1900. Abderhalden (E.) & Guggenheim (M.) Ver- suche fiber die Wirkung der Tyrosinase ausRussula delica auf Tyrosin, tyrosinhaltige Polypeptide und einige an- dere Verbindungen unter verschiedenen Bedingungen. Ztschr. f. physiol. chem., Strassb., 1908, liv, 331-353.----- -----. Weitere Versuche iiber die Wirkung der Tyrosinase aus Russula delica auf tyrosinhaltige Pol ypeptide und auf Suprarenin. Ibid.,lvii,329-331.— Bertrand (G.) Action de la tyrosinase sur quelques corps voisins de la tvrosine. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1907, cxiv, 1352-1355. -----. Recherches sur la melanogenese: action de la ty- rosinase sur divers corps voisins de la tyrosine. Bull. d. se. Pharmacol., Par., 1908, xv, 65-72. Also: Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1908, xxii, 381-389—Bertrand (G.) & JTIuttermilch. Sur l'existence d'une tyrosinase dans le son de froment. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1907, cxliv, 1285-1288.—Bertrand (G.) & Rosenblatt (M.) Sur la facon dont la tyrosinase se comporte avec la tyrosine racemique. Bull, d.scPharmacol., Par., 1908, xv, 197-200. ^so.-Ann.del'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1908,xxii,425-429.----- -----. Tyrosinase et tyrosine rac6miqne. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1908, cxlvi, 304-306.----------. Sur la temp^raturemortelledestyrosinasesvegetales. Bull.d.sc. Pharmacol., Par., 1910, xvii, 311-315. Also: Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1910, xxiv, 653-657. Also: Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1910, cl, 1142-1145.—Carbone (D.) Ricerche sull' origine di alcuni pigmenti microbici con speciale riguardo alia tirosinasi. R. Ist. Lomb. di sc. e lett. Rendic, Milano, 1906, 2. s., xxxix, 327-354.—Cle- ment! (A.) Presenza della tirosinasi nel fegato degli anfibii e dei gasteropodi e sua importanza perl'ureage- nesi. Arch, di farmacol. sper., Roma, 1912, xiv, 421-424.— Cotte (J.) Sur la presence de la tyrosinase chez Sube- rites domuncula. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1903, lv, 137-139.—Durham (Florence M.) On the presence of tyrosinases inthe skins of some pigmented vertebrates. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1904-5, lxxiv, 310-313.—Gessard (C.) Sur la tyrosinase. Compt^ rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1900, cxxx, 1327-1330. -----. Etudes sur la tyrosinase. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1901, xv, 593-614. -----. Ty- rosinase et antityrosinase. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1902,11. s., iv, 551-553. -----. Tyrosinase animale. Ibid., 1304-1306. -----. Antityrosinase animale. Ibid., 1398. -----. Sur les reactions colorees consecutives a Taction de la tyrosinase. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1904, exxxviii, 774. -----. Sur la tyrosinase de la mouche doree. Ibid., exxxix, 644.— Gortner (R. A.) The oc- currence, and the significance, of tyrosinase in the re- productive organs of certain amphibians. Proc. Soc. Ex- per. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1911-12, ix, 118-120.—Ransom (F.) The action of potato-tyrosinase on adrenalin. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond.. 1911-12.V,Therap. & Pharm. Sect., 19-25.—Weindl (T.) Pigmententstehung auf Grund vorgebildeter Tyrosinasen. Arch. f. Entwcklngsmechn. d. Organ., Leipz., 1907, xxiii, 632-642.—Wolff (J.) Ac- tion des phosphates alcalins bibasiques sur la tyrosinase. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1910, cl, 477-17'.). -----. Influence du phosphate disodique sur la tyrosinase. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1910, lxviii, 366. Tyrosine. See, also, Leucin; Pancreas (Secretions of); Pellagra (Causes and pathology of); Tyro- sinase. Rabaut (P.-C.) Contribution a I'etude de la tyrosine et de quelques-uns de ses homolo- gues. 8°. Toulouse, 1911. Thannhauser (S.) *Welcher Weg fiihrt vom Tyrosin zur Homogentisinsiiure? 8°. Miinehen, 1910. Abderhalden (E.) Notiz zur Darstellung und quantitative Bestimmung von Tyrosin und von Gluta- minsaure. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chemie, Strassb., 1912, lxxvii, 75. -----. Bildung von Homogentisinsiiure nach TYROSINE. 1055 TYRRELL. Tyrosine. Aufnahme grosser Mengen von I-Tyrosin per os. Ibid., 454-461.—Abderhalden (E.) & IVIassini (R.) Ueber das Verhalten von Monopalmityl-1-tyrosin, Distearyl-1- tyrosin und von p-Aminotyrosin im Organismus des Al- kaptonurikers. Ibid., 1910, lxvi, 140-144.—Abderhal- den (E.) & Bona (P.) Das Verhalten des Glycyl-1- Tyrosins im Organismus des Hundes bei subkutaner Ein- fiihrung. Ibid., 1905, xlvi, 176-178.-----------. Das Verhalten von Blutserum und Harn gegen Glycyl-1- tyrosin unter verschiedenen Bedingungen. Ibid., 1907, liii, 308-314.—Abderhalden (E.) & Teruuehi (Y.) Notiz zur Darstellung von Tyrosin aus Seide. Ibid., 1906, xlviii, 528.— Aloy (J.) & Rabaut (C.) Sur un homo- logue de la tyrosine. J. de pharm. et chim., Par., 1911, 7. s., iii, 481-489.—Berthelot (A.) Action de la diiodo- tyrosine sur l'organisme de l'homme et des animaux. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, lxx, 786-788.— Bertrand (G.) Sur les relations du chromogene sur- renal avec la tyrosine. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1904, exxxviii, 649.—Bougault (J.) Sur la recherche de la tyrosine dans divers produits d'origine animale. Compt."rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1897, 10. s., iv, 455-457.— Causse (H.) Sur la presence de la tyrosine dans les eaux des puits contamines. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1900, exxx, 1196-1198.—Dakin (H. D.) Experi- ments relating to the mode of decomposition of tyrosine and of related substances in the animal body. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1910, viii, 11-24. -----. The fate of inactive tyrosine in the animal body, together with some obser- vations upon the detection of tyrosine and its derivatives in the urine; the synthesis and probable mode of forma- tion of Blendermann'-- para-hydroxybenzylhydantoin. Ibid., 25-33.—Beuig^s ^G.) Nouvelle reaction coloree de la tyrosine. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1900, exxx, 583-585. Also, transl.: Chem. News, Lond., 1900; lxxxi, 172.—Benis (W.) Oxidation of the amino acids alanine and tyrosine. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1911, x, 73- 76.—Box (A. W.) The occurrence of tyrosine crystals in Roquefort cheese. J. Am. Chem. Soc, Easton, Pa* 1911, xxxiii, 423-4i5.—Ewins (A.) & Laid law (P.) P.) The alleged formation of adrenine from tyrosine. J. Physiol., Lond., 1910, xl, 275-278.—Feuerelssen (W.) Tyrosinablagerungen in und auf Fasslebern. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1908, xviii, 147-149.—Folin (O.) & Benis (W.) Tyrosine in proteins as determined by a new colorimetric method. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1912-13, xii, 245-251.—Friedmann (E.) & Gutmann (S.) Ueber die N-Methylderivate des Phenylalanins und des Tyrosins. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1910, xxvii, 491-497.—Hybbinette (S.) Kan tyrosin pavisasgenom sublimation? [Sur la possibility de constater la presence de la tvrosine par la sublimation. C.-r., no. 12, 4.] Nord. med. Ark., Stockholm, 1897, n. F., vii, 2. hft., no. 8, 1-4.— Kanitz (A.) Die Affinitatskonstanten des Tyrosins und des Phenylalanins. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1907, cxviii, 539-546.—Latham (P. W.) A new synthe- sis of tyrosine from anhydrous prussic acid and oxyben- zaldehyde; an explanation of its mode of formation in the animal body. Lancet, Lond., 1905, ii, 1757-1759. -----. On a new synthesis of tyrosine. Ibid., 1906, ii, 1583.—Lutz (L.) Sur l'emploi de la leucine et de la tyrosine comme sources d'azote pour les veg^taux. Compt. rend. Acad.d. sc, Par., 1905, cxl, 380-382.—OTac- quaire (P.) Surdeux combinaisonsque forment l'iode et la tyrosine obtenue par l'hvdrolyse trypsique des ma- tieres albuminoi'des. Ibid., 1912, cliv, 938.—Miirner (C. T.) En fargreaktion a tyrosin. [Eine Farbenreaktion auf Tyrosin.] Upsala Lakaref. Forh., 1901-2, n. F., vii, 476. -----. Farbenreaction des Tyrosins. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1902, xxxvii, 86-89.—Neubau er (O.) & Gross (W.) Zur Kenntnis des Tyrosinabbaues in der kiinstlich durchbluteten Leber. J6id.,1910,lxvii,219-229.— Newburgh (L. H.) The effects produced by numerous injections of indol and tyrosin in experimental animals; contribution to the study of chronic intestinal intoxica- tions. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1912. cvii,484-407.—Oppen- heim (M.) Zur Frage der Pigmentbildungaus Tyrosin. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1902, xv, 772.—Oswald (A.) Einiges fiber 3.5.-Dijodtyrosin und seine Darstellung. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1909, lix, 320-324.-----. Ueber das Verhalten von 3.5-Dijod-l-tyrosin und 3.5- Dijodo-tyrosin im tierischen Organismus. Ibid., lxii, 399- 403. -----. Ueber den Abbau des Dijodtyrosins im tieri- schen Organismus. Ibid., 1910, lxv, 141-156.-----. Ge- winnung von 3.5-Dijodtyrosin aus Jodeiweiss. Ibid., 1910-11, lxx, 310-313. -----. Gewinnung von 3.5-Dijodty- rosin aus Jodeiweiss. II. Gewinnung desselben ausJod- glidin. Ibid., 1911, lxxi, 200-203. -----. Gewinnung von 3.5-Dijodtvrosin aus Jodeiweiss. III. Gewinnung dessel- ben aus Jodcassein. Ibid.,lxxiv,290-296. -----. Gewin- nung von 3.5-Dijodtyrosin aus Jodeiweiss. IV. Die Ver- haltnisse beim Gorgonin und Spongin. Ibid., lxxv, 353- 362.—Beach (F.) Quantitative Untersuchungen iiber das Tyrosin als Spaltungsproduct der Eiweisskorper. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1899, clviii, 288-296.— Schulze (E.) & Castoro (W.) Ueber den Tyrosinge- halt der Keimpflanzen von Lupinus albus. Ztschr. f. phvsiol. Chem., Strassb,, 1906, xlviii, 387-395.-----------. Tyrosine. Bildet sich Homogentisinsaure beim Abbau des Tyrosins in den Keimpflanzen? Ibid., 396-411.—Schulze (E.) & Wiutcrstein (E.) Ueber das spezifische Drehungs- vermogen einiger aus Pflanzen dargestellten Tyrosinprii- parate. Ibid., 1905, xiv, 79-83.—Slavu (G.-J.) Les modi- fications duglycyl-3.5-L-tyrosine dans l'organisme animal. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1909, lxvii, 734. —Weyl (T.) Spaltung von Tyrosin durch Faulniss. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1879,iii, 312-322. Also, Reprint — Woolley (P. G.)& Newburgh (L. H.) The effect of injections of indol and tyrosin in experimental animals. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, lvi, 1796. Tyrosinuria. Carbone (D.) Un nuovo metodo per la ricerca della tirosina nello urine. Gazz. internaz. di med., Napoli, 1907, x, 57; 66.—Primavera (A.) La tirosinuria nelle malattie infettive acute, e il metodo Bourquelot-Carbone per la ricerca della tirosina nelle urine. Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 1908, n. s., xxx, 1068-1081. Tyrothrix. \V ittlin (J.) Ueber die angebliche Umanderung von Tyrothrix tenuis (Duclaux) in ein Milchsaurebakterium. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1896.ii, 475- 477. Tyrotoxicon. See, also, Cheese (Poisonous) ; Ice-cream (Poisonous); Milk (Abnormal)i; Ptomaines. Alleged cheese poisoning in Michigan in 1896. Rep. Bd. Health Mich. 1897, Lansing, 1899, xxv, 428-431.—An- derson(A.V. M.) Cheese poisoning. Intercolon. M.J. Australas., Melbourne, 1898, iii, 615; 657.—Burger (G. L. H.) Ptomain poisoning from eating cheese. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1900, lviii, 795.—Carel (H. C.) A note on tyrotoxi- con poisoning. Northwest. Lancet, Minneap., 1904, xxiv, 122-124.—Collingridge. Cheese poisoning (tyrotoxis- mus). Clin. J., Lond., 1902-3, xx, 256.—Fulton (C. M.) Tyrotoxicon poisoning. Am. J. Surg. & Gynaec., Kansas City, 1894-5, v, 90-92.—Harvey (L. S.) Tyrotoxicon poisoning. Physician & Surg., Detroit & Ann Arbor, 1894, xvi, 385-391.—Klie (C. H. C.) A mild case of tyro- toxicon poisoning. Weekly Bull. St. Louis M. Soc, 1911, v, 463. —L.ashtslienkofr' (P. N.) Otravleniya kremo- vimi tortami v Kharkovle. [Poisoning by cream tarts in Kharkov.] Vrach, St. Petersb., 1901, xxii, 38; 269; 302. Also, transl.: Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl., 1901, vii, 180; 201.—Mackaye (H. C.) Areportof twocasesof poison- ing, by tvrotoxicon, from milk, with an analysis of the milk, by'Prof. John Tobin. R. I. Med. Sc. Month., Provi- dence, 1893, i,571-583.—Michigan. State Board of Health. Tyrotoxicon poisoning in Michigan in 1890. Rep. Bd. Health Mich.l891,Lansing,1894,xix, 257-264— Bingeling (H.G.) Kaasvergiftning. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1898, 2. R., xxxiv, d. 2,1025-1027.—Tyrotoxicon poisoning. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1899, ii, 1300.—Tyrotoxi- con poisoning in Michigan in 1890 and 1891. Rep. Bd. Health Mich. 1890-91, Lansing, 1894, xix, 257: xx, 294.— Vaughan (V. C.) Poisonous cheese. Rep. Bd. Health Mich. (1884-5), Lansing, 1886, xiii, 221-226. -----. The chemistry of tyrotoxicon, its action upon lower animals, and its relation to the summer diarrheas of infancy. Ibid., 1886-7, Lansing, 1888,xv, 177-185.—Wegener (J.A.) & Bossman (W. L.) Tyrotoxicon in cheese. Phila. M. J., 1898, i, 1119. Tyrotoxism. See Tyrotoxicon. Tyrrell (Arthur Frederick) [1865-1911]. Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, i, 791. Tyrrell (Charles A.) The royal road to health or the secret of health without medicine. 204 pp., 5 1., port. 12°. New York, 1899. Tyrrell (Frederick) [1793-1843]. See Cooper (Sir Astley Paston). The lectures of. . . [etc.]. 8°. Boston, 1828. -----. The same. 8°. Phila- delphia, 1839. For Biography, see Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1899, lvii, 439 (D'A. Power). Tyrrell (Gerrard George [1831- ]. B. (W. E.) Obituary. Occidental M. Times, Sacra- mento, 1895, ix, 576. Tyrrell (Guy). See Tyrrell (Walter) & Tyrrell (Guy). Nervous exhaustion, its causes, [etc.]. 12°. London, 1893. Tyrrell (Walter). Notes on the climate of Mal- vern, with reference to its effect on disease. 2. ed., rewritten and enlarged, vi, 1 1., 58 pp. 12°. Malvern, Advertiser Office, 1894. TYRRELL. 1056 TYSON. Tyrrell (Walter)—continued. ------& Tyrrell (Guy). Nervous exhaustion, its causes, outcomes and treatment. 2. ed. 2 p. 1., 149 pp. 12°. London, K. Paul, French [etal.'], 1893. Tyson (Edward) [1650-1708]. Moore (X.) [Biography.] Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1899, lvii, 448. Tyson (James) [1841- ]. The cell doctrine: its history and present state. For the use of students in medicine and dentistry, also a copi- ous bibliography of the subject. 2. ed. xii, 199 pp., 1 pl. 8°. Philadelphia, Lindsay dc Blakiston, 1878. ------. Chronic interstitial nephritis, or chroni- cally contracted kidney; renal cirrhosis. 8 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, 1888. Repr.from: Univ. M. Mag., Phila., 1888, i. ------. A clinical lecture on chlorosis. 7 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, Univ. Penn. Press, 1893. Repr.from: Univ. M. Mag., Phila., 1892-3, v. ------. Three short addresses given at the clos- ing exercises of the Friends' Central School, Philadelphia, 1891-1893-1893. 8°. Philadel- phia, 1893. ------. Manual of physical diagnosis for the use of students and physicians. 2. ed., revised and enlarged, xi, 241 pp. 12°. Philadelphia, P. Blakiston, Sou dc Co., 1893. ------. Thesame. 4. ed. xii,298 pp., 1 pl. 12°. Philadelphia, P. Blakiston's San dc Co., 1901. ------. Heart disease or kidney disease? 15 pp. 16°. [Philadelphia, 1893.] Repr.from: Med. News, Phila., 1893, lxiii. ------. Treatment of chronic valvular disease of the heart. 12 pp. 12°. Detroit,G. S.Davis, 2.893. Repr.from: Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1893, xvii. ------. The relation between renal disease and disease of the circulatory system. 11 pp. 8°. [Philadelphia, 1893.] Repr.from: Internat. Clin., Phila., 1893, 2. s.,iv. ------. The primary or essential anaemias. 2 pp., 1 pl. 8°. [Philadelphia, 1893.] Repr.from: Internat. M. Mag., Phila., 1893-4, ii. ------. A guide to the practical examination of urine for the use of physicians and students. 9. ed. xii, 276 pp., 1 pl. 12°. Philadelphia, P. Blakiston, Son & Co., 1895. ------. The same. 10. ed. 297 pp., 1 pl. 8°. Philadeljilda, Blakiston's Sou & Co., 1902. ------. The same. Guide pour l'examen pratique de l'urine a, l'usage des medecins et des etudiants. 8. £d. Traduction de MM. E. Gautrelet and A.S.Clarke. 170 pp. 8°. Parts, 1895. ------. A case of mycotic endocarditis. 15 pp. 12°. [Philadelphia, Lea Bros, dc Co., 1895.] Repr. from: Med. News, Phila., 1895, lxvi. ------. The practice of medicine. A text-book for practitioners and students, with special ref- erence to diagnosis and treatment. 1184 pp., 1 pl. 8°. Philadelphia, P. Blakiston, Son dc Co., 1896. ------. The same. 2. ed. xvii, 1222 pp., 3 pl. 8°. Philadelphia, P. Blakiston's Sou dc Co., 1900. ------. The same. 2. ed., thoroughly revised and in parts rewritten, xvii, 1222 pp., 4 pl. 8°. Philadelphia, P. Blakiston's Son dc Co., 1901. ------. The same. 3. ed. xvii, 1240 pp., 3 pl. roy. 8°. Philadelphia, P. Blakiston's Son dc Co., 1903. ------. The same. 4. ed., revised and enlarged. xxvii, 1305 pp., 3 pl. 8°. Philadelphia, P. Blak- iston's Son dc Co., 1906. Tyson (James)—continued. ------. Thf same. 4. ed., revised and enlarged. xxvii, 130i pp.,3pl. 8°. Philadelphia, P. Blak- iston's Sor. d. Co., 1907. ------. Thesame. 5. ed. 1438 pp., 5 pl. 8°. Philadelphia, P. Blakiston's Son dc Co., 1909. ------. Hematuria. 7 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, 1897. Repr.from: Internat.Clin., Phila., 1897,7. s.,iii, ------. Report of a (i) case of hypertrophic or biliary cirrhosis, with comments on its etiology; also a (ii) case of persistent crepitant rale. 11 pp. 12°. [Bichmond], 1897. Repr.from: Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1897- 8, ii. ------. Note on the use of terms to indicate myocardial changes. 21. 8°. London, 1897. Repr.from: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1897, ii. ------. Diagnosis in ascites. 4 pp. 12°. Chi- cago, 1897. Repr.from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1897, xxix. ------. The treatment of obstinate dropsies. 32 pp. 8°. Detroit, Mich., W. M. Warren, 1898. Repr.from: Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1898, xiv. ------. Is the uric-acid diathesis an important factor in pathology? 12 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, 1898. Repr.from: Phila. M. J., 1898, iii. ------. Treatment of diabetes mellitus. 9 pp. 8°. Charlotte, N. C, 1898. Repr.from: Charlotte [N. C] M. J., 1898, xiv. ------. The use of iron and opium in Bright's disease. 7 pp. 8°. Chicago, 1898. Repr.from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1898, xxxi. ------. The selection of food for the sick. 4 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, 1898. Repr.from: Univ. M. Mag., Phila., 1898, x. ------. The general practitioner. 16 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, 1898. Repr.from: Med. News, Phila., 1898, Ixxiii. ------. Address of the retiring president of the Philadelphia County Medical Society. 3 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, 1898. Repr.from: Phila. Polyclin., 1898, vii. ------. Memoir of the late William Pepper M. D., LL. D. 21 pp. 8°. [Philadelphia], 1901. ------. Edebohl's operation of decapsulation of the kidney for the cure of chronic Bright's dis- ease, and the indications for its performance. 14 pp. 12°. New York, 1903. Repr.from: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1903, lxxviii. ------. Hospital organization. 24 pp. 12° St. Paul, 1904. Bepr.from: Northwest. Lancet, St. Paul, 1904, xxiv. ------. A treatise on Bright's disease and dia- betes, with special reference to pathology and therapeutics. 2. ed., including a section on the ocular changes in Bright's disease and in dia- betes by George E. de Schweinitz. xiv, 17-381 pp., 7 pl. 8°. Philadelphia, P. Blakiston's Son dc Co., 1904. ------. Address of the president. 5 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, 1908. Repr.from: Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1908, xxiii. ------. Annual address of the president. 5. pp. 8°. Philadelphia, 1908. Repr.from: Tr. Coll. Phys. Phila., 1908, xxx. ------. The uric-acid diathesis from a clinical stand-point. 21pp. 12°. [Philadelphia, n. d.] See, n, Forinad (Henry F.) Classification of tu- mours, [eic.I. eleph. fol. [Philadelphia], 1879. For Biography, see Penn. M. J., Athens, 1912-13, xvi, 33- 35 (F.). For Portrait, see Med. Bull., Phila., 1904,xxvi, no. 5, front. TYSON. 1057 TZSCHIRNER. Tyson (James)—continued. -------. See, also: Pepper i,W. i [Presentation of portrait of Dr. James Tyson to the University of Pennsylvania.] Alumni Reg- ister Univ. Penn., 1912, xiv, 109-111, 1 port. ----- & Frazier (Charles H.) Report of a case of decapsulation of the kidney (Ederbohls' operation) for chronic parenchymatous nephri- tis. 11 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, 1903. Repr. (rum: Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1903, xviii. ---— A: Hartin (Edward) [et al.]. Diffuse dilatation of the oesophagus due to cardiospasm. 22 pp. 8°. New York, 1904. Repr.from: X. York M. J., [etc.], 1904, lxxx. -----& Pemberton (Ralph). Two cases of streptococcus infection which gave a typical Widal reaction. 6 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, 1908. Repr.from: Univ. Penn. M. Bull., 1908, xix. In: Univ. Penn. Contrib. William Pepper Lab., Phila., 1907-8, no. 6. Tyson (Richard) [1680-1750]. MooreiX.) [Biography.] Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1899, lvii, 450. Tyson (Richard) [1730-84]. Moore CS.) [Biography.] Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1899, lvii, 450. Tyson (W[illiam] Joseph). Rectal alimenta- tion. 5 pp. 8°. London, 1S82. Repr. from: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1882, i. Tyson's glands. See Penis (n binds of). Tyson's glands (iJixeasc* if). See, also, Gonorrhoea (Comjdications, etc., of); Gonorrhoea in the female. Mazoyer (E.) *Les tysonites blennorragi- ques. 8°. Toulouse, 1905. Also,in: J.d.mal.cutan.etsyph., Par., 1905,xvii,801-S27. Tytler (George E.) [1S41KL909]. Obituary. Tr. Homceop. M. Soc,N. Y.,1909, liii, 394. VOL XVIII, 2D SERIES--—07 Tytler (Henry William) [1752-1805]. Carlvle (E. I.) [Biographv.] Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1S99, lvii, 452. Tyiilpin (F. T.) *<) dieistvii tsinkovoi pili na lakovuvu krov. [Action of zinc powder upon "lacker" blood.] 1 p. 1., 202 pp., 3 1. 8°. Yuryev, E. Bergman, 1906. Tyumyantseff (Nikolai). Materiali dlya izu- cheniya vliyaniya simp ticheskavo nerva na zrachok drugol storoni. [Data for the study of the influence of the sympathetic nerve upon the pupil of the other side.] 80, 8, 2 pp., 1 1., 1 pl. 8°. Kazan, 1897. Tyzxer (E[rnest] E[dward]) [1875- ]. The etiologv and pathology of vaccina, pp. 180- 229, 4 pl. 8°. Boston, 1904. Catting from: J. Med. Research, Bost., 1904, xi. Id: Stud. Rockefeller Inst. M. Research, N. Y., 1905, iii. -----. The histology of the skin lesions in vari- cella, pp. 361-392, 2 pl. 8°. Boston, 1906. Cutting [cover with printed title] from: J. Med. Re- search, Bost., 1906, n. s.. ix. Tzateheft (Stephane). * Contribution a I'etude j clinique des osteomyeiites prolongees a foy- ers multiples. 47 pp. 8°. Paris, 1904, No. 124. Txeytline ([Rosa]) [1873- ]. * Hepatite syphilitique hereditaire tardive. 64 pp. 4°. Paris, 1896, No. 588. | Tziklice (Elia). *Insufhsanee ovarienne et | greffe ovarienne; essai de therapeutique ex- perimentale. 131 pp. 8°. Paris, 1907, No. 425. Tzseliirner (Heinrich Gottlieb) [1778- 1828]. See JJirji; (Johann christian Gottfried) & Tzseliir- ner (Heinrich Gottlieb). Die Ehe, [etc.]. 8°. Leipzig, 1819. END OF VOL. XVIII, SECOND SEKIES.